<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
  xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
  xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
  xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
  xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
  xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
  xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
  xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"
  xmlns:rawvoice="http://www.rawvoice.com/rawvoiceRssModule/"
  xmlns:googleplay="http://www.google.com/schemas/play-podcasts/1.0"
>
  <channel>
    <title>Heavybit Library</title>
    <atom:link href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/feed/feed.rss" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
    <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library</link>
    <description></description>
    <lastBuildDate>Tue, 25 Aug 2026 16:22:00 GMT</lastBuildDate>
    <language>en-US</language>
    <sy:updatePeriod>hourly</sy:updatePeriod>
    <sy:updateFrequency>1</sy:updateFrequency>
    <atom:link rel="hub" href="https://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/" />
    <itunes:summary>Heavybit Podcast Network: Master Feed. This is where you can subscribe to all episodes of all shows in the Heavybit Podcast Network.</itunes:summary>
    <itunes:author>Heavybit</itunes:author>
    <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:image href="https://d3aeja1uqhkije.cloudfront.net/podcasts/heavybit-master-feed.jpg" />
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Heavybit</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>content@heavybit.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <managingEditor>content@heavybit.com (Heavybit)</managingEditor>
    <copyright>Heavybit</copyright>
    <image>
      <title>Heavybit Library</title>
      <url>https://d3aeja1uqhkije.cloudfront.net/podcasts/heavybit-master-feed.jpg</url>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:category text="News">
      <itunes:category text="Tech News" />
    </itunes:category>
    <googleplay:category text="News &amp; Politics"/>
    <item>
      <title>Why On-Device Inference Needs Custom Observability</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/why-on-device-inference-needs-custom-observability</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Aug 2026 16:22:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Observability]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Mobile Development]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Edge Computing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f7ca2bf6-bf0c-4904-aa01-faede655849e</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Founder Chris Karani explains how hardware state becomes part of the application state when inference goes on-device.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>The Unique Challenges of Mobile Compute</h2><p>A significant focus in modern AI has been on large language models with billions of parameters. Billions more parameters mean bigger training investment, and presumably, more-impressive performance. But there are emerging use cases for mobile AI inference, like offline mobile text generation and the rise of general-purpose generative models for edge that hint at a growing need for reliable mobile AI performance.</p><p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/chriskarani/">Chris Karani</a>, a longtime software engineer with specific expertise working in the mobile space, has built a variety of open-source, mobile-specific AI projects like <a href="https://github.com/christopherkarani/Wax">Wax</a> and <a href="https://github.com/christopherkarani/Swarm">Swarm</a>, and is now focusing on building a mobile-specific monitoring and release-gating platform <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yL9lcmvSs7o">RYNO</a> after observing the unique challenges that on-device inference poses to software performance on mobile.</p><p>Below, he explains why mobile inference needs a new breed of observability, and why on-device inference may necessitate a different way to think about app development: At the edge, moving inference on-device effectively introduces a variety of new hardware-specific variables, such as device generations, OS versions, and thermal and memory constraints.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/1dd5e966858d3cb95946cf1b3d940b1c92f2c46a-2030x554.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>The RYNO dashboard specifically monitors on-device inference.</em></p><h2>How Traditional Observability Can’t Cover AI at the Edge</h2><p>Karani explains that as a builder in the mobile space, he initially relied on popular tools like <a href="https://langfuse.com/">LangFuse</a> and <a href="https://www.langchain.com/langsmith-platform">LangSmith</a> for observability, but found that neither provided the monitoring coverage his projects needed. He found himself building RYNO, a flight recorder and release gate for AI in production on mobile, which focuses on privacy, safe execution traces from real devices, and turning production failures into regression tests to improve future releases.</p><p>“The project combines the hardware state with the end AI behavior to let teams debug and figure out why model failures happen when the apps are actually in production,” the founder explains. As an example, Karani cites a team he spoke with whose mobile app that identifies plants out in the wild and diagnoses them for issues.</p><p>Over time, the app team noticed negative reviews in the App Store from frustrated users who found the app misidentifying plants, but when the app’s developers conducted the same tests internally, they noticed no errors. “What they didn&#x27;t realize was that a lot of their users were out using their apps in high ambient temperatures. This causes a variety of issues that the existing tools just couldn&#x27;t catch.”</p><p>“For instance, once inference is running on a phone in production, changes in thermal state, memory pressure, and available compute can change how that workload performs in production. You can see slower execution, memory-related failures, or different behavior from what you saw during testing. RYNO comes in and is able to combine the hardware state with the model output and help teams debug why their models are failing when they&#x27;re out into production.”</p><h2>Closing the Loop for Mobile: Ragequitting, UX, and Regressions</h2><p>For consumer-level mobile applications, this type of failure can lead to the ultimate cost: Users ragequitting the app and immediately deleting it. While the founder’s aim is eventually to target optimization opportunities for any edge computing setup, he admits that mobile is his current focus. “In mobile, most apps have a high uninstall rate.”</p><p>To avoid grossly inaccurate outputs due to hallucinations, Karani explains that his platform runs AI jobs across five stages: Capture, explain, replay, promote, and release.</p><ul><li><strong>Capture:</strong> Utilizing the open-source, lightweight, privacy-centric <a href="https://github.com/tryterra/terra-react">Terra SDK</a>, which can be embedded into mobile apps, and is built on <a href="https://opentelemetry.io">open telemetry</a> to prevent vendor lock-in, and records OS version, memory pressure, thermal state, and records OS version, memory pressure, thermal state, device class, and the compute resources involved in inference, such as CPU, GPU, or Neural Engine where available</li><li><strong>Explain:</strong> Utilizing the local macOS app’s ability to plot a visual timeline of device physics and model execution, identifying factors like correlating changes in device state with changes in model execution</li><li><strong>Replay:</strong> Having captured structured metadata, template IDs, token counts, and the precise physical hardware context at the time of errors, developers can use a replay button to recreate the conditions surrounding the failure to artificially reproduce the same environmental stress for testing purposes</li><li><strong>Promote:</strong> Teams can turn a one-off production failure into a structured, repeatable evaluation</li><li><strong>Release:</strong> From here, the platform connects to a team CI/CD pipeline to run various evaluations on different devices with that specific eval case prior to the next app release to prevent further regressions before they make it to production</li></ul><p>The founder adds: “A lot of these issues also come in simple OS updates. Everything was working fine, then Apple launches a new update that introduces unexpected changes. And sometimes getting that stress test when you&#x27;re testing within a controlled environment is difficult. So a lot of these issues can only be caught when the AI is actually ‘out in the wild.’”</p><p>“Sometimes you have to actually catch these failures once they&#x27;re actually already out there because these systems are so non deterministic. They&#x27;re not like traditional, deterministic software where you might have a really tight unit test case, so certain errors don’t reach production.”</p><p>“Because there&#x27;s 100 million ways that the AI can actually fail. So, one of the best approaches is having this sort of loop that we&#x27;ve created to catch them quickly in production and ensure that they don&#x27;t persist in the future.”</p><h2>Building for Privacy and Memory Optimization</h2><p>Karani explains that privacy was a key part of the project due to its initial focus on iOS. “We believe that the on-device AI on iOS is some of the best in the world right now. The Apple Neural Engine lets users run these really awesome models. But for iOS and mobile users, privacy is very important. It’s common even for experienced teams to accidentally violate user privacy while trying to collect the debugging context they desperately need.”</p><p>“This is how teams are silently trying to capture model regression with internal tooling. They captured a prompt and its output, and those contain extremely sensitive data, so you end up violating user privacy. To fix that for RYNO, we actually have a ‘never log’ list. No screenshots, no user prompts, no contacts lists, no physical addresses, no chat transcripts.”</p><p>“We use a minimal telemetry schema. Instead of logging what the user has typed, we log a structured shape and the operational health of the mathematical transaction. We&#x27;ve been using a lot of tools to ensure that teams are able to get the metadata that they need to reproduce these failures while still avoiding violations of user privacy in the process. We think this is super-important for on-device AI.”</p><p>Aside from privacy, the founder notes that going lightweight was an important architectural consideration to run successfully on edge. “Because of the memory pressure issues with the <a href="https://developer.nvidia.com/embedded/jetson-linux-r3643">Jetson Linux</a>, we made a key decision early on to build the core of the SDK in <a href="https://ziglang.org/">Zig</a>. This gave us a lot of control over memory pressure and it gave us full control over how we actually want to architect memory use for the SDK, because on-device AI uses a lot of resources on mobile.”</p><p>“So we needed to build an SDK that&#x27;s extremely lightweight. Because we’re running an observability SDK on constrained hardware, it would need to stay lightweight enough to not create another source of memory pressure competing against the model it’s observing. We think that for edge AI, debugging is something that is going to become a big problem. And it&#x27;s totally different from how current tools actually enable teams to receive telemetry.”</p><p>The founder admits that part of his inspiration came from his own analysis of the AI space, which increasingly seems dominated by billion-dollar vendors pushing trillion-parameter models. “We believe wholeheartedly that edge AI is 100% the future. Smaller models are improving at a rapid rate. Vendors like Apple and Google keep pumping a lot of money in the space, and we think that the kind of benefits that edge AI provides are undeniable.”</p><p>“First, there’s privacy. Second, there’s improvements to latency, and third, is cost reduction. As the models keep improving, people are going to start realizing and taking this extremely seriously as we move forward. The space is still very early. But the world I see in the future is one in which we&#x27;ll have on-device AI everywhere you go. There’s already on-device AI in cars, and we&#x27;ll have robots that need on-device AI, for television, mobile, and so on.”</p><p>“Yes, the Cloud will always be where true intelligence, the larger computational intelligence, lives. But more and more companies are going to keep moving towards leveraging the on-device AI space as we move forward. And I think that&#x27;s why Apple has also been putting a lot of effort year over year into the Apple Neural Engine and every chip that they release, prioritizing the inference power that they can actually pull out of the on device models.”</p><h2>Founder Lessons, Enterprise Adoption, and the Future of Compute</h2><p>For founders looking to build on-device AI products, Karani suggests that his own deep understanding of the space has been fundamental to his progress. “I think having a good understanding of how the hardware state actually works is important. The computation and the OS system attributes during inference time...that’s a different problem space that a lot of engineers need to understand if they&#x27;re going into the on-device space.”</p><p>“Inference is one thing, input and output of prompts is another. But for a lot of these models, you have to understand they&#x27;re not in a problem space that is similar to running on a large data center in Atlanta with perfect resources all the time. These are models that are running on-device with varying, different pressures in constrained environments. Understanding those environments is key to actually building the right systems for AI solutions.”</p><p>On the question of why device-specific telemetry still doesn’t seem to be mainstream at the enterprise level, the founder points back to how the tool ecosystem for edge computing is still in its early days. “There’s a lack of tooling. A lot of the enterprise companies we speak to are concerned over their lack of telemetry and understanding of how models behave when they’re actually out into production.”</p><p>“For instance, we were speaking to a medical company that was trying to launch a very privacy-centric, on-device model to different customers. But what they found is that they just couldn’t risk getting an incorrect diagnosis from the model (and not being able to understand why it happened). Existing tools just didn&#x27;t cater to them. The space is so early and emerging and a lot of the focus is on cloud models.”</p><p>The founder notes that while high-end cloud models get a lot of attention, they’re also currently leading to a lot of untenable costs. “I think that&#x27;s what&#x27;s going to push enterprises more into on-device AI. And as [on-device models] improve, the solutions will become simpler, but we need to provide them with the kind of tooling that enables them to ship on-device AI reliably to their users.”</p><p>Will there be an inflection point at which everything flips from cloud to local? Maybe not. “I think people are going to have a balance of the two. Teams will leverage on-device models for certain tasks and route to cloud models when they need heavy computational work to be completed. I think the future will be a hybrid of the two. I don’t think on-device AI is going to completely negate the need for Cloud, but I think cost and performance are going to push people to try to understand how to leverage a hybrid of the two. And the majority of the work we do today will be pushed to the on-device models for inference.”</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/why-on-device-inference-needs-custom-observability">Why On-Device Inference Needs Custom Observability</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #11, Durable Systems, Disposable Code with Chad Fowler</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-durable-systems-disposable-code-with-chad-fowler</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Aug 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">86841092-dde8-4f6e-a6e1-c7dbba912ef1</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 11 of Third Loop, the Progressive Delivery team sits down with Chad Fowler to explore regenerative software and what architecture looks like when AI makes code cheap enough to continually replace. They discuss Phoenix Architecture, Pace Layers, observability, architectural constraints, and why the system itself, rather than any individual implementation, may become the real asset in an AI-native future.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 11 of Third Loop, the Progressive Delivery team sits down with Chad Fowler to explore regenerative software and what architecture looks like when AI makes code cheap enough to continually replace. They discuss Phoenix Architecture, Pace Layers, observability, architectural constraints, and why the system itself, rather than any individual implementation, may become the real asset in an AI-native future.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-durable-systems-disposable-code-with-chad-fowler">Ep. #11, Durable Systems, Disposable Code with Chad Fowler</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #58, Quantum Uncertainty with Anastasia Marchenkova</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-58-quantum-uncertainty-with-anastasia-marchenkova</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Aug 2026 07:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a09ae523-8ca3-4712-8dcd-14249d6f330b</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 58 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers sits down with Anastasia Marchenkova. They explore what it will take to move quantum computing from promising hardware to useful, production-ready systems, including better orchestration across quantum, classical, and AI compute. Anastasia also discusses open-source infrastructure, the limits of AI automation, and her larger vision of making powerful computing and scientific tools more broadly accessible.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 58 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers sits down with Anastasia Marchenkova. They explore what it will take to move quantum computing from promising hardware to useful, production-ready systems, including better orchestration across quantum, classical, and AI compute. Anastasia also discusses open-source infrastructure, the limits of AI automation, and her larger vision of making powerful computing and scientific tools more broadly accessible.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-58-quantum-uncertainty-with-anastasia-marchenkova">Ep. #58, Quantum Uncertainty with Anastasia Marchenkova</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #4, The New Big Data of Inference with Junchen Jiang</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-the-new-big-data-of-inference-with-junchen-jiang</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Aug 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">84a19c24-d9a7-4f56-b85b-400f11100e63</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 4 of Lab Notes, Amir Zohrenejad speaks with Junchen Jiang about why KVCache may be better understood as reusable, AI-native data rather than a temporary inference optimization. They explore how LMCache and CacheBlend can reduce redundant computation, move context across distributed inference systems, and help support increasingly complex AI agents. The conversation also covers multimodal workloads, open-source infrastructure, and the future of AI systems research.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 4 of Lab Notes, Amir Zohrenejad speaks with Junchen Jiang about why KVCache may be better understood as reusable, AI-native data rather than a temporary inference optimization. They explore how LMCache and CacheBlend can reduce redundant computation, move context across distributed inference systems, and help support increasingly complex AI agents. The conversation also covers multimodal workloads, open-source infrastructure, and the future of AI systems research.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-the-new-big-data-of-inference-with-junchen-jiang">Ep. #4, The New Big Data of Inference with Junchen Jiang</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #10, The System Is More Than the Code with Charity Majors</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-the-system-is-more-than-the-code-with-charity-majors</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Aug 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6240ad02-e9eb-4272-8571-bbb67769314a</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 10 of Third Loop, the Progressive Delivery team speaks with Honeycomb co-founder and CTO Charity Majors about observability, AI, and the changing economics of software development. They explore a future where code is increasingly disposable and regenerable while architecture, constraints, production behavior, and promises to users become the durable artifacts that matter. Along the way, Charity shares her perspective on responsible AI adoption, engineering in nondeterministic systems, and why production remains the ultimate source of truth.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 10 of Third Loop, the Progressive Delivery team speaks with Honeycomb co-founder and CTO Charity Majors about observability, AI, and the changing economics of software development. They explore a future where code is increasingly disposable and regenerable while architecture, constraints, production behavior, and promises to users become the durable artifacts that matter. Along the way, Charity shares her perspective on responsible AI adoption, engineering in nondeterministic systems, and why production remains the ultimate source of truth.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-the-system-is-more-than-the-code-with-charity-majors">Ep. #10, The System Is More Than the Code with Charity Majors</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #12, The Limits of Lights-Out Coding with Dexter Horthy</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-the-limits-of-lights-out-coding-with-dexter-horthy</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Aug 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d3f917ee-6791-460a-8d6f-a10b22f1d211</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 12 of High Leverage, Joe Ruscio sits down with Dexter Horthy of HumanLayer. They explore the promise and limitations of autonomous coding, including why today’s models excel at bounded programming tasks but struggle to account for the long-term consequences of architectural decisions. The conversation covers dark software factories, code review bottlenecks, program design, technical debt, and the continuing importance of experienced engineers.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 12 of High Leverage, Joe Ruscio sits down with Dexter Horthy of HumanLayer. They explore the promise and limitations of autonomous coding, including why today’s models excel at bounded programming tasks but struggle to account for the long-term consequences of architectural decisions. The conversation covers dark software factories, code review bottlenecks, program design, technical debt, and the continuing importance of experienced engineers.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-the-limits-of-lights-out-coding-with-dexter-horthy">Ep. #12, The Limits of Lights-Out Coding with Dexter Horthy</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Make Agents Durable for Concurrent Systems</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-make-agents-durable-for-concurrent-systems</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2026 16:24:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Agents]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">39be2ceb-4600-40c4-80a9-dc0c7b9504dd</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Mike Hostetler, creator of the open-source Jido project, explains his approach to making agentic systems reliable and durable in massively concurrent systems.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>How Can Agents Be the Future if They’re not Reliable?</h2><p>Some reports suggest that as many as <a href="https://snyk.io/blog/agentic-development-lifecycle/">25%</a> of enterprises have adopted agentic workflows. Isn’t this the era of AI agents? Why isn’t the number higher? Aside from predictable enterprise-level concerns (<a href="https://www.forrester.com/blogs/the-state-of-agentic-ai-in-2026-companies-are-chasing-few-are-catching/">49%</a> of enterprises are reportedly holding off due to security concerns, for instance), agents haven’t proven to be reliable workhorses at scale, particularly for long-horizon tasks. Not yet, anyway.</p><p>Agents still can’t “remember” their learnings from previous successful runs, still hallucinate when their context window becomes full, and still have a number of other issues. Wasn’t the perfect agentic future supposed to feature technical teams commanding fleets of infallible, well-trained agents to do their bidding?</p><p>Open-source creator <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/mikehostetler/">Mike Hostetler</a> believes such a future is possible if systems combine strong guardrails with fault-tolerant infrastructure designed for large-scale deployments. Here, he explains why he built his project, <a href="https://github.com/agentjido/jido">Jido</a>, <em>not</em> using Python, the de facto programming language for AI, but using <a href="https://elixir-lang.org/">Elixir</a>, which was inherently designed to support maintainability and massive concurrency.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/734e0114ac063680123b3471dd5f4f588375e8fa-1280x591.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Mike Hostetler discusses how AI is changing the business of building software on the Software Without Borders podcast. Image courtesy <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zVYqx_FDTPU">Software <br/>Without Borders</a></em></p><h2>Resolving Nondeterministic LLMs and Deterministic Algorithms</h2><p>Hostetler, a veteran developer and founder, got his start working on the <a href="https://jquery.com">jQuery</a> ecosystem, from which he built a career, a startup, and a lifelong curiosity about technology. He explains that his introduction to Elixir came from a tour of duty working in distributed systems, which inspired him to think through the challenge of being able to run multiple agents with real-world reliability. “I envisioned a future of ‘10,000 agents per human.’”</p><p>The creator notes that his original vision was running 10,000 agents on a single <a href="https://www.raspberrypi.com/">Raspberry Pi</a>. In other words, in a resource-constrained environment with no direct access to LLMs. Models were getting better, but capital expenditure from foundation labs continued to skyrocket.</p><p>Hostetler suggests his goal was to make the best of both worlds: Capitalize on the improving performance of state-of-the-art models, combined with performant infrastructure that wouldn’t break the bank. “The intersection of these two ideas is: Agents needed to be easy to build, easy to deploy, easy to orchestrate and coordinate. And then, 20% of your agents could use an LLM as the thinking step. But it needed to be just as easy to build 80% of your agents on what I call <em>classical AI algorithms</em>.”</p><p>The builder clarifies that ‘classic algorithms’ also include logic that predates LLMs: “Everything from a finite state machine to a behavior tree to hierarchical task networks. Video game AI as well as LLM AI. And those could work in concert and then be easily and inexpensively deployable for a user, which gets into the real pragmatic piece.”</p><p>Hostetler clarifies that despite Jido’s explicit “AI optional” clause, his approach to AI is less skeptical and more pragmatic. “I love the nondeterminism of LLMs. I love pushing those boundaries. Just by happenstance, having put my own open-source project out there, I got to know <a href="https://ghuntley.com">Geoff Huntley</a> and tried <a href="https://ghuntley.com/loop/">the Ralph Wiggum loop</a> before it was publicly available. Loved it, and had Jido running loops.”</p><p>“But I quickly observed that [with successive loops], you end up compounding quality issues and you run into these challenges.” The builder’s observations led him to start experimenting with combinations of agentic loops and classical, deterministic AI algorithms, based on a self-taught course of study.</p><p>“I&#x27;ve used my computer science degree more in the last two years than I have in my entire career, which is just so much fun. So I’m not ‘anti-AI’ at all. What I want to put forward is something that lets you use both modes of tooling in the same context, instead of having a ‘developer mentality’ that requires a hard switch between ‘Here’s an agent that has an LLM as its brain’ versus an agent that has a finite state machine as its brain, and you have to build a bridge between the two. Jido makes both into first-class citizens. I knew as an engineer, as an architect, I would want both.”</p><h2>How Can Agents Master Long-Horizon Jobs?</h2><p>Hostetler admits to reading, and speculating about, the news headlines about agents seemingly getting closer to the holy grail of succeeding on complicated, long-horizon tasks in a single, zero-shot run. “Yes, I read the headlines, and I see the <a href="https://metr.org/time-horizons/">METR reports</a>. I would say I have hypotheses about the topic, but I acknowledge the limits of my hypotheses.”</p><p>“We see new model drops like the [recalled-and-re-released] <a href="https://www.anthropic.com/news/fable-mythos-access">Fable 5</a>, which can reportedly do a long-running task for eight hours, uninterrupted.” The creator notes that it can be hard to separate reality from hype, but notes that foundation labs may have different incentives than the rest of us.</p><p>“I would think there is a lot of pressure to embed the capability <em>behind the walls</em> of the model; to make Fable better via academic RL, or to have a lot of infrastructure running between the API call and the model itself. You see them pulling in things like their web API tools, and doing everything to make Anthropic a walled garden for any corporate customer.”</p><p>Hostetler contrasts the lofty ambitions of foundation labs against his day-to-day work, which requires him to service ERP systems maintained by tech leaders across the country who need reliable performance, day in and day out.</p><p>The creator suggests starting from a strong harness, but also looking into reliability. “A really concrete step is to start with a very high-quality model harness if I&#x27;m going to build my own agent. Yes, admittedly, Elixir’s philosophy is ‘let it crash,’ but you don&#x27;t really want that to happen in practice. Your focus should be: How do you recover from the crash? How do you deliver high-quality software from that?”</p><blockquote>“Elixir’s philosophy is ‘let it crash,’ but you don&#x27;t really want that to happen in practice. Your focus should be: How do you recover from the crash? How do you deliver high-quality software from that?” -Mike Hostetler, Creator/Jido</blockquote><h2>Squaring the Circle: Autonomous Agents vs. Reliable Uptime</h2><p>The builder recognizes the gap between LLM-powered agents that often fall down for a variety of reasons and Elixir-based systems like Discord and Pinterest that are expected to provide continuous uptime for millions of users. “Without getting too technical, this really was a key design decision of Jido itself.”</p><p>Hostetler explains that the project was designed to accommodate both builders of independent, solo agents as well as those building for coordinated, multi-agent use cases. “And also, there’s all the infrastructure concerns for when you go to deploy: Where does it live? How is it persisted? It&#x27;s persisted with what I consider to be two schools of thought.”</p><p>“The first [persistence story] is that I persist my <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BEAM_(Erlang_virtual_machine)">BEAM system</a> back to a durable store, like a Postgres database which is centralized. No issue there. And I would say that more than half our users use this. The other key story is what I call the fully distributed, fault-tolerant approach for scale that you get into with the really big deployments, such as WhatsApp or Facebook Messenger. Multi-region, multi-clustered...the big stuff.”</p><p>“Jido was geared for [large-scale deployments]. We could get into the specifics of how Jido was created to live within the BEAM itself, but it <em>is</em> possible. And there are nuances here, too. People come to the project and they sometimes feel like it&#x27;s overbuilt. Case in point, when you send a message into a Jido agent, we use a dedicated message envelope called a <em>Jido signal</em>, which, when you&#x27;re in a single-node use case is really and truly overkill. And yet it&#x27;s the standard built on the <a href="https://cloudevents.io/">CloudEvents spec</a> (which is independent of, and exists outside of Elixir).”</p><p>“We do this because you can&#x27;t have it both ways: You can&#x27;t have your typical simple JSON payload alongside a robust, enterprise-grade, transport-agnostic CloudEvents envelope and do the same thing. You&#x27;ve got to pick a lane. And so, Jido picked the ‘robust and scalable’ lane. I do work with some teams that are now asking me about the multi-cluster use case. I’m working toward a demo of a multi-region cluster independent of a durable store with resilient agents.”</p><p>“To clarify, everything I just discussed was <em>outside</em> the agentic loop. <em>Within</em> the agentic loop of determinism versus nondeterminism, there are guardrails within which Jido has to operate. It can&#x27;t just go do everything because it was meant for the Raspberry Pi use case. Because Elixir and BEAM can natively cluster, you could easily have a deploy to support a use case for something like, let’s say, Internet of Things (IoT).”</p><p>“For example, you’re going to have a central cluster that then works with Jido agents that are deployed in an IoT setting that talk back to the central cluster, and you&#x27;d have two agents communicating with one another. You could have that modality in a larger deployment. As an example, one of the big successes in the Elixir world is the robot control project <a href="https://github.com/beam-bots">Beam Bots</a>, which adopted Jido natively, so we’re seeing use cases for non-clustered low-level IoT all the way up to your typical Claude Code agent harness.”</p><h2>How Startup Founders Should Think About Agentic Products</h2><p>When asked how he would advise startup founders thinking of launching agentic products, Hostetler offers a handful of suggestions. “For your first level of planning, I would say: Focus on the default. How you define what an ‘agent’ is could be colored by your Claude Code glasses! Make sure that as you&#x27;re defining an agent in terms of what you bring into your infrastructure, and that you have a tighter, concrete definition of what that is.”</p><p>“Second, the other mistake that I&#x27;ve seen (and have made personally) is that everybody wants to let the LLM ‘take the wheel.’ At the point when you&#x27;re designing infrastructure to build a company on, you have to draw clear boundaries between nondeterminism and determinism, and create gates to bring it back and forth. And this is <em>outside of</em> the agentic loop.”</p><p>The creator suggests that customer expectations for agentic projects have grown over time. “After a few years, we’ve seen the patterns that ‘work,’ whether it&#x27;s natural language or dynamic UI, we know the patterns to create user value and what users expect. The innovation has shifted from, ‘We can do just about anything,’ to ‘The user expectations are pretty much there, so how do you deliver on that?’”</p><p>Hostetler describes an interesting project a friend built in Elixir that effectively replicated Claude Code’s functionality, but for posting on LinkedIn, using a dedicated agent with a specific ID. “Persistence wasn&#x27;t dynamically allocated, but the agent would persist, and then it would hibernate and rehydrate when you wanted to edit a piece of content.”</p><p>The project let users edit posts normally via the LinkedIn GUI, but also supported giving instructions to a coordinator agent. “The key is, he made that persistent throughout the entire experience. So, no matter which modality you were interacting with, there was a kind of predefined team structure for how the agents would interact with your content. And it just struck me as this really innovative mental leap, that any agentic products I see <em>aren&#x27;t thinking big enough</em>.”</p><p>The creator suggests that the main challenge he’d offer to startup founders and product owners is to think bigger. “I don&#x27;t see a lot of product owners thinking about [larger ideas] because they&#x27;re really stuck in the mindset of, ‘Claude Code is my agent. It can do everything. I have to always use Claude Code.’ I say: ‘No, you really need to break out of that mental model.’”</p><blockquote>“It just struck me...that any agentic products I see aren&#x27;t thinking big enough. I don&#x27;t see a lot of product owners thinking about [larger ideas] because they&#x27;re really stuck in the mindset of, ‘Claude Code is my agent. I say: ‘No, you really need to break out of that mental model.’”</blockquote><h2>How to Think About Enterprise Adoption</h2><p>When asked how he would advise ambitious startup founders looking to sell AI products to enterprises, Hostetler draws upon his own day-to-day experience. “I would say that we&#x27;re early. I would acknowledge the timeline displacement, <a href="https://www.writingsbyraykurzweil.com/the-law-of-accelerating-returns">Ray Kurzweil’s</a> riff on the William Gibson quote about the future being here, just not evenly distributed.”</p><p>“What&#x27;s happening in enterprises is that there are engineering teams who <em>are </em>using the latest tools, and they&#x27;re on that curve somewhere. But <em>the operations teams</em> are just starting.” The creator notes that he works with operations teams that are just starting to encounter the same challenges that engineering teams faced 18 months ago: Worrying whether AI will replace them, realizing AI likely won’t replace them, then trying to figure out how to fit into this brave new world.</p><p>“We&#x27;re early in that phase [where people are trying to find] pragmatic use cases. The issue isn&#x27;t so much the tools themselves. What&#x27;s interesting to me is the layer above them, which I wrote about in <a href="https://mike-hostetler.com/blog/orchestrating-intelligence-why-every-company-will-have-a-chief-agent-officer-y4EQpjr9">my blog on orchestration</a>. To me, orchestration is the cornerstone, because there&#x27;s nothing actually orchestrating <em>the tools</em>.”</p><p>“I think that corporations are set up in silos. Sales isn&#x27;t talking to marketing, who isn&#x27;t talking to ops. Ops isn&#x27;t talking to product. So, the pragmatic things that we need are places to deploy AI experiments, because the thing we&#x27;ve emphasized internally isn&#x27;t so much AI as an end state, but rather, AI as iteration.”</p><p>The creator recounts a story of a team he works with using Claude Code to build a dashboard. In a completely unintended consequence, Claude Code used the Google Workspace connect to deploy the dashboard to Google Sheets via <a href="https://developers.google.com/apps-script/overview">Apps Script</a> to create a public URL via, of all things, a Google Sheets backdoor. “I burst out laughing. There&#x27;s an entire product <em>right there,</em> in that space between a non-technical user and a model’s instincts to propose unexpected solutions.”</p><p>Hostetler also points out a strong business opportunity in governance. “During my tour of duty in corporate, I spent two years as a VP of enterprise technology. I managed all the IT and compliance stuff for a publicly-traded company.” The creator notes that “AI governance” could easily go beyond basic compliance frameworks like SOC 2.</p><p>“Every LLM call in your organization will eventually be proxied and logged. But nobody&#x27;s doing this at the moment. Think about just capturing it as one problem. Analyzing and fingerprinting.” The creator predicts that sooner than we think, organizations may need to be “AI compliant” with whatever new version of the SOC2 standard that arises.</p><p>“Another [enterprise use case] I’d look at is insurance. Cybersecurity insurance with AI, mark my words, in the next two years, that will be a ‘thing.’ And this won’t just be your CrowdStrike-style, on-device stuff. It&#x27;s all the things that get exfiltrated from what you build. Nobody&#x27;s talking about that. The strategy there is very immature. Admittedly, this isn’t a very sexy space, but I think there&#x27;s a lot of money to be made there.”</p><h2>The Future of Elixir and Durable Systems</h2><p>The creator is realistic about how his project and the greater Elixir ecosystem figure into the future of software development. “A non-Elixir shop is going to have a hard time adopting Elixir. So I can see Jido becoming an agentic sidecar that eventually makes it easy for TypeScript devs to spin up an agent with Elixir-level durability.”</p><p>“This might be for a market segment that could be ‘one step below’ the <a href="https://temporal.io/">Temporals</a> of the world. To clarify, I’ve used Temporal before, and it’s fantastic, though expensive. But thinking pragmatically, there are a lot more TypeScript devs in the world. Python will be its own thing. TypeScript devs are going to need an SDK to easily call Jido agents, and then Jido agents will operate async, and it&#x27;ll just be self-contained with a dashboard to spin it up.”</p><p>The creator acknowledges that popularly-used languages and frameworks like TypeScript and <a href="http://node.js">Node.js</a> are excellent for what they are, and that they solve specific problems. “But you need to be able to spin things up inexpensively that companies built on TypeScript can solve either by running in Docker via their infrastructure, or run out of a cloud where they can spin up platforms of agents, with one agent per customer (or dozens of agents per customer).”</p><p>“And to be able to do that practically is just going to be overwhelmingly expensive, even with Cloud costs. And you need to be able to stitch it all together, potentially using non-deterministic agents with deterministic agents to deliver a strong product experience. It’s a very early picture, but that&#x27;s where I see the market now.”</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-make-agents-durable-for-concurrent-systems">How to Make Agents Durable for Concurrent Systems</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #54, The Age of Personalized Software with David Crawshaw</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-54-the-age-of-personalized-software-with-david-crawshaw</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 31 Jul 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">507fa92f-a83b-4799-8ff8-7523ebaa5df4</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 54 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie sit down with David Crawshaw. David shares how a weekend WireGuard experiment became Tailscale, and how a series of unsuccessful developer-tool experiments eventually became exe.dev. The conversation offers a candid look at product discovery, technical failure, cloud economics, and building infrastructure for AI agents.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 54 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie sit down with David Crawshaw. David shares how a weekend WireGuard experiment became Tailscale, and how a series of unsuccessful developer-tool experiments eventually became exe.dev. The conversation offers a candid look at product discovery, technical failure, cloud economics, and building infrastructure for AI agents.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-54-the-age-of-personalized-software-with-david-crawshaw">Ep. #54, The Age of Personalized Software with David Crawshaw</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Long-Horizon Agents: From Order-Takers to Outcome Owners</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/long-horizon-agents-from-order-takers-to-outcome-owners</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 31 Jul 2026 05:39:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Agents]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">87ce419b-74da-4384-9e37-22234194cec6</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Why aren’t agents able to successfully execute complex, long-horizon jobs? Heavybit partner Amir Zohrenejad lays out exactly what’s missing.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Not every employee is a superstar. In large organizations, you will encounter order takers. Despite targeted coaching, repeated instruction, and close evaluation, order takers require constant supervision, learn slowly, and fail to internalize the goals (org, team, and personal) that they’re meant to carry to their daily tasks. Powered by language models and the harnesses around them, AI agents are touted as a way to replace order takers. Companies like <a href="https://www.cnbc.com/2026/06/23/oracle-ai-job-cuts-layoffs-21000.html">Oracle</a>,<a href="https://www.wsj.com/business/earnings/gitlab-to-cut-14-of-workforce-as-part-of-ai-pivot-493b9813"> GitLab</a>, and <a href="https://www.elastic.co/blog/ceo-ash-kulkarni-announcement-to-elastic-employees">Elastic</a> are enacting huge AI-related layoffs and the numbers <a href="https://layoffs.fyi/">just keep growing</a>.</p><p></p><p>But despite the promises of a pure AI utopia, we still can’t trust agents to work towards goals. Most agents require an order-taker’s level of supervision, coaxing, and constant prompt-response. A human manager must still own a goal, break it into tasks, give the models context for each task, and triple check outputs and next steps. Even when an agent uses tools and skills across multiple tasks, a human for the most part, is still responsible for goals and outcomes.</p><h2>From Order Takers to Outcome Owners</h2><p>A task has a clear input and output. A tool can help complete it. But intelligent humans are not hired simply to complete a collection of tasks. They are given an area of responsibility and expected to deliver against goals or outcomes.</p><p>Take a software engineer. Refactoring a module or fixing compile-time errors are tasks. Making sure the backend scales with seasonal traffic patterns while minimizing cloud spend is an outcome. The engineer needs to understand the architecture, decide what needs to change (if anything), weigh tradeoffs, sequence the work, then monitor outcomes and adjust the plan when they find something unexpected. To understand seasonality, they might study historical trends or ask others in the organization. As new patterns emerge, they update their understanding and remember it to avoid future pain.</p><p>Consider a sales rep. Writing a follow-up email after a sales call and logging it in the CRM are tasks. Generating $500K in qualified pipeline is an outcome. The rep needs to understand the customer needs and product value, identify and target accounts, personalize outreach, handle objections and find patterns towards a quick close. If the pipeline runs dry, they need to diagnose issues and determine whether it’s their own missteps, or an issue with another team’s outputs, such as product or engineering.</p><p>Current agents are very good at completing tasks, especially when the output can be verified immediately. But they are surprisingly bad at making informed decisions over long time horizons.</p><h2>Longer Context Is not Enough</h2><p>Most agents implement some variation of <a href="https://arxiv.org/abs/2210.03629">ReAct</a>: the model reasons about what to do, takes an action, observes how the world responds, and reasons again. For a while, practitioners believed the path toward long-horizon agents looked straightforward:</p><p></p><h6><em>model + tools + loop + infinite context = autonomous agent</em></h6><h6></h6><p>The corollary was that if the context window became large enough, the agent could keep every prior thought, action, and result in view, loop forever, and learn in context.</p><p><strong>This is dead wrong. More time = more mistakes.</strong> Recent studies find a <a href="https://arxiv.org/abs/2410.10813">30% accuracy drop</a> when long-context models are asked to retain information across sustained interactions. Over longer horizons, agents also suffer from what researchers call <a href="https://arxiv.org/abs/2607.08716">&quot;behavioral state decay&quot;</a>: requirements, prior attempts, diagnoses and open sub-goals begin as priorities, but at some point stop influencing the agent&#x27;s decisions.</p><p>Long context gives an agent a larger transcript. It does not decide what remains important, which beliefs should be revised, or whether the current plan still serves the original goal. Essentially, long context just offers an agent more time to make mistakes and lose the plot.</p><p><strong>This forgetfulness is expensive. </strong>Repeatedly looping agent jobs also incurs higher token costs. We’re seeing increasing concerns from orgs like <a href="https://www.forbes.com/sites/janakirammsv/2026/05/17/uber-burns-its-2026-ai-budget-in-four-months-on-claude-code/">Uber</a> and <a href="https://x.com/LauraBratton5/status/2054558503436755350">ServiceNow</a> that have burned through annual token budgets in a matter of months as the <a href="https://apnews.com/article/ai-token-openai-anthropic-corporate-31bb80ac1cd7862d05f6397177d826b1">“free lunch” effect from tokenmaxxing</a> has come to an end. Token costs have gotten so bad, that there’s a growing trend of <a href="https://vercel.com/blog/protecting-against-token-theft">inference theft</a> leading to eye-opening losses via public gateways. What organizations need to make agents live up to the hype is the ability to build and run them over long-horizon jobs without breaking the bank.</p><h2>The Five Missing Systems</h2><p>Long-horizon agency isn’t as simple as a model running in a loop for a long time. We’re missing critical systems that provide continuity of intelligent behavior across changing evidence, context boundaries, process failures and learning cycles. We’re just not there yet, but I’m hopeful.</p><p>We believe continuity depends on five systems:</p><p><strong>Organizational memory.</strong> Most agent memory is scoped to a single session. Long-horizon agents need useful knowledge to survive beyond that session, evolve as facts change and become available to other agents in the organization. Examples of companies working here include <a href="https://mem0.ai/">Mem0</a>, <a href="https://mubit.ai/">Mubit</a>, and <a href="https://antfly.io/">Antfly</a>.</p><p><strong>Goal orchestration. </strong>Distant outcomes do not provide enough feedback to guide each decision. Agents need to break them into intermediate goals that make progress measurable without losing the relationship between a local reward and the original objective. Examples of companies working here include <a href="https://www.langchain.com/">LangChain</a>, <a href="https://crewai.com/">CrewAI</a>, and <a href="https://paperclip.ing/">Paperclip</a>.</p><p><strong>Durable execution.</strong> Long-running work must survive crashes, expired credentials, delayed approvals and irreversible interactions with the outside world. The execution layer must preserve state and know whether a failed operation should be retried, reversed, escalated or stopped. Examples of companies working here include <a href="https://temporal.io/">Temporal</a> and <a href="https://www.diagrid.io/">Diagrid</a>.</p><p><strong>Learning.</strong> A transcript records what happened; learning changes what happens next. Agents need a way to turn outcomes into better playbooks, instructions, memory and, potentially, model behavior without allowing every noisy experience to rewrite the system. Examples of companies working here include: <a href="https://www.letta.com/">Letta</a> and <a href="https://modiqo.ai/">Modiqo</a>.</p><p><strong>Toolchain Ecosystem.</strong> Agents need additional tooling to extend their capabilities into real-world use cases where they can genuinely move the needle. Among others, a competitive ecosystem of agentic tooling that offers better harnesses, secure sandbox environments and verification, comprehensive monitoring, the ability to support bespoke, custom builds for individual use cases, and large-scale governance and security need to emerge. Examples of companies working here include: <a href="https://galileo.ai/">Galileo</a>, <a href="https://www.agentops.ai/">AgentOps</a>, <a href="https://www.halluminate.ai/">Halluminate</a>, <a href="https://bronto.io/">Bronto</a>, and <a href="https://www.strix.ai/">Strix</a>.</p><p>Delineations between these system categories will blur. Memory, for example, may eventually absorb some of what we now call learning. Some capabilities may become native to models. Others will remain properties of the harness, runtime, or organization around the model. The primitives powering these systems are still being designed and implemented.</p><h2>Got Opinions or Want to Hear More?</h2><p>If you’re interested in exploring these further or you’re already building in one or more of these categories, join us on Sept 24 in SF alongside Glean, Hex, and Baseten at <a href="https://luma.com/long-horizon-stack?utm_source=library&amp;utm_medium=referral&amp;utm_content=amir_post">DevGuild: Long-Horizon Stack</a>. In future posts, I’ll explore each of these systems and how orgs can transform agents from order takers to outcome owners.</p><p><br/></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/long-horizon-agents-from-order-takers-to-outcome-owners">Long-Horizon Agents: From Order-Takers to Outcome Owners</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #41, Containers at the Edge of AI with Phil Estes</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-41-containers-at-the-edge-of-ai-with-phil-estes</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jul 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2bae19c2-3c1b-4303-9cca-13ec8075dbca</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 41 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride sit down with Phil Estes. They explore why the definition of a container remains surprisingly fuzzy, how microVM-backed sandboxes could support the next generation of AI agents, and what AI-generated contributions mean for projects like containerd. Phil also explains why the future of open source depends as much on trusted maintainers and healthy communities as it does on code.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 41 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride sit down with Phil Estes. They explore why the definition of a container remains surprisingly fuzzy, how microVM-backed sandboxes could support the next generation of AI agents, and what AI-generated contributions mean for projects like containerd. Phil also explains why the future of open source depends as much on trusted maintainers and healthy communities as it does on code.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-41-containers-at-the-edge-of-ai-with-phil-estes">Ep. #41, Containers at the Edge of AI with Phil Estes</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Can You Make AI Infrastructure Free Forever?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/can-you-make-ai-infrastructure-free-forever</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2026 16:48:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Infrastructure]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Infrastructure]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Cloud]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3efff6ce-8204-46cb-a76d-3cf6b9473edf</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>What if AI infrastructure was part of the public commons? Creator Mike Kuykendall explains how his project Shimmy takes the AI space in this direction.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>Can You Make AI Infrastructure Invisible?</h2><p>Depending on which people you talk to, individual developers spend hundreds (to thousands) of dollars monthly on AI services, with some predicting that <a href="https://www.gartner.com/en/newsroom/press-releases/2026-06-24-gartner-predicts-ai-coding-costs-will-surpass-average-developer-salary-by-2028-as-token-consumption-surges">AI tool costs will simply exceed the cost of human developers</a> soon.</p><p>What if the infrastructure and tooling needed to build with AI were free of charge, and wasn’t locked behind a dozen different vendors’ paid plans? That was the question that led developer <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/makuykendall/">Mike Kuykendall</a> to create the open-source project <a href="https://github.com/Michael-A-Kuykendall/shimmy">Shimmy</a>, a lightweight API replacement for local LLMs. Below, he explains his thought process and his vision for AI software built entirely on free infrastructure.</p><h2>From Frustration to Lightweight Infrastructure</h2><p>The start of Kuykendall’s journey was his own frustrations with working across the many different AI-powered software tools he had been using. “It honestly started as a simple <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shim_(computing)">shim</a>, because I was getting sick of all the ways to connect with OpenAPI protocols.” The creator was surprised at the project’s popularity, which appears to have come from many other developers also being tired of having to log into dozens of different paid services.</p><p>“I just wanted something that was completely private and offline, where you can control your own inputs, outputs and everything else.” Since then, the creator has moved the project to his own Rust-based library <a href="https://github.com/Michael-A-Kuykendall/airframe/blob/master/docs/architecture-map.md">Airframe</a> to avoid having to depend on other vendors’ command-line interfaces. “Every time I turned around, I would try to do something else and immediately say, ‘Oh wait, <em>this</em> other thing is owned by <em>someone else</em> at <em>that</em> level.”</p><p>“I never really was looking for anything out of it other than just to make a good space for people. That&#x27;s why I’m trying to make it a ‘free forever’ concept. If I can build products that use [this foundation] that would help people, I could sell [those products]. But the underlying service should be a place where we could all come together and just use AI for free. The other thing is, if you look at every service out there, everybody is just completely throttled on tokens. That&#x27;s an enormous cost for people who want to do development now.”</p><p>“I think that companies want everyone to pay for inference, and you shouldn&#x27;t have to. The thing is, everybody&#x27;s already got bundled costs.” The creator points out that the cost of utilizing high-end foundation models continues to increase, while Chinese AI labs are turning out increasingly competitive open models...which aren’t always supported natively within mainstream AI development toolsets.</p><p>“Now the users are left with this mess. It was getting to a point where I was paying four different vendors and I wasn&#x27;t even maximizing all the stuff I had. I asked myself, ‘Why can&#x27;t we just have an agreed-upon substrate we just all go to?’”</p><p>“Why not make the substrate free? Shimmy is free, always will be free. I&#x27;m not going to charge you. You have it. You use your model, I make sure it&#x27;s up to date and your model helps you succeed.” Kuykendall suggests his primary audience is software developers, who could eventually use tools built on a free infrastructure substrate.</p><blockquote>If you look at every service out there, everybody is just completely throttled on tokens. That&#x27;s an enormous cost for people who want to do development now.” -Mike Kuykendall, Creator/Shimmy</blockquote><h2>Freeing AI Infrastructure from Garbage Collection</h2><p>Kuykendall makes the emphatic point that despite the domineering popularity of Python for AI use cases, he designed his project to be 100% Rust-based for a reason. “Garbage collection [in Python] is ridiculous. It’s bad engineering.”</p><p>The creator explains that he began learning Rust to challenge himself, but found it to be an excellent working language whose <a href="https://doc.rust-lang.org/book/ch04-00-understanding-ownership.html">ownership and borrowing</a> system inherently forces developers to manage memory safely at compile time, but also matched AI software development well by minimizing non-repeatable, nondeterministic outcomes.</p><p>“I also found that the garbage collection brought along with it a bunch of stuff you don&#x27;t need. If you change your thinking around whether you need to retire some variables or let them gather in heaps, you can just use them and borrow them appropriately.” The creator notes that Rust’s <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Type_system#STATIC">static type system</a>, which verifies every variable at compile time, was both more sensical and helped him create invariant pipelines that reduced unpredictable outcomes as he built.</p><h2>How Free Infrastructure Cures Tokenmaxxing</h2><p>Kuykendall suggests that a largely free AI infrastructure substrate should be the solution for headline-grabbing token budget problems from orgs like <a href="https://fortune.com/2026/05/26/uber-coo-ai-spending-tokens-claude-code/">Uber</a> and <a href="https://x.com/laurabratton5/status/2054558503436755350">ServiceNow</a>. “Just recently, almost every AI company cranked up their rates,” notes the creator, in reference to how major AI vendors recently <a href="https://www.investing.com/analysis/the-ai-token-pricing-crisis-behind-openai-and-anthropics-revenue-race-200680777">repriced tokens</a> that caused users everywhere to burn through their token budgets early.</p><p>“Last month, I ran out of tokens for every one of my top services on day 15. And I was staring down at the remaining two weeks, thinking to myself, ‘What am I supposed to do now?’ I was forced to go try to ‘do it cheap.’” For his own purposes, the creator went off and did what he imagined many other developers are doing: Trying a list of free alternatives, including <a href="https://opencode.ai/">OpenCode</a>, <a href="https://pi.dev/">Pi</a>, <a href="https://hermesagent.agency/">Hermes Agent</a>, and others.</p><p>“I think basically the corporations right now are trying to recoup their money. They realize that they&#x27;re just going to have to take it from the people already using it. That&#x27;s when I realized if I&#x27;m going to be a developer and I&#x27;m going to use this service, I need a more-economical way.”</p><p>Having already canceled many of his pricey AI subscription services, Kuykendall reflects on how other developers like him may be making the same choices...and ending up with the extra hundreds of dollars saved from those canceled services, perhaps ready to spend elsewhere. “I’m working on other products on top of shimmy. Because that&#x27;s where the money should be, in my opinion. Application should be where we put the money, not the inference.”</p><h2>An Inference Tipping Point for Engineering Orgs, Coming Soon?</h2><p>Kuykendall foresees a not-to-distant future where engineering teams take a hard look at their AI bills, come to the same realization he did, and look to make a change. “I think the [largest AI vendors] understand that they overinvested.”</p><p>“In the meantime, if I had a young up-and-comer startup right now, I would use an inference stack that was free. I’d try to get the best compute I could get for my dollar. I think there <em>is</em> going to be an ‘API apocalypse,’ or whatever they’re calling it on social media, when everybody starts seeing viable alternatives they can use instead. And I think we&#x27;re already getting there.”</p><p>The creator notes that open models like Alibaba’s Qwen family and Z.ai’s GLM models can already perform well on software development when coupled with high-end hardware, a stark contrast to some of his previous experiences. “I worked at the IRS for several years, with no AI available. We had to do everything ‘the hard way.’ There were times when I’d think: ‘I could save three hours if I could just use AI right now!’”</p><p>According to Kuykendall, we live in very different times now, with highly performant open models and high-end hardware both within reach of individual developers. “Long story short: What I wanted was for nerds like us to lay the groundwork so that it was just invisible infrastructure, for AI work, development, or anything else.”</p><p>“It was also important to build the project offline. There are capable builders in Asia, some of the biggest drivers of growth on my GitHub repos, because I think they’re under the <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Great_Firewall">Great Firewall</a>.”</p><blockquote>What I wanted was for nerds like us to lay the groundwork so that it was just invisible infrastructure, for AI work, development, or anything else.”</blockquote><h2>Lessons from Building Many Projects with AI</h2><p>While AI can be a powerful assistant, Kuykendall warns other builders to avoid lulled into a false sense of security from <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sycophancy_(artificial_intelligence)">sycophantic models</a> that agree with you a little too much. “You have to separate yourself from this stuff, or at least watch for AI having an emotional impact on you. Try to get away from that and make it a source of data instead.”</p><p>“I&#x27;ve been in AI development pretty much from the moment it started. And I noticed while doing testing that tests would just <em>happen</em> to go the way I wanted them to, by a point or two. Always. The AI was quietly influencing things. So for founders, I would recommend that first of all, they should spread out their compute and find many points of view. Every one of these [models] is differently trained and they&#x27;re going to give you a different answer. And a lot of times you have to watch your logic, because it&#x27;ll tell you exactly what you want to hear.”</p><p>The creator recommends putting models through their paces, at minimum asking why ideas might be good and why they might be bad, and potentially pitting other models against each other. “You have to try to look at it as an empirical and scientific process, and try to take the human emotion out of it.”</p><h2>What AI Infra Will Look Like in the Future</h2><p>Kuykendall envisions a future AI infrastructure without the many layers of interface that block users from getting things done. “When I first started really spitballing it early on, I remember thinking: Why am I wasting my time with a computer, that&#x27;s running a browser, that&#x27;s running a window, that&#x27;s running a thing that I connect to a server, that runs the AI? What&#x27;s all this intervening stuff about?”</p><p>“Some of my early, kind of crazy experiments were running AI on hot metal and then having an operating system that&#x27;s just an AI with tools. Because I found that I would rather have that than have to poke around for that one thing, or that one file. Why don&#x27;t we just change the idea of an operating system to basically be an <em>intention system</em>? Why not take the AI, surround it with tools, and give it the ability to talk to me and others?”</p><p>“I think that&#x27;s the next thing that would be really transformative. Taking out all the shell layers I don&#x27;t need between myself and an AI with compute. I need to be able to talk to it. I need to have rewrite ability. I know this because I&#x27;ve already built more than a dozen AI tools. Then you put that in a stack and run on hot metal. I’d be saving a lot of money just doing that.”</p><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/can-you-make-ai-infrastructure-free-forever">Can You Make AI Infrastructure Free Forever?</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #9, Constraints, Creativity, and Competition</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-constraints-creativity-and-competition</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dcc3731c-eae1-473e-bc0d-d4935fe3842c</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 9 of Third Loop, the Progressive Delivery team explores the complicated relationship between AI, automation, and human creativity. Kim Harrison, Adam Zimman, and Heidi Waterhouse discuss AI’s ability to lower technical barriers and reduce toil, along with its tendency to strip away context, reinforce sameness, and confidently produce answers it does not understand. Along the way, they encounter whale dictionaries, ancient scrolls, AI-written memos, autonomous tractors, and the dangerously comfortable “Yes Bubble.”</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 9 of Third Loop, the Progressive Delivery team explores the complicated relationship between AI, automation, and human creativity. Kim Harrison, Adam Zimman, and Heidi Waterhouse discuss AI’s ability to lower technical barriers and reduce toil, along with its tendency to strip away context, reinforce sameness, and confidently produce answers it does not understand. Along the way, they encounter whale dictionaries, ancient scrolls, AI-written memos, autonomous tractors, and the dangerously comfortable “Yes Bubble.”</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-constraints-creativity-and-competition">Ep. #9, Constraints, Creativity, and Competition</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is Early Detection the Key to AI Performance Engineering?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/early-detection-for-ai-performance-engineering</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2026 17:09:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Performance Engineering]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Infrastructure]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Enterprise Software]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">321717a4-841b-4ccd-85d7-88d8971bb67a</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>If most code is AI-generated, teams will need to detect and fix performance regressions earlier in the SDLC. CodSpeed co-founder and CEO Arthur Pastel explains.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>More AI-Generated Code = More Software Performance Problems?</h2><p>Studies suggest that some <a href="https://hai.stanford.edu/ai-index/2026-ai-index-report">88%</a> of organizations have adopted AI, with some hyperscalers claiming that as much as <a href="https://blog.google/innovation-and-ai/infrastructure-and-cloud/google-cloud/cloud-next-2026-sundar-pichai/">75%</a> of their new code is AI-generated. Does more AI-generated code mean more performance issues and software regressions? Without guardrails, yes, says <a href="https://x.com/Art049">Arthur Pastel</a>, co-founder and CEO of <a href="https://codspeed.io">CodSpeed</a>, a performance intelligence platform built specifically to help teams detect regressions and fix performance issues earlier in the SDLC. Today, CodSpeed is used by teams at OpenAI, Cloudflare and Vercel as well as leading open-source organizations like Mozilla and Pydantic.</p><p>The founder, a lifelong coder, explains that the project arose from a longtime interest in software performance. With the growing popularity of the Rust language, Pastel observed that while many interesting tools were being built, there was still no way to measure performance continuously in CI, which inspired him to build the first version of what became CodSpeed, and to found the company.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/a8a18beb787fd43fc0bf30d485d82b32a0a73dbd-1280x521.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>CodSpeed founder Arthur Pastel discusses software optimization at EuroRust 2025. Image courtesy <a href="https://eurorust.eu/">EuroRust</a></em></p><h2>Making Performance Visibility Continuous</h2><p>Pastel suggests that the core problem that drove him to design CodSpeed is a lack of continuous visibility into performance during the software development life cycle. “Prior to CodSpeed, you really just had point-in-time performance data points.”</p><p>He explains that on a team, one member might run benchmarks, which are local and not committed, and because they are run on one specific machine, they aren&#x27;t easily comparable with other benchmarks.</p><p>The second problem is a lack of continuous gathering of performance data. “For example you might have <em>some</em> production performance data, like in a <a href="https://www.cncf.io/blog/2022/05/31/what-is-continuous-profiling/"><em>continuous profiler</em></a> or a production observability platform, but you don&#x27;t have that data on a <em>specific set of input data</em>. So essentially, you can’t really track it over time and see how it evolved. (And that’s before you introduce factors like regression.)”</p><p>“This is the first problem we solved. Then we quickly figured out that people don&#x27;t want to spend time fixing performance issues themselves. So we went further: We built a tool to surface the problems, and now we also remediate them and improve performance.”</p><h2>Performance Engineering Matters Everywhere, Even in OSS</h2><p>Pastel notes the importance of regression analysis goes beyond massive commercial software packages and is growing in importance among the open-source community. “It is really easy to convince people building open-source projects [of the importance of performance engineering] because they’re building foundational blocks.”</p><p>“So for example, if you introduce a regression in <a href="https://pydantic.dev/">Pydantic</a> (which is used by LLM providers) or in a really low-level library used everywhere, even a small performance regression will cascade everywhere.” Pastel points out that popular open-source projects are getting hammered with many more pull requests than before thanks to AI contributions, sometimes as much as 10x, which makes visibility into the performance impact of contributions extremely important for maintainers.</p><p>“Otherwise, in the beginning, we primarily spoke to organizations that were really sensitive to performance changes, which might be for UX or cost of infrastructure.” Orgs running infra at scale will generally be concerned about how performance affects their cloud bill, but LLMs have introduced more variation into the quantity (and quality) of things teams can “generate.”</p><p>“If you don&#x27;t have any guardrails, then your performance might get completely out of hand, and you won&#x27;t realize it until you&#x27;re actually running on a production database.”</p><h2>Accounting for Benchmark Noise and Memory Usage</h2><p>Pastel explains that his team’s approach involves building a CPU simulation tool to address the &#x27;noisy neighbors&#x27; issue of running on a shared VM whose measured performance might quietly change depending on what neighboring VMs are running. “It can be really painful, especially in overprovisioned environments like GitHub Actions and a lot of CI runners.”</p><p>He explains that a common practice to reduce costs is to overprovision instances, which can lead to extreme variations in benchmarks. “For example, you might measure something that, at one point, is 50 times lower than the baseline, yet the code doesn&#x27;t change at all.”</p><p>The CodSpeed team&#x27;s approach is to simulate the CPU to generate a model that, while not perfect, would represent actual execution. “We give a super-fast feedback loop of how the performance changed between two versions of code. And we built it to be really portable, so you can bring it from one computer to another, one server to another, and the results will be comparable as long as you have the same architecture.”</p><p>While CodSpeed works on x86 and ARM architecture, his team is actively working on bringing the project to be completely architecture-agnostic. “To do this, we forked <a href="https://github.com/CodSpeedHQ/valgrind-codspeed">Valgrind</a>, which is a dynamic binary instrumentation tool. So instead of simulating and emulating a whole system, we integrate at the binary level, and we have some integration libraries which make it easy to build the benchmarks and the performance test.”</p><p>Pastel explains that the initial goal was to make it as easy as possible to build performance tests so that users actually write them, as even code-level issues (like compilers mistakenly trying to remove benchmarks) can get in the way.</p><p>“One of the main problems here can be when you observe more macro-level phenomena. For example, let&#x27;s say you have <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lock_(computer_science)">thread contention</a> with a lot of thread scheduling, in which case a simple CPU model is not always enough, though we want to push our modelization as far as possible. However, while the next steps may include having some proper isolated or bare-metal instances, at some point you still need to validate the macro behavior.”</p><p>“On top of simulation, you sometimes need to measure on real hardware. We have actual physical instances that we can provision on demand in isolated data centers where we can measure performance,” says Pastel. Even physical concerns like the height and location of your server within a data center can yield completely different performance patterns.</p><p>“The idea is that using CodSpeed, if you have a GitHub Actions workflow, with just one line, you can get an actual physical instance that&#x27;s dedicated to you, without paying thousands per month just for dedicated hardware. We share those costs and make it affordable.”</p><p>“The last instrument, because our idea is really to build an ecosystem of instruments that can be plugged to your code, is the memory measurement instrument, which we built because we also had a lot of people complain about memory consumption. Often, if you optimize for speed, it will be a trade-off and you will just consume more memory. Depending on what you do, reducing your memory footprint may also be a requirement.”</p><p>“Memory shifted our thesis a bit to be more about optimizing <em>performance</em>, which we define as the amount of <em>resources</em> you use. So your goals might be optimizing for disk or network usage, and ours is to help you optimize your software to reduce the footprint it consumes within your own system.”</p><p>“If you introduce a regression in...a really low-level library used everywhere, even a small performance regression will cascade everywhere. If you don&#x27;t have any guardrails, then your performance might get completely out of hand, and you won&#x27;t realize it until you&#x27;re actually running on a production database.” -Arthur Pastel, Founder/CodSpeed</p><h2>How Technical Leads Should Think About Performance Engineering</h2><p>Pastel breaks down the value of performance engineering for orgs into a few layers. “First, performance issues might just be hiding some bugs, possibly due to an algorithm not being properly implemented.” Code correctness can therefore be part of performance management, as can making sure the resulting complexity of an algorithm is what was intended.</p><p>“Then, if everything runs faster, then you need fewer servers and less compute to run something, which means you cut your costs, which is one key benefit.” Pastel observes that orgs running cloud infra at scale generally prefer tools that are fast and don’t overconsume memory, which is why teams he works with often optimize for speed first, then memory usage second after they start comparing memory footprints.</p><p>Lastly, performance engineering can directly affect user experience. “Depending on what you ship, whether it’s a Web application, even if it’s a backend server or something, the overall latency of your program will define a lot of the user experience. As long as there is a user interaction involved, UX can be improved because you can make things faster.”</p><p>Pastel gives examples of how CodSpeed helps front-end teams detect performance regressions in CSS rendering, as well as optimizing at the kernel level and with JS execution. “There are many things that can be optimized to just make the overall experience for the end user way more pleasant, which is something that&#x27;s pretty important as well.”</p><p>For teams building software, performance engineering also provides multiple benefits. “First, with AI, you’re shipping more code than ever now. You&#x27;re spending much more time reviewing, so you have much less time to focus on performance. And the idea is that, at first, you need guardrails on the most important parts of your application, whether that’s the time it takes to load a full page, or to perform the most basic interaction on your server via your back end.”</p><p>Pastel argues that as software teams have less time and resources to devote to improving the performance of their products, they at least need some kind of background job optimizing performance. He points out that developers now generate and review code with LLMs, but even frontier models have no runtime performance signal, neither in their training data nor as feedback when they generate code. They can&#x27;t measure the code they generate, so they&#x27;re left to guess at what performant software actually looks like.</p><p>“What LLMs need is a proper harness to measure performance, which is what we&#x27;ve built. We initially built this for humans, but now it works for agents as well. Essentially, we help the agents build a really simple harness around any kind of code, any kind of language, then let them query the data in a proper format.”</p><p>Agents don’t collect or consume performance data in the same way humans do, but the team still needs to surface them for users. As a result, they developed an MCP server, a CLI, and skills to let users run their own auto-research loop, to minimize the cognitive burden on already-overstretched development teams.</p><h2>Why Aren’t Agents Already Doing This Stuff?</h2><p>Pastel suggests gaps in today’s agentic tooling and infrastructure that prevent them from being proper guardians of software performance. “CodSpeed can run on open-source software and the tools we built in sandboxes in a super-cheap way. But agents would still need to interpret and aggregate the data, which is the first tricky part.” He points out that optimization work is hypothesis-driven. Even the world&#x27;s foremost performance experts form a hypothesis from an observed code pattern, write the change, and validate it by measuring. Agents need that same measurement loop.</p><p>“But then, there’s also a whole infrastructure play, which is much harder. You need to have isolated machines to run more-macro tasks.” Pastel explains that CodSpeed operates a fleet of bare-metal machines tuned for measurement stability spanning various hardware configurations, architectures (x86, ARM), and GPUs. Agents can request an instance on demand and run benchmarks in a completely isolated environment, on the hardware that matches their production target.</p><p>Pastel also believes that the evolving economics of compute resources is constraining something that technical teams used to not consider a constraint at all: Available memory. “Just getting RAM now is getting harder. We never really took the time to optimize software in the past because it was super-easy to say, ‘My software is consuming a lot of RAM, but people will just get laptops with more memory, so it&#x27;s completely fine. Same with CPUs; if things were a bit slow, you would just get a bigger instance.”</p><p>While there are faster CPU and GPU units in development, Pastel points out that compute and RAM are becoming scarcer and more expensive, requiring teams to treat them as constrained resources and focus on performance.</p><p>For decades, <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Moore%27s_law">Moore&#x27;s Law</a> meant slow software could wait for faster hardware. That escape hatch is closing. As hardware gains slow down, performance has to come from the software itself.</p><p>“We never really took the time to optimize software in the past because it was super-easy to say, ‘My software is consuming a lot of RAM, but people will just get laptops with more memory, so it&#x27;s completely fine. Same with CPUs; if things were a bit slow, you would just get a bigger instance.”</p><h2>How Founders Should Approach Performance Engineering</h2><p>For startup founders, Pastel notes that agents can process thousands of times more data than humans in the same time period, which means that both your startup’s agents, and those of your customers, could be dragged down significantly by performance regressions.</p><p>Pragmatically, he admits that performance engineering may not be a priority in the very earliest stages of a software startup. “Performance might be taken as an afterthought in the beginning, and it’s fine to [focus on building] a simple MVP, because first you want to validate that there is a need for your product.”</p><p>However, the AI era has created another wrinkle that makes performance significantly more important, especially in competitive spaces. “For customers you hope will adopt and actually keep using your product, migrating from one thing to another has become super-cheap. Essentially, you can just have an agent tasked to migrate from one solution to another. I think this is why a lot of SaaS products are at risk, because we don’t have the strong lock-in and switching costs we had before.”</p><p>“So, performance is still a key differentiator, especially when you think about adoption and retention. It’s still a big deal in my opinion.”</p><h2>Performance Engineering in the Enterprise</h2><p>Pastel sees performance engineering as only becoming more important for enterprises, especially on the infrastructure side at scale. “Enterprises have already realized the margin gains they can get from optimizing their software. We see adoption growing today, and it will only accelerate in the future.”</p><p>He also argues that the advent of new AI tooling is helping orgs shift performance left as well. “Previously, performance would come down to, ‘We’ll see what happens in production.’ And if there was an outage, someone would wake up at night and try to fix it. Now we see more and more AI SRE companies that fix such issues, rather than having someone being paged to wake up in the middle of the night.”</p><p>“We’re building something to fix issues before they even happen, which we believe is better, because you don&#x27;t want agents doing stuff in your production instances when you are an enterprise. If you can catch issues before production, you can validate with a human before anything happens.”</p><p></p><p>“It just happens in a much more natural cycle, rather than thinking, ‘Okay, there is a fire, I will try to fix the fire, push in production again, and iterate with a super-long development cycle.’ With agents, we really can ship in minutes while before, especially for enterprises, the release cycle might take weeks, if not months.”</p><h2>How Will Performance Engineering Fit into the Future Stack?</h2><p>Pastel is confident performance engineering won’t be going anywhere. “You can&#x27;t train models to optimize performance <em>by design</em>. Performance depends on what you actually run in production: Your data, your infrastructure, your product goals. That context has to be measured, not learned.”</p><p>The founder is skeptical that even a perfect agentic future will account for all the potential outcomes of performance engineering, even if agents eventually come to possess all the right tools to communicate and validate performance changes. “Even if we manage to have some super-optimized languages, and we have new state-of-the-art models that allow us to have some crazy breakthrough to do a lot of optimization, there is still the structure of the code, which will still be an issue and cannot be optimized by a compiler.”</p><p>Pastel suggests that performance engineering, like security, will be a discipline that may never become out of date. “It won&#x27;t disappear because you still need to have guardrails and things to make sure that your app is [performant] and consuming the least amount of resources possible. This problem is not ‘done.’”</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/early-detection-for-ai-performance-engineering">Is Early Detection the Key to AI Performance Engineering?</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #3, Exploring Recursive Intelligence with Qizheng Zhang</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-exploring-recursive-intelligence-with-qizheng-zhang</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4b3cba00-5f55-47e1-9fcd-8004ed4377f0</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 3 of Lab Notes, Amir Zohrenejad sits down with Qizheng Zhang to explore one of the fastest-moving areas of AI research: recursive self-improvement. Together, they discuss Meta-Harness, context engineering, and why the future of AI may depend as much on the software surrounding models as the models themselves. The conversation also examines evaluation, agentic systems, and the limits of today&#x27;s autonomous AI research.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 3 of Lab Notes, Amir Zohrenejad sits down with Qizheng Zhang to explore one of the fastest-moving areas of AI research: recursive self-improvement. Together, they discuss Meta-Harness, context engineering, and why the future of AI may depend as much on the software surrounding models as the models themselves. The conversation also examines evaluation, agentic systems, and the limits of today&#x27;s autonomous AI research.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-exploring-recursive-intelligence-with-qizheng-zhang">Ep. #3, Exploring Recursive Intelligence with Qizheng Zhang</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How AEO/GEO Differs from SEO (and Whether It Matters)</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/aeo-geo-seo-differences-and-why-they-matter</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2026 20:23:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[LLM]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[SEO]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Marketing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer-First Go-To-Market]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7d5a5809-8567-44ed-bbbe-5db2234c41d3</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Developer content expert Adam DuVander explains how founders should think about being visible in LLMs (and in search).</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>Does AEO/GEO Matter More or Less than SEO?</h2><p>It’s easy to find many deeply unhelpful statistics about the changing state of developer marketing. For instance, <a href="https://www.hubspot.com/marketing-statistics">33%</a> of internet users reportedly discover new brands via internet search, yet Google AI overviews have apparently reduced clicks to top search results by <a href="https://ahrefs.com/blog/ai-overviews-reduce-clicks-update/">58%</a>.</p><p>So what does any of that <em>even mean?</em></p><p>Has SEO become worthless for startups? Has visibility in AI overviews (known as AI overview optimization, or AIO) or in LLM results, also known as generative engine optimization (GEO) or Answer Engine Optimization (AEO) replaced it as the most important way to sell developer tools?</p><p>Developer content expert <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/duvander/">Adam DuVander</a> suggests that the numbers and rankings don’t necessarily correlate to value for your startup, especially if you haven’t positioned your company correctly. While he built the website <a href="https://www.llmrank.fyi">LLMRank.fyi</a> to help founders get a point-in-time sense of their visibility in LLMs, he argues that before even looking at rankings, founders should focus on strategy first.</p><h2>Understanding What LLM Rankings Are (and Aren’t)</h2><p>DuVander suggests that the website is the result of work he was already doing with his clients, startups that are, unsurprisingly, concerned about how highly they rank in LLM responses when users ask about products in their space. “We can see how these [rankings] change and when they don&#x27;t. And I think both of those are interesting.”</p><p>The content expert also cautions against overindexing on any single data point, as LLM results are still mercurial and non-deterministic. “I heard a story of a startup on a retreat, where the team all opened up their laptops and typed in queries about their product into their favorite LLM, all writing different prompts from their individual points of view. And of course, they all ended up with different answers there.”</p><p>“As much as we all wish that a developer would type in the words that are in the H1 on our homepage, they often don&#x27;t. (That&#x27;s a whole other topic, because you should be able to use your website’s H1 to speak to that developer audience.) But the ‘good news,’ if you can call it that, is that [LLM visibility] is on a long timeframe. If you’ve worked in SEO, you’re used to long timeframes, but this is potentially longer.”</p><p>The content expert suggests that while LLM visibility takes time, it may be a good idea to start looking into the topic, but not to simply index on how highly their own products rank. Comparing differentials against competitors, particularly between different types of prompts, can highlight opportunities for improvement.</p><p>“The more interesting questions are: Where are you ranked above the companies that you consider to be your competitors? And where are they ranked above you? If you look back at the language for those, you can start to see narratives or gaps. Maybe this [prompt] was about a particular feature or a use case, and you&#x27;re doing ‘better’ there.”</p><p>“That means that you likely have put in some effort there, possibly from content on your site. It might be outreach to devs, or devs who are talking about you positively in this area. And then there are prompts where you don&#x27;t show up at all: Potential areas to fill with the same sorts of activity that you&#x27;re already doing.”</p><p>Are LLMs simply a new marketing channel? “From the standpoint of: ‘We know that devs are using this to ask these questions, get recommendations, and potentially make decisions, all before they see your website, if they ever do, sure. But everything that goes into that recommendation are all the other channels that you already are working on: Your blog, documentation, and work in the community. What your DevRel team is putting out on GitHub. All these things are already existing channels, and this is a way to pull those together.”</p><blockquote>“[LLM visibility] is on a long timeframe. If you’ve worked in SEO, you’re used to long timeframes, but this is potentially longer.” - Adam DuVander, Founder/EveryDeveloper</blockquote><h2>Why Positioning May Matter More to LLMs than Search</h2><p>DuVander points out the differential between scouring for keywords, the way SEO experts did with Google, and using LLM prompts. “I&#x27;ve seen some AEO/GEO dashboards that just include SEO keywords. But thinking like a developer, not like a marketer or an SEO, and using [developers’] words, you should think about the use cases you have. I really think this is an opportunity to look at your positioning and make sure it&#x27;s super clear.”</p><p>“I think it&#x27;s okay if you don&#x27;t show up at all in some of those searches that aren&#x27;t right in the wheelhouse of a tightly positioned startup for the ‘ideal dev.’ Some of that basic work of knowing who that ‘ideal dev’ is is in the minds of the founders a lot of times, but especially as the team grows...that can shift as the product changes. You should be asking: Are we still as focused on that ideal dev as we could be?”</p><p>The content expert also notes what appears to be a semantic difference between SEO and AEO/GEO. In SEO, traditionally, the goal was to rank highly for a core keyword, which would then generally ensure ranking for any derivative sub-keywords. Ranking #1 for the term “data pipelines” would generally mean you would tend to rank well for associated keywords like “data sources” or “data ingestion.”</p><p>“That seems to be less of the case for AEO/GEO, since context is so important to an LLM. Add a couple of words to your prompt, and that changes the context. Now, you might be completely absent from sub-keyword LLM searches. And actually think that’s a good thing for founders who are positioning themselves in a way that differentiates them from another startup that might seem to be a ‘leader.’ It’s an opportunity to be able to kind of own that ‘zone’ and that positioning. SEO might have made that <em>harder</em> to do. The LLMs seem to be more willing to open that window.”</p><h2>What Should Founders Do First? LLMs.txt, Markdown, Content</h2><p>The content expert recommends that founders start out by recording their visibility in LLMs over time to build a baseline of data they can use to compare. “From within there, some of those gaps will point to areas you&#x27;ll want to try to fill. That’s assuming that you&#x27;re running these prompts multiple times and you feel confident the results are coming from ‘developer language.’”</p><p>“I know there are still a lot of questions about LLMs.txt and whether AI uses it. To me, one of the benefits of that is how teams can get on the same page about what they’re putting forward, and which things matter. So I think creating [a LLMs.txt file] that has categories that really show some thought put into it is worth doing.”</p><p>“If we&#x27;re just talking about automating something that essentially looks like a site map? And I&#x27;ve also seen some teams just dump all their blog posts in a giant list. I don&#x27;t think that is very valuable at all because it doesn&#x27;t show that you&#x27;ve pointed toward a particular area. In everything you&#x27;re doing, you should be looking to give those signals about <em>what matters</em> because if it <em>all matters</em>, we know that <em>nothing matters</em>.”</p><p>DuVander recommends thinking through website use cases where human interactions are still important. “What are the ways that you can streamline the process for [a human visitor] to get back to their agent that has maybe made this recommendation.” The content expert notes that adding markdown is a specific step founders can take to make their content LLM-readable, the way <a href="https://docs.stripe.com/">Stripe</a> does for its documentation site.</p><p>Going forward, DuVander then recommends founders look at the potential gaps they’ve identified and build a plan to fill them in. “If this is a positioning issue where you&#x27;re not showing up as highly as you would expect to, then I think you should make that a focus. You could have a series of blog posts or other content about that topic. Make a campaign of it. Don&#x27;t just say, ‘OK, we&#x27;ll make our <em>one definitive page</em> and be done with it.’”</p><p>The content expert clarifies that making progress against LLM queries where startups are underrepresented may require a continuous drumbeat of content and campaigns going across different channels, whether they be blogs, podcasts, hackathons, or other activities.</p><blockquote>“If this is a positioning issue where you&#x27;re not showing up as highly as you would expect to, then...you should make that a focus. Make a campaign of it. Don&#x27;t just say, ‘We&#x27;ll make our <em>one definitive page</em> and be done with it.’”</blockquote><h2>How to Think About Rankings in Competitive Spaces</h2><p>DuVander admits that, like with SEO, AEO/GEO visibility against monolithic competitors can be challenging. “First, I’d recommend thinking about timelines, because it may take months or quarters to be able to really see any movements [in your rank] if you&#x27;re invisible now. Having a super-entrenched competitor seems like it might still be as big a deal as being the top SEO result.”</p><p>For startups going head-to-head against tough competition, the content expert recommends digging deeper into areas where founders can make traction. “I would make sure I knew the use cases where we could win against that competitor. And I’d want to make sure it wasn’t just <em>us</em> saying that. Talking to developers, you can find there might be plenty of community chatter on places like Reddit, not even necessarily about your startup or your competitors, but just about the use cases.”</p><p>DuVander clarifies that Reddit (and every other community channel) isn’t a magic silver bullet, and reminds founders that such communities are often hostile to blatant promotion. “These channels have existed <em>before </em>LLMs and I think that it matters where your audience <em>is</em>. So if your audience is on Reddit and discussing it, yes, they won’t like it if you come in and talk about your products. But your own community might be talking there.”</p><p>The content expert suggests that one approach to community spaces is to highlight projects your community has worked on, such as by sharing projects they’ve successfully built using your platform. “But also, you should be looking at places that <em>aren&#x27;t </em>Reddit, since your audience might be hanging out in other places.”</p><p>DuVander explains that rather than fixating on being everywhere, a better strategy is to find the few channels that matter most for your community. Particularly for smaller teams that don’t have the bandwidth to try to conquer Reddit and Hacker News and Product Hunt and Dev.to (and all the rest).</p><h2>Preparing for the Future: Meeting Devs Where They Live</h2><p>DuVander suggests that on some level, marketing may matter more than ever in the age of LLMs. “The big thing that has changed is that the workflow of most developers has changed. So this isn’t just about ‘another channel where you could be recommended,’ which would be a different conversation. But despite the changes, I don’t think established channels go away.”</p><p>“You still want to show up when the developers search. When they go to Google, maybe they get a recommendation in one window and they think, ‘Let me see about that.’ There are still devs who are going to be doing their research and wanting to make sure that they&#x27;re making an informed decision.”</p><p>“Yes, if they trust this LLM to write code, they probably trust it to make recommendations too. But yeah, they&#x27;re going to still be doing those other things: Going to conferences and hackathons. Classic DevRel sorts of places. From the conversations I&#x27;ve had, it&#x27;s much more gearing around marketing now: Being able to build that authority and trust with the audience that is needed to show up in the LLMs and be recommended.”</p><p>The content expert also suggests thinking ahead to the next step: The deep, in-the-weeds context that’s already contained within the agentic tools developers work with every day, and the hidden opportunities to partner with related communities. “What else is true in that developer&#x27;s context and that moment? They are in their own codebase. The agent knows the languages and tools they&#x27;re using.”</p><p>“I think that&#x27;s an underexplored area. You’re not just getting to a use case, but also: What language is someone building in when they do this? What other tools are there? So those are our partnership opportunities [for those other tools]. Which goes back to the idea that everything old is new again. These aren&#x27;t <em>new </em>ideas, but it&#x27;s about framing things in a way that is aware of what a developer’s context is, and what their agents’ context is.”</p><p>“I’m thinking about partnerships with other [complementary] tools that would make sense alongside yours. If both companies are talking about the use case, and their devs are talking about it, you start to build a lot of the training for that. LLMs now see these two connected together: They see ‘Your Product <em>with Python</em>,’ or ‘Your Product <em>with Rust</em>.’ And the LLMs are more likely to make that recommendation if it&#x27;s from that context of knowing the language that developer is using. So that&#x27;s I think an underexplored area, taking not just the use case, which already is a slice of the larger approach, but going even further.”</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/aeo-geo-seo-differences-and-why-they-matter">How AEO/GEO Differs from SEO (and Whether It Matters)</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Will AI Manage Software Performance with Humans in the Loop?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/automating-performance-engineering-with-ai-and-humans-in-the-loop</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Jul 2026 15:47:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Performance Engineering]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Testing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Automation]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">05705342-f90c-45e4-9455-efa317ecd74c</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Founder Tomás Senart explains why the future of performance engineering will be AI doing the heavy lifting while humans make strategic calls.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>Performance Engineering: Part Brute-Force, Part Hard Decisions?</h2><p>Software startups often launch quickly to beat competitors and gather early customer feedback. At that stage, performance should not necessarily be the priority, founder <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/tsenart/">Tomás Senart</a> argues. But once a product is exposed to scale, or latency and infrastructure costs become material, the economics change and teams need a repeatable way to keep performance from drifting. The creator of the popular Go HTTP load-testing tool <a href="https://github.com/tsenart/vegeta">Vegeta</a> has carried those lessons into his startup <a href="https://perfloop.ai">Perfloop</a>, and shares them here.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/f3af6263901812ce5c45efe91414caaa22705694-3840x1843.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Tomás Senart discusses his learnings in Go interfaces at GopherCon 2015. Image courtesy <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xyDkyFjzFVc">Gopher Academy</a></em></p><h2>From Load Testing to Go</h2><p>As an engineer at SoundCloud, Senart had been tasked with replacing a significant chunk of a legacy system that needed to be loaded and tested. “At that time, the only thing available that was not a [heavyweight] Java ecosystem tool was <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ApacheBench">Apache Benchmark</a>, which had an array of usability issues and functionality limitations. We had a concrete problem and a culture of building things from scratch. Those two things together led to Vegeta.”</p><p>While the project has become popular in the Golang community, the founder clarifies that there was more to its success than the inherent speed and transparency of the language itself. “I think you can do performance engineering in any language ecosystem. With Go, because concurrency was such a core part of the design of the language, it made building a load-testing tool very natural at the time.”</p><p>“But you can build a load-testing tool in a way that will ‘lie to you’ in the results. So it wasn&#x27;t just about building something <em>quick</em>, it was about building something <em>correct</em>. Azul Systems CTO <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/giltene/k">Gil Tene</a> is famous in the performance engineering world for many things, including the concept of <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6Rs0p3mPNr0&amp;t=19s"><em>coordinated omission</em></a>: A phenomenon in load testing (and many tools fall into this trap) where the client that is sending the requests <em>paces itself</em> according to <em>how the server is doing</em>.”</p><p>“That is a bad way to test the system, because you&#x27;re basically stopping to hammer the server at the exact point where you&#x27;d get the [indication] that it&#x27;s not doing well. So you need to keep the rate constant. That was a key design decision at the time to build Vegeta in this way: To <em>not</em> suffer from that problem.”</p><p>The founder suggests that the most important lesson from his earlier work wasn’t that performance data is <em>lacking</em>, as most teams have dashboards full of telemetry and a benchmark they’ve run at least once. “The problem is that the benchmark you ran <em>once</em> is already stale. Performance is not something you set and keep, it is an envelope you have to hold against constant change.”</p><p>“Every code change, dependency bump, traffic shift, and architectural change nudges it, so the loop from measurement to a verified improvement has to run again and again just to stay in place.” Senart explains that the measurement process is inherently slow, which makes it easy to deprioritize and fall by the wayside.</p><p>His startup Perfloop closes the second half of the loop: After measuring, Perfloop assesses how systems behave under load, across the entire loop. “It finds the performance opportunities, proposes changes, and proves whether they actually moved the needle, with the numbers to back it up.”</p><p>Providing proof, the founder argues, validates automation across the rest of the process, rather than forcing teams to take things on faith: An important nuance as benchmarking loops need to be run far more often than can be done manually. “The system carries the ‘relentless’ part, the finding and the proving, while the person stays in charge of what is worth holding and what actually ships.”</p><h2>How Much Should Tech Leaders Prioritize Benchmarks, Really?</h2><p>Addressing the excitement around AI evaluations, the founder notes that the most popular AI benchmarks can and do become contaminated. “That&#x27;s why people started creating private eval sets that they run so they&#x27;re not gameable. That’s one approach, but it has its own problems, because there is no transparency into the <em>quality</em> of those benchmarks. It&#x27;s a moving target, honestly: How to have transparency while not being gameable or having evals end up in the training data of models themselves.”</p><p>Senart draws a line between viral LLM benchmarks like <a href="https://deepswe.datacurve.ai">Deep-SWE</a> and benchmarks that teams specifically use internally to build their own products. “If you&#x27;re building these capabilities in your company and in your product, the only thing that matters is your evals. It&#x27;s not going to be the public coding agent evals for the coding models that matter the most.”</p><p>“The benchmarks that last are the unglamorous, private ones tied to an outcome you actually care about, because there is no incentive to game a benchmark whose only audience is you. Public benchmarks help you decide what to test. Your own codebase tells you what is true.”</p><blockquote>&quot;The only thing that matters is your evals. The benchmarks that last are the unglamorous, private ones tied to an outcome you actually care about, because there is no incentive to game a benchmark whose only audience is you. Your own codebase tells you what is true.” -Tomás Senart, Founder/Perfloop</blockquote><h2>Performance Engineering Lessons for Founders</h2><p>Senart suggests that the adoption of agentic coding agents is fundamentally changing software, and not necessarily for the better. “First, agents now write a large and growing share of code, with a very wide range of outcomes. Many teams are moving faster than their ability to review every line, so they are shipping performance slop: Inefficiencies and waste that no human deliberately introduced and no one is specifically watching for.”</p><p>“Second, the load on production systems is changing shape. It is not only human users anymore. Agents call services at machine speed and volume, so the same systems get hammered far harder than they were designed for.” The founder observes that <a href="https://www.nbcnews.com/tech/tech-news/bot-web-traffic-overtaken-human-web-traffic-data-shows-rcna348522">bot Web traffic has surpassed human traffic</a>, and Web-based infrastructure is only the first beachhead to be pounded on by agents.</p><p>Commerce is another rapidly-growing space for agentic workflows for retail and checkout processes, and enterprise services appear to be the next frontier. The founder argues that agentic traffic is no longer a hypothetical future condition. It’s an inevitable thing that will happen, and make performance even more crucial.</p><p>In addition, it’s no longer feasible to wait to be ‘bailed out’ by eventually better hardware. “Now GPUs, memory, and compute are expensive and staying that way, so inefficiency shows up directly as a cost on your bill.”</p><p>The above factors lead to more performance debt that accrues quicker on infrastructure taking heavier workloads. “What is missing is a way to keep up. Occasional expert attention or a periodic consultant audit cannot match how fast the debt now accrues. That is the gap Perfloop is built to close.”</p><p>The founder clarifies that while you can use agentic systems to support performance engineering, AI doesn’t nullify the fundamentals. “You still have resources, you have things that drag on them, and you’ve got to make the most of them. You need to unpack that, one layer at a time, and be methodical. That&#x27;s what performance engineering is.”</p><p>“You still create hypotheses, you go test them, and you look at the hard data. It’s just that the experiments can go faster now. You have agents which, with the right harness, can do that kind of work rigorously and not just guessing and going in the wrong direction, then you can parallelize so many of these hypotheses for testing.”</p><p>Senart offers two final pieces of advice for founders. “First: Do not pay for performance you do not need yet; if nobody uses your product, its performance does not matter. Second: The moment you are exposed to scale, the economics change in your favor. Performance work is methodical science, and the old constraint was that you could only afford to test the top one or two ideas. With the right harness you can now run many of those experiments in parallel, with rigor, and test the other ten you used to ignore.”</p><h2>Getting Performance Engineering into Enterprise Customers’ Hands</h2><p>Senart concedes that his startup’s approach to <em>automating </em>performance engineering isn’t necessarily mainstream among enterprise engineering orgs yet, due to a number of factors. “The first is trust, which is the hard one. You are asking a large organization to let an autonomous system reason about and propose changes to code that runs their business. They will not do that on a verbal promise.</p><p>“They need proof that the system finds real problems and that its proposed changes actually work, and they need that proof to come from somewhere they cannot dismiss. This is exactly why we are doing the work in <a href="https://app.perfloop.ai/t/oss/roi">open source, in public</a>.” The founder notes that the maintainer of the widely-used Go library <a href="https://github.com/parquet-go/parquet-go">parquet-go</a> has <a href="https://x.com/__Achille__/status/2068578598521594131?s=20">publicly agreed</a> with his hypothesis that closing performance debt will come down to utilizing the kind of concurrent optimizations he’s building today.</p><p>“The second blocker is the usual enterprise gate: Compliance, security review, governance. There is nothing special here, it is just work you have to do to be allowed in the building. We are starting SOC 2 now for that reason.”</p><p>“The third blocker is not so much a blocker as it is inertia: Simply the reason to bother to do anything. Enterprises are actually a strong fit, because their scale and internal complexity produce a lot of recoverable inefficiency. In a large system, the performance you have left on the table is real money on the bill. Once trust and compliance are cleared, that recoverable cost is a very concrete reason to engage.”</p><p>“What it takes [to get into enterprises] is portable, verifiable proof on code that looks like theirs, compliance work done honestly, and a value story told in the language they care about, which is cost and risk, not benchmarks for their own sake. For us, this is the route, not the first stop. The immediate motion is the public open-source work and self-serve adoption. The enterprise conversation opens once that public credibility is built.”</p><blockquote>&quot;[For enterprises], the first [blocker] is trust, which is the hard one. You are asking a large organization to let an autonomous system reason about and propose changes to code that runs their business. They will not do that on a verbal promise. The second blocker is the usual enterprise gate: Compliance, security review, governance. The third blocker is not so much a blocker as it is inertia: Simply the reason to bother to do anything.”</blockquote><h2>What the Future of Performance Engineering Looks Like</h2><p>Senart understands the current excitement about AI agents in software, but isn’t sure that performance engineering will simply become another agentic guardrail. “Guardrails are part of it, but the real question is where the human sits on the spectrum between specifying everything up front and steering every step (and both ends fail).”</p><p>The founder offers the two extremes: The ‘dark factory’ that is prompted once while humans step back, without human judgement or context along the way. The other is today’s common practice of endlessly babysitting coding agents edit by edit, which preserves human judgement but can’t scale, turning senior engineers into bottlenecks.</p><p>“What actually amplifies a senior engineer is in between, and it is the harder thing to build. The human stays on the decisions that carry judgment, which tradeoffs to accept and what is worth holding, while the system runs the steps underneath and surfaces only the calls that need a person. Present where judgment is required, absent everywhere else. Not steering more, steering <em>higher</em>.”</p><p>“Performance needs exactly this, because the target keeps moving. You cannot freeze the judgment into an up-front spec when the envelope shifts with every change, but you also cannot re-derive every step by hand each time. So you want a system that does the relentless step-level work and pulls the human in precisely when a real tradeoff is on the table.”</p><p>“That is what Perfloop is built for. The whole loop runs as an MCP server, so the pieces are callable on their own: A person or an agent can point it at one slice of code, or hand it a rough hunch about what might be slow and get back a benchmarked case. Autonomy is a dial the customer controls, from scoping, to directing, to reviewing, to fully delegating, which is really just a way of choosing how high on that spectrum you sit.”</p><p>“My honest bet is most teams land at ‘direct’ or ‘review’ for anything that matters: Let the system carry the steps and the proof, but keep their hands on the decisions that need judgment. So performance engineering won’t shrink into a guardrail. It will remain a loop that humans steer from above, with far more reach than before.”</p><p>The founder notes two additional factors that will affect future software projects. “First, the set of teams exposed to scale is expanding fast, because agent traffic drags services that used to be ‘safe’ into the deep end. Second, for the teams already at scale, the economics changed underneath them: The debt piles up faster, because agents write more code with less scrutiny per line, and it no longer depreciates the way it used to, because you can no longer count on cheaper, faster hardware to absorb it.”</p><p>“Performance debt that used to quietly depreciate now accrues interest. When a problem goes from occasional to continuous, how you handle it has to change too. A once-a-year expert audit cannot keep up with debt that compounds. Perfloop is my bet on what replaces it: The rigor a great performance engineer brings, available to any team that needs it, with the human keeping the judgment and the system carrying the grind. The open-source work is where we are proving it in public, one verifiable win at a time.”</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/automating-performance-engineering-with-ai-and-humans-in-the-loop">Will AI Manage Software Performance with Humans in the Loop?</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #57, Attention is Currency with Navneet Kaur</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-57-attention-is-currency-with-navneet-kaur</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Jul 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cee5a93b-e9d0-491e-8a84-1eda788839ff</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 57 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers sits down with Navneet Kaur, founder of FemTech India and TechThrive Ventures. Together they explore why women&#x27;s health innovation must extend beyond Western markets, how AI is reshaping femtech, and what founders need to understand about trust, culture, and personalization when building global healthcare companies.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 57 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers sits down with Navneet Kaur, founder of FemTech India and TechThrive Ventures. Together they explore why women&#x27;s health innovation must extend beyond Western markets, how AI is reshaping femtech, and what founders need to understand about trust, culture, and personalization when building global healthcare companies.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-57-attention-is-currency-with-navneet-kaur">Ep. #57, Attention is Currency with Navneet Kaur</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #8, Sounds Like Alignment with Melinda Fekete</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-sounds-like-alignment-with-melinda-fekete</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7681837f-38c6-4382-a970-ece07cccbf19</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 8 of Third Loop, the Progressive Delivery team sits down with Melinda Fekete to discuss FeatureOps, developer experience, and modern software delivery. The conversation covers feature flag lifecycles, runtime control, experimentation, chaos engineering, and why progressive delivery is becoming even more important in the age of AI-assisted development.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 8 of Third Loop, the Progressive Delivery team sits down with Melinda Fekete to discuss FeatureOps, developer experience, and modern software delivery. The conversation covers feature flag lifecycles, runtime control, experimentation, chaos engineering, and why progressive delivery is becoming even more important in the age of AI-assisted development.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-sounds-like-alignment-with-melinda-fekete">Ep. #8, Sounds Like Alignment with Melinda Fekete</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #92, Confidence Is the New Bottleneck with Ray Myers</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-92-confidence-is-the-new-bottleneck-with-ray-myers</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Jul 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6f4e2a4f-a601-44cb-9589-b41e336d47a8</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 92 of o11ycast, Ray Myers joins Ken and Jess to explore how observability, reliability engineering, and formal software engineering practices are becoming even more important as AI coding agents take on larger roles in development. Rather than viewing AI as a replacement for established engineering disciplines, Ray argues that techniques like continuous delivery, testing, specifications, and formal verification provide the confidence needed to safely harness AI-generated code.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 92 of o11ycast, Ray Myers joins Ken and Jess to explore how observability, reliability engineering, and formal software engineering practices are becoming even more important as AI coding agents take on larger roles in development. Rather than viewing AI as a replacement for established engineering disciplines, Ray argues that techniques like continuous delivery, testing, specifications, and formal verification provide the confidence needed to safely harness AI-generated code.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-92-confidence-is-the-new-bottleneck-with-ray-myers">Ep. #92, Confidence Is the New Bottleneck with Ray Myers</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #2, The Infrastructure of Intelligence with Hanchen Li</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-the-infrastructure-of-intelligence-with-hanchen-li</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jul 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5a665a86-38e6-4155-a877-f2a5d0ffa11c</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 2 of Lab Notes, Amir Zohrenejad sits down with Hanchen Li to explore the systems that make modern AI agents faster, more efficient, and better at learning from experience. They discuss KV Cache optimization, long-context inference, prompt learning, continual learning, and why better benchmarks may be just as important as larger models in advancing AI research.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 2 of Lab Notes, Amir Zohrenejad sits down with Hanchen Li to explore the systems that make modern AI agents faster, more efficient, and better at learning from experience. They discuss KV Cache optimization, long-context inference, prompt learning, continual learning, and why better benchmarks may be just as important as larger models in advancing AI research.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-the-infrastructure-of-intelligence-with-hanchen-li">Ep. #2, The Infrastructure of Intelligence with Hanchen Li</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #40, Terminal Innovation in the AI Era with Orhun Parmaksiz</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-40-terminal-innovation-in-the-ai-era-with-orhun-parmaksiz</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2026 15:13:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8778a76a-0512-4a53-86a1-1cb32f1fa2a8</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 40 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride sit down with Orhun Parmaksiz to explore Ratty, his experimental GPU-rendered terminal emulator that combines traditional command-line workflows with interactive 3D graphics. They discuss the future of terminal user interfaces, how AI is accelerating developer tooling, and what recent supply chain attacks on Arch Linux reveal about the evolving security landscape for open source software.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 40 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride sit down with Orhun Parmaksiz to explore Ratty, his experimental GPU-rendered terminal emulator that combines traditional command-line workflows with interactive 3D graphics. They discuss the future of terminal user interfaces, how AI is accelerating developer tooling, and what recent supply chain attacks on Arch Linux reveal about the evolving security landscape for open source software.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-40-terminal-innovation-in-the-ai-era-with-orhun-parmaksiz">Ep. #40, Terminal Innovation in the AI Era with Orhun Parmaksiz</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #7, Exploring DORA and Progressive Delivery with Nathen Harvey</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-exploring-dora-and-progressive-delivery-with-nathen-harvey</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Jun 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8ad5d7fe-d22e-46cd-b746-4897d9d6e4af</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 7 of Third Loop, the Progressive Delivery team speaks with Nathen Harvey about the intersection of AI, DevOps, and user-centric software development. Together, they examine what DORA&#x27;s research reveals about high-performing teams, why shipping faster doesn&#x27;t automatically create more value, and how organizations can build stronger feedback loops with users. Along the way, they discuss agentic systems, platform engineering, and even AI-powered kitchen appliances.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 7 of Third Loop, the Progressive Delivery team speaks with Nathen Harvey about the intersection of AI, DevOps, and user-centric software development. Together, they examine what DORA&#x27;s research reveals about high-performing teams, why shipping faster doesn&#x27;t automatically create more value, and how organizations can build stronger feedback loops with users. Along the way, they discuss agentic systems, platform engineering, and even AI-powered kitchen appliances.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-exploring-dora-and-progressive-delivery-with-nathen-harvey">Ep. #7, Exploring DORA and Progressive Delivery with Nathen Harvey</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #1, Why Robots Are Hard with Ren Wang</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-why-robots-are-hard-with-ren-wang</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Sun, 21 Jun 2026 16:21:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d0088fe1-1b0c-4749-b0df-81a9aa3e4d4f</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On this debut episode of Lab Notes, Amir Zohrenejad is joined by Ren Wang, a researcher and PhD student at UC Berkeley, to explore the state of physical AI and why robotics has progressed differently from large language models. They discuss data scarcity, world models, simulation, dexterity, and the challenges of building robots that can reliably operate in the real world.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On this debut episode of Lab Notes, Amir Zohrenejad is joined by Ren Wang, a researcher and PhD student at UC Berkeley, to explore the state of physical AI and why robotics has progressed differently from large language models. They discuss data scarcity, world models, simulation, dexterity, and the challenges of building robots that can reliably operate in the real world.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-why-robots-are-hard-with-ren-wang">Ep. #1, Why Robots Are Hard with Ren Wang</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #39, Agents Take the Wheel with Zach Smith</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-39-agents-take-the-wheel-with-zach-smith</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Jun 2026 16:50:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">94767e70-6833-415e-9bde-5b0a3c46d3ea</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 39 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride speak with Zach Smith, creator of Kplane, about rethinking Kubernetes for an AI-driven future. Zach explains how virtualized control planes could enable isolated cluster experiences at massive scale, while the conversation explores developer experience, AI tooling, and the possibility that future AI agents may each require their own cloud.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 39 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride speak with Zach Smith, creator of Kplane, about rethinking Kubernetes for an AI-driven future. Zach explains how virtualized control planes could enable isolated cluster experiences at massive scale, while the conversation explores developer experience, AI tooling, and the possibility that future AI agents may each require their own cloud.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-39-agents-take-the-wheel-with-zach-smith">Ep. #39, Agents Take the Wheel with Zach Smith</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #56, Vibe Coding for Data with Mark Brocato</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-56-vibe-coding-for-data-with-mark-brocato</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Jun 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0265657c-f96c-45f9-8bc2-cf77db54a1d4</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 56 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers sits down with Mark Brocato, founder of Mockaroo and creator of Fabricate, to explore the evolution of synthetic data in the age of AI. Mark shares how a simple internal QA tool grew into one of the most widely used synthetic data platforms and discusses how agentic AI is transforming software development, testing, and data generation.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 56 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers sits down with Mark Brocato, founder of Mockaroo and creator of Fabricate, to explore the evolution of synthetic data in the age of AI. Mark shares how a simple internal QA tool grew into one of the most widely used synthetic data platforms and discusses how agentic AI is transforming software development, testing, and data generation.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-56-vibe-coding-for-data-with-mark-brocato">Ep. #56, Vibe Coding for Data with Mark Brocato</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Agent-Led Trust and Safety</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/agent-led-trust-and-safety</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2026 22:55:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[AI]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Infrastructure]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Agents]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c62d9fb9-56c8-4439-8d32-49f5b68c0fb8</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Agents can write, review, and ship code — but how accountable can we be for systems we never fully scrutinize? This panel uncovers what it takes to let agents loose on production systems without losing sleep: permissions, observability, and the guardrails keeping it all from imploding.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Development Costs Less than Minimum Wage</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/development-costs-less-than-minimum-wage</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2026 21:55:32 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[AI]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Infrastructure]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Agents]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1bbc8eea-baa0-40ec-aabd-d1d30cf38842</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Coding loop costs are outrageously cheap and the agents aren’t sullen in standup. Creator of the enigmatic Ralph Loops, Geoffrey Huntley comes with a message equal parts warning and invitation: the developer&#x27;s identity is being rewritten, and the curious ones are having the time of their lives.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Case for Governed Reasoning</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/a-case-for-governed-reasoning</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2026 21:55:32 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[AI]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Infrastructure]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Agents]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">26afe715-60b7-4d65-b74d-16f56bac20cd</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>AI is moving into messy, high-stakes domains where evidence is incomplete and often conflicting. It’s fine for code gen, but when it comes to managing engineering teams or systems diagnosis, agents collapse uncertainty into confident, untraceable answers. Dr. Stephen Barrett argues for a control layer of “governed reasoning,” where AI decisions are structured, stateful, and constrained like software, making them inspectable, reliable, and safe to use at scale.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Designing for Agents: Lessons from Sentry</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/designing-for-agents-lessons-from-sentry</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2026 21:55:32 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[AI]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Infrastructure]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Agents]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">af6b6544-d56d-4a56-94b6-aacaf8f5451d</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Agents draft specs, revise plans and iterate continuously through design patterns and frameworks. The question we&#x27;re circling in this fireside: What even is design when the product is as fluid as water?</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Unbearable Lightness of Titles</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/the-unbearable-lightness-of-titles</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2026 21:55:32 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[AI]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Infrastructure]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Agents]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b1af5454-7ac2-4d7a-8207-a88bc59d9adb</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Companies are redrawing the lines between researcher, engineer, and product faster than any org chart can capture. The sharpest people aren&#x27;t climbing ladders or building fiefdoms, they&#x27;re expanding into everything all at once. DeepMind&#x27;s Paige Bailey decodes what it means to build today - where the best work happens precisely because no one can draw a clean line around it.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Last 6 Mos of the Agentic Engineering Revolution</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/the-agentic-engineering-revolution</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2026 21:55:32 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[AI]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Infrastructure]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Agents]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b5ee655c-e0ff-4977-9395-5b0da196f738</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Coding agents got really good in November. Our digital coding interns can rise to real coding challenges provided we give them clear goals, the right tools, and context. But steering them well is its own craft.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Validation, Digital Clones &amp; The Case for Rapid Fire Bets</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/validation-digital-clones-and-the-case-for-rapid-fire-bets</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2026 21:55:32 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[AI]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Infrastructure]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Agents]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c06251e1-a2c1-47e9-8904-e5a730e13340</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>The SDLC is no longer a pipeline for software, but a capital allocation engine. One where the only thing that matters is whether your bets pay off. StrongDM cofounder Justin McCarthy discusses his digital twin universe strategy, one where agents spin up clones, run thousands of simulations, and place rapid-fire wagers on what might work.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Code Review Has to Go</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/code-review-has-to-go</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2026 21:55:32 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[AI]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Infrastructure]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Agents]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d35c1dc0-9ec0-4686-8d73-4c6ac4502232</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Agentic development doesn&#x27;t just change how we write software — it reveals how much of our traditional process is obsolete. Pair review, approval gates, bureaucratic guardrails: cozy rituals from a time when humans wrote every line. David Crawshaw, cofounder of Exe.dev, is ready to rant for change.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title> What is Write-Only Code?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/what-is-write-only-code</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2026 21:55:32 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[AI]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Infrastructure]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Agents]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fa2812e3-8a56-482c-a8a5-a5fcb630c026</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Earlier this year, Joe Ruscio penned a piece called Write-Only Code that made its rounds on the internet. The premise gave this summit its name. He discusses what&#x27;s actually working, what&#x27;s failing, and what the real decisions look like.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What if the AI Harness Was Your Computer?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/osaurus-making-your-mac-the-ai-harness</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2026 16:42:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Inference]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Local First]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Edge Computing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2517310c-96b9-44b8-97fb-3a622ed60532</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Osaurus creator Terence Pae explains how turning your personal computer into your harness makes AI development local first.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>Giving AI Data Ownership Back to Users</h2><p>Researchers have warned for years: Frontier models are potentially <a href="https://epoch.ai/publications/will-we-run-out-of-data-limits-of-llm-scaling-based-on-human-generated-data">running out of data</a> to train on. However, the apparent lack of data hasn’t stopped AI labs from endlessly launching newer, shinier models with endlessly improved capabilities, which, in turn, makes switching costs painful for users who have their data locked up in a previous-gen version of a competitor’s model.</p><p>After significant experience working in general software development and then in localized inference, veteran developer <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/tdpae/">Terence Pae</a> began working on turning his own Mac into a personal AI harness, freeing him from vendor lock-in from increasingly commoditized models and giving him significantly more control and ownership over his data and permissions. Now his open-source project <a href="https://osaurus.ai/">Osaurus</a> has passed 140,000 downloads and 6,000 GitHub stars, all with zero paid acquisition.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/f718f63da7825629504ccfd92fc5069394016f28-1628x905.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>What if your MacBook was your AI harness? Image courtesy Osaurus</em></p><h2>Why Vendor Lock-In Has Made AI Development Painful</h2><p>Pae explains that the project came from his own concerns as a developer who was heavily dependent on third-party harnesses. “I&#x27;m such a heavy user [of AI], and it’s easy to not really think about all the data I might be sending out and the potential implications there.”</p><p>“As AI evolves and grows more powerful, it’s constantly taking in all this information from users to make models better. But at the same time, as an individual user, I’m wondering: Where is my privacy? Where is my data going and where is it being stored?”</p><p>The founder also notes that vendor lock-in benefits the frontier labs while making switching between models painful. “These AI companies are building moats, and they’re not using <em>their</em> data to do that. They’re actually using <em>your</em> data. The thesis with Osaurus is that as a user, you should be owning everything that is related to your data, your code, your context, your tools, and everything else. All you really need is the inference, whether that’s running locally on your hardware or in the Cloud, so you’re not dependent on a specific provider.”</p><h2>Lessons Learned from Decentralized Infrastructure</h2><p>The founder notes that deciding to go with a building-in-public approach to open source was the key to growing his project, and that his work in decentralized infrastructure led him to focus on local-first AI development. “There are many ways to build AI harnesses. For example, you can write code that runs on the Cloud, which depends on having a certain infrastructure. And you need a database to host your user&#x27;s data. But Osaurus is, itself, a client and a server that runs locally, and spins up a SQLite database locally. Everything is self-contained on your device.”</p><p>Pae draws on his experience with peer-to-peer systems, where every node acts as both client and server. &quot;Each node can connect with the others and create a network where no individual node has to rely on a centralized server. And if an AI is meant to be owned by the user and designed for the user, it also needs to act like a node that doesn&#x27;t depend on a centralized service. That software should still work even if the company behind it gets hit by a meteor.&quot;</p><p>Pae&#x27;s design approach assumes the future of AI won&#x27;t always have a human in the loop. &quot;Right now, we&#x27;re relying heavily on a chat interface with agents and having a human in the loop constantly interacting with them. But I believe the next evolution is going to be more about agent-to-agent communication. For agents to be truly autonomous, they&#x27;ll have to rely on other agents.&quot;</p><p>The founder’s experience working with cryptography informed his design. “Basically every agent will have an identity with a public key and a private key, so that agents themselves can verify each other. Being able to use a signature to verify each other has many benefits. But the key benefit is just making sure that <em>this</em> agent is talking to the right agent.”</p><p>“If my agent is reaching out to somebody else&#x27;s agent, it needs to be able to verify that <em>that particular agent</em> is owned by <em>that person</em>. Designing in those specific protocols helps us to get to where we need to be in terms of agent-to-agent collaboration. Those are the basic building blocks I&#x27;m setting in place, but the future vision is about giving agents the autonomy, the guardrails, and the ability to act on your behalf without compromising or being compromised by other systems.”</p><blockquote><em>I believe the next evolution is going to be more about agent-to-agent communication. For agents to be truly autonomous, they would have to rely on other agents.” - Terence Pae, Founder/Osaurus</em></blockquote><h2>Is On-Device Harness + Compute a Viable Alternative?</h2><p>Pae acknowledges the growing challenges of cost management in AI operations, including organizations <a href="https://finance.yahoo.com/sectors/technology/articles/uber-burned-entire-2026-ai-180347400.html">burning through massive token budgets</a> utilizing third-party vendors. “I think [on-device] could absolutely be an alternative. In my opinion, the current model of scaling and building all these data centers to power all the demand in the world doesn’t seem very feasible.”</p><p>“I think the rate of agentic use is only going to go up from here. As a software engineer, my AI costs used to be about $15 monthly. Now, between cloud subscriptions and API usage, I&#x27;m paying $3,000 to $5,000 a month. That&#x27;s just me as an individual engineer, and it&#x27;s exactly the cost curve that makes local inference worth taking seriously.”</p><p>The founder suggests that while token economics seems increasingly likely to affect SaaS-style pricing, AI computing at the edge may also be competitive soon. “Local AI has improved almost exponentially in terms of intelligence per watt. For example, the recent <a href="https://deepmind.google/models/gemma/gemma-4/">Gemma 4</a> models run under 24GB of RAM and match what frontier models could do only a generation ago. That capability now fits on a laptop.”</p><p>Pae also points out that not every use case demands a trillion-parameter, general-purpose model. “You may just need a good-enough, smart-enough model to help automate things. And it&#x27;s the harness&#x27;s job to really bring out the potential of the model to not only increase capabilities, but also reduce some of the dependencies as well. In the future, we’re all going to be less dependent on the Cloud and more dependent on local infrastructure, in my opinion.”</p><h2>Getting On-Device AI into Enterprise: Models, Tools, Education</h2><p>While the promise of having full control over your data for daily AI tasks, without interruptions from cloud service outages, seems like an easy sell to individual developers, the founder concedes that risk-averse enterprises may need more nudging to actually adopt local-first AI.</p><p>“I think there are three issues preventing enterprise adoption. First, the local models themselves: There’s constant innovation happening here. The models may not be fully ready today, but maybe soon, possibly in the next year. Second, there don’t seem to be enough tools and harnesses that can work with local models. Major frontier labs like Anthropic and OpenAI not only have models, but also have tooling and infrastructure to be efficient and creative with their offerings.”</p><p>“Third is a lack of education: People may not know that these capabilities are good enough to use today. We speak with a lot of enterprises, including family offices and healthcare clinics that deal with sensitive data. The most common theme is<em> there’s just</em> <em>no trust in the Cloud</em>.”</p><p>The founder shares that cloud providers and their 30-day data retention policies still seem to rub enterprise customers the wrong way in terms of risk exposure to court subpoenas and the like. “As a company, that’s a huge risk. As an enterprise, you lean towards trying to have no risk at all.”</p><p>In contrast, having a private AI instance means sensitive work can stay on local infrastructure and never touch the Cloud. Osaurus supports both local and cloud inference, but the user decides what leaves the device. “Unlocking private AI with a full-featured agentic harness is going to really unlock the productivity that these enterprises are looking for: Having a private AI infrastructure with a frontier-level model, with a frontier-level harness that they can actually use internally.”</p><p>The founder also asserts that not all enterprise customers are stodgy, middle-aged, middle managers who are terrified of using AI at all due to risk. “The people we talk to definitely want to use AI, and want to simplify their workflows. They&#x27;re really curious about it. A lot of the people that we chatted with use AI <em>personally</em>, but they don&#x27;t use it for work. So they know AI’s capabilities.”</p><p>Pae recalls starting initial conversations with enterprise customers with his own preconceived notions: Would enterprise users seek very specific things, similar to familiar tools like Microsoft Excel? “Actually, most of the feedback we got was that [enterprise customers] want a ‘general AI,’ a general harness that is able to do what ChatGPT does. The people we talk to are looking for something more broad in terms of applications.”</p><blockquote><em>Three issues are preventing enterprise adoption: the local models themselves, not enough tools and harnesses that work with local models, and a lack of education.&quot;</em></blockquote><h2>Building AI Products for Startup Founders</h2><p>Pae is direct in his advice to startup founders looking to start companies around AI-adjacent products: Don’t build on top of someone else’s walled garden. “I would say treat inference almost as a building block: You can have a query, and then it returns a specific output in a function. Otherwise, you don’t want to build software in a way that locks you into a single provider.”</p><p>“You don’t want to build products in a way that’s super-dependent on specific functionality [from one vendor]. You want to build [components] in a way that is easily replaceable. Inference should be treated that way as well. Building an agent? You should design it in a way that you can easily replace your inference provider, and in my opinion, also have the ability to swap in local models as that may make things a bit more defensible.”</p><p>“Vendors like Anthropic and OpenAI may have some really cool features, but not every AI vendor will have the capabilities to build something similar. If you offer functions that can work with many different providers, you can also build in a way that targets specific audiences, such as the rapidly-growing open-weight market in China.”</p><p>“Being model-agnostic has worked out for us because there are different communities using these different open-weight models. We’re not really bothered if Anthropic suddenly launches a feature similar to ours, because they aren’t likely to <em>also </em>support MiniMax or other models.”</p><p>“In a larger sense, I’ve been thinking that software isn’t exactly ‘defensible’ anymore, since you can potentially create anything with enough attention and time. If we treat software like a true commodity, I think that&#x27;s not going to be scalable for the long term. What is truly defensible is the community that you build around your software and also the transparency you can provide. The community that forms around you gives you that ability to push forward.”</p><p><br/></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/osaurus-making-your-mac-the-ai-harness">What if the AI Harness Was Your Computer?</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #13, Building Trillion-Scale Data Pipelines with Josh Wills</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-building-trillion-scale-data-pipelines-with-josh-wills</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">59783a53-884b-4951-8ad6-6343b61c7fe8</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 13 of Data Renegades, CL Kao sits down with Josh Wills to explore how AI agents are reshaping software engineering, data science, and data infrastructure. They discuss verification, benchmarking, pre-training data pipelines, multimodal AI, and why understanding a problem may matter more than writing code. Josh also shares lessons learned from decades of building large-scale data systems and his journey from management back to hands-on engineering.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 13 of Data Renegades, CL Kao sits down with Josh Wills to explore how AI agents are reshaping software engineering, data science, and data infrastructure. They discuss verification, benchmarking, pre-training data pipelines, multimodal AI, and why understanding a problem may matter more than writing code. Josh also shares lessons learned from decades of building large-scale data systems and his journey from management back to hands-on engineering.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-building-trillion-scale-data-pipelines-with-josh-wills">Ep. #13, Building Trillion-Scale Data Pipelines with Josh Wills</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #6, The Weird Edges of Taste with Betty Junod</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-the-weird-edges-of-taste-with-betty-junod</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Jun 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7d6ce8bb-62b0-403c-9a73-c1641111634c</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 6 of Third Loop, Kim Harrison, Adam Zimman, James Governor, and Heidi Waterhouse sit down with Betty Junod. Together, they explore how agentic coding tools are enabling non-developers to build software for themselves, creating a world where the ideal customer profile might be just one person. They discuss personalization, Progressive Delivery, open source, and what happens when users become builders.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 6 of Third Loop, Kim Harrison, Adam Zimman, James Governor, and Heidi Waterhouse sit down with Betty Junod. Together, they explore how agentic coding tools are enabling non-developers to build software for themselves, creating a world where the ideal customer profile might be just one person. They discuss personalization, Progressive Delivery, open source, and what happens when users become builders.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-the-weird-edges-of-taste-with-betty-junod">Ep. #6, The Weird Edges of Taste with Betty Junod</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Think About Agentic Memory Job-to-Job</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-think-about-agentic-memory-job-to-job</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jun 2026 15:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Agents]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Infrastructure]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fb22b02e-08f0-4aa9-9946-4208e10a8bdf</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>By default, AI agents still suffer from job-to-job “amnesia.” Open-source builder Heinrich Krupp explains how he tackled the problem.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>Moving Memory From Individual Apps to Centralized Infra</h2><p>Despite all the enthusiasm for AI agents, recent reports suggest that only <a href="https://www.deloitte.com/us/en/insights/topics/technology-management/tech-trends/2026/agentic-ai-strategy.html">a fraction of enterprises</a> have bothered to put them into production for a variety of reasons: Reconciling how most orgs’ data is locked up in legacy systems; constraints around data architecture and flows; and the usual enterprise-level governance and compliance concerns.</p><p>But agents themselves still struggle with a variety of performance issues that keep them from being the durable, reliable workers of the future they’re supposed to be. One glaring example is agents’ <em>memory</em>, or lack thereof, between jobs. Even after successful runs, agents by default begin their next jobs with a severe case of amnesia.</p><p>While some orgs have taken the approach of building agentic memory into specific apps, there’s a growing need for a wider, infrastructure-based approach for agents that can remember how to do things correctly. Open-source builder <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ACoAAAEKcBABpX_w4skUzI2RjUnug_hH9TDdIJc?skipRedirect=true&amp;miniProfileUrn=urn%3Ali%3Afs_miniProfile%3AACoAAAEKcBABpX_w4skUzI2RjUnug_hH9TDdIJc">Heinrich Krupp</a> tackled this challenge with his project <a href="https://codeberg.org/doobidoo/mcp-memory-service">MCP Memory Service</a>, and explains his approach below.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/12e39622d9fc35a78cf5262893b09eec4b9d74c4-1280x720.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>MCP Memory Service provides persistent semantic memory for agents. Image courtesy mcp-memory-service</em></p><h2>MCP: Generally Useful, But Where’s the Memory?</h2><p>Krupp, an infrastructure and data management veteran, explains that his day-to-day work with enterprises on cloud infrastructure, delivery, and provisioning resources led him to start experimenting with MCP in December of 2024.</p><p>“My immediate reaction was: ‘This is genuinely useful!’ I had been working with AI tools for a while and had noticed a consistent gap. There was no memory layer. So I sat down with Claude, brainstormed the scope, and started building.”</p><p>The builder’s design thinking prioritized a privacy-first approach and open-source tooling, which led him to disqualify <a href="https://github.com/chroma-core/chroma">ChromaDB</a> as a vector store for being too heavyweight and tack toward <a href="https://github.com/asg017/sqlite-vec">sqlite-vec</a> for performance.</p><p>“I juggle a large number of projects with constant context switching, and I needed a reliable way to store important facts, decisions, and discoveries so they’d be accessible in the next session. When you’re managing Terraform configurations, security compliance, and customer-specific architecture decisions across 50-plus enterprise accounts, losing that context at the start of every AI session is a real tax on your work.”</p><p>After experimenting with different versions of Anthropic Claude, the builder found a fit with Claude Code’s <a href="https://code.claude.com/docs/en/hooks">hooks</a>, embedded commands that users can build in across a Claude project’s lifecycle. Using this feature, Krupp built “Memory Awareness Hooks” to automatically inject context at the start of new sessions and keep learnings persistent. “This effectively gives Claude Code a persistent brain. That was the breakthrough that made the whole thing feel complete.”</p><h2>Building Memory that Doesn’t Start from Zero</h2><p>Krupp notes that his agentic sessions always seemed to start from nothing: No matter how many explanations he’d enter into the prompt, after a few dozen tool calls, the context window would fill up, he’d restart, and begin all over again.</p><p>“The tools that existed at the time either treated memory as a cloud subscription (proprietary, per-call pricing, data leaving your infrastructure) or as a simple markdown file you maintained manually, which is just organized forgetting with extra steps. Nobody had built memory as actual infrastructure that was self-hosted, semantically searchable, accessible via a standard API, with a lifecycle that includes consolidation and forgetting.”</p><p>The builder suggests that AI memory seemed like a personalization feature for chatbots, not a shared data layer for multiple agents, tools, and sessions. “The decision that shaped everything else was treating memory as infrastructure rather than a feature.” Krupp set about designing a REST API first (with 76 endpoints) so any agent, client, or language could interact with it without the need for specialized SDKs. “MCP support came <em>on top</em> of that, not <em>instead</em> of it.”</p><p>“On the storage side, the core tension is retrieval precision against latency and cost. We use local <a href="https://onnx.ai/">ONNX</a> embeddings (<a href="https://huggingface.co/sentence-transformers/all-MiniLM-L6-v2">sentence-transformers’ all-MiniLM-L6-v2</a>, running fully on your hardware). No API calls per query, no per-token cost, no data leaving your infrastructure. The trade-off is embedding quality versus a frontier API model, but for most memory retrieval tasks the local model is more than sufficient, and you get 5ms read times against sqlite-vec.”</p><p>Krupp also designed a hybrid backend that bridges the gap between local and cross-device. “You want local speed for reads but you want cross-device sync. So the architecture separates concerns. sqlite-vec handles all reads at 5ms, a background process syncs to Cloudflare for durability and multi-device access.” By separating the MCP server and the network service at runtime, the builder avoided ‘database locked’ failures.</p><p>“The toughest trade-off was memory granularity. Storing at the turn level gives fine-grained retrieval but spreads a session’s semantic signal across many entries, which hurts benchmark scores on things like <a href="https://xiaowu0162.github.io/long-mem-eval/">LongMemEval</a>. Session-level storage scores higher on those benchmarks but gives you less precision when you want to know exactly what was said about a specific topic.”</p><p>Krupp argues that for memory granularity, chasing benchmark scores misses the point. “In production, fine-grained retrieval with a good quality scoring system outperforms coarse session storage on the tasks that actually matter.”</p><p>“The knowledge graph layer was an unexpected evolution. It started as a way to link related memories, but once you have typed edges (causes, fixes, contradicts, supports) you can query causal chains, not just similar facts. That’s a qualitatively different capability.”</p><h2>Job-to-Job Memory vs. Context Rot</h2><p>The holy grail in agentic engineering appears to be performant, reliable long-horizon agents that are immune to the <a href="https://memgraph.com/blog/ai-context-rot">context rot</a> and hallucinations that set in with prompts that are too long and complicated. Krupp clarifies that MCP Memory Service’s agentic memory isn’t the solution to this challenge, but to a different one.</p><p>“Memory at the MCP level doesn’t solve in-session context rot. That’s a different problem involving attention mechanisms and context window management. What it does solve is the inter-session problem: Why does every new session or new agent start without knowing what the previous one learned?”</p><p>“The practical mechanism is what we call context providers, automatically injecting relevant memories at session start based on the current project, the current files, the recent activity. In our setup, this reduces context token usage at session start by 65% or more. The agent already knows the architecture, the recent decisions, the known failure modes. You don’t re-explain; you continue.”</p><p>“For multi-agent pipelines, the knowledge graph becomes the coordination layer. One agent stores a learning with a specific tag. Another agent retrieves it without any direct inter-agent communication protocol. There’s a user in our community running a five-agent cluster where they use the memory service as both shared state and an inter-agent messaging bus. Cluster agents write to a sentinel tag, the local agent polls that tag. That pattern emerged naturally from the tagging system; nobody designed it explicitly.”</p><p>The builder clarifies that memory isn’t the only missing piece for consistent agentic performance. “You also need good task decomposition, clear agent handoff protocols, and checkpointing within long runs. Memory is the persistence layer. It doesn’t replace the orchestration logic. But without it, every long-horizon task is fighting against statelessness at the infrastructure level, which makes everything else harder.”</p><blockquote>Memory...doesn’t replace the orchestration logic. But without it, every long-horizon task is fighting against statelessness at the infrastructure level, which makes everything else harder.” -Heinrich Krupp, Creator / MCP-Memory-Service</blockquote><h2>The Role of MCP in Agentic Memory (and General Agentic Ops)</h2><p>“MCP matters because it gives memory a standard interface that AI clients can discover and use without custom integration work. Before MCP, connecting a memory service to an AI tool meant writing glue code for every client. Now Claude Desktop, VS Code with Copilot, Cursor, and a dozen others can connect to the same server with a config entry.”</p><p>Krupp cautions that MCP itself may not make sense to be the lynchpin of software architecture for a number of reasons. “The REST API is equally important and more universal. If MCP evolves, is superseded, or simply isn’t supported by a particular client, the memory infrastructure still works via HTTP. Twelve MCP tools sitting on top of 76 REST endpoints is the right architectural layer separation.”</p><p>“MCP does some things well, like discoverability, tool schema negotiation, and integration with AI client ecosystems. But MCP doesn’t replace a stable HTTP API for programmatic access, agent frameworks that operate outside MCP-aware clients, and enterprise environments that need REST for their existing auth and proxy infrastructure.”</p><p>“In the long term, I think MCP will become a standard the way REST became a standard, ubiquitous but not special. The interesting competition will be at the memory content and quality layer, not at the protocol layer.”</p><h2>How Startups Should Think About Agent Memory Economics</h2><p>Krupp suggests that the right price tag to stand up an early, no-frills agent memory system is $0. “The default setup I use of an SQLite-vec backend with local ONNX embeddings costs essentially nothing beyond the server it runs on. No per-call API charges, no vector database subscription, no data egress. For a startup in early development, that’s the right starting point.”</p><p>“The economics change when you need team sync and multi-device access. The Cloudflare backend adds real costs, but at typical startup scale, it’s in the range of single-digit dollars per month. That’s worth it when you have multiple developers or agents sharing a memory layer.”</p><p>“The comparison that matters for startups is against the alternative: calling a frontier LLM to regenerate context on every session. Memory retrieval at 5ms with zero API cost replaces a non-trivial number of LLM tokens per session. If you’re doing active AI development with many sessions per day, the token savings pay back the infrastructure cost quickly.”</p><p>“My practical advice is that teams shouldn’t over-engineer the memory layer early. Start with semantic search and basic tagging. Don’t build a full knowledge graph before you have 1,000 memories worth organizing. The consolidation and quality-scoring systems are powerful but they’re optimization layers; the core value is simple, persistent, semantically searchable storage. Get that working first, understand your retrieval patterns, then add complexity where it actually helps.”</p><p>The builder adds: “Self-hosting changes the unit economics entirely. Proprietary memory APIs charge per storage operation and per retrieval. At scale, that adds up. Open-source, self-hosted infrastructure with local embeddings is a fundamentally different cost structure that startups should think about seriously, especially if memory is a core part of the product.”</p><h2>How Builders Should Approach Agent Memory Economics</h2><p>Krupp reiterates that the biggest mistake that builders make today is treating agent memory as an individual app feature, rather than as centralized infrastructure. “When memory is a feature, it belongs to a user, lives inside an application, and gets designed around a single interaction model. When memory is infrastructure, it’s a shared layer that multiple agents, tools, and workflows can read from and write to. The architectural implications are completely different.”</p><p>The second biggest mistake, says the builder, is storing everything without a quality model. “Raw storage without scoring creates retrieval pollution. You end up with a database full of session noise, test outputs, and transient observations that contaminate your search results. Memory needs a lifecycle: Store, quality-score, consolidate, and eventually forget. The ‘forgetting’ part is uncomfortable for developers, but it’s essential. Stale memories, outdated facts, and superseded decisions actively harm retrieval quality.”</p><p>“The third biggest mistake is conflating vector similarity with causal knowledge. Semantic search finds related content well. It does not tell you that A caused B, or that Fix X resolves Problem Y, or that Pattern Z contradicts Pattern W. For complex technical domains, you need typed relationships, not just cosine distance. That’s why the knowledge graph layer matters.”</p><p>Krupp recommends that teams that are specifically building AI products prioritize memory isolation early. “Who can see what? If Agent A writes a memory, should Agent B be able to read it? How do you scope memories by customer, by project, by context? Getting the tagging and identity model right early saves painful migrations later.”</p><blockquote>When memory is a feature, it belongs to a user, lives inside an application, and gets designed around a single interaction model. When memory is infrastructure, it’s a shared layer that multiple agents, tools, and workflows can read from and write to. The architectural implications are completely different.” </blockquote><h2>Getting Agentic Memory Enterprise Ready</h2><p>As an enterprise architect himself, Krupp reviews the core requirements for enterprise software usage: “Data sovereignty, auditability, and isolation. Each one implies a specific technical answer.”</p><p>“Data sovereignty means the memory service has to run on your infrastructure, using your compute, with embeddings generated locally. No API calls to an external service for retrieval. Every sensitive architecture decision, customer interaction, or compliance note that goes into memory <em>stays inside your perimeter</em>. Local ONNX embeddings are non-negotiable here.”</p><p>“Auditability means knowing who stored what, when, and why. The service includes an audit log plugin. Combined with the <em>x-agent-id</em> header that auto-tags memories by agent identity, you have a clear lineage trail for every stored fact.”</p><p>“Isolation means multi-tenant memory where one team, customer, or agent cannot access another’s memories. This is solved via tagging and scoped retrieval, but it requires deliberate design at the application layer. <a href="https://oauth.net/2/dynamic-client-registration/">OAuth 2.1 with Dynamic Client Registration (RFC 7591)</a> handles authentication and client provisioning, the same auth standard enterprises expect.”</p><p>Krupp notes that agentic memory is still missing a few key pieces of the puzzle for enterprises. “What’s genuinely missing at this point is formal certification and compliance documentation. SOC 2, ISO 27001 alignment, GDPR data residency statements exist as architectural properties but not as third-party certified artifacts, or at least, not yet.”</p><p>“For any enterprise that needs checkbox compliance before adoption, that’s the current gap. Nobody has demanded it yet; the project’s users have either been comfortable with self-assessment or have been developers who can evaluate the architecture themselves. That will change as the project matures.”</p><h2>Evolving an Open-Source Agentic Memory Project</h2><p>Krupp concedes that there are many approaches to solving agentic’s amnesia problem, and that there isn’t necessarily a clear-cut leader at the moment. “I periodically compare the project against other memory layers as they become popular. When something interesting appears, I analyze it, usually with Claude, and ask: What can we learn from this? What should we adapt?”</p><p>“That process has generated a number of RFCs and design discussions in the project. One issue proposed transitive closure and abductive inference for the knowledge graph. Capable contributors pick those up and implement them. The project has become genuinely community-driven in that sense.”</p><p>“I think that what made this community possible was investing in infrastructure that has nothing to do with the code itself. Things like thorough documentation, a comprehensive wiki, deployment automations, periodic housekeeping, and clear contribution paths. Projects that don’t invest in those things don’t attract serious contributors.”</p><p>“If I could, I’d like to mention one last thing about the project. Being honest, I think it deserves more support from sponsors. The maintainer workload remains significant even with extensive agent automation, including steering the project, reviewing contributions, maintaining quality standards, and responding to the community. If the companies and developers who depend on this infrastructure valued it at the level they’d pay for a proprietary alternative, the project would be in a very different position. Open-source sustainability is a real problem in this space, and memory infrastructure is no exception.”</p><h2>What’s Next for Agentic Memory</h2><p>The builder is realistic on the place of memory within the future AI stack. “Basic vector storage will be commoditized. It’s already happening. The differentiation will move to the quality layer (how memories are organized, scored, and consolidated) and to domain-specific memory schemas that encode deep knowledge about particular fields.”</p><p>“A healthcare AI’s memory is not interchangeable with a software developer’s memory. The schema, the relationship types, and the forgetting policies are all different. But durable memory will become table stakes for serious AI products. The competitive advantage will be in the quality of what you remember and how intelligently you use it, rather than simply having the ability to remember anything at all.”</p><p>“Also, a less-obvious learning I discovered while building this project is that the most useful patterns for how to use memory in AI systems have come from the community, not from me. A user running a multi-agent cluster discovered that the tagging system could double as an inter-agent messaging bus, no custom protocol, just sentinel tags.”</p><p>“Another user put the service behind a Cloudflare tunnel with a self-built auth proxy and made it remotely accessible across all their devices. These weren’t designed features; they emerged from people solving real problems with a flexible primitive. That suggests something broader about how to think about AI memory. We may be able to accomplish more if we don’t design for a specific use case, but instead design for composability. A memory service that exposes a clean, flexible API will find use cases you never imagined. The ones you do imagine will probably be the least interesting ones.”</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-think-about-agentic-memory-job-to-job">How to Think About Agentic Memory Job-to-Job</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #53, Render and the New Cloud Stack with Anurag Goel</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-53-render-and-the-new-cloud-stack-with-anurag-goel</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jun 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22e3bacf-9e6b-499e-aff9-4eedf21bfc27</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 53 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot sit down with Anurag Goel. Anurag shares his journey from early employee at Stripe to founder and CEO of Render, one of the fastest-growing application platforms in cloud infrastructure. They discuss Kubernetes, platform engineering, bare metal, AI agents, and what the future of application deployment looks like.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 53 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot sit down with Anurag Goel. Anurag shares his journey from early employee at Stripe to founder and CEO of Render, one of the fastest-growing application platforms in cloud infrastructure. They discuss Kubernetes, platform engineering, bare metal, AI agents, and what the future of application deployment looks like.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-53-render-and-the-new-cloud-stack-with-anurag-goel">Ep. #53, Render and the New Cloud Stack with Anurag Goel</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Orchestration May Be the Future of Agentic Development</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/orchestration-for-agentic-development</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Jun 2026 15:02:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Agents]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Software Architecture]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">eef30836-e857-42f2-99e8-ea0f930cb07c</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>The CodeMachine project for AI agent orchestration works on long-horizon tasks, but benefits from human product managers. Creator Moaz Muhammed explains.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>For now, AI agents are autonomous entities to which users can delegate simple tasks: Monitor your calendar. Sort emails. But for now, when the time comes to combine a variety of tasks, or execute a complicated multi-step process, agents generally need orchestration and additional human supervision to get any semblance of reliable performance.</p><p>While <a href="https://www.gartner.com/en/newsroom/press-releases/2025-08-26-gartner-predicts-40-percent-of-enterprise-apps-will-feature-task-specific-ai-agents-by-2026-up-from-less-than-5-percent-in-2025">some analysts predict</a> significant adoption of agentic into enterprise apps this year, we haven’t quite arrived at the exciting future state where agents can handle complicated, time-consuming tasks on their own with little supervision. Yet. Open-source creator <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/moazmali/">Moaz Muhammed</a> explains his approach to agentic orchestration in the <a href="https://github.com/moazbuilds/CodeMachine-CLI">CodeMachine</a> project.</p><h2>From Spec-to-Code to Architecture</h2><p>The creator explains the origins of his project as being a spec-to-code project, initially intended to help users build enterprise-grade projects without the friction of using complicated coding tools. “We started with one hard-coded workflow. However, we ended up having the project build about 90% of itself via dogfooding.”</p><p>“The initial idea was having a workflow to build architecture, then start converting the architecture into a plan. Like agents in a workflow, with the first agent writing architecture and related decisions like which stack to use: front end, back end, and so on. Another agent took the MD file and converted it into a plan. A third agent converted the plan to tasks based on the size and scope of the project.”</p><p>Moaz notes that the original architectural spec seemed to be a hit with early users and may have gone on to influence the structure of subsequent AI projects. But over time, feedback started to vary, with software engineers taking issue with the original projects’ <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Waterfall_model">waterfall</a>-based methodology.</p><p>“They said, ‘We want something faster.’ Some projects would take hours to build. I even built one with about 80,000 lines of code, which proved that CodeMachine was at least capable of building huge projects. It wasn’t perfect, but a good starting point, because CodeMachine provided a real and organized scope, with every file in its place, everything well documented and explained without human supervision.”</p><p>The creator explains that as the project evolved, he shifted to more of an engineering focus with clear architecture. “This was a very big problem [for AI developer tools]. When you started a project, you couldn’t scale it, because you weren’t really building. You were ‘vibing.’” By shifting focus on building full architecture for projects, Moaz was able to avoid generating spaghetti code projects.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/96fcb4c2e67997bf5c349f46f7962b521709bb08-1536x1024.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p>“From there, we pivoted from being hard-coded to a single workflow into being a workflow infrastructure for any kind of workflow. That was actually a huge transformation.”</p><h2>Growing Adoption with Tool and Framework Choices</h2><p>Moaz explains several deliberate choices he made over the course of building the project, such as focusing on command-line interface over the more-common browser-based chat window. “Not only was the terminal popular in well-known coding tools, but developers building software tend to use a CLI-based terminal interface. They’re familiar with it, and I’m familiar with it. Personally, I love the terminal so much as an interface.”</p><p>The creator suggests that some design decisions not only made the project more appealing to engineers, but also made it more marketable. Popular and trendy tools and frameworks can help attract new users despite strong opinions and preferences among technical audiences. “I used to use <a href="https://www.node.js/">Node,js</a>, then switched to using <a href="https://bun.com/">Bun</a>, which was becoming an extremely popular alternative even before it was acquired by Anthropic.”</p><p>Of course, the choices weren’t all for marketing: The goal was to stay on top of a trending stack while delivering real value, especially since some engineers will always be hesitant to adopt new technologies due to potential bugs and lower reliability. The creator suggests that the strongest projects are those that balance engineering with marketing.</p><p>“It&#x27;s not enough for a product to work. Engineers need to enjoy using it and feel connected to it. The most successful projects understand this human side, making deliberate choices that are not only technically sound but also appealing to the developer community.” So, the decision to move from Node.js to Bun was not purely technical. It also helped the project align with emerging trends and attract attention from engineers who were excited about the new ecosystem.</p><h2>Between Human-in-the-Loop and Full Autonomy</h2><p>The creator tactfully avoids weighing in on whether there exists an ideal balance between a fully autonomous agentic fleet or, on the opposite end, a tightly-restricted agentic program with one or more humans in the loop. “I can say that the philosophy of the CodeMachine project sits between [those two extremes]. It depends on the use case.”</p><p>“I designed this project to act as infrastructure for workflow agents for any coding task. For example, you could use it as a full pipeline to migrate from ancient languages like COBOL to a modern language. Some workflows might need permission or some sort of user interaction at times, but you can set the interactive portions of your project to control every autonomous step.”</p><p>“It&#x27;s an orchestration platform that lets you run long-running workflows in any configuration you want between interactive and autonomous.” The founder also concedes that there are well-founded concerns about agentic security, but emphasizes that security is up to individual builders.</p><p>“Users will interact with this project like infrastructure. For those who prioritize security, local models are a solid option. CodeMachine is fully local. Any data it stores stays on your device and never leaves it. The only point where data exits is when it&#x27;s sent to your provider, such as Claude Code or Codex. So while the project itself poses no security concerns, full end-to-end security comes down to keeping your setup as local as possible.”</p><h2>What Agentic Means for Future Developers</h2><p>The creator is optimistic about a future that enables builders, rather than focusing heavily on technical expertise. “I think the future is going to belong to people who have a ‘builder’ mindset, who can think in terms of architecture and how to build things brick by brick.”</p><p>The creator suggests that the future of software will belong to builders who embrace this different set of skills. “People who take the initiative to build things, whether using Claude Code or other tools, but also have the curiosity to ask <em>why</em> Claude and other tools make the choices they do. People who are curious about the <em>why</em> will build the next great era of products.”</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/orchestration-for-agentic-development">Why Orchestration May Be the Future of Agentic Development</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #91, Every Failure Becomes an Eval with Janaki Vivrekar</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-91-every-failure-becomes-an-eval-with-janaki-vivrekar</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Jun 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a3d99e72-8291-4340-b0e3-926efee70139</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 91 of o11ycast, Ken Rimple and Jess Kerr sit down with Janaki Vivrekar. Janaki shares how Amplitude is building AI-powered analytics agents, why evaluation frameworks are becoming essential to AI product development, and how teams can use observability techniques to improve agent performance over time. The conversation explores eval-driven development, production feedback loops, and the challenges of helping AI systems reason about complex business data.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 91 of o11ycast, Ken Rimple and Jess Kerr sit down with Janaki Vivrekar. Janaki shares how Amplitude is building AI-powered analytics agents, why evaluation frameworks are becoming essential to AI product development, and how teams can use observability techniques to improve agent performance over time. The conversation explores eval-driven development, production feedback loops, and the challenges of helping AI systems reason about complex business data.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-91-every-failure-becomes-an-eval-with-janaki-vivrekar">Ep. #91, Every Failure Becomes an Eval with Janaki Vivrekar</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Think About Selling AI Products</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-think-about-selling-ai-products</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Jun 2026 15:18:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Social Psychology]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8e3571cd-4cb4-42de-af22-fbb4b92c8bf2</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>EverWorker CRO John Roberts explains why there might only be one way to consistently sell AI products to human beings.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>How to Actually Sell AI Products in Competitive Markets</h2><p>AI in today’s news headlines is all about big numbers: High performance scores of models on key benchmarks. Millions in funding raised for billion-dollar startup valuations. But what about sales figures? There’s a great deal of noise being made about how well AI startups are doing, but not much in the way of specifics on how they’re successfully going to market.</p><p><a href="https://everworker.ai">EverWorker</a> CRO <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/john-t-roberts/">John Roberts</a> admits that the current sales environment for AI products is fraught: On one hand, organizations do want to realize the mythical productivity gains AI should be offering. On the other, many have been sold a bill of goods; low-rent GPT wrappers that aren’t exactly performant, or inscrutable products that no one bothers to learn how to use.</p><p>Below, Roberts outlines his suggestions for succeeding in AI go-to-market:</p><ul><li><strong>Focus on Outcomes:</strong> Tech stacks are far less important than identifying valuable results for customers and actually achieving them</li><li><strong>Understand Changing Buyer Psychology:</strong> Buyers are no longer afraid of missing out. They’re afraid of f***ing up</li><li><strong>Provide Actual “Technical Support”:</strong> Your team’s job isn’t just to convince customers to buy; it’s to get customers successful</li><li><strong>The Strongest Path to Success is Success Itself:</strong> The strongest selling signal today is wildly successful and happy customers who won’t stop selling your product for you</li></ul><h2>Outcomes, Not Tech Features, as a Focus</h2><p>While Everworker’s promise is providing “AI workers” that fit its customers’ use cases, Roberts suggests his team’s approach focuses less on tools and entirely on outcomes, whether for scaling outbound outreach, building sales playbooks, or running content and SEO programs. For revenue teams, part of the initial approach is diagnosing and triaging breakage points.</p><p>“If you can understand what your revenue target is, we simply walk back from there. Okay, that&#x27;s your target. What about inbound leads? If you have them, how quickly are you following up with them? Industry standards being that if you&#x27;re not following up within less than five minutes, your conversion rates are going to fall off a cliff. And if you are following up fast enough, what’s your conversion rate to meetings once you actually reach out?”</p><h2>The Founder’s AI Checklist: Outcomes, Bottlenecks, Starting Small</h2><p>Roberts outlines a plan that founders should build before buying a new AI product. “There’s definitely a checklist I would put in front of founders [looking to adopt AI products]. What’s most important is understanding the outcomes that they&#x27;re trying to achieve and the bottlenecks they&#x27;re facing today. If you don’t know either, it’s very difficult to propose a solution.”</p><p>“Compare this to the classic SaaS sales model, where teams buy a tool, then find themselves stuck six months later trying to figure out how to implement it. At EverWorker, I think our competitive advantage today is we actually started as a service-first organization. When we think about an engagement, we&#x27;re always bringing in forward deployed engineers and business analysts that will actually help build the business case.”</p><p>“Make sure that the bottleneck you&#x27;re thinking about today is actually the bottleneck that should be solved first, and <em>then</em> pass it over to the technology side to build a solution to solve that.”</p><p>The CRO also cautions startup founders to avoid going too big, too quickly. “Start small, get a quick win, and use that quick win to build buy-in internally, so that people feel secure that this isn’t something to replace everyone’s jobs.”</p><p>“I think that&#x27;s the biggest concern that we have today: That CEOs might have already bought into the idea of being ‘AI first,’ but you get a level or two down into the organization and someone else on the team might say, ‘Wait! This thing is going to replace my job, so I won’t do it.’ The only way that you get over that is by starting small, seeing the success, letting people inside of the organization own that success, and then scaling from there.”</p><blockquote><em>“What’s most important is understanding the outcomes that [customers are] trying to achieve and the bottlenecks they&#x27;re facing today. If you don’t know either, it’s very difficult to propose a solution.” -John Roberts, CRO / EverWorker</em></blockquote><p>“Our approach involves walking customers through a very prescriptive process of setting up. The people that were doing the job [manually] today need to be the ones that are auditing the output of the [EverWorker agents] before they give the all-clear to let the agents run free and continue to scale.”</p><p>Roberts notes that his team’s mindset of adopting agents isn’t a “set it and forget it” approach, but rather, training customers to become zookeepers who manage the care and feeding of their agents while vetting outputs and measuring outcomes.</p><h2>Why Selling Teams Are Becoming More Technical</h2><p>“If you&#x27;re focusing just on hiring, you need to have somebody that can understand the business process. That&#x27;s the really important piece today.” The CRO muses that some of these ideal systems experts may have started at high-end consulting firms but were disillusioned by how corporate the environments were, and wanted to get their hands dirty and accrue deep domain expertise in technology.</p><p>“Those are the type of people that can really step in and say, ‘I can manage this agent. I understand the business context. I understand how this integrates and impacts other parts of the business, and I understand the outcome that I&#x27;m trying to drive towards. I can put all of that context into an AI worker and get the outcomes much faster without actually having to do the work.’”</p><p>Does that mean the future belongs to solutions engineers? “Look at how Microsoft had layoffs recently, and replaced those sales roles with SEs. People want answers. They want somebody that knows how to solve the problem. They don&#x27;t care about any of the other stuff. Just solve my problem, provide the outcome and then move on.”</p><h2>Why Selling AI Products Needs a New Playbook</h2><p>The CRO suggests that today’s AI sellers are focusing too narrowly on the traditional <a href="https://challengerinc.com/what-is-challenger-sales-methodology/">Challenger Model</a>, which focuses less on relationship-building and more on challenging buyers’ status-quo beliefs about software. “No one questions if the future is the place that they want to go. Everybody has bought into the idea that they need to change.”</p><p>“Where people are stuck today is part of a <em>different</em> story written by the same folks who wrote Challenger, which they covered in <a href="https://www.jolteffect.com">Jolt Effect</a>. There&#x27;s a lot of research on this, but basically, the fear among buyers is no longer the Challenger-style fear of missing out. It’s FOFU (fear of f***ing up). Everyone is stuck. They&#x27;re frozen because they don&#x27;t know what decision to make.”</p><p>“You need to figure out how to help customers overcome that fear. And there&#x27;s a lot of things that you can do to help folks do that. But that&#x27;s where deals are stalling today in the AI world. It’s why you start smaller, take risk off the table, give [customers] opt-out language, and lean in with services. You make sure that they understand that you&#x27;re there to support them.”</p><blockquote><em>“The fear among buyers is no longer the Challenger-style fear of missing out. It’s FOFU (fear of f***ing up). Everyone is stuck. They&#x27;re frozen because they don&#x27;t know what decision to make.”</em></blockquote><p>“I always tell my team that before they actually pull the trigger and buy something, customers feel like they&#x27;re going to jump out of a plane by themselves. I tell my team: ‘I want you to strap yourself to them and make sure they feel like <em>you&#x27;re</em> jumping out of the plane with them. Those are some of the tactics that help win in this day and age.”</p><h2>How Do AI Startups Scale Successfully?</h2><p>The CRO concedes that the AI space can still feel a bit like the Wild West as so many things are new and so many norms have not been established. So how can AI startups build enough success to scale? “The only way to succeed is to have successful customers. You can&#x27;t spend your way to success on LinkedIn. You can&#x27;t email blast your way to success. You just cannot grow a business that way.”</p><p>“Because of the trust issues organizations have, and because of FOFU, the only way to really scale and grow a business nowadays is to have wildly successful customers. Customers who go and tell their friends, ‘This is what I&#x27;m using. It&#x27;s working. I&#x27;m getting a ton of value out of it!’ And then hopefully they go tell 10 other friends. Successful customers is the only way to win.”</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-think-about-selling-ai-products">How to Think About Selling AI Products</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #11, Why Agents Need Computers with David Crawshaw</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-why-agents-need-computers-with-david-crawshaw</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Jun 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f5d4fea2-adcc-444c-a4c8-29c60d2d838d</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 11 of High Leverage, Joe Ruscio speaks with David Crawshaw about the shift from traditional developer infrastructure to agent-native computing. David traces lessons from founding Tailscale to now building exe.dev around the idea that “agents need a computer.” The conversation explores why VMs may be the right primitive for AI coding agents, why deployment friction becomes unacceptable when software can be generated in minutes, and how agent-driven development changes code review, production workflows, security, and the economics of personal software.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 11 of High Leverage, Joe Ruscio speaks with David Crawshaw about the shift from traditional developer infrastructure to agent-native computing. David traces lessons from founding Tailscale to now building exe.dev around the idea that “agents need a computer.” The conversation explores why VMs may be the right primitive for AI coding agents, why deployment friction becomes unacceptable when software can be generated in minutes, and how agent-driven development changes code review, production workflows, security, and the economics of personal software.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-why-agents-need-computers-with-david-crawshaw">Ep. #11, Why Agents Need Computers with David Crawshaw</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #52, Beyond the Hyperscalers with Hugo Santos of Namespace</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-52-beyond-the-hyperscalers-with-hugo-santos-of-namespace</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 May 2026 18:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1268f0f1-8a5e-4d2f-b56a-8c654e81c6da</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 52 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot speak with Hugo Santos. They discuss the evolution of Namespace Labs, why traditional cloud infrastructure isn&#x27;t always optimized for developer workflows, and what it takes to build a vertically integrated platform for builds, testing, and developer productivity. Hugo also shares lessons learned from nearly a decade at Google and years of startup building.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 52 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot speak with Hugo Santos. They discuss the evolution of Namespace Labs, why traditional cloud infrastructure isn&#x27;t always optimized for developer workflows, and what it takes to build a vertically integrated platform for builds, testing, and developer productivity. Hugo also shares lessons learned from nearly a decade at Google and years of startup building.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-52-beyond-the-hyperscalers-with-hugo-santos-of-namespace">Ep. #52, Beyond the Hyperscalers with Hugo Santos of Namespace</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #38, Reproducible Infrastructure with Graham Christensen</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-38-reproducible-infrastructure-with-graham-christensen</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 May 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">74770b9f-d2b3-4612-bbcd-9f961742fb4f</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 38 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride speak with Graham Christensen, CEO of Determinate Systems, about the evolution of the Nix ecosystem and why more organizations are embracing reproducible infrastructure. They discuss secure package management, enterprise adoption challenges, open source business models, and how AI tooling is rapidly reshaping software engineering workflows.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 38 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride speak with Graham Christensen, CEO of Determinate Systems, about the evolution of the Nix ecosystem and why more organizations are embracing reproducible infrastructure. They discuss secure package management, enterprise adoption challenges, open source business models, and how AI tooling is rapidly reshaping software engineering workflows.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-38-reproducible-infrastructure-with-graham-christensen">Ep. #38, Reproducible Infrastructure with Graham Christensen</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>5 Social Media Strategies for Early-Stage Startup Founders</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/5-social-media-strategies-for-early-stage-startup-founders</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 May 2026 19:58:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Social Media]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing Strategy]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8905ca81-07ca-43e9-93dd-488c95cb3e63</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>How should early-stage founders approach social media (especially “tech Twitter”)? The experts at Leadtail explain.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>How to Think About Using Social Media as a Founder</h2><p>It’s harder to promote your startup on social media channels than it used to be. Sure, it’s still free of charge to post to social channels like LinkedIn and Twitter/X, but publishers dramatically <a href="https://www.theguardian.com/media/2014/sep/15/pay-to-play-the-end-of-free-social-media-marketing">reduced organic reach</a> of social channels years ago to “encourage” users to pay for promotion. Today, success on social media isn’t about hoping you “go viral.” It’s about these strategies:</p><ul><li><strong>Starting From a Clear Goal:</strong> Thought leadership is different from generating leads, and requires a different approach</li><li><strong>[Eventually] Scaling Your Social Presence:</strong> While founders often start by focusing on a single channel, they often go multi-channel eventually, and post regularly</li><li><strong>Effectively Engaging:</strong> Successful social interactions are user-focused rather than transactional</li><li><strong>Bridging into Real-World Interaction:</strong> Where applicable, social can help you to build toward face-to-face meetings</li><li><strong>Preparing for Scrutiny at Scale:</strong> Everything posted online lasts forever!</li></ul><p>To understand how founders should think about social media both in the short and long term, we sat down with social media veterans <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/carterhostelley/">Carter Hostelley</a> and <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/heykarri/">Karri Carlson</a> of the agency <a href="https://leadtail.com">Leadtail</a>, which has helped startups grow their social followings since 2012.</p><h2>1. Set Goals: Building Reputation vs. Building Pipeline</h2><ul><li><strong>Strategy Before Numbers:</strong> There should be an ultimate goal behind the follower count or post shares. What’s yours?</li><li><strong>Choosing an Approach:</strong> Building in public, building niche reputation, or engaging with top influencers can work if you have a plan.</li></ul><p>The Leadtail team understands the urgency of startup life, but suggests founders take a beat to consider their ultimate goals for social media. “If a founder tells us: ‘I need to get 5,000 followers on Twitter,’ we’ll say: ‘OK, but why?’ Are you looking to build a following so you can raise funding? Or to become popular? Or to get people to try your product so you can accelerate your learnings? Or to hire the smartest people out there?”</p><p>“Is your goal <em>really </em>to hit some number this quarter, or is it to build a brand over time? You can literally <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/interactive/2018/01/27/technology/social-media-bots.html"><em>buy followers</em></a> if you just want to play that game. But we recommend having a strategy behind your presence on whichever platform.”</p><p>As an example, the team discusses “Tech Twitter/X,” an active ecosystem for highly technical founders in arenas like AI and cybersecurity (on a platform that used to be much more active itself.) “On Twitter/X, where we’ve seen a few different ways to be successful.”</p><h3>a. The Journey Sharer (and a Potential Self-Intro to Investors)</h3><p>A common approach to Tech Twitter is treating it like a public journal, where founders candidly share their wins and losses (and their commitment to success for potential investors). “You share the process of building your product, as well as your challenges raising money, or hiring the right people, or what happened when the product crashed.”</p><p>“This approach can be part of a strategy on how to get funding. How to be seen as somebody in the community who investors want to know about. Because you&#x27;re demonstrating that you are a responsible steward with their money and that you&#x27;re able to build things successfully and you&#x27;re able to hire successful people.”</p><h3>b. The Thought Leader Following/Deciphering the Trends</h3><p>“Another approach is to continuously share your thoughts and opinions around where things are going, while ideally having opinions that are not just the same thing everyone else is saying. The idea here is to be opinionated, but not too abrasive.” Leadtail admits that this approach can be challenging for engineering-focused founders who aren’t usually given to doling out hot takes.</p><p>“But you can still share your views on trending topics. And for those who aren’t as comfortable commenting publicly, the strategy is really to engage around the technical questions that are happening on other people&#x27;s posts as they share what <em>they’re</em> seeing, and to do it in a highly productive way.”</p><p>“This is a bit of a different approach that focuses more on finding all the conversations about this thing about which I am knowledgeable. Every time someone encounters that topic, you want to be in the thread. That&#x27;s how people are going to come to know you. Every time someone looks at a conversation that&#x27;s about this corner of this universe, <em>there you are</em>. That&#x27;s how you’re going to get known, and that&#x27;s how people are going to become interested in who you are.”</p><h3>c. The “Reply Guy”</h3><p>“A third approach we’ve seen founders take, particularly for super-technical folks, is identifying a bunch of influencers talking about the technology space you’re in, and looking to build a following by replying to those influencers. The way to succeed here is to find a specific group of high-profile folks who are knee-deep in this stuff and actively engaging in discussions.”</p><p>“You’ll want to make that list of influencers you reply to be a manageable size (we recommend no more than 20-25 or so for starters), and look to engage with them regularly. You’re essentially monitoring them and looking for opportunities where it makes sense to dive in, but to do so in a way that is genuinely authentic and helpful.”</p><h2>2. Scale Your Posting (and Channels)</h2><ul><li><strong>Choosing the Right Channel:</strong> Different channels have different strengths. Busy early-stage founders may want to start small</li><li><strong>Scaling Across Channels:</strong> Eventually, successful founders tend to adopt multiple platforms, including Twitter for direct engagement, LinkedIn for video, and blogging platforms for long-form analysis</li><li><strong>Posting 2-3+ Weekly: </strong>A cadence of 2-3 posts weekly isn’t a bad place to start, and can be a combination of prepared programming and commentary on ad hoc trending stories</li></ul><h3>Which Social Channel Is Right for My Startup?</h3><p>The Leadtail team confirms that it makes sense for new founders to focus on a few social channels, or just one channel, in the earliest days. “Yes, the vast majority of folks are really anchoring around LinkedIn, but for certain areas, like AI and cybersecurity, especially for early-stage founders trying to engage with VC, Twitter/X is very active.”</p><p>However, the social media veterans suggest that successful founders generally end up spreading their presence across multiple channels for strategic reasons. “Many years ago, we’d talk about supplementing your social presence with a content presence on Medium.com. But it’s about considering how the combination of these things work: You update people on product status in one place versus having deeper industry commentary somewhere else.”</p><p>“And the general track is that founders start to see some success, raise their Series A or Series B, and at that point, it’s recommended they have a strong presence on LinkedIn, which can be a good home for video content. While their thought leadership sits on Substack. And their conversational updates, the direct engagement and meeting of community people, takes place on Twitter/X.”</p><h3>How Often Should Startup Founders Post to Social Media?</h3><p>“You may be pursuing a few of these scenarios regularly (except the reply guy scenario, as that will depend on your diving into conversations as they happen). If you’re sharing your journey or pursuing thought leadership, you might want to consider at least 2-3 posts per week.”</p><p>“And if you can set up a cadence that people start to get used to, for example, ‘Every Monday I share my learnings as a new startup founder,’ and even group those together using a thread, you can start to build an audience over time.”</p><p>“If you find yourself delving into more of the thought leadership side, then you may want to time your social posts around your Substack newsletter posts, if and when you plan to run that. You can be episodic and try to schedule ahead if you&#x27;re talking about big topics, though some of your posts may be driven by breaking news, which may kick up your posts to 3-4 per week.”</p><h2>3. Engage by Centering Around Other People and Provide Value</h2><p>Social media for startup founders has rules of engagement. “Number one, you have to <em>make it about the person you are engaging with</em>.” The Leadtail team notes that it can be tempting to try to jump ahead and book sales demos with someone interested enough to post a reply, but that can be premature.</p><p>Regardless of whether you’re trying to be the candid, tell-all founder or become a thought leader, the replies you post should be valuable, helpful, and engage people where they are. If you have deep expertise, you can share it in a way that isn’t overbearing. If you have real-world experience with someone else’s question, your insights can speed them along their journey.</p><p>“Generally speaking, we recommend that you do <em>not</em> immediately jump in and offer to book a demo. It’s better to make the conversation about the other person, and to focus on being as helpful as possible.”</p><h2>4. Look for Organic Meeting Opportunities as Appropriate</h2><ul><li><strong>Avoid Rushing into Sales Conversations:</strong> A response to your post usually isn’t the same thing as confirmed sales interest</li><li><strong>Low-Stakes Meeting Opportunities:</strong> Some conversations may pave a path to a low-stakes meeting, such as at a local meetup</li></ul><p>No one wants to follow the pushy salesman who didn’t take the hint. Being overly transactional or promotional doesn’t make sense and doesn’t build followings. What might make sense is, one you have a conversation going, looking for an organic opportunity to progress the conversation off of social, potentially in a low-stakes manner.</p><p>“After you engage successfully with other people, you might start figuring out how to set up a time to connect at the next local meetup that&#x27;s happening...the one you were both planning to attend anyway. Alternatively, maybe you jump onto a texting thread.” Regardless, the Leadtail team recommends having an engagement strategy for different types of people on different topics, at different levels of interest, to move from engagement to conversation.</p><p>“Meetups are ‘back’ in the startup community. So it’s not uncommon to respond to a conversation with a lightweight follow-up: ‘Hey, this has been a great exchange, but are you going to be at such-and-such event? It’d be great to meet up in person.’” (The social media experts also note that, at least for the time being, this type of chatter tends to work better on Twitter, while direct messages on LinkedIn are generally seen as sales pitches.)</p><h2>5. Prepare for Scrutiny as You Grow</h2><ul><li><strong>Technical Audiences May Be as Passionate as You:</strong> Everyone has deeply-held beliefs, so interactions should be respectful, even among differences in opinion</li><li><strong>Your Online History is Forever:</strong> Avoid online arguments and negativity that could hurt your brand, since they won’t go away</li></ul><p>The Leadtail team notes that there have absolutely been founders who have succeeded on social media by bringing in their own unique personality, being playful or snarky, so long as that was genuinely who they are. However, no one succeeds for long by being consistently negative and attacking people who disagree with you.</p><p>“As you grow your following, you still want to be productive and helpful. And for technical audiences, you’d expect people like engineers to be inherently helpful and focus on solving problems. But they may also express a much higher level of disagreement, depending on their experience or conviction. So you’ll want to be aware that <em>not everybody</em> in your community will focus on wanting to be helpful above all else.”</p><p>“This is the curve: You start posting on social media, and at first, all you get is crickets. Then one day, you post something, and somebody actually engages with you. You can’t believe it! You want to go tell all your friends somebody engaged. <em>And then you start to get your first negative replies.</em>”</p><h3>Reminder: Everything You Post Online Is Forever</h3><p>“This is even more important today than it was 10 years ago: Everything you&#x27;re doing on social media is public, and will be public forever. We often coach executives on this regarding sensitive topics like politics, but it can also be around technology opinions. As a tech startup founder, you want to be sensitive to the fact that you’re addressing an audience of brilliant engineers who may have very deep convictions about what they do before you slam that new engineering framework in public.”</p><p>At the very earliest stages, a founder’s social presence may be virtually indistinguishable from their startup’s. “This is the thing founders have to be aware of. You may hold whatever strong views, political or otherwise, on your personal account, but that reflects on the company you&#x27;re building and its culture.” It’s often a good idea to work with your co-founders and investors to build an online presence that reflects the kind of culture and brand you want to build.</p><p>“Playfulness is one thing, but having a super-snarky troll-like founder is another. Most founders don’t ultimately want to become the next great internet troll. They want to grow their business and raise funding. So over time, marketing teams eventually start doing routine cleanup across their socials, and they’re trying to be aware of the brand they’re building.”</p><p>“You can get into trouble when working with executives who get pushed into a place of visibility they didn’t necessarily seek for themselves. They can sometimes be very sensitive to any criticism thrown their way. So it’s a good idea to have training and a plan in place to make sure people on your team aren’t feeding the trolls.”</p><p>“Obivously, there’s a balance to strike. It’s possible to <em>not be opinionated enough</em> to break through the noise and just repeat the same thing everyone else is saying. So yes, founders can and should have real opinions, but that doesn’t mean they should be abrasive and troll-like. It’s OK to disagree.”</p><p>“We always say: The focus is the future because anyone can have opinions about the future. Who knows what will actually happen? And by the time the future is here, you’re going to have new opinions to share anyway.”</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/5-social-media-strategies-for-early-stage-startup-founders">5 Social Media Strategies for Early-Stage Startup Founders</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #12, Agent Orchestration at Scale with Maxime Beauchemin</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-agent-orchestration-at-scale-with-maxime-beauchemin</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">36ff9cf6-9ce9-4b0c-889c-4b29813a422f</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 12 of Data Renegades, CL Kao sits down with Maxime Beauchemin to explore what happens when software teams start working alongside armies of AI agents. Max shares the thinking behind Agor, his collaborative platform for orchestrating coding agents, and reflects on how AI is reshaping engineering, product, design, and data work. They also dive into the future of agentic workflows, technical collaboration, and what human roles may look like in the years ahead.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 12 of Data Renegades, CL Kao sits down with Maxime Beauchemin to explore what happens when software teams start working alongside armies of AI agents. Max shares the thinking behind Agor, his collaborative platform for orchestrating coding agents, and reflects on how AI is reshaping engineering, product, design, and data work. They also dive into the future of agentic workflows, technical collaboration, and what human roles may look like in the years ahead.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-agent-orchestration-at-scale-with-maxime-beauchemin">Ep. #12, Agent Orchestration at Scale with Maxime Beauchemin</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Computer Use: AI’s Most Enterprise-Ready Use Case?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-computer-use-for-enterprise</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 May 2026 03:04:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Enterprise Software]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[User Research]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[User Experience]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">13c1b831-4d81-4d3e-a5ad-97fc16d01109</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Enterprises are slow to adopt new technology. Founder Prateek Jannu explains why computer use might be the most immediately actionable enterprise AI use case.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>How Do You Get Change-Resistant Enterprises to Adopt AI?</h2><p>For some time, enterprises have resisted change, with internal departments using a specific software platform as their center of gravity: The ERP for finance, the CRM for sales, and so on. Each with painstakingly built custom configurations (with new team members <em>not allowed to touch anything!). </em>So what happens in the age of AI when everything speeds up and the pressure is on to modernize, even at risk-averse enterprise orgs?</p><p>Founder <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/prateekjannu/">Prateek Jannu</a>’s project <a href="https://github.com/coasty-ai/open-computer-use">Coasty</a> focuses on what he considers to be AI’s most immediately valuable use case for enterprise: Computer use, which defers actual point-and-click functionality on desktops and browsers to autonomous AI. Says the founder, computer use lets enterprises gain immediate value from the speed and versatility of AI, while not disrupting existing enterprise tech stacks (especially the customized Netsuite instance that took the finance team <em>years</em> to perfect).</p><h2>Addressing Enterprise Inertia and Resistance to Change</h2><p></p><p>Jannu notes that the Coasty project came from observing how, while many academics have been excited about the potential of AI, enterprise orgs seemed to recoil in horror. “A lot of companies, even among the Fortune 500, did not want to build MCP servers, or anything they thought could destroy their systems or accidentally leak sensitive information.”</p><p>From there, the Coasty project launched as a computer use agent with high performance scores 82% on the agentic <a href="https://os-world.github.io/">OS World benchmark</a> when tasked with looking at users’ screens and figuring out how to interact as a keyboard and mouse would. “A score is just a score and doesn’t necessarily imply anything with regard to long-term tasks,” the founder admits, but it may be an indicator of potential value for a variety of use cases for form fills, accounting, hotel management, and others.</p><p>The founder notes that building AI computer use has taken a different path than previous-generation workflow automation and screen-scraping tools due to changing interfaces and other external factors. “We use five different systems with a variety of models, which is important for enterprise systems because UIs also change.”</p><p>“If an accounting team is using a legacy system that gets some kind of software update, or alternatively, if they’re filing state taxes but next year, there’s a new option, some new provision for an updated state tax rate which a simplistic workflow automation tool might not pick up. We’ve built our models to look for and pick up such changes and understand variances between steps that previous-gen solutions might get stuck on.”</p><h2>AI Features Enterprises Care About: Speed vs. Accuracy</h2><p>“When we started out, we noticed other teams in the computer use space seemed to be focusing on speed, perhaps because teams have looked at speed as a factor when they think about process automation. ‘If it’s faster, it must be a better option,’ was the thinking, and why would anyone pay for something that’s slightly slower?”</p><p>“This was a hard decision for us: Can we compromise on speed right now but guarantee that we can be more accurate than any system out there? That&#x27;s a major trade off.” Jannu notes that while having low latency definitely demos well, but a computer use tool that’s fast but inaccurate is virtually pointless.</p><p>As his team reviewed their options, they realized that in the AI age, as code becomes faster and cheaper to produce, software will eventually change daily, which will mean that UIs and APIs will too. “If you focus on speed, you’re going to break at some point.” Meanwhile, enterprises run on decades-old software that can have fragile configurations or integrations, causing them to be extremely hesitant to change vendors with any frequency.</p><p>“Once your AI is logged in to their software, [enterprise teams] don’t want to make significant changes. If you did go in and make changes to their tools, they wouldn’t renew. They wouldn’t even adopt. So we decided to focus on accuracy instead of speed for enterprise personas.”</p><h2>Enterprise Challenges: Speed and Decision Tree Errors</h2><p>Moreso than building for any specific interface (desktop, browser, or terminal, all of which Coasty supports), Jannu suggests that significant challenges include decision tree errors and time thresholds. “Anytime you give a task, you expect it to take a certain amount of time. Small tasks are relatively fast, but as users build confidence, they start testing boundaries and make bigger asks.”</p><p>“They start requesting more long-horizon tasks trying to test how well Coasty can do, tasks that may take closer to 10-20 minutes. Sometimes, tasks can go off trajectory. If I request the creation of a certain kind of database, and it chooses the wrong table in step two, it&#x27;s going to be completely wrong for the entire trajectory. So it’s really about how to get those first five to 10 steps right. And even if the system gets something wrong, how can we get back on track?”</p><p>“One thing we focus on with this project is self-correction: If there’s a mistake, Coasty can go back and rectify that. One thing that was really hard to pin down was controlling and auditing which step the system gets wrong.” The founder explains how the process involved building dozens of testing layers to detect errors and revert to previous steps, a process that remains complicated.”</p><h2>Hard Lessons: Enterprise Users Expect Their Own Flow</h2><p>“We also learned that enterprise users want an easy way to provide logins for their agents, but the challenge is doing that safely. We added what we call agent credentials which we store in an encrypted format, but the agent never sees the credentials, and will prompt users to enter them as needed.” The founder suggests he expected this behavior: Of users to instruct agents to take action until they ran into a roadblock and needed something, like credentials.</p><p>“We realized that people were prompting their agents more like they would a human, because that&#x27;s how these users were expecting it to work. For anyone trying to implement computer-use agents as well, I&#x27;d highly recommend trying to see what users expect from the system: Sometimes they may expect a full, end-to-end prompt, but sometimes they’ll say: ‘Hey, just come back to me and ask if you need credentials.’”</p><p>“This is something that we did not expect. And a lot of users got turned off because of that. We had to learn the hard way. And we had to talk to a lot of users to find out about these issues, whether their issues were related to costs or functionality, before we realized it was something as simple as users expecting agents to come back and ask them for credentials.”</p><p></p><h2>What’s Missing in Computer Use: Security and Safety</h2><p>The founder admits that the ultra-viral <a href="https://openclaw.ai/">OpenClaw project</a> kickstarted adoption of agents for personal use, but suggests that agentic has seen a noticeable delay on security to accompany all the exciting advancements. “If you look at how software had a boom in the early 2000s: A lot of compliance companies came up with their own standards.”</p><p>“But at the end of the day, the larger companies, including the Fortune 100, came together with the goal of figuring out how to identify whether software is ‘safe’ enough for use by big companies or clients. And they came up with <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/System_and_organization_controls">SOC 2</a> and similar methodologies.”</p><p>“I definitely think there&#x27;s going to be at least some kind of standard in the future, a security framework specifically for agents that could also cover computer use or general agentic frameworks. It might involve stress testing agents with jailbreaking problems, putting them through some kind of verification system to ensure it isn’t vulnerable to prompt injections or other kinds of attack.”</p><p>The founder suggests that an industry standard might emerge once enterprise adoption of agents hits critical mass, which doesn’t seem to have happened yet. “A lot of these companies are adopting [agents] to a very small degree. Maybe it&#x27;s one small team using it for a certain reason. But if you want the whole organization to use a certain kind of AI, the company needs to make sure that if something does go wrong, someone is responsible.”</p><p>“There&#x27;s going to be a sort of framework or a standard set for it, ideally an open standard so people can go audit it. For our project, we maintain a really slim internal security standard so if something does happen on our end, we’re ready for it.” The founder suggests that every agentic software project should stand up their own security standard along with a battery of internal tests.</p><p>“If you’re building agentic, try to test it. Break it. There are a lot of good open-source repositories with guides on how to do prompt injections or jailbreak certain system prompts.Try them on your own system. Check how it works. Is it failing? How? If you&#x27;re trying to take your software to a production-grade level, try to break it as much as you can beforehand.”</p><h2>Computer Use as an Enterprise Modernization Opportunity</h2><p>“I think there are a lot of enterprises that depend on legacy systems that do not have APIs or MCPs built. Maybe 95% of them do not. I believe [computer use] is the best way to get started with AI [for enterprise customers] because a lot of companies are under pressure right now to ‘implement’ AI.”</p><p>The founder notes that while some early adopters are diving into building MCP servers, most companies are still pondering implementation and potential security issues. “[Enterprises] have a lot of these questions. What&#x27;s the best way to go about [implementing AI]? Try to build computer use. At the end of the day, your software does have a login screen of some kind. People use it with a keyboard and mouse. And if humans can use these things, computer use AIs do the same.”</p><p>The founder suggests that as models only continue to improve, computer use will as well. “If today, we can perform a one-hour task reliably, maybe within a year, we can perform a three- to four-hour task reliably. Lots of companies have processes that take hours. With successful computer use, you can see efficiency improvements of 2x or 3x, even as you run agents as background tasks.”</p><p>“A lot of business units rely on tools that don’t have MCPs or AI-capable APIs. For example, I know of several accounting tools that don’t have MCP support, and won’t for some time? Maybe upwards of five to ten years? But whatever you do with a computer, with a keyboard and mouse, can be done right now with computer use.”</p><p><br/><br/></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-computer-use-for-enterprise">Computer Use: AI’s Most Enterprise-Ready Use Case?</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #5, Free, Like Puppies: The Real Cost of AI Code</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-free-like-puppies-the-real-cost-of-ai-code</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 May 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">54831816-9cdd-437c-aa53-b3cfade8fd02</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 5 of Third Loop, Heidi Waterhouse, James Governor, Adam Zimman, and Kim Harrison dig into the hype around AI-generated code and ask a deceptively simple question: if code is “free,” what does it actually cost? From token pricing and maintenance overhead to user value and developer judgment, they explore why software is never quite as cheap as it seems.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 5 of Third Loop, Heidi Waterhouse, James Governor, Adam Zimman, and Kim Harrison dig into the hype around AI-generated code and ask a deceptively simple question: if code is “free,” what does it actually cost? From token pricing and maintenance overhead to user value and developer judgment, they explore why software is never quite as cheap as it seems.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-free-like-puppies-the-real-cost-of-ai-code">Ep. #5, Free, Like Puppies: The Real Cost of AI Code</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #55, Faster Hypothesis Disproving with Sunil Dhaliwal</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-55-faster-hypothesis-disproving-with-sunil-dhaliwal</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">17bbb4d7-d72e-479d-b1f5-b3a1025b5b53</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 55 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers sits down with Sunil Dhaliwal to explore how AI is reshaping developer infrastructure, venture investing, and computational biology. Sunil reflects on building Amplify Partners during the rise of cloud computing, why the best technical founders “live the problem,” and where he sees the next generation of AI tooling emerging. The conversation also dives into personalized medicine, AI infrastructure consolidation, and what remains fundamentally human about investing.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 55 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers sits down with Sunil Dhaliwal to explore how AI is reshaping developer infrastructure, venture investing, and computational biology. Sunil reflects on building Amplify Partners during the rise of cloud computing, why the best technical founders “live the problem,” and where he sees the next generation of AI tooling emerging. The conversation also dives into personalized medicine, AI infrastructure consolidation, and what remains fundamentally human about investing.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-55-faster-hypothesis-disproving-with-sunil-dhaliwal">Ep. #55, Faster Hypothesis Disproving with Sunil Dhaliwal</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #51, CI Is the New Bottleneck with Kyle Galbraith</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-51-ci-is-the-new-bottleneck-with-kyle-galbraith</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 May 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f168d1c5-0acf-40f6-9422-1e2dcf9c2af1</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 51 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot sit down with Kyle Galbraith. Kyle shares the story behind Depot and explains how the company evolved from accelerating Docker builds into building an entirely new CI platform designed for the AI era. The conversation explores BuildKit internals, remote caching, microVMs, AWS infrastructure, and why modern software development may require rethinking CI from the ground up.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 51 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot sit down with Kyle Galbraith. Kyle shares the story behind Depot and explains how the company evolved from accelerating Docker builds into building an entirely new CI platform designed for the AI era. The conversation explores BuildKit internals, remote caching, microVMs, AWS infrastructure, and why modern software development may require rethinking CI from the ground up.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-51-ci-is-the-new-bottleneck-with-kyle-galbraith">Ep. #51, CI Is the New Bottleneck with Kyle Galbraith</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #10, The Human Brain in Software Development with Steve Krouse</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-the-human-brain-in-software-development-with-steve-krouse</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 May 2026 15:45:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f35c3be9-ce0b-42ba-b7fc-7ea6fbd4d86f</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 10 of High Leverage, Joe Ruscio sits down with Steve Krouse to discuss the rapidly evolving relationship between AI and programming. Steve shares lessons from building Val Town at the center of the AI tooling wave, why he believes better abstractions will define the future of software, and how engineers can avoid becoming passive operators in an increasingly agent-driven world.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 10 of High Leverage, Joe Ruscio sits down with Steve Krouse to discuss the rapidly evolving relationship between AI and programming. Steve shares lessons from building Val Town at the center of the AI tooling wave, why he believes better abstractions will define the future of software, and how engineers can avoid becoming passive operators in an increasingly agent-driven world.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-the-human-brain-in-software-development-with-steve-krouse">Ep. #10, The Human Brain in Software Development with Steve Krouse</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #37, Is AI Killing Open Source Software? with Stormy Peters</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-37-is-ai-killing-open-source-software-with-stormy-peters</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 May 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a0d4c522-c90e-46bb-8f88-55624226a59f</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 37 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John speak with Stormy Peters about the evolving relationship between AI and open source software. Together, they unpack the growing challenges maintainers face, why traditional “good first issues” may be disappearing, and how AI tools are changing the way developers contribute to projects. They also discuss open-weight models, inference costs, and why community health still matters more than lines of code.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 37 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John speak with Stormy Peters about the evolving relationship between AI and open source software. Together, they unpack the growing challenges maintainers face, why traditional “good first issues” may be disappearing, and how AI tools are changing the way developers contribute to projects. They also discuss open-weight models, inference costs, and why community health still matters more than lines of code.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-37-is-ai-killing-open-source-software-with-stormy-peters">Ep. #37, Is AI Killing Open Source Software? with Stormy Peters</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Translating Data into AI Skills</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/translating-data-into-ai-skills</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2026 16:42:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0472b492-68d5-4519-a3eb-bd8db4cdd1b7</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Developer Yusuf Karaaslan explains how he ended up designing a system that translates a variety of data into AI skills.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>How We Went from LLMs to Agents to Skills</h2><p>In late 2025, Anthropic declared <em>skills</em>, modular, reusable, file-based instructions that encapsulate domain expertise, to be an <a href="https://agentskills.io/home">open standard</a>. Since then, hundreds of thousands of users have reportedly installed a variety of <em>skill.md</em> files to improve their agents’ abilities on a variety of tasks, including coding with specialized languages or performing non-coding tasks like spinning up documentation or creating datasets.</p><p>While performing his usual daily duties with Claude Code, Turkish developer <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/yusuf-karaaslan-156125145/">Yusuf Karaaslan</a> began experimenting with skills, and eventually ending up designing the <a href="https://github.com/yusufkaraaslan/Skill_Seekers">Skill Seekers</a> project, which processes and translates a variety of data sources (including GitHub repos, PDFs, videos, and others) into agentic skills. Below, he explains what led him to create the project and how thousands of users worldwide are finding value from agentic skills.</p><h2>From Context Limits to Skill Libraries</h2><p>Karaaslan, a game developer by trade, notes that his initial foray into working with skills came from trying to work with the back-end of the popular online game storefront Steam. He started with Claude&#x27;s official skill-creator skill, feeding it every relevant link from Steam&#x27;s documentation one by one and asking it to produce a complete skill for the inventory system — the goal being a direct answer instead of a guess. It didn&#x27;t work.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/d7f4e82d7a2e0b63380beac2c7e0b663f4b503de-1749x803.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p>&quot;No matter what I did, Claude would skip most of the input or cut it down far too aggressively, and it kept guessing at what I was asking for. My read was that because I&#x27;d asked it to handle both the heavy data gathering <em>and</em> the processing in one shot, it was optimizing for cost and cutting corners on the part that mattered most. Even the cut-down output was a little more confident than nothing, which was the clue. So I sat down and started building a separate system to do the heavy data lifting, the part that doesn&#x27;t actually need AI in the loop. That was the first prototype of Skill Seekers.&quot;</p><p>The contrast once he piped that prototype&#x27;s output back into Claude was hard to miss. &quot;Before, the answers were always hedged. &#x27;Maybe try this, maybe try that.&#x27; After I added the Skill Seekers output to the context, the tone changed completely: &#x27;You can&#x27;t do it the way you want with Steam inventory, you need an external backend.&#x27; Much more confident, much more direct, and actually correct. Even when I challenged it on details, it stayed true to Steam&#x27;s actual behavior. The funny part is that all this happened the same day Anthropic announced skills. The first version of Skill Seekers shipped that same night.”</p><p>From there, Karaaslan kept iterating on the prototype, prompting Claude Code to extend it with web scraping and working around internal context limits until each new data source slotted in cleanly. &quot;Until a certain point, my focus was on feeding in as many data sources as possible to build a richer, more complex skill: The need to download a dynamic website, or the need to scrape a codebase. Once I felt we&#x27;d covered almost all the major data sources and some of the more niche ones, I started backtracking to improve the system architecture. At that point I hit Claude&#x27;s internal limits again: This time around analyzing the whole codebase. So I fell back on my usual trick: I had Claude generate full class diagrams, package diagrams, and flow diagrams for the key systems. With those UMLs in hand, I could pinpoint exact pain points, architectural problems, and more. From there, I designed the new architecture end-to-end and replaced the live version module by module.”</p><p>The developer’s iterative approach led him to map all connections and flows within the project, and eventually unify everything with a single interface, ensuring key functions were connected and removing duplicate branches. He explains that he relies on three primary skills himself for design, implementation, and PR reviews. &quot;I actually developed these skills side by side with Skill Seekers itself, based on my own observations along the way. And I just open-sourced my <a href="https://github.com/yusufkaraaslan/ai-flow-anything">AI workflows</a> too.”</p><p>“Using my design skill, I start by using a card that simply explains <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Test-driven_development">test-driven development</a>, and from that, I generate UML diagrams of how that should work. I then review, accept changes, and create issues and tasks, then create a development report of any issues. After everything is complete, I will send the output to the PR review skill. In this way, I have full control over the project.”</p><h2>Accelerating AI Learning by Modeling Human Learning</h2><p>Karaaslan suggests that his approach building skills started in much the same way he, himself, learns new things. “Before using AI, [to learn new development topics] I would read documentation, take notes, and learn from example projects. At first, I mimicked this process.”</p><p>The developer took a similar approach to eventually making Skill Seekers a project capable of ingesting data from a variety of different formats. “To implement how I learn things by watching videos into Skill Seekers, I would get code from the screen, collect timelines, and copy transcripts and screenshots into Skill Seekers. I was just mimicking how I learn without AI.”</p><p>The developer notes that after the release of the project, he observed how others would use it, noting that users would want to review new additions. “People would want to adjust some stuff, add some stuff, remove some stuff. I wanted to automate the process, so I created a skill for that, and afterwards, we created the workflows, and gave the skill to that workflow. Exactly what we would do manually. It’s about mimicking, optimizing, and automating.”</p><h2>What Skills Add for Developers</h2><p>Karaaslan suggests a variety of development use cases have emerged from the project. “It started as a helper, but it has become a data management system for any kind of input that can be structured and reproduced, and with minimal cost because once you create a new skill config file, you can run that config again and again with a single command-line prompt, or just by telling Claude to do it directly via MCP.”</p><p>The developer lists a variety of use cases, including an integration partner that uses the project to power its marketing and helper bots with skills that ping codebases to answer user questions about them. An academic AI research startup uses the project to scan new research papers for usable skills that the team can then use internally.</p><p>“Like I said, it&#x27;s all just data that AI can understand. You can update to new versions easily and connect to your codebase in one click. So you can create your own tools, your own skills from your codebase. You can give it official documentation, your own implementation, examples, maybe some video, and it all gets merged into one big skill that includes everything.”</p><p>“After you create skills, you can add a workflow to create an agent and system calls. I use that feature often because you can control the context. It&#x27;s actually a helpful tool for context engineering.”</p><p>“In my workflows I have an automated skill that&#x27;s triggered every time I push to the main repo. Every time I want to do design work I have a ‘design repos’ skill that I create with Skill Seekers focusing on the architecture and API. Whenever I run my agent skill, it automatically uploads that skill, and every time I run it, I know I have the latest version of my architecture as knowledge within the context inside the agent.”</p><h2>How to Think About Skills for Beginners</h2><p>“Let&#x27;s say you’re not very fond of AI, and you just want to do your work as a developer. Developers always think in terms of architecture, how we do stuff, how we structure stuff. If you want to use some new back-end framework or a new language you’re not experienced with, you can stay focused on system architecture while Skill Seekers builds a skill that turns your agent into an expert on your tech stack. The best part is that Skill Seekers has an MCP, so you can just casually tell Claude to create skills for your project. No extra steps.”</p><p>“Let’s say we wanted to start a new project and it&#x27;s in an area we’re not familiar with. We might want to do some light experimentation before building because the cost of learning seems too high. Previously, we might avoid focusing too much on learning entirely new frameworks and languages. We would tend to just stay with what we know now.”</p><p>“You can tell Skill Seekers, ‘I want to do this project, I want to use this technology, I want to try this new framework, I want to try this new library,’ in casual, natural language. The MCP will trigger and generate the skill for the latest, top-of-the-line skill for you. You can just say, ‘I have an idea’ or ‘I want to try this functionality of this language or this library,’ and you start writing anything that you can test.”</p><p>&quot;It&#x27;s not too different from being an engineering lead. You say, &#x27;I have a vision. I want to do this thing,&#x27; and it creates a team for you that knows that field and executes on your vision. You have a problem, you have a solution, you have a tool, you have a limitation, you have an output. This is always the same.&quot;</p><h2>Real-World Use Cases for Skills</h2><p>&quot;The biggest use case I see is builders using skills to power support for their GitHub repos across the different language versions they need to maintain. Each version has its own skill, and every time they push an update, an automatic trigger refreshes the bot&#x27;s knowledge. Doing that by hand is incredibly time-consuming.&quot;</p><p>Karaaslan&#x27;s most-used example comes from inside his own company, where the team builds with <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unity_(game_engine)">Unity</a>. He started by setting up an internal skill marketplace so developers could share work with each other, then began authoring skill config files for the technologies the team uses day-to-day. It didn&#x27;t take long to spot the bottleneck. &quot;Even with Skill Seekers doing the hard part, the surrounding loop was repetitive: Create a config, generate a skill, package it, and manually upload it to the marketplace. The friction was in everything <em>around</em> the generation step.&quot;</p><p>The developer explains his process of layering in fixes, one at a time. &quot;First, I added a shared config repo so anyone on the team could publish or pull a config through their own Skill Seekers install. Then, I added packaging and uploading to the marketplace as native functionality inside Skill Seekers itself. The flow worked end-to-end, but I hit a new wall. The volume of data I was sending Claude during the local enhancement step burned through my usage almost immediately.&quot;</p><p>The fix was to stop tying Skill Seekers to any single model. &quot;I made it agent-, CLI-, and LLM-agnostic. Now I trigger the whole pipeline from the command line: Scrape, restructure, combine sources, run the local AI enhancement step on whichever model I want, package, and push straight to our internal marketplace. I tend to use OpenCode with Kimi for the enhancement step. I tend to get more usage with it, and in my own tests, the skill quality came out on par with Claude.&quot;</p><p>That decoupling is also where Karaaslan sees the project&#x27;s longer-term direction. &quot;My vision for Skill Seekers is for it to become a universal data layer for AI systems. Model-agnostic, source-agnostic, pipeline-friendly. Whatever the input, whatever the agent on the other end, the skill is the same shape. That&#x27;s the point.&quot;</p><p><br/></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/translating-data-into-ai-skills">Translating Data into AI Skills</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #90, Outcome Engineering in the AI Era with Cory Ondrejka</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-90-outcome-engineering-in-the-ai-era-with-cory-ondrejka</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 May 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18e4eb90-babd-41cb-92dd-520ceb0b1842</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 90 of o11ycast, Ken Rimple and Jessica “Jess” Kerr speak with Cory Ondrejka. Together, they unpack the rise of agentic AI, the shifting identity of software engineers, and the growing importance of measuring real-world impact. Cory shares his concept of Outcome Engineering and how teams can adapt to a world where building is fast but validation is everything.</p><p><strong>Come find the Honeycomb team at O11yCon on May 21st!<br/><a href="https://events.honeycomb.io/o11yConSF2026">https://events.honeycomb.io/o11yConSF2026</a><br/>Use discount code SFCast2026 for 20% off</strong></p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 90 of o11ycast, Ken Rimple and Jessica “Jess” Kerr speak with Cory Ondrejka. Together, they unpack the rise of agentic AI, the shifting identity of software engineers, and the growing importance of measuring real-world impact. Cory shares his concept of Outcome Engineering and how teams can adapt to a world where building is fast but validation is everything.</p><p><strong>Come find the Honeycomb team at O11yCon on May 21st!<br/><a href="https://events.honeycomb.io/o11yConSF2026">https://events.honeycomb.io/o11yConSF2026</a><br/>Use discount code SFCast2026 for 20% off</strong></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-90-outcome-engineering-in-the-ai-era-with-cory-ondrejka">Ep. #90, Outcome Engineering in the AI Era with Cory Ondrejka</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #4, Signals and Levers with Elisabeth Hendrickson and Joel Tosi</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-signals-and-levers-with-elisabeth-hendrickson-and-joel-tosi</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 May 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dc0d1a3f-504c-4cb5-8ffb-6479d7d3c0e7</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 4 of Third Loop, Elisabeth Hendrickson and Joel Tosi join the hosts to discuss systems thinking, software delivery, and why organizations often solve the wrong problems. They explore their upcoming book <em>Signals and Levers</em>, unpacking the CREATE framework and the illusions of progress, predictability, and control. The conversation also dives into AI, user trust, feedback loops, and what it really means to improve delivery.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 4 of Third Loop, Elisabeth Hendrickson and Joel Tosi join the hosts to discuss systems thinking, software delivery, and why organizations often solve the wrong problems. They explore their upcoming book <em>Signals and Levers</em>, unpacking the CREATE framework and the illusions of progress, predictability, and control. The conversation also dives into AI, user trust, feedback loops, and what it really means to improve delivery.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-signals-and-levers-with-elisabeth-hendrickson-and-joel-tosi">Ep. #4, Signals and Levers with Elisabeth Hendrickson and Joel Tosi</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #9, The AI Coding Paradigm Shift with Simon Willison</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-the-ai-coding-paradigm-shift-with-simon-willison</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 May 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">13a0a908-b9c7-4686-906a-eaf967f3ecc9</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 9 of High Leverage, Joe Ruscio sits down with Simon Willison to unpack the rapid evolution of AI coding tools and what they mean for software development. They explore the shift from vibe coding to agentic engineering, how coding agents are reshaping workflows, and why experience still matters. The conversation dives into trust, security, and what breaks when code becomes cheap.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 9 of High Leverage, Joe Ruscio sits down with Simon Willison to unpack the rapid evolution of AI coding tools and what they mean for software development. They explore the shift from vibe coding to agentic engineering, how coding agents are reshaping workflows, and why experience still matters. The conversation dives into trust, security, and what breaks when code becomes cheap.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-the-ai-coding-paradigm-shift-with-simon-willison">Ep. #9, The AI Coding Paradigm Shift with Simon Willison</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Four HR Mistakes Founders Still Make in the Age of AI</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/four-hr-mistakes-founders-make-in-the-age-of-ai</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 May 2026 16:06:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Hiring]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Employee Stock Option Plan]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Dilution]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">359105c7-1b7e-4ff8-9c6a-bf55c78db533</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>The more startups change due to exciting factors like AI, the more some founder mistakes remain the same. HR expert Darlene Harper explains.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>HR Mistakes That Founders Still Make</h2><p>Despite the accelerating influence of AI, there are still four key errors that new startup founders make today on hiring and building HR culture:</p><ul><li><strong>Not Hiring for Fit and Culture:</strong> Leading to costly turnover and rehiring cycles</li><li><strong>Hiring Fast and Firing Slow:</strong> Which means poor culture matches and unnecessary team friction</li><li><strong>Not Building in Proper Legal Safeguards:</strong> Which turns early attrition into ownership nightmares</li><li><strong>Delegating Away Culture Building:</strong> Which prevents founders from ever building a cohesive team</li></ul><p>HR veteran <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/darleneharper/">Darlene Harper</a> advises a variety of early-stage startups. She explains that she continues to see founders make these mistakes and offers alternative approaches to prevent attrition and other painful HR problems:</p><h2>1. Hire Early Teams for Fit (not Friends &amp; Family)</h2><p>Harper recommends hiring early-stage teams based on:</p><ul><li><strong>Qualifications and Knowledge Level:</strong> Do the candidates have relevant experience and education?</li><li><strong>Startup Stage:</strong> Have they worked at early-stage startups? What are the largest and smallest orgs at which they’ve worked? And are they the right people today, or for a later stage?</li><li><strong>Intangibles:</strong> How well does the candidate work with the startup’s expected culture: Are they adaptable to changing schedules, do they learn quickly, can they manage change?</li></ul><p>Harper relates anecdotes she’s heard about founders increasingly struggling with early employee retention. “This seems to be a real issue for founders now. It may seem surprising, but it’s understandable: All of a sudden, founders find themselves with funding. They have to hire <em>somebody,</em> but may end up with someone who isn’t necessarily the best fit for what they need.”</p><p>“I recently heard about a startup that got millions in funding and went broke within the next year, in part because they had hired all these PhDs from prestigious universities. People with great pedigrees, and of course, they demanded big salaries, but they weren’t necessarily the people the startup needed right at the beginning. They should’ve been later-stage hires.”</p><p>“You certainly want somebody that knows to ask the technical questions, and you want to be able to check their background and references to confirm this person really has done what they say they&#x27;ve done, and that they have the knowledge and qualifications.”</p><p>From there, HR experts can ask more-probing questions. Harper notes that asking about the size of the absolute largest and smallest companies at which a candidate has worked can be especially telling, as well as how candidates handle ambiguous situations without necessarily having all the information needed.</p><p>“And you do need to be very careful about hiring people <em>just because you know them</em>. Also, if you do have a longstanding relationship, you don&#x27;t necessarily want to risk losing that relationship because you&#x27;re bringing them into a business situation.”</p><h2>2. Hire Slow and Fire Fast</h2><p>Says Harper, “The cardinal rule is to hire slow and fire fast.” It’s crucial for founders to manage challenging team members out of an org as quickly as possible, whether they’re not pulling their weight or otherwise aren’t a good fit.</p><p>“In a small startup especially, everybody else knows it’s not working out. Meanwhile, having a team member that doesn’t fit in your org is poisoning the environment for the rest of your staff.”</p><p>The HR veteran cautions that being able to hire slowly and let go of people quickly is also a function of having the correct paperwork and corporate protections in place.</p><h2>3. Confidentiality/Disclosure and Vesting in Hiring Documents</h2><p>The HR veteran is adamant that startup founders should protect their startups with legal documentation as part of the hiring process that includes:</p><ul><li><strong>Confidentiality Agreement:</strong> An NDA (or similar) to protect IP and customer data</li><li><strong>Disclosure Clause:</strong> Part of the confidentiality agreement that protects against unauthorized disclosure of confidential internal information</li><li><strong>Vesting Schedule:</strong> Setting a maturity date on options builds a “cliff” that keeps co-founders from immediately walking away with a huge portion of the company</li></ul><p>Harper cautions founders to ensure they have the necessary paperwork. “Most important is making sure [new hires] have signed that confidentiality agreement with that disclosure piece. And if you&#x27;re giving them equity, and somebody doesn&#x27;t work out, make sure that you&#x27;ve got that [person] on a reasonable vesting schedule.”</p><p>“If you hire a co-founder who doesn&#x27;t work out and they leave after six months, you don&#x27;t want them taking 20% of the company with them.” The HR expert adds that a 12-month vesting cliff is a good minimum from which to start.</p><p>Harper notes that while many startup experts still talk up the “<a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Meta_Platforms#History">move fast, and break things</a>” mindset, there are certain core pillars of hiring for which you need foundational infrastructure. “If [early hires] have never signed that nondisclosure or confidentiality agreement, then they&#x27;ve got your IP and they don&#x27;t have anything stopping them as they walk out the door.”</p><h2>4. What to Own vs. What to Delegate to AI</h2><ul><li><strong>Tactical, Repetitive Toil: </strong>Very much fair game to delegate to AI</li><li><strong>Building Your Startup’s Culture and Communication Style:</strong> Very much needs to be founder-led</li></ul><p>Harper suggests that founders should be open to utilizing AI to automate away busywork, citing an example of a current client considering AI to automate social media posts to improve their company’s visibility. “AI can absolutely do a lot of the things (and give you a lot of the information) that you might have needed to get from HR in the past.”</p><p><a href="https://www.shrm.org/topics-tools/research/state-of-ai-hr-2026">Reports suggest</a> growing adoption of AI in HR organizations for use cases such as drafting job descriptions, optimizing job ads, and sending reminders to fill out various hiring documents. The HR expert concedes that when startups grow to a certain size, they often concern themselves with additional compliance and regulatory tasks that can also be delegated away.</p><p>However, Harper notes the foundations of a startup’s culture come from the way its founders communicate with team members, and should never be entrusted to AI. “What I wouldn’t delegate: Founders’ interaction and communication with their employees. Letting teams know what they need from them, holding them accountable, those types of interactions. Anything that comes from AI is not going to be the same as something that needs to come from you, the founder.”</p><p>“Teams need you as the leader to say: ‘This is what I want from you. This is how I&#x27;m going to hold you accountable. This is what&#x27;s important. These are the priorities.’ Nobody should be relying on AI to do that because that&#x27;s not something that AI can come up with. That needs to come from the leader.”</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/four-hr-mistakes-founders-make-in-the-age-of-ai">Four HR Mistakes Founders Still Make in the Age of AI</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #11, Contrarian Bets and AI Skepticism with Michael Stonebraker</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-contrarian-bets-and-ai-skepticism-with-michael-stonebraker</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">33ccb5cb-094d-48e7-8537-cc3b4a53fc52</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 11 of Data Renegades, CL Kao sits down with Michael Stonebraker, legendary database pioneer and creator of Ingres and Postgres. They explore the origins of modern relational databases, why specialized systems outperform one-size-fits-all platforms, and what today’s AI hype gets wrong about enterprise data. Stonebraker also shares hard-earned lessons on startups, research, and staying relevant over five decades in tech.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 11 of Data Renegades, CL Kao sits down with Michael Stonebraker, legendary database pioneer and creator of Ingres and Postgres. They explore the origins of modern relational databases, why specialized systems outperform one-size-fits-all platforms, and what today’s AI hype gets wrong about enterprise data. Stonebraker also shares hard-earned lessons on startups, research, and staying relevant over five decades in tech.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-contrarian-bets-and-ai-skepticism-with-michael-stonebraker">Ep. #11, Contrarian Bets and AI Skepticism with Michael Stonebraker</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #8, The AI Preceptorship Model with Scott Hanselman</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-the-ai-preceptorship-model-with-scott-hanselman</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Apr 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8f527b32-e43d-4e51-a9e4-e8c8e08a101a</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 8 of High Leverage, Joe Ruscio sits down with Scott Hanselman for a conversation that goes far beyond prompts and productivity gains. They talk about craftsmanship, learning by doing, the long-term talent pipeline for engineering teams, and how AI could either free people to do more meaningful work or simply accelerate existing inefficiencies. From pair programming to Star Trek economics, this episode examines the bigger human questions behind the current AI boom.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 8 of High Leverage, Joe Ruscio sits down with Scott Hanselman for a conversation that goes far beyond prompts and productivity gains. They talk about craftsmanship, learning by doing, the long-term talent pipeline for engineering teams, and how AI could either free people to do more meaningful work or simply accelerate existing inefficiencies. From pair programming to Star Trek economics, this episode examines the bigger human questions behind the current AI boom.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-the-ai-preceptorship-model-with-scott-hanselman">Ep. #8, The AI Preceptorship Model with Scott Hanselman</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Base Layer Will Be Open</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-base-layer-will-be-open</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Apr 2026 17:01:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c92ef960-a82b-43d7-96ac-a32fad0b0da9</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Heavybit partner Amir Zohrenejad explains why open-weight AI models are already starting to dominate outside of the labs.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>The Tell</h2><p>On March 19, 2026, Cursor launched its <a href="https://cursor.com/blog/composer-2">Composer 2</a> model, calling it &quot;coding intelligence at frontier level.&quot; Within a day, <a href="https://x.com/fynnso/status/2034706304875602030?s=20">a developer inspecting API traffic</a> spotted a model identifier: <strong><em>kimi-k2p5-rl-0317-s515-fast</em></strong>.</p><p>Cursor is a ~$50B AI company targeting ~$6B of revenue in 2026, and Composer 2 is the flagship of its product roadmap. Anthropic and OpenAI both have competing coding agent products in Claude Code and Codex, so it is paramount for Cursor to own its own models. And yet it did not train a whole new frontier model from scratch. Cursor started with Kimi K2.5, an open-weight model from Moonshot AI, post-trained with RL for coding.</p><p>Cursor&#x27;s VP of developer education <a href="https://x.com/leerob/status/2035035355364081694?s=20">later confirmed it</a>, somewhat awkwardly adding that &quot;roughly a quarter of the training compute came from that base, the rest is our post-training.&quot;</p><p></p><h2>It Is Cool To Be Closed</h2><p>In terms of momentum, as measured in the attention economy, the gap between closed and open-weight models could not be more stark.</p><ol><li>In March 2026, Alibaba&#x27;s Qwen team fell apart. <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/junyang-lin-0b2b38151/">Lin Junyang</a>, the technical lead and the public face of Qwen globally, <a href="https://x.com/JustinLin610/status/2028865835373359513">resigned abruptly</a>. <a href="https://yubowen-ph.github.io/">Yu Bowen</a>, the head of post-training, left the same day. <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/binyuan-hui-19403730b/">Hui Binyuan</a>, the Qwen Code lead, had already gone to Meta in January. Three pillars of the team in ten weeks. <a href="https://www.ft.com/content/b39da303-3188-447b-8b65-3dd8dad8b59a?syn-25a6b1a6=1">The reporting suggests</a> Alibaba is shifting toward consumer DAU metrics and horizontal, product-driven structure.</li><li>Meta&#x27;s Llama 4 <a href="https://venturebeat.com/ai/meta-defends-llama-4-release-against-reports-of-mixed-quality-blames-bugs">was a dud</a>. The company reportedly planned a <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2025/12/19/meta-is-developing-a-new-image-and-video-model-for-a-2026-release-report-says/">pivot to closed proprietary models (codenamed Avocado and Mango)</a> under new Chief AI Officer Alexandr Wang. It has since partially hedged, saying it&#x27;ll <a href="https://siliconangle.com/2026/04/06/report-meta-developing-open-source-versions-upcoming-ai-models">release open versions of the next generation</a>, but the frontier-open-by-default Meta of 2023–2024 is long gone.</li><li>Ai2 lost <a href="https://www.geekwire.com/2026/microsoft-hires-former-ai2-ceo-ali-farhadi-and-key-researchers-for-suleymans-ai-team/">Ali Farhadi, Hanna Hajishirzi, and Ranjay Krishna</a> to Microsoft&#x27;s Superintelligence team in March 2026. The Paul Allen-linked foundation that funds Ai2 is publicly pivoting toward applied AI over frontier open- model development.</li></ol><p>Meanwhile our closed-model philosopher gods grace magazine covers.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/2d1906f1b0dcc0a2aeee8c4103c1aebdc56ecd92-1280x1709.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>No Jensen, but a shredded Demis Hassabis. That poor robot.</em></p><p></p><h2>Green Shoots Sprouting Down the Stack</h2><p>That Cursor is building on open weight is not an anomaly. A quick look at <a href="https://openrouter.ai/rankings">OpenRouter&#x27;s top models</a> over the past month shows that four out of the top five (and 12 of the top 20) most-used models are open weight.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/1259f2c4a5f8dc241283c265ca358ebb1d8111c2-2226x1456.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>OpenRouter Top Models, snapshot taken April 21, 2026</em></p><p>The numbers above are not a measure of total AI inference market share, as they don&#x27;t capture workloads generated from applications developed by OpenAI, Anthropic, or any other model developer that also builds its own applications. The tokens processed by ChatGPT, Claude Code, and Claude Cowork would undoubtedly dwarf the total tokens processed by OpenRouter.</p><p>However, the numbers above are an additional proof point that application builders are moving away from the frontier labs&#x27; hosted offerings towards building their own solutions on top of open-weight models. Increasingly, the stack looks like the following:</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/044490c291ff519d5c266b47745a8564aa8ae2f7-3840x2160.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p>This emerging stack reflects the fact that the AI ecosystem is maturing.</p><p>Most AI applications need models that are good at the very specific tasks their product does. Cursor does not need a model that is good at physics and biology, it needs a model that can design, write, edit, and reason about code in a real repository with real tools quickly, accurately, and cheaply. That is a much narrower target than &quot;frontier general intelligence.&quot; Cursor now has built up a dataset from real-world use over time which it can leverage to effectively post-train. Training a base model from scratch means paying to teach it basic reasoning and tool use all over again. Calling a frontier API means paying for superintelligence your product will never exercise. Taking an open base and RL&#x27;ing it on your corpus of coding data and environments is the option that spends compute where it actually matters.</p><h2>Where Open Weights Are the Only Option</h2><p>The post has focused on LLMs and application stacks built on top. It should be noted there are other areas, such as on-device language models or <a href="https://www.nvidia.com/en-us/glossary/generative-physical-ai/">Physical AI</a>, where the only options are open-weight models. I would argue this is the case because these markets are still very early, and for all the players any progress will help all the ships rise. As these ecosystems mature, we can expect dynamics similar to LLMs to take shape.</p><h2>Who Will Pay to Develop Open Weight?</h2><p>Training LLMs costs a lot of money, and the base models are still improving rapidly even if the pace of progress from pre-training is slowing. Releasing it and getting no API revenue from it is not a business. And yet the application layer described above is quietly being built on this infrastructure and somebody has to pay for it. In the US, the traditional answer was Meta, but the new answer is increasingly no one. </p><p>Meta is retreating, <a href="https://www.geekwire.com/2025/microsoft-co-founder-paul-allens-final-act-new-3-1b-foundation-bets-big-on-science-and-tech/">Ai2&#x27;s backer is pivoting to applied AI</a>, <a href="https://www.cnbc.com/video/2026/02/18/mistral-ai-ceo-over-half-of-saas-spending-to-shift-to-ai.html">Mistral has gone into services</a>. Chinese labs have jumped on this vacuum and used open-weight as a wedge for distribution. The <a href="https://kimi-app.com/models/">Kimi family of models</a> now has the best open- weight models available. But similar to Alibaba and Qwen, one can only assume most of them will lock up their frontier models over time.</p><p>The obvious US player with the means and motivation to bankroll open-weight model development indefinitely is Nvidia. Thankfully, at this year&#x27;s GTC, it <a href="https://finance.yahoo.com/news/nvidia-making-massive-26-billion-071500617.html">committed $26B</a> to open- source model development. It has the compute resources. One can only hope it will bring on a team that can turn this investment into strong models with good distribution.</p><h2>Parting Thoughts</h2><p>Open-source software was declared dead many times. Yet today it powers most databases, operating systems, and web browsers in the world. LLMs will not be different. Open weights won&#x27;t own the frontier of capability and headlines, but they will win at the base layer. Expect a lot of AI products not coming out of OpenAI, Anthropic, and Google over the next 24 months to quietly look a lot like Composer 2 under the hood. And if you are working on open-weight models in the US, my hat&#x27;s off to you. You won&#x27;t get a spot on the cover of The Economist. You will have to be content with powering a diverse AI application ecosystem.</p><p><br/></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-base-layer-will-be-open">The Base Layer Will Be Open</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #36, Managing AI Coding Agents with Jesse Vincent</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-36-managing-ai-coding-agents-with-jesse-vincent</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Apr 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2131bc46-e7c8-448b-bbef-04a2a9caa018</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 36 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride sit down with Jesse Vincent. They explore how Jesse’s Superpowers project turns AI coding tools into structured, reliable development systems. The conversation dives into agent orchestration, prompt engineering, and what it takes to make AI behave like a capable software engineer.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 36 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride sit down with Jesse Vincent. They explore how Jesse’s Superpowers project turns AI coding tools into structured, reliable development systems. The conversation dives into agent orchestration, prompt engineering, and what it takes to make AI behave like a capable software engineer.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-36-managing-ai-coding-agents-with-jesse-vincent">Ep. #36, Managing AI Coding Agents with Jesse Vincent</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #3, Give It a Name: Why Software Needs a Third Loop</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-give-it-a-name-why-software-needs-a-third-loop</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Apr 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c4b0246c-f277-445d-8945-35dd4b546255</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, the hosts unpack the thinking behind the name Third Loop and what it represents. Building on ideas from their book Progressive Delivery, they explore the gap between shipping software and having it truly adopted by users. The conversation dives into feedback loops, user agency, and why modern software requires a closer relationship between builders and consumers.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode, the hosts unpack the thinking behind the name Third Loop and what it represents. Building on ideas from their book Progressive Delivery, they explore the gap between shipping software and having it truly adopted by users. The conversation dives into feedback loops, user agency, and why modern software requires a closer relationship between builders and consumers.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-give-it-a-name-why-software-needs-a-third-loop">Ep. #3, Give It a Name: Why Software Needs a Third Loop</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #54, Human-like Memory with Vishakha Gupta</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-54-human-like-memory-with-vishakha-gupta</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">68050ab9-30da-478c-990f-0d37f35cf674</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 54 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers sits down with Vishakha Gupta to explore the hidden infrastructure challenges behind modern AI. They unpack why multimodal data systems are still fragmented, how graph and vector approaches can be unified, and what it takes to build production-ready AI pipelines. This conversation offers a systems-level perspective on scaling AI beyond prototypes.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 54 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers sits down with Vishakha Gupta to explore the hidden infrastructure challenges behind modern AI. They unpack why multimodal data systems are still fragmented, how graph and vector approaches can be unified, and what it takes to build production-ready AI pipelines. This conversation offers a systems-level perspective on scaling AI beyond prototypes.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-54-human-like-memory-with-vishakha-gupta">Ep. #54, Human-like Memory with Vishakha Gupta</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #50, Building Sandboxes for AI Agents with Ivan Burazin</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-50-building-sandboxes-for-ai-agents-with-ivan-burazin</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5e7c0dec-aea6-4ee7-bc08-793205f187b1</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 50 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot sit down with Ivan Burazin to explore the rise of sandbox environments for AI agents, how Daytona enables instant, stateful compute, and why traditional infrastructure models fall short. Ivan also shares lessons from building early cloud IDEs and finding product-market fit in the AI era.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 50 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot sit down with Ivan Burazin to explore the rise of sandbox environments for AI agents, how Daytona enables instant, stateful compute, and why traditional infrastructure models fall short. Ivan also shares lessons from building early cloud IDEs and finding product-market fit in the AI era.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-50-building-sandboxes-for-ai-agents-with-ivan-burazin">Ep. #50, Building Sandboxes for AI Agents with Ivan Burazin</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #35, The Evolution of MCP with Den Delimarsky of Anthropic</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-35-the-evolution-of-mcp-with-den-delimarsky-of-anthropic</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Apr 2026 07:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ffd5663b-fcb0-4ec7-b7db-eb9b36b3e553</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 35 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride sit down with Den Delimarsky. They explore the rapid evolution of the Model Context Protocol (MCP), from its early RFC days to a structured, industry-backed ecosystem. The conversation dives into governance, authorization, and how MCP is shaping the future of AI-driven developer workflows.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 35 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride sit down with Den Delimarsky. They explore the rapid evolution of the Model Context Protocol (MCP), from its early RFC days to a structured, industry-backed ecosystem. The conversation dives into governance, authorization, and how MCP is shaping the future of AI-driven developer workflows.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-35-the-evolution-of-mcp-with-den-delimarsky-of-anthropic">Ep. #35, The Evolution of MCP with Den Delimarsky of Anthropic</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #89, Software Is the Killer App for AI with Bryan Cantrill</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-89-software-is-the-killer-app-for-ai-with-bryan-cantrill</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Apr 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ce3e9b60-7fbe-4ea5-8476-dff553f4686d</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 89 of o11ycast, Ken Rimple and Charity Majors are joined by Bryan Cantrill. They dive into the origins of observability, the realities behind AI productivity gains, and the tension between cloud convenience and infrastructure control. The discussion highlights how major tech shifts often look obvious only in hindsight.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 89 of o11ycast, Ken Rimple and Charity Majors are joined by Bryan Cantrill. They dive into the origins of observability, the realities behind AI productivity gains, and the tension between cloud convenience and infrastructure control. The discussion highlights how major tech shifts often look obvious only in hindsight.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-89-software-is-the-killer-app-for-ai-with-bryan-cantrill">Ep. #89, Software Is the Killer App for AI with Bryan Cantrill</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Visualization Helps Unblock the AI Coding Bottleneck</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/visualization-for-ai-code-review</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2026 16:57:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Code Generation]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">82da1647-28a9-4c76-bdae-96643d0a29e5</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>The new bottleneck in software is understanding AI-generated code. The founders of Unslop.xyz, which created the open-source Noodles project, explain.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>So, AI Generated Lots of Code. What Does any of it Do?</h2><p>For years, the all-consuming measurement of effective software development has been “<a href="https://newsletter.pragmaticengineer.com/p/measuring-developer-productivity">developer productivity</a>,” the ability of a team to deliver as much high-quality code as quickly as possible. Thanks to advances in AI-powered code generation tools, delivering large <em>quantities</em> of code quickly is now less of an issue.</p><p>But there are new bottlenecks. As AI tools spin up millions of lines of seemingly “good enough” code, the bottleneck has shifted to reviewing it. With the cost of generating code already approaching zero, one of the biggest future challenges in software may simply be <em>understanding it</em>. As new engineers enter the workforce and existing ones move on to new projects, they will inherit entire codebases that were not written by human hands.</p><p>To help humanity navigate this new future, a team of graduate students (<a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/aamangeldi/">Amir Amangeldi</a>, <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/felixyifeiwang/">Felix Wang</a>, and <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/allen628228336/">Allen Zhang</a>) set to work on building <a href="https://github.com/unslop-xyz/noodles">Noodles</a>, an open-source project that helps users understand the reasoning behind different code branches with visual <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abstract_syntax_tree">abstract syntax tree</a> (AST) parsing. Below, the team explains why they built the project and what comes next.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/8c34819323a55195cb358dd45f26984cff0a8146-2285x1323.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>The Noodles project visualizes what each branch of a repo does with AI-generated annotation. Image courtesy <a href="https://github.com/unslop-xyz/noodles">Unslop</a></em></p><h2>The New Bottleneck: Understanding AI-Generated Code</h2><p>The Noodles team is blunt. “The fundamental problem [in AI coding today] is that parsing AI output is hard.” The three creators explain that each of them relies heavily on AI tools like Claude Code these days, but have found it increasingly difficult to find time to review every last line of AI-generated code.</p><p>“We felt that we needed a higher level of abstraction to review changes. So we thought: Why not create diagrams that visualize what the changes are at a higher level?” The Noodles project emerged as a way to represent that abstraction, essentially as an additional, visual layer that stays updated as the codebase changes.</p><p>“Understanding AI-generated code, that’s 100% the bottleneck,” says the team. “And when we say ‘understanding code,’ that entails reviewing, asking critical questions, making probing assumptions, and testing. Which is harder to do.” Admittedly, it’s possible to delegate code review-related tasks to agents now, but that also effectively delegates away the ability to <em>understand</em> AI-reviewed code, to say nothing of how detailed or granular the picture could or should be.</p><p>“The other bottleneck is: As you scale and have more output, perhaps you <em>are</em> able to grasp what&#x27;s happening. But how do you coordinate the different coding agents that are working for you at the same time? How do you keep track of the context of what&#x27;s happening at any given point on your behalf?” Beyond the immediate issue of understanding what a specific code branch does, there’s a second, broader gap in trying to understand the larger context across everything your agents are doing.</p><h2>Using Deterministic Tooling for Visualization</h2><p>The Noodles team admits that their initial spec, which utilized LLMs for visualization, didn’t quite work out as planned. “To be frank, the output was different every time, which became difficult to track. So we thought: How can we make this as deterministic as possible?”</p><p>The team landed on AST parsing as an alternative. “It’s fully deterministic. Of course, it&#x27;s not perfect, but it&#x27;s able to go through classes and functions, and understand what&#x27;s calling what consistently, and then represent that on a diagram.” The Noodles project was built to output a visual graph that displays connections across various functional <em>nodes</em> to explain what each connection means, and summarize changes at the PR and branch levels. It uses AI to group nodes together to arrive at higher-level diagrams as well as to enhance nodes and edges with helpful descriptions.</p><p>The team notes that the project was otherwise engineered around simplicity, leading to three different node designations for input entry points, process points (encompassing either individual functions or aggregate processes), and outputs, utilizing <a href="https://mermaid.js.org/#">Mermaid diagrams</a>, which turned out to be more popular than <a href="https://d2lang.com">D2 diagrams</a>.</p><h2>Real-World Use Cases (and Limits) of Visualization</h2><p>The team notes that the project is seeing the most use in collaborative settings among teams where not everyone has been exposed to new code or changes. “For teams that are still using pull requests, [Noodles seems like an] entry point that&#x27;s helpful, specifically for large changes. That&#x27;s the point where people want to understand ‘what happened.’”</p><p>“And that&#x27;s why we have a free GitHub integration where you can integrate our <a href="https://unslop.xyz">unslop bot</a> into your repository, and then analyze it, just like you would with a regular code review agent. Running an analysis spits out a link that you can click to see a diagram pertaining to the changes in this particular PR. So that&#x27;s the dominant use case.”</p><p>The team notes that in the grand scheme of things, onboarding is one of the most important use cases that requires more understanding. “Passing on the foundational understanding of what’s been done before is absolutely key, so for learning in general, there’s absolutely going to be space for that in education.”</p><p>“However, architectural diagrams on the cloud level are probably not going to go away. The further you zoom out for a complex system that has multiple different servers, databases, and whatnot…those types of diagrams are here to stay. But for code-level diagrams, it’s not as certain.”</p><p>“It’s really a question of how we can adapt fast-moving AI tools for humans, whether they&#x27;re developers or vibe coders or any other sort of human using AI. And there&#x27;s definitely [a place for] visualization, but I think the bigger problem is what level of detail is too much to ask a human. To us, that ‘level of detail’ comes down to the human judgment that needs to be applied.”</p><p>“AI can predict a lot of things. But the places where human judgment needs to be applied, that&#x27;s where some level of information representation needs to be passed on to humans. Whether it&#x27;s in the form of a notification, including text or a diagram that explains to the human what remains for them to decide. Whether it&#x27;s concise enough and delivers information in the right shape, at the right time, with the right level of scope. That&#x27;s really the problem we&#x27;re going after here.”</p><p>The team notes that, over conversations with its growing community, it has started to realize the limits of visual diagrams to help people understand code. “Folks are moving so fast with AI that hardly anyone has time to consistently stop and think about what&#x27;s happening. They want to continue moving as fast as AI. So, having the understanding is great, but it does slow them down.”</p><p>The team utilizes its own tool to inspect its codebase, but finds itself wanting to move faster and find bottlenecks and workarounds more quickly. “The core question we’re struggling with now is how to have that understanding while moving faster. We’re designing our next project around that question.”</p><h2>How Devs, Tooling, and IDEs Will Change</h2><p>“With the barrier to entry into building things becoming lower, anybody can build. So the expectations of a human interacting with these tools is going to be different too. And so, the hardcore engineering practices around what it takes to understand or debug are going to have to change. The type of human that&#x27;s engaged in engineering will be different.”</p><p>The team suggests that all the talk in the headlines of <a href="https://finance.yahoo.com/news/satya-nadella-biggest-ai-bubble-183508474.html">organizations flattening their hierarchies</a> due to AI isn’t just talk. “All these roles of product managers, designers, and engineers collapsing into one role in fast-moving startups is a real trend. The developer tooling of the future is going to have to be much more approachable, much more simple.”</p><p>What will the IDE of the future look like? “We don&#x27;t see it being a bunch of files that you have to click through, because the sheer number of files is going to be so large. And it’s not clear that a terminal is good enough either, because the terminal is constrained in its functionality. We believe it will have to be a standalone user experience that is able to balance between the chatting, the browsing, and the visuals in a very simple, unified manner.”</p><p>“So yes, the IDE of the future is certainly going to borrow some aspects of all of the things that have come before, but it will have to fundamentally change.”</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/visualization-for-ai-code-review">How Visualization Helps Unblock the AI Coding Bottleneck</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #10, Data Modeling Matters Most with Toby Mao</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-data-modeling-matters-most-with-toby-mao</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">de08f4f6-43ac-431f-b725-f5c97877fba9</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 10 of Data Renegades, CL Kao and Dori Wilson sit down with Toby Mao. They explore how real-world data problems at Netflix and Airbnb led to the creation of SQLGlot and SQLMesh, and why data modeling remains the hardest challenge in data engineering. The conversation also dives into how AI is reshaping engineering workflows, without replacing the need for strong architectural thinking.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 10 of Data Renegades, CL Kao and Dori Wilson sit down with Toby Mao. They explore how real-world data problems at Netflix and Airbnb led to the creation of SQLGlot and SQLMesh, and why data modeling remains the hardest challenge in data engineering. The conversation also dives into how AI is reshaping engineering workflows, without replacing the need for strong architectural thinking.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-data-modeling-matters-most-with-toby-mao">Ep. #10, Data Modeling Matters Most with Toby Mao</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #2, Features and Futures with Kent Beck</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-features-and-futures-with-kent-beck</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Apr 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bfef3494-9d6d-47e9-9f46-3020af947dca</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 2 of Third Loop, Kim, Heidi, and Adam sit down with Kent Beck. They explore how Progressive Delivery extends ideas from Agile and Extreme Programming by focusing on safer releases, feature flags, reversibility, and observability in production. The conversation also dives into AI-assisted coding, experimentation, and what it takes to ship software users can actually trust.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 2 of Third Loop, Kim, Heidi, and Adam sit down with Kent Beck. They explore how Progressive Delivery extends ideas from Agile and Extreme Programming by focusing on safer releases, feature flags, reversibility, and observability in production. The conversation also dives into AI-assisted coding, experimentation, and what it takes to ship software users can actually trust.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-features-and-futures-with-kent-beck">Ep. #2, Features and Futures with Kent Beck</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #34, Technical Founders in the AI Era with Sunil Dhaliwal</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-34-technical-founders-in-the-ai-era-with-sunil-dhaliwal</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Mar 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a9c01f9c-0398-4d39-aac9-ffe2d68c9e34</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 34 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride sit down with Sunil Dhaliwal to explore how AI is reshaping open source and startup building. They discuss why technical founders still have an edge, how taste is becoming a critical differentiator, and what it takes to find product-market fit in a world of abundant software. The conversation also dives into monetization challenges and the evolving role of open source.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 34 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride sit down with Sunil Dhaliwal to explore how AI is reshaping open source and startup building. They discuss why technical founders still have an edge, how taste is becoming a critical differentiator, and what it takes to find product-market fit in a world of abundant software. The conversation also dives into monetization challenges and the evolving role of open source.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-34-technical-founders-in-the-ai-era-with-sunil-dhaliwal">Ep. #34, Technical Founders in the AI Era with Sunil Dhaliwal</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #53, The Era of Reimagination with Dr. Mehdi Nourbakhsh</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-53-the-era-of-reimagination-with-dr-mehdi-nourbakhsh</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Mar 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d657946b-8db1-4195-bb65-15e0a4da6466</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 53 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers sits down with Dr. Mehdi Nourbakhsh to explore how artificial intelligence is transforming the physical and digital worlds. They discuss the origins of generative design, why many AI initiatives fail inside organizations, and how leaders can move beyond experimentation toward real adoption. Mehdi also shares practical enterprise AI use cases and his perspective on how AI can augment human decision-making.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 53 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers sits down with Dr. Mehdi Nourbakhsh to explore how artificial intelligence is transforming the physical and digital worlds. They discuss the origins of generative design, why many AI initiatives fail inside organizations, and how leaders can move beyond experimentation toward real adoption. Mehdi also shares practical enterprise AI use cases and his perspective on how AI can augment human decision-making.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-53-the-era-of-reimagination-with-dr-mehdi-nourbakhsh">Ep. #53, The Era of Reimagination with Dr. Mehdi Nourbakhsh</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What&#39;s Missing to Make AI Agents Mainstream?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/whats-missing-to-make-ai-agents-mainstream</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2026 17:25:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[AI Agents]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fb964419-4332-4c0e-be02-6ef59d475bef</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>AI agents have the potential to revolutionize software development. HumanLayer founder Dexter Horthy explains what&#x27;s missing.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>2025 was to be <a href="https://finance.yahoo.com/news/jensen-huang-declares-age-agentic-154517698.html?guccounter=1">the year of AI agents</a>, a prediction that may or may not have come true, depending on which people you ask. For a time, it seemed like the open-standard <a href="https://modelcontextprotocol.io/docs/getting-started/intro">MCP</a> would become <em>the</em> standard for orchestrating multiple autonomous AI agents (and perhaps it will), but not before it addresses its <a href="https://www.darkreading.com/application-security/microsoft-anthropic-mcp-servers-risk-takeovers">known security vulnerabilities</a>.</p><p>For more perspective on putting agents into production for real-world engineering teams, we spoke with founder <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/dexterihorthy/">Dexter Horthy</a> of <a href="https://www.humanlayer.dev/">HumanLayer</a> to understand how agentic coding will evolve past its many questions about security, reliability, and token economics into full adoption into mainstream software development.</p><h2>Evolving Agentic Products for Real-World Engineering Teams</h2><p>Horthy acknowledges the breakneck pace at which agentic has evolved even in the past year. His own organization rolled out a &quot;<a href="https://github.com/humanlayer/advanced-context-engineering-for-coding-agents/blob/main/ace-fca.md">Research, Plan, Implement</a>&quot; (RPI) framework to help engineers break complex coding tasks into discrete phases: research the codebase first, plan the approach, then implement,  rather than throwing an entire ticket at a coding agent and hoping for the best.</p><p>&quot;We rolled this out last year, but I tell people: &#x27;Look, I don&#x27;t know <em>if we&#x27;ll even be using</em> these same techniques in six months.&#x27;&quot; Still, the founder notes that the RPI framework and his team&#x27;s original work on context engineering and <a href="https://news.ycombinator.com/item?id=43699271">12-factor agents</a> seemed to become much more relevant as coding agents improved by leaps and bounds in the back half of 2025.</p><p>&quot;I wanted to make it clear that there was no &#x27;magic&#x27; or &#x27;silver bullet.&#x27; Under the hood, we were fundamentally helping people do better context engineering, and that&#x27;s what we&#x27;ve started productizing.&quot;</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/2588944ccdb91822f1681e5ebdf2beb86b6e5aa2-3840x1583.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Dexter Horthy discusses the importance of managing context windows in software engineering. Image courtesy <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rmvDxxNubIg">AI Engineer World&#x27;s Fair</a></em></p><h2>The Adoption Gap: When Expert Tools Meet Real Teams</h2><p>The founder candidly admits that his team saw a consistent pattern when rolling out RPI across engineering organizations. Expert engineers who invested deeply in learning the tools started shipping like crazy, but when those experts handed the same tools to their teams, the results were inconsistent at best.</p><p>&quot;We had people who loved what we did and became very good at it just by finding our stuff online, or sitting down and doing a workshop with us.&quot; But when the early adopters tried to share the new knowledge and frameworks with their colleagues who weren&#x27;t as invested, those folks didn&#x27;t get the incredible results that were possible with a lot of time investment, and the adoption didn&#x27;t spread.</p><p>When Horthy&#x27;s team investigated, they found specific, diagnosable problems. The first was bad research: A skilled engineer would naturally break a ticket into targeted codebase questions, but most people would just paste the entire ticket into the research tool and get back opinions instead of facts. </p><p>&quot;The problem is, if you tell the model <em>what you&#x27;re building</em>, you get opinions. The model starts making implementation decisions instead of proposing options to you around how to proceed.&quot;</p><p>The second problem was bad plans. The team&#x27;s planning prompt had 85+ instructions, and buried inside were critical interactive steps like &quot;present design options to the user&quot; and &quot;get feedback before writing the plan.&quot; For about half of users, the agent would skip all of that and just hand back a finished plan with all decisions already made.</p><p>&quot;When we investigated, we found the difference between good and bad results was a single line: &#x27;Work back and forth with me, starting with your open questions and outline before writing the plan.&#x27; I found myself standing in workshops full of enterprise engineers saying, &#x27;Folks, yeah, here&#x27;s the software, but don&#x27;t forget to say the magic words.&#x27; It was, quite frankly, embarrassing.&quot;</p><p>The founder notes that this wasn&#x27;t the user&#x27;s fault. It was a tooling problem. His co-founder <a href="https://x.com/0xBlacklight">Kyle</a> wrote a <a href="https://www.hlyr.dev/blog/writing-a-good-claude-md">blog post</a> citing research showing that frontier LLMs can only follow about 150 to 200 instructions with good consistency. Their planning prompt alone had 85 instructions. Add in the system prompt, tool definitions, and MCP servers, and the model was simply over budget.</p><p>&quot;Solving these problems is actually still pretty hard. I don&#x27;t think any of this stuff has been commoditized yet, though maybe it will be. But that&#x27;s why we&#x27;re excited about building collaboration features and changing the SDLC by creating a Google Docs/Notion/Figma-like experience around coding agents.&quot;</p><h2>The Instruction Budget: Why Less Context Means Better Code</h2><p>This diagnosis (that LLMs have a finite instruction budget) became the foundation for Horthy&#x27;s fix. As <a href="https://x.com/GeoffreyHuntley">Geoff Huntley</a> puts it, the less of the context window you use, the better results you&#x27;ll get. But it&#x27;s not just about stuffing in too much information. You can also overload the model with too many instructions.</p><p>Huntley&#x27;s <a href="https://ghuntley.com/ralph">Ralph Wiggum loop</a>, an ultra-viral technique of wrapping a coding agent in a <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bash_(Unix_shell)">Bash</a> <em>while</em> loop to periodically refresh its context, took off because it addressed the performance-eroding <a href="https://www.understandingai.org/p/context-rot-the-emerging-challenge">context rot</a> that creeps in over successive runs. Horthy sees the lessons as more durable than the technique itself.</p><p>&quot;The thing about Ralph is that we might not be using the same prompts in six months. It might not be the same technique in six months. This stuff is going to evolve. I think the most valuable thing about Ralph is the lessons that it teaches about context engineering.&quot;</p><p>&quot;If what you&#x27;re doing is grounded in understanding context engineering and the limitations of attention, you don&#x27;t actually have to do any of that complicated stuff. If you just take care of keeping your context window small, you can get really good results.&quot;</p><p>Horthy suggests the broader conversation around Ralph ultimately reinforced a principle his team was already learning the hard way: giving the model fewer instructions, simpler tasks, and smaller context windows. &quot;I don&#x27;t know if I actually recommend that people should use Ralph to write production software.&quot;</p><p>&quot;It&#x27;s more about understanding <em>how</em> it works and <em>why</em> it&#x27;s good and then applying those lessons for your workflow. For example, our implementer agent uses faster, smaller models for writing the code and running the tests, and then a bigger, smarter model spot checks changes, keeping context usage in the parent session low, allowing for resteering.&quot;</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/a1fd96384a9c20fa151c6645722e97c703d2fc3e-1100x601.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Geoff Huntley&#x27;s viral Ralph loop is a clever hack, but does it represent the actual future of agentic coding? Image courtesy <a href="https://ghuntley.com/loop/">Geoff Huntley</a></em></p><h2>Will Coding Agents Help Everyone Roll Their Own Everything?</h2><p>While use cases for different verticals emerge frequently, AI&#x27;s strongest proof of concept still seems to be in code generation. Yet as users attempt to build in more multi-step <a href="https://research.google/pubs/modelling-long-horizon-tasks-as-sequential-interaction-landscapes/">long-horizon tasks</a> with their coding agents, they continue to bump up against the limitations of long context windows, including rot and hallucinations.</p><p>&quot;I think the thing that everyone will agree on is that you will always get better results if you use less of the context. And &#x27;using less of the context&#x27; is a thing that you, the engineer, have to think about. How do you want to do this, and how do you fit that into your workflow?&quot;</p><p>Will models and coding agents eventually hit an inflection point past which organizations stop relying on packaged software and start simply rolling their own? &quot;I think we&#x27;re going to see a lot more hand-rolled versions of software. The 2010 ZIRP-era practice of &#x27;get a SaaS for everything&#x27; is probably going to look very different in the coming years.&quot;</p><p>&quot;I got really excited a few years back when Klarna claimed it would drop Salesforce and Workday and just build it all themselves. Those are the two vendors that <em>nobody</em> ever fires! I think they ended up like <a href="https://diginomica.com/those-shutting-down-salesforce-and-workday-rumors-klarna-no-we-didnt-replace-saas-llm-admits-ceo">walking that back</a> a bit.&quot; However, the founder suggests that orgs rolling their own internal tools may still be the right direction.</p><p>&quot;I&#x27;m not going to say that the change will happen through vibe coding because I&#x27;m sure engineering will need to be done. There&#x27;s a difference between spending 20 years building a piece of software and building an internal version in a hurry. There are just things that happen when you spend 20 years on something that you will not get for a while no matter how much AI you point at it.&quot;</p><h2>Please Read the Code: Why Reviewing Plans Wasn&#x27;t Enough</h2><p>Perhaps the most candid reversal in Horthy&#x27;s updated thinking concerns code review. In the original RPI framework, he advocated for reading plans instead of code, with the logic being that an engineer can&#x27;t easily review 2,000 lines of generated code, but <em>can</em> review a 200-line plan.</p><p>&quot;I was wrong. I am humble enough to admit when I was wrong.&quot; The founder explains that after six months of reviewing plans instead of code, the team had to rip out and replace large parts of their system. A 1,000-line plan tends to produce about 1,000 lines of code, so there was no actual reading &quot;savings.&quot; Worse, the implementation would sometimes diverge from the plan, forcing the reviewer to hold both in their head.</p><p>&quot;The new advice is: Don&#x27;t read the plans. Please read the code. It&#x27;s the same amount of work, there may be surprises that cause drift between the plan and the code, and the code is the thing that actually ships.&quot; </p><p>Horthy acknowledges the elephant in the room, namely high-profile open-source projects like <a href="https://github.com/steveyegge/beads">Beads</a> where allegedly nobody reads all the code. &quot;These are very cool projects. But nobody gets paged at 3 a.m. if they&#x27;re broken. Nobody gets fined millions of dollars if it&#x27;s done wrong.&quot;</p><p>The founder describes how this realization shaped the team&#x27;s approach to feedback loops. &quot;How do you increase the odds that the code being reviewed is correct and needs no iteration?&quot; </p><p>Rather than reviewing faster, the goal became aligning the agent <em>before</em> it writes code. The team now surfaces all codebase patterns that might apply to a problem and lets humans decide between old patterns that shouldn&#x27;t be used anymore and newer approaches that should inform future decisions.</p><p>&quot;LLMs are really good at finding patterns and following them. In a way, this is all they do. They take some input, some text, and translate it. &#x27;Match the format of this code we found in the codebase in this other file over here.&#x27;&quot; </p><p>Horthy also wrote <a href="https://www.humanlayer.dev/blog/context-efficient-backpressure">a blog post</a> about making testing feedback more context-efficient, giving the model deterministic signals about what&#x27;s broken rather than dumping entire test outputs into the context window. &quot;No matter how big context windows get, you always get better results if you use less of them.&quot;</p><blockquote>No matter how big context windows get, you always get better results if you use less of them.&quot; -Dexter Horthy, Founder/HumanLayer</blockquote><h2>From RPI to QRSPI: Splitting the Monolith</h2><p>Before going deep on coding agents, Horthy wrote <a href="https://hlyr.dev/12fa">12 Factor Agents</a>, which was arguably the first deep dive on &quot;context engineering.&quot; The paper&#x27;s core argument: Don&#x27;t use prompts for control flow. If you know what the workflow is, use actual control flow. Classify the input, then feed it to a series of smaller, more-focused prompts with fewer instructions and fewer actions to choose from.</p><p>The irony was not lost. &quot;We got on stage and said &#x27;full-fat agents don&#x27;t work, build workflows and micro agents, use control flow for control flow.&#x27; Then we turned around and wrote a giant monolithic 85-instruction prompt. It was time to drink our own Kool-Aid.&quot;</p><p>So his team split it. Their original three-step workflow (Research, Plan, Implement) became a seven-step pipeline: <strong>Questions, Research, Design, Structure, Plan, Worktree, Implement</strong>, each step with fewer than 40 instructions.</p><p>The key innovation is where the human review now happens. Rather than reviewing a 1,000-line plan or 1,000 lines of code after the fact, the new workflow front-loads alignment into two short artifacts: a <strong>design discussion</strong> (~200 lines) and a <strong>structure outline</strong> (~2 pages). </p><p>The design discussion captures current state, desired end state, patterns found in the codebase, resolved decisions, and open questions. The structure outline maps out the order of phases and how to validate along the way.</p><p>&quot;You&#x27;re forcing the agent to brain-dump everything it found, everything it wants to do, everything it <em>thinks</em> you want, and ask you questions about things it doesn&#x27;t know. You get to do brain surgery on the agent <em>before</em> you proceed downstream. 200 lines instead of 1,000. That&#x27;s leverage.&quot;</p><p>The acronym didn&#x27;t work out so well (QRDSPWIP), so the team picked a subset and started calling it <strong>QRSPI</strong>.</p><h2>The Future of Orchestration</h2><p>Regarding the future of managing agents, Horthy cautions against making absolute judgements about whether one agentic technique or framework is uniformly &quot;better&quot; without considering the details.</p><p>What&#x27;s more important is knowing <em>when</em> to decompose. &quot;Sometimes you hit a wall, so you decide to decompose your workflow and make it more reliable, more robust, but maybe a little bit less able to handle everything in the input space.&quot;</p><p>&quot;But once you get to know what the input space would <em>be</em>, you can give people a happy path that&#x27;s much more reliable. And then you can always still eject out of the situation and say, &#x27;Hey, something unexpected happened. Let&#x27;s see if the LLM can figure it out.&#x27;&quot;</p><p>On the question of whether agentic frameworks could be declared uniformly &#x27;good&#x27; or &#x27;bad,&#x27; the founder concedes that using them like properly-specified tools in a loop, with proper expectations, can work well...provided you&#x27;re prepared to decompose longer workflows into smaller slices and manage context across each step. &quot;These are tools in your arsenal. You need to know where on that autonomy slider you want to be.&quot;</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/whats-missing-to-make-ai-agents-mainstream">What's Missing to Make AI Agents Mainstream?</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Acqui-Hire Is No Longer a Distress Sale</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-acqui-hire-is-no-longer-a-distress-sale</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 Mar 2026 16:51:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Startups]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Merger Agreements]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Hiring]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Founder]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Cap Tables]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b59e0549-5172-407f-966b-1d3353eb42ae</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the AI age, the acqui-hire is no longer a consolation prize. It’s becoming a new category of startup outcome. Heavybit partner Amir Zohrenejad explains.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>Acqui-Hires Then Vs. Acqui-Hires Now</h2><p>Throughout startup history, an acqui-hire meant a company had <em>failed</em>. The product didn’t break out, revenue growth stalled and the board found a soft landing. A bigger tech company would buy the assets, but the transaction was for the team and not the business or product.</p><p>Most of the consideration (cash + equity) would flow to the founders through retention packages, some employees would be brought on, and investors typically got somewhere between zero and their original investment back. Effectively the acquirer was recruiting a hard-charging team with specific technical domain expertise.</p><p>But in the AI era, a new category of expensive acqui-hires has emerged, including <a href="https://www.reuters.com/technology/microsoft-agreed-pay-inflection-650-mln-while-hiring-its-staff-information-2024-03-21/">Inflection</a>, <a href="https://www.cnbc.com/2025/05/21/openai-buys-iphone-designer-jony-ive-device-startup-for-6point4-billion.html">LoveForm</a>, <a href="https://www.siliconrepublic.com/start-ups/cognition-windsurf-acquisition-ai-coding-google-licensing">Windsurf</a>, <a href="https://finance.yahoo.com/news/meta-acquire-49-stake-scale-145856533.html?guccounter=1">Scale AI</a>, <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2024/06/28/amazon-hires-founders-away-from-ai-startup-adept/">Adept</a>, <a href="https://venturebeat.com/technology/openais-acquisition-of-openclaw-signals-the-beginning-of-the-end-of-the">OpenClaw</a>. And of course, there’s a regulatory angle here, as government agencies like the <a href="https://www.reuters.com/sustainability/boards-policy-regulation/us-ftc-scrutinize-big-techs-talent-acquisition-deals-bloomberg-news-reports-2026-01-16/">FTC</a> have criticized acqui-hires as a shortcut to avoid antitrust regulation that would be an issue in a normal acquisition. (There’s still <a href="https://www.techbuzz.ai/articles/warren-targets-big-tech-s-ai-acquihire-loophole-in-antitrust-push">congressional scrutiny</a> of acqui-hires going on in 2026!)</p><p>While some of these deals are not as egregious as hyped up in the press, the trend is real. If this trend continues, it will have a profound impact on the relationship between start-up founders, investors and employees.</p><h2>The Four Levels of Acquisitions</h2><p>Traditionally, acquisitions would fall into one of four categories, with some tending toward huge-money deals on down to a much smaller scale:</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Starting at the high end, $$$$ deals with bankers, top-shelf liquor, and steak dinner celebrations:</em></p><ul><li><strong>Business Acquisitions:</strong> Much higher-end deals, such as the Activision → MSFT merger</li><li><strong>Product Acquisitions:</strong> Product-based deals, such as the Instagram → META acquisition</li><li><strong>Technology Acquisitions:</strong> Focused on core tech, such as the DeepMind → GOOG deal</li><li><strong>Team Acquisitions:</strong> For core team members, usually lower-end, lower-spend affairs</li></ul><p><em>Down to the low end, $ deals with interview loops, beers, and maybe a celebration at In-N-Out!</em></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h2>The Mega-Acqui-Hire</h2><p>Mega-acqui-hires get a lot of press attention because they imply companies are paying numbers once reserved for elite athletes to hire engineers.</p><p>But when you look closely, these deals are not all the same. They fall into three categories:</p><ol><li><strong>Normal Acqui-Hires:</strong> The headline number is large, but not as a <em>multiple</em> of <em>the amount raised</em>. The structure is classic acqui-hire at a time when investors are plowing money into AI startups.</li><li><strong>Team + Tech Acquisitions: </strong>The acquirer believes they&#x27;re buying into a market that&#x27;s about to be worth trillions.</li><li><strong>Elite Athlete Contracts:</strong> Paying whatever it takes to put the best talent on the roster, regardless of whether the deal makes traditional M&amp;A sense.</li></ol><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/5e2089786619df41d0115e269ff78ed7e3582488-800x230.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Google’s $500M acqui-hire of DeepMind’s founders seemed like a gamble, but it paid off. Image courtesy <a href="https://www.businessinsider.com/alphabet-deepmind-could-be-expanded-1000-people-google-london-report-2016-12">BusinessInsider</a></em></p><h3>DeepMind → Google (2014): Team + Tech</h3><p>Google&#x27;s <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2014/01/26/google-deepmind/">purchase of DeepMind</a> in 2014 was arguably the first mega-acqui-hire, although &quot;team + tech&quot; is the better label, in my opinion. DeepMind had made genuine breakthroughs combining reinforcement learning and neural networks. The company had little revenue and no real product to speak of, but Demis Hassabis, Mustafa Suleyman, and Shane Legg had clearly built something that mattered. Google paid over $500M—an extraordinary number at the time—because it was buying both the people and the technical lead they had already created.</p><p>In hindsight, this was a great bet. It was a very early, very large bet that a small research team had found one of the most important seams in computing.</p><h3>Inflection → Microsoft (2024): Normal Acqui-Hire, Big Numbers</h3><p>Despite the headlines, Microsoft&#x27;s &quot;acquisition&quot; of Inflection AI looks like a well-connected board navigating towards a soft landing.</p><p>Inflection had raised about $1.5B. Microsoft paid $650M directly to the company, not to the founders. Investors like Greylock reportedly made 1x to 1.5x on their capital. The flagship product (a chatbot called Pi) was clearly losing to ChatGPT, Microsoft was already the largest investor, and Reid Hoffman was one of Inflection&#x27;s co-founders and a Microsoft board member.</p><h3>Adept → Amazon (2024): Normal Acqui-Hire</h3><p>Amazon&#x27;s deal with Adept followed the same template. The headlines are eye-catching, but Adept had already raised more than $400M and its agent product had not found meaningful traction. From a distance, it looked like a frontier AI talent coup. Up close, it looked like another large soft landing: Investors got their money back, the founders got high-profile roles, and Amazon got a team it wanted.</p><p>This was another example of the classic acqui-hire playbook inflated by the amount of capital that has sloshed into AI. The boards can still navigate exits to help recoup their investment.</p><h3>Windsurf → Google (2025): Team + Tech</h3><p>The Windsurf deal is where the modern structure of acqui-hires starts to look different, but I would argue this is a &quot;team + tech&quot; deal. Google paid $2.4B while Windsurf had raised about $243M. More importantly, the deal was not simply &quot;company gets bought, team joins acquirer.&quot; Google hired the CEO and key researchers, licensed the technology, and effectively took the pieces it cared most about, while the remainder of the business later found another home.</p><p>That is not a normal acqui-hire with big numbers. It is a premium paid for a team that had deep expertise in one of the most important emerging categories in AI. Looking back from March 2026, it is hard to overstate how well timed that bet was. In the subsequent year, code generation broke out as the dominant AI use case, and Windsurf had a team with both product intuition and technical understanding in exactly the right place.</p><p>Google was not rescuing a failed company. It was paying aggressively to bring the team and tech that exploded in the subsequent 9 months.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/7e26fa0fc1fb319abd7aae148a461d9a1444a4d8-2386x896.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>By 2025, it was clear that coding was the #1 use case for AI. Image courtesy <a href="https://openrouter.ai/state-of-ai">OpenRouter</a></em></p><h3>Scale AI, NFDG → Meta (2025): Paying Elite Athlete Money for Talent</h3><p>Meta&#x27;s AI acquisitions are truly a departure from anything that came before. The closest analogy is what happens in professional sports: The ultra-rich teams pay whatever it costs to get the best players on your roster to win a championship ring.</p><p>Take the Scale AI deal—a 49% stake at a $14B valuation. Scale has real revenue (reportedly over $1B annually) and a real product in data labeling and RLHF infrastructure. But Meta didn&#x27;t buy Scale for the labeling business. It bought Scale to bring on Alexandr Wang.</p><p>The <a href="https://www.cnbc.com/2025/06/19/meta-tried-to-buy-safe-superintelligence-hired-ceo-daniel-gross.html">NFDG deal</a> is similar. Meta didn&#x27;t buy them to make money on the NFDG portfolio. The deal was to bring on Nat Friedman and Daniel Gross.</p><p>Meta is treating AI talent the way the Dodgers treat pitchers or Paris Saint-Germain treats star strikers.</p><p>I imagine the thinking is: At a time when Meta is spending $65B+ annually on AI infrastructure, why not pay a few billion more for talent?</p><p>So, can you buy a championship in this game? Meta started 2025 with a clear open-source model lead with the Llama family. It has now lost that lead to Qwen and other models from the Chinese labs. <a href="https://www.bbc.com/news/articles/cdx4x47w8p1o">Yann LeCun has left</a> and Alexandr Wang has been <a href="https://www.businessinsider.com/mark-zuckerberg-alexandr-wang-photo-meta-ai-2026-3">moved</a> to head up one of Meta’s AI labs, while standing up a separate and totally different <a href="https://www.businessinsider.com/meta-ai-new-applied-engineering-team-2026-3">“applied AI” lab</a>.</p><p>For comparison, Anthropic has made 3 acquisitions in the lifetime of the company: <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2025/08/13/anthropic-nabs-humanloop-team-as-competition-for-enterprise-ai-talent-heats-up/">Humanloop</a>, <a href="https://bun.com/blog/bun-joins-anthropic">Bun</a>, and <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2026/02/25/anthropic-acquires-vercept-ai-startup-agents-computer-use-founders-investors/">Vercept</a>.</p><h3>LoveFrom, OpenClaw → OpenAI (2025, 2026): ¯\_(ツ)_/¯</h3><p>These are hard to categorize since we know very little about the io tech and the OpenClaw numbers are undisclosed. My guess is these fall somewhere between &quot;Team + Tech&quot; and &quot;Elite Athlete&quot; acqui-hire. Although, the <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=J4r3Yth10SA">io announcement video</a> certainly gave <a href="https://www.thewrap.com/espn-lebron-james-despicable-decision-19090/">The Decision</a> on cringe factor.</p><h2>So, Are Things Changing?</h2><p>Yes. A few trends are clear:</p><ol><li><strong>Acqui-Hires as a Preferred Outcome:</strong> As AI funding rounds have gotten larger, boards have been more likely to navigate to large acqui-hires for the AI talent when the business has not taken off. While not big outcomes for investors, this helps set a floor on the investment outcome and encourages continued large funding rounds.</li><li><strong>Mega-Acqui-Hires Are the Exception, not the Rule:</strong> Very few companies (Meta, maybe OpenAI) are willing to pay elite athlete comp for AI talent.</li><li><strong>The Definition of “Team + Tech” Will Change:</strong> With the improvements of codegen tools, we can expect to see the line between &quot;team&quot; and &quot;tech + team&quot; blur for the best engineers. In other words, the codebase will have little IP value, as a few people can easily rebuild it.</li></ol><h2>Misaligned Incentives</h2><p>Mega-acqui-hires create tension between founders, investors, and employees that the traditional startup playbook did not really anticipate.</p><p>In a classic acqui-hire, everyone more or less lost together. The company did not work, the exit was modest, and there was not much ambiguity about what had happened. The newer structures are messier. If a large buyer pays hundreds of millions for a technology license while hiring the founders and key researchers into massive comp packages, a lot of the economic value can bypass the normal cap table logic. Founders may walk away in great shape while investors take a loss, or at best grind out a flat return. That is a very different emotional and financial outcome than a normal company sale.</p><p>Investors have noticed, and tighter language is already being added to <a href="https://www.cooleygo.com/documents/nvca-financing-documents/">NVCA docs</a> around IP transfers, exclusive licenses, asset sales, and founder departures tied to employment offers from strategic buyers. The point will not be to stop every deal, but to prevent a scenario where founders effectively sell while leaving the cap table behind. That concern is no longer theoretical.</p><p>Employees are arguably in the worst position. They cannot insert tag-along rights into their employment packages. AI teams are more valuable than ever, but the upside is not necessarily distributed evenly across those teams. Some people are being paid like franchise players. Others are discovering that being adjacent to rare talent is not the same thing as being treated like rare talent.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/2f2d756ab3e2a5ef01ee9c5092019ef6618393b0-1638x518.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>After Windsurf’s founders were acqui-hired by Google, the rest of the team was scooped up by Cognition. Not all teams will be as fortunate. Image courtesy <a href="http://youtube.com/watch?v=7SAkmdXJccU&amp;feature=youtu.be">Windsurf</a></em></p><h2>So What?</h2><p>The conventional wisdom has always been: Do not build a company to be acquired. I think that advice still holds. Most mega-acqui-hires are boards finding soft landings to recoup their large investment and will not lead to huge windfalls for the founders. It is too early to tell if the elite athlete acqui-hires were just a failed experiment at Meta. They certainly appear that way as of this writing.</p><p>But AI has introduced a real paradox. At the exact moment we are being told AI will automate large swaths of knowledge work, certain knowledge workers are more valuable than ever. And the dynamics are very beneficial to founders who fit in this category. You can easily raise large amounts of money, miss on product-market fit, and still end up producing one of the most valuable assets in the ecosystem: A team that knows how to build frontier systems together.</p><p>The acqui-hire is no longer just a consolation prize. In a few corners of AI, it is becoming its own category of outcome.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-acqui-hire-is-no-longer-a-distress-sale">The Acqui-Hire Is No Longer a Distress Sale</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Back-End Engineering Is Evolving in the Age of AI</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/back-end-engineering-in-the-age-of-ai</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Mar 2026 16:36:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Backend Development]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Frontend Development]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0a198c3d-7e09-4768-b0b3-b06fb296ee3d</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Is the future of back-end systems a streamlined, language-agnostic architecture to handle waves of agentic API calls? iii founder Mike Piccolo explains.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>Where Back-End Systems Are Headed in the Age of AI</h2><p>While much has been written about AI’s ability to dramatically speed up developer productivity by spinning up thousands of lines of code, far less has been written about the effects of AI on back-end engineering. But the practice of managing server-side, database, and APIs is also evolving, and not just due to code generation.</p><p>Gartner estimates that within a few years, <a href="https://www.gartner.com/doc/reprints?id=1-2LUIG6A6&amp;ct=250910&amp;st=sb">80% of API calls</a> will not come from humans, but from AI agents that autonomously scuttle forth and mercilessly hammer endpoints with endless data requests. As a result, back-end systems may need to become significantly more durable, but also more flexible to accommodate the wider variety of interactions from many different species of AI agents and tools.</p><p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/mike-piccolo-55431b14/">Mike Piccolo</a> is the founder of the <a href="https://github.com/iii-hq/iii">iii</a> (formerly known as Motia), an open-source, language-agnostic orchestration engine that his team built to help back-end systems and teams adjust to this brave new world. Below, he shares his thoughts on how back-end architecture needs to evolve, and how teams should think about the future to come.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/d51ab287b858dfc27e0e09543999efe93942c949-727x347.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>In the same way that MVC and React were needed to unify server-side data management and front end, respectively, back-end systems may also need a new core primitive.</em></p><h2>Repeating History: Front-End Complexity Moves to Back-End</h2><p>Piccolo suggests his project echoes the evolution of technology from the digital transformation era, when server-side applications, previously built and maintained on poorly-organized PHP <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spaghetti_code">spaghetti code</a>, began evolving to <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Model%E2%80%93view%E2%80%93controller">model-view-controller</a> (MVC) architecture. “Every company was taking a bespoke approach to [their digital transformation],” the founder notes, leading to an unsustainable level of complexity.</p><p>“This is what necessitated MVC, which was an abstraction that tells you how to properly build this type of server. Everybody just switched to it, almost immediately. It was <a href="https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/ruby/ruby-on-rails-mvc/">Rails</a>, then <a href="https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/6.0/faq/general/">Django</a>, then <a href="https://www.codemag.com/Article/2205071/Building-MVC-Applications-in-PHP-Laravel-Part-1">Laravel</a>, then <a href="https://dotnet.microsoft.com/en-us/apps/aspnet/mvc">.Net MVC</a>, then <a href="https://docs.spring.io/spring-framework/reference/web/webmvc.html">Spring</a>. Basically all the programming languages implemented it.”</p><p>MVC being a universal framework temporarily solved the problem of orgs having to reinvent the wheel until teams began pushing the logic to the front end, making more-complex experiences that led to the <a href="https://leaddev.com/technical-direction/who-holds-edge-javascript-framework-wars"><em>front-end framework wars</em></a>. “You have <a href="https://angular.dev/">Angular</a>, <a href="https://emberjs.com/">Ember</a>, <a href="https://react.dev/">React</a>, <a href="https://vuejs.org/">Vue</a>, and others. This was the next paradigm shift, which React solved in the <em>correct</em> way.”</p><p>Piccolo compares React’s success to MVC: A framework that’s also now in use everywhere. “They took all the complexity of building inside of the <a href="https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/javascript/dom-document-object-model/">Document Object Model</a>, including event listeners, the event loop, and all of these things, and they compacted it into a single core primitive, the <a href="https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/reactjs/reactjs-components-complete-reference/">component</a>. And it made both sides of the house really happy.”</p><p>The React component gave implementation engineers a mental model to build frontends as complex as they liked, but was good for library maintainers, framework developers, principals, and architects because “they got to use these low-level primitives that React provided to build this ecosystem, including <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Next.js">Next.JS</a>, <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Redux_(software)">Redux</a>, and <a href="https://tanstack.com/">TanStack</a>.”</p><p>The founder suggests that a similar paradigm shift is happening in back-end development, with complexity shifting from front end to back end. “What that looks like is tons of complexity going into a system that wasn&#x27;t built for it, and the complexity reaching a threshold.”</p><p>The founder’s mission echoes that of MVC and the React component. “We are building a new set of core primitives that will handle all of the complexity to build a generically intelligent backend.” Piccolo confides that the task was larger than it seemed initially, requiring multiple API frameworks, such as <a href="https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/python/flask-tutorial/">Python Flask</a>, <a href="https://expressjs.com/">Express.JS</a>, or <a href="http://next.js">Next.JS</a>, potentially used with a Java server.</p><p>“That’s your APIs covered. But now it gets more complex. You need background jobs and queuing.” After adding services like <a href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/welcome.html">SQS</a>, or <a href="https://docs.bullmq.io/guide/introduction">BullMQ</a> or <a href="https://www.rabbitmq.com/">RabbitMQ</a>, the founder notes that teams often look to a workflow engine or durable execution frameworks such as <a href="https://temporal.io/">Temporal</a> or <a href="https://airflow.apache.org/">Apache Airflow</a> to handle the durable execution.</p><p>“And <em>then</em>, you need to add agentic frameworks. So you’re adding shared-state concurrency with something like <a href="https://redis.io/solutions/session-management/">Redis</a>, and streaming with a service like <a href="https://pusher.com/">Pusher</a>.” The founder notes that with so many disparate systems, builders need to wire them together, while also building observability over top, making for extremely complicated infrastructure with huge amounts of surface area.</p><p>“Each of these things has its own domain, its own SDKs, and its own APIs. The only thing in common across all of them is that there are functions, workers, and triggers you can combine.” Piccolo explains that carefully observing those common features led his team to create the core primitives of the iii project.</p><p>“You send events in, and they trigger a particular function inside the queue, and workflow engineers do something similar but with an ordered workflow. Agents also have this type of recursive loop, but those are really just triggers for the next instantiation of the agent call. That’s the basis of what we&#x27;re building, this core set of primitives that will provide common observability, common shared resources, and services across this whole stack.”</p><h2>A World Where Millions of Lines of Code Appear Every Moment</h2><p>The founder suggests that AI tools have improved so much in recent months that they seem to be starting to outpace top-level coders. “I have several senior- or principal-level architects on my team, and they’re extremely fast, switching screens so quickly you can barely see what’s going on. Previously, it was faster for them to code manually.”</p><p>“And in the last few months of using tools like Claude Code and Cursor, even my team is starting to adopt them and see value.” The founder notes that a growing challenge for orgs may be a massive influx of PRs that make catching up on code reviews difficult. Teams stuck with mountains of AI-generated code are experiencing the shock of having a year’s worth of code pile up on their terminals in just a few days, if not faster.</p><p>Piccolo suggests that this challenge will also be solved, perhaps via agents shipping better code and/or being better at reviews themselves. “Part of the solution is to reduce the surface area that these things need to build. If you ask an agent to build a Web app, by default, it&#x27;s going to use React because it&#x27;s the right abstraction.”</p><p>“The agent is capable of writing all the event listeners and all the DOM manipulation manually. But it won’t. It uses the smaller surface area, which is the correct abstraction. So if we <em>do</em> succeed in creating these core primitives in this abstraction, it will reduce the total cognitive burden. You&#x27;ll need fewer tokens, and the agent needs to think less about it.”</p><blockquote>Part of the solution is to reduce the surface area that these things need to build.” - Mike Piccolo, Founder / iii</blockquote><h2>Is Mass Adoption of Agents Right Around the Corner?</h2><p>On the topic of large-scale agentic adoption, and where and when it will happen, Piccolo is reflective. Will the world of software soon be dominated by millions of autonomous agents hammering APIs non-stop? “There are different ways to look at it. The technology may be getting there, but enterprise adoption is a different question.”</p><p>The founder suggests that enterprises are not likely to be running free-rein <a href="https://openclaw.ai/">Clawdbot</a> instances within the next year. “I could be wrong! Things are moving incredibly fast. But just in terms of security, compliance, and legal concerns, [widespread] adoption for enterprise users just seems too far fetched. I&#x27;m highly technical myself, and <em>I&#x27;m</em> not comfortable running Clawdbot without really thinking through what I&#x27;m doing. I&#x27;m not going to give it my credit card yet.”</p><p>Piccolo concedes that users on Twitter and other social media platforms seem to be making great progress on getting agentic systems to work, but isn’t convinced that a long-term solution has emerged yet. “The problem is that we need <em>this other layer</em> for things to work. If you have durable execution and queues spinning in the background, and <em>then</em> you bolt on agentic? That makes things much more complex. It seems insanely hard to manage and observe and have confidence in.”</p><p>“We need this base layer of core primitives that provide the visibility, the explainability, and the durableness at the base layer below anything else we do, whether it be agentic workflows or durable execution workflows. All these things need to sit on top of a new foundation, in my opinion.”</p><h2>What the Agentic Future Means for Back-End Teams</h2><p>A long-running narrative in the AI space is how it will, inevitably, reduce the need for human engineers, and potentially shrink the sizes of development teams, even for back end. But Piccolo is skeptical of any significant change happening soon, at least at larger orgs. “[For an enterprise], you need to have a sizable team that is managing what you&#x27;re building and ensuring that it&#x27;s built in the proper way.”</p><p>“I think that a lot of the focus will move to the context engineering space, where that becomes extremely important to manage the system. That&#x27;s already happening.” The founder also suggests that many orgs might not realize the immediate importance of system integrity (which used to be treated as code quality).</p><p>Piccolo explains that system integrity and code quality essentially resolve into the patterns from which AI agents learn, which has larger ramifications for any business. “You’d want to meticulously say: This is <em>not</em> the correct pattern. We like <em>this other</em> pattern and we want to keep it consistent across our codebase. That&#x27;s the same meticulousness you need in this context space, which applies not just to the engineering side, but also to the business side. What is your domain, what does your company do? Your IT sides describe the code quality and patterns, and your business side describes how that translates into business value.”</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/back-end-engineering-in-the-age-of-ai">How Back-End Engineering Is Evolving in the Age of AI</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #33, Retiring Ingress NGINX with James Strong &amp; Marco Ebert</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-33-retiring-ingress-nginx-with-james-strong-and-marco-ebert</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Mar 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">718a70b0-bac2-4d2b-b913-6eab35179b7f</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 33 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride sit down with James Strong and Marco Ebert. They discuss the retirement of Ingress NGINX, one of the most widely used Kubernetes ingress controllers, and the factors that led to its deprecation. The conversation explores maintainer burnout, major security vulnerabilities like IngressNightmare, and the ecosystem’s shift toward Gateway API.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 33 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride sit down with James Strong and Marco Ebert. They discuss the retirement of Ingress NGINX, one of the most widely used Kubernetes ingress controllers, and the factors that led to its deprecation. The conversation explores maintainer burnout, major security vulnerabilities like IngressNightmare, and the ecosystem’s shift toward Gateway API.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-33-retiring-ingress-nginx-with-james-strong-and-marco-ebert">Ep. #33, Retiring Ingress NGINX with James Strong & Marco Ebert</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #1, The Story Behind Progressive Delivery</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-the-story-behind-progressive-delivery</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Mar 2026 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3f7db959-b775-4190-ba08-fe03160b4e48</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this debut episode of Third Loop, James Governor, Kim Harrison, Heidi Waterhouse, and Adam Zimman explore how the concept of Progressive Delivery emerged from real-world frustrations with how the industry talked about shipping software. Drawing on experiences from companies like GitHub and LaunchDarkly, they explain how practices like feature flags, experimentation, and observability came together to form a new delivery model. The conversation also sets the stage for the podcast’s broader mission: examining technology through the perspectives of builders, users, and observers.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this debut episode of Third Loop, James Governor, Kim Harrison, Heidi Waterhouse, and Adam Zimman explore how the concept of Progressive Delivery emerged from real-world frustrations with how the industry talked about shipping software. Drawing on experiences from companies like GitHub and LaunchDarkly, they explain how practices like feature flags, experimentation, and observability came together to form a new delivery model. The conversation also sets the stage for the podcast’s broader mission: examining technology through the perspectives of builders, users, and observers.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-the-story-behind-progressive-delivery">Ep. #1, The Story Behind Progressive Delivery</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #7, The CTO’s AI Playbook with Peter Bell</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-the-cto-s-ai-playbook-with-peter-bell</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Mar 2026 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a4420d76-898f-42d5-92e2-3365463dfedf</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 7 of High Leverage, Joe Ruscio sits down with Peter Bell to explore how the CTO role evolves from early-stage founder to enterprise leader. They unpack what it really takes to scale AI adoption across an engineering organization, and why simply buying tools isn’t enough. The conversation dives into agentic software development, observability, context engineering, and what happens when production code is generated without direct human review.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 7 of High Leverage, Joe Ruscio sits down with Peter Bell to explore how the CTO role evolves from early-stage founder to enterprise leader. They unpack what it really takes to scale AI adoption across an engineering organization, and why simply buying tools isn’t enough. The conversation dives into agentic software development, observability, context engineering, and what happens when production code is generated without direct human review.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-the-cto-s-ai-playbook-with-peter-bell">Ep. #7, The CTO’s AI Playbook with Peter Bell</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #49, From Containers to Unikernels with Felipe Huici of Unikraft</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-49-from-containers-to-unikernels-with-felipe-huici-of-unikraft</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Mar 2026 09:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bd996ebd-02aa-4903-9af0-7e67e8aec756</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 49 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot sit down with Felipe Huici to explore how unikernels are reshaping modern cloud infrastructure. They discuss virtualization, containers, and how Unikraft enables millisecond startup times and massive workload density. The conversation dives deep into performance engineering, Kubernetes integration, and the infrastructure challenges emerging in the AI era.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 49 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot sit down with Felipe Huici to explore how unikernels are reshaping modern cloud infrastructure. They discuss virtualization, containers, and how Unikraft enables millisecond startup times and massive workload density. The conversation dives deep into performance engineering, Kubernetes integration, and the infrastructure challenges emerging in the AI era.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-49-from-containers-to-unikernels-with-felipe-huici-of-unikraft">Ep. #49, From Containers to Unikernels with Felipe Huici of Unikraft</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #9, Radical Accountability in Software with Wes McKinney</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-radical-accountability-in-software-with-wes-mckinney</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Mar 2026 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8426f07a-12a1-4b09-8d02-2b930cc67cff</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 9 of Data Renegades, CL Kao and Dori Wilson sit down with Wes McKinney, creator of Pandas and co-creator of Apache Arrow. They explore how AI coding agents are reshaping software development, why data infrastructure remains surprisingly resistant to automation, and what semantic layers mean for the future of analytics. Wes also shares bold predictions about “radical accountability” in software and the changing bar for startups.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 9 of Data Renegades, CL Kao and Dori Wilson sit down with Wes McKinney, creator of Pandas and co-creator of Apache Arrow. They explore how AI coding agents are reshaping software development, why data infrastructure remains surprisingly resistant to automation, and what semantic layers mean for the future of analytics. Wes also shares bold predictions about “radical accountability” in software and the changing bar for startups.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-radical-accountability-in-software-with-wes-mckinney">Ep. #9, Radical Accountability in Software with Wes McKinney</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #32, Rewriting SQLite for the AI Era with Glauber Costa</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-32-rewriting-sqlite-for-the-ai-era-with-glauber-costa</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Feb 2026 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">42adb81f-9841-48be-823a-1ab0acbced32</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 32 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride sit down with Glauber Costa to explore Turso, a Rust-based rewrite of SQLite built for the AI era. They discuss database reliability, open source licensing, and why embedded databases are becoming critical infrastructure for modern agents and applications. The conversation also dives into AI-assisted development and the future of software engineering.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 32 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride sit down with Glauber Costa to explore Turso, a Rust-based rewrite of SQLite built for the AI era. They discuss database reliability, open source licensing, and why embedded databases are becoming critical infrastructure for modern agents and applications. The conversation also dives into AI-assisted development and the future of software engineering.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-32-rewriting-sqlite-for-the-ai-era-with-glauber-costa">Ep. #32, Rewriting SQLite for the AI Era with Glauber Costa</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #52, Serendipity as a Service with Piyush Agarwal</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-52-serendipity-as-a-service-with-piyush-agarwal</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Feb 2026 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ad711695-3775-45d4-af2e-6de265e776f5</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 52 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers sits down with Piyush Agarwal to explore how developer behavior reveals far more about buying intent than traditional sales signals. They discuss why most dev tool GTM strategies fail, how to distinguish curiosity from real demand, and what it takes to engage developers at exactly the right moment.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 52 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers sits down with Piyush Agarwal to explore how developer behavior reveals far more about buying intent than traditional sales signals. They discuss why most dev tool GTM strategies fail, how to distinguish curiosity from real demand, and what it takes to engage developers at exactly the right moment.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-52-serendipity-as-a-service-with-piyush-agarwal">Ep. #52, Serendipity as a Service with Piyush Agarwal</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Can You Build a Company Around RL?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-build-a-rl-startup-company</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Feb 2026 17:34:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Reinforcement Learning (RL)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Startups]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Inference]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4418886d-5f1d-4e58-abe3-15aa83c4c752</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Heavybit partner Amir Zohrenejad explores what would be needed to create a successful, defensible startup around reinforcement learning.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>During a discussion earlier this week with a friend working on an RL engine at a major academic lab, he mentioned his strongly held belief that an &quot;RL infra company” can never be a viable standalone business.</p><p>I was shocked: not only because of who was saying it, but also due to the mindshare and investor interest RL commands these days.</p><p>But he has a point. From ~50 companies on <a href="https://www.madrona.com/the-generative-ai-tech-stack-market-map/">Madrona&#x27;s market map</a> from a couple years ago, only 4 are focused on model training. Of those, <a href="https://www.databricks.com/blog/databricks-mosaicml">one (Mosaic) was acquired</a>, one (<a href="https://www.cerebras.ai/">Cerebras</a>) is mainly a hardware company, and <a href="https://www.together.ai/">Together</a> and <a href="https://www.modular.com/">Modular</a> now bill themselves as inference providers.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/b8748ef923b5fef99087d1e67dfb1060461fd744-230x264.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p>So, <em>is RL/post-training infrastructure a venture-scale category by itself?</em> Or should we think of it as a feature for inference providers and a workflow for the makers of foundational models?</p><h2>RL Is Already Big Business</h2><p>Billions are already being spent on RL:</p><p><a href="https://www.mercor.com/">Mercor</a> claimed to be at <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2025/09/09/sources-ai-training-startup-mercor-eyes-10b-valuation-on-450m-run-rate/">$500M of annual revenue</a> in September 2025.</p><p><a href="https://www.databricks.com/">Databricks</a> reports <a href="https://www.databricks.com/company/newsroom/press-releases/databricks-surpasses-4-8b-revenue-run-rate-growing-55-year-over-year">$1B of AI revenue</a> which includes RL from their Mosaic acquisition.</p><p><a href="https://anthropic.com/">Anthropic</a> and <a href="https://openai.com/">OpenAI</a> are pouring money into post-training and RL as pre-training hits scaling laws and we run out of human-generated text data.</p><p>If you attended the <a href="https://neurips.cc/">NeurIPS</a> conference in San Diego in December 2025, you would have felt like AI==RL.</p><p>At the same time there is no single large infrastructure company that is focused on RL or post-training infrastructure. <a href="https://unsloth.ai/">Unsloth</a> and <a href="https://www.primeintellect.ai/">Prime Intellect</a> are the only companies I&#x27;m aware of dedicated solely to post-training infra.</p><h2>Training Is Hard. Inference Is Eas(ier)</h2><p>Doing inference reliably at scale is not easy. GPUs are scarce, context windows are exploding, and managing KV caches at scale is real engineering work. But it is, fundamentally, an infrastructure problem, not a research problem.</p><p>There are open models, open inference stacks like <a href="https://github.com/sgl-project/sglang">SGLang</a> and <a href="https://github.com/vllm-project/vllm">vLLM</a>, optimized kernels, routing layers, and cloud abstractions. If you have capital and good engineers, you can stand up an inference service.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/5bc5e05e39a34000dceb748446eacd43d54f6f49-1132x606.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Training a model is a very different process than simply running inference.</em></p><p>Training is a different beast, and RL in particular is <a href="https://www.dwarkesh.com/p/bits-per-sample">messy, unstable, and expensive</a>. You are interacting with environments, defining reward functions, and fighting regressions. While in theory models now have enough base intelligence to do long-form white-collar work with RL-based post training, the bottlenecks to delivering this vision are not generalizable algorithms and infrastructure.</p><h2>The Environment and Verification Bottleneck</h2><p>The <a href="https://www.datagravity.dev/p/rl-environments-for-agentic-ai-who">current consensus</a> is that we can deliver autonomous agentic AI from our base models through post training with RL, and that the blockers to delivering these agents are synthesizing the <em>environments</em> that mimic long-horizon tasks and defining <em>verification</em> methodology needed to determine correctness on these tasks. As tasks being automated become longer and more complex, defining what “correct” means becomes unclear and needs deep domain expertise. Reinforcement learning depends on reward signals, but in real work those signals are ambiguous, gameable, and can shift in long-horizon multi-turn tasks. Software development was the first domain to which labs delivered autonomous long-horizon agents (i.e. <a href="https://claude.com/product/claude-code">Claude Code</a>), and I believe this was because the people who worked at the labs are the domain experts in writing code, and verifying software correctness is fairly straightforward.</p><p>Bottlenecks present business opportunities, and there is already a growing market around the problem of RL environments and verification. Frontier labs are the earliest and most concentrated buyers of RL environments and companies like Mercor and <a href="https://halluminate.ai/">Halluminate</a> are positioning themselves upstream as suppliers of expert feedback, evaluation scaffolding, and environments.</p><p>Companies like <a href="https://appliedcompute.com/">Applied Compute</a> (and some RL consulting shops) are taking another approach: Instead of asking enterprise workers and recent grads to moonlight and create RL gyms, they are going to enterprises directly and leveraging artifacts created by their workforce to build &quot;autonomous workers&quot; owned by the enterprise. This makes sense: If you are a large bank or hedge fund, in order to prevent Anthropic or OpenAI from cannibalizing your business, you should capture artifacts created by your workforce (docs, screens and mouse clicks) to train your own autonomous workforce.</p><h2>So, Can You Build a Company Around RL?</h2><p>Yes, but it won&#x27;t look like inference.</p><p>The inference providers won because they solved an infrastructure problem: Serve models fast, reliably, and at scale. Capital and good engineering get you there. But a standalone RL business cannot win on speed or scalability alone. The bottleneck isn&#x27;t infrastructure, it&#x27;s the algorithms and the complex data pipelines needed to see value from them.</p><p>A viable RL company needs to deliver something fundamentally new: c<em>ontinual learning</em> from on-policy RL. Any such service will need to:</p><ol><li>Include pipelines that synthesize RL environments from model outputs</li><li>Automatically build (or at least propose) reward signals and verification</li><li>Update model weights and biases in the background with little human intervention</li></ol><p>Today, this is a research problem. Whoever solves it can create a generational company.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-build-a-rl-startup-company">Can You Build a Company Around RL?</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #8, One Human Plus Agents with Scott Breitenother</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-one-human-plus-agents-with-scott-breitenother</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Feb 2026 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">694f9dd0-056e-4d8d-b402-f4d7cfeca783</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 8 of Data Renegades, CL Kao and Dori Wilson sit down with Scott Breitenother to explore how AI is reshaping the modern data stack and redefining the role of data teams. They discuss the evolution from spreadsheets to autonomous agents, the realities of data democratization, and why future workflows may revolve around one human working alongside multiple AI assistants. The conversation blends practical lessons from building Brooklyn Data and Kilo Code with forward-looking predictions about the next wave of data tooling.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 8 of Data Renegades, CL Kao and Dori Wilson sit down with Scott Breitenother to explore how AI is reshaping the modern data stack and redefining the role of data teams. They discuss the evolution from spreadsheets to autonomous agents, the realities of data democratization, and why future workflows may revolve around one human working alongside multiple AI assistants. The conversation blends practical lessons from building Brooklyn Data and Kilo Code with forward-looking predictions about the next wave of data tooling.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-one-human-plus-agents-with-scott-breitenother">Ep. #8, One Human Plus Agents with Scott Breitenother</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #31, Developer-First Data Engineering with dltHub</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-31-developer-first-data-engineering-with-dlthub</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Feb 2026 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">44495190-0775-4386-a5eb-130adae421bc</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 31 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John sit down with Matthaus Krzykowski, Thierry Jean, and Elvis Kahoro to explore how dlt and dltHub are changing the way developers build data pipelines. The conversation dives into DuckDB, LLM-driven workflows, and the growing shift toward developer-first data engineering. They also discuss open source adoption, AI orchestration, and what it means to be a “10x engineer” in 2026.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 31 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John sit down with Matthaus Krzykowski, Thierry Jean, and Elvis Kahoro to explore how dlt and dltHub are changing the way developers build data pipelines. The conversation dives into DuckDB, LLM-driven workflows, and the growing shift toward developer-first data engineering. They also discuss open source adoption, AI orchestration, and what it means to be a “10x engineer” in 2026.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-31-developer-first-data-engineering-with-dlthub">Ep. #31, Developer-First Data Engineering with dltHub</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Write-Only Code</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/write-only-code</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Feb 2026 17:26:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Agents]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Code Generation]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9cb92779-f9a9-4cbe-a771-5c0876ef1bb8</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>AI may be accelerating software into a world of &quot;write-only&quot; code that forces a rethink of culture, processes, and tools. Heavybit’s Joseph Ruscio explains.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>Everything that follows is written through the lens of enterprise software. Large, revenue-generating software systems historically built and operated by teams of hundreds or thousands of developers.It has implications for other classes of software, but that is a discussion for another day.</em></p><p>Six months ago, if you had asked me how much production code would eventually be written by AI, I would have claimed a large percentage. LLMs are clearly a massive productivity boost for software developers, and the value of humans manually translating intent into lines of code is rapidly depreciating. I also believed, and still do, that humans whose primary job is to build and operate enterprise software are not going anywhere, even as their day-to-day work is fundamentally redefined by this newest abstraction.</p><p>What I underestimated was how little of that future work would involve reading code at all.</p><p>I am now convinced that for better and worse we are barreling toward a future where a large and growing fraction of production code is never read by a human. Not skimmed. Not reviewed. Not tweaked. I have taken to calling this <strong>Write-Only Code</strong> (shout-out to <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/whummer/">Waldemar Hummer</a> of <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/portfolio/localstack">LocalStack</a> for helping coin the term) and have been spending a lot of time thinking through what it means for us as an industry.</p><p>“AI writes the code” is already true inside many enterprise teams, but today it mostly means some form of AI-assisted pair programming. Humans decompose work into small tasks, hand them to agents, review the resulting pull requests, make edits, perhaps re-prompt, and iterate until the result is good enough to ship. This was a sensible practice and necessary to reliably ship production code with models that existed before late 2025. Subtly but importantly, in this workflow the requirement for human review also preserves the rest of the software development lifecycle, because human review remains the primary bottleneck through which all production changes have to pass.</p><p>That bottleneck is going away.</p><p>Recent step-function improvements in model capabilities are the first step in breaking many of the core assumptions underpinning the software development lifecycle (SDLC). These agents can now successfully handle much higher-level chunks of functionality. With emergent techniques that allow agents to plan, execute, and self-correct over long horizons, we are already seeing experiments demonstrate the shocking scope and complexity of working software they can produce. As these practices are adopted we will start producing software at a volume and pace where even if we wanted to, there will never be enough human bandwidth to review it line by line.</p><p>Unlike some AI maximalists, I still do not believe that “no one reads the code” implies “no humans involved.” Enterprises still require accountability. Someone must own the system, its outcomes, and its performance. Someone must answer for incidents, and ultimately be on the hook when things go wrong. Enterprises buying software are looking to their vendors for far more than just code.</p><p>The role of a software engineer has always been to sit between poorly specified, natural-language business goals and (mostly) deterministic machine behavior, while navigating a web of constraints. You can distill that role even further to “reducing risk.” Reduce risk that the business does not have the capabilities it needs to compete. Reduce the risk that the software is broken, that it cannot scale, or that it cannot adapt as business goals shift. That role does not disappear in a future where <strong>Write-Only Code</strong> flows directly from LLMs into production, but the culture, processes, and tools required for humans to fulfill it need a fundamental rethink.</p><h2><strong>History Doesn&#x27;t Repeat Itself, but It Often Rhymes</strong></h2><p>Software development and delivery has a long history of eliminating one bottleneck, only to immediately confront the next. As we stand on the precipice of removing perhaps the biggest bottleneck ever, humans writing code, it is instructive to look at the last one we removed.</p><p>It is easy to forget that just a few decades ago the practical bottleneck for running new enterprise software in production was not writing code at all. It was hardware. Procuring servers, waiting for delivery, getting them racked, configuring networking, and then, months later, finally putting something into production. The combined emergence of continuous delivery practices and on-demand, ephemeral computing in the mid-2000s collapsed that constraint.</p><p>What followed was a new wave of tools and practices that assumed a fundamentally different posture toward production. DevOps and “pets vs. cattle” was not just a slogan, it was a rewriting of expectations. Production servers stopped being precious, named, and lovingly maintained. The idea that working servers could be stamped out programmatically, and explicitly not intended for human access, once seemed absurd. Today, if someone in a high-performing team shells into a production machine, it is considered tainted and scheduled for replacement by a pristine instance.</p><p>This shift moved the bottleneck squarely to developer velocity. Once infrastructure could be provisioned on demand and incremental changes could reach production as fast as they were created, the limiting factor became how quickly a human developer could translate business requirements into running software. This unleashed a new wave of productivity and, in my opinion, is why developers became <a href="https://www.oreilly.com/library/view/the-new-kingmakers/9781449368036/">the new kingmakers</a>.</p><p>At <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/portfolio/librato">the last startup I founded</a>, this reality shaped nearly every decision we made about how we worked. I was maniacally insistent that any proposed change to our SDLC be evaluated first through the lens of developer velocity. Changes that safely improved developer velocity were effectively mandated. Changes that slowed developers down were heavily scrutinized and, if not rejected outright, at least tuned to minimize their impact. Over time, my team came to half-jokingly call this heuristic “Ruscio’s Law.”</p><p>What we treated as a simple rule of thumb is rapidly evolving from an optimization for elite teams into a prerequisite for survival.</p><h2><strong>From Review to Trust</strong></h2><p>For most of modern software history, human code review has served as the final backstop for confidence in production systems. Tests can be imperfect, monitoring can be incomplete, and bugs can be subtle, but in the end, skilled engineers who both create and review the code can reason about what it might do. <strong>Write-Only Code</strong> breaks that assumption at scale. If we are going to ship code that is never read by humans, we need other ways to gain confidence.</p><p>Much as humans no longer shell into individual production servers, I believe we will develop similar practices around unread code. Over time, we will treat “humans had to read this to be comfortable” as a smell in our code generation pipeline, or as an explicit, expensive trade-off reserved for truly mission-critical subsystems. A natural outcome of this shift is a “code reading coverage” metric, tracked much like test coverage. What fraction of production code has actually been read by humans, partly as a safety signal, and partly as a metric teams deliberately and safely work to drive downward toward an asymptote.</p><p>Pragmatic teams will not adopt <strong>Write-Only Code</strong> everywhere at once. They will identify where it is safe to begin and where traditional human review should remain. Understanding and controlling the <em>Slop Radius</em>, how far unintended behavior can impact before being detected or contained, will be a critical skill for teams to develop. As practices and techniques mature and the guarantees we can extract from automation improve, the surface area of unread code will expand and the scope of manual review will shrink.</p><p>The question for engineers is not whether this shift will happen, but what primitives will replace human authorship and review as the foundation of trust.</p><h2><strong>How the Engineer’s Job Changes</strong></h2><p>In the AI pair-programmer story, the human engineer is still primarily an author and reviewer. In the <strong>Write-Only Code</strong> story, that same engineer becomes a systems designer, a constraint writer, and a trade-off manager.</p><p>You spend more time shaping intent than shaping implementation. You obsess over interfaces, invariants, failure modes, and the conditions that must hold true. You decide what still requires human review and what explicitly does not. You invest in the tooling that makes “ship it blind” not a reckless act, but a competitive advantage. You reduce risk.</p><p>You also accept that the SDLC is being rewired even when the external inputs and outputs look the same. The business still asks for software and receives working software, but the inside of the factory is fundamentally different. That difference will decide who wins.</p><p>There is also a psychological shift that should not be understated. Engineers have long taken pride in crafting and deeply understanding what they ship. Entire books celebrate <a href="https://www.oreilly.com/library/view/beautiful-code/9780596510046/"><em>Beautiful Code</em></a>. In a world of <strong>Write-Only Code</strong>, that pride shifts toward building systems that remain correct without requiring comprehension of every line. “I write code” becomes “I build software.” Human engineers will still be accountable for outcomes, but they will increasingly seek that confidence without ever reading the code.</p><h2><strong>In Conclusion</strong></h2><p><strong>Write-Only Code</strong> is not a prediction about what we should want. It is a description of what happens when software production scales beyond human attention. The question is not whether humans should remain in the loop at the level of individual lines of code, but whether we are willing to take responsibility for systems whose behavior we can no longer fully inspect. We have been here before. Each time a bottleneck falls, the industry reorganizes around what replaces it.</p><p>The mistake would be to treat unread code as a failure of discipline rather than a signal that discipline itself must change. Human review does not disappear because it is unimportant, but because it no longer fits the scale and shape of the problem. The organizations that succeed in this transition will not be the ones that cling longest to familiar rituals, but the ones that invest earliest in new primitives for trust, accountability, and control. Refusing to adapt does not preserve safety. It simply ensures that adaptation happens accidentally, under pressure, and without intent.</p><p>The role of the human engineer has never been to type code for its own sake. It has been to reduce risk in the face of ambiguity, constraints, and change. That responsibility not only endures in a world of <strong>Write-Only Code</strong>, if anything it expands.</p><p>The next generation of software engineering excellence will be defined not by how well we review the code we ship, but by how well we design systems that remain correct, resilient, and accountable even when no human ever reads the code that runs in production.</p><p><br/></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/write-only-code">Write-Only Code</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>So You Want to Be an AI Engineer?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/so-you-want-to-be-an-ai-engineer</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Feb 2026 18:22:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Hiring]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[LLM]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a47fd4fe-6414-426c-82c0-46e78726a93e</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>One of the fastest-growing job listings out there is &quot;AI engineer.&quot; What does that mean, exactly? Heavybit partner Amir Zohrenejad explains.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>The &quot;AI Engineer&quot; job title is a recent invention, and companies are hiring a lot of <a href="https://lightcast.io/resources/blog/the-generative-ai-job-market-2025-data-insights?utm_source=chatgpt.com">them</a>.</p><p>I&#x27;ve generally assumed an AI engineer is someone who can build high quality software applications that leverage LLMs at runtime. In other words, folks who do applied AI. I decided to validate that assumption by talking with a few folks in the space and scraping some job listings to build a better mental model of the job responsibilities and requirements.</p><p>The analysis below is from 31 job postings at 21 companies. The raw data is shared <a href="https://www.aazo11.com/data/ai-engineer-jobs.json">here</a>.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3>More Resources on AI Engineering &amp; Hiring Trends</h3><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/what-makes-a-good-ai-product-manager">Article: What Makes a “Good” AI Product Manager?</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-predictions-for-2026">Article: AI Predictions for 2026</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/programming-languages-in-the-age-of-ai">Article: Language as a Proxy for Taste</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-productivity-for-engineering-teams">Article: How to Drive AI Productivity and Value for Engineering Teams</a></li></ul><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p></p><p></p><p></p><h2>AI Labs Do not Have AI Engineers</h2><p>If you go to the OpenAI or Anthropic careers pages, you won&#x27;t find &quot;AI Engineer&quot; listed as a job title. OpenAI has an entire &quot;Applied AI&quot; division with listings for standard engineering roles (SWE, Android Engineer) and Anthropic has an &quot;Engineering &amp; Design - Product&quot; team that focuses on AI native applications.</p><p>The technical positions at the labs broadly fall under the following categories:</p><ul><li>Research and model engineering: building the next models</li><li>Infrastructure: deploying training and inference at scale</li><li>Applied AI: building apps that leverage the foundational models</li></ul><p>In other words, since the &quot;Applications&quot; orgs at these companies are focused on leveraging advances in the foundational models, all the engineers on those teams are Applied AI Engineers.</p><h2>The Role Has Gone Main Street</h2><p>A lot of companies that are not pure play tech are hiring AI engineers. I imagine these companies want to &quot;leverage AI&quot; or &quot;add AI&quot; to their products and services, don&#x27;t have the know-how in-house and are bringing on AI engineers to help them do it. For example:</p><ul><li><strong>Law Firms:</strong> Morrison &amp; Foerster is hiring Senior AI Engineers to build their generative AI platform</li><li><strong>Banks:</strong> JPMorgan and Capital One both have many open AI Engineer roles, building agents with LangChain and LangGraph</li><li><strong>Defense Contractors:</strong> Booz Allen wants AI Engineers for national security applications</li><li><strong>Consulting Giants:</strong> Accenture and Salesforce have lots of open positions, probably to staff the same non-tech companies with their &quot;AI initiatives&quot;</li></ul><p>A 100-year-old law firm is hiring AI engineers in house...</p><h2>Keywords to get past the AI screening for your AI job</h2><p>Looking at the skills the 31 job postings are asking for:</p><h3>Skills breakdown</h3><p><strong>Programming Languages</strong><br/>─────────────────────           </p><p>Python: 77%<br/>TypeScript: 29%<br/>JavaScript: 13%<br/>Go: 13%             <br/>Java: 13%             <br/></p><p><strong>Frameworks &amp; Tools</strong></p><p>──────────────────<br/>LangChain: 29%</p><p>LangGraph: 23%</p><p>LlamaIndex: 19%</p><p>PyTorch: 16%</p><p>TensorFlow: 10%</p><p></p><p><strong>Key Skills</strong><br/>──────────<br/>Agents/Agentic: 71%<br/>Evals: 61%<br/>RAG: 29%<br/>Fine-Tuning: 29%<br/>MCP: 16%</p><ul><li><strong>Python is table stakes.</strong> 77% of postings require it.</li><li><strong>TypeScript at 29%</strong>. That&#x27;s the clear #2. Java, Go, and C++ are mentioned, but I assume it is for other parts of the codebase.</li><li><strong>LangChain is the framework of choice.</strong> LangChain and LangGraph together appear in 32% of postings. No other orchestration framework comes close. LlamaIndex shows up in 19% of postings, while AutoGen and CrewAI are barely mentioned.</li></ul><p>Here&#x27;s what&#x27;s <em>not</em> emphasized in the job postings: PyTorch and TensorFlow. Traditional ML frameworks appear in only 10-16% of roles. This is another proof point that AI Engineer == Applied AI Engineer. The job isn&#x27;t training models. It&#x27;s building apps that call LLMs.</p><h2>Agents, Agents, Agents</h2><p>A whopping 71% of postings explicitly mention &quot;agents&quot; or &quot;agentic workflows.&quot; It&#x27;s clear that the industry has moved beyond simple chatbots, or at least they think they have.</p><p>RAG (Retrieval Augmented Generation) shows up in 29% of postings - and it&#x27;s implied in almost every other one.</p><p>MCP (Model Context Protocol) is in 16% of postings. Hopefully it will go away soon and be replaced with CLI experts. Just <a href="https://cra.mr/context-management-and-mcp">kidding.</a></p><h2>Evals</h2><p>61% of job postings mention evaluations. Anyone who&#x27;s shipped an LLM application knows that evals are everything. You start with evals.</p><p>Anyone that has built production LLM apps has learned this lesson the hard way. If you&#x27;re interviewing for an AI Engineer role and they don&#x27;t ask about evals, that&#x27;s a red flag.</p><h2>C.R.E.A.M. $-$$$$</h2><p>Salary Ranges by Seniority<br/>──────────────────────────<br/>Entry    $130K-$150K<br/>Mid      $150K-$250K<br/>Senior   $160K-$300K</p><p>The range is wide: <strong>$130K to $325K</strong> base salary. Startups pay higher than big non-tech companies.</p><p><strong>Entry-level AI engineer roles barely exist.</strong> Only 3% of postings are for new grads. This is overwhelmingly a mid-to-senior role. Companies want people who&#x27;ve already shipped LLM applications in production.</p><h2>So What?</h2><p>&quot;AI Engineers&quot; are applied AI engineers, software engineers familiar with the tooling around LLM apps and how wrangle accuracy out of a stochastic compute stack.</p><p>Anyone who has made a career as a software engineer has had to upskill to keep up with new technologies throughout their careers. This is one more cycle in the same trend.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/so-you-want-to-be-an-ai-engineer">So You Want to Be an AI Engineer?</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #7, Truth-Seeking Data Systems with Bryan Bischof</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-truth-seeking-data-systems-with-bryan-bischof</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Feb 2026 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5e5b2db8-200f-424a-93f7-85769c91aac2</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 7 of Data Renegades, CL Kao and Dori Wilson sit down with Bryan Bischof to explore his journey from pure mathematics to building real-world ML systems. They dig into recommender systems, surprising data bugs, and why truth-seeking should guide data teams. The conversation also covers modern data tools, visualization limits, and the realities of “self-serve” analytics.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 7 of Data Renegades, CL Kao and Dori Wilson sit down with Bryan Bischof to explore his journey from pure mathematics to building real-world ML systems. They dig into recommender systems, surprising data bugs, and why truth-seeking should guide data teams. The conversation also covers modern data tools, visualization limits, and the realities of “self-serve” analytics.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-truth-seeking-data-systems-with-bryan-bischof">Ep. #7, Truth-Seeking Data Systems with Bryan Bischof</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #30, Inside Unikraft and Unikernels with Felipe Huici</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-30-inside-unikraft-and-unikernels-with-felipe-huici</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Jan 2026 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0a104013-b112-45f3-8968-33b172444e2e</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 30 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride sit down with Felipe Huici to explore Unikraft and the growing role of unikernels in modern cloud infrastructure. They discuss how unikernels differ from containers and traditional virtual machines, why millisecond startup times matter, and how Unikraft enables secure, scale-to-zero workloads. The conversation also touches on Kubernetes integration, open source governance, and where cloud isolation is headed next.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 30 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride sit down with Felipe Huici to explore Unikraft and the growing role of unikernels in modern cloud infrastructure. They discuss how unikernels differ from containers and traditional virtual machines, why millisecond startup times matter, and how Unikraft enables secure, scale-to-zero workloads. The conversation also touches on Kubernetes integration, open source governance, and where cloud isolation is headed next.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-30-inside-unikraft-and-unikernels-with-felipe-huici">Ep. #30, Inside Unikraft and Unikernels with Felipe Huici</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #6, Async Runtime For Rust with Carl Lerche of Tokio</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-async-runtime-for-rust-with-carl-lerche-of-tokio</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Jan 2026 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3d59f6a8-f114-4e3d-915a-5ac5d030d3ed</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 6 of High Leverage, Joe Ruscio sits down with Carl Lerche, Principal Engineer at AWS and creator of Tokio. Carl shares his journey from Ruby and Rails into Rust, and explains why memory safety, fearless concurrency, and async runtimes matter for modern infrastructure. The conversation dives deep into the origins of Tokio, lessons from building foundational open source software, and how Rust’s guarantees are shaping the future of systems engineering.</p><p><em>Want 10% off your ticket to <a href="https://tokioconf.com/?utm_source=heavybit&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=promo"><strong>TokioConf</strong></a>? Use the discount code: Heavybit10</em></p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 6 of High Leverage, Joe Ruscio sits down with Carl Lerche, Principal Engineer at AWS and creator of Tokio. Carl shares his journey from Ruby and Rails into Rust, and explains why memory safety, fearless concurrency, and async runtimes matter for modern infrastructure. The conversation dives deep into the origins of Tokio, lessons from building foundational open source software, and how Rust’s guarantees are shaping the future of systems engineering.</p><p><em>Want 10% off your ticket to <a href="https://tokioconf.com/?utm_source=heavybit&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=promo"><strong>TokioConf</strong></a>? Use the discount code: Heavybit10</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-async-runtime-for-rust-with-carl-lerche-of-tokio">Ep. #6, Async Runtime For Rust with Carl Lerche of Tokio</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Makes a “Good” AI Product Manager?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/what-makes-a-good-ai-product-manager</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Jan 2026 17:44:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Code Generation]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Product Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ef85c3c1-9d34-4f42-8b12-0138ad960c06</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>What does product management mean in the age of AI codegen, and what does a good AI PM do? Veteran dev leaders weigh in.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>What Is an “AI Product Manager” (And Why Are They in Demand)?</h2><p>After what appeared to be a shocking drop in product manager job listings starting in 2023, openings for product titles apparently increased 42% in <a href="https://www.productleadership.com/blog/product-management-hiring-trends/">2025</a>. Why is product management making a comeback?</p><p>Could it be that after a few years of teams using AI codegen tools to churn out large quantities of code faster, they’re re-learning important lessons about how the best products address customer pain points and provide a user experience that solves customer problems (and ideally delights them in the process) rather than “just doing things”?</p><p>Meanwhile, an emerging job title is the “<a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/what-is-product-engineering">product engineer</a>,” which reportedly saw growth up to <a href="https://www.lennysnewsletter.com/p/state-of-the-product-job-market-in">400+</a> listings and counting for the previous year. Product engineers are expected to combine engineering analysis with product design,</p><p>We checked in with development veterans across the Heavybit community to dig into why product management is seemingly making a comeback in the age of AI, and what it means to be a <em>good</em> AI product manager or product engineer.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3>More Resources on AI Products &amp; Startups</h3><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/from-labs-to-launch-stories-from-github-copilot">Video: The GitHub Copilot Launch Story with Alyss Noland</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-productivity-for-engineering-teams">Article: Driving Productivity from AI Tools for Eng Teams with Laura Tacho</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/software-documentation-in-the-age-of-ai">Article: The Future of Software Documentation in the Age of AI with Heidi Waterhouse</a></li></ul><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p></p><h2>Amit Eyal Govrin: The Future of AI PMs Is Blurry</h2><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/74382d73d988c70896ae79da514e45dd1ff6402a-150x150.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/amitgovrin/">Amit Eyal Govrin</a> is the co-founder of <a href="https://www.kubiya.ai">Kubiya</a> and a veteran of both the DevOps ecosystem and developer-focused go-to-market. He has previously served tours of duty at AWS, Cloudyn, and Panaya.</em></p><h3>In the Age of AI, Context May Matter More Than Your Job Title</h3><p>Govrin suggests that in the grand scheme of things, as more software products are built by AI tools, the skill that may come to matter most is not coding in a particular language, but rather, being able to utilize AI models properly. “When it&#x27;s all said and done, there will only be one skill that matters: Context engineering. We know that LLMs are statistically based: Garbage in, garbage out. So if you have poor context, you’ll ship poor code, and you&#x27;re going to have poor code quality.”</p><p>“We&#x27;ve worked with organizations that claim to be ‘AI native’ and sure enough, they wanted us to review and fix their broken code. Before, they were moving slower and were shipping X amount of code. Now, they have 10x or 20x more code, but it’s bad code.” The founder suggests that not being able to contextualize prompts for AI tools will simply lead to a bigger mess and a larger productivity drag as teams spend more time trying to fix garbage code outputs.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/428f6d6b75788a62584b6d60aa35e5733a747731-1600x900.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Amit Govrin discusses the need for engineering teams to evolve with AI on TheCube. Image courtesy <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iWBJcf8gxSU">SiliconAngle</a></em></p><p>Reflecting on what makes a “good” AI product manager vs. a “good product engineer,” the founder suggests that the semantics of job titles may not even matter in a few years. “I think the main cutoff is not going to be: ‘Did you come from the front end or back end or product?’ It&#x27;s going to be your ability to be a context engineer and know how to instruct AI and delegate to it.”</p><p>“I actually think that a lot of the lower-level engineering roles, the juniors, are going to go away entirely if they don&#x27;t know how to adapt across the stack. I think product managers who know how to prompt with context and know what they&#x27;re asking for will become unbelievable engineers and replace entire engineering teams.”</p><p></p><h2>Brian Douglas: Why AI Might Turn Us All into Product Managers</h2><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/e6602d56e3c1879b70c2d9a8b8485cc1e4926e4d-150x150.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/brianldouglas/">Brian Douglas</a> is a veteran software engineer and developer advocate who has served tours of duty at Netlify, GitHub, and CNCF. He is also a longtime open-source software enthusiast, having previously founded <a href="https://opensauced.pizza">OpenSauced</a> and also hosts the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/open-source-ready">Open Source Ready podcast</a>.</em></p><h3>Is Prompting An AI Like Writing a Product Spec?</h3><p>Douglas reflects on how using AI every day has prompted him to rethink his own role, and how AI may be quietly removing the divide between being an engineer versus being a product manager. “As a former founder, I sometimes feel I&#x27;m ‘working myself’ into product management even when doing day-to-day engineering.”</p><p>The engineering veteran suggests that while using AI, building anything requires more product specs up front to properly guide models in the right direction. “I do way more planning and specs and GitHub issues. There’s more talking about the <em>ideas</em>, and getting the ideas on paper, because I know the AI will do so much better if you have a plan and you have a really well scoped-out task. But the AI would also do a better job if you had a <em>design</em>.”</p><p>For example, as front-end engineering becomes more AI driven, Douglas suggests that front-end projects may be driven more by AI-focused technical professionals who can direct AI tools with basic design sensibilities. “So there’s actually also <em>design thinking</em>. Where the boxes go, and what happens above the fold. All that stuff. For our <a href="https://docs.continue.dev/mission-control">Mission Control</a> product, the front end was basically vibe coded by our CTO (who&#x27;s not a designer).”</p><p>“Another engineer basically cleaned it up and made it mobile friendly because that wasn’t even considered at first. (Most folks who do front-end would start mobile-first, with ‘things in the box’ being the things we can use. And the desktop version only pulls from what the mobile version can actually give you.)”</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/a1089ae485057c5052d8fa969253f422aa5f3187-1600x866.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Brian Douglas discusses open-source software strategy. Image courtesy <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=szIZVbwUrDk">Fintech DevCon</a>.</em></p><h3>AI Prompts: A Forcing Function for Thinking Like a PM?</h3><p>Douglas suggests that in some cases, AI tooling may be reversing the typical sensibilities of building front-end products. “But when you do the inverse, you might just tell your AI to make something work. ‘Put stuff on the page and then we&#x27;ll figure it out later.’ Any front-end engineer would tell you: ‘No, don’t do that. We&#x27;re going to end up with some weird tech debt. Let&#x27;s think about this stuff first.’”</p><p>The veteran dev notes that relying on AI tooling can feel like a forcing function that leads builders to consider foundational product considerations, including performance and security. “I’ve used some of the Chrome-based MCP tools, for instance. When you reach the Chrome console you hit the recorder. It&#x27;ll tell you your largest contentful paint (LCP), your First Contentful Paint (FCP)...all stuff that you&#x27;re supposed to be doing anyway.”</p><p>“Usually when you need to ship something, you don&#x27;t really think about it because you&#x27;re just trying to get it out the door. But now, this is becoming more of a process in which we’ll ask: ‘Before we go live, did we run it through the Chrome MCP? Did we get things like the page load speeds to see if we have any regressions?’”</p><p>Douglas compares shipping products using AI tools to GitHub Actions’ intended purpose of providing CI/CD for projects. “Before you hit push, you could actually have the stuff all run. So we&#x27;re now seeing a shift where you’ll start thinking of things you wouldn’t have before: Security, speed, and performance. You can think about that <em>before </em>you push. Now after your agents are done, they’re introducing themselves into quality assurance and checking.”</p><p></p><h2>Alexandr Kurilin: Engineers Should Already Have Product DNA</h2><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/c82e1820ff796a78379a5490096def519215b0cc-150x150.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/alexandrkurilin/details/experience/">Alexandr Kurilin</a> is a longtime software engineer, investor, and serial startup founder. He started his career as an engineer at Microsoft, then went on to co-found startups such as <a href="https://freckle.com">Freckle</a> (acquired by <a href="https://www.renaissance.com">Renaissance</a>), <a href="https://www.conceptualhq.com">ConceptualHQ</a>, and now <a href="https://doubledusk.com">DoubleDusk</a>.</em></p><h3>Product Manager Thinking Has Always Been a Best Practice for Builders</h3><p>Kurilin suggests that engineers with a product focus have always been important. “This has been a motif in my hiring process for a long time. I want very ‘product-y’ engineers. This might be a hot take, but let’s just say...there are firms that have a <em>lot </em>fewer PMs than you would expect. And that trend is only going to continue with engineering AI augmentation and the merging of previously separate disciplines.”</p><p>The founder suggests that regardless of any changes AI may be making to engineering, the best engineers tend to care more about the big picture. “For me, personally, I would never hire an engineer who simply <em>doesn’t care</em> about how the user feels about what they’re doing, how it impacts them, where the modules they implement will be used, and the context of it all. Why? You have to care about the layer <em>next door</em>, be that other engineers using your interfaces or the user.”</p><p>“It would be valuable for you, as a back-end engineer, to understand not just what the front-end folks are doing, but <em>why</em> they&#x27;re doing it. And if you understand really well what use case, what job-to-be-done they&#x27;re trying to solve, you can work together much better on actually solving what the user ultimately needs instead of just being given a spec and blindly executing. As an engineer, you&#x27;re not just a coder. You&#x27;re supposed to be a kind of psychologist, thinking about humans whose problems you&#x27;re trying to solve.”</p><blockquote><em>I would never hire an engineer who doesn’t care about how the user feels about what they’re doing. You have to care about the layer next door.” -Alexandr Kurilin, Founder/Double Dusk</em></blockquote><h3>How AI Is Changing Engineering and Product-Based Thinking</h3><p>The founder notes that AI-driven change for software development may be the same change we’ve seen for years. “It’s about moving up the abstraction chain, which is just what computing has been doing for the last century. We’re just trying to give more and more leverage to software developers to worry less about implementation details and go higher up the value chain to get closer to the human problems they&#x27;re trying to solve.”</p><p>“We’re at the beginning of the next evolutionary step: We don&#x27;t care about the implementation details of individual code modules as long as we can verify that these black boxes are doing what we expect them to. If the coding agent can prove through tests and type systems that the module will behave according to spec, we don’t actually need to peer inside. If all of our validations pass, and the agent can keep maintaining that isolated blob of logic in perpetuity, why worry about the internals?</p><p>However, Kurilin notes with interest the rise of the “AI engineer” job title, and what it might mean in the age of LLM-powered products. “On some level, like with a lot of things in Silicon Valley, people are rebranding something already well-established. At one point, and at some companies, ‘AI engineer’ meant an ML <em>and</em> data scientist who moved into more of a product engineering role.”</p><p>“I actually don&#x27;t think that&#x27;s true anymore. I think for some companies that just means a ‘product engineer,’ who mastered how to wrangle LLMs into the product to add useful AI functionality for the end-user. It’s now all about iterating on the optimal prompts, curating evals, context management, tool calling, model selection, caching, cost management and much more.”<br/></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/what-makes-a-good-ai-product-manager">What Makes a “Good” AI Product Manager?</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #51, AI for Best Practices with Soya Park</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-51-ai-for-best-practices-with-soya-park</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Jan 2026 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a24dcd89-1387-401e-ad56-4c409c9751bc</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 51 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers sits down with Soya Park of Akify to explore why an organization’s most valuable knowledge rarely makes it into formal systems. They discuss how leaders make excellent decisions every day without realizing it, and how AI can surface, reinforce, and scale those best practices without disrupting existing workflows.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 51 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers sits down with Soya Park of Akify to explore why an organization’s most valuable knowledge rarely makes it into formal systems. They discuss how leaders make excellent decisions every day without realizing it, and how AI can surface, reinforce, and scale those best practices without disrupting existing workflows.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-51-ai-for-best-practices-with-soya-park">Ep. #51, AI for Best Practices with Soya Park</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #29, Building ASCII Motion with Cameron Foxly</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-29-building-ascii-motion-with-cameron-foxly</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Jan 2026 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f9eddefb-2503-45d1-9767-1b355655b4d9</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 29 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride sit down with Cameron Foxly to talk about ASCII Motion, an open source tool for creating animated ASCII art. Cameron shares how a brand design challenge at GitHub led to his first open source project and how AI tools helped him move from idea to production quickly. The conversation explores developer delight, terminal design, and why taste still matters in an AI-powered world.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 29 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride sit down with Cameron Foxly to talk about ASCII Motion, an open source tool for creating animated ASCII art. Cameron shares how a brand design challenge at GitHub led to his first open source project and how AI tools helped him move from idea to production quickly. The conversation explores developer delight, terminal design, and why taste still matters in an AI-powered world.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-29-building-ascii-motion-with-cameron-foxly">Ep. #29, Building ASCII Motion with Cameron Foxly</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>AI Predictions for 2026</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-predictions-for-2026</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Jan 2026 17:53:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8a617a48-35f7-480c-9b65-ee6c23cab435</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Heavybit’s community members share their predictions for 2026.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>What Lies Ahead for the Year</h2><p>2025 was a year of great expectations for AI, and arguably results that didn&#x27;t quite meet expectations. Will 2026 be the year that AI returns value on all those investments? Will it be the year agents replace software developers? Heavybit’s community of founders, operators, and investors have shared their predictions for 2026: AI, software, and potentially a few slightly less serious subjects.</p><p><em>Interested in joining our community of technical founders and early-stage investors? Join us at <a href="https://luma.com/heavybit">an upcoming community event near you</a>.</em></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/7c01822379d92dfd3e0336d244acb61d6541c9c0-150x150.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/coquinn/">Corey Quinn, Co-Founder / Duckbill</a></h3><p><em>Dropping Soon: The Other Shoe</em></p><p>“In 2026, there’s going to have to be some kind of reckoning in tying <em>AI spend</em> to <em>business value</em> that comes out of it. Because AI is only gonna suspend disbelief for so long before the bill comes due. So when the music stops, you’re probably gonna want to make sure you have a seat.”</p><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/2539f784b634f8ffe9efddd3f66571682c3edd83-150x150.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/phildini/">Philip James, Engineering Manager/Freed</a></h3><p><em>AI Models Go In-House Sooner Than We Think</em></p><p>“I have a longstanding bet on where AI is going: I think we’re going to see more companies start making small models available on their own hardware. I think it’s going to become more important for companies to own their own inference and models and start bringing that in-house instead of relying on the ever-growing foundation models. This might be a contrarian opinion, but I think [foundation models] are going to hit a ceiling just on hardware availability sooner than anybody thinks. So I think it’s going to get more important to bring that knowledge in-house.”</p><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/c887cd1ac1ad2e62bd06f06ec709e4bd63c3ac5e-150x150.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/amir-zohrenejad/">Amir Zohrenejad, Partner/Heavybit</a></h3><p><em>2026: The Year of RL?</em></p><p>“I think reinforcement learning (RL) is going to be big. Working with AI is going to be more about working with post-training learning.”</p><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/813ba663731d6851204b3f947fa4244a7c035ad9-150x150.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/nderjung/">Alexander Jung, Co-Founder/Unikraft</a></h3><p><em>No End in Sight: More AI Deployments, Workloads, and Hardware</em></p><p>“We’re seeing really massive deployments these days. There’s lots of people who are generating content continuously: Workloads, things that are untrusted, and completely ephemeral. That’s going to continue to grow exponentially. We’re also seeing a lot of hardware being built out, which is an indication that [AI] is only going to become more abundant.”</p><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/50768046afd55c817e01988f70fa377e75748746-150x150.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/jedberg/">Jeremy Edberg, CEO/DBOS</a></h3><p><em>AI to Amplify, not Replace Engineers</em></p><p>“Last year, we heard the prediction that ‘all junior engineers are going to be fired and replaced with AI coders.’ That may be starting to come true for some people, but others are realizing the folly of that, and they’re doing the opposite. They’re actually hiring engineers and teaching them how to leverage AI to be <em>better</em>. My biggest concern was that we’d get rid of all the junior engineers and not have any senior engineers in a few years, but I’m hearing that bigger companies are actually hiring juniors out of college. I think in the next year, the AI coders are going to get better. The tools are going to get better. And we’re going to learn how to use them as tools to <em>enhance</em> what we do, not <em>replace</em> what we do.”</p><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/053b22969f317af582d2bea4b9b877c1e3efac7f-150x150.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/danaoshiro/">Dana Oshiro, Partner/Heavybit</a></h3><p><em>Where Should Tech Investors Be Looking This Year?</em></p><p>“In terms of categories, everyone seems to be investing in inference, and as a result, there’s going to be a lot of new startups that we’re going to see on the hardware and edge side, [including] custom chips and advanced architecture.”</p><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/e56fdd98d113c797fe7552d978eeb449bfa3dc58-150x150.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/chadmetcalf/">Chad Metcalf, CEO/Continue</a></h3><p><em>AI: Less About Manual Intervention, More About Being Continuous</em></p><p>“We’ll see doubling down on actual AI use cases that yield some sort of value and [connected] to some sort of ROI. In code tools, that looks like <em>continuous AI</em>. If code goes so much faster, everything after it has to go faster too, and that means it all has to be continuous and a developer can’t intervene <em>every single time</em> there’s attention required.”</p><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/b5bb8f9dd1ea90d49afd400df271f84471620551-150x150.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/pritianka/">Priyanka Sharma, Investor and Startup Advisor</a></h3><p><em>Will AI Transform Front-End Development First?</em></p><p>“My prediction is based on my recent experience building out the Web presence and positioning for my new company. Even though it wasn’t my job, I suddenly got into building it out myself. Initially, we were going to have a very traditional Wordpress implementation (and Wordpress is awesome, by the way!), but one thing led to another, and I was in Cursor building the site out. And it has been such a fun process. And by chance, I saw a conversation about this: Cursor released <a href="https://x.com/leerob/status/1999513884382597485">a post</a> about how they have gone CMS-free. <a href="https://www.sanity.io/blog/you-should-never-build-a-cms">Sanity responded</a> with what I thought was a very thoughtful and smart response. It’s the conclusion I came to myself in building this site: We need a CMS of some kind eventually. So I think the space around front-end development, around static websites...things that are not super-complex when it comes to functionality and how mission-critical they are...<em>that</em> kind of development is going to change dramatically in my opinion.”</p><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/aacfd7a40ae8a0f705bc5c86f0cf0c80aa8159ce-150x150.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/vmelnikova/">Victoria Melnikova, Head of New Business/Evil Martians</a></h3><p><em>AI’s Last Mile Problem...Solved?</em></p><p>“I think AI is going to get more intricate. I’m really looking forward to <em>complete</em> AI pipelines. Right now, it feels like we can get 80% of the way there, but we have to [work manually] to get to 100%. I’m really hopeful that we can resolve this in 2026, and go from scratch to a 100% production-ready state [with AI tools.]”</p><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/fcfbb5e2418485a00bd2b0d2f3a9bce55fd8841e-150x150.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/simonwistow/">Simon Wistow, Co-Founder/Fastly</a></h3><p><em>AI Will Transform Our Lives, But Not Completely</em></p><p>“I think two things are going to start to happen. One, I think we’re going to start to see an interaction between the AI companies and e-commerce companies in the same way we’ve seen between the publishers and the AI companies. We’ll start to see more agentic commerce and the e-commerce space really starting to have to reckon with how buying and zero-click transactions are done. The other thing that might happen is we’re going to start realizing that AI is going to end up more like the Web or the iPhone, in that they have completely transformed our lives and are part of every part of our lives, but...our lives are not completely unrecognizable. I think that’s how AI is going to end up. It’s going to infuse into everything, from kids’ toys to coding to commerce to whatever. But in some ways, our lives won’t be <em>unrecognizable</em>, they’re just going to be <em>enhanced</em>.”</p><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/39f1ccf069fe32467c511c5698fe61aeb6c92247-150x150.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/brianldouglas/">Brian Douglas, DX/Continue</a></h3><p><em>AI? You’ll Need Infrastructure for That</em></p><p>“My prediction for the year is that we’ll see this AI infrastructure wave really take off. Now, we’re going to need all the same tools we built for the last 15-20 years. So [for example], embedded Linux: Think of that for secure and AI runtimes. Things that are now CPU-bound now have to be GPU-bound. I fully anticipate that’s the next thing we should be paying attention to.”</p><p></p><p><em>Agree with these predictions? Disagree? Join us at <a href="https://luma.com/heavybit">our community event</a> and let us know.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-predictions-for-2026">AI Predictions for 2026</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #88, Metrics Are Good, Actually with Charity Majors</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-88-metrics-are-good-actually-with-charity-majors</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Jan 2026 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a1e52ea8-644a-464e-8878-656d4de842a9</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 88 of o11ycast, Ken Rimple and Jessica Kerr speak with Charity Majors about the shifting role of observability in modern software development. From AI-assisted instrumentation to reducing developer cognitive load, the episode examines how teams can move from reactive monitoring to continuous learning. It’s a deep dive into observability as a sense-making practice, not just a tooling problem.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 88 of o11ycast, Ken Rimple and Jessica Kerr speak with Charity Majors about the shifting role of observability in modern software development. From AI-assisted instrumentation to reducing developer cognitive load, the episode examines how teams can move from reactive monitoring to continuous learning. It’s a deep dive into observability as a sense-making practice, not just a tooling problem.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-88-metrics-are-good-actually-with-charity-majors">Ep. #88, Metrics Are Good, Actually with Charity Majors</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>2025: DevTool Industry Year in Review</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/2025-devtool-industry-year-in-review</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jan 2026 20:47:41 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[DevToolsDigest]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6e0371f6-f1d2-47f4-aee6-68688f7a6e1f</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this article, we look back at some of 2025&#x27;s biggest headlines and most popular links from our weekly DevToolsDigest.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>2025 was the year AI stopped being optional. Coding assistants grew up, agents took over roadmaps, and the biggest players made bets measured in the tens of billions.</p><p>Below is our month-by-month recap of the most important headlines from DevToolsDigest... context for where we’ve been and clues for where 2026 may take us.</p><h2>January</h2><ul><li>Microsoft, NVIDIA, and OpenAI announce $500B <a href="https://openai.com/index/announcing-the-stargate-project/">Stargate Project</a></li><li><a href="https://financialpost.com/pmn/business-pmn/why-deepseek-sent-nvidia-other-tech-stocks-tumbling">DeepSeek</a> sends tech stocks tumbling</li><li>Introducing <a href="https://biilmann.blog/articles/introducing-ax/">AX</a>: why agent experience matters </li></ul><h2>February </h2><ul><li>API <a href="https://platformable.com/blog/trend-3-api-consumption">economy trends</a> for 2025</li><li>How AI is <a href="https://www.forbes.com/councils/forbestechcouncil/2025/02/25/how-ai-changes-developers-and-the-code-they-write/">changing developers</a> (and the code they write)</li><li><a href="https://betakit.com/canadian-founded-clay-achieves-unicorn-status-with-57-5-million-raise/">Clay</a> achieves unicorn status with $57.5M raise </li></ul><h2>March</h2><ul><li>Why Google made a <a href="https://www.theverge.com/ai-artificial-intelligence/632167/google-wiz-acquisition-cloud-security-ai">$32B bet</a> on Wiz</li><li><a href="https://www.hashicorp.com/en/blog/hashicorp-officially-joins-the-ibm-family">HashiCorp</a> officially joins the IBM family</li><li>What the heck is <a href="https://pieces.app/blog/mcp">MCP</a> and why is everybody talking about it?</li></ul><h2>April</h2><ul><li><a href="https://news.microsoft.com/source/features/ai/15-milestones-that-shaped-microsofts-vision-for-ai">15 milestones</a> that shaped Microsfot&#x27;s vision for AI</li><li>Shopify CEO manifesto says AI now <a href="https://www.forbes.com/sites/douglaslaney/2025/04/09/selling-ai-strategy-to-employees-shopify-ceos-manifesto/">mandatory</a> for all employees</li><li><a href="https://github.com/humanlayer/12-factor-agents">12-Factor Agents</a>: principles for building reliable LLM applications</li></ul><h2>May</h2><ul><li>Apple&#x27;s famed design leader <a href="https://qz.com/open-ai-jony-ive-sam-altman-chatgpt-devices-apple-1851781779">Jony Ive</a> joins OpenAI</li><li>Emerging <a href="https://a16z.com/nine-emerging-developer-patterns-for-the-ai-era/">developer patterns</a> for the AI era</li><li><a href="https://redis.io/blog/agplv3/">Redis</a> becomes available under the AGPLv3 open source license</li></ul><h2>June</h2><ul><li><a href="https://nadh.in/blog/mcp-seems-viral/">MCP</a> seems viral</li><li>The <a href="https://www.elastic.co/search-labs/blog/mcp-current-state">current state</a> of MCP</li><li>The 2025 <a href="https://www.redpoint.com/infrared/100/">InfraRed 100</a> Report</li></ul><h2>July</h2><ul><li>Figma <a href="https://www.theregister.com/2025/07/01/figma_files_to_go_public">files IPO</a>: mentions AI 150+ times</li><li>Windsurf’s CEO goes to Google; OpenAI’s acquisition <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2025/07/11/windsurfs-ceo-goes-to-google-openais-acquisition-falls-apart/">falls apart</a></li><li>Cursor snaps up Koala in <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2025/07/18/cursor-snaps-up-enterprise-startup-koala-in-challenge-to-github-copilot/">challenge</a> to GitHub Copilot</li></ul><h2>August</h2><ul><li><a href="https://www.ft.com/content/a54fdc4e-dab1-4b50-bcf5-db949c680265">Cohere</a> raises $500M to challenge OpenAI</li><li>95% of generative AI pilots at companies are <a href="https://fortune.com/2025/08/18/mit-report-95-percent-generative-ai-pilots-at-companies-failing-cfo/">failing</a></li><li>Databricks eyes over <a href="https://www.reuters.com/business/databricks-eyes-over-100-billion-valuation-investors-back-ai-growth-plans-2025-08-19/">$100B</a> valuation with AI growth plans</li></ul><h2>September</h2><ul><li>Introducing the <a href="https://blog.modelcontextprotocol.io/posts/2025-09-08-mcp-registry-preview/">MCP Registry</a></li><li>OpenAI acquires <a href="https://www.geekwire.com/2025/openai-acquires-statsig-for-1-1b-names-ceo-to-key-exec-role-in-surprise-exit-for-seattle-area-unicorn/">Statsig</a> for $1.1B</li><li>Snowflake launches <a href="https://www.snowflake.com/en/blog/open-semantic-interchange-ai-standard">Open Semantic Interchange Initiative</a></li></ul><h2>October</h2><ul><li><a href="https://cloud.google.com/blog/products/ai-machine-learning/announcing-the-2025-dora-report">DORA report</a>: state of AI-assisted software development</li><li>Fivetran in <a href="https://siliconangle.com/2025/09/28/report-fivetran-talks-dbt-labs-multibillion-dollar-big-data-merger">talks with</a> dbt Labs</li><li>AI coding tools <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/ai-coding-tools-market-update-where-we-stand-october-2025-matsuoka-p2bie/">market update</a></li></ul><h2>November</h2><ul><li>The state of <a href="https://www.techzine.eu/blogs/applications/136174/the-state-of-cloud-native-computing-in-2025">cloud-native computing</a> in 2025</li><li>Platform for running AI models <a href="https://blog.cloudflare.com/replicate-joins-cloudflare">Replicate</a> joins Cloudflare</li><li>Forget AI regulation, data is the <a href="https://www.distributedthoughts.org/while-everyone-argues-about-ai-regulation-data-is-the-real-wild-west">real wild west</a></li></ul><h2>December</h2><ul><li>Linux Foundation announces the <a href="https://www.linuxfoundation.org/press/linux-foundation-announces-the-formation-of-the-agentic-ai-foundation">Agentic AI Foundation</a></li><li><a href="https://sourcegraph.com/blog/why-sourcegraph-and-amp-are-becoming-independent-companies">Sourcegraph and Amp</a> become independent companies</li><li>Anthropic acquires <a href="https://www.anthropic.com/news/anthropic-acquires-bun-as-claude-code-reaches-usd1b-milestone">Bun</a> as Claude Code reaches $1B milestone</li></ul><p>Have 2025 reflections or 2026 predictions to share? We&#x27;re always taking submissions at <a href="">devtoolsdigest@heavybit.com</a>. If you want the latest dev tools and enterprise software news delivered straight to your inbox, be sure to <a href="https://share.hsforms.com/1_KYaR4lAQm-C8_9H7r4MIwqdoyu">subscribe</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/2025-devtool-industry-year-in-review">2025: DevTool Industry Year in Review</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #6, From Big Data to Curiosity-Driven Insight with Roger Magoulas</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-from-big-data-to-curiosity-driven-insight-with-roger-magoulas</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jan 2026 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1e9568c1-0094-442e-b8fb-73996d1e0ba8</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 6 of Data Renegades, CL Kao and Dori Wilson speak with Roger Magoulas about the real bottlenecks holding data organizations back. From the origins of “big data” to today’s explosion of tools and pipelines, the conversation focuses on why understanding, semantics, and communication matter more than ever. The episode is a call to shift from constant firefighting toward curiosity-driven insight.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 6 of Data Renegades, CL Kao and Dori Wilson speak with Roger Magoulas about the real bottlenecks holding data organizations back. From the origins of “big data” to today’s explosion of tools and pipelines, the conversation focuses on why understanding, semantics, and communication matter more than ever. The episode is a call to shift from constant firefighting toward curiosity-driven insight.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-from-big-data-to-curiosity-driven-insight-with-roger-magoulas">Ep. #6, From Big Data to Curiosity-Driven Insight with Roger Magoulas</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #5, The Identity Crisis of BI with Benn Stancil</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-the-identity-crisis-of-bi-with-benn-stancil</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Dec 2025 11:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">37b87908-2332-41ca-9d7c-91612444f2b3</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 5 of Data Renegades, CL Kao and Dori Wilson sit down with Benn Stancil to explore how data tools evolve, and sometimes lose their identity. Benn shares lessons from building Mode, the risks of drifting from an opinionated product vision, and why most companies struggle to turn data into meaningful decisions. The conversation also dives into the future of BI in a world increasingly shaped by AI and unstructured data.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 5 of Data Renegades, CL Kao and Dori Wilson sit down with Benn Stancil to explore how data tools evolve, and sometimes lose their identity. Benn shares lessons from building Mode, the risks of drifting from an opinionated product vision, and why most companies struggle to turn data into meaningful decisions. The conversation also dives into the future of BI in a world increasingly shaped by AI and unstructured data.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-the-identity-crisis-of-bi-with-benn-stancil">Ep. #5, The Identity Crisis of BI with Benn Stancil</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #48, Unpacking Software Supply Chain Security with Justin Cappos</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-48-unpacking-software-supply-chain-security-with-justin-cappos</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Dec 2025 10:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">28336286-d054-4d18-9944-9f154dd27ed2</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 48 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot sit down with Justin Cappos, professor at NYU and a pioneer in software supply chain security. They explore the origins of modern package manager security, the real-world limits of SBOMs, and why systems should be designed assuming compromise. The conversation spans CNCF governance, in-toto, TUF, Git security, and the emerging role of AI in securing software.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 48 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot sit down with Justin Cappos, professor at NYU and a pioneer in software supply chain security. They explore the origins of modern package manager security, the real-world limits of SBOMs, and why systems should be designed assuming compromise. The conversation spans CNCF governance, in-toto, TUF, Git security, and the emerging role of AI in securing software.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-48-unpacking-software-supply-chain-security-with-justin-cappos">Ep. #48, Unpacking Software Supply Chain Security with Justin Cappos</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #87, Augmented Coding Patterns with Lada Kesseler</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-87-augmented-coding-patterns-with-lada-kesseler</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Dec 2025 08:35:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e112f5e6-ff93-4e6c-a3a7-2a68a59636a4</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 87 of o11ycast, Ken Rimple and Jessica Kerr sit down with Lada Kesseler to explore how experienced engineers can work effectively with AI coding assistants. They discuss why AI feels like a fast, noisy black box, and how patterns like semantic zooming, feedback loops, testing, and observability can help developers stay in control. This episode is a deep dive into using AI without sacrificing clarity, quality, or trust.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 87 of o11ycast, Ken Rimple and Jessica Kerr sit down with Lada Kesseler to explore how experienced engineers can work effectively with AI coding assistants. They discuss why AI feels like a fast, noisy black box, and how patterns like semantic zooming, feedback loops, testing, and observability can help developers stay in control. This episode is a deep dive into using AI without sacrificing clarity, quality, or trust.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-87-augmented-coding-patterns-with-lada-kesseler">Ep. #87, Augmented Coding Patterns with Lada Kesseler</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #28, 2025: Year In Review</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-28-2025-year-in-review</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Dec 2025 09:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f9b09a1d-2094-4def-bc83-b63c35421ee2</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 28 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride reflect on the biggest themes that shaped open source and AI in 2025. From sustainability and security to MCPs, agents, and infrastructure, they revisit key conversations with guests and unpack how the industry evolved over the year. The episode closes with bold predictions for what 2026 may bring for developers, maintainers, and open source communities.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 28 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride reflect on the biggest themes that shaped open source and AI in 2025. From sustainability and security to MCPs, agents, and infrastructure, they revisit key conversations with guests and unpack how the industry evolved over the year. The episode closes with bold predictions for what 2026 may bring for developers, maintainers, and open source communities.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-28-2025-year-in-review">Ep. #28, 2025: Year In Review</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #50, Defense Against Deepfakes with Joshua McKenty</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-50-defense-against-deepfakes-with-joshua-mckenty</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Dec 2025 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4367e23e-caa9-48a1-9475-898638c13cc8</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 50 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers sits down with Joshua McKenty to unpack how AI-driven scams, deepfakes, and identity fraud are already reshaping our digital lives. From scam factories and nation-state actors to broken trust infrastructure, Josh explains why authenticity is the core problem, and what it will take to fix it. The conversation spans cybersecurity, public policy, and the future of human trust in an AI-saturated world.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 50 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers sits down with Joshua McKenty to unpack how AI-driven scams, deepfakes, and identity fraud are already reshaping our digital lives. From scam factories and nation-state actors to broken trust infrastructure, Josh explains why authenticity is the core problem, and what it will take to fix it. The conversation spans cybersecurity, public policy, and the future of human trust in an AI-saturated world.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-50-defense-against-deepfakes-with-joshua-mckenty">Ep. #50, Defense Against Deepfakes with Joshua McKenty</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #27, Rethinking AI Evals with Adam Hevenor</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-27-rethinking-ai-evals-with-adam-hevenor</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Dec 2025 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">93400ad8-516b-40a0-9ccc-569136730161</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 27 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride speak with Adam Hevenor, creator of Vibecheck. Together they explore the fundamentals of evals, how teams can run structured experiments across model variations, and why cost-efficient design matters more than ever. Adam also offers grounded perspectives on MCP adoption, Claude Skills, and the economics shaping today’s AI tooling ecosystem.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 27 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride speak with Adam Hevenor, creator of Vibecheck. Together they explore the fundamentals of evals, how teams can run structured experiments across model variations, and why cost-efficient design matters more than ever. Adam also offers grounded perspectives on MCP adoption, Claude Skills, and the economics shaping today’s AI tooling ecosystem.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-27-rethinking-ai-evals-with-adam-hevenor">Ep. #27, Rethinking AI Evals with Adam Hevenor</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Combining Context Engineering With Lightweight Compute</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/combining-context-engineering-with-lightweight-compute</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Dec 2025 16:44:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[LLM]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Edge Computing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Context Engineering]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8269e6d5-d6aa-4414-86c7-ac5030ee646f</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>What happens when you combine fast natural language processing tools with a lightweight compute framework? WordLlama creator Lee Miller explains.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>Making Semantic Text Management Lightweight</h2><p>Much has been written about the ability of large language models (LLMs) to spin up large amounts of text, and still more is being written about how an overreliance on AI-generated text might do <a href="https://hbr.org/2025/09/ai-generated-workslop-is-destroying-productivity">more harm than good</a>. However, natural language processing (NLP) is a core part of the functionality of LLMs.</p><p>AI models require strong semantic text management capabilities to clearly understand natural-language prompts and to return accurate, intelligible responses. While training massive models can be compute intensive, it’s also possible to build lightweight NLP tools optimized to run on CPU, like <a href="https://github.com/dleemiller/WordLlama">WordLlama</a>. The project’s creator, physics researcher-turned-data-scientist and engineer <a href="https://github.com/dleemiller/WordLlama">Lee Miller</a> explains.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/6ebb0e9cd0acf28f53ac8b5e6c983a761062edcd-1024x1021.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em><a href="https://github.com/dleemiller/WordLlama">WordLlama</a> is a lightweight NLP toolkit designed to run on CPU compute.</em></p><h2>Tackling Token Economics and Training Costs With Embedding</h2><p>Miller explains that the project came about from a few observations: One, that embedding packages for word embeddings for models with moderately large, million-word vocabularies can add up to a huge data footprint; and two, that LLMs use much smaller token-level vocabularies but are trained on trillions of tokens, forming strong semantic representations, useful for many NLP tasks. </p><p>Miller suggests his priorities were about making a project that was both as lightweight and as performant as possible. “I wanted to make sure the project didn’t have a lot of dependencies, such as requiring users to install <a href="https://pytorch.org/">PyTorch</a>. Those can be pretty big packages that add a lot of compute overhead, especially if you’re considering any form of <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Attention_(machine_learning)">attention</a>.”</p><p>“So I had to consider: How simple can we make the operations of doing a <a href="https://www.semantic-mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Sorting"><em>semantic sorting</em></a> technique? In other words, can we call a sort operation on a list of strings but do it semantically (by word meaning) rather than alphabetically?” The creator explains that his goal was to avoid deep learning interfaces with high overhead altogether, converting everything into minimal formats like <a href="https://numpy.org/doc/stable/user/whatisnumpy.html">NumPy</a> and <a href="https://huggingface.co/docs/safetensors/en/index">Safetensors</a> instead.</p><h2>Getting NLP Projects to Work in Low-Compute Environments</h2><p>Miller suggests that at least for the time being, there’s a stark difference between LLM projects built for CPU compute and those built for GPU. “If you start looking into GPU compute for your projects, it doesn&#x27;t make sense to do things that are this lightweight anymore. It&#x27;s a completely different area of computing altogether.”</p><p>The creator explains that in some ways, his goal was more about optimizing for low-compute operations rather than top-of-the-line performance. “Quite honestly, the model I’m using isn’t necessarily the best way to do what this library does, but it can do what it was designed to do without all the overhead that a lot of the bigger models require.”</p><h2>Lightweight NLP and Semantic Text Management Use Cases</h2><p>For example, WordLlama can perform fuzzy de-duplication, finding and removing two text strings that may be similar but differ in unanticipated ways, such as different versions of the same customer or lead across a startup’s sales records. “You could do a great job with a cross encoder or another transformer model–but there are other use cases that don’t need all that horsepower.”</p><p>The creator notes that users apply the project with <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Retrieval-augmented_generation">RAG</a> systems to process small text snippets for list sorting, or other data processing-related tasks, such as fuzzy deduplication, text clustering, or semantic text splitting by way of fuzzy matching, such as for sorting semantically similar custom survey responses.</p><p>“The idea is to add that little bit of a semantic layer to all the different Python operations that you might want to run in order to tease things out based on their semantic meaning, rather than the physical structure of the text string.”</p><blockquote><em>Having really lightweight tools can be important in a lot of applications where all you really need is to do something semantically relevant to your LLM interaction. Ultimately, it’s another tool in your toolbox for helping you get good outputs from your LLM.” Lee Miller, Creator/WordLlama</em></blockquote><h2>The Future Value of NLP and Lightweight Compute</h2><p>“One thing that I&#x27;ve found working with LLMs is that the more that you start doing with NLP, the more that you need a variety of tooling to help you utilize it effectively,” Miller notes. “Anything from ways to evaluate a model’s output to ways to provide the right context (or what I guess is now called <a href="https://www.datacamp.com/blog/context-engineering"><em>context engineering</em></a>)...these things determine what should go into the model on your next inference turn.”</p><p>The creator suggests that working with NLP use cases has also underscored the tradeoffs between relying on lightweight vs. heavyweight compute. “You might want to make different choices based on your application performance needs. LLM inference isn’t the fastest thing in the world, and you don’t want additional latency where you don’t necessarily need it.”</p><p>“It can come down to whether someone is using an LLM from their laptop to do context engineering, or some evaluation on the output. If they don’t have a GPU on their computer, do they really want to have to go load up something externally on GPU hardware just to do some basic semantic work on their inputs or outputs?”</p><p>“Having really lightweight tools can be important in a lot of applications where all you really need is to do something semantically relevant to your LLM interaction. Ultimately, it’s another tool in your toolbox for helping you get good outputs from your LLM. Otherwise, there’s a lot of opportunities in terms of efficiency and performance, where you don&#x27;t necessarily want to throw the whole kitchen sink at the LLM, and can easily weed out things that might not be relevant for the context. And that&#x27;s really where the context engineering piece comes in.”</p><h2>How Founders Should Think About NLP and Future Developments</h2><p>Miller cautions founders to beware the hidden costs of going straight to top-of-the-line LLMs. “There can be a tendency to go with the biggest model you can get, with the highest accuracy you can find, to try to head straight to the very top end of things.”</p><p>“But along the way, there&#x27;s a lot of decisions you can make around prioritizing the information you put into your models that can really benefit the accuracy and improve your outputs as well. I’d advise teams to look into even some basic context engineering, or semantic splitting to filter out things you aren&#x27;t going to want to put in your context.”</p><p>“These are what I might call ‘NLP-lite’ tasks. Depending on your use case, you don&#x27;t necessarily need anything too heavy-duty for a lot of those in terms of models and compute. But looking into a package like this can really help with improving inputs to your LLM. So if you&#x27;re working on building with AI, it’s a good idea to keep in mind that token input cost is only part of the picture. You can use context engineering to both reduce input costs and improve outputs by targeting more relevant information.&quot;</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/combining-context-engineering-with-lightweight-compute">Combining Context Engineering With Lightweight Compute</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #49, Dumpster Phoenix with Denise Koessler Gosnell and Kathryn Erickson</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-49-dumpster-phoenix-with-denise-koessler-gosnell-and-kathryn-erickson</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Dec 2025 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c0184d5b-934b-4912-abd5-e0de50f10e56</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 49 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers sits down with Denise Koessler Gosnell and Kathryn Erickson to unpack their new book <em>Tech Confidential</em>. Together they explore burnout, leadership, motivation, and the surprising ways our emotional wiring shapes tech culture. It’s a candid, deeply human conversation about transforming toxic systems into something resilient, sustainable, and even joyful.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 49 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers sits down with Denise Koessler Gosnell and Kathryn Erickson to unpack their new book <em>Tech Confidential</em>. Together they explore burnout, leadership, motivation, and the surprising ways our emotional wiring shapes tech culture. It’s a candid, deeply human conversation about transforming toxic systems into something resilient, sustainable, and even joyful.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-49-dumpster-phoenix-with-denise-koessler-gosnell-and-kathryn-erickson">Ep. #49, Dumpster Phoenix with Denise Koessler Gosnell and Kathryn Erickson</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #4, Streaming Made Practical with Micah Wylde</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-streaming-made-practical-with-micah-wylde</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Dec 2025 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a960549b-969f-40bf-a683-2e6208741937</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 4 of Data Renegades, CL Kao and Dori Wilson sit down with Micah Wylde. They trace his journey from building fraud detection at Sift Science to architecting massive real-time systems at Lyft and ultimately founding Arroyo. In this conversation, Micah breaks down the real complexity of streaming systems, why schema evolution is still the hardest challenge in data, and where the industry might move over the next five years.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 4 of Data Renegades, CL Kao and Dori Wilson sit down with Micah Wylde. They trace his journey from building fraud detection at Sift Science to architecting massive real-time systems at Lyft and ultimately founding Arroyo. In this conversation, Micah breaks down the real complexity of streaming systems, why schema evolution is still the hardest challenge in data, and where the industry might move over the next five years.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-streaming-made-practical-with-micah-wylde">Ep. #4, Streaming Made Practical with Micah Wylde</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Data Serialization Improves AI Token Economics</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/toon-how-data-serialization-improves-ai-token-economics</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Dec 2025 20:18:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[LLM]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[LLM Token]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">968475d8-dcaa-4da0-902d-d39c913036a3</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>TOON creator Johann Schopplich explains how better data formatting means better AI token economics, which isn’t the only thing for startup founders to consider.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>How Better Data Formatting Affects Dollars and Cents in AI</h2><p>Text-based large language models (LLMs) process whatever text a user inputs as a prompt in <a href="https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/ai/conceptual/understanding-tokens"><em>token</em></a>-based intervals. Each token is effectively a text-based unit of measurement (not necessarily an individual word) for how much <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Large_language_model#Attention_mechanism_and_context_window"><em>context</em></a> a model must process in a prompt to generate a response.</p><p><em>“What’s the best way to debug this recurring 500 error when customers place orders in my e-commerce system that includes inventory management, order processing, and payment processing apps?”</em> has significantly more tokens to process than <em>“What’s a good TV show on Thursdays?”</em></p><p>Longer queries with more text mean higher risk of <a href="https://x.com/simonw/status/1935478180443472340"><em>context rot</em></a>, a reduction in response quality as the context window gets larger and larger. They also mean incurring higher token costs to process prompts that are longer, potentially not efficiently optimized, or request complex multi-step tasks.</p><p>Vendors and researchers continue to work on making AI model operations cheaper by streamlining hardware-based compute usage for processes like training, fine-tuning, and inference. But there are real gains to be made on the prompting side as well. The popular open-source <a href="https://toonformat.dev/">TOON project</a> encodes the JSON data model in a more-compact text format that’s readable for humans and LLMs and efficiently conserves token budgets.</p><p>However, there’s more to building good AI applications than pinching pennies on tokens, as creator and self-taught engineer <a href="https://johannschopplich.com/en">Johann Schopplich</a> explains.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/6ebcd6555f40a79812246cf545eaa4a48f199197-1600x840.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>TOON is a data serialization format that’s human- and LLM-readable. Image courtesy Johann Schopplich and <a href="https://github.com/toon-format/toon">GitHub</a></em></p><h2>Making JSON Human-Readable (and LLM-Readable)</h2><p>The TOON project came from a need to conserve tokens for an extremely specific, text-heavy use case that required interfacing with human editors as well as with LLMs. Specifically, Schopplich’s team at the time needed to manage a daily stream of news updates for an economic and political podcast.</p><p>The creator explains, “CSV tables are pretty efficient and LLMs are trained on them, so in terms of efficiency, you can’t really top them. But we had a very specific use case for a media company that needed to read different RSS feeds from around the world. We needed to give the editorial team the scraped content from the feeds, and while we always had the idea of the team prompting with AI, we wanted to inject our aggregated data into the prompt first.”</p><p>“That’s why raw JSON wasn’t really an option. It wasn’t readable for newsroom editors, and it wasn’t really token-efficient, because JSON often <a href="https://stackoverflow.com/questions/21832701/does-json-syntax-allow-duplicate-keys-in-an-object">repeats the same keys</a> over and over. CSV tables are compact but flat-only and don’t handle nested data. YAML is human-friendly, but its flexibility and looser structure make it harder to validate and less predictable for LLM prompts.”</p><p>“So, keeping JSON’s data model, but designing a more-compact, deterministic representation on top of it, made the most sense.” TOON emerged as a way to both conserve tokens while also being workable for a non-technical editorial team.</p><p>In addition to saving tokens and being readable for a wider audience, TOON’s headers act as a kind of guardrail for LLM processing. “I think that’s another key feature: It’s token-efficient for tabular data. Like CSV, TOON declares field names in a header row. But it also adds an explicit length header for the number of rows.”</p><p>Providing both a field list and a numbered length header gives LLMs the ability to understand how many columns and rows are in a table, which would let a team quickly and accurately gauge how many news stories came in from specific regions, for example. The creator notes that in <a href="https://toonformat.dev/guide/benchmarks">benchmarks</a> across 11 datasets and 4 LLMs, TOON achieved about 73.9% accuracy versus JSON’s 69.7%, while using roughly 40% fewer tokens.</p><h2>Extending JSON-Based Serialization Beyond Prompting</h2><p>“The idea was not necessarily to create something completely new that LLMs don&#x27;t understand. That&#x27;s why it borrows syntax from YAML and the CSV-esque header structure. It feels familiar for LLMs and often performs best when you give [your LLM] a short primer.” The creator notes that there are already official and community implementations in TypeScript/JavaScript, Python, Rust, Go, Java, .NET, Dart, and more.</p><p>“If people use the encoder for the [programming] language they are most familiar with, then they can provide an encoder for non-technical people, so to speak. The structure of TOON is pretty readable; once a non-technical viewer glances at it, they can usually understand the structure.”</p><p>Schopplich notes that the project is apparently providing gains in unexpected ways. “Some people have reached out to me about how they store TOON instead of JSON in their vector database, saving space (and later token cost) when they re-inject that data into LLMs. It’s not what the project was intended for, but why not? I’ve also seen people replacing their JSON encoding function to just TOON encoding. That was another idea behind the project: To be a drop-in replacement for the JSON you’d otherwise send to LLMs.”</p><p>“If you have data in your storage and you retrieve it, and send this data encoded to your LLM, you don&#x27;t have to think about which parts of the data should be in YAML, and which should be in tabular CSV format. You can just use the TOON encoder and you are pretty much good to go. That&#x27;s also one of the main ideas for the project: To keep the holistic structure that JSON provides, just in a different format.”</p><blockquote><em>Token reduction is one thing, but accuracy of data retrieval is another.” -Johann Schopplich, Creator/TOON</em></blockquote><h2>How AI Startup Founders Should Think About Token Economics</h2><p>In terms of understanding token economics for startups, Schopplich concedes that founder life isn’t easy. Yes, cash-strapped startup founders, concerned about dwindling runway, may fixate on their product’s token economics, but it could be at the overall cost of product quality and overall user experience.</p><p>“Token reduction is one thing, but accuracy of data retrieval is another. Or, maybe we can reduce a piece of content into very small tokens, but the LLM takes a lot of time to process it [introducing unexpected latency]. One of the goals of the TOON project was to not compromise on accuracy. The accuracy per 1,000 tokens is actually on par with JSON, if not better because we have the length header as a guardrail.”</p><p>“So by all means, benchmark end-to-end. But not just the tokens you save. Also measure <a href="https://docs.nvidia.com/nim/benchmarking/llm/latest/metrics.html">Time to First Tokens (TTFT)</a>: How long it takes for the LLM to start responding at all.” In other words, cost-conscious founders who overindex on minimizing token costs to save budget may end up with a product that is so laggy, or so inaccurate, or both, <em>that no customer even wants it, regardless.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/toon-how-data-serialization-improves-ai-token-economics">How Data Serialization Improves AI Token Economics</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #48, Trusting AI with Sarah Novotny</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-48-trusting-ai-with-sarah-novotny</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Nov 2025 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">67faa94d-abd3-40ee-96ec-60f86c09f958</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 48 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers speaks with Sarah Novotny. They dig into why AI models fall short of true creativity, how the tech industry drifted into extractive incentives, and what real security and accountability might look like at scale. Sarah highlights lessons from Kubernetes, open source ecosystems, and political science to propose a more trustworthy technological future.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 48 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers speaks with Sarah Novotny. They dig into why AI models fall short of true creativity, how the tech industry drifted into extractive incentives, and what real security and accountability might look like at scale. Sarah highlights lessons from Kubernetes, open source ecosystems, and political science to propose a more trustworthy technological future.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-48-trusting-ai-with-sarah-novotny">Ep. #48, Trusting AI with Sarah Novotny</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #3, Building Tools That Shape Data with Maxime Beauchemin</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-building-tools-that-shape-data-with-maxime-beauchemin</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Nov 2025 08:20:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ed588452-7856-4211-abd8-09d770dd2e1f</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 3 of Data Renegades, CL Kao and Dori Wilson sit down with Maxime Beauchemin. They explore the origins of Airflow and Superset, the evolution of open source in the data ecosystem, and how today’s tooling reshapes the role of the data practitioner. Max also shares a forward-looking perspective on agentic workflows and how AI is accelerating everything from BI to pipeline development.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 3 of Data Renegades, CL Kao and Dori Wilson sit down with Maxime Beauchemin. They explore the origins of Airflow and Superset, the evolution of open source in the data ecosystem, and how today’s tooling reshapes the role of the data practitioner. Max also shares a forward-looking perspective on agentic workflows and how AI is accelerating everything from BI to pipeline development.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-building-tools-that-shape-data-with-maxime-beauchemin">Ep. #3, Building Tools That Shape Data with Maxime Beauchemin</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #2, Data Journalism Unleashed with Simon Willison</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-data-journalism-unleashed-with-simon-willison</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Nov 2025 08:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e41225e9-ac3f-4605-a077-5bac12f0a5a5</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 2 of Data Renegades, CL Kao and Dori Wilson speak with Simon Willison. Together they dive into the origins of Datasette, the evolution of data journalism, and the surprising ways open source tools shape global reporting. Simon also explains how LLM-based agents will redefine data cleaning, enrichment, and analysis. A must-listen for anyone building or scaling data teams.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 2 of Data Renegades, CL Kao and Dori Wilson speak with Simon Willison. Together they dive into the origins of Datasette, the evolution of data journalism, and the surprising ways open source tools shape global reporting. Simon also explains how LLM-based agents will redefine data cleaning, enrichment, and analysis. A must-listen for anyone building or scaling data teams.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-data-journalism-unleashed-with-simon-willison">Ep. #2, Data Journalism Unleashed with Simon Willison</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #26, The Economics of AI Coding with Quinn Slack</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-26-the-economics-of-ai-coding-with-quinn-slack</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Nov 2025 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3da30fab-95d0-49dc-870a-c34423d1eb02</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 26 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride sit down with Quinn Slack. They explore how Sourcegraph built Amp, why unconstrained coding agents represent a major shift, and why AI economics make traditional SaaS pricing impossible. Quinn also breaks down the rise of open source models, the future of developer tooling, and why ads might be the key to making AI accessible to everyone.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 26 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride sit down with Quinn Slack. They explore how Sourcegraph built Amp, why unconstrained coding agents represent a major shift, and why AI economics make traditional SaaS pricing impossible. Quinn also breaks down the rise of open source models, the future of developer tooling, and why ads might be the key to making AI accessible to everyone.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-26-the-economics-of-ai-coding-with-quinn-slack">Ep. #26, The Economics of AI Coding with Quinn Slack</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #1, Introducing Data Renegades</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-introducing-data-renegades</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Sat, 22 Nov 2025 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9e6850cd-9b77-4afd-aba6-9c309f968503</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this debut episode of Data Renegades, CL Kao and Dori Wilson dive into the unconventional paths that led them into developer tools, civic tech, and machine learning systems. CL recounts his experience building early open source infrastructure, mobilizing communities through data transparency projects, and now shaping how we design software around LLMs. This episode sets the tone for the show’s mission: celebrating builders who redefine the boundaries of what tools can do.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this debut episode of Data Renegades, CL Kao and Dori Wilson dive into the unconventional paths that led them into developer tools, civic tech, and machine learning systems. CL recounts his experience building early open source infrastructure, mobilizing communities through data transparency projects, and now shaping how we design software around LLMs. This episode sets the tone for the show’s mission: celebrating builders who redefine the boundaries of what tools can do.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-introducing-data-renegades">Ep. #1, Introducing Data Renegades</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #25, Death of the Web Browser with Rachel-Lee Nabors</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-25-death-of-the-web-browser-with-rachel-lee-nabors</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 Nov 2025 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">556e5dc3-ddf3-4491-9100-7dfaa7d1be4e</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 25 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John sit down with Rachel-Lee Nabors. They explore how AI agents are reshaping the web, from the decline of traditional browsers to the rise of agentic experiences powered by small language models and MCPs. Rachel-Lee explains why advertising models are collapsing and why the next web may depend on direct payments and open source innovation.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 25 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John sit down with Rachel-Lee Nabors. They explore how AI agents are reshaping the web, from the decline of traditional browsers to the rise of agentic experiences powered by small language models and MCPs. Rachel-Lee explains why advertising models are collapsing and why the next web may depend on direct payments and open source innovation.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-25-death-of-the-web-browser-with-rachel-lee-nabors">Ep. #25, Death of the Web Browser with Rachel-Lee Nabors</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #47, The Tech Bros with Milette Gillow and Sedinam Simpson</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-47-the-tech-bros-with-milette-gillow-and-sedinam-simpson</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Nov 2025 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b4e46552-66c0-424e-9420-9f4faf50f9c8</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 47 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers chats with Dr. Milette Gillow and Sedinam Simpson, co-founders of The Tech Bros, about their mission to make tech more inclusive and inventive. They unpack lessons from their first accelerator cohort, debate the future of AI, and share what it takes to build confidence and community in an evolving industry.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 47 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers chats with Dr. Milette Gillow and Sedinam Simpson, co-founders of The Tech Bros, about their mission to make tech more inclusive and inventive. They unpack lessons from their first accelerator cohort, debate the future of AI, and share what it takes to build confidence and community in an evolving industry.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-47-the-tech-bros-with-milette-gillow-and-sedinam-simpson">Ep. #47, The Tech Bros with Milette Gillow and Sedinam Simpson</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Language as Proxy for Taste</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/programming-languages-in-the-age-of-ai</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Nov 2025 17:33:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Programming Languages]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Coding Assistants]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Code Generation]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">804954e9-5942-46f0-8e19-4baf1977ecbe</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Heavybit partner Amir Zohrenejad explores what a developer&#x27;s choice of language says about them...and what will change when all code is AI generated.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Most developers agree that code will be increasingly written by agents. If that’s true, then familiarity with a specific programming language&#x27;s ecosystem will stop being a criteria for hiring software developers.</p><p>I ran this idea past a few friends who have hired lots of software engineers, and they disagreed.</p><p>The theme that kept coming up: The clearest window into an engineer’s taste is the language they build in.</p><p>Every language carries its own ethos, a philosophy of how software should be written. A Python developer values readability. A Rust developer values discipline and efficiency.</p><p>These preferences aren’t trivial. They reveal how someone thinks. It’s the kind of craftsmanship they aspire to as a builder. The languages you’ve built in signal who you want to be as an engineer. Like the stickers on your laptop, they tell your story before you even open it to show a demo.</p><h2>Beautiful Craftsmanship</h2><p>Every programming language encodes a set of values. Spend enough time building in one, and those values shape your sense of taste. What you optimize for, what you tolerate, and what you find ugly.</p><p>When engineering managers talk about “culture fit,” they’re often circling this idea: Does this person’s taste align with how we build things here?</p><h2>Enough Talk. Let&#x27;s Look at Code</h2><p>Two snippets that count the frequency of words in a string: one in Python, one in Rust:</p><p></p><p><em>from collections import Counter<br/><br/>def word_count(text):<br/>    words = text.lower().split()<br/>    return Counter(words)</em></p><p></p><p>It’s beautiful because it looks like pseudo-code. A non-programmer could read it and get the gist. It trusts the standard library instead of reinventing the wheel, confident that the built-ins are good enough.</p><p></p><p><em>use std::collections::HashMap;<br/><br/>fn word_count(text: &amp;str) -&gt; HashMap&lt;String, usize&gt; {<br/>    let mut counts = HashMap::new();<br/>    for word in text.to_lowercase().split_whitespace() {<br/>        *counts.entry(word.to_string()).or_insert(0) += 1;<br/>    }<br/>    counts<br/>}</em></p><p></p><p>Every allocation is explicit. Resource usage is tightly controlled. Nothing is left to chance.</p><p>Sure, these are toy examples. Python and Rust were built for different kinds of work. In the craftsmanship analogy, it’s more like comparing wood to bronze than comparing two statues. But the point stands: each carries a worldview about how things <em>should</em> be built.</p><h2>So What?</h2><p>When a team lead looks at the languages a developer has built in, they’re not just gauging how productive that person will be. They’re trying to understand the tribe that person identifies with, and whether it matches the tribe the company is building.</p><p>That tribe says more than knowledge of a library, linter rule, or test framework ever could.</p><p>In a world where AI systems can translate ideas into code across any language, taste becomes the more important filter for choosing teammates.</p><p>Programming languages may fade into invisible layers between us and our agents. But their ethos will outlive them. They’ve been quietly training us all along. Not in how to write code, but in what we find beautiful.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/programming-languages-in-the-age-of-ai">Language as Proxy for Taste</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Founders at Scale</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/founders-at-scale</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Nov 2025 11:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Founder]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Startups]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Thought Leadership]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Executive Coaching]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Entrepreneurship]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Fundraising]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">07624ab6-d0ef-455e-8794-855a68c4ca65</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this DevGuild: Founder Fundamentals finale panel, three exceptional founders—Edith Harbaugh, Rajoshi Ghosh, and David Crawshaw—settle in for a discussion about their own journeys from ideas, to category leaders. They unpack some of the most critical moments of change each experienced as founders, how they honed their skills marketing and selling their technical products, and how they as individuals, their roles as leaders, and their organizations at large have evolved to meet every new challenge. This isn’t a highlight reel, it’s an honest reflection on what it takes to lead a market-defining startup.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Approach Multi-Agent Frameworks</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-approach-multi-agent-frameworks</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Nov 2025 17:14:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[AI Agents]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[LLM]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Software Architecture]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ae075065-43df-410f-87a9-622a362c3e2c</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Multi-agent frameworks have potential for a variety of use cases. Researcher Salah Alzu’bi explains.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>What Goes Into Multi-Agent Orchestration</h2><p><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Intelligent_agent"><em>AI agents</em></a> are autonomous systems which take action independent of regular human intervention. AI startups have been exploring agentic functionality for some time by way of <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Agentic_AI"><em>agentic workflows</em></a> that utilize agents to sequentially execute steps in a pre-defined process.</p><p>However, to scale their AI programs, organizations are experimenting with <a href="https://www.ibm.com/think/topics/ai-agent-orchestration"><em>agentic orchestration</em></a>, the process of managing multiple agents as each one executes its tasks. As one founder puts it, having multiple agents under the hood may turn engineering into a <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/local-first-development">multiplayer discipline</a> that doesn’t just emphasize human-to-human collaboration, but also requires simultaneous human-in-the-loop oversight of AI agents for a variety of use cases.</p><p>We discussed the potential of multi-agentic orchestration with researcher <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/salahalzubi/">Salah Alzu’bi</a>, who currently works on the open-source orchestration project <a href="https://github.com/sentient-agi/ROMA/">ROMA</a>.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/3c1138d2dc8cee4c4c28c1fbe18b4d86002d4657-1600x516.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Researcher Salah Alzu’bi discusses multi-agent systems. Image courtesy <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ghoYOq1bSE4">Open AGI Summit</a>.</em></p><h2>Approaching Multi-Agent Architecture</h2><p>Alzu’bi explains that the project arose from a need to provide a common framework for multi-agent communication. “For example, deep research is a common multi-agent use case. And one project might take the approach of having a search agent that grabs a few queries, then extracts information, then has a verifier tell it what it’s missing, and loops again, while another repo might have a different system entirely.”</p><p>Alzu’bi suggests the ROMA project was born in part from the need to benchmark which frameworks had better performance and scaled better. To do so, the team needed to choose how it would assign tasks to agents for execution, which include common strategies like:</p><h3>Flat Decomposition</h3><p>Operating agents at the same level of abstraction without any hierarchical separation. Flat decomposition systems are used in distributed sensor networks and swarm robotics as they benefit from greater flexibility and generally not having a single point of failure. However, they’ll often have higher overhead for coordination.</p><h3>Graph-Based Decomposition</h3><p>A system that represents tasks and dependencies as a graph, within which agents handle nodes or subgraphs. Graph-based is used in task-and-motion-planning systems for robots as they can support complex dependencies and are a good fit for distributed optimization. However, graph-based systems tend to require in-depth dependency tracking.</p><h3>Plan-/Goal-Based Decomposition</h3><p>This system focuses on agents achieving goals rather than pre-defined subtasks, breaking down high-level goals into plans. It’s used in goal-conditioned reinforcement learning as it can adapt well to changing environments, but can require significant planning overhead and strong reasoning capabilities.</p><h3>Hierarchical Decomposition</h3><p>A hierarchical system breaks down tasks into a clearly-defined, tree-like structure of subtasks. This system is used in areas like automated workflows and human-AI collaboration as it can scale better and offer improved reusability, though it can have issues with improper task specification if agents get confused about their precise role.</p><p>The team settled on a <em>hierarchical decomposition</em>, utilizing a framework specifically designed to avoid task specification issues by breaking subtasks into three clear categories: Think, write, or search. “The idea is to use a meta-agent framework with recursive recursive hierarchical decomposition, which is what we feel is the most natural, intuitive way to think of these multi-agent systems.”</p><h2>Architecture Choices: Context Rot, Parallelization, Hierarchy</h2><p>“We were mostly inspired by Professor <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/jürgen-schmidhuber-39226872/">Jürgen Schmidhuber</a>’s <a href="https://arxiv.org/abs/2503.08275">paper on recursive decomposition for long-form generation</a>. The idea is to recursively break down tasks, which is a very natural way to think about executing tasks in sequence.” The researcher offers an analogy to hierarchical delegation within companies: CEOs toss an important contract to VPs, who break down the project into subtasks for different teams, though the approach has other technical benefits.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/7f1eeae0ecf54124779a3b13fc87cfffce966531-1024x471.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Pioneering AI researcher Jürgen Schmidhuber at the 2017 AI for Good conference. Image courtesy <a href="https://www.flickr.com/photos/itupictures/34343384393/in/photostream/">ITU</a>.</em></p><p>“Another big problem that hierarchical decomposition addresses is <a href="https://research.trychroma.com/context-rot"><em>context rot</em></a>, the degraded LLM performance we see when the context size gets very big. Context rot can cause agents to stop performing even simple tasks well.” While techniques like <a href="https://www.anthropic.com/engineering/effective-context-engineering-for-ai-agents"><em>context compaction</em></a> (which condenses older parts of an interaction to improve performance) have emerged, Alzu’bi suggests that hierarchical may be one of the clearest solutions to the problem.</p><p>“Having a hierarchical structure allows for the root task to break things down. And then, each of these little subtasks doesn&#x27;t even need to know what&#x27;s above: It has the parent orchestrating that stuff for them. So all [individual agents] need to do is basically just keep solving the task at hand.” The researcher suggests that the approach helps local agents solve problems without a great need for observability and without a significant risk of rot.</p><p>“In particular, parallelization can solve things really well. You don&#x27;t need to wait for sequential processing of tasks. For example, if you ask a multi-agent system to map a city, you can break that down into different regions. You don’t need to wait for one neighborhood to finish before starting the next — each agent can map its own area in parallel. Then at the end, the parent agent looks at all the regional maps, makes sense of them, and produces a complete city map.”</p><p>Finally, the researcher explains his team’s deliberate choice to not treat every task equally. “Not many multi-agent systems seem to do this today, but you don&#x27;t really need a state of the art model attacking <em>all</em> your tasks at any given moment. For example, you can use a very small model that performs simple tasks very well to save cost and time (because latency can also be a factor). It’s about customizing different models and agents to do particular things within an intuitive framework.”</p><h2>How to Think About Multi-Agent for Startups vs. Enterprises</h2><p>The researcher suggests that multi-agent is still new enough to offer a variety of opportunities, though an interesting area for upside is going beyond single-purpose AI products like coding assistants. “I think of what we’re working on as a framework to quickly prototype, or even ‘vibe prompt,’ if you want to call it that, a high-performance multi-agent system for a particular set of tasks that might include search or knowledge retrieval. Just spin it up, change a few prompts, and you have your agent.”</p><p>However, building multi-agent for enterprises can bring other challenges, including the need for on-prem security and compatibility with a variety of models. “We designed our project to let you use whatever models you want for whichever use case within a certain budget, which is something people care more about at the enterprise level.”</p><p>The researcher notes that some customers may be sensitive to other operational factors like token budgets and latency. “We built our project to let users fix their budget and latency to desired levels, which we think helps solve some of those problems for enterprises with a preference for on-prem security and flexibility around model choices.”</p><p>How do organizations know when they’re ready for multi-agent? Or alternatively, can they get by with a simpler, single-agent workflow solution? “Every organization will need to do the validation themselves and think about the trade-offs.”</p><blockquote><em>&quot;Organizations should have their own internal evaluation suite of benchmarks they run their models against.” -Salah Alzu’bi, AI Researcher/Sentient Foundation</em></blockquote><p>For example, single-agent workflow setups can offer faster, simpler deployments, lower overhead for deployment and maintenance, and less operational risk. However, they will hit context limits on larger tasks faster, will require execution that remains rigid and serialized, and perform poorly as tasks grow in complexity.</p><p>Multi-agent workflow setups can be more complicated to deploy, demonstrate noticeably higher latency, and incur higher risks at launch due to the additional components. But they can also handle significantly more-complex challenges with longer context windows, and they can evolve more easily over time by swapping in new or upgraded models and agents.</p><p>Alzu’bi notes that most enterprises he works with currently seem to focus on an expected set of metrics. “You have metrics like latency, costs, and model performance in general, as well as user satisfaction. But organizations should have their own internal evaluation suite of benchmarks they run their models against.”</p><h2>Security, Governance, and the Future</h2><p>At minimum, before implementing a multi-agent framework, the researcher recommends at least a few common-sense security and governance measures. “You don’t want your LLMs having access to your API keys, your passwords, or any of that. A simple prompt injection can leak everything.”</p><p>“I would also recommend an internal safety alignment check. At minimum, come up with a list of the most common prompt injection or security threats that LLMs are known to suffer from and test against them. Obviously, this is an area that’s still under development and there are new threats every day, but a good rule of thumb is: Minimize exposure. Don’t give LLMs access to things you care too much about.”</p><p>“At this time, I would also recommend human oversight with a lot of security checks. There was an incident a little while ago with an AI app <a href="https://www.theregister.com/2025/07/21/replit_saastr_vibe_coding_incident/">deleting a user’s production database</a>. I wouldn&#x27;t deploy multi-agent systems to high-stakes environments with access to people’s bank accounts yet...not until we fully understand what the risks are.”</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-approach-multi-agent-frameworks">How to Approach Multi-Agent Frameworks</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Refreshing Developer Content to Maximize AEO/GEO</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/refreshing-developer-content-to-maximize-aeo-geo</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Nov 2025 17:28:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[SEO]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Content Marketing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Technical Developer Content]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[LLM]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8e646f83-871e-4197-aaa9-898d8a929068</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Content expert Karl Hughes offers actionable tips to update developer content to optimize it for GEO to appear in LLM searches.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Developer tools have many challenges when it comes to creating content and leveraging it to drive growth: aligning content strategy with product and go-to-market efforts, maintaining a consistent output of high-quality content, and ensuring their content gets distributed on and off-site.</p><p>But one challenge that I don’t hear as many people talking about is the importance of refreshing technical content to keep it up-to-date. In fact, refreshes are one of the biggest opportunities for brands that have been publishing consistently, and they’re a great way to drive awareness without spending a ton of money on new content.</p><p>This was true in traditional SEO, but it’s even more true in optimizing content for LLMs (AEO or GEO), as the mainstream models <a href="https://arxiv.org/abs/2509.11353">seem to favor newer content</a>. With developers <a href="https://survey.stackoverflow.co/2025/ai">increasingly relying</a> on ChatGPT, Claude, and other AI tools to discover new tools and platforms, it’s getting even more important to keep your content fresh.</p><p>Here&#x27;s the thing though: if you&#x27;ve been publishing solid technical content, you&#x27;re not starting over. The gap between traditional SEO and what works for LLMs isn&#x27;t massive. You just need some tactical adjustments to how you approach content updates. Let’s dive into it.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/e6f0a9686582bac3005253f5c718498b45945e96-1600x740.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Developers increasingly report daily usage of AI tools. Image courtesy <a href="https://survey.stackoverflow.co/2025/ai">StackOverflow</a></em></p><h2><strong>Why Refreshing Content Matters</strong></h2><p>One of the easiest ways to improve an existing website is to improve the content that&#x27;s already there. Because you don&#x27;t have to start from scratch, you&#x27;ll spend less time on each piece of content.</p><p>Here&#x27;s what we&#x27;ve learned working on content strategy for developer tools at <a href="https://draft.dev/">Draft.dev</a>:</p><p><strong>Content decay is real.</strong> Nearly 60% of blog posts experience declining traffic within 12-24 months of publication. Your best-performing content from 2-3 years ago is likely underperforming today. Version numbers change, discovery algorithms evolve, competitors publish newer content, and technical details become outdated.</p><p><strong>Refreshes outperform new content.</strong> We consistently see traffic increases of 200-500% for refreshed content while requiring much less investment than new content creation. Plus, updated content is typically indexed faster by search engines and LLMs.</p><p><strong>AI changes everything.</strong> Because LLMs tend to favor more recently published or updated content, anyone who’s been publishing for years has to consider refreshes a core part of their content strategy. In my view, this is especially important in developer content where out-of-date information erodes reader trust and leads to bugs and wasted time.</p><h2><strong>What&#x27;s Changed With AI-Powered Search</strong></h2><p>Before I dive into specific tactics, you need to understand a little bit about what matters (and doesn&#x27;t) seem to matter in this new world of AI-powered developer discovery.</p><p><strong>Freshness of Content</strong>AI models favor recently published or updated content. We recommend considering technical content refreshes at least once a year for this reason.</p><p><strong>Content Structure</strong>Formatting is more important than ever. LLMs aren&#x27;t as sophisticated at crawling and inferring meaning as mature search engine crawlers, so you should update content to be:</p><ul><li>Skimmable (high-level summaries or bullet points at the top)</li><li>Structured (use tables and matrices for comparisons)</li><li>Self-explaining sections (be aware of chunking)</li><li>Conclusive (key takeaways or FAQs at the bottom)</li><li>Well linked (internally and externally)</li></ul><p>Most of these structural points are good for readers and SEO as well, so this is just a win all around.</p><p><strong>Schema.org Metadata</strong>Structured data helps machines understand your content. Ensuring your website includes simple organization schema, along with FAQ and blog posting schemas, can help your content be better parsed by AI. This requires some technical implementation, but it&#x27;s worth the effort.</p><p><strong>External Brand Mentions</strong>In a world where LLMs train on massive datasets from across the web, brand mentions seem to weigh more heavily than backlinks. This means content mentioning your brand positively across a variety of platforms is key to showing up more often in LLMs, and more practically, it means that you should probably be publishing multiple versions of your content across multiple platforms.</p><p>We’ve found that clients getting more mentions in LLMs are publishing on:</p><ul><li>Newsletters that are published online</li><li>Personal, partner, and user blogs</li><li>Dev-focused platforms like Hashnode and Dev.to</li><li>Relevant Reddit comments (not just link drops)</li></ul><p>This is a great opportunity for smaller brands to catch up with established players who may have stronger backlink profiles but less focus on external content today.</p><p><strong>Comparisons and Roundups</strong>More than ever, the goal for developer tools should be to <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/feed/update/urn:li:activity:7384638011835244544/">guide LLMs towards the category your tool fits into and the specific use cases where it&#x27;s superior</a>. As developers interact with chat tools and ask progressively more specific questions, you want to make sure your brand is present in those contexts.</p><p>This is where direct comparisons (&quot;Us vs. Them&quot;) and roundups (&quot;10 Best Tools for X&quot;) come in. When refreshing this type of content, it’s important that you feed LLMs the most accurate and up-to-date information so they treat it as authoritative on the topic.</p><h2><strong>Identifying What Needs Refreshing</strong></h2><p>With some of the factors above in mind, the next exercise you need to run is to determine which content needs to be refreshed so you can prioritize your efforts accordingly.</p><p>Traditionally, we’ve used our clients’ Google Analytics and Search Console data to identify pages with:</p><ul><li>Declining traffic over the past 6-12 months</li><li>Lost rankings for valuable keywords</li><li>High bounce rates or low time on page</li><li>Existing backlinks and domain authority</li><li>Previous strong performance</li></ul><p>I think this method still makes sense <a href="https://draft.dev/learn/refreshing-blog-posts">from an SEO perspective</a>, but it might not be quite as relevant for GEO as it’s still hard to track citations and traffic from LLMs.</p><p>So, at this point, you have a few options:</p><ul><li>Use a tool like <a href="https://scrunch.com/">Scrunch</a> or <a href="https://www.airops.com/solution/content-refresh">Airops</a> to identify content that’s not being cited in LLMs as much as you think it should</li><li>Look for any pages on your site that highlight key features, compare your tool to others, or share implementation details and make sure they’re kept up-to-date annually</li><li>Simply make a plan to regularly review and refresh 1-2 pieces of content per week on an ongoing basis</li></ul><p>You might think that having a dedicated LLM analytics tool is the way to go, but keep in mind that these tools are still imperfect and making very rough estimates, especially around niche topics. So, depending on the type of content you produce, the volume of output, and your resources available, I think all of these options are viable.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/396dd69912b483520372f0aea23c38eac360cc1f-1500x847.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Video content can offer many benefits and potentially help GEO. Image courtesy <a href="https://blog.hubspot.com/marketing/video-marketing-report">HubSpot</a></em></p><h2><strong>Best Practices for Refreshing Developer Content</strong></h2><p>Once you decide on your method for determining which pages deserve a refresh, here are the tactics we use to update older content:</p><h3><strong>1. Do a Technical Review and Update</strong></h3><p>This is the most obvious and important step for technical content as software and its best practices are constantly changing. Checking version numbers, re-running your tutorials, and having an engineer review older pieces is one of the best ways to ensure accuracy and relevance.</p><p>Some of the most important things to review include:</p><ul><li>Technical accuracy</li><li>Code examples and screenshots</li><li>Statistics and benchmarks</li><li>CTAs and brand messaging</li><li>Dead or broken links</li></ul><h3><strong>2. Add Rich Media</strong></h3><p>I’ve seen video and unique visual content <a href="https://draft.dev/learn/how-video-marketing-improves-seo">improve search engine rankings</a>, and have heard (although there’s still debate on this) that rich media helps with LLM citation rates as well. Either way, having multiple formats for content (video, text, visual) helps the user experience, so if it’s a high-value piece of content, it might be worth investing in.</p><h3><strong>3. Revisit Formatting and Structured Markup</strong></h3><p>If you haven’t updated this piece since LLMs became mainstream, I’d recommend looking at the article’s formatting and Schema.org metadata to ensure it’s <a href="https://draft.dev/learn/aeo-geo-for-dev-tools#what-matters-most">following best practices</a>. Little things like having a table of contents or some “takeaways” at the end of the article can make a big difference and take very little effort to add.</p><h3><strong>4. Merge Redundant Content</strong></h3><p>Another problem we see clients with large content libraries run into is having multiple versions of the same content spread across their website and blog. Sometimes it’s redundant comparison pages or landing pages, and other times, they’ve written four blog posts about the same core topic. Taking a bit of time to merge redundant content and redirect the remaining URLs can help ensure crawlers get a “single source of truth” for each idea on your site, ensuring their information is accurate and consistent.</p><h3><strong>5. Remove and Redirect Irrelevant Content</strong></h3><p>There are times when the easiest way to clean up your content is to simply unpublish it. This happens when features are no longer relevant, you end support for certain technology, or the opinions expressed are no longer the ones you hold.</p><p>Removing irrelevant or inaccurate content ensures that LLMs are less likely to feed users inaccurate or out of date information. Just make sure you redirect any of the URLs so you don’t lose backlinks or cause an increase in 404 pages.</p><h3><strong>6. Update Published Dates and Re-Promote</strong></h3><p>Finally, update the “published date” on each piece and re-promote it across your social and syndication channels if appropriate. A lot of teams miss this, but you’re giving this content a new lease on life, so you might as well increase its chances of getting found by telling people about it.</p><h2><strong>Results You Can Expect</strong></h2><p>As of this writing, we’ve worked with clients to update a lot of content, but the results are still variable, leading me to believe that there’s more to learn here. Some consistent trends have emerged though:</p><p><strong>Timeline for Results</strong>Most content should see improvements in search or LLM appearances within 2-4 weeks as search engines recrawl and reindex the updated content. I’ve seen many pieces receive 200-400% traffic and citation increases within the first quarter post-refresh, so again, it’s worth doing for your high-value content.</p><p><strong>Comparison to New Content</strong>New content can take a couple months to mature and start driving traffic, but refreshes often show results in a couple weeks. This depends of course on the volume of LLM/search traffic to the piece, but it makes sense as this content gets the benefit of any existing authority, backlinks, and indexed URLs.</p><h2><strong>Getting Started With GEO Content Refreshes</strong></h2><p>If you&#x27;ve already invested in content marketing, you&#x27;re ahead of the game. AEO/GEO isn&#x27;t about reinventing the wheel, it&#x27;s about optimizing your content strategy for the way developers are using AI tools and making decisions today.</p><p>So here&#x27;s what you should do:</p><ol><li><strong>Keep creating high-quality, technically helpful content.</strong> The fundamentals haven&#x27;t changed, you still need to produce content that actually helps developers solve problems.</li><li><strong>Update your content regularly.</strong> Especially tutorials and documentation. Aim for at least annual refreshes of your best-performing content.</li><li><strong>Optimize structure and metadata across your content.</strong> Make sure your posts are skimmable, well-structured, and include proper schema markup.</li><li><strong>Build brand awareness across multiple platforms.</strong> Don&#x27;t just refresh on your blog. Keep an eye on <a href="https://draft.dev/learn/syndicating-developer-content">content syndicated</a> to Dev.to, Medium, and other developer-focused platforms.</li><li><strong>Share with niche newsletters and communities.</strong> Re-promote refreshed content and make sure your communities and any relevant newsletters know about the content.</li></ol><p>Finally, if you ever have questions about SEO, GEO, or refreshing content in developer tools, <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/karllhughes/">reach out to me on Linkedin</a>. I’m happy to help.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/refreshing-developer-content-to-maximize-aeo-geo">Refreshing Developer Content to Maximize AEO/GEO</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #24, Runtime for Agents with Ivan Burazin of Daytona</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-24-runtime-for-agents-with-ivan-burazin-of-daytona</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Oct 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">59be0301-a599-4cfd-9876-604d05289a20</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 24 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride sit down with Ivan Burazin, CEO of Daytona, to explore how his company is building runtime infrastructure for AI agents. Ivan shares how Daytona pivoted from developer environments to powering the next wave of autonomous AI systems, and what it takes to make agents fast, secure, and scalable. They also discuss open source licensing, enterprise adoption, and dopamine-driven development.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 24 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride sit down with Ivan Burazin, CEO of Daytona, to explore how his company is building runtime infrastructure for AI agents. Ivan shares how Daytona pivoted from developer environments to powering the next wave of autonomous AI systems, and what it takes to make agents fast, secure, and scalable. They also discuss open source licensing, enterprise adoption, and dopamine-driven development.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-24-runtime-for-agents-with-ivan-burazin-of-daytona">Ep. #24, Runtime for Agents with Ivan Burazin of Daytona</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #46, Canned Monkeys with Don Marti</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-46-canned-monkeys-with-don-marti</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Oct 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f74b41b9-a4c1-4071-ae59-002613a23887</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 46 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers and Don Marti trace a thoughtful arc from the open source protests of the 1990s to today’s AI-driven world. They explore how large language models blur truth and plausibility, debate ethics in benchmarking and market-based definitions of intelligence, and mourn the loss of the web’s early democratizing promise. Don discusses sustainable open source ecosystems, AI tooling, and practical advice for new graduates navigating an AI-saturated job market.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 46 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers and Don Marti trace a thoughtful arc from the open source protests of the 1990s to today’s AI-driven world. They explore how large language models blur truth and plausibility, debate ethics in benchmarking and market-based definitions of intelligence, and mourn the loss of the web’s early democratizing promise. Don discusses sustainable open source ecosystems, AI tooling, and practical advice for new graduates navigating an AI-saturated job market.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-46-canned-monkeys-with-don-marti">Ep. #46, Canned Monkeys with Don Marti</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #86, 12 Years and 100 Million Customers with Amarilis Campos of Nubank</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-86-12-years-and-100-million-customers-with-amarilis-campos-of-nubank</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Oct 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4ae713e3-7333-4de7-bd27-26e3bfc631b7</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 86 of o11ycast, Ken Rimple and Jessica Kerr sit down with Amarilis Campos from Nubank. They explore how Brazil’s largest digital bank uses observability to build resilience and autonomy at scale. Amarilis shares how Nubank’s culture of “acting like owners, not renters” and its journey from metrics and logs to tracing with Honeycomb helped the company grow to over 100 million customers.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 86 of o11ycast, Ken Rimple and Jessica Kerr sit down with Amarilis Campos from Nubank. They explore how Brazil’s largest digital bank uses observability to build resilience and autonomy at scale. Amarilis shares how Nubank’s culture of “acting like owners, not renters” and its journey from metrics and logs to tracing with Honeycomb helped the company grow to over 100 million customers.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-86-12-years-and-100-million-customers-with-amarilis-campos-of-nubank">Ep. #86, 12 Years and 100 Million Customers with Amarilis Campos of Nubank</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Developer Content in the Age of AI</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/developer-content-in-the-age-of-ai</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Oct 2025 17:14:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Content Marketing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Technical Developer Content]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Generative AI]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Thought Leadership]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[SEO]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b9214752-9361-4ee9-b506-951cf17f9539</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>How should startups think about using content to reach technical audiences in the age of AI? Technical content expert Oleksii Klochai explains.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>How is Developer Content Changing in the Age of AI?</h2><p>The cliche “<a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/developer-marketing-mistakes">developers hate marketing</a>” suggests they don’t care for traditional marketing channels, like TV commercials or email signup forms. (And many don’t.) But it’s not impossible to market to technical personas, either. Instead of sitting passively through a demo, devs prefer to actually try software, or to explore articles, documentation, or podcasts, which has made technical content a powerful marketing tool.</p><p>But now that AI has gobbled up so much of the internet, is it sufficient for technical startups to write technical content, then sit back and wait for developers to wander in? As more people utilize generative AI chatbots as a proxy for search, how should founders think differently about content?</p><p>Developer content expert <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/oklochai/">Oleksii Klochai</a> of <a href="https://www.wizardondemand.com">Wizard on Demand</a> suggests actionable steps for technical startups to improve their content program for both SEO and GEO (generative engine optimization):</p><h3>Transition Away from the TOFU Fluff</h3><p>Unspecific, <em>top-of-funnel</em> content without any net-new information doesn’t drive revenue or differentiate your startup from competitors, even if it’s ranking #1 on Google.</p><h3>BOFU Content</h3><p>Specific, opinionated <em>bottom-of-funnel</em> content explaining how your product fits customers’ needs sets you apart for both human and LLM readers.</p><h3>Utilize Zero-Click Best Practices </h3><p>As you gain awareness from unclickable LLM results, focus on clearly-stated use cases, examples, and social proof on-site, as well as credible third-party mentions elsewhere.</p><h3>Reconsider Distribution</h3><p>Beyond posting just to your website, consider respectful participation in closed communities and experimenting with paid placements.</p><h3>Re-Evaluate Measurements and Team Setup</h3><p>Focus on measuring outcomes across a lightweight team that includes product experts and technical marketers.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3>More Resources on Developer Content</h3><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/software-documentation-in-the-age-of-ai">Article: The Future of Software Documentation in the Age of AI with Heidi Waterhouse</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/personal-branding">Article: Personal Branding for Founders with Karl Stewart</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/template-marketing-for-technical-audiences">Article: Educate Technical Audiences With Template Marketing by Al Chen</a></li></ul><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p></p><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/aeceacb8e58f31c54e6d3e76cb87b15f900d8efc-1501x1117.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>The classic SEO content funnel may be on its way out. Image courtesy <a href="https://blog.hubspot.com/marketing/content-for-every-funnel-stage">HubSpot</a></em></p><h2>Is Long-Form SEO Content Past Its Shelf Life?</h2><p>Klochai suggests that for technical startups, the days of the “HubSpot playbook,” producing massive quantities of long-form articles to try to build your brand into its own publishing house, may be over. “Basically, people were saying: You should publish a lot. But I think there has been a huge shift.”</p><p>The content expert suggests that the shift in interest may have gone from <em>top-of-funnel</em> (extremely broad content intended to generate awareness) towards <em>bottom-of-funnel</em> (more-specific content targeted at buyers who are already in-market and actively shopping for a solution).</p><p>“I think this shift is a good thing that should have happened 10-15 years ago. LLMs have helped it in some ways.” Klochai points out that TOFU (top-of-funnel) content is often so high-level that it covers general-knowledge topics, which are already being covered in Google’s AI Overviews and in basic LLM responses. Frequently without citations.</p><h2>BOFU (Bottom-of-Funnel): Unique Insights About What You Do</h2><p>The content expert suggests that specialized startups can offer a unique perspective on technology, which probably should’ve been the focus of content all along. “For example, if you work at a Kubernetes monitoring startup, you have the opportunity to write about that topic and express opinions on best practices. Rather than a generic topic like ‘How to build a sales team.’”</p><p>“It might not even make sense for such a startup to even try to build a generic Kubernetes content resource, because that has also been done. The real opportunity, and a lot of the value, can be found in BOFU content.” The content expert notes that for a time, e-commerce vendors in particular focused on getting product recommendations from popular chatbots like ChatGPT.</p><p>However, recent reports suggest that ChatGPT is referring <a href="https://searchengineland.com/chatgpt-traffic-referrals-plummet-461027">50% less traffic</a> to external websites. Klochai also notes, “At the time of this writing, the number of user sessions <em>originating from</em> ChatGPT is <a href="https://chatgpt-vs-google.com/">less than 1%</a> of overall website traffic.”</p><p>“There is still value in being mentioned as a product recommendation, but that might take the form of a user asking: What products should I use for X problem? And you might appear as one of the recommended products, maybe without the link to your website. But maybe just being featured as <em>‘One of the Companies That Can Potentially Solve the Problem’</em> is what matters.”</p><p>“This is why people started paying attention to BOFU: If you want to appear in [LLM] product recommendations, these systems need to understand that this problem is <em>actually something that you help solve</em>. And if you don&#x27;t have anything on your website, or online anywhere, that talks about your positioning in this specific way, then these systems have no way of finding that out.”</p><p>“The problem is that a lot of people don’t seem to really know <em>how to do</em> BOFU.” The content expert suggests that many orgs’ content programs have focused on high-level TOFU content for so long that they may have forgotten how, or never learned, to create lower-funnel content.</p><p>Klochai suggests that the new beachhead for technical content is greater focus on specific problem spaces. “People are starting to write very focused pieces about their problem space, about how their products fit into the market. I think people are going to continue realizing that BOFU opportunities are important to communicate what your product actually <em>does</em>.”</p><p>“And that it’s actually <em>okay</em> to be selling your product.”</p><h2>Content for Audiences Doing More Research Than Ever</h2><p>The content expert doesn’t argue with past research suggesting anywhere from <a href="https://www.wbresearch.com/relationship-between-b2b-buying-content-sales-changed-insights">57%</a> to <a href="https://www.forrester.com/blogs/15-05-25-myth_busting_101_insights_intothe_b2b_buyer_journey/">74%</a> of sales prospects complete most of their research before contacting a vendor. The deep research that in-market buyers perform makes it even more important to help LLMs, and search engines, correctly identify what your startup does and what your product can do.</p><p>“Technical companies may be competing with a few established competitors, but relatively speaking, the most competitive SEO niches are gambling and medicine-related topics. Basically, what I mean here is writing, in clear language, about what your product does from multiple perspectives, not really worrying about saying the same thing twice.”</p><p>“That&#x27;s how natural language works. If you really believe something, then it&#x27;s okay to say it again and again on different pages. And that also communicates to whatever model or crawler looking at your site that this is actually an important thing, whether that’s synonyms or different ways of describing what you do.”</p><p>The content expert points out that another piece of the puzzle is how <em>external </em>websites talk about your company and products. “This seems like a bit of an unknown for LLMs at the moment, though there&#x27;s a lot of chatter about how many responses are being picked up from places like Reddit, for example.”</p><p>“But you don&#x27;t really have control over what is being said about you on Reddit. (As I understand it, there are currently lots of companies, even household names, that are manipulating Reddit by seeding conversations and doing all kinds of unethical stuff.) I&#x27;m not suggesting this is a <em>good</em> thing and I&#x27;m really hoping that platforms including Google and Reddit crack down on some of this stuff.”</p><p>“But if this is going to be the next frontier, then what do you need to do on your side in terms of advertising, PR placements, and marketing? To help people understand and be able to correctly explain to others what you do?”</p><blockquote><em>&quot;If you really believe something, then it&#x27;s okay to say it again and again on different pages. And that also communicates to whatever model or crawler looking at your site that this is actually an important thing.” -Oleksii Klochai/Principal, Wizard on Demand</em></blockquote><h2>What Does Zero-Click Marketing Mean for Technical Content?</h2><p>The content expert suggests that messaging and creative assets can both affect the success of a startup trying to get attention. “Is everything going toward <a href="https://www.forbes.com/sites/bernardmarr/2025/08/07/what-is-zero-click-and-why-is-it-turning-marketing-on-its-head/">zero-click marketing</a>? Is all Web traffic going to continue dropping in the future? It’s hard to say and I’m still undecided. I don’t think Google-style searching will be completely replaced. Research suggests <a href="https://searchengineland.com/ai-hasnt-killed-search-study-460931#:~:text=Generative%20AI%20is%20changing%20search,still%20where%20people%20start:%20Study">LLM users may be using Google differently</a>, but they still use it.”</p><p>However, the content expert notes that in response to prompts, LLMs tend to present a rather limited amount of information, which may eventually drive buyers to your website even without a direct link. While OpenAI recently announced in-chat <a href="https://openai.com/index/buy-it-in-chatgpt/">e-commerce</a>, it’s not clear how well B2B software will fit.</p><p>“If you’re a dev using a coding tool like Cursor, you might ask LLM chatbot to generate some code for you, and the code ends up using a library that’s part of a paid service. That could eventually be an interesting funnel that skips the initial website visit. But generally, you’ll probably end up going to the website of that library or the company that created it, and you’ll be looking over their solutions.”</p><p>“So, I think having a website continues to be important from the perspective of publishing and documentation.” Klochai suggests that despite some portion of searches potentially going to zero-click behavior, media consumption habits won’t change overnight. “Our information needs are much higher and more intensive than search behavior. And that is not going away anytime soon.”</p><h2>How Technical Audiences Are Consuming Content Differently</h2><p>“I think a lot of developers still want to read, and <em>like</em> to read. But the way they discover what to read is changing quite a bit.” Klochai notes that developers, like everyone else, are on social media, including communities like <a href="https://news.ycombinator.com">Hacker News</a>. “But that’s discovery, and people are still very much interested in depth of information.”</p><p>“If you’re the head of marketing at a technical startup, and you want to talk to technical personas, you have to think about the distribution angle. How are you going to get people to read what you wrote?” Previously, orgs might have focused on SEO and organic reach, which might have been fine. “I think that these days, you&#x27;re going to have to be much more intentional about how people are going to discover what you wrote.”</p><p>“Do you post on Hacker News, then call it a day? Or are you going to do something a little bit more sophisticated? For example, an owned media approach that doesn’t depend as much on what else was being posted on that channel. Something that gives you a little more control and predictability over how many people will read.”</p><p>“This could mean building a newsletter. It could mean visiting multiple communities and making it a habit to distribute things a little more actively. Which may mean being a genuine participant in communities where people are hanging out, and not just posting your links. Actually <em>coming in</em> and answering questions and communicating with others, whether that’s in a Slack or Discord channel or anywhere else.”</p><p>The content expert also suggests that startups may be underutilizing paid promotion for content “Lots of companies run ads. In many cases, very few of those ads actually go to content. But a lot of the interesting ideas that companies actually want to distribute aren’t necessarily on landing pages: They’re in content pieces and blog posts.”</p><p>“There’s a lot of stuff you can do to open up your offerings, including why you’re using paid channels. If you’re using paid, you can do much more to actually push your content to people who might otherwise not naturally find it.”</p><p>The content expert notes that different personas may have different preferred channels, social media and otherwise. “Depending on what you want to do, you have to understand how those places work and how to get people to read your stuff in those channels. I think that is an important skill to have for a marketer these days.”</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/357c849421c51a2622a649d4e52faa48c38af855-1339x548.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>49% of searchers trust organic results more than paid. Image courtesy <a href="https://www.pageonepower.com/linkarati/navigating-digital-trust-what-makes-information-reliable">PageOnePower</a></em></p><h2>How Should Startups Rethink Distribution of Technical Content?</h2><p>The content expert admits that busy marketing leaders at technical startups need to make difficult trade-offs when it comes to resourcing the creation and distribution of content versus the expected outcomes. It’s important for marketers to properly scope how much time they can invest into content on a per-article basis in terms of creation and distribution, and that they can commit to doing it consistently.</p><p>“The question is: How do you find the right balance of getting the right people involved, with a reasonable amount of time invested? For example, distributing content to closed communities: You cannot just post promotional links there. It&#x27;s more jumping in and commenting if there’s a relevant conversation happening.”</p><p>“But the amount of time that takes on a weekly basis? Understanding in some cases, like a free Slack community, you may comment once and after 90 days, all history is gone. And you have to go in and do it again. That is kind of one level of effort that you <em>could</em> be putting in.”</p><p>“For early-stage companies that understand certain things don’t scale, this kind of thing could be interesting. You have a chance to talk to people and maybe have some kind of deeper discussion, not just about product recommendations.”</p><p>Beyond genuine community engagement, the content expert suggests that startups might explore paid partnerships with active communities. “I think startups aren’t really thinking enough about opportunities to do some sort of sponsorship of these closed communities. Obviously, in an ethical way that does not create weird incentives or anything like that.”</p><p>Klochai points out that paid campaigns can help justify investing in sophisticated creative assets, but there are limitations and trade-offs. <a href="https://searchengineland.com/brands-search-results-survey-452789">49%</a> of online users trust organic results more than paid search results (the other 51% being ambivalent). “It seems similar for social media: If a Tweet is promoted, you may trust it a bit less than a non-promoted Tweet.”</p><p>“But there are a lot of ad formats that appear to be merging traditionally promoted and non-promoted content. LinkedIn now offers ‘<a href="https://business.linkedin.com/marketing-solutions/native-advertising/thought-leader-ads">Thought Leader ads</a>’ which look like normal posts, but say they’re ‘sponsored.’”</p><p>“We’ve found quite a bit of success with these types of paid programs that use platform-native content. It’s about not trying to interrupt people with whatever kind of format that you decide is ‘best,’ such as a shiny video. It’s about trying to create things that fit <em>within</em> that platform, and then leaning into the paid distribution on that platform.”</p><p>The content expert notes that while paid channels do require more of a budget, they can be more economical than investing years trying to build an organic following. Also, organic and paid don’t have to be mutually exclusive, and startups can absolutely combine the two.</p><blockquote><em>&quot;We’ve found quite a bit of success with paid programs that use platform-native content. It’s about trying to create things that fit within that platform, and then leaning into the paid distribution on that platform.”</em></blockquote><h2>How to Revitalize Your Technical Content Today</h2><p>Klochai suggests that teams pause for a beat to rethink their priorities. “It’s much less about saying: ‘Let’s build out a library of stuff we think is a good idea.’ It’s about trying to understand whether the ideas you’re executing on are resonating with the marketplace in some way. Previously, it was easy [to see what ideas worked].”</p><p>“This might be one of the reasons why we ended up in that scenario of optimizing for high traffic. The way to see if content succeeded was to just pump it out and then look at the traffic. If the traffic chart was going up, you were succeeding. But in reality, that’s not really the case if your goal is sales and revenue.”</p><p>Klochai suggests that previously, the popular approach was to find what topics were popular in search, then write articles for the highest-volume topics identified by SEO tools. “I think these days, the approach needs to be focusing on which topics are actually <em>core to our business</em>. Topics about which we actually have something useful and interesting to say.”</p><p>The content expert suggests that despite being unintuitive, it may be more meaningful to deprioritize search volume for certain terms and focus on topics that impact your business, and your customers’ businesses. “I still see all these ‘listicle’ articles all the time for product recommendations. You see dozens of these blog posts that cover ‘The Top Tools for X.’”</p><p>“And they’re all kind of the same. So why are these articles even there? Because people looked at what competitors did and they tried to one-up them. And I don’t think that’s a good idea anymore. Maybe there’s some interest you can extract that way, but that’s an article written for bots. Not for reaching people.”</p><p>The content expert suggests that content may not just be about the structure of information, or the level of usefulness or informativeness. “Yes, those are important. But for some topics, it may be more important to have a different point of view, or to be entertaining, or visually different than everything else. What should you do if everything out there is a blog post that is just text and images?”</p><p>“It’s about focusing on your users and understanding what they really need. I think starting from there will improve the quality of a lot of the stuff that companies do. The thought process should be more about what users actually need, then connecting those needs back to what you can do. And thinking about what is <em>different </em>about what you can say versus other people. And thinking not just in text and images.”</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/developer-content-in-the-age-of-ai">Developer Content in the Age of AI</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #45, Perspective Density with Allegra Guinan of Lumiera</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-45-perspective-density-with-allegra-guinan-of-lumiera</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Oct 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a0799a5b-b3de-4633-9f97-3665f3ebbf83</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 45 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers speaks with Allegra Guinan of Lumiera about the trust dynamics and design ethics of voice-based AI. Together they explore how human tendencies to anthropomorphize voice systems can both build and erode trust, underscoring the need for responsible design and diverse perspectives.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 45 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers speaks with Allegra Guinan of Lumiera about the trust dynamics and design ethics of voice-based AI. Together they explore how human tendencies to anthropomorphize voice systems can both build and erode trust, underscoring the need for responsible design and diverse perspectives.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-45-perspective-density-with-allegra-guinan-of-lumiera">Ep. #45, Perspective Density with Allegra Guinan of Lumiera</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Forget the Moat</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/forget-the-moat</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Oct 2025 18:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Startups]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[LLM]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Founder]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Fundraising]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7f8edf65-5374-4080-89f4-c274d4a7327c</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Part-time partner Amir Zohrenejad explores moats in AI startups, and explains why early traction is more important.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>“A startup is a company designed to grow <a href="https://www.paulgraham.com/growth.html">fast.</a>” -PG</p><h2>Why Moats Matter for Software Startups</h2><p>Almost every startup burns cash while chasing growth. That is intentional. Investors fund these loss-making machines because they expect them to eventually become large, high-margin businesses whose future profits will dwarf their current losses.</p><p>Software companies are especially attractive to venture investors. They can scale distribution at the speed of the internet, and once the product works, each new user costs virtually nothing to serve. That’s how Microsoft sustains ~45% operating margins, while Walmart operates at around 5%.</p><p>But the same factors that enable fast growth also make software companies vulnerable to competition once they hit steady-state profitability. A small team can build a Microsoft Excel competitor, but no one can build a Walmart rival without billions of dollars in capital.</p><p>For a software business to deliver durable, outsized profits, it must develop intrinsic barriers to entry. In other words, it needs a moat.</p><h2>Moats vs. Competitive Advantages</h2><p>Some competitive advantages evolve into moats, but not all do.</p><p>For example, OpenAI had a massive first-mover advantage when it launched ChatGPT. But that edge didn’t translate into a true moat. Competitors like Anthropic caught up quickly.</p><p>Sergey Brin and Larry Page’s PageRank algorithm initially gave Google a superior search product compared to existing search engines. They were able to transform the high usage of their superior product into a real moat as they layered user behavior data (clicks and engagement) into the algorithm, creating a data flywheel that improved the product with usage. No matter how much money competitors like Microsoft poured into their search efforts, they couldn&#x27;t make much of a dent, and the result was a cash cow that has financed Google’s empire.</p><h2>Types of Moats in AI</h2><p>There are many types of moats: Brand, economies of scale, data flywheels, high switching costs, regulatory barriers and patents, talent, etc. It is still too early to say which moats will prove to be durable for AI-native businesses. People don&#x27;t even agree whether <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4dUFIRj-BWo">the model is the product</a>, or a <a href="https://the-decoder.com/microsoft-ceo-satya-nadella-says-ai-models-are-getting-commoditized/?utm_source=chatgpt.com">commodity.</a> However, it seems there are differing moats emerging for AI infrastructure (foundational lab) vs. applied AI companies. On the AI infra side, the major labs are trying to build moats around <a href="https://openai.com/index/five-new-stargate-sites/">economies of scale</a> and <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2025/07/31/technology/ai-researchers-nba-stars.html">talent</a>. And on the applied AI side, it seems that moats based on brand and switching costs related to long-term memory and owning customer context may be emerging.</p><p>OpenAI is a great case study. It is increasingly two separate entities: A leading foundational lab building the world&#x27;s best closed-source models and a consumer AI application company with products like ChatGPT and Sora. The lab’s moat comes from compute scale and concentration of top talent. The application moat, on the other hand, consists of things like the &quot;ChatGPT&quot; brand and the increasing memory and context it has about its users. If the Sora app takes off, it will be a classic social media network effect and data moat.</p><p>One area that seems surprisingly underdeveloped is the data flywheel for reinforcement learning and fine-tuning. Very few companies are meaningfully building continuous learning loops to modify their models&#x27; weights and biases based on user interaction. This may be because today’s LLMs built on the transformer architectures don’t support <a href="https://www.youtube.com/shorts/qqXSpWYSxBw">true continual learning well</a>.</p><h2>Moats in Early-Stage Funding Rounds</h2><p>With money pouring into AI startups, moats often come up in funding conversations. That’s understandable. If investors write a check for an agentic framework startup, they want to know whether the first-mover competitive advantage will translate into a durable moat by the time <a href="https://openai.com/index/introducing-agentkit/">OpenAI launches their own</a>.</p><p>But at the pre-seed (and even seed) stage, founders shouldn’t waste time over theoretical moats around businesses that don&#x27;t exist. The only job is to get to product–market fit.</p><p>Good investors at these stages will be looking for signals of <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/press/announcing-amir-zohrenejad-part-time-partner">founder-market fit</a> (pre-seed) or early traction (seed), not for long-term defensibility. It’s fine if they ask about moats simply as a litmus test to gauge your strategic thinking. But if they pass because the moat isn’t “strong enough,” that usually means they don’t believe in the founder or the market, and they’re sugarcoating the rejection.</p><h2>Parting Thoughts</h2><p>If you’re an early-stage founder: <strong>focus on traction</strong> — and <strong>forget the moat</strong>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/forget-the-moat">Forget the Moat</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #23, Kubernetes, AI, and Community Engagement with Davanum Srinivas</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-23-kubernetes-ai-and-community-engagement-with-davanum-srinivas</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Oct 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fed9cb1f-e867-4081-aa33-6d33af286cc9</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 23 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride sit down with Davanum “Dims” Srinivas to discuss the health and future of the Kubernetes community. They explore how corporate changes impact open source contributions, the importance of onboarding programs, and the challenge of sustaining long-term contributors. Dims also shares insights into Kubernetes’ evolving role in AI and GPU workloads. The discussion is equal parts career advice, technical insight, and open source storytelling.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 23 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride sit down with Davanum “Dims” Srinivas to discuss the health and future of the Kubernetes community. They explore how corporate changes impact open source contributions, the importance of onboarding programs, and the challenge of sustaining long-term contributors. Dims also shares insights into Kubernetes’ evolving role in AI and GPU workloads. The discussion is equal parts career advice, technical insight, and open source storytelling.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-23-kubernetes-ai-and-community-engagement-with-davanum-srinivas">Ep. #23, Kubernetes, AI, and Community Engagement with Davanum Srinivas</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #15, Everything’s Recorded Whether You Know It or Not with Amrit Dhangal</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-15-everything-s-recorded-whether-you-know-it-or-not-with-amrit-dhangal</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Oct 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2694ef47-95e0-4071-a5af-3b14815f46a8</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 15 of Platform Builders, Christine Spang and Isaac Nassimi sit down with Amrit Dhangal. Together, they explore his journey building Acquire from a scrappy live chat tool to a venture-backed customer service platform. Amrit reflects on scaling challenges, personal sacrifices as an immigrant founder, and the lessons he’s carrying into his new company, Aero.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 15 of Platform Builders, Christine Spang and Isaac Nassimi sit down with Amrit Dhangal. Together, they explore his journey building Acquire from a scrappy live chat tool to a venture-backed customer service platform. Amrit reflects on scaling challenges, personal sacrifices as an immigrant founder, and the lessons he’s carrying into his new company, Aero.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-15-everything-s-recorded-whether-you-know-it-or-not-with-amrit-dhangal">Ep. #15, Everything’s Recorded Whether You Know It or Not with Amrit Dhangal</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Not Break Up With Your Co-Founder</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/how-to-not-break-up-with-your-co-founder</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Oct 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Founder]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Collaboration Tools]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Executive Coaching]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Entrepreneurship]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Strategy]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b1215b97-aa27-4bbe-bc63-48eed9220e01</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Plenty of startups struggle not because the idea was bad, but because the founding team couldn’t stay aligned. In this candid, tactical session, PostHog co-founders James Hawkins and Tim Glaser share how they’ve maintained a strong, resilient partnership through years of growth, pivots, and pressure. They’ll cover how they handle conflict, split responsibilities, and stay synced as co-CEOs without letting ego or burnout get in the way.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>From Engineer to Enterprise Leader</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/from-engineer-to-enterprise-leader</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Oct 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Enterprise Software]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Entrepreneurship]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Engineering]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Enterprise Cloud]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Cloud Infrastructure]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Software as a Service (SaaS)]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14ade1fc-93a9-48fb-94e9-b9565255edc2</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>When you’ve spent your career judging code quality, how do you suddenly assess marketing copy, GTM models or a sales forecast? In this candid fireside chat, HashiCorp co‑founder Mitchell Hashimoto retraces the mental rewiring that let him evolve from open‑source engineer to enterprise leader.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Many Paths of CxOs</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/the-many-paths-of-cxos</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Oct 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Executive Coaching]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[CTO]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Founder]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Entrepreneurship]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Leadership Training]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">606d386f-c274-40ba-a129-9a205fbc1f72</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>The early days of a technical startup often blur titles - everyone builds, everyone pitches, everyone leads. At some point though, paths diverge and roles and responsibilities become more well defined. Will you become CEO, CTO, or no CxO at all? Our panel unpacks how leadership paths emerge inside deeply technical companies, what founders learn about themselves and their companies as their responsibilities shift, and how power, trust, and organizational culture are negotiated in real time.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>From Signal, to Spark, to Startup: Making The Leap</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/from-signal-to-spark-to-startup-making-the-leap</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Sep 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Startups]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Founder]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Entrepreneurship]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Fundraising]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Launch Strategy]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Conferences]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fcdfd5a9-13ae-4df4-8744-3ae6d8a3dfc6</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>The panel argues there’s no universal path to founding: some leap in days, others in years, but success hinges on resilience, decisive leadership, and an authentic approach.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sourcegraph&#39;s Quinn Slack on Founder Folklore</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/sourcegraph-s-quinn-slack-on-founder-folklore</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Sep 2025 16:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[AI]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Infrastructure]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Software as a Service (SaaS)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Enterprise Software]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">73c55bad-99db-4c07-a85a-a14c55070868</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Sourcegraph CEO Quinn Slack argues that in the AI era, founders must abandon outdated playbooks, move radically faster, and stay hands-on with product to survive constant change.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #22, AI and Container Security with Benji Kalman of Root</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-22-ai-and-container-security-with-benji-kalman-of-root</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Sep 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">aedef5ad-8cdf-4d89-9a35-c9a14cfd63e1</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 22 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John sit down with Benji Kalman, co-founder of Root, to explore the intersection of AI, software development, and security. They unpack &quot;vibe coding,&quot; its impact on API proliferation, and the hidden costs of increased technical debt. Learn why a security vulnerability is just a bug with a purpose, and discover how AI agents can be used not just to write code, but to automatically find and remediate vulnerabilities in open-source containers.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 22 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John sit down with Benji Kalman, co-founder of Root, to explore the intersection of AI, software development, and security. They unpack &quot;vibe coding,&quot; its impact on API proliferation, and the hidden costs of increased technical debt. Learn why a security vulnerability is just a bug with a purpose, and discover how AI agents can be used not just to write code, but to automatically find and remediate vulnerabilities in open-source containers.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-22-ai-and-container-security-with-benji-kalman-of-root">Ep. #22, AI and Container Security with Benji Kalman of Root</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>AI-First Organization Design feat. Raza Habib</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/ai-first-organization-design-feat-raza-habib</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Sep 2025 17:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[AI]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Generative AI]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[LLM]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Operations]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Infrastructure]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8749e33b-9611-4108-9548-1fd8241c3edb</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Raza Habib argues that successful LLM-powered products depend far more on people, evaluation, and product practices than on model size alone.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #14, Navigating Restaurant Tech’s Roadmaps with Anthony Presley</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-14-navigating-restaurant-tech-s-roadmaps-with-anthony-presley</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Sep 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0cc96902-f1bf-4fc7-a63e-73a7f4fc721e</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 14 of Platform Builders, Christine Spang and Isaac Nassimi speak with Anthony Presley. Anthony walks through his journey from early consulting to creating workforce management SaaS, highlighting how persistence and customer-driven development shaped his companies. Together, they dig into the complexities of restaurant software, the importance of open ecosystems, and where dining tech is headed.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 14 of Platform Builders, Christine Spang and Isaac Nassimi speak with Anthony Presley. Anthony walks through his journey from early consulting to creating workforce management SaaS, highlighting how persistence and customer-driven development shaped his companies. Together, they dig into the complexities of restaurant software, the importance of open ecosystems, and where dining tech is headed.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-14-navigating-restaurant-tech-s-roadmaps-with-anthony-presley">Ep. #14, Navigating Restaurant Tech’s Roadmaps with Anthony Presley</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #44, Why Unikernels Are Cool with Felipe Huici of Unikraft</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-44-why-unikernels-are-cool-with-felipe-huici-of-unikraft</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Sep 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f6297dfe-3807-439d-b9df-0d1f6b4efeba</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 44 of Generationship, Rachel speaks with Felipe Huici, CEO and co-founder of Unikraft, about the powerful world of unikernels. Felipe breaks down how these lightweight, specialized VMs can achieve millisecond cold starts, enabling services to truly &quot;scale to zero&quot; without users noticing a delay. Learn how this efficiency is not just about saving money, but also about providing a secure and scalable foundation for the next wave of AI-generated applications.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 44 of Generationship, Rachel speaks with Felipe Huici, CEO and co-founder of Unikraft, about the powerful world of unikernels. Felipe breaks down how these lightweight, specialized VMs can achieve millisecond cold starts, enabling services to truly &quot;scale to zero&quot; without users noticing a delay. Learn how this efficiency is not just about saving money, but also about providing a secure and scalable foundation for the next wave of AI-generated applications.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-44-why-unikernels-are-cool-with-felipe-huici-of-unikraft">Ep. #44, Why Unikernels Are Cool with Felipe Huici of Unikraft</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #21, Continuous AI with Chad Metcalf of Continue</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-21-continuous-ai-with-chad-metcalf-of-continue</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Sep 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">37fbf445-0037-4c81-ba81-afe7498c47b1</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 21 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John sit down with Chad Metcalf, CEO of Continue, to explore the rise of continuous AI. Chad shares his journey from early embedded systems and platform engineering to leading an open-source-focused company building coding agents. They discuss automation, developer trust, open source attribution, and how AI is reshaping workflows across the entire software lifecycle.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 21 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John sit down with Chad Metcalf, CEO of Continue, to explore the rise of continuous AI. Chad shares his journey from early embedded systems and platform engineering to leading an open-source-focused company building coding agents. They discuss automation, developer trust, open source attribution, and how AI is reshaping workflows across the entire software lifecycle.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-21-continuous-ai-with-chad-metcalf-of-continue">Ep. #21, Continuous AI with Chad Metcalf of Continue</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #43, Security Woven In with John Amaral</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-43-security-woven-in-with-john-amaral</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Sep 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14aee4e7-4e62-4471-8662-7488afebb10d</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 43 of Generationship, Rachel explores the frontier of AI-driven cybersecurity with John Amaral, co-founder of Root.io. Together they unpack the promise and challenges of agentic systems that detect, patch, and remediate vulnerabilities automatically. This installment offers a mix of technical deep dives, AI optimism, and a vision of security that works more like an immune system than a fire alarm.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 43 of Generationship, Rachel explores the frontier of AI-driven cybersecurity with John Amaral, co-founder of Root.io. Together they unpack the promise and challenges of agentic systems that detect, patch, and remediate vulnerabilities automatically. This installment offers a mix of technical deep dives, AI optimism, and a vision of security that works more like an immune system than a fire alarm.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-43-security-woven-in-with-john-amaral">Ep. #43, Security Woven In with John Amaral</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #13, Mirroring the ER Brain with AI with Nathan Murray of DocAssistant</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-mirroring-the-er-brain-with-ai-with-nathan-murray-of-docassistant</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Sep 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1f1732c4-5a4d-4575-9beb-e61d56d16ec1</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 13 of Platform Builders, Christine and Isaac explore the intersection of AI and medicine with ER physician Nathan Murray. Nathan shares how and why he founded DocAssistant, an AI-powered scribe and decision-support tool for emergency medicine. This conversation examines the challenges of integrating AI into clinical workflows and offers a unique perspective on the future of healthcare tech.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 13 of Platform Builders, Christine and Isaac explore the intersection of AI and medicine with ER physician Nathan Murray. Nathan shares how and why he founded DocAssistant, an AI-powered scribe and decision-support tool for emergency medicine. This conversation examines the challenges of integrating AI into clinical workflows and offers a unique perspective on the future of healthcare tech.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-mirroring-the-er-brain-with-ai-with-nathan-murray-of-docassistant">Ep. #13, Mirroring the ER Brain with AI with Nathan Murray of DocAssistant</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Train an LLM on Your Own Data: Beginner’s Guide</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/train-LLM-on-own-data</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Sep 2025 05:25:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[LLM]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Fine-Tuning]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Data Infrastructure]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9470de57-6303-4af4-b60d-1d1db51c2f96</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Learn the necessary steps to train an LLM on your own data in this beginner’s guide.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>Introduction to Training an LLM</h2><p>Organizations of all sizes and maturity levels are adopting artificial intelligence (AI) quickly. While enterprises are notorious for<a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/enterprise-ai-infrastructure-compliance-risks-adoption"> slower adoption</a>, their retention rates for AI applications are now hitting<a href="https://www.forbes.com/councils/forbestechcouncil/2025/02/05/why-enterprise-ai-adoption-is-finally-reaching-its-tipping-point-a-guide-for-corporate-leaders/"> 63% annually</a>, up from 41% the previous year. So while there are arguably overhyped, generic use cases that could fizzle out, AI is<a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/prompting-chatgpt-programming-llm-software-development"> becoming stickier</a> in some places.</p><p>If you’re at an<a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/future-of-ai-coding-genai"> organization that’s already leveraging generative AI</a>, you may be tasked with exploring innovative applications for it. Large Language Models (LLMs) offer a range of opportunities, but while pre-trained LLMs like the ChatGPT family from OpenAI and the Llama family from META are excellent for general purposes, there’s a good chance your company will need custom LLM models that are a bit more bespoke.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/0266788f35bc1118319d84bbc32bd1b7b715dcb8-4000x2250.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p></p><p>Teams can optimize models for better on-the-fly performance using techniques like<a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/rag-vs-fine-tuning"> retrieval-augmented generation (RAG)</a>, or they can take the approach of training their LLM on their own data. (Note that a training project, the initialization of an AI model’s weights against a dataset, differs from a fine-tuning LLM project, which further trains pre-trained models and is often even more costly in terms of computational resources).</p><p>Whether you&#x27;re building a chatbot with expertise fueled by internal documentation, generating domain-specific content, building a<a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Natural_language_processing"> natural-language processing (NLP)</a>-focused<a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BERT_(language_model)"> BERT model</a> for a text data or text generation use case, or enhancing existing models with proprietary knowledge, this tutorial will walk you through the practical steps required to train a language model on your own dataset.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3>More Resources on LLM Engineering</h3><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/llm-fine-tuning">Article: LLM Fine-Tuning: A Guide for Engineering Teams in 2025</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/rag-vs-fine-tuning">Article: RAG vs. Fine-Tuning: What Dev Teams Need to Know</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/synthetic-data-for-ai">Article: Synthetic Data for AI: Purpose and Use Cases</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-create-data-pipelines">Article: How to Create Data Pipelines</a></li></ul><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3>What Is an LLM and Its Key Components?</h3><p>If you’re reading this, there’s already a good chance you know about LLMs, here’s a brief recap. An LLM is a deep learning model trained to understand and generate human language. LLMs are commonly built on the<a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Transformer_(deep_learning_architecture)"> Transformer architecture</a>, introduced in the seminal &quot;<a href="https://arxiv.org/abs/1706.03762">Attention is All You Need</a>&quot; paper.</p><p>Key components of an LLM include:</p><ul><li><strong>Tokenization:</strong> Breaks inputted text into manageable units/tokens (such as words or subwords) so it’s machine-readable.</li><li><strong>Embedding Layer:</strong> Maps tokens to high-dimensional vectors. These embeddings are updated during model training to capture task-specific meaning.</li><li><strong>Positional Encoding:</strong> Added to token embeddings to give the model information about the position of each token in the sequence.</li><li><strong>Attention Mechanisms:</strong> Allows the model to weigh the relationships between all tokens in a sequence, and dynamically focus on the most relevant components of the context for each token.</li><li><strong>Feed-Forward Networks:</strong> Process each position independently, and enrich the model’s capacity to detect and process complex patterns per the model’s algorithms.</li><li><strong>Output Layer:</strong> Converts the final token representations into probabilities over the vocabulary, which then generates predictions, such as the next token in a sequence.</li></ul><p>When combined, these elements of an LLM create a pipeline that transforms your inputted raw text into outputted<a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-inference"> meaningful predictions</a> with nuanced understanding and context-aware sensitivity. Now let’s talk about how to apply that to your organization.</p><h2>Why Train an LLM on Your Own Data?</h2><p>If you have a common medical problem, such as a cough or headache, you’re probably fine going to see a doctor who is a general practitioner. On the other hand, if there are recurring concerns about specific parts of your body, such as your knees or shoulders, you might want to schedule an appointment with someone who specializes in that field, such as an orthopedic surgeon. The value of your own LLM, trained to focus on your users’ needs, can be seen in a similar way.</p><p>While GPT-4, for instance, might be able to provide a broad overview of what your organization does at a high level — based on publicly available information — it’s not going to be able to do so with the same level of granular knowledge that is common amongst your co-workers.</p><p></p><p>By training an LLM on your own dataset, you can achieve:</p><p><strong>Domain Knowledge:</strong> General models will struggle with niche terminology or specialized workflows. By training your own LLM on your own specific data tailored to your use case (like support tickets, codebases, or datasheets), you ensure the model internalizes domain-specific vocabulary, abbreviations, and context.</p><p><strong>Better Performance:</strong> Generic models can be imprecise on narrow tasks.<a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-make-open-llms-work-in-practice"> Fine-tuning</a> on task-relevant examples, such as customer questions, code reviews, or internal documentation, significantly boosts accuracy, relevance, and reliability. For use cases where data freshness is critical, updating your data (such as via a<a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-create-data-pipelines"> data pipeline</a>) using a real-time cadence may be necessary.</p><p><strong>Privacy and Control:</strong> If you choose to host and train your own LLM on-premise or within a secure cloud environment, you’ll ensure that sensitive, regulated, or proprietary data stays within your<a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/collections/ai-infrastructure"> infrastructure</a>. This is especially<a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-llm-guardrails-reduce-ai-risk-in-software-development"> important for industries</a> with compliance requirements or IP concerns.</p><p><strong>Customization:</strong> By fine-tuning the model&#x27;s highly-sensitive behavior, you can better match your organization’s brand voice, formatting standards, or response strategies. This leads to a more consistent and aligned user experience across your product or platform.</p><p>Training an LLM on your own training data turns a general-purpose tool into a purpose-built solution aligned exclusively with your environment, goals, and constraints. That said, anyone who has successfully built, launched, and maintained in-house tools knows it can all seem easier said than done.</p><h2>How to Train an LLM on Your Own Data: A Step-by-Step Guide</h2><p>The success of training your own LLM using training data you own hinges on a variety of factors, but let’s outline the broad steps, using Python and open-source tools where available for simplicity.</p><h3>1. Collect and Process Your Data</h3><p>It’s a lot easier and efficient to train your model if your assembled training data is cleaned up and standardized. Below are steps and tools to get high-quality data ready (and build a custom dataset as needed):</p><p><strong>Data Collection</strong></p><p>Here are a few sources to either sample or start datasets:</p><ul><li><a href="https://huggingface.co/datasets">Hugging Face</a></li><li><a href="https://www.kaggle.com/datasets">Kaggle</a></li><li><a href="https://github.com/">GitHub Repositories</a></li><li><a href="https://www.datacamp.com/">DataCamp</a></li></ul><p>For the actual contents of your data, you’ll need to figure out what items make the most sense for your use case, such as:</p><ul><li>Internal documentation</li><li>CRM or support tickets</li><li>Chat logs or Slack messages</li></ul><p>If you’re building a customer support LLM, for example, you can start with a dataset like<a href="https://huggingface.co/datasets/pfb30/multi_woz_v22"> MultiWOZ</a>, which is a collection of multi-domain task-oriented dialogues.</p><p><strong>Preprocess Your Data</strong></p><p>Once you’ve got your data, you’ll need to prepare it for training. Preprocessing your training data will result in greater efficiency and reduced latency. Here’s what you need to look for:</p><ul><li>Remove duplicates to avoid skewing your model</li><li>Watch for data gaps and remove rows with missing context</li><li>Filter incomplete examples, such as dialogues without responses</li><li>Label your data if needed for supervised fine-tuning</li><li>Eliminate HTML tags and special characters</li><li>Normalize text (lowercasing, removing stopwords, etc.)</li></ul><p>Finally, tokenize and convert your text to a numerical format using tools like Hugging Face&#x27;s tokenizer:</p><p></p><p><strong><em>python</em></strong></p><p><strong><em>from transformers import AutoTokenizer</em></strong></p><p><strong><em>sample_text = &quot;Hello, how can I help you today?&quot;</em></strong></p><p><strong><em>tokens = tokenizer(sample_text, padding=&quot;max_length&quot;, truncation=True, return_tensors=&quot;pt&quot;)</em></strong></p><p></p><p>You may also embed the tokens or assess attention layers later in the model pipeline, but at this stage, it’s a good idea to focus on ensuring your data is in a standardized, clean text form that will play nicely with any API you use to feed data to your model</p><h3>2. Build Your Model</h3><p>At the heart of the majority of LLMs is the aforementioned Transformer architecture, but luckily you won’t need to build a full custom LLM from scratch. For example, you can use popular Python frameworks such as<a href="https://pytorch.org/"> PyTorch</a> and<a href="https://www.tensorflow.org/"> TensorFlow</a>, combined with libraries like<a href="https://huggingface.co/docs/transformers/en/index"> Hugging Face Transformers</a> or<a href="https://python.langchain.com/docs/introduction/"> Langchain</a> to work with a prebuilt base model or customize your own.</p><p>Here’s an illustrative example of loading a pretrained model using Hugging Face Transformers:</p><p></p><p><strong><em>python</em></strong></p><p><strong><em>from transformers import AutoModelForCausalLM</em></strong></p><p><strong><em>model = AutoModelForCausalLM.from_pretrained(&quot;gpt2&quot;)</em></strong></p><p></p><p>The above makes sense if you&#x27;re fine-tuning a full model. For efficient training, consider techniques like<a href="https://huggingface.co/docs/diffusers/main/en/training/lora"> LoRA</a> or adapters that let you train only a subset of the parameters.</p><h3>3. Set Up Your Environment</h3><p>You’ll need a proper development environment to train and test an LLM, which requires high-performance capabilities. Here are some examples:</p><ul><li>Python 3.8+</li><li>GPU support (e.g., NVIDIA CUDA)</li><li>Libraries: PyTorch, TensorFlow, Hugging Face Transformers, Tokenizers</li><li>Cloud options: Google Colab, AWS EC2 with GPU, Paperspace, or Lambda Labs</li><li>On-prem</li></ul><p>Example setup using Hugging Face:</p><p></p><p><strong><em>bash</em></strong></p><p><strong><em>pip install torch transformers datasets</em></strong></p><p></p><p>To run on GPU:</p><p></p><p><strong><em>python</em></strong></p><p><strong><em>import torch</em></strong></p><p><strong><em>device = torch.device(&quot;cuda&quot; if torch.cuda.is_available() else &quot;cpu&quot;)</em></strong></p><p></p><h3>Step 4: Train and Test the Model</h3><p>Now comes the actual model training process.</p><p>First, set the initial parameters:</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/machine-learning/epoch-in-machine-learning/">Epochs:</a> Number of passes through the dataset (e.g., 3–5 for small datasets)</li><li><a href="https://stats.stackexchange.com/questions/153531/what-is-batch-size-in-neural-network">Batch size:</a> Number of samples per batch (e.g., 16 or 32)</li><li><a href="https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/machine-learning/impact-of-learning-rate-on-a-model/">Learning rate:</a> Controls how much the model adjusts per update</li></ul><p>Example using Hugging Face&#x27;s Trainer:</p><p></p><p><strong><em>python</em></strong></p><p><strong><em>from transformers import Trainer, TrainingArguments</em></strong></p><p><strong><em>training_args = TrainingArguments(</em></strong></p><p><strong><em>output_dir=&quot;./results&quot;,</em></strong></p><p><strong><em>per_device_train_batch_size=16,</em></strong></p><p><strong><em>num_train_epochs=3,</em></strong></p><p><strong><em>logging_dir=&quot;./logs&quot;</em></strong></p><p><strong><em>)</em></strong></p><p><strong><em>trainer = Trainer(</em></strong></p><p><strong><em>model=model,</em></strong></p><p><strong><em>args=training_args,</em></strong></p><p><strong><em>train_dataset=train_dataset,</em></strong></p><p><strong><em>eval_dataset=eval_dataset</em></strong></p><p><strong><em>)</em></strong></p><p><strong><em>trainer.train()</em></strong></p><p></p><p><strong>Optimization with Stochastic Gradient Descent (SGD)</strong></p><p>Modern LLMs often use<a href="https://yassin01.medium.com/adam-vs-adamw-understanding-weight-decay-and-its-impact-on-model-performance-b7414f0af8a1"> Adam or AdamW</a>, which converge faster and handle sparse gradients better than SGD. It may make sense to use SGD only for experimentation or comparison, though if you prefer classic SGD, here’s an example:</p><p></p><p><strong><em>python</em></strong></p><p><strong><em>import torch.optim as optim</em></strong></p><p><strong><em>optimizer = optim.SGD(model.parameters(), lr=0.01)</em></strong></p><p><strong></strong></p><p><strong>Test and Interpret the Results:</strong></p><p>Your next steps should include evaluating your model’s loss, perplexity, and task-specific metrics:</p><p></p><p><strong><em>python</em></strong></p><p><strong><em>trainer.evaluate()</em></strong></p><p><strong></strong></p><p>To further break down the evaluation criteria, let’s look at each category:</p><ul><li><strong>Perplexity:</strong> The exponentiated average loss. This is the go-to metric that tells you how “confused” the model is when predicting the next token. Lower perplexity means more confidence and accuracy in its predictions.</li><li><strong>Loss:</strong> How far off the model’s predictions are from the correct answers (ground truth). It&#x27;s computed during training using a function, which is usually cross-entropy loss for language models.</li><li><strong>Task-Specific Metrics:</strong> Measure the model’s performance on the actual job it’s intended to do, rather than just general language ability. For example, If your LLM is summarizing text, you might use<a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ROUGE_(metric)#:~:text=ROUGE%2C%20or%20Recall%2DOriented%20Understudy,produced%20summary%20and%20the%20reference."> ROUGE</a> or<a href="https://cloud.google.com/translate/docs/advanced/automl-evaluate#:~:text=BLEU%20(BiLingual%20Evaluation%20Understudy)%20is,of%20high%20quality%20reference%20translations."> BLEU</a> scores. If it’s answering questions,<a href="https://huggingface.co/spaces/evaluate-metric/exact_match"> Exact Match (EM)</a> or<a href="https://arize.com/blog-course/f1-score/"> F1 score</a> might be better. Each metric captures success in a way that generic benchmarks cannot.</li></ul><p>As a general rule, during training, you’ll want to measure log loss and perplexity after every epoch/batch. At the validation stage, you’ll calculate all your metrics on a held-out dataset.</p><h3>Step 5: Modify Parameters (Hyperparameter Tuning)</h3><p>With proper tuning, your LLM will train faster, generalize better, and perform more accurately on its assigned custom tasks.</p><p><a href="https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/machine-learning/hyperparameter-tuning/">Hyperparameter tuning</a> is the process of systematically adjusting the configuration settings that control how a machine learning model learns during training. Unlike model parameters (like weights and biases, which are learned from data), hyperparameters are set manually before training begins.</p><p>When training LLMs, tuning hyperparameters is crucial to getting better performance, especially on custom or domain-specific datasets.</p><p>Since LLMs are incredibly sensitive to how they’re trained, even small changes in hyperparameters can lead to noticeable differences in output quality or model accuracy. Once you determine the correct hyperparameters, you can:</p><ul><li>Speed up convergence</li><li>Prevent overfitting or underfitting</li><li>Improve generalization to unseen text</li><li>Reduce training time and cost</li></ul><p>Hyperparameters you can tweak include:</p><ul><li><strong>Learning Rate:</strong> Controls how much model weights are adjusted during backpropagation.</li><li><strong>Batch Size:</strong> Number of samples processed before the model updates weights.</li><li><strong>Number of Epochs:</strong> How many times the model sees the entire training dataset.</li><li><strong>Weight Decay:</strong> L2 regularization that penalizes large weights.</li><li><strong>Dropout Rate:</strong> The probability of dropping a unit during training to help prevent overfitting.</li><li><strong>Warmup Steps:</strong> Gradually increases the learning rate from zero to its target value over these steps.</li><li><strong>Gradient Clipping:</strong> Prevents exploding gradients by capping the norm of the gradient vector.</li><li><strong>Sequence Length:</strong> Defines how many tokens the model can handle at once.</li></ul><p>You can use tools like<a href="https://wandb.ai/site/"> Weights &amp; Biases</a>,<a href="https://optuna.org/"> Optuna</a>, or<a href="https://docs.ray.io/en/latest/tune/index.html"> Ray Tune</a> to automate tuning. It’s a good idea to not try to tune everything at once, which can muddle your results. Instead, it can be better to prioritize by learning rate, batch size, and epochs first, then work your way down.</p><p>It’s also helpful to evaluate your model using metrics like perplexity, BLEU score, or custom task-based metrics. It’s also a good idea to use a validation dataset to avoid overfitting:</p><p></p><p><strong><em>python</em></strong></p><p><strong><em># Example of evaluating perplexity</em></strong></p><p><strong><em>import torch</em></strong></p><p><strong><em>import math</em></strong></p><p><strong><em></em></strong></p><p><strong><em>loss = trainer.evaluate()[&quot;eval_loss&quot;]</em></strong></p><p><strong><em>perplexity = math.exp(loss)</em></strong></p><p><strong><em></em></strong></p><h2>Final Thoughts</h2><p>Training an LLM on your own data is no longer the exclusive domain of large research teams. With open-source tools, pre-trained models, and cloud-based compute, individual developers and small teams can create powerful, domain-specific LLMs.</p><p>If you’re exploring how to use LLMs to enhance your product or automate domain-specific tasks, this process can be your foundation.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/train-LLM-on-own-data">How to Train an LLM on Your Own Data: Beginner’s Guide</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Drive AI Productivity and Value for Engineering Teams</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-productivity-for-engineering-teams</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Sep 2025 05:24:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Engineering Management]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Engineering Teams]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Product Adoption]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Startups]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Enterprise Software]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">831ab261-12d5-4714-89b7-6b565a0b8e28</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Productivity expert Laura Tacho discusses how to grow engineering productivity with AI tooling, and how AI founders can enable engineering customers to succeed.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>There’s a great deal of interest in whether AI can (or can’t) provide value by increasing the productivity of engineering teams. This interview with developer productivity expert <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/lauratacho/">Laura Tacho</a>, CTO at <a href="https://getdx.com">DX</a> and 10+ year veteran of software development, covers opportunities for engineering orgs to take advantage of AI tooling and actionable suggestions for AI startup founders to build stickier, more-successful products for engineering end-customers.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/6f4a116db24ba9b19bc0e228af8dbec9c5ced77e-1600x686.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h2>How Are Engineering Teams Using AI?</h2><p><a href="https://hai.stanford.edu/ai-index/2025-ai-index-report">78%</a> of surveyed companies use AI, though only <a href="https://www.itpro.com/business/business-strategy/engineering-firms-see-little-productivity-benefit-from-use-of-ai">3%</a> of engineering leaders report achieving “very high” productivity gains. The most widely-reported use case for AI is code assistants, including high-profile products like <a href="https://github.com/features/copilot">GitHub Copilot</a>, <a href="https://www.anthropic.com/claude-code">Claude Code</a>, <a href="https://cursor.com/">Cursor</a>, and <a href="https://www.continue.dev/">Continue</a>, but there are still adoption challenges that might not have anything to do with productivity.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3>More Resources on Dev Productivity &amp; AI Adoption</h3><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/productivity-and-mental-health-resources-for-remote-teams">Article: Productivity and Mental Health Resources for Remote Teams</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/enterprise-ai-infrastructure-compliance-risks-adoption">Article: Enterprise AI Infrastructure: Compliance, Risks, Adoption</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-ai-is-reshaping-enterprise-infrastructure">Article: How AI Is Reshaping Enterprise Infrastructure</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/future-of-ai-code-generation">Article: The Future of AI Code Generation</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/pricing-developer-tools">Article: What to Know About Pricing Developer Tools</a></li></ul><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p>While coding may seem to make sense for AI use cases because of how familiar it is to devs, it may not be the best opportunity. Says Tacho, “We have to look across the whole software development lifecycle to see productivity gains. We did a study of 180+ companies, and we found that for developers using AI, the number one time-saving use case was <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stack_trace">stack trace</a> analysis, not code generation.”</p><h2>Why Don’t Engineers Adopt AI?</h2><p>The CTO suggests that while the difference between inflated expectations and the disappointing reality of cleaning up after messy, nondeterministic AI is an adoption barrier, there are practical obstacles as well. “I would say training and enablement are probably the largest barrier.”</p><p>“It’s not intuitively obvious, even for teams with lots of enthusiasm and optimism, where the highest-value use cases are hiding for a particular organization. Some patterns need to be taught and coached, just like with any other tool. Companies that skip that step (and try to rely on the optimism and enthusiasm of an individual developer) may see some initial success, but then they&#x27;re going to see that success taper off.”</p><h2>What’s Really Missing: Targeted Goals &amp; Outcomes</h2><p>So yes, individual devs may not use the company Copilot account more frequently because they haven’t been drilled on prompting best practices. However, entire engineering organizations may not be getting as much as they could from AI tools because there’s a lack of strategy.</p><p>“I think where the rubber isn&#x27;t meeting the road is figuring out: What are the business problems in the company that have the most to gain from AI usage?” The CTO clarifies: “There <em>should</em> be room for experimentation. There should be time to try something new and figure out: OK, what can we do with this tool? But when it&#x27;s only <em>that</em>, and we don&#x27;t have targeted goals and outcomes, then things can go off the rails.”</p><p>“The companies where I see the most adoption and the most durable benefit from AI are ones that came to AI <em>with a specific problem</em>. For example: Companies that needed to modernize legacy infrastructure, and hypothesized that AI would help them modernize legacy components much faster than they could have previously.”</p><p>“Organizations that want to see organizational benefit need to think about this on an organizational level, not just rely on individuals figuring out what to do.”</p><h2>How Can Startups Make the Most of AI?</h2><p>Tacho concedes that different organizations with different resources (and different amounts of runway) will need to take different approaches. “I think you need to look at it as a spectrum of targeted experiments vs. targeted use cases. That proportion needs to be adjusted based on your company’s size and stage.”</p><p>“For startups, those <em>are</em> the environments where the individual can have a huge impact. So it would make sense for people to be experimenting, to be rapidly figuring out where they can exploit the capabilities of AI for your business. But you should document that as you go and make sure it&#x27;s not just one individual deciding to do one-off things. Build a playbook of use cases that aren’t ephemeral.”</p><blockquote>The companies where I see the most adoption and the most durable benefit from AI are ones that came to AI <em>with a specific problem</em>.&quot; -Laura Tacho / CTO, DX</blockquote><p>“Depending on the market pressures on your business, that&#x27;s going to dictate how you think about a rollout. Obviously, for startups that rely heavily on individual rigor and urgency in order to get work done, the AI strategy is going to fit better with focus on individuals or small teams. Larger organizations that are dealing with decades’ worth of legacy software need to take a different approach.”</p><h2>How Should Engineering Teams Adopt AI?</h2><p>The CTO empathizes with AI startup founders, who face mounting pressure from a market that moves incredibly fast. “I feel like AI tooling is being commoditized at a rate I have never seen before. A few months ago, when people evaluated tools, they were looking at which model they could use. It was a differentiating feature. And now you can use whichever model you want. Sometimes it feels like things change hourly.”</p><p>However, the CTO notes the increasingly competitive nature of some AI product lines is at odds with the organizational benefit of keeping a unified stack, despite individual developers continuing to crave autonomy. “This is a tough one. The reality is that engineering leads feel that business pressure for vendor consolidation. No company wants to be forking over more money for an arbitrary number of vendors that all more or less solve the same problems.”</p><p>Tacho suggests that a viable alternative for startups is to offer developer stipends to allow them freedom of choice. “It’s definitely a reasonable alternative, especially in a startup environment that may be a bit more open with regards to governance, risk, and security. It’ll also depend on whether you work in consumer vs. another industry.”</p><p>The CTO notes that other companies do attempt to consolidate around single vendors, using targeted proof-of-concept campaigns and running bake-off comparisons between competing vendors when needed. “Some companies decide that since the market&#x27;s so volatile that they’re going to trial something for six months and then figure out if things stabilize.”</p><p>“I think no matter what approach an organization takes, there are going to be shadow AI tools out there because these are tools that right now are not prohibitively expensive for developers to pay for by themselves, and that is the reality, and it happens everywhere.</p><h2>How Can AI Startups Target Developers as Customers?</h2><p>The CTO notes that while certain market factors appear to be changing, the top drivers for purchasing AI tools, or any tools, remain the same. “I just spoke to a bunch of other CTOs, and while cost was not as much of a factor in purchasing decisions last year, it definitely is this year.”</p><p>“But <em>accuracy</em> and <em>security</em> are still top drivers for purchasing decisions. I think there&#x27;s some table-stakes aspects for any AI tool that engineering teams have come to expect. Beyond the table stakes, the more that tools can illustrate better ROI and costs, the better.” Tools that can make usage metrics and data readily available will play nicer with developer productivity tooling to paint a clearer picture of ROI.</p><p>“For a long time, the primary metrics we had were <em>acceptance rate</em>, <em>number of licenses</em>, and <em>how much was being paid for them</em>. But there wasn’t much transparency when it came to how tools were actually being used. So focusing on a really robust admin API is a great way to ensure that you can build a defensible ROI case and get people to keep their wallets open.”</p><h2>Opportunities for AI Products Targeting Engineering Teams</h2><p>“As mentioned, areas like general-purpose code authoring tools may be reaching a level of saturation. But beyond code generation, there are opportunities to target other use cases across the software development lifecycle: Requirements authoring, code review, or changelogs. For AI products targeting engineering teams, the most valuable use cases are the ones that are <em>under-solved</em> right now.”</p><p>Of course, many teams are still concerned about the non-deterministic nature of GenAI and the havoc that a hallucinating LLM might have on their codebase. However, the CTO notes that organizations that have built-in organizational resiliency tend to be the ones that make the most of AI.</p><p>“When you introduce AI, in all its non-deterministic glory [to resilient orgs], they&#x27;re not falling over. They&#x27;re not bottlenecked. Whereas companies who don&#x27;t [have organizational resilience] and think that AI will be a magic solution to all the problems they&#x27;ve been avoiding? Those companies are getting a reality check. The fundamentals don&#x27;t go away just because you have AI.”</p><blockquote>Beyond code generation, there are opportunities to target other use cases across the software development lifecycle. For AI products targeting engineering teams, the most valuable use cases are the ones that are <em>under-solved</em> right now.&quot;</blockquote><p>“I think developer experience is not an outcome of using AI tools really well. It&#x27;s a <em>prerequisite</em> to use them well. What&#x27;s good for an individual human developer is also good for an agent. There&#x27;s extra stuff that you might want to do for agents, but the physics of what makes software or codebases easy to contribute to, easy to change...that&#x27;s important for AI agents <em>and</em> for humans.</p><p>“AI is an amplifier. If you have parts of your system that are a bit garbage, they&#x27;re going to be amplified garbage now. And if you have really solid engineering practices that have stayed ahead of the industry curve, then that&#x27;s going to be amplified and you&#x27;re going to get even better results.”</p><p>For AI startup founders specifically targeting engineering orgs, the slickest user interfaces and best new user experiences will only go so far. If those engineering orgs that AI themselves are struggling to maintain stable, resilient systems, they may struggle to succeed with any AI product.</p><p>“To those AI product builders who are concerned about whether their product will be sticky with customers, I might say: Maybe think about building tools that fix your customers’ rickety systems. Probably a less exciting problem to solve, but people have their wallets open for it right now.”</p><p><br/></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-productivity-for-engineering-teams">How to Drive AI Productivity and Value for Engineering Teams</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Future of Software Documentation in the Age of AI</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/software-documentation-in-the-age-of-ai</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Aug 2025 16:24:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Documentation]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Experience]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5a4e7241-65b4-4ede-8b19-efe37601f59f</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Technical writing expert Heidi Waterhouse explains why documentation needs to evolve to accommodate the way AI is changing software development.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>As AI becomes more of a reality in software development, teams are experimenting with a variety of use cases, including documentation and technical writing. In this article, veteran technical writer (and co-author of <a href="https://www.oreilly.com/library/view/docs-for-developers/9781484272176/"><em>Docs for Developers: An Engineer’s Field Guide to Technical Writing</em></a>) <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/heidiwaterhouse/">Heidi Waterhouse</a> discusses some of the biggest mistakes teams make using AI for docs, as well as the best opportunities to use AI productively to support user journeys.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>More Articles on How Documentation and Software Dev Are Evolving:</em></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/who-owns-the-documentation-and-why-it-should-be-the-robots">Article: Who Owns the Documentation and Why It Should Be the Robots</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/jamstack-radio/ep-72-documentation-deep-dive-with-megan-sullivan-of-gatsby">Podcast: Documentation Deep Dive with Megan Sullivan of Gatsby</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-great-api-docs">Video: Building Great API Docs</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/how-great-documentation-drives-developer-adoption">Video: How Great Documentation Drives Developer Adoption</a></li></ul><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h2>AI as an Assistant, not a Solution</h2><p>Waterhouse elaborates on her recent session from the <a href="https://leaddev.com/technical-direction/documentation-and-ai-how-to-write-right-now">LeadDev</a> conference, at which she spoke on a similar topic. “The focus of my talk was discussing things we know AI can do well, and how to make that fit with our understanding of what people need from documentation.”</p><p>The author suggests that the key to getting value out of large language models (LLMs) today is thinking about AI “as an assistant, and not a solution. Because thinking about it as a solution is what leads us down some unfortunate paths that are really hard to dig ourselves out of.”</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/c05b350e923e3a160a092e5d09583b1ae2fc4a29-1200x675.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Heidi Waterhouse discusses AI in documentation at LeadDev. Image courtesy <a href="https://leaddev.com/technical-direction/documentation-and-ai-how-to-write-right-now">LeadDev</a>.</em></p><h2>Are LLMs the Best Tool for Software Docs and Technical Writing?</h2><h3>Freshness: Using RAG to Ensure Docs Stay Up-to-Date Instead</h3><p>Aside from hiring a good writer a year or so before launching a product to document it properly, Waterhouse suggests that product teams identify what can and can’t be easily documented, such as standardized <a href="https://www.openapis.org/what-is-openapi">OpenAPI</a> documentation. “There&#x27;s not a lot of distinction between writing a good test case and writing a good prompt. The things you do to test are the things that you need to document: <em>How do I do this thing?</em> And so we go into test cases and extract user stories from those, because we know that those work.”</p><p>The author points out that alternatives like <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Retrieval-augmented_generation">retrieval-augmented generation (RAG)</a> may be better suited to maintain docs freshness than using a LLM as a catch-all solution, even if it was trained on a large dataset. “Although we get better answers from very large [data] corpuses, I think it is dangerous because for nearly every LLM out there...their training corpus is at least a year old, and we don’t know exactly what it contains.”</p><p>“So if you have made software [changes] in that time, the LLM doesn&#x27;t know about it and it&#x27;s not retrieving fresh data. So I think you should have a small, specific, internal [focus to] look at all <em>this</em> stuff and use <em>that</em> as your context window, instead of a giant context window. That makes it both cheaper to run and more relevant.”</p><h3>Indexing and Librarians: Better Docs Through Better Organization of Info?</h3><p>The author notes that for documentation, the real use case that most users want isn’t longer, prettier notes to read, but the ability to ask a specific question in natural language and receive a contextually correct, helpful answer. “That&#x27;s the ‘killer app.’ That requires some indexing. I haven&#x27;t built this yet myself, because nobody has paid me to do it. But being able to ask any question and get an authentic answer: <em>That’s</em> what you want.”</p><p>To get to such a state requires proper indexing of product information, so that your system can return a specific, accurate response. In other words, a highly deterministic result that’s at odds with GenAI’s inherently non-deterministic nature. “For example, if a person asks about installation, here&#x27;s the set of documents they want, and you’d refine it with the set of documents you’d return. So you’d need a natural-language sorting on pre-indexed stuff.”</p><p>“But that means that you have to pay someone to do the indexing with computer assistance. Indexing a whole set of things is difficult, but you can&#x27;t just leave it to machines because machines don&#x27;t understand anything. <em>They do not ‘understand’</em> as they are not capable of ‘understanding’ as a concept. So I think that there&#x27;s going to be an uptick in the need for <em>librarians</em>: People who understand semantic information and semantic relationships.”</p><h2>The State of Docs vs. What Has Been Lost to Time</h2><p>The author points out that the status quo of documentation isn’t reams of static docs that someone wrote years ago and no one has looked at since. “It hasn’t been like that for 15 years! But one of the interesting problems is that we&#x27;ve democratized technical writing and made it all markdown files, which means <em>we&#x27;ve taken the expertise out of it.</em>”</p><p>“I think back to the priesthood of <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Adobe_FrameMaker">Framemaker</a>, <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Adobe_RoboHelp">RoboHelp</a>, and other things we used to have. Extremely specific, context-sensitive help, where every page you were on in an application had an identifier, and if you clicked the little ‘help’ button, you would get help specific to that page. It would know where you were. There&#x27;s no reason we can&#x27;t have that with web applications. But nobody has been doing it. And I think just returning to something like that would be immensely useful.”</p><p>“Today, what we&#x27;re writing is: Here&#x27;s how to get started with what you&#x27;re doing. Here&#x27;s the <a href="https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/style-guide/developer-content/reference-documentation"><em>reference documentation</em></a>. There&#x27;s a whole framework about what a reference doc is and what an instruction doc is and what an example doc is. And all that knowledge is difficult to transmit to founders because it&#x27;s <em>expertise</em>. It&#x27;s like asking someone: <em>‘Please be an expert in user interfaces.’</em></p><h2>A Gentle Reminder: Docs Aren’t for Happy People</h2><p>“I think that what we need to be doing is not just writing <em>more</em> documentation, which doesn&#x27;t actually help people. I think what we need to be doing is <em>making it easier to find answers</em> to a problem that you&#x27;re having. This is always the goal of documentation. Because I always say that anyone reading documentation <em>is already pissed off</em>.”</p><p>The author clarifies that people reading documentation <em>don’t want to read documentation</em>. They want to already be completing their tasks. “We need to do as much as we can so people <em>don&#x27;t have to read documentation</em>. What if machines could read documentation and answer questions. That&#x27;d be great! But we need to design better software.”</p><p>In an ideal world, with better software, users wouldn’t need to fight a 20-page config guide to get it to work. “I tell my clients: ‘Have you made a Docker container for [your product]? Could you just give people a runtime environment that works for them so that they don&#x27;t have to configure it?’”</p><p>“I think we&#x27;re moving in that direction a lot for the things that we used to use documentation for. But in order to do that, you still have to know how things work.”</p><blockquote><em>What we need to be doing is making it easier to find answers to a problem that you&#x27;re having. Anyone reading documentation is already pissed off.</em></blockquote><h2>Are Smaller Models the Key to Better Docs?</h2><p>Waterhouse notes that while GenAI is exhibiting potential for summarization use cases, and might be theoretically useful to gobble up reams of documentation and spit out answers, the solution isn’t quite that simple. “The thing that gobbles up data also has its own biases. It doesn&#x27;t have a good semantic understanding of exactly what you&#x27;re doing.”</p><p>The author suggests that an alternative might be smaller, lighter-weight models and retrieval tools trained on a highly-specific, frequently-updated dataset from which it answers questions. “But it&#x27;s much clearer to think of it as a chat-based interface for an index rather than thinking of it as an answer machine.”</p><h2>Weaponizing Skepticism</h2><p>The author notes the problem of software documentation seeming to have all the answers...put into the hands of LLMs that still confidently give <em>wrong</em> answers. “Recently, there was a thread online where someone recommended feeding some Perl string into an LLM to ‘see what it parses as.’ It turns out the string parsed as a UNIX command to wipe your hard drive.”</p><p>“Now, that was obfuscated. And a human who has been on the Internet for a while knows not to run random unchecked strings. But [AI] doesn’t know that. It doesn&#x27;t have any sense of danger. And I honestly think that we are going to have to <em>code in</em> a sense of danger. For example, how a prominent startup founder’s vibe-coding tool accidentally <a href="https://fortune.com/2025/07/23/ai-coding-tool-replit-wiped-database-called-it-a-catastrophic-failure/">wiped their production database</a>.”</p><p>“I think what we need to build into our tools is a sense of skepticism. (We can call it ‘testing,’ but testing is just weaponized skepticism.) We need to teach AI tools a sense of danger and a sense of skepticism before we let them loose in production.”</p><p>“Separately, we need to think about how AI will consume what we write in a different way than a human being might. How do we design documentation not just to be consumed by humans, but to be consumed by machine learning [algorithms]?” the author muses. “Honestly, the OpenAPI project seems like the start of that: This is a semantically sound, well-formatted thing that you can consume whether or not you&#x27;re a machine. It’s predictable and you can count on it to have the same structure so that it&#x27;s not going to give you weird answers.”</p><p>“Making our documentation accessible to machines is going to be valuable, because then we can use machines to ask [the documentation itself] questions.</p><h2>Making Builders Future-Proof in an AI Future</h2><p>Waterhouse also considers the impact of AI on engineering teams, including for junior developers. “Every time we make an advance in technology, we feel like we&#x27;re going to lose those skills, and it turns out that somebody cares about preserving them. Also, even mechanization doesn&#x27;t reduce the amount of work that needs to happen.”</p><p>The author cites <a href="https://hss.sas.upenn.edu/content/more-work-mother-ironies-household-technology-open-hearth-microwave"><em>More Work for Mother</em></a> by Ruth Schwartz Cowan, a book about how laundry used to be an infrequent, time-consuming chore that required hiring washerwomen servants. After the advent of the washing machine, the position of washerwoman vanished from society, but because washing machines made doing laundry more accessible, families would do laundry more frequently, causing housewives to eventually invest the same number of hours per year doing laundry as they did previously.</p><p>“We&#x27;re going to have junior testers who can run exponentially more tests, but somebody still has to <em>write</em> them. Those skills will be sustained, but they&#x27;re not going to be ‘a whole job.’ The problem is somebody has to understand the fundamentals.”</p><p>“We watched this happen with the abstraction of languages up the stack. There are not a lot of people coding in C anymore because our abstraction layer above C is good enough. But there&#x27;s a reason people are still using COBOL. It&#x27;s because everything but COBOL has floating point errors for extreme edge cases of math that actually matter quite a lot. So we still need to have at least a few experts from somewhere who care about the deep internals.”</p><p>The author notes that older programming experts are retiring, leaving a vacuum for experts on computing fundamentals. “For a lot of these really sophisticated abstractions that LLMs rely on, we need someone who understands how to program the thing<em> that programs the thing</em> that makes the chips.” The current state of play in AI is marked by inflated expectations and budgets, but hopefully, market forces will iron out the issues.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/76eca1fb8989a4b23ea771a6fe7df42544f23d54-385x489.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Without experts in the fundamentals, software will have increasingly precarious dependencies. Image courtesy <a href="https://xkcd.com/2347/">XKCD</a>.</em></p><h2>What Will Never Change: Who and What Docs Are For</h2><p>The author cites <a href="https://www.oreilly.com/library/view/badass-making-users/9781491919057/"><em>Making Users Awesome</em></a> by Kathy Sierra’s fundamental point about software: No one uses it because they ‘love using software.’ “People use software because they’re trying to accomplish a task or get something done.”</p><p>“And when we&#x27;re writing documentation, every piece of documentation that somebody has to read <em>slows them down on the way to getting something done</em>. It may speed them up in the long run, they may understand something better, but on the whole we are diverting them from their task.”</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/software-documentation-in-the-age-of-ai">The Future of Software Documentation in the Age of AI</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #12, Earn Respect, Not Headlines with Mike Boufford</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-earn-respect-not-headlines-with-mike-boufford</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Aug 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">334ec60e-a70d-41a7-ad12-2d2042d9ea04</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 12 of Platform Builders, Christine and Isaac chat with Mike Boufford, CEO of Otti and former CTO of Greenhouse. Mike unpacks hard-earned insights on topics like leadership philosophies, management best practices, and the unexpected moments that shape company culture. This conversation blends candid war stories with practical takeaways for anyone leading technical teams.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 12 of Platform Builders, Christine and Isaac chat with Mike Boufford, CEO of Otti and former CTO of Greenhouse. Mike unpacks hard-earned insights on topics like leadership philosophies, management best practices, and the unexpected moments that shape company culture. This conversation blends candid war stories with practical takeaways for anyone leading technical teams.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-earn-respect-not-headlines-with-mike-boufford">Ep. #12, Earn Respect, Not Headlines with Mike Boufford</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #20, Exploring AI Memory with Vasilije Markovic of Cognee</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-20-exploring-ai-memory-with-vasilije-markovic-of-cognee</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Aug 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">50291bbf-9b34-4888-83de-c814aad13474</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 20 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John sit down with data engineering and cognitive science expert Vasilije Markovic to explore AI memory and how we can build more intelligent systems. From the challenges of &quot;context rot&quot; to the practical applications of AI memory in construction, education, and finance, this conversation covers how to give your AI the context it truly needs.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 20 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John sit down with data engineering and cognitive science expert Vasilije Markovic to explore AI memory and how we can build more intelligent systems. From the challenges of &quot;context rot&quot; to the practical applications of AI memory in construction, education, and finance, this conversation covers how to give your AI the context it truly needs.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-20-exploring-ai-memory-with-vasilije-markovic-of-cognee">Ep. #20, Exploring AI Memory with Vasilije Markovic of Cognee</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #42, Ziggy Stardust with Katie Hallett</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-42-ziggy-stardust-with-katie-hallett</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Aug 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8ec4187c-2405-4494-9254-d2676e5990c1</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 42 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers speaks with Katie Hallett about why she and her team decided to build a web browser for machines, not humans. Katie explains the inefficiencies of traditional scraping tools, why Lightpanda is so much faster, and how AI is reshaping developer workflows. They also offer career advice to help new graduates stay ahead in the AI era.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 42 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers speaks with Katie Hallett about why she and her team decided to build a web browser for machines, not humans. Katie explains the inefficiencies of traditional scraping tools, why Lightpanda is so much faster, and how AI is reshaping developer workflows. They also offer career advice to help new graduates stay ahead in the AI era.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-42-ziggy-stardust-with-katie-hallett">Ep. #42, Ziggy Stardust with Katie Hallett</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How AI Is Reshaping Enterprise Infrastructure</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-ai-is-reshaping-enterprise-infrastructure</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Aug 2025 17:40:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Infrastructure]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer First]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Startups]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Investing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Coding Assistants]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">aa6b028d-27cd-4e2b-9803-edde8656e076</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>AI will dramatically change enterprise infrastructure. Amir Zohrenejad explains how Heavybit sees the space and what kind of AI startups the fund is seeking.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>At Heavybit, we invest in enterprise infrastructure. This is an evolution from our early days as developer tools specialists, but the core thesis remains the same: We back founders building for technical users.</p><p>What’s changed is the scope of that audience. Technical users are no longer confined to engineering teams at tech startups. They now power critical workstreams across nearly every major business on the planet.Take JPMorgan Chase, for example. Over <a href="https://www.jpmorgan.com/technology/news/devup-kickoff">55,000 employees</a>, more than 20% of the entire workforce, now work in tech roles like software engineering, DevOps, and data science. It’s a bank with a huge brick and mortar footprint, but its business runs on software. This shift is reflected in startup trends too: In recent <a href="https://www.ycombinator.com/companies?industry=Engineering%2C%20Product%20and%20Design&amp;industry=Infrastructure&amp;industry=Analytics&amp;industry=Security">YCombinator batches</a>, the share of companies building for technical users has grown from around 10% in 2017 to over 30% today.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/e367316af09758310465937e130ef7bc93ab598b-1600x957.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p>While it may feel like early winners have emerged with strong moats, we’re still in the earliest innings. Assuming foundational models continue improving at their current pace, many of the defining infrastructure companies of the AI era likely haven’t even been imagined yet. All the noise around vibe coding and AI codegen? Those are just tremors from an offshore quake. The real tsunami is still on its way.</p><p></p><h3>Racing to Capture the Budget</h3><p>According to <a href="https://www.mckinsey.com/capabilities/mckinsey-digital/our-insights/the-new-economics-of-enterprise-technology-in-an-ai-world?utm_source=chatgpt.com">McKinsey</a>, in 2014 enterprises spent 75% of their IT budgets on labor. By 2024, that number dropped to 58%. Hardware spend stayed flat—the biggest change came from a surge in external software spend, as SaaS tools ate into internal headcount.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/30f5e976974197ad71c6479a30fabc93243d986f-1600x1231.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p>This trend will only accelerate with the rise of AI.</p><p>Two major categories of new infrastructure companies are emerging to capture this shift:</p><h3>User-Down Startups</h3><p>These startups give superpowers to existing technical personas, or aim to replace them entirely, by embedding intelligence into their workflows from the top down. Some are AI-native productivity tools (like <a href="https://cursor.com/en">Cursor</a>), while others reimagine the workflow altogether (like <a href="https://www.anthropic.com/claude-code">Claude Code</a>). Their main competitor is often just a new feature in an incumbent tool: Why adopt <a href="https://getnao.io/">Nao</a> when <a href="https://hex.tech/capability/ai/">Hex just shipped Magic</a>?</p><h3>Tech-Up Startups</h3><p>These companies build the underlying stack for AI-native applications. The first wave included <a href="https://www.ibm.com/think/insights/llm-evaluation"><em>evaluation frameworks</em></a> and <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vector_database"><em>vector databases</em></a>. But a new set of primitives is coming—tools that make the emerging intelligence stack usable by builders and deployers. Many of these companies will sell into the same enterprise infra budgets indirectly, by powering the top-down apps.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/9e1c674392a1eaf42b3cb3649badd1ecce7523b7-1067x493.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3>Winning Founding Teams for Each Segment</h3><p>When evaluating early-stage companies, we focus on founder-market fit and <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Total_addressable_market"><em>total addressable market</em></a>. But the signal I’m looking for is less “Can they build the product?” and more on whether the founder can demonstrate that they can win deals and build sales momentum. For me, that signal is different for each of the two segments.</p><p>For <strong>user-down companies</strong>, at least one founder must have deep experience in the role they’re trying to augment or replace. You can&#x27;t sell DevSecOps tooling if you do not speak the language of DevSecOps. A prime example is <a href="https://www.harvey.ai">Harvey</a>, where one co-founder was a lawyer and half of the first 120 hires came from top law firms.</p><p>For <strong>tech-up companies</strong>, I look for founders who know how to build for developers: Great developer experience, smart open-source strategy, and real community building. These users hate being sold to, but they are drawn to great docs and communities that help each other debug in online spaces like Discord.</p><p><em></em></p><p><em>If you&#x27;re building in either of these categories, I&#x27;d love to hear from you: amir [at] heavybit.com</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-ai-is-reshaping-enterprise-infrastructure">How AI Is Reshaping Enterprise Infrastructure</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #85, AI/LLM in Software Teams: What’s Working and What’s Next with Dr. Cat Hicks</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-85-ai-llm-in-software-teams-what-s-working-and-what-s-next-with-dr-cat-hicks</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Aug 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ff2bdd03-c810-42f3-aa63-11cc1215fc73</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 85 of o11ycast, Dr. Cat Hicks unpacks AI’s impact on software teams from a psychological and social-science perspective. Along with Ken, Jess, and Austin, she explores how AI magnifies long-standing tensions between solitary and collaborative models of development, and how fears about AI often reflect deeper issues like undervaluing collaboration or having unrealistic productivity expectations. The discussion also explores empathy, theory of mind, and pluralistic ignorance, highlighting why developers may prepare more for AI than for each other.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 85 of o11ycast, Dr. Cat Hicks unpacks AI’s impact on software teams from a psychological and social-science perspective. Along with Ken, Jess, and Austin, she explores how AI magnifies long-standing tensions between solitary and collaborative models of development, and how fears about AI often reflect deeper issues like undervaluing collaboration or having unrealistic productivity expectations. The discussion also explores empathy, theory of mind, and pluralistic ignorance, highlighting why developers may prepare more for AI than for each other.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-85-ai-llm-in-software-teams-what-s-working-and-what-s-next-with-dr-cat-hicks">Ep. #85, AI/LLM in Software Teams: What’s Working and What’s Next with Dr. Cat Hicks</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #41, Covenant with Suzanne EL-Moursi</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-41-covenant-with-suzanne-el-moursi</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Aug 2025 07:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5576bfac-a493-4b01-a6bb-01d88cbccb3f</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 41 of Generationship, Brighthive CEO Suzanne EL-Moursi joins Rachel Chalmers to unpack the “three-layer cake” of modern data architecture: composable stacks, agentic AI, and governance-first design. From integrating hundreds of data sources to enforcing real-time compliance, Suzanne shares how her team is tackling the grunt work of data so humans can focus on innovation. Plus, her vision for turning every organization—big or small—into a data powerhouse.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 41 of Generationship, Brighthive CEO Suzanne EL-Moursi joins Rachel Chalmers to unpack the “three-layer cake” of modern data architecture: composable stacks, agentic AI, and governance-first design. From integrating hundreds of data sources to enforcing real-time compliance, Suzanne shares how her team is tackling the grunt work of data so humans can focus on innovation. Plus, her vision for turning every organization—big or small—into a data powerhouse.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-41-covenant-with-suzanne-el-moursi">Ep. #41, Covenant with Suzanne EL-Moursi</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #19, Kubernetes at Scale with Josh Rosso of Reddit</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-19-kubernetes-at-scale-with-josh-rosso-of-reddit</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Aug 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e1894f1f-4017-4519-a739-3ebb8c844a68</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 19 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John speak with Josh Rosso, Principal Engineer at Reddit and author of <em>Production Kubernetes</em>. From his early days at CoreOS and Heptio to running Reddit’s massive compute platform, Josh shares insights into managing Kubernetes at internet scale, the business realities of open source, and the risks smaller OSS projects face. Lastly, they dive into AI’s growing role in engineering and the challenges of keeping the internet human.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 19 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John speak with Josh Rosso, Principal Engineer at Reddit and author of <em>Production Kubernetes</em>. From his early days at CoreOS and Heptio to running Reddit’s massive compute platform, Josh shares insights into managing Kubernetes at internet scale, the business realities of open source, and the risks smaller OSS projects face. Lastly, they dive into AI’s growing role in engineering and the challenges of keeping the internet human.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-19-kubernetes-at-scale-with-josh-rosso-of-reddit">Ep. #19, Kubernetes at Scale with Josh Rosso of Reddit</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #11, How LLMs Are Changing PR Forever with Greg Galant</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-how-llms-are-changing-pr-forever-with-greg-galant</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Aug 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">246787e2-94b8-475e-86fc-b7979814b9e9</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 11 of Platform Builders, Christine Spang and Isaac Nassimi chat with Greg Galant. Greg recounts his early entrance into podcasting, social media, and eventually PR tech. He shares war stories from the early 2000s, including launching a podcast before “podcasting” was popular, creating the viral Shorty Awards, and bootstrapping Muck Rack into a multi-million dollar SaaS company. The conversation offers a unique lens on innovation, timing, media evolution, and how AI is reshaping earned media.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 11 of Platform Builders, Christine Spang and Isaac Nassimi chat with Greg Galant. Greg recounts his early entrance into podcasting, social media, and eventually PR tech. He shares war stories from the early 2000s, including launching a podcast before “podcasting” was popular, creating the viral Shorty Awards, and bootstrapping Muck Rack into a multi-million dollar SaaS company. The conversation offers a unique lens on innovation, timing, media evolution, and how AI is reshaping earned media.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-how-llms-are-changing-pr-forever-with-greg-galant">Ep. #11, How LLMs Are Changing PR Forever with Greg Galant</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>RAG vs. Fine-Tuning: What Dev Teams Need to Know</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/rag-vs-fine-tuning</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Jul 2025 15:01:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[LLM]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Fine-Tuning]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Retrieval-Augmented Generation]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">751ba387-d0fd-47c4-8e7d-c2a1516d157b</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Understand the key differences of RAG vs. fine-tuning, technical trade-offs, and when to use each approach for building LLM-powered applications.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>RAG vs. Fine-Tuning: Advantages and Disadvantages</h2><p>In the rapidly evolving world of artificial intelligence, the ability of machine learning models to produce coherent, relevant responses has become critically important. Foundation models like GPT-4 or LLaMA have shown impressive question-answering capabilities, but they come with a limitation: Their knowledge is frozen at the time of training.</p><p><em>More Technical AI Resources:</em></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-make-open-llms-work-in-practice">Video Compilation: How to Make Open-Source &amp; Local LLMs Work in Practice</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/llm-fine-tuning">Guide: LLM Fine-Tuning: A Guide for Engineering Teams in 2025</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/synthetic-data-for-ai">Guide: Synthetic Data for AI: Purpose and Use Cases</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-create-data-pipelines">Guide: How to Create Data Pipelines</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-scope-and-evolve-data-pipelines">Interview: How to Properly Scope and Evolve Data Pipelines</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/data-pipelines-in-regulated-spaces">Interview: Best Practices for Developing Data Pipelines in Regulated Spaces</a></li></ul><p>For teams working with generative AI (GenAI), <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Retrieval-augmented_generation"><em>retrieval-augmented generation (RAG)</em></a> is a powerful architectural innovation that overcomes this constraint by enabling real-time access to external knowledge sources using <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Natural_language_processing"><em>natural language processing (NLP)</em></a>. In simple terms, RAG can enhance a model’s performance allowing it to retrieve relevant data (beyond the general knowledge it may possess from prior training) dynamically from the appropriate data sources and incorporate it into generated responses.</p><p>Let’s break down how RAG works, what makes it valuable, what complexities are involved, and the tools organizations are using to adopt it successfully.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/19709f1d57f26762288a5d22e3c62cb4e0190a9f-3333x1875.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h2>What Is Retrieval-Augmented Generation (RAG)?</h2><p>RAG is a technique that extends the power of machine learning models by combining them with a data retrieval system that can access external knowledge sources in real-time. Instead of relying solely on what was encoded during training, the RAG system can &quot;look up&quot; information from external data sources—like a <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vector_database"><em>vector store</em></a> containing documents, articles, or enterprise data—before generating a response. RAG models effectively use ad hoc data retrieval to enhance a machine learning model’s performance.</p><p>This approach allows AI models to stay current, using ad hoc information retrieval to adapt to different domains and contexts. You can think of RAG as giving your AI a dynamic memory—one that can be updated anytime, queried efficiently, and used intelligently to improve outputs.</p><p>Without RAG, foundation models are like a closed-book: they only know what they were trained on. With RAG, they become an open-book: they can consult an external, always-updatable knowledge base as needed with domain-specific data.</p><h3>How RAG Works: The High-Level Architecture</h3><p>At a high level, a RAG pipeline consists of two main components: retriever and generator.</p><p>The retriever component searches a knowledge base to find the most relevant pieces of information (passages, documents, or snippets) based on the user’s query. Instead of full-text search, RAG systems typically use vector search—a method that finds semantically similar documents using embeddings generated by models like OpenAI&#x27;s <a href="https://platform.openai.com/docs/guides/embeddings">text-embedding-ada</a>, <a href="https://sbert.net/">SentenceTransformers</a>, or <a href="https://cohere.com/">Cohere</a>.</p><p>Once the retriever returns relevant context, the language model (like GPT-4 or LLaMA) takes this context and the original query to generate a coherent and informed response. The generation is &quot;augmented&quot; with retrieved knowledge.</p><p>A defining trait of RAG is that knowledge is not stored inside the model’s parameters, but in a separate and often dynamic storage system—usually a vector database. This decouples knowledge from the model itself, which is a game-changer in terms of flexibility, cost, and maintainability.</p><h3>Key Benefits of RAG</h3><p>RAG unlocks several major advantages for teams working with large language models (LLMs):</p><p><strong>Dynamic Knowledge Updates</strong>Unlike traditional LLMs that require costly retraining to learn new information, RAG systems can be updated on the fly with new data. Want your chatbot to understand today’s breaking news or a newly added product in your catalog? Just update the knowledge base, no model retraining necessary.</p><p><strong>Lower Infrastructure Costs Compared to Fine-Tuning</strong>The fine-tuning process for large models is expensive in both computational resources and engineering effort. RAG allows you to avoid this by offloading domain-specific data and knowledge into a retrievable format. The base model remains unchanged, which saves time and money.</p><p><strong>Easier to Iterate and Debug</strong>With RAG, improving your system often means adjusting the data retrieval pipeline or curating better documents—processes that are faster and safer than altering a model’s weights. This makes development cycles shorter and more transparent.</p><p><strong>Enhanced Factual Accuracy and Trust</strong>Because RAG systems can cite their sources or refer to specific retrieved passages, the responses tend to be more grounded. This is essential for applications that require trust and traceability, like legal advisors, medical assistants, or customer support agents.</p><p><strong>Domain-Specific Customization</strong>Need a model to specialize in financial reports, technical documentation, or legal precedents? With RAG, you can tailor responses by simply controlling what data is stored in the information retrieval layer—no need for model-specific customization.</p><h3>The Trade-Off: Added Complexity</h3><p>While RAG systems are incredibly powerful, they introduce new layers of complexity compared to vanilla LLM applications. Some areas that should be given careful attention include:</p><p><strong>Retrieval Quality</strong>The performance of a RAG system hinges on its retriever. Poor retrieval leads to irrelevant or confusing context being passed to the generator, which degrades the quality of the response. Tuning retrieval involves selecting the right embedding models, refining the search index, and filtering results intelligently.</p><p><strong>Vector Databases</strong>RAG typically relies on vector databases like <a href="https://www.pinecone.io/">Pinecone</a>, <a href="https://weaviate.io/">Weaviate</a>, <a href="https://qdrant.tech/">Qdrant</a>, or <a href="https://faiss.ai/">FAISS</a> to store and search embeddings. These databases must be managed for performance, availability, and data freshness. Indexing strategies, vector dimensionality, and approximate nearest neighbor (ANN) algorithms all play a role.</p><p><strong>Prompt Engineering</strong>You can’t just shove retrieved documents into a prompt and expect good results. Effective prompt engineering is critical–you need to decide how to format the retrieved content, where to place it in the prompt, how many documents to include, and how to structure the prompt to steer the model toward accurate, context-aware answers.</p><p><strong>Evaluation and Feedback Loops</strong>Measuring the performance of a RAG system isn’t trivial. You need to monitor retrieval precision, generation quality, and hallucination rates. It often involves human-in-the-loop evaluation or advanced automatic scoring systems that blend search relevance with natural language understanding.</p><h3>Popular Tools in the RAG Ecosystem</h3><p>A growing number of open-source and commercial tools make it easier to build and deploy RAG systems. Here are some of the most widely used:</p><p><a href="https://www.langchain.com/"><strong>LangChain</strong></a> is a Python framework that simplifies building RAG pipelines by chaining together components like retrievers, vector stores, and LLMs. It offers abstractions for managing prompts, memory, agents, and retrieval workflows. It&#x27;s especially popular for building chatbots and custom search agents.</p><p><a href="https://www.llamaindex.ai/"><strong>LlamaIndex</strong></a> (formerly GPT Index) focuses on creating structured indices from unstructured data, making it easy to plug external data into LLM applications. It supports various vector databases and retrieval strategies and plays nicely with LangChain and other LLM frameworks.</p><p><strong>Pinecone</strong> is a fully managed vector database that handles storage, indexing, and retrieval at scale. It’s known for high performance, ease of integration, and production-readiness. It supports metadata filtering and hybrid search (text + vector).</p><p><strong>Weaviate</strong> is an open-source vector database with built-in support for semantic search, classification, and multi-modal data. It includes a GraphQL interface and allows for automatic schema inference, making it a strong choice for teams building custom knowledge systems.</p><p><strong>FAISS</strong>, <strong>Qdrant</strong>, and <a href="https://milvus.io/"><strong>Milvus</strong></a> are open-source options that provide robust alternatives to commercial vector databases. FAISS (by Meta) is a library for efficient similarity search, while Qdrant and Milvus offer full server-based vector storage with filtering and scale-out capabilities.</p><blockquote><em>Compared to fine-tuning, RAG is potentially a faster, more up-to-date method of improving performance, but it’s not plug-and-play.</em></blockquote><p>RAG represents a powerful shift in how we think about building intelligent systems. By decoupling knowledge from the model and allowing dynamic access to relevant information, RAG gives teams a flexible, cost-effective, and more accurate way to use generative AI in real-world applications.</p><p>However, adopting RAG is not a plug-and-play solution. It requires thoughtful design of the retrieval pipeline, selection of the right tools, careful prompt construction, and continuous monitoring to ensure relevance and reliability.</p><p>For teams building AI systems that need to reason over private data, stay current with external information, or deliver grounded answers with references, RAG is quickly becoming the gold standard architecture. As the ecosystem matures—with tools like LangChain, LlamaIndex, and Pinecone evolving rapidly—implementing RAG is becoming increasingly accessible and impactful.</p><h2>What Is Fine-Tuning?</h2><p>As organizations race to adopt LLMs for everything from chatbots to document analysis, a key question keeps coming up: How do we make these models work better for our data, use cases, and tone? One common answer is fine-tuning.</p><p>Fine-tuning is a powerful technique that customizes a pre-trained language model on a specific training dataset to achieve more precise, context-aware, or brand-aligned behavior. While alternatives like prompt engineering or RAG also aim to steer LLMs, fine-tuning offers a fundamentally different approach—changing the model itself, not just the inputs or supporting data.</p><p>Fine-tuning is the process of continuing to train a pretrained model on a new, typically smaller, training dataset that is specific to your domain or application. It’s like taking a general-purpose expert and teaching them a niche skill through focused practice.</p><p>To clarify how fine-tuning fits into the broader LLM development stack, let’s distinguish it from two related concepts: pretraining and prompt engineering.</p><p>Pretraining is the initial process of training a large model on a massive, diverse dataset of training data (like Common Crawl, Wikipedia, or books). This is where the model learns the structure of language, basic facts, and reasoning patterns. Pretraining is computationally expensive and only done by major AI labs.</p><p>Prompt engineering involves crafting instructions and examples in the input to guide model behavior. It’s a lightweight, zero-cost way to steer output but is limited in its ability to enforce consistent behavior or deep domain alignment.</p><p>Fine-tuning sits between these two extremes, offering more precision than prompting without the cost and scale of pretraining.</p><h3>How Fine-Tuning Works: Custom Training on Target Data</h3><p>At a high level, the fine-tuning process involves taking a pretrained model and continuing its training using a smaller, targeted dataset. The process of compiling training data typically includes the following steps:</p><p><strong>Data Collection and Cleaning</strong>The first step is to collect a high-quality dataset that represents the task, tone, or domain you want to teach the model. This might include: customer service transcripts, medical case reports, legal contracts, internal documentation</p><p>Cleaning, labeling, and formatting the data (usually into input-output pairs) is critical to avoid introducing noise or bias.</p><p><strong>Model Selection</strong>You then choose a base model. If you&#x27;re working with open-weight models, you can download and fine-tune locally. If you&#x27;re using a proprietary model, you’ll use the vendor&#x27;s fine-tuning API.</p><p><strong>Training the Model</strong>Training typically involves supervised learning, where the model adjusts its internal parameters to better predict the desired outputs given your inputs. Depending on your specific use case, you might also use reinforcement learning or instruction tuning.</p><p>Modern fine-tuning frameworks like <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fine-tuning_(deep_learning)#Low-rank_adaptation">LoRA (Low-Rank Adaptation)</a> or <a href="https://arxiv.org/abs/2305.14314">QLoRA (Quantized LoRA)</a> have made it easier and more memory-efficient to fine-tune large models on modest hardware.</p><p><strong>Evaluation and Testing</strong>After training, you’ll evaluate the fine-tuned model to ensure it generalizes well to new examples. Metrics like accuracy, <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/F-score">F1 score</a>, <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BLEU">BLEU score</a> (for generation tasks), and human feedback are commonly used.</p><p></p><h3>Open-Weight vs. Proprietary Models: Two Fine-Tuning Paths</h3><p>Not all models can be fine-tuned the same way. The landscape splits into open-weight models and proprietary models, each with different implications for access, control, and cost.</p><p>Open-weight models are available for download and modification. You can fine-tune them on your own infrastructure or using cloud GPUs. This offers full control over the model and training process, which is ideal for teams with MLOps capabilities and strict privacy requirements.</p><p>On the other hand, proprietary models with fine-tuning APIs don’t expose their weights but offer APIs for uploading fine-tuning data. The provider handles the training process. A quick list of pros and cons:</p><h3>Open-Weight Models</h3><p>Pros and cons for open-weight models like the <a href="https://www.llama.com/">META LlaMA families</a>, <a href="https://docs.mistral.ai/getting-started/models/models_overview/">Mistral</a>, <a href="https://falconllm.tii.ae/falcon-models.html">Falcon</a>, <a href="https://weightwatcher.ai/models/BLOOM-summary.html">BLOOM</a>, or <a href="https://huggingface.co/collections/EleutherAI/pythia-scaling-suite-64fb5dfa8c21ebb3db7ad2e1">Pythia</a>:</p><p><strong>Pros:</strong></p><ul><li>Full control over weights and architecture</li><li>No vendor lock-in</li><li>On-prem deployment possible</li></ul><p><strong>Cons:</strong></p><ul><li>Requires infrastructure and ML engineering expertise</li><li>More complex to scale and manage</li></ul><h3>Proprietary Models with Fine-Tuning APIs</h3><p>Pros and cons for proprietary models with fine-tuning APIs like <a href="https://chatgpt.com/">ChatGPT</a>, <a href="https://www.anthropic.com/claude">Claude</a>, Cohere, <a href="http://v">AI21</a>, or <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PaLM">Google PaLM</a>:</p><p><strong>Pros:</strong></p><ul><li>No need to manage infrastructure</li><li>Easy to use with minimal ML expertise</li><li>Automatically integrates with hosted inference APIs</li></ul><p><strong>Cons:</strong></p><ul><li>Limited flexibility in architecture and customization</li><li>Potential vendor lock-in</li><li>Higher long-term cost for high-usage applications</li></ul><h3>Key Benefits of Fine-Tuning</h3><p>Fine-tuning isn’t the right tool for every situation, but it shines in use cases where precision, control, and integration are critical.</p><p><strong>Precise Behavioral Control</strong>Prompt engineering can only go so far in steering output. Fine-tuning lets you bake in the exact tone, structure, and policy adherence you need—whether that’s avoiding disclaimers, matching brand voice, or using specific formatting.</p><p><strong>Deep Domain Adaptation</strong>LLMs are trained on broad data, which can be weak or inaccurate in niche areas like biomedical research or legal reasoning. Fine-tuning allows the model to internalize deep, domain-specific knowledge that isn’t easily accessible via RAG or prompting.</p><p><strong>Tighter Workflow Integration</strong>For enterprise software that relies on deterministic behaviors (e.g., filling forms, structured output, or specific taxonomy usage), fine-tuning provides a way to hardwire patterns into the model’s behavior.</p><p><strong>Multi-Turn or Task-Specific Mastery</strong>If your use case involves multi-turn dialogue, classification, summarization, or code generation, fine-tuning can make the model more adept at handling those specific tasks.</p><blockquote><em>Fine-tuning is more resource-intensive than RAG, but offers potentially better response times and gives users more control over output formats.</em></blockquote><h3>The Challenges of Fine-Tuning</h3><p>Fine-tuning offers great power that can enable LLMs to grasp deeper nuances in complex fields like healthcare, but it comes with significant challenges—especially when compared to lighter-weight methods like RAG or prompting. (It can also be a more time-consuming approach to improving your model’s performance.)</p><p><strong>High Cost and Compute Requirements</strong>Training large models—even for a few epochs—requires significant GPU time and memory. While adapter-based methods like LoRA can reduce cost, fine-tuning remains more expensive than prompt engineering or RAG. Introducing new data generally incurs high retraining costs.</p><p><strong>Model Versioning and Lifecycle Management</strong>Once you fine-tune a model, you create a new version that must be versioned, monitored, and maintained. This introduces lifecycle management complexity: Which version are we using in production? What data was it trained on? How do we roll back?</p><p><strong>Risk of Overfitting or Drift</strong>If your training data is too small or too biased, the model can overfit—losing its general-purpose abilities and hallucinating facts. Fine-tuned models can also &quot;drift&quot; from expected behavior over time if not retrained or evaluated continuously.</p><p><strong>Evaluation Is Harder</strong>Prompt-based systems are easier to debug—you can tweak the prompt and re-run. Fine-tuned models are black boxes with learned behavior that’s harder to explain or adjust without retraining.</p><p><strong>MLOps and Deployment Complexity</strong>Fine-tuning introduces classic ML deployment challenges: reproducibility, monitoring, rollback mechanisms, and model registry. Enterprises adopting fine-tuning often need mature MLOps pipelines to manage this complexity at scale.</p><p>Fine-tuning is a high-impact tool in the LLM toolkit, especially for organizations seeking precise, repeatable, and domain-specialized AI behavior. It offers more control and customization than prompt engineering and is ideal when RAG can’t capture the depth of domain expertise required.</p><p>But it’s not a silver bullet. Fine-tuning introduces infrastructure and lifecycle challenges that demand careful planning and evaluation. For many use cases, RAG or prompting may be sufficient and cheaper. The best approach often combines methods—using prompt engineering for flexibility, RAG for dynamic knowledge, and fine-tuning for precision and domain depth.</p><p>As LLMs continue to evolve, expect fine-tuning methods to become cheaper, faster, and more efficient—especially with innovations in parameter-efficient fine-tuning, quantization, and automated evaluation. But for now, teams should approach fine-tuning with clear goals, strong datasets, and the right tooling in place.</p><h2>RAG vs. Fine-Tuning: Key Technical Differences</h2><p>As LLMs become essential tools for enterprise AI, product personalization, and task automation, two strategies have emerged as the primary ways to adapt these models to specific domains: RAG and Fine-Tuning.</p><p>While both aim to improve accuracy, relevance, and utility, they do so in fundamentally different ways—with distinct architectures, performance profiles, and infrastructure needs. Understanding these differences is crucial for choosing the right approach for your use case.</p><h3>Architecture and Data Flow</h3><p><strong>RAG</strong></p><p>In RAG, the system consists of three main components:</p><ol><li><strong>Retriever:</strong> Given a query, it fetches relevant documents or chunks from a vector database using semantic similarity (embedding search).</li><li><strong>Knowledge Store:</strong> An external, updatable source of truth (e.g., docs, articles, proprietary data) stored as embeddings.</li><li><strong>Generator:</strong> An LLM that takes both the user’s query and retrieved context to generate accurate responses.</li></ol><p>This modular architecture separates the LLM from the data it relies on. Updates to knowledge don’t require retraining the model—just refreshing the content in the vector store.</p><p><strong>Fine Tuning</strong></p><p>In fine-tuning, you take a pre-trained base model and continue training it on a domain-specific dataset. The model learns to embed that new information directly into its weights. Once fine-tuned, all responses are generated from this internalized knowledge.</p><p>There is no retrieval component or external database—everything the model knows must be learned during training. How RAG and fine-tuning differ:</p><p><strong>RAG:</strong></p><ul><li><strong>Updating data:</strong> Potentially instantaneous via vector database</li><li><strong>Adding new knowledge:</strong> Relatively easy with dynamic document ingestion</li><li><strong>Traceability:</strong> High with citable context</li></ul><p><strong>Fine-Tuning</strong></p><ul><li><strong>Updating data:</strong> Requires retraining</li><li><strong>Adding new knowledge:</strong> Must create new dataset and retrain</li><li><strong>Traceability:</strong> Low as responses may be less explainable</li></ul><p>RAG offers far more <strong>flexibility</strong> and <strong>auditability</strong>, which is a major reason it&#x27;s favored in fast-changing domains like legal, finance, or customer support.</p><h3>Performance and Latency</h3><p>Speed and responsiveness are critical for real-time applications, especially those deployed in production or embedded in user-facing apps.</p><p><strong>Fine-Tuning: Low-Latency Inference</strong>Fine-tuned models are essentially “pure” inference engines. Once deployed, they require no external calls to retrieve information. This means:</p><ul><li>Lower latency: Responses are generated quickly.</li><li>Better for streaming and real-time chat: Great for voice assistants, live coding tools, etc.</li></ul><p>For example, a customer support chatbot trained on support logs via fine-tuning can answer quickly, making it suitable for high-throughput environments.</p><p><strong>RAG: Additional Latency from Retrieval Steps</strong>RAG introduces at least one extra step: querying a vector database to fetch relevant documents before generating a response. This adds:</p><ul><li>Overhead from semantic search</li><li>Latency from embedding generation (if done at runtime)</li><li>Complexity from context formatting and token limits</li></ul><p>Even small delays can affect UX in real-time apps.</p><p><strong>Latency Mitigation Strategies for RAG</strong>To combat this, teams use:</p><ul><li>Caching: Store previous retrieval results or final outputs based on query similarity.</li><li>Asynchronous retrieval: Begin document fetch while processing initial user input.</li><li>Index optimization: Use fast approximate nearest neighbor (ANN) search algorithms like HNSW.</li><li>Client-side embedding: Pre-compute query embeddings to avoid runtime delays.</li></ul><p>RAG users may observe <em>higher inference latency</em> due to the combination of both retrieval and generation; have <em>caching opportunities in both the retrieval and prompt output steps</em>; and may observe <em>lower token efficiency</em> due to including full context.</p><p>Fine-tuning users may see <em>lower inference latency</em> (having to only use inference for generation); have fewer caching opportunities <em>at the prompt output step only</em>; but see <em>higher token efficiency </em>due to pretraining.</p><blockquote><em>Choosing between fine-tuning and RAG can come down to your resources, your customers’ expectations, and your regulatory environment.</em></blockquote><h3>Infrastructure and Tooling</h3><p>Both RAG and fine-tuning require significant tooling, but the nature of the stack is very different.</p><p><strong>RAG Infrastructure: Modular ML + Search Stack</strong>RAG relies on a hybrid architecture that integrates language models with search infrastructure. Typical components include:</p><ul><li>Vector database (e.g., Pinecone, Weaviate, Qdrant)</li><li>Embedding models (e.g., OpenAI, Cohere, SentenceTransformers)</li><li>Retrieval orchestration (e.g., LangChain, LlamaIndex)</li><li>Prompt templating for context formatting</li><li>Chunking strategies for indexing long documents</li></ul><p>RAG’s complexity lies in retrieval quality, chunking strategy, and prompt formatting—not model training.</p><p>RAG is ideal for teams that want fast updates to data, high transparency, and minimal training infrastructure.</p><p><strong>Fine-Tuning Infrastructure: ML Training Pipelines</strong>Fine-tuning requires a more traditional ML training stack:</p><ul><li>GPU compute for training and inference</li><li>Data pipeline for cleaning, formatting, and labeling</li><li>Training frameworks (like <a href="http://v">Hugging Face Transformers</a>, <a href="http://v">PEFT</a>, LoRA)</li><li>Model hosting platforms (like <a href="https://replicate.com/">Replicate</a>, <a href="http://v">Sagemaker</a>, <a href="http://v">Vertex AI</a>, <a href="https://modal.com/">Modal</a>)</li><li>Version control for models and datasets</li></ul><p>Fine-tuning introduces MLOps challenges including versioning models and datasets, managing fine-tuning artifacts, evaluating and validating outputs, and handling model rollback. A comparison of infrastructure elements when using RAG vs. fine-tuning:</p><p><strong>RAG</strong></p><ul><li><strong>Core resources:</strong> Vector database, embedding models, LLM inference</li><li><strong>Skill requirements:</strong> Search, embeddings, prompt design</li><li><strong>How to Manage Updates:</strong> Can happen in real time via database</li><li><strong>Tool examples:</strong> LangChain, LlamaIndex, Pinecone, Weaviate</li><li><strong>Operational overhead:</strong> Moderate (retrieval tuning, prompt management)</li></ul><p></p><p><strong>Fine-Tuning</strong></p><ul><li><strong>Core resources:</strong> GPUs for training, datasets, model hosting</li><li><strong>Skill requirements:</strong> ML engineering, training optimization</li><li><strong>How to Manage Updates:</strong> Retraining needed</li><li><strong>Tool examples:</strong> Hugging Face, LoRA, OpenAI/Anthropic APIs</li><li><strong>Operational overhead:</strong> High (MLOps, model lifecycle management)</li></ul><p></p><h2>How to Choose the Right Approach for Your Use Case</h2><p>There’s no one-size-fits-all answer—RAG and fine-tuning serve different needs.</p><p>RAG and fine-tuning are not mutually exclusive—in fact, many production systems combine the two. A hybrid approach might use RAG to inject current data into prompts, while fine-tuning ensures that outputs are formatted, styled, or filtered in specific ways.</p><p>Understanding the technical trade-offs between these approaches is essential for building scalable, maintainable, and performant AI systems. Fine-tuning gives you surgical control over how a model behaves, but requires serious infrastructure and MLOps support. RAG gives you agility and explainability, but introduces retrieval latency and retrieval engineering complexity.</p><p>For teams building next-gen applications, the best solution is often not either/or, but when and how to use both together.</p><h3>Questions to Ask Before You Decide</h3><p>Before jumping into implementation, consider these four key questions to frame your decision:</p><p><strong>1. Is your data frequently changing or relatively static?</strong>RAG excels when your knowledge base updates frequently—product catalogs, pricing, policies, customer support FAQs.</p><p>Fine-tuning is better if the core knowledge is stable—like legal definitions, scientific terminology, or internal classifications.</p><p><strong>2. Do you need precise, tightly-controlled outputs?</strong>Use fine-tuning when consistent tone, formatting, or behavior is required (like structured summaries or form outputs).</p><p>Use RAG when flexibility is more important than rigid control.</p><p><strong>3. What infrastructure and talent do you have in-house?</strong>RAG requires experience with vector databases, prompt engineering, and search tuning—but not GPU training.</p><p>Fine-tuning requires ML engineers, model versioning, and MLOps pipelines.</p><p><strong>4. Are latency or cost primary concerns?</strong>Fine-tuned models tend to be faster at inference, ideal for real-time systems.</p><p>RAG introduces retrieval overhead and may require more tokens, affecting cost.</p><h3>Use Case Fit: RAG vs. Fine-Tuning</h3><p>Here are practical examples where each approach shines:</p><p><strong>When RAG Works Best</strong></p><ul><li><strong>Customer support bots:</strong> Pulls from up-to-date documentation, product info, or service logs.</li><li><strong>Internal search and chatbots:</strong> Integrates with company wikis, handbooks, or internal portals.</li><li><strong>Knowledge assistants:</strong> Summarizing legal contracts, scientific papers, or research reports.</li><li><strong>Compliance review tools:</strong> Cross-checks against evolving regulations.</li></ul><p><strong>When Fine-Tuning Works Best</strong></p><ul><li><strong>Classification tasks:</strong> Spam detection, sentiment analysis, document type labeling.</li><li><strong>Form parsing and structuring:</strong> Extracting data into predefined formats (e.g., CRM fields).</li><li><strong>Tone-specific writing:</strong> Generating content in a brand’s voice or for a specific persona.</li><li><strong>Code generation:</strong> When outputs must follow specific patterns or conform to style guides.</li></ul><h3>Hybrid Approaches: Can You Combine Both?</h3><p>Sometimes, the best solution blends both worlds. Hybrid architectures combine the dynamic power of RAG with the precision of fine-tuning—though this adds significant complexity. Some examples of hybrid patterns include:</p><ul><li><strong>Fine-tuned retrievers:</strong> Train a custom model to improve document selection in a RAG system.</li><li><strong>Fine-tuned generators:</strong> Use RAG to retrieve context, then pass it to a fine-tuned LLM that specializes in response formatting or tone.</li><li><strong>Layered workflows:</strong> Use RAG for knowledge injection and follow with a fine-tuned model for post-processing (e.g., structure, validation, or filtering).</li></ul><p>Hybrid makes sense when your use case demands both freshness and structure (like a regulatory chatbot that references policy but formats output for legal review). Perhaps you’ve outgrown prompting and retrieval tuning but still need flexible data updates. Or you have MLOps maturity and the engineering bandwidth to handle dual pipelines and monitoring.</p><p>It’s important to proceed with caution. Hybrid systems introduce multi-point failure risk, require cross-discipline skills, and increase debugging complexity. For early-stage teams, this can slow iteration and introduce maintenance debt unless the use case truly demands it.</p><p>Choosing between RAG and fine-tuning isn’t just a technical choice—it’s a strategic one. It depends on how often your data changes, how much control you need, what infrastructure you have, and what your users expect.</p><p>Here’s a simple way to frame your decision:</p><ul><li>Use RAG when your knowledge needs to stay current and traceable.</li><li>Use fine-tuning when your behavior needs to be consistent, structured, or domain-specialized.</li></ul><p>Explore hybrid models only if your system requires both agility and deep model control—and your team is ready to support that complexity. Ultimately, the goal isn’t to pick a perfect approach—it’s to choose the one that best matches your real-world constraints while leaving room to evolve.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/rag-vs-fine-tuning">RAG vs. Fine-Tuning: What Dev Teams Need to Know</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #40, ExperimentOps with Salma Mayorquin of Remyx AI</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-40-experimentops-with-salma-mayorquin-of-remyx-ai</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Jul 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4e6b9cf7-5c78-4ec1-811b-8ed75be1d84a</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 40 of Generationship, Salma Mayorquin of Remyx AI unpacks the shift from traditional MLOps to ExperimentOps—a framework for scaling insight in modern AI development. With stories from Netflix, Yelp, and Stripe, she explains how teams are bringing foundation models into production and what it takes to keep up. If you&#x27;re grappling with LLMs, MLOps, or decision paralysis in GenAI, this one’s for you.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 40 of Generationship, Salma Mayorquin of Remyx AI unpacks the shift from traditional MLOps to ExperimentOps—a framework for scaling insight in modern AI development. With stories from Netflix, Yelp, and Stripe, she explains how teams are bringing foundation models into production and what it takes to keep up. If you&#x27;re grappling with LLMs, MLOps, or decision paralysis in GenAI, this one’s for you.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-40-experimentops-with-salma-mayorquin-of-remyx-ai">Ep. #40, ExperimentOps with Salma Mayorquin of Remyx AI</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #18, Consent Management with Christopher Burns</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-18-consent-management-with-christopher-burns</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Jul 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5f7ffec1-11a1-44a9-80fa-6eb8d42278b7</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 18 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride are joined by Christopher Burns to unpack the complexities of consent management and cookie banners. Discover how Christopher’s open source project, c15t, aims to simplify privacy compliance for developers, bridging the gap between legal requirements and practical implementation. This episode offers a fresh perspective on why consent is not just a legal burden, but a critical component of modern web development.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 18 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride are joined by Christopher Burns to unpack the complexities of consent management and cookie banners. Discover how Christopher’s open source project, c15t, aims to simplify privacy compliance for developers, bridging the gap between legal requirements and practical implementation. This episode offers a fresh perspective on why consent is not just a legal burden, but a critical component of modern web development.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-18-consent-management-with-christopher-burns">Ep. #18, Consent Management with Christopher Burns</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #10, Building Leverage, Not Features with Seth Besmertnik</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-building-leverage-not-features-with-seth-besmertnik</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Jul 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2289ee7a-a9b2-4c0f-9d33-6fe100f6a410</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 10 of Platform Builders, Christine Spang and Isaac Nassimi chat with Seth Besmertnik about Conductor&#x27;s journey through the WeWork acquisition and its incredible comeback from near-disaster, offering a powerful lesson in resilience and leadership. The conversation then pivots to the future, exploring how AI is about to turn the web upside down. Seth provides a clear framework for how brands must adapt their content and SEO strategies to survive and thrive in this new AI-driven world.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 10 of Platform Builders, Christine Spang and Isaac Nassimi chat with Seth Besmertnik about Conductor&#x27;s journey through the WeWork acquisition and its incredible comeback from near-disaster, offering a powerful lesson in resilience and leadership. The conversation then pivots to the future, exploring how AI is about to turn the web upside down. Seth provides a clear framework for how brands must adapt their content and SEO strategies to survive and thrive in this new AI-driven world.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-building-leverage-not-features-with-seth-besmertnik">Ep. #10, Building Leverage, Not Features with Seth Besmertnik</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Best Practices for Developing Data Pipelines in Regulated Spaces</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/data-pipelines-in-regulated-spaces</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Jul 2025 16:47:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Data Pipelines]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Data Infrastructure]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Data Governance]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Highly Regulated]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">76ce85a7-2457-4e6a-83d1-c19119a38a1c</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Standing up data pipelines in highly regulated spaces requires proper scoping, automation, and storage. Data expert Roshan Nanu explains.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>How to Think About Data Pipelines in Regulated Spaces</h2><p>Tech teams standing up new AI programs, or scaling existing programs, need to determine how to build and operate <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-infrastructure-top-challenges-data-inference">data pipelines</a>, a key infrastructure component for AI programs at the enterprise., and without good data pipelines, that data will suffer from quality, accuracy, and freshness problems – no matter which vendors you rely on. In this article, we’ll cover expert insights on best practices for data pipelines in regulated spaces.</p><p>Roshan Nanu, PhD, Director of AI at <a href="https://www.promptemr.com/">Prompt Health</a>, is an expert on building data pipelines to support AI applications in healthcare, a highly-regulated industry with strict data privacy and transport regulations. We spoke with him about why data pipelines are so important, walked through the best practices and common mistakes, and learned how tech teams can implement these ideas in any industry.</p><h2>AI Is Only as Good as the Data Underpinning It</h2><p>The first mistake tech teams tend to make happens well before the first data pipeline plans are even scoped. Once an engineering team takes on a data pipeline project, it’s tempting to assume the data in question is all from the same domain and follows the same standards.</p><p>Nanu explains that the data conversation has to start well before the project gets to the engineering team. “I&#x27;m talking to our sales team, our marketing team, and our billing team about their practices,” Nanu explains. Over time, he says, “It becomes more and more important for these teams to create good free-text data.”</p><p>Generative AI has, of course, become dramatically more sophisticated in the past few years, but it still abides by a classic principle: Garbage in, garbage out. The information in the data coming from your sales, marketing, and billing teams might be very meaningful, but if it’s not formatted for the data pipeline you’re building, that meaning can be lost.</p><p>Before you build the data pipeline, you need to zoom out and assess the quality of your entire data corpus. “With companies wanting to leverage AI and develop LLMs (large language models) to scale, we can only get reliability if we have a good corpus of data to start with,” Nanu explains.</p><p>Reliability for AI applications is critical. If reliability is low, otherwise-effective AI applications can face adoption issues. This is especially true for retrieval augmented generation (RAG) applications. If an enterprise wants to enable users to get precise answers to nuanced questions, users need to be able to trust those answers.</p><p>Nanu explains, “We can only make good RAG pipelines to get information to people if we have good documents to use as sources.” For the sake of AI, “good documents” go far beyond the quality of the information within them. Good documents also exhibit high <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data_quality">data quality</a>, being uniform and standardized, ensuring that terms are consistent and formatting is clean.</p><p>Nanu frequently has conversations with non-engineering teams, showing them how to adapt their processes to support AI applications that will, in turn, help them. “I’m telling them to standardize their processes, write down their heuristics and how they do things, and write down good documentation based on their processes and best practices,” he explains.</p><p>Investing in this work before building your data pipeline saves significant effort down the road. Rushing into it risks discovering months later that teams have been formatting data differently or entering it into inconsistent fields. Retroactive standardization is always harder than proactive standardization.</p><h2>The Type of Data You’re Working With Matters</h2><p>All data is not created equal, and the type of data you’re working with can be a huge influence on how you build your data pipeline. A focus of Nanu’s, for example, is automating note-taking for healthcare providers – an otherwise time-consuming manual process.</p><p>Different companies approach the challenge in different ways, using either scribes, intake-based generation, or note re-formatting/re-writing. The outputs may end up basically the same, but the inputs vary wildly.</p><p>“My dataset needs to have whatever I want as my input,” Nanu explains, “And then your output needs to be in a format that I can actually use.” The challenge is in the refinement, not the collection or transformation of the data.</p><blockquote>With companies wanting to leverage AI and develop LLMs to scale, we can only get reliability if we have a good corpus of data to start with. <br/>-Roshan Nanu, Director of AI/Prompt Health</blockquote><p>In a healthcare setting, <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data_mesh">data meshes</a> can be a helpful addition. A data mesh is an approach to data architecture that decentralizes data ownership and management, allowing self-service among different teams.</p><p>“We have a huge advantage in that we are an electronic medical record (EMR) company,” Nanu explains. “All of our customers’ data is stored in the same way, even if they don&#x27;t create their data in the same way.” A data mesh helps ensure that the data from domain experts – physicians, in this case – can be stored correctly without overburdening those experts with data work.</p><p>That said, a data mesh is neither easy to implement nor a panacea. “It&#x27;s still a very hard problem to create a data mesh that works well, that our AI developers can use and pull from for their individual use cases,” Nanu warns.</p><h2>Figure Out What Your Data Really Means</h2><p>When you look for technical guides around data pipelines, many assume you’re starting from square one. In reality, most tech teams inherit datasets and data infrastructure built years ago. AI might not have even been on the horizon when your system was first built, but now it’s a priority, which means you need to deeply understand your data before doing anything else.</p><p>“With developing use cases across manufacturing, across healthcare, and more, the big gap is actually less about what data is available – it’s about whether AI engineers know what it means,” Nanu says.</p><p>A developer and a physician have very different knowledge bases, and even physicians in the same hospital will likely have different ways of transcribing records. No amount of sheer AI experience will make mutual understanding simple; you have to cross the gap first.</p><p>Otherwise, Nanu says, “Your AI developer will ask, ‘How do I map these inputs to what I actually need to get?’ ‘What do all these terms mean?’ ‘What do these data columns mean?’” It can take a lot of time, he warns, but it’s worth it if it means turning that sometimes obscure domain expertise into a resource.</p><p>It can be helpful to break down the process of figuring out your data into multiple steps:</p><ol><li>Procure the data</li><li>Cleanse the data as needed</li><li>Format the data so that engineers and data scientists can query it</li><li>Define the data so engineers and data scientists can understand what they’re modeling and trying to accomplish</li></ol><p>The first step is impossible without the step of defining data. Defining datasets can feel like humble work, just understanding the data at hand, but it’s significant progress. “Just getting that domain expertise and having it available to your AI engineers is such a big step,” Nanu says.</p><p>Looking at it another way, this progress isn’t just a big step for your team but, cumulatively, a big step for the software industry as a whole.</p><p>“Right now, we&#x27;re in a world where middlemen developed the software,” Nanu explains. “Your domain experts are using some piece of software, and you&#x27;re brought in now to build on top of that, but you&#x27;re stuck in whatever infrastructure your software engineers set up, without any thought to the fact that this data would be used later.”</p><h2>Ingest and Store Data to Support Present and Future Use Cases</h2><p>Once you understand your data and have processes in place to standardize it, your goal is to build a data pipeline that is consistent, reliable, and scalable. Companies have a lot of documentation and data, almost by definition, and your data pipeline isn’t ready for production until it can ingest, process, and store all of it.</p><p>“The next step is developing that consistent data pipeline, getting something in place to ingest your own company&#x27;s documentation, your patient data, your sales data, your data from every other third-party software you&#x27;re using,” Nanu explains.</p><p>Ingestion, however, is only one component. Once you can reliably and consistently ingest data across all of the sources your company uses, you need to be able to store it.</p><p>“Get all of that into a data warehouse,” Nanu says. Storage policies need to be clear and strictly reinforced. “Data needs to be in a format that your AI engineers can query for the use case at hand.”</p><p>Nanu emphasizes an upfront infrastructure investment because AI is such a rapidly evolving field.</p><p>“Right now, every time you turn around, someone has a new use case for AI they want to throw at you,” Nanu says. “Today it’s ‘Hey, automate documentation for providers.’ Tomorrow, it&#x27;s ‘Hey, figure out if patients are going to show up or not.’ Or, internally, ‘Hey, get us better reporting to know what the sentiment of our customer support is.’”</p><p>The use cases for AI are already plentiful, but they’re still growing. An effective data pipeline, relying on effective data infrastructure, can pipe data in and make it usable for use cases that haven’t even been built out yet. “For all AI use cases, we need data sets that we can go to that are trustworthy,” Nanu says.</p><h2>Support Your Data Pipeline with Automation</h2><p>As mentioned, many data teams inherit their datasets and infrastructure, so an early investment in improving this starting point frequently pays off.</p><p>As you build your data pipeline, consider what you can automate. Once you get full access to your data and standardize it, you can start building automated processes that work from those standardized formats and allow you to avoid a lot of manual work.</p><p>“If you have a lot of that standardization in place, the most important thing is to decide on a cadence, to set up your ETL pipeline, and to get it running such that you are updating that data frequently,” Nanu says. If your data isn’t frequently updated and fresh, even an otherwise effective data pipeline can be unreliable.</p><p>It makes sense, but many feel tempted to delay automation. “Honestly, putting that in the backlog takes so much time to recover from,” Nanu says. “If you have the opportunity, if you&#x27;re getting it set up, automate that data pipeline first so it&#x27;s always up to date.”</p><p>Choosing not to automate your data pipeline is, in many cases, choosing to take on tech debt. “Once you&#x27;re up and running, your company expects you to put out new use cases or make things shift faster,” Nanu explains. Without a mature pipeline supported by automation, he says, “It becomes harder and harder to carve out time to go and optimize that back end or go and improve on processes.”</p><p>Much of this comes back to foundational engineering best practices. Nanu has seen companies try to build pipelines with only data scientists, not engineers, “And it was the most inefficient thing I&#x27;ve ever experienced because no one on that team knew how to write good software,” he says.</p><blockquote>If you have a lot of that standardization in place, the most important thing is to decide on a cadence, to set up your ETL pipeline, and to get it running such that you are updating that data frequently. If you have the opportunity…automate that data pipeline first so it&#x27;s always up to date.</blockquote><p>That said, there are limitations, and you can’t expect a perfect pipeline set up on day one. “Automation is not always feasible,” Nanu explains, in cases where the AI team is new or the company is first identifying its primary use cases. “You don&#x27;t know your data markets yet until you go through a few processes. And it&#x27;s hard also to get access to that data,” Nanu says.</p><p>Some enterprises can take four to six months to spin up an AI team and get them access to production data to work with and train on. In such cases, developers shouldn’t just sit and wait. Instead, Nanu says, they can “use an assumption of what they think the data might look like once they get it for their initial models.”</p><p>Companies will always have new use cases, and they will expect data pipelines to keep up and evolve. A stable foundation and robust automation are essential. “If you can, get it done early,” Nanu says. “If you can&#x27;t, hire for it. Hire someone whose sole job is to come in behind that AI team and develop those backend systems to do that data and software engineering.”</p><h2>Store and Manage Data Securely and Efficiently</h2><p>Data privacy is important in every industry, but it’s especially important in highly regulated industries, such as healthcare, finance, insurance, and manufacturing. If an AI application were to regurgitate private information about a patient, for example, there wouldn’t just be reputational damage – there could be penalties, fines, and lawsuits.</p><p>As Nanu says, working from his experience in healthcare, “All it takes is 20 instances of private healthcare information to leak for a lawsuit. 20 individuals.” As a result, a ‘mostly’ secure application just isn’t enough. Tech teams have to thoroughly de-identify the data that’s fed into their models to ensure privacy risks are as unlikely as possible. But that’s easier said than done.</p><p>“It actually takes quite a long time to set up a robust de-identification,” Nanu warns. “And then you have to go through the extra step of getting a third party to review a sample of your dataset and your de-identification process to certify that it is sufficiently de-identified to no longer be protected under HIPAA. And they go through that data painstakingly.”</p><p>There are no shortcuts, Nanu says. Even if you purchase high-quality de-identification models from a vendor, you still have to build your own systems to do additional redactions and keep your data clean.</p><p>Of course, even properly de-identified data is only as useful as it is accessible. Once you have the data de-identified, you need to store it effectively and enable developers to query it efficiently.</p><p>This component of the pipeline is integral, and Nanu recommends assigning a whole person or team to data management. “From a logistical standpoint, it&#x27;s definitely worth having a person or team managing your data,” Nanu says. “That’s probably the most important thing that you have.”</p><p>Working with someone who can focus on data management is crucial because it’s not work that you can take lightly. “When getting things set up, I would be very cautious about what resources you&#x27;re using to do so,” Nanu says. “A lot of people are going to dump stuff into S3 and say, ‘Hey, it&#x27;s good enough,’ but it&#x27;s really hard to index and search that data.”</p><p>The other obvious option isn’t good either. “On the flip side,” Nanu says, “sticking it on RDS gets very costly, very fast for big data sets, and it&#x27;s not overly efficient.”</p><p>There’s a tough balance to strike: You want to index your data properly, but you also want to store it cost-efficiently. “At this point, data is money, data is power, and data is what you need,” Nanu explains. “You need to be able to store all your data efficiently, but also query it efficiently.”</p><h2>How to Think About AI Agents</h2><p>The generative AI paradigm shift has blossomed into innumerable sub-trends, and right now, AI agents are capturing a lot of attention. Agents are relatively new, and they’ll require high-quality data to underpin them if they have any hope of working.</p><p>“If you have one agent that is reliable, then you’ll have to put a lot of time and effort into building that agent and training it and fine-tuning it,” Nanu explains. Until you have a robust data pipeline, agents might not warrant your focus yet.</p><p>That said, if agents are what excite company leaders and agents are what’s drawing a budget, then don’t shy away. Nanu recommends caution: “If you&#x27;re stuck building agents, it really requires thinking through every step of your chain of thought pipeline. Don&#x27;t leave a lot to chance.”</p><p>The more you leave to chance, the less reliable the agents will be, leading to a degraded experience. “You get an explanation one day that you don&#x27;t the next day. There&#x27;s a small update, you switched to a different GPU, and now you&#x27;re getting slightly different results,” Nanu explains. That’s not an experience you can put in front of a customer.</p><p>The good news is that even the newest trends still point back to building a solid foundation first: Your data pipeline. But if you’re building for agents, you must pay particular attention to data diversity.</p><p>“There&#x27;s just so much of a gap in reliability that you really do need a very large and diverse dataset in order to support good agents,” Nanu explains. “That means you need several thousand examples of realistic input and very high-quality output.”</p><h2>Develop Failover and Fallback Plans</h2><p>Many teams are rightfully wary of becoming too dependent on any given vendor, including foundation model providers. However, for early-stage startups and teams new to AI, buying into a foundation model, even at a relatively cheap plan, is a good start.</p><p>“A lot of companies want to retain ownership of models,” Nanu explains, “But those large proprietary companies, those source models, provide something very valuable at first, and that is speed and quality.” The idea of standing up your own models can be appealing, but it’s unlikely you’ll match the providers’ speed and quality, and you certainly won’t get close to that level quickly.</p><p>Generative AI is a scaling game, and until you have the data, it’s safer to risk some vendor lock-in. “Your fine-tuned, self-hosted, open-source 7 billion parameter model is going to perform absolutely terribly until you have that 5,000-or-more data point set,” Nanu says. “Until you get to that point, you&#x27;re better off throwing your prompts at a foundational model.”</p><p>At this stage, the goal isn’t to launch the ideal AI strategy on day one; the goal is to get started.</p><p>That doesn’t mean, however, that you have to throw caution to the wind. Nanu acknowledges the risks and warns, “More and more, we&#x27;re seeing vendor outages. And at any point, these closed-source vendors can raise their prices from 10 cents per million tokens to ten dollars per million tokens – they can do that overnight.”</p><blockquote>A lot of companies want to retain ownership of models, but those large proprietary companies provide something very valuable: Speed and quality. Your fine-tuned, self-hosted, open-source 7 billion parameter model is going to perform absolutely terribly until you have that 5,000-or-more data point set.</blockquote><p>As a result, you should balance the power you’re giving these vendors with the ability to fallback in the event of outages or other issues. Nanu, for example, uses models from these providers but has backups to keep them going if anything happens.</p><p>“We build out our datasets to train our own custom adapters that we own, that we host, and that we can fall back on if those closed-source models ever go down,” Nanu says.</p><p>That safety measure even backs out to how they use the models when they’re up and running. “That&#x27;s why, even though GPT-4o has that 127,000 token context window, we actually keep most of our prompt engineering and our work under an 8,000 token context window just so that we can easily fall back to our open-source models on our self-hosted infra,” Nanu explains.</p><h2>There’s No Free Lunch</h2><p>It’s easy to feel behind the AI wave, but everything is still new, and best practices remain unsettled. “There&#x27;s no free lunch,” Nanu says, “And at this point, all the systems for AI are all constantly in development, and are brand new. The whole industry is still figuring out best practices.”</p><p>Instead of waiting for a playbook that can get you from A to Z, focus on building the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-create-data-pipelines">foundational processes of your data pipeline</a>:</p><ol><li>Build a plan with goals</li><li>Scope out data sources</li><li>Map out data processing processes</li><li>Determine storage</li><li>Determine data flows</li><li>Build / connect / test</li><li>Monitor and observe</li></ol><p>Throughout, treat your data pipeline like operational architecture, similar to the approach DevOps teams take to other foundational pieces of software infrastructure. While there’s a lot of excitement around AI, standing up an AI program isn’t something to build on the cheap. A data pipeline is infrastructure, and you need to build it knowing that it’s something to maintain and evolve over time.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/data-pipelines-in-regulated-spaces">Best Practices for Developing Data Pipelines in Regulated Spaces</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #84, Maddy Montaquila on .NET Aspire</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-84-maddy-montaquila-on-net-aspire</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Jul 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b0633146-81ed-4dbe-b4dd-d7da82becda7</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 84 of o11ycast, Ken Rimple and Martin Thwaites welcome Maddy Montaquila, lead PM for .NET Aspire at Microsoft. This episode dives into the &quot;magic&quot; of Aspire, exploring how it streamlines the developer experience from frictionless app startup to telemetry-rich development. Discover how Aspire makes telemetry a first-class citizen, simplifying debugging and enhancing observability for modern applications.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 84 of o11ycast, Ken Rimple and Martin Thwaites welcome Maddy Montaquila, lead PM for .NET Aspire at Microsoft. This episode dives into the &quot;magic&quot; of Aspire, exploring how it streamlines the developer experience from frictionless app startup to telemetry-rich development. Discover how Aspire makes telemetry a first-class citizen, simplifying debugging and enhancing observability for modern applications.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-84-maddy-montaquila-on-net-aspire">Ep. #84, Maddy Montaquila on .NET Aspire</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #39, Simon Willison: I Coined Prompt Injection</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-39-simon-willison-i-coined-prompt-injection</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Jul 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">72ad00cf-d7d0-4c34-8a1b-fa8fe9fade6a</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 39 of Generationship, Rachel speaks with Simon Willison, founder of Datasette and co-creator of Django. Simon discusses the surprising resurgence of blogging, his coining of the term “prompt injection,” the power of learning in public, and how he uses GitHub issues as an external brain to manage hundreds of projects. This quick-witted and humorous conversation offers a pragmatic look at leveraging today&#x27;s tools for maximum productivity and impact.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 39 of Generationship, Rachel speaks with Simon Willison, founder of Datasette and co-creator of Django. Simon discusses the surprising resurgence of blogging, his coining of the term “prompt injection,” the power of learning in public, and how he uses GitHub issues as an external brain to manage hundreds of projects. This quick-witted and humorous conversation offers a pragmatic look at leveraging today&#x27;s tools for maximum productivity and impact.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-39-simon-willison-i-coined-prompt-injection">Ep. #39, Simon Willison: I Coined Prompt Injection</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #17, AI Native Software Factories with Solomon Hykes</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-17-ai-native-software-factories-with-solomon-hykes</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Jul 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e07cd8ef-7ff0-4b9c-b641-fe757f9d6edb</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 17 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John speak with Docker founder Solomon Hykes about his latest project, Dagger, and its mission to fix the pain points of modern CI/CD. Solomon explains why DevOps is due for a systems-level rethink and how AI agents are changing the way software gets built and shipped.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 17 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John speak with Docker founder Solomon Hykes about his latest project, Dagger, and its mission to fix the pain points of modern CI/CD. Solomon explains why DevOps is due for a systems-level rethink and how AI agents are changing the way software gets built and shipped.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-17-ai-native-software-factories-with-solomon-hykes">Ep. #17, AI Native Software Factories with Solomon Hykes</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #9, Manny Medina Explains: What the F Is an AI Agent?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-manny-medina-explains-what-the-f-is-an-ai-agent</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Jul 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9e41a34f-4692-4ec4-be26-f4b07407f18c</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 9 of Platform Builders, Christine and Isaac sit down with Manny Medina, founder and CEO of Paid, to unpack the tectonic shift happening in software. From the rise of AI agents that autonomously perform tasks, to the death of seat-based pricing, and why ARR and SaaS metrics just don’t make sense anymore—Manny makes a compelling case that we’re entering a new era. If you&#x27;re building, investing in, or working with AI-native companies, this is essential listening.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 9 of Platform Builders, Christine and Isaac sit down with Manny Medina, founder and CEO of Paid, to unpack the tectonic shift happening in software. From the rise of AI agents that autonomously perform tasks, to the death of seat-based pricing, and why ARR and SaaS metrics just don’t make sense anymore—Manny makes a compelling case that we’re entering a new era. If you&#x27;re building, investing in, or working with AI-native companies, this is essential listening.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-manny-medina-explains-what-the-f-is-an-ai-agent">Ep. #9, Manny Medina Explains: What the F Is an AI Agent?</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #38, Wayfinder with Heidi Waterhouse</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-38-wayfinder-with-heidi-waterhouse</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Jun 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3b144ecc-189a-4f9d-a5aa-244517454903</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 38 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers sits down with Heidi Waterhouse, co-author of &quot;Progressive Delivery.&quot; They unpack what Progressive Delivery means as an extension of continuous delivery, focusing on the crucial role of user experience in software development. Discover fresh insights on user autonomy, the pitfalls of uninvited AI, and how to bring empathy back into the software lifecycle.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 38 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers sits down with Heidi Waterhouse, co-author of &quot;Progressive Delivery.&quot; They unpack what Progressive Delivery means as an extension of continuous delivery, focusing on the crucial role of user experience in software development. Discover fresh insights on user autonomy, the pitfalls of uninvited AI, and how to bring empathy back into the software lifecycle.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-38-wayfinder-with-heidi-waterhouse">Ep. #38, Wayfinder with Heidi Waterhouse</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #47, SecureBuild with Grant Miller of Replicated</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-47-securebuild-with-grant-miller-of-replicated</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Jun 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9e7d4471-aaec-4eef-ac4f-fd69b4d98c2e</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 47 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie sit down with Grant Miller, Founder and CEO of Replicated. This talk chronicles the triumphs and tribulations of Replicated and the many entrepreneurial lessons learned along the way. Grant and Marc also unveil SecureBuild, a new offering for open source projects. Lastly they share their firsthand experiences using AI-assisted coding tools and how they’re revolutionizing productivity.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 47 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie sit down with Grant Miller, Founder and CEO of Replicated. This talk chronicles the triumphs and tribulations of Replicated and the many entrepreneurial lessons learned along the way. Grant and Marc also unveil SecureBuild, a new offering for open source projects. Lastly they share their firsthand experiences using AI-assisted coding tools and how they’re revolutionizing productivity.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-47-securebuild-with-grant-miller-of-replicated">Ep. #47, SecureBuild with Grant Miller of Replicated</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #16, Building Tools That Spark Joy with Mitchell Hashimoto</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-16-building-tools-that-spark-joy-with-mitchell-hashimoto</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Jun 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9c450c25-af49-4ff7-8653-acee9842d660</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 16 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John sit down with Mitchell Hashimoto, founder of HashiCorp, to discuss his journey after leaving the company and his latest passion project, the open source terminal emulator Ghostty. Mitchell shares the accidental origins of Ghostty, his pragmatic approach to technology, and his thoughts on the current state of open source business models. Lastly, they explore the complexities of AI development and the trade-offs of foundation governance.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 16 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John sit down with Mitchell Hashimoto, founder of HashiCorp, to discuss his journey after leaving the company and his latest passion project, the open source terminal emulator Ghostty. Mitchell shares the accidental origins of Ghostty, his pragmatic approach to technology, and his thoughts on the current state of open source business models. Lastly, they explore the complexities of AI development and the trade-offs of foundation governance.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-16-building-tools-that-spark-joy-with-mitchell-hashimoto">Ep. #16, Building Tools That Spark Joy with Mitchell Hashimoto</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>LLM Fine-Tuning: A Guide for Engineering Teams in 2025</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/llm-fine-tuning</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Jun 2025 16:40:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[LLM]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Generative AI]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Fine-Tuning]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1ec7a63d-93d0-4d7e-a7ad-a496034040c4</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>What every startup team should know before fine-tuning an LLM—costs, risks, tools, and how to do it right.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>General-purpose large language models (LLMs) are built for broad artificial intelligence (AI) applications. The most popular open-weight models, which make their core hyperparameters publicly available, are usually general-purpose models prepared with <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Generative_pre-trained_transformer"><em>pre-training</em></a>, an important practice in using <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Deep_learning"><em>deep learning</em></a> to improve a model’s analysis capabilities.</p><p>Off the shelf, these pre-trained models can explain a wide range of complex topics, handle rote tasks to free up their human partners, handle customer service queries as a chatbot, spin up text generation for specific content needs, handle summarization of large blocks of text data, and more. While this will not be a full tutorial, this step-by-step guide, we’ll cover how teams can use the process of <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fine-tuning_(deep_learning)"><em>fine tuning</em></a> on already-trained AI models to boost performance and provide better outcomes faster. Fine-tuning is generally one of the core processes in creating a custom LLM of your own.</p><h2>How Fine-Tuning Improves LLM Performance for Engineering Teams</h2><p>Out of the box, LLMs made for any task may not be suited to any single organization’s specific tasks. (Some teams will look to more purpose-built alternatives, such as Bidirectional Encoder Representations from Transformers, or <em><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BERT_(language_model)">BERT models</a>,</em> which use self-supervised learning, or other custom models.) There are other barriers for startups that may be interested in using LLMs: non-deterministic outcomes that introduce unpredictability, the high cost of accessing popular models and maintaining the resources to host them, and the rapid pace of change in the LLM landscape.</p><p>There are several popular techniques for improving what an LLM produces: refining the prompts you feed it (<a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Prompt_engineering"><em>prompt engineering</em></a>), introducing data from new sources to the LLM (<a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Retrieval-augmented_generation"><em>retrieval-augmented generation</em></a>, or RAG), and changing the training parameters of the model itself (<a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fine-tuning_(deep_learning)"><em>fine tuning</em></a>).</p><p>All three approaches will get you better outputs. (RAG in particular has gained popularity for providing ad hoc performance boosts for models.) However, only fine-tuning large language models delivers the sort of persistent behavior change that consistently channels an LLM’s power toward your organization’s purposes. <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-make-open-llms-work-in-practice">A model customized to your startup’s specific task</a> (and your customers’ needs) can help you outclass your competitors.</p><p>Next, we’ll cover how fine-tuning works, different approaches to fine tuning, how to do it (from model selection to output evaluation) responsibly, and which AI infrastructure investments make the difference in fine tuning effectively.</p><h2>What is LLM Fine-Tuning?</h2><p>Fine-tuning LLMs means conducting additional training on an already pre-trained LLM, like OpenAI’s <a href="https://chatgpt.com/">ChatGPT</a>, Anthropic <a href="https://claude.ai/">Claude</a>, META’s <a href="https://llama.com/">Llama</a> family, or your own LLM internally to improve its performance. In essence, fine-tuning extends the training of an LLM beyond pre-training, tailoring it for specific domains and use cases on subsequent prompts, as opposed to more-transient methods like RAG.</p><p>The fine-tuning process can involve connecting your pre-trained model to one or more data sources (such as a knowledge base of your own data) via API to flow fine-tuning data to the model (as well as to connect the fine-tuned model directly to downstream applications). The fine-tuning process can benefit from embedding, effectively providing a starting point within your own data to which your fine-tuned model can refer. It’s also a good idea to <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-scope-and-evolve-data-pipelines">automate</a> time-consuming data preprocessing and other preparation tasks.</p><p>Specifically, training LLMs updates and refits your models’ parameters—the weights and biases it applies to a dataset during the training process as well as the preset hyperparameters (i.e., <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Learning_rate">learning rate</a>, <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Glossary_of_artificial_intelligence#epoch">epochs</a>, <a href="https://www.coursera.org/articles/what-does-batch-size-mean-in-deep-learning">batch size</a>) that guide how those weights and biases are applied—to provide better, fit-for-purpose responses. LLMs tuned for a specific domain or use case tuned with an appropriate learning rate deliver faster performance and better, more relevant answers that ideally require fewer re-prompts.</p><p>Poorly done, fine-tuning can also introduce safety risks. Most popular LLMs have built-in guardrails to prevent their misuse; fine-tuning can compromise them. In <a href="https://llm-tuning-safety.github.io/">a study</a>, researchers from Princeton University, Stanford University, Virginia Tech University, and IBM Research found that fine-tuning enabled LLMs from Meta and OpenAI to offer advice on bomb-making, run scams, and participate in other criminal activities.</p><p>Such risks can be mitigated with thoughtful planning and deliberate execution. Real-world fine-tuning success stories aren’t hard to find, particularly for teams that go beyond using the <em>largest</em> large language models and consider going smaller:</p><ul><li>LlaSMol, a Mistral-based LLM <a href="https://arxiv.org/abs/2402.09391">fine-tuned by researchers at Ohio State University and Google</a> for chemistry projects, substantially outperformed non-fine-tuned models</li><li>At Harvard University, large language models with <em>smaller parameter counts</em> <a href="https://www.nature.com/articles/s41746-023-00970-0">fine-tuned to scan medical records for non-medical factors that influence health</a> found more results with less bias than advanced GPT models trained on a larger, more-general set of parameters</li><li>Researchers at three Chinese universities developed LegiLM, <a href="https://arxiv.org/html/2409.13721v1">an LLM fine-tuned to interpret and support compliance with data privacy regulations</a></li><li><a href="https://medium.com/@tam.tamanna18/sentiment-analysis-with-large-language-models-448d4864eeff">Sentiment analysis</a> and other natural language processing (NLP) tasks are also popular use case for LLM fine-tuning</li></ul><h3>Key Approaches to LLM Fine-Tuning</h3><p>There are several broad approaches to LLM fine-tuning, including full fine-tuning, parameter-efficient fine-tuning (PEFT), and instruction tuning or reinforcement learning from human feedback (RLHF). Each has merits and drawbacks, but at least one is likely to suit your organization’s goals and budget, which are important to consider, particularly if training your own LLM internally.</p><h3>Full Fine-Tuning</h3><p>Full fine-tuning is a method for fine-tuning LLMs that retrains all of your base model’s parameters. Full fine-tuning offers the most control over model outputs, which may be ideal for developers looking to execute obscure, domain-specific tasks. (In contrast, <em><a href="https://stackoverflow.com/questions/72611335/what-are-the-differences-between-fine-tuning-and-few-shot-learning">few-shot learning</a> </em>attempts to train models on extremely few data points.)</p><p>It is, however, very resource-intensive. Meta’s Llama 3.1 family, for instance, has between 8 billion and 405 billion parameters, depending on which version you use. Fine-tuning a 405B-parameter model would likely demand an enormous amount of expensive computational resources, of the kind conventionally provided by high-end graphics processing units (GPU), and would yield a model as large as the base model. Fine-tuning often aims to scale general-use models down for domain-specific tasks.</p><p>Full fine-tuning also carries some risk of <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Overfitting"><em>overfitting</em></a>, which can cause your LLM to overindex only on recognizing its previous training data and fail to perform well against future, net-new datasets. Overfitting can be a particularly significant risk when you’re tuning an LLM for use on smaller custom datasets. In those cases, a fully fine-tuned model can memorize training examples and behave erratically when presented with unfamiliar data. <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Catastrophic_interference"><em>Catastrophic forgetting</em></a>—a phenomenon where an LLM overwrites general knowledge learned in its original training—is also a possibility.</p><h3>Parameter-Efficient Fine-Tuning</h3><p>Parameter-efficient fine tuning (PEFT), in which only a subset of model parameters undergo fine-tuning, addresses some of the drawbacks to full fine-tuning. With most parameters frozen, PEFT demands less memory and compute resources, reduces the risk of catastrophic forgetting, and takes less time.</p><p><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fine-tuning_(deep_learning)#Low-rank_adaptation"><em>Low-rank adaptation</em></a> (LoRA) is a common PEFT method. LoRA is a method for fine-tuning LLMs that involves injecting low-rank trainable matrices into each layer of a transformer architecture, cutting the number of parameters that need to be trained for a downstream task. <a href="https://www.ibm.com/docs/en/watsonx/w-and-w/2.1.0?topic=tuning-qlora-fine"><em>Quantized low-rank adaptation</em></a> (QLoRA) is an extension of LoRA that compresses base model parameters to reduce the amount of storage needed for fine-tuning.</p><p>PEFT comes with trade-offs. Fully fine-tuned models typically perform better, and they offer more-complete control. But when computing resources or domain-specific data are scarce, PEFT can be a useful alternative.</p><h3>Instruction Tuning and Reinforcement Learning from Human Feedback</h3><p>Instruction tuning improves overall ability to follow instructions by training LLMs on a labeled set of instructional prompts and correct corresponding outputs. It’s often used in tandem with <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Reinforcement_learning_from_human_feedback"><em>reinforcement learning from human feedback</em></a> (RLHF). RLHF is a method to fine-tune LLMs that “rewards” a model for correctly responding to questions and commands.</p><p>Together, these techniques make models more predictable and helpful. They’re also inherently complex, given their dependence on well-crafted instruction/response datasets and human input.</p><h2>The LLM Fine-Tuning Workflow</h2><p>Fine-tuning is a complex process. Build in enough time for preparing up front and iterating on the back end to get the most value out of it. You’ll make important choices along the way: base model, tuning method, number of iterations, and more. Be sure to align them with your needs, infrastructure, and capabilities.</p><h3>Step 1: Choose a Base Model</h3><p>Start by selecting a flexible base LLM with published parameters. Open-weight models offer access to the weights and biases you’ll need to tweak as you fine-tune for your own specific task, although their underlying training data, algorithms, and model architecture remain hidden.</p><p>Size and inference cost will be major considerations—startups may prefer models small enough to tune, train, and operate on a single on-prem or cloud GPU. But there are other decision factors: the quality, objectivity, breadth of the LLM’s training data, and its overall level of fit to your use case, as well as its carbon footprint and other sustainability factors.</p><p>Here are four popular open-weight LLMs. Each offers several size options:</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.llama.com/">LLaMA</a> by META</li><li><a href="https://mistral.ai/">Mistral</a> by Mistral</li><li><a href="https://falconllm.tii.ae/">Falcon</a> by TII</li><li><a href="https://ai.google.dev/gemma">Gemma</a> by Google</li></ul><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/70ead44421413c7ad2e277a4cd099869f56a8c04-1600x900.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p><a href="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/70ead44421413c7ad2e277a4cd099869f56a8c04-1600x900.jpg?rect=125,0,1350,900&amp;w=600&amp;h=400&amp;fit=fillmax&amp;dpr=2"><em>&gt;&gt; Click to zoom in on this infographic</em></a></p><h3>Step 2: Prepare and Format Your Dataset</h3><p>Preparing data begins with collection and formatting, but data quality is non-negotiable. Whether you’re training on your own domain-specific datasets, <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/synthetic-data-for-ai">synthetic data</a>, or third-party data, you’ll need to make sure you have a high-quality dataset that is accurate, unbiased, free of duplicates, and well labeled. You may also need to tokenize your data (depending on your model) and split your dataset into training, validation, and test sets. LLM training datasets typically use JSONL format:</p><p><em>Well-labeled data</em></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/20bd584584f709cc8d291775278c21a4362419d6-1600x152.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Poorly labeled, incomplete data</em></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/c39539bc74c84df4ba8c9fbd76dad5e31eef11d6-1600x159.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p>There are good, low-cost tools and approaches to help you prep and format your datasets:</p><ul><li><a href="https://labelstud.io/">Label Studio</a>, an open source tool for labeling a range of data types</li><li><a href="https://www.snorkel.org/get-started/">Snorkel</a>, an open source Python library for weak supervision with label functions</li><li>Custom scripts are also useful for data preparation</li></ul><h3>Step 3: Select Your Fine-Tuning Method</h3><p>This is a moment to revisit the fundamentals of your fine-tuning plans. Do you need to improve the base model’s ability to follow instructions? How much experience with LLM workflows does your team have? Do you have the budget and resources to support full fine-tuning?</p><p>All these questions should guide your choice of fine-tuning method. Consider how your answers match up with the attributes of common fine-tuning approaches:</p><p><strong>Full Fine-Tuning</strong></p><p>A <em>high-cost</em> alternative (due to steep compute and storage needs) requiring a large, task-specific dataset, significant infrastructure (including powerful silicon, long training times, and significant storage), large-scale full-model deployment, high complexity requiring deep ML expertise, but allowing for high customization that can deeply change model behavior.</p><p><strong>PEFT</strong></p><p>Significantly lower costs than full fine-tuning, requiring a small-to-medium-sized dataset, can run on consumer-grade GPUs with faster training, efficient deployment size as only adapter weights are added, low-to-moderate complexity, and medium to high levels of customization with focused adaptation.</p><p><strong>Instruction Tuning</strong></p><p>Moderate costs requiring training and curated data, medium-sized data requirements for a diverse dataset, moderate infrastructure needs, deployment of the same size as the base model, moderate complexity that involves task curation, and a moderate amount of customization with general task adaptation.</p><p><strong>RLHF</strong></p><p>High cost that requires labeling, fine-tuning, and reward modeling, manual labeling requirements for data, typically involves distributed training with custom environments, deployment of the same size as the model or larger depending on reward models, very high complexity that requires training reward models plus human evaluations, and high levels of customization optimized for desired outputs.</p><h3>Step 4: Choose Your Framework and Tools</h3><p>Choosing the right frameworks and tools is another important consideration.</p><p>Ease of use and broad community support make ecosystems like <a href="https://huggingface.co/">Hugging Face</a>, <a href="https://pytorch.org/">PyTorch</a>, <a href="https://www.tensorflow.org/">TensorFlow</a>, or <a href="https://replicate.com/">Replicate</a> attractive to startups, particularly those using a PEFT approach. Combining tools like transformers with LoRA-based tuning methods streamlines development and reduces the barrier to entry and can integrate well with reinforcement learning techniques.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/b43a628dca78f3ffeec6ce7089f084bb57c11e38-1168x414.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>A basic LoRA setup snippet using Hugging Face’s PEFT.</em></p><p>More-advanced workflows might benefit from structured training frameworks like <a href="https://axolotl.ai/">Axolotl</a>, <a href="https://www.langchain.com/">LangChain</a>, <a href="https://unsloth.ai/">Unsloth</a>, or <a href="https://github.com/pytorch/torchtune#">TorchTune</a>, especially when scaling up. Built on top of Hugging Face libraries, Axolotl is also well suited to PEFT techniques.</p><p>Startups should also look at compatibility with experiment tracking tools such as <a href="https://github.com/mlflow/mlflow">MLFlow</a>, <a href="https://github.com/clearml/clearml">ClearML</a>, or <a href="https://wandb.ai/site/">Weights &amp; Biases</a>, and consider deployment tools like <a href="https://www.bentoml.com/">BentoML</a> or <a href="https://github.com/bentoml/OpenLLM">OpenLLM</a> if real-time inference is needed. The frameworks chosen should ideally match the team’s technical skills and integrate well with existing infrastructure.</p><h3>Step 5: Train and Validate</h3><p>Use standard model training loops with checkpoints and early stopping. Monitor:</p><ul><li>Training/Validation Loss: How well your model learns from training data and how well it generalizes to net-new data</li><li>Overfitting Signs: Such as huge gaps between high performance on known datasets compared to significantly lower performance on net-new datasets</li><li>GPU Utilization Issues: Such as low or spiky utilization that may indicate bottlenecks</li></ul><h3>Step 6: Evaluate and Iterate</h3><p>Don’t stop at “it trains.” Evaluation is the key to refinement. For smaller datasets, some estimates suggests <a href="https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/how-to-choose-batch-size-and-number-of-epochs-when-fitting-a-model/">3-10 epochs</a> can be sufficient, but every model and every dataset differs. It’s important to consider your data batch size against the number of epochs you plan to run. Larger data batches will likely require more epochs for your model to “see” and process all the data in your set a sufficient number of times. However, running <em>too many</em> epochs can lead to overfitting, not to mention potentially overspending on compute to run excessive training cycles that actually diminish your performance.</p><h3>Common Mistakes Teams Make When Fine-Tuning</h3><p>Fine-tuning should be an iterative process with frequent oversight and feedback cycles and an eye toward ensuring the highest data quality as inputs. Here are some common mistakes teams make during the process:</p><ul><li>Using Poor-Quality or Inconsistent Training Data: A bad dataset can lead to overfitting or underfitting, as well as performance drops that ultimately, hurt customer experience</li><li>Choosing an Overly Complex Model or Method: Overcomplicated fine-tuning can lead to loss of performance on generalized datasets, catastrophic forgetting, and higher costs if retraining is needed</li><li>Skipping Human Evaluations: Without human evaluation, models can miss important subjective factors such as ethical safety issues or societal biases</li><li>Failing to Benchmark Against a Baseline: Without a baseline, it can be difficult to assess performance or the impact of any changes made during fine-tuning</li><li>Ignoring Iteration Cycles and Feedback: Skipping iterative feedback can lead to lower adaptability to new data and models preserving unwanted biases.</li></ul><h2>LLM Evaluation and Optimization: Measuring What Matters</h2><p>LLM behavior can feel unpredictable. Fine-tuning may seem like black magic unless you have a sound evaluation plan. Start simple: Test whether the model actually performs your desired task better than the base. Use both quantitative and qualitative metrics, tailored to your use case.</p><p>No single metric will tell you everything you need to know about your model’s performance. There’s no shortage of tools and measures to help as you broaden your measurement and optimization plans. Just a few examples include <a href="https://www.perplexity.ai/">Perplexity</a>, <a href="https://www.v7labs.com/blog/f1-score-guide">F1 Score</a>, <a href="https://medium.com/data-science-in-your-pocket/llm-evaluation-metrics-explained-af14f26536d2">BLEU/ROUGE/METEOR</a>, <a href="https://github.com/EleutherAI/lm-evaluation-harness">LM Evaluation Harness</a>, <a href="https://www.trix-ai.pro/">trix</a>, and Hugging Face&#x27;s <a href="https://huggingface.co/open-llm-leaderboard">Open LLM Leaderboard</a>.</p><h2>How to Fine-Tune Responsibly and Build Trust in Your Model</h2><p>Most teams hesitate to ship black-box models into production, as they should. Responsible fine-tuning means thoughtful experiments, grounded in user needs and focused on recording important learnings you can use to iteratively improve your model’s performance.</p><h3>Build a Tight Feedback Loop</h3><p>To ensure optimal performance, it’s important to build in a feedback loop that monitors performance deltas across successive epochs and against any data variations. By making iterative observations, your team stands a better chance of identifying issues of data quality, compute bottlenecks, and other obstacles standing between you and a highly performant model.</p><h3>Right-Size Your Infrastructure</h3><p>Choose tools and systems that match your scale. Don’t spin up a tensor processing unit pod when a LoRA adapter will do. As your organization’s needs scale, compute costs may become a larger issue, particularly as you fine-tune against larger datasets run across multiple epochs. Teams running <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/enterprise-ai-infrastructure-privacy-maturity-resources">enterprise-level workloads</a> will need to be aware of I/O issues transferring data across their compute hardware, CPU/GPU bottlenecks, memory limitations, or mismatched batch sizes that lead to latency or timeouts.</p><h3>Bake in Safety and Guardrails</h3><p>Rather than wait for compliance headaches and lawsuits to find you, it’s a good idea to proactively build in safety measures that ensure your fine-tuning leads to a model that is both safe and performant:</p><ul><li>Filter Training Data for Toxicity or Bias: Removing harmful or biased content from your dataset before fine-tuning helps make your model less likely to output toxic responses, and more likely to be fair and unbiased.</li><li>Run Safety Evaluations Before Release: It’s a best practice to run iterative safety evals that can include, but aren’t limited to, standard benchmark evaluations, automated evals, and even adversarial red teaming to root out potentially harmful outputs.</li><li>Use Output Filters, Rate-Limiting, or Human-in-the-Loop Systems: Output filters can be a helpful final safeguard against biased or harmful content. Setting rate limits caps maximum requests at a time and can prevent unauthorized attacks. And adding human safeguards to better label data and evaluate outputs can prevent unanticipated issues.</li></ul><h3>Understand and Embrace the Weirdness</h3><p>At the risk of stating the obvious, LLMs are probabilistic, not deterministic. Generative AI can and does output unexpected responses, hallucinate, or otherwise do unexpected things. Yes, it can be a frustrating and novel experience for engineering teams to operate a seemingly unpredictable system.</p><p>However, aside from adopting the mindset that LLMs simply behave differently than a deterministic codebase, it’s not a bad idea to note unusual behavior as potential opportunities for improvement. Unexpected responses that recur could be a sign of gaps in training data or a need for additional training runs, for example. Teams that learn to expect the unexpected can apply those learnings to fine-tune a more-performant model.</p><h2>The Real Payoff: Why the Infrastructure Around Fine-Tuning Matters Most</h2><p>The most immediate win from successful fine-tuning is a more-robust model that performs better on any given day. However, the infrastructure, feedback loops, and team processes you build around it are also enormously valuable, particularly as the AI space changes and your team is expected to continuously adapt.</p><p>More resources that may be helpful to teams standing up AI programs:</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-create-data-pipelines">How to Create Data Pipelines:</a> A starter guide on the basics of building key data infrastructure for AI programs</li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-scope-and-evolve-data-pipelines">How to Scope and Evolve Data Pipelines:</a> An in-depth interview on best practices for evolving data pipelines over time</li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-infrastructure-top-challenges-data-inference">The Data Pipeline Is the New Secret Sauce:</a> A deep-dive into the hardware infrastructure and CI/CD-like data discipline needed for AI programs</li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/machine-learning-model-monitoring">Machine Learning Model Monitoring:</a> How to approach monitoring for models in production</li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/machine-learning-lifecycle">Machine Learning Lifecycle: Idea to Launch:</a> A starter guide on how to approach standing up an AI/ML program</li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devtoolsdigest">DevToolsDigest Newsletter:</a> A weekly newsletter that covers the most important news for software teams</li><li><a href="https://thehumansintheloop.substack.com/">The Humans in the Loop:</a> A biweekly newsletter that bottom-lines AI news for busy software teams</li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/llm-fine-tuning">LLM Fine-Tuning: A Guide for Engineering Teams in 2025</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #8, The Beauty of Vertical SaaS with John Melas-Kyriazi of Standard Metrics</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-the-beauty-of-vertical-saas-with-john-melas-kyriazi-of-standard-metrics</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Jun 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2ff52590-6239-4ece-971e-2764c8c0f3aa</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 8 of Platform Builders, Christine Spang and Isaac Nassimi are joined by John Melas-Kyriazi, founder and CEO of Standard Metrics. John shares his journey from VC to founder and how he’s rethinking investor–portfolio company collaboration. From spreadsheets to vertical SaaS, and now to AI-powered platforms, John dives deep into building software that’s truly purpose-built for venture capital.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 8 of Platform Builders, Christine Spang and Isaac Nassimi are joined by John Melas-Kyriazi, founder and CEO of Standard Metrics. John shares his journey from VC to founder and how he’s rethinking investor–portfolio company collaboration. From spreadsheets to vertical SaaS, and now to AI-powered platforms, John dives deep into building software that’s truly purpose-built for venture capital.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-the-beauty-of-vertical-saas-with-john-melas-kyriazi-of-standard-metrics">Ep. #8, The Beauty of Vertical SaaS with John Melas-Kyriazi of Standard Metrics</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #37, Optimism with a Plan with Latrice Barnett and Kanika Chander</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-37-optimism-with-a-plan-with-latrice-barnett-and-kanika-chander</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Jun 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20fedc7a-41ba-4fd3-991b-135c50b541af</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 37 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers chats with Latrice Barnett and Kanika Chander from Majority Collective about their mission to empower underrepresented founders. The conversation covers the practical benefits of fractional expertise, the importance of defining clear company strategies, and a thought-provoking exchange on the opportunities and pitfalls of artificial intelligence in shaping the future of entrepreneurship.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 37 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers chats with Latrice Barnett and Kanika Chander from Majority Collective about their mission to empower underrepresented founders. The conversation covers the practical benefits of fractional expertise, the importance of defining clear company strategies, and a thought-provoking exchange on the opportunities and pitfalls of artificial intelligence in shaping the future of entrepreneurship.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-37-optimism-with-a-plan-with-latrice-barnett-and-kanika-chander">Ep. #37, Optimism with a Plan with Latrice Barnett and Kanika Chander</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #83, Observability Isn&#39;t Just SRE on Steroids with Dan Ravenstone</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-83-observability-isn-t-just-sre-on-steroids-with-dan-ravenstone</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Jun 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">980331ba-a6ab-45a7-b032-5de51d68834f</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 83 of o11ycast, the Honeycomb team chats with Dan Ravenstone, the o11yneer. Dan unpacks the crucial, often underappreciated, role of the observability engineer. He discusses how this position champions the user, bridging the gap between technical performance and real-world customer experience. Learn about the challenges of mobile observability, the importance of clear terminology, and how building alliances across an organization drives successful observability practices.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 83 of o11ycast, the Honeycomb team chats with Dan Ravenstone, the o11yneer. Dan unpacks the crucial, often underappreciated, role of the observability engineer. He discusses how this position champions the user, bridging the gap between technical performance and real-world customer experience. Learn about the challenges of mobile observability, the importance of clear terminology, and how building alliances across an organization drives successful observability practices.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-83-observability-isn-t-just-sre-on-steroids-with-dan-ravenstone">Ep. #83, Observability Isn't Just SRE on Steroids with Dan Ravenstone</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #15, Codename Goose and the Future of AI Agents with Adewale Abati</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-15-codename-goose-and-the-future-of-ai-agents-with-adewale-abati</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Jun 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6b0e74c0-0b63-45a4-8e62-82ef6c05a9e8</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 15 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John chat with Adewale &quot;Ace&quot; Abati from Block about Codename Goose, an open-source AI agent, and the underlying Model Context Protocol (MCP). They explore how AI agents are revolutionizing developer workflows, the concept of &quot;vibe coding&quot; for rapid prototyping, and the future of AI in productivity and accessibility.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 15 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John chat with Adewale &quot;Ace&quot; Abati from Block about Codename Goose, an open-source AI agent, and the underlying Model Context Protocol (MCP). They explore how AI agents are revolutionizing developer workflows, the concept of &quot;vibe coding&quot; for rapid prototyping, and the future of AI in productivity and accessibility.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-15-codename-goose-and-the-future-of-ai-agents-with-adewale-abati">Ep. #15, Codename Goose and the Future of AI Agents with Adewale Abati</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #7, SaaS Before It Was Cool with Steve Oriola</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-saas-before-it-was-cool-with-steve-oriola</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Jun 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">95ec46a6-595f-42bf-b441-d0c040dca211</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 7 of Platform Builders, Christine Spang and Isaac Nassimi dive deep into the world of CRMs and SaaS strategy with Steve Oriola, CEO of Unbounce. Steve shares his insights on the historical shifts in CRM technology, the critical role of data in modern marketing solutions, and his approach to leading companies through significant transitions and acquisitions. Learn how focused product development and a strong company culture can drive success.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 7 of Platform Builders, Christine Spang and Isaac Nassimi dive deep into the world of CRMs and SaaS strategy with Steve Oriola, CEO of Unbounce. Steve shares his insights on the historical shifts in CRM technology, the critical role of data in modern marketing solutions, and his approach to leading companies through significant transitions and acquisitions. Learn how focused product development and a strong company culture can drive success.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-saas-before-it-was-cool-with-steve-oriola">Ep. #7, SaaS Before It Was Cool with Steve Oriola</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #82, Automating Developer Toil with Morgante Pell of Grit</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-82-automating-developer-toil-with-morgante-pell-of-grit</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 May 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2e601d02-a974-40d1-a268-d45315c5455a</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 82 of o11ycast, Ken and Jess chat with Morgante Pell, the visionary behind Grit, an AI-powered agent designed to automate developer toil and technical debt. The discussion covers the evolution of AI in coding, the challenges of building and deploying AI agents, the future of combining code awareness with production awareness, and Grit’s acquisition by Honeycomb.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 82 of o11ycast, Ken and Jess chat with Morgante Pell, the visionary behind Grit, an AI-powered agent designed to automate developer toil and technical debt. The discussion covers the evolution of AI in coding, the challenges of building and deploying AI agents, the future of combining code awareness with production awareness, and Grit’s acquisition by Honeycomb.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-82-automating-developer-toil-with-morgante-pell-of-grit">Ep. #82, Automating Developer Toil with Morgante Pell of Grit</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #14, The Workbrew Story with Mike McQuaid and John Britton</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-14-the-workbrew-story-with-mike-mcquaid-and-john-britton</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 May 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ddc167da-627d-4572-97d5-e3ee16721758</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 14 of Open Source Ready, special guests Mike McQuaid and John Britton join Brian and John to share the story of Workbrew. They unpack their journey in the developer tools space, the evolution of Homebrew, the inspiration behind Workbrew, and their perspectives on the future of developer environments.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 14 of Open Source Ready, special guests Mike McQuaid and John Britton join Brian and John to share the story of Workbrew. They unpack their journey in the developer tools space, the evolution of Homebrew, the inspiration behind Workbrew, and their perspectives on the future of developer environments.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-14-the-workbrew-story-with-mike-mcquaid-and-john-britton">Ep. #14, The Workbrew Story with Mike McQuaid and John Britton</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #36, Solarpunk with Christine Spang</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-36-solarpunk-with-christine-spang</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f4b6decb-d529-4f4e-9282-6405eb0b6039</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 36 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers speaks with Christine Spang about the past, present, and future of enterprise software, with a particular focus on AI. Spang shares her experiences building Nylas and discusses the practical applications of AI in business, as well as the ethical considerations surrounding its use. Lastly, they explore the social and cultural impact of AI, pondering its effects on human connection and the perception of reality.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 36 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers speaks with Christine Spang about the past, present, and future of enterprise software, with a particular focus on AI. Spang shares her experiences building Nylas and discusses the practical applications of AI in business, as well as the ethical considerations surrounding its use. Lastly, they explore the social and cultural impact of AI, pondering its effects on human connection and the perception of reality.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-36-solarpunk-with-christine-spang">Ep. #36, Solarpunk with Christine Spang</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #6, Making Accounting SaaS Sexy Again with Brad Rigby</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-making-accounting-saas-sexy-again-with-brad-rigby</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 May 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a01b7ea4-01be-4af8-b8e3-2d3d7f55f8e0</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 6 of Platform Builders, Christine Spang and Isaac Nassimi chat with Brad Rigby about Canopy’s strategic shift from a niche tax tool to a leading accounting practice management platform. This conversation explores the challenges and triumphs of this major pivot, the nuances of building vertical SaaS, and how Canopy is leveraging AI to streamline workflows and make accounting tech essential.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 6 of Platform Builders, Christine Spang and Isaac Nassimi chat with Brad Rigby about Canopy’s strategic shift from a niche tax tool to a leading accounting practice management platform. This conversation explores the challenges and triumphs of this major pivot, the nuances of building vertical SaaS, and how Canopy is leveraging AI to streamline workflows and make accounting tech essential.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-making-accounting-saas-sexy-again-with-brad-rigby">Ep. #6, Making Accounting SaaS Sexy Again with Brad Rigby</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #81, Observability 3.0-vNext-final-DRAFT with Hazel Weakly and Matt Klein</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-81-observability-3-0-and-beyond-with-hazel-weakly-and-matt-klein</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 May 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bb70f536-1ca5-41d7-a309-caac2d603997</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 81 of o11ycast, Charity Majors and Martin Thwaites dive into a lively discussion with Hazel Weakly and Matt Klein on the evolving landscape of observability. The guests explore the concept of observability versioning, the challenges of cost and ROI, and the future of observability tools, including the potential convergence with AI and business intelligence.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 81 of o11ycast, Charity Majors and Martin Thwaites dive into a lively discussion with Hazel Weakly and Matt Klein on the evolving landscape of observability. The guests explore the concept of observability versioning, the challenges of cost and ROI, and the future of observability tools, including the potential convergence with AI and business intelligence.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-81-observability-3-0-and-beyond-with-hazel-weakly-and-matt-klein">Ep. #81, Observability 3.0-vNext-final-DRAFT with Hazel Weakly and Matt Klein</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #13, Why Microsoft Chose Go: A Deep Dive with Thorsten Ball</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-why-microsoft-chose-go-a-deep-dive-with-thorsten-ball</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 May 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2aea21f2-2e8d-4db0-bd23-b9523a62972a</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 13 of Open Source Ready, Thorsten Ball of Sourcegraph joins Brian and John to unpack the real-world engineering decisions behind language choices, like Microsoft using Go for the recent TypeScript compiler rewrite. Explore the importance of continuous learning in tech, the benefits of knowing multiple programming languages, and how AI agents are poised to reshape developer workflows.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 13 of Open Source Ready, Thorsten Ball of Sourcegraph joins Brian and John to unpack the real-world engineering decisions behind language choices, like Microsoft using Go for the recent TypeScript compiler rewrite. Explore the importance of continuous learning in tech, the benefits of knowing multiple programming languages, and how AI agents are poised to reshape developer workflows.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-why-microsoft-chose-go-a-deep-dive-with-thorsten-ball">Ep. #13, Why Microsoft Chose Go: A Deep Dive with Thorsten Ball</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #35, Wisdom with Brooke Hopkins of Coval</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-35-wisdom-with-brooke-hopkins-of-coval</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 May 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0c335c71-9c24-4e5c-aeb6-a81a7b4f119f</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 35 of Generationship, Rachel is joined by Brooke Hopkins to explore what it takes to make voice AI agents reliable, robust, and ready for real-world deployment. Drawing from her experience at Waymo and her current work at Coval, Brooke reveals how testing and evaluation are the key to staying ahead in a fast-moving AI landscape.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 35 of Generationship, Rachel is joined by Brooke Hopkins to explore what it takes to make voice AI agents reliable, robust, and ready for real-world deployment. Drawing from her experience at Waymo and her current work at Coval, Brooke reveals how testing and evaluation are the key to staying ahead in a fast-moving AI landscape.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-35-wisdom-with-brooke-hopkins-of-coval">Ep. #35, Wisdom with Brooke Hopkins of Coval</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #80, Augmented Coding with Kent Beck</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-80-augmented-coding-with-kent-beck</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Apr 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f04c3321-4021-4173-9bf8-e0355f1bddcf</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 80 of o11ycast, Ken Rimple and Jessica Kerr chat with Kent Beck about the emerging world of AI-assisted coding. Beck shares his experiences with &quot;augmented coding,&quot; discussing the benefits, challenges, and the evolving relationship between developers and AI agents. They explore how these tools are changing software development practices and what it means for the future of coding.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 80 of o11ycast, Ken Rimple and Jessica Kerr chat with Kent Beck about the emerging world of AI-assisted coding. Beck shares his experiences with &quot;augmented coding,&quot; discussing the benefits, challenges, and the evolving relationship between developers and AI agents. They explore how these tools are changing software development practices and what it means for the future of coding.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-80-augmented-coding-with-kent-beck">Ep. #80, Augmented Coding with Kent Beck</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #5, Maxed out on AWS, Still Falling Over with Scott Mitchell</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-maxed-out-on-aws-still-falling-over-with-scott-mitchell</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Apr 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c3ef173f-3118-415b-a2e0-f4c0b248fd4b</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 5 of Platform Builders, Christine Spang and Isaac Nassimi chat with Scott Mitchell, former CTO of Salesloft, about the challenges and triumphs of scaling a high-growth B2B SaaS company. Scott shares his experiences navigating hyper-growth, from tackling critical infrastructure bottlenecks to fostering a culture of adaptability. They also explore the evolution of sales technology and the impact of AI on the future of sales engagement.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 5 of Platform Builders, Christine Spang and Isaac Nassimi chat with Scott Mitchell, former CTO of Salesloft, about the challenges and triumphs of scaling a high-growth B2B SaaS company. Scott shares his experiences navigating hyper-growth, from tackling critical infrastructure bottlenecks to fostering a culture of adaptability. They also explore the evolution of sales technology and the impact of AI on the future of sales engagement.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-maxed-out-on-aws-still-falling-over-with-scott-mitchell">Ep. #5, Maxed out on AWS, Still Falling Over with Scott Mitchell</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #12, Exploring Flox and Nix with Ron Efroni &amp; Ross Turk</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-exploring-flox-and-nix-with-ron-efroni-and-ross-turk</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Apr 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ec745be3-cd42-4534-ba0e-78fc7af9bc50</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 12 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John welcome Ron Efroni and Ross Turk from Flox to explore the world of Nix, a powerful package manager and more. They discuss how Flox simplifies Nix for developers and enterprises, the challenges of adopting new packaging paradigms, and the evolving landscape of containers and AI in software development.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 12 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John welcome Ron Efroni and Ross Turk from Flox to explore the world of Nix, a powerful package manager and more. They discuss how Flox simplifies Nix for developers and enterprises, the challenges of adopting new packaging paradigms, and the evolving landscape of containers and AI in software development.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-exploring-flox-and-nix-with-ron-efroni-and-ross-turk">Ep. #12, Exploring Flox and Nix with Ron Efroni & Ross Turk</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Regulation &amp; Copyrights: Do They Work for AI &amp; Open Source?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/regulation-copyrights-for-ai-and-open-source</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Apr 2025 16:42:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Data Governance]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Regulation]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">96c8ecd2-0e41-4bae-97a0-ff7eb4350eb3</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>OpenUK’s CEO discusses the challenges of international regulation in keeping pace with AI and open source software innovation.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>Emerging Questions in Global Regulation for AI and Open Source</h2><p>The 46th President of the United States issued <a href="https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2023/11/01/2023-24283/safe-secure-and-trustworthy-development-and-use-of-artificial-intelligence">an executive order</a> to prescribe “safe, secure, and trustworthy development and use of Artificial Intelligence.” About a year later, within days of taking office, the 47th President <a href="https://www.shrm.org/topics-tools/news/technology/trump-rescinds-biden-ai-executive-order">rescinded it</a>. There remain disparate views across technology, regulation, and business on the future of AI, all the way up the chain to federal governments and prime ministers.</p><p>At the <a href="https://www.theguardian.com/technology/2025/feb/14/global-disunity-energy-concerns-and-the-shadow-of-musk-key-takeaways-from-the-paris-ai-summit">2025 Paris AI Summit</a>, leaders from the US and UK declined to sign the diplomatic declaration on “inclusive AI.” US representatives claimed the agreement was too restrictive. UK representatives claimed it was not restrictive enough. As nation-states increasingly regard AI development as a precious resource and a competitive advantage on the world stage, it’s unclear whether regulation can keep up with the pace of innovation. <a href="https://openuk.uk/">OpenUK</a> CEO <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/amandabrocktech/?originalSubdomain=uk">Amanda Brock</a> explains how:</p><ul><li><strong>World Leaders Don’t See Eye-to-Eye on AI Regulation:</strong> Western governments can’t agree on how much AI should be regulated, but do want to see accelerated competition against international competitors like China</li><li><strong>AI Governance May Come Through Tooling and Foundations: </strong>There are relatively new public and private initiatives to govern AI through tooling and foundations devoted to public good</li><li><strong>Regulation Always Seems to Lag Innovation:</strong> While different nations are at different levels of sophistication in thinking through concepts like data and open source, regulation itself may struggle to keep pace with fast-moving innovation in AI</li><li><strong>The Concept of IP Will Struggle to Stay Relevant:</strong> Intellectual property is seeming like an increasingly antiquated way to deal with technology that innovates at such a pace and is built on gobbling up copyrighted materials</li><li><strong>“Winning” Will Look Different When Innovation Outpaces Copyright:</strong> In the new world, the best way forward may be finding a way to compensate creators beyond the restrictions of a copyright</li></ul><h2>World Leaders Don’t See Eye-to-Eye on AI Regulation</h2><p>“In Paris, the messaging around regulation, particularly from the US and China was that the bureaucracy that comes with the EU’s <a href="https://artificialintelligenceact.eu/">AI Act</a> must<em> stop</em>,” says Brock. “There was a very definite sense across the summit of a vibrancy, a pro-innovation approach.”</p><p>“I think that the US Vice President was very clear that [the US doesn’t] want to see prescriptive regulation across the world, and I think that was very directed at the EU. The EU were focused on a code to explain how to comply with their cumbersome regulation and their conversation felt very old school and like they were watching from the sidelines.”</p><p>She suggests that the AI regulation should be more nuanced. “I think there is a sense that there&#x27;ll be regulation to the extent, and only to the extent, it&#x27;s needed. But the Vice President talked about their being a ‘new sheriff in town,’ who clearly does things very differently.”</p><p>Brock continues, “I personally happen to agree on the particular point that bureaucracy and regulation don&#x27;t work here,” suggesting AI is a potential source of great innovation, of the sort that probably shouldn’t be stifled. “Whilst there may be a need for regulation in specific use case of AI and in particular across already-regulated sectors like mobile, healthcare, or finance, AI regulation in most countries on a more broad-brush basis will only exist in spaces where it’s absolutely necessary.”</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3>More Resources on AI and Open Source Regulation:</h3><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/power-users-guide-open-source-licenses">Article: The Power User&#x27;s Guide to Open-Source Licenses</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/business-models-defensibility-open-source">Article: Understanding Business Models and Defensibility in Open Source</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/legal-licensing-open-source-generative-ai-challenges">Article: Emerging Legal Challenges for Open Source in the Age of AI</a></li></ul><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h2>AI Governance May Come Through Tooling and Foundations</h2><p>“A really interesting development is the launch of <a href="https://roost.tools/">ROOST</a>, a set of open-source tooling, which is all about automating governance in AI. The approach speaks directly to developers by creating governance through tooling, or ‘tools not rules,’ as they put it.”</p><p>“The initiative was launched by former Google CEO, Eric Schmidt, and META Chief Scientist of AI Yann LeCun, and includes a number of tools that have been donated by big techs at its launch.</p><p>Schmidt specifically clarified they were <em>not </em>talking about <em>open weight</em> models, <em>but rather, </em>open-source software when talking about ROOST tools. In the light of accusations about open washing in AI, they did this to be sure that there was no confusion around what they meant by the term open source in the context of ROOST.</p><p>Schmidt’s clarification was notable as it also aligned to a theme across the summit, the first global summit to really focus on open source, and this was that the term ‘open-source AI’ was really not used at all at the summit.</p><p>Open weights were discussed frequently, beginning to clarify what had previously and wrongly been referred to as “open-source AI” and making clear exactly what the component being mentioned <em>was</em>. “It’s quite possible we’ll see regulatory language evolve in the months to come to focus on <em>open-weight AI</em> rather than open source.”</p><p>“Interestingly, according to research from Tortoise and the Tortoise Index, France is number one in Europe in open-source AI. Research that OpenUK has conducted shows that France is by far growing fastest in open-source software in Europe while the UK remains Europe’s largest open-source contributor and number one in open source by far.”</p><p>“At some point, unless we have a shift in our policies in the UK, they&#x27;ll catch up with us.” Brock suggests a definite shift in France, with significant support from President Macron leading to a number of pro-open-source policies alongside the setup of a foundation called <a href="https://www.currentai.org/latest-updates/launchpressrelease#:~:text=Current%20AI%20is%20an%20initial,and%20Catherine%20T.">Current AI</a>, focused on public good AI, led by <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/martin-tisne/">Martin Tisné.</a></p><p>Brock suggests that Current AI is about “building a public good, rather than open source. It has $500M in public/private funding at launch to focus on working out the data conundrum and the inputs and outputs that create AI. So there is a really interesting piece there where the French have absolutely grabbed what needs done with both hands. They&#x27;re looking to get to $5 billion in five years. That&#x27;s a huge foundation.”</p><h2>Regulation Always Seems to Lag Innovation</h2><p>Brock offers that data governance remains a core challenge in AI, particularly as some nations don’t have as well-developed an understanding of data and openness as the UK. “Forgive me for being blunt, but the UK has a much more sophisticated understanding of data and what ‘open data’ <em>means</em> than the US.” Suggesting that the differential between <em>thinking about</em> and <em>regulating </em>different data types may contribute to the confusion, she agrees with Tisné that a focus on data is essential to resolving the challenge.</p><p>“It&#x27;s not an easy thing to fix. You&#x27;ve got a landscape or different forms of information in the input data used by AI: Numbers, words, music, imagery, and so on. All going in and out of the AI, each with different rights attached. And it depends on whether you’re looking at rights based on contracts, or at individuals&#x27; personal and privacy rights, or regulatory rights how these apply.”</p><p>“You might be looking at confidentiality and contracts, data privacy in a regulatory regime, or healthcare information that&#x27;s never going to be public. Some of this information isn’t in the legal category of data.”</p><p>“You have to understand what kinds of information you are talking about and you have to understand the legal rights. When we talk about data in the context of AI, it is <em>nothing</em> like software, and the term ‘source’ as in open source, becomes a complete misnomer and confusing.”</p><p>“We shouldn&#x27;t be talking about ‘open-source data,’ but <em>open data</em>, because there is no <em>source</em> in it.” Brock notes that intellectual property regimes around data are also different. “And when we look at information or content used to train AI it’s broader than both software and data in their legal meanings, differentiating ‘open data’ from ‘open-source software’ is a big conceptual shift that doesn’t fit with existing software licensing structures used by Wikipedia or Creative Commons.”</p><p>“We really need to look at this landscape of rights, apply it to the use cases and <em>then</em> understand what the data or information challenges are. I think that there&#x27;s been a disconnect because the leadership in the area of open data is European, not American, and we&#x27;ve not managed to pull that group together with the AI context. I suspect that <em>that</em> is the next step: to sketch out that basic landscape and start to build understanding for people.”</p><blockquote><strong><em>We really need to look at this landscape of rights, apply it to the use cases and then understand what the data challenges are.” -Amanda Brock, CEO/OpenUK</em></strong></blockquote><h2>The Concept of IP Will Struggle to Stay Relevant</h2><p>Brock offers that a holistic, top-down approach to classifying an endless sea of data may be needed. “Thinking about the data used at scale, ‘inputs and outputs’ is probably the term we have to shift towards, which includes not only what we would traditionally define as ‘data.’ This is bigger.”</p><p>“It is going to be a bit alien to software engineers, because it has a different set of legal rights. Personally, I think our intellectual property regime is no longer fit for purpose. I think it&#x27;s been heading that way for a long time and that the AI boost of the last couple of years has provided the final nail in its coffin.”</p><p>“In the case of the software industry, I’ve always believed that open source is actually a correction of the application of copyright to software. We had collaboration in software from the get-go, but then lawyers applied copyright to software, meaning licensing was required to be able to use another’s code.”</p><p>“This led to people building deep war chests of copyright, silos in usage, and of course meant copyrighted code became extremely valuable. Without that you wouldn&#x27;t have a few big companies owning our digital infrastructure. Without this application of copyright we would all have been collaborating on software development.”</p><p>“Arguably this is the way it should’ve evolved. Had that happened, there would be no need for open source, but effectively, open source at its heart corrects that application of copyright and returns us to the pre-copyright days of collaborative creation of software and de facto standards.”</p><p>“I view the actions of the open-source movement as a correction of intellectual property’s mistakes.” Brock suggests that the current point in time, with friction regarding the use of publicly available copyrighted works for text and data mining, sees content publishers and intellectual property holders trying to apply old-world sensibilities that aren’t keeping up with modern innovation.</p><h2>“Winning” Will Look Different When Innovation Outpaces Copyright</h2><p>When it comes to training AI and text- and data mining, “What we&#x27;re seeing from the European Commission is this concept of building a license to use with an opt-out and having a registry of people who&#x27;ve opted out that you have to check against. Despite any new tools, that is just not going to be workable in the long term.”</p><p>“It can never be more than a stopgap and even the EU admits this. You might try to go down that route because you don&#x27;t know what to do but ultimately it’s avoidant. It’s no more than a sticking plaster that will ultimately fail. The real issues will have to be dealt with.”</p><p>“I think in the same way for software, we have to use licenses because we have places outside of the US that don&#x27;t have public domain as a concept. So you need to have a license to use copyrighted code. You need to have a license because copyright applies. If we say that that was a mistake of history and you took copyright away, there would be no need for that license.”</p><p>“I think we will shift gradually towards that because the concept of building the infrastructure, even with smart tooling, that can manage that licensing regime is just unthinkable. It’s just never going to work and it&#x27;s also going to be a massive inhibitor to innovation particularly when other countries that are more successful in AI are taking a different approach such as how the US approaches fair use.”</p><p>“When it comes to managing content usage as an AI input, I believe that the winner will be whichever regime works out a way to reward the creators of content that doesn&#x27;t involve licensing and royalties but enables their future to be one where content creators survive by having different business and funding models that are not IP dependent for their content provision to continue.”</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/regulation-copyrights-for-ai-and-open-source">Regulation & Copyrights: Do They Work for AI & Open Source?</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #4, Building Affinity: From College Dropout to SaaS Leader with Ray Zhou</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-building-affinity-from-college-dropout-to-saas-leader-with-ray-zhou</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Apr 2025 15:06:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">97a42ad4-8c63-421e-8984-283d78afadb0</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 4 of Platform Builders, Christine Spang and Isaac Nassimi interview Ray Zhou, co-founder of Affinity, about his journey building the company, the evolution of the SaaS market, and the transformative potential of AI. Ray shares insights on scaling a business, the importance of focusing on the customer&#x27;s problem, and how SaaS companies can adapt to thrive in an AI-driven future.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 4 of Platform Builders, Christine Spang and Isaac Nassimi interview Ray Zhou, co-founder of Affinity, about his journey building the company, the evolution of the SaaS market, and the transformative potential of AI. Ray shares insights on scaling a business, the importance of focusing on the customer&#x27;s problem, and how SaaS companies can adapt to thrive in an AI-driven future.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-building-affinity-from-college-dropout-to-saas-leader-with-ray-zhou">Ep. #4, Building Affinity: From College Dropout to SaaS Leader with Ray Zhou</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Properly Scope and Evolve Data Pipelines</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-scope-and-evolve-data-pipelines</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Apr 2025 16:38:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Data Pipelines]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Observability]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Agents]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[First Principles]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Data Infrastructure]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Data Lineage]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5fb88f2c-ab0b-4549-8995-057f5aa9c93b</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Data pipeline projects are most successful with a clear plan that considers business metrics. Data expert Stefan Krawczyk explains.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>For Data Pipelines, Planning Matters. So Does Evolution.</h2><p>A <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pipeline_(computing)"><em>data pipeline</em></a> is a set of processes that <em>extracts,</em> <em>transforms</em>,<em> </em>and loads data from data sources to destinations in the necessary format. While data pipelines have been in use for years in storage and analytics use cases, they’re becoming increasingly <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-infrastructure-top-challenges-data-inference">important for AI use cases</a>, and will likely become even more crucial as organizations look to deploy AI agents that are dependent on high-quality, up-to-date data.</p><p>Development teams looking to stand up their first data pipeline will be best served by scoping their initial project against clearly-stated business goals. Over time, it’s also a best practice to understand how your tech stack will need to evolve as your team and your data corpus expand to avoid piling up technical debt. Data expert, <a href="https://www.dagworks.io/">DAGWorks</a> co-founder, and <a href="https://github.com/dagworks-inc/hamilton">Hamilton</a> and <a href="https://github.com/dagworks-inc/burr">Burr</a> co-creator <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/skrawczyk/">Stefan Krawczyk</a> explains.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/fd43d9e0c1cd92e61238f9d74c093dce3ac09ca6-1600x800.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h2>Working With Data Means Constantly-Shifting Terrain</h2><p>Some important concepts to keep in mind include:</p><ul><li><strong>Datasets changing over time:</strong> Unlike codebases, datasets shift as inputs change, and in growing companies, data to be managed frequently expands into larger datasets</li><li><strong>The need for standardization:</strong> As organizations and their datasets grow, the potential for changes and anomalies also grows</li><li><strong>The need for observability and quality checks:</strong> Over time, organizations will find it increasingly important to have visibility into data quality and potential issues</li></ul><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/f217b4b19981ac7a39d4c43959a96fbfb87db074-1600x648.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>Krawczyk suggests that developer teams newer to data management should understand that managing a codebase (which remains largely static) differs from managing datasets, which change over time. “This really brings another dimension to understanding what&#x27;s happening in terms of managing pipelines that feed into data, AI, and ML applications.”</p><p>The co-founder notes that many data projects start small–which is the best time to take a first-principles approach. “While there are many ways to author a pipeline, enforcing standardization can definitely help you. And you need to instrument for observability so that you can understand what&#x27;s going on.”</p><p>The co-founder notes that as orgs grow, their internal datasets may power more operations, including machine learning models or customer-facing AI chat. “If you don&#x27;t understand the connection between [your data and your programs in production], that&#x27;s where you really run into issues.”</p><p>“In general, code and data are those two dimensions that change at different rates. And this is where it becomes important to understand that you need to build different mechanisms for introspection, quality checks, and that sort of thing to make [your data pipeline] work over time.”</p><h2>Beware of Non-Deterministic Outputs and Scaling Pains</h2><p>Working with AI/ML programs? It’s a good idea to:</p><ul><li><strong>Set Benchmarks Early:</strong> AI models are infamously non-deterministic, so having metrics aligned with business goals from the outset reduces variability</li><li><strong>Instrument for Scale:</strong> Understanding that a data pipeline will become key infrastructure to operate over time, it’s best to not over-engineer beyond your team’s needs</li><li><strong>Understand and Plan for Change:</strong> Smaller startups need to balance shipping fast vs. implementation costs, while enterprises will take compliance into account</li></ul><p>The co-founder notes that with the increased use of LLM models, which may give different responses even to seemingly identical data inputs, teams are best served by proactively determining success metrics aligned with their business goals. “A lot of people get caught up in these data changes. Then your boss asks you: ‘Why is this output different?’”</p><p>The co-founder notes that upstream changes can affect an entire system, which is why teams should have some measurement of business metrics, a “macro” metric, in place to gauge overall health. Without an overall business metric to guide decision making, trying to instrument for every single possible data discrepancy can lead to alert fatigue because it’s hard to gauge the importance of a particular “micro” metric.</p><p>“As long as you ensure you&#x27;re measuring against business metrics, that’s how you can gauge your program’s health: Regardless of what’s going right, <em>what is actually critical?</em>” The co-founder notes that bringing in observability typically happens when issues arise, but being successful with data pipelines is about anticipating shifts, among data, customers, or even regulations.</p><p>“How confident can you be that when the policy team at your airline company changes something, it won’t impact your chatbot? You don&#x27;t want it to hallucinate and say things that you’re going to be liable for, the way <a href="https://www.bbc.com/travel/article/20240222-air-canada-chatbot-misinformation-what-travellers-should-know">Air Canada’s chatbot did</a>. And so the connection between that policy data and where it&#x27;s used becomes critical. At a startup, that&#x27;s relatively easy, because small teams are all in the same room, but at larger companies, you have different orgs in different places.”</p><p>Different companies at different stages will tend to have different problems. Larger orgs will often have more-complex problems that involve governance and customer privacy issues, as well as issues specific to their vertical. The co-founder suggests that the challenge of managing data pipelines has a lot of depth and variation across company size, vertical, and industry policies, with very few one-size-fits-all solutions.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3>More Resources on Data Pipelines:</h3><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-create-data-pipelines">Article: How to Create Data Pipelines</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-infrastructure-top-challenges-data-inference">Article: The Data Pipeline is the New Secret Sauce</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/synthetic-data-in-ai-ml-software">Article: The Role of Synthetic Data in AI/ML Programs in Software</a></li></ul><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h2>How to Approach Building a Data Pipeline From First Principles</h2><p>For those starting out, it’s a good idea to:</p><ul><li><strong>Avoid Too Many Assumptions:</strong> It’s important to inventory all data inputs and outputs and understand the impacts of upstream and downstream changes</li><li><strong>Standardize Like an Engineer:</strong> Your pipeline will become another piece of operational infrastructure, so the earlier you get organized, document, and plan, the better</li><li><strong>Start Simple:</strong> As mentioned above, it’s a good idea to avoid the overhead of over-engineered support systems before your pipeline itself matures</li></ul><p>“When building a new data pipeline for the first time, the key thing to remember is: You don&#x27;t know <em>what you don&#x27;t know</em>. You need to not only understand the <em>inputs</em> to the data, but you also need to understand the <em>outputs</em>. And it will depend on your context and use case. If you’re an e-commerce company recommending clothes to shoppers, you&#x27;ll look at the <em>output</em> of recommendations vs. the <em>input</em> of what customers actually brought.”</p><p>The co-founder suggests that having a software background and an operations mindset can be helpful, and that building a structured process of metrics and checks will be a great jumping-off point on which to build. “If you have that background, you can standardize how changes are made and updated and applied. Which lets you add in specific things in continuous integration (CI) or other quality assurance checks and balances.”</p><p>“All the spaces in the industry seem to be moving in this direction, because we simply have more engineering to manage. Maintaining these different moving pieces is ultimately a software engineering problem. So I would recommend starting simple, and don&#x27;t over-engineer. You should be asking, ‘If you have a system and process that makes it easy for you to run tests and checks (and not only for the code) then does the data also meet the shape that I expect?’”</p><p>“A few years ago, there was hype around <a href="https://www.datacamp.com/blog/data-contracts">data contracts</a>, which are just someone writing tests to make sure that: If I&#x27;m reading from the customer database and I&#x27;m going to consume or transform that data, or use it for recommendations or to input into a chatbot, that <em>someone</em> should be writing some sort of <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Expected_value"><em>expectation</em></a> check at some point in the pipeline. In the context of software development processes, this is potentially akin to a <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Continuous_integration">CI</a> system, which you can use as a scaffold to add in more checks and balances as your needs grow.”</p><blockquote>When building a new data pipeline for the first time, remember: You don&#x27;t know what you don&#x27;t know. You need to not only understand the inputs to the data, but you also need to understand the outputs. And it will depend on your context and use case.” -Stefan Krawczyk, Co-Founder/DAGWorks</blockquote><h2>How Teams Typically Start Their Data Pipeline Projects</h2><p>Common first steps for data pipeline projects include:</p><ul><li><strong>Identifying Data Sources and Destinations:</strong> Start with your sources, your processing needs, and your destinations and map around them.</li><li><strong>Pipeline Components Will Evolve:</strong> You’ll end up versioning components in your pipeline as your needs change (and as those individual products change)</li><li><strong>Scope Auths and Permissions:</strong> A significant portion of operating a successful pipeline is ensuring the parties that need the data can actually <em>access</em> the data</li></ul><p>The co-founder notes that while much of the data management landscape is Python-based due to tooling primarily being in that language, more teams are using alternatives like TypeScript or JavaScript, but technology choices shouldn’t trump best practices.</p><p>“The classic case of implementing a pipeline is starting something that is ‘offline,’ meaning you have a production database, from which you need that data to power some sort of data-driven or AI/ML product. The ‘classic’ way you’d do this is taking a snapshot of that database, then dumping it into a data store like an S3 bucket. But, most data these days can fit into a single machine.”</p><p>“So then, you need to spin up some machine, which could be <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kubernetes">Kubernetes</a> or an <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Amazon_Elastic_Compute_Cloud">EC2 machine</a>, or maybe even on <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/AWS_Lambda">AWS Lambda</a>. There’s many ways to do this, considering computation may take too long, requiring you to script something in Java or Python or Node to transform it and output it elsewhere.”</p><p>“And <em>that</em> other place could be what we typically called our <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data_warehouse">data warehouse</a>, or it could be another <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data_store">data store</a>, a <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vector_database">vector database</a>, or just a regular Postgres database. I think most developers <em>are</em> thinking about that full stack: They have an app, which <em>then </em>talks to a database. But all the data that goes into the database potentially needs to be accessed in a serving context that is <em>not</em> from your web API.”</p><p>Full-stack app development teams need to come to terms with data and schema being a commitment unto themselves, requiring documentation and versioning like an API. They’ll also need to manage encapsulation and authorization issues, as the majority of the time, data management is about enabling the right teams with access to the data they need.</p><h2>GenAI Projects and Data Freshness Requirements</h2><p>As more teams pursue GenAI projects, data pipelines are changing by:</p><ul><li><strong>Being More ‘Online’:</strong> Rather than serving data from a standard database, more GenAI products require pipelines to serve live web requests</li><li><strong>Potentially Requiring Up-to-the-Minute Data:</strong> Depending on their use cases and customer needs, some GenAI products require a high degree of data freshness</li><li><strong>Potentially Requiring Different Data Update Treatments:</strong> Teams should scope data freshness needs and not over-engineer if data doesn’t constantly need to be refreshed</li></ul><p>“Maybe I&#x27;m pulling context from [company] data, or pulling data from a document, I need to transform it, send it to an LLM, get a response back to some of the ‘What-Was-Traditionally-More-Offline’ stuff. This happens more for data with respect to machine learning (ML). It’s turning into more of an online process with GenAI, within the context of things like web requests.”</p><p>The co-founder notes that teams building new GenAI products need to understand their requirements for data freshness to build successfully. For products that don’t urgently require data with up-to-the-minute freshness, teams might consider offline processing systems, which are easier to maintain due to having fewer moving parts. For products that require constantly refreshed data, teams will need to look at alternative implementations to ensure their data flows and is received in a timely manner.</p><p>“So there are going to be levels of complexity. First, you’ll want to take that step back to ensure you understand your data freshness requirements. If your requirements are high, you might look into scheduling and <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron">cron jobs</a> as an approach to pull, transform, and push your data to its destination.” The co-founder recommends not skipping ahead directly to a high-maintenance online streaming system for data pipelines unless product and customer needs demand it.</p><h2>The Most Common Data Pipeline Mistakes Today</h2><p>Some of the most common mistakes teams make with data pipelines include:</p><ul><li><strong>No Benchmarks Tied to Business Goals:</strong> It’s difficult to succeed without a clear understanding of ‘what matters’</li><li><strong>No Standardized Authoring:</strong> Without standardized authoring, it’s not clear what effect future changes will have</li><li><strong>Technical Debt:</strong> Without standardized authoring, and over time as projects change hands, previous coding and tool choices can hinder future projects</li></ul><p>The co-founder suggests that one of the most common mistakes that teams make with their data pipeline projects is not setting up a series of metrics and benchmarks from the start. “If you have no way to measure the impact, you end up in a ‘management limbo’ that leads to overpromise and underdelivery. (And if you don&#x27;t know what success is, that&#x27;s not good for <em>any</em> kind of project, regardless.)”</p><p>Another common challenge teams face is the need to ship quickly while lacking standardized methods to author data pipelines, leading to painful technical debt over time. “Depending on how you author your project, it can end up becoming very hard to understand. When you make a change to your tools or processes, what’s the impact?”</p><p>“So for smaller teams, you’ll see issues along the lines of a product developer changing the production schema upstream, not knowing that <em>this column</em> and the values in it actually are used downstream. But as teams get larger, if there’s an issue with the schema or a range of values, maybe I can go in and fix it, but I don&#x27;t know whether someone else actually had dependencies related to that change.”</p><p>The co-founder suggests that not having an understanding of how data flows is often the cause of trouble. “If you don&#x27;t have the flexibility for your level of scale and SLA needs, that&#x27;s where the problems start, since you basically don&#x27;t know what to change, or how to change it, without knowing the impact of making any changes.”</p><p>“When you&#x27;re building pipelines, you&#x27;re effectively stitching together computation in various ways as part of various processes. One processor takes some data in, transforms it, puts it into another process, and so on. This is what should happen logically. But, usually the way that teams get into technical debt is that they actually <em>couple how they execute things with logic</em>.”</p><p>“Here’s an example: Let’s say you started with Lambda and you set up your pipelines to all assume that you&#x27;re running on Lambda. That will mean <em>a certain way</em> of authoring things. It’s arguably great for independence, but it brings in other challenges. Alternatively, if you set things up to run on <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Apache_Spark">PySpark</a>, all your jobs might be written in PySpark SQL, but you might find yourself having to switch to more of an online process. This is where you can get a lot of technical debt: From which infrastructure you choose versus how it&#x27;s implemented.”</p><blockquote>When you&#x27;re building pipelines, you&#x27;re effectively stitching together computation in various ways as part of various processes. The way that teams get into technical debt is that they actually couple how they execute things with logic.”</blockquote><h2>How Lineage Tracking and Modularity Reduce Tech Debt</h2><p>Teams can reduce tech debt for their data pipelines as they scale by:</p><ul><li><strong>Building Traceability and Lineage Into the Process:</strong> Knowing the origin of data changes is crucial for triaging downstream issues</li><li><strong>Simplifying Metrics Into Dashboards Built Around Business Goals:</strong> It’s a good idea to set up reporting that filters out operational noise and focuses on business outcomes</li><li><strong>Using Modular Frameworks That Scale:</strong> Modular frameworks that scale well with different dataset sizes and operational contexts incur less debt over time</li></ul><p>“My team is working on <a href="https://github.com/DAGWorks-Inc/hamilton">Hamilton</a> and <a href="https://github.com/DAGWorks-Inc/burr">Burr</a>, two Python-based open source frameworks. The idea behind both of them is that if you can draw a flowchart for your data pipeline, you can basically use one of the frameworks. The latter is about conditional branching and dynamic looping in the flow charts, particularly for teams working with agents; the former is about using transformation processes for time-series forecasting, retrieval augment generation document processing pipelines, or customer data to transform for ML models.”</p><p>“Both of the frameworks make things really easy to use and test, without you having to engineer for it. You can always see the lineage or tracing: How data flows as a flow chart so you can then see how things progress. It’s about helping you structure your code in a way that helps you understand the kind of connection that exists between different transformations.”</p><p>“This means one less thing to engineer for when going to production, because you can understand how this column in this table was created, or what this output meant and what was upstream.” The founder notes that going zero-to-one with data pipelines is relatively easy, but zero-to-N can become cumbersome quickly with multiple authors and needs for debugging and observability, which can eventually require a total pipeline rewrite.</p><p>“With our frameworks, we’ve built a lot of platform hooks to enable the ease of observability and data collection. They also come with self-hostable UIs to have an out of the box way to see how things operate, with the idea being that we can slowly start to consolidate and provide a single pane of glass that is a better experience: Having several different data quality tools, data monitoring tools, a catalog to see lineage and tracing.”</p><p>The co-founder notes that his efforts were informed by his own experience managing platform teams to avoid technical debt. “Ideally, people shouldn’t have to rewrite much logic to swap out where code runs, which leads to less technical debt and more ability for your data scientists or ML teams to collaborate because you can define better boundaries. The decoupling makes your projects more modular, which means you can run things in different contexts [like Jupyter notebooks, PySpark jobs, FastAPI].”</p><p>The co-founder suggests that as GenAI has seen greater adoption, the market has greater demand for responsive data pipelines that teams can launch quickly and tweak iteratively. Teams that don’t have to re-instrument and can quickly understand where their data issues lie see less operational burden. “But you will need to build up some sort of view of your data in terms of what the distribution is, and whether you’re getting the business outcomes you want.”</p><h2>How to Think About Data Pipelines for Building AI Agents</h2><p>Teams considering agentic projects should first consider:</p><ul><li><strong>Getting Data Management Processes in Order:</strong> To run successful agentic programs, teams need to fully understand data inputs and outputs</li><li><strong>Being Able to Fully Scope Simple Workflows:</strong> Before diving into agent building, it’s important to be able to fully sketch out and understand the steps of the human workflow you want to replicate</li><li><strong>Iterating Gradually:</strong> AI agents given the power to make workflow decisions will need to be managed carefully</li></ul><p>The co-founder suggests that approaching the building of agentic products should also start from a first-principles approach that starts from inputs and outputs. “This is why I think there has been a larger focus on tracing. If you think of distributed tracing, most people are using one of the foundational model providers, so that&#x27;s an API call.”</p><p>“And so, you need to instrument the API call, but then you also need to instrument what&#x27;s upstream and downstream.” The co-founder suggests that teams that haven’t figured out the basics of data management may struggle if they rush to build agents immediately.</p><p>“You really need to understand your data and what&#x27;s going on with it before you can fully automate it. And so, for agentic-like projects, we’re often referring to using an LLM with <a href="https://huggingface.co/docs/hugs/en/guides/function-calling">tool calling</a>. Here’s an example of a very specific agentic workflow: If a finance person works in accounts payable, they&#x27;re always getting a certain series of PDFs. They always need to extract certain aspects of those files. Very deterministic stuff.”</p><p>“So for a PDF, we’d first target the extraction of various properties you would need from that file. In such cases, I would recommend focusing on explicit, clear workflows, in the same way you’d write out instructions for a human being on what to do.”</p><p>“And as your process gets stronger, and you understand what’s going on while measuring the business outcomes and metrics, this is where you can start to build in more complexity. And <em>then</em>, maybe you’d start incorporating agents that dynamically make decisions on what action to take next. (I teach <a href="https://maven.com/hugo-stefan/building-llm-apps-ds-and-swe-from-first-principles">a course</a> on topics like this, so feel free to reach out with questions.)”</p><blockquote>As your process gets stronger, and you understand what’s going on while measuring the business outcomes and metrics, this is where you can start to build in more complexity. And then, maybe you’d start incorporating agents.”</blockquote><h2>Final Thoughts and Best Practices for Data Pipelines</h2><p>Some overall takeaways for building data pipelines and managing data for agentic;</p><ul><li><strong>Don’t Get Wrapped Around the Axle:</strong> During the implementation process, it’s common to overindex on edge cases</li><li><strong>Don’t Try to Fit Everything Into an Agile Sprint:</strong> Data pipelines likely won’t fit into a traditional Agile sprint, and will require additional maintenance and monitoring</li><li><strong>Get Working Prototypes and Workflows Before Investing in Tools:</strong> Before buying the shiny new data product, it’s a good idea to fully scope out your use case first</li></ul><p>The co-founder rattles off a list of final best practices for teams to consider: “For any business project, you need to have clear business metrics of the value your project will bring to help orient your first version against expectations. Also, it’s generally a good idea to never promise 100% of all the things we’ve discussed here, as they probably won’t fit into an Agile sprint context.”</p><p>The co-founder suggests that a common pitfall is how easy it is to find use cases for which their scoped data pipeline should theoretically work at 100% efficiency. “Where most people spend most of their time in building and bringing these things into production is working on those edge cases and figuring out: How do I transform the data in the correct way? Or, how do I tweak the prompt? Or, what do I need to observe? What are the extra guardrails I need to add to make sure we&#x27;re providing the customer experience we expect?”</p><p>The co-founder reiterates: Data pipeline projects often don’t fit neatly into Agile sprints. “It’s very easy to build a prototype, but harder to productionize it. You need something more of a six-week kind of sprint model, where you allow for not only building a prototype, but also lots of data collection to really understand and measure what the pattern of edge cases is. Basically: What is this product getting wrong most of the time? And, how can we fix it?”</p><p>The co-founder notes that these decisions should precede technology choices. “You’ll notice I haven’t mentioned alternatives like vector databases yet. Because that&#x27;s really about technology being a <em>means</em> serving an <em>end</em>. You need to really understand the failure modes <em>first</em> to really understand what solutions you need.”</p><p>It’s also important to realize that data pipelines will become part of your operational infrastructure. “This type of project is not a one-and-done. In traditional software development, it&#x27;s very easy, within sprint models, to call a feature ‘done’ and leave it as is. You’ve written your tests, you deployed, it’s done. That&#x27;s not true here, since you need to continue to monitor things, especially your LLM calls.”</p><p>“For LLM calls, you need to ensure that you are providing time in your engineering schedule for maintenance, looking at data, and ensuring that things are working. This is something of a carrying cost that is a little different than a regular software engineering delivery model. Overall, a data pipeline project will probably take you a little longer than a standard Agile sprint.”</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-scope-and-evolve-data-pipelines">How to Properly Scope and Evolve Data Pipelines</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #34, Together with Nathen Harvey</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-34-together-with-nathen-harvey</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Apr 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f99c7a0d-8b9c-4839-863e-d0e90a8f8959</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 34 of Generationship, Nathen Harvey brings data, humor, and heart to a conversation about AI, DevOps, open source, and developer experience. He and Rachel dive into how AI is influencing software engineering, the role of platform engineering, metrics for assessing performance, and broader reflections on engineering culture and career growth.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 34 of Generationship, Nathen Harvey brings data, humor, and heart to a conversation about AI, DevOps, open source, and developer experience. He and Rachel dive into how AI is influencing software engineering, the role of platform engineering, metrics for assessing performance, and broader reflections on engineering culture and career growth.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-34-together-with-nathen-harvey">Ep. #34, Together with Nathen Harvey</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #3, Building Platforms in the AI Era with Ben Rubin of Verify</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-building-platforms-in-the-ai-era-with-ben-rubin-of-verify</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Apr 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">395be2a7-74ea-44fe-9174-91ec33cb6834</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Platform Builders, Christine Spang and Isaac Nassimi chat with Ben Rubin about the evolution of software development, from the early days of the internet to the current age of AI. They discuss the impact of AI on B2B SaaS, the challenges of building platforms in a rapidly changing landscape, and the future of user experience. Ben shares his experiences and insights on how developers and businesses can adapt to thrive in this new era.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of Platform Builders, Christine Spang and Isaac Nassimi chat with Ben Rubin about the evolution of software development, from the early days of the internet to the current age of AI. They discuss the impact of AI on B2B SaaS, the challenges of building platforms in a rapidly changing landscape, and the future of user experience. Ben shares his experiences and insights on how developers and businesses can adapt to thrive in this new era.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-building-platforms-in-the-ai-era-with-ben-rubin-of-verify">Ep. #3, Building Platforms in the AI Era with Ben Rubin of Verify</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Role of Synthetic Data in AI/ML Programs in Software</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/synthetic-data-in-ai-ml-software</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Apr 2025 16:32:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Synthetic Data]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Data Privacy]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Hiring]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[LLM]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Highly Regulated]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Data Pipelines]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">eae7459d-2ba1-49d8-9dbd-f0efde15fba1</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Synthetic data provides uniquely important value for software developers, especially in highly regulated spaces. Tonic co-founder Adam Kamor explains.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>Why Synthetic Data Matters for Software</h2><p>Running AI in production requires a great deal of data to feed to models. Reddit is now <a href="https://arstechnica.com/ai/2024/05/openai-will-use-reddit-posts-to-train-chatgpt-under-new-deal/">contracting</a> with Google and OpenAI as part of multimillion-dollar training deals with each publisher. OpenAI <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2024/04/06/technology/tech-giants-harvest-data-artificial-intelligence.html">transcribed</a> millions of hours of YouTube videos despite dubious permissions. Meta considered <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2024/04/06/technology/tech-giants-harvest-data-artificial-intelligence.html">buying</a> the publishing house Simon &amp; Schuster.</p><p>However, not all data can or should be made freely available. In highly regulated spaces, teams need to protect customer privacy while still using high-quality datasets. In such cases, teams have a few options. They can attempt a self-hosted, closed-circuit model using real data, but incur the risks of leaks and breaches. Alternatively, they can use data that is either partially redacted or synthetic, the latter offering most of the completeness of real data without compromising user privacy.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/e120dbd2bed500f8eb69360f91c4714519dc124c-375x375.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p>Adam Kamor is a veteran software developer and engineering lead with more than a decade of experience building software products at Microsoft, Tableau, and the synthetic data startup he co-founded, <a href="http://tonic.ai">Tonic</a>. In this article, he explains how synthetic data helps software teams by:</p><ul><li>Protecting <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Personal_data">Personally Identifiable Information</a> (PII)</li><li>Keeping Teams in Compliance</li><li>Saving Budget on Inference Costs</li></ul><h2>How to Use Customer Data in Your LLM Product</h2><p>Kamor suggests that data management for software teams building products with LLMs isn’t as straightforward as data in, data out. “The problem that engineers face is they may want to send customer data to LLMs to provide a certain experience to customers. But they need to be aware of what, contractually, and legally, they can and cannot do in terms of customer data.”</p><p>The co-founder points out that, for compliance purposes, using customer data requires teams to be aware of these important considerations, particularly if they go the route of using a third-party LLM:</p><ul><li><strong>Your Sub-Processors:</strong> The connection between your data and your LLM is not always a straight line. Which companies and products form that supply chain? What do they do with data as it moves along the supply chain?</li><li><strong>Compliance:</strong> Many customer contracts require updates when there is a change in how and where data is sent. In highly regulated spaces, there are also regulations such as <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Health_Insurance_Portability_and_Accountability_Act">HIPAA</a> and <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/General_Data_Protection_Regulation">GDPR</a>.</li><li><strong>What are LLMs doing with the data?</strong> Your customers, and the regulations in your space, may partially or completely limit the kind of data you can and can’t share with LLM providers, especially with regards to third parties using your customer data to train their models.</li></ul><p>In other words, teams that work with customer data, particularly in highly regulated spaces, often start from a problem space of needing relevant, high-quality datasets while remaining compliant with privacy policies. They need to get to the end result of having performant, well-trained models that give accurate, customer-focused responses without privacy risk.</p><blockquote><strong><em>Engineers may want to send customer data to LLMs to provide a certain experience to customers. But they need to be aware of what they can and cannot do in terms of customer data.” - Adam Kamor, Co-Founder Tonic</em></strong></blockquote><h2>Increasing Data Quality and Model Performance, Decreasing Risk</h2><p>Kamor suggests that teams looking to work with large amounts of sensitive customer data have a few options:</p><h3>1. Host Your Own LLM Privately</h3><p>Self-hosting would let you safeguard all the data you use to train that model internally. Ideally, hosting an internal, closed-circuit model helps mitigate security, privacy, and regulatory issues, assuming your own model doesn’t get compromised. It should be noted, however, that in these early days of AI/ML, that while deploying and operating your own model may lead to strong <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/enterprise-ai-infrastructure-privacy-maturity-resources">competitive advantage</a>, requires considerable expertise from MLOps teams, and can be a costly challenge in itself due to <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/machine-learning-engineering-ai-incentives">misaligned incentives</a>.</p><h3>2. Work With Data to De-Identify It, or Use Synthetic Data</h3><p>For many organizations, particularly resource-strapped startups, self-hosting a model may not be practical. An alternative is to work with your data set, either <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pseudonymization">de-identify</a> sensitive data or use <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/synthetic-data-for-ai">synthetic data</a>.</p><p>You can de-identify private data by redacting some or all sensitive fields within your dataset. Typically, developers de-identify data by <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tokenization_(data_security)">tokenizing</a> (replacing sensitive data with unique, non-sensitive tokens), <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hash_function">hashing</a> (using cryptographic functions to convert sensitive data into unique hash values), or <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data_masking">masking</a> (obscuring sensitive data with fictitious data).</p><p>However, new research shows that de-identifying data is often not enough to protect user privacy. <a href="https://www.nature.com/articles/s41598-024-81170-y">A study</a> found, in an experimental healthcare setting, that “de-identification of real clinical notes does not protect records against a membership inference attack.”</p><p>In this form of attack, adversaries get the patient records of a target person and use that data to find out whether that target person’s information was in a given model’s training dataset. If the model is used to identify patients with sexually transmitted infections, for example, then mere inclusion in the training data could be damaging to patients.</p><p>In theory, synthetic data can address this risk while solving all the privacy, security, and regulatory issues already mentioned. With synthetic data, you can build an LLM’s capabilities without revealing anything private to the LLM – removing the possibility that the LLM could ever regurgitate anything private to your users.</p><p>The co-founder offers an example: “Let&#x27;s say you want to train <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BERT_(language_model)">BERT</a> summarization models, which are frequently used to identify the most important text from a specific passage to create a summary. This type of model is relevant to physicians to summarize a patient&#x27;s medical history: When new patients come in, you can provide a summary of those patients for your records.”</p><p>“Next, you’d want to train your model on the medical histories of all the current patients in your medical system, and then use the model for inference on future calculations. But you do <em>not</em> want to train your summarization model on customer <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Protected_health_information">protected health information (PHI)</a> because the summarization model might regurgitate that.”</p><p>“Any situation where you&#x27;re training a model on the entire population (so you can use it for inference on individuals) is dangerous because the model might memorize things about <em>individuals</em> in the population. And inevitably, it will regurgitate it to individuals when it&#x27;s being used.”</p><h2>Benefits of Synthetic Data</h2><p>Synthetic data is extremely useful when the data you want to use to train an LLM needs to remain private. Synthetic data is the best way to keep your customer data private without affecting the utility of the data itself, allowing you to train or finetune an LLM without compromising the quality of its outputs or the privacy of its inputs.</p><h3>Protecting Privacy in Highly Regulated Industries</h3><p>In highly regulated industries, such as healthcare and financial services, customer data is not only private but guarded by strict regulatory regimens, such as HIPAA for healthcare or the <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bank_Secrecy_Act">BSA</a> in finance. HIPAA violations can cost organizations upwards of <a href="https://www.hipaajournal.com/what-happens-if-you-break-hipaa-rules/">$2M</a>.</p><h3>Satisfying Legal and Contractual Obligations</h3><p>The co-founder points out the need for legal and regulatory compliance as well. “So, how do I synthesize my data so I can still train an effective model and not miss my customers’ sensitive information...and also adhere to my legal contracts? Customers typically don&#x27;t want you training models on their data, though sometimes there will be exclusions for when the data is synthesized or de-identified.”</p><p>Synthetic data lets you build an artificial dataset that reflects customer data without actually containing and revealing any of it. That way, you can build LLM products that work within the narrow problems customers actually <em>have</em>. All without touching their sensitive information.</p><h2>Practical Considerations: Code Privacy, Inference Costs</h2><p>The co-founder points out that synthetic data isn’t a silver bullet that protects proprietary code from being gobbled up by models, and that exposing proprietary code to commercial LLMs might not be that big a deal. “I don’t think code alone is that valuable, or that it’s necessarily a danger to a software business. The efficiency benefits you get from using AI coding assistants probably outweigh any of those risks.”</p><p>“If I gave out all the source code to [Tonic] to somebody, I don’t think it would hurt <em>my</em> business. It would take them a long time to figure out how to stand it up and maintain it. And it would take forever to figure out how to add new features. By the time they got all of this done, we’d be a year or so ahead. I’ve never been of the opinion that code itself is so proprietary and sensitive.”</p><p>For teams looking to curb inference costs, synthetic data isn’t necessarily cheaper or faster for running ML jobs. Organizations operating their own internal models might be better served using <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Knowledge_distillation">distillation</a>: “If you&#x27;re if you&#x27;re concerned about curbing inference costs, then I would use the outputs of LLMs to train more-efficient BERT models, for example. If you properly train your your BERT summarization model, you can get super-cheap inference.”</p><p>For early-stage startups, the co-founder suggests that rolling your own models, a time-intensive process that can require considerable specialized expertise, might be overkill. “For a startup, there are worse things you could do than just pay for an OpenAI ChatGPT plan and move on with your life and try to get customer revenue. But if you&#x27;re operating at a certain scale and you&#x27;re genuinely concerned about inference costs, then go train more-specialized models and run them yourself, and you&#x27;ll get your costs down without issue.”</p><p>“We&#x27;ve started doing that with some of our features. We&#x27;re not using LLMs for all of our NLP tests. We’re using traditional BERT models and they&#x27;re cheap. They run on CPU. They&#x27;re great. But they take longer to develop and they require, frankly, more skill to develop correctly. Not the kind of thing some junior engineer whips up in 20 minutes with a clever prompt.”</p><blockquote><strong><em>For a startup, there are worse things you could do than just pay for a GPT plan and move on. But if you&#x27;re operating at a certain scale and you&#x27;re genuinely concerned about inference costs, then train specialized models and run them yourself. You&#x27;ll get your costs down.”</em></strong></blockquote><h2>How Modern Data Is Shaping the Future of Models (and Software Teams)</h2><p>The co-founder notes that there is a great deal of press about the utility of <a href="https://www.ibm.com/think/topics/small-language-models#:~:text=Small%20language%20models%20(SLMs)%20are,large%20language%20models%20(LLMs).">“small” models</a>, specifically that their tight training and tuning on a finite dataset seemingly makes them more capable for limited use cases. But small isn’t necessarily always the right move.</p><p>“I think the march to small models can’t <em>just</em> be because they&#x27;re cheaper and faster. That won&#x27;t be enough to justify them because the cost of LLMs will just continue to go down. Sometimes a bit at a time, and sometimes it’s massive drops like with <a href="https://www.infoworld.com/article/3834662/deepseek-offers-steep-discounts-escalating-ai-price-war.html">DeepSeek R1</a><span style="text-decoration:underline">.</span> That alone is not going to be a strong enough driver.”</p><p>“These smaller, faster models need to have other benefits. They need to be able to go places that large language models can&#x27;t go. Or because we only run on-prem and we can&#x27;t make calls to clouds. There has to be some other driver to necessitate that, I think, because LLM costs will just keep going down.”</p><p>The co-founder concedes that the pace of change in the AI/ML space is incredible, and that standards for hiring software developers and data experts could evolve as AI assistants lower barriers to entry. However, he advises software leads to look for data specialists with fundamental knowledge that isn’t easy to fake on a test.</p><p>“When we hire data scientists, I want to see a mathematical seriousness to them. I want to see an understanding of statistics and probability and other complex math topics. The fundamentals are still important. The reality is that some jobs, which used to require PhD-type folks to do, can be done almost as well by an engineer that knows how to write code and good prompts.”</p><p>“But if you&#x27;re doing serious work, you still need serious people that have the mathematical grounding to think about these things properly. Admittedly, maybe that sort of thing is less important than it was previously. It&#x27;s all changing so fast, and my answer could change tomorrow. Sometimes it seems like there&#x27;s a game-changer every couple of days.”</p><h2>Takeaways on Synthetic Data and How to Think About Data Management</h2><p>To summarize, the co-founder advises software leads to think about synthetic data first and foremost as a safer alternative to using potentially risky real data to train models. “Ultimately, synthetic data isn’t so much about writing safe prompts and chats with your LLM. What you’re <em>trying</em> to do is train your own model. So if you&#x27;re trying to do that on potentially sensitive customer information, you likely need to remove customer PII first. That&#x27;s the most important consideration for privacy.”</p><h2>More Resources</h2><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/synthetic-data-for-ai">Article: Synthetic Data for AI</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/future-of-ai-coding-genai">Article: The Future of Coding in the Age of GenAI</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-infrastructure-top-challenges-data-inference">Article: The Data Pipeline is the New Secret Sauce</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/enterprise-ai-infrastructure-privacy-maturity-resources">Article: Enterprise AI Infrastructure: Privacy, Maturity, Resources</a></li><li><a href="https://www.tonic.ai/guides/guide-to-synthetic-test-data-generation">Article: Guide to Synthetic Test Data Generation</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/synthetic-data-in-ai-ml-software">The Role of Synthetic Data in AI/ML Programs in Software</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #11, Unpacking MCP with Steve Manuel</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-unpacking-mcp-with-steve-manuel</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Apr 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e89c6254-5e83-4a57-a85d-4e584cd1172b</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 11 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride sit down with AI expert Steve Manuel to explore the Model Context Protocol (MCP)—a framework that enhances how models interact with their environments. They break down why context-awareness is crucial for machine learning and how MCP is transforming open source AI.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 11 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride sit down with AI expert Steve Manuel to explore the Model Context Protocol (MCP)—a framework that enhances how models interact with their environments. They break down why context-awareness is crucial for machine learning and how MCP is transforming open source AI.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-unpacking-mcp-with-steve-manuel">Ep. #11, Unpacking MCP with Steve Manuel</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Data Council 2025: The Foundation Models Track with Dr. Bryan Bischof and Tom Drummond</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/data-council-2025-the-foundation-models-track-with-dr-bryan-bischof-and-tom-drummond</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Apr 2025 17:55:31 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Generative AI]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Data Council]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Databases]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e5acc960-6ad2-4bdd-9d60-fd2654def658</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Dr. Bryan Bischof shares how he curated the Foundation Models track—focusing not on model training, but on how builders can apply foundation models effectively. He previews key speakers from OpenAI, Meta, DeepMind, and more, and offers a glimpse into his own talk on failure and product analytics in AI development.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "soundcloud", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><p></p><p>Heavybit is thrilled to be sponsoring Data Council 2025, and we invite you to join us in Oakland from Apr 22-24 to experience 3 days of cutting-edge technical talks from the brightest minds in AI &amp; data, learn more at <a href="http://datacouncil.ai/">datacouncil.ai</a> and use the code <strong>HEAVYBIT20 for 20% off.</strong></p><p></p><h2>Designing the Foundation Models Track</h2><p><strong>Tom Drummond:</strong> Hi everyone, my name is Tom Drummond.</p><p>I&#x27;m a co-founder and managing partner at Heavybit. We are one of the sponsors of this year&#x27;s Data Council.</p><p>We&#x27;re very excited to be involved and as part of that, we are talking to a handful of our track hosts to get a read on who they are, what they&#x27;re putting on for everybody and give everyone a little preview of what they can expect to hear at this year&#x27;s event in a couple weeks.</p><p>Today, I am talking to Dr. Bryan Bischof. You are the track host for the Foundation Models track, correct?</p><p><strong>Dr. Bryan Bischof:</strong> Yes, that is correct.</p><p><strong>Tom:</strong> I have to say, having looked at all the track host backgrounds, you have by far the most interesting background out of everybody.</p><p><strong>Bryan:</strong> Interesting. Is it the Blue Bottle? Is that what got your attention?</p><p><strong>Tom:</strong> It&#x27;s one of the eclecticism. You&#x27;ve got a little blue bottle, a little fashion in there. You&#x27;ve got kind of all different aspects.</p><p>I feel like I should do a talk show host intro, ladies and gentlemen, it&#x27;s Dr. Bryan Bischof, educator, scientist, author, world renowned, something or other.</p><p><strong>Bryan:</strong> Yeah, I think that last one is probably the one I identify with the most. &quot; Something or other.&quot;</p><p>Actually, I might just go ahead add that to my LinkedIn. Something or other.</p><p>Yeah, I&#x27;ve been really lucky. I&#x27;ve gotten to work at a lot of really exciting organizations, doing super cool stuff.</p><p>I&#x27;ve been very privileged to get to sort of apply mathematics to a bunch of real-world problems, not just in one space.</p><p>You know, I started out in time series stuff, making computers talk to one another, got to work on coffee stuff, which is a big passion of mine.</p><p>And then later, I got to work on logistics for clothes and you know, these days, working on sort of data stuff.</p><p><strong>Tom:</strong> That&#x27;s awesome. And so tell us, where are you today?</p><p><strong>Bryan:</strong> At the time of this interview, I am a hedge knight, but in only a few days, I will be joining Theory Ventures as the head of AI.</p><p><strong>Tom:</strong> Congrats. Yeah, that&#x27;s awesome. Tomasz is great. So let&#x27;s talk about your track, so Foundation Models. What did you want to achieve putting this track together?</p><p><strong>Bryan:</strong> Yeah, so when Pete asked me to put together the Foundation Models track, one thing that first crossed my mind is cool, I&#x27;m going to have people talk about like training large foundation models and that lasted in my brain for about 15 seconds and then I realized no, that&#x27;s horribly boring.</p><p>Most of the people that are coming to Data Council just won&#x27;t find that content that exciting. Training large, like massive models, even if it&#x27;s, post training or mid training, I just don&#x27;t think that it&#x27;s going to be that exciting for that audience.</p><blockquote>Instead I put myself in the shoes of an attendee because I am almost like a perfect example of who would want to come to Data Council and so what would I want to see?<br/></blockquote><p>And so what I thought about is, okay, candidly, I often find myself wondering, what do the labs want me to know?</p><p>What do they want me to think and how do they want me to be using their models?</p><p>I&#x27;ve been really lucky. I&#x27;ve gotten to talk to folks at Anthropic and Google and OpenAI.</p><p>I&#x27;ve gotten to sort of like work directly with one of the speakers in my track, Nikunj, and I&#x27;ve really benefit from those conversations. I&#x27;ve learned a lot from talking to the API teams about how they think about their models and they think about the application layer.</p><p>So my sort of inspiration for the people that I invited is actually the exact opposite of what the track is called.</p><blockquote>So my track is called Foundation Models, but my track is actually about the application layer and it is about what you should know about the foundation models if you&#x27;re building at the application layer.</blockquote><p><strong>Tom:</strong> Awesome, okay, so tell everyone, if they come to your track, who are they going to be hearing from?</p><h2>Featured Speakers &amp; Topics</h2><p><strong>Bryan:</strong> Let&#x27;s start at the top. We&#x27;re going to talk about whether the model is the product or not. We&#x27;re going to have Han (Han-chung Lee) from Moody&#x27;s, he&#x27;s going to talk about the fact that the model is the product and that is really where the value is being created.</p><p>Hamel (Hamel Husain) is going to argue against that point that the value is created outside of the model itself at the application layer and that&#x27;s going to be sort of the aperitif for the rest of the track because then what we&#x27;re going to get is we&#x27;re going to get a parade of model builders who are very sort of both sided on this argument.</p><p>They&#x27;re building the models but they&#x27;re simultaneously going to be trying to explain to you how to use what they&#x27;re building to create value. And this is obviously intentional.</p><blockquote>My goal here is to help you think critically about where you fit into these things.</blockquote><p>The next speakers are going to be from the major labs. So as an example, we&#x27;re going to have Nikunj (Nikunj Honda) from OpenAI, he&#x27;s going to be talking about the agent&#x27;s API. This is a really big deal, and everyone needs to know about it.</p><p>Next going to hear from Ragho (Raghotham Murthy) from Meta. Now Ragho is going to be telling you what does the Llama stack look like. If you care about building local AI applications, you need to understand the Llama stack.</p><p>Moving on, we have Ravin (Ravin Kumar) from Google DeepMind. Ravin is going to be talking about LLMs as tools.</p><p>If you really believe that the value is created outside of the model, then you need to understand where the model fits in. I&#x27;m really excited to see Ravin&#x27;s perspective on this.</p><p>And finally, I have to say the word multimodal or people just won&#x27;t come, so we obviously wanted to have somebody from the really multimodal perspective and so we have Ethan (Ethan Rosenthal) from Runway.</p><p><strong>Tom:</strong> That is a killer lineup. What&#x27;s a good elevator pitch for the series? Like why should you come to the Foundation Models versus like one of the other six tracks that are going on?</p><h2><strong>Why Attend This Track</strong></h2><p><strong>Bryan:</strong> Candidly, because, like, we all need to have a really clear understanding of our positioning relative to AI right now.</p><blockquote>Whether you want to go and build a foundation model to drive new applications and capabilities or if you need to understand how to use the state-of-the-art capabilities in your application, candidly, like this is the right information from the horse&#x27;s mouth.</blockquote><p>You&#x27;ll notice like those are some big brands and I&#x27;m not someone who&#x27;s like super obsessed with brand, but I think in this case, when you&#x27;ve got a few players that are really driving the conversation and the progress, you need to hear their perspective, and this is going to be the most rich way to get that information.</p><p>Sure, you should go look at the API Docs, but I think this is going to be a real live in-your-face demonstration of what these positions are.</p><p>The one thing that you&#x27;ll probably notice is missing from this track in a very obvious way is Anthropic. Where is Anthropic?</p><p>Let&#x27;s say the word MCP into the microphone so that everyone is very excited and what I&#x27;ll say to you there is the MCP talk is already on the internet and you can go find it today.</p><p>It was recently given at the AI Engineering Summit in New York. So go ahead watch that talk. Thanks to Swyx for organizing that talk.</p><p>That&#x27;s where you can get the information on MCP. You can think of this track as the version of that MCP talk for all the other model providers and all the other pieces of the story.</p><p><strong>Tom:</strong> So you&#x27;re going to be touching a bunch on kind of agents and tool use and things like that?</p><p><strong>Bryan:</strong> Absolutely, there&#x27;ll be a lot of discussion of sort of like, how do you have agents in the loop, how do you think about, like, what are tools and how do you make your tools really valuable?</p><h2><strong>Bryan’s Own Talk: “Failure is a Funnel”</strong></h2><p><strong>Tom:</strong> That&#x27;s awesome. I actually noticed, I&#x27;m kind of curious if this is like connected, but you&#x27;re actually giving your own talk on day one of the conference, right?</p><p>Failure is a Funnel in the Data Science and Algo&#x27;s track, I think.</p><p>I feel like today not a lot of people apply kind of classic engineering rigor to building these applications.</p><p>Like is that kind of what you&#x27;re going to be talking about in the Failure as a Funnel or is that different?</p><p><strong>Bryan:</strong> Yeah, I wanted to really talk about something that I feel like I&#x27;m an expert in. So I obviously chose failure.</p><p>And so my thesis is that basically building applications using AI is much more like classical product development than people think it is.</p><p>And I don&#x27;t mean in the sense of like the engineering road mapping, the engineering frameworks, engineering process, I actually mean product analytics.</p><blockquote>And so where I think a lot of engineering teams, especially AI engineering teams are coming up short is the way that they integrate data science skills, data science analysis and thinking of these processes the way that we would traditionally think of sort of optimizing your product.</blockquote><p>It sounds really banal to say whoa, whoa, whoa, take a break. Look at where people were dropping off and the use of your tool. But actually, it&#x27;s surprising how rare people are making this connection.</p><p><strong>Tom:</strong> I feel like most people are sort of stuck on, hey, I should just like reword my prompt a couple times or I should like change a couple things here or there, and it&#x27;s trial by error.</p><p><strong>Bryan:</strong> It&#x27;s even deeper than that. You hear a lot of discussion these days about evaluation and I&#x27;m really excited about evaluation.</p><p>I&#x27;ve been pushing evaluation for the past couple years, but I think people are very limited in scope when they think about what that means.</p><blockquote>They think of evaluation as &quot;did it work, did it get the answer right?&quot; But actually, evaluation is a multi-step procedure and one step at a time, you get closer and closer to the right outcome.</blockquote><p>I&#x27;m going to do something very unusual in my talk. I can promise, I can&#x27;t reveal the secret, but what I can promise is if you come to my talk, you&#x27;ll see something that you&#x27;ve never seen before at a tech conference.</p><p><strong>Tom:</strong> That is reason enough to be at Bryan&#x27;s talk, 11:45, on day one, April 22nd, Oakland, Datacouncil.ai, come and get your tickets.</p><p>Use HEAVYBIT20 for a 20% discount. Look forward to seeing you all there.</p><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/data-council-2025-the-foundation-models-track-with-dr-bryan-bischof-and-tom-drummond">Data Council 2025: The Foundation Models Track with Dr. Bryan Bischof and Tom Drummond</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #2, Charging Customers was a Mistake with Jamie Davidson</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-charging-customers-was-a-mistake-with-jamie-davidson</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Apr 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9a916529-be57-4930-83ad-cb52f3ff2d90</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 2 of Platform Builders, Jamie Davidson, CEO of Vitally, joins Christine Spang and Isaac Nassimi to discuss the evolution of customer success platforms. They explore Vitally&#x27;s journey from a customer data tool to a comprehensive platform, the strategic decisions behind product development and fundraising, and the impact of AI on the future of customer success. Davidson also shares insights on innovating customer engagement and building a platform that empowers both customer success teams and the wider business.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 2 of Platform Builders, Jamie Davidson, CEO of Vitally, joins Christine Spang and Isaac Nassimi to discuss the evolution of customer success platforms. They explore Vitally&#x27;s journey from a customer data tool to a comprehensive platform, the strategic decisions behind product development and fundraising, and the impact of AI on the future of customer success. Davidson also shares insights on innovating customer engagement and building a platform that empowers both customer success teams and the wider business.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-charging-customers-was-a-mistake-with-jamie-davidson">Ep. #2, Charging Customers was a Mistake with Jamie Davidson</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #33, Developer Experience with Nicole Forsgren</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-33-developer-experience-with-nicole-forsgren</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Apr 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fa8beec2-94e7-4769-8b47-96b572d87ab7</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 33 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers is joined by Nicole Forsgren—developer productivity researcher and co-founder of DORA—to discuss how AI is reshaping the software development landscape. From coding with LLMs to evaluating trust in AI-generated outputs, they explore the future of developer experience and the enduring value of human intuition.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 33 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers is joined by Nicole Forsgren—developer productivity researcher and co-founder of DORA—to discuss how AI is reshaping the software development landscape. From coding with LLMs to evaluating trust in AI-generated outputs, they explore the future of developer experience and the enduring value of human intuition.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-33-developer-experience-with-nicole-forsgren">Ep. #33, Developer Experience with Nicole Forsgren</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Data Council 2025: The Data Science &amp; Algorithms Track with Sean Taylor and Jesse Robbins</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/data-council-2025-the-data-science-and-algorithms-track-with-sean-taylor-and-jesse-robbins</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Apr 2025 14:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Data Science]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Data Council]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Data Teams]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Data Infrastructure]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f484f8c3-dc4a-40f9-a5f1-dd03b42d0438</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Jesse Robbins interviews Sean Taylor about his work programming the Data Science &amp; Algorithms track for Data Council 2025.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "soundcloud", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><p></p><p>Heavybit is thrilled to be sponsoring Data Council 2025, and we invite you to join us in Oakland from Apr 22-24 to experience 3 days of cutting-edge technical talks from the brightest minds in AI &amp; data, learn more at <a href="http://datacouncil.ai/">datacouncil.ai</a> and use the code <strong>HEAVYBIT20 for 20% off.</strong></p><p></p><h2><strong>Defining a Clear Vision for the Data Science Track</strong></h2><p><strong>Jesse Robbins:</strong> Hey, this is Jesse Robbins. I&#x27;m one of the general partners here at Heavybit. We are extremely excited to be sponsoring this year&#x27;s Data Council.</p><p>And to kick it off, we are interviewing the track hosts, including Sean Taylor, who just joined from OpenAI. Welcome, Sean.</p><p><strong>Sean Taylor:</strong> Yeah, thanks Jesse.</p><p><strong>Jesse:</strong> So Sean, you are hosting the data science and algorithms track.</p><p>I hear that you have some strong opinions, which is how you&#x27;re putting that together.</p><p>You want to tell me about those and what the track&#x27;s all about?</p><p><strong>Sean:</strong> Absolutely, yeah. I mean I think it&#x27;s important to distinguish your track and have like a really strong opinion about what it should be about.</p><p>I wasn&#x27;t just kind of looking for the best talks, I was looking for the best talks about what I think data science really is meant to be and how it&#x27;s going to unlock value for the companies where we operate.</p><blockquote>And so for me, the cornerstone to that is experimentation and causal inference. Those are topics that are kind of important in statistics and in machine learning, but we apply them in companies to make better decisions on a day-to-day basis. So I really wanted the speakers that we had to reflect the kind of the day-to-day work of someone who thinks that way and thinks that that&#x27;s the way that we have impact on companies that we work at.</blockquote><p><strong>Jesse:</strong> One of the things that I know that you&#x27;re highlighting is frameworks and methodologies that are actually being applied in modern research and data science environments.</p><p>You know, a really strong list of confirmed speakers. Can you tell me about who you&#x27;re excited about and what they&#x27;re going to be talking about?</p><p><strong>Sean:</strong> Well, I&#x27;m excited about them all equally. They&#x27;re all amazing people and I really feel very lucky to have such a great track.</p><p>We get a lot of submissions, but also I kind of go and seek out speakers to make sure that we have the set of topics that I want to portray there.</p><p>But these speakers are, I think, probably the best that I&#x27;ve had in all the years that I&#x27;ve been hosting. In particular, we have, Hadley Wickham is probably the star of the show.</p><p>He is somebody that I was a long time fan, like, maybe 20 years ago when I was starting my career, he was somebody that I looked up to and he&#x27;s only gone on to do bigger and better things since then.</p><p>And he&#x27;s built like, the majority of the tools that people use in practice. Like, he&#x27;s had his his hand on on most of them.</p><p>So, I kind of invited him to come and speak about whatever he was recently been thinking a lot about.</p><p>And so, it&#x27;s kind of exciting to kind of, you get a peek into the future from someone like him who&#x27;s been thinking really deeply about how generative AI can be integrated into data science workflows.</p><h2><strong>Deep Focus on Experimentation and Real-World Applications</strong></h2><p><strong>Jesse:</strong> Wow, that&#x27;s awesome. Who else? Tell us about the other speakers in the track.</p><p><strong>Sean:</strong> Absolutely. Yeah.</p><blockquote>I think one of the kind of hallmarks of the data science track is that we talk a lot about experimentation. And having people who work on experimentation in big companies but also at startups has been sort of one of the themes.</blockquote><p>So, we got Timothy Chan, he&#x27;s head of data at Statsig. Statsig for people who don&#x27;t know, is one of the most popular A/B testing tools on the market.</p><p>You know, used by hundreds, probably thousands of startups and big companies at this point. I&#x27;m a big fan of the tool.</p><p>He&#x27;s been working on experimentation for as long as anybody and he gets to talk to people who are running experiments at all these companies all the time.</p><p><strong>Jesse:</strong> At a massive scale?</p><p><strong>Sean:</strong> And a massive scale. So, that&#x27;s a really unique opportunity to get insight from somebody who&#x27;s not going to have the same perspective as somebody who&#x27;s just been at the same company for a long time or even kind of like, you know, deep academic expertise.</p><p>He&#x27;s somebody who&#x27;s really hands-on with all the customers of their platform. So, very excited for Timothy Chan.</p><p>Also, Joe Powers is a principal data scientist at Intuit, who will be speaking, he&#x27;s really exciting, I think for the alternative perspective is having somebody who&#x27;s deeply thought about one specific problem for a long time.</p><p>And so, he&#x27;s worked at Intuit for a number of years now and he&#x27;s going to be talking about Bayesian A/B testing and how they apply it there.</p><p>So, getting that peak in under the hood of how a big company that you know, can be a little mysterious how a company with like tons of resources and really hard problems, approaches solving them.</p><p>So, getting that insight from somebody who&#x27;s been there for a long time and kind of like one dedicated use case will think, I think, will be a really nice compliment to Timothy&#x27;s talk.</p><p><strong>Jesse:</strong> One of the things that I loved about the conference last year was seeing really established practitioners, working really closely with people that are figuring out both what they&#x27;re trying to do inside of their organizations and also how to justify or explain or even market internally to business users who might need to use or apply these technologies.</p><p>Can you talk about the Office Hours program and sort of the other elements in the conference that kind of really formalize the ability to connect people that know what they&#x27;re doing with people that are trying to figure it out and make the case?</p><h2><strong>Creating Connections Through Office Hours and Community</strong></h2><p><strong>Sean:</strong> Yeah, absolutely.</p><blockquote>I think, you know, one of the hard things about work in like 2025 is that we don&#x27;t get to peek over each other&#x27;s shoulders, kind of see what people are doing in practice. So, that&#x27;s kind of the role of a conference like this, is to like, get to tap on someone&#x27;s shoulder, see what they&#x27;re doing, have them share what they&#x27;re working on and have that kind of deep interaction.</blockquote><p>And so, one of the unique qualities of Data Council is that you get unique access to the speakers because we have office hours after the track, after the talk is over.</p><p>And then, in that Office Hours you can really spend dedicated time with that person. It&#x27;s not just like a couple minutes after the talk, and it&#x27;s a very social conference in general.</p><p>I think that the hallways are really great and you end up getting to spend a lot of time with everybody.</p><p>And that&#x27;s what we&#x27;re all looking for is kind of like validation of what are we working on? Is what we&#x27;re working on kind of normal?</p><p>Can we learn from other people what they&#x27;re doing and like figure out a way to improve what we&#x27;re doing?</p><p>Data Council is kind of like one of the few places that we can do that these days.</p><p><strong>Jesse:</strong> Last year, Roger Magoulas and I posted about how data science was having a DevOps movement.</p><p>A moment where community was starting to come together and formalize in a way that frankly we hadn&#x27;t seen a lot, I think in part because what you just said.</p><p>Where you don&#x27;t get to peek over each other&#x27;s shoulders. I find that data science teams are in some ways more isolated than others, which is part of why Data Council is so important.</p><p>That&#x27;s why Heavybit sponsors it. It&#x27; why we participate so heavily, why we are hosting a party.</p><p>It seems to be that this is a really unique event and opportunity for people that frankly was just needed sort of that ability to kind of reconnect and start working together again.</p><p>For you, what are your favorite parts about Data Council?</p><p><strong>Sean:</strong> Yeah, I mean for me I feel like it&#x27;s a reunion every time. So I really, I have specific people that I want to catch up with.</p><p>And so, you know, being in my track is really wonderful, but there&#x27;s also lots of other people at the conference, so it being over multiple days and being able to space things out is really nice and there is a lot of downtime baked into it.</p><p>But I think for me, like the, you know, there&#x27;s different concentric circles of community that you have for your profession.</p><p>You have community within your own company and you have the kind of like broader community and getting to be in person with people for this dedicated amount of time is really special and unique.</p><p>And so like, you know, carving out time to hang out in the hallway and just catch up and see what people are working on.</p><p>And that&#x27;s usually what I ask people is kind of like, what challenging thing are you working on these days? Or like, you know, what&#x27;s keeping you up at night?</p><p>And then, usually get a really interesting answer to that.</p><p><strong>Jesse:</strong> When you selected speakers, how did that work? What was your process?</p><p>What was the analytics stack that you ran in order to find the right folks given the extraordinary quality of the people that you&#x27;re bringing in?</p><p><strong>Sean:</strong> It&#x27;s a tough process because we do have open submissions for talks and we get a lot of great submissions, so it&#x27;s really tough number one, to go through that and say no to a lot of talks &#x27;cause there&#x27;s a lot of people that probably could be speaking that we don&#x27;t select.</p><p>We get so many great speakers. But also I want to compliment that with some people from my network that I think kind of fill in the gaps from what we got in terms of submissions.</p><p>And I tried really hard to like, get opinions from the community about what should be in the data science track.</p><p>So, I went on LinkedIn and I posted, &quot;What should be in the data science track in 2025?&quot; to try to like just solicit people&#x27;s opinions.</p><p>And it was like crickets. Like, I couldn&#x27;t get anybody to form a strong opinion about what is data science now after we have people forking off to be machine learning engineer.</p><p>There&#x27;s all these disciplines that I think, I would say are kind of like forks of the original data science discipline.</p><p>So, what&#x27;s left for us? So, I guess I just formed my own opinions about that and it&#x27;s kind of what I think I see as most effective in practice at companies, which is people doing kind of like, deep analytical and statistical work.</p><blockquote>People building tools that are useful to practitioners internally to the company. People practicing experimentation and causal inference that help improve decision making. When I can find people who can speak to that from some really recent and useful experience with real examples, I feel like that that&#x27;s what people are and the track are going to enjoy and learn the most from.</blockquote><p><strong>Jesse:</strong> It&#x27;s amazing. You know, one of my questions is like, what are the practical skills and insights that you want people to have? And you just described that to a T.</p><p>So, I&#x27;ll ask you another one, which is, how much has AI changed the landscape in the last year since the last conference?</p><p>What is suddenly even more different now, particularly given that you just joined OpenAI?</p><h2><strong>AI’s Evolving Role in Data Science</strong></h2><p><strong>Sean:</strong> So, two years ago I think was the original like, AI moment and I remember being at Data Council and the most packed talk was this talk about generating SQL from natural language.</p><p>I was like, okay, no one&#x27;s going to be writing SQL ever again. And you know, spoiler alert. I write SQL every day.</p><p>So, I think that was kind of an interesting, kind of like evolution of how we thought about.</p><p>At first we were like, wow, it&#x27;s coming for our jobs and there&#x27;ll be nothing left for us to do &#x27;cause all the queries will be written and it&#x27;ll do all the analysis for us.</p><p><strong>Jesse:</strong> The AI also doesn&#x27;t want to write SQLs it turns out, yeah.</p><p><strong>Sean:</strong> But now, having kind of like seen how things have played out that the AI systems are generating even more interesting data and generating more questions for us to answer for the the businesses that we work in.</p><blockquote>I think that that&#x27;s really my big insight is that experimentation is even more important today than it was a few years ago because it&#x27;s one of the few things that gives us like real insight into how these systems are behaving in practice. So, that kind of rigorous empiricism is now more valuable than it was before AI existed.</blockquote><p><strong>Jesse:</strong> Yeah, you can synthesize and collate information all you want, but if you run experiments, that&#x27;s literally the only way you learn things.</p><p><strong>Sean:</strong> Right.</p><p><strong>Jesse:</strong> So, we have to do new stuff now.</p><p><strong>Sean:</strong> Yes, exactly.</p><p><strong>Jesse:</strong> Sean, before OpenAI, you were at Lyft and Facebook and you have had a variety of roles from research scientists to being a manager and now back to like core startup work where you are at a core data science role &#x27;cause OpenAI is small, right?</p><p><strong>Sean:</strong> Right.</p><p><strong>Jesse:</strong> One of the things that I know is a priority for the conference is figuring out how to get people who are earlier in their career, who maybe haven&#x27;t had foundational data science roles at the biggest companies that use the most data.</p><p>Is this track that you&#x27;re running and the conference generally something that&#x27;s accessible only to kind of people at your level who you&#x27;re already connect with on LinkedIn?</p><p>Or what are you doing to make it more accessible for people earlier in their careers?</p><h2><strong>Making the Track Accessible for All Career Levels</strong></h2><p><strong>Sean:</strong> Yeah, that&#x27;s a great question and I&#x27;m very sensitive to that and I try to make sure that we have a track that&#x27;s open for everybody, interesting to everybody.</p><blockquote>And I would expect if you&#x27;re attending Data Council, no matter what your role, you&#x27;ll find something interesting in the data science track.</blockquote><p>But I do think I want to have a strong opinion about what&#x27;s in there content-wise. But when I talk to all the speakers about what the talk should be like, we talk a lot about the level.</p><p>Like, how to kind of calibrate it to the right audience. Like, who&#x27;s attending the talk, what are they going to want to see it?</p><p><strong>Jesse:</strong> This isn&#x27;t a poster session.</p><p><strong>Sean:</strong> Yeah, and I think the speakers are, you know, they want to give a good talk and they want to make sure that they cater to the right audience as well.</p><p>And that means kind of having something for everybody. It means having, like, touching on advanced things that do kind of pique interest to people and make them want to follow up.</p><p>But also kind of covering the basics and making sure that you explain things at a really high level and talk a lot about the why and motivate the work.</p><p>And so, I think it starts with yeah, that framing for the speaker is about like, what is the goal here, what is the aesthetic that we&#x27;re trying to hit?</p><p>And also curating for speakers that I know are likely to give good talks. Like they, you know, that they have a track record of giving talks that are going to be accessible to a broad audience.</p><p><strong>Jesse:</strong> Yep. When I was putting together my own conference for the DevOps community, the big challenge was always like, you want to be memorable but for the right reasons.</p><p>And that means that you need speakers who are both experts in their field and entertaining and passionate, and are going to follow up with more great content and great conversations.</p><p>And I think that Data Council this year is really doing a fantastic job of increasing who&#x27;s going to be able to come.</p><p>And I just think there&#x27;s so much more interest now that people seem to care in a new way about both the value of data and experimentation and rigorous analytics.</p><p>Is there anything that you&#x27;re glad you didn&#x27;t include this time around? Like, what&#x27;s on your no list?</p><p><strong>Sean:</strong> That&#x27;s a great question. You know, we had a really good talk from a couple years ago.</p><p>I also have previously worked on forecasting. So, I would lump that into data science work and I think that&#x27;s still kind of uniquely something that data scientists tend to focus on.</p><p>But we don&#x27;t have a forecasting talk this year. We had a really good one a couple years ago from the folks at Nixtla, which is a startup that works on forecasting packages.</p><p>I don&#x27;t know if there&#x27;s really anything left. Like, I just feel like maybe the interest in that has kind of declined a little bit or maybe a little bit of it is moving it over to Gen AI.</p><p>There are some new methodologies that are like, you know, pure AI approaches to forecasting. But that&#x27;s one thing that kind of is cutting room for this-</p><p><strong>Jesse:</strong> Who could have forecasted this outcome?</p><p><strong>Sean:</strong> Exactly.</p><p><strong>Jesse:</strong> So, right now we&#x27;re in a really interesting and I think challenging time in certain industries around like proving the value of data science and analytics.</p><p>Can you talk a little bit about sort of how you see people making the case for what they do?</p><p>Is that part of your track design is really sort of highlighting like, this is how you talk about the value of this type of work and how you communicate that to other people in both business and other contexts.</p><h2><strong>Demonstrating the Business Value of Data Work</strong></h2><p><strong>Sean:</strong> Yeah, I think it&#x27;s a really challenging discipline and field to be a part of from that perspective because when you make a good decision, people really kind of take that for granted based on data.</p><p>So, there&#x27;s a lot of like kind of, I mean, Duncan Watts has this book called &quot;Everything Is Obvious: Once You Know the Answer.&quot;</p><p>And I think that that&#x27;s really a common theme with data work is that the value is so internalized so quickly &#x27;cause it&#x27;s just kind of like a perceptual system for people.</p><p>They learn some fact about the world that they didn&#x27;t know and then they kind of assume that they always knew it. And that&#x27;s really tough for us to overcome.</p><p>I do think people do spend a lot of time trying to justify the value of this practice, even though it doesn&#x27;t directly like, turn into engineering output or things like that.</p><blockquote>But we have to tell stories. And I think that that&#x27;s kind of like one of the things that we do with data is how do we tell a story both of what should be done, but also how the work that we did was beneficial. And that&#x27;s kind of like what we do at conferences like this.</blockquote><p>&#x27;Cause a lot of these are case studies where people are going to motivate the work that they did and why they did it, and why it was valuable for them or the company that they worked at.</p><p>So, I hope that there are some lessons there in the track. But for me personally, one of the things that I like the most about data science is finding the weird things, like finding bugs.</p><p>Facebook used to have this thing every week at All Hands called &quot;Fix of the Week.&quot; Maybe they still do it, I don&#x27;t know.</p><p>And it was always like somebody who looking at data, found some problem that they then fixed and generated more impact than most of the product teams could hope to in a year.</p><p>And I think that that&#x27;s kind of the story to me is that like, if you don&#x27;t look, then you don&#x27;t know that there are problems. And I think data&#x27;s one of the only ways that we have of knowing that there are problems.</p><p><strong>Jesse:</strong> Speaking of that, are we going to get any hot takes on Airbnb and the no A/B testing conflict that they&#x27;ve managed to ignite?</p><p><strong>Sean:</strong> Yeah, I mean, I can kind of see the perspective that you can&#x27;t, that there&#x27;s the like, you can&#x27;t A/B test your way from a horse to a car and I&#x27;m very sympathetic to like, if your strategy&#x27;s wrong, A/B testing is not going to help you.</p><p>So, I can see the argument. But I think almost all tools are kind of like, in the right hands can be very effective, and then in the wrong hands can be quite detrimental to what you&#x27;re trying to achieve.</p><p><strong>Jesse:</strong> Sean, what are the things that you&#x27;re hoping personally to get out of the conference other than obviously the, having everyone say this was the best track?</p><p><strong>Sean:</strong> I think to me, I still feel like I&#x27;m at the beginning of my career as somebody who works on AI.</p><p>I wasn&#x27;t trained to work on AI, but I now work at Open AI and I&#x27;m trying to learn as quickly as I can how to be effective in that space.</p><p>So, in our track we have a couple talks. We have Hadley Wickham is talking about applying Generative AI to data science problems.</p><p>And we have Bryan Bischof who is Head of Data science and ML Engineering at Hex who&#x27;s worked on--You know, Hex Magic is partly his creation.</p><p>And these are the kind of practitioners I want to learn from. Want to see what people are doing and see what people are thinking because that space is evolving really rapidly.</p><p>And how do we as data scientists evaluate and evolve and improve AI products is something that&#x27;s kind of like my current focus.</p><p>So, I want to make sure I learn as much from the practitioners at the conference as I can.</p><p><strong>Jesse:</strong> That is awesome. Well, I think that it&#x27;s going to be really amazing. I am looking forward to these talks. I am really looking forward to the event.</p><p>We Heavybit are hosting our own party on the 23rd. So, hopefully you&#x27;ll come there along with everyone from your tracks.</p><p>And once again, Data Council is coming up in Oakland, April 22nd to the 24th and tickets are available at datacouncil.ai.</p><p>Sean, thank you so much for joining me and can&#x27;t wait to see you there.</p><p><strong>Sean:</strong> Yeah, thank you.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/data-council-2025-the-data-science-and-algorithms-track-with-sean-taylor-and-jesse-robbins">Data Council 2025: The Data Science & Algorithms Track with Sean Taylor and Jesse Robbins</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Create Data Pipelines</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-create-data-pipelines</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 31 Mar 2025 17:16:36 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Databases]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Data Infrastructure]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Big Data]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Data Pipelines]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0aa781e4-2813-49cf-9a98-c0b2051fe5a6</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Learn how to create data pipelines and build them for your use case in this introduction guide.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h1>How to Create Data Pipelines</h1><h2>Introduction to Data Pipelines</h2><p>In today’s data-driven world developers and product managers rely on smooth, automated workflows to process, analyze, and leverage big data effectively, particularly as organizations look to launch data-hungry AI programs. Whether you&#x27;re a data engineer, a software developer, or a business analyst, setting up a well-structured data pipeline is crucial for ensuring data accuracy, scalability, and using real-time data for timely decision-making.</p><p>The problem is building a data pipeline the wrong way can lead to inefficiencies, errors, and costly rework. Without a clear guide, you might struggle with slow or unreliable data processing, complex maintenance and debugging, scalability issues as data volume grows, and/or inconsistent or inaccurate data outputs.</p><p>This article will review what data pipelines are, why they’re important, how to create one, and common challenges when getting started, without having to get a degree in data science.</p><h2>What Are Data Pipelines?</h2><p>At its core, a data pipeline is a series of interconnected steps that automate the flow of data from its source to its destination. These steps typically include:</p><ul><li><strong>Extraction</strong>: Gathering data from various sources, such as databases, APIs, and files.</li><li><strong>Transformation</strong>: Cleaning, standardizing, and enriching the data to ensure consistency and quality.</li><li><strong>Loading</strong>: Storing the processed data into a data warehouse, data lake, or other target system.</li></ul><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/ef51f57cdd13e29c6771dd94e4f76360879bad6d-3334x1875.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p><a href="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/ef51f57cdd13e29c6771dd94e4f76360879bad6d-3334x1875.png?auto=format"><em>&gt;&gt; Click to zoom in on this infographic</em></a><br/><em>Some of the typical components for data pipelines include tooling for collection, processing, storage, consumption, monitoring, security, orchestration, and networking.</em></p><h2>Why Create Data Pipelines?</h2><p>A data pipeline is a series of processes that extra, transform, load data into its destination as transformed data, properly formatted and structured. When designed correctly, it ensures efficiency, scalability, reliability, and real-time processing.</p><p>A data pipeline can automate repetitive tasks, saving time and reducing errors. It properly manages the types of data you need to transport and manipulate. It can handle increasing data loads without performance drops. It maintains data integrity from source to destination. And it can enable faster decision-making with up-to-date data.</p><p>A poorly built pipeline, on the other hand, can lead to data loss, bottlenecks, and unreliable analytics—costing your business time and money.</p><p>Effective data pipelines consist of:</p><ul><li><strong>Data Collection &amp; Ingestion</strong> – Collecting data from sources (APIs, databases, logs, etc.).</li><li><strong>Data Processing</strong> – Cleaning, transforming, and enriching raw data, either as batch processing or streaming.</li><li><strong>Data Storage</strong> – Storing processed data in warehouses (<a href="https://cloud.google.com/bigquery">BigQuery</a>, <a href="https://www.snowflake.com/en/">Snowflake</a>) or lakes (S3, Hadoop).</li><li><strong>Data Consumption</strong> – Delivering data to data visualization dashboards, ML models, or different data-as-a-service apps per business needs.</li></ul><p>Data pipelines are fundamental to an organization&#x27;s ability to effectively deploy AI across its operations. AI and machine learning models thrive on vast amounts of high-quality data. Inaccurate, inconsistent, or incomplete data leads to flawed models and unreliable results.</p><p>Data pipelines ensure that data is cleaned, transformed, and standardized, providing the necessary foundation for accurate AI model training. Pipelines also enable organizations to implement data quality checks and validation processes, ensuring that only reliable data is used for AI initiatives. This is critical for avoiding biased or inaccurate AI outputs, which can have significant consequences in real-world applications.</p><h2>How to Create a Data Pipeline</h2><p>In today&#x27;s data-saturated landscape, turning raw data into actionable insights requires a structured approach. That&#x27;s where data pipelines come in. Let&#x27;s explore the process of building your own pipeline, from initial planning to ongoing monitoring.</p><h3>Step 1: Plan and Set Goals</h3><p>Before you begin to build, it&#x27;s crucial to define your pipeline&#x27;s purpose. Proper planning prevents costly rework and ensures your pipeline delivers the desired outcomes. Some questions to ask could include:</p><ul><li>What problem are you solving? (Real-time analytics? AI training? Reporting? Improve sales forecasting?)</li><li>What data do you need? (Structured databases? Unstructured logs? Website logs? Sales or marketing data? APIs?)</li><li>How frequently should data update? (Batch vs. real-time?)</li><li>What are the key performance indicators (KPIs) you want to track? (e.g. data latency, data quality, processing time)</li><li>Who will use this data? (Data scientists? Business analysts? AI models?)</li><li>What are your scalability needs? (How much data will you handle today? Next year? Will data volume grow?)</li><li>What is your budget? (For tools, cloud services, and personnel)</li><li>What are your security and compliance needs? (GDPR, HIPAA, etc.)</li></ul><p>Example goals could include:</p><ul><li>Ingest daily sales data from three sources into a data warehouse for BI dashboards.</li><li>Stream IoT sensor data in real-time for predictive maintenance AI.</li></ul><p>Without planning, you risk building an inefficient or unsustainable pipeline.</p><h3>Step 2: Select Data Sources</h3><p>Your data pipeline&#x27;s effectiveness depends on its ability to connect to diverse data sources. Common sources include:</p><ul><li><strong>Databases</strong> (Relational databases like PostgreSQL or MySQL vs. non-relational databases like MongoDB or Cassandra): Connected with SQL queries, JDBC/ODBC connectors</li><li><strong>APIs </strong>(REST, SOAP, GraphQL): Connected with Python (requests), API clients</li><li><strong>Cloud Storage</strong> (Amazon S3, Google Cloud Storage, Azure Blob Storage): Connected with SDKs (Boto3, Google Cloud Storage, Bloblang)</li><li><strong>Streaming Data</strong> (Kafka, IoT): Connected with Kafka consumers, WebSocket listeners</li><li><strong>Flat Files</strong> (CSV, JSON, XML, Parquet): Connected with Pandas (read_csv), custom parsers</li></ul><p>Don’t forget, it&#x27;s a good practice to check for rate limits (APIs) and data formats (JSON vs. Avro).</p><h3>Step 3: Create a Data Processing Plan</h3><p>Data processing involves cleaning, transforming, and enriching your data. Tools for this step include:</p><ul><li><strong>Python</strong>: Libraries like <a href="https://pandas.pydata.org/">Pandas</a>, <a href="https://numpy.org/">NumPy</a>, and <a href="https://scikit-learn.org/">scikit-learn</a> provide powerful data manipulation capabilities.</li><li><strong>ETL Tools</strong>: Tools like <a href="https://www.talend.com/">Talend</a>, <a href="https://nifi.apache.org/">Apache NiFi</a>, and <a href="https://www.informatica.com/">Informatica </a>offer visual interfaces for building data transformations.</li><li><strong>Cloud Data Processing Services</strong>: Services like <a href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/what-is-glue.html">AWS Glue</a>, <a href="https://cloud.google.com/products/dataflow">Google Cloud Dataflow</a>, and <a href="https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/products/data-factory">Azure Data Factory</a> provide scalable and managed data processing.</li></ul><p>A detailed processing plan should outline data cleaning steps, like removing duplicates and handling missing values. It should include data transformation logic such as data type conversions, aggregations, and joins. The plan should also include data enrichment processes, such as adding external data sources. And it should have data validation rules, like ensuring data consistency and accuracy.</p><h3>Step 4: Determine your data output storage solution</h3><p>Choosing the right storage solution is critical for data accessibility and performance. Some options are:</p><ul><li><strong>Cloud Storage</strong>: Cost-effective for storing large volumes of data.</li><li><strong>Data Warehouses</strong>: Optimized for analytical queries and business intelligence. (Snowflake, BigQuery, Redshift)</li><li><strong>Data Lakes</strong>: Store raw, unstructured data for data exploration and machine learning. (<a href="https://hadoop.apache.org/">Hadoop</a>, <a href="https://aws.amazon.com/s3/">S3</a>, <a href="https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/products/storage/data-lake-storage">Azure Data Lake Storage</a>)</li><li><strong>Flat Files</strong>: Simple and portable, but not suitable for large-scale data.</li></ul><h3>Step 5: Determine How Your Data Will Flow</h3><p>A flowchart diagram helps visualize the data flow and identify potential bottlenecks. Data orchestration tools, such as <a href="https://airflow.apache.org/">Apache Airflow</a>, <a href="https://www.prefect.io/">Prefect</a>, or <a href="https://dagster.io/">Dagster</a>, automate the execution of pipeline tasks and ensure proper workflow. These tools enable:</p><ul><li>Task scheduling and dependencies</li><li>Error handling and retries</li><li>Pipeline monitoring and logging</li></ul><h3>Step 6: Build the Connections and Test Code</h3><p>Building connections involves writing code or configuring ETL tools to connect to your data sources and storage solutions. Testing is crucial to ensure data accuracy, integrity, and organization into correct schema.</p><p>Connection Examples:</p><ul><li><strong>Python</strong>: <a href="https://pypi.org/project/psycopg2/">psycopg2</a> for PostgreSQL, <a href="https://pypi.org/project/pymongo/">pymongo</a> for MongoDB, requests for APIs.</li><li><strong>ETL Tools</strong>: Drag-and-drop interfaces to configure data source and target connections.</li></ul><p>Testing:</p><ul><li><strong>Unit Tests</strong>: Verify individual data transformation functions.</li><li><strong>Integration Tests</strong>: Test the entire pipeline workflow.</li><li><strong>Data Quality Checks</strong>: Validate data accuracy and completeness.</li></ul><h3>Step 7: Monitor Movement of Data</h3><p>Continuous monitoring is essential for identifying and resolving issues promptly. Monitoring tools can track:</p><ul><li><strong>Data Latency</strong>: The time it takes for data to flow through the pipeline.</li><li><strong>Data Quality</strong>: The accuracy and completeness of the data.</li><li><strong>Pipeline Performance</strong>: Processing time, resource utilization, and error rates.</li><li><strong>Alerts</strong>: Setup alerts to notify you of any anomalies.</li></ul><h2>Integrations with Data Pipelines</h2><p>Integrations are the lifeblood of effective data pipelines. Without seamless connections between various tools and components, data pipelines become fragmented and inefficient, hindering an organization&#x27;s ability to extract valuable insights.</p><p>Integrations automate the movement of data between different systems, eliminating manual data transfers and reducing the risk of errors. They ensure data compatibility, promoting data consistency. Real-time integrations enable the continuous flow of data, supporting real-time analytics and decision-making. They enable centralized monitoring and management of the entire data pipeline, simplifying troubleshooting and maintenance.</p><p>Integrations streamline data workflows, freeing up data engineers and analysts to focus on higher-value tasks. And they allow organizations to scale their data pipelines as data volumes grow and adapt to changing business requirements.</p><p>Here&#x27;s a breakdown of the importance of integrations, focusing on key data pipeline tools.</p><h3>Data Warehouses</h3><p>Data warehouses (e.g. Snowflake, BigQuery, Amazon Redshift) serve as central repositories for structured data, optimized for analytical queries. Integrations include:</p><ul><li><strong>ETL/ELT Tools</strong>: Seamless integration with ETL/ELT tools (e.g. <a href="https://www.getdbt.com/">dbt</a>, <a href="https://www.fivetran.com/">Fivetran</a>, <a href="https://airbyte.com/">Airbyte</a>) is crucial for loading and transforming data into the warehouse.</li><li><strong>Business Intelligence (BI) Tools</strong>: Integration with BI tools (e.g.  Tableau, Power BI) enables users to visualize and analyze data stored in the warehouse.</li><li><strong>Data Orchestration Tools</strong>: Integration with orchestration tools ensures that data loading and transformation processes are executed in a timely and reliable manner.</li><li><strong>API Integrations</strong>: API integrations allow for the real-time pushing of data into the warehouse, or the requesting of data from the warehouse for use in other applications.</li></ul><h3>Data Monitoring Tools</h3><p>Data monitoring tools (e.g. <a href="https://www.datadoghq.com/">Datadog</a>, <a href="https://prometheus.io/">Prometheus</a>, <a href="https://www.montecarlodata.com/">Monte Carlo</a>) track data quality, pipeline performance, and system health. Integration needs include:</p><ul><li><strong>Data Sources</strong>: Integration with data sources is essential for monitoring data quality and detecting anomalies.</li><li><strong>Data Processing Tools</strong>: Integration with data processing tools allows for tracking pipeline performance and resource utilization.</li><li><strong>Orchestration Tools</strong>: Integration with orchestration tools enables monitoring pipeline execution and identifying potential bottlenecks.</li><li><strong>Alerting Systems</strong>: Integration with alerting systems (e.g. Slack, email) is crucial for notifying users of critical issues.</li></ul><h3>Data Orchestration Tools</h3><p>Data orchestration tools (e.g. Apache Airflow, Prefect, Dagster) automate and manage complex data workflows. Integration needs include:</p><ul><li><strong>Data Sources and Storage</strong>: Integration with various data sources and storage systems is essential for extracting, loading, and transforming data.</li><li><strong>Data Processing Tools</strong>: Integration with data processing tools allows for executing data transformations and analysis tasks.</li><li><strong>Monitoring and Alerting</strong>: Integration with monitoring and alerting systems ensures pipeline reliability and timely issue resolution.</li><li><strong>Cloud Services</strong>: Integration with cloud services (e.g. AWS, GCP, Azure) enables seamless deployment and management of data pipelines.</li></ul><h3>Data Processing Tools</h3><p>Data processing tools (e.g. Apache Spark, Pandas, dbt) transform and enrich raw data into a usable format. Integration needs include:</p><ul><li><strong>Data Sources</strong>: Integration with data sources is crucial for extracting raw data.</li><li><strong>Data Warehouses and Data Lakes</strong>: Integration with data warehouses and data lakes is essential for loading processed data.</li><li><strong>Orchestration Tools</strong>: Integration with orchestration tools allows for automating data processing tasks.</li><li><strong>API Integrations</strong>: API integrations allow for the enrichment of data with outside sources.</li></ul><h2>Common Data Pipeline Challenges for Startups</h2><p>For startups, data pipelines often begin as simple scripts and then quickly evolve into mission-critical infrastructure. Startups face unique challenges when building data pipelines due to their rapid growth, limited resources, and evolving needs.</p><h3>Scalability Issues</h3><p>Startups often experience exponential data growth as they acquire more users and expand their operations. Pipelines designed for initial data volumes may quickly become overwhelmed, leading to performance bottlenecks and system failures. Predicting future data volume is difficult, so over-engineering is just as bad as under-engineering.</p><p>When building scalable pipelines some important elements to consider for your strategy include:</p><ul><li><strong>Cloud-Native Architecture</strong>: Leverage cloud-based data services (e.g. AWS Glue, Google Cloud Dataflow, Azure Data Factory) that offer elastic scalability and pay-as-you-go pricing.</li><li><strong>Distributed Processing</strong>: Use distributed computing frameworks like Apache Spark to process large datasets in parallel.</li><li><strong>Horizontal Scaling</strong>: Design pipelines that can be horizontally scaled by adding more computing resources as needed.</li><li><strong>Microservices Architecture</strong>: Break down pipelines into smaller, independent microservices that can be scaled independently.</li><li><strong>Data Partitioning</strong>: Divide large datasets into smaller partitions to improve query performance and processing speed.</li><li><strong>Asynchronous Processing</strong>: Use message queues (e.g. <a href="https://kafka.apache.org/">Kafka</a>, <a href="https://www.rabbitmq.com/">RabbitMQ</a>) to decouple pipeline components and enable asynchronous processing.</li></ul><p>When aligning your strategy to a budget, carefully monitor cloud service usage and optimize resource allocation to minimize costs vs. the cheaper price, but dramatically limited scale of 100% on-premises hosted data. Consider serverless computing options (e.g. <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/AWS_Lambda">AWS Lambda</a>, <a href="https://cloud.google.com/functions">Google Cloud Functions</a>) for event-driven pipelines to reduce costs. And choose appropriate storage solutions (e.g. object storage, data warehouses) based on data access patterns and cost considerations.</p><p>Some common bottlenecks that teams come across include problems around data ingestion, transformation, storage, and orchestration. If there is inefficient data ingestion from various sources, consider implementing efficient data connectors, using message queues for streaming data, and optimizing data serialization formats. If you experience slow and inefficient data transformation processes, use distributed processing frameworks, optimize data transformation logic, and leverage cloud-based data transformation services. In the case of inadequate storage capacity or slow query performance, consider choosing scalable storage solutions, optimizing database indexes, and implementing data partitioning. If there is inefficient scheduling and management of pipeline tasks, use data orchestration tools like Airflow, Prefect, or Dagster to automate and manage pipeline workflows.</p><h3>Technical Debt Management</h3><p>Startups often prioritize rapid development over long-term maintainability, leading to technical debt in their data pipelines. This debt can manifest as complex and poorly documented code, inconsistent formats, and brittle data pipeline architecture.</p><p>Some strategies to consider to avoid technical debt include modular design. Design pipelines with modular components that can be easily modified and replaced. Using IaC tools, such as <a href="https://www.terraform.io/">Terraform</a> or <a href="https://aws.amazon.com/cloudformation/">CloudFormation</a> to automate infrastructure provisioning and data management at scale. And also consider implementing automated unit and integration tests to ensure code quality and prevent regressions.</p><p>Documentation and knowledge transfer practices should also be a part of your strategy. This includes both comprehensive documentation as well as comments. It&#x27;s important to document pipeline architecture, data flow, data transformations, and code. And it&#x27;s just as important to include clear and concise comments that explain functionality.</p><p>Keeping information in a central location (e.g. Confluence, Notion), and making a proactive effort to share is also important. Create thorough onboarding processes for new team members to familiarize them with the pipeline. Conduct regular knowledge sharing sessions to ensure that all team members understand the pipeline. And some teams are even using tools that automatically generate documentation from code.</p><p>By addressing these challenges proactively, startups can build robust and scalable data pipelines that support their growth and enable them to extract valuable insights from their data.</p><h2>Cost Optimization</h2><h3>Resource Planning</h3><p>Cost optimization is a critical consideration when designing and managing data pipelines, especially for startups and organizations with budget constraints.</p><p>In some cases this means choosing between server less and dedicated infrastructure. Serverless provides a pay-as-you-go pricing structure that auto-scales and generally reduces operational overhead. Some of the downsides include potential cold start delays, vendor lock-in, and less control over infrastructure. Common use cases for server less include event-driven pipelines, variable workloads, prototyping.</p><p>On the other hand, dedicated infrastructure provides predictable costs, greater control over infrastructure, and consistent performance. Some of the downsides include higher upfront costs, manual scaling, increased operational overhead. Ideal use cases for dedicated infrastructure include predictable and consistent workloads, performance-critical pipelines, compliance requirements.</p><p>Some teams use a hybrid approach, combining serverless and dedicated infrastructure to optimize costs and performance. For example, use serverless for event-driven tasks and dedicated instances for resource-intensive data transformations.</p><p>When handling variable workloads, options include:</p><ul><li><strong>Auto-Scaling</strong>: Implement auto-scaling for compute and storage resources to adapt to fluctuating workloads.</li><li><strong>Serverless Computing</strong>: Leverage serverless functions or container services that scale automatically based on demand.</li><li><strong>Queuing Systems</strong>: Use message queues (e.g. Kafka, RabbitMQ) to decouple pipeline components and handle spikes in data volume.</li><li><strong>Scheduling</strong>: Schedule pipeline tasks during off-peak hours to reduce costs.</li><li><strong>Elastic Data Warehouses</strong>: Utilize data warehouses that scale compute and storage independently.</li></ul><h3>Build vs. Buy Decision Framework</h3><p>As you build your strategy, there may be elements that you consider building, whereas others you consider buying. It&#x27;s important to consider the total cost of ownership, features and functionality (does the tool meet your requirements?), scalability and performance, integration (can it seamlessly integrate with your existing systems?), maintenance and support, time to market, and whether anyone on your team has some level of expertise to build and maintain.</p><p>While commercial solutions come at a literal cost, including license fees, subscription costs, support fees, integration costs--development costs can amount to more. Custom builds include development costs, infrastructure costs, maintenance costs, personnel costs. And don&#x27;t forget to factor in long term costs, not just the initial start up investment.</p><p>When calculating the ROI for building vs buying, some important metrics to consider include:</p><ul><li><strong>Cost Savings</strong>: Calculate the cost savings achieved by automating data workflows and improving data quality.</li><li><strong>Revenue Growth</strong>: Measure the increase in revenue generated by improved data-driven decision-making.</li><li><strong>Time Savings</strong>: Quantify the time saved by data analysts and engineers due to automated data pipelines.</li><li><strong>Improved Efficiency</strong>: Measure the increase in operational efficiency resulting from streamlined data workflows.</li><li><strong>Reduced Risk</strong>: Calculate the reduction in risk associated with data errors and inconsistencies.</li><li><strong>Qualitative benefits</strong>: Improved customer satisfaction, and better business insights. Use metrics that are relevant to your business goals.</li></ul><p>By carefully considering these factors, organizations can optimize their data pipeline costs and maximize their return on investment.</p><h2>Data Pipelines in 2025</h2><p>Data pipelines are absolutely essential in today&#x27;s data-driven world. They automate the process of extracting data from various sources, transforming it into a usable format, and loading it into a destination for analysis. This is fundamental for any data-driven operation. They ensure that data is clean, consistent, and reliable, which is crucial for accurate analysis and decision-making.</p><p>By automating data workflows, pipelines save time and resources, reducing the need for manual data handling. This allows organizations to focus on analyzing data and deriving insights, rather than spending time on data preparation.</p><p>Data pipelines can handle large volumes of data, making them essential for organizations that need to process and analyze massive datasets. They can be scaled up or down as needed, ensuring that organizations can adapt to changing data needs.</p><p>Furthermore, data pipelines are the foundation upon which successful AI initiatives are built. They provide the necessary infrastructure to ensure that AI models have access to the high-quality data they need to perform effectively.</p><h2>More Resources:</h2><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-infrastructure-top-challenges-data-inference">Article: The Data Pipeline is the New Secret Sauce</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-inference">Article: AI Inference: A Guide for Founders and Developers</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-data-privacy-security-iam">Article: Data Privacy, Security, and Identity in the Age of GenAI</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-create-data-pipelines">How to Create Data Pipelines</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Data Council 2025: The Databases Track with Sai Krishna Srirampur and Craig Kerstiens</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/data-council-2025-the-databases-track-with-sai-krishna-srirampur-and-craig-kerstiens</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Mar 2025 07:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Data Council]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Databases]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Infrastructure]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2ab4f478-ca64-412f-8f3b-e63dec3e5b4c</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Craig Kerstiens interviews Sai Krishna Srirampur about his journey in data, trends in modern databases, and what to expect from the new Databases Track at Data Council.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "soundcloud", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><p></p><p>Heavybit is thrilled to be sponsoring Data Council 2025, and we invite you to join us in Oakland from Apr 22-24 to experience 3 days of cutting-edge technical talks from the brightest minds in AI &amp; data, learn more at <a href="http://datacouncil.ai/">datacouncil.ai</a> and use the code <strong>HEAVYBIT20 for 20% off.</strong></p><h2><strong>Introduction and Sai’s Journey into Databases</strong></h2><p><strong>Craig Kerstiens:</strong> So I&#x27;m Craig Kerstiens, Chief Product Officer at Crunchy Data. I&#x27;ve got with me Sai who I&#x27;m actually really excited to talk to because I&#x27;ve known Sai for quite a while, since he was first in the industry.</p><p>Sai&#x27;s seen and done a lot, and now is part of ClickHouse, helping people scale data warehouse loads.</p><p>But I&#x27;m really excited with the track that he&#x27;s created, but I wanted to kind of, you know...</p><p>Sai, don&#x27;t let me take away your introduction and, you know, give your own background if I missed a bunch of things.</p><p>But once you kind of give some of that, I&#x27;m really curious to drill into, first, something I&#x27;ve ever asked you, what drove you to databases in the first place?</p><p>Like, how did you end up in the data world? What brought you into it? So first, if you want to add anything to your own background and then, like, why database is for you personally.</p><p><strong>Sai Krishna Srirampur:</strong> Thanks, Craig. So just to start with my background, right?<br/></p><p>So yeah, hi folks, I&#x27;m very excited to be here, and thanks Heavybit for hosting this great podcast.</p><p>And I&#x27;m Sai and currently, I work at ClickHouse and I lead database integration efforts at ClickHouse.</p><p>So what my team does is we are responsible for providing a magical experience for customers to integrate external data stores with ClickHouse.</p><p>Prior to ClickHouse, I was the CEO and co-founder at PeerDB. And at PeerDB, we are building a data replication tool with laser focus on Postgres.</p><p>So our unique insight was we were really focused on Postgres and we were making it very easy for customers to move data from Postgres to external data stores.</p><p>And one of the data store was ClickHouse, and we added that connector and that took off. And that is why the acquisition happened.</p><p>And prior to that, Citus and Microsoft were really transformative in my life because that&#x27;s where I got introduced to Postgres and that&#x27;s what instilled passion in me of databases, right? Like, I got to work with a bunch of customers, right?<br/></p><p>And in Citus, it was mostly SMBs, like, startups, right? And myself and Craig, like I would say that we sold Citus Cloud together, right?</p><p>And at Microsoft, it was a counterpart, we were working with Fortune 400 companies who were running Postgres at scale, right? They were running Postgres at hundreds of terabytes.</p><blockquote>I feel that like Citus and Microsoft were transformative in my career because that&#x27;s where I could see how customers are using Postgres and what are the problems that they were running into, right? And that&#x27;s where PeerDB came from.</blockquote><p>So what I observed was that moving data in and out of Postgres was a big problem, right?</p><p>Let it be related to migrations, right? Or let it be moving data to data warehouses, right? So that experience was not very performant.</p><p>It was not very scalable because existing data movement and ETL tools were all generalized, right?</p><p>So they were not laser-focused on Postgres, right?</p><p>So that was the unique insight that we identified and that&#x27;s the reason we started PeerDB with this vision of building a laser-focused, like, data movement tool for Postgres.</p><p>But that&#x27;s my journey in databases and, like, very excited to be here and be hosting the databases track for Data Council.</p><p><strong>Craig:</strong> I love that the, like, the Unix philosophy of small sharp tools, right? Instead of being generalized, right, really focused on replication and solving it perfectly from one system to another.</p><p>I love that. But, like, how did you even get into databases in the first place?</p><p><strong>Sai:</strong> Yeah, that&#x27;s a great question. So the way I got into Citus-- that was my first introduction to databases and Postgres, it was just by chance.</p><p>I did not think of getting into databases. I t was my second job out of school.</p><p>It was just that one of my great, like, friends who was working there, so I thought it&#x27;s okay and apply.<br/></p><p><strong>Craig:</strong> So it was a completely, like, a happy accident or unhappy accident, which...</p><p><strong>Sai:</strong> Absolutely happy accident, right? And I&#x27;m not leaving Postgres and databases since then.</p><p>So that&#x27;s how I got into databases. And my passion for databases continues because I believe that, like, number one, databases are very critical and important to this world, right?</p><blockquote>Every application on the internet requires a database. So that is number one. And number two is, as application needs evolve, right, like, database also needs to evolve, and the problems and challenges that it surfaces are going to get only harder. And that&#x27;s where you need solutions, right? Like, and that&#x27;s what, like, drives me to be so passionate about databases.</blockquote><p><strong>Craig:</strong> Yeah, so I&#x27;d love... Like, I always say, like, working with databases, it took me personally a long time to get used to this that it&#x27;s a very thankless job.</p><p>It&#x27;s kind of, like, you don&#x27;t show up to your bank and say thank you for not, like, losing my money or, like, thank you for, like, not having, like, my social security number stolen, right?</p><p>Like, when you hear from your bank, it&#x27;s like, &quot;Uh-oh, here&#x27;s a year free of, like, free credit protection,&quot; right? Because there was a security breach.</p><p>Like, it&#x27;s really a thankless jobs &#x27;cause you store the data, you do it well, and your customers don&#x27;t talk to you, right?</p><p>Like, it&#x27;s critical, but it&#x27;s a very thankless behind the scenes. Like, if you&#x27;re doing your job well as a database, right, you kind of fade away into the background in what application developers build.</p><p>So it took me, personally, a long time to get to that. So in a minute, I want to get more into the track itself, but I&#x27;m kind of curious from your journey.</p><p>Before we get into that, any more, like, personal insights and experiences and kind of, you know, aha moments that you&#x27;ve had from your time in the data world.</p><h2><strong>Philosophy and Key Insights on Databases</strong></h2><p><strong>Sai:</strong> I think I have, like, two insights that I wanted to share, right? Like, and maybe you&#x27;ll agree with one of them, but, like, let&#x27;s see.</p><blockquote>So the first insight that I wanted to share is that across my decade of experience in databases, I believe that purpose built databases are more impactful than generalized databases.</blockquote><p>And this comes from my experience at Citus, right? Like, what we observed was we were, like, trying to do, like, multiple use cases, right, like, it&#x27;d be multi-tenant SaaS, like, which was more OLTP and transactional heavy, then you had, like, you know, real time analytics, right?</p><p>So what I felt was because of our focus on multiple use cases, we spread thin, right? Like, so sure Citus was a great success, right, but it did not become a Snowflake, right?</p><p><strong>Craig:</strong> I&#x27;m curious if this is the one I agree with or the other one because I mean, being a Postgres guy, right, like, Postgres can do a lot, but sorry, keep going.</p><p><strong>Sai:</strong> Yeah, I think this is the one I&#x27;m not sure whether you&#x27;d agree with, but I am a strong believer of purpose built databases.</p><p>And that&#x27;s the reason probably I&#x27;m working for ClickHouse now and the acquisition went through because ClickHouse is laser-focused on, like, analytics, right?</p><p>So that is one of my, like, insights. The second insight, I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ll agree, is users buy databases not for just the technology and features, they buy databases for the team, the thought leadership, and the support, right?</p><p>Like, I think, that is very, very important. And I would say that is equally important as the product and the features, right? So those are my two insights.</p><p><strong>Craig:</strong> Yeah, no, I think, like, you, imply this, that the roadmap, the direction, the vision, the ethos, like, what a database is and becoming, right?</p><p>So when you say to the team, right, where is it driving, where is it headed to, right? What&#x27;s the vision, what&#x27;s the direction? So yeah, I&#x27;m highly aligned to that.</p><p>The first one we might have to dispute a little bit as I think, like, personally, right, I am in the Postgres camp. I&#x27;ve been in that world for a long time and think it&#x27;s an amazing database.</p><p>And you know, I remember, the way, way back the Postgres gray-beards were, like, they remember when XML databases were going to take over the world.</p><p>Like, legit this was a thing of XML databases were going to take over the world and Postgres just added an XML, you know, data type.</p><p>It went and added JSON, et cetera. So, you know, I&#x27;ll get off my Postgres bandwagon. I do think there is something to very specialized, you know?</p><p>I like the Unix tool philosophy, but I also see, you know, both expansion and compression within the data world.</p><h2><strong>Vision Behind the Databases Track</strong></h2><p>Shifting a little onto the track itself, &#x27;cause when I saw the lineup, I was super excited.</p><p>It&#x27;s like, you know, there&#x27;s one track, but there&#x27;s a lot going on in here. What was kind of your vision and goal with creating this track?</p><p><strong>Sai:</strong> Yeah, so the team and vision of the databases track revolves around three main aspects.</p><blockquote>First is we wanted to capture most of the current and latest innovations that are happening in the space. That is number one. Number two is we wanted to bring a holistic view and a diverse perspective to the databases track, right? And that is reflected via other speakers and the talks.</blockquote><p>Like, and the database track is going to get started with, like, Andy Pavlo&#x27;s talk, right? Like, and I feel that Andy Pavlo made databases cool, basically, right?</p><p><strong>Craig:</strong> Yeah, I mean, can we say, like, databases aren&#x27;t supposed to be sexy. Like, is it fair... Like, sorry, they&#x27;re not a sexy technology and yet Andy&#x27;s done an amazing job of that.</p><p>So yeah, I mean, right there, you lead it off with kind of the pinnacle of now databases are cool again.</p><p><strong>Sai:</strong> Absolutely, absolutely. And then we have, like, a bunch of talks, like, starting with, like, transactional workloads, right?</p><p>Like, you have talks about Postgres and MongoDB. In the analytical side, you have talks about, like, InfluxDB, ClickHouse, DuckDB, and how the open data format and data lakes are affecting the data warehouse landscape.</p><p>There is a very interesting talk by Marco from Crunchy, you would know him a lot, on converging database architectures, right?</p><p>Where he talks about how they&#x27;re extending Postgres for analytics by plugging in, like, DuckDB, right?</p><p>There is also, like, a talk by Etienne who is, like, the co-founder of Weaviate, which is a very famous vector database.</p><p>And then this talk is about agentic databases, right, and how they are going to be the next big thing, right? Like, this is more related to AI, right?</p><p>So that is the second thing where we wanted to bring diverse and holistic perspectives to the track.</p><p>Last, but not the least, this is something that is very personal to me, is we wanted to make it really customer-focused, right? Like, so that is reflected by the speakers, right?</p><p>Like, most of the speakers are customer-focused, like, practitioners. If you see, like, Paul Dix from InfluxDB and InfluxDB has very large adoption in the community.</p><p>If you see, like, Tanya who is the head of product at ClickHouse and ClickHouse has, like, you know, thousands of, like, businesses using it, right?</p><p>You have, like, Frank from, like, MongoDB and Frank has, like, a implementations background, right?<br/></p><p>So those are the three main, like, things. One is, like, capturing, like, current innovations in the database space.</p><p>Next is bringing, like, holistic and diverse perspective to it. And the third is keeping it very grounded and, like, customer-focused, Craig.</p><p><strong>Craig:</strong> Yeah, no, I love how it&#x27;s kind of weaved the mix of...</p><p>Often you find academic conferences, you find, you know, industry conferences, you find, you know, vendor conferences and it&#x27;s kind of a gorgeous mix between where you kind of run the gambit all in a single track.</p><h2><strong>What Makes This Track (and Data Council) Unique</strong></h2><p>Backing up, like, data conferences are out there. There&#x27;s a lot of conferences, like, how is this unique from others?</p><p>Because I look at it and it jumps out to me. But I want to see, like, from your perspective as the track organizer, how is this unique from other data conferences out there that you&#x27;ve been to or attended or, you know, seen?</p><p>How is it different, &#x27;cause to me it feels different looking at it. Like, as part of creating it, can you talk a little bit about that?</p><p><strong>Sai:</strong> Yeah, that&#x27;s a great question, right?</p><p>So the one thing what I&#x27;ve observed about, like, database conferences is that most of the database conferences are, like, tied to a technology, right?</p><p>You have, like, Postgres conferences, you have, like, MongoDB conferences, right?</p><p>So most of the times they are tied to a technology, but then the beauty of Data Council is it lets multiple database technologies talk about what is going on in their space, right?</p><blockquote>So that is the theme also of the databases track where we, as I said, we wanted to keep it very diverse and bring in holistic views across these technologies. So that is one big difference, I would say, where it is not tied to a single technology, but it&#x27;s more tied to what is going on in this space.</blockquote><p>So that&#x27;s the big difference.</p><p><strong>Craig:</strong> The entire conference looks super exciting to me. But I also have to say, I might just camp out in your tracks room the entire time.</p><p>Like, are you sort of competing with, like, a... &quot; No, I want this room to be packed versus all the others.&quot;</p><p>Like, are you camped in this room the entire time and you think it&#x27;s the best room?</p><p>Can you talk a little bit of, like, you know, the other spread of the talks and tracks at the conference?</p><p><strong>Sai:</strong> Absolutely, there are a bunch of, like, tracks, right? Like, there is the data engineering track, which is what, like, Data Council is known for, right?</p><p>I mean that&#x27;s where it started from, right? Like, and this is the first time we added the databases track because this was a conversation with me and Pete last time.</p><p>Like, I told him that, like, &quot;We should talk more about Postgres.&quot; I mean that&#x27;s what I told because I&#x27;m a big Postgres fan.</p><p><strong>Craig:</strong> All right, you&#x27;ve won me back over. Keep going, keep going.</p><p><strong>Sai:</strong> I am a Postgres fan. So I told him that we should talk more about Postgres because people want to learn about Postgres, which is where Pete, like, had this brilliant idea that we&#x27;ll start the databases track, but then that you have the data engineering track, there is foundation models track, right?</p><p>Like, there&#x27;s an AI track, right? Like, so there are a bunch of tracks, and I think all of them are going to be, like, amazing, right?</p><p>And if you look at the speakers, right? Like, in one of the tracks, we also have, like, you know, the creator of, like, DuckDB who&#x27;s going to be speaking.<br/></p><p><strong>Craig:</strong> Hannes, yeah.</p><p><strong>Sai:</strong> Exactly, so I think all of the tracks are going to be fun, but I would say that, like, you know, the databases track probably would be the best because we have a legendary lineup, right?</p><p><strong>Craig:</strong> I&#x27;m really excited, I may stop out to catch Hannes&#x27; talk. I love Hannes&#x27; talks and what they&#x27;re doing with DuckDB.</p><p>So there&#x27;s a lot of, you know, data conferences out there. We&#x27;ve covered how your&#x27;re different, and in particular, this track among databases, right, from academic to practitioner to, you know, interesting things happening and where the future is.</p><h2><strong>Audience, Flow, and Accessibility</strong></h2><p>Can you talk a little bit about the themes and kind of how this flows from one to the next? Because it seems like, it really does flow from a...</p><p>You can start your day in this track and end your day in it, and there&#x27;s a lovely journey five-hour movie that happens, right?</p><p><strong>Sai:</strong> Absolutely. I think the way I look at it, right, like, so far we spoke about, like, you know, the speakers and the talks, right?</p><p>Like, getting into the audience, right, like, who would benefit from this track, right? Like, I did give, like, a thought for this.</p><p>And I would say that I see three types of audiences benefit from this track.</p><p>Number one is basically database users who want to figure out, like, their data stack and you know, they learn about all the innovation that&#x27;s going on from legendary experts, right?</p><p>Like, and then through that, like, they fuel how their data stack is going to look like. So that is number one. The second type of audience I see is, like, database developers, right?</p><p>Like, if you see two to three of the talks in the track are related to, like, database development, right? Like, these are, like, builders, like, who are giving talks.</p><p>So these database developers can learn how, you know, actual development is done where these are builders who are building large-scale databases, right, databases that are supporting thousands of customers.</p><p>So that is the second audience. The third is, it&#x27;s also for students, right, like, who want to learn about databases, right?</p><blockquote>So I see these three type of audiences, database users, database developers, and students, who would benefit from this track. What I expect is because of the diverse set of audience and the diverse set of speakers, there would be a lot of learning and great discussions. And that&#x27;s the goal of the track.</blockquote><p><strong>Craig:</strong> So if you don&#x27;t want to accidentally stumble into databases, but be intentional about it, you jump right into this.</p><p>Like, I agree as a student, right, like, you can go to a lot of academic, just the spread of academic to protect practitioner here is truly unique.</p><p>Now, I guess shifting a little bit, was there anything, like, intimidating about creating this track, right?</p><p>Like, to me there&#x27;s a lovely cohesion, but is there any part where, like, &quot;Hey, I&#x27;m a Mongo person, this part&#x27;s going to scare me.&quot;</p><p>Or, like, should anyone be intimidated by, you know, &quot;Well, this talk isn&#x27;t for me, that&#x27;s talk&#x27;s not for me.&quot;</p><p>Like, if it&#x27;s foreign to me, how should I hang out or think about it? Or do you have thoughts on that cohesion versus, you know, how you struggled with creating the track?</p><p><strong>Sai:</strong> I think that&#x27;s a great question. So firstly, like, I think it was a struggle to create that track.</p><p>The reason is, like, curating all the hundreds of talks and choosing just six of them was very difficult, right?</p><p>Like, and we did it, like, more top to bottom, right? Like, where we decided, like, what&#x27;s the vision of the track?</p><p>And then, like, you know, we created these buckets of different topics and then we got the best speakers in each of them.</p><p>Second is, like, I don&#x27;t think that, like, it&#x27;s going to be a challenge for someone who is foreign to something, right?</p><p>Like, for example, agentic databases are not my territory, right?</p><p>Like, it&#x27;s completely new for myself, but then I&#x27;m so excited about it because I&#x27;m expecting, like, all the speakers in the track would give context on, like, you know, each of their, like, territory, right?</p><p>Like, I mean their topics. So I don&#x27;t see it to be, like, you know, hard for, like, folks who are foreign to a topic because all of these are, like, super experienced speakers, right?</p><p>And I&#x27;m sure that they would do a great job. So, yeah.</p><p><strong>Craig:</strong> So we&#x27;ve talked a lot about the track and the flow and the technology.</p><p>My favorite part of conferences is actually, usually the hallway track, right? And while I&#x27;m really excited to kind of camp myself in the track room and go from, like, Andy to time series to analytical, to transactional, like, just that whole flow, right?</p><p>My favorite part is usually the hallway track and connecting with people. Like, can you tell me a little bit of, like, the community you want to kind of want to bring together as part of that?</p><p><strong>Sai:</strong> Yeah, so that&#x27;s a great question.</p><blockquote>I would say that one important goal of the track from the hallway and from the audience perspective is to keep it full of questions and keep it very conversational in the sense that the audience can ask questions, let it be during the talk or let it be off their talk, right?</blockquote><p>Like, because finally, like, even though there is a legendary lineup, right, like, all of these speakers are just, like, people, right?</p><p>Like, I&#x27;m sure that they will also be learning a lot, like, from, like, the questions, right? Like, so I think it&#x27;s going to be very important to keep it very conversational and, like, keep it very questions heavy.</p><p>And also not to forget, the audience can be the next speaker, right? So I would really recommend folks to submit talks.</p><p>Like, this time, they were, like, hundreds of talks, right? Like, and it was so hard for, like, the...</p><p><strong>Craig:</strong> So you want your job to be harder next. You want more talks submitted next year and a harder job is what you&#x27;re saying.</p><p><strong>Sai:</strong> I agree, yes.<br/></p><p><strong>Craig:</strong> No, I love it. No, I think it&#x27;s spot on. Like, you know, having spoken at conferences, right, like, there&#x27;s this aura about you, but, like, no, like, many people in the audience...</p><p>I actually once gave a talk and in the back of the audience, and it was the most intimidating talk I ever gave, was Michael Stonebraker, the creator of Postgres.</p><p>And I was giving a talk on Postgres, and there were questions that came up and I was just, like, sweating bullets. &#x27;cause here&#x27;s the man that created Postgres that&#x27;s won a Turing award, right?</p><p>And I&#x27;m giving a talk about Postgres, about the thing that he created and I had no idea. I just, the last minute, saw him walk in the back.</p><p>And so your audience can be full of experts. And so I think, you know, a big takeaway is engage, right?</p><p>Like, that&#x27;s how you get so much out of it. Like, the speaker lineup, I&#x27;ve looked at it, it&#x27;s amazing, but also, you know, you get out what you put into it.</p><p>And so definitely go engage with the speakers, engage with the people around you. Yeah, it&#x27;s super exciting.</p><h2><strong>Emerging Trends and the Role of AI</strong></h2><p>So you&#x27;ve got to track about databases. There&#x27;s a lot of emerging trends out there. Like, do we have to even say the word AI, right?</p><p>Like, it&#x27;s a incredibly hot topic. Where do databases fit in there, right? Like, are databases dead and boring?</p><p>First year of the track, I&#x27;m super excited about it. Apparently I&#x27;m a weird nerd.</p><p>Yet what&#x27;s the role of all the other things that we should be talking about? How does your track fit in with that?</p><p>How should we be thinking about broader trends and all of that, and when it comes to, you know, what&#x27;s happening in the broader landscape?</p><p><strong>Sai:</strong> Absolutely.</p><blockquote>I think we should talk about AI because that is the emerging trend, and I strongly believe that for AI to succeed, databases are going to be very critical.<br/></blockquote><p>The reason I say that, right, like, I mean, AI would actually lead to demanding workloads for which databases need to live up to, right?</p><p>Like, so I&#x27;m expecting an orders of magnitude increase in requirements and demand for data.</p><p><strong>Craig:</strong> So an &quot;order of magnitude,&quot; are you thinking in terms of scale or user experience or both, like, &#x27;cause I think, like, how people are working with things are different, right? So how does that impact databases?</p><p><strong>Sai:</strong> Yeah, so orders of magnitude in respect to multiple things, right? Let it be performance, right?</p><p>AI would need databases which are 10 times faster, let it be with respect to latency, throughput, and concurrency, right?</p><p>That is one, second is, like, databases need to handle orders of magnitude data, right?</p><p>I mean, it&#x27;s not going to be petabytes now, it&#x27;s going to be zettabytes, right?</p><p>So that is number two, and number three, it&#x27;s also going to be reliability, right?</p><p>So I see that in every dimension. Databases need to evolve to be able to support, like, AI, right?</p><blockquote>That is the reason I think that AI cannot be successful without evolving databases. I think that&#x27;s where the next set of innovation and companies, new companies probably will come up, where databases are being able to serve AI with these orders of magnitude, increase in demands and requirements.</blockquote><p><strong>Craig:</strong> All right, so we&#x27;ve talked a whole bunch about your track. I&#x27;m excited for it. Yes, it&#x27;s your favorite child.</p><p>You&#x27;re not supposed to have a favorite child, but your track is your favorite child.</p><p>But, like, if there&#x27;s a second favorite, like, is there another track or also, and or, something else that you&#x27;re incredibly excited about, in regards to the Data Council conference.</p><p><strong>Sai:</strong> So another track that I love is going to be the data engineering track, like, right?</p><p>Like, this is probably because, like, PeerDB was a data replication tool, like, we moved data, right?</p><p>Like, but that is one track, which is, like, the root of why Data Council, like... I mean that&#x27;s, like, the...<br/></p><p><strong>Craig:</strong> It&#x27;s the origin, right? It&#x27;s really the foundation.<br/></p><p><strong>Sai:</strong> Yeah, exactly.</p><p><strong>Craig:</strong> And, you know, you can&#x27;t get away from that and it does it so well every year, right?</p><p><strong>Sai:</strong> Exactly, right, so that track is going to be a good one to attend.</p><p>And then there is a foundation models track as well, right, like, which goes into, like, AI, LLMs, and, like, you know, more, like, the guts of, like, LLMs, right?</p><p>Like, I think that is going to be, like, a fun one, right? Very, like, engineering and, like, technical focus, I would say.</p><p>And then there&#x27;s also, like, a Lightning Talks track, right? It&#x27;s going to be a lot of fun.</p><p>So last year, I gave a talk at, like, the Lightning Talks track and it was amazing. It was, like, 15 minutes of you know...</p><p>There was a talk about, like, Rust programming and, like, that impacting, like, databases, right? Like, and then I spoke about, like, you know, data movement, right?</p><p>Like, so it&#x27;s, like, very, like, interesting, like, you know, quick bits across, like, the entire data space, right? Like, so I think...<br/></p><p><strong>Craig:</strong> I always highly recommend the lightning, I remember actually at PyCon years ago when Docker was first...</p><p>Like, Docker was first unveiled at a lightning talk at PyCon, and it&#x27;s, you know, like, no spoilers, I don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s coming in the lightning talks.<br/></p><p>But you never know, it&#x27;s rapid fire, and the ability to convey a message in that time and you see so much so quickly that it&#x27;s always a, you know, kind of a must see.</p><p>Like, any other kind of pieces or nugget, so the lightning talks, the data engineering track, the foundational model ones, like, any other kind of highlights of the conference?</p><p><strong>Sai:</strong> Another thing that I would like to note is there are these hands-on sessions where there are speaker office hours, where audience can go and interact with speakers right away, and these office hours are right after the speaker gives the talk, right?</p><p>Like, so you can actually go spend time with the speaker, like, have a discussion, right?</p><p>So that is something that is very unique I saw in the Data Council conference where you get a chance to personally meet the speaker, have a discussion, right, like, and learn both ways, right?</p><p>So that is something that I&#x27;m very excited about as well.</p><p><strong>Craig:</strong> Yeah, that&#x27;s really, like, I... You know, usually, there&#x27;s a swarm after a speaker, you know, talks and, like, it feels intimidating to go up there and you know, just even say hi or ask a question.</p><p>Like, the ability to kind of break out in a smaller format with them, that&#x27;s actually...</p><p>I don&#x27;t know if any other conference I can recall that&#x27;s done that and that&#x27;s actually really unique and actually probably takes some of the pressure off as a newbie attending a conference to go up and talk to these speakers.</p><p><strong>Sai:</strong> Absolutely, and I think it also eases some pressure on the speaker as well because they can really hang out and talk to folks and they learn, right?</p><p>Like, because last time, I was a part of this and it was a lot of fun because, like, the talk was for 15 minutes, right, but then the hands-on, office hours went on for, like, 45 minutes, where we had so many amazing discussions.</p><p><strong>Craig:</strong> Cool, well, I just want to say, you know, thanks so much for sitting down, Sai.</p><p>I&#x27;m super excited when you sent over kind of the rundown of the track. I was excited, I&#x27;m going to be there. You&#x27;re going to be there.</p><p>Come up to us, say hi. If you&#x27;re at Data Council, we&#x27;d love to see you. I&#x27;d love that databases are kind of becoming sexy again, right?</p><p>Thanks a lot to Andy Pavlo who&#x27;s going to kind of kick things off for the day, you know, in the track, and then it&#x27;s going to be a whirlwind tour.</p><p>It&#x27;s kind of like this databases courses, all compressed in one day, one amazing track, a lot of speakers, so I&#x27;m really excited about it.</p><p>Look forward to kind of seeing folks there. I&#x27;ll be there if anyone wants to talk Postgres.</p><p>Sai will be there if anyone wants to talk ClickHouse and you know, databases broadly.</p><p>We&#x27;ll geek out with anyone on it. Sai, anything, you know, that you want to leave to folks?</p><p><strong>Sai:</strong> No, that&#x27;s it, very excited for the conference, right?</p><p>We started effort around six to seven months ago and the place where we are at now, right, like, with the kind of speakers.</p><p>The venue is also going to be amazing, right? Like, I mean I was speaking to Pete and he was saying that, like, it&#x27;s going to be in Oakland and it&#x27;s a very raw island, like, a very...</p><p>You know, it&#x27;s an amazing venue so you should check that out, right? Like, so I&#x27;m sure that it&#x27;s going to be a lot of fun and as Craig mentioned, right, just reach out to us, right?</p><p>We&#x27;d would love to have some great conversations, and very excited to see you there.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/data-council-2025-the-databases-track-with-sai-krishna-srirampur-and-craig-kerstiens">Data Council 2025: The Databases Track with Sai Krishna Srirampur and Craig Kerstiens</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #10, The Whirlwind Pace of AI with Taylor Dolezal</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-the-whirlwind-pace-of-ai-with-taylor-dolezal</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Mar 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20a78462-a905-4c35-b85d-6a63d67b64fd</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 10 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John chat with Taylor Dolezal, former CNCF Head of Ecosystem and current Chief of Staff at Merly AI, to discuss the latest trends in open source, AI, and Kubernetes. From the challenges of AI adoption to the evolving role of cloud-native technologies, Taylor shares insights on where the industry is headed and how developers and companies can navigate these rapid changes.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 10 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John chat with Taylor Dolezal, former CNCF Head of Ecosystem and current Chief of Staff at Merly AI, to discuss the latest trends in open source, AI, and Kubernetes. From the challenges of AI adoption to the evolving role of cloud-native technologies, Taylor shares insights on where the industry is headed and how developers and companies can navigate these rapid changes.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-the-whirlwind-pace-of-ai-with-taylor-dolezal">Ep. #10, The Whirlwind Pace of AI with Taylor Dolezal</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #1, The Future of CRM is No CRM with Justin Belobaba</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-the-future-of-crm-is-no-crm-with-justin-belobaba</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Mar 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">02c094f7-52b7-45db-9eb1-7ad1e994d2eb</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this inaugural episode of Platform Builders, hosts Christine Spang and Isaac Nassimi of Nylas welcome Justin Belobaba, Founder and CEO of Nowsite. Justin shares his journey from finance to tech entrepreneurship and offers insights on the importance of failing fast, why startups must be willing to pivot, and how AI is shaping the future of solopreneurship. If you’re building a business—or just fascinated by the power of AI—you won’t want to miss this conversation.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this inaugural episode of Platform Builders, hosts Christine Spang and Isaac Nassimi of Nylas welcome Justin Belobaba, Founder and CEO of Nowsite. Justin shares his journey from finance to tech entrepreneurship and offers insights on the importance of failing fast, why startups must be willing to pivot, and how AI is shaping the future of solopreneurship. If you’re building a business—or just fascinated by the power of AI—you won’t want to miss this conversation.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-the-future-of-crm-is-no-crm-with-justin-belobaba">Ep. #1, The Future of CRM is No CRM with Justin Belobaba</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #32, Structuring Data with Marcel Kornacker</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-32-structuring-data-with-marcel-kornacker</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Mar 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2cd99266-40d0-49d0-b5f1-e3ec8b9fa3c9</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 32 of Generationship, Rachel speaks with Marcel Kornacker, creator of Pixeltable and a pioneer in database technology. They discuss how AI engineers can streamline data management, the challenges of founding a startup, and the future of generative AI in software development. Marcel also shares insights from his career journey and how AI is reshaping the way we work with multimodal data.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 32 of Generationship, Rachel speaks with Marcel Kornacker, creator of Pixeltable and a pioneer in database technology. They discuss how AI engineers can streamline data management, the challenges of founding a startup, and the future of generative AI in software development. Marcel also shares insights from his career journey and how AI is reshaping the way we work with multimodal data.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-32-structuring-data-with-marcel-kornacker">Ep. #32, Structuring Data with Marcel Kornacker</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Synthetic Data for AI: Purpose and Use Cases</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/synthetic-data-for-ai</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Mar 2025 06:22:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Synthetic Data]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6179a958-4a3f-47aa-9f0b-c8abf05d2d44</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>This guide covers how synthetic data plays an important role in AI programs, particularly in highly regulated spaces.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>What to Know About Synthetic Data for AI Programs</h2><p>For software developers, large language models (LLMs) like ChatGPT can help modern coders write, test, and deploy with <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/press/software-development-in-the-age-of-ai">unprecedented speed and accuracy</a>. Realizing the full potential for artificial intelligence use cases, particularly in highly regulated spaces, depends on access to massive amounts of relevant data of high quality, ideally managed by performant <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-infrastructure-top-challenges-data-inference">data pipelines</a>.</p><p>And developers at startups may not have access to data at the scale they need. For those developers, there’s a solution: Synthetic data.</p><p><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Synthetic_data">Synthetic data</a> could soon outpace actual data as an input for AI. In 2023, Gartner identified synthetic data as one of its top five trends shaping the future of machine learning. By 2028, the firm projected, <a href="https://www.cio.com/article/3827383/synthetic-data-takes-aim-at-ai-training-challenges.html">80%</a> of data for AI will be synthetically generated. Experts in <a href="https://www.forbes.com/sites/robtoews/2022/06/12/synthetic-data-is-about-to-transform-artificial-intelligence/">highly regulated industries like healthcare</a> suggest that “more and more, synthetic data is going to overtake and be the way people do AI in the future.”</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/4eb40c89aab9e95dcfc8c9d9183fafc92aa00d71-3334x1875.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p><em><a href="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/4eb40c89aab9e95dcfc8c9d9183fafc92aa00d71-3334x1875.png?auto=format">&gt;&gt; Click to zoom in on this infographic</a><br/>Synthetic data solves important data-related problems for devs. </em></p><h3>What is Synthetic Data?</h3><p>Synthetic data is artificially generated to meet a specific user need. <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Transformer_(deep_learning_architecture)"><em>Transformers</em></a>, neural network architectures that transform inputs to outputs in ML processes, generally create synthetic data. The actual values in artificial data may need to go through anonymization, but the structure often mimics the shape of real datasets, using the same relationships, plot distributions, and statistical properties.</p><p>Synthetic data is not new. Physicists were creating synthetic audio a century ago, while major advances in autonomous driving over the last 20 years would have been impossible without synthetic data, which data science teams have used to test and refine algorithms without being constrained to a limited supply of data from real-world locations.</p><h3>How Developers Use Synthetic Data in AI</h3><p>In software development, the rapid emergence of AI and LLMs has made synthetic data an essential tool for developers <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/machine-learning-lifecycle">throughout the ML lifecycle,</a> particularly in regulated verticals including healthcare, finance, insurance, and manufacturing that handle sensitive data for customers or medical patients.</p><p>Synthetic data can speed up developer workflows in a number of ways:</p><p><strong>Shoring Up Data Shortages</strong></p><p>Data scarcity occurs for many reasons. Some organizations can’t attain real-world data at the scale their use case demands, including processes like recommendation engines, predictive systems, or natural language processing tasks. In highly regulated industries, <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/enterprise-ai-infrastructure-privacy-maturity-resources">data privacy requirements</a> may limit developers’ access to production data or restrict them from dumping personal data directly into GPT.</p><p>For example, using publicly available data and simple Python scripting, a team of researchers at the Berlin Institute of Health built an accurate synthetic dataset modeling occurrence and outcomes from three rare diseases in the United States. The team built <a href="https://github.com/iaBIH/synth-md">a data generation tool</a> that addresses &quot;the need to develop specific privacy-enhancing technologies for sharing rare disease data,&quot; the researchers wrote in <a href="https://ojrd.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s13023-024-03254-2">a 2024 paper</a>.</p><p><strong>Augmentation of Incomplete or Inaccurate Data</strong></p><p>Synthetic data can address other data deficiencies that developers face, such as simulating unusual real-world circumstances (rare diseases, for instance), swapping missing data points into incomplete datasets, and correcting inaccuracies in existing data to ensure ML algorithms produce the best results.</p><p>Augmenting existing data is essential to developing <a href="https://medium.com/@asrielhan/harnessing-generative-ai-for-augmentation-of-id-document-imagery-9f59be7bc405">models that can identify counterfeit IT documents</a>. Privacy regulations limit the amount of usable real-world data, and variations in the layout and content of ID documents create inconsistencies in the data that do exist. With fine-tuned generative language and vision models, you can create large synthetic ID datasets for training fraud detection algorithms.</p><p><strong>Improving ML Model Performance</strong></p><p>Synthetic data can help developers ensure their models are actually learning to recognize patterns, rather than just <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Overfitting">overfitting</a> to limited training data. Introducing synthetic variations to ‘round out’ datasets prevents models from incorrectly attaining biases, such as drawing incorrect correlations from limited data, improving model performance on future data jobs.</p><p>One useful approach to improving model accuracy is the Synthetic Minority Oversampling Technique (SMOTE). It&#x27;s a way of correcting for imbalance in original data by using nearest-neighbor algorithms <a href="https://medium.com/data-science/synthetic-data-applications-in-data-privacy-and-machine-learning-1078bb5dc1a7">to intentionally over-represent the minority class</a> as you build training data. The result is a well-balanced synthetic dataset and, as a result, an ML model that&#x27;s seen enough examples of minority results in training to identify them in production, which is vital for fraud detection.</p><p><strong>Reducing Data Toil</strong></p><p>Labeling data is a time-consuming and expensive process, especially for large datasets. Synthetic data often comes with automatic labels, reducing the need for manual annotation. For processes that require data in a particular format, such as tabular data or data arranged in a specific time series, automated tools that generate properly formatted synthetic data can also be powerful time savers.</p><p>In 2023, synthetic time-series data was key for <a href="https://medium.com/data-science/llm-for-synthetic-time-series-data-generation-5ce687d5f095">the winners of a data-themed hackathon</a>. The winning team used OpenAI&#x27;s GPT-3.5 Turbo model to generate synthetic data projecting how friction would affect different materials over 31 points in time, based on a small set of existing historical data. Selective fine tuning ensured their model produced tabular data with the correct structure.</p><h3>Generating Synthetic Data</h3><p>There are several ways to go about the synthesis of synthetic data:</p><p><strong>Model-Based Generation</strong></p><p>One common way to create synthetic data is training machine learning models on your existing dataset to generate additional synthetic data. With this method, you can create a hybrid dataset that retains the statistical relationships and properties of the original dataset but adds synthetic elements.</p><p>This method’s particularly useful for filling gaps in existing data, extrapolating a large dataset from a small one, and scaling general-purpose generative AI models for more-specific uses.</p><p><strong>Deep Learning Methods</strong></p><p>Two types of deep learning models are widely used to create synthetic data: <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Generative_adversarial_network">Generative adversarial networks</a> (GANs) and <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Variational_autoencoder">variational autoencoders</a> (VAEs), which can be used to generate either structured or unstructured data.</p><p>In a GAN, two network models collaborate: The <em>generator</em> creates new data while the <em>discriminator </em>assesses it. The generator applies the discriminator’s feedback to the next dataset it produces; that process repeats, persistently improving data quality until the user is satisfied.</p><p>VAEs are models in which encoders compress and compact actual data, which a decoder analyzes to generate synthetic data that recreates key characteristics of the original data. VAEs deliver datasets that are very similar to the existing data they’re mimicking.</p><p><strong>Rules-Based Generation</strong></p><p>If you have some certainty about how your synthetic dataset should diverge from the original, you can <a href="https://www.tonic.ai/guides/guide-to-synthetic-test-data-generation">write it into rules</a> and use Python to create a new dataset based on those rules. This method offers a great deal of control, but it scales poorly for complex datasets and cases where there are many intersecting rules.</p><h3>How Can Synthetic Data Be Used for AI?</h3><p>Synthetic data has become a crucial component in training AI models across multiple industries. Some key applications include:</p><ul><li><strong>Protecting Privacy in Healthcare:</strong> Patient data is full of sensitive information, and healthcare providers are required by laws such as <a href="https://www.hhs.gov/hipaa/for-professionals/privacy/laws-regulations/index.html">HIPAA</a> to protect their privacy. Developers need access to data that’s as close as possible to actual real-world data in order to create new tools for identifying and treating illnesses. However, they are generally forbidden by law to feed unredacted electronic personal health information (ePHI) of patients into AI models for the purposes of testing. Synthetic data can give developers the data they need to innovate without exposing patients’ personally identifiable information (PII).</li><li><strong>Finding Fraud in Financial Services:</strong> Financial fraud detection requires vast amounts of transaction data. Like healthcare, the banking and payments industries are highly regulated and demand confidentiality. Synthetic data can replicate key elements of customer datasets without retaining identifiable information. ML models trained on such data are ideally suited to surface irregularities that often indicate fraudulent behavior.</li><li><strong>Simulating Complex Environments for Autonomous Vehicles:</strong> Long before they reach the road, AVs learn to drive in simulated road situations created by ML models. Automotive firms have access to massive amounts of real-world sensor data. Adding synthetic data lets team simulate unusual scenarios that AVs must experience to safely navigate the road. <a href="https://www.automotivetestingtechnologyinternational.com/industry-opinion/the-rising-role-of-synthetic-data-in-the-automotive-industry.html">Emerging use cases</a> include replicating crashes to evaluate safety features. </li></ul><h2>Benefits of Synthetic Data for AI</h2><p>Synthetic data doesn’t just have to be an option when real datasets are unavailable or inaccessible. It has several advantages over authentic data, making it an attractive option for startups and software developers:</p><h3>1. No Bias</h3><p>Bias in your underlying data can nullify whatever benefits you stand to gain from machine learning. And bias is pretty common in actual datasets: over- or under-representation of demographic groups in sampling, mislabeling of data elements, and the conscious or unconscious biases of the people who originally collected the data all occur.</p><p>Synthetic data can account for biases up front. Important optimization work like demographic balancing can offset inequities in the dataset you’re augmenting or imitating, and building bias mitigation into your GAN or VAE setup can ensure your synthetic dataset is free from disparities.</p><h3>2. Lower Cost</h3><p>Collecting, cleaning, and labeling real-world data is expensive, time-consuming, and resource-intensive. Manual data collection requires hiring data scientists, setting up infrastructure, and ensuring compliance with data regulations. In contrast, synthetic data can be generated programmatically, reducing costs and allowing startups to focus on innovation rather than data acquisition.</p><p>While there are commercial products like Amazon Bedrock, Microsoft’s AI Azure Foundry, and specialist startups like <a href="http://www.tonic.ai">Tonic</a> that create synthetic data via API, for cost-conscious organizations, there are also open-source tools that generate synthetic data.</p><h3>3. Customizable</h3><p>Synthetic data can be tailored to specific needs, making it more flexible than real-world data. Developers can generate datasets that include rare events, underrepresented scenarios, or domain-specific requirements, ensuring that AI models are trained on highly relevant data. Every element of a synthetic dataset is under your control.</p><h2>Challenges in Using Synthetic Data for AI</h2><p>Synthetic data is powerful, but it’s not perfect. But when you know what challenges to expect, you can build monitoring and mitigation into your plans. Here are a few of the complexities that come with using synthetic data for AI:</p><h3>1. Technical Difficulty</h3><p>Generating high-quality synthetic data requires advanced technical expertise to set and interpret benchmarks properly. Developers must be proficient in Python, machine learning frameworks, and generative modeling techniques like GANs or diffusion models. Additionally, ensuring that synthetic data maintains statistical fidelity with real-world data requires careful validation and monitoring.</p><h3>2. Variety of Data</h3><p>Synthetic data generation works well in structured environments but has limitations in multimodal scenarios. For example, AI models that rely on a combination of images, text, video, and audio may struggle to use purely synthetic data for computer vision or Internet of Things use cases. Developers need to carefully evaluate whether synthetic data alone is sufficient or if it should be combined with real-world data.</p><h3>3. Data Quality</h3><p>The quality of synthetic data depends on the sophistication of the generation process. Poorly generated synthetic data can be plagued by the same biases and inaccuracies as real-world datasets, leading to AI models that perform poorly in production. To ensure reliability, startups should consider investing in data quality checks, hiring professionals who can validate their synthetic training datasets before training AI models on them.</p><h2>Final Thoughts</h2><p>Synthetic data is a game-changer for AI development, offering scalability, privacy protection, and cost savings. While it comes with technical challenges, its benefits far outweigh the drawbacks, especially for startups looking to accelerate AI innovation. If you&#x27;re a developer working on AI projects, now is the time to explore how synthetic data can help you build smarter and more efficient models.</p><h2>More Resources</h2><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-inference">Article: AI Inference: A Guide for Founders and Developers</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/developers-working-on-genai-demographics">Article: Who Are the Developers Working on Generative AI Projects?</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-data-privacy-security-iam">Article: Data Privacy, Security, and Identity in the Age of GenAI</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/synthetic-data-for-ai">Synthetic Data for AI: Purpose and Use Cases</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #17, How BDD Changed Software Testing with Steve Tooke</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-17-how-bdd-changed-software-testing-with-steve-tooke</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Mar 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3cbf0fa3-f664-4434-9db4-94a1976d2f24</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 17 of How It’s Tested, Eden sits down with Steve Tooke, Director of Product at Kosli and former co-founder of Cucumber, to explore the impact of Behavior-Driven Development (BDD) on software testing. They discuss how Cucumber evolved from an open-source tool into an industry staple, the challenges of test automation, and how AI is reshaping software quality.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 17 of How It’s Tested, Eden sits down with Steve Tooke, Director of Product at Kosli and former co-founder of Cucumber, to explore the impact of Behavior-Driven Development (BDD) on software testing. They discuss how Cucumber evolved from an open-source tool into an industry staple, the challenges of test automation, and how AI is reshaping software quality.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-17-how-bdd-changed-software-testing-with-steve-tooke">Ep. #17, How BDD Changed Software Testing with Steve Tooke</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #79, AI and Otel: Look at your Data with Hamel Husain</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-79-ai-and-otel-look-at-your-data-with-hamel-husain</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Mar 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">06ec6af1-bc78-418d-bca1-cabe3ecc67d1</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 79 of o11ycast, Hamel Husain joins the o11ycast crew to discuss the challenges of monitoring AI systems, why off-the-shelf metrics can be misleading, and how error analysis is the key to making AI models more reliable. Plus, insights into how Honeycomb built its Query Assistant and what teams should prioritize when working with AI observability.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 79 of o11ycast, Hamel Husain joins the o11ycast crew to discuss the challenges of monitoring AI systems, why off-the-shelf metrics can be misleading, and how error analysis is the key to making AI models more reliable. Plus, insights into how Honeycomb built its Query Assistant and what teams should prioritize when working with AI observability.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-79-ai-and-otel-look-at-your-data-with-hamel-husain">Ep. #79, AI and Otel: Look at your Data with Hamel Husain</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #9, The Future of Commercial Open Source with Matt Trifiro</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-the-future-of-commercial-open-source-with-matt-trifiro</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Mar 2025 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cddc6c36-907a-42a3-a4f2-64360b48a833</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 9 of Open Source Ready, Matt Trifiro joins Brian and John to discuss the evolving landscape of commercial open source, the challenges startups face in monetization, and how intellectual property law impacts the ecosystem. Tune in for insights on balancing community-driven development with sustainable business models.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 9 of Open Source Ready, Matt Trifiro joins Brian and John to discuss the evolving landscape of commercial open source, the challenges startups face in monetization, and how intellectual property law impacts the ecosystem. Tune in for insights on balancing community-driven development with sustainable business models.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-the-future-of-commercial-open-source-with-matt-trifiro">Ep. #9, The Future of Commercial Open Source with Matt Trifiro</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #31, A Nursery for Stars with Deepti Srivastava</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-31-a-nursery-for-stars-with-deepti-srivastava</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Mar 2025 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">74ff1f98-942e-4b88-a2a9-ee25dcb4ec01</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 31 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers welcomes Deepti Srivastava, a trailblazer in enterprise technology and founder of Snow Leopard. Deepti discusses how her experiences with Oracle and Google Spanner inspired her mission to help businesses leverage live data for AI applications. Learn about the challenges of integrating AI, the myths of data unification, and the promise of generative AI.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 31 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers welcomes Deepti Srivastava, a trailblazer in enterprise technology and founder of Snow Leopard. Deepti discusses how her experiences with Oracle and Google Spanner inspired her mission to help businesses leverage live data for AI applications. Learn about the challenges of integrating AI, the myths of data unification, and the promise of generative AI.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-31-a-nursery-for-stars-with-deepti-srivastava">Ep. #31, A Nursery for Stars with Deepti Srivastava</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #46, Kubefirst with John Dietz of Konstruct</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-46-kubefirst-with-john-dietz-of-konstruct</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Mar 2025 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">420b30cd-e06c-4611-b55e-3111220f9e81</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 46 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie chat with John Dietz, CEO of Konstruct, about Kubefirst, an open source platform that streamlines Kubernetes adoption. John shares the journey of building Kubefirst, overcoming Kubernetes complexity, and the challenges of commercializing open source software.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 46 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie chat with John Dietz, CEO of Konstruct, about Kubefirst, an open source platform that streamlines Kubernetes adoption. John shares the journey of building Kubefirst, overcoming Kubernetes complexity, and the challenges of commercializing open source software.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-46-kubefirst-with-john-dietz-of-konstruct">Ep. #46, Kubefirst with John Dietz of Konstruct</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #8, Bridging Software &amp; Hardware with Daniel Mangum of Golioth</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-bridging-software-and-hardware-with-daniel-mangum-of-golioth</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Feb 2025 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d303d2a1-79ce-4f64-861f-8caaaba489d0</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 8 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John sit down with Daniel Mangum, CTO of Golioth, to discuss his journey from distributed systems and Kubernetes to open source hardware. They explore the rise of RISC-V, the potential of decentralized social media, and how AI is shaping the future of computing. Plus, Daniel shares insights into FPGAs, the AT Protocol, and why open source innovation matters more than ever.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 8 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John sit down with Daniel Mangum, CTO of Golioth, to discuss his journey from distributed systems and Kubernetes to open source hardware. They explore the rise of RISC-V, the potential of decentralized social media, and how AI is shaping the future of computing. Plus, Daniel shares insights into FPGAs, the AT Protocol, and why open source innovation matters more than ever.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-bridging-software-and-hardware-with-daniel-mangum-of-golioth">Ep. #8, Bridging Software & Hardware with Daniel Mangum of Golioth</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #30, Possibilities with Ty Dunn of Continue</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-30-possibilities-with-ty-dunn-of-continue</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Feb 2025 13:52:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">35f4aa68-4ca5-43a4-b608-32b30f5a4f12</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 30 of Generationship, Rachel welcomes Ty Dunn to explore his journey and insights as the Co-founder and CEO of Continue, a company focused on creating AI tools to amplify developers rather than automate them out of their roles. Ty unpacks his background, the motivations behind founding Continue, the trajectory of AI-driven software development, and the philosophy of open source technology.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 30 of Generationship, Rachel welcomes Ty Dunn to explore his journey and insights as the Co-founder and CEO of Continue, a company focused on creating AI tools to amplify developers rather than automate them out of their roles. Ty unpacks his background, the motivations behind founding Continue, the trajectory of AI-driven software development, and the philosophy of open source technology.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-30-possibilities-with-ty-dunn-of-continue">Ep. #30, Possibilities with Ty Dunn of Continue</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #16, Test-Driven Development Demystified with Jon Jagger</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-16-test-driven-development-demystified-with-jon-jagger</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Feb 2025 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">767dff12-e2fa-4e64-bfee-d3ddd3e607e6</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 16 of How It’s Tested, Eden speaks with Jon Jagger, Director of Software at Kosli. The conversation dives into Jon&#x27;s journey of creating Cyber-Dojo, his insights on test-driven development (TDD), and how software testing practices have evolved over the years. They also discuss Jon&#x27;s current role at Kosli, the philosophy behind effective testing, and how regulated industries like banking can benefit from modern compliance practices.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 16 of How It’s Tested, Eden speaks with Jon Jagger, Director of Software at Kosli. The conversation dives into Jon&#x27;s journey of creating Cyber-Dojo, his insights on test-driven development (TDD), and how software testing practices have evolved over the years. They also discuss Jon&#x27;s current role at Kosli, the philosophy behind effective testing, and how regulated industries like banking can benefit from modern compliance practices.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-16-test-driven-development-demystified-with-jon-jagger">Ep. #16, Test-Driven Development Demystified with Jon Jagger</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #7, The Evolution of React with Kent C. Dodds</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-the-evolution-of-react-with-kent-c-dodds</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Feb 2025 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c3870639-f752-4397-b49f-46af39bea2a0</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 7 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John are joined by Kent C. Dodds to discuss the evolution of React, the rise of Remix, and the future of front-end development. From early struggles with Angular to React Router v7’s role in modern apps, Kent shares valuable insights for developers navigating the ever-changing JavaScript landscape.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 7 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John are joined by Kent C. Dodds to discuss the evolution of React, the rise of Remix, and the future of front-end development. From early struggles with Angular to React Router v7’s role in modern apps, Kent shares valuable insights for developers navigating the ever-changing JavaScript landscape.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-the-evolution-of-react-with-kent-c-dodds">Ep. #7, The Evolution of React with Kent C. Dodds</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #29, Game Theory with Leslie Fine</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-29-game-theory-with-leslie-fine</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Feb 2025 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">62ab2a85-683d-4ca6-b3d4-87b649eaed7d</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 29 of Generationship, Rachel chats with Leslie Fine, managing partner at Enjoy The Work. With a background in game theory, behavioral economics, and startup leadership, Leslie shares insights into transitioning from founder to CEO, aligning incentives for organizational success, and the transformative potential of AI. Don’t miss her practical advice for technical founders navigating leadership challenges.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 29 of Generationship, Rachel chats with Leslie Fine, managing partner at Enjoy The Work. With a background in game theory, behavioral economics, and startup leadership, Leslie shares insights into transitioning from founder to CEO, aligning incentives for organizational success, and the transformative potential of AI. Don’t miss her practical advice for technical founders navigating leadership challenges.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-29-game-theory-with-leslie-fine">Ep. #29, Game Theory with Leslie Fine</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #78, Exploring OTTL with Tyler Helmuth and Evan Bradley</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-78-exploring-ottl-with-tyler-helmuth-and-evan-bradley</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2025 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8409ccdb-2235-4049-a077-1fd951b95f80</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Episode 78 of o11ycast examines the world of OpenTelemetry Transformation Language (OTTL) with Tyler Helmuth and Evan Bradley, the maintainers behind this innovative framework. Discover how OTTL enables powerful telemetry data transformations, its practical applications, and what lies ahead for OpenTelemetry&#x27;s transformative ecosystem.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Episode 78 of o11ycast examines the world of OpenTelemetry Transformation Language (OTTL) with Tyler Helmuth and Evan Bradley, the maintainers behind this innovative framework. Discover how OTTL enables powerful telemetry data transformations, its practical applications, and what lies ahead for OpenTelemetry&#x27;s transformative ecosystem.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-78-exploring-ottl-with-tyler-helmuth-and-evan-bradley">Ep. #78, Exploring OTTL with Tyler Helmuth and Evan Bradley</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Startup Founders Should Think About Local-First Dev</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/local-first-for-startups</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Feb 2025 17:13:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Local First]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Founder]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Startups]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Infrastructure]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Cloud Infrastructure]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Strategy]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c3cbcdc0-2cd1-4ef3-991e-35fb9803178c</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Local-first development can offer significant advantages for certain startups. Prisma founder and local-first expert Johannes Schickling explains.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>What Local-First Dev Means for Startup Founders</h2><p>If you’re a startup founder, you’re always looking for some kind of edge–a way to do things faster or more economically. Local first, which focuses on making an individual dev’s terminal (instead of a cloud-based dev environment) the center of gravity for front-end application development, offers real benefits in development speed and Cloud costs.</p><p>Thanks to pioneering research from organizations like <a href="https://www.inkandswitch.com/local-first/">Ink &amp; Switch</a> and ongoing interest from the <a href="https://localfirstweb.dev/">Local First Dev Community</a>, local-first dev has advanced by leaps and bounds, making software faster and simpler to create for many software teams. <a href="https://prisma.io/">Prisma</a> founder and startup advisor Johannes Schickling frequently covers the topic on <a href="https://www.localfirst.fm/18">the localfirst.fm podcast</a>. Below, he explains why startup founders should look into local first:</p><ul><li><strong>The Opportunity: Better Life for Devs, Users, and Everyone Else:</strong> Local first could mean not just a better life for devs, but better apps for end users</li><li><strong>Removing Data Bottlenecks Means Better UX:</strong> Streamlining data bottlenecks gives devs back time to focus on apps that provide users a better experience</li><li><strong>Removing Data Bottlenecks Means Successful, Disruptive Startups:</strong> Streamlined, ‘10X’ apps with better UX will have a meaningful chance of unseating incumbents</li><li><strong>How (Or If) to Apply Local First to Your Startup:</strong> Currently, local first seems like the best fit for startups building small, sharp tools</li><li><strong>Technical Benefits for Startups - Resourcing, Privacy:</strong> Local first can–potentially–mean improved, on-device privacy and being able to do less with more</li><li><strong>Business Benefits for Startups: Faster Dev, Leaner Budgets:</strong> Local first can–potentially–mean faster dev cycles and a smaller to nonexistent Cloud budget</li><li><strong>What a Local-First Future Looks Like:</strong> Cracking the code on data management could unlock a world where dev is as easy, and creative, as building Legos</li></ul><h2>The Opportunity: Better Life for Devs, Users, and Everyone</h2><p>Schickling is bullish on local first’s benefits not just for developers, but for the end users of products that offer local first-like experiences. “A canonical example that&#x27;s already a success story here is <a href="https://linear.app/">Linear</a>, which is a next-generation product that clearly feels superior in terms of how fast it is and how well the product was executed.”</p><p>The project management tool has received praise thanks to its built-in <a href="https://dev.to/isaachagoel/are-sync-engines-the-future-of-web-applications-1bbi"><em>sync engine</em></a> that resolves changes and conflicts in real time under the hood, even as different users make changes and updates asynchronously. “And it was clearly made possible by a next-generation way to deal with data that was inspired by local first.”</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/94964676c5193d0a63366dd185fa52b952bff693-2048x683.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Johannes Schickling explains how local first provides a more-responsive UX at the Local First Berlin conference. Image courtesy <a href="https://x.com/localfirstconf">Local First Berlin</a></em></p><h2>Removing Data Bottlenecks Means Better UX</h2><p>While there’s an opportunity to improve app functionality for end users, there’s also room to improve app development. “The modern Web stack is notorious for its complexity–it’s comical how many different tools you have there. But in theory, it <em>should</em> all be very simple. We can run JavaScript on the client or on the server...yet we have this combinatorial explosion of different technologies.”</p><p>“A lot of that is constrained, or made terrible, by how complex data management is. Local first has this amazing opportunity to massively simplify the entire application stack, even though one of the golden rules in software development, and in computer science, is usually about conditionals. The answer to most questions is usually, ‘it depends.’”</p><p>“So far, we&#x27;ve been swinging this big hammer, no matter which app it is. Most applications we use on a daily basis are built with the same approach. However, local first gives you an opportunity to massively simplify everything and use a more-custom hammer. You can be more efficient, build simpler things, and therefore give application developers the time and affordance to work on what matters most: The app user experience.”</p><h2>Removing Data Bottlenecks Means Successful, Disruptive Startups</h2><p>“I’m currently developing <a href="https://overtone.pro/">a music app</a> which is a very ambitious undertaking, as I&#x27;m designing this for myself as the customer, based on the typical ways I consume music. Rather than get too deep into the specific workflows, what’s important is the desire to do better. Application developers want to build better experiences that are credible replacements for the status quo.”</p><p>The founder points to Linear CTO Tuomas Artman’s contention that <a href="https://linear.app/blog/rethinking-the-startup-mvp-building-a-competitive-product">competitive MVPs are all about execution</a>. “[Artman] argues that most products we could think of have already been built. Often, there is already a winner in the market right now. The way to replace that is to build something that&#x27;s 10x better. And ‘better’ often means making it faster, more reliable, shipping features more quickly, and so on.”</p><p>Of course, there’s no magic wand to simply conjure up a 10x product. Building something better usually means making tough choices on what <em>not</em> to focus on during development. “Local first lets me spend my time on something else–making my app better–and spending less time on dealing with data problems.”</p><p>“Most products we could think of have already been built. The way to replace that is to build something that&#x27;s 10x better...faster, more reliable, shipping features more quickly.” -Johannes Schickling, Founder / Overengineering Studios, Prisma</p><h2>How (Or If) to Apply Local First to Your Startup</h2><p>Schickling concedes that local-first development is still in the process of maturing through active research, and may not necessarily be a perfect fit for every startup–particularly those looking to actively manage data for thousands of users, or managing enormous, enterprise-grade data workloads with high operational requirements.</p><p>“If you think about the way data is managed with local first, it flips the gravity away from huge, monolithic cloud databases that are the source of truth for everything. We now have very capable devices in our pockets that can do a lot of processing and storage. If you think about the photo gallery on your phone, you might want to browse through your images–even if you’re on the subway or a plane.”</p><p>“Having challenges accessing your personal memories that are stored in some data center is a very different use case than what a typical enterprise needs. For now, local first might be a better fit for things that are focused around an individual or a small group with a high trust assumption–where it’s fine for someone to access a lot of that data, and you&#x27;re not as densely connected.”</p><p>“Something that would <em>not</em> be easy to build with local-first technologies–a social network like LinkedIn, Twitter, or Facebook is a notorious counterexample. We’re even seeing advancements that help us move in that direction, but that&#x27;s not where we are.”</p><p>“And I think it&#x27;s hard to say what a ‘typical’ enterprise application would look like. Sometimes, they’re fairly small applications that deal with a fairly small amount of data, deployed in a particular setting on premise or with high trust assumptions. Local first might already be perfectly viable for those use cases.”</p><p>“But then, you have another kind of application shape: Something you want to roll out to millions of users right away, and be able to revoke data, and that sort of thing. And this is where it might not be as good of a fit yet. So I think it really depends. But overall, the developments are pointing in a direction where I think local first will become a viable replacement for many more application scenarios than just personal software.”</p><h2>Technical Benefits for Startups - Resourcing, Privacy</h2><p>Schickling points to Linear as a case study in how local first can reshape engineering organizations. “The typical software startup has a sizable engineering organization, split across front-end developers, back-end developers, DevOps, and so on. But Linear almost exclusively has front-end engineers because a lot of the other burden is taken care of by a sync engine.”</p><p>“If your startup’s situation allows for that, I think this can be a massive competitive advantage where you can keep the team smaller, make the application feel faster, and have many other benefits. However, if we’re not speaking about a hypothetical environment in 10 years, I think it really depends on the kind of application that you want to build.”</p><p>“Another interesting perspective on this is when you look at AI, particularly in the context of how to manage end users. This is where AI is meant to serve us, but in a way, it acts like a magnifier for a lot of the problems we&#x27;re already experiencing. AI can only do a good job if it has great contextual data, but often, that contextual data is even more sensitive.”</p><p>“I might be biased because I’m European, but I believe users should really think twice about what kind of data they provide to online services. For example, Apple is a bit like one of the first local-first companies–most iPhone apps are local first, for instance. The company really prides itself on taking user privacy seriously and running AI locally wherever possible.”</p><p>“I think more people are picking up on that–that desire to run AI locally, particularly when it&#x27;s dealing with latency or highly sensitive context.”</p><p>“I think [local first] can be a massive competitive advantage where you can keep the team smaller, make the application feel faster, and have many other benefits. However...I think it really depends on the kind of application that you want to build.”</p><h2>Business Benefits for Startups: Faster Dev, Leaner Budgets</h2><p>So, does local-first development the ideal technical and business foundation for every single tech startup going forward? “You’d need to do a viability study,” cautions the founder. “If you feel local first is a great fit for the application you’re building, you also need to consider how you will think about evolving the product going forward.”</p><p>For startup founders, Schickling emphasizes the importance of <em>optionality</em>–intentionally planning product and organizational roadmaps that don’t overly constrain your company too early in its life. “Local first certainly constrains your optionality in some regard. For example, if a user controls most of the data, and you would like to ship a feature that provides analytical reports across a cohort of users, you might no longer be able to do that.”</p><p>“So you need to think through things like: What does your product roadmap look like? Are there other constraints of local first that require you to modify your product? And how much of a problem would that be?”</p><p>“If you can determine that local first offers more advantages than disadvantages, making that choice can help you reap the benefits, such as a smaller engineering team, moving faster, and building a faster product–maybe even a 10x better product than what the market has currently to offer.”</p><p>“But you also need to see it in the context of where the technology is right now. There is a really interesting product, <a href="https://adamwiggins.com/muse-retrospective/">Muse</a>, that <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/local-first-development">Adam Wiggins</a> built some years ago. At the time, they were very, very early [to implementing a successful version of local first]–maybe too early. They had to do a lot of engineering and a lot of pioneering research work to build this product experience.”</p><p>“Maybe if they were a few years later, they could have piggybacked on some of the data engineering work done by other companies–to help them get to market quicker and more efficiently. So if you feel like you&#x27;d like to do less pioneering work while you build your product to work around some of the limitations that are still sometimes appearing in those first data stacks, you might be better advised to wait.”</p><p>“In that case, you might want to hold off a few years and build it in a traditional way. It&#x27;s a trade-off in terms of your timing assumptions. That said, [local first] <em>can</em> provide major economic benefits–where you can run much leaner when it comes to cloud infrastructure. In many cases, if you use local first, you simply don’t need cloud infra where you otherwise would have.”</p><p>“I think Linear has <a href="https://linear.app/blog/scaling-the-linear-sync-engine">publicly talked about</a> their [infrastructure] situation. Basically, when you consider the number of customers they’re serving and the impact they&#x27;re having, they&#x27;re running on a comically small footprint in terms of infrastructure. I’d guess that if you were to try to build the same sort of product experience in a more-traditional way, you’d probably be easily paying multiple orders of magnitude more in cloud spending every year, compared to what they do.”</p><p>“So, if you do the analysis, and you find that you can build your product in a local-first way, then you can expect that the amount of money you need to spend on cloud expenses could be ridiculously small.”</p><p>“I would also add that I think there will be a typical ‘<a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Crossing_the_Chasm"><em>Crossing the chasm</em></a>’ evolution, with innovators, early adopters, and so on. And for all this to become enterprise ready, I think that is still probably a few years down the road.”</p><h2>What a Local-First Future Looks Like</h2><p>On the topic of a local-first future for software development, Schickling notes, “I&#x27;m personally interested in levers that bring down the effort it requires to bring something into existence. And I think we&#x27;ve seen some of that over the last few decades, like the first availability of the Cloud, or that we can run full-stack JavaScript with <a href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1f3Uc5b9WHjuZspkCUaKtp0LPd9enqH2EvS3ExXXh3-Q/edit?tab=t.0"><em>WebAssembly (Wasm)</em></a>. And most recently, how AI seems like it might empower entirely new demographics–people who don&#x27;t do programming.”</p><p>“As a kid, I enjoyed playing with Lego, and I’m still nostalgic about the idea of Lego bricks that you can just <em>put together</em>. In theory, that should work for software, but we&#x27;re not there yet. In my opinion, one of the huge barriers to making that happen is <em>data management</em>. Great applications are still bottlenecked by simple and easy data management.”</p><p>“I&#x27;ve studied this field for some time–how much effort it takes to build and continuously maintain something. Previously, projects would just take too much effort to build, and you couldn&#x27;t justify this effort to the extent of raising VC money, for example. But now you can just do more with less, and that&#x27;s why I&#x27;m excited about it.”</p><p>“We’re seeing a lot of promising AI tools–products that might, at least visually, look like the thing I want. But in some ways, some new projects seem very shallow–kind of like the <a href="https://www.theverge.com/tldr/2017/5/14/15639784/hbo-silicon-valley-not-hotdog-app-download">“not hotdog” app</a> from <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Silicon_Valley_(TV_series)">Silicon Valley</a>. You want a real product that does real things, and to make a product real, you need data management that has no asterisks, works reliably, in a sensible way. And this is where we need good building blocks.”</p><h2>More Resources:</h2><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/local-first-development">Article: How Local-First Is Changing Software</a></li><li><a href="https://localfirst.fm/">Podcast: The Local First Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://localfirstweb.dev/">The Local First Developer Community</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/local-first-for-startups">How Startup Founders Should Think About Local-First Dev</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Local-First Development Is Changing How We Make Software</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/local-first-development</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jan 2025 17:54:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Local First]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Frontend Development]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Sync Engines]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">17fb252f-8561-4a39-83d2-3b377dd71e8f</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Local-first development offers powerful advantages in latency, privacy, and most importantly, reducing complexity.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>What Local First Is, and Why It Matters</h2><p><em>Local-first development</em> is a development ethos that keeps data and code on your device first. It is inherently different from cloud-first development, which puts the central “source of truth” for code online.</p><p>While cloud-based development has offered a number of advantages, it has removed significant control and access from the hands of end-users. Because most cloud applications are offered as a service, in the event of an interruption of service, users lose access to their data.</p><p>Local-first development is about building products with the cloud as <em>optional</em>. Its goal is to provide the cross-device collaboration of cloud with the personal data ownership of pre-cloud software development.</p><p>The benefits of local first come with tradeoffs. Even though local-first devs work primarily with data and code on their own computers, they still need to manage authentications for sensitive customer data. They also need to manage data sync issues, though techniques like auto-merging and using <em><a href="https://dev.to/charlietap/synking-all-the-things-with-crdts-local-first-development-3241">conflict-free replicated data types (CRDT)</a> </em>have helped researchers and early adopters make significant strides forward.</p><p>To help us understand the potential impact of local first, we’ve assembled a group of experts, including Heroku co-founder Adam Wiggins, researcher Brooklyn Zelenka, Netlify co-founder Matt Biilmann, and Vella founder Yonatan Feleke to cover:</p><ul><li>The Benefits of Local First for Software Development</li><li>The Potential Trade-Offs of Local First</li><li>Why Local First Is Gaining Traction</li><li>How Local First Will Change the Way We Build Software Products</li></ul><h2>Local First Will Make Small, Sharp Tools Sharper</h2><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/672e4b440a94491965444654953d7cfe5cbb934e-200x200.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/adam-wiggins-a7623845/">Adam Wiggins</a> is the Platform GM at The Browser Company. He also co-founded the research lab <a href="https://www.inkandswitch.com/">Ink &amp; Switch</a>; the pioneering Cloud infrastructure company <a href="https://www.heroku.com/">Heroku</a>; and <a href="https://museapp.com/">Muse</a>, the canvas for thinking. He envisions a future where local first lets developers experiment and innovate faster, as local-first development:</p><ul><li><strong>Increases Velocity:</strong> CRDT-based <a href="https://dev.to/isaachagoel/are-sync-engines-the-future-of-web-applications-1bbi"><em>sync engines</em></a> are the foundation for local first. Building apps on top of such a sync engine takes away all the complexity of client-server network operations, error handling, optimistic UI updates, and more. Instead, developers can work faster by just operating on all the data as if it is local.</li><li><strong>Decreases Resource Requirements:</strong> Cloud hosting bills are a fraction of the size when the end user’s computer does a lot more of the basic work of the application.</li><li><strong>Lowers the Barrier of Entry to a Wider Variety of Projects:</strong> With local-first development, it’s fast and cheap to build an app that has multi-device and multi-user capability. That means many smaller-scale projects may be built that never would have been feasible in the cloud.</li></ul><h2><em>More Ownership, Speed, and Better Economics </em>with Adam Wiggins</h2><p>Wiggins is direct on the value of local-first development: “Local first offers the benefits of Cloud (shareable, collaborative docs by default) together with the benefits of traditional desktop software (on-device data is much faster and works offline). There are many reasons to prefer this architecture, but my personal feeling is the most important part is the data ownership and agency this gives to end users.</p><p>For commercial engineering teams, local first offers powerful, practical benefits that are difficult to ignore. “The biggest benefits we&#x27;ve seen from local-first development in commercial products at scale are improved developer productivity (and thus higher shipping velocity), and lower hosting costs due to needing much less server-side compute. This is on top of the user-facing benefits of more-responsive UIs and seamless offline capability, and the philosophical benefits of data ownership.”</p><p>The co-founder suggests that if local-first development faces any significant challenges, they aren’t technical so much as they are due to relative novelty. “Most developers assume that merge conflicts will be the hardest part, but in practice, this is essentially a non-issue thanks to over a decade of deep computer science algorithm work. There are some open technical questions in the space, schema migrations being one.”</p><p>“The real biggest challenge is just that this is such a new technology that (1) it&#x27;s hard to find engineers with experience in it and (2) most of the libraries and vendors available today are still fairly young. Someone new to the community compared local-first development in 2024 as being comparable to React in 2013, which I think is about right. It&#x27;s exciting to be part of such a dynamic and fast-moving technical community, but for building a product in this way it means you&#x27;re way out on the frontier with fast-shifting infrastructure and fewer instructional resources to rely on.”</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/1f76ed03eea9103d434e28a97bac059d6a564737-1280x610.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Heroku co-founder Adam Wiggins discusses the evolution of app development at the 2012 Waza Event. Image courtesy <a href="https://blog.heroku.com/idea_to_delivery">Heroku</a></em></p><h3>Where Local First Goes From Here</h3><p>While local first offers powerful benefits, Wiggins suggests its growing popularity may not be due to any specific economic or data privacy-related concern. “Honestly, I think it&#x27;s more just a ‘tipping point’ kind of thing.” Since 2019, the co-founder and his team have been hard at work building out both the <a href="https://www.inkandswitch.com/local-first/">theory and principles behind local first development</a>, and the practical frameworks developers need.</p><p>“A small set of people (I&#x27;m one of them) from the deep research world got excited about this direction for app development seven or eight years ago and laid some of the groundwork. But it&#x27;s taken this long for the theoretical and philosophical basis to transform into a set of open-source libraries, commercial vendors, and real-world success stories to light the way.”</p><p>The co-founder sees an obvious future for traditional startups to successfully adopt local first. One example is the project-tracking app <a href="https://linear.app/">Linear</a>, which offers a real-time sync engine under the hood that enables developers to work simultaneously with far less concern for conflicts or online data issues.</p><p>“Obviously, you can point to a success story like Linear and talk about how this will change large-scale, venture-backed software. Namely, faster iteration speed, more focus on interface development compared to the backend, and a higher-performance UI for end users.”</p><p>But Wiggins is hopeful that it will spur innovation from smaller groups or individuals who might otherwise have thought their projects didn’t merit the effort or resources. “My personal hope is that the biggest impact will be the change to the economics of small-scale apps.”</p><p>“Stuff like internal tools at a company, commercial products by indie app developers, or just home-cooked apps you might make for your friends and family. In the current world, the cost to host and manage (for example) a Postgres-backed database app remains high enough to stop some of these things from being built. A local-first app can live longer and at lower cost, and that may enable a whole new class of apps to become feasible.”</p><h2>Reduced Complexity vs. Cultural and Business Pushback</h2><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/2a05a9b5ab52d694f23e61ec28fc0c71c9629cb0-200x200.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/brooklynzelenka/">Brooklyn Zelenka</a> is a researcher and builder who has previously focused on Web development and blockchain. She has served as an engineer, technical lead, and founder at organizations like Fission, Kickstarter, and MetaLab. She explains that local first could have a profound impact on:</p><ul><li><strong>Reducing Architectural Complexity:</strong> Local first will streamline the entire development stack, reducing dependence on tools that specifically enable building in the Cloud</li><li><strong>Building and Onboarding Developer Teams:</strong> By reducing architectural complexity, local first will also lower the barrier to entry on getting new developers ramped</li><li><strong>Cultural Expectations for “How We’ve Always Done It”:</strong> Local first may cause cultural clashes with conservative dev teams–and massive cloud providers with a vested interest in maintaining the status quo</li></ul><h2><em>Local First Might Be Like the Shift to Cloud</em> With Brooklyn Zelenka</h2><p>Zelenka suggests that local first is a response to the way software has become exponentially more complicated to make. “We’ve been building apps the same way for more than 30 years. And that&#x27;s led to complexity. It&#x27;s very difficult to onboard new developers. You have to learn front end, back end, managing containers–all of these things.”</p><p>“So you have to build a big team of experts in many different things. Which makes it very difficult for people to own their own data, to have a customized, malleable software interface, and so on. Local first is really about radically reducing the complexity of building applications.” Additional benefits like low latency and always-on access don’t hurt either.</p><p>The researcher’s frustration with modern development crystallized in 2019 when she noticed open repositories like GitHub offered thousands of projects–but hardly any seemed to offer the ability to bring infrastructure to the commons, leaving most to reinvent the wheel. “As a developer, I&#x27;ve written the same apps and modules over and over again–just to deploy them in different environments.”</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/b053d58e5fb89cd42ba2013f77cda5badfa895ed-1600x534.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Researcher Brooklyn Zelenka discusses authentication systems for local-first systems at the <a href="https://www.localfirstconf.com/">Local First Berlin</a> conference. Image courtesy <a href="https://x.com/localfirstconf">Local First Conference</a></em></p><h3>Still Being Resolved: Big World vs. Small World, BigCo vs. Small Startup</h3><p>Zelenka suggests that a key question to resolve is the “big world, small world” distinction. “If I want to collaborate with 10,000 people, no problem. But to try to ingest the entire data firehose for BlueSky? I’m not going to do that on my phone–that’s going to be out on a server somewhere. I can send an email on my phone, but I won’t run a mail server on it.”</p><p>Because the field is still relatively new, conventional tooling may not have caught up with the most recent developments. “The question is: How can we still respect local-first principles for ‘big world’ things? And can we have these autonomous, or ‘higher user agency’ architectures applied to things that have to run in a more-centralized way? For example, I’m currently working on a local-first access control project, as there is no drop-in solution for that today. In cases like these with no established option, people often fall back to using a cloud server.”</p><p>For smaller orgs, local first can represent the exact kind of path-less-traveled advantage you’d expect, though even larger organizations are starting to reap the benefits. “I’ve heard that in larger organizations, people are using things like auto-merge to sync database configurations, using local first and extremely high availability to maintain consistency. A lot of the focus, especially for CRDTs and in local first, is on collaborative software because that&#x27;s where all the hard problems were a couple of years ago. There&#x27;s always going to be problems in that space, but as time passes, they’re getting solved.”</p><h3>How Local First Development Might Look in Practice</h3><p>How will local first ultimately change the way people build software? The researcher suggests that a major difference will be making network infrastructure optional–which means managing cloud payloads across different regions could simply go away. “All [your infrastructure needs] to know is: I am able to upload some bytes, and somebody else is allowed to download those bytes.”</p><p>“And if the startup that you&#x27;re relying on goes under, you can just switch to another one for your sync on the backend. There&#x27;s a lot of talk in the community right now about sync engines–essentially a buffer between front end and back end. We used to describe the workflow needed for software as ‘shipping your box.’”</p><p>“As an example, let’s say you were using Rails to build a React app. Previously, you’d create some dummy data in the browser, mock up what it would look like, then build a backend and serialization on both sides, including an auth login system and all of those things. And then, to ‘ship your box,’ you’d have to deploy it somewhere and have it scale, as you’d expect.”</p><p>“With local first, you’d just build a front-end app. And for that data layer, just use <em>this</em> library. And if you want to back it up somewhere online, once it&#x27;s at the server, you&#x27;re done. You don&#x27;t have to touch any special code. It feels like building an iOS or Android app–where you just have data ‘as an API.’”</p><p>“You don&#x27;t need to become an expert in this towering stack of technologies anymore. Literally, what you’re working on in the ‘mockup’ phase <em>is</em> your production app. If you want to keep working on your app and try something out, you don&#x27;t have to make a copy of the entire production database. You can just use your production data because it&#x27;s <em>your</em> data. You have a copy that&#x27;s ‘as good’ as anybody else&#x27;s copy.”</p><blockquote><em>You don&#x27;t need to become an expert in this towering stack of technologies anymore. Literally, what you’re working on in the ‘mockup’ phase is your production app.” -Brooklyn Zelenka, Researcher/Ink &amp; Switch</em></blockquote><h3>Cultural and Business Challenges</h3><p>While local first offers tremendous potential for individual devs, the benefits might not seem obvious, or enticing, to stubborn system administrators who “have always done it this way,” or to massive providers who make billions by hosting cloud environments. Zelenka recalls pitching to skeptical audiences: “When I started working on this in 2019, I’d be on calls pitching to VCs, and they wouldn’t believe us–even when we’d show them a demo.”</p><p>“Is local first going to work for absolutely, completely every problem? Maybe not, but saying everything <em>has</em> to get shoved into a traditional architecture isn’t the only way we can ever possibly write software, either. It’s like when we saw the shift to the Cloud 10 or 15 years ago, there was absolutely nothing [established] at the time.”</p><p>“For people who have expertise in cloud scaling, it’s understandable if they wouldn’t be thrilled about part of their job potentially becoming obsolete due to a generic sync server. And from a business perspective, I would say there’s an open debate on whether local first is–and this isn’t quite the right framing, I admit–a ‘product’ versus a ‘feature.’”</p><p>Zelenka also concedes there are still questions about how local first itself can be a sustainable business model. “It&#x27;s very difficult to build a moat around something that also doesn’t let you hold people&#x27;s data for ransom–where they can just take their data somewhere else. It&#x27;s very user-friendly, but maybe not compatible with the usual SaaS business model.”</p><p>“One version might be people making local first part of a larger SaaS application, or maybe we see people going back to selling licenses. While there are people who are excited about local-first features, some of the early pioneers in the space are still trying to figure out: What&#x27;s the optimal business model to succeed financially in the long term?”</p><h2>Local First Changes Development From Imperative to Declarative</h2><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/2229a1996cecec67ca3ee029c6649a92a0dbdb31-200x200.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/mathias-biilmann-christensen-a5a3805/">Matt Biilmann</a> is the co-founder of <a href="http://netlify.com/">Netlify</a>, a leading hosting platform that pioneered modern Web architecture with the Jamstack (JavaScript, APIs, and markup). He sees local-first development paving the way for a massively multiplayer future that entails:</p><ul><li><strong>Sync Engines Handling the Gory Details:</strong> As robust sync engines evolve, conflicts between builds will approach zero, paving the way for massive adoption of AI agents</li><li><strong>Developers Working Harmoniously with AI Agents:</strong> Web apps could become joint projects between human devs and AI agents quietly resolving issues under the hood</li><li><strong>Developer Experience Becoming “Declarative”:</strong> Developers will worry less about conflicts and server issues, focusing on the code in front of them at this moment</li></ul><h2><em>Let Agents and Sync Engines Handle the Back End</em> with Matt Biilmann</h2><p>The co-founder reflects on the evolution of Web development–and how it hasn’t gotten much easier. “It feels like we&#x27;ve made our tooling more complex without really changing the kind of stuff we&#x27;re building. That feels a little backwards.”</p><p>The co-founder suggests the real potential of local first could be in managing the state of a codebase, even as different parties work on it simultaneously. “The reason <em>I’m</em> looking forward to [advancements in] local first is a different abstraction of dealing with <em>state</em> and <em>data</em>. Every time you click a button, a developer has written some code that says, ‘Let me fetch this and show it to you,’ and every time you do an update, some other developer has code that says, ‘Let&#x27;s change this piece.’”</p><p>“And you start having a local-first view of all the states that get synced–it persists, and it works across many different computers working on that state in some multiplayer manner. It feels like there’s an opportunity now for an ecosystem to make it really easy to build those kinds of experiences. And if that happens, we&#x27;ll see a lot more of them, and the Web will be stronger and better.”</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/f7c82f935abe1986a66dbf925dc837e420735651-1280x410.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Matt Biilmann discusses the evolution of front-end development. Image courtesy <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uWTMEDEPw8c">Netlify</a></em></p><h3>How Local First and Sync Engines Unlock a Multiplayer AI Agent Future</h3><p>Biilmann confides, “What I like most about local first is that work feels very fast and collaborative. But there’s another part of it–the <em>multiplayer</em>. Once you start [using it], you have to deal with issues like conflict resolution. How do we let multiple different people work on something at the same time, and show feedback, and so on?”</p><p>The co-founder suggests that while today’s Web doesn’t <em>always </em>require concurrent development, that’ll change. “In the next five years, it&#x27;s almost certain AI agents will play a much bigger role in how applications work and how we interact with computers. It will massively drive the number of websites and Web apps that actually <em>need</em> some form of multiplayer.”</p><p>“Suddenly, it won’t just be about real-time collaboration between humans working around the same underlying state. It might be you and a bunch of AI agents doing stuff that needs you to be the ‘human in the loop.’ It’s another area where I think local first and the multiplayer experience are going to be much more important. And the logical architecture to address that change is local first.”</p><p>The co-founder cautions that any serious local-first architecture will need to tackle the multiplayer issue. “When you’re using a browser, you don&#x27;t get to run just <em>one </em>version of your application, even when there’s only one user. For example, how many versions of the same Google Sheet do I have open in my browser tabs? If I do some work on one tab, then accidentally open a new browser window with the same tab, I expect the new work will be in both of them–synced and accurate.”</p><p>“Given the way the Web works, if you start doing local first, you’d better have a sync story. Otherwise, you will quickly start seeing people lose their work, just within a single tab. Which is why all apps essentially become multiplayer apps.” The co-founder notes that the core of the experience will come down to a robust sync engine.</p><p>“Most apps don’t have any kind of sync engine. That&#x27;s why a lot of this movement started around research interests, for things like CRDTs. That’s the big architectural difference. <em>Without</em> a sync engine, building something multiplayer is very manual and hard. On the other hand, the moment you <em>do</em> have that kind of sync engine, multiplayer is <em>the logical next step</em>.”</p><blockquote><em>Without a sync engine, building something multiplayer is very manual and hard. On the other hand, the moment you do have that kind of sync engine, multiplayer is the logical next step.” -Matt Biilmann, CEO and Co-Founder/Netlify</em></blockquote><h3>Closed-Circuit Privacy vs. Figuring Out Where Data Goes</h3><p>Biilmann muses, “When you think about having a sync engine behind your website–and loading a bunch of independent states in the browser–there&#x27;s still a lot of challenges for very complex apps. If you have apps built–not on top of some simple data source–but on top of different APIs and services, then how do you make a viable sync engine?”</p><p>“If we’re worried about more than just syncing my Postgres database to this other user’s view of the database–when you suddenly have a set of different microservices, with the database and the APIs and so on, things change. No one has figured out how to simplify everything into a single engine without lots of complexity yet. And the tooling is still very new.”</p><p>“There’s no simple path to ‘Here’s how you build a local-first app with great synergy and the right infrastructure and the right front-end UI architecture. We&#x27;re still figuring that out as a community, I think.”</p><p>As to why local first may be having a moment now, Biilmann points to Linear, whose real-time sync engine is an example of a real-world B2B SaaS app using the kind of tech that should underpin such systems. “I think that that has been one of the catalysts for getting people to believe in this kind of thing.”</p><p>“The other thing has been that Ink &amp; Switch has done a lot of foundational work around CRDT to make this something we can actually think about seriously–on the technical underpinnings that need to be in place. And then, as I mentioned, as we move to a world that&#x27;s much more AI-based, sync engines will become a much more natural way to drive it.”</p><p>The co-founder suggests that while on-device data privacy is a nice-to-have, it’s not a driving force for innovation. “I think you still send your data <em>somewhere</em>. Local first is more about the actual <em>benefits </em>to the experience and to the kind of applications that we now get to build. And maybe <em>then</em> data privacy, which is an interesting story, but I&#x27;ve rarely seen it change people’s behavior. Whereas giving developers tools that let them build better user experiences that are faster and more interactive and richer? <em>That&#x27;s</em> what changes developers’ behavior.”</p><h3>Local First + Sync Engines + AI Agents = The Declarative Web?</h3><p>Biilmann suggests that local first could mean a massively simpler future for front-end developers that doesn’t involve writing stepwise code for repeated API queries. “The way we build apps today is very <em>imperative</em>. We write all these sequential calls to <em>do this</em>, then <em>do that</em>. In a local-first world, you have this idea of the UI representing the state that&#x27;s relevant to the user at this time.”</p><p>“When you want to write a list, you just query that internally. When you want to update, you query that update, and you assume that behind the scenes, all the magic is happening. You move from an <em>imperative</em> to a <em>declarative </em>world in terms of how you deal with the state of your code.”</p><p>“It may matter less in a world where all the changes for that state are triggered by the current user viewing the browser. But it matters more if that state can also be changed by AI agents working in the background. The more we go in that direction, the harder it will be to work <em>imperatively </em>with the state of your code, and the more you will want a sync engine to solve that problem for you.”</p><p>“You <em>will </em>have agents running in the background, running tests and reporting back in the Cloud. That will be really common. Which means that as a developer, should you write code that asks every 10 seconds: ‘What are the AI agents doing? Should I update my UI?’ No. You’ll want some mechanism where, whenever the state of your app gets updated–whether by you or an AI agent–it just shows ‘the right thing.’ That’s the declarative approach to state management I think we’ll see.”</p><h2>We Need Legos, Not Silos!</h2><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/b2cb8d321a091db27f7a13a2d5ba9313ecc81e8f-200x200.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/yonz/">Yonatan Feleke</a> is the founder of <a href="http://vella.ai/">Vella.ai</a> with experience across the stack at LinkedIn and Qualcomm. He started working on Vella during his Harvard MBA and would later found the thriving <a href="https://localfirstweb.dev/">Local First community</a> featuring 3,000+ developers to unlock the potential to:</p><ul><li><strong>Dramatically Improve Individual Experience:</strong> What if total ownership of your data translated to outcomes like context-aware identity/auth management in any app?</li><li><strong>Radically Simplify Modern Architecture: </strong>What if your core infrastructure was mostly just your local database, a data model, and your business logic?</li><li><strong>Increase Interoperability Everywhere:</strong> With slimmer infrastructure and seamless integration of local data, orgs will see collaboration opportunities up and down the stack</li></ul><h2><em>The Future Is a Shared Data Substrate </em>with Yonatan Feleke (Yonz)</h2><p>Yonz suggests that anyone can see the need for local first by just looking at how people have to juggle their personal data today. “Everybody&#x27;s fed up. Something is ‘off.’ Yes, our passwords are in one place. But you can’t use Notion to send an email or a calendar invite if you don’t have the LinkedIn profile of the person you’re trying to reach, for instance.”</p><p>“We were promised tools that would accelerate human ingenuity–Lego blocks that would let us build anything. But we’ve ended up with entrenched silos that prevent us from achieving our objectives. That’s my starting point. To me, local first is the path to tackling the central planning problem for our digital lives.”</p><p>The founder suggests two main challenges for pure local-first implementations – storage and compute. “For local first, there are questions about–if we completely adhere to having everything on the device with the Cloud to sync it–won’t we hit limits of inference and storage, especially with terabytes of photos and video?”</p><p>Yonz points out that other than all those stored videos and photos, people don’t necessarily have a ton of personal data–the remainder could be stored on-device–for most products. More importantly, making <em>your device</em> the ‘system of interface’ for cloud-based services unlocks many new possibilities for interoperability, like the filesystem in Linux.</p><p>“If my device is just a ‘warm cache’ for my emails, there is no world where I can have my emails read, modified, or even turned into a CRM by another app on my device because it will only have a limited seven-day download of all my information.”</p><p>“But if I downloaded my emails locally or with higher coverage for usability, then you can imagine a CRM running from my device and operating on my data. So, extensibility and connecting silos is a big part of why I get excited about local first prioritizing <em>devices over the Cloud</em> as the source of truth.”</p><h3>Taking on Technical Limitations</h3><p>The founder is frank about current challenges, likening limitations to building in React. A Web app may be relatively easy to get to a demo-ready state, but painful re-render and complex state-transformation challenges emerge when you hit production scale that force you to deviate from a pure View(State) pattern. Similarly, local first is great if your device can handle all the information, but it will require loading a subset of the data and leveraging remote indexes and cloud GPUs for inference when you scale.</p><p>“With something like 100GB of data, depending on how aggressive you are, it can mean anywhere from 20GB to 200GB worth of indexes. Being able to do inference becomes unapproachable. We&#x27;re really pushing the limits of this with my startup, Vella.”</p><p>“I’m working with all ‘local’ AI. So, zero servers, but you start needing to run heterogeneous device resources to offload heavy workloads, and that&#x27;s a complicated scheduling/development problem, in addition to managing API responses and who serves them–and being able to merge all of that.”</p><p>“We have these fundamental problems in addition to how to resolve issues with conflicts and replication. I think we need more focus on these types of issues if we are ever to get to a point where local first is a sustainable, competitive architecture for building the software of the future. Today, a lot of attention is dedicated to conflict resolution for text editing and multiplayer systems.”</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/b31ba371f084b0f37c8c55c0d9f2c7b5cd099615-1600x765.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Yonz moderates a discussion on identity and authentication at the Local First Meetup. Image courtesy <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6Q0yb_ROUBQ">Local First Meetup</a>.</em></p><h3>The Future Needs More Than Just LLMs</h3><p>Yonz reflects on the seeming convergence of on-device needs for LoFi and the rise of <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-infrastructure-top-challenges-data-inference">edge computing for LLMs</a> in response to the ballooning costs of pretraining. “Everybody seems to think that LLMs will answer every need–to the point where we started trying to replace symbolic programs with LLM prompts.”</p><p>The founder suggests that putting blind faith in GenAI is as bad an idea as putting blind faith in any emerging technology. A better idea: Finding a middle ground that leverages the strengths of new tech but emphasizes results. “Here’s an example: Running a <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"><em>regex</em></a> over a million documents is way faster than spending hundreds of milliseconds per paragraph to extract data.”</p><p>“You can have your LLM write the regex, execute it repeatedly until it fails, and then ask the LLM to write the next template. Then, you have more of a balance between speed and adaptability using the real strengths LLMs provide. You don&#x27;t want to build specialized things that don&#x27;t generalize well. I get excited about this because I love emergent conventions.&quot;</p><p>“We&#x27;ll have these people who drive the embedded edge-device ML models while we have the OpenAIs and Claudes of the world pushing forward on global models. And in the middle, people experiment with things like structured queries, which will hopefully get us to the best outcome. The market becomes imperfect when everybody ‘goes one way’ because the last 10% is probably five times harder than the first 90%.”</p><p>Yonz muses that the growing LoFi movement “feels like there’s finally something new that can do something better. In a way, we’re all craftsmen, and it feels like most of the technology nowadays is a cabinet that doesn&#x27;t have its backboard painted.” A few people following each other on Twitter became a community, which Yonz helped start in 2022 with <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/jamespearce/">James Pearce</a>. Since then, the community has hosted 20+ meetups and features over 3,000 developers who are passionate about improving the status quo.</p><p>Yonz calls for a “shared data substrate” that connects storage, identity, and personalization across products. Developers could start creating software around that connected data instead of forcing users to create new accounts and start from scratch with every new service. </p><p>“In 2016, I ended up moving five times in two years–and on my journey of changing addresses and managing credit card accounts, I realized we need some kind of central planning. I would later quit my job at LinkedIn to embark on this journey to fix the macro fragmentation problem.”</p><p>“We live among this chaotic favela of products...and there&#x27;s no sewer system. There&#x27;s not even a single way to log in to all my applications. Naturally, I gravitated to building a password manager, but I realized we&#x27;re still shuffling context every day without realizing it, whether it is copying a meeting address into Uber or searching for an attendee on LinkedIn.”</p><p>“Furthermore, we are always starting from scratch. Take, for example, when you sign up for a new streaming service, it starts from scratch trying to understand what you like–deriving context that already existed on a different streaming platform.” The founder then points out that mundane tasks like travel require complex interconnections between data across your travel services, airlines, and any tracking tools you might use.</p><p>“You just became the interface point for 150+ products. But imagine a frictionless, connected world where I am Yonatan. I have a personal data store and some authorization or authentication mechanism that allows these services to coordinate and call me a Lyft, suggest a flight, or show me profile summaries of meeting attendees.”</p><p>“When I come to your store to purchase something, I shouldn&#x27;t have to have a bouncer check my credentials and fill out a form. I will just authorize you to sell to me and save my identity so you can recognize me the next time I come in. More of a ‘MetaMask’ experience – that ‘frictionless connected internet’ people used to talk about.”</p><p>“Except that everything looks like a heaping pile of trash because now you notice it–every time you copy an address and paste it from Google Maps to Uber because these two services–just as an example–don’t have a direct link. These pain points are visceral to me, and the hundreds of people I’ve spoken to as I researched my startup have validated what we’re talking about.”</p><blockquote><em>To me, local first is the path to tackling the central planning problem in our digital lives.” - Yonatan Feleke, Founder/Vella.ai</em></blockquote><h3>Moving Forward: How to Collapse the Stack</h3><p>The founder concedes that although there are still primitives to iron out, local first is paving the way for a future that dramatically streamlines the different services devs must manage. “We will have collapsed the stack into three things: Your local database, the data model (whatever you want to use with that database), and your business logic for the app.”</p><p>“Now, however, you have a front end on a website, you&#x27;ll have a database API, and then you&#x27;ll have a back end for a front end, and then a middle layer, and caches strewn about everywhere for the critical paths. So for a single business objective or business model to go from storage to a view, you have upwards of 12 different steps.”</p><p>“In the future, you’ll save an update and then read that data. You don&#x27;t think about whether it&#x27;s on a Web page or a mobile device or if it&#x27;s a server. The authorization and component updates all become seamless. To distill all of that down to one simple pain point, I have a thesis that it will solve the 40%+ of engineering costs today spent shuffling <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Protocol_Buffers">Protobuf</a> types around in big tech.”</p><p>“You have X number of microservices and X squared combinatorics of how those things can be meshed together. And then, you have yet another view where you have nested data types that do X squared times the layers you can get in. And that complexity turns into something more like ‘Save your business logic data and then read it.’”</p><p>“To clarify, microservices have a reason for existing–to decouple things and then really <em>do</em> those small things at scale. Having GraphQL as a wrapper in front of millions of microservices is an architecture that can unlock the benefit of consolidated business logic and microservice specialization.”</p><p>“With microservices, you can spin up Lambdas and have them service a particular endpoint that may not be needed as often. And then you can just literally break your function into services that can be turned off. Your hundred or so services break into thousands of functions that only execute when they&#x27;re called.”</p><p>“That&#x27;s why I&#x27;m a big fan of evolutionary convergence. There are varying needs that compete and then evolve to unlock new heights. Encapsulating a ton of complexity into a simple read-write show pattern has a lot of value, and competing needs for micro-services architectures can result in new middle-ground patterns that get us the best of both worlds.</p><p>“10 years from now, we’ll have a radical flattening of the digital landscape. The first offense was the location-based address with the IP stack. To get anything, you must first describe where you can find it. Let&#x27;s say I have the same image on my laptop, Google Drive, and other places.”</p><p>“I will never be able to send a query that says, ‘Give me that picture from anywhere, like with <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Content-addressable_storage"><em>content addressing</em></a>,’ but I have to make a request for that particular thing from a particular place.” These result in more-entrenched siloes and prevent data from flowing smoothly.</p><p>“If the world gets flattened into a <em>connected flat surface</em>, what you will have is a singular expression of authentication with verifiable credentials or what have you, and a way to ask for the thing [which is content addressing].”</p><p>“A lot of cool things can be unlocked in this world. First, I can run my ML on all my data everywhere once I authorize it to read everything. It can connect the dots and enrich them with sensor-fusion-like patterns to enrich them even better than the sum of each singular data point.”</p><p>“And two, you can do really powerful stuff like auto-update my GitHub issue when somebody has filed a PR to fix that thing I depend on three layers down <em>without me doing anything</em>. It&#x27;s stuff like that that gets me excited and fired up. And we are not limited by technology, just business moats that have made everyone erect rigid silos.”</p><h2>More Resources</h2><ul><li><a href="https://localfirst.fm/">Podcast: The Local First Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://localfirstweb.dev/">The Local First Developer Community</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/jamstack-radio/ep-150-the-evolution-of-jamstack-an-eight-year-journey">Podcast: JAMstack Radio Ep. #150 with Matt Biilmann of Netlify</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/local-first-development">How Local-First Development Is Changing How We Make Software</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #28, Collective Intelligence with Emily Mackevicius</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-28-collective-intelligence-with-emily-mackevicius</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Jan 2025 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">78dc8c12-91f5-4954-8e0b-82524e301a5a</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 28 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers speaks with Emily Mackevicius about intelligence in all its forms—from songbird learning to group cognition in subway rats and humans. Emily explains how her research connects the dots between neuroscience, AI, and our ability to collaborate, envisioning a future where technology amplifies collective problem-solving.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 28 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers speaks with Emily Mackevicius about intelligence in all its forms—from songbird learning to group cognition in subway rats and humans. Emily explains how her research connects the dots between neuroscience, AI, and our ability to collaborate, envisioning a future where technology amplifies collective problem-solving.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-28-collective-intelligence-with-emily-mackevicius">Ep. #28, Collective Intelligence with Emily Mackevicius</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #77, Observability 2.0 and Beyond with Jeremy Morrell</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-77-observability-20-and-beyond-with-jeremy-morrell</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Jan 2025 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b08ca098-56e1-4f61-8fa9-761b7c3f7d3d</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 77 of o11ycast, Charity, Martin, Ken, and Jess welcome Jeremy Morrell to talk about OpenTelemetry, the future of observability, and how small teams can get started. Jeremy shares stories of debugging breakthroughs, adopting standards, and building tools that help engineers focus on what matters.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 77 of o11ycast, Charity, Martin, Ken, and Jess welcome Jeremy Morrell to talk about OpenTelemetry, the future of observability, and how small teams can get started. Jeremy shares stories of debugging breakthroughs, adopting standards, and building tools that help engineers focus on what matters.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-77-observability-20-and-beyond-with-jeremy-morrell">Ep. #77, Observability 2.0 and Beyond with Jeremy Morrell</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #45, Live from KubeCon 2024</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-45-live-from-kubecon-2024</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2025 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6e74ba79-fc2e-4def-8a2a-ff8be79fc90c</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this special episode of The Kubelist Podcast, recorded live at KubeCon 2024 in Salt Lake City, hosts Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot bring you seven engaging interviews with developers and contributors from the Kubernetes ecosystem. From CNCF projects like Testkube, Logging Operator, and Kubeflow to innovative tools like Buildpacks, Kairos, Krkn, and Scarf, this episode dives into the latest updates and insights.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this special episode of The Kubelist Podcast, recorded live at KubeCon 2024 in Salt Lake City, hosts Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot bring you seven engaging interviews with developers and contributors from the Kubernetes ecosystem. From CNCF projects like Testkube, Logging Operator, and Kubeflow to innovative tools like Buildpacks, Kairos, Krkn, and Scarf, this episode dives into the latest updates and insights.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-45-live-from-kubecon-2024">Ep. #45, Live from KubeCon 2024</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>2024: DevTool Industry Year in Review</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/2024-devtool-industry-year-in-review</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Jan 2025 21:25:40 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[DevToolsDigest]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fa885973-101c-4409-9705-3bee0888746b</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this article, we look back at some of 2024&#x27;s biggest headlines and most popular links from our weekly DevToolsDigest.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>New year, new...hype cycle? The last 12 months have been marked by coding assistants becoming more relevant, record-breaking funding rounds, and lots of back-and-forth about platform engineering and the definition of &quot;open source AI.&quot; </p><p>In this article, we look back at some of the biggest headlines and most popular links from our weekly DevToolsDigest by month. We hope you enjoy the trip down memory lane and look forward to building together in 2025.</p><h2>January</h2><ul><li>2024 is the year <a href="https://devinterrupted.substack.com/p/2024-is-the-year-genai-code-hits">GenAI code</a> hits adolescence</li><li>StackShare&#x27;s top 100+ <a href="https://stackshare.io/posts/top-developer-tools-2023">developer tools</a> 2023</li><li><a href="https://antirez.com/news/140">LLMs and programming</a> in the first days of 2024</li></ul><h2>February </h2><ul><li>Open source and cheap data are changing <a href="https://www.runtime.news/open-source-cheap-data-observability/">observability</a></li><li>A whirlwind tour of everything that&#x27;s <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gAYMg6LNEMs">new in DevOps</a></li><li><a href="https://www.scalevp.com/insights/beyond-autocomplete-ai-enabled-tools-are-changing-what-it-means-to-be-a-developer">AI-enabled tools</a> are changing what it means to be a developer</li></ul><h2>March</h2><ul><li>Introducing <a href="https://www.cognition.ai/blog/introducing-devin">Devin</a>, the first AI software engineer</li><li>Thoughts on the future of <a href="https://www.sheshbabu.com/posts/thoughts-on-the-future-of-software-development/">software development</a></li><li>Introducing the next generation of <a href="https://www.anthropic.com/news/claude-3-family">Claude</a></li></ul><h2>April</h2><ul><li>An opinionated guide to today’s <a href="https://www.thoughtworks.com/content/dam/thoughtworks/documents/radar/2024/04/tr_technology_radar_vol_30_en.pdf">technology landscape</a></li><li><a href="https://opentofu.org/blog/our-response-to-hashicorps-cease-and-desist/">OpenTofu</a>&#x27;s response to HashiCorp&#x27;s cease &amp; desist letter</li><li><a href="https://www.hashicorp.com/blog/hashicorp-joins-ibm">HashiCorp</a> joins IBM to accelerate multi-cloud automation</li></ul><h2>May</h2><ul><li>Satya Nadella’s Microsoft memo on putting <a href="https://www.theverge.com/24148033/satya-nadella-microsoft-security-memo">security first</a></li><li>The state of <a href="https://lakefs.io/blog/the-state-of-data-engineering-2024">data engineering</a> 2024</li><li><a href="https://www.thestack.technology/oracle-dumps-terraform-for-opentofu/">Oracle</a> dumps Terraform for OpenTofu</li></ul><h2>June</h2><ul><li>Mistral AI lands huge <a href="https://news.crunchbase.com/ai/huge-rounds-mistral-alphasense/">$640M</a> round</li><li>The &quot;End of Software&quot; of &quot;Evolution of Software&quot; <a href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1hB1WR6dPd1BBZfJpfhlts7N4huc3dxtDOWdiV23xxdc/">debate</a></li><li>The <a href="https://stanfordreview.org/the-open-source-question-in-ai/">open (source)</a> question in AI</li></ul><h2>July</h2><ul><li>Mark Zuckerberg: &quot;open source AI is the <a href="https://about.fb.com/news/2024/07/open-source-ai-is-the-path-forward">path forward</a>&quot;</li><li>Tailscale: The <a href="https://tailscale.com/blog/new-internet">new internet</a></li><li>Google, Wiz, and the courage to <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/google-wiz-courage-turn-down-23-billion-vvus-r9lic/">turn down</a> $23 billion</li></ul><h2>August</h2><ul><li><a href="https://salesforcedevops.net/index.php/2024/08/19/ai-apocalypse/">AI apocalypse</a>: 80% of projects crash and burn</li><li>GitHub CEO says the AI industry needs <a href="https://www.theverge.com/24221978/github-thomas-dohmke-ai-copilot-microsoft-openai-open-source">competitio</a>n to thrive</li><li>We finally have a <a href="https://www.technologyreview.com/2024/08/22/1097224/we-finally-have-a-definition-for-open-source-ai">definition</a> for open-source AI</li></ul><h2>September</h2><ul><li>What is &quot;<a href="https://www.inc.com/brian-contreras/what-is-founder-mode-y-combinators-paul-graham-says-it-can-make-or-break-your-business.html">founder mode</a>&quot;?</li><li>The <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/new-chatgpt-model-tested-strawberry-has-landed-steve-wilson-ylv1c/">Strawberry</a> has landed!</li><li>An update on OpenAI&#x27;s <a href="https://openai.com/index/update-on-safety-and-security-practices/">safety &amp; security</a> practices</li></ul><h2>October</h2><ul><li>AI coding startup <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2024/10/02/ai-coding-startup-poolside-raises-500m-from-ebay-nvidia-and-others/">Poolside</a> raises $500M</li><li><a href="https://www.itpro.com/software/open-source/new-definition-of-open-source-ai-is-flawed-experts-say">New definition</a> of open source AI is “flawed”</li><li><a href="https://mitchellh.com/writing/ghostty-is-coming">Ghostty</a> 1.0 is coming</li></ul><h2>November</h2><ul><li>Heroku open sources the <a href="https://blog.heroku.com/heroku-open-sources-twelve-factor-app-definition">Twelve-Factor App</a> definition</li><li>GitHub announces Secure Open Source <a href="https://github.blog/news-insights/company-news/announcing-github-secure-open-source-fund/">Fund</a></li><li>The 2024 state of platform engineering? <a href="https://thenewstack.io/the-2024-state-of-platform-engineering-fledgling-at-best/">Fledgling</a> at best</li></ul><h2>December</h2><ul><li>Tech <a href="https://www.allthingsdistributed.com/2024/12/tech-predictions-for-2025-and-beyond.html">predictions</a> for 2025 and beyond</li><li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/reflections-our-work-open-source-2024-nithya-ruff-c1t2e/">Reflections</a> on the Linux Foundation&#x27;s work in open source for 2024</li><li>Databricks hits $62 billion valuation in <a href="https://www.reuters.com/technology/databricks-secures-62-bln-valuation-ai-focused-funding-round-2024-12-17">record round</a></li></ul><p>Have 2024 reflections or 2025 predictions to share? We&#x27;re always taking submissions at <a href="">devtoolsdigest@heavybit.com</a>. If you want the latest dev tools and enterprise software news delivered straight to your inbox, be sure to <a href="https://share.hsforms.com/1_KYaR4lAQm-C8_9H7r4MIwqdoyu">subscribe</a>!</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/2024-devtool-industry-year-in-review">2024: DevTool Industry Year in Review</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Make Open-Source &amp; Local LLMs Work in Practice</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-make-open-llms-work-in-practice</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Jan 2025 18:06:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[MLOps]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[LLM]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[On-Premise]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b229cbc7-04ac-4d25-a28e-9a02ea7fae6c</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Members of the MLOps Community discuss practical implementation of open LLMs locally.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>How to Get Open-Source LLMs  Running Locally</h2><p>Heavybit has partnered with <a href="https://genlab.studio/">GenLab</a> and the <a href="https://mlops.community/">MLOps Community</a>, which gathers thousands of machine learning practitioners interested in learning about deploying and managing models in production, to offer you a virtual ticket to an in-depth meetup, recorded in the second half of 2024, on getting open-source LLMs running locally. </p><p>Below, we’ve captured lightning sessions from a variety of practitioners presenting practical methods to get open-source LLMs working locally for a variety of technical use cases, along with session summaries and speaker details.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3>I. Deploying Vector Databases with Local Models</h3><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/4e02ca1fd61865841365d342e1e59f10aa625cb5-1768x628.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p></p><p>In this live demo, <a href="https://www.kubeai.org/">KubeAI</a> founder <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/samstoelinga/">Sam Stoelinga</a> walks through exactly how to deploy a vector database using an open model (Google Gemma) running locally on a laptop.</p><p></p><h5><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=A8UoZI7h3-Y&amp;list=PLNK9fmQLSJ2BbITxKwXga6GTvnHP1cxB1&amp;index=1"><strong>&gt;&gt; WATCH VIDEO: DEPLOYING VECTOR DATABASES WITH LOCAL MODELS</strong></a></h5><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3>II. Fine-Tuning LLMs for Multi-Turn Function Calling</h3><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/cd594d70c67d27ac638715378422f468f24cca2f-1768x628.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p></p><p>In this video, <a href="https://www.acorn.io">Acorn Labs</a> lead AI engineer <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/sanjay920/">Sanjay Nadhavajhala</a> explains how to fine-tune LLMs to handle <em>multi-turn</em> <em>function calls,</em> which take place over multiple interactions with users.</p><p></p><h5><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Im5yLE-0Fg0&amp;list=PLNK9fmQLSJ2BbITxKwXga6GTvnHP1cxB1&amp;index=2"><strong>&gt;&gt; WATCH VIDEO: FINE-TUNING LLMs FOR MULTI-TURN FUNCTION CALLING</strong></a></h5><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3>III. Making LLM App Patterns Work With Open-Source LLMs</h3><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/0b6e3137570d2fa893eba6c2ecd94edd9dd83f84-1768x628.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p></p><p>In this video, <a href="https://www.helix.ml">Helix.ml</a> CEO and founder <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/luke-marsden-71b3789/">Luke Marsden</a> shares lessons his startup team learned while building applications on top of LLMs.</p><p></p><h5><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IpEYvCTZsFE&amp;list=PLNK9fmQLSJ2BbITxKwXga6GTvnHP1cxB1&amp;index=3"><strong>&gt;&gt; WATCH VIDEO: MAKING LLM APP PATTERNS WORK WITH OPEN-SOURCE LLMS </strong></a></h5><p></p><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3>IV. Self-Hosting Llama 3.1 405B</h3><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/e36bd94faa1a6eea7c9d68cecfea180e71a4e749-1768x628.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p></p><p>In this video, researcher <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ninjaa/">Aditya Advani</a> discusses the approach he took to deploying Meta&#x27;s 405-billion-parameter model locally.</p><p></p><h5><a href="">&gt;&gt; WATCH VIDEO: SELF-HOSTING LLAMA 3.1 405B</a></h5><p></p><ul><li></li></ul><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3>V. You&#x27;ve Got Your Model Now What?</h3><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/4b4939f8191d852bc1be51b67281212fed982d89-1768x628.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p></p><p>In this video, <a href="https://expanso.io/">Expanso</a> CEO <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/aronchick/">David Aronchick</a> discusses the real-world challenges teams must face as they plan to deploy their models.</p><p></p><h5><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ahFhrRfgr8w&amp;list=PLNK9fmQLSJ2BbITxKwXga6GTvnHP1cxB1&amp;index=5"><strong>&gt;&gt; WATCH VIDEO: YOU&#x27;VE GOT YOUR MODEL NOW WHAT?</strong></a> </h5><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3>VI. Large-Scale Vector Search in E-Commerce and Email RAG</h3><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/2873c6fdf5205b565615165c3267e63191566e35-1768x693.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p></p><p>In this video, <a href="https://weaviate.io/">Weaviate</a> co-founder and CTO <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/etienne-dilocker-60727b175/">Etienne Dilocker</a> discusses large-scale semantic search use cases for e-commerce and RAG.</p><p></p><h5><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fBYpPjNVD5U&amp;list=PLNK9fmQLSJ2BbITxKwXga6GTvnHP1cxB1&amp;index=6"><strong>&gt;&gt; WATCH VIDEO: LARGE-SCALE VECTOR SEARCH IN E-COMMMERCE AND EMAIL RAG</strong></a></h5><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3>VII. Fine-Tuning in Practice</h3><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/249033287863ff3d87e35b48975ac48cb2eae6dd-1768x628.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p></p><p>In this video, <a href="https://www.sailplane.ai/">Sailplane</a> CEO <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/sramji/">Sam Ramji</a> discusses the important considerations teams should make when fine-tuning models, including model size and training costs.</p><p></p><h5><a href=""><strong>&gt;&gt; WATCH VIDEO: FINE-TUNING IN PRACTICE</strong></a></h5><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3>VIII. How to Own Your AI Code Assistant</h3><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/338f799941cff8d8d36178f37308e145ae7b60a2-1768x628.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p></p><p>In this video, <a href="https://www.continue.dev/">Continue</a> co-founder and CEO <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/tylerjdunn/">Ty Dunn</a> explains how to use open-source, self-hosted models to create your own AI coding assistant.<br/></p><h5><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=goKEJ6INpf8&amp;list=PLNK9fmQLSJ2BbITxKwXga6GTvnHP1cxB1&amp;index=8"><strong>&gt;&gt; WATCH VIDEO: HOW TO OWN YOUR AI CODE ASSISTANT</strong></a></h5></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-make-open-llms-work-in-practice">How to Make Open-Source & Local LLMs Work in Practice</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #27, It&#39;s About Happiness with Melody Meckfessel</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-27-its-about-happiness-with-melody-meckfessel</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Jan 2025 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bb1c835f-a177-49e5-9d4f-b9b36e64cd50</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 27 of Generationship, Rachel is joined by Melody Meckfessel, an industry veteran and CTO of Jasper AI, to discuss the rapidly changing landscape of AI-driven development. From the evolving role of developers to the challenges of building trust in AI systems, Melody shares her vision for a collaborative, human-centered future in tech.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 27 of Generationship, Rachel is joined by Melody Meckfessel, an industry veteran and CTO of Jasper AI, to discuss the rapidly changing landscape of AI-driven development. From the evolving role of developers to the challenges of building trust in AI systems, Melody shares her vision for a collaborative, human-centered future in tech.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-27-its-about-happiness-with-melody-meckfessel">Ep. #27, It's About Happiness with Melody Meckfessel</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #15, Empowering Upward Mobility with Devin Cintron of Comun</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-15-empowering-upward-mobility-with-devin-cintron-of-comun</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Dec 2024 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">047f4bf0-ec2f-415c-9f80-465bad3d4f10</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 15 of How It’s Tested, Eden speaks with Devin Cintron, engineering manager at Comun. Devin shares how his team creates seamless banking solutions for Latino immigrants in the U.S. Discover how Comun bridges language, cultural, and economic gaps with user-centric design and innovative engineering.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 15 of How It’s Tested, Eden speaks with Devin Cintron, engineering manager at Comun. Devin shares how his team creates seamless banking solutions for Latino immigrants in the U.S. Discover how Comun bridges language, cultural, and economic gaps with user-centric design and innovative engineering.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-15-empowering-upward-mobility-with-devin-cintron-of-comun">Ep. #15, Empowering Upward Mobility with Devin Cintron of Comun</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #6, The Infinite Nature of Software with Adam Jacob</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-the-infinite-nature-of-software-with-adam-jacob</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Dec 2024 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5ee1a0b4-5503-49e8-b245-9b9f4de34c18</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 6 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John are joined by Adam Jacob, co-creator of Chef and CEO of System Initiative, to discuss the philosophical and business intersections of open source. Adam shares insights on the evolution of free software, the challenges of monetizing open source projects, and the future of collaborative development in an increasingly commercialized tech ecosystem.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 6 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John are joined by Adam Jacob, co-creator of Chef and CEO of System Initiative, to discuss the philosophical and business intersections of open source. Adam shares insights on the evolution of free software, the challenges of monetizing open source projects, and the future of collaborative development in an increasingly commercialized tech ecosystem.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-the-infinite-nature-of-software-with-adam-jacob">Ep. #6, The Infinite Nature of Software with Adam Jacob</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Start an Open-Source Project</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-start-an-open-source-project</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Dec 2024 18:17:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source Licenses]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Community]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Strategy]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9239e9ee-ed3f-4a10-90e8-d223ed6bf25f</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Learn how to start an open source project, why you should or shouldn’t, and considerations you need to make when deciding between open source and closed.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>How to Start an Open-Source Project</h2><p>Why is Heavybit posting a first-principles guide on how to create an open-source project? While the open-source space is arguably becoming more fraught with tensions between startups, foundations, and massive vendors over misaligned incentives and commercial pressure, it’s still a positive force for software development, and still a viable way to create and distribute software.</p><p><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Open-source_software"><em>Open-source software</em></a> (OSS) is computer software with source code that is made available to the public for use, modification, and distribution. Because of this, anyone can view, change, and redistribute the software&#x27;s code. This allows developers to study, customize, and improve it.</p><p>Open-source software is often developed by a community of programmers who collaborate to improve the software. It can be released under different licenses, including the ‘restrictive’ GNU General Public License (GPL) or the ‘permissive’ MIT License, which define the terms under which the software can be used, modified, and distributed.</p><p>There are OSS operating systems, web browsers, programming languages, databases, web servers, and cloud platforms. Examples include: Linux, Android, Firefox, Python, Java, MySQL, Ruby, and Kubernetes.</p><p>There are many advantages to using open-source software products. It is often free or at a low cost. It can be customized to meet specific needs. Open source encourages innovation and collaboration through larger community involvement. Users can inspect code to scout out vulnerabilities, which arguably makes open-source community involvement an extremely fast method to identify and fix security issues.</p><p>This in-depth guide will cover the fundamentals of how to create an OSS project, including:</p><ul><li>Should You Launch Your Own Open Source Project? -</li><li>How to Start an Open Source Project</li><li>Building Open Source vs. Closed Source Software</li><li>Additional Considerations When Building an OSS Project</li></ul><h3><em>More Open-Source Resources:</em></h3><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/positioning-for-open-source"><em>Article: How to Think About Positioning in Open Source with Emily Omier</em></a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/business-models-defensibility-open-source"><em>Article: Understanding Business Models &amp; Defensibility with Adam Jacob</em></a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/power-users-guide-open-source-licenses"><em>Article: The Power User&#x27;s Guide to Open-Source Licenses</em></a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-fork-an-open-source-project"><em>Article: How to Successfully Fork an Open-Source Project</em></a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/success-for-open-source-startups"><em>Article: What Success Looks Like for Modern Open-Source Software Startups</em></a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-legal-licensing-issues"><em>Article: Understanding Legal Issues for Open Source Software Start-ups</em></a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/open-source"><em>Video Archive: DevGuild Open Source Covers GTM, Security, Licensing, and More</em></a></li></ul><h2>Should You Launch Your Own Open Source Project?</h2><p>Before starting (or contributing to) an OSS project, it&#x27;s important to consider your motivations. Publishing an OSS project means you are sharing your work publicly, and this could be beneficial for a variety of reasons:</p><ul><li><strong>Share Knowledge:</strong> Do you have a solution to a common problem that others could benefit from? Contributing to open-source projects can be incredibly rewarding, knowing that your work is helping others.</li><li><strong>Learn and Improve:</strong> Working on an open-source project allows you to practice and improve your coding skills, problem-solving abilities, and collaboration techniques.</li><li><strong>Innovation:</strong> By sharing your code, you can foster innovation and collaboration, leading to new ideas and solutions.</li><li><strong>Build a Community:</strong> Are you passionate about bringing like-minded individuals together? You can connect with other developers, learn from their experiences, and contribute to a larger open-source community.</li><li><strong>Gain Visibility:</strong> Open-source projects can build your reputation in the tech community.</li></ul><p>If your motivations align, then you should also consider other implications of being involved with an OSS project.</p><p><strong>Do you have a unique or valuable idea?</strong> Make sure your project isn&#x27;t solving a problem that is already addressed. It’s a good idea to make a quick trip to GitHub to find similar projects, trending or otherwise, with similar keywords–as well as to find any potential templates that can get your started faster. Furthermore, make sure you have a clear idea of the problem you want to solve or the feature you want to implement.</p><p><strong>Are you ready for the commitment?</strong> Running an open-source project requires ongoing effort that’s easy to underestimate if it’s your first time. You’ll need to fix bugs, update dependencies, and address issues. You will be responsible for managing the community, including responding to feedback, moderating discussions, and guiding new contributors who may have very different perspectives and a very different coding style.</p><p>And then there&#x27;s project documentation--you&#x27;ll need to provide clear, comprehensive documentation (ideally with no typos) so that community members can easily adopt and provide meaningful contributions, such as tagging <a href="https://github.com/topics/good-first-issue"><em>good first issues</em></a> for first-timers to make their first contribution. Ideally, your docs include a beginner’s guide, guidance on how to report issues for bug fixes, and coding standards to keep contributions consistent.</p><p><strong>Do you have the necessary skills and resources to maintain it?</strong> You should have a solid understanding of the technologies and tools involved. Good communication skills are also critical--you&#x27;ll need to provide good documentation and effective communication with your community, which may need to evolve into a complex ecosystem of end-users, open-source contributors, commercial partners, and nonprofit foundations.</p><p>It&#x27;s important to consider if you have the bandwidth to take this on if you want your project to be successful long-term.</p><p><strong>Are you prepared for the risks?</strong> Exposing your code to the public can increase the risk of security vulnerabilities. Furthermore, once your project is open-source, others can fork it, potentially competing with your original version. On a personal note, not all feedback will be constructive--be prepared for critique to be a part of the regular workflow.</p><p>Also, the pressure to maintain and grow the project can become overwhelming, so be careful to protect yourself (and your team) from burnout.</p><p><strong>Do you understand open-source licensing? </strong>You need to be aware of licensing and copyright considerations. Choosing the right license is critical. There are permissive licenses that allow others to use, modify, and distribute your code with few restrictions. There are also copyleft licenses that require derivatives to remain open source, and <a href="https://thenewstack.io/whats-next-for-companies-built-on-open-source/">there are repercussions</a> for making sudden &quot;rug pull&quot; license changes midstream.</p><p>Be sure you understand the implications of your choice before getting started. Finally, you need to ensure all dependencies and libraries used in your project comply with open-source standards and licensing.</p><p>Launching your own open-source project can be incredibly rewarding, but it requires careful planning, dedication, and a willingness to adapt. If you&#x27;re confident in your idea and prepared for the challenges, it might be time to take the plunge. If not, consider contributing to existing open-source projects to build experience and connections before launching your own project.</p><h2>How to Start an Open Source Project</h2><p>So you’ve decided that you want to make your project public and publish it as open source. Here’s a guide on how to get started. While you might already have your MVP, be sure to start at the beginning and confirm you do in fact have a clear sense of direction and…</p><h3>1) Define your vision and goals.</h3><p>Clearly articulate the problem your software solves. Is there a tool or software that you&#x27;ve wished existed? Are there recurring issues or challenges in your field that could be addressed with a new tool? Are there any gaps in the market? As you define your project, be sure to research existing solutions to determine if you should create something new or contribute to an existing project.</p><p>Also, outline what you hope publishing this project will achieve. This can include goals around adoption, open-source contributions, or community growth.</p><h3>2) Define the project scope.</h3><p>It&#x27;s beneficial to start small and focus on solving a specific problem effectively. Outline the core functionality of your project. Determine the minimum viable product or smallest set of features that will make your project useful. Then outline the long-term vision, including the project&#x27;s future direction and potential growth–which should inform your overall roadmap.</p><h3>3) Choose an open-source license.</h3><p>There are permissive licenses (e.g. MIT or Apache 2.0) which allow broad usage and modifications with minimal restrictions, and copyleft licenses (e.g. GPL) that require derivatives to remain open-source. Each license has specific terms regarding usage, modification, and distribution. Check out tools like <a href="https://choosealicense.com/">Choose a License</a> that can provide guidance, or Heavybit’s own <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/power-users-guide-open-source-licenses">power user’s guide to open-source licenses</a>. And if necessary, consult with a lawyer to ensure you&#x27;re choosing the right license for your project. Once you&#x27;ve selected a license, don&#x27;t forget to include it in the root directory of your project.</p><h3>4) Start coding and set up a repo.</h3><p>As you prepare your codebase, be mindful to write clean code and keep files organized. This will make it easier for community members to understand what you&#x27;ve created and provide feedback and/or contributions. Remember to remove sensitive information, such as secrets, API keys, or private data.</p><h3>5) Write documentation.</h3><p>Write a clear and concise README file explaining the project&#x27;s name and purpose, installation instructions, and usage examples. (Over time, there may be a need to expand your docs with more-extensive tutorials and guides.) Include the chosen license file in your repository.</p><p>Also include a CONTRIBUTING file that provides clear instructions for contribution guidelines on reporting issues, suggesting new features, and submitting pull requests. And make sure to also write a Code of Conduct that defines expected behavior and moderation policies to create an inclusive community.</p><h3>6) Set up version control and hosting.</h3><p>Use Git to track changes and collaborate with others. Choose a hosting platform--popular options include GitHub, GitLab, or Bitbucket. Upload your codebase and documentation to the platform.</p><h3>7) Build an open-source community.</h3><p>As mentioned, be sure to include clear docs to make contributing to and utilizing your project a beginner-friendly experience. It’s important that contributors understand your project and how they can provide feedback and contributions. Use an issue tracker to let contributors easily submit bug reports, feature requests, and discussions. Categorize issues with labels.</p><p>Use communication channels such as Slack, Discord, mailing lists, and/or discussion forums to share notifications on important milestones or alerts. Be sure to respond to feedback, issues, and pull requests promptly. Externally, participate in relevant forums, social media groups, and online communities. Depending on where your target audience congregates, you may find yourself on BlueSky, LinkedIn, Reddit, or elsewhere.</p><h3>8) Release your project.</h3><p>Decide on a release schedule, whether it&#x27;s frequent small releases or larger, less frequent releases. Use Git tags to mark specific releases. Share your project on social media, relevant websites, and forums. Add your project to open-source directories like <a href="https://opencollective.com/">Open Source Collective</a> or <a href="https://github.com/sindresorhus/awesome">Awesome Lists</a>.</p><h3>9) Maintain your project.</h3><p>Now that you have an open-source community rallying around your project, it&#x27;s important to sustain it and encourage it to evolve. Pay attention to user feedback and suggestions. Respond to pull requests and provide feedback. Continuously improve your project based on user needs and evolving technologies. Regularly communicate updates, milestones, and plans. And ensure instructions and examples reflect the current state of the project.</p><h2>Building Open Source vs. Closed Source Software</h2><p>Open source and proprietary each offer unique advantages for software founders. However, open source is a unique space that requires investing in very deliberate decisions and activities, like community building, license management, and having to dual-track free-to-use projects and for-pay commercial products or services. Open source is <em>not</em> a “business model,” nor is it an easy track to pivot your company towards or away from.</p><p>Let’s begin with key milestones for software startups that founders should be aware of, including:</p><h3>Important Milestones for Proprietary Software Startups</h3><ul><li><strong>Product Validation:</strong> Before launching your startup, it’s crucial to understand your prospective customers’ pain and whether and how your product idea will solve it</li><li><strong>Foundational Messaging:</strong> It’s also critical to build out a <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/messaging-framework">messaging house</a> that will inform how you pitch your product to buyers and your company to new hires</li><li><strong>Building a Minimum Viable Product:</strong> After finding the person whose pain you solve and learning how to speak to them, you need a viable prototype that offers value for money</li><li><strong>Launch:</strong> At some point, your startup needs to announce some level of product availability for your prospective audience</li></ul><h3>Potential OSS First Steps: Existing Foundation, Net-New, or Existing Project</h3><p>Open-source startups may need to take additional steps, depending on the state of their project and who owns it. If you don’t own, and don’t plan to own, something already owned by other individual project maintainers or a foundation, but believe you can build and provide a distinctly different offering, you may need to create a <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-fork-an-open-source-project">fork</a> of that project. If you’re creating a net-new project, you’ll need to hit a different set of milestones.</p><h3>Important Milestones for OSS Startups</h3><ul><li><strong>License Selection:</strong> As mentioned, you’ll need to select an appropriate license that allows you enough flexibility to achieve your goals</li><li><strong>Prepare an Initial, Community-Ready Release:</strong> You’ll need code that contributors and users can begin using, adding to, and on which they can provide feedback</li><li><strong>Create Community Documentation:</strong> To drive adoption, you’ll need to create community-ready documentation and a README file</li><li><strong>Set Up a Publicly Accessible Repository:</strong> You will, of course, need to make your code available through a public repo on GitHub or another community space</li><li><strong>Create a Community Meeting Place:</strong> You’ll need an online destination, such as an online forum or chat, for your community to congregate</li></ul><h2>Building a Bridge to Open-Source Business Models</h2><p>Founding an open-source startup can be challenging as it requires a great deal of up-front work–such as building a community and creating docs–that doesn’t generate revenue. While it’s possible to create a thriving open-source company, it’s important to zero in on how you plan to sell something that customers will eventually pay for.</p><p>Some examples of business models for open-source startups include:</p><ul><li><strong>Pro-Serv:</strong> For-pay professional services to guide customers using open-source projects. Examples: Red Hat (services for Linux) and Canonical (services for Ubuntu)</li><li><strong>Open Core/Freemium:</strong> For-pay software features that complement the open-source project. Examples: GitLab and H2O.ai (which both offer premium enterprise editions)</li><li><strong>SaaS:</strong> Annual software-as-a-service subscription model. Examples: GitHub (including security and storage features) and Databricks (including pay-as-you-go usage)</li><li><strong>Charitable Donations:</strong> And some open-source orgs rely on charitable donations. Examples: Wikimedia, Mozilla Foundation</li></ul><h2>Additional Considerations When Building an OSS Project</h2><p>Some other important considerations to be aware of include:</p><ul><li><strong>How to Price and Package Multi-Tier Products:</strong> Open-core products can be challenging to price so that they provide sufficient value, while not cannibalizing the open-source project</li><li><strong>Juggling Multiple Codebases:</strong> Open-core startups will also need to manage both the open-source codebase and the premium codebase and keep them at parity</li><li><strong>Community Management:</strong> OSS projects live and die by their communities–keeping them vibrant and engaged with <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/positioning-for-open-source">dedicated comms</a> is critical</li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-start-an-open-source-project">How to Start an Open-Source Project</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #26, Solving Complex Problems with Rita Scroggin</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-26-solving-complex-problems-with-rita-scroggin</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Dec 2024 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20eadd28-1254-4cde-a04c-d83412d18a97</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 26 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers speaks with Rita Scroggin, founder of FirstBoard, to discuss the pressing need for diversity in leadership. Rita shares how her curated collective of female tech leaders is helping boards navigate AI disruption while tackling global challenges like cybersecurity, climate change, and health tech. Discover actionable insights for the future of leadership and collaboration.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 26 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers speaks with Rita Scroggin, founder of FirstBoard, to discuss the pressing need for diversity in leadership. Rita shares how her curated collective of female tech leaders is helping boards navigate AI disruption while tackling global challenges like cybersecurity, climate change, and health tech. Discover actionable insights for the future of leadership and collaboration.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-26-solving-complex-problems-with-rita-scroggin">Ep. #26, Solving Complex Problems with Rita Scroggin</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Navigating Markets in Open Source As Your Startup Matures</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/navigating-open-source-as-your-startup-matures</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Dec 2024 17:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source Licenses]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Enterprise Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c7593de2-015a-4af3-ab7f-c84974ab2d63</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>What can founders learn from the licensing changes at Redis, and from projects that crossed the chasm? Open-source/Freemium veteran Leena Joshi explains.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>What to Consider About Market Forces in Open Source</h2><p>Why is Heavybit posting this extensive interview about how to navigate market forces like licenses, competition against massive publishers, and how to <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Crossing_the_Chasm">cross the chasm</a> to sell not just to early adopters, but to broader enterprise customers? Open source, while still a vibrant space, has seen increasing friction as the commercial interests of open-source startups clash with foundations, communities, and massive vendors that don’t contribute upstream.</p><p>Does the conflict mean that founders must avoid open source entirely? Not necessarily, but there are definitely emerging factors to consider. CloseFactor founder and Redis’ former VP of Product Marketing <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ljoshi/">Leena Joshi</a> explains:</p><ul><li><strong>Open Source Innovation vs. Massive Publishers:</strong> Aside from building empires on other people’s software, big publishers will try to push suites over best-in-breed</li><li><strong>How Licenses and Transparency Can Help With Defensibility: </strong>Licenses aren’t an all-encompassing defense, but they, and building massive loyalty with developers/users, can help</li><li><strong>The Opportunity for Open Source Going Forward:</strong> Right-size your expectations for an open-source project and your motivations for it. Are you going open source so that the community can contribute and drive the project forward? Do you want to eventually create an ecosystem, solve customer pain, and monetize?</li><li><strong>Distribution and Defensibility Through Go-to-Market:</strong> How to get distribution in a world where massive cloud vendors may already own most of your customers’ stack</li><li><strong>Do This: Avoid Rug Pulls With Licenses, Community, and Tech Stack:</strong> Avoid the trauma of sudden rug-pull license changes with deliberate research</li><li><strong>Do This: Cross the Chasm by Researching the Pain:</strong> One of the most effective sales tools can be helping prospects visualize the pain of a world without you</li><li><strong>Do This: Cross the Chasm by Discovering the Priorities:</strong> Selling into enterprises becomes easier when you understand the goals of executive decision-makers</li></ul><h2>Open Source Innovation vs. Massive Publishers</h2><p>The founder doesn’t mince words about the challenges of using all-encompassing software “suites” from major publishers. “In terms of closed-source technologies that we use, I can see the difference between running open source ourselves versus buying closed-source from a vendor. In the case of these large software suites, some of them leave a lot to be desired.”</p><p>“At CloseFactor, we ended up using a lot of open-source software in combination with closed source. The challenge is that if you use some of the applications in a suite, these massive publishers have an opportunity to shove the rest of their platform of technologies down your company’s throat, rather than letting you choose best-in-class products. And quite frankly, I think that can be painful.”</p><p>The founder suggests that in some cases, massive vendors can also make measures like license changes in open source necessary. “For Redis, the dual license was something that made a lot of sense. This topic, where massive cloud providers that only minimally contributed to the community but made runaway profits from it, <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2019/12/15/technology/amazon-aws-cloud-competition.html">has come up before</a>.”</p><p>“The lip service paid by the big vendors and the airtime they can command because of their distribution muscle make it an unfair fight, really. The years and years spent by open source founders and the community on innovating for the public good is at risk of being appropriated because of their giant market presence.”</p><p>“How is the community impacted by the massive publishers? Let’s be clear. The publishers have their own agenda: Keep customers on their platforms for longer and with greater lock-in. In the long run, this hurts customers–they pay through the nose, have less choice and have less control over their destiny.”</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3><em>More Open-Source Resources:</em></h3><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/positioning-for-open-source"><em>Article: How to Think About Positioning in Open Source with Emily Omier</em></a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/business-models-defensibility-open-source"><em>Article: Understanding Business Models &amp; Defensibility with Adam Jacob</em></a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/power-users-guide-open-source-licenses"><em>Article: The Power User&#x27;s Guide to Open-Source Licenses</em></a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-fork-an-open-source-project"><em>Article: How to Successfully Fork an Open-Source Project</em></a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/success-for-open-source-startups"><em>Article: What Success Looks Like for Modern Open-Source Software Startups</em></a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-legal-licensing-issues"><em>Article: Understanding Legal Issues for Open Source Software Start-ups</em></a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/open-source"><em>Video Archive: DevGuild Open Source Covers GTM, Security, Licensing, and More</em></a></li></ul><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h2>How Licenses and Transparency Can Help With Defensibility</h2><p>Joshi suggests that licensing choices, along with high visibility and transparency of project assets, can be a difference-maker for open-source projects. “I think the MongoDB model is a great case study. Before pivoting to the <a href="https://www.mongodb.com/company/newsroom/press-releases/mongodb-issues-new-server-side-public-license-for-mongodb-community-server">SSPL</a>, they started with the <a href="https://www.gnu.org/licenses/agpl-3.0.en.html">AGPL</a> license, such that even now, another vendor can’t call a similar product ‘MongoDB.’”</p><p>“I feel like MongoDB definitely set the standard in terms of what you can achieve as an open-source project. They did so many things right in terms of getting developers on board the platform, making sure client libraries were available in every single language, making sure documentation was available, and making sure learning resources were available.”</p><p>“They <em>really</em> cater to the developer community. And if an open-source founder came to me looking for advice, I would advise them to look at what MongoDB did.”</p><h2>The Opportunity for Open Source Going Forward</h2><p>Does the increased commercial pressure from competitors mean that open source will be a tougher market over time? Joshi offers, “There are two angles to this. One is your motivation as a founder. The second is what the overall market and tech stack look like.”</p><p>“As a founder, what’s your personal motivation? Is it to get the technology to the maximum number of people to build a community, and have a lot of people contributing to that community because that your software solves a very specific pain? And then, <em>eventually</em>, are you going to monetize it? Which means, by the way, that as you’re doing those first two tasks of getting technology out there and building a community–you’re making no money.”</p><p>“Well, that&#x27;s still great! You&#x27;re solving somebody&#x27;s problem. People are happy to use a resource without paying a dime. And actually, they’re happy to contribute to the community if doing so does lead to solving their pain. But if you’d like to eventually monetize your product, you would want to ensure you selected a license that has the flexibility to let you monetize it.”</p><h2>Distribution and Defensibility Through Go-to-Market</h2><p>Secondly, the founder advises researching the tech stack your prospects are using to build–which can illuminate what opportunities exist for open source. “From my early days at Splunk, I will say that we were hugely popular as a company, and one of the reasons was our freemium model. (A lot of people thought we were open source at the time!)”</p><p>“While Splunk had a distribution advantage because of the freemium model, over time, as more and more entrants adopted that model, the tide turned and we realized that the only other way to get that kind of distribution was through open source.”</p><p>During the last decade, SaaS as a delivery model also became commonplace, and in this new world, if you wanted to build a wide distribution of users that were clamoring for your product, especially one catering to developers, then you would have to go the open-source route or build a freemium service.”</p><p>“Is this true now? It depends on what you&#x27;re trying to accomplish. If you&#x27;re trying to be part of the software infrastructure of a whole bunch of enterprises, you have to take a step back and think about how you play in this new world where the cloud vendors are already controlling a huge chunk of people&#x27;s tech stack. And you have to think about how you get that kind of distribution–the kind that cloud vendors already have.”</p><p>“But if you are a founder who wants your project to sustain itself, and not fall into the hands of a major vendor, then you need to think about what your go-to-market channels look like. For example, you could seek a partnership with some of the incumbent ‘big vendors,’ or build your open-source project to be multi-cloud in some way, so that one cloud vendor cannot just ‘own’ your project.”</p><p>Joshi notes that some market changes may be for the better. “New and radical shifts in market direction present an opportunity for open-source founders. As the world adapts to the promise of generative AI, likely there will be a rebuilding or reassembly of applications to incorporate these new AI components, many of which are open source.”</p><p>“In a world where the big LLMs with public data are already well established, the opportunity for smaller players is around open-source LLMs, internal enterprise data, and weights and training, which can be a differentiator and provide unique grounding for genAI applications. In other words, change presents an opportunity.”</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/78a043389a09846849016a647c1c11f217893e2c-1280x580.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Leena Joshi discusses Redis&#x27; enterprise product roadmap at the RedisConf event. Image courtesy <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0M8wmVjWHgU">Redis</a></em></p><h2>Do This: Avoid Rug Pulls With Licenses, Community, and Tech Stack</h2><p>Joshi cautions founders to not underestimate the immediate pain and ongoing breach of trust that sudden license changes can cause. “Building an open source project and driving widespread community adoption is hard. I heard a talk by Armon Dadgar of HashiCorp talking about building a community for his company–that steady drumbeat to developers to motivate adoption for his company’s open-source products. For the first 10 years, he practically lived on a plane.”</p><p>“If you&#x27;re going to put in that level of work to drive that kind of adoption, then you want to think through ahead of time what kind of community you&#x27;re building, and you absolutely want to pick the right license that allows both for the community to contribute, but also prevents that the big vendors from just running away with everything.”</p><h2>Do This: Cross the Chasm by Researching the Pain</h2><p>For maturing startups, the founder frequently finds a struggle to promote deeper, land-and-expand-style adoption within organizations. “Very often, startups based on open-source software face challenges with the ‘growing up to enterprise customers’ bit. They go from having traction with <em>individual developers</em>, but can’t find the right constituents within those companies to get the enterprise deals they need.”</p><p>“If a senior decision-maker at the company where those developers work were to sign a deal–who would that person be? How would you get that deal? One thing to keep track of is to know what makes those accounts special–understanding why they&#x27;re using <em>your</em> product, and not something else.”</p><p>“I’ve been in sales conversations where I’ve found it was critical to highlight the pain that somebody would have to go through <em>without </em>you. One thing that I learned in my own startup was, as you&#x27;re selling, you’ve got to <em>drag your customer through the glass</em>. You show them how, if you’re not there, they&#x27;re going to have to do these very painful things with some other software, or build it themselves, taking time away from high-priority goals.”</p><p>“Being able to explain how people won&#x27;t meet their goals without you requires a very keen understanding of the customer pain you&#x27;re solving. The second thing is to be very clear about whether the customer will pay money to solve this pain.”</p><h2>Do This: Cross the Chasm by Discovering the Priorities</h2><p>“When you try to sell into these organizations, it is critical for the salespeople to understand the pain (and whether they&#x27;re about to pay money to solve the pain), and also: What is the top-level organizational objective that they&#x27;re looking to solve?”</p><p>“That’s potentially the difference between having a handful of developers who are happy to pay for a few individual licenses and potentially landing an enterprise deal. When you can uncover the organization’s larger goals, you can start making more of a case to executive decision-makers that you do more than just make a few engineers happy.”</p><p>“You can show how you’ll help the entire company break into that new vertical or expand into that new market. It becomes easier to have a value conversation with the right people in the context of the enterprise’s larger objectives.”</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/navigating-open-source-as-your-startup-matures">Navigating Markets in Open Source As Your Startup Matures</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #76, Managing 200-Armed Agents with Andrew Keller</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-76-managing-200-armed-agents-with-andrew-keller</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Dec 2024 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e5de14fb-12cd-44b4-82fe-e6664f19d046</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 76 of o11ycast, Jessica Kerr and Martin Thwaites speak with Andrew Keller, Principal Engineer at ObservIQ, about the evolving world of telemetry and observability. They explore the role of OpenTelemetry, the groundbreaking Open Agent Management Protocol (OpAMP), and how open standards are shaping the future of data pipelines. Learn how ObservIQ’s innovations help standardize telemetry collection and empower organizations with dynamic, scalable tools for managing their observability ecosystems.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 76 of o11ycast, Jessica Kerr and Martin Thwaites speak with Andrew Keller, Principal Engineer at ObservIQ, about the evolving world of telemetry and observability. They explore the role of OpenTelemetry, the groundbreaking Open Agent Management Protocol (OpAMP), and how open standards are shaping the future of data pipelines. Learn how ObservIQ’s innovations help standardize telemetry collection and empower organizations with dynamic, scalable tools for managing their observability ecosystems.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-76-managing-200-armed-agents-with-andrew-keller">Ep. #76, Managing 200-Armed Agents with Andrew Keller</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Think About Positioning for Open Source</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/positioning-for-open-source</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Dec 2024 18:03:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source Licenses]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Messaging &amp; Positioning]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Strategy]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[GTM Strategy]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4dac0461-4bc0-4e21-9f0e-1890fd8d59fd</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Successfully positioning in open source means being honest with your community–and with yourself. Positioning expert Emily Omier explains.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>Positioning Open Source for Your Community (and Yourself)</h2><p>Why is Heavybit posting this extensive interview on thinking through positioning for your open-source software startup? While open source has been an enormously positive force in software, underpinning some <a href="https://www.linuxfoundation.org/blog/blog/a-summary-of-census-ii-open-source-software-application-libraries-the-world-depends-on">70%</a> of modern infrastructure, building and launching a startup around an open-source project seems more challenging than ever.</p><p>One of the most important aspects of successfully launching a company is proper <em>positioning</em>–establishing a unique, differentiated place for your brand in the market. Positioning can be even more complicated for open-source companies, because they need a differentiated place for both the project and paid project in the market — and they have to carefully manage the positioning of the two things in relation to each other.</p><p>Open-source companies also have more stakeholders (including users, active community members, code contributors, and open-source foundations), each with different profiles and priorities, and there’s a constant balancing act to get those stakeholders in line with all the other stakeholders any company has.</p><p>In this interview, positioning expert <a href="https://www.emilyomier.com">Emily Omier</a> explains:</p><ul><li><strong>The Psychology of Open Source Communities:</strong> The many and varied people in your community, and their differing profiles and priorities</li><li><strong>Fundamental Tensions of Foundations:</strong> Open-source foundations can be important players, but their motives aren’t perfectly aligned with startups</li><li><strong>Why Contributions Aren’t “Free”:</strong> Huge corporations and individual contributors will “get something” out of your project. What are <em>you </em>getting out of it?</li><li><strong>Changing Markets Mean Expectations Need to Change, Too:</strong> Does open source need to leave behind the idea of contributions as “charity”?</li><li><strong>Getting to Strategic Value:</strong> Not all interest in projects is academic or recreational–here’s why some parties might have a vested interest in your roadmap</li><li><strong>Answering the Question: “Why Open Source?”:</strong> If you can’t answer this question, open source might not be for you</li><li><strong>Answering the Question: “What Does Open Source Mean For Us?”:</strong> There’s more to success in open source than having an OSI-approved license and a GitHub repo</li><li><strong>Pivoting in Open Source:</strong> Dealing with competitors deliberately going open source as a way to undermine you, and with license changes</li><li><strong>Do This: Build Transparent Community Comms Into Your Roadmap:</strong> Your next release needs clear communication with the community as much as a version history</li><li><strong>Do This: Differentiate Product from your Project:</strong> When your positioning is strong, you can confidently bill customers–who, if you’ve done things correctly, will be happy to pay</li></ul><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3><em>More Open-Source Resources:</em></h3><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/business-models-defensibility-open-source"><em>Article: Understanding Business Models &amp; Defensibility with Adam Jacob</em></a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/power-users-guide-open-source-licenses"><em>Article: The Power User&#x27;s Guide to Open-Source Licenses</em></a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-fork-an-open-source-project"><em>Article: How to Successfully Fork an Open-Source Project</em></a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/success-for-open-source-startups"><em>Article: What Success Looks Like for Modern Open-Source Software Startups</em></a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-legal-licensing-issues"><em>Article: Understanding Legal Issues for Open Source Software Start-ups</em></a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/open-source"><em>Video Archive: DevGuild Open Source Covers GTM, Security, Licensing, and More</em></a></li></ul><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h2>The Psychology of Open Source Communities</h2><p>Omier suggests that a key step for open-source founders is understanding the psychology of the space. “Open-source communities are like any community–1% or so might turn out to be jerks. And unfortunately, those people are often the loudest.” Sometimes, the negativity comes from a sense of entitlement–including demands for ongoing updates that could be costly to provide.</p><p>In fact, the psychological challenges of running an open-source business might be more common, and more of a headache, than founders might’ve heard. “It’s not completely different from running any business–if you’re looking at bad profit and loss numbers, you get stressed out. But there’s an added element: When your community is accusing you of ‘<em>being a sellout.</em>’”</p><p>The more popular a startup becomes, the larger its community becomes–which can mean more naysayers. “It can be hard for people who create these projects, and who are running a company around them, who are also trying to pay employees’ salaries–to have people who depend on your software tell you that you&#x27;re ‘evil’ because you charge money for something. It&#x27;s not psychologically good for people.”</p><h2>Fundamental Tensions of Foundations</h2><p>One of the most subtle, but potentially most challenging tensions in open source may be between foundations and the startups that create and ultimately maintain the projects that are donated to foundations. Omier suggests the conflict stems from different parties having different goals.</p><p>“A foundation’s goal is to ensure the long-term sustainability of a project. The challenge is that long-term sustainability often requires a company to be behind it–employing people who maintain the project. But it does <em>not</em> necessarily require the [same] company who created and donated the project to be the one who is contributing the money and time.”</p><p>“There’s often a misunderstanding about how aligned those interests are, and also a misconception about what the pros and cons of donating projects to a foundation are–and what that relationship is going to look like.”</p><h2>Why Contributions Aren’t “Free”</h2><p>“From my perspective, the open-source community as a whole has a huge problem with framing <a href="https://www.linuxfoundation.org/resources/open-source-guides/participating-in-open-source-communities"><em>contributions</em></a> to open source, whether you&#x27;re talking about financial contributions, or somebody employed by a company writing code, or writing docs or whatever, as ‘charity.’” As companies tighten their belts in down markets, obviously the charity items get cut first.</p><p>A healthier long-term approach might be to stop seeing contributions as ‘donations.’ “If you expect a company or an individual to pay for software, you have to <em>force</em> them to do so. In the case of open source, you need to be <em>getting something </em>out of it if you’re a company–whether you’re an individual sole proprietor or whether you have 5,000 employees.”</p><p>So while vendors like Amazon and Microsoft get something out of open source, as do individual contributors, startups also need to have a commercial offering for which customers will pay, and need to make the case that their offering is worthwhile. “That’s why I think that ‘charity mindset’ has to go away if the open source ecosystem is really going to be financially sustainable.”</p><h2>Changing Markets Mean Expectations Need to Change, Too</h2><p>Omier reflects on how open source has evolved, and how attitudes about contributions being free-of-charge, with no strings attached, may need to as well. “I think open source is less about those ‘true believers’ than it was 30-40 years ago. I recently read something on the topic of ‘hobbyist contributions’ vs. ‘corporate people’ who contribute because they’re getting paid to.”</p><p>“I&#x27;m not 100% convinced there are <em>fewer</em> hobbyists in terms of projects out there that are maintained by somebody doing it for fun. However, there are <em>a lot</em> more commercial open-source interests than there were 30 years ago. There are also a lot more projects. There&#x27;s a lot more interest in software engineering. And there are a lot more software engineers.”</p><p>“Open source might have been a fairly niche thing 30 years ago, and it’s much less a niche thing now. I&#x27;m also a bit of a pragmatist. A lot of open-source projects are really complex–but there are still expectations that professional software engineers are going to work on them in their free time. To me, it&#x27;s ludicrous.”</p><p>“If you expect open-source projects to be <em>good</em>, you want them done by professionals–who spend all day at their computer–but might want to spend time with their family at some point.” You may hear people argue a company is ‘evil’ because they’re getting paid to do what they do–even though people want to use the software, <em>and</em> expect it to be secure and reliable.”</p><p>“Even if distributing software doesn’t mean there’s less to go around, it still costs somebody their time to create, and that time is still valuable.”</p><blockquote><em>There are a lot more commercial open-source interests than there were 30 years ago. There are also a lot more projects. There&#x27;s a lot more interest in software engineering. And there are a lot more software engineers.”</em></blockquote><h2>Getting to Strategic Value</h2><p>“Whether it&#x27;s an ‘I will answer the phone if you call me at 3:00AM because there&#x27;s a problem,’ situation, or an ‘I will build a custom extension for you because I have a services model’ situation or a ‘You don&#x27;t want to manage the infrastructure, so you can use my cloud-hosted SaaS’ situation–we <em>have</em> enterprise-licensed products for that kind of thing. So there has to be something <em>else</em> that&#x27;s valuable.”</p><p>“When we discuss ‘contributions’ from engineers or documentation writers or other people, an open-source company has to be <em>getting something</em> out of this. So why would they want to contribute <em>code</em>? Often, it&#x27;s because they want something <em>in</em> this project. They want functionality that isn’t there yet. Sometimes they want visibility and control over the project&#x27;s roadmap.”</p><p>“So if you strategically depend on an open-source project, and you have a company of any reasonable size–not just huge companies like Amazon–you might want to employ people to be involved with the project. If it&#x27;s important enough to your company&#x27;s health–you’ll want to have a seat at the table if there are important roadmap decisions being made.”</p><p>“The point is, there has to be value. It can&#x27;t just be that everyone is expected to contribute because ‘we want to do a good thing.’”</p><h2>Answering the Question: “Why Open Source?”</h2><p>There’s nothing wrong with starting from the goal of creating an open-source startup, but founders who specifically want to create <em>an open-source product</em> need to ask hard questions. “The first question I’d ask is: <em>Why?</em> I’d need you to justify it for me, and for yourself. How is your idea a <em>good fit</em> for open source? And how is it going to give you a competitive advantage?”</p><p>“It’s also OK to build an open-source startup because that is fundamentally the kind of company you want to build. I actually think this is a very good reason to build an open-source company, as long as you are honest with yourself about your motivations and the risks and benefits that come with building an open-source company.”</p><p>Planning should start from determining the ways your open-source project will deliver value. “Like a restaurant menu, it’s not unlimited. You can pick more than one option, but you should not try to eat everything on the menu. That&#x27;s a recipe for failure. So you need to decide on a hypothesis: How is an open-source project going to help your business?”</p><p>“Also, your hypothesis <em>might be wrong</em>. But if you are at least aware of this possibility, you can adjust in the future. But I still see people starting from the premise of ‘We’re making a devtool. Devtools should be open source. So, let’s create an open-source project, I guess.’ OK, but why? Does your project work as open source? And how will you know if it&#x27;s not working?”</p><h2>Answering the Question: “What Does Open Source Mean For Us?”</h2><p>Omier is blunt: “I do <em>not</em> think that all devtool companies <em>must </em>be open source. But there are reasons you might want to be an open-source company. If you execute correctly, it can help with distribution. It can get you into customer accounts with whom you would otherwise have a lot more trouble getting your foot in the door.”</p><p>“Open source can provide transparency. There are some markets where there are not many open-source players, and companies want transparency into what&#x27;s going on under the hood. This is especially the case for software that you&#x27;re going to sell to government customers. It is a very powerful way to build a community.”</p><p>“And not all open-source companies build a community. If you’re just making a transparency play for the sake of it, you may not care about a community. But building a community can have huge downstream benefits for your company.”</p><p>“But just releasing a project with an open-source license on GitHub does <em>not</em> ‘build you a community.’ There&#x27;s other actions you have to do as part of a community growth strategy that can really pay dividends. Maybe not next week, but after a year or two, a community can provide a massive distribution channel, and amazing amounts of evangelism and loyalty that you just can&#x27;t get any other way.”</p><p>“Another reason to have an open-source project is to stay close to your users to get product feedback, so you can iterate on your product faster. Those are some reasons that you might want to take an open-source route, but it&#x27;s a good idea to be clear about what your reasoning is.”</p><p>Omier points out that in the same way having a GitHub project doesn’t magically create a community for you, building a community doesn’t magically build up a neverending source of business leads. “That’s also a misconception that exists among people–including those who get VC funding.”</p><blockquote><em>Your hypothesis might be wrong. But if you are at least aware of this possibility, you can adjust in the future.”</em></blockquote><h2>Pivoting in Open Source</h2><p>“I talked to <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/kelsey-hightower-849b342b1/">Kelsey Hightower</a> recently and he suggested that startups should consider defaulting to <em>not</em> going open source. And I kind of agree with him. If you <em>don&#x27;t</em> have a philosophical reason to build an open-source company, if you <em>can&#x27;t</em> point to any specific benefits you&#x27;re going to get–then yeah, you can stay closed source. I would say that&#x27;s the easiest route.”</p><p>“However, another thing I see is closed-source companies whose competitor releases an open-source project that works out very well for that competitor. In other words, the competitor has a specific business outcome they want to get from releasing the project, and it works, meaning they are eating your lunch in terms of distribution, mindshare, or even concrete sign-ups.”</p><p>“That is a situation where you <em>really need</em> to evaluate your open-source strategy. (If your competitor has just released an open-source project and that seems to be taking off, that’s a situation where you should call a consultant like me!)”</p><p>And what about when your open-source startup is experiencing pressure to pivot to a different license, or away from open source entirely? “Do you <em>need</em> to pivot away from open source? It&#x27;s hard to do, but as long as you have the copyright to all of your code, you can. Usually, companies will do this when they do a major new release.”</p><p>“However, you have to very carefully review all your dependencies. You should have a clearly-defined hypothesis about <em>why</em> you&#x27;re doing open source and you should measure yourself against it. Let&#x27;s say that two or three years into your company&#x27;s life, you realize your hypothesis was wrong. Everybody makes wrong bets, so there&#x27;s nothing ‘evil’ about moving away from open source.”</p><h2>Do This: Build Transparent Community Comms Into Your Roadmap</h2><p>Omier recalls examples of open-source-to-proprietary pivots that were handled reasonably well, and others that were disasters. “I’ve seen companies where their communication strategy was a trash fire. But there have also been license changes that were not a trash fire, because those companies put a huge focus on communication strategy.”</p><p>“Obviously, to change your license and change your product from open to closed requires technical work and legal work. But cases where the whole company focuses on communicating appropriately to their users and their customers, about why they are doing this and what the ramifications are–those tend to work out much better.”</p><p>“One of the core values of open source is transparency. This is actually why I think some license changes aren’t a disaster–because they are transparent. If you are transparent at the very beginning, and you communicate ‘This is <em>why</em> we&#x27;re open source,’ that will go a long way towards reassuring people.”</p><p>“The reason that the open-source community will be gun-shy is because they might think that you are just another founder who doesn&#x27;t have a plan. They think you’re a founder who will mess around with open source, and then raise a Series A and realize that you can&#x27;t keep messing around with open source, and then change the license.”</p><p>“But you can communicate with your community. You can explain: ‘This is why we&#x27;re involved with open source. This is how we understand the difference between open-source users and customers in terms of our target market. This is the added value you get from the commercial offering.’”</p><p>Omier notes that while services and support may not be as scalable as separate software features, they are entries on the ‘menu’ of ways that open-source companies make money, and shouldn’t be completely ignored in conversations about open source companies.</p><p>“If you don’t communicate this type of message, the community may look at your company and say, ‘I don&#x27;t believe that these people have their business model figured out. And therefore, I can&#x27;t trust them.’ But if you can make the case to the community that you <em>do</em> have a business model, or at least a hypothesis, and open source fits in it, that&#x27;s going to help a lot.”</p><p>“What I do when I work on product strategy for companies is create a product roadmap that <em>includes</em> that information. And you can be more or less transparent, but I think it&#x27;s a very good idea to at least have a central document, a real product strategy document that outlines why you think the open-source project is going to help your business.”</p><h2>Do This: Differentiate Your Startup and Product</h2><p>Omier suggests that one thing all open-source companies have in common is that <em>their revenue comes from the delta in value between what paying customers get versus what open-source users get.</em> “Since this is what would make you money, you have to be super-clear about what the difference in value is. So, you have to know your differentiated value in the market for your <em>project</em> and also for your <em>product</em>.”</p><p>“It’s super-important to pay attention to both things, compared to your competitive ecosystem and also compared to each other. The same thing goes for your target market. Your target market is not a complete overlap for your user and your customer base. Know what the relationship between your user and customer base looks like.”</p><p>Clearly communicating value, and clearly communicating your business plans to the best of your ability, can mean the difference between winning valuable deals and having a vote of no-confidence wiping out your sales. “You&#x27;d be surprised how many customers would say, ‘We love this open source project, but we need this company to have a business model that works.”</p><p>“Customers will hesitate to become a customer because if they do, they want to make sure you have a business that works. They’ll ask: ‘Will this open-source company still be here in two years? We’re prepared to pay, and we <em>expect</em> to be charged for the software, because we <em>want</em> the company to continue to exist.” But if your company isn’t charging for the software, they may think that could be seen as a risk to your company&#x27;s sustainability.</p><p>“Customers will hesitate to become a customer because if they do, they want to make sure you have a business that works. They’ll ask: ‘Will this open-source company still be here in two years? We’re prepared to pay, and we <em>expect</em> to be charged for the software, because we <em>want</em> the company to continue to exist.” But if your company isn’t charging for the software, they may think that could be seen as a risk to your company&#x27;s sustainability.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/positioning-for-open-source">How to Think About Positioning for Open Source</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #5, Software Autonomy: Owning Your Tech with Elliott Minns</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-software-autonomy-owning-your-tech-with-elliott-minns</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Dec 2024 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">34a58fac-0fa2-499c-8795-ce989b3d4cab</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 5 of Open Source Ready, John and Brian speak with Elliott Minns, the creator of <em>Dreams of Code</em> and <em>Dreams of Autonomy</em>. They explore Elliott’s mission to empower developers through software autonomy, the challenges of open source sustainability, and the fascinating potential of Linux and NixOS. Discover how self-hosting and open source tools are transforming the way we interact with technology.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 5 of Open Source Ready, John and Brian speak with Elliott Minns, the creator of <em>Dreams of Code</em> and <em>Dreams of Autonomy</em>. They explore Elliott’s mission to empower developers through software autonomy, the challenges of open source sustainability, and the fascinating potential of Linux and NixOS. Discover how self-hosting and open source tools are transforming the way we interact with technology.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-software-autonomy-owning-your-tech-with-elliott-minns">Ep. #5, Software Autonomy: Owning Your Tech with Elliott Minns</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Understanding Business Models &amp; Defensibility in Open Source</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/business-models-defensibility-open-source</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Dec 2024 18:07:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source Licenses]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Business Operations]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer-First Go-To-Market]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b34eea10-a3cb-477e-9931-eb3b6539f8a2</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>The biggest obstacle to success for open-source startups is their business model. Chef and System Initiative co-founder Adam Jacob explains.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>First-Principles Business Models Matter for Open Source</h2><p>A key concern for open-source startup founders is <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/legal-licensing-open-source-generative-ai-challenges"><em>defensibility</em></a>–how to maintain a competitive advantage even though your source code is publicly available. So why is Heavybit running this extensive interview on why open-source software (OSS) founders need to focus on their business model from first principles?</p><p>Because defensibility comes from setting up your business on a solid foundation–which can evolve, but requires you to place <em>some </em>kind of bet. Chef and System Initiative co-founder Adam Jacob suggests founders will build more-defensible startups, and make more than enough revenue, <em>after</em> they get realistic about how they run their business.</p><p>This in-depth interview covers:</p><ul><li>How to Think About Founding an Open-Source Startup from First Principles</li><li>How to OSS Expands Your SAM and Delays Competition</li><li>Understanding Other Parties <em>Will </em>Exploit Your Tech for Profit</li><li>Getting Realistic About Business Models</li><li>How to Avoid “Competing Against Yourself”</li><li>How to Think About TAM and Market Efficiencies</li><li>Defensibility From First Principles</li><li>How to Manage Bull Markets and Plan for Down Markets</li><li>Worry About Business Model First, Then Defensibility</li><li>Success Comes From Community That You Don’t Own or Control</li></ul><h2>How to Think About Founding an OSS Startup</h2><p>Jacob advises new founders to think about open source from first principles–including the impact it has on technology and people’s lives, and how they feel about the <a href="https://edtechbooks.org/openedreader/stallmans-four-freedom">Four Freedoms</a>. He concedes there’s an idealistic “hippie” aspect to building software that’s free to use, but cautions founders to consider how to structure their business and go-to-market.</p><p>The founder recommends starting from the concept of <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Total_addressable_market"><em>total addressable market</em></a> (TAM)–the hypothetical maximum of the number of customers who might ever buy your product multiplied by the average price each would pay. Scaling down, you’d then look at your <em>serviceable available market </em>(SAM)–the market reachable by your startup, then to the more-realistic <em>serviceable obtainable market</em> (SOM) across your proposed timeframe.</p><p>While it’s important to think about product vision and whether your scope is large enough to appeal to a TAM that can support a VC-backed business, your biggest concern should be your ability to generate revenue. “How much people will pay is an integral part of the conversation. The ‘naive version’ of this starts with you open-sourcing your software and charging nothing for it. This drops your TAM to zero, which is bad business.”</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3><em>More Foundational Intel for Open Source:</em></h3><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/power-users-guide-open-source-licenses"><em>Article: The Power User’s Guide to Open-Source Licenses</em></a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-fork-an-open-source-project"><em>Article: How to Successfully Fork an Open-Source Project</em></a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/success-for-open-source-startups"><em>Article: What Success Looks Like for Modern Open-Source Software Startups</em></a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-legal-licensing-issues"><em>Article: Understanding Legal Issues for Open Source Software Start-ups</em></a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/open-source"><em>Video Archive: DevGuild Open Source Covers GTM, Security, Licensing, and More</em></a></li></ul><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57880beea577987aaefcbac3658955424d2dabbd-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h2>How to OSS Expands Your SAM and Delays Competition</h2><p>Jacob offers his own startup as an example. “For System Initiative, we&#x27;re building this foundational primitive that we think overtakes infrastructure as code. We think this is how huge enterprise customers will operate over time. That is a huge TAM. But it’ll be difficult to capture <em>all</em> the possible revenue in this space.”</p><p>“If I’m successful, I’ll breed competitors who will carve the market up. But deciding to open source lets me also make a bet: If the technology is open and I let people benefit from its existence, maybe I can delay the appearance of stronger competitors and grab more market share. It&#x27;s a strategic choice about how I expand my SAM and how I react to competitors over time.”</p><p>The founder suggests that when entering a crowded market against bigger players with better, but not fundamentally transformative tech, an alternative license like <a href="https://fair.io/">fair source</a> might make sense. “You might try to disrupt the leader by having a better enterprise version. Maybe it deploys faster, or it&#x27;s easier to manage. Look at the Kafka ecosystem–where there are proprietary or fair-source players who sell faster versions of Kafka.”</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/ea4121bb2a37d32d7633b59f41bd1ddc5ff110a0-993x332.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Adam Jacob discusses OSS licensing with fair source at Kubecon 2024. Image courtesy Wilson Craig</em></p><h2>Understanding Other Parties <em>Will </em>Exploit Your Tech for Profit</h2><p>Jacob warns that “free” isn’t free. “If you’re thinking about open source for your startup, you can’t say: <em>‘I want to be open source, and everyone in the world should be good actors to me.’</em> When you decide to open source the software, you&#x27;re allowing others to benefit, including people you may not like, or people you wish <em>wouldn&#x27;t</em> benefit.”</p><p>“Is having other parties benefit from your technology a problem, or is it an advantage? Think of it this way: If another party slurps up your code, it’s understandable to react with anger–<em>‘I can’t believe they did this to me!’</em> But another way to react is to see it as an incredible validation that shows how much of a market leader you are, right?”</p><p>“Yes, you can get mad at those other parties, but <em>they </em>need to collaborate with you to move this foundational technology forward. So you <em>could</em> say, ‘We can’t wait to collaborate with these other people in the upstream!’ I’m not saying freeriders are good actors. But <em>this is the game.</em> This is one of the reasons you make this choice as an open-source founder. And if you make this choice, you have to double-down on that.”</p><h2>Getting Realistic About Business Models</h2><p>The founder recommends starting from a startup’s basic need to sell products for money. Consider an enterprise-style <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/commercial-open-source-business-strategies">open core</a> approach as an example–most users pay nothing and essentially get no value out of the software, though hopefully, there are a few big enterprise customers that will buy massively valuable contracts.</p><p>“In this case, why try to be ‘defensible’ around features you&#x27;ve already said have no value? You’ve already set the cost at zero. So why do you care that someone else is trying to exploit them? You&#x27;ve decided your business model is on the enterprise value through things you add on top. So, why not go compete <em>there?</em>”</p><p>Jacob recalls how he and Chef co-founder <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/team/jesse-robbins">Jesse Robbins</a> took a ‘speedrunning’ approach to running an open-source startup, finally arriving at a good fit on business models later on. “I was looking at Chef yesterday because I was thinking about using it–and it’s actually kind of hard for me to use Chef now because it sells to the enterprise. That’s a little sad, but <em>I get why that is</em>.”</p><p>Jacob advises that founders skip ‘hard mode’ and focus on becoming as strategic as possible as quickly as possible when thinking about their business, and to start making bets. “For the bets that turn out to be true, let&#x27;s double down.” He notes that founders often go backwards–starting from building interesting tech, to open-sourcing it to drive adoption, then finally starting to think about a business model.</p><p>The founder notes that OSS startups that struggle with the dynamics of making revenue against the structure of their company often start reaching for licenses. “Alternative licenses are often a reaction to market saturation. The more competitive and saturated things get, the more attractive alternatives like fair source look.”</p><p>Jacob suggests that founders sometimes think of licenses as a hedge to keep their tech proprietary against an open-source incumbent, and might use fair source to handle objections about ‘not actually being open source.’ “These are all <em>business model conversations</em>, and that&#x27;s where I would encourage people to start. Too often, we focus on technology or principles of open source. You have to start with the business model and the rest will follow.”</p><blockquote><em>I’m not saying freeriders are good actors. But this is the game. This is one of the reasons you make this strategic choice as an open-source founder. And if you make this choice, you have to double-down on that.”</em></blockquote><h2>How to Avoid “Competing Against Yourself”</h2><p>Jacob notes that startups often build meaningful technology, open source it to build a community, then try to monetize with open core. However, every non-paying user ultimately contributes zero to the TAM–not an attractive prospect for investors. “If your idea for a business model is: ‘Look at how big a market we can capture where no one pays us anything for what we build,’ <em>that&#x27;s a dumb business model</em>.”</p><p>“If you don’t sell anything for money, why do you think people are going to pay you anything? It’s not a licensing problem. It&#x27;s a <em>business model problem</em>. Your TAM is too small. You might say, ‘I’ll sell to the enterprise.’ OK, but what’s your <a href="https://www.salesforce.com/blog/what-is-annual-contract-value-acv/"><em>annual contract value (ACV)</em></a>? Since you’re giving away the core value of your product for nothing, your ACV is going to be low.”</p><p>“Enterprises know the core value of your project is something they could get for free. So suddenly, it gets really hard to push past those six-figure ACVs into seven-figure ACVs. Now, you need even <em>more</em> market saturation to hit the same revenue targets. And your TAM is even smaller, right?”</p><p>The founder warns that bad business models can squeeze you out of revenue and make your funnel much less efficient. “At this point, what’s the incremental value you offer to enterprises? Whatever it is, it’s too small. So now, competitive pressures increase on your business. You get saturated in the market–and your problem <em>isn’t</em> struggling to win deals.”</p><p>“You’re losing deals <em>to yourself</em> more than to competitors because your value prop is all wonky. In contrast, look at the business model of a company like Red Hat, which made a billion dollars in ARR ‘selling Kubernetes.’ They didn&#x27;t even <em>write</em> Kubernetes!”</p><h2>How to Think About TAM and Market Efficiencies</h2><p>Jacob points out that too many open-source startup founders oversimplify the math when calculating their TAM–assuming that their project may eventually have a million users, only a few of which will pay hefty enterprise fees, while the rest pay nothing. “You can’t ‘average things out’ to zero and call that a ‘loss leader.’”</p><p>“I was just talking to someone the other day about SAM, but they were using the term ‘TAM.’ They’ll say, ‘I want to grow my TAM.’ Maybe if you launch another product. Otherwise, TAM for your core offering is what it is, and isn’t likely to change. People make bad decisions all the time because they aren’t precise about how their models work.”</p><p>“Here&#x27;s another thing: Open source, when it works, is so powerful that it overcomes these inefficiencies. Realistically, there isn’t a startup on the planet that <em>wouldn’t</em> be thrilled to have the kind of problems we mentioned–having a well-developed open-source product, many enterprise customers, and a few big vendors slurping up their technology.”</p><p>“But if your business is inefficient, you don’t make enough money from your customers. This kind of thing is built into the business model, into the design of how companies decide to market and sell their products. And it&#x27;s not a surprise that, for a lot of folks late in the game, they have to change their minds when the topic of defensibility comes up.”</p><blockquote><em>If your idea for a business model is: ‘Look at how big a market we can capture where no one pays us anything for what we build,’ that&#x27;s a dumb business model.”</em></blockquote><h2>Defensibility From First Principles</h2><p>The founder is direct: “Defensibility comes from your product, being a thing that can only come from you and the fact that the product has value. But the product is not only the technology. Usually when we talk to engineers, they think about the product as the technology, but it&#x27;s more than that.”</p><p>“Your ‘product’ as an open-source startup is actually everything that goes into producing that thing, selling it to your customers, supporting it over time, maintaining it, keeping it secure. <em>That whole thing is your product</em>. And you should not do any of that for people who don&#x27;t pay you money.”</p><h3>Step 1: Copyrights</h3><p>The founder begins with <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Copyright"><em>copyrights</em></a>–protections for original works for which open-source licenses carry stipulations on copying, modifying, and distributing. “We’ve established that the software isn’t the product, but licenses tell you the terms of the software release. For example, <a href="https://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0">Apache</a> generally says you can do what you want with the software–whether I like it or not.”</p><p>Jacob notes that licenses do <em>not</em> impart usage of trademarks–so while others can take open-source software from an existing project to build something new, they can’t refer to their new project by the original project’s name, though licenses also carry an important nuance–the ability to decide how software gets distributed.</p><p>“For example, <a href="https://code.visualstudio.com/">VSCode</a> is Apache, but when you download VS code, you have to agree to Microsoft&#x27;s commercial terms. Most people don&#x27;t think about that–they see a button that says ‘download,’ they click it, and they don&#x27;t have to pay any money. All good, right? But make no mistake, the distribution license is different.”</p><h3>Step 2: Trademarks</h3><p>“Then, there&#x27;s trademarks. This lever is about your brand. You must have one that is unique and belongs to you. With trademarks, you can determine how other people get to use them, and under what circumstances. For example, the System Initiative software is open source, but no one is allowed to make a build of System Initiative except for me, because <em>you</em> can&#x27;t distribute it if it has <em>my </em>trademarks.”</p><p>“So if you check out the source code, make some changes, then decide you want to run it on prem? You can&#x27;t, because that software has my trademarks all over it. And in order to use those trademarks, you would have to agree to the terms, including my commercial terms, which then leads you to having to pay me for the software.”</p><p>“If somebody wants to fork my project, go ahead. But they’d need to replace my marks. They’d need to call it something else. And they’d have a new product that’s theirs, and they become responsible for the supply chain, for building it, distributing it, securing it. All that stuff is now on them, not on me. And we can collaborate on the software. But they can’t pretend we&#x27;re the same, because we&#x27;re not.”</p><h3>Step 3: Patents</h3><p>“The last lever you can pull here is patents, which are supposed to ‘protect innovation,’ but aren&#x27;t particularly useful in open source. While it&#x27;s good to have them, they usually don&#x27;t see a lot of use. Also, a lot of open-source licenses include patent terms. There are some arguments about whether the patent terms are inferred or implied.”</p><p>“Those are the three sorts of levers you have for defensibility: copyrights, trademarks, patents–with that special subnote for licensing and distribution licensing potentially being separate. Ultimately, as a founder, you&#x27;re trying to create the circumstances where that product you produce, that branded thing you do, is something your customers can only get <em>from you</em>. Or, if they want that thing, the only way to get it is <em>from you</em>, and from there, you can decide what commercial terms you want to give to customers.”</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/86889d1b07e230c75f369de65a00a231acd4d6e4-1600x701.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>System Initiative’s extensive open source page describes what users can and cannot do in exhaustive detail. Image courtesy <a href="https://www.systeminit.com/open-source">System Initative</a></em></p><h2>How to Manage Bull Markets and Plan for Down Markets</h2><p>As markets change, VC-backed startups may move from a bubbly <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zero_interest-rate_policy"><em>zero-interest rate policy (ZIRP)</em></a> environment that makes it easy to raise funding and hire armies of engineers...to a down market where layoffs are common and engineering teams shrink. But Jacob isn’t convinced that startups that hired huge dev teams during ZIRP contributed any more or less to open source.</p><p>“Were there more ‘free hands’ to contribute to open-source projects? They were never really ‘free.’ If you&#x27;re trying to build a cohesive piece of software, you have to manage those contributions–just like you would manage other engineers. And not being employees, contributors are even harder to manage. They’re little chaos agents that work perfectly if you’re lucky–but most of the time, you’re not.”</p><p>“And you still have to figure out: How am I going to manage those people? How am I going to manage their contributions? How do I ensure that the product stays cohesive and meaningful? So I don&#x27;t know that down markets mean there are <em>fewer</em> contributions, or that companies become <em>less willing </em>to contribute.”</p><p>“I <em>do</em> think that in tougher markets, people get more sensitive because their business model problems become more stark. When people talk about business inefficiency, they go back to that point about the ‘easy money.’ How far into their funding did startups get before they <em>understood</em> what they had to sell? I can think of a couple that raised more than $50 million without ever really knowing.”</p><p>“Keep in mind, they didn’t have to answer tough questions at the time because the strength of their open source community–that motion of people adopting the software–was so strong that people figured: ‘Of course, let’s turn the money tap on! There’s a <em>ton </em>of money here!’ But it’s a lot harder to turn off the money tap later.”</p><p>“By thinking about that equation in the beginning, you can make better choices. For example, you can decide you’re OK with having fewer users if you’re monetizing <em>more</em> of them. It all comes back to the same question: ‘How am I structuring my business to thrive in whatever environment it&#x27;s in?’”</p><p>“When we started Chef, it was a very different environment. At one point, the money ‘got cheap,’ and it was amazing for a time, but that kind of thing ebbs and flows. I think our jobs as CEOs, as founders, and as executives is to be the people who pay attention to those things and design resilient businesses in order to grow them into big ones that thrive.”</p><p>“This is why most startups don&#x27;t succeed. It&#x27;s not because the money got in the way, or they messed up the license, or couldn&#x27;t find product-market fit. Considerations like ‘the right license’ are important, but ultimately, they have to be in service of the idea that you need to get good at building and running businesses–as quickly as you can.”</p><p>“And it just takes a long time to get good at it, and to even realize that&#x27;s the game you&#x27;re playing. And if you don’t have a strong business model, then in a down market, you’ll feel the pain even more sharply. Maybe you could have soaked up that inefficiency in a market where the money was cheap because people were willing to give it to you.”</p><p>“But in a down market, how eager are investors going to be if you don&#x27;t have a good answer to the question: ‘How exactly do you make money from your community?’”</p><h2>Worry About Business Model First, <em>Then</em> Defensibility</h2><p>Jacob suggests that new founders should first concern themselves with a business model that actually makes money. “New founders should be so lucky as to get to a point where their biggest problem is a competitor slurping up the technology. But if your biggest concern instead is talking about whether you chose the right open-source license...well, that&#x27;s insane.”</p><p>“This is why I took so long to write <a href="https://www.systeminit.com/open-source/">the open-source page</a> for the System initiative. It wasn’t because of how much I love open source licenses. That was me <em>thinking about my business model.</em> Here’s my plan: I&#x27;m going to sell System Initiative, this transformative technology, <em>for money</em>.”</p><p>“And then I&#x27;m going to run the most fabulous open upstream I can, so that when people realize I&#x27;ve completely changed the game forever, instead of competing with me or trying to build this kind of technology themselves, enterprises are going to realize that the fastest way to get on this train is to join me.”</p><p>“It&#x27;s fine because I <em>want </em>other companies to come join me. I <em>want </em>them to make money. Because it&#x27;s going to make <em>me </em>a bunch of money, because that’s what my business model is. This is where we loop back around to the question of whether or not you’re a ‘hippie.’”</p><p>“If you don’t believe in fundamental open-source principles–if you don’t believe that, as Tim O’Reilly put it, <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=njpGH_IHjFg"><em>creating more value than you capture</em></a> is a net-positive for society, yourself, or your company, what happens? When somebody else makes money from ‘your product’ that you think of as ‘your thing,’ you&#x27;re going to get mad. Why? Because you don&#x27;t think of software as a fundamentally infinite resource.”</p><p>“If you don’t believe that software is fundamentally infinite in nature (and the idea that it can be contained at all is antithetical to its nature), then it&#x27;s a lot harder to get to the part where you believe that you should open source your code to build a bigger business.”</p><blockquote><em>In a down market, how eager are investors going to be if you don&#x27;t have a good answer to the question: ‘How exactly do you make money from your community?’”</em></blockquote><h2>Success Comes From Community That You Don’t Own or Control</h2><p>“As I’ve said <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-launch-devtool-startup-community-leadership">previously about startup communities</a>, if you really want to build a community-led movement, you need to let that movement be <em>theirs</em>...not <em>yours</em>. You need to let people take your project and make it part of <em>their</em> identity. And you should think about how you&#x27;re going to engage in that process.”</p><p>“For example, System Initiative belongs to me. But if somebody comes along and they want to do something else with System Initiative, I’d want them to collaborate with me. And that makes us a community, right? This is not because System Initiative ‘belongs’ to them, but because whatever they want belongs to <em>them</em>.”</p><p>“And we decide together that we care about this infinite resource that is the software. And we&#x27;re going to steward this thing into its future together. And as long as we can stay together, we get to be a community. If we don&#x27;t learn how to stay together and work together, then we fracture and become something else. Warring camps, maybe.”</p><p>“That&#x27;s where the ‘hippie’ piece comes back into the picture. It’s a good idea to ask yourself: ‘Do I actually have some fundamental beliefs about open source?’ For example, I&#x27;ve talked to folks at Sentry who I really like and respect. I&#x27;m pleased that they started the fair source thing. That’s important because it means that they&#x27;re no longer calling something open source when it isn’t.”</p><p>“As another example, if you had asked me when GitHub was starting out whether that company was filled with open-source ‘true believers,’ I&#x27;d have bet you every dollar I had that the answer was ‘yes.’ But the answer was actually ‘no.’ Of course, they believed in the power of communities; they believed that there was power in building a tool for collaboration, and all that stuff. But they always knew where they wanted the benefits to flow.”</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/business-models-defensibility-open-source">Understanding Business Models & Defensibility in Open Source</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #25, Replacing Yourself featuring Melinda Byerley</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-25-replacing-yourself-featuring-melinda-byerley</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Dec 2024 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e4f0a5c4-5f7d-4fe7-b703-413f3fc05b18</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 25 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers speaks with Melinda Byerley, founder and CEO of Fiddlehead, about the transformative role of AI in marketing. From practical applications to ethical considerations, Melinda shares how AI enhances productivity, democratizes analytics, and addresses the challenges of building trust in marketing. Discover actionable insights and the human side of AI innovation in this thought-provoking conversation.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 25 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers speaks with Melinda Byerley, founder and CEO of Fiddlehead, about the transformative role of AI in marketing. From practical applications to ethical considerations, Melinda shares how AI enhances productivity, democratizes analytics, and addresses the challenges of building trust in marketing. Discover actionable insights and the human side of AI innovation in this thought-provoking conversation.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-25-replacing-yourself-featuring-melinda-byerley">Ep. #25, Replacing Yourself featuring Melinda Byerley</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Successfully Fork an Open-Source Project</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-fork-an-open-source-project</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Dec 2024 18:04:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source Licenses]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Community]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Forks]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4982964f-3459-4d84-a24a-c44c1808d247</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>There’s more to forking an open-source project than a simple copy-paste. This guide will walk you through the choices and tradeoffs so that if and when you do decide to fork, your project is set up for success.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Why is Heavybit writing a startup guide to forking open-source projects? Because while open source has been an incredible boon to software, we’ve seen licensing and trademark issues, <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-legal-licensing-issues">legal issues</a>, and <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/success-for-open-source-startups">operational challenges</a> lead to dramatic, sometimes painful changes across open source. And a fork can be the most disruptive thing to happen to a project.</p><p>In this guide, we’ll absolutely discuss the <em>how</em> of forking, but because it’s such a fraught topic–and the process itself has so many potential landmines–we’ll provide some extra context before we get to the how-to. Here’s what we’ll cover:</p><ul><li>What Forks Mean for an Open-Source Community</li><li>Why Do Open-Source Projects Get Forked?</li><li>When Should a Startup Fork a Project?</li><li>How Should Startups Approach Creating a Fork?</li></ul><h2>What Forks Mean for an Open-Source Community</h2><p>In open-source software, a <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fork_(software_development)"><em>fork</em></a> is the act of copying the source code from an existing project and using it as the basis of a new project with a comparable license and a <em>noticeably different name</em>. (Using names that are too similar to other projects is a good way to risk trademark infringement–just ask <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2024/10/20/wordpress-vs-wp-engine-drama-explained/">Automattic and WP Engine</a>.)</p><p>Despite the ease of hitting the &quot;fork&quot; button in Github, forking an entire project isn&#x27;t an everyday occurrence, and it shouldn&#x27;t be. Community is vital to sustainability. A fork splits a project&#x27;s community into splinter factions. And as users and contributors migrate to the new project, each splinter group ends up with a smaller community than the original project, potentially jeopardizing the future of both versions.</p><p>At the risk of stating the obvious, open-source projects live and die on the strength of their communities–having a unified, active group of contributors and users around the world is a key part of keeping such projects sustainable.</p><p>For example, the open-source operating system Linux, first launched in 1991, has more than <a href="https://itwire.com/business-it-news/open-source/linux-kernel-report-shows-more-than-20,000-contributors-since-beginning.html#:~:text=The%20percentage%20of%20female%20developers%20is%20still,accepted%20into%20the%20Linux%20kernel%20from%201730">20,000</a> contributors who have expanded the Linux kernel to more than <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Linux_kernel#Codebase">30 million</a> lines of code (and counting).</p><blockquote>When we talk about forking commercial software–there can be ‘good’ or ‘bad’ reasons. But a fork is usually a recourse of some kind, for governance, or for another purpose.” -Joseph Ruscio, General Partner/Heavybit</blockquote><h2>Why Do Open-Source Projects Get Forked?</h2><p>Historically, these have been some of the most common reasons for projects to get forked:</p><h3>Continuing an Otherwise Discontinued Project</h3><p>When the original owners of an open-source project go away, it’s not uncommon to see their communities create a fork of the project to keep the project’s functionality available to public users.</p><p>The open-source productivity suite <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenOffice.org">OpenOffice</a> was released by Sun Microsystems in 1999. However, Oracle acquired Sun in 2010, and soon after, Oracle announced it would discontinue OpenOffice, ending its distribution and donating the project to the Apache Foundation. However, one of OpenOffice’s most popular forks, <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LibreOffice">LibreOffice</a>, remains popular today with an estimated 200 million users.</p><h3>Legal Problems</h3><p>Sometimes, the future of open-source projects–and the organizations that create them–are threatened by legal challenges. In such cases, communities will sometimes create forks to keep the projects going.</p><p>The mid-2000s peer-to-peer file-sharing client <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LimeWire">LimeWire</a> was an open-source project that ran afoul of the Recording Industry Association of America, which filed a massive copyright infringement suit against the creator, Lime Group LLC. Concerned about the direction of the project, users created a less-successful fork, <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FrostWire">FrostWire</a>, before the company stopped distributing the software entirely in 2011.</p><h3>Philosophical Schism</h3><p>Sometimes, the maintainers of a project can’t come to a consensus on what a project should look like or how it should evolve. In such cases, a community may split along those philosophical lines, with different factions migrating to the subsequent splinter projects that make the most sense for them.</p><p><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GNU_Project">GNU Project</a> creator Richard Stallman’s Free Software Foundation (FSF) clashed with Lucid, Inc. on the direction of the free text editor <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GNU_Emacs">GNU Emacs</a>. Lucid, focusing on shipping new changes to Emacs, grew impatient with approval bottlenecks from FSF, and created the <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/XEmacs">XEmacs</a> fork, which was initially quite popular, but ultimately saw declining usage compared to the larger and more-vibrant GNU Emacs community.</p><h3>Forking for Commercial Reasons</h3><p>Sometimes, companies will fork an existing project because they see great value in it, but want to exert greater control over its development, potentially as an integrated part of their existing product offerings. Depending on the nature of the open-source licenses in play, startups can, have, and will continue to fork open-source projects to build into commercial products.</p><p>On the flip side, corporations using existing projects have been known to fork them in response to licensing changes. Massive cloud provider Amazon Web Services has famously forked multiple open-source projects, including <a href="https://www.zdnet.com/article/aws-as-predicted-is-forking-elasticsearch/">ElasticSearch</a>, <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2024/03/31/why-aws-google-and-oracle-are-backing-the-valkey-redis-fork/">Redis</a>, and others in response to license changes made by the owners to prevent freeriding.</p><p>Corporate forks represent a growing challenge for open-source startups, who need to build thriving user communities but also increasingly feel the need for defensibility against huge orgs scooping up their code and building billion-dollar empires without making significant upstream contributions or paying a cent. But midstream license changes–also known as <a href="https://redmonk.com/jgovernor/2024/09/13/open-source-foundations-considered-helpful/"><em>rug-pulls</em></a>–have led industry giants to fork, which can be a highly negative outcome that divides the community.</p><blockquote>AWS has hosted versions of forked Redis, forked ElasticSearch, and a MongoDB ‘alternative.’ You can put your open-source project out there, but if you piss Amazon off, they might fork you.” -Rachel Chalmers, Part-Time Partner/Heavybit</blockquote><h2>When Should a Startup Fork a Project?</h2><p>We believe that forking, when performed properly, <em>can</em> be a valid approach to interacting with an open-source project and its community. There are examples of successful forks that have gone on to see commercial success in one form or another–the popular operating system <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ubuntu">Ubuntu</a> is a fork of the Debian Linux distribution which, while free to use, carries a commercial license for pre-installations or for commercial products that use Ubuntu itself.</p><p>However, we advise founders to approach forks with eyes wide open. Keep in mind that forks are generally a <em>last resort</em> alternative to open-source projects which, for whatever reason, cannot or will not provide the value and functionality that users need.</p><p>That said, it may be a good idea to think about creating a fork when:</p><h3>There’s No Other Logistical or Practical Recourse</h3><p>If a project’s owner is about to wink out of existence, one of the best ways to save it from becoming an abandoned ghost town could be to fork it. On the other hand, if you’ve identified an important new direction you think the project should take, but you can’t convince the owners to expand the scope or pivot, a fork may be your only alternative.</p><h3>There’s No Other Technical Recourse</h3><p>When open-source projects aren’t serving all the needs of its users, contributors may also have the option to consider building alternatives, such as developing non-disruptive plugins or implementing <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Inversion_of_control"><em>inversion of control</em></a>, which can grant external frameworks control of certain aspects of how applications run.</p><p>In some cases, external fixes can’t change fundamental architecture issues that keep users from getting what they need. There may be a need for deeper change across the codebase that the owners aren’t willing to support.</p><h3>There’s a Genuinely Valuable Use Case For a Significant Audience</h3><p>If you’ve identified a genuinely valuable use case for a non-trivial user base that requires a real change in direction, a fork might be a good way to go. The <a href="https://github.com/Tokutek/mongo">TokuMX</a> fork of MongoDB significantly modified the NoSQL database’s architecture to handle heavier write operations and larger datasets.</p><p>The Tokutek team identified opportunities for improvement over the core project and launched in 2013. The fork was considered valuable enough to lead the OSS database organization Percona to acquire the company in 2015 and make TokuMX the basis of its server product.</p><h3>There’s a Genuinely Huge Community Upside</h3><p>Your fork <em>of</em> an open-source project will create <em>your own</em> net-new open-source project–which will need a substantial community itself. When you fork an existing project, you’re fundamentally creating a schism in that project’s community that can very easily lead to hard feelings and resentment among users and contributors who are involved on a purely volunteer basis.</p><p>Ultimately, your new community will have to come from one of two sources. You will need to either spin up a new community full of brand-new people who are not active users of the original project (not impossible if you plan and resource it properly), and/or you will need to siphon off people from the existing project’s community to support your project (more likely).</p><p>The original project’s community will see <em>exactly</em> what you’re doing. And they are more than likely to question your motives, and hesitate to join you based on their concerns.</p><h3>Licensing and Trademarks Allow a Path to Success</h3><p>More than likely, your fork will need to carry the same open-source license as the original project. It’s important to ensure your future project makes sense under those licensing terms, and that your startup can and will abide by all copyright and trademark restrictions.</p><h2>How Should Startups Approach Creating a Fork?</h2><p>We recommend taking the following steps when planning to fork:</p><h3>1. Ensure You, and the Community, Have Exhausted Every Other Option</h3><p>As mentioned above, there are alternatives to forks. Creating a fork–and a startup around a fork–means making a major commitment. The last thing any founder wants to do is make an enormous investment into launching a new project only to find out there’s a free community plugin that does the same thing.</p><h3>2. Contact the Original Project Owners Directly</h3><p>Aside from being an important courtesy, making contact with the original project’s owners will help you identify any potential alternatives and also hopefully help you pave a path for upstream contributions to the original project–an important part of forking you should absolutely plan to resource in your product roadmap.</p><h3>3. Make Your Announcement to the Community</h3><p>Making anything public should come <em>after</em> you’ve confirmed that forking is the only path forward to solving the problem you’re setting out to solve, and <em>after</em> you’ve made civil, positive contact with the project owners. Skipping ahead to the public announcement without alerting the owners will almost certainly set a hostile, competitive tone that won’t help your project.</p><p>Your announcement should be:</p><ul><li><strong>Comprehensive </strong>- Explain in full detail why a fork is needed</li><li><strong>Value-Driven</strong> - Explain how the fork will benefit its intended audience</li><li><strong>Candid</strong> - Discuss how you exhausted every alternative, and your conversations with the owners–knowing that misrepresenting those conversations could have a disastrous effect on your reputation</li><li><strong>Respectful</strong> - Knowing that forks can cause resentment, all public statements should be deeply respectful to a project’s community and owners</li><li><strong>Clear</strong> -Communicate your call-to-action and next steps, like explaining where and how to participate, and inviting new contributors to join the buildout for early materials</li></ul><p>It’s a best practice to plan to hunker down with the community wherever they meet between your community announcement date and your launch. You should plan to spend your time answering questions and taking all feedback as it comes. While there may definitely be unhappy comments, there may also be extremely valuable feedback from potential future contributors.</p><h3>4. Create Your Fork per Licensing and Trademark Restrictions</h3><p>Only after you’ve explored every alternative, contacted the owners, and made your intentions clear in the community should you actually fork the original project’s code.</p><p>Your fork should, as mentioned, have a distinctly different name than the original project to avoid trademark infringement, and you should plan to provide for any and all provisions of the original project’s license, like preserving copyright notices and attribution, distributing source code, documenting modifications, and the like.</p><h3>5. Begin the Long Journey of Supporting a New Project</h3><p>After you’ve forked the original project, your work has only just begun. Now, it’s time to build up a new community around what amounts to a net-new project that provides distinct value, while ensuring you don’t fall hopelessly behind the original project’s version updates.</p><h2>Congratulations. You Forked It.</h2><p>If you’ve made it this far, you should hopefully have a better understanding of why forks aren’t common and why they carry significant risk. Your job as an open-source founder is to build and maintain a vibrant project with an equally vibrant community. We wish you the best of luck and invite you to check out these additional resources that may be helpful.</p><h2>More Resources</h2><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/power-users-guide-open-source-licenses">Article: The Power User’s Guide to Open-Source Licenses</a></li><li><a href="https://jamesdixon.wordpress.com/forking-protocol-why-when-and-how-to-fork-an-open-source-project/">Article: Forking Protocol: Why, When, and How to Fork an Open Source Project by James Dixon</a></li><li><a href="https://thenewstack.io/open-source-projects-fork/">Article: Why Do Open Source Projects Fork? by Pete Bratach</a></li><li><a href="https://thenewstack.io/why-open-source-forking-is-a-hot-button-issue/">Article: Why Open Source Forking Is a Hot-Button Issue</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/success-for-open-source-startups">Article: What Success Looks Like for Modern Open-Source Software Startups</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-legal-licensing-issues">Article: Understanding Legal Issues for Open Source Software Start-ups</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-invest-in-open-source-startups">Article: How to Successfully Invest in Open-Source Startups</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-fork-an-open-source-project">How to Successfully Fork an Open-Source Project</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #4, A Billion-Dollar Idea with Tobie Langel</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-a-billion-dollar-idea-with-tobie-langel</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 Nov 2024 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c6f84632-6392-489c-a241-a48b47512d73</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 4 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John chat with open source expert Tobie Langel about the critical issues of sustainability and security in open source software. Tobie shares insights on the vulnerabilities of widely used open source projects, the need for professional maintainers, and the evolving legislative landscape that could reshape the future of open source.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 4 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John chat with open source expert Tobie Langel about the critical issues of sustainability and security in open source software. Tobie shares insights on the vulnerabilities of widely used open source projects, the need for professional maintainers, and the evolving legislative landscape that could reshape the future of open source.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-a-billion-dollar-idea-with-tobie-langel">Ep. #4, A Billion-Dollar Idea with Tobie Langel</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #44, Service Mesh Evolution with Idit Levine of Solo</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-44-service-mesh-evolution-with-idit-levine-of-solo</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Nov 2024 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cf2d5b06-06f4-431d-95ff-18218d98df90</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 44 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot sit down with Idit Levine, Founder and CEO of Solo.io, to explore the evolving world of service mesh technology. Idit shares her unconventional journey into tech, the founding of Solo, and innovations like Ambient Mesh that simplify Kubernetes networking. Dive into the challenges of microservices, open source collaboration, and the future of AI in networking.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 44 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot sit down with Idit Levine, Founder and CEO of Solo.io, to explore the evolving world of service mesh technology. Idit shares her unconventional journey into tech, the founding of Solo, and innovations like Ambient Mesh that simplify Kubernetes networking. Dive into the challenges of microservices, open source collaboration, and the future of AI in networking.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-44-service-mesh-evolution-with-idit-levine-of-solo">Ep. #44, Service Mesh Evolution with Idit Levine of Solo</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Power User’s Guide to Open-Source Licenses</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/power-users-guide-open-source-licenses</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Nov 2024 18:48:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source Licenses]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bd1f50b6-2e1d-41aa-8008-ab68a16c6a90</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Learn the advantages and drawbacks of specific open-source licenses and how they can affect an open-source startup’s future.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h1>Licensing: A Key Trade-Off for Open Source Startups</h1><p>Why is Heavybit putting together this guide for open-source startup founders on how to choose a license that best fits your vision while making projects more defensible and sustainable in the future? Because while open source began as a genuinely grassroots movement focused on solving common problems, it has increasingly become a battleground over ownership.</p><p>Open-source software (OSS) has been many things. It has been an incredible source of innovation that builds global communities. It has been the center of conflicts between unpaid maintainers and corporations looking to extract value. But it has never been a business model.</p><blockquote>I think you could argue [open source is] the exact <em>opposite</em> of a business model: You spend a bunch of your time, which costs money, and then you create a thing, and you give it away for free. And you give up control over it.” - Joseph Ruscio, General Partner / Heavybit</blockquote><p>As we’ll cover shortly, open-source software licenses are arguably <em>the</em> crucial link between your open-source project and your company that makes your startup viable. Choosing the most appropriate license for your startup early on can set you up for success, and hopefully help you avoid a painful “rug-pull” license switch in the future.</p><p>And as we’ll cover below, trademarks are the key protection that identify your products as your own.</p><p>To help you best understand your options, we’ll cover:</p><ul><li>Copyleft vs. Permissive Licenses</li><li>The Most Popular Types of Open-Source Licenses (and Their Trade-Offs for Startups)<ul><li>GNU General Public License (GPL)<ul><li>Variations: AGPL and LGPL</li></ul></li><li>Mozilla Public License (MPL)</li><li>Apache License 2.0</li><li>MIT License</li></ul></li><li>A Word About BSL &amp; Fair Source (Which <em>Are Not</em> Open Source)</li><li>The Importance of Copyrights, Patents, Warranties, and Trademarks</li><li>Best Practices for OSS Startups</li></ul><p>As the founder of a startup building a product around an open-source project, you have options among different open-source licenses. Each comes with important benefits and trade-offs we’ll outline below.</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/a6ea1b38e83ea4ebc2faa536a3af8d16fa8d7111-1051x411.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p><a href="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/a6ea1b38e83ea4ebc2faa536a3af8d16fa8d7111-1051x411.png?auto=format"><em>&gt;&gt; Click to zoom in on this infographic</em></a></p><p><em>Some of the most popular open-source licenses, ranked by strictness/permissiveness.</em></p><h1>Copyleft vs. Permissive Licenses</h1><p>A quick-and-dirty open-source definition–the term <em>“open source”</em> refers to software that, per the terms of its license, lets users inspect, modify, and redistribute–unlike the typical proprietary software license, which restricts all three.</p><p>In contrast to the <a href="https://creativecommons.org/share-your-work/cclicenses/">Creative Commons Attribution license</a>, which is often used for most forms of digital media and lets users modify and redistribute materials as long as the creator is credited, there are many different licenses for open source.</p><p>Rather than review the <a href="https://opensource.org/licenses">entire comprehensive list of licenses</a> from our friends at the Open Source Initiative (OSI), we find that a useful shorthand for founders is to divvy them up into one of two categories:</p><h2><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Copyleft">Copyleft (Weak and Strong)</a></h2><p>Copyleft (or “sharealike”) is considered a “stricter” class of open-source license. While copyleft licenses generally let users modify and use a project’s materials for their own purposes, they also stipulate reciprocity of copyright protection and information for any derivative work.</p><p>Specifically, projects derived from a copyleft project must also carry a copyleft license, and distribute source code alongside any executables. Because of their requirements, copyleft is less compatible with other software licenses, which makes joint distribution more challenging. As such, copyleft licenses aren’t used as often for closed-source, proprietary software projects.</p><p><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Copyleft#Strong_and_weak_copyleft"><em>Weak copyleft</em></a> variants have lighter requirements around whether derivative projects must also be copyleft. Most commonly, weak copyleft licenses make exceptions for open-source components such as a project’s software library, which other software products (that use a different license) may link to, without being subject to copyleft licensing requirements themselves.</p><p><a href="https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-3.0.en.html">GPL</a> is an example of a strong copyleft license. <a href="https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/MPL/">MPL</a> is an example of a weak copyleft license.</p><h2><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Permissive_software_license">Permissive</a></h2><p>One of the earliest open-source licenses was the Berkeley Software Distribution (BSD) license. Since the advent of the BSD license, other, more startup-friendly permissive licenses have emerged, which generally carry fewer restrictions than copyleft licenses, including the <a href="https://opensource.org/license/bsd-3-clause">BSD 3-clause</a> variant, which covers redistributions of source code and binaries, as well as restrictions on endorsements, and the <a href="https://opensource.org/license/unlicense">Unlicense</a>, which carries copyright protections but little else.</p><p>Permissively-licensed open-source projects generally let users utilize, modify, and redistribute their materials, so long as they provide attribution to the original source. License compliance is generally much easier for permissively-licensed projects.</p><p>Permissive licenses are also more compatible with other types of software licenses, making joint distribution much easier. They’re commonly used for commercial products built around open-source projects, though defensibility has become an increasing concern for startups witnessing larger orgs assimilate open-source materials into massive commercial products.</p><blockquote><em>At Heavybit, we consider it to be a best practice for startups building open-source projects to also invest in trademark and protections to ensure their products stay viable in the market and help their community remain sustainable. (More on this below.)</em></blockquote><p><a href="https://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0">Apache</a> and <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MIT_License">MIT</a> are examples of permissive licenses.</p><h1>The Most Popular OSS Licenses (and Their Trade-Offs for Startups)</h1><h2><a href="https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-3.0.en.html">GNU Public License</a></h2><p>GPL-licensed projects give users the right to utilize, modify, study, and distribute software, free of charge. It also requires that any derivative work be distributed under similar terms.</p><p>GPL also has variants including the stricter <a href="https://www.gnu.org/licenses/agpl-3.0.en.html">GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL)</a> which offers copyleft protections for software made accessible over a network.</p><p>The less-strict GNU <a href="https://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl-3.0.en.html">Lesser General Public License (LGPL)</a> allows for links between libraries and proprietary applications and its license terms allow modifications to also release under LGPL (rather than GPL), as well as allowing for distribution of proprietary software derivatives that integrate LGPL-licensed software without having to also adopt LGPL.</p><p>(However, the LGPL does <em>not</em> provide allowances for two-way dependencies. Products may have dependencies <em>on</em> LGPL-licensed software code without requiring adopting LGPL. But if a LGPL-licensed project has dependencies <em>on</em> the proprietary code from an external project, that project would be required to use LGPL as well.)</p><p>Most GPL-licensed projects are either licensed under <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GNU_General_Public_License#Version_2">GPLv2</a> or <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GNU_General_Public_License#Version_3">GPLv3</a></p><p>GPL was originally written by <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/richard-stallman-b74304271/">Richard Stallman</a>, founder of the <a href="https://www.fsf.org/">Free Software Foundation</a>. It’s one of the stricter copyleft licenses available.</p><p>It’s perhaps worth noting that Stallman’s work, while groundbreaking, was originally in service of <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Free_software"><em>free software</em></a>–software distributed to allow completely unfettered usage, distribution, and study without having to pay for it–rather than open source specifically.</p><h3>Examples of Projects That Use GPL</h3><p>Some examples of projects that use GPL include:</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.kernel.org/">Linux Kernel:</a> The core component of the Linux OS</li><li><a href="https://www.mysql.com/">MySQL:</a> The popular relational database management system (RDBMS)</li><li><a href="https://gcc.gnu.org/">Gnu Compiler Collection:</a> The well-known free code compiler</li></ul><h3>Pros &amp; Cons of GPL</h3><h4>✅ <em>Pro: Strong Protections Against Other Orgs “Privatizing”</em></h4><p>As a strong copyleft license, GPL has relatively strong restrictions in place to protect against other corporations incorporating them into their own closed-source, for-profit products.</p><h4>✅ <em>Pro: Patent Litigation Protections</em></h4><p>GPL protects users from patent litigation sought by other users of or contributors to the project.</p><h4>✅ <em>Pro: Preserves “Openness” of Code</em></h4><p>The license stipulates that any modified version of a GPL-licensed project must itself be made publicly available for inspection, ensuring that any changes made to the project itself, or within derivatives, are a matter of public record.</p><h4>❌ <em>Con: Clashes With Other Licenses, Corporate Products</em></h4><p>Because of GPL’s restrictions, it doesn’t play well in joint distributions with software <em>not </em>licensed under GPL. Any software derived from, or distributed with, a GPL project, must also carry GPL and is subject to the same restrictions, such as providing source code (which can make GPL fundamentally incompatible with closed-source proprietary products).</p><p>For the above reasons, GPL and other copyleft licenses have been criticized for having negative “<a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Copyleft#%22Viral%22_licensing">viral licensing</a>” repercussions on commercial software development–legally, any product developed in concert with a copyleft license like GPL itself automatically becomes a GPL project as well–subject to the same requirements of offering source code with every distribution.</p><h3>Projects Best Suited for GPL</h3><p>GPL is potentially a good fit for projects that will involve extremely frequent community development, accompanied by heavy customization from different user groups. GPL’s required transparency and shared source code stipulations will provide important learning resources to a community that is frequently modifying and testing new features.</p><p>The content management system <a href="https://wordpress.com/">Wordpress</a> is an example of a GPL-licensed project with adjacent products for commercial use, built by private companies. (Notably, <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2024/10/10/wordpress-vs-wp-engine-drama-explained/">licensing conflicts</a> have arisen between co-founder company Automattic and hosting company WP Engine, which we’ll cover below.)</p><h2><a href="https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/MPL/">Mozilla Public License</a></h2><p>While a copyleft license, MPL attempts to strike a middle ground between GPL and more-permissive licenses. MPL lets users incorporate code from MPL-licensed software into proprietary software code, so long as users can access the MPL code under the license within those new projects.</p><p>Like GPL, MPL requires users to distribute source code for any part of the project they modify–as well as to make it available under MPL. When distributing MPL-licensed code, users are also expected to document which parts of a project’s codebase they have modified.</p><h3>Examples of Projects That Use MPL</h3><p>Some examples of projects that use MPL include:</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/">Firefox</a> and <a href="https://www.thunderbird.net/en-US/">Thunderbird</a>: Mozilla’s browser and email client</li><li><a href="https://flex.apache.org/">Apache Flex</a>: The MXML and ActionScript framework successor to Adobe Flash</li></ul><h3>Pros &amp; Cons of MPL</h3><h4>✅ <em>Pro: File-Based Copyleft Means More License Compatibility</em></h4><p>As mentioned, MPL lets users integrate MPL-licensed code into different, proprietary projects–those projects can then be released under different licenses without violating MPL.</p><h4>✅ <em>Pro: Patent Litigation Protections</em></h4><p>MPL grants patent rights to users, which provides protection against patent litigation.</p><h4>❌ <em>Con: Documenting and Licensing Code Burden</em></h4><p>Using MPL code requires users to document any code modified from the original project and and make the modified code available itself under MPL–which adds overhead to any project.</p><h4>❌ <em>Con: Low Adoption</em></h4><p>While MPL effectively offers a middle ground between copyleft and permissive, it’s not widely used, and therefore might not drive adoption of new projects using the license.</p><h3>Projects Best Suited for MPL</h3><p>MPL makes sense for open-source projects that will thrive when their code gets integrated into other proprietary software projects, while still allowing some measure of control over how the code gets used.</p><p>It should be noted that MPL doesn’t offer legal protections for contributors. Slightly stricter weak copyleft licenses such as <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eclipse_Public_License">Eclipse Public License (EPL)</a> stipulate that projects must provide legal protections for contributors in the case of any legal action.</p><p><a href="https://brave.com/">Brave Web browser</a> is an example of a MPL-licensed open-source project that offers commercial add-ons, such as a VPN, an AI assistant, or search API access for AI model training.</p><p>The Mozilla foundation enjoys a level of control over its open-source Firefox browser even as other companies build plug-in applications for it.</p><h2><a href="https://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0">Apache License</a></h2><p>Being a permissive license, Apache lets users modify and distribute code and derivative works as commercial products without also having to also distribute source code–so long as derivative works include the original copyright notice and provide proper attribution back to the core project.</p><p>Apache’s flexibility for both individual developers and corporate orgs makes it one of today’s most popular open source licenses. The most recent version is Apache License 2.0, launched in 2004.</p><h3>Examples of Projects That Use Apache</h3><p>Some examples of projects that use Apache include:</p><ul><li><a href="https://kubernetes.io/">Kubernetes:</a> The containerized workload management platform</li><li><a href="https://httpd.apache.org/">Apache HTTP Server:</a> The web server used by ~25-30% of all websites</li><li><a href="https://www.tensorflow.org/">TensorFlow:</a> The popular ML model library</li></ul><h3>Pros &amp; Cons of Apache</h3><h4>✅ <em>Pro: Flexibility and Protections for Individual Developers</em></h4><p>Apache gives individual developers a wide berth to use open-source code within a licensed open-source project, along with patent rights that generally protect individual developers from patent litigation when using the software.</p><h4>✅ <em>Pro: Flexibility and Protections for Organizations</em></h4><p>Apache’s relatively loose restrictions and lack of requirements to also distribute source code for derivative projects make it a good fit to build proprietary products for conscientious organizations that follow the terms of the license.</p><h4>✅ <em>Pro: Clear, Well-Established Guidelines</em></h4><p>While the original Apache license debuted in 1995, the current version, Apache 2.0, launched in 2004, and over 20 years, has become a well-known standard for many open-source projects with clear guidelines on copyright protection and proper usage.</p><h4>❌ <em>Con: More Complexity Than Other Licenses, Including Trademarks, Modifications</em></h4><p>The Apache license is literally <em>longer</em> than other open-source licenses, and has more nuances to track. For instance, Apache contains more restrictions around trademarks–it does <em>not </em>grant users the right to utilize the creator’s trademarks–and requires users who significantly alter the code to document their modifications in any derivative projects.</p><h4>❌ <em>Con: Lack of License Compatibility</em></h4><p>Apache doesn’t always play well with other licenses–in particular, its different terms for patent protection and distribution make it generally incompatible with GPLv2 and older versions (while GPLv3 allows for combined distribution under GPLv3).</p><p>Apache also requires contributors to grant patent rights–a potential source of conflict when Apache-licensed software is combined with projects with different licenses that don’t also grant patent rights, which potentially exposes other parties to risk of patent infringement claims from contributors.</p><h3>Projects Best Suited for Apache</h3><p>Apache 2.0 is well-suited for projects that will likely see significant modifications and multiple distributions, while granting implicit patent protections. For this reason, Apache 2.0 has been popular for commercial products adjacent to open-source projects.</p><p>The open-source AI coding assistant <a href="https://www.continue.dev/">Continue</a> is an example of an Apache-licensed open-source project which offers an adjacent commercial offering featuring enterprise-grade authentications and governance for security-conscious organizations.</p><h2><a href="https://tlo.mit.edu/understand-ip/exploring-mit-open-source-license-comprehensive-guide">MIT License</a></h2><p>The MIT License is one of the most permissive open-source licenses that sees regular use. It puts very few restrictions on contributors.</p><p>Arguably, the primary difference between an MIT-licensed project and a fully public domain project is that MIT-licensed projects must retain the original copyright notice and license text in any derivative works.</p><p>MIT otherwise allows for a variety of reuse scenarios, including integrating MIT-licensed code within proprietary software products.</p><h3>Examples of Projects That Use MIT</h3><p>Some examples of projects that use MIT include:</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.javascript.com/">Javascript</a> tools including <a href="https://jquery.com/">jQuery</a>, <a href="https://nodejs.org/">Node.js</a>, and <a href="https://babeljs.io/">Babel</a></li><li>The <a href="https://react.dev/">React</a> and <a href="https://rubyonrails.org/">Ruby on Rails</a> frameworks</li></ul><h3>Pros &amp; Cons of MIT</h3><h4>✅ <em>Pro: Ease of Use</em></h4><p>The MIT License’s general lack of restrictions make it an extremely simple and easy-to-understand license that does not even require users–even private companies–to disclose that they have made modifications, or that they have incorporated MIT-licensed code into other projects or proprietary products.</p><h4>✅ <em>Pro: High Flexibility and License Compatibility</em></h4><p>Thanks to its lack of restrictions regarding attribution, documenting modifications, or distribution of source code, MIT projects are generally highly compatible with other, differently-licensed projects.</p><h4>❌ <em>Con: No Competitive Protections</em></h4><p>Because MIT is such a permissive license, there’s very little stopping competitors from copy-pasting the open-source code from a MIT-licensed project into their own, even if their project is a proprietary, for-profit project.</p><h4>❌ <em>Con: No Attribution Requirements May Discourage Community Contributions</em></h4><p>Community recognition can be a powerful motivator to drive contributions, but MIT’s lack of attribution requirements means that users can largely take freely from MIT-licensed projects without providing any recognition to contributors.</p><h3>Projects Best Suited for MIT</h3><p>Projects in rapidly-changing spaces that are intended to provide enough flexibility so that many users adopt them may be a good fit for MIT. Atlassian’s code hosting product <a href="https://bitbucket.org/">BitBucket</a> is proprietary software that offers a variety of <a href="https://github.com/bitbucket-rest-api/bitbucket/blob/master/LICENSE.txt">MIT-licensed</a> plugins and extensions.</p><h1>A Word About BSL &amp; Fair Source (Which <em>Are</em> <em>Not</em> Open Source)</h1><p>In addition to open-source licenses, there are emerging classes of software license that retain open-source-like features, such as some level of community sharing and exposure of source code, but also feature built-in, proprietary-like protections against commercial usage.</p><p>Such licenses have been the subject of more than a little debate. As <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/success-for-open-source-startups">HashiCorp’s VP of Developer Relations Adam FitzGerald explains</a>, startups now face defensibility challenges from massive enterprises as well as challenges from orgs like OSI that refuse to refer to such projects as being truly open source.</p><blockquote>If you&#x27;re trying to use [an open-source license] to build a business, you need to understand what you&#x27;re trying to do with it, and what sort of trade-offs you have once you pick one.” -Adam FitzGerald, VP Developer Relations/HashiCorp</blockquote><p>Below, we’ll include what you need to know about some of the most well-known alternatives to open-source licenses.</p><h2>About Business Source License (BSL)</h2><p>In 2016, MySQL creators Michael Widenius and David Axmark created <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Business_Source_License"><em>BSL</em></a>–an alternative license that is <em>not</em> open source. As major cloud providers created <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fork_(software_development)"><em>forks</em></a> of open-source projects to build profitable infrastructure while making few to no upstream contributions, BSL emerged as a way to protect the commercial interests of OSS companies.</p><p>Although BSL projects make source code available, as with other open-source projects, it lets project owners add usage restrictions. The idea was to preserve the ability of open-source projects to drive community contributions while encouraging companies building commercial solutions using BSL-licensed projects to make upstream contributions. </p><p><a href="https://www.hashicorp.com/blog/hashicorp-adopts-business-source-license">HashiCorp</a>, creator of infrastructure-as-code tool <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Terraform_(software)">Terraform</a>, has perhaps been the most <a href="https://www.hashicorp.com/blog/hashicorp-adopts-business-source-license">prominent adopter of BSL</a>. The controversial change led to a fully open-source fork <a href="https://www.linuxfoundation.org/press/announcing-opentofu">OpenTofu</a> and considerable discussion in the open-source community about whether this type of license was simply too restrictive for developers to use long-term.</p><h2>About Fair Source</h2><p>In 2024, the monitoring platform Sentry launched <a href="https://fair.io/"><em>fair source</em></a>–a new type of source-available license (that is also <em>not </em>open source). According to the website, “Fair Source Software (FSS) is publicly available to read; allows use, modification, and redistribution with minimal restrictions to protect the producer’s business model; and undergoes delayed Open Source publication (DOSP).”</p><p>The key differentiator is DOSP–distributing software first under a proprietary license, and later, under an open-source license. There are two primary ideas at work here, namely:</p><ul><li><strong>Limited Code Sharing, Maintaining Significant Control:</strong> Fair source’s intent is to let companies “meaningfully [share] access to the code for their core software products while retaining control of their roadmap and business model.”</li><li><strong>Continued Existence After Creator Companies Shut Down: </strong>FSS licenses let projects continue in perpetuity–even if companies that create them go away.</li></ul><p>FSS is essentially the last possible step before going into full-on proprietary software. By starting out with a proprietary license, fair source projects innately provide defensibility against other companies gobbling up publicly-available source code to improve and sell more of their own products–at the cost of not actually being open source and potentially missing out on significant collaboration and reach from having exposed source code.</p><blockquote>We&#x27;re in this interesting moment of tension where, I think the ‘business’ part of open source is starting to threaten the ‘rights’ part of open source.” -Adam Jacob, Founder/System Initiative</blockquote><h1>The Importance of Copyrights, Patents, Warranties, and Trademarks</h1><p>Before we continue, it may be helpful to distinguish between three confusing types of intellectual property (IP) to help you understand what you can and can’t invoke to protect the work of your open-source startup and your community:</p><h2>Copyrights</h2><p><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Copyright"><em>Copyrights</em></a> are protections for original works, and contain conditions for original works being copied, modified, and distributed. Open-source licenses generally grant copyright protection to original creators and contributors to projects for their own work, but allow usage, modification, and distribution per their specific stipulations.</p><h2>Patents</h2><p><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Patent"><em>Patents</em></a> are specific legal protections for which creators must file separately with an agency like the USPT. Patents provide the exclusive rights to create and/or distribute a specific invention by their holders.</p><p>GPL, MPL, and Apache all contain some form of patent license from contributors that implicitly protects users against patent claims, though MIT does not contain an express patent license (or any type of patent-related language, as it predates software being patented regularly).</p><p>For project creators, patents are generally considered innovation blockers. In degenerate cases, such as the <a href="https://www.zdnet.com/article/gnome-faces-baseless-lawsuit-from-patent-troll/">2019 case</a> against GNOME Foundation, <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Patent_troll"><em>patent trolls</em></a> cynically attempt to enforce patents beyond any reasonable expectation of value or previous contributions.</p><h2>Warranties</h2><p><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Warranty"><em>Warranties</em></a> are commitments to a certain level of performance, guaranteed by the issuer for a set period of time. Most open-source licenses (including the four we discuss above) carry a <em>warranty disclaimer</em> that waives any liability for using a project.</p><h2>Trademarks</h2><p>According to the <a href="https://www.uspto.gov/trademarks/basics/what-trademark">US Patent and Trademark Office</a>, “a trademark can be any word, phrase, symbol, design, or a combination of these things that identifies your goods or services.” They are intended to protect your company from competitors using confusingly similar names or logos by granting you the exclusive rights to your marks.</p><p><em>Important: Unlike with copyrights, patents, and warranties, open-source software licenses <strong>do not</strong> confer inherent trademark protections.</em></p><h1>Best Practices for Open-Source Startups</h1><h2>Choosing the “Right” License</h2><p>There’s a reason there are so many OSS licenses. When selecting your license, we recommend considering at least these factors:</p><ul><li><strong>Distribution:</strong> OSS licenses generally let any user obtain project code from any distribution. Source-available licenses may restrict usage or sharing earlier on to specific users–which may afford your startup more protections but limit its reach.</li><li><strong>Modification and Derivative Terms:</strong> Strict copyleft licenses offer strong protection for your original code, as anyone who modifies copyleft projects must also distribute the source code of their modifications. Useful protection against commercial competitors, but may also lead to licensing challenges.</li><li><strong>License Compatibility:</strong> Stricter licenses are generally less compatible with other software licenses–something to consider if your project’s future requires significant integrations with other proprietary products.</li></ul><h2>Defensibility via Trademarks</h2><p>While your choice of license is important, it isn’t enough to keep an OSS startup defensible and sustainable. We advise all OSS founders to invest in their trademarks to complement any protections they enjoy from their license.</p><p>Trademarks are arguably the most important aspect of intellectual property (IP) for open-source founders, <em>because</em> OSS licenses don’t confer any trademark protections. Trademarks help keep your open-source projects defensible because they <em>identify and prove that you are the source of your product</em>.</p><p>When you protect your startup’s products and services with a trademark, you establish that your startup–and only your startup–may use its marks to represent, market, and sell your products and services. Trademarks protect your startup from competitive entities that attempt to misrepresent themselves as being related to your startup or your projects.</p><p>Trademarks are central to the <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2024/10/20/wordpress-vs-wp-engine-drama-explained/">conflict</a> between Automattic, the company founded by Wordpress creator Matt Mullenweg, and the hosting platform WP Engine. Wordpress apparently powers about <a href="https://blog.hubspot.com/website/wordpress-stats">40%</a> of all websites worldwide, and WP Engine provides a number of plug-ins, templates, and additive services for Wordpress users.</p><p>The contention is that the “WP” in WP Engine’s name implies an association between WP Engine and Wordpress that doesn’t exist–for instance, that WP Engine may have created or is otherwise the owner of Wordpress–a claim WP Engine has <a href="https://x.com/wpengine/status/1839246341660119287">strenuously disputed</a>.</p><p>As a counter-example, the open-source DevOps platform <a href="https://www.systeminit.com/">System Initiative</a> is both an Apache-licensed project and a venture-backed startup.</p><p>Chef co-founder <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/adamjacob/">Adam Jacob</a> founded the company with the express purpose of avoiding some of <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D9n3D-L9RQM">the built-in challenges</a> in launching a venture-backed open-source startup.</p><p>Its <a href="https://www.systeminit.com/open-source">extensive open-source licensing page</a> delineates what users are and aren’t allowed to do with the project and is an excellent example of how to explicitly set forth your OSS startup’s trademark.</p><h2>More Resources</h2><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-legal-licensing-issues">Article: Understanding Legal Issues for OSS Start-ups with Amanda Brock</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/success-for-open-source-startups">Article: How Open-Source Startups Succeed With Adam FitzGerald</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/open-source-licensing-and-the-future-of-open-source-businesses">Video: Open Source Licensing and The Future of Open Source Businesses</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/power-users-guide-open-source-licenses">The Power User’s Guide to Open-Source Licenses</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #20, Exploring Shaka Player with Joey Parrish</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-20-exploring-shaka-player-with-joey-parrish</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Nov 2024 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ea973c73-41e9-4733-9669-c8c8866b8faf</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 22 of Demuxed, Matt, Phil, and Steve reflect on the 10th Demuxed conference and welcome Joey Parrish, creator of Shaka Player, for a behind-the-scenes look at Shaka’s evolution. With insights into Shaka’s open-source community, conference highlights, and the future of adaptive video, this episode offers a unique perspective on today’s streaming tech challenges.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 22 of Demuxed, Matt, Phil, and Steve reflect on the 10th Demuxed conference and welcome Joey Parrish, creator of Shaka Player, for a behind-the-scenes look at Shaka’s evolution. With insights into Shaka’s open-source community, conference highlights, and the future of adaptive video, this episode offers a unique perspective on today’s streaming tech challenges.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-20-exploring-shaka-player-with-joey-parrish">Ep. #20, Exploring Shaka Player with Joey Parrish</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #3, The Open Source Pledge with Chad Whitacre of Sentry</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-the-open-source-pledge-with-chad-whitacre-of-sentry</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Nov 2024 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">94ee2440-d9d3-4f65-b62a-87c91c4e3011</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 3 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John sit down with Chad Whitacre from Sentry to discuss the Open Source Pledge, a new initiative aimed at addressing the sustainability crisis in open source software. Chad shares insights on how companies can better support the maintainers behind the projects they rely on and explores the cultural challenges of funding open source development.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 3 of Open Source Ready, Brian and John sit down with Chad Whitacre from Sentry to discuss the Open Source Pledge, a new initiative aimed at addressing the sustainability crisis in open source software. Chad shares insights on how companies can better support the maintainers behind the projects they rely on and explores the cultural challenges of funding open source development.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-the-open-source-pledge-with-chad-whitacre-of-sentry">Ep. #3, The Open Source Pledge with Chad Whitacre of Sentry</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #24, Nudge with Jacqueline-Amadea Pely and Desiree-Jessica Pely, PhD</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-24-nudge-with-jacqueline-amadea-pely-and-desiree-jessica-pely-phd</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Nov 2024 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">488112b6-c537-4e72-bc1f-8163d4a08de4</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 24 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers speaks with Dr. Desiree-Jessica Pely and Jacqueline-Amadea Pely, co-founders of LoyeeAi. The sisters share insights on how AI and behavioral economics can be used to improve decision-making in sales and beyond, while discussing the potential benefits and risks of large language models. Tune in for a thoughtful conversation on the future of AI, human collaboration, and responsible innovation.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 24 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers speaks with Dr. Desiree-Jessica Pely and Jacqueline-Amadea Pely, co-founders of LoyeeAi. The sisters share insights on how AI and behavioral economics can be used to improve decision-making in sales and beyond, while discussing the potential benefits and risks of large language models. Tune in for a thoughtful conversation on the future of AI, human collaboration, and responsible innovation.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-24-nudge-with-jacqueline-amadea-pely-and-desiree-jessica-pely-phd">Ep. #24, Nudge with Jacqueline-Amadea Pely and Desiree-Jessica Pely, PhD</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #14, Quality Culture with Rosie Sherry of Ministry of Testing</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-14-quality-culture-with-rosie-sherry-of-ministry-of-testing</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2024 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fc812357-75b9-47bc-831f-2a954d3bda92</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 14 of How It’s Tested, Eden Full Goh speaks with Rosie Sherry, founder of the Ministry of Testing, about her journey building one of the largest communities in software testing. Rosie shares insights on how testing roles have evolved, the impact of AI, and the importance of fostering a company-wide culture of quality. Tune in for a deep dive into the future of testing and quality assurance.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 14 of How It’s Tested, Eden Full Goh speaks with Rosie Sherry, founder of the Ministry of Testing, about her journey building one of the largest communities in software testing. Rosie shares insights on how testing roles have evolved, the impact of AI, and the importance of fostering a company-wide culture of quality. Tune in for a deep dive into the future of testing and quality assurance.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-14-quality-culture-with-rosie-sherry-of-ministry-of-testing">Ep. #14, Quality Culture with Rosie Sherry of Ministry of Testing</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #23, Do One Thing Well with Timothy Chen of Essence VC</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-23-do-one-thing-well-with-timothy-chen-of-essence-vc</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Nov 2024 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d6230848-39f1-4475-a518-aa7267c9201d</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 23 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers welcomes Timothy Chen, managing partner at Essence VC, for a deep dive into the startup ecosystem. Timothy discusses the challenges founders face when raising capital and why traditional VC support often falls short. He also explores the importance of culture in startup success, the overhype surrounding AI, and his philosophy of working closely with founders to guide them through critical early stages.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 23 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers welcomes Timothy Chen, managing partner at Essence VC, for a deep dive into the startup ecosystem. Timothy discusses the challenges founders face when raising capital and why traditional VC support often falls short. He also explores the importance of culture in startup success, the overhype surrounding AI, and his philosophy of working closely with founders to guide them through critical early stages.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-23-do-one-thing-well-with-timothy-chen-of-essence-vc">Ep. #23, Do One Thing Well with Timothy Chen of Essence VC</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #75, O11yneering with Daniel Ravenstone and Adriana Villela</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-75-o11yneering-with-daniel-ravenstone-and-adriana-villela</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Nov 2024 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">890c89a5-5999-4ebf-b5ee-05541d6e03b8</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 75 of o11ycast, Daniel Ravenstone and Adriana Villela dive into the challenges of adopting observability and OpenTelemetry in modern organizations. From breaking down vendor loyalty to getting developers to see the value of instrumentation, they explore how to foster a culture of curiosity and collaboration to make observability a core part of development.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 75 of o11ycast, Daniel Ravenstone and Adriana Villela dive into the challenges of adopting observability and OpenTelemetry in modern organizations. From breaking down vendor loyalty to getting developers to see the value of instrumentation, they explore how to foster a culture of curiosity and collaboration to make observability a core part of development.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-75-o11yneering-with-daniel-ravenstone-and-adriana-villela">Ep. #75, O11yneering with Daniel Ravenstone and Adriana Villela</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #2, Defining Open Source with Avi Press of Scarf</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-defining-open-source-with-avi-press-of-scarf</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Oct 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">275599da-6fe7-49db-b3ca-74ed25a52e26</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 2 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride speak with Avi Press, Founder &amp; CEO of Scarf. Together they explore the evolving definition of &quot;open source&quot; in the context of AI and the future of technology. They also examine broader issues surrounding licensing, business models in open source, and the challenges associated with both.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 2 of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride speak with Avi Press, Founder &amp; CEO of Scarf. Together they explore the evolving definition of &quot;open source&quot; in the context of AI and the future of technology. They also examine broader issues surrounding licensing, business models in open source, and the challenges associated with both.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-defining-open-source-with-avi-press-of-scarf">Ep. #2, Defining Open Source with Avi Press of Scarf</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Future of AI Code Generation</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/future-of-ai-code-generation</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Oct 2024 18:17:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Code Generation]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Hiring]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">93910af8-06a6-4f3e-b302-fa064db1e2e9</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>The team at Continue.dev discusses the best possible future for AI code generation tools.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>AI Code Generation Is Still in Early Innings</h2><p>AI code generation tools are still relatively new. The first tools like OpenAI Codex and GitHub Copilot arrived only a few years ago, and the most valuable affordances–the ways these tools enable you to use LLMs while coding–are redefined every few months as new models drop. As a result, we’re all still early into our journey of using, building, and making the most of AI-assisted coding tools.</p><p>At this point, it’s unclear how many developers have even adopted AI code assistant tools yet. Some studies suggest that <a href="https://stackoverflow.blog/2024/09/23/where-developers-feel-ai-coding-tools-are-working-and-where-they-re-missing-the-mark/">76%</a> of developers “are using or planning to use AI coding tools,” but 31% don’t trust the output of their AI assistants and 45% suggest that AI tools “are bad or very bad at handling complex tasks.” At the 2024 AI Engineer World’s Fair, Quinn Slack (CEO &amp; co-founder of SourceGraph) estimated that <a href="https://www.youtube.com/live/5zE2sMka620?si=REI_NTslezFgV-b4&amp;t=19068">only ~5%</a> of professional developers were using AI code assistants as of June 2024.</p><p>Is there a missing piece of the puzzle? What’s stopping teams from using them more frequently and gaining the benefits they’re supposed to offer? We discussed the issue in depth with Ty Dunn, co-founder at Continue.</p><p><strong>Heavybit:</strong> In your conversations about AI code generation tools with developers, what seems to be working for them?</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/1ac6393697d9d4a99b543838bc546b9c44956a3e-1200x1200.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Affordances are how users can interact with a product--whether by design or by users finding stopgaps. Image courtesy Sketchplanations</em></p><p><strong>Ty Dunn:</strong> We&#x27;ve talked to thousands of developers over the last year. So far, these seem like the only three affordances that early adopters are using regularly:</p><ul><li><a href="https://docs.continue.dev/autocomplete/how-to-use-it"><em>Autocomplete</em></a>, which gives you inline code suggestions as you type to either tab-complete or ‘reject’ by continuing to type out the rest manually</li><li><a href="https://docs.continue.dev/chat/how-to-use-it"><em>Chat</em></a>, which replaces researching quick coding questions, makes it easier to get familiar with new languages / frameworks / libraries, and allows you to iterate on a code section before you put it back into the text editor</li><li><a href="https://docs.continue.dev/edit/how-to-use-it"><em>Edit</em></a>, which lets you modify some code without leaving your current file by simply explaining the changes you want to make using natural language, making it easy to optimize your code for performance, quickly adding comments, making a code section more readable, refactoring it to use a different library, or just generally transforming it some way based on instructions.</li></ul><p>Any other affordances beyond these three are not regularly used at this point by developers. They still seem to be experiments for early adopters and enthusiasts to try. Nevertheless, these alternative affordances are evolving quickly as labs release more capable models, developer tools companies try many different UI/UX approaches, and \developers learn to better leverage both of them.</p><p>Up to this point, most tools are being used in existing IDEs, primarily VS Code and JetBrains. However, there is ongoing debate about whether existing IDEs can support the affordances needed to most effectively leverage LLMs in the long run. In my view, most developers won’t switch to a new IDE in the near term.</p><p>However, I do think we will eventually move beyond existing IDEs as model capabilities improve. If you’re in the Bay Area next week, I’d love to discuss this further with you at the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/future-of-ai-coding-genai">DevGuild: AI Summit III</a> event, where we’ll be talking about codegen tools in a private, open-circle format.</p><p><strong>HB:</strong> What’s preventing more teams from using such tools?</p><p><strong>TD:</strong> One of the main reasons expectations have surpassed adoption is because the majority of AI code generation tools are black boxes. Black box solutions don&#x27;t reveal how or why they come to specific code suggestions. When you don&#x27;t have visibility into or control over the code generation system, you can&#x27;t measure, understand, or improve it.</p><p>The lack of governance is also the biggest reason why enterprises have been cautious in using such tools; they&#x27;re understandably concerned about <a href="https://www.ciodive.com/news/JPMorgan-Chase-developer-experience-strategy-DevUP-conference/728249/">code quality, security, and compliance issues</a>. We believe that taking an open-source approach—that emphasizes transparency and customizability, making it easy for you to monitor and modify the systems and decisions tools make as needed—will be the difference-maker.</p><p>We believe in giving you the freedom to keep building software using whichever unique processes and tools you’re already using because they make sense for you and your organizational requirements. Breaking out of the black box will offer organizations the control and visibility needed to embrace AI code generation tools with confidence.</p><h2>The Next Generation of Tools and Developers</h2><p><strong>HB:</strong> What will that better future–one where AI coding assistants offer what teams need–look like?</p><p><strong>TD:</strong> Well-designed AI code generation tools should lower the activation energy required to get started on a task, make it easier to overcome roadblocks you run into along the way, and let you get more ambitious with every project. Using them offers the opportunity to bring up both the floor and the ceiling of the <a href="https://x.com/__anjor/status/1800957333096497650">software each of us creates</a>.</p><p>AI tools in software development are expanding who can participate in the creation and maintenance of software. People who never identified as developers before are increasingly able to engage in software development tasks. This shift will further democratize the creation of software, making it more inclusive and accessible to individuals with diverse backgrounds and skills.</p><p>Product managers, data analysts, designers, engineering managers, and other folks in the business will be able to more deeply contribute to the software development process. The boundaries of what has traditionally been considered &quot;the engineering team&quot; might even become less defined.</p><p>Companies are already witnessing scenarios where individuals with little coding experience manage complex website updates using AI code assistants—a task that previously necessitated bringing in a specialized front-end engineering consultant.</p><p><strong>HB: </strong>How will changing roles affect the next generation of developers? Will there be fewer career opportunities?</p><p><strong>TD:</strong> Many folks who might have previously viewed coding careers as out of reach will gain the confidence to become junior developers due to these tools. While Steve Yegge speculated about the demise of junior developers in his article <a href="https://sourcegraph.com/blog/the-death-of-the-junior-developer">&quot;The Death of the Junior Developer&quot;</a>, I remain optimistic that AI code generation tools will, ultimately, proliferate the very existence of junior developers in the workplace.</p><p>There&#x27;s a very real problem of falling into the trap of overreliance on AI, which impedes learning. However, based on my conversations with developers, once you do this a few times, you notice and adjust your approach to using the tool. These instances where you are led astray can become valuable learning opportunities, which sharpen your ability to evaluate and understand how to use these tools.</p><p>From an organizational perspective, AI code assistants offer junior developers the chance to break the mold of slow learning cycles. Instead of waiting for senior engineering input to get unblocked, junior developers can instantly consult their AI code assistant and explore other possibilities they wouldn&#x27;t have considered alone.</p><p>This not only accelerates learning but also allows junior developers to reserve their limited interaction time with senior engineers for crucial, in-depth guidance, thereby optimizing their growth and development within the company on top of the time saved for senior engineers.</p><p><strong>HB:</strong> So, how do AI assistants change the world of senior engineers?</p><p><strong>TD:</strong> Part of becoming a senior engineer will involve the mastery of knowing when to use an AI code assistant to accelerate your development versus when it would just slow you down. Senior developers will thus gain the benefits of AI code assistants, while largely avoiding the drawbacks. These general text manipulation tools will enable them to get more done, faster without compromising the quality of their work.</p><p>And as this happens, it will become clear that spending some of their newly unlocked time <a href="https://research.google/blog/ai-in-software-engineering-at-google-progress-and-the-path-ahead/">improving their AI code assistant</a> (to unlock even more time) is particularly valuable. Developers will increasingly shift more and more of their time to working on their code generation tools and systems.</p><p>The work that engineers did previously–such as writing code–will become something that the system does, while engineers work on the implementation, operations, and improvements of the system that does those tasks. So if your job is to build and maintain the API services in an org, you&#x27;ll increasingly move to building and maintaining the system that builds and maintains those API services.</p><p>You’ll effectively end up one abstraction level higher, similar to how we moved from assembly to higher-level programming languages. I believe moving towards this higher level of abstraction will amplify developers to become more powerful and more capable.</p><p><strong>HB:</strong> What impacts will AI assistants have on overall code quality and how teams build things?</p><p><strong>TD:</strong> I believe, in the long run, that having AI code assistants that give developers the control and visibility they need can absolutely pave the way for many more (and more capable) developers. In that future, there will be more software, which frequently will be much better.</p><p>Both the way people build software–and the way they learn to build it–is changing. Whether or not you have been coding for 50 years or just started today, if you have an open mind to learning when and where and how to use these tools, you will be helping to define where this change takes us.</p><p>Of course, there will be growing pains throughout the transition. There will also be a lot of bad practices propagated, much more insecure code shipped, many more bugs created, the increased use of software for nefarious purposes, and likely many more difficult to predict, unintended consequences.</p><p>But this is why we need to start talking deeply about those issues now–not just building the next cool thing but deeply thinking about and actively shaping the future. We need to not only build the next cool tool or affordance but also think deeply about the future we want and work towards it. The entire Continue team is excited about the potential for a better future.</p><p>But rather than just hoping things get better, we think there’s a lot of value in trying to better define the future we&#x27;re working towards and getting more people involved in shaping it. We’ve compiled thoughts from the Continue community into <a href="https://amplified.dev">amplified.dev</a>, which explains why the best future is one where developers are amplified, not automated. If you believe in this future, join us by adding your name and opening a pull request <a href="https://github.com/continuedev/amplified.dev/edit/main/supporters.md">here</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/future-of-ai-code-generation">The Future of AI Code Generation</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #74, The Universal Language of Telemetry with Liudmila Molkova</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-74-the-universal-language-of-telemetry-with-liudmila-molkova</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Oct 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5a3a2f89-0243-490b-8217-c13ed2aeacd2</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 74 of o11ycast, Liudmila Molkova unpacks the importance of semantic conventions in telemetry. The discussion highlights the challenge of agreeing on naming conventions, the role of working groups in maintaining these standards, and the potential for future integration with AI technologies. Liudmila underscores the importance of a shared, vendor-agnostic approach to telemetry, enabling smoother interoperability across platforms.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 74 of o11ycast, Liudmila Molkova unpacks the importance of semantic conventions in telemetry. The discussion highlights the challenge of agreeing on naming conventions, the role of working groups in maintaining these standards, and the potential for future integration with AI technologies. Liudmila underscores the importance of a shared, vendor-agnostic approach to telemetry, enabling smoother interoperability across platforms.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-74-the-universal-language-of-telemetry-with-liudmila-molkova">Ep. #74, The Universal Language of Telemetry with Liudmila Molkova</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #1, Introducing Open Source Ready</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-introducing-open-source-ready</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Oct 2024 00:33:57 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">69fbafe0-94c8-4ff8-97a8-f5cd7993e07c</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this inaugural episode of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride embark on a technical and philosophical exploration of the current state of open-source AI. John shares his hands-on experience with building large-scale data pipelines and integrating AI to create meaningful insights for developers. The discussion revolves around the balance between innovation, data privacy, and the growing power of large tech companies in the AI space. They also touch on the open-source community&#x27;s challenges, including licensing issues and the role of foundations in supporting AI projects.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this inaugural episode of Open Source Ready, Brian Douglas and John McBride embark on a technical and philosophical exploration of the current state of open-source AI. John shares his hands-on experience with building large-scale data pipelines and integrating AI to create meaningful insights for developers. The discussion revolves around the balance between innovation, data privacy, and the growing power of large tech companies in the AI space. They also touch on the open-source community&#x27;s challenges, including licensing issues and the role of foundations in supporting AI projects.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-introducing-open-source-ready">Ep. #1, Introducing Open Source Ready</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #22, Back to the Real World with Elijah Ben Izzy</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-22-back-to-the-real-world-with-elijah-ben-izzy</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Oct 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">796f1cb2-e1cf-4319-a1ea-2b3d2eaab0dc</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 22 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers speaks with Elijah Ben Izzy, CTO at Dagworks. Elijah emphasizes the importance of streaming in chatbot interactions, highlighting how partial, real-time responses can significantly enhance user engagement. The discussion covers Burr, which simplifies AI workflows through state machines, and explores its use in debugging and complex AI/ML systems. Elijah also shares his thoughts on the sustainability of AI&#x27;s hype and its energy demands, offering a balanced view on the future of this rapidly evolving field.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 22 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers speaks with Elijah Ben Izzy, CTO at Dagworks. Elijah emphasizes the importance of streaming in chatbot interactions, highlighting how partial, real-time responses can significantly enhance user engagement. The discussion covers Burr, which simplifies AI workflows through state machines, and explores its use in debugging and complex AI/ML systems. Elijah also shares his thoughts on the sustainability of AI&#x27;s hype and its energy demands, offering a balanced view on the future of this rapidly evolving field.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-22-back-to-the-real-world-with-elijah-ben-izzy">Ep. #22, Back to the Real World with Elijah Ben Izzy</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #13, The Evolution of Testing and QA with Katja Obring</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-the-evolution-of-testing-and-qa-with-katja-obring</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Oct 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">715b8d44-77e8-4c81-80dc-c74cb14ad046</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 13 of How It’s Tested, Eden is joined by QA expert Katja Obring. Together they discuss Katja’s 20-year career journey in the software testing and QA industry, her experiences across various companies, the evolution of testing practices, and her perspectives on current trends, including automation and AI. Lastly, Katja shares her thoughts on the future of software testing, the importance of critical thinking, and collaboration between developers and testers.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 13 of How It’s Tested, Eden is joined by QA expert Katja Obring. Together they discuss Katja’s 20-year career journey in the software testing and QA industry, her experiences across various companies, the evolution of testing practices, and her perspectives on current trends, including automation and AI. Lastly, Katja shares her thoughts on the future of software testing, the importance of critical thinking, and collaboration between developers and testers.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-the-evolution-of-testing-and-qa-with-katja-obring">Ep. #13, The Evolution of Testing and QA with Katja Obring</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Personal Branding for Founders</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/personal-branding</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Oct 2024 17:15:01 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Branding]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Founder]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">28a6176b-c970-4f72-bcc2-85bb12b52849</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Personal branding can be a powerful tool for startup founders to find leads and other important opportunities. Karl Hughes explains.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>Why Personal Branding?</h2><p>A lot of founders I’ve spoken to, especially those of us who are technical, bristle at the idea of intentionally working on their “personal brand.” I don’t like the term either, but once you cross the line from employee to founder, you’ll find that the relationships, reputation, and network you’ve built become 10x more valuable.</p><p>While some first-time founders successfully raise angel and venture money based purely on their ideas, the most successful founders I’ve met had some previous connections to their early investors that helped them secure their first rounds of funding. A strong personal brand is one way that founders can attract these and other valuable connections.</p><blockquote>Your success will depend on getting others to recognize your value. So you need to get comfortable marketing yourself.” - Jill Avery, Harvard Business Review</blockquote><p>For example, in the past year, more than 66,000 people have visited my personal website.</p><p>My web presence has helped me hire employees, attract new customers, build relationships with investors, and spurred countless interesting conversations with readers from around the world.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/5460cda6eb9a79a84eaf2398a803067b20a00db7-1179x967.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p>I say this not to brag, but simply to point out that anyone can do this.</p><p>I’m not an influencer or a celebrity. I haven’t had an exit or tons of press coverage for my businesses. I am just a software engineer who worked for startups and eventually founded and bought a couple of small businesses.</p><p>Along the way, I documented things that I learned, thought about, researched, and got interested in. I have never been especially prolific–averaging about one new blog post per month–but I have been pretty consistent. And, if you do something consistently for a decade, you’re bound to get decent at it.</p><p>That’s personal branding for me. It’s low-effort, but effective.</p><p>In this post, I’ll share more about what founders need to know about personal branding. I’ll start with the high-level “what” and “why,” and then move into some specific tips I wish I had when I was just starting my efforts. Along the way, I’ll offer examples of founders who do this well and share some takeaways that have helped shape my personal branding efforts over the past decade.</p><h2>What is Personal Branding?</h2><p>Personal branding existed long before the internet, but the proliferation of personal websites, social media, and online groups has dramatically changed the way personal branding happens.</p><p>Personal branding means taking steps to intentionally control the way people perceive you as a person or professional. For founders, this usually means shaping the narrative of <em>what</em> you’re building and <em>why</em> you’re building it. It can involve proving your expertise on a particular subject or sharing your opinions about an industry, technology, or trend.</p><p>As Jill Avery from <a href="https://hbr.org/2023/05/a-new-approach-to-building-your-personal-brand">Harvard Business Review</a> writes, “Personal branding is an intentional, strategic practice in which you define and express your own value proposition...it’s the amalgamation of the associations, beliefs, feelings, attitudes, and expectations that people collectively hold about you.”</p><p>For some people, personal branding is highly visual–especially in fields like sales, design, or show business.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/20db57d6a5356275069f9eb988b6deec27fdca9a-1537x944.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Jessica Walsh’s <a href="https://andwalsh.com/">website</a> (a well-known graphic designer) is highly visual and striking.</em></p><p>For more technical professionals, personal branding might be more about how you think or the technology you’re creating.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/f6107af00df0c3732c7f19e8b7b61ea51527db4f-811x447.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Paul Graham’s <a href="https://www.paulgraham.com/">website</a> (YC Founder) is mostly text and mostly references the technology he’s worked on.</em></p><p>Of course, a personal website isn’t the only avenue to control your personal brand, but we’ll cover more channels later. Before that, let’s talk about why it actually matters.</p><h2>Why Should Founders Care?</h2><p>Of course, the most well-known startup founders have established personal brands through their work and stories about them, but does this matter for early-stage startup founders? Or is personal branding something you can just worry about once you have a PR team?</p><p>One of the things I love about entrepreneurship is that you can make your own path–you don’t have to do anything just because other people think you should. That said, if you are interested in cultivating a personal brand, it has its benefits.</p><h3>Business Awareness</h3><p>When I first started <a href="https://draft.dev/">Draft.dev</a>, I was making a pretty big career pivot from engineering to content marketing. I had never done sales before, but I had met a lot of people in developer relations and developer marketing thanks to my blog, public speaking, and social presence.</p><p>As a founder, your personal brand is largely indistinguishable from your business’ brand in the early days. Investing time in building your personal brand <em>before</em> you launch a company is a good way to gauge interest in your ideas and launch with more than just a Hacker News post.</p><p>Your personal brand is also a good way to showcase what you’re working on to people as your role and interests change. A few years ago, I was all about microservices and hiring engineers, and now I’m focused on business development and acquisition entrepreneurship. Whenever people ask how I made that transition and what I’m working on, I can easily refer them to my personal website.</p><h3>Building 1,000 True Fans</h3><p>People buy from people. Even if your goal is to build a highly scaled technology startup, everyone starts with their first customer, and almost every first customer comes from previous relationships with people who like and trust you.</p><p>Kevin Kelly’s well-known essay <a href="https://kk.org/thetechnium/1000-true-fans/">1,000 True Fans</a> is all about the long-term value of building a base of loyal “fans” as customers:</p><blockquote>Millions of paying fans is not a realistic goal to shoot for, especially when you are starting out. But a thousand fans is doable. You might even be able to remember a thousand names. If you added one new true fan per day, it’d only take a few years to gain a thousand.” - Kevin Kelly</blockquote><p>Building your personal brand essentially means building your list of true fans, and it’s something you can take with you before you launch your business or after you sell it and start a new one.</p><p>My first corporate customer at Draft.dev approached me after seeing a deeply personal post I made on Linkedin about the feelings I had spending time with my new son. While we delivered value for them (they’re still a customer four years later), the relationship started because she was a fan of my Linkedin post.</p><h3>Unforeseen Opportunities</h3><p>Most people who read your blog or interact with you online won’t become “true fans,” but that doesn’t mean you won’t benefit from these readers.</p><p>For example, I’ve had several startup founders and employers reach out to me about consulting and job opportunities just because of something I wrote years ago. A few of these were worth pursuing, and some led to long-time friendships.</p><p>Having a visible personal brand that attracts like-minded people is a great way to increase your <a href="https://www.codusoperandi.com/posts/increasing-your-luck-surface-area">luck surface area</a> as a founder. Building a reputation as a person who knows specific topics will lead to introductions, chance encounters, and a greater chance at success for any related projects you launch.</p><h2>5 Personal Branding Best Practices</h2><p>Like most founders, I’m busy, so I don’t spend 10 hours a week managing my personal brand, and my assistant doesn’t either. But, I’ve found a few tips that generally help me move the needle forward over time without a huge weekly commitment.</p><h3>1. Understand Your Target Personas</h3><p>The most fundamental question about branding (personal or organizational) is “Who are you trying to reach?”</p><p></p><p>As a founder, you probably have 2-3 target personas, so it’s important to think about them in concrete terms when you start planning your personal branding efforts. For example, mine are:</p><ul><li>Founders running $1M-$5M digital agencies who might want to sell their business in the next five years.</li><li>Former agency owners who have exited and are looking to invest $1M-$5M in a portfolio of digital agencies</li></ul><p>My personal brand, blog, social media, etc., are all centered around attracting and helping these two personas in some way.</p><h3>2. Choose One to Two Channels</h3><p>It’s better for your personal brand to be more active and engaged on fewer channels than to spread your efforts too thin such that they’re unsustainable. The choice of which channels to focus on (YouTube, personal blog, Linkedin, X, Facebook, etc.) comes down to the point above: “Who is your target audience and where are they spending time?”</p><p>The other thing to consider is what kind of content you want to create in order to bolster your personal brand. I’ve always leaned towards writing, but audio, video, or image-based content is certainly an option. You want your personal branding efforts to feel fun and easy, so don’t start up a TikTok channel if posting videos feels like a chore.</p><h3>3. Consistency Over Time is Key</h3><p>If you are like me, you get excited about new things, and that leads to taking on too much and burning out fast. At one point, I was writing new blog posts every single week on my personal blog, but it wasn’t sustainable.</p><p>I’ve found that you get better results over time and you can prevent burnout by building a plan that revolves around consistency over time instead of pushing as much content as you can for a few weeks and then quitting altogether.</p><h3>4. Develop a Clear Call to Action</h3><p>What do you want your target audience to do once they find you and start to feel like they trust you? Do you want them to book a call with you? Join your newsletter? Follow you on social media?</p><p>As you build up a presence, the next step is to clearly direct followers to a single, consistent call to action (CTA) that helps you understand the effectiveness of your personal branding efforts.</p><h3>5. Be Authentic</h3><p>I almost omitted this last tip because it feels trite to say, but I think it’s worth noting because I’ve failed at this many times in the past. Yes, your personal brand should help shape others’ perception of you, but it should also reflect your true personality and values.</p><p>There’s little value in building a brand that you quickly grow to hate because it’s just not really who you are. Be vulnerable. Share personal stories. You’ll build trust with people much faster if you’re consistently true to who you are in person and online.</p><h2>Conclusion</h2><p>Building a strong personal brand is not unlike <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/three-tips-for-simple-strategic-tactical-startup-communication">building a strong brand for your startup</a>. You have to understand who you’re trying to reach, how you’ll reach them, and the feelings you want them to have about your brand. That said, the advantage of having a personal brand is that it carries with you, long after you exit your company.</p><p>If you’re working on building a brand as a founder, please <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/karllhughes">follow up</a> with me–I’d love to hear about your journey.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/personal-branding">Personal Branding for Founders</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #21, Keep Up! Featuring Dr. Maia Hightower of Equality AI</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-21-keep-up-featuring-dr-maia-hightower-of-equality-ai</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Oct 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0210b597-461e-4873-94cf-5e4c23333405</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 21 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers is joined by Dr. Maia Hightower of Equality AI. Dr. Hightower dives into the transformative potential of generative AI in healthcare, discussing both its promise for underserved populations and the risks of algorithmic bias. Discover how responsible AI can drive health equity and the importance of diverse perspectives in shaping technology&#x27;s role in medicine.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 21 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers is joined by Dr. Maia Hightower of Equality AI. Dr. Hightower dives into the transformative potential of generative AI in healthcare, discussing both its promise for underserved populations and the risks of algorithmic bias. Discover how responsible AI can drive health equity and the importance of diverse perspectives in shaping technology&#x27;s role in medicine.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-21-keep-up-featuring-dr-maia-hightower-of-equality-ai">Ep. #21, Keep Up! Featuring Dr. Maia Hightower of Equality AI</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #21, Demuxed 2024 Conference Preview</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-21-demuxed-2024-conference-preview</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Oct 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f72da2e9-6101-47fc-be92-d82c015fec5b</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 21 of Demuxed, Matt, Phil, and Steve give a lively preview of Demuxed 2024, diving into what attendees can expect at the upcoming conference. From the new venue in San Francisco to exciting talks on cost optimization and DRM, they share their thoughts on standout presentations and behind-the-scenes preparations. Whether you&#x27;re attending or just curious, this episode is a must-listen for video tech enthusiasts.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 21 of Demuxed, Matt, Phil, and Steve give a lively preview of Demuxed 2024, diving into what attendees can expect at the upcoming conference. From the new venue in San Francisco to exciting talks on cost optimization and DRM, they share their thoughts on standout presentations and behind-the-scenes preparations. Whether you&#x27;re attending or just curious, this episode is a must-listen for video tech enthusiasts.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-21-demuxed-2024-conference-preview">Ep. #21, Demuxed 2024 Conference Preview</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Machine Learning Lifecycle: Take Projects from Idea to Launch</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/machine-learning-lifecycle</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Sep 2024 16:11:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ba199b1f-a46d-4efe-8a74-fdae3536d48d</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Discover the ML lifecycle and learn how to take an ML project from idea to launch.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>Machine learning</em> is the process of teaching deep learning algorithms to make predictions based on a specific dataset. ML engineers typically use popular languages such as Python or R to stand up ML programs. While there are emerging use cases for machine learning in software development, there are still <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/machine-learning-engineering-ai-incentives">challenges in getting ML projects into production</a>. Overcoming the failure to launch starts with identifying genuinely useful use cases for machine learning, understanding what to expect at each stage of a machine learning project, and communicating goals and expectations to get stakeholders’ support.</p><p>This article will cover:</p><ul><li>Why startups might launch machine learning projects</li><li>The machine learning lifecycle:<ul><li>Identifying your business goal</li><li>Framing your business problem as a machine learning problem</li><li>Data collection and processing</li><li>Model development and training</li><li>Model evaluation and retraining</li><li>Model deployment</li><li>Maintenance and monitoring</li></ul></li><li>Advice for getting stakeholders on board with machine learning initiatives</li></ul><h2>Why Startups Launch Machine Learning Projects</h2><p>Machine learning can help startups and development teams for a variety of use cases:</p><h3>Automation Across a Variety of Development Tasks</h3><p>ML algorithms can extract and analyze data for a variety of development use cases, including:</p><ul><li><strong>Project and Requirement Scoping:</strong> ML models can be useful to identify and catalog project requirements</li><li><strong>Unit Testing: </strong>ML can also be useful for software testing and QA tasks.</li><li><strong>Change Requests:</strong> ML can help automate the change request process to document and track requests across their lifecycles</li></ul><h3>Predict Maintenance Requirements</h3><p>You might also use machine learning to perform predictive maintenance of your hardware or infrastructure, helping to mitigate the cost of disruption by performing maintenance at off-peak times and pre-empting failure or compromised performance.</p><h3>Personalize Offerings for Customers</h3><p>Machine learning algorithms can analyze which content and keywords resonate with your target audience. Armed with these insights, you can more easily deliver personalized marketing and offers to customers, improving chances of engagement and conversion.</p><h3>Forecast Sales (and Churn)</h3><p>A machine learning model can generate sales predictions based on data about your prospects or customers. Analysis of customer behavior and interactions can enable you to answer questions like: How many prospects convert after engaging with your website? How many are likely to buy your product after taking a demo? How are those rates influenced by someone’s location, seniority, or role at their company? How likely are they to take out a subscription over a one-time purchase? Beyond forecasting, these insights can then be used to optimize your sales and support processes to better serve and retain customers, or <a href="https://medium.com/@ramazanolmeez/end-to-end-machine-learning-project-churn-prediction-e9c4d0322ac9">predict churn</a>.</p><h3>Add Value to Your Product</h3><p>There’s also always the possibility of incorporating whatever machine learning capabilities you might find useful into your product as a feature for customers. For example, ML in an incident response platform <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/generative-ai-incident-response-devops">can uncover and compile context around incidents to make post-mortems more comprehensive and valuable</a>.</p><p>A word of caution though–knowing your audience is extremely important here:</p><blockquote>I have spent 25+ years in infrastructure. Infrastructure people…[are] pretty risk-averse to things that are not deterministic. We knew we couldn’t just drop [artificial intelligence] into the product and ‘go with it.’ We had to think beyond AI being cool tech and interrogate where we could create real value for our customers.” — <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/machine-learning-engineering-ai-incentives">Andrew Fong, CEO and cofounder of Prodvana</a></blockquote><p></p><p>So, machine learning is not a panacea and with any ML project you undertake, you will need to balance the perceived utility of your use case with the effort and investment required to set it up. <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/generationship/ep-9-how-we-will-work-together-with-michelle-yi">Technology expert Michelle Yi suggests</a> that “As more and more hallucinations or different challenges happen, I think the use cases are going to become narrower and narrower until the actual underlying technology improves.”</p><p>All of that is to say, ML is a big undertaking and not without its flaws, so it’s vital to be clear on what you want from a ML project and whether those expectations are realistic–starting with identifying your business goals.</p><h2>The Machine Learning Lifecycle</h2><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/92be237c2b79577f6d9ed59681fbab9aa6d52718-3334x1733.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p><em><a href="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/92be237c2b79577f6d9ed59681fbab9aa6d52718-3334x1733.png?auto=format">&gt;&gt; Click to zoom in on this infographic</a><br/>The typical machine learning project lifecycle, in just eight easy steps.</em></p><h3>Business Goal Identification</h3><p>Machine learning projects are resource-intensive–so you don’t want to invest in one just for the sake of saying you’re doing ML. Start by making sure everyone is clear and aligned on what business value you expect to derive from the project. Prioritizing business goals that directly impact your company’s north-star metrics will help you gather support.</p><h3>ML Problem Framing</h3><p>With a business goal established, you need to frame your business problem as a machine learning problem. Is machine learning even the right tool for the job? What data will be observed and what should be predicted? What is the ideal outcome of the ML model? For example, if your ideal outcome is to get customers to convert from a free trial, the model’s goal could be to recommend content highlighting useful features and benefits based on the user’s interactions with your product during the trial period. The final step is defining the metrics you will use to measure success–in this example that might be a percentage increase in conversion from trials.</p><h3>Data Collection</h3><p>Now a ML problem is defined, your data scientists can begin collecting data to develop the ML model. You might have existing datasets you may use, otherwise you will need to gather the relevant data, potentially supplementing your in-house dataset using off-the-shelf or synthetic data. There are two common challenges around data availability and <a href="https://www.datacenterknowledge.com/ai-data-centers/new-ai-readiness-report-reveals-insights-into-ml-lifecycle">data quality</a> to watch out for here:</p><ol><li>Incomplete or irrelevant data can generate model results that are no better than a coin flip.</li><li>It may be simple to capture telemetry around how customers interact with your website or product, but it can be harder to assign meaning to that behavior. Is someone failing to complete your product onboarding because the process is too cumbersome, or because the product wasn’t a fit to begin with?</li></ol><p>It’s no small task to collect data that’s simultaneously relevant, accurate, and sufficient to train your model, but this step is vital to set up the machine learning project for success.</p><h3>Data Preparation</h3><p>Data in hand, your data scientists can begin processing the raw data into a usable format. This stage involves figuring out if any data processing is required or categorization needed. Exploratory data analysis (EDA) will help to reveal if there are any missing values or outliers, or if feature engineering is required to transform the data you have into a format that aligns more closely with the business objective. For our trial conversion example, that could mean determining the overall conversion rate by subtracting the number of drop-offs from the number of conversions. If you want to eventually run your trained model on an ad hoc or daily basis, you likely don’t want to be beholden to a lot of data preprocessing each time, and may find it more efficient to use an API for data management. Scalability for larger datasets also matters, which is why it’s important to choose a model with the capacity to process the volume of data you plan to use. Skipping or rushing the preparation stage can be a false economy.</p><h3>Model Development and Training</h3><p>The ML model development process encompasses building, selecting, training, and fine-tuning the model. The work you did in the earlier stages of gathering and preparing your data ensures that the raw material that goes into the model is relevant and usable. Now, the focus is on building early iterations of the model and selecting the one that is most performant and closely aligned with your problem. Your data science team will continue tuning which features to add weight to, or adding any implementation-specific details. With a model selected, model training can begin: Your data scientists will expose the model to historical data so it can learn the patterns and relationships within your dataset and identify any dependencies. Then, with initial training complete, you can move onto model evaluation.</p><h3>Model Validation and Retraining</h3><p>You want a continuous delivery loop of ensuring that your model accuracy is being maintained or even improved with new training data as you go on, so ideally you will evaluate your model’s performance both before <em>and</em> after deploying your model in production. There should be an ongoing reconciliation between what is expected from the machine learning model’s output and what is actually happening.</p><p>Your evaluation metrics will have been determined by your data scientists as a result of their EDA process and typically iterated on in collaboration with your product team, such as through a Jupyter notebook, for example. Typically your model output results would be piped into a monitoring solution that scores the performance and alerts you if it drops below a certain threshold. From there, you can refine the model through hyperparameter tuning or retraining with real-world data.</p><h3>Production Deployment</h3><p>After training and fine-tuning your model, it’s ready for the production environment–whether you’re using open-source alternatives such as <a href="https://www.tensorflow.org/">TensorFlow</a>, <a href="https://pytorch.org/">PyTorch</a>, or <a href="https://mlflow.org/">MLFlow</a>, or closed-source solutions such as <a href="https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us">Microsoft Azure</a> or <a href="https://aws.amazon.com/pm/sagemaker/">AWS SageMaker</a>. Your data science team will deliver a packaged binary of the trained model, which essentially turns the model into a function with inputs and outputs for model deployment. This can then be run in something like <a href="https://aws.amazon.com/glue/">AWS Glue</a>, which in turn integrates with other parts of your ML ecosystem (such as Spark and Redshift).</p><p>This is how it <em>should</em> work, ideally, but by now you will have gathered that the ML lifecycle isn’t neat and linear, but a looping, iterative process. One of the reasons many ML projects fail to launch is continued siloing between data science and engineering teams:</p><blockquote>Orgs will get past the bottlenecks of requests getting thrown over the fence by rethinking the development life cycle to include what MLOps teams need. There’s still a sense that data scientists are still very much viewed as an ‘other,’ as opposed to just a regular member of the engineering team. Right now, one of the biggest challenges is a cultural one, not a tooling one.” — <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/machine-learning-engineering-ai-incentives">Adam Zimman, angel investor and strategic advisor to early stage VC firms and software startups</a></blockquote><h3>Maintenance and Monitoring</h3><p>Post-launch, it’s important to have visibility into your model’s performance and, for future jobs, to make iterative improvements–potentially utilizing techniques such as data visualization to properly assess your results. For example, it can be useful to consider metrics like comparing your expected and actual <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/F-score">F1 score</a> to determine how much <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Concept_drift">data drift</a> your model experienced. It may also be useful to track any metadata store that captures the output data you’ve accumulated from various model jobs to help you not only recall previous test conditions, but perform future tests against one configuration or another.</p><h2>Getting Stakeholders On Board for Machine Learning Projects</h2><p>Given the investment of resources, people, and tooling required for machine learning pipelines, and the <a href="https://www.cnbc.com/2023/05/02/samsung-bans-use-of-ai-like-chatgpt-for-staff-after-misuse-of-chatbot.html">high-profile</a> <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-data-privacy-security-iam">security and privacy risks</a>, you may experience some resistance from stakeholders. With <a href="https://venturebeat.com/ai/why-do-87-of-data-science-projects-never-make-it-into-production/">so few data science projects making it into production</a>, there isn’t a lot of compelling evidence that it’s worth the effort. So, how can you make the case for your ML project?</p><p><strong>1. Do your due diligence</strong>: As mentioned, the first stages of the ML lifecycle include identifying a clear business goal and validating that it can be framed as–and makes functional and business sense as–a machine learning problem. Such early steps can set your project up for success, but can also help with getting leaders on board. With proper validation, you can speak clearly to the value you expect to derive from the project and its overall impact to the business.</p><p><strong>2. Align on metrics</strong>: You’ll have an easier time winning (and keeping) support if there is less lag between initial investment and seeing returns from your ML model. It could be worth agreeing on a few metrics that satisfy different stakeholders’ expectations at different stages of the lifecycle:</p><blockquote>In the very short term, you might look at metrics like iteration speed–define some boundaries of what success is. If your immediate goal is making execs happy, you can start with things that are inherently measurable, and narrow the scope, such as down to a specific use case.” — <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/machine-learning-engineering-ai-incentives">Stefan Krawczyk, CEO and founder of DAGWorks</a></blockquote><p></p><p><strong>3. Show responsible resource use</strong>: By monitoring your deployed model’s compute usage, you can not only keep an eye on costs, but ensure that any predictions you generate are actually being looked at and used by stakeholders.</p><p><strong>4. Lean into ML ecosystem efficiencies</strong>: Building out your machine learning stack with tools that integrate well together is both more efficient and more secure. For example, if you’re a Google shop, BigQuery is a natural choice for your data platform. The most popular open-source models may offer first-party security features as well as community-built ones. Closed-source foundation models may offer vendor guarantees of security and privacy. In all cases, it’s a good idea to read the fine print and ensure your model provides the privacy and security your projects need, particularly if your team works in a highly regulated space such as healthcare, finance, or insurance.</p><p><strong>5. Embrace change</strong>: Be ready to iterate on the process you build around the ML lifecycle. The landscape is evolving constantly and your methodology should too. Showing a willingness to adapt to changing conditions and feedback is more likely to get people on board than if they feel they have to commit long term. Stefan Krawczyk put it neatly: “If you’re going to get into the MLOps space, you need to design for change.”</p><h2>More Resources:</h2><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/machine-learning-engineering-ai-incentives">Article: MLOps vs. Eng: Misaligned Incentives and Failure to Launch?</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-data-privacy-security-iam">Article: Data Privacy, Security, and Identity in the Age of GenAI</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/machine-learning-model-monitoring">Article: Machine Learning Model Monitoring: What to Do In Production</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/generationship/ep-9-how-we-will-work-together-with-michelle-yi">Podcast: Future of Work - How We Will Work Together</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/machine-learning-lifecycle">Machine Learning Lifecycle: Take Projects from Idea to Launch</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Future of Coding in the Age of GenAI</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/future-of-ai-coding-genai</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Sep 2024 15:14:58 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Code Generation]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Generative AI]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Coding Assistants]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fd0d405f-22a3-4876-8c82-6beacd57dd74</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>What does AI-assisted coding mean for the future of software development? Experts in software and AI tooling weigh in.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>What AI Assistants Mean for the Future of Coding</h2><p>If you only read the headlines, AI has already amplified software engineers into superheroes who complete coding projects more than <a href="https://github.blog/news-insights/research/research-quantifying-github-copilots-impact-on-developer-productivity-and-happiness/">50%</a> faster. All that’s left is to sit back and bask in the golden age of AI permanently setting software dev on “easy mode.” Right?</p><p>If the above assessment isn’t quite the same as your own experience in development, you’re not alone. While there are many exciting news stories about the transformative power of AI for generating code, documentation, testing, and other areas, there isn’t much of a common framework for benchmarking or clearly understanding what makes AI assistants “good.”</p><p>To help the dev community better understand the opportunities that AI coding assistants offer–and what dev teams can reasonably expect from them, we tapped several experts in AI-related software development. For more insights into AI code generation and other AI development tools, join the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/ai-summit-iii-code-generation">DevGuild: AI Summit III event in San Francisco</a>.</p><h2>AI Assistants Will Mean More Software and Devs</h2><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/8c3f03a1e08f1d479e602983d60693f2e522a273-200x200.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/tylerjdunn/">Ty Dunn</a> is the CEO and co-founder of <a href="https://continue.dev">Continue</a>, the leading open-source AI code assistant. He has worked in and around machine learning and software development his entire career, serving a tour of duty as the Founding Product Manager at Rasa. Some of his top observations about AI code assistants include:</p><h4><em>Early Innings and Growing Pains</em></h4><p>AI code assistants are still relatively new, and not all developers have even incorporated them into their workflows. There are still questions about whether existing tools, including IDEs like VS Code, and JetBrains, will make sense for AI-driven development over time.</p><h4><em>Valuable Use Cases for AI Code Generation</em></h4><p>There are a few genuinely valuable use cases for AI coding assistants that developers are incorporating into their day-to-day work now:</p><ul><li><strong>Autocomplete:</strong> Inline code suggestions have seen increased popularity, though some developers find them intrusive and their suggestions unhelpful</li><li><strong>Chat-Based Assistance:</strong> IDE sidebar interactions can provide on-demand answers to quick questions as well as guidance for unfamiliar technologies</li><li><strong>Editing and Refactoring:</strong> Inline transformations of code sections following natural-language instructions can speed up development processes</li></ul><h4><em>AI “Black Boxes” Are an Innovation Blocker, Especially for Enterprises</em></h4><p>Many modern AI code assistants still suffer from an understanding and governance gap. Several of these tools are “black boxes” that don’t offer the visibility and control that developers and organizations, particularly enterprises need. There’s an ongoing lack of trust among many organizations for AI tooling that’s blocking greater adoption.</p><h2>Additional Thoughts on AI Code Assistance with Ty Dunn</h2><p>The Continue co-founder notes that there are still many X-factors shaping AI-assisted coding. “We&#x27;re really early in this journey of learning to use code generation while building software.The vast majority of developers haven’t adopted them into their daily workflows yet. The initial autocomplete, chat, and edit affordances, while valuable today, are likely limiting us from integrating LLMs into our workflows more deeply.”</p><p>“People are exploring a lot of alternative affordances–you have AI labs constantly releasing more-capable models, like the recently launched <a href="https://openai.com/index/introducing-openai-o1-preview/">o1</a>. You have developer tools trying so many different UI/UX approaches. And then you have a third piece: Developers actually learning to leverage both of them.”</p><h3>Future Effects on Developers</h3><p>Dunn suggests that AI assistants can streamline away grunt work, and from a hiring perspective, they could absolutely make assessing a new hire’s skillset more challenging. However, it’s highly unlikely they’ll lead to an extinction event for junior developers.</p><p>“I don’t buy the idea that AI code assistants will lead to the end of junior engineers. I think there can be a trap that new engineers fall into–relying too much on these tools, which inhibits their learning–but to be honest, I think AI code assistants are going to lead to more people building software, ultimately.”</p><p>“And junior devs are going to be that much more capable and productive. If I had these tools when I was learning, I would’ve progressed a lot faster.” Dunn suggests that a professional upside of AI code assistants is they can help junior engineers unblock themselves more quickly, and save their consultations with senior engineering leaders for truly pressing questions.</p><p>“I also think that more people in organizations are going to participate in software development. Beyond what we’d traditionally call ‘an engineering team,’ we’re seeing people who might not consider themselves to be devs using AI coding tools for technical projects, such as making website improvements they might’ve needed a Web consultant for previously.”</p><h3>How “Engineering Teams” May Look Different</h3><p>“I think we&#x27;re going to see more product managers, analysts, and business folks–just generally people across the organization participate in the development of software. Over time, I think <em>software engineers</em> will increasingly move <em>from</em> the work they do now to working on code generation systems and tools. What they <em>used</em> to work on will be what the AI software development system does–and <em>they</em> will work on the system.”</p><p>“If your job is to build the microservices in your org, you&#x27;ll increasingly move to building the system that <em>creates</em> the microservices. You’ll end up being one abstraction level higher. Sort of like how we moved from programming in assembly to higher-level programming languages in the past.”</p><p>“What will the net effect be–whether we need <em>more</em> engineers or less? I’m not completely sure, but I&#x27;m pretty confident we&#x27;re going to move toward a higher level of abstraction that is more empowering for people. And as a result, it’s going to continue to accelerate the trend of more software–for example, more <em>custom internal</em> software–being created and operated.”</p><p>“The future we believe in is one where developers are amplified, not automated. We created an initial sketch of what that means at <a href="https://amplified.dev/">amplified.dev</a>, which we’d love for people to read and give us feedback on.”</p><p>“It&#x27;s critical that we think about what we want this future to look like–and that we work together to create a movement towards that vision. Because that is what’s going to ultimately shape where this goes more than anything. Rather than just hoping (and not thinking) about it and just building one thing a day at a time, there&#x27;s a lot of value in defining the future we&#x27;re working towards and getting more people involved in creating it.”</p><h2>Properly Learned, AI Assistants Will Be a Force Multiplier</h2><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/f20e08c7d05662508ac17acc0c2393095299a1a1-200x200.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/schkolne/">Steven Schkolne</a> is the CEO and founder of MightyMeld, the visualization and creation platform for complex React apps. He has been an engineer, artist, writer, and academic at such orgs as The Vain Company, The Huffington Post, and UCLA. Here are some of his observations:</p><h4><em>AI Assistants Are Evolving Beyond Low-Level Work</em></h4><p>After a formative period of automating away low-level tasks, AI assistant tools are starting to take on higher-level coding tasks, such as providing insights on APIs or the structure of existing code.</p><h4><em>There’s Still Plenty of Important Dev Work for Humans to Do</em></h4><p>While AI assistants may purport to take on repetitive, low-level work, there are still plenty of jobs requiring human intervention that also don’t quite justify investing hours from senior engineers.</p><h4><em>Control Matters</em></h4><p>Developers need to find a balance between the rapid automation that AI code generation promises and having control over the quality and relevance of code that such tools output.</p><h2>Additional Thoughts on AI Assistants with Steven Schkolne</h2><p>The MightyMeld founder is generally bullish on AI code generator tools’ ability to help developers crank out code quickly, as well as providing on-demand support via chatbots, and pushes back slightly against growing skepticism in AI for development.</p><p>“What we do is help developers do visual-level work with AI code. It’s a really exciting way to work visually. I tend to think that some of the criticism coming from cynics like <a href="https://www.goldmansachs.com/insights/top-of-mind/gen-ai-too-much-spend-too-little-benefit">Goldman Sachs</a> is in reference to <em>other </em>areas of the AI ecosystem. But the advances in software development? They’re here to stay–I don&#x27;t think we can go back at this point.”</p><h3>How Software Devs Will Progress in Their Careers in the Future</h3><p>Schkolne suggests that AI assistants are changing development as a career, but possibly not in completely straightforward ways. “A senior dev can get a lot more done, definitely–but I wouldn&#x27;t use the metaphor that AI assistants are ‘a virtual junior dev.’ That&#x27;s not really my experience working with AI tools.”</p><p>“It&#x27;s more like having this killer autocomplete that can take a lot of the grunt work out of getting stuff done. Has it diminished the importance of junior developers? Maybe, but conversely, it&#x27;s a wonderful tool for junior developers to skill up.”</p><p>“I think it&#x27;s a lot faster to skill up to being more senior, but I think [AI assistants are] moving the level at which you&#x27;re operating as a software engineer to that higher level: Where you&#x27;re thinking about where the bigger building blocks go, how your system works, how things flow.”</p><p>“I think, maybe part of what we used to think about as ‘the junior-level role’ is disappearing. As a senior dev, I might, for instance, give you the function calls, and the inputs, and here&#x27;s a comment...now go implement this API for me. But you don&#x27;t need someone to do that anymore. So that particular part of the job may be disappearing.”</p><p>“I think engineers are getting a lot more productive at the senior level. And if you&#x27;re new to the game, and you&#x27;re trying to advance in your career, you have to just skill up to that higher level to be productive. That&#x27;s what I see happening with junior developers.”</p><p>“On our team, we have a mid-level developer we work with, and there&#x27;s still a lot of things that we want to hand off to this person that still make sense for someone who&#x27;s not quite a senior dev to work on. They&#x27;re not necessarily the deepest problems in the world.”</p><p>“But this person is still coming in more at that mid-level and doing some real problem-solving, taking some high-level work off of a senior engineer&#x27;s plate. Mid-level devs can still do high-level problem-solving. They’re still working in areas of the codebase that might be a little more secluded from the main complexity.”</p><h3>What Engineering, and Eng Teams, Will Look Like</h3><p>Schkolne sees leverage as the biggest contribution of AI assistants to the future of development. “I think we’re already seeing things like no-code tools letting people build things for which they previously needed engineers. But at the same time, I think the complexity level of applications is going to rise tremendously because engineers can do so much more.”</p><p>“I’m in the camp of people who look historically at what other automation technologies have done–which is letting people do a lot more and build a lot more. You can make experiences for people that are so much more powerful. And for customers? Expectations are going to grow.”</p><p>“You&#x27;re going to see more sophistication and complexity in certain products that couldn&#x27;t have it before because in the past, three engineers couldn&#x27;t make it as awesome. Now three engineers can make it that awesome. And so, I think the engineering team of the future will look similar to how it is today, but with 10 times as much stuff being done by that same engineering team.”</p><p>Schkolne suggests that the biggest immediate challenge is giving developers control. “While we’d kind of been riding the complexity of AI–starting out with small-scale styling edits, we’re now doing component-level, page-level edits, adding new things to your page. Some of these recent model releases are just making things even faster and more powerful.”</p><p>“The question we encounter is: How do you give an appropriate amount of control to the engineer to kind of keep everything tidy? If you do enough iterations with an LLM on a codebase, at some point, it isn’t going to stay tidy. MightyMeld is working on how we can give front-end engineers control while they&#x27;re iterating really, really quickly and balancing those two things.”</p><h2>Using AI Tooling to Focus on What Matters</h2><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/94cf47c89bfcc730d00b79dc14af6b87648d5515-200x200.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/craigdalexander/">Craig Alexander</a> is the Director of Engineering at <a href="http://tonic.ai">Tonic.ai</a>, an industry leader in providing synthetic data for AI programs. He has been a technical lead and engineer at Gather, Kabbage, and IgnitionOne. He offers the following thoughts on AI development assistants:</p><h4><em>AI Tools Are Useful for Non-Code Generation Use Cases</em></h4><p>AI tools offer other useful additions to development, such as complex query generation and infrastructure-related tasks such as generating JSON reports or Docker configurations, which can save hours of writing syntax-heavy queries.</p><h4><em>AI Tools May Change, But Fundamental Properties of Software Projects Might Not</em></h4><p>Whether or not AI tools dramatically change the career trajectory of software developers, certain aspects of building software aren’t likely to change soon. At every stage of their careers, developers will always have to reckon with the size of, and relative importance of, their projects.</p><h4><em>Avoid Getting Lost in AI Hype, Find Tools That Are Right for You</em></h4><p>It’s easy to get lost in AI headlines of multi-billion-dollar funding rounds and multi-billion-parameter models. For teams looking to actually build and ship things, it’s a better idea to narrow your scope to finding models that are a strong fit for your use case and finding tooling and processes that increase your performance and lower your costs.</p><h2>Additional Thoughts on AI Assistants with Craig Alexander</h2><p>The engineering lead offers numerous suggestions on valuable AI use cases, particularly for data management, but tempers his outlook on AI across every single aspect of development. “AI tools have certainly saved me time in key areas–like query writing and query syntax, especially for non-SQL languages.”</p><p>“AI tools have also helped me with infrastructure–specifically, data tasks. As a developer, I&#x27;m very comfortable with code and running things locally, but sometimes I just need, let’s say, a Docker file to do something simple. Something like, ‘Hey, give me an engine X container that mounts this folder to serve up some HTML files.’”</p><p>“As for writing code itself, I don&#x27;t really use [AI tools] that much, personally. I still find myself asking questions to other people. But occasionally, if I need to do something that&#x27;s relatively simple, but I’m not 100% sure on the fastest way to write it, then I’ll consult [an AI code generator]. I find them to sometimes be a bit behind on new language features.”</p><p>“Now, there <em>are </em>lots of other areas where I <em>do</em> use [AI]. A big part of what we do at Tonic is writing complicated queries. We introspect database schemas and query a lot of system tables that are very different from technology to technology. I guess that&#x27;s not <em>directly </em>writing code–it&#x27;s very, very tangential and plugs right into it, though.”</p><h3>Scoping Your Career as an AI-Assisted Developer</h3><p>Alexander suggests that organizations will likely look for a “minimum literacy level” with AI tools and what to watch out for, though the tooling seems intuitive enough–and his own hiring will likely be focused on highly specialized needs.</p><p>“When I think about devs at different points in their career, there are two main factors to consider: There&#x27;s the size of the projects that they work on and how heavily [those projects] influence the rest of [the engineering org] in terms of practices and patterns and things like that. I don&#x27;t see those two things changing. I just see the existing levels getting a lot faster.”</p><p>“Let&#x27;s say I&#x27;m a junior engineer and I just signed on for a small-to-medium-level project. I still have to work with the product team to assess the requirements. I still have to think about user experience and maybe work with the design team. I have this coding system that can shoot out all this code at me, but I still have to put it together and make sure it works correctly.”</p><p>How will team composition change as a result of AI assistants? Alexander offers that the makeup of engineering teams may not change much due to functional reasons. “It&#x27;s been my experience that senior engineers don&#x27;t have junior engineers to ‘assist’ them by writing small sections of each project.”</p><p>“It’s been more of a situation where we rely on everyone to integrate all of their stuff together. It&#x27;s not like you have a senior engineer who takes these four pieces from these four junior engineers and stitches them together somehow. Engineering teams might end up being smaller just because everyone&#x27;s gonna be faster.”</p><h3>Rather Than Getting Lost in “The Future,” Focus on <em>Your </em>Future</h3><p>The engineering leader suggests that despite all the hype, there may be tools out there that provide ROI for you–and those should be the ones to focus on. “If you have a tool that saves your engineers on average 30% of their day–that&#x27;s 30% of their comp you can directly attribute to these tools and however much they cost.”</p><p>“Some of these AI tools–I know they’re not especially cheap, but if they can improve your productivity, it&#x27;s definitely worth the money. And, in my opinion, there&#x27;s also the opportunity cost of <em>not </em>[getting those productivity gains]–what are your engineers working on longer and <em>not </em>shipping? What competitor products are they <em>not</em> beating to market?</p><p>“If you’re trying to get any kind of ROI, keep in mind that with AI, as with many other systems, it’s ‘garbage in, garbage out.’ You’ll need to feed the right kind of data and avoid overfeeding it with bulky, unnecessary information. You’ll also need to make sure that sensitive information doesn&#x27;t get in there to avoid leakage risks and privacy breaches.”</p><p>Alexander notes that putting all your faith–and your attention–into the endless march of technology might not be the most productive use of your time. “Something to consider–before we had LLMs, the kind of ML models we were using were pretty different. Then, all this new stuff came along, and seemingly overnight, the utility went through the roof.”</p><p>Reflecting on the relentless pace of new LLM releases, each more powerful and trained on more data than the last, the engineering lead suggests we may hit a ceiling faster than we think. “It&#x27;s going to take some other huge paradigm shift or a new type of technology to get us to the next level. I&#x27;m not sure that throwing more data at existing techniques is going to be helpful. I think we&#x27;re at the point of diminishing returns there.”</p><p>“None of us can practically say <em>where</em> this new phase of AI and LLMs will go, but at some point, the cost is not going to be enough to justify further development. At that point, more-specialized models might make more sense. For example, people are already starting to build specific models for healthcare data, financial data, government data, and so on.”</p><p>“I would suggest that if you’re looking at using models for internal use, take a look at evaluation tools to know which model will work for you today–understanding it might not be the best thing for you three-to-six months from now–and that you should be able to switch your model.”</p><p>“You should be able to measure which model works best for you, and what outputs are the most cost-efficient for you. Sometimes, models can generate responses with an incredibly high accuracy, but also at a very high cost. Maybe you won’t need 95% accuracy–maybe you’re good with 90% accuracy but it&#x27;s going to be 80% cheaper to do it.”</p><p>“So if I were thinking of building or using existing models, I wouldn&#x27;t worry about which model out there is ‘the best’ or has the most parameters. I’d rather think about what are the best models and tools for me and my use case today.”</p><p>Continue the conversation with 200+ techical leaders at <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/ai-summit-iii-code-generation">DevGuild: AI Summit III event in San Francisco</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/future-of-ai-coding-genai">The Future of Coding in the Age of GenAI</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Enterprise AI Infrastructure: Compliance, Risks, Adoption </title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/enterprise-ai-infrastructure-compliance-risks-adoption</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Sep 2024 15:10:13 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Machine Learning]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Enterprise Software]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Infrastructure]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Compliance]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Enterprise Security]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Hardware]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Distributed Storage Systems]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3c9314c8-45f4-4d0f-91a0-258f0c698612</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Successfully deploying AI infrastructure means resolving the tension between risk, innovation, and incrementality. Infrastructure veteran Jos Boumans explains.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>How Enterprise AI Infrastructure Must Balance Change Management vs. Risk Aversion</h2><p><a href="https://mitsloan.mit.edu/ideas-made-to-matter/who-what-and-where-ai-adoption-america">50%-60%</a> of enterprises reportedly “use” AI, but <a href="https://www.gartner.com/en/newsroom/press-releases/2024-05-07-gartner-survey-finds-generative-ai-is-now-the-most-frequently-deployed-ai-solution-in-organizations">49%</a> report their biggest barrier to adoption is how difficult it is to demonstrate value. This in-depth interview explores how AI tools have to evolve–and how enterprise expectations must evolve–to make the most of the technology.</p><p>Enterprises are known to be risk-averse when it comes to adopting new technologies and new frameworks. They face the kind of regulatory scrutiny, public scrutiny, and in some cases, shareholder scrutiny that smaller startups don’t have to deal with.</p><p>The future state of enterprise AI ideally involves having well-trained internal teams in possession of a completely secure, pristine corpus of customer data they can feed into a pre-trained and performant machine learning (ML) model–or models–to produce high-quality results. At the moment, the present isn’t quite like this ideal future.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/9d9d852581326651a7db91cdda578ddbe75d80fa-200x200.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/josboumans/">Jos Boumans</a> is a software investor and advisor with decades of experience in developing and maintaining infrastructure. His previous tours of duty include leadership and development roles at Spectrum Labs, Canonical, and early machine-learning leader Krux, later acquired by Salesforce.</p><p>Below, he shares his perspectives on how organizations can reach their perfect future. Along the way, they’ll need to identify key challenges, next steps, and organizational changes that will be needed, including:</p><h3>Resolving the Tension Between Hardware vs. Cost</h3><p>To set the stage, Boumans suggests an initial wave of vendors may have solved the earliest challenges in building AI products: Collecting and storing data at scale such as via <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vector_database">vector databases</a>; running complex and massively parallel compute operations to produce ML models on demand via public cloud providers; and having fast enough hardware to run those models.</p><p>Boumans points out that AI compute generally runs on <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Graphics_processing_unit"><em>graphical processing units</em></a> (GPUs), the high-powered hardware chips built to render advanced computer graphics. Not because GPUs were ever intended for AI, but because they just happened to be the best thing on hand.</p><p>GPUs from market leaders like Nvidia are the core of modern AI compute. But if and when new hardware emerges–hardware that offers outsize performance at lower cost–we’ll likely see a step function that fundamentally shifts the landscape away from GPUs. In the same way that broadly-available consumer internet and mobile phones revolutionized telecom, a new AI hardware paradigm could completely transform AI infrastructure.</p><h3>Sensibly Implementing Deployment Configuration(s)</h3><p>Teams can deploy AI models in a variety of configurations, including <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Edge_computing"><em>on-device edge computing</em></a>, hosted inference via their company’s own private data center, or using a third-party cloud-based solution. Each has advantages, disadvantages, and associated costs–particularly in terms of building entirely new programs from scratch versus evolving existing infrastructure.</p><h3>Driving Adoption vs. Hurdles in Compliance, Security, Risk Aversion</h3><p>Boumans notes that enterprises need to resolve competing priorities and requirements across different departments like development, procurement, and security. In particular, non-technical departments view AI systems as non-deterministic “black boxes” that are difficult to assess for security and compliance checks.</p><h2>Discussion: How Enterprises Fill in the AI Infrastructure Blanks with Jos Boumans</h2><p>Boumans sets the stage by pointing out the messy realities of modern AI infrastructure. For example, GPUs became popular for hosting AI inference not because they were purpose-built for the task, but because they were at hand. There are many comparable examples of how modern infrastructure came to be through convenience, rather than through deliberate planning.</p><h3>AI Infrastructure Limitations: Today’s Affordance vs. a Future Hardware Revolution</h3><p>Boumans is blunt about the current state of web tooling. “We’re still running <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Border_Gateway_Protocol">IPv4 [addresses] and BGP</a>. Which means that in terms of the conventional infrastructure we have out there, there are protocols, integrations, software that ‘kind of work,’ and from there, we look for <em>affordance</em>.”</p><p>Boumans suggests a tension between the huge bets venture capitalists make to innovate versus the capital and operating expenditure enterprises invest every day. A chip that’s 1% better than GPUs won’t make a difference, but 10x efficiency will. The infrastructure veteran also notes the tension between R&amp;D and broad commercialization–which is what eventually establishes new standards.</p><p>Boumans notes two potential future shifts: First, the tendency toward affordance across existing tools in the short term, and second, a potential hardware revolution to address the long-term challenges of networking, storage, and even <a href="https://spectra.mhi.com/data-center-cooling-the-unexpected-challenge-to-ai">cooling</a>–which could be the next big major in AI infrastructure.</p><p>Citing the example of <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Content_delivery_network"><em>CDNs</em></a> like Microsoft Azure and Amazon, Boumans notes how impractical it is to try to deliver massive models to the edge. “Instead, you’ll see those providers implement <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pareto_principle">80/20</a> solutions, such as splitting up the model, routing, or early decision-making.”</p><p>Boumans points out that the cost of scaling inference at the high end will require additional changes. <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data_center">Data centers</a> are so costly to initially build and staff that it’s unlikely many companies will stand up their own new private data halls.</p><p>“There&#x27;s going to be a handful of companies who have expertise in that–and there’s a developing need for this kind of facility for AI. Just adding LLMs into RAM is going to be prohibitively expensive, so there will need to be innovations there–but we might not see those widely available for 10-15 years.”</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/35e55692045735616fb0ceb8be2c807f96daa5f6-1200x576.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Hardware concerns like cooling may become even more important as the need for AI compute increases. Image courtesy Acceleration Economy</em></p><h3>Resourcing Models From First Principles</h3><p>Boumans advises enterprises looking to establish a strong practice around a machine learning model in production go in with eyes wide open. “For ML, if I feed in more data, the model is likely to come up with a ‘better’ answer, but will also produce <em>a bigger artifact </em>as its output.”</p><p>“And this <em>bigger artifact </em>is more expensive to compute, more expensive to produce, more expensive to ship, more expensive to test, and so on. If you front-load with tons of data, you get something that looks very impressive. But then, everything <em>after </em>that step gets harder. And so the tension that you have to manage is having to update this system.”</p><p>Hosting inference is potentially more straightforward than running a massive LLM in production, as teams operating models need to carefully manage more variables, such as having a high-quality dataset, inference, and performance. “Big models will have blind spots that I would advise organizations to get very, very clear about.”</p><p>Boumans again points to the tradeoff between innovation and affordance. “The closer that you map your process to what you have on hand, the faster your pace to market will be. However, if you’re a researcher, you won’t see this as a path for building the best possible models–which is correct.”</p><p>“But as a researcher, your focus is on accuracy and performance–which aren’t the same business questions that enterprises have about who has access to the model, how responses vary at different pricing tiers, and so on. Yes, you can come up with the best model in the world, but that doesn’t mean you can put it in the hands of the customers who want it, with the optimal experience, price point, and support.”</p><h3>Focusing on Use Cases and Competitive Advantage First</h3><p>For enterprises simply looking to utilize GenAI apps for productivity gains, Boumans recommends focusing on valuable use cases and competitive advantage. “If I&#x27;m a big company and I&#x27;m looking to leverage AI to improve our workflows, I’ll look for something that will ultimately make customers buy our product over someone else&#x27;s.”</p><p>The infrastructure veteran notes that AI chatbots were an early success in terms of AI use cases due to known issues with call center-style support–but that a chatbot may not be enough, in itself, for enterprises to differentiate themselves. The path to valuable use cases will likely lie through intelligently using proprietary data in combination with enterprise-grade AI tools.</p><p>“It’s possible some organizations will find themselves at an awkward intersection where they have valuable proprietary data, but don’t have all the AI knowledge and infrastructure. But there could also be a second challenge–<em>not even having </em>all the other proprietary data they need in the first place.”</p><p>Boumans notes that vendors like OpenAI and Google generally provide useful tools, but for some enterprises, actual differentiation in the market may come from layering <em>their own</em> proprietary data <em>on top</em> of data provided by OpenAI or Google.</p><p>“Unfortunately, at that point, you&#x27;re still beholden to those massive vendors–even if you have all the infrastructure, software, and knowhow–as well as the team to run AI in production. If you lack the data, that’s where the <em>real </em>tension will be. Everyone will <em>try </em>to put a wall around their operation. And vendors like OpenAI will be happy for customers to use their results everywhere–but <em>you</em> won’t be getting <em>their</em> data.”</p><h3>Obstacles to Innovation: Procurement, Security, Regulation</h3><p>Boumans is pragmatic about how the security and governance needs of enterprises affect startups. Onboarding individual AI products means procurement obstacles including contract negotiations, budget constraints, and security–particularly in terms of compliance in stricter regions such as the EU. For AI startups, one of the biggest blockers to acquiring enterprise customers might be the lack of an established enterprise presence.</p><p>“Example: If I’m already buying Salesforce, I already have the procurement contract done–and now the exciting new AI app from Salesforce is just an extra line item. If there are breach of contract issues, I can sue Salesforce–I’ll have all these rights already built into the contract. I get to bypass a lot of these challenges, without having to go through procurement again.”</p><p>“And I think this is definitely where we start to see challenges with the ‘black box’ nature of AI in products. Before I buy, I’m going to want to know: What did this AI product touch? Where did it look? What’s it doing with my data?”</p><p>Boumans notes that there are less-established guidelines for privacy and security in AI, leading to regulation in some parts of the world, such as the <a href="https://www.europarl.europa.eu/topics/en/article/20230601STO93804/eu-ai-act-first-regulation-on-artificial-intelligence">EU’s AI Act</a>, to compensate with <a href="https://www.euronews.com/next/2023/12/15/potentially-disastrous-for-innovation-tech-sector-says-eu-ai-act-goes-too-far">controls that use regulation by enforcement</a>.</p><p>There’s a growing list of obstacles in the way of adoption: From regional regulation to requirements for security, compliance, and specific operational checklists unique to every enterprise customer. “If part of your pitch is that your AI product ‘improves’ if it accesses your users’ behavior or your proprietary data, enterprise customers are going to get nervous.”</p><p>“If they give you their proprietary data on how they write code internally, how do they know someone isn’t secretly accessing it? You have to <em>prove</em> your privacy and security are compliant. If you can’t, well–there’s going to be a major challenge in adoption there.”</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/6f6a84740e4292b877a2afc22fe656eea77232fe-2395x1020.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>European regulators have passed the AI Act, which attempts to prevent AI abuses by imposing risk-based restrictions. Image courtesy CIODive</em></p><h3>Regulated Spaces vs. Strategic Adopters vs. Technically Advanced Adopters</h3><p>Boumans foresees a few categories of enterprises that may adopt AI products in different ways.</p><p><em>Highly regulated organizations</em> in spaces like government agencies, finance, healthcare, and insurance will prioritize compliance and security above all else. “The conversation for these companies will start with: If you can’t meet my compliance and security requirements, we’re just not going to be able to do business.”</p><p>“But, if you <em>can</em>, the conversation will become: ‘Hey, we love what your AI product does, but it can never leave our perimeter.’ Realistically, these organizations have deep pockets and will happily shift both the risk–and the innovation–to a third party first. And <em>then </em>they’ll scoop it up later, if it <em>works</em>.”</p><p><em>Strategic adopters</em> could include the largest, most-resourced enterprises, such as the Fortune 500, who will adopt AI products cautiously. Such organizations might be open to running experiments in smaller markets–running tests in controlled environments but abandoning projects that don’t bear fruit.</p><p>Boumans explains, “Strategic customers will basically consider startups to be their external dev team. They’ll say: If your product and processes work, we’ll use them. We have the money for it. But these organizations will be the market laggards no matter what.”</p><p>Among enterprises, <em>technically advanced adopters</em> might offer AI startups the most opportunity. Enterprises that are more technically mature may experiment with AI solutions to test their feasibility, and run internal build-versus-buy conversations to understand the complexities of a use case through a third-party product before deciding to buy, or to build, their own.</p><p>More technically-advanced enterprises are likely to be more curious, and will consider the opportunity cost of building their own version integrating your AI products. They are the ones most likely to engage, and say: Let’s see what your product can do for our business.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/enterprise-ai-infrastructure-compliance-risks-adoption">Enterprise AI Infrastructure: Compliance, Risks, Adoption </a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Machine Learning Model Monitoring: What to Do In Production</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/machine-learning-model-monitoring</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Sep 2024 16:43:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Machine Learning]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Infrastructure Monitoring]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Metrics]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Observability]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2905a934-2fed-41a9-ba42-2539d5adea1f</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Learn how to monitor ML models once they’re in production with these best practices, metrics, and challenges to avoid.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Machine learning model monitoring is the process of continuously tracking and evaluating the performance of a machine learning model in production. This involves using various techniques to detect and measure issues that may arise with the model over time, such as model degradation, data drift, and concept drift. <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MLOps">MLOps</a> teams use monitoring to track a model’s operational performance over time, often using languages like Python and R.</p><p>Key aspects of model monitoring include monitoring key performance metrics, drift detection, bias and fairness, explainability, and putting alerts into place that will notify when issues are detected. By effectively monitoring ML models, organizations can ensure that their models remain accurate, reliable, and fair over time.</p><h2>Why Machine Learning Model Monitoring in Production Matters</h2><p>Building and shipping a machine-learning model takes considerable time and effort. Once you have a live-in-production model, it should be continuously monitored. This is for the same reason we built the models in the first place–these are powerful models that provide a wealth of information to the user, and they are only as good as the information they deliver. By continuously monitoring models, organizations can proactively address issues and ensure that their models remain effective and reliable in production.</p><p>There are multiple reasons why models need to be monitored, including:</p><h4>Model Degradation</h4><p>Over time, models can become less effective due to various factors, such as hardware limitations, software updates, user behavior, or other external factors. A degraded model may provide erroneous or less valuable insights, and could impact business outcomes that rely on that information–and teams should look to debug poorly-performing models as soon as possible.</p><h4>Data Drift</h4><p>The characteristics of the data a model is trained on can change over time, as can the way a model handles <em>feature attribution</em>–how much each feature in your dataset contributes to a prediction. This can lead to the model&#x27;s performance degrading as it encounters new, unseen data from new data sources or diverges from what should be a relevant subset. To ensure a model continues to provide value, it is important to remember to update it with new data as relevant.</p><h4>Concept Drift</h4><p>When the underlying relationships between the input features and the target variables change, this could mean a model&#x27;s assumptions are no longer valid. For example, in a model predicting customer behavior, changes in economic conditions or customer preferences could make past patterns irrelevant. Retraining the model and updating data can help address concept drift.</p><h4>Bias and Fairness Issues</h4><p>Models can inadvertently perpetuate biases present in the training data. Monitoring helps identify and address bias. (Early in the launch of generative AI, large language models (LLMs) were infamously plagued with <a href="https://direct.mit.edu/coli/article/50/3/1097/121961/Bias-and-Fairness-in-Large-Language-Models-A">bias issues</a>.) If not addressed, bias in models can have serious ethical and legal implications, especially if the model is serving sensitive areas like hiring, lending, or healthcare.</p><h4>Explainability</h4><p>Understanding how a model makes decisions is crucial for ensuring its reliability and fairness. Monitoring can help identify unexpected or undesirable behaviors.</p><h4>Operational Failures and Latency Issues</h4><p>Once a model is in production, it may encounter operational issues such as slow response times, system crashes, or scaling inefficiencies. Monitoring ensures the model continues to deliver predictions within the required time frames and scales appropriately with demand. This is critical in real-time or high-throughput applications.</p><h4>Compliance and Regulatory Requirements</h4><p>In many industries, there are regulations that require organizations to monitor and explain the decisions made by their systems. Monitoring helps demonstrate that the model remains compliant with relevant laws and standards, reducing the risk of penalties or legal challenges.</p><h4>Security and Privacy Concerns</h4><p>Machine learning models in production are vulnerable to attacks, such as when malicious actors introduce misleading data to compromise the model. Monitoring for unusual model inputs and behaviors can help detect and mitigate security threats to the model.</p><h4>Resource and Cost Optimization</h4><p>Deployed models use compute resources such as CPU, GPU, and memory. Without proper monitoring, inefficient models can lead to higher operational costs or even system failures due to resource exhaustion, which can affect the overall pricing of your project. Monitoring these resources can help optimize performance and costs, especially in large-scale deployments or cloud environments.</p><h4>Performance Monitoring for Business Impact</h4><p>Business goals and metrics, such as customer satisfaction or conversion rates, may depend on the performance of the model. Monitoring helps ensure the model contributes positively to key business outcomes.</p><h4>Customer Trust and Experience</h4><p>If a model starts producing inaccurate or slow predictions, customers may lose trust in the system. Continuous monitoring helps identify and troubleshoot issues before they impact the user experience. Maintaining high model performance ensures consistent, high-quality results, which is key to building and maintaining user trust.</p><h2>Cross-functional Strategy for Model Monitoring</h2><p>When building out a monitoring program, it’s important to consider all the stakeholders who should be involved. It’s easy to assume this would fall solely on the engineering team that built and/or shipped the model to production. However, there are many aspects of a machine learning model that should be monitored.</p><p>Engineering may have systems that can continuously monitor for operational issues. Data scientists may need to be involved when considering training data to evaluate datasets (including cleansing and profiling feature values). Customer success should be included when strategizing customer satisfaction metrics. Product and legal may need to be involved with compliance monitoring, explainability, and biases and fairness issues.</p><p>As you build your program, consider not only who can help instrument the appropriate signals, but also who will need to be notified when issues arise as part of your workflow. This will ensure you not only have a more comprehensive monitoring program, but your organization will be better prepared to respond quickly and efficiently when issues do arise.</p><h3>Where Model Monitoring Fits Into the ML Lifecycle</h3><p>The machine learning lifecycle refers to the end-to-end process involved in developing, deploying, and maintaining a machine learning model. It includes various stages, starting from identifying a problem, to the management and updating of your production model, and even retirement. The stages include:</p><ol><li><strong>Problem Definition:</strong> Clearly define the business problem or use case that machine learning is intended to solve.</li><li><strong>Data Collection and Preparation:</strong> Gather the necessary data. Clean, preprocess, and transform it to make it suitable for modeling.</li><li><strong>Model Development</strong>: Choose the most appropriate machine learning algorithms based on the nature of the problem and data. Train the model using the training dataset.</li><li><strong>Model Evaluation</strong>: Evaluate the trained model’s performance on a separate validation or test dataset.</li><li><strong>Hyperparameter Tuning</strong>: Optimize the model by adjusting hyperparameters (parameters not learned during training) for better performance.</li><li><strong>Model Deployment</strong>: Deploy the trained and validated model into a production environment where it can make real-world predictions.</li><li><strong>Model Monitoring and Maintenance</strong>: Continuously track model quality and performance, detect any drift or performance degradation, and ensure it meets operational requirements.</li><li><strong>Model Retraining (and Feedback Loop)</strong>: Retrain the model as needed to adapt to new data (and/or data types), changes in the environment, or evolving requirements.</li><li><strong>Model Retirement</strong>: Decommission a model when it is no longer effective, relevant, or required.</li></ol><p>The lifecycle ensures that a model is built systematically, deployed effectively, and monitored continuously so that it can continue to meet evolving requirements. It is iterative, meaning a model may need to be retrained or updated as new data becomes available or as requirements change. To ensure the model is effective at solving the business problem or use case, it is important to continuously monitor it and incorporate feedback back into it.</p><blockquote>Monitoring enters the later stages of the ML project lifecycle post-deployment, and helps MLOps teams iteratively detect issues and improve performance over time.&quot;</blockquote><h2>How ML Model Monitoring Compares to Overlapping Processes</h2><p>When we talk about machine learning model monitoring, there are processes that overlap with other monitoring efforts that may already be in place. Most software development teams already have monitoring programs in place as they have a responsibility to provide stable, reliable systems. They are often bound by security requirements, compliance regulations, and ultimately dedicated to delivering a positive experience.</p><p>Because of this overlap, some teams use monitoring and/or observability systems already in place to support their machine learning model monitoring strategy. However, for some processes entirely new tools and techniques may need to be added. Areas in a monitoring system where these techniques and processes overlap include:</p><h4>Software Monitoring &amp; Observability</h4><p>Monitoring and observability are related but distinct concepts that help ensure the health, performance, and reliability of applications and infrastructure. They both aim to detect issues and provide insights into the behavior of systems, but they do so at different levels of depth and with different approaches.</p><p>Monitoring is the process of collecting and analyzing data about a system&#x27;s performance and behavior. Its focus is primarily on collecting metrics like CPU usage, memory consumption, network traffic, and error rates.</p><p>Observability is the ability to understand a system&#x27;s internal state based on its external outputs. Its focus is beyond metrics. Rather observability encompasses understanding the relationships between different components, diagnosing issues, and predicting future behavior. To achieve observability, teams often use distributed tracing tools that provide insights into the flow of requests through a system.</p><p>In essence, monitoring provides the &quot;what&quot; (metrics), while observability provides the &quot;why&quot; (understanding the underlying causes of issues).</p><h4>Data Monitoring</h4><p>Data monitoring refers to the practice of continuously observing and analyzing data to ensure its quality, integrity, and consistency. It involves tracking data flow, detecting anomalies, and identifying potential data quality issues that could impact the system&#x27;s performance or accuracy.</p><p>Key aspects of data monitoring include data quality, in which teams make sure that data is accurate, complete, and consistent. Data integrity, where data is protected from unauthorized access, modification, or deletion. Data consistency, in which teams verify data is consistent across different systems and databases. Data anomalies, where teams detect and address unusual or unexpected data patterns. And data lineage, in which teams track the origin and transformation of data throughout its lifecycle.</p><h4>Experiment Tracking</h4><p>Experiment tracking in software development, particularly in the context of machine learning and data science, refers to the practice of systematically recording and organizing information about experiments conducted during the development process. This includes experiment details, the datasets used for training and testing, the results or outcomes of the experiment, and any additional observations.</p><p>Experiment tracking is important because it allows researchers to replicate experiments and verify results. By documenting experiments, developers can avoid repeating mistakes or inefficient approaches. It also facilitates collaboration among team members by providing a shared understanding of the project&#x27;s progress. Furthermore, the data can be analyzed to identify trends, patterns, and areas for improvement.</p><h4>Machine Learning Model Observability</h4><p>Machine learning model observability is the ability to understand a machine learning model&#x27;s internal state and behavior based on its external outputs. It involves tracking and analyzing various aspects of a model&#x27;s performance and behavior over time to ensure its reliability, accuracy, and fairness.</p><p>Key components of model observability include model performance metrics, data drift, concept drift, bias and fairness, explainability, and setting up alerts to notify relevant stakeholders when issues are detected. Tools and techniques utilized for model observability include model monitoring platforms, data drift detection algorithms, explainable AI techniques, and bias detection tools.</p><h4>Machine Learning Model Governance</h4><p>Machine learning model governance is a set of processes, policies, and practices designed to ensure that machine learning models are developed, deployed, and managed in a responsible, ethical, and effective manner. It involves establishing guidelines for model development, deployment, and monitoring to ensure that models meet quality standards, comply with regulations, and align with organizational objectives.</p><p></p><p>Key components of model governance include model development standards, procedures for deployment and monitoring, risk management practices, ethical considerations, compliance, and governance frameworks.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/ccbe3def54fbd2a108900a134caaaefe9df55d98-1920x1080.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p><em><a href="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/ccbe3def54fbd2a108900a134caaaefe9df55d98-1920x1080.png">&gt;&gt; Click to zoom in on this infographic</a><br/>The steps involved in monitoring ML models, including key metric classes.</em></p><h2>How to Start Monitoring ML Models in Production</h2><p>Monitoring machine learning models in production is critical to ensure their continued effectiveness and reliability. Once deployed, models are exposed to real-world data, which can differ from the training data. Furthermore, changes in the environment may cause model performance to degrade. A robust monitoring process helps to identify and address these issues before they affect business outcomes.</p><p>There are many elements to consider when building a monitoring program. It will likely look different for different teams, depending on the applications they are managing and services providing. Here&#x27;s a framework that can be used as a starting point for building a monitoring strategy:</p><h4>1. Define Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)</h4><p>Choose relevant metrics that align with your model&#x27;s objectives. Consider how these align with higher level business objectives, and where key stakeholders across the organization can be included. Establish baseline values for your KPIs to measure performance against.</p><h4>2. Collect and Analyze Data</h4><p>Continuously collect data from your production environment. Use statistical methods and data visualization techniques to identify trends, anomalies, and deviations from expected behavior. Be sure to consider what monitoring and observability programs already exist within the organization that can contribute to this effort. What tools and techniques are in place, versus what needs to be incorporated to provide a more complete picture.</p><h4>3. Monitor Model Performance</h4><p>Regularly monitor your selected KPIs to assess model performance. Compare current performance to established benchmarks to identify significant changes. Use statistical methods to detect unusual patterns or outliers in the data.</p><h4>4. Identify and Address Issues</h4><p>If anomalies are detected, investigate their root causes. When necessary, retrain the model with updated data or explore alternative algorithms. Take appropriate steps to address identified issues and improve model performance. This includes notifying key stakeholders across the organization, often outside of engineering. It’s important that team members are aware of issues, and are available to provide insights and/or feedback to help address issues more efficiently.</p><h4>5. Automate Monitoring</h4><p>Leverage monitoring tools and platforms to automate data collection, analysis, and alerting. Configure notifications for relevant stakeholders when performance metrics deviate significantly from benchmarks.</p><h4>6. Conduct Regular Reviews</h4><p>Evaluate model effectiveness. Periodically review the model&#x27;s overall effectiveness and alignment with business objectives. Adjust monitoring strategies as needed to reflect changes in data, requirements, or model performance.</p><h4>7. Document and Share Findings</h4><p>Document monitoring results, analyses, and corrective actions. Share findings with relevant stakeholders to facilitate informed decision-making.</p><p>By having a clear, well-defined process for monitoring and alerting, organizations can quickly detect issues and ensure the continuous delivery of valuable predictions, while adapting models to changes in real-world conditions.</p><h2>What Metrics Should You Monitor for ML Models?</h2><p>The process for monitoring machine learning models in production ensures that models remain accurate, fair, and operationally efficient by tracking specific model metrics. To clarify, monitoring happens <em>after</em> you collect your dataset, fine-tune your model, and deploy to production. The goal is to monitor not only the model&#x27;s performance but also the input data, operational metrics, and system infrastructure. Here are some common monitoring metrics and techniques.</p><h4>Data Distribution Shifts</h4><p>When monitoring models for data distribution shifts (commonly known as data drift), it&#x27;s crucial to track changes in the statistical properties of the input data that differ from the data used to train the model. A shift in the data distribution can degrade model performance because the model was trained on a different data distribution and may not generalize well to the new data. Some key metrics and approaches include:</p><ul><li><strong>Summary Statistics</strong> such as mean and variance, min max and range, and standard deviation</li><li><strong>Histograms or Probability Density Functions</strong> to visualize the distribution of features</li><li><strong>Kolmogorov-Smirnov (KS)</strong> test to compare a feature&#x27;s current distribution from its distribution in the training data</li><li><strong>Chi-Square Test</strong> for categorical features</li><li><strong>Population Stability Index (PSI)</strong> to measure differences between datasets</li><li><strong>Jensen-Shannon (JS) Divergence</strong> to quantify the similarity between two probability distributions</li><li><strong>Hellinger Distance</strong> to compare distributions</li><li><strong>Earth Mover’s Distance (EMD)</strong> often used in scenarios with continuous or ordered data</li><li><strong>P-Values</strong> for individual features</li><li><strong>Correlation Shifts</strong> to see if a relationship has changed over time</li><li><strong>Model-Specific Feature Importance Drift</strong> to detect if the model is relying on different data patterns than it was during training</li><li><strong>Target Distribution Monitoring</strong> to detect underlying changes in data patterns</li></ul><h4>Performance Shifts</h4><p>When monitoring models for performance shifts in production, it is essential to track metrics that show if the model is operating accurately and reliably over time. Performance shifts can occur due to changes in data distribution, evolving real-world conditions, or system issues. Here are some key metrics to monitor:</p><ul><li><strong>Prediction Accuracy</strong> to see the proportion of correct predictions made by the model</li><li><strong>Precision, Recall and F1 Score</strong> provide a more nuanced view of performance than accuracy, especially for imbalanced datasets</li><li><strong>Area Under the ROC Curve (AUC-ROC)</strong> to better understand the model&#x27;s ability to separate classes over time</li><li><strong>Area Under the Precision-Recall Curve (AUC-PR)</strong> highlights how well a model performs with respect to false positives and false negatives</li><li><strong>Log Loss (Cross-Entropy Loss)</strong> to indicate if a model is becoming less certain about its predictions</li><li><strong>Mean Squared Error (MSE) or Root Mean Squared Error (RMSE)</strong> to see if a model&#x27;s predictions are drifting from actual values</li><li><strong>Mean Absolute Error (MAE)</strong> provides insight into how far off a model&#x27;s predictions are from true values</li><li><strong>Bias and Variance</strong> to detect shifts in model generalization</li><li><strong>Model Drift (Concept Drift)</strong> to understand when the relationship between input data and target predictions drift, indicating a need to retrain or update the model</li><li><strong>Calibration</strong> to see how well the predicted probabilities align with observed outcomes</li><li><strong>Class Distribution Monitoring</strong> to better understand if the model is becoming biased</li><li><strong>Inference Time (Latency)</strong> to understand the time a model takes to make predictions</li><li><strong>Throughput</strong> to understand the number of predictions a model can make per minute</li><li><strong>Model Resource Usage</strong> which measures CPU, memory, and GPU by the model during inference to better understand efficiency</li><li><strong>Error Rates and Outliers</strong> to better understand changes in the model&#x27;s error rate</li></ul><h4>Operational / Health Metrics</h4><p>When monitoring operational/health metrics for machine learning models, the goal is to ensure that the model functions smoothly within the production environment, and that it operates efficiently, reliably, and at scale. These metrics focus on the infrastructure, system performance, and the model’s ability to meet the requirements for latency, scalability, and resource utilization.</p><p>Here are the key metrics to monitor:</p><ul><li><strong>Latency (Inference Time</strong>) to understand how long the model takes to process and input and return a prediction</li><li><strong>Throughput</strong> to understand the number of predictions a model can make per minute</li><li><strong>Uptime or Availability</strong> showing the percentage of time the model is operational</li><li><strong>Error Rate</strong> to understand the proportion of failed model predictions, including system errors, invalid inputs, or unhandled exceptions</li><li><strong>Memory Usage</strong> to understand the amount of memory the model consumes during inference</li><li><strong>CPU and GPU Utilization</strong> to understand the percentage of CPU and GPU used by the model during inference</li><li><strong>Disk I/O</strong> shows the rate of reading from or writing to disk, showing data pipeline efficiency</li><li><strong>Network Latency and Bandwidth</strong> to understand the time it takes for data to travel and understand how close to realtime the model is</li><li><strong>Request Rate (QPS/RPS)</strong> to understand the number of queries or requests the model receives per second</li><li><strong>Queue Length (Backlog of Requests)</strong> to know the number of unprocessed requests waiting to be handled</li><li><strong>Autoscaling Events</strong> to understand the frequency and conditions in which the model scales</li><li><strong>Cold Start Times</strong> to understand how long it takes for the model to load and start making predictions after being deployed or scaled</li><li><strong>Job Completion Time</strong> to understand time needed for batch predictions</li><li><strong>Model Loading Time</strong> to understand time needed to load the model from storage into memory for inference</li><li><strong>Model Versioning and Rollbacks</strong> to be sure the correct version is in production</li><li><strong>Health Check Failures</strong> to know the number of times a model fails basic health checks, such as connectivity or availability</li><li><strong>Log Analysis (Error and Warning Logs)</strong> to know the number of error or warning logs generated by the system</li><li><strong>Deployment Success and Failure Rates</strong> to understand if versions have been deployed successfully or not</li></ul><blockquote>It’s important to confirm metrics prior to starting the ML monitoring process, and it can be helpful to iteratively track performance progress against metrics to ensure data quality remains high and models and their predictions don’t drift off-course.&quot;</blockquote><h4>Data Integrity</h4><p>Monitoring data integrity is essential to ensure that the data feeding into a model remains clean, consistent, and relevant. Data integrity issues can lead to degraded model performance, erroneous predictions, or biased outcomes. Monitoring data integrity involves tracking various aspects of the input data, from format and schema validation to completeness, consistency, and correctness.</p><p>Here are key metrics to monitor:</p><ul><li><strong>Missing Data</strong> the percentage of missing values to ensure the data pipelines are functioning correctly</li><li><strong>Duplicate Data</strong> that may distort a model&#x27;s understanding of patterns in the data</li><li><strong>Data Completeness</strong> understanding non-missing and valid entries to ensure the model returns accurate predictions</li><li><strong>Data Consistency</strong> ensuring data adheres to predefined rules/formats</li><li><strong>Outlier Detection</strong> understanding the data points that fall outside the expected range of distribution, which could lead to erroneous predictions</li><li><strong>Feature Distribution Drift (Data Drift)</strong> to better understand if the current data has drifted from the training data</li><li><strong>Target Distribution Drift</strong> which could signal underlying changes in the environment and a potential need for retraining</li><li><strong>Schema Validation</strong> ensures incoming data conforms to the expected schema, a mismatch could cause model errors</li><li><strong>Range Validation</strong> to ensure the values in the input data fall within accepted bounds so as not to distort the model</li><li><strong>Categorical Value Consistency</strong> ensuring there are no unexpected values that may lead to errors</li><li><strong>Data Freshness / Timeliness</strong> to ensure that the model is working on fresh data and can provide more accurate predictions</li><li><strong>Data Volume</strong> which shows the amount of data ingested into the model over time</li><li><strong>Data Integrity Checks (Checksums / Hashes)</strong> which helps detect corruption early</li><li><strong>Encoding and Format Validation</strong> because incorrect encoding or formats can lead to errors in the model</li><li><strong>Drift Detection in Feature Engineering Pipelines</strong> monitors the transformation applied to raw data to ensure consistency with the training pipeline</li><li><strong>Imbalanced Data Monitoring</strong> to ensure that class distributions remain similar to what the model was trained on to prevent model bias</li><li><strong>Univariate and Multivariate Statistics Monitoring</strong> using summary statistics for individual features or relationships between features to detect data shifts</li></ul><h4>Model Drift</h4><p>Model drift occurs when the relationship between the input data and the model’s predictions change over time, leading to performance degradation. This can be due to changes in the underlying data distribution (data drift) or changes in the relationship between input features and the target variable (concept drift). Monitoring for model drift is essential to ensure that the model continues to provide accurate and relevant predictions in a changing environment.</p><p>Here are the key metrics to monitor for detecting and addressing model drift:</p><ul><li><strong>Performance Metrics</strong> including accuracy, precision, recall, F1 score, AUC-ROC, MSE/RMSE</li><li><strong>Prediction Distribution Shifts</strong> to see if a model is no longer interpreting data as it did during training</li><li><strong>Target Distribution Shift</strong> to see if the real-world outcomes begin to deviate from what the model was trained on, which is an indication retraining is necessary</li><li><strong>Data Drift</strong> to see if input data has shifted from training data</li><li><strong>Feature Importance Drift</strong> shows if a model is relying on different patterns in the data, potentially causing performance issues</li><li><strong>Concept Drift</strong> showing if the model&#x27;s learned patterns no longer apply to the current data</li><li><strong>Population Stability Index (PSI)</strong> measures change in distribution between two datasets, helping to quantify drift over time</li><li><strong>Jensen-Shannon (JS) Divergence</strong> to detect shifts in data distribution</li><li><strong>Kolmogorov-Smirnov (KS) Test</strong> to flag features that are experiencing data drift</li><li><strong>Hellinger Distance</strong> monitoring the distance between the training and production data distributions can help identify significant feature drift</li><li><strong>Confidence / Uncertainty Estimates</strong> to see if a model is encountering new, unfamiliar data that could lead to model drift</li><li><strong>Calibration Metrics (Brier Score)</strong> to measure the accuracy of probabilistic predictions</li></ul><h4>Model Configuration</h4><p>Monitoring model configuration is essential for maintaining consistency, traceability, and ensuring that the model is functioning as intended. Model configuration includes parameters and settings related to model architecture, hyperparameters, feature engineering, and the environment in which the model is deployed. Changes in these configurations can significantly impact model performance, reproducibility, and interpretability.</p><p>Here are key metrics and elements to monitor for model configuration:</p><ul><li><strong>Hyperparameters</strong> track the values of key hyperparameters that control the model’s learning process, giving visibility into unintended changes that may occur</li><li><strong>Model Versioning</strong> tracks the current model in production, ensuring traceability and allows for easy rollback if necessary</li><li><strong>Feature Engineering Pipeline</strong> monitors transformations applied to input features before they are fed into the model</li><li><strong>Input Data Schema</strong> because changes in the structure of input data can lead to model errors or incorrect predictions</li><li><strong>Feature Importance</strong> understanding shifts in feature importance between training and production can indicate issues with input data or feature processing</li><li><strong>Model Architecture</strong> understanding the structure of the model itself, getting visibility into changes that could impact performance and generalization</li><li><strong>Regularization Settings</strong> monitoring changes in regularization settings helps maintain model performance across different data environments</li><li><strong>Training Data Configuration</strong> understanding the configuration of training data ensures the model is trained on representative data and can generalize well in production</li><li><strong>Data Preprocessing Pipeline</strong> its important to maintain consistent preprocessing between training and production</li><li><strong>Model Output Thresholds</strong> monitoring output thresholds to ensure the model is making consistent decisions in production</li><li><strong>Batch Size and Learning Rate</strong> because changes in learning rate or batch size can affect the speed and quality of learning</li><li><strong>Random Seed and Initialization Settings</strong> ensuring consistency in random seed settings helps make model training and evaluation reproducible</li><li><strong>Model Deployment Environment</strong> because changes in the deployment environment can affect model performance or introduce compatibility issues</li><li><strong>Gradient Clipping and Optimizer Settings</strong> ensure that the optimization process remains stable during training, especially for deep learning models</li><li><strong>Checkpointing and Model Saving Configuration</strong> ensure that the latest stable model is saved and available for deployment</li></ul><h4>Prediction Drift</h4><p>Prediction drift refers to the change in the distribution of the model&#x27;s predictions over time compared to its initial, or expected, behavior. This can indicate underlying issues such as data drift, concept drift, or a change in real-world conditions that affect the model&#x27;s performance. Monitoring prediction drift helps ensure that the model remains relevant and continues to make accurate predictions as the environment or data evolves.</p><p>Here are key metrics to monitor for prediction drift:</p><ul><li><strong>Prediction Distribution Shift</strong> because a significant change in the distribution of predictions may indicate that the model is encountering new or different data than what it was trained on</li><li><strong>Class Proportion Monitoring (for Classification Models)</strong> helps detect imbalances in the predicted output over time, which could indicate drift in either the input data or the model itself</li><li><strong>Confidence Score Distribution</strong> because a shift in the confidence scores can indicate prediction drift</li><li><strong>Calibration Metrics</strong> because a change in calibration metrics can indicate that the model’s prediction probabilities are no longer reliable</li><li><strong>Concept Drift Detection</strong> to understand when the underlying relationships in the data that the model learned during training no longer hold true</li><li><strong>Kolmogorov-Smirnov (KS) Test for Predictions</strong> because a significant KS statistic can indicate that the distribution of predictions has shifted from the baseline</li><li><strong>Jensen-Shannon (JS) Divergence</strong> for early detection of shifts in prediction distributions</li><li><strong>Population Stability Index (PSI)</strong> to detect gradual changes in model predictions that could affect performance</li><li><strong>Performance Metrics over Time</strong> helps detect when the model is becoming less effective at making correct predictions</li><li><strong>Predicted Mean or Median Shift</strong> useful in regression tasks where the predicted values are continuous, a shift in the mean or median of predicted values can indicate a drift in the model’s predictions</li><li><strong>Threshold-based Monitoring for Classification Models</strong> helps ensure the model remains calibrated and relevant to the real-world problem</li><li><strong>False Positive and False Negative Rates</strong> because changes in FPR and FNR over time can indicate drift in how the model handles edge cases or changes in the underlying data distribution</li><li><strong>Prediction Confidence Interval Monitoring (for Regression Models) </strong>because wider or narrower confidence intervals can indicate that the model’s uncertainty about its predictions is changing</li><li><strong>Prediction Clustering or Mode Shift</strong> because a shift in the clustering or mode of predicted values may indicate that the model is consistently producing a different set of predictions</li></ul><h4>Security Issues</h4><p>Monitoring for security issues is critical to ensure that the model and its surrounding infrastructure are protected from attacks that could compromise data integrity, model performance, or sensitive information. Since models can be vulnerable to various types of attacks, it’s important to track specific security-related metrics to detect and mitigate these threats.</p><p>Here are key metrics and approaches to monitor for security issues in machine learning models:</p><ul><li><strong>Adversarial Attack Detection</strong> monitor input data for suspicious patterns, such as inputs that are very close to decision boundaries but lead to large changes in model output</li><li><strong>Data Poisoning Detection</strong> monitor training data for outliers, abnormal patterns, or inconsistent labeling that could indicate an attempt to poison the dataset</li><li><strong>Model Performance Degradation (Unexpected Shifts)</strong> set up thresholds for performance metrics and raise alerts if the model performance deviates significantly from normal levels</li><li><strong>Model Inversion Attack Detection</strong> monitor for abnormal query patterns where attackers may attempt to reconstruct sensitive data by sending a large number of queries to the model and analyzing the responses</li><li><strong>Model Extraction Attack Detection</strong> monitor API usage and query patterns for unusually high query rates or repeated requests that could indicate an attempt to extract the model</li><li><strong>Unusual API Traffic</strong> set thresholds for normal API usage and raise alerts if usage patterns deviate significantly from the norm</li><li><strong>Data Access Monitoring</strong> monitor data access logs for unusual or unauthorized access patterns, such as attempts to download or alter large portions of the dataset</li><li><strong>Input Data Validation</strong> set up validation checks on incoming data to ensure that it adheres to predefined rules (e.g., no negative values for age, valid date formats)</li><li><strong>Model Integrity Checks (Checksums / Hashes) </strong>use checksums or cryptographic hashes to verify that the deployed model has not been altered</li><li><strong>Monitoring for Exploits in Model APIs</strong> implement security controls such as rate limiting, input sanitization, and anomaly detection for API traffic</li><li><strong>Model Behavior Anomalies</strong> use anomaly detection techniques to monitor output predictions, set thresholds for acceptable prediction ranges or patterns and create alerts for unexpected outputs</li><li><strong>Model Access Control and Authentication Monitoring</strong> implement role-based access control (RBAC), multi-factor authentication (MFA), and log access attempts</li><li><strong>Resource Usage Monitoring (e.g., CPU, Memory)</strong> set thresholds for resource consumption and raise alerts when usage patterns deviate significantly from normal levels</li><li><strong>Data Leakage Detection</strong> monitor model predictions and logs to ensure that no sensitive information is being exposed</li></ul><h2>Common Challenges With Machine Learning Model Monitoring</h2><p>Monitoring machine learning models in production can be challenging, much of which is due to the complexity of maintaining model performance, data integrity, infrastructure, and security over time. Unlike traditional applications or software products, machine learning models are dynamic, and their performance can degrade due to changing data, evolving business needs, or environmental factors.</p><p>Some of the most common issues include:</p><ul><li>Data Drift and Concept Drift Detection</li><li>Lack of Immediate Ground Truth</li><li>Performance Degradation Over Time</li><li>Determining Thresholds for Alerts</li><li>Complexity in Data and Model Pipelines</li><li>Infrastructure and Scalability Issues</li><li>Versioning and Model Rollouts</li><li>Bias and Fairness Monitoring</li><li>Security Vulnerabilities</li><li>Explainability and Interpretability</li><li>Automating Retraining and Updates</li><li>Cross-Team Coordination and Ownership</li><li>Managing Model Life Cycle and Compliance</li></ul><p>Successfully monitoring machine learning models requires addressing these challenges through careful planning, automation, real-time metrics tracking, and coordination between teams to ensure model robustness, performance, and security throughout the model lifecycle.</p><h2>Conclusion</h2><p>Building a strategy for monitoring machine learning models is no small feat. There are many aspects of the model to consider, and many stakeholders that will need to be involved. But having a robust monitoring program will help ensure your model continues to provide value.</p><p></p><h2>More Resources:</h2><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-inference">Article: What Is AI Inference (And Why Should Devs Care?)</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-apps-with-llm-observability">Video: Building Apps with LLM Observability with Phillip Carter</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-infrastructure-top-challenges-data-inference">Article: The Data Pipeline is the New Secret Sauce by Jesse Robbins</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/enterprise-ai-infrastructure-privacy-maturity-resources">Article: Enterprise AI Infrastructure: Privacy, Maturity, Resources with BentoML</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/machine-learning-engineering-ai-incentives">Article: MLOps vs. Eng: Misaligned Incentives and Failure to Launch?</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/high-leverage/ep-1-monitoring-observability-with-monitoring-weeklys-mike-julian">Podcast: Monitoring Observability Mike Julian</a></li><li><a href="https://sites.google.com/view/model-monitoring-tutorial/home">Video: Model Monitoring Tutorial with Amazon, Microsoft Researchers</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/machine-learning-model-monitoring">Machine Learning Model Monitoring: What to Do In Production</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #43, SpinKube with Kate Goldenring of Fermyon</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-43-spinkube-with-kate-goldenring-of-fermyon</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Sep 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">eaabefc1-173c-4108-b9e7-2959292d580d</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 43 of The Kubelist Podcast, Kate Goldenring shares her journey from Microsoft, where she contributed to Kubernetes edge computing and the development of Akri, to joining Fermyon to work on serverless WebAssembly. She dives deep into the technical details of Spin and SpinKube, Fermyon&#x27;s open-source tools for running serverless WebAssembly applications on Kubernetes. The conversation explores the potential of WebAssembly for building efficient, event-driven applications, and discusses how this technology can lead to more sustainable cloud solutions.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 43 of The Kubelist Podcast, Kate Goldenring shares her journey from Microsoft, where she contributed to Kubernetes edge computing and the development of Akri, to joining Fermyon to work on serverless WebAssembly. She dives deep into the technical details of Spin and SpinKube, Fermyon&#x27;s open-source tools for running serverless WebAssembly applications on Kubernetes. The conversation explores the potential of WebAssembly for building efficient, event-driven applications, and discusses how this technology can lead to more sustainable cloud solutions.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-43-spinkube-with-kate-goldenring-of-fermyon">Ep. #43, SpinKube with Kate Goldenring of Fermyon</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #12, Mobile Deep Linking with Daniel Johnson of Branch</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-mobile-deep-linking-with-daniel-johnson-of-branch</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Sep 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b049b8ed-8aca-410d-afda-d3de5a86c687</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 12 of How It’s Tested, Eden Full Goh is joined by Daniel Johnson of Branch to explore the complexities of mobile deep linking and its critical role in the ever-evolving MarTech landscape. They cover real-world case studies from Spotify and Adobe, offering a deep look into how companies are leveraging Branch&#x27;s technology to solve linking challenges. Tune in for insights into the future of mobile marketing.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 12 of How It’s Tested, Eden Full Goh is joined by Daniel Johnson of Branch to explore the complexities of mobile deep linking and its critical role in the ever-evolving MarTech landscape. They cover real-world case studies from Spotify and Adobe, offering a deep look into how companies are leveraging Branch&#x27;s technology to solve linking challenges. Tune in for insights into the future of mobile marketing.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-mobile-deep-linking-with-daniel-johnson-of-branch">Ep. #12, Mobile Deep Linking with Daniel Johnson of Branch</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>AI Inference: A Guide for Founders and Developers</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-inference</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Sep 2024 16:26:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Infrastructure]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Inference]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Machine Learning]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Data Infrastructure]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1327e900-e7de-47c7-943b-e212cf9bec91</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>AI inference isn’t the same as training/fine-tuning machine learning AI models. Here’s what it means for hardware/GPUs, and for developing LLM applications.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>What Is AI Inference (And Why Should Devs Care?)</h2><p><em>AI inference</em> is the process of machine learning models processing previously unseen data, which formulates a prediction as the models’ output.</p><p>Broadly speaking, inference includes both <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Category:Reasoning"><em>reasoning</em></a>–making sense of and drawing conclusions from new data based on pre-set rules or observations–as well as <em>responses</em>, the delivery of an output that is ideally accurate and free of <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hallucination_(artificial_intelligence)"><em>hallucination</em></a> or <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Algorithmic_bias"><em>bias</em></a>.</p><p><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Large_language_model"><em>Large language models (LLMs)</em></a> typically work with text-based data, and classify strings of characters, whole words, or entire sentences into multi-character <em>tokens,</em> which LLMs use as basic data units on which to perform inference. The ability of LLMs to rapidly spin up large amounts of content is effectively the basis of modern <em>generative AI (GenAI)</em>.</p><p>The term <em>“next token prediction”</em> is used as a sometimes-cynical shorthand to refer to AI inference in LLMs. To skeptics, a model may <em>seem </em>accurate if it can take a previously-unseen prompt and accurately predict appropriate tokens to populate the response–providing responses that are relevant, contextually appropriate, and factual.</p><p>Of course, there’s a little more going on under the hood. As we’ll cover shortly, inference can be important for developers of artificial intelligence applications due to compute costs as well as for performance reasons. In this article, in addition to covering what AI inference is, we’ll also focus on:</p><ul><li>AI Inference In-Depth: Process Deep-Dive, Inference Types, Metrics</li><li>Where Inference Fits Into AI App Dev: Differences from AI Training, Fine-Tuning</li><li>How Inference Matters for AI App Development</li><li>What to Know About Hardware, Configurations, and Costs</li><li>AI Inference for Founders and Dev Teams</li><li>Inference Challenges to Consider</li></ul><h2>A Closer Look at AI Inferencing</h2><p>Below, we’ll cover the nuts and bolts of inference from a process standpoint, different flavors of inference, and common performance metrics.</p><h3>AI Inference, Step-By-Step</h3><p>In crude and incomplete terms, you could compare the process of how inference works to the process of human “thought” in a few ways. Inference, like human thought, involves pattern-matching, contextual understanding, and decision-making–what happens <em>after</em> people get all the facts about a situation, then weigh their options to come to a conclusion.</p><p>If <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Deep_learning"><em>deep learning</em></a> is the machine language equivalent of human thought–based on ML <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neural_network_(machine_learning)"><em>neural networks </em></a>that model the human mind–inference is effectively the execution step.</p><p>However, ML models lack many intrinsically human aspects of cognition, like understanding the meanings or intent behind actions, thoughts, or decisions. They also lack the intuition (and creativity) to fill in broader contextual gaps. Ultimately, what models do is calculate values using complex machine learning algorithms.</p><p>In most cases, typical AI inference jobs require:</p><ul><li>A specific problem or challenge to resolve</li><li>A production-ready data set</li><li>An appropriate, production-ready model(s)<ul><li>For strong performance, models should be pre-trained <em>before </em>inference jobs</li><li>In some cases, teams can optimize performance with fine-tuning prior to inference</li></ul></li><li>An <a href="https://huggingface.co/docs/transformers/en/pipeline_tutorial"><em>inference pipeline</em></a> to process data and prepare it for model inference</li></ul><h4><em>1. Embedding Feature Vectors</em></h4><p>To prime their model to process their data set, teams will <a href="https://www.elastic.co/what-is/vector-embedding"><em>embed feature vectors</em></a>–which contain individual, measurable <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Feature_(machine_learning)"><em>feature values</em></a> that represent the data to be processed–into their model. The model will view the features in the embedding as characteristics to consider when forming predictions as it passes transformed data through the various layers of the model.</p><h4><em>2. Apply Weighting From Pre-Trained Model</em></h4><p>The model then applies the pre-trained model’s <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Weighting"><em>weighting</em></a>–which emphasizes certain variables over others as contextually appropriate–to the embedded vector, to then be used by the model to generate its prediction.</p><h4><em>3. Apply Activation Function</em></h4><p>The <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Activation_function"><em>activation function</em></a> turns the weighted sum of the previous step into an output signal for the next layer by applying functions such as the <em><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rectifier_(neural_networks)">ReLU</a> </em>or <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sigmoid_function"><em>logistic function</em></a>.</p><h4><em>4. Final Transformation in Output Layer (Plus Post-Processing)</em></h4><p>After applying various functions, the model moves to the output layer, making its last transformations to produce the final response. (In some cases, to improve the quality or relevance of a response, it may also be necessary to apply additional post-processing work to the data, like <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Decision_tree_pruning"><em>pruning</em></a>, <a href="https://www.ibm.com/docs/en/db2/10.5?topic=models-filtering-rules"><em>rule filtering</em></a>, or <a href="https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/computer-science/knowledge-integration"><em>knowledge integration</em></a>.)</p><h4><em>5. Output Response</em></h4><p>After applying various functions, the model moves to the output layer, making its last After the response has completed processing and any necessary clean-up work, the model outputs it to the users.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/20a3c1421f9e57b6c75141cace121b9baee497dc-3119x1583.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p><em><a href="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/20a3c1421f9e57b6c75141cace121b9baee497dc-3119x1583.png?auto=format">&gt;&gt; Click to zoom in on this infographic</a><br/>Inference takes place in an ML project after all the data and model engineering are complete. <br/></em></p><h3>Common AI Inference Types</h3><p>Not all inference jobs are equal. Here are some of the most common types of inference jobs, with examples of potential use cases and verticals.</p><h4><em>‍Batch</em></h4><p>Routine-but-regular jobs are often best suited to <em>batch inference</em>–inference jobs run on a set schedule that pull from a regularly-updated feature store and save responses in a data repository or object store. Batch inference makes the most sense for ongoing, non-urgent processes such as generating regular reporting on an hourly or daily basis.</p><h4><em>Online</em></h4><p>For on-demand use cases that require timely responses to prompts, <em>online inference</em> (also known as dynamic or real-time inference) may be a good fit. In this case, the model effectively performs inference on demand, ideally with little to no latency, often to pull features from an existing feature store or generate responses for use in another model.</p><p>Online inference is seeing increased real-world usage in verticals like customer service via chatbots similar to ChatGPT, as well as in verticals like finance for economic projections and forecasting, and the healthcare and insurance ecosystems for providing quick responses to health record requests and insurance claims.</p><h4><em>Stream</em></h4><p>Stream processing inference is best suited in a stream processing application that ingests data or events from another source. Stream processing inference is a good fit for machine-to-machine applications, such as streamed-in captured from IoT devices.</p><h3>Common AI Inference Metrics</h3><p>Some of the most common metrics associated with AI inference include:</p><h4><em>Latency</em></h4><p>Latency refers to the speed at which machine learning models can complete inference. Latency can depend on how much compute resources are available for a specific job, how finely tuned a model is, and how optimized a model is for that job.</p><p>Advanced techniques to speed up inference include removing <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Layer_(deep_learning)"><em>layers</em></a> from your model, <a href="https://huggingface.co/docs/optimum/en/concept_guides/quantization"><em>model quantization</em></a> to reduce <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Weighting"><em>weights</em></a> with lower-precision data (which can effectively shrink models and free up resources), and <a href="https://huggingface.co/blog/moe"><em>mixture-of-experts</em></a>, which divides tasks across different models for better performance. (We’ll cover more on optimization across hardware and models shortly.)</p><p>Latency is typically measured in milliseconds (ms), but may use longer timescales depending on use cases.</p><h4><em>Throughput</em></h4><p>Throughput refers to the number of predictions your machine learning model(s) can produce within a specified period of time without failing (though from an uptime standpoint, it may also consider the number of requests your models can accommodate across various AI workloads within a time period).</p><p>In an ideal world, your inference latency is always close to zero while your throughput is as high as possible. When considering throughput and latency for your use case, you may need to trade-off one for the other, depending on your data needs. Throughput is commonly measured in predictions per second (PPS), though it may also consider requests per second (RPS).</p><h4><em>Accuracy*</em></h4><p>Accuracy is the most common performance metric for machine learning models, though it technically assesses the <em>results</em> of inference*, not the performance. That is, accuracy is the quality of your model’s response afterward–and not the inference process itself. Accuracy is typically measured as a percentage between 0 (highly inaccurate) and 1 (perfectly accurate).</p><h2>Where Inference Fits Into AI</h2><p>Inference is generally one of the <em>last</em> steps in the lifecycle of a typical machine learning project–it happens <em>after</em> you’ve compiled an appropriate data set and evaluated a model for fit.</p><h3>Note: How Inference Differs From Training and Fine-Tuning</h3><p>As we’ll cover below, inference is different from <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Training,_validation,_and_test_data_sets"><em>model training</em></a>, and <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fine-tuning_(deep_learning)"><em>fine-tuning</em></a> (which is itself a kind of AI training). In the standard ML project lifecycle, training and fine-tuning happen <em>before </em>inference:</p><p>Training models “teaches” the machine learning algorithms to recognize patterns and formulate predictions. Most of the “largest” models in the world, trained on large data sets with billions of <a href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/machine-learning/latest/dg/training-parameters.html"><em>training parameters</em></a> used the content of <em>the entire open internet</em> as training data. Trained AI models generally offer better, more-accurate predictions with fewer errors and more scalability.</p><p>Fine-tuning further trains AI models beyond the pretrained state with additional training on a purposely smaller, more-focused data set. Fine-tuning further improves performance by utilizing <a href="https://aws.amazon.com/what-is/transfer-learning/"><em>transfer learning</em></a>–using the model’s existing knowledge to learn–while using fewer compute resources and executing with low latency.</p><p>Ideally, ML projects run inference on a data set using a model that has already been trained and fine-tuned to optimize accuracy and minimize resource costs.</p><h3>AI Inference in the Lifecycle of a ML Project: Step-by-Step</h3><h4><em>1. Project Scoping</em></h4><p>Properly planning a ML project, particularly a large-scale one, requires an in-depth assessment of how feasible it is, how costly it is, and whether you can properly resource it. These are some of the most crucial aspects of AI systems in production:</p><ul><li><strong>Business Objective:</strong> Specifically scoping the problem to be solved</li><li><strong>Cost-Benefit Analysis:</strong> Whether the results will justify a full ML project lifecycle</li><li><strong>Success Metrics:</strong> Including response accuracy, ROI, and other business results</li><li><strong>Resourcing:</strong> Is the project feasible funds, team members, and compute required?</li><li><strong>Privacy and Security:</strong> Will this project be compliant with your team’s and customers’ requirements?</li><li><strong>Monitoring and Explainability:</strong> In production, how will the project be monitored? And will results (and potential model drift) be explainable?</li></ul><h4><em>2. Data Management</em></h4><p>Once a project is scoped and a business challenge has been identified, MLOps and data engineering teams set about compiling the appropriate data set to use as inputs into their model(s). The process typically involves:</p><ul><li><strong>Data Assessment:</strong> Whether data on hand is sufficient, needs acquiring, or should be augmented/replaced with <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Synthetic_data"><em>synthetic data</em></a></li><li><strong>Data Gathering:</strong> Collecting, acquiring, or synthesizing additional data</li><li><strong>Data Prep and Annotation:</strong> Chunking data by <a href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/machine-learning/latest/dg/splitting-types.html"><em>splitting into smaller subsets</em></a>, <a href="https://docs.oracle.com/en/cloud/saas/fusion-service/farhd/filter-the-data-to-be-ingested-by-the-machine-learning-model.html"><em>filtering</em></a>, and <a href="https://simple.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data_annotation"><em>annotating</em></a> to optimize performance</li></ul><h4><em>3. Model Preparation</em></h4><p>After you’ve prepared your data, you’ll need to prepare your model(s) for the job. The process can include the following steps:</p><ul><li><strong>Model Selection:</strong> Choosing a pre-built model based on estimated performance</li><li><a href="https://www.techtarget.com/searchenterpriseai/feature/How-to-build-a-machine-learning-model-in-7-steps"><strong><em>Model Building:</em></strong></a> Building out your model(s) for use based on in-house algorithms or off-the-shelf models</li><li><a href="https://www.marktechpost.com/2023/09/27/what-is-model-merging/"><strong><em>Model Merging:</em></strong></a> Potentially combining multiple models with different strengths into one to leverage the different strengths of each</li><li><a href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/machine-learning/latest/dg/evaluating_models.html"><strong><em>Model Evaluation:</em></strong></a> Assessing the performance of your model(s) for performance and metrics before deployment</li></ul><h4><em>4. Model Deployment (and Inference)</em></h4><p>Once your data and model(s) are ready, it’s time to deploy. Deploying a ML project via an AI model has several requirements, including:</p><ul><li><strong>Deployment Environment:</strong> Including locally (on-device) or via Cloud</li><li><strong>Access:</strong> An API, plugins, dashboard, or some other means to access your model(s)’ output</li><li><strong>Compute Infrastructure:</strong> To run inference, you’ll need silicon that provides sufficient compute power and storage</li></ul><h4><em>5. Maintenance</em></h4><p>Post-deploy, you will, like with any other production software, need to monitor your model to ensure it’s performing properly, not overconsuming resources, and providing results that meet your metrics (and ideally make customers happy).</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/a2a67565adf2e178f603c6763266355a83d711bc-1600x766.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>META unveils Llama-3, a massive 405 billion-parameter LLM that reportedly cost $700M to train. Image courtesy TechCrunch</em></p><h2>Why is AI Inference Important?</h2><p>For machine learning projects, inference is effectively where the rubber hits the road (or where the data sets hit the model). It’s the essential step in which models process prompts and data, leading to the response as an output.</p><p>When thinking about how to properly scope a real-world use case for AI systems, it’s important to consider these aspects of inference:</p><h3>Decision-Making</h3><p>For all intents and purposes, inference is the step at which your model makes its decisions, having ingested data and formulated predictions. The resourcing and speed of your inference can affect the quality of your responses. Depending on your use case, inferencing issues could mean unnoticeable delays in chatbot responses or disastrous decisions from self-driving cars.</p><h3>Scalability</h3><p>As mentioned, inference bottlenecks can significantly affect the performance of an ML project. Inference architecture that isn’t scalable due to poor load balancing of compute resources can have a seriously adverse effect on user experience for applications that are expected to be responsive.</p><h3>Cost</h3><p>The <a href="https://www.spiceworks.com/tech/artificial-intelligence/guest-article/hidden-costs-of-generative-ai/">high cost of AI</a> has been widely reported. Scarce compute resources, the hardware (and data centers) to run it on, and a growing need for energy infrastructure to power it make for a high total cost of ownership. For use cases that regularly run huge batches of data, inference can quickly become very expensive. (We’ll cover more on how to manage costs shortly.)</p><h2>How Improved Hardware Will Impact AI Inference</h2><p>In the current state of play, teams primarily run their inference on <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Graphics_processing_unit"><em>graphical processing units</em></a>–hardware chips originally built to render high-end computer graphics with their processing power. While traditional cloud compute is run on CPU, the sheer horsepower of graphics processors make them well-suited for heavy-duty ML data jobs.</p><p>At the time of this writing, GPU manufacturer Nvidia enjoys a significant market lead, producing the most sought-after (and difficult-to-procure) products. But there are ongoing developments in (and around) the hardware market that may change the cost and performance outlook of AI inference in the future:</p><h3>Increased Competition in the Hardware Market</h3><p>Competitors like AMD are investing heavily in capturing more market share from Nvidia. Other vendors are also developing alternatives to GPUs, including processors that were purpose-built for AI from the ground up.</p><p>Given the fierce competition and the economic realities of building high-end hardware at this scale, it’s not clear that <em><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Moore%27s_law">Moore’s Law</a> </em>will continue indefinitely. However, the tech sector has clearly recognized the challenge of costly compute resources.</p><h3>Research: Lower-Cost Inference Techniques in Model and Hardware Architecture</h3><p>Researchers are increasingly spending cycles finding alternative inference and model building techniques to conserve compute and cut costs. Where popular research hub <a href="https://arxiv.org/">Arxiv</a>’s AI projects used to focus purely on scientific advancement, an increasing number of journals now focus on discovering and optimizing operational techniques to increase efficiency, including:</p><h4><em>Mixture-of-Experts</em></h4><p><a href="https://huggingface.co/blog/moe"><em>Mixture-of-Experts (MoE)</em></a> utilizes specialized models to process different jobs of a machine learning project, rather than using a single large model. A MoE project sees multiple, smaller instances of computations (rather than a single big job), reducing the amount of necessary resources and potentially speeding up the results as well.</p><h4><em>Pruning</em></h4><p><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Decision_tree_pruning">Decision tree pruning</a> removes redundant parameters and weights, effectively reducing the number of computational layers through which a model must pass data, requiring less memory usage overall.</p><h4><em>Distillation</em></h4><p><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Knowledge_distillation"><em>Knowledge distillation</em></a> is a technique that utilizes transfer learning such that a large trained AI model, trained on many parameters “teaches” a smaller, simpler model. With proper distillation, smaller models can mimic the high performance of its larger counterparts using far less compute resources.</p><h4><em>Sparse Models</em></h4><p><em><a href="https://www.kdnuggets.com/2023/04/best-machine-learning-model-sparse-data.html">Sparse models</a> </em>are an alternative to large models which, rather than consider billions of unique AI training parameters, consider most of its parameters to equal zero–and therefore activate far fewer of them, spending fewer resources overall when running inference.</p><h4><em>Quantization</em></h4><p><a href="https://huggingface.co/docs/optimum/en/concept_guides/quantization"><em>Quantization</em></a> reduces the precision of numbers in a model’s calculations–for example, replacing 32-bit floating-point numbers with 8-bit integers. As a result, models require less memory storage and can operate better on lower-end hardware, such as edge computing devices.</p><h4><em>Gradient Checkpointing</em></h4><p><a href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sagemaker/latest/dg/model-parallel-extended-features-pytorch-activation-checkpointing.html">Gradient checkpointing</a> reduces the amount of results the model stores while performing computations, reducing overall memory usage, but potentially increasing runtime as a tradeoff.</p><h3>New Configurations: Edge Computing On-Device</h3><p>While the earlier days of LLMs seemed to be an arms race between vendors trying to train larger and larger models with hundreds of billions of parameters, users are finding surprisingly strong performance with smaller models that utilize far fewer parameters. (As of the time of this writing, “small” models come down to as low as 3B to 7B.)</p><p>Smaller models mean less compute resources needed, which means more viability when run locally <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Edge_computing"><em>on the edge</em></a>. On-device model operations dramatically reduce compute costs and significantly improve data privacy, as users deal entirely with private data locally without having to share over any kind of potentially vulnerable network.</p><h2>What Founders and Developers Need to Know About AI Inference</h2><p>For those building AI applications, particularly on top of LLMs, inference can matter a lot. So can questions like whether to go with a closed-source, open-weight model from an API provider or go with open source–with the former providing a more user-friendly experience and more in-depth support, and the latter providing enormous flexibility and variety of choices.</p><p>The most successful AI apps built over top or within AI systems provide value and an excellent user experience by:</p><h3>Performing at Acceptable Latency</h3><p>Particularly for use cases that are intended to “improve productivity” or are otherwise time bound, the model underpinning your AI application must be able to run its inference processes and deliver responses within an acceptable response window.</p><p>For AI applications that customers expect to run quickly, such as rapid generation tools for code or documentation, lag means a negative user experience that customers will not love.</p><h3>Performing Reliably (and Accurately)</h3><p>There are several reasons why an app built on top of an AI model might fail. For example, a project might be more resource-intensive than anticipated, using up all the allotted compute resources, and–unable to push through those last few AI workloads–slowing throughput to a crawl until the job fails.</p><p>While building AI solutions is still a relatively new practice, <a href="https://today.yougov.com/technology/articles/49099-americans-2024-poll-ai-top-feeling-caution">55%</a> of Americans reportedly “don’t trust” AI models, or the information they provide. Ensuring your product consistently provides accurate predictions is table-stakes; ensuring inference won’t fail is also important.</p><h3>Performing Economically</h3><p>Inference isn’t cheap, especially at scale. If you’re building a product to tackle a highly inference-intensive use case, you may be looking at extremely high costs for compute resources that jeopardize the viability of the product itself. Unfortunately, the expensive racks of GPUs at the data centers aren’t free.</p><p>To bring down inference costs and conserve compute, it’s a good idea to investigate fine-tuning, using “smaller” (fewer-parameter) models, or using advanced techniques such as <a href="https://huggingface.co/blog/moe"><em>mixture-of-experts</em></a>–splitting operations across multiple models to improve performance and reduce costs. Read more in this interview on <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/enterprise-ai-infrastructure-privacy-maturity-resources">AI inference resourcing for the enterprise</a>.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/bc3d495d51baa55869ea9f06729f37cdbe97dd43-976x456.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>UK chip manufacturer Arm celebrates a massive valuation spike due to AI demand. Image courtesy BBC</em></p><h2>Challenges with AI Inference</h2><p>Along with the issues we’ve covered above, here are some additional inference challenges that teams may encounter when trying to manage ML programs over time:</p><h3>Subject-Matter Expertise (or Lack Thereof)</h3><p>While organizations expect engineers to put software products into production, very few developers have machine learning PhDs. Understanding the finer points of inference, deep learning, and neural networks is traditionally the domain of academically-trained data scientists, though as more AI systems get productionized, devs will likely gain more expertise over time.</p><h3>Expanding Project Complexity</h3><p>The economic realities of running gigantic data jobs on gigantic models (and incurring gigantic usage bills) have already set in for many organizations. As more orgs look for opportunities on compute and cost optimization, they’ll also look to outpace competitors who may be on similar stages in their own learning journeys.</p><p>As a result, the future of AI systems in production may lie in <a href="https://bair.berkeley.edu/blog/2024/02/18/compound-ai-systems/"><em>compound AI systems</em></a>, which employ multiple tools and models to efficiently puzzle out use cases with optimal performance.</p><h3>Performance and Cost</h3><p>For better or for worse, modern AI has earned a reputation for speedy responses. Many types of customers will expect applications built on LLMs and other AI systems to be fast, performant, and reliable.</p><p>Likewise, companies that build AI solutions to serve inference-heavy use cases may potentially incur significant compute costs–and should look for as many opportunities as possible to get more efficient and use less compute, memory, and energy where possible.</p><h2>Conclusion</h2><p>Hopefully, this article has helped you better understand what AI inference is and its significance to software development and building AI products. Here are more resources to learn about the practical approaches teams are using to create AI software.</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-infrastructure-top-challenges-data-inference">Article: The Data Pipeline Is the New Secret Sauce by Jesse Robbins</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/enterprise-ai-infrastructure-privacy-maturity-resources">Article: Enterprise AI Infrastructure: Privacy, Maturity, Resources</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/prompting-chatgpt-programming-llm-software-development">Article: Digging Deeper into Building on LLMs with Phillip Carter</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-launch-an-ai-startup-github-copilot-lessons">Article: How to Launch an AI Startup with Alyss Noland</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/generative-ai-incident-response-devops">Article: Incident Response and DevOps in the Age of Generative AI</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-hidden-opportunities-for-software-developers-swyx">Article: AI’s Hidden Opportunities with Shawn “swyx” Wang</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/developers-working-on-genai-demographics">Article: Who Are the Developers Working on Generative AI Projects?</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-llm-guardrails-reduce-ai-risk-in-software-development">Article: How LLM Guardrails Reduce AI Risk in Software Development</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/press/software-development-in-the-age-of-ai">Article: The Future of Software Development in the Age of AI</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-inference">AI Inference: A Guide for Founders and Developers</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #20, Smells Like ML with Salma Mayorquin and Terry Rodriguez of Remyx AI</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-20-smells-like-ml-with-salma-mayorquin-and-terry-rodriguez-of-remyx-ai</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Sep 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">98d27a68-e5ce-4cef-807b-52f9575b53ef</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 20 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers is joined by Salma Mayorquin and Terry Rodriguez of Remyx AI. Together they unpack Remyx&#x27;s mission to democratize machine learning by addressing common hurdles like data scarcity and resource limitations. The episode also highlights the critical balance between automation and human judgment, emphasizing the need for AI to handle repetitive tasks while humans focus on creativity and decision-making.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 20 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers is joined by Salma Mayorquin and Terry Rodriguez of Remyx AI. Together they unpack Remyx&#x27;s mission to democratize machine learning by addressing common hurdles like data scarcity and resource limitations. The episode also highlights the critical balance between automation and human judgment, emphasizing the need for AI to handle repetitive tasks while humans focus on creativity and decision-making.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-20-smells-like-ml-with-salma-mayorquin-and-terry-rodriguez-of-remyx-ai">Ep. #20, Smells Like ML with Salma Mayorquin and Terry Rodriguez of Remyx AI</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why We’re Talking Code Generation at DevGuild AI Summit III</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/why-code-generation-at-devguild-ai-summit-iii</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Sep 2024 18:17:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Coding Assistants]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Code Generation]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">48c314ec-b1f1-41d6-969d-70e7e4fbb0cd</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>AI coding assistants address one of the most clearly defined use cases for AI in software development. Join us to discuss what’s working and what isn’t.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>How It’s Going</h2><p>At this time last year, <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/why-we-dont-need-another-ai-conference-right-now">AI gave rise to lofty promises</a> to the developer community. You–the community–told us you had more questions than answers. And because of that, we shifted our typical DevGuild event to an unconference format.</p><p>And to be honest, this time together as a community was just what we all needed. One participant shared, “the format was unique: a concentration of founders and operators in the DevTool and Infra space openly discussing the future for AI and LLMs. It was amazing!” Since then we’ve hosted two DevGuild Summits with hundreds of founders and engineers to discuss–<a href="https://www.agilealliance.org/glossary/open-space/">privately</a>–their emerging use cases, concerns, and questions about AI and software development.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/f8d3ef1a90a6da70ed5a7f82e9e9e7663b2d0466-1600x895.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>The topic board at our inaugural DevGuild AI Summit: Participants were starting to crack open foundational AI subjects as they related to software development.</em></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/de7499436109aad742f3a3ed2dc5d80385fdf8b4-1600x1066.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Our <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/ai-summit-ii">second summit</a> dug deeper into the topic of AI in software development to discuss more practical concerns and best practices for AI in development, both for startups and enterprises.</em></p><h2>Why It’s Time to Talk About Coding Assistants</h2><p>We always expected to narrow the topic of our summit events as key pillars in AI-first development emerged. And after many conversations we’ve had with engineers and founders like you, we understand that it’s time to focus the conversation around the most visible AI use case in software development - Code Generation.</p><p>Code-generating apps, plugins, and full-blown platforms have made their way to the inner loop for many developers. And with this tectonic shift in the way developers write code, we are left with even more questions about how this next era will play out.</p><p>There is a genuine opportunity to help define what constitutes “good” quality in code generation. While everyone’s talking about code-generating AI tools, not many seem to be talking about the <em>whys </em>and <em>hows</em>. What actually makes a coding assistant “good”? Can they be “great”? Rather than rely on anecdotes, we believe what we need is a real framework to understand them–one that applies no matter where they are being used, from startups through to the enterprise.</p><p>If you want to contribute to the creation of such a framework, you are invited to participate.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/82cb7aaee839ee28aabb63a0e48ec3f86a12cf6c-1536x750.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Founders and engineering leaders converge in San Francisco to discuss AI in dev at DevGuild: AI Summit II.</em></p><h2>Devs Will Lead the Way to AI Revenue</h2><p>Gartner predicts that by 2028, <a href="https://www.gartner.com/en/newsroom/press-releases/2024-04-11-gartner-says-75-percent-of-enterprise-software-engineers-will-use-ai-code-assistants-by-2028">75%</a> of enterprise engineers will be using AI coding assistants (with 63% of surveyed organizations already using them).</p><p>AI-powered assistants are already amplifying day-to-day software engineering. So, how will their proliferation affect the business of making and selling software moving forward?. If every engineer leverages AI coding assistants, how will the change affect the fundamental architecture of software going forward? How will coding assistants affect the hiring process for engineers–and what software teams will ultimately look like? And how will everything add up to actual products that generate real value, and AI startups that generate real revenue?</p><h2>Now Is the Time</h2><p>At DevGuild: AI Summit III on October 30, 200+ startup founders, tech leaders, and AI experts will convene to discuss the future of coding assistants, and coding-assisted development teams. The summit will once again offer a confidential, judgment-free environment where no questions are off-limits. At the event, we’ll work together to chart a successful future course for coding assistants–and for what an AI-powered future looks like for devs. The goal is for all of us to figure out where this is headed, together.</p><p><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/ai-summit-iii-code-generation">Request an invite for DevGuild: AI Summit III now</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/why-code-generation-at-devguild-ai-summit-iii">Why We’re Talking Code Generation at DevGuild AI Summit III</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #73, AI’s Impact on Observability with Animesh Koratana of PlayerZero</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-73-ais-impact-on-observability-with-animesh-koratana-of-playerzero</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Sep 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">796c724f-adb4-46c3-b0a6-abdf70cbaf38</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 73 of o11ycast, Jessica Kerr, Martin Thwaites, and Austin Parker speak with Animesh Koratana, founder and CEO of PlayerZero, about the future of observability with AI. Discover how PlayerZero leverages LLMs to democratize institutional knowledge, improve software quality, and make problem-solving more accessible to all engineers.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 73 of o11ycast, Jessica Kerr, Martin Thwaites, and Austin Parker speak with Animesh Koratana, founder and CEO of PlayerZero, about the future of observability with AI. Discover how PlayerZero leverages LLMs to democratize institutional knowledge, improve software quality, and make problem-solving more accessible to all engineers.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-73-ais-impact-on-observability-with-animesh-koratana-of-playerzero">Ep. #73, AI’s Impact on Observability with Animesh Koratana of PlayerZero</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Data Pipeline is the New Secret Sauce</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-infrastructure-top-challenges-data-inference</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Sep 2024 16:13:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Infrastructure]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Data Infrastructure]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Continuous Integration]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Continuous Delivery]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[LLM]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3dbfba3b-523f-4ec6-b0fc-17a26f0f9ec3</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>AI inference infrastructure is fragmented due to cost, compute shortages, performance tradeoffs, and data challenges. Here’s how we find a clearer path forward.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>Why Data Pipelines and Inference Are AI Infrastructure’s Biggest Challenges</h2><p>While there’s still great excitement around AI and machine learning (ML), we’re starting to see some level of organizational maturity as enterprises work to stand up programs internally. About <a href="https://newsroom.ibm.com/2024-01-10-Data-Suggests-Growth-in-Enterprise-Adoption-of-AI-is-Due-to-Widespread-Deployment-by-Early-Adopters#:~:text=%2D%20About%2042%25%20of%20enterprise%2D,have%20not%20deployed%20their%20models.">40% of enterprises surveyed</a> report they have either actively deployed an AI program or are currently exploring one. This means enterprises are now grappling with real-world challenges like <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/prompting-chatgpt-programming-llm-software-development">building products on top of AI</a>, <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/machine-learning-engineering-ai-incentives">aligning disparate teams around their programs</a>, and even <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/from-labs-to-launch-stories-from-github-copilot">going to market</a>.</p><p>More pointedly, foundational challenges in building and running the necessary infrastructure to underpin such programs are beginning to emerge. The ideal future for enterprises is having the ability to run successful programs powered by a large language model (LLM) that provide significant competitive advantage compared to programs powered by off-the-shelf, open-weight models utilizing the white-labeled OEM dataset provided with purchase. Generally speaking, typing a generic prompt into a generic model will only ever produce a generic, low-value response.</p><p>Instead, the ideal future for a best-in-class program involves having the appropriate model (or <em>models</em>) humming away in production, running in an affordable, easy-to-manage configuration, and continually running jobs using a pristine, secure, first-party dataset. But getting to our perfect picture is much easier said than done.</p><p>As far as I can tell, this is the core of the modern infrastructure problem for enterprises:</p><blockquote><em>The biggest challenge emerging is building and operating the infrastructure both for creating and running the </em>data pipelines<em> to build, manage, and maintain a robust, secure body of proprietary data to train, fine-tune, and orchestrate LLM operations, and for running </em>inference,<em> the actual process of models running calculations on inputted data.</em></blockquote><p>Let’s unpack the situation.</p><h2>The Data Pipeline is the New Secret Sauce</h2><p>The enterprise data pipeline is unique and different from what startups are able to do because of the organizational, regulatory, and customer challenges they face. And so, data pipelines that <em>work</em> represent a competitive advantage for their organizations. And they also, by necessity, are slow to evolve because the risks of those very same things are commensurate with their value. So, the similarities between this situation and the emergence of DevOps are 1:1–these are precisely the conditions that emerged when I was at Amazon and observed other organizations trying to survive and scale.</p><p>What I think is different–and this is the important part–is that unlike a lot of the early DevOps concepts, everyone was on a journey to CI/CD. Whereas today, we are <em>starting from</em> this point with the data pipeline.</p><h3>The Data “DevOps Moment”</h3><p>The ability to continuously create and improve high-quality, first-party training datasets and then develop and finetune models are a strategic advantage.</p><p>At <a href="https://x.com/jesserobbins/status/1772699474827034692/photo/1">Data Council</a> this year, I said that data pipelines are having a “DevOps” moment, starting with a cultural and technical shift toward <em><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CI/CD">continuous integration/continuous delivery</a> </em>(CI/CD). This is now accelerating as AI programs in production are running data jobs through their models, resulting in outputs of increasing quality and power. (I also said that the only reason this hadn’t happened before is that data people seem to be more introverted than we were at the beginning of the DevOps moment.) Creating and maintaining systems that are this complex requires a dedicated team and resources–Gartner reports that <a href="https://www.gartner.com/en/newsroom/press-releases/2024-05-14-artificial-intelligence-is-creating-new-roles-and-skills-in-data-and-analytics">87%</a> of “mature organizations” have dedicated AI teams. These types of projects aren’t accidental. They cannot be bought off the shelf. Building out a functional data pipeline for AI programs will be a valuable advantage now, and will become more so every day. Each enterprise’s internal dataset is an artifact–the end result of a series of important data management processes run through a complicated data toolchain. Creating this data pipeline is itself a massive barrier that requires significant operational effectiveness combined with security and privacy practices that prevent any personally identifiable information (PII) from “leaking.”</p><p>At best, without an appropriate data pipeline, enterprises will simply fail to build their ideal internal dataset. At worst, they incur significant business risk from a variety of data-related factors, including privacy leaks, subpar performance that produces inaccurate results, and the potentially high costs of having to re-train models initially trained on poor-quality data (to name just a few).</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/68199dbf4962726476f88bfb0a1454f2318e1035-1600x808.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Data management for AI is having its DevOps moment.</em></p><blockquote>The data pipeline for internal AI programs will need to be a continuous process that doesn’t “end” when you launch your LLM into production, but rather, begins at that point–and requires continuous iteration, refinement, and monitoring, like any other software product. In order to master the process of managing AI data–which gives them the ability to adapt to change and drive higher performance over time–enterprises will need to invest in cultivating team-wide, organizational capability to both build and maintain their data pipeline.</blockquote><p>To clarify, much has been written about MLOps tooling and the exciting shifts happening there–so while we won’t be doing a deep dive here, I do recommend looking into the space if you’re interested.</p><p>However, in addition to creating their data pipeline, organizations are also running into another challenge that we’ve seen over and over again: Once you <em>have</em> built a data pipeline, what do you do with it?</p><p>You need to be able to run inference on your data processes securely and privately, at scale–and without breaking the bank.</p><h2>The Inference Hosting Challenge</h2><p>Inference for LLMs requires computing resources, most commonly provided by high-powered <em><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/AI_accelerator">AI accelerator</a> </em>hardware most commonly found in high-end <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Graphics_processing_unit"><em>GPU chips</em></a>. Hardware that is powerful enough to run inference at scale is, for the time being, both <a href="https://www.cnn.com/2023/08/06/tech/ai-chips-supply-chain/index.html">costly and rare</a>. Due to the variety of challenges, we are seeing organizations adopting one of the following inference hosting models:</p><h4><em>1. Hosted Inference via API</em></h4><p>Many enterprises are choosing to work with third-party API providers such as OpenAI and Anthropic. External providers host LLM models and inference burdens themselves–abstracting away the complexity and cost into token allowances across various pricing tiers, without the need to invest significant capital expenditure into acquiring AI accelerator hardware, or the need to invest operating expenditure into hiring a full-time team on call to run a data center.</p><h4><em>2. On-Device “Edge” Hosting</em></h4><p>An emerging configuration for smaller teams is <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Edge_computing"><em>edge computing</em></a>–specifically, bringing LLMs “closer” to data sources by hosting AI models locally on-device. By pairing “smaller” models (in the range of ~3 billion parameters) with high-end laptop computers, organizations can see reduced latency, better bandwidth usage, and improved privacy by keeping data local–though it’s not clear this configuration can scale well for larger teams that may need larger models.</p><h4><em>3. On-Premise Data Center</em></h4><p>There was a time when running an on-premise data center was so crucial to operations that many enterprises owned and ran their own. However, as of <a href="https://journal.uptimeinstitute.com/the-majority-of-enterprise-it-is-now-off-premises/">2023</a>, the majority of enterprise IT workloads are now hosted off-premise due to the massive total cost of ownership, including hardware, physical real estate, and operational teams on call. It’s likely that enterprises will continue to prefer externally-hosted solutions for inference as well.</p><h4><em>4. Off-Premise Cloud Hosting via Third-Party Data Center</em></h4><p>Third-party data center hosting for AI inference is increasingly beginning to resemble hosting for traditional cloud computing, and it’s possible that in the future, we’ll see a core group of leading vendors in third-party AI inference hosting that will gain popularity among enterprises. However, dependence on externally-hosted resources could also introduce latency into larger-scale inference jobs, dependencies on external data center performance, and external security and privacy threats.</p><h2>Getting Enterprise Ready for AI</h2><p>Given the challenges and costs associated with launching an enterprise-scale AI program, we’re starting to see discrete phases emerge:</p><h4><em>Phase 1: Starting a Program With an off-the-shelf Cloud Provider</em></h4><p>Unless an enterprise is restricted to on-prem and has a mature infrastructure capability already, most organizations are going to start serious experimentation with existing Cloud provider(s) using currently available APIs. For example, Microsoft has reported <a href="https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/celebrating-customers-journeys-to-ai-innovation-at-microsoft-build-2024/">53,000</a> organizations using its AI offerings via Azure.</p><p>At this stage, data science and operations teams will focus on testing and implementing valuable use cases and putting them into production via their providers’ models. Inference burdens are abstracted away as part of existing contracts with established providers. Smart enterprises will of course do everything they can to maintain as high a level of privacy and security as possible around the data they feed in. However, they may face headwinds due to possible reverberations around data leakage–there are many counternarratives, and fear around, having third-party models trained on proprietary data.</p><h4><em>Phase 2: Scaling the Existing Solution</em></h4><p>Over time, enterprises will stand up a functional data pipeline, which may not be perfect, but will be performant enough to zero in on valuable use cases that deliver outsize value (like <a href="https://www.oreilly.com/library/view/artificial-intelligence-for/9781788472173/9f419a4f-27bc-48ca-afbc-71006e79f6cb.xhtml">batch processing jobs</a> for large quantities of data). As they do, they may feel compelled to improve their data privacy posture, at least for certain types of data and certain data processing jobs.</p><p>Also, as enterprises begin to realize value from their developing AI program, they will also assess the growing costs of their API provider contracts and tooling. At this stage, enterprises will look to make significant optimizations on their usage and, in the interest of reducing costs, they focus on efficiency.</p><h4><em>Phase 3: Cost Shock and Optimization</em></h4><p>Specifically, enterprises may find themselves weighing the cost and complexity of standing up an internal LLM against the benefits of maintaining a fully closed-circuit dataset they no longer have to feed to an externally-hosted system–freeing themselves from external model risks such as outages or security breaches experienced by their vendor, and from massive provider bills. As they grow their capabilities in managing a ML program production, they will also likely grow their knowledge of hosting models internally and will seriously consider hosting and launching their own internal model, powered by an inference configuration that makes operational and financial sense.</p><p>At such a point, enterprises may start thinking about investing in tooling such as <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Training,_validation,_and_test_data_sets#:~:text=A%20training%20data%20set%20is,%2C%20for%20example%2C%20a%20classifier."><em>pretraining datasets</em></a>, <a href="https://machinelearning.apple.com/research/data-filtering-networks"><em>data filtering</em></a> and <a href="https://www.techtarget.com/searchenterpriseai/definition/data-splitting"><em>splitting</em></a>, and <a href="https://towardsdatascience.com/various-ways-to-evaluate-a-machine-learning-models-performance-230449055f15?gi=aa83f96d4174"><em>model evaluation</em></a> to select a model that makes sense for them. They’ll also need to seriously consider inference hosting configurations, potentially opting for edge computing with a small test team to begin with and migrating to an externally-hosted cloud inference provider as their needs increase in scale.</p><p>As their familiarity with running AI operations internally grows, they also begin to more-strongly eye the value of closed-circuit privacy offered by running their own models internally–without the help of an off-the-shelf provider.</p><p><em>(It’s also worth noting that with the passage of time, the economics of launching a LLM internally will also likely become more favorable. Specifically, while compute resources are currently scarce and relatively costly, increased commoditization will likely continue to put downward pressure on pricing.)</em></p><h4><em>Phase 4: Specializing Mature Enterprises Seek Appropriate ML Infrastructure for Use Case Fit</em></h4><p>Will all enterprises eventually “graduate” to a state of hosting their own internal, closed-circuit LLM, through which they run every single data job? Not necessarily.</p><p>As enterprises learn how to run their own ML programs, they will find themselves less bound by hardline goals to spend a certain amount of dollars on AI initiatives or to acquire specific infrastructure configurations, and more focused on finding infrastructure that fits their specific needs and use cases. In some cases, they may find themselves standing up their own internal LLM, complete with their own internal infrastructure hosting configuration and costs, to handle high-priority use cases that require high responsiveness with the utmost privacy. In other cases, as they increase their comfort levels with hosted solutions and find “good enough” data privacy tooling, they may find better value in letting hosted solutions run massive data jobs that might’ve been too costly or time consuming to run internally.</p><p>Savvy enterprises will understand that, given the incredible speed of change in the AI space, it will be a best practice to seek AI solutions that offer them <em>optionality </em>in favor of restrictive, long-term commitments with vendor lock-in. Committing to launching an internal LLM may be exactly what an enterprise needs to compete, but it’s a significant investment that will require continuous operational support afterwards. Conversely, signing a contract with a hosted third-party provider eager to get their business may be a much more lightweight alternative.</p><p>As enterprises mature, they’ll begin thinking more deliberately about their AI inference spend, particularly given the high cost of compute. Suffice it to say, there are many aspects of AI infrastructure that <em>let</em> teams expend huge amounts of money, like attempting to train, and repeatedly re-train, an open-weight model using an entire dataset. In the same way that many businesses repatriated their compute infrastructure from owned data centers to cloud providers–then looked on increasing horror as their cloud computing bills skyrocketed–smart enterprises will look for ways to control their spend, such as seeking model training alternatives like <a href="https://www.marktechpost.com/2023/09/27/what-is-model-merging/"><em>model merging</em></a> and <a href="https://www.techtarget.com/searchenterpriseai/feature/Mixture-of-experts-models-explained-What-you-need-to-know"><em>mixture-of-experts</em></a>.</p><h2>How We’ll Address AI’s Infrastructure Challenges Together</h2><p>In the next 12 months I expect an explosion in new ideas and innovation from practitioners who are actually doing the work to figure this out at scale. At Heavybit, we’re working to identify and elevate the people working in enterprises and startups that are solving these new challenges, creating best practices, and rallying around common and critical challenges. We plan to share our learnings to help accomplish two goals: First, to provide a clearer path for successful AI programs at enterprise scale, and second: To clarify the requirements for enterprise-scale programs to help ambitious AI tooling startups get enterprise-ready.</p><p><em>Stay tuned for more updates on how enterprises are tackling new AI and ML challenges like inference hosting. If you’re an AI startup founder looking to get your product ready for enterprise, feel free to <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/tP7Lh7?typeform-source=EnterpriseReadyAIBlog1">reach out to us</a>.</em></p><p></p><h2>More Resources</h2><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/enterprise-ai-infrastructure-privacy-maturity-resources">Article - Enterprise AI Infrastructure: Privacy, Maturity, Resources</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-hidden-opportunities-for-software-developers-swyx">Article - AI&#x27;s Hidden Opportunities</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-launch-an-ai-startup-github-copilot-lessons">Article - How to Launch an AI Startup: Lessons from GitHub Copilot</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/prompting-chatgpt-programming-llm-software-development">Article - Digging Deeper into Building on LLMs, AI Coding Assistants, and Observability</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/machine-learning-engineering-ai-incentives">Article - MLOps vs. Eng: Misaligned Incentives and Failure to Launch?</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/generative-ai-incident-response-devops">Article - Incident Response and DevOps in the Age of Generative AI</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-infrastructure-top-challenges-data-inference">The Data Pipeline is the New Secret Sauce</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Events Are Important for Early-Stage Startups</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/why-events-for-early-stage-startups</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Sep 2024 23:02:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Events]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Founder]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer-First Go-To-Market]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Community]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">317c5d67-2ee0-472a-8879-519528055f4c</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Events are extraordinarily valuable for early-stage startups. This article introduces how they work, their many benefits, and how to approach them.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>For busy founders, it’s easy to see events as a big waste. Attending all-day events can pull founders away from the important task of building their companies. Furthermore, they are expensive! Costs include sponsorship packages, travel, hotel, food, and other incidentals.</p><p>However, there is also a lot of hidden value in events, especially for early startup founders. This article will share strategies for how founders can incorporate events into their go-to-market programs to better support their goals, without being an unnecessary drain on resources.</p><h3>What We Mean by “Events”</h3><p>Events can take many shapes. They can range from local gatherings of a handful of people to large shows that attract thousands of attendees.</p><p>Generally speaking, events fall into one (or more) of these main groups:</p><ul><li><strong>Conferences and Trade Shows:</strong> These events bring together people from a specific industry or field.</li><li><strong>Seminars and Workshops:</strong> These events offer educational content and networking opportunities.</li><li><strong>Local Meetups:</strong> These tend to be smaller, community-based events around a specific topic held in a shared space.</li><li><strong>Private Meetings:</strong> Invite-only engagements for smaller groups, typically set in a social atmosphere like dinner or coffee.</li></ul><p>Some events may include more than one element at a time. For example, AWS re:Invent is a huge conference that hosted over 65,000 attendees in 2023. The four-day event included workshops, product launches, and product announcements. Conversely, meetups are smaller events hosted in many cities, that typically host dozens at best. They last a matter of hours, feature topics relevant to the local community, may offer pizza or other refreshments, and convene every month or so.</p><p>When it comes to comparing the in-person vs the virtual experience, they are not the same and should not be treated as such. When attending virtually, you can access the talks and presentations. In some cases, you may have the ability to chat or submit questions. But you cannot interact with others the same way.</p><p>Attending in person opens you up to connecting with others on a deeper level. The chance encounters with other experts. The ability to ask questions of a speaker in a session or instructor in a workshop. The 1:1 attention when visiting vendor booths. The ability to network with influencers or potential partners. Not to mention the ability to accelerate conversations with people who are already in the market for a solution. Attending and meeting face-to-face will always offer more than in a remote chat room.</p><h3>Why Should Early-Stage Teams Attend In-Person Events?</h3><p>Selling a new product comes with unique challenges. Buyers need a more in-depth description of your product to familiarize themselves with it and feel inspired to trial it. This is especially true if your product exists within a new category and is not competitive with an existing product. You must provide the necessary context for them to understand how your product provides value and how it fits into their world.</p><p>Connecting in-person at a focused event, versus on a cold call or email, allows you to speak directly with people actively seeking this kind of information. They did opt to attend the event, after all. Speaking opportunities only add to this. You can showcase the value proposition of your product to a larger group in a session, and then field questions or arrange for 1:1 conversations later.</p><p>Events do require an investment, at minimum your time and cost of travel. If you decide to participate at a higher level than just attending–sponsorship, giving a talk, or hosting your own onsite happy hour or dinner party–that can incur other costs as well. Attending and participating in events isn’t trivial, but you can get incredible value from them. Events are a great way to:</p><ul><li>Build brand awareness</li><li>Meet new potential customers (lead generation)</li><li>Accelerate deals currently in pipeline</li><li>Connect with existing customers</li><li>Better understand the industry and competitive landscape</li><li>Network with other experts and influencers</li><li>Recruit new team members</li><li>Confirm or disqualify messaging or customer persona strategy</li></ul><p>You’ll get the best results at events that are highly relevant to your industry. Ideally, you’ll mingle with builders, thinkers, and community members like yourself. And depending on the event you decide to attend, your goals may be different. Giving a talk at a major industry conference could be a great way to establish yourself as a thought leader and mingle with influencers. On the other hand, a community meetup might be better for candid product feedback and sourcing design partners.</p><h3>Goal Setting</h3><p>When deciding how to show up to an event, it’s helpful to be clear about your goals. Consider what your organization is focusing on, and how attending events will help them achieve that. This will also help narrow focus on which events to attend and how they might show up.</p><p>For example, if your goal is to capture new leads, then consider events that many of your prospective customers plan to attend. If your goal is accelerating existing sales deals, in similar fashion consider the events these groups plan to attend, <em>and</em> create space to meet with these individuals while there. Perhaps you can host an onsite dinner or happy hour. Find a way to let them know you’ll be there and want to connect with them 1:1.</p><p>Alternatively, if you’re at a much earlier stage and still seeking <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/user-research-product-market-fit-tactic">product-market fit</a>, you might set your sights on events attended by your customer profile. For developer-facing products, it&#x27;s important to remember that often the buyer (CTO, Principal Architect, or similar manager) might be a different persona than the user (developers). Look for events that attract the specific type of developers you are building for. These events give you opportunities to validate your hypothesis–are you addressing the developers’ pain points?</p><h3>Should My Startup Get a Booth?</h3><p>So you’re ready to venture out and participate in an event. What’s the best way to get involved? Should you just attend and look to chat with people on the show floor? What about sponsoring, hosting a booth, or giving a talk?</p><p>Booths and sponsorships can be extremely pricey. It’s a good idea to consider investing in them only after you’ve confirmed the event will align with and support your higher-level goals. Is it relevant to your target audience? Will the sponsorship provide opportunities for your team to connect with that audience in the intended manner? Ultimately you need to know whether or not the event will deliver enough value to justify the cost.</p><p>Before committing to any kind of sponsorship package, there are some things to consider:</p><ul><li>Who will attend–prospects, competitors, influencers, or others?</li><li>What kind of promotional real estate will you have–a table or booth, fliers included in event packages, or branded coffee cups at refreshment stations?</li><li>What information will you have access to in terms of lead capture?</li></ul><p></p><p>While all of this is valuable information, as we’ve mentioned it comes at a steep price. For early-stage teams on tighter budgets, just attending events can be a meaningful source of intel within the ecosystem you’re building for. Getting accepted to speak at a conference as part of a call for papers (CFP) can be a strong signal that the event is a good fit for your startup and audience–and gives you more opportunities to build on your presence with follow-ups at the show and afterward.</p><p>All in all, events are an opportunity for your team to connect with the industry. These spaces are an incredible opportunity to showcase your product, connect with potential customers, collaborate with industry influencers, and strategize with partners. By aligning your event strategy with your higher-level goals, events can provide many, many kinds of value.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/why-events-for-early-stage-startups">Why Events Are Important for Early-Stage Startups</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Enterprise AI Infrastructure: Privacy, Maturity, Resources</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/enterprise-ai-infrastructure-privacy-maturity-resources</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Sep 2024 17:26:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[MLOps]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Machine Learning]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI Infrastructure]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Generative AI]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Infrastructure]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Cloud Infrastructure]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">011cbf1c-cce7-4ccf-abe6-984d9aafb24d</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Planning enterprise infrastructure successfully means considering privacy, resourcing, and what’s to come. BentoML founder Chaoyu Yang explains.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>Enterprise AI Infrastructure: Privacy, Economics, and Best First Steps</h2><p>The path to perfect AI infrastructure has yet to be paved. Enterprises must consider many important factors, like maintaining data privacy and scaling their AI deployments without overspending. They must kick off and mature their AI initiatives in a way that provides competitive advantage, then properly resource their teams.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/49cd87a6d664947e706e921a10abdc1c1bf2548a-200x200.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p>To scope out such challenges more clearly, we spoke with <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/parano/">Chaoyu Yang</a>, founder and CEO of BentoML. His startup provides a developer platform for enterprise AI teams to build and scale compound AI systems. Chaoyu previously served as a software engineer at AI data leader Databricks. Some of his key observations include:</p><h3>Specialized AI Systems Will Provide an Edge</h3><p>Custom AI systems optimized for a specific use case, combined with a high-quality, proprietary dataset may provide a powerful competitive advantage for enterprises that “graduate” from relying on proprietary AI models.</p><h3>Data Privacy in AI Will Be Crucial, Especially for Highly Regulated Spaces</h3><p>As enterprises scale their ML workloads, data privacy will only become more important, particularly as each company’s store of proprietary data grows in size and relevance.</p><h3>Future Economic Shifts May Lead to an Inflection Point</h3><p>While there’s a case to be made for every enterprise to run and own their own AI/ML operations internally, it’s arguably not a practical goal at the moment due to a variety of factors (including operational gaps between data science and operations teams, and the sheer economics of trying to own your own inference estate). In the future, more tools and cheaper, commoditized compute resources may eventually tip the scales in a way that makes owning their own AI operations more feasible for enterprises.</p><h2>Maturity and How to Scale</h2><p>While the current paradigm for inference hosting boils down to some combination of on-device, hosted, or data center, deployment and inference platform each have their own nuances–though there’s an emerging platform ecosystem for inference hosting as well. “There are a number of players providing an inference <em>platform</em>. There’s my own team at BentoML and other providers that let developers deploy any open-source model, or their own proprietary custom model, and run inference at scale. Compared to AI API providers, a big differentiator is that we offer dedicated ‘bring your own cloud’-style private deployment, typically in customers’ own secured environment–which is especially appropriate for teams in highly regulated industries.”</p><p>Chaoyu suggests a maturity curve that begins with hosted options due to ease of use through providers like OpenAI and Anthropic. “For now, people mostly get started with an API endpoint provider. There&#x27;s an argument that self-hosting AI models can provide cost benefits as you scale up, but we found that to be a weak argument. Even teams using GPT-4 at scale, especially for enterprise users, don&#x27;t think of it as ‘expensive.’ Especially when compared to the total cost of ownership of building and maintaining your own mission-critical AI systems.”</p><p>The CEO suggests that early adopters are starting to look for alternatives. “As AI increasingly powers your business-critical applications, specialized AI systems are going to become more strategically important for every enterprise to compete. Being able to build specialized AI systems, optimize for your specific business use case and leverage proprietary data and knowledge, are going to become how you win in the future.”</p><p>“Another important topic is developer efficiency. For a lot of use cases, you will need to quickly iterate on either the application code, the model, the inference strategy, or infrastructure decisions, to tweak system design and make performance improvements. ‘Performance’ could include factors like latency or accuracy for a specific scenario, cost efficiency, or security metrics. Today, people are still racing to get their product to market, to start evaluating ROI, to start evaluating how AI is contributing to the business. But over time, I think the specialized-AI approach will win in high impact, business critical AI applications.”</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/172e3e37deab2e7c88817ff86bb8c29441bdadf1-2500x877.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Data centers require potentially massive total cost of ownership, from real estate to hardware to ongoing maintenance. Image courtesy MIT Technology Review</em></p><h2>From First Principles to Enterprise Adoption</h2><p>Even with this potential future in mind, Chaoyu would still likely advise newcomers to consider starting with a third-party AI API provider. “That&#x27;s just the fastest way to explore what AI could do for you. If you&#x27;re working with sensitive data, try to curate synthetic data that&#x27;s less sensitive for prototyping and evaluation.”</p><p>“As enterprises look to build specialized AI systems however, they should carefully consider TCO, which can be prohibitively high. To mature over time, enterprises require platforms to help scale their models and empower application building. But I do think a couple trends are pointing towards more adoption of specialized AI systems. The first trend is on-demand GPUs becoming more accessible, at cheaper prices. I think it will consolidate to a few cloud vendors that will make on-demand GPU access fairly easy in the next 12 months. A second trend is open-source models. You have tons of really good options that open up opportunities for advanced customizations, and they&#x27;re only getting better from here.”</p><p>“And the last trend is the growing shift to <a href="https://bair.berkeley.edu/blog/2024/02/18/compound-ai-systems/"><em>compound AI systems</em></a>–systems that utilize multiple interacting components, models, and other tools to accomplish their goals. I think the future won’t be a single model that does everything. More AI applications are compound systems composed of multiple models, multiple pipelines, and multiple components. <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rag">RAG</a>, Voice Chat LLM, Function-calling Agents are some of the popular examples. And this is a trend that will result in more AI applications being built with a combination of foundation models and specialized models, and need access to sensitive data or proprietary software systems. We’ll return to this topic shortly.”</p><h2>Resource Allocation and Efficiency in AI Deployment</h2><p>The founder notes that resource utilization is a surprising challenge at many ends of the spectrum for enterprises. “You noted in a <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/machine-learning-engineering-ai-incentives">blog post about misaligned AI incentives</a> that only 10% of AI projects go into production. Obviously, things should be aligned in terms of business goals, and there are some similarities [to the pre-DevOps days] where engineers and ML scientists have a very different path and different day-to-day outputs. However, I believe there should be much better tooling designed to close some of those gaps in the future.”</p><p>“Today, a lot of AI projects <em>say</em> they are in production and paying a fortune for GPU resources. But they don’t know the exact resource <em>utilization</em> rate, oftentimes struggling with GPU utilization at under 10%.” The CEO suggests that resource overprovision and its upfront cost, is another argument in favor of newer AI projects beginning with endpoint providers.</p><p>“For example, within an enterprise, I may reserve a limited amount of GPU quota, dynamically shared with dozens, or hundreds, of models, making sure inactive models are being scaled down to zero and high priority models are right-sized to ensure service quality. In my mind, <em>that’s</em> the hard infrastructure problem we aim to solve.” Chaoyu offers the example of serving open-source LLMs, for which teams might use <a href="https://github.com/vllm-project/vllm">vLLM</a>, <a href="https://huggingface.co/docs/text-generation-inference/en/index">text-generated inference</a>, or <a href="https://github.com/NVIDIA/TensorRT-LLM">TensorRT-LLM</a>–which all promises inference performance on a single model replica. However, the surrounding infrastructure for fast scaling, cold-start, concurrency control, observability, and common LLM deployment patterns–such as LLM Guardrails, Multi-LLM gateway–can still be quite difficult to build and optimize.</p><p>Traditional Cloud-native infrastructure doesn’t really work for GenAI –container images and models files are huge, for instance, leading to delays of 30 minutes or more when scaling from one instance to two. “You can see how a lot of the traditional DevOps assumptions about the workload being a small-container, single-process type of thing–how GenAI just completely breaks that. We need a new type of cloud infrastructure, optimizing every step in the AI stack, to solve the resource efficiency challenge.”</p><p>Engineering teams that are new to running AI in production may make assumptions about how metrics work that cause them to unwittingly run up massive usage bills, or hit performance snags as jobs fail or slow to a crawl due to unexpected variations in data payloads. “People who work in DevOps may focus on straightforward CPU/GPU Kubernetes metrics but there are limitations such as Python’s <a href="https://wiki.python.org/moin/GlobalInterpreterLock"><em>global interpreter lock</em></a>, which limits parallel execution and makes CPU utilization less visible. There are also nuances in terms of how vendors like Nvidia represent utilization. And another nuance that we find newer teams can overlook is how resource-based metrics are always retrospective. You’re looking at how usage has <em>been</em> consumed over a certain time period–not necessarily something that gets conveyed in a single snapshot in time.”</p><p>For example, Chaoyu recommends considering <a href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/lambda-concurrency.html#understanding-concurrency"><em>concurrency-based scaling</em>,</a> which can offer more-granular information that will help teams deduce how many GPUs needed to support their various workloads. “Concurrency scaling works pretty well with inference where batching could be happening. For example, you can do <a href="https://docs.bentoml.com/en/latest/guides/adaptive-batching.html">adaptive batching</a> or <a href="https://x.com/zhuohan123/status/1671234707206590464">continuous batching</a> that groups multiple incoming requests together.”</p><p>While it can be tempting for longtime infrastructure engineers to toss their AI workloads into K8S and expect everything to work the way cloud workloads typically do, the founder cautions that AI workloads are drastically different. “Without a proper AI infrastructure, you may end up with a larger bill from AWS than you thought because your system gets overprovisioned, or your deployments don&#x27;t scale up fast enough so requests fail or respond slowly. Slow performance can be a serious issue for some use cases that need low latency, such as an AI phone calling agent. As we covered in one of <a href="https://www.bentoml.com/blog/scaling-ai-model-deployment">our blogs</a>, the typical cloud-native stack is not built for AI, and can lead to suboptimal performance or utilization.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/4a07919ff37dfdb620a8c069295dd8f9651d50f4-958x276.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Enterprises like Google run AI programs from massive data centers built to provide compute resources at scale. Image courtesy Forbes.</em></p><h2>In the Future, Enterprises Will Increasingly Focus on Compound AI</h2><p>“As I mentioned earlier, I believe that the best AI products are built with the compound AI approach, and it will become much more common in enterprise AI in the future.” Chaoyu offers. “The complexity in such systems is increasing, which makes it more important for teams to stay agile and ship faster as they unearth more use cases.”</p><p>The founder confides that despite the enormous amount of capital expenditure that larger orgs have invested into AI so far, his company’s enterprise customers aren’t fretting about the costs so much as they are concerned about developer efficiency and data privacy. “From our perspective, the main issues are <em>control</em> and <em>customization</em>. In this case, ‘control,’ includes things like data privacy and security, avoiding vendor lock-in, and having predictable behavior. Whereas ‘customization’ would refer to the flexibility and ease of use in building out advanced compound AI systems with custom requirements.”</p><p>“I’ll give you an example–we have a customer building a voice agent application with multiple <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/collections/open-source-for-startups-guide">open-source</a> models, including components such as speech recognition, LLM, function calling, and text-to-speech. Their initial prototype can take over a minute to respond to a user’s question, which is not acceptable in real-time voice assistant use cases.”</p><p>“With our platform, they were able to quickly fine-tune their inference setup for faster time-to-first-token latency, parallelize multiple inference calls, and replace a large number of slow LLM calls with faster, domain specific models. We were able to stand up a solution that got them the ultra-low-latency deployment they needed, improving end-to-end latency to less than 1 second. In these cases, optimizations can be highly specific to the use case. That’s what we’re seeing enterprises ask for.”</p><p>“I strongly recommend considering specialized AI with the compound AI systems approach, as this offers the flexibility for quickly improving performance for your specific use case.” says the CEO. “When you’re evaluating the ROI of your AI initiatives–prototypes don’t often focus on details like the latency vs. throughput tradeoffs, but when you want to productionize that into a reliable and scalable product, that becomes a lot more impactful in customer experience and cost saving.”</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/enterprise-ai-infrastructure-privacy-maturity-resources">Enterprise AI Infrastructure: Privacy, Maturity, Resources</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #19, Auditability Matters with Stefan Krawczyk of DAGWorks</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-19-auditability-matters-with-stefan-krawczyk-of-dagworks</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Sep 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6960aee9-f7a8-4e9e-a0a9-577fbc30e9cc</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 19 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers is joined by Stefan Krawczyk, co-founder and CEO of DAGWorks. They dive into Hamilton and Burr, shedding light on how they revolutionize data workflows and AI code auditability. From the genesis of these frameworks to their practical applications, Stefan shares insights on how they help data practitioners reason across complex functions and ensure transparency and accountability. Discover how Hamilton&#x27;s graph structure simplifies auditability and why Burr&#x27;s white-box approach is gaining favor.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 19 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers is joined by Stefan Krawczyk, co-founder and CEO of DAGWorks. They dive into Hamilton and Burr, shedding light on how they revolutionize data workflows and AI code auditability. From the genesis of these frameworks to their practical applications, Stefan shares insights on how they help data practitioners reason across complex functions and ensure transparency and accountability. Discover how Hamilton&#x27;s graph structure simplifies auditability and why Burr&#x27;s white-box approach is gaining favor.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-19-auditability-matters-with-stefan-krawczyk-of-dagworks">Ep. #19, Auditability Matters with Stefan Krawczyk of DAGWorks</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #150, The Evolution of Jamstack: An Eight-Year Journey</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-150-the-evolution-of-jamstack-an-eight-year-journey</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Aug 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">60421cc8-2bcf-4236-97af-28e798a89b53</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Join Brian Douglas for this final episode of Jamstack Radio as he chats with Matt Biilmann, CEO of Netlify. Together they discuss the evolution of the Jamstack over the past eight years and its impact on the development landscape. Matt shares insights on the current state of Netlify and the exciting new developments on the horizon. Lastly, they discuss the future of web development, including the role of generative AI and the importance of composable architecture.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Join Brian Douglas for this final episode of Jamstack Radio as he chats with Matt Biilmann, CEO of Netlify. Together they discuss the evolution of the Jamstack over the past eight years and its impact on the development landscape. Matt shares insights on the current state of Netlify and the exciting new developments on the horizon. Lastly, they discuss the future of web development, including the role of generative AI and the importance of composable architecture.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-150-the-evolution-of-jamstack-an-eight-year-journey">Ep. #150, The Evolution of Jamstack: An Eight-Year Journey</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #18, Intelligence on Tap with Shawn &quot;swyx&quot; Wang</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-18-intelligence-on-tap-with-shawn-swyx-wang</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Aug 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">93c0503e-693d-4854-b812-cb99cac3e1d6</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 18 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers sits down with Shawn &quot;swyx&quot; Wang to delve into AI Engineering. Shawn shares his journey from popularizing the term &quot;AI Engineer&quot; to navigating the rapid advancements in AI technology. Together, they explore the evolving demands and opportunities in AI, offering unparalleled insights into the future of this transformative field.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 18 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers sits down with Shawn &quot;swyx&quot; Wang to delve into AI Engineering. Shawn shares his journey from popularizing the term &quot;AI Engineer&quot; to navigating the rapid advancements in AI technology. Together, they explore the evolving demands and opportunities in AI, offering unparalleled insights into the future of this transformative field.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-18-intelligence-on-tap-with-shawn-swyx-wang">Ep. #18, Intelligence on Tap with Shawn "swyx" Wang</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #72, Mobile Observability with Hanson Ho of Embrace</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-72-mobile-observability-with-hanson-ho-of-embrace</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Aug 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ecc66a69-a8e1-4536-8b89-d5dd9d5da5f9</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Episode 72 of o11ycast explores the world of mobile observability with Hanson Ho, Android Architect at Embrace. Hanson unpacks how mobile&#x27;s diverse device landscape impacts data collection and performance monitoring, the role of OpenTelemetry in simplifying these challenges, and the importance of tailoring observability strategies to real-world user experiences. Join hosts Charity, Jess, and Austin for this insightful examination of an often overlooked observability niche.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Episode 72 of o11ycast explores the world of mobile observability with Hanson Ho, Android Architect at Embrace. Hanson unpacks how mobile&#x27;s diverse device landscape impacts data collection and performance monitoring, the role of OpenTelemetry in simplifying these challenges, and the importance of tailoring observability strategies to real-world user experiences. Join hosts Charity, Jess, and Austin for this insightful examination of an often overlooked observability niche.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-72-mobile-observability-with-hanson-ho-of-embrace">Ep. #72, Mobile Observability with Hanson Ho of Embrace</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What to Know About Pricing Developer Tools</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/pricing-developer-tools</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Aug 2024 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Pricing &amp; Packaging]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Pricing Strategy]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Pricing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Enterprise Software]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d2d065d6-c57c-4405-a948-e6ff51d41442</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Learn how to properly price your developer tool products with insights from Slashdata’s pricing survey.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>Pricing Strategies for Developer Tools: Start With What Motivates Your Customers</h2><p>Pricing developer tools successfully requires prioritizing your audience’s needs, understanding what plans your customers expect, and considering potential differences across types of markets. Some of the most important considerations for pricing and packaging developer tools include:</p><ul><li><strong>Developer Priorities:</strong> What motivates the developers who purchase your product</li><li><strong>Appropriate Pricing Plans:</strong> Including whether freemium/premium versions make sense</li><li><strong>Understanding Customer Differences:</strong> Including potential pricing sensitivities based on company size or location</li></ul><p>In this article, we’ll cover best practices for pricing developer software tools based on learnings from SlashData’s <a href="https://www.slashdata.co/pricing-strategy">Pricing Strategies for Developer Tools</a> report.</p><blockquote>“Even if a large company ultimately is your customer, you have to start somewhere, and starting with people is how you do it.” -<a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/jeffiel/">Jeff Lawson</a>, co-founder/Twilio, <a href="https://businessofsoftware.wistia.com/medias/ctqyw99ftz">SaaS &amp; the Art of Software Pricing</a></blockquote><h3>Productivity as a Key Motivator for Developer Tool Pricing</h3><p>For founders of developer tools startups, <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/user-research-product-market-fit-tactic">product-market fit</a> is often an extremely high priority, as it should be. However, for pricing, tech investor <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/parsa/">Parsa Saljoughian</a> suggests that “<a href="https://medium.com/parsa-vc/the-intersection-of-value-achieving-optimal-product-market-price-fit-for-business-growth-115458dc598c">it’s all about product-market-<em>price</em> fit</a>.” Pricing can be tricky for developer tools. You’re selling to builders who not only have access to competing, free, and open-source solutions, but might theoretically build solutions themselves. Part of successfully pricing your software involves setting price levels that are superior to the burden and cost of rolling your own or maintaining free or open-source offerings. Another important aspect of pricing is focusing on what motivates your audience.</p><p>By far the biggest selling point for a developer tool is an increase in productivity, according to survey respondents–56% cited it as their main goal when selecting a developer tool, with the next most popular choice of “improving code quality” trailing at 13%. Increased productivity was also the top motivation of non-professional developers at 40%, followed by improving performance at 19%.</p><p>More than two-thirds (nearly 70%) of freelancers select tools to enhance their productivity, which tracks since their income is most directly tied to their efficiency.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/fd870a62d26381373b474259470f52eebad6a88a-1238x1158.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Productivity ranks highly as a key motivator for devs to purchase new software.</em></p><p>Procurement decisions for businesses often come down to two factors: Reducing costs or increasing revenue—but these don’t really influence individual developers. Just 5% consider cost cutting (and only 3% think of revenue boosting) to be a priority when selecting or buying a tool. Developers may be unmoved by promises of gains in these areas, but being able to show measurable business value could become important later if your champion needs to make a case for budget approval (this is explored further in the report).</p><h3>How to Price Your Products Appropriately for Different-Sized Organizations</h3><p>According to the report, “As organizations grow, there is a noticeable shift towards paid tools and away from free or open source alternatives.” 88% of large enterprises pay for tools compared with 73% of small businesses and 65% of freelancers.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/32e9d7f0ef5c0a2fc478b2af9e581b0e519c404b-1600x859.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Larger orgs seem to pivot away from free developer tools for a variety of reasons.</em></p><p>Bigger budgets may contribute to this shift, as developers have access to more resources and therefore more developer tooling options.</p><p>New compliance or support requirements can also influence tooling choices. As companies scale, it’s common to hit the ceiling of free or freemium tooling and find that features like multi-factor authentication and SSO are not common at freemium or individual pricing tiers. Reliable support, SLAs, and security suddenly take priority as companies gain more (and more high-profile) customers with governance and compliance needs of their own.</p><p>Paid plans aren’t just for enterprises, though. The results show that businesses of all sizes use some combination of open source, free, and paid tooling. What they choose to spend budget on will be influenced by a few things, including how much of a productivity boost they can expect, and what the tool is for:</p><blockquote>“For example, 71% of developers use free or open source options for container orchestration tools, e.g. Kubernetes, while only 34% use paid solutions.”</blockquote><p>An established, open-source solution with an active community will likely be more appealing than a similar tool that costs money without a compelling differentiator.</p><h3>How Region Can Affect Pricing Preferences</h3><p>Across all regions, the distribution of open source, free, and paid solutions was fairly consistent, with open source representing the largest share at 73%, compared to the other categories (both 68%).</p><p>However, the location of developers seem to have a considerable impact on tool choices.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/5c9be7b9baa564629a85c34c1dfc4dcdd282985a-1600x715.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Devs&#x27; propensity to pay for software may also vary with region.</em></p><p>The use of paid tools is more prevalent in North America and Western Europe, with 81% and 78% of developers in those regions choosing paid options (although open source still has the edge in Europe, at 83%). In contrast, an average of 55% across all other regions opt for paid tooling. Developers in the Middle East and Africa are least likely to pay for tools, with 41% doing so.</p><blockquote>“Converting free users into paying customers poses a greater challenge in the Middle East and Africa, Asia, and South America.”</blockquote><p>Differences in exchange rates, budgets, and approaches can all affect conversions, so your approach to pricing and marketing may need to vary across different regions.</p><p>Check out SlashData’s full <a href="https://www.slashdata.co/pricing-strategy">Pricing Strategies for Developer Tools</a> report for more insights into what leads developers to start or stop using different developer tools, what causes them to upgrade, and how they feel about different pricing models–the firm also offers pricing strategies for its customers directly.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/pricing-developer-tools">What to Know About Pricing Developer Tools</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #17, How We Gather Our Thoughts with Mark Pesce</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-17-how-we-gather-our-thoughts-with-mark-pesce</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Aug 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">59c8c605-04bc-480d-b48d-1d2fe3722c46</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 17 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers is joined by futurist and AI expert Mark Pesce to explore the complex intersection of AI-generated code and copyright law. Mark shares insights from his recent experiments with language models and discusses the flaws he uncovered in AI transformers. Tune in to hear about the challenges of reporting AI issues, the impact of AI hallucinations, and the future of this evolving technology.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 17 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers is joined by futurist and AI expert Mark Pesce to explore the complex intersection of AI-generated code and copyright law. Mark shares insights from his recent experiments with language models and discusses the flaws he uncovered in AI transformers. Tune in to hear about the challenges of reporting AI issues, the impact of AI hallucinations, and the future of this evolving technology.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-17-how-we-gather-our-thoughts-with-mark-pesce">Ep. #17, How We Gather Our Thoughts with Mark Pesce</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #149, Server-Side Swift with Joannis Orlandos of Unbeatable Software</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-149-server-side-swift-with-joannis-orlandos-of-unbeatable-software</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Aug 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3ce87703-f687-415f-8d61-5aed86f728bd</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 149 of Jamstack Radio, Brian sits down with Joannis Orlandos to dive into the world of Server-side Swift. They unpack Swift’s growing adoption, Apple&#x27;s investment in the language, its strengths on the server, and its future. Tune in to hear Joannis&#x27;s insights and advice for anyone eager to get started with Swift.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 149 of Jamstack Radio, Brian sits down with Joannis Orlandos to dive into the world of Server-side Swift. They unpack Swift’s growing adoption, Apple&#x27;s investment in the language, its strengths on the server, and its future. Tune in to hear Joannis&#x27;s insights and advice for anyone eager to get started with Swift.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-149-server-side-swift-with-joannis-orlandos-of-unbeatable-software">Ep. #149, Server-Side Swift with Joannis Orlandos of Unbeatable Software</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #42, Zarf with Wayne Starr of Defense Unicorns</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-42-zarf-with-wayne-starr-of-defense-unicorns</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jul 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">38a72c4d-2953-4641-bff5-f23320772854</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 42 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot sit down with Wayne Starr from Defense Unicorns to explore Zarf, an open-source tool for continuous software delivery in air-gapped environments. Wayne shares insights into how Zarf is transforming software deployment for the Department of Defense and beyond. They also explore other fascinating tools like Lula, Pepr, and LeapFrogAI.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 42 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot sit down with Wayne Starr from Defense Unicorns to explore Zarf, an open-source tool for continuous software delivery in air-gapped environments. Wayne shares insights into how Zarf is transforming software deployment for the Department of Defense and beyond. They also explore other fascinating tools like Lula, Pepr, and LeapFrogAI.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-42-zarf-with-wayne-starr-of-defense-unicorns">Ep. #42, Zarf with Wayne Starr of Defense Unicorns</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How LLM Guardrails Reduce AI Risk in Software Development</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-llm-guardrails-reduce-ai-risk-in-software-development</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jul 2024 00:38:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[LLM]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Ethics]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Data Privacy]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Application Security]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2bf3ac34-b7eb-4caa-a0cf-c1d5cc4dff2d</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>LLM guardrails are a powerful tool for reducing the risks of AI in software development. Here&#x27;s how they can help.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>How LLM Guardrails Minimize the Risks of AI in Software Development</h2><p>Integrating Language Learning Models (LLMs) into software development is revolutionizing AI capabilities. However, it also raises significant ethical and security concerns.</p><p>LLM guardrails are one tool for ensuring responsible AI usage and fostering trust among stakeholders and the public. In this guide, we’ll delve into the critical role of LLM guardrails, exploring their implementation strategies, benefits, and challenges while highlighting how they are shaping a responsible AI landscape and reducing risks. </p><p><em>Learn more about the mechanics of ML models in this full guide to <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-inference">AI inference</a>.</em></p><h2>What are the Risks of AI in Software Development?</h2><p>When using LLMs, there are several risks that aren’t necessarily present in <a href="https://www.databricks.com/blog/2021/01/19/combining-rules-based-and-ai-models-to-combat-financial-fraud.html">rule-based AI systems</a>. It’s important to weigh risks against your LLM’s potential capabilities.</p><h3>Bias and Fairness</h3><p>LLMs can inherit any <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Algorithmic_bias">biases</a> present in their training data, leading to the generation of inaccurate or unfair content. This can even perpetuate societal biases and inequalities, leading to discriminatory outcomes.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/4938d004c66194ded43595286a3027c3e7ee99ff-1200x711.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Bias and accuracy are key concerns for those working with LLMs. Image courtesy <a href="https://snorkel.ai/poll-data-llm-high-priority-enterprise-data-science-concerns-remain/">snorkel</a>.</em></p><h3>Legal and Regulatory Compliance</h3><p>AI systems must comply with laws and regulations, such as data protection laws (like GDPR), intellectual property rights, and industry-specific regulations. Non-compliance can often lead to legal consequences and reputational damage.</p><p>Even with existing regulations in place, there is public concern over the lack of regulation regarding generative AI in software development, especially in open source.</p><h3>Privacy Risks</h3><p>LLMs may inadvertently disclose sensitive or private information if not properly trained or deployed. Privacy risks can arise from AI systems&#x27; collection, storage, and processing of personal data.</p><h3>Security Vulnerabilities</h3><p>AI models are susceptible to attacks by malicious actors, which may involve manipulated input data to deceive the model and produce incorrect outputs. Security vulnerabilities in AI systems can also be exploited to gain unauthorized access or cause data breaches.</p><h2>What are LLM Guardrails?</h2><p>LLM guardrails are a set of predefined protocols, rules, and limitations built to to govern the behavior and outputs of generative AI systems. They’re implemented during LLMOps development. <a href="https://www.databricks.com/glossary/llmops">What is LLMOps?</a> LLMOps, or LLM Operations, comprises the techniques and tools that form the framework for managing LLMs in production environments.</p><p>As such, guardrails act as safety mechanisms, ensuring that AI software meets ethical standards. Guardrails provide guidelines and boundaries that enable organizations to mitigate the risks of <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/prompting-chatgpt-programming-llm-software-development">generative AI in software development</a>, while still utilizing it to its full potential.</p><p>For example, generative AI models may lack a nuanced contextual understanding for a specific use case. As a result, responses may be irrelevant or even potentially harmful. LLM guardrails that enhance contextual understanding improve a model&#x27;s ability to return safe, effective responses.</p><p>Also, the rapidly changing generative AI landscape demands that LLMs adapt to change over time. They must allow for updates and refinements that reflect the changing needs of their users, and society as a whole.</p><p>And finally, the responses returned by LLMs must stay within the acceptable limits defined by the organization using them. Otherwise, they risk breaching ethical guidelines or even falling into legal pitfalls. LLM guardrails can assist with policy enforcement to ensure better results.</p><p>Guardrails are becoming increasingly important as developers turn to generative AI to help with various tasks throughout the software development lifecycle to save time and money.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/eca7b5055548af48487f8d5613f76062cb1a2047-829x596.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Generative AI’s impact on development processes. Image courtesy <a href="https://www.mckinsey.com/capabilities/mckinsey-digital/our-insights/unleashing-developer-productivity-with-generative-ai">McKinsey</a>.</em></p><p></p><h2>Types of LLM Guardrails</h2><p>There are five prominent categories of LLM guardrails you should be aware of.</p><h3>Adaptive Guardrails</h3><p>Adaptive guardrails evolve alongside a model, ensuring ongoing compliance with legal and ethical standards as the LLM learns and adapts.</p><h3>Compliance Guardrails</h3><p>Compliance guardrails ensure the outputs generated by the LLM align with legal standards, including data protection and user privacy. They’re frequently used in industries where regulatory compliance is critical, such as healthcare, finance, and legal services.</p><h3>Contextual Guardrails</h3><p>Contextual guardrails help fine-tune the LLM’s understanding of what is relevant and acceptable for its specific use case. They help prevent the generation of inappropriate, harmful, or illegal text.</p><h3>Ethical Guardrails</h3><p>Ethical guardrails impose limitations designed to prevent biased, discriminatory, or harmful outputs and ensure that an LLM complies with accepted moral and social norms.</p><h3>Security Guardrails</h3><p>Security guardrails are designed to protect against external and internal security threats. They aim to ensure the model can&#x27;t be manipulated to spread misinformation or disclose sensitive information.</p><h2>How do LLM Guardrails Minimize the Risks of AI in Software Development?</h2><p>AI is increasingly being used in software development worldwide–finding applications in everything from generating code to <a href="https://www.vonage.com/resources/articles/what-is-omnichannel-contact-center/">customer service chatbots</a> in <a href="https://www.vonage.com/resources/articles/what-is-omnichannel-contact-center/">omnichannel contact center solutions</a>, and even data analytics tools.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/b6ee0b8689d58c7e5204cc5e899666c2338e3eab-1200x777.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Many organizations plan to implement a LLM into production soon. Image courtesy <a href="https://snorkel.ai/poll-data-llm-high-priority-enterprise-data-science-concerns-remain/">snorkel</a>.</em></p><p></p><p>Using LLM guardrails can help to mitigate the risks of AI in software development, saving organizations time and money. Here’s how:</p><h3>Explainability</h3><p>Guardrails promote <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Explainable_artificial_intelligence#:~:text=Explainability%20is%20a%20concept%20that,%2C%20classification%20or%20regression)%22.">explainability</a> and transparency by requiring AI systems to provide clear explanations of their decisions and behaviors. This enhances trust among users and allows developers to understand how the AI works and why it produces certain outputs.</p><p>If incorrect or harmful outputs are being generated, developers have a better chance of rectifying the underlying issue.</p><h3>Legal Compliance</h3><p>Various relevant laws and regulations affect the use of AI systems. For instance, data protection laws such as <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/General_Data_Protection_Regulation">GDPR</a> and intellectual property rights are both key areas of concern for LLMs involved in software development.</p><p>Guardrails ensure that AI systems comply with these laws and regulations at every stage of development. They put in place a framework that ensures legal considerations are taken into account everywhere that LLMs are implemented.</p><h3>Privacy Preservation</h3><p>LLM guardrails can help <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-data-privacy-security-iam">protect user privacy</a> by introducing <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data_anonymization">data anonymization</a>, <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data_minimization">minimization</a>, and <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Encryption">encryption</a> techniques. They can also regulate access to sensitive information, ensuring that AI systems only use data for authorized purposes.</p><h3>Ethical Considerations</h3><p>LLM guardrails often include checks to ensure that AI systems developed adhere to ethical guidelines and principles. These might involve preventing biases, avoiding discrimination, and blocking harmful content generation.</p><p>Industry standards and self-regulation are essential interim solutions for addressing the unique challenges posed by LLMs while specific legal frameworks are developed. The absence of these frameworks raises many concerns for developers.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/dfacf0cb22b36bdba8eaa08d392a7d38684f2fd5-548x510.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Developers see security and privacy as top regulatory risks for GenAI. Image courtesy <a href="https://www.sonatype.com/hubfs/The%20Risks%20and%20Rewards%20of%20Generative%20AI%20in%20Software%20Development.pdf">sonatype</a>.</em></p><p></p><h3>Safety and Security</h3><p>LLM guardrails help to improve the safety and security of AI systems during software development. Measures can be implemented to detect and prevent potential vulnerabilities, security breaches, and malicious use cases.</p><p>Guardrails promote <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/implementing-cybersecurity-strategy">secure software development practices</a> throughout the AI development lifecycle. This includes adhering to secure coding standards, conducting regular security reviews, and integrating security testing into the development process.</p><h3>Robustness and Reliability</h3><p>Guardrails help to ensure that AI systems are more robust and reliable. This improves their performance under various conditions, including edge cases, different input data distributions and environmental changes.</p><p>To achieve this, guardrails often demand that rigorous testing, validation, and monitoring are required throughout the development lifecycle.</p><h3>Accountability and Governance</h3><p>Clear accountability frameworks and governance mechanisms can be established for AI systems using LLM guardrails. This includes guidelines for responsible AI development, deployment, and monitoring.</p><p>In this way, guardrails can ensure that developers are held accountable for the behavior and impacts of their AI systems.</p><h3>Fairness and Equity</h3><p>LLM guardrails promote fairness and equity by identifying and mitigating biases in AI systems, ensuring that they treat all users fairly and do not perpetuate or amplify existing inequalities.</p><p>Fairness and bias metrics and evaluation criteria are often implemented to assess the performance of LLMs in this regard.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/4341908d62a2aa2967ff6b50804ebc23c9046cdc-689x374.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>AI bias criteria continue to grow over time. Image courtesy <a href="https://aiindex.stanford.edu/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/HAI_AI-Index-Report_2023.pdf">Stanford</a>.</em></p><p></p><p>Techniques such as bias audits, <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fairness_(machine_learning)">fairness-aware</a> training, and <a href="https://www.kdnuggets.com/2017/06/7-techniques-handle-imbalanced-data.html">dataset balancing</a> help identify and address biases to ensure that the model&#x27;s outputs are equitable across different demographic groups.</p><p></p><h2>Implementation Strategies for LLM Guardrails</h2><p>Implementing LLM guardrails effectively requires a combination of technical and ethical strategies:</p><ul><li><strong>Technical Measures: </strong>The training process for AI models should include pre-processing inputs, post-processing outputs, and embedded ethical considerations.</li><li><strong>Continuous Monitoring: </strong>LLMs should regularly have their performance assessed to identify and rectify any issues that may arise. This is crucial both before and after deployment.</li><li><strong>Ethical Frameworks: </strong>Ethical guidelines should be developed to govern the design, development, and deployment of LLMs, ensuring that they adhere to legal and moral standards.</li></ul><h2>What are the Challenges of Implementing LLM Guardrails?</h2><p>While implementing guardrails in LLMs brings numerous benefits, it’s not without its challenges.</p><h3>Balance</h3><p>When establishing LLM guardrails, decision-makers must ensure they put measures in place that are neither too strict nor too lenient. Going too far either way could result in guardrails which stifle the utility of LLMs, or leave them open to misuse.</p><h3>Complexity of Language</h3><p>Human language is incredibly nuanced and is constantly evolving. This makes it difficult to implement all-encompassing guardrails, especially when it comes to bias detection and content moderation.</p><h3>Data Privacy</h3><p>It can be incredibly difficult to ensure the anonymity and privacy of data within LLMs. The larger the datasets used to train the model, the harder this becomes.</p><h2>What are the Benefits of Implementing LLM Guardrails?</h2><p>Implementing LLM guardrails during software development may initially seem like an unnecessary step that will add further development time and accrue extra costs. However, several key benefits make it worth the extra investment.</p><h3>Improving ROI</h3><p>LLM Guardrails minimize risks that could lead to costly consequences, such as data breaches or harmful outputs being generated. They also help to maximize the potential of LLMs, allowing them to be deployed in a larger number of use cases to greater effect.</p><h3>Maintaining Trust</h3><p>Utilizing LLM guardrails helps to create transparency and builds trust among customers and stakeholders. This is essential for maintaining a strong position in an increasingly competitive landscape.</p><h3>Upholding Ethics</h3><p>LLM guardrails help ensure that <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/developers-working-on-genai-demographics">developers working on generative AI</a> adhere to legal compliances and moral standards, avoiding reputational damage.</p><p></p><h2>Conclusion: LLM Guardrails Mean Less AI Risks in Software Development</h2><p>LLM guardrails serve as indispensable tools for mitigating the risks of using AI in software development.</p><p>By implementing robust guardrails, organizations can navigate the complexities of AI development, such as bias, fairness, and privacy, while still upholding ethical standards and reducing security risks.</p><p>While challenges such as maintaining balance, addressing language complexity, and ensuring data privacy persist, LLM guardrails provide many valuable benefits in shaping a responsible AI landscape.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-llm-guardrails-reduce-ai-risk-in-software-development">How LLM Guardrails Reduce AI Risk in Software Development</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #16, Brains in Jars with Raiya Kind, PhD</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-16-brains-in-jars-with-raiya-kind-phd</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Jul 2024 07:11:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f6ec4831-d829-421e-a9a8-ed69962e50dc</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In Episode 16 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers hosts Raiya Kind, PhD. Together they delve into the human-AI paradigm through the lenses of philosophy, psychology, and cultural anthropology. Discover how Raiya&#x27;s work with language and consciousness sheds light on the mind-body connection and the environmental impact of AI.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In Episode 16 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers hosts Raiya Kind, PhD. Together they delve into the human-AI paradigm through the lenses of philosophy, psychology, and cultural anthropology. Discover how Raiya&#x27;s work with language and consciousness sheds light on the mind-body connection and the environmental impact of AI.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-16-brains-in-jars-with-raiya-kind-phd">Ep. #16, Brains in Jars with Raiya Kind, PhD</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #148, WordPress 2024: A Deep Dive into Studio and Playground</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-148-wordpress-2024-a-deep-dive-into-studio-and-playground</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Jul 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3ac4f79b-0b58-432b-ba88-55186d693ba1</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In Episode 148 of Jamstack Radio, Daniel Bachhuber, Matt West, and Adam Zieliński unpack the latest in WordPress development. They explore new projects like WordPress Studio and WordPress Playground, the impact of WordPress on the internet, and what&#x27;s next for this ubiquitous platform.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In Episode 148 of Jamstack Radio, Daniel Bachhuber, Matt West, and Adam Zieliński unpack the latest in WordPress development. They explore new projects like WordPress Studio and WordPress Playground, the impact of WordPress on the internet, and what&#x27;s next for this ubiquitous platform.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-148-wordpress-2024-a-deep-dive-into-studio-and-playground">Ep. #148, WordPress 2024: A Deep Dive into Studio and Playground</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #15, Mother of All Life with Gülin Yilmaz</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-15-mother-of-all-life-with-guelin-yilmaz</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Jul 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a4939463-f06b-4526-88ff-eccbb404d304</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 15 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers sits down with Gülin Yilmaz of Rosette Health. This episode dives into the current state of healthcare in the US and discusses how large language models (LLMs) can play a crucial role in enhancing patient-provider communication and education. Gülin shares insights on mitigating the risks of AI hallucinations, the pros and cons of AI hype, and the transformative potential of AI tools in improving diagnostic speed and accuracy. Discover how technology is reshaping the role of healthcare professionals and empowering women to access top-tier care, regardless of their location or income.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 15 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers sits down with Gülin Yilmaz of Rosette Health. This episode dives into the current state of healthcare in the US and discusses how large language models (LLMs) can play a crucial role in enhancing patient-provider communication and education. Gülin shares insights on mitigating the risks of AI hallucinations, the pros and cons of AI hype, and the transformative potential of AI tools in improving diagnostic speed and accuracy. Discover how technology is reshaping the role of healthcare professionals and empowering women to access top-tier care, regardless of their location or income.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-15-mother-of-all-life-with-guelin-yilmaz">Ep. #15, Mother of All Life with Gülin Yilmaz</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #14, Goosebumps with Walter Roth of Simple Lens</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-14-goosebumps-with-walter-roth-of-simple-lens</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Jun 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7d9e7d69-fd38-4f14-afa1-f17234010023</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 14 Generationship, Rachel welcomes Walter Roth, a distinguished sales coach and mentor. Walter discusses the transformative role of generative AI in sales, from altering buyer-seller dynamics to enhancing the founder-led sales flywheel. He shares lessons from his months-long immersive study of LLMs, offering key insights into using AI as a powerful assistant in coaching and accelerating sales impact. Walter also addresses the future of sales coaching in the AI age, the balance between automation and human connection, and his favorite AI learning resources. Tune in for a thought-provoking conversation about the exciting and challenging future of sales training.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 14 Generationship, Rachel welcomes Walter Roth, a distinguished sales coach and mentor. Walter discusses the transformative role of generative AI in sales, from altering buyer-seller dynamics to enhancing the founder-led sales flywheel. He shares lessons from his months-long immersive study of LLMs, offering key insights into using AI as a powerful assistant in coaching and accelerating sales impact. Walter also addresses the future of sales coaching in the AI age, the balance between automation and human connection, and his favorite AI learning resources. Tune in for a thought-provoking conversation about the exciting and challenging future of sales training.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-14-goosebumps-with-walter-roth-of-simple-lens">Ep. #14, Goosebumps with Walter Roth of Simple Lens</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #71, Evaluating LLM-based Apps with Shir Chorev of Deepchecks</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-71-evaluating-llm-based-apps-with-shir-chorev-of-deepchecks</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Jun 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">560c52ba-1d4b-4d54-8e2b-67f2176e27ef</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In Episode 71 of o11ycast, Jessica Kerr and Austin Parker sit down with Shir Chorev to delve into the nuances of incorporating Generative AI into applications and testing the outcomes. Shir shares her journey from a data scientist to founding Deepchecks, driven by her vision to enhance the quality and reliability of machine learning and AI in real-world scenarios. Gain valuable insights on how LLMs are reshaping the development landscape, making advanced projects more accessible, and strategies for mitigating adversarial use cases. Whether you&#x27;re in DevOps, infrastructure, or just passionate about AI, this episode is packed with expert advice and cutting-edge information.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In Episode 71 of o11ycast, Jessica Kerr and Austin Parker sit down with Shir Chorev to delve into the nuances of incorporating Generative AI into applications and testing the outcomes. Shir shares her journey from a data scientist to founding Deepchecks, driven by her vision to enhance the quality and reliability of machine learning and AI in real-world scenarios. Gain valuable insights on how LLMs are reshaping the development landscape, making advanced projects more accessible, and strategies for mitigating adversarial use cases. Whether you&#x27;re in DevOps, infrastructure, or just passionate about AI, this episode is packed with expert advice and cutting-edge information.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-71-evaluating-llm-based-apps-with-shir-chorev-of-deepchecks">Ep. #71, Evaluating LLM-based Apps with Shir Chorev of Deepchecks</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>AI’s Hidden Opportunities: Shawn &quot;swyx&quot; Wang on New Use Cases and Careers</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-hidden-opportunities-for-software-developers-swyx</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Jun 2024 20:08:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Generative AI]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Application Development]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">08d2a437-94c2-4734-bf34-386649c7ae53</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Shawn “swyx” Wang discusses the hidden opportunities in AI, including new use cases and new opportunities for aspiring AI engineers.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>This article covers thoughts from AI engineering expert Shawn &quot;swyx&quot; Wang on new opportunities in AI for use cases and engineers looking to learn more about AI. Learn even more about AI engineering at the <a href="https://www.ai.engineer/worldsfair">AI Engineer World’s Fair event</a>.</em></p><h2>GenAI’s Hidden Opportunities for Use Cases (and Engineers)</h2><p>Generative AI is an exciting and rapidly-developing field which, from an early stage, came to prominence for capabilities like using large language models (LLMs) to spin up large amounts of content quickly. However, there may be other, less-visible upsides to this emerging technology that offer unique opportunities. We spoke with Shawn “swyx” Wang on unexplored upsides of GenAI and what they offer in terms of career opportunities for engineers looking to make a pivot. Here are the high points:</p><ul><li><strong>Generating Summaries is a Hidden Strength of GenAI:</strong> Beyond spitting out thousands of words in response to prompts, GenAI can be an effective way to summarize large amounts of information–provided users curate it properly.</li><li><strong>Out-of-the-Box GenAI Isn’t Enough:</strong> We’re (hopefully) beyond the era of randomly typing things into ChatGPT and expecting a perfect, polished output. Like many use cases, generating effective summaries requires additional context, the ability to customize to user preferences, and a watchful human eye.</li><li><strong>AI Engineering is a Young Field With Many Opportunities, Particularly for Specialists:</strong> For career software developers, it’s not “too late” to become an AI expert–and one approach to accelerate your learning is to focus on AI knowledge specific to your current domain (such as your particular field of engineering), rather than trying to learn <em>everything</em> about AI in general.</li></ul><p>Below are more in-depth insights from swyxand his perspective on GenAI’s hidden strengths, and the opportunities it offers for engineers looking to try something new.</p><h2>GenAI as a Summary Tool: What’s Needed and What’s Missing</h2><p>While GenAI is known for spinning up large amounts of content rapidly, it has other strengths by virtue of its core reasoning and “intelligence” features, such as the ability to summarize information quickly. However, like with many projects built on and around GenAI, creating summaries that are actually useful and contextually relevant to readers requires a more-thoughtful approach that adds functionality missing from out-of-the-box LLMs.</p><blockquote>I&#x27;m happily listening to something that is generated by bots–but still has value because the curation happens somewhere else.” - Shawn “swyx” Wang, AI Engineer and Content Creator</blockquote><p>“It’s interesting to me because I think that this is the one application of generative AI that doesn&#x27;t <em>add</em> noise, but actually tries to <em>remove</em> noise,” swyx notes. His first attempt at using AI for summarization was the newsletter <a href="https://buttondown.email/ainews/">AI News</a>, which he built in a week, but was quickly recommended by notable AI figures like Andrej Karpathy and Soumith Chintala, getting more than 15,000 subscribers in a week because it ingests 200K-300K words from the entire AI community–across all disciplines, as well as social media channels like Reddit and Twitter.</p><p>The original idea was inspired by the Hacker News Podcast, an auto-generated show that reads through the top posts and comments on the well-known engineering news website, and surprisingly, became his most-listened-to show. “I&#x27;m happily listening to something that is generated by bots–something that I know is generated by a bot that doesn&#x27;t have any human input–but still has value because the curation happens somewhere else. And the summarization has value.”</p><h2>Identifying and Building Core Product Elements Missing from LLMs</h2><p>It should be noted that standard LLMs <em>can</em> spit out summaries of whatever text you input. But as swyx notes, a standard “please summarize the following copy-pasted text” prompt doesn’t take into account whether you’ve been reading the content for the past six months. He points out: “If you&#x27;ve been <em>commenting</em> on the same thing for the last six months, any <em>human</em> summarizer would definitely say something about that. So adding context to summarizations, and taking advantage of the ability of having a really strong opinion on what a certain issue looks like–that’s something I think is under-explored.”</p><blockquote>Adding context to summarizations, and...having a really strong opinion...that’s something I think is under-explored.”</blockquote><p>The core contextual elements missing from a basic summary aren’t new–academics look for four criteria: fluency, coherence, consistency, and relevance. Fluency covers whether sentences are well formed. Coherence covers whether a summary makes sense and is logically organized. Consistency covers whether a summary accurately reflects the source (or is hallucinating). Relevant covers whether a summary focuses on the most important aspects while sorting and filtering correctly. swyx mentions he also looks for a fifth criterion, “structure,” covering whether a summary presents information in a context that makes sense–and where relevant, whether it accounts for previous context as well.</p><p>Despite the need for extra context, swyx clarifies that LLMs themselves do have core functionality to support this use case–functionally that will hopefully continue to improve and scale in the future as LLMs continue to improve. “Though some people refer to this capability as ‘intelligence,’ the easiest way to think about it might be that the modern GenAI paradigm just adds a better ability to reason.”</p><p>swyx is bullish on the potential for LLMs to provide a strong backbone for summary-based use cases. “That potential to understand things like law, physics, economics–using that general intelligence to summarize things and rank the importance of things–cannot be understated. But although it&#x27;s so much better than what we used to have before, it still needs the ability to rank subjectively, to match human preferences.”</p><h2>Where Humans Fit Into the Loop</h2><p>For this particular work, the most exciting future is one where humans continue to tell stories but can do so at greater scale and velocity, thanks to AI-augmented abilities to ingest and parse multiple information pipelines. “For me, the ‘secret sauce’ is in the pipelines that I set up to do things like multi-stage summarizations in response to events like when people drop links into a Discord. I actually click through the links and get a summary of those things as well. And that adds to the context of the discussion and it models real human usage much more in the sense that when someone sends you a link in your message, you read it and then you talk about it.”</p><blockquote>Having people judge the signal does help, and I don&#x27;t think that [human curation] is really going to go away.”</blockquote><p>As an AI-augmented news editor, swyx utilizes the strength of LLMs to recursively break up and summarize incoming information and generate topics that might be interesting to readers. “So, a pipeline that runs over these few hundred thousand tokens every day that executes with debugability and reproducibility. And then finally, a thin layer of human curation, I think that is important. But I actually run four pipelines. And then I&#x27;ve just picked the best of the four. That&#x27;s my role as an editor.</p><p>Interestingly, swyx has seen the highest demand for this use case in the world of biological sciences, presumably from busy scientists looking to keep up with medical research and drug approvals. But he asserts that the potential here goes beyond simply “too long, didn’t read.” By using human curators that take the time to onboard and vet information sources, it’s possible to keep the quality of incoming information consistently high.</p><p>“Having people judge the signal <em>does</em> help, and I don&#x27;t think that [human curation] is really going to go away. LLMs are not smart enough to automate that part yet. But they <em>can</em> automate a lot of the routine reading and summarizing.” swyx suggests a new future for all information distribution–potentially a new paradigm for news in which humans work on vetting story quality, accuracy, and tone while LLMs handle the things they may be consistently better at anyway. “You can still keep the human touch. And I think that combination of human and machine is something that people really like.”</p><h2>Bridging The Gap Between AI and Software Developers</h2><p>As a software engineer by trade, swyx has his own ideas about how organizations can bridge the gap between how many AI/machine learning projects in production may be designed by data science PhDs, but expected to be maintained by software engineers with very different backgrounds (and potentially <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/machine-learning-engineering-ai-incentives">different incentives for engineering, data science, and management teams</a>). He suggests that the AI engineering today is much more focused on the product side than the research side, but concedes that AI/ML can be intimidating for novices to try to get their arms around.</p><p>“AI engineering is a field that&#x27;s still pretty young. There&#x27;s a lot of tools, techniques, and papers to keep up on. But I don’t think it’s that hard to learn if you have the right curation.” He advises beginners to seek out informational sources that can curate the vast and constant stream of AI news down to something relevant to their own space.</p><p>swyx also recommends that novices in all fields, not just engineering, apply their domain knowledge to their learnings. Setting specific goals about specific concepts or areas to learn helps newbies focus on what’s most important for them to learn. “There&#x27;s no way you can keep up on everything. The field is so hot, and there’s a lot of noise. So I recommend focusing on the things that work for you and are specifically relevant to what you do today. And once you learn that stuff, you can ship with it.” He adds, “you might also want to be a bit skeptical about anyone talking about working with AI and Web3 together–usually those things have no relationship, either you have a valuable standalone AI proposition or a valuable standalone Web3 proposition.”</p><p><em>Interested in learning more about AI engineering? Join the <a href="https://www.ai.engineer/worldsfair">AI Engineer World’s Fair event</a>.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-hidden-opportunities-for-software-developers-swyx">AI’s Hidden Opportunities: Shawn "swyx" Wang on New Use Cases and Careers</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #11, Frictionless Observability with Yechezkel Rabinovich of Groundcover</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-frictionless-observability-with-yechezkel-rabinovich-of-groundcover</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jun 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16c57c0d-3d80-41ae-99aa-897ab13474f8</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 11 of How It&#x27;s Tested, Eden Full Goh sits down with Yechezkel Rabinovich of Groundcover to delve into the evolving landscape of observability. They explore the high costs of early observability measures and how Groundcover aims to make these processes more accessible and affordable. Yechezkel shares insights on eBPF, the rise of Flora, and the impact of using an open-source stack. Discover how Groundcover&#x27;s innovative testing methods and commitment to metrics are reshaping engineering practices and what the future holds for this pioneering platform.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 11 of How It&#x27;s Tested, Eden Full Goh sits down with Yechezkel Rabinovich of Groundcover to delve into the evolving landscape of observability. They explore the high costs of early observability measures and how Groundcover aims to make these processes more accessible and affordable. Yechezkel shares insights on eBPF, the rise of Flora, and the impact of using an open-source stack. Discover how Groundcover&#x27;s innovative testing methods and commitment to metrics are reshaping engineering practices and what the future holds for this pioneering platform.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-frictionless-observability-with-yechezkel-rabinovich-of-groundcover">Ep. #11, Frictionless Observability with Yechezkel Rabinovich of Groundcover</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #13, The Future of Storytelling with Archita Mandal</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-the-future-of-storytelling-with-archita-mandal</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jun 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ffa5f8e0-573a-4799-9712-89f589491f6b</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 13 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers and Archita Mandal explore the transformative effects of generative AI across creative industries. They explore the ways GenAI boosts productivity, democratizes creativity by lowering production costs, and is revolutionizing the film industry.</p><p></p><p>Archita continues to unpack her journey as a founder and CEO, sharing insights on the customer discovery process, product-market fit, and the challenges early-stage startups face, offering a unique perspective on the investor side of AI, including the hype and realities of fundraising. Join Rachel and Archita for a deep dive into the societal impacts of AI and its role as a co-pilot for innovation and storytelling.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 13 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers and Archita Mandal explore the transformative effects of generative AI across creative industries. They explore the ways GenAI boosts productivity, democratizes creativity by lowering production costs, and is revolutionizing the film industry.</p><p></p><p>Archita continues to unpack her journey as a founder and CEO, sharing insights on the customer discovery process, product-market fit, and the challenges early-stage startups face, offering a unique perspective on the investor side of AI, including the hype and realities of fundraising. Join Rachel and Archita for a deep dive into the societal impacts of AI and its role as a co-pilot for innovation and storytelling.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-the-future-of-storytelling-with-archita-mandal">Ep. #13, The Future of Storytelling with Archita Mandal</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Launch a Dev-First Startup: Day-to-Day Tactics</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-launch-devtool-startup-day-to-day</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 May 2024 23:14:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Startups]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Founder]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Social Psychology]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Psychological Safety / Mental Health]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Infrastructure Tools]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Collaboration Tools]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Hiring]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bd07423f-006f-4cde-9fd6-c6081ed89dcf</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Founders and leaders from Fastly, Heroku, and other developer-first orgs share decades of collective learnings for new startups.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>Welcome to the third article in our definitive series on how to launch a developer-first startup, featuring advice from veteran founders. Get more time-tested insights from some of the most experienced founders in software here:</em></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-launch-devtool-startup-first-principles"><em>How to Launch a Dev-First Startup from First Principles</em></a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-launch-devtool-startup-community-leadership"><em>How to Launch a Dev-First Startup: Community &amp; Leadership</em></a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/reports/technical-and-cultural-learnings-from-10-years-of-computing"><em>Technical &amp; Cultural Learnings from 10 Years of Computing</em></a></li></ul><h2>Tactical and Day-to-Day Advice for Founders</h2><p>In our continuing series of interviews in which startup leaders share decades of collective experience on foundational strategy and funding, we’ve also collected tactical insights into how to build and scale your startup (while maintaining your sanity). Here’s what this article covers:</p><h3>I. Tactical and Day-to-Day Considerations</h3><ol><li><strong>Tooling and Infra:</strong> How to approach your team’s tooling</li><li><strong>Team and Hiring:</strong> Finding the right people to help you scale</li><li><strong>Managing Yourself:</strong> How to survive the rollercoaster of startup life</li></ol><h4><em>1. Tooling and Infra: How much to build and how much to buy</em></h4><p>Early-stage startup life can seem like a race against the clock, especially when funding (and runway) is limited. So how much of your limited time and resources should your startup spend solving problems that other startups already tackled, productized, and constantly improving?</p><p>Heroku cofounder and Heavybit founding partner <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/jameslindenbaum/">James Lindenbaum</a> notes that one positive about starting a developer tool company today is the prevalence of advanced tools that solve many of the foundational challenges his teams faced. “There&#x27;s a lot less mucking around with undifferentiated infrastructure just getting your product to work and scale, with everyone relearning the same lessons over and over again. When the market was nascent, you had to figure everything out yourself, learn from painful trial and error, and go out and talk to people about it.”</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/0f850bdf5368db0a6a065a4b3f19cdbd467b470d-940x483.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>James Lindenbaum observes that the tooling market has matured in 15 years and that founders should take advantage of it. (Image courtesy <a href="https://vimeo.com/49726698">Heroku</a>)</em></p><p>Lindenbaum notes that 15 years ago, there were so few established conventions and tools in place that his team had to do a great deal of internal work just to get products off the ground. “At the time Heroku was started, we were still crawling around the floors of data centers and racking services. Amazon had just launched EC2 (not even AWS yet), and it barely worked. But as the market has expanded, people have taken best practices in increasingly focused domains and built them into products–PagerDuty and LaunchDarkly are great examples of this. And so I think a lot of that knowledge is more evenly distributed now and it&#x27;s built into tooling. You can take advantage of others’ hard-earned lessons by adopting good tools.”</p><p><strong>“As the market has expanded, people have taken best practices in increasingly focused domains and built them into products.” -James Lindenbaum, Cofounder/Heroku, Founding Partner/Heavybit</strong></p><p>Fastly cofounder <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/simonwistow/">Simon Wistow</a> also advises founders to scale faster by not reinventing the wheel. “There are a lot of tools out there. Start using them. As more and more people start using them, more people understand that there&#x27;s value here. There are now companies that build tools–the pick axes for the miners. And the easier it is for miners to get pickaxes and shovels and spades, the easier it is for miners. For startups that create developer tools, we are the rising tide that lifts the boat.”</p><h4><em>2. Team and Hiring: Finding the right people to help you scale</em></h4><p>Are teams absolutely necessary to build? Tailscale cofounder <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/david-crawshaw-92253714/">David Crawshaw</a> notes that with the expanding complexity comes the need for larger teams–and the rapidly decreasing likelihood of creating world-changing products by oneself. “Software has become more complex. There are more people involved in building it. 10 years ago, software was already a team sport.”</p><p>“Now it needs a bigger team. And that adds a lot of organizational and structural complexity to trying to solve problems in the software world. And I think that that may continue, as software will probably get more complex, making the people side of software more fundamental. It&#x27;s really interesting because as the groups of people working on problems become larger, the complexity of the group increases too and you can solve problems you couldn&#x27;t solve before. But also some problems are harder to solve now, and so it&#x27;s going to add all sorts of bugs to the writing software and building businesses.”</p><p>Who are the right people to help make your startup dream a reality? Aside from finding people with the skill and knowledge to do what needs to be done, CircleCI CEO <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/jimdotrose/">Jim Rose</a> suggests finding people you can see yourself working and solving problems with for a long time. “The technology will change, the office changes, the various things around you will constantly be in flux. But if you find great partners and something that&#x27;s motivating, a problem that will get you up in the morning and be excited to try and go solve it, then you&#x27;re in a great spot.”</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/ed759e8a8a61da6cd4112b6039d9e66768988546-1600x811.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>For Fastly’s Simon Wistow, being a founder isn’t about glamorous lifestyles. It’s about challenges, a bit of luck, and plenty of ups and downs. (Image courtesy <a href="https://vimeo.com/646138916">Fastly</a>.)</em></p><h4><em>3. Managing Yourself: How to survive the rollercoaster of startup life</em></h4><p>One of the absolute hardest, and least talked-about challenges in startup life is managing your own life, emotions, and sanity as a startup founder. Fastly’s Simon Wistow is no stranger to the ups and downs. “Being an entrepreneur turned into a super glamorous lifestyle–like the goal was to be seen as a big success, not to actually build something. Because of that, and because of survivorship bias, as a founder, when you&#x27;re talking to the press, you only ever talk about sunshine and roses. ‘We rolled into a billion-dollar round because we&#x27;re amazing and we&#x27;re #CrushingIt.’”</p><p><strong>“There&#x27;s a million little obstacles, and you only get over them with blind optimism. And you need luck. You need the one customer who’s sitting next to you on a plane. And they’re the head buyer for a huge company, and maybe they say, ‘I like your moxie, kid!’ And then there&#x27;s some bad luck that will happen. You&#x27;ve got to figure out a way of mitigating that, too.” -Simon Wistow, Cofounder/Fastly</strong></p><p>“But you might be sitting there asking, ‘Why are <em>they</em> doing it? Why is it so easy for <em>them</em>? Am <em>I</em> doing something wrong? And the answer is no, everybody went through that. Some people just got lucky.” Wistow admits that startup success generally involves luck as well. “There&#x27;s a million little obstacles, and you only get over them with blind optimism. And you need luck. You can ‘prepare for’ luck and you can mitigate against bad luck. It’s a bit like playing poker: It&#x27;s a game of luck, but it&#x27;s also a game of skill.”</p><p>“But there is some stuff that&#x27;s going to come out of nowhere that you can&#x27;t really prepare for. You can have your biggest customer suddenly go bust and not pay you. And then suddenly you can&#x27;t make payroll and everything goes downhill. And you could have a global pandemic. You could have interest rates suddenly going through the roof. For anybody who says you don&#x27;t need luck: You do. You need the one customer who’s sitting next to you on a plane. And they’re the head buyer for a huge company, and maybe they say, ‘I like your moxie, kid!’ And they buy you, and that’s what can take you to the next level. You&#x27;ve got to be prepared for those bits of good luck. And then there&#x27;s some bad luck that will happen. You&#x27;ve got to figure out a way of mitigating that, too.”</p><p>Emotionally, Wistow likens the life of a founder to the infamous <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gartner_hype_cycle">Gartner hype cycle</a>. “The ‘hype cycle’ applies to being a founder. You go through a moment where you think, ‘Oh my God, this is amazing!’ And then you go through the Trough of Disillusionment, and then you get to the Plateau of Productivity. What people don’t tell you is that it’s fractal. At every point in that curve, there’s a ‘mini-hype cycle,’ and ‘mini-cycles’ within those, so over the life of every company, every year, every month, every day, you’re at various points on that. It all stacks on top of each other.”</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/122683292b9ef5f0fb663e064d249ba85c7d1813-1600x567.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Heptio founder Joe Beda suggests that startup life is like skiing–sometimes, you just have to throw yourself down the mountain. (Image courtesy <a href="https://www.geekwire.com/2019/kubernetes-5-joe-beda-brendan-burns-craig-mcluckie-past-future-true-value-open-source/">Geekwire</a>)</em></p><p>Despite the highs and lows, it’s important to stay the course, even in uncertain or scary times. Heptio founder Joe Beda compares running a startup to learning how to ski. “I&#x27;m a horrible skier. I&#x27;m kind of a cautious skier. Every time I get to someplace where I can&#x27;t see, I stop, and I look, and then I decide to go down.”</p><p>“That&#x27;s not the right way to ski. And that&#x27;s not the right way to actually do a startup, either. Ultimately, you have to just keep moving, even if you&#x27;re not sure of what&#x27;s going to happen, and throw yourself down that mountain, and know that you&#x27;re going to end up okay at the end.”</p><p><em>Read more advice on how to found a developer-first startup here:</em></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-launch-devtool-startup-first-principles">How to Launch a Dev-First Startup: First Principles</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-launch-devtool-startup-community-leadership">How to Launch a Dev-First Startup: Community &amp; Leadership</a></li></ul><p><em>Get more learnings from a decade of software development from successful founders and community leaders in our <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/reports/technical-and-cultural-learnings-from-10-years-of-computing"><strong><span style="text-decoration:underline">10-year retrospective</span></strong></a>.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-launch-devtool-startup-day-to-day">How to Launch a Dev-First Startup: Day-to-Day Tactics</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #12, No Countermeasures with Lilly Ryan</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-no-countermeasures-with-lilly-ryan</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 May 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">29d031d1-4958-4ddd-b544-9df5c799fdb0</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 12 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers sits down with Lilly Ryan, an Information Security specialist based in Australia, to delve into the intricate world of generative AI and its potential misuses. Together they unpack the nuances of prompt injection and other adversarial attacks, shedding light on the dark side of AI technology. They discuss countermeasures to technological colonialism, strategies for maintaining a human-centered web, and the evolving role of AI in our workplaces. Tune in to explore the fascinating intersections of security, technology, and human interaction in the age of AI.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 12 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers sits down with Lilly Ryan, an Information Security specialist based in Australia, to delve into the intricate world of generative AI and its potential misuses. Together they unpack the nuances of prompt injection and other adversarial attacks, shedding light on the dark side of AI technology. They discuss countermeasures to technological colonialism, strategies for maintaining a human-centered web, and the evolving role of AI in our workplaces. Tune in to explore the fascinating intersections of security, technology, and human interaction in the age of AI.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-no-countermeasures-with-lilly-ryan">Ep. #12, No Countermeasures with Lilly Ryan</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #70, Evangelizing Observability with Dan Gomez Blanco of Skyscanner</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-70-evangelizing-observability-with-dan-gomez-blanco-of-skyscanner</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fd3192b6-9997-40c3-86f0-020e4bc74178</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 70 of o11ycast, Jess and Martin speak with Dan Gomez Blanco of Skyscanner. Dan shares his expertise on evangelizing better observability practices at Skyscanner and offers insights from his experience on the OpenTelemetry governance committee. Discover how observability can minimize organizational costs, the future of auto-instrumentation, and valuable advice on detecting and avoiding over-instrumentation. Plus, learn about the importance of tail sampling and OpenTelemetry’s semantic conventions.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 70 of o11ycast, Jess and Martin speak with Dan Gomez Blanco of Skyscanner. Dan shares his expertise on evangelizing better observability practices at Skyscanner and offers insights from his experience on the OpenTelemetry governance committee. Discover how observability can minimize organizational costs, the future of auto-instrumentation, and valuable advice on detecting and avoiding over-instrumentation. Plus, learn about the importance of tail sampling and OpenTelemetry’s semantic conventions.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-70-evangelizing-observability-with-dan-gomez-blanco-of-skyscanner">Ep. #70, Evangelizing Observability with Dan Gomez Blanco of Skyscanner</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #11, Ghost Workers with Adio Dinika of DAIR Institute</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-ghost-workers-with-adio-dinika-of-dair-institute</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 May 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ed3a2fd0-a08b-43fb-bf85-cfad884529e9</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 11 of Generationship, Rachel is joined by Adio Dinika of The DAIR Institute to discuss ghost workers. This talk examines the challenges faced by platform laborers around the world, including unfair compensation, job insecurity, and data rights violations. Additionally, they explore the community-rooted AI research that&#x27;s being done at The DAIR Institute.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 11 of Generationship, Rachel is joined by Adio Dinika of The DAIR Institute to discuss ghost workers. This talk examines the challenges faced by platform laborers around the world, including unfair compensation, job insecurity, and data rights violations. Additionally, they explore the community-rooted AI research that&#x27;s being done at The DAIR Institute.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-ghost-workers-with-adio-dinika-of-dair-institute">Ep. #11, Ghost Workers with Adio Dinika of DAIR Institute</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Launch a Dev-First Startup: Community &amp; Leadership</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-launch-devtool-startup-community-leadership</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 May 2024 07:08:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Startups]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Founder]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Community]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer First]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Leadership Training]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">271f21bb-3612-4578-8e68-11a38b7f1209</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Founders and leaders from Tailscale, Honeycomb, and other developer-first orgs explain how to build a movement and learn valuable strategic skills.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>Welcome to the second article in our definitive series on how to launch a developer-first startup, featuring advice from veteran founders. Get more time-tested insights from some of the most experienced founders in software here:</em></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-launch-devtool-startup-first-principles"><em>How to Launch a Dev-First Startup: First Principles</em></a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-launch-devtool-startup-day-to-day"><em>How to Launch a Dev-First Startup: Day-to-Day Tactics</em></a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/reports/technical-and-cultural-learnings-from-10-years-of-computing"><em>Technical &amp; Cultural Learnings from 10 Years of Computing</em></a></li></ul><h2>Creating Software-Defined Movements, Learning Strategic Skills</h2><p>In this article, we compile decades of experience from seasoned founders and technology leaders on what it takes to build a community-driven movement around your startup, as well as the important strategic skills that new founders need beyond writing code.</p><h3>How to Build a Movement in Software</h3><p>Some of the biggest success stories in software come from startups that didn’t just release a product–they created movements. They conscripted an army of developers who not only bought the software–they used the hashtags, put the stickers on their laptops, and even wore the T-shirts. In public! Some of them even held <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/software-defined-movements">an entire conference on software-defined movements</a>. But where did they start? In this article, we’ll cover:</p><ol><li>Understanding Differences Between Movement, Company, Product, Problem</li><li>Cultivating the Right Conditions While Holding a Strong Position</li><li>Putting in the Work and “Beating the Drum”</li><li>How Successful Movements Start Small</li><li>Why Building a Successful Movement Means Giving the Reins to the Community</li></ol><h4><em>1. Separate Movement Versus Company Versus Problem</em></h4><p>Tailscale cofounder <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/david-crawshaw-92253714/">David Crawshaw</a> points out that although successful developer-first products generate value–often outsize value–for end users, focusing on solving that key problem is something to consider separately from creating a grassroots movement. “If you&#x27;re really interested in building a movement, then you have to accept that you&#x27;re going to go out and attempt to create a lot of value that you&#x27;re not going to capture. That&#x27;s kind of what a movement is–it’s about getting a lot of people involved.”</p><p>“So there&#x27;s a fundamental tension in trying to both start a startup and create a software-defined movement. They&#x27;re often going to be at odds. And some movements are fundamentally going to <em>undermine</em> companies, and you probably don&#x27;t want to start one of those if you&#x27;re starting a company. And so, you&#x27;re walking a tightrope–you&#x27;re threading a needle. So I think if you want to start a movement, you should think about that problem <em>independently</em> of your business and try and understand that problem, and then you should try and understand your business as a separate problem, and <em>then </em>you should try and understand how to fit the two together.”</p><blockquote>You can&#x27;t <em>choose </em>to start a movement. But you can make it more likely by creating the right starting conditions.” -James Lindenbaum, Cofounder/Heroku, Founding Partner, Heavybit</blockquote><h4><em>2. Put in the Work to Build Community While Holding a Strong Position</em></h4><p>Heavybit founding partner and Heroku cofounder <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/jameslindenbaum/">James Lindenbaum</a> suggests that not every startup will create a full-blown movement, or has to. While it’s possible and very much worth the effort to cultivate the conditions that grow a thriving community (which is essential for a successful developer-first startup), real movements happen when the stars align. “You can&#x27;t necessarily <em>choose </em>to start a company. The most successful companies are a thing that happens to you, almost against your will. Similarly, I believe you can&#x27;t <em>choose</em> to start a movement. But you can make it <em>more likely</em> by creating the right starting conditions. The same things that make for a good movement, culturally also make for a good product.”</p><p>Lindenbaum notes that many of the top startups have been built on a foundation of strong conviction. “Successful startups tend to have a very strong point of view on a particular domain. ‘<em>This</em> is the way. <em>These things</em> aren&#x27;t being done <em>the right way</em>.’” However, successful startups aren’t just obstinate–they can clearly outline the problem they seek to solve, clearly state why their solution is the right one, and can empower their community to do the same. “That point of view has to be strong. It has to be well articulated. And you also have to turn out to be right.”</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/57061fb4612af1da93756c5dd70cb3d96bc74b51-1024x456.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Your next conference speech is another beat of the drum, explains LaunchDarkly’s Edith Harbaugh. (Image courtesy <a href="https://www.flickr.com/photos/collisionconf/52167815391/">CollisionConf</a>)</em></p><p></p><h4><em>3. Your Mission Will Be to Beat the Drum Every Day, Anywhere You Can</em></h4><p>LaunchDarkly cofounder <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/edithharbaugh/">Edith Harbaugh</a> is blunt about starting a software-defined movement. “It&#x27;s far harder than you might think. The joke I usually make is that the first 10 customers are the absolute hardest–and the next 100 after that are also hard.” Harbaugh also emphasizes the importance of repetition in getting the word out on your startup. “You have to constantly, constantly beat the drum. It&#x27;s not just one blog post that ‘goes viral,’ or one really good Hacker News post. It’s not like that at all. You have to write not just one blog, but probably tens, or hundreds. Not one podcast, but many podcast episodes. Not one conference talk, but dozens, every year.”</p><blockquote>You have to constantly, constantly beat the drum. It&#x27;s not just one blog post that ‘goes viral,’ or one really good HackerNews post. You have to launch not just one blog, but probably tens, or hundreds. Not one podcast, but many podcasts.” -Edith Harbaugh, Cofounder/LaunchDarkly</blockquote><p>Harbaugh notes that one key to building a movement is getting out the message through not just repetition, but through effective distribution, once you can properly test and prove which channels matter most to your audience. “Some great advice we got about content: Re-use it as many ways as you can. If you have a big talk you just presented at a conference, slice it and dice it–put the slides online. Redistribute it–you might spend as much time on distribution as you do on the actual content.”</p><h4><em>4. Founding Movements By Starting Small</em></h4><p>System Initiative CEO and Chef cofounder <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/adamjacob/">Adam Jacob</a> points out that you don’t start successful software-defined movements by putting software first. You put people first. “You have to talk to the developers you purport to serve. You have to actually go sit with them, and show them what it is you&#x27;re building. Listen to the language that they use when they talk about why what you&#x27;re doing is interesting or valuable or good. And then, you need to say that back to them in that way.”</p><blockquote>I think a lot of developer-first companies fall down because they think about ‘being a company’ before they think about serving developers.” -Adam Jacob, CEO/System Initiative</blockquote><p>“I think a lot of developer-first companies fall down because they think about ‘being a company’ before they think about serving developers. With that approach, they find themselves getting to the ‘I&#x27;m explaining the value prop to my market’ part too quickly, when what they need to be saying is, ‘This is why what we’re building is for this individual human being.’”</p><p>“That&#x27;s how you build that market over time. Sure, eventually, you&#x27;re going to have a website that speaks to the CEO so that they write a check for the software. But in the beginning, that shouldn&#x27;t be your focus. It should just be: How tightly can I be connected to the people that I purport to serve? And how quickly can I make that circle small?”</p><p>“And another mistake people make is they think, ‘We want to talk to <em>all</em> developers.’ The thing is, it’s a lot easier to ship a product just to <em>me</em> than it is to ship it to 100,000 people, because you can serve <em>me</em>. But maybe you can’t serve everyone. And so, I would advise founders to think about starting small, and then using that language to then grow. When I’m starting out, I can probably describe what I’m building to one person. So if you can just do it for one person, then that helps you understand how to do it for two.”</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/62b147d442fa47b34a6fc04c449bfd07acba6893-640x360.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>System Initiative’s Adam Jacob suggests that if you truly want to build a movement, you have to be ready to give ownership of it to your community. (Image courtesy <a href="https://thenewstack.io/adam-jacob-rebuilding-devops-with-system-initiative/">The New Stack</a>)</em></p><p></p><h4><em>5. Why It’s Important to Let Developers Own the Movement</em></h4><p>Jacob also explains that a community will build a software-defined movement because the community <em>owns</em> the movement. “If you want to build a movement, you have to allow people to thrive in ways that you might not like or expect. Here’s the thing: We start businesses because we want to create a <em>big</em> business. We&#x27;re hopeful that it finally gets to some kind of liquidity that then brings us personal wealth. But there&#x27;s <em>art</em>. I tend to think about the technology and the products we build as ‘art.’ And so, there&#x27;s a thing you want to see in art–that you want to see in the world, and that&#x27;s a good reason to do it. And that&#x27;s real and important.”</p><p>“But if you&#x27;re trying to build a movement that&#x27;s bigger than you, what you need to let other people do is build <em>their</em> own lives on top of it. And you have to let them do that in ways that you might not like or agree with. Because that is what makes the movement <em>theirs.</em> And not <em>yours</em>.”</p><p>“If you think about it from an economic perspective, you have to figure out how to align the incentives and the structure of your business. When someone joins this movement, if what they need to do is improve their life through their salary going up, or because they want to start a company, can they do that with the technology? Can they do that inside your movement?”</p><p>“Or does your movement say ‘they can&#x27;t,’ because the movement&#x27;s actually rooted in ‘Adam making money’–and if you conflict with ‘Adam making money,’ then I kick you out of my movement? At that point, what we <em>really</em> mean is you&#x27;re building a user community, which can be fine. But if what you&#x27;re trying to do is build a movement, you have to allow people to take that thing and make it part of their own identity in whatever way that they want it to be. And you have to figure out how to do that well.”</p><h4><em>More Resources on Community Building and Software-Defined Movements:</em></h4><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/crossing-the-chasm-from-community-to-commercialization">Video - Crossing the Chasm: From Community to Commercialization with Nick Gottlieb</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/community-lessons-from-github-google-gitlab-with-jono-bacon">Video - Supercharging Your Business, Brand, and Teams with Communities with Jono Bacon</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/software-defined-movements">Full On-Demand Conference Sessions - DevGuild: Software-Defined Movements</a></li></ul><h3>Strategic Leadership Skills: Going Beyond Coding</h3><p>Successful founders cultivate communities around their startups, but also cultivate strategic leadership skills of their own. Leadership skills include, but aren’t limited to, the ability to create a compelling narrative that brings along a community; the ability to use empathy to work with engineers (and handle objections); and the ability to deliver the right message to the right person at the right time.</p><ol><li>Learn How to Be a Storyteller</li><li>Showing Empathy...And Handling Objections</li><li>Become a Systems Thinker</li><li>Speak Authentically to Different Audiences</li></ol><h4><em>1. Learn How to Be a Storyteller: The Power of Creating a Narrative</em></h4><p>A common thread to founding startups, creating communities, convincing early customers to give your product a shot, and scaling to the enterprise, is storytelling. An extraordinarily important, but often overlooked, step in a startup founding team’s success is when they can express a clear, intelligible message that resonates with their audience. Former Heroku CEO, CloudConnect founder, and Vimeo CEO <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/adamcgross/">Adam Gross</a> doesn’t mince words. “Learn how to tell stories. Narrative is key.”</p><p>A critical part of breaking through all the noise from competitors, and through your early buyers’ purchasing concerns, is being able to change the realm of the possible for your customers. From day one, a startup founder’s job is to change that worldview from “This situation or process sucks, but we’ve always done it this way’ to ‘A better way <em>does</em> exist.” Gross is emphatic. “You’ll need to create an industry transformation narrative–learn how to do that.”</p><p><strong>“Learn how to tell stories. Narrative is key. You’ll need to create an industry transformation narrative–learn how to do that.” -Adam Gross, fmr. CEO/Heroku, Founder/CloudConnect</strong></p><h4><em>2. Show Empathy: Leading From, and Handling Objections From, a Place of Empathy</em></h4><p>Running a successful software startup is more than just numbers, math, science, and statistics–more than just bug-free code and error-free accounting for payroll. Honeycomb cofounder <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/christineyen/">Christine Yen</a> contextualizes the importance of valuing people as partners, customers, and engineers who may feel naturally resistant to change: “As good as humans can be, there are always going to be pieces that require intuition and understanding. Our team has never tried to minimize the role of humans on an engineering team. We are very conscious of the ‘messy human’ in the middle of all of our bits and bytes.”</p><p>Yen reflects on the duality of creating products to solve the problems of engineers–people who have been trained to solve problems by mastering the current set of rules. “The biggest obstacle has always been changing people&#x27;s mindsets about what&#x27;s possible. I have come to realize this is very true of engineers: What makes them <em>great </em>at their jobs is looking at a situation, understanding the landscape, understanding how different pieces trade off against each other, taking those rules that they&#x27;ve identified, putting them in their brains, and then building on top of that. And that&#x27;s how you build resilient systems.”</p><blockquote>So much of my and my cofounder’s jobs are not in building technology, but showing people what&#x27;s possible. To show what they can achieve on the other side and how much better their lives can be. And I don&#x27;t think we would’ve been able to get this far if we didn&#x27;t genuinely like people and teams and ‘people problems.’” -Christine Yen, Cofounder/Honeycomb</blockquote><p>“However, what happens when someone comes along and tells you, ‘Hey, gravity is no longer 9.8 meters-per-second squared–now it’s 9.3,’ or ‘Hey, what if logging and monitoring <em>weren&#x27;t</em> explicit trade-offs of each other, and you could get the benefits of <em>both</em> in one tool?’ Sometimes, people resist ideas because what makes them <em>so good</em> at what they do as engineers makes them especially hostile to someone suggesting that those rules change. That’s why so much of my and my cofounder’s jobs are not in building technology necessarily, but instead, showing people what&#x27;s possible, showing people that it&#x27;s worth that small bit of effort to push through this cognitive dissonance. To show what they can achieve on the other side and how much better their lives can be. And I don&#x27;t think we would’ve been able to get this far if we didn&#x27;t genuinely like people and teams and ‘people problems.’”</p><h4><em>3. Become a Systems Thinker: How Changes Affect Your Entire Org</em></h4><p>While it may seem obvious when we state it explicitly, startups are complicated beasts with many moving parts. Making changes in one area will have consequences elsewhere–and not always ones we anticipate. Heptio founder and Kubernetes cofounder <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/jbeda/">Joe Beda</a> points out that, “<a href="https://donellameadows.org/systems-thinking-resources/"><em>Thinking in Systems</em></a> by <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Donella_Meadows">Donella Meadows</a> talks about this idea of understanding the connections between things and how if you push here, it&#x27;s going to impact something else over there. As engineers, especially if you&#x27;re doing anything with distributed systems, this naturally is the way you approach those technical things.”</p><p>Beda notes important nuances, like the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-vs-proprietary">difference between proprietary and open source software</a>. “But I would encourage founders to think about business and companies as systems in and of themselves. As you&#x27;re building your company, you&#x27;re building a system, defining your values, defining your processes, defining what&#x27;s important to you. Those are things that are going to define the system. And so, it&#x27;s not just about the technology. It&#x27;s about the people, it&#x27;s about the processes, and all of those things come together to define your system. For example, as developers build open-source projects, they may think, ‘Hey, I&#x27;ll get everybody using my thing, they’ll love it, it&#x27;ll be great.’ But why are you doing that? What is the impact? How do you use that to actually drive the rest of your business and understand the connection between those things?”</p><blockquote>I would encourage founders to think about business and companies as systems in and of themselves. As you&#x27;re building your company, you&#x27;re building a system, defining your values, defining your processes, defining what&#x27;s important to you. Those are things that are going to define the system. And so, it&#x27;s not just about the technology. It&#x27;s about the people, it&#x27;s about the processes, and all of those things come together to define your system.” -Joe Beda, Kubernetes Co-Founder</blockquote><p></p><h4><em>4. Speak Authentically to Different Audiences: Authentic Messages for Different People</em></h4><p>It has been said, in so many words, that “<a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/developer-marketing-mistakes">developers hate marketing</a>,” mainly because developers hate useless, dishonest, timewasters–filling out form after form only to end up with something very different than what they were promised. Developers are busy, focused professionals who, if they’re searching for anything at all, are likely to be looking for things they find useful and valuable. And who’s most likely to offer useful and valuable things? Authentic, trusted people they know.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/3a6a7444025bc566c449ce46ef233cdfd3b35f0f-1280x553.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Empathy matters when selling to developers, says Honeycomb’s Christine Yen. (Image courtesy <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2TpuS6xIttA">Monitorama</a>)</em></p><p></p><p>Honeycomb’s Christine Yen admits that learning to regularly change and tailor her message for different audiences was “one of the things that was probably the most challenging growing into the CEO role.” Yen describes the process: “It’s about learning how, as an engineer who prides myself on authenticity and correctness and all these things, having to learn how to modulate what I say to an investor audience versus a customer audience, or an employee audience. Which is not to say I&#x27;m ‘three-faced,’ but what it means is learning what the specific people in this audience are listening for, what they need, and what they expect. And then finding the correct balance for me and my team–between what they expect, and what I want to give them.”</p><h4><em>More Resources on Leadership Skills for Founders:</em></h4><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/founder-led-sales-strategy">Article - How to Build a Successful Founder-Led Sales Strategy by Walter Roth</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/blocking-and-tackling">Video - Blocking and Tackling on Partnerships with Bill Lapcevic</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/human-readable/ep-2-active-listening-with-kedasha-kerr-of-github">Podcast - Human Readable Covers Active Listening with Kedasha Kerr</a></li></ul><p><em>Get more learnings from a decade of software development from successful founders and community leaders:</em></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-launch-devtool-startup-first-principles">How to Launch a Dev-First Startup: First Principles</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-launch-devtool-startup-day-to-day">How to Launch a Dev-First Startup: Day-to-Day Tactics</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/reports/technical-and-cultural-learnings-from-10-years-of-computing">Technical &amp; Cultural Learnings from 10 Years of Computing</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-software-benefits-advantages">Advantages of Open-Source Software</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-launch-devtool-startup-community-leadership">How to Launch a Dev-First Startup: Community & Leadership</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #147, Secure Local Dev Environments with Chris Stolt and Ben Burkert of Anchor</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-147-secure-local-dev-environments-with-chris-stolt-and-ben-burkert-of-anchor</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 May 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f146887b-d2b0-409f-bb16-8d09d351e222</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 147 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Chris Stolt and Ben Burkert of Anchor about securing local development environments. This talk explores dev/prod parity and how Anchor’s taking​​​ ​a ​developer-​first ​approach to ​addressing ​the ​pains ​of ​internal ​TLS.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 147 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Chris Stolt and Ben Burkert of Anchor about securing local development environments. This talk explores dev/prod parity and how Anchor’s taking​​​ ​a ​developer-​first ​approach to ​addressing ​the ​pains ​of ​internal ​TLS.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-147-secure-local-dev-environments-with-chris-stolt-and-ben-burkert-of-anchor">Ep. #147, Secure Local Dev Environments with Chris Stolt and Ben Burkert of Anchor</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Educate Technical Audiences With Template Marketing</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/template-marketing-for-technical-audiences</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 May 2024 00:53:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a0637ea9-7b42-4abd-a48a-ea4cf5e0f229</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Product education expert Al Chen explains how template marketing can rapidly educate technical audiences on product functionality.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>Rapidly Educating Technical Audiences with Templates</h2><p>I’ve spent most of my career learning how products work using other people’s templates and building my own templates. It first started when I was a financial analyst and would learn how to use Excel by taking other analysts’ Excel files and customizing them for my own use. There’s no better way to learn a technical product than by getting your hands dirty with an actual template.</p><p>For the last 5+ years at Coda, I’ve been building templates as a form of content marketing. When you think of a template, you might think of a PowerPoint template that has a theme with colors and customizable text. Or, maybe you think of Canva, which can customize graphical projects like greeting cards. But if you look at most technical products, templates are the main way they attract and teach their core audiences about their functionality.</p><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/dab2cc8c2907969b97690b38741e58fe620b56d1-1920x1213.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Canva offers a variety of templates users can use to get started. Your product can too.</em></p><p></p><p>For example, take a look at <a href="https://aws.amazon.com/cloudformation/resources/templates/">AWS’ CloudFormation templates</a>. CloudFormation lets you provision and manage resources on AWS using code. Sure, you could write the code from scratch to provision the resources you need, but AWS has a variety of templates to use for different resource types to provision, permission levels, and more. AWS’ templates not only help you to get started quickly, but they also teach you the <em>syntax</em> for how to get started as well.</p><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/8e87953450b6aae3d4ae66145401d9e1457e5a3c-805x590.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>AWS CloudFormation templates help you start faster–and pick up the needed syntax faster, too.</em></p><p></p><p>For products that customers might utilize across multiple use cases, I think templates are the best form of content marketing. Traditional content marketing relies on a blog post or video to explain what your product does. A template, on the other hand, can describe the product but also lets users play with it. From project management software like Clickup to bug tracking software like Jira, you’ll see templates that blur the line between content and product. At Coda, the templates I’ve built include both written content as well as building blocks to get started with the product. One of my favorite examples of this is <a href="https://coda.io/@yuhki/figma-product-roadmap">this product template</a> from the VP of Product at Figma.</p><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/cc01b6fac29d46f20df9fdb0e7c1b54a87704262-2604x1352.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p>The “front page” of the template is a write-up that looks like a blog post. It talks about the template and the problem it solves. The other pages in the docs are the actual template itself.</p><p>Here are some steps you can take to start building out a template content marketing strategy:</p><ol><li><strong>Identify the Templates Your Target Audience Needs:</strong> Before you start creating templates, it’s important to identify the templates your audience typically needs. For example, they might need coding templates to quickly create new code or templates to help them manage project development. Understanding which templates developers need will help you to create more-targeted content that speaks to their actual problems.</li><li><strong>Create Customizable Templates:</strong> Once you’ve identified the templates you want to create, make sure they are easy to customize. Easy customization may be difficult depending on the type of product you offer and may require some development work to give your audience the customization they need. Offer a wide range of customization options, such as plug-and-play features, templates for different coding languages as appropriate, and even the ability to integrate APIs into the templates.</li><li><strong>Design Versatile Templates:</strong> When creating templates, it’s important to design them to be versatile. Back in my finance days, I customized Excel and Google Sheets for so many use cases. And I could use them across a variety of industries. For instance, I created an Excel forecasting model I could use for any industry because it consisted of universal inputs and outputs. Depending on your product, you may want to consider designing templates for fundamentally valuable use cases, particularly if you have an audience that uses a variety of different tools and coding languages.</li><li><strong>Make Your Templates Free:</strong> Templates are an extension of your product and should be free so your target audience can immediately start playing with them. For developer audiences in particular, blog posts and videos about your product can help you educate them, but giving them a chance to try the product tends to be a lot more persuasive.</li><li><strong>Create a Template Marketplace:</strong> If you have a wide range of templates, you should consider creating a template marketplace, which could be as simple as adding a page to your website that houses all your templates. In an ideal world, you’ll have a marketplace with ratings, comments, and submissions from your community and users. Having a vibrant marketplace with lots of community participation grows user engagement with the product, and your “stickier” product means less likelihood of customer churn. Empowering your community to contribute directly to building out your template marketplace can also give you the opportunity to cultivate product evangelists who will want to share their ingenious creations in your product with the world.</li><li><strong>Promote Your Templates</strong>: The biggest (and hardest) lesson I’ve learned from creating content over the years is not having a distribution strategy. Marketers spend 90% of their time perfecting content but don’t create a solid promotion strategy to get it in front of the right people. Distribution is probably the hardest part of “template marketing,” as it’s a content marketing problem as well. You’ll want to share them in channels where your company has previously found traction, though as your company scales, you can also share them at community events, on relevant webinars, through your social media accounts, or other channels that make sense for you.</li></ol><p>By following what we’ve discussed, you can use templates to successfully market to a technical audience.</p><h4>More Resources:</h4><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/use-free-tools-to-market-your-developer-product">Article - Use Free Tools to Market Your Developer Product by Adam DuVander</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/technology-marketing-vs-product-marketing">Article - Technology Marketing vs. Product Marketing by Oleksii Klochai</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/our-community-loves-our-free-product-now-what">Video - Our Community Loves Our Free Product. Now What? with Ashley Smith</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/template-marketing-for-technical-audiences">Educate Technical Audiences With Template Marketing</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Launch a Dev-First Startup: First Principles</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-launch-devtool-startup-first-principles</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2024 16:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Developer First]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Founder]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer-First Go-To-Market]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Launch Strategy]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[First Principles]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fd04bcdc-8908-4314-bf25-a2a881393e27</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Founders and leaders from LaunchDarkly, Netlify, and other developer-first orgs share decades of collective learnings for new startups.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>Welcome to the first article in our definitive series on how to launch a developer-first startup, featuring advice from veteran founders. Get more time-tested insights from some of the most experienced founders in software here:</em></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-launch-devtool-startup-community-leadership"><em>How to Launch a Dev-First Startup: Community &amp; Leadership</em></a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-launch-devtool-startup-day-to-day"><em>How to Launch a Dev-First Startup: Day-to-Day Tactics</em></a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/reports/technical-and-cultural-learnings-from-10-years-of-computing"><em>Technical &amp; Cultural Learnings from 10 Years of Computing</em></a></li></ul><h2>How to Launch a Dev-First Startup from First Principles</h2><p>Some of the biggest names in developer-first software started from an idea–an idea about an obstacle that blocked developers from accomplishing things they <em>knew</em> should be possible. Building and delivering software for the Web in the early 2000s was painful for a variety of reasons, including the rise of social media and mobile (necessitating responsive design), and the ongoing challenges of setting up increasingly complex infrastructure onto VMs. Then along came Heroku. According to cofounder <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/jameslindenbaum/">James Lindenbaum</a>:</p><blockquote>Successful startups tend to have a very strong point of view on a particular domain. ‘<em>This</em> is the way. <em>These things</em> aren&#x27;t being done <em>the right way</em>.’ That point of view has to be strong. It has to be well articulated. And you have to turn out to be <em>right</em>.”</blockquote><p>As CI/CD methodology became more popular in the 2010s, dev teams were able to build, deploy, and fork updated production versions back into their main branch faster than ever–but also introduced more challenges for fast-moving software companies working on multiple builds with sprawling, hard-to-manage lists of new features–only some of which were production-ready. Then along came LaunchDarkly. Thinking back on her own experience, and the experiences of other startups she has advised in recent years, cofounder <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/edithharbaugh/">Edith Harbaugh</a> offers:</p><blockquote>There&#x27;s not just one way to build a developer-first company. I think that&#x27;s really important for people to understand. I think there are different ‘templates.’ You look at Netlify and they have very much a ‘Let&#x27;s go very broad with bottoms-up’ approach, and that&#x27;s worked really very well for them. For other companies, if you are targeting not just individual developers, or managers and VPs, you actually need to invest in an enterprise sales force from the very start.”</blockquote><p>We’ve compiled direct, honest advice from leaders at some of today’s most successful infrastructure companies for new startup founders. So if you’re wondering whether that one side project you’ve been working on might make a good startup someday, you’ve come to the right place. Below, you’ll find exactly how some of the most experienced software entrepreneurs and operators would advise new founders on strategic first principles, what to look for in an investor, specific tactical considerations, and more. In this article, we’ll cover:</p><h4><em>First Principles for Dev-First Startups:</em></h4><ul><li><strong>Identifying Opportunities:</strong> How to Know if Your Startup Idea Will Succeed</li><li><strong>Creating a <em>Software-Defined Movement</em>:</strong> Building and Growing a Community</li><li><strong>Strategic Leadership Skills:</strong> Going Beyond Coding</li></ul><h2>Step One: First Principles and Startup Strategy</h2><p>Do this first: Make sure your startup passes this initial, strategic stress test. Are you asking the right questions? Are you positioned to succeed in today’s market, and in the future? And perhaps most importantly: Can you create lasting value?</p><h3>I. Identifying Opportunities: How to Know if Your Startup Idea Will Succeed</h3><ol><li>Ask Tough Questions, Especially About Whether Your Startup Can Scale<ol><li>Is Your Startup a Venture-Scale Business?</li><li>Are You Trying to Create a New Category? If so, how?</li><li>Are You Focusing on the Problem or the Solution?</li></ol></li><li>Scope Your Startup for the Right Time and Market<ol><li>Do You Have The Team, Dream, and Steam?</li><li>Are You Ahead of the Market?</li><li>Will Your Startup Have an Economic Impact?</li></ol></li><li>Create and Focus on Value First<ol><li>How Should You View Creating Value vs. Capturing Value?</li><li>Can You Use Value as a North Star to Guide Product Development?</li></ol></li></ol><h4><em>1. How to Know Your Startup Will Succeed</em></h4><p>Plenty of ambitious founders would love to start a groundswell movement along the lines of DevSecOps or the Jamstack. But before you can activate a growing community around your world-changing product, you need to know you’re going in the right direction.</p><h5><em>a. Is Your Startup a Venture-Scale Business?</em></h5><p>Heavybit founding partner and Heroku cofounder James Lindenbaum observes, “People often have identified a problem that&#x27;s a ‘real problem,’ and have identified a good solution they are confident about. But just because you&#x27;ve identified a problem and have a great solution doesn&#x27;t necessarily mean it can be a real<em> </em>business.”</p><p>“There are lots of market-related reasons why something can be valuable to individual developers but not actually be a good business. And then, even if it <em>can be </em>a business, there&#x27;s the second question: Is it a <em>venture-scale </em>business? Because there&#x27;s also an assumption that if your idea should be a business, the next thing you should do is raise money as a startup. What does it look like when we&#x27;re at venture scale? Can we imagine the product providing that level of value to that number of people? And how are you going to get it to that many people? Those are all important questions. People often oversimplify in their heads: ‘Do the thing, dot-dot-dot, profit.’ But they haven&#x27;t actually sat down and even thought in a cursory, back-of-the-envelope way about the numbers required and their implications.”</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/48882d079f19bf4dfe6c19812fbb01285219a24b-793x354.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><span class="unknown__pt__mark__center"><em>Startup founders visit the Heavybit Clubhouse in 2013. (Image courtesy <a href="https://www.wired.com/2013/06/heavybit-industries/">Wired</a>)</em></span></p><h5><em>b. Are You Trying to Create a New Category? If so, how?</em></h5><p>Some ambitious startup founders set their sights on creating an entirely new category of software–an approach that can yield enormous returns if successful. However, Netlify cofounder <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/mathias-biilmann-christensen-a5a3805/">Mathias Biilmann Christensen</a> explains that while it can be tempting to put your startup at the center of the universe, no other companies in your space will want to be a part of that market map. “You have to figure out who else is gonna be a really important player in your category. And how you get them on board. Go talk to them, figure out–how do we align around this emerging picture. Sometimes, these companies might even be somewhat competitive, but if there&#x27;s a need for your category, then even your competitors will need to attach to it in some way. But if you&#x27;re the only one that benefits, and you&#x27;re the only one talking about it, it&#x27;s not going to <em>become</em> a category.”</p><blockquote>You have to figure out who else is gonna be a really important player in your category. And how you get them on board. If there&#x27;s a need for your category, then even your competitors will need to attach to it in some way. But if you&#x27;re the only one that benefits, and you&#x27;re the only one talking about it, it&#x27;s not going to become a category.” -Mathias Biilmann Christensen, Cofounder/Netlify</blockquote><h5><em>c. Are You Focusing on the Problem or the Solution?</em></h5><p>CircleCI CEO <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/jimdotrose/">Jim Rose</a> adds, “I think the most important advice would be: ‘Be wedded to the problem, don&#x27;t be wedded to the solution.’ The solution is going to change. It will evolve as the market changes, technology changes, and people&#x27;s learnings change. However, the problems tend to be pretty universal.”</p><p>The CEO suggests that one key to lasting success for startups is not letting a short-sighted focus on <em>how </em>you solve your customers’ pain get in the way of actually <em>solving</em> your customers’ pain. “The topics have changed a bunch. And how the tooling, the approach, and ultimately what&#x27;s necessary to get to that validation have all evolved, but it&#x27;s still the same core problem. So if you can identify the right problem, then you can identify the right way to pinpoint while being flexible about how you solve it. This flexibility just buys you so much more latitude to find success.”</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/3fea70fb9353c5c67bbbeac495cdbbdb50cf2705-1600x786.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><span class="unknown__pt__mark__center"><em>Solve your customers’ problems today, instead of getting caught up in the solution you built yesterday, suggests CircleCI’s Jim Rose. (Image courtesy <a href="https://www.businesswire.com/news/home/20190723005269/en/CircleCI-Secures-56-Million-in-Series-D-to-Further-Power-the-World%E2%80%99s-Best-Software-Teams">CircleCI</a>)</em></span></p><h4><em>2. Timing and Scoping the Market</em></h4><p>Other factors to consider when designing your startup include how big a market your product might have today, and how it can grow tomorrow. Is this the right time to launch? Do you have all the things you need to grow?</p><h5><em>a. Do You Have The Team, Dream, and Steam?</em></h5><p>LaunchDarkly’s Edith Harbaugh offers a simple checklist to help founders understand the early milestones. “I always talk about the trifecta when you&#x27;re an early-stage startup, of ‘team, dream, and steam.’ So, who&#x27;s the team? Who are the early founders? Who is on the early team? The dream is your market. What do you put out there in the world? And then, ‘steam’ is traction.”</p><p>“So, this is your three-legged stool. If you&#x27;re extremely lucky, you&#x27;ll have success out of the gate with customer adoption and be able to get traction quickly. But if you&#x27;re selling to enterprises, which more and more developer-first companies are, you&#x27;re not going to be an overnight success.” Harbaugh is pensive about her own startup’s journey and cautions founders to be aware of market conditions for customers and funding. “I remember when I had to tell the team that we couldn&#x27;t raise our Series A round. We just didn&#x27;t have the traction at the time. We went out and got more customers so we could do it. But it certainly was not an overnight success. Not the ‘hockey stick’ that people would use to measure them. However, being customer-focused gave us an enduring base to build to 5,000+ paying customers.”</p><h5><em>b. Are You Ahead of the Market?</em></h5><p>It’s OK to be ambitious enough to be ahead of the markets, suggests Fastly cofounder <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/simonwistow/">Simon Wistow</a>, who observes: “We&#x27;re getting to do the stuff now that we wanted to do 10 years ago, but we&#x27;ve had to wait for the market to catch up. For Fastly, it was one of those ideas you have–when you go around and talk to incredibly knowledgeable people-if everybody thinks it&#x27;s a good idea, then you do it, and it just makes sense.” Sometimes, Wistow suggests, your intuition can guide you in the right direction. “You kind of feel that there&#x27;s this inevitability and you just wait for the rest of the world to catch up.”</p><blockquote>Software is everywhere. And it&#x27;s integrated into everything, and it&#x27;s easier than ever to find a small change that has enormous economic impact. And that means there&#x27;s great opportunity for building businesses and having a positive impact on the world through writing computer programs.” -David Crawshaw, Cofounder/Tailscale</blockquote><h5><em>c. Will Your Startup Have an Economic Impact?</em></h5><p>Tailscale co-founder <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/david-crawshaw-92253714/">David Crawshaw</a> suggests that properly scoping your project for the right market conditions can make all the difference. “I think software is everywhere. And it&#x27;s integrated into everything, and it&#x27;s easier than ever to find a small change that has enormous economic impact. And that means there&#x27;s great opportunity for building businesses and having a positive impact on the world through writing computer programs.”</p><h4><em>3. Creating More Value Than You Capture</em></h4><p>Fundamentally, succeeding in developer-first startups comes down to creating value for customers. For a variety of reasons, it’s important to start with what value your startup can provide to developers–then worry later about how much of it you can capture.</p><h5><em>a. How Should You View Creating Value vs. Capturing Value?</em></h5><p>Crawshaw opines: “You have to think about how you&#x27;re <em>actually solving someone&#x27;s problems</em> and give them something worth getting excited about by building something of <em>real value</em> to people. That comes back to the challenge of ‘building a business’ versus ‘building value.’ There&#x27;s an old saying, ‘<em>Create more value than you capture</em>.’ Creating value that you don&#x27;t get to capture is not <em>waste</em>.”</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/22fad71e529e6f9daa1b4430ea48da3a9b63a7f1-824x490.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><span class="unknown__pt__mark__center"><em>Your goal as a founder must be creating more value than you capture, suggests Tailscale’s David Crawshaw. (Image courtesy <a href="https://tailscale.com/company">Tailscale</a>)</em></span></p><p>Crawshaw clarifies the distinction between <em>creating value</em>–building valuable solutions people need–and <em>capturing value</em>–generating enough revenue from what you’ve built to grow a business. “If you want to take that purely altruistic perspective and say you aren&#x27;t interested in capturing value, then the reason you’d build a business that captures value is because that business can then go out and build <em>more value</em>. The challenge of building software today is that there are very few pieces of software that one engineer can go out and build. You need a team who can go out and build some big, complex thing. And if you want a team of engineers working on something, well, they need to get paid because they have to live. And that means you need revenue to pay them. And so, there&#x27;s no fundamental problem with capturing value–because then you can put it to work to make more value. The challenge is: If you focus on <em>capturing value</em>, you might miss the value <em>you can create in the process</em>. They&#x27;re two different things and they don&#x27;t always line up.”</p><blockquote>The code is just a means to an end to generate something of value. Once you focus on value, then all of a sudden, it&#x27;s one of those amazingly clarifying moments where you can just start to get rid of things. And you can start to shave things back and really focus on what’s important.” -Jim Rose, CEO/CircleCI</blockquote><h5><em>b. Can You Use Value as a North Star to Guide Product Development?</em></h5><p>Starting from value can provide tremendous clarity in product development and other strategic concerns. CircleCI’s Jim Rose points out that the lifecycle of a product (and the startup that creates the product) doesn’t abruptly begin or end once coding starts or stops. “Once you realize it&#x27;s not ‘done’ once you’ve written it, the code is just a means to an end to generate something of value. Once you focus on value, then all of a sudden, it&#x27;s one of those amazingly clarifying moments where you can just start to get rid of things. You can say, ‘Oh, that&#x27;s cool. But no.’ And you can start to shave things back and really focus on what’s important.”</p><h4><em>More Resources on Early-Stage Startup Strategy:</em></h4><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/product-strategy-for-start-ups">Video - Product Strategy for Start-ups with Des Traynor</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/developer-product-design">Video - Developer Product Design with Cole Krumbholz</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/go-to-market-and-category-design-fundamentals">Video - Go-To-Market And Category Design Fundamentals with Jennifer Johnson</a></li></ul><p><em>The second part of our series on how to found a developer-first startup covers <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-launch-devtool-startup-community-leadership">communities and leadership skills - Read now</a>.</em></p><p><em>The third part of our series focuses on <a href="">how to manage your mindset and your day-to-day routine - Read now</a>.</em></p><p><em>Get more learnings from a decade of software development from successful founders and community leaders in our <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/reports/technical-and-cultural-learnings-from-10-years-of-computing"><span style="text-decoration:underline">10-year retrospective</span></a>.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-launch-devtool-startup-first-principles">How to Launch a Dev-First Startup: First Principles</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #10, Ethical Benchmarks for AI with Dr. Marie Oldfield </title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-ethical-benchmarks-for-ai-with-dr-marie-oldfield</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Apr 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8796e0b7-8674-4eae-96e7-61cd0a44bb82</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 10 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers and Dr. Marie Oldfield explore ethical benchmarks in AI. This conversation sheds light on professional accreditation for AI practitioners and offers unique insights on mitigating societal risks while building better AI models. Additionally, Marie shares lessons learned from her expansive career journey across Government, Defense, Legal, and Tech.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 10 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers and Dr. Marie Oldfield explore ethical benchmarks in AI. This conversation sheds light on professional accreditation for AI practitioners and offers unique insights on mitigating societal risks while building better AI models. Additionally, Marie shares lessons learned from her expansive career journey across Government, Defense, Legal, and Tech.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-ethical-benchmarks-for-ai-with-dr-marie-oldfield">Ep. #10, Ethical Benchmarks for AI with Dr. Marie Oldfield </a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #146, Help Desks for Modern Teams with Brian Levine of Yetto</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-146-help-desks-for-modern-teams-with-brian-levine-of-yetto</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Apr 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8e602a24-e315-408e-95b7-e71b21d6933e</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 146 of Jamstack Radio, Brian Douglas speaks with Brian Levine of Yetto about customer support. Together they explore the pain points that lead small companies to adopt help desks or support tech stacks, as well as solutions for bolstering customer success like tools and hiring practices.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 146 of Jamstack Radio, Brian Douglas speaks with Brian Levine of Yetto about customer support. Together they explore the pain points that lead small companies to adopt help desks or support tech stacks, as well as solutions for bolstering customer success like tools and hiring practices.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-146-help-desks-for-modern-teams-with-brian-levine-of-yetto">Ep. #146, Help Desks for Modern Teams with Brian Levine of Yetto</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #41, vCluster with Lukas Gentele of Loft Labs</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-41-vcluster-with-lukas-gentele-of-loft-labs</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Apr 2024 07:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2f9f3cac-e06a-4220-8b2c-53186701375b</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 41 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie speak with Lukas Gentele of Loft Labs about vCluster. Together they dive deep on how vCluster works and some of the new use cases that the project enables when running on larger, more mature enterprises. This technical discussion explores the problems Lucas and his team set out to solve when they created vCluster.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 41 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie speak with Lukas Gentele of Loft Labs about vCluster. Together they dive deep on how vCluster works and some of the new use cases that the project enables when running on larger, more mature enterprises. This technical discussion explores the problems Lucas and his team set out to solve when they created vCluster.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-41-vcluster-with-lukas-gentele-of-loft-labs">Ep. #41, vCluster with Lukas Gentele of Loft Labs</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #69, Collecting Cybercrime Data with Charles Herring of WitFoo</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-69-collecting-cybercrime-data-with-charles-herring-of-witfoo</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Apr 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20ca4016-3947-4314-a49d-fada0c3071f2</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 69 of o11ycast, Jess and Martin speak with Charles Herring of WitFoo. Together they dive deep into the world of cybercrime investigations. Discover the intricate processes of data collection and analysis in the realm of cybersecurity, all while balancing the imperative of cost-effectiveness and citizen privacy.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 69 of o11ycast, Jess and Martin speak with Charles Herring of WitFoo. Together they dive deep into the world of cybercrime investigations. Discover the intricate processes of data collection and analysis in the realm of cybersecurity, all while balancing the imperative of cost-effectiveness and citizen privacy.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-69-collecting-cybercrime-data-with-charles-herring-of-witfoo">Ep. #69, Collecting Cybercrime Data with Charles Herring of WitFoo</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #9, How We Will Work Together with Michelle Yi</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-how-we-will-work-together-with-michelle-yi</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Apr 2024 07:11:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">affb36e5-c1c2-4641-a0cc-4f970e53712d</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 9 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers speaks with technology expert Michelle Yi. This conversation examines how generative AI will change the future of work. Together they explore topics like the philosophy of work and productivity, the advent of multi-agent systems, and what to consider when investing in AI.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 9 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers speaks with technology expert Michelle Yi. This conversation examines how generative AI will change the future of work. Together they explore topics like the philosophy of work and productivity, the advent of multi-agent systems, and what to consider when investing in AI.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-how-we-will-work-together-with-michelle-yi">Ep. #9, How We Will Work Together with Michelle Yi</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #145, The Future of Collaborative Docs with Cara Marin of Stashpad</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-145-the-future-of-collaborative-docs-with-cara-marin-of-stashpad</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Apr 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3145c93d-3584-40a2-aa9a-4872822a2053</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 145 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Cara Marin of Stashpad about collaborative documents. Together they explore the shortcomings of popular collaborative tools on the market today and how they can be improved. Additionally, Cara unpacks local-first technology and how it enables elevated real-time collaboration experiences.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 145 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Cara Marin of Stashpad about collaborative documents. Together they explore the shortcomings of popular collaborative tools on the market today and how they can be improved. Additionally, Cara unpacks local-first technology and how it enables elevated real-time collaboration experiences.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-145-the-future-of-collaborative-docs-with-cara-marin-of-stashpad">Ep. #145, The Future of Collaborative Docs with Cara Marin of Stashpad</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>MLOps vs. Eng: Misaligned Incentives and Failure to Launch?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/machine-learning-engineering-ai-incentives</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Apr 2024 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[AI]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Generative AI]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Change Management]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Engineering Management]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Machine Learning]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[DevOps]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[MLOps]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Key Performance Indicator / KPI]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">efc727d0-1f15-4252-8a26-aa743d7761f2</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>The biggest blocker to getting AI models into prod no one talks about: Misalignment between MLOps/data science teams and devs. Experts on both sides explain.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>Failure to Launch: The Challenges of Getting ML Models into Prod</h2><p><em>Machine learning</em> is a subset of AI–the practice of using complex algorithms to model human learning and cognition. The ML we typically speak of today focuses on using models trained via <em>supervised learning </em>(on specific, known-quantity data sets for input and output) and <em>unsupervised learning </em>(finding hidden patterns or insights in other data sets). After 20-30 years, you might expect everyone to have figured out how to get ML projects into production. Unfortunately, that isn’t the case. This article will cover:</p><ul><li>The ongoing “failure to launch” problem with ML models in production</li><li>Misaligned incentives, skill sets, and cultural expectations between data science, engineering, and management teams</li><li>Perspectives from veterans from both the ML and software development disciplines</li><li>Specific recommendations for teams to build alignment around ML projects to not only get them into production, but drive results.</li></ul><p><em>Hear more diverse perspectives on getting AI into production at the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/ai-summit-ii">DevGuild AI Summit II</a> event.</em></p><h2>Why Do So Few ML Projects Make it to Production?</h2><p>Studies suggest that as few as <a href="https://venturebeat.com/ai/why-do-87-of-data-science-projects-never-make-it-into-production/">10%</a> to <a href="https://www.kdnuggets.com/survey-machine-learning-projects-still-routinely-fail-to-deploy">20%</a> of all machine learning projects ever make it to production. More disturbingly, additional research suggests that <a href="https://www.nature.com/articles/s41598-022-15245-z">91%</a> of models degrade in performance over time–so the few models that do go live aren’t “set it and forget it” projects. Ongoing performance issues for ML in production means ML operations teams need to regularly perform triage.</p><p>There’s a potential challenge happening at the organizational level–that data science teams and engineering teams may simply be too far out of sync with regards to their skill sets, incentives, day-to-day priorities, and culture. Data scientists, in the interest of training models to be as robust as possible, anticipate occasional failures as learning opportunities to better tune future performance. Engineering teams build for consistent performance, and may be gun-shy about investing many cycles into ML systems that fundamentally aren’t deterministic, and may fail for completely unanticipated reasons, sometimes catastrophically. Meanwhile, management teams that have already invested heavily in expensive AI projects are increasingly feeling pressure to deliver ROI.</p><p>If you find the state of affairs surprising, it’s not just you. We at Heavybit fully expected machine learning to be the next great driver of change in operations. But MLOps seems to have fallen short of expectations. Why? And what can we–as stakeholders, investors or founders–do to help data science and engineering teams actually get AI projects into production and reach their full potential? Below is a set of expert interviews on how to bridge the gap between data science and engineering–and how to attack MLOps’ failure-to-launch problem.</p><h2>Approaching MLOps as a Learning Journey with Alexandra Johnson</h2><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/fef8711f848ffeb620baa95557d8393a6796509d-200x200.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/alexandraj777/">Alexandra Johnson</a> is founder and CEO of Rubber Ducky Labs, building operational analytics for recommender systems. She has held product leadership and engineering positions at startups for more than a decade, including four years at early MLOps startup SigOpt (acquired by Intel).</p><ul><li><strong>Resolving Misalignments:</strong> Data science and engineering teams need better infrastructure, better processes, and better mutual understanding of each other’s daily priorities–and they need to avoid the pitfalls of being shortsighted.</li><li><strong>Starting from Business Goals and Value:</strong> Rather than focusing entirely on arcane data science or engineering KPIs, organizations may be better served by also including business value and successful implementation of business-focused use cases to benchmark the effectiveness of their ML program.</li><li><strong>Managing Executive Expectations:</strong> Teams can collaborate better with C-suite executives by using universally recognized business metrics such as specific timelines and budgeting to frame the need for ongoing learning, adaptation, and even setting expectations for model decay (and the occasional failure).</li></ul><h2>Discussion: How MLOps, Dev, and Execs Map Models to Value</h2><p>In addition to offering the above suggestions, Johnson reflects on how, with recent developments in the still-growing MLOps space, working with machine learning models may be going through its own <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/generative-ai-incident-response-devops">DevOps-like</a> growing pains–a situation where not every party is keyed into the best possible technology or why the tech would be worth the investment. “When we talk about the fundamental misalignment between what MLOps is trying to do versus what the business is trying to do–you can compare that to investments in infrastructure. Which by now, is basically second nature. Obviously, if there were a company right now building a static-hosted website, and it wanted to run it on its own servers, that’d be a very different conversation than it would’ve been 20 years ago. Today you would say, ‘Why aren&#x27;t you using a cloud hosting service?’ We’ve already built up the muscle for making those investments in DevOps and infrastructure when it comes to general software engineering. But we’re just starting to learn how to build that muscle on the machine learning side.”</p><p>On the topic of reconciling different expectations with management teams, Johnson identifies a fundamental rift between business, dev, and ML teams, who, in many of today’s organizations, may not be speaking the same language. In a worst-case scenario, teams stop trusting each other and develop a shortsighted focus on immediately measurable results–when they should potentially be seeking a neutral third party that understands each side’s objectives. “I was just talking to someone who works for a very large company, at which their business stakeholders had basically lost trust in their technical team.”</p><p>“When that trust is gone, executives tend to start making <em>very pointed </em>requests to the technical team. They start asking for <em>very short-term</em> value. And then the technical team is in a panic trying to deliver exactly what they were asked for. And there isn&#x27;t anyone in the organization who can unpack the situation and point out the consequences of optimizing for short-term value. Ideally, you’d be able to bring in people to the organization who can understand both sides and who can explain to executives that while machine learning is very powerful, if you optimize for short-term value too much, you can get into trouble–and here are the ways that can happen. Avoid deep algorithmic discussion and put it in plain-and-simple business terms.”</p><h3>ML Experts With No Business Background vs. Business Leads With No ML Background</h3><p>Johnson suggests that the relative newness of AI/ML to business has led to a familiar disparity in standing and influence in the organization: Relatively junior technical people trying to explain arcane technical complexities to tenured business executives that don’t share domain expertise. “I think the industry is so new that you have people at the business layer who don&#x27;t necessarily have an intuitive or deep enough understanding about how ML projects are executed to understand exactly what they&#x27;re asking for. And you&#x27;ve got quite a few people in ML who haven&#x27;t been in the industry as long, or have the seniority or comparable experience to their counterparts in the business layer. I think we need to see more investment in bringing up some of the technical folks to the executive level; and it wouldn’t hurt to also take the ‘business people’ and give them an ML bootcamp. Not even about how the algorithms work, but about how ML projects are executed.”</p><p>Johnson also suggests that one aspect of the chasm between business goals and data science might be the ‘science’ part. “I was having a conversation with someone on this topic who kept interjecting the phrase, ‘as a scientist.’ This person would say, ‘Well, as a scientist, I see <em>this</em>.’ But science is not a discipline in which we always expect concrete results. Experimentation is not a discipline in which we always expect to succeed. So you have some periods of things like data collection, development, experimentation, and some periods of failure. And that can be really scary for a business to bring in something that seems ‘risky’ in this way, even in recommender systems. You&#x27;re taking this area–where you used to have full control over the products that you&#x27;re showing your users–and turning it over to a system that you don&#x27;t understand. That system could potentially give you much better results, but it could also potentially give you much worse results.”</p><h3>Contextualizing ML Projects in Terms of Business Timeframes and Metrics</h3><p>“So, I think that one thing that ties the experimentation of ML back to business goals is timelines–which can be long. It’s important to understand, from a project management perspective, what&#x27;s going on with the timeline of the project, and whether it’s actually on track, because these projects do also get off track.” Johnson points out a particularly noticeable similarity to the world of software development. “As a software developer, it&#x27;s very hard to estimate how long it&#x27;s going to take to do something. In ML, it&#x27;s even harder. So from a project management perspective, folks need to get started by being able ask, ‘Hey, is this project even on track for what we originally wanted to learn?’”</p><p>“And once we can verify that, yes, it is on track, and yes, we are launching things to production, it’s important to understand how to ask the important questions: Are we seeing the performance that we want to see? Are we learning what we wanted to learn? What are the risks of poor performance of our model? And then, once you can assess some of those things, you can, from an executive perspective, make the decisions you need to make. For example, when working on a recommendation engine project, if someone can very clearly say, ‘We are behind on this project because we have a risk of showing poor recommendations to users and this could damage our brand,’ then executives can make a better decision. A much clearer insight than arcane metrics such as <a href="https://developers.google.com/machine-learning/crash-course/classification/roc-and-auc#:~:text=AUC%20stands%20for%20%22Area%20under,across%20all%20possible%20classification%20thresholds.">AUC</a> being 80% or <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Discounted_cumulative_gain">NDCG</a> being something else.”</p><h2>More Resources:</h2><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/business-analytics-are-we-there-yet">Video: Understanding Business Analytics with Sean Byrne</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/gridding-prioritizing-and-planning">Video: Startup Planning and Prioritization with Craig Kerstiens</a></li></ul><p></p><h2>Improve Communication (But Ship Something!) with Andrew Fong</h2><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/caa65a56384016bfc543f9405e115a0c67487601-200x200.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/andrewfong/">Andrew Fong</a> is CEO and cofounder of Prodvana, a platform that streamlines and accelerates software delivery. As a developer and engineering lead with 25 years of experience shipping products and leading software teams, he has served tours of duty at Vise, Dropbox, and YouTube. His takeaways include:</p><ul><li><strong>The Ideal State is Better Communication Driven By Mutual Interest:</strong> In a perfect world, devs, data scientists, and execs all make the effort to improve channels of communication because they’re genuinely curious about each others’ goals.</li><li><strong>The Search for Common Ground Starts From the Top Down:</strong> It’s incumbent on leadership to improve understanding between themselves, devs, and data scientists.</li><li><strong>The Challenge Is Balancing Non-Deterministic AI and Business Need for Predictable Outcomes:</strong> Ultimately, dev teams need to deliver a product or service people consistently want to buy–which means maximizing impact and minimizing risk.</li></ul><h2>Discussion: Balancing the Black Box vs. Shipped Products</h2><p>Beyond the above suggestions, Fong suggests that in order to resolve misaligned incentives, different groups are going to have to get past the “three different people telling three different stories” phase. “For example, historically, the DevOps side of the world will say ‘No one understands reliability.’ Well, that&#x27;s still going to be the problem if you&#x27;re now introducing something a little bit more non-deterministic, like an AI model, on top of that.”</p><p>Fong draws the analogy to the initial resistance to the DevOps movement–which was as arguably much of a cultural conflict as it was a technical one. “I don&#x27;t think this really has anything to do with ‘AI versus not AI.’ This is just about being able to communicate what outcomes you’re looking for, from all three parties. I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s all that different from what we saw (or still see) from <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/generative-ai-incident-response-devops">the site reliability community</a> with regard to software engineering versus executives. Maybe the tools need to be slightly different for the personas, but the actual organizational incentives, I think, are exactly the same.”</p><p>“I would <em>hope</em> that no matter how much AI research goes into your product, you end up with a predictable business outcome. Whatever AI model or thing you’re building still needs to generate <em>something</em> that somebody wants to buy on a continuous basis, so that had better be predictable on some level. We can absolutely talk about the efficacy of a model or how you test it, and all of those things. But to me, all of that goes back to saying, ‘OK, if we do this correctly, it&#x27;s still going to produce something <em>predictable</em>.’ Predictably what someone wants to <em>buy</em>. And I think in a conversation about incentives not being aligned, that might be the point that’s getting lost.”</p><h3>Is Change Management The Key Leadership Skill To Adopt AI Successfully?</h3><p>Fong suggests that change management might be the biggest challenge standing between misaligned leadership, engineers, and data scientists and that ideal future where everyone is finally on the same page. “Executives that can rise to the challenge of change management–and people within an organization that can handle change management and help teams work through it? They&#x27;re probably the ones that are ‘at a premium’ right now. I think the ability to build software is not that uncommon. I think the ability to fully understand the AI side may be more uncommon, but a researcher who can&#x27;t help manage change within an organization over the course of a year is probably way less valuable than one who can.”</p><p>“For my team, this stuff has admittedly been fascinating. I think it was shortly after the release of GPT-4 in Spring of 2023, and our startup was relatively young at the time. We had to think carefully about where we would place our attention and resources. We were gaining traction in the market and onboarding customers, but we also had some serious discussions about whether, and to what extent, we would consider working these new AI products into what we do. As a startup that focuses on deployments, we had to ask ourselves from a first principles perspective: Will people accept non-deterministic deployments? Probably not.”</p><h3>Implementing AI at the Pace of Your Product (and Buyers)</h3><p>“Some months later, my co-founder and I started spending some time looking more seriously at what was available in the world of generative AI and what might be possible. We were doing a lot of prototyping–really just to see what was doable at the chat prompt level. We realized that what was possible could be way bigger than what we thought, so we decided to spend some time thinking through what we could do with these types of systems.”</p><p>“And we found ourselves asking ourselves the same questions many other technical teams have probably asked themselves: Where does this fit in the product? What’s the right use case for it? We attempted to work on something really small initially–generating release labels correctly from commit messages. As we worked through it, we realized that we were going to have to do this–it became a must-do project. But we also knew we weren’t necessarily AI experts. So we decided to work at a pace that would make sense for our product space and for our buyer.”</p><p>Fong reflects on his own professional history and empathizes with developers’ concerns about risk. “I have spent 25+ years in infrastructure. And I think that I know infrastructure people fairly well, and they&#x27;re usually pretty risk-averse to things that are not deterministic. We knew we couldn’t just drop [generative AI] into the product and ‘go with it.’ We had to build an actual thoughtful strategy around what buyers might actually want from such a thing. We had to ask ourselves: Where will buyers accept [generative AI]? Where can it create leverage for them? We had to think beyond AI being cool tech and interrogate where we could create real value for our customers.”</p><h2>More Resources:</h2><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/empowering-your-team-for-growth">Article: Empowering Your Team for Growth by Kiersten Gaffney</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/executive-communication">Video: Executive Communication with Michael Dearing</a></li></ul><p></p><h2>Make the Metrics Make Sense with Stefan Krawczyk</h2><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/bc0491cb60071a6020b890479e9210730d727403-200x200.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/skrawczyk/">Stefan Krawczyk</a> is the CEO and founder of DAGWorks, an open-core platform that provides observability, lineage, and catalog for ML and LLM workflows from development to production. A machine learning &amp; data science veteran with 15+ years of industry experience, he has held engineering and research positions at Stitch Fix, Nextdoor, LinkedIn, and Stanford University. Stefan suggests:</p><ul><li><strong>Designing for Change:</strong> The LLMOps space, and AI in general, is evolving so quickly that it doesn’t make sense to build entire businesses around industry conditions that might not be around in six months.</li><li><strong>Putting AI into Production Means an Evolving SDLC:</strong> It will definitely behoove teams to take a systems thinking approach toward implementing AI–and understanding the downstream effects of any tweaks or changes you implement.</li><li><strong>Drawing Up Metrics That Acknowledge the Need for Experimentation:</strong> Businesses need metrics to understand what’s working and what isn’t, and will be best served by also taking into account the need for iterative experimentation.</li></ul><h2>Discussion: Put Change in the Roadmap (and Business Plan)</h2><p>Krawczyk expands on the above points by noting that the AI and ML spaces are evolving so quickly that teams should consider change as a constant part of their plans. “It’s exciting and terrifying. There&#x27;s a lot of momentum and speed when you look at how different the space is from just a few months ago–so if you&#x27;re going to get into the MLOps space, you need to design for change. But to manage change well, you <em>also</em> need the ability to reliably evaluate your outputs.”</p><p>“If you&#x27;re really serious about putting something into production, you should be able to ensure that you can actually change those pieces out when the need arises–and that you haven&#x27;t made too many assumptions about them, which may require the right tools, among other things. I’m admittedly a bit biased, as I’ve been working on the open-source project <a href="https://cdmsworkshop.github.io/2022/Proceedings/ShortPapers/Paper6_StefanKrawczyk.pdf">Hamilton</a>, which I think is a great way to model dataflows that are modular and easy to modify. For example, when what you’re working on <em>has </em>changed or <em>has</em> been simplified, like larger context windows, better LLMs, and so on...How quickly can you adopt<em> </em>it, and how quickly can you evaluate what changes with it so you can move with confidence?”</p><p>“Understanding what&#x27;s going on in the system and how things have changed post-launch is going to be pretty critical to your software development life cycle. In other words, let’s say you change a prompt and it seems to work. The space of inputs for an LLM tends to be much larger than a standard unit test, so you can never essentially have 100% evaluation coverage unless you build out a giant suite of tests to confirm that you’ll get your expected output from whichever type of input you’re using.”</p><h3>Getting a Valuable MVP Running and Iterating</h3><p>Reflecting on the question of whether the future will belong to large-scale foundation models, open models, or smaller, local models, Krawczyk suggests that teams will be better served by starting from their intended outcomes and understanding how upstream changes will affect their AI program going forward. “Some people have suggested that the future will belong to complementary tools that close the gaps in popular foundation models, but if the likes of OpenAI, Anthropic, or Google update their models and fix those issues, your business is gone. Another reason to design for change.”</p><p>“For machine learning programs, you’d usually start with heuristics and rules, and you’d build your way up. Now, these major foundation models, in contrast, seem very ‘general purpose.’ I think you will potentially see reasons to move away or try something else–reasons like hallucinations and controllability, but also cost curves and other business considerations.”</p><p>“For example, maybe you’ve built an MVP on ChatGPT. But maybe you realize that you can get away with using a much smaller model. Then that means the hardware to run it gets cheaper as the model requires less memory, and so on. But before investing in <em>that</em>, you first need to prove the business value. I think the life cycle will look something like this: Get something running, prove that it works, prove that it&#x27;s valuable, and then refine it with something like fine tuning. So I think if anything, there&#x27;s going to be more tooling around the <em>software development life cycle</em>. How do you develop? How do you then change something that&#x27;s running? You&#x27;ll have different APIs or foundational models for different parts or different calls.”</p><p>“From there, how do you evaluate <em>that</em>? How do you change it with confidence? Monitoring could be a potentially huge challenge, for instance. If you have a lot of these LLM API calls back to back, some small perturbation up the top might really impact things down the line. How do you easily debug, trace, and understand what went wrong? I think these are problems that have existed before, but just at a different kind of scale and rate of change. That’s why I’m also building another open source framework called <a href="https://github.com/dagworks-inc/burr">Burr</a>.”</p><h3>Closing the Gap Between Executive Expectations and Ops Realities</h3><p>Krawczyk points out the inherent conflict in trying to fit inherently non-deterministic systems into traditionally rigid units of measurement. “Admittedly, you’re dealing with something that’s part of a hype cycle. But you want to manage expectations so that execs don’t think you&#x27;ve over-promised and under-delivered, right? We want our project to be up and running, and stable. We’d naturally try to define some sort of metrics or boundary, something to prove some sort of baseline. But given my time in research work with ML and related disciplines, I think that some of this stuff just doesn&#x27;t always fall nicely into a sprint.”</p><p>“In the very short term, you might look at metrics like iteration speed–define some boundaries of what success is. If your immediate goal is making execs happy, you can start with things that are inherently measurable, and narrow the scope, such as down to a specific use case. But with regards to how incentives are aligned between data scientists, developers, and executives, it’s ultimately a tricky question, because you have to ask: Who&#x27;s developing and who&#x27;s productionizing? How do you actually <em>get things out</em>? Who is <em>ultimately</em> responsible?”</p><p>“If speed is critical, you’d want the same person or team doing both. How would that team be measured? There’s organizational stuff to think about–something that more people are going to encounter over time because back-end and front-end devs can now spin up these applications themselves. If eng teams promise the world, or are expected to deliver the world, and they can’t, they’ll need someone with an ML or data science background to set everything up. This is why it’s so important to be able to properly measure and evaluate, something that those with a ML and/or data science background should know how to do.”</p><h2>More Resources:</h2><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/practical-product/ep-14-roadmaps-and-product-direction">Podcast: Practical Product on Roadmaps and Product Direction</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/from-labs-to-launch-stories-from-github-copilot">Video: How Iteration and Feedback Launched GitHub Copilot with Alyss Noland</a></li></ul><p></p><h2>Will MLOps Go the Way of DevOps? with Adam Zimman</h2><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/df5104e19cfc91a75f16bf54006ddc7ff6bcb2ac-200x200.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/adamzimman/">Adam Zimman</a> is an angel investor and strategic advisor to early stage VC firms and software startups. He has served as a professional developer, an engineering executive, and a go-to-market executive at organizations such as Dell (EMC), VMWare, GitHub, and LaunchDarkly. Adam offers the following observations:</p><ul><li><strong>Risk-Taking and Experimentation Need to Become Part of Your Culture:</strong> Google’s SRE team adopted the concept of <a href="https://cloud.google.com/blog/products/management-tools/sre-error-budgets-and-maintenance-windows"><em>error budgets</em></a> to stress-test systems. Organizations that adopt non-deterministic models should do the same.</li><li><strong>Incentives Need to Align With Experimentation:</strong> The orgs that make important discoveries faster will be those that don’t penalize taking risks.</li><li><strong>Operational Excellence Will Come from Integrating MLOps into the Dev Life Cycle:</strong> Orgs will get past the bottlenecks of requests getting thrown over the fence by rethinking the development life cycle to include what MLOps teams need.</li><li><strong>The Lines Between Software Devs, Data Engineers, and Data Scientists Must Blur:</strong> Orgs will see the greatest efficiencies with common lines between data science and dev. And given how few ML PhDs there are, the data engineers of the future may increasingly come from traditional software dev backgrounds.</li></ul><h2>Discussion: Applying Software Dev Lessons to the Future</h2><p>To contextualize his observations, Zimman refers to some of his recent conversations with startups he advises–and how they rhyme with the rise of DevOps. “I&#x27;ve talked to a number of startups that are looking to establish this notion of MLOps pipelines and set up some standards around it. It seems like there aren’t too many who have quite nailed it, at this point. There&#x27;s still a huge bifurcation between the academic community, which has been very participatory in the building of ML models, and the engineering-plus-operations community, which has been looking to support them operationally. There&#x27;s still a sense that data scientists are still very much viewed as an <em>‘other,’</em> as opposed to just a regular member of the engineering team. Right now, one of the biggest challenges is a <em>cultural</em> one, not a tooling one.”</p><p>“It’s kind of like when developers didn&#x27;t consider themselves to be part of operations. This was part of the motivation behind <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/enterpriseready/ep-34-the-devops-transformation-with-gene-kim-of-it-revolution">the DevOps movement</a>. It was getting to that realization: ‘For the work that the two of you [Dev and Ops] are doing, neither one of you exists without the other.’ Data scientists still seem to sit outside of that, until the situation changes culturally–until some companies start looking at how to incorporate data scientists as, for instance, a different developer persona – similar to front end versus back end developers. From there, you have to figure out–how do you get them to use the same tools? How do you get them to use the same processes that are going to drive that unification, not just functionally, but culturally? You need to get them to realize: ‘Oh yeah. I guess we <em>are</em> all working together.’”</p><h3>Why Experimentation Is Important Enough to Bake Into Business Incentives</h3><p>Zimman reflects on how the current risk-averse environment is eerily similar to the software startup scene 10 years ago. “This whole conversation reminds me of the early days at a startup where I worked. Basically, the idea of ML models being this ‘adjustable algorithm you still need to refine’ requires a culture and mindset that encourages experimentation, like the Google SRE error budgets. Really thinking about how you can actually <em>encourage </em>people to break things because you know that will ultimately make you better, faster, and more stable.”</p><p>“For the vast majority of organizations, that is <em>still</em> a huge cultural change. In those earlier days, we had people agree that experimentation sounded like a great idea in theory, analysts claimed it was valuable, and there was data to back it up. But in reality, <em>very </em>few organizations have been able to adopt a risk-taking culture with any kind of success. And it was because the incentives for advancement, for compensation–for avoiding getting calls in the middle of night–were all completely misaligned with this idea of failing on purpose for the sake of learning.”</p><h3>Why ML in Production May Be Having Its “DevOps” Moment</h3><p>While the “before” picture for how MLOps, engineers, and executives get on the same page remains uncertain, Zimman is confident the “after” picture will look a lot like modern DevOps, both culturally and organizationally. “I’ve heard both <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/jamesgovernor/">James Governor</a> and <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/charity-majors/">Charity Majors</a> use the term <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Operational_excellence"><em>operational excellence</em></a>, which leads me to think of things in terms of <em>maturity models</em>. Teams are going to get to a point where operations are part of your development backlog and lifecycle. You’ll need to start thinking about how your operations team can actually make requests back to engineering or changes to systems and services and applications that will help them unblock bottlenecks and just make themselves more efficient.”</p><p>“Frankly, that’s something of an anomaly, even among Fortune 2000 companies–I’d argue that less than 10% of them have reached that point of maturity from an operations perspective.” But Zimman cautions against siloing across different teams, which can jeopardize alignment and slow things down. “My big concern is that the picture starts looking like DevSecOps–where all of a sudden, you have this notion of a ‘third team.’ To me, there really shouldn’t be.”</p><p>“If you want to think about the context of DevOps, then at its core you’re doing one of two things: You’re building a thing, or you&#x27;re running a thing. If you&#x27;re on the build side, you&#x27;re on the build side and <em>that&#x27;s it</em>. You are part of being able to write code, deploy new code, and continue to iterate and develop. If you&#x27;re on the run side, then you&#x27;re on the run side. Your responsibilities are <em>only</em> to keep things up and keep things running and look for opportunities to be able to do improvement. But the reality is that you should be working closely with those two organizations to make sure that you&#x27;re iterating quickly and intelligently to tackle the things that matter most, first.”</p><h3>How Operationalizing Could Lead to Common Ground</h3><p>Zimman suggests that while data, engineering, and operations will converge, differences will necessarily remain. “Personally, I don&#x27;t believe that large-scale DevOps teams are actually ‘a thing.’ I think at scale, DevOps is just a change that only affects process, or technology, or alignment, or culture. It&#x27;s not a single team structure. While it can roll up to a chief development officer or CIO, the reality is that you still have individuals whose roles are either developer or operator. When orgs try to claim that its developers are operators, that just doesn&#x27;t work at scale in my experience.”</p><p>“So, operations teams are still going to be operations teams. And I think that they&#x27;re going to need the ability to own and control model deployment and delivery. Similarly, I think that on the developer side, the role of data engineer may end up going to developers. And so, they&#x27;re going to need to make sure they&#x27;re working within the kind of guidelines you’d expect within the development community. Now some of those guidelines may need to shift and expand so that they incorporate different tools or augmented processes that are needed by a data scientist. But ultimately, I think the healthy teams are going to find ways to be able to look at consolidating that and collapsing that down so that there&#x27;s less of a distinction.”</p><p>“I&#x27;ve been in organizations where initially there&#x27;s a need from the marketing team to be able to have developers be able to build the website. And ultimately, the most successful ones I&#x27;ve seen that have been the ones where that’s inevitably a function that gets moved out of marketing and back into R&amp;D, because there&#x27;s a closer alignment to being able to encourage developers with a career track by putting them in an org with other developers. This isn’t strictly an org structure thing–you can still have reporting back into marketing, maybe with a dotted line back to engineering, but there&#x27;s got to be a greater relationship and connection between those types of functions.”</p><p>“It&#x27;s going to happen with data science. What I think will really change is that as having models in production and the need for data science expertise becomes more mainstream, more developers will need to take on the role of data engineer because there just aren&#x27;t enough data scientists to do it. You&#x27;re just going to see fewer folks coming from academia as there are only so many PhDs. And while some PhDs may continue to be enamored with ‘the perfect,’ an increasing population of software-devs-turned-data-engineers will recognize that perfect is the enemy of good, and that ultimately, we have to ship something. There needs to be an approach of a <a href="https://progressivedelivery.com/">Progressive Delivery model</a> that prioritizes shipping, testing in production, operational excellence, and consistent incremental improvement.”</p><h2>More Resources:</h2><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/generative-ai-incident-response-devops">Article: IR and DevOps in the Age of Generative AI</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-companies-that-devs-and-devops-teams-love-and-avoiding-expensive-mistakes">Video: Building Companies that DevOps Teams Love with Jesse Robbins</a></li><li><a href="https://heavybit.com/library/article/machine-learning-model-monitoring">Article: Machine Learning Model Monitoring: What to Do In Production</a></li></ul><h2>Conclusion</h2><p>Over time, as more teams come to understand the complexities of machine learning models in production, more organizations will hopefully be able to set sensible goals that allow for experimentation (and the occasional unexpected model hiccup), especially if software developers, data scientists, and executives can close the gap of specialized knowledge through more education, tooling, and culture that encourages transparent knowledge sharing and learning by improvement. </p><p><em>For more discussion on the challenges of getting AI into production, join the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/ai-summit-ii">DevGuild AI Summit II</a> event.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/machine-learning-engineering-ai-incentives">MLOps vs. Eng: Misaligned Incentives and Failure to Launch?</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Technical &amp; Cultural Learnings from 10 Years of Computing</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/reports/technical-and-cultural-learnings-from-10-years-of-computing</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Apr 2024 15:44:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20b84608-53d5-47e0-92e1-ff8b1295ce24</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>The software development community unpacks a decade of technology, process, and cultural learnings.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h1>What the Software Community Has Learned from 10 Years in Tech</h1><p><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roy_Amara">Amara’s Law</a> states, “We tend to overestimate the effect of a technology in the short run and underestimate the effect in the long run.” Things may not change much on any given day, but computing has evolved greatly in the last 10 years. And so has the role of developers within the organization. According to Heroku Co-founder and Heavybit Founding Partner <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/jameslindenbaum/">James Lindenbaum</a>:</p><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "quoteCard", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><p>It’s also arguably easier than ever to become a software developer, but it’s more complicated than ever to develop software products. As Tailscale Co-founder <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/david-crawshaw-92253714/">David Crawshaw</a> puts it:</p><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "quoteCard", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><p>To prepare ourselves for the future, we’re looking back at a decade of learnings from development–where we overestimated the effects of technology and where we underestimated them.</p><p>The last decade has seen:</p><ul><li>The maturation of cloud software post-digital transformation</li><li>The emergence of the digital-native enterprise</li><li>The decoupling of full-stack into front end and back end as separate disciplines</li><li>The proliferation of DevOps and DevSecOps</li></ul><p>We’ve also seen significant cultural shifts as a result of cloud abstraction, the growing importance of (and shift in power toward) developers as enterprise buyers, and even in how we think about developer culture and diversity. As Kubernetes Co-founder <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/jbeda/details/experience/">Joe Beda</a> suggests,</p><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "quoteCard", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><p>We’ve compiled the histories and musings of members across the development community, including founders and leaders at <em>Snyk</em>, <em>DataDog</em>, <em>Netlify</em>, <em>LaunchDarkly</em>, <em>Fastly</em>, and <em>CircleCI</em>, to understand their most important learnings across 10 years of computing. Here are their stories.</p><h2>Ch. 1: Technology Changes Become the New Normal</h2><p>Building software has paradoxically become more complex while becoming easier to start. Processes are more divorced from hardware so devs can focus on higher-order challenges, and APIs have enhanced interoperability everywhere. But it hasn’t been easy.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/e84e53863796d4f69fb7beac98e49cf4a9c509f9-1600x1200.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h3>Abstraction: Cloud and Virtualization</h3><p>In the last decade, even computer workstations have changed. Desktop sales hit <a href="https://www.theguardian.com/technology/2014/feb/11/personal-computer-decline-pc-obsolete">record lows</a> as professionals traded bulky towers with on-premise software for laptops with saved logins. Salespeople used Salesforce and Microsoft Dynamics; devs used GitHub and Jira.</p><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "quoteCard", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><p>Enterprises used the buzzword <em>“digital transformation”</em> for cloud migrations. But the pandemic made migration an imperative. Remote work setups, estimated to take <a href="https://www.mckinsey.com/capabilities/strategy-and-corporate-finance/our-insights/how-covid-19-has-pushed-companies-over-the-technology-tipping-point-and-transformed-business-forever">450 days</a> to prepare, took <em>10</em>. What happened? The Cloud brought <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abstraction_(computer_science)"><em>technical abstraction</em></a>–streamlining low-level details into higher-level systems. CircleCI CEO <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/jimdotrose/">Jim Rose</a> suggests, “It used to be <em>what</em> you were coding, and <em>how </em>you coded, was restricted <em>by</em>, and embedded <em>in</em> the hardware. For the last 10 years, those two things have gotten further and further decoupled.”</p><p>We saw the next step in <em>virtualization</em>–allocating system resources to load-balance and help teams work asynchronously across increasingly distributed infrastructure. Dev teams moved from the VMs of the 1990s to 2013’s Docker Engine and 2014’s Kubernetes, which made <em>containerization</em> the norm.</p><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "quoteCard", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><p>Heptio Founder and Kubernetes Co-founder Joe Beda offers: “Thinking about cloud infrastructure, you have things like virtual <em>machines</em>, <em>discs</em>, <em>networks</em>–software concepts modeled on <em>physical</em> things. To truly get the most out of Cloud, you need to move beyond thinking about virtual machines and start thinking about processes and serverless functions. We move from VMs to containers or functions or disks to buckets or databases. For Cloud, we’ve moved to higher abstractions across all the different parts of compute.”</p><h4>Data Management and Better Living Through APIs</h4><p>“The biggest change? The rise of cloud databases, in particular Snowflake, and its effect on data architectures,” according to Vimeo Interim CEO, CloudConnect Founder, and former Heroku CEO <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/adamcgross/details/experience/">Adam Gross</a>. Making databases both scalable and affordable mitigated the latency challenges of <em><a href="https://dev.to/iamgjert/copy-by-value-vs-reference-1bd3">access by reference</a>.”</em></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/a7b8ed503bc82b70444de4e56c9991f1b054cb49-1200x800.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>“The Cloud revolutionized data management and architecture. The ability to distribute data across Cloud instances gave teams unprecedented scalability in a pay-as-you-go format. If databases become ‘free,’ instead of doing microsurgery to connect systems line by line, you can take everything–all your Salesforce details and other data–and have the ‘act of copying,’ along with the actual storage of everything, within a database. And it’s now cheap enough and predictable enough that I can do that with a good experience.”</p><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "quoteCard", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><p>The Cloud expanded the “<a href="https://www.gartner.com/smarterwithgartner/welcome-to-the-api-economy"><em>API Economy</em></a>”–which lets users share cross-app data via integrations. Netlify founder <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/mathias-biilmann-christensen-a5a3805/">Mathias Biilmann Christensen</a> notes that APIs have basically turned into business functionalities. “Suddenly, we don&#x27;t have to build the APIs ourselves because they&#x27;re not that different from one business to the other. You get all the headless CMS widgets, platforms like Stripe for payments, Algolia for search...all the modern, headless, e-commerce, and inventory platforms. I think that was one of the biggest shifts of the last decade.”</p><h2>Ch. 2: Process Changes Become Movements</h2><p>As technology evolved, our work did too. Grassroots movements emerged for new best practices, faster software delivery, and better infrastructure management.</p><h4>Developer Experience Comes to the Forefront</h4><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/8fbf4370e923f780f21c6a29ff0b1e52c91d16f6-1280x720.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>Heroku cofounder and Heavybit founding partner James Lindenbaum notes an important evolution in product development: The rise of developer experience (DX). In years past, tools for developers were not given the design and user experience care that was invested in consumer-facing tools. Now more than 50% of engineering leaders suggest that DX is “critical” at the C-suite level for adoption, as well as for attracting and retaining top talent.</p><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "quoteCard", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><p>“A command line is an interface. An API is an interface. These things need to be treated as first-class citizens and designed with care and attention to user experience. When we started applying design and UX practices to developer tools, we called it DX because we wanted to underscore the intended audience and attract design talent to the space.” Lindenbaum notes that the greater emphasis on DX was a direct consequence of developers becoming critical decision-makers within organizations. “Devtools went from being underdogs which couldn&#x27;t get venture funding 10 years ago, to being one of the hottest markets in venture today.”</p><h4>Waterfall Gives Way to Agile, Leading to CI/CD</h4><p>Developers previously used <em>Waterfall methodology</em>, a sequential model prominent in the 1970s. Its stepwise approach was intended to enforce discipline and lead to higher quality, but was criticized for inflexibility and risk, as testing occurred last, often requiring a return to the drawing board.</p><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "quoteCard", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><p>LaunchDarkly Co-founder <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/edithharbaugh/">Edith Harbaugh</a> recounts her journey–and the pain of working on strict Waterfall-based projects. “When I was a young engineer, I walked around with a physical document, which people would have to sign off on saying that there would be no more changes. Of course, that didn&#x27;t work. There&#x27;s always changes.”</p><p>More-iterative methodologies emerged, most notably 2001’s <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Agile_software_development"><em>Agile</em></a>, which emphasizes teams continuously developing, testing, and shipping. Agile paved the way for <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CI/CD"><em>continuous integration/continuous delivery</em></a>, popularized in the 2010s, which uses automation to help teams quickly ship and merge new code into their main branch.</p><p>Honeycomb Co-founder and CEO Christine Yen offers, “One really exciting thing over the last 10-15 years has been blurring the lines between development and production. Before Heroku, I remember so much of building a Rails app was wrestling with Capistrano...getting what worked on your machine to actually work on that AWS instance or your university&#x27;s server.”</p><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "quoteCard", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><p>“And now, not only do we have the obvious ‘<a href="https://www.atlassian.com/git/tutorials/syncing/git-push">Git push</a>, deploy workflows’ process everyone uses, but there are cloud editors and tools where there <em>is</em> no difference between dev and production. You have an app, it&#x27;s always live, and you can fork other things back into dev. I&#x27;ve always really liked the creation of software, and reducing friction between ‘I&#x27;m trying to create a thing’ and ‘Other people can see it’ is so exciting.”</p><h4>Developers Take on Operations, Security, Monitoring</h4><p>In the 2000s, clashes between developers and IT revealed different incentives. Developers sought innovation to engage paying customers, while IT prioritized stable environments over immediate changes that could disrupt systems. Tossing new code “over the wall” wasn’t working.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/c68c53cb4c76b8d9018c801ac7131672d6881325-640x427.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DevOps"><em>DevOps</em></a> emerged in response, extending beyond Agile to the full software development lifecycle by shifting dev <em>and</em> deployment left. The goal: Unite everyone who built, deployed, and maintained software around shared principles of iterative collaboration, feedback, automation, and tracking security and outages.</p><p>Chef Co-founder, DevOps pioneer, and Heavybit Partner <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/jesserobbins/">Jesse Robbins</a> explains his epiphany on Amazon’s backup systems engineering team. “I went from being an ops tyrant to embracing development innovations, which can take the system down, but bring your share price up. To improve developer productivity–still crucial today–we found the biggest delay was all the checks and approvals before deploy. The best way to make devs more productive was to let them handle deployment and put them on call for their software.”</p><p>&quot;When I asked <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tim_O%27Reilly">Tim O’Reilly</a> to let us start the <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/O%27Reilly_Media#Conferences">Velocity Conference</a>, it was because we could see the pieces falling into place. While developers would, of course, continue to write the important software that was already eating the world, the future would also require robust infrastructure to support it--and people to run this new ecosystem. The future wasn&#x27;t going to belong to a single, mythical 10x coder--it was going to belong to a growing community of smart, empathetic, curious teams who put aside their egos in favor of constantly learning how to keep the enormous ships they were sailing above water and pointed in the right direction.&quot;</p><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "quoteCard", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><p>It also became clearer DevOps should own <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Site_reliability_engineering">site reliability engineering</a>, ensuring continuous availability through monitoring, incident management, and capacity planning. Robbins recalls, “As Amazon’s ‘Master of Disaster,’ I led chaos engineering <a href="https://aws.amazon.com/gameday/">GameDays</a> to introduce major system failures so we could learn about reliability. But in a safe environment where people could experiment, so I pushed for more empathy within DevOps (or as we called it, <a href="https://www.pagerduty.com/blog/hugops-in-practice/"><em>#hugops</em></a>). Then again, it’s not clear there’s a discrete <em>difference </em>today between <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/incident-response-best-practices">observability versus IM versus DevSecOps</a>. Everything is part of that continuous lifecycle.”</p><p>Honeycomb’s Christine Yen adds, “I think the rise of SRE has been a shift in how teams think about what it means to deliver a great service. From ‘Are my machines okay?’ to ‘Are my customers happy? Are my teams effective?’ And of course, the rise of <a href="https://opentelemetry.io/"><em>open telemetry</em></a>, which we are proud to say we&#x27;ve played a supporting role in.”</p><p>“The first wave of DevOps was about teaching ops to code and automate. <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Observability_(software)"><em>Observability</em></a> supported the second wave–developers learning how to own their code in production. And you see that with SRE supporting <em><a href="https://www.atlassian.com/devops/what-is-devops/always-on-services">You Build It, You Run It</a> </em>initiatives from companies like PagerDuty and Salesforce.”</p><p>Teams began to own more processes, including security via <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DevOps#DevSecOps,_shifting_security_left"><em>DevSecOps</em></a>–building controls directly into dev and deployment processes, including <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Static_application_security_testing"><em>static app security testing</em></a>, <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dynamic_application_security_testing"><em>dynamic app security testing</em></a>, and <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Software_composition_analysis"><em>software composition analysis</em></a>.</p><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "quoteCard", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/guypo/">Guy Podjarny</a>, Co-founder of DevSecOps leader Snyk, reflects on how DevSecOps–and DevOps overall–have become enterprise essentials. “DevOps in the enterprise graduated from a side ‘digital transformation’ project to the center. Central teams are now the buyers of modern tools too. These teams manage both old and new stacks in the org, and so solutions at scale need to have a narrative for both, but they command bigger budget and opportunity.”</p><h4>The Evolution of Web and the Jamstack Movement</h4><p>Popularized in 2005, Asynchronous Javascript and XML introduced asynchronous data transfer that no longer forced reloads when users interacted with websites. The separation of front end and back end reduced the risk of back-end issues affecting front-end performance (and vice versa). Frameworks like Angular (2010), React (2013), and Vue.js (2014), further expanded on AJAX&#x27;s foundation.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/96982717c3fbd5587adbeb8f458d951a45396323-1000x668.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>OpenSauced founder <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/brianldouglas/">Brian Douglas</a> reflects on how the plummeting price of compute, and the seemingly endless supply of free AWS credits, fueled countless success stories. “I keep coming back to the story of Instagram and how they used AWS to host their platform and get acquired by Facebook. There were so many stories over the last 10 years of companies in that same situation.”</p><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "quoteCard", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><p>Douglas reflects on the rapid evolution of front-end development, highlighting the unexpected dominance of <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/React_(software)"><em>React</em></a> in recent years. “But to see that progression of them specializing in solving these problems–we now have <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Next.js"><em>Next.js</em></a> built on top of React. And if I could centralize the language or the framework, I could find developers to build stuff for me quickly. Now, I can move faster.”</p><p>The decoupling of front-end from back-end culminated in the <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jamstack"><em>Jamstack</em></a>, a framework that combines JavaScript, APIs, and markup languages to place app logic on the client side, avoiding tight connections to the back-end.</p><p>Mathias Biilmann Christensen, founder of Jamstack creator Netlify, recalls, “When I started Netlify, it was really from this belief that there was an opportunity to change the core architecture of how developers build for the Web. No one owned the platform–there was no walled garden.”</p><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "quoteCard", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><p>“When we raised the first funding round for Netlify, we got questions like, ‘Why the Web? Isn&#x27;t everything going to be mobile apps?’ There have been so many different areas of change here. It was absolutely the Jamstack moment where you started decoupling Web UI from all the backends and started building an API for every functionality.”</p><h2>Ch. 3: New Beliefs Become Our Culture</h2><p>How we think about computing and what it means to be a developer have also changed–including how devs start their careers, their importance, and how <a href="https://www.inc.com/jim-schleckser/why-netflix-doesn-t-tolerate-brilliant-jerks.html">brilliant jerks</a> are not the answer.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/59c526b860f43ae33d6c0e684afaac54d34bdbd1-1296x730.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h4>The Modern Dev Paradox: Fewer Boundaries, More Specialization, More General Knowledge</h4><p>OpenSauced’s Brian Douglas reflects on what a ‘developer’ is. “If I’m on GitHub, cloning repos, keeping my Minecraft server up with WYSIWYG editors, am I a developer despite being 12 years old and learning a bit of Java? Probably.” However, Douglas and others note that now, specialization is key. “Don&#x27;t ask me to do any back-end or server stuff today.”</p><p>Heptio’s Joe Beda agrees. “Development has changed from something where you could be a generalist to now, where you have to specialize. We&#x27;ve talked about ‘full-stack engineers,’ but I don&#x27;t think that really exists anymore. This is only accelerating with the excitement around AI.”</p><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "quoteCard", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><p>Yet <a href="https://www.cncf.io/">Cloud Native Computing Foundation</a> Executive Director <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/pritianka/details/experience/">Priyanka Sharma</a> points out that today’s developers are also generalists in infrastructure and security. “The average developer has a lot more knowledge about infrastructure, and increasing knowledge about security.” TheDevSecOps movement displaced general security knowledge from a few technical wizards at Google or Netflix to the general dev public. “Today, end users know what they need and they can call the shots. I’d like to think that CNCF had a small part to play here. It’s a different world. Customers are a lot more empowered, educated, and in charge of their destinies.”</p><h4>Easier Entry Makes Dev Mainstream</h4><p>There were <a href="https://www.computerworld.com/article/2483690/india-to-overtake-u-s--on-number-of-developers-by-2017.html">~18M</a> developers in 2013, and <a href="https://evansdata.com/press/viewRelease.php?pressID=333">~26M</a> as of 2023. Abstraction, bootcamps, no-code tooling, and now <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/press/software-development-in-the-age-of-ai">generative AI</a> have reduced the barrier to entry.</p><p>Sharma explains. “There&#x27;s new tools, and more people use them, which means more people creating software, with help from automation. Generative AI has taken it to another level. This is no longer a niche job.”</p><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "quoteCard", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><p>Fastly Co-founder <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/simonwistow/">Simon Wistow</a> suggests easier entry means opportunity for would-be developers. “At no point in the history of programming has making things <em>easier</em> actually <em>shrunk</em> the job market. At no point has that made things <em>worse</em>.”</p><h4>Phasing Out: “10x Devs” and “Code Bros”</h4><p>One myth that will not be missed is the ‘<a href="https://medium.com/ingeniouslysimple/the-origins-of-the-10x-developer-2e0177ecef60"><em>10x developer</em></a>,’ the lone wolf who codes better than an entire team. Why is the myth–and the toxic environment it spawned–on its way out?</p><p>The CNCF’s Priyanka Sharma doesn’t mince words. “I think there was a toxic masculinity culture with software development, especially in the US. While we have to always be vigilant towards culture corrosion, I do think things are better, at least in the ecosystem I inhabit.”</p><p>Heptio founder Joe Beda agrees. “Development was sometimes like a frat with hazing. But the idea of the ‘10x developer’ is fading away. The real ‘10x developers’ make people around them <em>better</em>. It&#x27;s not just about how much code you&#x27;re putting in an editor, it&#x27;s about how you&#x27;re bringing up other people and making everybody more effective.”</p><h2>Ch. 4: The Future of Computing</h2><p>What’s next? Is software development as we know it on its last legs thanks to AI? On the contrary, <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/generative-ai-incident-response-devops">veteran SREs</a> suggest that AI will likely require humans in the loop. And the rest of the community anticipates even bigger opportunities.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/0a89eb8a4021106d4711d4b7dbdb6a9c51f17968-1600x507.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h3>Computing Is Just Getting Warmed Up</h3><p>Former VP of Research/451 Research, Former Alchemist Accelerator Managing Director, and Heavybit part-time partner <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/rachalmers/details/experience/">Rachel Chalmers</a> pushes back against the idea of software having anything other than enormous potential. “I came to San Francisco in 1998 thinking the party was already over. I believe down to my bones that we are in the <em>prehistory </em>of technology.”</p><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "quoteCard", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/ac31f91a866c9f97c50cbdf46e06ab06e55ac935-696x932.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>“There&#x27;s an amazing sci-fi book by Vernor Vinge called <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/A_Deepness_in_the_Sky"><em>A</em></a> <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/A_Deepness_in_the_Sky"><em>Deepness in the Sky</em></a>. A programmer digs through the software on the generation ship he&#x27;s on. And he’s talking about <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix"><em>Unix</em></a>, still being used in the far future. Unix is over 50 years old now, and it&#x27;s still <em>everywhere</em>. The work we do in infrastructure today lays the foundation for the far future.”</p><p>Tailscale Co-founder David Crawshaw also predicts more upside. “It&#x27;s easy to look at our industry and say there was some kind of ‘gold rush’ and that it&#x27;s ‘over.’ I don&#x27;t think that&#x27;s right. We&#x27;ve been slowly rebuilding the world economy around computers. The ability to write software lets you interact with industries in a highly leveraged way, where just the right software change will have dramatic economic impact.”</p><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "quoteCard", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><p>System Initiative Co-founder &amp; CEO and Chef Co-founder <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/adamjacob/">Adam Jacob</a> suggests that one of the most exciting opportunities in building new technology has been right in front of us the whole time. “If you look at the amount of history we have now and all the systems we&#x27;ve built, it&#x27;s easy to think that we&#x27;ve built <em>all</em> the cloud systems that could be built, to one degree or another. But I think, in fact, we&#x27;re actually very, very new at understanding how to even conceptualize building those systems or thinking about how they get constructed.”</p><p>“For me, even more exciting than how AI and LLMs could work, is the question: ‘What could you build if you used all the knowledge we have today, as opposed to being stuck with the belief that what we did 10 years ago was the only way?’ And I think you have to have seen a cycle of disruption, or multiple cycles, to realize that that&#x27;s possible.”</p><p>“Here’s the thing: When you look at any existing technology, it’s natural to think, ‘Well, that thing will always be here. Obviously, it can&#x27;t be disrupted.’ But it almost always can. It&#x27;s just a question of how it can be improved. And I think that our ability to capitalize on such opportunities is really nestled in our understanding of how those systems get built.”</p><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "quoteCard", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><p>“Right now, it seems to be a popular talking point that building things is simpler or easier because all these building blocks are there, which creates a real opportunity for people who are willing to ignore those building blocks and create something fundamentally different. Vertically-integrated, deeper technology can create opportunities that other people can&#x27;t see because they don&#x27;t understand how the fundamentals work.”</p><p>“It really seems like we’ve forgotten fundamentals like this. If you ask developers today: How long does it take for an L1 cache hit to happen? They might not know! There’s opportunity living there–if you understand how a system works in a fundamental way, you can build things that other people can’t, because they just don’t know how it works.”</p><h3>AI: Unlocking Potential for Development</h3><p>Machine learning, natural language processing, and generative AI have arrived, and developers aren’t extinct yet. Research suggests GenAI actually makes devs <a href="https://survey.stackoverflow.co/2023/#ai-sentiment-and-usage"><em>more</em> productive</a> overall.</p><p>Datadog CTO <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/alexislequoc/">Alexis Lê-Quôc</a> expresses surprise at how far GenAI has come–and how far it has to go. “Without a doubt, getting the computer to consistently pass the Turing test via LLMs has been a real surprise for me. And yet, getting the same techniques to deal with the physical world like a six-year-old is proving extremely difficult. Also a bit of a surprise.”</p><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "quoteCard", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><p>CircleCI’s Jim Rose suggests that although GenAI is exciting, its notable <a href="https://www.cnn.com/2023/08/06/tech/ai-chips-supply-chain/index.html">AI chip limitations</a> may mean even <em>more </em>opportunities for devs to explore. “On the AI front, people are going back to hardware. They&#x27;re finding ways to make things run fast–to make it super case-specific for the hardware it runs on. And that&#x27;s interesting. A ‘back-to-the-future’ moment.”</p><h4>Embracing Diversity and Becoming Stronger</h4><p>Diversity has been, and will continue to be, hugely beneficial for computing. New people from different backgrounds will create software to solve problems we might not have even considered.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/d12815c007563df658c67e335376d752fec248d7-762x508.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>The CNCF’s Priyanka Sharma notes that advances in automation and tooling offer faster starts and scalability for devs of all levels, and empower people from diverse backgrounds to build truly innovative products.</p><p>“I was judging the <a href="https://www.ai-event.ted.com/hackathon">TED AI Hackathon</a> in San Francisco–I&#x27;m used to hackathon teams being young males–this was completely different. It was diverse people working together on cool ideas. And with generative AI, you have all these click-to-start managed services.”</p><p>Sharma explains how the winning team designed a tool that maps voters’ policy positions to candidates to help them understand which candidates are closest to their own interests. “I don&#x27;t think that kind of tool would come out of past hackathons. And because we have expanded who can participate, we’re impacting society in such a different manner. It just demonstrates the opportunity available for people who can create value.”</p><p>Fastly’s Simon Wistow is also bullish on a more-diverse future. “We&#x27;re in this weird moment where developing a website is really complicated. You have to learn technologies like <a href="https://webpack.js.org/">Webpack </a>and <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Next.js">Next.js</a>, <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kubernetes">Kubernetes</a> and <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OS-level_virtualization">containers</a>, and then you go and deploy it, and now you&#x27;ve got bots, scrapers, and DDoS attacks. It&#x27;s scary out there.”</p><p>“What excites me is a bunch of these technologies will make it easier for everybody, companies like <a href="https://glitch.com">Glitch</a>, <a href="https://www.replit.com">Replit</a>, <a href="https://www.mightymeld.com">MightyMeld</a>, and <a href="https://www.fastly.com">Fastly</a>. The more people with diverse backgrounds and interests, the better the industry will be. We should be building the technology that opens it up to everybody. Not just keeping it within seven square miles of San Francisco.”</p><h2>Conclusion: What Lies Ahead</h2><p>There’s a great deal to be excited about in the future, including a continually lowering barrier to entry to software development and a productivity force multiplier in AI. It’s also highly likely that future generations of developers will not only look and sound different than the devs of 10 to 20 years ago, but also that they will learn and work in very different ways as well. So long as developers continue to welcome diverse voices and new faces, there’s no limit to how much the community can grow.</p><h3>More Learnings from the Developer Community:</h3><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-launch-devtool-startup-first-principles">How to Launch a Dev-First Startup #1: First Principles</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-launch-devtool-startup-community-leadership">How to Launch a Dev-First Startup #2: Community &amp; Leadership</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/reports/technical-and-cultural-learnings-from-10-years-of-computing">Technical & Cultural Learnings from 10 Years of Computing</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #144, Financial Accounting Databases with Joran Dirk Greef of TigerBeetle</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-144-financial-accounting-databases-with-joran-dirk-greef-of-tigerbeetle</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Mar 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b6f7646f-817f-404a-aaae-cf18cb2fbf87</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 144 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Joran Dirk Greef of TigerBeetle. This conversation explores financial transaction databases and the importance of building trust at the intersection of open source and business. Joran shares the invaluable lessons he learned from his early days as a self-taught developer as well as his journey founding TigerBeetle.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 144 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Joran Dirk Greef of TigerBeetle. This conversation explores financial transaction databases and the importance of building trust at the intersection of open source and business. Joran shares the invaluable lessons he learned from his early days as a self-taught developer as well as his journey founding TigerBeetle.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-144-financial-accounting-databases-with-joran-dirk-greef-of-tigerbeetle">Ep. #144, Financial Accounting Databases with Joran Dirk Greef of TigerBeetle</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #8, The Promise of Generative AI with Josh Furstoss of Incued</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-the-promise-of-generative-ai-with-josh-furstoss-of-incued</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Mar 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">945ee0e8-ea5a-48c0-8f11-9406780e7fca</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 8 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers speaks with Josh Furstoss of Incued about the promise of generative AI. This talk explores the considerations founders must make before incorporating generative AI into their products, and the potential impact AI will have on financial decision-making in the future.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 8 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers speaks with Josh Furstoss of Incued about the promise of generative AI. This talk explores the considerations founders must make before incorporating generative AI into their products, and the potential impact AI will have on financial decision-making in the future.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-the-promise-of-generative-ai-with-josh-furstoss-of-incued">Ep. #8, The Promise of Generative AI with Josh Furstoss of Incued</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #68, Observa-What? with Michele Mancioppi of Dash0</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-68-observa-what-with-michele-mancioppi-of-dash0</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d244481a-db64-4d76-93f3-be73a885d16c</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 68 of o11ycast, Jess and Martin speak with Michele Mancioppi of Dash0. This talk examines what it takes to make observability more accessible to non-experts in the space. Additional topics explored include the differences between monitoring and observability and Michele&#x27;s shift from staff engineering to product management.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 68 of o11ycast, Jess and Martin speak with Michele Mancioppi of Dash0. This talk examines what it takes to make observability more accessible to non-experts in the space. Additional topics explored include the differences between monitoring and observability and Michele&#x27;s shift from staff engineering to product management.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-68-observa-what-with-michele-mancioppi-of-dash0">Ep. #68, Observa-What? with Michele Mancioppi of Dash0</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #143, Jamstack’s Next Chapter with Mike Neumegen of CloudCannon</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-143-jamstack-s-next-chapter-with-mike-neumegen-of-cloudcannon</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Mar 2024 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6548e44c-1093-4fc4-9214-536326e0833a</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 143 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Mike Neumegen of CloudCannon. Together they discuss the evolution of the Jamstack and speculate on where it might be going in the future. Additionally, Mike shares his passion for static sites and unpacks how CloudCannon is bringing developers and content editors together.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 143 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Mike Neumegen of CloudCannon. Together they discuss the evolution of the Jamstack and speculate on where it might be going in the future. Additionally, Mike shares his passion for static sites and unpacks how CloudCannon is bringing developers and content editors together.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-143-jamstack-s-next-chapter-with-mike-neumegen-of-cloudcannon">Ep. #143, Jamstack’s Next Chapter with Mike Neumegen of CloudCannon</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building Apps with LLM Observability</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-apps-with-llm-observability</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Feb 2024 21:20:58 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[LLM]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Observability]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b51bfbcf-9231-45f2-aaf0-236f0aa30f6a</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this talk, Honeycomb Principal Product Manager Phillip Carter discusses what LLM observability means, how Honeycomb approached it with their first LLM feature, and what you should do if you&#x27;re building your own.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #7, Investing in AI with Wei Lien Dang of Unusual Ventures</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-investing-in-ai-with-wei-lien-dang-of-unusual-ventures</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Feb 2024 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">564f85a2-bfd2-42f9-9578-a4fe21cb9550</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 7 of Generationship, Rachel speaks with Wei Lien Dang of Unusual Ventures about the landscape of Generative AI and what it means from an investment standpoint. They analogize previous platform shifts to better understand what’s happening with LLMs today, and together they unpack the qualities investors seek out when investing in the world of AI.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 7 of Generationship, Rachel speaks with Wei Lien Dang of Unusual Ventures about the landscape of Generative AI and what it means from an investment standpoint. They analogize previous platform shifts to better understand what’s happening with LLMs today, and together they unpack the qualities investors seek out when investing in the world of AI.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-investing-in-ai-with-wei-lien-dang-of-unusual-ventures">Ep. #7, Investing in AI with Wei Lien Dang of Unusual Ventures</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #67, Managing Infrastructure Costs with Performance Engineering</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-67-managing-infrastructure-costs-with-performance-engineering</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Feb 2024 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ad74ba93-b61f-443e-aa32-cfe709cbc7cf</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 67 of o11ycast, Martin, Jess, and Liz dive deep on performance engineering. Pulling heavily from Liz’s extensive experience in the field, they share insights on utilizing data to balance resources like developers’ time and infrastructure costs. Listeners can expect to learn helpful lessons on infrastructure optimization, performance data accessibility, and why Honeycomb embraced Kubernetes.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 67 of o11ycast, Martin, Jess, and Liz dive deep on performance engineering. Pulling heavily from Liz’s extensive experience in the field, they share insights on utilizing data to balance resources like developers’ time and infrastructure costs. Listeners can expect to learn helpful lessons on infrastructure optimization, performance data accessibility, and why Honeycomb embraced Kubernetes.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-67-managing-infrastructure-costs-with-performance-engineering">Ep. #67, Managing Infrastructure Costs with Performance Engineering</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #6, AI’s Cognitive Leap with Mark Wallace of Global Worldwide</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-ai-s-cognitive-leap-with-mark-wallace-of-global-worldwide</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Feb 2024 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8f114a30-4665-48c0-b06f-72bda90605cd</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 6 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers speaks with Mark Wallace of Global Worldwide. The conversation kicks off with a deep dive on Mark’s philosophical stance that LLMs are actually thinking. Additionally, they explore the risks of using commercial LLMs, the difficulty of fine-tuning LLMs, and the crossroads of game infrastructure and generative AI.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 6 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers speaks with Mark Wallace of Global Worldwide. The conversation kicks off with a deep dive on Mark’s philosophical stance that LLMs are actually thinking. Additionally, they explore the risks of using commercial LLMs, the difficulty of fine-tuning LLMs, and the crossroads of game infrastructure and generative AI.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-ai-s-cognitive-leap-with-mark-wallace-of-global-worldwide">Ep. #6, AI’s Cognitive Leap with Mark Wallace of Global Worldwide</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #142, Decoupled Authorization with Alex Olivier and Emre Baran of Cerbos</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-142-decoupled-authorization-with-alex-olivier-and-emre-baran-of-cerbos</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Feb 2024 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4c906f26-7494-4cc6-a1c5-96c3a990634e</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 142 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Alex Olivier and Emre Baran of Cerbos. This conversation explores tools for managing roles and permissions within an organization, the value of audit logs, decoupled authorization, attribute-based access control (ABAC), and the pain points that inspired Cerbos.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 142 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Alex Olivier and Emre Baran of Cerbos. This conversation explores tools for managing roles and permissions within an organization, the value of audit logs, decoupled authorization, attribute-based access control (ABAC), and the pain points that inspired Cerbos.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-142-decoupled-authorization-with-alex-olivier-and-emre-baran-of-cerbos">Ep. #142, Decoupled Authorization with Alex Olivier and Emre Baran of Cerbos</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>From Labs to Launch: Stories from GitHub Copilot</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/from-labs-to-launch-stories-from-github-copilot</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Feb 2024 19:04:31 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Generative AI]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Coding Assistants]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8111c814-d791-4922-afb0-9e863e655ab3</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Discover GitHub Copilot&#x27;s launch strategies and actionable insights to apply to your product, and navigate the ever-evolving landscape of AI developer tools.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #5, Live from DevGuild: AI Summit</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-live-from-devguild-ai-summit</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jan 2024 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0cc09afd-5a72-4eeb-9254-079899ab3dc8</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 5 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers shares interviews from <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/ai">Heavybit’s 2023 DevGuild: AI Summit</a> on October 19th, 2023. This Open Space unconference brought together a community of 200+ to discuss how AI will change the face of software development. This episode features event highlights and insights from industry experts: Christine Spang of Nylas, Heidi Waterhouse of Sym, Paul Biggar of DarkLang, Raiya Kind of Code and Concept, and Seema Patel of Stifel Venture Banking.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 5 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers shares interviews from <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/ai">Heavybit’s 2023 DevGuild: AI Summit</a> on October 19th, 2023. This Open Space unconference brought together a community of 200+ to discuss how AI will change the face of software development. This episode features event highlights and insights from industry experts: Christine Spang of Nylas, Heidi Waterhouse of Sym, Paul Biggar of DarkLang, Raiya Kind of Code and Concept, and Seema Patel of Stifel Venture Banking.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-live-from-devguild-ai-summit">Ep. #5, Live from DevGuild: AI Summit</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #141, Postgres as a Platform with Vignesh Ravichandran of Omnigres</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-141-postgres-as-a-platform-with-vignesh-ravichandran-of-omnigres</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Jan 2024 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2ab1cb3e-538a-4465-8ee4-3af4755f6e4f</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 141 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Vignesh Ravichandran of Omnigres, a developer-first application platform. They discuss the latest trends in the Platform as a Service (PaaS) space, the inspiration behind Omnigres, and invaluable lessons for founders on finding product-market fit.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 141 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Vignesh Ravichandran of Omnigres, a developer-first application platform. They discuss the latest trends in the Platform as a Service (PaaS) space, the inspiration behind Omnigres, and invaluable lessons for founders on finding product-market fit.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-141-postgres-as-a-platform-with-vignesh-ravichandran-of-omnigres">Ep. #141, Postgres as a Platform with Vignesh Ravichandran of Omnigres</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #140, Accelerating API Development with James Perkins of Unkey</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-140-accelerating-api-development-with-james-perkins-of-unkey</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Jan 2024 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1f55dc94-72ab-482c-8285-7d12d249dc2a</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 140 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with James Perkins of Unkey. This talk examines the difficulties developers face when issuing auth keys to end users. James also shares lessons from his firsthand experience scaling an open source side project into a full time startup.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 140 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with James Perkins of Unkey. This talk examines the difficulties developers face when issuing auth keys to end users. James also shares lessons from his firsthand experience scaling an open source side project into a full time startup.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-140-accelerating-api-development-with-james-perkins-of-unkey">Ep. #140, Accelerating API Development with James Perkins of Unkey</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #66, Building Observability Platforms with Iris Dyrmishi of Miro</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-66-building-observability-platforms-with-iris-dyrmishi-of-miro</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Jan 2024 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">00f76252-2b27-4561-b62a-4bfab46f2a99</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 66 of o11ycast, Jess and Martin speak with Iris Dyrmishi of Miro. They dive deep on what it takes to build an observability platform with open source tooling. Additionally, they explore the expense of outsourcing observability, the journey from logs to traces, tips for adopting new tools, and the spread of the FinOps movement.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 66 of o11ycast, Jess and Martin speak with Iris Dyrmishi of Miro. They dive deep on what it takes to build an observability platform with open source tooling. Additionally, they explore the expense of outsourcing observability, the journey from logs to traces, tips for adopting new tools, and the spread of the FinOps movement.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-66-building-observability-platforms-with-iris-dyrmishi-of-miro">Ep. #66, Building Observability Platforms with Iris Dyrmishi of Miro</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #40, The Open Source Secret Agent with Dave McAllister of NGINX</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-40-the-open-source-secret-agent-with-dave-mcallister-of-nginx</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Jan 2024 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ba3f9fad-e48e-4fe5-bbb0-25750b4a1e25</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 40 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie speak with open source pioneer Dave McAllister. Dave shares stories and lessons from his 40-year career in tech including working for DEC, NASA, Adobe, Red Hat, Splunk, and NGINX. Additionally, they discuss Linux’s rise to popularity in the early days of open source, SGI’s contribution to modern cinematic effects, predictions around AI, and the overlap of open source and LLMs.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 40 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie speak with open source pioneer Dave McAllister. Dave shares stories and lessons from his 40-year career in tech including working for DEC, NASA, Adobe, Red Hat, Splunk, and NGINX. Additionally, they discuss Linux’s rise to popularity in the early days of open source, SGI’s contribution to modern cinematic effects, predictions around AI, and the overlap of open source and LLMs.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-40-the-open-source-secret-agent-with-dave-mcallister-of-nginx">Ep. #40, The Open Source Secret Agent with Dave McAllister of NGINX</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #4, Reimagining The Terminal with Michael Sawka of Wave Terminal</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-reimagining-the-terminal-with-michael-sawka-of-wave-terminal</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jan 2024 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f305cb3f-e8ef-4d71-9e15-b0b9f4f3e162</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 4 of Generationship, Rachel speaks with Michael Sawka of Wave Terminal (known as Command Line Inc. at the time of this recording). This talk focuses on the terminal, how easily it’s overlooked, and what’s missing from the terminals we use today. Other topics explored include the security implications of commercial LLMs, the risks AI poses to programming as an occupation, and the hard lessons Michael learned on the journey to building Wave Terminal.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 4 of Generationship, Rachel speaks with Michael Sawka of Wave Terminal (known as Command Line Inc. at the time of this recording). This talk focuses on the terminal, how easily it’s overlooked, and what’s missing from the terminals we use today. Other topics explored include the security implications of commercial LLMs, the risks AI poses to programming as an occupation, and the hard lessons Michael learned on the journey to building Wave Terminal.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-reimagining-the-terminal-with-michael-sawka-of-wave-terminal">Ep. #4, Reimagining The Terminal with Michael Sawka of Wave Terminal</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #139, Navigating Apps with LLMs featuring Matt Dupree of ATLAS</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-139-navigating-apps-with-llms-featuring-alex-dupree-of-atlas</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Dec 2023 20:42:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">11c7cf63-9b47-42e2-98d7-29fd5fe0a5d9</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 139 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Matt Dupree of ATLAS. This talk focuses heavily on LLMs and how they&#x27;re elevating UX. Additionally, Brian and Matt explore AI hallucinations, tips for predicting where LLMs might be most impactful, and insights on why most code in future apps may be generated by AI.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 139 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Matt Dupree of ATLAS. This talk focuses heavily on LLMs and how they&#x27;re elevating UX. Additionally, Brian and Matt explore AI hallucinations, tips for predicting where LLMs might be most impactful, and insights on why most code in future apps may be generated by AI.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-139-navigating-apps-with-llms-featuring-alex-dupree-of-atlas">Ep. #139, Navigating Apps with LLMs featuring Matt Dupree of ATLAS</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #3, A Contrarian History of AI with Steven Schkolne of MightyMeld</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-a-contrarian-history-of-ai-with-steven-schkolne-of-mightymeld</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Dec 2023 16:45:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">31f0dfd6-beed-4548-a683-af6a607cc733</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 3 of Generationship, Rachel speaks with Steven Schkolne of MightyMeld. They discuss cultural myths surrounding AGI, theories on machine consciousness, philosophical insights on how humans might hybridize with machines, Steven’s literary influences, and how generative AI is helping humans advance their creative abilities.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 3 of Generationship, Rachel speaks with Steven Schkolne of MightyMeld. They discuss cultural myths surrounding AGI, theories on machine consciousness, philosophical insights on how humans might hybridize with machines, Steven’s literary influences, and how generative AI is helping humans advance their creative abilities.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-a-contrarian-history-of-ai-with-steven-schkolne-of-mightymeld">Ep. #3, A Contrarian History of AI with Steven Schkolne of MightyMeld</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Generate Financial Reporting for Board Meetings</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/financial-reporting-for-board-meetings</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Dec 2023 16:56:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Finance]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Board Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7d323392-6338-49ae-b2c3-dd9e3ddb53db</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Finance expert Josh Aharonoff gives a brief overview of how to get a handle on your financial reporting for your next board meeting.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>How to Get Financial KPIs Ready for the Board Meeting</h2><p>Your startup just closed its first major round after a long and arduous fundraising process.</p><p>Now comes the fun, right?</p><p>Well…yes and no.</p><p>See, you can now focus back on your business…the growth…the people…and everything else needed for that huge exit one day.</p><p>But along with the millions in new capital deposited in your bank account comes a new series of meetings that will come up every quarter:</p><p>Board reporting.</p><p>Let’s get into how to get your financial reports in order, so you can nail your next board meeting.</p><h2>What We’ll Cover Here</h2><ul><li>What Is Board Reporting?</li><li>Who are the Board of Directors?</li><li>What Does a Board Meeting Typically Look Like?</li><li>Why Is This Board Meeting Being Held?</li><li>What Are Some Common Things Discussed at a Board Meeting?</li><li>After the Board Meeting</li><li>Putting It All Together</li></ul><h2>What is Board Reporting?</h2><p>Board reporting is the process of reporting your startup’s quarterly progress to the board. Board reports cover topics such as:</p><ol><li>A look back at performance for the last quarter</li><li>A look ahead and plans for the next fiscal year</li><li>A discussion on a key initiative, such as a new product line</li><li>A periodic check-in on how things are going</li></ol><h2>Who Are the Board of Directors?</h2><p><br/>Your startup’s board might include regular board members, advisory members, non-voting observers, or even non-active members.</p><p>For startups, especially at an early stage, a good board doesn’t just oversee important decisions (hiring top executives, issuing stock).</p><p>A good board should ideally include experienced investors and operators who can advise you on the best directions for your startup to go.</p><p>While it’s natural to be concerned about board meetings if certain business metrics aren’t going well, they can also be a great opportunity to zero in on areas for improvement.</p><p>As we’ll cover below, once you get your finances and funnel in good shape, a good board should be able to help you figure out the next steps to keep your business growing.<br/></p><h2>What Does a Board Meeting Typically Look Like?</h2><p>The board meeting typically starts with a call to approve the minutes, and discuss the various sections of the business.</p><p>The whole meeting takes as little as 30 minutes, or as long as a few hours.</p><p>Board meetings are commonly held in person, though more and more board meetings are taking place virtually.</p><p>It’s common for the board to review slides in advance so that the time can be used as efficiently as possible during the meeting.</p><h2>Why Is this Board Meeting Being Held?</h2><p>While it’s common for startups to hold board meetings quarterly to review metrics, it’s a best practice to identify both the topics your board will want to hear about, and the topics with which you need help, in advance.</p><p>As some will tell you, <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/why-no-one-reads-the-board-package">no one will read a board pack</a> that’s nothing but a metrics review.</p><p>At a minimum, it’s a good idea to ensure you cover follow-ups for every action item from your previous board meeting.</p><p>You should also plan to set the tone for your next meeting with the asks that matter to you, including key product or hiring decisions, annual budgets, and potential fundraises.</p><h2>What Are Some Common Things Discussed at a Board Meeting?</h2><p>It’s common for startups to report on all the areas of the business at a board meeting, including sales &amp; marketing, hiring, product development, and “General &amp; Administrative” (which includes my favorite, finance &amp; accounting).</p><p>When it comes to finance &amp; accounting, here is what is typically included:</p><h3>1. A Summarized Dashboard</h3><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/ba3d8cd373436ad2d6734506fb4c16707ade472f-1382x773.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p>This will typically involve 6-8 of the most important KPIs of the business, provided in a visually appealing manner that informs the reader on what is happening in the business at a high level.</p><p>It’s also common to show these results relative to another period.</p><h3>2. A Budget vs. Actuals</h3><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/c8546bbed2bf8f347dfbae1e6051dfd7a61f55f5-1379x769.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p>This one is important.</p><p>Your budget vs. actuals shows the board how well you performed compared to how well you thought you would perform.</p><p>(This is where the CFO/head of finance gets the spotlight.)</p><p>Over time, the closer you get to your projections, the more confidence the board will have in your next projections.</p><p>Note that it’s not crucial to have zero variances across the board. In fact, that’s not even realistic.</p><p>What is crucial is to showcase an understanding of why things turned out the way they did to demonstrate that you have a clear understanding of what’s happening and ideas on how you can course-correct as needed.</p><p>Did you miss sales? If so, was it because your growth from existing customers was lower than you anticipated, or one of your sales channels had a lower rate of conversion?</p><p>Did you miss cash flows? If so, was that because of larger spending or delayed collections from customers?</p><h3>3. Your Summarized Financials</h3><p>Your board will often include savvy investors.</p><p>In fact, legally, investors must be “accredited” to put money into your startup, which pretty much means they know a thing or two about finance &amp; accounting.</p><p>What are the most common financial reports that investors look at?</p><p>Financial statements.</p><p>If you aren’t familiar with what financial statements are, they are pretty much the format in which financial information on a company gets displayed.</p><p>The three most common financial statements are:</p><ul><li><strong>Profit &amp; Loss</strong> - Showing you the performance of the business.</li><li><strong>Balance Sheet</strong> - Showing you the assets &amp; obligations of the business.</li><li><strong>Statement of Cash Flows</strong> - Showing you how exactly your cash is moving each period.</li></ul><p>These statements can be detailed, so it’s common to summarize them in a slide deck as such:</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/08ad657c856f33336ead6568c33a395e71f3a75d-1381x768.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/c8703629345da5a471d7b99ba0a4576c3e5a9304-1384x774.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/5dfba61597d8efad6173ab2590e4cefdc15f4084-1378x774.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h2>After the Board Meeting</h2><p>As with any key meeting, there will usually be some action items and follow-ups.</p><p>You’ll want to document every question you weren’t able to answer, and every request that came out of the board meeting.</p><p>Don’t make the mistake of waiting for the board to follow up with you!</p><p>Similar to the notes above with the budget vs. actuals report, you want to show that you have a tight grip on everything happening in the business and that your investors’ capital is safe.</p><p>From there. you may also want to circle back internally with your team to discuss any feedback received, and which items to focus on for the next meeting.</p><h2>Putting It All Together</h2><p>Your board can be an incredibly valuable resource.</p><p>That’s why it’s a good idea to ensure you have every detail in order when it comes to your financial reporting.</p><p>When you can efficiently walk through the metrics without having to get sidetracked by unclear financial metrics or accounting nuances, you can focus on getting the most value from your board meetings: Getting advice on how to keep your business moving forward.</p><p>Hopefully, you found this overview of financial reporting for your board meeting useful. <a href="https://www.yourcfoguy.com/templates/board-reporting">The templates we discussed above are here</a>–use coupon code HBBR100 for a 100% discount. You can find more finance resources for startups <a href="https://www.mightydigits.com/">here</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/financial-reporting-for-board-meetings">How to Generate Financial Reporting for Board Meetings</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>2023: DevTool Industry Year in Review</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/2023-devtool-industry-year-in-review</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Dec 2023 23:10:49 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[DevToolsDigest]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">56074c91-767d-4142-b466-523ae3714477</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this article, we look back at some of the biggest headlines and most popular links from our weekly DevToolsDigest by month.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Though it may be cliche to say, this year has been a rollercoaster for the devtools space and tech industry at large. The last 12 months have been marked by changes to hiring and fundraising from previous years, the rise of AI, a bank meltdown, just to name a few. </p><p>In this article, we look back at some of the biggest headlines and most popular links from our weekly DevToolsDigest by month. We hope you enjoy the trip down memory lane and look forward to seeing you again in the new year!</p><h2>January</h2><ul><li>2023 software &amp; development <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/reports/2023-software-and-development-for-engineering-leads">trends</a> for engineering leaders</li><li>Where did the explosive growth in <a href="https://whoisnnamdi.substack.com/p/not-enough-startups">venture activity</a> come from?</li><li>Meet <a href="https://www.forbes.com/sites/janakirammsv/2023/01/09/meet-groundcoverthe-startup-thats-building-the-next-gen-observability-stack">Groundcover</a>, the startup that’s building the next-gen observability stack</li></ul><h2>February </h2><ul><li><a href="https://www.mulesoft.com/programmableweb">ProgrammableWeb</a> shuts down operations after 17 years</li><li>Google announces ChatGPT rival <a href="https://www.theverge.com/2023/2/6/23588033/google-chatgpt-rival-bard-testing-rollout-features">Bard</a></li><li>Netlify <a href="https://www.netlify.com/press/netlify-acquires-gatsby-inc-to-accelerate-adoption-of-composable-web-architectures/">acquires Gatsby</a> to accelerate adoption of composable web architectures</li></ul><h2>March</h2><ul><li>First Citizens buys <a href="https://news.crunchbase.com/business/svb-sale-first-citizens-report/">Silicon Valley Bank</a>’s deposits And loans</li><li>Google partners with AI startup <a href="https://archive.ph/Qr11g#selection-3475.0-3475.68">Replit</a> to take on Microsoft’s GitHub</li><li><a href="https://www.fastcompany.com/90847317/most-innovative-companies-enterprise-2023">Fast Company</a>’s full list of 540 most innovative companies</li></ul><h2>April</h2><ul><li>Reddit begins <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2023/04/18/reddit-will-begin-charging-for-access-to-its-api/">charging</a> for access to its API</li><li>Twitter <a href="https://knightcolumbia.org/blog/twitter-showed-us-its-algorithm-what-does-it-tell-us">open-sourced</a> its recommendation algorithm</li><li>Bessemer Venture Partners releases the <a href="https://www.bvp.com/atlas/state-of-the-cloud-2023">State of the Cloud</a> report</li></ul><h2>May</h2><ul><li>After years of resistance, AWS <a href="https://www.theinformation.com/articles/after-years-of-resistance-aws-opens-checkbook-for-open-source-providers">opens checkbook</a> for open-source providers</li><li>Accel celebrates <a href="https://40-years.accel.com/">40 defining moments</a> in tech over the last 40 years</li><li>Google announces its new LLM <a href="https://www.cnbc.com/2023/05/10/google-io-2023-live-updates.html">PaLM 2</a></li></ul><h2>June</h2><ul><li>Databricks strikes $1.3 billion deal for <a href="https://www.wsj.com/articles/databricks-strikes-1-3-billion-deal-for-generative-ai-startup-mosaicml-fdcefc06">generative AI startup</a> MosaicML</li><li>OpenView releases 2023 <a href="https://openviewpartners.com/the-2023-plg-rising-40/">PLG Rising</a> 40 Awards</li><li>GitHub survey reveals AI’s impact on the <a href="https://github.blog/2023-06-13-survey-reveals-ais-impact-on-the-developer-experience/">developer experience</a></li></ul><h2>July</h2><ul><li>Meta and Microsoft introduce the <a href="https://about.fb.com/news/2023/07/llama-2/">next generation</a> of Llama</li><li>The Open Source Initiative works toward a definition of “<a href="https://blog.opensource.org/towards-a-definition-of-open-artificial-intelligence-first-meeting-recap/">Open Artificial Intelligence</a>”</li><li>InfoQ publishes report on 2023 <a href="https://www.infoq.com/articles/cloud-devops-trends-2023/">devops and cloud</a> trends</li></ul><h2>August</h2><ul><li>HashiCorp moves to a <a href="https://www.techtarget.com/searchitoperations/news/366548016/HashiCorp-open-source-change-targets-competitors">Business Source License</a></li><li><a href="https://techcrunch.com/2023/08/24/hugging-face-raises-235m-from-investors-including-salesforce-and-nvidia/">Hugging Face</a> raises $235M</li><li>Inside the $6.5 billion <a href="https://www.axios.com/2023/08/01/inside-the-65-billion-buyout-of-new-relic">buyout</a> of New Relic</li></ul><h2>September</h2><ul><li>Cisco buys cybersecurity firm <a href="https://www.reuters.com/markets/deals/cisco-acquire-splunk-28-billion-2023-09-21/">Splunk</a> for $28B</li><li>Modern <a href="https://medium.com/@mbianchidev/2023-devops-is-terrible-ec88162c86d7">devops&#x27; evolution</a> into platform engineering in 2023</li><li>GitLab surveys 1,001 senior technology executives on <a href="https://securityboulevard.com/2023/09/ai-essential-to-secure-dev-successful-devsecops-yet-risks-abound/">AI and DevSecOps</a></li></ul><h2>October</h2><ul><li>AI startups still snag <a href="https://pitchbook.com/news/articles/generative-AI-vc-huge-valuations-small-revenue">huge valuations</a> despite lack of revenue</li><li>A look at <a href="https://www.techtarget.com/searchenterpriseai/feature/A-look-at-open-source-AI-models">open source AI</a> models</li><li>Emerging <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/legal-licensing-open-source-generative-ai-challenges">legal challenges</a> for open source in the age of AI</li></ul><h2>November</h2><ul><li>“Just as GitHub was founded on Git, today we are <a href="https://analyticsindiamag.com/githubs-10-major-ai-updates-at-universe-2023/">re-founded</a> on Copilot”</li><li>President Biden issues <a href="https://www.whitehouse.gov/briefing-room/statements-releases/2023/10/30/fact-sheet-president-biden-issues-executive-order-on-safe-secure-and-trustworthy-artificial-intelligence/">Executive Order</a> on safe, secure, and trustworthy artificial intelligence</li><li>PagerDuty scoops up incident management startup <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2023/11/02/pagerduty-scoops-up-incident-management-startup-jeli-io">Jeli.io</a></li></ul><h2>December</h2><ul><li>Fortune releases <a href="https://fortune.com/ranking/cyber/">Cyber 60</a> of 2024</li><li>The <a href="https://news.crunchbase.com/ai/long-term-implications-openai-tech-ecosystem-benjamin-snapshot/">long-term implications</a> of the Sam Altman and OpenAI chaos on the tech ecosystem</li><li>11 key <a href="https://explodingtopics.com/blog/software-development-trends">software development</a> trends (2024-2026)</li></ul><p>Want the latest dev tools and enterprise software news delivered straight to your inbox? Be sure to <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr?utm_source=https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/2023-devtool-industry-year-in-review#email=xxxxx">subscribe</a> to our mailing lists to hear about upcoming events, published content, devtool product updates, and more.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/2023-devtool-industry-year-in-review">2023: DevTool Industry Year in Review</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #138, What’s New with Next.js Featuring Nick Taylor of OpenSauced</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-138-what-s-new-with-next-js-featuring-nick-taylor-of-opensauced</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Dec 2023 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6777b33c-71c2-4568-839d-5eed5b4bc02a</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 138 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Nick Taylor of OpenSauced. This talk explores the improvements and new features developers can expect from Next.js 14, as well as expert advice on choosing a frontend framework and navigating the unique challenges of open source projects.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 138 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Nick Taylor of OpenSauced. This talk explores the improvements and new features developers can expect from Next.js 14, as well as expert advice on choosing a frontend framework and navigating the unique challenges of open source projects.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-138-what-s-new-with-next-js-featuring-nick-taylor-of-opensauced">Ep. #138, What’s New with Next.js Featuring Nick Taylor of OpenSauced</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #39, Live From KubeCon 2023</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-39-live-from-kubecon-2023</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Dec 2023 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">51bb4441-1531-44a4-be16-579aee73068a</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 39 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie recount their experience at KubeCon 2023 and share interviews from the event with guests like Matt Butcher and Radu Matei of Fermyon, Umair Khan of Stacklet, Anna Reale of Keptn, Solomon Hykes of Dagger, Bailey Hayes of wasmCloud, and many more.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 39 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie recount their experience at KubeCon 2023 and share interviews from the event with guests like Matt Butcher and Radu Matei of Fermyon, Umair Khan of Stacklet, Anna Reale of Keptn, Solomon Hykes of Dagger, Bailey Hayes of wasmCloud, and many more.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-39-live-from-kubecon-2023">Ep. #39, Live From KubeCon 2023</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #2, Putting LLMs to Work with Liz Fong-Jones and Phillip Carter of Honeycomb</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-putting-llms-to-work-with-liz-fong-jones-and-phillip-carter-of-honeycomb</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Dec 2023 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5cf2ba78-3695-4b29-9399-142597a06b96</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 2 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers speaks with Liz Fong-Jones and Phillip Carter of Honeycomb. Together they explore use cases for LLMs, insights on navigating AI hallucinations, the tradeoffs between prompt engineering and fine-tuning, and the privacy and security implications inherent to commercial LLMs.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 2 of Generationship, Rachel Chalmers speaks with Liz Fong-Jones and Phillip Carter of Honeycomb. Together they explore use cases for LLMs, insights on navigating AI hallucinations, the tradeoffs between prompt engineering and fine-tuning, and the privacy and security implications inherent to commercial LLMs.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-putting-llms-to-work-with-liz-fong-jones-and-phillip-carter-of-honeycomb">Ep. #2, Putting LLMs to Work with Liz Fong-Jones and Phillip Carter of Honeycomb</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Gridding: A Prioritizing and Planning Blueprint</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/gridding-prioritizing-and-planning</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Dec 2023 20:16:07 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product Teams]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Engineering Teams]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Product Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8b21b2fa-dd43-4ca5-a7ac-f88c132c8f41</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this special Speaker Series, product expert Craig Kerstiens explores startup communication, planning, &amp; prioritization via gridding.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Guide to SEO in the Age of AI, Plus Modern Best Practices</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/seo-best-practices-generative-ai</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Nov 2023 18:08:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[SEO]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Content Marketing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Technical Developer Content]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Content Creation]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Generative AI]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4af0b9f2-aa6b-4737-8bb6-12ec8d8692b6</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Ashley McClelland and Justin Dunham of content performance agency ércule explain how startups can prepare their SEO strategy for the age of AI.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>How Will Generative AI Change SEO as We Know It?</h2><p>Search engine optimization, the art of optimizing your startup’s website and content to “be found” by search engines such as Google and Bing, has traditionally been one of the most efficient, cost-effective ways to help startups grow their businesses. Research has suggested that more than <a href="https://videos.brightedge.com/research-report/BrightEdge_ChannelReport2019_FINAL.pdf">50%</a> of all website traffic comes from search engines, with an estimated <a href="https://sparktoro.com/blog/2018-search-market-share-myths-vs-realities-of-google-bing-amazon-facebook-duckduckgo-more/">90%+</a> of global traffic sourced from Google Search, maps, and images. Or at least, that’s how it used to be. Search giant Google is applying its research in machine learning to what could be the next great leap forward for internet search: “<a href="https://blog.google/products/search/generative-ai-search/">Search Generative Experience</a>” (SGE). SGE will use the company’s generative AI models to “enhance” search engine results pages (SERP)–in some cases, completely replacing the first page of SERP with AI-generated text, rather than the familiar list of links to other websites.</p><p>What do the coming changes mean for startups, and what role should AI tools such as large-language models (LLMs) play in content generation (if any)? We consulted with Ashley McClelland and Justin Dunham of content performance agency <a href="https://www.ercule.co/">ércule</a>, who shared topline insights into standard SEO best practices, as well as a practical, forward-looking guide to the future of SEO and content distribution in the age of GenAI.</p><h2>Common Mistakes: “Pet Projects,” Intentionality, Quantity vs. Quality</h2><ul><li>Avoid Focusing on Technical “Pet Projects”: Projects that are interesting to <em>you</em> may not be of interest or seen as valuable by prospects.</li><li>Intentionally Plan Content for SEO Performance: Rather than retroactively adding a few SEO nuances post-writing, a best practice is to plan your SEO strategy and anticipate your readers’ intent <em>before</em> writing your next article.</li><li>Consider Fewer, Higher-Quality Posts to Start: Rather than spinning up many content pieces that may or may not be relevant, consider a small handful of highly polished articles that address your ideal customer profile (ICP), and whose topics you can repurpose into other channels, such as social media, podcasts, and others.</li></ul><p>The ércule team discusses some of the more-common mistakes early-stage founders make. “Number one, they’ll sometimes assume that things they write will be interesting to <em>other people</em> because they&#x27;re interesting to <em>them</em>. And so you end up with a lot of very specific posts about fun side projects–which, don’t get me wrong, can be great things to write. It can be very important to write about other projects that are meaningful to your startup and help differentiate you. But it probably won&#x27;t perform in search. Search is about <em>user intent</em>—which Google has always interpreted as questions, which people type in as their search queries, for which they seek answers. So if you don&#x27;t write something that aligns with the <em>search intent</em> of your potential website visitors–that is, the actual question that real human beings out there are hoping to answer, then it&#x27;s going to be a lot harder for it to rank.”</p><p>The ércule team also suggests that a common misconception is that content marketing and writing are the same thing. “Content marketing and SEO are completely different from just plain old writing. When you’re handling things correctly, there&#x27;s a ton of other activities that should be happening, of which the writing of the post is actually the very last thing that you do. For example, we’ll hear founders say, ‘Oh, we&#x27;ll write some stuff, and we&#x27;ll SEO it up, and put it up on the blog, and get some traffic.’ But that doesn’t really work. You can’t just apply SEO like a coat of paint at the end. You have to <em>design your content for performance</em>.”</p><p>A third common mistake is founders rushing into content before first doing the important work of determining their ICP, their positioning, and overall messaging to understand which personas are a relevant part of their audiences, and which aren’t. The team suggests that some startups may put too much emphasis on tactical stuff like keyword research, and not enough on strategic stuff like researching relevant content that genuinely matters to potential customers.</p><blockquote>Taking an intentional approach is much better than just writing a bunch of articles and seeing what sticks.” - Justin Dunham, Partner / ércule</blockquote><p>In other words, having a data-driven approach to content isn’t a bad thing—but it isn’t everything. “Even if you manage to <em>get </em>organic traffic, there&#x27;s no guarantee whatsoever that you can convert any of those people into customers. So our advice for founders or early-stage folks is to think about producing a very small number of pieces of content. High-quality stuff, posted with some consistency–maybe one post a month or something like that. And think about things that you can repurpose. So we&#x27;d much rather see startups write one good piece that they can, without a lot of extra effort, spin into two or three other pieces on other channels. Everything you produce should be repurposable, it should be high quality, it should answer the implicit question in the search queries you’re targeting, and it should also be useful on your other channels.”</p><p>“Taking an intentional approach is much better than just writing a bunch of articles and seeing what sticks. Here’s the thing: You might write something you think could work for organic search, but if it’s of high enough quality and relevant to your audiences, it could also be something that you can hand off to a prospect. So in addition to potentially ranking with your insightful blog on CI/CD, you can also approach a prospect with: ‘Hey, we just wrote this guide for best practices in CI/CD and thought you might like to take a look’ as a follow-up asset. It’s something you can also give to a sales rep or something you can put on LinkedIn or other social feeds.”</p><h3>More Resources: Learn More About How to Identify Relevant Personas for Content:</h3><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/messaging-framework">Article - Dear Founders: Start with Messaging by Dana Oshiro</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/positioning-winning-the-battle-for-the-developers-mind">Video - Positioning: Winning the Battle for the Developer’s Mind with Geva Perry</a></li></ul><h2>Website Optimization is Table Stakes, Quality Beats Algorithms</h2><ul><li>Quality Content Matters: Google’s primary focus is surfacing content that shows experience, expertise, authoritativeness, and trustworthiness.</li><li>Website Optimization Is Now Table Stakes: Website redirects, load speed, and architecture are basic concerns to be managed to a functional level–then put on the back burner in favor of better content.</li><li>Algorithms Take a Back Seat to Content: Similarly, Google’s wonderful zoo full of pandas and penguins and other algorithms are less pressing than high-quality content.</li></ul><p>The ércule team suggests that the biggest change in the SEO industry may simply be its focus on <em>content quality</em>–including whether what you produce reflects Google’s stated goal to prioritize content that demonstrates experience, expertise, authoritativeness, and trustworthiness <a href="https://searchengineland.com/google-search-quality-rater-guidelines-changes-december-2022-390350">(EEAT)</a>. “We continue to see that SEO is more and more about content quality and really reaching your audience–and knowing what they want to read. It&#x27;s also much more about distribution of your content on other channels.”</p><p>The team suggests that technical website work–such as implementing <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_301">301 redirects</a> when updating URLs or optimizing page speed by minimizing image sizes and in-page assets–are no longer the significant differentiators they might have been. “Getting your site’s various web pages in a great technical place has become table stakes at this point.”</p><p>“All the changes that Google is making are really just driving higher-quality content to the top. And because higher-quality content is really hard to produce at scale, it means that smaller companies need to be more and more focused on what their audience specifically wants to read. Which means that if we were founders right now, we would spend zero minutes thinking about Google’s various <a href="https://www.searchenginejournal.com/google-algorithm-history/">algorithm updates</a>. We’d spend zero minutes doing technical hacking of our startup’s website as long as it was in good shape. We would be thinking about what our prospects want to read–what are the questions we can answer that align with some search intent they have.”</p><h3>More Resources: Learn More About Content Strategy for Startups:</h3><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-successful-devtool-companies-manage-content-strategies">Article - How Successful DevTool Companies Manage Content Strategies ft. Atlassian, CircleCI, Retool, Orbit, LaunchDarkly</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/thought-leadership-for-technical-founders">Article - Thought Leadership for Technical Founders by Karl Hanson</a></li></ul><h2>What to Know About Google Analytics 4</h2><ul><li>GA3 Is Off. Migrate to GA4 Immediately: GA3 is no longer collecting data–if your startup has a website, and you’re not currently running a GA4 instance, sign up immediately.</li><li>GA4 Covers the Basics, But May Become More Useful as Your Business Grows: GA4 should still track basic website data (sessions, bounce rates, etc.) but can also be useful for activities such as website integrations and Google Ads.</li><li>Google Tag Manager Gives You More Control to Track Custom Activities: Though optional, Tag Manager gives website owners the ability to track a variety of custom activities across their site without having to make code changes.</li></ul><p>The search giant has finally pulled the plug on Google Analytics 3, the web analytics tool that everyone used to use for their website. Officially, GA3 was to stop collecting traffic data as of <a href="https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/13467533?hl=en#zippy=%2Cin-this-article">July 1, 2023</a>, to “encourage” users to migrate to Google Analytics 4 and begin collecting new website datasets within the new tool. GA4 is admittedly a relatively new product with different nuances to be aware of, but it should offer some of the same key measurements as its predecessor.</p><p>“Despite the announced July 1 date, we noticed that many of our clients had their universal analytics properties continue to collect data for a while–but this is at an end. So anyone reading this absolutely needs to migrate immediately. But overall, when using GA4, we’ll still want to look at conventional metrics, such as web sessions, and maybe bounce rates, and what channels users are coming from. Those fundamentals are the same–a little harder to find in GA4–but they&#x27;re all still there.”</p><p>“Another thing to consider is that GA4 is a much more powerful tool in GA3 in a lot of important ways: Much more like a BI tool for your web analytics. Over time, it has a lot of power that you can use to measure different events and other things happening on your website, as well as things within your product.”</p><blockquote>For people who aren’t fans of GA4 so far, we have some bad news...it’s very likely you’ll find yourself having to come back to using GA4 for some other integration or use case, such as Google Ads.” - Justin Dunham, Partner / ércule</blockquote><p>“Honestly, for people who aren’t fans of GA4 so far, we have some bad news–even if you try to use completely different products now, it’s very likely you’ll find yourself having to come back to using GA4 for some other integration or use case, such as Google Ads–which works a lot better when there&#x27;s a GA4 instance. And if you haven’t already been running GA4, you’re going to have to spin up a new instance that will have no data in it. You really <em>do </em>want to run GA4, even if you never touch it, because at some point, as your company grows and you need your website to do more work for you, you&#x27;re going to need GA4 for integrations, Google ads, digital marketing...it&#x27;s just going to happen.”</p><p>“So that&#x27;s the bad news. However, there are a lot of really good tools that you can use alongside GA4 to build more-complex funnels and tracking. One example is the open-source product analytics tool <a href="https://www.posthog.com">PostHog</a>, or more-conventional tools such as <a href="https://www.mixpanel.com">MixPanel</a>.</p><p>“Thankfully, installing GA4 is certainly easier than other technical processes. Essentially, these are the steps: First, you&#x27;re going to go to <a href="https://videos.brightedge.com/research-report/BrightEdge_ChannelReport2019_FINAL.pdf">analytics.google.com</a> site and sign up for GA4. The website will give you a JavaScript snippet to install on your website–basically adding a JavaScript Pixel. While you’re not required to use it, our team really likes Google Tag Manager, which gives you a lot more control over tracking conversions and other activities on your website. It lets you manage analytics tags without touching the code on your site.”</p><p>“So if you want to instrument an event, like a signup, or if you decide to experiment with Google Ads, or if you decide to experiment with a heat-mapping tool or something else, you can go into the Tag Manager UI, add what you need, and then get it deployed. If something goes wrong, you can also roll it back really easily. Installing Tag Manager is admittedly an extra step, and may not be a hard requirement when you’re still setting up your business, but it’s very, very helpful. From there, you log into GA4, and it should tell you that it&#x27;s collecting data.”</p><p>“From there, where it gets more complicated is if you decide that you want to add custom data somewhere, or add custom dimensions around how old this blog post was that a prospect was looking at, what category it was in, or instrumenting conversions, or generating custom reports on how many signups your website is getting. And the ércule team is always happy to help with that sort of thing.”</p><h3>More Resources: Learn About the Technical Side of SEO, Google, and Website Optimization</h3><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/content-seo-founders-guide">Article - Content and SEO in the Early Days: A Founder’s Guide to Blogging by Erik Dietrich</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/doubling-down-on-content-qa-with-mitch-wainer">Article - Doubling Down on Content: Q&amp;A with Mitch Wainer</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/when-will-i-start-to-see-traffic-a-field-guide-for-managing-expectations-in-content-marketing">Article - When Will I Start to See Traffic? A Field Guide for Managing Expectations in Content Marketing</a></li></ul><h2>How to Support Category Creation with SEO</h2><ul><li>When Creating a Variation on a Category, Don’t Shy Away From the Original: An important part of winning a new category variant is becoming an established name in the original category (and then explaining why your variation is better).</li><li>Creating a Net-New Category Will Cost You: Sometimes, creating a totally new category is absolutely the right play–but it will require significant investment into your content, brand, and amplifying what you do.</li></ul><p>Startups frequently face the challenge of how to define their products relative to existing product categories. Often, startups either:</p><ol><li>Provide a product in a new category</li><li>Provide a product within an established category and look to differentiate themselves, or</li><li>Provide a variation on an established category</li></ol><p>The ércule team notes that many early-stage startups may find themselves in the third situation, and shares its recommendations. “One thing we commonly advise startups to do is not be afraid of the category that they’re trying to differentiate from. Instead, you can bring clarity to what you’re trying to do by looking at the research around that category and pinning yourself to its most valuable aspects, but also positioning against it in a meaningful way.”</p><p>“To create a category, you need something to differentiate from, but you also want to be known in that category from which you&#x27;re differentiating yourself. If you want to build search traffic and you want to do a new category, the best way to do that is to build search traffic in the old category and talk about why your new category is a better version of that old category.”</p><blockquote>You can bring clarity to what you’re trying to do by looking at the research around that category and pinning yourself to its most valuable aspects, but also positioning against it in a meaningful way.” - Ashley McClelland, Partner / ércule</blockquote><p>“Another thing to mention is that while people frequently talk about net-new ‘category creation,’ they should be advised that it’s really, really hard and really expensive. You have to really have to roll that out across everything you do. Your content has to change. You probably need to run an event around the new category. You need to have things to say to analysts around the new category. You have to spend time on PR, you have to educate people on what your new category is.</p><p>That’s not to say that no one should ever try to create a new category. You might have a great idea, especially for companies that are at the right time and place, but just be aware that investing in category creation is a pretty significant bet. It’s definitely not the sort of thing you can consistently accomplish with small, inexpensive experiments here and there.”</p><h3>More Resources: Positioning Yourself Within, or Against, Established Categories</h3><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/category-leader-essentials-features-management-and-momentum-w-netlify-slack-datastax">Video - Category Leader Essentials with Netlify, Slack, DataStax</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/linkerd-a-case-study-in-developer-tools-category-creation">Article - Linkerd: A Case Study in Developer Tools Category Creation by Ashley Dotterweich</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/early-stage-positioning-for-b2b-startups-with-justin-warren">Video: Early Stage Positioning for B2B Startups with Justin Warren</a></li></ul><p></p><h2>Preparing for AI and Google’s Search Generative Experience (SGE)</h2><ul><li>Google’s New AI Results Will Fundamentally Change SEO, But Likely Not for Tech Startups: Google’s SGE will likely start replacing website search results with its own AI-generated content primarily for common search queries such as popular cooking recipes or common tasks.</li><li>SGE Is Unlikely to Affect Search Results for Highly Specialized Technical Content for Some Time: Given how challenging it can be to properly train AI models within an abundance of data to “feed” them, it’s unlikely that Google will display its AI search results for any kind of highly specific technical specs–including the kind of specialized solutions that many tech startups focus on.</li><li>For Early-Stage Startups, Content Should Be an Exercise in Focus: It’s probably not the best idea to generate thousands of low-quality blog articles at an early stage. Instead, intentionally focusing on specific topics and categories, and treating content like product launches, may bear the most fruit.</li></ul><p>How should startups prepare for <a href="https://labs.google/sge/">Google SGE</a>, the search giant’s AI-powered search experience, which is set to start returning AI-generated results in response to certain broad queries? While SGE made headlines when Google revealed the new tool’s functionality may replace <a href="https://www.theverge.com/2023/5/10/23717120/google-search-ai-results-generated-experience-io">the entire first page of SERP on mobile</a> with generated results, it’s unlikely that the new system will do so for anything but the most generic of queries–such as basic cooking recipes (such as “Best chocolate chip cookie recipe”) or how-to instructions for mundane, day-to-day tasks (“How to change a flat tire”). For highly specialized technical content, Google will likely not rely on LLMs for content creation, and instead continue to defer to specialized websites–including those of ambitious startup founders–for the foreseeable future.</p><p>But what does generative AI mean for content creation? With the ability of GPT-style tools to rapidly spin up content, are we in for a new online golden age, where all the content online is of immaculate quality crafted by artificial intelligence? Maybe not, suggests the ércule team.</p><p>“The results we’ve seen from people attempting to produce highly technical product content using generative AI tools like ChatGPT, Bard, and other chatbots has generally been of really low quality. We’ve spoken to founders who are concerned about having to compete against GPT-created content in SEO rankings for highly technical terms such as ‘DevOps’ or ‘cloud containerization.’ They ask us, ‘Why should I spend a bunch of time writing an article about this if I&#x27;m just going to get swamped by AI-generated content by other companies?’”</p><p>As it turns out, using artificial intelligence as a kind of automation solution purely for content creation isn’t really working, or providing a great user experience. “The point is that the quality of AI-generated content for those topics is relatively poor. That&#x27;s not the case for, let’s say, a recipe website or something else like that where AI-generated content is more of a threat. In other words, for technical founders and marketers at early-stage companies, AI-generated content is probably not something they have to worry about yet. Content that covers highly commoditized topics–like a basic cooking recipe–seems much more likely to be the kind of thing that Google’s SGE is compiling as datasets to train itself on and serves results for. Content that discusses highly nuanced technical details is far less likely to be returned by AI for some time.”</p><p>Today’s artificial intelligence tools suffer from numerous well-documented issues, including hallucinations, biases, and other issues that may prevent them from being foolproof content generation engines. “For startups in this space, we’re hesitant to even recommend any specific AI tools for SEO, because for technical content built around technical products, credibility is so, so important. And today’s generative AI doesn&#x27;t give you credibility on this stuff.”</p><p>“Where we’ve seen generative AI be most helpful is for companies that are generating content at scale and have a process in place to use AI for production—for example, e-commerce businesses may find it useful to use GenAI for extremely basic stuff such as product descriptions, . To be clear, we’re talking about less-critical content that somebody still looks at, but that they don&#x27;t write from scratch. Another place that we&#x27;re seeing our clients use AI, which might be more interesting, is programmatic campaigns, in which AI generates pages on your website for you. And generative AI can also be OK as a way of generating the very first draft of a blog post, provided that the outline was done by a human. So you need the outline to be done by a human, or the first draft to be done by a human. From there, as a founder, the job of you and the content creators on your team is to go through what has been generated and add specific examples, points from your own experience, statistics that you have, code samples, all the things that make an article credible, relevant, and differentiated.”</p><p>But shouldn’t founders take advantage of the wondrous AI technology of OpenAI, Meta, Microsoft, and other chatbot vendors to spin up massive quantities of content in confident-sounding natural language? “Where we don’t see GenAI as super useful–and this could come back to bite us eventually–is as an important time investment for early-stage founders to generate thousands of blog posts. We just don&#x27;t see it as useful for end-to-end writing of this kind of content. There are creative ways to use GenAI that can be beneficial, but to make content that will move the needle, you really have to focus your workflow on creating quality over quantity.”</p><p>Will the AI revolution change the fundamentals of SEO? That depends on your definition of what SEO fundamentals are. The ércule team suggests, “If you think the fundamentals of SEO are backlinks and low-quality content and the other, somewhat underhanded things that SEOs used to do 20 years ago, then, yeah, AI will change the fundamentals. But we think the fundamentals are really high-quality content that&#x27;s distributed in a lot of places–which isn’t all that different from traditional SEO.”</p><p>“In terms of distribution–for instance, let’s say we write something on our blog. But if we can also get it in front of people on our social media channels, we can get it in front of people who are hopefully going to talk about it in an interview. From there, we can cover the topic on a podcast, and stuff like that. <em>That&#x27;s </em>really going to help us. So for today’s SEO, and possibly tomorrow’s, what matters is distribution, understanding your audience, and making sure you’re creating something they really want.”</p><blockquote>If you think the fundamentals of SEO are backlinks and low-quality content and the other, somewhat underhanded things that SEOs used to do 20 years ago, then, yeah, AI will change the fundamentals.” - Justin Dunham, Partner / ércule</blockquote><p>“SGE and all these generative experiences from various LLMs are going to probably tend to summarize the top results, at least for a while. Those have always been the results that Google ‘thinks’ are the ‘best’ or ‘most relevant.’ So, if we&#x27;re in those top results, that&#x27;s where things become even more important...because it&#x27;s really easy to rank on page five or six of Google search results for a bunch of topics. But it&#x27;s harder and also much more valuable to rank much higher for a smaller number of topics.”</p><p>“So again, we come back to focusing on who the people are who are reading your article, and thinking about being at that early stage for building out your content, and really focusing on a limited number of topics, and ranking for those things. That is where we see things being picked up by AI.”</p><p>How will AI change day-to-day SEO in the future? “In some ways, it’s a new toolkit for everybody to use. It certainly makes our jobs easier in terms of analyzing content and making recommendations. It potentially makes writing a bit easier. But we still think that SEO will come down to high-quality content that is well distributed, not stuff we put on our blog, and then forgot to tell people about. Stuff that we&#x27;re revisiting and tending to and paying attention to. That sort of thing isn’t going to change all that much.”</p><p>“Here’s a metaphor we use when we talk to early-stage startups: A good way to think about your content, and your marketing in general is not that you’re writing a blog post to get signups out of it. Instead, you’re building another <em>product</em>, and you’ll need to have the same sort of patience that process requires–but with all the potential return on investment if you do it well.”</p><h2>Your Content Distribution Strategy</h2><ul><li>Early-Stage Startups Should Focus on a Few Channels: One channel is your website’s blog. In the interest of focusing on getting results, it’s a good idea to think about zeroing in on one other channel aside from your blog.</li><li>Find Channels Where Your Customers Live. Learn How They Work: Your best bet is to go where your ideal customers already are and understand whom and what they listen to–and how to successfully drive engagement in that channel.</li></ul><p>Once you’ve figured out how AI fits into your SEO strategy, and how you’ll approach creating content, where should you put it? The ércule team recommends focusing on the channels that make sense for your audience.</p><p>“You’ll want to choose the right channel for your strategy. For example, businesses targeting enterprise buyers will likely find LinkedIn to be the place to be. For finding developers, there are a lot of places where people we work with are seeing success. For example, private Slack communities could be fruitful–if you’re a founder and you&#x27;re part of a Slack community that relates to your product, that&#x27;s a great source for content ideas, not just for promotion. People are asking questions and you can answer them–and from time to time, maybe you can answer those questions with a link back to something that you wrote. There are many communities out there for developers–a few examples are <a href="https://hashnode.com/">Hashnode</a> and <a href="https://videos.brightedge.com/research-report/BrightEdge_ChannelReport2019_FINAL.pdf">dev.to</a>, and <a href="https://www.reddit.com">Reddit</a> can be a good place to get traction.”</p><p>“Regardless of which specific channel(s) you choose, as a founder, you&#x27;re probably only going to be able to do one or two channels really well. And one of those channels is probably going to be your blog on your website. So it&#x27;s worth experimenting with a number of different ones to see which one fits. Though there are alternatives to consider such as podcasts. Producing your own is definitely an investment!”</p><p>“Regardless, content distribution can be a slow burn that requires you to be consistent and disciplined. Just like with a new software product, you might not expect to launch and get thousands of signups in just the first month or two. After you launch your product, you need to do a bunch of work around marketing to get users and engagement. Again, in many ways, it&#x27;s just like launching and marketing a new product. So, the right way is to do some experiments.”</p><p>“An important experiment to consider for distribution is understanding who your audiences are, and how they are segmented. Which helps you figure out which channels map best to those segments. For every community, there are going to be certain things that are considered to be of higher value than others. And you get to know that by asking people you think are in your target audience. You figure out where they hang out, what and whom they listen to, and where they get their information. And you might learn that there&#x27;s this one Python podcast that everybody who&#x27;s into data engineering listens to. Those are the finds that can be like gold for you. Now, not every audience has a segment like that with a great channel, but if you do enough research, a lot of times you can come up with at least a few avenues to explore that are more likely to get you traction because your audience already cares about them. In some cases, it can be valuable to get that granular, instead of just trying everything at a high level and not necessarily seeing results.”</p><p>“Finally, when considering your choice of channel, it can also be valuable to consider the nuances of that channel and how to succeed there. For example, LinkedIn’s algorithms seem to have a tendency to reward users who are early adopters of new features. It also seems to reward users who exhibit their preferred behavior, such as not including a link in your initial post, or ensuring you engage with other users’ posts.”</p><h3>More Resources: How to Amplify Your Content With Smart Distribution</h3><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/using-data-to-create-content-that-spreads">Video: Using Data To Create Content That Spreads with Rohin Dar</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/building-contentfuls-global-advocacy-program">Article: Building Contentful’s Global Advocacy Program by Ted Carstensen</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-a-content-marketing-machine">Video: Building A Content Marketing Machine with Hiten Shah</a></li></ul><h2>How to Make the Most of a Potentially AI-Driven SEO Landscape</h2><ul><li>Content Is a Cost-Efficient Tactic for Startups That’s Hard to Avoid: The outsize value that high-quality content provides probably outweighs the admittedly annoying prospect of Google and other AI vendors using your content to train their models.</li><li>Google’s SGE and Other AI Vendors Training on Your Content Could Be a Win: Google and other top vendors will likely train their AI models using the best content in the space. If the future of content will be dominated by AI-generated results, it’s probably best to have your message and your content be what dominates those results.</li></ul><p>So the future of web content may be that Google’s AI algorithm gobbles everything up and that it surfaces as much of its own AI-generated content as results as it possibly can. Does this mean that content is done for? Does this mean startup founders should abandon ship and try other channels? The ércule team doesn’t think so.</p><p>“It can be frustrating to think that you’re devoting all this time and effort to creating high-quality content that Google is just going to feed to its AI algorithm and spit out itself. And there are, of course, other ways to go to market–you can hire a fleet of salespeople, you can avoid organic and go the paid route, and invest significantly in costly digital advertising, for instance. But for early-stage startups who are still wondering whether content marketing is a good strategy for them, we’d gently point out that going with a purely paid strategy or a purely sales-led approach can be too expensive for startups to try at the very beginning.”</p><blockquote>For founders who are worried about Google, we recommend that, once you have high-quality content that’s worth distributing, you then distribute that content as much as you can.” - Justin Dunham, Partner / ércule</blockquote><p>“At some point, you probably will end up doing some kind of content. Whether that&#x27;s having a blog you purposely build for marketing, or whether that’s great documentation for your product or some other thing, you&#x27;re still going to be doing content of some kind. So there isn&#x27;t really a way around that. The best advice we can give is to produce content that doesn&#x27;t just rely on Google to be successful. You’re going to want to produce content that your audience really wants to read. Which means you can distribute it successfully. Yes, on Google, but also in your newsletter, and in your nurture tracks when people sign up for email updates, in updates to your investors so they can send it to all of their friends and portfolio companies. So for founders who are worried about Google, we recommend that, once you have high-quality content that’s worth distributing, you <em>then</em> distribute that content as much as you can.”</p><p>“What if Google takes your content and turns it into AI training data fodder? First of all, that’s a wonderful thing if it happens because it means that your content was one of the top results–which again, is what Google will presumably use to inform its AI algorithms. And again, it’s not all that likely to happen anytime soon because of the complexity of the content. But the way around that risk of Google returning AI search results powered by your content instead of links to your website, if it is a ‘risk,’ is to produce content that you&#x27;re using in lots of different places.”</p><p>“In terms of <a href="https://www.searchenginejournal.com/how-to-block-chatgpt-from-using-your-website-content/478384/">blocking your website to prevent AIs from scraping your website’s content</a> to train them, we’re not sure we’d recommend that kind of thing as a priority for an early-stage startup founder. Instead, it’s probably a better idea to focus on producing the actual content. It’s not necessarily a great use of time to worry about controlling exactly how it gets used or picked up by anybody–because frankly, if it does, that’s potentially a win. What if Google serves the same AI-generated search result to everyone, and that result contains your message? Maybe Google’s AI search results will effectively become the new <a href="https://developers.google.com/search/docs/appearance/featured-snippets">featured snippet</a>.”</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/seo-best-practices-generative-ai">A Guide to SEO in the Age of AI, Plus Modern Best Practices</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #1, Building Future Infrastructure Sustainably with Catharine Strauss</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-building-future-infrastructure-sustainably-with-catharine-strauss</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Nov 2023 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">07de5edb-e5bf-4de3-b6bd-4b5408fb824a</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Generationship is a podcast exploring the intersection of infrastructure and artificial intelligence through a technical and philosophical lens. In this debut episode, host Rachel Chalmers is joined by special guest Catharine Strauss of Summerstir Solutions. Together they dive deep into the world of infrastructure capacity planning, sustainability in data centers, the future of AI in the industry, the importance of getting outdoors, and much more.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Generationship is a podcast exploring the intersection of infrastructure and artificial intelligence through a technical and philosophical lens. In this debut episode, host Rachel Chalmers is joined by special guest Catharine Strauss of Summerstir Solutions. Together they dive deep into the world of infrastructure capacity planning, sustainability in data centers, the future of AI in the industry, the importance of getting outdoors, and much more.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-building-future-infrastructure-sustainably-with-catharine-strauss">Ep. #1, Building Future Infrastructure Sustainably with Catharine Strauss</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Authentic Communities in the Era of AI</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/Authentic-Communities-in-the-Era-of-AI</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Nov 2023 21:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Community]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer First]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[LLM]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4380e6ad-2574-48f2-904d-689807ca89c7</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this special Speaker Series event, our panel explores the implications of AI on the effort and ability to build authentic communities. They answer questions about AI generated code contributions, the authenticity of users in online communities, and the security of data shared in online networks.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #65, Simplifying Tracing with Sophie DeBenedetto of GitHub</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-65-simplifying-tracing-with-sophie-debenedetto-of-github</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Nov 2023 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9ecebf36-6925-4caf-9eb0-1d432e6c36c1</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 65 of o11ycast, Jess and Martin speak with Sophie DeBenedetto of GitHub. This talk explores observability at GitHub, the value of tracing, the BEAM ecosystem, the Elixir language, and insights on leveraging observability at scale.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 65 of o11ycast, Jess and Martin speak with Sophie DeBenedetto of GitHub. This talk explores observability at GitHub, the value of tracing, the BEAM ecosystem, the Elixir language, and insights on leveraging observability at scale.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-65-simplifying-tracing-with-sophie-debenedetto-of-github">Ep. #65, Simplifying Tracing with Sophie DeBenedetto of GitHub</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Build a Successful Founder-Led Sales Strategy</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/founder-led-sales-strategy</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Nov 2023 20:56:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Sales]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Sales Frameworks]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Sales Teams]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Sales Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c935f25a-3ef4-405e-ab1a-afaf148f0c8f</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Sales expert Walter Roth explains how early-stage founders can step into the role of first seller by applying core engineering principles.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>How to Build a Successful Founder-Led Sales Strategy</h2><p>Hi, I’m Walter, and I coach startup founders to break through their preconceived notions about whether sales is a good a fit for them (spoiler alert: if you’re a founder, it is), as well as how to approach sales from first principles, and how to be as methodical about sales as you would any engineering project. In just a moment, I’m going to go very, very in-depth in my advice, but I’ll start with a quick summary of key steps that I recommend for any new startup founder:</p><h3>1. Embrace Founder-Led Sales</h3><p>As a founder, no one has more passion for solving the particular problems in your domain. And so, no one can answer questions about your product better than you can. It’s widely considered a best practice for early-stage startups for founders to act as first sellers, not just because of their deep product knowledge, but also because it builds important strategic muscle that will help you scale your company in the future.</p><h3>2. Maybe Rethink Those Preconceived Notions About Sales?</h3><p>Contrary to what you might have heard, sales has very little to do with being charming and persuasive, and much more to do with the same kind of methodical engineering processes in which you’re already an expert: Careful searching, pattern-matching, scoping the scale and size of problems, and even unit testing. (Yes, really!)</p><h3>3. Start From First Principles</h3><p>I’ve met with and advised brilliant technical founders who are big fans of first principles when building products. You can take the same approach to sales by focusing on three key questions that should be the focus of all of your sales calls. Don’t worry, we’ll go over those questions, and how to ask them, in depth.</p><h3>4. Sell From a Place of Empathy (Yes, Really)</h3><p>Even though getting on the phone and asking a lot of questions might seem intimidating, you can base all of your sales efforts in deep empathy for your prospective customers. It turns out that success in sales maps directly to earnestly wanting to solve your customers’ problems–or determining as quickly as possible that you’re not a good fit.</p><h3>5. Build on Your Experience as a First Seller</h3><p>Once you understand the core principles of founder-led sales, you’ll unlock many important benefits for yourself and your startup, including a much clearer vision for how to hire and manage your first sales teams.</p><h3>6. Debug Last Principles</h3><p>As I cover below, some founders find places where unconscious beliefs and reactive behaviors act like bugs in the machine to sabotage your sales process. Once you identify them, you can remove or mitigate them with results that are massive and more or less instant. I’ve worked with many founders who, after increasing their conscious awareness of reactive patterns, went from hating sales to loving the process. No, really.<br/><br/></p><p>Ready? Let’s get started.</p><h2>Early-Stage Sales Is Intimidating for Founders (But Shouldn’t Be)</h2><h3>Important Takeaways on How to Make Sales Less Intimidating:</h3><ul><li><strong>At an Early Stage, Founders Being First Sellers Makes Sense:</strong> It’s an efficient use of headcount budget and no salesperson will ever have your passion for solving the problems you’ve identified. When you don’t have to “sound like” the stereotypical salesperson–and you don’t–you will likely become very good at the discovery process.</li><li><strong>Sales Isn’t Just About Bothering People With Cold Calls:</strong> Sales is an essential skillset for founders that will future-proof your business, even if you’re initially going bottom-up and selling directly to developers. In time, when your startup scales to need top-down sales, you’ll be glad you built up the muscle memory.</li></ul><p>There’s no clear, uniform path to founding a technical startup. Engineers of all stripes, former CTOs, and completely non-technical founders have all created successful developer-first organizations. However, one of the most common barriers to early-stage startup growth is sales. Not necessarily because sales is difficult (it is), or because it’s time-consuming (it is), but often because startup founders simply don’t feel comfortable stepping into the role of first seller. In my opinion, being <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-founders-guide-to-first-sales-hire">the first seller</a> is a crucial step in the maturation process of founders to leaders who can scale an entire organization, beyond product and engineering into important go-to-market (GTM) functions such as marketing and customer success. But founders I speak to are also concerned because, to them, B2B sales is about calling people. Messaging people on LinkedIn. Emailing people. Bothering people. People, who, like a lot of engineers and technical professionals, don’t particularly care to talk to sales themselves.</p><p>As it happens, there are ways to significantly speed up the transition from first-time founder to successful first-time seller. One of the most profound transformations in the process occurs when technical founders understand how much working in sales is like working in engineering. It’s something I cover in detail when founders consult with my organization <a href="https://www.simplelens.com/">Simple Lens</a>. Let me explain.</p><blockquote>Being the first seller is a crucial step in the maturation process of founders to leaders who can scale an entire organization.”</blockquote><p>I&#x27;m a sales coach for high-growth founders and founding teams. I&#x27;ve raised venture capital, been an entrepreneur-in-residence at a VC fund, helped set up sales for several early-stage companies (as I’ve spent time at larger orgs such as Oracle)–and I have an engineering degree, which heavily influenced my approach to sales. I consider myself a <em>sales founder</em>. My specialty is helping any kind of founder, whether from a developer, product, or other background, become a sales founder too.</p><p>To be successful first sellers, founders need to learn the fundamentals of go-to-market strategy (which involves more than just writing out a value proposition, or having your marketing team launch a podcast). They need to learn how to do customer development, and how to articulate where their organizations are in terms of proving out sales. Founders must also learn what kind of founding sales leaders they will eventually want on their team, how to hire them, how to delegate to them, and how to manage them. When founders invest in themselves to become successful first sellers, that means from the start, there&#x27;s sales DNA in the company. Even for startups that are launching with a product-led growth model, at some point, when they need to move towards having a formal sales motion, building out a founder-led sales strategy early helps you perform the initial thinking and planning in advance, so you don’t design yourself into a corner.</p><h3>More Resources on Early-Stage Sales:</h3><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/early-inside-sales-to-enterprise-success">Video - Early Inside Sales to Enterprise Success with Alex Malinovich</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/from-dev-to-enterprise-sales">Video - From Dev to Enterprise Sales with Andrew Levy</a></li></ul><h2>Good News, Founders: Sales Isn’t What You Think It Is</h2><h3>Important Takeaways on Founder-Led Sales Strategy:</h3><ul><li><strong>Sales Is Fundamentally About Cultivating Search-Based Skills:</strong> A winning smile helps, but sales is about pattern-matching for prospects that fit your startup’s ideal customer profile.</li><li><strong>Top-Down Sales May Be Hard to Avoid:</strong> While going developer-first is a fantastic way to sell meaningful products to passionate users, most successful startups have eventually had to scale to hiring a sales team. Which isn’t a bad thing, since you can learn how to properly hire and manage those, too.</li></ul><p>I say this to a lot of founders: There are actual first principles to sales. And for the most part, sales isn&#x27;t what they think it is. A lot of people think that sales is about persuasion and influence, but when you&#x27;re selling something new to a potentially new market, persuasion isn&#x27;t enough. Your task is actually searching for relevant people. So, the skills that you’ll be using don’t necessarily involve wining and dining customers until you’ve won them over. <em>The skillset you need to cultivate is a search-based skillset.</em></p><p>Secondly, a lot of startups try customer development–trying to figure out the value of their product to end users. But as an early-stage founder–maybe you just quit your day job, and you have a finite amount of runway from bootstrapped personal savings or funding from an investor like Heavybit–there&#x27;s only so much time that you have.</p><blockquote>The good news is: You don’t need to develop a bunch of new skills. You actually can use the existing skills that made you a successful engineer or product manager.”</blockquote><p>So what you need to do is put just enough of a <em>sales lens</em> on to look into the future and see if what you’re building is not only something that is of value to end users, but is something valuable enough to an organization that it will actually <em>buy</em> it. So in addition to building a product that people need, you&#x27;re also building an organization that can sustain that valuable product. In those early stages of product growth, the good news could be that you get growth–but the bad news will be that your targets get higher.</p><p>And at some point, you really have to have a sales motion. So even if you’re the kind of early-stage founder who just quit your day job, you really owe it to yourself to not just build an interesting technical product that has value to end users. You need to make sure you’ve got something that you can build an organization around with a sustained vision.</p><p>The good news is: You don’t need to develop a bunch of new skills. You actually can use the existing skills that made you a successful engineer or product manager. You just have to be aware that there are some first principles of sales that you have to integrate into your customer development process and your overall thinking.</p><h3>More Resources on How to Think About Sales:</h3><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/things-i-have-learned-about-sales-so-far">Video - Things I Have Learned About Sales So Far with Fred Stevens-Smith</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/heavybit-sales-master-class-bridget-gleason">Video - Heavybit Sales Master Class with Bridget Gleason</a></li></ul><h2>Founder-Led Sales From First Principles: The 3Ws</h2><h3>Important Takeaways on How to Make Sales Less Intimidating:</h3><ul><li><strong>Winning at Sales Means Focusing Attention on Deals that Will Close:</strong> By focusing only on deals that will close, and disqualifying deals that won’t, sellers set themselves up for success.</li><li><strong>Your Sales Conversations Should Focus on Three Fundamental Questions:</strong> A winning smile helps, but sales is fundamentally about pattern-matching for prospects that actually fit your startup’s ideal customer profile.</li></ul><p>To clarify, the first principle of sales that I help founding teams learn isn’t something I invented. It was actually invented by tech sales veteran <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/steve-browne-2024828/">Steve Browne</a>. Steve started at Oracle in 1987, and within a year or two, he was able to reverse-engineer the process we’re about to describe below. It was a period of astounding growth at Oracle, with the company going from a $50M valuation at the time to about a $1B valuation in the early 1990s–seemingly doubling in value every year. However, Oracle’s growth came at a cost–while the company was making headway in sales, it also fired half its sales team annually, and realized it needed to stop the attrition. Starting in 1998, Oracle asked him to teach incoming sales representatives what made him so successful at winning big deals that no one believed could be closed. He agreed on one condition: That he could write his own course, a condition to which Ray Lane (then President and COO) agreed. His course focused on the three important questions we dig into below, also known as the “3Ws.” Today, many sales leaders at some of the biggest tech companies reference the 3Ws, as do many popular sales books, including those that focus on the <a href="https://meddicc.com/meddic-sales-qualification-and-frameworks">MEDDIC</a> sales framework. Frankly, Steve is too humble to take credit for the wide use of this strategy in sales today, but I consider him to be the godfather of the 3Ws.<br/><br/>Here’s how Steve’s story started: He was an engineer until he learned that salespeople made five times more money than he did. And that offended him. He figured, “I&#x27;m just as smart. And I want a share in the value I can provide.” So he decided to become a salesperson. But being a smart engineer, he wanted to figure out the process first. So he became a solution engineer at Oracle, which gave him a front-row seat to watch all the greatest salespeople and all their sales efforts in action. The deals, conversations, and stories all became case studies for him.</p><p>What he found was the best salespeople only spent time on deals that were going to close. He says, “Great, I just have to spend time on closing deals that are <em>actually </em>going to close.” But the question is, how do you do that? And so, he realized that he’d have to figure out which deals were not going to close quickly–after which, he would spend no time on them. And at that point, he was thinking, “OK, great. Now how do I do <em>that?</em>” So after looking at all the deals that <em>didn&#x27;t</em> close, he would interview all the sales reps. They all had about a million sad stories about how one guy did this, or how they got shafted by some other guy. And what he found was that you could take all those sad stories and categorize them into three buckets, which we now call the “3 Why’s,” or “3Ws” for short:</p><p><strong>1. Why Buy Anything:</strong> One type of deal wouldn’t close because there wasn’t a good answer to the question: “Why buy anything?” In other words, there weren’t clear enough (or severe enough) pain points to generate activation energy for the prospect. Which meant doing nothing was an acceptable course of action.</p><p><strong>2. Why Buy Us:</strong> Another common sticking point was why <em>their </em>solution would have to be the one that potential customers would buy. Even for prospective customers that did need to make a change–that felt they ‘had to do something’–sales teams would lose the deals because they couldn’t state a strong enough case for their own product versus that of a competitor, or the option of building an in-house solution.</p><p><strong>3. Why Buy Now:</strong> The third bucket of common objections was about timing. For prospects wondering about the cost of waiting until next year&#x27;s budget, sales teams couldn’t state a strong enough case for urgency to buy now. Or, if prospects were considering buying a solution a quarter or two from now, and acquiring that solution ended up delayed for a few months, what would the cost of that few months’ slippage be? Would that cost be acceptable?</p><p>I met Steve when we worked at a startup together. And because I had an engineering degree, he broke down sales for me in such a way that I was able to realize: Sales is just another process–like many I had been tasked with managing as an engineer. And he had a way of driving conversations that made people think that he was going to be upfront with them if they were aligned. And during the conversation, Steve would actively try to determine whether what he was offering, and what prospects were looking for, were aligned. Were the people on the phone the right buyer personas to speak to? And if they weren’t, Steve would be more than happy to call attention to that fact. As he explained to me, <em>sales is a process of searching.</em></p><p>What I’ve found with startup founders is that they&#x27;re incredibly smart. They know processes. They know how to solve problems. And a lot of them love first principles. And so this process that Steve created is essentially what I consider to be the first principles of sales. What I’ve noticed is that when founders understand these questions, and start to get better at getting the answers to these questions, our “3Ws,” they become just as good at sales as the first reps and managers that they hire. Even if they ‘hate’ sales, or think they do, they usually end up becoming fans of it, as unlikely as that sounds.</p><h3>More Resources on Alternative Founder Perspectives on Sales:</h3><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/things-i-have-learned-about-sales-so-far">Video - Things I Have Learned About Sales So Far with Fred Stevens-Smith</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/heavybit-sales-master-class-bridget-gleason">Video - Heavybit Sales Master Class with Bridget Gleason</a></li></ul><h2>Why Do Early-Stage Founders Hate Sales? (Or Think They Do?)</h2><h3>Important Takeaways on Why Some Founders Shy Away from Sales:</h3><ul><li><strong>Hesitating at the Wrong Moment in Sales Conversations Costs You Deals:</strong> While some founders aren’t comfortable working with the kind of exploratory questions you need to ask in a sales conversation, stopping short of asking the right question can be the difference between winning and losing.</li><li><strong>Feeling Awkward? It Could Be Learned Behavior (That Can Be Unlearned):</strong> Sometimes an aversion to sales conversations can come from our individual beliefs–beliefs that founders can change.</li></ul><p>Here are some of the objections I hear a lot from founders who, for whatever reason, feel an aversion to working in sales:</p><ul><li>“I don&#x27;t want to bother these people.”</li><li>“I can&#x27;t ask these questions directly.”</li><li>“Maybe I need to give them a lot more information before they can answer questions.”</li></ul><p>And the aversion to asking questions, to ‘bothering’ people, can make them stop short in those crucial sales calls. They ask a question and they stop at features–which logically <em>seem</em> like the only answer to ‘why buy our product.’ That nagging self-doubt that causes founders to stop short becomes less of an objection and more of a pitfall that sabotages a startup’s sales process.</p><p>But if you start with those important preliminary questions, shouldn’t every sales conversation just be an easy thing that everyone flies through? Not exactly. I believe there are also <em>last principles</em> to sales that can help founders win more deals. They may think they have a handle on the “3Ws,” but when founders get into a conversation with a prospect, especially an intimidating executive, or maybe a celebrity developer, they start to feel this pressure. And all of a sudden, the first principles, the game plan...it all goes out the window.</p><p>I recently covered this in a conversation I had with the co-founders of a startup, but I believe that what happens is that founders have some ‘hidden principles’ that replace what they planned to talk about. They’re afraid they can&#x27;t ask questions directly because someone&#x27;s going to say ‘no’ and then hang up. If we want to get touchy-feely for a moment, these seem like they could be maladaptive patterns we developed as children to protect ourselves from rejection and the fear of being abandoned. Even though founders try to use our first principles, they may come to think that they’re conditional and only ‘work’ in certain situations.</p><p>What I tend to do with founders as I coach them is to review situations in which they tried to use those 3Ws and try to locate where they may have stopped short when receiving a challenging or disapproving response from the prospect. Obviously, not every question you ask on a sales call will elicit an enthusiastic response, but sometimes, when prospects pause or do something unexpected, founders may interpret the response as disapproval, or an urgent prompt to show more product. As I’ve found, such breaks in the conversation are usually more of an opportunity to find alignment between you and your prospect over what they really need–which can then guide what product to show, if any. </p><p>And what you find is that all of a sudden, they had sensations in their body or suddenly found themselves discovering limiting or unconscious beliefs they held that prevented them from asking the questions. In the process of going from hating sales to loving sales, you start to identify what beliefs are blocking you from the first principles. Maybe you have conscious beliefs. Maybe you’re fixated on how you think you have to demo everything just to drive interest rather than working to understand your prospect’s context to then engineer that magical “Aha!” moment that moves them to the next step. Or, maybe you have unconscious beliefs along the lines of, &quot;I can&#x27;t be direct with my needs,&quot; or &quot;my needs are bad or unimportant,&quot; or &quot;I have to trick them to get my needs are met&quot;–when you might be better served focused on the 3Ws to ensure “we both get our needs met&quot; and that once you get through the 3Ws, you can ascertain whether prospects can get what they want...once they know what they want..</p><h2>Breaking Into Sales Can Mean Breaking Down Unhelpful Beliefs</h2><h3>Important Takeaways on How to Flip the Script on Being Sales-Averse:</h3><ul><li><strong>Asking Discovery Questions Doesn’t Necessarily Hurt Relationships:</strong> It’s possible to ask sales discovery questions for the express purpose of trying to <em>help </em>your prospects solve the pain they’re experiencing.</li><li><strong>One of the Keys to Discovery Questions is Disqualification (Also a Good Thing):</strong> One of your most important goals in early sales conversations is understanding whether the prospect is a good fit for what your startup offers. If it’s not, you can be the first to let them know–and get back to focusing on deals you’re more likely to win.</li></ul><p>Here are some examples of those awkward thoughts and feelings that founders have related to me in those moments:</p><ul><li>“I don&#x27;t want to ruin the relationship.”</li><li>“Asking too many questions, or questions that are too direct, must be annoying for them.”</li><li>“I don’t want to be seen as too sales-y or too pushy.”</li></ul><p>What I find myself doing is holding these founders close to reality, and expanding what range of reality is acceptable to them to remain fully resourced–to have access to all the options that are available to them. Sometimes I have to ask follow-up questions, or even challenge assumptions, which we do in a non-hostile way that usually involves having a sense of humor. But the conversations I have with these founders often boil down to the question: “OK, that&#x27;s your current belief–so how do you replace it with another belief that reflects your values and the value they&#x27;ll get from becoming your customers?”</p><p>What if asking these questions would actually <em>build </em>your relationship with your prospect? What if you could drive the conversation in a way that was more collaborative? Would <em>that </em>build the relationship? What if this was a form of curiosity that&#x27;s aimed at trying to <em>end the suffering</em> of the developers you’re talking to (and trying to sell to)? And you’re trying to find reasons for why your product is <em>not </em>a fit? And if your product is not a fit, you’re actually causing <em>more </em>suffering by trying to sell them something they don’t need. So by asking all these ‘annoying’ questions... you&#x27;re actually <em>preventing that</em>.</p><p>And so, the thinking comes around to figuring out how to ask these questions to ensure that you&#x27;re <em>compassionate</em>. You’re conducting a search, as I mentioned earlier, for people who are suffering in the exact way that your product was built to cure. You’re basically trying to find potential customers who fit your ideal customer profile (ICP). And if your product fits their needs, you&#x27;ll share more. If there’s no fit, and you weren’t talking to someone who fits your ICP, <em>you&#x27;ll be the first to tell them</em>. You&#x27;re committing to curiosity. You ask questions, and based on their answers, you&#x27;re asking more-refined, deeper questions to get to that root cause analysis. Because what is that pain, really? How can you quantify it? How can you find other people who are impacted by it? How do you find out, if this developer you’re speaking to has this pain, who within the developer’s organization has the power to help them get what they want?</p><p>And lastly, collaboration. As a founder, you&#x27;re committing to making this process collaborative. Not dominating the conversation by just showing them everything without letting your prospects contribute. You&#x27;re actually going back and forth, gathering information in the process. And I’ve found, especially for developers who become founders, all of a sudden they realize that they had these false beliefs of why they ‘couldn&#x27;t do’ certain things. And very quickly, they come to know how to get to those three values–the words come to them because it&#x27;s more aligned with what their core beliefs and values are. You start to identify and become aware of those self-limiting beliefs and personal triggers–then move away from them. Does that mean that every startup founder needs to go to therapy? I sometimes jokingly refer to these conversations as a ‘welcome mat for therapy’ since some founders do take that next step and it can be very fruitful for them.</p><p>Regardless, founders need to perform, using the technical term, functional analysis. It’s not a bad idea to ask questions such as: “What functions are being served by these beliefs?” When you get to the root cause of not just why a prospect is a ‘good prospect,’ but also <em>why </em>you&#x27;re not asking the questions, it tends to be the fastest way to transform how you&#x27;re selling.</p><h2>Getting Signal: How to Know You’re on the Right Track</h2><h3>Important Takeaways on How to Track Your Progress:</h3><ul><li><strong>Make Sure You’re Asking Questions with Enough Specificity:</strong> It’s important to ascertain whether prospects have enough pain to take action, who would be affected by the decision to move forward, and who in your prospect’s organization has the budget authority to make a decision.</li><li><strong>You Don’t Need Answers to All “3Ws” In One Conversation:</strong> Even if you can’t get direct answers to every question in one call, or find yourself blocked, that’s fine. Because you just determined where you need to do more searching and information gathering to make the next conversation valuable.</li></ul><p>For my playbook, I use a series of templates and slides, including <a href="https://www.simplelens.com/simple-lens-sales-templates">a worksheet for the 3Ws M.A.P.</a> (along with <a href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/13jH7q3RhWnsTa0qXxPb7h4WvWiUO_D_WbuVxQ_BPgBg/edit">specific deal review</a> we’ll go over in the next section) that help founders take notes during meetings. I try to coach founders to make sure they not only ask our 3Ws but that they ask the questions correctly. I call it asking “deep enough, wide enough, and high enough.”</p><ul><li><strong>Deep Enough:</strong> Are you getting details on issues that are quantifiable? Are you identifying that there’s enough pain to warrant making a change?</li><li><strong>Wide Enough:</strong> Who are all the people impacted by your prospects’ problem? What are the second-order impacts? Who are the champions?</li><li><strong>High Enough:</strong> Have you mapped out the power structure and the escalation plan? If something&#x27;s blocking the prospect from getting what they want, who are the right people to talk to, and how?</li></ul><p>This can be an iterative process as you talk to different people in an organization. For example, you may find yourself making traction in conversations with developers, but let’s say the conversation moves up the totem pole to include a high-ranking executive or someone in procurement, and it blows up. That’s actually good! You’ve pinpointed the extent to which you’re fully resourced–that you know and have everything you need to continue. Which means you focus your next session on identifying the blockers, understanding the key players, and as you digest this new information, you expand the range at which you can be fully resourced.</p><p>In some cases, the process is a one-and-done because there&#x27;s one major blocker, and you can find a good enough solution for it. But in others, you might not be able to walk away with the “3Ws.” So in your session, you need to find out what&#x27;s blocking you from doing that. Whether it’s conversations about pricing or other roadblocks, such as selling to a bigger company, what founders start to realize is that over time, they have to be disciplined about their approach. <em>In every sales conversation, you&#x27;re trying to either get the 3Ws, test the 3Ws, or use the 3Ws to move your deal along.</em></p><p>If you’re getting to those key questions, congratulations, you’re probably making that transformation into your startup’s first seller. If you’re not, you go back to the drawing board, but you can also look over your call logs and notes to figure out how to debug the process.</p><h2>Like Debugging Code? You’re Gonna Love Debugging Sales Deals</h2><h3>Important Takeaways on How to “Debug” Sales Deals:</h3><ul><li><strong>Debug Deals in Play by Determining How Clear Your Answers are at Various Stages:</strong> You can “unit test” sales deals by stage, which are determined by variables like having the 3Ws for the organization, champion, and sponsor along with other variables.</li><li><strong>Early-Stage Sales Pipeline Probably Won’t Be a Flywheel:</strong> And that’s OK. One of your main goals as an early-stage founder should be to figure out <em>why</em> winning deals win, and why losing deals lose–so you can do more of the winning stuff and less of the losing stuff.</li></ul><p>You can “debug” your deals, either as you’re pursuing them, or after a deal is won or lost, which gives you the opportunity for a deeper postmortem. I’ll often review sales pipeline with the founders I coach from a first principles perspective, reviewing deal details like amount, close date, and stage. Then, we look at what&#x27;s changed since the last review, what&#x27;s the next step, and what the biggest concerns or challenges are. These items need to be fields in your CRM and displayed sequentially to help you build the “muscle” of getting through ~1-minute updates for each deal in this order.</p><p>What I find is that founders don’t always give good answers to these questions. So we’ll often start with the biggest concern. When we answer that question, we’ll effectively identify what unit we should start to test first. And we’ll grade deals by percentage to completion–maybe at 20%, the sales representative or founder believes that they have good answers to the 3Ws for the org. But if you want to advance your deals to a 30% completion, you have to have identified a champion, not just the contact, but someone who has power. 40% completion means you have the 3Ws in the words of the sponsor–the person who has the budget. And then at 50%, you&#x27;ve now developed a plan based on the 3Ws–if needed, you’ve already got a competitor map. As we mentioned earlier, one of the most important things to determine early on is qualification of each deal–is the person you’re talking to a good fit for what you’re selling? If not, you end the conversation ASAP and move on to someone who is–and this process can also turn into a feedback loop that helps you learn more about, and refine, the persona you want to target for sales.</p><blockquote>You can unit test ‘Why Buy Anything,’ almost like an algorithm, a standard operating principle to actually get deeper, wider, higher answers, and then come up with the next step.”</blockquote><p>Sometimes, deals will get stuck at 20-30% completion, and for others, startups will win them but not know why. In other words, early startup pipeline often does <em>not </em>resemble that mythical, repeatable flywheel. The goal here is: For every deal you win or lose, you should know why. Because that’s how you identify the stuff that <em>works </em>to make you win more and do less of the stuff that leads to losing deals.</p><p>It’s pretty common to see people claim all their deals are at 70% completion in my first conversation with them. As part of the debugging process, I ask about what has changed, and the biggest concerns–which often helps me determine which step they might have missed. Who&#x27;s a champion? What&#x27;s their unique answer? Who&#x27;s the sponsor? What’s their unique answer? What&#x27;s your plan? Each of these are units to test.</p><p>So for example, if you have a deal you say is at 70%, which means you should be in the negotiating stages, but then you have a big concern about the prospect having gone dark or not hitting the agreed-upon timeline. As part of the debugging process, I’ll observe that not hitting the timeline suggests the prospect doesn’t have a good answer to “Why Buy Now?” That&#x27;s an alignment with a closed date. They might not have a sponsor who has a “Why Buy Now?” They might only have a champion. And maybe for the champions, “Why Buy Anything” might be weak, because they haven&#x27;t given you access to a sponsor who could then escalate and make sure that the timeline is moving along.</p><p>I’ll find myself asking founders in this situation why they’ve provided the reasons they did. For example, I’ll ask why the prospect doesn’t just keep everything the same. They might answer, “The problem is that if they don’t make a change, they won&#x27;t make money.” OK, what happens if they don&#x27;t make money? “Well, they’ll lose their job.” OK, did they tell you that? “No.” OK, if they might, in fact, lose money, how much? How much money would they have to lose before they&#x27;re actually going to do something? The 3Ws are all “Why” questions–and one of the best ways to unit test each one is to examine the opposite “Why not” question.<br/><br/>And so, you test for assumption, and then your next step might be to email this person and ask for clarification. “Hey, you mentioned this, but I didn&#x27;t understand how big of a problem it is. What happens if you don&#x27;t have that?” It’s a way to unit test “Why Buy Anything,” almost like an algorithm, a standard operating principle to actually get deeper, wider, higher answers, and then come up with the next step.</p><h2>Being the First Seller Helps You Scale Sales Successfully</h2><h3>Important Takeaways on How to Scale Sales:</h3><ul><li><strong>Learning to Be the First Seller Helps You Hire and Delegate:</strong> Having that deeper, firsthand understanding of how to sell your product and what your customers look like will be enormously beneficial in hiring your founding sales team when it’s time to scale.</li><li><strong>Learning to Be the First Seller Helps You Hold Sales Accountable:</strong> Once you understand how to sell your own product, you can also generally identify issues with your sales team’s selling motion in short order.</li></ul><p>For several reasons, it’s considered a best practice to go with a founder-led sales strategy in the early days of your startup. When you, the founder, becomes the first salesperson, you save budget on headcount, for starters! No need to hire that first seller if you’ve already got the position covered. And as a founder, you have unparalleled expertise in the problem space you built your company around, and the pain your prospects feel. So if anyone can answer questions about it, it’s you. Sometimes it’s as simple as building up that comfort level to ask the 3Ws.</p><p>And once you feel comfortable asking the questions, and know which questions to ask and why, you’ll find you’re going to be better than an outside sales rep, which is something to watch for when it’s time to scale and start onboarding a formal sales team. Founders sometimes find that reps they interview don&#x27;t have answers to questions about their past deals because for a lot of companies in Silicon Valley, the best resumes come from companies that already had strong product-market fit and were generating a healthy amount of annual recurring revenue (ARR). In some cases, reps that sell for established organizations don’t really have to sell with this amount of precision, but as a founding team, selling something unknown into an unknown market, you have to.</p><blockquote>When you have that firsthand experience, you can implement metrics you understand, and unit test them from the first day, in the first month, and so on, and apply them to sales activities as they’re happening.”</blockquote><p>I should mention that one trend I’ve seen with PLG startups that launch by selling directly to end users eventually have to scale to a point where they hire a sales team. And those newly-hired sales executives will say, “If you want me to sign off on these big targets, you&#x27;ve got to give me authority to do whatever I want, and hire whichever team members I want.” Sometimes sales teams forbid founders from attending pipeline meetings, and sales becomes this inscrutable black box. At that point, you’re waiting nine to 18 months to figure out whether you hired the right person.</p><p>When you become the first seller at your startup, you gain important abilities, such as calling the tune for sales enablement that helps your sellers sell, and understanding how to hold your reps accountable. However, you’ll also be able to build your own sales roadmap, which will include the kind of sales leaders you’ll want to hire. It&#x27;s like an API. You figure out how to talk with them so that you can delegate sales. Now you can manage them and see the typical hiding places that sales leaders hide behind. When you have that firsthand experience, you can implement metrics you understand, and unit test them from the first day, in the first month, and so on, and apply them to sales activities as they’re happening. So what’s arguably at stake here is not just your early sales, but also how much power and control you give to sales teams you hire.</p><p>Sometimes people think of sales as the “tail” of the company, that follows after the product and engineering teams create and ship new products. But sales can start wagging the dog if you don&#x27;t have a certain amount of sales competence and awareness. The thing is, figuring out whether your sales team is working doesn’t necessarily take that long. Sometimes you can figure it out in one session. Sometimes you’ll find yourself maybe spending a quarter or so of weekly pipeline reviews and digging deep, but it’s usually a pretty quick process. In any case, what a lot of startup founders realize is that the things that made them successful in coding, project management, and innovation are the same things that make them successful at sales. They just have to make the connection. And they don’t have to adopt a separate “sales persona” that drives a fast car and wears a power tie. They can show up, as themselves, doing what they do well. And <em>love </em>doing it!</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/founder-led-sales-strategy">How to Build a Successful Founder-Led Sales Strategy</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #137, Building Sophisticated Functionality with Steven Schkolne of MightyMeld</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-137-building-sophisticated-functionality-with-steven-schkolne-of-mightymeld</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Nov 2023 20:17:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7e9aa654-74ce-4f79-88c7-1cd8de00e8d6</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 137 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Steven Schkolne of MightyMeld. Steven unpacks MightyMeld’s founding story, objectives, users, and internal team. Additionally, they discuss React development, the state of low-code and no-code tooling, the intersection of design and engineering, and the challenges developers face when integrating new tools.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 137 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Steven Schkolne of MightyMeld. Steven unpacks MightyMeld’s founding story, objectives, users, and internal team. Additionally, they discuss React development, the state of low-code and no-code tooling, the intersection of design and engineering, and the challenges developers face when integrating new tools.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-137-building-sophisticated-functionality-with-steven-schkolne-of-mightymeld">Ep. #137, Building Sophisticated Functionality with Steven Schkolne of MightyMeld</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #38, Exploring K0s with Jussi Nummelin of Mirantis</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-38-exploring-k0s-with-jussi-nummelin-of-mirantis</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Nov 2023 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">53771d1f-2ec3-42a5-8dcd-fc58943d269a</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 38 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie speak with Jussi Nummelin of Mirantis. This talk explores the accessibility and consistency of utilizing a Kubernetes distribution with zero dependencies. Other topics explored include the K0s project from Mirantis, the evolution of container management, and the advantages of control plane isolation.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 38 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie speak with Jussi Nummelin of Mirantis. This talk explores the accessibility and consistency of utilizing a Kubernetes distribution with zero dependencies. Other topics explored include the K0s project from Mirantis, the evolution of container management, and the advantages of control plane isolation.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-38-exploring-k0s-with-jussi-nummelin-of-mirantis">Ep. #38, Exploring K0s with Jussi Nummelin of Mirantis</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Launch an AI Startup: Lessons from GitHub Copilot</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-launch-an-ai-startup-github-copilot-lessons</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Nov 2023 22:51:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Generative AI]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Coding Assistants]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer-First Go-To-Market]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Community]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d2a90874-22a1-4c5f-92cd-64241af73ecd</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>GTM expert Alyss Noland shares the story behind the GitHub Copilot launch–and important lessons for any early-stage AI startup.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>Getting 1.2M Devs to Adopt Your AI Product</h2><p><a href="https://github.com/features/copilot">GitHub Copilot</a> is one of the most talked-about AI coding assistants on the market. As <a href="https://venturebeat.com/ai/92-us-based-developers-already-using-ai-powered-coding-tools-at-work/">92%</a> of surveyed software engineers reportedly use generative AI products as part of their development process, GitHub itself claims adoption at <a href="https://www.zdnet.com/article/microsoft-has-over-a-million-paying-github-copilot-users-ceo-nadella/">37,000</a> organizations and counting. At a glance, Copilot’s success might’ve seemed like a foregone conclusion, given GitHub’s enormous reach and parent company Microsoft’s marketing muscle. However, Copilot entered the market at a time when generative AI was unproven territory. The launch was a significant effort that involved strategic preparation and collaboration across a team of thousands of employees working in a variety of functions, each with competing priorities, and substantial pressure to drive commercial business and grow revenue.</p><p>Go-to-market expert Alyss Noland, who was a product marketing lead at GitHub at the time, spearheaded the launch and suggests that the process was a lot more complicated than it might have seemed. Fortunately, the launch also offers important lessons for any startups looking to break into the competitive AI space. Noland recounts some of the most important learnings from her time leading the launch, and speaks further about it in a <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/events">Speaker Series event</a>.</p><p><em>Learn more about the mechanics of ML models in this full guide to</em> <em><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-inference">AI inference</a>.</em></p><h3>1. Pre-Release Surveys and Information-Gathering Are Crucial</h3><p>Given how GenAI has many documented attributes, including well-known strengths and weaknesses, it’s important to seek out early feedback when launching an AI product for developers–to not only gauge interest and <a href="https://redmonk.com/kholterhoff/2023/11/01/10-things-developers-want-from-ai-code-assistants/">most impactful use cases</a>, but also to identify early objections and better understand how to help your audience understand the message.</p><h3>2. Build and Empower Communities Early</h3><p>Building a community has many benefits. Beyond soliciting feedback and sharpening messaging as above, creating a community gives you opportunities to drive early adoption as well as to build credibility for your product by activating vocal users, provided you amplify their voices in an authentic and respectful way.</p><h3>3. Understand the Differences Between AI Product and More-Traditional Dev Products</h3><p>AI products carry additional considerations, such as potential regulatory issues, as well as potential security and data privacy risks unique to prompt-based products trained on specific datasets. Given the enormous amount of hype around AI products, developers may be understandably skeptical about what your AI startup does–and may require thorough documentation and full explanations of how you protect your users from risk.</p><h3>4. There Are No Shortcuts</h3><p>Launching an AI startup that produces software for developers to use? You’ll still have to put in the hard yards that all other developer-first startups working on DevTools also put in: Starting a developer-first company from first principles, including understanding your customer persona, building a messaging framework, creating a community and building trust and credibility within it, and achieving product-market fit.</p><p><em>Next: An extended interview with Alyss Noland on the toughest challenges and most important nuances involved in launching GitHub Copilot.</em></p><h2>Preparing for Launch</h2><h3>Important Pre-Launch Learnings:</h3><ul><li><strong>Pre-Launch Interviews and Surveys Help Confirm Theories, Handle Objections:</strong> Noland’s crucial interviews with early design partners and customers helped GitHub better understand how to position Copilot and handle objections about the software potentially being a threat to people’s jobs.</li><li><strong>Developer-First Go-To-Market Must Include Enough Context for Developers:</strong> Developers, being universally curious about how things work, were unlikely to be receptive to a poorly documented, black box product. Copilot’s customers would need enough context and understanding of how it worked to adopt it.</li></ul><p>To contextualize the launch, Noland concedes several factors. For example, GitHub was already an established player in the developer space with a massive footprint. Also, there were already early AI predecessors to Copilot, such as Microsoft&#x27;s IntelliCode and models based on GPT-2, but there had never been a launch on Copilot’s scale. OpenAI had made headlines with GPT-3, but at the time, it was not a commercial product or integrated into workflows.</p><p>One of GitHub’s biggest concerns during Copilot&#x27;s early development was how people would react to it. Would it be seen as a threat to replace developers’ jobs? “There were a lot of considerations for Copilot based on how the product would be received. We had to account for how people would react to a new technology. We had to figure out how we could peel back the curtain and make this black box seem less scary and less intimidating,” Noland explains. The team decided to focus on positioning Copilot more like a partner in users&#x27; efforts, rather than something that would replace them–an approach that influenced the product&#x27;s design and development that GitHub covers in a separate <a href="https://github.blog/2023-08-08-a-guide-to-designing-and-shipping-ai-developer-tools/">blog on designing AI tools</a>.</p><p>To figure out how to properly position Copilot, Noland ended up working closely with researchers on <a href="https://githubnext.com/">GitHub Next</a>. Before launch, Noland made it a priority to conduct customer interviews and surveys led by Dr. Eirini Kalliamvakou to understand how people actually used Copilot in the real world and prepare for technical preview. The idea was to confirm whether GitHub’s assumption about Copilot’s usage matched reality, as well as to understand how valuable Copilot would be among developers of different levels of skill and levels of familiarity with AI tooling.</p><blockquote>There were a lot of considerations for Copilot based on how the product would be received. We had to account for how people would react to a new technology.”</blockquote><p>Of surveyed audiences, the interviews revealed that researchers were intrigued by Copilot’s potential, even if they weren’t a strong fit for the tool. However, developer audiences, particularly senior engineering leads, experienced numerous &quot;wow moments&quot; when they realized how Copilot could assist them even with tasks that required using unfamiliar programming languages or frameworks.</p><p>While Copilot seemed to find early signs of product-market fit with developers, Noland knew that for GitHub’s launch to be successful, its message would have to land with an audience that is known for being naturally curious about how things work. She compiled notes from her research colleagues on Copilot’s statistical nature. “The idea was...there is a probability of what the next token will be, of what this representation is, of what the language that you&#x27;re using is, of what the context window would look like,” Noland offers. “While those are the types of things that people understand better now, when you&#x27;re having to talk to someone about using this tool at work, you need to be able to articulate how to think about what you’re sending back in response to being prompted. How you think about what Copilot is getting prompted <em>with</em>.” Noland suggests that conversations with design partners and early customers were something of a shortcut that informed Copilot’s launch messaging and early marketing materials.</p><h3>More Resources: How to Incorporate Early Feedback Pre-Launch</h3><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/think-like-a-customer-product-discovery-strategies-with-datadog">Video - Think like A Customer: Product Discovery Strategies with Datadog</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/effective-developer-product-design-w-cncf-tailscale-sanity-hasura">Video - Effective Developer Product Design w/ CNCF, Tailscale, Sanity, Hasura</a></li></ul><h2>Getting the Story Right</h2><h3>Important Learnings on Messaging:</h3><ul><li><strong>Successful Developer Community Launches Empower Community Members:</strong> Understanding that Copilot would be a product for developers, Noland opted against catchy billboard slogans, preferring to make sure Copilot’s launch would put developers in the spotlight and give them opportunities to tell their own stories.</li><li><strong>Objection Handling Is Different for Developing Spaces:</strong> When going to market in a relatively new space, such as AI in the early 2020s, it’s a good idea to consider baking objection handling from skeptical developers directly into your launch messaging.</li><li><strong>Investing Early in Foundational Messaging Pays Dividends:</strong> Making early marketing investments into foundational exercises such as messaging and positioning helps validate your message and keeps it in close alignment with your product.</li></ul><p>Noland’s approach to Copilot’s launch focused on empowering users, rather than trying to hard-sell products. “The way <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kathy_Sierra">Kathy Sierra</a> writes about in ‘<em>Badass: Making Users Awesome</em>,’ about how to make users feel awesome. We wanted to make sure our launch would let users tell that kind of story about themselves.” As a result, the plan was to launch with messaging that would emphasize how Copilot complements developers, rather than replacing them. The story to tell would be about how developers still play a crucial role by providing clear instructions and context for Copilot–a point that became a core element of the marketing story across the Copilot website and other marketing assets.</p><p>Noland concedes that even then, what we now know as GenAI was still very early–and as a result, there would be many questions about the role Copilot would play across the rest of the software development lifecycle. “But that’s another component of creating a successful launch,” Noland points out. “You’ll want to consider how the story you’re telling will have to cover objection handling, even if it’s for things that are unsolved across the entire tech industry.” The team had to position Copilot’s June 2022 technical preview launch for an innovator/early adopter type of customer–without the critical mass that AI coding assistants have since built up today.</p><p>Startups can also convey messaging and storytelling visually. “The brand design around Copilot was an important component,” Noland adds. “Any company should think about how it iterates on its brand visual design and marketing. We pulled visual inspiration from other sources of technology–including other major tech launches–and explored current color trends. An interesting example of this was reducing how much green is in the Copilot logo and icon because of the similarity to the GitHub merge button and green light signals.”</p><h3>More Resources: How to Hone Your Early Startup Messaging</h3><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/messaging-framework">Article - Dear Founders: Start with Messaging by Dana Oshiro</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/messaging-as-the-one-source-of-truth">Video - Messaging as The One Source of Truth by Betty Junod</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/predictable-pipeline-part-3-messaging-strategy">Article - Predictable Pipeline Part 3: Messaging Strategy by Doug Johnson</a></li></ul><h2>Early Launch Prep: Community, Promotion, Events</h2><h3>Important Community Learnings:</h3><ul><li><strong>It’s Absolutely Possible to Have a Community-Based Product Promotion Plan:</strong> When launching a developer product, it’s not always necessary to separate traditional PR from community planning. Community influencers can promote your product while also bringing in new people.</li><li><strong>Objection Handling Is Different for Developing Spaces:</strong> When going to market in a relatively new space, such as AI in the early 2020s, it’s a good idea to consider baking objection handling from skeptical developers directly into your launch messaging.</li></ul><p>Again, GitHub at the time had a significant leg up on many other AI startups that may not have its established brand name, huge community, or PR reach. But Noland explains that she and her colleagues pulled as many of GitHub’s levers as possible, including its <a href="https://stars.github.com/program/">GitHub Stars</a> champions program, which let the GitHub team demo the product to an extremely engaged community group for valuable feedback.</p><p>GitHub also looked to leverage the community by engaging its most high-profile members. Noland suggests that other startups going the closed beta route could offer incentives such as bumping up members’ waitlist status once they hit a certain threshold of referrals. Noland also looked for more-traditional, public relations-style channels to promote Copilot’s technical preview, with submissions of GitHub’s technical preview announcement blogs to HackerNews, Reddit, GitHub’s own content calendar, and its social channels.</p><blockquote>If you can engage a community of developers, net-net you end up with more eyes and facilitate more word of mouth. So the more that you can also promote and give a platform to your biggest champions that don&#x27;t have an affiliation with your organization, the more reach and trust you&#x27;re going to have.”</blockquote><p>Another tactic in play was identifying relevant segments for communities that were the best fit for Copilot at the time, focusing on languages such as Python and JavaScript–popular languages for users of VS code, the platform with which Copilot integrated. Targeting specific developer niches helped Noland then identify relevant use cases to showcase to that community segment, such as data processing and analysis.</p><p>Even though Copilot wasn’t specifically limited in which specific languages or for which specific developers it could be useful, it was important to be realistic of platform biases and developer population. Specifically, Copilot clearly had strong appeal to JavaScript developers–a large community of vocal developers who could do more for Copilot’s launch than any expensive Superbowl commercial would.</p><p>“If you can engage a community of developers, net-net you end up with more eyes and facilitate more word of mouth. Ultimately, that&#x27;s really what you&#x27;re going for,” Noland advises. “There&#x27;s only so much evangelizing you and your brand can do for yourselves. There&#x27;s so much more that individual people can do for you. So the more that you can also promote and give a platform to your biggest champions that don&#x27;t have an affiliation with your organization, the more reach and trust you&#x27;re going to have. Especially when you let them say what they are going to say and take that as feedback and as an opportunity to make them a co-designer of the product.”</p><p>Unfortunately, Copilot’s launch window coincided with the deepest throes of the pandemic, so its event options were limited. The company used large-scale events such as <a href="https://githubuniverse.com">GitHub Universe</a> to announce the technical preview and the general availability of Copilot, highlighting specific product features during the AI tracks. Given the size of GitHub’s user base, as well as prevailing health-and-safety regulations circa 2020-2021, the company didn’t focus on small local meetups.</p><blockquote>You’re more likely to get someone to try your product out for a real, valuable, painful use case that people know. You’re a lot less likely to get traction with a ‘hard sell’ type of pitch about how great your product is.”</blockquote><p>Noland concedes that a different event strategy might make sense for startups at earlier stages. “For a smaller startup, getting your first customer, or your first 10, is way more important than thinking about scale problems. So for smaller startups, I would likely try to start there, with what&#x27;s close to you. What is cost-effective for your time, whether that’s a small event you sponsor, or an event for which you can apply to be a speaker. The best advice I can give in that vein for events is to think about how simply you can explain the type of use case for which your product is best suited. Talk about how you&#x27;re solving this important problem and get empathy from that audience because hey, they probably experienced this problem too. You’re more likely to get someone to try your product out for a real, valuable, painful use case that people know. You’re a lot less likely to get traction with a ‘hard sell’ type of pitch about how great your product is.”</p><p>Other steps in the journey included <a href="https://github.blog/2022-09-07-research-quantifying-github-copilots-impact-on-developer-productivity-and-happiness/">user research and validation</a>, using surveys and social listening platforms to understand how users actually perceived Copilot and its ability to save developers time. (GitHub later posted <a href="https://github.blog/2022-07-14-research-how-github-copilot-helps-improve-developer-productivity/">a blog sharing survey results</a>.) The focus on community even involved bubbling up user-generated memes that poked fun at the occasional AI hallucination. In any case, Noland explains that the approach to early community work for Copilot avoided hard selling and focused on gathering feedback and assessing product-market fit. Conversations about customers’ willingness to pay, and for which features, informed business decisions such as product pricing tiers.</p><h3>More Resources: Learn About How to Execute on Community and Promotion</h3><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/our-community-loves-our-free-product-now-what">Video - Our Community Loves Our Free Product. Now What? with Ashley Smith</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/community-lessons-from-github-google-gitlab-with-jono-bacon">Video - Community Lessons from GitHub, Google &amp; GitLab with Jono Bacon</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/newsworthiness">Article - Why No One Reads Your Pitch or Blog Post: Newsworthiness 101 by Dana Oshiro</a></li></ul><h2>Balancing Business Goals vs. Community Goals</h2><h3>Important Learnings on Working Against Revenue Goals</h3><ul><li><strong>GitHub’s Sales Teams Used a Land-and-Expand Motion:</strong> Copilot was originally intended for use by individual developers, but could eventually spread across organizations that have enterprise-level requirements for security and compliance.</li><li><strong>GitHub’s Sales Teams Focused on Highly Engaged Pilot Accounts: </strong>Understanding that GitHub’s sales teams had quotas of their own to make, Noland did what any good product marketer does: Act as a sales enablement partner, but advising sales to focus on highly-engaged pilot accounts and solicit feedback regularly to maintain relationships.</li><li><strong>It Took a Village to Launch Copilot:</strong> Launching new products isn’t just work for product and engineering. Designers need to build websites, business executives need to set and meet realistic goals, and DevRel teams need to engage the community. Successful launches at companies of just about any size don’t just require delivering software–they often require soft skills.</li></ul><p>To provide context, at the time of Copilot’s launch, the GitHub team already had thousands of employees and had to launch Copilot while managing its relationships within the larger Microsoft organization. At the time, Microsoft seemed focused on catering to enterprise customers with various Azure services, while GitHub continued to focus on relatively smaller engineering orgs (including teams at fairly established companies) and individual developers.</p><blockquote>The ‘expand’ part of ‘land-and-expand’ came from advanced features inquired after by existing customers. People who are already customers that already have a relationship. And sales teams want to keep those accounts happy for renewal–so in those cases, you want to be able to say ‘yes’ as often as possible.”</blockquote><p>The various powers-that-were had decided that Copilot would not have formal business licensing at GA. As a result, Noland’s team would primarily have to block and tackle with the internal GitHub sales team. Given that the earliest versions of Copilot were intended for use by individual devs or relatively small engineering orgs, it became clear that a top-down enterprise sales approach wouldn’t be a fit for a product that would primarily see use from, and get purchased by, its daily users. The sales team, which was accustomed to selling to enterprise customers, would have to take a “land and expand” approach of offering valuable services and add-ons that larger orgs expect, such as security, privacy protections, and data governance options.</p><p>“The ‘expand’ part came from those advanced features that would likely be inquired after by existing customers,” Noland recalls. “People who are already customers of ours that already have a relationship. And your sales teams want to keep those accounts happy for renewal–so in those cases, you want to be able to say ‘yes’ as often as possible.” To ensure all teams had what they needed to be successful, Noland embarked on a traditional campaign of sales enablement to inform GitHub’s sellers about the product’s features, how to talk about it, and how to handle objections, but also sought to partner with members of GitHub’s enterprise pilot program–which let sales teams nominate potential customers for pilot programs.</p><p>However, GitHub also recognized early on that there could be legal complexities involved in selling Copilot (the company has since launched a full <a href="https://resources.github.com/copilot-trust-center/">Copilot trust center</a>), so its legal department advised sales not to engage in extensive conversations on the topic. GitHub’s legal team was closely involved in addressing any concerns that came up in sales conversations to help the sales team understand potential challenges while continuing to maintain customer relationships. “And that&#x27;s another thing that I would say is a ‘nice-to-have,” Noland confides. “I haven’t seen too many startups with an embedded legal person. At GitHub, not only for Copilot but across the product lines, there&#x27;s an embedded legal person any time we need to change the way that something works or add new functionality we haven&#x27;t accounted for–anything that changes data processing, especially as a company that people use as a vehicle for storage.” Microsoft has, since launch, also publicly pledged <a href="https://blogs.microsoft.com/on-the-issues/2023/09/07/copilot-copyright-commitment-ai-legal-concerns/">legal copyright support for Copilot customers</a> as well.</p><p>Noland also recalls that while the product marketing team didn’t formally own any specific budget for the launch, many cross-functional teams were available to her for consulting, feedback, and old-fashioned horse trading. In effect, a surprisingly big part of the efforts behind Copilot’s launch was soft power and people skills–carefully managing relationships with people across formal reporting lines. “I was fortunate enough to have so many people at my disposal I could ask to prioritize or deprioritize specific items. So it was more like wielding informal authority. I would say, no matter what type of project you&#x27;re working on, the earlier you can involve every single one of your stakeholders to let them know it&#x27;s coming, the better.”</p><p>“They don&#x27;t need to be involved in all of the check-ins at that point, but they do need to know that, for instance, in October, there’s a big project coming up. I was lucky enough to have close relationships with fantastic people in our design department (our website was built with input from the researcher team as well), along with our lead for business planning on pricing and packaging. I also built some relationships in billing engineering specifically because there were a couple of contingencies to consider. For example, we were adding a totally new product line that required a whole body of work that actually didn’t have anything to do with the [GitHub] product itself. I was also fortunate enough to work with GitHub’s DevRel team, including the amazing <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/to-be-continuous/ep-39-transforming-microsoft-into-an-open-source-company">Martin Woodward</a>, who was such a wonderful person to work with–willing to be involved a lot earlier whenever we were still operating with a lot of uncertainty. Sometimes, even in corporate environments, you find yourself having to figure out what you can reasonably do with what you have.”</p><h3>More Resources: Learn About How to Hit Revenue Targets</h3><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-design-a-billing-system-for-your-startup">Article - How to Design a Better Billing System for Your Startup by Alyss Noland</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/crossing-the-chasm-from-community-to-commercialization">Video - Crossing the Chasm: From Community to Commercialization with Nick Gottlieb</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/founder-journey-to-enterprise-revenue">Video - Founder Journey to Enterprise Revenue with Fred Stevens-Smith</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/foundations-for-repeatable-revenue-w-figma-netlify-apollo-graphql-avo">Video - Foundations For Repeatable Revenue w/ Figma, Netlify, Apollo GraphQL, Avo</a></li></ul><h2>Launching an AI Startup vs. a Non-AI Startup</h2><p>In closing, Noland reflects on the differences between launching the more-traditional developer-first startups she’s worked with in the past, compared to an AI startup in today’s market–one in which developers may be understandably wary about AI products that overpromise and underdeliver:</p><ul><li><strong>Regulatory Considerations:</strong> Noland advised AI startups to be on top of emerging developments in AI regulation. Not only will the regulatory landscape potentially offer evolving rules–there’s also an opportunity to garner goodwill with customers by staying ahead of and ensuring full compliance with regulatory guidelines to provide peace of mind.</li><li><strong>Setting Realistic Expectations and Clarifying Complexities:</strong> AI startups may face higher expectations due to the continued level of hype and high expectations. Aside from creating and shipping excellent products, AI startups can gain credibility by managing expectations around the complexity of modern AI by providing in-depth technical documentation and a clear comms strategy. It may behoove startups to be frank about not just AI’s capabilities, but also its limitations.</li><li><strong>Security and Vulnerabilities:</strong> The current generation of GenAI suffers from well-documented vulnerabilities such as hallucinations, <a href="https://www.techopedia.com/definition/prompt-injection-attack">prompt injection attacks</a>, and data privacy breaches, accidental or otherwise. <a href="https://www.businessinsider.com/ai-americans-business-trust-technology-workers-gallup-survey-2023-9">Survey</a> after <a href="https://www.geekwire.com/2023/survey-reveals-divisions-among-americans-when-it-comes-to-ai-use-and-trust/">survey</a> after <a href="https://archive.ph/stiyD">survey</a> reveals that people don’t trust AI or companies using AI. AI startups must address security concerns and provide credible assurance of the safety of their products.</li><li><strong>Exploring Niche Audiences:</strong> Some AI startups may cater to niche audiences interested in exploring unusual applications of generative AI. Understanding niche markets and identifying valuable use cases for them is essential to target customers in such spaces successfully.</li></ul><p>However, as a GTM expert who has helped launch many successful startups, Noland ventures, “Broadly speaking, launching an AI startup versus a non-AI software startup–they’re about the same.” While AI startups may need the specialized knowledge of AI experts who comprehend the nuances of this rapidly-evolving space, there are no shortcuts to the foundational work of launching a startup, regardless of whether it’s going to sell an AI product:</p><ul><li><strong>Understanding Your Customer Persona:</strong> Regardless of what type of product your startup sells, you need to have a fundamental understanding of your target audience&#x27;s pain points and use cases–which are effectively the language you’ll use to speak with them.</li><li><strong>Marketing From First Principles:</strong> Both AI and non-AI startups rely on core marketing principles, such as effective messaging, building communities, and achieving product-market fit. Noland offers this advice to any technical startup of any kind: “Get your marketers in the room with the technical builders and start building your marketers’ understanding as early as possible. Otherwise, you’ll have to invest many more cycles in training them and educating them later.”</li><li><strong>Building Trust:</strong> Establishing trust with your audience is vital for any startup. Startups can build goodwill with developer communities by being transparent about how their technology works and addressing potential concerns early.</li></ul><p><em>Hear more of Alyss Noland’s story on the GitHub Copilot launch at her <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/events">Speaker Series session</a>.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-launch-an-ai-startup-github-copilot-lessons">How to Launch an AI Startup: Lessons from GitHub Copilot</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Use AI to Kickstart Sales at Early-Stage Startups</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-for-startup-sales</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Nov 2023 02:51:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer-First Go-To-Market]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[AI]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a700fc58-4733-408d-88c7-600e60363bc8</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Sales veteran Kelly Schuur explains how early-stage startup founders can use AI to rapidly implement sales best practices.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>We’re at an interesting moment in tech, where AI has emerged as a powerful tool that will revolutionize business operations. Sales is certainly no exception. I know many technical founders are hoping AI will finally be able to replace them as their company’s first salesperson. While AI shouldn’t completely replace you, it will be able to supercharge early sales efforts.</p><p>The success of developer-first platforms like LaunchDarkly, Netlify, and Tailscale highlights the success of bottoms-up, developer-first sales motions. These companies recognized the importance of individual developers in software adoption and the buying process and crafted their sales strategy around that. A critical step in figuring out a developer-first sales strategy is the founder-led sales stage. Let’s explore why.</p><p>In the early days, you’re not just the founder; you&#x27;re also your company’s best salesperson. Your unparalleled passion for solving the problem your product addresses, and your deep product knowledge, will close more deals than any sales “trick” someone can teach you. One of the best things founders can do early on is have as many conversations with users as possible to learn more about how they are using the product and what value it provides them. You can use this information to guide future sales conversations as well as product development, using the feedback you capture from your conversations. Plan on closing at least the first 10 deals for your company.</p><p>As you’ll quickly discover, sales is very time-consuming. For example, it typically takes salespeople eight touch points to book an initial meeting, and that is just to have the first conversation. Below is an example of a founder-led sales cycle. Each step requires emails, scheduling, and material which creates a high volume of administrative tasks.</p><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/9efbb60b0ac16081640a67becf7d347f7d21f14a-1478x667.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p>But don’t let that scare you! This is where AI comes in. These AI-powered tools can streamline your sales process, help you close more deals, and give you more time to focus on the thousands of other tasks on your to-do list.</p><ul><li><strong>Otter.ai [Transcription]:</strong> Live conversations with early users are a product feedback gold mine for founders. Think about these conversations as a way to collect qualitative data to understand the world of the buyer and the pain your product solves. Without a tool like Otter, these insights are often lost or difficult to share with teammates. AI-powered tools like Otter help you quickly capture unstructured data, summarize it, and share it with your team so they can also use that information (think how valuable unlocking that information is for product, marketing, engineering, etc.)</li><li><strong>Lavender [Sales Email Coach]:</strong> There is an art and science to writing effective sales emails. Learning how will help founders generate more leads and revenue, but this is something that takes salespeople years to master. For founders doing outbound sales, using an AI sales email coach like Lavender teaches you how to write sales emails that are statistically more likely to get responses and improve deliverability. This is a good hack until you hire your first sales rep.</li><li><strong>ChatGPT [Virtual Assistant]:</strong> Before you get on a sales call or send an outbound email, you want to research the person you’re reaching out to to understand what their priorities are and if your product can help them achieve their goals. With ChatGPT, you can quickly do prospect research to better understand your target audience and their priorities. The other place ChatGPT can be helpful for founder sales is with content creation. Positioning yourself as a thought leader can help you break into a market (this is how we got most of our leads in the early days of Intercom), but being a thought leader requires a lot of content. Use ChatGPT to do some of the heavy lifting and cut your content creation time in half.</li></ul><p>Remember that your early sales efforts are not just about revenue maximization. They provide a golden opportunity to collect qualitative data, gain insights into your users, and refine your product-market fit. Embrace AI as a tool to enhance your sales process, but always keep in mind that you are the driving force behind your company&#x27;s early sales success.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-for-startup-sales">How to Use AI to Kickstart Sales at Early-Stage Startups</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #10, The Happy Path with Avery Durrant of Dripos</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-the-happy-path-with-avery-durrant-of-dripos</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Oct 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4dd1ed07-5411-407c-83c0-726e8e6d2be6</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 10 of How It’s Tested, Eden Full Goh speaks with Avery Durrant of Dripos. This conversation explores the unforeseen difficulties faced when hiring engineers, the importance of customer feedback, and the journey from scrappy startup to stable business.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 10 of How It’s Tested, Eden Full Goh speaks with Avery Durrant of Dripos. This conversation explores the unforeseen difficulties faced when hiring engineers, the importance of customer feedback, and the journey from scrappy startup to stable business.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-the-happy-path-with-avery-durrant-of-dripos">Ep. #10, The Happy Path with Avery Durrant of Dripos</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #136, Serverless Postgres with Nikita Shamgunov of Neon</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-136-serverless-postgres-with-nikita-shamgunov-of-neon</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Oct 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">26336212-b95e-42b1-89ab-af0d5c1284e8</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 136 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Nikita Shamgunov of Neon. This conversation explores how Serverless Postgres is revolutionizing the database game, making it easier, more scalable, and more cost-effective than ever before. Together they explore topics like orchestrating micro VMs, utilizing databases as a service (DaaS), building a scalable cloud service for Postgres databases, and getting started with Neon.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 136 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Nikita Shamgunov of Neon. This conversation explores how Serverless Postgres is revolutionizing the database game, making it easier, more scalable, and more cost-effective than ever before. Together they explore topics like orchestrating micro VMs, utilizing databases as a service (DaaS), building a scalable cloud service for Postgres databases, and getting started with Neon.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-136-serverless-postgres-with-nikita-shamgunov-of-neon">Ep. #136, Serverless Postgres with Nikita Shamgunov of Neon</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Use AI to Kickstart Sales at Early-Stage Startups </title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-use-ai-for-startup-sales</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Oct 2023 17:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Sales Teams]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Sales]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Sales Operations]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9b2bc32f-6c9b-48e7-a4f0-42eb1724b367</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Founder-led sales is extraordinarily important for early-stage startups. Learn how to kickstart the process with AI tools.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>We’re at an interesting moment in tech, where AI has emerged as a powerful tool that will revolutionize business operations. Sales is certainly no exception. I know many technical founders are hoping AI will finally be able to replace them as their company’s first salesperson. While AI shouldn’t completely replace you, it will be able to supercharge early sales efforts.</p><p>The success of developer-first platforms like LaunchDarkly, Netlify, and Tailscale highlights the success of bottoms-up, developer-first sales motions. These companies recognized the importance of individual developers in software adoption and the buying process and crafted their sales strategy around that. A critical step in figuring out a developer-first sales strategy is the founder-led sales stage. Let’s explore why.</p><p>In the early days, you’re not just the founder; you&#x27;re also your company’s best salesperson. Your unparalleled passion for solving the problem your product addresses, and your deep product knowledge, will close more deals than any sales “trick” someone can teach you. One of the best things founders can do early on is have as many conversations with users as possible to learn more about how they are using the product and what value it provides them. You can use this information to guide future sales conversations as well as product development, using the feedback you capture from your conversations. Plan on closing at least the first 10 deals for your company.</p><p>As you’ll quickly discover, sales is very time-consuming. For example, it typically takes salespeople eight touch points to book an initial meeting, and that is just to have the first conversation. Below is an example of a founder-led sales cycle. Each step requires emails, scheduling, and material which creates a high volume of administrative tasks.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/0d90769701e80876ef84189aafefffc26b6918d5-512x231.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p>But don’t let that scare you! This is where AI comes in. These AI-powered tools can streamline your sales process, help you close more deals, and give you more time to focus on the thousands of other tasks on your to-do list.</p><ul><li><strong>Otter.ai</strong> [Transcription]: Live conversations with early users are a product feedback gold mine for founders. Think about these conversations as a way to collect qualitative data to understand the world of the buyer and the pain your product solves. Without a tool like Otter, these insights are often lost or difficult to share with teammates. AI-powered tools like Otter help you quickly capture unstructured data, summarize it, and share it with your team so they can also use that information (think how valuable unlocking that information is for product, marketing, engineering, etc.)</li><li><strong>Lavender </strong>[Sales email coach]: There is an art and science to writing effective sales emails. Learning how will help founders generate more leads and revenue, but this is something that takes salespeople years to master. For founders doing outbound sales, using an AI sales email coach like Lavender teaches you how to write sales emails that are statistically more likely to get responses and improve deliverability. This is a good hack until you hire your first sales rep.</li><li><strong>ChatGPT</strong> [Virtual assistant]: Before you get on a sales call or send an outbound email, you want to research the person you’re reaching out to to understand what their priorities are and if your product can help them achieve their goals. With ChatGPT, you can quickly do prospect research to better understand your target audience and their priorities. The other place ChatGPT can be helpful for founder sales is with content creation. Positioning yourself as a thought leader can help you break into a market (this is how we got most of our leads in the early days of Intercom), but being a thought leader requires a lot of content. Use ChatGPT to do some of the heavy lifting and cut your content creation time in half.</li></ul><p>Remember that your early sales efforts are not just about revenue maximization. They provide a golden opportunity to collect qualitative data, gain insights into your users, and refine your product-market fit. Embrace AI as a tool to enhance your sales process, but always keep in mind that you are the driving force behind your company&#x27;s early sales success.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-use-ai-for-startup-sales">How to Use AI to Kickstart Sales at Early-Stage Startups </a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #64, Shared Language Concepts with Austin Parker of Honeycomb</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-64-shared-language-concepts-with-austin-parker-of-honeycomb</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f7e711a6-5f03-4d49-939d-7eaa1a8bb50e</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 64 of o11ycast, Jessica Kerr and Martin Thwaites speak with Austin Parker of Honeycomb. This talk explores how observability within an organization provides a shared language between teams to discuss reliability. Other topics examined include numeronyms in the tech space, OpenTelemetry, and Kubernetes.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 64 of o11ycast, Jessica Kerr and Martin Thwaites speak with Austin Parker of Honeycomb. This talk explores how observability within an organization provides a shared language between teams to discuss reliability. Other topics examined include numeronyms in the tech space, OpenTelemetry, and Kubernetes.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-64-shared-language-concepts-with-austin-parker-of-honeycomb">Ep. #64, Shared Language Concepts with Austin Parker of Honeycomb</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #9, Leading Engineering Teams with Dave Lewis of Mobot</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-leading-engineering-teams-with-dave-lewis-of-mobot</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Oct 2023 07:11:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9e2ab96b-2a69-4278-88cc-a8abe9ee769a</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 9 of How It’s Tested, Eden Full Goh speaks with Dave Lewis of Mobot. This talk spotlights Dave’s experiences leading engineering teams at several notable companies, including the work he’s currently doing at Mobot. Additionally, Dave and Eden explore the evolution from manual testing to automated testing that&#x27;s happening within organizations.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 9 of How It’s Tested, Eden Full Goh speaks with Dave Lewis of Mobot. This talk spotlights Dave’s experiences leading engineering teams at several notable companies, including the work he’s currently doing at Mobot. Additionally, Dave and Eden explore the evolution from manual testing to automated testing that&#x27;s happening within organizations.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-leading-engineering-teams-with-dave-lewis-of-mobot">Ep. #9, Leading Engineering Teams with Dave Lewis of Mobot</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #20, Demuxed 2023 Conference Preview</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-20-demuxed-2023-conference-preview</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Oct 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">76889301-7f0c-420f-8dc6-b84b75863e48</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 20 of Demuxed, Matt and Phil share a special preview of the Demuxed 2023 Video Conference. Together they discuss the planning and logistics of the event, the talks they’re most excited about, the ways the conference has evolved over the years, and how you can be a part of this inclusive event.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 20 of Demuxed, Matt and Phil share a special preview of the Demuxed 2023 Video Conference. Together they discuss the planning and logistics of the event, the talks they’re most excited about, the ways the conference has evolved over the years, and how you can be a part of this inclusive event.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-20-demuxed-2023-conference-preview">Ep. #20, Demuxed 2023 Conference Preview</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Incident Response and DevOps in the Age of Generative AI</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/generative-ai-incident-response-devops</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Oct 2023 22:08:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Generative AI]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[LLM]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Incident Response]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[DevOps]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Coding Assistants]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d285c495-1ad9-437f-9d3e-d39fd8e73869</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>DevOps and IM experts from Jeli, PagerDuty, AWS, and other leading outfits explain how generative AI will affect the future of site reliability engineering.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>How Does Generative AI Work With Incident Response?</h2><p>Software continues to eat the world, as more dev teams depend on third-party microservices as their daily infrastructure. Which means that outages are more common and costly than ever, costing upwards of <a href="https://llcbuddy.com/data/incident-management-statistics/">$100K</a> per incident, and that successful <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/incident-response">incident response workflows</a> are more important than ever as well. What about the wondrous wave of artificial intelligence products from Microsoft, GitHub, and OpenAI? Reports suggest generative AI tools boost <a href="https://arxiv.org/abs/2302.06590">developer productivity</a>, reducing bottlenecks by streamlining the process of coding with code snippets, search, and summaries. Could generative AI be a breakthrough for IT operations in managing incidents that helps stem this rising tide?</p><p><a href="https://www.axios.com/2023/08/09/ai-voters-trust-government-regulation">62%</a> of the general populace is “concerned” about modern AI, and 86% “believe AI could accidentally cause a catastrophic event.” So where, if at all, does GenAI fit into incident reponse and day-to-day site reliability engineering? In this article, we consulted with a panel of site incident management veterans with more than 40 years of collective experience. As one of our experts put it, GenAI is good at “confidently delivering text that is pleasant to read, but not always complete, or correct.” As another suggested, GenAI is “not good at making decisions for you...or [emulating other people’s] expertise.”</p><p>Below, our panel explores known GenAI vulnerabilities in <a href="https://www.wired.com/story/generative-ai-prompt-injection-hacking/">security</a> and <a href="https://iapp.org/news/a/data-protection-issues-for-employers-to-consider-when-using-generative-ai/">privacy</a>, not to mention its well-documented <a href="https://www.wired.com/story/fast-forward-chatbot-hallucinations-are-poisoning-web-search/">hallucinations</a>, and the need for ad hoc collaboration and consequential decisions in IM. Is there an eventual future for AI-powered incident commanders, or will teams always need that proverbial human in the loop? Our panel discusses:</p><ul><li><strong>The Strengths and Weaknesses of GenAI for IR and SRE:</strong> Which capabilities of GenAI are a strong fit for day-to-day incident management.</li><li><strong>How GenAI Will Affect the DevOps and SRE Professions:</strong> How GenAI will impact professionals who work on both product and the operational side of product.</li><li><strong>How GenAI Will Ultimately Affect Dev:</strong> Our panel also weighed in with their thoughts on how GenAI will impact the general business of software development.</li></ul><p><strong><em>Disclaimer: While the panelists interviewed here hail from companies such as Jeli, Amazon, and PagerDuty, the views expressed below are those of the individual panelists and do not reflect the views of their employers.</em></strong></p><h2>How to Utilize GenAI Within Incident Management Platforms</h2><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/eeaae91fe0006fb9d98aced3b6ef71737f890e98-200x200.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/norajones1/">Nora Jones</a> is an incident response veteran who led IR teams at Slack and Netflix before founding the developer-first IR startup <a href="https://www.jeli.io">Jeli</a>. She’s also a co-founder of the IR community <a href="https://www.learningfromincidents.io/about">LFI</a>. Her company has implemented <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2023/08/10/jeli-is-bringing-generative-ai-to-incident-report-analysis/">GenAI directly into its platform</a>, utilizing natural language to rapidly spin up shareable incident reports to quickly get team members up to speed as well as to draft overarching narratives based on different touch points over an incident’s life (including detection, diagnosis, and repair moments directly from chat logs, which the platform has already been fully annotating). Jones believes that GenAI’s ability to accelerate incident logging is a valuable tool and makes GenAI worth considering as another member of the team–but not as the overarching decision maker:</p><ul><li><strong>GenAI Has [At Least] Two Key Strengths for IR:</strong><ul><li><em>Spinning Up Summaries to Catch Up Teams:</em> As incidents are happening, GenAI’s ability to quickly spin up content can be useful to provide instantaneous summaries of incidents to relevant team members to keep everyone in the loop as things happen (rather than pulling people sideways by requiring them to drop everything and hunt down the details).</li><li><em>Incident Analysis:</em> Post-incident, GenAI can help teams uncover and compile context around incidents to create richer, more-valuable post-mortems by collecting insights and notes across the incident lifecycle.</li></ul></li><li><strong>Why GenAI May Not Be Taking the Incident Commander Chair Anytime Soon:</strong> Incident response continues to be a field full of unknowns and exceptions–not exactly a good fit for tools that are built largely to pattern-match based on past data. Fully AI-run incident remediation is unlikely to be “a thing” anytime soon.</li></ul><h3>Discussion: Where GenAI Makes Sense for IR with Nora Jones</h3><p>In addition to offering the above observations, Jones opines that modern SRE can optimize their GenAI usage by recognizing its assorted strengths and weaknesses. Specifically, GenAI was not built on all-knowing, benevolent algorithms developed solely to decide how to manage important decisions, such as issue resolution steps. GenAI algorithms, at least for now, are optimized to generate and summarize content.</p><p>“I don&#x27;t think you trust GenAI to be an ‘expert’ in anything. It&#x27;s not good at making decisions for you. It&#x27;s not good at [emulating other people’s] expertise. It is good at summarizing pieces of information. But just because it&#x27;s easy to use and easy to ‘sprinkle’ AI on anything you&#x27;re doing doesn&#x27;t mean you should. I would really encourage folks that are starting to play around with it to understand actually how it works.”</p><blockquote>I think what we really want to do is use AI to get people more curious about what&#x27;s happening in their incidents.” -Nora Jones, Founder / Jeli</blockquote><p>“Ultimately, I think what we really want to do is use AI to get people more curious about what&#x27;s happening in their incidents. I’ve always believed that if you learn how an incident actually happens, you&#x27;ll be better off in the future. You can be more proactive about your incidents, resolving some of them more quickly, getting the right people in the room more quickly,” Jones explains. “Where AI seems really interesting for incident management is when we can use it to bubble up some of those interesting learnings, which then gets people investigating the incident...and gets people a little bit more curious about how it unfolded in the first place.”</p><p>Jones suggests that artificial intelligence provides opportunities to help both professional SREs and developers of all stripes. “I think GenAI will bring big changes in the field of incident management in terms of how incidents get communicated to stakeholders that are impacted by those incidents. But for developers in general, I think there’s an opportunity for them to use AI to accelerate their processes and help them get curious about other areas.” In the future, Jones suggests the possibility of AIs trained on large amounts of previous incident data being helpful in taking a more-proactive approach. “I don&#x27;t think generative AI is going to fix the incidents for you, but I think eventually, it might help point you to previous incidents that look like the one that you&#x27;re solving right now. But as far as I know, it can&#x27;t get people to talk to each other. And I don’t see it being a magic box for auto-remediation anytime soon.”</p><h2>Where GenAI Impacts DevOps and the Future of Software Dev</h2><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/c5983aa5c027d4ed93b4206b4c981083c3fcfdc4-200x200.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/jedberg/">Jeremy Edberg</a> is a longtime DevOps expert who currently helps lead Amazon’s Alexa Operational Excellence Team, but has done tours of duty at leading tech companies including eBay, Reddit, and Netflix–where he was a founding member of Netflix’s SRE team.</p><ul><li><strong>Large Language Models May Be the Next Major Evolutionary Step in Human-Computer Interfaces:</strong> Whether GenAI achieves the Nirvana-like goal of artificial general intelligence (AGI), prompt-based LLM chatbots may well represent the next step in the way humans interact with technology, as they effectively help computers take a big step toward being able to understand human language.</li><li><strong>We’re Not Yet at a Point Where LLMs Can Credibly Recommend Remediation Steps:</strong> Right now, human users will trust their monitoring and alerting systems after those systems have proven themselves reliable, even going as far as allowing them to take automatic actions. But we are not there yet with LLMs. Right now, the best we can hope for is LLMs trained on previous incidents and patterns producing one (or a few) possible remediation steps and having a human select the best course of action. Over time, if the LLMs prove to produce the correct course of action in almost every case, they will be trusted to work autonomously.</li><li><strong>Potential Career Evolution for DevOps:</strong> Language Model Operations in AIOps?: DevOps, being generally tasked with the maintenance and caretaking of infrastructure, may also inherit the care and feeding of language models. As LLMs come to represent more-significant components in infrastructure, organizations will need people who understand distributed computing, machine learning inference, managing GPUs and CPUs next to each other, storage, and other maintenance considerations. Could there be a point where entire careers are focused on monitoring AI models, updating them, and making sure the models are getting the right inputs and appropriately learning new things?</li></ul><h3>Discussion: What the Future Looks Like for Devs Using GenAI with Jeremy Edberg</h3><p>“Right now, GenAI is something of an advisory tool. We&#x27;re not to the point where we trust it enough to take the actions based on what it says,” Edberg explains. “In some ways, you could compare some of GenAI’s use cases to those of what monitoring used to be–or how things are when you&#x27;re first starting out because you don&#x27;t know that your monitoring and alerting are correct.”</p><p>“As an advisory tool, GenAI can tell you, ‘Hey, something is probably wrong here, and you should look into it,’ but there still needs to be a human in the loop there. Eventually, we&#x27;ll get to the point where we can take the human out of the loop for the easy stuff...maybe. The thing is, better monitoring and alerting have already made changes to the way we operate. And LLMs will definitely make changes to the way we operate, but there&#x27;ll be new challenges instead. Overall, I don’t think GenAI will eliminate DevOps jobs. It will, hopefully, make DevOps practices–and practitioners–much more efficient. So maybe in that regard, it would actually generate some net-new jobs.”</p><blockquote>In the future, if you are good at logic and want to learn how to reason about computer systems, [software engineering will still be] a great place to be.” -Jeremy Edberg, Principal Engineer / Amazon</blockquote><p>What effect will GenAI have on day-to-day dev workflows, or on software engineers as a profession? “If I were addressing a class of junior developers, I’d tell them, ‘GenAI is going to be a tool that will drastically speed up your development process, but it will not replace you.’ Not yet, anyway,” says Edberg. “Could it lower the barrier to entry for getting a job as an engineer? I could definitely see a situation where people–who hadn&#x27;t considered this type of career before, maybe because they weren&#x27;t interested in learning the details of coding syntax, for example, but are still good at general reasoning—might choose engineering now instead of business, law, or some other path.&quot;</p><p>&quot;Somebody who has these reasoning, logic, and analytical skills might be more interested now because the ‘hard parts’ are taken care of, the syntax, the math, that kind of stuff. In the future, I think if you are good at reasoning, good at logic, and want to learn how to reason about computer systems, it&#x27;s still a great place to be. If jobs do end up going away, they will be the ‘I&#x27;ve learned enough to know how to write code, and I&#x27;m going to spend most of my days writing basic, boilerplate&#x27; stuff,’ because the LLMs will take care of that.”</p><h2>Deferring Low-Level Tasks to AI so Humans Can Focus on Strategy</h2><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/c87a2249f5a3a3696fc35defa73409803afeb2a6-200x200.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/mandiwalls/">Mandi Walls</a> is a long-tenured developer advocate who has been advocating for AI and automated solutions to help make SRE and DevOps teams more productive for some time. She’s currently building communities of highly engaged developers at PagerDuty and has also served tours of duty at Chef and AOL.</p><ul><li><strong>We’re a Ways Off From Fully AI-Powered L1 Responders:</strong> The sheer amount of training datasets from real, recorded incidents across a single organization required to stand up completely AI-powered Level One incident responders just doesn’t exist yet. The closest path to something similar to this in the future might be from large orgs running similar services on a very similar platform with similar runtimes, which would presumably generate incidents of a similar character with similar symptoms.</li><li><strong>The Most Immediate AI Opportunity in SRE May Be for Low-Level Remediation Tasks:</strong> Generative AI might be able to make the most immediate impact if it were trained to manage the low-level hiccups and false alarms that do not require extensive triage, and which experienced SREs resolve in minutes, anyway. There’s also strategic value in developing AI tools that can manage most low-level remediation tasks–because such tools would free up veteran SRE teams to focus more of their time and undivided attention on higher-priority incidents and post-mortems.</li></ul><h3>Discussion: The Division of Labor Between Human SRE and AI with Mandi Walls</h3><p>Walls suggests that the immediate value of generative AI in SRE might come from spinning up documentation and after-action reports, but also in a variety of other areas. “Our incident response process includes Zoom calls, recordings, transcripts, and Slack channels, along with charts and graphs and many other kinds of data and artifacts...it’s a slog. So there’s value in letting AI generate all the components and artifacts we need.”</p><p>Regarding how GenAI and its associated tools, such as code generators, could affect the profession of development as a whole, Walls sees opportunities in many areas for GenAI to be valuable. “Stuff like coding assistants are super interesting. Some of it is really clever and is already doing a really good job for folks doing some of that work. But as someone who uses a lot of products, I&#x27;m hoping for improved documentation—and API documentation in particular–that developers don&#x27;t have to write themselves. It’d be good to see tools improve enough to automatically generate all that stuff and make it more useful.”</p><p>Walls suggests that testing may be another area of opportunity for GenAI to improve development pipelines. “Another use case would be generating tests. I think there&#x27;s a lot of knowledge already in that space, especially over the last 10 years as that whole practice has become more automated, and maybe it will become even more so. So maybe the work of test engineers will move more towards creating better harnesses and doing performance monitoring on the testing process rather than anything like writing a tool. Also, developers have artifact repositories. There&#x27;s all this stuff that has to run together really closely. And keeping that all in line plus maintaining changes that come in from the vendors would definitely be helped by additional tooling that&#x27;s a little bit smarter than what we have right now.”</p><blockquote>For positions like SRE that are usually more directly integrated with an engineering practice, they&#x27;ll see more benefits from coding tools, which could start to learn as much about infrastructure tooling as they do about regular languages and runtime-application code.” -Mandi Walls, Developer Advocate / PagerDuty</blockquote><p>“I’m thinking about something that’s even a level up from Dependabot–which right now, will send you an email that says, ‘Hey, here&#x27;s this thing that needs to be updated.’ It would be really useful to see this kind of use case broadening out to alert you that your vendor is doing an upgrade. An alert that could tell you, ‘Here&#x27;s what we recommend for your specific use case.’ For example, if your cloud provider is turning off instances of your level, here&#x27;s where you need to migrate...and then starting to do that work for you without having to really intervene.”</p><p>On how GenAI may affect the business of DevOps workflows, Walls is less eager to make predictions due to variance across orgs. “DevOps jobs are different in every organization. So it&#x27;s possible that GenAI tools, such as code generators, could make a difference because, in some places, a lot of those folks are writing more code. However, in other places, they&#x27;re just working more in advisory positions. And then, some orgs take more of a build-and-release approach. So it&#x27;s hard to stay. At the macro level, if there&#x27;s going to be a deep change in what it means to work in DevOps due to generative AI, well...I&#x27;m not sure there&#x27;s enough of a consensus of what a DevOps engineer should be doing to be able to say that.”</p><p>On how GenAI will affect the business of SRE, Walls is significantly more bullish. “I think for those positions like SRE that are usually more directly integrated with an engineering practice, I think they&#x27;ll see more benefits from coding tools and things like that...which potentially could start to learn as much about infrastructure tooling as they do about regular languages and runtime–application code versus infrastructure code. I’d like to see GenAI help SRE teams push forward along their golden path because so much of their infrastructure is hopefully managed as code.” And in the same way that developer technology such as containers expanded into open source with Kubernetes, there may be opportunities to see open source contribute to generative coding assistants for SREs. “I think these teams will also benefit from those same code generation tools–but they may be in Terraform or Pulumi, rather than Python/Elixir/Go/Rust.”</p><h2>Why Humans in the Loop May Always Be Needed in SRE</h2><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/28240d630e8fb1c07da810841e34f41fd91de686-200x200.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/brentchapman/">Brent Chapman</a> is a pioneer in what is now known as modern SRE. Throughout his career in technology, he has always also worked as a volunteer in public safety and emergency services, starting as a search-and-rescue pilot and incident commander for air search and rescue. He applied the principles he learned in emergency services to his tenure at Google, where developed the company’s internal <a href="https://sre.google/workbook/incident-response/">Incident Management at Google (IMAG)</a> practice, and later, brought similar foundational practices to Slack. He currently runs the incident management consultancy <a href="https://greatcircle.com/">Great Circle Associates</a>.</p><ul><li><strong>Large Language Models Have the “Natural Language” Part Down, But May Still Lack in Other Areas:</strong> While things may certainly change in the future, LLM chatbots seem best at confidently delivering text that is pleasant to read, but not always complete, or correct, and certainly not above human verification. Today’s LLMs are sometimes wrong, but never uncertain.</li><li><strong>GenAI’s Greatest Value to SRE Might Be for After Reports:</strong> Post-incident phases call for a great many write-ups to document the conditions leading up to outages, the circumstances and effects of the outages, and the actions taken to resolve the outages. GenAI can certainly produce something readable and user-friendly for general audiences, though expert engineers may prefer to keep all the gory details.</li><li><strong>Maybe There’s a Future for AI-Powered Pattern-Matching and Timeframe Planning in IM:</strong> Chapman recalls his years working with highly experienced engineers who were so well-versed in their systems that they seemed to have a sixth sense when it came to browsing a series of graphs and detecting seemingly imperceptible irregularities when investigating root causes. Could AI tools eventually become “smart” enough to detect such inconsistencies? Maybe. They might be even more useful in helping size incidents and projected response time windows that correspond with severity.</li></ul><h3>Discussion: The Brushes May Change, but Engineers Will Still Create Art with Brent Chapman</h3><p>As Chapman reflects on the fundamental practice of incident management, he finds few intersections with GenAI’s biggest strengths and sees many of the processes as still being fundamentally human. “In incident management, the challenge is always that we know something has gone wrong, but we don&#x27;t always know what has gone wrong, or who needs to do what to fix it. The process is about figuring out the details, executing that response, getting things back to a stable situation, and then getting fully recovered to a normal state of operation. All very challenging activities that involve working under time pressure that people normally don&#x27;t have, working across teams that don&#x27;t routinely work together and don&#x27;t know each other&#x27;s capabilities and concerns and considerations and so forth.”</p><p>“In our day-to-day work, we establish project teams. We spend a lot of time ‘storming and norming’ to build that whole framework of ‘how do we learn about each other and work together effectively,’ and have debates and arguments and joint planning activities that let technology companies do the amazing things they do,” Chapman offers. But in the same way that Agile methodology teams emphasize flexibility and a pragmatic approach to delivery, incident teams also need to be realistic.”</p><p>“Those things all take time and energy to establish. And you don&#x27;t have that time and energy available during an emergency.” Downtime doesn’t just provide opportunities for collaboration–it demands collaboration. “You need to find a way to work together quickly and effectively enough for the emergency, even if it&#x27;s not necessarily a great way to work together in the long run. It&#x27;s very top-down, it&#x27;s very authoritative, it&#x27;s very hierarchical, it&#x27;s very old-fashioned. But it works better in an emergency. Also, not everybody who&#x27;s going to help you will be available at the same time, and certainly not at the start of the incident. You have to start responding with who&#x27;s available at the time and incorporate more people over time. You need to have ways of effectively putting people to work and then putting more people in the process without disrupting the work that&#x27;s already in progress, so people can come up to speed without disrupting those activities and then plug themselves in, offload, or take on some new tasks related to the emergency. And somebody has to manage and coordinate all of this and manage the communications.”</p><blockquote>[Working with GenAI is] a lot like dealing with a very junior programmer. You still have to check it. You still have to write the code. You still have to write the test.” -Brent Chapman, Principal / Great Circle Associates</blockquote><p>Chapman suggests that part of the excitement, and confusion, around AI and its benefits may come from an excessive widening or narrowing of definitions. The SRE veteran discusses automated systems that he worked on at Google for real-time ‘traffic’ (server cluster load balancing) management. “I worked on a system that tracked incident response patterns whenever there were problems with a given cluster, such that the first thing we’d do is drain incoming traffic away from that cluster, and send the traffic somewhere else that&#x27;s still healthy. Realizing that this was the first thing we almost always did, we decided to automate that. But we needed some guardrails. For instance, we didn&#x27;t want to drain traffic away from the last cluster in any continent, or from a cluster when there were only two clusters left. So I built this system in Python which, when it was alerted to unhealthy clusters, it would ‘think’ about draining it, run through the list of checks for that service, and decide whether or not to drain the service in that cluster. All taking place while people were still responding to their pagers. But depending on your definitions, this might be more of a style of ‘mechanical turk’-style automation rather than ‘AI,’ I suppose.”</p><p>What will the future hold for software engineers? For operations, Chapman sees potential in highly-trained AI systems with the ability to take certain actions, such as taking steps to provision new systems, or adjusting configurations, autonomously. “For instance, if you tie a generative AI system to your AWS console–your control system for your cloud computing system–and you can start having a conversation with it about, let’s say, bringing online another 20% of capacity in London. And the system replies that there&#x27;s not enough spare capacity in London, but it can give you 15% in London and 5% across Europe, for example. You can imagine starting to have these sorts of operative discussions with it that are going to result in things happening...under approval with your supervision, and so forth. Right now, a lot of our monitoring control systems present human operators with problems, and it&#x27;s up to the operator to solve them. I think the next step is going to be to have generative AI propose solutions. Now, is it going to propose better solutions than your average new hire six months out of college? Maybe. That&#x27;s going to be an interesting question.”</p><p>On the topic of AI’s impact on developers as a whole, Chapman still feels strongly that systems will ultimately still need humans in the loop. “I think there&#x27;s going to continue to be a need for more developers. However, there&#x27;s going to be a new skill set that many of them have: ‘prompting,’ basically developing prompts, asking the right questions, feeding the right data to get a useful result out of the generative AI systems they&#x27;re working with. It seems comparable to art. ‘Creating art’ is going to change from knowing how to mix paints and pick a brush and applying certain physical techniques to knowing how to describe what you&#x27;re looking for to the AI...so that it can generate something that looks like what you want. I&#x27;m already hearing a bunch of my programmer colleagues talking about how they’ve had good luck using ChatGPT for tasks such as providing the framework of a Python application that does such and such. It’ll write the first hundred lines of code and create the first 10 files, and basically sets up your project for you. And then you can go from there. But it&#x27;s a lot like dealing with a very junior programmer who doesn&#x27;t always understand your intent and sometimes just goes off into the weeds. You still have to check it. You still have to write the code. You still have to write the test. I’ve also heard some people report success generating unit tests based on inputted code (which seems kind of backward, since you’re supposed to write your tests first and write the code to make the test pass), but is that better than no unit tests at all? Yeah, probably.”</p><p>“One of my favorite science fiction authors is <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vernor_Vinge">Vernor Vinge</a>, who was a professor of computer science at San Diego State University. He wrote a story with a character who, for various reasons having to do with relativistic time dilation and traveling near the speed of light, ends up returning home a thousand years later, despite only aging about 10 years. He believes his skills are going to be completely out of date in this new world. And it turns out, the guy&#x27;s a programmer and there is a place for his skills as basically someone who understands the system 14 layers underneath what the AIs are doing in that present day. He has an ability, by understanding those underpinnings, to bypass a lot of layers and go straight to the ‘low level,’ a bit like a programmer today who still understands assembly language. Obviously, this is kind of a simplified example, but I think there are still going to be plenty of roles for humans in technology. Someone still has to verify–to ask the questions: ‘Is this right? Is this useful? Is this complete?’ I don&#x27;t see that role moving away from human judgment.”</p><h2>Conclusion</h2><p>GenAI is already seeing direct applications in day-to-day SRE work. For more information and discussion on how AI may affect the future of incident management, DevOps, and the business of software development as a whole, join the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild">DevGuild: AI Summit</a> event.</p><h2>More Resources:</h2><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/incident-response-best-practices">Article - Three Key Best Practices for Modern Incident Response</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/incident-response">On-Demand Video Series - DevGuild: Incident Response</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/getting-there/ep-7-the-march-2023-datadog-outage-with-laura-de-vesine">Podcast - Getting There with Nora Jones, Niall Murphy and Laura De Vesine</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/generative-ai-incident-response-devops">Incident Response and DevOps in the Age of Generative AI</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Emerging Legal Challenges for Open Source in the Age of AI</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/legal-licensing-open-source-generative-ai-challenges</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Oct 2023 23:42:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8dcb096c-a91c-40b2-bcad-107add29b707</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Open-source legal and IP expert Amanda Brock explains the defensibility and AI-related challenges that open-source projects face in the future.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>Defensibility and AI-Related Legal Issues for Open Source</h2><p>Open-source software has been called “<a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/open-source-development-and-how-we-got-here">the most positive and transformative force in the history of IT</a>,” having led to a global sharing of developer knowledge that has improved countless developers’ day-to-day work and their careers over time. It is also an increasingly fraught space as open-source leaders struggle to properly monetize their projects–particularly as well-heeled corporate teams leverage their (and their communities’) work into billion-dollar proprietary commercial projects. Extremely well-known open-source projects have changed their licensing structure, including <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2018/10/16/mongodb-switches-up-its-open-source-license/">MongoDB (2018)</a>, <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2019/02/21/redis-labs-changes-its-open-source-license-again/">Redis (2019)</a>, <a href="https://www.elastic.co/pricing/faq/licensing">Elastic (2021)</a>, <a href="https://www.infoq.com/news/2021/04/grafana-licence-agpl/">Grafana (2021)</a>, and <a href="https://thenewstack.io/hashicorp-abandons-open-source-for-business-source-license/">HashiCorp (2023)</a>.</p><p>In addition, a potential new challenge to the integrity of open-source communities is generative AI. GenAI is anecdotally proving to be a boon for day-to-day software development via coding assistants, <a href="https://arxiv.org/abs/2302.06590">noticeably increasing developer productivity</a> in early studies. However, experts also point out potential threats from GenAI for open-source projects, such as <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/security-and-liability-in-open-source">legal liability</a> resulting from the injection of copyrighted, proprietary code (unwittingly or otherwise) via community contributions that use AI trained on potentially leaked materials. Some major AI vendors themselves are pivoting to alternative licenses for their AI models, including <a href="https://about.fb.com/news/2023/07/llama-2/">Meta’s LLaMa 2</a>, which is “free for research and commercial use,” but whose licensing model confusingly is <a href="https://thenewstack.io/metas-llama-2-is-not-open-source-and-thats-ok/">not open source</a>.</p><p>For more perspective on the ongoing legal and IP-related challenges open-source projects face from being co-opted by massive corporations and from developments in GenAI, we spoke with legal expert and CEO of the OSS advocacy group <a href="https://openuk.uk/">OpenUK</a>, Amanda Brock. Learn more about the issues that software developers face in the age of AI at the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/ai">DevGuild: Artificial Intelligence event</a>.</p><h2>Developments in Patent, Trademark, and IP Protections for OSS</h2><p>Brock, a former professional solicitor, points out potential headwinds for OSS projects in the form of stifling patent protections, which the US Patent and Trademark Office may be looking to entrench further. “[The USPTO is] putting a proposal in place to remove various things–and one of them was the right to object to patents.”</p><p>Stronger patents, she argues, could have a chilling effect on innovation as first-movers can argue ownership not simply for projects that developers code up, but for the ideas behind them. “Patents are probably the strongest kind of IP because they give a monopoly on an idea–not the way the idea is iterated. Compared to copyrighted code–you’re not allowed to copy exact code, but you can take that idea and go and build it yourself. A patent is much broader, which is why people have such big concerns about them and whether they really belong in this world of software, full stop.”</p><h2>Case Study: GNOME Foundation vs. RPI Patent Trolling</h2><p>Brock cites the case of the Linux organization <a href="https://www.theregister.com/2020/05/21/gnome_foundation_settles_patent_troll_lawsuit/">GNOME Foundation vs. Rothschild Patent Imaging</a>, in which RPI filed an apparent <em>patent troll case</em>–a lawsuit specifically designed to use patents as cudgels rather than to defend creative property–against GNOME Foundation’s open-source digital photo management tool Shotwell. During the proceedings, RPI perhaps realized that GNOME would not be an easy mark, and attempted to withdraw, only to have GNOME countersue, as well as applying to have the patent set aside.</p><p>Brock suggests that an important alternative to a contentious patent landscape is developers rallying around defensive patent orgs such as the <a href="https://openinventionnetwork.com/">Open Invention Network</a>, which collectively oversees a huge patent pool with a tacit agreement among its community to <em>not </em>constantly sue each other, and instead offer licenses among themselves to continue supporting innovations.</p><h2>Software Supply Chain Threats and Liability</h2><p>Risk may be increasing around software supply chain regulation, due to the increased adoption of open-source software despite a continued lack of understanding of the OSS model on the part of government agencies. Brock observes, “now what we see is governments trying to work out how to manage [software supply chain security], but they&#x27;re not deep experts...Because of that increased concern, what we are seeing is a need for clarification of where risk is going to sit.”</p><p>“And currently risk sits with the end user–the person who chooses to use the software. If they were buying proprietary software they would have to have a license, so they&#x27;d have to have a contractual relationship.” For proprietary purchases, end-users can therefore delegate or disclaim some responsibility to the vendors–who presumably have some kind of in-house expertise on the legal nuances of software licenses.</p><p>On the other hand, it’s possible to integrate OSS into a business without a formal contract. A startup’s engineering team can, depending on the license, presumably use code from an OSS project more or less freely in compliance with their own company policies. However, in such situations, responsibility, and liability, ends up sitting with end users, who are likely not thinking about those implications. “Open-source licenses are very clear that they are providing the code without liability. They disclaim liability. And governments are looking at that in all sorts of different ways.”<br/><br/></p><h2>The Current Shape of Regulation</h2><p>Brock is mildly optimistic that UK and US regulators appear to be tacking in the direction of disclaiming liability for OSS developers, but the picture hasn’t resolved itself yet. “It appears that generally there is an understanding that open-source developers ought not to have that liability. And if it were to shift from the end user making the decision to use the code with full knowledge of how the code has been used and the sort of legal obligations in their sector, it doesn&#x27;t look like the intention at least is to pass it to the developer, which is great.”</p><p>“And in the US, what we&#x27;re seeing is one instance of this with the White House&#x27;s consultation around security and shifting responsibility to any commercial entity–any entity taking money which is profiting from the code or taking money for the code.” Brock suggests that legislators’ attention may be focused on how various open-source business models generate revenue. “The Red Hat subscription model [of paid professional services to support working with open-source software] would be subject to [scrutiny] because money changes hands. A support model that other organizations sell–which supply support services for multiple different products because they&#x27;re leveraging the open source products to make money–would become responsible under such a proposal–though this is just a proposal, and not a new law at this stage.”</p><p>The question of where liability sits will likely lead to lively discussions and a significant amount of pushback. Brock explains, “Good lawyers will always have advised both the open-source companies and the communities <em>never </em>to accept any liability in their code. So, even if you are selling services around the code, the code is still likely to be made up of community contributions that you&#x27;ll have limited control over. Good open source is collaborative–but suddenly, maintainers having to carry all the liability becomes very problematic. So I expect the White House to receive a huge amount of pushback should they try to shift liability that way.”</p><h2>Regulatory Confusion: Commercial vs. OSS and the Cyber Resilience Act</h2><p>In Europe, the proposed Cyber Resilience Act (CRA) is already causing European developers concern, due to the way it attempts to segregate both ‘commercial’ and ‘non-commercial’ OSS projects as well as contributions (which can come from either individuals or individuals representing accompany). “What’s more concerning–they&#x27;re trying to apply product liability to software, potentially being put onto open-source software. Even if you <em>wanted </em>to do that, I cannot imagine how you could possibly manage the sort of certifications and audits around product liability you would need for open-source projects. It&#x27;s just impossible at the scale they&#x27;re talking about.” Brock is concerned that a fundamental lack of understanding of the open source model may be to blame for misplaced policy proposals. “They also suggested that code could be ‘trialed’ and then ‘withdrawn.’ Of course, once you put Open Source out there, you can&#x27;t ‘take it back.’ It&#x27;s there in perpetuity.”</p><p>A potentially frustrating aspect of OSS regulation is out-of-step legislators who seem to think that regulation should simply be a matter of placing liability on companies that make money, especially given the complexity of open-source software projects that are attempting, or have attempted, to go a hybrid commercial route. However, Brock doesn’t feel that potentially misplaced liability will necessarily halt or even slow down OSS development. “I think [regulation that incorrectly places all liability on developers] will just force splits, and potentially people going ‘underground.’ but I don&#x27;t think you&#x27;re going to stop people from coding, and I don&#x27;t think you&#x27;re going to stop people using open-source code. Also, there’s no sense in starting to build code from scratch every time. The reason open source is so successful is that its methodology is the natural way to collaborate in code. Collaboration is the base. Standing on the shoulders of giants is natural.”</p><p>Part of the confusion on the part of regulators may be intrinsic to how open-source software, in a way, flies in the face of conventional trademark and IP law. Brock confides, “When I first started working with open source, it took me months to get my head round it. It was the opposite of everything that I had been taught as a lawyer. But now, the world has shifted a bit. So I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s quite so hard now. But the idea of collaboration, of sharing your assets–lawyers are taught to do the opposite. They&#x27;re taught to protect the company, to keep everything closed down. You have to unlearn your way of thinking to accept collaborative development and innovation–to accept open innovation and open-source principles. So there&#x27;s that mental shift that needs to happen with public-sector policymakers. But some of those folk are quite old-fashioned.”</p><h2>Where Open Source and Generative AI Intersect</h2><p>Brock sets up the issue of generative AI meeting open-source software as a huge issue that requires a great deal of deliberation. “I think it&#x27;s absolutely fascinating, but I&#x27;ve always said that this issue is perhaps ‘too big’–and it may require significant ethical decisions. One of the things I like about open source is that we <em>don&#x27;t make</em> ethical decisions, but it also is something that requires global, cross-border regulation, in my view. In an ideal world, we’d have this global community where everyone is ‘caught up.’”</p><p>“But I don’t think governments have quite caught up on the topic of AI. We’re seeing UK Prime Minister Rishi Sunak <a href="https://www.reuters.com/technology/britain-will-host-ai-summit-world-war-two-code-breaking-centre-2023-08-24/">hosting an AI summit</a> this year, which I believe is intended to look at risk in AI, and regulation in AI on a global basis. But I think that with AI and open source, suddenly we are right in the middle of the agenda because we have the code concerns we’ve been discussing here. It’s a complicated situation with many viewpoints. We’ve all seen, for instance, <a href="https://www.theverge.com/2023/7/10/23790132/google-memo-moat-ai-leak-demis-hassabis">the ‘leaked’ memo from Google about the company having ‘no moat.’</a> A memo attributed to a Google employee, which obviously wasn’t representative of the whole company. But the picture changed significantly with the <a href="https://www.deeplearning.ai/the-batch/how-metas-llama-nlp-model-leaked/">‘leak’ of Meta’s LLM LLaMa</a>, which made its way into the research community, but technically was not open source because it didn’t carry a full-fledged OSS license. And later this year, we saw the launch of <a href="https://www.theverge.com/2023/7/21/23803234/the-biggest-ai-release-since-chatgpt">LLaMa-2</a>, which was also, as I have argued, <a href="https://thenewstack.io/metas-llama-2-is-not-open-source-and-thats-ok/">not open-source</a>.”</p><p>“The net effect was that the open-source community got what it had been missing–a LLM that had cost hundreds of millions to train was suddenly available to people. And from there, we saw a scale and pace of development that was unprecedented. And that same leaked memo talked about how things that take months for an individual corporation to work on get fixed in a week among a larger community.” Brock suggests that communities may make all the difference in the GenAI arms race. “The real change is the development activities that the open-source communities are bringing to AI. Which may be why we don’t hear any more commentary from our mystery Google employee–because if open-source communities now have LLMs and other tools in hand which let them create fixes at a pace that Google and the like are struggling to keep up with, why would people pay those large firms for the commercial version, when they can get a slightly more rough-and-ready one for ‘free?’”</p><h2>Arms Race: Proprietary AI Foundation Models vs. OSS Models</h2><p>“But then we have the more-difficult question: How are we going to monetize what we have? And again, you see the open collaborative development of OSS challenging the single-minded corporate development cycle. I’ve heard it described as an ‘arms race.’” Brock points out that traditionally, in conflicts between massive corporate entities and open-source communities, corporations will often resort to restricting access to ideas and technology via patents and the like.</p><p>“The reality is that that tool, that piece of code, that data–or in this case, that LLM–has already shifted everything. In this case, it has probably shifted everything in a way that will be remembered in the overall history of technology. Speaking personally, I would prefer to see the major players <em>not </em>try to block and control AI tools, and instead discuss the benefits that transparency can bring.”</p><p>Brock points out that LLMs themselves aren’t the only consideration here. “One of the key things to be aware of is that we&#x27;re looking not just at software–we have to look at the data used to train AI models. So we’re going to need a better understanding of what data is being used, and where. So transparency is really going to matter here. We need to open up that data, but we also have to respect privacy and confidentiality. And it’ll likely be worth looking at <em>where</em> companies are building these things, and <em>which </em>data they&#x27;re using–whether they’re training on their own data or using data from other sources, public or otherwise.”</p><h2>How OSS Licenses May Need to Evolve in the Age of Generative AI</h2><p>Turning to the topic of licensing, Brock notes that while many community organizations are convening throughout the year to consult on the topic, open-source licenses on the whole may need to change to accommodate the effects of AI. “I think that we will see some shift in licensing, but the critical bit to understand is that <em>open-source licenses themselves aren&#x27;t universal</em>.”</p><p>“But the reason we’re looking at a new definition isn&#x27;t because they don&#x27;t work for the software, but because there is a lot of nuance here. We need to look at the interaction of the software with the data and more.” Brock suggests that evolution is likely to take place asynchronously as companies continue to move at the speed of their own business needs. “Whilst the consultation is going on, I think we will see licenses being modified by companies and used in a way that&#x27;s appropriate for them to be able to share some of their assets. I suspect that we will also see more around data cards and how those interface with the licenses.”</p><h2>How International Regulation May Affect GenAI and Open Source</h2><p>AI regulation is still in extremely early stages worldwide, and there are notable divergences in policy across <a href="https://oecd.ai/en/dashboards/overview">different countries and territories</a>. For example, while EU regulatory bodies issued multiple policies such as the <a href="https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/digital-services-act-package">Digital Services Act</a> and the <a href="https://artificialintelligenceact.eu/the-act/">AI Act</a>, other nations, such as the US, have been slower to respond, while Japan appears to be taking a <a href="https://www.reuters.com/technology/japan-leaning-toward-softer-ai-rules-than-eu-source-2023-07-03/">more-lenient</a> approach. However, Brock is hopeful that at some point, the international regulatory community will find common ground. “I think governments have no choice but to get together on AI. And I&#x27;m extraordinarily hopeful that if the idea of open standards ends up in the middle of it, we might see some cohesive approach–not just to AI but also to open source and to that security piece, because they&#x27;re going to be so intrinsically linked.”</p><p>“Let’s look at the <a href="https://archive.ph/sTGqq">Copilot lawsuit</a>–which doesn’t seem to be going anywhere due to <a href="https://www.theregister.com/2023/07/01/microsoft_github_copilot/">a technicality</a>. I think that the copyright should be passed through, though it&#x27;s very unlikely that regulators are going to give the AI itself copyright. They&#x27;re going to give the copyright to the person who has asked the question, I think, not even the creator of the algorithm.” Brock suggests that in the new era of AIs that return outputs when prompted, the <em>prompters</em>–those who plug in the initial inputs, the questions, into the models may be the ones to win the copyright in most places.</p><h2>The Potential Impact on Developers (From a Solicitor’s Perspective)</h2><p>Brock suggests that some of the doom-and-gloom in AI discourse may be acting as an unhelpful diversion more than anything else. “‘The singularity,’ or whatever you’d like to call it, is a long way off. When we talk about generative AI, what we&#x27;re really talking about is a calculator. A natural-language calculator that can take information, pass it through a process, and give us an output we may or may not be able to use. And as we think about the many ways we can use such a thing <em>well</em>, there are still many problems with this type of technology.”</p><p>“I was chatting with Linux pioneer <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greg_Kroah-Hartman">Greg KH</a> earlier, who suggested that if there are any jobs that AI will take away from coders...those would be the jobs that no one wants to do anyway. As he put it, ‘show me a coder who says they&#x27;ve got nothing to do, or don&#x27;t have a massive backlog.’ So hopefully, what generative AI does is free up the engineers, the software developers, the coders, to do those other, higher-order jobs their brains are better suited for.”</p><p>“And as a lawyer, I should mention that lawyers have all the same concerns. They&#x27;re all concerned that they&#x27;re going to lose their income. But for years, we&#x27;ve actually been trying to do the same sort of thing that open-source developers do in terms of reusing code. Lawyers have been trying to reuse templates–to modularize and build document creation systems. My only real worry is: How do new entrants learn the basics to get to the stage where they have the knowhow to properly check the outputs of an AI and discern where the problems lie? There&#x27;s that piece where you really have to ‘learn by doing.’ And Greg&#x27;s response was along the lines that ‘there have been other tools that have taken away other tasks, but as usual, it’ll all probably just end out to be the same.’”</p><p>“But I do still worry a bit about that, all the same.”</p><p><br/></p><h2>More Resources:</h2><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-legal-licensing-issues">Article: Understanding Legal Issues for Open Source Software Start-ups with Amanda Brock</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/open-source">On-Demand Video Event - DevGuild: Open Source</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-hire-a-startup-lawyer">Article: How To Hire And Work With Lawyers At Your Startup with Rebecca Lee Whiting</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/legal-licensing-open-source-generative-ai-challenges">Emerging Legal Challenges for Open Source in the Age of AI</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #135, Maintainer Funding with Birk Jernström of Polar</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-135-maintainer-funding-with-birk-jernstrom-of-polar</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Oct 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5ecb87e5-d23e-4027-87d4-643d3f34fe2c</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 135 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Birk Jernström of Polar. This talk explores different avenues for supporting maintainers of open source projects and looks specifically at ways to provide better funding for their initiatives.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 135 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Birk Jernström of Polar. This talk explores different avenues for supporting maintainers of open source projects and looks specifically at ways to provide better funding for their initiatives.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-135-maintainer-funding-with-birk-jernstrom-of-polar">Ep. #135, Maintainer Funding with Birk Jernström of Polar</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #63, Observability in the Database with Lukas Fittl of pganalyze</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-63-observability-in-the-database-with-lukas-fittl-of-pganalyze</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Oct 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3cdfe4a6-b8aa-4f5b-8e9b-00c4eab609d2</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 63 of o11ycast, Charity and Jess speak with Lukas Fittl of <a href="https://pganalyze.com/">pganalyze</a> about database observability. This talk explores relational database management systems (DBMS), the open source library <a href="https://google.github.io/sqlcommenter/">Sqlcommenter</a>, query plans, and insights on supporting application teams.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 63 of o11ycast, Charity and Jess speak with Lukas Fittl of <a href="https://pganalyze.com/">pganalyze</a> about database observability. This talk explores relational database management systems (DBMS), the open source library <a href="https://google.github.io/sqlcommenter/">Sqlcommenter</a>, query plans, and insights on supporting application teams.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-63-observability-in-the-database-with-lukas-fittl-of-pganalyze">Ep. #63, Observability in the Database with Lukas Fittl of pganalyze</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why We Don’t Need Another AI Conference Right Now</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/why-we-dont-need-another-ai-conference-right-now</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Sep 2023 11:01:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">46191160-1ede-4f17-9bf4-7b39ea960548</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>With more questions than answers around AI in software development, it’s time for a community summit to help us all understand this once in a lifetime software-defined movement.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>We <em>Thought</em> We Were Going to Run a DevGuild Conference on AI</h2><p>Every year, I have the opportunity to work with our veteran <a href="https://heavybit.com/team/">partner team</a> and our incredible developer community, which includes more than <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/community">600 advisors</a> and over <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/portfolio">70 leading devtool startups</a> to program our <a href="https://heavybit.com/devguild/">DevGuild conferences</a>. In the past, our programs have been filled with industry-leading founders and operators focused on important dev-first topics including <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/open-source">open source</a>, <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/incident-response">incident response</a>, and <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/developer-first-go-to-market">developer-first go-to-market</a>–to help developer-first startups solve their unique challenges. Heavybit is the leading investor in developer-first startups, and what gets us out of bed every morning is finding new ways to advocate for developers to improve not just their day-to-day work, but their lives in general.</p><p>You’ve probably noticed that all anyone seems to be talking about is AI, so it may not come as a shock that we set out to build a DevGuild focused on the intersection of AI and software engineering. In particular, AI seems poised to completely change what it means to be a software developer, and in doing so, AI will increase the number of developers like no technology has before. There are now AI tools that not only code alongside you as a pair programmer, but also help you debug, test, and document–all important tasks that developers were previously expected to work through more or less on their own. The future is bright, but also uncertain, and a little scary.</p><p>Where is all this headed? What will this new technology actually mean for individual developers, and long-term, how will it affect their roles, and their careers?</p><h2>What Happened: Lots of Questions, Very Few Answers</h2><p>As we’ve done a dozen times before, Heavybit’s platform team set out to secure venues, source speakers, and craft an engaging story for our audience. But as we explored potential topics and speakers, it became clear that we were in a moment that required a different approach.</p><p>Previously, we’ve featured 20-year veterans in <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/enterprise-security">security</a>, <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/enterprise-ready-products">enterprise product development</a>, and <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/software-defined-movements">community-building</a>. However, we realized there are far fewer veterans with experience putting this sort of work in AI into <em>production</em>. Yes, there are absolutely pioneers that have helped develop the first versions of ML and NLP models, and we’re grateful they’ve blazed the trail for us. As one community member recently put it, while developers&#x27; experiments with AI tools have them convinced of their incredibly exciting potential, how much of this space is actually “production-ready”? So we decided that a traditional conference might not do justice to a subject that is very broad, wildly consequential, and in a constant, chaotic state of change.</p><h2>What We Decided: Another AI Conference Doesn’t Make Sense</h2><p>So, I’m excited to announce that we’re fine-tuning our <em>own</em> event model. Our goal is to take advantage of the moment we’re in now–a time where there is an explosion of questions, and very few answers. When no one is actually an “expert” or a “veteran” on the topic of AI for developers.</p><p>That’s our opportunity. You’ve probably spoken with your colleagues, friendly customers, investors, and other people in your circle about how you’ve been tinkering with AI. Maybe you’ve heard some interesting ideas from others. Every one of us is at a different point in our journey, and every one of us has learned at least some of what works, what doesn’t seem to work, and has identified new opportunities to potentially get more out of AI.</p><p>Our goal is to scale beyond anecdotal stories. We want to harness the collective intelligence of the developer community and make it available for everyone.</p><h2>Coming Soon: DevGuild: AI Summit</h2><p>So, rather than hold a traditional conference, Heavbit is organizing a summit event for the members of our community–our friends, founders, and extended dev-first family working in and around software development. We’re seeking to assemble a variety of voices and perspectives, from established enterprises to early-stage startups, to help us collect everything that can be learned from what we’ve all heard, seen, experienced, and built.</p><p>At DevGuild: AI Summit on October 19 in San Francisco, we’ll be inviting select members of our community to discuss and document their findings in a safe, confidential, judgment-free environment devoted to helping us all make sense of what AI means for developers today, and where this is all headed.</p><h2>Why We Want You to Attend (and What You’ll Get Out of It)</h2><p>We want you to be part of this event to help us chart that course for developers. We’re looking for people who care deeply not just about day-to-day coding, but also about the new friction that AI is introducing between open source and proprietary software, whether existing copyright and authorship laws are capable of responding to this moment, the emergence of intelligent agents that can enhance, document, and test code in real time, and how the best among us will solve the unprecedented challenges of securing this new generation of tools and services.</p><p>We’ll be looking to compile your insights and learnings into a full set of recommendations and best practices we can craft together and share with developers everywhere–to inform, shape, and guide the future of development in the age of AI.</p><p><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/ai">Request an invite for DevGuild: AI Summit now.</a></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/why-we-dont-need-another-ai-conference-right-now">Why We Don’t Need Another AI Conference Right Now</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #134, Commercializing Open Source with Victoria Melnikova of Evil Martians</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-134-commercializing-open-source-with-victoria-melnikova-of-evil-martians</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Sep 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e9284050-c89a-448c-8656-83217883f102</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 134 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Victoria Melnikova of Evil Martians. They discuss commercializing open source projects for improved feedback loops and longterm sustainability, as well as the importance of technical marketing.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 134 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Victoria Melnikova of Evil Martians. They discuss commercializing open source projects for improved feedback loops and longterm sustainability, as well as the importance of technical marketing.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-134-commercializing-open-source-with-victoria-melnikova-of-evil-martians">Ep. #134, Commercializing Open Source with Victoria Melnikova of Evil Martians</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using Brain Chemistry to Build 0-to-1 Developer Communities</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-build-zero-to-one-developer-communities</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Sep 2023 10:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">76afb748-8fe2-458a-8129-52bd17301c1e</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Developer advocate Don Goodman-Wilson shares his secret weapon to building developer communities from zero: Neuroscience.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>How Developer Communities Benefit from Brain Chemicals</h2><p>I’ve worked as a developer advocate for many years, but in some ways, I consider my specialty and my interests to lie in the realm of human psychology, having studied cognitive science (and abandoned a graduate program to pursue something completely different). Recently, I’ve found myself talking a lot with startup founders about the role of the neurotransmitter <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oxytocin">oxytocin</a> in community building. I’ll assume we’re all familiar with at least graduate-level neuroscience, so we would already know that <em>oxytocin is of central importance for building human relationships</em>. It plays a big role in the bonding between children and their birthing parents, for instance. But it can also be a central part of building communities for developer-led startups.</p><h2>Starting Out: Similarities Between PMF and Developer Marketing</h2><p>I think you can argue that at very early stages, startups can almost approach marketing very much in the same way they approach achieving product-market fit (PMF). These are two things that are actually super-close to each other, especially at the early stages.</p><p>Let’s look at it this way: When you&#x27;re looking to achieve PMF, you want to build a product that is addressing the problem your team has identified. Presumably, there’s a large enough market with this problem, such that they’ll be interested in buying it and you can generate revenue.</p><p>But when you&#x27;re thinking about developer marketing, you have another, really interesting problem. Yes, you need to be able to identify the challenge that individual developers have, and how you can deliver that solution to them. However, to build a community in a way that takes advantage of brain chemistry, you need to reach those developers in a way that makes them feel good about themselves, that lifts them up, that builds them up as a person.</p><p>You could say that the marketing side of this–the <em>community</em> side of this–is taking this whole concept of building a product that people are going to really like, putting it in their hands, and doing so <em>in a way that builds a personal bond</em> between you and this other person. Putting oxytocin to work.</p><p>That&#x27;s how a community starts. Community, particularly in open source, starts from a small network of personal bonds between people who are working together to overcome a shared challenge that they can&#x27;t solve by themselves. Which is something that you, as a founder, are doing. So if there are other people who are facing that same challenge, and you can get them in on the ground floor to that solution, it&#x27;s going to make them feel really good about themselves.</p><h2>Building the Bonds of Community</h2><p>Oxytocin is, quite literally, a neurotransmitter that’s responsible for the bonds of love. We talk about “developer love” as a metaphor of developer relations, but it&#x27;s not a metaphor at all! There are very specific things that you can do to build a community aside from just delivering a product, to trigger the oxytocin in the people that you want to reach. And when you do that, they love you, and when you’ve built this close relationship with your customers, they’re more likely to recommend you to people they know.</p><p>They&#x27;re more likely to provide useful, actionable feedback. they&#x27;re more likely to pay for the product. And when other people can see that relationship, they&#x27;re more likely to respond positively when a recommendation comes in. Those <em>other</em> people are more likely to investigate deeper. Those <em>other</em> people are more likely to convert into paying customers. And again, <em>those other people</em> are more likely to advocate for you to <em>their</em> networks. Oxytocin is, in many ways, contagious. Everyone likes to feel respected, to feel lifted up by their peers, so our job is to get those brain chemicals flowing, and then spread them around.</p><h2>Case Study: GitHub’s Mona Lisa Stickers</h2><p>The prototypical example here is the infinite variety of GitHub’s infamous stickers of <a href="https://cameronmcefee.com/work/the-octocat/">Mona Lisa the Octocat</a>. While this is something that worked really well 10 years ago–and might not work quite so well now–it’s an interesting case study.</p><p>How did it start? GitHub just started handing out stickers as giveaways, really. Even though some might consider Mona to be this iconic character, I don’t think GitHub built that up intentionally. From what I recall, they weren&#x27;t really thinking too deeply about it at all. They just thought it was cool to give out stickers to people who attended their events sometimes.</p><p>We all know what happened next. GitHub noticed how popular the stickers were becoming, and decided to make all sorts of different kinds of stickers with Mona depicted as movie characters or representing particular cultures or what have you, so that people could identify with the character personally.</p><p>And GitHub also decided, “Hey, let&#x27;s make these stickers collectible. And let&#x27;s make it so that in order to get one, you have to actually <em>meet with</em> a GitHub person.” GitHub only handed out these stickers in person. Never by mail. Our goal was always to make sure there was <em>always</em> a conversation with a GitHub team member.</p><p>And so, they became this token of value. They became something that we could offer developers that made them feel special, that made them feel seen and heard in exchange for...well, nothing, actually. Because we weren’t looking to set up anything transactional, we didn&#x27;t demand anything in return for those items. But as a result, GitHub builds up its community–building up goodwill essentially through this mechanism of a global network of sticker distribution. (Obviously, it also helped that GitHub was a globally remote company and has been for a long time.)</p><h2>What We Can Learn from the Sticker Campaign</h2><p>To be completely clear: I don&#x27;t actually recommend trying to replicate a sticker strategy today. It&#x27;s not necessarily going to work now. But there are almost certainly other ways that are very specific to your product that you can use to reach into the community of developers you want to reach. That is, there are still going to be ways that you can demonstrate that you value the people who might potentially be using your product–beyond simply being customers.</p><p>For instance, there&#x27;s something probably relatively inexpensive that you can offer to developers as a token of appreciation. If you can find something like that, then you might just have a very easy way to use a similar playbook. Arguably, the items themselves don’t really matter that much. Here’s what does:</p><ul><li><strong>Identity:</strong> GitHub stickers were valuable to individuals because there was almost certainly at least one sticker that you could identify with personally.</li><li><strong>Rarity:</strong> The stickers were also made valuable through rarity. It was never guaranteed that you were going to see a particular sticker at any time. There’s now <a href="https://octodex.github.com/">an entire website</a> dedicated to tracking Octocat designs.</li><li><strong>Face-to-Face Relationship Building:</strong> As mentioned, we paired giving out stickers with in-person meetups. So developers received something of value from a human being–a face they could place to the name.</li></ul><p>That face-to-face meeting can form the basis of a relationship that’s much deeper than something you request from a website, or just receive in the mail in an anonymous package. When you can see the person&#x27;s face, you can see their eyes, when you can shake their hand, you can share your name, maybe share a story with them. That bond is so much richer, and that attaches to more value than what is inherent in the sticker (or whatever it is).</p><h2>Not a Bad Idea: Start Your Developer Community Locally</h2><p>I talk to many different startups, and some of the founders aren’t based out of major global tech hubs, and so they’re concerned they can’t really build a sizable community. I’ll tell you the same thing I tell them: You can do local events. Even if you can’t do events “globally,” you can at least start with where you are. For founder teams that are distributed across multiple cities or countries across the globe–you’re still almost certainly attending meetups in your home city for your own personal, selfish reasons, right? Networking to build your personal brand, to find potential hires–whatever the case might be.</p><p>Let&#x27;s leverage that. Let&#x27;s make those local events you’re planning to attend anyway into a program where we encourage people to consider engaging with us, and we ship them boxes of stickers or whatever other gifts we decide to use. You have to start somewhere, and you have to engage at least one other person. It should be somebody in your neighborhood, somebody that you know.</p><p>And that person could go on to open doors for you. Because ideally, what&#x27;s going to happen next? Maybe the developers you meet in your own backyard become your ambassadors, and those people are going to have connections elsewhere. Those people are going to be attending events <em>elsewhere</em>. And so, as you build that relationship with them and find people who are willing to be vocal advocates, you can deputize them to be ambassadors for your brand.</p><p>And ideally, you can sort of step that out and grow it. So even though you may be based in one place, your ambassadors can spread the word throughout the world via their own networks. And over time, you may want to try to scale your program with other tactics.</p><h2>Case Study: AuthZero’s Ambassador Program</h2><p>Here’s another great case study. I don&#x27;t know if they&#x27;re still doing it or not, but a few years before Okta acquired the company, about 2018-ish, Auth0 had a really great <a href="https://auth0.com/ambassador-program/ambassadors">ambassador program</a> with an interesting perk.</p><p>The company would let developers register with them to become ambassadors, surrendering the usual level of personal information you’d expect. Then, probably after those registered ambassadors jumped through some minimal number of hoops to make sure that they weren&#x27;t abusing the system, if they attended an industry event and spoke about Auth0, while wearing an Auth0 T-shirt, the company would cover a portion of their expenses to attend that event and share that talk. Obviously, the program was subject to verification and lots and lots of caveats, because it was essentially handing out money and expensing trips.</p><p>But it was a really cool program because the company had people speaking about Auth0 all over the world. And while perhaps somewhat difficult to measure, that presence and advocacy are very valuable. Travel is always valuable, speaking opportunities are always valuable, and this is something that you could do over and over again. And of course, the best speakers were most likely the ones to get the invites to do this over and over again. Which meant that this wasn’t just a one-time transaction.</p><p>Which reminds me: Another community question that startup founders ask me about is how they can apply the triggering of oxytocin and long-term community building to a one-off product launch.</p><h2>Long-Term Community Building ≠ One-Time Product Launch</h2><p>I’d like to make this perfectly clear: All the stuff we’ve been discussing so far does not fit into a traditional, one-shot, “this is for all the marbles”-style of product launch. <em>At all.</em> Something I see frequently, which is an absolute mistake, is startups thinking, “How can I use one of these community campaigns to get my product into the hands of lots of people when I launch from Product Hunt [or another public launchpad]?”</p><p>My simple answer is: You can&#x27;t. You have to launch it first. People have to have tried the product. You have to have had the opportunity to prove your product can help them. Maybe you go with a soft launch. Maybe it&#x27;s not this great big party day where you&#x27;re hoping all the news outlets re-post your press release. Whatever the case, don&#x27;t expect that you&#x27;re going to have a community to help with the launch if you keep it a secret. Communities won’t get behind what you’re doing unless they know it&#x27;s there. But if they know it’s there, well...you’ve kind of already launched, then.</p><p>In terms of building a community, I actually think that it can be better to do a soft launch, rather than trying to do one huge event and reach a large audience all at once and hope that some portion of that audience will enter the funnel in some way. I believe taking a community-oriented approach will be completely different, even if you have to bring people into the funnel one by one.</p><p>However, with a community-based approach, you should also be encouraging them to help others into the funnel as well. It could be a slow roll that ideally will build exponentially until you know you&#x27;re filling your funnel with people who are really interested in what you’re making. And if you do it right, it&#x27;s sustainable and will stay that way. Unlike with a one-off product launch, which sometimes feels like you get 24 hours of excitement followed by dead silence.</p><p>Rather than try to keep a lid on your product before you can make the big announcement, I believe it makes much more sense to get what you have into as many people&#x27;s hands as makes sense. You want to find the people you know have the problem–find those your early customers...which is how you’ll achieve product-market fit, anyway. These are the sorts of moves you would be making to validate that your product is actually solving a problem.</p><p>And in the course of that process, you should be worrying about building relationships with those people, rather than a one-off launch. By all means, do set deadlines for building out features and reaching a state where you&#x27;re very comfortable declaring your product to have hit GA. Obviously, you don&#x27;t skip that. But I’d advise developer-first startup founders to maybe not worry so much about the launch itself.</p><p>I believe your time is better spent worrying about satisfying the people who are using your product and ensuring that you&#x27;ve got PMF, then building relationships with those people, and then using those relationships as a springboard for reaching other people. Months down the road, those organic relationships are going to be way more valuable than any kind of contact that you made as a result of a one-shot press launch. In some cases, you might want to consider soft-launching before your product hits GA, even if it’s not feature-complete...as long as it’s in a state where you can begin to share with people. And maybe you set your launch window to some months after that–six months? Twelve? Or whatever makes sense for you.</p><p>While a media headline can be great, building up a community list–including users, colleagues, investors, and other friendlies over the months (or years) will be what helps amplify whatever launch you end up placing on whichever website. You’re building up this audience of people, this community that is interested in your product rather than hoping, without any basis in reality, that one day, people will happen upon your PH listing and immediately recognize it as being great.</p><p>More so than the “payoff” of being the top item on HackerNews or TechCrunch or wherever, I believe that building up that community momentum will lead you to a real payoff–where you have a solid and vibrant user base with oxytocin already dripping inside people’s brains. And even if you do go through a major media launch, and if it’s as successful as it can be getting your name out there–great, it’s a big step forward, but it’s just one step, and your startup will need to take many more. The point being, the launch itself is not “the important part.” The launch is a mechanism that encourages you to do the really important work up front and, if you do your job correctly, gives you a whole funnel of people for you to continue working with afterwards.</p><h2>More Resources</h2><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/our-community-loves-our-free-product-now-what">Video: Our Community Loves Our Free Product. Now What? with Ashley Smith</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/community-lessons-from-github-google-gitlab-with-jono-bacon">Video: Community Lessons from GitHub, Google &amp; GitLab with Jono Bacon</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/so-you-want-a-community-3-considerations-with-orbit">Video: So, You Want a Community: 3 Considerations with Orbit with Patrick Woods</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-build-zero-to-one-developer-communities">Using Brain Chemistry to Build 0-to-1 Developer Communities</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #133, React Server Components with Tom Preston-Werner of RedwoodJS</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-133-react-server-components-with-tom-preston-werner-of-redwoodjs</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Sep 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">95463350-8daa-48cc-a909-d74165fa90ac</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 133 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Tom Preston-Werner, founder of GitHub and creator of RedwoodJS. This talk explores React server components, the origin story of RedwoodJS and its latest offerings, the inherent rewards of working in open source, and the tedious lifecycle of application development.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 133 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Tom Preston-Werner, founder of GitHub and creator of RedwoodJS. This talk explores React server components, the origin story of RedwoodJS and its latest offerings, the inherent rewards of working in open source, and the tedious lifecycle of application development.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-133-react-server-components-with-tom-preston-werner-of-redwoodjs">Ep. #133, React Server Components with Tom Preston-Werner of RedwoodJS</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #62, Adopting OpenTelemetry with Doug Ramirez of Uplight</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-62-adopting-opentelemetry-with-doug-ramirez-of-uplight</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Sep 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">da91c5ef-5026-46f3-9e93-43ffc9653c2b</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 62 of o11ycast, Jessica Kerr and Martin Thwaites speak with Doug Ramirez of Uplight. This conversation covers many aspects of adopting OpenTelemetry including integration concerns, social challenges, building trust, and running it at scale. Listen in to find out why after 35 years of diverse experiences across several industries, Doug’s excited about observability.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 62 of o11ycast, Jessica Kerr and Martin Thwaites speak with Doug Ramirez of Uplight. This conversation covers many aspects of adopting OpenTelemetry including integration concerns, social challenges, building trust, and running it at scale. Listen in to find out why after 35 years of diverse experiences across several industries, Doug’s excited about observability.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-62-adopting-opentelemetry-with-doug-ramirez-of-uplight">Ep. #62, Adopting OpenTelemetry with Doug Ramirez of Uplight</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Who Are the Developers Working on Generative AI Projects?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/developers-working-on-genai-demographics</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Aug 2023 16:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Generative AI]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4aff4765-dd79-4930-84e8-90d1c1c3f091</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>63% of developers are engaged in AI-assisted development. Learn more about how developers are using AI to build software products.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>Developers Working With AI: Who, What, Where</h2><p>Generative AI has exploded into the public consciousness with the advent of products such as ChatGPT, VALL-E, and Midjourney, which allow anybody to create prose, voice, and images from a simple input. However, these popular examples of generative AI are the tip of the iceberg; new products and services are being released every day, often underpinned by foundational generative AI models which are accessed through APIs. Software developers play a key role in making this technology accessible to the consumer.</p><p>In this article, we explore key information about the developers working on generative AI projects: Where they are located, which roles they have, their level of experience and education, and what tools they use. We also cover where these developers go to get information about software development and which types of content they use to stay up to date. The data comes from the 24th edition of the <a href="https://www.developereconomics.net/">Developer Nation Survey</a> by <a href="https://www.slashdata.co/">SlashData</a>, which includes responses from more than 23,000 developers about their involvement in generative AI and other emerging technologies. </p><p><em>Learn more about the mechanics of ML models in this full guide to</em> <em><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-inference">AI inference</a>.</em></p><h3>63% of Developers Are Engaged With AI-Assisted Development</h3><p>Of the two technologies, AI-assisted software development garners more engagement than generative AI, perhaps because of the direct impact on developers’ day-to-day work. We see that 11% of developers report that they are currently working on AI-assisted development. In our view, it’s unlikely that all of these developers are building or integrating AI coding solutions. Rather, many are likely utilizing this technology in their development activities. We also see that nearly one in five developers are learning about AI-assisted development–this represents a sizable proportion of developers who may incorporate this technology into their workflows in the future.</p><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/e684ba61ea15472ad294da0fbbdae1298dbfa67a-1580x1240.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p>Taking a regional view, we find that North America is clearly the hotspot for developers involved in generative AI projects. Nearly three in ten (29%) of those currently working on generative AI projects and 28% of those working on AI-assisted development live here. Developers currently working on generative AI projects are more than 50% more likely to live in North America than the average developer, even though only 18% of all developers live in this region.</p><p>Our research reveals the opposite situation in Western Europe, where the population of developers working on generative AI projects is smaller than we would expect, given the proportion of all developers that live here. Similar to North America, 18% of all developers are located in Western Europe, but only 15% of developers are currently working on generative AI projects, suggesting there may be room for Western Europe to grow its population of developers working on generative AI projects. Indeed, the UK government has released a <a href="https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/ai-regulation-a-pro-innovation-approach/white-paper#part-7-conclusion-and-next-steps">white paper</a> detailing its strategy for ensconcing generative AI as a key part of its technology strategy.</p><p>Elsewhere, we see that comparatively few developers working on generative AI projects live in South Asia and the Greater China area–there are around 50% fewer such developers here than we would expect–8% and 7%, respectively, given the overall proportion of developers–12% and 11%. So these regions also seem positioned to take advantage of the generative AI gold rush by attracting, encouraging, or training more developers to become involved in generative AI. However, gaining regulatory approval and support may be more difficult, especially in the Greater China area, despite <a href="https://www.reuters.com/article/us-tsmc-china/taiwans-tsmc-signs-deal-to-build-3-billion-wafer-plant-in-china-idUSKCN0WU0NT">a large private investment</a> in the chips needed to power generative AI solutions.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/0c69ff72d7b427222ad4034e2a1b88eb3b6f02aa-1490x1140.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Nearly Three in Ten Developers Currently Working on Generative AI Projects Are Located in North America</em><br/></p><h2>Flexibility and Expertise: Two Requisites for Developers in Generative AI</h2><p>In terms of experience, we see that developers working on generative AI–including AI-assisted development–are much more likely to have middling levels of experience–between three and ten years–than the average software developer. To put this another way, there are comparatively fewer very experienced and very inexperienced developers than we would expect. So, working on generative AI software projects may require a mix of flexibility and experience to take on these challenging projects. Perhaps less-experienced developers have not yet built the necessary skills to make meaningful contributions, while more-experienced and specialized developers may not be in a position to pivot as quickly.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/8154d264f09426a46fb110f59c7302149b1e250b-1580x1240.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p>We also see that developers working on generative AI projects tend to be highly skilled and educated in terms of how they learned to code. Involvement in generative AI software projects seems linked to a higher level of education–developers involved in these projects are more than 50% more likely to have a postgraduate degree in computing and much less likely to be self-taught. Furthermore, very few developers involved in generative AI don’t know how to code. In other words, no-code and low-code solutions may still take time to make a difference in this market.</p><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/4358ece4f013ca92ec6a7db269585af7518c80c5-1610x1150.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p>The survey also finds that, perhaps unsurprisingly, data scientists and machine learning developers are over-represented among those working on generative AI projects–these developers are more than twice as likely to identify as data scientists, ML developers, and data engineers. We also see that CIOs and CTOs are heavily involved too, perhaps because generative AI APIs may lower the barrier to including ML/AI in software projects, and technical leaders will be particularly interested in cost-savings and opportunities to build new products. Programmers without a specialization, on the other hand, are under-represented among developers working on generative AI projects, even when we consider AI-assisted software development.</p><p>We mentioned earlier that many developers who identify as currently working on AI-assisted development are likely using tools such as Github Copilot to increase their coding velocity, and although it’s still early days for this technology, it seems that developers working in unspecialised roles are not adopting it as quickly as others. Indeed, garden-variety programmers are some of the least likely to utilize AI-assisted development. Conversely, developers in specialized roles–architects, for example–seem to make much wider use of AI-assisted development and generative AI in general.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/958850034d6482edc73e77c81e44ff12b086f988-1500x1240.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h3>Talking Their Language: Where to Find Developers Involved in Generative AI</h3><p>Now that we know more about which of developers work on generative AI projects, where they live, where they learned to code, and how they’re involved in software development, we turn to their behavior and preferences staying up to date.</p><p>Open-source communities are the most popular information source for developers working on generative AI who want to get information about software development, with official vendor websites and social media close behind. Compared to the average developer, there are no meaningful differences in these usage patterns. For devtool startups looking to meet developers who work on generative AI projects should likely prioritize these three information sources.</p><p>Further down the list, developers involved in generative AI use seminars, events, and meetups to get information about software development much more often than average. Startups looking to engage with developers in this space should consider creating and sponsoring such events to reach out to people who are, as we’ve discussed, likely to be highly educated, in specialized roles, and of middling experience levels. While developers involved in generative AI are currently concentrated in North America, events can help you connect to relevant communities as part of a larger growth strategy, even if your startup is located elsewhere.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/2bd0b4ff273043aba2c9e30311c17fd3e25b07a1-1620x1140.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p>When looking at which types of content developers working on generative AI projects prefer to consume when staying up-to-date, we see that more than half–51% of those working on generative AI and 53% of those working on AI-assisted software development–prefer social media updates. Responding to the rapidly changing landscape of generative AI in a developer-focused way likely requires an active social media presence, and activity in open-source communities–even for startups whose product is proprietary, visibility in this space will help to raise awareness. Furthermore, for vendors wishing to tailor their website content to developers involved in generative AI, podcasts, long-form video, and interactive content should play an important role, as the complexity of the generative AI space requires in-depth content.</p><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/b3bb2dff03c18f26a432ece68c5da7ae1103769f-1610x1150.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h2>Conclusion</h2><p>Because generative AI has only recently come into its own as a transformational technology, there are countless opportunities for innovation in the space. Startups looking to engage developers involved in these technologies will likely need a strong social media presence and visibility in relevant open-source software communities and at relevant events.To learn more about how AI is affecting software development at startups, join the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/ai">DevGuild: Artificial Intelligence event</a>.<br/></p><h2>Additional Resources</h2><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-data-privacy-security-iam">Article: Data Privacy, Security, and Identity in the Age of GenAI</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/prompting-chatgpt-programming-llm-software-development">Article: Digging Deeper into Building on LLMs, AI Coding Assistants, and Observability</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/how-its-tested/ep-8-ai-and-the-future-of-debugging-with-dani-grant-of-jam">Podcast: How It’s Tested Ep. #8 - AI and the Future of Debugging with Dani Grant of Jam</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/developers-working-on-genai-demographics">Who Are the Developers Working on Generative AI Projects?</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #8, AI and the Future of Debugging with Dani Grant of Jam</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-ai-and-the-future-of-debugging-with-dani-grant-of-jam</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Aug 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cbd87f6c-b2ae-45a8-8c01-133cbb5da04b</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 8 of How It&#x27;s Tested, Eden Full Goh speaks with Dani Grant, Co-Founder &amp; CEO of Jam. This discussion examines AI and how it can be used to spot bug patterns, the evolving role of QA, and insights on how Jam can be embedded into the developer workflow to improve debugging.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 8 of How It&#x27;s Tested, Eden Full Goh speaks with Dani Grant, Co-Founder &amp; CEO of Jam. This discussion examines AI and how it can be used to spot bug patterns, the evolving role of QA, and insights on how Jam can be embedded into the developer workflow to improve debugging.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-ai-and-the-future-of-debugging-with-dani-grant-of-jam">Ep. #8, AI and the Future of Debugging with Dani Grant of Jam</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #132, Open Source Observability with Pranay Prateek of SigNoz</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-132-open-source-observability-with-pranay-prateek-of-signoz</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Aug 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">92144bf9-3c53-450f-bd62-29704011dd9c</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 132 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Pranay Prateek of SigNoz. This talk explores application performance monitoring, insights on utilizing OpenTelemetry, and reasons to consider open source observability solutions instead of those from SaaS vendors.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 132 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Pranay Prateek of SigNoz. This talk explores application performance monitoring, insights on utilizing OpenTelemetry, and reasons to consider open source observability solutions instead of those from SaaS vendors.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-132-open-source-observability-with-pranay-prateek-of-signoz">Ep. #132, Open Source Observability with Pranay Prateek of SigNoz</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Data Privacy, Security, and Identity in the Age of GenAI</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-data-privacy-security-iam</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Aug 2023 19:44:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[AI]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[LLM]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Data Privacy]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Identity Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6eb21538-7f94-4226-a78c-b71aa6d6412c</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Experts from Okta, Splunk, and Tonic discuss what development teams need to know about data privacy, security, and identity management in the age of AI.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>What Generative AI Means for Privacy, Security, and Identity</h2><p>Generative AI’s potential impact on software development as a productivity enhancer seems exciting–<a href="https://stackoverflow.blog/2023/06/14/hype-or-not-developers-have-something-to-say-about-ai/">44%</a> of developers reportedly use it in their dev processes. However, the way GenAI apps such as ChatGPT and Bard use <em>large language models</em> (LLMs)–machine learning models that are “trained” on large amounts of data to make them “smarter” and more performant–also poses potential risks. Modern AI models’ insatiable hunger for data has led popular content and social media publishers such as <a href="https://www.theverge.com/2023/2/2/23582615/twitter-removing-free-api-developer-apps-price-announcement">Twitter</a>, <a href="https://www.reddit.com/r/reddit/comments/12qwagm/an_update_regarding_reddits_api/">Reddit</a>, and <a href="https://www.wired.com/story/stack-overflow-will-charge-ai-giants-for-training-data/">Stack Overflow</a> to close off free, open API access and move to a paid tier system. In this article, we’ll explore the potential challenges in the use of AI for software developers, particularly in terms of data privacy issues. </p><p>Beyond sci-fi movie deepfakes and more-common threats such as malware and identity theft, why should devs be concerned about privacy when using GenAI? We know that modern AI chatbots&#x27; functionality includes ingesting data, learning from it, then potentially outputting those learnings to any public user that can properly engineer a prompt–a properly-structured input/question that elicits a response. One study suggests that <a href="https://venturebeat.com/ai/executives-fear-accidental-sharing-of-corporate-data-with-chatgpt-report/">46%</a> of senior executives believe their colleagues have unwittingly shared sensitive corporate information (potentially including trade secrets or other intellectual property) with OpenAI’s popular chatbot ChatGPT. Massive enterprises have responded to potential privacy risks by banning the chatbot internally, including Samsung, which infamously suffered <a href="https://www.cnbc.com/2023/05/02/samsung-bans-use-of-ai-like-chatgpt-for-staff-after-misuse-of-chatbot.html">a data privacy breach</a> when an engineer fed it proprietary code.</p><p>To get a better understanding of the landscape, and future challenges and opportunities offered by generative AI systems, we spoke with experts to cover:</p><ul><li><strong>Data Privacy Tactics for GenAI:</strong> Day-to-day best practices to implement now to improve the privacy and security of your software development.</li><li><strong>Long-Term GenAI Privacy and Security Strategy:</strong> Important long-term privacy and security factors to consider without blocking your dev team’s productivity.</li><li><strong>Market Opportunities in the Privacy and Identity Space: </strong>How the nuances of GenAI are potentially creating new opportunities and niches to fill</li></ul><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/1ce9d3564822025a806c924f17253f3bf5619e97-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h5></h5><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/460532e40bdc51f5c36f885b1cb43d60a9369547-50x50.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>LOOKING FOR MORE RESOURCES ON AI, PRIVACY, AND SECURITY?</em></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/prompting-chatgpt-programming-llm-software-development">Article: Digging Deeper into Building on LLMs</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/developers-working-on-genai-demographics">Article: The Demographics of AI Developers</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-state-of-security-in-2021">Article: The State of Security with Tonic, Tailscale, Aserto</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-securely-for-user-privacy-app-sec">Video: Building Securely for User Privacy with Marten Mickos</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/essential-cloud-infrastructure-security">Video: Essential Cloud Infrastructure Security with Cisco and HashiCorp</a></li></ul><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/1ce9d3564822025a806c924f17253f3bf5619e97-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h2></h2><h2>Data Privacy Tactics for GenAI: What to Do Today</h2><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/f5d6d5ea954bc55b8f6c6d6b593aee8944701ac3-200x200.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/iancoe/">Ian Coe</a> is a software and product veteran who has served tours of duty at Palantir and Tableau, and has since co-founded<a href="https://www.tonic.ai/"> Tonic.ai</a>, a startup that helps software development teams securely generate de-identified data for QA, testing, and development. He recommends the following best practices for engineering orgs concerned about data privacy, as well as some decision-making suggestions for startups that are thinking about building their own models:</p><ul><li><strong>Data Privacy Options to Consider:</strong><ul><li><em>High Cost: Defining/training your own model for internal use</em> - The most costly and time-consuming option. Having to initially train an internal LLM for your own team and maintain it over time may require more time and resources than early-stage startups possess. This may require significant upfront data de-identification efforts in order to protect the data since models can learn sensitive data attributes.</li><li><em>Medium Cost: Using conventional AI tools while redacting your data</em> - AI vendors such as OpenAI offer <a href="https://share.hsforms.com/1UPy6xqxZSEqTrGDh4ywo_g4sk30">highly involved data removal request forms</a> which are not trivial to fill out and track. It’s also not clear how quickly or to what extent the vendors will respond; however, for nontechnical verticals such as e-commerce that are less likely to be dealing with feeding sensitive internal code to AI systems, this option might make sense. Auto-redaction products can also be implemented to scan each prompt and detect sensitive content to mask prior to sending to a third-party hosted LLM.</li><li><em>Low Cost: Limit the info your team inputs into LLMs </em>- Potentially the most lightweight option for privacy threat assessments, but possibly the most challenging to enforce, particularly for larger engineering teams with high autonomy.</li></ul></li><li><strong>Implement Standardized Testing for Fine Tuning:</strong> When <em>fine-tuning</em>–retraining generative AI models to better respond to prompts they couldn’t originally handle–it’s important to standardize your test practices for consistency, reproducibility, and the ability to make objective comparisons to determine what changes actually helped your model improve.</li><li><strong>Implement Prompt Tracking:</strong> Logging the results from the prompts you’ve been using over time will help you unearth which reveal sensitive information and identify potential vulnerabilities. This can also point you in the right direction of any data of your own you may need to redact in order to safely interact with LLMs.</li></ul><h3>Discussion: Data Privacy Today (and Tomorrow) with Ian Coe of Tonic</h3><p>In addition to prescribing the above tactics, Coe recommends avoiding processes that may be too complicated or time-consuming for dev teams to follow regularly. “For any security- or compliance-related issues, a good rule of thumb is: <em>The easier you can make your process, the more people will be willing to take the necessary steps to protect themselves.”</em></p><p>Still, Coe points out that many of the engineering orgs he speaks to are “fairly early” in their AI journey and potentially not focusing much attention on privacy concerns, or on where things will eventually head with the enterprise. “We’re getting a lot of security questions about how to use generative AI without sharing sensitive data, for which we recommend trying to redact the data, but there are lots of other big questions, such as: How do I build my own models? Should I use prompt engineering? Should I fine-tune a larger or smaller model?”</p><p>Regarding how privacy will eventually look, particularly as a consequence of the ongoing battle between proprietary <em>foundation</em> models–privately-held LLMs built by commercial companies–and open-source models, Coe suggests that it’s unlikely there will be a single, dominant LLM...though privacy, governance, and security practices may play a role in determining whether proprietary vs. OSS models will succeed at the enterprise level.</p><blockquote>A good rule of thumb is: The easier you can make your process, the more people will be willing to take the necessary steps to protect themselves.” - Ian Coe, Co-founder / Tonic.ai</blockquote><p>“You may have seen <a href="https://www.semianalysis.com/p/google-we-have-no-moat-and-neither">the leaked memo from Google</a> asserting there&#x27;s ‘no moat,’” Coe points out. “Still, it seems fairly unlikely that the long-term future is ‘one model to rule them all.’ However, I see a lot of opportunities for companies to make it possible to run models in a way that&#x27;s comfortable for <em>enterprises</em> specifically. For example, I don&#x27;t know that I would view the enterprise AI field as being <em>‘OpenAI versus everyone else,’</em> but I might be skeptical that the dominant enterprise players would be 100% open source, since enterprise’s requirements around security and governance can make broad enterprise adoption challenging.”</p><p>Coe also points out that while government regulation that expands on GDPR or California’s CCPA may eventually pick up some of the slack, it’s not clear whether regulation or privacy laws will be timely enough or comprehensive enough to protect every org’s data. “Government regulators can be slow to take action, so I’m curious if we’ll also see the private sector take the initiative–for example, introducing a kind of SOC 2 for a particular LLM. There have been some pretty public concerns already, such as the <a href="https://www.infoworld.com/article/3679748/github-faces-lawsuit-over-copilot-coding-tool.html">Copilot lawsuit</a> and <a href="https://www.theverge.com/2023/1/17/23558516/ai-art-copyright-stable-diffusion-getty-images-lawsuit">Stable Diffusion</a> going so far as to [accidentally] render the Getty Images watermark on images it generates. There might even be a business opportunity for something along these lines. My guess is, it may be a combination of public and private regulatory solutions. Certification might come more from the private sector. SOC2 is something your company does to certify you&#x27;re safe–maybe we’ll see a SOC2 or GDPR for AI to ensure customers don’t unknowingly contribute their sensitive data to models.”</p><h2>Long-Term Gen AI Privacy and Security Strategy: Regulation, Customer Controls</h2><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/5467acdfbfcf261e700f1289df8dc8f2d290fcef-200x200.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/patrickcoughlin1/">Patrick Coughlin</a> is a security and intelligence expert, having previously worked with Booz Allen Hamilton and Good Harbor Security Risk Management before co-founding the cybersecurity threat intelligence platform TruStar (acquired by <a href="https://www.splunk.com/">Splunk</a>). Coughlin predicts that, in addition to day-to-day concerns about cyberattacks, GenAI may also make these strategic privacy issues crucial in the future:</p><ul><li><strong>Right to Be Forgotten May Set the Bar for Customer Expectations:</strong> Government privacy regulation isn’t uniform across the globe, but the European data privacy regulation GDPR set a precedent for data collection and Right to Be Forgotten expectations that may set the tone for future privacy conversations and security measures going forward.</li><li><strong>Traceability to Potentially Grow in Importance:</strong> If/When/As incidents of AI products unwittingly surfacing personally identifiable information (PII) to the public occur, software providers will increasingly need the ability to trace the point of origin for that confidential information (including, but not limited to individual user data)–How was the model fed that personal data, and where, and when, and by whom?</li><li><strong>Data as “The New PII” for Companies Under Threat of Prompt Injection Attacks:</strong> As companies potentially use and come to rely on AI language models for more operational use cases, the proprietary dataset they use to train their models could itself become as prized an asset as personal data, vulnerable to either pollution from external <em>prompt injection attacks</em>–prompts that are purposefully crafted to bypass an AI chatbot’s default privacy and security instructions–or theft by competitors.</li></ul><h3>Discussion: How Data Privacy Needs to Evolve with GenAI with Patrick Coughlin of Splunk</h3><p>“Every new disruptive technology that comes in usually introduces a new definition of infrastructure, new types of services, new types and dependencies in applications that expand the attack surface for the enterprise. So more and different things that need to be protected,” Coughlin points out. “We saw this with the move to desktops and then to mobile, and then to cloud and containers, and every new architectural leap forward introduces a different kind of attack surface area.”</p><p>Does AI’s potential to be a game-changer in software development mean that privacy and security will eventually be impossible? Coughlin doesn’t think so. “Everybody thinks it&#x27;s going to be the end of the world. This is a very important new wave, but like other waves that we&#x27;ve seen in the past, you usually get some new critical assets, you get some new breadth and vectors in the attack surface area. There are new ways to lose data and have IP exfiltrated, new compliance requirements and regulation coming in for the defenders. For attackers–as always with these new technologies, they get some sort of improved economics. Maybe they can move faster. For example, you may have seen how bad guys are using Chat GPT to help them write better <a href="https://www.wired.com/story/large-language-model-phishing-scams/">phishing emails</a>.”</p><blockquote>As much as there is to be scared about when we talk about AI, we have to remember that security is going to be one of the biggest beneficiaries of AI as well.” - Patrick Coughlin, VP - Technical GM/Splunk</blockquote><p>Coughlin is bullish on the impact GenAI will have on software dev teams’ ability to keep their data secure and private, particularly as it acts as a lever to ramp up new developers in the future. “But don&#x27;t forget that we have tools here. When you look across your security operations, your IT operations, your DevOps teams, you&#x27;re going to need to have these teams continue to work together on challenges around AI and ML. Also, remember that it&#x27;s always a double-edged sword: For as much as there is to be scared about when we talk about AI threats to security, we have to remember that security is going to be one of the biggest beneficiaries of AI as well.”</p><p>“We&#x27;ll be able to use generative AI to help us have better detections, smarter detections of when things are going wrong. We&#x27;ll be able to generate predictive response playbooks that actually take actions to automatically remediate things. And we&#x27;ll be able to reduce the barrier of entry into these fields like coding and DevOps and ITOps and SecOps, where you previously had to have all these certifications and years of experience with frameworks and tools to actually have an impact. In the future, maybe you&#x27;ll be able to hunt for needles in haystacks and leverage natural language to get the maximum capabilities of your tooling and your processes.”</p><h2>Market Opportunities in the Privacy Space:</h2><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/d3a5f0e076979700358a9d2baf5ac62f55f2b8bb-200x200.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/shivenramji/">Shiven Ramji</a> is a veteran in software development and launching products, having worked at Amazon, DigitalOcean, and Auth0 as Chief Product Officer before the company was acquired by <a href="https://www.okta.com/">Okta</a>. Ramji suggests that the tectonic shifts that GenAI has brought to software development may affect the trajectory of new and existing companies, but also unearth interesting opportunities for startups to explore:</p><ul><li><strong>Verifying Humans vs. AI Will Just Be the Beginning:</strong> Generative AI already produces human-link content at a rapid pace, and the ability of algorithms and generative AI tools to emulate human speech and mannerisms will only improve–and will make issues such as identity and authentication even more complex.</li><li><strong>Companies That Focus Entirely on Building Models Risk Commodification:</strong> Startups whose entire stock-in-trade is building and selling a LLM will likely find their products commoditized, as actual market advantages are likely to come from proprietary data, rather than how fast a model and process how many tokens. For example, it’s quite possible that database companies will all move to build AI capabilities to layer onto their data, with bespoke permissions to use only their own internal data and not expose that data to the outside world.</li><li><strong>Data Gathered by Early-Generation AI Pioneers May Pave a Path to Next-Generation Opportunity:</strong> While established verticals such as enterprise-scale identity and access management might require seismic economic shifts–such as delivering the same types of services, but at 10x speed, 10x more cheaply–earlier AI startups (Jasper, Databricks, etc.) that have been collecting data from users for years may be able to leverage their data stores to pivot into new directions.</li></ul><h3>Discussion: GenAI in Enterprise Data Privacy Today and Tomorrow, with Shiven Ramji</h3><p>Ramji contextualizes the differing privacy needs of early-stage startups with a much smaller footprint, whose biggest day zero problem is just getting users into the product, versus growing companies that need to move upmarket and sell to orgs with stricter privacy and compliance requirements. “It’s over time you realize–you’re trying to sell to companies that say, ‘Well, I need to use my own enterprise connection federation,’ or they&#x27;ll say, ‘My security team tells me I need compliance, auditing, rules-based access control.’ Those problems are near and dear to startups, because those are the things you&#x27;re going to address early on. Most startups don&#x27;t get to understand the authorization problem much later in their journey. Authorization actually needs to start from the enterprise level…which is kind of counterintuitive. But I think we&#x27;re finally in a place where cloud capabilities, latency availability, and data stores can be deployed globally with caching. Finally, I think we can have highly available, four-nines authorization as a service powered by the cloud.”</p><p>Regarding the way AI is changing the face of privacy and identity management, Ramji points out that modern IAM is still a complex process, requiring machine learning teams to constantly retrain models. “You start with the attack. So you need to protect the identity tenant against unauthorized access, such as from large DDoS attacks, but wait–they may attack the users, and you need to be mindful of your ability to detect data breaches for passwords or even credential stuffing attacks, which let them take over the user&#x27;s account. So, you need account takeover for data protection. After that, you need to worry about product abuse, fraud and other factors. We’re taking feeds from different third-party security vendors and analyzing the way this ecosystem is going to work. Is there a signal exchange between companies? If you know of an IP or an attack from a source that needs to be blocked, then the sooner you share that signal, the sooner everybody is protected. But threat actors are changing so fast. We have an entire ML detection team that&#x27;s constantly tuning or training our model with new inputs to make sure we can detect every pattern–and make sure our products are protecting against all types of attacks.”</p><blockquote>There are really brilliant people out there working in AI. But even the folks who manage data lakes and work in machine learning are saying it&#x27;s still really hard and painful.” - Shiven Ramji, President - Customer Identity / Okta</blockquote><p>While Ramji is skeptical of how the AI hype cycle has left the door open to startups “AI-washing” their otherwise conventional offerings, there are still question marks about data management that could turn into opportunities for ambitious startups in the future. “I haven&#x27;t really seen many breakthrough companies yet that make me think, ‘Wow, this is the one!’ I think [GenAI is making] everybody get efficient, faster, maybe getting you the right answer sooner. But it&#x27;s likely going to take some interrogation at the technical level to understand whether [a startup] is ‘AI-washing’ or actually something that has AI natively built in, is ‘smart,’ and actually adds something new.”</p><p>Ramji closes by suggesting that managing data could become the next big challenge for AI. “There are really brilliant people out there working in AI. But even the folks who manage data lakes and work in machine learning are saying it&#x27;s still really hard and painful. So we&#x27;re going to have to build machine learning models to make it easier. There&#x27;s an irony in that. It&#x27;s so hard to build a data lake. It&#x27;s hard to keep up the ETL for the data, for the different data sources. And then, you&#x27;ve got to spend so much time tuning and iterating on machine learning models. And even if someone tries to build and run an entire data pipeline for you, there’s still the question of what to do when the input to that pipeline is different from what you built the model for in the first place. So, there are still a lot of questions to answer.”</p><h2>Conclusion</h2><p>As proprietary training data becomes an increasingly valuable resource in AI-related projects, startups will need to pay more attention to privacy best practices internally, as well as security against external threats and identity and auth issues for their growing customer bases. Learn more about how software development veterans are implementing AI at the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/ai">DevGuild: Artificial Intelligence</a> event.</p><h2>More Resources:</h2><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/prompting-chatgpt-programming-llm-software-development">Article: Digging Deeper into Building on LLMs</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/developers-working-on-genai-demographics">Article: The Demographics of AI Developers</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-state-of-security-in-2021">Article: The State of Security with Tonic, Tailscale, Aserto</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-securely-for-user-privacy-app-sec">Video: Building Securely for User Privacy with Marten Mickos</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/essential-cloud-infrastructure-security">Video: Essential Cloud Infrastructure Security with Cisco and HashiCorp</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ai-data-privacy-security-iam">Data Privacy, Security, and Identity in the Age of GenAI</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #7, Game Testing with Michael Le Bail of Homa Games</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-game-testing-with-michael-le-bail-of-homa-games</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Aug 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">477e02eb-bc25-45a2-94f6-a67983003853</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 7 of How It’s Tested, Eden Full Goh speaks with Michael Le Bail of Homa Games. This talk explores game testing at Homa, how the lifecycle of a game is managed, the move from manual to automated testing, and how AI is changing the testing space.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 7 of How It’s Tested, Eden Full Goh speaks with Michael Le Bail of Homa Games. This talk explores game testing at Homa, how the lifecycle of a game is managed, the move from manual to automated testing, and how AI is changing the testing space.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-game-testing-with-michael-le-bail-of-homa-games">Ep. #7, Game Testing with Michael Le Bail of Homa Games</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #131, Video on WebRTC with Christian Stuff and James Hush of Daily</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-131-video-on-webrtc-with-christian-stuff-and-james-hush-of-daily</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Aug 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">aeec29d5-fdc2-420e-9aa2-220759e3a52f</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 131 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Christian Stuff and James Hush of Daily. This talk explores virtual meetings, WebRTC, and video technology. Christian and James share insights on building a video call experience in the browser and rising to the demand in recent years for world wide virtual events.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 131 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Christian Stuff and James Hush of Daily. This talk explores virtual meetings, WebRTC, and video technology. Christian and James share insights on building a video call experience in the browser and rising to the demand in recent years for world wide virtual events.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-131-video-on-webrtc-with-christian-stuff-and-james-hush-of-daily">Ep. #131, Video on WebRTC with Christian Stuff and James Hush of Daily</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Is Product Engineering? (And Why Does It Matter?)</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/what-is-product-engineering</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Aug 2023 22:06:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product Management]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Product Design]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Product Discovery]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Product Engineering]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dc3eeffc-0123-46f3-b215-e636f5cf2df9</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Product engineering is an emerging discipline that straddles engineering and product management to collect and implement user feedback.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>One of the many trends among high-growth companies in the last five years has been the emergence of an entirely new role, or engineering skill set: Product engineering. A quick glance at Google search trends reveals that searches for product engineers have grown over <a href="https://posthog.com/blog/product-engineer-vs-software-engineer">80%</a> in the last year, and are 3x greater now than just two years ago.</p><p>If you’ve never encountered this role before, it may be tempting to dismiss the notion as simply another hiring label used by companies pursuing ‘rockstar’ candidates to take on the work of typically separate roles.</p><p>However, product engineering is not merely a newly fashionable hybrid role. It is fast becoming its own discipline, complete with its own tech stack and characteristics.</p><p>In this article, we’ll explore what product engineering is, how it differs from other disciplines, why it is so valuable to high-growth start-ups, and what tools and techniques are typically used by product engineers.</p><h2>What is Product Engineering Anyway?</h2><p>At the most basic level, a product engineer can be defined as someone who combines the skills and role of a product manager, and a software engineer. In practice, this means that product engineers can and will write code, but they also speak to users directly and take a broad responsibility for a product or feature. Typically they have a focus on frontend work, and will spend the majority of their time on engineering tasks — but not always. They can also be backend, or full-stack engineers.</p><p>At a broader and more nuanced level, product engineers generally have a deep sense of empathy and curiosity, which they use to build better products. To quote the <a href="https://blog.pragmaticengineer.com/the-product-minded-engineer/">Pragmatic Engineer</a>:</p><p>“[Product engineers] are empathetic about how the product makes users feel and how those users benefit from using this product. They often dive straight to data about business and user metrics, getting their hands on this data however they can…They do this because of their curious nature.”</p><p>Pragmatic Engineer goes on to explain that product engineers also need to be great communicators, with both engineers and non-engineers. These sorts of soft skills are obviously typical of strong product managers, but combine especially well with the technical ability of a software engineer.</p><p>Finally, product engineers are often obsessed with data, and can use it with their sense of empathy to find new opportunities for a product or team. Product engineers will often use product analytics tools in combination with A/B testing or surveys to gather as much information as possible and to test new ideas.</p><p>To quote the Pragmatic Engineer again: “They often dive straight to data about business and user metrics, getting their hands on this data however they can. They might access it directly–if this is possible–or approach the product manager or data scientists.”</p><h2>Why Are Product Engineers Important?</h2><p>Strong software engineers and product managers are already among some of the most valuable members of an organization because of the outsized impact they can have. Even so, product engineers are uniquely valuable because of their ability to remain entirely autonomous within a team. Rather than relying on a product manager to set a strategy, or a software engineer to fulfill it, a product engineer is capable of doing both without support.</p><p>On a day-to-day level, this means that product engineers are often proactively collecting user feedback, spotting product edge cases and acting on the data they collect. Most importantly, they are intuiting product improvements and building prototypes to assess their impact.</p><p>To quote <a href="https://sherifmansour.medium.com/product-engineers-f424da766871">Sherif Mansour</a>: “Product engineers are always seeking autonomy and fast decision making.”</p><p>Unsurprisingly, product engineers are especially potent and sought after for early-stage products or teams, when there is a lot of greenfield to explore and <a href="https://posthog.com/blog/product-market-fit-game">product-market fit</a> may not have been established. In such environments, product engineers with the right tools can be among the most impactful members of an organization.</p><h2>What Stack Do Product Engineers Use?</h2><p>In addition to the typical tools used by engineers, such as a coding editor, product engineers often leverage tools used by other roles, including product managers, marketers, and designers, such as:</p><ul><li><strong>Feature Flag Software:</strong> Such as LaunchDarkly or PostHog, to deploy new features quickly, or to launch beta versions of new prototypes so they can gather usage data.</li><li><strong>Session Replay Tools:</strong> Such as HotJar or PostHog, to collect information about how users actually engage with a feature. User surveys are often used to gather additional feedback as a follow-up.</li><li><strong>A/B Experimentation Platforms:</strong> Such as VWO or PostHog, to prove hypotheses and test the impact of frontend changes to a product.</li><li><strong>CI/CD Tools:</strong> Such as GitLab, to enable constant iteration and free up engineers to focus on product vision rather than infrastructure.</li></ul><p>Data in all forms is also tremendously valuable to product engineers, so product analytics are another essential part of the stack. Tools such as Amplitude, Mixpanel, and PostHog enable product engineers to interrogate data in order to find new opportunities. In fact, PostHog has a dedicated <a href="https://posthog.com/startups">program for startups</a> that offers many perks, and a generous $50,000 of credit.</p><h2>Conclusion</h2><p>As we’ve covered here, there isn’t necessarily an “either-or” for product engineering vs. software engineering, as product engineers often contribute directly to software projects. But the rise of the discipline suggests the growing importance of being able to ship products more quickly while incorporating data-driven user feedback.</p><h2>Additional Resources</h2><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/kwans-hierarchy-of-product-needs-the-four-levels-of-product-managers">Article - The Four Levels of Product Managers by Connie Kwan</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/triads-product-marketing-engineering-design">Video - Triads: Product Marketing, Engineering and Design with Karishma Irani</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/partnering-with-design">Video - Getting to Efficient Cross-Disciplinary Teams with Melissa Patenaude</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/what-is-product-engineering">What Is Product Engineering? (And Why Does It Matter?)</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #6, Testing in Water with Adam Oxner and Nick Newell of MySwimPro</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-testing-in-water-with-adam-oxner-and-nick-newell-of-myswimpro</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 31 Jul 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">277ab69b-6ed5-4b3f-9368-8cfd2d159486</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 6 of How It’s Tested, Eden Full Goh speaks with Adam Oxner and Nick Newell of MySwimPro. This talk explores the challenges of testing a wearable device in water. Together they unpack MySwimPro’s platform evolution, day-to-day engineering process, team structure, and toughest challenges. Lastly, they discuss the importance of the human perspective when it comes to product testing.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 6 of How It’s Tested, Eden Full Goh speaks with Adam Oxner and Nick Newell of MySwimPro. This talk explores the challenges of testing a wearable device in water. Together they unpack MySwimPro’s platform evolution, day-to-day engineering process, team structure, and toughest challenges. Lastly, they discuss the importance of the human perspective when it comes to product testing.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-testing-in-water-with-adam-oxner-and-nick-newell-of-myswimpro">Ep. #6, Testing in Water with Adam Oxner and Nick Newell of MySwimPro</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lessons From Five Years of Building a Technical Content Marketing Process</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-build-a-technical-content-marketing-process</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jul 2023 08:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Content Marketing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Content Creation]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Technical Developer Content]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Project Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16c9e6be-2be2-4fbc-a0d4-1730dfeff2e4</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>This article covers three key steps in creating a repeatable process for technical content marketing.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/641f96f0401edc2c451b0577fc16470d503a8f2d-1600x1066.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Here’s how we got the ball rolling on creating our technical content marketing process.</em></p><p>My technical content marketing agency started in 2018 without a formal process. (After all, the agency was just me at the time.)</p><p>But soon after starting, I added the first team member, and now we needed to share the work. A process was born.</p><p>Since then our team has grown and the process has evolved with us. You can read about how our process looks today in a <a href="https://www.wizardondemand.com/post/how-to-implement-a-successful-technical-writing-process">recent article</a> by Sarah Barber on the Wizard on Demand blog. In this article, I will highlight some of the things we learned on the way to the process we follow today.</p><p>Hopefully, if you are building an in-house technical content marketing team from scratch, or have recently taken over an existing content initiative, I can save you some trial and error and increase your chances of success with your technical content strategy.</p><h2>What Is the Process of Content Marketing? (And How We Got Here)</h2><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/7a2250dd6129ec21d6246874cef0dad7e87ba9a5-1200x588.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>A chart showing an increase in the number of team members involved in each content marketing project at Wizard on Demand from one in 2018 to six in 2023.</em></p><p>The first team member to join us (or, well, me) at Wizard on Demand was our editor Dan. I am not a native English speaker, so having a native editor as the first hire was high on my list. Hiring an editor is still something I highly recommend, whether you’re a native speaker or not, but especially if not.</p><p>We then added more technical writers to the team. Over time, we introduced reviews in between writing steps. As we are dealing with technical articles that are quite complex in nature, we wanted some assurance that we weren’t missing details or letting mistakes slip through. I was looking for something between a peer review and a code review. Having a team of technical content writers made it possible for us to review each other’s work, checking the structure and the strength of arguments, validating the data, and providing feedback on tone and voice, before sending the final article for editing. The editor covered some of that as a second pair of eyes, and continued to focus on making the writing even better, as well as giving the writers pointers on how they could improve.</p><p>When we decided to step up our design game, we added a designer to the team, who now creates detailed technical illustrations and other creatives such as social media posts, product marketing materials, and ad campaigns.</p><p>The process grew organically as more people got involved. On top of the writing itself, we started tracking outcomes of our work for clients more directly and focusing on conversions, which added strategy-related work items to the mix.</p><p>Today, most articles that Wizard on Demand produces have been worked on by six different people. We learned a lot during this transformation from a single person to working as a team in five years. Here are my top learnings so far.</p><h3>Lesson One: Care and Attention</h3><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/7f81e8dd0ef37feadad01aefdf8ad72c935494a7-1600x1067.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>We have learned that creating content that measures up requires us to become mind-readers.</em></p><p>When I first started, I thought a ”good” technical article meant a combination of error-free facts and good writing that’s enjoyable to read. I still think those aspects are both important. But our clients usually have a broader set of needs, and their honest feedback — which I welcome — is one of the reasons for our success.</p><p>“This just doesn’t hit the mark,” a CEO told me a few years ago on a call that we quickly organized after sending them the draft of a piece we did.</p><p><em>Strange</em>, I thought. <em>The article is error-free and is enjoyable to read! Surely the CEO is at fault for not communicating what they want?</em> At this point I could have gotten philosophical and said, “Oh, it’s too hard to hit the mark for smaller clients that are creating new categories in the technology space. The knowledge that exists about their product is limited, not everything is written down, lots of details are in people’s heads rather than in easily-accessible knowledge bases, and the terminology is ambiguous.” The whole project could have been written off as too hard.</p><p>But when I thought about it more, I realized that small companies aren’t succeeding at content marketing exactly because of this problem. If it were easy to create content, they would have already done it. For Wizard on Demand to succeed, running away from the problem of not hitting the mark wasn’t going to help; we needed to tackle it head-on.</p><p>Our solution has been to become mind-readers. Kind of. In practical terms, this means asking questions before we start the writing process so that we gain an understanding of each client’s needs and expectations. Using our experience, we can now predict what might be important for a particular executive given their situation and the company’s stage in the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/technology-marketing-vs-product-marketing">technology marketing cycle</a>. It’s not <em>actually</em> mind-reading; it’s more about observing industry patterns–which is particularly important for developer-first startups.</p><p>I can’t put “mind-reading” on the invoice, though, so it’s not directly a part of our service offering, but rather our approach to it. The best term I’ve found to describe it so far is “care and attention.” If we care a lot, making sure we fully understand our goals for the content, the type of stories that are appropriate to tell in accordance with the company’s messaging, positioning, and market size, when starting a flywheel of content marketing for a company, then things will be easier later on. And conversely, being careless in such situations, not taking the extra time and effort at the beginning to properly scope what stories to tell and how, and only doing what you’re being asked to do is, somewhat confusingly, almost certain to cause issues in the future.</p><h3>Lesson Two: There Are Many Steps</h3><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/d37217b0fd9dc45978172f0db50ed4b852dea09b-1200x588.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Over time, as you scale your content process, it’s common to see preparation and production tasks increase.</em></p><p>We always strive to make our work better, and this includes tweaking our writing process as well. One of the ways we get better is by bringing in additional expertise for specific parts of the process, such as adding an editor, a designer, or a strategist to the team.</p><p>The larger the team, however, the more effort it takes to keep everything organized. Something that was simply “working on an article” on my to-do list in 2018 became an Asana card with between 10 and 25 steps assigned to different team members today.</p><p>Sure, we are being a bit verbose with the tasks. Some of the things that we added as explicit steps are: Reviews at various stages, re-reviews if there are significant changes, editing, addressing editing feedback, receiving feedback from clients, monitoring SEO writing performance, creating header images, creating ad campaign assets, and sharing links with relevant newsletters.</p><p>On one hand, this explosion of steps makes keeping things organized a job in itself. Our project manager is instrumental in keeping everything together.</p><p>On the other hand, having more structure lets us work more predictably. We know who is working on what task and when it is due. We can work towards launch dates and know ahead of time what dates we can (and can’t) hit.</p><p>The takeaway here? I wish we’d had good project management sooner, and I wish we’d gotten explicit about all the steps earlier, even if the number of steps seemed huge.</p><p>Now that we have the steps laid out, we can reason about them and intentionally simplify—or replace—steps if we decide that we can do them better. We can also plan with relative certainty and get more visibility into team capacity, which we can’t do if the steps aren’t explicit.</p><h3>Lesson Three: Opportunity Cost Exists</h3><p>How do you currently decide what you’ll write about next?</p><p>If you are like most devtool startups, chances are that you have many ideas floating around, but they are seldom written down anywhere. And even if they are written down three levels deep into the marketing team’s Notion page, it’s not clear what topics have priority.</p><p>We originally addressed the prioritization question due to a simple reason: We charge dollars (or euros or pounds sterling) for our work, and marketers feel pressure to make sure they are spending well.</p><p>I believe we had a somewhat unfair psychological advantage here compared to in-house marketers. Marketers who don’t deal with budgets don’t feel such strong prioritization pressure, in my experience. Some of the most effective marketers I know, even if they don’t directly deal with budgets, create this pressure for themselves by translating team members’ time into currency and keep track of what they are “spending” and why they are spending it on one initiative versus another.</p><p>Besides being able to understand opportunity cost, tracking content marketing ideas and evaluating them consistently makes you less subject to <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Recency_bias">recency bias</a>. It can also help you resist pressure from leadership to abandon core topics in favor of jumping on whatever is getting the most hype at the moment.</p><p>To build the prioritization flow that we use with clients and internally for our own projects, we borrowed the product management Confidence Meter from <a href="https://itamargilad.com/the-tool-that-will-help-you-choose-better-product-ideas/">Itamar Gilad</a>. We consider three categories for each content marketing project that we can work on, and we assign a score between 1 and 5 to each item using these considerations:</p><ul><li><strong>Estimated value of the outcome if we succeed: </strong>For example, if we expect a small yet consistent stream of conversions from a piece of content, it might be a 3. “Owning” an industry term might be a 5. And so on.</li><li><strong>Confidence that we can achieve success:</strong> Such as ranking the client’s site #1 for a particular keyword in Google via SEO or otherwise reaching our target audience. If we think we can do it but have no experience achieving such outcomes, it might be a 1 for confidence. If it’s a project that’s very similar to another one that we just finished and for which we have a lot of positive data, it might be a 5.</li><li><strong>Ease of implementation:</strong> Items score high if they are not a lot of work, and that applies both to content creation and distribution once they’re live. A couple of hours for an update to a small page that’s getting a lot of organic traffic could be a 5. Days or weeks to spin up a complex new page and then promote it using unscalable promotion methods might be a 1.</li></ul><p>Once we have the scores, we multiply the values to get the total score, then rank projects starting with the highest score first.</p><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/7612e0a5f7eee94c5ffbdb34de4c1e996af22fdb-1200x439.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Wizard on Demand uses a three-part formula (outcome, confidence, ease of implementation) to score content projects: For instance, an article with a decent predicted impact (3), for which we are fairly confident (4), which will be easy to implement (5) gets a total score of 60.</em></p><p>To make sure our ranking methodology stays consistent, we write down a few examples of scores that we assign to particular items for future reference.</p><p>Today, we see that companies that have adopted a prioritization procedure have more confidence in their content marketing efforts across the board. There are also less-obvious benefits from prioritization: it forces you to consider distribution early on, and creates a feedback loop that helps you come up with better content marketing ideas for the future.</p><p>(Be right back—adding an article on the non-obvious benefits of prioritization to our ranked list of ideas...)</p><h2>How Can Developer-First Startups Use Our Approach?</h2><p>Here, we’ve covered a [possible] recipe for success in technical content marketing: Care a lot, so that what you write is worth reading. Be explicit about what it takes to do the work, so that it’s possible to organize your team’s capacity accordingly. And prioritize with a useful scale, so that you work on the right projects.</p><p>As you’ve probably inferred, we’ve found a way to fit our processes and scoring systems neatly into our project management tools–we recommend you consider doing the same. These tools are only in service of doing better work, though, and you can absolutely make progress without them, especially if you are only starting your technical content program.<br/></p><h2>More Resources</h2><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-successful-devtool-companies-manage-content-strategies">Article: How Successful DevTool Companies Manage Content Strategies by Mina Benothman (featuring Atlassian, CircleCI, Retool, Orbit, LaunchDarkly)</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/product-led-content-strategy-w-atlassian-product-marketer-alex-zhitnitsky">Video: Product-Led Content Strategy w/ Atlassian Product Marketer Alex Zhitnitsky</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/doubling-down-on-content-now-more-than-ever-with-mitch-wainer">Video: Doubling Down on Content, Now More than Ever with Mitch Wainer</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-build-a-technical-content-marketing-process">Lessons From Five Years of Building a Technical Content Marketing Process</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #130, Faster GraphQL APIs with Jamie Barton of Grafbase</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-130-faster-graphql-apis-with-jamie-barton-of-grafbase</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Jul 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a7b20177-c285-47e9-8c39-98c782bd8a63</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 130 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Jamie Barton of Grafbase about backend as a service (BaaS). Together they share insights on elevating the local development experience and integrating projects with edge databases. They also explore solutions for authentication, edge caching, and getting started in development.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 130 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Jamie Barton of Grafbase about backend as a service (BaaS). Together they share insights on elevating the local development experience and integrating projects with edge databases. They also explore solutions for authentication, edge caching, and getting started in development.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-130-faster-graphql-apis-with-jamie-barton-of-grafbase">Ep. #130, Faster GraphQL APIs with Jamie Barton of Grafbase</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Digging Deeper into Building on LLMs, AI Coding Assistants, and Observability</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/prompting-chatgpt-programming-llm-software-development</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jul 2023 23:20:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[AI]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Coding Assistants]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[LLM]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Prompt Engineering]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Observability]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e0c4e3c8-ab3d-4743-8cbb-d95c2b990123</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>What does the future hold for AI-assisted software development, and what role will observability play? Honeycomb’s Phillip Carter explains.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>Are Prompting and ChatGPT Programming the Future?</h2><p>If you follow the headlines, AI coding assistants such as GitHub Copilot and other large-language model (LLM)-based tools built on foundation models such as OpenAI’s GPT and open-source frameworks such as LangChain seem like the future of software development. But will prompting and generated code replace the day-to-day business of writing net-new code for software engineers? Observability startup Honeycomb’s <a href="https://www.honeycomb.io/blog/hard-stuff-nobody-talks-about-llm">article on what it’s like to build on top of LLMs</a> suggests that a futuristic utopia of computers doing all the LLM software development for us may take a while to get here.</p><p>We sat down with Honeycomb’s product expert Phillip Carter to discuss what he observed while actually building on top of an LLM for a live software product. </p><h2>What It’s Like to Actually Build Software with LLMs</h2><p><strong>Heavybit:</strong> There’s a lot of hype around modern AI tools such as GitHub Copilot, and how they’re potentially poised to change the way software developers work forever. But in your article, you covered a specific, real-world use case incorporating them into actual software development.<br/><br/><strong>Phillip Carter:</strong> Yes–by way of summary, the Honeycomb product has many different features, but almost all of them hinge on the core action of querying with our query interface. It&#x27;s a really powerful querying tool, and I think we’ve achieved product-market fit with forward-thinking SREs and Platform Engineers– i.e., people who are looking for powerful tooling. But when you build something for an audience who knows observability tools and knows how to squeeze as much as possible from them, you might do so at the expense of brand-new users who haven’t used such tooling before, and may struggle with working in a querying interface.</p><p>Since using queries well is an important part of our product, we wanted to figure out how to get more people querying, and doing it effectively. We set out to build our Query Assistant feature, which uses natural language, to build up more product usage, particularly for newer users. And now that we’re on the other side of this project, we are seeing increasing activation and engagement from users who use our Query Assistant feature, but as I covered in my article, getting there wasn’t easy.</p><p><strong>HB:</strong> What was helpful about your experience was how you identified the realistic shortcomings of modern AI models for developers. One thing that seems to make following the progress of AI for developers so challenging is that seemingly every few days, someone reports some kind of game-changing breakthrough that mitigates one or more of AI’s most notable drawbacks (such as the need for massive compute resources, the need for human feedback to reinforce learning, limitations on context window size vs. the need to engineer custom prompts, data privacy, or others). Does it seem we’re just a few algorithm tweaks away from a new world, or does it seem like we’ll be struggling with some of these challenges for some time?</p><p><strong>PC:</strong> Actually, I do think we&#x27;re going to be seeing those limitations for some time. To clarify, where I do think we&#x27;re going to see quite a bit of progress is one of the issues that I brought up in the article regarding chaining.</p><p>I think a lot of these chaining tasks will get much more accurate over time. However, I don&#x27;t think their latency will get significantly better unless we see big jumps in model latency. And so, that will naturally constrain some of the AI use cases that require speed, which brings you back to a lot of really hard tradeoffs with prompt engineering (which is where we were). One way to consider the problem, in programming terms, is compile time versus runtime. A compile time concern, when you&#x27;re programming, may take a little longer, but can benefit you a whole lot–so that&#x27;s fine. But you don&#x27;t want a runtime issue to take a long time because your app has to run fast.</p><p>Chaining LLM calls was unacceptable for our use case because the latency was just so enormous–the whole process becomes so slow that you might as well not even use it. That might improve. (Or not). For example, we saw that over a relatively short time, GPT-3.5 went from being somewhat slow to speeding up a whole lot. About the same amount of time has elapsed for GPT-4, but we haven’t gotten an equivalent speed boost. There are a lot of resource constraints that are preventing that. And who can even say what GPT-5 will be like?</p><p>So I think there are going to be certain classes of features and products that can bypass some of the problems just by being able to have a long-running agent or agent-like thing be accurate enough in terms of constraining inputs and outputs consecutively. And then you arrive at some high enough probability that whatever output comes out is going to be meaningful for the task at hand.</p><p>I have not seen anything that will indicate that the same will be true for our runtime constraints. When somebody interacts with most modern software products, within a couple of seconds, they expect a result. We’ve continued to see such issues even with leading foundation models. For example, Anthropic’s Claude model–which is amazing, by the way, great tech–<a href="https://www.anthropic.com/index/100k-context-windows">released 100K context windows</a>, which is incredible. There seem to be a million different techniques to manage prompting and instructions and context to get models to do the task you want. In the future, there may be an AI methodology that can help you auto-select one of those things, but it&#x27;s not going to get rid of the problem, which is that these models still struggle with hallucinating values, or mistakenly flag facts as incorrect, or misinterpret things.</p><p>Here’s a specific example that is still reproducible: We have an internal query that checks token usage and cost. We have a way to count token usage and cost in a specific setup within our own schema. So the natural language query for that is &quot;OpenAI cost and token usage.&quot; If I type that into the 100K model and pass in the whole schema every single time, it just fails. However, if I use a different NLP model to select a more-relevant subset of a schema and only pass that in, it always gets it correct. What I’m taking away here is there are inherent limitations in this tech. That doesn&#x27;t mean that you&#x27;re totally out of luck if you&#x27;re trying to do certain tasks, but it&#x27;s not going to be a magic box just because the context window is now a million tokens.</p><p><strong>HB:</strong> OK–so if there were one limitation of AI or LLMs for software development you could immediately “fix” about the way they work for observability, what would it be?</p><p><strong>PC:</strong> From my perspective, it&#x27;s a tough choice between latency and reasoning capabilities. We have achieved good accuracy by constraining our use case, which also allowed for good latency. However, when I tried to expand its capabilities by suggesting hypothetical queries for inputs that don&#x27;t make sense or providing instructions on how to make a query work, it would sometimes veer off in strange directions. This was also the case with GPT-4, but it was even slower, and perhaps my prompt engineering wasn&#x27;t as effective (which highlights the importance of prompt engineering as a real challenge that cannot simply be fixed with a magic wand).</p><p>We currently have tasks in our product that GPT-3.5 is unable to handle effectively, but for which GPT-4 might be more suitable. These tasks involve reasoning and understanding specific data streams, particularly concerning our service-level objectives (SLO) feature, which is significant in the monitoring space. The SLO feature focuses on defining the expected behavior of a service and establishing thresholds for notifications based on different stages. The rate at which these thresholds are exceeded is referred to as the burn rate. Determining the appropriate SLO is not a straightforward answer but lies on a “spectrum of correctness.” However, we have observed that GPT-4 struggles to generate reasonable SLO recommendations, despite having experts at Honeycomb who can quickly assess their validity. While prompt engineering could be a factor, the overall reasoning capabilities of the model are still lacking. Ultimately, what I would like to see is improved reasoning capabilities in LLMs.</p><h2>Can LLMs Write Code? Is There an AI That Can Code Yet?</h2><p><strong>HB:</strong> How do you (and your customers) feel about the brave new world of AI coding assistants such as GitHub Copilot, Amazon CodeWhisperer, HuggingFace StarCoder, and others? Will the day-to-day job of developers shift from primarily writing net-new code to prompting AIs for code, then editing and proofing the code that AI assistants spit out?</p><p><strong>PC:</strong> Even though my title is “product manager,” I&#x27;m also a software engineer and actively write code daily. I&#x27;ve been using GitHub Copilot since the early private preview, and it has been fascinating to witness its significant improvement over time. From a software development perspective, there are several other tools (outside of ChatGPT) tailored specifically for developers that are currently available. One or two of them will likely become popular choices among developers.</p><p>However, for most people, Copilot is here to stay. When it comes to code editing, it performs quite well, especially for the vast amount of uninteresting and mundane code that developers often write. Copilot excels at handling coding tasks such as unit testing, which many teams struggle to find time for since it often involves repetitive and monotonous work that doesn&#x27;t directly solve business problems. Copilot seems to be a time-saving tool in these cases, allowing developers to focus on the few lines of code that differ rather than the entire block. I don’t see other AI tools replacing the human element that Copilot focuses on</p><p>I believe that Copilot will become an essential tool in every developer&#x27;s toolkit. However, there is a growing need for improved developer tooling and workflows, particularly in the areas of code review and understanding. The current standard of line-by-line code review doesn&#x27;t make sense when so much of the code is generated by machines. It becomes inefficient to expect someone else or even oneself to deeply understand every line of code. This approach hinders productivity and impacts the business. While speeding up one aspect of the development lifecycle, it slows down another. So it&#x27;s unclear if this trade-off is ultimately beneficial.</p><p>We require better tools for comprehending and understanding code. Ultimately, understanding the purpose and functionality of the code is crucial. The code serves a specific purpose, and it&#x27;s up to the developer to bridge the gap between the text they see and the actual business problems it solves. Unfortunately, we lack effective tools for achieving this unless every step of the code&#x27;s purpose is exhaustively documented.</p><p>The other angle is on the runtime side, actually being able to diagnose a failure once the code is live. AI will write code that fails all the time, just like humans do. How do you know what it’s actually doing? I think a lot of software developers in our industry have not built up the muscle to diagnose systems even in the code they write themselves, and if we’re in a world where that code writing is a lot faster and the review process is expected to also be a lot faster–being able to understand what’s happening will mean you need to use your brain differently.</p><p>A lot of developers will need to adapt and learn these new approaches. They will also require improved tools to support them in this process. While observability tools may provide some assistance, they won&#x27;t be the complete solution. It&#x27;s difficult to determine the exact right approach at this point. However, it represents a shift in the industry. Just like 15 years ago when continuous integration was introduced, there may have been initial resistance and confusion among some developers. But now it is considered a standard practice. I see this shift as a similar phenomenon. I realize this is kind of a long-winded answer, but I see it as a large but incremental shift that potentially unfolds as a slow burn. Then one day, we wake up and all of a sudden, our jobs are completely different.</p><h2>AI + LLM Software Development in Observability and Infrastructure</h2><p><strong>HB:</strong> There could be big changes, but in our experience across 20+ years of advising startups (with several of our partners having founded startups themselves), it seems like anytime there is something that dramatically increases the efficiency of developers, it usually leads to there being more developers.</p><p><strong>PC:</strong> Yes! Our aspirational roadmap is so much larger than we can get to, realistically. And if we can just get to something like 25% more of our current capacity, that&#x27;s huge. So yes, I think I would agree with that.</p><p><strong>HB:</strong> One final question–in this exciting future of AI coding assistants, where do you see the role of observability? Is it going to become even more important as more developers have more stuff running on top of infra that may, itself, have been coded up by robots?</p><p><strong>PC:</strong> Absolutely. We’ve published <a href="https://www.honeycomb.io/blog/improving-llms-production-observability">an article about working with LLMs in production</a> that delves into this very topic. I think the main thing to think about is: Are LLMs (and diffusion models as well, really) these non-deterministic black boxes that people are going to use in wild and wacky ways that no one could ever predict? Will there be situations where ops people look at what they’re working with and just get scared out of their minds? It’s like, “Wait, you’re putting this into production??”</p><p>And for a variety of reasons, there will be new failures, with users doing things you did not anticipate, and that&#x27;s going to be a bug that you effectively created. You&#x27;re going to ship bug fixes and improvements that end up breaking other things. As a result, your latency and a lot of other measures are going to be all over the place.</p><p>And honestly, such problems are not unique to LLMs–plenty of modern systems have similar issues as well. Except LLMs can add another order of magnitude of unpredictability into the equation. And so the same basic principles of observability may take on more significance with prompting: Do we know what inputs are? Do we know what the outputs of the model are? And if we don&#x27;t feed the output of the model directly to the user, verbatim, which I expect most businesses would not (and do at least some parsing or validating), then how does that fail? What do the results actually look like? When users give you feedback on whether something was correct or not, what were they looking at, at that point?</p><p>All this stuff is instrumentable with frameworks like OpenTelemetry. You can instrument information and data, typically in traces in your application, or using logs. But yes, from there, you can start systematically analyzing what you have. You can try to classify certain types of outputs that come from classes of inputs, which lead to these particular kinds of errors.</p><p>But when we&#x27;re dealing with the output of a model, does that mean we need to do better prompt engineering, or does that mean there&#x27;s work that we can do without tweaking how we touch the model and just correcting things? Because we know that it might be mostly correct, and if we just do some minor tweaking or fine-tuning, we may end up with something fine as far as the users are concerned (so they don&#x27;t have to know that the model screwed things up). Unless you have a way to systematically track things and see how they change over time, with the ability to measure what “success” means for the service you have, how do you know? You might do some prompt engineering stuff that looked like it was all good locally, so you deploy it–but how do you know it was having the right impact?</p><p>Observability tools give you, first of all, the means of instrumenting that information so you can produce that data in the first place. And then in tools like Honeycomb and others, we give you the means to track your data in ways that are meaningful for what you&#x27;re trying to go after. And then you can use your data in different stages, monitor what matters and reactively make changes when things go wrong, or decide to make proactive investments upstream to improve a fundamental LLM feature you have.</p><p>So every week, you look at the patterns and decide to solve one specific problem, and move on to the next, measuring the impact over time. You’ll end up with a cycle of really good feedback about how users are interacting with things. It’s a process we’ve been using for a little while now, and I think it’s legit. I think dev teams will prefer taking this type of approach because it’s real, and not guesswork.</p><p><em>For more in-depth discussion on what AI means for professional developers, join the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/ai">DevGuild: Artificial Intelligence event</a>.</em><br/></p><h2>More Resources</h2><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/o11ycast/ep-61-what-comes-after-o11y-with-heidi-waterhouse-of-sym">Podcast: o11ycast - What Comes After o11y with Heidi Waterhouse of Sym</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/security-and-liability-in-open-source">Video: Security and Liability in Open Source with Brian Behlendorf</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/open-source-licensing-and-the-future-of-open-source-businesses">Video: Open Source Licensing and The Future of Open Source Businesses with CNCF, RedMonk, Memgraph</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/prompting-chatgpt-programming-llm-software-development">Digging Deeper into Building on LLMs, AI Coding Assistants, and Observability</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #129, Standardizing Orchestration with Surya Oruganti of Argonaut</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-129-standardizing-orchestration-with-surya-oruganti-of-argonaut</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 07 Jul 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b49ea026-2702-4444-8fd2-7c81f92c0c26</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 129 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Surya Oruganti of Argonaut. This talk explores the complexities faced when addressing application and infrastructure deployments, insights on managing multiple environments and getting full visibility into cloud costs, and Argonaut’s mission to make software orchestration accessible to smaller teams.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 129 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Surya Oruganti of Argonaut. This talk explores the complexities faced when addressing application and infrastructure deployments, insights on managing multiple environments and getting full visibility into cloud costs, and Argonaut’s mission to make software orchestration accessible to smaller teams.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-129-standardizing-orchestration-with-surya-oruganti-of-argonaut">Ep. #129, Standardizing Orchestration with Surya Oruganti of Argonaut</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Security and Liability in Open Source</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/security-and-liability-in-open-source</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Jun 2023 19:25:35 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source Licenses]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Linux Foundation]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3d0a29b4-c5cd-4284-ad37-b0dc034f82c8</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On top of solidifying complex OSS commercial licensing agreements early, one challenge for founders scaling an OSS company is that traditional enterprise SLAs do not seem to apply. The result is often a tangled web of multi-layered custom contracts, brittle or orphaned tracking systems, and professional service stop gaps. How can early stage founders avoid taking on more liability than they can handle?</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Open Source Go-To-Market and Enterprise Readiness</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/open-source-go-to-market-and-enterprise-readiness</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Jun 2023 19:21:35 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer-First Go-To-Market]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Enterprise Software]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0686a9dd-4653-4210-8e3d-1bf876c09741</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>One of the advantages of a bottom-up open source go-to-market is that when done well, it’s the most efficient flywheel for product adoption, developer marketing, and inbound sales. The problem is that when teams attempt to cross the chasm into larger deals, there’s often a disconnect between what developers have already championed, and between what procurement and risks teams will allow. In this session we discuss what steps early founders can take to capture developer love, while still being taken seriously and whitelisted as enterprise OSS vendors.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Connecting Community Activity to Your Commercial Product</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/connecting-community-activity-to-your-commercial-product</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Jun 2023 19:17:31 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Community]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Customer Success]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer-First Go-To-Market]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Freemium]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">38bd13f0-3e1d-479f-8bd6-4391b37beb71</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>How do you decide what to build next, and where it lands in your OSS offering? Learn from our panel of experts how to connect OSS community activity to your commercial products and services. We&#x27;ll discuss what signals are most valuable, mistakes to avoid when shipping new features, and how to make all your users and customers feel valued and heard.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Open-Source Licensing and The Future of Open Source Businesses</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/open-source-licensing-and-the-future-of-open-source-businesses</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Jun 2023 18:32:31 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source Licenses]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Artificial Intelligence (AI)]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">35ac10d9-593e-4a7e-8fb6-abf47ccc3d8b</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this panel we&#x27;ll dig into the current state of open source licensing and what is and is not open source, what the current trends around BSL mean for the future of open source communities and companies alike, and finally how generative AI tools like ChatGPT, Copilot, Bard, and others are disrupting the OSS landscape, for better or worse.</p><p><em>Related articles: </em></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-software-benefits-advantages"><em>Advantages of Open-Source Software</em></a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-vs-proprietary"><em>Differences Between Proprietary and Open-Source Software</em></a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-start-an-open-source-project"><em>How to Start an Open-Source Project</em></a></li></ul>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Investing in Open Source Businesses</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/investing-in-open-source-businesses</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Jun 2023 18:27:28 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Investing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Investors]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">992762c5-7635-4dfa-a211-7d71000f658c</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Learn from our expert panel of VCs who specialize in open source businesses what they look for when deciding whether to invest. We&#x27;ll define exactly it means to be a venture-scale open source company, the most important metrics for indicating real traction, and finally we&#x27;ll examine what the next generation of OSS startups will need to look like to find success.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Do Developers (Actually) Hate Marketing?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/developer-marketing-mistakes</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Jun 2023 06:59:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Content Marketing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Marketing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing Strategy]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer-First Go-To-Market]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">df93e4b9-6fca-436f-9209-767cbde256f0</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Your startup needs to market to developers, but don’t developers hate marketing? Here’s how to reach them.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>So...How Do You Market a Product to a Developer?</h2><p>“Developers hate marketing” is a statement that’s become a truism – if not a cliche – but it misleads more than it clarifies.</p><p>Rather than being a beacon that challenges developer marketers to be creative, the phrase has become a conversation-ender, an excuse–an explanation of defeat before defeat has even happened. I’ve consulted with and written for dozens of companies marketing to developers and technical executives and I’ve found that this skepticism hurts more often than it helps.</p><h2>Then What Is Developer Marketing? Does It Even Work?</h2><p>Developer marketing is marketing tailored specifically for a developer audience, which, in theory, takes into account their unique perspectives and priorities. Presumably, developers love the ability to code efficiently, minimize bugs, and ship on time. And presumably, they “hate marketing.” The tricky part is that the statement isn’t untrue: Many developers do hate most marketing. The idea is directionally accurate because developers do appear to be disproportionately (and loudly) skeptical of marketing in general and in many individual marketing efforts.</p><p>But if we go no further, then devtool companies and developer marketers will artificially limit themselves to “acceptable” marketing or avoid marketing altogether.</p><p>Some of the likely results are obvious, such as losing the ability to efficiently scale, but there are ripple effects. Startups will struggle to validate their early products; challengers won’t grow fast enough to unseat incumbents; and companies will pivot from one idea to the next, assuming that the problem lies in the idea and not in the communication of the idea.</p><h2>What Is a Developer Audience? (And How Not To Alienate Them)</h2><p>A developer audience consists of busy technical professionals occupied with writing, testing, and debugging code for important projects on their various product roadmaps. Their top priority is shipping performant, bug-free software as quickly as possible.</p><p>...Not participating in some vendor’s marketing campaign. Right?</p><p>Here’s where it makes sense to re-frame the situation: Developers may profess a sincere hatred of marketing, but what they really hate is spam. With that understanding in mind, devtool companies don’t have to avoid marketing; they have to avoid creating spam. They need to figure out how to create content that is so valuable that it doesn’t even appear to be spam.<br/></p><p>There are many ways to create valuable content that developers actually <em>want</em> to see, but we get there by going beyond the idea that developers hate marketing.</p><h2>Two Myths About Developers That Marketers Don’t Question</h2><p>Many companies–even if they do deep research for product development–rely on intuition for content development. Their intuition tends to rely on two primary myths: One, that developers are significantly more “logical” than other types of customers, and two, that developers understand marketing well enough to wholly reject it.</p><h3>Myth One: “Developers Are Too Logical to Fall for Marketing”</h3><p>This is an assumption that some people feel to be true only because it plays to a stereotype–one that has always been inaccurate and is now severely outdated.</p><p>And yet, I see forms of this assumption play out all the time, which is especially risky because there are numerous other assumptions baked in.</p><ul><li>Are developers actually especially logical? Are other customers somehow not logical?</li><li>If developers really are logical, then why can’t marketing be logical enough to appeal to them?</li><li>How do you square developers being too logical for marketing against developers getting <a href="https://geekytattoos.wordpress.com/2010/09/23/red-hat-tattoos/">Red Hat tattoos</a>?</li></ul><p>The worst assumption is more latent: If logic can “defeat” marketing, that necessarily means marketing involves some level of trickery. But marketing doesn’t have to be an episode of Scooby Doo and we don’t have to view our work as manipulative and our audience as adversaries.</p><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/cf1dadd86318186fee96ef34fdb1182cf74407db-500x666.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Developers say they “don’t fall for” marketing. But we shouldn’t be trying to make them fall for anything at all.</em></p><h3>Myth Two: “Developers Reject Marketing, Anyway”</h3><p>Developers are notorious for hating marketing, but the only notable thing here is how loudly they make this complaint. The truth is: <em>Everyone</em> hates marketing.</p><p>According to <a href="https://www.marketingcharts.com/industries-227480">2022 MarketingCharts research</a>, which stretches back to 2001, public perception of the advertising and PR industry has never been high but plummeted to a new low in 2022.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/e2a75fb3949930fa6f44265887fd3401412f215d-1600x890.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p>Only 5% of people have a “very positive” perception of the industry and only 21% have a “somewhat positive” perception.</p><p>And it’s not just a branding problem.</p><p>According to <a href="https://adage.com/article/media/marketers-media-trusts/298221">4A research</a>, only 4% of people think advertising and marketing professionals “practice integrity” and only 4% consider editorial content written by a company to be trustworthy.</p><p>But if you talk to marketing, advertising, and business professionals, you’ll see a worthy (and <a href="https://twitter.com/Carnage4Life/status/1646650318535659520">sometimes snarky</a>) focus on <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Revealed_preference"><em>revealed preference</em></a>–what we assume our audiences want. </p><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/ddc7775b0d4274c96722d565cc48e433c6e3caa8-1170x968.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p>Everyone is sincere but no one is (quite) right. Marketing skeptics are being sincere when they say they can’t stand marketing, but this sincerity is based on a limited understanding of what marketing can <em>be</em>. I’m not saying we stop listening to developers, but I am saying we should listen not just to what they’re saying, but <em>why</em> they’re saying it.</p><p>To clarify, when we have products and services to offer developers, it doesn’t make sense to immediately assume that any and all marketing efforts will automatically fail. Developers hate marketing, they say, but they love <a href="https://www.developermarkepear.com/blog/how-to-market-to-software-developers#devs-appreciate-good-tutorials-and-blogs">tutorials</a>, events, <a href="https://www.developermarkepear.com/blog/how-to-market-to-software-developers#devs-love-swag-unreasonably-sonbsp">swag</a>, self-serve tools, community projects, podcasts, essays...the list goes on.</p><p>The list goes on even further if you differentiate between marketing that’s good and bad, and acknowledge that quality doesn’t always map to format. Replit, for example, can get <a href="https://news.ycombinator.com/item?id=33263432">300+ upvotes on HackerNews</a> with a blog post announcing a mobile app, while a no-name brand can write an in-depth tutorial on a language few are interested in and get no responses.</p><p>Marketing to developers <em>can</em> work but there’s no single, clear, dependable way to do so because we’ve misidentified the challenge. Developers say they hate marketing but what they really hate is spam. That reframing opens a lot of possibilities.</p><h2>Developers Can Love Marketing But Will Always Hate Spam</h2><p>Realistically, what developers really hate are advertising and spam.</p><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/f2c15d7cdb204855e68cde6d1f429f40a8cbcc31-800x700.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>An actual conversation about developer marketing. Source: <a href="https://www.developermarkepear.com/blog/how-to-market-to-software-developers#devs-think-marketing-==-promotion-and-ads">DeveloperMarkePear</a></em></p><p>As Jakub Czakon writes, “People just don’t get what marketing is. People think it is just pushy pop-ups, fluffy copy, and irrelevant ads. I think this is our fault, marketers. We did this to ourselves.”</p><p>My only contention with what Czakon writes is that “we” doesn’t just include marketers. If we focus on what developers actually hate – the pushiness, the fluffiness, the irrelevance – then we can see that developers hate all spam and only some marketing.</p><p>But doesn’t everyone hate spam? Yes, but the difference is that developers might be the <em>most</em> spammed audience.</p><p>Consider two sources: Sales calls and recruiter messages.</p><p>I’ve been marketing and writing for over five years and I’ve gotten a sales call precisely once. Developers, however, are much more likely to receive sales calls and emails because almost <a href="https://survey.stackoverflow.co/2023/#purchasing-technology-purchase-influence">24% of developers</a> have a “great deal of influence” on technology purchases.</p><p>I didn’t receive inbound recruiter contact until I was well into my marketing career whereas developer friends I graduated college with started receiving them before they even graduated. And despite years of effort, the developer shortage is ongoing.</p><p>Salespeople and recruiters object in the same way marketers do: “No, that’s the <em>bad</em> kind of cold call/recruiter message/blog post!” But a sinking tide lowers all boats. The worst among us are also the most voluminous and the volume of spam clogs up channels already stuffed with scam texts, telemarketing calls, spam emails, and ads across search tools and social networks.</p><p>In the end, it’s all spam, and anyone spam-adjacent ends up looking bad too. This is why developer marketers can’t merely be good. We have to prove with every claim, post, and asset that this isn’t spam and we aren’t spammers.</p><h2>Developer Marketers Have to Create a Counterweight to Skepticism</h2><p>Developer marketers often retreat from developer complaints without advancing a new strategy. There’s a temptation to start from scratch and skip entire categories and techniques – only to create marketing that still doesn’t work because it doesn’t speak to what developers actually want.</p><p>I’ll focus on content here because that’s my specialty, but the principle applies to other marketing techniques too: If developers reject the typical approach, reject the “typical” and not the “approach.”</p><p>The trick is that merely producing “good” content isn’t enough. We can’t do anything to reduce overall spam, so if we want to be appealing, we have to provide a counterweight to existing skepticism.</p><p>Doing so involves equal parts value and signaling.</p><p>Any given post, of course, has to be valuable, useful, and interesting, but because developers arrive at every post with hair-trigger skepticism, we have to avoid even the hint of a red flag. That means a few things you’re probably already familiar with, such as pushing CTAs down the page, but it might also require rethinking formats and practices that are otherwise normal.</p><ul><li><strong>Don’t:</strong> Create product-led content that shoves the product into your reader’s face. </li><li><strong>Do:</strong> create a transparent guide to what your product can and can’t do. <em>But</em> make sure you don’t over-promise (or even sound like you’re overpromising).</li><li><strong>Don’t:</strong> Write thought leadership content that relies on cheesy trend predictions. </li><li><strong>Do:</strong> Create thoughtful, technical essays based on experiences from engineers and founders. <em>But</em> make sure your claims are authentic as well as relevant and well-supported as well as novel.</li><li><strong>Don’t:</strong> Produce hollow, manicured case studies. </li><li><strong>Do:</strong> Create technical case studies that describe, in detail, what a customer’s experience was really like – including the gains, the stresses, and the adoption and integration processes. <em>But</em> make sure the focus remains on the customer&#x27;s problem and not on your solution.</li></ul><p>Developers say they hate marketing and they’re not lying. So our reaction has to be learning how to market to them in better ways.</p><p></p><h2>More Resources:</h2><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-developer-content-mind-trick-for-signature-content">Article: The Developer Content Mind Trick for Signature Content by Adam DuVander</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/the-science-of-content-marketing-for-developers">Video: The Science of Content Marketing for Developers with Tyler Jewell</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/lessons-from-twilio-content-marketing-to-developers">Video: Lessons from Twilio: Content Marketing to Developers with Danielle Morrill</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/developer-marketing-mistakes">Why Do Developers (Actually) Hate Marketing?</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #37, Dagger with Solomon Hykes</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-37-dagger-with-solomon-hykes</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Jun 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">513eabaf-2e25-4e1f-a686-30bf5fd22226</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 37 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie speak with Solomon Hykes about his new project, Dagger. This talk explores CI/CD in depth and examines the difficulties teams face when implementing it. Finally, Solomon looks back on the lessons he learned while building Docker and how they ultimately influenced the creation and trajectory of Dagger.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 37 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie speak with Solomon Hykes about his new project, Dagger. This talk explores CI/CD in depth and examines the difficulties teams face when implementing it. Finally, Solomon looks back on the lessons he learned while building Docker and how they ultimately influenced the creation and trajectory of Dagger.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-37-dagger-with-solomon-hykes">Ep. #37, Dagger with Solomon Hykes</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Going to Market as Commercial Software</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/going-to-market-as-commercial-software</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Jun 2023 17:48:17 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Sales]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Software as a Service (SaaS)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Pre-Sales]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Sales Frameworks]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">695a92cb-62f4-40b4-afc2-8297a35dc915</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this talk, Nicholas Erdenberger will provide an overview of effective sales strategies and tactics for open-source products and services, as well as practical tips and examples of successful sales approaches in the open-source space.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #5, The Future of Developer Advocacy with Filip Grebowski</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-the-future-of-developer-advocacy-with-filip-grebowski</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Jun 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dce5bc5c-b663-41e9-bbea-504ac73c25b1</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 5 of How It’s Tested, Eden Full Goh speaks with Filip Grebowski. This conversation explores Filip’s career journey, metrics for gauging the health of a product, insights on parsing vanity metrics from useful metrics, AI and content creation, and the future of developer advocacy.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 5 of How It’s Tested, Eden Full Goh speaks with Filip Grebowski. This conversation explores Filip’s career journey, metrics for gauging the health of a product, insights on parsing vanity metrics from useful metrics, AI and content creation, and the future of developer advocacy.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-the-future-of-developer-advocacy-with-filip-grebowski">Ep. #5, The Future of Developer Advocacy with Filip Grebowski</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Open Source Development and How We Got Here</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/open-source-development-and-how-we-got-here</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Jun 2023 20:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Advocacy]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source Licenses]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">388c5756-45f3-4099-9758-0680f266755b</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Heavybit General Partner Joseph Ruscio shares his perspective on the state of open source in 2023.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #128, Cross-Platform App Development with Simon Grimm</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-128-cross-platform-app-development-with-simon-grimm</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Jun 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">468aaa43-453a-410b-879f-48b93f52296b</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 128 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Simon Grimm, a prolific content creator and developer educator. Together they explore the Ionic framework, cross-platform app development, and tips for maintaining a cadence and building an audience with original developer content.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 128 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Simon Grimm, a prolific content creator and developer educator. Together they explore the Ionic framework, cross-platform app development, and tips for maintaining a cadence and building an audience with original developer content.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-128-cross-platform-app-development-with-simon-grimm">Ep. #128, Cross-Platform App Development with Simon Grimm</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Growing Together: Building Ecosystems to Grow PLG Startups</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/cloud-marketplace-ecosystems-to-grow-plg</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jun 2023 22:32:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product Led Growth (PLG)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Marketplaces]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Enterprise Cloud]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Enterprise Software]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[GTM Strategy]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6500e434-e16a-4ae2-b89e-cf61737720ea</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Learn how product-led startups can scale their expanding go-to-market strategy by using strong partnerships to sell via cloud marketplaces.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>How to Build an Ecosystem to Support Product-Led Growth</h2><p>Any time you build a strategy for any org at a product-led growth (PLG) business, it’s important to understand what makes such businesses unique. The concept of PLG comes from the larger strategy of initially going to market in a bottom-up manner, approaching and engaging practitioners first in a low-touch, low-friction manner, such as via a free trial on your company’s website, rather than trying to start by selling top-down through your sales team pitching to corporate executives who are more likely to have budget approval. In a PLG business, revenue is a byproduct of a great product experience, so each function in the company has to operate with that lens while making decisions. </p><p>As startups scale from their earliest stages of selling small deals to individual buyers to mid-market and enterprise deals in which they sell to larger buying committees, Partnership teams also need to evolve how they provide value to a PLG business.</p><p>The traditional channel, reseller or procurement-type partnerships continue to fade away even more with the proliferation of cloud marketplaces.</p><p>Building an ecosystem and becoming a “supernode” is how a partnerships team can add value in a PLG business. The strategy should involve a mix of product partnerships (strategic partners, upcoming startups), VCs, solutions partners, and cloud marketplaces.</p><p></p><h2>Product Partnerships (Integrations)</h2><p>Product partnerships can take several pathways, such as integrations, marketplaces, and plugins, among others. Regardless of the path, partnerships should enable an easy way to share data across multiple applications to provide joint users and customers with a seamless product experience without context switching. Such partnerships only work when you have a solid “better together” story that outlines how your product and the partner’s product solve a gap in the current user journey. Such integrations can also let you move faster instead of building every feature in-house–helpful in a resource-constrained environment.</p><p>At Postman, we recently announced a <a href="https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/apps-on-azure-blog/enhanced-api-developer-experience-with-the-microsoft-postman/ba-p/3650304">strategic product partnership with Microsoft Azure</a> that lets our joint-users build and test APIs more easily across our solutions. Before this integration, the user experience needed to be more cohesive from both sides. Now, users can export their APIs from Azure into Postman to test quickly and deploy to Azure seamlessly from Postman. We created a “better together” story to improve the developer experience for working with APIs.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/e1bfd5bbca37f74ae2ceea5ea95165192096eb49-1865x579.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p></p><p>A successful integration will assist with two core metrics for software-as-a-service (SaaS): Acquisition and retention. Strategic partners can help co-market into new verticals or segments. Such new segments typically tend to be the enterprise segment, where the more-significant partner has a higher penetration. A highly adopted integration will ultimately make your product stickier.</p><p>70% of Atlassian Jira and Confluence Cloud customers have at least one app installed from their <a href="https://www.atlassian.com/blog/add-ons/marketplace-momentum">cloud marketplace</a>. When customers add at least one app or integration in Jira Software, dollar churn reduces by approximately half.<br/></p><h2>VCs, Accelerators, Startups</h2><p>As any business grows, it’s crucial to continue innovating and have a pulse on upcoming industry trends. You can drive innovation by giving startups the opportunity to join your ecosystem. Startups can integrate with your product and get visibility across your ecosystem. You can also build a platform moat as more companies build integrations with your product. There are several ways to engage startups, such as startup discounts, providing education on industry topics, access to industry experts, and even investment capital.</p><p>Building relationships can also provide a pipeline for M&amp;A in the future. Accessing usage data gives you an early insight into what features drive product usage. Datadog has 500+ integrations, including several upcoming startups, which could lead to M&amp;A opportunities. Atlassian has turned its marketplace into an acquisition pipeline engine, often resulting in <a href="https://seekingalpha.com/article/4257347-atlassian-acquires-from-paas-marketplace">M&amp;A opportunities</a> before most others can see them.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/1781a02403e9694516164287e5166e9bde3956f3-1269x692.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p></p><h2>Solutions Partners</h2><p>PLG businesses typically feel the growing pain of education, training, and enablement as they start scaling. When a customer doesn’t get onboarded in a timely manner and can’t realize time to value quickly, they’re less likely to get engaged with your product and less likely to consume their subscription allowance, increasing the risk of churn at contract renewal time. While a product ideally “sells itself” to an individual user or a small team at a PLG business, it requires a structured onboarding playbook to successfully sell to and deploy across a large team or enterprise. Solutions partnerships such as consultants, system integrators, and value-added resellers (VARs) can help scaling businesses cross the chasm. They can act as an extension to customer success and design playbooks based on their experience.</p><p>In my role at Datadog, I helped build a partnership strategy to work with Managed Service Providers (MSPs), Cloud Consultants and System Integrators (SIs) that help organizations with cloud transformation and manage their cloud infrastructure. When I joined the organization, we were at the cusp of the cloud market explosion and realized that some customers preferred to work with such partners for training and cost efficiency. We decided to build a strategy that would let Datadog become the preferred cloud monitoring tool for such partners and provide a quick way to onboard customers. We even built features <a href="https://www.channele2e.com/channel-partners/msps/datadog-gives-msps-deeper-data-visibility/">specifically</a> for MSPs or integrated them with their internal playbooks or portals like Rackspace.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/25dda4268167d2cdb109a1e6471f9f76f5dc5528-1271x823.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p></p><h2>Cloud Marketplaces</h2><p>Gartner, Inc. forecasts that in 2023, worldwide public cloud spending will grow <a href="https://www.gartner.com/en/newsroom/press-releases/2022-10-31-gartner-forecasts-worldwide-public-cloud-end-user-spending-to-reach-nearly-600-billion-in-2023">20.7%</a> to a total $591.8 billion, up from $490.3 billion in 2022. Time will tell whether we’ll continue to see such sustained growth , but cloud marketplaces have become a core part of the growth strategy for major cloud vendors. It’s a symbiotic relationship between independent software vendors (ISVs) and cloud providers. By selling through cloud marketplaces, ISVs can accelerate their sales cycles and get access to customers. Enterprises tend to have agreements to pay cloud providers certain amounts, which can also be used towards the marketplace.</p><p>It turns out there is a rigorous onboarding process to become part of cloud marketplaces, including technical validation and joint GTM planning. Success is usually measured in three ways for these partnerships:</p><ul><li><strong>Build: </strong>Developing and hosting your solution on your partners’ marketplace(s)</li><li><strong>Market:</strong> Promoting the “better together” story of your solution plus your partners</li><li><strong>Sell:</strong> Planning joint GTM to sell your solution through the marketplace and cloud providers’ sales teams</li></ul><p>It’s critical to keep in mind that you cannot just dip your toes with such partnerships. As your company scales to the enterprise and looks to make those important inroads, you need complete buy-in from leadership and dedicated resources to invest and cultivate the relationship. Many large cloud vendors have thousands of potential ISVs they could be working with, so you need to show enough skin in the game from your end to receive support.</p><p></p><h2>How to Hire for Ecosystem Roles</h2><p>Ecosystem teams are hard to build because they require a unique combination of a strategic, technical, relationship builder and GSD mindset. You cannot hire traditional channel partner folks as these are not just procurement-focused partnerships. You need folks who can cultivate relationships and have a clear perspective on your industry. On a given day, you might be speaking with a company to build a product integration that may turn into competition in a few quarters or a potential acquisition opportunity.</p><p></p><h2>Conclusion</h2><p>Strong ecosystems build defensibility for a scaling PLG business by positioning you as an important player in the game and giving you a chance to be a category leader. Strategic partnerships also help with market positioning, benefiting both private and public companies. Datadog’s stock price jumped a double digit percentage after announcing its <a href="https://www.datadoghq.com/about/latest-news/press-releases/datadog-microsoft-strategic-partnership/">Microsoft partnership</a>. Building ecosystems can be even more critical in challenging economic environments. As an ambitious startup scaling into enterprise accounts, you can move faster together than riding alone.<br/></p><h2>More Resources</h2><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-build-a-developer-marketplace">Article: The Challenge of Building Marketplaces for Developers by Karl Hughes</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/carrots-for-web-marketplaces-and-platforms-how-to-design-non-monetary-incentives">Article: Carrots For Web Marketplaces And Platforms: How To Design Non-Monetary Incentives by Connie Kwan</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/practical-product/ep-16-building-and-leveraging-product-marketplaces">Podcast: Practical Product Ep. #16, Building and Leveraging Product Marketplaces with Connie Kwan</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/cloud-marketplace-ecosystems-to-grow-plg">Growing Together: Building Ecosystems to Grow PLG Startups</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #7, The March 2023 Datadog Outage with Laura de Vesine</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-the-march-2023-datadog-outage-with-laura-de-vesine</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Jun 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fb82a5d4-825e-4779-9c94-28d44e946867</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 7 of Getting There, Nora and Niall speak with Laura de Vesine of Datadog. Laura shares a unique perspective on the March 2023 Datadog outage, how the incident was handled internally, the resulting damage of the outage, and the many lessons learned.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 7 of Getting There, Nora and Niall speak with Laura de Vesine of Datadog. Laura shares a unique perspective on the March 2023 Datadog outage, how the incident was handled internally, the resulting damage of the outage, and the many lessons learned.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-the-march-2023-datadog-outage-with-laura-de-vesine">Ep. #7, The March 2023 Datadog Outage with Laura de Vesine</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #4, Session-Based Testing with Jacob Stevens</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-session-based-testing-with-jacob-stevens</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Jun 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5e2f61fa-d4aa-4d36-9228-6b50ca5b40be</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 4 of How It’s Tested, Eden Full Goh speaks with testing expert Jacob Stevens. Together they unpack session-based testing and how it compares to regression testing. They also share insights on managing customer satisfaction, keeping up with rapidly evolving technology, and understanding the key differences between automated and manual testing.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 4 of How It’s Tested, Eden Full Goh speaks with testing expert Jacob Stevens. Together they unpack session-based testing and how it compares to regression testing. They also share insights on managing customer satisfaction, keeping up with rapidly evolving technology, and understanding the key differences between automated and manual testing.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-session-based-testing-with-jacob-stevens">Ep. #4, Session-Based Testing with Jacob Stevens</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Design a Better Billing System for Your Startup</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-design-a-billing-system-for-your-startup</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Jun 2023 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Billing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Pricing &amp; Packaging]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[GTM Strategy]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2b119689-e811-4d1a-ad1e-010eb7775256</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Growth and product expert Alyss Noland explains how your startup can avoid costly technical debt with its billing system.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>How to Design a Billing System for Your Startup</h2><p>With the growing demand for product-led growth strategies, the hidden technical debt of billing systems is a looming issue many organizations overlook. Startups can create opportunities for improved profitability and diverse revenue streams by anticipating the pitfalls and blockers that unoptimized billing systems can introduce. For example, activities we consider to be “billing” may actually be completely separate processes such as accounting and payment processing–each of which is a complex area that can carry its own issues.</p><p>However, if startups can proactively address billing system issues and prevent technical debt across complex subscription models to customer onboarding, billing systems often provide the backbone to startups scaling their go-to-market from the bottom up. In this article, we&#x27;ll explore the hidden technical debt of billing systems and how to address it to ensure successful product-led growth.</p><h2>What is “Billing System Technical Debt”?</h2><p>You could define <em>billing system technical debt</em> as the ongoing opportunity cost of not updating, optimizing, or otherwise improving your startup’s billing system despite changes in your product offering, ideal customer profile, or competitive landscape. Over time, many aspects of successful startups evolve, including product lines, product pricing, customer account sizes (in some cases, moving upmarket from “smaller” individual customers to multi-million-dollar enterprise-scale customer accounts), and many others. Sticking with a single, outdated billing system long past its expiration date can be painful and costly.</p><p>I’ve seen the particular problems of billing system technical debt manifest in every tech company I’ve worked for, some more than others. While I was working at Box, the platform SKU pricing was volume/usage-based. However, the product&#x27;s value wasn’t reflected in a price-per-API call model. In exploring alternative pricing models, we uncovered a traceability and reporting problem that had yet to be addressed before my departure. Situations in which data infrastructure and analytics problems eventually become billing problems can be more common than we might think. After all, how can a company accurately charge for data usage when it can’t accurately measure data usage?</p><p>Mergers and acquisitions can also cause billing headaches when acquirers and acquirees have significant differences in the way they price and package their offerings. Reflecting on Microsoft’s acquisition of GitHub, Microsoft’s customers anticipate usage-based pricing, while GitHub is somewhat stuck with seat-based pricing. There are exceptions; GitHub introduced pricing calculators for Actions, Packages, and Codespaces with the intent of reducing confusion between the buffet of product portfolio pricing.</p><p>Somewhere in the middle of these companies, you’ll find Atlassian, with every price listed on its website (discounts are only available through agency partners), or OpenAI, where usage-based pricing is the same for organizations or individuals but offers a concrete example to help orient users. Not to say that there’s one “correct” way to handle billing for every developer-first startup across the board, but there are certainly important factors for every company to consider.</p><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/9a932998773e092e1e4f98a0d3bdfe0cd366f9fe-1263x657.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>OpenAI’s pricing model offers multiple token-based pricing models.</em></p><h2>What to Watch for in Your Billing System</h2><p>Let’s look at some examples of the most significant causes of technical debt for startup billing:</p><h3>Managing Multiple Billing Models Adds Complexity and Tech Debt</h3><p>The first-order problem of billing system technical debt is the <em>complexity of combined billing requirements for enterprise sales and self-serve funnels</em> required for product-led growth, especially for developer tools. With enterprise sales, customers typically require invoices that contain a variety of line items, discounts, taxes, and other information. To produce these invoices, billing systems must be capable of managing complex pricing models, letting customers pay in different currencies and supporting multiple payment methods.</p><p>The challenge is that as startups try to accommodate so many of requirements, ranging from freemium models to custom-negotiated net-30 invoices, they can accumulate significant technical debt in their billing system. Let’s reflect on the history of hosting costs and payment models as an illustration. Shared hosting for consumers on Bluehost is $2.95/mo with a 12-month contract. Alternatively, Azure offers free service tiers but compute usage has a capped limit. A flat rate charged to a credit card is often more comfortable for an individual user, while a business will optimize for costs due to its operating scale.</p><p></p><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "ctaModule", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><h3>Not Being Able to Scale for Increased Demand Adds Tech Debt</h3><p>The second-order effect of combining product-led growth strategies with end-game enterprise sales is <em>scalability</em>, both in engineering talent and transaction volume. If your product-led growth strategy is successful, you’ll be bringing customers directly into your funnel via a bottom-up model, such as through a free trial or other landing page on your website, rather than having access to your product gated by formal sales conversations. Some of the most successful software companies in recent years, such as Miro and Notion, started from a grassroots approach, directly engaging the user community and enabling them to immediately jump in and start engaging with the product.</p><p>Going bottom up can be an extremely economical way to grow your business, but the billing systems must be able to keep up with the demands of the customer base. Your system must be able to handle increased transaction volumes, process payments quickly and accurately, and provide customers with a seamless experience. Adding enterprise sales to a bottom-up strategy can be a sharp corner to navigate for startups that aren’t prepared.</p><p>If the billing system can&#x27;t scale as the customer base grows, it can create a bottleneck that can cost the company time and money, and may even lead to user experience and customer satisfaction issues if they cause significant delays or billing errors. Internal tooling teams, such as those maintaining custom billing systems, often need more investment from engineering and business leadership. This can be a secondary opportunity for bottleneck as demand for new pricing models and features increases.</p><h2>Conclusion</h2><p>Billing, authentication, and authorization are common early areas of investment. Still, since they aren&#x27;t the core competency of most startups, those same domains are often left under-resourced and highly dependent on internal customers with little room for future bets. There are exceptions: companies who understand these shortcomings and invest in internal tooling teams, companies that offer billing or auth services and dogfood it. </p><p>By comparison, a SaaS billing system is likely investing in new areas like payment orchestration, support for multiple currencies, tax requirements or support for tax providers like Avalara, and more-complex billing schemes. It doesn&#x27;t remove all the pain that can be introduced from usage billing, overage enforcement, etc but I have observed frequently revisited pain where billing engineering with a custom-built system becomes the bottleneck for portfolio expansion. Given current market conditions and the increasing focus on product-led growth, organizations must recognize the impact billing systems have on their success. </p><p>The disparate billing needs between product-led growth and enterprise sales can create difficult-to-manage technical debt. And unless you have a team of engineers who specialize in building and maintaining billing software, I strongly recommend founders consider buying versus building, especially after seeing the compounding effects of internal billing systems blocking golden paths for go-to-market strategies.</p><h2>More Resources</h2><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/dont-cargo-cult-your-pricing">Video: Don’t Cargo Cult Your Pricing with Tugce Erten</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/scaling-support-operations">Video: Scaling Support Operations with Ali Rayl</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/unintended-consequences/ep-12-high-score-bills-with-corey-quinn-of-the-duckbill-group">Podcast: Unintended Consequences ft. Corey Quinn</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-design-a-billing-system-for-your-startup">How to Design a Better Billing System for Your Startup</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #36, The Docker Story with Solomon Hykes</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-36-the-docker-story-with-solomon-hykes</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Jun 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e5ba71a8-c603-4763-aebd-5e07ed3af1de</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 36 of The Kubelist Podcast, Benjie and Marc speak with Solomon Hykes, founder of both Docker and Dagger. This conversation explores the early days of containers and the origins of Docker, including the many hurdles Docker overcame early on, its unexpected virality, and its continued prevalence among the developer community.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 36 of The Kubelist Podcast, Benjie and Marc speak with Solomon Hykes, founder of both Docker and Dagger. This conversation explores the early days of containers and the origins of Docker, including the many hurdles Docker overcame early on, its unexpected virality, and its continued prevalence among the developer community.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-36-the-docker-story-with-solomon-hykes">Ep. #36, The Docker Story with Solomon Hykes</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #127, Open Source eCommerce with Saurav Pathak of Bagisto</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-127-open-source-ecommerce-with-saurav-pathak-of-bagisto</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Jun 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">367df8e5-864f-4f57-9eea-f5b827a5401d</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 127 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Saurav Pathak of Bagisto about open source tools for building ecommerce sites. Together they explore PHP frameworks, IndiaStack, the pain points developers have with ecommerce, and why so many developers around the world are building with Laravel.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 127 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Saurav Pathak of Bagisto about open source tools for building ecommerce sites. Together they explore PHP frameworks, IndiaStack, the pain points developers have with ecommerce, and why so many developers around the world are building with Laravel.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-127-open-source-ecommerce-with-saurav-pathak-of-bagisto">Ep. #127, Open Source eCommerce with Saurav Pathak of Bagisto</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #61, What Comes After o11y with Heidi Waterhouse of Sym</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-61-what-comes-after-o11y-with-heidi-waterhouse-of-sym</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 May 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c4440d4f-4f29-47c9-93de-9f8f86befd8d</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 61 of o11ycast, Jessica and Martin speaks with Heidi Waterhouse of Sym. Together they explore the sensations of proprioception and interoception, how they relate to the future of observability, and the ways machine learning could assist in simplifying that future.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 61 of o11ycast, Jessica and Martin speaks with Heidi Waterhouse of Sym. Together they explore the sensations of proprioception and interoception, how they relate to the future of observability, and the ways machine learning could assist in simplifying that future.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-61-what-comes-after-o11y-with-heidi-waterhouse-of-sym">Ep. #61, What Comes After o11y with Heidi Waterhouse of Sym</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #3, Balancing the Ownership of Testing with Alan Page</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-balancing-the-ownership-of-testing-with-alan-page</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 May 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">55975caa-6de8-455e-8b31-c1fdb78a7100</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 3 of How It’s Tested, Eden speaks with Alan Page. The conversation begins by exploring why developers should own the vast majority of testing automation. Alan also shares insights on balancing automated and manual testing and even shares lessons learned from his time testing products at Microsoft. As the conversation winds down, Eden and Alan discuss what makes a test case worth automating.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 3 of How It’s Tested, Eden speaks with Alan Page. The conversation begins by exploring why developers should own the vast majority of testing automation. Alan also shares insights on balancing automated and manual testing and even shares lessons learned from his time testing products at Microsoft. As the conversation winds down, Eden and Alan discuss what makes a test case worth automating.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-balancing-the-ownership-of-testing-with-alan-page">Ep. #3, Balancing the Ownership of Testing with Alan Page</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #126, SaaS App Starter Kits with Jonathan Wilke of Supastarter</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-126-saas-app-starter-kits-with-jonathan-wilke-of-supastarter</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 May 2023 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7979a358-49cf-4326-9590-31f8fc9f5bef</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 126 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Jonathan Wilke of Supastarter. They discuss boilerplate options for getting SaaS apps up and running more quickly. They also unpack the indie hacker community and what it means to grow a business from the ground up without traditional fundraising.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 126 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Jonathan Wilke of Supastarter. They discuss boilerplate options for getting SaaS apps up and running more quickly. They also unpack the indie hacker community and what it means to grow a business from the ground up without traditional fundraising.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-126-saas-app-starter-kits-with-jonathan-wilke-of-supastarter">Ep. #126, SaaS App Starter Kits with Jonathan Wilke of Supastarter</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Build an Effective Pitch Deck</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-build-an-effective-pitch-deck</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 May 2023 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Venture Capital]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Fundraising]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Startups]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6aaa8adf-5d67-4243-853b-2f63291ff8c3</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Heavybit’s Partners explain how to build an effective early-stage pitch deck for devtool and infra startups.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>How to Build an Effective Fundraising Deck for Devtool &amp; Infrastructure Startups</h2><p>Technical founders often ask us what to include in their early-stage fundraising decks, whether for pre-seed, seed, or at another stage. If you’re building something in a highly technical field, for technical users, and you’re pre-revenue, it’s often hard to translate your vision into what VCs might deem a venture-scale opportunity. If you’re trying to raise venture capital for a developer tool, infrastructure, or B2B SaaS product, you’re in the right place.</p><p>At Heavybit, we invest in 10-12 early-stage devtool and infrastructure companies per year. In order to make those investments, we review literally hundreds of pitches, fundraising decks, and opportunities. In this article, we’ll cover: What you need to know to <strong>build a better early-stage fundraising deck</strong>, a list of the top <strong>do’s and don’ts</strong>, and a comprehensive <strong>fundraising deck template</strong>, with specific content and rationale for each slide. Read on for more details or <a href="https://share.hsforms.com/1nUF7He0YTsiWqfbdhwfuKAqdoyu">get access to the template now</a>.</p><p></p><h3>What Is the Purpose of a Fundraising Deck?</h3><p>The fundraising deck doesn’t simply tell the story of your startup–it can act as a narrative device to walk through the important claims you need to make to create a convincing story that ends with the conclusion you had initially planned. The fundraising deck also acts as a leave-behind or forwardable asset that partners can use to socialize a deal amongst their investment committee or potential co-investors. The most effective fundraising deck not only covers the problem you solve with clear proof points but also covers why your team is most poised to make effective use of capital and capture a market. This may seem easy enough, but it’s hard to take a highly technical story and translate it into a compact 10-12 slide narrative. It’s for this reason that we’re offering some of the Do’s and Don’ts.</p><p><strong>A good early-stage fundraising deck should:</strong><br/></p><ul><li><strong>Identify the Problem:</strong> Clearly highlight a high-value opportunity in today’s market.</li><li><strong>Present the Solution:</strong> Clearly position your startup’s approach as the solution to the problem.</li><li><strong>Indicate Momentum: </strong>Indicate early traction you’re making with users (forks, downloads, OSS contributions, community signups, freemium registration, design partners, cloud customers, or otherwise)</li><li><strong>Showcase the Team:</strong> Demonstrate your team’s experience with the solution and your type of go-to-market</li><li><strong>Tell the Story:</strong> Your deck must tell a clear, brief, and persuasive story.</li></ul><p></p><p><strong>A good early-stage fundraising deck should <em>not</em>:</strong></p><ul><li><strong>Be too Long:</strong> Hone your story to fit into a maximum of 10-12 slides. You shouldn’t have to tell us the history of the internet or cloud computing. If relevant, there’s probably a pre-existing link for this type of info.</li><li><strong>Be too “in the Weeds”:</strong> Busy investors need the 10,000-foot view. Provide an executive summary in terms that matter to them. You can add an appendix with deep technical information but don’t expect people to immediately read or understand it.</li><li><strong>Make Unsupported Claims:</strong> Didn’t back up every assertion in your pitch? Investors will sniff out and call “BS.”</li><li><strong>Ignore the Landscape:</strong> You’re not building in a vacuum. A tight-but-comprehensive overview of your competition including similar startups and large incumbents shows you know the realities of disrupting a category or defining a new one.</li><li><strong>Contain Loose Ends:</strong> The core of your pitch is why your company is ready for, and worthy of, capital investment. Avoid commentary that may incite open-ended questions that pull the conversation sideways.<br/></li></ul><h2>What a Fundraising Deck Should Include:</h2><p>For devtool and infra companies, we’ve found that the strongest early-stage fundraising decks generally nail these four important goals:<br/></p><ul><li><strong>Set the Stage: </strong>For the problem your startup solves</li><li><strong>Walk Through Related Assertions:</strong> Providing supporting evidence for each</li><li><strong>Build a Convincing Story: </strong>That connects your company to the solution</li><li><strong>Close strong:</strong> With a compelling conclusion leading to a logical inevitability<br/></li></ul><h3>How to Structure Your Pitch Deck</h3><p>With your pitch deck, your goal is iteratively <strong>building a comprehensive, stepwise narrative</strong> over a <strong>series of assertions</strong> that you <strong>prove conclusively</strong>.</p><p>The best, most successful pitch decks <strong>focus on a single claim on each slide</strong> and <strong>provide evidence for each slide’s claim</strong> before moving on. If convincing, this creates the next question in the listener’s mind, which you answer on the next slide. The slides are sequenced so that the natural questions which arise from each claim are answered next, avoiding the listener ever feeling like there’s a hole in your story.<br/></p><h3>Going from Broad to Specific</h3><p>We’ve also found that a particularly effective structure tends to be <strong>starting from the broadest thesis your audience can follow</strong>, then <strong>moving through a series of more-specific claims</strong>.</p><p>In effect, you’re telling a story that states, “You have to believe X before you can believe Y, before you can believe Z.” What you’re effectively doing is starting with a “Big Problem” of great and widespread significance, then narrowing it down with your story to arrive at the seemingly foregone conclusion: That your startup, and only your startup, is “The Only Solution to the Big Problem.”</p><p></p><h2>Example Pitch Deck for Early-Stage Startups</h2><p>Let’s synthesize everything we’ve discussed above into a pithy and impactful template.<br/></p><h3>Slide One: Problem (The Problem in General)</h3><p><em>“What problem are you solving?”</em></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/a0d8fca574087bce35e1e71fb4a88655dd09346f-2939x1655.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p>Your first slide should cover the general problem. As we mentioned earlier, a highly effective approach is starting with a broad challenge that underscores the importance, scope, and value of a potential solution, as well as its timeliness. Ideally, this slide should also answer the question “What has changed?/Why now?”</p><p>One tried-and-true format for slide one is:</p><p><em>Statement of truth/industry trend</em> + <em>“but”</em> + <em>Challenge</em></p><p></p><h4>Example Problem Statement:</h4><p>“By 2025, 45% of organizations worldwide will have experienced attacks on their software supply chains*, but the problem is that more than 50% of companies today lack end-to-end supply chain visibility*. Companies are flying blind.&quot;</p><p><em>*Includes citations from reputable media, analysts, and/or well-established industry research sources.</em></p><p></p><h3>Slide Two: Solution (the solution in general)</h3><p><em>“OK, I buy that this is a problem, so what’s the solution?”</em></p><p>If there is, in fact, a problem, what is the ideal, general solution in the abstract? One effective way to start the story of this slide is with: “Imagine a world where...&quot;</p><p></p><h4>Example Solution Statements:</h4><ul><li>You had real-time visibility into supply chain management</li><li>Endpoints were auto-encrypted from a single policy</li><li>Policies could be edited as easily as GitHub repos<br/></li></ul><h3>Slide Three: Product (aka The Specific Solution)</h3><p><em>“OK, I buy that this is a solution, but what’s the product?”</em></p><p>Assuming your generalized solution is the correct approach to solving the problem, what are the specifics of how your startup implements the solution?</p><p><strong>Your product slide <em>can</em> include:</strong></p><ul><li>Notes on product approach</li><li>A link to a demo</li><li>An example of working software<br/></li></ul><p><strong>Your product slide <em>should</em> include:</strong></p><ul><li>Concrete screenshots if available</li><li>Otherwise, diagrams/wireframes that show your startup’s solution<br/></li></ul><h3>Slide Four: Traction (Proof and Momentum)</h3><p><em>“OK, I buy that this is a product, but will people want it?”</em></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/07a76ba1dd7d3cd50303ff24f23892fcc18077fd-2940x1655.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p>It’s time to convince your audience that your solution works. Your momentum slide should include clear examples that your startup is gaining traction, some ways to show that include offering:<br/></p><ul><li><strong>Activity Metrics: </strong>Demonstrating real-world usage at scale</li><li><strong>Developer/Practitioner Love:</strong> Showing successful ProductHunt, HN, GitHub, or other early developer wins. You may also want to include early design partner usage</li><li><strong>Customer Testimonials:</strong> Well-known customer logos with glowing quotes and early case studies</li><li><strong>Progress Timeline:</strong> Showing velocity of product development and/or customer growth</li><li><strong>KPIs:</strong> If you have customers and revenue, include high-level metrics here<br/></li></ul><h3>Slide Five: Business Model (pricing and scalability)</h3><p><em>“OK, I buy that people will want it, but how will you make money?”</em></p><p>Your go-to-market slide is your chance to prove to investors that you have a business that not only works in the current market but will scale in the future.</p><p>Topics to cover include:<br/></p><ul><li><strong>Business model:</strong> What is the business model—what are you selling? What do you charge money for? How does that model scale?</li><li><strong>Pricing and Packaging:</strong> If you have pricing today: Are you pricing your product properly today, or simply putting out multiple pricing tiers because that’s what every other startup does? If you don’t have pricing today: what is your imagined pricing model? If you’re offering a freemium tier, can you clearly explain why, as well as how you’ll convert free users to paid users? How do you plan to evolve pricing and packaging to scale properly as the company grows and potentially moves upmarket?</li></ul><p></p><h3>Slide Six: Go-to-Market</h3><p><em>“OK, I buy that people will pay you, but how will you find and convert customers at scale?”<br/></em></p><ul><li><strong>Funnel:</strong> Show your current or imagined future funnel. How do customers enter the top of the funnel? How do they hear about you? Where do leads come from? What are the current or imagined stages they go through as they become more engaged, convert to paying customers, and expand their usage and spend? Focus on how you believe the business will operate at scale in the future (not what you’re planning to do next month).</li><li><strong>Sales &amp; Marketing Activities:</strong> What activities will you pursue that drive users/customers into the funnel or pull them through the funnel and at which stages?</li><li><strong>Funnel Metrics and KPIs: </strong>How does your revenue funnel (tracking leads, conversions, opportunities, and closed-won deals) work? How is it performing?</li></ul><p></p><h3>Slide Seven: Future Opportunities and Total Addressable Market</h3><p><em>“OK, I buy that you can find and convert customers, but will the market be big enough?”</em></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/6f324bf0eabbc9fbefb98955c3f42f355f28ce0e-2940x1635.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p>It’s time to start selling the dream. Use this slide to explain how your current opportunity is already huge but gets even bigger when taking a zoomed-out view. We prefer the concentric circles diagram with 3 circles. From smallest to largest, the sections include:<br/></p><ul><li><strong>Current or Near-Term Product:</strong> What is the basic version of the product you have today or soon, and what is its serviceable obtainable market (SOM)--the portion of the market you can realistically capture today given current resources, advantages, market conditions, competitors, trends.</li><li><strong>Longer-Term Roadmap Product: </strong>This is the thing that achieves your product vision and has much more surface area and value to customers and relatedly a much bigger Serviceable Available Market (SAM)- portion of the market you can capture provided that your business model works.</li><li><strong>Pie-in-the-Sky Vision:</strong> The barely believable version of your product/product portfolio in the distant future if you have created or disrupted a category: What is the largest possible version of your vision? This also relates to your Total Available Market (TAM)—the total market demand and maximum revenue your category represents.</li></ul><p></p><p>Each of these circles represents a larger product roadmap and therefore larger value delivered, a larger set of potential users within a company and a larger set of potential customer companies, and therefore dramatically larger potential revenue/addressable markets. This slide shows how your long-term vision is aligned with a very large long-term market opportunity.</p><p>As with all slides, it’s important to provide evidence and proof points—respected analyst firms in your space can be a source for market numbers.</p><p></p><h3>Slide Eight: The Ecosystem - Competitive Landscape</h3><p><em>“OK, I buy that the market Is big enough, but how will you capture it instead of someone else?”</em></p><p>Since you’re talking about such a great opportunity, what about your competitors, who have also clearly recognized the opportunity and who, by their own presence and success, indicate that the market is worth serving?</p><p>Use your competitive landscape slide to prove that your startup has all the makings of a breakout category leader with:</p><ul><li><strong>A Competitive Quadrant:</strong> Choose 2 major differentiators of your product and use those as your X and Y axis. Explain why your startup is in the top-right quadrant.</li><li><strong>A Quick Overview of Competitor Shortcomings:</strong> How are your competitors over-indexed in the wrong areas, giving your startup the chance to take the lead? Note: Running down your competitors should not be the sole focus of this slide or your story. Your goal is to tell the story of how your startup will succeed. Focusing too much on trash-talking competitors is an amateur move that will cost you credibility in the eyes of any decent investor.</li><li><strong>Additional Context: </strong>Sometimes if you are creating a category, you won’t have direct competitors but rather substitute products or you will be competing against what people currently do (including building solutions themselves)<br/></li></ul><h4>A Note About Entrenched Enterprise Competitors</h4><p>Founders often ask how they can position themselves in markets with deeply entrenched competitors. Quite frankly, it can be a good thing to have a well-funded 800-pound gorilla in the room. Enterprise incumbents can be an indicator of significant market size and opportunity and help you make the case that your startup has plenty of headroom to grow.</p><h3>Slide Nine: Showcase the Team</h3><p><em>“OK, I buy that your idea has a shot at succeeding in the competitive landscape, but why are you the best people to bet on?”</em></p><p>Why is your team uniquely equipped to take on the challenge? Use this slide to briefly <strong>introduce key team members</strong>, their <strong>backgrounds</strong>, and <strong>relevant accolades</strong>. You can also use this slide to <strong>name-drop additional advisors and/or investors</strong> to strengthen your case.</p><p></p><h3>Slide Ten: Fundraising Asks and Call-to-Action</h3><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/0497f9745ba6e748bc470a6fb65ea41c9547fd23-2940x1654.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p>If there was ever a time to be straightforward, it’s when you present your fundraising ask slide. It’s time to get down to brass tacks by clearly stating:<br/></p><ul><li><strong>Your Fundraising Ask:</strong> State how much you’re raising and your deadline to close. Consider including a rough post-money valuation range in your talk track as well.</li><li><strong>Your Use-of-Proceeds Plan:</strong> Explain your plan to deploy your capital and how it will achieve your goals. Once funding is complete, what are the major milestones on your roadmap, and when will your startup accomplish them? Consider including up to five major milestones for the next 12-18 months to indicate you’ve already got a plan towards which you’re working.</li><li><strong>Next Steps:</strong> Identify what parties should reasonably expect of each other in the immediate future and by when.<br/></li></ul><h3>Appendix Slides</h3><p>Should you need it, you can include some appendix slides with additional topics that can be flipped to during discussion after your initial pitch, or during your pitch if investors get hung up on specific details. These slides are for detailed topics that would otherwise have obstructed the flow of your previous slides.</p><p>When pitching, sometimes you will hear the same questions/confusion/feedback from multiple people. This indicates a problem with your deck that you need to fix. However, sometimes you will find that certain investors get fixated on certain side-topics which are valid but not part of your flow and not of interest to all investors. Having detailed slides that address those topics in the appendix is a great way to be prepared for those discussions.<br/></p><h2>Your Fundraising Deck Is Important, but It’s Just One Step</h2><p>One final “don’t”: Don’t consider your pitch deck some kind of holy scripture delivered from the mountaintop. This is a living document and you should iterate over time. It may be tempting to obsess over slide formatting, but this is just one aspect of fundraising. In most cases, pitch decks improve over time and a perfect deck doesn’t guarantee you’ll secure a term sheet or lead investor. Most investors expect you to send a pitch email, present the deck and your vision as part of an introductory call, take a handful of diligence meetings, produce P&amp;L plans and a list of design partners/customers, offer access to various financial projections and legal docs, and stay in touch to answer any questions that weren’t answered in earlier meetings or diligence calls. A good investor cares enough to understand your startup, double-checks your assumptions, and interrogates the opportunity and team enough to contribute beyond capital. Your deck lets you add a concise, persuasive story about your startup. It’s a starter artifact towards a hopefully much longer partnership and startup journey.</p><p>We understand that building out decks and making high-stakes presentations can be stressful for new founders who don’t have experience. Hopefully, this article has given you a clearer sense of best practices for building an early-stage pitch deck. (And if, by any chance, you’re ready to pitch your own early-stage devtool or infrastructure startup to an investor that <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/about">specializes</a> in scaling these types of companies, <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/tP7Lh7?typeform-source=pitch-deck-article">contact us here</a>.)</p><p></p><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "ctaModule", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><h2>Additional Resources</h2><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/messaging-framework">Article: How Founders Should Start with Messaging by Dana Oshiro</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/three-tips-for-simple-strategic-tactical-startup-communication">Article: Three Tips for Startup Communication by Michal Habdank-Kolaczkowski</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-a-better-core-pitch/">Video: Building a Better Core Pitch with Andy Raskin</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/messaging-as-the-one-source-of-truth">Video: Messaging as the One Source of Truth with Betty Junod</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-build-an-effective-pitch-deck">How to Build an Effective Pitch Deck</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Message Testing Techniques w/ Melissa Smolensky, Julian Dunn, Mike Smith, and Ashley McClelland</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/message-testing-techniques</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 May 2023 19:50:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7b0d8283-b968-4e04-9f04-1afab940ef71</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this special Heavybit Speaker Series panel session, learn practical message testing techniques that will help you bridge the gap between your polished framework and the wild variability of the real world.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #2, Challenges in Mobile Testing with Daniel Knott</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-challenges-in-mobile-testing-with-daniel-knott</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 May 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">26398123-b26c-4a75-b3eb-c7792dc17454</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 2 of How It’s Tested, Eden Full Goh speaks with Daniel Knott. They discuss trends in mobile testing tools, testing strategies for mobile clients, how mobile testing differs from broad software testing, and insights on advocating for mobile QA in the testing community.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 2 of How It’s Tested, Eden Full Goh speaks with Daniel Knott. They discuss trends in mobile testing tools, testing strategies for mobile clients, how mobile testing differs from broad software testing, and insights on advocating for mobile QA in the testing community.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-challenges-in-mobile-testing-with-daniel-knott">Ep. #2, Challenges in Mobile Testing with Daniel Knott</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #125, Life After Cold Starts with Matt Butcher of Fermyon</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-125-life-after-cold-starts-with-matt-butcher-of-fermyon</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 May 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c6fe0662-c4f8-4c40-a142-69cd50800c6a</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 125 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Matt Butcher of Fermyon. Together they explore cloud computing, the evolution of programming languages, the unsolved problems that led to WebAssembly, the limits of user attention, and why developers love serverless functions.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 125 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Matt Butcher of Fermyon. Together they explore cloud computing, the evolution of programming languages, the unsolved problems that led to WebAssembly, the limits of user attention, and why developers love serverless functions.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-125-life-after-cold-starts-with-matt-butcher-of-fermyon">Ep. #125, Life After Cold Starts with Matt Butcher of Fermyon</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #60, Customer-Centric Observability with Todd Gardner and Winston Hearn</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-60-customer-centric-observability-with-todd-gardner-and-winston-hearn</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Apr 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c4f039ae-a5e1-4367-b227-4922ace8a640</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 60 of o11ycast, Jess and Martin speak with Todd Gardner of TrackJS and Winston Hearn of Honeycomb. This talk explores customer-centric observability, Request Metrics, Core Web Vitals, and insights on optimizing observability across different browsers.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 60 of o11ycast, Jess and Martin speak with Todd Gardner of TrackJS and Winston Hearn of Honeycomb. This talk explores customer-centric observability, Request Metrics, Core Web Vitals, and insights on optimizing observability across different browsers.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-60-customer-centric-observability-with-todd-gardner-and-winston-hearn">Ep. #60, Customer-Centric Observability with Todd Gardner and Winston Hearn</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #1, A Closer Look at Product Testing with Ian Brillembourg of Plunk</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-a-closer-look-at-product-testing-with-ian-brillembourg-of-plunk</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Apr 2023 07:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24232ecb-f3e4-479d-a43e-b9ad0bd85793</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this debut episode of How It’s Tested, Eden Full Goh of Mobot speaks with Ian Brillembourg of Plunk. Together they explore product testing processes, insights on utilizing AI-driven data as part of quality assurance, and lessons on striking a balance between web teams and mobile teams within a modern organization.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this debut episode of How It’s Tested, Eden Full Goh of Mobot speaks with Ian Brillembourg of Plunk. Together they explore product testing processes, insights on utilizing AI-driven data as part of quality assurance, and lessons on striking a balance between web teams and mobile teams within a modern organization.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-a-closer-look-at-product-testing-with-ian-brillembourg-of-plunk">Ep. #1, A Closer Look at Product Testing with Ian Brillembourg of Plunk</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Understanding Legal Issues for Open Source Software Start-ups</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-legal-licensing-issues</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Apr 2023 06:59:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Community]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer-First Go-To-Market]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Enterprise Software]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source Licenses]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Legal]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">127a214a-b6b3-44a2-883d-852e2639555a</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>What do open source software startup founders need to know about legal issues such as licensing, IP, community and how they can impact revenue and scaling? Amanda Brock, CEO of OpenUK, explains.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>Viewing Open Source Startups Through a Licensing and IP Lens</h2><p>Open source software (OSS) is a vibrant and rapidly-growing space, and seemingly every technical team uses a significant number of OSS tools to underpin their infrastructure and build new products every day.</p><p>However, working with OSS, and in particular, building a startup around OSS, carries unique challenges, especially when comparing <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-vs-proprietary">open source vs. proprietary</a> projects. While there are many <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-software-benefits-advantages">benefits of open source software</a> for startups, these will generally only come to fruition if founders properly scope the unique challenges of building a business around open source–the earlier, the better.</p><p>In addition to the startup basics of understanding your business model and how to scale, OSS startups need to consider the impact of sharing their code with everyone for any purpose. They also need to put in place a robust community strategy that starts with building an initial group of users and ensures that the community user base continues to thrive. The health of a community can be an important indicator of the strength of its security as well as for whether a project can stay commercially viable for the long term. In addition, OSS startup founders need to think carefully when choosing the appropriate license and have a clear understanding of their startup’s rights and available protections for the intellectual property (IP) they’re building. All factors that can impact commercialization and revenue generation over time.</p><p>We asked legal and OSS community expert Amanda Brock, CEO of OpenUK, how to approach the task of building and scaling an OSS startup. Get the latest insights on licensing, IP protections, and how to scale OSS communities and startups to the enterprise at the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/open-source">DevGuild: Open Source event</a>.</p><p></p><h3>How Changes in IP and Licensing Policy Affect OSS Startups</h3><p></p><p><em><strong>Joseph Ruscio: </strong>In recent years, what has been the biggest change in open source software that startup founders need to be aware of today?</em></p><p><strong>Amanda Brock:</strong> I&#x27;m not a developer, so I&#x27;m not going to focus on anything technical. I think the most significant things to be aware of are the ongoing changes coming down the line through governments and legislation–around security in particular–but which will relate to what we&#x27;re becoming familiar with as “curation,” overall. By curation, I mean good technical hygiene and governance best practices for open source. And what we&#x27;re seeing is policymakers and lawmakers trying to understand open source and perhaps only succeeding to different degrees.</p><p>The US and the UK seem to be following a similar path, which is quite sensible, and they are looking at putting liability around payment. So: Risk flows with payment and the end user is largely responsible for the environment they use the code in. That&#x27;s not happening consistently across the world, and we&#x27;re seeing Europe not quite get it right.</p><p>There&#x27;s a lot of pushback going on from the open source communities and foundations around the <a href="https://www.european-cyber-resilience-act.com/">CyberResilience Act (CRA)</a>, where the European Commission has tried to create a category of open source called commercial open source (COSS), which we all know doesn&#x27;t exist. Because if something is only truly “open source,” anyone can use it for any purpose. And we&#x27;re also seeing them trying to apply product liability to open source and other software even when not embedded in devices. And these are big issues for us that people have to be aware of because, over time, you have to meet those laws in how you manage things.</p><p>These kinds of things can impact your business. For example, a subscription model that is commercialized to include software for a price is going to incur liability in the future, whereas open source that&#x27;s freely distributed with a model where you pay for services that don&#x27;t include code is potentially not going to incur liability. This is an intentional move from the governments that really understand open source because they don&#x27;t want open source developers to be liable.</p><p></p><blockquote>I just spoke to someone who suggested we need to &#x27;certify&#x27; coders. They looked shocked when I told them I’d fight that tooth and nail.</blockquote><p></p><p>And the reason that the CRA is such a problem is that the Commission, despite having an Open Source Program Office for several years now, failed to understand what open source is. Really, the nuance they’re trying to focus on–that is, “COSS instead of commercial distribution”–it’s just something they get wrong. But I think that issue around subscription models is one that isn’t well understood. Honestly, I’m not sure this is the kind of thing that anybody has really thought about yet.</p><p>Right now, all of the open source organizations which work around Europe are pushing back hard on the CRA. And there&#x27;s a general attempt in Europe to apply product liability laws, which I think is just not going to work. This is part of a theme that we&#x27;ve seen from Europe. I was in the room in 2019 where they talked about creating regulations on the “right to code.” So you&#x27;d have to be certified to code, which is anathema to the development community. It&#x27;s a complete lack of understanding of how coding works and the basis of it, and the fact that today, the majority of code is open source and is created in a free and open way.</p><p>It&#x27;s also something that governments struggle with globally. When you have contributors from all over the world, how can you impose such criteria in just one country?</p><p>I should mention, we’re not just seeing these issues across the European Union. I just spoke to someone from an organization that represents tech in the UK a few weeks ago, who suggested we need to “certify” coders. They looked shocked when I told them I’d fight that tooth and nail. It&#x27;s a fundamental problem and there’s a real lack of understanding here.</p><p>And I think we have an issue that everybody in this space ought to understand. The issue is the scale at which adoption has happened…but that has not been matched with an understanding of how open source software works. So it&#x27;s really important that everybody&#x27;s business understands the situation regarding the regulation of commercialized open source, what their revenue models mean, and what they’re getting into. As time goes by, having a clearer understanding of the regulatory landscape is going to give founders a competitive advantage because this stuff is going to become more and more relevant. So taking time to get up to speed on these things is going to matter.</p><p></p><h3>What to Know: SBOM and Trademarks</h3><p></p><p><em><strong>JR: </strong>Interesting. Considering the changes in OSS, especially how much adoption of OSS we see in modern software infrastructure, what do founders need to consider when thinking about technical dependencies vs. legal liability?</em></p><p><strong>AB:</strong> I think there are a few different things to cover.</p><p>First, I think that as you create your business, one of the first things to think about is creating a software bill of materials (SBOM)–that is, a full list of components that make up your product–for your software, along with understanding your planned revenue generation, product development, and your overall business model. Some founders will tell you to start just by going off and building a product, but I personally disagree.</p><p>On the business side, I think you have to have some options on revenue generation–you have to be thinking about how you’re actually going to pay for that product development. But the requirements we&#x27;re already seeing around an SBOM means that you have to be thinking about what you&#x27;re building and your technical processes from the start. For example, if you&#x27;re creating something and you’re hoping for mass adoption in the US with the potential to spread to other regions, you have to contend with concerns around security. (Bear in mind that security is a digital software issue. It&#x27;s not just an open source issue.) But it’s worth thinking about an SBOM from day one so you understand your dependencies up front, and don’t have to go back and do it later.</p><p></p><blockquote>I&#x27;ve been working in open source for more than 15 years now, and I’ve seen many situations where trademarks have been the only thing that people can rely on to protect their rights.</blockquote><p></p><p>Third, I think you have to consider trademarks and ways to protect what you create. It&#x27;s worth bearing in mind that you have to protect your rights and register your trademarks. They’re the only intellectual property you’re going to have to protect you. I&#x27;ve been working in and around open source for more than 15 years now, and I’ve seen many situations where trademarks have been the only thing that people can rely on to protect their rights.</p><p>There’s that almost-mythical story about the term “open source” itself not being trademarked, where Bruce Perens at the <a href="https://opensource.org/">OSI</a> was told not to register a trademark, and by the time the OSI tried to do it, it had become so generic a term that it wasn’t possible to trademark it.</p><p>So there&#x27;s a lesson to be learned for everybody in open source from that, which is that you should protect that right. It&#x27;s one of the things that creates value. Of course, you want to look at what value you have in your business in the long term, and you create value through ubiquity and adoption and open source as opposed to through your copyright. But you do have other IP that needs to be protected. To clarify, I&#x27;m not going to recommend that anybody go off and get patents for everything–that’s just not practical. But for those trying to create something around open source, your trademark is the one thing I would tell you to go and protect.</p><p></p><h3>Tying Together Community Building with Business Growth</h3><p></p><p><em><strong>JR:</strong> How should OSS startup founders be thinking about community?</em></p><p><strong>AB:</strong> I think you need to be focused on your community more or less from day one. It has to be very high up on your agenda. And I suspect that as we see more adoption of SBOMs, not purely from an altruistic perspective, but from a practical business perspective, you are going to see more assessments of which open source software to use, and which not to use. Having an SBOM in place is likely to positively impact that.</p><p>One of the things that comes up repeatedly is that code is more vulnerable to a switch from open source to proprietary licensing without a healthy community or where the community is largely from the sponsor company. So, I think if you can demonstrate a healthy community, you will have greater long-term adoption and more chances of generating revenue around your code. From a business perspective, it makes sense as over time I expect users will want to see this.</p><p>And from an innovation perspective, you want to build a diverse community and get as much engagement as possible. I&#x27;ve recently seen a number of organizations I&#x27;ve been mentoring who&#x27;ve been trying to move to open source. And although we talked about it right at the beginning, it took a few months for them to realize that you need things like a community manager or developer relations very quickly. </p><p></p><blockquote>One of the things that comes up repeatedly is that code is more vulnerable to a switch from open source to proprietary licensing without a healthy community.</blockquote><p></p><p>You need someone who&#x27;s going to get your message out, go around the conferences for you, and engage in various social environments to create engagement, awareness, and contribution. You need to get to all the places where developers are going to be hanging out.</p><p>Ultimately, what you need to build is brand awareness, and brand awareness in the development community creates adoption...and that adoption is what generates revenue. Our model has shifted. </p><p>15 years ago when I started doing this, we were trying to sell the concept of open source to people who didn&#x27;t use software. Now you&#x27;re doing two things. You&#x27;ve got this distribution of the software and thanks to the repos like GitHub and Gitlab and easy routes to the people to adopt it...and then later, once your users decide they like your offering, there’s the opportunity to go in with your sales pitch. Although often there’s also a shift to inbound rather than outbound marketing that goes with this shift in model.<br/></p><h3>Scaling OSS to the Enterprise</h3><p></p><p><em><strong>JR:</strong> What do OSS founders need to keep in mind as they attempt to scale their startups to the enterprise?</em></p><p><strong>AB:</strong> We have an entrepreneur-in-residence at Open UK, Matt Barker, who is the co-founder of Jetstack, who was talking about learning from his mistakes. He used a memorable turn of phrase–I think it may have been a quote from the author William Faulkner–about not being afraid to “kill your darlings.”</p><p>The quote was relevant to keeping focused on your core offering. Not being distracted by “too many products.” It can be tempting to want to boil the ocean–to try to make something that does everything. But it’s important to focus on one particular thing and do it well. </p><p>He talked about the earlier days of his career when he worked building out innovations in groundbreaking areas, but other people came along and created success in those areas. Because you need to be able to put a whole machine behind your creations to make them work, you need to have that community, you need to have the marketing and sales...all of those different things and invest over time. That makes it important to focus on one area and not dilute it.</p><p></p><blockquote>I think that the startups that have done well have understood the skill sets of the people founding them–including their own limitations.</blockquote><p></p><p>Founders need to keep that sharp focus on what they’re driving toward, even understanding that can change. Yes, you can start to build one thing and realize that there’s actually someplace else your focus should be. But you need to keep that focus on one core thing–a maximum of two things–at any point in time.</p><p>I think that the startups that have done well have understood the skill sets of the people founding them–including their own limitations. If you look at someone like Shannon Williams, who is not just a repeat founder, but a successful repeat founder, you can see that his co-founders and the teams he built had very different skill sets.</p><p>From day one, the founders of every successful company aren&#x27;t always engineers. They&#x27;re focused on the marketing and the sales and all the other stuff that needs to be built out so when the product is ready to “go commercial,” their team is ready to go to market.</p><p>Another great example is HashiCorp. And when you listen to Armon [Dadgar] discuss it, he&#x27;ll often talk about how they never even thought they were going to be a business. He admits that from day one, they didn&#x27;t think about what they were doing as a business, and they made decisions that they might have made differently if they had. But I think HashiCorp is also a great example of this kind of self-awareness founders need. When you look at Mitchell [Hashimoto] stepping down from the office of the CEO, that was really important. It’s really important to understand the skills that you need at different times in a business’ growth. Being a fantastic engineer doesn&#x27;t automatically make you a fantastic people manager or a fantastic CEO.<br/></p><h2>Conclusion</h2><p></p><p>Clearly, there’s much more to building a successful OSS startup than simply building a robust technical product. Get in-depth insights on licensing, trademarks, and protecting your IP as you scale your startup at the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/open-source">DevGuild: Open Source event</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-legal-licensing-issues">Understanding Legal Issues for Open Source Software Start-ups</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Recession Proof Revenue w/ Kevin Kinkor and Todd Lathrope</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/recession-proof-revenue-w-kevin-kinkor-and-todd-lathrope</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Apr 2023 17:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">743429cd-2ddd-4357-98d5-2438b87b1956</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this special Sales Master Class session, Kevin Kinkor and Todd Lathrop dig into building a recession proof revenue org at your early stage startup.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #124, Complete User Management with James Perkins of Clerk</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-124-complete-user-management-with-james-perkins-of-clerk</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Apr 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">74313067-8803-402f-bc29-3b33233f9063</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 124 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with James Perkins of Clerk. Together they explore tools and practices for simplifying authentication and user management, the latest trends in DevRel hiring, and the correlation between internal feedback loops and productivity within small orgs.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 124 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with James Perkins of Clerk. Together they explore tools and practices for simplifying authentication and user management, the latest trends in DevRel hiring, and the correlation between internal feedback loops and productivity within small orgs.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-124-complete-user-management-with-james-perkins-of-clerk">Ep. #124, Complete User Management with James Perkins of Clerk</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Successfully Invest in Open-Source Startups</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-invest-in-open-source-startups</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Apr 2023 05:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Community]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer-First Go-To-Market]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Enterprise Software]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Investing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ab4322c9-044d-454b-9d6b-58edb86601a1</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>What are investors looking for when they consider funding open-source startups? Learn from this interview with active OSS investor Cack Wilhelm of IVP.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>Investing in Open-Source Startups: What to Look for</h2><p>Open-source software (OSS) leverages the power of community to create a vibrant software product that constantly evolves and improves over time. So maybe it’s not surprising that so many successful companies have made their way into OSS.</p><p>On the other side of the table, savvy investors understand the potential value of commercial open source (COSS) projects and spend their days finding and evaluating such companies.</p><p>Successfully investing in COSS projects requires more than finding the GitHub projects with the most stars. Successful COSS businesses require a team with technical savvy, the ability to maintain vibrant communities, and a commercial mindset.</p><p>Here’s what IVP General Partner Cack Wilhelm looks for when investing in OSS startups. Cack has led investments in successful infrastructure companies such as Cribl and CircleCI, having worked at Cloudera and Oracle prior.</p><p>Get even more insights into the world of OSS investing by joining the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/open-source">DevGuild: Open Source event</a>.</p><p></p><h3>Why Investors Look at Open Source</h3><p></p><p><em><strong>Joseph Ruscio:</strong> What’s one of the main reasons you invest in OSS startups?</em><br/></p><p><strong>Cack Wilhelm:</strong> I am sure my answer here does not represent the consensus for all investors, but for me, “open source vs. not open source” is not the main distinction I consider. I don’t view open source as a business model unto itself. Today, open source is functionally more similar to being a unique and differentiated marketing channel. With open source, you are trading off marketing (DevRel) dollars spent today (over sales dollars); by the time you reach $100M in ARR, those dollars will have been more than made up for in sales. I concede I am belittling the meaning behind the impactful gesture of being open source, but open source is still functionally akin to a path to market.</p><p>I personally invest in OSS businesses, in part, due to my background of having worked at Cloudera (and Oracle) prior to entering venture capital. Coming into venture capital I had a predisposition towards cloud and data infrastructure companies, where many companies have OSS underpinnings since that is what the community requires.</p><p>If you’re building infrastructure, especially data or cloud infrastructure, your user base expects that they can try it out in a very risk-free, full-fidelity way. To do that authentically, it has to be open source. Developers don’t always like the alternative of undergoing a proof-of-concept and speaking with sales, all before evaluating whether a certain technology is fit for the job. To say nothing of being stuck with vendor lock-in.</p><p>For a new founder who might be choosing open source vs. proprietary, founding and scaling a successful <em>open-source</em> startup might actually be harder. The community can be an asset, but startups may have to view them as another constituency to honor. A community ecosystem can be an asset for social proof and relevance but may be a liability when other vendors use your technology for their own benefit.</p><p>In contrast, if one were building an application layer company, one would build proprietary. The concept of open-source applications is not yet mainstream.</p><p></p><h3>Specific Investing Criteria</h3><p></p><p><em><strong>JR:</strong> Are there specific, non-negotiable criteria you need to see from an OSS startup before you even consider writing a check?</em></p><p></p><p><strong>CW:</strong> The first thing that comes to mind is to see clear examples of commercial, production adoption. I would like to see a handful, maybe three to five true examples, even at smaller ACV values of $10K-$15K. But real, scaled, production-level use cases that show demonstrable value to the user.</p><p>To answer the question slightly differently, here are some risks to avoid:</p><p>First, we’re trying to <em>avoid investing in startups that may never break into the enterprise</em>. For example, the platform as a service (PaaS) layer may never break out of the hobbyist app dev market. Not breaking into the enterprise is not necessarily <em>bad</em>, but it makes it harder for an investor, especially at the Series B or Series C stage, to make a meaningful mark on the world (and a meaningful return on their investment).</p><p>Second, one thing some startups get wrong is <em>being too dogmatic about the community</em>. We had a dose of this at Cloudera–conflict between our commercial pursuits and the reverence for keeping the community intact. On the flip side, we evangelized “Hadoop” for too long–helping the whole ecosystem–while we lost time evangelizing our commercial products. I would put Docker in a similar category, of an imbalance between the needs of the commercial engine versus the community.</p><p>Open source or not, for startups, having a community does not negate the need to commercialize your software product, especially when working within the venture capital ecosystem. (Which is not to say that venture-backed is the only avenue; one can build an interesting successful, innovative business without seeking investment. For example, <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Signal_(software)">Signal</a> funds itself via a foundation as a 501(c)(3) nonprofit. Kudos to them for taking that route.)</p><p>Third, and I realize this may seem even more controversial to some, but: <em>Is open source actually meaningful to your community and your potential customer base?</em> Users and buyers in databases and foundational layers tend to pay a lot of attention to whether their tools are open source or not. However, further up the stack, the emphasis on open source relaxes. For example, take analytics, where you have proprietary incumbents (such as Tableau and Looker) and both proprietary and open-source challengers. I’m not sure the average business analyst cares as much about open-source code as they care about functionality, collaboration, etc. Founders would know best, based on feedback directly from their customers.</p><p>Maybe there’s an aspect of overthinking here. Founders may be thinking, “If my project is open source, it has to adhere to all these important principles.” However, end users are focused on the functionality–the problem they need to solve for their use case: “Does a solution exist? Is it compatible? Can I afford it?”</p><p></p><h3>What Investors Look for in an OSS Business Model</h3><p></p><p><em><strong>JR:</strong> What would you say is the key for OSS startups to implement a successful business model?</em><br/></p><p><strong>CW:</strong> There is no “one right way.” As time goes on there are more and different paths that have worked. The early years of open source were monetized by professional services, which in the eyes of an investor is non-recurring, lower-value revenue (such as the early years of Cloudera). Followed by the open-core model (e.g. HashiCorp) where a company maintains two teams – one for pure open source, and one for the commercial wrapper and conventional enterprise features around the <em>core</em>. And today, deemed most contemporary, is the cloud-hosted model, where newer companies are adopting this from the start (e.g. Databricks), and others have migrated (e.g. Mongo Atlas).</p><p>Just as there is no clear and universally repeatable path to market, there is no clear and universally repeatable path to a successful OSS business. It will depend on accepted standards at the time and the expectations of communities at the time. And I’ll reiterate that I think building a highly successful commercial open-source business is harder in the long run than building a proprietary software startup.<br/></p><h3>Predictors of Success</h3><p></p><p><em><strong>JR:</strong> In your time investing, is there an indicator you’ve found that reliably predicts the future success of an OSS startup?</em></p><p></p><p><strong>CW:</strong> As you get into Series A, Series B, and Series C investing, we are looking for breakout potential. We are looking for companies that have a superlative and a supermetric that confirms that. The obvious answer is taking into account stars, contributors, forks, mentions, social proof (in the form of partnerships, endorsements), etc. With metrics and social proof, the trouble is it’s not obvious until it’s obvious to everyone.</p><p>Each great OSS company to date has taken advantage of an inefficiency or created their own reality, such as HashiCorp finding an opportunity with multi-cloud and achieving Switzerland status, and more recently, Tailscale observing endless innovation in storage and compute but an absence of innovation in networking; Vercel building a framework, defaulting to open with adjacent frameworks, and doggedly creating a vibrant ecosystem surrounding it; Chronosphere recognizing a need–for a cheaper Datadog–and leveraging OSS to make it a reality. Each is unique and each is powerful in its uniqueness.</p><p></p><h2>Conclusion</h2><p>OSS projects can have great commercial potential, but they also have unique challenges. Founders seeking funding need to prove their startups are commercially viable and can carve out a defensible corner of the market for themselves.</p><p>Get more details on what investors are looking for in open-source startups by joining <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/open-source">DevGuild: Open Source</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-invest-in-open-source-startups">How to Successfully Invest in Open-Source Startups</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Success Looks Like for Modern Open-Source Software Startups</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/success-for-open-source-startups</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Apr 2023 18:59:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Community]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer-First Go-To-Market]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Enterprise Software]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source Licenses]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4f95a6d8-5656-47ae-a04f-929026b8a5bd</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>What does it take to run a successful open-source software startup in today’s market? Adam FitzGerald explains.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>How Open-Source Startups Succeed</h2><p>Estimates suggest that modern developers have built about <a href="https://www.linuxfoundation.org/blog/blog/a-summary-of-census-ii-open-source-software-application-libraries-the-world-depends-on">70%-90%</a> of all modern software on top of open-source software projects. Not a surprising figure considering how many crucial aspects of modern software infrastructure depend on open-source software (OSS) for operating system (Linux), server (Apache), database (MySQL), web browser (Firefox), and even mobile (Android) functionality (among many others).</p><p>So for those looking to start a new technical project or startup, is open source just a straightforward, “better” path to success? Not necessarily. There are key differences between <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-vs-proprietary">open-source vs. proprietary</a> projects, and while there are specific <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-software-benefits-advantages">benefits of open-source software</a> for startups, there are increasingly important nuances that startup founders and investors need to consider.</p><p>Yes, startups must absolutely continue to uphold the basic tenets of OSS projects, including the foundational requirement of building a robust community and intelligently selecting the license that best suits their needs. Yes, they must also select a sensible business model with a go-to-market strategy that enables them to create a repeatable revenue engine while maintaining a vibrant core product. However, OSS startups differ from traditional proprietary software startups in the way they scale and “cross the chasm” into enterprise sales. And all OSS startups need to be aware of emerging issues around licensing defensibility, infrastructure dependencies, and liability.</p><p>We tapped Adam FitzGerald, HashiCorp&#x27;s VP of developer relations, on how to build and scale a successful OSS startup and shared their insights below. Learn the latest insights directly from the leading voices in open-source software and tech VC by joining the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/open-source">DevGuild: Open Source event</a>. Looking to start something new? Read this guide on <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-start-an-open-source-project">how to start an open-source project</a> from first principles.</p><p></p><h3>The Biggest Change in OSS?</h3><p></p><p><em><strong>Joseph Ruscio: </strong>What has been the biggest change in open-source software development over the years that startups need to be aware of today?</em></p><p><strong>Adam FitzGerald:</strong> I think one of the biggest news items in the world of open source is all of the discussion around what it means to use an <a href="https://www.elastic.co/pricing/faq/licensing">Elastic-like SSPL license</a>. The background driver for nearly all of it is essentially, <em>“If I build something in open source, how do I prevent a large cloud provider from just taking my open source code and making it run for them, and then selling it as a profitable service?”</em></p><p>Specifically, the actions from players such as Elastic and <a href="https://www.mongodb.com/licensing/server-side-public-license/faq">MongoDB</a> in particular, are what have caused the shakeup. And then, you have the reaction to how those licenses aren&#x27;t actually approved by <a href="https://blog.opensource.org/the-sspl-is-not-an-open-source-license/">the OSI</a>–they’re “not actually open source.” How do end users who use and care about those products actually think about them?</p><p>There has been this big, seismic shift I&#x27;ve seen in open source for commercial business models in the last 15 years. Speaking not just from my role in developer relations (DevRel) at HashiCorp, but also from my personal opinion: I think people need to take a long, hard look at why they’re using an open-source license.</p><p>And if you&#x27;re trying to use it to build a business, then you need to understand what you&#x27;re trying to do with that open-source license and what sort of trade-offs you have once you pick one. In my opinion, <em>picking an open-source license for a tool is a one-way door.</em> When you go through it and you make that license choice, you&#x27;re basically making the commitment to a huge number of people that are relying on you for that license. </p><blockquote>In my opinion, picking an open-source license for a tool is a one-way door.</blockquote><p></p><p>Any license change downstream is a huge trust-breaker for developers and technical end users. And nearly everything you do in DevRel/developer marketing comes down to trying to build trust with an audience that is very slow to give it. So you&#x27;ve got to have a very clear understanding about what your business model is going to be.</p><p>That’s not to say there aren’t options when it comes to creating a business model, with a permissive license, that is still open source. But you have to be really clear about what you&#x27;re trying to do. And I think that in some cases, there’s probably too little thought applied at the early stages of an open-source project when people are just sort of starting to build developer tools...especially coming from a hobbyist background before looking to pivot to some kind of business model.<br/></p><h3>Managing OSS Infrastructure</h3><h3></h3><p><em><strong>JR:</strong> With so much modern software infrastructure built on OSS, what do startups need to know about managing liabilities and dependencies?</em></p><p><strong>AF:</strong> It&#x27;s all part of the software supply chain, in a general sense. If you’re working on an OSS project, you need to understand what your dependency model is. Where are your vulnerabilities?</p><p>I always think of that <a href="https://www.explainxkcd.com/wiki/index.php/2347:_Dependency">one great xkcd cartoon</a>–the big pile of bricks supported by a tinier one, representing a bunch of libraries that one guy maintains on weekends. And this only becomes more true with increasingly complex systems, and as we build more OSS into our infrastructure.</p><p>Still, a very small number of maintainers can maintain a very important, critical piece of software for people. And so, we have to understand that this, in some cases, is the reality that we live in. We have to work out ways to encourage people to continue to contribute in that environment. And I&#x27;m not certain that the “<a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/lessons-on-pricing-and-selling-open-core-from-kong-co-founder-and-ceo-aghi-marietti">open-core business model</a> plus VC investing mechanism” is the right or only way to go about doing that.</p><p>That&#x27;s why I say when you&#x27;re building a library or a tool or a product, you have to understand what your plan is for that product. Maybe you’re just working on a passion project, and you figure that as long as you can make a living from it, you’re fine with it. Very different from trying to go out and conquer the world, get startup funding, and create a large-scale business. We’re talking about very different choices, and you’ll need to look ahead further than just the next 18 months–which is harder to do than it was 10 years ago.</p><p>There are also decisions that affect multiple factors. For example, there&#x27;s a huge amount of value in the infrastructure underpinning a lot of these different systems. As we look at connectivity across a large number of things, open source might be the only real way. </p><p></p><blockquote>You’ll need to look ahead further than just the next 18 months–which is harder to do than it was 10 years ago.</blockquote><p></p><p>Look at old enterprise service buses or integration systems, and how it was all about the multitude of connectors between different systems. MuleSoft basically nailed that in the enterprise space by having a really good system that let lots of different people contribute to the same model. If you look at Terraform from HashiCorp, it&#x27;s the same sort of idea. There are something like 3,000 providers and modules in the Terraform ecosystem that let you connect almost any system you want into your common language for orchestration and provisioning.</p><p>So in a sense, you need an open-source model for working in those spaces if you&#x27;re going to go do anything that&#x27;s an aggregate or ecosystem-like play. So, open source is going to continue to be super-important for everybody. I think the layering of technology is going to continue to grow. Open source is where you will see tons of innovation, but there&#x27;ll be plenty of innovation inside private enterprises and non-open-source projects as well. So, I don&#x27;t think any of that stuff is going to stop or slow down.</p><p>Also, a quick aside about maintaining existing projects: In the open-source world, the existential worry is always long-term sustainability, and that is especially true if you plan to host your project as part of an open source foundation (CNCF, ASF, LF, etc). Such organizations have models of engagement to push projects into particular contributor models. For example, if more than half of your maintainers work for a specific company, and that company goes away, it’s likely your project won’t survive.</p><p>There’s some value to that dichotomy–having to balance sustainability vs. being able to create and maintain something that provides substantial value. Most coders will be making their contributions as part of their job, not out of charity. So it’s important to figure out how to manage the intersection of supporting a business model versus the capabilities demanded by a foundation to maintain a community. I think the foundation model has its own interesting challenges, in part because open source as a whole tends to lack uniformity across the board.</p><p></p><h3>Community Building for Open-Source Startups</h3><p></p><p><em><strong>JR:</strong> OSS projects live and die by their communities. In your opinion, what’s the key to success for building and maintaining a vibrant community for a commercial OSS project?</em></p><p><strong>AF:</strong> I think there are two keys here.</p><p>First, you&#x27;ve got to make the use case of your project abundantly clear, from the beginning: <em>“We are doing Project X to solve Problem Y.”</em> And Problem Y has to be a real problem that people in your community actually have.</p><p>Now, what you&#x27;re doing could be similar to what everybody else is doing, but maybe you&#x27;re doing it ten times faster, or in a really valuable way that no one has ever done before. Or, there’s a problem people are trying to solve in many ways and you’re trying to provide a standardized solution. In any case, you’ve got to be very clear about what your project is actually solving for.</p><p>So, an important component is <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/messaging-framework">messaging</a> about what your product is. Which is something that really excellent technical developers can sometimes miss. Think about it this way: For technical end users and practitioners, the first thing they do when trying to solve a problem is do an Internet search and compare what they find to things they already know about. So, if you can&#x27;t articulate what your project is solving for, it will never show up in any of those searches, and will never be successful because it doesn’t have the visibility you need in order to get the adoption.</p><p>Second, you need to build some kind of mechanism that encourages engagement, to bring in either people that want to improve your project (and might even contribute code), or they might be willing to talk to you about the direction your project is going. But you also want people who are willing to be the champions of your project–who will talk about how using your project successfully provided value for them.</p><p>The fact is, an external user has more credibility to an audience of practitioners or developers than you do. If you&#x27;re out there writing webpages or on the conference circuit talking about how great your technology is, everybody will immediately assume you’re selling something. But testimonials from outside your company, from people who say, “I use Project X to solve my problem, and you should too, because it’s great”–that’s incredibly important.</p><p>You&#x27;ll notice most open source projects that have become successful did so because somebody else, somewhere, was talking about how great it was. (This is, of course, true for just about any product, not just OSS).</p><p>So yes–start by being really succinct and clear about what you’re solving, then build a collection of fans, champions, heroes, and ambassadors (or whatever you want to call them) who will advocate for the value of what you&#x27;ve created.</p><p></p><blockquote>If you can&#x27;t articulate what your project is solving for, it will never be successful because it doesn’t have the visibility you need in order to get the adoption.</blockquote><p></p><p>Now, regarding community building: You have to realize a community has strata. There’s a number of people who are potential users who come in through your landing page or peruse your documentation, but haven’t tried the project. Then there’s a collection of people who actually kick the tires, but maybe your project didn’t fit their use case. </p><p>And then, there’s a different subset of people that tried your project and were successful. Of those people, there might be a subsection who are experts, and if you’re lucky, maybe they answer questions in your community about how to be successful. And from there, maybe there’s an even smaller subset of people who will actually tell you how to make your product better–people who want to be deeply engaged, contribute to it, or tell you, “I’d use your product so much more if it also did XYZ.”</p><p>You have to understand all those different layers in your community and how to manage them. Keep in mind also that more is not always better. Sometimes a very, very small contributor pool, as long as it&#x27;s tightly focused around the area you want to improve, can make a bigger difference than having 100 contributors add one pull request apiece.</p><p>So having a small handful of heroes or ambassadors, if they&#x27;re the right people, is much better than having a thousand people talking about it. Having a handful of experts regularly answer questions on your forum or Discord is better than hoping that one of 1,000 people is going to chime in. And so the real question comes down to: What are you <em>really</em> trying to achieve with your project? And then, understanding all the different layers of possible interaction in the community, how can you reinforce those good habits, or find good people in all those different areas who are worth engaging? Some of the most successful open-source projects I&#x27;ve seen had remarkably small code-contribution groups in comparison to the much larger group of people just <em>using</em> the project. I&#x27;ve seen contributor pools of fewer than five people for projects that millions of practitioners use.<br/></p><h3>Scaling an OSS Startup to the Enterprise</h3><h3></h3><p><em><strong>JR:</strong> What’s the key difference-maker that ensures an OSS startup can scale to the enterprise?</em></p><p><strong>AF:</strong> Well, figuring out who is going to actually <em>pay</em> will probably help! Too often, I see people thinking that they&#x27;re going to make a lot of money by having “lots and lots of small accounts.” That there&#x27;s going to be a million developers paying five dollars every month. Well, maybe. But quite often, it&#x27;s a really hard audience to satisfy, and it&#x27;s really hard to maintain support channels for that volume of people.</p><p>That&#x27;s why the enterprise model is so much more popular. Instead of a million people, there are 1,000 companies on the Fortune 1,000 List that could be using your technology, and they&#x27;ll be paying a lot more than five bucks a month!</p><p>So you need to ask: <em>Who is the actual buying audience for your product as opposed to the user audience?</em> Understanding that, most commonly in the developer tool space, the price for developer tools winds up going to zero in the end, anyway...even if you&#x27;re an IDE.</p><p>So from a business model perspective, you&#x27;ve got to understand: If I&#x27;m going to make things as popular and as easy to use as possible for practitioners, and I&#x27;m going to make it open source with high trust, how am I going to fund all the other pieces that need to happen? At that point, you need to make sure you have the things that matter for enterprise buyers: Governance, compliance, audit controls, observability, cross-platform connectivity, and so on. </p><p></p><blockquote>This is where defensibility becomes important. If you know who your buyer is and what features they are willing to pay for, you make sure those are the features that are hard for cloud service providers to replicate.</blockquote><p></p><p>You&#x27;ve got to understand the difference between a <em>user</em> and a <em>buyer</em>. Working that out ahead of time gives you a really big head start on people that may be approaching things a bit more naively. Realistically, there&#x27;s a lot of continual self-reflection you need to do over time to figure out where that line sits for your business model and your project.</p><p>Getting back to our first topic, this is also the point where you need to think about these large cloud providers that might just take your open-source project and run it as a service. This is where defensibility becomes important. If you know who your buyer is and what features they are willing to pay for, you make sure those are the features that are hard for cloud service providers to replicate. So, you may want to make sure your product or tool works across cloud providers seamlessly. Or that your product has compliance in a particular region where other cloud providers find it difficult to operate. Things like making sure your tool has the type of observability and integrated metrics that are really hard for a cloud provider to issue from their own system. There&#x27;s a collection of different things to immediately consider to build a defensive business model against being raided by some of these huge cloud providers and vendors.<br/></p><h2>Conclusion</h2><p>Open-source software is becoming increasingly central to every development team’s daily operations and fundamental software infrastructure. Learn how to position your teams for success by joining the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/open-source">DevGuild: Open Source event</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/success-for-open-source-startups">What Success Looks Like for Modern Open-Source Software Startups</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #59, Learning From Incidents with Laura Maguire of Jeli</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-59-learning-from-incidents-with-laura-maguire-of-jeli</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Apr 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c887a73e-84cb-4e25-b244-84f8e4c0fe3c</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 59 of o11ycast, Jess and Martin speak with Laura Maguire of Jeli and Nick Travaglini of Honeycomb. They unpack Learning From Incidents (LFI), resilience engineering, process tracing, safety science, key takeaways from the LFI Conference, and the human side of observability.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 59 of o11ycast, Jess and Martin speak with Laura Maguire of Jeli and Nick Travaglini of Honeycomb. They unpack Learning From Incidents (LFI), resilience engineering, process tracing, safety science, key takeaways from the LFI Conference, and the human side of observability.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-59-learning-from-incidents-with-laura-maguire-of-jeli">Ep. #59, Learning From Incidents with Laura Maguire of Jeli</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Open Source vs. Proprietary: Development, Licensing, Business Models, and More</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-vs-proprietary</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Apr 2023 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source Licenses]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer-First Go-To-Market]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[GTM Strategy]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Proprietary Software]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">77529d23-9d80-42f9-baf8-63747cd0c60f</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Here’s everything founders and tech leads should know about the differences between open-source and proprietary software.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>Open Source vs. Proprietary: Development, Licensing, Business Models, Security, and More</h2><p>Open-source software (OSS) is free to use, distribute, and inspect (depending on the licensing fine print), while proprietary software must be paid for up-front and is covered by much stricter licenses. Still, open-source software (OSS) is gaining incredible traction in the modern software marketplace, despite a massive field of proprietary software products continuing to see considerable success.</p><p>This article will briefly touch on the topline differences between the types of software, and dive deeply into what startups and technical teams need to know about the differences in how to develop, license, and go to market with OSS vs. closed-source software products.</p><p>In addition, we’ll also cover the impact of AI on open source and how new AI developments may affect the choices of founders to pursue open-source software vs. proprietary projects and tooling. AI is reportedly helping devs accelerate the coding, review, deployment, and maintenance of their software projects, but it also poses new challenges to open-source projects, particularly in terms of privacy and IP issues.</p><p><em>For more insights on the challenges and trends in modern OSS, join the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/open-source">DevGuild: Open Source</a> event to learn from leading startup founders and investors in the space, or read this guide <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-start-an-open-source-project">how to start an open-source project</a>.</em></p><h2>Key Differences Between Open-Source Software and Proprietary Software</h2><p><em>Open-source software</em> is distributed with its source code, and lets users freely inspect, modify, and enhance it per its licensing agreement, while <em>proprietary software</em> is the copyrighted property of an individual or company that limits its use, distribution, and modification by way of a proprietary license.</p><p>Prominent examples of open-source software include the web browser <a href="https://www.mozilla.org/firefox">Firefox</a>, the content management system <a href="https://www.wordpress.com/">WordPress</a> (and its many, many plugins), and the open-source operating systems <a href="https://www.android.com/">Android</a> and <a href="https://www.linux.org/">Linux</a> (including the popular <a href="https://ubuntu.com/">Ubuntu</a> distribution for Linux).</p><p>Most (though not all) closed-source projects tend to be commercial apps–some examples of proprietary software include the <a href="https://www.office.com/">Microsoft Office productivity suite</a>, <a href="https://www.adobe.com/creativecloud.html">Adobe’s creative cloud</a>, and commercial operating systems such as <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MacOS">MacOS</a> and <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Microsoft_Windows">Windows</a>.</p><p>Startups and technical teams considering open-source versus proprietary tooling should consider the following fundamental differences:</p><h3>Open-Source Software Differences:</h3><ul><li><em>Development:</em> Community based</li><li><em>Licensing:</em> Copyleft or permissive, allowing some level of modification and distribution</li><li><em>Security:</em> Dependent on open-source community participation to manage vulnerabilities</li><li><em>Flexibility:</em> Significant flexibility with the freedom to inspect and modify OSS</li><li><em>Maintenance:</em> Community-driven across the software’s lifetime per the community’s priorities (with bug fixes potentially being provided by only a handful of dedicated community members)</li><li><em>Support:</em> Not provided as a service, and generally requires independently checking the documentation or crowdsourcing across the community</li><li><em>Cost to Use:</em> OSS generally has no initial fee, except in the case of companies using a SaaS model–see below. Over time, relying on OSS may incur ongoing costs in developer maintenance.</li><li><em>Ease of Use: </em>Getting started working with a new OSS project for the first time may depend entirely on how much clear community documentation is available for beginners</li></ul><h3>Proprietary Software Differences:</h3><ul><li><em>Development: </em>Closed-source, usually by a professional team</li><li><em>Licensing:</em> Restrictive, usually forbidding modification and distribution</li><li><em>Security:</em> Usually company-driven and requires professional development resources</li><li><em>Flexibility:</em> Restrictive licenses mean limited customization, preventing inspecting and modifying code</li><li><em>Maintenance:</em> Regular updates provided by the software’s publisher across its lifetime in response to customer needs and market conditions</li><li><em>Support:</em> Provided by the software’s publisher in direct response to customer needs</li><li><em>Cost to Use:</em> Typically requires purchase/subscription, particularly for commercial apps</li><li><em>Ease of Use:</em> Software vendors are incentivized to focus on user interface and user experience to encourage continued use</li></ul><h2>The Benefits of Open-Source Software</h2><p>It’s impossible to ignore the increasing popularity of open-source software (OSS) despite the enormous market share of well-known proprietary software brands. As of 2015, <a href="https://www.zdnet.com/article/its-an-open-source-world-78-percent-of-companies-run-open-source-software/">66%</a> of companies reportedly created software for customers built on OSS, with 78% of companies running at least part of their infrastructure on OSS components. More-recent reports suggest that developers build up to <a href="https://www.linuxfoundation.org/blog/blog/a-summary-of-census-ii-open-source-software-application-libraries-the-world-depends-on">70%-90%</a> of modern software on OSS.</p><p>So, why is open-source software ascendant? As we cover in our article on the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-software-benefits-advantages">benefits of open-source software</a>, OSS offers many important advantages to developers and startup founders, including faster project start time, community-driven collaboration, no initial contract lock-in to a vendor, and lower initial costs including a typical lack of licensing fees–though over time, relying on open-source code rather than homegrown will tend to cost additional developer hours as teams invest extra cycles to improve compatibility by adapting OSS projects to their own specific use cases and infrastructure.</p><p>For all its benefits, OSS may not always inherently be a “better” way to deliver software for every possible use case. There is still a place for proprietary software in the modern business landscape–reportedly, about <a href="https://www.theregister.com/2022/03/02/red_hat_open_source/">45%</a> of all software tools that companies use are proprietary. Next, we’ll cover some of the most significant differences between the two software models, and what they potentially mean for tech leaders and startup founders.</p><p></p><h2>Differences: Developing Software Projects</h2><p>As you might expect, software development for OSS projects differs drastically from development processes for proprietary software, particularly since the majority of closed-source products come from commercial, for-profit businesses.</p><h3>Open-Source Software Development</h3><p>OSS development tends to:</p><h4><em>Offer a Faster, Lower-Friction Start</em></h4><p>While established open-source projects have many important aspects (including project documentation and a highly-engaged community), to start a new project, you don’t need much more than:</p><ul><li><em>Your Project’s License</em> - Which stipulates usage, distribution, and modification</li><li><em>Your Project’s README File</em> - Which acts as an initial set of documentation and guidelines for the project</li><li><em>Guidelines for Contribution</em> - To specify how people can contribute to your project</li><li><em>Code of Conduct</em> - To establish expectations for how participants should conduct themselves in what will hopefully become a vibrant community</li></ul><h4><em>Offer a Lower-Cost Entry</em></h4><p>Over time, long-lived OSS projects that organizations pivot into commercial projects incur the kinds of business expenses you’d expect, including incorporation and hiring. And incorporating OSS projects into your existing startup’s operations also carries a lifetime cost of ownership as your team adapts and maintains those projects to play nicely with your infrastructure.</p><p>However, starting a new open-source project technically does not require any initial investment–no hired team of developers, no workstations, and likely no commercial software.</p><h4><em>Offer Potentially Faster Development Cycles</em></h4><p>Over time, development on OSS projects can frequently accelerate quickly as members of a growing community continuously make improvements and innovations independent of any formal product roadmap.</p><h4><em>Depend on Building a Community</em></h4><p>A foundational, non-negotiable step is building an open-source community for open collaboration. A strong, vibrant community serves many important purposes in an open-source project, acting not only as contributors, but as testers, QA experts, and documenters, and even product managers who may actively determine the development of new features, and even as evangelists who bring new contributors into the fold.</p><p></p><h3>Proprietary Software Development</h3><p>Proprietary software development tends to:</p><h4><em>Begin With Potentially Fewer Resources:</em></h4><p>Some of the biggest success stories in proprietary software famously began inside basements as the result of conversations between a few genius computer programmers. Proprietary software projects inherently begin their lives without a massive open-source community, or additional partners who are either directly compensated or on the hook for equity in an eventual startup built around the product.</p><p>Proprietary software projects tend to begin their lives as a minimum viable product (MVP) lovingly crafted by a small but dedicated group of developers (or a single, lone developer), creating everything–code, documentation, logs–by themselves. They can <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/tP7Lh7">apply for venture capital funding</a>, but in any case, their initial resources will be spread thinner across hardware, tooling, office space, and all the usual startup concerns.</p><h4><em>Have a Relatively Small Team for Some Time</em></h4><p>The most successful open-source communities grow to massive sizes over the years. GitHub reportedly has more than <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2023/01/26/github-says-it-now-has-100m-active-users/">100M</a> users. A proprietary software project, particularly a commercial one, will have a much smaller initial team that will likely not grow much bigger for some time.</p><p>Having more developers gives teams the bandwidth to not only create more code faster but also the ability to improve their projects in multiple ways by assigning team specialists to important areas such as security, testing, and managing tools and infrastructure.</p><p>Startups working on proprietary software rely on bootstrapped budgets or VC fundraises–and in each case, they’ll have fewer overall developers on their project than a vibrant OSS community, having to manage hiring as yet another expense on their early startup budget. Fewer devs means less flexibility, more team members wearing multiple hats, and slower going.</p><h4><em>Require an Investment up Front</em></h4><p>Technical teams adding proprietary commercial tools to their stack can expect to pay upfront costs for contracts/seats. Founders looking to build a commercial proprietary software project may eventually need to build a company around said project, and will need to invest in traditional corporate overhead, such as <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-hire-a-startup-lawyer">incorporation and legal fees</a> to protect their intellectual property. Founders that go the route of founding a startup will need to <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/from-seed-to-series-b">raise capital</a>.</p><h4><em>Manage Expectations Around Interoperability and Integrations</em></h4><p>A proprietary software product that customers can use only <em>after</em> paying for it carries implicit expectations. For example, some reports suggest that more than <a href="https://www.businesswire.com/news/home/20231205720509/en/New-Report-Reveals-that-83-of-Companies-are-Prioritizing-Product-Integrations-in-2024">80%</a> of companies consider product integrations a top priority.</p><p>Customers will expect to use your product in tandem with the rest of their stack, and they’ll increasingly expect it to play nicely with their other tooling, without the need for costly third-party solutions. In addition to the rest of the features on your emerging product roadmap, your startup may face increasing pressure to deliver integrations with your customers’ tools.</p><p></p><h4><em>More Resources on Development</em></h4><p><em>Learn more about open-source software development in the Heavybit Library:</em></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/to-be-continuous/ep-52-a-closer-look-at-open-source-today">PODCAST: A Closer Look at Open Source Today with Paul Biggar and Edith Harbaugh</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-project-management">ARTICLE: Project Management for Open-Source Projects by Ev Haus</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-hire-a-startup-lawyer">ARTICLE: How to Hire a Startup Lawyer by Rebecca Lee Whiting</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/security-process-in-open-source-communities">VIDEO: Security Process in Open Source Communities with Alex Gaynor</a></li></ul><p></p><h2>Differences: Licensing</h2><p>Given the relatively restrictive distribution and modification requirements, particularly for commercial apps, licensing tends to be a bit more straightforward for proprietary software projects. In contrast, there’s a variety of popular open-source licenses already in use, and for developers who pivot an OSS project into a commercial product, licensing can become more complicated.</p><h3>Open-Source Software Licensing</h3><p>Open-source licenses are usually either <em>copyleft</em>–meaning they inherit the licensing terms of the previously-existing OSS project on which their project is based; or <em>permissive</em>–which provides more flexibility for distribution, modification, and reuse. (To briefly make the distinction, free and open-source software are not exactly identical, as <a href="https://www.fsf.org/about/what-is-free-software"><em>free software</em></a> is completely free to inspect, modify, and do with as users see fit, without any type of license restriction.)</p><p>Regardless of the specific licensing model its creators choose, open-source licenses generally tend to share a few common points:</p><ul><li><strong>Storage in a publicly-shared repository</strong> - Generally speaking, open-source licenses require storing the source code in a publicly-accessible location.</li><li><strong>Document changes in source code</strong> - Open-source licenses also generally require documentation of any changes made to source code, and by what methods.</li></ul><h4><em>Examples of Copyleft Licenses:</em></h4><ul><li><a href="https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-3.0.en.html">GNU General Public License (GPL)</a>: The original copyleft license crafted by open-source pioneer Richard Stallman, the GPL stipulates that when distributing any software built on GNU-licensed OSS, creators must also distribute the source code of their projects together.</li><li>GPL variants, including <a href="https://www.gnu.org/licenses/agpl-3.0.en.html">Affero GPL (AGPL)</a> and <a href="https://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl-3.0.en.html">Lesser GPL (LGPL)</a>: AGPL closes a distribution loophole in the original GPL, making its restrictions apply to software made available via network as well as through general distribution. LGPL is largely similar to GPL and AGPL but relaxes distribution requirements for smaller projects accessed via licensed projects.</li><li><a href="https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/MPL/">Mozilla Public License (MPL)</a>: The MPL is perhaps the least restrictive copyleft license since it lets developers modify and use any code from MPL-licensed projects, so long as those developers keep the modified files separate and distribute them along with their software project.</li></ul><h4><em>Examples of Permissive Licenses:</em></h4><ul><li><a href="https://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0">Apache License</a>: The Apache License requires copyright and license notices, but otherwise allows for different licensing terms in derivative projects and doesn’t require creators to provide the source code of their work.</li><li><a href="https://opensource.org/license/mit/">MIT License</a>: One of the most popular permissive OSS licenses, the MIT License simply requires that developers include the original license and copyright notice in any derivative products.<a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BSD_licenses">Berkeley Source Distribution (BSD) License</a>: BSD Licenses also require copyright and license notices but do not require source code distribution, with various additional restrictions in the <a href="https://opensource.org/license/bsd-2-clause/">2-Clause</a>, <a href="https://opensource.org/license/bsd-3-clause/">3-Clause</a>, and <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BSD_licenses#4-clause">4-Clause</a> variants.</li></ul><p></p><h3>Proprietary Software Licenses</h3><p>Proprietary software licenses usually restrict modification, inspection, and distribution. Creators of proprietary software projects usually don’t distribute the source code for their projects, and attempting to distribute commercial proprietary software without a reselling or distribution license is usually illegal. Proprietary software licenses are standard for commercial apps. Here are some of the more-common variants:</p><h4><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/End-user_license_agreement"><em>End-User License Agreements (EULA)</em></a></h4><p>A software EULA tends to be a “<a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Clickwrap">clickwrap</a>” agreement that users accept during the setup process that requires users to accept privacy and copyright policies before use. The primary purpose of a commercial app’s EULA is to set forth guidelines on what users can and can’t do with the app.</p><p>Specifically, to ensure they do not duplicate, reverse-engineer, or distribute copies of it. The EULA tends to be most relevant for single-user consumer applications, rather than for developer-first apps that provide ongoing service.</p><h4><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Terms_of_service"><em>Terms of Service (ToS) / Terms of Use (ToU) / Terms and Conditions (T&amp;C)</em></a></h4><p>A ToS agreement is more common among business and developer-first software apps, and stipulates services a software publisher will provide to an end-user, provided users also comply. A ToS might include terms such as eligibility, content contained with the app and scope of services, billing and payment, liability, and dispute resolution.</p><h4><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Service-level_agreement"><em>Service-Level Agreements (SLA)</em></a></h4><p>An SLA acts as a commitment from a software publisher to a customer that focuses on the service that the publisher provides, particularly in terms of quality and reliability. SLA agreements might include terms such as uptime, the length of time for an issue resolution window, and monitoring and reporting.</p><p></p><h4><em>More Resources on Licensing</em></h4><p><em>Learn more about software licensing in the Heavybit Library:</em></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/dont-make-me-code/ep-13-standing-on-the-shoulders-of-a-license">PODCAST: Standing on the Shoulders of a License with Ilan Rabinovitch</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-software-benefits-advantages">ARTICLE: What to Know About Open-Source Licenses</a></li></ul><p></p><h2>Differences: Business Models (and Additional Considerations)</h2><p>The “software business” as we know it consists primarily of companies selling commercial versions of proprietary software apps. And while traditionally, open-source projects don’t begin their lives as commercial products, several have pivoted or spun off into commercial software offerings with their own ways to generate revenue. As you might expect, a great many of the thousands of net-new software products each year come from startup companies built around bringing them to market.</p><h3>Open-Source Business Models</h3><p>Since open-source software typically starts as a non-commercial, community-based project, OSS startups will frequently pivot from open source to a commercial business model.</p><p>These are some of the most common business models for OSS startups:</p><h4><em>Professional services (ProServ)</em></h4><p>Companies such as Red Hat, IBM, and Chef offer professional services, which include for-pay training, technical support, and consulting from solutions teams sharing their technical expertise to enhance a customer’s ability to use an open-source product.</p><h4><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Open-core_model"><em>Open core / “freemium”</em></a></h4><p>Companies such as Docker, GitLab, and MongoDB use the <em>open core</em> model, which requires publishers to maintain multiple codebases, including a “core” codebase that remains open source, and a gated commercial codebase that offers additional premium functionality as “upgrades” for paying customers.</p><h4><em>SaaS</em></h4><p>Companies such as GitHub and Automattic (the vendor of WordPress) use the <em>SaaS</em> business model, which requires customers to accept a binding contract, but also tends to offer robust, dedicated support (training, troubleshooting, and one-on-one support hours) for their open-source solutions.</p><h4><em>Donations/foundation</em></h4><p>Perhaps the most well-known examples of companies that use the charitable <em>foundation</em> model are the Mozilla Foundation and Wikimedia (provider of Wikipedia). Rather than charge any fees for products or services, such organizations rely on charitable donations to continue their operations.</p><h4><em>Additional Considerations for Teams Adopting Open-Source Tooling</em></h4><p>If you’re leading a team that’s looking at adding OSS to its stack, here are some points to consider:</p><ul><li><strong>Licensing Nuances: </strong>Pay careful attention to your OSS tools’ licensing–you may have restrictions on what you can and can’t build and sell.</li><li><strong>Licensing Changes:</strong> Prominent OSS orgs like <a href="https://www.hashicorp.com/blog/hashicorp-adopts-business-source-license">HashiCorp</a>, <a href="https://www.elastic.co/blog/elastic-license-update">Elastic</a>, and <a href="https://www.mongodb.com/company/newsroom/press-releases/mongodb-issues-new-server-side-public-license-for-mongodb-community-server">MongoDB</a> have suddenly changed their license structure–your next OSS tools may as well.</li><li><strong>Following Community Updates:</strong> Team members will frequently need to invest extra cycles in following the latest changes in OSS projects.</li></ul><h4><em>Additional OSS Business Considerations for Startups:</em></h4><ul><li><strong>Managing multiple codebases with open core:</strong> Open-core projects eventually require their publishers to maintain separate core and commercial codebases, increasing the workload for development, testing, and deployment across two or more separate repositories while ensuring that gated features don’t accidentally end up in the core code.</li><li><strong>Maintaining robust core and commercial versions with open core:</strong> Organizations that do manage multiple codebases may find themselves making difficult decisions about which features to “gate” within commercial offerings and which to keep as part of the core codebase. “Giving away too much functionality” in the core offering arguably keeps the community vibrant but potentially devalues the commercial offering, while gating too many features may make the commercial offering seem more valuable, but potentially jeopardizes the health of a community that dislikes being denied important functionality behind a paywall.</li><li><strong>Potentially challenging pricing and packaging:</strong> Pricing for COSS products can be anything but straightforward, especially as a COSS startup scales and potentially scales and begins selling to larger, enterprise customers in deals that bring in more revenue, but also may need to invest significantly into staffing up with additional hires to provide pre-sales and post-sales support.</li><li><strong>Growing and maintaining a community: </strong>In all cases, OSS startups must keep the community alive to ensure the project remains relevant and that potential users can discover it both through traditional marketing and developer relations as well as through community word-of-mouth, forums, chat channels, or even live events. While some OSS communities are enormous, in many cases, much of the maintenance and updates come from a handful of engaged users who are the key to keeping the project alive.</li></ul><p></p><h3>Proprietary Software Business Models</h3><p>While successfully selling proprietary software is by no means <em>easy</em>, it tends to have a more-straightforward path to market as it goes commercial. Even early-stage proprietary software companies will start with a basic sales function (even if the founders themselves have to perform double-duty as salespeople), and may also add early-stage marketing teams to attract more potential customers. You’ll generally find startups selling proprietary software products following one (or both) of these two paths for their go-to-market (GTM) motion:</p><ul><li><strong>Inbound:</strong> The inbound model relies on bringing interest to your business. For early-stage startups, it’s common to use your website as a center of gravity for inbound and attempt to attract interested leads via search engine optimization (SEO) of content on your website and promotion through other channels, including social media, video, and podcasts.</li><li><strong>Outbound:</strong> As the name suggests, this model relies on having sales professionals perform outreach to pitch their products to prospects. In the earliest stages, it’s common for software companies to focus on closing early sales deals via networks and references, and eventually scale up to having coverage across all stages of their <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Purchase_funnel">sales funnel</a>, including marketing supporting the top-of-funnel (TOFU); “<a href="https://www.investopedia.com/terms/i/inside-sales.asp#:~:text=An%20inside%20sale%20is%20the,person%20meetings%20and%20physical%20interaction.">inside sales</a>,” also known as business development representatives (BDR) or sales development representatives (SDR) to qualify leads around the middle-of-funnel (MOFU); and “<a href="https://www.investopedia.com/terms/o/outside-sales.asp">outside sales</a>,” also known as account executives (AE), who manage active discovery, demo, and closing deals (hopefully as “closed won deals”) at the bottom-of-funnel (BOFU).</li></ul><h4><em>Additional Considerations for Teams Considering Adopting Proprietary Tooling</em></h4><p>If your team is looking at purchasing proprietary software tooling, here are some important considerations:</p><ul><li><strong>Integrations: </strong>Managing data across apps is crucial. New apps that lack integrations to your tools may require hours of tedious copy-pasting.</li><li><strong>Negotiating Terms:</strong> Most software is sold with flexible terms. It can be worthwhile to negotiate items like price, contract length, and support options.</li><li><strong>Vendor Lock-In:</strong> Proprietary software products “lock you in” for months/years after you sign a contract, limiting your ability to switch.</li></ul><h4><em>Additional Proprietary Software Business Considerations for Startups</em></h4><ul><li><strong>Scaling can depend on your ability to hire:</strong> Those looking to create new commercial closed-source products not only need to budget for the salaries and benefits of new developers to employ on their projects, but also for the sourcing, interviewing, and hiring of said developers.</li><li><strong>Finding “product-market fit” may depend on design partners:</strong> The most successful commercial open-source projects tend to begin as clear, distinctive, and valuable solutions to a significant problem many people experience. In a best-case scenario, an OSS community forges a robust project over time with continuous iteration to create something that real human beings genuinely need.</li></ul><p>Startups launching proprietary software apps don’t benefit from the communal testing and feedback OSS projects typically provide, so they may benefit from working with <em>design partners</em>–trusted early adopters that can provide clear feedback on how to create a better, more-usable product while honing in on the business problem your software should solve.</p><p></p><p><em>Learn more about business models and other software startup challenges in the Heavybit library:</em></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/commercial-open-source-business-strategies">VIDEO: Commercial Open-Source Business Strategies with Sid Sijbrandij</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/open-source-as-business-strategy-with-segments-peter-reinhardt">VIDEO: Open-Source Business Strategy with Peter Reinhardt</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/lessons-on-pricing-and-selling-open-core-from-kong-co-founder-and-ceo-aghi-marietti">VIDEO: Lessons on Pricing and Selling Open Core with Aghi Marietti</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/value-based-pricing-scale-from-market-entry">VIDEO: Value-Based Pricing with Christina Noren</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/pricing-a-new-product-adventures-in-research-rollouts">VIDEO: Pricing a New Product: Adventures in Research &amp; Rollouts</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/early-stage-sales-process-focusing-on-the-right-prospects">ARTICLE: Early-Stage Sales by Nick Beecroft</a></li></ul><h2>Open-Source Versus Proprietary: AI Considerations</h2><p>Modern-day AI (specifically, <em>generative AI</em>–which spins up massive amounts of content in response to <em>prompts</em> fed to a <em>large-language model</em>) is a popular topic that has made its way into conversations about open-source projects.</p><p>Below, we’ll cover what teams utilizing open-source AI products vs. proprietary AI products need to know.</p><h3>What to Consider About Adopting Open-Source AI Products for Teams</h3><p>Technical teams thinking about adding open-source AI tools, such as <a href="https://www.ibm.com/think/topics/open-source-llms"><em>open language models</em></a>, <em>open <a href="https://www.snowflake.com/guides/machine-learning-platforms/">machine learning platforms</a></em>, and other open frameworks should account for these potential issues:</p><h4><em>Lack of Support</em></h4><p>Open-source AI projects are like other open-source projects–they belong to the communities that built and participate in them. Since open-source support is community support, f you have questions, be prepared to wade through documentation or (hopefully) ask in an active community space. The answers you get may come from enthusiasts rather than subject matter experts who are paid to solve your problems.</p><h4><em>Lack of a Machine Learning PhD</em></h4><p>AI/ML tooling for developers is advancing rapidly, but there are still many fundamental concepts–and many more advanced concepts–which means solving for the specific needs of your use case could be the domain of those with academic training. If you never got that PhD in machine learning, your team’s learning journey may be that much longer.</p><h4><em>A La Carte: Many Tools In Various States</em></h4><p>Unlike a finely-crafted premium product, open-source AI projects are provided as-is. Some may be supported by a vibrant community of developers that dutifully document everything and generously share updates. Some may have been built by a PhD candidate years ago and never updated to be production-ready.</p><h4><em>Evaluation</em></h4><p>There are many open models out there waiting to be tried. Which actually makes sense for your use case? You’ll need to <em>evaluate</em> the models you’re looking at to ensure it’s a good fit, using metrics like relevancy, coherence, accuracy, and hallucinations.</p><h4><em>Privacy Issues</em></h4><p>Generative AI is hungry for data to train on, and feeding data into an AI model could cause it to incorporate your private data into its training corpus. As of this writing, there’s no universal privacy standard for AI projects, so you’ll have to read the fine print.</p><h4><em>Hidden Costs</em></h4><p>Open-source AI products, like LLMs, don’t have an initial sticker price. At a glance, they’re cost-effective. However, the cost of running inference jobs on datasets, particularly at a large scale, isn’t free. The bigger the job, the bigger the cost.</p><h3>What to Consider About Adopting Proprietary AI Products for Teams</h3><p>Teams looking to add proprietary AI tools to their toolchain may want to consider these issues:</p><h4><em>Evaluation, Again</em></h4><p>Not all proprietary AI tools are equal–you’ll want to do your due diligence before purchasing one, just like with any proprietary software product. Particularly since you’ll be locked in with your vendor after you sign the contract.</p><h4><em>Privacy, Again</em></h4><p>Most proprietary AI providers at least have some kind of contractual fine print around data privacy–in many cases, for your protection as a customer, but also for their own protection should their products unwittingly get hacked or leak your data due to unforeseen circumstances.</p><h4><em>Hidden Costs, Again</em></h4><p>After signing up with the vendor of a proprietary AI product, particularly one that can run high-volume jobs (such as a LLM), if you’re not careful, you may find yourself looking at an eye-watering bill. Third-party API vendors of LLMs in particular are aware of price sensitivities and frequently offer new improvements to cut down on token costs, but be aware that untethered data jobs may lead to big bills.</p><h4><em>What’s Happening With the Vendor Itself</em></h4><p>Without naming names, we’ll politely mention again that the AI space is dynamic and exciting. Which you would expect from the billions of dollars in investment monies sloshing around. As a result, major shakeups can and have happened among AI vendors. For example, executives and key team members have departed companies they founded, sometimes coming back.</p><h2>Conclusion and Takeaways</h2><p>If you’re a startup founder, or considering starting a new project, you probably already have a fairly clear idea about whether going open source or proprietary is “right” for you. With any luck, this article should hopefully provide more clarity into how each path differs in terms of development, licensing, and GTM strategy.</p><p>And as exciting new technologies like AI emerge, it’s also important to have a firm grasp of the potential risks and hidden costs associated with them–whether for open-source or for proprietary products.</p><p>Learn more about the state of open source and future opportunities and challenges at the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/open-source">DevGuild: Open Source event</a>.</p><p></p><h2>Additional Resources</h2><ul><li><a href="https://opensource.guide/starting-a-project/">Opensource.Guide - Starting an Open Source Project</a></li><li><a href="https://www.theregister.com/2022/03/02/red_hat_open_source/">The Register - Enterprise Open-Source vs. Proprietary Software</a></li><li><a href="https://snyk.io/learn/open-source-licenses/">Snyk’s Guide to Open-Source Licenses</a></li><li><a href="https://legal.thomsonreuters.com/en/insights/articles/key-issues-in-drafting-software-license-agreements">Thomson Reuters - Software License Agreements</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-vs-proprietary">Open Source vs. Proprietary: Development, Licensing, Business Models, and More</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #123, SQLite on the Edge with Glauber Costa of ChiselStrike</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-123-sqlite-on-the-edge-with-glauber-costa-of-chiselstrike</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Apr 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9b457738-9cf1-441b-bc0b-13b1ba9db87c</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 123 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Glauber Costa of ChiselStrike. They discuss Glauber’s background in open source and unpack insights on reducing friction around databases, utilizing SQLite at the edge, and communicating with customers.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 123 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Glauber Costa of ChiselStrike. They discuss Glauber’s background in open source and unpack insights on reducing friction around databases, utilizing SQLite at the edge, and communicating with customers.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-123-sqlite-on-the-edge-with-glauber-costa-of-chiselstrike">Ep. #123, SQLite on the Edge with Glauber Costa of ChiselStrike</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #122, Living on the Edge with Anthony Campolo of Edgio</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-122-living-on-the-edge-with-anthony-campolo-of-edgio</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Mar 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9d9c4a16-17e6-4cb3-b508-f634488ead92</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 122 of Jamstack Radio, Brian catches up with Anthony Campolo of Edgio. In this conversation they recap Anthony&#x27;s career journey and explore many technical topics including edge computing, the current state of the JavaScript ecosystem, insights on leveraging Jamstack for infrastructure ambitions, and combatting imposter syndrome in DevRel.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 122 of Jamstack Radio, Brian catches up with Anthony Campolo of Edgio. In this conversation they recap Anthony&#x27;s career journey and explore many technical topics including edge computing, the current state of the JavaScript ecosystem, insights on leveraging Jamstack for infrastructure ambitions, and combatting imposter syndrome in DevRel.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-122-living-on-the-edge-with-anthony-campolo-of-edgio">Ep. #122, Living on the Edge with Anthony Campolo of Edgio</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #6, The Impacts of the 2022 Twitter Acquisition</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-the-impacts-of-the-2022-twitter-acquisition</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Mar 2023 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2791050e-fec1-4a25-9681-cc4ac5d60a29</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 6 of Getting There, Nora and Niall discuss Twitter’s 2022 acquisition by Elon Musk. This talk unpacks the acquisition in terms of the cultural and social implications, the resulting fallout from massive layoffs, and the deprioritization of reliability standards within the company.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 6 of Getting There, Nora and Niall discuss Twitter’s 2022 acquisition by Elon Musk. This talk unpacks the acquisition in terms of the cultural and social implications, the resulting fallout from massive layoffs, and the deprioritization of reliability standards within the company.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-the-impacts-of-the-2022-twitter-acquisition">Ep. #6, The Impacts of the 2022 Twitter Acquisition</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #121, Reliable Serverless Functions with Tony Holdstock-Brown of Inngest</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-121-reliable-serverless-functions-with-tony-holdstock-brown-of-inngest</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Mar 2023 17:54:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b92ef79d-2edd-42e4-98b7-b13187586b65</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 121 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Tony Holdstock-Brown of Inngest. This conversation explores infrastructure architecture, edge computing, the importance of developer experience, the rise of the developer cloud, and insights on optimizing the essential Time to Value metric.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 121 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Tony Holdstock-Brown of Inngest. This conversation explores infrastructure architecture, edge computing, the importance of developer experience, the rise of the developer cloud, and insights on optimizing the essential Time to Value metric.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-121-reliable-serverless-functions-with-tony-holdstock-brown-of-inngest">Ep. #121, Reliable Serverless Functions with Tony Holdstock-Brown of Inngest</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Past, Present, and Future of Observability</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/the-past-present-and-future-of-observability</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Mar 2023 22:28:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Observability]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Cloud Monitoring]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5f47229c-d95a-4176-8d62-2cfb78b9fa0d</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Metrist co-founder and CEO Jeff Martens discusses how your team can implement monitoring and detection best practices now, how to understand the modern monitoring stack, and which pieces your organization is missing to ensure <em>actual</em> four-nines availability across the board.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #19, Password Sharing and Patent Conflicts</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-19-password-sharing-and-patent-conflicts</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 18:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f6c5f8f2-e1c1-4831-a09e-cea8b1ef399b</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 19 of Demuxed, Matt, Phil, and Steve discuss video meetups, particularly the return of IRL meetups and the difficulties faced when securing a venue. They also explore Netflix’s recent crackdown on password sharing, how Media Chrome is nearing a 1.0 release, and the hurdles video engineers must navigate in order to avoid patent conflicts.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 19 of Demuxed, Matt, Phil, and Steve discuss video meetups, particularly the return of IRL meetups and the difficulties faced when securing a venue. They also explore Netflix’s recent crackdown on password sharing, how Media Chrome is nearing a 1.0 release, and the hurdles video engineers must navigate in order to avoid patent conflicts.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-19-password-sharing-and-patent-conflicts">Ep. #19, Password Sharing and Patent Conflicts</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #120, Bedrock Layout Primitives with Travis Waith-Mair of Plex</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-120-bedrock-layout-primitives-with-travis-waith-mair-of-plex</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Feb 2023 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2bb09b42-ab79-42b2-9a68-1d56925babcf</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 120 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Travis Waith-Mair of Plex. Together they unpack Travis’s project Bedrock Layout Primitives, industry parallels between finance and tech, and utility components for building web application layouts.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 120 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Travis Waith-Mair of Plex. Together they unpack Travis’s project Bedrock Layout Primitives, industry parallels between finance and tech, and utility components for building web application layouts.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-120-bedrock-layout-primitives-with-travis-waith-mair-of-plex">Ep. #120, Bedrock Layout Primitives with Travis Waith-Mair of Plex</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How To Hire And Work With Lawyers At Your Startup: Advice For Early-Stage Founders From A General Counsel</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-hire-a-startup-lawyer</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Feb 2023 09:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Startups]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Business Operations]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Legal]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c5411cbe-64e9-4b57-a36e-11fbf94e51ff</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Here’s what you need to know about hiring legal counsel for raising capital, hiring, and managing IP for your early-stage startup.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>How to Hire a Startup Lawyer</h2><p>Hiring an experienced startup lawyer is one of the first things a founder should do when thinking about starting a company, but this can be a daunting task. The legal market is opaque, and it can be difficult to know how to work with lawyers if you’ve never done so before. Many founders are unsure even when to hire a lawyer, and often struggle to assess which lawyer or law firm is the right match for their needs.</p><p>Even as an experienced attorney myself with years of providing legal services to clients, when I became a General Counsel for a startup and thus a consumer of legal services for the first time, I discovered I had a lot to learn about how to hire and work with outside counsel. While every startup and every founder will have their own unique set of concerns, I hope that my key learnings about how to hire and work with lawyers will be useful to early-stage founders navigating these issues.</p><p></p><h2>1. Hire an Experienced Startup Attorney Early to Avoid “Legal Tech Debt”</h2><p>Founders often ask me when they should hire a lawyer. In my experience, the answer is: The sooner, the better. Ideally, a founder should hire an experienced startup attorney before incorporation, to avoid making unnecessary mistakes that are difficult and expensive to unwind later (if they can be unwound at all)—or what I call “legal tech debt.”</p><p>There are several reasons to consider hiring a lawyer before you incorporate:</p><p></p><h3>Reason One: Intellectual property</h3><p>First, if you’re working for another company while considering founding your own startup, you would almost certainly benefit from legal advice before proceeding. That’s because you probably signed an agreement at the start of your employment that says your current employer owns any ideas that you develop while employed by that company. Potentially a big problem for your new startup! A lawyer can help you take the necessary steps to take to protect your intellectual property (including helping you document that any work you do on your startup before you leave your current job is done only on your personal computer, and not on company time), so that your future startup (and not your current employer) owns your ideas.<br/></p><h3>Reason Two: Where and How to Incorporate</h3><p>Second, a lawyer can help you make an informed decision about where to incorporate and in what form. A Delaware C-corp may fit the bill for many startups due to a variety of small-business advantages such as faster filing, streamlined corporate structuring that lets a single person act as officer/director/shareholder simultaneously, and a lack of residency requirements, among others. However, there are other options that you might consider before making your decision. Having an experienced attorney prepare your incorporation documents, ensure that they are filed with the right governmental agencies, issue founder’s stock, and attend to other important foundational considerations could also help you avoid costly fixes down the line.</p><p></p><h3>Reason Three: Additional Tax, Stock, and Copyright Issues</h3><p>An experienced lawyer will also help you file your 83(b) election if you choose to do so (which must be done within 30 days of founding—no extensions!—and may result in substantial future tax savings for founders). In applicable cases, a veteran lawyer can also help you document your stock’s status as qualified small business stock (“QSBS”), which can be advantageous for holders in terms of capital gains tax, depending on the circumstances. A lawyer can also ensure that the name you pick for your startup is available and trademarkable and that it doesn’t infringe another company’s trademark—I’ve seen founders get their heart set on a name, only to find out it’s already taken.</p><h3>Reason Four: Setting Founder and Cofounder Roles</h3><p></p><p>In addition, if you’re working with a cofounder or cofounders, an experienced lawyer can advise you during your negotiations over your respective roles, ownership splits, and other issues that arise in the early days of cofounding a startup.</p><p>If you’ve already incorporated and don’t have a lawyer yet, don’t fret. It’s still probably a good idea to hire an experienced startup attorney sooner than later so that they can address any issues with your formation docs, filings, and other important legal tasks before they become a bigger headache down the line.</p><p>Here are some other early milestones for which I strongly recommend founders get the advice of an experienced attorney:</p><p></p><ul><li><strong>Raising capital: </strong>It’s especially critical to have experienced startup counsel in your corner (and ideally someone who mostly or exclusively represents startups, see more on that below) if you are raising a fully-priced round with a full set of deal docs, e.g. Series Seed, Series A, and so forth. Even if you are raising via SAFE (i.e. a “Simple Agreement for Future Equity,” typically on the Y Combinator form SAFE), you should still have a lawyer review the proposed SAFE, especially if the investor is proposing any deviation from the YC form SAFE (and even if no revisions are proposed, having a lawyer help you understand the pros and cons of the YC form is a good idea). A lawyer can also help you manage your cap table and handle the issuance of stock to investors at the appropriate time.</li><li><strong>Hiring contractors or employees: </strong>Especially in California. Many startups unwittingly open themselves up to the risk of future litigation or arbitration (including the dreaded class action) by misclassifying employees as independent contractors, or by failing to otherwise comply with California’s complex employment laws, which have many potential traps for the unwary. Even if you’re not hiring in California, a good lawyer can advise you on how to structure those agreements, issue stock or options to employees and advisors, and help you ensure that your contractor and employment agreements clearly provide that your company owns the work performed by, and any inventions created by, your contractors and employees in the course of their work, and that they owe you duties of confidentiality, etc. Luckily, getting legal help with hiring doesn’t usually have to be too costly, either; many startup lawyers and law firms already have form agreements that they can customize for you for greater efficiency.</li><li><strong>Negotiating critical contracts:</strong> Including major service contracts with customers or suppliers and reviewing any license agreements for software that your company uses. If you have a website or an app, it’s also a good idea to have a lawyer make sure that your terms of service and cookie/privacy policies are compliant with applicable laws (which frequently change) and also protect your company’s rights.</li></ul><p></p><p>This isn’t an exhaustive list, of course, but these are some of the more-critical issues with which an experienced attorney can make the difference between smooth sailing or unnecessary and costly legal tech debt. An ounce of prevention can be worth a pound of cure.</p><p></p><h2>2. Determine Your Startup’s Core Legal Needs, Then Determine Your Priorities and Budget</h2><p>Knowing the specific areas for which you need a lawyer’s help is also an essential skill for an early-stage founder—as is knowing how to stack rank the many potential legal issues to address in the early days. For example, in addition to protecting your IP in your incorporation docs, or managing employment agreements and other contracts, you may want to seek counsel on these topics:<br/></p><ul><li><strong>Trademark: </strong>It may make sense to hire a trademark attorney to protect your company’s use of its mark in commerce. </li><li><strong>Patents:</strong> You may also wish to consult an experienced software patent attorney if you think any of your company’s code or products is potentially patentable. </li><li><strong>Copyright and Trade Secret Management:</strong> Intellectual property counsel can also help you understand and manage potential copyright and trade secret issues, if applicable. </li><li><strong>Data Privacy:</strong> If your startup will be handling large amounts of personally-identifiable information (i.e. any data that could potentially identify a specific individual, such as names, email addresses, telephone numbers, etc.), you’ll want to hire a lawyer with data privacy experience sooner than later. </li><li><strong>State-Specific Regulation:</strong> Other companies may want to consult regulatory counsel to understand their particular state and federal regulatory and registration requirements.</li></ul><p></p><p>Again, this is not an exhaustive list. And if you’re not sure what you need a lawyer’s help with, ask! Many lawyers will take a free informational call with potential clients, and you should absolutely use those calls to your advantage. Ask prospective lawyers how they would think about addressing and prioritizing your particular company’s legal needs; they may expose an area of legal need or priority you weren’t aware of. You can also ask them what questions you should have asked; their feedback may be useful.</p><p>Once you have a sense of what your main legal needs are and have prioritized them based on your startup’s timing and how critical each need is to your business, you should develop a reasonable budget. To gather information to make a budget, interview candidates carefully. Lawyers and law firms should be willing to disclose their current rates, and many will agree to alternative fee arrangements, discounts, and deferred fees for startups. Lawyers should also be willing to give you an estimate of cost for a particular project. You should always feel free to get quotes from multiple lawyers or law firms and compare based on both price and expertise (more on that next).<br/></p><h2>3. Find the Right Legal Experts for Your Needs at the Right Price</h2><p>Once you know your priorities, get referrals to expert attorneys with experience in your particular areas of need (e.g. general corporate lawyers for incorporation, or specialists like software patent attorneys, data privacy attorneys, etc.).<br/></p><h3>Where to Find Your First Lawyer</h3><p>For your first lawyer, i.e. the general corporate expert who will help you incorporate, I recommend asking other founders in your network for referrals, and interviewing several candidates for both expertise and cultural fit. Many startups choose to work with general corporate lawyers referred by their first investor, which I do not always recommend. Of course, while there are many talented lawyers at each of the top Silicon Valley firms favored by VCs, my personal opinion is that it can be challenging for a lawyer to wear both hats. The challenge is to zealously represent both VCs and founders, whose interests are not always aligned. I tend to think that founders may be better served by working with an experienced solo practitioner or a smaller firm that only represents startups for that reason, and exploring other options may also result in cost savings.<br/></p><h3>Finding Specialists: Choosing Between A Single Firm or Multiple Attorneys</h3><p>After you’ve hired your first lawyer, if you’re happy with their work, they can often refer you to the right subject-matter experts for other, more-specialized needs. A larger firm will also usually have many specialist attorneys to whom they can refer you.</p><p>However, you don’t necessarily need to one-stop shop. There can be efficiency advantages to keeping all work with one firm, but in my opinion, it’s more important to have the best experts for the right price than to have everyone on the same letterhead.</p><p>Work your network for referrals to legal specialists, too: good references from other founders—especially from startups in the same industry or with similar legal challenges—go a long way.<br/></p><h3>Finding the Right Lawyer for Your Startup</h3><p>When interviewing a lawyer, it’s important to ask about their experience with similar matters, and they should be able to describe in general terms similar work they’ve performed for other clients. Hiring a lawyer, particularly a specialist, can be like hiring a surgeon: Ideally, you want to hire someone who’s done this many, many times before.</p><p>You should also look for fit. This will be an ongoing, advice-based relationship, so you want someone with whom you can build a rapport and who understands your business and its needs. If you are having a hard time connecting with or understanding a candidate in the interview, they’re probably not the right fit for your startup.<br/></p><h3>Discussing Rates and Fees</h3><p>Again, you’ll want to ask also about billing rates and discounts and whether the lawyer or firm ever agrees to capped fees or alternative fee arrangements (outside of the typical hourly billing model). If you’re considering hiring a firm, you should also ask how they staff cases and how they right-size the work to your stage of startup. In my experience, lawyers who are used to working mostly with later-stage or public companies are usually not the right choice for a startup, because they have a tendency to overstaff or overwork a problem. So ideally, you want to work with lawyers who are used to serving early-stage startups.<br/></p><h2>4. If You Work with BigLaw, Learn How to Get the Best Service as a Small Fish in a Big Pond</h2><p>As a solo practitioner and former small-firm attorney myself, I am obviously biased in favor of working with solos and smaller or mid-size firms. In my experience, there are many lawyers in solo practice and at smaller firms who are just as talented and pedigreed as you will find in “BigLaw,” and they often come at substantial cost savings.</p><p>That said, I also have many terrific colleagues in BigLaw that I continue to work with as a fractional general counsel (GC), and there are many reasons why a startup founder might end up working with at least one BigLaw firm.<br/></p><h3>Advantages of Working with Larger Law Firms</h3><ul><li><strong>Name-Branding and Experience:</strong> On the pro side, BigLaw lawyers have the brand names, fancy letterhead, and regular experience dealing with VCs and their lawyers, all of which can be valuable in potentially contentious fundraising negotiations. </li><li><strong>Expertise, Hopefully:</strong> In addition, individual BigLaw lawyers often (but not always) have substantial relevant expertise, and may in some cases be the best experts for your particular needs. </li><li><strong>Larger Teams to Deploy:</strong> BigLaw firms also have a deep bench of associates, meaning lots of bodies they can throw at your problem in an emergency. </li><li><strong>Some Fee Flexibility:</strong> Most BigLaw firms are willing to agree to fee deferrals for startups, and often offer a standard discount for early-stage startups (10% is typical). (Note: make sure you memorialize any fee deferral or discount in an engagement letter—and always get an engagement letter from a lawyer. If they don’t offer one, I tend to take that as a negative signal). </li><li><strong>All-in-One:</strong> Finally, a BigLaw firm, because it has so many lawyers, can sometimes be a decent one-stop shop, with all the legal experts you need (though not always, as mentioned above).<br/></li></ul><h3>Disadvantages of Working with BigLaw</h3><p>There are also some potential cons to working with BigLaw, however. For example:<br/></p><ul><li><strong>Pro-VC Bias:</strong> As previously discussed, many BigLaw firms also represent VCs, sometimes more frequently than they represent startups, which naturally changes how they think about this work. In my opinion, unfortunately, many BigLaw firms can fairly be criticized for having a [probably subconscious and difficult to address] pro-VC bias in their work. </li><li><strong>Potentially Less Coverage Due to Multiple Clients:</strong> In addition, BigLaw lawyers often have more clients and more work than any sane person should have (many BigLaw attorneys live by the adage that if their workload doesn’t feel like they’re trying to drink out of a firehose, then they’re not busy enough). And many of those clients are far wealthier and have far more business to offer than your startup. Despite those lawyers’ best efforts, then, it can be challenging for them to give you the time, attention, and priority you deserve. </li><li><strong>Team Churn with Junior Counsel:</strong> BigLaw also tends to have a lot of associate churn, meaning that you may have a new junior attorney staffed on your matter a couple times a year. Since the junior attorney does most of the work, it can be a bit of a pain to switch so often. </li><li><strong>Significant Cost Differences:</strong> However, the biggest con by far, in my opinion, is cost: BigLaw attorneys’ fees are almost always substantially more expensive than those of a small or medium-size firm or a solo practitioner. Someone’s gotta pay for that fancy corner office, after all.<br/></li></ul><p>If you do work with BigLaw, here are my tips to get the best service for your budget (and really, this advice applies not just to BigLaw but to working with any lawyer):</p><p></p><ul><li><strong>Ask for Estimates and Monitor Costs:</strong> If you are cash-conscious, always ask for an estimate, and consider alternative fee arrangements. Firms should agree to give you an estimate for each project, and may be willing to agree to a cap for a project; at minimum, they should be willing to let you know if they are approaching the agreed-on estimate and wait for further instruction before proceeding. </li><li><strong>Seek Alternative Billing Arrangements:</strong> If you are sending a lot of work to the firm, consider negotiating a flat monthly rate instead of hourly, or explore other alternative billing arrangements to control costs.</li><li><strong>Right-Size the Work at the Outset:</strong> Unless you’re betting the company, you’ll probably want the “used Prius answer” to a lot of your legal questions, not the “Cadillac answer.” If your firm can’t right-size the work to your stage and isn’t cost-effective, don’t be afraid to switch firms instead of continuing to throw good money after bad. This is another reason why it can be a good idea to avoid one-stop shopping: If a firm knows you have hired other lawyers for other needs, they are appropriately incentivized to keep pricing competitive to keep your business. </li><li><strong>Review Bills Carefully:</strong> You should also review all bills rigorously to ensure your firm is honoring time estimates (or if not, that your firm communicated expectations first), and to make sure that the hours make sense to you and are not excessive. If some part of a bill doesn’t make sense to you, ask your lawyer to walk you through it. You should also make sure that you haven’t been billed for the wrong client’s work—it’s rare, but I’ve seen it happen, even though it’s usually an honest mistake.</li><li><strong>Agree to Reasonable Deadlines and Check in Regularly (but Politely):</strong> As a GC, I live by the motto that the squeaky wheel gets the grease. Remember, BigLaw lawyers are [often] underwater with work and under pressure to service the big fish clients first. If you are a persistent small fish, you may get faster service—which you deserve! And if your lawyer is consistently failing to meet deadlines or not communicating well, again, don’t be afraid to switch. To that same end, don’t be afraid to build your relationship with your lawyers. We’re people too, and we like working with clients that we get to know and connect with as people (which we should always do off the clock).</li></ul><p></p><h2>Final Thoughts and Additional Resources</h2><p>Again, these are just my learnings from my own experience as a startup GC, and no article could possibly cover all the different considerations that might arise as you hire legal counsel for your startup. Still, I hope this information gives early-stage founders confidence that they will be able to find the right legal experts for their needs, and that they can learn how to work with lawyers for success in their startup.<br/></p><p><em>The information in this article is provided for general informational purposes only and is not legal advice. Transmission of this information is not intended to create, and receipt does not constitute an attorney-client relationship. Readers should consult with an attorney licensed to practice in their jurisdiction before relying on any information contained in this article.</em></p><p></p><p><em>Rebecca Lee Whiting, Esq. is the founder of <a href="https://www.epigram.legal">Epigram Legal P.C.</a>, a fractional GC for startups, and is General Counsel &amp; Corporate Secretary at Journey Colab Corp.<br/></em></p><h3>More Resources</h3><ul><li><a href="https://www.legalzoom.com/articles/incorporating-in-delaware-advantages-and-disadvantages">LegalZoom: Advantages of a Delaware C-Corp</a></li><li><a href="https://www.investopedia.com/terms/1/83b-election.asp">Investopedia: When and Why to File Form 83(b)</a></li><li><a href="https://www.investopedia.com/terms/q/qsbs-qualified-small-business-stock.asp">Investopedia: Definition and Benefits of QSBS</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-hire-a-startup-lawyer">How To Hire And Work With Lawyers At Your Startup: Advice For Early-Stage Founders From A General Counsel</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #58, Game Development with Brenna Moore of Second Dinner</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-58-game-development-with-brenna-moore-of-second-dinner</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Feb 2023 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6f21ef35-ec18-409b-8536-caabb5033635</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 58 of o11ycast, Jess and Liz speak with Brenna Moore of Second Dinner. This conversation explores game development and the many ways the industry has evolved, the infrastructure side of gaming, semantic conventions within the code, and career opportunities for developers aspiring to enter the field.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 58 of o11ycast, Jess and Liz speak with Brenna Moore of Second Dinner. This conversation explores game development and the many ways the industry has evolved, the infrastructure side of gaming, semantic conventions within the code, and career opportunities for developers aspiring to enter the field.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-58-game-development-with-brenna-moore-of-second-dinner">Ep. #58, Game Development with Brenna Moore of Second Dinner</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Incident Response Round Table</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/incident-response-round-table</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Feb 2023 18:05:23 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Incident Response]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f1b66fcd-1b42-43ce-9c5f-dd9c2fd7dd7c</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Panelists from Zendesk, Spotify, and Salesforce have a candid round table discussion about their scar tissue and key takeaways from actual incidents in their experiences.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #119, Customer Retention with James Hawkins of PostHog</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-119-customer-retention-with-james-hawkins-of-posthog</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Feb 2023 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4dd6f10e-c380-4f69-ad74-45e477a4505e</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 119 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with James Hawkins of PostHog. In this talk, James shares insights on utilizing product analytics, feature flags, session recordings, qualitative user feedback, and A/B testing to build better products and improve customer retention.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 119 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with James Hawkins of PostHog. In this talk, James shares insights on utilizing product analytics, feature flags, session recordings, qualitative user feedback, and A/B testing to build better products and improve customer retention.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-119-customer-retention-with-james-hawkins-of-posthog">Ep. #119, Customer Retention with James Hawkins of PostHog</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Build a Recession-Proof Revenue Team</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/recession-proof-revenue</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Feb 2023 17:23:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Sales Management]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[GTM Strategy]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Hiring]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5f2f7791-5b45-4ecf-9c1a-439ca056db0b</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>For startups, generating revenue even in challenging markets requires intentionally composing your go-to-market team.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2><strong>How Startups Generate Revenue in Challenging Markets</strong></h2><p></p><p>Successful startup founders already know that going to market requires important steps beyond developing a potential product to sell. For example, <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/messaging-framework">core messaging</a> provides direction for how your team will communicate your value proposition from marketing through initial sales and post-sales support, setting the stage for <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/early-stage-positioning-for-b2b-startups-with-justin-warren">positioning</a> and <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/continuous-launch-strategy-with-launchdarklys-dir-of-marketing">creating categories</a>. However, experienced founders also know the importance of making sure there’s enough capital to keep their businesses going–which means being able to generate recession-proof revenue even in down markets. In this brief interview, go-to-market (GTM) expert Kevin Kinkor explains some of the most important factors to consider when building out a sales function for developer-first startups, and how to manage GTM when budgets are tight.<br/></p><h3><strong>How Startups Should Think About Their First Sales Hire</strong></h3><p></p><p>When looking to build a GTM team that will get them off the ground, early-stage startups need to gauge their product’s ability to deliver value and scope out a proper initial sales motion, such as offering a free trial or freemium/premium offering. Finding the right person will be a matter of fitting into the early-stage sales processes you’ve started to run to help achieve your goals. Some important factors to consider are:</p><p></p><ul><li><strong>Building Your GTM Team Around Product-Market Fit and Initial Value:</strong> Early-stage startups need a sense of how they achieve product-market fit (PMF) and how they deliver value to customers, such as through usage analytics pulled from a free trial or freemium product.</li><li><strong>Understanding the Initial Sales Delivery Process:</strong> Founders can and should perform due diligence on best practices, perhaps by polling their networks for feedback to understand what will work best for their organization. In all cases, they should plan to have a technical partner, such as an engineering lead, available to enable sales to tackle complicated technical objections from sales prospects.</li><li><strong>Finding the Right Person to Scale Your GTM:</strong> There’s no one-size-fits-all best choice for a first sales hire. For some orgs, it may make sense to hire a senior “doer” sales professional ready to transition into a leadership role. For others, founders first hire an early-stage sales development representative (SDR) to help source qualified leads, while they themselves act as late-stage sales account executives (AEs) who close deals.</li><li><strong>Getting Great Sales Talent in the Door:</strong> Attracting the right talent, even in down markets, can be tough. Founders can strengthen their hiring pitch by clearly indicating they have both the capital and the will to seriously invest in a GTM team...an important reassurance for a prospective sales hire and for marketing hires as well.<br/></li></ul><blockquote>“Consider the value of your product and how you handle sales without that formal sales hire. Do you have a delivery vehicle for sales? Decide whether you’re hiring a leader, which means more experience at a higher cost, or a ‘doer,’ or a more-senior ‘doer’ who may come at a lower cost, but will need time to mature into a leader.”</blockquote><p><strong>- Kevin Kinkor, CEO and Co-Founder | Kinkor Consulting</strong></p><p></p><h3><strong>Building a GTM Team in Adverse Markets</strong></h3><p></p><p>Experienced founders understand that to adapt to adverse markets, startups must take defensive measures to ensure they have enough runway to ride out the storm, including driving retention among their most loyal customers, triaging at-risk customer accounts, and cutting costs where possible. However, there may be opportunities to seek new markets or new revenue sources–as startups explore new opportunities, they must also be vigilant about measuring their progress. To weather a downturn, startups should consider:</p><p></p><ul><li><strong>Re-Evaluating Previous Successes vs. Today’s Tougher Markets:</strong> Were previous sales wins based on tried-and-true best practices or were sellers just selling “inside the box” by following a narrow playbook that was successful due to frothier markets and more free-flowing money?</li><li><strong>Looking for “Recession-Proof” Ways to Drive Revenue:</strong> Pursuing a land-and-expand approach across your current customer accounts can help your startup conserve considerable expense in terms of customer acquisition cost (CAC)...the high cost of marketing to and building relationships with net-new leads that become first-time customers. Can you instead secure recurring revenue by providing outstanding customer service that ensures little to no customer churn? Can you upsell highly engaged customers to higher tiers or cross-sell additional products?</li><li><strong>Re-Evaluating Your Total Addressable Market (TAM):</strong> Are there entirely net-new verticals (or net-new accounts, or even net-new personas within existing customer accounts) that might make sense to try to break into? Founders may want to ask themselves what opportunities they’ve missed by selling “inside the box”...and how much they’d consider investing in exploring new markets.</li><li><strong>Measure Performance of Current and New Programs Regularly:</strong> It’s common for tech startups to evaluate sales performance quarterly–a cadence that also lends itself well to measuring sales performance, understanding that making changes to your sales motion will require time to bear out.<br/></li></ul><p>“When times were good, it might’ve been easy to sell ‘inside the box.’ When things get tough, startups need to figure out what ‘the box’ looks like, and what opportunities exist outside of it. Think about re-evaluating your TAM quarterly.”<br/></p><h3><strong>Avoiding Costly GTM Mistakes in Any Market Conditions</strong></h3><p></p><p>Experienced founders know that running a startup can involve quite a bit of trial and error. Regardless of market conditions, it’s a good idea to try to avoid these common startup GTM mistakes:</p><p></p><ul><li><strong>Immediately Walking Away from Closed-Lost Deals:</strong> No startup ever wins 100% of the sales deals it pitches, and no sales professional enjoys hearing a prospect say “no.” However, closed-lost deals can be a vital source of feedback on your product and your sales approach. It can be surprisingly productive to have one last follow-up with prospects who are still willing to talk. The reason they engaged with you was that they thought you had a valuable solution–and they may give you important insights that help you win more deals in the future.</li><li><strong>Hiring at Seniority Levels Below Candidates’ Experience:</strong> Another surprisingly common mistake is hiring experienced sales professionals into excessively junior positions, leading to them eventually becoming bored and wandering off to better opportunities.</li><li><strong>Not Hiring Intentionally:</strong> Even in the toughest markets, top sales professionals tend to be in demand. It’s a good idea to ensure your sales hires are a fit for your current sales motion but can also grow into the next phase of your startup’s journey. Understand that top performers may grow restless in the face of a lack of opportunity and make sure you have enough runway and can offer interesting enough career development opportunities to hold onto highly valued team members.<br/></li></ul><p>“Avoid common mistakes–don’t be afraid to dig deeper into closed-lost deals. You’d be amazed at what kind of info those prospects will share with you. Also, hire the right person at the right level and do it intentionally. You don’t want to lose a top seller over a couple of months’ worth of runway.”</p><p><br/>Interested in learning more about how to generate recession-proof revenue with the right team? Join GTM veterans Kevin Kinkor and Todd Lathrope in this <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/recession-proof-revenue-w-kevin-kinkor-and-todd-lathrope">Sales Master Class session on February 9</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/recession-proof-revenue">How to Build a Recession-Proof Revenue Team</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #35, The Open Source Journey with Tom Preston-Werner</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-35-the-open-source-journey-with-tom-preston-werner</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Feb 2023 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">efb1354a-3f2b-4e3a-b68b-e84f8dcc30e7</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 35 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie are joined by Tom Preston-Werner. Tom shares insights gleaned from his open source journey including the founding of GitHub and his many side projects along the way. This talk explores themes on entrepreneurship, scaling, semantic versioning, dogfooding, and community building.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 35 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie are joined by Tom Preston-Werner. Tom shares insights gleaned from his open source journey including the founding of GitHub and his many side projects along the way. This talk explores themes on entrepreneurship, scaling, semantic versioning, dogfooding, and community building.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-35-the-open-source-journey-with-tom-preston-werner">Ep. #35, The Open Source Journey with Tom Preston-Werner</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The ROI of Great Technical Onboarding with Postman&#39;s Joyce Lin</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/the-roi-of-great-technical-onboarding-with-postman-joyce-lin</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Feb 2023 19:55:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Technical Onboarding]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">79162568-9f90-40fb-bf17-36fa4a4570bb</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Achieving quick Time-to-Value is a foundational element of great customer onboarding, but for technical products that require certain expertise and resource intensive implementation periods, it can take weeks or even months to get your customers to a great &quot;ah-ha&quot; moment.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Your Incident Response Playbook w/ Jeli CEO Nora Jones</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/your-incident-response-playbook</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Jan 2023 18:00:58 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Incident Response]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">54903d3e-59a1-4890-b231-3e29f2a3e74b</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this session, Nora Jones of Jeli discusses how engineering orgs can stop burning out teams, stop damaging customer relationships, and master IM as a practice with the Howie (short for “How we got here”) IM framework.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #118, Headless CMS at Speed with Jake Lumetta of ButterCMS</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-118-headless-cms-at-speed-with-jake-lumetta-of-buttercms</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Jan 2023 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">717ae5d5-4b0d-41f5-b174-fde797c75399</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 118 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Jake Lumetta of ButterCMS. This conversation explores the latest insights around headless CMS including API-first CMS, CMS-first principles, and the experience of moving from a traditional CMS to a headless CMS. This talk also contains general advice on bootstrapping startups, fundraising, and improving SEO.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 118 of Jamstack Radio, Brian speaks with Jake Lumetta of ButterCMS. This conversation explores the latest insights around headless CMS including API-first CMS, CMS-first principles, and the experience of moving from a traditional CMS to a headless CMS. This talk also contains general advice on bootstrapping startups, fundraising, and improving SEO.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-118-headless-cms-at-speed-with-jake-lumetta-of-buttercms">Ep. #118, Headless CMS at Speed with Jake Lumetta of ButterCMS</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #2, Active Listening with Kedasha Kerr of GitHub</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-active-listening-with-kedasha-kerr-of-github</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Jan 2023 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d280bbf2-2fd1-4685-97a3-e26b40459724</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 2 of Human Readable, Lo Etheridge and Rizel Scarlett speak with Kedasha Kerr of GitHub. They discuss the skills Kedasha acquired during her time as a social worker and how she&#x27;s currently utilizing those skills as a developer advocate. This talk explores various communication styles, insights on conflict resolution, the importance of community acceptance, tips for handling large career transitions, and what it means to practice active listening.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 2 of Human Readable, Lo Etheridge and Rizel Scarlett speak with Kedasha Kerr of GitHub. They discuss the skills Kedasha acquired during her time as a social worker and how she&#x27;s currently utilizing those skills as a developer advocate. This talk explores various communication styles, insights on conflict resolution, the importance of community acceptance, tips for handling large career transitions, and what it means to practice active listening.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-active-listening-with-kedasha-kerr-of-github">Ep. #2, Active Listening with Kedasha Kerr of GitHub</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Partnering with Design: Getting to Efficient Cross-Disciplinary Teams</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/partnering-with-design</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Jan 2023 17:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Design]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18fb826d-8900-4aba-9ee9-2a729a544e4f</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Focused on the product team, and told from a designer’s point of view, growth strategist and former LaunchDarkly Design Director, Melissa Patenaude, explores how to move from a small team of engineers to an efficient product-engineering-design team.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #57, Monitoring K8s Applications with Shahar Azulay of Groundcover</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-57-monitoring-k8s-applications-with-shahar-azulay-of-groundcover</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Jan 2023 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">73b70336-9af8-4640-b2fc-49082664cdb8</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 57 of o11ycast, Jess and Martin speak with Shahar Azulay of Groundcover about monitoring Kubernetes applications, improving the UI experience of observability tools, and utilizing APMs. Shahar shares lessons learned from his storied career in R&amp;D leadership positions, cyber security, machine learning and AI, as well as general advice for developers, SREs, project leaders, and executives.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 57 of o11ycast, Jess and Martin speak with Shahar Azulay of Groundcover about monitoring Kubernetes applications, improving the UI experience of observability tools, and utilizing APMs. Shahar shares lessons learned from his storied career in R&amp;D leadership positions, cyber security, machine learning and AI, as well as general advice for developers, SREs, project leaders, and executives.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-57-monitoring-k8s-applications-with-shahar-azulay-of-groundcover">Ep. #57, Monitoring K8s Applications with Shahar Azulay of Groundcover</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Technology Marketing vs. Product Marketing: Which Is Right for You?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/technology-marketing-vs-product-marketing</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Jan 2023 22:06:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product Marketing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Content Marketing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing Strategy]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15b939a8-e373-448c-ab96-cb61ea103334</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Learn how technology marketing can complement your devtool startup&#x27;s product marketing while offering powerful business benefits.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Is it possible to market a technology without marketing a specific product?</p><p>I believe the answer is yes, and many developer-focused companies already do, even though some may not explicitly refer to what they do as “technology marketing.”</p><p>“Technology marketing” and “product marketing” are often presented as potentially opposing priorities when I talk to marketing, product, and growth teams about their content marketing efforts. While the product marketing part is <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Product_marketing">well understood</a>, the technology side is often less clear. This is understandable when you consider that companies often measure their success by metrics like increases in product usage, sign-ups, or subscription revenue.</p><p>Moreover, when I talk to software companies specifically, any discussions of how technology marketing applies within their sector are often in their infancy, which is why we’ll discuss the potential benefits of technology marketing, particularly for developer-focused companies.</p><p>This article explores technology marketing and related concepts and gives a few real-world examples of how some developer-focused companies are doing technology marketing. Finally, I want to share with you a study that I conducted on 36 different Heavybit companies that investigates whether the companies doing technology marketing are seeing any easily measurable benefits.</p><p></p><h2>Definitions First: What’s Technology Marketing?</h2><p>I usually define technology marketing as any activities that accelerate acceptance of a technology in the market. A “technology” could be anything from a programming language, to a development framework, to a popular software tool. The reason for marketing a technology is that readers with goodwill towards that technology may extend their goodwill towards your company or product (or at least be curious about it) if they see that the two are related.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/61f66479998f51bd9d38f2af5f3697845b9656f1-2400x1424.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Technology marketing enables category creation and can accelerate your product’s usage from early adopters to mainstream users.</em></p><h2></h2><h2>Example: Marketing Complementary Technology</h2><p>Let’s take <a href="https://www.netlify.com">Netlify</a> as an example — a website hosting platform. I’ve been a user for many years because my personal site is built with Hugo, a static site generator (SSG) that integrates really well with the Netlify platform. Netlify’s promotion of static website generators like Hugo is a classic technology marketing initiative. Netlify doesn’t benefit from promoting SSGs directly, because it&#x27;s possible for you to use Hugo and other generators without Netlify. But Netlify and Hugo are complements: As more people use Hugo, more people will likely want to use Netlify, as long as it remains a convenient platform for Hugo website hosting.</p><p>Netlify could have chosen to exclusively promote its commercial product, website hosting, like so many other hosting companies. However, competition in the space is fierce, and it’s difficult to show differentiation to someone looking for generic website hosting. By promoting SSGs first, Netlify has positioned itself as a great option for static site users, thereby creating a “filter” for prospective customers and making its commercial service an easier sell later on.<br/></p><h2>Another Important Step: Measuring Success</h2><p>Just as in the Netlify example above, there needs to be a business benefit for your technology marketing investment to be justifiable. I see the benefit of technology marketing as leading to a lower cost of sales over the long run — you build a pre-qualified audience that will be much more open to what you have to sell, compared to a “cold” audience. However, the measurement of success for a technology marketing initiative gets tricky, because there often isn’t a way to directly measure adoption of a technology outside of a particular product.</p><p>Because things like “cost of sales” are difficult to measure across different types of technology (particularly for technology you don’t own), especially in a startup environment, companies tend to measure the success of technology marketing initiatives through proxies like frequency of use of the technology term on social media, GitHub stars (for open-source projects), or the search volume for a particular keyword combination.</p><p></p><h2>Technology Marketing and Open Source</h2><p>The line between product and technology marketing is particularly thin for companies with an open-source product. If you develop a free, open-source software (FOSS) tool and build a website to promote it, does that count as marketing a product or a technology?</p><p>You could argue either way, but I think most often the answer is “both,” because most companies intend to eventually convert some of OSS users into paid customers, while still keeping the OSS tool usable on its own and with a permissive license. So for any finance managers out there, you have my permission to allocate 50% (or whatever amount) of the technology marketing budget from product marketing, and the rest from brand marketing or R&amp;D!</p><p>The prevalence of OSS is probably why technology marketing has always been more common in developer tools than, say, the project management SaaS sector. For developer-focused tooling, there is frequently an innovation-driven component that has a clear benefit, and the marketplace is generally more accepting of cool new things. But because there isn’t always a direct line between the tech and the product, technology marketing initiatives tend to be separate from product marketing.</p><p></p><h2>Why Companies Do Technology Marketing</h2><p>For a company like Netlify, promoting other technologies helps acquire more customers: The more static sites there are in the world, the more users Netlify will likely have. In this case, Netlify is complementary to static site generators (SSGs) like Hugo and Jekyll. This complementarity creates a positive growth loop, where Netlify grows the audience for SSGs and SSGs grow Netlify’s audience.</p><p>Other reasons, besides growing the customer base directly through growth loops, include:</p><p></p><ul><li><strong>Making Products Built on the Technology Easier to Understand (and Easier to Sell):</strong> As an example, Gradle.com offers an enterprise-focused, serviced version of Gradle, which uses the same open-source technology available on Gradle.org. While explaining Gradle’s commercial solution to someone who has never used Gradle would require a lot of effort, it’s easier to explain Gradle.com to a current Gradle user. It’s sufficient to say “it’s like OSS Gradle, but faster.”</li><li><strong>Building an Audience of Qualified Prospects:</strong> If someone puts effort into using a technology, it’s a good sign that what the technology accomplishes is important to them. If they are already invested in the technology, it’s more likely that you’ll be able to sell a commercial service related to the technology they already use, compared to a “cold” prospect.</li><li><strong>Recruiting:</strong> Associating yourself with a particular technology can help build an audience of qualified candidates. For example, Walmart Labs developed and launched the <a href="https://github.com/walmartlabs/lacinia">Lacinia</a> library for parsing queries from Facebook’s GraphQL for Clojure developers, as well as writing a number of high-quality blog articles promoting their library and positioning themselves as an authority on <a href="https://medium.com/walmartglobaltech/graphql-vs-rest-f067a79c2230">related topics</a>. None of this work is designed to drive more customers to Walmart, but probably many Clojure developers have heard of the library, and would consider working at the company that created it.</li><li><strong>Generally Building Goodwill and Increasing Brand Awareness: </strong>Associating your product with well-known technology can be a good way to build awareness for your brand. Also, as we mentioned earlier, selling your products can be easier when prospects recognize that what you’re selling relates to technology they already know and use.<br/></li></ul><p>Another important reason that companies do technology marketing is to <strong>direct web traffic to their website</strong>. While <a href="https://www.wizardondemand.com/post/how-we-measure-success-at-our-technical-writing-firm">content marketing is not just about traffic</a>, qualified traffic in particular can be very helpful. Next, we’ll take a more-detailed look at the connection between technology marketing and website traffic.</p><p></p><h2>Case Study: Heavybit Companies, Technology Marketing, and Traffic Stats</h2><p>For many of the companies we work with at Wizard on Demand, the question of whether to focus on product or technology marketing often comes up in talks about search, SEO, or paid promotion.</p><p>Here’s a common case: Early-stage companies often find that their prospects are already searching for a particular related technology, while there is no search volume for the product itself. Latching onto the technology is a productive way for these companies to get themselves in front of prospects.</p><p>For a quick example of how this works, I pulled some organic traffic estimates for Netlify’s website from the <a href="https://ahrefs.com">Ahrefs</a> SEO tool. Some of the most popular pages on the site for organic traffic, aside from the homepage and the pricing page, are:</p><p></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.netlify.com/blog/2016/05/02/top-ten-static-website-generators/">Top Ten Static Website Generators</a></li><li><a href="https://www.netlify.com/jamstack/">Welcome to the Jamstack | What, Why, and How of Jamstack</a><br/></li></ul><p>We can see that Netlify&#x27;s strategy of marketing static site generators is proving successful for its SEO. The other popular link discusses how to integrate the Jamstack with the Netlify platform. The Jamstack is a popular approach to web development and works well with SSGs. It’s worth noting that Netlify also owns the <a href="https://jamstack.org">https://jamstack.org</a> domain that ranks for search terms around the Jamstack.</p><p>It’s clear that the Jamstack is important to Netlify’s business growth. This approach of technology marketing seems to work for Netlify, but does it apply more generally? To find out, I did some traffic analysis using Ahrefs for other Heavybit portfolio companies. I classified companies into two categories: those I could easily identify were using technology marketing initiatives, and those who didn’t seem to be doing much technology marketing at that time.</p><p>We labeled companies as “engages in technology marketing” if the following criteria were met:<br/></p><ul><li>The company hasn’t been acquired (acquisitions can sometimes mean the website is outdated).</li><li>There is a prominent technology marketing initiative on the main page of the site, in either the copy or the navigation bar. Most often, we found it in the “Resources” section or in the site footer. I chose to exclude any links that were listed under the “Features” section, as some companies position some of their features around products they integrate with, which is different from technology marketing.<br/></li></ul><p>I looked at 37 companies in total; however, for simplicity’s sake, I ended up excluding Stripe from the calculations, as its organic traffic stats were significantly higher than that of the other companies put together, and it was distorting the averages. (Sorry, Stripe!)</p><p>After my analysis, I ended up with 18 companies in each category. I then pulled the total organic traffic for each company’s domain using Ahrefs’ Batch Analysis tool, and from this data I calculated some useful metrics, including the average traffic volume for each category:<br/></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/4dd8704fd2fd4431dc75dda0bb29357f82871846-1608x278.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p></p><p>Looking at this data, it seems like companies within the Heavybit portfolio with a prominent technology marketing initiative are getting almost 60% more organic traffic than companies without such an initiative.</p><p>There are definitely limitations to this data — specifically:</p><p></p><ul><li>I’m using Ahrefs traffic estimates, and it’s common for the actual traffic stats to be different. However, Ahrefs&#x27; information does tend to be directionally correct in my experience.</li><li>The dataset is limited to Heavybit companies, and it would be interesting to include other companies from the devtool space so that we have a lower chance of tilting towards companies at a specific growth stage.</li><li>The standard deviation is high, so the results are not universally applicable to every company in the dataset.<br/></li></ul><p>Despite our data limitations, the findings are consistent with the benefits I usually see with clients who engage in technology marketing: Traffic tends to be higher.</p><p></p><h2>Should Your Startup Do Technology Marketing?</h2><p>Technology marketing isn’t just about traffic, of course, and there are many more perspectives to consider, including those that relate to your wider business strategy. However, from a purely content marketing-focused approach, having a technology marketing initiative for a developer-focused company certainly seems to have some benefits!</p><p>But all that extra traffic isn’t actually helpful to your bottom line unless you can use it to get the results that you actually need for your business – like sign-ups, qualified leads, and paid users.</p><p>If I had to make a decision on whether to engage in technology marketing as part of a content marketing strategy, I would definitely look at how connected the technology is to the core product or service. If there is a natural transition that can be made from using the technology into using a paid service, I would be much more inclined to recommend promoting the technology.</p><p>Another common point of confusion:  You shouldn’t <em>postpone</em> product marketing to focus on technology marketing. If you have prospects who are ready to buy, regardless of how they ended up on your site, it would be a waste to not have the right collateral on your website to facilitate the sale. So everything that’s needed to not lose purchases early on — for example, pages that rank well for very high-purchase-intent keywords, as well as case studies and other materials that your sales team will need to be successful — should always be a top priority.</p><p>What we increasingly see within our client base at Wizard on Demand is two separate initiatives emerging, with one targeting the technology side and another one the product side, running in parallel. In these cases, the product and the technology are often being developed closely alongside each other, so technology marketing helps product marketing and vice versa.</p><p></p><h2>Summary</h2><p>Hopefully, some of the nuances of technology marketing are now a little clearer, and you can see some of the benefits that technology marketing can bring to your company when you combine it with your existing product marketing strategy.</p><p>Technology marketing is still a relatively new area within content marketing, so there are still plenty of gains to be made when adopting this new approach.</p><p>Do you have data from your own work that contradicts what I’ve found in my research? I’d love to hear from you. Feel free to <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/klochay/">connect with me on LinkedIn</a>, or email me at alexey (at) wizardondemand (dot) com.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/technology-marketing-vs-product-marketing">Technology Marketing vs. Product Marketing: Which Is Right for You?</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #117, Unpacking RedwoodJS with Amanda Giannelli of Okta</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-117-unpacking-redwoodjs-with-amanda-giannelli-of-okta</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Jan 2023 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0f233b51-2799-4e5a-9d61-d15006e6d06a</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 117 of Jamstack Radio, Brian is joined by Amanda Giannelli of Okta. This talk focuses on the full-stack web framework RedwoodJS, how it helped Amanda learn JavaScript, and her experience as a core team member and contributor. Other themes includes insights on getting started with open source and engaging with developer communities.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 117 of Jamstack Radio, Brian is joined by Amanda Giannelli of Okta. This talk focuses on the full-stack web framework RedwoodJS, how it helped Amanda learn JavaScript, and her experience as a core team member and contributor. Other themes includes insights on getting started with open source and engaging with developer communities.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-117-unpacking-redwoodjs-with-amanda-giannelli-of-okta">Ep. #117, Unpacking RedwoodJS with Amanda Giannelli of Okta</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>2022: DevTool Industry Year in Review</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/2022-devtool-industry-year-in-review</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Jan 2023 01:21:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">12462816-6ffd-4415-8155-6a91c10a1ee7</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Before we forge ahead with 2023 programming and content, we want to take some time to reflect on all the exciting things that happened for the devtools industry last year.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Happy New Year and welcome back! Before we forge ahead with 2023 programming and content, we want to take some time to reflect on all the exciting things that happened for the devtools industry last year, as well as thank the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/2022-heavybit-year-in-review">community, advisors, and leaders</a>, that made it happen.</p><h2>January</h2><ul><li>Pendo acquires <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2022/02/01/pendo-acquires-the-mind-the-product-to-boost-global-product-manager-community/">Mind the Product</a> to boost global product manager community</li><li><a href="https://mariadb.com/newsroom/press-releases/mariadb-corporation-ab-to-become-a-publicly-traded-company-via-combination-with-angel-pond-holdings-corporation/">MariaDB</a> becomes a publicly traded company </li><li>Were these <a href="https://www.forbes.com/sites/jonathanponciano/2022/01/03/the-biggest-ipos-to-watch-in-2022-reddit-trump-spac-tpg/">the biggest IPOs</a> to watch in 2022? </li></ul><h2>February </h2><ul><li>Bootstrapped startup <a href="https://www.forbes.com/sites/martingiles/2022/02/15/exclusive-startup-cloudinary-becomes-2-billion-unicorn-via-blackstone-investment">Cloudinary</a> becomes $2 billion unicorn </li><li><a href="https://www.aserto.com/blog/aserto-the-developer-api-for-permissions-and-rbac-is-open-to-all">Aserto</a>, the developer API for permissions and RBAC, becomes open to all</li><li>VCs caution about the impact on <a href="https://www.cnbc.com/2022/01/28/tech-sell-off-has-vcs-worried-about-a-drop-in-startup-valuations.html">private markets</a></li></ul><h2>March</h2><ul><li>Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency floats <a href="https://www.scmagazine.com/analysis/zero-trust/cisa-putting-finishing-touches-on-zero-trust-roadmap-for-agencies">Zero Trust roadmap</a> for agencies </li><li><a href="https://www.theverge.com/2022/3/22/22990637/okta-breach-single-sign-on-lapsus-hacker-group">Okta hack</a> puts thousands of businesses on high alert </li><li>Developer platforms and data stacks dominate the <a href="https://www.enterprisetech30.com/">Enterprise Tech 30</a></li></ul><h2>April</h2><ul><li>Google, Databricks, Fivetran, Redis and others launch the <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2022/04/05/google-databricks-fivetran-redis-and-others-launch-the-data-cloud-alliance/">Data Cloud Alliance</a> </li><li>Atlassian&#x27;s <a href="https://www.protocol.com/bulletins/atlassian-jira-outage-week">Jira outage</a> lasts weeks as the company slowly recovers</li><li><a href="https://techcrunch.com/2022/04/20/the-venture-slowdown-is-impacting-fundraising-for-startups-of-every-size-sector/">Venture slowdown</a> impacts fundraising for startups of every size, sector</li></ul><h2>May</h2><ul><li>Orbit acquires <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2022/05/18/orbit-acquires-hoopy-to-expand-its-devrel-offerings/">Hoopy</a> to expand its DevRel offerings </li><li>The next chapter for <a href="https://blog.cloudflare.com/workers-open-source-announcement/">Cloudflare Workers</a>: open source </li><li>GitHub <a href="https://www.developer-tech.com/news/2022/may/04/github-mandate-2fa-help-secure-software-supply-chain%EF%BF%BC/">mandates 2FA</a> to help secure the software supply chain￼ </li></ul><h2>June</h2><ul><li>Sanity announces <a href="https://www.businesswire.com/news/home/20220628005411/en/Sanity-Announces-Investment-from-Shopify-and-Launches-a-Direct-Integration-with-Shopify%E2%80%99s-New-Headless-Commerce-Stack">investment from Shopify</a> and launches a direct integration </li><li><a href="https://news.crunchbase.com/cloud/datastax-valuation-unicorn-vc-goldman/">DataStax</a> raises $115M round, valuation hits $1.6B </li><li>Data suggests that a <a href="https://www.inc.com/nick-mehta/what-saas-collapse-means-for-every-leader.html">recession looms</a> </li></ul><h2>July</h2><ul><li>Netlify invests in <a href="https://thenewstack.io/10-jamstack-startups-to-empower-frontend-developers/">10 startups</a> to promote Jamstack </li><li><a href="https://news.crunchbase.com/fintech-ecommerce/valuation-drops-stripe-instacart/">Stripe</a> reportedly lowers internal valuation </li><li><a href="https://localstack.cloud/blog/2022-07-13-announcing-localstack-v1-general-availability/">LocalStack</a> announces 1.0 general availability</li></ul><h2>August</h2><ul><li>Forbes releases this year’s <a href="https://www.forbes.com/lists/cloud100">Cloud 100</a> </li><li><a href="https://www.theverge.com/2022/8/23/23317857/twitter-whistleblower-zatko-security-spam-safety">Twitter</a>’s former security chief says company lied about bots and safety</li><li>GitLab announces plans to delete <a href="https://www.theregister.com/2022/08/04/gitlab_data_retention_policy">dormant projects</a> in free accounts </li></ul><h2>September</h2><ul><li>Heavybit announces its latest <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/press/announcing-heavybits-latest-fund">$80M fund</a> </li><li>Designers worry Adobe won’t let <a href="https://www.theverge.com/2022/9/21/23363188/adobe-destroy-figma-designers-ux-ui-creative-cloud">Figma</a> flourish </li><li>The Senate introduces bipartisan legislation to help <a href="https://www.hsgac.senate.gov/media/majority-media/peters-and-portman-introduce-bipartisan-legislation-to-help-secure-open-source-software_">secure open source</a> software </li></ul><h2>October</h2><ul><li><a href="https://techcrunch.com/2022/09/27/cloudflare-takes-aim-at-aws-with-promise-of-1-25-billion-to-startups-that-use-its-own-platform/">Cloudflare</a> promises $1.25 billion to startups that use its own platform </li><li>How will you feel if <a href="https://githubcopilotinvestigation.com/">Copi­lot</a> erases your open-source com­mu­nity? </li><li><a href="https://remix.run/blog/remixing-shopify">Remix</a> joins forces with Shopify</li></ul><h2>November</h2><ul><li>Despite big layoffs, tech workers are <a href="https://www.wired.com/story/despite-big-layoffs-meta-twitter-stripe-tech-workers-are-still-in-demand/">still in demand</a> </li><li>Why Twitter didn’t go down: from a <a href="https://matthewtejo.substack.com/p/why-twitter-didnt-go-down-from-a">real Twitter SRE</a> </li><li><a href="https://observer.com/2022/11/protocol-a-website-focused-on-tech-is-shutting-down-and-laying-off-its-entire-staff-of-64/">Protocol</a>, a website focused on tech shuts down </li></ul><h2>December</h2><ul><li><a href="https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-12-05/spacs-collapse-as-11-billion-of-deals-are-called-off-within-an-hour">SPACs collapse</a> as $11 billion of deals are called off within an hour </li><li>Department of Defense releases <a href="https://www.defense.gov/News/Releases/Release/Article/3225919/department-of-defense-releases-zero-trust-strategy-and-roadmap/">Zero Trust strategy</a> and roadmap </li><li>Industry experts offer their <a href="https://www.devopsdigest.com/2023-devops-predictions-1">2023 DevOps predictions</a> </li></ul><p>Want the latest dev tools and enterprise software news delivered straight to your inbox? Be sure to <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr?utm_source=https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/2022-devtool-industry-year-in-review#email=xxxxx">subscribe</a> to our mailing lists to hear about upcoming events, published content, devtool product updates, and more.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/2022-devtool-industry-year-in-review">2022: DevTool Industry Year in Review</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #116, Supporting Maintainers with Justin Dorfman of Sourcegraph</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-116-supporting-maintainers-with-justin-dorfman-of-sourcegraph</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Dec 2022 16:57:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3b82ebbb-e87e-4c36-8284-9f07bd19e0be</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 116 of Jamstack Radio, Brian Douglas speaks with Justin Dorfman of Sourcegraph. They explore the importance of supply chain security, tips for nurturing open source communities, Justin’s experience shifting from Slack to Discord, and insights on how the pandemic changed developer relations.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 116 of Jamstack Radio, Brian Douglas speaks with Justin Dorfman of Sourcegraph. They explore the importance of supply chain security, tips for nurturing open source communities, Justin’s experience shifting from Slack to Discord, and insights on how the pandemic changed developer relations.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-116-supporting-maintainers-with-justin-dorfman-of-sourcegraph">Ep. #116, Supporting Maintainers with Justin Dorfman of Sourcegraph</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>2022 Heavybit Year in Review </title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/2022-heavybit-year-in-review</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Sun, 18 Dec 2022 20:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1663ebe9-4239-4edc-acd2-9f239338fee1</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>To help you prepare for 2023, here are some of the top learnings from Heavybit&#x27;s content library this year, including our most popular videos, podcasts, and articles.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>For many startups, 2022 was a tough year due to difficult market conditions, and 2023 may be challenging as well. To help you prepare for the year ahead, here are some of the top content offerings from across the Heavybit community and what we’ve learned from them.</p><p></p><p></p><h2>Events</h2><h4><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/incident-response">DevGuild: Incident Management</a></h4><p>This DevGuild community event features incident management insights from DevOps and site reliability engineering leaders from Netflix, Amazon, Salesforce, New Relic, and PagerDuty (among others). Watch the on-demand sessions for actionable tactics on how to uplevel your entire org’s ability to monitor, detect, understand, react to, and analyze incidents.<br/></p><p></p><h2>Videos</h2><h4><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/early-stage-content-strategy-earn-trust-manage-risk-and-build-momentum">Early Stage Content Strategy: Earn Trust, Manage Risk and Build Momentum</a></h4><p>HitSubscribe CEO Erik Dietrich explains the What, Why, and How of content for early-stage startups, and how content can be the foundation of your business’ acquisition funnel. Also covered: Important reality-check questions on categories, pricing, and time-to-value.</p><h4><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/triads-product-marketing-engineering-design">Triads: Product Marketing, Engineering, Design</a></h4><p>LaunchDarkly’s head of product Karishma Irani explains how her organization combines engineering, product, and design perspectives on every major launch. Learn how you can implement “triads” in your organization to combine feasibility, usability, and value.</p><h4><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/product-led-content-strategy-w-atlassian-product-marketer-alex-zhitnitsky">Product-Led Content Strategy w/ Atlassian Product Marketer Alex Zhitnitsky</a></h4><p>You’ve heard of product-led growth (PLG), but what about product-lead content? Atlassian’s product marketing lead Alex Zhitnitsky explains how startups can build successful content by synthesizing their core messaging pillars with interesting stores and the SCQA model.<br/></p><p></p><h2>Podcasts</h2><h4><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/the-kubelist-podcast/ep-33-tailscale-with-avery-pennarun">The Kubelist Podcast #33 - Tailscale with Avery Pennarun</a></h4><p>The Kubelist hosts Marc and Benjie discuss Avery Pennarun’s 20+ year career as a developer, covering the state of modern networking and important lessons on building architecture that scales.</p><h4><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/the-right-track/ep-9-the-argument-for-less-specialization-with-erik-bernhardsson-of-modal-labs">The Right Track Podcast #9 - The Argument for Less Specialization with Erik Bernhardsson of Modal Labs</a></h4><p>The Right Track’s Stefania Olafsdottir sits down with Modal Labs founder Erik Bernhardsson to discuss best practices in data analysis, team building, and how to build a data culture at your organization.</p><h4><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/enterpriseready/ep-51-coaching-ceos-with-matt-mochary">Enterprise Ready Podcast #51 - Coaching CEOs with Matt Mochary</a></h4><p>Enterprise Ready’s host Grant Miller talks with leadership coach and investor Matt Mochary on how to coach leaders, and how to scale your business by building a culture of trust that successfully resolves conflict internally while creating strong customer relationships.<br/></p><p></p><h2>Articles</h2><h4><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/heres-how-to-do-segmentation-better">You’re Targeting Developers? So Is Everyone Else. Here’s How to Do Segmentation Better.</a></h4><p>Revere Communications CEO Caroline Lewko explains the significance of segmentation for a successful developer relations program. A key step in targeting the developers for your product is segmenting them by technology requirements, characteristics, and focus.</p><h4><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-software-benefits-advantages">What to Know About Open-Source Software: Benefits and Advantages</a></h4><p>Open-source software (OSS) is becoming more prominent by the day. But is it the best model to pursue for your startup? Learn everything you need to know about modern-day OSS, from development benefits to business models to licensing considerations...and more.</p><h4><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/incident-response-best-practices">Three Key Best Practices for Modern Incident Response</a></h4><p>Modern-day incident response is becoming an increasingly complex discipline. Here are three actionable tips from IR veterans on process, infrastructure, and engineering culture that will make your engineering team more resilient and better equipped to respond to incidents.</p><p></p><p></p><h2>Reports</h2><h4><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/reports/2023-markets-and-hiring-for-tech-leads">Report: 2023 Markets &amp; Hiring</a></h4><p>Get your executive summary on some of 2023’s top tips on budgets and hiring for tech leaders. Our report covers specific tactics to help you secure and maintain the budgets and teams you need in the coming year.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/2022-heavybit-year-in-review">2022 Heavybit Year in Review </a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Challenge of Building Marketplaces for Developers</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-build-a-developer-marketplace</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 16 Dec 2022 01:20:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2825c318-c592-4a6d-ab47-89ba722401b7</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Marketplaces for developer-first startups offer unique opportunities and challenges. Build a successful devtool marketplace using network effects.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On March 31, 2021, Stack Overflow went viral for an April Fool’s day prank that was as funny as it was resonant: <a href="https://stackoverflow.blog/2021/03/31/the-key-copy-paste/">The Key</a>–“a device built from the ground up to make copy-pasting code from Stack Overflow fast, painless, and fun.</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/6506f091e96febc501355808fc222ac988eccaba-1600x576.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p>Three years prior, the founder of Compassionate Coding, April Wensel, went viral with something very different: a Medium article titled <a href="https://aprilwensel.medium.com/suffering-on-stack-overflow-c46414a34a52">Suffering on Stack Overflow</a>, which expanded on a Tweet that accused Stack Overflow of being “toxic” and “inhumane”––a “wasteland.”</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/1f978fc48132e666d7ed3dc80547b7d2f3e2ab9e-1568x1222.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p>While Wensel has backed off a bit from her initial stance, both events went viral because they each speak some truth:</p><p></p><ul><li>Stack Overflow is so essential to developers that the idea of copy-pasting from it has passed from joke to meme to accepted technique.</li><li>It has such a complex reputation that some developers try to avoid it altogether.</li></ul><p></p><p>This dichotomy illustrates the power and challenge of network effects.</p><p>In this article, we’ll explore network effects–specifically, network effects for developer marketplaces. By the end, you’ll understand why so few developer-focused network businesses have succeeded, and if you’re interested in incorporating network effects into your business, you’ll have a better idea how to make them work.</p><p></p><h2>What are Network Effects?</h2><p>Network effects <a href="https://www.nfx.com/post/70-percent-value-network-effects">account for 70% of the value creation</a> in the technology industry between 1994 and 2017. Google, Microsoft, Facebook, Airbnb, Uber, Spotify–all these companies owe much of their success to network effects.</p><p>Network effects invite definition but resist explanation. The definition is simple: Network effects are when a business’s offering grows in value as it adds more users, meaning there is a positive and potentially exponential growth curve wherein companies add users, the offering gets better, and the company has an easier time adding users because the value of the offering keeps increasing. Over time, the growth and improvements lead to the classic hockey stick growth graph that every startup wants.</p><p>Network effects come in so many different flavors that it’s sometimes hard to pin down which is which. There are many different <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Network_effect">types of network effects</a>, which we’ll discuss shortly.</p><p>Stack Overflow, for instance, has aspects of a social network. It connects users from across the world, offers them profiles, and ostensibly helps them look good to employers. In other ways, it looks like early consumer internet businesses like <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Answers.com">Answers.com</a> or <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Yahoo!_Answers">Yahoo! Answers</a>, where users generate content and the site monetizes pageviews with ads. In contrast, Reddit, the “front page of the internet,” began as a community-focused operation reminiscent of bulletin-board style forums, while Facebook infamously started as a local campus project.</p><p>Founders looking to create a company that uses network effects have to balance between pattern-matching and pattern-breaking: learn from other networks but take a creative approach to your implementation.</p><p>So let’s talk about the challenges that marketplaces and social networks in this space face.</p><p></p><h2>Challenge 1: The Cold Start Problem</h2><p>The cold start problem, also known as the chicken or egg problem, refers to the difficulty of starting a network effect.</p><p>Facebook, for instance, after critical mass, is an easy sell for new users: All your family is on there! Connect, share, and enjoy!</p><p>But before critical mass, the pitch is difficult. If a new user’s family and friends aren’t on Facebook, why waste time on it? An empty network is frustrating and valueless.</p><p>Facebook solved this problem by focusing on the hyper-local and achieving <a href="https://www.cnn.com/interactive/2019/02/business/facebook-history-timeline/index.html">smaller bites of critical mass on individual college campuses</a>. Reddit solved this problem by <a href="https://arstechnica.com/information-technology/2012/06/reddit-founders-made-hundreds-of-fake-profiles-so-site-looked-popular/">creating fake users</a> who could curate content and make the platform appear bigger than it was–essentially faking a critical mass that could exert enough gravity for a real critical mass to take over.</p><p>If you’re building a network for software developers, kickstarting such efforts might be especially difficult. Jack Bridger, host of the <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/scaling-devtools/id1620866569">Scaling DevTools Podcast</a>, argues that developers, by trade, have to be &quot;higher-order thinkers,” meaning they’re less likely to be compelled by giveaways, vouchers, or deceptive marketing tactics.</p><p>A would-be competitor would have to do what Stack Overflow itself did and satisfy, in Bridger’s words, “higher-order desires.” For Stack Overflow, that involved convincing developers they were contributing to what co-founder Joel Spolsky <a href="https://www.joelonsoftware.com/2018/04/23/strange-and-maddening-rules/">called</a> “the programming equivalent to the Library of Congress.”</p><p>Any network business focused on developers has to conquer the cold start problem in an especially skeptical niche. You must cultivate a broad spectrum of users while ensuring both lurkers and power users are happy.</p><p><a href="https://dev.to">Dev Community</a> is a good example of a business doing this today. Initially, the site was essentially a developer-friendly alternative to Medium, but it’s evolved as the community around it has. It now offers forums, job listings, a conference, swag, and more. Writing content there is now arguably more valuable than writing on one’s personal blog because there’s a built-in audience already.</p><p></p><h2>Challenge 2: Unwinding and Overcrowding</h2><p>At some point, Facebook stopped hustling for college users and Reddit employees stopped faking posts. This “tipping point” happens when network effects take off and create the hockey stick graph founders dream of. The problem is that network effects only take you so far and if you’re not a good steward, they can unwind.</p><p>Investor Andrew Chen has written an entire book about network effects, and in it, he compares network effects to meerkat population growth. If a population of meerkats isn’t big enough to warn of incoming predators, then predators will pick them off one by one, and the incentive to join this population will deteriorate as fewer meerkats exist to warn others.</p><p>Networks are similar: If users download a new social network but find none of their friends are there, they might delete the app, which leads to a similar deterioration and evaporation. This dynamic, according to Chen, is what happened to MySpace.</p><p>If you assume the meerkat population clears the first threshold though, they will likely hit another problem: carrying capacity. There are limited resources and growth will eventually plateau as scarcity dominates.</p><p>Networks, again, are similar: If a communication app gets too many users all at once, users might have to fight to see the signal through the noise.</p><p>Building and fueling a network effect, then, isn’t enough. As your network effect spins up, it can also spin off users and the network effect can unwind.</p><p>Consider eBay, which was successful in the United States but launched in China and <a href="https://hbr.org/2019/05/a-study-of-more-than-250-platforms-reveals-why-most-fail">failed to capture the market</a> Alibaba eventually captured instead. The CEO of eBay China blamed a lack of trust among consumers because Chinese consumers weren’t accustomed to using Paypal, or a tool like it, to process payments. When eBay failed to build the consumer side, the benefits of remaining in that network collapsed and Alibaba had a chance to take over.</p><p></p><h2>Challenge 3: Monetization</h2><p>Many businesses deliver value that scales linearly with revenue (“<a href="https://www.kalzumeus.com/2006/08/14/you-can-probably-stand-to-charge-more/">charge more</a>” aside). For example, most SaaS businesses will increase revenue as they acquire more customers and deliver more value to users.</p><p>A business using network effects, however, can scale massively in value and yet fail to capture much, if any, of that value in terms of revenue.</p><p>Any founder looking to build network effects needs to be wary of this experience. It’s completely possible to build a wonderful marketplace that provides very little revenue along the way.</p><p>For example, the founders of Reddit previously sold the website in 2010 to Conde Nast for $10 million despite its “<a href="https://www.cnbc.com/2020/11/03/alexis-ohanian-reflects-on-selling-reddit-for-10-million.html">recent multibillion-dollar valuation</a>.” In contrast, Facebook has seen significant growth and profitability in its lifetime, but it has also seen more than its share of controversies, including <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/live/2021/10/05/technology/facebook-whistleblower-frances-haugen">run-ins with Congress</a>, and since shifting its focus to the “metaverse,” the company has seen <a href="https://globalnews.ca/news/9233468/meta-facebook-loses-650-billion-market-value/">significant losses</a>.</p><p>Even Stack Overflow has arguably created more value than it captures. In 2013, John Carmack, Oculus VR CTO, <a href="https://twitter.com/ID_AA_Carmack/status/380018564792455168?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw%7Ctwcamp%5Etweetembed%7Ctwterm%5E380018564792455168%7Ctwgr%5E722e94e19e0823da30279189f0d7a27cc4f3c869%7Ctwcon%5Es1_c10&amp;ref_url=https%3A%2F%2Fblog.codinghorror.com%2Fwhat-does-stack-overflow-want-to-be-when-it-grows-up%2F">tweeted</a> that Stack Overflow “has probably added billions of dollars of value to the world in increased programmer productivity.” Eight years later, Stack Overflow sold to Prosus for &quot;only&quot; $1.8 billion.</p><p>Stack Overflow monetized early on with a job board and it now sells a <a href="https://stackoverflow.co/teams/">B2B version</a> of its Q&amp;A software. Bridger notes that Stack Overflow “famously unseated <a href="https://go.experts-exchange.com">Experts Exchange</a>, which was at the time charging about $250 per year to see answers on programming questions.” It also helped, Bridger said, that the job board “was an additional feature rather than the reason developers came.”</p><p>The challenge is building a pathway toward monetization that doesn’t degrade the network effects the business relies on.</p><p></p><h2>Challenge 4: Defensibility</h2><p>Depending on the situation, defensibility can apply to big and small networks alike. For example, Snapchat had a thriving format in Snapchat Stories but lost momentum to Instagram, which copied the Stories format and added <a href="https://www.vox.com/2018/8/8/17641256/instagram-stories-kevin-systrom-facebook-snapchat">400 million daily users</a> since the move.</p><p>The problem is that social networks, by nature, compete with other social networks, meaning that a powerful network effect from another company can siphon users away as rapidly as you acquired them.</p><p>Marketplaces have an advantage, though. Since they’re harder to build, they’re also harder to unseat. A competitor to a successful marketplace has to create an experience that’s better for both customers and vendors to siphon off either type of user.</p><p>Social networks and marketplaces are both subject to competition via multi-tenanting, which is when a user uses multiple platforms. For example, software developers who want to write can easily use a tool like <a href="https://crossxpost.app/">CrossPost</a> to push the same blog post to Hashnode, Medium, Dev.to, and their personal blog.</p><p>For knowledge marketplaces like Stack Overflow, users can ask and answer questions on Stack Overflow, Reddit, and Quora. Though Stack Overflow is undoubtedly the leader in this niche, this dynamic means multiple platforms can continue to nip at its heels. Meanwhile, switching costs remain low. If users either find it worthwhile to switch, previously powerful network effects can unwind and competing companies can rapidly acquire departing users.</p><p></p><h2>Challenge 5: Pollution and Reputation</h2><p>At a large enough scale, the reputation of a network precedes itself, for good or for bad. Network effects, which might draw new users in while an application’s reputation is positive, can start to push new users away if the network’s reputation worsens.</p><p>Reputations typically change because of pollution. Pollution becomes a problem when a significant number of users change the experience of the social network in a way that doesn’t benefit the majority of users. D&#x27;Arcy Coolican and Li Jin categorize this differentiation into <a href="https://a16z.com/2018/12/13/network-effects-dynamics-in-practice/">three buckets</a>: contaminants, neutrals, and contributors:</p><blockquote>For a social network, adding a troll that disengages other users is a pollutant who removes value. Adding a lurker is neutral since that person doesn’t add or subtract any value from the network. Adding a great content producer contributes an enormous amount of value to the network.</blockquote><p>Consider a few examples of reputational issues and the approaches that different organizations have taken in response. For example, Reddit, perhaps as a consequence of its extremely broad community, has a history of <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Reddit#Controversies">controversies</a> that run the gamut from celebrity privacy hacks to politics. Facebook’s controversies are also well-known, including an infamous 2004 study linking <a href="https://mitsloan.mit.edu/ideas-made-to-matter/study-social-media-use-linked-to-decline-mental-health#:~:text=Researchers%20found%20a%20significant%20link,Harvard%20University%20in%20February%202004.">social media addiction</a> to potential psychological harm and a variety of issues pertaining to user privacy. Stack Overflow’s reputation and pollution problems stretch back years, with some users refusing to use the website in response. In a <a href="https://www.joelonsoftware.com/2018/04/13/gamification/">2018 retrospective</a>, founder Joel Spolsky acknowledged that the site can be “disproportionately off-putting to programmers from underrepresented groups” and that “we’ve also heard from too many who were apprehensive about participating.” While Stack Overflow has made some progress and it doesn’t seem to be hurting the site’s popularity or impact, it does show how difficult it is to stay on top in a marketplace business.</p><p></p><h2>Trends in Developer Marketplaces</h2><p>While the bulk of this article has been about the challenges of building and maintaining a network, marketplaces do still have a place in the developer ecosystem. There seems to be a rise in marketplaces devoted to producing and promoting <a href="https://draft.dev/learn/technical-content">technical content</a>, like <a href="https://dev.to/">Dev.to</a>, <a href="https://hashnode.com/">Hashnode</a>, and <a href="https://hackernoon.com/">HackerNoon</a>. There are also a plethora of talent marketplaces like <a href="https://www.toptal.com/">Toptal</a>, <a href="https://arc.dev/">Arc.dev</a>, <a href="https://www.turing.com/">Turing</a>, <a href="https://www.bairesdev.com/">Baires</a>, and several educational marketplaces targeting devs.</p><p>Community marketplaces are also making their way into software tools. For example, Replit allows <a href="https://replit.com/community/all">users to share projects publicly</a> and Strapi has a <a href="https://github.com/strapi/community-content">robust community content program</a> that helps users discover new use cases.</p><p>Building developer marketplaces is challenging, but network effects are a powerful growth driver. With <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/jamstack-radio/ep-106-blockchain-infrastructure-with-anthony-campolo-of-quicknode/">web3 and blockchain tooling continuing to evolve</a>, there may be even more opportunities for new developer marketplaces than ever before, and I’m looking forward to seeing what comes next.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-build-a-developer-marketplace">The Challenge of Building Marketplaces for Developers</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #34, Slim.AI with Kyle Quest and John Amaral</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-34-slim-ai-with-kyle-quest-and-john-amaral</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Dec 2022 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b9e02213-c0cf-4fe1-b52c-66b2317fa12b</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 34 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie speak with Kyle Quest and John Amaral of Slim.AI. This talk explores container security in depth, including insights on software supply chain security, vulnerability scanning, and the three principles of shipping a secure product.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 34 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie speak with Kyle Quest and John Amaral of Slim.AI. This talk explores container security in depth, including insights on software supply chain security, vulnerability scanning, and the three principles of shipping a secure product.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-34-slim-ai-with-kyle-quest-and-john-amaral">Ep. #34, Slim.AI with Kyle Quest and John Amaral</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #115, Reimagining Terminals with Zach Lloyd of Warp</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-115-reimagining-terminals-with-zach-lloyd-of-warp</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Dec 2022 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20a88e87-f955-4ca9-9c69-103b70155c38</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 115 of Jamstack Radio, Brian Douglas chats with Zach Lloyd of Warp. This talk explores tools and practices for making the terminal more collaborative, including themes on improving developer experience and prioritizing performance and speed when choosing a tech stack.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 115 of Jamstack Radio, Brian Douglas chats with Zach Lloyd of Warp. This talk explores tools and practices for making the terminal more collaborative, including themes on improving developer experience and prioritizing performance and speed when choosing a tech stack.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-115-reimagining-terminals-with-zach-lloyd-of-warp">Ep. #115, Reimagining Terminals with Zach Lloyd of Warp</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #1, Intent vs Impact with Demetris Cheatham </title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-intent-vs-impact-with-demetris-cheatham</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Dec 2022 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">deeec11c-1968-44c0-b177-627503456be3</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this inaugural episode of Human Readable, Lo Etheridge and Rizel Scarlett speak with Demetris Cheatham of GitHub. This conversation explores topics like DEI in tech, the importance of mentorships, advice on hiring, leadership and management training, and the many parallels between social work and tech.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this inaugural episode of Human Readable, Lo Etheridge and Rizel Scarlett speak with Demetris Cheatham of GitHub. This conversation explores topics like DEI in tech, the importance of mentorships, advice on hiring, leadership and management training, and the many parallels between social work and tech.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-intent-vs-impact-with-demetris-cheatham">Ep. #1, Intent vs Impact with Demetris Cheatham </a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #114, Automating API Security with Rob Dickinson of Resurface</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-114-automating-api-security-with-rob-dickinson-of-resurface</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Nov 2022 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">08669c35-bc68-4e84-9fba-2979b48842cd</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 114 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Rob Dickinson of Resurface. This conversation explores API security in depth, including insights on vulnerability scanning, data collection, observability, runtime security, and perimeter security.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 114 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Rob Dickinson of Resurface. This conversation explores API security in depth, including insights on vulnerability scanning, data collection, observability, runtime security, and perimeter security.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-114-automating-api-security-with-rob-dickinson-of-resurface">Ep. #114, Automating API Security with Rob Dickinson of Resurface</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #5, The State of SRE and Beyond</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-the-state-of-sre-and-beyond</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Nov 2022 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a0651a80-8a71-451a-bd3d-0f00ab0e2d22</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 5 of Getting There, Nora and Niall meet for a conversation at SREcon. This talk explores the history of the conference, the state of SRE, the role of company historians, insights on complexity management, and the value of SREs and systems thinkers.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 5 of Getting There, Nora and Niall meet for a conversation at SREcon. This talk explores the history of the conference, the state of SRE, the role of company historians, insights on complexity management, and the value of SREs and systems thinkers.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-the-state-of-sre-and-beyond">Ep. #5, The State of SRE and Beyond</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Three Key Best Practices for Modern Incident Response</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/incident-response-best-practices</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Nov 2022 18:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Incident Response]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Observability]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Site Reliability Engineer (SRE)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Monitoring]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d8703186-c79a-4646-8630-f89a1e24750c</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Here are some of the most hard-won learnings on modern incident response shared by DevOps and incident response veterans from Amazon, Netflix, Slack, New Relic, and PagerDuty.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>Incident management</em> refers to the process that a company takes to detect, act upon, and resolve issues with their software products, particularly issues that cause process or customer issues, as well as follow-up actions to prevent future issues.</p><p>Learn more about the latest best practices and technology to maximize uptime and master the entire incident management process at the virtual <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/incident-response">DevGuild: Incident Response Summit</a>.<br/><br/></p><h2>What to Know About the Modern Incident Management Process</h2><p>In the past, many organizations used to consider adopting incident management practices after the fact. Teams would “discover” site reliability engineering after the many support tickets, after the stressful process of trying to track down and triage breakages, and after the loss of goodwill and trust among customers. Estimates suggest that outages can cost companies as much as <a href="https://techchannel.com/IT-Strategy/09/2021/cost-enterprise-downtime">$300,000</a> per hour.</p><p>In a worst-case scenario, high-severity outages seem like every engineering team’s worst nightmare. They can be expensive and incredibly disruptive events that can take an entire team off course. Almost <a href="https://uptimeinstitute.com/about-ui/press-releases/2022-outage-analysis-finds-downtime-costs-and-consequences-worsening">40%</a> of organizations have experienced a major outage caused by human error - and 85% of those incidents involved process breakdowns where teams either didn’t follow their plan or didn’t have one in the first place. At worst, severe outages can also do irreparable damage to a team’s relationships, morale, and ability to get things done in the future.</p><p>But incidents don’t have to be painful or costly, and you can train your team to become much better at managing them. Here are three key best practices from some of the most experienced voices in modern incident management.</p><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/095cb586ca725d2e324cd7b89ff08f90c0cc2dcc-703x395.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Downtime can cost organizations in excess of $300,000 per hour. Image courtesy TechChannel.</em><br/></p><h2>1. Normalize Incidents. Talk About Them Often.</h2><p>One of the best ways to flip the script on incidents being terrifying, hidden dangers is to accept them as normal, inevitable parts of the development and deployment process.</p><p></p><blockquote>Get people in a room that are impacted by incidents and have them talk about the impact. Figure out ways to work together differently. Modern orgs seem afraid to even use the term ‘incident.’ OK, but do you have things that interrupt your day? Things you’re afraid might go down? Because they’re impacting your team. Any work that gets impacted, that was unplanned, should be looked at.” -Nora Jones, Founder / Jeli</blockquote><p><br/>Nora Jones, the founder of <a href="https://jeli.io">Jeli</a> and the <a href="https://www.learningfromincidents.io/">Learning From Incidents community</a>, points out that one of the most subtle but potentially significant obstacles to mastering incident management is approach avoidance. Busy engineering teams understandably prefer to focus their time on executing their current projects, but as a result, may end up avoiding proactive incident prep until it’s too late.</p><p>“Incidents touch many different areas of an organization,” says Jones. “Many people carry other stories. Discussing incidents doesn’t just help you prepare for them in the future - it helps you understand more about your team’s world.”</p><p>For Jones, engineering teams that accept incidents as a fact of life prepare themselves emotionally as well as organizationally. “Instead of seeing incidents as catastrophic, they’ll be a normal part of work. It’s not that you’ll suddenly have fewer incidents, but it will feel easier, less stressful, and more seamless. More importantly, you’re in a much better position to get the right people in the room faster and build more customer trust.”</p><p>While it can take some time to adjust, teams that shift their thinking and their approach will ultimately benefit. “It’s like building up muscle memory, and not just for individual engineers, but group muscle memory,” Jones explains. “Instead of hoping that the one superhero from the last incident can bail you out again, you’re making sure your whole team is prepared.”</p><p></p><h2>2. Get Honest About Your Infrastructure. And Prepare Accordingly.</h2><p>Developing modern, cloud-native software products offers many well-known benefits, including scalability, flexibility, and cost-effectiveness. One not-so-obvious downside is how many components of cloud-native software are owned and operated by third-party vendors, outside of your own engineering org’s control. Recent studies suggest that more than <a href="https://journal.uptimeinstitute.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/06/diagram-Figure-1-Most-say-cloud-only-resilient-enough-for-some-workloads.png">50%</a> of engineering teams don’t believe the public cloud is capable of managing all their mission-critical workloads.<br/></p><blockquote>One thing that’s often overlooked is taking dependency availability into account when setting SLAs. You may have services you depend on that offer four nines...but that doesn’t mean <em>your systems</em> will have the same. When you introduce dependencies you don’t control, the math changes. If each cloud dependency has their 0.01% downtime at a different time, your system simply cannot offer four nines itself.” -Jeff Martens / CEO, Co-Founder / Metrist</blockquote><p></p><p><a href="https://metrist.io">Metrist</a> co-founders Jeff Martens (CEO) and Ryan Duffield (CTO) believe that engineering teams will benefit from a reality check on their infrastructure. Says Martens, “It’s very common for companies to have more than <a href="https://cdn2.hubspot.net/hubfs/2093754/eBooks/2020%20SaaS%20Trends%20Report.pdf">130</a> cloud dependencies - third-party cloud apps that are a core part of their operational infrastructure.”</p><p>Because so much is riding on third-party applications, it’s crucial to understand the apps that underpin your org’s own software, as well as what the expectations are concerning uptime and response times. Martens explains: “Of course, developers understand that their orgs rely on mainstream platforms such as AWS and Stripe, but there are many more apps that provide foundational support for their operations. What they may not understand is the nature of each of their dependencies. What part(s) of my product do they power? What kind of functionality and uptime are they promising via their SLA? And just as importantly, how have they been performing against their SLA?”</p><p>Duffield adds: “A shocking number of services don’t offer an SLA at all. So to protect your software’s uptime, and your customers, it’s time to start having conversations with your vendors. Sure, maybe the conversation involves upgrading to a costly higher tier that may not be feasible right now. But it’s important to at least understand the historical and current performance of each of your services, especially if you’re relying on them every day for your own operations.”</p><p>“And the final part of actionability: Once you’ve figured out the things that are important, have an alternative provider as a fallback, pay for it, and practice switching to the fallback,” Duffield advises. “In case of emergencies, you’ll know how the process works. It’ll save you tons of time and money during outages when every moment counts.”</p><p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/8ce0a4a96b7fdc8eba464e668337ddcfa9a2935d-1152x903.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>More than 50% of organizations feel the public cloud isn’t resilient enough to handle all mission-critical workloads. Image courtesy Uptime Institute.</em></p><p></p><h2>3. Embrace the Process. Mastery Will Come.</h2><p></p><blockquote>Here’s the thing: I don’t know the difference between ‘observability’ and ‘incident management.’ When we talk about monitoring, DevSecOps...all these pieces are important. It’s time to start viewing incident management more broadly as a lifecycle. Engineering teams will get good at this when they embrace the whole process and each of its steps.” -Jesse Robbins, General Partner / Heavybit</blockquote><p></p><p>Recent years have brought exciting new technical developments in important incident response processes, such as observability and monitoring. Heavybit general partner and <a href="https://chef.io">Chef</a> founder Jesse Robbins points out: “While early detection is extremely important, it’s one step in a larger lifecycle process of monitoring, detecting, understanding, responding, analyzing, and resolving. Observability is really important and there are some very exciting developments in the field right now, but it’s not a one-and-done. Obviously, once you find an issue, you have to then go put out the fire.”</p><p>Robbins points out that since so many outages are due to process-related human error, a key step to improving your engineering org’s incident management is better overall processes in combination with better tools. “I think it’s helpful to frame this whole concept of an incident lifecycle as a continuous circle, where we’re not just addressing today’s incident, but we’re also learning from it and preparing for future incidents.</p><p>Learn about the full incident management lifecycle and how your engineering team can become experts at incident response at the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/incident-response">virtual DevGuild: Incident Management Summit</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/incident-response-best-practices">Three Key Best Practices for Modern Incident Response</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #113, AI-driven Audio with Peadar Coyle of Aflorithmic</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-113-ai-driven-audio-with-peadar-coyle-of-aflorithmic</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Nov 2022 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3053cb77-96b1-4749-8054-dd5f82b4ef47</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 113 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Peadar Coyle of Aflorithmic. They discuss exciting new use cases for AI-powered audio, the recent explosion of synthetic media, and the changing landscape of audio production at scale.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 113 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Peadar Coyle of Aflorithmic. They discuss exciting new use cases for AI-powered audio, the recent explosion of synthetic media, and the changing landscape of audio production at scale.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-113-ai-driven-audio-with-peadar-coyle-of-aflorithmic">Ep. #113, AI-driven Audio with Peadar Coyle of Aflorithmic</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Three Questions to Answer Before Announcing a New Feature</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-announce-a-new-product-feature</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Oct 2022 08:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product Launch]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Launch Strategy]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Messaging &amp; Positioning]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7b7e1948-ccc3-497f-965a-c43bb792cc82</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Announcing a new feature? First, make sure you cover these key questions on targeting, messaging, and usage.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Announcing a new feature can be just as important to your company as a full-blown <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/a-startup-guide-to-product-launches-generate-the-hype-your-product-deserves">product launch</a>. In this article, we’ll cover three of the top considerations for product teams at devtool companies before they make the big announcement, along with a pre-announcement checklist and tips for a distribution plan.</p><h2>The Benefits of Successful Feature Announcements</h2><p>Feature discovery is the process of making your customers aware of your product’s features, with initial announcements being that crucial first step. Successfully launching your next feature can mean many important wins for your product and your team, including:</p><ul><li>Increased Engagement: Your next feature could be the key to making customers fall in love all over again with your product, and in some cases, help position them to move up to your next pricing tier.</li><li>Preventing Churn: Your next feature may also make your product stickier and encourage low-usage customers to log back in, instead of churning.</li><li>Improved Competitive Positioning: In some cases, your next product feature may put you on better footing against, or significantly ahead of, your competitors. A steady cadence of launches is also a subtle but powerful proof point to your customers and sales prospects that you have a vibrant product worth investing in, one that won’t stagnate, but rather, will continue to grow and evolve.</li><li>Opening Doors to New Business: New features, when you announce them correctly, may catch the attention of non-customers who are searching for the functionality you’re rolling out.</li><li>Reopening Missed Opportunities: Your new feature might be what brings back lapsed customers, or previous sales prospects who didn’t have the right budget, need, or timing the last time around.</li></ul><p>A feature launch is a point-in-time project that can be hugely valuable for your devtool company...if you make sure you nail your announcement plan first.</p><h2>Three Questions to Answer Before You Announce Your Next Feature</h2><p>To make sure all your feature announcements do as much for you as they possibly can, make sure you can answer these three key questions and weave them into your announcement plan.</p><h3>1. Who Is the Target Audience? New Users, Existing Users, or Both?</h3><p>Start with getting clear on your target audience by setting clear launch goals. Stack ranking your launch goals will help you clarify exactly which people you’ll want to reach.</p><p>Are you looking to increase usage at the feature level for existing users? Your announcement should target users through owned channels like in-app notifications and product newsletters, as well as social channels where you have an established following. Is your launch an opportunity to acquire a new customer segment you didn’t have before? Go broader with your reach, explore new channels, and keep in mind that the messaging for your announcement is an opportunity to educate potential users for the first time about your product.</p><h3>2. What Is the Main Thing People Need to Know? Why Should They Care?</h3><p>Whether you target existing customers or new users, you’re targeting busy developers who don’t have time to dig for the information they need. Make sure you have clear answers to at least the following three questions:</p><ul><li>What new capability are you introducing for new and/or existing users?</li><li>What can they do with the new capability?</li><li>How is it different/better than what they had before?</li></ul><h3>3. How Can People Try the New Feature?</h3><p>Ending with a clear call to action is important for any launch, but essential for a developer-focused offering. Consider the following steps:</p><ul><li>Make Your Feature’s Status Clear: To properly temper expectations for an <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/effective-launches/">effective launch</a>, ensure you know the future state of your feature at announcement time (beta, early access, or general availability) and how you plan to communicate it. For instance, users will [hopefully] have lower expectations of a beta launch than a GA launch, but may also benefit from clear documentation of current limitations or future plans.</li><li>Make the Process Easy With a Full Breakdown: To remove as much friction as possible from the adoption process, plan a full breakdown of the exact steps developers will need to take to try out your new feature.</li><li>Link to Documentation as Needed: If you have documentation planned for your feature (which you should), plan to link back to it for users that want more in-depth information. For features that tie back to other, in-depth functionality in your product, don’t hesitate to link back to those other features in your documentation as well.</li><li>Rescope the Process if Needed: As you write out the process to try out the new feature and find it even slightly complicated or difficult to follow, it’s a good idea to make it easier to try before launch.</li></ul><h2>Checklist: Quick Go/No-Go Questions</h2><h3>1. Do You Have at Least One Launch Goal?</h3><p>It’s a good idea to pick at least one goal for launch.</p><p>Sample Goals for a Customer-Focused Launch:</p><ul><li>X number of user accounts utilize the new feature within Y time period</li><li>X% of new tasks run include the new feature</li><li>New feature pushes X amount of data within Y time period</li></ul><p>Sample Goals for a Customer-and-New-User-Focused Launch:</p><ul><li>X number of new freemium/trial signups within Y time period</li><li>X% website traffic increase for new feature landing page</li><li>X% open and/or clickthrough rates in an announcement email</li></ul><h3>2. Is the Process Too Difficult?</h3><p>Yes, it’s worth repeating. If the process to try out the new feature is too complicated or hard to follow, simplify it before launch. As we mentioned, your feature announcement can bring your team tremendous value. But if it’s too hard for developers to figure out how to try it, no one will use it, you don’t realize the benefits, and all your announcement planning will have been in vain.</p><h3>3. Is the Feature Ready for Your Target Audience?</h3><p>Is your primary play to get new users from a new segment...but the experience isn’t quite ready for new users yet? Make sure your feature is available in a beta form, at minimum, for the target audience, and provide appropriate documentation to manage expectations.</p><h2>Launch Example: Shipyard Launches GitHub Actions Integration</h2><p>Let’s look over an example feature announcement from <a href="https://shipyard.build/">Shipyard</a>, covering its integration for GitHub Actions. Shipyard is a platform that gives developers and product teams the power to create on-demand environments on every pull request, in part by providing direct integrations to important workflow tools such as Docker, Kubernetes, AWS, Slack, and CircleCI, among others.</p><p>As we read <a href="https://shipyard.build/blog/shipyards-github-action/">Shipyard’s feature announcement</a>, we can see that it tells a before-and-after story about how, before offering the GitHub Actions integration, users had to write their own script to connect to the Shipyard API.</p><h3>What’s the Target Audience?</h3><p>Shipyard’s team has created a clean, easy-to-read article for both existing customers and future sales prospects alike. The article not only clearly explains the use cases and value for the new announcement - letting users run continuous integration jobs (such as integration and end-to-end) from ephemeral environments.</p><p>To enable existing users, the announcement has clear examples of how to use the new feature, with helpful links to Shipyard’s documentation pages. To attract the attention of people who aren’t using Shipyard yet, the announcement also happens to mention that the feature’s functionality is comparable to CircleCI orb, another high-value feature that Shipyard users utilize with other important tools.</p><h3>What’s the Main Thing to Know About the Launch?</h3><p>Clearly, the announcement is about GA for Shipyard’s GitHub Actions functionality, including the fact that it’s available, how it works, and where users can go for more details (Shipyard’s documentation page, in this case).</p><h3>How to Try the New Feature?</h3><p>The announcement helpfully provides a clear, brief, two-step walk-through, complete with screen captures of what the implementation should look like. It also links to documentation for configurations and outputs for those who need more information.</p><h2>Distribution</h2><p>Once you get audience targeting, messaging, and user instructions to a good place, your main focus should be <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/practical-product/ep-8-launch-day-trifecta-hackernews-producthunt-techcrunch/">distribution</a>. Consider the following questions to guide your distribution plan:</p><h3>Where Does Your Target Audience Live?</h3><p>You should [hopefully] already have a clear understanding of where your target audience congregates, such as on social media or in specific online communities.</p><h3>Who Can Help You Spread the Word (And Is Easy to Reach)?</h3><p>Beyond your team members, do you have highly engaged customer champions, friendly partner companies, friendly investors, and even an influencer or two in your network to help you amplify the story?</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-announce-a-new-product-feature">Three Questions to Answer Before Announcing a New Feature</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #112, WebOps with Josh Koenig and Steve Persch of Pantheon</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-112-webops-with-josh-koenig-and-steve-persch-of-pantheon</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Oct 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3f8e2034-c7a3-4446-87ee-8b7362c84ecb</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 112 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Josh Koenig and Steve Persch of Pantheon. This conversation explores WebOps, CMSes, the evolution of front end frameworks, insights on choosing the right tools and services, and Pantheon’s roadmap.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 112 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Josh Koenig and Steve Persch of Pantheon. This conversation explores WebOps, CMSes, the evolution of front end frameworks, insights on choosing the right tools and services, and Pantheon’s roadmap.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-112-webops-with-josh-koenig-and-steve-persch-of-pantheon">Ep. #112, WebOps with Josh Koenig and Steve Persch of Pantheon</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Advantages of Open Source Software for Devs and Companies</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-software-benefits-advantages</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Oct 2022 08:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Startups]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer-First Go-To-Market]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[GTM Strategy]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Community]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Open Standards]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Launch Strategy]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Fundraising]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Software as a Service (SaaS)]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7e912851-3ea6-40fc-9d6d-cfa88320e363</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Understand the benefits of open source software, how to decide between OSS and paid solutions, and potential challenges in deploying OSS.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h1>Advantages of Open Source Software for Devs and Companies</h1><p>Open-source software (OSS) advantages include lower starting costs, faster project starts, faster iteration, more-flexible software development processes, robust community-driven support, and easier license management, without being contractually locked into work with a single vendor...to name just a few.</p><blockquote>What is open-source software? OSS is software publicly distributed with source code anyone can use or modify within the scope of its license.</blockquote><p>Some of the most well-known organizations in developer circles are OSS companies or OSS-adjacent, including the <a href="https://www.linuxfoundation.org/">Linux Foundation</a>, <a href="https://www.mysql.com/">MySQL</a>, <a href="https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-3.0.en.html">GNU</a>, <a href="https://httpd.apache.org/">Apache</a>, and the <a href="https://opensource.org/">Open Source Initiative</a>, among others. Many modern developer-first startups now offer hybrid open-source elements, such as <a href="https://snyk.io/product/open-source-security-management/">Snyk</a>, which offers open-source software composition analysis (SCA); and <a href="https://www.sanity.io/studio">Sanity</a>, which offers an open-source CMS studio.</p><p>There are quite a few important open-source advantages over proprietary “closed-source” software solutions, depending on who’s using (or working on) them. Individually, developers can start faster on projects with no initial cost outlay, while enterprise companies can take advantage of the speed and flexibility of OSS tools to execute large-scale projects such as digital transformation and data migrations.</p><p>Developers, companies considering OSS tools for their tech stack, and ambitious developers who might be considering launching an OSS project of their own can all make the most of the valuable benefits of open-source software we’ll cover in this article.</p><p>There are also potential advantages for using open-source software for building AI projects, such as <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Large_language_model">large-language model (LLM)</a> applications, which we’ll discuss below. Over the years, we’ve also seen several successful founders create vibrant <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-launch-devtool-startup-community-leadership">open-source developer communities</a> that helped turn ideas on paper into successful companies.</p><p><em>For direct insights on how to build open-source software projects, how to launch OSS startups, and how commercial OSS startups get funded, join the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/open-source">DevGuild: Open Source event</a>. Or, read this guide on <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-start-an-open-source-project">how to start an open-source project</a> from first principles.</em></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/1ce9d3564822025a806c924f17253f3bf5619e97-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p></p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/460532e40bdc51f5c36f885b1cb43d60a9369547-50x50.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>LOOKING FOR MORE RESOURCES ON OPEN-SOURCE SOFTWARE?</em></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/success-for-open-source-startups">Article: What Success Looks Like for Modern Open-Source Software Startups with Adam FitzGerald</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-invest-in-open-source-startups">Article: How to Successfully Invest in Open-Source Startups with Cack Wilhelm</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/open-source">On-Demand Video: See All Sessions on OSS Community, GTM, Licensing, and Investing at DevGuild: Open Source</a></li></ul><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/1ce9d3564822025a806c924f17253f3bf5619e97-1200x2.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<h2>Open-Source Software Benefits for Developers</h2><p>While you can make the argument that OSS projects are less user-friendly than commercial experiences created by professional UX designers, there are many, many advantages for individual developers:</p><h3>Speed and Visibility: Start Faster, Develop More Transparently</h3><p>Pre-built infrastructure means you can build upon an existing framework instead of starting from scratch, without having to endure the lengthy sales cycle you would with a proprietary product. And the more mature an open-source project is, the more developed the foundation, documentation, and community will be.</p><p>In addition, a closed-source piece of software can often be a black box that neither developers nor business users (who aren’t programmers themselves) can’t meaningfully alter or enhance. As a result, when you experience challenges, you’ll need to partner with vendor support agents or just wait until the vendor builds a solution to your problem.</p><p>Open-source projects give you full visibility into the code base, which means you can frequently code your solutions and directly document your issues in community spaces. And you may receive a variety of responses that provide as much or more context as you’d receive from a professional support team, as fast or faster.</p><h3>Collaboration and Scalability: Community Knowledge Share and Data Usage</h3><p>OSS projects let you work with an entire community of other developers all using the same tools, who may have experienced similar issues and may already have solutions to share. And because different OSS projects offer different configurations for hosting and load balancing, they can offer more flexibility concerning your need to scale data usage up or down.</p><h3>Security and Reliability: Yes, Really!</h3><p>Open-source products often offer surprisingly robust security against conventional vulnerabilities as teams tend to test extensively before releasing new versions. Many successful open-source communities attract security experts who also make additions to the project.</p><p>That said, it may be worth mentioning that unless the community designates an ongoing security team, open-source projects may lack a dedicated resource to ensure ongoing protection against security vulnerabilities. </p><p>Also, in the case of mature and popular projects, in particular, open source can offer surprisingly high reliability as many community members may have detected, and already improved upon, reliability issues.</p><h3>Cost-Effective Starts: Project Kickoff and Ongoing</h3><p>And of course, unlike proprietary software solutions, most open-source projects are free of charge by default, though they may have specific <a href="https://opensource.com/article/17/9/open-source-licensing">licensing restrictions</a>. A <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Permissive_software_license"><em>permissive open-source license</em></a>, such as <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BSD_licenses">BSD</a>, provides software as-is but lets developers do what they want with the code, so long as they acknowledge the creators.</p><p>Alternatively, a <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Copyleft"><em>copyleft</em></a> license, such as <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GNU_General_Public_License">GPL</a>, requires developers that distribute binaries also make source code available under the same terms, and forbids putting additional restrictions on any subsequent licensees.</p><p>Depending on the nature of the license, continuing to use an open-source product can mean lower or no ongoing maintenance fees. In contrast to OSS, any proprietary counterparts will not only require upfront costs but will also involve subscription fees and potential follow-on costs for additional service hours. However, there can be <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-legal-licensing-issues">legal issues with open-source licensing</a>.</p><h3>Employment Opportunities: OSS Offers Valuable Work Experience</h3><p>Some of the most widely used types of software and operating systems on the market today are open source: the <a href="https://www.linux.org/">Linux operating system</a>, the <a href="https://kubernetes.io/">Kubernetes container platform</a>, the <a href="https://www.djangoproject.com/">Django Python framework</a>, and many others.</p><p>Looking at <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/to-be-continuous/ep-52-a-closer-look-at-open-source-today">open source today</a>, working on such projects can build actual developer credibility that strengthens your resume and GitHub Repo. Developers that are familiar with popular open-source tools and are passionate enough to contribute to them can find it easier to locate new job opportunities with employers that recognize such valuable skills.</p><p><em>Learn more:</em></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/to-be-continuous/ep-39-transforming-microsoft-into-an-open-source-company/">Podcast - How Microsoft Pivoted to Open Source via CodePlex on To Be Continuous</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-and-leveraging-an-open-source-developer-community">Video - Building and Leveraging an Open Source Developer Community</a></li></ul><blockquote>What a lot of people want from open source is the ability to use it and the ability to produce things. Where we ended up with open source is, it is a community more than anything.</blockquote><p>- Paul Biggar, Founder/CircleCI, Dark</p><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "ctaModule", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><h2>Open-Source Software Benefits for Companies</h2><p>Companies considering new tools can benefit from these advantages of open-source software:</p><h3>Cost-Effective Benefits of Open-Source Software</h3><p>Being free is an obvious point in favor of open source, especially for companies looking for cost-effective tools. Free software means a significantly cheaper project start and, depending on the license, potentially significant cost savings for ongoing maintenance.</p><h3>Faster Launches</h3><p>Rather than having to navigate a new vendor’s onboarding experience, which may or may not expediently cover everything your organization needs, open-source projects potentially help you get up and running faster.</p><p>Instead of having to navigate higher pricing tiers or wait on professional support teams to respond, your company can potentially access everything an open-source project has to offer instantly, and for mature projects, your company can also potentially access a wealth of documentation from many users who have come before you.</p><h3>No Contract Lock-In</h3><p>In addition to not being tied to a pricing tier, open-source products don’t require companies to commit to a specific vendor over the life of a contract. Your company can pivot more quickly to other tools if needed.</p><h3>Extensibility</h3><p>Proprietary products can be black boxes that don’t give your team visibility into functionality or the ability to make meaningful adjustments. For open-source products, a company’s developers can peek under the hood at the underlying open-source code and often make direct changes and updates as needed. Deeper visibility into the guts of an open-source framework means you may be able to iterate and launch new features faster.</p><h3>Community-Based Intel</h3><p>The ideal open-source products have vibrant, active communities with whom teams can actively collaborate and get fast answers to their questions.</p><h3>Improved Hiring</h3><p>While hiring developers remains as competitive as ever, companies that use open-source tools can find common ground with candidates who are passionate about contributing to open-source projects. They can also ensure their next hires are familiar with open-source tools already in use, and significantly decrease employee onboarding time.</p><p><em>Learn more:</em></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/to-be-continuous/ep-44-open-source-for-enterprise-with-hashicorp/">Podcast - Open Source for Enterprise on To Be Continuous</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/dont-make-me-code/ep-13-standing-on-the-shoulders-of-a-license/">Podcast - Datadog Discusses How Companies Accomplish Objectives on Open Source on Don’t Make Me Code</a></li></ul><blockquote>You have to be extensible, otherwise, folks won’t have an opportunity to contribute anything...These days, it&#x27;s very rare...to run into libraries or SDKs that aren&#x27;t in some way liberally licensed...whether it be open source or something close to an open-source license.</blockquote><p>-Ilan Rabinovitch, SVP Product/Datadog</p><h2>Open-Source Software Benefits for Technical Founders</h2><p>For those who have created open-source projects, or are considering founding a new OSS startup, open source has become a popular business model. Of course, proprietary software frequently goes to market as software-as-a-service (SaaS), a paid product that requires an initial investment with ongoing subscription fees.</p><p>From a business standpoint, one of the most obvious disadvantages of open-source software is that such projects typically launch as a free offering. But while OSS startups may not immediately take in revenue as soon as they acquire new users, founders can still utilize some unique and powerful benefits of open-source software:</p><h3>Faster, Community-Driven Development</h3><p>Many successful closed-source software projects rely on their in-house software development team, which usually consists of a talented but finite group. An open-source project can, in some cases, rapidly evolve as vibrant communities take your codebase and run with it.</p><h3>Potentially Lower Development Costs</h3><p>And, of course, open-source development doesn’t just come down to what a company’s internal team of devs can accomplish within a standard work week. Open-source development can mitigate longer-term costs as developer communities grow and evolve the project alongside in-house owners.</p><h3>Community Goodwill</h3><p>While not taking in revenue up-front may seem like a limiting factor for the growth of an open-source startup, it can also generate a great deal of goodwill among the community.</p><h3>Your Own Ecosystem</h3><p>By going open source, you can create your own user ecosystem around the open-source components you’ve created. Having a thriving community that understands your product and actively engages with it as both end-users and builders opens up new opportunities for your business.</p><h3>Potential Hiring Pool</h3><p>When it’s time to grow your open-source business, what better place to look than the community that has already been building on your software? Having a vibrant open-source user base can make it much easier to find highly qualified and enthusiastic talent.</p><h3>Alternatives to Traditional Business Models</h3><p>Building an ecosystem gives you the ability to create demand for your product and assess it much more directly. Open source sets the stage for the popular bottom-up business model, in which companies look to generate revenue via self-service, rather than building out a full sales team as part of a more-traditional top-down business model.</p><p>There are also successful companies that use an open-core or commercial open-source software (COSS) model that monetizes certain features beyond core functionality but maintains an open-source license structure.</p><p>Overall, founders may find that <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/open-source-licensing-and-the-future-of-open-source-businesses">open source licensing</a> offers more flexibility than proprietary projects, though there are potential drawbacks to consider that we’ll mention shortly. There are also successful projects that use other alternative business models we’ll discuss below.</p><h3>Alternatives to Traditional Customer Support</h3><p>While it’s important to provide robust support and clear documentation for any software product, with OSS, your developer community may be able to self-service and create their own open-source solutions to share with other members.</p><p><em>Learn more:</em></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/to-be-continuous/ep-24-category-creation/">Podcast - How Open Source Lets Founders Create Categories on To Be Continuous</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/developer-love/ep-6-enabling-an-ecosystem-with-tim-oreilly/">Podcast - The Rise of Open Source with Tim O’Reilly on Developer Love</a></li></ul><blockquote>In releasing open-source projects, you&#x27;re getting people to use it, you&#x27;re going to standards bodies, you&#x27;re going to conferences...The first thing that you&#x27;ve got to do as an entrepreneur...if you&#x27;re doing category creation...you&#x27;ve got to get them to think about your thing. Then the second thing that you have to do, which is just as much work, is...attach a value to that thing.</blockquote><p>-Martin Casado, Partner/Andreesen-Horowitz</p><h2>Advantages of Open Source for AI Development</h2><p>With the rise of AI and LLMs come new opportunities to take advantage of the benefits of open source to create new types of applications faster. LLMs are perhaps best known for their abilities to generate large amounts of text quickly in response to being <em>prompted</em>.</p><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "ctaModule", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><p>However, there are emerging use cases for applications built on top of language models, including <em>coding assistants</em> like <a href="https://www.tabnine.com/">GitHub Copilot</a> and <a href="https://www.continue.dev/">Continue</a>; <em>documentation generators</em> like <a href="https://scribehow.com/scribe-ai">Scribe</a> and <a href="https://writer.mintlify.com/">Mintlify</a>; and <em>code review tools</em> like <a href="https://coderabbit.ai/">CodeRabbit</a> and <a href="https://whatthediff.ai/">WhatTheDiff</a>.</p><p>And as of the time of this writing, there’s an enormous and vibrant community of open-source models available to use for a variety of development use cases, including the <a href="https://llama.meta.com/">Llama family of models from Meta</a>, the <a href="https://ai.google.dev/gemma">Gemma family of models from Google</a>, the <a href="https://www.ibm.com/granite">Granite family of models from IBM</a>, <a href="https://mistral.ai/technology/#models">Mistral’s family of models</a>, to name just a few–and organizations like <a href="https://huggingface.co/models">HuggingFace offer full lists of open models</a> that are ready to use.</p><p>Those looking to build applications using AI will find many advantage to using open-source models, including:</p><h3>Start Faster (Without Building Your Own)</h3><p>No PhD in machine learning? No problem. While the barrier to entry for building your own language model is rapidly decreasing, it’s quite possible you don’t need to build your own LLM at all. As of this writing, there are thousands of open-source models, already built (and in some cases, fine-tuned for higher performance, even for specialized use cases in healthcare, finance, and education) by researchers and enthusiasts for both general and highly specific purposes.</p><h3>No Starting Costs</h3><p>There’s a treasure trove of open-source models with absolutely no starting cost just a click away. Many have fairly permissive licenses, though there are emerging conversations about <a href="https://thenewstack.io/metas-llama-2-is-not-open-source-and-thats-ok/">increasingly restrictive licenses for open models</a> in terms of commercial usage.</p><h3>No Vendor Lock-In</h3><p>There are quite a few high-quality proprietary models from well-known third-party API vendors like OpenAI and Anthropic, and such organizations generally offer strong performance but require customers to sign a binding contract for a set period. Open-source models are available on demand, and should you need to switch models, you can do so at will.</p><h3>Vibrant Community Support (for Popular Models)</h3><p>The most popular open-source models have lively communities of users that contain enthusiasts, academic researchers, and developers actively working on projects of their own. Sticking to the most popular models is generally a guarantee you’ll be able to find other people with whom you can discuss your projects (and to whom you can ask questions).</p><h2>Potential Challenges in Open Source for AI Development</h2><p>Developing products with open-source AI models isn’t without its challenges. Here are some potential issues to consider:</p><h3>Subject Matter Expertise for Advanced Issues</h3><p>Each day there seems to be new tutorials, courses, and tooling to help ML beginners scramble up the learning curve, but it’s possible that extremely advanced nuances of language models such as model compatibility and data management may require the expertise of those who studied them as an academic focus.</p><h3>Lack of Support for Esoteric Models</h3><p>Be advised that there <em>are</em> more-esoteric open-source models with fewer users and smaller communities, which may make it harder to get feedback. Some models were built by extremely well-funded teams and have plentiful documentation and many active users answering questions on community forums. Others were built by PhD students for their thesis project, then left on the shelf without much in the way of documentation or production-ready tooling.</p><h3>Growing Questions about “Free Use” Licenses</h3><p>As mentioned above, Meta’s Llama model arguably isn’t full-fledged open source due to its licensing restrictions. In the wake of changes in licensing terms from established projects like <a href="https://www.hashicorp.com/blog/hashicorp-adopts-business-source-license">HashiCorp</a>, <a href="https://www.elastic.co/pricing/faq/licensing">Elastic</a>, and <a href="https://www.mongodb.com/company/newsroom/press-releases/mongodb-issues-new-server-side-public-license-for-mongodb-community-server">MongoDB</a>, it’s perhaps not surprising to see open-source projects switch to more business-focused licenses for the sake of defensibility, but there may be other open-source models that make comparable changes in the future.</p><p>“In the future, our entire information diet is going to be mediated by [AI] systems. They will constitute basically the repository of all human knowledge. And you cannot have this kind of dependency on a proprietary, closed system.” -Yann LeCun, Chief AI Scientist/Meta</p><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "ctaModule", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><h2>Deciding Between Open-Source and Proprietary Software</h2><p>If you’re a founder (or would-be founder), choosing open source vs. proprietary won’t necessarily limit the growth of your project: The mobile operating system known as Android began its life as an open-source project that now lives on more than 3 billion devices; whereas iOS from Apple has largely always been commercial software–and lives on more than 2.2 billion devices.</p><p>Ultimately, your decision to choose open-source tooling against proprietary options for your next project will likely come down to your specific needs with respect to such factors as:</p><ul><li><strong>Goals:</strong> First and foremost, is your goal to ship a proprietary product or an OSS project?</li><li><strong>Budget:</strong> Can you afford bespoke proprietary tools, or do free OSS tools make sense?</li><li><strong>Development:</strong> Is this an effort for a small team, or are you open to cultivating a community of developers?</li><li><strong>Timing:</strong> Do you have a tight timeline or are you open to cultivating a long-term community?</li><li><strong>Maintenance and Support:</strong> Do you plan to maintain the project yourself, or will you leave it to an OSS community?</li><li><strong>Licensing Fees &amp; Flexibility:</strong> How permissive do you plan to be? Will you allow others to inspect and modify your code?</li></ul><p>You may also need to consider other factors like your need (and ability/budget) to hire additional team members to support your project, as well as the need to find early design partners to provide crucial feedback to find product-market fit.</p><p>If your goal is to create an open-source project that eventually goals commercial, you’ll need to consider revenue models, creating a software bill of materials (<a href="https://www.mckinsey.com/capabilities/risk-and-resilience/our-insights/cybersecurity/software-bill-of-materials-managing-software-cybersecurity-risks">SBOM</a>) to help understand your dependencies, and look into trademark protections. Learn more about the trade-offs between <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-vs-proprietary">open-source software vs. proprietary</a> in this full article.</p><h2>Additional Resources</h2><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/commercial-open-source-best-practices">Heavybit: Open-Source Commercial Business Practices Roundup</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-project-management/">Heavybit: Best Practices - Open-Source Project Management</a></li><li><a href="https://opensource.org/licenses">Opensource.com: About Licenses and Standards</a></li><li><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Free_and_open-source_software">Wikipedia: Free and Open-Source Software</a></li><li><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proprietary_software">Wikipedia: Proprietary Software</a></li><li><a href="https://www.linuxfoundation.org/resources/open-source-guides/starting-an-open-source-project">Linux Foundation: Guide to Starting an Open-Source Project</a></li><li><a href="https://hackernoon.com/wtf-is-commercial-open-source-software-ep143e5t">HackerNoon: What is COSS?</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-software-benefits-advantages">Advantages of Open Source Software for Devs and Companies</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #51, Coaching CEOs with Matt Mochary</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-51-coaching-ceos-with-matt-mochary</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Oct 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5cf7f7d3-855c-4bef-92fa-21c59f916732</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 51 of EnterpriseReady, Grant Miller speaks with leadership coach, investor, and filmmaker Matt Mochary. Together they explore themes on executive coaching, building trust, scaling businesses, conflict resolution, and customer retention. Additionally, Matt unpacks the characteristics of CEOs that drive the most success.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 51 of EnterpriseReady, Grant Miller speaks with leadership coach, investor, and filmmaker Matt Mochary. Together they explore themes on executive coaching, building trust, scaling businesses, conflict resolution, and customer retention. Additionally, Matt unpacks the characteristics of CEOs that drive the most success.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-51-coaching-ceos-with-matt-mochary">Ep. #51, Coaching CEOs with Matt Mochary</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #33, Tailscale with Avery Pennarun</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-33-tailscale-with-avery-pennarun</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Oct 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">91c07353-f657-4fa8-aa1a-12ba8fddbc66</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 33 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie speak with Avery Pennarun of Tailscale. This conversation explores VPNs, mesh-overlay networks, Tailscale’s use cases, the relationship between scaling and architecture, and unparalleled lessons from Avery’s 20+ years in development.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 33 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie speak with Avery Pennarun of Tailscale. This conversation explores VPNs, mesh-overlay networks, Tailscale’s use cases, the relationship between scaling and architecture, and unparalleled lessons from Avery’s 20+ years in development.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-33-tailscale-with-avery-pennarun">Ep. #33, Tailscale with Avery Pennarun</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #111, Learning TypeScript with Josh Goldberg</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-111-learning-typescript-with-josh-goldberg</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Oct 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f3b9db33-7498-4c61-8f5e-410e48961c05</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 111 of JAMstack Radio, Brian Douglas speaks with Josh Goldberg about TypeScript. They unpack the evolution of TypeScript, Josh’s experience as a full time open source developer, the future of JavaScript, and his new book Learning TypeScript.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 111 of JAMstack Radio, Brian Douglas speaks with Josh Goldberg about TypeScript. They unpack the evolution of TypeScript, Josh’s experience as a full time open source developer, the future of JavaScript, and his new book Learning TypeScript.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-111-learning-typescript-with-josh-goldberg">Ep. #111, Learning TypeScript with Josh Goldberg</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #110, Online Whiteboards with Shin Kim of Eraser</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-110-online-whiteboards-with-shin-kim-of-eraser</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Sep 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">055072f4-783f-4247-a321-d908f309c36c</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 110 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Kim Shin, founder of Eraser. They discuss the importance of collaborative tools for engineering teams and how they’ve evolved to accommodate remote teams. Other topics explored include FinTech, real-time collaboration, improving team communication, and integrating Eraser into developers’ workflows.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 110 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Kim Shin, founder of Eraser. They discuss the importance of collaborative tools for engineering teams and how they’ve evolved to accommodate remote teams. Other topics explored include FinTech, real-time collaboration, improving team communication, and integrating Eraser into developers’ workflows.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-110-online-whiteboards-with-shin-kim-of-eraser">Ep. #110, Online Whiteboards with Shin Kim of Eraser</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Take These Four Key Steps When Launching a Developer Relations Program</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-set-up-a-devrel-program</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Sep 2022 16:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Product Launch]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Launch Strategy]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Community]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Experience]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ae05ed0b-f5b0-43fd-b56b-ef4c296bc8b4</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Get on the right track to launching a DevRel program with a comprehensive list of important steps around your product launch, documentation, and reaching out to your developer audience.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>You’ve created a product you know developers will love. Heck – you’ve even done your <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/heres-how-to-do-segmentation-better">segmentation</a>, so you know which developer personas will find success with your product. Now it’s launch time. Time to watch the developers start rolling in to use your product. Right?</p><p>Well, not quite. If reaching out and supporting developers were that easy, more companies would be successful at it. Let’s find out where to start to get you on the right track.</p><h2>Step 1: Functioning Product</h2><p>Let’s review these two words separately.</p><p><strong>First, <em>product</em>.</strong> Whether you have created a developer tool or have an API developers will use in creating their own product, <strong>you must consider that tool or API to be a full-fledged product.</strong> And like any product, it requires resources of staff, budget, an outreach plan, go-to-market resources, support flow, and so on to be successful. Because it is a developer product, it will also need some form of education for its users and an intentional community space. In essence, <strong>it needs a Developer Program</strong>. If you are just starting out, you may not have the resources to have a fully baked developer program on Day 1, but you must have a plan to put the pieces of the <strong>DevRel Framework</strong> in place over time as your product and user base grows:</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/28160d55f809bb341ab20968873ecc7b70373253-1219x1600.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Successful developer launches require education, marketing, experience, and success.</em></p><p><strong>The second word is <em>functioning</em>.</strong> As you reach out to prospective users, you’ll start with some functioning version of your product. The exact level of functionality may vary, especially for newer companies that may blur the line between beta versions, MVPs, and developer previews. If you haven’t already, test out the product yourself as “Developer 0” or have someone do it for you and document any friction encountered.</p><p>You should flag specific issues that affect the developer experience to your product team as well as support teams so they are prepared.</p><p>Also be prepared to let your users know the product&#x27;s status and any known issues, you don’t want to lose potential users before they even start.</p><h2>Step 2: Docs &amp; The Developer Journey</h2><p>Once your developer product is in reasonable shape, there’s still one more step before you open the curtains. Having basic documentation (or Docs) in place is crucial. Things like a Getting Started page, Quick Start Guide, How to get to a ‘hello world’ code samples, and other learning resources will help your developer get started quickly, with a limited amount of friction. You don’t want developers to get excited about your product and have no idea how to build with your product, or be unaware of any dependencies and get stuck along the way.</p><p>You also don’t want potential users to get lost. Create great onboarding flows for your developers’ journey to guide new users through an optimal experience with your product and Docs from the moment they land on your website. Journey mapping and friction logging will be something you’ll want to do regularly as your program grows into something like the <strong>Developer Journey Map</strong> shown below:</p><div><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/dc0f13644431005859e3f3a6388f49066f7656ff-512x426.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></div>)<p><em>Make sure you plan a great user experience from your website all the way to your product environment.</em></p><h2>Step 3: Support &amp; Team</h2><p>We’re not quite ready for launch yet. You’ll need a viable amount of support in place. Have someone whose job is to answer questions, and a place online where a developer can ask questions (like a forum, Slack, or Discourse page). At a minimum, have an easy-to-locate email or a Twitter handle that someone actually answers.</p><p>By this point, if you haven’t already, you’ll want to have an experienced DevRel practitioner on the team. A senior DevRel person can take leadership for the Developer Program and strategy and start to hire a team. Or, if your budget doesn’t allow for that yet, the first hire is often a Developer Advocate who can answer support questions and start the outreach. We recommend hiring an Advocate with experience that can grow into a senior role or provide them with some coaching support. As Developer Relations is still an emerging field, finding someone with the exact experience and expertise you are looking for can be difficult. Play to the strengths of your team. Also, look to identify community members that really care, and highlight their contributions as you build. The passionate users of today could become important <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/design-for-founders-w-audrey-crane-of-designmap">design partners</a> in the future.</p><h2>Step 4: Product Launch &amp; Outreach</h2><p>OK – time to launch! Just because your product is built and you have your Docs and support in place, developers won’t try your new product or enhancements unless you reach out. If you are working with a marketing team, be sure they are familiar with a <a href="https://www.devmarketingguide.com/">developer audience</a>. Based on your product and personas, there are many ways to create awareness about your product, including SEO, speaking at events, blogs, and many other forms of content. However, because your developer could be based anywhere in the world, it’s important to offer equitable access to developer advocacy and support. So consider a developer video or recorded livestream rather than an onsite workshop that only a few can attend.</p><p>Do also consider various developer communities where your personas might be hanging out – for instance, a Subreddit, Slack channel, or Discord server. Such destinations are often great places to find your first users and the start of your own community.</p><h2>Measure and Analyze</h2><p>I’d be remiss if I didn’t mention metrics. Measure and analyze your progress through the launch of your Developer Program and product. Too many programs miss the opportunity for insights and data to build into reporting. It might be something like <a href="https://orbit.love/">Orbit </a>or <a href="https://www.commonroom.io/">CommonRoom</a> for external engagement, Google Analytics, <a href="https://segment.com/">Segment </a>or <a href="https://mixpanel.com/">MixPanel</a> to measure product usage or drop-off stages, or <a href="https://peritus.ai/">Peritus </a>to act on and gain intelligence from developer questions. Most of these products have a reasonable free tier and are easy to implement.</p><p>Optimize what you can control. Build relationships across your company. Take guidance from your developers. Then celebrate your success and those of your community.</p><p><em>Special thanks to <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/jamesparton/">James Parton</a> and <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ctraganos/">Chris Traganos</a> for contributing to this article.</em></p><p><em>Interested in learning more? Pick up a copy of <a href="https://www.devrelbook.com/">Developer Relations: How to Build and Grow a Successful Developer Program</a> for a deep dive on DevRel and access valuable templates to operationalize your developer-led growth strategy.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-set-up-a-devrel-program">Take These Four Key Steps When Launching a Developer Relations Program</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #109, Less Context Switching with Esteban Vargas of Watermelon</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-109-less-context-switching-with-esteban-vargas-of-watermelon</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Sep 2022 15:28:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">259b0ae7-1767-441e-a1a6-7cf051dccb4e</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-109-less-context-switching-with-esteban-vargas-of-watermelon">Ep. #109, Less Context Switching with Esteban Vargas of Watermelon</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Product-Led Content Strategy w/ Atlassian Product Marketer Alex Zhitnitsky</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/product-led-content-strategy-w-atlassian-product-marketer-alex-zhitnitsky</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Sep 2022 16:49:38 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Content Marketing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Product Led Growth (PLG)]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0c9e0e88-8c25-42dd-bc49-9000a16bca73</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>A content strategy can be one of the most powerful tools in the early stage founder’s toolkit, but it can also be a time suck and fall flat when approached the wrong way. In this session, Atlassian Product Marketing Senior Team Lead, Alex Zhitnitsky talks about taking your first steps in creating and executing on an effective content strategy that targets developers and technical buyers.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #32, LocalStack with Waldemar Hummer</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-32-localstack-with-waldemar-hummer</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Sep 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">151fc7b3-d17f-4f17-a8f2-8b2c9cab530e</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 32 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie speak with Waldemar Hummer of LocalStack. This conversation focuses heavily on how LocalStack is emulating AWS services locally, speeding up the development cycle for cloud developers, and maintaining their large open source community.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 32 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie speak with Waldemar Hummer of LocalStack. This conversation focuses heavily on how LocalStack is emulating AWS services locally, speeding up the development cycle for cloud developers, and maintaining their large open source community.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-32-localstack-with-waldemar-hummer">Ep. #32, LocalStack with Waldemar Hummer</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dear Founders: Start with Messaging</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/messaging-framework</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Sep 2022 17:42:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Messaging &amp; Positioning]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[User Acquistion]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-10153</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Building the messaging framework isn’t a marketing exercise. It’s the act of answering the existential question: Why do we deserve to exist?</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>A Messaging Framework and Template for Technical Founders Building  Software &amp; Infrastructure Brands</h2><p>Dear founders: This article is intended to help you clearly understand <strong>why your messaging framework is so critical to successfully launching your company and growing it over time</strong>. To help you crystallize your startup’s value proposition, galvanize your team, and successfully go to market, we’ll cover these essential topics:</p><p>Your foundational messaging priorities (including value proposition and buyer personas)</p><ul><li>A sample messaging framework template</li><li>How to build consensus among your team’s key stakeholders</li><li>The core components of your messaging framework</li><li>How to test and evolve messaging over time</li></ul><p>Ready? Let’s get started.</p><h2>What Is a Strategic B2B Messaging Framework?</h2><p>Your messaging framework is the basis of how you think about, and talk about, your startup company, what problems it solves, and the audience to which you want to speak. A successful messaging framework includes the core foundation for how you communicate, your key differentiators from your competitors, and how you market and sell your products.</p><h3>How Does a Strategic Messaging Framework Help an Organization?</h3><p>Messaging is a critical foundation for so many early-stage activities, including:</p><ul><li><strong>Branding:</strong> Creating an identity and a brand voice for your company that is distinct and easy to communicate quickly</li><li><strong>Creating Buyer Personas: </strong>The profile of your target customer, encompassing their roles, their pain points, and the solutions your company will provide</li><li><strong>Initial Content Marketing:</strong> <a href="/library/article/how-successful-devtool-companies-manage-content-strategies">Content marketing</a> can grow your business by driving website traffic and leads, answering key questions, and positioning your startup as a thought leader</li><li><strong>General Availability Launching:</strong> With effective messaging, you can clearly convey the value of key launches and drive adoption of new products and enhancements</li><li><strong>Finding Design Partners:</strong> A key to long-term success is engaging <a href="/library/video/design-for-founders-w-audrey-crane-of-designmap">design partners</a> who can provide high-quality product feedback during development and testing phases to improve launches</li></ul><p>...and many more.</p><p>The traditional concept of the “value proposition” clearly explains to prospects what value you offer, and why they should do business with you, rather than with your competitors. To clarify, we’re not talking about taglines, which are quick-hit slogans using figurative language for elevator-pitch-style conversations. While you may come up with flashy taglines, those are for style, while your value proposition communicates the substance of your startup and how you’ll make your customers’ lives better.</p><p>You will communicate the substance through your messaging pillars, supporting examples, and positioning statement, which we’ll cover in our template below. And your overall messaging framework helps you come to the first iteration of your messaging relatively quickly by answering the existential question: <em>Why do we deserve to exist?</em></p><p>A successful messaging framework puts you in the best position to not only start acquiring users, but also to create a brand message that will resonate with them. Your brand messaging framework needs to explain:</p><ul><li><strong>Initial Adoption:</strong> Why should anyone bother to try your product?</li><li><strong>Continued Investment:</strong> Why should potential customers invest in your platform?</li><li><strong>Switching Costs:</strong> Why should customers navigate any switching costs from perceived competitors?</li></ul><p>A successful brand messaging framework, along with your <a href="https://blog.reifyworks.com/writing/2018-05-09-you-only-need-one-buyer-persona-for-now">persona document</a>, should help you:</p><ul><li><strong>Empower:</strong> Your teams to rally around a clear purpose and identity, eventually informing every piece of content you create</li><li><strong>Prioritize:</strong> The needs of core users</li><li><strong>Increase productivity:</strong> By removing approvals on site changes, sales decks, or even blog posts from your marketing team</li><li><strong>Drive alignment:</strong> By being a constant reminder of the public promises you’ve made to end-users</li></ul><h3>What Should <em>Not</em> Be Part of Your Initial Messaging Framework?</h3><p>Here’s the thing: building the messaging framework isn’t a marketing exercise. Below are some items that should not be part of your initial brand messaging framework conversations:</p><ul><li><strong>Talking Points for Salespeople:</strong> Compiling impactful selling points for the most eager members of your sales teams is a key part of going to market, but specific messaging for sales goes in your first <a href="/library/article/early-stage-sales-enablement-best-practices">sales deck</a> (and for growing organizations, a key task for <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/product-marketing/">product marketing</a> teams), not the focus of your foundational messaging house</li><li><strong>In-House Style Guide:</strong> While it’s important to have a consistent style guide, you can worry about Oxford commas after you’ve completed your brand messaging framework</li><li><strong>A Series of Buzzwords:</strong> The project isn’t for your marketing lead or exec team to create a series of buzzwords in a vacuum</li></ul><p>You need to do some discovery to uncover the promise you can make to customers today. You may have a much grander vision for your product or platform. That’s fine. Messaging evolves.</p><p>Sound interesting? Let’s walk through the simplified version of building your first brand messaging framework. If you’re not familiar, this format is pretty standard.</p><h2>An Example of a Messaging Framework Template</h2><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/b57f71fc6b41290d2fd31086571e0c1173594add-891x576.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p></p><p>But marketing experts like <a href="https://www.reifyworks.com/">Reify</a> suggest building a messaging framework from the bottom up. Based on the above image, I have to agree. So, with this template, <a href="https://share.hsforms.com/1MZnT9a5ZTLebPaqRV40y_gqdoyu">here’s the actual order</a> of how to build a messaging framework.</p><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "ctaModule", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><h2>A Process for Creating Your Startup’s Brand Messaging</h2><ol><li><strong>Choose the Minimum Viable Stakeholders to Start:</strong> This probably includes the CEO, product leader, CTO, and the customer-facing head of support, marketing, or community. No need for the group to be professional copywriters or content creators. Each individual brings a different lens to the exercise. Some of these discussions will get heated. My suggestion is to schedule a minimum of three group meetings in order to truly gain consensus.</li><li><strong>Start with Target Audience and Tone of Voice:</strong> If you don’t have product/market fit, then you probably just have <a href="https://blog.reifyworks.com/writing/2018-05-09-you-only-need-one-buyer-persona-for-now">one core persona</a> (or should). Get specific here. Very few products are relevant to “all developers.” There are probably some technical criteria for success, such as existing tools, languages, frameworks, size of engineering org, etc. You probably also have a tone of brand voice (e.g. playful, professorial, informative, straight-forward). Aim to gain consensus around these two sections with the stakeholders in the room. This should be a fast exercise as most of it should be fairly uncontroversial.</li><li><strong>Now work on Brand Pillars and Supporting Examples:</strong> This is harder. Supporting examples might include common comments or frequently cited killer product features from early users, customers, and press that you can refine into core message pillars that inform the basis of your framework. Look for patterns in what <em>others</em> claim is the reason you’re different. They may not support your aspirations for the product, but you’ll earn that in the future. For now, understand in real terms what you’re solving for and be willing to take those supposedly sacred early message pillars and, if need be, burn your totems. Once you’ve got some bullet points of real-world supporting examples, try to sort them into three thematic buckets. These themes then become your brand pillars. Do <em>not</em> start wordsmithing yet. These are just “idea buckets.”</li></ol><p>It’s likely that it took you a while to gain consensus on your core messaging and supporting examples. It might’ve even taken multiple meetings. Don’t take shortcuts here. Gaining consensus (or at least willing compromise) means your founders and core executives are aligned and will use this to inform their direct reports. This next section is a good time to set new meetings and break out the thesaurus.</p><h2>Commence Wordsmithing!</h2><p>The point of the next stage of the exercise is not to sprinkle all your good teamwork and “idea buckets” with nonsense adjectives. Everyone thinks their product is the “first,” “stellar,” and “best.” That might be true. But if that’s the case, just say what you need to and let the product speak for itself.</p><ol><li><strong>Headline Benefits (25 words):</strong> Use your brand’s tone of voice and munge each brand pillar theme (and in some cases the core supporting example) into a single sentence. Limit this to 25 words max. This encourages brevity. Saying something quickly and plainly is the most respectful thing you can do for end-users. Now check your work. Could the headline benefits be applied to other products? Competitors? Literally Google your benefit statements and see if you can further differentiate.</li><li><strong>Elevator Pitch (55 words):</strong> The elevator pitch is two to three sentences that speak to your target audience. In this section, munge together the best parts of your headline benefits. This is sometimes referred to as your boilerplate. I limit this to 55 words max and it’s always written in 3rd person objective point of view.</li><li><strong>Positioning Statement (25 words):</strong> This is often just used internally, but it’s still good to craft in Mad Libs style as a single sentence at max 25 words. <em>e.g. &quot;For [target audience], our product provides [brand pillars 1,2,3] because [short-form headline benefits].&quot;</em></li><li><strong>Brand Promise (10 words):</strong> This is basically your tagline. Use all you’ve wordsmithed above, reduce word count even further, and make it pithy. It doesn’t even have to be a proper sentence. e.g. “GitHub: How people build software.”</li></ol><p></p><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "ctaModule", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><h2>Mission Statement: What is the Big Hairy Goal?</h2><p>Some early startups just build their benefits and elevator pitch and create their mission in a completely separate exercise. That’s fine, but the point is you need to be ready to discuss a higher purpose and you can’t just say “Making the world a better place through [list of features].”</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/2670ac6d1627a37387591acbf255e8a3aefdaa05-300x300.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>Crafting your mission statement is the time to unleash the <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Built_to_Last:_Successful_Habits_of_Visionary_Companies">BHAG</a>! (big hairy audacious goal) All your effort to deliver customer benefits and value should roll up into something really meaningful.</p><p>This is where you can add the aspirational goals for the org. Create a single sentence that rallies your employees, users, and community. e.g. “Environmental Defense Fund: To preserve the natural systems on which all life depends.”</p><h2>You Are <em>not</em> Done</h2><p>Once you’ve come to an agreement on the above (or even most of the above), you should have a working messaging framework. This needs to be revisited as you release new products, launch platform efforts, or when there are major inflection points in the company’s growth. But for now, you’ve got what <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/bettyjunod/">Betty Junod</a> calls, “your source of truth,” which you can use to inform your marketing strategy, content strategy, and overall brand strategy going forward. Here are some common ways to cascade the brand messaging framework:</p><ol><li><strong>Headline Benefits:</strong> These three sentences often form the three hero images and text on an early company’s website. They’re also incorporated into site nav, given separate landing pages and case studies, can be made into separate nurturing campaigns, become paid text campaigns, and can be used as swappable modules in the sales deck depending on a customer’s needs. Even if they can’t be recited in their perfectly wordsmithed form, your employees and community should be able to repeat the key tenets of these headline benefits.</li><li><strong>Elevator Pitch:</strong> The elevator pitch is generally the sentence that gets appended as the boilerplate on a press release, is at the top of your “About” page, and is carried over to your company LinkedIn, Crunchbase, AngelList, and gets added to signature lines for every employee.</li><li><strong>Positioning Statement &amp; Brand Promise:</strong> These often appear on field marketing banners and signage, SWAG, short-form descriptions like the corporate Twitter description and meta tags, presentation titles, and as snippets.</li><li><strong>Mission:</strong> There’s a reason most messaging frameworks offer this at the top of the document and move on to the “how” and “why” your business exists. Your company’s mission statement can be used at all-hands, off-sites, in larger community and user conferences, and becomes the rallying cry that communicates your brand values and positions you as a positive player in a much larger industry or global narrative.</li></ol><h2>Testing Your Messaging Framework</h2><p>Once you’ve landed on a messaging framework and your execs have shared it with the team, you’ve given everyone the tool and permission to build, publish and sell on theme. This should reduce bottlenecks and cut time on manager approvals for your various marketing campaigns. This alone is validation that the time spent on a messaging framework is valuable.</p><p>Further analysis of public comments, customer feedback, site engagement, and search campaigns etc. will also tell you what is effective and what needs further tweaking, especially as you work on <a href="/library/video/early-stage-content-strategy-earn-trust-manage-risk-and-build-momentum/">content creation</a> to communicate your company’s value and potentially drive inbound leads. In essence, you’re never quite done with messaging, but you need to start now. In time, the hard work you do now will eventually inform marketing messaging frameworks, product messaging frameworks, and many other important strategic and tactical communications assets.</p><p>If you understand what it takes to build a sustainable and useful developer or enterprise startup, then you also understand that all aspects of your company will continue to evolve over time. Messaging is no exception, but when you get it right, you clear away confusion, empower your go-to-market teams, and lay the foundation for a strong brand.</p><h2>Examples of Great Software Company Messaging</h2><p>Looking for more messaging framework examples and additional materials on messaging and positioning? The Heavybit library contains additional articles, videos, and other content including presentations on:</p><ul><li><a href="/library/video/early-stage-positioning-for-b2b-startups-with-justin-warren">Product Positioning Via Product-Market Fit</a></li><li><a href="/library/video/building-a-better-core-pitch/">Building a Better Core Pitch</a></li><li><a href="/library/video/getting-to-a-messaging-framework-and-value-prop/">Getting to a Value Proposition</a></li></ul><p>You might find more additional inspiration in these additional resources:</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.aprildunford.com/post/a-product-positioning-exercise">A Product Positioning Exercise</a></li><li><a href="https://hbr.org/2016/03/how-to-build-a-strategic-narrative">How to Build a Strategic Narrative</a></li><li><a href="https://medium.com/the-mission/the-making-of-a-great-sales-narrative-978938b3926">The Making of a Great Strategic Narrative</a></li></ul><p><em>Interested in joining Heavybit? Our program is the only one of its kind to focus solely on taking developer products to market. Need help with developer traction, product-market fit, and customer development? <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/tP7Lh7">Apply today</a> and start learning from world-class experts.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/messaging-framework">Dear Founders: Start with Messaging</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Thought Leadership for Technical Founders</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/thought-leadership-for-technical-founders</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Sat, 03 Sep 2022 00:50:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Content Marketing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Thought Leadership]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c3b15c3b-6486-4d7c-9d9d-9ce1f207b255</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Karl Hughes of Draft.dev explains the importance of thought leadership for technical founders and provides specific writing tips on formatting and topics.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>Thought Leadership for Technical Founders</h2><p>Before starting <a href="https://draft.dev/">Draft.dev</a>, I led engineering teams at a couple of technology startups in Chicago. One of my most important responsibilities was attracting and hiring technical talent. Because I had enjoyed writing since college, I decided that I would leverage that skill as an asset for recruiting.</p><p>In job descriptions, I would share several pieces I had written, and in almost every interview, candidates would tell me that they loved reading these posts about our hiring process, engineering culture, and technical choices. This content built trust and credibility with candidates, allowing them to get to know me as a leader before we ever sat down for an interview.</p><p>In this article, I’d like to share with founders the who, what, why, and how of creating thought leadership content, which can build credibility, humanize your company, and engage technical prospects with one of their favorite topics: solving complex problems in creative ways.</p><blockquote>Words matter. At a minimum, they shape the impression you make on others — often the first impression...writing ranks as perhaps the highest-leveraged tool available to leaders of all stripes.</blockquote><p><em>- <a href="https://review.firstround.com/a-founders-guide-to-writing-well">David Girouard, CEO at Upstart</a></em></p><p>For companies building software tools for developers, content that builds <a href="https://draft.dev/learn/how-to-write-technical-thought-leadership">technical thought leadership</a> is even more valuable. It comes into play whether you’re fundraising, hiring top-level talent, or trying to convince your first customers to put down their credit cards. Great writing can also attract press coverage and social media attention better than <a href="https://draft.dev/learn/seo-keyword-opportunities-in-developer-marketing">keyword-driven writing</a> while requiring a much smaller volume of content.</p><p>That said, long-form writing is hard. It takes a lot of time to do well, and most technical founders would rather work on their product than write blog posts.</p><p>In this piece, I’ll offer some frameworks and tips that will make producing technical thought leadership easier. I’ll share some of the more common varieties (writing is much easier when you have a template) and a few habits that will help you produce highly-credible content more quickly.</p><h2>Thought Leadership Frameworks</h2><p>The term “thought leadership” is often misused, so let me first clarify what I mean.</p><p>True “thought leadership” is opinionated, personal, and originates from a deep knowledge of a topic or industry. Sometimes marketers use the term to indicate any high-level piece of content, but I’d argue that effective thought leadership must share a point of view based on a unique personal experience.</p><blockquote>In order for content to rise to the level of thought leadership, it has to be authentic. It has to be deeply rooted in your unique perspective or experience or expertise. </blockquote><p><em>- <a href="https://www.animalz.co/blog/thought-leadership-content/">Katie Parrott, Content Strategist at Animalz</a></em></p><p>So, when you look at <em>technical</em> thought leadership content, you’ll see a few common patterns:</p><h3>1. Why and How We Built This</h3><p>These posts are often among the first pieces of content a developer-first company should produce. In them, technical leaders (usually a founder or founding engineer) will explain the personal backstory or problem statement that led to the creation of their company and the technical path to their solution. This kind of content humanizes the business and helps build confidence that the team understands the problem and solution space very well.</p><p>Walking through the problem, and your approach to the solution, can also connect the dots between the challenges your prospects face and the solutions you provide. You’re giving them a chance to get to know you better, but also giving them a glimpse of how they, too, can “come out on the other side” with a solution to their challenges as well.</p><p><em>Examples:</em></p><ul><li><a href="https://blog.codenvy.com/codenvys-vision-9d0af0f67fa">Codenvy’s Vision by Tyler Jewel</a></li><li><a href="https://www.osohq.com/post/building-vs-code-extension-with-rust-wasm-typescript">How we built a VS Code extension with Rust, WebAssembly, and TypeScript</a></li></ul><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/ec1018e463afa6b8a674d6b5888c01434a5a40db-1600x1032.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h3>2. Forecasting the Future</h3><p>The next pattern you see is some version of predicting the future, spotting an emerging trend, or pointing out a problem on the rise. This content is typically written by founders to illustrate their insight into where the industry or category is heading (and presumably, why their solution is designed for that future). In addition to being interesting to engineers in the field, this kind of content is also attractive to investors who want to see founders with a clear vision.</p><p><em>Examples:</em></p><ul><li><a href="https://benn.substack.com/p/the-modern-data-experience">The Modern Data Experience by Benn Stancil</a></li><li><a href="https://tailscale.com/blog/absolute-scale/">Absolute Scale Corrupts Absolutely by Avery Pennarun (Tailscale)</a></li></ul><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/cc525e3a7fe0ba943223dba3fb42e20bf6289151-1600x1094.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h3>3. Taking a Stand</h3><p>Another way to exhibit thought leadership is by making a persuasive argument against a commonly held belief. In this pattern, the author typically shares a unique perspective they have and why it’s led them to change accepted behaviors. These are often controversial, but that’s the point. While you don’t want to turn people off by being inflammatory for the sake of it, many startups <a href="https://www.onstartups.com/tabid/3339/bid/6727/Startups-and-The-Power-Of-Polarization.aspx">benefit from polarizing people</a>.</p><p><em>Examples:</em></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.raycast.com/blog/no-code-reviews-by-default">No Code Reviews by Default by Thomas Paul Mann</a></li><li><a href="https://www.karllhughes.com/posts/plumbing">The Bulk of Software Engineering is Just Plumbing</a></li></ul><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/f32cebcf5b4f9e21014b9d4f9233d080ad49123c-1600x1204.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h3>4. TIL (Today I Learned) Journey</h3><p>Finally, you can share something (or many things) you learned recently. Often these pieces explore a mistake or misunderstanding, the journey you went on to find a solution, and the lessons you learned along the way. This kind of writing shows vulnerability, humility, and growth, which help humanize your brand. These are especially interesting to senior-level engineers who generally love seeing deep technical knowledge and novel solutions to complex problems.</p><p><em>Examples:</em></p><ul><li><a href="https://maheshba.bitbucket.io/blog/2021/10/19/42Things.html">42 Things I Learned from Building a Production Database</a></li><li><a href="http://raganwald.com/2018/02/23/forde.html">How I Learned to Stop Worrying and Love the State Machine</a></li></ul><p>While there are plenty of other ways to write thought leadership content and make your own variations on these patterns, starting with a framework makes organizing and laying out my ideas much easier. So, if you’re stuck getting started, use an established pattern for your content and apply one of these frameworks to your domain of expertise.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/e9d7e2cae34b0be39dbbbc2e53d7a4c53071da78-1418x1178.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h2>Writing Better Thought Leadership Content</h2><p>Beyond using an established framework, there are many things you can do to get better at technical thought leadership. A lot of people assume that writing is all about <a href="https://www.writersdigest.com/general/why-i-dont-care-about-grammar-and-why-you-should-stop-worrying">perfecting your English grammar</a>, but there are more-fundamental skills to figure out first (<a href="https://www.grammarly.com/">Grammarly</a> can probably take care of most of the other stuff anyway).</p><h3>1. Focus on a Few Topics You Know Really Well</h3><blockquote>Many of the most popular people on the internet simply remix information. When this happens, everybody wins: Readers get to learn, you get website traffic, and authors get more visibility. Take existing ideas and remix them in productive ways.</blockquote><p><em>- <a href="https://perell.com/note/how-to-write/">David Perell, How to Write More</a></em></p><p>If you’re new to writing, focus on two to three topic areas that you know really well and write several different variations on each theme. By focusing on the same ideas repeatedly, you’ll start to clarify your vision and get markedly better at getting your point across. Don’t worry about originality because as you write more, you’ll start to put your unique spin on these topics.</p><p>The great thing about writing is that you can do it on many different platforms to get different versions of the same topic in front of new audiences. For example, you can write a long-form piece for your company’s blog, a thread for Twitter, a mid-length summary for Linkedin, another version as a <a href="https://dzone.com/pages/contribute">guest post for DZone</a>, the list goes on. (Some external blogs and media outlets may check for plagiarism to avoid having their website penalized by Google’s algorithm, so light re-writes might be necessary from time to time.) Experiment with changing up the language slightly for each channel to see what performs well, and avoid cannibalizing your own content.</p><h3>2. Support a Single Thesis</h3><blockquote>Written arguments often fail when they employ ranting rather than reasoning. </blockquote><p><em>- <a href="https://openoregon.pressbooks.pub/oregonwrites/chapter/persuasionargument/">Tara Horkoff, Writing for Success</a></em></p><p>One of the easiest ways to stay on topic when you write something is to continue revisiting and refining a single thesis or core idea. Try to cut any content that doesn’t directly support that thesis so that you make your point clear and avoid distracting readers. Build your argument throughout the piece and then re-emphasize the point again at the end.</p><h3>3. Organize Before Writing</h3><p>One of the biggest barriers new writers face is the blank page. Without a guide, it’s easy to let your piece turn into a random rambling of ideas and get frustrated when it doesn’t come together.</p><p>The simple solution is to start with an outline. Once you have that, you can start to fill in details, look for sources to support your points, and decide on reasonable breaking points between ideas.</p><h3>4. Make it Personal but Use Evidence</h3><p>While thought leadership writing should be personal, supplementing your personal experiences with data, quotes, and linked sources will help your work seem less subjective and help you build credibility. Providing data points from well-known sources (such as from published research or credible, well-known media outlets) to back up what you say not only strengthens your point, but can also serve as a form of <a href="https://www.gartner.com/en/sales/insights/buyer-enablement">buyer enablement</a>. Not everyone who reads your content may have the ability to approve budgets. So, building credible, data-supported content may eventually help your readers write a business case to their boss one day.</p><p>You can break up long stretches of conjecture with stories, examples, and supporting evidence to add authority and variety to your writing. Great writers know how to give a reader context, allowing them to establish their own opinions while building appreciation for yours.</p><h3>5. Figure Out How to Make Time for Writing</h3><p>Finally, if you want to get better at writing in general, you have to make time for it. Some people like building a daily writing habit, blocking time on their calendar, or pairing up with a <a href="https://draft.dev/ghostwriting">professional ghostwriter</a>. No matter how you go about it, you will get better at writing the more you do it, so find a system that works for you within the time constraints you have.</p><p>Ultimately, getting your perspective in front of the world is one of the highest leverage things a founder can do, but it does take a commitment.</p><h2>Summary</h2><p>Technical startup leaders can get a lot of value out of even just a few strong pieces of thought leadership content. Building credibility with employees, investors, and customers is a force multiplier for your business when you recognize that it’s a time and energy investment worth making.</p><p>I hope some of the tips and frameworks in this piece will help you as you get started, but I’m also happy to answer questions and offer individual tips. You can find me on <a href="https://twitter.com/karllhughes?lang=en">Twitter</a> or at <a href="mailto:karl@draft.dev">karl@draft.dev</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/thought-leadership-for-technical-founders">Thought Leadership for Technical Founders</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #55, The Dev Side of Observability with Martin Thwaites of Honeycomb</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-55-the-dev-side-of-observability-with-martin-thwaites-of-honeycomb</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Sep 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">80de7450-5979-4fe3-ae53-af9ff95442c3</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 55 of o11ycast, Charity and Liz speak with Martin Thwaites, a developer advocate at Honeycomb. They discuss the dev side of observability, exploring topics like logging pipelines, the pain of context switching for developers, the significance of the DevOps movement, best practices for scaling engineering teams, and outside-in test-driven development.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 55 of o11ycast, Charity and Liz speak with Martin Thwaites, a developer advocate at Honeycomb. They discuss the dev side of observability, exploring topics like logging pipelines, the pain of context switching for developers, the significance of the DevOps movement, best practices for scaling engineering teams, and outside-in test-driven development.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-55-the-dev-side-of-observability-with-martin-thwaites-of-honeycomb">Ep. #55, The Dev Side of Observability with Martin Thwaites of Honeycomb</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Craft Your First Customer Case Study</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/customer-case-study-template</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Aug 2022 21:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Messaging &amp; Positioning]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-12895</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Distilling a customer’s experience into one brief document can seem challenging, but you can streamline the process with a simple case study framework.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>So you have an early cohort of happy customers, and you’d like to share their successes with leads and prospects to help attract and close new business.</p><p>Now what? We’ve compiled some new and updated tips on B2B business case studies, particularly for developer-led B2B startups, on how to create a case study that accomplishes all your goals.</p><p>A well-crafted case study can help show engineering teams why they should use your product, while also showing non-technical stakeholders how their business will benefit.</p><p>Distilling a customer’s experience into one brief document can seem challenging, but you can streamline the process with a simple framework. Let’s discuss how to write a great case study that clearly communicates the value your company provides.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/c9a40f61fbe17f646ec309d9a2c20022132f73ea-2940x1395.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p><em>Smartsheet covers real-world value to its customers in its case studies.</em></p><h2>The Value of Case Studies for Early-Stage Companies</h2><p>In B2B marketing, case studies are essential to provide social proof. You’re getting a customer (ideally a high-profile one) to say publicly, “Yes, your product solved a problem for us!” For startups, demonstrating that successful organizations are willing to invest in your product is key.</p><p>But what makes case studies doubly useful for early-stage companies is that they offer a roadmap for your prospects.</p><p>If you’re building a solution with a novel approach or <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/buy-vs-build-turning-critics-into-champions/">in a completely new space</a>, it can be hard to communicate exactly how your solution is valuable. Case studies provide context and details about how other teams are using your product. The context helps prospects understand specifically how your solution will impact their team.</p><p>For startups, while you may start from a humble case study brief, <strong>the goal is to create a case study that shows both the business value and the technical context of your product.</strong></p><h2>Planning Your Case Study</h2><p>For additional insights into the case study process, we got some additional insights from Joel Klettke of <a href="http://casestudybuddy.com/">CaseStuddyBuddy</a>, which we’ve added to this section. Before you get customers involved, you need to be clear on your goals for the piece(s) you’re planning to create, and (ideally) how you plan to leverage the story you capture.</p><p>You want the stories you tell to be intentional, relatable, and persuasive, which means going in with a clear picture of what details will hit hardest for your leads and prospects. Here are some important case study questions to consider before even talking to your customers:</p><p>For example:</p><ol><li><strong>What markets or areas are you trying to target?</strong> <br/>Maybe you can feature stories from a specific vertical (such as fintech or e-commerce) or functional group (such as DevOps or product management) to which your company wants to sell.</li><li><strong>What personas or roles are you trying to reach?</strong> <br/>Your target personas should inform the level of detail and what you emphasize in the stories. Who are the decision-makers you need to persuade? Are you targeting executives at earlier-stage companies who have purchasing power, or mid-senior engineers at more-mature firms who might have to create a business case for your product? You’ll likely want to consider your ideal persona when choosing people to interview so that leads can see themselves in your story. </li><li><strong>What objections would your sales team most love to be able to counter with a story?</strong><br/>You may be able to make those objections—and how the customer overcame them—obvious in the story in such a way that it inspires others to act. </li><li><strong>What questions or hesitations are you bumping into that a story could help illustrate?</strong><br/>Similar to the above, you can have your interview subject list the hesitations they had, verbatim, and how they no longer have any such concerns as a happy customer. </li><li><strong>What outcomes are your leads seeking?<br/></strong>Focusing on valuable, desired outcomes that appeal to your target audience will appeal to them and may influence a buying decision.</li><li><strong>What aspects of your offering could you clarify through a story?</strong><br/>It’s important to remember that you don’t always get to choose your first touchpoint with your prospects. Understanding that your next case study could be the first contact a prospect has with you will help you decide where to spend your bandwidth on details and explanations within the piece. Of course, when you use them properly, case studies can be much more than purely marketing content.</li></ol><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/89f5d7d0cb0c78ee0b688f39870a3f71c5d3ae1d-2639x1269.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p><em>PagerDuty offers case studies in a variety of formats, including written, video, and blog.</em></p><h3>Choosing Your Formats</h3><p>In terms of the format(s), you might think you can only use a B2B case study one way: As a write-up on your website or a PDF you send to potential customers as part of your standard content marketing work. Not the case.</p><p>You can use case studies in ads, nurture sequences, RFPs, landing pages, cold outreach, live sales presentations, and more—but not if you only tell the story one way, in one place. Instead, consider the needs of the different channels and audiences.</p><p>It’s important to think through every way you can use a case study as part of your larger marketing strategy, to drive lead generation at the top of your funnel and win more deals at the bottom.</p><p>For example, could you produce:</p><ul><li><strong>One-sheets:</strong> A brief version for cold outreach or post-call follow-up?</li><li><strong>Audiograms:</strong> For use on social media (particularly on LinkedIn or Twitter, as applicable) or in ads to let prospects hear those glowing words from your customers themselves?</li><li><strong>Slides:</strong> A persuasive slide in your next sales deck that reinforces your product’s value?</li><li><strong>Blog:</strong> A Q&amp;A-style blog post that reads like an interview with a prominent person in your space?</li><li><strong>Quotes:</strong> An eye-catching pull quote for your company’s homepage from a high-profile customer?</li><li><strong>Talking points:</strong> A relevant anecdote to mention on podcasts you may be recording or appearing on?</li><li><strong>PR pitches:</strong> And potentially as your company matures, a PR pitch to trade outlets that cover topics relevant to your customers?</li></ul><p>Consider the different formats you plan to use for your next customer story and make sure you get everything you need from your initial conversations with your busy customers: The long-form case study story to feature on your website, the quick-hit sound byte for your social media channels, the executive summary containing all the success metrics and value you delivered for your sales team’s next deck, and all the rest.</p><h2>Getting Customer Buy-In</h2><p>It’d be nice if every customer spontaneously put up their hand and volunteered to take part in a case study, but in reality, you’re going to have to ask them to take part.</p><p>Don’t panic. The key is to set expectations and give them a sense of control.</p><h3>Clearly Set Expectations for Customers</h3><p>When you make the ask, be clear about why you’re asking them (specifically) and what parts of the relationship you’re hoping they will speak to. A clear ask helps them feel comfortable and prepared in terms of what they’ll be asked to discuss.</p><p>Then, lay out what’s involved from a high level, for example: “The entire process involves a short interview on Zoom, with a chance for you to review the draft before it goes live. It should take no more than 45 – 60 minutes of your time.”</p><p>If you can, send an example of what the final product will look like—even if it isn’t your own. Examples help customers visualize a nice, polished asset and take the mystery out of the end product.</p><h3>Clearly Set Expectations for Your Own Team</h3><p>It’s probably a good idea to calibrate your team’s expectations as well. Unless you specifically added a clause in the sales contract that requires this particular customer to provide testimonials (which some companies put on the table as a bargaining chip during the sales process), case study participation is optional.</p><p>Customers not bound by contractual obligations may decline to participate, potentially because they’re too busy, or because they may be having issues they’d prefer to resolve first. Put yourself in the best possible position to secure case studies. Work with your customer success team to find customers who are happy, successful, and not under time pressure to deliver other projects of their own.</p><p>It’s also a good idea to keep in mind that customers at larger companies may need approval from their PR experts, marketing team, or legal department before finalizing case studies. In such cases, you may be in for a considerable wait. One that is, sadly, out of your control.</p><h3>Give Customers a Sense of Control</h3><p>Always let your clients know that they’ll have a chance to review a draft and request changes. You can let them know you’ll be happy to make any changes or revisions they request to make the process fast and simple.</p><p>Essentially, the better you communicate your process, the ‘why,’ and the final deliverable, the more likely you are to get a “yes!” Here’s a <a href="https://casestudybuddy.com/blog/how-to-get-clients-to-agree-to-be-in-case-studies/">full blog</a> from CaseStudyBuddy that focuses on how to get your customers to agree to case studies.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/c61bcc9aaebe233f1c40628978d8be18c1553ae9-2555x1329.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p><em>Sanity ensures that success metrics are front-and-center in its case studies.</em></p><h2>B2B Case Study Interview Questions</h2><h3>Who Is My Ideal Interview Target?</h3><p>Your case study should reflect the perspective of your buyer — <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/early-sales-prospecting-for-founders/">if you’re selling to VPEs</a>, aim to interview the VPE. Depending on the size of the team and who is using your product, you might need to find a balance between someone who is high-level enough to understand the business value that your product brings, but technical and in-the-weeds enough to know how the product is being used day to day.</p><p>It’s OK to interview more than one person, but more viewpoints can be hard to wrangle, and for right now we’re aiming for simple and effective, so stick to no more than two to three interviewees.</p><h3>10 Critical Case Study Interview Questions (and One Helpful Bonus Question)</h3><p>Your case study interview should be a conversation, not an interrogation. Prepared questions help you hit all the important points, but before every case study interview, review these template questions and customize them for the particular use case.</p><p>Here are the most important case study interview questions to use when interviewing customers for case studies. (Obviously, you should adapt the questions to be most relevant to your company and its audience, and over time, you may want to incorporate them into a case study questionnaire template for repeat use.)</p><ol><li>What is your role/what does your company do?</li><li>What did [process] look like at your company before? What were the biggest pain points you experienced?</li><li>What was the breaking point where you decided to look for a solution?</li><li>How did you find out about [our product]?</li><li>What was the first moment where you realized that [our product] was a unique solution to your problem?</li><li>What does [process] look like at your company now?</li><li>What other software/apps/tools do you use as part of your [process] workflow?</li><li>Are there any quantifiable metrics that you use to measure the impact of [our product]? Can you share any of those numbers?</li><li>What has your team been doing with the time/budget/etc they save?</li><li>What’s one thing you’d want someone who is considering using [our product] to know?</li></ol><p>One question that isn’t on the list that you should always ask at least once: <strong>“Can you tell me more about that?”</strong> An interviewee might gloss over a detail that they find mundane, but which will be critically interesting to your prospects. For technical products, such details often end up being related to their tech stack and the other tools they’re using, and can often help you tell a stronger story about how your product delivers value. Always dig deeper.</p><p>As a logistical note, consider recording your case study interviews. Frantic note-taking to capture every word distracts you from staying in the moment and being able to ask meaningful follow-up questions. Just remember to get their approval to record the call before you start the conversation since there are laws in place, such as <a href="https://leginfo.legislature.ca.gov/faces/codes_displaySection.xhtml?lawCode=PEN&amp;sectionNum=632">California’s “eavesdropping” statute</a>, that require all parties to consent to recording in advance.</p><h2>An Effective B2B Case Study Template</h2><p>Once you have your customer’s story, you’ll need to transform it into a format that has a strong narrative and is easy to skim. This is the case study framework template that I’ve found most effective for creating concise, impactful case studies quickly. <a href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CYHjmCMIIn2pH4bFqCmcajD9HvgWxgE6FZ91VyeJlLw/edit?usp=sharing">Grab a copy of the template here</a>.</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/c3542f66eed199b59ace845f614720d9416e71ca-1170x1228.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>Now you’ve identified and organized your key points and quotes, it’s time to write! Your goal is to craft a cohesive story around the customer’s buying journey and product use. Writing case studies doesn’t need to be an overly long project. Keep it as short as you can without losing the overall context of the use case.</p><h3>A Note on Success Metrics</h3><p>As we mentioned earlier, one of the key questions to ask customers is about quantifiable improvements they’ve seen as a result of using your company’s products. While not every customer may have hard numbers on hand to share in the moment as you’re interviewing them, metrics are a key part of making your success stories impactful.</p><p>Be prepared for the possibility that your interview subjects might not have the success metrics you’re looking for during your conversation. Keep a few possible alternative metrics in mind you might ask them about that pertain to your product’s value proposition (such as revenue generated, hours saved, number of incidents reduced, improved SLA performance, or whichever metrics are relevant to you). If your subjects are open to double-checking on certain metrics to provide later, it’s a good idea to include placeholder success metrics in your case study draft for customers to fill in or update later.</p><h3>A Note on Formatting</h3><p>In terms of formatting, it’s also a good idea to break up your case study into subsections with clearly-marked headers. Subsections and subheaders make your case studies easier to read, easier to skim, and easier to index on search engines for SEO purposes. You can also visually break up all your text with customer quotes, product images, and if you have the resources, an infographic or two that depicts the value your product provides.</p><p>It’s also a good idea to consider adding a clear CTA (call to action) within your case studies, such as to read other, similar content you’ve created for similar use cases or similar verticals. Adding a CTA with links to additional, relevant content can encourage your prospects to “binge” on your content and learn more about your product while you have their attention.</p><h3>A Note on Quotes</h3><p>Customer quotes are at the heart of a good case study. But people don’t always speak in crisp, clean sentences that lend themselves to sound-bytes. Lightly editing quotes to be clear and usable out of the context of the conversation is an important step.</p><p>However, when cleaning up your quotes, be careful not to sanitize them too much. You’ll quickly find that they all start sounding robotic and fabricated. If your final quotes read like carbon copies of your <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/messaging-framework/">messaging framework</a>, you’ve gone too far.</p><h2>Ship It and Celebrate!</h2><h3>Get the Thumbs-Up</h3><p>Unless you particularly enjoy speaking with angry communications managers and lawyers, always give your case study subject the chance to review the final version before it goes live.</p><p>Two things to do to keep the review process quick and easy:</p><ul><li><strong>Minimize editing rounds:</strong> <br/>Review limbo is usually where case studies get stuck, so minimize the back-and-forth as much as possible. It’s a good idea to send a PDF of the final mockup along with a Google Doc for editing, as having the “final” visual helps push stakeholders to give feedback.</li><li><strong>Set a hard publish deadline:</strong> <br/>Saying, “We’re planning to publish on MM/DD, please let me know if you have any edits by MM/DD” can drive a quicker turnaround in a way that open-ended requests can’t.</li></ul><h3>Distribute Your Case Study</h3><p>Completing your first case study is something worth celebrating, but your work isn’t done. Publish it to your website, share it with your team and other customers, and promote your new case study to your target audience based on the formats you evaluated previously.</p><p>We dive deeper into how to leverage user stories effectively in another article, <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/marketing-user-stories/">which you can read here!</a></p><h3>Case Study Examples</h3><p>So now you know some important tips on how to write a B2B case study. To help you get a better sense of what the final product should look like, we asked Joel to share some of his favorite examples of customer stories for SaaS companies and developer tools. Here are some examples of great case studies to consider:</p><p>For examples of some real-world B2B, developer-focused case studies, check out these:</p><ul><li><a href="https://launchdarkly.com/case-studies/">LaunchDarkly</a> follows our case study framework for clear, easy-to-parse user stories</li><li><a href="https://www.smartsheet.com/customers">SmartSheet</a> also uses customer quotes to frame user stories and highlights specific use cases.</li><li><a href="https://www.pagerduty.com/customers/">PagerDuty</a> offers a variety of formats for customer case study content, including full written articles, blogs, and video</li><li><a href="https://snyk.io/customers/">Snyk</a> offers compact case studies packed with customer quotes and visuals to be easily skimmable</li><li><a href="https://www.sanity.io/case-studies/invision">Sanity.io</a> offers beautiful case studies broken up into easily consumable subheadings with plenty of embedded visuals</li><li><a href="https://radar.com/customers/joann">Radar</a> uses a somewhat minimalist customer case study template that leads with success metrics and tells a before-and-after story by highlighting “the problem” and “the solution”</li><li><a href="https://tailscale.com/customers/">Tailscale</a> weaves in-depth stories that cover each customer’s vertical and unique business challenges to properly frame the problem, and how it provided a valuable solution</li><li><a href="https://www.mux.com/customers">Mux</a>, being a video platform, adds both a video and a written component to each of its in-depth case studies</li></ul><p>Here are some additional videos walking through best practices for case studies provided by Joel:</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.loom.com/share/aa6a05cc88464f7e912f19d81e6d359d">Integrate.io</a> - A walk-through of a case study for this SaaS company covering content layout and how easy your case study is to skim</li><li><a href="https://www.loom.com/share/aa6a05cc88464f7e912f19d81e6d359d">Rainforest QA</a> - An additional walk-through of a case study covering the importance of customer quotes and success metrics</li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/customer-case-study-template">How to Craft Your First Customer Case Study</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #108, Securing Environment Variables with Dante Lex of Onboardbase</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-108-securing-environment-variables-with-dante-lex-of-onboardbase</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Aug 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">48559461-f4f4-466c-885d-a255d21b4cd5</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 108 of JAMstack Radio, Brian Douglas speaks with Dante Lex of Onboardbase. Together, they discuss environment variables and the tools and practices used to secure them. This conversation includes lessons on infrastructure tools, observability, secret encryption, and remote hiring.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 108 of JAMstack Radio, Brian Douglas speaks with Dante Lex of Onboardbase. Together, they discuss environment variables and the tools and practices used to secure them. This conversation includes lessons on infrastructure tools, observability, secret encryption, and remote hiring.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-108-securing-environment-variables-with-dante-lex-of-onboardbase">Ep. #108, Securing Environment Variables with Dante Lex of Onboardbase</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #4, The April 2022 Atlassian Outage</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-the-april-2022-atlassian-outage</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Aug 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">97c41011-c099-42ce-9965-3b75208a4a1d</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 4 of Getting There, Nora Jones and Niall Murphy discuss the Atlassian outage of April 2022. This talk explores Atlassian’s 20-year history, key takeaways from this 14-day outage, surprising findings from the incident report, and critical discussion of Atlassian’s response.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 4 of Getting There, Nora Jones and Niall Murphy discuss the Atlassian outage of April 2022. This talk explores Atlassian’s 20-year history, key takeaways from this 14-day outage, surprising findings from the incident report, and critical discussion of Atlassian’s response.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-the-april-2022-atlassian-outage">Ep. #4, The April 2022 Atlassian Outage</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #31, Kustomize with Katrina Verey of Shopify</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-31-kustomize-with-katrina-verey-of-shopify</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Aug 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">06abc304-04ab-4116-bf3b-43f60a6db127</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 31 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie speak with Katrina Verey, Senior Staff Production Engineer at Shopify. This conversation examines Shopify&#x27;s extensive adoption of Kubernetes, as well as the Kustomize project, a tool for addressing configuration management.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 31 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie speak with Katrina Verey, Senior Staff Production Engineer at Shopify. This conversation examines Shopify&#x27;s extensive adoption of Kubernetes, as well as the Kustomize project, a tool for addressing configuration management.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-31-kustomize-with-katrina-verey-of-shopify">Ep. #31, Kustomize with Katrina Verey of Shopify</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #107, Empowering Nonprofits with Christopher Burns of Everfund</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-107-empowering-nonprofits-with-christopher-burns-of-everfund</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Aug 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7d9084ce-1498-4319-856c-e09b354cefd7</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 107 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Christopher Burns, CEO of Everfund. This conversation examines the intersection of nonprofits and technology, insights on no-code solutions nonprofits can use for interacting with donors, and lessons on building a headless SDK.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 107 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Christopher Burns, CEO of Everfund. This conversation examines the intersection of nonprofits and technology, insights on no-code solutions nonprofits can use for interacting with donors, and lessons on building a headless SDK.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-107-empowering-nonprofits-with-christopher-burns-of-everfund">Ep. #107, Empowering Nonprofits with Christopher Burns of Everfund</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #30, Cilium and eBPF with Thomas Graf of Isovalent</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-30-cilium-and-ebpf-with-thomas-graf-of-isovalent</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Aug 2022 16:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c667e288-5c7f-4be5-b111-8123fa08684b</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 30 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot speak with Thomas Graf, Co-Founder and CTO of Isovalent. This conversation includes a deep dive on eBPF, the origins of Cilium and the lessons learned while creating it in the open, and insights on kernel development.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 30 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot speak with Thomas Graf, Co-Founder and CTO of Isovalent. This conversation includes a deep dive on eBPF, the origins of Cilium and the lessons learned while creating it in the open, and insights on kernel development.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-30-cilium-and-ebpf-with-thomas-graf-of-isovalent">Ep. #30, Cilium and eBPF with Thomas Graf of Isovalent</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #106, Blockchain Infrastructure with Anthony Campolo of QuickNode</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-106-blockchain-infrastructure-with-anthony-campolo-of-quicknode</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Jul 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6465e4e1-9c27-44f0-a1b6-55e9fcd9accc</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 106 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Anthony Campolo, a Developer Advocate at QuickNode. This conversation explores blockchain infrastructure and tooling, including built-in governance mechanisms, NFTs, dApps, and cryptography.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 106 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Anthony Campolo, a Developer Advocate at QuickNode. This conversation explores blockchain infrastructure and tooling, including built-in governance mechanisms, NFTs, dApps, and cryptography.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-106-blockchain-infrastructure-with-anthony-campolo-of-quicknode">Ep. #106, Blockchain Infrastructure with Anthony Campolo of QuickNode</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Successful DevTool Companies Manage Content Strategies</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-successful-devtool-companies-manage-content-strategies</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jul 2022 07:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d137ef0f-82bc-4d6c-9b8a-404892397e41</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>We reached out to folks at companies of all stages and sizes that we think are doing a terrific job at content marketing, to give early-stage teams a better understanding of how to build an editorial calendar and manage an effective strategy to increase reach and awareness, and drive inbound.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>During times when traditional sources of cash become limited, it’s important to focus your marketing efforts and budget on channels that deliver.</p><p>We reached out to folks at companies of all stages and sizes that we think are doing a terrific job at content marketing, to give early-stage teams a better understanding of how to build an editorial calendar and manage an effective strategy to increase reach and awareness, and drive inbound.</p><h3>Natalie Mendes, Brand Content Lead, <a href="https://www.atlassian.com/">Atlassian</a></h3><h4>Tools and Metrics</h4><p>We run our entire editorial calendar for <a href="https://www.atlassian.com/blog">the Atlassian blog</a> in Trello. More than 175 Atlassians have contributed to the board over the last few years and we publish just about once a day so it’s a highly cross-functional effort.</p><p>We use automation rules and a custom workflow in <a href="https://trello.com/en">Trello</a> to receive new story pitches, collect information about them, ask questions, and assign editors who then work with the author on publication. We’ve used labels that help us know what section of the blog the story will live in, and we make sure to connect the Trello cards to all the necessary <a href="https://www.atlassian.com/software/confluence">Confluence</a> pages (where the draft lives) and <a href="https://www.atlassian.com/software/jira/work-management">Jira</a> tickets for design assets.</p><p>In terms of metrics, we are very data-driven, and make sure we know upfront how success will be measured for each article – whether that’s via organic traffic, MQLs and SQLs, evaluations, or other metrics.</p><h4>Roles and Responsibilities</h4><p>We have dedicated editors per section, so we have one editor overseeing the <a href="https://www.atlassian.com/blog">Work Life</a> section and another editor overseeing the <a href="https://www.atlassian.com/blog/product-news">Products and News</a> section. It’s their job to monitor the story ideas coming through and work with authors on the editing and publishing process.</p><h4>Addressing Audiences</h4><p>We want to make sure that we are serving our audience in every piece of content we produce, so on each Trello card we specifically ask who the target audience is and what the reader benefits will be from reading the article. </p><blockquote>If we are not serving our readers, then what are we doing?</blockquote><h4>Planning Cycles</h4><p>We plan on an annual and quarterly basis. Our annual content strategy looks at the broad stories and themes we’d like to address, and any high-level notes about audience. For example, as we entered the 2022 fiscal year, we decided to focus on asynchronous work as we follow the trend of how the working world responded to the pandemic.</p><p>Our quarterly planning is a reflection of the activities of the product marketing teams and our editorial team’s understanding and reaction to timely trends and areas of focus to meet our goals.</p><h4>Distribution</h4><p>After a story reaches the “Published” column, we have an automation that tags in our social media manager for promotion. Additional distribution avenues include email marketing, our blog newsletter, and republishing partnerships that we have in place.</p><h3>Ron Powell, Marketing Insights and Strategy Manager, <a href="https://circleci.com/">CircleCI</a></h3><h4>Tools and Metrics</h4><p>We use our editorial calendar to organize content into themes. For example, July is compliance month. During July we update existing compliance related material already published, we publish net-new compliance related topics, and we use organic and paid promo for distribution and engagement.</p><p>Separately, we have a content calendar that reflects the publication date of new material. This calendar helps to organize work, especially cross-functional work, like GTM efforts. We use Monday.com to track and manage progress so that everyone has visibility into the content creation pipeline and the status of the project. All contributors and SMEs have access and can be assigned tasks.</p><p>Much of the content published by our organization can have the publishing dates adjusted. The full list of content generated by the content team serves many purposes: GTM, awareness, recruiting, company news, and thought leadership. The only truly time-sensitive content that we produce is in service of GTM efforts.</p><p>Our work on the content team is to weave our company’s needs (awareness, acquisition/conversion, engagement) into a content program that can deliver traffic. We achieve high traffic by creating and publishing the world’s best answers to the most asked relevant questions in our space.</p><p>Our editorial calendar is an opportunity for us to answer questions really well and link out to content that is specific to our product&#x27;s solutions. This is our version of a hub-and-spoke content program. Our hubs answer high level questions. Our spokes are tutorials and how-tos for our product. We use the hubs that gather lots of traffic to expose those readers to links to our product content. Those readers are far more likely to engage with our brand.</p><h4>Roles and Responsibilities</h4><p>At CircleCI, the Product Marketing team drives the creation of feature and product related content in service of our GTM efforts. They, along with the corresponding Product folks, all have access to Monday. All other content is first ideated by our Senior Technical Content Manager who uses tools such as ahrefs and SEMrush to identify related keywords with high volume. </p><p>The content is then drafted by the appropriate third party or contractor (all non-feature related content we use contractors and content vendors to produce) including tutorials which are our largest category of content. Our STCM reviews and edits before passing to our Content Producer who performs the final QA checks and publishes the content to our site.</p><h4>Addressing Audiences</h4><p>Audience is considered for all of our content efforts. The balance of content types is a good proxy for how we engage with the different audiences that we serve. For example, a post about building modern mobile applications maps well to the audience of people who need to consider and weigh the implications of choices in their development stack. </p><p>A tutorial about running unit tests on emulated mobile devices maps well to an audience of engineers who may be at work trying to do this exact thing right now. At CircleCI, we have one high-level mobile application post and a dozen tutorials reflecting our attempt to engage with our much larger audience of engineers.</p><h4>Cadence</h4><p>We publish new content 3 times per week. It took a long time to get to this rate. I see us remaining at this cadence for the foreseeable future. We currently update our content regularly, too. This updating program is one that I plan to scale. </p><p>We have seen great success with linking to our new product releases and features in our evergreen content and using an editorial calendar to create amplification. Keeping that content updated is how we maintain its high rank and deliver traffic month over month.</p><h4>Planning Cycle</h4><p>We are still vetting the themes we’ve selected for our editorial calendar. Ideally, we will arrive at twelve themes for the year that will allow for folks to organize annually. Right now, we produce the following quarter’s themes as early as possible in the current quarter. </p><p>The editorial calendar does not lock folks into the theme for the month. In fact, it is expected that ad hoc and organic content ideas will come up. The editorial calendar provides a way for the marketing team to sweep up all of the many assets created throughout the year and then promote it thematically for re-engagement.</p><h4>Guiding Principles</h4><p>Discoverability is the defining problem of content marketing. Ultimately, I need to get my organization&#x27;s brand, value prop, and feature set in front of those who would be interested. </p><blockquote>The editorial calendar provides me with a framework for generating, updating, and promoting evergreen content that services a large audience of solution seekers all year round. </blockquote><p>This gives my Product Marketing Team the advantage of linking a release into an already existing piece of content that already ranks well and already has traffic. The number of folks who are made aware of new features through this strategy is orders of magnitude above what I could get with organic impressions for product announcement posts.</p><h3>Ivana Ivanovic, Head of Content, <a href="https://retool.com/">Retool</a></h3><h4>Tools and Metrics</h4><p>At Retool, we follow company-wide OKRs to focus everyone on key company goals. The content plan stems from and supports the larger marketing strategy. To that effect, content OKRs sit as a part of marketing OKRs, and content plans are a part of a document that contains the larger marketing strategy. This ensures that both the marketing team and the staff (exec) team is aware of content plans and has an opportunity to chime in.</p><p>Company-wide, we communicate on cross-functional content initiatives, such as the engineering blog, and exciting content initiatives that can benefit from employee amplification on social media (e.g., <a href="https://retool.com/reports/state-of-engineering-time-2022/">State of Engineering Time</a>).</p><h4>Addressing Audiences</h4><p>We frequently revisit and discuss our audiences based on customer composition and analysis, surveys, information from sales and the bizops team, etc. </p><blockquote>Every content strategy document — as well as any brief we may give to a contractor or internal SME/writer — speaks about our audiences. </blockquote><p>For example, we may discuss if we are addressing backend or frontend or full stack developers, what their concerns are, and what they are seeking to find and learn.</p><h4>Planning Cycle</h4><p>From a strategy standpoint, we’ll focus on what we want to cover in the next quarter or half the year. For example, pillars of content strategy could be: </p><ul><li>Our engineering blog (supporting our own engineers to write)</li><li>Tutorials helping developers who we think should learn about Retool (by coming to our blog)</li><li>Customer stories that will cover a certain aspect of Retool (for example, customers being multiple apps)</li></ul><p>From there, we decide on which authors, agencies, or internal writers should tackle what, and start preparing the content calendar. Some agencies have a longer planning cycle where we need to work with their editorial team to bring a plan to fruition. We have writers who are specialized in certain topics and may cater the topics to their expertise, or consult them on what’s new and hot in their world that we should write about. </p><h4>Distribution</h4><p>Distribution depends on the content strategy pillar. For 101 or 201 tutorials that we know people will find via search, we actually don’t put them on social media. While that may seem controversial or counterintuitive, our social media followers are largely customers and Retool enthusiasts, so serving them very top-of-funnel content doesn’t make sense. So the distribution strategy there is really SEO.</p><p>On the other hand, something like an engineering blog post, or a fireside chat with heads of engineering, or a webinar where an awesome engineering team at a famous customer company talks about their internal tool setup will be all over social media. And then there is of course Hacker News, Dev.to, etc. for those in-depth engineering blog posts.</p><h3>Kaitlyn Sun, Marketing Coordinator, <a href="https://orbit.love/">Orbit</a></h3><h4>Tools</h4><p>Our primary tool for planning at Orbit is Notion. We use a single calendar across product marketing, content, and community teams. The calendar is accessible to everyone in the company—anyone can see at a glance what we’re working on and what’s going out next. Using Notion allows us to keep all items visible across teams in the company to maintain alignment with the content schedule.</p><h4>Roles and Responsibilities</h4><p>As Marketing Coordinator, I handle calendar maintenance, social media content creation, and publishing of items added to the editorial calendar. Long-form content, such as blog posts or customer stories, are written by our Product Marketing and Community teams. Everything we produce gets reviewed by at least one other team member before it goes out.</p><p>The creation of social posts is a collaborative process. I develop a draft for each platform and work with the original author of the promoted piece and the rest of the content team to fine-tune the messaging to showcase our content.</p><p>To keep our team accountable, I’ve found it helpful to have a dedicated Slack channel for getting feedback and coordinating content publishing. Especially in a startup environment, priorities change rapidly, but this channel makes it easy to keep everyone up to date and things flowing smoothly from conception to publication.</p><h4>Cadence</h4><p>I’m mindful of the types and volume of content we publish on any day. The last thing we want is to create noise for our audience that doesn’t contribute value to them in some way.</p><p>Considerations on publishing times include when our core audience is online and active, as well as the range of types of content we’ve recently posted. We share product announcements, tips, how-to articles, funny memes, customer stories, and educational material, including text, audio, and video content. </p><p>But we don’t want to overwhelm our audience with any type, and we try to balance promotional content with conversation. Currently, we are on a schedule to publish on each platform 2-3 times per day during the work week.</p><h4>Planning Cycle</h4><p>To start, I meet with our Product Marketing Manager and Product Managers to determine the upcoming time-sensitive items to ensure we account for those in our schedule. Once those core items are in place, we fill in the gaps with promotional content for our community events, educational or thought-leadership blog posts, and essential insights for our audience. From there, the drafting and review process begins. Generally, we work 1-2 weeks in advance of our calendar to provide some room for flexibility if release dates are changed.</p><h4>Guiding Principles</h4><blockquote>The North Star, or guiding light, we follow is to create value for our audience, providing high-quality information and insights to inform and educate our community. </blockquote><p>That means seeking opportunities to cover unique topics and craft better content about existing subjects. That may mean finding a new angle to spark understanding, adding graphics to help illustrate an important concept, or playing with formats and media types to reach an audience who learns differently than what is being catered for already.</p><h3>Kevin Smith, Technical Marketing Writer, <a href="https://launchdarkly.com/">LaunchDarkly</a> </h3><h4>Tools and Metrics</h4><p>We currently use Confluence for visibility of our editorial calendar, but the plan is largely communicated via Slack and Zoom meetings. We rely on Asana to help communicate various tasks. In terms of metrics, we track performance using Google Analytics for blog performance and Uberflip for general content performance.</p><h4>Roles and Responsibilities </h4><p>We have a couple of dedicated content team members, but rely on the entire team at LaunchDarkly for their expertise, from engineers to solutions architects. Since our audience is primarily developers, we also have a technical marketing team that helps write and edit some of our content as well. We&#x27;re weary of people&#x27;s busy schedules, but we hold team members accountable through OKRs and Slack check-ins.</p><h4>Addressing Audiences</h4><blockquote>We try to ensure a lot of our outward-facing content is focused on things the developer community might find interesting. </blockquote><p>That comes through everywhere from our campaign planning to the topics we build content around. Some things work better than others, and we watch our metrics to adjust accordingly.</p><h4>Cadence</h4><p>We publish blog posts at least twice per week, and longer-form pieces two or three times quarterly. This currently feels like a good balance versus our resources, but ramping up in the future is all but a guarantee.</p><h4>Planning Cycle </h4><p>We hold quarterly planning sessions for longer form content pieces. For blog posts, we hold bi-weekly blog meetings that have an open door for discussion for staff members from around the company.</p><h4>Guiding Principles</h4><p>The speed of technology. Things are constantly changing and that helps give us new ideas for different ways to emerging tech topics. But in general, we also pay attention to:</p><ul><li>Upcoming campaigns</li></ul><p>Content is either created specifically for the campaign or to align with the timeframe the campaign is running. So, for instance, if we kick off a three-month campaign focusing on something like software experimentation, we&#x27;ll likely create content that fits within that topic and try to publish during that time frame for maximum impact. </p><ul><li>Seasonality </li></ul><p>These are events that people are paying attention to throughout the year. For example, we know that Black Friday is among one of the biggest annual events for e-commerce merchants.  </p><p>So if we&#x27;re targeting companies in that vertical, we would publish something that helps them improve their Black Friday experience this year. Content such as this would likely get published in August or September, so there&#x27;s plenty of time for the audience to leverage it. </p><ul><li>Topics of interest</li></ul><p>Sometimes, new points of interest unexpectedly pop up, and we want to talk about them through the lens of LaunchDarkly. In that case, we&#x27;ll whip up a blog post covering the topic and try to get it published as quickly as possible. </p><p>We tend to supplement a lot of these sorts of time-based content with evergreen topics that aren&#x27;t tied to any specific event, but still hold interest for our audience. Basic DevOps best practices is a good example of this.</p><h4>Distribution</h4><p>This is an area where we are constantly looking to improve upon, but right now we pass off content to our social team and email teams for wider distribution. We&#x27;re working on a much broader comprehensive distribution plan for the future.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-successful-devtool-companies-manage-content-strategies">How Successful DevTool Companies Manage Content Strategies</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #105, Real-time Data with DeVaris Brown and Ali Hamidi of Meroxa</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-105-real-time-data-with-devaris-brown-and-ali-hamidi-of-meroxa</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Jul 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">85b2fe3b-82be-4f16-9806-ee7e2c7fc3eb</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 105 of JAMstack Radio, Brian Douglas speaks with DeVaris Brown and Ali Hamidi of Meroxa. They discuss the future of real-time data, the pain points in the connector ecosystem, developing skills through open source projects, and their personal experiences growing their team during the COVID-19 pandemic.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 105 of JAMstack Radio, Brian Douglas speaks with DeVaris Brown and Ali Hamidi of Meroxa. They discuss the future of real-time data, the pain points in the connector ecosystem, developing skills through open source projects, and their personal experiences growing their team during the COVID-19 pandemic.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-105-real-time-data-with-devaris-brown-and-ali-hamidi-of-meroxa">Ep. #105, Real-time Data with DeVaris Brown and Ali Hamidi of Meroxa</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #29, CloudQuery with Yevgeny Pats</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-29-cloudquery-with-yevgeny-pats</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Jul 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c5aa2ddb-5fc0-4485-8650-8c06954f26c4</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 29 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie speak with Yevgeny Pats, CEO &amp; Co-Founder of CloudQuery. They unpack Yevgeny’s career journey, the security and compliance space, and the open source CloudQuery project and its use cases. This talk offers evergreen lessons on entrepreneurship, information technology security, documentation practices for open source projects, and much more.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 29 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie speak with Yevgeny Pats, CEO &amp; Co-Founder of CloudQuery. They unpack Yevgeny’s career journey, the security and compliance space, and the open source CloudQuery project and its use cases. This talk offers evergreen lessons on entrepreneurship, information technology security, documentation practices for open source projects, and much more.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-29-cloudquery-with-yevgeny-pats">Ep. #29, CloudQuery with Yevgeny Pats</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #12, Building Relationships in Data with Emilie Schario of Amplify Partners</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-building-relationships-in-data-with-emilie-schario-of-amplify-partners</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Jul 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">011b6a47-ee4f-47e3-8eb7-397981434d4b</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 12 of The Right Track, Stefania Olafsdottir speaks with Emilie Schario of Amplify Partners. Together they discuss impact-driven development, actionable tactics for prioritizing relationships within data teams, the quandary of data job titles, and insights on improving data trust.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 12 of The Right Track, Stefania Olafsdottir speaks with Emilie Schario of Amplify Partners. Together they discuss impact-driven development, actionable tactics for prioritizing relationships within data teams, the quandary of data job titles, and insights on improving data trust.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-building-relationships-in-data-with-emilie-schario-of-amplify-partners">Ep. #12, Building Relationships in Data with Emilie Schario of Amplify Partners</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #54, Cloud Native Observability with Alex Boten of Lightstep</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-54-cloud-native-observability-with-alex-boten-of-lightstep</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jun 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">307565f1-24de-4887-aeb3-7f70d344ef92</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 54 of o11ycast, Liz Fong-Jones and Jessica Kerr speak with Alex Boton of Lightstep. They discuss Alex’s book Cloud Native Observability with OpenTelemetry, OTel documentation and community, vendor lock-in, and the pain of instrumentation.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 54 of o11ycast, Liz Fong-Jones and Jessica Kerr speak with Alex Boton of Lightstep. They discuss Alex’s book Cloud Native Observability with OpenTelemetry, OTel documentation and community, vendor lock-in, and the pain of instrumentation.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-54-cloud-native-observability-with-alex-boten-of-lightstep">Ep. #54, Cloud Native Observability with Alex Boten of Lightstep</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #104, Internal Tools with Nikhil Nandagopal of Appsmith</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-104-internal-tools-with-nikhil-nandagopal-of-appsmith</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jun 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">62c68a27-ec50-4308-931f-90bc8d9679fd</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 104 of JAMstack Radio, Brian chats with Nikhil Nandagopal, Founder &amp; CPO of Appsmith. The conversation focuses on internal tools, why they’re easy to build and difficult to adopt, and the OSS options available for devs today.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 104 of JAMstack Radio, Brian chats with Nikhil Nandagopal, Founder &amp; CPO of Appsmith. The conversation focuses on internal tools, why they’re easy to build and difficult to adopt, and the OSS options available for devs today.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-104-internal-tools-with-nikhil-nandagopal-of-appsmith">Ep. #104, Internal Tools with Nikhil Nandagopal of Appsmith</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Triads: Product Marketing, Engineering, Design</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/triads-product-marketing-engineering-design</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Jun 2022 07:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">eebfd749-19c3-4204-b2ba-0e49e3663fd8</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Heavybit Speaker Series, Karishma Irani shares her biggest takeaway from working with LaunchDarkly&#x27;s Product Delivery team -- &#x27;Triads&#x27;, where Engineering, Product, and Design partner on every project from planning through delivery.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #3, The October 2021 Roblox Outage</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-the-october-2021-roblox-outage</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0744a59b-0cc6-45a3-89b3-d713e4471698</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 3 of Getting There, Nora Jones and Niall Murphy unpack the Roblox outage of October 2021. Together they review the incident report, discuss the contributing factors and the users affected, and examine the attributes of Roblox’s business model that led to this 73-hour outage.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 3 of Getting There, Nora Jones and Niall Murphy unpack the Roblox outage of October 2021. Together they review the incident report, discuss the contributing factors and the users affected, and examine the attributes of Roblox’s business model that led to this 73-hour outage.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-the-october-2021-roblox-outage">Ep. #3, The October 2021 Roblox Outage</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #53, Seduced by Reality with Jean Yang of Akita Software</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-53-seduced-by-reality-with-jean-yang-of-akita-software</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jun 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d10d3015-786b-48fc-82d9-3538c049ac50</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 53 of o11ycast, Charity Majors and Jessica Kerr speak with Jean Yang of Akita Software about legacy software, API-driven observability, tips for improving team efficiency, and insights on how observability can inform programming languages.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 53 of o11ycast, Charity Majors and Jessica Kerr speak with Jean Yang of Akita Software about legacy software, API-driven observability, tips for improving team efficiency, and insights on how observability can inform programming languages.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-53-seduced-by-reality-with-jean-yang-of-akita-software">Ep. #53, Seduced by Reality with Jean Yang of Akita Software</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #103, Visualizing Codebases with Nahrin Jalal of CodeSee</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-103-visualizing-codebases-with-nahrin-jalal-of-codesee</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Jun 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20f0d9ca-3884-4abb-92dc-d91fc715ee49</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 103 of JAMstack Radio, Brian Douglas chats with Nahrin Jalal of CodeSee. Together they explore tools and actionable tactics for helping developers improve the ways they navigate and understand today&#x27;s increasingly complex codebases.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 103 of JAMstack Radio, Brian Douglas chats with Nahrin Jalal of CodeSee. Together they explore tools and actionable tactics for helping developers improve the ways they navigate and understand today&#x27;s increasingly complex codebases.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-103-visualizing-codebases-with-nahrin-jalal-of-codesee">Ep. #103, Visualizing Codebases with Nahrin Jalal of CodeSee</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Test, Learn, and Scale with Minimum Viable Partnerships</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/test-learn-and-scale-with-minimum-viable-partnerships</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Jun 2022 07:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Partner Programs]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Partnerships]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Business Development (BD)]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8a778aa1-7bb4-4a6b-ba21-99f820bccef4</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Speaker Series presentation, LaunchDarkly&#x27;s Head of Ecosystem Partnerships, Doug Gould, discusses expectation setting, timing, and resourcing partnerships for startups to build the right partnerships at the right time.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #28, Plural with Michael Guarino</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-28-plural-with-michael-guarino</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Jun 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f7936d15-e7fb-44ad-8704-e21353d00e66</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 28 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie speak with Michael Guarino about Plural, a scalable solution empowering DevOps teams to build and maintain cloud-native and production-ready OSS infrastructure on Kubernetes.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 28 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie speak with Michael Guarino about Plural, a scalable solution empowering DevOps teams to build and maintain cloud-native and production-ready OSS infrastructure on Kubernetes.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-28-plural-with-michael-guarino">Ep. #28, Plural with Michael Guarino</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #102, Database Accessibility with Peter Pistorius of Snaplet</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-102-database-accessibility-with-peter-pistorius-of-snaplet</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Jun 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">358da60c-3de4-499a-ad0e-c50141f23bc5</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 102 of JAMstack Radio, Brian chats with Peter Pistorius of Snaplet. Together they share lessons for making databases more accessible, improving developer workflow, solving problems in the open, and moving beyond seed scripts.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 102 of JAMstack Radio, Brian chats with Peter Pistorius of Snaplet. Together they share lessons for making databases more accessible, improving developer workflow, solving problems in the open, and moving beyond seed scripts.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-102-database-accessibility-with-peter-pistorius-of-snaplet">Ep. #102, Database Accessibility with Peter Pistorius of Snaplet</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #27, Kubecost with Webb Brown of Stackwatch</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-27-kubecost-with-webb-brown-of-stackwatch</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Jun 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5cd7535f-edc4-48d8-847e-c6c958b0d76e</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 27 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot are joined by Webb Brown of Stackwatch. Managing costs and performance-related tradeoffs has always been a difficult problem for users of Kubernetes, especially at scale. This talk spotlights Kubecost, a project offering real-time cost visibility and insights for teams using Kubernetes.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 27 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot are joined by Webb Brown of Stackwatch. Managing costs and performance-related tradeoffs has always been a difficult problem for users of Kubernetes, especially at scale. This talk spotlights Kubecost, a project offering real-time cost visibility and insights for teams using Kubernetes.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-27-kubecost-with-webb-brown-of-stackwatch">Ep. #27, Kubecost with Webb Brown of Stackwatch</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #11, Defining North Star Metrics with Che Sharma of Eppo</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-defining-north-star-metrics-with-che-sharma-of-eppo</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 May 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6c59796d-9817-462b-ac59-4939b00b76f7</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 11 of The Right Track, Stef Olafsdottir speaks with Che Sharma, CEO and Founder of Eppo. This conversation includes many unique insights from Che’s experience scaling Airbnb’s early data culture, as well as lessons on leading data teams, defining a good North Star metric, and leveraging experimentation tools.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 11 of The Right Track, Stef Olafsdottir speaks with Che Sharma, CEO and Founder of Eppo. This conversation includes many unique insights from Che’s experience scaling Airbnb’s early data culture, as well as lessons on leading data teams, defining a good North Star metric, and leveraging experimentation tools.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-defining-north-star-metrics-with-che-sharma-of-eppo">Ep. #11, Defining North Star Metrics with Che Sharma of Eppo</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #52, Service Level Objectives with Alex Hidalgo of Nobl9</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-52-service-level-objectives-with-alex-hidalgo-of-nobl9</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 May 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a3bec728-5d98-4c87-90bd-409f2690b573</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 52 of o11ycast, Charity and Jess speak with Alex Hidalgo of Nobl9. Alex shares his formative experiences advocating for reliability, insights on utilizing error budgets, and the attributes needed to leverage senior-level influence within a socio-technical environment.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 52 of o11ycast, Charity and Jess speak with Alex Hidalgo of Nobl9. Alex shares his formative experiences advocating for reliability, insights on utilizing error budgets, and the attributes needed to leverage senior-level influence within a socio-technical environment.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-52-service-level-objectives-with-alex-hidalgo-of-nobl9">Ep. #52, Service Level Objectives with Alex Hidalgo of Nobl9</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Marketing to Developers is Not Hard</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/marketing-to-developers-is-not-hard</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 May 2022 07:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c3ada613-74fe-47f5-8b76-9ba19f936dab</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this post, Adam DuVander covers four mistakes marketers make when they bring their skills to a technical audience.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>She picks up the cube and inspects it from all angles. To my untrained eye, her task seems insurmountable. This Rubik’s cube, with its nine colored stickers covering each side in seemingly random spots, will soon be solved.</p><p>The room is silent. She sets the cube down and places her hands on a pad connected to a timer. Then she solves all six sides in under six seconds. Her name is Dana Yi and she&#x27;s one of the best in the world at &quot;speedcubing.&quot;</p><p>For most of us, solving a Rubik&#x27;s cube at all seems impossible. Forget six seconds-- six minutes seems out of reach. For most of my life, I thought the Rubik&#x27;s cube was hard. Recently, I learned there are patterns that, when memorized, can give anyone cube powers. Developer marketing is the same. It’s not hard.</p><p>Of course, many claim the opposite. Marketing to developers *can* be hard. Developer-focused companies like Twilio and DigitalOcean <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/lessons-from-twilio-content-marketing-to-developers/">continue to thrive</a> and <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/doubling-down-on-content-now-more-than-ever-with-mitch-wainer">expand</a>, in numbers. Developers are a notoriously skeptical audience. With an increasing amount of tools that promise a silver bullet, devs have only become more discerning.</p><p>For marketers, it may feel like an uphill battle—but that doesn&#x27;t mean it has to be hard. To succeed, you must change your marketing mindset. In fact, the more you act as though <a href="https://everydeveloper.com/developer-marketing/book/"><em>Developer Marketing Does Not Exist</em></a>, the better chance you have with your audience.</p><p>Tap into your inner Dana Yi. Look for the known patterns of engaging developers. To do this, you may have to <em>un-learn</em> some marketing habits.</p><p>In this post, I&#x27;ll cover four mistakes marketers make when they bring their skills to a technical audience.</p><h2>Your Focus on Leads Backfires</h2><p>Ever had anybody introduce themselves as a lead? Nobody identifies as part of your marketing funnel, least of all developers. You probably don&#x27;t greet them as a lead directly, but you might do things that imply you see them that way.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/019b0bde658a26685130df6dd33f22ebc7a50cd7-1480x1182.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>When you gate white papers, guides, and other &quot;resources,&quot; developer skepticism increases. You&#x27;ll get a fake or temporary email address—if you get anything at all. More likely, they&#x27;ll ignore your attempt to &quot;convert&quot; them.</p><p>A developer&#x27;s job is to build software workflows. Their mental model is different from others. Instead of seeing a path to valuable information, they see the CRM or database where their data is headed. They reverse engineer your marketing automation and pull the ripcord.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/fa2a81441d43b3bb9af65b747ee3700590eea36e-1200x1000.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>When they interpret ulterior motives, you lose their trust. They&#x27;ll look at each field and wonder why it&#x27;s needed. Phone number? They can already hear all the voicemails from sales, not that they&#x27;ll listen to them.</p><p>Before working on the marketing side, I was a developer. At one event, I had a great discussion with an evangelist. We exchanged cards, but I never heard from them again. Instead, I heard from their company&#x27;s inauthentic sales process, completely eroding the trust we&#x27;d established.</p><p>Only after you have convinced a developer that you can help them will they trust you enough to enter your database. To be successful, you&#x27;ll need to take the spotlight off your product and avoid another developer marketing mistake.</p><h2>Your Features Don&#x27;t Understand Their Problems</h2><p>Any good marketer knows to use benefits, not features, to describe your product. With developer audiences, this best practice is often not enough.</p><blockquote>You need to discover the problem they experience before the benefit.</blockquote><p>Then, you must articulate your understanding of the problem without pitching your product to be the silver bullet.</p><p>Often, developer benefits gravitate toward some <a href="https://everydeveloper.com/weekly/phrases-to-avoid/">common phrases</a>:</p><ul><li>Simple</li><li>Easy</li><li>Scalable</li><li>Zero configuration</li><li>It just works</li></ul><p>But if you say the same to developers, they might not believe you.</p><p>Developers have heard these promises before, especially from marketers. It’s never simple, easy, or scalable. There&#x27;s always a trade-off. Great &quot;developer marketing&quot; will identify and explain how to handle these developer compromises.</p><p>Likely, the benefits of your product can be mentioned in comparison to the typical approach to the problem you solve. In fact, you can use the pain of the developer alternative to make an implicit case for your product. This <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-developer-content-mind-trick-for-signature-content/">Developer Content Mind Trick</a> can be more powerful than a direct build vs. buy argument.</p><p>Show you understand the problem so well that you can help them solve it without your product. Once you&#x27;ve exposed the sharp corners of the <a href="https://everydeveloper.com/weekly/diy-project/">DIY solution</a>, you&#x27;ve built the kind of trust they need to try your product.</p><p>Similarly, spell out clear developer use cases. Again, the focus is on the problem. The fact that your product&#x27;s feature provides the solution is almost a coincidence.</p><p>Become a trusted resource. Not only will this show you understand their problems, but you&#x27;ll also be paying into a bank account you haven&#x27;t even noticed they opened.</p><h2>You&#x27;ve Misunderstood Their Currency</h2><p>When actor Matthew McConaughey first went to Hollywood, he was broke—both the literal currency to pay rent and the Tinseltown currency to get gigs. He was sleeping on a friend&#x27;s couch and had a single, small role in an indie film to his credit. His mentor refused to introduce him to agents because he&#x27;d appear desperate, further depleting his figurative bank account. In Hollywood, the appearance of glamor and cool pays the bills.</p><p>Bring the wrong currency to an audience and you&#x27;ll be turned away. The same is true of developers; traditional marketing tactics are not legal tender.</p><p>You can look to open source software for a sign of what most developers value. How do these communities thrive with relatively little monetary influence? Open source altruism takes one individual&#x27;s contribution and makes it available to the entire community. All that is asked is that others offer their improvements the same way. Developers want to help each other. There&#x27;s so much to know about building software, nobody can know it all. Whether it&#x27;s through open source, discussion forums, or code review, developers are always learning and teaching.</p><p>Knowledge is the developer currency. When we push a product rather than explain a problem, it&#x27;s going to get rejected at the register.</p><p>Now consider that most developer tools are used by a team, not an individual. You need to build trust so high they&#x27;re willing to make a recommendation to their fellow developers. Education takes time and requires a consistent approach that shows you are part of the community.</p><p>Returning to typical marketing tools can&#x27;t track the full lifecycle of developer adoption. You should still try, but recognize the picture will be fuzzy (and there&#x27;s a good chance they&#x27;re running an ad blocker anyway).</p><h2>There Are No Dev Marketing Shortcuts</h2><p>The traditional marketing toolkit is unlikely to be effective when blindly applied to developer audiences. Gated assets, highly-tuned tracking, and &quot;so easy a caveman can do it&quot; messaging will make developers scramble in the opposite direction.</p><p>The reason my book is titled <a href="https://everydeveloper.com/developer-marketing/book/"><em>Developer Marketing Does Not Exist</em></a> is because your marketing tactics should be invisible. The solution is to join developers in the community and help them solve problems. Remove the signals that they&#x27;re a lead and swing the focus off of your product. Show your willingness to educate and inspire, so they&#x27;ll see you know their currency.</p><p>Perhaps it seems that developer marketing is hard. Remember it&#x27;s only difficult like a Rubik&#x27;s cube solution. There are defined patterns to genuine developer engagement. Though there aren&#x27;t shortcuts, the path to success is straightforward if you avoid the traditional marketing mistakes covered in this post. Apply these ideas to your dev-focused company and you&#x27;re bound to reach more of the right developers.</p><p><em>If you’re interested in learning more, be sure to check out the rest of</em> <em><a href="https://everydeveloper.com/developer-marketing/book/">Developer Marketing Does Not Exist</a>. Adam provides practical advice, from creating tutorials and guides to advertising, and will help you uncover what actually resonates with your technical audience so you can start to reach more developers.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/marketing-to-developers-is-not-hard">Marketing to Developers is Not Hard</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #101, Supply Chain Security with Feross Aboukhadijeh of Socket</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-101-supply-chain-security-with-feross-aboukhadijeh-of-socket</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 May 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2ab081ef-0255-471d-8345-10133e091f6c</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 101 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Feross Aboukhadijeh of Socket. Together they unpack what software teams can do to increase awareness of supply chain vulnerabilities, as well as good habits and tools for keeping npm packages properly updated.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 101 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Feross Aboukhadijeh of Socket. Together they unpack what software teams can do to increase awareness of supply chain vulnerabilities, as well as good habits and tools for keeping npm packages properly updated.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-101-supply-chain-security-with-feross-aboukhadijeh-of-socket">Ep. #101, Supply Chain Security with Feross Aboukhadijeh of Socket</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #50, Giving Value to Developers with Matias Woloski of Auth0</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-50-giving-value-to-developers-with-matias-woloski-of-auth0</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 May 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c87c26ba-c255-4387-84ef-b9a4bb79b02f</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 50 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Matias Woloski of Auth0. This talk contains unparalleled lessons on utilizing authentication and authorization services, landing your first enterprise customer, making smarter hiring decisions, and understanding the complexity of the CTO role.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 50 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Matias Woloski of Auth0. This talk contains unparalleled lessons on utilizing authentication and authorization services, landing your first enterprise customer, making smarter hiring decisions, and understanding the complexity of the CTO role.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-50-giving-value-to-developers-with-matias-woloski-of-auth0">Ep. #50, Giving Value to Developers with Matias Woloski of Auth0</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>DevRel 101 A Getting Started Guide for Early Teams</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/devrel-101-a-getting-started-guide-for-early-teams</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 May 2022 07:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a5ae89a0-7ca1-4bf1-abef-6f65a9fd07a6</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this post, Alyss Noland highlights her top “getting started” DevRel posts from her <a href="https://raindrop.io/alyss-noland/developer-relations-4702385">curated list</a> of over 100 resources for early-stage teams, and why she thinks they’re important to setting you on the right path.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>Alyss Noland is Director, Product Marketing at GitHub, where she’s focused on open source community investment and helping engineering teams find success through development metrics and developer-focused research. She’s been working in tech since 2012 in various roles from Sales Engineering and Developer Advocacy to Product Marketing with companies such as GitHub, Box, Atlassian, and BigCommerce, and brings that experience as an advisor to the Heavybit portfolio.</em></p><p><em>In this post, she highlights her top “getting started” DevRel posts from her <a href="https://raindrop.io/alyss-noland/developer-relations-4702385">curated list</a> of over 100 resources for early-stage teams, and why she thinks they’re important to setting you on the right path.</em></p><p>Several years ago, developer relations was a field of little renown and dominated by organizations like Google and Sun Microsystems. The explosion of developer tools and the investment in developer experience now spans the gamut of B2B, B2C, and B2D. </p><p>I’m often asked, “where do I start?” meaning anything from strategy and hiring to getting started as an individual contributor within developer relations. My curated bookmarks for developer relations have become an invaluable resource, covering different core areas like developer experience, documentation, metrics, and more.</p><h4><strong>What is developer advocacy</strong></h4><p>Most of us have heard of developer advocacy in 2022 but what it is, what it should be remains ephemeral. More importantly, it is for your business to define based on your needs within the community and larger market. <a href="https://twitter.com/techgirl1908">Angie Jones</a> wrote for the ReadMe Project on <a href="https://github.com/readme/guides/angie-jones-demystifying-developer-advocacy">developer relations as a career path and answers to common questions</a> she’s fielded as a Senior Director of DevRel at Applitools. I love Angie’s particular insight on this hypothetical content scenario:</p><blockquote>The marketing team may inform me [as a developer advocate] that a new feature of the product is being released. They will build their own marketing campaign around promoting that feature. As a developer advocate, I will play with that feature, provide feedback to R&amp;D on any improvements that should be made for the community, and will possibly produce content about the feature.</blockquote><blockquote>This is where the difference lies. I will only produce content if I believe it truly adds value for my community. And if I do produce content, it is void of gimmicky marketing buzzwords and instead comes from the voice of an engineer, essentially focusing on a real technical problem and demonstrating how the new feature addresses it.</blockquote><p>This approach is applicable as a marketer and as a developer advocate. Focusing on the activities that are most useful to our audience is a critical prioritization skill in a growing business.</p><h4><strong>What challenges are common in developer relations</strong></h4><p>Developer relations is, inevitably, an umbrella term. Your audience may be SREs more than developers or you need a platform flywheel where an ecosystem is a single puzzle piece in your larger strategy. To help you navigate the unknown, Mary Thengvall, author of The Business Value of Developer Relations, shared her thoughts on the <a href="https://blog.vanillaforums.com/5-biggest-devrel-challenges-and-how-to-mitigate-them">top 5 challenges faced in developer relations</a> that can inform your organization’s approach. Her point on traditional metrics for a non-traditional team:</p><blockquote>[M]any companies have difficulty defining where the best place is for a DevRel team within the organization. Part of this struggle comes from the fact that DevRel is a non-traditional team made up of developers, marketers, and product folks, many of whom have non-traditional backgrounds (I have a background in journalism, for instance).</blockquote><blockquote>Given the various backgrounds and unique tasks that DevRel is given, it can be difficult to fit these square pegs into round holes.</blockquote><p>This particular aspect of developer relations is often repeated; it arises in how we hire, how we coach and mentor others in the space, and how we measure success. Successfully approaching this problem is critical in laying a foundation for your developer relations function.</p><h4><strong>How has developer relations changed over the pandemic</strong></h4><p>As the pandemic hit in March 2020, the outlook for what developer relations would become was uncertain. Evangelism and advocacy had had significant in-person participation, speaker engagements, running meetups, sponsoring events, et al. The message was clear: evolve (and show results) or die. <a href="https://twitter.com/lornajane">Lorna Mitchell</a>, head of devrel at Aiven, shared her thoughts and experience for <a href="https://lornajane.net/posts/2020/digital-developer-relations-past-and-future">digital developer relations past and future</a>. In rethinking the paradigm around developer relations, Lorna’s lens of inclusivity resonates:</p><blockquote>The much more inclusive nature of digital working makes a difference for DevRel as a group of people as well as for the communities we serve. Without the travel component that is &quot;normal&quot; in these types of roles, many more excellent humans could contribute to our efforts to reach and support more developer communities. We wouldn&#x27;t have to change roles if life brings us reasons to travel less or work more flexibly.</blockquote><p>As developer relations continue to mature as a field, we’ll need to continue these thoughtful evolutions and exploration of opportunities.</p><h4><strong>How is success measured for developer relations</strong></h4><p>When it comes to the world of OKRs and KPIs, it’s easy for developer relations to become a potluck where every department brings their own dish. How success should be measured and what sets your developer relations program up for success is alignment to long term business goals and placing them in a department with similar objectives. </p><p>Awareness may align closer with developer evangelism over advocacy. Revenue alignment will depend on sales driven, which could evolve into sales engineering, or self-serve focused on top of the funnel and requiring the support of product and marketing. Finally, developer experience and nurturing an existing community will address the bottom of the funnel and may not become an apparent need until your company has achieved some degree of product-market fit. </p><p>One of the earliest, more structured approaches I encountered to measuring the impact of developer audience work was Rob Spectre’s <a href="https://developerrelations.com/strategy-and-metrics/measuring-developer-evangelism">2016 DevRelCon talk</a> (and <a href="https://github.com/RobSpectre/Talks/tree/master/Measuring%20Developer%20Evangelism">written outline</a>) on Measuring Developer Evangelism. It’s informed by Twilio’s approach to developer outreach and education but I specifically love his framing around “where to start”:</p><p>First, do an honest assessment on where you&#x27;re at with a model for data orientation maturity.</p><ul><li><strong>The Force</strong>: Dirty secret - most people aren&#x27;t measuring anything. If you&#x27;re here, don&#x27;t feel bad. You are in the majority and this is the easiest stage of the pyramid to escape.</li><li><strong>Data</strong>: Teams in this category have access to unfiltered, unsegmented raw tables of metrics. These are usually kept in manual spreadsheets, produce sums and averages, are prone to human error, and are updated infrequently. Folks at this level of maturity usually reference data once per quarter.</li><li><strong>Information</strong>: Teams in this category can get trend lines against simple filters for dimensions of the data they care about. They are usually the default settings in stock analytics platforms, can sort or order by one columns, and can take a while to compile. Crews at this level of maturity usually reference data monthly.</li><li><strong>Knowledge</strong>: Folks in knowledge segment their audiences to get lagging indicators of success for discrete job functions - they know whether or not a particular activity worked. The knowledge at this level is usually available only to leaders and gets looked at weekly.</li><li><strong>Wisdom</strong>: Very few organizations make it to the pinnacle of data orientation. These teams have well defined leading indicators of success and can reliably predict outcomes for particular outputs. Wisdom is distributed across the entire team in reliable, easy-to-read dashboards everyone on the team can see.</li></ul><p>The metrics you might want to measure and the metrics that are possible to measure are often at odds with one another and so the best alternative, a proxy metric, must be identified. These proxies have to be frequently re-evaluated as the company continues maturing along with the data and tools available.</p><p><em>Interested in learning more from our advisors? Follow Alyss on <a href="https://twitter.com/PreciselyAlyss">Twitter</a> and check out our <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/events/">events calendar</a>. </em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/devrel-101-a-getting-started-guide-for-early-teams">DevRel 101 A Getting Started Guide for Early Teams</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Celebrating 100 Episodes of Jamstack Radio: Where Are They Now?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/celebrating-100-episodes-of-jamstack-radio</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Apr 2022 07:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Industry News]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f0d20d52-5895-4abc-9bb1-fc61c589bdf7</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>A big thank you to host Brian and all of the guests who’ve kept JAMstack Radio running strong for 6 years. Here’s to another 100 episodes!</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>A note from host Brian Douglas: In my second week employed at Netlify, I was approached by Heavybit to host a podcast on their network. Podcasting was familiar to me and I got my job at Netlify because of my podcast website I hosted on their platform.</em></p><p><em>I am happy I said yes, because little did I know that I would reach <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/jamstack-radio/">100 episodes</a> on talking with some of the most prominent founders, maintainers, and developers in the developer tools ecosystem. Some folks we chatted with were just getting started and are now part of large enterprise organizations. I am ecstatic by their success in the Jamstack and looking forward to sharing more conversations.</em></p><h3>Ep. #6: Style Guides at <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/jamstack-radio/ep-6-style-guides-at-airbnb/">Airbnb</a> (December 13, 2016)</h3><p>One of the first guests Brian had when the show first launched in 2016 was Airbnb Design Engineer Harrison Shoff. Back then, the engineering team was only 500 people (for context, now it’s well over 1,000). In 2012, Harrison helped build Airbnb’s style guides, which is how Brian found him, and those style guides are now regarded as the<em> </em>standard for best practices and guidelines for generating quality code.</p><p>There’s not much to say about where Airbnb is now as it’s safe to say that we’re all quite familiar with how wildly successful the company is. In May 2020, Airbnb IPOed the same year that COVID19 kept everyone at home, yet it was the biggest IPO of 2020.</p><p>For newer listeners who haven’t caught up on all 100 episodes, when Brian first started the show and was still recording episodes at the Heavybit Clubhouse, guests would regularly bring jam (for obvious reasons). If you’re still working your way reverse chronological order to Episode 6, you’ll just have to wait to see what kind of jam Harrison brought to the studio.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/32d6723804e676397ea79d69b456b327057ece77-900x1200.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h3>Ep. #13: Staying Cool with <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/jamstack-radio/ep-13-staying-cool-with-graphcool/">Graphcool</a> (May 11, 2017)</h3><p>When Brian first had Johannes Schickling as a guest on the show, it had only been a year since Johannes sold his previous company and began working on GraphQL backend-as-a-service startup, Graphcool. At the time of recording, they were a team of 5 and had 1,000 customers.</p><p><br/>Not even a year later, Brian has Johannes and his Co-Founder Soren Bramer Schmidt on the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/jamstack-radio/ep-25-adopting-graphql-with-graphcool/">show again</a> as a lot has changed for the company and in the space. Graphcool was now managing the largest GraphQL Slack community of over 6,000 members and slowly shifting to an open sourced backend development framework.</p><p><em><strong>Brian:</strong> You were pretty early-on on the whole bandwagon of starting a company around the idea of GraphQL. I thought that was way interesting.</em></p><p><em><strong>Johannes:</strong> The last time we spoke, GraphQL was fairly new, we were spending most of our time explaining to people what GraphQL is. Now GraphQL has become really mainstream.</em></p><p><em>After what happened to Parse, people were asking us, &quot;What happens to you if you shut down?&quot; For us it was always clear. If we were to shut down, we would just open source everything. And then we kept thinking, “what if we would just open source it right away? Are there any downsides?”</em></p><p><em><strong>Brian:</strong> That&#x27;s a pretty awesome and bold move.</em></p><p>In July 2020, after more than 4 years of serving 234k projects and 59k users, Graphcool pivoted to <a href="https://www.graph.cool/">Prisma</a>, an open-source ORM for Node.js and TypeScript that’s now serving over 100k users, and Johannes is working on building his newest project <a href="https://www.contentlayer.dev/">Contentlayer</a>.</p><h3>Ep. #16: <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/jamstack-radio/ep-16-contentful-an-api-first-cms/">Contentful</a> An API-First CMS (June 29, 2017)</h3><p>After repeatedly coming up in conversations with previous guests, Contentful was asked to be on the show before it even officially joined the Heavybit portfolio in <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/press/heavybit-welcomes-new-member-contentful">August 2017</a>. Contentful was founded in 2013 out of dissatisfaction with the existing web-focused CMSes and by 2017, it had an ever growing team of over 100 people from 37 nations.</p><p>Over the years, Contentful’s made a name for itself as a category leader in the headless CMS space, being used by leading companies like Staples, Atlassian, Electronic Arts, Chanel, Vodafone, and more than 30% of the Fortune 500.</p><p><br/>Coincidentally, Brian’s <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/jamstack-radio/ep-83-elevating-content-with-stefan-judis-and-paul-biggs-and-contentful/">second episode</a> with guests from Contentful aired the same month that they announced reaching <a href="https://techstartups.com/2021/07/28/german-tech-startup-contentful-raises-175-million-led-tiger-global-pushing-valuation-3-3-billion/">unicorn status</a>, so be sure to check out both episodes to hear about that 4 year journey.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/adb481d00b6beb849a4a13ed39287bd4ba4cf891-1190x750.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h3>Ep. #21: Why <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/jamstack-radio/ep-21-why-gitlab-chose-vue-js/">GitLab</a> Chose Vue.js (October 5, 2017)</h3><p>Back in 2017, Brian reached out to Jacob Schatz, who joined GitLab in 2015 as its 29th employee and first frontend developer. “DevOps darling” GitLab made headlines for its IPO just this past year and has emerged as the leader of remote-first workplaces; in other words, there’s no one in the devtools world who hasn’t heard of GitLab at this point.</p><p>Funnily, Brian had said: “I&#x27;ve been hearing about GitLab for a while. I have a GitLab account, I have one project on there. And it was always mentioned as the other thing that you can host your code on. But only within the last year I&#x27;ve actually used it on a regular basis and taken it seriously.”</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/016d3a600c5a10f70bfd64b0498d7e2e147f8815-1194x436.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h3>Ep. #22: Static Site Generation with <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/jamstack-radio/ep-22-static-site-generation-with-gatsbyjs/">Gatsby.js</a> (November 2, 2017)</h3><p>GatsbyJS was born in May 2015 as a simple way to build a website or an app with React. In early 2018, GatsbyJS core contributors, including creator &amp; lead maintainer Kyle Mathews, formed Gatsby Inc to help website development teams build CMS-powered websites and apps with modern tooling.</p><p><br/>Just a couple months before <a href="https://www.gatsbyjs.com/blog/2018-05-24-launching-new-gatsby-company/">the announcement</a>, Brian sat down with Kyle to discuss how the open source project got its beginning and Kyle’s experience building startups. Since then, tens of thousands of developers have begun using Gatsby to build apps and websites from blogs and portfolio pages to company homepages and e-commerce applications.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/c0187a00b0cee78521af261f6af1fe04bbda85dd-1194x1348.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>A big thank you to host Brian and all of the guests who’ve kept the show running strong for 6 years. Here’s to another 100 episodes! Be sure to subscribe to JAMstack Radio wherever you get your podcasts and reach out on Twitter <a href="https://twitter.com/JamstackRadio">@JamstackRadio</a> if you’re interested in being on the show.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/celebrating-100-episodes-of-jamstack-radio">Celebrating 100 Episodes of Jamstack Radio: Where Are They Now?</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #100, Non-code Contributions with Ramón Huidobro of Suborbital</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-100-non-code-contributions-with-ramon-huidobro-of-suborbital</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Apr 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">82b46009-3072-4fa6-b9e4-670c3a286203</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 100 of JAMstack Radio, Brian Douglas speaks with Ramón Huidobro of Suborbital. This talk explores the DevRel role, offers actionable tactics for building confidence as an open source contributor, and spotlights the importance of inclusivity in tech.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 100 of JAMstack Radio, Brian Douglas speaks with Ramón Huidobro of Suborbital. This talk explores the DevRel role, offers actionable tactics for building confidence as an open source contributor, and spotlights the importance of inclusivity in tech.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-100-non-code-contributions-with-ramon-huidobro-of-suborbital">Ep. #100, Non-code Contributions with Ramón Huidobro of Suborbital</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #49, Redefining Access Control with Omri Gazitt of Aserto</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-49-redefining-access-control-with-omri-gazitt-of-aserto</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Apr 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f9bd786d-b84d-449e-9d0f-9a3b128414a5</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 49 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Omri Gazitt, CEO and Co-Founder of Aserto. They began with a dive into Omri’s early beginnings in enterprise software, including his time at Microsoft working on the .NET framework. This sparks a discussion into the challenges of building interoperable software and how the software buying motion changed during the 1990s. </p><p>The conversation moves to Omri’s time running the XML team at Microsoft, and the lessons learned that would lead to the creation of Azure, including building the team and bridging the world of enterprise for what would inevitably become known as the Cloud. Finally, Omri unpacks what led him to found Aserto, a solution to enterprise-grade access control.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 49 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Omri Gazitt, CEO and Co-Founder of Aserto. They began with a dive into Omri’s early beginnings in enterprise software, including his time at Microsoft working on the .NET framework. This sparks a discussion into the challenges of building interoperable software and how the software buying motion changed during the 1990s. </p><p>The conversation moves to Omri’s time running the XML team at Microsoft, and the lessons learned that would lead to the creation of Azure, including building the team and bridging the world of enterprise for what would inevitably become known as the Cloud. Finally, Omri unpacks what led him to found Aserto, a solution to enterprise-grade access control.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-49-redefining-access-control-with-omri-gazitt-of-aserto">Ep. #49, Redefining Access Control with Omri Gazitt of Aserto</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Deciding How and Where to Reach Developers</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/deciding-how-and-where-to-reach-developers</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Apr 2022 07:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">adc5d25b-4899-428e-bdaa-a30ac29204bd</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Rather than just waiting for potential customers to find you, in this post Alexes Mes, Associate Survey Analyst and Writer at SlashData shows you how to become top-of-mind for developers.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>Year over year, the size of one’s tech stack increases; It’s said that enterprises use over a <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/efficient-developer-discovery-lessons-from-vercel-and-github/">thousand developer applications</a> in their tool chain. You need to capture the attention of developers and stand out from the competition. Rather than just waiting for potential customers to find you, in this post Alexes Mes, Associate and Data Scientist at SlashData shows you how to become top-of-mind for developers.</em></p><p>In order to design effective outreach campaigns that engage developers, it is crucial to know where they go to find information and how they stay up to date. Let’s look at which channels are the best investments of your time and resources to reach your developer audience.</p><h3>What channels can I use to effectively reach developers?</h3><p>Part of the developers’ responsibilities is to stay up to date with the ever-changing landscape of technology. Many engage with peers in their community while looking for help to address coding issues; others rely on official vendor communication channels and conferences.</p><p>There are many channels developers use to consume information and connect to their network. Ever wondered how you make sure your product is front and centre in their search? Here, we look at understanding the common sources developers are using to stay up to date and how the importance of information sources shifts across software sectors.</p><p>Open source communities are the most popular source for developers looking for the latest in software development, with almost half (48%) of the global developer population using these communities.</p><p>That being said, the top five most popular information sources are used at nearly the same rate. With only four percentage points between the top and fifth most popular sources, it’s clear that using a combination, or all, of these can be effective for your developer marketing strategy.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/9d9a1ac62553b12f29dbd35b9ad36179d73145bf-970x352.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>Four of these top sources are community-driven, indicating that developers prefer active, peer-produced knowledge consumption. So consider building marketing resources that: 1) are directed towards supporting open source repositories on sites such as GitHub, 2) maintain a presence on community websites and social media accounts, and/or 3) answer questions on public Q&amp;A sites such as Stack Overflow.</p><p>This said, maintaining your website is still of utmost importance: of the vendor-driven information sources, official vendor websites are by far the most popular sources for developers. Here you have the direct ability to control the narrative on new releases, bug fixes, and advancements — and developers are listening.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/5e97db822b91f2b17b69eb3cb513419c2849849f-1332x749.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h3>One size fits all?</h3><p>As with most aspects of your developer marketing strategy, it’s important to highlight that not all developers are the same. Depending on the projects they are involved in, they have very different needs and habits when it comes to finding information and staying up to date.</p><p>Web developers, backend developers, and developers of apps/extensions for third-party ecosystems have similar preferences for staying up to date. These developers tend to use multiple information sources more frequently than developers in other sectors: around 80% of developers involved in these sectors use three or more information sources, as compared to 73% of developers in general.</p><p>A strategy targeting multiple channels simultaneously would be the most effective at reaching and retaining web, backend, and third-party app developers. These developers are also proportionally the most inclined to rely on official websites — so keep those websites up to date!</p><p>Developer engagement strategies using social media would work best for developers in web, mobile, game, and AR/VR development. Mobile developers are the heaviest users of social media, with nearly half of them relying on this source to stay up to date.</p><p>Keep in mind: social media has the advantage of being accessible and has the ability to convey information speedily, but its effectiveness is highly dependent on the profile of the developers you are targeting. As a general rule, the less experienced in software development a developer is, the more likely they are to be using social media as an information source.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/51df488c07987b8c0a7d1028970f8a58949c647f-1332x749.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>We round off this section by spotlighting the most popular source of information, open source communities. Open source has become such a ubiquitous part of developer culture — embodying the widely venerated values of sharing code, knowledge, and best practices among peer developers.</p><p>What would be the best way to leverage this channel? Developers share with us what resources they are looking to companies for. When we asked developers what support companies should offer, some of the most popular responses were:</p><ul><li>tutorials (according to 34% of developers asked);</li><li>development tools, integrations, and libraries (31%);</li><li>and training courses and hands-on labs (30%).</li></ul><p>Publishing publicly available resources and code in open source communities would increase engagement opportunities as a large portion of developers are familiar with leveraging this resource.</p><h3>Let’s wrap things up</h3><p>There you have it. We’ve walked you through which information channels could be the most effective in your marketing strategy to connect with developers.</p><p>To summarise, we discussed:</p><ul><li>What channels developers are using to stay up to date; and</li><li>How information usage differs across sectors.</li></ul><p><br/>As you may have guessed this is just the tip of the iceberg of effectively communicating with your developer audience. For several years now, at SlashData we have been helping our clients to understand how and where to reach developers in specific sectors. </p><p>Interested in reaching game developers? Cloud developers? Web developers? With more than 10 years of experience in mapping the developer ecosystem through large-scale, bi-annual surveys we&#x27;re here to help. <a href="https://www.slashdata.co/contact-us/">Get in touch</a> to find out more.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/deciding-how-and-where-to-reach-developers">Deciding How and Where to Reach Developers</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #26, Origins of Kubernetes with Tim Hockin of Google</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-26-origins-of-kubernetes-with-tim-hockin-of-google</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Apr 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2f5d725b-b3f6-4b9d-8c41-c5bd672a96b6</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 26 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot speak with Tim Hockin, principle software engineer at Google and an originator of Kubernetes. This talk contains invaluable lessons from Tim’s storied career, the early days of Kubernetes, and insights on building and maintaining trust throughout the K8s community.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 26 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot speak with Tim Hockin, principle software engineer at Google and an originator of Kubernetes. This talk contains invaluable lessons from Tim’s storied career, the early days of Kubernetes, and insights on building and maintaining trust throughout the K8s community.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-26-origins-of-kubernetes-with-tim-hockin-of-google">Ep. #26, Origins of Kubernetes with Tim Hockin of Google</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #99, Headless Commerce Engine with Sebastian Rindom and Nicklas Gellner of Medusa</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-99-headless-commerce-engine-with-sebastian-rindom-and-nicklas-gellner-of-medusa</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Apr 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a37e9d3c-e028-4c87-bf4a-650b9892eff2</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 99 of JAMstack Radio, Brian Douglas speaks with Sebastian Rindom and Nicklas Gellner, co-founders of Medusa. Their conversation focuses heavily on Medusa, an open source headless commerce engine, and its use cases, as well as a holistic perspective on e-commerce stacks.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 99 of JAMstack Radio, Brian Douglas speaks with Sebastian Rindom and Nicklas Gellner, co-founders of Medusa. Their conversation focuses heavily on Medusa, an open source headless commerce engine, and its use cases, as well as a holistic perspective on e-commerce stacks.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-99-headless-commerce-engine-with-sebastian-rindom-and-nicklas-gellner-of-medusa">Ep. #99, Headless Commerce Engine with Sebastian Rindom and Nicklas Gellner of Medusa</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #51, Performance Engineering with Henrik Rexed of Dynatrace</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-51-performance-engineering-with-henrik-rexed-of-dynatrace</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Apr 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8a9f6d6c-8027-4b4d-8dbd-f93dfbce3216</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 51 of o11ycast, Charity Majors and Jessica Kerr are joined by Henrik Rexed of Dynatrace. This conversation covers a wide array of software and observability topics including trends in performance engineering, insights on minimizing system complexity, the shortcomings of auto-instrumentation, and best practices for avoiding vendor lock-in.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 51 of o11ycast, Charity Majors and Jessica Kerr are joined by Henrik Rexed of Dynatrace. This conversation covers a wide array of software and observability topics including trends in performance engineering, insights on minimizing system complexity, the shortcomings of auto-instrumentation, and best practices for avoiding vendor lock-in.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-51-performance-engineering-with-henrik-rexed-of-dynatrace">Ep. #51, Performance Engineering with Henrik Rexed of Dynatrace</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #48, Curiosity, Motivation, and Story with Sanjay Poonen</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-48-curiosity-motivation-and-story-with-sanjay-poonen</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Apr 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">458bac95-6bd6-4328-a005-ae08194cdc31</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 48 of EnterpriseReady, Grant Miller is joined by Sanjay Poonen. This expansive conversation draws on Sanjay’s long and storied career in software, from the early engineering days at Apple and Microsoft to his executive and entrepreneurial experience building and scaling multi-billion dollar businesses like VMware. Together, Grant and Sanjay unpack invaluable lessons on engineering, product management, marketing, sales, work-life balance, and much more.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 48 of EnterpriseReady, Grant Miller is joined by Sanjay Poonen. This expansive conversation draws on Sanjay’s long and storied career in software, from the early engineering days at Apple and Microsoft to his executive and entrepreneurial experience building and scaling multi-billion dollar businesses like VMware. Together, Grant and Sanjay unpack invaluable lessons on engineering, product management, marketing, sales, work-life balance, and much more.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-48-curiosity-motivation-and-story-with-sanjay-poonen">Ep. #48, Curiosity, Motivation, and Story with Sanjay Poonen</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #50, Identifying Weak Spots with Benjamin Wilms of Steadybit</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-50-identifying-weak-spots-with-benjamin-wilms-of-steadybit</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Apr 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">40feae65-1e4e-4b43-ae31-5077657022a0</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 50 of o11ycast, Charity Majors and Jessica Kerr are joined by Benjamin Wilms of Steadybit. This conversation examines chaos engineering before production, identifying weak spots in your distributed system, and the health of the tech industry at large.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 50 of o11ycast, Charity Majors and Jessica Kerr are joined by Benjamin Wilms of Steadybit. This conversation examines chaos engineering before production, identifying weak spots in your distributed system, and the health of the tech industry at large.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-50-identifying-weak-spots-with-benjamin-wilms-of-steadybit">Ep. #50, Identifying Weak Spots with Benjamin Wilms of Steadybit</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #98, Open Source Data Integration with Michel Tricot of Airbyte</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-98-open-source-data-integration-with-michel-tricot-of-airbyte</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Mar 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">63330df1-cb44-47fd-b0ed-49edc17cdec7</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 98 of JAMstack Radio, Brian Douglas speaks with Michel Tricot of Airbyte. This conversation examines data distribution connectors, lessons on improving flexibility within tech stacks, and tactics for leveraging community resources as a startup.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 98 of JAMstack Radio, Brian Douglas speaks with Michel Tricot of Airbyte. This conversation examines data distribution connectors, lessons on improving flexibility within tech stacks, and tactics for leveraging community resources as a startup.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-98-open-source-data-integration-with-michel-tricot-of-airbyte">Ep. #98, Open Source Data Integration with Michel Tricot of Airbyte</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #10, Getting to Know Your Users with Boris Jabes of Census</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-getting-to-know-your-users-with-boris-jabes-of-census</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Mar 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a8634762-2fde-4788-932e-82c28e0a5020</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 10 of The Right Track, Stef speaks with Boris Jabes, CEO and Co-Founder of Census. They discuss the impact of SaaS on product releases, the challenges of stale data, insights on data ownership and how product management has evolved.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 10 of The Right Track, Stef speaks with Boris Jabes, CEO and Co-Founder of Census. They discuss the impact of SaaS on product releases, the challenges of stale data, insights on data ownership and how product management has evolved.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-getting-to-know-your-users-with-boris-jabes-of-census">Ep. #10, Getting to Know Your Users with Boris Jabes of Census</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>You’re Targeting Developers? So Is Everyone Else. Here’s How to Do Segmentation Better.</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/heres-how-to-do-segmentation-better</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Mar 2022 07:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4b85498b-4f74-4d99-bc03-75aa21f4a35a</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>As CEO of Revere Communications, Caroline Lewko  focuses on training and mentoring the next generation of DevRel leaders. In this post, she shares an excerpt from her book <a href="https://www.devrelbook.com/"><em>Developer Relations: How to Build and Grow a Successful Developer Program</em></a>.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em><a href="https://ca.linkedin.com/in/carolinelewko">Caroline Lewko</a> is an accomplished visionary and entrepreneur who has spent over two decades helping develop groundbreaking technology and nurturing community connections and innovation. As CEO of Revere Communications, she focuses on training and mentoring the next generation of DevRel leaders. In this post, Caroline shares an excerpt from her book, co-written with James Parton, <a href="https://www.devrelbook.com/">Developer Relations: How to Build and Grow a Successful Developer Program</a>.</em><br/></p><p>One sure way to make me grimace is to tell me you are “<em>targeting developers</em>,” or better yet, you’re “<em>targeting the long tail.</em>” Even saying “<em>we’re targeting enterprise developers</em>,” will raise an eyebrow.  You are setting yourself up to fail.</p><p>Here’s why. <strong>There is no simple single definition for <em>‘Developer</em>.’</strong> Rather, it refers to millions of people with differing skill levels and authority, who use different technology stacks and programming languages. They speak different languages and live in different geographic regions. They belong to different types of companies, are at different stages of their education or professional career, and are working on different use cases. The sheer variety of traits that make each developer unique, quickly adds to a combinatorial explosion of attributes that create colossal diversity.</p><p>Because of this diversity, you can’t expect the same message to resonate with them all. You can’t expect to find them all in the same place. Nor do they all want or need your product.</p><p>At the same time, your product was likely designed for a specific audience. It’s not effective or necessary for you to target ‘all developers’, and you likely don’t have the resources to attempt such a feat even if you wanted to.</p><h2><strong>Segmentation is about focus and alignment</strong></h2><p>That’s where Segmentation comes in. Focus is required because the alternative is unrealistic. To succeed, you must pursue <em>targeted opportunities</em> rather than the <em>entire market</em>.</p><p>By creating your segments (or target groups), and subsequently developer personas, you will be able to:</p><ol><li>Make your messaging more precise and tailored</li><li>Create a smarter go-to-market strategy</li><li>Use it to optimize your Developer Experience</li><li>Enhance your product</li><li>Nail down your product/market fit, and</li><li>Decide on the type of support to offer.</li></ol><p>There are a number of criteria to understand about developers including:</p><ul><li>Their motivation – why do they do what they do?</li><li>Their skillset – what tools and resources do they currently use, what gaps do they have?</li><li>Their goals – what do they want to achieve?</li><li>Their mindset – how do they evaluate and make decisions?</li><li>The demands on their time – where and how do they need support? What type of projects are they working on?</li><li>Their limiting factors – skills, budget, existing infrastructure choices, corporate culture?</li><li>The demands on their attention – who are you competing with for mindshare?</li><li>And where to find them?</li></ul><p>Segmentation isn’t just about your target audience. <strong>To be successful, segmentation must also consider your company and Developer Program goals and objectives, as well as the product you are supporting.</strong></p><p>We’ve used and reviewed many segmentation models over the years, but always found them lacking effectiveness for Developer Relations. Other segmentation frameworks tend to not work for DevRel because:</p><ul><li>They aren’t practical enough.</li><li>They aren’t specific enough to YOUR business and product.</li><li>They only go part way (using only a single filter or just demographic data).</li><li>They don’t give you enough information to target your developer audience and plan a tactical strategy adequately.</li><li>They don’t map to the real world – Developers don’t identify with them.</li></ul><p><strong>They also failed to answer a basic segmentation question:</strong> <strong>What type of developer will find success with our product?</strong></p><p>So we created a segmentation strategy and framework specific to Developer Relations to help you focus your target audience in an easier and more transparent way. The Developer Segmentation Framework, as shown below in Figure 1, has proven effective time and time again over the last decade.</p><h2><strong>Developer Segmentation Framework</strong></h2><p>To start your segmentation you’ll gather several sources of information. This will include qualitative sources like feedback from your community, colleagues, and peers in the industry and the tech press. If you have an existing community, gather information from your CRM and product analytics tools. It may also include quantitative data from reports and surveys like those published by Stack Overflow, SlashData, or your own community surveys.</p><p>You’ll see <strong>the framework uses a series of four filters</strong> to help you narrow down the criteria in which you will segment your developer targets:</p><ol><li><strong>Technical (product focused)</strong></li><li><strong>User (developer focused)</strong></li><li><strong>Organization (customer organization/use-case focused)</strong></li><li><strong>Market (industry vertical and geography focused)</strong></li></ol><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/dc346f99f63516745d40d621d08670dab38148e0-1875x1999.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h6>Figure 1. Developer Segmentation Framework</h6><p>There are several questions for you to answer in each filter category. You may also add others and adapt it to what makes sense for you. Think about what is important for your product and company right now. You may not have criteria for each category, and the relevance will vary from product to product, and company to company.</p><h3><strong>Segmentation Criteria Tests</strong></h3><p>As you list your criteria by answering the questions in the framework, your criteria must also be able to answer “YES” for each of these tests:</p><ol><li><strong>Is the segment relevant to our business?</strong></li><li><strong>Is it a large enough segment?</strong></li><li><strong>Is it a valuable enough segment?</strong></li><li><strong>Can we target this segment based on our resources?</strong></li></ol><p>This Developer Segmentation Canvas can be used to fill in your criteria. You can <a href="https://github.com/Apress/Developer-Relations">download </a>one on GitHub.</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/3a71b2075be03c3998976fdc4bd716dd73b40e71-2000x1923.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h6><strong>Figure 2.</strong> Developer Segmentation Canvas</h6><p><br/>If you’ve listed more than 2 or 3 criteria in a particular category, we suggest you rank them. Then plan your strategy and activities with those ranked most important first.</p><h2><strong>Developer Segmentation Canvas in Action</strong></h2><p>We thought it would be helpful if we walked you through an example of completing a segmentation canvas. For this example we will use a n<em>ever-before-seen developer SDK,</em> that helps mobile game developers utilize artificial intelligence (AI) to create real-time immersive environments in their games.</p><p>We want to answer the question: What type of developer will find success with our product? Let’s go through each filter to identify the best criteria.</p><p><strong>1. Technical</strong></p><p>This product is only focused on the Android mobile operating platform and also integrates with Unity. Developers can use Java or C++ programming languages for the integration of our tool. The implementation takes place after the game has been designed, and builds on top of Android&#x27;s Telecom Framework, so the developer should have some understanding of telecommunications protocols. It includes a number of pre-trained TensorFlow models for generative imagery at the edge.</p><p><em><strong>Our Technical criteria is:</strong> Android, Unity and Java/C++, 4G and Wifi6, TensorFlow models</em></p><p><strong>2. User</strong></p><p>The implementation of our SDK is fairly complex, so we would expect the developer to have around 5 years of mobile gaming development experience. This is a crucial technology for a game, so we would expect our developers to have the knowledge and authority to make the decision to adopt our SDK.</p><p><em><strong>Our user criteria is:</strong> Mobile game developer, 5+ years of experience, Key decision makers.</em></p><p><strong>3. Organization</strong></p><p>These complex types of games and technology are likely created by big game studios, however, it is likely that a well-funded Series-A start-up with experienced developers may also be motivated to attempt this type of game.</p><p><em><strong>Our organization criteria is:</strong> Companies that would be most successful with this type of game are 1. Large game studios 2. Series-A start-up. Their use cases are creating large branded mobile games.</em></p><p><strong>4. Market</strong></p><p>The industry for our product is Entertainment and Media, notably games. However, we have seen the Education market, specifically because of the school-from-home trend, become more interested in these types of mixed-reality apps. Regionally, the larger game companies are based in the USA (San Francisco), Canada (Vancouver and Montreal), France, and South Korea. It makes the most sense to start with our home market of San Francisco for education, where our CEO is connected.</p><p><em><strong>Our Market criteria is:</strong> Industry 1. Entertainment and Media (Games) 2. Education.  Geography – San Francisco, Vancouver, Montreal, France, Seoul.</em></p><p>Below in Figure 3, we have completed a segmentation canvas for you based on our filtering exercise above:</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/79f688be26027d7bd90b9887eccf979e9761814d-2000x1923.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h6><strong>Figure 3.</strong> Example of a completed developer segmentation</h6><p>With your segmentation complete, the insight it provides will be used to develop personas to create effective strategies and activities for your developer audiences.</p><p><strong>Segmentation is not a one-time exercise.</strong> To start, it’s most important to focus on your current situation over the next 6 to 12 months. However, what’s important today may change in the future, as the market changes (e.g., new entrants, developers&#x27; experience), or your situation changes (e.g., updates to your product or business objectives). You may also find alternative criteria based on your own users who start using your product.</p><h2><strong>Summary</strong></h2><p>With such breadth and diversity across the entire Developer community, your product is highly unlikely to appeal to everyone, and even if you wanted to, you will not have enough resources to reach so many people and be effective.</p><p>Whether you&#x27;re a Developer-First or Developer-Plus company, segmentation is a crucial exercise. Use it to focuses your target audience while keeping in mind the goals and resources of your company. The exercise also sets you up for creating your target Developer persona’s which bring your segments to life.</p><p><em>Interested in learning more? Pick up a copy of <a href="https://www.devrelbook.com/">Developer Relations: How to Build and Grow a Successful Developer Program</a> for a deep dive on DevRel and access valuable templates to operationalize your developer-led strategy.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/heres-how-to-do-segmentation-better">You’re Targeting Developers? So Is Everyone Else. Here’s How to Do Segmentation Better.</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #97, Self-Hosted Solutions with Brandon Leckemby of Appwrite</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-97-self-hosted-solutions-with-brandon-leckemby-of-appwrite</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Mar 2022 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">78adbacd-143b-41ac-b95a-d077d9221be6</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 97 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Brandon Leckemby of Appwrite. Together they examine an array of developer-focused subjects including simplifying app development, outsourcing complicated backend projects, and leveraging databases.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 97 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Brandon Leckemby of Appwrite. Together they examine an array of developer-focused subjects including simplifying app development, outsourcing complicated backend projects, and leveraging databases.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-97-self-hosted-solutions-with-brandon-leckemby-of-appwrite">Ep. #97, Self-Hosted Solutions with Brandon Leckemby of Appwrite</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Early Stage Content Strategy: Earn Trust, Manage Risk and Build Momentum</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/early-stage-content-strategy-earn-trust-manage-risk-and-build-momentum</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Mar 2022 07:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7ce05eee-07e9-4849-965c-84668c7cfcd7</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Speaker Series presentation, Erik Dietrich shares how to establish (or refine) content marketing KPIs specific to your business, hypotheses and experiments to reduce uncertainty for those just starting out, and future-proof approaches for teams of all stages and sizes.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #47, The Customer Story with Mark Lorion of Tempo</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-47-the-customer-story-with-mark-lorion-of-tempo</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Mar 2022 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9edb02d9-7798-4ade-a1af-0dd4e0e1417b</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 47 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Mark Lorion of Tempo. They discuss Mark&#x27;s programming background and early enterprise software roles, the importance of seeking customer data at the source, and deep insights on enterprise marketing.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 47 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Mark Lorion of Tempo. They discuss Mark&#x27;s programming background and early enterprise software roles, the importance of seeking customer data at the source, and deep insights on enterprise marketing.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-47-the-customer-story-with-mark-lorion-of-tempo">Ep. #47, The Customer Story with Mark Lorion of Tempo</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Moving into the Enterprise: Fireside with Postman&#39;s Founder and CEO</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/moving-into-the-enterprise-fireside-with-postman-founder-and-ceo</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Mar 2022 08:38:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Enterprise Sales]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2e986aa7-4b6c-41df-a637-de314a034e13</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this DevGuild: Developer-First Go-To-Market finale fireside, Adam Gross is joined by Abhinav Asthana for an honest and open conversation about the challenges founders overcome when making their leap into the enterprise.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #49, Incident Commanders with Fred Hebert of Honeycomb</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-49-incident-commanders-with-fred-hebert-of-honeycomb</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Mar 2022 16:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">89c4fa1e-2822-431d-bf44-1043ba642a1f</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 49 of o11ycast, Charity Majors and Jessica Kerr speak with Fred Hebert of Honeycomb about incident commanders. Listen in for insights on the role of SREs, the educational value in incidents, improving feedback cycles, and choosing the right OKRs.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 49 of o11ycast, Charity Majors and Jessica Kerr speak with Fred Hebert of Honeycomb about incident commanders. Listen in for insights on the role of SREs, the educational value in incidents, improving feedback cycles, and choosing the right OKRs.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-49-incident-commanders-with-fred-hebert-of-honeycomb">Ep. #49, Incident Commanders with Fred Hebert of Honeycomb</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #2, The December 2021 AWS Outages</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-the-december-2021-aws-outages</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Mar 2022 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">88b43566-8cef-451b-963d-9fc4c16e58ab</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 2 of Getting There, Nora and Niall discuss the socio-technical aspects of the AWS outages that occurred in December 2021. Together they unpack what happened, the inherent implications, and how organizations can learn from outages at such scale.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 2 of Getting There, Nora and Niall discuss the socio-technical aspects of the AWS outages that occurred in December 2021. Together they unpack what happened, the inherent implications, and how organizations can learn from outages at such scale.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-the-december-2021-aws-outages">Ep. #2, The December 2021 AWS Outages</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Navigating the Leap into Enterprise with Adam Gross</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/navigating-the-leap-into-enterprise-with-adam-gross</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Mar 2022 08:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f96a634d-6763-4e59-b697-5144184f2b79</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this DevGuild: Dev-First GTM presentation, investor, advisor, and Heavybit alumni founder Adam Gross outlines his framework for when and how much to invest in your enterprise GTM.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #25, Tilt with Nick Santos</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-25-tilt-with-nick-santos</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Mar 2022 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">94fd0fe1-1e4d-40da-a895-f1a89b2a5be4</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 25 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie speak with Nick Santos of Tilt, a toolkit for microservice development. They discuss developer productivity, the difference between build systems and dev environments, and the evolution of Tilt.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 25 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie speak with Nick Santos of Tilt, a toolkit for microservice development. They discuss developer productivity, the difference between build systems and dev environments, and the evolution of Tilt.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-25-tilt-with-nick-santos">Ep. #25, Tilt with Nick Santos</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #96, Customized Login with Will Johnson of Auth0</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-96-customized-login-with-will-johnson-of-auth0</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Feb 2022 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0c97e9b9-5e86-429f-acf4-60d51d6b994b</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 96 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Will Johnson of Auth0. They discuss Will’s career journey into developer advocacy, their experiences with Twitter Spaces, and how Auth0 Actions is customizing the login experience.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 96 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Will Johnson of Auth0. They discuss Will’s career journey into developer advocacy, their experiences with Twitter Spaces, and how Auth0 Actions is customizing the login experience.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-96-customized-login-with-will-johnson-of-auth0">Ep. #96, Customized Login with Will Johnson of Auth0</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #9, The Argument for Less Specialization with Erik Bernhardsson of Modal Labs</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-the-argument-for-less-specialization-with-erik-bernhardsson-of-modal-labs</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Feb 2022 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5a81181b-aec0-40c4-9597-eeac3b861f86</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 9 of The Right Track, Stef speaks with Erik Bernhardsson, founder of Modal Labs and an early engineer at Spotify. This conversation covers cohort analysis, data team recruiting, and Erik&#x27;s experiences building and refining data cultures.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 9 of The Right Track, Stef speaks with Erik Bernhardsson, founder of Modal Labs and an early engineer at Spotify. This conversation covers cohort analysis, data team recruiting, and Erik&#x27;s experiences building and refining data cultures.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-the-argument-for-less-specialization-with-erik-bernhardsson-of-modal-labs">Ep. #9, The Argument for Less Specialization with Erik Bernhardsson of Modal Labs</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Foundations For Repeatable Revenue w/ Figma, Netlify, Apollo GraphQL, Avo</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/foundations-for-repeatable-revenue-w-figma-netlify-apollo-graphql-avo</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Feb 2022 08:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c0ab2633-2586-4ab8-9a5b-35be89d1b216</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this DevGuild: Dev-First GTM panel, leaders from Figma, Netlify, Apollo GraphQL, and Avo share hard won lessons from their time building repeatable revenue machines.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Instrumenting Your Flywheels w/ Amplitudes John Cutler</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/instrumenting-your-flywheels-w-amplitude-s-john-cutler</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Feb 2022 09:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">340bdf0c-84be-4666-9930-b7e21c8388ab</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this DevGuild: Dev-First GTM presentation, Amplitude&#x27;s John Cutler offers a founder-focused blueprint for enabling hyper efficient PLG at your early-stage startup.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #46, Open Source Management with Donald Fischer of Tidelift</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-46-open-source-management-with-donald-fischer-of-tidelift</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Feb 2022 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">78570d10-e329-4dd5-9e4c-6d8d0135fc19</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 46 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Donald Fischer of Tidelift. Donald shares lessons from his early career journey in product and venture capital, and together they discuss the importance of supporting open source creators at scale.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 46 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Donald Fischer of Tidelift. Donald shares lessons from his early career journey in product and venture capital, and together they discuss the importance of supporting open source creators at scale.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-46-open-source-management-with-donald-fischer-of-tidelift">Ep. #46, Open Source Management with Donald Fischer of Tidelift</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #24, SpiceDB with Jake Moshenko and Jimmy Zelinskie of Authzed</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-24-spicedb-with-jake-moshenko-and-jimmy-zelinskie-of-authzed</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Feb 2022 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2ad98af3-9d0e-47ae-b5c0-37349259b36f</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 24 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot speak with Jake Moshenko and Jimmy Zelinskie, Co-Founders of Authzed. They discuss the Google Zanzibar white-paper, the open source project SpiceDB, and the challenges faced when implementing authorization in modern applications.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 24 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot speak with Jake Moshenko and Jimmy Zelinskie, Co-Founders of Authzed. They discuss the Google Zanzibar white-paper, the open source project SpiceDB, and the challenges faced when implementing authorization in modern applications.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-24-spicedb-with-jake-moshenko-and-jimmy-zelinskie-of-authzed">Ep. #24, SpiceDB with Jake Moshenko and Jimmy Zelinskie of Authzed</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Effective Developer Product Design w/ CNCF, Tailscale, Sanity, Hasura</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/effective-developer-product-design-w-cncf-tailscale-sanity-hasura</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Feb 2022 09:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8bff4e35-14b7-402d-8467-960ac1fb3f29</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this DevGuild: Developer-First GTM panel, the founders of Hasura, Sanity, and Tailscale discuss developer discovery, where they found success, and how they failed along the way.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #13, The Thing About Consultants with Corey Quinn of The Duckbill Group</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-the-thing-about-consultants-with-corey-quinn-of-the-duckbill-group</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Feb 2022 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cd31df56-16fe-4355-a47a-4322004862dd</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 13 of Unintended Consequences, Heidi Waterhouse and Kim Harrison continue their conversation with cloud economist Corey Quinn. This time they’re unpacking The Duckbill Group and how Corey manages to keep up with his Herculean content schedule.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 13 of Unintended Consequences, Heidi Waterhouse and Kim Harrison continue their conversation with cloud economist Corey Quinn. This time they’re unpacking The Duckbill Group and how Corey manages to keep up with his Herculean content schedule.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-the-thing-about-consultants-with-corey-quinn-of-the-duckbill-group">Ep. #13, The Thing About Consultants with Corey Quinn of The Duckbill Group</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #95, Islands Architecture with Ben Holmes of Slinkity</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-95-islands-architecture-with-ben-holmes-of-slinkity</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Jan 2022 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">27985d0f-0f93-4b2b-abee-4b6d96609f06</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 95 of JAMstack Radio, Brian Douglas speaks with Ben Holmes. They unpack Slinkity and its inception, the &#x27;islands architecture&#x27; wave, and the lessons learned from experimenting with popular developer frameworks.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 95 of JAMstack Radio, Brian Douglas speaks with Ben Holmes. They unpack Slinkity and its inception, the &#x27;islands architecture&#x27; wave, and the lessons learned from experimenting with popular developer frameworks.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-95-islands-architecture-with-ben-holmes-of-slinkity">Ep. #95, Islands Architecture with Ben Holmes of Slinkity</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #45, The Enterprise Grind with Ed Anuff of DataStax</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-45-the-enterprise-grind-with-ed-anuff-of-datastax</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Jan 2022 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e4a5510d-f505-4519-b550-520716d1f3e7</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 45 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Ed Anuff of DataStax. They discuss the importance of onboarding engineering, the carrying costs of legacy software, and building consumer trust that lasts for years.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 45 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Ed Anuff of DataStax. They discuss the importance of onboarding engineering, the carrying costs of legacy software, and building consumer trust that lasts for years.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-45-the-enterprise-grind-with-ed-anuff-of-datastax">Ep. #45, The Enterprise Grind with Ed Anuff of DataStax</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Efficient Developer Discovery Lessons from Vercel and GitHub</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/efficient-developer-discovery-lessons-from-vercel-and-github</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jan 2022 08:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b53aed4f-78a8-46ff-91a4-4668edf7ca12</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this DevGuild: Dev-First GTM presentation, Kathy Korevec offers a framework for efficient Developer Discovery sourced from her experiences at Heroku, GitHub, and current role as VP Product at Vercel.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #94, Elevating Review Environments with Colin Chartier of Webapp.io</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-94-elevating-review-environments-with-colin-chartier-of-webapp-io</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Jan 2022 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">facfaa9e-ab48-45fc-a093-564532c78a4e</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 94 of JAMstack Radio, Brian Douglas speaks with Colin Chartier of Webapp.io. Together they explore some of the tools and practices that developers can use to elevate collaborative review environments for testing.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 94 of JAMstack Radio, Brian Douglas speaks with Colin Chartier of Webapp.io. Together they explore some of the tools and practices that developers can use to elevate collaborative review environments for testing.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-94-elevating-review-environments-with-colin-chartier-of-webapp-io">Ep. #94, Elevating Review Environments with Colin Chartier of Webapp.io</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>2021: Heavybit &amp; DevTool Year in Review</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/2021-heavybit-and-devtool-year-in-review</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Jan 2022 08:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Industry News]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a2c311cf-3118-46a7-b762-85f45fa989f5</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Before we forge ahead with 2022 programming and content, we want to reflect on all the exciting things that happened for the devtools industry in 2021.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Happy New Year and welcome back! Before we forge ahead with 2022 programming and content, we want to take some time to reflect on all the exciting things that happened for the devtools industry in 2021, as well as thank the community, advisors, and leaders, that made it happen.</p><h2>January</h2><ul><li>LaunchDarkly launches <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/unintended-consequences/ep-1-defending-our-thesis-with-dr-aleks-krotoski-of-bbc-radio-4/">Unintended Consequences</a>, a show about when tech gets bigger, stronger, faster, worse</li><li><a href="https://news.crunchbase.com/news/cockroach-labs-raises-160m/">Cockroach Labs</a> and <a href="https://venturebeat.com/2021/02/01/databricks-raises-1-billion-funding-round-at-28-billion-valuation/">Databricks</a> announces $160M Series E and  $1B Series G, respectively, with billion dollar valuations</li><li>ProfitWell’s CEO Patrick Campbell shares <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/retention-lessons-from-20k-saas-companies-with-profitwells-ceo/">Retention Lessons</a> from 20k SaaS Companies</li></ul><h2>February</h2><ul><li>An oral <a href="https://www.protocol.com/enterprise/oral-history-hugops">history of #hugops</a>: How tech’s first responders built a culture of empathy</li><li><a href="https://news.crunchbase.com/news/digitalocean-files-for-ipo-among-a-sea-of-spacs/">DigitalOcean files</a> for IPO among a sea Of SPACs</li><li>Community expert and author Jono Bacon shares <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/community-lessons-from-github-google-gitlab-with-jono-bacon/">Community Lessons</a> from his time at GitHub, Google, &amp; GitLab</li></ul><h2>March</h2><ul><li>Contentful shares how The COVID Tracking Project scaled to handle <a href="https://www.contentful.com/blog/2021/03/18/covid-tracking-project-modern-tech-stack-scaling/">200M API calls</a> per day</li><li>Datadog VP of Product Design Steve Boak discusses his <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/think-like-a-customer-product-discovery-strategies-with-datadog/">product discovery strategies</a></li><li>Orbit offers a <a href="https://orbit.love/blog/a-tactical-guide-to-kickstarting-your-community">tactical guide</a> to kickstarting your community</li></ul><h2>April</h2><ul><li>Heavybit welcomes <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/press/heavybit-welcomes-new-member-crunchy-data">Crunchy Data</a>, a company that enables organizations to deploy and manage PostgreSQL throughout their enterprise</li><li>Avo launches <a href="https://www.therighttrack.avo.app/">The Right Track</a> community and podcast for people who are working to build better data cultures</li><li>Zapier, Typeform, Webflow, and PartnerPage discuss how to run solid processes around acquiring, activating, and retaining <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/a-founders-guide-to-partnerships-w-zapier-typeform-webflow-and-partnerpage">great partners</a></li></ul><h2>May</h2><ul><li>Heavybit hosts DevGuild: <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/software-defined-movements/">Software-Defined Movements</a> featuring Slack, HashiCorp, DataStax, and more</li><li>Biden Executive Order mandates <a href="https://www.infosecurity-magazine.com/news/biden-executive-order-zero-trust">Zero Trust</a> and strong encryption</li><li>airCFO’s Director of Financial Advisory shares (almost) everything you need to know about <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/blog/founder-101-almost-everything-you-need-to-know-about-cap-table-management/">Cap Table Management</a></li></ul><h2>June</h2><ul><li>Heavybit welcomes <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/press/heavybit-welcomes-new-member-aserto">Aserto</a>, a cloud-native authorization service providing enterprise-ready permissions and RBAC for SaaS applications</li><li>Jeli CEO Nora Jones discusses <a href="https://thenewstack.io/chaos-engineering-business-value/">Chaos Engineering</a> moving beyond ‘breaking stuff’ to highlighting business value</li><li>Jamming into the mainstream: <a href="https://jamstack.org/survey/2021/">Jamstack Community Survey</a> 2021</li></ul><h2>July</h2><ul><li>OpenView releases 2021 <a href="https://openviewpartners.com/2021-product-benchmarks#.YecOj1jMI-Q">Product Benchmarks</a></li><li>LaunchDarkly co-founder/ CTO and Twilio VP Platform discuss scaling <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/scaling-engineering-management-w-twilio-launchdarkly-atlassian-heroku">engineering management</a></li><li>JetBrains shares The <a href="https://www.jetbrains.com/lp/devecosystem-2021/">State of Developer Ecosystem</a> 2021</li></ul><h2>August</h2><ul><li>GitLab’s Head of Global Technical Account Managers and Sanity co-founder/CEO discuss building <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-customer-success-for-scale-with-gitlab-and-sanity-io">customer success for scale</a></li><li>Bessemer reveals six years of insights and trends on the top <a href="https://www.bvp.com/atlas/the-cloud-100-benchmarks-report/">100 private cloud companies</a></li><li>Global venture funding hits <a href="https://news.crunchbase.com/news/global-vc-funding-h1-2021-monthly-recap/">all-time high</a> in first half of 2021 with $288B invested</li></ul><h2>September</h2><ul><li>GitLab files its <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2021/09/17/inside-gitlabs-ipo-filing/">S-1</a>, touting 87% revenue growth in 2020</li><li>Heavybit welcomes <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/press/heavybit-welcomes-new-member-partnerpage">PartnerPage</a>, a directory that enables B2B software vendors to increase revenue and discoverability through service and technology partners</li><li>Intercom CRO and Replicated CRO discuss <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/defining-the-cro-with-intercom-and-replicated">enterprise focused leadership</a> roles</li></ul><h2>October</h2><ul><li>Heavybit welcomes <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/press/heavybit-welcomes-new-member-memgraph">Memgraph</a>, a company that makes real-time streaming graph computation accessible to every application developer</li><li>Vertex Ventures, Okta, Hasura, and VMware discuss designing modern <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/scaling-and-managing-your-gtm-team-w-vertex-ventures-okta-hasura-vmware">go-to-market organizations</a></li><li>Understanding how <a href="https://blog.cloudflare.com/october-2021-facebook-outage/">Facebook disappeared</a> from the internet</li></ul><h2>November</h2><ul><li>HashiCorp files for <a href="https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2021-11-04/software-startup-hashicorp-files-for-u-s-ipo">IPO</a>, said to seek $10 billion valuation</li><li>GGV’s Glenn Solomon discusses what GitLab and Confluent show us about the <a href="https://www.forbes.com/sites/glennsolomon/2021/11/16/open-source-ipo-boom-what-gitlab-and-confluent-show-us-about-the-future-of-software">future of software</a></li><li>Jeli launches <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/getting-there/ep-1-the-october-4th-21-facebook-outage/">Getting There</a>, a show about publicly-facing incidents, resilience, and human factors in computer systems</li></ul><h2>December</h2><ul><li>Heavybit hosts DevGuild: <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/developer-first-go-to-market/">Developer-First Go-To-Market</a> featuring Vercel, Postman, Figma, and more</li><li><a href="https://jfrog.com/blog/log4shell-0-day-vulnerability-all-you-need-to-know/">Log4j Log4Shell</a> 0-Day vulnerability: all you need to know</li><li>Heavybit Managing Director Tom Drummond discusses how Covid and secondary markets are remaking the <a href="https://www.forbes.com/sites/forbesbusinesscouncil/2021/12/07/the-great-de-risking-of-startups-how-covid-and-secondary-markets-are-remaking-the-modern-career-path">modern career path</a></li></ul><p>Want the latest dev tools and enterprise software news delivered straight to your inbox? Be sure to <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr">subscribe</a> to our different mailing lists to hear about upcoming events, published content, devtool product updates, and more.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/2021-heavybit-and-devtool-year-in-review">2021: Heavybit & DevTool Year in Review</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #23, Pixie with Michelle Nguyen and Natalie Serrino</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-23-pixie-with-michelle-nguyen-and-natalie-serrino</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Jan 2022 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">032a63a5-f65a-4b47-a4e9-9e07f3e23006</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 23 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot speak with Michelle Nguyen and Natalie Serrino about Pixie, a CNCF sandbox project that provides Kubernetes observability for developers.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 23 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot speak with Michelle Nguyen and Natalie Serrino about Pixie, a CNCF sandbox project that provides Kubernetes observability for developers.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-23-pixie-with-michelle-nguyen-and-natalie-serrino">Ep. #23, Pixie with Michelle Nguyen and Natalie Serrino</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #93, Elevating Headless CMS with Facundo Giuliani of Storyblok</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-93-elevating-headless-cms-with-facundo-giuliani-of-storyblok</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Dec 2021 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4d5064e0-72e3-49c1-95de-0f5d9c9788c8</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 93 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Facundo Giuliani of Storyblok. They discuss Facundo’s journey to DevRel, tips for working remotely across time zones, and insights on the dev scene in Argentina.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 93 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Facundo Giuliani of Storyblok. They discuss Facundo’s journey to DevRel, tips for working remotely across time zones, and insights on the dev scene in Argentina.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-93-elevating-headless-cms-with-facundo-giuliani-of-storyblok">Ep. #93, Elevating Headless CMS with Facundo Giuliani of Storyblok</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #48, Mastering Migrations with Adriana Villela of Tucows</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-48-mastering-migrations-with-adriana-villela-of-tucows</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Dec 2021 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">50c204a1-1515-48d1-855f-89172a8f4068</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 48 of o11ycast, Charity and Liz chat with Adriana Villela of Tucows. They unpack Adriana&#x27;s journey into observability, the community resources that lit her path, and her experience driving o11y at Tucows.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 48 of o11ycast, Charity and Liz chat with Adriana Villela of Tucows. They unpack Adriana&#x27;s journey into observability, the community resources that lit her path, and her experience driving o11y at Tucows.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-48-mastering-migrations-with-adriana-villela-of-tucows">Ep. #48, Mastering Migrations with Adriana Villela of Tucows</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #44, Building Opinionated Software with Job van der Voort of Remote</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-44-building-opinionated-software-with-job-van-der-voort-of-remote</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Dec 2021 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">002659ed-ac51-4852-86f3-48cacbba9fb9</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 44 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Job van der Voort, CEO of Remote. They discuss Job’s pivot from neuroscience to startups, his experience building opinionated software at GitLab, and the future of remote work.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 44 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Job van der Voort, CEO of Remote. They discuss Job’s pivot from neuroscience to startups, his experience building opinionated software at GitLab, and the future of remote work.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-44-building-opinionated-software-with-job-van-der-voort-of-remote">Ep. #44, Building Opinionated Software with Job van der Voort of Remote</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Recommended Reading: From Experts in the Heavybit Community</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/recommended-reading-from-experts-in-the-heavybit-community</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Dec 2021 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Seasonal]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Roundup]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5b4a1cf3-4565-4162-98e8-05b923002102</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>As 2021 wraps up and we enter a period of much needed downtime, we wanted to offer a list of books to keep you engaged and learning.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>As 2021 wraps up and we enter a period of much needed downtime, we wanted to offer a list of books to keep you engaged and learning. If you’ve been attending our monthly Speaker Series or staying up to date with the content in our Library, then you’ll recognize some of these authors; this is a great list to help you take it a step further, and master what you’ve already learned from them.</p><h2>People Powered: How Communities Can Supercharge Your Business, Brand, and Teams by <a href="https://www.jonobacon.com/books/peoplepowered/">Jono Bacon</a></h2><p>We started off 2021 with a Speaker Series presentation by <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/community-lessons-from-github-google-gitlab-with-jono-bacon/">Jono Bacon</a> and his talk really set the tone for the rest of the year’s curriculum. Community, Community, Community. Every aspect of developer and enterprise software startup organizations has been touched by the Covid-19 crisis. In-person activities like hackathons and conferences aren’t currently possible, dramatically shifting <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Art-Gathering-How-Meet-Matters/dp/1594634920">the Art of Gathering</a> (another great book by the way.)</p><p>Communities have been a popular topic since the rise of the Internet and social media, but few companies have consistently harnessed their power, driven tangible value, and effectively measured their ROI. <em>People Powered</em> helps C-suite leaders, founders, marketers, customer advocates, and community leaders gain a competitive advantage by harnessing the power of communities, both inside and outside of the organization.</p><h2>Digital-First Events: How to Create Engaging Community Experiences by <a href="https://www.digitalfirst.events/">Jana Boruta</a></h2><p>At the start of the pandemic, when we were all just trying to figure it out, many of us turned to industry leaders like <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/developer-love/ep-8-digital-events-with-jana-boruta-of-hashicorp/">Jana Boruta</a>, who’s developed community and experiential marketing programs at the early-stages for companies like New Relic and HashiCorp. In 2020, she managed to organize, not 1, but 2 virtual HashiConfs, which were attended by 25,000 community members across 100+ countries.</p><p>The events industry is a multi-billion dollar industry. It still continues to be a force, even with a global pandemic; most of those efforts have just shifted to a digital format. COVID-19 may have <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/shifting-to-online-community-the-future-of-devrel">changed the landscape</a>, but the fundamental desire to connect with people hasn’t changed. In response to high demand, she co-wrote a book on building your own digital-first events and conferences for your community from the ground up.</p><h2>The Brand Strategy Canvas: A One-Page Guide for Startups by <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Brand-Strategy-Canvas-One-Page-Startups/dp/148425158X">Patrick Woods</a></h2><p>Patrick Woods has been a long-time Heavybit community member. He has more than 10 years marketing and customer operations experience and led the CS team at member company Keen IO before joining Heavybit again in 2019 as the Founder &amp; CEO of <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/press/orbit-joins-heavybit">Orbit</a>. He’s the host of <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/developer-love/">Developer Love</a>, emceed and presented at this year’s <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/software-defined-movements/">DevGuild: Software-Defined Movements</a>, <em>and</em> is the author of <em>The Brand Strategy Canvas.</em></p><p>We focus a lot on <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/blog/three-tips-for-simple-strategic-tactical-startup-communication/">branding</a> and <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/blog/messaging-to-the-user-vs-the-buyer-is-there-a-difference/">messaging</a> advice as it’s been a consistent area of need for early-stage teams. Launching a startup is now easier than ever before but building a lasting brand remains a mystery for even the savviest of founders. Patrick’s book walks you through developing your strategy, including considering audience insight, assessing benefits, creating a positioning statement, and identifying key messages.</p><h2>Developer Marketing Does Not Exist: The Authentic Guide to Reach a Technical Audience by <a href="https://everydeveloper.com/developer-marketing/book/">Adam DuVander</a></h2><p>Adam DuVander is a developer, marketer, and founder of <a href="https://everydeveloper.com/">EveryDeveloper</a>, where he helps great dev tool companies reach more of the right developers with content. He’s also one of our most valuable contributors; in addition to advising many member companies, he’s written <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/search/?dev_searchable_posts%5Bquery%5D=adam%20duvander">3 great blog posts</a> on editorial and marketing strategy for the Heavybit Library.</p><p>In his <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/blog/use-free-tools-to-market-your-developer-product/">most recent post</a>, Adam shares an excerpt from his new book, Developer Marketing Does Not Exist, on how some of the best developer companies have used tools as marketing—with ideas for how you can do the same. He provides practical advice, from creating tutorials and guides to advertising, and will help you uncover what actually resonates with your technical audience so you can start to reach more developers.</p><p>These books make great gifts and also support our generous community of contributors and experts so if you enjoyed what you read, consider purchasing several copies and don’t hesitate to reach out to them with questions and thoughts.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/recommended-reading-from-experts-in-the-heavybit-community">Recommended Reading: From Experts in the Heavybit Community</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #12, High Score Bills with Corey Quinn of The Duckbill Group</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-high-score-bills-with-corey-quinn-of-the-duckbill-group</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Dec 2021 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0af5f162-de30-4555-bc71-887a20ff927c</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 12 of Unintended Consequences, Heidi Waterhouse and Kim Harrison speak with Corey Quinn of The Duckbill Group. Together they pull back the curtain on AWS Billing and unpack how Corey became the humorous and brutally honest voice of cloud billing.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 12 of Unintended Consequences, Heidi Waterhouse and Kim Harrison speak with Corey Quinn of The Duckbill Group. Together they pull back the curtain on AWS Billing and unpack how Corey became the humorous and brutally honest voice of cloud billing.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-high-score-bills-with-corey-quinn-of-the-duckbill-group">Ep. #12, High Score Bills with Corey Quinn of The Duckbill Group</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #92, SEO at Scale with Nick Reese of Elder Guide</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-92-seo-at-scale-with-nick-reese-of-elder-guide</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Dec 2021 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bdc0e434-5d2d-4d94-84e0-73b919c6e5db</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 92 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Nick Reese of Elder Guide. They discuss performance marketing, insights on optimizing SEO at the highest level, and Nick’s new project, Find Energy.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 92 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Nick Reese of Elder Guide. They discuss performance marketing, insights on optimizing SEO at the highest level, and Nick’s new project, Find Energy.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-92-seo-at-scale-with-nick-reese-of-elder-guide">Ep. #92, SEO at Scale with Nick Reese of Elder Guide</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #47, Outcome-based Observability with Gibbs Cullen of Chronosphere</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/o11ycast-ep-47-outcome-based-observability-with-gibbs-cullen-of-chronosphere</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Dec 2021 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5d235968-b69d-4efc-9b2e-eee3c1fa3fa9</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 47 of o11ycast, Liz Fong-Jones speaks with Gibbs Cullen of Chronosphere. Together they compare the roles of product managers and developer advocates, and discuss the phases of outcome-based observability.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 47 of o11ycast, Liz Fong-Jones speaks with Gibbs Cullen of Chronosphere. Together they compare the roles of product managers and developer advocates, and discuss the phases of outcome-based observability.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/o11ycast-ep-47-outcome-based-observability-with-gibbs-cullen-of-chronosphere">Ep. #47, Outcome-based Observability with Gibbs Cullen of Chronosphere</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #1, The October 4th ‘21 Facebook Outage</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-the-october-4th-21-facebook-outage</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Nov 2021 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">afcc0495-1f35-43de-a4a5-c9766e5e6499</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this inaugural episode of Getting There, co-hosts Nora Jones and Niall Murphy unpack the October 4th ‘21 Facebook Outage and the unforeseen challenges and responsibilities that emerge when responding to an incident of such magnitude.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this inaugural episode of Getting There, co-hosts Nora Jones and Niall Murphy unpack the October 4th ‘21 Facebook Outage and the unforeseen challenges and responsibilities that emerge when responding to an incident of such magnitude.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-the-october-4th-21-facebook-outage">Ep. #1, The October 4th ‘21 Facebook Outage</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #91, Scalable Authentication with Maricris Bonzo of Magic</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-91-scalable-authentication-with-maricris-bonzo-of-magic</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Nov 2021 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ff25e072-67e0-47e0-92a7-6d92bf17b2aa</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 91 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Maricris Bonzo of Magic. Maricris unpacks her journey into developer advocacy, the work she’s done with Blockchain Ladies Club, and insights gleaned from future-proof authentication with Magic.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 91 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Maricris Bonzo of Magic. Maricris unpacks her journey into developer advocacy, the work she’s done with Blockchain Ladies Club, and insights gleaned from future-proof authentication with Magic.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-91-scalable-authentication-with-maricris-bonzo-of-magic">Ep. #91, Scalable Authentication with Maricris Bonzo of Magic</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #43, From Suites to Stacks with Neha Sampat of Contentstack</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-43-from-suites-to-stacks-with-neha-sampat-of-contentstack</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Nov 2021 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">49aa20da-491a-4117-b651-91b1228d9539</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 43 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Neha Sampat, CEO &amp; Founder of Contentstack. They discuss Neha’s career journey into enterprise and how Contentstack is accelerating the shift from monolithic suites to agile technology stacks.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 43 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Neha Sampat, CEO &amp; Founder of Contentstack. They discuss Neha’s career journey into enterprise and how Contentstack is accelerating the shift from monolithic suites to agile technology stacks.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-43-from-suites-to-stacks-with-neha-sampat-of-contentstack">Ep. #43, From Suites to Stacks with Neha Sampat of Contentstack</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #46, Guiding Observability Teams with James Deville of Procore Technologies</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-46-guiding-observability-teams-with-james-deville-of-procore-technologies</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 Nov 2021 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0056ebef-3d2a-4138-8483-5630c9ffc601</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 46 of o11ycast, Liz and Charity are joined by James Deville of Procore Technologies. James shares the insights he’s gained guiding o11y teams and the difficulties tech-forward teams face in non-tech sectors.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 46 of o11ycast, Liz and Charity are joined by James Deville of Procore Technologies. James shares the insights he’s gained guiding o11y teams and the difficulties tech-forward teams face in non-tech sectors.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-46-guiding-observability-teams-with-james-deville-of-procore-technologies">Ep. #46, Guiding Observability Teams with James Deville of Procore Technologies</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Scaling and Managing Your GTM Team w/ Vertex Ventures, Okta, Hasura, VMware</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/scaling-and-managing-your-gtm-team-w-vertex-ventures-okta-hasura-vmware</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Nov 2021 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1dbb7ece-4f13-46bb-9b10-2575a9f49905</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this session, Vertex Ventures Partner Sandeep Bhadra asks Betty Junod, Jake Randall, and Rajoshi Ghosh, about their experiences designing modern go-to-market organizations at VMware, Okta, Hasura, and Docker. </p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #22, EKS Anywhere with Chandler Hoisington of AWS</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-22-eks-anywhere-with-chandler-hoisington-of-aws</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Nov 2021 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">285fa54c-b4c5-4594-a0cb-6e9addeb7f0d</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 22 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc talks with Chandler Hoisington of AWS about EKS Anywhere. They explore the decisions made by the AWS team in building a Kubernetes distribution and how the project is helping make Kubernetes more ubiquitous.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 22 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc talks with Chandler Hoisington of AWS about EKS Anywhere. They explore the decisions made by the AWS team in building a Kubernetes distribution and how the project is helping make Kubernetes more ubiquitous.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-22-eks-anywhere-with-chandler-hoisington-of-aws">Ep. #22, EKS Anywhere with Chandler Hoisington of AWS</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #90, Performance First with Ishan Anand of Limelight Networks</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-90-performance-first-with-ishan-anand-of-limelight-networks</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Nov 2021 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0d997f84-ce7a-493e-a007-96f0a7a2e605</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 90 of JAMstack Radio, Brian Douglas speaks with Ishan Anand of Limelight Networks. They discuss Ishan&#x27;s performance-first career journey as well as tools and tactics for optimizing build times.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 90 of JAMstack Radio, Brian Douglas speaks with Ishan Anand of Limelight Networks. They discuss Ishan&#x27;s performance-first career journey as well as tools and tactics for optimizing build times.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-90-performance-first-with-ishan-anand-of-limelight-networks">Ep. #90, Performance First with Ishan Anand of Limelight Networks</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Use Free Tools to Market Your Developer Product</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/use-free-tools-to-market-your-developer-product</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Nov 2021 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6f452388-e7fe-48e4-90bb-af7109390c88</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this post, Adam DuVander shares an excerpt from his book, Developer Marketing Does Not Exist, on how some of the best developer companies have used tools as marketing—with ideas for how you can do the same.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em><a href="https://techcrunch.com/2021/10/07/why-generic-marketing-approaches-dont-work-on-software-developers/">Adam DuVander</a> is a developer, marketer, and founder of <a href="https://everydeveloper.com/">EveryDeveloper</a>, where he helps great dev tool companies reach more of the right developers with content. In this post, Adam shares an excerpt from his book, <a href="https://everydeveloper.com/developer-marketing/book/">Developer Marketing Does Not Exist</a>, on how some of the best developer companies have used tools as marketing—with ideas for how you can do the same.</em></p><p>A pharmacy may be the last place you&#x27;d think would attract children. But my young cousins and I often ended up at that corner of the shopping center neighboring our grandmother&#x27;s house. The reason? The pharmacy had the most advanced technology in town.</p><p>One by one, we would take turns sitting at the wooden desk. After placing a tiny arm through a permanently attached cuff, we’d press the green button on the tabletop to commence the arm tightening. Moments later, it would display the blood pressure it recorded on the screen. Systolic and diastolic readings didn’t mean much to us as kids, but we weren’t the intended audience.</p><p>With adults, that machine did its job beautifully. It wasn’t coin-operated; this was a free resource for the community. It’s not like someone using this machine could immediately buy hypertension medication—they’d need to see a doctor for a prescription. </p><p>It was meant to get shoppers to associate the store with their health. After that, perhaps, their medications. That machine, which entertained me as a child, was a physical example of using tools as marketing.</p><p>To attract developers to your company, tools can be even more effective.</p><h2>Three Developer Startups That Hurled</h2><p>When your entire company is an API, it’s important to easily test API requests. That’s how Twilio made its first acquisition, a <a href="https://web.archive.org/web/20180521014856/https://www.hurl.it/">little developer project called Hurl</a>. The simple website, built at a hackathon in 48 hours, can make API requests and inspect them right in your browser. Years later, it’s part of at least three developer startup stories:</p><ul><li>Twilio</li><li>Runscope</li><li>Insomnia</li></ul><p>While each used the Hurl differently, they started with the knowledge that developers want an easy way to test out requests and responses with an API.</p><p>The team at Twilio was already the biggest user and referrer to Hurl before they acquired it.  When developers would write into Twilio support, the reply would often require an example API call. Twilio support wanted a friendly tool that wouldn’t take their customer additional time to install or set up. Hurl could help them provide a useful reply that was quick to understand.</p><p>After evangelizing Hurl to hundreds of developers, the site had a following of its own, even outside Twilio usage. Since the original creators had moved on to other projects, Twilio purchased Hurl so the company could maintain this important support tool. In time, it also became a marketing tool, as developers learned of Twilio through Hurl.</p><p>However, it wasn’t core to Twilio’s communication API products. Keeping the code maintained and the servers running became a burden, one a former Twilio evangelist was happy to take on. </p><p>A new company, Runscope, took over Hurl and used it to acquire more targeted customers. The company’s API inspection tools were a great match for Hurl. Chances are, if you had a one-off API call to review, you might have ongoing needs around APIs. The hunch paid off, as Hurl and other developer tools became referrers, either directly or via retargeted marketing, for Runscope’s trial and paid product.</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/3c93e80fa479e9378ad7e3d9804646d2bdca78d5-800x616.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>Eventually, the company moved toward more enterprise accounts and Hurl was less useful for potential leads. </p><p>A third company, Insomnia, used the site to acquire customers of its API request client. Rather than siphon off leads, Insomnia redirected visitors to its installable software available only for Mac. </p><p>The community tool aspect of Hurl went away and with it a lot of the usefulness for developer marketing. However, Insomnia became the third startup to gain traction off a single, simple developer project built in two days.</p><p>The three startups went on to various levels of success:</p><ul><li>Insomnia was acquired by API platform Kong</li><li>Twilio is now a publicly-traded company and darling of Wall Street investors</li><li>Runscope hit profitability before selling to software conglomerate CA Technologies, now a part of Broadcom</li></ul><p>When <em>Developer Marketing Does Not Exist</em> was published, Hurl&#x27;s domain had ended up in the hands of squatters. It looked like the story of Hurl had come to a close. As of this publication, it seems like it’s been picked up by another developer tool, <a href="https://pipedream.com/apps/http/actions/custom-request">Pipedream</a>.</p><p>Though you can’t have Hurl for your developer company, </p><blockquote>the developer tool-as-marketing approach remains a popular way to gain mindshare, links, and traffic with developer audiences.</blockquote><h2>The Runscope Playbook</h2><p>With Hurl’s success, Runscope looked to expand its reach with more developer tools. It acquired and sponsored several others, testing the waters to see what would drive traffic and signups to their product. </p><p>Each required a little up-front effort, either to build or negotiate, then the team could keep an eye on its results. When something didn’t work, they’d close it down to focus resources on the tools which delivered the best. At its height, there were nearly a dozen developer tools on its community projects page.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/8e7c3548dd97989b56611cc614e924692ccf82bc-1063x919.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>Some of the tools Runscope developed, acquired, or sponsored:</p><ul><li>Requestbin</li><li>Authentication testing</li><li>Embeddable cURL commands</li><li>JSON object generator</li><li>API changelog service</li><li>HTTP status code reference</li><li>Mock API server</li></ul><p>Each tool linked to Runscope and also embedded a tracking pixel for retargeted ads. The results were that Runscope was able to acquire the right developers for less than other methods. The company also used content, events, and other developer marketing techniques. But developer tools were the channel that performed the best.</p><p>In a <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/show-and-tell-nov-2014-part-1/">2014 talk at Heavybit</a>, Runscope founder John Sheehan identified three rules for using the Runscope playbook:</p><ol><li>Don’t require a sign up</li><li>Do one thing well</li><li>Make it free</li></ol><p>These rules reflect the philosophy used throughout <em>Developer Marketing Does Not Exist</em>: </p><blockquote>education over promotion. This motto, a useful gauge for your marketing tool, can also be applied to events, community, and even advertising. </blockquote><p>Each simply needs to employ the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-developer-content-mind-trick-for-signature-content/">Developer Content Mind Trick</a>, a concept brilliantly used by Gremlin, LaunchDarkly, and other developer companies.</p><p>Your goal with your developer tool is to gain word of mouth and links. Developers are more likely to share a tool that doesn’t have a catch—such as a required signup or a paid plan. Just like a gated guide, a simple tool that requires an email address will increase skepticism. </p><p>The middle rule—to do one thing well—is also important: it’s easier to recommend something that solves a specific problem rather than a multipurpose tool.</p><p>For the same reasons these rules make a tool shareable, developers are also more likely to link to tools that check all three boxes. And links are an important part of what will make these tools rank in search engines. Without a lot of content, they need links to supply both the authority and the context (through the link text).</p><h2>Find Your Targeted Developer Tool</h2><p>Now you are ready to follow in the footsteps of Runscope and others with a simple developer tool you can use as marketing. As with content, you’ll want this tool to provide developers with the solution to a common problem. Unlike content, which might discuss the topic or hold your hand through a manual solution (read more about <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/editorial-strategy-for-technical-saas/">Editorial Strategy for Technical SaaS</a>), your tool will provide—or at least streamline—the end result.</p><p>Before you or your team dive into code, it’s important to consider other options. There are at least three ways to execute the tool-as-marketing strategy:</p><ul><li>Build it</li><li>Buy it</li><li>Sponsor it</li></ul><p>All three of these were present in the Runscope playbook. While they certainly built their own, the most successful projects already existed. </p><p>A developer’s approach is typically to start something new, but often it’s best to look for someone who has already done it better. That’s a message every developer company shares in their <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/build-vs-buy-selling-to-developers/">“build vs. buy” communications</a>, yet it’s easy to forget when it comes to your own projects.</p><p>As you brainstorm ideas for your developer tool, search to see what else already exists. Often, you’ll find projects left behind by independent developers. You may even be able to acquire it with the promise to maintain it. </p><p>Keeping a project going is tough, especially when it was started to scratch an itch or simply for fun. Even if there’s only a little traction in a tool, it’ll give you a boost you’d otherwise have to bootstrap.</p><p>You may find the owner of an existing tool knows that it’s worth something. In that case, be prepared to make an offer. As you weigh what it’s worth, keep in mind what it would take to rebuild—the tool itself and the traction it’s already gained. It’s easy to forget the value of your team’s time and attention on other projects when determining the price for something that’s already built.</p><p>Finally, if the price is higher than you’re comfortable paying to acquire, you can consider sponsorship. There’s not much different about this patron route, as long as you can negotiate the same things you’d include if you owned the property. </p><p>For example, you want a link to your site and a little message that helps tie the tool to your product. You may also want a tracking pixel for retargeting. It’s unlikely you’ll want much more, given that part of what helps these tools succeed is their perceived independence.</p><h3>Two More Rules for Your Tools</h3><p>On that note, here are two additional rules to get the most out of your developer tool:</p><ol><li>Give it its own home</li><li>Keep it relevant to your product</li></ol><p>It can be tempting to include your new tool (either built or bought) on your existing site. You may be able to get away with it if there are many existing links. However, it will be much harder to get links and shares under the umbrella of your own site. </p><p>The marketing alignment will be too obvious, and developers feel like their friends could be tricked into your funnel. Plus, the singular focus of a tool is diminished when surrounded by your navigation to the rest of your site.</p><p>The second of these new rules may be obvious, but I think it’s worth stating explicitly. </p><blockquote>The problem your tool solves should be as close to one that your product tackles. </blockquote><p>Your product provides a full-featured solution that takes into account edge cases and company needs. The free tool version is much simpler, but likely is enough for 80% of the developers who find it.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/832f4a320b62752c8f8ee2e30fec90c213fc3554-1184x1220.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p><a href="https://www.apimatic.io/transformer/">API Transformer</a> is a great example of a tool that solves a focused, important problem. With many different API description formats and versions, developers sometimes need to convert between them before they can use the right tools. </p><p>APIMatic, the company behind the tool, helps developers turn API descriptions into powerful client libraries, developer portals, and documentation. It shared one small piece of functionality, its ability to convert between formats. Many developers will use the converted document with their own tooling, but a percentage likely stick around to see what’s possible with APIMatic.</p><p>Another API tool, <a href="https://www.postman.com/">Postman</a>, started out as a simple Chrome extension. The company is now <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2021/08/18/api-platform-postman-valued-at-5-6-billion-in-225-million-fundraise/">valued at $5.6 billion</a> based on its 2021 Series D funding. While no longer attached to Chrome, Postman has kept the same free functionality, which allows developers to try out API requests. Its product is robust, breaking the “do one thing well” rule.</p><p>However, the company has added monitors, mock servers, and other features over time. The core initial experience of testing API requests remains. It’s likely that almost every Postman user can casually use the free version. But the company can make a big business off the small percentage that need to upgrade features.</p><p>You could get the same marketing benefits from your developer tool. Make it free, easy to use, and relevant to your product. Then simply let visitors know that a next step exists if they need it.</p><p><em>If you’re interested in learning more, be sure to check out the rest of <a href="https://everydeveloper.com/developer-marketing/book/">Developer Marketing Does Not Exist</a>. Adam provides practical advice, from creating tutorials and guides to advertising, and will help you uncover what actually resonates with your technical audience so you can start to reach more developers.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/use-free-tools-to-market-your-developer-product">Use Free Tools to Market Your Developer Product</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #42, Elevating Code Search with Quinn Slack of Sourcegraph</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-42-elevating-code-search-with-quinn-slack-of-sourcegraph</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Oct 2021 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">37a02f73-724c-42be-8afe-668e0d3e7c9c</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 42 of EnterpriseReady, Grant is joined by Quinn Slack of Sourcegraph. They explore Quinn’s self-taught development career, insights on finding perfect product-market fit, and the pain points large organizations face when managing massive codebases.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 42 of EnterpriseReady, Grant is joined by Quinn Slack of Sourcegraph. They explore Quinn’s self-taught development career, insights on finding perfect product-market fit, and the pain points large organizations face when managing massive codebases.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-42-elevating-code-search-with-quinn-slack-of-sourcegraph">Ep. #42, Elevating Code Search with Quinn Slack of Sourcegraph</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #45, Choosing OpenTelemetry with Chris Holmes of Simply Business</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-45-choosing-opentelemetry-with-chris-holmes-of-simply-business</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Oct 2021 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c4e39d5b-4345-4de6-83e4-91678ae8da76</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 45 of o11ycast, Charity and Liz are joined by Chris Holmes of Simply Business. Together they unpack OpenTelemetry, the importance of tracing, and the observability adoption process at Simply Business.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 45 of o11ycast, Charity and Liz are joined by Chris Holmes of Simply Business. Together they unpack OpenTelemetry, the importance of tracing, and the observability adoption process at Simply Business.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-45-choosing-opentelemetry-with-chris-holmes-of-simply-business">Ep. #45, Choosing OpenTelemetry with Chris Holmes of Simply Business</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #89, Developer-First Metrics with Terrence Chen of GitSense</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-89-developer-first-metrics-with-terrence-chen-of-gitsense</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Oct 2021 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">55734590-fdcc-492c-abf8-663120d26003</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 89 of JAMstack Radio, Brian Douglas speaks with Terrence Chen of GitSense. Terrence unpacks the 3 principles of developer-first metrics, a concept focusing on empowering developers with metrics that work for them.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 89 of JAMstack Radio, Brian Douglas speaks with Terrence Chen of GitSense. Terrence unpacks the 3 principles of developer-first metrics, a concept focusing on empowering developers with metrics that work for them.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-89-developer-first-metrics-with-terrence-chen-of-gitsense">Ep. #89, Developer-First Metrics with Terrence Chen of GitSense</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Defining the CRO with Intercom and Replicated</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/defining-the-cro-with-intercom-and-replicated</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Oct 2021 18:31:54 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">69ffeb31-8283-4568-80e6-1bdb9f0f702c</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Speaker Series fireside, Intercom CRO Leandra Fishman and Replicated CRO Dustin Dean offer an insider&#x27;s look at what it takes to be a successful CRO.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #8, Defining the Data Scientist with Josh Wills of WeaveGrid</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-defining-the-data-scientist-with-josh-wills-of-weavegrid</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Oct 2021 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e46fe657-6f04-4ff5-9e85-9b8a45e071fe</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 8 of The Right Track, Stef speaks with Josh Wills of WeaveGrid. They address common misconceptions about data and product analytics, tips for hiring data product managers, and many invaluable lessons Josh has learned from his time at companies like Slack, Google, and Cloudera.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 8 of The Right Track, Stef speaks with Josh Wills of WeaveGrid. They address common misconceptions about data and product analytics, tips for hiring data product managers, and many invaluable lessons Josh has learned from his time at companies like Slack, Google, and Cloudera.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-defining-the-data-scientist-with-josh-wills-of-weavegrid">Ep. #8, Defining the Data Scientist with Josh Wills of WeaveGrid</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #11, Air Traffic Control: Loss of Separation with Sigrid Ellis</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-air-traffic-control-loss-of-separation-with-sigrid-ellis</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Oct 2021 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4e5396ad-e528-4e43-9c0f-a417041ce740</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 11 of Unintended Consequences, Heidi and Kim speak with Sigrid Ellis, an air traffic controller. She unpacks the day-to-day work experience of air traffic controllers and shares insights on how the COVID-19 pandemic introduced new complexities around airspace traffic, airline staffing, and commercial flights.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 11 of Unintended Consequences, Heidi and Kim speak with Sigrid Ellis, an air traffic controller. She unpacks the day-to-day work experience of air traffic controllers and shares insights on how the COVID-19 pandemic introduced new complexities around airspace traffic, airline staffing, and commercial flights.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-air-traffic-control-loss-of-separation-with-sigrid-ellis">Ep. #11, Air Traffic Control: Loss of Separation with Sigrid Ellis</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #21, Krustlet with Taylor Thomas and Matt Butcher</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-21-krustlet-with-taylor-thomas-and-matt-butcher</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Oct 2021 07:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3d4f19cc-701d-43fc-a793-2f1c2a77d489</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 21 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot are joined by Taylor Thomas and Matt Butcher. Together they explore the WebAssembly ecosystem, the CNCF Sandbox project Krustlet, and how they’re pushing the limits of container runtime.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 21 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot are joined by Taylor Thomas and Matt Butcher. Together they explore the WebAssembly ecosystem, the CNCF Sandbox project Krustlet, and how they’re pushing the limits of container runtime.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-21-krustlet-with-taylor-thomas-and-matt-butcher">Ep. #21, Krustlet with Taylor Thomas and Matt Butcher</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #44, Examining OpenTelemetry with Vincent Behar of Ubisoft</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-44-examining-opentelemetry-with-vincent-behar-of-ubisoft</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Oct 2021 18:00:32 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8b163116-eb57-462c-b52b-ecc63c6b6f85</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 44 of o11ycast, Liz and Charity speak with Vincent Behar of Ubisoft. Together they pull back the curtain on OpenTelemetry, exploring its popularity and standardization, as well as Vincent’s continuous journey to better understand the developer experience.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 44 of o11ycast, Liz and Charity speak with Vincent Behar of Ubisoft. Together they pull back the curtain on OpenTelemetry, exploring its popularity and standardization, as well as Vincent’s continuous journey to better understand the developer experience.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-44-examining-opentelemetry-with-vincent-behar-of-ubisoft">Ep. #44, Examining OpenTelemetry with Vincent Behar of Ubisoft</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #88, Local-First Software with JB Rubinovitz of Homebase</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-88-local-first-software-with-jb-rubinovitz-of-homebase</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Oct 2021 17:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">60b68222-1bf0-4def-a674-5b9380ac34e3</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 88 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by JB Rubinovitz of Homebase, a platform for making local-first software. They discuss the features and use cases of Homebase, how Bail Bloc mines crypto for bail funds, and the future of decentralized data.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 88 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by JB Rubinovitz of Homebase, a platform for making local-first software. They discuss the features and use cases of Homebase, how Bail Bloc mines crypto for bail funds, and the future of decentralized data.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-88-local-first-software-with-jb-rubinovitz-of-homebase">Ep. #88, Local-First Software with JB Rubinovitz of Homebase</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Who Owns the Documentation and Why It Should Be the Robots</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/who-owns-the-documentation-and-why-it-should-be-the-robots</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Oct 2021 07:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Documentation]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a159372d-508d-4e6a-9550-a6d5a9785191</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this post, technical content expert Portia Burton shares 3 of the most common documentation problems at organizations, and how to solve them with automation.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em><a href="https://twitter.com/AgencyCecil">Portia Burton</a> is the owner of <a href="https://documentwrite.dev/">Document Write</a>, a technical content agency for software companies. She specializes in creating engaging tutorials and automating the documentation process. Before Document Write, Portia worked as a community engineer at Protocol Labs, and a software developer at the Atlantic Magazine.</em></p><p><em>In this post Portia shares 3 of the most common documentation problems at organizations, and how to solve them with automation.</em></p><h2><strong>Introduction</strong></h2><p>If you’re a SaaS company, developer documentation is an essential part of your content strategy. 90% of technical stakeholders admitted that their purchasing decisions were influenced by the quality of the product’s documentation. That is a staggering number of clients who are willing to open up their wallets based on how approachable your “Getting Started Guide&quot; is.</p><p>Unfortunately, documentation is in a sorry state of affairs for tech companies large and small.</p><p>Earlier this year, I conducted user interviews with several tech companies. They varied in size and stage, but all of them were selling a product marketed towards developers. And all of the companies were struggling with producing and maintaining quality documentation. Some of the problems they faced included:</p><ul><li>“No one owns our docs.”</li><li>“Our docs are constantly out-of-date.”</li><li>“Our engineers wrote the docs, and it doesn’t sound professional.”</li></ul><p>These problems are not unique, but they are blocking companies from realizing their full revenue potential. Fortunately, there is a solution to bad documentation. Automation.</p><p>When we say “automation,” we’re referring to tools such as Git, Github Actions, and documentation generators like PyDocs and Sphinx. These tools are the “robots” that will save the day!</p><h2><strong>Problem # 1 No One Owns the Documentation- Lack of Accountability</strong></h2><p>Sometimes knowing who is in charge of writing the docs is a complete mystery. There is no record of who made which change, or it’s not worth the effort to hunt down the person who incorrectly wrote the purpose of a new feature. The docs as code workflow fixes this.</p><p><strong>What is Docs as Code Workflow?</strong><br/><a href="https://www.writethedocs.org/guide/docs-as-code/">The docs-as-code workflow</a> is where your documentation is written in <a href="https://www.markdownguide.org/">markdown </a>and <a href="https://www.freecodecamp.org/news/what-is-git-and-how-to-use-it-c341b049ae61/">version-controlled with git</a>. Many developers use git as a way to manage their code and collaborate. Documentarians can do this too! The advantage of docs as code is that you can figure out:</p><ul><li>Who has written the documentation with “<a href="https://docs.github.com/en/github/managing-files-in-a-repository/managing-files-on-github/tracking-changes-in-a-file">git blame</a>.” You know exactly who has written which part of the documentation with git blame. Complete transparency.</li><li>If you’re using git and GitHub, you can <a href="https://www.gitkraken.com/learn/git/tutorials/what-is-a-pull-request-in-git">implement a Pull Request</a>. A pull request is a Github feature where a writer can add changes to the documentation and request review and approval from another writer before those changes are added to the docs.</li></ul><p>Using Github and the docs-as-code method is an excellent way for writers to create a culture of ownership and accountability.</p><h2><strong>Problem #2 The Documentation is Out-of-Date</strong></h2><p>Deploying is no longer a rare event that happens once a quarter. Engineering teams are constantly adding new features to their product, so it’s not unheard of for programmers to release changes several times a day. The problem with this is that the documentation quickly becomes out of date.</p><h3><strong>Pydoc and Sphinx</strong></h3><p>Not all documentation needs to be written by tech writers. Some documentation can be generated by the code. Tools such as <a href="https://docs.python.org/3/library/pydoc.html">Pydoc</a> generate documentation from Python modules. <a href="https://www.sphinx-doc.org/en/master/">Sphinx</a> creates documentation from docstrings and creates HTML and LaTeX output.</p><p>This is useful because it empowers developers to keep their API documentation up-to-date without involving the writers. Even though it is best practice to include Getting Started Guides and high-level tutorials, an up-to-date API reference is a fair starting point!</p><h3><strong>Git to the Rescue...Again</strong></h3><p>You can’t address old documentation <em>if you don’t even know that your docs are out of date.</em></p><p>Some teams still store their docs in a tool like Microsoft Word or Excel. Even though Word and Excel are convenient tools, they are not good at timestamping content creation. This is where git shines. If you’re using git in conjunction with GitHub, you can tell the last time the documentation was updated.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/6c96e9017f8a06311c96bda2a4a8c917c6756ff9-1715x857.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p><em>Django documentation was updated 9 hours ago</em></p><p>The bottom line is there is little excuse for your documentation to be out of date. There are plenty of automation tools out there like Pydocs and git to help you ensure that your documentation is an accurate representation of your product’s features and codebase.</p><h2><strong>Problem # 3 The Docs Don’t Sound Professional</strong></h2><p>This common problem occurs when the engineers are 100% in charge of writing the documentation. This doesn’t mean that the engineers are bad writers. Usually it’s that they don’t have a process in place to help them.</p><p>If you’re looking for documentation that is consistent in tone and voice, the first thing to do is to implement a style guide. A style guide is a list of technical documentation best practices and rules. If you’re curious about learning more about style guides and writing for end-users, take a look at <a href="https://www.oreilly.com/library/view/strategic-writing-for/9781492049388/">Strategic Writing for UX</a> and <a href="http://www.nicolascole.com/bookstore/the-art-and-business-of-online-writing">The Art and Business of Online Writing</a>.</p><p>You don’t have to create one from scratch, you can “borrow” one from <a href="https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/style-guide/welcome/">Microsoft</a> or <a href="https://developers.google.com/style">Google</a>.</p><h3><strong>How to Automate Your Style Guide</strong></h3><p>Now it’s time to bring in the robots! 🦾🦾🦾🥳🥳</p><p>It can be quite tedious to constantly refer to a style guide when writing the details of a new feature. The best way to make sure that a style guide is being used is to automate it!</p><p>When you are programming in Python or JavaScript, you usually use a tool <a href="https://sourcelevel.io/blog/what-is-a-linter-and-why-your-team-should-use-it">called a linter</a>. A linter standardizes the indentation and spacing of the code, so the team doesn’t have to fight over aesthetic changes. <a href="https://youtu.be/SsoOG6ZeyUI"><em>Tab vs. spaces, anyone?</em></a></p><p>Writers can also use <a href="https://github.com/errata-ai/vale">a linter like vale</a>, which automatically checks that the documentation is following the agreed-upon style guide. You can run the linter on your local computer or create a <a href="https://cloud.google.com/architecture/cicd-pipeline-for-data-processing">continuous integration and delivery pipeline</a> or CI/CD. In this scenario, the writer would push their documentation changes to Github, and a Vale <a href="https://github.com/features/actions">GitHub action</a> runs a check on the writing before the writer can add their changes to the already published documentation.</p><p>If you’re interested in setting this workflow up for your own team, I published a <a href="https://www.smashingmagazine.com/2021/08/automate-documentation-workflow-for-developers/">How-To guide about automating your style guide with Vale and Github actions</a>.</p><h2><strong>Conclusion</strong></h2><p>Great documentation is the key to attracting the attention of prospective customers. Fortunately, with the help of automation, keeping your docs readable and up-to-date, and easy to read is no longer a tedious task.</p><p><em>Interested in learning more from Portia? You can book a technical content strategy call with her <a href="https://calendly.com/plburton/document-write-consultation-call">here</a>.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/who-owns-the-documentation-and-why-it-should-be-the-robots">Who Owns the Documentation and Why It Should Be the Robots</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #18, AI Powered Video Editing with Anastasis Germanidis of RunwayML</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-18-ai-powered-video-editing-with-anastasis-germanidis-of-runwayml</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Sep 2021 08:54:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-17186</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 18 of Demuxed, Matt, Phil, and Heff are joined by Anastasis Germanidis of RunwayML. They unpack AI powered video editing tools in the browser and share many invaluable insights gained from the machine learning community.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 18 of Demuxed, Matt, Phil, and Heff are joined by Anastasis Germanidis of RunwayML. They unpack AI powered video editing tools in the browser and share many invaluable insights gained from the machine learning community.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-18-ai-powered-video-editing-with-anastasis-germanidis-of-runwayml">Ep. #18, AI Powered Video Editing with Anastasis Germanidis of RunwayML</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Predictable Pipeline Part 3: Messaging Strategy</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/predictable-pipeline-part-3-messaging-strategy</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Sep 2021 10:19:31 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-17231</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In part 3 of the Predictable Pipeline series, Doug walks us through a framework to understand how you can improve the strength of your messaging versus just guessing at it.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em><a href="https://scaleupondemand.com/who-we-are/">Doug Johnson</a> is Founder and Managing Director of <a href="https://scaleupondemand.com/what-we-do/">ScaleUp</a>, a firm that helps early-stage teams execute sales operations, produce actionable data, grow top-line revenue and implement sales as a permanent, high-expertise discipline within their companies.</em></p><p><em>In this 3-part series, Doug walks us through a workshop that he’s delivered to hundreds of early-stage companies and their sales teams to help build predictable pipeline and repeatable closing processes that target your most profitable market segments, driving you towards an increased valuation and de-risked growth strategy.</em></p><p><em>If you’re interested in doing the activities in the video, you can access the spreadsheet <a href="https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1rOCdtA0Wiz3jzqf-Ib2No3-OY3sLaIBZ">here</a>.</em></p><p></p><p>If you’re early in your sales career, you probably haven’t developed your messaging and positioning muscle. Part 3 of Predictable Pipeline is important because it creates a framework for you to understand how you can improve the strength of your messaging versus just guessing at it. Your messaging strategy is essentially the words that are being said, who you’re messaging to, the cadence, the touch points, and the channels that you’re reaching out.</p><h3>Messaging Framework</h3><p>The framework is Direct impact vs Indirect impact. From the perspective of the prospect or buyer, the salesperson should be able to communicate on a spectrum whether it’s going to directly or indirectly impact my business.</p><p>I like to use electric transmission as an analogy. The more steps between the source and the receiver, the more opportunities for electrical loss and velocity loss. And so if you think about that from a sales perspective, the message that the sales rep communicates to a prospect gets lost along the way as it gets transmitted internally in that prospective organization.</p><p>You might be thinking about your messaging constantly but I can tell you, your prospect’s not going to lose sleep thinking about how they’re going to communicate the message to their manager. So it’s important to strengthen up the source of that conversation, which is your value proposition, as much as possible. A strong value prop will enable the rep and the prospect to communicate the direct impact, easily and efficiently.</p><h3></h3><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/3969008cc91c8df5d098d9f9d4ead216960be20a-720x540.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h3>Direct vs Indirect</h3><p>Think back to the electric transmission. Direct impact messaging will drive a shorter sales cycle and a higher win rate because there are less opportunities for miscommunication, and makes a financial statement <em>right now</em>. Indirect impact messaging makes a statement about financial impact in the future.</p><p>You might not be afforded the position right now to communicate how your product impacts revenue and cash. But there is a way for you to proxy and walk a prospect through how it’s going to lead to direct impact eventually. If you don’t help them understand, you’re putting the burden on them to do the calculations themselves.</p><p>They’re not going to do it unless they’re an early adopter of something and a strong advocate, and they understand the pain so well that it’s quantifiable, and they’re willing to pull in the decision maker. Otherwise you have to be the one to help them understand how they can connect the dots to direct impact. In short, don’t put the burden on them to understand how risk mitigation or saving time is going to translate into a benefit for the business.</p><h3>In Practice</h3><p>Identify the first market segment that you’re going to prospect and pick one of the personas from there. When you’ve picked your person, write down a feature or two features that would benefit them and describe the value proposition. You could say, it “increases customer satisfaction.” A better version of that would say, it “increases customer satisfaction by a x%.” And then go through an exercise of determining how it might impact them directly. What are the ways in which you can translate that to revenue or cash on a balance sheet or cost saved?</p><p>As you’re going through this activity, imagine that this will inform your messaging, your actual emails, what you talk about and prioritize in a phone call or a voicemail, or your LinkedIn message. If in the past, there’s been friction and objections or you haven’t been able to get prospects to respond to you, what we’re working on right now is going to help.</p><h3>Frequency, Medium, and Duration</h3><p>Here’s some guidance around the frequency that you’ll want to touch different personas and the duration of a cadence. Not all of these aspects change but it can change over time as the noisiness of different mediums and channels changes.</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/d9817ddab6166a8efc49d768ac6200800335b0db-720x299.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>You’ll notice that the second sentence or bullet in each one of these is: waiting a period of time and then cycling them back through. Every one of these should be cycled back through a cadence again or put into a list where you’re providing them with some updates on the product or the marketplace you’re serving, or the pains or challenges that are in their environment.</p><p>It’s not a one-time thing. You wait, and can either put them through the cadence again, which is a rudimentary brute force way, or introduce a catch all place where you can keep in touch with them.</p><h3><em>Ready for More?</em></h3><p><em>Now that you have a better understanding of the strategy, how do you actually decide on the words that make up your messaging? Check out advisor and messaging expert <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/messaging-to-the-user-vs-the-buyer-is-there-a-difference/">Betty Junod</a>‘s post on messaging to the user vs the buyer and see if you can apply what you’ve learned from Doug in the next exercise.</em></p><p><em>If you enjoyed Doug’s Predictable Pipeline 101 series and want to learn more, Doug offers a 102 workshop on Repeatable Closing: How to effectively build and manage the sales team. To work with ScaleUpOnDemand or inquire about participating in the workshop, reach out to <a href="mailto:Contact@ScaleUpOnDemand.com">Contact@ScaleUpOnDemand.com</a> or on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/scaleupondemand/">LinkedIn</a>.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/predictable-pipeline-part-3-messaging-strategy">Predictable Pipeline Part 3: Messaging Strategy</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #41, Camaraderie at Scale with Wade Foster of Zapier</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-41-camaraderie-at-scale-with-wade-foster-of-zapier</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Sep 2021 09:03:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-17114</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 41 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Wade Foster of Zapier. They unpack Wade’s career journey, how Zapier was founded and self-funded, and lessons learned on maintaining camaraderie among distributed teams.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 41 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Wade Foster of Zapier. They unpack Wade’s career journey, how Zapier was founded and self-funded, and lessons learned on maintaining camaraderie among distributed teams.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-41-camaraderie-at-scale-with-wade-foster-of-zapier">Ep. #41, Camaraderie at Scale with Wade Foster of Zapier</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #10, Infrastructure Buffers with J. Paul Reed of Netflix</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-infrastructure-buffers-with-j-paul-reed-of-netflix</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Sep 2021 10:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-17172</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 10 of Unintended Consequences, Heidi and Kim continue their conversation with J. Paul Reed of Netflix. This time they explore the hidden complexities of infrastructure systems, including public transportation, domestic utilities, public spaces, and the internet.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 10 of Unintended Consequences, Heidi and Kim continue their conversation with J. Paul Reed of Netflix. This time they explore the hidden complexities of infrastructure systems, including public transportation, domestic utilities, public spaces, and the internet.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-infrastructure-buffers-with-j-paul-reed-of-netflix">Ep. #10, Infrastructure Buffers with J. Paul Reed of Netflix</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #87, Multiple Databases with Tanmai Gopal of Hasura</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-87-multiple-databases-with-tanmai-gopal-of-hasura</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Sep 2021 09:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-17164</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 87 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Tanmai Gopal of Hasura. They explore the variables that come with running multiple databases including new security risks, authorization considerations, and problems around caching.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 87 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Tanmai Gopal of Hasura. They explore the variables that come with running multiple databases including new security risks, authorization considerations, and problems around caching.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-87-multiple-databases-with-tanmai-gopal-of-hasura">Ep. #87, Multiple Databases with Tanmai Gopal of Hasura</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Messaging to the User vs the Buyer: Is There A Difference?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/messaging-to-the-user-vs-the-buyer-is-there-a-difference</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Sep 2021 11:02:54 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Messaging]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-17192</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Following her popular talk on Messaging as The One Source of Truth, we got a chance to ask Betty Junod some follow-up questions specific to messaging to the user vs the buyer.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em><a href="https://twitter.com/BettyJunod">Betty Junod</a> is the Senior Director of Multi-Cloud Solutions at VMware, where she’s helping organizations along their journey to cloud. She has decades of experience in marketing leadership roles at companies including Docker and solo.io, and is a startup advisor and expert in helping organizations bring complex technology and industry insights together to reach and engage with customers.</em></p><p><em>Following her popular <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/product-marketing">DevGuild: Product Marketing</a> talk on <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/messaging-as-the-one-source-of-truth/">Messaging as The One Source of Truth</a>, we got a chance to ask Betty some follow-up questions specific to messaging to the user vs the buyer.</em></p><h3>Is understanding user vs buyer messaging as simple as understanding brand vs sales messaging?</h3><p>In the early years, your product is your company and brand. I love <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/three-tips-for-simple-strategic-tactical-startup-communication/">protip 2.A</a> in this post by Michal Habdank-Kolaczkowski that says, “Effective branding isn’t overcomplicated: it’s a promise of a better life.” While the brand statement sits at a very high level — a few words that crystalize the feeling of a better life– the messaging should dive into the specifics on how you are promising a better life and for whom.</p><p>Now to understand your user and buyer, ask these questions of your product:</p><ol><li>What part of their life are you promising to change?</li><li>How is their experience today?</li><li>How do you propose to change it?</li><li>What is the impact of that change?</li></ol><p>If you take developer tools as an example, they’re positioned to the developer and focus on specific parts of their workflow that are problematic or difficult and the tool proposes to either improve it or offer a different workflow altogether. The impact of that change is very personal to that individual in the form of easing frustration and helping developers focus on software versus everything else around the process of building software.</p><p>If the buyer is the developer, then it is a clear trade of money for the value in improving their workflow. If the buyer is someone else like a team manager, you need to consider the collective impact of a group of developers to the organization — be that improved collaboration, faster time from commit to production, higher quality software for their business.</p><h3>Is your <a href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1o-zc9y2UyPqgQvigArpJM7-9_eghU84Q8UOnap3XF6w/edit">framework doc</a> the same for user messaging vs buyer messaging?</h3><p>Yes. The messaging framework is designed around your product (aka company) and the value pillars should be ones that can apply to both the user and buyer even if they are different. When you take the time to connect the impact to the end user and why that matters to the buyer, what you will have is a common pillar in which you can write a statement for the user and a statement for the buyer.</p><p>For example, let’s imagine the pillar is “ease of use.” A developer benefit could be how quickly they can complete a workflow and share the output with a colleague while the buyer benefit could be how they can remove friction and facilitate collaboration on team projects. Here both the manager and developer care about the individual and team level features and benefits.</p><p>One approach is to build the personas into the 25, 50, 100 word descriptions like “for developers and teams to…” or “for developers and ops to,” to call out how your product improves the lives of these related audiences.</p><h3>Are there different functions in your org that should own one or the other?</h3><p>No. Messaging needs to be owned by one team and the person assigned to drive the messaging needs to incorporate feedback across your product and sales teams. The messaging must answer why someone should trade something of value (money or contact info) for access to your product. That must be integrated into how you describe your product works and the benefits it provides to the user and buyer.</p><h3>When should you start caring about adding on buyer messaging? Which should you prioritize depending on the stage of your company or your GTM strategy?</h3><p>In the early years, they will likely be the same person or very closely related. As your company and portfolio grows, this may evolve where you will have solutions for different users but they will fall within the same buying center. Regardless of stage of the company and GTM strategy, you need to be clear on who the product benefits and how it benefits them, to convince them of a fair trade in value.</p><h3>How much is too much when it comes to segmenting personas?</h3><p>Be careful of persona segmentation….it can become a slippery slope into analysis paralysis with many segments that yield both too much work and not enough return. This great <a href="https://blog.reifyworks.com/writing/2018-05-09-you-only-need-one-buyer-persona-for-now">blog post by Reify</a> states that you really only need ONE buyer persona for now. A clear connection between the buyer and user and what’s important to them can help create messaging that addresses both.</p><h3>How does selling to small teams or IC devs differ from selling to the enterprise?</h3><p>As your business and portfolio grows, you may find yourself selling to larger customers. Selling to the enterprise is decidedly a different motion; one that requires direct messaging to the functional teams that will own and use the product, messages to convince other teams on which the product deployment may be dependent upon, and financial messages like ROI and TCO to the executives. This is especially true for infrastructure products as they often require integrations into systems that are owned by different teams.</p><h3>What role does user messaging play post-sale, e.g. to upsell/cross-sell?</h3><p>#1 priority in my opinion with messaging is to truly consider the user’s workflow. That is the slice of their life that you are promising to improve. That means considering their onboarding experience to ongoing use of your product…not just at point of sale.</p><p>This also applies to upsell and cross-sell — is there a use case they should start with first to get the immediate “wow moment” and then what should they try next? When you take a “workflow” approach, you can break it down by the different tasks in that person’s workflow or address one workflow at a time with your product.</p><h3>How does messaging arm the end-user/champions to get buy-in from the budget holder? How do you avoid alienating one over the other?</h3><p>Like mentioned before, you need to draw a clear connection between the user and the buyer if they are different people in the organization. With that connection comes reasons as to why the user is important to the buyer, the value the user brings, and the impact of the user’s workflow to the organization. When you frame it in that context, building a business case for your champion to take to the budget holders is clear.</p><h3>Do you have any advice on picking keywords when you’re still in the early stages of building your product?</h3><p>SEO and content strategy is a long term play and one that builds on itself. While your vision for your company is new and unique, you’ll need to build a base level of awareness to get your point across. Do an honest map of your space — list out the companies that are similar to what you are doing and put them into categories to address if you are</p><ol><li>Challenging their space</li><li>Creating a new adjacent space</li><li>Directly competing with them</li></ol><p>This helps you structure the content strategy and keywords. Conduct an evaluation of how they position themselves and the category, search volumes of various keywords, and popularity of content topics in that space.</p><h4>1. Challenging their space</h4><p>This is a common realm for start ups that are challenging a known market space where it’s been 5+ years since the last wave of innovation. Your content strategy here can be focused on thought leadership pieces that provide insight into the larger market and industry changes that require a different approach to a problem that we seemingly had solved before.</p><h4>2. Creating a new adjacent space</h4><p>This happens a lot with new markets where the ecosystem is still actively growing and discrete functions can be innovated upon with tools. Here your content strategy can be to expand upon how the problem space requires more specific attention and specialized tools are needed to improve the outcome for the end user.</p><h4>3. Direct competition</h4><p>In this mode, you will see a lot of similarities between yourself and your competitors’ messages and to some extent, that’s ok. There will be category level terms and concepts that you will collectively be driving for greater visibility and relevance in the market. Using those terms is important to gain the boost from SEO and trending topics — but you need to think harder about your differentiation and why someone should pay your company over theirs.</p><p><em>Interested in learning more? Check out our other <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/search/?t=heavybit&amp;s=messaging">messaging content</a> in the Heavybit Library or reach out to Betty on Twitter <a href="https://twitter.com/BettyJunod">@bettyjunod</a>.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/messaging-to-the-user-vs-the-buyer-is-there-a-difference">Messaging to the User vs the Buyer: Is There A Difference?</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building Customer Success for Scale with GitLab and Sanity.io</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-customer-success-for-scale-with-gitlab-and-sanity-io</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Sep 2021 11:29:49 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-17116</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this special fireside chat, GitLab’s Head of WW TAMs and Sanity.io’s CEO explore the work of founding and scaling an enterprise focused customer success organization.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #86, Growing With DevRel with James Q Quick of Auth0</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-86-growing-with-devrel-with-james-q-quick-of-auth0</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Sep 2021 11:23:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-17016</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 86 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by James Q Quick of Auth0. They explore the boundaries developer advocates must establish as both personal and professional content creators, as well as insights on preparing for a career in DevRel.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 86 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by James Q Quick of Auth0. They explore the boundaries developer advocates must establish as both personal and professional content creators, as well as insights on preparing for a career in DevRel.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-86-growing-with-devrel-with-james-q-quick-of-auth0">Ep. #86, Growing With DevRel with James Q Quick of Auth0</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #40, The Uncanny Valley with Alexis Richardson of Weaveworks</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-40-the-uncanny-valley-with-alexis-richardson-of-weaveworks</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Aug 2021 09:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16948</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 40 of EnterpriseReady, Grant is joined by Alexis Richardson of Weaveworks. They discuss <a href="https://www.weave.works/product/gitops-core/"><strong>Weave GitOps</strong></a>, insights on brand revitalization, and the storied career journey that led Alexis from finance to startups to enterprise software.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 40 of EnterpriseReady, Grant is joined by Alexis Richardson of Weaveworks. They discuss <a href="https://www.weave.works/product/gitops-core/"><strong>Weave GitOps</strong></a>, insights on brand revitalization, and the storied career journey that led Alexis from finance to startups to enterprise software.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-40-the-uncanny-valley-with-alexis-richardson-of-weaveworks">Ep. #40, The Uncanny Valley with Alexis Richardson of Weaveworks</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #43, Going Serverless with Apostolis (Toli) Apostolidis of Cinch</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-43-going-serverless-with-apostolis-toli-apostolidis-of-cinch</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Aug 2021 09:09:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16951</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 43 of o11ycast, Charity and Liz speak with Apostolis (Toli) Apostolidis of Cinch. They discuss Cinch’s move from containers to serverless, lessons learned from Team Topologies, and advice on structuring your org with strategic constraints.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 43 of o11ycast, Charity and Liz speak with Apostolis (Toli) Apostolidis of Cinch. They discuss Cinch’s move from containers to serverless, lessons learned from Team Topologies, and advice on structuring your org with strategic constraints.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-43-going-serverless-with-apostolis-toli-apostolidis-of-cinch">Ep. #43, Going Serverless with Apostolis (Toli) Apostolidis of Cinch</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Predictable Pipeline Part 2: Metrics and the Stack</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/predictable-pipeline-part-2-funnel-and-segmentation</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Aug 2021 11:03:33 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-17043</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In Part 2 of the Predictable Pipeline series, Doug Johnson walks us through metrics to track and be mindful of, and the tools in his recommended sales stack.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em><a href="https://scaleupondemand.com/who-we-are/">Doug Johnson</a> is Founder and Managing Director of <a href="https://scaleupondemand.com/what-we-do/">ScaleUp</a>, a firm that helps early-stage teams execute sales operations, produce actionable data, grow top-line revenue and implement sales as a permanent, high-expertise discipline within their companies.</em></p><p><em>In this 3-part series, Doug walks us through a workshop that he’s delivered to hundreds of early-stage companies and their sales teams to help build predictable pipeline and repeatable closing processes that target your most profitable market segments, driving you towards an increased valuation and de-risked growth strategy.</em></p><p><em>If you’re interested in doing the activities in the video, you can access the spreadsheet <a href="https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1rOCdtA0Wiz3jzqf-Ib2No3-OY3sLaIBZ">here</a>.</em></p><p></p><h2>Metrics: Managing According to Leading Indicators</h2><h3>Confidence in Your Forecast</h3><p>The importance of leading and lagging indicators allows for connections to be made over time. If you adhere to a set of prospecting and sales stages consistently, you develop more and more confidence in the probability that it advances between stages. It all stems from adhering consistently to the stages you define and the metrics you attribute to each stage.</p><h3>Team Efficiency</h3><p>You’re also then able to coach individuals in their weaker areas. If you have multiple sales people, you’re able to then help individuals in their weaker area because you know how each person relative to each other is performing in those stages. You might know different industries that are progressing through the stages at a lower rate. So you’re not going to spend your resources, your capital, your time in those areas.</p><h3>Leading Indicators and Dependent Variables</h3><p>Collecting and splicing data around leading indicators and dependent variables helps you map out, of the industries that you can serve, which ones have a higher prospecting velocity ($ over time). Unless prioritizing a specific industry with low velocity is strategic in nature, this allows you to stop spending time and effort on a market segment that is low value for your business and vice versa. This works for whichever variable you choose to look at.</p><p>Examples of leading indicators that you want to track:</p><ul><li>The # of New Prospects Daily</li><li>The # of Engaged Prospects Weekly</li><li>The # of Opportunities Created Weekly</li><li>The Average Size of Companies a Particular Prospecting Cycle</li><li>The Amount of Time it takes to get through a Prospecting Cycle</li></ul><p>Examples of dependent variables for each prospect that you want to track inside your CRM:</p><ul><li>The Lead Source</li><li>The SDR</li><li>The AE</li><li>The ‘Created’ Date</li><li>The Prospect’s Product</li></ul><h3>Tracking Objections</h3><p>If you have the ability to track it in your CRM, track the types of objections you get. The objection type you’re getting is going to help in terms of measuring the effectiveness of your early-stage prospecting efforts.</p><p>If you’re not an experienced sales person, you probably aren’t great at prospecting yet, which means that if you’re mindful that it’s one of the areas that you can improve the most, tracking the objections or recording the calls helps you get much better at it.</p><h2>Sales Stack: Cutting Through the Noise of Tools</h2><p>If you’ve worked in an organization, whether big or small, you’d know that the sales stack can get quite noisy. As companies grow and evolve, it unlocks capital to purchase new tools. But is it always necessary? You should be thinking of tools in terms of the value and impact to the business.</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/b8cac785d7ae6d794400f0960026c43335e78ad7-300x225.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>This is one of the common market landscape maps you might see. There’s hundreds and thousands of tools. But there’s only a handful that are important to you at an early stage and they almost all tend to focus on prospecting because you’re not at a point where you need tools to help with processing of proposals and demonstrations.</p><h4>Questions to Ask:</h4><ul><li>What are your thoughts on budget?</li><li>What are the steps in your sales cycle?</li><li>How many people internally do you expect to interact with your customers within 12-24 months? How many transactions do you expect to close and how much revenue will renew over the next twelve months?</li><li>What do you have in place today? Are people using them? Who do you have in mind to manage this stack, what is their experience in managing and implementing sales tools?</li><li>Who is your final decision maker? What are some of the market segments you focus on?</li><li>Are you predominantly an inbound or an outbound driven sales team?</li><li>What are the KPIs that your sales stack should track?</li></ul><h3>The Combination</h3><p>There’s no one-size-fits-all perfect sales stack. But there’s a combination of tools that I recommend to probably 95% of all people who attend this workshop.</p><h4><strong>1. CRM</strong></h4><p>You can choose from HubSpot, Freshworks or Pipedrive. You might contemplate Salesforce but it’s probably too robust for the large majority of early-stage teams. When you get to the point where you have four or more salespeople, it might make sense. But for those of you who’ll only have 3 or less salespeople for 2-3 years, HubSpot, FreshWorks, or Pipedrive are all great.</p><h4><strong>2. Sales Automation</strong></h4><p>This is a tool that allows you to create leverage and reach more people more consistently. You might have three different roles that you’re trying to communicate within a prospect, but each of those gets a different cadence, meaning a different number of touches.</p><p>Whether you’re communicating via LinkedIn or email or phone, HubSpot, Freshworks, Pipedrive, and Outreach can prescribe and keep you on track. So you don’t have to mentally remember who you’re speaking to next. They’re basically generating a task list for you. It can do A/B messaging on subject lines and the body of the content.</p><h4><strong>3. Virtual Assistant</strong></h4><p>In having one of the tools above, you’re able to introduce a virtual assistant to take a lot of the tasks that are repetitive and aren’t high value for you to do. You can use sales automation as a way to define what that cadence is and introduce a virtual assistant. I recommend Upwork.</p><h4><strong>4. Prospecting</strong></h4><p>The LinkedIn Sales Navigator extends the medium and channel in which you could reach someone so if LinkedIn is a place where your prospects are residing, LinkedIn sales navigator gets you access to them in another way.</p><h4>5. Data Source</h4><p>Data sources help find contact information, whether it’s phone or email. Lucia and RocketReach are both suitable.</p><h3>Cost per Head</h3><p>When you think about packaging this all together, it’ll probably cost about $300 per person per month. It may seem steep but the value you get out of it is more than just $300. It frees you from the manual work and builds more opportunities for you to be able to discuss the product with prospects.</p><p><em>Ready for more? In <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/predictable-pipeline-part-3-messaging-strategy">part 3</a>, Doug walks us through a framework for you to understand how you can improve the strength of your messaging versus just guessing at it.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/predictable-pipeline-part-2-funnel-and-segmentation">Predictable Pipeline Part 2: Metrics and the Stack</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #20, Sigstore with Dan Lorenc of Google</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-20-sigstore-with-dan-lorenc-of-google</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Aug 2021 09:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16953</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 20 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie are joined by Dan Lorenc of Google. They discuss supply chain security and the <a href="http://sigstore.dev/"><strong>Sigstore</strong></a> project, a new standard for signing, verifying and protecting software.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 20 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie are joined by Dan Lorenc of Google. They discuss supply chain security and the <a href="http://sigstore.dev/"><strong>Sigstore</strong></a> project, a new standard for signing, verifying and protecting software.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-20-sigstore-with-dan-lorenc-of-google">Ep. #20, Sigstore with Dan Lorenc of Google</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #9, Auth*orization with Jeff Taylor of Okta</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-authorization-with-jeff-taylor-of-okta</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Aug 2021 09:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16705</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 9 of Unintended Consequences, Heidi and Kim talk with Jeff Taylor, Senior Product Manager at Okta. They discuss security, identity authentication, authorization, and why all three matter when evaluating breaches and vulnerabilities.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 9 of Unintended Consequences, Heidi and Kim talk with Jeff Taylor, Senior Product Manager at Okta. They discuss security, identity authentication, authorization, and why all three matter when evaluating breaches and vulnerabilities.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-authorization-with-jeff-taylor-of-okta">Ep. #9, Auth*orization with Jeff Taylor of Okta</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #85, Data Replication at Speed with Jaxon Repp of HarperDB</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-85-data-replication-at-speed-with-jaxon-repp-of-harperdb</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Aug 2021 09:19:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16957</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 85 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Jaxon Repp of HarperDB. They discuss Jaxon’s enterprise software career journey, how users are leveraging HarperDB, comprehensive data planes, and fault tolerant networking.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 85 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Jaxon Repp of HarperDB. They discuss Jaxon’s enterprise software career journey, how users are leveraging HarperDB, comprehensive data planes, and fault tolerant networking.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-85-data-replication-at-speed-with-jaxon-repp-of-harperdb">Ep. #85, Data Replication at Speed with Jaxon Repp of HarperDB</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Scaling Engineering Management w/ Twilio, LaunchDarkly, Atlassian, Heroku</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/scaling-engineering-management-w-twilio-launchdarkly-atlassian-heroku</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Aug 2021 11:01:17 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-17009</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this fireside chat, LaunchDarkly CTO John Kodumal and Twilio VP Platform Jesper Joergensen explore the realities of today’s complex software systems and the teams behind them.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #7, Data Translators with Benn Stancil of Mode</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-data-translators-with-benn-stancil-of-mode</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Aug 2021 07:55:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16851</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 7 of The Right Track, Stef speaks with Benn Stancil of Mode. They discuss the value of analytics for the end user, the emerging role of analytics engineer, building and maintaining data trust, and tactics for optimizing data teams.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 7 of The Right Track, Stef speaks with Benn Stancil of Mode. They discuss the value of analytics for the end user, the emerging role of analytics engineer, building and maintaining data trust, and tactics for optimizing data teams.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-data-translators-with-benn-stancil-of-mode">Ep. #7, Data Translators with Benn Stancil of Mode</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #8, Resilience &amp; Chill with J. Paul Reed of Netflix</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-resilience-chill-with-j-paul-reed-of-netflix</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Aug 2021 08:45:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16955</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 8 of Unintended Consequences, Heidi Waterhouse and Kim Harrison speak with J. Paul Reed of Netflix. They discuss resilience engineering at Netflix, the emergent nature of systems, surprises at scale, and the future of conferences.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 8 of Unintended Consequences, Heidi Waterhouse and Kim Harrison speak with J. Paul Reed of Netflix. They discuss resilience engineering at Netflix, the emergent nature of systems, surprises at scale, and the future of conferences.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-resilience-chill-with-j-paul-reed-of-netflix">Ep. #8, Resilience & Chill with J. Paul Reed of Netflix</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why No One Reads Your Pitch or Blog Post: Newsworthiness 101</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/newsworthiness</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Aug 2021 16:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-118</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Bad PR pitches aren’t just ignored, on slow days they’re reprimanded alongside screeds from some of the best and brightest technology journalists. For the past decade, publications like Wired, the Wall Street Journal and TechCrunch have outed PR’s worst offenders and in many cases, created PR blacklists.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Bad PR pitches aren’t just ignored, on slow days they’re reprimanded alongside screeds from some of the best and brightest technology journalists. For the past decade, publications have outed PR’s worst offenders and in many cases, created internal PR blacklists.</p><p>Some of the common reasons PR pitches fail include lack of personalization/refusal to research the journalist’s beat, pitching a story on a day that’s already pre-scheduled for major industry news (eg. A tech giant’s IPO, product announcement, massive industry conference), or pitching a story that’s already been told by one of your competitors. These are all rookie mistakes. But perhaps the single biggest reason a story doesn’t land is because what your team thinks is awesome, simply isn’t newsworthy.</p><h2>Why No One Gives a Click</h2><p>Newsbeat writers are expected to deliver engaging stories and online engagement is measured in cold hard clicks. This means that unique visitors, pages visited, social shares (Twitter, HackerNews, ProductHunt, Reddit etc.), comments, and time on page are all metrics associated with the value of a news story and in turn, the value of a writer. If a pitch is likely to lead to reader engagement, you’re more likely to get coverage. Nevertheless, what many anti-PR screeds fail to mention is that the same <a href="http://www.mediacollege.com/journalism/news/newsworthy.html">formula</a> that J-schools have taught since the days of manual typesetting, are the ones that remain relevant to audiences today.</p><h2>There are 6 Tenets of Newsworthiness</h2><p>The best way to get coverage is to incorporate a few of the following tenets of newsworthiness into your email subject line and lead paragraph. If you’re forgoing traditional PR altogether, the below tenets remain relevant to audience engagement for most general-purpose blog editorial, email campaigns, and newsletters.</p><ol><li><strong>Existing Celebrity or Brand:</strong> If you’re an unknown entity with no relationship to the journalist, the best way to get noticed is to quote or feature an existing celebrity or recognized brand as one of your announcement partners. If you’ve got Microsoft, Google, Amazon or any of the other <a href="http://www.uspages.com/fortune500.htm">Fortune 500</a> or <a href="https://www.forbes.com/cloud100">Cloud 100</a> companies as customers, you should include their names and quotes in your pitch.</li><li><strong>Timeliness</strong>: This type of pitch is tied to something recent including your product launch, an industry event, a global trending event, or something seasonal. In the past, funding announcements contributed to timeliness, but now that they’re so frequent they’re simply not enough. Many journalists already have broad trends, upcoming regulatory impact, or big cloud platform announcements that require commentary. Look at how you fit into what’s already happening.</li><li><strong>Impact/Epic Narrative</strong>: The more audience members who are affected by an event or potentially affected by an event, the more newsworthy the story becomes. An epic narrative might be about politics and privacy, new advances in science and medicine, global epidemics and international tragedies, and any other events that affects millions.</li><li><strong>Conflict</strong>: Controversy and open clashes are newsworthy and engaging, especially when directed against a popular opinion or well-known entity. Think Apple vs. Facebook, Kubernetes vs. Docker, Ethereum vs. Bitcoin. If you want attention, always punch up and try to be the David to Amazon’s Goliath.</li><li><strong>Uniqueness / Oddity</strong>: You need to be pretty darn special to land this coverage. I once received a pitch where the subject line was “Ex-Googlers Launch Social Startup”. To put this into perspective as of this post there are currently 140k+ Alphabet employees. The <a href="https://www.theverge.com/features">Verge’s Feature Section</a>, <a href="https://www.reuters.com/lifestyle/oddly-enough/">Reuters Oddly Enough</a>, <a href="http://www.sfgate.com/weird/">SFGate’s Weird section</a> are all great examples of the types of weird news reporters and audiences find interesting. Keep in mind that what was weird 2 years ago, is now often commonplace.</li><li><strong>Proximity/Regionalization</strong>: In the past, audiences tended to engage with news stories situated in close proximity to where they lived or worked. Eg. The click-thru rate on Super Bowl news is an order of magnitude higher in the two cities competing. Nevertheless, with most tech employees working from home, perhaps a better measure of proximity might be in the social networks and online communities we currently inhabit.</li></ol><h2>Examples</h2><p>The following are examples of how storytellers and content creators incorporate newsworthy tenets. When pitching a journalist or crafting your own content, you should study and understand the patterns in prevalent tech headlines and stories. Here are a couple of examples:</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/943b3510e29e84d877af73ae6adb41fbe35f0926-1024x230.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>This <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2021/07/16/nyregion/nyc-mesh-community-internet.html">NY Times article</a> incorporates a number of newsworthy tenets including:</p><ul><li><strong>Conflict: </strong>Everyone loves an underdog story. Especially when it’s a volunteer group of NYC volunteers “taking on Verizon and the big incumbent providers”, but also there’s the complex conflict of the haves vs. have nots.</li><li><strong>Impact/Epic Narrative</strong>: NYC is the largest city in the US and 46% of households in poverty or 1M+ residents lack a home wifi connection. There are currently only 10 cities in the US with a population of over 1M.</li><li><strong>Timeliness: </strong>In the middle of US quarantine, questions about the digital divide intensified as students and at-home workers in poorer neighborhoods faced significant disadvantages.</li><li><strong>Uniqueness:</strong> Tech workers are often chastised for gentrifying neighborhoods rather than improving access. There’s a unique angle about civic-mindedness and things happening at the hyper-local level.</li></ul><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/0c1f78308ee2bd07d2e835a6a73506111645444f-609x168.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>This <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2021/08/16/nuro-ec1-origin/">TechCrunch article</a> incorporates a number of newsworthy tenets including:</p><ul><li><strong>Conflict: </strong>Nuro is hardly an early-stage startup, but TechCrunch dedicated 4 stories and more than 10k words to the company’s competition with Waymo, Cruise, Tesla, and others.</li><li><strong>Timeliness: </strong>At the time of publishing, the <a href="https://apnews.com/article/technology-business-ap-top-news-61557d668b646e7ef48c5543d3a1c66c">US Federal gov’t began its probe into Tesla’s autopilot</a> after a series of collisions with parked cars. Nuro received a safety exception for its R2 model from the Department of Transportation (DOT) and the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA).</li><li><strong>Celebrity:</strong> Nuro’s pilot customers include Domino’s, Chipotle, Kroger, and CVS. Even if audiences haven’t heard of Nuro, there’s a high probability that the company’s success could affect what lands on their doorstep.</li></ul><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/04284e60b3d6e4af0dbb3a39cae463fe3470b2c4-625x187.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>This <a href="https://www.hashicorp.com/blog/announcing-hashicorp-terraform-1-0-general-availability">HashiCorp blog post</a> is a great example of how multiple newsworthy tenets can be incorporated in a multi-channel launch:</p><ul><li><strong>Timeliness: </strong>The GA of HashiCorp’s Terraform 1.0 was launched at their HashiConf EU conference. In this case, HashiCorp manufactured its own timely event. For smaller startups, it might make more sense to time the news release with a keynote at a larger industry or trade-specific conference. Some examples of these might include <a href="https://www.usenix.org/srecon">SRECon</a>, <a href="https://jamstackconf.com/">JAMstack Conf</a>, or <a href="https://www.devseccon.com/">DevSecCon</a>.</li><li><strong>Impact/Epic Narrative: </strong>Because this release was so long in the making, the company took the chance to highlight momentum including its 100M downloads, 1500 contributors, and 11k pull requests. The community also came through via subsequent distribution channels including this <a href="https://news.ycombinator.com/item?id=27433863">HN post</a> with nearly 700 points and 300+ comments. Meanwhile, the PR team also offered follow-up interviews with publications like <a href="https://thenewstack.io/terraform-1-0-reflects-what-hashicorp-has-learned-about-infrastructure-as-code/">The New Stack</a>.</li></ul><p><em>*Note: This article was originally published in 2014 under the title “Getting in TechCrunch: Newsworthy PR Pitches” and was updated as of 2021 to encompass all content creation (not just press pitches) and offer more recent examples.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/newsworthiness">Why No One Reads Your Pitch or Blog Post: Newsworthiness 101</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Three Tips for Simple, Strategic, &amp; Tactical Startup Communication</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/three-tips-for-simple-strategic-tactical-startup-communication</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Aug 2021 10:30:07 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Messaging]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-16932</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this post, branding expert Michal Habdank-Kolaczkowski shares his tips along a founder’s get-to-market roadmap, from fundraising to branding to media relations.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em><a href="https://twitter.com/helloitsmichal">Michal Habdank-Kolaczkowski</a> is Founder of <a href="https://rallycall.co/">Rally Call</a>, where he supports early-stage companies message and position their products and services, build brand narratives, and tell their stories. His work has helped land $155M+ in startup funding and $6B+ in startup exits for his clients to Google, Intel, Nokia, Dell, eBay, and Synaptics, and has been recognized in BusinessInsider’s <a href="https://www.businessinsider.com/the-top-pr-pros-you-can-hire-2020-4#michal-habdank-kolaczkowski-11">Top PR Pros</a>.</em></p><p><em>In this post, Michal shares his tips along a founder’s get-to-market roadmap, from fundraising to branding to media relations.</em></p><h2>Tip 1: Fundraising</h2><blockquote>Fundraising is storytelling, so don’t prioritize the production value of your pitch deck over how you position your solution.</blockquote><p>Detaching from the comfort of familiar visuals was instrumental for Fido.ai, a natural language processing client whose founders were married to a visual deck theme before they even had a first date with their story structure; a big no-no in fundraising narrative work. Instead, we developed intentional copy, including their tagline “Decoding the Human Internet” to raise $1.6M in seed funding and eventual acquisition by Samurai Labs.</p><h3>ProTip 1.A</h3><p>Put your cart (story) before your horse and let the horse push. Don’t decide the look of your deck before you’ve mapped your story and ask. When you <em>are</em> ready for the design stage, you can visit resources like flaticon.com for vector graphics, designer.io for user-friendly templates and design tools, and even improve your headshot with <a href="https://www.remove.bg/">remove.bg</a>‘s free noise cancellation feature.</p><h4>In Action</h4><p>While Raising BeeHero’s $4M Seed Round, no designers or resources were available to <a href="https://www.slideshare.net/razinmustafiz/uber-pitch-deck-2008">dazzle our deck</a>. We knew what we wanted to say, but we hadn’t developed a visual language yet. All script, no style, just ambition, and my tagline “Pollinate &amp; Prosper.” A catch-22, the less we could show, the more we had to say, and our work needed to speak for itself.</p><p>So we channeled that stress to fuel our rewrites and drive home a straightforward, indisputable, spoken fundraising narrative that needed no backdrop. That clarity would be the best way to enlist talented friends and family to develop in-house branded pitching material at the last minute.</p><h2>Tip 2: Branding</h2><blockquote>Branding, always the last box to tick on any startup’s to-do list, is both predictably and realistically never a founder’s priority. It needs to be.</blockquote><p>While sound bytes which liken your product to a more established one can facilitate quick conversational analogies a-la “it’s ‘this’ for ‘that’,” they invariably <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/dont-cargo-cult-your-pricing/">work against you</a>, pitting your innovation against other, possibly irrelevant, services. Your ability to fascinate your investors, customers, and partners demands product differentiation.</p><p>An excellent example of this is the now-defunct, crowdfund-darling, Navdy: raising $2.4M in pre-orders and $6.5M in seed funding for the “Google Glass for Your Car.” I worked with Team Navdy to mature the perception of a loose metaphor to a concrete reality of hands-free “Augmented Driving” under the tagline and wordplay, “Look Forward,” helping the company raise its next $15M Series A from established investor HARMAN.</p><h3>ProTip 2.A</h3><blockquote>Effective branding isn’t overcomplicated: it’s a promise of a better life.</blockquote><p>Keep your words short, uplifting, and culturally climate-proof. We remember brands that make us feel strong, safe, and empowered, don’t require too much thinking, leading us down the path of least resistance. Tie your promise to your product — it may be your most valuable long-term marketing spend. And, since there is no comprehensive whiteboard eraser for SEO, your brand can’t pivot, it can only evolve. Here are some great examples:</p><ul><li><em>“Shave Time. Shave Money.”</em> – Dollar Shave Club</li><li><em>“Challenge Everything.”</em> – EA Games</li><li><em>“Because You’re Worth It.”</em> – L’Oreal</li></ul><h4>In Action</h4><p>The seed-funded Waze app was initially developed as an open-source GPS tool for mapping red-light cameras in Israel: no brand, no voice. Learning that geo-mapping was a tangible commodity, Waze raised its Series A as a potential threat to the few incumbents at the time: Google, MapQuest, and TeleAtlas.</p><p>We could also provide real-time traffic data by the nature of our technology, so by our Series B raise, our company needed clarity and differentiation: a voice and mission. One of our first successes was beginning the dialogue around a new “Traffic Apps” category and touted the tagline “Outsmarting Traffic, Together.” which would ultimately become the basis for the entire community-driven brand. When in doubt about the problem you’re solving, for whom, reference Simon Sinek’s amazing TED talk on <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Jeg3lIK8lro">Golden Circle thinking</a> for inspiration.</p><h2>Tip 3: Media Relations</h2><blockquote>PR is simple arithmetic: the right content to the right reporter at the right time.</blockquote><p>The media wants specific content; you just need to come up with the right recipe. Instead of cultivating meaningful professional relationships with individual journalists or publications, most founders search for or guess email addresses and start cold-calling — the scourge of every overburdened tech journalist.</p><h3>ProTip 3.A</h3><p>Identify and engage with journalists early about topics they care about and write about. Pose them follow-up questions or offer some relevant industry insight off-the-cuff that doesn’t have to do with your launch next week.</p><h4>In Action</h4><p>Almost an entire year before the PR launch of Waze’s Ad product, we knew we would have to engage with reporters far outside our comfort zone, treading particularly carefully around the issue of distracted driving. To ensure a smooth launch, we researched, reached out to, and commented on articles by reporters at publications like AdAge, AdWeek, and Internet Retailer on a near-daily basis to gauge their interest and response before pitching them on the idea months down the road. The result was a positive, widely-publicized launch without the surprise or mess of politically-charged headlines around a “new technology to distract customers in the car.”</p><h3>ProTip 3.B</h3><p>Journalists have plenty of non-work-related interests and engage with social media on personal topics. Use networking events or social media to make real <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/the-pitch-room/ep-1-how-to-get-media-attention/">connections with reporters</a> after-hours, off-topic, or in-person.</p><h4>In Action</h4><p>With a bit of research and good memory for names, I learned that a senior tech writer for CNN in Silicon Valley was in my sister’s graduating class. We both lived in San Francisco and both fascinated by the emerging hardware revolution at the time. I reached out to her and suggested we meet for coffee sometime to discuss the trend we saw and offer her some themes I had observed during my time as a mentor for 40 cohorts at Highway1’s hardware incubator. She accepted, we had a great conversation, and after that short chat, I was no longer a stranger or just a needy publicist. I created a connection with her that I knew would be important for me down the line.</p><p>By the time I began working with Spire Health, I knew I could confidently engage with my contact about our launch without feeling like a salesperson. Instead, I had the chance to tell her about the miracle technology that could help so many people. As soon as I emailed her, she sent our CEO a blank email with the subject line “re: Michal – you got the right guy.”</p><p>For you skeptics, we never discussed our mutual hometown or my sister. Leverage all of your networks, (even if it includes family) to see who you may already have a good reason to connect with; express genuine mutual interest; then you can start conversations with “Hello! Can I tell you…” instead of “Hello! Can you please write about me?”</p><p><em>Want to learn more? You can reach Michal at <a href="https://rallycall.co/">rallycall.co</a> to learn more about how he can help you with refining and testing value propositions, refreshing websites and marketing collateral, and developing fundraising narratives.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/three-tips-for-simple-strategic-tactical-startup-communication">Three Tips for Simple, Strategic, & Tactical Startup Communication</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #19, Inside InfluxData with Rick Spencer</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-19-inside-influxdata-with-rick-spencer</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Aug 2021 08:45:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16800</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 19 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell speaks with Rick Spencer about InfluxData, developer of InfluxDB. Rick unpacks his career journey and explains how InfluxData uses Kubernetes and other CNCF projects from an end-user perspective.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 19 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell speaks with Rick Spencer about InfluxData, developer of InfluxDB. Rick unpacks his career journey and explains how InfluxData uses Kubernetes and other CNCF projects from an end-user perspective.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-19-inside-influxdata-with-rick-spencer">Ep. #19, Inside InfluxData with Rick Spencer</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Community Strategies from Early to Late Stage w/ Auth0, DigitalOcean, LaunchDarkly, GitHub</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/community-strategies-from-early-to-late-stage-w-auth0-digitalocean-launchdarkly-github</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Aug 2021 10:30:51 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-16879</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this finale fireside chat, Auth0 CPO Shiven Ramji joins Adam Zimman for a conversation to wrap up all of the themes from DevGuild: Software-Defined Movements.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #84, The New Web with Harrison Hines of Fleek</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-84-the-new-web-with-harrison-hines-of-fleek</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Aug 2021 09:35:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16712</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 84 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Harrison Hines of Fleek. They unpack The Open Web, insights from Harrison’s experience in the Ethereum and DeFi space, as well as Web3 technologies and protocols.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 84 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Harrison Hines of Fleek. They unpack The Open Web, insights from Harrison’s experience in the Ethereum and DeFi space, as well as Web3 technologies and protocols.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-84-the-new-web-with-harrison-hines-of-fleek">Ep. #84, The New Web with Harrison Hines of Fleek</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #39, Betting on Containerization with Loris Degioanni of Sysdig</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-39-betting-on-containerization-with-loris-degioanni-of-sysdig</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Aug 2021 09:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15886</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 39 of EnterpriseReady, Grant Miller is joined by Loris Degioanni of Sysdig. They discuss Loris’s storied career journey, the creation of Sysdig, tactics for better understanding enterprise customers, and the future of open source.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 39 of EnterpriseReady, Grant Miller is joined by Loris Degioanni of Sysdig. They discuss Loris’s storied career journey, the creation of Sysdig, tactics for better understanding enterprise customers, and the future of open source.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-39-betting-on-containerization-with-loris-degioanni-of-sysdig">Ep. #39, Betting on Containerization with Loris Degioanni of Sysdig</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Early Approaches to Community &amp; Content with Mux, Apollo GraphQL, and Camunda</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/early-approaches-to-community-content-with-mux-apollo-graphql-camunda</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Aug 2021 11:16:43 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-16844</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this session from DevGuild: Software-Defined Movements, our panelists outline a framework for engagement and how to forge a path to developer trust and love.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #18, Submariner with Miguel Ángel Ajo and Stephen Kitt of Red Hat</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-18-submariner-with-miguel-angel-ajo-and-stephen-kitt-of-red-hat</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Aug 2021 08:55:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16642</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 18 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie speak with Miguel Ángel Ajo and Stephen Kitt of Red Hat. They discuss the CNCF sandbox project Submariner and how it’s solving multi-cluster networking.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 18 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc and Benjie speak with Miguel Ángel Ajo and Stephen Kitt of Red Hat. They discuss the CNCF sandbox project Submariner and how it’s solving multi-cluster networking.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-18-submariner-with-miguel-angel-ajo-and-stephen-kitt-of-red-hat">Ep. #18, Submariner with Miguel Ángel Ajo and Stephen Kitt of Red Hat</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #6, Domain Expertise with Laurie Voss of Netlify</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-domain-expertise-with-laurie-voss-of-netlify</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Aug 2021 07:59:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16494</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 6 of The Right Track, Stef Olafsdottir speaks with Laurie Voss of Netlify. They discuss the roles in modern data teams, how Netlify uses data, insights on early data hires, and whether or not self-serve analytics will ever work.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 6 of The Right Track, Stef Olafsdottir speaks with Laurie Voss of Netlify. They discuss the roles in modern data teams, how Netlify uses data, insights on early data hires, and whether or not self-serve analytics will ever work.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-domain-expertise-with-laurie-voss-of-netlify">Ep. #6, Domain Expertise with Laurie Voss of Netlify</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Category Leader Essentials with Netlify, Slack, DataStax</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/category-leader-essentials-features-management-and-momentum-w-netlify-slack-datastax</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Jul 2021 13:10:36 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-16795</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this DevGuild: Software-Defined Movements finale, our panelists discuss how companies with vibrant developer communities become category leaders.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #7, Cyd Harrell: Finding the People Who Are Doing the Work</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-cyd-harrell-finding-the-people-who-are-doing-the-work</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Jul 2021 10:21:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16734</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 7 of Unintended Consequences, Yoz and Kim continue their conversation with civic design expert and author Cyd Harrell. They unpack the systemic goals and features of private tech and government, and expound on ways the two could coexist more effectively.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 7 of Unintended Consequences, Yoz and Kim continue their conversation with civic design expert and author Cyd Harrell. They unpack the systemic goals and features of private tech and government, and expound on ways the two could coexist more effectively.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-cyd-harrell-finding-the-people-who-are-doing-the-work">Ep. #7, Cyd Harrell: Finding the People Who Are Doing the Work</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Our Community Loves Our Free Product. Now What?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/our-community-loves-our-free-product-now-what</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Jul 2021 13:12:37 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-16779</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this DevGuild: Software-Defined Movements presentation, Ashley Smith shares how to monetize a product that devs love without ruining a community you’ve invested so much time and energy cultivating.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #83, Elevating Content with Stefan Judis and Paul Biggs of Contentful</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-83-elevating-content-with-stefan-judis-and-paul-biggs-and-contentful</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Jul 2021 08:42:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16628</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 83 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Stefan Judis and Paul Biggs. They discuss tools and practices for managing online content, insights around live coding, and tips for managing and selling domains.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 83 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Stefan Judis and Paul Biggs. They discuss tools and practices for managing online content, insights around live coding, and tips for managing and selling domains.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-83-elevating-content-with-stefan-judis-and-paul-biggs-and-contentful">Ep. #83, Elevating Content with Stefan Judis and Paul Biggs of Contentful</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Connecting Community to Commercial Success with Armory, HashiCorp, HackerOne</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/connecting-community-to-commercial-success-with-armory-hashicorp-hackerone</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Jul 2021 11:14:09 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-16751</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this DevGuild: Software-Defined Movements panel, leaders from HashiCorp, Armory, and HackerOne discuss the path between developer adoption and meaningful revenue.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #5, Intangible Metrics with Elena Dyachkova of Peloton</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-intangible-metrics-with-elena-dyachkova-of-peloton</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Jul 2021 07:23:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16476</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 5 of The Right Track, Stef is joined by Elena Dyachkova of Peloton. They discuss the intersection of fitness and data, as well as the tools Peloton uses for data management, governance, and analytics.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 5 of The Right Track, Stef is joined by Elena Dyachkova of Peloton. They discuss the intersection of fitness and data, as well as the tools Peloton uses for data management, governance, and analytics.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-intangible-metrics-with-elena-dyachkova-of-peloton">Ep. #5, Intangible Metrics with Elena Dyachkova of Peloton</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #42, Continuous Profiling with Dmitry Filimonov of Pyroscope</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-42-continuous-profiling-with-dmitry-filimonov-of-pyroscope</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Jul 2021 08:49:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16632</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 42 of o11ycast, Charity and Shelby are joined by Dmitry Filimonov of Pyroscope. They discuss continuous profiling practices, use cases, and tools, as well as insights on how data is profiled at Pyroscope and how profiling resolution is measured.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 42 of o11ycast, Charity and Shelby are joined by Dmitry Filimonov of Pyroscope. They discuss continuous profiling practices, use cases, and tools, as well as insights on how data is profiled at Pyroscope and how profiling resolution is measured.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-42-continuous-profiling-with-dmitry-filimonov-of-pyroscope">Ep. #42, Continuous Profiling with Dmitry Filimonov of Pyroscope</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Comprehensive 101 Guide to B2B Startup Recruiting Operations for Founders</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/a-comprehensive-101-guide-to-b2b-startup-recruiting-operations-for-founders</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Jul 2021 10:45:57 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-16721</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In a recent Group Session, the team at Kinkor Consulting shared how to run an effective recruiting process in order to repeatedly fill your open reqs with the right people.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>What is the minimum viable process and tooling for successful founder-led recruiting? What should founders be doing in periods when they aren’t actively hiring, to help themselves later when they are? What are some effective ways for founders to talk about working at early stage companies?</p><p>In a recent group session with Heavybit members, the team at <a href="https://www.kinkorconsulting.com/projects">Kinkor Consulting</a>, who’ve worked with clients such as Reddit, Sentry, and Netlify, shared how to fill your applicant funnel as a founder, track those applicants in a manageable way, and run an effective interview process in order to repeatedly fill your open reqs with the right people.</p><p>You can catch the presentation portion of the workshop below and read on for takeaways.</p><p></p><h3>The Hiring Plan</h3><p>When you’re determining your minimal viable process (MVP) for leading recruitment, it’s critical that you 1) let your business needs, which often gets lost at some point in the process, drive your hiring roadmap, and 2) allocate your recruiting resources properly.</p><h4>Determining Your Business Needs</h4><p>Your first step is to drill down into your business needs. If you’re a venture-backed startup, you most likely have milestones or things that need to happen before you can raise your next round of funding. Or maybe you’re working on growing your market share, so you have product goals. This should drive your hiring plan.</p><p>The critical next step from there is planning your workforce. Analyze your current internal workforce for productivity and skills. This step gets overlooked but, perhaps there are people already within the company that you could assign needs to, which then opens up hiring in a completely new area.</p><p>Work with your hiring managers and team leads to understand if they’re on track to meet their goals and identify their gaps and their team’s capabilities. Is this team going to meet its goals? Is it urgent? Is there something that we can do here right away? Oftentimes the easiest solution is reallocating existing talent.</p><h4>Consider Outsourcing</h4><p>If reallocating existing talent or developing internal trading problems isn’t possible, it’s time to start your search. But before you start searching for a full-time employee (FTE), consider: do we need help immediately? Or do we need someone permanent? There are interim firms for every single function within a company that can help you with your specific problem area so you can focus elsewhere.</p><h4>Allocating Your Recruiting Resources</h4><p>If you’ve already gone through the process of hiring, you most likely did some combination of working with an agency, potentially an RPO (Recruitment Process Outsourcing) or consultancy, to hire an internal lead recruiter or bridge the interim gap of hiring in-house. There’s a <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ask-a-recruiter-hiring-your-first-management-layer/">time and a place for agencies</a>.</p><p>Look at the role overall and how it’s going to help the company. You might do a few interviews only to realize you should be going in a different direction. If you hire somebody that’s hourly or internal, the meter’s running, you’re burning cash. And you may not even get a hire.</p><h4>Agencies vs. RPOs vs. In-house Recruiters</h4><p>Agencies are great for function-specific roles, they’re not great for general hiring needs. If you’re going to hire an account executive, look for a sales specific agency. What’s important is looking for an agency that has developed networks because they’re not only going to get you good candidates, they’re also going to give you good advice too.</p><p>If you’re looking at 4-10 hires over the next quarter, an RPO type service is going to be able to embed and get recruiters in immediately so you can start setting progress. And you can just turn them off in the end, once you’ve reached your goal. They also buy you the time and energy to find your own full-time recruiter in the meantime.</p><p>In-house recruiters are the most cost effective way of hiring if you have anywhere between 4-10 open reqs consistently. Treat your employer brand as another product that your company has, and think twice about hiring someone junior to lead the whole operation. A junior person can take care of a lot of the administrative burden, will learn as they go, and will be inexpensive.</p><blockquote>But what you don’t spend in money, you’ll spend in time.</blockquote><p>Get somebody with some experience that can optimize your talent function and can execute and can grow with the company.</p><p>With any recruiting professional that you work with, whether agency, RPO, in-house, be sure they’re an advocate of your employer brand. They know your company, they’ve pitched your values. You can’t tell the difference between them and your company. They really believe in your company. That’s going to go a long way with candidates, both attracting them and attracting the ones that are going to stay for a longer period of time.</p><h4>Don’t Chase Unicorns</h4><p>Don’t expect to find a CTO who’s also the best salesperson in the world. Look at what the market dictates and fill in your gaps appropriately with the best people that can be most effective. The longer you chase unicorns, the longer you’re just delaying the inevitable and the more money you’re spending.</p><h3>Process Design</h3><p>The standard interview process for an early stage team will differ depending on how your team is structured and your bandwidth. But for the most part, a recruiter phone screen, that moves to a hiring manager phone screen, an onsite interview, and finally, offer, seems to work well.</p><p>This works especially well when you have that experienced recruiter or resource on the front end that can filter out all your inbound and outbound top of funnel efforts. If you don’t have that recruiting resource available, the interviewing and the screen falls on the hiring manager.</p><p>It’s important that there is some type of technical assessment that’s being done. When you’re early-stage and it’s mostly the founding or executive team that’s part of the onsite interview process, don’t make it time intensive. Candidates are getting picked up left and right. The more that you ask from a candidate, the more you’re going to lose them and the less you’re protecting your own team’s time.</p><h4>Employer Brand</h4><p>It’s crucial that you assign somebody to monitor and execute all communication with your candidates. This is something that early-stage companies drop the ball on, and is one of the fastest ways to damage your employer brand. All the candidates need to be moved through the process quickly or declined by the end of each Friday. This is a non-negotiable.</p><p>Don’t ghost your candidates, especially mid-interview process. If a candidate has a bad experience and they’ve given the time to the company, but the company doesn’t respect theirs, they’re going to post a negative review online or tell their friends. On the flip side, if they have a good experience they’re going to advocate for your company. It influences your top of funnel and your company’s reputation as you continue to grow.</p><h4>Time to Hire</h4><p>On average, a lot of recruiting data shows that a company achieves one hire for every four onsite interviews, and that’s if the process is already nailed down. With that, you can make a rough estimate on how much recruiting time you yourself would spend and how much time a candidate is going to spend.</p><p>For example, you know you’re going to make one hire so it’s going to take you about four onsite interviews, and the time commitment is roughly five hours. To get there, you’re probably going to need at least eight hiring manager phone screens or some type of technical phone screen. And then to even get there, you’re going to need at least 16 recruiter phone screens at the beginning of the process.</p><p>It’s mission critical to define exactly what you need out of that role, make sure that you have team alignment from the very beginning, because the last thing that you want to do is get all the way to the onsite interview process, realize that there isn’t alignment, you need something new, and then have to go back to the beginning and start over.</p><h3>Helpful Tools</h3><p>If you’re organized, it’s much easier to stay aligned with your candidate pool, which enables you to be more responsive, more decisive, and ultimately create a much better candidate experience.</p><h4>Free Tools</h4><p>If you’re looking for free tools or to keep costs to a minimum:</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.google.com/">Google</a></li><li><a href="https://trello.com/">Trello</a></li><li><a href="https://asana.com/">Asana</a></li><li><a href="https://www.indeed.com/">Indeed</a></li></ul><p>are great places to begin tracking your candidates but they won’t necessarily maximize your productivity. They’re labor intensive and manual tools, with little automation. So only use them if you’re hiring for less than five roles, preferably ones that are evergreen, so you’re not needing to update a lot as you move through your hiring process.</p><h4>Applicant Tracking Systems</h4><p>Most of the free tools hit their limit at 3 roles so at some point you’re going to need something more robust to handle tracking, like an ATS (Applicant Tracking System). It’ll greatly reduce the administrative burden on your resources and set you up for long-term success in recruiting and growth. And when you start relying on metrics, it will be in-house and you’ll be able to pull data that shows how your recruiting function has grown and evolved.</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.lever.co/">Lever</a></li><li><a href="https://www.greenhouse.io/">Greenhouse</a></li><li><a href="https://www.teamtailor.com/en/">Teamtailor</a></li><li><a href="https://app.ashbyhq.com/">Ashby</a></li><li><a href="https://breezy.hr/">Breezy HR</a></li><li><a href="https://www.workable.com/">Workable</a></li></ul><h4>Sourcing Candidates</h4><p>Hopefully you’re posting a lot and getting traffic and responses but at some point it’s going to become critical that you get to a place where you can start to reach out and source new candidates. So where do those candidates come from?</p><ul><li><a href="https://angel.co/">AngelList</a></li><li><a href="https://www.f6s.com/">F6S</a></li><li><a href="https://joinhandshake.com/">Handshake</a></li><li>Virtual job boards/career fairs of your employees’ Alma Maters</li><li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/">LinkedIn</a></li><li><a href="https://github.com/">GitHub</a></li><li><a href="https://stackoverflow.com/">Stack Overflow</a></li><li><a href="https://explore.drafted.us/">Drafted</a></li></ul><h3>Finally, Onboarding</h3><p>That time period between when a candidate signs an offer and when they officially start is an absolutely critical part of the entire employee experience. There’s a lot of uncertainty around that time. Starting a new job is a big life change for a lot of people. Make sure that all of that excitement that you’ve built through that interview process and that offer, is something that carries through to a candidate’s first day.</p><p>After a candidate accepts your offer, send a congratulations email or video from the team. But make sure that you celebrate because it’s a big moment for your candidate and you as a company. Before their start date, make sure to send them a welcome email, no later than two business days before their start date.</p><p>On their first day, make sure that any meetings that they’re going to have to be a part of, those are already scheduled for them and include a brief Day 1 timeline when you send that welcome email. If there is HR or IT orientation, make sure to coordinate with whoever’s doing that. In the age of COVID, send everyone food and do a lunch meeting as a team.</p><p>By the end of the first week, make sure they’ve met with the hiring manager, the team and there’s an end of week check-in. The first week is when their excitement for the company is going to be at the highest. A really poor first day, week, onboarding experience can make or break it for the employee. They can and will leave after even week one or two, they’ll reach back out to companies they turned down.</p><p><em>As long as you keep in mind all of the above, you’re off to a good start. If you have any questions or are looking for help, reach out to the folks over at <a href="https://www.kinkorconsulting.com/contact">Kinkor Consulting</a>, they work with high growth tech startups to develop end-to-end recruiting and retention strategies, as well as provide a full suite of remote RPO services. Best of luck!</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/a-comprehensive-101-guide-to-b2b-startup-recruiting-operations-for-founders">A Comprehensive 101 Guide to B2B Startup Recruiting Operations for Founders</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #17, K3s with Keith Basil of SUSE</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-17-k3s-with-keith-basil-of-suse</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Jul 2021 09:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16640</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 17 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot are joined by Keith Basil of SUSE. They explore K3s, the certified Kubernetes distribution built for IoT &amp; Edge computing, and how it removes the cognitive overload of standing up Kubernetes.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 17 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell and Benjie De Groot are joined by Keith Basil of SUSE. They explore K3s, the certified Kubernetes distribution built for IoT &amp; Edge computing, and how it removes the cognitive overload of standing up Kubernetes.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-17-k3s-with-keith-basil-of-suse">Ep. #17, K3s with Keith Basil of SUSE</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building Strong, Resilient, and Sustainable Organizations</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/building-strong-resilient-and-sustainable-organizations</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jul 2021 13:00:06 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-16698</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>What do resilient orgs have in common? In this post, we share Heavybit content that will help you better understand how to approach building strong and sustainable teams.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>The strongest and most resilient orgs are those that simultaneously 1) manage debt, organizational and technical, in a sustainable way, 2) encourage a culture of documentation and individual empowerment, and 3) incentivize leaving things better than they were when you found them.</p><p>Ahead of our <a href="https://heavybit.zoom.us/webinar/register/WN_BMDRj2vvSamaxXvo2bmvoA">special Speaker Series</a> with LaunchDarkly Founder and CTO, John Kodumal, and Twilio VP Platform, Jesper Joergensen, we put together a quick roundup of Heavybit content that will help you better understand how to approach building sustainable and resilient teams.</p><h3><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/developer-love/ep-16-project-maintenance-with-robby-russell-of-planet-argon/">Project Maintenance and Setting Boundaries</a></h3><p>If someone is responsible for, let’s say, shipping code but they’re not also responsible for coming back and cleaning things up or refactoring a little bit of what they had worked on, it can cause a problem in organizations of “Well, it’ll be someone else’s problem.”</p><p>In this episode of Developer Love, host Patrick Woods sits down with Robby Russell of Planet Argon to discuss tactics for addressing technical debt, navigating large changes in teams, and setting boundaries with projects to avoid burnout.</p><h3><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/empowering-your-team-for-growth/">Empowering Your Team for Growth</a></h3><p>How do you keep your team empowered and happy while you grow from $1.5 million in ARR to IPO and beyond? The growth struggle is real with new hires starting weekly, increased customer demands, product leads trying to stay ahead of the product vision and roadmap, and engineering trying to build and ship features fast enough.</p><p>The trick to keeping your team empowered is a culture of knowledge sharing. In this post, marketing executive Kiersten illustrates why investing in knowledge sharing is effective and how to build an environment where your team can do their best work and confidently scale the business.</p><h3><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/what-founders-should-know-about-building-a-distributed-team/">Managing Growing Pains as You Scale</a></h3><p>Though this episode of To Be Continuous with Edith Harbaugh and Paul Biggar is mostly centered around the evolution of local vs. remote organizations, the exercise of thinking through what tools and behaviors need to be in place for a distributed workforce is great for general management best practices.</p><p>They bring up an important point about scaling; As with most processes, tools, and practices, what works for your company at 10 people likely won’t work the same when you’re 100. If you’re going to scale a distributed team successfully, you’ll need to safeguard your team against growing pains by keeping an ear to the ground for potential issues and checking in regularly with remote team members to spot points of friction early on.</p><h3>Learn More about the Realities of Today’s Complex Software Systems and the Teams Behind Them</h3><p>Have questions? Thoughts? Join us for the <a href="https://heavybit.zoom.us/webinar/register/WN_BMDRj2vvSamaxXvo2bmvoA">live fireside conversation</a> on July 22nd at 12-1:15pm PT with John and Jesper, where they’ll be focusing specifically on engineering culture and discussing how to leverage technical debt strategically for outsized impact, balancing your customers’ needs vs. your engineers’ needs, predictions for the future of enterprise-scale software engineering organizations, and more.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/building-strong-resilient-and-sustainable-organizations">Building Strong, Resilient, and Sustainable Organizations</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #82, Screen Sharing with Max Andaker and Jason Thomas of CoScreen</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-82-screen-sharing-with-max-andaker-and-jason-thomas-of-coscreen</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Jul 2021 02:55:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16579</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 82 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Max Andaker and Jason Thomas of CoScreen. Together they explore advanced screen sharing, how it has enabled new, more efficient workflows, and getting started with tools like CoScreen.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 82 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Max Andaker and Jason Thomas of CoScreen. Together they explore advanced screen sharing, how it has enabled new, more efficient workflows, and getting started with tools like CoScreen.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-82-screen-sharing-with-max-andaker-and-jason-thomas-of-coscreen">Ep. #82, Screen Sharing with Max Andaker and Jason Thomas of CoScreen</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #41, Organizing Conferences with Aaron Aldrich of Red Hat</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-41-organizing-conferences-with-aaron-aldrich-of-red-hat</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jul 2021 09:52:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16631</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 41 of o11ycast, Charity and Liz speak with Aaron Aldrich of Red Hat. Together they pull back the curtain on organizing conferences, accelerating feedback cycles, multi-tenancy debugging, and getting started with new tools.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 41 of o11ycast, Charity and Liz speak with Aaron Aldrich of Red Hat. Together they pull back the curtain on organizing conferences, accelerating feedback cycles, multi-tenancy debugging, and getting started with new tools.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-41-organizing-conferences-with-aaron-aldrich-of-red-hat">Ep. #41, Organizing Conferences with Aaron Aldrich of Red Hat</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #6, Cyd Harrell: Innovation is a Flawed Framework for Change</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-cyd-harrell-innovation-is-a-flawed-framework-for-change</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Jul 2021 10:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16647</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 6 of Unintended Consequences, Yoz and Kim speak with civic design expert Cyd Harrell. They discuss the elements of scale that government excels at, how technology influences the speed of policy change, and why innovation isn’t always the best goal.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 6 of Unintended Consequences, Yoz and Kim speak with civic design expert Cyd Harrell. They discuss the elements of scale that government excels at, how technology influences the speed of policy change, and why innovation isn’t always the best goal.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-cyd-harrell-innovation-is-a-flawed-framework-for-change">Ep. #6, Cyd Harrell: Innovation is a Flawed Framework for Change</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>So, You Want a Community: 3 Considerations with Orbit</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/so-you-want-a-community-3-considerations-with-orbit</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Jun 2021 10:30:40 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-16593</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this DevGuild: Software-Defined Movements presentation, Orbit’s Patrick Woods shares considerations and questions to ask yourself before starting a community.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #81, Developing in Public with Matt Hanley of Ghost</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-81-developing-in-public-with-matt-hanley-of-ghost</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Jun 2021 11:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16486</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 81 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Matt Hanley of Ghost. They discuss the many ways content creation has ramped up in recent years, taking a particularly close look at newsletters and their steady growth in popularity.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 81 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Matt Hanley of Ghost. They discuss the many ways content creation has ramped up in recent years, taking a particularly close look at newsletters and their steady growth in popularity.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-81-developing-in-public-with-matt-hanley-of-ghost">Ep. #81, Developing in Public with Matt Hanley of Ghost</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Predictable Pipeline Part 1: Funnel and Segmentation</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/predictable-pipeline-part-1-funnel-and-segmentation</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Jun 2021 11:00:25 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-16556</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In Part 1 of the Predictable Pipeline series, Doug Johnson walks us through how to define a prospecting funnel and segment the market by prospecting velocity.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em><a href="https://scaleupondemand.com/who-we-are/">Doug Johnson</a> is Founder and Managing Director of <a href="https://scaleupondemand.com/what-we-do/">ScaleUp</a>, a firm that helps early-stage teams execute sales operations, produce actionable data, grow top-line revenue and implement sales as a permanent, high-expertise discipline within their companies.</em></p><p><em>In this 3-part series, Doug walks us through a workshop that he’s delivered to hundreds of early-stage companies and their sales teams to help build predictable pipeline and repeatable closing processes that target your most profitable market segments, driving you towards an increased valuation and de-risked growth strategy.</em></p><p><em>If you’re interested in doing the activities in the video, you can access the spreadsheet <a href="https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1rOCdtA0Wiz3jzqf-Ib2No3-OY3sLaIBZ">here</a>.</em></p><p></p><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "youtube", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><h2>Funnels: What You Can Learn from a Well-Defined One</h2><p>Think about funnels in terms of the steps that it takes to progress something through. The graduations, the steps, the friction in between each step and how to remove that friction. If you put oil in a funnel, there’s viscosity, and there’s friction along the wall of any funnel. It’s the same in a sales funnel. There’s friction at every stage in the sales process but understanding what you want to accomplish in each stage and the conversion rates in each stage at scale help you understand where to spend time.</p><p>There’s a funnel that proceeds the sales funnel called the prospecting funnel. And this is key in helping you learn more quickly. But you’ll want to be careful about over-indexing on the definition of what the funnel looks like, if you can avoid that you’ll have a small number of metrics that are really important from a decision making perspective and understanding risk.</p><h3>Stages in a Prospecting Funnel</h3><p>If we have an organization with one or a couple or more people that are progressing leads or opportunities through a stage in a funnel and there’s a difference in perspective on what allows you to progress something through to a different stage, you can see how that can surface inconsistencies. It can surface confusion. It can surface lack of trust in the data and lack of trust in the pipeline. So it’s important to, from a trust perspective, from an alignment perspective, from a confidence in the probability of something progressing, to identify and define the stages.</p><blockquote>How many stages? What are the stages, but also what can you verify from the customer or prospect at each stage? What actions are they going to take before you advance someone beyond that step?</blockquote><p>A common mistake I see is, “I’ve sent them pricing.” Well, sending pricing doesn’t mean that they jettisoned themselves to a ‘proposal-presented’ stage. If they haven’t shared their business challenges, if they haven’t agreed that your solution can solve that challenge, if they haven’t identified who else in the organization is going to be evaluating or needs to be a part of the evaluation process, sending pricing is simply done either because you sent it prematurely or because they asked.</p><h3>Setting the Stage</h3><p>Try to capture the few steps prior to doing a full discovery, but be careful not to over index. Prior to building a full understanding of what their business pains are and presenting the solution that you have, there are things that you’re going to want to accomplish in advance.</p><p>Maybe you introduce a shorter call that you have with them prior to doing a full discovery. Then what’s the agenda you want to set with them as to what’s being accomplished? Maybe you move them to another stage if they simply agree to a 10-15 minute call with you. After that, let’s assume that that you’ve had that call, what do you want to accomplish on that first call, where you then schedule 30-40 minutes of time with someone to do full discovery? What do you want to accomplish from that prospect?</p><h3>Common Pitfalls and Considerations</h3><h4>Their Role and Relevance</h4><ol><li>Define who should be included in an account-based prospecting strategy and the different titles or roles that would be acceptable for you to spend 30 or 40 minutes with.</li><li>The point of title or authority or relationship to the economic buyer or the decision maker, the person that you want to spend your precious time to uncover their pains and to explain a solution probably has some proximity or distance from the pain or the decision making process. Maybe ask a specific question that can suggest how close someone actually is to the problem at hand.</li></ol><h4>The Company</h4><ol><li>There might be something about the size of the company. You can’t and shouldn’t spend time with just anyone, because they might not be a good fit or might not meet your requirements in terms of a minimum threshold.</li><li>It could also be a certain industry that they’re in that you’ve realized is not ready. Maybe they’re going to take too long to buy or your product isn’t ready to serve them.</li></ol><h2>Market Segmentation: A Strategy Based on Sales Velocity</h2><p>The importance of market segmentation from the perspective of probable sales velocity, meaning the probable rate at which you can generate pipeline for how much time it takes you to do that is important because it’s going to give you some clarity, some focus on the market segments you’re addressing with confidence that you’ve sequenced them in a way that you’re going to get the most out of your time. And when we talk about messaging and messaging strategies, you’re going to be able to align your messaging a little bit more with that particular market segment.</p><p>There’s a very simple formula that’ll guide and generate a prospecting calendar for you. Every four weeks, you’ll be testing a new market segment. You’ll get the derivative of pipeline that you’re creating, but you’ll also get the derivative of learning which market segments are responding at a higher rate. Then you’ll be able to communicate either internally or externally the rate at which you’re able to learn and how you’re running tests and experiments.</p><p></p><p></p><h3>The Formula</h3><p>Prospecting Velocity is <strong>(Average Deal Size)x(# of Prospects)x(Conversion Rate)</strong> divided by <strong>(# of Days to Complete Prospecting)</strong>.</p><p>These are all things that you can capture inside of the prospecting funnel that proceeds the sales funnel. Getting through a sales funnel could take 3 to 9 months but if you have a prospecting funnel, it’ll only take 30 to 45 days for you to capture all of this data, which allows you to learn a lot more quickly.</p><p>It’s different from a Customer Acquisition Cost (CAC), which is a measure of how much it costs for the number of clients you end up generating, because a CAC is dependent on making a sale so you’re dependent on the length of the sales cycle, which can be a year and a half. But prospecting velocity can provide confidence and directional guidance a lot sooner.</p><h3>Understanding Your Segments</h3><ol><li>Some market segments are going to have larger or smaller deal sizes</li><li>Some market segments are going to be more attracted to your offer i.e. higher conversion rates</li><li>Some market segments are going to take longer to get through the prospecting funnel</li></ol><p>When you create segments, it can give you a better understanding of how to sequence them to fill out your campaign calendar, help align your messaging, inform your product roadmap, and more.</p><p><em>Ready for more? In <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/predictable-pipeline-part-2-funnel-and-segmentation/">part 2</a>, Doug walks us through metrics to track and be mindful of, and the tools in his recommended sales stack.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/predictable-pipeline-part-1-funnel-and-segmentation">Predictable Pipeline Part 1: Funnel and Segmentation</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #40, Player Experience with Nick Herring of CCP Games</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-40-player-experience-with-nick-herring-of-ccp-games</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Jun 2021 08:38:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16493</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 40 of o11ycast, Liz and Charity speak with Nick Herring of CCP Games. They discuss the challenges faced by engineers in the game space, the debugging procedure at CCP, and tactics for adopting large system changes.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 40 of o11ycast, Liz and Charity speak with Nick Herring of CCP Games. They discuss the challenges faced by engineers in the game space, the debugging procedure at CCP, and tactics for adopting large system changes.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-40-player-experience-with-nick-herring-of-ccp-games">Ep. #40, Player Experience with Nick Herring of CCP Games</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Founder&#39;s Guide to Partnerships w/ Zapier, Typeform, Webflow, and PartnerPage</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/a-founders-guide-to-partnerships-w-zapier-typeform-webflow-and-partnerpage</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Jun 2021 13:00:19 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-16549</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Speaker Series panel, partnership leaders from Webflow, Zapier, PartnerPage, and Typeform discuss finding and retaining the right partners for your business.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #80, Educator Empathy with Alex Trost of Prismic</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-80-educator-empathy-with-alex-trost-of-prismic</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Jun 2021 08:59:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16463</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 80 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Alex Trost of Prismic. They discuss the growing prevalence of headless CMSes, tips for building out developer experience teams, expressing appreciation for educators, and getting started with Prismic.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 80 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Alex Trost of Prismic. They discuss the growing prevalence of headless CMSes, tips for building out developer experience teams, expressing appreciation for educators, and getting started with Prismic.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-80-educator-empathy-with-alex-trost-of-prismic">Ep. #80, Educator Empathy with Alex Trost of Prismic</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #38, Enterprise Networking with Brandon Heller of Forward Networks</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-38-enterprise-networking-with-brandon-heller-of-forward-networks</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Jun 2021 09:35:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16421</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 38 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Brandon Heller of Forward Networks. They discuss tactics for improving enterprise networks, tips for hiring engineers, and insights on the many roles co-founders play as they launch their companies.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 38 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Brandon Heller of Forward Networks. They discuss tactics for improving enterprise networks, tips for hiring engineers, and insights on the many roles co-founders play as they launch their companies.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-38-enterprise-networking-with-brandon-heller-of-forward-networks">Ep. #38, Enterprise Networking with Brandon Heller of Forward Networks</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #39, Sell The Sizzle with Jordan Simonovski of Atlassian</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-39-sell-the-sizzle-with-jordan-simonovski-of-atlassian</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Jun 2021 10:01:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16389</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 39 of o11ycast, Charity and Liz speak with Jordan Simonovski of Atlassian. They explore the differences between tracing and logging, tactics for measuring reliability, and the journey of the observability team at Atlasssian.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 39 of o11ycast, Charity and Liz speak with Jordan Simonovski of Atlassian. They explore the differences between tracing and logging, tactics for measuring reliability, and the journey of the observability team at Atlasssian.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-39-sell-the-sizzle-with-jordan-simonovski-of-atlassian">Ep. #39, Sell The Sizzle with Jordan Simonovski of Atlassian</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Orbit Just Went Live, Here’s Why It’s a Big Deal</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/orbit-just-went-live-heres-why-its-a-big-deal</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Jun 2021 10:30:33 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-16449</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Heavybit led Orbit’s pre-Seed round just 18 months ago. Now, the team has launched to the general public alongside the announcement of a $15M Series A round.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Heavybit led <a href="https://orbit.love/blog/introducing-orbit">Orbit’s pre-Seed</a> round just over 18 months ago and as of writing this post, the team just <a href="https://orbit.love/blog/enabling-proactive-community-teams-everywhere">launched to the general public</a> alongside the announcement of a $15M Series A round with more than 1500 teams already using the platform (CircleCI, CNCF, you name it).</p><h4>So What is Orbit?</h4><p>It’s a part of the developer-first product marketing stack that has been missing for far too long. So many companies invest heavily in developer community, but until now, no one has had access to purpose-built tools for community builders to do their jobs well. Coupled with the fact that we’ve just spent a year in lockdown in which ALL interactions have been via online communities and tools, Orbit is the product you wish you’d always had.</p><p>Developer advocacy and community is a must-have for bottom-up organizations. We’ve always believed this and witnessed successful community-led growth with teams like Netlify, Snyk, Heroku and others. But the problem in building a community strategy was that the emerging disciplines of dev advocacy and community lacked the tooling required to work effectively or to prove out ROI. Traditional CRMs and marketing automation tools were designed for traditional sales &amp; marketing departments and traditional sales pipelines.</p><p>Orbit is built on the belief that modern teams need tools that recognize conversations are distributed across platforms and timezones, and that community members need to be treated like valued long-term contributors and not just a catalogue of leads to be urgently pushed into either “won” or “lost” status. That’s why Orbit collects dev rel and product signals that aren’t captured by existing marketing tools such as developer activity, 3rd party platform discussions, emerging trends/topics, and can identify standout contributions and contributors.</p><p>But perhaps more importantly, Orbit provides concrete measures of the health of a community with metrics such as developer love, reach and gravity – concepts that until now, have been somewhat unquantified. Don’t take my word for it, check out the math in the <a href="https://github.com/orbit-love/orbit-model">Orbit model</a> and check out the excitement of the Orbit community.</p><h4>Why are We (and many others) Excited About this Team?</h4><p>The founders of Orbit met at Heavybit alumni company Keen IO, where they helped build the data platform powering the Keen IO API, Dashboard Starter Kit, Explorer App, and early user docs and guides. Their experience in building a high-traction bottom-up developer product at Keen IO, and their subsequent experience at Algolia and Apple made them an obvious addition to the Heavybit portfolio.</p><p>What most folks don’t know is that this team, in their spare time while building Keen, also helped build Heavybit’s first <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/developer-evangelism/">DevGuild Conference on Developer Evangelism in 2015</a>. Together with our community committee, they programmed a 150+ person event solely focused on community building. If this was what they were capable of in their spare time, imagine what they’d do when completely focused on a tool and community for community building? Thankfully you don’t have to imagine it. They’ve built it and will continue to iterate with their many customers. <a href="https://orbit.love/">Check out Orbit today</a>.</p><h4>Meet the Founders</h4><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/5799e888bda81223c4852a3d6d4bead712aed61d-150x150.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p><strong>Patrick Woods | CEO | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/patrickjwoods">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://twitter.com/patrickjwoods">@patrickjwoods</a></strong><br/>Patrick Woods is the co-founder and CEO of Orbit where he leads the team’s revenue, go-to-market and customer development efforts. In the past he led the customer success teams at Keen IO and Figure Eight. He has more than 10 years marketing and customer operations experience and is the author of the <a href="https://www.apress.com/us/book/9781484251584">Brand Strategy Canvas</a> (Apress).</p><p><strong>Josh Dzielak | CTO | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/dzello/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://twitter.com/dzello">@dzello</a></strong><br/>Josh is the co-founder and CTO of Orbit where he owns the product roadmap, community engagement and management of all things engineering. In the past, Josh was the first developer advocate and dev rel lead at Algolia, was the VP Engineering at Keen IO and has spent 10 years in engineering roles with 6 as a dev rel speaker and influencer.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/9acfab90675744e91c546a7ccffe6c84222056af-150x150.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/orbit-just-went-live-heres-why-its-a-big-deal">Orbit Just Went Live, Here’s Why It’s a Big Deal</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #37, Up The Ladder with Jay Simons of Bond</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-37-up-the-ladder-with-jay-simons-of-bond</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Jun 2021 09:44:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16386</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 37 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Jay Simons of Bond. They unpack the many lessons Jay has learned from his long and celebrated software career, including growing Atlassian from a startup to the massive, publicly-traded behemoth it is today.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 37 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Jay Simons of Bond. They unpack the many lessons Jay has learned from his long and celebrated software career, including growing Atlassian from a startup to the massive, publicly-traded behemoth it is today.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-37-up-the-ladder-with-jay-simons-of-bond">Ep. #37, Up The Ladder with Jay Simons of Bond</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #79, Rethinking Your Stack with Mike Cavaliere of Echobind</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-79-rethinking-your-stack-with-mike-cavaliere-of-echobind</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 May 2021 09:35:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16387</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 79 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Mike Cavaliere of Echobind. They discuss how Echobind leverages Jamstack tools for client projects, the importance of evaluating the tools in your stack, and Mike’s book <em>Cut Into The Jamstack</em>.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 79 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Mike Cavaliere of Echobind. They discuss how Echobind leverages Jamstack tools for client projects, the importance of evaluating the tools in your stack, and Mike’s book <em>Cut Into The Jamstack</em>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-79-rethinking-your-stack-with-mike-cavaliere-of-echobind">Ep. #79, Rethinking Your Stack with Mike Cavaliere of Echobind</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #4, Data Stewardship with Claire Armstrong of Fender</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-data-stewardship-with-claire-armstrong-of-fender</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 May 2021 07:09:09 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16411</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 4 of The Right Track, Stef speaks with Claire Armstrong of Fender. They unpack the digital products Claire’s overseen at Fender, how her career has interwoven her passions for both music and tech, and tactics for approaching data with user empathy in mind.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 4 of The Right Track, Stef speaks with Claire Armstrong of Fender. They unpack the digital products Claire’s overseen at Fender, how her career has interwoven her passions for both music and tech, and tactics for approaching data with user empathy in mind.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-data-stewardship-with-claire-armstrong-of-fender">Ep. #4, Data Stewardship with Claire Armstrong of Fender</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #38, Infrastructure Changes with Andy Davies of Reaktor</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-38-infrastructure-changes-with-andy-davies-of-reaktor</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 May 2021 10:35:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16356</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 38 of o11ycast, Charity and Liz speak with Andy Davies of Reaktor. Their conversation covers the importance of instrumentation, the prevalence of structured logging, and the potential risks of modifying database infrastructure.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 38 of o11ycast, Charity and Liz speak with Andy Davies of Reaktor. Their conversation covers the importance of instrumentation, the prevalence of structured logging, and the potential risks of modifying database infrastructure.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-38-infrastructure-changes-with-andy-davies-of-reaktor">Ep. #38, Infrastructure Changes with Andy Davies of Reaktor</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #36, Betting On Infrastructure with Shannon Williams of SUSE</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-36-betting-on-infrastructure-with-shannon-williams-of-suse</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 May 2021 09:48:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16145</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 36 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Shannon Williams of SUSE. They unpack Shannon’s many years working with cloud-native and open source communities, his pioneering of Infrastructure as a Service, and the future of open source.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 36 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Shannon Williams of SUSE. They unpack Shannon’s many years working with cloud-native and open source communities, his pioneering of Infrastructure as a Service, and the future of open source.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-36-betting-on-infrastructure-with-shannon-williams-of-suse">Ep. #36, Betting On Infrastructure with Shannon Williams of SUSE</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #16, Open Container Initiative with Josh Dolitsky of Blood Orange</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-16-open-container-initiative-with-josh-dolitsky-of-blood-orange</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 May 2021 09:45:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16266</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 16 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc speaks with Josh Dolitsky of Blood Orange about Open Container Initiative. They also discuss working with containers, Josh’s introduction to Kubernetes, and the importance of nurturing a diverse community.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 16 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc speaks with Josh Dolitsky of Blood Orange about Open Container Initiative. They also discuss working with containers, Josh’s introduction to Kubernetes, and the importance of nurturing a diverse community.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-16-open-container-initiative-with-josh-dolitsky-of-blood-orange">Ep. #16, Open Container Initiative with Josh Dolitsky of Blood Orange</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #5, This Machine Kills Vim with Paul Biggar of Dark</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-this-machine-kills-vim-with-paul-biggar-of-dark</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 May 2021 09:40:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16190</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 5 of Unintended Consequences, Heidi Waterhouse continues her conversation with Paul Biggar. They unpack Dark and its potential uses, Paul’s insights on devtools, and common misconceptions about programming languages.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 5 of Unintended Consequences, Heidi Waterhouse continues her conversation with Paul Biggar. They unpack Dark and its potential uses, Paul’s insights on devtools, and common misconceptions about programming languages.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-this-machine-kills-vim-with-paul-biggar-of-dark">Ep. #5, This Machine Kills Vim with Paul Biggar of Dark</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #17, Standardizing Work with Sam Ramji of DataStax</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-17-standardizing-work-with-sam-ramji-of-datastax</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 May 2021 10:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16229</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 17 of Developer Love, Patrick speaks with Sam Ramji of DataStax. They discuss Sam’s extensive career in technology, tactics for building developer tools with user competency in mind, and practicing kindness as an intentional philosophy.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 17 of Developer Love, Patrick speaks with Sam Ramji of DataStax. They discuss Sam’s extensive career in technology, tactics for building developer tools with user competency in mind, and practicing kindness as an intentional philosophy.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-17-standardizing-work-with-sam-ramji-of-datastax">Ep. #17, Standardizing Work with Sam Ramji of DataStax</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #78, Non-profit Open Source Orgs with Shedrack Akintayo of Cloud Foundry Foundation</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-78-non-profit-open-source-orgs-with-shedrack-akintayo-of-cloud-foundry-foundation</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 May 2021 10:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16247</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 78 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Shedrack Akintayo of Cloud Foundry Foundation. They discuss Shedrack’s introduction to the JAMstack, how he engages his community as a Developer Advocate, and how Cloud Foundry is impacting JAMstack developers.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 78 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Shedrack Akintayo of Cloud Foundry Foundation. They discuss Shedrack’s introduction to the JAMstack, how he engages his community as a Developer Advocate, and how Cloud Foundry is impacting JAMstack developers.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-78-non-profit-open-source-orgs-with-shedrack-akintayo-of-cloud-foundry-foundation">Ep. #78, Non-profit Open Source Orgs with Shedrack Akintayo of Cloud Foundry Foundation</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Founder 101: (Almost) Everything You Need to Know About Cap Table Management</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/founder-101-almost-everything-you-need-to-know-about-cap-table-management</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 May 2021 11:00:54 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Finance]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Employee Stock Option Plan]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Cap Tables]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Valuation]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Fundraising]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Dilution]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-16321</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this post, we asked airCFO’s Director of Financial Advisory some questions about setting up cap table management as an early-stage startup.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h3>What is a Cap Table?</h3><p>A capitalization table — or “cap table” — is a spreadsheet or table that provides an in-depth view of a company’s equity (including stock, convertible notes, warrants, and grants of employee equity via employee equity plans), that clearly states which stakeholders own what. Cap tables act as a single source of truth that help private companies and their investors understand their capital structure.</p><p>Managing cap tables is a critical activity to set up from a startup’s early stages, yet first-time entrepreneurs often overlook this crucial step. And as startups mature, cap tables also record additional important details for your next rounds up through IPO, future rights to purchase additional equity, option vesting schedules, voting percentages, and additional equity management information.</p><p>In this post, we asked Alex Wittenberg, Director of Financial Advisory at <a href="https://aircfo.com/">airCFO</a>, which operates as an embedded Finance, Accounting &amp; Tax partner to hundreds of high-growth startups, to help our community of early-stage founders better understand:</p><ul><li>Why cap table management is important</li><li>Cap table planning (including when companies should begin managing their cap tables)</li><li>A good operating cadence for various cap table management tasks</li><li>Some helpful tips for improving your cap table management</li></ul><h3>What is Cap Table Management and Why Is It Important?</h3><p>To start, your cap table is a legal document spelling out your startup’s equity structure. Any mistakes within your cap table are mistakes in your organization’s official ownership documentation.</p><p>This doesn’t mean that you can’t fix these mistakes — but it does mean that an incorrect cap table can cause significant issues when seeking investment or hiring employees. And in the past, as startups matured, they would also require additional support for equity management processes, such as hiring law firms to ensure employee option grants are compliant with IRS and SEC regulations.</p><h4>What Software Tools Can Manage Cap Tables?</h4><p>Fortunately, modern cap table management is very automatable. While a simple spreadsheet may seem like an easy place to start, there are mature software tools on the market that are purpose-built to support your startup’s valuation journey.</p><p>Software platforms like Carta, Pulley and a handful of other tools do much of the work for you, including managing important considerations such as ESOP grant valuations.</p><h4>What’s Included in a Cap Table?</h4><p>A standard cap table usually includes:</p><ul><li><strong>Total company valuation</strong> - Including total equity value and per-share prices</li><li><strong>Pre-money valuation</strong> - Valuation of your company prior to a fundraising round</li><li><strong>New equity raised (for each funding round)</strong> - The amount raised for a specific round</li><li><strong>Post-money valuation</strong> - Valuation of your company post-raise</li><li><strong>Number of shares</strong> - A running log of how many shares are outstanding for your company, specifically recorded by type and by shareholder</li><li><strong>Shareholders</strong> - A list of all shareholders, including founders, as well as an individual breakdown of how much total capital each shareholder owns, the type of equity each shareholder owns, total shares held by each shareholder, and percentage ownership of the company for each shareholder</li><li><strong>Employee stock options</strong> - Over time, as you hire a larger team and potentially award stock option grants, your cap table should also include the total number of options in your employee pool as part of any employee stock option plans (ESOP)</li></ul><h4>Example Cap Table</h4><p>So, what is an example of a cap table I can look at, including all of the above components, you might ask. Here’s an extremely basic example:</p><p>In this example, our startup has raised a seed round of $3.5M at $5 per share. Walking through the numbers:</p><ul><li><strong>Pre-Money Valuation</strong> - Began at $1.5M prior to raising the seed round, with an initial pool of 300,000 shares.</li><li><strong>New Equity Raised</strong> - Our startup raises $3.5M at $5 per share, issuing 700,000 new shares.</li><li><strong>Post-Money Valuation</strong> - After the infusion of seed funding, our total valuation hits $5M across a total of 1M shares.</li><li><strong>Founder shares</strong> - As noted above, our two co-founders each hold 150,000 shares of common stock, resulting in a post-dilution ownership of 15% apiece. While our two-person startup began with full ownership of all the startup’s shares, after</li><li><strong>Investor shares</strong> - Our startup’s investors include a leading investor that takes 400,000 shares of preferred stock, and a secondary investor who takes 300,000 shares of preferred stock, for a total of 700,000 shares (preferred stock, of course, conveying liquidation preference that will pay proceeds to preferred stockholders before common stockholders in the event of an acquisition or winding down of the company)</li><li><strong>Authorized shares</strong> - The company has authorized a total of 1.2M shares to allow for additional shares to be added to the company’s ESOP. With its new seed funding, our startup can afford to bring on new hires, and may need to incentivize hiring by offering equity as part of the compensation package.</li></ul><h3>Cap Table Planning: What First-Time Founders Need to Know</h3><p>When planning your first cap table, it’s a good idea to be aware of these considerations:</p><ul><li><strong>Simple start, increasing complexity</strong> - In the beginning, cap tables are relatively basic spreadsheets that track different classes of stock and options, valuations, and who owns what. Over time, they become larger, more-complicated documents with (hopefully) additional venture capital funding rounds for which you may need a dedicated cap tool management platform.</li><li><strong>Cap tables can drive consensus (or misalignment)</strong> - Worst-case scenario: An inaccurate cap table leads to disputes around accounting, equity option grants and stock grants your finance team needs to track for ASC 718 reporting, and internal or outward-facing messaging. Best-case scenario: An accurate, regularly-updated cap table keeps your leadership team on the same page and ensures you can communicate with your employees, investors (and the media, if need be) in a timely manner.</li><li><strong>How to share with investors and employees</strong> - Investors will commonly request summary-level cap tables as a part of adding your startup to their portfolio, a fairly standard practice that hopefully shouldn’t be an issue for your team. Employees may request some level of detail, or be largely uninterested. The level of transparency you decide to provide your team will depend on your comfort level (and the comfort levels of your legal and finance teams).</li></ul><h3>When Should Companies Formally Start Managing Their Cap Tables?</h3><p>Companies should ensure that they have an accurate cap table on-hand from the very beginning. You can often get by in the early days — when you don’t have outside investors — using an Excel spreadsheet. Once you begin your first funding round, however, you should onboard your company onto a cap table management software platform as soon as possible.</p><p><br/></p><p>Spreadsheets quickly become unwieldy when you have to track your ownership interests alongside investor stakes and employee stock options. As mentioned earlier, dedicated software providers can handle much of the manual work for you, making it easy to issue shares to your new investors. </p><p>While your cap table will eventually become the domain of the genius CFO you’ll be hiring in the future, it’s common for first-time founders to manage their own cap tables with their finance partners, taking advantage of any software-based workflows to save time and manual effort.</p><h3>Managing Your Startup Cap Table</h3><p>Let’s look at what a best-practice cap table management cadence looks like for a venture-backed startup:</p><h4>Each Funding Round</h4><p>As you gear up to raise a round of equity financing, you should be sure to have a deep understanding of your current capital structure. You’ll also want to be able to model out the impact of a potential funding round on your capital structure to understand how each stakeholder’s ownership percentage will shift after completing the fundraise.</p><p><br/></p><p>Here some of the top cap table action items for each new round:</p><ul><li><strong>Upload relevant documentation to your cap table platform</strong> - Including term sheets, investor suitability questionnaires, investors’ rights agreements, and any amended statements of re-incorporation</li><li><strong>Update your cap table</strong> - To reflect the new ownership interests, new valuation, and new share issues</li><li><strong>Sign and distribute ownership interest</strong> - Ensure your investors receive final preferred stock investment agreements.</li></ul><h4>Annually</h4><p>A 409a valuation is a third-party appraisal of the fair market value on a single employee stock option. This valuation determines the strike price – the price at which employees have the right to buy shares of your company’s stock through your Employee Stock Option Plan (ESOP).</p><p>Each valuation is valid for 12 months. During these 12 months, you qualify for what is known as IRS “safe harbor.” This means you can rest easy issuing tax-privileged stock options to employees with an expert’s blessing that the strike price is justifiable.</p><p>You need to refresh your 409a valuation every year or when your company experiences a “material event” that would affect your valuation (e.g., a funding round) to ensure you stay within safe harbor.</p><p>You can do this yourself inside of your cap table management platform, or you can hire a third-party valuation firm to handle it.</p><p>Here some of the top cap table action items for 409a valuation:</p><ul><li><strong>Prepare relevant financial documentation</strong> - Typically, you’ll need to provide historical financial statements, your current cap table, as well as potentially any relevant board decks with important company updates</li><li><strong>Update your cap table within your platform</strong> - As your company matures and your valuation becomes more complex, you may want to consider hiring a third-party valuation form. Proper 409a valuation is vital to making sure your startup is audit-ready and can weather any accounting issues.</li></ul><h4>Quarterly</h4><p>As your company matures, you’ll hire employees and grant them options out of your ESOP in the process. Consequently, it’s essential to check on the remaining size of your option pool quarterly so you know when you need to carve out more shares for future employees.</p><p>Here some of the top cap table action items for ESOP activities:</p><ul><li><strong>Review stock option issuances</strong> - For new hires or employee retention “top-ups” with your board for approval</li><li><strong>Load grants and distribute</strong> - Record the new grants in your cap table management software and send off the options to their recipients</li><li><strong>Periodically review your option pool</strong> - As mentioned above, a quarterly review of your option pool is a good idea to ensure you’re able to distribute new grants to new team members</li></ul><h4>Upon Employee Termination</h4><p>Employees don’t get access to all their options granted from the ESOP right away. Awarded options vest over time, meaning they are unlocked as an employee becomes more tenured with your startup.</p><p>A typical vesting schedule is four years with a 12-month cliff. That means the employee doesn’t earn any options until their 12th month at your company — at which point they receive 25% of their total grant. Then, they receive 1/48 (for 48 months) of their options each month for the remainder of this four-year period.</p><p>Once an employee’s shares vest, they are free to exercise them at their discretion. However, most employees wait as long as possible to exercise their options so they can be sure that the company’s stock is worth more than the strike price of those options.</p><p>Once they leave your firm (voluntarily or otherwise), however, they have 90 days to exercise their stock options, or they forfeit them. For this reason, most employees wait until leaving to exercise their options, and the deadline to exercise is set on their termination date.</p><p>Here some of the top cap table action items for employee offboarding:</p><ul><li><strong>Record post-departure exercises</strong> - Since employees tend to exercise after they move on, it’s important to update employee information and option pool details in your cap table whenever you have departures</li><li><strong>Record other option changes post-offboarding</strong> - In some cases, departing employees may choose to let options expire, so it’s a good idea to schedule a cap table update around the expiration window for any offboarded employee’s options</li></ul><h3>Additional Considerations: Dilution, Down Rounds, Liquidation</h3><h4>What Is Dilution, and How Does It Affect My Cap Table?</h4><p>A necessary part of startup funding is the aforementioned dilution, the gradual loss of total ownership as startups take on more financing rounds. Part of the process is your startup bringing in more investors who take partial ownership of your company via their shares. </p><p>Another part of the process is you and your co-founders eventually go from initially being 100% owners to being significantly less than 100% owners. As other investors assume an increasing portion of ownership in aggregate, expect to see dilution continue, especially if your startup issues larger and larger distributions of stock each time (which may be common if your startup also raises larger and larger rounds).</p><p>Dilution is a natural part of a startup’s lifecycle and is something you can track in your cap table by recording the share ownership of the founders along with the ownership of additional investors and other shareholders.</p><h4>What Are Down Rounds, and How Do They Affect My Cap Table?</h4><p>In a perfect world, your startup will raise successively larger rounds of funding over its lifetime. However, there may be challenging markets, especially for companies that recently took a relatively large round previously and have massively diluted shares constituting a huge valuation that may be difficult to maintain.</p><p>During tough market conditions when companies have both significantly diluted shares, but need to raise funds to continue their runway, they may be faced with the prospect of having to accept a down round. A down round is a subsequent round of funding at a smaller amount than the company’s previous round. While down rounds certainly aren’t glamorous they may be necessary for a company’s survival.</p><p>You’d record down rounds in your cap table as you would other rounds, including total funding amount, and any shares issued to any new investors. Some investors may have anti-dilution provisions in place as part of their preferred stock investment agreements, which means your company may have to issue a numerically higher number of shares to those preferred stockholders. Unfortunately, holders of common stock will tend to see an even larger amount of dilution of their ownership as a result of the math. As your company issues even more shares to other parties, holders of common stock see their percentage ownership shrink that much more.</p><h4>What Role Does a Cap Table Play During Liquidation?</h4><p>Cap tables track the aggregate ownership of private companies across various shareholders. In the case of liquidation, in which owners decide to wind down a company and sell off its assets, the cap table’s importance as a reference for who owns what becomes starkly clear. </p><p>While liquidation isn’t exactly a thrilling scenario, it does happen and it can be helpful to have some understanding of how to handle the process. In such cases, another item that can be useful to record in a cap table is the aforementioned liquidation preference.</p><p>Liquidation preference is a common provision for preferred stockholders that ensures those stockholders get paid out first, prior to any common stockholders, who receive whatever may be left afterwards.</p><h3>Helpful Tips For Sound Cap Table Management</h3><h4>Set Equity Grant Sizing Rules Up Front</h4><p>Put an equity compensation plan in place early on so you have numbers to go back to when hiring new employees. Doing so makes it easy to have those conversations when you bring employees on.</p><p><br/>For example, you might define that manager positions get 0.25% equity, director-level employees get 0.5%, and C-suite executives get 1-5%. You can refine these rules further by segmenting your equity allocations by department. <a href="https://venturehacks.com/option-pool-shuffle#market">This Venture Hacks post</a> gives a rough set of benchmarks for a Series A-stage startup, which you can tailor to your specific stage/situation.</p><h4>Consider Your Hiring Plan When Sizing Your Options Pool</h4><p>As mentioned earlier, monitoring your options pool on a quarterly basis helps prevent you from overdrawing and causing issues. Taking this a step further, frequently reviewing your 12-month hiring plan can help you keep your options pool at an appropriate size.</p><p><br/></p><p>For example, your hiring plan may include hiring 2 new C-suite executives and 10 entry-level employees within the next year. Perhaps your grant sizing plan gives that C-suite executive, say, 1% equity in the company. Meanwhile, the entry-level employees might each get 0.2% equity. Additionally, you can expect that you’ll be topping up equity grants for several employees, which will require you to earmark an additional 2% worth of shares. Knowing all this, you can do some quick math to calculate that your options pool will need to consist of 6% of your total shares outstanding for the next 12 months.</p><h3>Your Cap Table Scales as You Scale</h3><p>When a company first forms, your cap table will likely only contain the founders’ ownership stakes. But founders have a lot on their plates and as your company scales, it’s easy for cap table management to fall through the cracks. Neglecting your cap table can be disastrous, so don’t be afraid to ask for help or have an expert manage it for you.</p><p>AirCFO is a partner of Heavybit’s Perks and Discounts Program, which we offer exclusively to members of our portfolio. If you’re interested in joining the accelerator, you can learn more and apply <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/about">here</a>. If you’re just looking for more information on understanding and getting your cap table in proper order, check out the resources on <a href="https://aircfo.com/resources/">airCFO’s site</a>.</p><h3>Additional resources</h3><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/building-strong-resilient-and-sustainable-organizations/">ARTICLE: Building Strong, Resilient, and Sustainable Organizations</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/a-comprehensive-101-guide-to-b2b-startup-recruiting-operations-for-founders/">ARTICLE: A Comprehensive 101 Guide to B2B Startup Recruiting Operations for Founders</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/benchmarks-for-xaas-businesses/">VIDEO: Benchmarks for *aaS Businesses</a></li><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/from-seed-to-series-b/">VIDEO: From Seed to Series B</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/founder-101-almost-everything-you-need-to-know-about-cap-table-management">Founder 101: (Almost) Everything You Need to Know About Cap Table Management</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>3 Lessons from 4 Years of Running Virtual Developer Events</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/3-lessons-from-4-years-of-running-virtual-developer-events</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 May 2021 11:00:20 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-16231</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Brian Rinaldi started running virtual developer events back in Aug 2017, before the shift to remote work. In this post, he shares the successes and failures he’s experienced.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Since the start of 2020, almost everything that was once “in real life” (IRL) has gone virtual. For most of us, our offices have closed, so meetings and water cooler chats are online. We attend digital conferences. We set up our personal friends and family gatherings on our work Zoom accounts. Even as we thankfully transition into a post-pandemic year, many of these virtual aspects of our lives are likely to remain a mainstay.</p><p>However, this was not the case back in August 2017, when I started my foray into running virtual developer events on what is now <a href="https://cfe.dev">cfe.dev</a>. Since then, CFE.dev has hosted more than 100 online events – twice monthly meetups plus occasional virtual workshops and even multi-day online conferences.</p><p>At the time, the cards were stacked against a purely-online model. Back then, Meetup.com didn’t allow non-IRL meetups to be listed on their site – all events had to have a physical location. A majority of event management and ticketing platforms were the same. Obviously, that has changed since last year.</p><p>In this post, I want to talk about some of the lessons I’ve learned over the course of 4 years of building and organizing a virtual community around meetups, conferences and workshops on cfe.dev. I have not always succeeded, so these lessons are drawn from both my successes and failures. As the pandemic hopefully begins to come to an end and we adjust to our new “normal,” perhaps you’re considering keeping your activities online permanently or on the other hand, weighing whether to move them offline, I hope that the lessons I share might help guide you in making the right decisions.</p><h2>Lesson #1: Virtual Events can Be Great!</h2><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/ee66fde92611fce2d3ce435503f3489d52441afc-300x200.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>Maybe you’re skeptical. You might be saying to yourself, “Of course you think virtual events are great, Brian – you run them!” But the thing is, I was skeptical too! I actually started cfe.dev with the intention of running offline, in-person meetups and conferences. I only started doing online events as a way to build the “brand” while I programmed IRL ones.</p><p>That didn’t happen (for the most part). Instead what happened was, I went from being a skeptic to (somewhat of) a believer. Surprisingly, attendees were always engaged and active, and seemingly enjoyed and learned a lot from them. They didn’t just passively sit in front of their screens, they would chat with each other, ask the speaker questions, and interact with the community as a whole. In the end, I came around to the idea that virtual events offer something more valuable than just being a poor replacement for IRL events.</p><p>So why the caveat that I was “somewhat of a believer”? That leads to Lesson 2.</p><h2>Lesson 2: Virtual Events are Really Easy to Get Wrong</h2><p>If you’ve ever run IRL events or conferences, you’d probably agree that, while they’re logistically complicated, they’re also extremely rewarding. In my experience, even when I thought an event was a failure for whatever reason, the feedback from the attendees, either verbal or via formal feedback surveys, said otherwise. Making real, personal connections can make up for any rough edges from an attendee perspective.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/a82e52ee43f43fe589f2da70c05b2f7823e6e493-300x169.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>This isn’t the case for a virtual event. If an event isn’t captivating or interactive in some way, attendees will disengage and do other things or leave entirely. If you’ve attended an online event over the past year, you’ve probably noticed that unfortunately, it’s easier to build an underwhelming virtual event than a worthwhile one.</p><p>The first mistake organizers tend to make is focusing too much on trying to replicate IRL events. From all-day sessions, to hallway tracks and expos for sponsor booths, in my personal opinion (and from what I’ve heard from sponsors), those experiences simply don’t translate online.</p><ul><li>All-day events, even with the coffee chats and breakout sessions, were already rough when they were in-person. They’re even more exhausting when you’re stuck in front of a screen all day with headphones on. For online events, four hours a day is a sweet spot, but also consider spreading it out across days or even weeks. I’d say 6 hours, including breaks and “lunch,” is the max you should attempt.</li><li>Don’t rely on chat to replace human networking as they can be overly lively, especially at large events. Chat is important, and you should encourage and facilitate chat activity, but it generally functions more like a Twitter feed of attendees’ stream of consciousness and questions rather than a real conversation.</li><li>Sponsor booths and expos seem to rarely draw much activity, at least without excessively generous incentives. I suggest avoiding these things and supporting sponsors in other ways such as incorporating them into parts of the live event, running videos between sessions, or offering CTAs that lead to activities outside the event. It’s not always easy to make these events work perfectly for sponsors, you’ll have to find creative ways of meeting their needs, especially if their metrics are still designed for IRL events.</li></ul><p>One final mistake I see is focusing on production value over authenticity. In my experience, this usually leads to virtual events that are just a collection of pre-recorded videos strung together. These feel less like “events” and more like glorified YouTube playlists. It’s better, in my opinion, to risk some polish in exchange for some realness. If the presentation portion must be pre-recorded, at least bring the speaker on stage for live Q&amp;A. Give the audience something they can’t get by watching the session recording.</p><p>…which leads me to Lesson 3.</p><h2>Lesson 3: Focus On the Strengths of Virtual Events</h2><p>Here are some things that make virtual events great:</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/a5c326681f60699d940e0c8a98ea56bdd7e14dc6-300x240.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><ul><li><strong>They cost less to run and attend</strong> – Sure, some software and digital events platforms can be pricey, but it still pales in comparison to the costs of venue, food, swag, travel, etc. Those lowered costs means you can make these events free or extremely low cost to attendees but still make them financially viable for yourself or your org. This also allows you to “fill the room” with more people as the price of a ticket should be less of a burden for potential attendees.</li><li><strong>They’re accessible to anyone, anywhere</strong> – This goes for both attendees as well as speakers. You have practically the whole world available to you (but don’t forget, time zones are a thing). This opens up opportunities to get the best speakers and attendees from places that previously might have been infeasible from a cost perspective.</li><li><strong>They offer alternative ways to interact</strong> – Of course, you won’t get the same 1:1 interaction as you would at an IRL event, but online events unlock different kinds of 1:many set-ups that would otherwise logistically be difficult or impossible to organize offline. For instance, I’ve found that audience participation via live Q&amp;A or “fireside chats” work great online, but often fail in-person. You can incorporate <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/revitalizing-your-developer-content-playbook-w-githubs-brian-douglas">content formats or drop links</a> in ways that would be difficult offline. You now can invite attendees “on stage” easily without pausing programming to get them mic’d up. Plus, recording in-person sessions require careful planning in advance, and are time-consuming and expensive to produce. Now with the click of a button, you can produce and provide awesome video resources for your attendees almost immediately after the event.</li></ul><p>If you keep all of these strengths and common pitfalls of virtual events in mind, and take advantage of the lessons from organizers (like myself) who have been doing this before the absence of IRL activities, you can build a strong and long-lasting online events and community strategy.</p><p><em>Brian Rinaldi is a Developer Advocate at StepZen with over 20 years experience as a developer for the web. Brian is actively involved in the developer community running meetups via <a href="https://cfe.dev/">CFE.dev</a> and Orlando Devs. He’s the editor of the Jamstacked newsletter and co-editor of Mobile Dev Weekly and co-author of The Jamstack Book from Manning. You can learn more and connect with him on Twitter <a href="https://twitter.com/remotesynth">@remotesynth</a>.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/3-lessons-from-4-years-of-running-virtual-developer-events">3 Lessons from 4 Years of Running Virtual Developer Events</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #15, Operator Framework with Evan Cordell of Red Hat</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-15-operator-framework-with-evan-cordell-of-red-hat</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 May 2021 10:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16208</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 15 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc speaks with Evan Cordell of Red Hat. They discuss the inception and roadmap of the CNCF incubating project Operator Framework, as well as insights on deploying and managing Operators in your cluster.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 15 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc speaks with Evan Cordell of Red Hat. They discuss the inception and roadmap of the CNCF incubating project Operator Framework, as well as insights on deploying and managing Operators in your cluster.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-15-operator-framework-with-evan-cordell-of-red-hat">Ep. #15, Operator Framework with Evan Cordell of Red Hat</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #3, Data Custodianship with Nick Threapleton of Culture Amp</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-data-custodianship-with-nick-threapleton-of-culture-amp</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 May 2021 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16100</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 3 of The Right Track, Stef is joined by Nick Threapleton of Culture Amp. They discuss tactics for building data cultures, Nick’s journey from marketing analytics to product analytics, and empowering teams to use data in their work.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 3 of The Right Track, Stef is joined by Nick Threapleton of Culture Amp. They discuss tactics for building data cultures, Nick’s journey from marketing analytics to product analytics, and empowering teams to use data in their work.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-data-custodianship-with-nick-threapleton-of-culture-amp">Ep. #3, Data Custodianship with Nick Threapleton of Culture Amp</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #37, Synchronization Layers and Logs with Garry Shutler of Cronofy</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-37-synchronization-layers-and-logs-with-garry-shutler-of-cronofy</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Apr 2021 10:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15990</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 37 of o11ycast, Charity and Shelby speak with Garry Shutler of Cronofy. Together they pull back the curtain on building scheduling tools, making observability tools accessible to teams, and keeping deploys boring.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 37 of o11ycast, Charity and Shelby speak with Garry Shutler of Cronofy. Together they pull back the curtain on building scheduling tools, making observability tools accessible to teams, and keeping deploys boring.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-37-synchronization-layers-and-logs-with-garry-shutler-of-cronofy">Ep. #37, Synchronization Layers and Logs with Garry Shutler of Cronofy</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #17, JavaScript HLS with Rob Walch of JW Player</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-17-javascript-hls-with-rob-walch-of-jw-player</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Apr 2021 08:40:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15993</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 17 of Demuxed, Matt, Phil, and Heff speak with Rob Walch. They discuss the JavaScript library hls.js, tactics for recruiting open source maintainers, and Rob’s experience working on the web player team at JW Player.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 17 of Demuxed, Matt, Phil, and Heff speak with Rob Walch. They discuss the JavaScript library hls.js, tactics for recruiting open source maintainers, and Rob’s experience working on the web player team at JW Player.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-17-javascript-hls-with-rob-walch-of-jw-player">Ep. #17, JavaScript HLS with Rob Walch of JW Player</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #14, Kyverno with Jim Bugwadia and Ritesh Patel of Nirmata</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-14-kyverno-with-jim-bugwadia-and-ritesh-patel-of-nirmata</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Apr 2021 09:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15963</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 14 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc speaks with Jim Bugwadia and Ritesh Patel of Nirmata. They discuss the history and community behind Kyverno, a policy engine designed for Kubernetes and a recent CNCF Sandbox project.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 14 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc speaks with Jim Bugwadia and Ritesh Patel of Nirmata. They discuss the history and community behind Kyverno, a policy engine designed for Kubernetes and a recent CNCF Sandbox project.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-14-kyverno-with-jim-bugwadia-and-ritesh-patel-of-nirmata">Ep. #14, Kyverno with Jim Bugwadia and Ritesh Patel of Nirmata</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #77, Exploring Cloudflare Pages with Rita Kozlov</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-77-exploring-cloudflare-pages-with-rita-kozlov</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Apr 2021 10:25:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15987</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 77 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Rita Kozlov of Cloudflare. They discuss how the success of Cloudflare Workers led to Cloudflare Pages, the new JAMstack platform that allows developers to deploy static sites easily.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 77 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Rita Kozlov of Cloudflare. They discuss how the success of Cloudflare Workers led to Cloudflare Pages, the new JAMstack platform that allows developers to deploy static sites easily.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-77-exploring-cloudflare-pages-with-rita-kozlov">Ep. #77, Exploring Cloudflare Pages with Rita Kozlov</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #13, Curiefense with Tzury Bar Yochay and Justin Dorfman of Reblaze</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-curiefense-with-tzury-bar-yochay-and-justin-dorfman-of-reblaze</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Apr 2021 10:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15897</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 13 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc is joined by Tzury Bar Yochay and Justin Dorfman of Reblaze. They discuss the latest CNCF Sandbox project Curiefense, its community and product architecture.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 13 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc is joined by Tzury Bar Yochay and Justin Dorfman of Reblaze. They discuss the latest CNCF Sandbox project Curiefense, its community and product architecture.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-curiefense-with-tzury-bar-yochay-and-justin-dorfman-of-reblaze">Ep. #13, Curiefense with Tzury Bar Yochay and Justin Dorfman of Reblaze</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #2, Data Literacy with Maura Church of Patreon</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-data-literacy-with-maura-church-of-patreon</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Apr 2021 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15824</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 2 of The Right Track, Stef speaks with Maura Church of Patreon. They examine data literacy within orgs, the democratization of data science, and tactics for integrating data scientists into product teams.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 2 of The Right Track, Stef speaks with Maura Church of Patreon. They examine data literacy within orgs, the democratization of data science, and tactics for integrating data scientists into product teams.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-data-literacy-with-maura-church-of-patreon">Ep. #2, Data Literacy with Maura Church of Patreon</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Think like A Customer: Product Discovery Strategies with Datadog</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/think-like-a-customer-product-discovery-strategies-with-datadog</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Apr 2021 10:52:08 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Design]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-16132</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Speaker Series, Datadog’s VP Product Design, Stephen Boak, outlines his approach to product discovery from early exploration and interviews to developing long-term partnerships</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #4, Everything is an Experiment with Charity Majors and Liz Fong-Jones of Honeycomb</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-everything-is-an-experiment-with-charity-majors-and-liz-fong-jones-of-honeycomb</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Apr 2021 09:53:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15962</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 4 of Unintended Consequences, Yoz and Kim speak with Charity Majors and Liz Fong-Jones of Honeycomb about scaling teams and company values. They share how their team makes space for curiosity and learning as a group, and why this has been so important for the Honeycomb platform.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 4 of Unintended Consequences, Yoz and Kim speak with Charity Majors and Liz Fong-Jones of Honeycomb about scaling teams and company values. They share how their team makes space for curiosity and learning as a group, and why this has been so important for the Honeycomb platform.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-everything-is-an-experiment-with-charity-majors-and-liz-fong-jones-of-honeycomb">Ep. #4, Everything is an Experiment with Charity Majors and Liz Fong-Jones of Honeycomb</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #76, Growing Alongside JAMstack Communities with Tessa Mero of Cloudinary</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-76-growing-alongside-jamstack-communities-with-tessa-mero-of-cloudinary</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 16 Apr 2021 10:17:38 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15985</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 76 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Tessa Mero of Cloudinary. They share stories from the developer advocate role, tips for scaling communities, and tactics for improving accessibility to online events.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 76 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Tessa Mero of Cloudinary. They share stories from the developer advocate role, tips for scaling communities, and tactics for improving accessibility to online events.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-76-growing-alongside-jamstack-communities-with-tessa-mero-of-cloudinary">Ep. #76, Growing Alongside JAMstack Communities with Tessa Mero of Cloudinary</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #36, Resilience Engineering with Jacob Scott of Stripe</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-36-resilience-engineering-with-jacob-scott-of-stripe</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Apr 2021 10:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15865</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 36 of o11ycast, Charity and Liz speak with Jacob Scott of Stripe about the need for SRE teams, prioritizing customer happiness, and the limitations of distributed tracing tools.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 36 of o11ycast, Charity and Liz speak with Jacob Scott of Stripe about the need for SRE teams, prioritizing customer happiness, and the limitations of distributed tracing tools.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-36-resilience-engineering-with-jacob-scott-of-stripe">Ep. #36, Resilience Engineering with Jacob Scott of Stripe</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Revitalizing Your Developer Content Playbook w/ GitHub’s Brian Douglas</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/revitalizing-your-developer-content-playbook-w-githubs-brian-douglas</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Apr 2021 11:00:58 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-16064</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In a recent session, GitHub’s Brian Douglas shared how he’s leveraged new platforms and new formats to help GitHub reach larger and more diverse developer audiences.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #35, Database Software with Karthik Ranganathan of Yugabyte</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-35-database-software-with-karthik-ranganathan-of-yugabyte</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Apr 2021 10:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-13570</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 35 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Karthik Ranganathan of Yugabyte. They discuss Karthik’s enterprise journey, the fruits of maintaining a customer-driven ethos in business, and building modern databases.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 35 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Karthik Ranganathan of Yugabyte. They discuss Karthik’s enterprise journey, the fruits of maintaining a customer-driven ethos in business, and building modern databases.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-35-database-software-with-karthik-ranganathan-of-yugabyte">Ep. #35, Database Software with Karthik Ranganathan of Yugabyte</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #16, Project Maintenance with Robby Russell of Planet Argon</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-16-project-maintenance-with-robby-russell-of-planet-argon</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Apr 2021 09:45:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15782</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 16 of Developer Love, Patrick speaks with Robby Russell of Planet Argon. They discuss tactics for addressing technical debt, navigating large changes in teams, and setting boundaries with projects to avoid burnout.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 16 of Developer Love, Patrick speaks with Robby Russell of Planet Argon. They discuss tactics for addressing technical debt, navigating large changes in teams, and setting boundaries with projects to avoid burnout.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-16-project-maintenance-with-robby-russell-of-planet-argon">Ep. #16, Project Maintenance with Robby Russell of Planet Argon</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #12, Istio with Craig Box of Google Cloud</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-istio-with-craig-box-of-google-cloud</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Apr 2021 11:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15896</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 12 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc speaks with Craig Box of Google Cloud. They discuss Istio’s features and community, the purpose of service meshes, and solving big problems at the platform level.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 12 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc speaks with Craig Box of Google Cloud. They discuss Istio’s features and community, the purpose of service meshes, and solving big problems at the platform level.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-istio-with-craig-box-of-google-cloud">Ep. #12, Istio with Craig Box of Google Cloud</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The ABCs of Directors &amp; Officers Insurance for Startups</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-abcs-of-directors-officers-insurance-for-startups</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Apr 2021 11:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Business Operations]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Finance]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-16038</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this post, we asked Vouch Insurance’s Startup Insurance Advisor Team Lead, David Kaufman to answer the most common questions about D&amp;O business insurance.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>As your startup grows, so does your risk. If you’re building an early-stage company, having <a href="https://www.vouch.us/coverages/directors-and-officers">Directors and Officers (D&amp;O) insurance</a> is important. It helps you protect your investors, board, and leadership team from liability and lawsuits.</em></p><p><em>About our experts: Vouch is a digital business insurance platform, built by startup founders for startup founders and backed by institutions and investors like SVB and Y Combinator. It’s a platform, not a broker, so they’re there to help you manage, mitigate, and avoid risks.</em></p><p><em>Below, we asked Vouch Insurance’s Startup Insurance Advisor Team Lead, David Kaufman to answer the most common questions about D&amp;O business insurance.</em></p><p>Common scenarios where a startup founder may need D&amp;O Insurance coverage:</p><ul><li>Legal disputes with stakeholders and founding members</li><li>A member of your leadership team discloses competitor’s trade secrets</li><li>Failure to comply with workplace laws</li></ul><p>In short, Directors and Officers (D&amp;O) insurance is designed to protect C-suite officers and board members if they’re sued over decisions they’ve made on the startup’s behalf. But what types of insurance coverage do you need, when, and why?</p><h3><strong>When and why do founders need D&amp;O?</strong></h3><p>D&amp;O is designed to protect the personal assets of the people listed as “Insured Persons” on the D&amp;O insurance policy in the event they are sued by employees, vendors, competitors, investors, customers, regulators or other parties, for actual or alleged wrongful acts.</p><p>“Wrongful acts” are defined in Vouch’s policy as: “any actual or alleged act, omission, error, misstatement, misleading statement, neglect, breach of duty by any Insured Person.” The most common of these acts include the following:</p><ul><li>Breach of fiduciary duty resulting in financial losses or bankruptcy</li><li>Misrepresentation of company assets</li><li>Misuse of company funds</li><li>Fraud</li></ul><h3><strong>How is D&amp;O different from Key Person insurance?</strong></h3><p>While D&amp;O is designed to offer protection for the company and individual directors and officers of the company, Key Person Insurance is a personal lines coverage in which the company is named as a beneficiary.</p><p>The intent of Key Person Insurance is to provide the company with time to find a replacement if a key person in the organization passes away. That money can be used to cover the costs of recruiting, hiring, and training a replacement for the deceased person. If the company doesn’t believe it can continue operations, it can use the money to pay off debts, distribute money to investors, provide severance benefits to employees, or close down the business.</p><h3><strong>What should founders look for and make sure their D&amp;O insurance covers?</strong></h3><p>There are a few things to look for. First, check the <strong>definition of Insured Person </strong>on the policy– i.e. who is covered by this policy?</p><p><strong>Prior Acts </strong>— Vouch’s D&amp;O is a “claims-made” policy, which means that the policy will only respond to claims that are made during the policy period. This is the industry standard for D&amp;O policies.</p><p>With that said, it’s important to note whether a D&amp;O policy has a “prior acts date” or a “retroactive” date, which means that the policy can be triggered by “wrongful acts” that occurred before the policy begins (as long as the claim is made against the Company or Insured Person during the policy term).</p><p><strong>Major Shareholder Exclusion</strong> — Many companies will include a “Major Shareholder Exclusion” into their D&amp;O terms. This is an exclusion that may result in a lower price, but limits coverage in the event of a claim by excluding coverage for individuals that own over a certain percentage of the company (usually 10%). We recommend making sure this exclusion is not included in your coverage.</p><h3><strong>Can there be conflicts of interest between what board members and investors want in a D&amp;O policy?</strong></h3><p>There could be conflict, depending on the breadth of D&amp;O coverage the company selects. Typical D&amp;O policies have three insuring agreements: “Coverage A” for losses the company cannot reimburse the director or officer, “Coverage B” for Insured Person losses that can be reimbursed, and “Coverage C” to protect the company itself (usually related to mismanagement of securities). Since these are typically subject to the same policy limit, a claim against the company (Coverage C) reduces coverage available under the other coverages.</p><p>However conflicts can often be mitigated by clear declaration of the investors’ requirements for D&amp;O coverage, so directors can select policies that best represent all interests. Individual directors may also consider purchasing their own “Side-A-Only” coverage on a separate policy.*</p><h3><strong>As your company scales, do you need different D&amp;O coverage? What kind of company milestones require a need to invest more in D&amp;O?</strong></h3><p>When scaling a startup, the following milestones should prompt the company and its directors to review their coverage and determine if changes need to be made immediately or upon policy renewal:</p><ul><li><strong>Acquisitions:</strong> A named insured should check their policy to determine if coverage is automatically extended to new organizations and whether the insurance company needs to be notified within a certain timeframe.</li><li><strong>New investment round</strong>: The terms of the funding organization should be considered against the current D&amp;O policy to identify any gaps that need to be addressed immediately or on renewal.</li><li><strong>Company officer becomes a board member of an additional organization:</strong> Both the company and the officer should review what activities are/aren’t covered by the officer’s new position; for example serving on school boards, municipalities, and nonprofits.*</li></ul><h3><strong>When insurers price D&amp;O, what is this based on, and what are some best practices startups can implement before they get D&amp;O, to ensure getting the lowest possible rate?</strong></h3><p>The price of a D&amp;O policy has a direct relation to several aspects of risk management and can also be related to assets, revenue or capital raised. The following pieces of advice can help a company manage their D&amp;O risk, and could reduce a company’s D&amp;O costs if the practices are visible to an insurer:</p><ul><li>Having experienced legal and management professionals represented on the executive team, board of directors, or consulting the board</li><li>Demonstrating (through run rate, funding terms, balance sheet, and public data) a track of financial health and viability of the company</li><li>“Establishing the independence of a corporation’s board of directors”*</li><li>“Ensuring that directors and officers fully understand the organization’s operations, corporate charter and bylaws, and securities and antitrust laws”*</li></ul><h3><strong>What are reasons founders could get denied D&amp;O coverage?</strong></h3><p>There could be many reasons, but here are a few of the most common situations: Prior D&amp;O claims, certain business classifications in highly regulated or in unregulated markets (think cryptocurrencies), or doing business in areas the insurer doesn’t specialize (countries, industry types, etc).</p><h3><strong>What are the pros and cons of switching insurance providers? When a merger or acquisition is about to happen, what are considerations founders should keep in mind when reviewing their new D&amp;O policy?</strong></h3><p>Switching insurance providers may help a company find the most appropriate price and coverage terms for their operations. A notable con could be the potential loss of discounts given by insurance providers when their clients have multiple coverages or contiguous renewals.</p><p>Regarding a merger or acquisition, a named insured should check their policy to determine if coverage is automatically extended to new organizations and whether the insurance company needs to be notified within a certain timeframe. Many D&amp;O policies extend this coverage to newly acquired companies until the policy expires, if the wrongful act occurred before an acquisition. Upon renewing a policy, the named insured should carefully identify what new organizations may need to be named on their policy.*</p><p><strong><em>Interested in learning more?</em></strong></p><p><em>Vouch is a partner of Heavybit’s Perks and Discounts Program, which we offer exclusively to members of our portfolio. If you’re interested in joining the accelerator, you can learn more and apply <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/about">here</a>. If you just want to learn more about business insurance and how to start saving, you can read more about the 10+ lines of proprietary coverage, from General Liability, Employment Practices Liability, to Cyber policies, and apply in under 10 minutes on the</em> <em><a href="https://www.vouch.us/partners/heavybit?utm_source=partner&amp;utm_medium=blog&amp;utm_campaign=Heavybit_Article&amp;utm_content=Heavybit_Article_Mar_2021">Vouch</a> site.</em></p><h6>* Information is partially derived from material in or are direct quotes from <em>Commercial Liability Risk Management and Insurance</em>, 3rd Edition, © 2017 The American Institutes for Chartered Property Casualty Underwriters</h6><h6>The information contained herein is used for illustrative and informational purposes only. It is not meant as legal advice. All the information herein is believed to be from credible sources, however state laws, regulations and rules may vary. All content<em> © Vouch, Inc.</em></h6></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-abcs-of-directors-officers-insurance-for-startups">The ABCs of Directors & Officers Insurance for Startups</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #1, Trusting Data with John Cutler of Amplitude</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-trusting-data-with-john-cutler-of-amplitude</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Apr 2021 11:27:20 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15729</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this debut episode of The Right Track, Stef Olafsdottir of Avo speaks with John Cutler of Amplitude. They discuss the growing proximity of product teams to customers, managing organizational inertia, and building better data cultures.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this debut episode of The Right Track, Stef Olafsdottir of Avo speaks with John Cutler of Amplitude. They discuss the growing proximity of product teams to customers, managing organizational inertia, and building better data cultures.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-trusting-data-with-john-cutler-of-amplitude">Ep. #1, Trusting Data with John Cutler of Amplitude</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #0, Subscribe to The Right Track</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-0-subscribe-to-the-right-track</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Apr 2021 11:20:40 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-16017</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to The Right Track, the podcast for people building data cultures. We’ll hear from leaders in engineering, product, and data, as they share their frustrating and inspiring stories on building the best products for their customers by mastering outcome-driven development, self-serve analytics, and great data culture.</p><p>The Right Track is hosted by <a href="https://twitter.com/stefaniabje"><strong>Stefanía Ólafsdóttir</strong></a>, CEO and Co-Founder of <a href="https://www.avo.app"><strong>Avo</strong></a></p><p>The Right Track is launching soon. Subscribe today to download the first full episode as soon as it goes live!</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Welcome to The Right Track, the podcast for people building data cultures. We’ll hear from leaders in engineering, product, and data, as they share their frustrating and inspiring stories on building the best products for their customers by mastering outcome-driven development, self-serve analytics, and great data culture.</p><p>The Right Track is hosted by <a href="https://twitter.com/stefaniabje"><strong>Stefanía Ólafsdóttir</strong></a>, CEO and Co-Founder of <a href="https://www.avo.app"><strong>Avo</strong></a></p><p>The Right Track is launching soon. Subscribe today to download the first full episode as soon as it goes live!</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-0-subscribe-to-the-right-track">Ep. #0, Subscribe to The Right Track</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cloud Infrastructure Security: What’s All the Buzz About?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/cloud-infrastructure-security-whats-all-the-buzz-about</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Mar 2021 13:30:03 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Cloud Infrastructure]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Secure Development]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-15944</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In 2020, enterprises increased their spending on cloud infrastructure by almost 35%. But with it comes increased security risks.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Every Thursday, I send our mailing list the <a href="http://www.devtoolsdigest.com/">DevToolsDigest</a>; a curated selection of the past week’s best resources, product updates, jobs, and discussions in the dev tools industry. I’ve sent about 90+ digests and over time, it’s become easier for me to spot the patterns and trends in the larger industry narrative (which I then discuss in our monthly newsletters,) but I was surprised recently to notice that <em>every</em> one of my sources was talking about:</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/c57f1d01881be32b0ac47aa85e60c1b7181a432d-300x273.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>What’s all the buzz about? According to new research, enterprises increased their spending on cloud</p><p>infrastructure by almost 35% to reach almost $130 billion in 2020, far outpacing their spending on on-prem data centers. But at the same time, 2020’s digital acceleration and increased complexity of systems have called attention to the increased security risks that come along with it.</p><p>If you’ve already checked out the posts I’ve linked in the DevToolsDigest, below are some helpful resources from the Heavybit Library for further reading.</p><h2>Read this:</h2><h3><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/essential-cloud-infrastructure-security">Essential Cloud Infrastructure Security</a> featuring Cisco and HashiCorp</h3><p>It’s increasingly common for enterprise and developer focused startups to build cloud-first and even cloud-only. But, simply building on a major cloud provider’s platform doesn’t make you secure. In this DevGuild: Enterprise Security panel, security leaders from Cisco, Cisco Meraki, HashiCorp, and Ethos Life discuss the core tenets of modern cloud infrastructure security.</p><h2>Then this:</h2><h3>Navigating Cloud Infrastructure <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/navigating-cloud-infrastructure-security-challenges/">Security Challenges</a></h3><p>Are all “cloud companies” equally secure? How do you decide? Not all cloud infrastructure providers are created equal, and it’s really incumbent on the customer to do their due diligence. In this post, advisor and former CSO, Al Ghous, shares how startups can take a security-centric approach to ensure that their cloud infrastructure mitigates risks and builds a strong foundation for future security needs.</p><p>Al and many of the speakers we featured at DevGuild: Enterprise Security collaborated on putting together <a href="https://www.security4startups.com/#about">Security 4 Startups</a>, an open-source guide for technical founders/ leaders at pre-Seed/Seed and Series A+ startups.</p><h2>Listen to this:</h2><h3>EnterpriseReady: <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/enterpriseready/ep-23-cloud-infrastructure-with-abby-kearns-of-cloud-foundry-foundation/">Cloud Infrastructure</a> with Abby Kearns</h3><p>At the time of recording for this episode, Abby was Executive Director of the Cloud Foundry, and currently, she’s the CTO of Puppet (and the author of <a href="https://thenewstack.io/how-puppet-replatformed-its-fastest-growing-product-to-run-via-kubernetes/">one of the posts</a> in the digest.) In this episode of EnterpriseReady, Abby and Grant discuss enterprise infrastructure, the future of the cloud, technological ecosystems abroad, and open source business models. Jump to 00:28 to hear their conversation around infrastructure security.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/b676f3ad6bba84e860886df88d320b8e27eb7956-300x150.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h2>Then this:</h2><h3>The Secure Developer: Keeping <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/the-secure-developer/ep-12-keeping-cloud-foundry-secure/">Cloud Foundry Secure</a></h3><p>Speaking of the Cloud Foundry, which is an open-source cloud platform on which developers can build, deploy and run applications, the Secure Developer has a whole episode dedicated to discussing their security triage and Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures process, and some of the challenges of working within the large ecosystem of diverse companies that make up the Foundation.</p><p><em>Don’t want to miss out on industry news and research? <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr">Subscribe</a> to the DevToolsDigest and our monthly newsletters!</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/cloud-infrastructure-security-whats-all-the-buzz-about">Cloud Infrastructure Security: What’s All the Buzz About?</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #75, Accelerating Back End with Johan Eliasson of Nhost</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-75-accelerating-back-end-with-johan-eliasson-of-nhost</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Mar 2021 09:51:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15787</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 75 of JAMstack Radio, Brian Douglas chats with Johan Eliasson of Nhost. They discuss their favorite JAMstack tools, the inception of Nhost and its use cases, and other innovations in back end services.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 75 of JAMstack Radio, Brian Douglas chats with Johan Eliasson of Nhost. They discuss their favorite JAMstack tools, the inception of Nhost and its use cases, and other innovations in back end services.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-75-accelerating-back-end-with-johan-eliasson-of-nhost">Ep. #75, Accelerating Back End with Johan Eliasson of Nhost</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>So You Want to Start A Show: Podcasting Best Practices</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/so-you-want-to-start-a-show-podcasting-best-practices</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Mar 2021 11:00:31 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Podcast]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-15898</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Since 2015, we’ve launched 18 podcasts with a combined 350+ episodes. If you’re considering starting a show and are looking for tips on ensuring ROI, read on to learn more about our best practices.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>Editor’s Note: Over the last couple of years, podcasting has become a booming industry, and 2020’s shift from in-person activities to digital events and community has only accelerated that growth. It’s also proven to be an efficient way to do more with less (unsure of what I’m referring to?</em> <em>Check out <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/doubling-down-on-content-now-more-than-ever-with-mitch-wainer">this post</a>.)</em></p><p><em>Since 2015, Heavybit has <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/">launched 18 shows</a> with a combined 350+ episodes, and some of those shows have served as the foundations for <a href="/portfolio/spotlights/netlify">global</a>, <a href="/portfolio/spotlights/snyk">standalone communities</a>. If you’re considering starting a show (or already have a show) and are looking for tips on ensuring ROI, read on to learn more about our best practices.</em></p><p><em>Thanks to Heavybit team members Ted Carstensen, Lucas Oswald, and Ashley Dotterweich for their help with this guide.</em></p><h2>Preparing for Launch</h2><h3>Objectives and Strategic Planning</h3><p>The first, and most important step to making your show succeed is understanding why you’re doing it. Though advancements in tooling have made it easier to produce shows, it’s still a meaningful time and energy commitment. If it’s not worthwhile for you, it won’t be for your audience either. No amount of editing is going to be able to keep listeners from picking up on a lack of intention and effort.</p><p>Start a doc with the answers to the below questions and make sure everyone involved with producing the show is aligned on these decisions. And don’t forget to make the doc easily accessible so that anyone can step in at any moment to keep the show running.</p><p><strong>Goals</strong>: What do you want to accomplish with the podcast? What does success look like for this show 6 months from now?</p><p><strong>Logistics</strong>: How frequently do you want to release episodes? Who will host the show? Who will own the different steps of the process (booking, promoting, etc.)?</p><p><strong>Content</strong>: Who is your target audience? What topics would you like to cover? What are the criteria for a guest?</p><p>We recommend having 1-2 hosts, any more and your guests will have a hard time getting a word in. Having 2 hosts relieves some of the pressure of hosting and gives you an opportunity to share each episode to a larger audience.</p><h3>Assets</h3><p>Every show needs a name, a description, and artwork. You’ll not only be asked for these things when you submit your feed to various podcast directories but preparing these things is a good forcing function for thinking through the whats, whys, and hows of your show. The music and artwork you choose will set the overall tone and vibe. The description will be part of the intro/outro script and can be the abstract you use to invite guests.</p><p>When it comes to naming your show, make sure there aren’t any existing shows with similar names. Assuming the episodes will be hosted, or at least promoted, on your site, this is also an exercise in content marketing and SEO strategy. Do a keyword analysis to figure out what terms will perform the best.</p><h3>Sourcing Guests</h3><p>Where you source your guests will depend on what the objectives of your show are. Is it to meet customers? Is it to educate your users? If you have a pool of people interested in speaking at your events or contributing posts to your blog, asking them to be guests on your show is a lower-stakes, lower-calorie way of getting them involved. Or get stakeholders who have a vested interest in seeing you succeed involved. Another great way to source guests is to ask your audience or end every episode with a question for your guest, “who would you recommend we talk to next?”</p><p>The planning and publishing portion of every episode takes a lot longer than the actual recording portion so try to get as much of a head start as you can to keep a regular cadence. Build a list of potential guests, think about who in your network can connect you to them, and start assigning owners.</p><h2></h2><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/f3608a05f8fc65bcd1464dcb3ed4c4a12cb5ff7d-1024x512.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h2>Recording Your First Episode</h2><h3>Recording Gear</h3><p>Luckily, podcasting has become less expensive with the shift to remote work and acceleration of digital tooling. For high-end shows, studios needed to be rented and guests needed to travel but now, the minimum viable setup is really just a recording app, a quiet space, and a decent mic, which most everyone should have by now.</p><h4>Microphones and Headphones</h4><p>Pretty much anything will be better than your laptop’s built-in mic. USB ones like <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Blue-Yeti-USB-Microphone-Silver/dp/B002VA464S">Blue Yeti</a> and <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Blue-Snowball-Microphone-Textured-White/dp/B000EOPQ7E">Blue Snowball</a> are popular among podcasters for their ease of use and affordability. If wired Apple EarPods are your only choice, be careful about the placement of the mic throughout your recording session. Avoid dragging and bumping the inline microphone as much as possible as it’ll affect the quality of your audio.</p><p>Headphones are a must. If possible, use over-ear monitors like <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Sony-MDR7506-Professional-Diaphragm-Headphone/dp/B000AJIF4E/ref=sr_1_4?crid=19R4M0NS8O3EY&amp;keywords=sony+md+7506+headphones&amp;qid=1585166263&amp;s=musical-instruments&amp;sprefix=sony+md+%2Cmi%2C200&amp;sr=1-4">these</a>, or earbuds, to prevent the sound from leaking into your microphone. For more in-depth recommendations on podcasting gear, check out these guides from <a href="https://danbenjamin.com/podcastmethod/">Dan Benjamin</a> and <a href="https://gist.github.com/joelhooks/8569434">Joel Hooks</a>.</p><h4>Recording Apps</h4><p>We recommend using <a href="https://zencastr.com/">Zencastr</a> for recording remote podcast audio. The app records each speaker on their own computer and splits each speaker into a separate track to ensure high-quality sound capture – no more strange artifacts and hiccups from unstable internet connections. Check out Zencastr’s <a href="https://support.zencastr.com/en/articles/2775732-recording-your-first-episode">docs on recording your first episode</a> with Zencastr and <a href="https://support.zencastr.com/en/articles/1773344-how-to-video-for-your-guests">a guide to share with your guests</a>.</p><p>The inability to see your guest and pick up on cues can be seen as a challenge of remote podcasting and we’ve seen tools like <a href="https://squadcast.fm/">SquadCast</a> gain in popularity. But we’ve also heard from folks that (digital, not necessarily in-person) visuals can be distracting and add a layer of self-consciousness. Our advice here is to check-in with your guests. Everyone has differing levels of confidence, comfort, and experience with these new tools and your job as host is to make sure the conversation flows smoothly, so just ask for their preferences. If you do choose to add video, we caution against simply recording a video call because it adds additional steps to the editing process and audio may be low quality.</p><h3>Where to Record</h3><p>Minimize background noise and echo. Avoid recording in larger, reflective rooms with harder surfaces like glass, tile, rock and metal. Try to find a smaller room where surfaces are largely made of softer materials (wood, sheetrock, carpet, rugs, furniture, etc.) like a small home office or carpeted bedroom.</p><p>Before you begin recording, take a quick look around the room and see what simple measures you can take to avoid capturing unwanted sounds. A device with audible notifications, a squeaky chair, a yipping pet, an audible AC –any precaution that can be taken to avoid these kinds of things will improve the quality of the recording.</p><h3>Being an Effective Host</h3><p>Conducting in-person interviews requires a lot of energy and confidence. Interviewing remotely can be harder because of latency issues and dropped connections. The one thing all great in-person and remote interviewers have in common is a lot of practice.</p><p>Some <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/blog/how-to-be-a-great-panel-moderator/">good hygiene to practice as a host</a>:</p><ul><li>Never interrupt your guests. Silence is okay, don’t scramble to fill it. Let your guests’ answers land for a beat before asking another question.</li><li>Avoid cross-talk. Without a visual aid, the audience just interprets two or more people speaking simultaneously as noise.</li><li>Speak confidently and avoid overusing placeholder words like “ummmm,” “ya know,” “like,” and “kind of,” whenever possible.</li><li>If a question you’re asking takes on a new life as you’re developing your thoughts, consider starting over and giving a clean and clear delivery of the intended question.</li><li>If you ever get tongue-tied, stop, take a breath, and restart. Pauses can always be edited out.</li></ul><p>As mentioned above, you should be treating your podcasts as a piece of content so we won’t be going into depth about howtoproduce content of high quality, as we already have plenty of helpful guides in <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/search/?t=heavybit&amp;s=content">the Library</a>. Remember, high-quality content is educational, entertaining, and engaging.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/8e89c2538b291dac8d59921d2f00f48770e06908-1024x512.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h2>Editing and Publishing An Episode</h2><h3>Avoid Having to Edit</h3><p>At Heavybit, all of our podcasts are edited meticulously in post-production, thanks to our Podcast Network Manager <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/blog/recommended-listening-our-favorite-podcasts-from-2020/">Lucas Oswald</a>. But we understand that having a dedicated audio editor isn’t always an option for time or budget reasons. That’s not to say you can’t produce high-quality episodes on a budget.</p><p>In addition to the recording tips above, the better prepared your hosts and guests are, the better your episode will turn out. The more composed everyone is, the easier it is to find and cut the awkward parts. The more experienced the host, the better they’ll be at rephrasing confusing points.</p><h3>Tools</h3><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/d94a8fdcf005d7fc0d7a984cf54e40e27657a297-1196x934.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>There are lots of tools out there to help with post-production. We use <a href="https://www.frame.io/">Frame</a> for folks to be able to leave feedback with timestamps for edits. Unintended Consequences host Yoz Grahame also recommends <a href="https://www.descript.com/">Descript</a>, which works as a collaboration, recording, and transcription tool in one.</p><p>The feedback we get most often from listeners is, “Thanks for providing time-coded transcripts.” Transcribing is time and resource intensive but the payoffs are high; transcripts provide accessibility to folks with hearing disabilities, cater to folks who prefer to read, and make your show discoverable to search engines. We recommend using a service like <a href="https://www.rev.com/">Rev</a> for reliable and fast transcripts. At the very least, include a time-stamped outline with every episode.</p><h2>Promoting Your Show</h2><h3>Social Channels</h3><p>If you’ve done your homework of determining who your target audience is during the objective-planning stage, then you should already know the channels they’re likely to be hanging out in. But lately, people are so hungry for podcasts, submitting your feed (with the correct categories) to as many podcast directories as possible is a great way to increase listenership.</p><p>Some of our most popular shows have dedicated account handles but again, whether you should do that will depend on what your objectives are. If the podcast is supposed to generate leads for sales, you should be promoting it through the corporate account. If the goal is to build a revenue-agnostic sub-community for users, create a separate space to build that up.</p><h3>Repackaging Your Episodes</h3><p>Podcasts are fun in that they can be repackaged in a multitude of mediums. For every episode, we create a set of quote images and audiograms using <a href="https://make.headliner.app/">Headliner</a>. Tweets with images receive <a href="https://blog.hubspot.com/marketing/visual-content-marketing-strategy">150% more</a> retweets than tweets without images and short videos generate <a href="https://learn.g2.com/video-marketing-statistics"><em>1200% more</em></a> shares than text and image content combined.</p><p>You should be promoting every episode but don’t miss opportunities to promote the show itself. Individual stream and download counts are important but what’s more important is encouraging people, who stumbled upon your one viral episode, to check out the rest and ultimately, subscribe to your show. Whenever you have a couple of new episodes go out, <a href="https://orbit.love/blog/the-secret-to-building-things-developers-love/">repackage them into a campaign</a> to drive people to subscribe, rate, and leave reviews, which should increase your reach into untapped audiences.</p><h3>Lean on Your Guests</h3><p>Lastly, thank your guests. People come onto your show because they get a chance to share their stories and thoughts with a larger audience so tag them on social media and make it easier for them to share with their networks by pre-drafting tweets.</p><p>Episodes don’t need to be released in the order that they were recorded in. If your guest and/or their company has an exciting launch coming up, take advantage of that and publish the episode to coincide with it.</p><p>We’ll be updating this guide regularly with additional tips so check back often, and let us know if you’d like to add anything or if we’ve missed something. Good luck!</p><p><em>You can hear these tips in practice by <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/">streaming and subscribing to the shows</a> in the Heavybit network. Follow us on <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">Twitter</a> to stay updated on the newest episodes.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/so-you-want-to-start-a-show-podcasting-best-practices">So You Want to Start A Show: Podcasting Best Practices</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #3, The Emergent Consequences of Feedback Loops with Paul Biggar of Dark</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-the-emergent-consequences-of-feedback-loops-with-paul-biggar-of-dark</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Mar 2021 10:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15780</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Heidi Waterhouse speaks with Paul Biggar, founder of CircleCI and Dark, about what makes coding live surprising, and how that guides what we think of continuous delivery. They also discuss the definition of “done” for software and how that has changed over time.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Heidi Waterhouse speaks with Paul Biggar, founder of CircleCI and Dark, about what makes coding live surprising, and how that guides what we think of continuous delivery. They also discuss the definition of “done” for software and how that has changed over time.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-the-emergent-consequences-of-feedback-loops-with-paul-biggar-of-dark">Ep. #3, The Emergent Consequences of Feedback Loops with Paul Biggar of Dark</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Community Lessons from GitHub, Google &amp; GitLab with Jono Bacon</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/community-lessons-from-github-google-gitlab-with-jono-bacon</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Mar 2021 11:00:40 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Community]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-15868</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Speaker Series, leading consultant and author, Jono Bacon shares decades of experience in how communities supercharge your business, brand, and teams.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #74, Redefining JAMstack with Debbie O’Brien of NuxtJS</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-74-redefining-jamstack-with-debbie-obrien-of-nuxtjs</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Mar 2021 09:49:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15785</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 74 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Debbie O’Brien of NuxtJS. They discuss the use cases of NuxtJS, tactics for engaging open source communities, and the importance of rewarding project maintainers.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 74 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Debbie O’Brien of NuxtJS. They discuss the use cases of NuxtJS, tactics for engaging open source communities, and the importance of rewarding project maintainers.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-74-redefining-jamstack-with-debbie-obrien-of-nuxtjs">Ep. #74, Redefining JAMstack with Debbie O’Brien of NuxtJS</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #35, Government Software Systems with Mark Ferlatte of Truss</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-35-government-software-systems-with-mark-ferlatte-of-truss</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 Mar 2021 10:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15777</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 35 of o11ycast, Charity and Shelby speak with Mark Ferlatte of Truss. They discuss government software system failures and successes including Healthcare.gov and the COVID-19 vaccine rollout.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 35 of o11ycast, Charity and Shelby speak with Mark Ferlatte of Truss. They discuss government software system failures and successes including Healthcare.gov and the COVID-19 vaccine rollout.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-35-government-software-systems-with-mark-ferlatte-of-truss">Ep. #35, Government Software Systems with Mark Ferlatte of Truss</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #15, Learning in Public with Shawn “Swyx” Wang</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-15-learning-in-public-with-shawn-swyx-wang</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Mar 2021 09:45:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15774</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 15 of Developer Love, Patrick speaks with Shawn “Swyx” Wang of Temporal. They discuss divorcing your identity from your work, transparency in developer marketing, and the merits of learning in public.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 15 of Developer Love, Patrick speaks with Shawn “Swyx” Wang of Temporal. They discuss divorcing your identity from your work, transparency in developer marketing, and the merits of learning in public.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-15-learning-in-public-with-shawn-swyx-wang">Ep. #15, Learning in Public with Shawn “Swyx” Wang</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How To Kickstart a Successful Channel Sales Program</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-kickstart-a-successful-channel-sales-program</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Mar 2021 10:30:23 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Channel Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-15766</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Next47 Partner and sales expert Micah Smurthwaite and Next47’s Director, Global GTM, Wikings Machado, share a guide to starting a successful channel sales program.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em><a href="https://next47.com/people/micah-smurthwaite/">Micah Smurthwaite</a> is Partner at Next47, where he focuses on sourcing and supporting investments in enterprise software, infrastructure, cybersecurity, and frontier technology companies. Before joining Next47, Micah was the first sales hire at Cloudflare where he was part of the team that grew revenue from $1M to over $100M. While scaling Cloudflare he opened Cloudflare’s EMEA sales office and established Cloudflare’s channel sales division.</em></p><p><em>In this post, Micah and Next47’s Director, Global Go-to-Market, <a href="https://next47.com/people/wikings-machado">Wikings Machado</a>, share their getting-started guide of tactical tips and considerations for starting a successful channel sales program.</em></p><p>Selling through partners can be a sales force multiplier. There is a laundry list of channel sales best practices: MDF (market development funds), channel neutral compensation, account tagging, etc.. But igniting initial channel sales from a cold start is much harder than operating a partnership go-to-market motion already in growth mode. Here are some tips and advice for the early stages of kickstarting channel sales.</p><h3><strong>Who Can Get Me to the Customers I Can’t Get to Directly?</strong></h3><p>Selling directly to a customer without the help of a partner gives you full control of the customer relationship. You can manage the renewal, case studies, expansion and upsell opportunities, and most importantly, you don’t have to split any revenue on the sale! Unfortunately, some buyers won’t purchase directly from you. Some buyers may want to purchase from systems integrators, digital agencies, MSPs (Managed Service Providers), and VARs (Value-added Resellers). Or maybe your product is too technical for another buying persona and through an OEM agreement you can reach a new audience.</p><blockquote>The guiding question when evaluating which partners to engage with is, “Who can bring me customers I can’t get on my own?”</blockquote><h3><strong>The Match to Light Partner Sales: Joint Customers</strong></h3><p>Imagine starting a meeting with a potential reseller saying, “We already have 3 joint customers, maybe we should do something more formal together?” The reseller will take you seriously, the business case has been validated, and their internal dialogue will be, “They’re already selling this to <em>my</em> customers. I’m missing out on the revenue!”</p><p>Getting a meeting with a partner about a potential partnership is easy, and so is executing the partnership agreement. The toughest part of the job is operationalizing the partnership and getting actual sell-through. When a partner has competing products to resell, or even their own core product, why should a partner prioritize enabling their sales team on your <em>theoretically</em> fruitful partnership?</p><p>This is where having joint customers puts you at the top of the partner’s priority list. So how do you find out who those partners are? Ask your customers! A best practice is to</p><blockquote>ask all of your direct customers what partners they like doing business with.</blockquote><p>When there are an overwhelming number of partners who could help take you to market, listen to your customer’s voice to create hierarchy in your list of potential partners to target where you already have evidence of a successful partnership.</p><h3><strong>Vertical Specialists are a Great Place to Start</strong></h3><p>With an expansive catalog of products, generalist resellers have the challenging task of learning how to sell disparate SKUs, and often are unable to achieve fluency across so many product lines. In contrast, specialists deeply understand a smaller set of products sold to a smaller market of buyers. These specialists are the partners you want to work with early in your go-to-market because their enablement will be a shorter learning curve as opposed to the heavy training investment a generalist requires.</p><p>Consider <a href="https://partners.magento.com/portal/directory/?_ga=2.188249002.387451602.1610751756-18393919.1610751756&amp;p=2&amp;partner_type=1">Magento’s eCommerce partner ecosystem</a>. These are digital agencies and systems integrators who create and maintain websites for retailers. These partners specialize even further within eCommerce with expertise in automotive, beauty, or food websites. If your startup’s product is in the web application tech stack, these partners can help you find customers in the eCommerce automotive sector that may not purchase from you directly.</p><p>One success story of a specialist partner I saw recently was <a href="https://www.opusagency.com/">Opus</a>, an events agency. If you’re a large tech company organizing a large event (e.g. AWS re:Invent) Opus is an agency that helps plan and execute the event. <a href="https://www.bizzabo.com/">Bizzabo</a>, an events management platform (and Next47 investment), was considering which partners they should go-to-market with. The deep knowledge Opus had in the events industry made them the perfect fit. The ability to quickly understand the value that Bizzabo delivers and to match it with the pains of its key customers helped Bizzabo reach multiple deals in less than 6 months. A quick enablement cycle and quick wins are the ideal outcome for kickstarting partnerships.</p><h3><strong>Enablement: Broadcast and Narrowcast</strong></h3><p>In order to resell your product well, the partner needs to learn a new sales motion. At mature organizations, sophisticated enablement programs and proctored certification exams are codified best practices (e.g.<a href="https://www.salesforce.com/content/dam/web/en_us/www/documents/datasheets/certification-guide.pdf">Salesforce implementation certified</a>). But a resource-constrained startup will need to use a mix of broadcast (a speaking slot at their Sales Kickoff, or a training in sales pipeline meeting) and narrowcast (joining a sales call, 1:1 account reviews) enablement tactics.</p><p>A simple enablement training program to make your partner successful is the level 1, 2, 3 training framework.</p><ol><li>Level 1 means they simply are aware of the vocabulary needed to describe the new product.</li><li>Level 2 means they can talk about the new product for 10 minutes without being found out.</li><li>A level 3 person is the true subject matter expert whose own peers can rely on for answering tough questions about how the product works.</li></ol><p>If everyone in the partner organization is at level 1, some at level 2, and a level 3 in each region then you’ll have enabled a self-sufficient partner.</p><h3><strong>Channel Conflict</strong></h3><blockquote>Conflict creates interest. When you close a deal directly with one of your partner’s customers, this can spur your channel partner to action.</blockquote><p>“Isn’t customer X one of yours? Oh we just closed a huge direct deal with them. You should have pitched us to them.” And the opposite is true. When your partner closes a deal with one of your direct customers you can broadcast that news to your direct sales team to create a sense of urgency among your own team. Lighting a fire under a partner, or your direct sales team, is easy when you tell them someone else beat them to the punch.</p><h3><strong>Kickstart to Scale</strong></h3><p>By identifying vertically specialized partners that can connect you to customers who won’t purchase from you direct, you’ll have a set of partners who can multiply your salesforce. Using joint customers to validate the partnership’s potential will accelerate the partner’s buy-in and increase their appetite for enablement trainings. Once enabled, these partnerships will have enough momentum that they can be managed with traditional channel sales management best practices. Hopefully these tips give you some ideas on how to get initial liftoff with partners.</p><p><em>If you found this guide helpful, be sure to reach out to</em> <em>Micah and Wikings at <a href="https://next47.com/team">Next47</a> to let them know and connect with them on LinkedIn. You can also find Micah and his other writings on <a href="https://twitter.com/Smurda">Twitter.</a></em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-kickstart-a-successful-channel-sales-program">How To Kickstart a Successful Channel Sales Program</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #34, The DevOps Transformation with Gene Kim of IT Revolution</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-34-the-devops-transformation-with-gene-kim-of-it-revolution</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Mar 2021 10:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15692</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 34 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Gene Kim of IT Revolution. They discuss his journey to founding Tripwire, his prolific career as a DevOps author, and the positive social impacts technology adoption could have in the future.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 34 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Gene Kim of IT Revolution. They discuss his journey to founding Tripwire, his prolific career as a DevOps author, and the positive social impacts technology adoption could have in the future.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-34-the-devops-transformation-with-gene-kim-of-it-revolution">Ep. #34, The DevOps Transformation with Gene Kim of IT Revolution</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ask a Recruiter: Hiring Your First Management Layer</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ask-a-recruiter-hiring-your-first-management-layer</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Mar 2021 11:30:14 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-15805</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>We spoke with two recruiting experts in our community, Marissa Iteld and Dena McHenry, to learn more about how to build out your first management layer correctly.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>If you’re a company about to embark on the transition from Series Seed to Series A, building out your first management layer correctly is crucial. To help founders make that transition as smooth as possible, I spoke with two recruiting experts in our community, <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/marissaiteld/">Marissa Iteld</a> and <a href="https://www.denamchenrysearch.com/">Dena McHenry</a>. Read on to learn more about how to think through your hiring process, to save your org time, energy, and possibly even some money.</p><h2>About Our Experts</h2><p>Embedded in the startup ecosystem for nearly two decades, Marissa has helped numerous technology companies build and scale their teams. Marissa is Partner at <a href="https://guildtalent.com/">Guild Talent</a>, a boutique executive search firm that focuses on supporting venture-funded technology companies, where she focuses on critical leadership hiring, working directly with executive teams and founders at startups nationwide.</p><p>Dena McHenry was a contract recruiter for 20+ years building out engineering teams at companies such as Snowflake, Bleacher Report, Quizlet and many others. She now runs Dena McHenry Search, a contingency firm specializing in engineering, product and design searches.</p><h2>Key Roles to Prioritize</h2><p>There’s no right or wrong answer to this question; it really depends on your company. For example, cos that sell to consumers or have a primarily bottom-up GTM strategy should hire engineering and product leaders who understand excellent user experiences and features that drive adoption. Cos that sell to the enterprise or have a primarily top-down GTM strategy should focus on engineering and sales leaders with experience building and working with buyer personas.</p><p>Though there’s no one-size-fits-all answer, when deciding what your org’s first key roles should be, the most important consideration is the experience (or lack of experience) that the founding team brings to the table.</p><p>If you’re a founder with a technical or marketing background, you can handle the technical or marketing work yourself (for the most part), so address the gaps that need filling first. As Dena points out, as your company scales, IC engineers are going to look for who your CTO is and what the engineering culture is like. A non-technical founder trying to ramp up engineering is going to reach a breaking point so finding a technical leader first, makes for a better long-term hiring strategy.</p><h2>Building an Employer Brand</h2><p>The current market is competitive, for both talent and employers. But as a stealth or pre-GA company, how do you make sure you attract exceptional candidates? The reality is that proactively building a strong brand presence doesn’t happen until around after Seed, when there are enough people on the team to want to make that change.</p><p>But that’s not to say there aren’t steps you can take to make your company stand out to candidates. Your first 4-6 employees could build their personal presence online and participate in existing communities to signal what the culture and pulse of the company is like. The founding team should produce <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/a-startup-guide-to-product-launches-generate-the-hype-your-product-deserves/">thought-leadership</a> through blog posts. You don’t need a fully fleshed out <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/messaging-framework/">messaging framework</a> but have a 3-5 sentence elevator pitch ready for your internal team <em>and</em> external stakeholders who’d be willing to spread the word for you.</p><p>Marissa and Dena both highlight that they key here is selling an opportunity, a future.</p><blockquote>It’s not about where your company is at right now, it’s about where it’s going. There are plenty of people out there who prefer and enjoy working with early-stage startups, so just focus on pitching to them.</blockquote><h2>Job Descriptions</h2><p>Before you even write the job description, you have to know what you’re looking for; if you don’t know what you’re looking for, you shouldn’t be hiring. Spend some time looking at existing roles at companies similar to yours. It doesn’t need to be complicated.</p><p>Dena finds that the less formal the job description is, the more traction it gets. She recommends writing it as if you just pulled up a chair for a chat at their desk. Imagine they already work for you and just write down what you’d want them to do and how you’d want them to perform. Marissa adds that candidates are more likely to notice your JD when you personalize it to your company’s “voice.”</p><h2>Sourcing Candidates</h2><p>As a Seed stage company, you probably don’t have the purchasing power to be spearfishing experienced veterans at well-known companies. The best and cheapest way to find hidden talent is to ask your network and have people you trust advertise the role for you.</p><p>Even before shelter-in-place, but more so now that most companies have embraced remote work, Dena urges employers to stay open minded, whether that means being agnostic on the programming language or the location of the talent pool. Companies that invest in those hidden pockets, reap the benefits.</p><h2>Shortening the Time to Hire</h2><p>Paradoxically, the more time you spend thinking through and preparing for the above, the quicker you’ll be able to make the hire. But Marissa emphasizes that hiring is going to take time. Period. Sometimes you don’t realize exactly what it is you need until you’ve already spent time interviewing people and that’s alright. Making it a priority and understanding the ROI of doing it correctly, means not only will your time not be wasted, it’ll also help streamline the process.</p><p>Dena warns that trying to find a candidate that checks all the boxes is only going to slow the whole process down. You can compete all you want with the Googles and the Apples out there for all-star candidates but it’s only going to hurt your business. You’re not going to find the perfect someone so it’s ok to take a calculated risk. Also avoid falling into the analysis paralysis trap. Don’t pass on the best candidate just because they happened to be the first person you interviewed.</p><h2>In-house Recruiters vs. Agencies</h2><p>There isn’t an exact timing (that isn’t to say there isn’t <em>bad</em> timing) to transitioning away from founder-led hiring but how much time you have and how much hiring you need to do should drive that decision. Marissa finds that founders don’t normally have the bandwidth to work on more than 1-2 roles, so when 2-3 roles are open at the same time would be good time to get additional support. Dena suggests when your company scales to more than 15 (though your CTOs and CMOs will continue to build out their respective orgs, at some point they’ll have to delegate some steps in the process,) is when you should definitely bring in someone dedicated to hiring.</p><blockquote>Keep in mind that filling entry level roles yourself isn’t difficult but having a recruiter take care of it can save you from having not-so-great fits that require time getting up to speed.</blockquote><p>Whether an in-house/contracted recruiter or contingency recruitment agency fits the bill boils down to the number of open reqs that need filling and the types/levels of roles you’re looking for. Agencies are great for 1 to a handful of specific roles at a management level. And say you have a technical background, agencies would also be great for filling the gaps in your network that aren’t very strong.</p><p>If you have over 7-8 reqs, particularly for IC roles, you should consider having an in-house or retained recruiter who can focus solely on full cycle recruiting and building a recruiting brand specific to your company. If you decide to go with an agency, make sure the assigned recruiter meets and gets to know your company really well since they’ll be tasked with functioning as an in-house recruiter.</p><h2>Onboarding for Success, Especially while Remote</h2><p>Unfortunately, there’s no silver bullet to the million dollar question that we all suddenly find ourselves facing (literally, the companies that can afford to, are paying top $ to HR people to figure it out.) But rest assured, from Dena’s experience, startups actually have it easier than larger companies.</p><p>Regardless of whether remote work is a temporary or permanent state, Marissa’s advice is that new employees of all levels and seniority should be made comfortable, as soon as possible. The first couple of days should be only meetings with others in the company. Make sure they sit with a manager, to get the lay of the land, and at least 1 person from each function, to understand how they’ll be working together and who to go to when they need help.</p><p><em>Have additional questions? Need a recruiter? Reach out to <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/marissaiteld/">Marissa</a> and <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/dena-mchenry-15ba97">Dena</a> on LinkedIn, and make sure to check out our other <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/search/?t=heavybit&amp;s=hire+hiring">hiring-related content</a> in the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/">Heavybit Library</a>.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ask-a-recruiter-hiring-your-first-management-layer">Ask a Recruiter: Hiring Your First Management Layer</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #11, Backstage with Lee Mills and Matt Clarke of Spotify</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-backstage-with-lee-mills-and-matt-clarke-of-spotify</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Mar 2021 09:45:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15748</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 11 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc speaks with Lee Mills and Matt Clarke of Spotify. They discuss the origins and the roadmap of the CNCF project Backstage, and unpack the complexities of building developer portals.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 11 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc speaks with Lee Mills and Matt Clarke of Spotify. They discuss the origins and the roadmap of the CNCF project Backstage, and unpack the complexities of building developer portals.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-backstage-with-lee-mills-and-matt-clarke-of-spotify">Ep. #11, Backstage with Lee Mills and Matt Clarke of Spotify</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #73, Serverless Made Easy with Brian LeRoux of Begin</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-73-serverless-made-easy-with-brian-leroux-of-begin</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Feb 2021 10:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15694</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 73 of JAMstack Radio, Brian Douglas speaks with Brian LeRoux of Begin. They discuss the front-end web community, accelerating serverless architecture, and minimizing cold start times.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 73 of JAMstack Radio, Brian Douglas speaks with Brian LeRoux of Begin. They discuss the front-end web community, accelerating serverless architecture, and minimizing cold start times.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-73-serverless-made-easy-with-brian-leroux-of-begin">Ep. #73, Serverless Made Easy with Brian LeRoux of Begin</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #34, Diminishing Complexity with Jaana Dogan of AWS</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-34-diminishing-complexity-with-jaana-dogan-of-aws</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Feb 2021 09:55:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15680</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 34 of o11ycast, Charity and Liz speak with Jaana Dogan of AWS. They discuss Jaana’s career journey, life before observability tools, and reducing system complexity within large organizations.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 34 of o11ycast, Charity and Liz speak with Jaana Dogan of AWS. They discuss Jaana’s career journey, life before observability tools, and reducing system complexity within large organizations.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-34-diminishing-complexity-with-jaana-dogan-of-aws">Ep. #34, Diminishing Complexity with Jaana Dogan of AWS</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #10, Crossplane with Daniel Mangum of Upbound</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-crossplane-with-daniel-mangum-of-upbound</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Feb 2021 10:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15686</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 10 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc is joined by Daniel Mangum of Upbound. They discuss the CNCF Sandbox project Crossplane, deploying Postgres databases, and The Linux Foundation’s Mentorship Programs.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 10 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc is joined by Daniel Mangum of Upbound. They discuss the CNCF Sandbox project Crossplane, deploying Postgres databases, and The Linux Foundation’s Mentorship Programs.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-crossplane-with-daniel-mangum-of-upbound">Ep. #10, Crossplane with Daniel Mangum of Upbound</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #2, A Standard Metric Tomato with Dr. Aleks Krotoski of BBC Radio 4</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-a-standard-metric-tomato-with-dr-aleks-krotoski-of-bbc-radio-4</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Feb 2021 10:20:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15584</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 2 of Unintended Consequences, Yoz and Kim continue their conversation with Dr. Aleks Krotoski of BBC Radio 4. They discuss the nature of ethical guidelines, accountability in the modern world, and the standard metric tomato.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 2 of Unintended Consequences, Yoz and Kim continue their conversation with Dr. Aleks Krotoski of BBC Radio 4. They discuss the nature of ethical guidelines, accountability in the modern world, and the standard metric tomato.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-a-standard-metric-tomato-with-dr-aleks-krotoski-of-bbc-radio-4">Ep. #2, A Standard Metric Tomato with Dr. Aleks Krotoski of BBC Radio 4</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #72, Documentation Deep Dive with Megan Sullivan of Gatsby</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-72-documentation-deep-dive-with-megan-sullivan-of-gatsby</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Feb 2021 14:39:13 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15666</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 72 of JAMstack Radio, Brian chats with Megan Sullivan of Gatsby. They discuss teaching young people to code, Megan’s tech career journey, and her experience overhauling the documentation process at Gatsby.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 72 of JAMstack Radio, Brian chats with Megan Sullivan of Gatsby. They discuss teaching young people to code, Megan’s tech career journey, and her experience overhauling the documentation process at Gatsby.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-72-documentation-deep-dive-with-megan-sullivan-of-gatsby">Ep. #72, Documentation Deep Dive with Megan Sullivan of Gatsby</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Retention Lessons from 20k SaaS Companies with ProfitWell’s CEO</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/retention-lessons-from-20k-saas-companies-with-profitwells-ceo</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Feb 2021 10:30:30 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Retention]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Up-Selling]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Pricing &amp; Packaging]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Pricing Strategy]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Churn]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-15705</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Speaker Series, ProfitWell CEO Patrick Campbell shares data-driven insights on how reducing churn is one of the most powerful, yet overlooked, levers of growth for business.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #14, Community Transparency with Tracy Lee of This Dot Labs</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-14-community-transparency-with-tracy-lee-of-this-dot-labs</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Feb 2021 12:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15582</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 14 of Developer Love, Patrick speaks with Tracy Lee of This Dot Labs. They discuss the prevalence of online events, nurturing communities within remote orgs, and providing opportunities for underrepresented groups in tech.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 14 of Developer Love, Patrick speaks with Tracy Lee of This Dot Labs. They discuss the prevalence of online events, nurturing communities within remote orgs, and providing opportunities for underrepresented groups in tech.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-14-community-transparency-with-tracy-lee-of-this-dot-labs">Ep. #14, Community Transparency with Tracy Lee of This Dot Labs</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The State of Security in 2021</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-state-of-security-in-2021</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Feb 2021 11:00:34 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Roundup]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[DevSecOps]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Secure Development]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-15632</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In an ever-changing landscape, it’s hard to definitively say what this year holds for us. Some folks in our community share their opinions on security predictions for 2021.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>When we hosted <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/enterprise-security/">DevGuild: Enterprise Security</a> in late 2019 and HackerOne CEO <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-securely-for-user-privacy-app-sec/">Marten Mickos</a> in Feb 2020, we had no idea that the COVID-19 pandemic and shift to remote work would dramatically accelerate the importance of security as an essential business consideration for organizations of all sizes and stages. In an ever-changing landscape, it’s hard to definitively say what this year holds for us so I asked some folks in our community to share their opinions on security predictions for 2021.</p><h3><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/karl-hanson">Karl Hanson</a>, Co-Founder of <a href="https://www.tonic.ai/">Tonic</a>: Data de-identification</h3><p><strong>“</strong>The shift to remote work has changed how people think about security for distributed teams, especially around data minimization and access restrictions. We’re going to see an increased focus on security products that reduce exposure. But the real potential is for products that do so without limiting employees from getting work done. This is the area we’re doubling down on.<strong>”</strong></p><p>Co-founder Ian Coe goes into greater detail in <a href="https://www.tonic.ai/post/how-data-privacy-will-impact-devops-in-2021">this post</a> on the Tonic blog, make sure to check it out.</p><h3><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/apenwarr">Avery Pennarun</a>, Co-Founder of <a href="https://tailscale.com/">Tailscale</a>: Zero Trust and securing devices</h3><p><strong>“</strong>Lately people are thinking a lot about how to live in a world where we can’t trust devices even on our own LAN. Everyone is working from home, where the company doesn’t control the network, and can’t afford to funnel all the browser traffic back to a corporate IDS. Rogue routers, IoT devices, and malware-infected systems can be anywhere.</p><p>I expect we’re going to see more creative ways to lock down individual devices and detect breaches and attacks as they happen, including Zero Trust networks and improved endpoint security and monitoring. People are becoming increasingly conscious that automatic software updates, even from trusted vendors, can create risks, just like failing to install security patches can create risks. We’ll start seeing solutions to get us out of that double bind.<strong>”</strong></p><h3><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ogazitt">Omri Gazitt</a>, Co-Founder of <a href="https://www.aserto.com/">Aserto</a>: Authorization is broken</h3><p><strong>“</strong>With last year’s widespread shift to remote work, IT and security teams saw their challenges with identity and access control magnified many times over, making it clear that existing perimeter-based access control strategies are entirely insufficient for the modern world.</p><p>Unlike authentication, which has standardized on OAuth 2, SAML, and OpenID Connect, there are no standards for authorization — each application has to invent its own permissions and roles, and implement authorization and access control in a one-off fashion. Fine-grained authorization is a core part of the application, and therefore has to be modernized by each and every SaaS application vendor.<strong>”</strong></p><p>You can read Omri’s full post on the impacts of fixing authorization, <a href="https://aserto.medium.com/authorization-is-broken-436f810da758">here</a>.</p><h3>Subscribe for Updates</h3><p>In addition to the above, in last November’s election, Californians approved <a href="http://brookings.edu/blog/techtank/2020/11/17/by-passing-proposition-24-california-voters-up-the-ante-on-federal-privacy-law/">Prop 24</a>, also known as the California Privacy Rights and Enforcement Act of 2020. 26 other states have followed suit and we expect this year to be a year of transition for legislation, on both a state and federal level. To stay up to date with these changes in the dev tool space and larger tech industry, make sure <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr">you’re subscribed</a> to our monthly newsletter and weekly digest.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-state-of-security-in-2021">The State of Security in 2021</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #71, Open Source Firebase Alternative with Paul Copplestone of Supabase</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-71-open-source-firebase-alternative-with-paul-copplestone-of-supabase</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Feb 2021 10:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15531</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 71 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Paul Copplestone of Supabase. They discuss the inception of Supabase and its use cases, the scalability issues faced by startups, and the mysteries surrounding database management.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 71 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Paul Copplestone of Supabase. They discuss the inception of Supabase and its use cases, the scalability issues faced by startups, and the mysteries surrounding database management.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-71-open-source-firebase-alternative-with-paul-copplestone-of-supabase">Ep. #71, Open Source Firebase Alternative with Paul Copplestone of Supabase</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #33, Information Accessibility with Katy Farmer of CircleCI</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-33-information-accessibility-with-katy-farmer-of-circleci</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 Jan 2021 10:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15535</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 33 of o11ycast, Charity and Shelby are joined by Katy Farmer of CircleCI. They discuss learned helplessness, understanding complicated systems through direct experience, and championing devs to fail gracefully.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 33 of o11ycast, Charity and Shelby are joined by Katy Farmer of CircleCI. They discuss learned helplessness, understanding complicated systems through direct experience, and championing devs to fail gracefully.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-33-information-accessibility-with-katy-farmer-of-circleci">Ep. #33, Information Accessibility with Katy Farmer of CircleCI</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #1, Defending Our Thesis with Dr. Aleks Krotoski of BBC Radio 4</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-defending-our-thesis-with-dr-aleks-krotoski-of-bbc-radio-4</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Jan 2021 10:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15530</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this inaugural episode of Unintended Consequences, Kim Harrison and Yoz Grahame speak with the award-winning journalist and social psychologist Dr. Aleks Krotoski of BBC Radio 4 about the unintended consequences of technological growth.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this inaugural episode of Unintended Consequences, Kim Harrison and Yoz Grahame speak with the award-winning journalist and social psychologist Dr. Aleks Krotoski of BBC Radio 4 about the unintended consequences of technological growth.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-defending-our-thesis-with-dr-aleks-krotoski-of-bbc-radio-4">Ep. #1, Defending Our Thesis with Dr. Aleks Krotoski of BBC Radio 4</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #9, Falco with Dan “Pop” Papandrea of Sysdig</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-falco-with-dan-pop-papandrea-of-sysdig</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Jan 2021 10:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15506</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 9 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell speaks with Dan “Pop” Papandrea of Sysdig. They discuss Pop’s experience as a CNCF ambassador, the incubating project Falco, and the importance of runtime monitoring for security.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 9 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell speaks with Dan “Pop” Papandrea of Sysdig. They discuss Pop’s experience as a CNCF ambassador, the incubating project Falco, and the importance of runtime monitoring for security.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-falco-with-dan-pop-papandrea-of-sysdig">Ep. #9, Falco with Dan “Pop” Papandrea of Sysdig</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #13, Searching for the Spark with Rosie Sherry of Indie Hackers</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-searching-for-the-spark-with-rosie-sherry-of-indie-hackers</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2021 10:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15494</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 13 of Developer Love, Patrick speaks with Rosie Sherry of Indie Hackers. They discuss tools for organizing online events, practicing collaboration without ownership, and fostering inclusivity within communities.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 13 of Developer Love, Patrick speaks with Rosie Sherry of Indie Hackers. They discuss tools for organizing online events, practicing collaboration without ownership, and fostering inclusivity within communities.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-searching-for-the-spark-with-rosie-sherry-of-indie-hackers">Ep. #13, Searching for the Spark with Rosie Sherry of Indie Hackers</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Cloud Monitoring became a Billion $ Business w/ Sumo Logic Founder and CTO</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/how-cloud-monitoring-became-a-billion-business-w-sumo-logic-founder-and-cto</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Jan 2021 11:00:12 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Celebrity]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Category Creation]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Cloud Monitoring]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-15561</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Speaker Series, Founder &amp; CTO Christian Beedgen joined Heavybit GP Joe Ruscio for a discussion on what made Sumo Logic a leader in enterprise cloud transformation.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #12, Platform Success with Ceci Stallsmith and Paige Paquette of Calyx Consulting</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-platform-success-with-ceci-stallsmith-and-paige-paquette-of-calyx-consulting</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Jan 2021 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15491</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 12 of Developer Love, Patrick speaks with Ceci Stallsmith and Paige Paquette of Calyx Consulting. They discuss the attributes of high-level platform strategies, driving product adoption, and building communities around products.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 12 of Developer Love, Patrick speaks with Ceci Stallsmith and Paige Paquette of Calyx Consulting. They discuss the attributes of high-level platform strategies, driving product adoption, and building communities around products.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-platform-success-with-ceci-stallsmith-and-paige-paquette-of-calyx-consulting">Ep. #12, Platform Success with Ceci Stallsmith and Paige Paquette of Calyx Consulting</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #32, Managing Hardware with Gianluca Arbezzano of Equinix Metal</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-32-managing-hardware-with-gianluca-arbezzano-of-equinix-metal</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Jan 2021 10:25:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15463</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 32 of o11ycast, Liz and Shelby speak with Gianluca Arbezzano of Equinix Metal. They discuss diversifying the way observability is evangelized, the indicators that an organization has outgrown off-the-shelf tools, and managing hardware.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 32 of o11ycast, Liz and Shelby speak with Gianluca Arbezzano of Equinix Metal. They discuss diversifying the way observability is evangelized, the indicators that an organization has outgrown off-the-shelf tools, and managing hardware.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-32-managing-hardware-with-gianluca-arbezzano-of-equinix-metal">Ep. #32, Managing Hardware with Gianluca Arbezzano of Equinix Metal</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Most Popular Pieces of Content from 2020</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-most-popular-pieces-of-content-from-2020</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Jan 2021 10:30:54 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Roundup]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Seasonal]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-15511</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>2020 was difficult but it was also a big year for the devtools space. Check out some of 2020’s good news and popular headlines from the Heavybit community.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>There’s no right way to describe what kind of year 2020 was and perhaps it’s best that we leave it behind us. But at the same time, last year was a big year for the devtools space (and a <a href="https://news.crunchbase.com/news/tech-cos-gone-public-in-2020/">‘Blockbuster’ year for IPOs</a>) so as a final reflection, I want to offer some of the good news and popular headlines from the Heavybit community in 2020.</p><p>If you’re not already, make sure you’re <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr">subscribed</a> to our newsletter and digest because we’re constantly sharing more than just what’s published in our Library.</p><h3>In the Heavybit Library:</h3><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/blog/best-practices-startup-okrs/">OKRs for Startups</a>: How to Set Effective OKRs for the First Time</li></ul><p></p><ul><li>Building Self-Serve Go-to-Market with <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/self-serve-go-to-market/">Adam Gross</a></li></ul><p></p><ul><li>How to Execute <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/blog/saas-poc-paid-pilot-program/">SaaS Proof of Concepts</a> that Convert</li></ul><p></p><ul><li>How to Craft Your First <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/blog/customer-case-study-template/">Customer Case Study</a></li></ul><p></p><ul><li>Sales Prospecting for Founders: Tips from <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/blog/early-sales-prospecting-for-founders/">Mitch Morando</a></li></ul><h3>Podcasts:</h3><p></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/jamstack-radio/ep-51-community-over-code-with-shawn-wang-of-netlify/">JAMstack Radio #51</a>: Community Over Code with Shawn Wang of Netlify</li></ul><p></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/enterpriseready/ep-30-on-call-management-with-alex-solomon-of-pagerduty/">EnterpriseReady #30</a>: On-Call Management with Alex Solomon of PagerDuty</li></ul><p></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/demuxed/ep-13-two-way-video-and-beyond-with-sarah-allen-of-veriskope/">Demuxed #13</a>: Two-Way Video and Beyond with Sarah Allen of Veriskope</li></ul><p></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/the-kubelist-podcast/ep-5-flux-with-michael-bridgen-of-weaveworks/">The Kubelist Podcast #5</a>: Flux with Michael Bridgen of Weaveworks</li></ul><p></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/developer-love/ep-1-unintentional-gatekeeping-with-brian-douglas-of-github/">Developer Love #1</a>: Unintentional Gatekeeping with Brian Douglas of GitHub</li></ul><h3>Monthly Newsletter:</h3><ul><li><a href="https://dorman.io/so-long-and-thanks-for-all-the-sharks/">David Dorman</a>: So long and thanks for all the…sharks</li></ul><p></p><ul><li><a href="https://medium.com/memory-leak/3-devops-trends-to-watch-in-2020-827f69475ff0">Astasia Myers</a>: 3 DevOps Trends to Watch in 2020</li></ul><p></p><ul><li>Heavybit Welcomes New Member: <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/press/heavybit-welcomes-new-member-shipyard">Shipyard</a></li></ul><p></p><ul><li>Doubling Down on Content: Q&amp;A with <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/blog/doubling-down-on-content-qa-with-mitch-wainer/">Mitch Wainer</a></li></ul><p></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.contentful.com/blog/2020/06/17/accelerating-into-the-digital-first-era-with-80-million-in-new-funding/">Contentful</a>: $80M Series E</li></ul><p></p><h3>From the DevToolsDigest:</h3><p></p><ul><li><a href="https://blog.readme.com/7-ways-to-improve-the-design-of-your-documentation/">ReadMe</a>: 7 Ways to Improve the Design of Your Documentation</li></ul><p></p><ul><li>State of Developer Relations <a href="https://www.reverecommunications.com/post/state-of-developer-relations-2020-report">2020 Report</a></li></ul><p></p><ul><li><a href="https://tomtunguz.com/developer-and-consumer-marketing-parallels/">Tomasz Tunguz</a>: How Developer Marketing Parallels Consumer Marketing</li></ul><p></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.forbes.com/sites/glennsolomon/2020/06/23/why-developers-are-fueling-the-next-1-trillion-software-wave/?sh=4dc1e9341a31">Glenn Solomon</a>: Why Devs are Fueling the Next $1Trillion Software Wave</li></ul><p></p><ul><li><a href="https://orbit.love/blog/introducing-the-orbit-model-airtable-template">Orbit</a>: Introducing the Orbit Model Airtable Template</li></ul><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-most-popular-pieces-of-content-from-2020">The Most Popular Pieces of Content from 2020</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #11, Mastery and Purpose with David Heinemeier Hansson</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-mastery-and-purpose-with-david-heinemeier-hansson</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Dec 2020 09:45:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15405</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 11 of Developer Love, Patrick speaks with David Heinemeier Hansson of Basecamp about the creation of Ruby on Rails, universal themes of scarcity vs. abundance, building meaningful products, and nurturing healthy communities.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 11 of Developer Love, Patrick speaks with David Heinemeier Hansson of Basecamp about the creation of Ruby on Rails, universal themes of scarcity vs. abundance, building meaningful products, and nurturing healthy communities.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-mastery-and-purpose-with-david-heinemeier-hansson">Ep. #11, Mastery and Purpose with David Heinemeier Hansson</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #59, Game Changers and Product Clones</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-59-game-changers-and-product-clones</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Dec 2020 10:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15454</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 59 of To Be Continuous, Paul and Edith discuss the changes in production and monetization that have propelled the modern gaming industry, cloning products, and the merits of paying for distribution.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 59 of To Be Continuous, Paul and Edith discuss the changes in production and monetization that have propelled the modern gaming industry, cloning products, and the merits of paying for distribution.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-59-game-changers-and-product-clones">Ep. #59, Game Changers and Product Clones</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #31, Rewarding Curiosity with Ellen Chisa of Dark</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-31-rewarding-curiosity-with-ellen-chisa-of-dark</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Dec 2020 09:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15327</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 31 of o11ycast, Charity Majors and Ellen Chisa of Dark discuss the benefits of making observability tools more accessible, tailoring feedback to individuals, and the many ways software may change in the years to come.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 31 of o11ycast, Charity Majors and Ellen Chisa of Dark discuss the benefits of making observability tools more accessible, tailoring feedback to individuals, and the many ways software may change in the years to come.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-31-rewarding-curiosity-with-ellen-chisa-of-dark">Ep. #31, Rewarding Curiosity with Ellen Chisa of Dark</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #70, JAMstack Consulting with Núria Soriano and Josep Jaume of Codegram</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-70-jamstack-consulting-with-nuria-soriano-and-josep-jaume-of-codegram</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Dec 2020 12:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15322</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 70 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Núria Soriano and Josep Jaume of Codegram about JAMstack consulting, migrating to new versions of frameworks, the prevalence of plugins, and working with Gridsome.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 70 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Núria Soriano and Josep Jaume of Codegram about JAMstack consulting, migrating to new versions of frameworks, the prevalence of plugins, and working with Gridsome.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-70-jamstack-consulting-with-nuria-soriano-and-josep-jaume-of-codegram">Ep. #70, JAMstack Consulting with Núria Soriano and Josep Jaume of Codegram</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Our Podcast Guests’ 2020 JAM Picks</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/our-podcast-guests-2020-jam-picks</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Dec 2020 10:30:46 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Roundup]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Podcast]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Seasonal]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-15441</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this post, we share a roundup of some of this year’s JAMstack Radio guests’ JAM picks for 2020.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>If you’re an avid listener of our podcasts, you know that host Brian Douglas ends almost every episode of JAMstack Radio by asking guests for their “JAM picks,” anything they’re jamming on whether it be music, books, or a personal project. Below is a list of some of the community’s choices for 2020. What are your JAM picks? Let us know on Twitter and don’t forget to tag <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">@heavybit</a> <a href="https://twitter.com/JAMstackRadio">@JAMstackRadio</a> <a href="https://twitter.com/bdougieYO">@bdougieYO</a>!</p><h3>Chris Biscardi (<a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/jamstack-radio/ep-57-jsx-in-markdown-with-chris-biscardi/">Ep 57</a> Jun 2020)</h3><ul><li><a href="https://www.dynamodbbook.com/">The Dynamo DB Book</a> by Alex DeBrie</li></ul><p>DynamoDB is one of the fastest-growing databases on the market because it combines consistent performance with a flexible billing model as a fully-managed service. Alex has spent the last 5 years working with DynamoDB and put together a book of bad DynamoDB data models he designed so you don’t have to.</p><ul><li><a href="https://bloggingfordevs.com/">Blogging for Devs</a> newsletter by Monica Lent</li></ul><p>Effective blogging can change your life; it brings job opportunities, speaking gigs at conferences, and even the financial freedom to bootstrap your own company full-time. In the last four years, Monica has started three blogs on three different topics and now runs a successful newsletter sharing her learnings with developers, makers, managers, and technical founders growing their reach through blogging.</p><h3>Alexander Karan (<a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/jamstack-radio/ep-59-the-component-marketplace-with-alexander-karan-of-climateclever/">Ep 59</a> Jul 2020)</h3><ul><li>Stripe’s blog <a href="https://increment.com/">Increment</a></li></ul><p>While there are a lot of materials about how to write code and how to deploy distributed systems, there’s much less about how humans can work together more effectively to achieve their goals faster.</p><blockquote>They release new issues digitally every quarter but you can also get it in print form. It’s a great collection of blog posts by people at Facebook, Google, Airbnb, MailChimp, from smaller startups to IBM, about subjects like software architecture and front end development.</blockquote><h3>Nick DeJesus (<a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/jamstack-radio/ep-61-putting-stripe-on-the-jam-with-nick-dejesus/">Ep 61</a> Aug 2020)</h3><ul><li><a href="https://blacktechpipeline.com/">Black Tech Pipeline</a></li></ul><p>Black Tech Pipeline is a service-based platform bringing exposure, resources and opportunities to Black technologists, and allies. With a strong focus on retention, they connect their employer partners and opportunity extenders to highly skilled and qualified candidates within their talent pipeline.</p><ul><li><a href="http://www.resilientcoders.org/">Resilient Coders</a></li></ul><p>Resilient Coders believes in social justice through economic empowerment, and in the opportunity for meritocracy in tech. They’re training people of color for high growth careers as software engineers, and connecting them with jobs in the Boston, M.A. area.</p><h3>Jerome Hardaway (<a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/jamstack-radio/ep-63-products-over-projects-with-jerome-hardaway-of-vets-who-code/">Ep 63</a> Sep 2020)</h3><ul><li><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/607065/always-day-one-by-alex-kantrowitz/">Always Day One</a>: How the Tech Titans Plan to Stay on Top Forever by Alex Kantrowitz</li></ul><p>Through 130 interviews with insiders, from Mark Zuckerberg to hourly workers, Always Day One reveals the tech giants’ blueprint for sustainable success in a business world where no advantage is safe.</p><blockquote>It’s a book about how the big tech companies built their communities and cultures. Someone asked Jeff Bezos during a meeting, “What is day two for Amazon?” and he said “That’s going out of business.” The idea that we are always on day one, because any day after day one is going out of business, I like that mentality.</blockquote><h3>Brian Douglas (<a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/jamstack-radio/ep-67-jamstack-handbook-with-colby-fayock-of-element-84/">Ep 67</a> Nov 2020)</h3><ul><li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/dp/0578675862/">Working in Public</a>: The Making and Maintenance of Open Source Software by Nadia Eghbal</li></ul><p>Open source communities are increasingly centered around the work of individual developers rather than teams. Nadia, who interviewed hundreds of developers while working to improve their experience at GitHub, argues that modern open source offers us a model through which to understand the challenges faced by online creators.</p><blockquote>The book actually changed the way I even thought about open source. It gives you a perspective of the maintainer, which up until that book I thought I understood, because I had a lot of conversations with them.</blockquote></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/our-podcast-guests-2020-jam-picks">Our Podcast Guests’ 2020 JAM Picks</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #8, Telepresence with Richard Li of Ambassador Labs</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-telepresence-with-richard-li-of-ambassador-labs</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Dec 2020 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15248</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 8 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell speaks with Richard Li of Ambassador Labs about the development and testing tool Telepresence, as well as the problems developers encounter when adopting Kubernetes.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 8 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell speaks with Richard Li of Ambassador Labs about the development and testing tool Telepresence, as well as the problems developers encounter when adopting Kubernetes.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-telepresence-with-richard-li-of-ambassador-labs">Ep. #8, Telepresence with Richard Li of Ambassador Labs</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building a Dev-First Security Unicorn: Fireside with Snyk Founder Guy Podjarny</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-a-dev-first-security-unicorn-fireside-with-snyk-founder-guy-podjarny</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Dec 2020 10:30:57 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[DevSecOps]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Secure Development]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Celebrity]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-15423</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Speaker Series, Snyk Co-Founder Guy Podjarny joined Heavybit Managing Director Tom Drummond for a fireside chat exploring Snyk’s journey building an open source security unicorn.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #10, Community Confidence with James Tamplin of Covid Act Now</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-community-confidence-with-james-tamplin-of-covid-act-now</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Dec 2020 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15329</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 10 of Developer Love, Patrick speaks with James Tamplin of Covid Act Now. James shares insights from his many startup experiences, the challenges of building communities, and what he believes drives the adoption of developer tools.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 10 of Developer Love, Patrick speaks with James Tamplin of Covid Act Now. James shares insights from his many startup experiences, the challenges of building communities, and what he believes drives the adoption of developer tools.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-community-confidence-with-james-tamplin-of-covid-act-now">Ep. #10, Community Confidence with James Tamplin of Covid Act Now</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #30, Harder Conversations with Beau Lyddon of Workday</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-30-harder-conversations-with-beau-lyddon-of-workday</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Dec 2020 10:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15187</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 30 of o11ycast, Charity and Liz speak with Beau Lyddon of Workday about the recent sea change in observability, the shortcomings of metrics, the role of senior engineers, and the responsibilities of corporations.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 30 of o11ycast, Charity and Liz speak with Beau Lyddon of Workday about the recent sea change in observability, the shortcomings of metrics, the role of senior engineers, and the responsibilities of corporations.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-30-harder-conversations-with-beau-lyddon-of-workday">Ep. #30, Harder Conversations with Beau Lyddon of Workday</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #69, Full Stack Serverless with Nader Dabit of AWS</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-69-full-stack-serverless-with-nader-dabit-of-aws</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Dec 2020 09:45:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15319</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 69 of JAMstack Radio, Brian welcomes Nader Dabit of AWS back to the show. They discuss Nader’s new book, building full stack serverless apps, and educating developers.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 69 of JAMstack Radio, Brian welcomes Nader Dabit of AWS back to the show. They discuss Nader’s new book, building full stack serverless apps, and educating developers.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-69-full-stack-serverless-with-nader-dabit-of-aws">Ep. #69, Full Stack Serverless with Nader Dabit of AWS</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #7, Keptn with Andreas Grabner of Dynatrace</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-keptn-with-andreas-grabner-of-dynatrace</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Dec 2020 09:40:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15188</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 7 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc joins Andreas Grabner of Dynatrace to discuss the continuous delivery control plane Keptn, performance-driven engineering, and the problem with monolithic pipelines.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 7 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc joins Andreas Grabner of Dynatrace to discuss the continuous delivery control plane Keptn, performance-driven engineering, and the problem with monolithic pipelines.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-keptn-with-andreas-grabner-of-dynatrace">Ep. #7, Keptn with Andreas Grabner of Dynatrace</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #9, Online Civility with Jeff Atwood of Discourse</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-online-civility-with-jeff-atwood-of-discourse</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Nov 2020 10:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15185</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 9 of Developer Love, Patrick Woods speaks with Jeff Atwood of Discourse. They discuss the evolution of civil discourse on the internet, moderating forum software, and the collaborative nature of programming.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 9 of Developer Love, Patrick Woods speaks with Jeff Atwood of Discourse. They discuss the evolution of civil discourse on the internet, moderating forum software, and the collaborative nature of programming.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-online-civility-with-jeff-atwood-of-discourse">Ep. #9, Online Civility with Jeff Atwood of Discourse</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Recommended Listening: Our Favorite Podcasts from 2020</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/recommended-listening-our-favorite-podcasts-from-2020</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Nov 2020 10:30:22 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Podcast]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Seasonal]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Roundup]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-15294</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Now that we’re approaching the winter break, Heavybit’s Podcast Network Manager, Lucas Oswald shares his list of ‘must listen’ episodes before 2020 ends.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>Editor’s Note: Over the last couple of years, podcasting has become a booming industry, and 2020’s shift from in-person activities to digital events and community has only accelerated that growth (we launched TWO new podcast shows since July.)</em></p><p><em>For this year’s roundup of recommended podcast episodes, who better to ask than our Podcast Network Manager, Lucas Oswald. Lucas works on <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/">every show in our network</a>, from splicing audio to producing the tweets and images you see everyday on <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">our feed</a>.</em></p><h3>Venture Confidential <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/venture-confidential/ep-23-counseling-founders-with-jonathan-heiliger-of-vertex-ventures/">Ep. #23</a>: Counseling Founders with Jonathan Heiliger of Vertex Ventures</h3><p>Although this was the only episode of Venture Confidential we’ve produced in a few years, it’s packed with great takeaways from the decades of experience that host Jesse Robbins and guest Jonathan have with venture capital, infrastructure, leading teams, and scaling.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/6243363d8708e0925c88f7fa9786d443099659bc-150x150.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>No matter where you might be on your developer journey– be it a junior programmer or a seasoned founder– the chemistry between these two highly-respected, yet humble, powerhouses is great and their discussion is filled with universal and accessible lessons.</p><h3>Developer Love Ep. <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/developer-love/ep-2-collaboration-platforms-with-joyce-lin-of-postman/">#2</a>: Collaboration Platforms with Joyce Lin of Postman</h3><p>I didn’t know much about devrel prior to this show and as a non-programmer, I enjoy how much this show focuses on the non-coding aspects of the developer world, such as empathy and inclusivity. It’s changed the way I look at the developer tools space and gives me hope that all industries would benefit from taking note of the “human” aspects that devrel communities are addressing.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/212d1553e8e83790913bb1ace6bd2644a5c9db9f-150x150.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>Despite being new to hosting, Patrick Woods is a total natural and the caliber of guests (like <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/developer-love/ep-6-enabling-an-ecosystem-with-tim-oreilly/">Tim O’Reilly</a>) that he’s featuring is not only remarkable, it shows just how important relationships have become to the success of businesses and the industry as a whole. Patrick’s conversation with Joyce captures the fresh insights and valuable additions that Developer Love brings to the Heavybit network, all in one episode.</p><h3>Demuxed Ep. <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/demuxed/ep-16-real-time-video-with-kwindla-hultman-kramer-of-daily-co/">#16</a>: Real-Time Video with Kwindla Hultman Kramer of Daily.co</h3><p>If you caught episodes 14 and 15 of Demuxed on low-latency video, perhaps it was a little too technical for you but continue onto episode 16 and it’ll culminate nicely. The Heavybit community is full of admirable people who are simply passionate about devtools but sometimes they can get too into the weeds and it’s refreshing to have a guest who can unpack and breakdown.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/757a1adf857cfef9c28c3d6621f613c8dfba833a-150x150.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>Kwindla was a fascinating guest who had tons of insight from the industry but at the same time, was able to articulate some heady information in a way that was approachable for folks less familiar with video tech. There’s also some truly stimulating discussion about the future of this technology, especially during this time of COVID and WFH.</p><h3>EnterpriseReady Ep. #33: Innovation Stories with Shishir Mehrotra of Coda</h3><p>Host Grant Miller’s episodes are a lot longer than most episodes that I work on but every minute is filled with equally great content that can’t be cut. This episode about Shishir’s life story in particular, takes you on a journey and you have to experience it from beginning to end.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/bf557865a93248767dc67736ac095ffa237ef916-150x150.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>It’s hard to summarize a 2-hour interview, but they talk at length about the explosion of YouTube after Google acquired it, which is super lesson-laden. My favorite stories were about a negotiation trick he learned from an advisor and the account of how he came up with Youtube’s ubiquitous ‘skip ad’ button.</p><h3>JAMstack Radio <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/jamstack-radio/ep-63-products-over-projects-with-jerome-hardaway-of-vets-who-code/">Ep. #63</a>: Products Over Projects with Jerome Hardaway of Vets Who Code</h3><p>I want to point out that this year, JAMstack Radio has done a commendable job of using its platform to feature POC voices in the JAMstack space, many of whom are early in their developer journeys. This episode is about Jerome’s laudable experience teaching veterans to code so that they can find gainful employment.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/b5821f466a5f967a151198cb5cd3c191fbd25ebf-150x150.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>The allure of this episode is how host Brian Douglas and Jerome approach the all-too-common challenge developers face when leveling up their toolkits. Especially for novice developers, it’s better to focus on building a ‘product’ over a ‘project’ because projects are inherently easy to abandon, while a product is tangible and has defined goals. That simple reframing of how someone approaches their work can really motivate a developer to not give up and improve their technical skills.</p><h3>To Be Continuous <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/to-be-continuous/ep-56-how-much-work-is-too-much-work/">Ep. #56</a>: How Much Work is Too Much Work?</h3><p>Although only 3 episodes have been released this year, this talk about what is a healthy and productive workload for humans is both incredibly timely and evergreen. Hosts Paul Biggar and Edith Harbaugh share their own personal stories of facing burnout over the years, across various stages in their respective careers. They talk about the 996 working hour concept as well as other various attempts companies and/or industries have made to modify the typical 9-5 structure. It makes you reflect on all the drastic changes we went through this year and how to best <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/blog/productivity-and-mental-health-resources-for-remote-teams/">sustain ourselves</a> moving forward.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/cc58ff4d48e4c64b2e3a103ce4c9f52aa4d291f0-150x150.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p><em>We publish new episodes weekly so follow us on <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">Twitter</a> to find out when they drop. Thinking about starting your own show? We’ll be back with another post on remote podcasting and setup tips so make sure you’re <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr">subscribed for Library updates</a>.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/recommended-listening-our-favorite-podcasts-from-2020">Recommended Listening: Our Favorite Podcasts from 2020</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #68, Edge Handlers with Matt Biilmann of Netlify</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-68-edge-handlers-with-matt-biilmann-of-netlify</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Nov 2020 09:40:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15182</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 68 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Matt Biilmann of Netlify. They discuss the plugin ecosystem, the state of the JAMstack, and what’s new at Netlify.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 68 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Matt Biilmann of Netlify. They discuss the plugin ecosystem, the state of the JAMstack, and what’s new at Netlify.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-68-edge-handlers-with-matt-biilmann-of-netlify">Ep. #68, Edge Handlers with Matt Biilmann of Netlify</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #29, Testing in Production with Glen Mailer of CircleCI</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-29-testing-in-production-with-glen-mailer-of-circleci</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Nov 2020 09:46:32 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15186</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 29 of o11ycast, Charity and Shelby are joined by Glen Mailer of CircleCI. They discuss testing in production and rethinking socio-technical systems from the ground up.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 29 of o11ycast, Charity and Shelby are joined by Glen Mailer of CircleCI. They discuss testing in production and rethinking socio-technical systems from the ground up.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-29-testing-in-production-with-glen-mailer-of-circleci">Ep. #29, Testing in Production with Glen Mailer of CircleCI</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Continuous Launch Strategy with LaunchDarkly’s Dir. of Marketing</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/continuous-launch-strategy-with-launchdarklys-dir-of-marketing</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Nov 2020 10:00:55 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Launch Strategy]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Customer Relationship Management (CRM)]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-15258</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Speaker Series, LaunchDarkly’s Director of Marketing Andrea Echstenkamper discusses her continuous marketing and launch philosophy.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #8, Digital Events with Jana Boruta of HashiCorp</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-digital-events-with-jana-boruta-of-hashicorp</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Nov 2020 09:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15184</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 8 of Developer Love, Patrick speaks with Jana Boruta of HashiCorp. Jana details her learnings as a global events planner and the hurdles that have arisen while transitioning from hosting live, in-person events to digital conferences.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 8 of Developer Love, Patrick speaks with Jana Boruta of HashiCorp. Jana details her learnings as a global events planner and the hurdles that have arisen while transitioning from hosting live, in-person events to digital conferences.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-digital-events-with-jana-boruta-of-hashicorp">Ep. #8, Digital Events with Jana Boruta of HashiCorp</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #67, JAMstack Handbook with Colby Fayock of Element 84</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-67-jamstack-handbook-with-colby-fayock-of-element-84</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Nov 2020 10:25:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15181</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 67 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Colby Fayock, creator of the JAMstack Handbook. They discuss their favorite JAMstack tools, as well as decoupling frontend and backend services.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 67 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Colby Fayock, creator of the JAMstack Handbook. They discuss their favorite JAMstack tools, as well as decoupling frontend and backend services.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-67-jamstack-handbook-with-colby-fayock-of-element-84">Ep. #67, JAMstack Handbook with Colby Fayock of Element 84</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Productivity and Mental Health Resources for Remote Teams</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/productivity-and-mental-health-resources-for-remote-teams</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Nov 2020 09:30:18 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Roundup]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Seasonal]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Remote]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-15226</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>You don’t need to be a company with a massive budget and a HR team in order to build remote-friendly culture. We share some tips you can incorporate for long-term team well-being.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Back in March, remote work seemed like a temporary and short-term adjustment for many. But as we draw closer to 2021 and the upcoming winter months, the shift continues to be uncertain and a lot harder than any of us could have imagined earlier this year.</p><h2>Productivity Tips</h2><p>Working productively and efficiently plays a part in your mental health and preventing burnout, and being healthy helps you work productively and efficiently. The two are closely intertwined and in the long-term, you can’t be either without the other. There are plenty of tips and resources on how to be a productive team member, but being productive <em>while </em>dealing with all of the external stressors we face, has been an unprecedented challenge.</p><h4>Establish an Org-wide Policy</h4><p>The first and most important step you could take is setting or advocating for an <a href="https://twitter.com/sytses/status/1278370350338699265">org-wide policy around remote work</a>, and if not a policy, at least guidelines on what to expect. Doing so prevents misunderstandings and helps with decision-making; is that meeting necessary? should you reach out to that colleague in a different time zone <em>right now</em>? Mux put together a great post on how they landed on a <a href="https://mux.com/blog/remote-at-mux/">Remote-Equal policy</a> and what that entails.</p><h4>Document Everything, Upgrade Software, and Embrace Asynchronous Tools</h4><p>If you haven’t already implemented the advice remote work expert <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/remote-team-tips-gitlab">Darren Murph</a> offered back in March, the slower Q4 months is a good opportunity to take the time to do so. The stress of potentially being the single point of failure is avoidable.</p><p>Instead of DMs, consider creating purpose-centric public channels so that knowledge is accessible and searchable. If a particular piece of software is slow and a constant source of frustration, upgrade or migrate. Introduce new <a href="https://info.trello.com/hubfs/How_To_Embrace_Remote_Work_Trello_Ultimate_Guide.pdf">workflow tools</a> that allow everyone to collaborate asynchronously.</p><h4>Create ‘No Meeting Days’</h4><p>Deep work, without distraction and code-switching, has been proven to boost productivity and many companies have started supporting ‘<a href="https://wavelength.asana.com/workstyle-no-meeting-wednesdays/">no meeting days</a>.’ Some have gone as far as to cancel meetings for a whole week to allow folks to dedicate their time to personal or hackathon projects. If that’s not an option, use <a href="https://reclaim.ai/">calendar management</a> and <a href="https://toggl.com/">time tracking</a> tools to block off time for yourself and tasks that need to get done.</p><h4>Communicate Clear Goals and Deadlines</h4><p>A misconception about remote workers is that they’re slackers. But really, a healthy workplace, regardless of location or distribution, focuses on <a href="https://www.rainforestqa.com/blog/remote-culture-tips-from-a-distributed-team">output over input</a>. The key to making remote work <em>work</em> is a clear understanding of what someone is responsible for (goals) and when it needs to be done (deadlines), plus good communication around status updates.</p><p>Being clear and on the same page about deliverables and deadlines not only sets realistic OKRs, but for those who are used to having being in an office together factor into peer reviews, it’ll help you with fair and constructive performance feedback.</p><h2>Mental Health Tips</h2><p>Regardless of whether you’re working from home or in the office, there are different things that you can do for your mental and physical health, such as taking breaks to go for a walk and drinking plenty of water. In addition to implementing practices that work best for you, below are a couple of work-related tips that are pertinent now, especially as work-from-home goes into the winter months.</p><h4>Humanize 1:1 Meetings</h4><p>Hopefully, 1:1 meetings with your direct reports or managers were already commonplace, but with the forced absence of in-person connection, you might want to consider <a href="https://www.palomamedina.com/biceps">changing them up</a>.</p><p>Structure them with an agenda or start an ongoing doc to create a sense of predictability and routine. Start meetings off by checking in with each other on non-work related concerns and events. Familiarize yourself with the <a href="https://about.gitlab.com/company/culture/all-remote/mental-health/#how-to-recognize-mental-health-struggles">symptoms of burnout</a> and create space for colleagues to address them comfortably while it’s still manageable.</p><h4>Wellness Days and Stipends</h4><p>In an attempt to combat loneliness, which is an unfortunate side effect of working remotely while sheltering in-place, lists of fun, virtual team-building activities have been circulating but honestly, I think the best thing you can do for your team is offer the <a href="https://www.cnn.com/2020/08/18/success/company-mandate-pto-coronavirus/index.html">whole company a day off</a> (separate from PTO and sick days) to spend with their family or pod.</p><p>If you have the budget to do so, offer a small stipend for folks to get a massage or that ergonomic chair they’ve been eyeing. Review the company health insurance policy to see if mental health resources are covered, and if not, sponsor subscriptions to apps like <a href="https://www.joinmodernhealth.com/">Modern Health</a> or <a href="https://www.headspace.com/">Headspace</a>.</p><h4>Flexible Work Hours</h4><p>As we approach winter, not only do the days get shorter, some of your team members in different parts of the world may be getting only a few hours of sunlight. Offering <a href="https://blog.hubspot.com/marketing/flexible-schedule#:~:text=A%20flexible%20work%20schedule%20allows,and%20end%20their%20work%20day.">flexible work hours</a> will give everyone the choice to work when they work and feel best. Some may be early birds, others, night owls. Colleagues with kids can work around the family’s schedule. Allow everyone to maximize the amount of time they can get outdoors.</p><h4>Too Much Sunlight Isn’t Great Either</h4><p>Not so much a work-related tip, but since most of us spend a majority of our work (and personal) hours in front of a computer screen, I wanted my last tip to be something effortless that you could incorporate right now. Blue light emitted from a lot of our electronics is designed to look like the sun, and it’s what makes your eyes tired and keeps you awake at night. Using software like <a href="https://justgetflux.com/">f.lux</a> will make the color of your computer’s display adapt to the time of day and leave you feeling more energized, rather than drained.</p><p>Companies like <a href="https://about.gitlab.com/company/culture/all-remote/guide/">GitLab</a> and <a href="https://cdn.zapier.com/storage/learn_ebooks/e4fbeb81f76c0c13b589cd390cb6420b.pdf">Zapier</a> are the pioneers of remote-friendly culture but you don’t need to be a massive org with a budget and a HR team in order to incorporate their best practices. I collected tips from early-stage Heavybit companies Gradle, Rainforest QA, Mux, and Sanity to put together this post.</p><p>If you’re a small team, as founder or CEO or manager, the best thing you can do is lead by example. Take these measures yourself, encourage others to try, and then come together to talk about what worked or didn’t and what could be adopted as an org moving forward.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/productivity-and-mental-health-resources-for-remote-teams">Productivity and Mental Health Resources for Remote Teams</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #6, Linkerd with William Morgan of Buoyant</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-linkerd-with-william-morgan-of-buoyant</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2020 09:59:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15085</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 6 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc speaks with William Morgan of Buoyant. They discuss the complex service mesh ecosystem, as well as the origin and roadmap of Linkerd.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 6 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc speaks with William Morgan of Buoyant. They discuss the complex service mesh ecosystem, as well as the origin and roadmap of Linkerd.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-linkerd-with-william-morgan-of-buoyant">Ep. #6, Linkerd with William Morgan of Buoyant</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #23, Counseling Founders with Jonathan Heiliger of Vertex Ventures</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-23-counseling-founders-with-jonathan-heiliger-of-vertex-ventures</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Nov 2020 12:39:01 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15098</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 23 of Venture Confidential, Heavybit’s Jesse Robbins interviews Jonathan Heiliger of Vertex Ventures on counseling founders and making big infrastructure bets.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 23 of Venture Confidential, Heavybit’s Jesse Robbins interviews Jonathan Heiliger of Vertex Ventures on counseling founders and making big infrastructure bets.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-23-counseling-founders-with-jonathan-heiliger-of-vertex-ventures">Ep. #23, Counseling Founders with Jonathan Heiliger of Vertex Ventures</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #66, Studying The Stack with Anthony Campolo</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-66-studying-the-stack-with-anthony-campolo</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Oct 2020 12:27:44 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15077</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 66 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Anthony Campolo. They cover topics like tutorial-driven development, the Lambda School experience, RedwoodJS, and prospects for improving open source participation.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 66 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Anthony Campolo. They cover topics like tutorial-driven development, the Lambda School experience, RedwoodJS, and prospects for improving open source participation.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-66-studying-the-stack-with-anthony-campolo">Ep. #66, Studying The Stack with Anthony Campolo</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #28, People Problems with Austin Parker of Lightstep</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-28-people-problems-with-austin-parker-of-lightstep</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Oct 2020 10:08:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14970</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 28 of o11ycast, Charity and Shelby speak with Austin Parker of Lightstep. They explore topics like rethinking human error, purposeful and intentional training, DevRel expectations, and underrated management tools.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 28 of o11ycast, Charity and Shelby speak with Austin Parker of Lightstep. They explore topics like rethinking human error, purposeful and intentional training, DevRel expectations, and underrated management tools.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-28-people-problems-with-austin-parker-of-lightstep">Ep. #28, People Problems with Austin Parker of Lightstep</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Enterprise Sales for Technical Founders: Q&amp;A w/ Segment, Honeycomb, and Radar</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/enterprise-sales-for-technical-founders-qa-w-segment-honeycomb-and-radar</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Oct 2020 10:30:49 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Enterprise Sales]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Celebrity]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-15127</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>If you’ve already watched our Speaker Series on enterprise sales for technical founders, read on to dive deeper as our panelists respond to questions from the audience.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>During a <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/enterprise-sales-for-technical-founders">recent Speaker Series</a>, the founders of Segment, Honeycomb, and Radar discussed how founders who identify more with technical users than procurement teams, can make the transition to enterprise sales. If you’ve already watched the panel, read on to learn more as they respond to some questions from the audience.</p><h3>Does a self-serve bottom-up strategy work well only in early phases?</h3><p><strong>Christine:</strong> It depends on whether you’re talking about overall revenue split or customer count. Self-service is always going to be a great source of lead gen for us, a great way for them to try us out. That split answer reflects who is engaging with your product. Since observability is still pretty new, there’s a lot more folks in self-serve. But honestly, I would be surprised if the enterprise side grew to own as much of that pie in the next couple of years, because there’s still so much interest in, “what’s this new thing? I want try it out and see if it works for my organization.”</p><p><strong>Coby:</strong> It can be a self-fulfilling prophecy. If you design enterprise tiers at a certain cutoff, all of your revenue will fall into that bucket. It depends on what the market looks like, and if your insertion point is bottom-up and most of your buyers want to buy that way instead of engaging with a sales rep, it probably makes sense to have a larger portion of your revenue come from self-serve. If you’re working with a bunch of buyers who want a consultative process and there’s fewer of them with bigger budgets, then it makes sense to have a shift that’s 90:10 or 80:20.</p><p><strong>Peter:</strong> If you’re looking at the motion of self-service versus a heavy enterprise sale, really what you’re talking about is how big of a chunk of money needs to be allocated by someone. If it’s a really small chunk of money and people buy it individually at the lowest levels of an organization, you can probably have a self-service model that goes quite a long ways. You see things that are very team-based like Slack or Jira or Dropbox, and they actually have self-service models that do quite well even at scale. If you have a model like Segment, where you deploy in business units, you can’t sell to individual people.</p><p>Therefore self-service is only congruent with what you’re trying to deploy. You actually need the CIO or the CMO and you need those people all bought in. You’re going to need a sales process to sell an ACV that encapsulates that whole thing. It depends on what the product deployment is actually going to require from the organization, and if you can atomize it into a bunch of tiny pieces, self-service might scale beautifully. If you can’t, then realistically, it’s gonna be a sales model. As your ACV gets above $10,000 a year, you’re going to have a sales person because it’s just going to be more effective. If you get to $100k ACV, you’re going to have a heavy enterprise motion. It has more to do with the structure of the deployment model than anything else.</p><h3>What type of content has worked well for your teams to market your platforms to an audience that generally doesn’t want to be sold to?</h3><p><strong>Peter:</strong> I’m going to say something that’s not kosher. The Hacker News community generally has a reputation as being very against marketing. But if you share a real story about how engineers saved the day by solving some hard infrastructure problem, I guarantee you it’s going to do well on Hacker News. and no one there is going think that it’s marketing. But it is marketing. You have to understand the mentality of the person that you’re marketing to. Developers don’t react well to value-based enterprise/executive-level messaging of solutions. But that certainly doesn’t mean that developers don’t like marketing as a whole. It just means that you need to get the message right. For us that has often been writing deeply technical blog posts about how engineers have solved really hard problems.</p><p><strong>Christine:</strong> The best tactic I learned from a marketing organization was to define a spine of content. “This is our value prop. These are the things that differentiate us from our competitors. Now, let’s spin off a version that our sales team will use and a different version that our marketing team will use.” We’ve been a content machine because of our roots of wanting to engage with our fellow engineers. We want to talk about how to run more effective engineering teams, how to minimize burnout, and how to make more humane on-call solutions. Honeycomb the product is a piece of that, but because we’re talking about problems that everyone has and everyone can relate to, it doesn’t come off as “buy our product” or “here’s a piece of marketing.”</p><h3>What was your product’s value proposition to engineering leaders and CTOs, as you went to market?</h3><p><strong>Christine:</strong> The thing for us to remember to speak to is that: for engineering leaders, there’s a technical argument for why your product is better, and for people leaders, there’s an emotional argument. When you can tap into the frustration and the burnout, the fear of someone being the single point of failure, and not just the functionality of the product, then it begins to resonate a lot more. “You’ve got a 5 person engineering team that has been tackling this problem. Everyone is unhappy and it’s resulted in a poor business outcome for the last couple of quarters. We can help.” That’s a message that engineering leaders want to engage with because it lives at the intersection of technology and people. Individual practitioners don’t care as much about this proposition.</p><h3>What technology are you exploring to make the buying process easier for customers? Do you think that technology could ever fully replace the need for human sellers?</h3><p><strong>Peter:</strong> No, I don’t think so. If you’re going to replace human sellers, you need to change how companies buy. Until companies change how they buy, there will be human sellers, especially in the enterprise where the role of the seller is to help the person understand value and help them in their own process of understanding what value they are trying to get out of purchasing a piece of software. It’s a very consultative process of forcing them and the stakeholders to consider what value they get out of it, and getting all of them on the same page. That’s not something that foreseeably can be easily automated.</p><h3>How do you balance marketing to serve both the bottom-up motion and the top-down motion?</h3><p><strong>Christine:</strong> This is a question that we would ask our marketing leaders. More important than that balance is what’s that inflection point? If you’re, in theory, going to put some content in front of a customer, it’s hard to understand where the boundaries of the bucket are between practitioner content, buyer content, and content that reflects where they are in the customer journey.</p><p><strong>Coby:</strong> For us, anything that’s one-to-many becomes a persona that we’re going to want to play down the business ROI metrics. It becomes more tutorial driven. Gated stuff like case studies are for a one-to-one sales cycle. It’s about matching the content with the persona and then figuring out how to distribute that, whether through the sales team or publicly.</p><h3>What are some lessons for the do’s and don’ts of enabling your first sales rep?</h3><p>Peter: Some advice that we got that we didn’t take was to hire two reps if there’s no prior benchmark for what a sales rep is capable of doing in your particular company market, so that we could compare them and understand relative performance. Something that went right that I would do again is, testing out new messages all the time. Our sales rep had a different position and messaging for every pitch during the first three months. It was valuable to figuring out what the pitch was. Your sales rep should have the flexibility and willingness to do a lot of the dirty work, of setting up a Salesforce instance and doing inbound qualification, etc..</p><p><strong>Christine:</strong> When my co-founder and I started the company, we were determined to not make the classic mistakes that technical co-founders make. Which is to assume that the product needs to be build first and sales and marketing could be figured out later when it came time to deal with it. We told ourselves we wouldn’t do that but we made all of the same mistakes anyway. I wish I would have grabbed coffee with a sales person and immersed myself in all the pieces that are involved in getting the right contacts, building those relationships, structuring a contract for growth. There was a lot of learning on the job. Don’t reach a point where there’s a six figure deal on the table and you’re sort of blundering your way through.</p><p><strong>Coby:</strong> One of the things that I learned from our first sales rep is, to embrace a more formal and rigid sales process. My tendency was to be a bit loose in how we would define stages. She brought us some much needed rigor and taught us to hold ourselves to a checklist in the early days to figure out out what the funnel needed to look like. That ended up accelerating a bunch of our deals and helping us move faster.</p><p>Christine: Our mantra for our first year was “to meet folks where they’re at.” “We’ll make it work, we just want to get you going.” What didn’t click for me for several years is that flexibility sounds nice but no one actually wants to know or feel like you’re figuring it out as you go. They want to know you have a plan of getting them to the next milestone. They’re putting their engineering organization in your hands, so you have to make them feel safe.</p><h3>How did you figure out whether the sales process should contribute to top-line value or reducing costs/FTE?</h3><p><strong>Peter:</strong> The two ways I’ve seen it done are both awkward. One was is to ask why, even when the answer to the question should be really obvious to you. For example, you go to a potential customer and you ask them, “tell us about the situation. Why are we here today?” It’s a weird thing to ask, because your response would obviously be, “guess what? We have a solution.” You can just launch into it, but if you pause for a second and further ask, “why are you trying to fix XYZ?” They’ll probably start to explain that their engineering team doesn’t have the resources to deal with it. Then you ask “why?” again and they’ll tell you they don’t have the budget for it. Finally, you get to ask how big the budget would be.</p><p>It’s very awkward but our second rep had the gumption to ask why enough times that he would get the answer to the “what is the actual value here?” question. It becomes a trivial sales process because now you know what the budget is and you offer to help them solve the problem for half the price. The other way is to just ask for a really high price and when they start squirming, you ask, “what is the value to you?” and you get them to explain why. In order for them to justify a lower price, they’re going to have to explain the ROI that they see.</p><p><strong>Coby:</strong> I agree with Peter. At a high level, the sales person’s job is information gathering. If they’re successful at that, they’ll uncover a high price point and a clearing price that’s favorable. In terms of aligning incentives for your buyer, consider whether that buyer is going to get a promotion and look like the hero of the company, either because they saved the company a bunch of money or deployed something that’s going to bring in revenue. It’s an easier narrative for someone to say, “I made X, Y and Z investments that yielded $5 million in increased revenue. Then I made X, Y and Z investments that saved the business $5 million in costs.” That’s why part of the top-line-growth ROI is where you see some of those bigger ACV deals.</p><h3>If you had to go back and do it again, what would you do differently for building your sales process or team?</h3><p><strong>Coby:</strong> I would hire the same people but if there’s one thing that I wish we had done a little bit earlier, it would have been to experiment with a more mid-market seller to compliment some of the enterprise AEs. I would have looked for someone who was more experienced with quick transactional deals at a different type of price point, than where the enterprise reps were working.</p><p><strong>Peter:</strong> I would definitely get a closer who’s willing to be pragmatic and do the BDR work. You can also outsource BDR work so there’s no reason to hire a person in-house.</p><p><strong>Christine:</strong> I would go back and tell myself that there needs to be a plan for what the touch points and signals are for getting someone to try the product. I would go back and figure out what “good” looked like and consistently measure against it rather than meeting folks where they’re at.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/enterprise-sales-for-technical-founders-qa-w-segment-honeycomb-and-radar">Enterprise Sales for Technical Founders: Q&A w/ Segment, Honeycomb, and Radar</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #5, Flux with Michael Bridgen of Weaveworks</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-flux-with-michael-bridgen-of-weaveworks</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Oct 2020 09:59:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15084</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 5 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell is joined by Michael Bridgen of Weaveworks. They unpack Flux, the GitOps operator for Kubernetes, as well as GitOps adoption and progressive delivery.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 5 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell is joined by Michael Bridgen of Weaveworks. They unpack Flux, the GitOps operator for Kubernetes, as well as GitOps adoption and progressive delivery.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-flux-with-michael-bridgen-of-weaveworks">Ep. #5, Flux with Michael Bridgen of Weaveworks</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #16, Real-Time Video with Kwindla Hultman Kramer of Daily.co</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-16-real-time-video-with-kwindla-hultman-kramer-of-daily-co</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Oct 2020 10:28:08 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15083</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 16 of Demuxed, Matt, Phil, and Steve are joined by Kwindla Hultman Kramer of Daily.co to discuss real-time video, tiers of latency, and the growth of mobile into a viable video platform.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 16 of Demuxed, Matt, Phil, and Steve are joined by Kwindla Hultman Kramer of Daily.co to discuss real-time video, tiers of latency, and the growth of mobile into a viable video platform.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-16-real-time-video-with-kwindla-hultman-kramer-of-daily-co">Ep. #16, Real-Time Video with Kwindla Hultman Kramer of Daily.co</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #7, API Evangelism with Kin Lane of Postman</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-api-evangelism-with-kin-lane-of-postman</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Oct 2020 10:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14969</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 7 of Developer Love, Patrick Woods and Kin Lane of Postman unpack how the API evangelism landscape has changed over the years. They also discuss Kin’s career educating developers through writing and storytelling.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 7 of Developer Love, Patrick Woods and Kin Lane of Postman unpack how the API evangelism landscape has changed over the years. They also discuss Kin’s career educating developers through writing and storytelling.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-api-evangelism-with-kin-lane-of-postman">Ep. #7, API Evangelism with Kin Lane of Postman</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #4, SPIFFE and SPIRE with Sunil James of HPE</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-spiffe-and-spire-with-sunil-james-of-hpe</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Oct 2020 09:55:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15037</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 4 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc speaks with Sunil James of Hewlett Packard Enterprise. They discuss the SPIFFE and SPIRE projects, focusing on identity control for distributed systems.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 4 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc speaks with Sunil James of Hewlett Packard Enterprise. They discuss the SPIFFE and SPIRE projects, focusing on identity control for distributed systems.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-spiffe-and-spire-with-sunil-james-of-hpe">Ep. #4, SPIFFE and SPIRE with Sunil James of HPE</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Do’s and Don’ts of Founder-led Sales</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-dos-and-donts-of-founder-led-sales</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Oct 2020 10:30:07 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Roundup]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-15114</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Almost every early-stage devtool startup inevitably goes through a period of founder-led sales. In this post, we cover the do’s and don’ts for founders doing sales for the first time.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>If you caught our recent Speaker Series <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/enterprise-sales-for-technical-founders">panel on enterprise sales</a>, you’ll have learned that almost every early-stage devtool startup inevitably goes through a period of founder-led sales. It’s also a topic that many technical first-time founders come to us for help with. For someone with no go-to-market experience, sales, unlike marketing, is difficult to know where to start, how to improve, and when to transition.</p><h2>Founder-led Sales Has Its Benefits</h2><p>As a founder, you may not know anything about closing deals but what you do know is the product, and you hopefully know it better than anyone else in the org. If you’re building a product for developers, then you should already have an idea of what their pain points are and how your product can help solve their problems.</p><p>You should get comfortable with talking to your prospective customers anyway because it can help you measure your product-market fit and validate your value proposition. If anything, HashiCorp co-founder <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/transitioning-from-founder-led-sales">Armon Dadgar warns</a> that bringing in sales people too early, before you know who your customer is or what your fully-baked product should be, is going to hurt your team and your business.</p><h2>Common Mistakes</h2><h3>Mistake #1</h3><p>Companies like Slack, Dropbox, and Atlassian will try to convince you that you can build a <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/sales-hiring-strategy-with-greylock-partners-talentbin">unicorn company without sales reps</a> but “if you build it, they will come” only drives so much adoption. Especially when you have a self-serve component that’s doing well, you might think you may never need a sales function but if you want to scale revenue, you’re going to need direct sales.</p><h3>Mistake #2</h3><p>When founders do start getting in front of prospective customers, they often make the mistake of treating those <a href="https://www.saastr.com/graduating-beyond-founder-led-sales-mixmax/">sales conversations as product feedback</a>. If you build every feature requested in the hopes of closing a deal, sure, your close rate will be high, but an overly-customized product isn’t and shouldn’t be what you’re selling.</p><h3>Mistake #3</h3><p>On the other hand, if you approach sales with a “spray and pray” mentality, you’re going to be cluttering your pipeline with the wrong prospects, your close rate will be low and you’ll be wasting everyone’s time. For more on how to identify and capture the right prospects, check out the <a href="http://www.morandomethod.com/">Morando Method</a> and this post on <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/blog/early-stage-sales-process-focusing-on-the-right-prospects/">Fishing in the Right Pond</a>.</p><h2>Considerations</h2><p>There’s a <a href="/library?query=Sales">plethora of tips</a> and templates already out there for sales people on setting up processes and metrics, that apply just as well to founders. In addition to familiarizing yourself with the basics, keep in mind these considerations given the size and stage of your organization:</p><ol><li><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/personas-youre-doing-it-wrong/">Persona discovery</a> and <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/blog/messaging-framework/">positioning/messaging</a> exercises are going to inform your decision making, help you sell faster, and make the transition away from founder-led sales easier, so do them first.</li><li>If you’re a really small team, your work most likely won’t end with simply closing the deal so brush up on your <a href="https://www.foundingsales.com/9-customer-success">onboarding and customer support/success</a> skills.</li><li>When you start to become a bottleneck, either in the sales process or to the rest of your team, it’s time to start <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/transitioning-from-founder-led-sales">transitioning away</a> from founder-led sales.</li><li>It’ll take you longer than you think to hire a sales person and if you get it wrong the first time, it can take you even longer. So <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/blog/the-founders-guide-to-first-sales-hire/">get it right</a>.</li><li>For a complete guide on founder-led sales, learn more from Heavybit advisor <a href="https://www.google.com/search?q=peter+kazanjy+founder-led+sales">Peter Kazanjy</a>.</li></ol><p>The <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/">Heavybit Library</a> is full of resources on sales, marketing, product, pricing, and more. <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr">Subscribe</a> to never miss out on advice from the industry’s leading experts.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-dos-and-donts-of-founder-led-sales">The Do’s and Don’ts of Founder-led Sales</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #65, Unbundling the Web with Ohad Eder-Pressman of Stackbit</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-65-unbundling-the-web-with-ohad-eder-pressman-of-stackbit</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Oct 2020 12:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14990</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 65 of JAMstack Radio, Brian talks with Ohad Eder-Pressman of Stackbit. They explore the influence the JAMstack has had on developers from all walks of life, and how to bridge the communication gap between engineers who code and creators who don’t.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 65 of JAMstack Radio, Brian talks with Ohad Eder-Pressman of Stackbit. They explore the influence the JAMstack has had on developers from all walks of life, and how to bridge the communication gap between engineers who code and creators who don’t.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-65-unbundling-the-web-with-ohad-eder-pressman-of-stackbit">Ep. #65, Unbundling the Web with Ohad Eder-Pressman of Stackbit</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Enterprise Sales for Technical Founders</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/enterprise-sales-for-technical-founders</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Oct 2020 11:00:33 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Enterprise Sales]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Celebrity]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-15078</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Speaker Series panel, the founders of Segment, Honeycomb, and Radar discuss how technical founders can navigate the transition to enterprise sales.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #3, OpenTelemetry with Ben Sigelman of LightStep</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-opentelemetry-with-ben-sigelman-of-lightstep</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Oct 2020 09:58:52 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14974</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 3 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell speaks with Ben Sigelman of LightStep. They discuss the inspiration and origin story behind OpenTelemetry, the challenges of observability, and the path from sandbox to incubation.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 3 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc Campbell speaks with Ben Sigelman of LightStep. They discuss the inspiration and origin story behind OpenTelemetry, the challenges of observability, and the path from sandbox to incubation.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-opentelemetry-with-ben-sigelman-of-lightstep">Ep. #3, OpenTelemetry with Ben Sigelman of LightStep</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #27, Ready For Observability with Corey Quinn of The Duckbill Group</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-27-ready-for-observability-with-corey-quinn-of-the-duckbill-group</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2020 10:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14795</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 27 of o11ycast, Liz and Charity are joined by Corey Quinn of The Duckbill Group. They zero in on the point at which a system needs observability, shortening feedback loops for maximum impact, and practicing radical candor.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 27 of o11ycast, Liz and Charity are joined by Corey Quinn of The Duckbill Group. They zero in on the point at which a system needs observability, shortening feedback loops for maximum impact, and practicing radical candor.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-27-ready-for-observability-with-corey-quinn-of-the-duckbill-group">Ep. #27, Ready For Observability with Corey Quinn of The Duckbill Group</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #33, Innovation Stories with Shishir Mehrotra of Coda</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-33-innovation-stories-with-shishir-mehrotra-of-coda</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Oct 2020 10:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-15040</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 33 of EnterpriseReady, Grant is joined by Shishir Mehrotra of Coda. They discuss important lessons for building and launching products, as well as Shishir’s role as a technology leader at YouTube in it’s pivotal early years, just after the Google acquisition.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 33 of EnterpriseReady, Grant is joined by Shishir Mehrotra of Coda. They discuss important lessons for building and launching products, as well as Shishir’s role as a technology leader at YouTube in it’s pivotal early years, just after the Google acquisition.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-33-innovation-stories-with-shishir-mehrotra-of-coda">Ep. #33, Innovation Stories with Shishir Mehrotra of Coda</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #6, Enabling an Ecosystem with Tim O’Reilly</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-enabling-an-ecosystem-with-tim-oreilly</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Oct 2020 12:32:36 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14863</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 6 of Developer Love, Patrick speaks with Tim O’Reilly of O’Reilly Media. They unpack the enormous influence Tim has had on the web, updating our mental models around technology, and the rise of commercial open source.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 6 of Developer Love, Patrick speaks with Tim O’Reilly of O’Reilly Media. They unpack the enormous influence Tim has had on the web, updating our mental models around technology, and the rise of commercial open source.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-enabling-an-ecosystem-with-tim-oreilly">Ep. #6, Enabling an Ecosystem with Tim O’Reilly</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Design for Founders w/ Audrey Crane of DesignMap</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/design-for-founders-w-audrey-crane-of-designmap</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Oct 2020 11:00:28 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Design]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-15020</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>DesignMap partner Audrey Crane outlines understanding the role of design in building great products and hiring the right designer or agency for your team and product.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #2, GitOps At Scale with Mukulika Kapas of Intuit</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-gitops-at-scale-with-mukulika-kapas-of-intuit</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Oct 2020 10:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14973</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 2 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc speaks with Mukulika Kapas of Intuit. They discuss The Argo Project, getting started with GitOps, and managing clusters at scale.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 2 of The Kubelist Podcast, Marc speaks with Mukulika Kapas of Intuit. They discuss The Argo Project, getting started with GitOps, and managing clusters at scale.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-gitops-at-scale-with-mukulika-kapas-of-intuit">Ep. #2, GitOps At Scale with Mukulika Kapas of Intuit</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Startup Guide to Product Launches: Generate the Hype Your Product Deserves</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/a-startup-guide-to-product-launches-generate-the-hype-your-product-deserves</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Oct 2020 11:00:40 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Launch Strategy]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-15012</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this post, Kiersten outlines an easy no fluff guide to launching your product to ensure it receives the attention it deserves, even with limited team resources.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>Kiersten Gaffney has spent the last 20+ years generating revenue for B2B early-stage startups and public companies. She currently works with early-stage startups that need an extra hand with marketing strategy, growth, and execution. Previously, she held VP Marketing positions at companies like productboard, Buoyant, and Mesosphere.</em></p><p><em>In this post, Kiersten outlines an easy no fluff guide to launching your product to ensure it receives the attention it deserves, even with limited team resources.</em></p><h3>Goals</h3><p>Before you get started, always start with your objectives so that you can build a clear roadmap. You want your first set of goals to be <a href="https://www.clearreview.com/resources/guides/which-smart-objectives-definition-should-i-use/">SMART </a>(Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Realistic, Timely), examples could be X free trial sign-ups, X paying customers, and X number of customers using a specific feature within 30 days post-launch. Don’t spend time on a strategy if it won’t lead to your goal.</p><h3>Positioning and Messaging</h3><p>You’ve done hours of customer research, you have feedback from the beta launch, you understand your ideal customer profile (ICP) pain points, and you know why your ICP would want, need, and decide to buy your product. Perfecting your messaging is where most companies struggle, follow this how-to guide created by <a href="https://www.unusual.vc/field-guide-enterprise/messaging-align-with-buyers-journey">Scott Schwarzhoff</a>, former VP Product Marketing at Okta for a run-down of the process and excellent examples.</p><p>If you start with launch and distribution strategies before positioning and messaging alignment, you will end up confusing your total addressable market (TAM) and your team members. The executive team and product leader must train everyone from product, marketing, and sales and should extend through your entire company, including engineering, customer support and success, to even recruiting, on how the new product or feature works — <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/empowering-your-team-for-growth/">employee knowledge equals business growth</a>.</p><h3>Pick a Launch Date</h3><p>Timing is everything, but how do you decide what date to launch? Tie your launch date with an upcoming fund announcement, your first community conference, ecosystem partner product launch, <a href="https://go.harness.io/AWS2-17_Demo.html">ecosystem user conference</a>, or news relevant industry trend.</p><p>Commit to your launch date. Partners, influencers, press, analysts, and your team will work asynchronously towards this date. If a feature isn’t quite ready, agree to either remove it from the launch and release it in the next feature release cycle or be comfortable knowing you will get to it immediately after launch.</p><p>Draft a 3 month work back plan. Start with having the founder assign either the product lead or marketing lead as launch project manager. The project manager should schedule weekly meetings with all arms involved until 2 weeks before the launch, at which point meetings should be every other day.</p><h2>Test the End-to-End Experience</h2><p>The customer journey doesn’t start or end in the product. Think of the experience holistically, beginning with the landing page on your website, chatbots in your product, all the way to post-adoption nurturing campaigns.</p><h3>“How To” Documentation</h3><p>Like quality code, good documentation is difficult and time-consuming to write, but necessary, especially for any self-service SaaS offering. Documentation should go deep into the product and guide you through every feature, every platform, every best practice, and every use case but be comprehensive and easy to digest at the same time.</p><p>Include images with captions and mini videos, and make sure your code is formatted well with the rest of your documentation because it’ll provide an impression of what to expect in the product. Don’t forget to update your docs as new features are released. O’Reilly Media published an easy to follow best practice guide on <a href="https://www.oreilly.com/content/the-eight-rules-of-good-documentation/">the eight rules to creating good documentation</a> to learn more.</p><h3>In-app Onboarding</h3><p>Chatbots can help direct visitors to a help desk page or a feature tutorial and offer personalized help. Even if your product is the most intuitive SaaS app, I still recommend you build an in-app chatbot that can automate some of the onboarding and adoption work. Anticipating your customer’s pain points and use cases not only signals that you’ve done your user research, it also helps them achieve quicker Time to Value.</p><p>You can also use this channel to promote upcoming events, webinars, and blog posts, leverage it for instant product feedback, and answer questions. <a href="https://www.reallygoodux.io/categories/user-onboarding">Asana, Airtable, Twilio, Hootsuite, Docusign, and Wealthfront</a> are great examples of a beautiful in-app UX experience.</p><h2>Preparing Assets</h2><p>Don’t be overwhelmed; check off one item at a time. If you don’t have three months to plan and are on a tighter timeline, focus on the big-ticket items such as the announcement blog, the documentation, and the distribution strategy.</p><h3>Rolling Thunder</h3><p>Rolling thunder begins after you have beta users, beta feedback, and a roadmap of the last remaining items you need to build before the big announcement. It’s a chance for you to reach out to your marketable database and network and begin to create some buzz and hype around your brand and what’s to come without giving away the launch details.</p><h4>A Post on Your View of the World</h4><p>One month before the launch, share your opinion on the world’s current state and where the market is headed in a blog post. Share through the business Twitter and LinkedIn accounts and request the CEO/founder and team to RT and Like. This opinion piece is a chance for you to:</p><ul><li>Prime your network with where the market is today</li><li>Review the existing solutions that don’t meet market needs</li><li>Share where the market is going</li><li>Expose the new market problems</li><li>Tease out what you will create to <a href="https://hbr.org/2016/09/know-your-customers-jobs-to-be-done">get the job done</a></li></ul><p>Evan Weaver, founder of FaunaDB did a nice job setting the stage for the launch of FaunaDB <a href="https://fauna.com/blog/welcome-to-the-jungle">in this teaser post</a> before GA. It’s not about product features, it’s a thought leadership post that sets the landscape for what’s to come. Don’t skip this step. This post doesn’t just serve to tease the launch, you can also repurpose it later in assets like <a href="https://medium.com/the-mission/the-greatest-sales-deck-ive-ever-seen-4f4ef3391ba0">sales decks</a>.</p><h4>Teaser Email</h4><p>Ten days out, send a teaser email that doesn’t reveal details about the launch to your marketable database. Grab the recipients’ attention and provide them with something of value in return, such as a free personalized assessment through a survey. The prospect will get helpful answers to questions they may have through the personalized assessment, and you’ll learn if the prospect could be a high-quality candidate for the upcoming product release.</p><h3>Announcement Reveal</h3><p>Don’t underestimate how much needs to get done in 3 months and don’t let the launch date slide. You have to commit to the date or you’ll appear unreliable and unorganized to your team, partners, media, analysts, and influencers. Give the same amount of time, energy, and attention to your launch as you would your product, because your product deserves it.</p><h4>Testimonials</h4><p>Social proof is far more compelling than any sales or marketing effort. The earlier you can collect testimonial quotes, case studies, and online reviews from customer and industry influencers, the better. These early adopters will prove the product is ready for prime time from a functional and technical standpoint, as well as generate material for promotions.</p><p>This feedback will also give you insight into what might be required to improve implementation, training, user onboarding, and customer activation. Rope in your champions early and get them involved in the pre and post-launch process to amplify your efforts.</p><h4>Reveal Video and Demo</h4><p>Your blog, social, email, and other promotion channels will lead to a live product reveal, demo, and webinar. Harness.io did a great job with their product reveal when they launched <a href="https://twitter.com/harnessio/status/1270085365538238464">Continuous Efficiency</a>. Your reveal video will be a video story of your world view post and at the end you will reveal the product with a demo and an opportunity to engage with someone live or sign up for a more detailed product webinar.</p><h4>Announcement Blog</h4><p>The announcement blog should educate your readers about the Why of your product. You’ll want to explain the world’s current state within your Total Addressable Market (TAM), why your product, why buy it now, how it works, and testimonials. Address questions, concerns, and share how your product has been used in beta and in-house by your team.</p><blockquote>It’s common to focus on product features and not how the features will benefit the users. Don’t do this. Users don’t care about features. They care about how your product makes their lives easier.</blockquote><p>Remember what your objectives are and create Call to Actions that will drive those efforts e.g. “We’re offering a free 14 day trial. Sign up for our free on-boarding session this Wednesday.”</p><h4>Press Release</h4><p>Press releases are templatized, lack personality, and were originally designed to help you reach a broader net of reporters that might be interested in writing your story. Today, large enterprises write press releases as a formality.</p><p>As an early-stage B2B startup, you are most likely in a niche market, you know the journalists that write in your ecosystem, you have a database and some social followers and if clever you can leverage all the other available channels in today’s post-gatekeeper era.</p><p>The only advantage of a press release for an early stage startup is a backlink for SEO, but it’s not worth the time or money when you can create a well articulated blog full of personality that will organically get picked up by your partners, media, analysts, and influencers. If you have the resources and feel compelled to write a press release, use this <a href="https://publicize.co/guides/example-press-releases/">ultimate startup guide to writing a press release</a>.</p><h4>Announcement email to database</h4><p>Email is still the most effective form of communication when sent to an audience already familiar with you. Use the product launch email to re-engage with prospects, remind them of your product’s value, and reiterate your position as the expert solution that will make their (and their bosses) lives easier.</p><p>If you’ve done some form of rolling thunder, the announcement email shouldn’t be the first time the database gets wind of your product. Use this opportunity to build a sense of exclusivity and customer loyalty by thanking them for being beta users and offering feedback, or share some of the statistics from the personalized assessments.</p><h4>Graphics</h4><p>Graphics are often an afterthought but take the time to develop these and make them meaningful and engaging. Below is a non exhaustive list:</p><ul><li>Blog thumbnail and blog banner graphic</li><li>Email signatures, header and footer template</li><li>Demo and webinar landing page graphics</li><li>Google search and display ad graphics</li><li>Social media banners, cards and gifs</li></ul><h4>Post Launch Nurturing</h4><p>The launch is just the beginning of the customer journey, and all teams in your org play a role in delivering customer success. Continue to build awareness and adoption through chatbots, drip campaigns, Slack DMs, and even an old fashion phone call.</p><p>Your nurture streams should provide the new customer with best practice tips for features, case studies from a beta user, how-to documentation, an invitation to your next live demo+Q&amp;A hour, or introductions to your customer success lead. Pretend you’re the new customer and think through all the touchpoints that would help you and work backward on implementation.</p><h2>Announcement Distribution</h2><h3>Media Outreach</h3><p>If you don’t have a PR firm lined up, create a highly targeted list of journalists you would like to write about the announcement. You will need to begin reaching out to them two weeks in advance and continue to follow up with them until you receive a response. If you don’t have access to their email and can’t find it through LinkedIn or Twitter, I recommend asking your investors or board members for either the email or an introduction.</p><p>These journalists receive hundreds of pitches daily. The best way to approach the journalists is with an email from you, if you’re the founder, explaining why buy, why buy now, and why buy your product. These days there’s a lot of noise and funding announcement fatigue, so the better understanding you have of the market and the more compelling your product story, the higher chance you’ll have of getting noticed. Let the journalists know your embargo date/time and that you trust they will keep the news under wraps until the launch.</p><h3>Marketable Database</h3><p>Having a CRM is critical and will become your most important asset. Don’t forget to use it often, or the data will get old. If you haven’t touched the data in a while, expect some unsubscribes, which is ok. You only want people in there that want to be there. Purchasing lists are a waste of money, it’s best to be patient and build your database through high-quality marketing and sales efforts.</p><h3>Google Search, Display, and Retargeting</h3><p>Paid advertising is a great way to learn fast and experiment with keywords, messaging, and website conversions. Promote your trial, free version, or a top of funnel training course. Set aside some budget for google keyword search, so you can learn more about what keywords people are searching for that might engage a prospect.</p><p>If your ICP is a developer or anyone in the IT field, you have probably heard they won’t click on an ad. That is true and not true. Believe it or not, they do click on the ads, but when they don’t, you’ll begin to see your “direct” channel traffic spike and you’ll know it’s from your Google advertising efforts.</p><h3>Social</h3><p>Twitter and LinkedIn are the two most used and proven channels for B2B SaaS tech companies. Facebook and Instagram are great for consumer tech and can be leveraged for B2B brand awareness and team culture, but have low ROI for lead generation.</p><p>Think of Twitter and LinkedIn as a two-way communication channel with your followers. Encourage your followers to engage with you, and share and like your news. The objective of these channels is to gain followers: the more followers, the wider your reach and impact. Test out sponsored content with a set budget to see if it works for your product and request the team to engage with the posts.</p><h3>Partner Ecosystem</h3><p>When working with partners in your ecosystem, consider n1) how will the launch affect any existing integrations, and 2) how can we co-promote the launch to expand our total addressable reach? Much like involving your champions, partner involvement not only increases your impact, it also gives you legitimacy in the space.</p><p>Host a pre-launch planning session to ensure your partners understand how your product impacts them and what joint GTM activities make sense. Typically partners will contribute to the announcement through posts, email, social, co-hosting demos, contributing documentation, and newsletters to their customers.</p><h3>Industry Specialists and Influencers</h3><p>Utilize industry specialists for social proof and to expand your awareness. Take the time to build a list of industry experts within your ecosystem, reach out to them, pitch your launch, share a demo, and invite them to write a blog, join a live panel session, and engage with you on social media. Industry experts always want to be on the latest technology’s front lines, be affiliated with cool tech, and remain an industry expert. By inviting them to participate in your launch, you provide them with what they need, and in return, you are casting your net wider and gaining social proof that your product is well worth a try. Don’t skip this opportunity.</p><h3>Third-party Syndication</h3><p>Third-party syndication means you publish content on a media news website that attracts a similar audience but is not your website. Some of the syndication websites are great for a thought leadership blog series, and some are great for in-depth technical how-to tutorials. Third-party sites are not designed for a product announcement blog; use the public relations media channel.</p><p>To find the best syndication sites ask your team and existing customer base which websites they learn from and where they recommend you publish. Don’t offer to pay to contribute and if you lack writers on your team, ask for contributions from your champions or partner organizations. Leverage this channel as an experiment because not all syndication websites are of high quality. Still, it will provide you with lots of referral links and high-quality traffic when you find one.</p><h3>Upvote launch pads</h3><p>When using Product Hunt or Hacker News, you don’t always need to post links to your own site. Participate in existing conversations and find opportunities to demonstrate your domain expertise. Both sites will offer you constructive feedback and ask you questions you haven’t considered before.</p><h2>Postmortem</h2><p>Reflection is important, but don’t wait until post launch to consolidate everyone’s reflections. At launch many will have forgotten about the valuable lessons learned. In your weekly team sync, schedule a few minutes to reflect in a Google doc. Post launch, review all the reflections and agree on next steps.</p><p>There are many moving parts to a successful product launch, and no launch plan is foolproof. But the absence of a plan will leave you, your team, and your product at a significant disadvantage. It doesn’t matter if what exactly will be released is still in question. You can always hype up features and remove them in the next cycle. Stick to this guide, and you’ll get to your goal(s). The launch is more than just the announcement so give your team enough time pre-launch, during, and post-launch to experiment, tweak, and maximize hype for your product.</p><p><em>To learn more from Kiersten, you can follow her on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/kierstengaffney">LinkedIn</a>. If you’re interested in our contributor program, <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/contributor-program/">apply today</a>.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/a-startup-guide-to-product-launches-generate-the-hype-your-product-deserves">A Startup Guide to Product Launches: Generate the Hype Your Product Deserves</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Technical Customer Implementation and Professional Services</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/technical-customer-implementation-and-professional-services-w</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Oct 2020 11:30:18 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Customer Success]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Technical Onboarding]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-14993</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this group session, Dremio’s VP Customer Success Ohad Almog digs into what goes into building effective customer onboarding for technical developer tools.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #1, Practicing Chaos with Uma Mukkara of MayaData</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-practicing-chaos-with-uma-mukkara-of-mayadata</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Sep 2020 09:55:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14906</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this inaugural episode of The Kubelist Podcast, host Marc Campbell of Replicated speaks with Uma Mukkara of MayaData. They explore the tooling and best practices for adopting chaos engineering, as well as MayaData’s founding story and multi-project roadmap.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this inaugural episode of The Kubelist Podcast, host Marc Campbell of Replicated speaks with Uma Mukkara of MayaData. They explore the tooling and best practices for adopting chaos engineering, as well as MayaData’s founding story and multi-project roadmap.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-practicing-chaos-with-uma-mukkara-of-mayadata">Ep. #1, Practicing Chaos with Uma Mukkara of MayaData</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #26, Unknown Unknowns with Parveen Khan of Square Marble Technology</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-26-unknown-unknowns-with-parveen-khan-of-square-marble-technology</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2020 10:22:12 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14752</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 26 of o11ycast, Charity and Shelby speak with Parveen Khan of Square Marble Technology. They discuss Parveen’s journey into observability and the insights she’s gained as a test engineer and quality advocate.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 26 of o11ycast, Charity and Shelby speak with Parveen Khan of Square Marble Technology. They discuss Parveen’s journey into observability and the insights she’s gained as a test engineer and quality advocate.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-26-unknown-unknowns-with-parveen-khan-of-square-marble-technology">Ep. #26, Unknown Unknowns with Parveen Khan of Square Marble Technology</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #64, CDN for npm with Michael Jackson of unpkg</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-64-cdn-for-npm-with-michael-jackson-of-unpkg</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2020 12:27:02 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14823</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 64 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Michael Jackson, the creator of unpkg. Together, they explore package management, reverse proxy servers, and JavaScript tools for compiling and bundling.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 64 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Michael Jackson, the creator of unpkg. Together, they explore package management, reverse proxy servers, and JavaScript tools for compiling and bundling.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-64-cdn-for-npm-with-michael-jackson-of-unpkg">Ep. #64, CDN for npm with Michael Jackson of unpkg</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hire for Growth: The Founder’s Guide to Finding the Right, First GTM Marketer</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/hire-for-growth-the-founders-guide-to-finding-the-right-first-gtm-marketer</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Sep 2020 10:00:26 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Hiring]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing Operations]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-14948</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>We sat down with some of the leading marketing advisors in our community for advice on whom to hire as your first GTMer, what to look for, and how to set first activities.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>At a time when no industry is insulated from the effects of COVID-19, devtool and infrastructure companies are performing well and fundraising successfully. With the shift to remote work, the companies building tools that accelerate developer productivity and rapid release cycles are thriving and experiencing new growth.</p><p>Developer companies are <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/devtools-marketing-and-community-jobs/">continuing to hire marketers and community leads</a>. But for many first-time founders looking to expand their operations beyond founder-led sales and marketing, making that first hire can be time- and energy-consuming. I sat down with some of the leading marketing advisors in our community for advice on whom to hire, what to look for, and how to set first activities.</p><h2>What Kind of Marketer?</h2><h3>Product Marketer</h3><p>At Heavybit, we typically suggest member companies hire <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/early-hiring-for-technical-founders-product-marketing/">a Product Marketer</a> as the first GTM role because they are highly technical and already have a great understanding of their initial users and a strong network of engineers and product leaders.</p><p>At the same time, product marketing advisor <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/hiring-your-first-product-marketer">Ryan Goldman</a>, who’s led teams at Pendo, Sentry, SignalFx, and Cloudera, points out that, especially for organizations with technical products, early-stage teams don’t have the luxury of prioritizing brand affinity or strictly-top-of-funnel spray-and-pray awareness-building. Which is why a hire who has a solid understanding of the product, market, user, use case, and value proposition is important.</p><h3>Demand Generation</h3><p>That’s not to say that a Product Marketer is always the right first choice for your company; it really depends on your product, stage, and sales model. If you’re at a stage where you don’t have a marketing motion in place and every penny counts, consultant <a href="https://www.thehubertgroup.com/about-us">Michael Hubert</a> recommends hiring a Demand Gen marketer who can build your marketing infrastructure, and set up data-driven attribution and performance metrics.</p><h3>Generalist/Content Marketer</h3><p>Hiring DevRel first is an increasingly popular choice given many devrels have technical chops and are already a part of your target audience. However, devrel activities like attending and speaking at events, and building rapport with the community are time-intensive and long-term, and not easily scalable when you’re still working on top-of-funnel.</p><p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/bonniejpecevich">Bonnie Pecevich</a>, Senior PMM at Mux, and <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/fanette">Fanette Jobard</a>, who’s led Demand Gen and Growth for Docker, Algolia, and Sqreen, both suggest hiring a generalist marketer who understands your technical product and has strong writing skills. You want someone who knows how to listen to your customers and the engineers on the team and is not afraid to steer the product in a different direction if they think there isn’t product-market fit. In order to get to lead gen later, they’ll need to start putting content in front of your audience, so writing skills are a must.</p><h2>The Right Candidate Profile</h2><h3>Level</h3><p>The right candidate is neither too junior nor too senior. As founder or CEO, you already have a lot on your plate and hiring someone who needs their hand held won’t be a great use of your time. On the other hand, Fanette says someone too senior will want to scale your marketing team, and you won’t have the budget for it, so find someone who’s alright being a single player.</p><p>For years of experience, the most common answer was 5+ years. At the same time, Ryan recommends someone who was in their previous role for no more than 3 years — experienced but not overly biased. As Michael put it, working in startups should be measured in dog years so you’ll want to find someone who has a fundamental business background but is still scrappy and eager to wear many hats.</p><h3>Title</h3><p>Fanette advises waiting until you raise your Series B to introduce a Director, so broad titles like “Marketing at [<em>your company name</em>]” on your job descriptions are a safe way to play it and ensure you don’t attract someone who is too expensive or senior for your team. Focusing too much on the title can lead your candidate to fail by narrowing the scope of what they can do. When negotiating with a candidate, offer them the title a step above what they were in their previous role.</p><h3>Industry Experience</h3><p>Bonnie emphasizes that experience working for a company with a similar sales motion is a big part of the right candidate profile. B2B vs. B2C, enterprise vs. self-serve — the experiences operating in these models are going to be vastly different. You want someone who already has an idea of which channels are going to perform best for you and can immediately start experimenting.</p><h2>First Activities and KPIs</h2><h3>Onboarding</h3><p>Especially now, with the shift to remote work, simply writing things up and sending your new hire a doc isn’t great onboarding practice. Your new hire needs time, as much as one month according to Fanette, to figure out who you are and what you’re building. If, as the founder, you don’t have the bandwidth to onboard them, Ryan suggests building an “Introduction Rubric” and delegating to other folks on your team. Spending time with sales and support is always a good idea and will only help them do better work.</p><h3>Activities</h3><p>Narrowing down the responsibilities of someone who’s expected to wear many hats is not easy, but again, the activities you set up should depend on the type of marketer you hire. Bonnie suggests a content marketer should spin up a blog, work with you on messaging, and do keyword analysis. Fanette and Michael suggest demand gen should build your digital marketing infrastructure and test campaigns. Ryan suggests a product marketer should create prescriptive content about the product, value proposition, and market pain points (<em>not</em> thought leadership).</p><h3>KPIs</h3><p>A first hire is meant to address the deficits in your business and find processes that are repeatable, so tying KPIs to revenue or deliverables is not easy. Ryan asks, “What does productivity look like, and what are the outcomes?” You should be measuring a combination of execution and effectiveness and reframe those metrics not in total numbers, but as percentage increases.</p><p>That being said, if you’re doing any sales, Fanette and Michael encourage starting a culture of reporting early on, from first touch via marketing to close via sales. The job starts with setting up the foundation for sales but shouldn’t end with delivering MQLs, so both roles should be reporting together quarterly.</p><h3>When to Scale</h3><p>It’s the job of the first marketer to set baseline marketing goals and identify the first working marketing channels. Don’t rush to hire your second marketer because scaling the team should be tied to recurring revenue growth and the identification of effective channels. Think of it as pouring fuel on the fire. All it takes is one good marketer and sales leadership to take you from 0 to $1 million in ARR, so $2-10M ARR is a good stage to start expanding your marketing arm as long as you have strong attribution to leads.</p><h2>Final Pieces of Advice</h2><p>Ryan: “Set realistic expectations. You’re not going to find someone who’s technical enough to be a product manager <em>and </em>have the business acumen to be a marketer. If you keep chasing after star players, you’re never going to make the hire.”</p><p>Fanette: “For B2B SaaS startups, marketing often comes later in the company’s existence, after the sales motion is already in place. Some might think marketing isn’t necessary so build a marketing-friendly culture early because inevitably, your marketer will have to work with all roles in your org in order to do their work.”</p><p>Michael: “Your job as founder or CEO is to grow the company so learn to take yourself out of the equation. Know when to make the hire; if it’s going to take a long time to ramp up, consider getting contractors to do some of the foundational work.”</p><p><em>If you’re a first-time founder building a devtool company and looking for strategic GTM advice, learn more about <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/faq">Heavybit</a> and apply today.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/hire-for-growth-the-founders-guide-to-finding-the-right-first-gtm-marketer">Hire for Growth: The Founder’s Guide to Finding the Right, First GTM Marketer</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #5, Qualitative Storytelling with Knut Melvær of Sanity.io</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-qualitative-storytelling-with-knut-melvaer-of-sanity-io</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2020 10:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14797</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 5 of Developer Love, Patrick Woods speaks with Knut Melvær of Sanity.io. They discuss building developer tools, promoting psychological safety, and nurturing connections within the DevRel community.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 5 of Developer Love, Patrick Woods speaks with Knut Melvær of Sanity.io. They discuss building developer tools, promoting psychological safety, and nurturing connections within the DevRel community.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-qualitative-storytelling-with-knut-melvaer-of-sanity-io">Ep. #5, Qualitative Storytelling with Knut Melvær of Sanity.io</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Roundup: HB Talks featuring Forbes’ 2020 Cloud 100</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/roundup-hb-talks-featuring-forbes-2020-cloud-100</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Sep 2020 13:53:54 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Roundup]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Seasonal]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-14889</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this post, we share a roundup of some of our favorite Heavybit talks featuring Forbes’ 2020 list of the world’s top 100 private cloud companies.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Earlier today, Forbes in partnership with Bessemer Venture Partners and Salesforce Ventures, announced its annual ranking of the world’s <a href="https://www.forbes.com/cloud100/#5d386d085f94">top private cloud companies</a>. The companies selected for the Cloud 100 are recognized for their growth, sales, valuation, and culture, as well as a reputation score derived in consultation with 43 CEO judges and executives from their public-cloud-company peers.</p><p>We’re incredibly proud to see Heavybit alumni companies Stripe, <a href="/portfolio/spotlights/snyk">Snyk</a>, and <a href="/portfolio/spotlights/launchdarkly">LaunchDarkly</a> on the list. We are also just as excited for the companies that have long been a part of our community and that we have had the privilege of hosting on our stage. Below is a roundup of some of our favorite talks featuring this year’s Cloud 100.</p><h3><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/deployment-best-practices">Deployment Best Practices featuring LaunchDarkly and HashiCorp</a></h3><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/82249fb5b262039ff7394a46fa92157b28e22bb3-300x164.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>Thanks to the evolution of devops &amp; the emergence of containers, applications are more portable now than ever before. So now the question is, how do startups build products to satisfy the needs of on-prem, cloud SaaS and hybrid cloud customer deployments? In this <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/enterprise-ready-products/">DevGuild: Enterprise-Ready</a> panel, founders Edith Harbaugh and Mitchell Hashimoto discuss the impact of architecture on a company’s deployment options, and their visions of the future of deployment.</p><h3><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/from-devtool-to-dev-ecosystem">From DevTool to Dev Ecosystem featuring GitLab and Zapier</a></h3><p>Few growth-stage companies succeed on a sole product offering. This <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/product-marketing/">DevGuild: Product Marketing</a> panel of successful co-founders, including Sid Sijbrandij and Mike Knoop explores how successful B2B companies go from delivering a single developer tool, to building massive ecosystems, with real examples in how repackaging, new market expansion, and competitive analysis have made them category leaders.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/f7f67da2db59447ed2b741571af319bd18c77596-300x194.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h3><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-high-fidelity-personas-and-segmenting-users">Building High-Fidelity Personas and Segmenting Users featuring Stripe and Figma</a></h3><p>There is no universal developer, nor is there just one universal developer segment. In this second DevGuild: Product Marketing panel, Stripe’s Tanya Khakbaz and Figma’s (and formerly Intercom’s) Stephanie Zou, offers the audience the key components of high-fidelity personas, the research methodologies required to craft them, and the assets to capture and communicate to various segments.</p><p>These are just some of our favorites. We have a lot more in our <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/">library</a>, featuring the founders of <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/user-management-and-access-control/">Auth0,</a> <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/demand-generation/#mitch-wainer-how-to-build-measure-and-scale-a-content-machine">DigitalOcean</a> and <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/open-source-as-business-strategy-with-segments-peter-reinhardt">Segment</a>, the CEO of <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/orchestrating-effective-customer-success/">Gainsight</a>, and marketing leaders from <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/hiring-your-first-product-marketer">Pendo</a> and <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/go-to-market-and-category-design-fundamentals/">Tanium</a>, just to name a few. We’re constantly hosting events and publishing new content so make sure you’re <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr">subscribed</a> to our updates.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/roundup-hb-talks-featuring-forbes-2020-cloud-100">Roundup: HB Talks featuring Forbes’ 2020 Cloud 100</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Aligning DevRel and Sales for Growth: Q&amp;A Twilio CMO Sara Varni</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/aligning-devrel-and-sales-for-growth-qa-twilio-cmo-sara-varni</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Sep 2020 10:30:52 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Celebrity]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-14881</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>If you’ve already watched our Speaker Series with Twilio’s CMO Sara Varni, read on to dive deeper as she responds to some questions from the audience.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>During a <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/aligning-devrel-and-sales-for-growth-with-twilio-cmo-sara-varni/">recent Speaker Series</a>, Twilio’s CMO Sara Varni discussed how closely aligning your Sales and DevRel teams can open the door to new growth opportunities. If you’ve already watched her, read on to learn more as she responds to some questions from the audience.</p><h3>What are the top signals aside from a developer actually hitting you in a contact form, that might signal they’re ready to talk to sales?</h3><p>It’s going to differ by company. At Twilio, we look at milestones in terms of spend and if we see that person hitting that particular milestone, we know that they’ve got a project going on. If there’s enough activity, there must be a real project behind it. But we also don’t look at the sign-up individually either. We also look at 1.) are there a number of signups coming from a particular company at a time? 2). did they then go to an in-person event?</p><p>It all goes back to lead scoring and attribution. Jon Miller, the co-founder of Marketo, has a long career in marketing automation and lead scoring. He’s all about the time on the site and the time that the experience requires, so if you think about someone downloading a white paper versus someone attending a live webinar, that webinar’s going to be rated higher in your scoring model. And so we apply that same kind of thinking to the developer journey and thinking about what the level of commitment tied to this activity is to indicate how interested they are. It’s not all that different from lead scoring in the traditional B2B buyer journey.</p><h3>If sign-ups, activation, and monthly active users are the Dev Advocate KPIs, what are the growth teams or the marketing acquisition teams focused on?</h3><p>They’re two separate teams in terms of reporting structure but they really act together as one team. Our developer evangelists are focused on, what is the content that can get people engaged and interested in Twilio and get them to the site. Sometimes the content is product specific, but often it’s on topics that we think are just generally going to be interesting to developers right now. And then they work closely with our growth team to make sure post-signup, people are getting to those meaningful milestones in terms of spend.</p><p>So we look at, are people getting through the sign-up and creation process? Are they provisioning in a way that’s very easy and turnkey? We also take a really close look at our documentation to make sure that if we see people stumbling in certain parts of the journey, do we have the right set of documentation to step them through that? And if not, how do we rejigger a roadmap to make sure that we’re tackling some of those items where people are getting blocked?</p><h3>A lot of times devs will sign up with their personal accounts. How do you sell to their enterprise?</h3><p>I wish I had some magic answer there but we don’t. That’s honestly a challenge when you’re trying to target enterprise customers. Often when people are signing up with their personal account, you can’t track that they’re from one of your target customers. I don’t have a silver bullet there, but our hope is that as we get them up to speed on the platform, even with their name, their personal email address, that eventually they’ll convert and become a buyer on behalf of their company</p><h3>You used to do a lot of in-person engagements. How have engagements changed?</h3><p>We’ve had a lot of discussions now that everything’s virtual. Should we be doing events every week? We experimented a bunch in the second quarter, but for us, I actually don’t think that that’s the right approach. Zoom fatigue is real. So the approach that we’ve taken is, and this is less about developer-centric events and more just broadly for Twilio, let’s have one really high-value, high production-content event a month and really drive as much energy as we can to that.</p><p>I think one thing that’s been interesting in the world of COVID is, where we used to be very city-centric, a local customer panel is less relevant now. So we can do different things that we couldn’t do in a city-approach before, we can have more of an industry focus. In May we did a healthcare session. In June we did a retail session and those were new experiments for us. Even though the turnout was lower, I think that the quality of attendee and their engagement was much higher. So that’s something that we plan to continue in the second half of the year.</p><h3>How do you know when to scale from doing 1:1 engagements to multi-customer calls/live events?</h3><p>I do think that the customers I’ve seen over the first half of the year, especially during COVID, have seen huge value in just getting together with like-minded people, whether it be by role or by industry. Being the connector for those groups has been really great. If you’re going to make it a networking session, you have to be careful to not go beyond 20 people. Otherwise, it’s hard for everyone to get a word in.</p><p>I was on one of these calls where they brought together a bunch of marketers to talk about what they were doing in COVID and it was an hour session and we spent 45 minutes on introduction. It’s always a dance because at the same time, you want to get enough people registered to make up for fall off. You have to figure out what your attrition rates are going to be. Figure out what’s that sweet spot of registrations where you can have enough people talking, but not so many people that people don’t feel like they get to participate.</p><h3>How are you capturing and repackaging the conversations that are happening during these live events?</h3><p>If you’re going to create a big project, like the monthly events that we do, and make a big production out of it, you want to get the most PR value out of it. If you have a great conversation, repackage the content into segments. I think about those customer conversations in the same way. You of course have to get permission for certain brands and not everyone wants to, but if you get the go ahead, you should absolutely use that to create content so that not just the 10 people on call get value out of it.</p><h3>How do you determine what the size of your DevRel team should be? Is it based on the number of devs in your community, ARR, etc.?</h3><p>If you’re going to do a new market, especially if you’re a developer focused platform, it’s super critical to have a developer as your first hire in the region, almost even more important than like a GM for that region. As we’re thinking about entering new markets as Twilio, our approach is, “let’s make sure we’ve got some, developer evangelists on the ground to just get the word out and start talking about what Twilio is at the right local events.”</p><p>Beyond that, it can totally differ by organization. It depends on the surface area you have to cover, how much language specialization you have to have given your platform. There’s a bunch of different ways that we could size the team. It comes down to your platform and how many different outside communities you’re going have to target.</p><h3>C-suite officers work for the members of the board. What are some of the best ways that sales and DevRel can show positive customer impact?</h3><p>It all comes back to helping. When we do those enterprise hackathons, the magic is watching these teams work together. We’ve gone to large hospitals in the U.S. for example, and they’ll come to us with certain problems around patient communication or workflows in their hospital. Over the course of the day, let’s say we tackle three use cases. They come up with a proof of concept that they could go and demo to the board to say, “Look, this is how we’re going to improve the customer experience with new engagement channels.”</p><p>Show how the work of your DevRel team and sales team together are helping customers use your product in a different way. You’re not talking in vagaries, it’s a real project with real impact. Especially when you’re offering your services free of charge and coming onsite to help customers through these problems, the customer is going to have great things to say about your product and your team.</p><h3>How do you strike a balance between sales and DevRel when the prospect they’re talking to might not be a perfect fit for your product?</h3><p>This is another thing that I think perceptions can sometimes be off. There are plenty of salespeople that might write checks that they can’t necessarily cash so you have to be careful with that. But I do think generally, those sales people are not going to survive long-term because if they’re getting ahead of themselves with their product promises, it’s eventually going to catch up with them. Developers that are involved with the sales organization in this situation should feel empowered to voice and express where there’s limitations. Your teams should all be aligned on who you should be selling to and who you shouldn’t or else, you’re going to have problems down the road.</p><h3>ACV is a lagging indicator, especially for DevRel teams where most of the activities are super high top of the funnel. What are better indicators that DevRel teams can use to gauge success/impact?</h3><p>It’s hard because you’re focused on top of funnel and that’s further away from actual bookings or even revenue down the road. If you’re programmatic about the communities and population of developers you’re targeting, you’ll get more buy-in from people across the business. So it’s not, “Oh, we’re just going to go to all these different events and we’ll see what happens” or “Let’s see who comes to the site.” It needs to be, “We are going to try and get every developer from this programming language in North America” or “We’re going to get to 20% of this population.” That shows that you’re not just winging it, you have a targeted approach, are measuring on a regular basis, and are showing continued improvement.</p><p>It’s a challenge for all DevRel teams, that balance of trying to talk about your products and get people excited about your products, while not being too pushy on that front. The flip side is talking about all the cool trends and things happening for developers, to kind of lure people in. It’s an intersection. Where’s your product relevance and developer relevance? Focus your energy in that quadrant.</p><h3>How do you measure developer awareness?</h3><p>Signups are one way. Unique visitor traffic is another, you can also do surveys. We do regular annual surveys on developer awareness. I have my question marks about some of those. There’s always kind of weird data points that come back and things that don’t seem logical or in-tune with how I really think the developer landscape works. But I think if you can triangulate those three points and you’re looking at those consistently year-over-year, you should get to a general understanding of how you’re pacing and if your programs are paying off.</p><h3>For the DevRels on your team who were previously traveling all the time, what kinds of activities are they doing now?</h3><p>We shifted a lot of our DevRel team over to content projects that we were just not getting to. We do over 400 face-to-face events a year, it’s a lot, so we’ve asked a lot of those people to come and help with some of the virtual deployments of these programs. Now we’re doing a virtual Superclass, so there’ll be TAs and they’ll help staff and help be more hands on with those virtual assignments. Any program that we were running basically face to face, we’ve thought about how we can make it digital and how we can still make it the best experience possible. There’s also just a lot of maintenance things that we’ve always wanted to fix.</p><h3>What has been the biggest challenge for you in managing both a bottom-up and a top-down approach inside Twilio?</h3><p>It’s just making sure you’re not losing your way on either front. If I came in with my Salesforce playbook and started walking around with a lead scanner at hackathons, that’s bad. Similarly, if I walked into the sales team and just talked about top of funnel stuff and not really how I’m driving pipeline or being focused on how I’m feeding these growing teams of reps, that would be bad too. It’s just constantly trying to find that balance and making sure I’m not pushing either team too far in the wrong direction.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/aligning-devrel-and-sales-for-growth-qa-twilio-cmo-sara-varni">Aligning DevRel and Sales for Growth: Q&A Twilio CMO Sara Varni</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #63, Products Over Projects with Jerome Hardaway of Vets Who Code</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-63-products-over-projects-with-jerome-hardaway-of-vets-who-code</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Sep 2020 12:07:39 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14755</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 63 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Jerome Hardaway of Vets Who Code. They discuss Jerome’s experience teaching veterans to code, prioritizing products over projects, and GitHub Sponsors.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 63 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Jerome Hardaway of Vets Who Code. They discuss Jerome’s experience teaching veterans to code, prioritizing products over projects, and GitHub Sponsors.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-63-products-over-projects-with-jerome-hardaway-of-vets-who-code">Ep. #63, Products Over Projects with Jerome Hardaway of Vets Who Code</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Roundup of Self-Serve GTM Resources</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/roundup-of-self-serve-gtm-resources</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Sep 2020 11:00:47 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Roundup]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[GTM Strategy]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-14844</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this post, Atlassian PMM Blake Thorne shares his required reading, listening, and watching list of self-serve go-to-market resources for B2B marketers and founders.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>Blake Thorne is a Product Marketing Manager at Atlassian. He formerly was Head of Content at two startups.</em></p><p><em>In this post Blake shares his required reading, listening, and watching list of self-serve go-to-market resources for B2B marketers and founders.</em></p><h3><a href="https://medium.com/@blakethorne/secrets-of-self-serve-go-to-market-part-1-what-it-is-and-why-its-so-powerful-ec089bd25584">What is Self-Serve GTM and Why is It Powerful?</a></h3><p>Let’s start with the basics. In this post I write about the underlying unit economics and historical context powering self-serve go-to-market. Learn about the conditions that created the self-serve boom and why software companies are uniquely positioned to capitalize on it. Self-serve involves a lot more than just putting credit card forms on your website. Succeeding in self-serve means having the right strategy, product, price, team, and market.</p><blockquote><em>Self-serve and its one-to-many nature allows teams to spend a far smaller percentage of revenue on sales and marketing. But that’s only the beginning. They can then reinvest that savings back into the product, which fuels even more self-serve growth. This kicks off a powerful flywheel motion. Competitors will try to spend their way into keeping up and struggle.</em></blockquote><h3><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/self-serve-go-to-market/">Adam Gross: The Defensibility of Developer + Self-Serve GTM</a></h3><p>This talk Adam Gross did for Heavybit is, in my mind, an instant classic in the self-serve conversation. The talk succinctly covers the important parts of the topic and introduced some excellent new perspectives. I especially enjoy his insights on defining how your business and go-to-market works, and developing an aesthetic for go-to-market models. If I had to send someone just one link to explain self-serve, it might be this one.</p><blockquote><em>Go-to-market itself evolves. And it evolves quite rapidly. And insofar as you can understand that evolution and you can understand its patterns, you will be much, much better able to capitalize on those in your company.</em></blockquote><h3><a href="https://www.intercom.com/blog/podcasts/scale-how-atlassian-built-a-20-billion-dollar-company-with-no-sales-team/">Atlassian President Jay Simons: How Atlassian Built a $20B Company</a></h3><p>This is the second of a great pair of podcast interviews former Atlassian President Jay Simons did with the folks at Intercom. I send these links to new Atlassian teammates all the time. There’s plenty more than just self-serve and go-to-market covered in these talks. These conversations are a great inside look at the early days building an iconic self-serve company.</p><blockquote><em>In our model, we’ve focused on removing price as a potential point of friction, even at the upper end, which in turn aids velocity. It means that even an enterprise customer could come to the website, spend $10,000, start with a team of 10 or team of 50 and get going without actually needing to talk to us.</em></blockquote><h3><a href="https://tomtunguz.com/saas-innovators-solution/">Tomasz Tunguz: The Flywheel SaaS Company</a></h3><p>This piece by Tomasz Tunguz of Redpoint Ventures captures the “flywheel” nature of a self-serve model. Like a flywheel, there’s a lot of energy needed early on to getting it spinning. But once running, it’s a remarkably efficient machine. It can be easy to get frustrated and feel like you’re not making progress in the early days of self-serve. Many founders envy the efficiency and reliability of a mature self-serve operation, but can’t stomach the patience and hard work required to get the wheel spinning.</p><blockquote><em>The marketing engine spins a customer acquisition flywheel that captures all kinds of customers, both big and small. Some of these customers are true small businesses; others are teams or departments in companies. Over time, the product spreads from team to team, and department to department, increasing customer size and revenue to the startup.</em></blockquote><h3><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Survival-Thrival-Building-Enterprise-Startup/dp/1684014905">Survival to Thrival: Building the Enterprise Startup</a></h3><p>Want an entire book on self-serve and go-to-market thinking? Check out Bob Tinker and Tae Hae Nahm’s “Survival to Thrival: Building the Enterprise Startup.” There’s a lot more than just self-serve covered in here. But their entire premise of GTM-fit is really valuable. It’s something more companies, self-serve or not, should think about.</p><blockquote><em>In particular, pay close attention to customer behaviors during the latter half of (product-market) fit, what got their attention; why do they spend time with you; who commits and who doesn’t; who moves fast and slow; why did they buy and why did they not; and who actually makes the purchase decisions. The mixture of positive and negative data are hugely valuable market signals for finding GTM fit.</em></blockquote><h3><a href="https://www.sequoiacap.com/article/the-most-important-business-idea/">Sequoia Capital: The Most Important Business Idea You’ve Never Heard Of</a></h3><p>Sequoia Capital and its partners have had a front-row seat to this movement through investments in iconic self-serve companies like Dropbox and Zoom. This piece covers the important topics like the key role sales teams play in self-serve. Also, Google and Facebook’s ad products are self-serve heavyweights, but somehow not mentioned as often in the conversation. Don’t miss the Google and Facebook examples in this piece.</p><blockquote><em>Self-serve tech companies do have sales teams — but they’re relatively small, targeted forces. So when people ask whether Atlassian has a large enough sales force or Dropbox can compete with traditional enterprise companies, they’re missing the point. The golden opportunity for companies with a self-serve model is to increase the percentage of their business that’s sold online, not decrease it.</em></blockquote><h3>More resources, and the rise of product-led growth</h3><p>No specific episode stands out, but <a href="https://stratechery.com/">Ben Thompson’s podcasts and writing</a> give some really important context to conversations on self-serve, especially the underlying business, technological, and economic conditions. Pay special attention anytime he talks about zero marginal cost.</p><p>More and more, when you talk about self-serve, you’ll hear about “product-led growth.” It’s a newer term, particularly being championed by Wes Bush and his <a href="https://productled.com/">Product-Led Institute</a>, as well as <a href="https://openviewpartners.com/author/blakebartlett/">Blake Bartlett at Openview Venture Partners</a>. Self-serve is an important component to product-led growth, which takes a wider view of the entire go-to-market evolution and covers important topics like the role of sales and customer success.</p><p><em>Want to learn more, share feedback, or keep in touch? Connect with Blake on <a href="http://twitter.com/blakethorne">Twitter</a> and check out his <a href="https://medium.com/@blakethorne">other writing</a>.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/roundup-of-self-serve-gtm-resources">Roundup of Self-Serve GTM Resources</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #4, Collaboration and Constraint with Nicolas Grenié of Typeform</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-collaboration-and-constraint-with-nicolas-grenie-of-typeform</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2020 11:29:24 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14757</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 4 of Developer Love, Patrick speaks with Nicolas Grenié of Typeform. They explore the unique role DevRel plays in partnerships, driving creativity with self-imposed constraints, and no-code tools for developers.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 4 of Developer Love, Patrick speaks with Nicolas Grenié of Typeform. They explore the unique role DevRel plays in partnerships, driving creativity with self-imposed constraints, and no-code tools for developers.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-collaboration-and-constraint-with-nicolas-grenie-of-typeform">Ep. #4, Collaboration and Constraint with Nicolas Grenié of Typeform</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shifting to Online Community: Q&amp;A with HashiCorp, LaunchDarkly, and Moesif</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/shifting-to-online-community-qa-with-hashicorp-launchdarkly-and-moesif</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Sep 2020 10:30:35 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Community]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-14800</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>If you’ve already watched our Speaker Series on the future of DevRel, read on to dive deeper as our panelists respond to some questions from the audience.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>During a <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/shifting-to-online-community-the-future-of-devrel">recent Speaker Series</a> on the future of DevRel, panelists from <a href="https://twitter.com/janaboruta">HashiCorp</a>, <a href="https://twitter.com/jessicaewest">LaunchDarkly</a>, and <a href="https://twitter.com/d_gilling">Moesif</a> discussed how DevRel teams are adjusting to the shifting landscape and equipping themselves for our new collective reality. If you’ve already watched the panel, read on to learn more as they respond to some questions from the audience.</p><h3>Tools and Platforms for Video and Audio Training</h3><p><strong>Jana:</strong> YouTube Live, Twitch streams, and Crowdcast have been awesome. I think every dev advocate on your team needs a good camera and microphone. For our events, we sent each speaker speaker kits. Now that we’re always using video, having good lighting and sound are important.</p><p><strong>Jessica:</strong> I would almost prioritize the microphone over the camera, especially if you’re doing a demo or presenting something on your screen because the image of yourself is going to get smaller. Being able to hear and understand you is what’s important. Allow your team to experiment a little bit. There’s Twitch streaming and YouTube Live, even try Zoom’s webinar functionality. There’s so many tools out there from an IC perspective of communicating.</p><p>Hopin and <a href="https://www.loom.com/">Loom</a> are great tools that we use at LaunchDarkly. We launched a new integration and so we started using Loom to make videos talking through the project. We also use it internally for our quarterly hackathon, <a href="https://launchdarkly.com/blog/moonshots-v/">Moonshot</a> or as a tool to for everyone to give presentations on what they’re working on. For some of the community work that I’m doing with conferences like CascadiaJS, we’ve been combining homegrown tools with tools like <a href="https://remo.co/">Remo</a>, which mimics table networking. There are a lot of options in terms of platforms you can customize that are also within your budget.</p><p><strong>Derric:</strong> On top of that, have a process for what happens after that event is done. Not everyone has the time to watch a video so make sure you can format it in a way that’s digestible for anyone asynchronously. We use tools like <a href="https://www.rev.com/">Rev</a> for audio transcription services. After an event, we put out a blog post that has key takeaways from the event and we’ll share the post on different platforms and the video on YouTube. People still want to build relationships even though everything is virtual today so if someone had a question you couldn’t get to, follow up with them in a one-on-one.</p><p><strong>Jessica:</strong> On that note, we launched something called the <a href="https://launchdarkly.com/docking-station/">Docking Station</a> so if people want to request a Zoom call to talk with someone on the team like a developer or a sales person, they can set up a 15 minute call. It’s a fun way to engage with the community and also helps bring that community piece to an event without making it really intimidating.</p><h3>Where DevRel Sits in the Org</h3><p><strong>Jana:</strong> At HashiCorp, the three teams under DevRel are education, which was under engineering, community, and my team, which were under marketing. Now we’re all under one org but we still report to marketing. Open source and our practitioners are always the most important for HashiCorp and our top goal is to enable them and as we grew, we realized all of the activities happening in these different departments were intertwined and fell under developer relations so we decided to become one team.</p><p><strong>Jessica:</strong> DevRel at LaunchDarkly is under Platform and Platform reports directly up to the CEO. Where it sits in the org can change. Jana’s explanation of HashiCorp is a great example of how these responsibilities started out in different departments and as they grew and the skills needed changed, they bought it all under one. It can start in marketing or engineering depending on what your company needs at the time and as you continue to grow and scale, it might evolve into its own department. It’s important to remember who your executive sponsor is and making sure those goals are in line. It doesn’t really matter what department you’re in, as long as you’re empowered and have the support to do your job, which is helping developers.</p><p><strong>Derric:</strong> We’re an earlier stage company so DevRel is actually separate from marketing because we wanted to keep the goals separate. However, it’s always interesting to see, what are the goals of the organization from the executive level? Is it to focus more on advocacy and top of funnel and getting the word out or if the focus on developer experience and what people do once they get to your website? Once you understand those goals then you can figure out whether it’s a product org or a marketing org, and where the budget comes from.</p><h3>The Role of Open Source and DevRel</h3><p><strong>Jessica:</strong> At the core, a lot of things that your team’s going to be doing for the community is open source anyway. As an advocate, when you’re creating content, you’re putting it out there ideally to help someone do better. If you create a demo, it should be public. Contributing to big open source projects like Terraform shouldn’t be the only thing DevRel does but it should be a part and can definitely be a strategy.</p><p><strong>Derric:</strong> Be careful about how your sales team interacts. Most open source projects are going to have some type of open core model but you don’t want your enterprise sales team going in to try to convert some of those folks. Open source can be a lead gen strategy for the company but make sure that DevRel is independent and is about helping folks get educated about the different use cases, rather than just being an extension of sales. DevRel shouldn’t be commission driven, otherwise you lose that authenticity.</p><p><strong>Jessica:</strong> You can use your DevRels to help make warm intros. But their performance shouldn’t be measured by leads and making sure the sale is closed. It should be about helping influence revenue. It’s a very fine line you need to balance and make sure you don’t tip one way or another because that’s when you lose that authentic voice.</p><p><strong>Jana:</strong> If your goals were tied to sales goals or if you were just focused on leads, your activities might become inauthentic and the community will definitely feel that.</p><h3>Navigating the Commercial vs DevRel Teams</h3><p><strong>Derric:</strong> When you start, you still have to somehow attribute your DevRel activities to ROI for an organization. Leadership will be looking for something. Whether it’s increasing top of funnel growth or closing more deals. So you need North Star metrics like get more folks to test out your APIs or share your content with others to drive referrals. If you don’t set metrics that are clearly separate from sales or marketing, those lines can get blurred and messy.</p><p><strong>Jana:</strong> Building a community focused on your developers should be embedded into the core of your work. All of your activities, whether it’s the speakers you find for conferences or the activities that your team does, should always be for your community of developers. Don’t approach things with the lens of, will this help us close this deal?</p><p><strong>Jessica:</strong> That comes back to your executive sponsorship and the understanding of your program, being clear about what you’re tracking and the value of the impact that you bring. By communicating that you’re already setting that boundary because you’re saying, “here’s what we do, here’s the value, and here’s what we’re measuring.” It’s going to be a lot harder for someone to say,”I know that’s your value and that’s your impact but can you do this thing anyway?” That’s where you can fall into the trap of everyone being on all the sales calls, which is more of an SE role. You have to signal to the rest of the org what the charter of this team is and what lines you won’t cross.</p><h3>Communicating the Impact of DevRel</h3><p><strong>Jana:</strong> Not everything can be measured which is tough for Founders who care about the data and metrics. How do you measure brand awareness and how do you measure community building? I remember I did HashiConf in 2015 and we had Capital One as one of the first customers to speak on stage about how they were using Vault in production. Three years later we closed a multi-million dollar deal with them. How can I attribute that to the 2015 activity?</p><p><strong>Jessica:</strong> I think there is a way you can track that. You don’t have to frame it as, “Because of X, then Y.”You can track the history and relationship with that partner. You can look at Capital One and say, “we’re so glad that they’re our customer now, we can trace back to 2015 and see that they spoke at this conference, and that activity drove all of these things.” Whether it’s in Salesforce or some other tool, as long as you’re reporting on that and centering that conversation around your event recap or around your reporting, you are communicating impact. What you can’t track is human connection. You’re wasting your time if you’re trying to track authentic human connection with a score.</p><p>It takes multiple touch points and multiple activities. That’s why you have DevRel, because we do the range of activities that move people along. That’s why we try and take that same idea and put it through a written piece of content, video, code, events, and any kind of format for people to digest. Sometimes it takes three different ways or three different times to fully get it and understand the value or to move past that point.</p><h3>Building Interpersonal Relationships Virtually</h3><p><strong>Jana:</strong> It’s interesting because we found the different tools out there that work, that foster that connection, but we also found that people got tired. All of a sudden, all of the teams like my team, the field marketing team, the product marketing team, everyone started running virtual events. At some point, people reached Zoom fatigue. If you are running these micro virtual events or digital conferences, spend some time thinking about how many you’re doing, what the message is, and producing the most worth-while content.</p><p>We thought about why people attend our conferences, it’s really for education and the connections. So we spent a bunch of time trying platforms like Crowdcast and Zoom webinar. We wanted community engagements like chat to ask questions, polling, and smaller meetups for the hallway track so we decided to build a custom platform. There are ways to do these engagements online in a meaningful and thoughtful way.</p><p><strong>Jessica:</strong> There’s lots of tools that can turn your in-person events into digital ones but if I was asked which one offers the most impact or value, it’s still too early to say. We can say that X amount of people showed up and Y questions were asked, but we still can’t compare the impact of that to an in-person event that might have happened in March. I don’t have enough data to make a statement on the effectiveness of virtual events.</p><p>What I think we should be doing is experimenting and adapting and trying to make that intuitive change. What does the hallway track look like, how do we shorten these events so people aren’t just sitting without a break. Eventually, we’ll have more data as an industry to say how these things are working and what we can do better.</p><p><strong>Derric:</strong> If you do a 30 minute presentation, people are going to want to check Slack or are getting pinged by their colleagues. If your presentation is a narrative, people can’t just jump in halfway through and understand what’s happening. It’s a format designed for in-person events. So, experiment with micro decks that might be only couple slides long, highlight a couple key points, then jump right into discussion. Make sure that whatever micro event you’re doing is engaging the audience.</p><h3>SWAG</h3><p><strong>Jana:</strong> We had over 8,000 people registered for our digital conference, we just couldn’t afford to send swag to everyone but we sent our VIP ticket holders curated boxes. For our employee summit, we also sent everyone curated boxes that they opened up every hour with the start of a new session. It was part of the experience. For conferences, I suggest <a href="https://hashiconf.com/digital-june/swag/">digital swag gifts</a> like Slack backgrounds, laptop backgrounds, playlists, and custom emojis. For speakers, send them t-shirts that they can wear during their talk or we sent them cards with customizable LED lights.</p><p><strong>Jessica:</strong> We’re still experimenting with a couple things. We’ve moved away from swag being something everyone gets to something some people get. So we’ll have giveaways that people can enter to win different types of packages that we send out, because it’s a little bit easier to scale.</p><h3>Setting Up DevRel at Early-Stage Companies</h3><p><strong>Derric:</strong> As an early-stage company, for us, the first steps were about focusing on what the goals are for DevRel. As we discussed, it’s a very ambiguous term. Some folks thinks in terms of community, there’s also content, which I consider a single-user mode. I would take advantage of asynchronous, single-user mode projects, like demos, instead of jumping straight into having a huge forum with no one on it. You can also start with small-scale webinars and take advantage of getting your partners or customers involved.</p><p><strong>Jana:</strong> I’ve been early at a few startups and was pretty early at HashiCorp. I would start with, do you already have your branding defined, do you already have your messaging and how you communicate it, do you understand your audience? Work with the founder or someone in marketing to define those things because you need to know these things in order to decide what activities are going to be the most effective to do.</p><p>During the early days at HashiCorp, we had a “how to communicate with our audience” document. It was our messaging style guide and when we were answering support tickets or Twitter tickets or writing messaging for a webinar, we referred to that. We had a unified voice across the company. My other piece of advice is to test and iterate as early and as often as possible.</p><p><strong>Jessica:</strong> The number one thing I would do in the first month or so when you’re being onboarded is, look into data like where the gaps between your company and the stakeholders are or where people are falling off in the cycle. Figure out when and where to start and then look into how you want to communicate that with the community. Experiment and see how your audience reacts.</p><p>Especially with a team of one, a great thing to do is go partner with the DevRel person at another company that your products work really well with and do activities like a joint webinar or demo and amplify your efforts.</p><p><em>Enjoyed this Speaker Series and looking to find out about future ones? <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr">Subscribe for updates</a> to hear about upcoming events and be the first to know when new content is published in the library.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/shifting-to-online-community-qa-with-hashicorp-launchdarkly-and-moesif">Shifting to Online Community: Q&A with HashiCorp, LaunchDarkly, and Moesif</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Guide to Finding A Leadership Coach</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/a-guide-to-finding-a-leadership-coach</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Sep 2020 11:00:11 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Professional Development]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-14786</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Scaling your early-stage company is both an exciting and overwhelming journey. This guide walks you through the process of finding a leadership coach to help guide you through those transitions.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>Scaling your early-stage company is both an exciting and overwhelming journey. For many first-time founders, understanding how your responsibilities and org should evolve along with your business can be tricky to navigate.</em></p><p><em>I sat down with <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/elledestree">Elle Destree</a>, an executive coach and learning &amp; development consultant, to hear more about the process of finding a leadership coach to help guide you through those transitions. She’s previously worked on initiatives at Facebook and Airbnb, and now works with clients in the software, entertainment, and biotech industries.</em></p><h3>Coach vs. Advisor/Mentor vs. etc…</h3><p>Although these titles get thrown around interchangeably, there is a nuanced, yet significant difference between who they are and what they can do for you. Whereas you might seek out an advisor or mentor who has specific experience in your field, a coach does not need to have experience in your industry — in fact, you might benefit from their outside perspective because the coach can offer you new ways of thinking.</p><p>A key difference is in how the coach shows up to the conversation. A coach will ask you questions, reflect your thoughts back to you, and note distinctions. They will usually not tell you what to do or prescribe advice. On the other hand, an advisor or mentor will often share their own experience, give you advice, or tell you what they think you could do in a given situation. Even though coaches and mentors serve different purposes, it doesn’t hurt — if anything, it could be more effective– to have both.</p><h3>Why and When You Should Get a Coach</h3><p>Many leaders hire a coach when they are going through a major transition within their company, such as a promotion, job change, or shift in responsibilities. You might also hire a coach when you’re going through a life transition, like moving cities or starting your own business. A coach can also help you make a decision about where to go next in your career, whether you’re trying to figure out which job offer to take or you’re thinking about changing industries entirely.</p><blockquote>Regardless of your specific circumstances, having a clear idea of your developmental goals and what you’re hoping to gain from working with a coach is a good idea before starting to meet with coaches.</blockquote><p>If you’re thinking about hiring a coach, ask yourself whether you’re willing to put in the work that coaching requires. You’ll want to be ready to meet with a coach for your sessions, but also to try new practices or self-reflection activities in between sessions. Getting a coach when you’re not open-minded, ready, and willing to change could result in a waste of time and energy — you really do get out of it what you put into it.</p><h3>Choosing the Right Coach</h3><p>Unlike Advisors and Mentors, it may not matter what industry the coach comes from because they’re not there to give you advice on your specific industry. Look for a coach that has rigorous training from a recognized institute or program. Ask the coach what kind of training they have, how long the program lasted, and whether they had supervision from an experienced coach.</p><p>Elle recommends working with a coach who has completed a 9-month to 1-year long certification program or has a credential from the <a href="https://coachfederation.org/">International Coach Federation</a> (ICF). Ask whether their training program included coach supervision, where an experienced faculty coach observes the coach and offers feedback.</p><p>The right coach can impact your professional and personal life in positive ways. The opposite can be said for a coach who isn’t a good fit for you. So don’t rush the process. Elle encourages her prospective clients to meet with at least 2 potential coaches before deciding. Without a point of comparison, it’s hard to get a feel for what is and isn’t going to work for you. A coach should offer you a complimentary “chemistry” conversation, where you spend some time getting to know one another. Use this time to ask them all of your questions.</p><h3>The Process</h3><p>Once you’ve decided on a coach, depending on the size of your company and who hired the coach (e.g. your manager), your company or the coach may do what’s called a <a href="https://hbr.org/2012/09/getting-360-degree-reviews-right">360-degree review</a>. Essentially, they’ll collect feedback from your coworkers, direct reports, HR, and managers to get a better understanding of how you work, what your strengths are, and some potential opportunities for development. If the coach doesn’t do a 360, they will likely have an “intake” session with you at the beginning of the engagement so they can get to know you and your developmental goals.</p><p>A typical coaching engagement is on average about six months, and during that time you meet with the coach for about two 1-1.5 hour sessions a month with practice exercises in between sessions. There are many different approaches to coaching engagements, depending on the coach’s style and the expectations of your company, so ask prospective coaches how they typically structure their engagements before you hire them.</p><h3>Expectations</h3><p>True development takes significant time, so you may not see progress right away. People learn faster when they aren’t given advice but instead, shown how to reframe and rethink how they navigate uncertainty or a problem that may arise, even though this approach can feel slower than simply implementing someone else’s advice.</p><p>Lots of first time leaders struggle with delegation as their list of responsibilities grows along with the business. I asked Elle how she would help a potential client approach this problem. To help them develop delegation skills, she would seek to understand what the client is fearful of with regards to delegation. She would then work with them to help them understand the opportunity delegation provides and to mitigate their fears.</p><p>By reframing in this way, the client may realize that they can’t do their job as a leader, i.e. create conditions for others to do their best work, if they’re scattered. By the end of the coaching engagement, the client may be able to have more capacity for delegation — by stepping back, providing more growth opportunities to their team, and not taking on more than they can handle.</p><p>Your relationship with a coach is different from a relationship with a mentor or a therapist in that you’re not looking to work together for years. An engagement can take more than six months but should take no longer than one year. If it takes longer than that, it’s probably a sign that something isn’t working– either you’re not being open enough to the change or you need a new coach. You might come back to a coach after parting ways with them for a while, but it’s a good idea to try to incorporate what you learned during the coaching engagement on your own for a while before continuing to work with a coach.</p><h3>Compensation</h3><p>In the Bay Area, the cost of a coaching engagement can range from a couple thousand to tens of thousands of dollars total, depending on the experience of the coach and the depth of the work with the client. Regardless of what you can afford, it’s recommended that you budget for one because inevitably, you or your company will go through a transition and you’ll be expected to rise to the occasion as a leader.</p><p>You might question the ROI of hiring a coach but companies that have invested in coaching for their leaders have seen increases in employee performance, satisfaction, and retention, <a href="https://startuphappiness.com/coaching-roi/">among other benefits</a>. Investing in even just one leader can have a positive impact on your whole org and business.</p><p><em>If you’d like to learn more about how you can work more productively, inclusively, and sustainably as a leader, you can check out <a href="http://elledestree.com">Elle’s website</a> or reach her at <a href="mailto:elle@elledestree.com">elle@elledestree.com</a>.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/a-guide-to-finding-a-leadership-coach">A Guide to Finding A Leadership Coach</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #25, Reliability First with Amy Tobey of Blameless</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-25-reliability-first-with-amy-tobey-of-blameless</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 31 Aug 2020 11:12:08 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14596</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 25 of O11ycast, Charity and Shelby speak with Amy Tobey of Blameless. They explore the evolution of the SRE role, incident management, and the pains of rewriting system architecture.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 25 of O11ycast, Charity and Shelby speak with Amy Tobey of Blameless. They explore the evolution of the SRE role, incident management, and the pains of rewriting system architecture.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-25-reliability-first-with-amy-tobey-of-blameless">Ep. #25, Reliability First with Amy Tobey of Blameless</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #62, Educating Developers with Scott Tolinski of Level Up Tutorials</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-62-educating-developers-with-scott-tolinski-of-level-up-tutorials</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2020 11:45:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14592</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 62 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Scott Tolinski of Level Up Tutorials. They discuss Scott’s experience creating video content, teaching web development, and leveraging new tools.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 62 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Scott Tolinski of Level Up Tutorials. They discuss Scott’s experience creating video content, teaching web development, and leveraging new tools.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-62-educating-developers-with-scott-tolinski-of-level-up-tutorials">Ep. #62, Educating Developers with Scott Tolinski of Level Up Tutorials</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Empowering Your Team for Growth</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/empowering-your-team-for-growth</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Aug 2020 10:30:31 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-14760</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this post, Kiersten Gaffney outlines how to build a culture of knowledge sharing, so you can empower your team, accelerate revenue growth, reduce churn, and build brand customer’s love.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>Kiersten Gaffney has spent the last 20+ years, generating revenue for B2B early-stage startups and public companies. In the past, she’s held VP Marketing positions at companies like productboard, Buoyant, and Mesosphere. Currently, she works with early-stage startups that need advice and help on marketing strategy and execution.</em></p><p><em>In this post, Kiersten outlines how to build a culture of knowledge sharing, so your team can do their best work and confidently scale the business.</em></p><p>How do you keep your team empowered and happy while you grow from $1.5 million in ARR to IPO and beyond? The growth struggle is real with new hires starting weekly, increased customer demands, product trying to stay ahead of the product vision and roadmap, and engineering trying to build and ship features fast enough.</p><p>The trick to keeping your team empowered is a culture of knowledge sharing. This couldn’t be more true with today’s COVID-19 crisis. COVID-19 has forced businesses to become 100% remote to keep employees safe and more resourceful to ensure longevity during tough times. Leadership teams that invest in knowledge sharing will empower their team, accelerate revenue growth, reduce churn, and build brand customer’s love.</p><h2><strong>Product Fluency Across the Org</strong></h2><p>Don’t let product complexity keep your non-technical teams away from the product and the customer. I’ve seen this happen with startups founded by developers who are building software for other developers. The last thing you want is a siloed working relationship between marketing, product, sales, recruiting, and support. To successfully scale, you’ll need to break barriers and foster a culture of trust, learning, and discovery.</p><p><strong>In action:</strong> Non-technical teams should be given opportunities and time to understand the product’s power and customer use cases. Record all sales calls using Gong.io or Chorus.ai. Listen, learn, and discuss the recordings on an ongoing basis.</p><h2><strong>Understand Your WHY</strong></h2><p>The culture shift starts when everyone understands the WHY. Employees should understand why you exist, why anyone should care, and why anyone would buy. <a href="https://twitter.com/simonsinek">Simon Sinek</a> sums it up nicely, “knowing your WHY provides a filter through which you can make decisions, every day, to act with purpose.”</p><p><strong>In action:</strong> Starting with WHY will empower your team with the knowledge they need to connect their work back to the business. Is your positioning in line with your WHY? If not, go through a <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/early-stage-positioning-for-b2b-startups-with-justin-warren">positioning exercise</a> and work backwards.</p><h2><strong>Align on Your Messaging</strong></h2><p>Partner and Co-founder of Andreessen Horowitz, Ben Horowitz says, “The company story <em>is</em> the company strategy.” Every employee should be trained, educated, and aligned on the story. The story is not only for press releases or sales calls but it provides the company with a foundation (e.g. for the product team to build their vision and roadmap, for recruiting to convince candidates of the opportunity, and for engineers to be sure they are building the right features). Your story will evolve as you continue to learn from your customers so make sure those changes are constantly communicated to everybody.</p><p><strong>In action:</strong> Messaging is your <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/messaging-as-the-one-source-of-truth/">one source of truth</a> so make sure that whoever authors it, enables all teams across the org to own it, whether it be through a presentation or in a living doc.</p><h2><strong>Hire for a Growth Mindset</strong></h2><p>If you hire for skills and a growth mindset, industry experience isn’t always necessary, especially if you’re creating a new category or building bleeding edge technology. <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/hiring-your-first-pmm-doing-more-with-less-qa-with-ryan-goldman/">A growth mindset</a> exhibits ambition and initiative, approaches challenges with a hunger and willingness to put in the hard work to learn, and isn’t afraid to fail.</p><p><strong>In action:</strong> <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/early-hiring-for-technical-founders-product-marketing/">Hiring managers</a> should ensure that job descriptions make those standards clear and incorporate interview questions focused on growth mindset characteristics.</p><p>Examples of growth mindset interview questions. They start with “Tell me about a time when…</p><ul><li>…you were inspired to learn something new.</li><li>…you took on a significant challenge.</li><li>…you failed at something recently.</li><li>…you went above-and-beyond the call of duty.</li><li>…you received feedback.</li><li>…you were inspired by someone else.</li></ul><h2><strong>Keep Knowledge Fresh</strong></h2><p>Knowledge is only powerful or valuable when it’s documented and continually refreshed. Knowledge sitting idle is worthless because it has an increasingly short shelf life, and if it’s not used, it quickly loses value. What’s valuable today may be worthless tomorrow.</p><p><strong>In action:</strong> Knowledge sharing is a virtuous cycle. Make sure there are examples of <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-great-api-docs/">good documentation</a> in place that demonstrate how access to others’ knowledge and experience can improve personal and team performance.</p><h2><strong>Start Early</strong></h2><p>If you don’t address knowledge gaps early, they’ll continue to expand, slow revenue growth, and increase employee turnover. You don’t need a team dedicated to having a Learning Management System in place to encourage knowledge sharing. Here are five additional tips that remove the barriers within your org and build a culture for growth:</p><ol><li>Add a business strategy and alignment agenda item to the recurring All Hands</li><li>Make sure onboarding for new hires includes access to all (up-to-date) documentation</li><li>Have all employees spend some time with support and success teams to learn more about the customer</li><li>Train team leads to <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/executive-communication/">communicate effectively</a></li><li>If you’re considering the shift to completely remote work, GitLab has a great <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/remote-team-tips-gitlab">handbook</a> for building strong, internal culture</li></ol><p>A strong business is more than just having a strong product. When your whole company is aligned on positioning and messaging, fosters communication across all teams, and has good hygiene around documentation, scaling for success becomes a lot easier and eventually, will lead to increased revenue and customer love. A culture of knowledge sharing will ensure every employee feels empowered to make the best decisions in their work.</p><p><em>To learn more from Kiersten, you can follow her on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/kierstengaffney">LinkedIn</a>.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/empowering-your-team-for-growth">Empowering Your Team for Growth</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #3, Developer Experience Teams with Peggy Rayzis of Apollo</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-developer-experience-teams-with-peggy-rayzis-of-apollo</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Aug 2020 11:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14594</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 3 of Developer Love, Patrick speaks with Peggy Rayzis. They discuss her role leading the developer experience team at Apollo, empathy and how it relates to scaling, and the global pivot to virtual events.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 3 of Developer Love, Patrick speaks with Peggy Rayzis. They discuss her role leading the developer experience team at Apollo, empathy and how it relates to scaling, and the global pivot to virtual events.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-developer-experience-teams-with-peggy-rayzis-of-apollo">Ep. #3, Developer Experience Teams with Peggy Rayzis of Apollo</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Aligning DevRel and Sales for Growth with Twilio CMO Sara Varni</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/aligning-devrel-and-sales-for-growth-with-twilio-cmo-sara-varni</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Aug 2020 10:30:52 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Celebrity]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-14728</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Speaker Series, Twilio’s Chief Marketing Officer Sara Varni shares how closely aligning your Sales and DevRel teams can open the door to new growth opportunities.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #15, Low-Latency HLS, Pt. 2</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-15-low-latency-hls-pt-2</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Aug 2020 11:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14630</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 15 of Demuxed, Matt and Phil continue the conversation on Low-Latency HLS, focusing specifically on unpacking Apple’s newly released HLS specification.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 15 of Demuxed, Matt and Phil continue the conversation on Low-Latency HLS, focusing specifically on unpacking Apple’s newly released HLS specification.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-15-low-latency-hls-pt-2">Ep. #15, Low-Latency HLS, Pt. 2</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Doubling Down on Content: Q&amp;A with Mitch Wainer</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/doubling-down-on-content-qa-with-mitch-wainer</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Aug 2020 10:30:06 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Celebrity]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Content Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-14650</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>If you’ve already watched Mitch’s talk on doubling down on your content strategy while spending less, read on to dive deeper as he responds to some questions from the audience.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>During a <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/doubling-down-on-content-now-more-than-ever-with-mitch-wainer">recent session</a> on doubling down on your content marketing strategy, <a href="https://www.digitalocean.com/">DigitalOcean</a> founder and <a href="https://clubhouse.io/">Clubhouse</a> CMO <a href="https://twitter.com/MitchWainer">Mitch Wainer</a>, discussed ways founders can reimagine how they target content work and spend less, while strengthening market position with content. If you’ve already watched his talk, read on to learn more as he responds to some questions from the audience.</p><h3>What tools do you use for multi-touch tracking analytics?</h3><p>I actually laid out the full attribution model and formula that we used at a <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/demand-generation/#mitch-wainer-how-to-build-measure-and-scale-a-content-machine">previous Heavybit talk</a>. If you look through that presentation at one point, I do a deep dive into the model. So that hopefully would help answer a lot of your questions. Google Analytics has actually rolled out their own attribution tracking since then so I would also take a look at that. They’ve definitely evolved it and advanced it quite a bit. You might be able to use that as an alternative and it’s free.</p><h3>If your audience is mostly developers, are there any privacy challenges to data-driven attribution?</h3><p>I know with GDPR, it’s just hard to place cookies these days. There is going to be an unexpected drop-off of traffic and of tracking that you’re just not going to be able to track. It’s just world we live in, unfortunately. But Segment does a pretty good job of tracking a lot of it. At Clubhouse, we actually use the GDPR opt-in through Segment which has been helpful for us. The drop off of data not being tracked is smaller than the overall pie.</p><p>So maybe there’s 20% of the traffic that you’re not able to track, but 80% you are. That 80% is going to help guide your strategy. It’s going to help point you in the right direction. As long as those opt-in widgets exists for GDPR purposes, I think we’ll be okay. The future is obviously going to continue to evolve and change. Tracking might get harder and harder, but as long as you still have the majority of your audience that you’re able to track and help guide your strategy, you’ll be in good shape.</p><h3>Where do you find talented writers?</h3><p>Are you looking for talented writers to hire internally or to outsource to? It depends on your industry. For the software engineering community, there’s conferences and events. <a href="https://www.writethedocs.org/">Write the Docs</a> is one. There’s different online communities of writers that you can tap into, like Medium. If you find a writer on Medium who’s producing some high quality content and is looking to freelance, that’s a good opportunity to take. Depending on your scale and where you’re at in terms of overall traffic to your site and social profiles, you might be able to create a program like I mentioned, and start to draw in some inbound interest as well, to review some applications and to get some people in the door.</p><h3>Active community members are already producing tons of free content. Does starting a contributor program that compensates writers cannibalize that organic content?</h3><p>Let me throw it back to you. Are you seeing any traction or success from those articles that your community writes for free today? If not, then I would maybe start there and see if the free content is actually working for you and driving some good demand and inbound interest to the business. If it’s working well, then that’s an opportunity to double down on it and invest in developer advocates and start to engage more with your community to write that content. That could be a great strategy to invest in.</p><blockquote>Tracking is a key component to an effective content strategy and you definitely want to know your numbers around what’s working and what sources and channels are performing the best. Those are important questions to answer.</blockquote><h3>2-5 blog posts a week seems too ambitious for a company currently doing 0. Is there value in doing just 1 post a week?</h3><p>You have to start somewhere. Every article gets you closer to that 200-300 mark, which is when you’ll start to really see what’s working. One article per week would hopefully become two articles per week or two pieces of content per week. Just remember, not every piece of content has to be long-form content. You could take a quick video or record an audio file. Don’t overthink it, just post it. A lot of marketers, we overthink things and we hesitate too much. We try to be as thoughtful as possible for everything that we produce, but in many ways, it holds us back when we should actually be a bit more aggressive in pushing things out. Don’t overthink it because eventually you’ll get into the groove of things and start to write better quality content.</p><h3>If you’re an early-stage company without the budget for writers, what are some creative ways to produce content?</h3><p>That’s a great question. I have some useful tactics that we’ve used at both my past companies. We’ve done co-hosted webinars, which are pretty easy to set up. If you have a good relationship with one of your customers, you can bring one of the VPs or CTOs on and have them answer questions about a specific topic for your audience or your customers. Remember, your first content should be about helping your audience solve common challenges and pain points. You want to stick to that lens for everything that you create, whether it’s a webinar or an AMA. It’s about bringing together the best minds and to get people to help people become more educated and to help improve their careers.</p><h3>Later-stage companies with the marketing budget, put money into things like billboards. Is it effective? When is the right time to consider spending more on promotion and distribution?</h3><p>Going back to the tracking phase of your content strategy– it’s important to understand what topics and themes are working well to drive conversions all the way down to the bottom of your funnel. You definitely want to promote those out via paid campaigns. Those are your most effective tutorials or pieces of content so I would only put some ad dollars behind the ones that are guaranteed to work for your business. Make sure that you’re targeting the right audience through those channels.</p><p>Developer audiences aren’t really eager to engage with a tweet that’s clearly been promoted. Try to put promotion on a tweet that’s already organically working. It should hardly make a dent in the marketing budget. Even on YouTube, there are opportunities to do paid tutorial content or featured videos. One of the things that we do when we’re looking at folks who are contributing to our blog is, we consider their own individual social reach, or the social reach of the companies that they work for. It’s not a full-blown influencer strategy, but we definitely consider that.</p><h3>Not every contributor is going provide the same value. What do you prioritize?</h3><p>That’s a great question. You really want to help funnel their focus on topics and categories of content that work for your business. It should very closely tie to your content strategy. They shouldn’t be writing whatever they want to write about or create. You should understand before you even accept that submission or send the payment out, that they’re writing the content that is going to drive the most impact and value for your business.</p><p>In many cases, we’ll go back and forth with the writers that we accept into these programs and ask them for their areas of expertise. If it aligns with our content strategy, then great. They want to write an article that talks about Python? Python is a very successful, tutorial topic for us. We get a lot of new customer attraction from that category. So, we’ll have them write a new Python article. You definitely want to work with them closely to help guide the topic.</p><h3>Distributing content besides just typical organic search is challenging. Any tips on backlinking?</h3><p>If you try to post on Reddit or Hacker News, you can easily get flagged for self-plugging. News aggregators are tough to navigate but you can get lucky sometimes. It’s worth trying depending on how big the news is or how big the piece of content is. I would leverage your community as much as possible to advocate for your business, to retweet, to promote the content, to share it out to their audience. If there’s an interesting piece of content, encourage all your employees to write about it or to share it as well. Another good kind of content lens to think through is, how can you get your employees excited about the content that you’re creating so that they would share it organically to their network. What we’ve done in the past is write profile pieces on people to get them excited.</p><h3>Should you spend the same amount of time and energy contributing to other sites? Is it an effective strategy?</h3><p>I think it’s a great idea, especially if it’s for a key partner opportunity. Let’s say, you’re trying to partner up with a company that’s going to be complimentary to you and help drive new business. You can write a guest post or a helpful tutorial for them to educate their audience on how to do XYZ. That’s a really smart play to strengthen a relationship with a key partner. In DigitalOcean’s case, we wrote some content for HashiCorp, pretty early on. That worked really well in driving traffic our way. But it’s not where you want to spend the majority of your time. If you are going to dedicate, a small portion of your time, it should really be for those key partners.</p><p>In terms of aggregator sites and communities like Dzone or devops.com, if you have the budget to hire a PR agency, they can help funnel a lot of those opportunities your way. They always ask for guest content and contributor content to place. If you have someone that is dedicated to that internally, that could be a great tactic.</p><h3>What are the expectations around data sharing with contributors? And permissions around ownership?</h3><p>At DigitalOcean, we had a number-of-views ticker on every piece of content so it would be there, right in front of them. What was cool was, we actually built a true community platform where everyone had their own profile, with the articles they’ve written. The most popular articles by view count were prioritized at the top. We even had “hearts.” So you could see which posts were being favorited the most and that would count towards your social profile on the site. We invested a lot in building out our community platform application on DigitalOcean. At Clubhouse, that hasn’t popped up yet. I think, once they get paid, they don’t really care to be honest about stats on performance of the article. If it’s done well though, we’ll reach back out and tell them.</p><p>In terms of ownership, you can have a quick legalized agreement or contract, that states the expectations of the program, that you’re looking to create. At both companies, we’ve had a short form contract that contributors have filled out and accepted. Once we pay for the content, we have the exclusive rights. But it does say, if they want to share the content on their networks, they can. Republishing on another blog is going to start to dilute your SEO so definitely advise against allowing folks to republish the content on their own site.</p><p><em>Enjoyed Mitch’s session and looking to find out about future ones? <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr">Subscribe for updates</a> to hear about upcoming sessions and be the first to know when new content is published in the library.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/doubling-down-on-content-qa-with-mitch-wainer">Doubling Down on Content: Q&A with Mitch Wainer</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Roundup: Security Best Practices in a Remote Workforce</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/roundup-security-best-practices-in-a-remote-workforce</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Aug 2020 11:30:24 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Roundup]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[DevSecOps]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Secure Development]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Remote]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-14636</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Security is an essential business consideration. With a significant portion of the corporate workforce shifting to remote, being secure is important, now more than ever.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>As we collectively adjust to the new normal, we’ve been <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/press/covid-resources-devtools-startups">collecting insights</a> from industry experts and experienced leaders to learn what teams can do to weather uncertain times more effectively.</em></p><p><em>In this post, we focus on the shift to remote work and offer some security best practices for teams small or large.</em></p><h3>Oren Yunger: <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2020/05/21/6-cisos-share-their-game-plans-for-a-post-pandemic-world/">6 CISOs Share Their Game Plans</a></h3><p>Security is an essential business consideration, regardless of your size and who you sell to. Now that a significant portion of the corporate workforce has moved remote, security leaders are not only tasked with keeping customers protected, they have to ensure that the distributed “workplace” is secure and undisrupted as well.</p><p>Leading CISOs, including Heavybit advisors <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/every-ipo-needs-a-ciso">Adrian Ludwig</a> and <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/blog/navigating-cloud-infrastructure-security-challenges/">Al Ghous,</a> reiterate that existing technologies which enable and embrace remote work, such as Identity and Access Management, Zero Trust, and endpoint solutions are a must. But in addition to checking all those boxes, a plan to <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/disclosing-security-incidents/">respond to and recover from</a> a security incident should be a top priority.</p><h3>Tailscale: <a href="https://tailscale.com/blog/how-tailscale-works/">Network Security for Teams of Any Scale</a></h3><p>Back in the day, an <a href="https://tailscale.com/blog/remembering-the-lan/">office network was a LAN</a> on a switch with a mail server. Now, it’s a multi-tenant cloud solution with countless SaaS integrations. Potential risks to your business went from internal human error to external threats because everything you do now is exposable.</p><p>Moving to remote work and increasing team connectivity adds a burden to security and complicates scaling your systems– not to mention, it’s expensive. With a VPN that allows individual point-to-point communications to be independently authenticated and secured regardless of location, you can build up to Zero Trust, one employee device and one server at a time.</p><h3>Auth0: <a href="https://auth0.com/blog/the-high-cost-of-doing-nothing/">The High Cost of Doing Nothing</a></h3><p>Just because the security system you put in place years ago still runs, doesn’t mean it’s not a potential risk. As Heavybit advisor Martin Gontovnikas points out, outdated tools are not only costly to maintain, they can also get you in trouble with data privacy laws and regulations like GDPR or CCPA.</p><p>As a consequence of the economic downturn, less robust companies will begin looking to be acquired. You can risk <a href="https://auth0.com/blog/recent-ma-deals-that-imploded-over-cybersecurity/">losing a deal</a> if you’re not already following security best practices. Legacy solutions are built to be static so during these ever-evolving times, consider overhauling the systems you already have in place.</p><p><em>We’re continuing to develop COVID resources as our community recovers. To stay up to date on the latest articles, interviews, and expert sessions as we release them, <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr">subscribe for updates from Heavybit</a>.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/roundup-security-best-practices-in-a-remote-workforce">Roundup: Security Best Practices in a Remote Workforce</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #24, Beyond Code with Heidi Waterhouse of LaunchDarkly</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-24-beyond-code-with-heidi-waterhouse-of-launchdarkly</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Aug 2020 10:53:49 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14456</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 24 of O11ycast, Charity and Liz speak with Heidi Waterhouse of LaunchDarkly. They discuss feature flags, value stream mapping, and quelling fear-driven development as a developer advocate.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 24 of O11ycast, Charity and Liz speak with Heidi Waterhouse of LaunchDarkly. They discuss feature flags, value stream mapping, and quelling fear-driven development as a developer advocate.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-24-beyond-code-with-heidi-waterhouse-of-launchdarkly">Ep. #24, Beyond Code with Heidi Waterhouse of LaunchDarkly</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shifting to Online Community: The Future of DevRel</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/shifting-to-online-community-the-future-of-devrel</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Aug 2020 10:30:10 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-14606</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Speaker Series, panelists from HashiCorp, LaunchDarkly, Moesif, and Orbit discuss how DevRel teams are adjusting to the shift to online community.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #2, Collaboration Platforms with Joyce Lin of Postman</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-collaboration-platforms-with-joyce-lin-of-postman</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Aug 2020 10:00:39 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14539</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 2 of Developer Love, Patrick speaks with Joyce Lin of Postman. They discuss nurturing inclusivity in tech, adapting to virtual events, technology agnosticism, and Joyce’s journey into DevRel.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 2 of Developer Love, Patrick speaks with Joyce Lin of Postman. They discuss nurturing inclusivity in tech, adapting to virtual events, technology agnosticism, and Joyce’s journey into DevRel.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-collaboration-platforms-with-joyce-lin-of-postman">Ep. #2, Collaboration Platforms with Joyce Lin of Postman</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #61, Putting Stripe on the JAM with Nick DeJesus</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-61-putting-stripe-on-the-jam-with-nick-dejesus</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2020 11:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14374</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 61 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with T7 Chicken creator Nick DeJesus. They discuss developer sponsorships, coding bootcamps, Gatsby themes, and Nick’s personal experience maintaining use-shopping-cart.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 61 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with T7 Chicken creator Nick DeJesus. They discuss developer sponsorships, coding bootcamps, Gatsby themes, and Nick’s personal experience maintaining use-shopping-cart.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-61-putting-stripe-on-the-jam-with-nick-dejesus">Ep. #61, Putting Stripe on the JAM with Nick DeJesus</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #32, Evaluating Acquisitions with Mike Gregoire of Brighton Park Capital</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-32-evaluating-acquisitions-with-mike-gregoire-of-brighton-park-capital</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jul 2020 11:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14479</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 32 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Mike Gregoire of Brighton Park Capital. They discuss strategies for growing through a recession, the changing role of modern enterprise salespeople, and the internal metrics Mike uses when evaluating acquisitions.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 32 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Mike Gregoire of Brighton Park Capital. They discuss strategies for growing through a recession, the changing role of modern enterprise salespeople, and the internal metrics Mike uses when evaluating acquisitions.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-32-evaluating-acquisitions-with-mike-gregoire-of-brighton-park-capital">Ep. #32, Evaluating Acquisitions with Mike Gregoire of Brighton Park Capital</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When Will I Start to See Traffic? A Field Guide for Managing Expectations in Content Marketing</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/when-will-i-start-to-see-traffic-a-field-guide-for-managing-expectations-in-content-marketing</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jul 2020 11:00:34 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Content Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-14547</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Erik Dietrich of Hit Subscribe sets expectations around rank and traffic, and outlines the timeline for when new sites can start to see ROI.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>Erik Dietrich is a longtime software engineer and software blogger, who eventually combined those pursuits to start a business. His company, <a href="https://www.hitsubscribe.com/">Hit Subscribe</a>, matches devtools companies needing content with engineers that want to write about tech.</em></p><p><em>In this post, Erik sets expectations around rank and traffic based on his and clients’ experiences, and outlines the timeline for when new sites can start to see ROI.</em></p><p>Don’t let software engineers fool you.</p><p>They can talk a big game about using past outage data to project future uptime or using performance metrics to inform user experience. But ask them how long it’ll take to complete their current feature, and they’ll probably think up some number of weeks, pad it a bit, then double it, just to be safe. Under-promise and over-deliver, as they say.</p><p>I know this because I spent almost two decades building software and managing dev teams, before improbably, stumbling into being a marketer and running Hit Subscribe, <a href="https://www.hitsubscribe.com/">a content marketing business</a>. (That’s a story for another time.) Nothing disorients a software engineer like the dreaded, “when can you have that done?” ballpark question. The caveats, qualifications, and “it depends”es will start immediately.</p><h2><strong>Traffic and Lead Expectations are Overly Optimistic</strong></h2><p>There’s a definite irony to technical founders or engineering teams turning this question around on marketers. “Alright, so how many days before I start to see a return on these blog posts you’re creating?”</p><p>I kid, but only kind of. Your average executive, inexperienced with content marketing and the organic search channel, tends to reason about bringing in search engine traffic the same way they would reason about paid advertising. You turn it on, start measuring, and pretty soon, the content will bring you new business that should pay back what you spent and then some.</p><p>Well, if that’s your expectation or your boss’s, brace yourself. The reality is nowhere close to that, especially for relatively new sites.</p><blockquote>Bringing traffic in through your brand new blog is a long game. Generating qualified leads, trials, and purchases is an even longer one.</blockquote><p>But it will pay off, I promise.</p><h2><strong>It’ll Take Your Articles Six Months to Rank</strong></h2><p>As I mentioned, I spent years and years writing software and saying, “it depends” when asked for estimates. I also spent years as an IT management consultant, a role that cynics out there probably assume means collecting people’s money to tell them that “it depends.” But I’m going to subvert expectations here. I’m not going to tell you that your time to rank depends on a variety of factors, though that’s obviously true.</p><p>Instead I’ll be very clear. It’ll take your articles about six months to rank on your new blog, assuming you do a good job planning them. You might find yourself pleasantly surprised before then, but six months is a good inflection point to reconsider your strategy if you’re not yet seeing results.</p><p>Now, this doesn’t mean you need to double check your hosting after six months to make sure it covers your hundreds of thousands of visitors. You will indeed have ranking articles at this point, but they’ll rank for low-competition, low-volume search terms known as <a href="https://ahrefs.com/blog/long-tail-keywords/">“long tail” keywords</a>. So that initial traffic will be something of a trickle.</p><p>Once that trickle starts, it will grow with time. In fact, assuming you’re posting about once per week, you should start to see regular traffic growth around the six-month mark, building to some hockey-sticking around a year into things.</p><p>If you really want to do some expectation-setting around organic content, think six months for rankings and a year for significant traffic. It’s because of this that I generally ask prospective clients of Hit Subscribe whether they view their investment in content as a multi-year effort. It’s important to set the expectations around the scope and scale of bringing organic traffic to the site, before starting.</p><h2><strong>A Ranking Case Study: MakeMeAProgrammer.com</strong></h2><p>You might find yourself wondering why I’m tossing timelines around so confidently. Well, part of it comes from having worked with a lot of clients, planning and creating content for them, and measuring their rankings and analytics. But part of it comes from an honest-to-goodness, full-blown content experiment.</p><p>It was the summer of 2018, and I found myself wanting to prove a point. In talking with a client, we were both looking at measurable progress on the organic traffic front, in rankings, and in general.</p><p>Philosophically, he mused that it was hard to know exactly what contributed to this. Sure, our content planning and creation obviously played a role. But what about the slick new theme that he’d installed, social media promotion, or some direct outreach campaigns he was doing? All valid questions, and the world of trying to guess what Google likes can be a murky one.</p><p>So I had an idea for an experiment.</p><p>I decided to control all of the variables that he’d mentioned and any others that I could think of. I bought a domain name and hosting, and I <a href="https://makemeaprogrammer.com/">created a WordPress site</a>, from soup to nuts, in about 20 minutes. Doing this allowed me to control the following variables:</p><ul><li>Nobody could accuse the site theme of being particularly great.</li><li>There’d be no social media promotion of articles.</li><li>We’d do no link building, syndication, review soliciting, or other, subtle ranking factors.</li><li>At no point would we try to build an audience or even publish the articles deliberately at any time of day.</li><li>There’d be no paid search of any kind or setting up social media or Google accounts for the site.</li></ul><p>With all of those things controlled, what was the variable? Just applying Hit Subscribe’s content planning and creation process to the site. That was it.</p><h2><strong>The Case Study Results: A Year-Long Hockey-Stick</strong></h2><p>So, what were the results? Well, I go into more detail in <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0awHiGsA_bk">this video</a>, but this picture does a pretty good job standing in for a thousand words:</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/f75daa26b7e55a3e33ab1a47eb0a1c1970592887-1730x544.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>We pushed the first article live in August of 2018. The rest of that fall, we published another 10 articles or so, and we only ever wound up doing a grand total of 13 over the course of the site’s first year of existence. The traffic you’re seeing here isn’t the weekly cadence that I mentioned earlier, but rather a front-loaded monthly cadence.</p><p>As you can see, it was basically crickets for the first five months, with a bit of a blip in February, month six. After that, you start to see the blade of a nice hockey stick.</p><p>To be clear, this was a brand new site that I built in 20 minutes and gave no advantages to out of the gate whatsoever. So if that site can start to rank after six months and realize hockey-stick growth within a year, your site can definitely do the same (assuming you’re not doing anything <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/content-seo-founders-guide/">SEO-wise</a> to actively hurt yourself).</p><h2><strong>Variables That Affect Your Time To Rank</strong></h2><p>Now, I understand that your site isn’t makemeaprogrammer.com. Your company has probably put at least a little thought into your theme, and the site has probably existed long enough to earn a little credibility in the search engines’ eyes.</p><p>So how do you tune your expectations accordingly? What might impact your time to rank right out of the gate, either negatively or positively? Well, let’s take a look at some key factors.</p><h3><strong>Basic Ranking Factors for Sites and Posts</strong></h3><ul><li><strong>Your site’s</strong> <a href="https://moz.com/learn/seo/domain-authority"><strong>domain authority</strong></a>. This is a measure that’s basically a trailing indicator of how much the search engines trust your site. If you’re starting out with a high number, it’ll cut time to rank. MMAP started out with zero.</li><li><strong>Basic SEO best practices</strong>. Your site should have <a href="https://support.google.com/webmasters/answer/156184?hl=en">a sitemap</a> and be minimally search-engine friendly. We took care of these basics for MMAP so as not to hinder ranking.</li><li><strong>Site performance</strong>. Your site’s load time and user experience matter a good bit for SEO. I picked a theme for MMAP that was neither great nor bad for performance in order to make this a non-factor.</li><li><strong>Keyword competitiveness</strong>. If you recall earlier, I hinged ranking on doing a good job planning posts. Part of this means picking non-competitive keywords in the early going. With MMAP, we specifically picked long-tail keywords that were literal questions, like “what do programmers wear to work,” and then answered those questions.</li><li><strong>Serving search intent. </strong>When people type things into a search engine, they’re asking a question, whether or not they fully spell it out. Understanding that question and answering it is the key to getting a piece of content to rank. This is why we picked actual questions for MMAP and wrote response posts. Nailing search intent is especially critical for a new blog.</li></ul><p>This might seem like a lot of variability, but it really all comes together for a fairly simple plan. Create a site that’s basically performant and doesn’t have SEO setup deficiencies, find keywords (questions) with low competition, and make sure to nail the search intent of the keywords you target.</p><p>If you do all of those things, six months will be the upper bound on your time to rank, and it may wind up being a lot less if you already have good domain authority.</p><h2><strong>Measuring Progress Along the Way</strong></h2><p>If you look at the screenshot I posted, you might reasonably think “that seems great, but you were taking the time between August and February in faith.” In other words, six months is a long time to wait for feedback if you’re putting a post per week on the blog.</p><p>The good news is that you don’t have to wait that long to see progress. You can actually start measuring things much earlier than that. Here’s a list of things that we look for with content, even before you start to see visitors in analytics.</p><ol><li>After a week or so, do a custom google search of your site to make sure the search engine has indexed the post. If I were checking for <a href="https://makemeaprogrammer.com/what-do-programmers-wear-to-work/#:~:text=Casual%20dress.,%2C%20or%20anything%20super%20crazy).">this post about what programmers wear to work</a>, I’d execute <a href="https://www.google.com/search?rlz=1C1CHBF_enUS688US688&amp;sxsrf=ALeKk02hlYHq-VnX4gIJLU-Bn429yWOQMg%3A1594856851269&amp;ei=k5UPX4z1D9qntQbb1Z_IBg&amp;q=site%3Amakemeaprogrammer.com+what+do+programmers+wear+to+work&amp;oq=site%3Amakemeaprogrammer.com+what+do+programmers+wear+to+work&amp;gs_lcp=CgZwc3ktYWIQAzoECAAQRzoHCCMQsAIQJzoICAAQCBANEB46BQgAEM0COgQIIRAKUNfgBFja_wRg_oAFaAJwAXgAgAHbAYgB7RCSAQYyNy4xLjGYAQCgAQGqAQdnd3Mtd2l6&amp;sclient=psy-ab&amp;ved=0ahUKEwjMitnguNDqAhXaU80KHdvqB2kQ4dUDCAw&amp;uact=5">the search</a> “site:makemeaprogrammer.com what do programmers wear to work” in Google (without the quotes). If it appears, the search engine knows about it. (And if it doesn’t, check your sitemap).</li><li>Within a month or two, we’d want to see your post ranking within the top 100 (first 10 pages in search). You can use <a href="https://ahrefs.com/">a tool like Ahrefs</a> to keep track of your rankings.</li><li>At the four-to-six month mark, we’d like to see the post just off of, or at the bottom of, page one.</li><li>By that six-month mark, we’d like to see it ranking in the top three for the long-tail keyword and actually bringing you some traffic.</li><li>Once it ranks for the target keyword, in the six-to-twelve month range, we’d love to see it featured in a snippet (see screenshot below).</li><li>In that same post-six-month window, we’d like to start seeing it rank for other keywords besides the main target one.</li></ol><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/d90c0d702b6953484b2ff5b3ec883fc185cf3057-851x444.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h2><strong>It’s a Long Game and a Numbers Game</strong></h2><p>As you evaluate your posts, this timeline will prove very helpful. It lets you adjust and course correct much sooner than at the six-month mark.</p><p>But keep something in mind as you do this. What I’ve laid out here isn’t a way to ensure that every post you write ranks and brings traffic. Nothing can actually do that.</p><blockquote>When it comes to building organic traffic, each article isn’t a project—the blog is. Some of your posts will rank and drive tons of traffic. Others will be sort of middling, and still others will just never rank at all for whatever reason.</blockquote><p>A good approach and content plan won’t make everything a home run. But what it will do is make ranking and traffic the norm for posts with the occasional dud in the mix, as opposed to what happens with most sites: many organic duds for every one that randomly brings unplanned search traffic.</p><p>Bear in mind that it takes a while and that it’s a numbers game. The fact that you can’t tell the boss when any one post will rank for any one keyword shouldn’t stop you from creating an accurate and predictable holistic approach.</p><p>So next time someone asks you how long it’ll take for you to rank, you can confidently tell them, “that’s not strictly knowable, but I know of a pretty convincing case study that suggests we can plan on about six months.”</p><p><em>New to content marketing and interested in learning more about how to get started? Check out <a href="https://www.hitsubscribe.com/the-team/">Hit Subscribe</a>, <a href="https://twitter.com/daedtech">connect</a> with Erik, and discover <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/search/?t=heavybit&amp;s=content">content-related resources</a> in the Heavybit Library.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/when-will-i-start-to-see-traffic-a-field-guide-for-managing-expectations-in-content-marketing">When Will I Start to See Traffic? A Field Guide for Managing Expectations in Content Marketing</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Doubling Down on Content, Now More than Ever with Mitch Wainer</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/doubling-down-on-content-now-more-than-ever-with-mitch-wainer</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Jul 2020 10:30:59 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-14524</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>DigitalOcean Co-Founder and Clubhouse CMO Mitch Wainer discusses ways founders can reimagine how they target content work and spend less, while strengthening market position with content.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #60, Building Fullstack React Apps with Brandon Bayer</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-60-building-fullstack-react-apps-with-brandon-bayer</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Jul 2020 11:26:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14334</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 60 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Brandon Bayer. They explore the complexity behind building fullstack applications and how deployment-agnostic tools like Blitz.js could change the developer landscape.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 60 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Brandon Bayer. They explore the complexity behind building fullstack applications and how deployment-agnostic tools like Blitz.js could change the developer landscape.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-60-building-fullstack-react-apps-with-brandon-bayer">Ep. #60, Building Fullstack React Apps with Brandon Bayer</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #23, Beyond Ops with Erwin van der Koogh of Linc</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-23-beyond-ops-with-erwin-van-der-koogh-of-linc</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Jul 2020 10:32:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14398</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 23 of O11ycast, Charity and Shelby speak with Erwin van der Koogh of Linc. They discuss the startup ecosystem in Australia, release engineering, and the relationship between safety and success.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 23 of O11ycast, Charity and Shelby speak with Erwin van der Koogh of Linc. They discuss the startup ecosystem in Australia, release engineering, and the relationship between safety and success.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-23-beyond-ops-with-erwin-van-der-koogh-of-linc">Ep. #23, Beyond Ops with Erwin van der Koogh of Linc</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>An Interview with CNCF GM &amp; Heavybit Adivsor, Priyanka Sharma</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/an-interview-with-cncf-gm-heavybit-adivsor-priyanka-sharma</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Jul 2020 10:05:39 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Celebrity]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-14381</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>The CNCF’s Priyanka shares her journey, the importance of community and ecosystems, and how startups can get involved and take advantage of opportunities.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>Priyanka Sharma is a long-time community member and Heavybit advisor. As a former entrepreneur with a passion for growing developer products through open source communities, she has deep expertise in DevOps and observability and has worked on open source projects such as OpenTracing, Jaeger, Vitess, and GitLab.</em></p><p><em>Priyanka recently became <a href="https://www.cncf.io/announcement/2020/06/01/priyanka-sharma-joins-cncf-as-general-manager/">General Manager of the Cloud Native Computing Foundation</a> (CNCF). We talked with her about her journey, the importance of community and ecosystems, and how startups can get involved and take advantage of opportunities.</em></p><h3><strong>Tell us about your background and career progression?</strong></h3><p>My first opportunity out of college was a job at Google working on AdSense and internal data tools. I had not planned for it, but that started my tech career. I got the startup bug so I decided to strike out on my own. My co-founder and I built various products. One of them was a devtool, a time tracker. It had a lot of organic momentum with open source plugins that people could build to get their time tracking dashboard. The minute I experienced that, I knew I liked devtools and that open source was really cool.</p><p>That’s how I started with devtools and open source. I got introduced to Heavybit. I consulted with many of the portfolio companies and joined one of them, <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/press/new-member-lightstep">LightStep</a>, as Head of Marketing and Strategic Partnerships. Ben Sigelman, the CEO of LightStep, taught me about the space of observability, how you can look through a system and know where the problems are happening. I also joined <a href="https://lightstep.com/opentracing/">OpenTracing</a> through LightStep, and it became the third project to join the CNCF. So my involvement with the cloud native community started as early as 2016.</p><p>After LightStep, I joined GitLab as Director of Cloud Native Alliances with a focus on engaging with the cloud native ecosystem. GitLab received the opportunity to have a seat on the CNCF governing board and I was elected. By joining the board, I was able to understand how such a massively impactful organization was run. Now, I’ve joined CNCF as GM and have perspectives on how things are done on both sides, as an org and as an ecosystem and community.</p><h3><strong>Marketing open source products is unique, or maybe you think it’s not. What are your thoughts on how marketing in the open source community differs from marketing devtools?</strong></h3><p>There is a real nuance between how you market a devtool and open source. In a closed source product, the onus is on the creators and the team to think of everything. Figure it out and give the developer an awesome polished experience.</p><blockquote>The better the user experience, the better the ease of connecting it to other technologies, the more likely it is that someone will use it.</blockquote><p>In open source, you still have to solve a meaningful problem but you can arrive at a complete picture as a community. You put a kernel of an idea out there. If it is well contained and has a clear value prop, you’ll attract other developers to support your mission by trying out your product, fixing bugs, reporting, and writing documentation.</p><p>There are also two kinds of barriers to entry. With proprietary, the barrier is the fact that you’re proprietary so workflows need to be super smooth and easy. You’ll most likely start faster and better with mid-market and below, then slowly work up to enterprise. With open source, anybody can start downloading and using it in on-prem, self-managed environments, which means that enterprise developers find it easier than someone looking for an immediate solution. At GitLab, I saw how much people were using our product because the barrier to entry was so low. Different kinds of developers lean toward these two types of solutions. Marketing should keep that into account.</p><h3><strong>How do organizations like the CNCF help companies? What role does it play in the larger ecosystem?</strong></h3><p>Our goal in CNCF is to enable the cloud native ecosystem, which includes project creators, maintainers, contributors, the builders who provide the technology, and end users who consume the technology. Vendors play an important role because they often donate projects. Kubernetes was donated by Google but there are also a lot of projects that come from startups, like Falco, which was donated by Sysdig.</p><blockquote>It’s a virtuous cycle where vendors consume technology, build their own open source, and then pay it forward to CNCF.</blockquote><p>Cheryl Hung, my VP of Ecosystem, just released a project, <a href="https://www.cncf.io/blog/2020/06/12/introducing-the-cncf-technology-radar/">Tech Radar</a>, which looks at a certain category of tech. End users share what they’re using and whether they recommend people adopt it. That kind of collaboration is what we achieve as an ecosystem enabler.</p><p>Another way for companies to engage is to become a CNCF member. By joining the community, which I call Team Cloud Native, they get access to things like webinars and marketing calls where we share opportunities. If we host a booth, there’s an opportunity to volunteer your time and, in return, get the chance to talk to a lot of people.</p><p>We’re here to help and we will, as much as we can. If we can support you with intros, we will. My guiding principle is to “yes” to everything I can. I only stop short on things that I may not be able to offer to everybody.</p><h3><strong>Are there any people who have paved the way for you and others in the open source and cloud native spaces?</strong></h3><p><a href="https://www.cncf.io/people/staff/">Chris Aniszczyk and Dan Kohn</a> took CNCF from zero to the massively impactful organization it is today. I look up to them for their contributions. I’m grateful that Chris is staying on in the CNCF as our CTO because as someone who open-sourced technology as an engineer at Twitter, he has an inherent understanding of the space. I respect that.</p><p><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/commercial-open-source-business-strategies/">Sid Sijbrandij</a>, my CEO at GitLab, is also a force to be reckoned with. I joined this industry by accident, and have been through crash course after crash course with every job. While that has been a recipe for some success, it’s a tough road and can often lead to self doubt. Being mentored by someone like Sid helps keep that doubt at bay. I also respect that he thought of the single application concept way before anybody else thought it was cool, and that he is helping the world navigate working through this pandemic with the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/remote-team-tips-gitlab">remote handbook</a>.</p><p>Finally, Linux Foundation <a href="https://www.linuxfoundation.org/about/leadership/">Executive Director Jim Zemlin</a> trusted me and offered me this opportunity. He saw in me something I didn’t know existed. I’m grateful for this opportunity to have been enabled and elevated to this position, where I can give my 210% to cloud native every day.</p><h3><strong>In your interview with <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2020/06/01/priyanka-sharma-takes-over-the-leadership-of-the-cloud-native-computing-foundation/?guccounter=1">TechCrunch</a>, you mentioned serverless and service mesh. Are there other major industry trends that you’re excited about?</strong></h3><p>Serverless and service mesh are definitely key topics of discussion in our ecosystem. There is a lot of interest to welcome more projects to round out the cloud native experience. There are core infrastructure projects, which we’re doing a good job of attracting, and affiliate-type projects that are related, which can improve the developer experience. Projects adjacent to cloud native infrastructure improve how productive web and application developers can be when working with cloud native tech.</p><p>Another trend that we’ll see is greater end-user participation. Until now, the Googles, Netflixs, Amazons, those who knew distributed systems before others, led the charge. They did it super well. But since 2016 things have evolved. Now, end users are increasingly sophisticated so they’ll guide each other, the vendors, and how things evolve. I’m predicting more collaboration and bi-directional innovation.</p><h3><strong>As a Heavybit advisor, you often coach our member companies on how to build communities. What advice do you have for someone starting their user base from scratch?</strong></h3><p>There’s a lot of “traditional wisdom,” like “get a product marketer, get X, get Y.” When building a community or starting your marketing function, get the type of person who is passionate about your technology, and is maybe a user or an evangelist. A developer evangelist persona, combined with good writing skills, will get you a lot further than any other persona.</p><blockquote>In our world today, getting through to an increasingly sophisticated end-user community means you shouldn’t sell to them. You learn from them and teach them.</blockquote><p>It needs to be a bi-directional educational experience so you want someone who is technical but also good at communicating. That feels like the impossible hire, but look in the ecosystems that you’re building for and find people who are passionate. Start with them. If they don’t have the traditional marketing chops, or the cookie cutter background, that’s fine.</p><p>The second piece of advice I have is to consider investing in and engaging with the ecosystem, like CNCF. The best timing to join is when you have an opinionated product. If you join pre-product, take advantage of the technical offerings like the Special Interest Groups and Technical Oversight Committee to get the most value. You won’t get as much value from just the marketing activities because you have nothing to market. If you are at an opinionated-product stage, become a member and start promoting yourself and engaging in the community.</p><h3><strong>Where can people learn more about what the CNCF is working on and follow your CNCF journey?</strong></h3><p>Our website is <a href="https://www.cncf.io/">CNCF.io</a>. It links to everything. You can also follow me on Twitter <a href="https://twitter.com/pritianka">@pritianka</a>. Reach out, my virtual door is always open, including direct messages for any advice. There’s a lot being built, so let’s build together.</p><p><em>Interested in getting involved with the CNCF? <a href="https://events.linuxfoundation.org/kubecon-cloudnativecon-europe/">KubeCon + CloudNativeCon Europe</a> is happening virtually August 17-20 and registration is open. <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr">Subscribe</a> to our mailing list to learn more about what folks in the Heavybit community are building and working on.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/an-interview-with-cncf-gm-heavybit-adivsor-priyanka-sharma">An Interview with CNCF GM & Heavybit Adivsor, Priyanka Sharma</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #1, Unintentional Gatekeeping with Brian Douglas of GitHub</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-unintentional-gatekeeping-with-brian-douglas-of-github</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Jul 2020 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14376</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this inaugural episode of Developer Love, Patrick Woods speaks with Brian Douglas of GitHub. They discuss the developer advocate role, leveraging open source knowledge, and improving inclusivity within communities.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this inaugural episode of Developer Love, Patrick Woods speaks with Brian Douglas of GitHub. They discuss the developer advocate role, leveraging open source knowledge, and improving inclusivity within communities.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-unintentional-gatekeeping-with-brian-douglas-of-github">Ep. #1, Unintentional Gatekeeping with Brian Douglas of GitHub</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #31, Monoliths and Microservices with Rob Zuber of CircleCI</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-31-monoliths-and-microservices-with-rob-zuber-of-circleci</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Jul 2020 12:06:16 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-13774</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 31 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Rob Zuber, CTO at CircleCI. They discuss Rob’s expansive range of disciplines and the perspectives he’s gained on topics like fundraising, hiring, mentoring, scaling, and delivering value to customers.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 31 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Rob Zuber, CTO at CircleCI. They discuss Rob’s expansive range of disciplines and the perspectives he’s gained on topics like fundraising, hiring, mentoring, scaling, and delivering value to customers.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-31-monoliths-and-microservices-with-rob-zuber-of-circleci">Ep. #31, Monoliths and Microservices with Rob Zuber of CircleCI</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customer Health Insights with Looker’s Colin Zima</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/customer-health-insights-with-lookers-colin-zima</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Jul 2020 10:00:36 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Customer Success]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Analytics]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Data Science]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-14303</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Speaker Series, Looker’s Chief Analytics Officer and VP Strategy Colin Zima outlines how to define customer health and use it to inform every aspect of your business.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #14, Low-Latency HLS, Pt. 1</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-14-low-latency-hls-pt-1</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Jul 2020 11:43:48 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14403</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 14 of Demuxed, Matt, Phil, and Steve discuss real-time communication, the history of video on the web, and the imperative nature of low-latency streaming in today’s distributed world.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 14 of Demuxed, Matt, Phil, and Steve discuss real-time communication, the history of video on the web, and the imperative nature of low-latency streaming in today’s distributed world.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-14-low-latency-hls-pt-1">Ep. #14, Low-Latency HLS, Pt. 1</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Early Stage Positioning for B2B Startups with Justin Warren</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/early-stage-positioning-for-b2b-startups-with-justin-warren</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2020 10:58:27 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Messaging &amp; Positioning]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Product/Market Fit]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-14408</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Justin Warren discusses how to avoid pursuing the wrong approaches to marketing and product development and instead accelerate finding product/market fit in a verifiable way.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #22, Designing for Observability with Jimmy Bogard of Headspring</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-22-designing-for-observability-with-jimmy-bogard-of-headspring</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Jul 2020 11:35:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14340</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 22 of O11ycast, Liz and Charity speak with Jimmy Bogard of Headspring. They discuss maintaining balance for on-call engineers, what’s missing in the average engineer’s toolkit, and moving from monoliths to microservices.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 22 of O11ycast, Liz and Charity speak with Jimmy Bogard of Headspring. They discuss maintaining balance for on-call engineers, what’s missing in the average engineer’s toolkit, and moving from monoliths to microservices.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-22-designing-for-observability-with-jimmy-bogard-of-headspring">Ep. #22, Designing for Observability with Jimmy Bogard of Headspring</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #59, The Component Marketplace with Alexander Karan of ClimateClever</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-59-the-component-marketplace-with-alexander-karan-of-climateclever</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Jul 2020 10:21:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14326</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 59 of JAMstack Radio, Brian talks with Alexander Karan of ClimateClever. They discuss front-end microservices, breaking down developer projects into individual components, and building applications with Bit.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 59 of JAMstack Radio, Brian talks with Alexander Karan of ClimateClever. They discuss front-end microservices, breaking down developer projects into individual components, and building applications with Bit.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-59-the-component-marketplace-with-alexander-karan-of-climateclever">Ep. #59, The Component Marketplace with Alexander Karan of ClimateClever</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hiring Your First PMM &amp; Doing More with Less: Q&amp;A with Ryan Goldman</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/hiring-your-first-pmm-doing-more-with-less-qa-with-ryan-goldman</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jul 2020 10:00:34 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product Marketing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Hiring]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing Operations]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-14348</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>If you’ve already watched Ryan’s talk on hiring your first PMM &amp; doing more with less, read on to dive deeper as he responds to some questions from the audience.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>During a <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/hiring-your-first-product-marketer">recent session</a> on hiring your first Product Marketing Manager (PMM) &amp; doing more with less, <a href="https://www.pendo.io/">Pendo’s</a> VP of Product Marketing <a href="https://twitter.com/ryansgoldman">Ryan Goldman</a>, shared what product marketing looks like for early stage organizations, and how founders can find their first product marketer. If you’ve already watched his talk, read on to learn more as he responds to some questions from the audience.</p><h3>How variable is the role of a PMM and what do you look for in a hire to ensure they are a good match for your stage and product?</h3><p>Let’s say you’re an early-stage company looking for someone who’s going to start with tactics and stretch into strategy. Make that clear in the job description. Make it clear to the candidate that you’re not looking for a director. You’re looking for an IC. You’re looking for a product marketer who’s going to do a lot of stuff and is okay with getting things wrong. They should expect to learn from the product managers, the engineers, and the customers.</p><p>Don’t expect them to have the solution. That’s what a VP is for, that’s what a director is for. An IC just needs to listen hard and work hard. You should be really clear in the job description that you want to see work samples. Even if they don’t have a portfolio already, I’ve seen candidates create them for the company and actually be excited about it.</p><p>The other option is, if you have the budget and the means, think about hiring two. If you’ve trying to do both a very high volume, high velocity, self-serve audience, as well as break into the enterprise, those are two different positions. Those are two different problems. They’re two different types of customers. They’re two different ways of buying.</p><p>You’re going to need to ruthlessly prioritize on behalf of the product marketer because they’re going to be trying to do these two things that can’t be done well at the same time. Or you hire two people, one who is the more experienced strategist and can do the pricing, packaging, and positioning for a specific segment and then another person who is the rough and ready type and wants to do a bunch of stuff.</p><h3>The user research and discovery phase sits between sales, marketing, and UX. Where does the PMM fit into this?</h3><p>For me, this is the hardest thing to hire for. Your PMM needs to understand the customer and get enough face time to get that first hand perspective. What I’ve seen in the past is, there are product marketers who are exceptionally good at this. They know how to develop a relationship with the customer success organization and sales organization so that they’re constantly on the call listening to the pitch. The problem with those types of people, and this is just from my experience across a bunch of organizations, is they get so focused on building affinity with their direct stakeholders that they step away from being able to think differently.</p><p>They empathize so strongly with the people they’re trying to serve that they stop considering that, “I’m actually not just trying to focus on urgency and repeating back the things that I hear.” They should be focusing on, “There’s a root cause here that I have to be able to figure out and speak on behalf of because nobody else is going to do it.”</p><p>If you’re a founder, this person is supposed to be helping you but I’d say help them too. Make sure that if you hire someone who’s spending a lot of time just being market oriented such that they’re making assumptions– they may be the right assumptions, they may be very strategic– but they’re not necessarily backed up by direct input from the designers and the product managers and the sales people in your organization.</p><p>Make sure that you’re helping them get there. Set up that time. Make sure that they’re getting the right kind of insight as opposed to just telling them they’re not doing this well enough and need to go do it better. If they’re the type of person who is only doing that, challenge them. Make sure they’re not just repeating back to you and to everyone else the same things that they’re hearing over and over again. That they’re not just pattern matching. Make sure they’re actually putting some structure and saying, “I’m actually trying to level up and see what is it that I’m not hearing. I have all kinds of evidence that there’s a thing. How do we actually solve the problem by thinking about what we can do at the root cause? How can we avoid the problem in the first place?”</p><h3>How can you expect a product marketer to operationalize when they overlap with product management, sales, go-to-market, customer success, etc.</h3><p>Product marketer is a multiplier. It has to set priorities that will change over time based on what everyone else’s priorities are. They’re going to be in the mix with the product organization to build a road map. They’re meant to be a challenger. They’re meant to think a little bit differently and say, “Actually, here’s a different perspective” and play a little bit of devil’s advocate. That’s the best thing they can do for the product organization. That’s the best thing they can do for the sales organization. They’re not necessarily delivering much, but they plan an important role as interpreter. Being able to get in the mix, be part of the process, and try and make everybody better, is very valuable.</p><h3>Does a PMM need to have technical chops?</h3><p>I’ve seen this before so I have an opinion on this. I’ll speak from my own experience but also speak as a person who has managed. I am not technical. I don’t have a degree in engineering but I’ve been successful in highly technical companies. I’ve also hired people who are highly technical, former engineers and they have not always been successful. They tend to be really good at doing the last mile. They tend to be a good interpreter. But they can’t always build the content. They can’t build the program.</p><p>What I’ve found is that, there is no such thing as developer marketing. It’s a concept that we’ve started talking about over the past few years. It’s kind of been made popular by a couple of companies. Engineering marketing was a thing that was talked about a lot in terms of building up a really great community and advocacy program. But I don’t think it’s a thing.</p><p>I think that product marketing’s responsibility is to understand the market, understand the user, understand the use-case, and understand objectives. If the user is a developer? Fantastic, they still have to build an understanding. They have to be able to speak that language. They have to get not only the empathy but the fluency to do it really well. So, that’s how you can tell a good product marketer from someone else. But if they’re just talking about, “I’m great at financial services marketing,” or “I’m great at developer marketing,” those aren’t things. They might have an advantage because they have that education already, sure. But they’re not necessarily going to be fluent or fluid.</p><h3>How can you spearfish good product marketing candidates?</h3><p>LinkedIn is the best place to start. There are other communities but LinkedIn is your best bet. The challenge with those communities is that they’re less and less distinguished between the different types of product marketers. They think of product marketing as a title as opposed to role. There’s a big difference between B2B and B2C product marketing. Like a world’s difference. I could never do a B2C product marketing role. Those communities treat them as the same. LinkedIn allows you to look based on the types of company they worked for in the past.</p><p>The other approach that I’ve seen in the past that works really well especially for very technical product companies is to have an advisory board. Have people who have been successful as marketing leaders or sales leaders or customer success leaders at other companies, help with the outreach.</p><h3>How do you approach compensation for a key role that’s going to help you ramp for future growth, when you’re still an early-stage company?</h3><p>Product marketing, like product management, is a little challenging because you have a mix of people who are guiding the little practitioners as well as people who are coming to that role from Master’s degrees. So you see a lot of really great product managers who have always been product managers or maybe were a software engineer in the past, but you also have product managers who recently graduated with an MBA. Same thing with product marketers. You have to decide, what kind of candidate you’re going after. The people with the advanced degree tend to be quite a bit more expensive. They also tend to be on a different kind of track or they tend to be a Silicon Valley refugee [referencing slide in deck]. Like they’ve worked for a large company and now they’re looking for a smaller gig.</p><p>It’s always helpful to talk to your community and to your funders. You might consider paying less and giving more equity. That could determine if you’re finding the right candidates. If they’re willing to take less money in favor of more equity, maybe they’re right for you. They’re in it for the right reasons for an early-stage company.</p><p>One thing you do have to keep in mind is that product marketing, for whatever reason, within the marketing organization is considered a premium role. So, if you already have a demand generation or digital marketing person, you should expect– and it’s super confusing, but you should expect to pay the product marketer more than you pay a demand generation person because their ‘output’ will look different. It will not come as fast as a demand gen’s ‘output.’</p><h3>What is a good way to structure the interaction between customer success, product management, and product marketing?</h3><p>For an early stage organization, the challenge tends to be customer success and sales coming in with some level of urgency around everything. Product managements tends to be a little bit more independent in that, if they’re doing things right before they build or before they go to a roadmap, they’re saying, “Okay, what is the launch narrative, before we even start to build anything?” So there’s a little bit less dependency.</p><p>Product marketing’s responsibility is to make sure that that’s not the end of it, that they’re getting involved early enough so that they’re preparing customer success and sales, if you have a sales organization, for what’s coming next and why. The best thing that a sales person or customer success person can do is, even if you haven’t launched, start talking about the problems that they’re going to help the customer or the user solve in the coming quarters, even if the product isn’t available yet, and kind of seeding either like the awareness of pain or the awareness of an oncoming solution.</p><p>In terms of tactics and how the organization should work– for one thing, product marketing should be in the weekly product organization’s meetings. If there is a once-a-week standup, have at least one PMM attend those just so they’re aware of what’s happening, and also report back. The product marketer should be telling the product organization what they’re working on briefly in like three or four bullets. So, that there is a sense of trust that the product marketing team is actually executing against the right things.</p><p>Number two, when we’re getting ready to launch something, the product marketing team should communicate the launch plan to their go-to-market stakeholders, both on sales and customer success, far in advance . They shouldn’t just be saying, “On your calendar you’ll see this meeting where we’re going to do an enablement session around what the features of this new product line are.” That’s not enough.</p><p>They should actually at least a month, if not more, in advance say, “Here are all the things that I’m working on.” You can think of this as a customer success or a sales play because here is the time at which enablement is happening. It’s the time at which a product manager is brought in to do their own enablement around the feature set and the technical feature set. It’s when the assets and <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/messaging-as-the-one-source-of-truth/">messaging doc</a> are going to be delivered.</p><p>One of the core things that a product marketer does operationally, is deliver a messaging doc that will never be seen by anybody outside the company. It’s basically the short but important Bible of, “What’s the problem that this product or feature is trying to address? Who is the person or the user or the type of organization that, for whom it addresses it? Why do they care? Who are the competitors who have developed a solution in the past that may compare to it, and why is this one superior in some way? What is the adoption process? What is the messaging? What are the use cases and the work flows?”</p><p>All of that stuff has to be told way in advance and then returned to over and over and over again. So, operationally, I’d say more is better. Then follow it up with some kind of deliverable. There is a lot of product marketers who don’t like to write, who don’t like to deliver anything. You have to remember, customers success and sales, they’re not meeting with the product organization nearly as much as the product marketing team is. There are things that are lost in translation. So, the product marketer has to create assets that the customer success team can actually use.</p><p>The best product marketers will understand it from both a pre-sales and post-sales perspective. They’re developing or they’re improving the core positioning assets that talk about the company product and solution, as well as having more directed things that are after the sale, for customer success to say, “Here’s how we’re going to set up expansion. Here’s how we’re going to set up new usership for your organization because we have stuff that we haven’t talked about in the past that is very very directive.”</p><p><em>Enjoyed Ryan’s session and looking to find out about future ones? <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr">Subscribe for updates</a> to hear about upcoming sessions and be the first to know when new content is published in the library.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/hiring-your-first-pmm-doing-more-with-less-qa-with-ryan-goldman">Hiring Your First PMM & Doing More with Less: Q&A with Ryan Goldman</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #0, Subscribe to Developer Love</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-0-subscribe-to-developer-love</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Jul 2020 12:00:36 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14497</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Developer Love, the podcast for people who build developer communities. Developer Love is launching soon, subscribe today to download the first full episode as soon as it goes live!</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Welcome to Developer Love, the podcast for people who build developer communities. Developer Love is launching soon, subscribe today to download the first full episode as soon as it goes live!</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-0-subscribe-to-developer-love">Ep. #0, Subscribe to Developer Love</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #58, No Roadmap For Open Source</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-58-no-roadmap-for-open-source</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2020 10:52:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-12561</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 58 of To Be Continuous, Paul and Edith discuss open source as an onramp for developers, the sustainability of passion projects, and the need for non-engineer contributors in the space.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 58 of To Be Continuous, Paul and Edith discuss open source as an onramp for developers, the sustainability of passion projects, and the need for non-engineer contributors in the space.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-58-no-roadmap-for-open-source">Ep. #58, No Roadmap For Open Source</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Developer Content Mind Trick for Signature Content</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-developer-content-mind-trick-for-signature-content</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Jun 2020 11:00:35 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Content Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-14319</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Adam is a developer, marketer, and the founder of EveryDeveloper. In this post, he discusses how devtool companies can develop signature content.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em><a href="https://twitter.com/adamd">Adam DuVander</a> is a developer, marketer, and founder of <a href="https://everydeveloper.com/">EveryDeveloper</a>. He helps great dev tool companies reach more of the right developers with content. Previously, he worked for Zapier, SendGrid, and ProgrammableWeb. In this post, Adam shares a powerful technique for dev tool founders, marketers, and content managers.</em></p><p>A landspeeder approaches a checkpoint, waved to slow down by a group of stormtroopers. You’re likely familiar with the line that comes next: “These aren’t the Droids you’re looking for.”</p><p>The Jedi mind trick, i.e. using the Force to implant a suggestion in the minds of those they encounter, is a useful tool on Tatooine, but it also has value in the way your org approaches developer content and in the content itself; in order to promote your product, you don’t promote it. In another Heavybit post on <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/editorial-strategy-for-technical-saas/">editorial strategy for technical SaaS</a>, I recommend you educate and inspire developers with the content you publish.</p><blockquote>Even though content plays an important marketing role, it shouldn’t feel like marketing. Tap into the problems developers face and how developers can solve them on their own.</blockquote><p>The developer content mind trick is especially powerful for foundational resources, which I call <a href="https://everydeveloper.com/signature-content/">signature content</a>. Signature Content:</p><ul><li>Describes the developer problem;</li><li>Explains how to build the solution; and,</li><li>Gives you authority by demonstrating your deep understanding of the topic.</li></ul><p>As a devtool company, your biggest competition is a team attempting to <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/build-vs-buy-selling-to-developers/">build in-house</a>, so it may seem counterintuitive to point a potential customer in that direction. Some readers will go on to build the solution themselves. But many others will realize it’s harder than it looks—and you’ll be the best company to provide a solution.</p><h2>Declare Your Company Keywords</h2><p>The developer content mind trick is not just an SEO tactic, but executed well, it will improve your search rankings. You’ll want to carefully consider the keywords you use to describe your signature content. These keywords should both match terms your customers use and be relevant to the product or service you provide.</p><p>Focus on the problems or solutions developers search for when they (hopefully) discover you. Chances are you already know what two or three words this is for your company. It’s likely one of the primary problems upon which your company was founded.</p><p>For example, let’s say your product gives e-commerce stores a better search function. Users can restrict by category (such as women’s clothing or a specific brand) to drill down to their preferred results. It’s a powerful user feature, but non-trivial for a developer to build.</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/6599770ab6c109e8d7c6b0aa182c22e83b4dbbe8-292x300.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>A developer may start to research “faceted search,” the name for that kind of category-driven narrowing. At this point they’re looking to better understand the topic, so they can figure out what it would take to build. It has not occurred to them yet to use your product and they would probably be resistant anyway. Developers like to build things and, surely, faceted search can’t be that hard.</p><p>You want your signature content to show up during this developer’s research. When they find it, your guide will teach them how to implement your technical solution, even without your product.</p><p>The results for “faceted search” show Wikipedia in the top spot, with a bunch of thumbnails that push the rest of the results down. However, there’s room on that first page for your guide, even if you don’t beat out Wikipedia. It’s ok not to rank #1, because developers researching a problem will dig deeper than the typical searcher.</p><p>That said, you should spend time making sure your keywords are things developers search. Use an SEO tool, such as <a href="https://ahrefs.com/">ahrefs</a> or <a href="https://moz.com/">Moz</a>, to find estimated search volume and additional keyword ideas. Look at the existing search results to get an idea of how Google sees the search intent of your terms. Make sure your signature content has a place on these and similar results pages.</p><h2>Give Developers a Blueprint</h2><p>When I worked at SendGrid, we had a number of guides to educate would-be customers about email. The most successful at converting developers to paid accounts was the <a href="https://sendgrid.com/marketing/2020-deliverability-guide/">Deliverability Guide</a>. Within a nine page PDF (the current version is longer and in HTML), the team shared exactly what’s needed to have your email reach the inbox. At a high level, this guide said: here’s how you build SendGrid. Your signature content should take the same approach, but go even deeper.</p><p>“<a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/buy-vs-build-turning-critics-into-champions/">Give developers a blueprint</a>,” as LaunchDarkly Founder and CEO Edith Harbaugh would say. If a potential customer is unsure of whether to build or buy, show their developers exactly how to build. When they see how hard it is—either through your detailed guide or trying it on their own—many will return to buy your solution. That’s the mind trick in action.</p><p>Of course, it’s not really a trick. Nobody wants to be fooled. Instead, you’ve proven to developers your expertise and earned their consideration. To achieve that level of respect, you can’t throw 300 words on a page and surround it with links to your signup page. You’ll need to create a comprehensive guide that acknowledges and addresses developer pain points.</p><p>It can be tempting to dive straight into implementation details, but the guide should set the context at a higher level first. Some sections to consider:</p><ul><li><strong>Introduction</strong>: What is your topic and why is it important?</li><li><strong>Use cases</strong>: Why would someone build this solution?</li><li><strong>How it works</strong>: What are some common approaches to solve this problem?</li><li><strong>Tutorial</strong>: How can a developer try out an example implementation?</li><li><strong>Resources</strong>: What are the next steps and further reading?</li></ul><p>We used a similar approach for <a href="https://opencagedata.com/reverse-geocoding">OpenCage’s Reverse Geocoding Guide</a>, each section getting its own page. You might find that other sections make sense for your topic, or that you need less space to cover it. You can still achieve the goals of signature content without it being so dense that it’s inaccessible.</p><blockquote>Remember, you’re not promoting your product within this guide. It’s general education around a problem your product also solves. While your other developer tutorials may rely on your product as an example, this is not the place for it. If any list of steps begins with ‘Sign Up for an Account,’ you’re doing it wrong.</blockquote><p>Beware of overcorrecting and being overly anti-promotional. This guide resides on your website so it’s alright to mention your product. Reinforce your educational message with examples from your own work solving this tough developer problem because your experience building the product lends credibility to your guide.</p><h2>Develop Your Signature Content</h2><p>Crack open one of the original Macintosh computers and you’ll see signatures from the designers inside the case. The story goes that Steve Jobs insisted upon this engraving because painters sign their canvases. You don’t need to see your work as art, but you do want to show reverence for this guide that will represent your company to the developers who find it. I call it signature content because it endorses the topic’s importance.</p><p>There’s a well-known SEO approach called the <a href="https://backlinko.com/skyscraper-technique">Skyscraper technique</a>. Basically, you write one giant blog post attempting to cover everything that’s ever been written about the topic, and make it even better. You can certainly approach signature content this way. However, to place this guide as yet another blog post would be a missed opportunity. Ideally, you’re creating something you’d want to link in the footer—maybe even header—of every page on your site.</p><p>You should use your signature content to increase search traffic, referrals, links, and interest on your site. A well-designed web page (or collection of multiple pages) is likely the best approach.</p><p>On that note, some in your org may be tempted to gate your helpful guide behind an opt-in form. While you gain trackable leads with this approach, you miss the SEO benefits. Plus, skeptical developers will be much less likely to trust you (look through the email addresses they use if you try this and see just how many are business addresses).</p><p>Often a gated guide is in PDF format. Developers almost always prefer HTML. That doesn’t mean you can’t provide a PDF option, like Gremlin does with its <a href="https://www.gremlin.com/chaos-monkey/">Chaos Monkey Guide for Engineers</a>.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/c7d7c8a54feae5470311320890a3cb7a7050c685-300x251.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>Regardless of the format, allocate budget or time to help your signature content stand out:</p><ul><li>Commission original illustrations or diagrams</li><li>Incorporate an authentic technical voice</li><li>Build interactive tools to help explain concepts</li><li>Expand the content so it goes deep into the topic</li></ul><p>Now that you have a foundational content piece, promote it on your site, as well as externally. Call out to it in relevant places and use it in onboarding emails. Partner with a developer community to share your knowledge. Most importantly, watch the results, so you can tweak or revise to make it an even more powerful piece of content.</p><p><em>Do you have valuable insights and experiences in the developer tool space that you’d like to share with our community? We want to hear from you –<a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/contributor-program/"> join our contributor program today</a>.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-developer-content-mind-trick-for-signature-content">The Developer Content Mind Trick for Signature Content</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #21, Learning Systems with Jessica Kerr</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-21-learning-systems-with-jessica-kerr</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Jun 2020 12:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14229</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 21 of O11ycast, Charity and Liz speak with Jessica Kerr. Together they explore complex learning systems, how to view outages as opportunities, and the power of feedback loops.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 21 of O11ycast, Charity and Liz speak with Jessica Kerr. Together they explore complex learning systems, how to view outages as opportunities, and the power of feedback loops.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-21-learning-systems-with-jessica-kerr">Ep. #21, Learning Systems with Jessica Kerr</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #58, Bootstrapping Your API with Pierre Burgy of Strapi</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-58-bootstrapping-your-api-with-pierre-burgy-of-strapi</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Jun 2020 13:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14286</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 58 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Pierre Burgy of Strapi. They discuss bootstrapping APIs, marketing open source projects as products, and the importance of tutorials over documentation for the adoption of new technology.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 58 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Pierre Burgy of Strapi. They discuss bootstrapping APIs, marketing open source projects as products, and the importance of tutorials over documentation for the adoption of new technology.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-58-bootstrapping-your-api-with-pierre-burgy-of-strapi">Ep. #58, Bootstrapping Your API with Pierre Burgy of Strapi</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #30, On-Call Management with Alex Solomon of PagerDuty</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-30-on-call-management-with-alex-solomon-of-pagerduty</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jun 2020 11:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-13772</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 30 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Alex Solomon of PagerDuty. They dive deep into product assortment, incident response management, on-call alerting, and company culture insights.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 30 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Alex Solomon of PagerDuty. They dive deep into product assortment, incident response management, on-call alerting, and company culture insights.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-30-on-call-management-with-alex-solomon-of-pagerduty">Ep. #30, On-Call Management with Alex Solomon of PagerDuty</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customer Success at Early Stages: Q&amp;A with Ohad Almog</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/customer-success-at-early-stages-qa-with-ohad-almog</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jun 2020 11:00:32 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Customer Success]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Seasonal]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-14253</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>If you’ve already watched Ohad’s talk on Customer Success at Early-stages, read on to learn more as he responds to some questions from the audience.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>During a <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/customer-success-during-a-crisis">recent session</a> on customer success, Dremio’s VP Customer Success and Heavybit alumni OverOps’ former VP Customer Success, <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ohadalmog/">Ohad Almog</a> shared what effective customer success for early-stage companies should look like. If you’ve already watched his talk, read on to learn more as he responds to some questions from the audience.</p><h3>You touched on ensuring that Customer Success Managers (CSMs) don’t get derailed by support, i.e. the importance of hiring specifically for support.</h3><p>CSMs can absolutely get overwhelmed if there are a lot of support tickets. In some ways, dealing with a lot of small tickets is worse than dealing with a few big tickets– it’s like death by a thousand cuts. So it’s important that you have enough people to handle the load.</p><p>Quality of a product is a different topic, but it is important to have a dedicated support team that handles support tickets and it’s important that CSMs don’t end up spending most of the time dealing with support tickets because you want the CSMs to do something, you want them to work with technical account managers to build the relationships that lead to adoption, to get the customer onboarded, to be on the lookout for new opportunities. They need to make sure that the customer gets value out of using your product.</p><p>Implementation, adoption, work with sales on expansions.</p><blockquote>If CSMs are spending their time dealing with support tickets– even if they’re not troubleshooting it themselves, if they’re going back and forth between support and the customer, providing updates and spending even 50% of their time doing it– that’s time not being spent on making sure the customer is adopting or looking for expansion opportunities.</blockquote><p>So, every moment a CSM is doing something else other than adoption, onboarding and expansion, it means that it’s just time wasted, so try to minimize it. It’s also a different skillset. Support should be a reactive function. They should have a support system. They should respond to tickets fast, work with engineering. Build a whole process around support.</p><p>You want to be able to have a process and have specialized people do it right. If you’re still early, don’t hire 10 support people, hire two or three. That’s what they do for a living, they specialize in support and can build the processes. Don’t hire just one person because that person is not going to do a good job building processes, they’re not going to scale and no one’s going to be happy about it. Also, there’s accountability. If you expect one person to do 10 things, it’s much harder to keep that person accountable. If you have a dedicated support team, the CSM can offload it and say, “Thank you,” without worrying about whether it’s going to be dealt with because at the end of the day, the success of the customer is on the CSMs’ shoulders.</p><h3>How do you plan for how many accounts a CSM should be able to handle? Do you scale support up and down with Annual Contract Values (ACVs)?</h3><p>Headcount is a tough question. It depends on the product and type of customers you have. I will tell you that I’ve seen anything from $1 million per CSM to as high as $10 million per CSM, so it’s a pretty wide range. It depends a lot on your ACV. I can probably tell you that $2 million is the average based on my experience, but it’s not an exact science. I would aim at having a CSM handle about 20 customers. If you have mostly enterprise customers, I think a CSM should be able to handle closer to 10. But it also depends on if your ACV can afford it. Let’s say your ACV is $100K, 150K, 50K– that kind of changes how you plan. What’s the total renewal? If you go above 20 enterprise customers per CSM, they’re going to stop being efficient. They’re not going to spend enough time to get adoption and expansion.</p><h3>What if you’re a smaller, early-stage company with ACVs around $10-15k?</h3><p>Very different story. Let’s stick to the average of $2 million per CSM, which means if your ACVs are around $10k, your CSM is going to need 200 customers. It’s not impossible, but you have to have a lot of things in place to be able to do that. You absolutely need to have great use of metrics. I would recommend going with <a href="https://www.totango.com/">Totango</a> or <a href="https://www.gainsight.com/">Gainsight,</a> you can use whatever tool as long as all of the usage metrics are in one place or one dashboard, and the CSM can get alerts. They need to see in a click of a button the entire activity of every customer. Insight is key. Otherwise, they won’t be able to manage it and they’ll have no idea what’s going on. You’ll start losing customers.</p><p>There needs to be automation in place around the onboarding, around Quarterly Business Reviews (QBRs,) around emails. Low touch is very different from Enterprise and involves a lot of automation around online enablement. You need a lot of documentation. Think about the process that your customer is going to go through, think about what they need to be successful and if it’s a big customer, you can have a person do it. If it’s a small customer, you have to make sure that the same needs or similar needs are answered by automation, whether it’s documentation or an automated email that goes out with a guide on how they can onboard themselves and so on.</p><h3>How do we know when to draw the line between Customer Success and services that could be considered paid professional services, something that an agency or consultancy would offer?</h3><p>Here’s how I did it. We sold an onboarding package, so our professional services “bank of hours” had a prescriptive onboarding package. Whether it took 50 hours, 200 hours, it didn’t matter. But it wasn’t just a free for all, it was, “with this package you get XYZ.” We didn’t commit to a deliverable “bank of hours,” but it gave some structure to the onboarding package. It also allowed us to avoid a Statement of Work (SoW). It gives them a good idea what to expect from the X amount of dollars they spent on it.</p><p>The package can span from three to six months, two weeks– it depends on the complexity of the project. There will be cases when the customer is going to have questions, complicated questions, after the onboarding package is over and the questions might be above the skill level of the CSM. You’ll have to make exceptions. When we plan headcount for professional services, I do take into account that they will need to spend some extra hours to answer those questions and continue to support customers after onboarding. My job is to make them successful and that’s part of the service.</p><p>Now, when do we draw the line? If it’s once in a blue moon– one hour to jump on a call with a customer to answer a question, that’s one thing. But if it becomes, “Hey, can you come here for…” let’s say, moving from ServiceNow to Jira, and they want you to help them through that process because your product is somehow involved and it’s a three to five day project, that’s above and beyond the onboarding. This is where I would loop in sales as it would be an ad hoc professional service. CSMs are technical but the problems they tackle aren’t as difficult as professional services. Professional services are even more technical. They’re probably more expensive as well. So you have to be very careful about how you spend their time. At some point you’re going to need to do a Profit &amp; Loss statement around them.</p><p>Make sure that you charge for it, there’s a budget around it and so on. I would be careful with using professional services for anything. If it’s obvious that the customer needs more of your expertise, loop in sales. I think most customers are happy to pay for expertise they don’t have so just sell them a “bank of hours” that you can leverage.</p><h3>What’s the best way to make a fantastic QBR and what’s the best way to set the right goals with your customers?</h3><p>For me, a QBR is a continuation of a kickoff meeting and it’s been working well for me. I will not have a kickoff meeting with the customer if the executive buyer refuses to join the kickoff meeting. And the reason for that is, it’s critical that you keep the executive buyer, the person who signed the check very close. Most sales organizations will not start a Proof of Concept without talking to the executive buyer as well. Same thing should happen post-sales.</p><p>If the executive buyer doesn’t bother to come to your kickoff meeting, that raises a lot of red flags. When things get stuck and things will get stuck, you are left with no one to escalate to. You won’t be able to connect with the executive buyer, to show them all of the value that your product delivers. If the executive buyer won’t join your kickoff meeting, it’s going to be very difficult to get them to join a QBR. The executive buyer, they sign the check and they move on. They delegate someone to implement the product but that person will have no idea what’s going on and you and your team will be stuck with that person. It will slow the whole onboarding process down. Down the line you’re going to lose the customer so it’s on you as a vendor to push the customer.</p><p>Kickoff meetings are a chance to talk about goals that they’re trying to achieve and accomplish with your product. Short-term goals, long-term goals, where they’re at today. Discuss what would be the best return of investment for them. If you do get them to join the kickoff meeting, keep them very close. My team would send all of the stakeholders a weekly summary of progress on onboarding. Every Friday, I made my team clear their schedule and we would spend two hours writing the summary of what happened with that customer over the week.</p><p>Now that you know what their goals are, follow up on it every QBR. “Three months ago during our kickoff meeting, we talked about you wanting to achieve XYZ. We were able to deliver on X and Y.” If you weren’t able to reach those goals, then have a conversation about what went wrong.</p><h3>How would that look different for a $10K ACV deal and a $50K ACV deal?</h3><p>The conversation and protocol on QBRs will change based on the size of the customer. The conversation with a 20-person start-up customer and a conversation with a customer like JP Morgan Chase will be very different. They have a different mindset, they have different priorities.</p><p>Small companies just want to be up and running. They want all their bugs to be fixed. More often than not, if there’s a feature request that needs to be fixed, they’re less likely to care about big picture goals and value. When you talk about someone who’s paying you half a million, they need to justify the half a million dollars to their CFO. They need your help capturing the value that you provide. Otherwise, when it comes to renewals and needing to ask for another half a million dollars from the CFO, they’re going to have to answer questions. But if you provide them the answers, they can go to their CFO and say, “Look at the improvement metrics. We tripled X, doubled Y, and shortened Z by 90%” and the CFO will give them the half a million dollars and some.</p><p>But that’s not to say that those smaller customers don’t care. They’re going to care about how they’re comparing to other customers and whether they’re following best practices. They’re growing, they’re figuring things out. They’re going to ask you more often about things like benchmarking.</p><p><em>Enjoyed Ohad’s session and looking to find out about future ones? <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr">Subscribe for updates</a> to hear about upcoming sessions and be the first to know when new content is published in the library.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/customer-success-at-early-stages-qa-with-ohad-almog">Customer Success at Early Stages: Q&A with Ohad Almog</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Negotiating Marketing Priorities at Early Stages: Community Spotlight on TruSTAR’s Lianna Catino</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/negotiating-marketing-priorities-at-early-stages-community-spotlight-on-trustars-lianna-catino</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Jun 2020 11:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing Operations]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-14274</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>TruSTAR’s Lianna Catino discusses negotiating marketing priorities in the earliest stages of a company, how to keep your marketing team agile, and why internal communications are key.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Welcome to the Heavybit Community Spotlight Series, where we highlight the people that make up the Heavybit community, and the interesting projects and ideas that they’re exploring right now. This week we’re turning our spotlight to Lianna Catino, Senior Product Marketing Manager for <a href="https://www.trustar.co/">TruSTAR</a>, an Intelligence Management Platform that helps Fortune 500 enterprise security teams operationalize security data so that they can make better decisions faster. Lianna was TruSTAR’s first marketing hire, and has had a front row seat over the last few years in building a DevTools go-to-market strategy and product from the ground up.</p><p>We chatted with Lianna about negotiating marketing priorities in the earliest stages of a company, how to keep your marketing team agile and why internal communications are key.</p><h3><strong>You’ve seen TruSTAR’s marketing journey from the beginning. What was the first thing you wanted to change or start doing when you joined the team?</strong></h3><p>I think that a superpower that an early-stage startup employee can bring is playbooks and processes that have worked for them in the past. They can evangelize those best practices and set expectations for employees who are wearing a lot of different hats.</p><p>I came from a PR and marketing agency background, which is an extremely process oriented and deadline driven environment. One of the first things that I did when I joined TruSTAR was I sat down with our founders and we built a launch plan for how we were going to announce our Series A funding to our existing customers and stakeholders. Prior to TruSTAR, I consulted early-stage startups so I was able to come in and say, “Well, I know how this startup launched their series B, so I’m going to apply those same tactics to our own launch.”</p><h3><strong>As the first marketing hire, how did you tackle all of the different processes and projects that needed to happen?</strong></h3><p>When you’re working in a startup environment, there’s always going to be a lot of competing priorities. There are going to be multiple big projects that all seem very urgent. It’s important to step back and set priorities with your team, and to be really frank about what absolutely needs to get done right now and what can wait.</p><p>I think that most people’s first impulse is to be very tactical. For example, if we have a new product feature launch — we know we need to do an email campaign, set-up in-product notifications, write documentation and a launch blog, build a landing page, etc. Before you put together your tactical to-do list, the best thing to do is pause and think about how you can approach the project strategically <em>before</em> you get into the weeds.</p><p>Something TruSTAR’s CEO <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/patrickcoughlin1/">Patrick Coughlin</a> always tells product leads to do is to ask, “What do we want the user to think, feel, and do? What is the objective of this project?” Thinking about the objectives, user behaviors, and high-level KPIs before you dive into a project gives you a reason to say yes or no, or to push back on tactics that won’t help you reach your goals.</p><p>Finally, doing retrospectives can also be really helpful. It’s important to do retros immediately after the project ends, so that it’s fresh in the team’s mind. I think that if you wait too long, people will be more reticent to share failures because they don’t want to seem petty. Be consistent with doing retrospectives after every launch, so that your team becomes less hesitant to speak up about what could have been better.</p><h3><strong>How do you approach having multiple, big AND high-priority projects as a small team?</strong></h3><p>We take a sprint approach to marketing planning. We prioritize projects and see them through to completion and then take on something new, which has helped us move really fast as with a lean team. We focus on doing fewer things really well, versus trying to boil the ocean with all of the template marketing tactics we “should” be doing.</p><p>Marketing is really iterative, and you never feel like you’re done. While we’re working in sprints, we’re not forcing projects into any artificial deadlines when we don’t have to. But it’s important to be able to look at a month or a week and articulate to your manager, “These are my top three priorities, anything else, I’m going to push back.”</p><p>We use the idea of tradeoffs a lot. If my CEO throws something new at the marketing team that we hadn’t planned for for that month or that quarter, he’ll say, “Alright, I’m throwing you a curveball. It’s going to ruin some of your plans. Give me the tradeoffs.” That really helps the team make decisions and manage expectations with leadership and the rest of the company because we’re able to say, “Alright, we’re taking this on, but these other things are going to change.”</p><h3><strong>What happens if there’s a project that’s constantly getting “traded off”? At a certain point do you just decide to cut something entirely because it never made it to the top of the pile, or do those things just stay on the back burner indefinitely?</strong></h3><p>There are so many of those. When there is a project that is continually getting kicked down the road, there’s usually a reason why. At least with marketing, the way I’ve eliminated projects is by asking myself and my colleagues, “Is this going to contribute to revenue? Is this a project that just seems cool and fun, and it’s a really cool top of funnel campaign or tactic?” Those get eliminated. If your team is oversubscribed, if it’s a project that doesn’t tie directly to sales or revenue, it’s going to get cut if you have to cut things.</p><h3><strong>TruSTAR’s team was partially remote before, but you do have an office in San Francisco. How has COVID impacted your team?</strong></h3><p>TruSTAR employee base is 40% remote. We had an offsite in January where we talked really candidly about building a remote culture at TruSTAR. We even brought in another startup co-founder whose team is 100% remote.</p><p>At the beginning of the year, we had set all of these best practice goals for ourselves as a company for how we’re going to build a remote culture, like getting better at asynchronous communication.Then COVID happened. It’s actually helped us execute on all of these promises we made at the beginning of the year, and it’s given our in-office employees a lot of empathy for how remote employees have to communicate every day. We have gotten better about communicating as a company remotely.</p><p>The marketing team is now sending campaign emails when we launch something new, with all the assets and the plan. We’re doing more brown bags as a company to brief our entire team on what departments are doing. Internal communication is often overlooked, and it’s so important. It’s good for morale and keeping everyone excited about the work we’re doing. So we want to make it easier for them to know and check in that information.</p><h3><strong>Thanks to COVID, everyone’s Q1 and Q2 plans have been thrown for a loop. But startup teams have always had to adapt to changes, to varying degrees. How do you balance sticking to those objectives and being responsive to the company’s needs as they change?</strong></h3><p>[Laughs] Early-stage company roadmaps are constantly in flux, but living with constant change has made us nimble and ready to take on exceptional situations like COVID. This is not the first or last time we will have to pivot priorities. At TruSTAR, we have our yearly product roadmap, and we have yearly OKRs that we set as a company and as business units. In terms of campaigns and tactics, we add a layer of granularity every quarter. This approach works for the stage that we’re at because the reality is, deadlines are constantly shifting.</p><p>When our Head of Sales &amp; Marketing <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/chookimisgitt/">Choo Kim-Isgitt</a> joined the team, one of the first best practices she implemented was more alignment among leadership and teams. She implemented a daily leadership standup and encouraged managers to have daily standups with their employees. This practice has been a godsend as the company has transitioned to 100% remote work because standups reinforce priorities and help maintain a level of congeniality that you miss when you go remote.</p><h3><strong>Have you picked up or rediscovered any fun downtime activities, hobbies, or projects?</strong></h3><p>I’m trying not to be an overachiever during quarantine — if I make it through the day, it’s a win. But I’ve been cooking elaborate meals with my husband and trying new things, which has been fun. We’ve also been doing more walks around San Francisco neighborhoods. When your world is smaller, you pay attention to more things.</p><h3><strong>Are there any habits that you’d like to keep when we all go back to our “normal” lives?</strong></h3><p>I think that quarantine has built some really good remote communication muscle memory across our teams. Slack, asynchronous communication, and more inclusive video calls have been amazing. I want to keep that alive and well as we go back to our normal lives for sure.</p><p><em>Find out more about what Lianna and the TruSTAR team are working on on <a href="https://twitter.com/trustartech">Twitter,</a></em> <em><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/trustar-technology/">LinkedIn</a> and <a href="https://www.trustar.co/">TruSTAR.co</a>.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/negotiating-marketing-priorities-at-early-stages-community-spotlight-on-trustars-lianna-catino">Negotiating Marketing Priorities at Early Stages: Community Spotlight on TruSTAR’s Lianna Catino</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #57, The Next Wave of Developer Tools</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-57-the-next-wave-of-dev-tools</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2020 11:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14206</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 57 of To Be Continuous, Paul and Edith explore the vast differences between the devtools community of yesteryear and today, from the tooling to the business ecosystem, and even the developers themselves.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 57 of To Be Continuous, Paul and Edith explore the vast differences between the devtools community of yesteryear and today, from the tooling to the business ecosystem, and even the developers themselves.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-57-the-next-wave-of-dev-tools">Ep. #57, The Next Wave of Developer Tools</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #20, Between Dev and Ops with Marco Rogers of Mode</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-20-between-dev-and-ops-with-marco-rogers-of-mode</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 Jun 2020 11:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14132</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 20 of O11ycast, Charity and Shelby speak with Marco Rogers of Mode. They discuss the wall between dev and ops, application analysis, and wrangling vast amounts of data.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 20 of O11ycast, Charity and Shelby speak with Marco Rogers of Mode. They discuss the wall between dev and ops, application analysis, and wrangling vast amounts of data.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-20-between-dev-and-ops-with-marco-rogers-of-mode">Ep. #20, Between Dev and Ops with Marco Rogers of Mode</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #57, JSX in Markdown with Chris Biscardi</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-57-jsx-in-markdown-with-chris-biscardi</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Jun 2020 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14133</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode of 57 of JAMstack Radio, Brian talks with Chris Biscardi, an independent engineer and startup consultant. They discuss MDX, the struggles of website migration, and why more projects are adopting JAMstack.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode of 57 of JAMstack Radio, Brian talks with Chris Biscardi, an independent engineer and startup consultant. They discuss MDX, the struggles of website migration, and why more projects are adopting JAMstack.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-57-jsx-in-markdown-with-chris-biscardi">Ep. #57, JSX in Markdown with Chris Biscardi</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Troubleshooting Enterprise Proof of Concepts</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/troubleshooting-enterprise-proof-of-concepts</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jun 2020 10:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Enterprise Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-14089</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this post, 10-year, early-stage sales veteran Nick Beecroft discusses common issues with enterprise Proof of Concepts, how to solve them, and what you can do to ensure that they’re successful.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>If you’re running a developer tools business, then it’s almost certain you’re familiar with one of the most common sales problems: running a Proof of Concept (PoC) with a prospect who can’t make a purchase. <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/saas-poc-paid-pilot-program/">PoCs can be a powerful sales tool</a>, especially for early-stage companies, but they can also waste a lot of your time. In this article, we’ll outline common issues with enterprise PoCs, how to solve them, and what you can do to ensure that your PoC is successful.</p><h2>Who’s My Buyer? Where Enterprise PoCs Get Stuck</h2><p>It begins innocently enough: someone wants to try our product, or (even better) starts using our product through a self-service model. Typically, the person who makes first contact is at a ‘practitioner’ level within their organization. They’re the one whose pain your product is solving, or in other words they stand to gain the most from using your product.</p><p>This is encouraging as you want to reach your target audience and showcase the awesome product you’ve built, but it isn’t always 100% innocuous. We as humans tend to hear what we want and get lost in educating, training, and collecting feedback from people who aren’t able to make purchasing decisions.</p><p>By definition, an ‘enterprise’ or ‘complex sale’, requires more than one person’s approval in order to transact. Testing product-market fit at the user-level has its time and place, but revenue is your goal so you must engage budget-holding ‘economic buyers’ as early as possible for several reasons. An economic buyer, put simply, is someone who has the power to align company budget $ to pay for your solution. Often they are the final signor on the contract and the most senior person you’ll speak to within the prospect’s management chain.</p><h2>Finding Your Path to the Economic Buyer</h2><p>So how do we get time with economic buyers if our primary contact is on the user or ‘practitioner level’?</p><p>The answer is: by asking early and with good reason as to why you need to meet with the economic buyer. It can be uncomfortable for people to overtly ask for someone to involve their boss or senior manager early in the sales cycle, but there are several reasons this is necessary that will help you justify the request. My three favorites are below:</p><ul><li>You’re an agile startup, with a small team and limited resources. Your time is extremely valuable and must be spent on high-priority projects (high-priority both for you and for your prospect).</li><li>You must align your company’s resources with the prospect company’s resources at the right time to help them test your solution. You’ll need advanced notice to schedule this work properly.</li><li>You’re asking for the prospect company’s time and resources too. You both need to ensure this is something they’re supposed to be working on and that the work is justified.</li></ul><p>If you have limited resources and a schedule of projects to maintain, now it seems less daunting to ask your user-level contact serious questions like “who else needs to approve this solution?, when can we speak with them to ensure this aligns with management-level goals, are you willing to introduce us / sponsor a meeting with the economic buyer?”</p><h3>Troubleshooting the Introduction Process</h3><p>If the user-level contact refuses to connect you to the economic buyer (or says that they’re in control of the decision making process), you have a few options depending on how far into the sales cycle you are. If you haven’t yet started a PoC, you could create an ‘up-front contract’ which states you will proceed with aligning your resources to the PoC and in exchange you want to meet with the economic buyer during the PoC.</p><p>Often, user-level contacts will state they are in charge of the decision making process. One way you can get to the economic buyer is by getting the user to acknowledge the difference between technical decision making and purchasing processes. You can ask the user-level contact tough questions you need answers to like:</p><ul><li>What are the economic-buyer’s goals from this project?</li><li>What has been budgeted for this project and whose budget does this come from?</li><li>What is the full purchasing process within your organization (i.e. from PoC to Purchase Order)?</li></ul><p>If they don’t know the answer to any of those questions, use that as your bargaining chip to get the meeting with the economic buyer. “If we’re not able to map out how Prospect Company will purchase Our Software if we’re successful, we need to include Economic Buyer to come up with a plan.”</p><h3>Know When It’s Time to Pump the Brakes</h3><p>Lastly, if the user-level contact is still not helping you drive the sales cycle forward and gatekeeping you to stay on their level, <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/early-stage-sales-process-focusing-on-the-right-prospects/">offer to stop or push pause on the process</a>.</p><p>It’s extraordinarily psychologically powerful to ‘take the deal off the table.’ “It doesn’t seem like we’re able to map out how Prospect Company will purchase Our Software if the PoC is successful. Unfortunately, I can’t commit my resources unless we see a path to purchase if we’re successful. Should we stop here?”</p><p>You’re busy. You’re successful. Your product delivers copious value to the organizations you choose to sell it to. You’re sending the message that you don’t need this prospect’s business and they’ll either thank you for making it easy for them to say no, or they will give you what you’ve been asking for: the meeting with the economic buyer.</p><p>Once you’re in front of the economic buyer, it’s time to ask questions like, “Has this effort been formally projectized / budgeted?, what is the ideal time you’d like to have a solution in place, and what are the steps that outline how your company purchases software?”</p><h2>Scoping the Enterprise PoC</h2><p>Once you’ve got the information you need to start a PoC, the next step is to agree on success criteria that will be used to decide whether or not your product can solve their challenge.</p><h3>1. Define the Problem and the Impact of Solving it</h3><p>Write down what problem you’re solving for them, the business requirements behind the problem, and ultimately the business value that will be derived from implementing a solution to their problem. “What happens if you don’t do anything about this challenge?” is a great way to get a straight answer on business value.</p><h3>2. Identify Success Criteria</h3><p>Next, write down the technical success criteria that align back to the business value. Most often, these are your product features the prospect will derive the most value from, but they need to tell you what those are, and what business value it ties back to.</p><h3>3. Agree on a Timeline</h3><p>Finally, it’s a good idea to have a timeline section that states each stage of the POC, who is involved in that stage, and when that stage is to be completed. A sample timeline below:</p><h6><strong>Stage</strong></h6><p></p><h6><strong>Who</strong></h6><p></p><h6><strong>Timeframe</strong></h6><p></p><h6><strong>Status</strong></h6><p>PoC kickoff/access provisioning Our Company + Prospect Company 8/12/20 Completed PoC review meeting User-level Contact, Executive Buyer + Our Company 8/30/20 Scheduled</p><p></p><p>If you’ve ever purchased something for your own organization (and had to have other people’s approval to do so) the content of the PoC document will be seemingly familiar: it’s an outline of an internal business justification for purchase (or in other words, to allocate budget).</p><h2>Leveraging the PoC to Move the Deal Forward</h2><p>Documenting the PoC with the prospect in this way will help them to re-articulate the work you’ve done together and <strong>why they should pay for it</strong> when they need to go back and ask for money to buy your product.</p><p>If you haven’t spoken with the economic buyer before starting the PoC, you have an opportunity to build in a meeting with them during or at the end of the POC. This is a strong way to get introduced to the right level of leadership, but you should strive to get introduced to economic buyers pre-PoC as much as possible.</p><p>Keep in mind that the PoC is just a single thread in the tapestry of this deal. Referring back to our definition of a complex sale, all the big deals have multiple approvers / decision makers involved in the purchase cycle. Ideally, you will work to identify the key people who will be involved in the purchase and repeat the same play above to get their alignment. The decision making process can become streamlined and budget buckets opened when you make it easy for your customer to agree on the value you’re delivering and easy for them to share with other people they need to convince internally.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/troubleshooting-enterprise-proof-of-concepts">Troubleshooting Enterprise Proof of Concepts</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building Self-Serve Go-to-Market with Adam Gross</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/self-serve-go-to-market</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Jun 2020 08:00:13 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[GTM Strategy]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Celebrity]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-14172</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Adam Gross shares his framework for self-serve go-to-market strategy, and how developer and enterprise startups can gain early adoption, land, and expand.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #56, How Much Work is Too Much Work?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-56-how-much-work-is-too-much-work</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2020 09:15:41 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-12551</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 56 of To Be Continuous, Paul and Edith discuss burnout and psychological safety in the workplace, as well as differing views on the amount of hours a person should work each week.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 56 of To Be Continuous, Paul and Edith discuss burnout and psychological safety in the workplace, as well as differing views on the amount of hours a person should work each week.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-56-how-much-work-is-too-much-work">Ep. #56, How Much Work is Too Much Work?</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Optimizing for Enterprise Software Adoption</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/enterprise-software-adoption</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2020 08:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Retention]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Pricing Strategy]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[User Acquistion]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Technical Onboarding]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-14095</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>The enterprise adoption cycle has changed significantly. Austin shares how changes to the Enterprise Software buying cycle impact your customer lifecycle, and what your team can do to counteract them.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the past, to sell enterprise software you just needed to convince (😉💸😉) the analysts recommend your product, and then to convince a CIO or other exec that it was a safe bet. The execs made their decision with purely upward accountability: you pick the tool that the CEO won’t fire you for picking.</p><p>Now it’s all different. The rank-and-file in an organization have stronger opinions/standards for the tools they use, and they have more familiarity with the tools that exist (because so many of them are free to try). So, suddenly those decision makers have a new, downward accountability. If they force feed garbage software to their organization, there will be an uprising and they will pay a price. So, even with tools that aren’t adopted bottom-up, the decision-makers suddenly need to care about whether the tools they select will satisfy the people in the organization.</p><h2>The Changing Face of Enterprise Software Adoption</h2><p>The “enterprise” software adoption cycle is in the middle of a massive shift right now. What is driving this? Several things:</p><ul><li><strong>The rise of SaaS:</strong> Companies buy software on subscription, so it’s easier to switch providers and to adopt highly specialized tools</li><li><strong>Bottom-up adoption:</strong> Products with easy self-serve, no-contract onboarding have started to be adopted first by rank-and-file in a company, and later adopted org-wide</li><li><strong>Consumerization of business software:</strong> because people can use software tools beyond the ones their IT department hands them, they started seeking out better UX. 20 years ago, design, brand, and UX hardly mattered for enterprise software because they hardly mattered to the decision-makers.</li><li>A stark increase in the number of software tools in use by a company at any given time.</li><li>A stark increase in the number of software tools on the market.</li><li>Much faster rates of adoption churn, and swapping out of tools.</li></ul><h3>User-Driven Adoption</h3><p>Let’s look at a few examples of how this has impacted actual teams. Microsoft has been <em>the</em> major player in enterprise software for decades. They have the advantage on analyst relationships, enterprise sales DNA, distribution, and resource. But Slack had a product that people wanted to use. Fifteen years ago, when purchases were made by a non-technical buyer whose primary focus was making “safe” choices and sticking to a budget, that wouldn’t have mattered. But as Slack was skyrocketing, driven by end user adoption, having a product that people actually wanted to use was all that mattered.</p><p>Another great example is Twilio. When Twilio started investing in next-level developer evangelism, everyone else in enterprise software couldn’t care less about what software developers think about their product. Today, that investment pays dividends because developers love Twilio, and they will stand up and fight if a company tries to make them use something else.</p><p>Executives are still incentivized to make conservative, defensive decisions on software buying. But <a href="https://capiche.com/e/enterprise-software-is-dead">the idea of what a conservative choice is has been entirely redefined.</a></p><p>For the rest of this article, let’s look at how changes to the Enterprise Software buying cycle impact your customer lifecycle, and what your team can do to counteract them.</p><h2>The Pricing Mistakes Everyone Makes</h2><p>The single most common mistake founders make is charging too little.</p><p>There are a few reasons why this can be a mistake, but the main one is that it can send you confusing or misleading signals. In the early days, your goal is to build a product that’s a game-changer for some group of users. If you’re undercutting the competition on price, you’ll have practically zero market signal driving you toward that goal. If you’re charging MORE than the competition, the only way you’ll grow your business is by building the things that deliver outsize value to some subset of users. So, the market signals will be pushing you in the right direction.</p><p>Another common mistake in the early days is spending too much time on pricing. It’s very important, yes. You should put a good amount of thought into your <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/enterprise-pricing-donnie-berkholz/">initial pricing model.</a> But things like A/B tests and aggressive discounting and constant changes are good optimizers when you have some scale. Until then, just focus on making a product people love.</p><h3>Lean into Transparency</h3><p>So how <em>should </em>you approach creating an attractive pricing model? Well, I certainly think more SaaS companies should have transparent pricing.</p><p>Way too much energy is wasted on hiding pricing and driving different customers into different price buckets. Eventually you’ll have a VP of sales who convinces you to put “CALL US” on your pricing page…but don’t start there. And if you have transparent pricing and your competitors don’t…go ahead and flaunt that fact. People find opaque pricing incredibly frustrating, so there are opportunities to build goodwill by engaging in better practices.</p><h3>Mapping Your Buying Process to Enterprise Adoption Behaviors</h3><p>It’s incredibly important to understand how your product gets adopted, and design your buying process around that. Is it the type of product that’s going to need sign off by an executive? Then make sure you give them what they want: demo calls, contracts, etc. Is it a single player product that will be instantly valuable to your target user? Then you probably want a self-service, freemium option. Let them experience it!</p><p>It’s 100% ok if customers can’t truly benefit from your product without climbing up a learning curve and/or investing time to use it properly. But if that is the case, you should make sure to foster that process, which probably means not catapulting them into your product via self-service.</p><p>Lastly: don’t require a credit card for a free trial.</p><h2>Designing Onboarding for the End User</h2><p>Lots of people <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/enterpriseready/ep-13-prosumer-in-the-enterprise-with-rahul-vohra-of-superhuman/">saw Superhuman’s success</a> with 1:1 onboarding and have tried to copy it. But, many of those folks seem to be entirely missing the point. The innovation Superhuman had wasn’t simply the idea of doing customer onboarding, it was the fact that they identified with precision the user journey most likely to set customers up to get a ton of value out of their product. In their case, if someone doesn’t learn the ins and outs of the product and make a commitment to using it properly, they aren’t likely to stick around.</p><p>So, <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/enterpriseready/ep-1-delivering-software-that-enterprises-love-with-chefs-adam-jacob/">the answer is different for every product</a>. It comes down to understanding (and talking to!) your users. The ones who love your product, and the ones who churned. Identify the learning curve, the magic moments, and the usage patterns. How do these things differ between the users who stay and the users who don’t? Once you figure these things out, you can design a unique onboarding process that gets people on the right path.</p><h2>Keeping Customers Around: Fostering Sticky Product Experiences and Reducing Churn</h2><p>The primary function of Capiche is serving the customer-side of the SaaS market, so it’s worth noting that my opinions here are largely informed by that perspective. That said, I generally think that vendors who align with their customers interests will benefit in the long run.</p><p>There are tons of growth hacks that people use to increase conversion or reduce churn: defaulting people to annual plans, requiring a phone call to cancel your plan, requiring a credit card for a free trial, failing to give a notification before a renewal charge, hiding the cancel button, adding several redundant dialogue screens to the cancellation flow, and lots more. Don’t do this. Just don’t.</p><p>Why not? Having clear, fast customer feedback loops is one of the best ways to build a fantastic business. Any friction you put in your customers’ ability to churn causes your feedback loops to be slower and murkier.</p><h3>Lock-In is Dead</h3><p>Preventing customers from leaving your product means more revenue for you today. I can’t argue with that. And in previous eras, lock-in was incredibly powerful in enterprise software. It sustained Microsoft for many years. But today, for all the reasons discussed above, it’s easier than ever for your customers to switch to something new. So, anything you do to prevent that is extremely short-sighted.</p><p>My favorite example of this is Netflix vs. Comcast. Netflix prides itself on zero-commitment, one-click cancellation. And they should. When Netflix puts out great lineups, they see churn rates drop. When they put out crap, they see churn rates increase. The most pure customer feedback is the way they spend their money, and there’s nothing more valuable in SaaS than pure customer feedback. If you make it easy for your customers to leave, you can get fast, clear feedback by simply watching how changes to your pricing, features, and functionality are impacting churn.</p><p>On the other side of this coin is Comcast. It’s quite hard to cancel your Comcast plan. So, the feedback they get from customers gets dragged out, blurred, and even altogether blocked. Why do you think they haven’t improved their offering in the past 20 years?</p><p>Ultimately, the best long-term moat is simply having the best product.The way to accomplish that is to shorten customer feedback loops as much as possible. And, there’s a side benefit: it turns out that not being a jerk to your customers has a meaningful impact on building brand trust. It doesn’t matter how much you reduce your churn, you can’t buy that type of trust.</p><p><em>Austin is founder and CEO of <a href="https://capiche.com">Capiche</a>, which is a community where smart people share honest thoughts about business software. The best place to reach him is via Twitter, where he’s <a href="https://twitter.com/awwstn">@awwstn</a>.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/enterprise-software-adoption">Optimizing for Enterprise Software Adoption</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Enterprise Pricing and Packaging During COVID with Donnie Berkholz</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/enterprise-pricing-donnie-berkholz</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 May 2020 08:00:43 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Pricing Strategy]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Enterprise Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-14129</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Donnie Berkholz shared how enterprise pricing and sales cycles have changed during COVID, and what teams can do to adapt their enterprise sales motion.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #19, Giving Observability a Name with Shelby Spees of Honeycomb</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-19-giving-observability-a-name-with-shelby-spees-of-honeycomb</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 May 2020 09:25:39 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14097</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 19 of O11ycast, Liz and Charity speak with Shelby Spees of Honeycomb. They discuss Shelby’s diverse engineering background and how the software community has gradually pulled back the curtain on observability.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 19 of O11ycast, Liz and Charity speak with Shelby Spees of Honeycomb. They discuss Shelby’s diverse engineering background and how the software community has gradually pulled back the curtain on observability.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-19-giving-observability-a-name-with-shelby-spees-of-honeycomb">Ep. #19, Giving Observability a Name with Shelby Spees of Honeycomb</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #56, Simpler Deployment with Joseph Cooper of KintoHub</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-56-simpler-deployment-with-joseph-cooper-of-kintohub</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2020 09:51:58 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-14098</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 56 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Joseph Cooper of KintoHub. They discuss Joseph’s background, deploying full stack apps in the cloud, and the software tools they personally enjoy using.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 56 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Joseph Cooper of KintoHub. They discuss Joseph’s background, deploying full stack apps in the cloud, and the software tools they personally enjoy using.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-56-simpler-deployment-with-joseph-cooper-of-kintohub">Ep. #56, Simpler Deployment with Joseph Cooper of KintoHub</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Developer Cos are Still Hiring Marketers &amp; Community Leads</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/devtools-marketing-and-community-jobs</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2020 09:49:14 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Hiring]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing Operations]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Community]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Seasonal]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-14103</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>While many organizations are struggling right now, many developer tools and infrastructure companies are still hiring marketing and community roles.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Let’s get real. It’s brutal out there. With enterprise deals stalled, financings deferred, and revenue projections readjusted, the tech industry is undergoing massive layoffs. As of publishing this post, there are more than 20 million people unemployed in the US and once lauded companies like Uber, Lyft and AirBnB have made massive cuts. There are even aggregated lists of laid off candidates including <a href="https://parachutelist.com/">this one with 11k+ tech candidates</a>, and this one featuring <a href="https://www.socionado.com/post/black-latinx-covid-19-layoffs">Black and LatinX technologists</a>. As you review these lists, you’ll realize that many candidates have extensive marketing and community experience.</p><p>It’s not surprising that the travel and restaurant industries are taking a beating. But as with every major downturn, it’s often marketing and community roles that get cut. Some of the most affected roles at this time include those related to events and field marketing, evangelism and public speaking, brand awareness and social media, and content.</p><p>So how do marketers and community leaders retain their roles? They not only have to drive leads and ROI, but they need to report these efforts regularly to product, sales, and exec teams. That said, <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/press/covid-resources-devtools-startups">this is a global pandemic</a>. In some organizations, widespread layoffs were completely unavoidable. So what’s next for marketers and community leaders?</p><h2>Why Dev Startups Might Be Right for You</h2><p>LinkedIn has a <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/heres-whos-hiring-right-now-andrew-seaman/">page of companies who are currently hiring</a> and among them are online grocers, delivery startups, ecommerce retailers, and of course dev tool/infrastructure companies like Atlassian, HashiCorp, Okta, New Relic, and Stripe. While every industry is certainly going to be affected by any economic downturn, the reason enterprise software and developer companies have been somewhat insulated, is that they’re intended to make developers more productive.</p><p>At a time when most companies are cutting or reassessing headcount, software can alleviate some of the burden on remaining team members. While it may seem counterintuitive to join an early developer startup at this time, here are some reasons you might consider it.</p><ul><li><strong>AUTONOMY:</strong>Early-stage startup companies often offer a great sense of autonomy. You design your own role, goals, and eventually, your own department. As long as you stay plugged into the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/positioning-winning-the-battle-for-the-developers-mind/">product’s positioning and messaging</a>, and stay within a reasonable budget, most founders will let you experiment towards defining the most effective marketing and community channels. As you bring visibility to an otherwise early and unknown company, you’re also raising your own profile, solidifying strong processes, and contributing to the company’s culture.</li><li><strong>VARIETY:</strong> It’s unlikely in the early-stage that you’ll be hired for the single function of owning events, or owning display ads, or owning the company Twitter account. Early startups need you to identify the right tactics to meet goals regardless of your favorite activities. This means you’re automatically required to be a Swiss army knife to get your job done. The right candidates like variety, creativity, and can adapt to meet the needs of the org.</li><li><strong>OWNERSHIP:</strong> Great companies are acutely aware of their burn rate, operational expenses, and the contributions of each team member. When you’re <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/early-hiring-for-technical-founders-product-marketing/">working at an early-stage startup</a>, you often have more visibility into how your work directly impacts company-wide goals. You’re not just a cog in a huge company machine. Instead, your successes and failures have a significant impact on the overall company.</li><li><strong>UPSKILLING &amp; LEADERSHIP:</strong> The act of building and scaling a successful go-to-market engine from scratch is tough, but it’s also career-defining. The first marketer or community person designs their own path to leadership. If you take pride in owning projects from start to finish, you document your process well, and you’re a strong mentor to community ambassadors and junior staff, you might be a first marketer today, but a Director or VP tomorrow.</li><li><strong>DEVELOPER COMMUNITY:</strong> <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/developer-community-startup-growth/">Developer communities are the best</a>. While they aren’t easy to win over, when you do, you’ll meet some of the most loyal, helpful, and creative customers/contributors of all time. There are few communities like this. For example, loyal developer company customers also contribute countless hours to open source projects, feature requests and ideation, bug bounties and fixes, forum answers and how-to videos, podcasts and related news, and meetups and other online events. Great developer communities take on a life of their own.</li></ul><h2>Who is Hiring Developer Marketers and Community Managers? (as of May 2020)</h2><p>A number of Heavybit’s companies are hiring marketers and community professionals to join their teams. Some of those open listings include:</p><ul><li>Avo’s <a href="https://app.beapplied.com/apply/mt3kvockuu">Growth Marketer</a></li><li>Moesif’s <a href="https://apply.workable.com/moesif/j/1C02F47072/">Head of Developer Relations</a></li><li>Sanity’s <a href="https://www.sanity.io/careers/product-marketer-sf">Product Marketer</a> and <a href="https://www.sanity.io/careers/developer-relations-sf">Developer Relations Specialist</a></li><li>Gradle’s <a href="https://boards.greenhouse.io/gradle/jobs/1880177">Developer Advocate</a></li><li>Rainforest’s <a href="https://jobs.lever.co/rainforest/8a9e4851-bfb5-4b2b-95ba-27c56f3f0324">Head of Growth</a></li><li>LaunchDarkly has <a href="https://launchdarkly.com/careers/">several open roles</a></li></ul><p>We share the latest job listings from the Heavybit portfolio in our monthly newsletter, so <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr">subscribe here</a> to stay up to date with the latest opportunities in our community.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/devtools-marketing-and-community-jobs">Developer Cos are Still Hiring Marketers & Community Leads</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Transitioning from Live Events to Digital: Community Spotlight on LaunchDarkly’s Dawn Parzych and ToggleTalk</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/transitioning-from-live-events-to-digital-community-spotlight-on-launchdarklys-dawn-parzych-and-toggletalk</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 May 2020 08:00:07 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Community]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Remote]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-13882</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Dawn Parzych shares how LaunchDarkly has developed digital community programs like ToggleTalk while real-life interactions are impossible, and why infusing brands with humanity is more important than ever.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Welcome to the Heavybit Community Spotlight Series, where we highlight the people that make up the Heavybit community, and the interesting projects and ideas that they’re exploring right now. This week we’re turning our spotlight to Dawn Parzych, developer advocate for LaunchDarkly. We chatted with Dawn about how LaunchDarkly has adapted their digital community programs while real-life interactions are impossible, and why infusing brands with humanity is more important than ever.</p><h3>Before COVID-19, what were the focal points for LaunchDarkly’s developer advocacy team? Were you going out and interacting with people in person, in communities, or was it mostly online?</h3><p>My focus has been primarily on writing, things like writing tutorials or blog articles. Lots of engagement online with local communities as well as broader people on Twitter and in Slack.</p><p>I also did a lot of local community work in Seattle. I co-organized a couple of meetups, and went to general community events in the Seattle area. I also spoke at events maybe four to six times a year.</p><p>We have five advocates on the team. Other people within the organization did much heavier public speaking, so they were traveling 20 to 30 times a year, and others focused more on writing code samples.</p><h3>Let’s talk about ToggleTalk. What is it, and what inspired you to start it?</h3><p><a href="https://launchdarkly.com/blog/introducing-toggletalk/">ToggleTalk is a weekly Twitter chat</a>. We post a topic and a series of questions, then and open it up to the Twitter universe. The goal is to have everyone tag their responses with the hashtag #ToggleTalk and, through that, we generate conversation.</p><p>At the end of every week, <a href="https://launchdarkly.com/blog/toggletalk-2-productivity/">we write a blog post</a> on the things that we talked about, what we learned, and other resources and articles for you to go watch, listen to and enjoy if this topic interests you.</p><p>It came about because we realized that in person events weren’t going to be happening. A lot of my ideas for content come from talking to people at events, and hearing the questions they’re asking. So, we had this idea to do these weekly Twitter chats to stay engaged and understand the needs of the community.</p><h3>ToggleTalk has only been going for a few weeks. Can you tell us more about how the concept has evolved? Any lessons you’ve learned?</h3><p>Initially we were going to have somebody different hosting every week. Then realized that we still needed to figure out what worked and what didn’t. If we were changing the host of the event every week, that would add too many variables every week. I hosted for the first three weeks, and then last week, we switched and somebody else will run it for three weeks.</p><p>But I think we are starting to see more community and organic growth. I hosted it for the first three weeks and I found that over those three weeks, engagement had increased. By week three, there were people that were participating because they saw somebody else talking about it. Still not getting everybody to use that ToggleTalk hashtag but it’ll come.</p><p>Also, one of the conversations we’ve been having as we’re figuring out what’s working and what’s not working is whether we need to host these at a specific day and time. It’s on Twitter, and those posts are there forever. People can still engage with that content after that “event” is over, but we still structure ToggleTalk as something that happens at a specific time. I think there’s value in replicating that sense of “Oh, I bumped into people and we had this conversation about this in the moment.” We’re still trying to figure out how to get that conversation to continue even though we want it to be time bound.</p><p>We also do a <a href="https://www.meetup.com/test-in-production/">Test in Production meetup</a>, and we’ve moved that to a weekly digital event on Twitch. That led me to think that we should talk about the same subject during ToggleTalk on Wednesday that the speaker’s going to be talking about at our meetup on Thursday, so that we can drive people from Twitter to the meetup. So now we’ve started to figure out how we can coordinate the two events.</p><h3>Has there been anything about ToggleTalk so far that has surprised you or has been unexpected?</h3><p>I think the amount of work that goes into doing this. You think, “I’m going to do a Twitter chat for an hour.” How much time can that take? It’s figuring out what the subject is, doing community outreach, getting people lined up, getting the questions drafted, and then writing the analysis and blog post afterwards. This one hour Twitter chat is probably about eight hours of work for the week.</p><p>I also found that it’s a lot for one person trying to reply to everything and manage multiple Twitter conversations at the same time during ToggleTalk.</p><h3>Have you noticed any crossover between the audience of the live events you’ve done in the past and the fully-digital events you’re doing now? Is that something you’ve been tracking?</h3><p>We’re not doing these things to capture leads — we’re trying to provide information and value to the community, but at the same time we want to know, “Are the same people coming and participating in these things?” It’s hard to track people between live and digital events — and even between different digital events that aren’t gated, it can be challenging.</p><p>We’re starting to use SproutSocial to track engagement, but that relies on people using that hashtag, which is why we’re trying to get people to use the hashtag as well. We are still looking at ways that we can measure that engagement.</p><p>But there’s definitely interest in participating in live events. When I was doing outreach to try to find people to participate in one of the ToggleTalks, I reached out to a person and they’re like, “Oh, I’d love to do that but I can’t do it at that point in time but if you do any meetups or other events, let me know.”</p><h3>Are there any teams or campaigns that you drew inspiration from while developing ToggleTalk?</h3><p>I get inspiration from a lot of different places! Part of the ToggleTalk launch was introducing Toggle to the community. We have used this astronaut character called Toggle for a while, but have never really introduced them to the community. When we came up with this idea for ToggleTalk, we knew that Toggle had to be the face of this, similar to how GitHub has Octocat, and PageDuty has Pagey. We wanted to take Toggle and introduce them to the community with a story.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/e6496e069bd8cf897110fbe3a5b9eb4188f0f54d-128x250.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>Right now especially it’s important to remember that we’re all human. One of our core company values is that it’s people first — work is not your life. So we’re trying to put a more human “face” on our community initiatives, and Toggle is maybe a human or human-like creature underneath the uniform. That was part of where the inspiration came from, of this character that we’ve used in limited places around the organization and we’re going to make them a little bit more front and center for our community.</p><h3>What does serving a community during COVID look like for you? Are there different things you need to take into consideration as a developer advocate, and a point of contact with the LaunchDarkly community?</h3><p>Part of what I keep coming back to is having to reset expectations. It would be great to go and do all of these things but is that what people need right now? I know a lot of people are overwhelmed. Right now, they’re having to adjust to working remotely, working with kids and roommates and partners and parents or whoever else it is that they’re working with. This takes a toll. Especially when you don’t have that social aspect of things, or all of the social things are online.</p><p>It’d be great to do more community stuff online, but do people have the energy and the capacity for that right now? Is it a two hour event? I hit the end of the day and, yeah, I’d love to go and do a social hour with my friends but I’m exhausted. I’ve been at the computer all day, I’ve had to try to get my kid doing as much school work as is humanly possible and take the dog for walks and do all this other stuff and I just don’t have the energy at the end of the day.</p><p>I think doing smaller events, things that can be done on demand when people have the time, is something that the community needs. We’re constantly asking people, “Hey, what is it that you need?” They might not have an answer, but when they do, we try to fulfill that need.</p><h3>Are there any habits that you’ve picked up or adopted or realized about your own workflow now, or lack thereof? Anything you’d like to keep after we all go back to some sense of normalcy?</h3><p>One thing that I’ve always done is I’ve taken the dog for a walk before my day starts. I’ll go out, I’ll go for a walk, then I’ll start working and I do the same at the end of the day. That helps me separate that day — that’s my little commute, right? I’m walking to work. The walks have slowly gotten longer because it’s the one hour of the day that I have to myself. I think I want to keep that. And then after dinner, we’ve been going as a family and doing walks and I’ve really enjoyed having my family with me where it’s like we’re all out of the house and not in our work and school environments.</p><h3>Since you have been working remote for a while, would you have any advice for folks who are still adjusting to it? Any tips that you’ve learned over your remote work time?</h3><p>For me, the “commute” is really important. I know it’s not possible for everybody, but I have a dedicated work space. I used to be like, “I’m going to go work on the couch or the kitchen table.” But now I do my work in my office. Figuring out a routine that works and the other piece that I’m even having to do more of is block your calendar out for focus time, figure out when you do certain tasks better and block time out for those. I write better in the morning and so I’ll block my calendar out in the morning so that I can get my writing done.</p><p>I’m also a strong proponent of putting things on your calendar. If you’re having trouble with a schedule and having time slip away, but things on your calendar. Even things like “Eat lunch” or “Step away from your desk for five minutes.”</p><p><em>For more of Dawn’s tips on remote work, see her article for Opensource.com on <a href="https://opensource.com/article/20/3/remote-work">Setting yourself up for success while working remotely</a>. Check out LaunchDarkly’s <a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/ToggleTalk?src=hashtag_click">ToggleTalk</a> every Wednesday on Twitter, and their <a href="https://www.meetup.com/test-in-production/">Test in Production Meetup</a> on Twitch on Thursdays.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/transitioning-from-live-events-to-digital-community-spotlight-on-launchdarklys-dawn-parzych-and-toggletalk">Transitioning from Live Events to Digital: Community Spotlight on LaunchDarkly’s Dawn Parzych and ToggleTalk</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #29, Achieving Ubiquity with Mitchell Hashimoto of HashiCorp</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-29-achieving-ubiquity-with-mitchell-hashimoto-of-hashicorp</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2020 10:45:16 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-13770</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 29 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Mitchell Hashimoto of HashiCorp. They discuss Hashicorp’s founding story, fundraising tactics and pricing models, and monetizing open source projects.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 29 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Mitchell Hashimoto of HashiCorp. They discuss Hashicorp’s founding story, fundraising tactics and pricing models, and monetizing open source projects.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-29-achieving-ubiquity-with-mitchell-hashimoto-of-hashicorp">Ep. #29, Achieving Ubiquity with Mitchell Hashimoto of HashiCorp</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hiring Your First Product Marketer with Ryan Goldman</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/hiring-your-first-product-marketer</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 May 2020 11:37:58 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-13871</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Ryan Goldman discussed what product marketing looks like for early stage organizations, and how founders can find their first product marketer.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Don’t Hard Sell, Build Goodwill: GitLab Comms Leader on Comms Strategy During COVID</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/comms-strategy-during-covid-gitlab-natasha-woods</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 May 2020 08:00:34 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Seasonal]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Customer Relationship Management (CRM)]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Celebrity]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-13837</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Heavybit caught up with GitLab’s Director of Corporate Communications Natasha Woods to find out how she’s approached comms strategy during COVID.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>At a time when the world is struggling to come to terms with the effects of COVID-19, there just isn’t a lot of patience for traditional mass marketing. The truth is, some startups have really failed to read the zeitgeist. From weird email nurturing campaigns, to poorly-timed pitches, to banner ads that just haven’t been adapted to today’s reality, teams need to take pause and reassess their messaging and approach. One team that has managed to <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2020/03/24/gitlab-offers-key-lessons-in-running-an-all-remote-workforce-in-new-e-book/">gain recent media attention</a>, while also retaining their values and poise, is GitLab. Heavybit caught up with GitLab’s Director of Corporate Communications <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/natasha-woods-b275198/">Natasha Woods</a> to find out how she’s approached comms strategy during COVID:</p><h3>GitLab has always had a <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/remote-team-tips-gitlab">remote culture and handbook</a>, but the last 2 months have definitely moved beyond remote work as we know it. What changed internally for you and your team? What were some of the first things you chose to communicate internally?</h3><p>Our entire game plan for Corporate Communications had to change really. The majority of our March and April media and social campaigns were focused around events – GitLab Contribute, KubeCon EU, SXSW, SaaStr – and with those events cancelled, we had to shift our strategy.</p><p>Simultaneously, we needed to help support internal communications for the cancellation of our all company event <a href="https://about.gitlab.com/company/culture/contribute/">GitLab Contribute</a>, 3rd party event cancellations and general company travel guidelines.</p><p>And the third thing that occurred was a flood of incoming remote work inquiries from the media that we leaned into with the goal of being as helpful to their readers as possible – many of which were tackling working remotely for the first time.</p><p>Needless to say it has been a busy couple of months.</p><h3>Has the frequency of internal comms efforts changed?</h3><p>As an all remote company, transparent communication is a key element. In fact, we have a 5,000 page <a href="https://about.gitlab.com/handbook/">public handbook</a> that we use to document updates. We also use a company announcement channel on Slack and both internal/external AMAs. Given these regular vehicles for communication, I would not say the frequency changed, but the type of communication updates changed to focus on guidelines and resources for events, travel, benefits, medical leave, and taking time for family.</p><p>Reenforcing the message from the top down that employees are encouraged to adjust schedules and put their health and their families first has definitely increased. We are constantly reminded of this and many employees have adjusted their schedules.</p><h3>What messages were the top priority for you to communicate, and to whom?</h3><p>Internally, the top priority communication was to put health and families first. Followed by how to cancel travel to GitLab Contribute and 3rd party events, general company travel guidelines, benefits, and medical leave. Several of us worked on these communication efforts.</p><p>Externally, the top-priority communication was to customer questions regarding if our supply chain was impacted by the pandemic and providing the world <a href="https://about.gitlab.com/company/culture/all-remote/">remote work resources</a> in the form of blogs, handbook pages, an ebook, webinars, media interviews, etc.</p><h3>Did your external messaging or any of your campaigns change? How?</h3><p>Our external message has always been a great mix: helpful resource, encouraging contribution and collaboration, and highlighting all of our platform’s features. During this time, we have shifted more towards empathy and being a helpful resource.</p><p>In terms of campaigns, we either postponed or shifted. A few examples:</p><p>KubeCon EU is a very big show for GitLab and we not only had a Platinum booth at the event, but over a dozen media interviews scheduled, speaking sessions at the event, and an entire social media adventure planned. We had to postpone all of this activity until August when the show will be rescheduled. But all was not lost, GitLab’s Director of Technical Evangelism and CNCF Board Member connected with several members of the Kubernetes community and they hosted a virtual Cloud Native event in April with over 1,200 people registering to attend. The goal of this was to provide the community with the project updates and technical how to tracks they would have gotten at the conference. The goal was to be a helpful resource and encourage contribution and collaboration.</p><p>In mid-March, our CEO was scheduled to speak at both SXSW and SaaStr regarding the Future of Remote Work. We had a campaign involving a remote work report, media engagement, social media channel launch and a meetup scheduled. Ironically, the topic for this campaign was remote work, so we were fortunate in our ability to easily shift our efforts from these cancelled events to providing remote work resources to the world in the form of blogs, handbook pages, an ebook, webinars, media interviews, social engagement, etc. Again, the goal was to be a helpful resource.</p><p>Our global channel program announcement was slated for the first week of April and we made the decision to shift the timing of the media announcement by three weeks to allow more time to pass from the initial mass media coverage of shelter in place enactments and give additional time to coordinate the announcement with our partners globally.</p><h3>What new and common inbound requests are you seeing from customers and external stakeholders? How are you handling them?</h3><p>We have seen incoming requests from customers, external stakeholders and media asking if the company’s supply chain is affected by the pandemic, if we have seen an upsurge in use/enrollment of our platform and what the impact of COVID-19 has had on our market/customers.</p><p>To all of these, we have been honest and transparent while approaching the responses with humility. We have provided details on what we know, mentioned what we do not know yet and how we are planning for the unknown.</p><h3>You’ve worked in agencies, startups, and for the Linux Foundation prior to your time at GitLab. Over that period you’ve had to communicate during tough times. How did those experiences inform your decisions today?</h3><p>The phrase “This too shall pass” resonates more and more with me as the years pass. Working through a global pandemic is definitely a first, but the same principles I take away from that phrase still apply – remain calm, we will get through this together, this is simply a moment in time, do the best you can with what you have, and remember to breathe.</p><p>I try to trust my gut, I bounce ideas off of others, I go in with the mindset of iteration and most importantly I try to be empathetic with my audience the communication is intended for. How will they perceive this message? What is the importance to them? How will this impact them? Oftentimes the choice in words and tone used can have the biggest impact.</p><h3>What advice do you have for early-stage startup marketers and community teams at this time?</h3><p>How companies communicate at this point in time is being magnified 10x and one misstep by the company can be negatively blown out of proportion. How you communicate individually and as a company is important to your recovery and economic recovery. Early-stage startup marketers and community teams should think about the following:</p><ul><li><strong>It is not a time to sell yourself, it is a time to be a resource.</strong> A self-congratulation is the worst sales pitch right now. <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/sales-priorities-in-a-downturn">Being a resource is the best pitch</a>.</li><li><strong>Get creative.</strong> The old marketing ways may not be an option right now. Look into virtual events, public AMAs, how to tutorials – find ways to be helpful and engaging vs traditional sales pitches.</li><li><strong>Think about your audience</strong>. How will they perceive your communication? – and be empathetic in your communication</li><li><strong>All conversations, sales, comms, marketing should begin and end with a personal touch (i.e. are you OK?) – <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/customer-success-during-a-crisis">this is critical to how other customers</a> and “outsiders” will look at how you made it through.</strong></li><li><strong>Stop waiting for something to be final and perfect</strong> – be open to <a href="https://about.gitlab.com/handbook/values/#iteration">iteration.</a></li><li><strong>Prepare for the second wave</strong> when cities start to open up and people start to go back to work. This is not a time to go back to traditional communications. This time period will also need a level of sensitivity and understanding in communication.</li><li><strong>And most importantly, put your health and your families first.</strong> You cannot deliver your best work if these two things do not come first. Same goes for your teams.</li></ul><p><em>Learn more about how GitLab manages their remote team with <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/remote-team-tips-gitlab">these tips from our session with Darren Murph</a>. Learn how the Heavybit community is responding to COVID-19 <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/press/how-the-heavybit-community-is-contributing-to-covid-19-efforts">in this roundup</a>.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/comms-strategy-during-covid-gitlab-natasha-woods">Don’t Hard Sell, Build Goodwill: GitLab Comms Leader on Comms Strategy During COVID</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Selling During a Recession: Q&amp;A with Bridget Gleason and Chris Grams</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/selling-during-a-recession</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 May 2020 13:14:14 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Customer Success]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Seasonal]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-13730</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Tidelift’s Bridget Gleason and Chris Grams answered questions from the community about selling during a recession.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Tidelift’s sales and customer success leader Bridget Gleason and marketing exec Chris Grams recently shared their thoughts on <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/sales-priorities-in-a-downturn">sales priorities in a downturn</a>, and how organizations can adapt their revenue teams to selling during a recession.</p><p>After the session, Bridget and Chris answered questions from the Heavybit community about selling during a recession. Read on to learn how to focus your sales initiatives on high impact activities, navigating changes to buying processes, and hiring sales roles during a recession.</p><h3>During your talk, you said that sales teams should focus on fewer leads during a recession. How do you decide that it’s time to drop a prospect? Are there different signals to look for in a downturn?</h3><p><strong>Bridget</strong>: One of the most important things in sales is being good at disqualifying. Sometimes we hang on to leads because it’s something to do. But we can’t afford to waste time right now. Disqualification is important. In a downturn like the one we’re currently in, start by looking at their financial situation and their industry. Right now, for example, if I’ve got a whole bunch of leads of people that are in the food and beverage industry, that’s perhaps I should just let those go.</p><p>I would evaluate leads based on the strength of your value proposition, the problems they’re experiencing, and the industry they’re in. If you just find no traction or you find out something new — say they recently lost a lot of money, or they’re in the middle of a merger, those may be signals to move them aside.</p><p>You can always come back to them. Let marketing nurture them for a while, but in terms of a sales target, look for someone that you have a better chance of communicating with.</p><p><strong>Chris</strong>: Last year Bridget and I decided to change our strategy around sales and marketing to a more balanced approach that involved a lot more <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/accelerating-inside-sales-and-account-based-management">account based marketing and account based sales</a>. Now we’re spending more of our time on outbound account-based efforts towards the key targets that we’ve identified as good in our COVID Financials model. We’re doing outbound to try to take our fate in our own hands versus waiting for what comes inbound.</p><p>That’s not to say we’re not still doing inbound digital marketing. We are, although some of it is even more targeted than it was before. But we’re spending extra time with those key targets — about 75 accounts that we really want. And we’re spending a good percentage of our time going after those accounts.</p><p>Again, this isn’t a great time to go out with a hard sales message. So we’re taking advantage of some of these marketing assets we have and using it as an opportunity to educate and build deeper relationships with some of these companies that are larger potential opportunities. Hopefully a couple of months from now we’ll be well positioned to be able to close some of those deals quickly.</p><p><strong>Bridget</strong>: I don’t want anyone to be under any illusion that Chris has a giant marketing team and staff of writers that’s creating this content. We’ve got a lot of individual contributors from across Tidelift. Somebody on the sales team wrote a blog post, and then is also doing this children’s story. Somebody on the product team wrote a piece that was picked up in The Wall Street Journal.</p><p>At Tidelift we’re really big on bad first drafts. Just get it out there and do it and just communicate authentically. So you don’t need a big marketing team to be able to start to put out content that is just authentic.</p><p><strong>Chris</strong>: Yeah. One of my tricks is that I have a couple of searches in Slack for when I think something will generate potential blog post ideas. People will see me pop up when I see something that I think would be a good blog post idea with the little ear emoji in Slack and I said “Did someone say blog posts?”</p><p>And usually I can convince the person to actually write. That’s how <a href="https://blog.tidelift.com/double-shift-parenting-and-working-remotely">Lauren’s post started.</a> She made a comment about working from home and having kids and I came in with, “Did someone say blog post?” She didn’t have time to write it, so she just wrote an outline. I turned it into a draft and then we were in The Wall Street Journal. You really have to push. But again, like Bridget said, everyone’s in sales at our company. Everyone writes content at our company too, if I can convince them.</p><h3>Right now many teams are reevaluating their budgets, and purchasing decisions can come under more scrutiny than before. How can teams break through barriers within their prospects’ organizations and empower developers to champion us internally?</h3><p><strong>Bridget</strong>: Reach out on wherever you can get an introduction, a warm introduction. I would say that’s always helpful. When you think about who you let in the front door, you let in somebody you know, you let in somebody who says, “Oh I’m a friend of so-and-so.” The closer the association, the better you’ll be able to facilitate a conversation. So use connections wherever you can.</p><p><strong>Chris</strong>: Create content geared for different personas. We did a presentation that was sort of for you to convince your team to use Tidelift. We actually have a version of basically our corporate presentation that’s more designed for an internal person at a company to give to other people on their staff. Then we have some supporting materials around that. You can go download, sort of convince your team, convince your boss type materials from our website. But then we also create stuff that’s geared to different personas. For instance, we have a free trial that’s geared for the developer persona. It’s mostly promoted to channels where our developers might come, like on individual open source package websites.</p><p>We just partnered with 451 Research on a report about our space that we’re in, managed open source. I don’t think there is a developer on earth who would be interested in reading that, but the managers would definitely be interested in reading that and understanding the space. So figuring out how to meet your personas where they are and create content that educates and is valuable to them has really been sort of what’s worked for us. We try to create a bunch of different tools. They don’t all work, so we test a lot of different things and we see what sticks.</p><p>Our big thing right now is something called slide docs. Nancy Duarte is the creator of these, she’s an amazing designer. She basically said, who wants to read a white paper anymore? Nobody wants to read white papers. So she created these things that are halfway between like an old white paper and a presentation, but a presentation that nobody has to give, so they’re just readable, well-designed, beautiful documents. Those have been hugely successful too because somebody internally can read them, but it’s a short thing they can send off to their boss and have their boss read in a minute or two versus the white paper that just sits in a folder that they never look at.</p><p><strong>Bridget</strong>: Also just making sure that the messages that are being sent, I would continue to reach out to the managers also. Because if they’re hearing things and you’ve got a strong message to them about cost reduction specific to what’s going on now and then they’re getting the pressure from developers, you’re going to have a more compelling, and it’s actually great to be able to do it that way.</p><h3><strong>What should we do if we have trouble getting to the manager or decision-maker, if the developer is reluctant to introduce us? Is it too pushy to go around them and reach out to someone else on the team?</strong></h3><p><strong>Bridget:</strong>I think it’s okay, but you have to be careful. We get the question a lot internally where we also have developers who are downloading and using the trial. We’ll make sure that the message that we send is thoughtful and we may say, “Hey, we’ve interacted with several people on your team around this product. We’d love to have a conversation if you’re interested and tell you…” So there’s ways to do it that are not pushy and salesy. Just be informative and educational.</p><p><strong>Chris</strong>: But we’re absolutely <em>not</em> okay with just having a single point of failure in an account where you have one contact, and the entire hopes and dreams of closing that rest with that one person. We try to get as many people on the account as we can to have backups in case that person goes on parental leave, or if they lose their job or something.</p><p>We’ve had that situation where we’ve had big accounts before where we just sort of are all resting on one person responding to our email and they don’t respond for two weeks and that’s no fun. So it’s always a key goal is to have as many different avenues into a key account as you can.</p><h3>How should POCs operate in an environment where you’re trying to close deals faster? We’d talked in the past about how to approach POCs, how long they should be — how has that changed?</h3><p><strong>Bridget</strong>: We’re actually having that discussion right now. The way that we’re thinking about it is we think about what sort of value we want to deliver, and what the success criteria is for the pilot. You should be really clear about what can you prove there and for what kind of use case. So if sales wants to do a two week POC we’ll ask the technical services team, “What success criteria can you prove out in two weeks?” And they said, “We’re not going to see results in two weeks.”</p><p>So we started building up, all right, what can you show in four weeks? What’s going to take three months? So we first did that exercise, then we went back and said, “All right, if we want to make them shorter, what can we demonstrate in two weeks?” Because I don’t like doing POCs longer than two weeks. I don’t like a free trial longer than one week and I don’t like the POC longer than two weeks. It turns out that we altered the success criteria that was still important, but it’s something that could be demonstrated within that two week period.</p><p>You’ve got to look at just map out what’s realistic in terms of success criteria. For regulated industries, sometimes it will take six months to get a package, or six weeks to get a package approved. So we can show in two weeks a process by which that will be able to happen and how it will happen more smoothly.</p><p>Another thing on a POC is you better have the right group demonstrating it. When I was at a previous company, we would have teams do POCs with log files that were non-critical. So they would finish a POC and say, “Yeah, it gave me information but I don’t really care about that information.” It’s because they picked the wrong team. So we had really strict criteria of even when to start a POC. So again, making sure you go back to the right targets, you have the right success criteria, and it can be proved out in the amount of time that you’re allocating.</p><h3>What are your thoughts on free POCs or free trial periods?</h3><p><strong>Bridget</strong>: You don’t want to be the only one with skin in the game, where you’ve got people that are sort of evaluating your product but it doesn’t really matter and it’s not guaranteed to lead to something. We would agree to a free POC if the success criteria is clear and that there’s agreement if we meet the success criteria, then we are moving forward with a purchase.</p><h3>How has the recession impacted your approach to deals and discounts? Do you change the way that you prioritize contracts from multi-year to single year?</h3><p><strong>Bridget</strong>: One of the things we haven’t heard is to make the product cheaper. We haven’t heard it once, and I’ve actually never seen it work across the board. There are things that you may want to do to reduce friction to get started. Sometimes, if we know that a certain department has a certain budget amount that they need to get under, we can work out a contract where it builds as it goes. I wouldn’t discount to discount, but if there are ways that you need to accommodate a particular peculiarity within a budgeting process, I would certainly consider that.</p><p>If we want it done within a certain timeframe, we may use a discount. Based on volume or multi year, we always look at having end of the quarter specials. I’ve seen discounts done in the past if they agree to do a customer testimonial or a case study or something like that.</p><p>I think the key whenever you give a discount is to make sure to frame it as “If I give you this discount, then this is what I get from you.” Because otherwise you’re saying that the product isn’t as valuable as you said initially, and that erodes trust.</p><h3>Is hiring someone for sales right now a wise move? How do you decide if you have enough momentum to hire?</h3><p>It really depends on the company, the salespeople you have, and the amount of deals that they’re processing. The best way that I’ve ever found to do sales capacity is looking at a combination of inbound volume and the amount that they can do outbound. What is the capacity in terms of activity? What is the yield, in terms of what you expect that they should be able to produce?</p><p>I work this with our CFO and we’re kind of always looking at sales planning. Right now we’ve got enough headcount to handle what we’ve got now and if we need to probably through the end of the year, but we always keep an eye on that, COVID-19 or not. I would be a little bit more conservative right now, because I think it’s really hard on both individuals and companies when you hire and then have to lay off.</p><p>So I would err a little bit on the side of being conservative. But I think you should always have a good pipeline of people who you’re talking to in the background. It’s really all about modeling. Salespeople would always rather be a little bit busier and have too much demand than they would to have too little. So I think we can afford right now to just wait a bit before bringing on new folks.</p><h2>Learn more about selling during a recession</h2><p>To learn more about how your sales and marketing teams can adapt to an economic downturn, be sure to watch Bridget and Chris’ full presentation on <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/sales-priorities-in-a-downturn">Sales Priorities in a Downturn.</a> And stay tuned to the Heavybit library for more videos and articles on <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/customer-success-during-a-crisis">managing your business during a recession</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/selling-during-a-recession">Selling During a Recession: Q&A with Bridget Gleason and Chris Grams</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customer Success During a Crisis</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/customer-success-during-a-crisis</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Apr 2020 11:33:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Customer Success]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Seasonal]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-13850</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>What should customer success during a crisis look like? Learn how to adjust your customer success strategy during COVID-19 and other crises.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #55, Smaller Builds, Less Tooling with Fred Schott of Pika</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-55-smaller-builds-less-tooling-with-fred-schott-of-pika</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Apr 2020 09:49:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-13746</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 55 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Fred Schott of Pika. They discuss the Pika project, ES Modules in Javascript, and how bundling code has shifted over the years.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 55 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Fred Schott of Pika. They discuss the Pika project, ES Modules in Javascript, and how bundling code has shifted over the years.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-55-smaller-builds-less-tooling-with-fred-schott-of-pika">Ep. #55, Smaller Builds, Less Tooling with Fred Schott of Pika</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #28, Intentionality First with Enterprise Advisor Adam Gross</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-28-intentionality-first-with-enterprise-advisor-adam-gross</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2020 09:01:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-13768</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 28 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Adam Gross, seasoned enterprise investor and advisor. They discuss the inevitability of platform change, how software deployment has evolved, and how the enterprise application ecosystem might develop in years to come.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 28 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Adam Gross, seasoned enterprise investor and advisor. They discuss the inevitability of platform change, how software deployment has evolved, and how the enterprise application ecosystem might develop in years to come.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-28-intentionality-first-with-enterprise-advisor-adam-gross">Ep. #28, Intentionality First with Enterprise Advisor Adam Gross</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>It’s Back: TL;DR of the Payroll Protection Program (PPP)</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/its-back-tldr-of-the-payroll-protection-program-ppp</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Apr 2020 16:19:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Seasonal]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Operations]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-13811</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Key takeaways from Burkland Associates’ Steven Lord on navigating the CARES Act, Payroll Protection Program &amp; COVID-19-related resources.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>As of this morning, banks and small business administration lenders including organizations like <a href="https://support.stripe.com/questions/a-guide-to-us-government-aid#payment_protection_program">Stripe</a> and <a href="https://squareup.com/us/en/l/sba-ppp-loans">Square</a> officially reopened applications to help small businesses and startups cover US and US domiciled employee salaries between now and June 30, 2020. The PPP loan covers salary, PTO, insurance premiums, retirement and health benefits, and 25% of funds may also be used for mortgage interest, rent, or utilities. If you keep all your employees on the payroll for 8 weeks and spend your loan on <a href="https://www.sba.gov/funding-programs/loans/coronavirus-relief-options/paycheck-protection-program-ppp#section-header-5">qualifying expenses</a>, your loan may be forgiven.</p><p>The Payroll Protection Program released a second round of funding this week. While it will likely run out soon, many believe<a href="https://www.inc.com/kevin-j-ryan/small-business-loans-town-hall-320-billion-additional-ppp.html"> that additional funding will be available in the future</a>.</p><h3>What’s the TL;DR of the Payroll Protection Program?</h3><p>A forgiven PPP loan is free money to maintain headcount through June, and even when it isn’t forgiven, the interest rate on the PPP loan is only 1%. The catch is that the final loan payment will come due within 2 years. If the loan is forgiven, you don’t pay taxes on it.</p><h2>Advice from Burkland Associates</h2><p>Finance and CFO-for-Hire consulting firm Burkland Associates <a href="https://burklandassociates.com/category/covid-19-resources/">recently published a slew of CARES Act and COVID-19-related resources</a>, and Burkland’s Steven Lord met with Heavybit founders to better navigate their options.</p><h3>More on the Payroll Protection Program Loan</h3><p><strong>Q: What additional advice do you have on applying for the PPP loan?</strong></p><p><strong>A: </strong>Set up a separate account for your loan in which you draw down the account and ensure you’re assigning qualified expenses. If you want to apply for loan forgiveness, this makes your proof of expenses infinitely easier to track.</p><p>The Burkland team recently published an article on <a href="https://burklandassociates.com/2020/04/23/best-practice-for-maximizing-the-ppp-loan-forgiveness/">Best Practices for Maximizing The PPP Loan Forgiveness</a>, which is worth reviewing in full.</p><h3>What about Affiliation?</h3><p><strong>Q: In some cases, early startup founders have been told affiliation to a VC or Private Equity firm disqualifies them from the PPP loan. Can you explain?</strong></p><p><strong>A:</strong> If a VC or private equity firm owns more than 20% of your company or if they have the power to prevent a quorum or otherwise veto board or stockholder actions, then you probably don’t qualify for this loan. In this case, your startup would be deemed an affiliate of the fund and of any other portfolio company controlled by the fund. This means you’d have to tally your headcount plus the headcount of your controlling VC firm and their controlled portfolio. The PPP is for small businesses, and you’d likely be considered a business with more than 500 employees. <a href="https://burklandassociates.com/2020/03/30/sba-affiliation-for-startups-cares-act/">More info here.</a></p><h3>Other CARES Act Support</h3><p><strong>Q: What additional pieces of the CARES Act might apply to early-stage startups?</strong></p><p><strong>A: </strong>Companies can also defer the deposit and payment of their share of Social Security taxes until Dec 31, 2020. Startups who receive a PPP loan, but whose loan hasn’t yet been forgiven, may defer deposit and payment of their Social Security tax up to the date of forgiveness, and then continue deferral of up to the repayment dates (half by December 31, 2021 and the balance by December 31, 2022). <a href="https://www.irs.gov/newsroom/deferral-of-employment-tax-deposits-and-payments-through-december-31-2020">The IRS put out a handy FAQ</a>.</p><p><strong>Q: What does the CARES Act mean for net operating losses (NOL)?</strong></p><p>The CARES Act includes several provisions that lift certain deduction limitations imposed by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, such as removing the limitation that NOLs could be used to offset no more than 80% of taxable income. Learn more about the specifics <a href="https://burklandassociates.com/2020/04/01/federal-cash-tax-benefits-available-to-startups-impacted-by-covid-19/">here</a>.</p><h3>Extending Runway</h3><p><strong>Q: As you work with a number of early startup clients, what advice are you offering to them to extend their runway?</strong></p><p>A: We’ve told founders to take defensive measures to extend their runway. Some of those actions include enacting a hiring freeze, reducing rent, renegotiating contracts with vendors and landlords, extending line of credit, exploring venture debt and changing some portions of the company’s go-to-market. This might mean pre-selling enterprise product features to engaged customers. Founders with distributed and international workforces should also explore relief options in those countries where a company entity exists as well. Because COVID-19 is a global epidemic, most industrialized first world countries also offer similar support to the US-based CARES Act.</p><p>Burkland CFO Debbie Rosler recently wrote a <a href="https://burklandassociates.com/category/covid-19-resources/">3-part series</a> on how teams can approach extending their runway regardless of how recently they’ve raised funding, and what they can do to build a financial contingency plan for the future.</p><h2>Key Takeaways: Focus on Scenario Planning and Shifting Towards Sustainability</h2><p>During the session, Steven stressed that founders must change their mindset about the goals and targets that their teams are working towards right now. Whether you apply for the Payroll Protection Program or not, the growth goals that you had at the beginning of the year are likely irrelevant. “You will be judged not by how much you grow, but how well you manage the team through this period,” said Steven, “It’s time to shift towards sustainability, viability, and maneuverability.”</p><p>Here at Heavybit, we’ve been working with industry experts to discover how teams can adjust their priorities and processes to stay on the right track as the economy changes. Subscribe for updates to learn when we publish <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/sales-priorities-in-a-downturn">new resources on navigating startup management</a> during COVID-19.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/its-back-tldr-of-the-payroll-protection-program-ppp">It’s Back: TL;DR of the Payroll Protection Program (PPP)</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sales Priorities in a Downturn with Tidelift’s Bridget Gleason and Chris Grams</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/sales-priorities-in-a-downturn</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Apr 2020 08:00:41 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Customer Success]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Seasonal]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-13729</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Tidelift’s Bridget Gleason and Chris Grams outline what you can do to reset your sales priorities in a downturn to focus on high-impact activities.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Community Building Tools From HackerOne’s Head of Global Hacker Community</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/community-building-tools-hackerone</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Apr 2020 08:00:45 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Community]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-13755</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>HackerOne’s Head of Global Community share a look under the hood at the suite of community building tools used at HackerOne to keep the community connected and engaged.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In First Round Capital’s <a href="https://stateofstartups2019.firstround.com/#10-community-moat">State of Startups 2019 report</a>, nearly 80% of founders reported that building a community of users is important to their business, with 28% describing it as critical to their success. I’ll bet many of you reading this would place yourself in the latter category, <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/developer-community-startup-growth/">as Jesse Davis does</a>.</p><p>At HackerOne, we connect independent security researchers (aka “hackers”) with organizations like The US Department of Defense, Airbnb, Starbucks, General Motors, Goldman Sachs, and hundreds more to find and report security vulnerabilities in the name of defense. Our focus at HackerOne is to create the best hackers and provide them the best education, support, and financial opportunities. Our community of security researchers is essential to HackerOne’s mission and our success as a business, so we work hard to ensure that we’re supporting them as the community grows.</p><h2>HackerOne’s Community Building Toolkit</h2><p>Your community may prefer to build, ours prefers to break, but the tool chest is not much different for your DevRel community-building tactics. In this article, I’ll share a look under the hood at the suite of community building tools that we use at HackerOne to keep our community connected and engaged.</p><h2>1. Communicate with your community | Intercom</h2><p>Never underestimate getting your community on a video call, nor the power of an email. There’s a bevy of tools that are core to interacting with and serving the HackerOne community of hackers. We’re a Google shop, using their entire suite of tools.</p><p>But with 700,000 registered users from over 170 countries signed up to hack on HackerOne, the sheer volume of standard communication is impossible to manage manually and takes time away from impactful and personal communications that may have greater impact. We also needed a solution that could safely and securely be integrated into the core HackerOne platform. We use Intercom to send personalized, automated emails to the community after certain milestones are achieved (they submit their first report, get their first bounty, etc.).</p><p>It gives us the WYSIWYG tool that my team can manage and analyze performance, conduct A/B tests, manage copy edits, etc without bothering Engineering or Product.</p><p><a href="https://www.intercom.com/">Intercom</a></p><h2>2. Project management FTW | Asana</h2><p>With a global community to serve and nurture, even the simplest tasks require cross-functional execution and collaboration. Utilizing <a href="https://asana.com/">Asana</a>, a tool that’s adopted company-wide, goes a long way for the Community team at HackerOne to get things done efficiently, whether it’s a hacker spotlight blog post with marketing, planning one of our flagship live hacking events, or shipping swag to over 170 countries.</p><h2>3. Data analysis to achieve our unique business needs | Looker, Custom tooling</h2><p>As you scale your community, you’ll invariably need to create some bespoke tools to fit your needs. For us at HackerOne, we have a hybrid of Looker and our home-baked Support App tool.</p><p>Looker queries provide the relevant data for us to make the right decisions for our business, and the uniqueness of our invitation model has led us to innovate within the Support App tool, which was originally built for the Customer Success function at HackerOne. An idea born out of a company hack day — dedicated solely to innovation and measured in engagement and impact — has turned into an essential and robust tool to help my team source, invite, communicate with, analyze and serve our community which has doubled in size over the past 12 months.</p><p>Pro-tip: lean into the “hack days” at your respective companies, win over engineers and designers passionate about your community and work with them to build that quick win thing you’ve been wanting for a long time. Both teams will be happy you did it.</p><p><a href="https://looker.com/">Looker</a></p><h2>4. Reliable survey tools and robust CMS | SurveyMonkey, Drupal</h2><p>At HackerOne, we are hacker anthropologists. We are the bridge between our users and the product org that is building the features and experiences for them. As a community leader, you must go and do likewise in your DevRel functions. Before you start building what you think is best or what’s been requested, listen to your users. Go beyond what they ask for and search for why. You can’t build anything of value for your users unless you understand them and their needs.</p><p>The primary mechanisms we have in place to accomplish this at HackerOne includes a Hacker <a href="https://www.netpromoter.com/know/">NPS</a> satisfaction survey and, coming soon, a vibrant Hacker Advisory Board with diverse representation from our community. We, of course, utilize surveys for other needs as well. It seems there isn’t a week that goes by that we don’t have some Google Form or SurveyMonkey out in the wild, seeking to learn more about a new product release, feedback on a particular bug bounty program, etc.</p><p><a href="https://www.surveymonkey.com/">SurveyMonkey</a> | <a href="https://www.drupal.com/">Drupal</a></p><h2>5. Conversations with your clan | Twitter, Discord, Slack</h2><p>Remember that your users are people too! The community of hackers on HackerOne <a href="https://www.hackerone.com/resources/reporting/the-2020-hacker-report">tell us</a> that, not unlike developers, they hack for good. They’re not just in it for the money. Hacking to protect and do good, having fun, learning and challenging themselves is as important to the hacker community on HackerOne as earning a $10,000 bounty — a monetary reward for a real-world vulnerability finding.</p><p>They’re proud of their work, so communicate with them frequently, share status updates on products, fixes, payments, and roadblocks, and thank them for their support. This is especially relevant in the hacker community when users are finding critical vulnerabilities and earning thousands — <a href="https://www.hackerone.com/press-release/teen-becomes-worlds-first-1-million-bug-bounty-hacker-hackerone">and sometimes millions</a> — in cash. Our community members are big fans of ChatOps. And for good reason. We invest in various platforms, but the three biggest for us are Twitter, Discord, and Slack. That’s where hackers interact regularly, so we bring the conversation to them.</p><p>My advice: Know your community; go where they are.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/explore">Twitter</a> | <a href="https://discordapp.com/">Discord</a> | <a href="https://slack.com/">Slack</a></p><h2>6. Drop ship swag vendor | Printfection</h2><p>Our community adores swag and we love to adorn them with it. Swag ROI is impressive when done right and wasteful when done wrong.</p><p>In the early days of HackerOne, our co-founders were the couriers, dealing daily with DHL, FedEx, UPS and more to be able to ship a swag pack to India, which isn’t simple. With our volume, we needed to have a partner that could handle the bulk of the logistics. That partner has been Printfection.</p><p><a href="https://www.printfection.com/">Printfection</a></p><h2>Parting words on community building</h2><p>The authors of <a href="https://www.people-and.com/get-together-book">Get Together</a> — a recent best-selling book published by the community leaders who built Instagram, Facebook, and eBay — talk about the concept of “building with” your community.</p><p>I challenge my team at HackerOne that we must:</p><ul><li>Build better features and improvements with Product &amp; Engineering</li><li>Build better processes, understanding and connection to our customers with Customer Success</li><li>Build better triage and mediation feedback and improvements with Support</li><li>Build better, hacker-content for new employee onboarding with People Operations</li><li>Build better payment methods for hackers to get paid with Finance</li><li>Build better defensible positioning and competitive differentiators with Sales</li><li>Build better stories about the hackers with Marketing</li></ul><p>As we say: Together, we hit harder.</p><p>Image Source: <a href="https://www.hackerone.com/">HackerOne</a></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/community-building-tools-hackerone">Community Building Tools From HackerOne’s Head of Global Hacker Community</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Democratizing Data Science: Community Spotlight with Avo’s Stefania Olafsdottir</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/data-science-stefania-olafsdottir-spotlight</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Apr 2020 13:29:48 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Data Science]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-13734</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Avo’s Stefania Olafsdottir shares her passion for empowering teams to use data more effectively, how the role of data science teams is changing &amp; more.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Welcome to the Heavybit Community Spotlight Series, where we highlight the people that make up the Heavybit community, and the interesting projects and ideas that they’re exploring right now. This week we’re turning our spotlight to Stefania Olafsdottir, CEO and co-founder of <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/press/avo-joins-heavybit">Avo</a>. We chatted with Stef about why she’s passionate about empowering teams to use data more effectively, how the role of the data science teams is evolving, and what she’s doing to adapt to life under COVID.</p><h3>Tell us a bit about your background. What led you to start Avo?</h3><p>I am a mathematician and a philosopher who went into software development and data science and statistics research in the genetics industry. I was one of the few people in Iceland with experience working with huge data sets when an Icelandic startup called <a href="https://www.quizup.com/en">QuizUp</a> blew up and reached a million users in one week, which was the fastest growing app in the App Store.</p><p>I joined there as the first data person and learned that to build a data culture and power data-driven product development, it’s a twofold issue: it’s cultural, and it’s technical. The culture part is helping everyone ask and answer the right questions to move our product in the right direction. The technical side is building the infrastructure that we need so everyone has the answers to their questions at the tip of their fingers. At QuizUp, I learned a lot about these things and we invented a lot of wheels to solve the problem internally, like collaboration software and data validation tools.</p><p>Fast forward a few years later and we realized we had to build these tools again at another company that I founded with my friends. We discovered that all of the leading data-driven organizations end up building these things internally. It was so frustrating that we decided to build these tools as a product to solve it for more people.</p><h3>It sounds like you came into the tech industry because you were the right person for a particular job at the time — did you think that moving into tech would be a temporary career move?</h3><p>The genetics company I was working for — who is now testing everyone in Iceland for COVID — sponsored me to do a masters and I was invited to do a PhD in bioinformatics — a mix of statistics, algorithms and computer programming. I was on that path, but then I got an offer from QuizUp. I figured those PhDs would always be there, but how often would I have a chance to build up a data science team from scratch?</p><p>Then I got very excited about the cultural aspect of helping people be data-driven and making data-driven decisions. I never decided “I am now in tech.” I continued to do some classes on the side, but I dove very deep into the tech work culture.</p><h3>Was that when you decided you wanted to change the culture around data in tech? When was the “aha” moment when you realized that there was an opportunity to make an impact on how companies use their data?</h3><p>I didn’t realize how early QuizUp had been in building internal data tools. I think it’s related to the fact that the CTO and I were a couple (we’re married today). The competitive advantage we accidentally created is that we would come home and complain about our days, and we were coming at this problem of data quality and engineering efficiency from two completely different angles. We realized there was an opportunity to change the way developers were working and increase the data quality immensely if we built a tool that helps these teams collaborate better. So we did that to solve each other’s pain points. I think in most companies the data team doesn’t work so closely with developers.</p><p>When QuizUp was acquired, I didn’t want to work for another tech company, I was done. I didn’t want to be head of data science anywhere else. We had to build too many tools and enact too many cultural shifts. I took a sabbatical, and that’s when a few friends and I from QuizUp decided to found another company (not Avo).</p><p>I told them, “I’m not going to be responsible for the data science part of this product.” And then about four or five months into the product, I realized we had shipped af feature based on incorrect data. I get shivers just thinking about that moment. I knew that as long as I was in the digital product space, working with data would be so painful because there was no way for us to do that reliably.</p><p>We kept building that product, but I kept talking to people in the space — I talked to Twitch, I talked to Spotify, I talked to Airbnb. And all of them had very recently built data tools like QuizUp had built. I realized that this was a huge challenge everywhere, and that I had to do something about it. That was really the drive.</p><h3>What changes are you seeing in the data science field right now?</h3><p>There are two major shifts happening right now that have been driving change in the data science space. There’s been a culture shift with <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/data-science-storytime/ep-3-the-future-of-data/">an expectation of easy access to information</a>. Every person in a company should be able to answer their questions quickly, without having to rely on a data expert. Until recently, we would have isolated business intelligence teams who would deliver static reports to stakeholders a couple of days or weeks after it was requested.</p><p>This is not the case anymore. Every person in the company is expected to be able to answer questions super fast, so that they can act quickly and build better experiences for their customers.</p><p>There’s a myriad of tools available to solve this problem, and the role of the data team has gone from being an isolated BI team that generates reports, to being a team that’s integrated into the entire company and supports a self-serve analytics culture. Making sure that stakeholders have easy access to analytics infrastructure, helping everyone ask the right questions, get the right answers, and make decisions based on data they can trust.</p><p>The other shift is a technical change. We now need to understand the entire user journey. We used to just be taking snapshots of some operational database — maybe every week we would count how many users we had. But now every user interaction is logged, and we create these holistic user journeys. But the prerequisites to be able to use that data requires us to build infrastructure and processes that make this immense volume of data reliable, relevant and transparent.</p><h3>It sounds like we’re at the beginning of a revolution in the world of data science. Why is it so important for teams to invest in data science?</h3><p>The shift towards data culture is behind why we’re building the product we’re building at Avo. The situation in the world is that product teams have never had to understand their users better or faster. There’s a digital gold rush going on — everything is being digitized, and consumers have multiple options for digital products. So we’re able to jump from one product to another very easily. And if those products don’t provide us with the best user experience, we’ll leave. THat’s why product analytics and experience have become such a fundamental part of being a successful business today.</p><p>We’re seeing that especially now with COVID — the tools that will win the market are the ones that people will love the most. This has put an immense pressure on product teams to understand their customers.</p><h3>Who are the people in the data science field that inspire you most? Who is doing something interesting with data analytics right now?</h3><p>When I was a practitioner of data science at QuizUp, I very much looked up to Hilary Mason of FastForward Labs. I was navigating how to build a data culture, and I had such a difficult time choosing between spending my time on technical stuff — building infrastructure, writing bash scripts — or spending my time consulting within the company and answering questions. Hilary was one of the first people I saw give a lecture on <a href="https://hilarymason.com/speaking/">the importance of mixing those two</a>. She really put a dent in how I was thinking about things.</p><p>I really like the analytics team at BuzzFeed. Their publisher Dao Nyguen has a really <a href="https://www.buzzfeed.com/daozers/how-buzzfeed-thinks-about-data-science">inspiring analytics policy for their editorial team</a>, and how they <a href="https://www.ted.com/talks/dao_nguyen_what_makes_something_go_viral">decide what content to prioritize</a> and when to release it.</p><p>I’ve also always kept an eye on how <a href="https://medium.com/airbnb-engineering/at-airbnb-data-science-belongs-everywhere-917250c6beba">Airbnb has approached data science</a>; they were a big inspiration for us at QuizUp. They were doing similar things to us, but at a much bigger scale. It was always a good confirmation for us that we’re doing things that make sense — if it makes sense for Airbnb, then it makes sense for us.</p><h3>The Avo team is a split between Iceland and San Francisco. How has being remote impacted the team?</h3><p>We’ve been doing remote and asynchronous-first since last November, but what I’ve found as an unexpected side effect of COVID is that it’s been a great forcing function to do it really well. Even though we were async-first, we had 3 offices and there were people working in these offices together. But now no one has access to these offices, and everyone knows what it’s like to not have the right documentation or to be able to talk to other people right in the moment.</p><p>The rabbit hole that I’m digging myself into is working with the Iceland team until the afternoon, and then working with the San Francisco team until late. I think that’s the danger of being remote and working across two time zones.</p><h3>What have you been doing in your down time?</h3><p>Growing our houseplants, and baking sourdough!</p><p>Because I’m spending so much time at home, I’ve become obsessed with making my home a really nice place. I recently did the MasterClass on interior design, and the instructor said “your home and your spaces around you are so much about making you feel happy in them, so of course you should invest in them.” I’ve often not prioritized making my surroundings beautiful, but it really nourishes your soul every day.</p><h3>Are there any habits that you’ve picked up during COVID that you’d like to continue doing in the future?</h3><p>I’ve tried to keep a routine a little bit better. It doesn’t happen organically because you’re not going to the office or the gym. I start my lunch break with some exercise, then grab a quick lunch and get back to work. In the afternoon I keep my schedule clear for sales calls.</p><p><em>Learn more about what Stef and the Avo team are working on at <a href="https://www.avo.app/">Avo.app</a>. Read more <a href="/library?query=Community%20Spotlights">Heavybit Community Spotlights</a> in the Heavybit Library.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/data-science-stefania-olafsdottir-spotlight">Democratizing Data Science: Community Spotlight with Avo’s Stefania Olafsdottir</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Crafting Product Stories for Developer Audiences: Q&amp;A with Connie Kwan</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/product-stories-for-developers-connie-kwan</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Apr 2020 08:00:15 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Messaging &amp; Positioning]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Personas]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-13697</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Connie shares how to improve your storytelling ability, craft product stories for developers, and the challenges of developing stories for emerging technologies.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Last week, Connie Kwan shared how to understanding and adapting your product storytelling style can help you tell more impactful, resonant stories. During the Q&amp;A session after her talk, our viewers chimed in with questions about how to use her storytelling techniques for a technical audience. Read on to learn what Connie had to say about improving your storytelling ability, crafting product stories for developers, and the challenges of developing stories for emerging technologies.</p><h2>Some folks that aren’t super comfortable being storytellers. They aren’t necessarily hardwired for that. How do you suggest founders that are more introverted practice or improve their storytelling abilities?</h2><p>Practice always makes perfect. For everyone, you need to be a little bit more out there. You always think you’re presenting at 100% when you’re in front of folks, but the reality is you’re usually actually presenting at 70%, so you have to over extend right?</p><p>Over energize whenever you’re in front. The bigger the crowd, the more energy you need to bring. If I’m in front of a hundred people, I will be bigger physically. If I’m in front of one-on-one, I obviously don’t want to come in like this and scare the person away, right? It’s contextual, but I think there are things you can do in your body language. You can practice in front of a mirror and just get comfortable because there’s this body-brain connection that happens when your body is in a certain position.</p><p><a href="https://www.ted.com/talks/amy_cuddy_your_body_language_may_shape_who_you_are/">The winner’s pose</a> is actually something that has been written about a lot where when you cross the finish line as a runner and you go into this, everybody has that, “Oh my gosh, I just won this race.” Practicing that pose actually helps juice your brain to start thinking that way and feel more confident.</p><p>I would say one trick that I do before I step on stage is actually practice the winner pose so that I can show up a little bit larger than I usually do. Then depending on the size of your audience, also practice being a little bit louder, right? Practice your voice being louder, practice your body language being louder and then over time you would be able to shift into that a little bit easier.</p><h2>Do you think that developers are more susceptible to the Professor-type narrative? Is there a specific way that you can target developers in your storytelling methods?</h2><p>Yeah, absolutely. Of course humans don’t all fit into a box, so there will be some percentage that don’t. Largely my observation has been that there are a lot of Professor types in the development field because we self-sort into our careers. If you are selling to Professors, you will likely want to lead with the data. If you listen to my Professor example, like I went straight into it. I did not distract the conversation with any sort of superfluous, in their minds, would be superfluous information.</p><p>If you yourself are an Evangelist, but your audience is a Professor, I imagine that there’s ways to sort of combine natures of two. How do you put on the Professor storyteller type if you are a natural Evangelist?</p><p>If you’re a natural evangelist, you have to do a lot of things that are not natural to you. It takes some practice and some self-awareness because you’re going to come in guns blazing, very bold, strong body language as well as the way you say things. That’s just natural, and it’s going to appeal really strongly to evangelists. You’re going to use a lot of emotional language.</p><p>Record yourself pitching or selling, and then audit your own speaking style. Look for emotion words , because for a very logical audience those words and phrases end up becoming a barrier to getting your message across. For example, you might notice that you’re using phrases like “I feel” a lot, rather than something less emotional like “I think.”If you’re on Evangelist side, you have to really watch it because you want to lead with facts. You want to always come back to what’s real and what’s tangible versus talking about how I feel about it.</p><h2>Are there specific things that you can do while telling a story to an audience that would let you adapt your style in real time? How can you take cues from your audience to improve your storytelling style?</h2><p>It’s always helpful to know your audience before you walk into the room. Beyond that, it depends on the size of the group. If it’s me in a meeting with just 10 people, or me one-on-one with somebody, it’s much easier. Your audience will feel like they can jump in and add to the conversation, so you can actually read their cues.</p><p>Look for body language and their energy levels. Are they leaning back? Leaning forward? Are their arms crossed? I look at those cues and that gives me an idea of their state of mind.</p><p>If you’re presenting to a hundred people, there’s going to be very little signal. Often it’s a dark room anyway. You just have to come in knowing your audience.</p><h2>How do you approach meshing the audience’s preferred communication style with your company’s brand tone and voice?</h2><p>That’s a tough one. If you’re giving a live presentation in person, they’re going to mostly observe you, you are the energy, you are the brand, you are the style, right? Your slides might have brand elements on it, but it’s not going to come through as strong as you physically showing up and being there. You have a choice, “Hey, do I want to come through as a Professor today? Do I want to come through as a visionary today?” I would not worry too much about the slide deck having to adapt that.</p><p>If you’re relying on marketing material where they don’t see a person at all, then you have to worry about whether the brand you have chosen actually adapts to what your audience needs. If I create a brand style and a brand voice that’s very evangelistic and I’m a B2B company selling to developers, that’s very incongruent and it’s probably not going to do very well.</p><h2>In this current situation, are there specific storytelling types that you think folks should avoid or that they should really focus on, even if it’s not necessarily where they were before?</h2><p>Recently, I have a client that just launched a platform product, but platform products take a long time to bake and build up because there’s a two-sided element to it. There was a bit of an anti-climax happening, of “Oh, we’ve launched, but where’s all the traffic for us?” Why isn’t it suddenly just going up, up, and up?”</p><p>I wrote a blog post to motivate the team and I used a very much Truth-teller style in that one. The situation is hard, and trying to sugarcoat it or try to talk around it as a Visionary, that’s just disingenuous in this scenario.</p><blockquote>We’re in a crisis right now and everybody’s suffering, large and small. I think when we’re in a crisis situation of any kind, being able to speak directly to what’s going on and recognizing people’s feelings based on what is going on is the most important thing to do in the beginning.</blockquote><p>We’re in a crisis right now and everybody’s suffering, large and small. I think when we’re in a crisis situation of any kind, being able to speak directly to what’s going on and recognizing people’s feelings based on what is going on is the most important thing to do in the beginning. Just being able to take a moment and say, “I recognize that you are trying to work with your kids in the background.” Or, “I recognize that you may know somebody directly who is in the hospital right now.” Being empathetic to that reality is going to be really important in all communication right now.</p><h2>If you’re building a product story for developers, who will go and share within their team, how can you build that story to make it easier for those internal champions to retell it?</h2><p>I’ll use the example of specifically putting pitch together for developers to go sell, because every situation is going to be a little different. Now, let’s assume that a developer’s likely a Professor type, very fact-driven.</p><p>What they’re going to do is they’re not going to tell a story in the beginning, they’re not going to hook the audience the way you as a marketer would do. The developer’s going to want to go into the deep end almost immediately, and they might lose their audience because they’re not ready to go to the deep end. There’s going to be a huge gap in the emotional side of that story.</p><p>You’re going to give them a deck and that person’s going to immediately go to the dense slides, right? And look at those slides and be like, “Oh yeah, this is where the meat is. This is what matters. I’m going to spend all my time here. I’m just going to blow through all the rest and get straight to this part.”</p><p>That’s the gap you need to close. As a person developing the content, it’s both making sure the content includes that story in a way that the presenter feels comfortable and then working with the presenter to make sure he or she is conveying it the way it’s intended.</p><h2>What’s the most common mistake that people make when presenting their brand or product story?</h2><p>I’ve found that for a lot of technical founders, there is very little story at all in talking about their product. It’s like a data sheet. Instead they should be presenting it as “this is your pain, this is the problem we solve.” Once we solve the problem, the world is going to be this awesome, and your life is going to be this awesome.</p><blockquote>The most common mistake that I see people make is jumping right into “This is how we achieve it.” Pitch the customer story first. Then, once I’m sold on that, you go into the details of how you accomplish it.</blockquote><p>Because that’s what the customer’s buying, right? If I go sit on Uber, I want a trip from A to B and I want that to be seamless. I don’t want to know that you have a cool app and that I can make payments through it and that you have a specific algorithm behind booking the car. No, all I want to know when Uber tells me that Uber is it’s just I go take a ride and I go from A to B and I’m safe and I show up safe, right?</p><p>The most common mistake that I see people make is jumping right into “This is how we achieve it.” Pitch the customer story first. Then, once I’m sold on that, you go into the details of how you accomplish it.</p><p>It’s not easy, especially when you’re close to the product. It’s very hard to take all the features and really distill it into this clean message of “We do this for you.” It takes a lot of understanding of your customer’s pain and the language they use to talk about it.</p><h2>What are the hardest products to create stories for?</h2><p>The hardest products to message are new technologies. Right now, that’s something like AI or blockchain — the technologies that literally don’t even have words to describe yet, and it’s not part of the common social consciousness.</p><p>I actually get a lot of clients who are coming in with this where they’re just in such a new space. They struggle with the vocabulary that exists today. They’re creating new words, they’re creating new definitions. They have to educate, educate, educate, and they’re trying to work with other people who are doing the same education. It’s a 5-10 year process for the whole industry.</p><h2>How would you go about developing a story for new technologies?</h2><p>It’s going to be very specific to what the new tech is and who your audience is. It’s very hard to generalize here. I would go back to fundamentals, looking at what is your customer, which target audience are you trying to sell to, how do they see the world? What kind of metaphors or understanding do they have of how it works and then try and match it up.</p><blockquote>If you build the technology you know a certain amount about it, but your buyer probably doesn’t have the same knowledge and understanding. You just have to connect with them at the understanding they’re at right now.</blockquote><p>If you have children or have worked with children, you’ll understand that they always need to connect new concepts back to something they understand. The same for adults too. If you build the technology you know a certain amount about it, but your buyer probably doesn’t have the same knowledge and understanding. You just have to connect with them at the understanding they’re at right now.”</p><h2>For emerging tech, sometimes the press or an analyst will put you on a quadrant somewhere that doesn’t fit the story you want to tell. Are there ways that folks who disagree with the way that the market is talking about them can take control of their own story?</h2><p>“Well, all press is pretty good press. If you get mentioned, I would consider yourself lucky and no matter what. People would come in with their own perception of what it is. It is actually more important that people talk about you in the first place and that they understand how they can use you. If they find value in what you’re offering, it doesn’t matter how they do it.</p><p>You might build a whole story, and your audience only really cares about 10% of it, but that’s valuable feedback. Maybe you’re building a transport system and they’re calling it a horse. You’re saying, “No, I can move everything.” And they’re telling you, “No, it’s a horse and the horse is great.” Don’t mess with that. Let them think you’re great. Let them think you’re a horse. There’s no need to change that perception.</p><p>Once they get to use your product and become a customer, then you can open up the rest of the world because they’re not ready. They might not be ready to see the whole transport system that you have. They just need a horse and that’s okay. So embrace it. It’s data for how the world perceives your product and that’s actually really important.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/product-stories-for-developers-connie-kwan">Crafting Product Stories for Developer Audiences: Q&A with Connie Kwan</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #54, From Crisis to Creation with Rami Sass of WhiteSource</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-54-from-crisis-to-creation-with-rami-sass-of-whitesource</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Apr 2020 11:39:38 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-13576</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 54 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Rami Sass of WhiteSource about securing and managing open source components in your software, and the tools available for identifying vulnerabilities in packages.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 54 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Rami Sass of WhiteSource about securing and managing open source components in your software, and the tools available for identifying vulnerabilities in packages.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-54-from-crisis-to-creation-with-rami-sass-of-whitesource">Ep. #54, From Crisis to Creation with Rami Sass of WhiteSource</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Exploring Experimental Content Formats with WAPI Radio: Community Spotlight with ReadMe’s Greg Koberger</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/wapi-radio-community-spotlight-greg-koberger</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2020 09:24:07 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Remote]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Community]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-13678</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>ReadMe founder Greg Koberger shares recent project WAPI Radio, striving for unexpected content formats, and the revival of the “unpolished” side of the internet.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Welcome to the <a href="/library?query=Community%20Spotlights">Heavybit Community Spotlight Series</a>, where we highlight the people that make up the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/about">Heavybit community</a>, and the interesting projects and ideas that they’re exploring right now. This week we’re turning our spotlight to Greg Koberger, founder of ReadMe, and his team. In the wake of the shift to shelter-in-place, many teams had to find ways to reprogram their in-person events to a remote-friendly format quickly. The ReadMe team spun up<a href="https://wapi.fm/"> WAPI Radio</a>, a 24-hour internet radio station featuring guests from all corners of the DevTools community.</p><p>We chatted with Greg and Jon Bishop, Head of Growth and Marketing for ReadMe, about dreaming up unexpected content formats, the revival of the “unpolished” side of the internet, and how their partially-remote team is coping with the move to fully-remote life.</p><h3>WAPI Radio’s 24 show aired a couple weeks ago (March 26-27th 11am-11am PST) and you had a ton of great guests come on. What sparked the idea for the show?</h3><p><strong>Greg:</strong> “Three years ago we did our first conference called API Mixtape. We called it <a href="https://apimixtape.com/">API Mixtape</a> because we wanted something that was memorable and not generic. I liked the concept of mixtapes, where you put together a lot of songs and create something that’s unique and just yours. Because when you put together a lot of APIs, the sum of their parts is way more valuable than each individual thing.</p><p>I don’t like to do things that already exist. I noticed there were a lot of conferences for APIs out there, but there wasn’t one for all the people involved in APIs that didn’t have a CS Degree, or weren’t programmers. There’s so much more to APIs beyond the technical stuff — how do people think about them? How do you get people who aren’t used to APIs — marketers, DevRels, etc. — to use them?</p><p>Don’t tell anyone, but my <em>secret</em> motivation for the theme was that I could get <a href="https://twitter.com/gkoberger/status/1184510222150361089">a bunch of songs</a> made for it that were API-related. I wrote 5 or 6 songs and <a href="https://apimixtape.com/music">we released an album</a> — “Our Love is 503 Forbidden” and stuff like that. My favorite one was “410 Gone Away.” It’s a country love song that’s kind of a generic love song, except it uses as many status codes as possible.</p><h4></h4><p></p><p>So for a few years I’ve wanted to take this concept of weird API conferences to a new level and frame it as a stereotypical radio station. We wanted to do it as an on-stage radio show. We also had a speaker series coming up but it was canceled because of COVID-19, so we were brainstorming ways to take the event online in a unique way. And for API Mixtape we had a bunch of ads made for the conference using the concept of “WAPI Radio,” kind of as a joke. So we combined all of these into creating WAPI Radio as a 24-hour radio station.</p><p>We figured that we were kind of restless at ReadMe, and had a bunch of speakers already lined up who were also restless and looking for something to do. We wanted to get it out there as soon as possible, and since it was audio only there wouldn’t be a huge amount of production necessary.</p><h3>From a technical standpoint, what tools did you use to set up WAPI Radio?</h3><p><strong>Greg: </strong>Everything we used was off the shelf. I found software that broadcasted an online radio station, so if I wanted to play songs it would have been good off the shelf, but it didn’t have the concept of call-ins or interviews. We’ve been doing Discord game nights on Tuesdays at ReadMe — the sound quality is great, it sounds like a conversation — and that’s the feel I was going for with the radio station. I didn’t want it to be speakers and presentations. I wanted it to just be a bunch of people talking about developer stuff. So we decided to do a <a href="https://discordapp.com/">Discord channel</a> for the conversations, and broadcasted it via <a href="https://t.co/SYTbzXSPV7?amp=1">RadioKing.com</a>.</p><p>When you go to a music festival they have like 5 laptops hooked up together, and now I understand why they do that. You have all these inputs and outputs coming from different places and you’re trying to make it all work. I only have one computer, but I found this software called <a href="https://rogueamoeba.com/loopback/">LoopBack</a> that lets you do that virtually. It was a little tough to figure out, but once we figured it out it was pretty easy. And it was cheap; it cost about $100 for the entire set up.</p><p>I had a soundboard ready to go with cheesy sound effects, and then we just started inviting speakers in. We could let people into the Discord server, let them talk for a bit, then remove them when they were done talking and bring in new people. It went surprisingly without a hitch — there were a few times where people couldn’t hear other people, but overall it worked really well.</p><h3>What was engagement like? What were you hoping to get out of the experience, and what did you actually get out of it?</h3><p><strong>Greg: </strong>We had about 1,500 people tuned in over the course of 24 hours. We didn’t really know how many people would tune in when we had the idea, but we were pretty happy with that turnout. We had a live chat where people could drop in and chat during the show with us.</p><p>One thing we’ve been trying to do is launch a community. It’s tough to start a community for any sort of company, because it can very quickly feel fake or like you’re just building community for the sake of community. I think it’s important when a company builds a community — I got this from a conversation we had on the air with Matt McClure from <a href="https://mux.com/">Mux</a> — <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/lessons-from-devrel-experts-on-building-developer-communities/">the company can’t be the community, it has to be part of the community</a>. That’s why I liked the idea of the radio station. It was a little off to the side of ReadMe, rather than being ReadMe itself. ReadMe can be part of the community, but it doesn’t have to <em>be</em> the community.</p><p>We’ve packaged up the content and will be releasing over the next few weeks on wapi.fm. Some of the content definitely leaned more into the ephemeral aspect of the radio show, especially late at night — that might not see the light of day again.</p><h3>How was the experience of running a 24-hour show at, say, the 3am mark?</h3><p><strong>Greg:</strong> We did have 2 or 3 hours in the middle of the night that were pre-recorded sessions. But around 4 and 5 am on the West Coast is morning on the East Coast, so we started bringing on people from the East Coast team to come back on and talk. It worked out pretty well.</p><h3>Are you going to do another live radio show?</h3><p><strong>Greg: </strong>For every person who messaged us and said they listened and loved it, we had one or two people ping us and say they missed it and they wish they had known it was coming, so it makes sense to keep doing it! We did it with about a week of turnaround to capture that moment where people were bored and restless, but now that we know what went well and what didn’t go well, I’d love to do it again.</p><h3>Who do you think is doing the coolest, most creative projects in the DevTools space right now?</h3><p><strong>Greg:</strong> We had someone from <a href="https://glitch.com/">Glitch</a> on the WAPI Radio show — it was one of the weirder talks we had. The DevRel team at Glitch is phenomenal, it was a great conversation. They have an amazing community too.</p><p>We spent a lot of time talking about things like TikTok instead of DevTools. They have kind of gone the GeoCities route of people making weird, ugly things. It’s cool because people are just trying to make something. They don’t feel like it has to be polished. I think for a lot of companies right now — us included — everything has to be polished and clean. We’ve lost the mentality of being crafty and hacky.</p><p>Netlify just hired <a href="https://twitter.com/cassidoo">Cassidy Williams</a> — I don’t know what she’s going to do there, but she’s one of my favorite people on Twitter. Cassidy has their weird, unique content that’s dev-related on Twitter.</p><h3>Let’s talk about your team. What’s been the biggest shift in workflow during this period of social distancing?</h3><p><strong>Greg: </strong>We’re mostly in SF, and we have a Columbus office, and then about 10% of the team is remote. It’s been pretty easy to transition. We always did WFH Wednesdays and always had some remote people. There is a bit of loneliness — we’ve gone out of our way to add a bunch of random events for the team. Today we ordered lunch from UberEats and Zoom’ed during lunch. We always eat lunch together on Tuesdays and Thursdays anyway. And on Tuesday nights we do JackBox game nights that we stream via the internet.</p><p>We’re trying to do little things like a daily watercooler thing. At 10am people will hop on Zoom if they want to just to chat. And we’re trying to have more meetings.</p><p><strong>Jon:</strong> We do have our first employee starting next week — <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/to-be-continuous/52-the-evolution-of-local-vs-remote/">hiring has been a little different</a>. We’ll see how onboarding goes. I think it probably won’t go as smoothly as normal, but we’ll make it work. The other problem is interviewing. We put a lot of effort into our interviewing process, and a lot of stuff we do we just can’t do anymore. It’s really hard to get to know someone via Zoom.</p><h3>What about in your down time? Have you picked up any hobbies?</h3><p><strong>Jon:</strong> I’m normally in San Francisco, but I’ve been staying in Sacramento so I have a backyard and I’m in the suburbs, so it’s easy to get out and take a walk.</p><p><strong>Greg:</strong> A big reason for doing the radio station was having something to dive into. Nothing too exciting, just a lot of fun little side projects that I wouldn’t have had time for otherwise.</p><h3>Anything you want to keep doing after we go back to a more regular schedule?</h3><p><strong>Jon:</strong> Our sales office is remote, and I don’t interact with them a lot normally, so I’m hoping after this I’m in contact with them more.</p><p><strong>Greg:</strong> You have to be more intentional about who you talk to. I like how intentional life has to be when nothing is by default anymore.</p><h3>Where can people learn more about what you’re working on?</h3><p><strong>Greg:</strong> If you missed WAPI Radio and want to check it out, sign up at <a href="http://wapi.fm/">wapi.fm</a> and we’ll share the recordings with you. You can also find out more about what we’re working on at <a href="https://blog.readme.com/">ReadMe</a>.</p><p><em>Watch Greg’s talk on <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-great-api-docs/">Building Great API Docs</a> and check out more <a href="/library?query=Community%20Spotlights">Community Spotlights</a> in the Heavybit Library.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/wapi-radio-community-spotlight-greg-koberger">Exploring Experimental Content Formats with WAPI Radio: Community Spotlight with ReadMe’s Greg Koberger</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Content and SEO in the Early Days: A Founder’s Guide to Blogging</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/content-seo-founders-guide</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Apr 2020 08:00:45 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Content Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-13626</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Learn how early-stage businesses can create an organic traffic-driven blog content strategy that yields increasing returns over time.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Does your company’s site have a blog yet? If so, what do people see when they visit?</p><p>Nothing? A single blog post announcing that you now have a blog? Change log posts that are more or less just summaries of your release notes?</p><p>Hey, no judgment here. I understand. I’ve founded a few businesses, including, most recently, <a href="https://www.hitsubscribe.com/">a content marketing business</a> that helps companies with their blogs, and I can still relate to that feeling.</p><p>Even if you understand your positioning and <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/buyer-persona-template/">buyer personas</a> quite well, and you understand your blog to be a valuable content marketing asset, figuring out what to put on it and how to get it there feels like boiling the ocean. My aim today is to help take away that feeling and get you going with concrete, actionable advice.</p><p>So, let’s look in detail at how you should approach your blog when you’re just getting started.</p><h2>Don’t Think of Your Company’s Blog as a Journal</h2><p>There’s a reason so many nascent company blogs start with announcements and change log posts. It’s because we think of the blog, nee web log, as, well, a <em>log</em> — a chronological journal of our comings and goings.</p><p>And because we naturally think of blogs this way, we conceive of success in the same way that magazines or popular columnists do: followers, buzz, and virality. In the dev tools blogging world, there is no greater success than the number 1 spot on Hacker News.</p><p>This thinking is understandable because it’s as time-tested as the printing press itself.</p><p>But it’s also a recipe for a slog.</p><p>Take it from me, a column-style blogger of more than a decade. I love writing, and I built an audience of tens of thousands of readers and followers over the course of that time. But to make that happen, I’ve written thousands of blog posts.</p><p>If I were going to do it over again, I would never take this approach. Instead, I’d focus on organic search traffic.</p><h2>The Spike of Hope and the Flatline of Nope</h2><p>Let’s look at a timeline of traffic for the follower-model of blogging. I’m intimately familiar with this:</p><ol><li>Publish a blog post.</li><li>Schedule a few social media announcements about it over the course of a few days.</li><li>A few thousand visits the first day.</li><li>A few thousand visits the second day.</li><li>Maybe a few hundred the third day.</li><li>A few dozen the fourth day.</li><li>Zero for the rest of time, unless you resurrect the post with more social media shares, and then you get a few visits.</li></ol><p>Following this model, if you want a few thousand visitors per day, entering your marketing funnel, it’s simple. You just need to write 3-4 blog posts per week — a feat that I’m sure everyone in an early stage startup can manage no problem, amirite?</p><p>In the SEO world, we have a catchy phrase for this phenomenon. It’s called the “spike of hope,” followed by the “flatline of nope.” You can read about it in detail <a href="https://ahrefs.com/blog/why-seo-is-important/">here</a>, if you’d like.</p><h2>Your Blog Should Be an Answer Repository</h2><p>But if you stop thinking of your blog as a chronologically published column, you can get off of this manic content treadmill. Instead, think of your blog as a repository of answers — more Wikipedia than <a href="https://www.joelonsoftware.com/">JoelOnSoftware</a>.</p><p>What you want to do is concentrate on writing blog posts that rank in Google. Figure out what kinds of questions related to your offering people ask in search engines, and set about answering those questions.</p><p>When you do this and have some patience, the content you write will, eventually, start to rank for searches. And when it does, it’ll drive traffic to blog posts you wrote a while ago — first a trickle, then a stream, and eventually a flood. Step (7) in the process above becomes “Zero for a while, then a few per day, and eventually dozens or hundreds per day.”</p><p>My company specializes in creating this exact outcome for our dev tools clients, and we’ve helped millions of visitors find our clients through the search engines over the last 3 years. So assuming you’re onboard with the organic traffic play, I’m going to spend the rest of this post talking about exactly how you can position your blog to bring in as much traffic as possible.</p><p>This is all about how to create a backlog of content, and execute on creating it as efficiently as humanly possible. <strong>When you’re done, you’ll have an asset that brings you new visitors every single day, even if you stop actively creating content.</strong></p><h2>The Three Stages of Content</h2><p>When we work with clients to help them generate traffic, a lot of where we start depends on how established their sites are, blog notwithstanding. This is largely because established sites have what is known as <a href="https://moz.com/learn/seo/domain-authority">“domain authority,”</a> a metric that answers the question, “How much does the search engine trust your site?”</p><p>For our purposes here, though, let’s assume that your site has very little domain authority. It’s either new, or else the search engine has never really taken much note of your content.</p><p>In that situation, you need to go through three phases of content, which I’ll expand on this section, framed as <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/best-practices-startup-okrs/">OKRs</a>.</p><p>In the very beginning, you have a very simple mission: getting the search engine to trust your site. And, in the most general sense, you do this by playing for low stakes with the search terms you target and try to rank for.</p><p>To unpack what I said there a little, let’s establish some definitions:</p><ul><li><strong>Keyword</strong>: a word or set of words that people type into Google (or any search engine).</li><li><strong>Search volume for a keyword</strong>: how many people per month search for the keyword in question.</li><li><strong>Difficulty for a keyword</strong>: how hard it would be to rank in one of the top spots for this search.</li><li><strong>Short-tail keyword</strong>: a broad keyword that often has high volume and high difficulty, such as “DevOps.”</li><li><strong>Long-tail keyword</strong>: a very specific keyword that often has low search volume and low difficulty, such as “Azure devops roles and permissions.”</li></ul><p>Response keyword: a specific kind of long-tail keyword, where searchers literally type a question into the search engine, such as “how do I change the access level on Azure devops?”</p><h3>Stage 1. Training the Search Engine: Front Page Rankings</h3><p>So your task in the very beginning, is to go after low volume searches that are low competition.</p><blockquote>It helps to think of the search engine as a sentient being. When you spin up a brand new site, if you tell it you want it to give you a chance for the competitive “DevOps” keyword, it will react like you just applied for a CIO position at a Fortune 500 company with two years of junior developer on your resume: “pfft, yeah, right.”</blockquote><p>But if you answer search queries that don’t have much, or any, competition, it’s willing to take a flier on you, even as a relatively newbie. And, when it does, you want to <em>absolutely nail it</em> to prove yourself.</p><p>And the way you absolutely nail it is to write response posts to response keywords. People are googling “how do I change the access level on Azure devops?” so you write a post entitled “How Do I Change the Access Level on Azure Devops?”</p><p>And, in that post, you answer the reader’s question. You answer it in detail and in such a way that the reader’s behavior is to click on your post, spend several minutes reading it, and then close the browser tab because you’ve answered it so thoroughly that there’s no reason to read any further. The search engine <em>loves</em> that behavior, and every time it sees that outcome, its trust for you goes through the roof.</p><p>How do you know what questions people are asking Google? Well, I could write an entire post about that, but here’s a shortcut. Type some general topics into the search engine and look for this widget:</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/bc7562eb77928edf5a944b4e272cfd9651b3ea6f-1024x553.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>The “people also ask” widget is literally Google telling you “here are some things people type into me.”<br/>Stage 1 is all about figuring out what sorts of questions your buyers type into Google and then methodically answering those questions with blog posts. It might take a few months (I did <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0awHiGsA_bk">a case study on this</a>), but they will start to rank and bring you a little traffic.</p><p>But your key result in this stage is <em>not</em> traffic. That’s running before you walk. The key result here is seeing your posts hit the front page for the response keywords. When that starts happening in a month or less, you’re ready to think about traffic.</p><h3>Stage 2. Getting Traffic: New Visitors</h3><p>Once you’ve seeded your site with plenty of response posts and earned the search engine’s trust, it’s time to up the stakes a bit. <em>Now</em> you’re going to start chasing raw traffic as a key result. Usually this comes something like 3-6 months into a serious content project.</p><p>By now, your domain authority will be higher and you won’t have to beg the search engines for the scraps that nobody wants. It now trusts you enough to rank you for terms that do some decent monthly traffic volume and that have some competition.</p><p>You might not yet be ready to take on “devops,” but you can take on the easy, nice-volume term “devops interview questions.”</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/d5559e9c10f2b392d00151b684b81de2493abcaa-1024x625.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>(By the way, if you’re wondering about how to evaluate keyword volume and difficulty, those are also their own entire topics, but the short version is that there are plenty of tools that will help you here. In the screenshots in this post, you can see me using <a href="https://keywordseverywhere.com/">Keywords Everywhere</a> for volume and <a href="https://ahrefs.com/">ahrefs</a> for both volume and difficulty.)</p><p>You’re probably going to want to spend 6-12 months chasing keywords like this — attracting a good number of searches, but not overly difficult. You’re building on phase 1’s momentum of earning search engine trust, while actually getting a bunch of human beings on your site, reading your content, and getting familiar with your brand.</p><h3>Stage 3. Bringing People Down the Funnel: MQLs and Conversions</h3><p>Only after a year or more would I start to concentrate on the key result that you probably want from day 1: qualified leads or even conversions to download.</p><p>This is, admittedly, a long time to wait. But blogging is content marketing, and content marketing is a long play.</p><p>If you want immediate results from day 1, you’d be better off investing in paid search. If you want to build a lead generation engine for the long haul, then you’re on the right track in this post.</p><p>Here’s the thing when it comes to organic search.</p><p>The search engines like and rank content that makes their users happy and that doesn’t compete with them. The more you write purely helpful content, the more you fulfill your end of that bargain. But if you try to hawk your product to them in every blog post, readers tend not to like the experience, and the search engine views you as an advertising competitor.</p><p>The very things you want to do most are the very things you cannot afford to do early on when you’re trying to earn the search engine’s trust.</p><p>However, after a year or more of paying your dues, putting out purely helpful content, ranking and driving traffic, they’ll start to cut you a little slack. If you go back and retrofit top ranking posts with calls to action, lead magnets, etc., they’re a lot less likely to boot you out of your top spot, because they know that your content has a long history of satisfying searchers.</p><p>So stage 3 is about taking advantage of this dynamic. Here you write posts to convert, update old posts to have CTAs, and generally focus on inviting your traffic to climb down your funnel.</p><h2>Creating a Content Plan</h2><p>With all of that in mind, how do you go about creating an actual plan? Well, for starters, you’ll want to create a content calendar, capturing essential information about the posts you plan to write. Hit Subscribe has<a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=q6KNQBY91Ig"> one that you’re welcome to use</a>, if you’re not sure where to start.</p><p>From there, you’re going to need to learn a bit about keyword research. Here are some resources I’ve found helpful on this topic over the years:</p><ul><li><a href="https://moz.com/blog">The Moz blog</a> (which includes a great segment called Whiteboard Friday).</li><li>The <a href="https://ahrefs.com/blog/">ahrefs blog</a> and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWquNQV8Y0_defMKnGKrFOQ">YouTube channel</a>.</li><li>A <a href="https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCytOqtKYpACcWMD14UjhSeQ">YouTube channel called Income School</a>. It’s really aimed at niche site creators, but there’s a lot of good wisdom there for commercial blogging.</li></ul><p>But at the 10,000 foot level, what you’re really looking to do is to identify topics of interest to your audience.</p><ul><li>What are their pain points?</li><li>Are there certain questions they tend to ask on Q&amp;A sites, like Quora or Stack Overflow?</li><li>What would they type into Google to solve problems they commonly have?</li><li>What might they be searching for when they’re having a problem that your product solves?</li></ul><h2>Filling in the Plan with Keywords and Topics</h2><p>As you think about the answers to these questions, topic ideas will come to mind. Make note of these — jot as many of them down as possible. Once you have a lot of them, you’ll want to put them into some broad categories of topics to cover.</p><p>To make it concrete, let’s say your product was a code suggestion/code intelligence plugin for an IDE. You might find a lot of questions and pain points and roll them up into broad categories like:</p><ul><li>Improvements/plugins for the IDE in question.</li><li>Ways to improve programming skill in the language in question.</li><li>Methods for programming more efficiently.</li><li>Working with common language libraries/exploring APIs.</li></ul><p>In those broad categories, you should identify short-tail keywords (e.g. “visual studio plugins”), long tail keywords (e.g. “best vscode extensions 2020”), and response keywords (e.g. “how do I install visual studio plugins?”). As you get used to doing this, you’ll find that keywords naturally sort themselves into tree structures, with short tails at the root and response keywords as the leaves.</p><p>Once you have your keywords organized this way, your plan naturally starts to fall into place. For the first several months, you’re going to chase the leaves — the response keywords.</p><p>Go through your broad topics round-robin style, publishing response topics from each and then cycling back through. This approach helps you identify as early as possible which broad topics resonate with your audience, rank, and drive traffic to your blog.</p><p>After you’ve done that and posts start to rank, you can move onto shorter tail keywords, always incorporating the feedback from which categories work and which don’t. A year in, you’ll have a great sense of where your sweet spots are and where your traffic comes from. And then you can instrument your site for conversion and start to drive significant sales.</p><h2>SEO Sanity Check Checklist</h2><p>With all of that in mind, let me close with perhaps the most actionable section of all: your initial SEO sanity check.<br/>As you start learning about SEO and organic search, it’s easy to get (overly) obsessed with details. Did you use the keyword enough in a post? Too much?</p><p>Honestly, a lot of this stuff doesn’t matter all that much anymore. It’s really, really hard to game the search engine these days, so if you just focus on writing good, helpful content, you don’t need to worry much about these peripheral concerns.</p><p>That said, it’s entirely possible to completely hose yourself by making major mistakes right out of the gate. So here are some things to check to make sure you’re not fundamentally undercutting your own efforts.</p><ul><li>Are you making your content accessible to search engines with <a href="https://support.google.com/webmasters/answer/156184?hl=en">a sitemap</a>? Your CMS should generate this for you, but <a href="https://www.xml-sitemaps.com/validate-xml-sitemap.html">check to make sure it is</a>.</li><li>Is your site using SSL (“https://” at the beginning of your URL)?</li><li>Does your site have a good user experience on all devices, and in all browsers, loading reasonably fast? Check it with <a href="https://gtmetrix.com/">sites like GTMetrix</a>. Bad user experience/slow loading is a big SEO penalty.</li><li>What scheme are you using to general URLs for posts? Don’t put dates in the URLs and, whatever you do, don’t dynamically generate them.</li><li>Are you using <a href="https://moz.com/learn/seo/schema-structured-data">schema markup</a> to describe your posts to search engines? This is a new concern, but it’s becoming more important.</li><li>Don’t do shady things. Don’t buy backlinks, don’t keyword stuff, don’t spam your readers, etc. These days, there really are no shortcuts, so there’s perhaps no more important item for a checklist than to check that you’re not trying to take shortcuts. The search engines are really good at figuring out these scams these days.</li><li>So make sure you’re not making any of these major mistakes, and then get started.</li></ul><h2>Start Sooner Than Later</h2><p>There’s a famous Chinese proverb:</p><p><em>The best time to plant a tree was 20 years ago. The second best time is now.</em></p><p>That’s especially true when it comes to organic content, and content creation in general. Come up with some solid response keywords/posts, check to make sure you’re not shooting yourself in the foot with any SEO no-nos, and then just get going.</p><p>It takes practice and time to build organizational muscle memory around creating content regularly. So get started creating it and learn as you go.</p><p>And when it comes to SEO, time is of the essence. Studies show that the average number 1 ranking article is years old, rather than months or weeks. So if you want that #1 spot a year from now, you’d better get going.</p><p>All of this can seem daunting, but it really needn’t be. Commercial content creation is about getting going sooner than later, measuring your efforts, and adapting as you go. So learn enough to point yourself in the right direction, then hit the gas and enjoy the ride.</p><p><em>Erik is a longtime engineer software engineer and software blogger, who eventually combined those pursuits to start a business. His company, <a href="https://www.hitsubscribe.com/">Hit Subscribe</a>, matches dev tools companies needing content with engineers that want to write about tech.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/content-seo-founders-guide">Content and SEO in the Early Days: A Founder’s Guide to Blogging</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Community Co-Creation via Live Stream: Community Spotlight with Jason Lengstorf</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/community-co-creation-live-stream-jason-lengstorf</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Apr 2020 11:01:20 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Community]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-13628</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Jason Lengstorf weighs in on how he started live streaming, what makes for an engaged community and why finding the right medium makes all the difference.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Welcome to the Heavybit Community Spotlight Series, where we highlight the people that make up the Heavybit community, and the interesting projects and ideas that they’re exploring right now. This week we’re turning our spotlight to Jason Lengstorf, Developer Experience Engineer for <a href="http://netlify.com/">Netlify</a>. He’s also host of <a href="http://v">Learn with Jason</a>, a live stream coding show where Jason pair programs with a variety of interesting folks in the developer community and helps viewers learn new skills. Learn with Jason has just released its 100th episode and airs twice a week on Twitch.</p><p>We chatted with Jason to learn about the origins and evolution of the show, why live streaming is a great platform for building community and the importance of finding and adapting to a medium that works for you. Read on to learn more about Learn with Jason, live streaming as a channel and why we should all slow down and take on more creative projects.</p><h3>Let’s talk about Learn with Jason a bit. I’ve found that as a marketer, Twitch is an underutilized channel, but it’s starting to get some traction. What was the driver for you to start a live stream show?</h3><p>Learn with Jason is kind of a happy accident. It originally started as an effort to boost transparency. When I was working at Gatsby, we had talked about what our company values were going to be. It’s an open source based company, so we had decided that transparency was a big one.</p><p>I had originally just started live streaming meetings. When we were planning things or when we were talking about something that we were going to do that would affect the community, we would just turn on a live stream. Twitch and YouTube both have live options, but Twitch had an alert system, a chat system, and more integrations that you can use. The Twitch API is a little more approachable than the YouTube API.</p><p>As you can imagine, live streaming meetings was not super interesting. And we didn’t get a lot of engagement there. I thought, what if we just kind of worked on projects? So I worked on some Gatsby projects on stream and that got a little more engagement.</p><p>And then one day I ended up pair programming with somebody. The first episode was with Nader Dabit and <a href="https://www.learnwithjason.dev/deploy-a-site-with-the-aws-amplify-cli">we deployed a Gatsby site with AWS Amplify. </a>I realized that it was really fun. Suddenly it felt like there was something there.</p><p>We started to realize that there’s a format here that works. So let’s invest a little bit in the visuals or let’s invest in figuring out how to use the Twitch platform a little bit more effectively. All those things led to what it is today, where it’s a little more organized. There’s a schedule. There’s a website for it. We’ve got all the episodes posted up and upcoming stuff, so it actually feels produced.</p><h3>What was there like a particular moment or a piece of feedback that you got in the early days of the show where you thought, “This is something we should dig into more?”</h3><p>I think it was less external feedback and more realizing that this is a medium that makes sense to me. One of the hardest things about content is being consistent with it. Having a regular schedule of doing a couple of live stream shows a week is really approachable for me, versus something like aiming to write one article a week. I just found that the way I’m wired — maybe my background as a musician and a performer — that this is something I can do consistently.</p><p>I realized that this was the thing that I could be consistent with, and the community was getting a lot of value out of it. And that what I was creating was attracting really interesting guests who had amazing things to teach. I was seeing people share it around and we have some episodes that are over a year old and they still get just hundreds of hits a day.</p><p>At some point I realized that it was time to treat this like a business now. It needs to be a thing that’s got structure, and it can’t just be me flying by the seat of my pants. And that was when the switch flipped and it was time to invest.</p><h3>Do you do see a lot of people tuning in for the live session versus wanting to watch the recordings of them afterwards? And Is there some magic that happens when it comes to live events that attracts people?</h3><p>I’ve found that there’s no magic about anything. It’s all about whether or not you adapt to the medium. In my early episodes. I didn’t really read the Twitch chat. I treated it very much like live broadcast TV. It was me speaking to a camera, but the audience was there to observe, not to participate. And as a result, the live viewership wasn’t very high. I have some friends who are experienced streamers, they would say, ‘you know, you should engage with the chat.’</p><p>When we started to integrate the chat, it felt much more like something that was being co-created with the audience. When it started to feel co-created, the live viewership started to go up, people wanted to be there because then they could help create the episode, they were in on the jokes, they got to play sound effects and interrupt me at the right time where it was really funny.</p><blockquote>I’ve found that there’s no magic about anything. It’s all about whether or not you adapt to the medium.</blockquote><p>That was when it started to feel like it was important that the show was live and not just that I was doing a recorded show. The chat shows up on the screen when the show is on and people can play sound effects or trigger a storm of animated Corgis across the screen and stuff like that. You can only do that if you’re watching live.</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/5c2f3d494d85764b3e0816668168bd9c8a2d0e65-897x506.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h6>Party Corgis pay a visit during live stream of Learn with Jason. Image Source: <a href="https://www.learnwithjason.dev/how-to-write-a-scope-for-a-website-project">Learn with Jason</a></h6><h3>Do you think for a developer audience, that sense of feeling like they’re involved in co-creation is important? Would this translate to a different audience?</h3><p>I would actually say that this is one of the rare cases where developers are late adopters to something. Twitch has a really healthy community of gamers and people who are just personalities. They have a ‘just chatting’ category where people kind of hang out and talk. They play board games. They are people who cook. They are people who knit. This is way more fun than watching like a webcam feed.</p><p>So live streaming definitely transcends genre. I think that development is almost less approachable, in the sense, because it’s so cerebral. A lot of the time you’re in your head, you’re trying to build these mental models. It’s harder to do that and still be engaging, as opposed to, you know, playing a video game where there’s a lot going on and you can just like shout and laugh and everything is chaos and that’s fun.</p><blockquote>I still want it to be educational content that people walk away knowing how to do something. But the more co-created that feels, the more it feels like a community creation as opposed to me on a soapbox like trying to teach people how to do something.</blockquote><p>If you’re laughing and there’s chaos in a coding stream, you’re probably not doing a lot of coding, which is not necessarily a bad thing. But it does create this tension where you’re trying to say “I’m going to teach you to code” and then you’re not actually coding.</p><p>There’s a little bit of having to learn how to use the medium. I’m still trying to figure out the right ways to engage and interact and make things more fun and co-created without devolving into complete bedlam.</p><p>I still want it to be educational content that people walk away knowing how to do something. But the more co-created that feels, the more it feels like a community creation as opposed to me on a soapbox like trying to teach people how to do something.</p><h3>Do you think having guests on the show and taking a pair programming approach — versus just you teaching something — makes a difference in terms of engagement?</h3><p>Absolutely, yeah. I think that there are a couple very deliberate decisions that I made about the show that I think have made a huge difference. I will do solo shows where it’s just me, but they’re rare. I find them to be a good way to connect with a core audience. It’s a way for us to kind of play and be off-topic and not worry too much about how much we get done.</p><p>The guest appearances change the dynamic, so now it’s not me knowing something and building mental models and coding. The typical way that we structure the show is the guest is the teacher, and they’re not going to code much, and I am the student and I don’t know much, but I’m going to be the one who codes.</p><p>I purposefully don’t research the thing I’m going to code, because I want to ask all of the beginner questions. As a result we hit all of the stumbling blocks that beginners are going to hit. A lot of times tutorials will gloss over the basics because the instructor already knows the material. And I find that in my own work, too, when I write tutorials. A lot of times I’m writing it with a mid to high level of context.</p><p>By doing the pair programming and by deliberately not preparing ahead of time, it creates that zero context feel that beginners have. The episodes that have been the most popular have been the ones that I’ve known the least about.</p><h3>If someone hadn’t watched any episodes yet, what would you recommend they start with?</h3><p>We just did one where <a href="https://www.learnwithjason.dev/let-s-learn-css-grid">Rachel Andrew came on</a> and that was such a blast. She taught CSS Grid — she is one of the authors of the CSS grid spec, so we were totally opposite ends of the knowledge spectrum.</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/78b35fce868df3887ffd2fc3679760a83bd34c88-1024x577.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h6>Jason learns CSS Grid with Rachel Andrew. Image Source: <a href="https://www.learnwithjason.dev/let-s-learn-css-grid">Learn with Jason</a></h6><p><a href="https://www.learnwithjason.dev/visual-testing-using-cypress-and-applitools">Angie Jones was on</a> and we did visual testing. She taught us how to write Cyprus tests to do automated testing of code, and how to use Applitools to get a visual comparison of the code that you wrote made this change to the website, which was something that I didn’t know was possible completely blew my mind.</p><p><a href="https://www.learnwithjason.dev/let-s-learn-svelte">Rich Harris</a> came on to teach Svelte, that was really fun.</p><p>And I did <a href="https://www.learnwithjason.dev/sketching-illustration-and-logo-creation">one with Maggie Appleton</a>, where she taught us how to draw. She’s the illustrator that does the artwork for egghead. So she came on and we did a sketch for a logo for a project called secret sandwich that I’m working on with some friends.</p><h3>Are there other streamers or other folks in the developer experience space right now that you really admire?</h3><p>There is a network that I am a part of called the Party Corgi discord and it’s a group of content creators and streamers. There’s that saying that you’re the sum of the five people you spend the most time with — this Discord is an effort to tilt that curve towards people who are all being creative.</p><p>We’re all working to improve whatever craft we do, whether that’s code or or streaming or whatever. That keeps you motivated and keeps you pointed in the right direction. That includes people like <a href="https://www.christopherbiscardi.com/">Chris Bascardi</a> who is one of my favorite people in the world and is a very consistent streamer and content creator.</p><p>There’s Dometrius Clark and Ryan Harris, who run <a href="https://www.meetup.com/Reactadelphia/">Reactadelphia</a>. It started out as a Philadelphia in person meetup and they’ve turned it into this very interesting live streamed event.</p><p>There’s <a href="https://ryan.warner.codes/">Ryan Warner Codes</a>, who is kind of a polyglot — he designs, he codes, he does all sorts of stuff and he’s really interesting to see.</p><p><a href="https://noopkat.com/projects/">Suz Hinton</a> is the OG, she was code streaming before anybody even knew what it was, so she’s wonderful.</p><p>Instafluff — I actually don’t even know his real name. He just goes by Instafluff everywhere — but he’s built a bunch of tooling to make Twitch stuff more interesting. So he built a thing called <a href="https://github.com/instafluff/ComfyJS">ComfyJS</a>, which is for reading the Twitch chat and performing actions based on that. And he’s built a bunch of other tools along that line as well. He’s got one called <a href="https://www.streampuppy.com/">StreamPuppy</a>, which is actually paid.</p><p><a href="https://www.twitch.tv/instafluff">His stream is one of the most interesting things I’ve ever seen</a>. The only way that I can describe it is like, if you could walk into the middle of a comfortably upholstered hug. It’s calm and it’s fun and it’s super positive. And yeah, it’s really, really cool. A lot of inspiration taken from that show.</p><h3>Let’s shift gears a bit and talk about how the current state of things has impacted you — namely, everyone is working remotely while waiting out coronavirus. How has that changed your work?</h3><p>It’s been kind of fascinating because it changed everything, and also kind of changed nothing. I’m in a very fortunate category where I work at a completely remote company and I run a remote live stream. But I had a few events I was planning to attend, so that’s a huge bummer.</p><p>But some of my friends in DevRel, their whole 2020 plan just evaporated. They’ve got to reevaluate everything and come up with a whole new strategy. And so I’m feeling very fortunate in that I without meaning to kind of made my strategy very friendly to quarantine.</p><p>I can’t wait for this to be over and for it to be safe to go give everybody a giant hug, but I definitely count my blessings for my ability to mostly go about business as usual, given the circumstances.</p><h3>Have you noticed any big changes to the DevRel community?</h3><p>Every company is starting to tighten their belts. Before we were seeing companies getting ready to invest in big things and now all of those priorities are starting to shift to weathering the storm. I’ve seen a simultaneous drop in productivity where everybody is still adjusting to the new normal. They’re trying to figure out, like, you know, what is my life going to be like.</p><blockquote>If we want to talk about silver linings, this has given us all permission to slow down a little bit and like, feel like it’s okay to have hobbies for the sake of hobbies that aren’t ”productive.” It makes me happy to see people doing stuff that they’re doing.</blockquote><p>But at a personal level, what I’m seeing is people looking for ways to connect with each other online. In that party Corgi discord, we’ve got a just a standing voice chat going that people rotate in and out of throughout the day so that you can talk to a person. And people will share their screens when they’re playing games or when they’re working on something, or just to show off a funny thing they found on Reddit.</p><p>I’m seeing this need to find things to do so that we’re not just sitting and spinning. And so there’s been this kind of interesting resurgence and creativity. If we want to talk about silver linings, this has given us all permission to slow down a little bit and like, feel like it’s okay to have hobbies for the sake of hobbies that aren’t ”productive.” It makes me happy to see people doing stuff that they’re doing.</p><h3>What are some of the hobbies you’ve picked up, or rediscovered?</h3><p>I’ve been making music, and I’ve been trying to draw again. Before the quarantine I upgraded my iPad with the magnetic pencil, so I’ve been. I’ve been drawing a lot with that. I’ve always been a big reader. So I’ve mostly just been able to read more, which has been nice.</p><p>And I love to cook. Before the quarantine, we would throw regular dinner parties. We had this group of people that we joked was the steadily escalating dinner party is what we would call it. So now we’re figuring out how we can still make food social like we used to. I did a couple live Twitter things where I made a cocktail, or showed how to make a really simple scrambled eggs recipe that I like.</p><h3>Is there anything that you’ve picked up during this period that you’d like to keep going after we’ve returned to ‘normal’?</h3><p>Just for fun creation that’s been going on. And I think that I would like to find more ways to do that. It has been nice to do stuff that’s not even tied to teaching a concept now. I drew a picture of a little kid wearing a dinosaur costume, because that sounded like fun. I’m never going to use that for anything.</p><p>I wrote this post a while back about optimization. And the question that I asked is, <a href="https://lengstorf.com/what-are-you-optimizing-for/">What are you optimizing for?</a> What is it that you’re optimizing to accomplish? Maybe now instead of optimizing for maximum career growth we can optimize for like maximum quality of life.</p><h3>Where should people find you online?</h3><p>I would love to see everybody stopped by the live stream <a href="https://www.learnwithjason.dev/">Learn with Jason</a>. It goes live on <a href="https://www.twitch.tv/jlengstorf">twitch.tv/jlengstorf</a> on Tuesdays and Thursdays.</p><p>I would also love to see people <a href="https://twitter.com/jlengstorf">say hi on Twitter</a>. I’ve got you know both of my blogs linked from my Twitter profile and I always love to have people. I write about this stuff because I find it intensely interesting and I could talk about it forever. So I always want people to have discussions about it.</p><p>And if you are someone who is looking for some connection or or a place to be social with like a bunch of people who create and share some context of being in tech, come to the <a href="https://jason.af/pcn">Party Corgi Discord</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/community-co-creation-live-stream-jason-lengstorf">Community Co-Creation via Live Stream: Community Spotlight with Jason Lengstorf</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #18, Real User Monitoring with Michael Hood of Optimizely</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-18-real-user-monitoring-with-michael-hood-of-optimizely</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2020 11:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-13573</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 18 of O11ycast, Charity and Liz speak with Michael Hood, a senior staff performance engineer at Optimizely. They discuss real user monitoring (RUM), the shortcomings of traditional metrics, and ramping up observability.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 18 of O11ycast, Charity and Liz speak with Michael Hood, a senior staff performance engineer at Optimizely. They discuss real user monitoring (RUM), the shortcomings of traditional metrics, and ramping up observability.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-18-real-user-monitoring-with-michael-hood-of-optimizely">Ep. #18, Real User Monitoring with Michael Hood of Optimizely</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #13, Two-Way Video and Beyond with Sarah Allen of Veriskope</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-two-way-video-and-beyond-with-sarah-allen-of-veriskope</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Apr 2020 11:18:02 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-13479</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 13 of Demuxed, Matt, Steve, and guest host Nick Chadwick speak with Sarah Allen, partner at Veriskope. They discuss implementations of RTMP, how the web has evolved to support video over the years, and the future of video conferencing.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 13 of Demuxed, Matt, Steve, and guest host Nick Chadwick speak with Sarah Allen, partner at Veriskope. They discuss implementations of RTMP, how the web has evolved to support video over the years, and the future of video conferencing.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-two-way-video-and-beyond-with-sarah-allen-of-veriskope">Ep. #13, Two-Way Video and Beyond with Sarah Allen of Veriskope</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #53, Community Metrics with Georg Link of CHAOSS</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-53-community-metrics-with-georg-link-of-chaoss</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Apr 2020 10:55:21 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-13534</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 53 of JAMstack Radio, Brian joins Georg Link of the Linux Foundation CHAOSS Project to discuss the importance of community metrics, which metrics are most useful for modern projects, and what open source tools are available for collecting and analyzing metrics.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 53 of JAMstack Radio, Brian joins Georg Link of the Linux Foundation CHAOSS Project to discuss the importance of community metrics, which metrics are most useful for modern projects, and what open source tools are available for collecting and analyzing metrics.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-53-community-metrics-with-georg-link-of-chaoss">Ep. #53, Community Metrics with Georg Link of CHAOSS</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Project Management for Open Source Projects</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-project-management</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2020 10:12:18 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Project Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-13549</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Explore some practical solutions you can employ to help keep your open-source projects relevant &amp; growing while taking the burden off the core contributors.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>2019 was an amazing year for the open source community. More and more companies are not only relying on the work of the open source community, but are contributing back both in terms of financial donations as well as engineering time investment. Even Microsoft, which has notoriously been focused on proprietary development for ages, <a href="https://www.techrepublic.com/article/whats-really-behind-microsofts-love-of-open-source/">has finally started embracing the paradigm shift</a>, and it looks like the trend is not going to slow down in 2020. That being said, with success and growth come many challenges. Most open source projects rely heavily on volunteers and their time and focus is a rare commodity. Wrangling an army of unorganized developers, many of whom are only in it for self-serving goals, can be a frustrating endeavor which results in burnout and fatigue. As projects get bigger and more popular — the problem gets exponentially harder.</p><p>In this article, we’re going to explore some practical solutions you can employ to help keep your open source projects relevant and growing while taking the burden off the core contributors.</p><h2>Why Choose Open Source?</h2><p>Before we dive into some strategies for deploying a successful open source project, you might be wondering if going down this path is right for you. If you are a founder or an early employee of a start-up, you might be curious <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/commercial-open-source-business-strategies/">how open source development fits into your revenue strategy</a> and you’re probably (rightly) skeptical about the time sink that it may create for your engineering team.</p><p>Embracing open source is great for several areas of your business:</p><ul><li>It promotes a developer-friendly culture and gives your engineers something to aspire to and strive for</li><li>It is a great grassroots-driven marketing strategy which can help grow your brand’s image and give your engineers recognition on a global stage</li><li>It is an opportunity to get closer access to your end-users and build a relationship with your trusted partners and vendors</li><li>With success, it can be a highly effective recruiting tool which attracts potential hires to your company (hires who will already know a bit about your technology stack)</li></ul><p>If, however, you’re hoping to set up an open source product for commercial gain, I would caution you. The prospect of having other people contribute to building your product may sound great, but in reality this is not how open source projects typically succeed. It’s unlikely that your team will move faster as a result of open sourcing a piece of your code — in fact, it will likely move a lot slower as a portion of resources will now go into project management, documentation, reviews and building an ecosystem. <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/lessons-on-pricing-and-selling-open-core-from-kong-co-founder-and-ceo-aghi-marietti">Some open source projects have been able to realize great ROI</a>, but it’s just like starting any other business venture — there is a lot of luck involved, and the payoff may not be financial; it may be purely educational.</p><p>With that in mind, if you decide to go down this path, let’s take a look at some tips and tricks to make your open source project as effective as possible.</p><h2>Ramping Up an Open Source Project</h2><p>Let’s say you’re a lead engineer at a large tech company and your team is building a new feature for your product. Your design team wants to try some new innovations or push some boundaries of existing technical limitations. You look around the room and unfortunately nobody has built anything quite like that before. You roll up your sleeves and come up with a proof-of-concept that just might do the trick, but there’s a lot of work to do before your tool is ready for production. At this point, you might turn to the open source community — you publish the code on <a href="https://github.com/">GitHub</a>, you give a few talks at your local city meetups, and it happens to catch the right eyeballs. Several people are intrigued by your ideas and want to contribute some of their time to help you polish the prototype into something that will be reusable. The project takes off!</p><p>As an engineer, you now find yourself in a strange position. You’re no longer writing much code. You’re doing a lot of management-y type stuff: communicating with different volunteers, arguing over technical approaches in pull requests, debating technical decisions in issues, writing documentation, creating issue tickets that describe your goals, researching tools you can use for sharing a roadmap, etc… In addition to this, your contributors likely aren’t working on exactly the same product feature that you are, so your project is naturally going to start to get pulled into different directions.</p><p>This is where a project management solution can help get you organized and on track. Tools like <a href="https://trello.com/">Trello</a> and <a href="https://asana.com/">Asana</a> are great for that — as is <a href="https://www.zenhub.com/">ZenHub</a>, as it allows you to stay within the GitHub ecosystem (where all your volunteers are doing their work). You want to pick something low friction for both your team members as well as consumers of the tool (who are going to be filing bug reports, feature requests and questions).</p><p>No matter the tool you choose, let’s explore some simple project management tricks we can use to help you keep your project moving in the right direction.</p><h2>Communicate Goals and Intentions</h2><p>Your project’s README file should clearly describe what problem you’re trying to solve, and how you’re going to approach it. <a href="https://kentcdodds.com/">Kent C. Dodds</a> does a great job of this in all his projects. He usually puts it <a href="https://github.com/testing-library/react-testing-library#the-problem">right at the top of the file</a>. This simple clarifying statement is going to help prevent people from trying to push your project into a direction that is solving a problem you don’t have. In addition to this, providing a list of problems that you project deliberately ignores or will not attempt to solve is also helpful. You want to be wary of project bloat. The more things your tool is going to do — the harder it will be others to adopt it (and it will likely start to suffer from performance issues as well).</p><p>Next, include a <a href="https://github.com/EvHaus/rocketry#other-solutions">list of other projects</a> that you found that do something similar but weren’t quite right for your needs. Do the research and scope out your project’s competitive landscape. The amount of stuff you can find on GitHub these days is immense and someone likely already tried to solve something very similar to what you’re doing. Proving this information upfront will help answer many questions that your users are naturally already wondering about as they look to compare your tool against another one they’ve come across. As your project gains traction, the volume of incoming questions will consume you. An initial investment in providing answers to common questions will help reduce that, and keep you focused on what really matters — building something great.</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/ee976927d4975bc36ef1d489b1854d0282624c7b-1024x701.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>Finally, have a think about the longer-term vision and document this in a roadmap. Finally, have a think about the longer-term vision and document this in a roadmap, either with <a href="https://www.zenhub.com/roadmaps">a dedicated roadmapping feature</a> or <a href="https://github.com/Polymer/project/blob/master/Roadmap.md">a simple document</a>. This will give your audience a clear sense of your direction and it will also help you internally prioritize the work that’s coming in. Before accepting any pull request or code change, should always be asking yourself if that change contributes to something on your roadmap. If it doesn’t, it might not be the right time to bring it in. This will give your audience a clear sense of your direction and it will also help you internally prioritize the work that’s coming in. Before accepting any pull request or code change, should always be asking yourself if that change contributes to something on your roadmap. If it doesn’t, it might not be the right time to bring it in.</p><h2>Make Your Open Source Project Approachable</h2><p>Writing code is hard stuff. It’s especially hard when you have to contribute to someone else’s code. Different people also have different skill sets and are at different levels in their engineering proficiency. For this reason, it’s important to put some effort into making your open source project as approachable as possible. You should try to empower your contributors and make it clear how people can contribute, and where you specifically need the help. There are a few ways to do this.</p><p>A simple way to get started with this is to label issues with a “Good First Issue” tag which lets new volunteers easily find tasks that are simple and require little upfront knowledge. These can be small, simple bug fixes, adding missing tests, or even small trivial updates to your documentation files. Your project should try to have a handful of these items tagged and visible for new contributors to get familiar with the process of making contributions. For bonus points, you can set up a dedicated pipeline in your task management system to highlight them. In fact, you can set up pipelines for a variety of categories: tasks that have been approved and are ready for work, tasks that are controversial and require further discussion, feature that were considered but were rejected, etc… You can then also sort the issues in the pipeline to specify priority, making it clear that items on the top should be picked up first.</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/9a7d05dc8799e0ef4bffde705db67e7881b43025-1024x689.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>Many open source projects will be extra vigilant about deleting stale issues, whether they are inactive or simple items that you don’t believe are worth exploring. This helps keep things clear and removes noise. Although it’s fine to mark them as such, I would strongly recommend against deleting them from the system entirely and keeping them visible to your users through search. This will prevent duplicate requests from being filed in the future — reducing the amount of triage you need to do.</p><p>Architecture and technical decisions can also result in polarizing discussions. Software engineers are often highly opinionated and love to get into online feuds. Don’t stress about this too much and don’t try to squelch the conversation. As the maintainer of the project, it is ultimately your decision to listen to the feedback or not, but the conversation is important because it (again) serves as documentation. Mark these issues as “Needs More Discussion” to highlight the fact that you’ve reviewed this, considered it, but not intending to put anything into action just yet.</p><h2>Putting It All Together</h2><p>A successful open source project is more than just good code. It requires building a community, driving a vision, and staying razor-focused on your goals. Growth is not necessarily what is going to lead you to success if the project ends up being pulled into several directions, accumulates bloat and becomes stale or inefficient. The most successful projects have to be able to stay lean and committed to tackling their niche market.</p><p>The tips above help ensure that contributors of your project know what to work on and understand the guidelines within which they should make changes. A success project has a good blend of individual freedom and initiative with organization and management. Contributors should have the power to decide how features are implemented, while leaving project owners with the responsibility to define what features are implemented. Unfortunately this means that the owners need to be extremely transparent, communicative and clear about the direction. I hope some of the techniques and strategies described in this article can help you begin a framework for providing this clarity.</p><p><em>Ev Haus is the Head of Technology as ZenHub where we oversees the engineering, ops and QA teams. Previously, he was the Technical Director at Cumul8 where his team worked on building a user-friendly analytics and machine learning platform for high-tech industries. He is also a frequent open source contributor, primarily contributing to popular JavaScript and front-end frameworks and tools.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-project-management">Project Management for Open Source Projects</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Market Your User Stories</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/marketing-user-stories</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Mar 2020 09:34:20 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Messaging &amp; Positioning]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-13523</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Let’s look at everything you should do after you’ve gotten customer approval to ensure that you’re getting as much as you can out of that case study.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>You’ve written a great case study for a happy user, and you’re ready to get it out into the world. Now what?</p><p>Case studies and other user stories are some of the most powerful collateral you have in your sales and marketing toolkit, but many teams underutilize their case studies. Whether you’re about to <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/customer-case-study-template/">publish your first case study</a> or you have a few under your belt already that you’d like to get more use out of, putting a process in place for promoting impactful user stories is just as important as writing them in the first place.</p><p>Let’s look at what your team should do after you’ve gotten customer approval to ensure that you’re getting as much as you can out of that case study.</p><h2>Train Your Team on Leveraging New User Stories</h2><p>Case studies and other user stories are unique in they are very versatile assets. Everyone from marketing to sales to customer success and support teams can get value from them, as long as they know how to use them. <strong>In addition to sharing the case study itself, prepare a short blurb on why you created the case study, how it’s unique, and how each team can use it.</strong> This might include compelling ROI metrics, integrations, or other compelling data points.</p><p>For example:</p><blockquote>Before using our product, Customer X struggled to meet production deadlines on a regular basis. Customer X was able to decrease their time to ship 2x after using our product. They use our JIRA integration to integrate our product into their development workflow and keep the product team in the loop on upcoming projects.</blockquote><p>As Jake Biskar mentioned in his article on <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/early-stage-sales-enablement-best-practices/">Early Stage Sales Enablement</a>, having several of these short-form user stories for the sales team to use during calls is important, so create messaging for every new user story.</p><h2>Deploy and Distribute Case Studies Strategically</h2><p>It’s not uncommon for case studies to be approved, uploaded to the website and then… more or less forgotten about until they’re needed. But when it comes to showing prospects how valuable your product can be, those stories can do a lot of heavy lifting for you.</p><h3>Make Sure They’re Discoverable</h3><p>To get the most out of your case studies, you’ll want to integrate them into your marketing site. For example, pull quotes onto the homepage and other places that make sense that link through to your case studies. If they’re siloed away on a hidden page, they’re not as likely to be discovered by visitors. Ask yourself, how easy it for someone to learn how users are leveraging your product if they land on our homepage? Are user stories one click away? Five?</p><p>Case studies are not always put through the same SEO rigor as blog content, but they can drive valuable organic traffic, so make sure to give them at least a cursory check for SEO before you launch.</p><h3>Include a CTA</h3><p>Since your case studies are now optimized for discoverability, make sure prospects know what to do <em>next </em>if they happen to land on a case study first. If a prospect is reading your case studies, that’s a strong indicator that they’re thinking seriously about purchasing your product. What do you want them to do next — subscribe to your newsletter? Reach out for a demo? Experiment to find the best fit <strong>so that your case studies are integrated into your marketing funnel.</strong></p><h3>Create Complementary Assets</h3><p>The case study is just one format for sharing great user stories. Don’t publish your case study and call it done — write a few blog posts that discuss their use case or compare it to others in interesting ways, integrate quotes into an ebook, or develop graphics that help illustrate the use case.</p><h3>Share, Share, and Share Again</h3><p>Think about your user stories like you would a new feature. If you were launching an important feature, you wouldn’t tweet about it once and then hope that users discover it on their own. Build a distribution plan that includes every channel your prospects and customers will care about. Share on social media, of course. But also add them to your email nurture campaign, and include them in your next newsletter. Backlink them from relevant blog content and other pages on your site.</p><h2>Customer Collaboration: Go Beyond the Case Study</h2><p>Especially in the early days, your customers are your best marketing partners. Look for ways to engage them and highlight their user story.</p><h3>Ask The Customer to Amplify Their Story on Their Own Channels</h3><p>If you do nothing else to promote your user stories, <strong>ask your customer to share the case study with their network.</strong> Social channels are an easy ask, but they might also be willing to write a blog post about their own experience with the product with a link back to the case study, or to share the case study in their own newsletter. Early adopters are often excited to share their experience, especially if you’re willing to offer ideas or assistance.</p><h3>Revisit User Stories from a Different Angle</h3><p>Customers that are excited about your product are often happy to share their story in other ways. Following up the case study with a webinar, podcast episode, interview in the blog or another piece of content can help you build a better picture of the use case.</p><h3>Look for Additional Partnerships</h3><p>Devtools in particular aren’t usually adopted in a vacuum. They’re frequently part of an <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/from-devtool-to-dev-ecosystem/">ecosystem of other tools</a>, APIs and integrations that work together. If a customer is using your tool alongside another in a significant way, it might be worth reaching out to those other organizations to see if they’re interested in using that story as a kicking off point for a partner marketing campaign.</p><h2>Repeat and Refresh User Stories Regularly</h2><p>The customers you’ll partner with in the early days are likely to grow and change how they’re using your product over time. If you’ve found a user who is excited and eager to share their story publically, keep that partnership going. Check in periodically with your customer (and <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/collaborating-with-developer-relations-part-1-marketing/">with your DevRel team</a> and customer success managers) to make sure you’re capturing any new developments in the evolution of their use case.</p><h2>Learn More about Devtools Marketing</h2><p>Ready to learn more about building a marketing strategy that will accelerate your business? Check out the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/">Heavybit Library</a> for more articles, videos, and other resources on devtools marketing, and <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr">subscribe for updates</a> to learn when we release new content.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/marketing-user-stories">How to Market Your User Stories</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #17, Leveling Up Software Delivery with Pete Hodgson</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-17-leveling-up-software-delivery-with-pete-hodgson</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Mar 2020 09:18:18 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-13344</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 17 of O11ycast, Charity and Liz are joined by Pete Hodgson, an independent software delivery consultant. They discuss the DORA report, closing the CI/CD gap, and leveling up software delivery.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 17 of O11ycast, Charity and Liz are joined by Pete Hodgson, an independent software delivery consultant. They discuss the DORA report, closing the CI/CD gap, and leveling up software delivery.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-17-leveling-up-software-delivery-with-pete-hodgson">Ep. #17, Leveling Up Software Delivery with Pete Hodgson</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fostering Remote Fluency: Remote Team Tips from Darren Murph of Gitlab</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/remote-team-tips-gitlab</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Mar 2020 14:33:26 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-13490</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Read key takeaways from Heavybit’s groups session with Darren Murph, Gitlab’s Head of Remote, on how remote teams can build better “remote fluency”.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #52, Open Sourcery with Tanner Linsley of Nozzle</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-52-open-sourcery-with-tanner-linsley-of-nozzle</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Mar 2020 11:44:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-13414</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 52 of JAMstack Radio, Brian and Tanner Linsley discuss the enterprise keyword rank tracker Nozzle, how the open source ethos has shifted in recent years, and finding sponsors to elevate open source projects.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 52 of JAMstack Radio, Brian and Tanner Linsley discuss the enterprise keyword rank tracker Nozzle, how the open source ethos has shifted in recent years, and finding sponsors to elevate open source projects.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-52-open-sourcery-with-tanner-linsley-of-nozzle">Ep. #52, Open Sourcery with Tanner Linsley of Nozzle</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #27, Continuous Intelligence with Christian Beedgen of Sumo Logic</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-27-continuous-intelligence-with-christian-beedgen-of-sumo-logic</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Mar 2020 11:12:49 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-13116</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 27 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Christian Beedgen, CTO &amp; Co-Founder of Sumo Logic. They discuss Christian’s background, security analytics, the challenges faced by first generation on-prem software companies, and the evolving security landscape.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 27 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Christian Beedgen, CTO &amp; Co-Founder of Sumo Logic. They discuss Christian’s background, security analytics, the challenges faced by first generation on-prem software companies, and the evolving security landscape.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-27-continuous-intelligence-with-christian-beedgen-of-sumo-logic">Ep. #27, Continuous Intelligence with Christian Beedgen of Sumo Logic</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>5 Best JAMstack Radio Episodes to Listen to Now</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/best-jamstack-radio-episodes</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Mar 2020 08:00:42 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Jamstack]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Seasonal]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Roundup]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-13445</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>We asked JAMstack Radio host Brian Douglas for his recommendations for the best JAMstack Radio episodes to get started listening to.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Since its kick off by the <a href="/portfolio/spotlights/netlify">Netlify team</a> in 2016, <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/jamstack-radio/">JAMstack Radio</a> has been bringing together developers, founders and technologists to discuss <a href="https://jamstack.org/">how teams are using JAMstack</a> to build faster, better web applications</p><p>We asked JAMstack Radio host <a href="https://twitter.com/bdougieYO">Brian Douglas</a> to share his favorite JAMstack Radio episodes and conversations. Check out his picks for the best JAMstack Radio episodes below and listen to them now.</p><h2>Brian Douglas’ Favorite JAMstack Radio Episodes</h2><h3>Episode #8, Isomorphic Rendering in the JAMstack</h3><p><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/jamstack-radio/ep-8-isomorphic-rendering-in-the-jamstack/">Listen to Ep #8</a></p><blockquote><em>This was a great episode and one of the first where we really started talking about the JAMstack with real concrete examples.</em></blockquote><p>In this episode Brian speaks with Phil Hawksworth, Technical Director at <a href="https://www.rga.com/">R/GA</a> and Eli Williamson, Creative Director at <a href="https://www.netlify.com/">Netlify</a>.</p><p>They discuss Phil’s experiments with isomorphic rendering in the JAMstack, including some of the staggering performance improvements he’s been able to achieve. Listen in for their discussion on optimizing website performance by empowering front end developers, using static sites, and going serverless.</p><h3>Episode #41, Simplifying Developer Workflow with Paul Biggar of Dark</h3><p><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/jamstack-radio/ep-41-simplifying-developer-workflow-with-paul-biggar-of-dark/">Listen to Episode #41</a></p><blockquote><em>The conversation with Paul was deep. The mention of the CI platform becoming commoditized opens up the conversation to really talk about what is the next big thing in developer tooling.</em></blockquote><p>In episode 41 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Paul Biggar, CTO of <a href="https://darklang.com/">Dark</a>. They discuss improving developer workflow in the JAMstack, as well as the challenges of developing a holistic programming language from the ground up.</p><h3>Episode #31, Originless Code with Cloudflare’s Kenton Varda</h3><p><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/jamstack-radio/ep-31-originless-code-with-cloudflares-kenton-varda/">Listen to Episode #31</a></p><blockquote><em>This was an episode before Cloudflare workers were even noticed by the dev community. Hearing the early thoughts on such a (now) popular feature is pretty awesome.</em></blockquote><p>In episode 31 of JAMstack Radio, Brian meets with Kenton Varda, tech lead for <a href="https://workers.cloudflare.com/">Cloudflare Workers</a> and author of <a href="https://sandstorm.io/">Sandstorm.io</a> to discuss some of the infinite uses for running code at the edge.</p><h3>Episode #44, The Developer Experience with Divya Sasidharan of Netlify</h3><p><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/jamstack-radio/ep-44-the-developer-experience-with-divya-sasidharan-of-netlify/">Listen to Episode #44</a></p><blockquote><em>This episode explains why DevX is greater than DevRel. It also gets quoted to me a lot in conversation. I personally find more teams considering following suit with Netlify and organizing their Marketing teams similarly.</em></blockquote><p>In episode 44 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Divya Sasidharan, a developer advocate at <a href="https://www.netlify.com/">Netlify</a>. They discuss Netlify’s clever approach to improving developer experience, as well as the journey one makes when switching from React to Vue.</p><h3>#12, FaaS and the Benefits of Serverless</h3><p><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/jamstack-radio/ep-12-faas-and-the-benefits-of-serverless/">Listen to Episode #12</a></p><blockquote><em>Another before-its-time episode where we discuss Serverless just as it was just getting started.</em></blockquote><p>In this episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian invites Ryan Scott Brown of <a href="https://serverless.com/">Serverless</a> and David Wells, Senior Software Engineer at <a href="https://www.redhat.com/en">Red Hat</a> and member of the <a href="https://www.ansible.com/">Ansible</a> core team, to examine the rise of Functions as a Service (FaaS).</p><p>They discuss common use cases for FaaS and break down the cost benefit of using a service like Lambda instead of a more traditional server. Ryan also discusses the main players in the space and some of the vendor lock ins you should expect across the spectrum when using FaaS.</p><h2>Subscribe to JAMstack Radio for the Latest JAMstack Conversations</h2><p>Check out the entire catalogue of JAMstack Radio episodes in the Heavybit Library, and be sure to <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/jamstack-radio/id1148797643">subscribe to JAMstack Radio</a> to stay up to date with the latest episode releases.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/best-jamstack-radio-episodes">5 Best JAMstack Radio Episodes to Listen to Now</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Ghostbuild Your Way to A Lean Launch</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-ghostbuild-your-way-to-a-lean-launch</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Mar 2020 08:00:23 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product Management]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Launch Strategy]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-13402</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Ghostbuilding is a lean launch technique for testing market acceptance before investing engineering resources in actually building a product or feature.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Every startup team has limited resources. You have questions to answer and hypotheses to test before committing engineering resources to build the scalable version. Practicing lean launches helps your team use those resources effectively. Ghostbuilding is a great way to check the market acceptance for your products before actually building.</p><p>One of the key principles of lean launches is that you want to optimize for cycles of learning. If you can get product feedback before you invest engineering resources, you’ll be able to learn as much as possible up front, so you can ensure that more of your engineering resources are focused on building a market-accepted product.</p><p>In this article, I’ll explain what Ghostbuilding is and how you can use it to build products more efficiently.</p><h2>What is Ghostbuilding?</h2><p>Ghostbuilding is the act of creating just enough illusion of the product to test your hypotheses. This approach helps you gain higher confidence on market-acceptance of your product by the time you build your MVP.</p><p>A Ghostbuild is a light-weight product that tests your most important hypotheses. The customer sees the product working and may think that the functionality is automated by technology. But, like Wizard of Oz’s man behind the curtain, humans are powering the product behind the scenes. The product maturity progression is pictured below. You can see where Ghostbuilding fits in the products maturity lifecycle:</p><p>A Ghostbuild sits somewhere between a prototype and a proof-of-concept. A prototype is useful for a company who is going through early stage fundraising. A prototype is also useful for <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/navigating-enterprise-needs">selling a complex idea to an enterprise customer</a>. The prototype has a very limited functional scope. It may need to be used only under supervision.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/a0dea5ea9e80e2cbffbe2ef912bcd028819018f4-1000x208.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>Conversely, the proof-of-concept is a more expensive build-out that can be used “in-the-wild” by the customer who commissioned the POC. Enterprises may pay $25k to $100k for a proof of concept. The notion does not exist for B2C companies, who typically fund their own way to their MVP.</p><h2>Ghostbuilding Software &amp; Tools</h2><p>Ghostbuilding requires many of the same software and tooling you’d need to design and launch a product. WordPress websites are useful for approximating a user interface. Other software can be used to emulate the product’s functionality, like chat integrations (Intercom or Slack), spreadsheets with macros or Google Sheets with Google Apps Script, MailChimp and IFTTT.</p><p>In addition to tooling, there is one more requirement for Ghostbuilding: a team of humans with great communication skills. The Ghostbuilding phase is full of valuable user data and feedback. Making sure that your team is collecting and processing all that valuable feedback is essential.</p><h2>Ghostbuilding Examples</h2><p>So what does a Ghostbuild really look like? Here are examples of different ways of Ghostbuilding:</p><h3>1. I want to offer a role-based reporting dashboard.</h3><p>Reporting dashboards is a common feature across many different SaaS products. Different users often need different insights. The challenge here is learning what information is most useful for which user persona. A project like this doesn’t necessarily need any engineering work at all — the simplest way to test this is to simply send human-created PDF reports to customers. Your customers will give you feedback on what else they’d like to see on the PDF. By the time you’re ready to build out the dashboard, you’ll be very close to knowing what the customer actually needs.</p><p>This is a relatively simple example of Ghostbuilding. But what if you need to test something more complex?</p><h3>2. I want to offer an AI for choosing restaurants.</h3><p>If I want to test the market demand for this, I don’t need to actually build the AI engine. I would build a WordPress website and integrate Intercom. Then people can message in their requests for restaurant recommendations. I would hire a few humans, probably customer service agents, give them a playbook on how to answer questions, and let them go at it. The playbook information will be based on some research that I do ahead of time on the scope of questions an AI engine could answer, and extrapolate slightly from there. Because I don’t intend to use real humans in my eventual product, this approach lets me collect data on a feasible version of the product.</p><p>After a week of testing this Ghostbuild, I would analyze the data. Sample metrics for this project might be:</p><ul><li>User adoption rates</li><li>Customer satisfaction</li><li>How close the agents were able to stick to the Playbook while satisfying customer inquiries</li><li>What kind of questions customers are asking</li></ul><p>This will all help guide me in deciding whether to build this product, and if I do, what I should optimize for before I invest in any deep engineering to build out this AI engine.</p><h2>When to Ghostbuild a Feature (and When Not to)</h2><p>Where Ghostbuilding will have the most impact will vary depending on if you are selling to consumer or enterprise. In enterprise, you have the option to acquire a POC contract. Basically, you can have one customer pay your way to an MVP. In that case, you need to build light, but may choose not to Ghostbuild because you have a committed user and you need more robust automation. But Ghostbuilding is still possible, especially if your product needs a bridge path to a real product, like AI. Or, if your customer is rolling out a limited pilot, you can offer a lower cost proof of concept to them by Ghostbuilding.</p><p>For a consumer audience, you likely have to pay your own way to an MVP. Because customer acquisition cost is lower than in enterprise, it really makes sense to Ghostbuild.</p><p>Keep in mind that when you Ghostbuild, you might have to discontinue the service temporarily while you transition to the real product, so you don’t want to get to the point where customers are relying on your Ghostbuild for too long.</p><h2>The Cost of Ghostbuilding</h2><p>While Ghostbuilding is a way to conserve engineering resources, you will need a person with <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/blog/kwans-hierarchy-of-product-needs-the-four-levels-of-product-managers/">product sense and user research experience</a> to lead the effort. In more complex projects, you may also need some engineering to Ghostbuild.</p><p>Typically, you’d spend 1- 3 months Ghostbuilding. Depending on your Ghostbuild path, You may need a software configuration expert (IT), which may be in the range of $5-10K per month. Or you can do this part yourself by googling how to configure certain software. In the reporting PDF sample above, you might do this entirely without engineering. For a more complex project, you might need one front end engineer and half a backend engineer’s time, or one full stack engineer for $10K-30k/mo, to help you hook things up. Properly scoping the project before you begin will help you estimate how much to budget for a Ghostbuild.</p><p>In summary, if you’ve decided to Ghostbuild, consider the overall cost of the project, including:</p><ul><li>Are there SaaS products you’ll need to sign up for and connect for the Ghostbuild?</li><li>How many hours of engineering time will you need?</li><li>Can you do the product and user research part yourself or do you need to contract a product resource who can advise you?</li></ul><h2>Ghostbuilding Pitfalls to Avoid</h2><p>Ghostbuilding shares many of the same pitfalls of classic product building. For instance, you might try to build too large of a scope. To avoid this, start with determining the questions that you need answered before you start building. Make a list of the variations you’re considering, and look for ways to quickly Ghostbuild.</p><p>Another common pitfall is creating too magical of an experience with Ghostbuilding that cannot be recreated in the real version. Remember, you are using humans to underpin some of the functionality that you will automate later, and some of these functionalities might not translate that well into automation. If you can, consult the technology architect halfway through your Ghostbuilding phase. They should be able to give you a better sense of how the real version will be built later on, and whether it’s feasible to support the features you want.</p><p>Keep in mind that the point of the Ghostbuilding is to validate hypotheses, not to serve customers in a sustainable way. It’s easy for teams to forget that they’re Ghostbuilding and try to use that code to support users at scale. As soon as you have your questions 80% answered, then it’s time to start actually building. When hypotheses are proofed and the spec is ready, hire a real engineering team with an architect and start over.</p><h2>Read more from Connie</h2><p>To learn more about best practices for early-stage product strategy, check out <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library?query=Connie+Kwan">other pieces from Connie Kwan</a> in the Heavybit Library.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-ghostbuild-your-way-to-a-lean-launch">How to Ghostbuild Your Way to A Lean Launch</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building Cybersecurity Strategy into Your Team’s Routine</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/implementing-cybersecurity-strategy</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 06 Mar 2020 08:00:56 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Secure Development]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[DevSecOps]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-13388</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Whether you have an outdated cybersecurity plan or you are developing one from scratch, the steps to implement a cybersecurity strategy below will help you.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Cybercrime is projected to cost the world $6 trillion every year by 2021. The emergence of advanced technology, growth of the internet, a dramatic increase of connected devices, and the rise of sophisticated hacking tools have left organizations grappling with how to develop an effective cybersecurity strategy. The modern organization faces multiple cyber threats on all fronts, therefore <a href="https://reciprocitylabs.com/resources/why-is-cybersecurity-important/">necessitating the creation of a strategic cyber defense solution</a>.</p><p>To tackle the constant cyber threats, you need to reassess your current security measures and controls and implement a solution that covers all areas. Although the cybersecurity world is continually changing, keeping your entity secure doesn’t have to be a painful process. There are basic fundamental principles that you can utilize to guard your company against cyber threats. Whether you have an outdated cybersecurity plan or you are developing one from scratch, the steps to implement a cybersecurity strategy below will help you.</p><h2>Identify Your Assets</h2><p>You cannot protect what you don’t know. Before anything else, map all your assets. Assets are unique to your company, and they can be customer data, payment information, records, intellectual property, trade secrets, devices, applications, or technology. Record all assets and look for those that are most important to your company’s competitive position, brand image, and growth. Once you recognize the mission-critical assets, you can now focus on how to protect them. Classification helps you to concentrate on what’s vital, helping you to conserve resources in the process.</p><p>To identify mission-critical assets, enlist the help of the management and employees, and form a team. The group should include members who are highly knowledgeable about each asset. Each individual who has extensive knowledge about a particular asset should explain to the rest of the group why that resource is highly valuable. After analyzing all assets, compare and rate each one according to the severity of the impact they would cause if they were to be lost. You can also use the pairwise comparison model to help you narrow down to the critical assets.</p><h2>Understand the Threat Landscape</h2><p>After you have determined what needs to be protected, explore the threat landscape. Every company faces different types of threats, and you need to know what types of cybersecurity risks you are most likely to encounter. The threats you are most likely to come across will highly depend on the kind of assets you own, the data you handle, the type of customers you work with, and what you sell. Some of the risks that you are highly likely to come across include phishing, ransomware, password attack, and malware attacks.</p><p>To properly understand the threat environment, look at the cyber threats that other companies in your industry are facing. Employ a community-based approach to cybersecurity, and <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/disclosing-security-incidents/">begin to share intelligence with other businesses in your sector</a>. This will foster collaboration and enable your business and other companies to pool resources together to fend off threats. Some of the top threat sharing communities you should consider joining include the Malware Information Sharing Platform (MISP) and Anomali.</p><h2>Develop a Cyber Security Culture</h2><p>Even the best cybersecurity plan will be of little use if your employees aren’t aware of it. For your plan to work, develop <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/90-percent-of-data-breaches-are-caused-by-human-error">cybersecurity training program</a> to implement into your culture (onboarding and ongoing training). The training should be detailed and should involve top-to-bottom officials across the entire organization. Each employee should be taught about the current cyber threats and trained on how to keep the system safe, how to detect a breach, and what to do in case of a cyber attack. For better results, you should appoint an IT expert to oversee cybersecurity issues within your company. This specialist should also be in charge of coordinating all cybersecurity efforts and your overall cybersecurity strategy.</p><h2>Reassess Your Basic Security Measures</h2><p>A large number of organizations are unknowingly exposing themselves to risks by relying on old cybersecurity policies. Readjust your security measures <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-minimize-security-debt-from-the-start/">by starting with the basics</a> (effective password policies). As simple as it seems, most organizations still use easy to guess passwords, including the popular 123456 passwords. Create complex passwords that include letters, numbers, and symbols, and utilize the two-factor authentication. Do this to all your organization’s applications, online and offline accounts, computers, and devices.</p><p>You should also update your applications, patch your software tools, use the latest antivirus, and utilize a firewall. Outdated software tools are a significant security threat. For each device and operating system, you use, turn on update notifications, enable automatic updating, and frequently check whether there is a new update release. Apart from security fixes, updated software also comes with enhanced features, better compatibility, and improved stability. Upgrading to the latest anti-malware tools and firewalls will protect your business from the current security threats.</p><h2>Monitor, Track and Update Constantly</h2><p>Cybersecurity strategy is a continuous process. Today’s security measures will be obsolete tomorrow; therefore, you need to keep an eye on the threat landscape. You need to have systems that continuously monitor and report on cybersecurity behaviors (Reporting on cybersecurity tactics is essential). You can utilize tools that monitor threats at the network, firewall, and device level. Monitoring will help you improve threat visibility, identify vulnerabilities, detect threats before they cause damage, and reduce incidence response time.</p><h2>Improve Cloud Security</h2><p>Organizations are now shifting from computers to the cloud. Most companies are now using cloud technology to back up their data, access critical work applications, and store sensitive company, employee, and customer data. If your cloud assets aren’t protected, your cloud hosting vendor can gain access to them and even misuse them. To improve your <a href="https://www.forbes.com/sites/forbestechcouncil/2019/11/12/moving-to-the-cloud-consider-these-security-best-practices-before-you-do/">cloud data security</a>, encrypt all information you store online and refrain from storing any critical data online. Also, make sure your cloud storage provider is <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/essential-cloud-infrastructure-security">certified, trustworthy, and compliant with the various data security standards</a>.</p><h2>The Bottom Line for Cybersecurity Strategy</h2><p>Your cybersecurity measures need to encompass all areas of your organization. To make sure all your devices, networks, applications, and processes are safe from cyber attacks, you need to be aware of the current and emerging threats. Once you know what you are up against, update your security controls, train your employees, adopt strong passwords, utilize anti-malware tools, and perform periodic penetration tests.</p><p>Want to learn more about getting your cybersecurity strategy in shape? Check out this article from Chris Cochran on <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-cybersecurity-easy-button-a-framework-for-security-programs/">A Framework for Security Programs</a> and this talk from HackerOne’s Marten Mickos on <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-securely-for-user-privacy-app-sec/">Building Security for User Privacy.</a></p><p><em>Jordan MacAvoy is the Vice President of Marketing at <a href="https://reciprocitylabs.com/">Reciprocity Labs</a> and manages the company’s go-to-market strategy and execution. Prior to joining Reciprocity, Mr. MacAvoy served in executive roles at Fundbox, a Forbes Next Billion Dollar Company, and Intuit, via their acquisition of the SaaS marketing and communications solution, Demandforce.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/implementing-cybersecurity-strategy">Building Cybersecurity Strategy into Your Team’s Routine</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Developer Communities are Essential for DevTools Startup Growth</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/developer-community-startup-growth</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Mar 2020 10:02:55 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Community]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-12934</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>As end-users and increasingly purchasing decision-makers, developers are an important audience for DevTools software teams.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>As end-users and increasingly purchasing decision-makers, developers are an important audience for DevTools software teams. In this post from Devada, Chief Technologist Jesse Davis shares why communities are a critical part of any developer tool’s marketing strategy.</em></p><p>What motivates software developers each day? What is the key to unlocking their productivity and engagement? If you employ, work with, or depend on developers, you need to know what motivates these key members of your staff.</p><p>Developers find that “contributing to community” is just as important as “making lots of money” according to a 2018 Evans Data survey. While this may be a surprising statistic to some, it makes a lot of sense when you understand how developers master their craft.</p><p>Future developers typically go to college and get a degree or attend boot camps and learn on your own. No matter which path you take there is one common thread: you get help from other developers. Everyone has their Yoda that they ask questions to, and this apprenticeship is something that every developer experiences; it’s part of how they become good at their craft. After they know enough to help more junior developers, they jump at the chance to give back to others and share the knowledge that they’ve gained.</p><p>It’s also important to understand how critical developers are in today’s world. While I’m not a fan of the term “digital transformation” I certainly believe that it’s a real trend: nearly every company is becoming a software company. Websites and mobile apps are essential to doing business and require developers to make those happen; developers’ contributions are fundamental to the world’s ability to do business and maximize our potential.</p><p>So, why do I use the word “tribe”? Let’s take a look at the definition in the book “Tribes” by Seth Godin: “A group needs only two things to be a tribe: <a href="https://www.ted.com/talks/seth_godin_the_tribes_we_lead">a shared interest and a way to communicate.</a>” This makes sense – developers are connected by the desire to advance technology through software and we communicate over the internet (chat, online communities, etc.) so the definition really does fit! Another reason I use the word tribe is that we act like one: 4 out of 5 developers feel a sense of kinship or connection to other developers — even when a developer works for a competitor (Evans Data Corp. 2017). Sharing code and helping others is part of a Developer’s DNA – and provides a path forward in addressing some of the thorniest issues impacting companies that depend on developers’ talents.</p><h2>The Global Developer Pool is Growing Faster, But Needs More Support Than Ever</h2><p>Before I launch into why we need to strengthen the tribe, let’s look at a few numbers:</p><ul><li>There are about 23 million developers in the world today. The number is expected to rise to 27 million by 2023. A higher percentage of that growth is happening in India and China, and these countries will have the largest developer populations in 5 years. (Evans Data Corp. 2018)</li><li>Half of all developers have been coding for less than five years. (Evans Data Corp 2018).</li><li>42% of developer time worldwide is spent on tech debt and bugs instead of being spent on innovation. (Stripe)</li></ul><p>Employers as diverse as academia, the military, and media are increasingly dependent on employees with coding skills. (Forbes)<br/>There’s a disturbing trend here: the developer pool is growing globally to meet the demand for talent (which is great); however, that will introduce a large number of inexperienced developers into the market.</p><p><a href="/library/video/building-vibrant-developer-communities">That’s where the developer community comes into play.</a></p><h2>Developers Have Always Been Community-Minded</h2><p>Programming pioneer Grace Hopper used to ship sample code on magnetic tapes to everyone who ordered a UNIVAC. More importantly, she encouraged them to make changes, add new programs, and ship them back so she could share with others. This is the first example of someone making sure that developers were engaged and able to use a system quickly, greatly enhancing what we call “time to hello world” – this was the first developer community!</p><p>IBM took a completely different path: they made customers pay for the operating system when they ordered their early machines. This gave rise to the SHARE community (share.org). The volunteer organization created the first open-source operating system for early IBM machines – and that community has been sharing software since 1955, proving that software developers have deep roots in sharing and working together to solve big problems.</p><p>At their core, developers just want to do their work quickly and effectively which is why they don’t see corporate boundaries as an issue when helping each other out. Constantly reinventing the wheel when you hit a coding hurdle will kill your productivity, so in order to keep up with faster release cycles, we definitely need to encourage sharing in online communities!</p><h2>Developer Communities Are Essential to DevTools Startup Growth</h2><p>Most enterprise-sized tech companies have figured out that building a community is critical to helping spread the use of their software or platform. Huge enterprises like Apple, Google, and Amazon develop superfans of their products by running a vibrant online developer community where you can get up to speed on their software quickly and easily.</p><p>These communities <a href="/library/blog/developer-support-best-practices/">save developers time in finding answers to their questions</a>, shortening “time to hello world”. Getting developers productive in the first 20 minutes of using your platform is essential to developing long-term advocates for your products.</p><p>Developers say community helps them write high-quality code faster.</p><ul><li>31% of developers cite improved code quality when actively involved in a community.</li><li>77% of developers cite reduced time to implementation when actively involved in a community. (Evans, 2017)</li></ul><h2>3 Key Aspects of Developer Community Building</h2><p>Some of you reading this might be thinking, “We’ve got this box checked. We’ve got searchable documentation, and a solid wiki – we’re good.’’</p><p>Yes, having good documentation is great, but that’s level zero. If you want a highly-engaged army of developers advocating for your products, <a href="/library/blog/building-blocks-for-an-innovative-and-inclusive-developer-community-part-1/">you’re going to have to do more than that</a>.</p><ul><li><strong>Build your own vibrant, online community</strong> – For internal use, external use, or both. Make it interactive and intuitive and award the top contributors (internal and external). Encourage ideas and let people know where those ideas stand. Make it a community your users and employees turn to before they turn to each other, blast a Slack message, or post online.</li><li><strong>Nurture developers in your local community</strong> – Are your developers actively mentoring others in the community, attending MeetUps, or hosting them? Encourage community participation by partnering with the developers in your neck of the woods – go local!</li><li><strong>Think about tomorrow’s developers</strong> – Consider what you can do for the next generation of developers. Whether sponsoring a Girls Who Code event, or other STEM activities, helping children get excited about developer careers is really important.</li></ul><p>After all, it’s going to take the whole tribe working together to meet the world’s need for developers.</p><p></p><p><em>This post originally appeared on Devada as <a href="https://devada.com/developers-helping-developers/">Raising a Tribe of Developers</a>.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/developer-community-startup-growth">Why Developer Communities are Essential for DevTools Startup Growth</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #26, Community Creation with Alex Miller</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-26-community-creation-with-alex-miller</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Mar 2020 09:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-11755</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 26 of EnterpriseReady, Grant is joined by Alex Miller, former GM at Stack Overflow. They discuss Alex’s background, what Stack Overflow Enterprise does, Alex’s four constituencies of enterprise software, and much more.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 26 of EnterpriseReady, Grant is joined by Alex Miller, former GM at Stack Overflow. They discuss Alex’s background, what Stack Overflow Enterprise does, Alex’s four constituencies of enterprise software, and much more.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-26-community-creation-with-alex-miller">Ep. #26, Community Creation with Alex Miller</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building Securely for User Privacy</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-securely-for-user-privacy-app-sec</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Feb 2020 10:31:32 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Secure Development]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[DevSecOps]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-13062</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>HackerOne CEO Marten Mickos discusses app sec strategies for building securely and ensuring user privacy from the earliest stages of your company. He also provides examples of different security models and processes at later-stage dev and enterprise software companies that you can integrate into your own company.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #51, Community Over Code with Shawn Wang of Netlify</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-51-community-over-code-with-shawn-wang-of-netlify</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Feb 2020 09:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-12964</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 51 of JAMstack Radio, Brian joins Shawn Wang to discuss his role as a developer experience engineer at Netlify, the open-source JavaScript framework Svelte, and scaling community above code.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 51 of JAMstack Radio, Brian joins Shawn Wang to discuss his role as a developer experience engineer at Netlify, the open-source JavaScript framework Svelte, and scaling community above code.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-51-community-over-code-with-shawn-wang-of-netlify">Ep. #51, Community Over Code with Shawn Wang of Netlify</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Early Stage Sales Enablement Best Practices</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/early-stage-sales-enablement-best-practices</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Feb 2020 11:59:03 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-13074</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Jake Biskar shares his thoughts on building high-impact sales enablement program, from what sales collateral to focus on to how to train your sales team.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>When you first start building a sales team, you’ll need to arm your new team with the knowledge and assets they’ll need to close deals quickly. In this post, sales development leader Jake Biskar shares his thoughts on building high-impact sales enablement program, from what collateral to focus on to how to train your sales team to sell more effectively.</em></p><p>People view sales enablement as collateral-driven. But to really be impactful, sales enablement needs to be about building a repeatable process. A good sales enablement strategy maps broad trends (and collateral) to the individual’s <a href="/library/blog/early-stage-sales-process-buyers-journey/">buyer journey,</a> rather than trying to shoehorn every prospect into a pre-defined box.</p><p>If there’s true sales enablement and you’re empowering your sales team, it’s aligned with the customer journey. A strategic sales enablement approach will help the sales team anticipate the questions and concerns are people having at different stages along the journey, and empower the team to address those concerns.</p><h2>Essential Early Sales Collateral</h2><p>Let’s assume that you already have a deck and a marketing website — these are foundational assets, and plenty has been said on building better pitch decks. <strong>Your first pieces of collateral should focus on educating the buyer and empowering champions to sell internally.</strong></p><h3>A 90-Sec Product Video</h3><p>Think about how you’re empowering your internal champion to get other stakeholders or her boss involved, post-demo. For B2B buyers, most likely other parties will need to be involved in the purchasing decision. For this to happen they need to be sold. Sadly, you may not get that chance to speak to every stakeholder directly.</p><p>You’re putting a lot of trust in your champion to not only retain the information you gave them, but also lay it out in a digestible fashion. Most of the time, your product value prop and the features that help get them there, but they will be boiled down and overly simplified by your champion. They still lack complete understanding of your solution, making it tough to get other stakeholders bought in.</p><p>A 90-second explainer video is easy to share on Slack, it will discuss your value prop and all the key features in detail. At the very least, you know your champion can get key points across to other stakeholders.</p><h3>Customer Stories</h3><p><a href="/library/blog/customer-case-study-template/">Formal case studies</a> are nice as a leave-behind, <strong>but what you really need is short, concise customer stories that can be repeated during a call</strong>. Humanizing your buyer is important. For AEs, having these user stories laminated on your desk and cycled out every quarter or so is key. Memorizing these customer stories and having new team members pitch using these stories in sales meetings regularly is a great way to encourage the team to learn them inside and out.</p><h3>Closed/Won – Closed/Lost Analysis</h3><p>You want to start to understanding the buyer as quickly as possible. Many teams think they have an idea of their ICP and they get really targeted on their collateral, only to realize that that isn’t really their user.</p><p>After every deal: ask four basic questions from the AE:</p><ul><li>What problem did they have?</li><li>Why did they want to buy?</li><li>What were the first initiatives they are going to do?</li><li>What would they consider being successful?</li></ul><p>Keep a Google Sheet to track answers (manually, or exported from Salesforce). This should be a living document that you refer to frequently to refine your ICP and (eventually) <a href="/library/blog/buyer-persona-template/">build personas</a>.</p><h2>Sales Enablement Training</h2><h3>Focus on Learning the Space</h3><p>Sales enablement often overlooks the importance of helping sales team talk like the buyer. This is particularly true for the devtools space; so many times the demo is dumbed down to fit the language of the sales team. Apart from memorizing those customer stories, <a href="/library/video/sales-training-lessons-from-wizeline-pusher-pagerduty">a big part of sales team onboarding</a> should be learning the space and reading what thought leaders are writing. Start building out a recommended reading list for your team. Reading Quora, StackOverflow, HackerRank, and other content channels written for and by the people you’re trying to sell to is immensely helpful.</p><h3>Integrating Product Updates</h3><p>Startups have a continual stream of new product information. Getting everyone to touch and live in the product is great to aim for, but is often a pipe dream for very technical products. Sit in on sales engineer and CSM calls, to get a better understanding of the product.</p><p>It’s also good to have engineers come in and share what they’re building, and for product, sales, and marketing to work together to figure out how to pitch new features as they come out. For every new feature, record a demo of how it works and add it to the catalogue. These can become valuable collateral of their own, over time, to be shared as a playlist or on their own.</p><h3>Customizing Sales Collateral Experiences</h3><p>The goal of any piece of sales collateral is to reduce friction to getting information. Remember that technical buyers often prefer doing their own discovery and information gathering, so giving prospects suggestions and options is better than being overly prescriptive.</p><p>You also want to make the content you send to prospects as shareable as possible — an email with 7 PDFs attached isn’t the best user experience, and it can be overwhelming.</p><h2>Evolving Your Sales Enablement Strategy</h2><p>Ultimately, sales enablement is the tool to build trust with your buyer. As you add new collateral and training materials to your sales process, <strong>focus on enabling good conversations that speaks to the real pain points and needs of the industry.</strong></p><h3>Partnering with Marketing</h3><p>Marketing and sales need to work together to evolve your sales collateral effectively. The marketing team should be listening to sales calls regularly and giving constructive feedback to the sales team (e.g. “This would have been a good moment to interject this case study”). <a href="http://gong.io/">Gong</a> is a great tool for reviewing sales calls and giving feedback.</p><p>Make sure that each team understands their responsibility. As a rule, product marketing will develop new collateral and talking points, but sales team is responsible for integrating new collateral and product info into their pitch. A sales team can get very comfortable with their existing pitch, so sales management should push AEs to continually update their pitch.</p><h3>Sales Collateral to Avoid</h3><p>Certain types of sales collateral are rabbit holes that can easily become a time sink, without providing much value. For example, <a href="/library/blog/saas-poc-paid-pilot-program/">ROI calculators are often overrated</a>; they create too many loopholes to exploit and too many assumptions about value of the product.</p><p>I would also be careful about leaning too much into battle cards. They are a good training tool, but that high-level information should be internalized early on. Relying on battle cards too much gets sales people into the mindset of putting prospects into defined buckets, instead of approaching prospects as individuals.</p><h2>Sales Enablement Software and Tooling</h2><p>No tool is a substitute for having a strong sales enablement and training process. You probably don’t need any tooling for collateral management to start with — especially in the early days when your pitch and product will be changing very frequently.</p><p>Keep all of your collateral and training materials in a shared folder to start with. That should carry you to about 100 employees. When you do start needing better internal knowledge, look for solutions that will help you capture and surface information more easily. <a href="https://www.getguru.com/">Guru</a> is a great tool, and integrates with Slack to make it easy to share knowledge.</p><h2>Learn More about Early-Stage Sales Enablement Best Practices</h2><p>To learn more about building effective early-stage sales practices, <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr">subscribe to our newsletter</a> or check out more <a href="/library?query=Sales">sales content in the Heavybit Library</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/early-stage-sales-enablement-best-practices">Early Stage Sales Enablement Best Practices</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Startup Security and Venture Capital: What VCs Want Founders to Know</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/startup-security-venture-capital</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Feb 2020 08:00:43 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Venture Capital]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Secure Development]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-13000</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Investor Oren Yunger shares how investors evaluate startup security practices, and what founders can do to better communicate their security initiatives.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>At <a href="https://dev-heavybit.pantheonsite.io/devguild/enterprise-security/">DevGuild: Enterprise Security</a>, we learned that security has become more and more of a revenue driver for startups. As a result, investors are taking an interest in how the companies they invest in are doing to ensure that their products, user data and teams stay secure.</em></p><p><em>We chatted with <a href="https://www.ggvc.com/">GGV Capital</a> investor and and former CISO <a href="https://twitter.com/yungeroren?lang=en">Oren Yunger</a> to learn what investors look for when they evaluate the security practices of organizations, and what early-stage teams can do to communicate their security initiatives more effectively.</em></p><h2>Have you seen a shift in how investors are thinking about the value of good security practices?</h2><p>Investors are often assessing solutions from the target customer’s standpoint. As a result, and particularly when evaluating mid-market and enterprise technologies, investors are expecting to see a certain level of security posture that will meet the standards posed in the buying process.</p><p>Another shift I’m seeing is <a href="https://dev-heavybit.pantheonsite.io/library/blog/every-ipo-needs-a-ciso/">the increasing prominence of the CISO</a> and how pivotal they now are to any company. They have more business and technological influence than ever before. One of the outcomes of this organizational shift is the <a href="https://www.helpnetsecurity.com/2020/02/11/cybersecurity-board-level/">amplified CISO presence in Boards of Directors’</a> <a href="https://www.helpnetsecurity.com/2020/02/11/cybersecurity-board-level/">discussions</a>. Investors, who often sit on those boards, are taking note.</p><p>They’re also in a process of deepening their domain understanding as well as asking questions that are increasingly sophisticated. Many startups are aware of this increased attention to security. Combined with hearing about what’s in the news and top of mind for businesses in terms of security, this results in many young companies adding security phrases to pitches that are not related to security products.</p><p>For example, a company would say, “We collect data and provide insights to Chief Marketing Officers securely,” but it won’t always be able to provide a good explanation as to what “securely” means and what protocols are followed. So, we’re seeing increased awareness of security from both investors and founders, but there is still foundational work to be done to make sure everybody is on the same page when talking security. We’re in a maturation stage that shows that security is of great importance across the board and the right mentality is there to treat it seriously and do it right.</p><h2>What’s the biggest incorrect assumption that teams come to investors with regarding security?</h2><p>In order to address security and show the company’s investment in the area, we see many young companies complete SOC2 audit and even ISO27001 certification. By working hard towards the goal of achieving compliance and approval from an unbiased third party, many companies believe that they are secure. In my view, this is one of the biggest misconceptions since compliance doesn’t really equal security. While it is important to establish security programs, laws and regulations will never be able to fully address the technical complexities of a technology business.</p><p>For example, a company might claim to adhere to some secure development lifecycle policy, but if sensitive data is transmitted over session IDs or there is a vulnerable application dependency running, then the whole system could be compromised even though the company had passed the audit successfully. Therefore, I would encourage any team to <a href="https://dev-heavybit.pantheonsite.io/library/video/passing-enterprise-security-reviews/">think about security as a category that includes a subset of compliance</a>.</p><h2>When it comes to security, what’s one thing you wish every company you spoke with was doing?</h2><p>I wish small companies and startups better understood the risks that they are facing and took action to <a href="https://dev-heavybit.pantheonsite.io/library/video/disclosing-security-incidents/">design a mitigation plan</a> to the business roadmap should a bad scenario take place. Rome wasn’t built in a day, and security maturity should not and cannot be built in a day either. Often times, a decision of “all or nothing” – as in not being able to staff or resource for security and therefore abandoning it altogether – could be destructive to the business as it is remaining in a most vulnerable place.</p><p>This is the main reason I teamed with a group of skilled CISOs on <a href="https://www.security4startups.com/">Security4Startups.com</a>, a free initiative that provides guidance for startups to understand security concerns from different business operations. We also outlined technical yet feasible security measures that early-stage companies can take in order to embrace security efficiently.</p><h2>Founders routinely share revenue numbers and new users stats with VCs. How can they share security work and progress and goals to their investors?</h2><p>Security should be treated as a board-level and investor-level topic. Just as founders are sharing their product roadmap and organizational changes with their investors, they should keep the security work and progress top of mind.</p><p>As a best practice, I suggest that the startup’s security program be presented at least once a year for boards and/or investors to review. In this alignment, the parties can ensure that the strategies support the direction of the company and the desired risk posture. It will also allow the investors to understand what actions would be taken in the case of an incident.</p><h2>Is there anything you’re seeing recently that excites you most for the future of startup security?</h2><p>There has been a rise in the attention that management teams allocate to security. It’s exciting to see that the industry is going places and that <a href="https://dev-heavybit.pantheonsite.io/library/blog/democratizing-security-from-the-top-down/">it’s not only CISOs who are keeping security top of mind</a>. Equally important is that security leaders today understand that while the ultimate goal is not to be breached, security can play an important role in growing top-line revenue.</p><p>This is a great transition for everyone involved: For executive teams as security is supporting the business, for security professionals as they now are in the rooms where things happen, and for security-related startups who can sell more efficiently into businesses.</p><h2>Learn more about Startup Security Best Practices</h2><p><em>For more from Oren, watch his DevGuild: Enterprise Security talk on <a href="https://dev-heavybit.pantheonsite.io/library/video/security-from-the-start-startup-security-basics/">Startup Security Basics.</a> Learn more about Enterprise Security trends, best practices and tooling by checking out more of our security talks and articles <a href="https://dev-heavybit.pantheonsite.io/library/topic/security/">in the Heavybit Library</a>.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/startup-security-venture-capital">Startup Security and Venture Capital: What VCs Want Founders to Know</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Create Buyer Personas Your Team Will Actually Use</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/buyer-persona-template</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Feb 2020 11:15:06 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Personas]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Messaging &amp; Positioning]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-12985</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Let’s take a look at what you can do to develop, use, and maintain buyer personas to ensure that your team gets value from them.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Buyer personas are an essential building block for any marketing strategy. Coupled with <a href="/library/blog/messaging-framework/">strong messaging</a>, they help the team focus on a user profile that will yield the most success across sales, marketing, and product initiatives. But personas are can be hard to nail down. Once drafted, they’re all-too-easily hidden away in Google Drive folder and never referenced again.</p><p>Let’s take a look at what you can do to develop, use, and maintain buyer personas to ensure that your team gets value from them.</p><h2>When Do You Need Buyer Personas?</h2><p>Personas are a bit of a chicken-and-egg problem; great personas help you find and convert customers, but in order to build your personas, you’ll need happy customers to model them after. So, what comes first?</p><p>During a session with Heavybit founders, Mitch Morando advises that you start building personas once you have a few signed contracts. <strong>“Use closed contracts as data points for persona development,” says Mitch, “once you’ve gotten about five, you should start seeing patterns.”</strong></p><p>So now that you have a few very happy, paying customers, and you’re ready to start creating buyer personas — or at least, the first version of them.</p><h2>Start with User Research</h2><h3>Dive into with Customer Data</h3><p>Personas should reflect your real users. <a href="/library/blog/user-research-product-market-fit-tactic/">Early-stage user research</a> is a critical part of finding product-market fit and will help you develop personas that are useful and grounded in actual feedback. Interview successful customers to get fuller picture of their roles, their goals, and how they think about purchasing decisions.</p><p>“You should be able to point to your personas within your user base, and be able to identify people who represent that persona in a very clear and immediate way,” said Okta’s Sr. Director of Demand Gen Claire Hunsaker.</p><h3>Align with the Sales Team</h3><p><a href="/library/video/personas-youre-doing-it-wrong/">In her talk on personas</a>, Claire Hunsaker said that <strong>the number one mistake that marketers make when crafting personas is avoiding sales calls</strong>. If you can’t get on calls in real-time, tools like <a href="https://www.gong.io/">Gong</a> can be extremely useful for catching up on sales conversations and discovering trends in your audience.</p><p>Your sales team is on the front line, talking to would-be users constantly, and your best performers probably already have a good mental model of what a buyer looks like. Talk to the sales team and get those mental models on paper. They can help confirm or recalibrate your findings about your buyer.</p><h3>Use Social Media Research to Fill in the Gaps</h3><p>LinkedIn can take you beyond your current user base and fill in the gaps in your data set. <a href="/library/blog/early-sales-prospecting-for-founders/">Examining LinkedIn profiles</a> can tell you what topics and groups people are interested in. Look for markers like:</p><ul><li>Educational Background</li><li>Technology and language preferences</li><li>Career aspirations</li></ul><p>For technical audiences especially, taking your social research further and digging into Twitter can also be helpful — who are the most-followed figures in the space? What are the most contentious topics and questions?</p><h2>Build Your Personas</h2><p>You’ve done your research and you probably have a rough idea in your head (or in your notes) of who your buyer is. Now it’s time to distill that into a clear, succinct description that will paint a very clear picture for everyone on your team about who this person is.</p><h3>What to Include in Your Personas</h3><p>There are many persona templates out there, some are flashier and more complex than others. Start simple and focused. The goal is to define who your buyer is and how you can help them.</p><p>We like this buyer persona framework, which is based on Claire’s talk (<a href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1QuzvQr3ASupqepev03G6S76o8YO9aL8vwVhyKIdDros/edit?usp=sharing">grab the persona template here</a>):</p><p></p><p></p><p></p><p>Check out this persona template in action in Claire’s example of a developer persona from her talk:</p><p></p><p></p><p></p><h2>Distribute Your Personas</h2><p>The problem with looking at persona templates is that personas aren’t just a framework that exists in a vacuum; they’re only useful insofar as the team uses them. Don’t throw personas over the wall and expect them to be used.</p><p>It’s helpful to think of personas as something to be launched internally, just as you would a new piece of software for the team. Not every member of your team will be familiar with personas or how to use them, so taking the time to help them understand how they’re helpful (and ask for feedback) can go a long way. A few ways to frame how the team can use your personas:</p><ul><li>Use demographic data to build campaigns</li><li>Use questions to build marketing content and onboarding tracks</li><li>Use influencers to find partnerships</li></ul><h2>The Cycle Continues: Update &amp; Review</h2><p>Here’s the real secret to great personas: they aren’t ever done. As your product and market evolves, so should your personas. <strong>Review your personas quarterly</strong> to evaluate whether they’re still an accurate representation of your buyers.</p><p>Another common mistake that marketers make is not taking feedback from the team. Customer-facing team members will quickly see changes to the buyer persona, and can help calibrate your personas over time. <strong>Provide channels for persona feedback</strong> to help your team surface ideas and concerns to you as they see them.</p><h2>Learn More about Creating Effective Buyer Personas</h2><p>Creating personas is hard work, but going through the exercise of creating them will have big impact on your team as you scale. To dive deeper into the process of developing high-impact buyer personas, watch Claire Hunsaker’s Heavybit Speaker Series talk <a href="/library/video/personas-youre-doing-it-wrong/">Personas, You’re Doing It Wrong</a> in the Heavybit Library.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/buyer-persona-template">How to Create Buyer Personas Your Team Will Actually Use</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Execute SaaS POCs that Convert</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/saas-poc-paid-pilot-program</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 Feb 2020 10:19:50 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-12932</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>During a session on founder-led sales tactics, Mitch Morando shared the best practices from the session to help ensure that your POCs are deal-drivers.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>A well-run SaaS Proof-of-Concept (POC), paid pilot, or trial period can be the key to capturing and converting prospects, <a href="/library/blog/first-large-deals-an-enterprise-sales-reading-list/">especially as you move upmarket.</a> But POCs can be challenging to execute well.</p><p>During a <a href="/about">session on founder-led sales tactics</a>, Mitch Morando shared how early-stage teams can execute more successful POCs. In this article, learn POC best practices from the session to help ensure that your POCs lead to long-term deals.</p><h2>Put a Price on Your POC</h2><p>While many IC-level developer tools offer free trials that let developers take the product for a test drive themselves, enterprise POCs and trial periods address a different kind of buyer pain point: exploring a potential (and likely significant) in a new solution.</p><p>Mitch recommends framing your POC as a “Paid Pilot.” A paid pilot sets expectations for what the period is about: evaluating your product as a long-term investment. Asking your customers to pay a token fee is an important qualifier for long-term successful deals. If they’re not in enough pain that <a href="/library/video/buy-vs-build-turning-critics-into-champions/">they can’t or aren’t willing to invest upfront</a>, it may be challenging to convince them to pay a significant amount moving forward.</p><h2>Start with a Contract</h2><p>One of the secrets to successful POCs is building and maintaining momentum early on. POCs or paid pilots should be framed in the context of a full year contract, with the ability to terminate at will. Setting the pilot period up this way means that you’ve already jumped through the <a href="/library/blog/customer-security-questionnaires-the-vra-two-step/">legal and security hoops</a> that you’ll inevitably face. When the customer decides to convert from the pilot to the full-term contact, you won’t need to slow down to negotiate a details. You’ll be able to keep up your momentum and build on the results you’ve shown during the pilot.</p><h2>Stick to a Short Time Frame</h2><p>Many POCs are set for a 90 day period. But a full quarter feels like a long time, and the task of implementing and evaluating your product can easily get lost among team’s other priorities for the quarter. Instead, aim for a 30 day paid pilot. A one-month pilot pushes your product to the top of the to-do list and drives urgency for stakeholders. Mitch notes that you can always leave the option open to extend the POC for another 30 days, if needed.</p><h2>Define Clear Goals for the Pilot</h2><p>A successful POC doesn’t try to demonstrate the full scope of the product and its impact. It only needs to show the potential value in the long term.</p><p>Pick a single KPI that will have a measurable business impact (e.g. engineering time saved, increased revenue) and frame the pilot in terms of that goal. Only pick one KPI; the point is to share the sharpest, most focused vision of success you can, and the more goals you have, the less clear you impact will be. It’s okay if you pick an aggressive KPIs. You don’t necessarily have to meet your goal, you just have to show that you can move the needle in 30 days.</p><p>As the POC progresses, you’ll want to communicate the ROI you’ve delivered so far. Steer clear of using an interactive ROI calculators to show this value. You want to minimize the variables and the “what ifs” in the customer’s mind and focus on your actual, measurable impact.</p><h2>Set Expectations for Shared Responsibility</h2><p>One of the most common mistakes that companies make during their POCs is doing all the heavy lifting for the customer. Enterprise SaaS POCs are about showing business value, and they require an investment of resources from your customer. In order for a POC to be successful, there has to be work on both sides. This is especially true for developer tools, as these often require some work from the development team to properly configure and integrate into their existing workflow. <a href="/library/video/investing-in-customer-success/">Set the expectation that your POC is a partnership</a> between your team and your customer’s team to ensure that they’re ready to commit the time and resources needed to get it off the ground.</p><h2>Learn More about Early-Stage Sales Tactics</h2><p>POCs are a tool that helps you build trust and demonstrate what your product and company can do. Designing your POC to demonstrate value as quickly and clearly as possible ensures that POCs translate into long-term ARR. Learn more about building effective early-stage sales practices by reading tips from Mitch on <a href="/library/blog/early-sales-prospecting-for-founders/">early-stage prospecting</a>, and learn more about the <a href="http://www.morandomethod.com/">Morando Method here.</a></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/saas-poc-paid-pilot-program">How to Execute SaaS POCs that Convert</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #16, Observability and Test Engineers with Abby Bangser of MOO</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-16-observability-and-test-engineers-with-abby-bangser-of-moo</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Feb 2020 10:35:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-12851</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 16 of O11ycast, Charity and Liz are joined by Abby Bangser of MOO. They discuss observability from a testing engineer’s perspective, the key factors that lead a company to spin up a testing team, and the highlights of DeliveryConf 2020.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 16 of O11ycast, Charity and Liz are joined by Abby Bangser of MOO. They discuss observability from a testing engineer’s perspective, the key factors that lead a company to spin up a testing team, and the highlights of DeliveryConf 2020.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-16-observability-and-test-engineers-with-abby-bangser-of-moo">Ep. #16, Observability and Test Engineers with Abby Bangser of MOO</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Disclosing Security Incidents from Routine to Breach</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/disclosing-security-incidents</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2020 08:00:54 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-12528</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Security incidents are inevitable, the only thing you’re in complete control of is how you respond to them, and a well managed response can save your company from destruction. In this DevGuild session, Zendesk CISO Maarten Van Horenbeeck explores the anatomy of an incident response through real-world case studies.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #25, Data Stack Orchestration with Jonathan Ellis of DataStax</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-25-data-stack-orchestration-with-jonathan-ellis-of-datastax</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Feb 2020 10:07:03 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-12766</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 25 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Jonathan Ellis of DataStax about Apache Cassandra and the complexity of distributed storage systems, as well as recruiting, interviewing, and hiring executives and engineers.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 25 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Jonathan Ellis of DataStax about Apache Cassandra and the complexity of distributed storage systems, as well as recruiting, interviewing, and hiring executives and engineers.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-25-data-stack-orchestration-with-jonathan-ellis-of-datastax">Ep. #25, Data Stack Orchestration with Jonathan Ellis of DataStax</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Essential Cloud Infrastructure Security</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/essential-cloud-infrastructure-security</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Feb 2020 08:00:45 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-12523</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Learn the core tenets of modern cloud infrastructure security, including robust identity and access management, maintaining application security in multi- and shared-cloud environments, and data security at rest, in transit, and in backups.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Democratizing Security From The Top Down</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/democratizing-security-from-the-top-down</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jan 2020 08:00:41 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-12522</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>As security trends away from a specialized art to a culture of ‘everyone does security’, identifying the threats that your company faces and communicating the importance of building securely to your team is critical to becoming a successful enterprise.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sales Prospecting for Founders: Tips from Mitch Morando</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/early-sales-prospecting-for-founders</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Jan 2020 08:00:28 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-12603</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Key takeaways from Mitch Morando’s session on Founder-Led Sales on how to optimize your B2B prospecting and connect with technical buyers more effectively.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In a members-only session with SaaS sales leader Mitch Morando, <a href="/about">Heavybit member companies</a> learned how to kick off founder-led sales initiatives. Of course, one of the essential components of closing your first few deals is identifying and capturing the attention of the right prospects. During the session, Mitch shared some sales prospecting tips for technical SaaS buyers that founders can use to help fill their early-stage sales pipeline with better candidates, including:</p><h2>Target the Right Size Organizations</h2><p>Many early-stage companies believe that the earlier they can land a big customer, the better. But the bigger the deal, the longer and more complex the buying cycle. <a href="https://medium.com/morando-method/the-octothorpe-the-only-attribute-you-need-to-qualify-a-lead-40553664e196">Mitch recommends focusing on the right size of company;</a> generally speaking aim big enough for the buyer to have the budget and team needed to invest in your product, but not so large that the buying cycle will be slow and resource-intensive.</p><p>For more on right-sizing your prospecting targets, read Nick Beecroft’s article on <a href="/library/blog/early-stage-sales-process-focusing-on-the-right-prospects/">Fishing in the Right Pond</a>.</p><h2>Learn to Read LinkedIn Profiles</h2><p>Sales prospecting often starts with hunting through LinkedIn profiles searching for the right fit: oftentimes, a VP of Engineering or Product. Many inexperienced founders stop reading after the title and reach out to everyone with the right title, but this “spray-and-pray” approach that won’t yield great results. Mitch noted during his session that <strong>being able to strategically read a LinkedIn profile is an underrated skill that every founder should take time to learn to do</strong>. Having this ability will help you find prospects who will be receptive to your pitch and excited to check out your product.</p><p>Ultimately your prospecting strategy comes down to looking for indicators that this person is an early adopter. Ask, “How likely is this person to understand the value that I’m offering them?”</p><h3>Early Adopter Traits to Look for:</h3><p>It’s important to identify a buyer who will be receptive to your pitch, especially for technical products. Here are a few things to look for when analyzing LinkedIn profiles:</p><ul><li><strong>Technical education or work experience, </strong>e.g. a VP of Product with a CS degree</li><li><strong>Experience working at technical companies, </strong>e.g. a tenure at Google</li><li><strong>Engagement with breakout technologies,</strong> e.g. regularly sharing articles about new technologies</li></ul><h2>Don’t Waste Time on a Bad Fit</h2><p>It’s tempting to try to squeeze every round peg into the square hole of your product, but chasing every prospect with a passing interest in what you’re building is a common mistake for early-stage companies. Even if a prospect seem like a great fit (on paper), or if you’re convinced that they’d love your product (if they just gave it a chance):</p><blockquote>If they aren’t a good fit right now, they aren’t a good use of your time right now.</blockquote><p>Your time is too valuable to spend convincing people they should want your product. Focus instead on people who understand the value you can bring them — what Edith Harbaugh called <a href="/library/video/buy-vs-build-turning-critics-into-champions/">selling bibles to the converted</a> in her talk on Turning Critics into Champions.</p><h2>Leverage Every Prospect for the Next Lead</h2><p>Not every lead will be a great fit, but knowing how to leverage bad leads for better ones is an important skill to practice. Mitch advises that at the end of the meeting, ask the prospect, “Who is one team that you think could benefit from our solution right now?” It’s important to ask for only one — you want one high-quality lead, not several bad ones. Mitch stresses that you don’t need to ask for an introduction — you’re just finding another, better, lead to pursue next.</p><h2>Learn More about B2B Sales Prospecting and Early Stage Sales Tactics</h2><p>Want to learn more about sales prospecting, qualification and hiring your first salesperson? Check out <a href="/library/video/sales-ops-panel-building-early-stage-sales-teams">Building Early-Stage Sales teams</a> featuring Mitch Morando on our panel of early-sales experts, or learn more about the <a href="http://www.morandomethod.com/">Morando Method</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/early-sales-prospecting-for-founders">Sales Prospecting for Founders: Tips from Mitch Morando</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #24, Enterprise Analytics with John Whaley of UnifyID</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-24-enterprise-analytics-with-john-whaley-of-unifyid</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jan 2020 09:40:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-12398</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 24 of EnterpriseReady, Grant joins John Whaley of UnifyID to discuss the process of monetizing university research, how technology enables businesses, and how inherent human behavior threatens security.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 24 of EnterpriseReady, Grant joins John Whaley of UnifyID to discuss the process of monetizing university research, how technology enables businesses, and how inherent human behavior threatens security.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-24-enterprise-analytics-with-john-whaley-of-unifyid">Ep. #24, Enterprise Analytics with John Whaley of UnifyID</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Anatomy Of A Modern Security Team</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/the-anatomy-of-a-modern-security-team</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jan 2020 08:00:49 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-12526</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>How founders should approach early security initiatives, identify the key traits of a great security team member, and the tenets of security org design.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>OKRs for Startups: How to Set Effective OKRs for the First Time</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/best-practices-startup-okrs</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Jan 2020 08:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Professional Development]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-12546</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Setting OKRs can help your team stay aligned and focused on common goals, especially as the organization grows. But formal goal setting can be surprisingly challenging to pull off, and many organizations struggle to get started. To learn how early stage teams can kick off an effective OKR program, I spoke with Heather Doshay, VP […]</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Setting OKRs can help your team stay aligned and focused on common goals, especially as the organization grows. But formal goal setting can be surprisingly challenging to pull off, and many organizations struggle to get started.</p><p>To learn how early stage teams can <a href="/library/video/using-okrs-to-drive-results-aka-secrets-to-crushing-your-goals/?52m05s">kick off an effective OKR program</a>, I spoke with Heather Doshay, VP of People for <a href="https://webflow.com/">Webflow</a> and veteran OKR planner. She shared her learnings and experiences with implementing OKR programs, and offered up some actionable advice for teams that are reading to take the plunge.</p><h2>When is the right time for a startup to start setting OKRs?</h2><p>I don’t think it’s ever too early to set OKRs. A company of one can set OKRs — I actually set OKRs for myself in my personal life, sort of like New Years Resolutions!</p><blockquote>Of course, a lot of people are excited by the idea of all the OKRs rolling up into top-line company goals, but when a company is getting started, the most important thing they can do is get into the rhythm of doing the work.</blockquote><p>There’s a book called <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Mastering-Rockefeller-Habits-Increase-Growing/dp/0978774957">“Mastering the Rockefeller Habits”</a> which talk a lot about growing a business, and their main learning is to set priorities (no more than 5 with a clear #1), get access to data, and have a set rhythm for keeping everyone accountable. This framework works really well alongside the concept of OKRs for early stage companies.</p><h2>What are the essential first steps to take as you prepare to introduce an OKR program to your team?</h2><p>There should be someone who is ready to be accountable to OKRs as an initiative in itself. The first quarter or two, there should be a very meta OKR about OKR accountability and an owner for it.</p><p>It’s also important to find the sweet spot for rolling out an OKR program — you don’t need to start out with OKRs for every single person. I have seen OKRs introduced 3 times. The first time, we didn’t do it until the company was over 150 people, and it was a major (major!) initiative just to get companywide alignment — it was way too big. Then, at my next company, we tried introducing them at around 50 people, but there was no one with the right level of bandwidth and influence to get buy-in from the teams, that was also too big in that the project was tough to get off the ground until someone could own it.</p><p>At my current company, they had tried introducing OKRs once before but it didn’t take off for similar reasons. So, when I joined, we started using OKRs just for the leadership team (about 7 people) and that was just right!</p><p>Also, I’ve found that when it’s hard to set at the company-level, if one team takes it on for just their team and finds great success, other teams want to follow along. Grassroots OKR culture really does work; Webflow’s marketing team has actually been using OKRs successfully for a few years now!</p><h2>Are there any common mistakes that you’ve seen teams make?</h2><h3>Worrying About Perfection</h3><p>The place I see most team members get stuck is trying to be perfect the first time around. The first quarter a team tries OKRs there isn’t a baseline established, many aren’t quite sure what they are even capable of. I’ve seen teams feel paralyzed and not even set any goal because they don’t know and I’ve seen teams completely undershoot and set too low goals for fear they will be disengaged if they don’t meet their goals.</p><blockquote>I’d say to all these teams, the first time might be a mess, and that’s okay! You aren’t shooting for perfection yet, you’re looking to get a baseline out there so in the next quarter you can get better.</blockquote><h3>Setting Goals Too Low</h3><p>If the whole point of OKRs is to drive performance, and a person sets a low goal– especially in the beginning (!!)– they aren’t going to find out what they are capable of. I have, when new to a company, 100% overshot and ended with an entirely missed key result in the past, but what’s great is that it taught me what realistic looked like so I could aim for the right challenge the next time around.</p><p>The OKR philosophy is that a team who achieves 70% of their goal is successful. As Michelangelo said, “The greater danger for most of us lies not in setting our aim too high and falling short; but in setting our aim too low, and achieving our mark.”</p><h3>Setting Too Many OKRs</h3><p>Another common mistake I see are early teams so excited about OKRs they totally overshoot on how many they set because they don’t have clearly ranked priorities. In the early days, companies have less completed so there is a ton of greenfield opportunity. Not being clear about an exact priority will make it tough for teams to set OKRs in service of a priority.</p><h2>How would I begin to set reasonable goals without any sort of established baseline? What are some good strategies for figuring out what those first metrics and measurements should be?</h2><p>That’s exactly where I was saying people get stuck at the beginning! It’s really easy to get stuck in a baseline, but I would say a “best guess” is 100% acceptable during the first, maybe even second, round. If you have any access to data and historical trends, it’s great to use them to inform the number chosen, but <a href="/library/video/business-analytics-are-we-there-yet/">there are always unknowns when setting goals</a>, even when you’re good at it.</p><p>For example, if I’m the CEO of the team and my head of marketing shows me data that we have flatline site traffic or modest growth, it might be very easy for them to express fear that the future is unpredictable. I’d use what I call art plus science here- maybe saying, “Hey I see that site traffic had a peak when we launched X product and then sort of flatlined for modest 2% growth over the past 6 months. I hear the fear that this feels unpredictable right now, but what if we were ambitious and aimed this quarter for 15% growth?”</p><p>Here’s where the art comes in. There’s no set percent growth benchmark that will be logical in the early days when growth is unpredictable. The key is that if, say, the Objective is “site traffic increases 15% by EOQ”, the team can set KRs that make this objective possible. For example, taking the data we have that traffic spiked when we launched a product we could consider KRs like, “X product launch results in 5+ linked article mentions”.</p><blockquote>Ultimately, the team has no baseline and doesn’t know what’s possible, But by using data and adding a layer of ambition, your team can achieve a healthy mix of being nervous while still being committed to the goal.</blockquote><p>At the end of the first quarter, it’s important to complete an internal Quarterly Business Review or Retro where these initial OKR results can become the basis for a new (ambitious) baseline.</p><h2>It’s not uncommon for teams to start out with team-level goals. What are the benefits of setting individual OKRs?</h2><p>I think it’s 100% fine to set team level OKRs, so long as the KR has a single person as the owner. The big benefit to individual OKRs is accountability. If an OKR is owned in entirety by “sales team” and it’s not met, it becomes very easy to point fingers.</p><p>If you want to stick with team level, I suggest making the team leader the owner of the “O” and each team member the owner of a different “KR”. I think the key here is less about the level of the OKRs (at least in the early days when teams are just setting a rhythm and learning the basics) and more about ensuring that accountability is at the individual level.</p><h2>Should teams do performance reviews and OKR reviews at the same time?</h2><p>Both cycles are important to company growth for different and connected reasons, but be cautious around process creep. Performance reviews are an opportunity to gain alignment on progress around career growth, whereas OKRs are progress on very specific initiatives, not the human behind them. OKRs are generally set to a quarterly rhythm, and if a company does a very lightweight performance review cycle, then that can align nicely.</p><p>However, there is a dynamic I’ve seen where team members never see a break from these cycles and it can become dizzying. Imagine reviewing OKR outcomes in a QBR or retro, setting the next quarter OKRs, and reflecting on your performance all at the same time. Now, imagine doing all of this for a team of 8 and having to guide and coach their processes while writing your own and the reviews of your direct reports. I feel a headache coming on just thinking about it! When does the actual work get done within all of this?</p><p>I find that if you can set a rhythm where OKRs are set quarterly, and check-ins happen at a regular cadence where there is opportunity for both manager and direct report to engage in feedback cycles, personal development, and update on an OKR’s status, then it becomes less necessary to line up performance reviews.</p><p>Another consideration is that most startups have very early career managers leading teams. Building up that radical candor feedback muscle takes time and practice, so setting some structure and rhythm around the review is still important to make space for these conversations.</p><h2>Are there any resources you would recommend for teams that want to go deeper on OKRs and other goal-setting methodologies?</h2><p>There are a ton of articles and books out there, and it can be hard to find great sources of truth. I’d say <a href="https://www.whatmatters.com/">Measure What Matters</a> is <em>the</em> book on everything OKRs, as it’s written by John Doerr himself. To really go deep, this is the best place to start. However, I think a great practical playbook for getting started is <a href="https://www.atlassian.com/team-playbook/plays/okrs">this free and practical resource Atlassian created</a> that truly helps teams set OKRs for the first time.</p><p>There are also a ton of products out there centered on creating OKRs, such as Lattice, Reflektive, and more, and these can be great if you’re trying to create cycles around a mix of OKRs and performance reviews. That said, if you’re early and setting goals but not yet reviews, a Google Sheet will be plenty to get you started.</p><h3>About Heather:</h3><p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/doshay">Heather Doshay</a> is the VP of People for Webflow. She is an HR and Talent executive with a doctorate in Leadership, and is passionate about enabling tech startups to achieve business goals through people strategy.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/best-practices-startup-okrs">OKRs for Startups: How to Set Effective OKRs for the First Time</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Every IPO Needs a CISO</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/every-ipo-needs-a-ciso</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2020 08:00:34 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-12530</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the finale session of DevGuild: Enterprise Security, CISOs from Atlassian, Segment and Splunk come together to discuss the role of the CISO in developer and enterprise software startups.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Passing Enterprise Security Reviews</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/passing-enterprise-security-reviews</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jan 2020 12:38:49 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-12511</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Lisa Hawke, VP of Security and Compliance for Everlaw, demystifies the enterprise security reviews and vendor risk assessment processes. She covers topics including identifying internal champions, navigating enterprise security orgs, when and how to work on security policies and compliance (SOC 2, ISO/IEC 27001, etc.), and the secondary benefits that certifications present to your startup.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Security From The Start: Startup Security Basics</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/security-from-the-start-startup-security-basics</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jan 2020 11:03:47 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-12500</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Security has become an essential business consideration for organizations of all sizes and stages. GGV Capital’s Oren Yunger shares the the baseline security requirements expected from startups, including an introduction to risk classification, and examples of the investments and tradeoffs founders make in designing for security.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #15, Speaking of Serverless with Rachel Myers and Emily Nakashima</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-15-speaking-of-serverless-with-rachel-myers-and-emily-nakashima</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Dec 2019 10:24:34 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-12396</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 15 of O11ycast, Charity and Liz speak with Rachel Myers of Google and Emily Nakashima of Honeycomb. They discuss serverless development, customer-vendor relations, using logs correctly, and better understanding your data model.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 15 of O11ycast, Charity and Liz speak with Rachel Myers of Google and Emily Nakashima of Honeycomb. They discuss serverless development, customer-vendor relations, using logs correctly, and better understanding your data model.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-15-speaking-of-serverless-with-rachel-myers-and-emily-nakashima">Ep. #15, Speaking of Serverless with Rachel Myers and Emily Nakashima</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #44, Year in Review with Guy Podjarny</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-44-year-in-review-with-guy-podjarny</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Dec 2019 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-12384</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p><strong><em>Note: The Secure Developer has moved. Head to <a href="https://www.mydevsecops.io/the-secure-developer-podcast">mydevsecops.io</a> to subscribe and listen to the latest episodes.</em></strong></p><p>In episode 44 of The Secure Developer, Guy Podjarny sits down with guest host Simon Maple of Snyk to reflect back on the numerous guests he’s had on the show throughout 2019, and the many security lessons and insights shared along the way.</p><p></p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><strong><em>Note: The Secure Developer has moved. Head to <a href="https://www.mydevsecops.io/the-secure-developer-podcast">mydevsecops.io</a> to subscribe and listen to the latest episodes.</em></strong></p><p>In episode 44 of The Secure Developer, Guy Podjarny sits down with guest host Simon Maple of Snyk to reflect back on the numerous guests he’s had on the show throughout 2019, and the many security lessons and insights shared along the way.</p><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-44-year-in-review-with-guy-podjarny">Ep. #44, Year in Review with Guy Podjarny</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #23, Cloud Infrastructure with Abby Kearns of Cloud Foundry Foundation</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-23-cloud-infrastructure-with-abby-kearns-of-cloud-foundry-foundation</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Dec 2019 09:31:27 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-12378</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 23 of EnterpriseReady, Grant is joined by Abby Kearns, executive director of Cloud Foundry. They discuss enterprise infrastructure, the future of the cloud, technological ecosystems in China, and open source business models.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 23 of EnterpriseReady, Grant is joined by Abby Kearns, executive director of Cloud Foundry. They discuss enterprise infrastructure, the future of the cloud, technological ecosystems in China, and open source business models.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-23-cloud-infrastructure-with-abby-kearns-of-cloud-foundry-foundation">Ep. #23, Cloud Infrastructure with Abby Kearns of Cloud Foundry Foundation</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Recommended Reading: Developer Content that DevTools Experts Loved in 2019</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/devtools-experts-developer-content-2019</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Dec 2019 10:45:37 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Roundup]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Seasonal]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-12298</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>As 2019 wraps up, we’re continuing to look back on the best devtools and developer content of the year. This week we asked some of the sales, marketing, security and engineering experts from our network what the best thing that they read, watched or listened to this year was. Check out their recommendations to catch […]</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>As 2019 wraps up, we’re continuing to look back on <a href="/library/blog/what-to-read-before-2020-the-best-devtools-content-from-the-heavybit-library/">the best devtools and developer content of the year</a>. This week we asked some of the sales, marketing, security and engineering <a href="/library/contributor-program/">experts from our network</a> what the best thing that they read, watched or listened to this year was. Check out their recommendations to catch up on the best of 2019 before the end of the year!</p><h2>“The Service Mesh: What Every Software Engineer Needs to Know about the World’s Most Over-Hyped Technology”</h2><p>“The team at Linkerd did <a href="https://servicemesh.io/">a great job of breaking down the origins of service meshes</a>, what they do and why they’re needed.”</p><ul><li><strong><a href="/library/podcasts/enterpriseready/">Grant Miller</a>, Co-Founder of <a href="https://www.replicated.com/">Replicated</a> &amp; host of the EnterpriseReady podcast</strong></li></ul><p><em>(Ed. Note: Catch more on the creation and growth of Linkerd from founder William Morgan on <a href="/library/podcasts/enterpriseready/ep-12-service-mesh-with-william-morgan-of-bouyant/">episode 12 of Grant’s podcas</a>t, the EnterpriseReady.)</em></p><h2>The Sqreen Blog</h2><p>“One of the developer-centric security blogs and newsletters I read regularly and recommend is <a href="https://blog.sqreen.com/">Sqreen</a>. They’ve got a great spread of topics – covering security, development, operations – as well as varying depths – high-level overviews and technical deep dives.”</p><ul><li><strong><a href="/library/blog/customer-security-questionnaires-the-vra-two-step/">George Chamales</a>, Principal Security Architect, CriticalSec</strong></li></ul><h2>“The Unicorn Project”</h2><p>“My favorite thing this year about developers is brand new book from Gene Kim, <a href="https://itrevolution.com/the-unicorn-project/">“The Unicorn Project”</a>. Every company on the planet is trying to figure out how to attract and retain developer talent and also figure out how to keep them productive; this is the blueprint on how to make it all work together.”</p><ul><li><strong><a href="/library/blog/developer-support-best-practices/">Jesse Davis</a>, EVP of Product &amp; Technology, Devada (<a href="https://dzone.com/">DZone</a>)</strong></li></ul><h2>“Controlled Chaos: The Inevitable Marriage of DevOps and Security”</h2><p>“<a href="https://swagitda.com/speaking/us-19-Shortridge-Forsgren-Controlled-Chaos-the-Inevitable-Marriage-of-DevOps-and-Security.pdf">This Black Hat talk</a> by Kelly Shortridge (VP Product Strategy at Capsule8) and Nicole Forsgren (research and strategy at Google Cloud) reflects the growing reality that security needs to evolve and become integrated into the development process. This is quite the paradigm shift, and a welcome one, that I hope increasingly moves from theory to reality over the next few years. I especially love the talk’s focus on defensive innovation, which is where I see the most exciting security work starting to emerge, especially from those who are taking this mindset of minimizing security friction within the dev process, while also prioritizing security outcomes.”</p><ul><li><strong><a href="/library/blog/how-to-minimize-security-debt-from-the-start/">Andrea Limbago</a>, Chief Social Scientist, <a href="https://www.virtru.com/">Virtru</a></strong></li></ul><p><em>(Ed. Note — The full Black Hat session is not available online, but you <a href="https://youtu.be/zMyLvPPbWMc">view a shorter version of the talk </a>or <a href="https://www.veracode.com/blog/security-news/live-black-hat-usa-inevitable-marriage-devops-security">a written overview of the session</a>.</em></p><h2>“Forget ROI, Use MoAR for Your Portfolio Roadmapping”</h2><p>“<a href="https://dragonboat.io/blog/forget-roi-use-moar-for-your-portfolio-roadmapping/">This article</a> and the tool Dragonboat taught me about portfolio project management (PPM) used at mature companies who have the luxury of a PMO. I am now applying this in a startup company context so that we can make better-informed product bets from the very beginning.”</p><ul><li><strong><a href="/library/blog/kwans-hierarchy-of-product-needs-the-four-levels-of-product-managers/">Connie Kwan</a>, Chief Storyteller, <a href="https://www.productmaestro.com/">ProductMaestro</a></strong></li></ul><h2>Version-One Startup Handbook</h2><p>“Version-One’s Startup Handbook is applicable to developer start-ups and sales-focused in the sense that it’s about scalability. It’s a great start for understanding how to scale your team properly and enable sales.”</p><ul><li><strong><a href="/library/blog/early-stage-sales-and-marketing/">Nick Beecroft</a>, Sales Manager, <a href="https://www.riskiq.com/">RiskIQ</a></strong></li></ul><h2>Stack Overflow Developer Survey</h2><p>“The best piece of developer content I read this year was the <a href="https://insights.stackoverflow.com/survey/2019">Stack Overflow Developer Survey</a>. The reason why is because of the number of participants they were able to get to participate in it, what they uncovered and the amount of insights that analyzed, as well as how easy it is to understand. I like that it is interactive instead of a PDF.”</p><ul><li><strong><a href="/library/blog/linked-groups-marketing/">Francis Adanza</a>, Head of Marketing, <a href="https://www.testim.io/">Testim</a></strong></li></ul><h2>Darknet Diaries, Episode 42</h2><p>“I love <a href="https://darknetdiaries.com/episode/42/">this episode of Darknet Diaries</a>. It’s focused on three fascinating cybersecurity stories and they are as entertaining as they are informative. Stories can stick with us more than pure technical writing in my opinion.”</p><ul><li><a href="/library/blog/the-cybersecurity-easy-button-a-framework-for-security-programs/">Chris Cochran</a>, <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/id1471881997">Hacker Valley Studio</a> co-host &amp; Threat Intelligence leader <em>(Ed. Note — Don’t miss DevGuild speaker Ody Lupescu on <a href="https://open.spotify.com/episode/6fCVAnrZ4cRfiPI8sLUJ87?si=9dJifTr0QL6b38DLG8OehA">a recent episode of Hacker Valley</a>)</em></li></ul><h2>Your Picks for the Best Developer Content in 2019</h2><p>What were your favorite articles, podcasts and talks about devtools in 2019? <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">Share with us on Twitter</a> to help us build our reading list for the holidays!</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/devtools-experts-developer-content-2019">Recommended Reading: Developer Content that DevTools Experts Loved in 2019</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #43, Combatting Security Burnout with Stu Hirst of Just Eat</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-43-combatting-security-burnout-with-stu-hirst-of-just-eat</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Dec 2019 09:52:37 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-12306</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p><strong><em>Note: The Secure Developer has moved. Head to <a href="https://www.mydevsecops.io/the-secure-developer-podcast">mydevsecops.io</a> to subscribe and listen to the latest episodes.</em></strong></p><p>In episode 43 of The Secure Developer, Guy joins Stu Hirst, Principle Cloud Security Engineer at Just Eat. They discuss Stu’s journey into cloud security, avoiding burnout, cultivating better hiring practices, and the importance of failing fast.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><strong><em>Note: The Secure Developer has moved. Head to <a href="https://www.mydevsecops.io/the-secure-developer-podcast">mydevsecops.io</a> to subscribe and listen to the latest episodes.</em></strong></p><p>In episode 43 of The Secure Developer, Guy joins Stu Hirst, Principle Cloud Security Engineer at Just Eat. They discuss Stu’s journey into cloud security, avoiding burnout, cultivating better hiring practices, and the importance of failing fast.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-43-combatting-security-burnout-with-stu-hirst-of-just-eat">Ep. #43, Combatting Security Burnout with Stu Hirst of Just Eat</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Subscribe to These Top DevTools Newsletters in 2020</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/subscribe-to-these-top-devtools-newsletters-in-2020</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2019 15:14:54 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Roundup]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Seasonal]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-12269</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Every week there’s a seemingly endless stream of new blog posts, articles, podcasts and other content about every facet of the devtools industry. While there are many great pieces waiting to be discovered, scouring the web for those gems could easily take up your whole week. Selecting a few well-curated newsletters surface interesting finds can […]</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Every week there’s a seemingly endless stream of new blog posts, articles, podcasts and other content about every facet of the devtools industry. While there are many great pieces waiting to be discovered, scouring the web for those gems could easily take up your whole week.</p><p>Selecting a few well-curated newsletters surface interesting finds can help you cut through the noise get straight to the best new content quickly. Whether you want to streamline your content consumption or broaden your horizons in 2020, we’ve picked a few favorite devtools-focused newsletters from the Heavybit community.</p><h2>Pointer</h2><p><a href="http://www.pointer.io/">Pointer</a>‘s mission is to provide “a window into what other current and future CTOs are reading and thinking about,” with a focus on high-quality, often long-form content that’s worth getting your team talking about interesting topics. Even if you have limited reading time, Pointer provides an excellent, focused list of articles that will push you to learn something new every week.</p><h2>Changelog</h2><p>Like HackerNews, <a href="https://changelog.com/weekly">Changelog’s weekly newsletter</a> draws on community-sourced link curation, but with a stronger focus on topics like open source, projects, developer news and startup culture. The Changelog team also produces a range of great podcasts, so if listening is more in your wheelhouse, this is a great pick.</p><h2>Reify</h2><p>The folks at Reify have marketed and sold for devtools companies like GitHub, New Relic, and Code Climate. Their own content distills their experience into useful lessons, <a href="https://www.reifyworks.com/writing/2018-05-03-why-marketing-doesnt-work">like what to do when marketing doesn’t work</a>, but <a href="https://www.reifyworks.com/writing">Reify’s newsletter</a> also provides curated content from Reify’s clients and from around the web. If you’re looking to level up your marketing and/or sales strategy this year, Reify’s newsletter will help you get there faster.</p><h2>HackerNewsletter</h2><p>When we’ve polled the community on their favorite resources for staying on top of industry news, HackerNews comes out on top every time. But staying on top of the continual flow of conversations and threads on HackerNews is time-consuming. <a href="https://hackernewsletter.com/">HackerNewsletter</a> provides a summary of the top posts every week, so you cut straight to the most interesting finds.</p><h2>The Smashing Newsletter</h2><p>Good design can make all the difference from brand recognition to user adoption. For all things web design and development, <a href="https://www.smashingmagazine.com/the-smashing-newsletter/">Smashing Magazine’s newsletter</a> provides thoughtfully curated tips, articles and lessons twice a month. If staying in the loop with web development and design trends is a priority in 2020, add Smashing to your list of subscriptions.</p><h2>DevTools Digest: Subscribe for Updates from Heavybit</h2><p>We’d be remiss if we didn’t recommend checking out Heavybit’s <a href="https://www.devtoolsdigest.com/">own Devtools Digest weekly newsletter</a> — subscribe now for updates from the community, the latest industry news and exclusive event invites from Heavybit.</p><p>Do you have suggestions for a must-subscribe newsletter? <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">Let us know on Twitter</a> and we’ll share your picks with the community!</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/subscribe-to-these-top-devtools-newsletters-in-2020">Subscribe to These Top DevTools Newsletters in 2020</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #22, Data-Driven Enterprise with Derek Steer of Mode</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-22-data-driven-enterprise-with-derek-steer-of-mode</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2019 09:17:01 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-12259</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 22 of EnterpriseReady, Grant chats with Derek Steer, CEO of Mode. Together they pull back the curtain on data science tools, and how enterprise software companies can use data analysis to drive business forward.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 22 of EnterpriseReady, Grant chats with Derek Steer, CEO of Mode. Together they pull back the curtain on data science tools, and how enterprise software companies can use data analysis to drive business forward.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-22-data-driven-enterprise-with-derek-steer-of-mode">Ep. #22, Data-Driven Enterprise with Derek Steer of Mode</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #21, Product and Narrative with Michel Feaster of Usermind</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-21-product-and-narrative-with-michel-feaster-of-usermind</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Dec 2019 10:05:40 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-12194</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 21 of EnterpriseReady, Grant interviews Michel Feaster, CEO and Co-Founder of Usermind. They discuss Michel’s journey from gas station employee to enterprise software CEO, as well as the relationship between product, product marketing, and marketing.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 21 of EnterpriseReady, Grant interviews Michel Feaster, CEO and Co-Founder of Usermind. They discuss Michel’s journey from gas station employee to enterprise software CEO, as well as the relationship between product, product marketing, and marketing.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-21-product-and-narrative-with-michel-feaster-of-usermind">Ep. #21, Product and Narrative with Michel Feaster of Usermind</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #14, Team Players with Mehdi Daoudi of Catchpoint</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-14-team-players-with-mehdi-daoudi-of-catchpoint</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Dec 2019 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-11955</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 14 of O11ycast, Charity and Liz are joined by Mehdi Daoudi of Catchpoint. They discuss the importance of team players when scaling, as well as the hidden value in measuring the experience of your employees, not just your customers.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 14 of O11ycast, Charity and Liz are joined by Mehdi Daoudi of Catchpoint. They discuss the importance of team players when scaling, as well as the hidden value in measuring the experience of your employees, not just your customers.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-14-team-players-with-mehdi-daoudi-of-catchpoint">Ep. #14, Team Players with Mehdi Daoudi of Catchpoint</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #42, News Media Security with Kate Whalen of The Guardian</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-42-news-media-security-with-kate-whalen-of-the-guardian</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Nov 2019 09:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-11974</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p><strong><em>Note: The Secure Developer has moved. Head to <a href="https://www.mydevsecops.io/the-secure-developer-podcast">mydevsecops.io</a> to subscribe and listen to the latest episodes.</em></strong></p><p>In episode 42 of The Secure Developer, Guy speaks with Kate Whalen, a security engineer at The Guardian, to discuss news media security and advocating security across many teams within a large organization.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><strong><em>Note: The Secure Developer has moved. Head to <a href="https://www.mydevsecops.io/the-secure-developer-podcast">mydevsecops.io</a> to subscribe and listen to the latest episodes.</em></strong></p><p>In episode 42 of The Secure Developer, Guy speaks with Kate Whalen, a security engineer at The Guardian, to discuss news media security and advocating security across many teams within a large organization.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-42-news-media-security-with-kate-whalen-of-the-guardian">Ep. #42, News Media Security with Kate Whalen of The Guardian</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #50, Real-time Editing with Scott Gallant and Jordan Patterson of Forestry.io</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-50-real-time-editing-with-scott-gallant-and-jordan-patterson-of-forestry-io</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Nov 2019 09:45:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-12004</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 50 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Scott Gallant and Jordan Patterson, the founders of Forestry.io. They discuss next-generation CMS and real-time editing with their open-source toolkit TinaCMS.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 50 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Scott Gallant and Jordan Patterson, the founders of Forestry.io. They discuss next-generation CMS and real-time editing with their open-source toolkit TinaCMS.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-50-real-time-editing-with-scott-gallant-and-jordan-patterson-of-forestry-io">Ep. #50, Real-time Editing with Scott Gallant and Jordan Patterson of Forestry.io</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #20, Executive Visibility with Yvonne Wassenaar, CEO of Puppet</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-20-executive-visibility-with-yvonne-wassenaar-ceo-of-puppet</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Nov 2019 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-12132</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 20 of EnterpriseReady, Grant is joined by Yvonne Wassenaar, CEO of Puppet. They discuss her experience serving on boards of enterprise software companies, transitioning from a single product company to multiple products, and the role of professional services.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 20 of EnterpriseReady, Grant is joined by Yvonne Wassenaar, CEO of Puppet. They discuss her experience serving on boards of enterprise software companies, transitioning from a single product company to multiple products, and the role of professional services.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-20-executive-visibility-with-yvonne-wassenaar-ceo-of-puppet">Ep. #20, Executive Visibility with Yvonne Wassenaar, CEO of Puppet</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What to Read Before 2020: The Best DevTools Content from the Heavybit Library</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/what-to-read-before-2020-the-best-devtools-content-from-the-heavybit-library</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Nov 2019 11:44:03 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Roundup]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Seasonal]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-12210</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>As 2019 winds down, it’s time to catch up on the best devtools content in the Heavybit library. Check out our favorite podcasts, articles &amp; talks this year.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Whether you’ve got a long plane, train or car ride home for the holidays, or if you’re just ready to take a breather, the end of the year is a great time to catch up on the best articles, podcasts and talks from the year. Check out our picks for the best devtools content in the Heavybit library from 2019 below:</p><h2>Our Best DevTools Blog Posts of 2019:</h2><h3><a href="/library/blog/messaging-framework/">Dear Founders, Start with Messaging</a></h3><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/ebd5da17f06a41a227b7f860dff5f6e6c6c527cd-800x300.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>The best time to figure out your messaging was yesterday. The next best time is right now — so make messaging a priority project for 2020. Heavybit’s own Dana Oshiro shares two solid messaging frameworks and a high-level process for navigating the sometimes-daunting process of drafting and iterating your own messaging framework.</p><h3><a href="/library/blog/kwans-hierarchy-of-product-needs-the-four-levels-of-product-managers/">Kwan Hierarchy of Product Needs: The 4 Levels of Product Managers</a></h3><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/db1ac69b6ac97070e7dd72533c1883a5ddabfcb0-800x300.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>For growing teams, making the right product hire can make all the difference. But from PM to VP — how do you know which hire is the right one for you, right now? In this article, Product Maestro’s Connie Kwan shares how to think about hiring product managers for various needs. Whether you’re hiring now or somewhere down the line, Connie’s advice can help you understand how to think more strategically around product management decision-making.</p><h3><a href="/library/blog/customer-security-questionnaires-the-vra-two-step/">Security Questionnaires: The VRA Two-Step</a></h3><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/41eddd80470b6ad65961aa6d17d9a812930ab7cd-800x300.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>As we learned at <a href="/devguild/enterprise-security/">DevGuild: Enterprise Security</a>, communicating your organization’s security strategy is nearly as important as implementing that strategy in the first place. Unfortunately, security questionnaires and VRAs sit at the intersection of necessary (for closing big deals) and time-consuming tasks for most organizations. George Chamales’ post on the VRA Two-Step provides a framework that streamlines the process of completing security questionnaires so you can build trust without wasting time.</p><h3><a href="/library/blog/collaborating-with-developer-relations-part-1-marketing/">Collaborating with Developer Relations Series</a></h3><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/91071ced19e8b42347080cd06207fd9faacee2e7-800x300.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>Now more than ever, Organizations in the developer tools space have a dedicated Developer Relations team (or person). But the role is still being defined, and it’s not always clear how to get the most impact out of your DevRel team. Orbit co-founders Josh Dzielak and Patrick Woods partnered up to create this three-part series on Collaborating with Developer Relations. Dig into the series to learn how DevRel can partner with Marketing, Sales and Product teams to increase each team’s impact.</p><h2>Our Best DevTools Podcast Episodes of 2019:</h2><h3><a href="/library/podcasts/o11ycast/ep-9-high-performance-devops-with-jez-humble/">High Performance Dev Ops, o11ycast</a></h3><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/49d959b437766e1764af90f93b2e6b8ab920e8fb-800x300.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>As the shape of technical teams has changed over the years, so have the skillsets needed to build and sustain a high-functioning team. Jez Humble has literally written the book on DevOps — several, in fact. In this episode of o11ycast, he chats with Charity and Rachel about his recent collaboration with Nicole Forsgren, <a href="https://cloud.google.com/devops/state-of-devops/">The 2019 Accelerate State of DevOps Report.</a> Listen to the episode for insights about the traits that top-tier DevOps teams have in common, and why emotional intelligence is more important than ever for technical teams.</p><h3><a href="/library/podcasts/jamstack-radio/ep-38-jam-performance-with-j-c-hiatt-of-devlifts/">JAM Performance, JAMstack Radio</a></h3><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/b883e05e60c7cadb94e21a13a6c832393e6830ef-800x300.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>Brian Douglas’ JAMstack Radio has showcased a wide range of guests this year, discussing everything from emerging tools in the JAMstack to their favorite down-time “picks”. In this episode, Devlifts founder J.C. Hiatt joins Brian to dive into what Devlifts’ backend-free stack looks like in practice. Check it out for a look under the hood at how leveraging the right infrastructure and tooling enables Devlifts to stay ultra-lean.</p><h3><a href="/library/podcasts/to-be-continuous/52-the-evolution-of-local-vs-remote/">The Evolution of Local vs. Remote Teams</a></h3><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/02ed4c6b489c1ae44a7a8394b313ece0568abab7-800x300.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>As of 2019, nearly two-thirds of companies allow for some amount of remote work — and that number is growing fast. Paul Biggar and Edith Harbaugh share their experiences (both good and bad) working on distributed teams, and how their perspectives have changed on the value of remote work over time. Whether you’re part of a distributed or remote team, considering transitioning your team to the model, or just interested in the ins and outs of collaborating remotely, Paul and Edith’s conversation is a valuable listen.</p><h2>Our Best DevTools Speaking Sessions of 2019:</h2><h3><a href="/library/video/executive-communication/">Michael Dearing on Executive Communication</a></h3><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/b9888628d55fab000d00709e5ea30de284e0c9a4-800x300.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h3><a href="/library/video/buy-vs-build-turning-critics-into-champions/">Build vs Buy: Turning Critics into Champions</a></h3><p></p><p>You’ve launched a great product — how do you get the word out? Edith Harbaugh shares what she’s learned about building an audience from the ground up at LaunchDarkly, and how to sell to a technical audience that would rather create a home-grown solution than buy a product. If you’re struggling to figure out how to expand your reach, combat critics, or build your brand identity, Edith’s advice is a great place to start.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/570f9a77cd54836a6bc9f0432972f0ae22b3fc54-800x300.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>Want more of the best devtools content from Heavybit? Check out <a href="/library">our library</a> to find more great articles, blog posts and podcasts, or <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr">subscribe for updates</a> for more curated picks from the team.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/what-to-read-before-2020-the-best-devtools-content-from-the-heavybit-library">What to Read Before 2020: The Best DevTools Content from the Heavybit Library</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #55, Speaking of Conferences</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-55-speaking-of-conferences</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Nov 2019 09:50:49 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-12024</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 55 of To Be Continuous, Paul and Edith discuss their conference experiences, as both attendees and hosts, as well their firsthand knowledge of freemium and low-tier pricing models.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 55 of To Be Continuous, Paul and Edith discuss their conference experiences, as both attendees and hosts, as well their firsthand knowledge of freemium and low-tier pricing models.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-55-speaking-of-conferences">Ep. #55, Speaking of Conferences</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building Vibrant Developer Communities</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-vibrant-developer-communities</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2019 11:33:12 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-12021</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>We brought together a group of developer relations experts to discuss how they’ve built and maintained vibrant, active developer communities for their orgs.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #19, API Integrations with Mark Geene of Cloud Elements</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-19-api-integrations-with-mark-geene-of-cloud-elements</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2019 10:35:16 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-11824</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 19 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Mark Geene, CEO and Co-Founder of Cloud Elements. They discuss Mark’s early days in enterprise, integrations between apps and APIs, and the go-to-market lessons learned along the way.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 19 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Mark Geene, CEO and Co-Founder of Cloud Elements. They discuss Mark’s early days in enterprise, integrations between apps and APIs, and the go-to-market lessons learned along the way.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-19-api-integrations-with-mark-geene-of-cloud-elements">Ep. #19, API Integrations with Mark Geene of Cloud Elements</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Developer Support Best Practices</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/developer-support-best-practices</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2019 08:00:13 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Community]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Product Onboarding]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Technical Onboarding]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Customer Success]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Customer Support]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-11904</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>A short list of best practices for creating a developer support system that helps devs learn and ensures your company can deliver what they need.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>What does it take to build and support developer communities? In this article, EVP of Product for <a href="https://devada.com/">Devada</a> Jesse Davis shares insights from the 2019 <a href="https://devada.com/2019-state-of-the-developer-report/">State of the Developer Report</a> and gives advice to organizations that want to level up their own developer support strategies and practices.</em></p><p>When we surveyed developers earlier this year we weren’t surprised by this result: 77% said they research and solve challenges themselves. A mere 3% willingly reach out to vendor technical support for issues with the tools they use (and that’s probably because their manager told them to.). They usually try to figure things out themselves.</p><p>Are the technical support ticketing systems in use failing? A stubborn streak of independence? It’s really just the nature of developers – they are attracted to the coding because they like to solve problems.</p><p>Understanding this should feed into how you design a support system for your products. How do you make sure developers are learning how to get the most from your products, sharing best practices with other users, and getting the latest features and updates in a way that helps them stay up to date on your technology? How can your support site increase their productivity and turn them into happy, satisfied users?</p><p>Our 2019 State of the Developer Report sought answers to those questions. More than 800 developers responded to the online survey with a fairly even spread among small-, medium- and enterprise-size companies. The respondents were members and visitors to our very own DZone.com site which is one of the world’s oldest developer communities with roots going back to 1997.</p><p>We explored issues around the use of developer communities, preferred ways of learning, and factors that impact developer productivity. You can read the full report <a href="http://go.devada.com/LP-WP-2019-State-of-the-Developer-Report.html">here</a>.</p><p>In reviewing the data and thinking about what we’ve learned from working with developers, we’ve prepared a short list of best practices for helping them learn and making sure your company can deliver what they need.</p><h2>1. Developers don’t want to talk to you</h2><p>Don’t take it personally. Developers just aren’t into talking through an issue with a support representative. 94% of developers say you don’t need phone-based technical support and only half (48%) say they would like technical support via live chat. They prefer to find the answer on their own or by asking their peers. You’ll want to make sure to have a system that allows that — Q&amp;A systems are what you need here.</p><p>Phone-based technical support has another huge disadvantage: It’s expensive because it is one-to-one. Does your phone support ever capture the question and answer and place it somewhere where developers can see it? You don’t want to be answering the same questions more than once, so make sure you’re capturing questions and allowing users to search for answers.</p><h2>2. Separate the marketing learning curve from the technical one</h2><p>You’ve likely figured out that it takes more than a marketing team to attract, communicate and work with developers. But who should be in charge of which types of content?</p><p>This bar chart from our research provides a kind of roadmap for dividing and conquering:</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/c33a759fb5a4bba5fcf4f11355306adc6393b5c4-1024x512.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>On the right are the content types that help you build and sustain awareness of your solution or product. On the left are the tools that help a dev use your solution and solve a problem.</p><p>Tutorials written by copywriters sound like thinly veiled sales pitches so you’ll want your technical resources writing blogs and tutorials; better yet – recruit other developers from your community to write them! <a href="/library/blog/collaborating-with-developer-relations-part-1-marketing/">You’ll still need your marketers for awareness building</a>, crafting engaging copy, helping you create compelling podcasts and social campaigns — though we know some developers with mad tweeting skills.</p><p>Why did only 35% of respondents pick Software Development Kits? We think of SDKs as both an awareness and learning tool that takes a bit of commitment. If a developer is casually learning about your product, they might check out a blog post first. If they are already immersed in using your product, the SDK is in the rear-view mirror. If you want to engage early with an SDK it needs to be centered around the idea of ‘micro learning’ – helping the developer get something accomplished every 10 minutes. Otherwise they’ll lose interest.</p><p>Whitepapers, content for forums and video are good areas for marketing and technical to work together.</p><h2>3. Understand when video works – and when it doesn’t</h2><p>Speaking of video, don’t misuse it. If you need to walk a user through a simple setup, a video is a great tool. It’s also good for providing a general overview of a new way to approach a problem, or a new solution. However, it doesn’t work for solving problems when code is involved. Have you ever tried to grab a line of code from a video? It’s too much of a pain to pause the video, copy what you see there, and then continue – this is why developers prefer a blog post or tutorial.</p><p>It’s not a surprise that videos ranked as the 4th most important content style for learning new skills — behind tutorials, blog posts and short articles. Nothing will ever beat a tutorial written by a developer for a developer. You just put the tutorial on screen #2 with your IDE on screen #1 and have at it!</p><h2>4. Look at an online community as a technical support option</h2><p>Developers like communities and they expect you to have one if you have a solution that they’ll be using. Our survey results show that 88% of those surveyed agree or strongly agree that vendors should provide their own online community!</p><p>Rather than having your team answer questions on public forums, offering your own community gives you control. You can moderate for good online citizenship and tag top answers, you can recruit experts to help you manage the community and answer the tough questions. Developers love to give back, so you will want a system that allows you to get their input on <a href="https://devada.com/customer-success/quali/">ideas</a> for your platform.</p><p>I know, you’re thinking that you can handle all this with your documentation. However, documentation is no substitute for a community! By its very nature, documentation tends to be static and is certainly not updated daily. It’s never going to have answers on compiling errors or syntax issues. Think of it this way: You get a new phone and you go to link it to your car’s Bluetooth. If it doesn’t work, the car’s documentation isn’t necessarily going to help because it won’t cover every version of every phone on the market.</p><p>Vendor-sponsored communities offer a conversation and give and take with answers coming from the company and from experienced users, plus options to upvote and accept answers. It’s a dynamic, interactive and vibrant way to work with and engage with developers. It’s really all about <a href="/library/blog/building-blocks-for-an-innovative-and-inclusive-developer-community-part-1/">providing a place online where developers belong</a>; give them a place where they can build relationships with people using your technology. Result: You win.</p><p>Some companies that want developers to build on their platform have bypassed traditional support systems, standing up a community to supply the support that devs need. Many companies worry that standing up a community will cause friction with enterprise customers that are used to the “white glove” treatment; however, what we see is that when using communities the time to get an answer and full solution actually decreases! With a community,<a href="/library/blog/3-devrel-approaches-to-product-support-and-security/"> you’re crowdsourcing each and every problem</a> which is more effective than sitting in a queue waiting for the next available customer support representative to take a look.</p><h2>5. Change up your communication style with existing customers</h2><p>You’ve got developers actively using your product. Maybe you’ve launched a developer community to help answer their questions. How do you let them know that there is a new product or a resource available?</p><p>Every developer marketer’s first inclination would be to craft an email. Don’t go there. Developers prefer a post in your community (a blog or sticky announcement works great!) Sixty percent of those surveyed said that this method will work better for them instead of more e-mail. It was nearly double the second favorite choice — announce the news on a forum. Emails ranked 6th at 26%. You might alert users of the blog in an email packaged with other news. We think that should be okay with your devs – assuming that’s one email a month. Just one.</p><h2>One last note on helping developers solve challenges</h2><p>When it comes to supporting developers there isn’t a magic bullet; however, there are some targeted technologies out there to help you build your community and make some happy developers. You’ll need to have a strategy and programs to support your community; these programs coupled with great community software are a powerful combination to get more developers using your products.</p><p>Just make sure you are choosing solutions that will scale as your business grows. This will help you build the kind of lasting relationships with your developers that will yield surprisingly (positive) results.</p><p><em>To learn more about this topic, check out our <a href="/library/blog/lessons-from-devrel-experts-on-building-developer-communities/">key insights from Building Vibrant Developer Communities</a>, a panel of DevRel experts moderated by Jesse at the Heavybit Clubhouse, or <a href="/library/video/building-vibrant-developer-communities">watch a recording of the full panel here.</a></em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/developer-support-best-practices">Developer Support Best Practices</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #41, Optimizing Team Communication with Sara Dunnack of InVision</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-41-optimizing-team-communication-with-sara-dunnack-of-invision</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Nov 2019 09:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-11937</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p><strong><em>Note: The Secure Developer has moved. Head to <a href="https://www.mydevsecops.io/the-secure-developer-podcast">mydevsecops.io</a> to subscribe and listen to the latest episodes.</em></strong></p><p>In episode 41 of The Secure Developer, Guy talks with Sara Dunnack, a security engineer at InVision. They discuss methods for improving communication between DevSecOps, AppSec, and Engineering teams within an organization.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><strong><em>Note: The Secure Developer has moved. Head to <a href="https://www.mydevsecops.io/the-secure-developer-podcast">mydevsecops.io</a> to subscribe and listen to the latest episodes.</em></strong></p><p>In episode 41 of The Secure Developer, Guy talks with Sara Dunnack, a security engineer at InVision. They discuss methods for improving communication between DevSecOps, AppSec, and Engineering teams within an organization.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-41-optimizing-team-communication-with-sara-dunnack-of-invision">Ep. #41, Optimizing Team Communication with Sara Dunnack of InVision</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #49, Auth in the JAMstack with Sam Julien of Auth0</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-49-auth-in-the-jamstack-with-sam-julien-of-auth0</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Nov 2019 09:51:50 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-12002</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 49 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Sam Julien of Auth0 to discuss an elegant workflow for authentication and authorization in the JAMstack, dependencies in Gatsby, and storing JSON web tokens safely.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 49 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Sam Julien of Auth0 to discuss an elegant workflow for authentication and authorization in the JAMstack, dependencies in Gatsby, and storing JSON web tokens safely.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-49-auth-in-the-jamstack-with-sam-julien-of-auth0">Ep. #49, Auth in the JAMstack with Sam Julien of Auth0</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #18, Secure Infrastructure with Elizabeth Zalman of strongDM</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-18-secure-infrastructure-with-elizabeth-zalman-of-strongdm</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Nov 2019 09:02:46 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-11752</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 18 of EnterpriseReady, Grant is joined by Elizabeth Zalman, Founder &amp; CEO of strongDM. They discuss enterprise software go-to-market, remote teams, product prioritization frameworks, and SOC 2 certification.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 18 of EnterpriseReady, Grant is joined by Elizabeth Zalman, Founder &amp; CEO of strongDM. They discuss enterprise software go-to-market, remote teams, product prioritization frameworks, and SOC 2 certification.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-18-secure-infrastructure-with-elizabeth-zalman-of-strongdm">Ep. #18, Secure Infrastructure with Elizabeth Zalman of strongDM</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rethinking Enterprise Security for the Era of Ecosystems</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/rethinking-enterprise-security-for-the-era-of-ecosystems</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Nov 2019 08:00:40 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Enterprise Security]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Secure Development]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[DevSecOps]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-12036</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>As the enterprise grapples with a new security environment, we cannot blindly build bigger walls that silo the data we need to protect our businesses.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Today’s successful enterprise operates within an ecosystem of data flowing across teams, tools, peers, partners and sometimes even competitors. The onus of defending and protecting sensitive data, which used to be in the purview of 3-letter government agencies, is now a prerequisite for the modern enterprise in the <a href="https://hbr.org/2019/06/what-management-needs-to-become-in-an-era-of-ecosystems">Era of Ecosystems</a>. The private sector CISO has become the general and the ranks of cyber defenders are no longer confined to the Security Operations Center. As the enterprise grapples with this new security environment, we cannot blindly build bigger walls that silo the valuable data we need to protect ourselves and our businesses.</p><h2>In an Effort to Do Good We’ve Created a Mess</h2><p>2018 marked the peak for venture capital investment in cybersecurity companies. According to <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2019/01/17/vc-funding-cybersecurity-record/">Strategic Cyber Ventures</a>, more than $5.3 billion was funneled into companies focused on protecting networks, systems, and data. That’s up from 20 percent — $4.4 billion — from 2017, and up nearly double from 2016.</p><p>As the attacks have proliferated, the stakes have increased. <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2019/01/17/vc-funding-cybersecurity-record/">With funding pouring in</a>, solutions have multiplied.</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/83ebf77634692aac1a311c961fdc5fcde5ff36f2-1024x453.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p><a href="https://scet.berkeley.edu/scet-explains-cybersecurity/">Source: Berkeley.edu</a></p><p>Whether you’re an operator, investor, or a buyer, the security hype cycle can be exhausting and confusing. Every year, it all seems to get more complex as the old problems persist and new ones emerge. And, we’re all left to wait for the industry oracles to unleash their magic on new Quadrants and Waves so we can believe we’re making progress…or at least sense.</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/322899a56ab0de9c5e8c20cde3717ce14269ec66-545x458.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h2>Building Convergence Culture in the Enterprise</h2><p>Last month, I heard a CISO vent to a room full of other CISOs, “When will vendors recognize that they’re just a feature in my ecosystem – tell me how you’re going to integrate, instead of trying to tell me you’re going to finally be my one single pane of glass.”</p><p>As we move into a new decade, we as security and product leaders must challenge our teams to think about the technology we’re building in a more extensible way. We have to lead with interoperability.</p><p>This means opening up APIs, redefining the edge of the user interface to include all tools that leverage insights from your product, designing permissions systems that scale for collaboration, and considering new business models beyond the ‘user seat’.</p><p>Of course, we’ll need to continue to push the boundaries of new technologies and trends in innovation, but no matter how advanced our machine-learning detection algorithms become, they are useless if they can’t punch through silos across enterprise teams and tools. We cannot have data privacy or data security without interoperability and sovereignty.</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/732abeb75bd51ccbf23700217655ced307570966-1024x408.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h2>DevGuild Enterprise Security: Taking an Ecosystem Mindset</h2><p>On November 14, 2019, Heavybit hosted DevGuild: Enterprise Security event here in San Francisco. As the name DevGuild implies, Heavybit has <a href="/devguild/">a history of convening technical communities</a> to drive new ways of thinking, building and leading in this technical age. At <a href="https://www.trustar.co/">TruSTAR</a>, we are looking forward to learning from the speakers and meeting the other security vendors as potential partners not competitors. This community-driven, collaborative approach is the only way we can defend better together in the era of ecosystems.</p><p><em>Ed. Note: </em>We’ll be publishing recordings of all of our DevGuild talks soon. <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr">Subscribe for updates</a> and we’ll let you know when they’re available. In the meantime, check out other <a href="/library?query=Security">security content</a> in the Heavybit library.</p><p><em>Patrick is co-founder and CEO of TruSTAR. <a href="https://www.trustar.co/">TruSTAR</a> is an intelligence management and fusion platform used by enterprises across healthcare, financial services, and technology industries.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/rethinking-enterprise-security-for-the-era-of-ecosystems">Rethinking Enterprise Security for the Era of Ecosystems</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Navigating Cloud Infrastructure Security Challenges with Al Ghous</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/navigating-cloud-infrastructure-security-challenges</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Nov 2019 08:00:42 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Cloud Infrastructure]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Secure Development]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Enterprise Security]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[DevSecOps]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-12012</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>We chatted with Al Ghous, ServiceMax CSO &amp; Head of Security, about how startups can navigate the complexities of cloud infrastructure security challenges.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Cloud infrastructure is quite literally the backbone of most software startups (and, increasingly, enterprise businesses) today, which makes the security of that infrastructure all the more critical. While a recent study revealed that 66% of IT professionals say that <a href="https://www.forbes.com/sites/louiscolumbus/2018/01/07/83-of-enterprise-workloads-will-be-in-the-cloud-by-2020/#38d5a2746261">security is a top concern for teams using cloud infrastructure,</a> many teams still struggle to navigate the complexities of assessing infrastructure security. We chatted with Al Ghous, CSO and Head of Security for <a href="https://www.servicemax.com/">ServiceMax</a> and collaborator on the <a href="https://www.security4startups.com/">Security 4 Startups</a> Guide, about how startups can take a security-centric approach to ensure that their cloud infrastructure to mitigate risks and build a strong foundation for future security needs.</p><h2>The term “cloud” means different things to different people. How do you differentiate from IaaS vs SaaS when it comes to a security perspective?</h2><p>The easiest way of looking at it is the lower you go in the stack (like IaaS), the more security controls the customer has to apply. And the higher you go in the stack (like SaaS or PaaS) the fewer security controls you have to apply. This is because the IaaS service provider only secures the core infrastructure and manages tenancy. It requires the customer to secure everything else.</p><p>Inversely, the SaaS provider will secure everything from infrastructure on up to the application layer. But it still leaves things like identity and access management to the customer.</p><h2>Are all “cloud companies” equally secure? How do you decide?</h2><p>Not all cloud infrastructure providers are created equal, and it’s really incumbent on the customer to do their due diligence. Here are the steps I would recommend taking as you decide on a provider:</p><h3>1. Check for Certifications</h3><p>Check for certifications like ISO 27001 and attestations like SOC 2 T1 or T2. These show that they have the basics down. That doesn’t mean that they’re fully secure; we know of a lot of companies that were breached even though they are fully compliant. But it shows that they’ve gone through the extra effort of thinking about security.</p><h3>2. Evaluate Their Public-Facing Security Content</h3><p>Take a look at the Security or Trust content they have on their public website. This will give you a better sense of their security posture and transparency.</p><h3>3. Ask Your Network</h3><p>I always ask my peers about the cloud company I’m considering and perform some online research to determine if they have had any major incidents.</p><h3>4. Send a Security Questionnaire</h3><p>If you’re engaging in discussions to potentially adopt the cloud provider’s services, then it’s time to send them some form of Security Questionnaire with questions that are important to you. There are a lot of vendor security questionnaires like <a href="https://sharedassessments.org/sig/">Shared Assessment’s SIG</a> (Standardized Info Gathering) or <a href="https://cloudsecurityalliance.org/artifacts/caiq-lite/">Cloud Security Alliance CAIQ-Lite</a> (Consensus Assessments Initiative Questionnaire). You don’t have to use them exactly as they are — you can customize them to fit your needs. Fortunately, it has become more common these days for service providers go as far as filling those out and posting them on their trust or security websites. If you look for those, they can save you from having to go through the process of sending them questions and waiting to get a response</p><h2>What is the biggest misconception that teams have when thinking about cloud infrastructure security?</h2><p>I think teams still believe that majority of infrastructure security is handled by the IaaS provider. That’s not the case. IaaS providers will provide lots of services to help teams secure their cloud infrastructure, but they are only responsible for core infrastructure. For example, AWS will provide <a href="https://aws.amazon.com/marketplace/seller-profile?id=dfa1e6a8-0b7b-4d35-a59c-ce272caee4fc">CIS-based AMIs</a>. They also provide other native services to use like Security Groups, WAF, etc., but they will not protect your VPCs and apps for you.</p><p>Fully understanding that shared responsibility model that we touched on earlier is also very important, but often overlooked. Here are a couple resources that can help you learn more about it:</p><ul><li><a href="https://aws.amazon.com/compliance/shared-responsibility-model/">Shared Responsibility Model</a>, AWS</li><li><a href="https://blogs.msdn.microsoft.com/azuresecurity/2016/04/18/what-does-shared-responsibility-in-the-cloud-mean/">What Does Shared Responsibility in the Cloud Mean?</a>, Azure Security</li><li><a href="https://medium.com/beanfield-metroconnect/cloud-security-the-shared-responsibility-model-d6ddd09d4aa2">Cloud Security &amp; the Shared Responsibility Model</a>, Beanfield Metroconnect</li></ul><h2>If there’s one thing that every organization should be doing to secure their cloud infrastructure, what should that be?</h2><p>If there’s one thing you can do right out of the gate, it’s to implement appropriate access of controls, for example MFA (multi-factor authentication). There are different ways of doing this, but having another level of authentication apart from a simple password is critical these days. It’s unbelievable that people are still fearful of introducing another layer into the login process.</p><p>I would also perform the same amount of rigor in deploying infrastructure as you do deploying apps. The reason is that most of us deploy applications via automation and pipelines. The deployment and configuration automation code, whether something like CloudFormation, Terraform, Chef, etc. has to be done securely or you can leave a gaping hole. We have a requirement to run all our infrastructure deployments through a Secure Systems Development LifeCycle (S-SDLC), just like we do for software. This process reduces tech debt and ensures that controls are in place to eliminate configuration drift during runtime.</p><h2>How much of a startups cloud spend should be allocated to security needs?</h2><p>I don’t think there is a hard set number or percentage. The security budget depends on the startup’s business and what’s important to them from a risk perspective. They have to ask themselves, what am I protecting? Is it IP and/or customer PII, ePHI, etc.? If you’re a FinTech or HealthTech, you’re going to spend a bit more perhaps vs. if you’re a gaming service.</p><p>At the end, aside from what I call table stakes (such as access management, SGs, MFA, vulnerability scans, etc.), the customers will dictate where else security spend should go. Case in point: banks typically require TLS internally within the VPCs. So there has to be a way to implement this and manage all the certs required.</p><h2>It seems like a lot of the solutions for security just move the problem around. How should startups consider this in their cloud infrastructure plans?</h2><p>Jumping in and looking at the vendor community right out the gate can be confusing. There are a lot of competing products out there with a lot of buzzwords. Startups should focus on the foundation and leverage as much cloud native services as possible. This makes infrastructure easier to manage and more cost-effective until their needs grow. Combining open source with cloud-native services will provide a foundation to build upon, and if you want to go out to 3rd party vendors eventually then you can make that transition.</p><h2>At some point, when infrastructure is pretty secure, you become more worried about endpoints being compromised. Are there steps that teams should be taking to integrate endpoint security into their larger cloud security program?</h2><p>It may sound cliché, but there really is a reason why we have security in multiple layers. If one fails, you’ll have something to fall back on. Endpoint security, as it pertains to cloud and cloud workloads, is just as critical as network layer or application layer security. Whether it’s detective in nature or preventative in nature, it really does help to have protection on the endpoints.</p><p>The simplest way to start is to harden the underlying VM, or AMI if in AWS. Using the CIS-based AMIs for AWS is a good example. Enabling logging and collecting logs is another important factor. Then adding some type of endpoint detection or prevention software will round things out.</p><p>Note that startups don’t have to spend a lot of money here. In the case of Azure, one can leverage native services like <a href="https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/security-center/security-center-install-endpoint-protection">Endpoint Protection and Security Center</a>. For AWS, they can opt for open source tools.</p><h2>If our readers want to learn more about cloud infrastructure security, are there any resources you would recommend?</h2><p>As a founder or someone starting out fresh, you’re probably going to go with one of the big three cloud providers (AWS, Azure or GCP), and they all have good resources around infrastructure security. I would start there to learn more about their services and the problems they solve. Some of them, like AWS, also have some free training that you can take advantage of.</p><p><a href="https://www.security4startups.com/">Security 4 Startups</a> is a great product-agnostic resource. I worked with an esteemed group of colleagues and friends to build this framework for founders and startups to help them get their security programs off the ground. There is an excellent section on Infrastructure Security and it starts with the foundation. Our goal is to give startup founders a place to start with security and build a foundation, and as they grow from angel to seed and other higher rounds of investments, knowing how to build on that foundation.</p><p>Finally, it’s important to note that almost every cloud security vendor who plays in the infrastructure space has some sort of best practices. But I would recommend not going down those rabbit holes early on — they tend to be focused on how their product fits into the landscape.</p><h2>Learn More about Essential Cloud Infrastructure Security</h2><p>Building on a major cloud provider’s platform doesn’t guarantee security. At <a href="/devguild/enterprise-security/">DevGuild: Enterprise Security</a>, CISOs from organizations like Atlassian, HashiCorp and Splunk discussed topics including Essential Cloud Infrastructure Security.</p><p><a href="/devguild/enterprise-security/">Watch the sessions here</a> and check out other <a href="/library?query=Security">security content</a> in the Heavybit library.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/navigating-cloud-infrastructure-security-challenges">Navigating Cloud Infrastructure Security Challenges with Al Ghous</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collaborating with Developer Relations Part 3: Product and DevRel</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/collaborating-with-developer-relations-part-3-product-and-devrel</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Nov 2019 08:00:09 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Community]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Pricing Strategy]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Product Analytics]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-11952</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In part three of our series, we dig into opportunities for product and DevRel teams to work together. Check out Part 1 :DevRel and marketing and Part 2: DevRel and sales to learn about more collaborations. Of the various teams within a company, DevRel and product may have the most in common. Both tend to […]</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In part three of our series, we dig into opportunities for product and DevRel teams to work together. Check out <a href="/library/blog/collaborating-with-developer-relations-part-1-marketing/">Part 1 :DevRel and marketing</a> and <a href="/library/blog/collaborating-with-developer-relations-part-2-sales/">Part 2: DevRel and sales</a> to learn about more collaborations.</p><p>Of the various teams within a company, DevRel and product may have the most in common. Both tend to have a shared sense of customer pain points, a deep understanding of the product, and a desire to solve real business problems. Both teams are often composed of current or former engineers who are expanding their skills beyond the code.</p><p>Yet, while DevRel teams represent the product in the field, both on stage and in conversations with developers, product teams tend to understand and shape more of the internal machinery required to bring the product to market.</p><p>This distinction informs the perspective of both teams and provides context for the many ways product and DevRel teams can work together to impact the company and community.</p><h2>Collecting User Feedback</h2><p>The first opportunity for collaboration revolves around collecting feedback from customers in the field and delivering it back to the product team at HQ. While product teams already engage in some form of customer input, <strong>DevRels receive the raw and unfiltered opinions of developers in the real world at high velocities in places like events, hackathons, and workshops</strong>.</p><p>As a result, DevRels have a visceral sense of what matters to developers and what doesn’t, and how product choices impact developers with different profiles. <strong>They can discern the beliefs and opinions of the community, and uncover ideas that might not surface in formal customer interviews led by the product team</strong>.</p><p><strong>In action</strong>: DevRel teams should share a feedback report to the product team each time they come in from the field. The report should include information about key conversations that they had, covering both the feedback given and the profile of the developer they spoke with.</p><h2>Community Involvement</h2><p>As the company grows, it’s important that DevRel not become the sole source of field-level developer insights or a bottleneck of important information. To help scale up the developer feedback process, DevRel teams should help product teams connect with the community online and offline.</p><p>DevRel can help Product discover important conversations on Twitter, engage with customers in community Slack groups, and reply to product-related questions on the company forum. Additionally, DevRel should invite the product team to meetups and events where they can immerse themselves in the developer perspective firsthand.</p><p>The goal is for DevRel to empower the product team to drive their own developer discovery process, and become comfortable and confident members of the community in the process.</p><p><strong>In action:</strong> DevRel should ask for volunteers from the product team to speak at company-hosted meetups. Full-length talks work, but so do quick updates about where the product is headed. This is always a topic of huge interest to the community.</p><h2>Product Roadmap</h2><p>DevRels are often the first people to know if a new release or product roadmap decision has struck a chord with the community, or not been received as well as hoped. They receive feedback from developers quickly, and if product decisions adversely affect the community, that feedback can be harsh.</p><p>If the DevRel team is kept aware of product roadmap and releases, they will be better prepared to set the narrative and answer any questions or complaints that come in. Product should take advantage of DevRel’s public relations role here. The better the DevRel team knows what’s coming, especially as it affects free &amp; self-service plan users, the more successful they can help a launch be.</p><p><strong>In action</strong>: Schedule a monthly DevRel and Product sync and make time to discuss the roadmap. Encourage DevRels to share roadmap requests they’ve gotten in the field.</p><h2>Pricing and Self-Service Plans</h2><p>Pricing changes represent important and delicate transitions in the development of a product.</p><p>As with roadmap decisions, the DevRel team feels the impact of pricing changes more swiftly than others in the organization, but that also means DevRel can provide meaningful input into pricing discussions.</p><p>There are several risks associated with implementing pricing changes without input from the community. First, independent of that input, product teams can lose sight of what developers can actually build within the constraints of various pricing tiers.<strong> A free tier is useless if devs can’t actually make anything meaningful, given volume limits, feature gates or other constraints</strong>. Without substantial, real-world projects built on the free tier, there will be a lack of developers engaging in the external advocacy essential to driving future growth.</p><p>Surprising developers can also adversely impact the brand. <strong>Developer trust is hard to earn and easy to lose, and few things violate that trust more severely than unpredictable or unfriendly pricing changes</strong>.</p><p>Without influence from DevRel and input from developers, product decisions in a growing company may end up focusing only on the needs of large customers. Executives need to hear regularly from the DevRel team about the success stories in the community, so that their product and pricing decisions continue to serve the developer segment well.</p><p><strong>In action</strong>: DevRel should be the owner or a key stakeholder of the free plan and sign off on changes to pricing, volume, or features. DevRel should survey developers quarterly to determine if the free plan is meeting their needs and monitor the quality of free plan projects created to see if they are sending the right signal about your product’s capabilities.</p><h2>Product Usage Data</h2><p>At <a href="https://orbit.love">Orbit</a>, we believe that data improves developer experience. In our post about the <a href="/library/blog/collaborating-with-developer-relations-part-1-marketing/">collaboration between DevRel and marketing</a>, we discussed ways for marketers to train the DevRel team on their tools for gathering and analyzing marketing data. Similarly, product teams collect and analyze data covering SDK usage, activation rates, adoption of certain APIs and features and a lot more. Product should make sure that the DevRel team knows what product data is available and how to access it.</p><p>The DevRel team can use this data to be more targeted and efficient. For example, if 90% of product usage comes from the PHP SDK, the DevRel team may choose to ramp up PHP-focused outreach and sponsorships.</p><p><strong>In action</strong>: Set aside time in the DevRel and Product monthly sync to share and discuss data. Give DevRel team members access to the product analytics platform so they can do their own research.</p><h2>Collaborating to Build Projects</h2><p>As both share a builder’s mindset, product and DevRel can collaborate to create projects that showcase the power of the platform or add value on top.<br/>One real-world example is how the search feature of <a href="https://algolia.com/docs">Algolia’s documentation</a> came to include search results from the <a href="http://community.algolia.com">community forum</a>. Algolia is an API for search, so it was very important to us that our documentation search worked really well. But we also wanted to take the experience a step further and index conversations from the community <a href="http://community.algolia.com">forum</a>. Now when developers search the documentation, they get results from both, without having to search in two different places.</p><p>This usage of community data to enrich the product was made possible through a collaboration between Algolia’s product, engineering and DevRel teams. Algolia’s <a href="https://community.algolia.com/docsearch/">DocSearch</a> is another collaboration that combined product and community thinking to create more awareness for Algolia in the open source community.</p><p>Other projects like <a href="https://www.twilio.com/quest">TwilioQuest</a> illustrate how insights from hosting workshops can lead directly to a product-like investment in developer education. In the case of TwilioQuest, the observation from the workshop giver, Kevin Whinnery, was that the Powerpoint-driven training sessions weren’t very engaging, but an immersive adventure for learning the platform <a href="https://developermode.com/blog/twilioquest-twilio-developer-relations/">could work better instead</a>.</p><h2>Product and DevRel: Working Together to Build Customer Insights</h2><p>DevRel and product teams both aim to understand the customer perspective at a deep level. DevRel’s perspective comes from a high number of raw conversations and observations in the field with mostly free and self-service plan users. Product’s perspective tends to come from more structured user research and interviews of paying customers.</p><p>Together, the customer insights of both of these teams together is stronger than either team alone. It’s important that recurring time is set up between the teams to share what they’re planning and learning.</p><p>As we’ve seen throughout this series, <strong>DevRel teams can act as a force multiplier for other teams across a company by adding more developer perspective to their efforts. </strong>This effect is strongest with marketing, sales, and product but also happens with other teams like customer success and HR.</p><p>When the developer perspective permeates the whole of a developer-focused or developer-serving organization, marketing becomes more confident, sales more effective, and product more informed. A well-integrated developer relations team helps make this happen and the effectiveness of their own efforts is increased in the process.</p><p>If you enjoyed this series on Collaborating with Developer Relations from <a href="https://orbit.love/">Orbit</a>, be sure to check out other <a href="/library?query=Developer%20Relations">devrel content in the Heavybit Library</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/collaborating-with-developer-relations-part-3-product-and-devrel">Collaborating with Developer Relations Part 3: Product and DevRel</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #40, Large-Scale Digital Transformation with Brian Sodano of Liberty Mutual</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-40-large-scale-digital-transformation-with-brian-sodano-of-liberty-mutual</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Oct 2019 09:35:13 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-11616</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p><strong><em>Note: The Secure Developer has moved. Head to <a href="https://www.mydevsecops.io/the-secure-developer-podcast">mydevsecops.io</a> to subscribe and listen to the latest episodes.</em></strong></p><p>In episode 40 of The Secure Developer, Guy speaks with Brian Sodano, Director of Engineering at Liberty Mutual Insurance. They unpack what happens to security when a company goes through a large-scale digital transformation, and ruminate on the future of the security industry.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><strong><em>Note: The Secure Developer has moved. Head to <a href="https://www.mydevsecops.io/the-secure-developer-podcast">mydevsecops.io</a> to subscribe and listen to the latest episodes.</em></strong></p><p>In episode 40 of The Secure Developer, Guy speaks with Brian Sodano, Director of Engineering at Liberty Mutual Insurance. They unpack what happens to security when a company goes through a large-scale digital transformation, and ruminate on the future of the security industry.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-40-large-scale-digital-transformation-with-brian-sodano-of-liberty-mutual">Ep. #40, Large-Scale Digital Transformation with Brian Sodano of Liberty Mutual</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Early-Stage Sales Process: Focusing on the Right Prospects</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/early-stage-sales-process-focusing-on-the-right-prospects</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Oct 2019 08:00:55 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[User Acquistion]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Customer Discovery]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-11786</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In part 3 of our series on Early-Stages Sales, we’ll explore how the ability to recognize the “right” prospects makes all the difference in closing deals.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>All early-stage founders experience a similar early stage challenge: they’ve worked their tails off to create a product that is ready for market, but it’s tough to know how to start selling it, especially when you’re selling to developers. Depending on personal prior experiences, sales as a function can feel uncomfortable, but if you ultimately want to increase your company’s value, you need revenue. In this series, 10-year, early-stage sales veteran Nick Beecroft arms founders with an understanding of which processes and tools to focus on first to make early revenue acquisition easier and scalable. In part three of our series on Early Stages Sales Processes, we’ll examine how rethinking how you approach your prospects can help unlock a stalled sales cycle.</em></p><p>Your marketing efforts are <a href="/library/blog/early-stage-sales-and-marketing/">putting leads in the pipeline</a>, and you’ve started to pull together <a href="/library/blog/early-stage-sales-process-buyers-journey">a good picture of your buyer’s journey</a>. But something’s still wrong — deals aren’t closing. What’s going on here? It might be time to reevaluate how you’re thinking about your market, and make sure that you’re focusing on the right prospects.</p><h2>Asking the Right Questions about Prospects</h2><p>While we could go into far more depth explaining marketing and sales cycles, what approaches are more favorable than others, or even the psychology behind why people buy things, there are 3 questions you can ask yourself (or even the prospect) that will get you more than half the way to a sale.</p><ol><li> <ol><li><strong>Why will the buyer do anything?</strong> – Meaning why is it important to them that they solve this problem. This will help you understand the buyer’s perceived value of solving their problem.</li><li><strong>Why now?</strong></li><li><strong>Why is your product or service the best fit for them in the marketplace?</strong></li></ol></li></ol><h2>Fishing in the Right Pond</h2><p>Should you be going after <a href="/library/blog/first-large-deals-an-enterprise-sales-reading-list/">big fish</a> or little ones? This is a topic that deserves its own article, but let’s cover the logic. First, what is your average deal size: $100, $1,000, $100,000?</p><p>Let’s paint a picture for a couple of common scenarios:</p><p><strong>Prospect #1: </strong>You’ve been talking to this one prospect for several weeks now. Your product seems like a great fit for what they need. Heck, you think you can answer the 3 whys without breaking a sweat. But, they’re still not paying you $. Worse, they’re continuing to drag out conversations with you, wasting your time.</p><p><strong>Prospect #2: </strong>A prospect comes in, and he loves the product right off the bat. But they’re big — much bigger than your average deal size, and higher $ amounts means a more complex sales cycle. More complex (within a sales cycle) means that more people have to know about and agree to your solution being purchased. While the prospect is excited about your product, they’ve got to get buy-in from a whole range of stakeholders. This can take anywhere from 3-18 months on average.</p><p>In either of the above scenarios, it is probably appropriate to go spend your time elsewhere. Are you fishing in the right pond, with the right size fish? The more prospects you turn to customers, the quicker you’ll identify how serious someone is about buying and how quickly they can buy. If you suspect someone is not capable of buying now, you can politely say: “Without an understanding of milestones and timing for completion, I have to spend my time helping other clients.” The beauty is, you’re a top-level executive in a high-powered startup. If anyone has the ability to say <em>stop wasting my time</em>, it’s you!</p><p><a href="/library/video/sales-training-lessons-from-wizeline-pusher-pagerduty">Using historical metrics</a>, begin to find where you think your sweet-spot is in terms of time vs money for a given deal. If you’re approached by someone too big for you to service, politely decline the request and get back to them when you can. One tactful and honest option is, “I’d like to table this until next quarter when we have the right resources to give you the attention you deserve”.</p><h2>Should I Be Forecasting?</h2><p>Once you begin to convert a few leads into customers, it’s time to start forecasting. Forecasting is extremely important. Not only does it help you understand how much revenue you expect to have at a given time, but it heavily influences your annual planning, financing, and valuation. A quick search for “Sales forecast template excel” yields fruitful results.</p><p>Use the information you uncover talking to your prospects, leads, and customers to help you make decisions on product direction, marketing decisions, and more. The biggest pitfall here is to not use what people are saying about your company or products to your advantage. Always close the feedback loop between yourself and your customers.</p><h3>Troubleshooting Low Lead Volume</h3><p>If your marketing activities aren’t driving a reasonable volume of leads to you each month, it’s time to explore outbound sales, where sales begin to fulfill some of the marketing responsibilities outlined earlier. There is a wide breadth of topics to cover when setting up an outbound sales process, which we’ll have to save for a later date.</p><h2>Further Reading: Learn More about Early-Stage Sales Processes</h2><p>I hope you’ve learned something new from this series on early-stage sales processes. Those first few sales are always challenging, but by iterating on your process and refining your strategy over time, you’ll quickly be able to hone your model to something that shows real results. To learn more about early sales, I recommend checking out the following resources:</p><ol><li>One way to generate leads: <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Inbound-Marketing-Revised-Updated-Customers-ebook/dp/B00MIT7ALS">Inbound Marketing</a></li><li>An understanding of why people buy things: <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Influence-Psychology-Persuasion-Robert-Cialdini/dp/006124189X">Influence</a></li><li>How enterprise sales works: <a href="https://www.amazon.com/New-Strategic-Selling-Successful-Companies/dp/044669519X">Strategic Selling</a></li></ol><p>Thanks for reading our 3-part series on Early-Stage Sales Processes! Don’t forget to check out <a href="/library/blog/early-stage-sales-and-marketing/">Part 1: Balancing Sales and Marketing Initiatives</a> and <a href="/library/blog/early-stage-sales-process-buyers-journey">Part 2: Shaping Your Buyer’s Journey</a>. Want more lessons in creating a strong sales process? Let us know what sales topics you’d like us to explore next on <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">Twitter</a>!</p><p><em>Nick Beecroft is a seasoned sales professional with 10 years of experience selling SaaS for early-stage-companies. Disruptive technologies and consultative field sales to enterprise-level companies are his specialty. Through proactive problem solving, he helps his clients implement revenue-impacting technology, people, and processes. Outside of the office, he loves scuba-diving and pairing wines to braised meats.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/early-stage-sales-process-focusing-on-the-right-prospects">Early-Stage Sales Process: Focusing on the Right Prospects</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using User Research as a Pre-Product-Market Fit Tactic</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/user-research-product-market-fit-tactic</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Oct 2019 08:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product/Market Fit]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[User Research]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Product Discovery]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-11771</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>So you have an idea. How do you build an MVP that is usable to your target users? The answer lies in thorough user research.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>So you have an idea. You have felt the pain, or you see whitespace that you think no one is thinking about. You decide to solve the problem. You bring together a small passionate team and round up a few friends to fund you. You get started on the journey of building the product, you have some signals from the market that there is a need for the product. How do you build an MVP that is usable to your target users? Well, the answer lies in thorough user research.</p><h2>Why User Research Makes a Difference</h2><p>Brian Chesky of Airbnb stated on the <a href="https://mastersofscale.com/brian-chesky-handcrafted/">Masters of Scale podcast</a> that your “roadmap exists in the user’s minds.” It is your job as an entrepreneur to unlock that roadmap. Brian was meeting with a host in the middle of winter to take pictures of his apartment. As Brian and his co-founder were leaving, he turned and asked the host if they can help in any other way and the host comes with a binder of feedback for Brian.</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/9f7e192423e348bdf0cba9a6e88a8ca8bf600fd5-1024x512.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>That was an incredibly passionate host who wanted Airbnb to succeed, but if Brian hadn’t asked, that feedback might never have been shared. It was listening to these early adopters is what made Airbnb a high-growth company.</p><h2>Conducting Effective User Research</h2><p>User research is not easy, but <strong>the number one issue is finding users who are willing to give you their time.</strong> You can solve this issue by going to your friends and family network and work hard to build relationships. I highly recommend this technique, since if you can’t find people to give you their time to talk to you then perhaps they are not going to want to pay for a product. So go after them and find them, they exist out there especially if you have experienced it yourself.</p><p>Once you find a set of users, let’s assume you find a dozen really interested users, how do you conduct research? Let’s look at another example of user feedback in action to understand some of the do’s and don’ts of user research.</p><h2>Navigating User Feedback</h2><p>Image Source: <a href="https://www.tintup.com/blog/common-user-feedback-mistakes/">TINT</a></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/ff58d2b74776f59b547cfda10a7ab9c3ee434e99-600x519.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>Your goal as an entrepreneur is to understand the user as deeply as you can. This includes all their pain points around the problem you are trying to solve. How do you do it?</p><p>Diana Tobey, a Business Designer at IDEO, recently shared a story about how her team researched a project that was focused on improving the experience of taking prescription medications. The IDEO project team had a hypothesis that older patients might have a harder time opening the standard pill bottle. However, while conducting an in-person interview with an older patient, the answer was a resounding no. Perplexed, the IDEO team asked the research participant to show them how he opened his pill bottles. He led them to his kitchen where he used a deli slicer to slice off the tops of his medication bottles. An extreme workaround which highlighted that the problem was real, and in need of a solution.</p><h3>Dos:</h3><ul><li><strong>Meet users in person</strong> and observe them in their natural habitat and watch them perform their jobs.</li><li><strong>Ask them questions</strong> like what is the biggest pain point, not just take their answer but ask them to show you how they perform the job</li><li><strong>Look for workarounds</strong> and ways a user is solving the problems to get the Jobs done. The idea is to uncover things that they may consciously know and express as well as things that they may be unaware of and are subconsciously solving via workarounds.</li><li><strong>Ask for more time</strong> from those who are passionate, perhaps for prototype testing or to sign-up as beta testers.</li></ul><h3>Don’ts</h3><ul><li><strong>Do not ask leading questions. Questions with “yes” or “no” answers or questions that imply too much about your intended action can skew the responses you receive. For example:</strong> <ul><li>“If I built this would you want it?”</li><li>“Do you like this product – yes or no?”</li><li>“Is this a problem you encounter?”</li></ul></li><li><strong>Don’t ask for solutions either. </strong>Henry Ford would say that if I asked for a solution to my users they would have asked me for a faster horse.</li><li><strong>Don’t patronize the users</strong>, they are your users so have empathy for their problems.</li><li><strong>Don’t use surveys as a proxy for user research</strong>, in an early stage as questions can lead users to a binary answer. If you do send surveys to make sure to ask a question to the users on whether they would like to be contacted, this will allow you to ask the deeper “the why” questions.</li></ul><h2>Understanding Your Space</h2><p>Time and time again investors favor entrepreneurs who have spent time in the problem space and understand user’s needs more deeply than anyone else out there. They are looking for entrepreneurs to do their leg work in the problem space. They want entrepreneurs who can build products by being extremely scrappy and resourceful but be extremely clear about the “who” and the “why”. That level of clarity only comes from thorough user research.</p><p>Punit, an ex-Google VP, decided to build products for healthcare space. He spent a year and a half just in the problem space. He met with all the stakeholders, nurses, doctors, hospital admins, ops staff, triage folks, and patients. He uncovered several problems, he then honed in on a problem that he decided to solve: improving the notes that doctors take during patient visits. He and his team built <a href="https://www.suki.ai/">Suki</a>, an AI transcription service that helps doctors take accurate notes so they don’t have to rely on memory to take notes about a patient. Suki has raised $20M in funding and grown now to over 50 employees.</p><h2>The Secret to Effective User Research? Time</h2><p>Ultimately, effective user research can be boiled down to one key tenet: spend time with your users. Prioritizing face time with them, get deep into the weeds to learn what their days look like, how they solve problems, and where you can make the most impact.</p><p>There’s no good shortcut to understanding your users. But with some thoughtful conversations and an open mind to feedback, user research can help you build a product that solves a problem, and message that product in a way that helps users see its value more directly.</p><p><em>Rana is a product growth leader experienced in growing KPIs by 2 – 10X. She has over 15 years of experience in technology, product growth, strategy, and analytics. Her experience includes B2C, B2B SaaS, and AI machine learning products. Rana holds an MBA from Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania and an M.S. in Engg. from Drexel University.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/user-research-product-market-fit-tactic">Using User Research as a Pre-Product-Market Fit Tactic</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Commercial Open Source Business Strategies</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/commercial-open-source-business-strategies</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Oct 2019 09:00:55 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Cloud]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Monetization]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Pricing &amp; Packaging]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-11869</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Gitlab CEO Sij Sijbrandij weighs the pros &amp; cons of various commerical open source business strategies, including Gitlab’s choice of buyer-based open core.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Understanding Vulnerability Disclosure with Mårten Mickos &amp; the HackerOne Team</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/vulnerability-disclosure-with-marten-mickos-hackerone</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Oct 2019 08:00:38 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Secure Development]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[DevSecOps]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-11907</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Security vulnerabilities are a reality that every team faces. CEO Mårten Mickos &amp; the HackerOne team offer advice on vulnerability disclosure policies.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Security vulnerabilities are a reality that every team must face at some point. We asked Mårten Mickos, CEO of <a href="https://www.hackerone.com/">HackerOne</a> and members of his security team to share their thoughts on the importance of vulnerability disclosure, the move towards responsible policies, and what teams should do as they prepare to create their own vulnerability disclosure policy.</p><h2><strong>What has been the biggest change or trend you’ve seen in the vulnerability disclosure in the past year?</strong></h2><p>Vulnerability Disclosure used to be an obscure practice that only the most responsible or progressive companies and organizations would engage in. Today, it is becoming a best practice. It is part of NIST’s cybersecurity framework which probably is the most used framework of its kind. Nearly all startups have a security@ email address where they receive vulnerability reports from the outside. The DoD is working on <a href="https://www.acq.osd.mil/cmmc/docs/cmmc-overview-brief-30aug19.pdf">a new capability model called CMMC</a>, where every vendor to the Pentagon will be required to be able to receive, analyze and take action on vulnerability submissions.</p><p>(CMMC says: “The organization has processes established to receive, analyze and respond to vulnerabilities disclosed to the organization from internal and external sources.”)</p><h2><strong>What makes a vulnerability disclosure policy a “responsible” one? What are the pros and cons of opting for this model vs. something else?</strong></h2><p>It’s important to include the boundaries of what you will and won’t do in your policy. Be very explicit about what assets are in-scope, how you wish to communicate with hackers and how you will legally treat those that are trying to work with you — by adopting a safe harbor policy. As we all know, vulnerabilities are in your software and people will find them either intentionally or unintentionally. Anything short of a clear responsible policy will reduce or eliminate the possibility that these vulnerabilities will be disclosed or resolved.</p><p>The word “responsible” was added years ago when people worried about irresponsible disclosure and saw other risks. Today, with the vulnerability submission and handling process pretty well defined for all stakeholders, we could consider dropping that word. The vast majority of all hackers <a href="/library/podcasts/the-secure-developer/ep-18-collaborative-security-with-hackerones-marten-mickos/">will disclose vulnerabilities in the right way to companies</a>, and increasingly companies know what to do once they receive such a report.</p><h2><strong>What are some common misconceptions about responsible vulnerability disclosure that might be preventing companies from implementing one?</strong></h2><p>Several traditional behaviors of information security were established before the world became always connected through the internet. In the security profession, there was secrecy, isolation, siloing and belief in perimeter defense. There was a belief that complete security can be achieved. Many practices were established to protect individuals from culpability more than protecting the actual computer systems. As a result, engaging with an external community of security experts was not understood.</p><p>To see the immense value of responsible vulnerability disclosure, you need to start by acknowledging that all software has vulnerabilities. Secondly, you need to believe that people on the outside of the organization are to the largest extent people with good intent whose help can be useful. Thirdly you need to realize that you are in better shape, not worse shape, when you know about a vulnerability compared to not knowing. Fourth, no matter how hard it may be to fix a bug, you need to come to the insight that every bug can be fixed or access to it can be blocked, i.e. there is always a cure.</p><h2><strong>If a team wants to launch a vulnerability disclosure policy (VDP), what’s the first step they should take?</strong></h2><p>The first action is to <a href="/library/blog/what-teams-should-know-about-devsecops/">obtain alignment internally</a> and commitment from the software engineering teams to fix the most critical vulnerabilities when they are reported.</p><h2><strong>HackerOne’s <a href="https://www.hackerone.com/blog/Vulnerability-Disclosure-Policy-Basics-5-Critical-Components">guide on VDP Basics</a> outlined five critical components. Of these five, is there one that teams find the most challenging to get right? Why do you think that is?</strong></h2><p>Opinions may vary, but the initial promise is quite a substantive commitment to live up. The success of a vulnerability disclosure program depends on the everyday attention to whatever hackers are reporting to the organization. Staying on top of the queue and always responding promptly to hackers takes some discipline – and leads to success of the overall program.</p><h2><strong>Finally, are there any additional resources on vulnerability disclosure that you would recommend?</strong></h2><p>The following are some great resources for learning more about vulnerability disclosure and cybersecurity policies:</p><ul><li><a href="https://cheatsheetseries.owasp.org/cheatsheets/Vulnerability_Disclosure_Cheat_Sheet.html">OWASP Cheatsheet</a></li><li><a href="https://www.nist.gov/cyberframework">NIST cybersecurity framework</a></li><li><a href="https://www.justice.gov/criminal-ccips/page/file/983996/download">DoJ framework for cybersecurity</a></li><li><a href="https://issuu.com/atlanticcouncil/docs/it_takes_a_village-_how_hacktivity_">Atlantic Council comic booklet on vulnerability disclosure</a></li><li><a href="https://www.hackerone.com/sites/default/files/2019-08/hacker-powered-security-report-2019.pdf">The Hacker Powered Security Report 2019</a></li></ul><p>Additionally, you can find a wide range of existing vulnerability disclosure programs that are worth reviewing as you build your own:</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.eff.org/security">EFF.org</a></li><li><a href="https://hackerone.com/ibm">IBM</a></li><li><a href="https://hackerone.com/gm">GM</a></li><li><a href="https://hackerone.com/deptofdefense">Department of Defense</a></li><li><a href="https://hackerone.com/central-security-project">Central Security Project</a></li><li><a href="https://hackerone.com/phpbb">PHPBB</a></li><li><a href="https://hackerone.com/copper">Copper </a>(launched in Sep 2019)</li></ul><h2>Learn More about Vulnerability Disclosure and More from DevGuild: Enterprise Security Talks</h2><p>Security has taken a more central role in the business strategies of growing companies, and knowing how to approach security effectively is key. At DevGuild: Enterprise Security, we learned from CISOs of organizations like Splunk, Atlassian and HashiCorp about how to create strong security processes. <a href="/devguild/enterprise-security/">Watch the sessions here</a> and check out other <a href="/library?query=Security">security content</a> in the Heavybit library.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/vulnerability-disclosure-with-marten-mickos-hackerone">Understanding Vulnerability Disclosure with Mårten Mickos & the HackerOne Team</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #48, Dynamic Static Sites with Shalom Volchok of Digital Optimization Group</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-48-dynamic-static-sites-with-shalom-volchok-of-digital-optimization-group</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Oct 2019 09:45:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-11612</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 48 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Shalom Volchok, CEO &amp; Co-Founder of Digital Optimization Group. They discuss Shalom’s background in online herbal products, and reintroducing dynamic content into static sites.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 48 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Shalom Volchok, CEO &amp; Co-Founder of Digital Optimization Group. They discuss Shalom’s background in online herbal products, and reintroducing dynamic content into static sites.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-48-dynamic-static-sites-with-shalom-volchok-of-digital-optimization-group">Ep. #48, Dynamic Static Sites with Shalom Volchok of Digital Optimization Group</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Early-Stage-Sales Process: Shaping The Buyer’s Journey</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/early-stage-sales-process-buyers-journey</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Oct 2019 08:00:36 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-11785</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>The most common challenges for early-stage sales are often tied to the buyer’s journey. Optimize that experience for a faster, more efficient sales process.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>All early-stage founders experience a similar early stage challenge: they’ve worked their tails off to create a product that is ready for market, but it’s tough to know how to start selling it, especially when you’re selling to developers. Depending on personal prior experiences, sales as a function can feel uncomfortable, but if you ultimately want to increase your company’s value, you need revenue. In this series, 10-year, early-stage sales veteran Nick Beecroft arms founders with an understanding of which processes and tools to focus on first to make early revenue acquisition easier and scalable. In part two of our series on Early Stages Sales Processes, we’ll look at the buyer’s journey, and what you’ll need to ensure that prospects have a smooth experience.</em></p><p>The most common founder challenges I’ve seen with early-stage sales are 1) no prioritizing what to work on first; and 2) not allocating the time to follow up with customers. Both of these challenges are closely tied to the development of a <a href="/library/video/optimize-your-funnel-by-getting-inside-your-buyers-head/">strong buyer’s journey</a>. Now that we’ve examined <a href="/library/blog/early-stage-sales-and-marketing/">how marketing and sales can work together to bring in leads</a>, let’s look at how to develop your buyer’s journey.</p><h2>Goals Across the Buyer’s Journey</h2><p>Once a lead comes in the door, there’s a few things you’ll need to help you help them get comfortable with purchasing your solution. First, let’s remember our goals:</p><ol><li>Understand their specific needs</li><li>Continue to educate them on your solution</li><li>Coach them to make a go/no-go decision</li><li>Help them understand the process of how to buy your solution</li></ol><p>Working with a developer audience can present some unique requirements during the buyer’s journey. For example, developers often want to get deep on the technical specs of the product as they evaluate it. They might be <a href="/library/blog/build-vs-buy-selling-to-developers/">comparing your solution against building a homegrown solution</a>, rather than comparing it to other SaaS solutions. However, the core of these goals remains the same, no matter what your audience looks like.</p><h2>Staying One Step Ahead of Your Buyer</h2><p>To effectively usher leads through the buying process, you need to stay a step ahead of where they are in their journey. To begin with, you need a way to capture who to talk to next and how close they are to buying your solution. A helpful tool is a Customer Relationship Management (CRM).</p><h3>What to Look for in a CRM</h3><p>If you’re very early stage, simplicity is key. You want a CRM to do 4 main things:</p><ol><li>Keep track of everyone you have to talk to,</li><li>Document your interactions and next step,</li><li>Tell you where each person is in your sales process, and</li><li>Estimate how much revenue you can expect in a given timeframe.</li></ol><p><strong>Don’t overdo it: </strong>Keep costs down. You only need the basics mentioned above at this stage. You can keep costs low until you outgrow your tooling.There’s no need to spend $5k / month on a market leader that’s overkill for your needs. In my early stage orgs, I’ve used <a href="http://close.com">Close.com</a> with great success, but a simple spreadsheet works well also.</p><p>Good enough is good enough. Don’t get distracted by overly complex tooling. Focus on the basic things that you need to do now and then add the right tools to your toolbelt as you grow.</p><h2>Self-service vs High-touch Interactions: When does each make sense?</h2><p>In the developer tools business, it is common to implement a self-service model. Meaning, a prospect can come to your website, educate themselves about your product, and become a paying customer without any human interaction. This is called self-service conversion. Depending on the nature of your product and business, the buyer’s journey can include trying out your product free of charge (free trial). While there are many variables to consider (e.g. hosting costs, opportunity costs, user-base growth, etc), the question you have to ask yourself is: “When is it appropriate to let a customer self-service and when is it time for us, the company, to intervene?”</p><p>If that customer has the potential to grow into a large revenue stream for you, it would be wise to offer your time to help them fully understand your product’s capabilities and ensure they are using it to its fullest potential. You wouldn’t want to let a company the size of Nike only spend $5,000 on your solution when they have a dev team of more than 500 people. If it’s <a href="https://www.sfchronicle.com/food/article/At-Swan-Oyster-Depot-a-secret-menu-built-for-10591335.php">Swan’s Oyster Depot</a>, however, they will be just fine on your free trial.</p><p>First, you should <a href="https://blog.hubspot.com/sales/target-market">identify your optimal target market</a>. Think about the <em>potential</em> <em>revenue</em> you could obtain from the prospect. Company size and revenue are a few key metrics to guide you. Small to Medium Business (SMB) size companies (loosely defined as less than 100 employees with under $10mm in revenue) may or may not be your target audience, but they certainly won’t be ponying up $100,000 for your solution unless is critical to their business. That wouldn’t make good business-sense. Mid-market (100 to 1000 employees and $10mm to $900mm in revenue) and Enterprise level companies (&gt; 1000 employees and &gt; $1B in revenue) <strong><em>can</em></strong> <strong><em>and should</em></strong> p<a href="https://openviewpartners.com/blog/whale-hunting-how-to-sell-software-to-big-companies/">roduce more revenue relative to the amount of time invested</a>.</p><p>Disclaimer: I’m not suggesting that you spend all of your time focused on one demographic (e.g. whale hunting). You have to decide which is right for you at which stage in your company’s lifecycle and given the amount of time you can spend on a client. At the end of the day, <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2018/08/13/startups-should-read-this-checklist-before-they-go-whale-hunting-for-big-partners/">everything should be a calculated risk</a>.</p><p>Once you have identified your target market, you will be in a better position to determine if you should interact with the prospect, or if your valuable time is better spent elsewhere. Make this decision early, and most importantly, always ask yourself if there is more that your product could be doing for the right customers (i.e. investing time vs receiving money). If you think you’re leaving money on the table by letting the customer self-serve, it’s time to interact with them.</p><h2>Reach Out and Touch Someone: Phone vs Email</h2><p>So you’ve decided that you need to make contact with the prospect. It’s your choice of how, but in my 10 years of sales experience, speaking in person or over the phone is far more effective than email alone.</p><p>There is a belief that technical buyers (including developers) are only comfortable using email over live forms of communication. Your mileage may vary, but I strongly disagree. If you’re a developer-tools founder, a technical buyer or developer is going to be excited that they’re giving feedback directly to the maker themselves! How often do developers get to directly hear what someone else thinks about what they built? If you’re genuine in your approach in seeking to understand the truth about how they view your product, the person providing feedback will be more than happy to give you their honest opinion. Plus you get the benefit of understanding their general temperament towards your solution, rather than trying to decipher their tone over an email. You will also be able to cover far more topics and pivot the conversation on the fly, saving valuable time by advancing your sales cycle faster than emails alone. That being said,<em> if you try this approach and it doesn’t yield the results you want</em>, figure out what is most comfortable for your client, not you.</p><p>It may take a few tries! <strong>The goal here is just to get a meeting</strong>. From there, you can learn more about your clients, share your solution with them, and determine appropriate next steps. <a href="https://blog.hubspot.com/sales/sales-cadence-example">There are many articles on what a good cadence is for outreach</a>.</p><p>My personal favorite is a touch cycle of email then call, repeated every 2 days for 4 cycles. By then, you will either have a meeting scheduled, or a “no thank you / not now” from the prospect. Remember, your goal is only to get a meeting with them so you can speak live.</p><p>It’s a numbers game, and you’re only ever trying to get to the next step. By always thinking of just getting to the next stage in the sales cycle, you won’t become overburdened with your desired outcome. That desired outcome will happen naturally.</p><h2>Working Towards a Repeatable Buyer’s Journey</h2><p>By thinking intentionally about the buyer’s journey that you’re delivering to leads, you’ll be able to refine the experience over time and (hopefully) and see patterns in what works for your buyers. From there, you can create a repeatable process that, as you grow, your sales team can use to close deals more efficiently. Join us next week for the final installment of our 3-part series on Early-Stage Sales Process, we’ll examine how rethinking how you approach your prospects can help unlock a stalled sales cycle.</p><p><em>Nick Beecroft is a seasoned sales professional with 10 years of experience selling SaaS for early-stage-companies. Disruptive technologies and consultative field sales to enterprise-level companies are his specialty. Through proactive problem solving, he helps his clients implement revenue-impacting technology, people, and processes. Outside of the office, he loves scuba-diving and pairing wines to braised meats.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/early-stage-sales-process-buyers-journey">Early-Stage-Sales Process: Shaping The Buyer’s Journey</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Teams Should Know about DevSecOps</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/what-teams-should-know-about-devsecops</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Oct 2019 08:00:52 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-11854</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>More organizations are starting to practice DevSecOps; 68% of companies plan to implement DevSecOps within the next two years.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the past, many teams were able to get by with security as an afterthought — or so it seemed. But as development cycles have become faster and devices more connected than ever before, there’s no mistaking the fact that every team needs to make security a priority.</p><p>More organizations are starting to implement DevSecOps and integrating security into the development process; one study found that while only a small percentage have fully-implement DevSecOps today, <a href="https://www.businesswire.com/news/home/20190926005105/en/Enterprise-Strategy-Group-Study-Finds-Companies-Securing">68% of companies plan to use DevSecOps practices within the next two years</a>. We chatted with Mike Kail CTO of Everest.org, to learn more about what teams need to know about DevSecOps as they begin their journey towards shifting security left.</p><h2>The Best Time to Start Implementing DevSecOps is Now</h2><p>As DevOps practices gain broader adoption, security is often still a gap in the process; according to a survey of DevOps practitioners, <a href="https://info.signalsciences.com/hubfs/signal-sciences-resources/2018-devsecops-community-survey.pdf">only about half of organizations with mature DevOps</a> processes perform automated application security analysis throughout the development process.</p><p>But the cost of not integrating security into application development is high. A study from IBM found that businesses without formal security protocols in place <a href="https://www.darkreading.com/attacks-breaches/with-data-breach-costs-time-is-money/d/d-id/1335336">spent on average $4.74 million</a> after a breach. “Every year there are thousands of data breaches, largely a result of source code and application-level vulnerabilities, but many organizations still take an antiquated approach to application security,” says Mike. “Organizations need to flip their security approach from defensive to offensive in order to anticipate and thwart attacks before they happen.”</p><h2>Culture is the Biggest Barrier to Change</h2><p>“The biggest barrier to DevSecOps is culture, not technology,” says Mike. “Development teams are more concerned with delivering new features and functionality at an extremely high velocity. Security teams are often seen as a blocker to delivery. They can create a lot of fear and uncertainty. <a href="/library/podcasts/the-secure-developer/ep-21-managing-security-with-the-realreals-julie-tsai/">To successfully transition to a DevSecOps methodology</a>, both teams must be willing to make application security an integrated strategy and continue to drive security awareness for developers.”</p><p>Mike suggests that teams should look to successful implementations of DevOps as they model a more progressive, security-focused culture. “The core tenets of DevOps are collaboration, automation, measurement and sharing. We need to build a culture based on those ideas for application development and security.”</p><h2>Scaling Out Can Hinder DevSecOps</h2><p>For many large initiatives, the first questions a team might ask are, “Should I hire more people for this?” or “Do I need additional software/tools for this?” But for teams that are keen to start implementing DevSecOps, Mike warns against investing in tooling or hiring too early. The shift in your existing culture is critical to the success of a DevSecOps process, and that putting the focus on new hires or new infrastructure can create additional roadblocks to that shift:</p><p>“A scale-out approach works extremely well for most infrastructure architectures and applications, but it is completely ineffective in terms of additional security tools and hiring more Security Engineers. This shifts the Security team even farther away from the Development and Delivery process and it doesn’t embrace the core tenets of the DevOps culture,” says Mike.</p><h2>Tap Into the Security Community</h2><p>Communication is at the heart of modern security practices — whether that’s building better communication practices internally or creating intelligence sharing relationships with other organizations. DevSecOps is still a new and evolving discipline, and organizations that are just getting started can benefit from learning from other teams with more mature DevSecOps practices already in place. Mike recommends checking out <a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/DevSecOps">#DevSecOps</a> on Twitter to get vendor-neutral input on the space. For more from Mike Kail on DevSecOps, application security and more, check out <a href="https://medium.com/@mdkail">his Medium blog.</a></p><h2>Learn More about Best Practices for Security at DevGuild: Enterprise Security</h2><p>Developer companies face a unique set of challenges when it comes to designing, developing and selling secure products. At <a href="/devguild/enterprise-security/">DevGuild: Enterprise Security</a>, CISOs from organizations like Atlassian, HashiCorp and Splunk discussed topics including “Democratizing Security from the Top Down” and “Disclosing Incidents from Routine to Breach.” <a href="/devguild/enterprise-security/">Watch the sessions here</a> and check out other <a href="/library?query=Security">security content</a> in the Heavybit library.</p><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/what-teams-should-know-about-devsecops">What Teams Should Know about DevSecOps</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #17, Enterprise Events with Ben Hindman of Splash</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-17-enterprise-events-with-ben-hindman-of-splash</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Oct 2019 10:38:24 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-11567</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 17 of EnterpriseReady, Grant joins Ben Hindman, Co-Founder &amp; CEO of Splash. They discuss Ben’s path into enterprise software, the community-driven power of events, and the freemium business model.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 17 of EnterpriseReady, Grant joins Ben Hindman, Co-Founder &amp; CEO of Splash. They discuss Ben’s path into enterprise software, the community-driven power of events, and the freemium business model.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-17-enterprise-events-with-ben-hindman-of-splash">Ep. #17, Enterprise Events with Ben Hindman of Splash</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Buy vs. Build: Turning Critics into Champions</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/buy-vs-build-turning-critics-into-champions</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Oct 2019 08:00:38 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-11627</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>LaunchDarkly’s Edith Harbaugh shares her experience selling and marketing to developers who would rather “build vs buy” a solution.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Minimize Security Debt From the Start </title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-minimize-security-debt-from-the-start</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Oct 2019 10:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-11779</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Security debt can be especially challenging because it requires refactoring both code and human behavior, so building a culture of security early on is key.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Technical debt frequently enters discussions as early stage and growing companies aim to balance the first-to-market demands with pushing code that will later need refactoring and improvements. In contrast, security debt is rarely a core consideration during these early stages and can lead to significant pain down the road. Security debt refers to business and development processes that treat security as an afterthought, requiring retrofitted solutions when the problems can no longer be ignored.</p><p>Security debt can be especially challenging because it requires refactoring both code and human behavior. Together, these comprise the broader security culture, which encompasses everything from software development delivery to corporate communications to internal data storage to BYOD policies and a distributed workforce. Security culture is similar to planting a tree. The best time to plant the seeds was yesterday, the second best time is today. Building a security culture from the start requires a mindset shift, but can minimize future reputational, financial, and development pain that can accompany security debt.</p><h2>The Impact of Security Debt</h2><p>For early stage companies, security debt may take a back seat to the more pressing demands of pushing out a product or appeasing the board. While understandable, security considerations early on can minimize major growth pains that can debilitate companies at future stages. First, once development and business processes are in place without prioritizing security, it is extremely hard to rejigger both the architecture and human behavior. Second, because larger corporations may have more mature security practices, targeted attackers often look throughout their supply chain to find the weakest link. In fact, small companies are <a href="https://apnews.com/c72f329edb674f9a965565261e951100">increasingly</a> targeted by criminal groups as both an entrance point as well as for profit. Third, small companies are also susceptible to opportunistic attacks—such as the global ransomware attacks WannaCry and NotPetya—that scan for vulnerabilities and can cause significant financial harm.</p><p>Finally, compliance is a growing challenge and <a href="https://www.cnbc.com/2019/10/05/california-consumer-privacy-act-ccpa-could-cost-companies-55-billion.html">increasingly costly</a> if security is not injected as early as possible. Many new regulations require evidence of ‘security safeguards’, data breach disclosures within days of discovery, or itemized data collection upon request (i.e., right of access). Time and again, the majority of companies are ill-equipped to comply and spend significant time and resources to address the expanding data protection regulatory landscape.</p><p>Building a security culture from the start can minimize these problems with security debt. This extends well beyond awareness and must become indoctrinated across people, processes, and technology. The first step in building a security culture is establishing the foundation.</p><h2>Building the Foundation</h2><p>A strong security culture relies on establishing the norms that drive human behavior. A recent study by Kai Roer and Gregor Petrič <a href="https://www.helpnetsecurity.com/2017/05/08/build-security-culture/">demonstrates</a> that the more a company’s security norms are understood and enforced, the stronger the security behavior and culture. Below are some first steps on the path to a robust security culture.</p><ul><li><strong>Take Stock</strong> – With big data, IoT, BYOD and every other buzzword, most companies cannot easily identify all of the connected devices or applications within their network, or locate where their <a href="https://24sparkle.blogspot.com/2017/01/62-of-companies-dont-know-where-their.html">data</a> resides. Importantly, for each of these, they often also don’t audit or enforce access to each of these. Understanding what needs protecting and instituting processes to locate devices and applications, and even more importantly securing the data as it travels within and across networks, is much more attainable when implementing these behaviors early on. If organizations grow without such an inventory, it becomes untenable and extremely resource intensive.</li><li><strong>Secure Processing</strong> – Integrating security as early in the development process as possible mitigates the majority of challenges that arise when trying to retroactively integrate security. Roughly three-quarters of IT leaders believe DevOps projects introduce security risks, and these are hard to fix retroactively. In addition to being a trending term, the DevSecOps <a href="https://swagitda.com/speaking/us-19-Shortridge-Forsgren-Controlled-Chaos-the-Inevitable-Marriage-of-DevOps-and-Security.pdf">marriage</a> succinctly captures this notion by ensuring secure practices are injected during the first stages of software development and persist throughout.</li><li><strong>Don’t underestimate the human element</strong> – Identify impactful awareness programs to demonstrate that security is a team effort and a corporate priority. These can range from commercial products to simply sharing and discussing tips from the <a href="https://niccs.us-cert.gov/national-cybersecurity-awareness-month-2019">educational sources DHS provides</a>, such as for raising awareness about phishing or social media behavior. At the same time, it is important to establish an access management policy that can evolve as the organization grows. A framework should focus on the core touchpoints; who has access to what data, apps, and devices, with controls to update these privileges as employees, customers, or partners roles change.</li><li><strong>Develop Secure Habits</strong> – The majority of breaches can be mitigated, if not completely deterred, by focusing on a few of the most common data compromise vectors. Encrypting data at rest and in motion, integrating multi-factor authentication, creating redundancy and segmentation of systems and data can become second nature if integrated early. Coupled with the awareness training (especially for phishing) and patch management, organizations can address over 90% of the most common data compromises.</li></ul><h2>Future-proofing against security debt</h2><p>By prioritizing a security culture early, organizations can minimize security debt and establish a security culture that fosters growth and innovation, while protecting core assets. Importantly, by establishing these behaviors, organizations are well-equipped to adjust to the changing threat and regulatory landscape.</p><p>With the baseline and processes in place, organizations must continue to nurture the security culture. This can include incident response preparation to help minimize disruption. A good IR plan serves the additional purpose of framing security as a team event since it takes everyone from PR to developers to executives to execute the plan. Reinforcing a commitment to data protection—including access controls and end-to-end encryption—further helps ensure corporate assets remain protected wherever they travel and as companies expand into multi-cloud infrastructures. Finally, a range of tools can help integrate ‘security chaos’ into software development to further test resilience.</p><p>While moving from security debt to a resilient security culture certainly takes time and resources, it is attainable and the future rewards far outweigh the effort if implemented early. In fact, many organizations are gaining a competitive advantage through a security culture. By building a strong security culture, organizations can focus on innovation and growth and avoid the security debt that continues to plague most organizations today.</p><p><em>As Virtru’s Chief Social Scientist, Dr. Andrea Little Limbago specializes in the intersection of technology, cybersecurity, and policy. She directs Virtru’s technical content, while contributing her own research on the geopolitics of security and privacy, global data protection trends, and usable security.</em></p><h2>Learn More about Solving Security Challenges at DevGuild: Enterprise Security</h2><p>Want to learn more about security best practices? At <a href="/devguild/enterprise-security/">DevGuild: Enterprise Security</a>, CISOs from organizations like Atlassian, HashiCorp and Splunk discussed topics including “Democratizing Security from the Top Down” and “Disclosing Incidents from Routine to Breach.”</p><p><a href="/devguild/enterprise-security/">Watch the sessions here</a> and check out other <a href="/library?query=Security">security content</a> in the Heavybit library.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-minimize-security-debt-from-the-start">How to Minimize Security Debt From the Start </a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #39, Build, Break, and Defend with Mohan Yelnadu of Prudential</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-39-build-break-and-defend-with-mohan-yelnadu-of-prudential</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Oct 2019 09:17:52 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-11614</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 39 of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Mohan Yelnadu, Head of AppSec at Prudential. They discuss Mohan’s journey from pen tester to DevSecOps consultant, security threat modeling, and his 6 principles of continuous security.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 39 of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Mohan Yelnadu, Head of AppSec at Prudential. They discuss Mohan’s journey from pen tester to DevSecOps consultant, security threat modeling, and his 6 principles of continuous security.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-39-build-break-and-defend-with-mohan-yelnadu-of-prudential">Ep. #39, Build, Break, and Defend with Mohan Yelnadu of Prudential</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Early-Stage Sales Process: Balancing Sales and Marketing Initiatives</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/early-stage-sales-and-marketing</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Oct 2019 08:00:27 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-11784</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Sales as a function can feel uncomfortable for early startups, but if you ultimately want to increase your company’s value, you need to focus on revenue.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>All early-stage founders experience a similar early stage challenge: they’ve worked their tails off to create a product that is ready for market, but it’s tough to know how to start selling it, especially when you’re selling to developers. Depending on personal prior experiences, sales as a function can feel uncomfortable, but if you ultimately want to increase your company’s value, you need revenue. In this series, 10-year, early-stage sales veteran Nick Beecroft arms founders with an understanding of which processes and tools to focus on first to make early revenue acquisition easier and scalable.</em></p><p>In the early days of any organization, establishing the processes to find and sell to customers is key. It’s no surprise that the two sides of your business development activities, sales and marketing, work best when they work together. But knowing where to focus your energy can be surprisingly difficult. In this article, let’s look at how to think about your sales and marketing motions when you’re first getting started, so you can lay the groundwork for growth</p><h2>Marketing and Sales Functions, and How They Mesh at Startups</h2><p>First, let’s set a baseline for what marketing and sales do for early-stage startups. Marketing’s primary function is to explain the founder’s product vision to the proper total addressable market. It exists to help a buyer (prospect) understand how the product’s capability provides business value by solving a challenge. Its second function is to feed sales by using the above to partially educate the market on your solution and connect prospects to your business. Think about any major purchase you’ve gone through in your personal life. You had to know the solution existed, understand how the solution met your needs or solved your challenge, and you have to know where to go and who to speak to in order to purchase it.</p><p>In its simplest form, Sales’ primary function is to <strong>turn those partially educated prospects into your customers</strong> by:</p><ol><li>Understanding their specific needs;</li><li>Continuing to educate them on your solution;</li><li>Coaching them to make a go/no-go decision;</li><li>Helping them understand how to buy your product or service.</li></ol><p>Putting these two sides together: marketing starts the education process and once a prospect has enough information to start engaging with your company, a prospect turns into a lead. While there are many ways to drive top-funnel inbound leads, Brian Halligan and Dharmesh Shah’s book <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Inbound-Marketing-Revised-Updated-Customers-ebook/dp/B00MIT7ALS">Inbound Marketing</a> is my personal favorite to help companies stake their place in the market as a thought leader, educate their prospective clients, and drive leads back in the door.</p><p>Regardless of which hat you’re wearing, you should always be trying to learn more about the prospect’s situation and educating them in what you do. <strong>Think about why you started your company and tell that story. Every time.</strong></p><h2>When to Focus on Marketing and When to Focus on Sales</h2><p><strong>Startup teams where everyone wears a lot of hats often struggle to know when they should focus on marketing and when they should focus on sales.</strong> It can be incredibly frustrating to not know where to spend your precious time next.</p><p>If you’re trying to figure out what you should focus on next (in the context of marketing or sales), the answer is fairly simple: <strong>You should be overwhelmed with interest in your product.</strong> So much so that you can’t keep up with the sales function.</p><ol><li>If you are not inundated with requests just yet, focus on getting your message to the right folks.</li></ol><ul><li>If you’ve tried that already and it’s not firing on all cylinders, ask yourself:<ul><li><strong>“Am I targeting the right people in the places that they hang out?”</strong>. For developer tools marketplace, something like <a href="https://www.producthunt.com/">ProductHunt</a> or <a href="https://news.ycombinator.com/">Hacker News</a> is a good place to start. If that’s not working, tweak the message.</li><li><strong>“What would make me want to buy this?”</strong> Understanding the tangible value that will be enough for your prospects to take action is a baseline that you can’t get by without.</li></ul></li></ul><p>Here is something that, as a salesperson, gives me high levels of anxiety (but is good for the right reasons): In early stage, having massive amounts of interest in your product and being unable to keep up with turning it into money is the exact problem you want to have. Assuming that you don’t have salespeople yet, if someone wants to pay you for your product or service, you have the beginnings of market validation. It’s time to focus on closing those leads and shift your mindset to “How much money are we leaving on the table?”</p><h2>When to Hire a Salesperson</h2><p>A good (perhaps obvious) measure is after you have your first large chunk of revenue (market validation) and too much inbound interest to keep up with single-handedly. For some, validation is your first $100,000 in revenue, for others, $1,000,000. If you have what you consider to be market validation and little-to-no time to chase money yourself, <a href="/library/blog/the-founders-guide-to-first-sales-hire/">then it’s time to hire a salesperson</a>.</p><p>Alternatively, if you’re struggling with market validation (or aren’t sure what yours should be), reach out and ask for help from your network. Ask your investors for their mentorship and/or to put you in touch with someone who can advise you on sales or has been in a similar situation. Don’t have those types of connections in your network yet? Search for startup groups in your area and attend the meetings. Ask questions, get to know people. Another idea is to connect with a few salespeople and bounce ideas off of them. They love to chat, connect people within their network (which is typically huge), and have a keen sense of smell for all things customer facing. Meaning, they can help you validate your messaging, target market, sales cycle, and more.</p><p>Salespeople generally fall into two different buckets, depending on the type of sale they prefer and where they excel: transactional and complex.</p><h3>Transactional Sales</h3><p>Transactional sales are typically easier, high-volume, shorter in length (&lt; 3 months), and lower revenue. A good transactional salesperson should be closing multiple deals a week, sometimes even ‘one-call-closing’ (only takes a single meeting to close the deal). This sale type is about breadth, not depth. On average, they’ll be working <strong>30-50 deals in a given month</strong>.</p><h3>Complex Sales</h3><p>Complex sales (often called enterprise sales) are the opposite of a transactional sale. They are defined as requiring more than one individual’s approval to complete. Meaning, you will have to get multiple people / teams on the customer side to agree to bring your product into their organization. You might have to get approval from multiple layers of management. The sales cycle might take anywhere from 3 to 18 months. However, you’re typically going to get a lot more revenue from this type of sale. This sale type is about depth, on a much more focused set of accounts. On average, a complex or enterprise sales rep will be working on <strong>20-30 deals per year</strong>.</p><p>When searching for a new sales hire, <a href="/library/video/things-i-have-learned-about-sales-so-far/">make sure you find out what type of sale they have proven experience closing</a> and match that to your product or market type. You wouldn’t want a complex sales rep selling a transactional product, as they’ll get frustrated or bored with the lack of complexity. Likewise, a transactional rep selling a complex product may not be motivated due to the long sales cycle (vs having the satisfaction of a ‘quick win’).</p><h2>Key Takeaway: Do What Needs to Be Done Now</h2><p>Many may find this an obvious statement, but in early stage companies it is an unspoken credo: <strong>do the job that you (and your investors) feel needs to be done now.</strong> That might mean prioritizing product, it might mean prioritizing strategic product-market-fit,…..but most likely, if you’re reading this post, it means you need to exchange the use of your product for money I can’t say it enough, so I’ll say it again, <strong>get money for the thing you built as soon as possible.</strong> Read: immediately, can be done before v1.0.</p><p>By paying attention to what your business needs most and building your team in response to the pain points that are blocking you, you’ll be able to find the right balance between building demand and converting prospects.</p><p>Join us next week for the second installment of our 3-part series on Early-Stage Sales Process, where we’ll look at the buyer’s journey, and what you’ll need to ensure that prospects have a smooth experience.</p><p><em>Nick Beecroft is a seasoned sales professional with 10 years of experience selling SaaS for early-stage-companies. Disruptive technologies and consultative field sales to enterprise-level companies are his specialty. Through proactive problem solving, he helps his clients implement revenue-impacting technology, people, and processes. Outside of the office, he loves scuba-diving and pairing wines to braised meats.</em></p><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/early-stage-sales-and-marketing">Early-Stage Sales Process: Balancing Sales and Marketing Initiatives</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #54, Paul and Edith Dissect Startups</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-54-paul-and-edith-dissect-startups</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2019 10:00:10 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-11529</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 54 of To Be Continuous, Paul and Edith discuss startup companies, the culture they’re often born out of, how they can secure funding, and the common pitfalls early founders fall victim to.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 54 of To Be Continuous, Paul and Edith discuss startup companies, the culture they’re often born out of, how they can secure funding, and the common pitfalls early founders fall victim to.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-54-paul-and-edith-dissect-startups">Ep. #54, Paul and Edith Dissect Startups</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Cybersecurity “EASY” Button: A Framework for Security Programs</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-cybersecurity-easy-button-a-framework-for-security-programs</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2019 08:00:27 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-11712</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Wouldn’t it be great to have a button to press &amp; guide them to building a high-functioning cybersecurity program? The EASY framework helps you do just that.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>As I stepped off the stage I was greeted by a few conference attendees. Some just wanted to convey they liked the talk, while others had questions about <a href="https://secdevops.ai/the-intelligence-easy-button-ddbee20d4b56">my threat intelligence EASY Button</a>, a framework for operationalizing threat intelligence. But one person stood out from the rest. She said, “Great talk, Chris! But I am afraid you aren’t thinking big enough for the EASY button.” I had the sudden feeling of wanting to pick my heart up off of the floor. “Please do not take offense,” she continued. “It’s not that the EASY framework does not work for intelligence, but have you thought about applying the framework to other facets of cybersecurity?” And that is when it hit me like a truck. While the framework works well for threat intelligence, individuals building and optimizing an entire security program could easily use this for their programs.</p><p>I have spent my entire career in the intelligence field. I even had my own consulting firm for a few years, where all I did was build threat intelligence capabilities. After a while, I found myself repeating the same advice over and over again. I began to wonder, “Wouldn’t it be great to have a button that someone could press to guide them to building a high functioning threat intelligence program?” And from that question the “Threat Intelligence EASY Button” was created. The pillars of the framework are as follows:</p><ul><li>Elicit Requirements</li><li>Assess Collection Plan</li><li>Strive for Impact</li><li>Yield to Feedback</li></ul><p>It is a very simple and practical guide for intelligence, but can we apply it to building a cybersecurity program like my colleague pointed out? Let’s dive in.</p><h2>Elicit Requirements</h2><p>Requirements are the foundation for any threat intelligence program. These requirements drive the research analysts conduct to support stakeholders with actionable intelligence. Eliciting requirements for a security program would be much more broad, but very similar. The question is simple: “What does the program need to help protect?” The organization could have valuable data it maintains such as client/ customer data or proprietary information. There could be business operations that if degraded or disrupted, could cost the organization revenue. It could simply be the company’s website that must remain available during the launch of a new product. These are examples of critical assets that must be protected. Once you know what you want to protect, next you will need to gauge the visibility of the internal and external environment.</p><h2>Assess Collection Plan</h2><p>For the intelligence button, this pillar was about threat feeds and other data for analysis. For a security program, this concept is more complex. The threat feeds/ intelligence on threats still applies for a security program. One must have an idea of the threats your organization and industry faces. But in this context, one must also understand the data that surrounds the critical assets discovered in the first pillar. This data can include types of logs, records and other metrics to be used for security analysis and health checks. It can be harder than it sounds. Figuring out what data you have, gathering the data in an automated way, storing this data, and enabling analysis is a tough but valuable journey to undertake. Once you understand this pillar to some degree, it’s time to have fun with impact.</p><h2>Strive for Impact</h2><p>I may be biased, but I believe that intelligence is a driver for security operations. Intelligence provides threat context to enable the decision makers to close gaps in security. The beautiful part of applying this to the entire security program is that you are the force executing the actions needed to close these gaps. This is where we look to hire talent and bring on vendors and services. We want to strike a balance of security while maintaining the usability that the stakeholders around the company requires. Many times the best way for a security program to show impact is with metrics. <a href="/library/podcasts/the-secure-developer/ep-36-holistic-security-with-peter-oehlert-of-smartsheet/">Work with your stakeholders</a> to ensure the metrics you capture are relevant and scalable through automation or some other means. While metrics can be a form of feedback, we still want feedback from our stakeholders.</p><h2>Yield to Feedback</h2><p>All service-centric functions would benefit from feedback. This includes intelligence and the security program. Feedback is a gift and the best way to iteratively improve your program. If you are receiving constructive feedback about the security program form a stakeholder, something needs to take place in order to realign. Even if the stakeholder is misguided, there is still something you must do: speak with them. Some friction could simply be due to a miscommunication. Have a cup of coffee with your stakeholder and listen. Reassure them that you are there to support their mission and have teamwork at the forefront of your mind.</p><p>Look at that! She was right. I hope this framework can serve as a touchstone for your security operations. Whether you are building a program or looking to optimize operations, realize that it is a marathon and not a sprint and that there are several of us out there fighting the same fight. We have to stick together.</p><p><em>Chris Cochran is a prominent leader in the cybersecurity space. During the day, he leads threat intelligence in Silicon Valley and at night he hosts his <a href="https://secdevops.ai/">SecDevOps.AI podcast</a>. The best way to follow his journey is <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/chriscochrancyber">via LinkedIn</a>.</em></p><h2>Learn More about Cybersecurity Best Practices</h2><p>Interested in learning more about cybersecurity? At <a href="/devguild/enterprise-security/">DevGuild: Enterprise Security</a>, we brought together CISOs and security leaders to discuss the distinct challenges faced by developer companies. <a href="/devguild/enterprise-security/">Watch the sessions here</a> and check out other <a href="/library?query=Security">security content</a> in the Heavybit library.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-cybersecurity-easy-button-a-framework-for-security-programs">The Cybersecurity “EASY” Button: A Framework for Security Programs</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #13, Cloud Wrangling with Natalie Bennett of Pivotal</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-cloud-wrangling-with-natalie-bennett-of-pivotal</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Oct 2019 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-11539</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 13 of O11ycast, Charity Majors and Liz Fong-Jones talk with Natalie Bennett, Software Engineering Manager at Pivotal. They discuss the difference between collaborative projects and teams, continuous verification, and diagnosing failed deployments.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 13 of O11ycast, Charity Majors and Liz Fong-Jones talk with Natalie Bennett, Software Engineering Manager at Pivotal. They discuss the difference between collaborative projects and teams, continuous verification, and diagnosing failed deployments.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-cloud-wrangling-with-natalie-bennett-of-pivotal">Ep. #13, Cloud Wrangling with Natalie Bennett of Pivotal</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collaborating with Developer Relations Part 2: Sales</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/collaborating-with-developer-relations-part-2-sales</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Oct 2019 08:00:44 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-11657</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Both DevRel and sales teams spend time with customers and prospects out in the field, which creates mutual understanding, but can also result in some common points of friction between the two teams.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In part two of our series on Collaborating with Developer Relations, we explore the opportunities and challenges arising from collaboration between sales and DevRel teams. Check out <a href="/library/blog/collaborating-with-developer-relations-part-1-marketing/">Part 1 covering DevRel and marketing</a> to get up to speed, and read Part 3 on <a href="/library/blog/collaborating-with-developer-relations-part-3-product-and-devrel/">DevRel and Product team relations</a>.</p><p>Since many DevRel teams either report into marketing or work closely with them on content and events, the opportunities for collaboration might seem obvious. But the touchpoints between DevRel and sales teams aren’t as clear-cut. Worse, the two teams often experience tension and conflict, leading to decreased productivity and a <a href="/library/video/developer-experience-design/">poor customer experience</a>.</p><p>But even though both teams have different goals and often different cultures, each can benefit from the other. In fact, they actually share more in common than is initially obvious.</p><p>Both DevRel and sales teams spend time with customers and prospects out in the field, which creates mutual understanding. If nothing else, they can probably share some tips on expediently filing expense reports.</p><p>While we believe both teams can learn a lot from each other, we’ll also explore some common pitfalls. Cultural differences between the teams can lead to misunderstandings and miscommunications. As in any healthy relationship, it’s important to define and respect boundaries.</p><h2>Developer Introductions</h2><p>Despite their differences, both teams focus on building relationships with people, and introductions between teams is a great place to begin collaboration. Account Executives (AEs) and Sales/Solution Engineers (SEs) can send developers to the DevRel team to help them <a href="https://orbit.love/">learn more about the developer community</a> and gain confidence in the solution. DevRel can make introductions between prospects and AEs when the time is right.</p><p>For many AEs, speaking with a skeptical developer can be a daunting task, so if sales isn’t sure how to approach a dev at a prospect or customer, they can talk to a DevRel to see how they would go about getting that connection.</p><p>In general, DevRel can provide a more developer-centric way to start a conversation with a technical prospect, versus a more traditional sales approach like an email outreach.</p><p><strong>In action:</strong> Define a process for how sales can ask DevRel for intros. This could be a Slack channel or weekly email request digest. Define the information that should be included with each request, such as: why the intro is needed; the rep’s connection to the developer or company; details of any deals that are in motion; and potential deal size. Define another process for how sales and SEs can send customer developers to the DevRel team who are interested in <a href="/library/blog/lessons-from-devrel-experts-on-building-developer-communities/">getting involved in the community</a>.</p><h2>Calls and Meetings</h2><p>Although it should be done sparingly, DevRels can help support AEs by participating in the occasional sales call. This should happen when there is a specific reason, for example:</p><ul><li>The prospect knows or knows of the DevRel and wants to meet them</li><li>The prospect wants to learn more about the community</li><li>The DevRel has unique subject matter expertise relevant to the prospect</li></ul><p>These are a few of the most common situations. There are more, but it’s very important to set boundaries here and utilize the DevRel time when it’ll be most impactful.</p><p><strong>In action:</strong> DevRels should intentionally set boundaries with their colleagues, defining a realistic number of calls they can sit in on per month.</p><p>In return, the sales team should make sure that they are acknowledging the work that the DevRel team is doing and communicate that up the chain. Although not its primary function, DevRel does help create revenue in these situations and it’s important that the contribution be visible to company executives. The DevRel team will really appreciate this and may be willing to offer more of their time for calls in turn.</p><h2>Content and Collateral</h2><p>Sales teams generate plenty of content on their own, from slide decks to outbound email campaigns. Collaborating with the DevRel team on the tone, voice and messaging of that content if there’s a chance that developers will see it will increase the effectiveness of these efforts.</p><p>In addition to the content itself, DevRels should provide guidance on messaging frequency, since it’s easy to overwhelm developer prospects with sales messages and turn them away.</p><p>We know of multiple instances where a DevRel has received back-channel messages from developers at prospect companies complaining about an overly-enthusiastic sales person.</p><p><strong>In action:</strong> <a href="/library/blog/asking-for-messaging-feedback/">Schedule a messaging review</a> between sales and DevRel to discuss what’s working and what’s not, and to share insights and best practices. In this meeting, the team could go over sales messaging overall, as well as specific drip and outbound campaigns, covering both content and timing.</p><p>Review sessions like these will help ensure messaging and outreach resonates with developers, and prevent the DeRel team from having to do damage control.</p><h2>Events</h2><p>Both sales and DevRel spend a large percentage of their time at conferences and in the booth. The inevitable event downtime and happy hours can be used to build rapport.</p><p>The two teams should collaborate to make sure every visitor that drops by talks to the right set of people and has a good experience. Visiting developers should be routed to DevRels first. If a possibility for a lead exists, the DevRel can do an introduction then or follow up later depending on what feels right.</p><p><strong>In action:</strong> Prior to an event, DevRel and sales should discuss strategy, spelling out which personas are relevant for which teams, and agreeing on how to gracefully forward visitors to the right representative in the booth. Discuss the job titles and key accounts the sales team is particularly interested in, and rehearse smooth hand-offs between team members.</p><p>After an event, conduct a post mortem where DevRel and sales share notes on interesting attendees, either for joining the developer community or for the sales team.</p><p>Finally, if there was any tension or confusion during the event, this is also a good time to debrief and address it.</p><h2>Business Development</h2><p>Partnerships are central to many successful go-to-market plans, and DevRel teams are in a good position to help business development teams. DevRels are tightly connected to their peers at other companies, which makes for easy intros and early conversations.</p><p>Certain partnership activities like events and sponsorships can benefit both the DevRel and BD teams, meaning they can join forces (and budgets) where it makes sense.</p><p>Finally, it’s common to see developer tools companies partner with development agencies or integrators. In that context, DevRels may offer in-person trainings and workshops for partner developers, helping them become productive faster and also making them aware of the community.</p><p><strong>In action:</strong> Schedule monthly reviews between the business development and DevRel teams. Discuss the status of current partnerships and brainstorm new opportunities. Review any high-priority prospective relationships and discuss tactics for starting those conversations.</p><h2>Sales and DevRel: A Powerful Partnership</h2><p>While the different culture and objectives of sales and DevRel represents a common source of tension in many companies, both teams work directly with customers, and each team can learn a lot from the other. Just remember to set boundaries. With a bit of trust, honest communication, and clear expectations, both groups can tap into what makes the other team great.</p><p>Don’t forget to check out the final installment of the <a href="/library/blog/collaborating-with-developer-relations-part-1-marketing/">Collaborating with Developer Relations</a> series, we’ll explore <a href="/library/blog/collaborating-with-developer-relations-part-3-product-and-devrel/">the relationship between DevRel and the Product team</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/collaborating-with-developer-relations-part-2-sales">Collaborating with Developer Relations Part 2: Sales</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #47, CMS Simplification with Andrew Sprouse of TakeShape</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-47-cms-simplification-with-andrew-sprouse-of-takeshape</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Oct 2019 09:45:43 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-11610</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 47 of JAMstack Radio, Brian joins Andrew Sprouse, Co-Founder and CTO of TakeShape. They discuss the lesson-laden founding story of TakeShape, and how an accessible JAMstack community empowers developers to explore new tools.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 47 of JAMstack Radio, Brian joins Andrew Sprouse, Co-Founder and CTO of TakeShape. They discuss the lesson-laden founding story of TakeShape, and how an accessible JAMstack community empowers developers to explore new tools.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-47-cms-simplification-with-andrew-sprouse-of-takeshape">Ep. #47, CMS Simplification with Andrew Sprouse of TakeShape</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Founder’s Guide to First Sales Hires</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-founders-guide-to-first-sales-hire</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Oct 2019 08:00:35 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-11572</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Advice from startup founders who have successfully gone through the process of finding that first sales hire for their teams.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Technical startups sometimes believe that they don’t (and won’t ever) need a sales team. But if your aspirations include selling to enterprise customers, you’ll eventually need someone who has the skills to take you there. Hiring great salespeople is hard — hiring the first great salesperson can be a major challenge. In this article we’ve pulled together advice from a variety of startup founders, talent managers and sales leaders in the Heavybit community who have successfully gone through the process of finding that first sales hire for their teams.</p><h2>When You’re Ready to Hire Your First Salesperson</h2><p><a href="https://bowerycap.com/blog/sales/founder-led-selling/">Founders should be selling their product</a> long before they’re ready to hire a salesperson. But when you’re ready to graduate <a href="/library/video/transitioning-from-founder-led-sales">beyond founder-led sales</a>? Here are some signs that founders should look if they’re debating making that first hiring move:</p><ul><li><strong>You have product-market fit.</strong> Even an excellent salesperson won’t be able to make an impact if you haven’t proven that people are willing to pay for your product.</li><li><strong>You have at least 5-10 customers.</strong> By the time you have a strong cohort of early customers, you’ll start to identify trends in the sales cycle that will help you understand how to build a process around sales.</li><li><strong>Founder-led sales has become a bottleneck</strong>. At the beginning, you likely don’t have so many deals to manage that you can’t handle them yourself. But at some point, your pipeline will outpace your bandwidth. During a panel on transitioning from founder-led sales, LaunchDarkly co-founder and CEO <a href="https://twitter.com/edith_h?lang=en">Edith Harbaugh</a> said that she knew it was time to hire sales when her involvement in the sales process became a blocker:</li></ul><blockquote>I became the bottleneck. Because people would be, “Where’s my order form? I’m ready to sign.” And I would have to type up the order forms, and I was the backlog. I mean, that is a really obvious [sign]. When people want to give you money. They’re like, “Come on. Give me the order form.”</blockquote><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/2d254ef1f8f80b9ad8c5399e5a441a078a69aab2-300x293.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>Something to keep in mind is that it will take longer to hire a good salesperson than you might expect. Whalr founder <a href="https://twitter.com/Mitch_Morando">Mitch Morando</a> warns that to find that first (or even second) <a href="/library/video/sales-ops-panel-building-early-stage-sales-teams">sales hire will probably take somewhere between 3 to 12 months to find</a> because of the unique skillset the role requires: “They’re not your typical sales person. They’re probably more of a product person who knows how to sell.” If you anticipate needing that sales hire in the coming year, it might be worthwhile to start the hiring process sooner rather than later.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/96c1bbf9b9a80292a9ec610b6fb8f20abf21e1d8-300x298.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h2>The Profile of a First Sales Hire</h2><h3>A Seller, Not a Manager</h3><p>One of the most important things to look for is the willingness to do the hard work of selling. In a session on<a href="/library/video/sales-hiring-strategy-with-greylock-partners-talentbin"> Sales Hiring Strategy</a>, Atrium HQ co-founder <a href="https://twitter.com/kazanjy">Pete Kazanjy</a> explained the importance of hiring the right level for your first salesperson. A VP might seem like a strong candidate to build a team around, but they may not have the skills (or the desire) to do demo after demo for weeks on end.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/62c0a8e2d148cfa8a7f588698ab3e6a62176585c-298x300.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>“The problem with that person frequently is that they’re not a do-er, they’re a manager and what you want right now is you want another seller, or there’s an intermediary there. The a design pattern that I like for a first sales manager hire (or a first seller/sales manager hire) is either a sales manager, or a high potential sales manager who hasn’t been out of the trenches for so long that he or she can’t do a demo,” said Pete.</p><h3>Ability to Work with Ambiguity</h3><p>Another key characteristics of a first sales hire is comfort with ambiguity. Their role will be necessarily undefined, so you’ll need someone who can roll with a variable list of responsibilities. “As the first sales hire, there’s no playbook. You’ve got to get out there, figure things out. So <a href="/library/video/sales-ops-panel-building-early-stage-sales-teams">you also have to look for somebody who’s really curious</a>,” says talent recruiter Sarah Arcoleo.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/09b11e9221e0227b2a123a3a341d4a3b3ad7f583-293x300.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>Ultimately, your first sales person doesn’t need to just sell. They need to create processes where there aren’t any. Strong communication and documentation skills will help ensure that the transition from one salesperson to two, three and beyond runs smoothly.</p><p>This is why many founders ultimately caution against hiring someone because they have experience at a big enterprise. The experience of being a salesperson on a large, established organization is very different from the experience of an early sales hire. While a salesperson at Salesforce might be experienced with closing large deals with the infrastructure of a mature team around them, they may not thrive in an environment where they need continually need to improvise.</p><h3>Comfortable Selling to Developers</h3><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/78b5231887909d5a51fee66286ac11e565dbd4bf-296x300.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>Does your first sales hire need to be very technical? Not necessarily. They should be comfortable with your tech and comfortable with selling to developers, but closing deals is a more important skill than being able to code for sales people.</p><p>“I don’t necessarily think that all salespeople who are in tech are necessarily the right salespeople for you. We found this out,” says <a href="https://twitter.com/armon">Armon Dadgar</a>, Co-founder and CTO of HashiCorp. “<a href="/library/video/transitioning-from-founder-led-sales">Even within the tech sector you’ll see there’s a lot of folks that they’ve built their career selling to a CIO.</a>”</p><p></p><h2>What to Look for During Interviews</h2><p>A unique challenge of hiring sales is that because they’re trained in sales, they’re often great at selling themselves. As a result, it can be hard to separate excellent salespeople from those who are simply great at pitching themselves.</p><h3>Show Skills, Don’t Tell</h3><p>If you’re hiring an engineer, you’re probably wouldn’t hire them without doing a hands-on coding session. “One of the things that I always like to do with salespeople is <a href="/library/video/sales-hiring-strategy-with-greylock-partners-talentbin">have them sell me their solution</a>. I don’t really think it’s fair to have them try to sell you your solution, or at least it’s higher risk because them getting intimate with your solution is probably going to be a process over time,” says Pete Kazanjy.</p><h3>Experience with a Similar ACV Deals</h3><p>Look for someone with experience selling deals with a similar annual contract value (ACV) to what you’re targeting. “A salesperson who’s kicked ass selling a $12,000-a-year product is not going to be the same person who kicks ass selling $120,000, <a href="/library/video/things-i-have-learned-about-sales-so-far/">is not going to be the same person that kicks ass selling $1.2 million</a>. That’s something that’s often overlooked,” said <a href="https://twitter.com/fredsters_s">Fred Stevens-Smith</a>, co-founder and CEO of Rainforest QA.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/636256d18c87d7576a101c2039d3bfa26b7e893d-300x293.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h3>Context for Their Numbers</h3><p>A good sales candidate will have performance metrics on their CV. It can be easy take numbers out of context and smooth over any rough edges, so drill down into those numbers and learn more about the context of their performance</p><h3>A Good Track Record with Teams</h3><p>When you think you’ve found a good fit, ask for references and follow up on them. Great salespeople don’t work in a vacuum, and anyone who claims good numbers should have references from past team members to back them up. Sales necessarily requires good people skills, so a candidate who can’t surface at least one or two managers and colleagues to vouch for them should be a hiring red flag.</p><h2>The Two Rep Rule: How Many “First Sales Hires” Should You Look For?</h2><p>If you’ve spend any time reading about sales hiring, you’ve likely encountered the concept of <a href="/library/video/top-10-mistakes-getting-to-100m-arr/">hiring two salespeople</a> as your “first hire” as a way to A/B test sales, <a href="/library/video/sales-training-lessons-from-wizeline-pusher-pagerduty">create a healthy level of competition</a> and more quickly gather data about your sales process. Sales hiring leaders agreed that if you can find two great sales hires at the same time, hiring both can be a great way to learn quickly. But finding one great sales person is hard enough, so don’t worry too much if you can’t hire two right off the bat.</p><h2>Next Steps: Learn More About Early Sales Hires</h2><p>Making your first sales hire is a challenging but essential step to growing your business. <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr">Subscribe for updates</a> to find out when we have new events and content on sales strategy, and in the meantime, check out the complete versions of our founders’ and sales hiring experts’ discussions and talks linked above for more context on hiring your first salesperson.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-founders-guide-to-first-sales-hire">The Founder’s Guide to First Sales Hires</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #16, Language Translation with Spence Green of Lilt</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-16-language-translation-with-spence-green-of-lilt</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2019 09:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-11435</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 16 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Spence Green, Founder and CEO of Lilt. They discuss language translation services for enterprises and governments, the rigor required to deliver enterprise software, and the internationalization of products.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 16 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Spence Green, Founder and CEO of Lilt. They discuss language translation services for enterprises and governments, the rigor required to deliver enterprise software, and the internationalization of products.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-16-language-translation-with-spence-green-of-lilt">Ep. #16, Language Translation with Spence Green of Lilt</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>3 Lessons from DevRel Experts on Building Developer Communities</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/lessons-from-devrel-experts-on-building-developer-communities</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Oct 2019 15:07:37 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-11623</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>How do you create a vibrant user community? A few lessons that we learned about building developer communities from DevRel experts during our panel.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>This week, we brought together a panel of developer community experts from Devada, Weaveworks, RingCentral and IBM to discuss their experiences creating and running developer communities. Moderator <a href="https://twitter.com/jldavis007">Jesse Davis</a>, EVP of Product and Technology for <a href="https://devada.com/">Devada</a>, led a great conversation about how devtools teams can engage with and foster the communities that grow around their products. Here are a few things that we learned about building developer communities during the session.</p><h2>When You’re Marketing to Developers, Your Competitors Aren’t Your Biggest Competition</h2><p>Developer communities can provide a lot of value to marketing and sales teams looking to stay connected with their audience — but that connection can’t be taken for granted. <a href="https://twitter.com/mikegstowe">Mike Stowe</a>, Sr. Manager of Developer Product Marketing at <a href="https://www.ringcentral.com/">RingCentral</a>, raised an essential point about leveraging communities in this way. “<strong>When you’re marketing to developers, your real competitor isn’t other tools; it’s the time they want to spend with their families, watching Netflix, or learning other technologies,”</strong> said Mike during the panel.</p><p>From an organization’s perspective, a community can be valuable for marketing and sales initiatives. Focus on providing value to the developers in your community first and foremost, to ensure that your users find participating worth their time — it will pay off in the long run.</p><h2>To Understand Your Value, Measure and Track Everything You Can</h2><p>One thing that all the panelists agreed was the importance of measuring your community-building efforts. “You’re going to fail, and you’re going to fail a lot. That’s why it’s important to measure things — <strong>something is going to hit, and that’s what you’re going to want to double down on</strong>.” said <a href="https://twitter.com/drnugent">Dave Nugent</a>, Developer Advocate for <a href="https://developer.ibm.com/cities/san-francisco-ca-us/">IBM Developer SF</a>.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/mewzherder">Tamao Nakahara</a>, organizer of <a href="https://www.devrelcon.net/">DevRelCon</a> and Head of DX at <a href="https://www.weave.works/">Weaveworks</a>, said that her team is encouraged to log everything in Salesforce. When a deal closes or a customer is upsold, the DevRel team can then show the impact they had. Mike echoed this sentiment, reiterating that careful tracking of the community activities helps tie your efforts to revenue, customer happiness and other topline goals: <strong>“At the end of the day, if you can share the value of the community, it gives your company a reason to continue to invest in that community.”</strong></p><h2>Take the Conversation to Community</h2><p>After opening up the panel to questions from the audience, the conversation turned towards getting a new developer community up and running. The audience asked questions about everything from community-building tech stacks to how soon is too soon to get started. The panel agreed that it’s never too early to start building relationships with and between your customers.</p><p>Tamao advised against spending <a href="/library/blog/building-blocks-for-an-innovative-and-inclusive-developer-community-part-3-scalable-growth/">too much effort spinning up your own</a>, standalone community platform in the early days: “Be aware of existing platforms and forums, and <strong>go for the easiest way to engage with people.</strong> If all your users are on StackOverflow, taking the conversation to them instead of trying to build your own standalone platform.” Engaging with users where they’re already having conversations about your product will reduce the friction and overhead needed to start having those meaningful conversations.</p><h2>Learn More about Building Developer Communities</h2><p>Want to watch the whole panel? <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr">Subscribe for updates</a> from Heavybit and we’ll let you know when we’ve posted a recording of the session. In the meantime, check out our ongoing series from Josh Dzielak of <a href="https://developermode.com/">DeveloperMode</a> on <a href="/library/blog/collaborating-with-developer-relations-part-1-marketing/">Collaborating with Developer Relations</a> for more insight into building a vibrant developer community.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/lessons-from-devrel-experts-on-building-developer-communities">3 Lessons from DevRel Experts on Building Developer Communities</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #38, You Own It, You Secure It with Andy Ellis of Akamai</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-38-you-own-it-you-secure-it-with-andy-ellis-of-akamai</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Oct 2019 10:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-11531</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 38 of The Secure Developer, Guy speaks with Andy Ellis, CSO of Akamai. They discuss streamlining customer assurance, the role of an incidents coordinator, and the value of transparency between a security company and their associates.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 38 of The Secure Developer, Guy speaks with Andy Ellis, CSO of Akamai. They discuss streamlining customer assurance, the role of an incidents coordinator, and the value of transparency between a security company and their associates.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-38-you-own-it-you-secure-it-with-andy-ellis-of-akamai">Ep. #38, You Own It, You Secure It with Andy Ellis of Akamai</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #53, A Closer Look at Open Source Today</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-52-a-closer-look-at-open-source-today</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2019 10:50:23 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-10597</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 53 of To Be Continuous, Paul and Edith discuss the evolution of open source over the last 20 years, maintainer sustainability, and the frequency of miscommunications in the world of texts and emojis. For more information, these related articles cover the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-software-benefits-advantages">advantages of open source</a> and the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-vs-proprietary">difference between proprietary and open source software</a>.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 53 of To Be Continuous, Paul and Edith discuss the evolution of open source over the last 20 years, maintainer sustainability, and the frequency of miscommunications in the world of texts and emojis. For more information, these related articles cover the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-software-benefits-advantages">advantages of open source</a> and the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-vs-proprietary">difference between proprietary and open source software</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-52-a-closer-look-at-open-source-today">Ep. #53, A Closer Look at Open Source Today</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Making Security a Business Enabler: Lessons from SmartSheet’s Peter Oehlert</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/making-security-a-business-enabler-lessons-from-smartsheets-peter-oehlert</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2019 08:00:01 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-11545</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Security initiatives are important for the health and success of any organization. Here’s what security teams need to know about becoming business enablers.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Security initiatives are important for the long-term health and success of any organization. Unfortunately, security teams often end up saying “no” to a lot of things, which can make security feel more like a blocker than an enabler.</p><p>In <a href="/library/podcasts/the-secure-developer/ep-36-holistic-security-with-peter-oehlert-of-smartsheet/">a recent episode of The Secure Developer</a>, Peter Oehlert, Sr. Director of Security Engineering, joined Guy to talk about how he’s grown the security team at <a href="https://www.smartsheet.com/">Smartsheet</a>, key learnings he brought with him from his time at Facebook, and what teams often get wrong about security. Here are a few of the lessons from the episode on what teams can do to make security initiatives a business enabler.</p><h2>Identify What You’re <em>Not</em> Going to Focus On</h2><p>Peter says that it’s important to set priorities early on to ensure that the team stays focused on high-impact activities. Small teams often end up playing a continual game of catch-up, trying to tackle issues as they come up. But this approach means that teams get stuck putting out fires. They might then neglect more strategic initiatives that would have a long-term impact on the business:</p><blockquote>[W]hen you’ve had a rational threat-based prioritization on the things that you’re not doing and you’ve decided that for whatever reason you can put that down, it can help keep you focused on the things that you are going to go to and do really well.</blockquote><p>By setting clear parameters around the security team’s priorities and being explicit about what they should not work on, the team become more efficient with their time and make a more meaningful impact on the business.</p><h2>Align Security and Engineering Goals</h2><p>Finding a balance between shipping things quickly and shipping things securely is a constant struggle for many teams. Peter shared that taking a mindset the security team should enable the business and the engineers to be more effective has been an important part of building a scalable team.</p><blockquote>It’s not saying that we’re going to accept all the risk or ignore all the things, it’s challenging us as engineers to be more creative, more thoughtful and think about deeply, “How do we get to that ‘Yes?’ What’s necessary to get us there?</blockquote><p>Peter also noted that having Security sit with the Engineering team makes a big difference in keeping teams in alignment over time. At Smartsheet, Peter’s team reports into the CTO, which helps ensure that security goals stay closely tied to product development. This also helps avoid an “us vs them” mentality that can crop up when the teams are siloed.</p><blockquote>It’s really important for the security team to be thought of as a partner and a collaborator and equivalent to your engineering teams, so that there’s both an equilibrium but also a really good collaboration that can form around that.</blockquote><h2>Collaborate for a Culture of Security Ownership</h2><p>Collaborating cross-functionally with other teams, from sales and marketing to legal, is another important component of a well-run security team’s day-to-day.</p><blockquote>If you’re not thinking about how to help educate and communicate risks to your company broadly so that then those folks, all those individuals can go and help identify risks that maybe you’re not going to have insight into, then you’re missing the boat.</blockquote><p>Peter notes that, for many organizations, security often drops off the team’s priorities after things get shipped. He says that the security team should ensure that the entire team has insight into the information they need to keep tabs on the application over time. His team’s responsibilities include maintaining dashboards that help give other teams insight into</p><blockquote>Making sure that the right information on what needs to be monitored and how it should be monitored gets to the team that does the monitoring is another important thing that app sec folks will help facilitate as they’re working with a particular feature team to bring a feature to market.</blockquote><h2>Learn More from Security Leaders at DevGuild: Enterprise Security</h2><p>Establishing and scaling security initiatives is challenging but essential, especially for organizations catering to enterprise customers. But getting it right can be challenging. At <a href="/devguild/enterprise-security/">DevGuild: Enterprise Security</a>, we brought together CISOs and security leaders to discuss the distinct challenges faced by developer companies. <a href="/devguild/enterprise-security/">Watch the sessions here</a> and check out other <a href="/library?query=Security">security content</a> in the Heavybit library.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/making-security-a-business-enabler-lessons-from-smartsheets-peter-oehlert">Making Security a Business Enabler: Lessons from SmartSheet’s Peter Oehlert</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #15, Self-Protecting Software with Jeff Williams of Contrast Security</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-15-self-protecting-software-with-jeff-williams-of-contrast-security</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2019 11:09:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-11348</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 15 of EnterpriseReady, Grant is joined by Jeff Williams, Co-Founder and CTO of Contrast Security. The two discuss the vast quantity of competing AppSec standards, the creation of the OWASP Top 10, and the future of application security.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 15 of EnterpriseReady, Grant is joined by Jeff Williams, Co-Founder and CTO of Contrast Security. The two discuss the vast quantity of competing AppSec standards, the creation of the OWASP Top 10, and the future of application security.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-15-self-protecting-software-with-jeff-williams-of-contrast-security">Ep. #15, Self-Protecting Software with Jeff Williams of Contrast Security</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Founders Should Know about Building a Distributed Team</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/what-founders-should-know-about-building-a-distributed-team</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2019 08:00:24 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-11549</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Distributed teams can be a valuable asset, but they come with unique challenges. Here’s what you need know to grow a happy, effective distributed workforce.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>There are a lot of great things about building distributed teams, including <a href="https://venturebeat.com/2019/07/06/distributed-teams-are-helping-startups-scale-faster/">tapping into fresh pools of talent to help you build a better team, faster</a>. It’s not surprising that many teams are <a href="https://www.wework.com/ideas/distributed-teams">embracing this model</a> as they grow. But distributed teams have their own challenges. Whether you’re considering making a transition towards a distributed team, or you want to include remote hires in your company from day one, going in with a game plan will help ensure a smoother experience for the whole team.</p><p>In a recent episode of <a href="/library/podcasts/to-be-continuous/52-the-evolution-of-local-vs-remote/">To Be Continuous</a>, Edith Harbaugh and Paul Biggar discussed their experiences and thoughts on distributed teams. Here are a few noteworthy challenges that every founder should consider if they’re interested in growing a distributed team.</p><h2>Communication is the Biggest Hurdle for Distributed Teams</h2><p>In the early days of any startup, “high-bandwidth” communication is important. Things move fast and change frequently, so keeping a small team continuously and consistently in the loop is essential. Incidentally, this is why many teams opt <em>not</em> to go build a remote workforce in the early days. If you’re going to have a distributed team, keep in mind that communication will be the biggest challenge you face. In order to combat this, you need to be hyper-aware of potential opportunities for communication breakdowns and take action to prevent them.</p><h2>Documentation Habits Need to Be On-Point</h2><p>To help combat the communication issues, <a href="https://blog.pusher.com/learnt-making-company-wiki/">successful distributed teams put a premium on documenting</a> processes, activities and other important information thoroughly. The structure of that information is as important as the information itself. Whether you build an internal wiki, implement expert-level Google Drive organization or invest in a knowledge management solution, the entire team should have the ability to access and understand the information they need, when they need it.</p><p>Done well, internal documentation can be a boon to distributed teams. “In particular, what I think that you get from a distributed team is that you are forced to write things down, and there’s a lot of benefits from that,” said Paul. “The people who find out about it aren’t just the people who sit nearest you or are in the right meetings, everyone in the company gets aligned on the same page.”</p><h2>The Remote Experience Must Be Level with the In-Office Experience</h2><p>Anyone who has taken a <a href="https://www.lifesize.com/en/video-conferencing">video call</a> from home (or on the road) has probably suffered the pain of trying to participate in a meeting with a bad connection. It’s easy to take in-person communication for granted when it’s readily available. Any team with even a few people who aren’t physically in the office should consider the impact of their conferencing set up on remote team members. Edith shared her experience of being on the receiving end of a bad remote culture:</p><p><em>It would drive me nuts, I was working at a San Francisco company that got bought by a company in another region and we would do calls and we couldn’t understand them. We were like, “We can’t hear you. We literally can’t hear you.” And they would say, “We don’t care.”</em></p><p>To build empathy for their remote counterparts, some teams with distributed teams hold <a href="https://venturebeat.com/2018/04/17/what-our-company-learned-from-working-remotely-for-a-week/">remote weeks</a> periodically and have members of the in-office team work remotely. Others level the playing field with all-remote All Hands to ensure everyone has the same experience, or have distributed team members come into town for activity-filled onsite weeks with a focus on team bonding. Whatever approach you take, taking the remote experience serious is key.</p><h2>It’s Never Too Early to Think about Scale</h2><p>As with most processes, tools and practices, what works for a company of 10 likely won’t work the same for a company of 100. If you’re going to build a distributed team successfully, you’ll need to safeguard your team against growing pains as you scale. Keeping an ear to the ground for potential issues and checking in regularly with remote team members to spot points of friction early on. “When it’s easy for someone in the office to do a thing that it’s not easy for someone remote to do, that starts to breed problems,” says Paul.</p><h2>Learn More about Creating Effective Distributed Teams</h2><p>There’s no one right way to build a distributed or remote-friendly culture. Having a remote team can be a goal to work towards, a short-term solution to a problem, or an integral part of your team’s culture. For more on the journey to (or from) distributed and remote teams, check out <a href="/library/podcasts/to-be-continuous/52-the-evolution-of-local-vs-remote/">To Be Continuous: The Evolution of Local vs Remote.</a> Want more insight into what successful distribute teams look like? Revisit our panel on <a href="/library/blog/diversity-inclusion-building-an-inclusive-remote-culture/">Building an Inclusive Remote Culture</a> for insights on how a few more organizations approach managing and maintaining their distributed cultures.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/what-founders-should-know-about-building-a-distributed-team">What Founders Should Know about Building a Distributed Team</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #37, Security Transformation with James Kaplan of McKinsey &amp; Company</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-37-security-transformation-with-james-kaplan-of-mckinsey-company</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Sep 2019 09:23:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-11343</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 37 of The Secure Developer, Guy speaks with James Kaplan of McKinsey &amp; Co. James describes his journey into the telecommunications industry, and how many longstanding companies must reevaluate security practices when going through a digital transformation.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 37 of The Secure Developer, Guy speaks with James Kaplan of McKinsey &amp; Co. James describes his journey into the telecommunications industry, and how many longstanding companies must reevaluate security practices when going through a digital transformation.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-37-security-transformation-with-james-kaplan-of-mckinsey-company">Ep. #37, Security Transformation with James Kaplan of McKinsey & Company</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using LinkedIn Groups for Marketing</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/linked-groups-marketing</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Sep 2019 08:00:31 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-11504</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Testim’s Francis Adanza shares key learnings on how to leverage LinkedIn Groups for targeted marketing for a relatively low cost per lead.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Just like conferences, LinkedIn Groups are one of the places people go to for trusted information. I’ve been a member of a bunch of LinkedIn Groups since I joined LinkedIn. However, it wasn’t until a few years ago that I started seeing sponsored content in these groups. At first I saw banners at the top of the group page. Then I noticed more promotional emails hitting my inbox. I reached out to the Group Owner and asked how I could get involved.</p><p>In this post, I’ll share how we used LinkedIn Groups for marketing at <a href="https://www.testim.io/">Testim</a>, some key learnings from the experience, and the results we saw. Before we dive into how we used LinkedIn Groups for marketing, I’ll make one caveat: while I’m sure LinkedIn is aware of this practice, it is not a LinkedIn-sanctioned type of campaign, so I’m not sure if it will go on forever.</p><h2>Getting Started: Working with Group Owners</h2><p><strong>You have to talk to the group owners.</strong> Some will let you sell with product-focused webinars and free trial offers, while others will only let you market content that is not product related. Their requirements will shape the kind of campaigns you can run.</p><p>Each group owner charges a different rate usually based on the amount of members they have in the group, but it’s all a negotiation. By engaging with the Group Owners, you learn that they manage several groups or blogs, websites, or other online communities where your buyers hang out. By building relationships with LinkedIn community leaders, you can start negotiating and testing different things in a whole bunch of other niche places that you might not have known about.</p><p><strong>Keep in mind that you’ll need a Paypal account to process payment. </strong>Some Group Owners expect you pay upfront were some allow you to pay after the email goes out, like pricing it’s a negotiation. You can negotiate better pricing for committing and paying to a bunch of emails or pinned posts upfront.</p><h2>LinkedIn Group Advertising Options</h2><p>As of now, LinkedIn offers two types of ads within their Groups: 1) a pinned top-of-page banner, 2) an email blast, which is allowed once every 7-8 days.</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/118a7f66dc07f537fa0c802bb78a9d8dc59964c5-1024x575.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/60a018970906613672880526995800b73e582dad-685x758.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>In regards to the assets, all you need is a banner display which will be featured at the top of the group which is aligned with the week your email blast goes out. You also need to provide an image for the email blast with the copy and tracking URL for the CTA. Then you need the landing page for the webinar signup or asset download, the thank you page, etc.</p><h2>Promoting Trial Signups and Webinars via LinkedIn Groups</h2><p>The main calls-to-action we use for the paid campaigns are free trial signups and webinar invitations. When participating in the online communities and message boards, we support our answers with other pieces of content we’ve published that supports the comments we leave. This allows us to build links back to our website.</p><p>Every month we host a panel-style webinar similar to the example I used above. We usually have a discussion with a customer, an industry celebrity, or a partner on a topic that we think would be attractive to the personas we are trying to reach. We budget $5k in spend for each of these webinars, of which $2500 usually spent with these LinkedIn Groups.</p><p>I’ve found the CPL for LinkedIn Group ads to be less than compared to display ads, conferences, and SEM. Depends on how you define lead quality, but since you can’t target and set parameters based on geographies, verticals, size of company, titles, etc you could get a lot of leads at a great CPL but they are outside of your account sweet spot.</p><p><strong>Depending on how much upfront prep you want to do, you can see all of the members of the group to give you a broad idea of where a majority of the group members are located and the types of companies they work for.</strong> Alternatively, you can use Tryprospect and <a href="https://www.outreach.io/">Outreach.io</a> or other LinkedIn scraping tools to grab each member’s profile info so we can slice and dice the data to get a complete breakdown of the types of people and companies in the group.</p><p>To get specific, here are the results from a webinar we co-hosted on July 10:</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/a2c16174d3332a5c8e4874e0122a6c933fdd69ac-857x1024.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/af2ae2905573d5b1f9268e5255d7094a291b2b0b-1024x275.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h2>Thoughts on LinkedIn Group Marketing</h2><p>We treat LinkedIn Group marketing as a long-tail marketing initiative. Since these are top of the funnel leads, the SDRs can cherry pick the ones they want to chase. The rest are added to a buyer persona track, where we try to drive end users to free trials sign ups and decision makers to schedule a call with a platform specialist.</p><p>I’ve found that<strong> in terms of getting leads that meet the right persona at a good CPL, marketing to Linkedin Groups is a solid tactic.</strong> There are no filters on the group so the ICP will be all over the board, but you can set your <a href="/library/blog/how-marketers-can-achieve-personalization-at-scale-part-2/">remarketing</a> up to only focus on the IPs you care about.</p><p>Fostering good relationships with group owners is essential to leveraging this tactic — especially when you keep in mind the fact that these group owners are often manage or are involved with other communities, forums, etc. that might be great spots to connect with your buyers.</p><p>Have you been experimenting with advertising to LinkedIn groups? I’d love to hear more about your experience, and if you have any tips for improving this process!</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/linked-groups-marketing">Using LinkedIn Groups for Marketing</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #46, Headless CMS with John Kelly of Contentstack</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-46-headless-cms-with-john-kelly-of-contentstack</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Sep 2019 09:07:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-11355</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 46 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by John Kelly, Product Manager at Contentstack. They discuss headless content management systems, and how adopting CMS on the backend encourages the portability and reusability of content.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 46 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by John Kelly, Product Manager at Contentstack. They discuss headless content management systems, and how adopting CMS on the backend encourages the portability and reusability of content.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-46-headless-cms-with-john-kelly-of-contentstack">Ep. #46, Headless CMS with John Kelly of Contentstack</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #52, The Evolution of Local vs. Remote</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/52-the-evolution-of-local-vs-remote</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Sep 2019 09:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-11434</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 52 of To Be Continuous, Paul and Edith discuss the changing landscape of recruiting, focusing specifically on remote vs. local hiring, and how a company’s personnel structure changes as it grows.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 52 of To Be Continuous, Paul and Edith discuss the changing landscape of recruiting, focusing specifically on remote vs. local hiring, and how a company’s personnel structure changes as it grows.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/52-the-evolution-of-local-vs-remote">Ep. #52, The Evolution of Local vs. Remote</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Heavybit Introduces New Operations Manager: Storee Moss</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/heavybit-operations-manager-storee-moss</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Sep 2019 08:00:50 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Heavybit News]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-11492</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Storee brings experience in human-centered design and practices to help Heavybit clubhouse members connect, share lessons and collaborate.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>I’m delighted to join Heavybit as Operations Manager. For Heavybit’s community, I will provide facility management, tenant onboarding, operations support, and ensure clubhouse members have a positive, comfortable, and productive place to focus. Additionally, my role will be to utilize my experience in human-centered design and practices to help people connect, share lessons and collaborate.</p><p>Most recently, I worked with Marble, a robotics and AI company excelling in developing P2P delivery services and with the Institute for Creative Integration, who collaborate with clients to envision new products, services, and creative ways to innovate technology and design. I’m passionately involved with the Berkeley Free Clinic, a volunteer run clinic that provides accessible and free health services to the community, as a Peer Counselor and founding organizer of the Transgender Health Collective. I hold a Bachelor’s degree in Humanistic Existential Psychology and Psychological Anthropology from the University of West Georgia.</p><p>In Heavybit I found a beautifully designed clubhouse and a team that dedicates their energy to advancing the progress of their member companies, all the while keeping a keen eye on the need for increased diversity and inclusion in developer ecosystem. Joining the team was a no-brainer.</p><p>A huge thank you to the community for welcoming me onboard. It is amazing to be a part of such a vibrant community and project.</p><p>Please contact me directly with any questions, community building ideas, or to say hello! I can be reached at <a href="mailto:storee@heavybit.com">storee@heavybit.com</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/heavybit-operations-manager-storee-moss">Heavybit Introduces New Operations Manager: Storee Moss</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #12, Speed of Deployment with Rich Archbold of Intercom</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-speed-of-deployment-with-rich-archbold-of-intercom</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Sep 2019 10:52:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-11351</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 12 of O11ycast, Charity Majors and Liz Fong-Jones speak with Rich Archbold of Intercom. They discuss the crucial importance of timely shipping, high-cardinality metrics, and the engineering value of running less software.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 12 of O11ycast, Charity Majors and Liz Fong-Jones speak with Rich Archbold of Intercom. They discuss the crucial importance of timely shipping, high-cardinality metrics, and the engineering value of running less software.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-speed-of-deployment-with-rich-archbold-of-intercom">Ep. #12, Speed of Deployment with Rich Archbold of Intercom</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Linkerd: A Case Study in Developer Tools Category Creation</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/linkerd-a-case-study-in-developer-tools-category-creation</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Sep 2019 08:00:03 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-11389</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>For companies at the cutting edge of enterprise software development, category creation can be a necessary way to differentiate themselves from existing solutions. But conjuring a completely new category out of nothing is a delicate business; you have to stay close enough to existing tools and terminology to give your audience something to compare it […]</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>For companies at the cutting edge of enterprise software development, category creation can be a necessary way to differentiate themselves from existing solutions. But conjuring a completely new category out of nothing is a delicate business; you have to stay close enough to existing tools and terminology to give your audience something to compare it to, but not stay so close that your solution is swept into the fold of what’s already on the market.</p><p>In <a href="/library/podcasts/enterpriseready/ep-12-service-mesh-with-william-morgan-of-bouyant/">a recent episode of EnterpriseReady</a>, William Morgan, CEO and co-founder of <a href="https://buoyant.io/">Buoyant</a> and creator of <a href="https://linkerd.io/">Linkerd</a>, shared first-hand experience with category creation, from developing an early microservices infrastructure at Twitter all the way through to Buoyant’s current challenges in navigating competitors. In this post, we’ll look at his experience with Linkerd as a case study in how teams can think about category creation when existing categories simply don’t fit.</p><h2>The Challenge of Category Creation: Struggling Against Market Assumptions</h2><p>William first recognized that there was a need to reframe conversations around about their technology when he and his co-founder struggled to explain <a href="https://linkerd.io/">Linkerd</a> to engineers. Because there wasn’t an equivalent technology, everyone they spoke to came in with assumptions about what they could (or could not) do.</p><blockquote>We started out saying ‘This is a proxy that handles RPC calls, and Linkerd is an RPC proxy.’ We tried to describe that to people, and people would be like, ‘I already have a proxy.’<br/><br/>We’re like, ‘No. This is different.’ They’re like, ‘I don’t even use RPC. We use HTTP.’ And we say, ‘Under our model, HTTP is a subclass of RPC.’</blockquote><p>Because the Linkerd team spent so much time struggling to define their technology using existing terms that didn’t quite fit, they lost opportunities to capture the attention of potential users.</p><h2>Creating Terminology to Start Conversations</h2><p>The first step in creating a new category and getting open source traction was creating the right terminology to define their category. William and his co-creator Oliver Gould decided to start calling their tech a “service mesh,” which had no meaning at all. “[It] was a blank space that we could write into. Then we could say, ‘Let me tell you about this thing called a ‘service mesh,’ and this is what it does,’” says William.</p><p>William notes that they didn’t try to own or trademark the term “service mesh,” because they were focused on having a way to talk about their technology and get people to use it. As a result, other organizations eventually started using the term to define themselves as well.</p><h2>Bringing a New Category to Market</h2><p>Now that Linkerd’s creators had the language they needed to explain what they could offer, the next challenge to build awareness of service mesh as a category. William shares that this next phase was <strong>“a whole lot of conferences and a whole lot of elbow grease.”</strong> There were a few key components to getting service mesh as a category off the ground:</p><h3>Shaping the Story</h3><p>Because Linkerd was an open source project, they were able to talk about it at open source conferences and invited people to contribute it. In the early days they relied on tying their technology to their roots at Finagle, Twitter’s open source RPC system, to help audiences understand what they did. This connection to an established company and a solid use case helped create credibility for an emerging solution that the market didn’t have a strong understand of initially. But as Linkerd gained traction, its story began to stand up on its own.</p><h3>Finding the (Right) Audience</h3><p>Another challenge was understanding what conferences were the right conferences to go to. Initially they started with microservices conferences, but found that the audience of architects at these conferences wasn’t quite the right fit. “They wanted to talk about their 18-month microservices roadmap, and they wanted to talk about CQRS versus event sourcing,” says William. “It was all interesting, but I was like ‘This isn’t really going anywhere at all.&#x27;”</p><p>They then came into the <a href="https://kubernetes.io/community/">Kubernetes community</a>, which was full of practitioners looking for immediate solutions: “It’s not like there’s anything that’s really Kubernetes-specific in Linkerd, or at least in that early version of Linkerd. But from the market perspective, this was the audience of people who actually needed Linkerd and they needed it in a short timeframe, as opposed to the 18 month microservices roadmap.”</p><h3>Gaining 3rd Party Recognition</h3><p>Another step in establishing service mesh as part of the larger devtools landscape was gaining third-party recognition. For many teams, this might mean pitching to software analysts and journalists, or writing extensively about your new category (as <a href="https://launchdarkly.com/">LaunchDarkly</a> did for feature flagging). In this case, William and Oliver submitted Linkerd to the <a href="https://www.cncf.io/">Cloud Native Computing Foundation</a> (CNCF), which is part of the Linux Foundation “Philosophically, we really aligned,” says William. “They’re very focused on the set of technology that allow you to build these cloud native applications. Everything that Linkerd was being used for, we didn’t really know that term beforehand. We were like, “Yes. This is exactly the things that that Linkerd can help with.” Linkerd’s acceptance by the CNCF put it in the same bracket as established technologies such as Kubernetes and Prometheus, which helped boost its credibility and extend awareness within the market.</p><p><em>Note: Listen to the whole episode for more from William on the nuances of open sourcing Linkerd and its impact on their business model.</em></p><h2>The Emergence of Competitors</h2><p>The double-edged sword of success in category creation is that as the market accepts the existence of a category, competitors will inevitably start cropping up. William says that the emergence of service mesh solutions from large cloud providers like Google presented new challenges. “When Istio first appeared, it was very frightening. Because we were used to operating in a world where we had no competitors. We invented the service mesh term, Linkerd was the service mesh. It was getting a ton of visibility interaction. Then all of a sudden, the 800 pound gorilla comes into the room.”</p><p>But major players like Google and VMware developing their own service mesh projects has been a good thing for Linkerd adoption, because tech giants’ investments in service mesh have helped validate the space. As a result, the Buoyant team has been able to shift focus to talking about their own product philosophy compared to other solutions, rather than fighting to gain validation and to explain what they offer.</p><h2>Learn More about Category Creation for Developer Tools</h2><p>The evolution of the service mesh category is just one of the many topics that William covers in his interview on EnterpriseReady. To learn more about his journey from Twitter engineer to startup founder, including how Twitter made the transition from monolith to microservices, <a href="/library/podcasts/enterpriseready/ep-12-service-mesh-with-william-morgan-of-bouyant/">listen to the entire podcast episode</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/linkerd-a-case-study-in-developer-tools-category-creation">Linkerd: A Case Study in Developer Tools Category Creation</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #14, Flexible Collaboration with Michael Pryor of Trello</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-14-flexible-collaboration-with-michael-pryor-of-trello</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Sep 2019 09:33:59 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-11345</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 14 of EnterpriseReady, Grant is joined by Michael Pryor, Founder and CEO of Trello. They discuss Michael’s background, naming products, disruptive pricing models, and product assortment.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 14 of EnterpriseReady, Grant is joined by Michael Pryor, Founder and CEO of Trello. They discuss Michael’s background, naming products, disruptive pricing models, and product assortment.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-14-flexible-collaboration-with-michael-pryor-of-trello">Ep. #14, Flexible Collaboration with Michael Pryor of Trello</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The 4 Phases of Building an Enterprise Onboarding Process</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/4-phases-of-building-an-enterprise-onboarding-process</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Sep 2019 08:00:01 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-11377</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>A great onboarding experience ensures users get the most out of your product. Here are the four phases of building a world-class onboarding process.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Closing deals isn’t the end of the journey for building a happy customer base — it’s just the beginning. Having a strong onboarding process is critical for ensuring your users get the most out of your product and can reduce churn, increase retention, and create brand advocates.</p><p>Starting early and methodically building an onboarding function for your organization will create a consistently stellar, scalable experience for every user. This process was shared by Rahul Vohra, founder of <a href="https://superhuman.com/">Superhuman</a> and Rapportive, <a href="/library/podcasts/enterpriseready/ep-13-prosumer-in-the-enterprise-with-rahul-vohra-of-superhuman/">in an episode of EnterpriseReady</a> on building products for prosumers in the enterprise market.</p><h2>Phase One: Founder-led Onboarding</h2><h3>What to focus on: Gathering user feedback and understanding what customers care about</h3><p>“Founders should do the first few hundred onboardings and understand what should be in the onboarding, and what should not be in an onboarding,” says Rahul. Not only does this ensure that those first few adopters have the best experience possible, it also gives founders the crucial opportunity to see how users interact with the product, spot bugs early on, and get real-time feedback.</p><p>It’s important to note that Rahul says that in the early days of Superhuman, these onboarding calls were fairly long — about 90 minutes each. There’s no real formula for success at this point, so dedicating the time needed to give customers a good experience is critical to future scalability.</p><h2>Phase Two: Senior Leadership Steps In</h2><h3>What to focus on: Gathering more data and start documenting process</h3><p>Since early onboarding calls are a significant time commitment, the next step is to bring in someone from senior leadership team to help carry the load. This person can dedicate more time to doing onboardings, so you can cover more ground. Another important step at this phase is to start documenting your process, based on early trends and learnings.</p><p>Find someone on your team who has a strong understanding of the product, strategy, and positioning, while also being very process-focused. For Superhuman, the Head of Growth, Gaurav Vohra, was the ideal person to take on this task. “You need someone who’s extremely organizational, very process-driven. Gaurav trained as a strategy consultant, so he was excellent at execution. You need somebody like that to run this kind of an organization,” says Rahul.</p><h2>Phase Three: Hire Generalists and Refine Your Process</h2><h3>What to focus on: Creating a repeatable process, streamlining onboarding time</h3><p>Now that you have two people who know the onboarding experience inside and out, it’s time to hand the task off to someone who can dedicate their entire day to thinking about user onboarding. Another indicator that you’re ready to hire is that you have a strong enough pipeline of new customers to keep a few full-time onboarders busy. Rahul recommends hiring generalists for these <a href="/library/video/investing-in-customer-success/">first few onboarding hires</a> instead of specialized onboarding professionals, since the role is necessarily a messy, cross-functional one.</p><p>Your onboarding generalists should focus on creating a repeatable onboarding process that can be used for every new customer, and reducing the amount of time it takes to complete the process. During this phase, Superhuman’s team reduced each onboarding from 90+ minutes down to about 30 minutes per customer. Tooling becomes a major consideration at this stage, as well; whatever your future onboarding team will need to scale and streamline conversations should be implemented at this point.</p><h2>Phase Four: Bring in the Specialists to Scale</h2><h3>What to focus on: Implementing a repeatable process at scale, hiring the right people</h3><p>Once you’ve gotten to a point where your process is dialed-in, churn is low and retention is high, you’re ready to start hiring in a team of onboarding specialists. At Superhuman, new onboarding specialists now have an 8-week training plan that includes certification and a shadowing process with experienced onboarding specialists.</p><p>Rahul notes that while product knowledge is important for the onboarding specialists, he also looks for critical soft skills when hiring for the team. These skills are what sets a 1:1 onboarding apart from a self-serve model: “Product knowledge is one thing. I can imagine that a really highly motivated user could learn everything there is to know [without an onboarding specialist], but there’s a definite skill set in listening, watching, teaching, and training that we select for when we’re hiring for this role.”</p><p>As your product evolves and customer needs change your approach <a href="/library/video/breadcrumbs-and-carrots-optimizing-developer-onboarding/">may require adjustments</a>, but at this stage you should have a solid onboarding process, toolset, and team in place to support a rapidly growing customer base. For insight into what the the final result of Superhuman’s efforts, check out Drift’s Matt Bilotti on the #Growth podcast for <a href="https://www.drift.com/blog/remarkable-product-onboarding/">a walkthrough of Superhuman’s onboarding process from the user’s perspective</a>. “I’ve never gotten set up with a tool that feels like mine so immediately,” says Matt of the experience.</p><h2>Learn more about the crafting great user experiences with Rahul Vohra on EnterpriseReady</h2><p>The onboarding experience is just one facet that enterprise-facing companies need to reconsider as they build products for enterprise “prosumers.” For more of Rahul’s conversation with Grant on the everything from fostering a customer obsession for your team to pricing products for a prosumer market to Rahul’s unconventional fundraising strategy, be sure to listen to the whole EnterpriseReady episode, <a href="/library/podcasts/enterpriseready/ep-13-prosumer-in-the-enterprise-with-rahul-vohra-of-superhuman/">Prosumer in the Enterprise</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/4-phases-of-building-an-enterprise-onboarding-process">The 4 Phases of Building an Enterprise Onboarding Process</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #36, Holistic Security with Peter Oehlert of Smartsheet</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-36-holistic-security-with-peter-oehlert-of-smartsheet</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Sep 2019 10:31:44 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-11341</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 36 of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Peter Oehlert of Smartsheet. They discuss holistic security approaches, understanding various categories of risk, and how the different teams in a large organization can work together to improve security.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 36 of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Peter Oehlert of Smartsheet. They discuss holistic security approaches, understanding various categories of risk, and how the different teams in a large organization can work together to improve security.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-36-holistic-security-with-peter-oehlert-of-smartsheet">Ep. #36, Holistic Security with Peter Oehlert of Smartsheet</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #45, Embedded APIs with Startup Mentor Jeremy Glassenberg</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-45-embedded-apis-with-startup-mentor-jeremy-glassenberg</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Sep 2019 09:50:07 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-11202</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 45 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Jeremy Glassenberg, a startup mentor and advisor. They discuss iFrames, external APIs, and how third-party APIs can be embedded into existing platforms.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 45 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Jeremy Glassenberg, a startup mentor and advisor. They discuss iFrames, external APIs, and how third-party APIs can be embedded into existing platforms.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-45-embedded-apis-with-startup-mentor-jeremy-glassenberg">Ep. #45, Embedded APIs with Startup Mentor Jeremy Glassenberg</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The SCQA Framework in Action</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-scqa-framework-in-action</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2019 08:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-11404</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>At first glance, the SCQA framework might feel a little rigid. Michael Dearing shares ways to shape and mold the framework to make it fit your needs.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>One of our favorite talks in the Heavybit library is Michael Dearing’s talk on <a href="/library/video/executive-communication/">Executive Communication</a>. Michael gives a great explanation of Barbara Minto’s SCQA framework for streamlined, clear communication. But at first glance, the highly structured format might feel a little rigid.</p><p>Both during and after the session, we heard a lot of great questions <a href="/events/">from the audience</a> about using SCQA framework in the real communications. As Michael said during his talk, “There’s all sorts of ways to stretch and morph [SCQA] to make it feel like it’s culturally appropriate for you, but don’t lose the underlying structural value that saves your colleagues tremendous time trying to figure out what’s in your head.”</p><p>To highlight how the SCQA framework can be used as a tool to improve communication in a variety of less straightforward formats, here are a few examples of SCQA in action discussed during the session (as well as a few more examples from Twitter).</p><h2>Using SQCA Framework to Outline a Story</h2><p>Content marketing is at the core of many companies’ strategies, but writing clear, high-quality content can be a challenge for many teams. Using SCQA as a storytelling framework can help you draft everything from case studies to blog posts to changelog updates in an organized manner. Michael pointed out that he often teaches <a href="https://www.slideshare.net/jucaitis/the-elements-of-story-by-robert-mckee">Robert McKee’s storytelling framework</a> alongside SCQA. He contrasts the two techniques: “I think for [Minto], the purpose is, ‘Resolve a business conflict.’ For storytelling, the purpose is, ‘Have an emotional moment. Have a have a nice drawn out artistic experience.’”</p><p>These two purposes don’t have to be at odds, however. Even if your end goal is to create a compelling narrative, your readers will still benefit if you start with a clear, organized structure. Try using the SCQA framework as a tool to create outlines for all lengths of content ensures that your narrative is tight and focused.</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/79373d24a02741e60b0577aed59d408b9c4f3e22-1024x748.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p><em>Image Source: https://twitter.com/luketurnerdev/status/1112249404411379712?s=20</em></p><h2>SCQA for Troubleshooting Problems as a Team</h2><p>The SCQA framework is certainly useful for one-to-one or one-to-many communication around a plan of action, but it can also be useful when you have no idea what to do — especially as a group.</p><p>Michael Dearing drew attention to this use case during the session: “By explicitly building it into the SCQA, and to invite [collaborators] and to say, ‘Here’s my draft, here’s my prototype A, but we have to iterate this together. If you want to get together, I’m going to carve out some time. If you want to do that I can rework some of these points and come back to you.’ There’s all sorts of things you can do to the SCQ and the A to make it a lot more palatable to colleagues.”</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/0ebaf08ba75d044bb80c9e83868d5a4f99579a08-1024x484.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p><em>Image Source: https://twitter.com/jeff_weinstein/status/1144633225198764032?s=20</em></p><h2>SCQA for Crafting Effective TL;DRs</h2><p>An audience member at the talk asked if there were limitations to the format. Michael conceded that in some very short-form communications — such as quick conversations or Slack messages — the full framework might be overkill. But by becoming familiar with the format, you can use it piecemeal to craft succinct answers when you need to be brief, but clear. He explained:</p><p>I think there are some short form interactions where it’s tough to be full-Minto. A quick passing conversation, the classic example is ‘What’s the elevator pitch version of this?’ Imagine we’re in the elevator and I say, ‘How’s watches going?’ Are you going to stand there like a business robot and say, ‘As you know, business watches is 15% of our business and a gateway category for jewelry and shoes.’ No, you’re going to flex it and you’re going to say the elevator pitch version of this, which probably stops at ‘C’ or ‘Q.’</p><p>In those very quick interpersonal real-life interactions, you might stop at ‘Q’ and say, ‘If that’s something you’d like to go deeper on, just drop me a note. I’ll come by and show you some of the data we’re using to figure out what to do about it.’ It’s totally OK to break it up into pieces and to pick a form factor for the delivery, the ‘A,’ that’s really appropriate given the scope of the ‘A,’ or the complexity of the “A.”</p><p>For more on this use case, check out Stephanie Omolu’s Medium post on <a href="https://medium.com/@stephanie.omolu/learning-to-pitch-with-the-scqa-technique-94b0182d9148">Learning to Pitch with the SCQA technique</a>.</p><h2>Learn More about the SCQA Framework with Michael Dearing</h2><p>To hear the story of the SCQA framework’s origin, why it’s useful, and examples of how to implement it, be sure to <a href="/library/video/executive-communication/">listen to the recording of Michael Dearing’s talk on Executive Communication</a> at the Heavybit Clubhouse.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-scqa-framework-in-action">The SCQA Framework in Action</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Product-Led Growth, Selling to Developers &amp; More: What We’re Reading in August</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/august-devtools-roundup</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Aug 2019 08:00:08 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-11357</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>From survey data on product-led growth to tools that every React developer should consider, here’s what the Heavybit community was reading in August.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Every week we share devtools industry news, member company updates and interesting articles via DevTools Digest. <a href="https://www.devtoolsdigest.com/">Haven’t subscribed yet?</a> Here’s the most-clicked content from August’s DevTools Digest emails for you to revisit, re-read, and share.</p><h2>Build vs Buy: Selling to Developers Who Don’t Want to Buy Your Product (Yet) | Heavybit</h2><p>This month, LaunchDarkly’s Edith Harbaugh presented at the Clubhouse on the art of turning critics into champions. She shared her experience with category creation, experimenting with marketing tactics, and why criticism is a good sign for your new product. Can’t wait for the full recording of the talk? Check out our <a href="/library/blog/build-vs-buy-selling-to-developers/">key takeaways from Edith’s session</a>.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/30b278719fd291b37ff40961c0482ea6caaed87a-150x150.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h2>The State of Product-Led Growth | Openview Partners</h2><p>Openview Partners recently conducted a survey of over 500 SaaS leaders to learn how teams leverage product-led growth as part of their go-to-market strategy. In this post they share some of their findings, including the trend towards a freemium model among emerging startups and the fact that 80% of teams says that their in-product onboarding experience is lacking. <a href="https://openviewpartners.com/blog/the-state-of-product-led-growth/#.XV8RfpNKjUK">Read their writeup</a> for more on what drives product-led growth.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/2a0bfe3adae07e8469b9ef7071c09b509cf5d16e-150x150.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h2>Announcing PartiQL: One query language for all your data | AWS</h2><p>AWS announced the launch of their SQL-compatible query language, PartiQL, at the beginning of the month. The open source language was designed “easy to efficiently query data, regardless of where or in what format it is stored.” Learn more about why Amazon built PartiQL to solve their own internal data query needs, and how you can use it yourself on <a href="https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/opensource/announcing-partiql-one-query-language-for-all-your-data/">the AWS blog</a>.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/9f8551852764627386318e333d4f741805f20e25-150x150.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h2>Welcome, GitHub Actions: why CircleCI remains the best tool for teams | CircleCI</h2><p>In the wake of Github’s announcement that they will extend Actions to include CI/CD, CircleCI CEO Jim Rose responded with an outline of CircleCI’s <a href="https://circleci.com/blog/we-raised-a-56m-series-d-what-s-next-for-circleci-customers/">post-Series D plans</a>. These include a focus on making CircleCI flexible to use, as well as plans to surface 9+ years of data for better analytics and delivery pipeline insights. Read more on <a href="https://circleci.com/blog/welcome-github-actions-why-circleci-remains-best-tool-for-teams/">the CircleCI blog</a>.</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/1ed2f7057e1e718c1eb922f7cca19bb73f263080-150x150.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h2></h2><h2>22 Miraculous Tools for React Developers in 2019 | Dev.to</h2><p>React is the foundation for many web applications, and there’s a wealth of tools out there to help React developers improve their workflows. This <a href="https://dev.to/jsmanifest/22-miraculous-tools-for-react-developers-in-2019-4i46">Dev.to tool roundup</a> from contributor jsmanifest shares 22 open source tools that help teams get the most out of their React.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/3b2d8eb78bf7aa5b55383a3b7c65d2eb4cc425c5-150x150.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h2>Subscribe to DevTools Digest for DevTools News in Your Inbox</h2><p>Want to discover more industry news and interesting articles about developer tools and enterprise software every week? <a href="https://www.devtoolsdigest.com/">Subscribe to DevToolsDigest</a> to stay in the loop.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/august-devtools-roundup">Product-Led Growth, Selling to Developers & More: What We’re Reading in August</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>First Large Deals: An Enterprise Sales Reading List</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/first-large-deals-an-enterprise-sales-reading-list</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Aug 2019 08:00:44 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-11237</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Few (if any) enterprise deals land in your lap effortlessly, and effective enterprise sales requires a a strategy designed for larger deals. Check out recommended resources on learning how to close those first few large deals.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Somewhere along the way, scaling deal size becomes essential to growing your business. But few (if any) enterprise deals land in your lap effortlessly, and effective enterprise sales requires a a strategy designed for larger deals. <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/raymondcolletti/">Raymond Colletti</a>, VP of Revenue for Codecov, shared his advice on closing first large deals in a group workshop with <a href="/about">Heavybit accelerator members</a>. Ahead of the session, Raymond shared his required reading (and listening) for closing your first large deals.</p><h2>Enterprise Sales Reading List</h2><h3>1. <a href="https://bowerycap.com/blog/sales/selling-enterprise-software/">4 Lessons From Selling Enterprise Software, Bowery Capital</a></h3><p>This quick read from the Bowery Capital team shares 4 foundational lessons from selling enterprise software that the team has learned from working with portfolio companies. Learn about enterprise sales tips such as using proof of concepts as a sales tool and how to set up internal sales infrastructure effectively.</p><h3>EnterpriseReady Podcast</h3><p>The EnterpriseReady podcast is a great resource for all things related to building products for the enterprise, but Raymond highlighted three episodes in particular for their sales insights:</p><h4>2. Ep. #1, Delivering Software that Enterprises Love with Chef’s Adam Jacob</h4><p>Startups often consider enterprise customers as a sort of endgame — something you work up after nailing smaller markets — but market demand can surprise you. <a href="/library/podcasts/enterpriseready/ep-1-delivering-software-that-enterprises-love-with-chefs-adam-jacob/">Chef founder and CTO Adam Jacob discusses</a> leaning into enterprise interest sooner than he anticipated, and how he leveraged those early enterprise users as design partners to build a better enterprise product.</p><h4>3. Ep. #2, The Early Days of GitHub with Tom Preston-Werner</h4><p>While Github might be better known as a free-to-affordable platform for open source projects and early-stage startups, over half of Github’s revenue comes from large enterprise deals. In this episode, <a href="/library/podcasts/enterpriseready/ep-2-the-early-days-of-github-with-tom-preston-werner/">former CTO/CEO Tom Preston-Werner</a> shares how Github grew into an enterprise solution. Listen for insights into topics including how to approach initial conversations with large prospects to how to design “delightful” experiences for enterprise users.</p><h4>4. Ep. #5, The Evolution of Enterprise with Edith Harbaugh of LaunchDarkly</h4><p>In this episode, <a href="/library/podcasts/enterpriseready/ep-5-the-evolution-of-enterprise-with-edith-harbaugh-of-launchdarkly/">LaunchDarkly founder and CEO Edith Harbaugh</a> discusses how the rise of SaaS changed the way enterprise organizations buy software, and why this means enterprise-focused startups need to think about “the bacon” when designing product experiences. Edith also shares her thoughts on how to navigate selling to developers who think they don’t want to talk to a salesperson, but actually do.</p><h3>5. a16z podcast: When Organic Growth Goes Enterprise</h3><p>Bottom-up growth is more typical of consumer companies, but there’s been a shift in recent years towards applying this go-to-market strategy to enterprise companies as well. <a href="https://a16z.com/2018/08/25/growth-saas-enterprise-bottomsup/">In this episode of Andreesen Horowitz’ podcast,</a> a16z General Partners Martin Casado and Andrew Chen, and Russ Heddleston, CEO and co-founder of DocSend, discuss what a bottom-up approach for enterprise looks like.</p><p>Russ shares his experience at DocSend including how they knew went it was time to start building a sales team, how they prioritized and synthesized customer requests into new features, and how they thought about pricing and packaging for enterprise.</p><h3>6. In SaaS sales, it’s important to play the long game. It’s worth it., HelpScout</h3><p><a href="https://medium.com/help-scout/in-saas-sales-its-important-to-play-the-long-game-it-s-worth-it-6be5617c5d9e">This article from HelpScout</a> stresses the importance of thinking about the sales cycle as a long process — even if it’s sometimes longer than we’d like it to be. Check out their real-world example of a single deal’s timeline, from the first conversation with a prospect to setting an onboarding date, to get a better sense of the daily grind of closing a large deal.</p><h3>7. How to Start a Series A Fundable SaaS Business, ThinkGrowth.org</h3><p><a href="https://thinkgrowth.org/how-to-start-a-series-a-fundable-saas-business-a-15-page-guide-to-acquiring-customers-and-f756b9855ea">In this guide</a>, angel investor Matt Ward lays out everything startup founders need to do to lay the foundations of a fundable SaaS business.</p><p>Raymond specifically calls out Part 2, “Retaining Customers”. This section tackles one of the biggest problems that SaaS startups face — customer churn — head on with some tips for keeping customers happy and engaged.</p><h3>8. How to Execute a SaaS Land and Expand Strategy, SaaSX</h3><p>“Land and expand” is a common sales strategy for SaaS companies, but it can be hard to actually pull it off. In <a href="https://saasx.com/2018/09/13/how-to-execute-a-saas-land-and-expand-strategy/">this post from SaaSX</a>, dive into what land and expand really looks like, and what team members and processes you’ll need to execute it successfully. Don’t miss the section on KPIs for land and expand strategies.</p><h3>9. Big Deals, YCombinator</h3><p>Founders often fall into the trap of believing that a single “Big Deal” will automatically create a huge, successful company. <a href="https://blog.ycombinator.com/big-deals/">In this article</a>, Aaron Harris shares common reasons why companies often fail to close big deals, and how they can take a better approach.</p><h2>Learn More about Enterprise Sales with Heavybit</h2><p>If Raymond’s reading list has piqued your interest, check out more content on <a href="/library?query=Sales">building an enterprise sales strategy</a> in the Heavybit library.</p><p>Want to learn from industry experts like Raymond? Check out <a href="/events/">Heavybit’s events calendar</a> for the upcoming speaker sessions focused on sales, marketing, product, and management strategy for developer and enterprise startups.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/first-large-deals-an-enterprise-sales-reading-list">First Large Deals: An Enterprise Sales Reading List</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Executive Communication w/ Harrison Metal</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/executive-communication</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Aug 2019 08:00:37 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Executive Coaching]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Messaging &amp; Positioning]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1112</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Speaker Series presentation, Michael Dearing provides an overview of models to help your team write, think and problem-solve, including the Minto Pyramid Principle.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #13, Prosumer in the Enterprise with Rahul Vohra of Superhuman</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-prosumer-in-the-enterprise-with-rahul-vohra-of-superhuman</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Aug 2019 09:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-11251</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 13 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Rahul Vohra, Founder &amp; CEO of Superhuman. They discuss Rahul’s fundraising history and strategies, his experience building problem-solving software, and his untraditional approach to bringing these solutions to market.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 13 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Rahul Vohra, Founder &amp; CEO of Superhuman. They discuss Rahul’s fundraising history and strategies, his experience building problem-solving software, and his untraditional approach to bringing these solutions to market.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-prosumer-in-the-enterprise-with-rahul-vohra-of-superhuman">Ep. #13, Prosumer in the Enterprise with Rahul Vohra of Superhuman</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lessons on Pricing and Selling Open Core from Kong Co-Founder and CEO Aghi Marietti</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/lessons-on-pricing-and-selling-open-core-from-kong-co-founder-and-ceo-aghi-marietti</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Aug 2019 08:00:38 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-11325</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Kong co-founder and CEO Aghi Marietti shares his experience on everything from making the transition to open source, how his team things about pricing and how the team is organized.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #44, The Developer Experience with Divya Sasidharan of Netlify</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-44-the-developer-experience-with-divya-sasidharan-of-netlify</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Aug 2019 08:48:44 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-11172</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 44 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Divya Sasidharan, a developer advocate at Netlify. They discuss Netlify’s clever approach to improving developer experience, as well as the journey one makes when switching from React to Vue.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 44 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Divya Sasidharan, a developer advocate at Netlify. They discuss Netlify’s clever approach to improving developer experience, as well as the journey one makes when switching from React to Vue.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-44-the-developer-experience-with-divya-sasidharan-of-netlify">Ep. #44, The Developer Experience with Divya Sasidharan of Netlify</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Build vs Buy Key Takeaways: Selling to Developers Who Don’t Want to Buy Your Product (Yet)</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/build-vs-buy-selling-to-developers</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2019 10:47:28 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-11289</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Given the choice to build vs buy software, many dev teams prefer to build. Learn how to navigate selling to developers who don’t want to buy your product in these key takeaways from Edith Harbaugh’s Speaker Series, Build vs Buy: Turning Critics into Champions.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Selling to developers is a challenge. They’re notoriously opinionated about the software they use. They often have a preference to build vs buy, and would willingly spend the time crafting a homegrown solution before purchasing one. So how do you create demand in a market that does not, at least initially, want to buy your product?</p><p>During her talk at the Heavybit Clubhouse, <em>Build vs Buy: Turning Critics into Champions</em>, <a href="https://launchdarkly.com/">LaunchDarkly</a> co-founder and CEO Edith Harbaugh shared the challenges her team faced when selling into a developer audience who didn’t think they needed an SaaS feature management platform. Read on for some of our key takeaways from Edith on how to transform skeptics into customers.</p><h2>Critics Mean You’re Doing Something Right</h2><p>Criticism doesn’t mean you’re doomed to failure. People won’t waste time arguing against your product if there isn’t something about it that piques their interest. “If someone is talking buy vs build, you have a potential buyer! This isn’t bad — this means that you have something valuable,” said Edith.</p><p>Getting to the point of having critics is a milestone in itself for growing companies. One of the biggest problems in LaunchDarkly’s early days was that no one knew that they existed. “If people used feature management before, it was a homegrown solution,” said Edith. “If wasn’t a solution people were looking for because it wasn’t a problem they thought they had.”</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/5384ca3c02b24cf690cf8b123e7889011bde460b-1024x592.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>To combat a lack of awareness about their platform, Edith and her team experimented with a number of marketing tactics, largely focused on building awareness of their company in the space. From <a href="https://news.ycombinator.com/item?id=11481067">sharing the LaunchDarkly product on HackerNews</a> to sending Edith to speak at events and conferences, their goal was to build buzz around the feature flagging space, even when that buzz included criticism. Building awareness of their product was critical for reaching an audience that previously assumed that there wasn’t such an option.</p><h2>If Prospects Want to Build vs Buy, Let Them Build (They Might Come Back and Buy Later)</h2><p>“Don’t lecture your customers,” cautioned Edith. A technical buyer — especially one coming from a startup with a strong DIY ethos — often comes to the table comparing what you’re offering to what they think they could do themselves. Telling them that they cannot or should not build something will only make them more resistant. Instead, Edith recommends the approach of <em>showing</em> prospects that you can offer a better way to approach the problem.</p><p>LaunchDarkly confronted this head-on by publishing a blueprint for building your own home-grown featuring flagging system:</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/1a5681947a80dd8870e690976eba9c670544a960-1024x576.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>A few prospects used the blueprint to build their own in-house feature flagging system. But they returned to LaunchDarkly a few months later when they realized how much of their team’s time they were sinking into management and maintenance of the system. Giving buyers the space and the information they need to make an informed decision lets them discover for themselves the value your product can bring to their team.</p><h2>Turn Customer Objections Into Selling Tools</h2><p>Having objections can signal that a prospect is seriously considering your product. Finding trends and patterns in the objections raised by customers and prospects can help inform your product — both in what you build and how you market and sell it.</p><p>Edith notes that if buyers are asking tough questions, it’s probably because they’re being asked those questions internally, too. Creating content to address these concerns creates a way to streamline conversations and empowers your buyer share information with their team as you progress through the sales cycle. “If you find yourself writing the same reply over and over, make it a landing page so you can forward a link,” she says. For example, LaunchDarkly built an explicit <a href="https://launchdarkly.com/build-vs-buy/">“Build vs Buy” landing page</a> to make it easy for buyers to compare their system to a homegrown one.</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/8526f36563d2c2c4c3294fa23712341d65aa8141-1024x510.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>Want to learn more about combating difficult customer objections? Listen to the full recording of <a href="/library/video/buy-vs-build-turning-critics-into-champions/">Turning Critics into Champions</a> for more on breaking through the build vs. buy mentality. And don’t miss Edith’s recommended reading from the session, her article on <a href="https://medium.com/lean-startup-circle/how-to-get-your-first-10-customers-81170a5e65a9">How to Get Your First 10 Customers</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/build-vs-buy-selling-to-developers">Build vs Buy Key Takeaways: Selling to Developers Who Don’t Want to Buy Your Product (Yet)</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #11, Chaos Engineering with Ana Medina of Gremlin</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-chaos-engineering-with-ana-medina-of-gremlin</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Aug 2019 09:26:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-10914</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 11 of O11ycast, Charity Majors and Liz Fong-Jones speak with Gremlin chaos engineer Ana Medina. They discuss the relevance of breaking things in order to engineer them more efficiently, monitoring vs observability, and chaos engineering at scale.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 11 of O11ycast, Charity Majors and Liz Fong-Jones speak with Gremlin chaos engineer Ana Medina. They discuss the relevance of breaking things in order to engineer them more efficiently, monitoring vs observability, and chaos engineering at scale.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-chaos-engineering-with-ana-medina-of-gremlin">Ep. #11, Chaos Engineering with Ana Medina of Gremlin</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>From the Heavybit Library: Tackling Enterprise Security Challenges</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/tackling-enterprise-security-challenges</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Aug 2019 08:00:01 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-11155</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>DevGuild: Enterprise Security is coming soon! Revisit some of our favorite articles, videos and podcasts from security leaders.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>As organizations move up market, they often face challenges around building and communicating their security processes. During <a href="/devguild/enterprise-security/">DevGuild: Enterprise Security</a>, Heavybit brought together industry leaders to share their stories, experiences, and advice on creating a framework for security for growing organizations. If you want to get a head start on learning how to tackle enterprise security questions, revisit some of our favorite articles, videos and podcasts from <a href="https://heavybit.com/library/">previous Heavybit sessions</a>.</p><h2>Learn about Enterprise Security with Heavybit</h2><h3>1. Customer Security Questionnaires: The VRA Two-Step</h3><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/fda0897e3e223b5a02ebedd6c4d22343aabda6fd-800x300.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>Vendor Risk Assessments (VRAs) are bound to pop up in your sales process at some point, especially as your sales team goes after bigger deals. In this article from <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/chamales/">George Chamales</a>, Principal for CriticalSec, you’ll learn how to create an efficient process for handling customer security questionnaires that’s flexible enough to handle whatever your customers’ needs are. <a href="/library/blog/customer-security-questionnaires-the-vra-two-step/">Read the article here.</a></p><h3>2. EnterpriseReady: Secure Communications with Joel Wallenstrom of Wickr</h3><p>In an industry where a large percentage of communication happens digitally, ensuring that your communications are secure is a growing concern. Joel Wallenstrom, CEO and president at <a href="https://wickr.com/">Wickr</a>, shares how building products that fit enterprise users’ security needs requires integrating security into the development process. <a href="/library/podcasts/enterpriseready/ep-10-secure-communications-with-joel-wallenstrom-of-wickr/">Listen to the podcast here.</a></p><h3>3. Security Process in Open Source Communities</h3><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/46be734203bfc485ccdfb9187017173a7257e40a-1024x394.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>“Doing security for open source is an interesting parallel to doing security for a startup in that absolutely nobody has any time to devote to working on anything besides the core of what you’re doing,” says Alex Gaynor, former director of the <a href="https://www.python.org/psf-landing/">Python Software Foundation</a>. In his Heavybit Speaker Series talk, he talks about the ethics of open source security processes. Alex shares what open source teams can do to design a security process that’s effective enough to provide peace of mind, but lightweight enough not to intrude on their team’s productivity. <a href="/library/video/security-process-in-open-source-communities/">Watch the Speaker Series talk here.</a></p><h3>4. User Management and Access Control</h3><p>At <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/enterprise-ready-products">DevGuild: Enterprise-Ready Products</a>, our speakers covered how startups can design, build and sell products for enterprise organizations. In his session on user management and access control, Eugenio Pace, CEO and co-founder of <a href="https://auth0.com/">Auth0</a>, shared his experience tackling the challenges of identity management. In this talk he covers why identity management isn’t a “solved” problem, why it matters, and solutions that have worked for him. <a href="/library/video/user-management-and-access-control/">Watch Eugenio’s session here.</a></p><h3>5. Strategies for Security: When, Why and How</h3><blockquote><em>We feel like security is different than when we prioritize features for our product, or we prioritize how we shop at the grocery store. The fact is, it’s a process. It’s the same as what we’re going to do anything else.</em></blockquote><p>Adam Ely, VP and Deputy CISCO for Walmart, knows that security can be a pain in the ass. But for companies selling into enterprise teams, it’s also critical to get right. In his Speaker Series talk, he shares his experience leading application security for teams at Salesforce, TiVo and The Walt Disney Company, covering everything from the basics of why you should care about security as a business investment to how to prioritize your security to-do list for optimal impact. <a href="/library/video/strategies-for-security-when-why-how/">Watch the Speaker Series talk here.</a></p><h2>Learn More with DevGuild: Enterprise Security</h2><p>Missed DevGuild: Enterprise Security, or just want to revisit the sessions? We’ll be publishing recordings of all of our talks to the Heavybit library. <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr">Subscribe for updates</a> and we’ll let you know when they’re available!</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/tackling-enterprise-security-challenges">From the Heavybit Library: Tackling Enterprise Security Challenges</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Content Roundup: Commercial Open Source Best Practices</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/commercial-open-source-best-practices</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Aug 2019 08:00:51 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-11163</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>We’ve curated this list of sessions on the challenges of commercial open source, from keeping developer communities happy to scaling for enterprise needs.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In their upcoming fireside chat about <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/lessons-on-pricing-and-selling-open-core-from-kong-co-founder-and-ceo-aghi-marietti">Packaging, Pricing and Commercializing Open Source</a>, <strong><a href="https://heavybit.us6.list-manage.com/track/click?u=bbdf35a062a2cb177b173d3ee&amp;id=7fe5a0bba5&amp;e=a1f1087f0b">Kong</a> CEO and co-founder <a href="https://heavybit.us6.list-manage.com/track/click?u=bbdf35a062a2cb177b173d3ee&amp;id=c9b62ab124&amp;e=a1f1087f0b">Augusto “Aghi” Marietti</a></strong> and <strong><a href="https://heavybit.us6.list-manage.com/track/click?u=bbdf35a062a2cb177b173d3ee&amp;id=6082972e34&amp;e=a1f1087f0b">GGVCapital</a> Managing Partner and Kong investor <a href="https://heavybit.us6.list-manage.com/track/click?u=bbdf35a062a2cb177b173d3ee&amp;id=abc0949c2d&amp;e=a1f1087f0b">Glenn Solomon</a></strong> will discuss the precarious nature of scaling an open core offering to the enterprise. Whether you’re already planning to come to Aghi and Glenn’s fireside chat or just want to learn a bit more about commercial open source best practices, we’ve curated this list of sessions on what it takes to build an open core business.</p><h2>From the Heavybit Library: Commercial Open Source Strategy</h2><h3>1. Podcast: Open Source for Enterprise with HashiCorp and Glenn Solomon</h3><blockquote>I think eventually what we figured out is we really cared more to focus on the enterprise side, if only because we felt like our open source product let us already kind of reach the broader market.</blockquote><p>– Armon Dadgar, HashiCorp co-founder and CTO</p><p>Glenn Solomon joined HashiCorp co-founder and CTO Armon Dadgar as guests on To Be Continuous to discuss how open source and CI/CD can drive an enterprise-facing business strategy. Check out this podcast to learn how HashiCorp identified opportunities for enterprise open source, how they approached those opportunities, and the impact of open source on their enterprise sales. <a href="/library/podcasts/to-be-continuous/ep-44-open-source-for-enterprise-with-hashicorp/">Listen to Open Source for Enterprise here.</a></p><h3>2. Panel Discussion: Organic Growth &amp; Platform Adoption with Netlify, CloudBees and npm, Inc.</h3><blockquote>If you’re going to do something that’s developer-centered, you need an open source community as its base.</blockquote><p> – Christina Noren, CPO of CloudBees</p><p>Open source projects can often build an organic following in their early days. But how do free-tier products, open source software, and community-focused projects feed into larger go-to-market strategies? In this panel, moderator Erin McKean is joined by a panel of C-level executives from Netlify, CloudBees, and npm, Inc. to discuss the need to balance support for developer communities with scaling their products for enterprise audiences. <a href="/library/video/organic-growth-and-platform-adoption">Watch the session here.</a></p><h3>3. Panel Discussion: From DevTool to Dev Ecosystem with Zapier, Gitlab, Bitnami and Shopify</h3><blockquote>One thing we did early on is set out to be very transparent about what we do. It started because we wanted to make sure that we didn’t alienate the community. If you can look into a company you have more understanding, and you can more quickly say when something goes off the rails.</blockquote><p>– Sid Sijbrandij, Co-Founder and CEO of GitLab</p><p>Most startups begin with a single product, but few find long-term success without diversifying their offerings. In this panel, founders from Zapier, GitLab, and Bitnami sit down to discuss how their organizations made the transition from single devtool to massive, complex ecosystems. <a href="/library/video/from-devtool-to-dev-ecosystem">Watch the session</a> to learn about the unique challenges of productizing open source projects for enterprise audiences.</p><h3>4. Fireside Chat: Open Source as Business Strategy</h3><blockquote>I think there’s something unique structurally about it as an open source library that makes it really amenable to driving traffic in a funnel towards a hosted version of a product. </blockquote><p>– Peter Reinhardt, Segment CEO and co-founder</p><p>Open source projects can foster natural communities of early, highly-engaged users who are eager to provide feedback. In this Heavybit Fireside Chat, former Keen.io Director of Marketing Alexa Meyer is joined by Segment CEO and co-founder Peter Reinhardt to discuss open source as a valuable way to capture feedback from the community and better understand product/market fit. <a href="/library/video/open-source-as-business-strategy-with-segments-peter-reinhardt">Watch or Read Open Source as Business Strategy here.</a></p><h2>Join us for Packaging, Pricing and Commercializing Open Source</h2><p>Interested in attending our fireside chat on the challenges of balancing open source software with business growth? Aghi and Glenn will be discussing what it means to concurrently manage, triage, and support two totally different audiences at <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/lessons-on-pricing-and-selling-open-core-from-kong-co-founder-and-ceo-aghi-marietti">Packaging, Pricing and Commercializing Open Source</a>. Join their session to learn about the org-design and cultural changes required to maintain a stellar end-user experience for all.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/commercial-open-source-best-practices">Content Roundup: Commercial Open Source Best Practices</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Asking for Messaging Feedback</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/asking-for-messaging-feedback</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Aug 2019 08:00:16 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-11024</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Feedback from the right audience is essential to strong messaging. In this post, we look at Betty Junod’s key takeaways for getting actionable feedback on your messaging.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>You’ve done the hard work of drafting your brand messaging — great! But before you start implementing your new messaging, it’s essential to get feedback from your audience. In her <a href="/devguild/product-marketing/">DevGuild: Product Marketing</a> talk on <a href="/library/video/messaging-as-the-one-source-of-truth">Messaging as the One Source of Truth,</a> solo.io VP of Marketing <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/bettyjunod/">Betty Junod</a> shared how teams can create and implement messaging effectively. In this post, we’ll dive into Betty’s advice on how teams can ensure they’re getting the feedback they need to put their messaging into action.</p><h2>Who Should I Ask for Messaging Feedback?</h2><p><strong>Reporters and analysts.</strong> Betty notes that reporters and media analysts like having this type of close relationship with you, and many will provide their feedback as long as you aren’t taking up too much of their time. Asking, “We’re running some messaging changes. Can you take a look?” doesn’t only gives you the perspective of a journalist who knows your space well; it also goes a long way to strengthening your relationship with someone who will provide you with media coverage in the future.</p><p><strong>Customers.</strong> Customers are, of course, the ultimate audience for for your messaging, so their feedback is critical. If you already have some customers, work on building relationships with one or two so that you can ask for their input. You’ll end up with better alignment with how your users really think about your product.</p><p><strong>Customer-Facing Team Members.</strong> Another key consumer of your messaging is your team itself. They’re the ones who will use it as the foundation of their interactions with customers, after all. Give your team the opportunity to review your messaging, ask questions and give feedback. As you scale, you can’t control every conversation and every piece of collateral, so it’s essential that your team understands and can use your messaging framework.</p><h2>Share the Message, Not the Framework</h2><p>After spending so much time <a href="/library/blog/messaging-framework/">crafting your messaging</a>, you might want to share your messaging framework in its entirety with anyone giving feedback. But this approach can overwhelm your reviewers. Instead of sharing your messaging framework itself, Betty recommends building a three slide <a href="/library/video/building-a-better-core-pitch/">pitch deck</a> from your framework and using that to reach out for feedback. This approach will help keep your conversations focused on the areas that matter most.</p><h2>Ask for Structured Feedback</h2><p>Being strategic with how you ask for feedback. Asking broad questions like “How was it?” or “Did you like it?” will provide equally vague, unfocused feedback. By being clear and concise with how you present your messaging and ask for feedback, you’re more likely to get more actionable feedback.</p><p>Instead, come prepared with open-ended but focused questions that will give you insight that you can build into your messaging. An example of a well-scoped questions for the sample framework shown below might include: “I have these three pillars and we’re waffling on, does ‘ease of use’ sound good or should it be ‘simple’ or ‘fast’ or ‘agile’? What are the terms that you are using the most?”</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/91b17323815c63fb21e2f1829136ad1593861798-1024x721.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p></p><h2>Think Iteratively</h2><p>Even after your messaging is “finalized,” you’ll inevitably see some additional feedback trickle in. Plan for regular review cycles to ensure that you’re capturing feedback from the team as your messaging is integrated into marketing collateral, sales pitches, and other customer touch points. You might start out with a solid framework, but iteration based on real-world insights will only make it stronger.</p><h2>Watch <em>Messaging as the One Source of Truth</em></h2><p>Want to learn more about how to tackle about messaging from beginning to end? Watch the recording of <a href="/library/video/messaging-as-the-one-source-of-truth">Messaging as the One Source of Truth</a>. In this talk, you’ll learn what it takes to craft strong messaging, the process to getting there, the methods to test it, and the best ways to cascade your messaging to other aspects of your organization. Use Betty’s <a href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1o-zc9y2UyPqgQvigArpJM7-9_eghU84Q8UOnap3XF6w/edit">Messaging Framework template</a> to follow along and build out your own messaging framework.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/asking-for-messaging-feedback">Asking for Messaging Feedback</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #12, Service Mesh with William Morgan of Buoyant</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-service-mesh-with-william-morgan-of-bouyant</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Aug 2019 09:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-10956</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 12 of EnterpriseReady, Grant talks with William Morgan, CEO and Co-Founder of Buoyant. They discuss how Twitter’s scaling methods in the early days led to Linkerd, as well as adoption strategies and viable business models for open source-based companies.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 12 of EnterpriseReady, Grant talks with William Morgan, CEO and Co-Founder of Buoyant. They discuss how Twitter’s scaling methods in the early days led to Linkerd, as well as adoption strategies and viable business models for open source-based companies.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-service-mesh-with-william-morgan-of-bouyant">Ep. #12, Service Mesh with William Morgan of Buoyant</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collaborating with Developer Relations Part 1: Marketing</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/collaborating-with-developer-relations-part-1-marketing</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Aug 2019 08:00:51 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-10940</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Developer relations is becoming increasingly important for companies with a technical audience, and the marketing team is often its closest collaborator. In part 1 of this series on DevRel, learn how marketing and DevRel teams can work together effectively.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Developers wield more influence than ever within their organizations, and developer relations is becoming an increasingly important priority for companies that sell products to a technical audience. Yet much is still being defined about the relationship between developer relations teams and more traditional ones like marketing, engineering, <a href="/library/blog/collaborating-with-developer-relations-part-3-product-and-devrel/">product</a>, and <a href="/library/blog/collaborating-with-developer-relations-part-2-sales/">sales</a>.</p><p>Rigorous travel schedules and the external nature of their roles can make developer relations (DevRel) team members feel isolated from other teams, but the most effective organizations strive to create strong connections between DevRels and every other team.</p><h2>Why Should We Have a Developer Relations Team?</h2><p>Why? Because the investment in developer relations pays off in two ways.</p><p>The first payoff is when DevRel teams deliver on the usual developer-focused activities, like driving awareness, educating developers, creating partnerships, and gathering product feedback.</p><p>The second is <strong>when a DevRel team becomes a force-multiplying asset for other teams at the company</strong>. When marketing and DevRel collaborate on writing a newsletter, the copy most closely speaks the language of developers. When sales introduces a prospect’s CTO to a developer advocate and they have a deep conversation about the tech, the deal is easier to close. When product managers loop in DevRel to get feedback from the community, a more diverse range of opinions are represented.</p><p><strong>To benefit from this symbiotic relationship, you need effective collaboration between DevRels and other teams.</strong> This post is the first in a 3-part series, starting with the relationship with the marketing team. These insights come from experience I gained building the developer relations team at <a href="https://www.algolia.com/">Algolia</a> and lessons we’ve learned at <a href="https://orbit.love/">Orbit</a> helping clients build their DevRel teams.</p><h2>Developer Relations + Marketing</h2><p>According to <a href="https://devrel.net/dev-rel/state-of-developer-relations-2019">2019 State of Developer Relations Report</a> from Hoopy, 35% of DevRel teams report into marketing, the most of any team. In growth-focused startups, a DevRel’s top priority is usually to drive awareness and acquisition, so marketing is a natural fit. <strong>But whether DevRel reports to marketing or not, the benefits of the collaboration are the same.</strong></p><p>Developer advocates and evangelists help the marketing team hone their messaging toward developers, separate bad content and community opportunities from good, and generally serve as an “expert witness” in questions regarding developers.</p><p><em>“My team is part of marketing. I find it works really well when we play to our strengths – generally we can help make better developer focused messaging and the marketers can help us promote our DevRel activities better to reach more people.” – Zan Markan (<a href="https://twitter.com/zmarkan/status/1151481451684257792">tweet)</a></em></p><p>In return, the larger marketing team creates and maintains much of the infrastructure and tooling that the DevRel team uses, like a CRM, email campaign tools, and the analytics &amp; BI stack. Additionally, the marketing team usually has people and resources focused on specific areas like events and content, which give DevRel a valuable partner to help share the load on time-intensive activities.</p><h2>Brand, Messaging, and Audience</h2><p><em>“Developers have, out of necessity, built up an immunity to traditional marketing tactics.”</em></p><p>This quote from Stephen O’Grady in <a href="https://thenewkingmakers.com/">The New Kingmakers</a> sums up the challenge of developer marketing, and highlights the importance of nailing a developer-focused brand; if your messaging sounds like marketing, you’ll turn off developers immediately. Tight collaboration between DevRel and marketing can help reduce risk in this area.</p><p>When DevRels are in the field working with developers, they observe real-time, up-close reactions to the company’s brand, which builds up a strong intuition over time for what does and does not resonate.</p><p>Though marketing generally owns the brand, it’s important to establish processes by which the DevRel team can share these insights and provide input on copy, design, and other brand-related initiatives. It’s also important for senior leadership to ensure that the input is taken into account.</p><p><strong>In action:</strong> Set up a developer brand virtual team that includes the marketing brand owner, a representative from DevRel, and an executive or co-founder from outside of marketing who can break ties. Meet regularly to review brand assets and make key decisions.</p><h2>DevRel Metrics and measurement</h2><p>Given the data-driven nature of modern marketing, marketing teams leverage a huge array of tools to manage inbound, outbound, reporting, and more. Many developer advocates have had little exposure to these tools and often they don’t know what they should be tracking or even what’s possible.</p><p>Marketers can help DevRels become more data-driven by teaching them the basics of marketing and analytics tools, and providing access to BI tools to help them ask questions of the data. They can also help DevRels think through key metrics that are aligned to higher-level marketing and company goals, plus setup dashboards for tracking and reporting them.</p><p><strong>In action:</strong> Set up marketing workshops as part of the onboarding for new DevRel team members. Go over analytics tools, CRM, email tools, marketing metrics and KPIs, and any other tools or information that they might need. Create a Slack channel or process for answering inevitable follow-on questions.</p><h2>Customers and Relationships</h2><p>Beyond metrics, marketers can help DevRels <a href="/library/blog/building-blocks-for-an-innovative-and-inclusive-developer-community-part-1/">get a fuller picture of their developer community members</a> by tapping into the company CRM. DevRels should be trained how to access and use that information for outreach and relationship management purposes.</p><p><strong>In action:</strong> Hosting a meetup in NYC? Make sure that developer advocates know how to pull a report from the CRM or other tools and get a list of customers involved in the developer community in the Big Apple.</p><p>Marketers can take advantage of developer advocates’ large networks in order to get introductions and identify partnerships.</p><h2>Content</h2><p>Their forces combined, marketing and DevRel is a content dream team. Developer advocates have loads of potential to create technical material, and marketing colleagues help turn that material into high-quality content and distribute it to a wide audience.</p><p>Marketers help DevRels with content strategy, guiding overall direction while laying down the process for content distribution, and measuring to see what’s working. They help advocates think through SEO, title, and keyword optimization, as well as editing for length and readability. Additionally, marketers know how to broaden content’s distribution across partner channels or through PR relationships.</p><p>On the other hand, when marketers need to create communications, developer advocates can help them finesse voice and tone to sound more natural to developers. They can also help marketers avoid embarrassing mistakes and errors, like saying API when you mean SDK or Java when you mean JavaScript. This guidance is particularly valuable when working with junior marketing team members, or marketers who are new to developer-centric markets.</p><p><strong>In action:</strong> Create a Slack channel (or equivalent) for reviewing content that will go in front of developers, written by anyone. Marketers provide feedback on style, grammar, tone and voice. Developer advocates provide feedback on technical accuracy and developer friendliness.</p><h2>Events and Swag</h2><p>Much like content, great events happen when marketing and DevRel team up. From a logistics standpoint, the marketing team is best equipped to coordinate operations and day-of activities. This enables the DevRel team to focus on the technical program and speakers, giving talks, and building relationships with the developers in the room.</p><p><strong>In action:</strong> For every event, create a matrix that lists out all of the activities required and who the owner is, both the team—DevRel or marketing—and the individuals. This helps avoid confusion and makes sure the workload is distributed properly.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/9ee0c9da0fc5e99962758468b6e5aeb0b34a48c1-780x645.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p></p><p>To give events a special touch, developer advocates can create experiences that developers want to interact and play with, like Cloudinary has done recently with <a href="https://cloudycam.dev/">#CloudyCam</a>. In general, keeping the “geek factor” high will make developers feel right at home, like they would at a community-driven meetup.</p><p>Developer advocates attend tons of conferences and meetups, giving them a keen sense of what swag, stickers and gifts are currently a hit with developers. The marketing and events teams can tap into their knowledge to create giveaways that are both on-brand and on-trend.</p><p><strong>In action:</strong> Set up a monthly meeting between developer advocates, the events team, and anyone in the company who’s gone to a developer-focused conference or meetup. Bring the swag you received and trade notes about what stood out.</p><h2>Conclusion</h2><p>DevRel is in a unique spot to provide missing pieces of information and points of view regarding developers to other teams. Likewise, DevRel is poised to benefit from the mature tooling and deep capabilities that other teams can offer.</p><p>The effect works in reverse too. The closer that DevRel works with other teams, the more they stay in tune with the company’s overall goals, and the more tools and techniques they learn to apply to their work.</p><p>The marketing team is often the DevRel team’s closest collaborator. Working together, they can produce content, events, and partnerships that combine marketing’s analytical mindset with DevRel’s deep understanding of the developer psyche.</p><p>For more on cross-functionally collaborating with developer relations, check out part 2 of this series on <a href="/library/blog/collaborating-with-developer-relations-part-2-sales/">collaborating with sales</a>, and part 3 on <a href="/library/blog/collaborating-with-developer-relations-part-3-product-and-devrel/">collaborating with product</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/collaborating-with-developer-relations-part-1-marketing">Collaborating with Developer Relations Part 1: Marketing</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Messaging as The One Source of Truth</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/messaging-as-the-one-source-of-truth</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Aug 2019 16:18:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-10300</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Often misunderstood as an exercise you do only for press releases, messaging can be an effective source of truth and a competitive differentiator across your org’s marketing, product, sales and hiring.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #43, Working in the Open with Jason Lengstorf of Gatsby</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-43-working-in-the-open-with-jason-lengstorf-of-gatsby</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jul 2019 09:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-10880</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 43 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Jason Lengstorf of Gatsby. They discuss the new spin Gatsby’s putting on theme templates, as well as the inherent balancing act of nurturing the open source community while operating a profitable business.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 43 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Jason Lengstorf of Gatsby. They discuss the new spin Gatsby’s putting on theme templates, as well as the inherent balancing act of nurturing the open source community while operating a profitable business.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-43-working-in-the-open-with-jason-lengstorf-of-gatsby">Ep. #43, Working in the Open with Jason Lengstorf of Gatsby</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building Blocks for a Developer Community, Part 3: Late-Stage, Scalable Growth Considerations</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/building-blocks-for-an-innovative-and-inclusive-developer-community-part-3-scalable-growth</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jul 2019 08:00:38 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-10931</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Now that you’re beyond the ideation and launch phases and you have an active developer community, how are you continuing to gather feedback? And, what strategies are you using to continue to grow a diverse community?</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em><a href="https://twitter.com/SarahJaneMorris">SJ Morris</a> is an experienced community builder of 15 years, 8 of which were spent building inclusive developer communities for companies like Mashery, Intel, Keen.io and Shopify. She is Founder and Principal Consultant of developer community consultancy, <a href="https://twitter.com/ListenComm">Listen Community Consulting</a>, and this is Part 3 of her 3-part series on why and how to build a community that ultimately makes your product and company stronger. Want to catch up? Read <a href="/library/blog/building-blocks-for-an-innovative-and-inclusive-developer-community-part-1/">Part 1 for early-stage considerations</a> and <a href="/library/blog/building-blocks-for-an-innovative-and-inclusive-developer-community-part-2/">Part 2 for mid-stage growth considerations.</a></em></p><h2>Part 3: Late-Stage, Scalable Community Growth Considerations</h2><p><a href="/library/blog/building-blocks-for-an-innovative-and-inclusive-developer-community-part-2/">Part 2</a> of Building Blocks for an Innovative and Inclusive Developer Community looked at the importance of feedback from and representation within your community as it grows. To round out this series, we’ll look at how you can ensure you’re reaping the benefits of a healthy developer community now and in the long term.</p><p>We’ve already suggested getting <a href="/library/blog/building-blocks-for-an-innovative-and-inclusive-developer-community-part-1/">early-stage</a> external validation on your developer-facing product ideas through diverse communities like <a href="https://dev.to/">dev.to</a>. Now that you’re beyond the ideation and launch phases and you have an active developer community, how are you continuing to gather feedback? And, what strategies are you using to continue to grow a diverse community?</p><h2>Community Feedback is a Gift</h2><p>It’s clear that you are solving developer pain. As more and more diverse developers push the limits of your product, how are you gathering and systematizing their feedback back to your product roadmap?</p><p>Many of my clients’ early-stage communities live in <a href="https://slack.com/">Slack</a> or <a href="https://discordapp.com/">Discord</a>. Both are great tools that take seconds to set up and can provide immediate developer support, which is a must as you nurture a growing a community. But they also have significant drawbacks as your community scales:</p><ul><li><strong>Lost knowledge</strong>: As conversations stream through Slack and Discord’s chat-driven communities, valuable nuggets of knowledge can vanish into thin air, and can be hard to retrieve for both community members and your company.</li><li><strong>Unscalable expectations</strong>: As your community grows, it’ll no longer be sustainable to provide immediate answers to questions as they come in.</li><li><strong>Walled access</strong>: Net-new developers with questions or product feedback may not yet be committed enough to your community to want to join yet another Slack or Discord.</li></ul><p>Slack or Discord can be a great exclusive to offer to your more active and committed developer community members, which will also allow you to respond to their valuable feedback and questions more quickly. However, your public community should be a forum (<a href="https://discourse.org/">Discourse</a> and <a href="https://vanillaforums.com/en/">Vanilla</a> offer great solutions for developer communities) for the following reasons:</p><ul><li><strong>SEO</strong>: Forums get indexed by search engines, meaning answers to long-tail questions can come up in search results, and help to solve any developer pain before your team even knows about it. You’ll then be able to track traffic to specific posts, which can be a great indicator as to what answers devs are looking for.</li><li><strong>Knowledge-base</strong>: Most forum tools come with a baked-in knowledge base feature that allows you to take your most commonly asked questions and make them easily accessible, freeing up the forum itself for feedback, discussion and specific product questions.</li></ul><p>Once you have these scalable community tools in place, it’s important to create consistent and reliable feedback flows. Bear Douglas did <a href="/library/blog/bear-douglas-connecting-devrel-product-at-twitter/">a fantastic talk on incorporating feedback into product design</a> here at Heavybit in 2017 when she was still Dev Advocate Lead at Twitter. Some of her suggestions:</p><ul><li>Someone from developer community or developer relations should be in every <strong>Product standup</strong>. Not necessarily to participate, but to stay informed and have the shared context needed for future community conversations (reducing the need for back-and-forth emails and chats).</li><li>Don’t just share bugs with Product, <strong>share community love</strong> as well. You don’t want to become the constant bearer of bad news only to have Product run away whenever they see you.</li><li>An issue may be urgent for your developer, but <strong>is it urgent for your business</strong>? It’s important to dialogue with Product to properly triage the urgency of a fix in the greater scheme of your product roadmap before communicating a fix timeline back to a developer.</li><li><strong>Translate feedback into tasks</strong>: Don’t just write email recaps; create Jira tickets or Github issues that have accountability and process behind them.</li></ul><p>A final note on feedback – actively and transparently addressing and actioning community feedback is the key to ensuring your community members feel included and engaged. You’ll not only build a better product that meets the needs of the developers using it, you’ll also provide a positive feedback loop to the community members that have been recognized and heard as a part of the process. So many benefits!</p><h2>Keep Your Community Fresh</h2><p>Once you have scalable solutions in place for both gathering and sharing the feedback your community is providing, it’s important to ensure that you’re continuing to attract new voices and perspectives.</p><p>An example would be a DevOps tool. Some obvious places this tool may want to look to build out community would be local DevOps meetups or <a href="https://devopsdays.org/">devopsdays</a>. Indeed, these events should be a part of a scalable community growth strategy, but thinking more broadly can allow this community to grow in interesting ways. For example, given the ubiquity of DevOps at tech companies, why not speak, sponsor or host a workshop at the <a href="https://www.womenincloud.com/summit2019/">Women in Cloud Summit</a> as part of your overall mix? Attracting more women developers to your DevOps tool is always a win.</p><p>Showcasing and supporting a wide variety of developers that have built successfully with your product is another way to signal the importance of diversity to folks considering joining your community. The <a href="https://www.twilio.com/champions">Twilio Champions</a> initiative is a great example of this.</p><p>Want to keep on innovating? Focus on attracting a wide variety of developers to a community that feels heard and empowered by your feedback gathering processes. Eventually, your community will be your greatest innovator of all.</p><h2>Final Thoughts on Building a Scalable Community</h2><p>This series has taken us through a number of recommendations to focus on depending on the growth stage of your developer startup, but the thread that remains constant throughout these stages is to think outside your own world to make your startup the best it can be. By encouraging and welcoming a diverse community of developers to grow with your products, you’ll not only be broadening your user base but building something with the chance to impact people all over the world.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/building-blocks-for-an-innovative-and-inclusive-developer-community-part-3-scalable-growth">Building Blocks for a Developer Community, Part 3: Late-Stage, Scalable Growth Considerations</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Optimize Pricing and Packaging with Feature Flags</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/optimize-pricing-and-packaging-feature-flags</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Jul 2019 08:00:41 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-10899</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Feature flags used in optimizing pricing and packaging. Sachin Agrawal shares how to leverage feature flags for self-serve and enterprise pricing, and which tools to use.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>One of the most important, but often most overlooked, parts of <a href="http://sachinagarwal.com/forget-productmarket-fit-its-all-about-produc">product-market balance</a> is finding the appropriate pricing and packaging structures for your customers and your business. There are a number of pithy sayings, but my favorite is still the one from Paul Graham: <a href="https://twitter.com/paulg/status/22576762202">You’ve found market price when buyers complain but still pay</a>.</p><p>The best way to future-proof your business and maintain good customer relationships is to use feature flags to power your entitlements <a href="/library/video/priced-to-scale-the-only-constant-is-change">while giving your sales and growth teams the flexibility to tinker with pricing and packaging</a> as they see fit. In this post, I’ll cover why feature flagging can be useful for optimizing pricing and packaging, how this method can be applied for a few pricing models, and some tools to consider using to implement it.</p><h2>Adjusting Pricing and Packaging as Your Business Grows</h2><p>As your product changes over time, the market, customer expectations, and the willingness and ability of your customer to pay changes as well. As a result, you’ll need to adjust your pricing and packaging appropriately to maintain balance while also ensuring you’re building a successful business.</p><p>To do these adjustments, you’ll not only have to change your pricing but also your packaging over time, either as part of a self-service strategy or to accommodate a traditional enterprise sales team. This can feel a bit daunting. Some of the questions that might come up include: “What about my early customers? Won’t they be upset if I raise prices on them?” “If I lower prices, do I have to give that discount to my existing customers? How do I do that?” “How can I A/B test pricing? Won’t people notice and send us mean tweets?” You’ll need a strategy to answer all of these questions.</p><p>You may need to completely change your approach to pricing to gain better alignment between the value you create and your ability to get revenue to grow your business. As you have more conversations and add more customers, you’ll have much more data to analyze to make pricing a key driver of business value.</p><p>In particular, moving from a usage-based model to a seat-based model to a platform fee-based model is a very common journey for developer tools and SaaS companies as they mature. As you do this, you may also choose to configure your platform fee to accommodate a model where there are multiple axes of value. David Skok has summarized a lot of great work on <a href="https://www.forentrepreneurs.com/multi-axis-pricing-a-key-tool-for-increasing-saas-revenue/">multi-axis pricing</a>, and Tomasz Tunguz further advocates for a <a href="https://tomtunguz.com/three-part-tariffs/">three-axis model (“three part tariff”)</a>.</p><p>We can’t all be Stripe or SendGrid — and they have salespeople, too! Even when you’re selling a product based on actual usage (instead of on seats or some other axis of value), salespeople are necessary to help you sell into enterprises. In fact, companies like Stripe and SendGrid sell “minimum spend” contracts that look an awful lot like platform fees even though they’re nominally still usage-based pricing.</p><h2>Why Use Feature Flags?</h2><p>Feature flags allow you to divorce the provisioning and entitlements to features from the business decisions around why a particular user or customer is getting those features. (<a href="https://martinfowler.com/articles/feature-toggles.html">If you’ve read Martin Fowler</a>, you may have heard entitlement flags referred to as “permission toggles”.) This separation allows you to mix and match individual features and various levels for each feature to find the absolute best packaging for your customer base, both now, and as you grow your business.</p><p>One note about using feature flags for pricing is that the tactics are actually quite different for self-service products (“products that are bought”) than they are for businesses that have enterprise sales teams (“products that are sold”). If your organization pursues both simultaneously, you’ll want to combine the two approaches. Let’s get a bit into how different business considerations result in using feature flags for entitlements very differently.</p><h2>Pricing for Self-Service Products: Using Data to Inform Segmentation</h2><p>When you have a usage-based (such as SendGrid or Stripe) or prosumer product (a product that an individual developer or user can choose to use on her own without affecting the workflows of other folks on their team, such as an IDE), you’re not going to be able to charge prices that support a large and sophisticated sales and marketing organization, except at the very top of the pyramid (as Slack does). Your pricing page is going to be the most important page on your site – often the second- or third-most visited page – no matter how many menu items-deep you place it.</p><p>When products are bought, you generally have two types of packaging: a usage-based model (Stripe, SendGrid, Twilio, AWS), where folks pay for consumption, or a seat-based model (Slack, G Suite, Atlassian, Github), where folks pay per-user. You may have additional features at higher tiers, such as SAML support or additional analytics, but the driver of the price increase are the additional seats or the additional usage the higher tiers provide. In this case, you’re going to test two different things: packaging, where you try to put the leverage points that gets a ten-person company to pay for ten people at the Gold level instead of at the Silver level, and just straight-up per-seat cost for a given level.</p><p>Testing packaging can be incredibly complex at scale in a self-service model, so you’re going to want to be able to reduce the number of permutations by <a href="/library/video/dont-cargo-cult-your-pricing/">investing up front in pricing analysis</a>. While these techniques are outside the scope of this post, the two major techniques to figure out the patterns of usage for current customers to help inform segmentation are called k-means and hierarchical clustering. You can do this yourself, but you can also use a firm like ProfitWell or Simon-Kutcher to help you out with this. (You should do this analysis for the first time once you have over 30 customers and do a review at least semi-annually. With feature flags, making changes becomes easier, so you should do this analysis more often.)</p><p>If you’ve done this analysis, you’ll want to be able to change the contents of your Good/Better/Best packaging – and sometimes you won’t want to change the price. This is where the divorce between business logic and entitlement implementation pays huge dividends; if you’re not worried about grandfathering folks, you can just change the mappings without doing a code push. Notably, most folks do grandfather existing customers into their existing plans, so all you have to do is create new “plans” that define these packages and set up your marketing website to only put folks into these new plans.</p><p>An intermediate move is to proactively reach out to customers that would benefit from moving to the modern plans and asking them if they’d like to change. (I used to advocate for doing this automatically for folks that would benefit, but I now believe that giving customers the option is better because it 1) gives them the control and 2) gives *you* permission to restart a conversation that can result in a sales-touched upsell if you have a professional sales or success team.)</p><h2>Pricing for Enterprise Sales Teams: Streamlining Plan Customization</h2><p>When you have a product offering that is sold by Account Executives to corporate buyers, the need for flexible pricing and packaging is even more acute. The AE and the supporting team needs to do a great job of discovering the need for the solution that your company provides as well as providing an on-ramp to a successful engagement. That can mean pricing and packaging that differs from your “standard” enterprise plan limits and terms to get started. As the solution grows, this oftens lead to wildly different pricing needs within the customer and your customer success team is working to ensure renewals and go for upsells. In short, this is the “every customer contract is a custom contract” case.</p><p>What this means is that you have no concerns about grandfathering; all your system needs to do is to be able to add new plans. You can choose to edit existing plans, but renewals should be at a higher price, so you can just renew customers by creating a new plan and deleting the old one.</p><p>Great sales organizations place as few restrictions on pricing and packaging on their sales reps (also known as Account Executives, as above) as possible. Some sales folks are comfortable selling usage- or seat-based deals at scale; others like to use “platform fees” as a technique to be more creative. With packaging and feature flags, you can accommodate this diversity instead of giving your sales team set buckets and discount levels that are difficult or impossible to modify. Given just how difficult enterprise sales is, giving your team flexibility is always the right move (as long as you support them with a great product, sales enablement, and lead generation functions).</p><p>Another benefit of using flags to power entitlements is that you can use the flags not only to map to pricing, but also to give each customer custom security and permissions. This sort of role-based access control is table stakes to close enterprise customers at scale.</p><h2>Feature Flagging Tools to Consider</h2><p>As I said before, the most important thing is to make sure your business logic around “why” a customer is getting the package they are getting is separated from the “how” the entitlements are actually provisioned via your feature flag system.</p><p>The vast majority of companies I know have chosen to build a simple mapping service that takes the packages you’ve predefined and maps them to particular flags. This is great, because adding additional plans is just a matter of creating a new mapping. Another benefit is that any changes to pricing may not need to be updated in your mapping to the corresponding flags at all! You may be able to just change the pricing (if you’re not grandfathering existing customers) directly in Stripe, Recurly, Zuora, or your pricing tool of choice without any engineering effort at all. And if you’re grandfathering existing customers, you can just clone the old plan, give it a new name, and update the pricing for the “new” plan accordingly.</p><p>For feature flags, I’m obviously biased, but <a href="https://launchdarkly.com/pricing/">LaunchDarkly</a> should be at the top of anyone’s consideration list if they have the budget to pay for a tool. LaunchDarkly has more SDKs, less latency, and a better out-of-the-box user interface than any other tool I’ve seen. If you are more price sensitive, there are freemium options such as <a href="https://www.optimizely.com/rollouts/">Optimizely</a> and <a href="https://www.split.io/pricing/">Split</a>. And if you need to run your feature flag platform in a private cloud or in an on-premise environment, <a href="https://unleash.github.io/">Unleash</a>, <a href="https://checkr.github.io/flagr/#/">Flagr</a>, and <a href="https://github.com/vsco/dcdr">VSCO’s dcdr</a> are great options. You can see more about various options for your particular setup at <a href="https://medium.com/@tmaslen/getting-started-with-feature-flags-fc3e617260fe">this Medium post</a>.</p><p>For the business logic, that’s a bit more ambiguous. Your feature flag platform may or may not support webhook-based triggers or API calls, and if you have a sales team, you may need an integration with the CRM that your sales team uses. LaunchDarkly, Optimizely, Split, and dcdr all provide API-based feature flag changes. <a href="https://revops.io">RevOps</a> provides a solution that integrates with Salesforce that fires webhooks that are consumable by your feature flag implementation (you may have to build a microservice shim that takes the webhook and fires off the appropriate API call to your feature flag provider of choice). For the vast majority of folks reading this post, building a simple shim layer should be easy enough to allow you to pick the right way to implement business logic as well as the feature flag offering that makes the most sense for you. But the benefits to your business are well worth the engineering effort, and (if you have one) your sales team will be eternally grateful.</p><p>Best of luck – and as Patrick McKenzie says, <a href="https://www.kalzumeus.com/2006/08/14/you-can-probably-stand-to-charge-more/">Charge More</a>!</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/optimize-pricing-and-packaging-feature-flags">How to Optimize Pricing and Packaging with Feature Flags</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #35, Secure Coding in C/C++ with Robert C. Seacord of NCC Group</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-35-secure-coding-in-c-c-with-robert-c-seacord-of-ncc-group</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Jul 2019 09:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-10832</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 35 of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Robert C. Seacord of NCC Group, who champions the continued practice of coding security in C and C++, and offers practical advantages to using various programming languages in the Agile era.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 35 of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Robert C. Seacord of NCC Group, who champions the continued practice of coding security in C and C++, and offers practical advantages to using various programming languages in the Agile era.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-35-secure-coding-in-c-c-with-robert-c-seacord-of-ncc-group">Ep. #35, Secure Coding in C/C++ with Robert C. Seacord of NCC Group</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #11, Customer Urgency with Bob Tinker of MobileIron</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-customer-urgency-with-bob-tinker-of-mobileiron</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Jul 2019 08:59:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-10829</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 11 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Bob Tinker, founder and former CEO of MobileIron. They discuss the frameworks that Bob has developed for building a go-to-market playbook, as well as the importance of customer urgency in the enterprise space.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 11 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Bob Tinker, founder and former CEO of MobileIron. They discuss the frameworks that Bob has developed for building a go-to-market playbook, as well as the importance of customer urgency in the enterprise space.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-customer-urgency-with-bob-tinker-of-mobileiron">Ep. #11, Customer Urgency with Bob Tinker of MobileIron</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Heavybit Introduces New Senior Content Marketing Manager: Ashley Dotterweich</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/content-marketing-ashley-dotterweich</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jul 2019 08:00:28 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Heavybit News]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-10846</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>I’m excited to share that I’ve joined Heavybit Industries as Senior Content Marketing Manager to help grow Heavybit’s brand and audience.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>I’m excited to share that I’ve joined Heavybit Industries as Senior Content Marketing Manager. My role is to help grow Heavybit’s brand and audience through our digital content offerings. I’m also here to share my experience to help founders with their user acquisition and retention via content strategy, editorial calendar planning, and content distribution.</p><p>Most recently, I worked for Heavybit alum <a href="https://rainforestqa.com">Rainforest QA</a>, managing a developer-focused content strategy. I worked closely with our sales, marketing, product, and customer success teams to create a cohesive and educational brand experience for both prospects and customers. This included creating and maintaining an editorial calendar (with blog, ebooks, webinars and more!), developing a “QA Academy” to help our users improve their strategic testing knowledge, and using content to increase SEO ranking and improve organic traffic to our web properties.</p><p>One of the things that drew me to Heavybit was the opportunity to continue working with developer-focused companies. The developer and enterprise tech space is full of passionate people with compelling, meaningful stories to tell. A team’s narrative can be an incredibly impactful tool as they grow their business, and I’d love to help teams within the Heavybit community harness the power of their own stories more effectively.</p><p>Thanks to everyone at the clubhouse for the warm welcome so far! I’m looking forward to meeting and working with more of you in the coming weeks.</p><p>Feel free to reach out to me at <a href="mailto:ashley@heavybit.com">ashley@heavybit.com</a> if you have any questions, or if you’d like to say hello!</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/content-marketing-ashley-dotterweich">Heavybit Introduces New Senior Content Marketing Manager: Ashley Dotterweich</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Three Steps of Continuous Customer Obsession</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/the-three-steps-of-continuous-customer-obsession</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Jul 2019 09:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-10299</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>You’ve got to maintain product and platform momentum over time. But how? And what are some realistic expectations?</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #10, Measuring Technical Debt with Bugsnag CEO James Smith</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-measuring-technical-debt-with-bugsnag-ceo-james-smith</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Jul 2019 10:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-10807</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 10 of O11ycast, Charity Majors and Liz Fong-Jones speak with Bugsnag CEO James Smith. They discuss the seemingly impossible ways an organization can measure technical debt and how they can attempt to reduce it.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 10 of O11ycast, Charity Majors and Liz Fong-Jones speak with Bugsnag CEO James Smith. They discuss the seemingly impossible ways an organization can measure technical debt and how they can attempt to reduce it.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-measuring-technical-debt-with-bugsnag-ceo-james-smith">Ep. #10, Measuring Technical Debt with Bugsnag CEO James Smith</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Defining Product Marketing and Metrics</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/defining-product-marketing-and-metrics</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Jul 2019 08:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-10297</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this presentation, Indy Sen defines product marketing, some of the common responsibilities and misconceptions of the role, and the metrics that matter from an org-wide perspective, during launches, and beyond.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #34, Positive Security with Siren Hofvander of Cybercom</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-34-positive-security-with-siren-hofvander-of-cybercom</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Jul 2019 09:32:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-10683</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 34 of The Secure Developer, Guy speaks with Siren Hofvander of Cybercom about her enlightening journey from the digital medical space to running a secure developer consulting team, as well as her empathy-driven ethos in the one-size-fits-all security world.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 34 of The Secure Developer, Guy speaks with Siren Hofvander of Cybercom about her enlightening journey from the digital medical space to running a secure developer consulting team, as well as her empathy-driven ethos in the one-size-fits-all security world.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-34-positive-security-with-siren-hofvander-of-cybercom">Ep. #34, Positive Security with Siren Hofvander of Cybercom</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #42, Structuring Content with Simen Svale Skogsrud and Knut Melvær of Sanity.io</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-42-structuring-content-with-simen-svale-skogsrud-and-knut-melvaer-of-sanity-io</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Jul 2019 08:58:20 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-10685</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On episode 42 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Simen Svale Skogsrud and Knut Melvær of Sanity.io to discuss real time collaborative editing, and how the previous shortcomings of market offerings led to the creation of a new, totally customizable authoring experience.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On episode 42 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Simen Svale Skogsrud and Knut Melvær of Sanity.io to discuss real time collaborative editing, and how the previous shortcomings of market offerings led to the creation of a new, totally customizable authoring experience.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-42-structuring-content-with-simen-svale-skogsrud-and-knut-melvaer-of-sanity-io">Ep. #42, Structuring Content with Simen Svale Skogsrud and Knut Melvær of Sanity.io</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #5, Mergers and Acquisitions with Eliran Mesika of GitLab</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-mergers-and-acquisitions-with-eliran-mesika-of-gitlab</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Jul 2019 08:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-10680</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 5 of High Leverage, host Joe Ruscio and special guest Eliran Mesika of GitLab pull back the curtain on company acquisitions, build vs. buy considerations, and the complex inner workings of merger agreements.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 5 of High Leverage, host Joe Ruscio and special guest Eliran Mesika of GitLab pull back the curtain on company acquisitions, build vs. buy considerations, and the complex inner workings of merger agreements.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-mergers-and-acquisitions-with-eliran-mesika-of-gitlab">Ep. #5, Mergers and Acquisitions with Eliran Mesika of GitLab</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Organic Growth and Platform Adoption</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/organic-growth-and-platform-adoption</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Jul 2019 08:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-10293</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Just because you’ve built an amazing community, doesn’t mean you’ve built a viable business. This panel of C-level execs discusses the choices they’ve made to support developer community and concurrently scale to the enterprise.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #33, Engineering Teams with Leif Dreizler and Eric Ellett of Segment</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-33-engineering-teams-with-leif-dreizler-and-eric-ellett-of-segment</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 28 Jun 2019 13:43:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-10594</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 33 of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Leif Dreizler and Eric Ellett of Segment. They discuss motivating security teams, the importance of investing time in your business relationships, and the longterm rewards of proper security training.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 33 of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Leif Dreizler and Eric Ellett of Segment. They discuss motivating security teams, the importance of investing time in your business relationships, and the longterm rewards of proper security training.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-33-engineering-teams-with-leif-dreizler-and-eric-ellett-of-segment">Ep. #33, Engineering Teams with Leif Dreizler and Eric Ellett of Segment</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building Blocks for an Innovative and Inclusive Developer Community: Part 2</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/building-blocks-for-an-innovative-and-inclusive-developer-community-part-2</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Jun 2019 10:40:42 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-10607</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>SJ Morris is Founder and Principal Consultant of developer community consultancy, Listen Community Consulting, and this is Part 2 of her 3-part series on why and how to build a community that ultimately makes your product and company stronger.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em><a href="https://twitter.com/SarahJaneMorris">SJ Morris</a> is an experienced community builder of 15 years, 8 of which were spent building inclusive developer communities for companies like Mashery, Intel, Keen.io and Shopify. She is Founder and Principal Consultant of developer community consultancy, <a href="https://twitter.com/ListenComm">Listen Community Consulting</a>, and this is Part 2 of her 3-part series on why and how to build a community that ultimately makes your product and company stronger.</em></p><h2>Part 2: Mid-Stage Growth Considerations</h2><p>In <a href="/library/blog/building-blocks-for-an-innovative-and-inclusive-developer-community-part-1/">Part 1</a> of Building Blocks for an Innovative and Inclusive Developer Community, we covered what an early-stage developer-facing startup needs to consider in order to put in place an early framework that supports and fosters a welcome and healthy developer community. In Part 2, we’ll discuss real examples of do’s and don’ts and how to take this framework to the next level as your company grows.</p><p>As you scale and/or approach your Series A, your developer product has made it through the make or break early slog. It has gained traction, and you may even have an active developer community. You likely know some of your early adopters well and are starting to see some of the same faces show up at multiple events. Congratulations, you’ve got an active developer community!</p><p>Now that you’ve defined some community spaces, both online and off, and folks are leveraging them, you may be tempted to sit back and let the community continue to grow on its own. But fostering a community is a long game – if you neglect it today, you may not feel the consequences tomorrow or even next week, but you’ll feel them next year. So what should you be doing to ensure that your newfound developer community is not only growing but thriving, both today and down the road?</p><h2>Start with Feedback</h2><p>Having an active community gives you a tremendous opportunity to listen and learn from them. Failing to do so can result in product oversights that can derail progress and impact revenue and future runway. Seeking out and addressing feedback and reflecting the realities of your community members can reduce friction and increase developer output.</p><p>An example of a missed feedback opportunity was shared by experienced UX researcher and project manager, <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/nancydouyon/">Nancy Douyon</a>, when I attended <a href="http://sf16.techinclusion.co/">Tech Inclusion San Francisco in 2016</a>. Her talk was on Inclusive Product Design, where she showcased a glaring example of unconscious bias oversight and a lack of diverse feedback for the Oculus VR headset, which was essentially unwearable by folks with thick hairstyles, turbans or other modalities outside that of the largely white, male product team and beta community testing it. While this is a hardware example, it showcases how easily glaring feedback omissions can impact a product’s user experience.</p><h2>How Are You Speaking to Your Community?</h2><p>Chances are, as you approach this next stage of growth, you’re already creating and publishing content regularly for your audience. Perhaps your engineers are contributing blog content and you may even have a Developer Advocate on board creating content, sample code, documentation and more. Your company is adding value to both your own developer community and the developer community at large. However, similar to the product design oversights caused by unconscious bias that we saw in the Oculus example above, unchecked content (<a href="https://thenextweb.com/us/2012/03/20/sqoot-loses-sponsors-following-misogynistic-description-of-their-api-jam-event/">explicit example</a> &amp; <a href="https://noti.st/tbarn/nYB5cI#sqtjyLD">implicit example</a>) can unknowingly alienate members of your developer community. How can you mitigate this?</p><p>AI may have its fair share of <a href="https://www.vox.com/science-and-health/2019/1/23/18194717/alexandria-ocasio-cortez-ai-bias">inclusion challenges</a>, but when developed and designed to be inclusive, it can be a powerful ally in helping us fight our own unconscious bias. Once such example is <a href="https://textio.com/">Textio</a>, a writing platform that is typically used to optimize the hiring experience but can be used to vet any human-facing content. Based on ever-improving algorithms and data, Textio will output tactical feedback on word selection and propose alternatives to make your content more welcoming and inclusive. Use Textio across all of your widely consumed developer content: job descriptions, blog posts, documentation, even readmes.</p><h2>Do Potential and Current Members See Themselves Represented in Your Community?</h2><p>As much as you need to ensure that your written content is inclusive, the visual cues your content and community activities convey are equally important to get right. However, choosing inclusive imagery may not be as simple as running content through an AI engine. The visual choices you make need to actually be representative of your community.</p><p>For example – there are many fantastic image sets featuring folks of color in a tech setting available for your use, but if you use them on a job listing, for example, and don’t actually have any folks of color working at your startup, you’re setting a potential applicant up for disappointment and deception. However, if you’re considering images to go alongside more generic content, such as a feature update, open source project page, event invite or knowledge-sharing article, the use of these images can send a signal that the representation of all developers is important to your company.</p><p>Some of the image collections that are available include the <a href="https://www.flickr.com/photos/wocintechchat/">Women of Color in Tech Flickr set</a>, available for use with attribution, and <a href="https://broadlygenderphotos.vice.com/">Broadly’s Gender Spectrum Collection</a> (note that these images cannot be used for commercial purposes. In other words, these can be used in the context of open source projects and personal developer blog posts in places like <a href="https://dev.to/">dev.to</a> or <a href="https://medium.com/">medium</a>, but not on company websites. Please be sure to read these <a href="https://broadlygenderphotos.vice.com/guidelines">guidelines</a> completely in order to use these images mindfully.) All of these resources, as well as new ones that emerge, can be found <a href="https://listen.community/inclusion-resources">here</a>.</p><p>As your developer community activates and multiplies, be sure to make space for underrepresented members of the tech community. Ensuring that these members feel welcome and represented in your community can accelerate product growth and result in surprising, delightful and game-changing outcomes now and down the road.</p><p><a href="/library/blog/building-blocks-for-an-innovative-and-inclusive-developer-community-part-3-scalable-growth/">In the final post in this series</a>, I’ll examine what areas of community you’ll need to keep ongoing tabs on as more and more developers rely on your product and build on your platform, and as your company approaches profitability, exponential revenue, and an exit or an IPO!</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/building-blocks-for-an-innovative-and-inclusive-developer-community-part-2">Building Blocks for an Innovative and Inclusive Developer Community: Part 2</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #41, Simplifying Developer Workflow with Paul Biggar of Dark</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-41-simplifying-developer-workflow-with-paul-biggar-of-dark</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Jun 2019 10:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-10521</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 41 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Paul Biggar, CTO of Dark. They discuss improving developer workflow in the JAMstack, as well as the challenges of developing a holistic programming language from the ground up.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 41 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Paul Biggar, CTO of Dark. They discuss improving developer workflow in the JAMstack, as well as the challenges of developing a holistic programming language from the ground up.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-41-simplifying-developer-workflow-with-paul-biggar-of-dark">Ep. #41, Simplifying Developer Workflow with Paul Biggar of Dark</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building High-Fidelity Personas and Segmenting Users</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-high-fidelity-personas-and-segmenting-users</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Jun 2019 14:49:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-10295</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>There is no universal developer, nor is there just one universal developer segment. Panelists cover high-fidelity personas, research methodologies, and the assets to capture and communicate to various segments.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #10, Secure Communications with Joel Wallenstrom of Wickr</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-secure-communications-with-joel-wallenstrom-of-wickr</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Jun 2019 09:09:36 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-10518</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 10 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Joel Wallenstrom, CEO and President at Wickr. They discuss Joel’s background in the cyber security industry, as well as the process of bringing consumer products to enterprise, particularly for mobile-first companies.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 10 of EnterpriseReady, Grant speaks with Joel Wallenstrom, CEO and President at Wickr. They discuss Joel’s background in the cyber security industry, as well as the process of bringing consumer products to enterprise, particularly for mobile-first companies.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-secure-communications-with-joel-wallenstrom-of-wickr">Ep. #10, Secure Communications with Joel Wallenstrom of Wickr</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Orchestrating Effective Customer Success</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/orchestrating-effective-customer-success</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Jun 2019 16:12:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-10289</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Building an effective customer success function will enable you to manage customer risk, demonstrate deeper product value, and drive increased usage and adoption amongst your existing customers – but where do you start?</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #32, Security and Compliance with Duncan Godfrey of Auth0</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-32-security-and-compliance-with-duncan-godfrey-of-auth0</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Jun 2019 10:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-10413</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 32 of The Secure Developer, Duncan Godfrey from Auth0 speaks with Guy about his journey into security. Duncan also shares great insights into staying secure and compliant in a fast moving environment.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 32 of The Secure Developer, Duncan Godfrey from Auth0 speaks with Guy about his journey into security. Duncan also shares great insights into staying secure and compliant in a fast moving environment.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-32-security-and-compliance-with-duncan-godfrey-of-auth0">Ep. #32, Security and Compliance with Duncan Godfrey of Auth0</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>From DevTool to Dev Ecosystem</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/from-devtool-to-dev-ecosystem</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Jun 2019 15:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-10291</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Few growth-stage companies succeed on a sole product offering. This panel of successful Co-Founders explores how successful B2B companies go from delivering a single developer tool, to building massive ecosystems.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #51, Dark and The Future of Deployment</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-51-dark-and-the-future-of-deployment</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jun 2019 09:20:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-10282</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 51 of To Be Continuous, Paul and Edith are back in the studio to discuss Paul’s new company, <a href="http://darklang.com/">Dark</a>. Together they explore some of the challenges that many startups face, as well as what the future of software deployment may look like.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 51 of To Be Continuous, Paul and Edith are back in the studio to discuss Paul’s new company, <a href="http://darklang.com/">Dark</a>. Together they explore some of the challenges that many startups face, as well as what the future of software deployment may look like.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-51-dark-and-the-future-of-deployment">Ep. #51, Dark and The Future of Deployment</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building Blocks for an Innovative and Inclusive Developer Community, Part 1: Early Stage Considerations</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/building-blocks-for-an-innovative-and-inclusive-developer-community-part-1</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Jun 2019 10:00:09 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-10390</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>If you put the right community frameworks in place early on, you can not only build a loyal set of early adopters, you can leverage your community to push the boundaries of what’s possible with your product.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em><a href="https://twitter.com/SarahJaneMorris">SJ Morris</a> is an experienced community builder of 15 years, 8 of which were spent building inclusive developer communities for companies like Mashery, Intel, Keen.io and Shopify. She is Founder and Principal Consultant of developer community consultancy, <a href="https://twitter.com/ListenComm">Listen Community Consulting</a>, and this is Part 1 of her 3-part series on why and how to build a community that ultimately makes your product and company stronger.</em></p><h2>Part 1: Early Stage Considerations for Developer Communities</h2><p>It’s essential for early-stage startups to focus on what matters. While that’s a little different from company to company, most seed-stage or series A startups are focused on building out a product that can scale, and generating the revenue needed to secure more runway. In the case of developer-facing products that solve a real pain point, a community of early adopters and advocates may already be organically forming during this stage. While it may seem sufficient to lean on that organic growth for now and be more strategic about community building later, you may be missing out on opportunities to understand your product better, broaden your scope and lay the groundwork for a community that will impact your products’ innovation more than you could have imagined.</p><h2>The Developer You’re Building for May Not Be Who You Think</h2><p>You’re creating the next great developer product. It’s going to help speed up development cycles and delight developers along the way. You think you have a good idea of who the ideal devs are for your product. Are you sure about that?</p><p>One of the thrilling parts of building and growing a developer community is seeing all of the surprising ways developers will use your product. Companies like <a href="https://kitcrm.com/">Kit</a> used <a href="https://developers.shopify.com/">Shopify’s APIs</a> in ways previously unseen and went on to be acquired by Shopify, becoming an indispensable marketing tool for Shopify’s merchants. If you put the right community frameworks in place early on, you can not only build a loyal set of early adopters, you can leverage your community to push the boundaries of what’s possible with your product.</p><h2>Challenge Your Own Assumptions</h2><p>In order to get into the minds of your current and potential community members, you need to step outside yourself and the network you know and trust. Your network will always be there to support and inform your company but to better understand the potential of a community of users, you need to understand how they’re interpreting your value proposition and imagining uses for your products with fresh eyes.</p><p>There are a number of ways to go about this, but they all involve one key thing: listening. Depending on the size of your current developer community, you can approach this in a number of ways. <a href="https://www.thoughtworks.com/insights/blog/dev-dogfooding-not-user-research">Developer user interviews</a> can be insightful, even with all the internal feedback you may be generating while dogfooding your own product. Also, consider a <a href="https://blog.keen.io/what-we-learned-when-we-surveyed-our-developer-community/">developer survey</a>. Not only will this give you a clear line of sight into the benefits and drawbacks your current users are experiencing, but it also gives you an opportunity to measure a baseline of the <a href="http://web.jhu.edu/sebin/t/m/DiversityWheel_Small.jpg">dimensions of diversity</a> within your community, allowing you to set realistic goals around diversity and inclusion as you grow.</p><p>Seeking external validation of your ideas in your early stages needn’t be excessively complicated or time-consuming. There are valuable and inclusive developer communities that will happily engage with your idea or MVP and potentially become sources of community growth.</p><p>One such community that has exploded in popularity this year is <a href="https://dev.to/">dev.to</a>, founded in 2017 as an offshoot of the popular Twitter account, <a href="https://twitter.com/thepracticaldev">@ThePracticalDev</a>. Sharing your products and learnings with this inclusive, well moderated, and accessible developer community will pay off in the short-term with feedback you may not have otherwise gotten from your existing network, and in the long-term with the trust of a community that values inclusion. Conversely, communities like Hacker News, while sure to bring your site traffic and maybe even some conversions, has time and time again been shown to be a toxic community. Mekka Okereke, an engineer at Google, recently summed it up well in this <a href="https://twitter.com/mekkaokereke/status/1116870900517785600">twitter thread</a>.</p><h2>A Must for Developer Community Health</h2><p>If there’s one community investment to make in the early stages of your community’s growth, it’s a code of conduct. Even if you don’t yet have an online user community or forum, if you’re at all open source, or if you’re hosting events – anything from a casual happy hour to a conference, a code of conduct is a way to ensure developers of all walks of life feel protected and welcome in your community. Although it’s no longer being actively maintained, the <a href="https://geekfeminism.wikia.org/wiki/Geek_Feminism_Wiki">Geek Feminism Wiki</a> remains a solid, evergreen resource for Code of Conduct creation (as well as all other things inclusion-related). Just as important as <a href="https://geekfeminism.wikia.org/wiki/Code_of_conduct_evaluations">Code of Conduct creation</a> is Code of Conduct enforcement. Getting your team trained on how to respond to Code of Conduct violations is the only way to ensure that having a CoC will provide meaningful value to your community. <a href="https://twitter.com/vaurorapub">Valerie Aurora</a> and <a href="https://twitter.com/me_gardiner">Mary Gardiner</a> have written a fantastic (and free) code of conduct enforcement book that can be downloaded <a href="https://mailchi.mp/frameshiftconsulting.com/cocbook">here</a>.</p><h2>Who is the Founding Team?</h2><p>Community begets community. Without a concerted effort, a community, like a company, will naturally attract members that look, think, and act like existing members. It’s no secret that many founders in tech are white, male, and young. If your founding team meets this description, there are still plenty of opportunities to pave the way for a diverse and welcoming community. However, because your organic community will not benefit from the representation of more marginalized groups in tech at the founder level, your community will need to ensure that your desire to build an inclusive, welcoming community is crystal clear to the folks considering joining it. A shining example of this is Slack, founded by Stewart Butterfield and Cal Henderson. From a <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/technology/archive/2018/04/how-slack-got-ahead-in-diversity/558806/">2018 Atlantic article</a> on Slack’s diversity:</p><blockquote>These efforts began with the company’s launch in 2014, and have only accelerated. “All of us believe it’s our responsibility,” Julia Grace, Slack’s senior director of infrastructure engineering, told me.</blockquote><p>Slack’s intentional approach to diversity and inclusion resulted in not only a more diverse workplace but a more welcoming developer experience, down to the smallest detail. For example, Slack’s docs don’t assume a developer knows what oAuth is, <a href="https://api.slack.com/docs/oauth">defining it clearly</a> before getting into details around flow and access. Simple details like this may be overlooked by a community of experienced developers, closing off access to a newer developer that may write the next great integration.</p><p>Early days are focused on growth and scale, but taking these small steps to invest in the potential of your developer community ensures you’re setting the stage for inclusion and innovation that can take your product to the next level.</p><p>In the next post in this series, we’ll be looking at the essential areas of community building for mid-stage developer startups.</p><p><em>Ready for more? The second part of this 3-part series is available at <a href="/library/blog/building-blocks-for-an-innovative-and-inclusive-developer-community-part-2/">Building Blocks for an Innovative and Inclusive Developer Community: Part 2.</a></em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/building-blocks-for-an-innovative-and-inclusive-developer-community-part-1">Building Blocks for an Innovative and Inclusive Developer Community, Part 1: Early Stage Considerations</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #40, Multi-Language Support with Manvel Saroyan</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-40-multi-language-support-with-manvel-saroyan</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Jun 2019 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-10344</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 40 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Manvel Saroyan, a developer at eyeo, working on Adblock Plus. They discuss the difficulties of integrating multi-language support into dev projects as well as Manvel’s lifestyle as a digital nomad.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 40 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Manvel Saroyan, a developer at eyeo, working on Adblock Plus. They discuss the difficulties of integrating multi-language support into dev projects as well as Manvel’s lifestyle as a digital nomad.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-40-multi-language-support-with-manvel-saroyan">Ep. #40, Multi-Language Support with Manvel Saroyan</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #9, Device Management with Zack Blum of Fleetsmith</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-device-management-with-zack-blum-of-fleetsmith</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Jun 2019 12:45:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-10356</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 9 of EnterpriseReady, Grant is joined by Zack Blum, CEO and Founder of Fleetsmith, to discuss device management and security in the enterprise world, as well as different approaches to product assortment.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 9 of EnterpriseReady, Grant is joined by Zack Blum, CEO and Founder of Fleetsmith, to discuss device management and security in the enterprise world, as well as different approaches to product assortment.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-device-management-with-zack-blum-of-fleetsmith">Ep. #9, Device Management with Zack Blum of Fleetsmith</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Preparing For Lift-Off</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/preparing-for-lift-off</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Jun 2019 11:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-10287</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Similar to incident response planning, Cloudflare’s Jen Taylor shows us how launch planning requires criteria scoring, goals, a team, a budget, a series of MVP assets, and next steps with marketing, product, and sales.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #31, Evangelizing Security with Tanya Janca of Microsoft</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-31-evangelizing-security-with-tanya-janca-of-microsoft</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 May 2019 10:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-10277</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 31 of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Tanya Janca, Cloud Advocate at Microsoft. Tanya shares insights, from her early days leading software teams for the Canadian government, to evangelizing software security at Microsoft.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 31 of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Tanya Janca, Cloud Advocate at Microsoft. Tanya shares insights, from her early days leading software teams for the Canadian government, to evangelizing software security at Microsoft.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-31-evangelizing-security-with-tanya-janca-of-microsoft">Ep. #31, Evangelizing Security with Tanya Janca of Microsoft</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #8, Driving Product Communication with Dave Cole</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-driving-product-communication-with-dave-cole</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2019 08:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-10253</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 8 of EnterpriseReady, Grant is joined by Dave Cole, to discuss what it takes to manage a product portfolio vs just one product, as well as setting up and managing a customer advisory board.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 8 of EnterpriseReady, Grant is joined by Dave Cole, to discuss what it takes to manage a product portfolio vs just one product, as well as setting up and managing a customer advisory board.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-driving-product-communication-with-dave-cole">Ep. #8, Driving Product Communication with Dave Cole</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #39, GraphQL Services with Sean Grove of OneGraph</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-39-graphql-services-with-sean-grove-of-onegraph</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 May 2019 14:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-10180</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 39 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Sean Grove of OneGraph to unpack common misconceptions about GraphQL, and discuss some of the peripheral services and tools available to educate and inspire GraphQL users.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 39 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Sean Grove of OneGraph to unpack common misconceptions about GraphQL, and discuss some of the peripheral services and tools available to educate and inspire GraphQL users.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-39-graphql-services-with-sean-grove-of-onegraph">Ep. #39, GraphQL Services with Sean Grove of OneGraph</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #30, Improving Security Culture with Justin Somaini</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-30-improving-security-culture-with-justin-somaini</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 May 2019 11:06:24 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-10189</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 30 of The Secure Developer, Guy speaks with Justin Somaini, a security industry leader and Founder of Somaini LLC. They discuss how security theory has changed over the past 25 years, and how AppSec can be improved by educating the developer community.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 30 of The Secure Developer, Guy speaks with Justin Somaini, a security industry leader and Founder of Somaini LLC. They discuss how security theory has changed over the past 25 years, and how AppSec can be improved by educating the developer community.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-30-improving-security-culture-with-justin-somaini">Ep. #30, Improving Security Culture with Justin Somaini</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #12, Combatting Fake Video</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-combatting-fake-video</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 May 2019 17:14:44 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-10177</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 12 of Demuxed, Matt, Steve and Phil are joined by Shamir Allibhai and Roderick Hodgson of Amber Video to discuss the growing accessibility to fake video creation, and what approaches engineers are taking to secure the public from misuse of this powerful technology.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 12 of Demuxed, Matt, Steve and Phil are joined by Shamir Allibhai and Roderick Hodgson of Amber Video to discuss the growing accessibility to fake video creation, and what approaches engineers are taking to secure the public from misuse of this powerful technology.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-combatting-fake-video">Ep. #12, Combatting Fake Video</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #29, The State of Open Source &amp; Docker Security</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-29-the-state-of-open-source-docker-security</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 May 2019 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-10143</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 29 of The Secure Developer, Guy sits down with Liran Tal, Developer Advocate at Snyk, to discuss the state of open source, Docker security, and developer infrastructure.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 29 of The Secure Developer, Guy sits down with Liran Tal, Developer Advocate at Snyk, to discuss the state of open source, Docker security, and developer infrastructure.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-29-the-state-of-open-source-docker-security">Ep. #29, The State of Open Source & Docker Security</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Editorial Strategy for Technical SaaS</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/editorial-strategy-for-technical-saas</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2019 09:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-10114</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>It’s been a little over two months since your last blog post. You look down your task list, which has plenty of things on it that are not “Write Blog Post.” Yet, you know how important it is to engage developers, and that good technical content is a great way to do that. Read on for Editorial Strategy tips for Technical Saas.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>It’s been a little over two months since your last blog post. You look down your task list, which has plenty of things on it that are <em>not</em> “Write Blog Post.” Yet, you know how important it is to engage developers, and that good technical content is a great way to do that.</p><p>A developer audience can be hard for writers to understand. Developers tend to bristle at marketing. Products for developers are often highly technical. For all these reasons, founders of technical SaaS think that only they can write for their blog and that each post must be perfect. At the beginning, it will likely be a founder writing. But, like your early product, the content won’t be perfect.</p><p>If you waited for perfect, you’d never publish. And regardless of who is writing, you need a plan. You need to create your editorial strategy, measure its impact, and tune your content engine over time.</p><p>But first, you need to start.</p><h2>How to Get Started</h2><p>The best way to begin is to take a first step. If your blog is empty or it’s been more than six months without a post, publish this week. Don’t worry about topic or volume or cadence—we’ll get to all that. There’s nothing like publishing to create momentum that will lead to future and better content.</p><p>If you’re like most dev-focused companies, you have a post titled something like <em>Why We’re Building DevProduct.io</em>. It’s great to have this artifact, but the well runs dry pretty quickly on this type of content. A core foundation of an effective technical SaaS editorial strategy is to focus outward, not inward. You’ll find many more ideas in your developer’s problems than your own solution.</p><p>Yet, often content leans toward the product. Especially in the early days as it evolves, you’ll find yourself wanting to post what’s new. You’ll have a big feature you want to highlight and you may use the phrase “proud to announce.” Let that be a signal that you need to figure out how to <a href="http://www.shareknowledgenotfeatures.com/">share knowledge, not features</a>. Remind yourself the problem the new feature solves and write about that for your announcement. This same approach works for everything you publish. Look to educate and inspire. You don’t ignore your product, but also don’t focus on your product.</p><p>Finally, in everything you publish, include your company’s point of view. Think back to the reason you exist, what your product makes possible for developers. Within that purpose are viewpoints on your technical corner of the world. In every problem you write about, tap into those opinions.</p><h2>How to Measure Your Efforts</h2><p>Content marketing is a long game. You’re planting a lot of seeds that may not be harvested for months. Some of those will grow more rapidly than others, but you can never be certain which those will be. Therefore, it’s important to start early, be consistent, and think about what would be most valuable over the long run.</p><p>To start, you can look at pageviews or unique visits to your content. You want to beware of how much focus you put on these metrics, but they are especially useful early on. You want to get feedback on the content you produce. Comparing views across multiple blog posts will help you see what’s resonating with readers and what’s getting picked up by search engines. Ideally, you’re seeing overall traffic to your content growing each month, and your baseline for a typical post should also increase. If some topics outperform others, this can be the first sign of an area to give more attention.</p><p>Once your content engine is operating, start to look at metrics that will make more of an impact than simply views. For example:</p><ul><li><strong>Signups</strong>: Developers like to get their hands dirty, so your content can encourage at least a free trial. The more directed the content, the more likely you’ll be able to attribute the signup.</li><li><strong>Newsletter subscribers</strong>: Your content is finding people who share your worldview. If you’ve educated or inspired them, they’ll want to hear more.</li><li><strong>Usage</strong>: You’ll get a lot of tire kickers, but you want developers that get value. Try to grow usage of your product over time by continuing to provide relevant content to account and newsletter signups.</li><li><strong>Social mentions</strong>: Not as direct as the others, this will help you see your developer mindshare over time. Are you being recommended on relevant social channels, like Twitter and Stack Overflow?</li><li><strong>New hires</strong>: Technical content can help recruit new engineers and other team members. Ask during onboarding how they originally found you.</li><li><strong>Leads or customers</strong>: Tracing these real business drivers back to content is hard. If your other metrics are growing, this should be a natural progression.</li></ul><p>Be on the lookout for topics or types of content that impact your metrics. Do more of those.</p><h2>How to Consistently Write Great Posts</h2><p>It’s hard work to build a reliable content engine for your technical SaaS, but it is worth the effort. Content scales much better than events, a common developer outreach approach, which require human presence. With content you can iterate quickly and get help from others without a lot of training.</p><p>You’ll want to figure out a target cadence for your developer content. This should be based on a realistic assessment of what you can consistently hit. If you’re currently struggling to publish, start with one post per month. Ideally, you’d have new content twice a month, or even weekly. Consistency is most important, because it helps you deliver on a repeatable schedule. Work toward one to two posts per week or month, whichever you can handle, then stick to it. You can always accelerate later.</p><p>Once you’ve determined your cadence, it’s time to plan your first several posts in an editorial calendar. No need to over engineer this at first—at a basic level, it could be pinned in a Slack message. Your list of topics should be specific—give each a draft headline, assign a writer, and declare a publication date. Then make sure others in your organization can see this list, so everybody knows what’s coming.</p><p>Eventually, you can move your editorial calendar into a more structured tool. You can use a spreadsheet, a workflow tool like Trello, a task manager like Asana, or a more structured project management tool like Jira. Just make sure it’s visible to the people involved in your developer content.</p><p>Early on, you may be working from a backlog of post ideas. As you list them out, make sure you intersperse similar posts with different types. It can be helpful to decide on categories of posts—use the specificity to spur ideas. You can also look to developer conversations, support tickets, and public forums like Twitter for potential posts. Finally, taking your core concepts and performing keyword research will both generate ideas and ensure that your posts are search engine friendly.</p><p>After you’ve managed a few posts, it’s a good idea to look for external help. Reach out to members of your community, look for freelancers, or engage an agency with both technical and writing chops. Fresh content from a different perspective makes for a better publication, and it also saves your team from getting burnt out.</p><h2>Who Should Own It?</h2><p>Underlying all the editorial strategy recommendations is someone’s effort. You’ll need someone in your company to guide the process. The very best person to own the editorial plan is you. If you’re reading this post, you’re likely the best choice (and if someone else sent it to you, that’s a pretty funny joke).</p><p>Ownership of editorial will depend on your company’s stage, but you should be thinking about it as early as possible. That means the first owner is almost certainly one of the founders. An early marketing or community hire is good next choice. And eventually, you’ll have a developer relations team to either own or significantly contribute to your editorial strategy.</p><p>Keep in mind that the owner may not contribute all the content, but they’ll need to shepherd the calendar. When things get busy and others forget the blog, you are the one who keeps beating the content drum. You help maintain the quality, either with your own eye for detail or through the services of someone else. You help promote the content, measure the impact, and keep your ears open for new content ideas.</p><p>The prospect of taking on editorial strategy (likely in addition to many other hats) can be overwhelming. As with anything, taking imperfect action is the key, and then make sure you aren’t doing too much at once. A single, thoughtful post each month is sufficient to show movement and build your war chest of content. Be consistent, measure your progress, and work from a team-visible plan.</p><p>There are a lot of competing priorities in any company. For technical SaaS, content will help you engage with developers. If you make regular efforts, the work is bound to become a real business driver.</p><p><em>Do you have valuable insights and experiences in the developer tool space that you’d like to share with our community? <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/contributor-program/">We want to hear from you – join our contributor program today.</a></em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/editorial-strategy-for-technical-saas">Editorial Strategy for Technical SaaS</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Product Marketing Homework</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/product-marketing-homework</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Apr 2019 15:00:08 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-10121</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>If you’re attending DevGuild: Product Marketing or just want to know more about product marketing in your field, check out this list of resources from our library.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><strong>WHY PRODUCT MARKETING?</strong></p><p>On May 2 we’re hosting <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/product-marketing">DevGuild:Product Marketing</a> – a half-day conference to help developer and enterprise companies increase their platform and product engagement. Too often, companies come to Heavybit looking for a marketing silver bullet. The truth is, product marketing is hard and it’s why we’ve built a conference to help start a conversation. If you’re attending the conference, or you just want to know more about product marketing in your field, check out the below resources from our library.</p><p><strong>PERSONAS: YOU’RE DOING IT WRONG</strong></p><p>Forget campaigns, social media and content strategy — persona development is the first thing that every company should work on before building a marketing strategy. The truth is that you can’t market to who you don’t know. For the most part, we subscribe to Reify’s rule of defining a single persona <a href="https://blog.reifyworks.com/writing/2018-05-09-you-only-need-one-buyer-persona-for-now">to start</a> and of building new personas as you scale to new markets and launch new products. Personas are so important, that we’ve had Okta’s Senior Director of Developer Platform and Commercial Marketing give <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/demand-generation/#claire-hunsaker-the-fastest-path-to-an-mql">a talk</a> on it. <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/personas-youre-doing-it-wrong/">Twice</a>. Claire’s already discussed collecting data for persona development but our DevGuild: Product Marketing panel on Building a High-Fidelity Persona &amp; Segmenting Users, featuring speakers from Stripe, Jama Software and Figma, will reassert the importance of persona development and offer new advice on research methodologies and examples of success and failure.</p><p><strong>HIGH-LEVEL LAUNCH + PRODUCT MARKETING BEST PRACTICES</strong></p><p>Product Marketing, when done right, has a significant impact on your company and can be a force multiplier in your org. There’s a lot you have to consider though — research, onboarding, positioning, metrics, pricing — before you can even launch. <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/product-marketing-best-practices-with-g-suite-pusher-and-measure/">This panel</a> featuring product marketing leaders with experience working in extremely successful cos of all stages including Google, Pusher, Pantheon, Salesforce, and PagerDuty, covers everything from success metrics to managing a team. If you enjoy this panel, you won’t want to miss Indy Sen’s opening talk on Defining Product Marketing Metrics and Head of Products at Cloudflare, Jen Taylor’s tactical talk on Launch Strategy at DevGuild.</p><p><em>We’ve got more product marketing-focused talks, posts, and even podcasts, so if you haven’t already, check out the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/">Heavybit Library</a> and <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr">subscribe</a> to our mailing list to hear first about other upcoming marketing events.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/product-marketing-homework">Product Marketing Homework</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #11, Hybrid Broadband TV with Jeremy Brown</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-hybrid-broadband-tv-with-jeremy-brown</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Apr 2019 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-10017</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 11 of Demuxed, Matt, Steve and Phil are joined by Jeremy Brown, video solutions architect at Seven West Media, to discuss hybrid broadband TV, server side advertising, and how the video services marketplace in Australia differs from the US.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 11 of Demuxed, Matt, Steve and Phil are joined by Jeremy Brown, video solutions architect at Seven West Media, to discuss hybrid broadband TV, server side advertising, and how the video services marketplace in Australia differs from the US.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-hybrid-broadband-tv-with-jeremy-brown">Ep. #11, Hybrid Broadband TV with Jeremy Brown</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #28, Developer Empathy with Jason Chan of Netflix</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-28-developer-empathy-with-jason-chan-of-netflix</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Apr 2019 10:55:40 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-10009</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 28 of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Jason Chan of Netflix to discuss simplifying the security process for software developers, as well as some of the open source projects Netflix has shared with the community.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 28 of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Jason Chan of Netflix to discuss simplifying the security process for software developers, as well as some of the open source projects Netflix has shared with the community.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-28-developer-empathy-with-jason-chan-of-netflix">Ep. #28, Developer Empathy with Jason Chan of Netflix</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #38, JAM Performance with J.C. Hiatt of DevLifts</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-38-jam-performance-with-j-c-hiatt-of-devlifts</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Apr 2019 09:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-9961</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 38 of JAMstack Radio, Brian talks with J.C. Hiatt, Founder of DevLifts. They cover front end frameworks in the JAMstack, scaling up an ultra-lean business, and even developer fitness.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 38 of JAMstack Radio, Brian talks with J.C. Hiatt, Founder of DevLifts. They cover front end frameworks in the JAMstack, scaling up an ultra-lean business, and even developer fitness.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-38-jam-performance-with-j-c-hiatt-of-devlifts">Ep. #38, JAM Performance with J.C. Hiatt of DevLifts</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sales Training Lessons from Wizeline, Pusher &amp; PagerDuty</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/sales-training-lessons-from-wizeline-pusher-pagerduty</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Apr 2019 09:56:10 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-9995</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Heavybit’s Sales Faculty Chair Trenton Truitt, and Pusher’s VP of Sales, Brent Kasper, discuss executing a technical sales program, setting sales efficiency benchmarks, and ramping to revenue.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>PagerDuty’s IPO: What They’ve Taught Us Along the Way</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/pagerduty-ipo</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Apr 2019 10:53:50 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-9969</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>While Heavybit companies have celebrated many exits and acquisitions since 2013, PagerDuty is our first portfolio/member company to be listed on public markets and we cannot be happier. In this post we’ve collected some of the lessons PagerDuty has shared with our community over the years.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Earlier this morning, <a href="https://www.pagerduty.com/blog/pagerduty-ipo/">PagerDuty began trading on the New York Stock Exchange</a>. While Heavybit companies have celebrated many exits and acquisitions since 2013, this is our first portfolio/member company to be listed on public markets and we cannot be happier. Over the years we’ve had the pleasure of both working with, and learning from the team. For a look at some of the ways PagerDuty has operationalized its business for today’s success, here are some of the lessons they’ve taught our members.</p><h2>The Evolution of PagerDuty’s Pricing</h2><p>Member companies frequently approach Heavybit Partners with questions about pricing. PagerDuty started with a single product, but has since developed multiple product lines, scaled to the enterprise, and expanded its reach. Like many fast growth companies, they were faced with a need to reassess their pricing and packaging and continue to do so to this day. At Heavybit’s DevGuild: Pricing Strategy, VP of Product Rachel Obstler offered some of the challenges of <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/pricing-strategy/#pricing-a-new-product-adventures-in-research-rollouts">packaging and pricing a new line of products</a>. Fellow panelist and then Senior Strategist at Atlassian Tugce Erten, went on to join Rachel’s team and came back to Heavybit to further discuss the team’s <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/dont-cargo-cult-your-pricing/">pricing and packaging methodology</a>.</p><h2>The Path to PagerDuty’s Enterprise Growth</h2><p>As PagerDuty scaled to the enterprise, there was a need to build enterprise-grade processes and support. Both PagerDuty Cofounder Alex Solomon and Director of Engineering Arup Chakrabarti have mentored fellow Heavybit companies on product design, incident response and designing scalable systems. In 2014, Chakrabarti delivered a presentation to members on <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/common-ops-mistakes/">common dev ops mistakes</a>, and last year, Solomon joined a panel at our DevGuild: Enterprise-Ready Products conference on <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/sla-and-support-in-the-enterprise">SLA and Support for enterprise companies</a>. While there will always be something to keep founders up at night, notice how the challenges changed over time.</p><h2></h2><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/d45eb07304bca57bd1bd644d66ba8409541a3916-1024x512.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h2>PagerDuty’s Sales and Marketing Engine</h2><p>While it’s tempting to believe that a great product can sell and market itself, the truth is that to IPO, developer companies need to build a sales and marketing engine. Even with a broadly horizontal product like PagerDuty, there was a pragmatism to how the marketing and sales team grew revenue. Heavybit’s first Marketing Faculty Chair and PagerDuty’s then CMO, Nisha Ahluwalia spent hours in 1:1 advisor sessions with Heavybit members and spoke at length about <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/dev-marketing-ga-to-product-market-fit/">finding product market fit</a> and <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/demand-engineering-building-a-go-to-market-execution-engine/">building an engine for go-to-market</a>. Other PagerDuty marketing leaders who expanded on Nisha’s work include PagerDuty’s VP of Growth Kamal Thakarsey <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6PtQLMlW--Q">on scaling growth</a> and <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/demand-gen-fireside-designing-the-right-marketing-team">hiring a marketing team</a>, and former VP of Marketing (now VP Platform and Product Marketing at Zendesk) Astha Malik <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/persona-development-with-astha-malik-brian-doll">on persona development</a>. On the sales side of the house, Heavybit’s first Sales Faculty Chair and PagerDuty’s former VP of Worldwide Sales Trenton Truitt, offered members hundreds of advisory sessions and an <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/pagerdutys-vp-sales-managing-enterprise-sales/">understanding of the MEDDICC process and early customer discovery</a>.</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/89e70e10d46948730dd60e458679e3bafc30aecf-1024x506.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/pagerduty-ipo">PagerDuty’s IPO: What They’ve Taught Us Along the Way</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #10, Large-Scale Video Streaming</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-large-scale-video-streaming</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Apr 2019 12:21:08 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-9946</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 10 of Demuxed, Matt and Steve are joined by Colleen Kelly Henry and Eric Zawolkow, to talk about their experiences overseeing all things video-related, and what it’s like maintaining complex live video streams for large audiences.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 10 of Demuxed, Matt and Steve are joined by Colleen Kelly Henry and Eric Zawolkow, to talk about their experiences overseeing all things video-related, and what it’s like maintaining complex live video streams for large audiences.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-large-scale-video-streaming">Ep. #10, Large-Scale Video Streaming</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #7, Enterprise Infrastructure with Paul Querna of Okta</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-enterprise-infrastructure-with-paul-querna-of-okta</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Apr 2019 12:14:24 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-9937</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 7 of EnterpriseReady, Grant talks with Paul Querna, Senior Architect at Okta. They discuss Paul’s founding of ScaleFT and how it got acquired by Okta, the zero-trust concepts they evangelized, and what it’s like to integrate into a vendor’s go-to-market process.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 7 of EnterpriseReady, Grant talks with Paul Querna, Senior Architect at Okta. They discuss Paul’s founding of ScaleFT and how it got acquired by Okta, the zero-trust concepts they evangelized, and what it’s like to integrate into a vendor’s go-to-market process.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-enterprise-infrastructure-with-paul-querna-of-okta">Ep. #7, Enterprise Infrastructure with Paul Querna of Okta</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #27, Open Source Security with Jeff McAffer of Microsoft</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-27-open-source-security-with-jeff-mcaffer-of-microsoft</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Apr 2019 09:48:41 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-9902</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 27 of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Jeff McAffer, director of Microsoft’s Open Source Programs Office, who shares his insights on how to keep open source projects sustainable and secure for the whole community.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 27 of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Jeff McAffer, director of Microsoft’s Open Source Programs Office, who shares his insights on how to keep open source projects sustainable and secure for the whole community.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-27-open-source-security-with-jeff-mcaffer-of-microsoft">Ep. #27, Open Source Security with Jeff McAffer of Microsoft</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #37,  Web Analytics with Ben Schwarz of Calibre</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-37-web-analytics-with-ben-schwarz-of-calibre</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Apr 2019 09:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-9899</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 37 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Ben Schwarz, founder of Calibre, to discuss the shortcomings and frustrations of the modern web experience for customers, and the tooling available to improve it.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 37 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Ben Schwarz, founder of Calibre, to discuss the shortcomings and frustrations of the modern web experience for customers, and the tooling available to improve it.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-37-web-analytics-with-ben-schwarz-of-calibre">Ep. #37,  Web Analytics with Ben Schwarz of Calibre</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #4, Backend Development with Paul Biggar of Dark</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-backend-development-with-paul-biggar-of-dark</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Apr 2019 11:21:36 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-9811</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 4 of High Leverage, Joe is joined by Paul Biggar, CTO and Co-Founder of Dark, to discuss the challenges of backend development, and how Dark aims to simplify them with a new, streamlined programming language.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 4 of High Leverage, Joe is joined by Paul Biggar, CTO and Co-Founder of Dark, to discuss the challenges of backend development, and how Dark aims to simplify them with a new, streamlined programming language.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-backend-development-with-paul-biggar-of-dark">Ep. #4, Backend Development with Paul Biggar of Dark</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #6, Enterprise Innovation with Andrew Peterson of Signal Sciences</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-enterprise-innovation-with-andrew-peterson-of-signal-sciences</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Mar 2019 10:18:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-9882</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 6 of EnterpriseReady, Grant is joined by Andrew Peterson, Co-Founder and CEO of Signal Sciences, to discuss how his experiences solving security problems at Etsy helped shape his company’s top-down, go-to-market approach. Andrew also shares tips on creating customer success through strong creative services offerings.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 6 of EnterpriseReady, Grant is joined by Andrew Peterson, Co-Founder and CEO of Signal Sciences, to discuss how his experiences solving security problems at Etsy helped shape his company’s top-down, go-to-market approach. Andrew also shares tips on creating customer success through strong creative services offerings.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-enterprise-innovation-with-andrew-peterson-of-signal-sciences">Ep. #6, Enterprise Innovation with Andrew Peterson of Signal Sciences</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Efficient Lead Gen &amp; Marketing Ops</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/efficient-lead-gen-marketing-ops</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Mar 2019 09:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-9856</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Heavybit presentation, an expert panel of marketers discuss marketing ops metrics, choosing the right marketing stack, launching nurturing campaigns, and channel attribution.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kwan’s Hierarchy of Product Needs: The Four Levels of Product Managers</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/kwans-hierarchy-of-product-needs-the-four-levels-of-product-managers</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Mar 2019 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product Management]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Hiring]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-9742</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>A common dilemma faced by developer company founders is that while CPOs add significantly greater value than junior and senior PMs, they are expensive resources. To successfully navigate this dilemma, let’s break down the various levels of PM in terms of the product needs your business is likely to encounter.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>For a young company, the value of a VP of Product or CPO can be difficult to ascertain. Many argue that a senior PM with 3-8 years of experience would satisfy the business’ strategic needs. And that’s indeed true for the first PM hire as I outlined in <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/blog/from-0-to-1-hiring-your-first-product-manager/">my 0-1 article</a>. On the other hand, a CPO brings a deeper and more strategic product perspective that can help companies build a vision for the future and optimize their current focus.</p><blockquote>The dilemma is that while CPOs add significantly greater value than junior and senior PMs, they are expensive resources.</blockquote><p>To successfully navigate this dilemma, let’s break it down by understanding the product needs your business is likely to encounter. First off, know that your PM’s job is to drive decisions. The higher stakes your decision, the more experience you’d want in your PM to help drive those decisions. Before product-market fit, many hypotheses are being tested, so each decision has minimal impact as you only have 5 customers. But most successful businesses will outgrow their initial product staff and need experience at the table as their audience grows. So by understanding your future needs today, you can find ways to get what you need without overspending.</p><p>The real question might not be how long can you survive, but how soon will you start benefiting from the contributions of an experienced product leader. Thus I have broken it down into Kwan’s “Hierarchy of product needs” below. In my experience, the best way to judge whether or not your company needs to hire a CPO, or a fractional CPO, is by assessing where you stand on this hierarchy of needs.</p><h2>Kwan’s Hierarchy of Product Needs</h2><p>Much like <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maslow%27s_hierarchy_of_needs">Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs</a>, a business has a hierarchy of product management needs. These are displayed in the chart below. The product titles associated with each hierarchy are estimations, and provide an easier way to think about the framework. Clearly a CPO at a large enterprise has a different role to play than in a small company. But regardless of the title under consideration for your hire, laying out these points helps clarify the product scope that you need.</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/f2983484ada91f4f78d2473b896e7452a140d3bb-800x800.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>As business needs progress so do the skills, experience, and network needed to perform them. Different businesses will grow each need differently. But each lower level need must be met before a higher level need can be addressed. Let’s start at the bottom of the pyramid.</p><h2>Level 1: Shipping ⛵</h2><p>The most basic need that a PM satisfies is shipping features. At smaller companies, your tech lead and/or your first PM will handle this need. At larger companies a project manager may satisfy this need, especially when cross-product features are involved. This involves day-to-day tackling of large and small decisions that block the successful release of a new feature.</p><p>This can range from debating with design on the right feature specifics, to testing some of those specifics with customer input. From communicating the feature on a specification to engineering to working with engineering day-to-day to ensure a successful release of the new feature. It involves informing customers of the new release and managing the success metrics of the release. Your PM is showing up at team standups, weighing in on JIRA and Invision (or equivalent), and often participating in retros.</p><h2>Level 2: Planning 🚂</h2><p>The role of a more senior PM is to continually challenge product-market fit and keep the team aligned on a 3-6 month, mid-term vision, of the product. This role requires considerably more EQ on both the customer and the stakeholder management front.</p><p>On the customer front, the PM needs to be able to creatively draw out real customer needs. This survey and interview technique is more of an art than a science, and comes with experience. The PM also needs to build the vision for the product using multiple inputs, then rally your team on this vision. Major EQ needed here. The vision needs to continue to drive product-market fit, and adjustments are elegantly made along the way.</p><p>At small companies your PM at this level also handles the Shipping function. When paired with a strong technical lead who can take on the burdens of engineering team operations, this senior PM would more fully take on both competitive analysis, and pricing and packaging decisions.</p><h2>Level 3: Strategic ✈️</h2><p>At this stage of the company, you are taking off. You have product-market fit and enough runway to survive 2-3 years. So it makes sense for your PM to start visioning for the 2 year mark. Don’t confuse this with the overall company vision, which is a BHAG (big hairy audacious goal) laid down by the founder that can be as far out as 5-10 years. That company vision is meant to be a rally-cry, blood-stirring, moonshot.</p><p>Your Strategic PM, usually director level or VP level, will take that company vision, and lay out the pathways that pave your way towards that BHAG. This PM will raise a debate on the validity of each of those pathways, and explore ways to test and de-risk each. For example, a decision to use cloud or on-prem deployment, to build vs. buy certain features within the product, or to invest in a new product area to win market share. These decisions move the company down a very different path, and rallying stakeholders through these decisions is what your Strategic PM will do.</p><h2>Level 4: Strategic Partnering 🚀</h2><p>If you’re considering a full time CPO-only PM, meaning a PM dedicated to only CPO level functions and not other earlier level functions, then your company is likely experiencing rocketship growth. You’re looking to bolster your moat with product bets while designing an organization that will sustain your growth.</p><p>Your CPO will help set and reinforce that culture for your product organization. You might be courting very lucrative and strategic enterprise accounts beyond a basic customer relationship. These can require roadmap commitments and multi-year contracts. Your CPO needs to flank your VP Sales on customer visits to tell the product story, close the deals and make sure you can deliver without compromising your product strength in your market.</p><p>Partnerships from outside the company become important, and your CPO needs to bring these opportunities to the table alongside your CEO and CFO. Your CPO will take your BHAG moonshot and lay out the 5 year plan to it, identifying key product holes that you must fill with product bets or M&amp;A opportunities before getting to the moon.</p><p>Finally, your CPO tells your powerful product story, for your board, for your customers, for your team, and helps you keep the funding or revenue flowing.</p><h2>The Right Startup CPO</h2><p>You might find yourself needing some of the functions of a CPO before you are in rocketship stage. Consider what you need specifically before making this hire. It is more economical and flexible to retain the services of a fractional CPO for certain needs.</p><p>For example, fundraising, assessing product bets, winning key enterprise accounts, designing the organization for growth, and product vision facilitation are often better accomplished with a well-networked part time CPO who has an outside perspective. On the other hand, ongoing board relations, carrying the product vision and building culture are better handled with a full time dedicated hire.</p><p>The luckiest scenario would be finding a PM with Level 3 capabilities who can stretch to Level 4. Then you can backfill specific needs with a fractional CPO until you’re ready to expand. The appointment of a CPO indicates readiness for more sophisticated strategic planning and execution. And ultimately the founder and board would have to determine the right timing based on the circumstance. Good luck out there!</p><p><em>Do you have valuable insights and experiences in the developer tool space that you’d like to share with our community? <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/contributor-program/">We want to hear from you – join our contributor program today.</a></em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/kwans-hierarchy-of-product-needs-the-four-levels-of-product-managers">Kwan’s Hierarchy of Product Needs: The Four Levels of Product Managers</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #26, Security Education with Jim Manico</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-26-security-education-with-jim-manico</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Mar 2019 09:24:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-9808</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 26 of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Jim Manico, founder of Manicode Security, to discuss insights from his long career as a security educator, and to explore the importance of developer training in application security.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 26 of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Jim Manico, founder of Manicode Security, to discuss insights from his long career as a security educator, and to explore the importance of developer training in application security.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-26-security-education-with-jim-manico">Ep. #26, Security Education with Jim Manico</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #36, Collaboration Tools with Jira’s Zak Islam</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-36-collaboration-tools-with-jiras-zak-islam</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Mar 2019 09:35:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-9802</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 36 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Zak Islam, Head of Engineering at Atlassian’s Jira platform, to discuss Jira’s entire toolset, and how they are able to simplify complex projects for teams of all sizes.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 36 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Zak Islam, Head of Engineering at Atlassian’s Jira platform, to discuss Jira’s entire toolset, and how they are able to simplify complex projects for teams of all sizes.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-36-collaboration-tools-with-jiras-zak-islam">Ep. #36, Collaboration Tools with Jira’s Zak Islam</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Product Marketing Best Practices with G Suite, Pusher and Measure</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/product-marketing-best-practices-with-g-suite-pusher-and-measure</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Mar 2019 09:35:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-9698</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Heavybit presentation, a panel of product marketers discuss product marketing success metrics, launch best practices, and the intricacies of managing a team ultimately responsible for platform adoption.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Taking a product or feature to market requires more than just buzz. Great product marketing requires deep consideration of community feedback, customer discovery, product onboarding, positioning, content creation, demand, sales enablement, and adoption.</p><p>CRO of Pusher, Sylvain Giuliani, moderates a panel on product marketing success metrics, launch best practices, and the intricacies of managing a team ultimately responsible for platform adoption. He is joined by:</p><ul><li><strong><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/indysen/">Indy Sen</a>, </strong>Head of Product Marketing at WeWork, previously Product Marketer at Google Cloud</li><li><strong><a href="https://twitter.com/JaneSpice">Ursula Ayrout</a>,</strong> CEO and Founder of Measure</li><li><strong><a href="https://twitter.com/Malik_A09">Astha Malik</a>,</strong> VP of Platform and Product Marketing at Zendesk</li></ul><p><em>This panel was recorded on September 26th, 2018.</em></p><p><em>Full Transcript Below</em></p><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "youtube", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><h2><strong>The Strategic Value of Product Marketing</strong></h2><p><strong>Sylvain Giuliani:</strong> We’re going to talk about product marketing. Product marketing for me is something that is actually really important in my experience because people usually see this more as a call center or like doesn’t really provide revenue but in my experience, product marketing done right, has a significant impact on your company. And actually as a force multiplier in your organization. Mainly, because they’ll be able to find new revenue channels by looking at the market, for example, optimizing your conversion funnel by mapping user journey, mapping content to that user journey, for example. And also understanding what feature to build in your product to win the market by listening to what’s going on in the market and getting customer feedback. And, obviously, at the end of the day, it’s about revenue, and that will empower the sales team to close more deals, bigger deals, faster deals.</p><p>So, before we jump into this with our panelists, let’s quickly introduce ourselves. So I’ll start. I’m Sylvain, I’m the CRO of Pusher. Pusher has been around for a long time for people that don’t know. We provide APIs to developers, so as to enable them to build real time features into their application like chat, in-app notification, activity feed, and so on. I just recently relocated to the Bay Area, so if anybody has food recommendations, activity recommendations for me, please talk to me after the session. Now the panelists will introduce themselves.</p><p><strong>Ursula Ayrout:</strong> Hey everyone, I’m Ursula Ayrout. I actually work for myself. I run a small marketing agency that helps startups and mid-sized companies with their marketing. So we do three things. We help companies with their messaging and positioning, their demand gen and content, and, finally, their B2B strategy.</p><p><strong>Indy Sen:</strong> Good evening everyone my name is Indy Sen. I’m a Product Marketer over at Google Cloud, our enterprise facing business. I work specifically on G Suite which is our collaboration and prodigy platform and I market specifically to the developer audience so developers and partners to get them to build integrations and add-ons and custom applications on the G Suite platform.</p><p><strong>Astha Malik:</strong> I’m Astha Malik and I’m the Head of Product and Platform Marketing at Zendesk, and I recently inherited the sales enablement team as well, so I’m doing a bunch of things at a very high-growth, intense and fun environment.</p><p><strong>Sylvain:</strong> That’s great. We’ll talk about sales with everyone later on so we can definitely talk about that with you. But I thought for tonight we could start with, essentially, looking at the differences between product marketing and developer evangelists and community marketing, because that’s usually where devtool companies start, and would love to hear your thoughts on that. So, maybe, Indy, you have a background doing these things, so tell us the difference between the roles.</p><p><strong>Indy:</strong> Yeah, happy to. So, you know, some of the background I have, before Google I was head of Developer Relations and Marketing over at MuleSoft, and then I also kind of dabbled, and I’ve always done some of this platform developer facing things at other companies, including Box and Salesforce. So, I’ve been both, in the shoes of community manager, developer evangelist, or certainly work with them. I would say, there are a couple of differences.</p><p>I think community managers are the first line of defense with developers. They’ll be the voice of your organization, and almost like the brand, from a cultural and ambassadorship standpoint. Where I see the overlap with product marketing, specifically, is that I think product marketing can be, at its core, the messaging arm of what that organization’s going to do. So, if you think about it, product marketing might create the content, or the main strand of messaging and then folks like community managers or developer evangelists will be the ones spreading that message through the appropriate channels. So, that would be the major handshake that comes to mind, is that product marketing, provides some of the direction, the backbone, either from the structural standpoint or a messaging standpoint, and then community managers and evangelists are the ones who execute out in the field and leverage that messaging.</p><p><strong>Sylvain:</strong> OK, what about you, Ursula, do you have any thoughts on this?</p><p><strong>Ursula:</strong> Yes, so I worked at Pantheon for two years. It’s a website platform for Drupal and WordPress websites. And developer evangelism was a big thing for us, because we had an open source community. So we probably went to over a 100 different meetups. When you think about developer evangelism, it’s always all about the meetups. It was the responsibility of the marketing team, and within the marketing team, the larger marketing team, to actually tell the developer evangelist what was on offer, what were the products they needed to promote, give them notation, et cetera, and all those fun things, and what the demo was. And I think, the big thing is with developer evangelism, specifically around product marketing, is how you measure it. And so we worked very closely as a marketing team to really measure those results, to have them tie into product development.</p><h2><strong>The Role of Brand in Product Marketing</strong></h2><p><strong>Sylvain:</strong> OK, both of you mentioned brand. You think brand sits within the product marketing organization, or is that something owned by someone else?</p><p><strong>Ursula:</strong> Well, if you think about a marketing organization, you’ve got the CMO or a VP of Marketing at the top level, and then, in a mature company, let’s say you’ve got 10 employees, I would think the head of marketing typically owns brand. In a larger company, it’s probably corporate communications, probably similar at Zendesk?</p><p><strong>Astha:</strong> We have a very different structure. I’m happy to talk about that.</p><p><strong>Ursula:</strong> OK, for smaller companies, you’ve got product marketing, and you’ve got your demand gen team, then you’ve got your developer evangelism, then you’ve got marketing operations, and then you’ve got your web team. So, brand kind of sits in within every one’s purview, but it’s run by the head of marketing, specifically, and the CER.</p><p><strong>Sylvain:</strong> OK, and what about at Zendesk?</p><p><strong>Astha:</strong> Yeah, so I think Zendesk is pretty unique. I would agree with Ursula for the most part, I think, in all the companies that I’ve worked in the past, brands sits within marketing, typically, under corporate marketing, and very small organizations, like you said, it becomes a responsibility of product marketing. But at Zendesk, for those of you who’ve seen our brand, and maybe the evolution over the last 10 years or so, we have a very strong and a very unique identity. We’re this quirky, fun brand, and very specific about the ethos that we want to communicate around simplicity and also sort of user-centric messaging.</p><p>So, from the very beginning, our Chief Creative Officer has reported to our CEO directly, and that’s still the case. And I think, in a way that’s helped us retain that brand identity, while evolving it, of course, to meet the growing needs of the company as we scaled. But that’s the structure of Zendesk, and we went through a recent messaging refresh exercise, which my team led, but it was in close collaboration with the brand team, because it’s important that when you’re sending out new messages to the market, when you’re positioning yourselves differently, you are looking at the entire picture of like how the brand comes across to people. Both, prospects and customers, so, it’s definitely a very close partnership between the two teams.</p><h2><strong>Lessons Learned from Product Launch Mistakes</strong></h2><p><strong>Sylvain:</strong> On that front, staying at that more general level, can you tell me a bit about the biggest mistake you made around product marketing? What was it, and what did you learn from it?</p><p><strong>Indy:</strong> Let’s come up with something that’s not too sad. In product marketing, specially, if you think about where we are going in terms of when you’re helping set the structure and direction of what types of activities you’re going to focus on especially at smaller companies. There’s tons of bets you’re going to place. There are things you can do from an awareness standpoint, like ads, you can do webs, you can use things like Optimizely, and conduct experiments, cause you own that.</p><p>When I was at MuleSoft, I thought of myself as sort of more like a full stack marketer, I was responsible for everything that was developer facing, awareness, consideration, all that we do adoption. One example that I have in terms of lessons that I learned was that, strategy does not always travel, and what I mean by that, is that you may have knocked it out of the park with a specific event or template, a playbook that you had at a company like Salesforce or Box, and then you try to take it over to your other company, and you execute the same playbook, it’s not going to always work out. And I think the main reason why it doesn’t work out is that every developer is different, obviously, your product is different, where you are in your cycle as a company is also different.</p><p>So, one example that I learned was I tried to execute a very similar play that I had when I was at Box, where the idea was to graft onto a bigger event, like Google I/O. We at the time, were marketing this ecosystem of applications called OneCloud, which is, basically, all these applications that integrated with Box as a file system, and we just launched the Android version of that ecosystem. So we had this awesome party, just couple of blocks down over at the Cartoon Art Museum, during Google I/O, and developers just showed up in droves. We kind of did a little bit of word-of-mouth, and some marketing, and all these people with I/O badges just showed up, and it was a great event. Fast forward to a couple of years afterwards, we were trying to do something again, very high-touch and high-quality with our developers from MuleSoft, and I said, hey why don’t we try this venue, the Cartoon Art Museum, developers love it. We had our founder Ross Mason come and speak with us. But the big difference was that the demographic was different.</p><p>MuleSoft is an enterprise integration platform. The developers probably skew a little bit older, they probably used tools that give them PTSD to this day. Most of them work for bigger companies, so it was not the same demographic, and it wasn’t the same type of developer. A party in the middle of the week, which meant you wouldn’t have time to pick up your kids, that kind of stuff. So it didn’t quite work as well as the one we had for Box with the younger developers.</p><p><strong>Sylvain:</strong> That’s definitely something that happens, as he said, playbook doesn’t always travel really well with every organization. What are the different types of launches that you dealt with as part of the programming function, like, Astha, you have a big suite of products now under your umbrella. Can you tell us a bit more about that?</p><p><strong>Astha:</strong> I think, product launches are product launches. You can, basically, tier them. My team manages seven different product lines now. When you tier them, you can imagine that, maybe it’s a brand new product that you’re introducing that requires a different kind of effort. If it’s a feature update, it requires a different kind of effort, so, we have come up with a structure that helps us, to just organize the different type of launches that we roll out at Zendesk.</p><p>One thing that is critical to any product launch success and, you talked about templates and it kind of goes back to playbooks and templates that we’ve all used in different companies, and we try and repeat them in different places, I think it’s good to remind yourself that when you reengineer your product, you have to reengineer the conversation. And for that you have to go back and look at the people that you’re going to sell this to, so, instead of focusing on just what’s new in the product, or if it’s a new product, what are the features going to do, you have to focus on the storytelling. And the storytelling only works if you know your people.</p><p>So, I think this is one of the mistakes a lot of product marketers make as well, like not investing enough time in understanding the personas that they’re going to target. And we operate in an attention economy, so it’s not so much about technology being the barrier to entry, or technology being the barrier to success, but it’s actually storytelling and relaying a message, and brand becomes sort of like a memory game. So, do people recognize what you do, do they really understand what the company and their products stand for, and the value it delivers? Product launches are not about, OK, we’ve released a bunch of things and like what do each of these features do, that’s great, those descriptions are very important, but focusing on the jobs to be done, focusing on, how they’re going to sell and solve problems for the customers is important.</p><p>One orientation that always helps is like most of the companies here, I know there are many B2C too, but majority of the companies here are B2B companies. But at the end of the day, you’re selling it to people, and having that B2C mindset in a B2B environment really helps to succeed with products and launches.</p><p><strong>Ursula:</strong> One thing that I’d be upfront with your leadership team is, what are the metrics for success? Why are you launching this product? Is it for awareness? Great, so what are the metrics for awareness? Is it for usage? What is the awareness for usage? Is it conversion? What are the metrics for conversion? Et cetera. And just to dovetail on your message around storytelling, I think if you can’t figure out your key differentiation points with your product, then don’t create a product launch. Don’t go out to market, if you’re not clear with what your differentiators are. Recently, I was working with a client, and we just couldn’t get to the differentiation. And I think we realized that they wanted to create this product, because a competitor had it, but yet, they didn’t have the right differentiation. So, really think about your messaging tray, your positioning, what it is, and why you’re doing it.</p><p><strong>Indy:</strong> If I could just quickly add to that. At Google, we have different stages, we have what we now call, alphas, betas, and then GA, Generally Available, and sometimes, we’ll use the alpha and the beta as interim stage gates where we do work, not only on the minimum viable product, but also what we call, the minimum viable positioning. There’s so much input that you’ll get from some of the smaller cadre of developers, who’ll influence your ultimate messaging. This happened maybe about a year ago, but a lot of times, given our consumer heritage, we blog something, and people will be like, Oh, let’s try it, it’s from Google, it’s great.</p><p>In the enterprise, and specifically to enterprise developers, it doesn’t work that way. You have to work on the messaging. It’s not just about the launch, it’s actually about the landing. And so we have a whole team that sits within product marketing called the landings team, and before every launch, they’ll ask, what are the metrics, is it awareness? Or is it the messaging pull through, is it the coverage, or what’s 30 days, 60 days, 90 days pattern of usage?</p><h2><strong>Measuring Success: KPIs and Goals in Product Marketing</strong></h2><p><strong>Sylvain:</strong> Another question that I had was, product marketing is usually not a goal or KPI-oriented team, because most people think that’s content generation, or positioning messaging. But as we just discussed, there’s actually KPI involved with launches, so what are the KPIs or how do you come up with goals for the product marketing team? Astha, you have a large team. How do you manage that?</p><p><strong>Astha:</strong> We’re very particular about making sure that we have measurable success tied to our product launches and execution. I am of the belief that the product marketer is an expert on the product and the market, and that’s why they’re developing the positioning, the messaging, and that ends up getting used by both sales and the rest of the marketing organization. That’s the reason why they have this obligation to own the business matrix, like pipeline generation. If you are feeding that content into campaigns, into digital programs, et cetera, you need to go on that number. So my team does that. We have ownership of those numbers directly, alongside, of course, our campaigns and digital team. And then on the product side, when we are launching new products, et cetera, my team is also responsible for making sure that the product launch is successful, which, again, depending on the launch, the metrics can be different, but typically, they are around product usage. We have measurable KPIs.</p><p><strong>Sylvain:</strong> Google is famous for using OKRs, what do OKRs for product marketing look like?</p><p><strong>Indy:</strong> One product that my team just launched is a product called AppMakr, which is a local development platform that’s built on the G Suite infrastructure. Here we’re looking at adoption and number of customers, number of domains, number of apps created. As a developer product, it’s mostly going to be adoption-based. We do look at the pipeline in terms of influenced deals. The way the product is packaged is that it’s included in business and enterprise versions of G Suite. What I have been tracking is, for example, the number of signups from the G Suite signup page, for the overall product, which includes Gmail, Sheets, Slides. AppMakr is already among the top influencers of signups. Nobody really thought to ask that question, but as a product marketer, it’s really good because if anything, that helps you influence decisions. If the web page is restructured, what are the things that we want to put out there? In this case, it looks like people are interested in this product.</p><p><strong>Ursula:</strong> One of the big things I find when you’re doing product launches, especially with startups, they always offer you an opportunity to bump your revenue up, because you’re getting your entire company in your team, your product team, your marketing team, and your sales team, aligned on one vision and one timeline. So, a lot of great things can happen if you have an end day that’s very specific, and everyone has to meet that goal.</p><p>When I was working at Pantheon, and with these startups, whenever one gathers around a product launch and a product launch day, you actually get to see a really nice bump in pipeline, in revenue. So if you’re struggling with getting to the right pipeline, or the sales numbers, find an opportunity to create a product launch, it’s a great way to package all of your features that you’re sending out every two weeks, or every three weeks, or every four weeks, in a more meaningful way that then helps the customer understand what your product is and what your position is in the marketplace.</p><h2><strong>Cross-Functional Collaboration: Sales, Product, and Enablement</strong></h2><p><strong>Sylvain:</strong> Let’s talk about the relationship with the rest of organization. You mentioned sales enablement. How does the PMM function interact with sales? I’ve seen sales as part of PMM, I’ve seen sales enablement being its own team that reports to the VP of Sales. What’s your experience with that?</p><p><strong>Astha:</strong> I think product marketing is unique in the sense that, product marketing sits in between sales and product. So, if I think about the two most important stake holders in the organization, those are the two organizations and teams that we work with a ton. Product, of course, because of the knowledge of the product and the market. If we want to influence the product roadmap, the product strategy, work with them on pricing, packaging, and other more strategic things that are tied to the overall product strategy. And then sales, because if you are responsible for product messaging and positioning, et cetera, you want to make sure that the messages that marketing is sending out in the market are consistent with the messages sales are going to be relaying to their prospects and customers. They have to be both consistent and compelling.</p><p>Sales enablement, positioning is very different from what you tell to the customer and prospects. There are a variety of things that go into it which are, how to sell the product, but also how to tell a story, and skills development also because we hire sales people from a variety of different backgrounds with a variety of different experiences, and you just have to nurture their skillsets too. The way that it worked out at Zendesk was that product marketing and sales enablement were working so well, close together, it made sense that the two organizations merged and started working together. Sales and partner enablement, both, by collaborating so closely, by being a part of the same team, helps boost efficiency and influences and informs the priorities for both the teams. So that’s working beautifully for us.</p><p><strong>Sylvain:</strong> Ursula, in the startup world, who usually owns the sales enablement, is it sales people owning it themselves, or is someone else pushing it?</p><p><strong>Ursula:</strong> I think it’s a combination of both. I think whoever has a bit more bandwidth usually takes ownership of it, but, typically it’s marketing and sales collaborating together and just really coming up with the very short list of deliverables that the sales team needs to be super successful.</p><p><strong>Sylvain:</strong> When you say deliverables, what kind of deliverables?</p><p><strong>Ursula:</strong> Deliverables could be a sales deck, it could be the demo, or it could be the demo script, it could be sales scripts, it could also be the competitive stories. How do you compete with this new product offering, how do you then compete with the competitors? What are those messages, how do you rebut them? You’ve got this thing called the competitive battle card and then the customers’ stories are really critical, as well, so how do you tell the new product offering through the eyes of the customer? So, those are really important tactics or deliverables that I think you can’t launch, you need those before you can launch a product.</p><p><strong>Indy:</strong> So much of what product marketing does, a lot of people think of big ticket messaging, the billboards, the branding, the messaging, but, especially in the enterprise, it’s all about that field enablement. When we have launches, at Google, there’s this term that we call the bill of materials, that’s attached to every launch. That’s where you work hand in hand with the product organizations, sales, and be like, Hey, do you want battle cards, you want the sales deck? It’s not the glossy stuff that you’re going to see on the billboard, but it’s the stuff that the field is going to carry with them. And that’s where the real battle happens. That’s extremely important from the sales enablement standpoint and having some kind of agreement on the bill of materials and the scope also sets you up for success, because you, as part of marketing, can quarterback the assets, you don’t have to do all of it yourself, but at least you agree on what’s going to be part of the envelope.</p><p><strong>Sylvain:</strong> You mentioned billboards. We are in billboard city for tech products. What’s your take on billboards?</p><p><strong>Ursula:</strong> When I worked at Salesforce, we had a billboard for recruiting. We had just launched a new campaign around, Welcome to your dreamjob #dreamjob. Remember that? A billboard made sense, because we needed to hire sales reps, and it was such a competitive market for hiring. We wanted to shift people’s mindset that Salesforce was a sexy company, and we were hiring sales reps. It just really depends on what your objective is. For us, it was around awareness.</p><p><strong>Astha:</strong> That should be the objective with billboards, you can’t expect anything more than awareness, so if you can measure the brand recall, that should serve you really well. There are a lot of success stories out there. Box for example, its billboard caught everyone’s attention when, they compared themselves to SharePoint. You just have to have provocative, succinct and concise messaging. Your point should not be to tell your entire story and what the company does and how everyone on the company is working, but it should be about making a strong statement. And I think those are the ones that are really successful, if you look at Apple and Box, you’ll see a couple of new billboards popping up because of Dreamforce this week. They are very provocative. That’s when they catch your attention. I’ve seen billboards that I really don’t want to look at when I’m driving, even if I have the time, because there’s just too much going on on a small real estate.</p><p><strong>Indy:</strong> It has to be really succinct. I do have one Box story about the space where we had the “SharePoint sucks” billboard. That’s a space that, as a company, you have to rent out, months in advance. It’s actually pretty expensive, in the thousands, double-digit thousands of dollars, at a time. We had rented a space for three months at one point, when we launched this OneCloud ecosystem but had no major campaign. So we actually used that as a rallying cry for the OneCloud ecosystem, where we told all these partners that were integrating with us, we kind of dangled this carrot being like, if you integrate in time for this announcement, you will be one of the logos on our billboard.</p><p>What was amazing about that is the outcome. We were all enthralled with the idea but what ended up happening, which was great, was that the partners came back to us and some of them stopped on the highway to take pictures, and then the investors were driving by, and they would say, Hey why is Breazy Locals on the Box thing, that’s awesome. So, it was just one of those things where you took advantage of not just your awareness, but you created like an umbrella of awareness for others as well. It was almost the equivalent of the Bat Signal on Gotham City. This is what we stand for. It can be pretty powerful that way too.</p><p><strong>Astha:</strong> I used to joke with my team during my days at Citrix and even afterwards, that you should indulge in a little opium, which means, other people’s money and brand. Partnerships from that perspective can really help boost the brand awareness and there are many cool stories out there that help validate that.</p><p><strong>Sylvain:</strong> OK, cool, well thank you for that. It’s time to open up the floor for questions.</p><p><strong>Astha:</strong> I’m happy to take that first, and I’m sure you guys have input there too. I run a team of almost 42 people now, so I’ve got a large team. And the way that I started structuring my team, and you’re absolutely right, that in the beginning it’s all about a few people and they’re the jack of all trades and trying to do as many things as possible. Then you start getting specialized, and a lot of people tend to specialize in terms of the product lines that they own. I have a different approach, I think it’s best to structure in terms of how your customers are purchasing the product. So, if you orient your teams around certain solutions, initiatives that the customers are taking, I think, that’ll serve you well, and that also gives you agility and fluidity you need as the strategy of the company evolves, as you scale, to restructure the team, again, based on how customers are purchasing from you. So, that’s the way that I structure my team.</p><p><strong>Ursula:</strong> Your metrics change, obviously, so that’s the first thing you say. You think about is this product now created for upsell, which you’ve got your existing customers, so it’s a great strategy to do so. It really doesn’t change, actually, it’s just the mindset shifts, because your metrics just are shifting to upsell, and I think it becomes more account management. So, you’re rather than arming the sales team, or you can be arming the sales team. You’re also arming your account management team to sell</p><p><strong>Indy:</strong> I think one thing that changes is, tactically, there might be some core product marketing disciplines that you can take to task to do that. pricing and packaging comes to mind. You may want to think about, if my goal now as an organization is to upsell, are my things packaged in the right way? If you were just focused on conversions and net new customers, you probably were not thinking about pricing and segmentation, as a way to foster that upsell opportunity. You may want to go back and really think about, are my things packaged in the right way and am I talking about them in the right way? That would be at least one thing that comes to mind.</p><p><strong>Astha:</strong> I think in addition to that, your go to market execution changes. The teams that are involved in selling, that drastically changes. I can tell you, like in organizations where you have brand new product launches, or you’re just trying to sell existing products to new customers, you tend to leverage your SDR teams, et cetera. When you’re upselling, you have to focus on what the value propositions are for existing customers, and how you engage the account teams more. From an enablement perspective, the focus changes on, how do we tell a compelling story to existing customers and what additional value are we really providing for them?</p><p><strong>Ursula:</strong> Also the success organizations and customers success then can also be the pool that also enables the upsell.</p><p><strong>Astha:</strong> In a nutshell, the short answer is a lot.What I do want to do here is give due credit to our creative team. I think we have a super strong creative team. We can have the best messages, and we can create the best content out there, but the delivery, the way it comes to life, and pictures and videos, et cetera, that is our masterminds and the creative team, who do a fabulous job. So to me it’s a partnership, from the ground up, meaning whenever we’ve had a new project or whenever we’ve had branding and messaging refresh, in addition to the videos and stuff, we uplevel the messaging.</p><p>If you remember the tagline for those of you who keep track of Zendesk. Relationships are complicated, used to be our tagline years ago. Because we play in the CRM space, it was all about maintaining great relationships with customers, et cetera. But as the company evolved and we started selling more and more upmarket and to enterprise customers, we started thinking differently about, you know, how we go about and make more than just a statement. How do we tell companies what we can help them do. So, when we went through the refresh last year, product marketing took the lead on doing a bunch of surveys, because I’m a big believer that with messaging, for those of you who are in marketing and product marketing or brand, everyone has an opinion on it. And you can’t really compete or discuss opinions rationally.</p><p>So, I am a firm believer in backing things up with data. And we did qualitative, quantitative surveys, both, internally with our employees, and then, of course, with our customers as well. And the result was that beautiful partnership that I talked about with the creative team. And now we’ve upleveled our messaging as well, and if you go to our website, instead of Relationships are complicated, you’ll see, We help companies become the companies that customers want them to be. So, it’s beautiful, it’s simple, very close to our ethos. Become the company your customers want you to be. It has a powerful meaning to it. And that also tells you that, we are here to help you with that. And the subtag there is , The best experience is that built with Zendesk. We remain a company that is averse to buzzwords and fluff, and all that stuff. We speak in simple terms that people can understand, because we think that we are marketing to people, and not necessarily brick-and-mortar companies if you will.</p><p><strong>Indy:</strong> The relationship between product managers and product marketing is really important. If you’re a product marketer and you don’t talk to product, then there’s something wrong. I don know if this is still the case, but when I was at Salesforce, product was in a different building. We would get some of the messaging strands all the way from like Marc Benioff, who famously knows exactly how he wants to steer the company. But to me, it’s an essential partnership. Engineering and product, figure out what the plot is, of what you’re going to be doing, and then product marketing can help you build the narrative If you remember me talking about alphas, betas, and GAs, in the interim period, where you’re testing the product with a small amount of customers, that’s when you really have got to be in sync and keep your ear on the ground as a product marketer, listen to what people are saying about the product, because, all of a sudden, something that might have been like voted a priority in prioritization for product people and, “we want to build this because this is cool” but other people are like, “people need this because they can’t get anything done if they don’t have this.” Your job as a part of marketing in particular is to be more attentive to those kind of things because you can parse what the customer is going to say, as opposed to what engineering might be hell-bent on wanting to build and deliver. It’s not always the case, but that’s where the partnership works really well.</p><p><strong>Ursula:</strong> Also, product marketing should always be on sales calls and really speaking to the customers. All of a sudden, you have customer, product, marketing to product. So, you’ve got all of that information that really connects nicely, with product marketing being right in the center of that.</p><p><strong>Astha:</strong> My team contributes or represents the voice of the customer. We run the market strategy in competitive team as well, so, for us gathering information on win-loss, gathering information on churn, regularly keeping in touch with our customers, helps us sort of build that credibility with the product team. I don’t really care much about the organization structure, I think you have to look beyond the silos. I’ve been part of product marketing teams that were wrapped under product teams and then here, that’s not the case, we’re under the marketing team. But to me, that partnership is absolutely critical, but then that relationship is only meaningful when you’re doing your part and really understanding your customers better. And you need to own that, as a marketer, as a product marketer.</p><p><strong>Astha:</strong> When you start talking to customers as frequently as they do.</p><p><strong>Ursula:</strong> Invite yourself to the meetings.</p><p><strong>Astha:</strong> I think that’s absolutely important. Split up the work, product and marketing is about= being an expert on the product and the market. And the market, basically, is a representation of your prospects and customers. Getting a strong hold of that is important to build that credibility. There’s no other way, there’s no shortcut.</p><p><strong>Sylvain:</strong> I would also add on that that the best way to win the heart of a sales team is to, if you train them properly on how to push your product, and you enable them to sell more, usually that brings a lot of credibility and they will love you for it so that’s a great way to show them that you support them.</p><p><strong>Astha:</strong> Listening is important. Just listen to customers, both internally and externally. One of the things that we did differently with the sales enablement team, when I inherited it back in January of this year, was to apply that same customer journey mindset thatwe applied to our clients that are paying us. So, when you think about sales enablement, you have to treat them as your internal clients, and listen to their needs, what are they struggling with, and that comes by not only by just being a part of the conversation with them, but then being with them in their situations, meaning customer calls and keeping direct touch with the customer.</p><h2><strong>Hiring and Structuring Product Marketing Teams</strong></h2><p><strong>Sylvain:</strong> I have one final question for the panel. Hopefully, if you weren’t convinced that you need to hire product marketing, you should be convinced by now. If you were giving advice on hiring the first product marketer, what would be the thing to look for in those first candidates?</p><p><strong>Ursula:</strong> I would say how well they can tell the story, and how well they can get the leadership team aligned to work with them on creating a consistent and cohesive messaging manifesto.</p><p><strong>Indy:</strong> We were talking earlier about minimum viable positioning. I think you need somebody who can come on the ground and help ask those questions. We were talking before this panel, about how so many of the conversations with early stage founders, you realize that they’re not even in sync about what they’re building and why, until you start probing around. Hey, what’s your messaging, what’s your narrative? So, I think somebody who can deliver, help that narrative, it kind of goes hand in hand with the platform that you’re building. To me a good platform’s a good story, but a good story is also a good platform.</p><p><strong>Astha:</strong> It’s also important to keep in mind that, the answer to the next set of requirements is not going to be consistent. So that depends on what the company is doing, what kind of market is it operating in, and is it highly competitive, and the goal is first to get some brand awareness, and then move towards more differentiation.Those factors definitely play in. Storytelling, that’s just key.</p><p><em>Interested in joining Heavybit? Our program is the only one of its kind to focus solely on taking developer products to market. Need help with developer traction, product market fit, and customer development? <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/tP7Lh7">Apply today</a> and start learning from world-class experts.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/product-marketing-best-practices-with-g-suite-pusher-and-measure">Product Marketing Best Practices with G Suite, Pusher and Measure</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #25, Golden Images with Simon Bennett of Bitnami</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-25-golden-images-with-simon-bennett-of-bitnami</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Mar 2019 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-9785</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 25 of The Secure Developer, Guy meets with Simon Bennett, VP Product at Bitnami, to discuss golden images, image layering, and how Bitnami helps accelerate application delivery across multiple clouds.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 25 of The Secure Developer, Guy meets with Simon Bennett, VP Product at Bitnami, to discuss golden images, image layering, and how Bitnami helps accelerate application delivery across multiple clouds.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-25-golden-images-with-simon-bennett-of-bitnami">Ep. #25, Golden Images with Simon Bennett of Bitnami</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #9, High Performance DevOps with Jez Humble</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-high-performance-devops-with-jez-humble</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Mar 2019 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-9751</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 9 of o11ycast, Charity and Rachel sit down with Jez Humble, Co-Founder and CTO of DevOps Research and Assessments (<a href="https://devops-research.com/2018/12/dora-joins-google-cloud/">acquired by Google</a> since this session was recorded), to discuss DevOps security and how a team’s culture relates to their success.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 9 of o11ycast, Charity and Rachel sit down with Jez Humble, Co-Founder and CTO of DevOps Research and Assessments (<a href="https://devops-research.com/2018/12/dora-joins-google-cloud/">acquired by Google</a> since this session was recorded), to discuss DevOps security and how a team’s culture relates to their success.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-high-performance-devops-with-jez-humble">Ep. #9, High Performance DevOps with Jez Humble</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #5, The Evolution of Enterprise with Edith Harbaugh of LaunchDarkly</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-the-evolution-of-enterprise-with-edith-harbaugh-of-launchdarkly</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Mar 2019 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-9744</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 5 of EnterpriseReady, Grant meets with Edith Harbaugh, CEO and Co-Founder of LaunchDarkly. They talk about Edith’s experiences building advanced enterprise features, and how enterprise sales have changed over the years.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 5 of EnterpriseReady, Grant meets with Edith Harbaugh, CEO and Co-Founder of LaunchDarkly. They talk about Edith’s experiences building advanced enterprise features, and how enterprise sales have changed over the years.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-the-evolution-of-enterprise-with-edith-harbaugh-of-launchdarkly">Ep. #5, The Evolution of Enterprise with Edith Harbaugh of LaunchDarkly</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customer Security Questionnaires: The VRA Two-Step</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/customer-security-questionnaires-the-vra-two-step</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Feb 2019 09:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-9640</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Vendor Risk Assessments (VRAs) are the consistently annoying security questionnaires that pop up at the worst possible time in your sales cycle. What you need is the VRA Two Step, read on to learn how it’s done.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Vendor Risk Assessments (VRAs) are the consistently annoying security questionnaires that pop up at the worst possible time in your sales cycle.</p><p>Don’t let the long spreadsheets and intimidating web forms fool you: vendor risk assessments are not a rigorously developed, objectively analyzed test of your security. Instead, they’re a lot more like convincing your date’s overbearing parents that your intentions are honorable and you’ll be back by curfew. It’s a game of diplomacy and impressions where your best bet is to show up well-dressed, be polite, and get out of there as quickly as possible.</p><p>The common approach of dumping VRAs on your CTO wastes valuable time and limits your ability to maneuver. You need a way to appease your Reviewer, delight your Champion, and set a high bar for your Competition. You need to do it all with a minimum amount of time and effort.</p><p>What you need is the VRA Two Step.</p><h2>The VRA Two-Step</h2><p>Here’s how it’s done. Background and roles are next, click here for <a href="https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1o8fC939ZldHr5qYAU1jtpNA2y9KI19ok4guxHP-OoJc/edit?usp=sharing">tickets</a> and here for <a href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1hRKSG9G9ar052MackxuvFW80Wii91wK9Ul6nGk8Zm2M/edit">tips</a>.</p><h4>Step 1. Arm your Champion</h4><p>Before the vendor risk assessment process is started the Sales Lead sends your Champion a ghostwritten <a href="https://drive.google.com/open?id=1bkIbyHeZkqcRYseoxtyFyRKrlqrw97KqcFjbt6etEcU">Framing doc</a> that describes what your service is, how they’ll use it, the risks, and some highlights of its security. The document helps your Champion pitch your product internally and should be sent to the Reviewer – providing useful context that can shape the rest of the VRA process.</p><h4>Step 2. Charm your Reviewer</h4><p>The Sales Lead manages all interactions with your Reviewer. They’ll stay upbeat in every interaction and promise a completed response in two weeks. Your Reviewer is guaranteed to be an overworked professional that never gets enough respect. Save them time and show them some kindness; it’ll work wonders.</p><h4>Step 3. Fill Out the VRA</h4><p>The Sales Lead passes the VRA off to the Verifier (a play on VRA-ifier [<a href="#footnote0">0</a>]). The Verifier should be a team member with enough availability to complete the form within two weeks, enough technical savvy to understand the material, and enough diplomatic savvy to deal with questions that are vague, irrelevant, or just pants-on-head crazy. The Verifier will leverage the company’s security policies, previously completed VRAs, a list of tips and tricks, and their own hard-earned experience to send the completed questionnaire back to Sales by (or before) the deadline.</p><h4>[As Needed] Fall Back to the CTO</h4><p>Questions that the Verifier doesn’t know the answer to should be forwarded to the CTO who will find the right answers from the tech team. When this happens, the Verifier should capture the answers in the form of an updated policy or their list of tips and tricks.</p><h4>[As Needed] Clarify</h4><p>If the Reviewer comes back with “concerns” about your answers, the sales lead will loop in the CTO who will do whatever they can to resolve any misunderstandings. As part of this, the CTO may need to throw the Verifier under the bus, apologize profusely to the Reviewer, and lament about the difficulty of finding good help these days…whatever it takes to get the sign-off.</p><h2>VRAs: Where did they come from, where do they go</h2><p>Chances are good that the last vendor risk assessment you slogged through was created over a decade ago by a committee who were forced by their industry’s compliance requirements to DO SOMETHING about third party risk. The members of the committee had non-technical titles like compliance, insurance, officer, and esquire. After much deliberation, the team agreed that the best way to design a VRA that’s custom-tailored to their company was to copy and paste the contents of a questionnaire someone had used at their last job.</p><p>Since then, the recycled questionnaire has undergone yearly reviews where new members of the committee have to add something in order to show that THEY’RE PARTICIPATING. Like all committees, these contributions are driven by a combination of good faith, bad faith, blind faith, and the faith that they’ll be retired long before anyone realizes just how bad things really are.[<a href="#footnote1">1</a>]</p><p>That stream of additions (never removals) is why VRAs are full of questions that range from boilerplate to inconsistent, confusing, outdated, uninformed, and irrelevant. Inevitably, someone on the committee decides that their contribution will be to “streamline” the process by migrating it to an enterprise web app that used to be top of the line, but today is guaranteed to be broken on every web browser except the version of Internet Explorer that shipped with Windows XP.</p><p>If you’ve ever felt like you’re going insane while filling out a VRA, that is completely understandable – these questionnaires are bureaucratic schizophrenia in spreadsheet form.</p><p>And if you think that’s bad, imagine having to review them day, after day, after day, after day.</p><p>Chances are good your Reviewer is sitting at the bottom of a highly political branch of the corporate org chart. They could be in a security team under the legal department, or a technical team under the risk department, or a compliance team under the insurance department…and wherever they are, it’ll all get shifted around in the next re-org.</p><p>The Reviewers themselves may be fresh out of college or a hardened professional, a technophile or technophobe, a security expert or just plain insecure, aspiring to rise in the ranks or headed for the exit. The only consistency is that they’ll be overworked, underpaid, and know that they’re taking all of the risk for being wrong and getting none of the rewards for being right.</p><p>That combination of personal and political variables means that there’s absolutely no way to know how rigorous the VRA review process will be at any given customer at any given time. A billion dollar financial institution may wave you through with no more than a cursory glance, while a five year old SAAS company will take months and require everything from detailed background checks to blood sacrifices.</p><p>While there have been attempts to create <a href="https://sharedassessments.org/sig/">standardized questionnaires</a> or <a href="https://www.vendorsecurityalliance.org/">outsource the review process</a>, these strategies have not caught on. The rise in popularity of compliance regimes like SOC 2 or ISO 27001 are beginning to be integrated into the process, but it’s an open question if shelling out for a compliance report will replace VRAs or come to be seen as table stakes for the future. The VRA gauntlet isn’t going away, you need to strategize accordingly.</p><h2>Role Playing</h2><p>The following are some notes to each of the players in your company that will take part in the VRA process. Everyone involved read through these notes to get a sense for what the rest of the team will be doing.</p><h3>Sales Lead</h3><p>The good news is that you’ve made it far enough through the sales cycle that your prospect is willing to burn time and money putting you through the security review process. Your role now is to be the face of the VRA process – you’ll handle all back-and-forths short of pulling in the CTO to clarify things.</p><h4>Arm Your Champion – The Vendor Risk Assessment Framing Doc</h4><p>Sending the <a href="https://drive.google.com/open?id=1bkIbyHeZkqcRYseoxtyFyRKrlqrw97KqcFjbt6etEcU">Framing Doc</a> is a gamble, but since the Reviewer will put you through the maximum level of scrutiny without it, it’s a gamble with limited downside and plenty of upside.</p><p>One of the main things that’s missing from VRAs is any sort of context about what your company actually does. Without that, the Reviewer will be forced to assume that you pose an existential threat to the company (and therefore their job) and will put you through the absolute highest level of scrutiny.</p><p>The Framing doc gives you the chance that by adding context up front you can get the Reviewer do dial down their professional paranoia, ideally giving you an easier path through the review process. An added bonus – the champion could also pull sections from the doc to use to advocate for your company in their internal briefings, presentations, etc.</p><p>How much you customize the Framing Doc is up to you, but taking a minute to put it in your champion’s voice and listing specifics of how they’ll us it can make it easier for them to play it off as something they put together.</p><h4>Charm Your Reviewer – Be Relentlessly Positive</h4><p>Your communications with the Reviewer should carry an air of cheerful, positive deference…no matter what is happening in the process. Your approach should always assume that if there’s any issues it’s likely a misunderstanding that you’re happy to get patched up by finding better answers or pulling in the CTO to help clarify.</p><h4>Always Open VRAs Upon Receipt</h4><p>You’ll want to make sure the document hasn’t been corrupted or that your credentials to the online portal work before promising the Reviewer to have it done within two weeks.</p><h4>Respond Promptly</h4><p>Reviewers hate it when they send over a VRA and don’t hear anything back. After you’ve opened up the VRA, respond with a thank you note letting them know you’ve opened it and plan to have it back to them within 2 weeks.</p><h3>Verifier</h3><p>Congratulations, you’ve been made the company Verifier. It’s a thankless, annoying job, but it’s absolutely critical for your company to be able to close deals. You’ll be taking a huge load off of the sales team and CTO so they all owe you beer at the very least.</p><h4>2 Weeks is Aggressive but Possible</h4><p>What makes this doable is that there’s a huge amount of repetition between VRAs – by the time you’ve filled out four or five you’ll have answered 90% of the questions you’re ever going to see. The remaining 10% will be weird stuff you’ll need to deal with on a case-by-case basis.</p><h4>Shoot to Finish Early</h4><p>Don’t leave filling out the doc until the end of the two week deadline, you never know when you’re going to hit questions that will require the tech team to answer. Finishing early will make your company look great.</p><h4>Fall-Back to the CTO As Needed</h4><p>There’s going to be questions you don’t know the answer to. You’ll need to take them to the CTO for answers – the CTO can then direct you to the right person on the technical team and make sure that person will answer you in a timely manner (you’re easy to blow off, the CTO not so much).</p><h4>Build a List of Tips</h4><p>Your list of tips is an internal doc where you should jot down specific tactics and strategies that you’ve come up with to make this process work. It’s a helpful reminder and the sort of thing that can be handed off to the next person who inherits the job. <a href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1hRKSG9G9ar052MackxuvFW80Wii91wK9Ul6nGk8Zm2M/edit">Here’s some tips to get started</a>.</p><h4>Remember – This is Highly Subjective</h4><p>You are not being compared to some golden ideal of security – you’re being compared to everyone else…and that’s an extremely low bar.</p><h3>CTO</h3><p>You’ve been saying for ages that you have better things to do than fill out these damn spreadsheets. You’re right. The trick is building a process to offload them to somebody else. Here’s a set of <a href="https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1o8fC939ZldHr5qYAU1jtpNA2y9KI19ok4guxHP-OoJc/edit?usp=sharing">helpful tickets to set up the VRA Two Step</a> inside your company.</p><h4>Support the Verifier When They Ask For Help</h4><p>If the Verifier is stuck you’ll need to direct them to the right people inside your team to get them answers. Be sure your team members know that the Verifier is on a deadline and they need to respond ASAP. Most answers shouldn’t take more than a few minutes.</p><h4>Clarify == Own the Issues, Fix them Quickly</h4><p>Whenever you get pulled in to help the Sales Lead deal with issues the Reviewer has sent over you should be prepared to treat it like one big misunderstanding, which you and your team will take all the responsibility for – even when the issue is that the questions were vague or the Reviewer doesn’t know what they’re talking about.</p><p>Playing it humble and taking it all on yourself is your best bet to figure out what the Reviewer wants to see to give you the go-ahead. Once they do, give it to them as quickly as possible and get on with your life.</p><h2>Outro: An Apology for VRAs</h2><p>One of the most annoying things about the vendor risk assessment process is that it’s not a bad idea. Third party services do pose a significant, ongoing risk that a company’s sensitive data can be compromised by malicious hackers or accidentally exposed to the Internet.</p><p>Regulations and compliance regimes that force security as a precondition to enterprise contracts have done more to move the needle on computer defense than anything the security industry has said or done in the last thirty years. The existential risk of hackers is real, but the financial risk of regulatory fines or not closing a deal is a much more effective motivator.</p><p>As easy as it is to complain about the VRA process (and it is so easy), we benefit every day from security controls that were forced in place to mitigate third party risk. Yes, there’s problems with the designed-by-committee, reviewed by God-knows-who approach to the VRA process, but until we come up with something better it’s the best we’ve got.</p><p>In the meantime, there’s the VRA Two Step. It is 100% guaranteed to not work perfectly every time, there’s just too much variation between people and processes. What it does promise is give a standard, efficient approach with the maximum amount of flexibility. That flexibility is essential as you fight your way through each customer’s uniquely weird VRA gauntlet.</p><p>Good luck.</p><p><em>George Chamales is a useful person to have around. Please send critiques of this post directly to <a href="mailto:george@criticalsec.com">george@criticalsec.com</a>.</em></p><p>[<a href="#footnotereturn0">0</a>] This is compliance humor. You can tell because it’s not funny.<br/>[<a href="#footnotereturn1">1</a>] These faiths are known collectively as the Four Horsemen of the Corporate Apocalypse</p><p><em>Do you have valuable insights and experiences in the developer tool space that you’d like to share with our community? <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/contributor-program/">We want to hear from you – join our contributor program today.</a></em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/customer-security-questionnaires-the-vra-two-step">Customer Security Questionnaires: The VRA Two-Step</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>From 0 to 1, Hiring Your First Product Manager</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/from-0-to-1-hiring-your-first-product-manager</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Feb 2019 09:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-9591</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>For any founder, particularly technical founders who are closer to the code than non-technical founders, hiring the first Product Manager is risky business. Read this post from Product Expert Connie Kwan for insight into making the right move.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>I had the opportunity to meet with several Heavybit member companies for office hours recently. During my sessions, two major themes came up that I wanted to detail for the larger Heavybit community: <strong>platform contributor incentives</strong>, which I covered in <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/carrots-for-web-marketplaces-and-platforms-how-to-design-non-monetary-incentives/">this post</a>, and <strong>product management organization design</strong> which I’ll be detailing in this two-part series.</p><p>For any founder, particularly technical founders who are closer to the code than non-technical founders, hiring the first Product Manager is risky business. It’s usually prompted by the founder or engineering leader declaring</p><ul><li>“I’m too busy fundraising, hiring, and/or <em>fill in the blank</em>, to manage the product too. I’m worried that the product will suffer for it. Let’s hire someone.” Or,</li><li>“I’m worried that we’re building a snowflake product for every customer. Will my product scale?” Or at larger companies,</li><li>“Sales is saying we will win accounts if only engineering can build faster, but engineering is saying that sales is asking the impossible. There has to be a way forward here, maybe we need someone to champion our priorities.”</li></ul><p>Unless there is absolutely no product experience whatsoever in the founding leadership team, it is unlikely that a VP of Product is necessary at this stage. Nonetheless, product is a role that is central to the life-blood of the company because it is responsible for so many decisions. These product decisions are foundational to the company going forward and not so easily reversed. And so, one of the trickiest parts about the first PM hire is trust with the founding team. This trust is essential to setting up your first PM hire for success. An important question to ask then, is whether the founding team is ready to have its product beliefs confronted by this hire?</p><p>Depending on your answer, there are commonly two ways to go about this hire:</p><p><strong>Path #1:</strong> Hire a junior whose main function is to funnel data on the voice of the customer (VoC), maybe alleviate project management loads and help product marketing streamline the conversion funnel. The founder will primarily drive the product strategy here, and the junior PM is unlikely to set roadmaps, nor will he rally the troops on the product vision. But he will set up the analytics pipeline, gather VoC insights and make recommendations, collaborate with engineering on sprints, and get product out the door.</p><p>This path requires ongoing mentorship from an internal leader who has PM experience, or the mentorship services of an experienced outside PM. But, if the business direction requires little adjustment, and execution is the focus, then this path can be very beneficial with minimal disruption. This junior PM will grow over time to handle the company’s strategic needs, but this path is unlikely to fully address issues such as snowflake-product or product priorities in the near term.</p><p><strong>Path #2:</strong> Hire a senior who will bring in her own opinions on the product strategy. On this path, the founders need to be willing to spar on the tough questions she will inevitably bring up about the business. In fact, if no arm-wrestling ensues you might not have a formidable enough partnership.</p><p>This senior is likely to have 3-8 years of experience as a PM who has ideally built product for a similar customer audience. This PM will set roadmaps and rally the troops, and she will almost certainly do it differently than the founder(s). Her arrival will disrupt the balance in the leadership team, sending the team back to the storming stage before re-emerging in the performing stage a few months down the road. It is essential that this PM has a seat at the leadership table in order to be effective. The ideas she brings in may well take the business down a different direction.</p><p>This PM requires mentorship during the ramp, but then takes the reins and runs with it, accelerating the team’s performance. While this PM can benefit any team, this path is only successful if the founding team is ready to be challenged on the product strategy. That’s because path #1 can be pursued at a lower cost, in terms of dollars and disruption, but at a higher cost of mentorship.</p><h3>OK I know my path, so what PM characteristics should I look for?</h3><p>For any PM hire, I recommend five basic attributes: passion, smarts, judgement, communication, and empathy. I wrote about these attributes in detail in <a href="https://medium.com/@connie.kwan/what-do-managers-look-for-when-hiring-pms-8c4be3736d75">this post</a>. The rest depends on whether path #1 or path #2 from above is being pursued. Path #1 will require an execution focused go-getter who is good with details. Path #2 will require a bigger picture thinker and problem solver, who is complimentary in personality traits to the rest of the leadership team.</p><h3>But where do I find the PM candidates?</h3><p>There are many PM communities now where PMs hang out. Posting in those communities can be helpful. Women in Product (Slack channel), Products that Count (email list), Roadmap.com (forum), Mind the Product (event). Do you have a favorite PM community I didn’t mention here? Let me know on <a href="https://twitter.com/conniemkwan">Twitter</a>.</p><h3>Who should the first PM report to?</h3><p>If you’re pursuing path #1 and hiring a junior, then whichever leader is currently holding the reins on Product, typically CTO or CEO.</p><p>If you’re pursuing path #2 and hiring a senior, then CEO, always. And be sure to give this person a seat at the leadership table. Keep in mind though, that as you scale and hire more PMs to take the reins, your first PM hire may stop reporting to the CEO and lose this seat at the leadership table. Anticipate this change and do what you need today to enable that transition later.</p><h3>What about team structures – what’s a good ratio between PM’s and Engineers?</h3><p>For a product with front-end and back-end, I’ve seen successful team ratios as high as 1 PM to 1 Designer to 7 Engineers. That often includes development, ops and test engineers. For a product with mostly backend, such as those with an API interface, I’ve seen ratios as high as 1 PM to 0.2 Designer to 12 Engineers. This last ratio assumes that the engineers are writing technical specifications as well.</p><h3>At what point does it make sense to bring on additional PMs? What makes these hires different from your first PM – are there distinct characteristics you’re looking for in these additional PM hires?</h3><p>I will explore these questions and more in my next article focused on growing your PM org from 1-5.</p><p><em>Do you have valuable insights and experiences in the developer tool space that you’d like to share with our community? <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/contributor-program/">We want to hear from you – join our contributor program today.</a></em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/from-0-to-1-hiring-your-first-product-manager">From 0 to 1, Hiring Your First Product Manager</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #24, Application Security with Omer Levi Hevroni</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-24-application-security-with-omer-levi-hevroni</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Jan 2019 14:26:40 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-9578</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 24 of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Omer Levi Hevroni, DevSecOps Engineer at Soluto, to discuss application security, OWASP, security ‘mavens,’ and more.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 24 of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Omer Levi Hevroni, DevSecOps Engineer at Soluto, to discuss application security, OWASP, security ‘mavens,’ and more.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-24-application-security-with-omer-levi-hevroni">Ep. #24, Application Security with Omer Levi Hevroni</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #8, Email Ecosystems &amp; APIs with Nylas’ Christine Spang</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-email-ecosystems-apis-with-nylas-christine-spang</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Jan 2019 09:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-9536</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 8 of O11ycast, Charity and Rachel are joined by Nylas Co-Founder and CTO Christine Spang to discuss navigating the complex ecosystem of emails and how Nylas has managed to create an API for it.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 8 of O11ycast, Charity and Rachel are joined by Nylas Co-Founder and CTO Christine Spang to discuss navigating the complex ecosystem of emails and how Nylas has managed to create an API for it.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-email-ecosystems-apis-with-nylas-christine-spang">Ep. #8, Email Ecosystems & APIs with Nylas’ Christine Spang</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Transitioning From Product To Customer Centric</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/transitioning-from-product-to-customer-focused</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Jan 2019 13:15:03 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-9527</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>How founders handle the transition from being product to customer centric, and balance the pressures between the creative developer freedom that led to innovation and serving the needs of enterprise end-users, will make all the difference between a successful company and one that is forgotten.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Most developer tool startups begin with technical founders setting out to solve a problem that they believe will make the world a better place. But somewhere in the years of working in the trenches building software it’s common to lose sight of the down to earth needs of the end user that you are building for. This comes into sharp focus when a startup decides it is ready to build out a sales team. The fraught decision to invest in a sales team is ultimately a decision to move from being product-centric to being customer-centric, whether it’s a conscious choice or not.</p><p>How founders handle this transition and balance the pressures between the creative developer freedom that led to innovation and serving the needs of enterprise end-users, will make all the difference between a successful company and one that is forgotten.</p><h2>From Product to Customer Focused</h2><p>There is a natural tension between developers and sales reps, particularly when you hire your first sales folks. Developers often go by the if-you-build-it-they-will-buy philosophy, because this has happened before, it’s just exceedingly rare. Meanwhile the sales team is getting an earful from customers about missing or deficient features that might have been overlooked because they were considered boring or trivial, but are truly essential to the end-user. When this feedback is delivered by sales to engineers, it’s easy to want to “kill the messenger” and assume user error, technical ignorance, or sales hyperbole, but in reality it should be viewed as gold dust because it is the closest thing you will get to market research and understanding product market fit.</p><p>This valuable customer feedback often highlights undiscovered use cases, blind spots on persona needs, and inaccurate assumptions on product navigation. This is not to say that every user demand should be met, but if it becomes clear that valuable customers are asking for the same feature, it is probably best to address it. A situation like this can easily be substantiated by other customer facing teams in the company like Customer Support (tickets) and Professional Service (delivery needs).</p><p>What can founders do to make this transition a success? It is critically important for them to realize that for the success of the company the sales team needs a great product and the developers need a great sales team – each needs the other.</p><p>So the first step is to have an organization where there are clear lines of communication between the sales team and the developers. This requires a shift in thinking from “these end-user problems are taking me away from what I want to do”, to “these fixes our users are demanding will make our product even better, and easier to sell to new customers.” For example, the product might be really advanced but if it doesn’t have an intuitive user interface it may put off certain very valuable end users. Moreover, as developer startups look to expand up market and serve enterprises, there are multiple stakeholders to get buy-in from for approval and thus require building for those personas.</p><p>For example, your product may provide developers with advanced tools for automation, but if you don’t support Two-Factor Authentication, enterprise IT departments won’t approve budget for your product. Check out https://www.enterpriseready.io/ for a deeper dive into the features necessary to sell into the enterprise.</p><p>This shift in thinking means that every enhancement to product development needs to be justified to the bottom line. One way to address this is with a product council that evaluates every engineering request based on impact to the customer, revenue, and competitive edge. The shift from designing a product based on intuition, to building a product to address customer challenges can often be seen as restricting and boring work, but as one engineer recently made the astute analogy that it is similar to when his girlfriend suggested he ‘start dressing like a grown-up more often’ – “It’s a change, but I know it’s good for me. “</p><h2>Collaboration And Competition</h2><p>Software development, especially for big projects, is by nature a collaborative effort. Developers work together writing separate pieces of code that fit together as part of a common product goal. This collaboration necessitates that developers write code in such a way that the rest of the team can understand what they’re doing.</p><p>Sales on the other hand is inherently competitive. So initially, the influx of sales reps in the company and the way they are compensated may be jarring to a predominantly engineering focused organization. But when you are under pressure from investors who expect massive growth, it mandates that you have a culture of performance. That necessarily means a collection of goal-oriented and over-achieving sales reps that will move the sun and the moon in order to hit aggressive growth targets.</p><p>Because of the way sales reps are incentivized they view anything within the company that isn’t helping in the sales effort as a roadblock to their individual success, and the success of the company overall. These roadblocks can range from unresolved bug fix requests, inconsistencies on your website, to billing discrepancies. The role of a sales rep is to change customer perceptions, present a tailored solution, and build trust with customers. A successful salesperson therefore relies on every function of your company, from product and marketing, to support and customer success. Thus reliable processes, clear communication, and open collaboration across your company are vital for sales success.</p><p>It is important for founders to be aware of frustrations within a sales team and to be responsive to them, while also prioritizing resources needed to fix them. In other words there needs to be an organic feedback loop between the customer needs and product enhancements.</p><p>The culture of any start-up requires employees to be agile and flexible as each stage of growth introduces new challenges, new opportunities, and new people. The innovative, nothing-to-lose, creative freedom that a technical team has during the earliest days is what enables the company to be disruptive, and as you shift to supporting enterprise customers, the invaluable insight into user experience, security, and interoperability that salespeople provide is equally vital in capturing and retaining customers. As the saying goes “What got you here, doesn’t take you to there.”</p><p><em>Do you have valuable insights and experiences in the developer tool space that you’d like to share with our community? <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/contributor-program/">We want to hear from you – join our contributor program today.</a></em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/transitioning-from-product-to-customer-focused">Transitioning From Product To Customer Centric</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SLA &amp; Support In The Enterprise</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/sla-and-support-in-the-enterprise</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Jan 2019 09:25:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-9385</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>PagerDuty cofounder Alex Solomon, Gainsight CEO Nick Mehta and Intuit’s SVP and Chief Product Development Officer of SMB (soon to be CTO) Marianna Tessel as they discuss what it means to offer high-availability and support to some of the world’s largest enterprises.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Accelerating Inside Sales &amp; Account-Based Management</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/accelerating-inside-sales-and-account-based-management</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Jan 2019 09:40:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-9433</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Whether you’re accelerating your inside sales, or just building out your first sales org, Heroku’s VP of Digital GTM Jason McClelland, advisor and former COO of Sentry Bill Lapcevic, and GM of Application Development at Microsoft Stephanie Schatz have some advice for you.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #35, GraphQL Querying with Hasura’s Tanmai Gopal</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-35-graphql-querying-with-hasuras-tanmai-gopal</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Jan 2019 08:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-9493</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 35 of JAMstack Radio, Brian talks to Tanmai Gopal, CEO and Co-Founder of Hasura, about what makes GraphQL popular and how you can start using it instantly with Hasura.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 35 of JAMstack Radio, Brian talks to Tanmai Gopal, CEO and Co-Founder of Hasura, about what makes GraphQL popular and how you can start using it instantly with Hasura.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-35-graphql-querying-with-hasuras-tanmai-gopal">Ep. #35, GraphQL Querying with Hasura’s Tanmai Gopal</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Security &amp; Establishing Customer Trust</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/security-establishing-customer-trust</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Dec 2018 10:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-9356</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this presentation Arianna Willett, Security Risk, Trust &amp; Compliance at Twilio, covers some of the core security concerns from her company’s Enterprise Customer Trust Group and how she manages to assuage their fears through better implementation and product design.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Winter Break Resources: Reflecting on Your Leadership Style</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/winter-break-resources-reflecting-on-your-leadership-style</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Dec 2018 14:35:30 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-9430</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>As we’re about to go into a period of downtime, this is a great time to dig deep and look into how you might better manage your team in 2019. Here are a few resources to help get you started.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>We’re about to go into a period of downtime, or at the very least, a period of reduced meetings. Founders, managers, and aspiring managers have a chance to reflect on their team productivity, their relationships with individual colleagues, and their own management styles. This is a great time to dig deep and look into how you might better manage your team in 2019. Here are a few resources to help get you started.</p><p><a href="https://qz.com/1046131/writing-a-user-manual-at-work-makes-teams-less-anxious-and-more-productive/"><strong>Personal User Manual</strong></a>: The Personal User Manual has existed for 3-4 years now and while there are <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LbBUhTEIgMk">numerous videos</a> and posts to <a href="https://www.forbes.com/sites/kevinkruse/2018/07/01/how-to-create-your-leadership-users-manual/#6c59afbb7a4d">help you build one</a>, it’s beginning to gain more and more traction in companies like Slack, Etsy, and Netflix in the form of a <a href="https://hackernoon.com/12-manager-readmes-from-silicon-valleys-top-tech-companies-26588a660afe">Readme</a>. The jist is this — if employees and colleagues expose their known weaknesses, strengths, and work-styles, they’ve got a better shot at clearly communicating with each other.</p><p><a href="https://www.amazon.com/High-Output-Management-Andrew-Grove/dp/0679762884/ref=asc_df_0679762884/?tag=hyprod-20&amp;linkCode=df0&amp;hvadid=312065696873&amp;hvpos=1o1&amp;hvnetw=g&amp;hvrand=7063699233087733759&amp;hvpone=&amp;hvptwo=&amp;hvqmt=&amp;hvdev=c&amp;hvdvcmdl=&amp;hvlocint=&amp;hvlocphy=9031939&amp;hvtargid=pla-487139763997&amp;psc=1&amp;tag=&amp;ref=&amp;adgrpid=61316180399&amp;hvpone=&amp;hvptwo=&amp;hvadid=312065696873&amp;hvpos=1o1&amp;hvnetw=g&amp;hvrand=7063699233087733759&amp;hvqmt=&amp;hvdev=c&amp;hvdvcmdl=&amp;hvlocint=&amp;hvlocphy=9031939&amp;hvtargid=pla-487139763997"><strong>High Output Management</strong></a>: Intel’s former Chairman, the late Andy Grove, first published this book in 1983 and it’s still every bit as valuable as a management tool. In some ways I see this as the <a href="https://www.amazon.com/gp/product/1561840564/ref=as_li_tl?ie=UTF8&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=1561840564&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;tag=ultraculture-20&amp;linkId=N6YOL5OXOECKH43Q">Prometheus Rising</a> of business books. Grove peppers his writing with clever mind hacks forcing the reader to undertake specific calendaring exercises and question whether they’re focusing on intelligent and high-leverage activities. If you’re the type of founder that insists on doing everything yourself, read this book and recognize the folly of hustle porn.</p><p><a href="https://www.radicalcandor.com/"><strong>Radical Candor</strong></a>: I would be remiss not to mention Kim Scott’s book and <a href="https://www.radicalcandor.com/blog/tag/podcast/">podcast</a>. This is a must-read book those in executive and leadership positions simply for the fact that every growth stage CEO has listened to it on 4x during their [insert workout routine here]. Take this with a grain of salt as the reality is that while many believe they are “radically candid”, they definitely veer into some of the other leadership quadrants – ruinous empathy, obnoxious aggression, or, manipulative insincerity. In effect, first “know thyself” and then, read the book.</p><p>I’m just skimming the surface here, but these were some of the most talked-about management books and techniques I encountered in 2018. If you’ve got more suggestions, ping us <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">@heavybit</a>, and have a great holiday break.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/winter-break-resources-reflecting-on-your-leadership-style">Winter Break Resources: Reflecting on Your Leadership Style</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Looking Ahead: 2019 Developer Tool Trends</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/looking-ahead-2019-developer-tool-trends</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Dec 2018 12:39:04 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-9502</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>As we reflect here at Heavybit on everything that happened this year in the developer tools ecosystem, I identified a set of emergent trends that I expect to increasingly dominate the discussion in 2019.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Hard to believe it’s almost time to close the books on 2018. As we reflect here at Heavybit on everything that happened this year in the developer tools ecosystem, I identified a set of emergent trends that I expect to increasingly dominate the discussion in 2019. In no particular order:</p><h2>Serverless crests the peak of inflated expectations</h2><p>It’s been just over four years since <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9eHoyUVo-yg">AWS forever changed the course of IT infrastructure with the release of Lambda</a> and serverless has been rocketing up the hype cycle ever since. While the long-term prognosis is still strong, I believe that 2019 is when all the heady platitudes start getting tempered with a dose of reality. This is ultimately a good thing, it signifies more and more organizations attempting to solve real-world challenges with a serverless approach. Expect to hear about more organizations pulling back from pure serverless and adopting a serverless first approach where serverless technologies are preferred but teams readily fall back to more traditional container or even server-based approaches when performance or other design constraints dictate it. For a deeper dive on some of the fundamental issues with a pure serverless approach <a href="https://arxiv.org/pdf/1812.03651.pdf">check out this excellent paper by Hellerstein et al</a>.</p><h2>Kubernetes, Envoy and GitOps, oh my!</h2><p>One could argue that 2018 was already the “Year of Kubernetes” but I think that clear convergence on service mesh as the dominant architecture pattern for managing microservices and Envoy as the canonical data plane implementation has primed it to accelerate even more in 2019. Expect continued innovation in the control plane around security, configuration, and more. <a href="https://blog.envoyproxy.io/service-mesh-data-plane-vs-control-plane-2774e720f7fc">Check this out for more on data plane vs. control plane</a>. Istio has a lot of early mindshare as a control plane but big questions remain around whether it joins Kubernetes and Envoy on the Mount Rushmore of CNCF or if control planes become a more niche/specialized piece of the puzzle with many alternate implementations. You’ll also be hearing a lot more about GitOps as <a href="https://www.weave.works/blog/gitops-operations-by-pull-request">the preferred mechanism for managing change boundaries</a> in Kubernetes clusters even when <a href="https://www.replicated.com/ship">it comes to 3rd party software</a>.</p><h2>Significant public debate (and drama) over the future of OSS infrastructure</h2><p>While they’ve been bubbling beneath the surface for several years now the tensions between venture-backed companies building OSS infrastructure software (e.g. databases, messaging queues, caches, etc) and large public cloud providers boiled over in a big way at the end of 2018. Both <a href="https://redislabs.com/blog/redis-license-bsd-will-remain-bsd/">RedisLabs</a> and <a href="https://www.confluent.io/blog/license-changes-confluent-platform">Confluent</a> recently changed the licensing of significant (albeit non-core) parts of their offering with the singular intention of preventing the public cloud providers from competing with their hosted offerings. Bryan Cantrill wrote <a href="http://dtrace.org/blogs/bmc/2018/12/14/open-source-confronts-its-midlife-crisis/">two thoughtful</a> <a href="http://dtrace.org/blogs/bmc/2018/12/16/a-eula-in-foss-clothing/">blog posts</a> on why it might not be so simple as that and Adam Jacob just launched the <a href="https://medium.com/sustainable-free-and-open-source-communities/we-need-sustainable-free-and-open-source-communities-edf92723d619">Sustainable Free and Open Source Communities (SFOSC) project</a> to try and provide a more formal framework to reason around both sides of the issue. One thing is certain, the insatiable appetite of the major cloud providers to monetize traditionally licensed OSS has permanently altered how I think about funding the development and maintenance of said projects. I believe the end result of that impact will be much clearer by year’s end.</p><h2>The JAMStack and GraphQL break through</h2><p>The <a href="https://jamstack.org/">JAMStack</a> methodology (Javascript, APIs, Markup) has been around for a couple years now but is poised to go mainstream thanks to how well it pairs with several other ascendant trends e.g. GraphQL, serverless, and microservices to name a few. At its core, the JAMstack lets frontend developers deploy fast, highly scalable sites and applications on global CDNs without worrying about backend infrastructure. Expect GraphQL in particular to cross the chasm; it’s ability to decouple frontend developer velocity from the implementation details of backend services has been almost uniformly applauded wherever I’ve seen it adopted. A decade ago the industry tried solving this same problem through the mythological full stack developer, a decidedly less scalable approach. I’m feeling a lot more bullish this time around. Go deep on the JAMstack with <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/jamstack-radio/">JAMstack Radio</a>.</p><h2>Secure by default</h2><p>2018 was the year that GDPR’s impact became more than theoretical, Node developers were <a href="https://nodesource.com/blog/a-high-level-post-mortem-of-the-eslint-scope-security-incident/">repeatedly</a> <a href="https://blog.sonatype.com/open-source-software-is-under-attack-new-event-stream-hack-is-latest-proof">owned</a> by their byzantine dependencies, and <a href="https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2018-11-30/marriott-found-unauthorized-starwood-database-access-since-2014-jp3xbq64">public data breaches reached new heights</a>. Not to imply that I’m necessarily critical of any of these actors/ecosystems (I love you Node developers!), I recognize that this is the new normal. It’s critical that engineering organizations identify the right set of tradeoffs for their specific threat models and formalize their secure software development lifecycles. Imperatively this must be done without giving back all the gains in agility we’ve made in the past decades. <a href="https://snyk.io/">Tools like portfolio company Snyk</a> that plug seamlessly into existing workflows while dramatically reducing the time to detect/remediate vulnerabilities will become must-haves.</p><p>And that’s a wrap! Happy holidays to everyone and I can’t wait to see what happens in 2019!</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/looking-ahead-2019-developer-tool-trends">Looking Ahead: 2019 Developer Tool Trends</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Don’t Cargo Cult Your Pricing</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/dont-cargo-cult-your-pricing</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Dec 2018 13:38:52 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-9388</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Speaker Series, PagerDuty’s Director of Pricing Strategy Tugce Erten demystifies some of the seemingly dark art of pricing strategy.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #3, Modern On-Prem with Replicated’s Grant Miller</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-modern-on-prem-with-replicateds-grant-miller</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Dec 2018 13:05:03 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-9434</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 3 of High Leverage, Joe speaks with Grant Miller, Replicated founder and creator of EnterpriseReady, on how companies are taking a new approach to running third-party applications.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 3 of High Leverage, Joe speaks with Grant Miller, Replicated founder and creator of EnterpriseReady, on how companies are taking a new approach to running third-party applications.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-modern-on-prem-with-replicateds-grant-miller">Ep. #3, Modern On-Prem with Replicated’s Grant Miller</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>User Management and Access Control</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/user-management-and-access-control</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Dec 2018 14:06:11 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-9224</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Join Auth0 CEO Eugenio Pace as he discusses common mistakes in enterprise identity management, better practices to approach SSO and provisioning, and some of the top things to avoid when implementing SAML.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #4, Open Source with CoreOS’s Alex Polvi</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-open-source-with-coreoss-alex-polvi</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Dec 2018 09:25:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-9378</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 4 of EnterpriseReady, Grant chats with Alex Polvi, co-founder and CEO of CoreOS, which was recently acquired by Red Hat, to dive into detail about the nuances of building and selling an enterprise product that has an open source core.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 4 of EnterpriseReady, Grant chats with Alex Polvi, co-founder and CEO of CoreOS, which was recently acquired by Red Hat, to dive into detail about the nuances of building and selling an enterprise product that has an open source core.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-open-source-with-coreoss-alex-polvi">Ep. #4, Open Source with CoreOS’s Alex Polvi</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #2, Cloud Services with Corey Quinn</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-cloud-services-with-corey-quinn</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Nov 2018 11:57:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-9361</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 2 of High Leverage, Joe meets with Corey Quinn, cloud economist and founder of the Quinn Advisory group, to discuss the realities of using cloud providers at scale.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 2 of High Leverage, Joe meets with Corey Quinn, cloud economist and founder of the Quinn Advisory group, to discuss the realities of using cloud providers at scale.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-cloud-services-with-corey-quinn">Ep. #2, Cloud Services with Corey Quinn</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Deployment Best Practices</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/deployment-best-practices</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Nov 2018 09:20:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-9387</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Join HashiCorp CEO Mitchell Hashimoto, Heptio Co-founder Joe Beda and LaunchDarkly CEO Edith Harbaugh as they discuss the impact of architecture on a company’s deployment options, and their visions of the future of deployment.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #7, Observability at Asana and Honeycomb</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-observability-at-asana-and-honeycomb</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Nov 2018 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-9326</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 7 of O11ycast, Charity is joined by fellow Honeycomb team member Michael Wilde along with Asana’s heads of engineering and tech, Cliff Chang and Phips Peter, to discuss how observability has shaped their organizations.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 7 of O11ycast, Charity is joined by fellow Honeycomb team member Michael Wilde along with Asana’s heads of engineering and tech, Cliff Chang and Phips Peter, to discuss how observability has shaped their organizations.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-observability-at-asana-and-honeycomb">Ep. #7, Observability at Asana and Honeycomb</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Carrots For Web Marketplaces And Platforms: How To Design Non-Monetary Incentives</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/carrots-for-web-marketplaces-and-platforms-how-to-design-non-monetary-incentives</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Nov 2018 09:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-9308</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this post Connie Kwan outlines non-monetary incentive design for platform marketplace owners. Sometimes it’s simple, both Inventory and Buyer sides want monetary exchange. But sometimes it’s not, the Buyer side is willing to pay, but the Inventory side isn’t motivated by money. The latter is a common challenge among developer companies. Read on for insight.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>If you have a platform or two-sided marketplace, like the App store, Uber or Etsy, you’re familiar with this scenario. One side of your marketplace is the Inventory side, the people providing the apps, rides or crafts. The other side is the Buyer side, the people buying the apps, rides or crafts.</p><p>Sometimes it’s simple, both Inventory and Buyer sides want monetary exchange. But sometimes it’s not, the Buyer side is willing to pay, but the Inventory side isn’t motivated by money. The latter is a common challenge among developer communities.</p><h3>A Fictional Example: Secure.ly</h3><p>Let’s consider an example of a security platform company. Let’s call this fictional company Secure.ly. This platform would rely on expert volunteers to report vulnerabilities, and sell this reporting to Buyers. Much of the world’s digital security vulnerabilities are reported by a global community of…volunteers. They’re good neighbors saying something when they see something. They’re experts, and they’re anonymous. CISOs and security directors pay attention to the chatter of this community to stay aware of the latest digital vulnerabilities and bad actors.</p><p>The CISOs are the Buyers of Secure.ly, and the information provided by the Good Neighbors is the Inventory. The challenge for Secure.ly is to incentivize this group of Good Neighbors to engage on the platform. But like any good neighbor, money is never the objective. <strong>What to do?</strong></p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/80a30c76ef84c36acc556f090456621611d58125-800x533.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><blockquote>What you ultimately want here is <em>motivate the behavior you want using carrots available to you.</em></blockquote><p>You might find that you need to create some carrots. While money is one possible carrot, there are often more effective and cheaper carrots available to you if you spend the time to listen to your Inventory providers.</p><p>Google is an expert at leveraging the carrots of “convenience” and “functionality” to coax all kinds of private information from its users. This data is Google’s inventory, which is then sold to advertisers in aggregate. Facebook uses the carrots of “your friends on the network” to coax private information into their inventory as well. With Secure.ly we have to first unpack what their target persona is most interested in.</p><h3>1. What does the Inventory provider want?</h3><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/9f09706d0068c0e17ece5ef7fae62597f88053e4-800x533.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>Exact quotes are the key here. Exact quotes get at the root of the Inventory side’s mindset and priorities. Word choice is often very telling. Here are some example quotes that Secure.ly’s Good Neighbors may provide:</p><ul><li>“I want to share knowledge”</li><li>“[these people are like] my brothers”</li><li>“We learned from one another”</li><li>“I want to know others learned from me”</li><li>“[I want to be] Helpful”</li><li>“I want to be known, but only via my avatar.”</li></ul><p>From these filtered quotes, it’s possible to discern that the following are priorities for Secure.ly’s Good Neighbors:</p><ul><li>Community — very important</li><li>Notoriety — somewhat important</li><li>Anonymity — important</li><li>$ — not important, in fact, might even consider paying to participate</li></ul><p>Now that priorities are understood, it’s time to figure out the carrots that connect with these priorities.</p><h3>2. Mine for Carrots</h3><p>Let’s touch on the first two priorities, <strong>Community</strong> and <strong>Notoriety</strong>. A number of possible ‘features’ come to mind for satisfying these priorities. Standard gamification moves like Points, Stars, Streaks and Leader boards could work. Since the community wants to stay anonymous, we can throw out in-person events. But chats and forums could work.</p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/944d816a1f3b82ca3deb4f2b11e4ce58e7d9e88a-800x449.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>Skee Ball, one of my favorite games. Rack up points by landing the ball down a ramp into the hoops.</p><p>One ripe area to mine for possible carrots is within the features you already provide to the Buyer side. With Secure.ly, the Buyer side would buy a list of security vulnerabilities, and it’s likely that a <strong>visualization</strong> of this list is a feature for the Buyer side. How might this turn around and become a strong feature for the Inventory side?</p><p>In Secure.ly’s example, it’s recognizing that their Good Neighbors also want to visualize their contributions. Thus, by upgrading the visualization feature to show which Good Neighbor contributed to each security vulnerability, this feature can now be a carrot for the Inventory side.</p><p>Once you’ve mined and listed out all your possible carrots, and understood the strength of each, it’s time to figure out what you want as a platform.</p><h3>3. What do you, as the platform, want?</h3><p>Attracting Buyer side and Inventory side….duh! Yes, but what kind of Inventory side? Are there good ones and better ones? And how can you tell? This is an important question because your Inventory side dictates the quality of the final product your Buyer side receives. The higher the quality of your Inventory side, the more attractive your product becomes to your Buyer side.</p><p>Take Google again for example. They have this product called Google Opinion Rewards that prompts participating users to answer specific survey questions. It’s often used to gather granular data about visits to specific stores. It’ll ask “Did you recently visit one of these stores? option A, B, C D” then follow up with “How did you pay for your purchase at this store?” By gathering this granularity, they can accurately tell their Buyer side, their advertisers, about payment choices alongside other user information. Powerful.</p><p>Let’s go back to Secure.ly. The “Best Neighbors” in this case would be an expert volunteer who posts frequently with unique content, and stays loyal to the platform. So we have…</p><ul><li>Frequency of posting — high</li><li>Unique content — high</li><li>Exclusivity to the platform</li></ul><p>Now it’s time to connect the dots.</p><h3>4. Doling out the Carrots</h3><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/e1b0c261915502ff86d9b8bd244a15fc92207eb7-634x951.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>Remembering that the ultimate goal is to motivate the behavior you want using the carrots available to you, then</p><blockquote>How you dole out the carrots is at the heart of your incentive design.</blockquote><p>There’s no prescription for this, every platform will find its own way through experimentation. But there are some good starting points. For Secure.ly, let’s say their most powerful turns out to be the <strong>visualization</strong> feature. That feature can be broken down into a less powerful version, and a more powerful version. From here we can provide the most powerful visualization to the Best Neighbors.</p><p>This strategy pairs our most powerful carrot with our most important Inventory side providers.</p><p>Just as you would provide VIP service to your most important Buyer side customers, this needs to hold true on the Inventory side as well. In fact, there may be room to experiment with having the Inventory side pay for a premium version of the visualization, so that they can achieve their goals of connecting with others in the community. What’s interesting here is that the same feature might be packaged up differently for each side of your marketplace, and that’s an opportunity that can be very powerful for your platform.</p><p>So there you have it…</p><blockquote>Non-monetary Incentive Design = Motivate the behavior you want using carrots available to you.</blockquote><p>I would love to hear about your own examples of Incentive Designs… please let me know on <a href="https://twitter.com/conniemkwan">Twitter</a>! Keep innovating.</p><p><em>Do you have valuable insights and experiences in the developer tool space that you’d like to share with our community? <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/contributor-program/">We want to hear from you – join our contributor program today.</a></em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/carrots-for-web-marketplaces-and-platforms-how-to-design-non-monetary-incentives">Carrots For Web Marketplaces And Platforms: How To Design Non-Monetary Incentives</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #34, Using MongoDB with Stitch and Atlas</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-34-using-mongodb-with-stitch-and-atlas</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Nov 2018 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-9330</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 34 of JAMstack Radio, Brian talks to Michael Lynn and Drew DiPalma of MongoDB about how developers are using Stitch and Atlas to power their projects.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 34 of JAMstack Radio, Brian talks to Michael Lynn and Drew DiPalma of MongoDB about how developers are using Stitch and Atlas to power their projects.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-34-using-mongodb-with-stitch-and-atlas">Ep. #34, Using MongoDB with Stitch and Atlas</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Early Hiring for Technical Founders: Product Marketing</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/early-hiring-for-technical-founders-product-marketing</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Nov 2018 09:20:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-9252</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Developer, infrastructure and enterprise SaaS company founders have a great understanding of their initial users and are highly technical with a good network for engineering and product hires. But we’re often asked to help build descriptions, source, and define metrics for a first marketing hire. Read this post for answers to some of the common questions we hear.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Heavybit works with developer, infrastructure and enterprise SaaS companies. Founding teams generally have a great understanding of their initial users and are highly technical with a good network for engineering and product hires. But I’m often asked to help build descriptions, source, and define metrics for a first marketing hire. Some of the common questions include:</p><ul><li>What’s the right candidate profile?</li><li>How many years experience should they have?</li><li>What’s a stage-appropriate hire?</li></ul><p><strong>TL;DR:</strong> The right hire is often an ambitious person with a minimum of 5 years experience in product marketing at an early-stage startup including researching, positioning, and launching a similar product to a similar audience. Candidates often have had KPIs concerned with onboarding and activation, new feature releases, pricing launches, and platform adoption. Candidate keywords might include: product marketing, growth, advocacy, platform marketing, user adoption, technical marketing.</p><h3>WTF is Product Marketing?</h3><p>Most of the product marketing managers (PMMs) I know at early companies report directly to a VP Platform or Product. This is often very different from someone in a communications, PR or content marketing role. This isn’t to say you should only hire marketers with a past product marketing title, but they should be willing to tackle some of these responsibilities:</p><ul><li><strong>User Discovery &amp; Positioning:</strong> Many startups use early user discovery interviews as a way to scope their initial product offering. But what they don’t realize is that they should concurrently be looking for patterns in user personas, common customer requests, and clues towards packaging and positioning. A good first marketer will work alongside designers and product to document all of this research and support the team towards a key persona, messaging framework and eventual rollout.</li><li><strong>Launch &amp; Adoption Strategy:</strong> Most founders can brainstorm or copy a list of basic marketing tactics. The key is to understand what tactics actually fit into your org’s larger strategy and the correct sequence for each. If the product manager creates the goals and timeline for launches, the PMM builds the external strategy to ensure continued engagement from your end-user. This includes co-drafting launch goals (w/ the product leader), creating the marketing budget, and calendaring all activities associated with your go-to-market. In some cases, and once you’ve checked the math, the PMM also drafts the first pricing page.</li><li><strong>Project Management:</strong> Once Engineering, Product, and Sales buy-in to a PMM’s go-to-market strategy, the PMM often quarterbacks your rollouts. This might include working with teams to produce developer and onboarding content, building customer testimonial/case studies, creating product pages, and ensuring that the rollout supports sales enablement.</li><li><strong>Onboarding / Activation / Success:</strong> There’s no way a PMM can be entirely responsible for your onboarding and activation, but some of their metrics should roll up to this. The PMM should contribute to your marketing copy, user path, testimonials, tutorials, and overall product adoption. If the product manager is responsible for a slam-dunk user experience, the PMM delivers the lay up. In most cases, post-onboarding, the PMM also reduces barriers through simple demos, webinars, case studies, featured community projects, and community incentives.</li></ul><h3>How do I find and hire this person?</h3><p>As with most sourcing, you should ask for in-network referrals and do targeted outreach via LinkedIn. You probably already know which of your competitors and partners have great product marketing teams. Don’t be afraid to ask these teams to socialize your reqs. You can also send your product manager to events like the <a href="https://www.meetup.com/Product-Marketing/">SF Product Marketer’s Meetup</a>, or sponsor similar events in your locale. Experienced product managers tend to be a good source for PMM referrals as they’ll have either run their own searches, or worked with a great PMM. In short, network and play nice.</p><h3>Hiring is Selling</h3><p>Beyond sourcing, your company narrative and attentiveness are key to the hiring process. As most PMMs are technical, know your audience, and have a specific skill set; this is a tough role to fill.</p><p>Founders and hiring managers need to understand how to sell the opportunity. First off, you should be able to roughly match the comp package (salary and equity) of similar stage competitors and right-size the package for your HQ locale. But secondly, you need to have your story straight. Beyond comp, here are some of the reasons PMMs have chosen early-stage and often lesser known companies:</p><ul><li><strong>Being a Part of History:</strong> Sometimes PMMs leave their existing roles because while the technical challenges are great and they’ve learned a ton, they’d like to drive adoption towards a product/platform that truly disrupts the industry. In the early days, developer companies like Stripe, Docker and others convinced well-paid PMMs at well-established companies to take this leap. Presumably an early PMM’s role in building this industry-changing narrative also comes with a healthy financial upside.</li><li><strong>Advancement &amp; Autonomy:</strong> Many PMMs have worked on a team to build the product marketing processes in a slightly later-stage org, but they’ve never designed it from scratch and set budgets. Your organization offers them a chance to take something messy and unfinished, and master the creation of an elegant set of adoption-driving systems. This role lets them do everything they never got to do, and is often career-making.</li><li><strong>Meeting of the Minds:</strong> While your company might be early-stage, your founding team might already be well-established as experts in their field. Because the PMM role requires so much collaboration, candidates may simply enjoy a higher-level of conversation and the speed at which decisions are made in a smaller organization.</li><li><strong>A Better Puzzle:</strong> Some PMMs have led the launch, activation and adoption campaigns on portions of a product suite, but they weren’t there for the core and initial product GA. Where some candidates might see a lack of initial product marketing assets and tooling as a messy burden, others might see general availability launch as an interesting process-design and execution challenge.</li></ul><p>In summary, as with most early hires, your first marketer should be willing to produce strategic plans, while also executing on them. At most pre-Series B startups, there’s really little room for ideation “gurus” or those interested in highly-specialized roles. In many cases, the right early hire is willing to brute force their way towards user adoption/growth using a variety of tactics, until you can afford to hire against or automate some of your early processes.</p><p>For more information on what early marketers can do, check out the below videos:</p><ul><li>Stripe’s Krithika Muthukumar on <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/effective-launches/">Effective Product Launches</a></li><li>Stormpath (now Okta’s) Claire Hunsaker on <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/stormpath-vp-evolution-marketing-team/">The Evolution of a Marketing Team</a></li><li>Early Essential Content and Distribution with <a href="https://www.devmarketingguide.com/">The Developer Marketing Guide</a></li></ul><p><em>Do you have valuable insights and experiences in the developer tool space that you’d like to share with our community? <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/contributor-program/">We want to hear from you – join our contributor program today.</a></em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/early-hiring-for-technical-founders-product-marketing">Early Hiring for Technical Founders: Product Marketing</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #23, Automation with One Medical’s Zach Powers</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-23-automation-with-one-medicals-zach-powers</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Nov 2018 09:35:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-9219</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 23 of The Secure Developer, Guy speaks with Zach Powers, CISO of One Medical, to discuss the evolution of security at One Medical, what he looks for when hiring for his team, and why automation is a must.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 23 of The Secure Developer, Guy speaks with Zach Powers, CISO of One Medical, to discuss the evolution of security at One Medical, what he looks for when hiring for his team, and why automation is a must.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-23-automation-with-one-medicals-zach-powers">Ep. #23, Automation with One Medical’s Zach Powers</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Advanced Reporting &amp; Analytics</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/advanced-reporting-analytics</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Nov 2018 09:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-9284</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Join CTO and Co-Founder of Datadog, Alexis Lê-Quôc as he covers the integral features required to support enterprise-level reporting.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #16, Building and Leveraging Product Marketplaces</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-16-building-and-leveraging-product-marketplaces</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Nov 2018 11:20:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-9295</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 16 of Practical Product, Craig and Rimas are joined by Connie Kwan to walk through the process of buying and selling products on marketplaces.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 16 of Practical Product, Craig and Rimas are joined by Connie Kwan to walk through the process of buying and selling products on marketplaces.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-16-building-and-leveraging-product-marketplaces">Ep. #16, Building and Leveraging Product Marketplaces</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Navigating Enterprise Needs</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/navigating-enterprise-needs</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Nov 2018 10:55:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-9256</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Join the CTOs Kimber Lockhart from One Medical, Ralph Gootee from PlanGrid, and Valentino Volonghi from AdRoll, for our DevGuild finale panel discussion on navigating enterprise needs.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #3, Product-Market Fit with Segment’s Peter Reinhardt</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-product-market-fit-with-segments-peter-reinhardt</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Nov 2018 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-9276</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 3 of EnterpriseReady, Grant chats with Peter Reinhardt, co-founder and CEO of Segment, to discuss how finding and maintaining product-market fit helped grow his enterprise-facing company.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 3 of EnterpriseReady, Grant chats with Peter Reinhardt, co-founder and CEO of Segment, to discuss how finding and maintaining product-market fit helped grow his enterprise-facing company.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-product-market-fit-with-segments-peter-reinhardt">Ep. #3, Product-Market Fit with Segment’s Peter Reinhardt</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Integrating into the Enterprise</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/integrating-into-the-enterprise</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Nov 2018 15:56:04 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-9235</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Join MuleSoft CTO Uri Sarid and Replicated co-founder and CEO Grant Miller in a conversation on building for integrability, from DevGuild: Enterprise-Ready Products.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Programming Your User Conference</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/programming-your-user-conference</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Nov 2018 08:40:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-9145</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Hundreds of hours of effort go into planning a conference and it can be difficult to stay on top of all of the moving parts. This comprehensive guide breaks down everything that goes into programming your conference from setting objectives to reaching out to speakers.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>At Heavybit, we’ve trained more than 200 <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library">speakers</a> to offer tactical talks to our founders and community. But there’s a difference between a short meetup presentation and planning a half or full-day conference. With our <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/">DevGuild</a> conferences, we want to capture major questions around a specific theme, aim for a narrative flow, and achieve the right balance of information and entertainment. What does this all mean in practice as an organizer? Here’s what we’ve learned over the years:</p><h3>ARE WE ACTUALLY DOING THIS</h3><p><strong>Define Specific Event Objectives &amp; Budget</strong>: Determining an ideal attendee count and offering a hand-wavy suggestion about marketing is not a good enough reason to do a user conference.</p><p>Large events are expensive and represent hundreds of hours of effort. Make your user conf count. If you’ve quantified platform adoption metrics, press launch metrics, or you’ve secured a good number of customer briefings during your event, carry on. Otherwise, consider the efficiency of all your marketing channels before jumping into an event that’s splashy and time sensitive.</p><p>Most companies set targets for visibility/share-of-conversation, a specific number of well-qualified leads onsite, and they use an event for user education or customer conversion. Don’t pay hundreds of thousands of dollars to talk to the same audience you’ve already captured. Know your objectives and have an idea of how you’ll achieve them.</p><h3>LOGISTICS AND PLANNING</h3><ul><li><strong>Choose a Selection Committee:</strong> If possible, choose a collection of domain experts to help you build a list of potential speakers. In an ideal world, your event objectives and theirs align. With a committee, you get a chance to leverage more than your own network for intros, you gain collective promotional power, and in many cases, a committee will help you program the sessions they’re most passionate about. Choose people with clout to help you design the right conference.</li><li><strong>Create Rules &amp; Vet them with the Committee</strong>: Do you plan on allowing pay-to-play speakers? Are product demos acceptable? Will you be announcing breaking news or will this conference be for evergreen tactical how-tos? Determine what rules will most resonate with your desired audience and get committee buy-in. One reason TED X has managed to follow the TED conference model is that the <a href="https://collectivehub.com/2017/04/the-10-commandments-given-to-ted-talk-speakers/">10 Commandments of TED</a> are universally touted.</li><li><strong>Choose Topics</strong>: Work with your committee to determine the subtopics under the main theme of the event. Think about the narrative flow of the day. In some cases, an entire conference is based on a pre-existing pipeline or process. If you were planning a CI/CD conference, it doesn’t make sense to place a talk on testing in production before a design talk. Think about how all the talks might fit together in a logical progression, map them out, and then find experts to speak against them. Choose topics first to ensure you’re not just building a smattering of vanity presentations. The worst thing you can do is waste your customer and users’ time.</li><li><strong>Build a List of Speakers Mapped to Topics</strong>: Think about celebrity, entertainment value, expertise, energy level etc. As a rule, the highest-energy speakers should start and end the day. This sets the tone and sparks better conversation.</li><li><strong>Write Compelling Subtopic Abstracts</strong>: Write a strong lead and the problem statement that you want speakers to solve. You’ll include this in your initial outreach and as placeholder copy on the website until you’ve got a final presentation abstract. If your speaker targets are passionate domain experts, at the very least, they’ll offer feedback on what topics you’re missing and help you craft a better program narrative. Treat your outreach the same way you’d treat a pitch by writing in reverse pyramid style and injecting your lead with common tenets of <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/newsworthiness/">newsworthiness</a>.</li><li><strong>Documentation</strong>: Explore the best way to document and share information with your committee and speakers. We use Google Docs so that changes can be tracked and disseminated instantaneously but we’ve also used <a href="https://github.com/heavybit/conduct/blob/master/conference-conduct.md">Github Repositories</a> to publish guides to the public. You’ll want to document everything, whether it’s an email template or dry-run calls, not only as reference but also to make planning your next conference a lot easier.</li></ul><h3>SPEAKER OUTREACH</h3><ul><li><strong>First Speakers</strong>: Getting warm intros to celebrity speakers first is good for two reasons. First, your audience members are more likely to recognize the speakers and buy tickets before the agenda is finalized. Second, a notable confirmed speaker is social proof to subsequent speaker outreach. Lean on your investors, partners and board for warm intros. Then identify the gaps in coverage on your topics and target additional experts.</li><li><strong>Schedule a Topic &amp; Outline Discussion:</strong> This allows you to know the rough topic and outline, explain audience expectations, and explain your conduct policy. If a speaker isn’t capable of putting much into a presentation, you may want to consider offering them a panel slot.</li><li><strong>Send Speaker Guidelines</strong>: We offer speaker <a href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1sXWpAACF275eQzR1gM3P9WqAtdQXGev9_I9RStBY3Us/edit">guidelines</a> to every presenter (even for smaller events) to ensure they understand what they’re meant to accomplish with the audience. They also have a good idea of materials deadlines and the time commitment involved in building a presentation.</li><li><strong>Schedule a Dry Run:</strong> This helps clear away the cruft of repetition across speakers, lets you time the dry run, and allows you to get a feel for the tone and energy a speaker will set. If you do this well in advance of the actual date, it also lets you mix up your lineup to avoid audience fatigue and anticipate the length of breaks.</li><li><strong>Set Materials Deadlines</strong>: We ask for <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/better-developer-presentations/">presentation slides</a> at least a week ahead of the conference date and build a master slide deck. We also back up this slide deck in the cloud. Being able to run through the master deck ahead of the event will ensure there are fewer chances for a technical mishap.</li></ul><h3>PANELISTS</h3><ul><li><strong>Close the First Panelist</strong>: As mentioned earlier, starting with a celebrity panelist not only boosts the caliber of your conference, it also helps you attract and sell spots on the panel to other speakers. Celebrity panelists are also more likely to have already spoken on the subject matter so scheduling a topic call with them will make writing an abstract, setting the talking points, and outlining questions for the moderator easier.</li><li><strong>Subsequent Panelists</strong>: Panels are more work upfront on questions from the organizer and moderator, but they’re a great way to get a variety of voices on a specific topic. As the organizer, consider the panel group dynamic to ensure they’re at a similar point in their careers. For Heavybit, we aim to bring in panelists who understand the messiness of tactical execution alongside the big picture thinking required of great leaders. Keep in mind that a VP at a 10-person Series Seed company might be the equivalent of a senior manager at a 20,000-person publicly traded company. Above all else, panelists should understand similar challenges.</li><li><strong>Offer Draft Questions Well Ahead of The Event</strong>: This is particularly important for high-profile speakers and those at publicly traded companies. No legal team or corporate communications team will sign off on your post-conference videos, blog posts, and photos if they feel there’s the potential for negative repercussions with shareholders. Draft questions help panelists form thoughtful answers.</li><li><strong>Schedule a Discussion w/ All Panelists &amp; Moderator</strong>: This is a good opportunity to not only introduce your panelists and get them comfortable with each other, but to also tease out the most interesting examples and anecdotes in order to avoid repetition. Understanding different points of view will also give your moderator an angle to keep the conversation interesting.</li></ul><h3>PREPPING MODERATORS</h3><ul><li><strong>The Ideal Moderator:</strong> Unlike the Emcee, the Moderator should be someone who is strong on facilitation and has a deep understanding on the subject matter. Though a lot of the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-be-a-great-panel-moderator/">same tips</a> hold true, a moderator is just as much a part of the conversation as the panelists are. In many cases, their job is harder. A deep understanding of the subject matter is important because the moderator needs to be able to translate and paraphrase the panelists’ talks on the spot and in a short amount of time.</li><li><strong>Referee</strong>: The worst moderators let one person talk for an entire panel rather than teasing out diverse points-of-view. A moderator needs to shut down monologues and call people out on their bullshit to ensure the audience receives the best possible information across multiple panelists.</li><li><strong>Understand the Audience:</strong> Make sure your moderator knows who to expect in the audience. You don’t want them explaining simple concepts to a room full of experts or using elevated language to an audience that isn’t as advanced. You also want them to understand the stage of an audience’s company or career. If you’re a scrappy little startup, you shouldn’t be encouraged to cargo cult Facebook’s marketing org and spend today.</li></ul><h3>SET THE AGENDA &amp; PREP THE EMCEE</h3><ul><li><strong>Set the Final Agenda</strong>: Every conference, especially full-day ones, needs breaks. If your conference includes a mix of presentations and panels, you’re going to want to avoid putting them after each other or build in breaks to allow for major set changes. If your conference doesn’t include Q&amp;A from the audience, provide time for everyone to discuss, mingle, and ask questions. Breaks should be long enough to account for any delays to the program but short enough to get people to want to sit back down in their seats. Have your most energetic speakers talk after breaks to set things back in motion.</li><li><strong>Calendar, Location, Exact Speaking Time w/ Buffer</strong>: If you’ve got speakers traveling in, make sure you know when they’re coming in and schedule their talk accordingly. Let them know what the agenda is but ask them to show up at least an hour early and stay past their allotted speaking time in case of delays in the program. This, along with the location and a point of contact, should all be included in a calendar invite that is sent in advance. Don’t forget to remind speakers as the date draws closer.</li><li><strong>Co-Draft the Script:</strong> A great emcee performance begins with a great emcee script. The emcee not only has to entertain, keep time, and maintain the plot, they will also need to set the tone, introduce the speakers, and make calls to action. In the end, it’s your event, not the emcee’s. Write an outline of what needs to be said, using single words or short phrases as a reminder of important topics. This will give the emcee structure as well as flexibility to be more responsive to the audience and speakers.</li><li><strong>Schedule a Technical Run Through:</strong> There will be a lot of moving parts and it will be the emcee’s responsibility to stay grounded, which includes understanding the behind-the-scenes production. How many transitions will there be? What kind of equipment will the speakers be using and how much time do they need to set-up? If the emcee knows there will be a 2 minute transition between the speakers, they can take this opportunity to engage with the audience and keep the energy high. If the emcee is aware that a speaker has gone over time, they will know that the lost time will need to be made up elsewhere.</li><li><strong>Offer Emcee Tips:</strong> An emcee is part storyteller, part technician, and part ring-master and you may find that your emcee is one or a combination of two so offer them these <a href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1atFSXqdkQTiGzbZT1cD82BDFd0mielcp6iRJL07Lh1c/edit">tips</a> on how they can be all three.</li></ul><h3>WEEK OF EVENT</h3><ul><li><strong>Offer How-to-Dress for Camera in the Cal Invite</strong>: We ask our speakers to wear clothing that can carry the microphone receiver but that will depend on the equipment you use. Nonetheless, as a general rule of thumb, speakers should dress comfortably for mobility. Busy prints and accessories should be avoided because not only can they distract your audience, they may also interfere with your audio and video equipment.</li><li><strong>Assign an Onsite Handler</strong>: Someone should be available to greet speakers, offer them their speaker packet, and run them back to the AV booth. This person should have a schedule of when speakers will arrive and can also hand off panelists to their moderators in the green room. They’ll also tell the showrunner whether someone is running late. If that’s the case, the showrunner can amend breaks and confer with the emcee.</li><li><strong>Collect Cell Numbers:</strong> The day before an event you should collect every speaker’s cell number and have the onsite handler text them and let them know when they’re expected to arrive and to contact the handler specifically if they’re running late.</li><li><strong>Offer Stage Blocking + How to Use the Clicker</strong>: There’s nothing worse than having a speaker get up on stage and ask “how do I use this?” “can you hear me?” or stand in the shadows out of frame. It may seem trivial but familiarity with the stage and the AV equipment will put both you and your speakers at ease during the event.</li></ul><p>This may all seem overwhelming but as long as you follow this guide and build a dedicated, supportive, and communicative event-organizing team, you can pull it off. It may not be perfect the first time around but breathe, document everything, take the time to reflect, and apply those lessons to your next conference. Interested in seeing how we execute our events? Join our <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr?email=xxxxx">mailing list</a> to receive updates about our Speaker Series and check out <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/enterprise-ready-products/">the videos</a> from our most recent DevGuild: Enterprise-Ready Products.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/programming-your-user-conference">Programming Your User Conference</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #1, Monitoring Observability with Monitoring Weekly’s Mike Julian</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-monitoring-observability-with-monitoring-weeklys-mike-julian</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Nov 2018 10:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-8936</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to High Leverage, a podcast featuring discussions around scaling modern software teams through better tooling and processes. High Leverage is hosted by <a href="https://twitter.com/josephruscio">Joe Ruscio</a>, Founder of <a href="https://www.librato.com/">Librato</a> and General Partner at <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">Heavybit</a>.</p><p>In the first episode of High Leverage, Joe is joined by Monitoring Weekly’s <a href="https://twitter.com/mike_julian">Mike Julian</a> for a discussion on observability tools, trends, and changing landscapes.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Welcome to High Leverage, a podcast featuring discussions around scaling modern software teams through better tooling and processes. High Leverage is hosted by <a href="https://twitter.com/josephruscio">Joe Ruscio</a>, Founder of <a href="https://www.librato.com/">Librato</a> and General Partner at <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">Heavybit</a>.</p><p>In the first episode of High Leverage, Joe is joined by Monitoring Weekly’s <a href="https://twitter.com/mike_julian">Mike Julian</a> for a discussion on observability tools, trends, and changing landscapes.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-monitoring-observability-with-monitoring-weeklys-mike-julian">Ep. #1, Monitoring Observability with Monitoring Weekly’s Mike Julian</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #22, Authentication with Yubico’s Stina Ehrensvärd</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-22-authentication-with-yubicos-stina-ehrensvard</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Nov 2018 09:45:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-9167</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 22 of The Secure Developer, Guy meets with Stina Ehrensvärd, founder and CEO of Yubico, to explore how hardware solutions like YubiKey can be an effective approach to authentication and security.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 22 of The Secure Developer, Guy meets with Stina Ehrensvärd, founder and CEO of Yubico, to explore how hardware solutions like YubiKey can be an effective approach to authentication and security.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-22-authentication-with-yubicos-stina-ehrensvard">Ep. #22, Authentication with Yubico’s Stina Ehrensvärd</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #22, Feat. Dan Scholnick of Trinity Ventures</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-22-feat-dan-scholnick-of-trinity-ventures</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Oct 2018 10:20:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-9154</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 22 of Venture Confidential, <a href="https://twitter.com/dschol">Dan Scholnick</a>, General Partner at Trinity Ventures, discusses how his past experience as a two time entrepreneur helps him determine which promising companies and charismatic entrepreneurs to invest in as well as what sets Trinity Ventures apart from other funds.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 22 of Venture Confidential, <a href="https://twitter.com/dschol">Dan Scholnick</a>, General Partner at Trinity Ventures, discusses how his past experience as a two time entrepreneur helps him determine which promising companies and charismatic entrepreneurs to invest in as well as what sets Trinity Ventures apart from other funds.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-22-feat-dan-scholnick-of-trinity-ventures">Ep. #22, Feat. Dan Scholnick of Trinity Ventures</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #50, Marketing an Open Source Project</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-50-marketing-an-open-source-project</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Oct 2018 09:25:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-9095</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 50 of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul look at how marketing plays a role in open source and how creators can turn a vision into a successful developer community.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 50 of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul look at how marketing plays a role in open source and how creators can turn a vision into a successful developer community.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-50-marketing-an-open-source-project">Ep. #50, Marketing an Open Source Project</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #33, The Knative Project with IBM Cloud Platform’s Jason McGee</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-33-the-knative-project-with-ibm-cloud-platforms-jason-mcgee</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Oct 2018 10:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-9157</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 33 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with <a href="https://twitter.com/jrmcgee">Jason McGee</a>, IBM Fellow and VP and CTO of <a href="https://www.ibm.com/cloud/">IBM Cloud Platform</a>, to see how <a href="https://github.com/knative/">Knative</a> is helping developers build and deploy serverless projects.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 33 of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with <a href="https://twitter.com/jrmcgee">Jason McGee</a>, IBM Fellow and VP and CTO of <a href="https://www.ibm.com/cloud/">IBM Cloud Platform</a>, to see how <a href="https://github.com/knative/">Knative</a> is helping developers build and deploy serverless projects.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-33-the-knative-project-with-ibm-cloud-platforms-jason-mcgee">Ep. #33, The Knative Project with IBM Cloud Platform’s Jason McGee</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #14, Roadmaps and Product Direction</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-14-roadmaps-and-product-direction</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Oct 2018 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-9168</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 14 of Practical Product, Craig and Rimas look at the differences between following a product roadmap and framing a strategy around product direction and user engagement.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 14 of Practical Product, Craig and Rimas look at the differences between following a product roadmap and framing a strategy around product direction and user engagement.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-14-roadmaps-and-product-direction">Ep. #14, Roadmaps and Product Direction</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #2, The Early Days of GitHub with Tom Preston-Werner</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-the-early-days-of-github-with-tom-preston-werner</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Oct 2018 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-9127</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 2 of EnterpriseReady, Grant chats with Tom Preston-Werner about how the open source company he co-founded, GitHub, rose up to become an essential coding resource for developers everywhere.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 2 of EnterpriseReady, Grant chats with Tom Preston-Werner about how the open source company he co-founded, GitHub, rose up to become an essential coding resource for developers everywhere.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-the-early-days-of-github-with-tom-preston-werner">Ep. #2, The Early Days of GitHub with Tom Preston-Werner</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Serverless Meetup with Cloudflare</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/serverless-meetup-with-cloudflare</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Oct 2018 14:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-9106</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On September 11th, 2018, Heavybit member Serverless Inc. hosted the Serverless user meetup at our San Francisco Clubhouse. The event was co-hosted by Cloudflare to highlight their latest serverless offering Cloudflare Workers</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>On September 11th, 2018, Heavybit member Serverless Inc. hosted the Serverless user meetup at our San Francisco Clubhouse. The event was co-hosted by Cloudflare to highlight their latest serverless offering Cloudflare Workers. In these videos, learn directly from the engineers and product managers who are building the future of serverless at Cloudflare. Cloudflare Developer Relations team member Connor Peshek wrote the post below with additional information relevant to each of the talks. <a href="https://www.meetup.com/Serverless/">RSVP here</a> to attend the next Serverless Meetup in person.</em></p><h2>The Future of Serverless with Kenton Varda</h2><p>To understand the future of Serverless, it’s important to grasp the history of web applications. In the early 90’s, hosting web applications required buying and managing huge mainframes, regardless of your actual needs. Since then, the industry has worked tirelessly to remove the barriers to hosting, first by building commodity servers, then by sharing hardware via virtual machines, and more recently, containers. Now, with serverless, we’re able to easily run a container to handle a specific event.</p><p>Still, the difference between running your own cloud server and running a serverless application hasn’t been a meaningful one for users, because serverless is just using someone else’s container instead of someone else’s server. Your serverless functions are still running in massive data centers at a handful of pre-selected locations around the globe. Cloudflare recognizes that there are still plenty of opportunities to increase efficiency, and we’ve been working on new products to address them.</p><p>What if all of the API’s you needed to call from your serverless code were hosted in the same location as your serverless function? If that were the case, you could add as many layers to your code as you wanted and not need to worry about increased latency. And what if people integrating with your code didn’t have to have their API calls travel all the way to San Francisco when they’re in Australia? If a group of people in Australia are collaborating in a Google Doc, their keystrokes shouldn’t have to travel across the world in order to update the document. And we don’t want to use a peer to peer network because user’s devices can be unreliable.</p><p>Kenton wants the world to focus on running your code everywhere instead of inside of one massive central data center. <a href="https://www.cloudflare.com/products/cloudflare-workers/">Cloudflare Workers</a> currently utilizes more than 154 data centers, and your serverless code can run in all of them at once. Workers ensures that users connect to the closest data center, meaning that the people using your application in Australia connect to the data center in Australia instead of a data center in San Francisco.</p><p>The next major hurdle for serverless is reliable and persistent distributed storage. Today when a serverless application is running at the data center that’s closest to you, a connection to the origin server must still be made to pull information from the database. Kenton’s goal is to change that. Cloudflare is working on storage at the edge using serverless technology. The broad concept is for most of a user’s database information to be stored in the data center nearest them, while remote databases can regularly communicate with each other, making all of a user’s data as close to them as possible without being stored on their own machine.</p><h2>Workers in the Wilderness with Rita Kozlov</h2><p>Traditionally speaking, code has always run in one of two places; a client browser, or on an origin server. Running code in the browser can be problematic for many reasons, not least of which is that you don’t always have control of the browser. On the other hand, code on your origin can often be difficult to update without breaking things. That’s why Cloudflare introduced Workers, a serverless solution that runs at the CDN layer between your origin server and the client’s browser.</p><p>Some of the solutions we’ve seen implemented are simple tasks, such as setting cache-control or CSP headers, or handling CORS. Additionally, the product is frequently used to set country based actions such as redirecting users to country-specific site variations or automatically translating pages to a visitor’s language. Workers can be leveraged to protect and cache private content too, including premium videos or images. And since Workers see both incoming requests and outbound responses, you can use a worker to monitor your responses for sensitive information and alert your teams accordingly.</p><p>A/B testing is another popular use for Workers, check the helpful code samples in our <a href="https://developers.cloudflare.com/workers/recipes/a-b-testing/">documentation</a>.</p><p>Workers can alternatively house entire applications. One recent example is NPM completely removing their origin server and instead serving their entire site from a Worker with assets stored in a storage bucket.</p><h2>Real World Serverless with Stephen Pinkerton</h2><p>We’ve been hearing a lot about serverless lately, but why would someone want to use it? Stephen Pinkerton explains that one of the primary reasons companies are moving towards serverless is because they want things to be “simple rather than complicated”. Focusing on Cloudflare Workers as the serverless platform, Pinkerton highlights the benefits an organization might enjoy by using a serverless platform for their applications.</p><p>In most circles, shipping an MVP is a pretty big ordeal. You need to write your application, spend money on servers to host it, manage all of the ops and deployment processes, and even then you still need to maintain it. Developers are increasingly moving towards serverless in an effort to eliminate these difficulties. Using serverless allows engineers to focus on their primary business and what adds value to their customers. There’s a diminished threat of being paged in the middle of the night to fix your infrastructure when it’s being handled by your serverless provider.</p><p>As with any infrastructure change, there are trade offs to consider when going serverless. You should be considering limitations like cold start and deployment times, cost, and how you plan to run your new serverless code alongside your more traditionally deployed projects. Many serverless providers still have long cold start times, deployed changes take a long time to get to all endpoints, and can be expensive to run. Cloudflare Workers takes a different approach to eliminate some of these trade offs. Instead of using NodeJS as our runtime for example, we use Service Workers, which can make cold start times as much as 400% faster than other serverless providers. If you’re experimenting with serverless for fun or at work, you should be sure to consider Workers for your next project.</p><p><em>Do you have valuable insights and experiences in the developer tool space that you’d like to share with our community? <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/contributor-program/">We want to hear from you – join our contributor program today.</a></em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/serverless-meetup-with-cloudflare">Serverless Meetup with Cloudflare</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #49, Another Look at Product Management</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-49-another-look-at-product-management</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Oct 2018 09:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-8954</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 49 of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul discuss how to lead and manage a developer product to success.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 49 of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul discuss how to lead and manage a developer product to success.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-49-another-look-at-product-management">Ep. #49, Another Look at Product Management</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #6, Customer Reliability Engineering with Google’s Liz Fong-Jones</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-customer-reliability-engineering-with-googles-liz-fong-jones</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Oct 2018 09:25:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-8907</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 6 of O11ycast, Charity and Rachel talk to Google developer advocate Liz Fong-Jones about ways to build systems to be more transparent and explainable.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 6 of O11ycast, Charity and Rachel talk to Google developer advocate Liz Fong-Jones about ways to build systems to be more transparent and explainable.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-customer-reliability-engineering-with-googles-liz-fong-jones">Ep. #6, Customer Reliability Engineering with Google’s Liz Fong-Jones</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #21, Managing Security with Cybersecurity Leader and DevSecOps Practitioner Julie Tsai</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-21-managing-security-with-the-realreals-julie-tsai</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Oct 2018 09:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-8967</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 21 of The Secure Developer, Guy meets with <a href="https://twitter.com/446688">Julie Tsai</a>, Cybersecurity Leader and DevSecOps Practitioner, to discuss ways to manage secure systems and bridge the gap between security and DevOps.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 21 of The Secure Developer, Guy meets with <a href="https://twitter.com/446688">Julie Tsai</a>, Cybersecurity Leader and DevSecOps Practitioner, to discuss ways to manage secure systems and bridge the gap between security and DevOps.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-21-managing-security-with-the-realreals-julie-tsai">Ep. #21, Managing Security with Cybersecurity Leader and DevSecOps Practitioner Julie Tsai</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sales Hiring Strategy with Greylock Partners &amp; TalentBin</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/sales-hiring-strategy-with-greylock-partners-talentbin</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Oct 2018 10:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-9028</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Founding Sales author and Atrium HQ co-founder Pete Kazanjy joins Dan Portillo, Talent Partner at Greylock Ventures, explain when and how to build a successful sales team.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #1, Delivering Software That Enterprises Love with Chef’s Adam Jacob</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-delivering-software-that-enterprises-love-with-chefs-adam-jacob</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Oct 2018 09:30:13 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-8975</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to EnterpriseReady, a new show aiming to change the enterprise software narrative from how to <em>sell</em> to the enterprise, to how to <strong>build</strong> for the enterprise. This show will feature in depth interviews with industry experts and enterprise software founders as we try to break through the jargon, establish a common vernacular and share the lessons learned from BUILDING the world’s best enterprise software.</p><p>EnterpriseReady is hosted by Grant Miller, creator of <a href="https://www.enterpriseready.io/">EnterpriseReady</a> and co-founder and CEO of <a href="https://www.replicated.com/">Replicated</a>, who are powering the worlds best enterprise software.</p><p>In this episode Grant interviews Adam Jacob, founder and CTO of Chef. Adam has been building Chef for over 10 years and during that time he has learned a LOT about how to deliver software that enterprises love. He has an incredible perspective and we were so glad to have him as one of our first guests.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Welcome to EnterpriseReady, a new show aiming to change the enterprise software narrative from how to <em>sell</em> to the enterprise, to how to <strong>build</strong> for the enterprise. This show will feature in depth interviews with industry experts and enterprise software founders as we try to break through the jargon, establish a common vernacular and share the lessons learned from BUILDING the world’s best enterprise software.</p><p>EnterpriseReady is hosted by Grant Miller, creator of <a href="https://www.enterpriseready.io/">EnterpriseReady</a> and co-founder and CEO of <a href="https://www.replicated.com/">Replicated</a>, who are powering the worlds best enterprise software.</p><p>In this episode Grant interviews Adam Jacob, founder and CTO of Chef. Adam has been building Chef for over 10 years and during that time he has learned a LOT about how to deliver software that enterprises love. He has an incredible perspective and we were so glad to have him as one of our first guests.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-delivering-software-that-enterprises-love-with-chefs-adam-jacob">Ep. #1, Delivering Software That Enterprises Love with Chef’s Adam Jacob</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building Great API Docs</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-great-api-docs</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Sep 2018 09:25:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-8937</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Speaker Series presentation, ReadMe founder and CEO Greg Koberger talks about API docs and the importance of having good documentation.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #32, Progressive Web Apps with AWS’ Nader Dabit</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-32-progressive-web-apps-with-aws-nader-dabit</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Sep 2018 09:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-8810</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 32 of JAMstack Radio, Brian meets with Nader Dabit, developer advocate for AWS Mobile, which is a team within AWS that focuses on solutions for mobile developers to discuss developer tools such as Device Farm, AWS Amplify, and AWS Appsync.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 32 of JAMstack Radio, Brian meets with Nader Dabit, developer advocate for AWS Mobile, which is a team within AWS that focuses on solutions for mobile developers to discuss developer tools such as Device Farm, AWS Amplify, and AWS Appsync.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-32-progressive-web-apps-with-aws-nader-dabit">Ep. #32, Progressive Web Apps with AWS’ Nader Dabit</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Designing for Success at Developer Companies</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/designing-for-success-at-developer-companies</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Sep 2018 09:20:13 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-8827</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this post based on his experience as a founder and roles as engineer and PM at companies led by engineers, Will DelHagen shares key actions that can make a huge difference in the value a company gets out of adding product design to the team.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>I recently attended a great workshop at <a href="https://www.designmap.com/">DesignMap</a> called “Maximize the Value of Design in Your Organization.” Rather than present some fancy new design thinking methodology, it focused on culture and how the relationship between business leaders and designers can hold designers back from being successful.</p><blockquote>Most developer tools companies recognize the importance of good product design, but many struggle with the question of when to bring on a designer and how to make them successful.</blockquote><p>From my experience as a founder and roles as engineer and PM at companies led by engineers, I think there are a a few key actions that can make a huge difference in the value a company gets out of adding product design to the team.</p><p>Since the word ‘design’ is thrown around so much in so many ways, I want to clarify that I am referring to product design. This is, as <a href="https://medium.com/intercom-inside/the-dribbblisation-of-design-406422ccb026">Paul Adams puts it</a>, “solving problems for people within the constraints of a specific business,” rather than “practicing digital art” for fans on Dribbble.</p><p>If you can do these five things, you will be laying down fertile soil for design innovation to flourish.</p><h2>5 Key Actions for Product Design Success</h2><h3>1. Create Safety</h3><p>As Google clearly demonstrated through <a href="https://rework.withgoogle.com/print/guides/5721312655835136/">Project Aristotle</a>, psychological safety, the degree to which team members feel safe to fail, is a key element of any successful team. This is especially critical in product design, because successful design innovation requires constant public failure. If your environment is not a safe place to fail, then it is not a safe place to experiment.</p><blockquote>The safer your designer feels to expose their process, prototypes, and unfinished work, the faster they will learn and the better the outcome will be.</blockquote><p>Engineering cultures can be particularly unwelcoming to a designer’s public experimentation for two reasons. First, much of the engineering process can be done solo and exposed to code linters, unit tests, load test and integration tests before being exposed to the team, so there is not nearly as much need for public failure. Designers need to expose their work to humans, which means more public exposure to failure. Second, a designer is more likely to feel their credibility is at risk, since the prevailing model of credibility in an engineering culture is technical prowess. If a designer’s skill-set is not respected by the team in a public way, they will be less willing to put their credibility on the line by exposing themselves to failure.</p><p>On the other hand, we can look to engineering culture for practices that emphasize the positive outcome of learning from failure. The <a href="https://landing.google.com/sre/book/chapters/postmortem-culture.html">blameless postmortems</a> that have become a foundation of the Site Reliability Engineering practice pioneered by Google have transformed even failures with real business costs into learning experiences that avoid shaming anyone. If you adopt approaches like this one more widely, publicly recognize your designer(s) for their unique skills and contribution, and as Tim Brown, CEO of IDEO, advises in <a href="https://www.ideo.com/post/change-by-design">Change By Design</a> (CBD), “allow time, space and budget to make mistakes”, you will be on your way to creating the safety required to support product design innovation.</p><h3>2. Accept Chaos</h3><p>Most engineering education and work is focused on convergent and analytical thinking, while design requires periods of divergent thinking and synthesis to discover patterns in a sea of information. As Tim Brown (CBD) warns, “it can be messy” and “people from more methodical backgrounds may fear that the risks are too high.”</p><p>As engineers we are used to planning out our work clearly in advance. Even if you’re working in an agile-like way, the specific work to be done is specified at the start of the sprint. As a startup leader, you probably already feel that there is more than enough uncertainty to go around. For these reasons, it’s understandable to have discomfort with the divergent, chaotic nature of a typical product design process. You may find yourself asking: “What if this is just a waste of time?” or “How can I tell sales/marketing/customers when they will get the feature they are asking for?”</p><p>The point to remember is that methodical, predictable work leads to merely incremental gains, and as a startup you’re shooting for much more than that. So do as the sage Tim Brown (CBD) advises: put on your integrative thinking cap and hold these opposing forces in tension. Remember that management requires stability, efficiency and predictability, and design requires spontaneity, serendipity and experimentation. Both sets of needs are legitimate.</p><p>If a little dose of empathy will help you do this, take a moment to think about how your investors feel when they look at you. They have placed a bet on you, taken theirs or someone else’s money and written you a big check. Even at the best of times you and your company probably seem pretty chaotic to them. But they mostly trust that you’ve got the right objectives in mind and they accept the chaos. Do your best to give your designer(s) the same leeway your investors give you.</p><h3>3. Get (Everyone) Out of the Building</h3><p>Steve Blank has been exhorting startup teams to “get out of the building” for over a decade, but sadly there are still too few that do it enough or do it the right way. It’s not really that surprising, because it’s hard — mostly for psychological reasons. I have good news for you: a good designer is specially trained for this very thing. The important thing to remember here is to not let them be a lonely reality tourist.</p><blockquote>There is something magical that happens when someone from your team, particularly an engineer, gets to observe a user in the wild.</blockquote><p>They get inspired; they get the vision; they get fired up to build. Despite the value, it can be hard for a designer to fight all the institutional inertia to make the practice a regular part of the work and to pull the rest of the team in to participate. Engineers have deadlines and their managers want to protect their time. Sales and Customer Success want to protect their relationships. Marketing already does research. Product Management already has a bunch of great ideas they came up with on a whiteboard in a room by themselves.</p><p>You have the opportunity to pave the way for real user interaction to become a regular part of your team’s activities. Publicly encourage it and publicly recognize the results. Show video clips. Sit in on these sessions yourself and come back sharing the insights. A designer knows how to make these interactions bear fruit; you just have to get the rest of the team fired up to participate. Once they get a first taste, they’ll have an appetite for it.</p><h3>4. Be Authentic and Reward Authenticity</h3><p>We’ve all been there. The Product team finally released the founder/CEO’s pet project into production and the users don’t like it. No one wants to tell her. No one wanted to tell her when she first proposed it. No one wanted to tell her when there was a lukewarm response from a few user tests. The only thing that was protected here was the CEO’s ego, and that damage was just pushed off until now, when it will be even more serious.</p><p>This is what happens in teams that do not genuinely value authenticity. It’s the kind of situation that makes it nearly impossible for a designer to be effective. Designers are, ultimately, in search of reality. The reality of the user’s needs, the reality of the painful onboarding process, the reality of the emotional experience the visual design delivers.</p><blockquote>When <em>real</em> reality gets trumped by official reality, you have a real problem.</blockquote><p>Take the example of the <a href="https://www.fastcompany.com/3039887/under-fire">Amazon Fire Phone</a>, a case where “because the CEO wants it” became the reason behind a slew of unfortunate features. Countless people knew Dynamic Perspective 3-D was a bad idea, but apparently no one felt their authentic criticism would be valued. Jeff Bezos didn’t effectively encourage and reward authenticity in this case, and the result was embarrassing. Reality struck in the end, but it was far too late in the process to avoid the huge cost.</p><p>Before you start listing all the reasons why “this could never happen at my company”, take a moment and read this next sentence carefully. <strong>As your company’s founder, you are like Jeff Bezos to your team</strong>. You founded the company; you hired them; you make the final calls on what goes into the product and who gets a promotion.</p><blockquote>You have a lot of power in the little universe of your startup. Don’t wield it in defense of your ego; be authentic and wield it in search of reality.</blockquote><p>It’s hard in this business. As a leader of a startup there are a ton of places where you can’t afford to be completely authentic because everyone is playing the game: doing the rounds with VCs, selling to that important customer, talking to that reporter from Techcrunch. You need to stay aware and find a way to take off that mask when it comes to product design. If you don’t, reality will come back to bite you.</p><h3>5. Communicate the Mission</h3><p>So, if all that has you a bit anxious here is your chance to take back control. The most important thing you can do to help a designer be successful AND the best way to handle the chaotic bumps reality will send your way, is to develop and articulate a clear mission and vision for your company, with objectives for each project as they come up. This is your chance to guide and more importantly, your chance to inspire.</p><p>Remember what we heard from Paul Adams at the beginning — design is about constraints. Tim Brown (CBD) describes the project brief as providing the team with “a framework from which to begin, benchmarks by which they can measure progress, and a set of objectives to be realized.” It gives the team a set of navigational beacons to guide the design process and “will allow for serendipity, unpredictability, and the capricious whims of fate, for that is the creative realm from which breakthrough ideas emerge.”</p><blockquote>A good design team would never start a project without a brief, and you shouldn’t expect a designer to come in and do good work without a clear mission and vision.</blockquote><p>If you don’t have a clear, concrete mission and vision, stop everything and work on that. If you have them, then be sure that everyone on the team hears it at least once a week and can write it down if prompted. It will bring the team together, creating more safety. It will give you all a north star to guide you through the chaos. It will encourage the team to get out of the building by connecting everything they do to the outcome for your customers. It will foster authenticity by giving everyone a goal that is separate from any one person’s opinion or ego.</p><p><em>Do you have valuable insights and experiences in the developer tool space that you’d like to share with our community? <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/contributor-program/">We want to hear from you, join our contributor program today.</a></em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/designing-for-success-at-developer-companies">Designing for Success at Developer Companies</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Growing a Developer Relations Program</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/growing-a-developer-relations-program</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Sep 2018 09:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-8869</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Heavybit presentation, a panel of developer evangelists and advocates describe the tools and community organizing methods that make their company’s developer ecosystem thrive.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #21, Feat. Lan Xuezhao of Basis Set Ventures</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-21-feat-lan-xuezhao-of-basis-set-ventures</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Sep 2018 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-8819</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 21 of Venture Confidential, <a href="https://twitter.com/xuezhao">Lan Xuezhao</a>, Founding Partner at Basis Set Ventures, describes how she went from a career in Corp Dev at Dropbox to later founding a venture firm that invests in companies that improve people’s work efficiency.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 21 of Venture Confidential, <a href="https://twitter.com/xuezhao">Lan Xuezhao</a>, Founding Partner at Basis Set Ventures, describes how she went from a career in Corp Dev at Dropbox to later founding a venture firm that invests in companies that improve people’s work efficiency.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-21-feat-lan-xuezhao-of-basis-set-ventures">Ep. #21, Feat. Lan Xuezhao of Basis Set Ventures</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #20, Using ThreadFix with Dan Cornell of Denim Group</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-20-using-threadfix-with-dan-cornell-of-denim-group</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Sep 2018 12:45:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-8836</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 20 of The Secure Developer, Guy speaks to <a href="https://twitter.com/danielcornell">Dan Cornell</a>, CTO of <a href="https://www.denimgroup.com">Denim Group</a>, the developer security firm behind ThreadFix, a vulnerability resolution platform.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 20 of The Secure Developer, Guy speaks to <a href="https://twitter.com/danielcornell">Dan Cornell</a>, CTO of <a href="https://www.denimgroup.com">Denim Group</a>, the developer security firm behind ThreadFix, a vulnerability resolution platform.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-20-using-threadfix-with-dan-cornell-of-denim-group">Ep. #20, Using ThreadFix with Dan Cornell of Denim Group</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #48, Resolving Accidental Complexity with Dark</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-48-resolving-accidental-complexity-with-dark</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Sep 2018 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-8798</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 48 of To Be Continuous, Edith asks Paul what it took to found his fourth startup, Dark.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 48 of To Be Continuous, Edith asks Paul what it took to found his fourth startup, Dark.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-48-resolving-accidental-complexity-with-dark">Ep. #48, Resolving Accidental Complexity with Dark</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #5, InfoSec with Gartner’s Anton Chuvakin</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-infosec-with-gartners-anton-chuvakin</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Sep 2018 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-8797</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 5 of O11ycast, Rachel and Charity speak with Anton Chuvakin, Research VP at Gartner for Technical Professionals, about the ways modern companies make, or don’t make, decisions around security.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 5 of O11ycast, Rachel and Charity speak with Anton Chuvakin, Research VP at Gartner for Technical Professionals, about the ways modern companies make, or don’t make, decisions around security.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-infosec-with-gartners-anton-chuvakin">Ep. #5, InfoSec with Gartner’s Anton Chuvakin</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Honeycomb’s Kelly C. Gallamore on Open Space-Style Discussions</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/honeycombs-kelly-c-gallamore-on-open-space-style-discussions</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Sep 2018 10:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-8756</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Q&amp;A, we hear from Kelly C. Gallamore, Marketing Associate at Honeycomb, about Open Space-Style Discussions and their impact on events and conferences in the developer tools space.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>In this Q&amp;A, we hear from Kelly C. Gallamore, Marketing Associate at <a href="https://www.honeycomb.io/">Honeycomb</a>, about Open Space-Style Discussions and their impact on events and conferences in the developer tools space.</em></p><h2>Tell us a little bit about yourself, where do you work and what are you focused on these days?</h2><p><strong>Kelly:</strong> I jumped into the hive over at Honeycomb last spring, and I landed in Team Marketing. Like any small company, I help with many aspects of marketing, but my main focus is the world of events. I am the lead organizer for <a href="https://o11ycon.io/">o11ycon</a>. My first attempt at a career was as a Cinematographer. I love storytelling and building community by making stories and/or adventures.</p><h2>What is OSSD and where does it come from?</h2><p><strong>Kelly</strong>: o11ycon2018 was an emergent one-day conference. Our main goal with the short time that we had was to <strong><em>bring the hallway track front and center</em></strong>. To do so, we borrowed, begged, stole, and liberated from Open Space Technology (OST). This meeting style gathers a bunch of humans around a root idea, gives them space to self-organize and develop their own meeting agendas under the umbrella of that idea, breakout into groups to discuss these ideas, and finally collate a set of findings and/or calls-to-action to share with the whole community at the end of the day.</p><p><strong>o11y</strong><br/><em>adjective</em> | ol·lee \ ˈä-lē \<br/><strong>Definition</strong></p><ol><li>a measure of how well internal states of a software system can be inferred from knowledge of its external outputs</li><li>a cognitive philosophy and practice of asking questions inside software systems to elucidate how those systems are actually functioning</li></ol><p>The 1’s in o11y are pronounced like olly or ollie. This truncated word is an homage to a11y [accessibility in software].</p><p>Team o11y chose OSSD, an acronym for Open Space-Style Discussion. We experimented with the skeleton of OST, bringing some discussion prompts and clear time-boxing to our day. We want to celebrate the power of enablement that is possible when a group self-organizes, but we also wanted to drive as much discussion as possible to actionable goals and findings under the umbrella of observability. OSSD is our flavor of OST.</p><blockquote>We invited a bunch of passionate, adventurous, intelligent, capable people together to one kitchen, but our team did all the grocery shopping beforehand.</blockquote><p>Here are some reference materials that we studied:</p><ul><li><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Open_Space_Technology">Open Spaces Technology: Wiki</a></li><li><a href="http://www.theworldcafe.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/07/Cafe-To-Go-Revised.pdf">The World Cafe</a></li><li><a href="https://github.com/chef-training/open_spaces">Some Chef guides to Open Spaces</a></li><li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WQj12jmLGr4">This video on Open Space Technology</a></li></ul><h2>In your view, what are the ingredients for a successful OSSD session?</h2><p><strong>Kelly</strong>: Team o11y held several practice sessions in order to best enable our volunteer facilitators for o11ycon. We had some great success with how we did that, but we also have room to improve next time. We used the following tools to best enable these sessions:</p><ul><li><strong>Set the tone</strong> of discussion culture at the beginning of the day</li><li><strong>Meeting zones</strong> with analog means of note-taking</li><li><strong>Internet</strong> for digital note-taking</li><li><strong>Notebook and pen</strong> to encourage humans to get their noses out of their laptop</li><li><strong>Playbooks for facilitators</strong></li><li><strong>Dedicated facilitators</strong> for as many sessions as possible to make space for healthy discussion</li><li><strong>A digital forum</strong> (we used a shared google drive) for uploading findings, complete with an easy to use template slide</li><li>A time-boxed session at the end of the day for one person from each group to share 3 minutes with everyone about their discussion</li></ul><p><a href="https://o11ycon.io/o11y-resources/">These are the resources</a> we built for our OSSD, for facilitators and participants overall.</p><p>I have to credit <a href="http://rfong.github.io/">Rachel Fong</a> and <a href="https://www.twitter.com/daiyitastic">Chris Sun</a>, my teammates at Honeycomb, for generating most of the material in those resources. Art credit for o11ycon and the OSSD slides goes to my teammate <a href="https://www.twitter.com/johncch">Chong Han Chua</a>. <a href="https://www.twitter.com/rachelchalmers">Rachel Chalmers</a>, our o11y MC, set the tone for the day at o11ycon.</p><h2>What should organizers look for to know if they were successful or not?</h2><p><strong>Kelly</strong>: Data.</p><blockquote>Getting data from our attendees is one metric we have for success. We shot out a feedback survey shortly after the event. We got some full support for some things, and we got good ideas for how we can improve next time.</blockquote><p>Another key component for me for measuring success comes from the expectations in the first place. We had about 150 humans in the room at o11ycon. Looking around the room, I saw many many people actively engaging in conversation. People hanging out in the “hallway track” were few in number. The hallway track <strong><em>was</em></strong> the many discussions. Few people were on their phones or laptops. I saw smiles, laughter, and art-making.</p><p>While I had hoped that would happen, my expectations were set to observe and find what kept them from playing the game. To me, the day was a success based on the amount of active participation alone. For the future, we only seek to enable that more. Especially the art-making. Art-tifacts are powerful.</p><p>Another way that I know we were successful: the findings session was interesting and engaging. Because of the mechanics, more people at the conference actively participated as voices for their groups.</p><blockquote>Team o11y may have brought the groceries to the kitchen, but the ones who did the real work were the people in the room.</blockquote><p>They brought their brains, they played within a format, they contributed to a common group goal. For me, that sharing is success for all of us.</p><h2>Have you implemented OSSD before your work at Honeycomb?</h2><p><strong>Kelly: </strong>Personally, I have been participating in groups or meeting like this for a long time. I just did not have this name for it. I come from an arts background: big art, small art, paid art, volunteer art. Art that is a movie, art that has a script, art that is just a bunch of people coming together to do something, only to make that something up once they come together. From my art background, and from some training as a public speaker, I like to gather humans to brainstorm. From that brainstorm, I like to drive the group to a common goal with a set of actionable tasks that we can share (or for which we find resources).</p><blockquote>I love when groups enable themselves to identify problems, identify solutions, and implement solutions.</blockquote><p>To me it is the ultimate celebration of chaos… to try to take control of chaos and ride it knowing failure is a given.</p><h2>Are there any common mistakes or failure modes to avoid?</h2><p><strong>Kelly: </strong>When a house is literally on fire, the OSSD tactic is a less efficient form of discussion. Harrison Owen, whom the internet recognizes as the lead developer of OST, has two really solid, short paragraphs about when <em>not</em> to use OST in his <a href="http://www.openspaceworld.com/users_guide.htm">brief user’s guide</a>, and I agree with him.</p><p>OSSD’s are really meant to bring people together over a common goal or problem that needs creative examination – when the course of action is unclear to the community. Sticking to the goals of bringing together people who are passionate about an agreed upon topic (or umbrella), facilitating breakout space in which these humans can break apart the topic and discuss/explore/find differences or commonalities over those pieces, and letting them self-organize to reach goals or calls-to-action to help push that community forward… that backbone can make for a successful OSSD event.</p><p>While the four principles and one law of open-space technology discussions are important to this format, we rooted our day with the following ground rules to set a tone for the community:</p><p></p><p>If the larger group contains people who will use language that shames, push their way into hogging the mic and hogging space from others, and are there with defensive attitudes, the discussion will not be successful for the community. They will disintegrate the community.</p><blockquote>We found that setting the ground rules and having dedicated, empowered, practiced facilitators for as many groups as possible enabled more healthy, productive discussions.</blockquote><h2>Is there anything specific about developers and developer communities that you think allows OSSD to be successful?</h2><p><strong>Kelly: </strong>I am not a developer, and I have never been a developer. With that in mind, one thing I have learned about developers is that they tend to be a class of creative people who use their skills to build automation and systems to ultimately solve problems. They have to be creative to continually try to build new solutions. In all of my life experience so far, I find that for any maker, creator, builder, human who is a problem-solver, there is one key component that can make that problem-solving most efficient and successful.</p><blockquote>The healthiest start for problem-solving is to correctly identify the problem in the first place. I get the feeling that developers know that to be true.</blockquote><p>I understand that there is a work culture around developers that is often unhealthy, and that needs to change. That concept is literally what I get from <a href="https://twitter.com/mipsytipsy">@mipsytipsy</a> and her reasoning behind building an observability product in the first place: developer work-life has room for improvement. Ownership of software is one key mentality that needs to shift to make work better for engineering teams overall.</p><p>As someone who has worked in the heavy-lifting, below-the-line, oft-misunderstood (by top management and audiences) world of filmmaking, restaurants, and other startups, I know that culture changes come when groups organize well, identify the actual problems, and break the changes into actionable digestible chunks. OSSD is a format to bring developers together, with each other and with other engineers, where the path to break down cultural problems in software development is not yet completely clear for all who need to be involved. It’s a format that can jumpstart, enable, and empower a community.</p><p>Like most humans, I think developers want to be heard. Their collective experiences and feels, when given a forum to be heard, can contribute greatly to community solutions and changes in culture. I also think that I understand the developer community is pretty tight. If part of that group believes in the momentum from a successful OSSD, they can help it grow.</p><blockquote>OSSD is merely a garden. It’s up to the people who participate to help it grow and be productive. Developers, to me, seem like great gardeners.</blockquote></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/honeycombs-kelly-c-gallamore-on-open-space-style-discussions">Honeycomb’s Kelly C. Gallamore on Open Space-Style Discussions</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #13, Authentication for Developers with Auth0</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-authentication-for-developers-with-auth0</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Sep 2018 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-8738</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 13 of Practical Product, Craig and Rimas are joined by Martin Gontovnikas to explore how Auth0 is growing its developer user base.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 13 of Practical Product, Craig and Rimas are joined by Martin Gontovnikas to explore how Auth0 is growing its developer user base.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-authentication-for-developers-with-auth0">Ep. #13, Authentication for Developers with Auth0</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #31, Originless code with Cloudflare’s Kenton Varda</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-31-originless-code-with-cloudflares-kenton-varda</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Sep 2018 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-8779</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 31 of JAMstack Radio, Brian meets with Kenton Varda, tech lead for Cloudflare Workers and author of Sandstorm.io to discuss some of the infinite uses for running code at the edge.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 31 of JAMstack Radio, Brian meets with Kenton Varda, tech lead for Cloudflare Workers and author of Sandstorm.io to discuss some of the infinite uses for running code at the edge.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-31-originless-code-with-cloudflares-kenton-varda">Ep. #31, Originless code with Cloudflare’s Kenton Varda</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>3 DevRel Approaches to Product, Support, and Security</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/3-devrel-approaches-to-product-support-and-security</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Sep 2018 10:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-8584</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this post, learn how folks in our community leverage developer relations to have a major impact on their companies.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Just how valuable is a platform or outlet where developers can collaborate, contribute code and give feedback? For one you could consider how many billions Microsoft purchased GitHub for. But that’s only one story among many, and folks in our community have their own examples of how developer relations can make a major impact on a company’s growth.</p><p>We’ve hosted a number of experts at panels and on podcasts for discussions about fostering developer communities and the impact that came from encouraging collaboration or paying attention to user behaviors and responding to them.</p><h2>Building a Community-Driven Product</h2><p>As is often the case with developer tools, a product’s users and its community are pretty much one and the same. For <a href="https://www.nylas.com">Nylas</a> CTO and co-founder <a href="https://twitter.com/spang">Christine Spang</a>, her email APIs are used by developers, so being able to observe and react to their behavior is critical.</p><p>“It’s very interesting to see what people build with the platform and to get feedback from them,” she says. “We also rely on the community for figuring out what to build next and for getting new ideas as like what people might find useful.”</p><blockquote>To me the pinnacle of community involvement is folks that are building things on top of a platform.</blockquote><p>To bring the dollar signs back into the equation, Spang notes that by building community early, there is a better chance for profits later on. “If developers weren’t using the platform, then they wouldn’t eventually start companies and and ship products and then actually start paying us for the infrastructure,” she says. “So community is where it starts.”</p><p>Keeping an eye on adoption or usage within your developer community can influence the way a product is built or shipped, as is the case with <a href="https://twitter.com/dorkitude">Kyle Wild</a>, who co-founded Keen IO. Wild explains how monitoring what gets used and what doesn’t gave his company the feedback to deliver a more useful product.</p><p>“What API features are they using? What SDKs are they using? What have they tested and not engaged with?” he says. “Always at the end of the day it comes down to actually using the product, so that’s the main driver for us.”</p><blockquote>Instead of the whole disconnect between the people who make things and the people who use them, if you’re forced to confront the design shortcut that you took and see it, five or six times affect customers’ lives, you probably won’t take as many shortcuts.</blockquote><p>Hear more from both Sprang and Wild in this Heavybit panel, <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/product-as-community-panel-with-keen-io-firebase-and-nylas">Product as Community</a>.</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/286aa6d3350b9c8261977fd535b7e0919de01869-800x300.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h2>An Organic Support Ecosystem</h2><p>Devtool companies know the importance of having updated docs in order to support their users with the answers or guidance they need. But what happens when documentation becomes a two-way conversation between the product and developers? Take Contentful’s <a href="https://www.contentfulcommunity.com">community site</a> as a prime example.</p><p>“We wanted to bring everyone together in a single place, where our developers can talk to our users, and our users can talk to each other,” says <a href="https://twitter.com/andrey_tigay">Andrey Tigay</a>, QA Engineer at Contentful.</p><p>Tigay led the creation of the community forum which was initially designed for employees only. It was later rolled out to a few dozen customers before opening to and eventually being powered by the community. This opened the doors for Contentful to have more contact with those using its APIs or SDKs and offered an open venue for others to learn about the most popular topics and processes.</p><p>A forum or community as a solution looks very natural in this case. Later on, your community can become an FAQ for new and old users alike, and letting it happen in this organic way can lead to a more effective resource.</p><h2>Finding Safety In Numbers</h2><p>As featured in episode 18 of <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/the-secure-developer/ep-18-collaborative-security-with-hackerones-marten-mickos/">The Secure Developer</a>, the community platform <a href="https://www.hackerone.com">HackerOne</a> aims to close the divide between developers and white hat hackers by opening the conversation of improved security.</p><p>With over 200 thousand members, HackerOne works with companies of all kinds to raise money for bug bounties and vulnerability coordination to help their products stay secure. And while HackerOne encourages developers to run tests and make upgrades to their existing code, they also encourage teams to keep the mindset of secure coding from the outset.</p><p>“We would very much encourage and welcome software developers to try out hacking on our platform and hackers who are on our platform to learn about software development, because it just increases their skill,” says HackerOne CEO <a href="https://twitter.com/martenmickos">Marten Mickos</a>.</p><blockquote>Some of the best hackers are also developers, so they understand how software is developed and vice versa.</blockquote><p>Whether you’re bringing together hackers, developers, users, or a combination of all three, there’s real value in establishing and nurturing your developer relations. Take a look at <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/about">Heavybit’s community</a> of more than 10,000 global members to see how we can help take your developer product to market.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/3-devrel-approaches-to-product-support-and-security">3 DevRel Approaches to Product, Support, and Security</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #20, Feat. Leo Polovets of Susa Ventures</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-20-feat-leo-polovets-of-susa-ventures</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Sep 2018 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-8724</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 20 of Venture Confidential, <a href="https://twitter.com/lpolovets">Leo Polovets</a>, General Partner at <a href="http://susaventures.com">Susa Ventures</a>, describes how he went from a career in software engineering to later entering the world of venture and working with founders.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 20 of Venture Confidential, <a href="https://twitter.com/lpolovets">Leo Polovets</a>, General Partner at <a href="http://susaventures.com">Susa Ventures</a>, describes how he went from a career in software engineering to later entering the world of venture and working with founders.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-20-feat-leo-polovets-of-susa-ventures">Ep. #20, Feat. Leo Polovets of Susa Ventures</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #47, Product Management with Adam Gross</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-47-product-management-with-adam-gross</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Sep 2018 16:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-8553</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 47 of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul are joined by Adam Gross, former CEO of Heroku, who explains why people get into product management and how the role has evolved alongside continuous delivery.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 47 of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul are joined by Adam Gross, former CEO of Heroku, who explains why people get into product management and how the role has evolved alongside continuous delivery.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-47-product-management-with-adam-gross">Ep. #47, Product Management with Adam Gross</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #19, Feat. Charles Hudson of Precursor Ventures</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-19-feat-charles-hudson-of-precursor-ventures</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Aug 2018 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-8557</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 19 of Venture Confidential, <a href="https://twitter.com/chudson">Charles Hudson</a> stops by the studio to talk about his journey from founding a mobile games company to becoming a partner with Uncork and most recently <a href="https://precursorvc.com">Precursor Ventures</a>.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 19 of Venture Confidential, <a href="https://twitter.com/chudson">Charles Hudson</a> stops by the studio to talk about his journey from founding a mobile games company to becoming a partner with Uncork and most recently <a href="https://precursorvc.com">Precursor Ventures</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-19-feat-charles-hudson-of-precursor-ventures">Ep. #19, Feat. Charles Hudson of Precursor Ventures</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Transitioning from Founder-Led Sales</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/transitioning-from-founder-led-sales</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Aug 2018 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-8526</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Heavybit presentation, a panel of founders explain how to transition your company from founder-led sales to a well-oiled growth machine.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #19, Measuring Security with Allison Miller</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-19-measuring-security-with-allison-miller</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Aug 2018 10:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-8569</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 19 of The Secure Developer, Guy meets with <a href="https://twitter.com/selenakyle">Allison Miller</a> to discuss the ways technology and security have intersected throughout her career.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 19 of The Secure Developer, Guy meets with <a href="https://twitter.com/selenakyle">Allison Miller</a> to discuss the ways technology and security have intersected throughout her career.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-19-measuring-security-with-allison-miller">Ep. #19, Measuring Security with Allison Miller</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Developer Journalism Panel with The New Stack, SD Times, and DevOps.com</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/developer-journalism-panel-the-new-stack-sd-times-devops-com</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Aug 2018 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-8669</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Heavybit panel, journalists from The New Stack, SD Times, and DevOps.com discuss why and how they cover cloud infrastructure, application development and other software-focused topics.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Developer’s View Into Blockchain Network Architecture</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/a-developers-view-into-blockchain-network-architecture</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Aug 2018 14:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-8568</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>This Blockdaemon hosted panel “A Developer’s View Into Blockchain Network Architecture” looks at blockchain through a devtools lens. The group focuses on topics including decentralization and technical debt. Hear from experts at Coinbase, Stellar, Hyperledger, Blockdaemon and Orion Labs.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>This Blockdaemon hosted panel “A Developer’s View Into Blockchain Network Architecture” looks at blockchain through a devtools lens. The group focuses on topics including decentralization and technical debt. Hosted by <a href="https://twitter.com/konstantin11">Konstantin Richter</a>, CEO &amp; co-founder of Blockdaemon, you’ll hear from experts including:</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/brianbehlendorf/">Brian Behlendorf</a>, Executive Director of Hyperledger</li><li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/jed-mccaleb-4052a4/">Jed McCaleb</a>, Co-founder of Stellar</li><li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/jamescraige/">Jake Craige</a>, Lead Developer at Coinbase</li><li><a href="https://twitter.com/jesserobbins">Jesse Robbins</a>, Founder of Orion Labs</li></ul><div style="display:none">Unknown block type "youtube", specify a component for it in the `components.types` option</div><p>Introduction</p><p></p><p><strong>Konstantin Richter</strong>: I’m Konstantin Richter. I’m the emcee host of the night. I’m the CEO and co-founder of Blockdaemon. We are here today with a fairly eclectic group of people who have a lot of experience in cloud computation formation, blockchain infrastructure, protocol management, etc.</p><p>The purpose of today is to talk a little bit more about the current state of blockchain, the infrastructure challenges and the tooling that is available to actually build real things. And one of the things we’ve tried to do is to blend some people who have a lot of experience in building cloud solutions, with people who build amazing blockchain technology.</p><p>We at Blockdaemon– just a quick introduction. I don’t want to shill our services, but we’re a venture backed company and we describe ourselves as the “Heroku for blockchain,” if you know what Heroku is. This is a software-centric discussion, but it’s a cloud configuration tool and Heavybit was actually started by the founder of Heroku, who is also an investor.</p><p>We are part of the Heavybit developer community and accelerator. This is why we’re here today. We’ve also had a couple of interesting announcements today, as Blockdaemon. We’ve launched our Stellar deployment which went live today, as well as Quorum.</p><p>But we’re very happy to have Jed here. He’s the founder of Stellar and a few other things. I’m going to go quickly so everybody gets a chance to introduce themselves, but I want to say a couple of words about everyone.</p><p>Jed is one of the people that inspired me a lot as a true developer, who probably is one of the most influential people in the space that you know the least about. He started and founded Ripple, he worked with Mt. Gox. He had a bunch of different experiences and he’s been in the space for a long time.<br/>So we’re super happy to have him here.</p><p>To my left, Brian, who is the executive director of <a href="https://www.hyperledger.org">Hyperledger</a>. A man who has an illustrious background in the open source community, with Apache and a bunch of other very exciting projects. They’ve been a VC, they’ve been in the space for a long time.</p><p>At the end, Jesse Robbins. The myth, the man, the legend. But Jesse is a partner at Heavybit, and Jesse is also the founder of Chef. He was instrumental in actually setting up the AWS cloud infrastructure business, as well as a bunch of other things.</p><p>And Jake here is one of the lead engineers at a small blockchain startup called Coinbase. They’re doing pretty well. And so the reason why he’s here is because these guys actually have to manage infrastructure and nodes where, “If things don’t work, shit breaks.”</p><p>A Developer’s View Into Blockchain Network Architecture</p><p>I feel we have a good section here. This isn’t too scripted. The goal is to start reminiscing a little bit about the open source community and how all you guys started becoming developers and engineers in the space, and what got you excited around open source systems.</p><p>Maybe we start that way and we go down the line while you introduce yourself. Say who you are, If I’ve missed anything substantial, and then talk a little bit about what inspired you about open source and what you currently do in blockchain. And then we’ll riff on that.</p><p><strong>Brian Behlendorf</strong>: Sure. So once again, Brian Behlendorf, executive director of Hyperledger. I call myself the “Nerd Diplomat” though because at a Hyperledger we’re part of the Linux Foundation. So our job is to try to pull together two kinds of communities.</p><p>Communities of developers building underlying technology for distributed ledgers and smart contract systems, the second community are the companies. Like Blockdaemon, IBM, Baidu and Tencent. All these startups around the world who are building and want to build products and services on top of these technologies are just incorporated into their products.</p><p>And so the Linux Foundation has pioneered a certain model about around how to get companies to work together as a consortium. Not so much a charity, but recognizing the fact that most open source development is done by people working for a living, working to fix a bug or to add a feature for their employer. And how do you harness that? How do you channel it?</p><blockquote>How do you try to keep the amount of unnecessary disputes between the companies and between developers to a minimum? By providing air traffic control.</blockquote><p>I don’t actually employ any developers, nor do I write any open source code these days, and the world is much better off for that. But I got into it when I got onto the internet in 1991 as a freshman at UC Berkeley, and it was amazing to me that this thing had been built.</p><p>The internet felt like a secret universe, this portal to a place where you could send messages to people on the other side of the planet for free. You could access FTP sites or talk to people over IRC or read Usenet or a mailing list.</p><p>All of this infrastructure seeming to have emerged out of people writing protocols and white papers and standards. But not only writing the standards, but writing and giving away software that implemented those standards.</p><blockquote>It was software you could inspect. You could crawl inside and see how it worked.</blockquote><p>And if you tried running it yourself, and I quickly got a job as a sysadmin for the business school at Berkeley. Again, just goofing off, but it gave me a chance to crawl inside this code. And when you find a bug, and if you can come up with a fix maybe submit it.</p><p>Maybe it’s the right fix, maybe it’s completely the wrong fix but it provokes somebody else into actually doing the right fix. And so that culture of people sharing code long before the term open source was invented, which was roughly 1998. Long before Apache got started. which I fell into again because it felt like we were continuing this tradition of people working together to build common technologies.</p><p>But long before all that, this is how we got internet software. And I daresay it probably preceded proprietary software in the earliest days of how people figured out how to make computers do what they needed. So in continuing that tradition, when the web started to grow up, there were a bunch of us running websites built on top of the preexisting NCSA server.</p><p>This is the same team of student intern developers working at the University of Illinois who built the Mosaic browser.<br/>Some of whom went off to start VC firms like Andreessen Horowitz, but the server side of that,<br/>the students all left.</p><p>All of us using that software got a note one day that said, “Good news! All these students went off and got a job at this new startup company called Netscape.” And we were like, “Congrats. but we’re still using this old software.” And so because we had been exchanging patches with each other anyways, we just decided to keep doing that and called ourselves Apache, and eventually started a non-profit around it.</p><p>But it felt the most natural thing in the world. It’s like you’re riding a bicycle and you just keep riding that bicycle.</p><p><strong>Jesse Robbins</strong>: How many people in this room have contributed to, or built a product on an Apache licensed product? OK. Almost all of you, regardless of whether you use a Mac or the internet, or an Apple product or a Google product, depend on the fact that the Apache Software Foundation exists and produced a license model that allowed us to write and share code freely to deal with issues like patents and other things. all really hard and complicated, now-solved problems.<br/>At least in one general category.</p><p>And it’s interesting because the history that Brian just shared is often lost when you think about how things get built now, how easy it is to build things now. We depend on a foundation that many men and women built and that they built over a period of many years, that came from the same energy that’s starting to bring you into this room.</p><p><strong>Brian</strong>: And I’ll give due credit to the Free Software Foundation, which actually started in ’84-’85. Something like that. So that also helped lay a lot of the tracks that we were able to drive on. But I think right around when Apache got started in ’95 there was this recognition, it wasn’t about charity necessarily,</p><blockquote>It wasn’t even necessarily about ideology, about, “The world has to be free software.” It was instead a very pragmatic sense that by this underlying infrastructure stuff we all have to use, that hopefully we can all have the luxury of ignoring.</blockquote><p>You don’t worry about the plumbing in this building, for example. Maybe we should. I don’t know. But you don’t have to worry about it because somebody else is dealing with it. Well, some software is infrastructural, some software is in your face.</p><p>The more underlying infrastructure software we can develop as communities, and the more time and money we can all spend on the truly differentiating stuff.<br/>And that gets lost sometimes in the world of ICOs and a world of everyone building really bespoke blockchain infrastructures, that there’s a lot of commonality between these technologies and we should be working more. That’s what Hyperledger, at the end of the day, is about.</p><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: Jake, do you want to say hi?</p><p><strong>Jake Craige</strong>: Yeah. I’ll try to follow that. I grew up with the internet–</p><p><strong>Jesse</strong>: And you use Apache-based softwares, among other things I imagine.</p><p><strong>Jake</strong>: Yeah, sure. My first foray into open source was when I started doing Rails development.<br/>And the fact that this framework existed in this space and it was open source and you could see what is going on, and you could see this huge community around that space, and all this stuff that they provided that I could just go in and use.</p><p>I worked primarily in consulting before joining Coinbase, and so I’ve worked with a lot of different companies.<br/>And most of them that we worked with are using Rails and are able to spin up these things very fast and have all these features they want really easily by just adding this gem here and there, and being able to do that.</p><p>It’s just a really cool thing, and that’s what got me interested in it.<br/>From there my first open source contributions that have some value was with the Ember CLI project.<br/>There was a cool thing that happened there where I was working on Ember.js applications, and I was building this thing to integrate with this thing called Cordova, which I think was Apache, or is now?</p><p>So we were using Cordova and we needed some tooling that integrated better with Ember CLI, so I was building this separate library. And what happened was Stefan Penner from the core team saw the repo and noticed and said, “How about you add this as an add-on?” Or, “How about you add some hooks and CLIs? You can actually do this yourself with the toolchain.”</p><p>It was this reaching out of him on this repo, he just opened an issue, that led to being able to actually contribute to Ember CLI and put in the first steps of this add-on system that they have today. That’s a really powerful thing. The fact that I was able, as somebody who worked at this small little company in Houston, be able to contribute in this big way and now the software is used by thousands of thousands of people around the world. I think that’s powerful.</p><blockquote>The fact that you can see this, and that you can learn from it, learning was huge. Being able to work with these other developers who knew more than I did.</blockquote><p>To be able to learn and see how they did things, the tradeoffs they made and to be able to have those conversations with them. To be this community together that pushes the world forward, and shares the software and says, “You can use this and you don’t need to worry about this part of it. You can just build this thing that you want and that your customers need.”</p><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: Great. Cool. Jed?</p><p><strong>Jed McCaleb</strong>: Let’s see. My first big open source projects were definitely in the blockchain space, and prior to that we would always have this decision whether we should open source or not. And one of the cool things I like about the blockchain space is there’s no decision. It definitely has to be open source.</p><p>Because, like Brian has pointed out, it’s this open infrastructure that is this underlying thing, and people want to be able to see it. It’s used by many parties and so everyone needs to have access to it.<br/>So that’s been great. And one of the other cool things I think about this space in general is that what you’re building is not just software, but it’s these open platforms.</p><blockquote>It’s not just people contributing to the code, but they’re contributing into the actual ecosystem.</blockquote><p>So there’s just a lot of different players that are involved, contributing all kinds of ways, which has been pretty exciting. Because it’s kind of like you’re in a big team not just with your own organization,<br/>but with organizations at large. So that’s been pretty inspiring and fun.</p><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: Jesse, tell us, what is your role in the tech world?</p><p><strong>Jesse</strong>: Well, I am motivated by a belief that developer technologies and tools have the power to make a better world. So in high school, my start, I became a sysadmin and I wrote a paper in in high school which was before open source was a thing. It was, “I want to work with a big group of people that are going to make the internet technologies and protocols for this thing called ‘the internet.&#x27;” And I described a vision for wanting to participate and help build organizations that make things that make things better.</p><p>My role at Heavybit is I’m one of the part time partners, so I have the good fortune of now helping other founders and teams avoid many of the problems and challenges that I learned as a first time CEO at Chef, and often provide a lot of the experience that comes from building what is now a big company and having worked on building big infrastructure in other environments.</p><p>So, that’s what I do. I’m hoping that everyone is here to learn how to embrace the next wave that is coming, and either build on, in, around or contribute to a set of tools and platforms that have a potential to change the way and improve lives for the next decade.</p><h2>Demystifying Decentralization</h2><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: Great. Thanks guys. Maybe one way to talk a little more about open source is the concept of decentralization. I’m curious what that means. We’ve got two guys who build protocols that are open source and blockchains, where the word “decentralization” is supposedly meaning.</p><blockquote>It seems blockchains either can be built for speed or consensus mechanisms,<br/>and there’s this tradeoff in-between.</blockquote><p>So I’m curious what you think about the sharing of infrastructure that’s needed in order to actually have a decentralized network, and how important that is for you. And what that means for the security of the network. And then actually, I’d be really curious to hear, Jesse, what you think about the degree to how that translates into cloud formation and that world that we came from. I’d be curious to hear about that from both of you guys. Brian, why don’t you start?</p><p><strong>Brian</strong>: I’ll start, sure.</p><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: What is decentralization?</p><p><strong>Brian</strong>: “What is decentralization?” That’s a pretty contentious argument now.<br/>There are people who take fairly binary points of view on this. “You’re not decentralized.” There’s a lot of tribalism–</p><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: “I’m a single point of failure.”</p><p><strong>Brian</strong>: I do think a lot of people have felt that the last 15 years on the net, there’s been less decentralization of the internet as a whole. There’s fewer places where you can get an e-mail account, fewer places to go get caught up on news or to build a group for your family to share messages.</p><p>It feels like a lot of this has started to centralize or fall into a small number of parties. And a lot of very smart, very active people who for 10 years have been trying to build ways to re-decentralize the net.</p><p>I think a lot of people read in <a href="https://bitcoin.org/bitcoin.pdf">Satoshi’s original white paper</a>, “Wow. Here’s a way that helps counter some of the scale advantages that you get from centralization.” Because centralized systems are incredibly cheap, incredibly scalable.</p><blockquote>We know now, thanks to a lot of the hard work of open source developers, how to build central infrastructures to support things at the scale of a Facebook or a Twitter.</blockquote><p>It’s actually harder to build more decentralized message systems, or decentralized databases. Those sorts of things. And so in that vein, a lot of people are trying to ask, “How do we tease this apart and build more decentralized systems?”</p><p>I think some of the cryptocurrency community had taken the perspective of, “If you go all the way to centralized and say that the only source of validity in verifying transactions is the proof of amount of CPU time that you’ve been able to successfully burn on a trivial problem, then that’s perhaps the most fair way that we could think of to build a broad network without anybody in the center.”</p><p>But I think they forget that there’s still a governance involved in deciding what software to run on the nodes and how that software is built. The debate for example, in the block size.<br/>Or in the Ethereum community, between bailing out the DAO hack and not bailing out the Parity hack, is basically a sign that there is still governance at work.</p><blockquote>You can either recognize that upfront and have a structure for having decision making inside of a community, or you can try to pretend that it doesn’t exist, and you end up with Lord of the Flies.</blockquote><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: How do you do it for Fabric?</p><p><strong>Brian</strong>: So there’s that side of the world.<br/>And then there’s another side of the blockchain world which has been about, let’s say, you have a formal recognition for the role of a governing entity in a network.</p><p>The metaphor I’ve been using is it’s like having a referee on a football field or a soccer field. Somebody who basically grants certificates to participants to join a network. Then once you’re on the network you can participate in the consensus, you get a full copy of the ledger that’s being created, you can write transactions.</p><p>Frankly, that ledger could also be public read-write.<br/>But you have these trustworthy nodes that are basically able to submit these transactions to a common pool. I think that’s still decentralized. If you have the ability to fire the referee if they start making bad calls, if the referee can basically make up rules as they go. And they can throw yellow flags because they don’t like you or they can charge you $100 dollars as a player to get on the field, that’s a bad referee and you should be able to fire them.</p><p>My hope is that we can use blockchain technologies to take a lot of business networks out there that today are very centralized in operation.<br/>Where you do have to trust some party at the center, who charges a 40% fee for the service, by the way.<br/>And they keep all of the systems of accounts clear and you have to trust them.</p><p>They are the ones at the end of the day in the point of authority.<br/>And instead, tease those apart so that we’re much more decentralized, more individual competing players in a field but still able to play a game and hold that governing entity to check.</p><p>And that’s very much like the degree of decentralization you have in the open source community.<br/>Open source projects, the one defining characteristic of an open source license is something called the right to fork. Which is the right to say, “Here’s a team building code. I disagree with them. I’ve got a better idea. They might disagree with me, that’s fine. I can take this code and go in another direction.” Or if you and I have a dispute,<br/>we can part ways.</p><p>That’s actually a way of lowering the risk of working together on a piece of code because it means one of us doesn’t have to throw away the investment that we’ve made. And I think blockchain networks, certainly the public chains work the same way. That’s how we have a Bitcoin classic and Ethereum classic, and all these others. But I think we’ll see that phenomenon on both the permission and the unpermission.</p><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: Jed, I’m curious, because you’ve been instrumental in starting Ripple. Ripple is one of those protocols that gets a lot of stick about, “Is it a blockchain? Is it decentralized?” You took the open source components of Ripple and created Stellar, that actually was an enhancement of that. What was the thinking there? And what’s your view on decentralization, and what’s a blockchain and not?</p><p><strong>Jed</strong>: Sure. I think there’s a spectrum of decentralization. It’s not binary, for sure. Not only is there a spectrum but there’s lots of different axes.<br/>There’s, “Are the people contributing to the code, is that a set group of people? Are the people running the servers, is that a set group of people?” Like the governance, there’s lots of different aspects to it. And you can vary on all of those.</p><p>It’s really hard to be fully decentralized. I don’t even know what it means to have nobody control the thing, because ultimately at the end of the day there are people running this software. It is software, so somebody has to run it.</p><p>It’s always a trade-off, and it also depends on what your goal of your system is. In many cases decentralization doesn’t even make sense. At the end of the day if you’re having to trust– like if you want to issue an equity in this decentralized system, at the end of the day you’re trusting some company to redeem that equity and turn that equity into something.</p><p>There’s a party that you’re trusting, so does it make sense for it to be a fully decentralized system? So there’s a lot of weirdnesses like that, that you see in the blockchain world.<br/>Where people are trying to make something way more decentralized than it will be at the end of the day.</p><p>Let’s see, what else. I mean, that’s it. I guess in terms of what’s a blockchain and what’s not a blockchain, to me the defining characteristic is there’s some public record out there that people can see but that you can’t change arbitrarily. So it becomes essentially this trusted third party where–</p><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: What is “arbitrarily?” If you’re in the DAO hack, for example.</p><p><strong>Jed</strong>: That’s a problem. What it means is if there’s some database, and Google is running a database for all their e-mail. Google can arbitrarily go and change your e-mail. They probably don’t, but they have that power. Whereas with Bitcoin no one can arbitrarily change your balance because it requires all this proof of work and there’s this chain of hashes. So that’s what I mean.</p><blockquote>There’s this public record that people can see, but there are certain rules for how it gets permeated. And once you start varying those rules then you deviate from what it means to be this blockchain idea.</blockquote><p>I think that’s the important characteristic, rather than the actual underlying consensus mechanism.</p><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: How about Stellar? What was the thinking there in terms of enhancements around Ripple? It’s a foundation, there’s structurally somewhat decentralization in build.</p><p><strong>Jed</strong>: The idea is that when I first learned about Bitcoin I was super excited about it. It was like, “I never thought this was possible, to solve this problem before.” But one of the things that has always bothered me is just how wasteful it is. So just trying to think of other ways to solve this consensus problem, and again make this thing where there is this public record that people can see but it’s not just arbitrary to change.</p><p>And so that was the idea. How do you come up with another system that can solve that same problem, but maybe in a more efficient way? Or a way that’s tailored for a different use case. And then along with that is, once you realize you have this,there’s a lot of other problems you can solve besides being a new internet currency. You can do lots of different things. And this is what Stellar is trying to do.</p><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: That’s exciting. Jesse, what do you feel as a guy who comes from cloud services, enterprise tooling, Chef.<br/>What do you think about all this stuff? These decentralized, open source–</p><p><strong>Jesse</strong>: “All this stuff!”</p><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: All this stuff. In two to three words.</p><h2>Standardization of Distributed Systems</h2><p><strong>Jesse</strong>: The internet is built on a distributed system called BGP. And it’s a routing protocol, that’s how packets find each other, and it’s a consensus-oriented model. It requires global scale. It requires also the participation of multi parties and actors.<br/>There’s hostile actors from time to time that will change internet routing tables.</p><blockquote>How a packet gets from point A to point B is a complex thing that requires humans and machines in the loop doing stuff in order to agree on how we send data around.</blockquote><p>Another version of this is DNS, the way that we find what a hostname is, that turns into an IP address, that routes through the BGP routing tables.</p><p>And all of these things are systems that were born from a decentralized early model. They have tended toward centralization, as I find ironically that humans tend to centralize.</p><p>We are anti-entropic, whereas the rest of the world tends to work the way the rest of the world works. We seem to be organizing machines.</p><p>There’s a couple of things that I have noticed over the years and trends that I see. One thing to know is that I am a firefighter EMT by training, that has been a thing I’ve done throughout my career. And speaking as a firefighter in this room I want to talk about some things that have emerged over time.</p><p><strong>Jed</strong>: Fire safety issues?</p><p><strong>Jesse</strong>: Yes. So here we are, and we have assembled in this room. This is a converted warehouse space. If you look up above you, you will see that there are sprinklers. and if you look over there you will see that big red hydrant stand that comes out. that is part of a decentralized fire suppression system that has emerged through a system of codes that are required for buildings that have occupancies with a certain type of risk. Now, the fire department did not install this.</p><p>There is no central installation agency for this sprinkler system. This is installed because there are safety codes that have emerged from one thing and one thing only, which is a loss of life. No part of our fire safety code has emerged and been widely adopted like sprinklers without a significant loss of life event that then causes people to go, “We need a regulation that says if there’s this many people in a space with this type of construction, you’ve got to have sprinklers, you’ve got to have exit doors that work in a particular way.” That is a part of how occupancy models work.</p><p>And as a systems engineer, and a person that has built a lot of infrastructure, I have observed over the years and in fact been responsible very early– my title at Amazon was “Master of Disaster” and I owned website availability for every property that bore the Amazon name. So I know a little about this stuff.<br/>And the big thing to understand is that as we start to build these models in a distributed mode, we see the evolution of what Brian described.</p><p>Which is you have groups of people coming together with rough consensus and running code, and over a period of time we build systems that become things that people depend on. And then every once in a while, we have events that cause a loss, and the greater the loss the more likely it is that you’ll see calls for regulation.<br/>You’ll see calls for these other types of changes. So one of the things that I look to is thinking about the world often like we think about fire codes.</p><p>Sprinklers are expensive and that means that if you want to open an artist space, for instance, in Oakland. And you want to be hackers who form a collective and you get together and you build beautiful artwork and other things.<br/>And you do that in a building that doesn’t have sprinklers and then there’s a big fire, that results in tragedy. And so that’s why when we go, “Some things need to be regulated, some things need to have safety standards emerge.”</p><blockquote>When you’re thinking about it with your hacker mindset, you begin to understand that the more people depend on you and the more that people depend on a system working in a particular way, the less they can really be responsible for their own safety in depending on that system.</blockquote><p>So what I expect will happen over time, is that we will see the emergence of safety standards and safety protocols that become common whether we’re using a ledger for storing and sharing data publicly, as you’re describing. Or whether we’re using it as part of a financial system or transactional model.</p><p>What I believe is that we will see a distributed system emerge very similar to the way that that BGP routing has emerged and standardized, the way that DNS has emerged and standardized.<br/>Unfortunately it is now centralized far more than BGP has.</p><p>And as cloud standards and blockchain related standards start to emerge, they will be based around the idea of simple concepts, “This is how you can audit. This is how you can see.<br/>This is how we can make sure that systems work, that they have minimum understandable risk models that are mapped appropriately to the work and the value that they are doing.”</p><p>You’re saying, “In a tent you don’t need a sprinkler system. You don’t need sprinklers when you’re camping.<br/>You need them when there’s a concentration of risk, and the people or the things that are exposed to that risk don’t have a method of evaluating it for themselves.”</p><p>So that’s my longitudinal perspective on how we will see both standardization and centralization occur over a period of time.</p><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: Great. I want to stir us briefly, and we’re going to open up for questions. We’ll have time to dive into different subject areas that we’ve touched on. But let’s talk briefly a little bit about the current technological performance of the infrastructure, and where we currently are in blockchain land. Jake, we were speaking a little bit about how Coinbase obviously runs noDes. There’s a lot of stuff happening on Coinbase. I assume.</p><p>The question is, you probably have the firsthand experience of the edge case of running nodes and keeping a ledger up to date, and running queries. How does that infrastructure look, and how much do you lean on centralized tools or existing developer tools to help with your current infrastructure? Do you have nodes for each currency that you run? Do you outsource any of that? What does that look like?</p><h2>Nodes and Currencies</h2><p><strong>Jake</strong>: Yeah, I will talk about that. We run all our own nodes. We build them from source. We don’t rely on external releases. We check caches and all that stuff. We use Docker, and Docker powers basically everything we do.</p><p>It’s a very core open source component to our stack and allows us to build these in a really good way and get them shipped.<br/>For the running of the nodes themselves, there is still tooling we have to build on top of just running a node. It can be just downloading a single node and then starting it up and then letting it sync.</p><p>The problem with that in our system is you sometimes need more nodes and sometimes you need less nodes, and so you’ve got to be able to start those up and you can’t wait a week or a day or whatever it may take to get the node up. You’ve got to get nodes up in a reasonable amount of time to be able to handle the increased amounts of traffic you may see.</p><p>So for that you have to build it in these systems that will take the entire database of the node which, in Ethereum, worst case to be fair, of this archive node that stores all the state history. Right now we’re on 1.2 terabytes or so. And so storing that and then shipping that around your cloud platform for each instance you need to do is a lot of work.<br/>It’s a lot of data transfers. It’s a lot of storage that—</p><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: What cloud do you use, by the way? I’m just curious.</p><p><strong>Jake</strong>: AWS.</p><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: How much do you pay a month?</p><p><strong>Jed</strong>: He’s going to get you a deal.</p><p><strong>Jake</strong>: Who knows? Probably a lot.</p><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: I’ll give you 10%–</p><p><strong>Jake</strong>: I’d say it’s a lot probably. I mean at least on the crypto side of things, probably a lot for just transferring backups from one to the other. Any time we spin up a node it’s like, “All right, transfer a terabyte over S3,” or something.</p><p>We’ve got some new things in place that we’re working on to make that a little bit better. So it’s not just a raw transfer, but using some really nice Amazon features. Like elastic block storage and EBS stuff, which would be really cool.<br/>But that’s one of the core things that delays getting nodes up and getting them available. The second thing that I think is critical in our world is we want redundancy.</p><blockquote>We don’t just run a single node and expect that to work the whole time, because if it doesn’t then that causes problems.</blockquote><p>People can’t send their payments anywhere and they can’t receive them.<br/>There’s a lot of problems. So we need redundancy for that, you throw a load balancer in front of it. But now all these nodes are completely isolated from each other.</p><p>They may be in different regions, they may be in different AZs.<br/>And because of that you have this eventual consistency problem.<br/>This is a really interesting thing because we have to take all the data from the blockchain from the nodes, and basically process it ourselves because we have a much bigger set of data to look at.</p><p>We need to take hundreds of millions of addresses and take a look at those and say, “All right, do any of these addresses that this is getting sent to, are they ours?”<br/>And the nodes aren’t built to do that. So we have to do that ourselves.</p><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: So, running queries across that network, how do you do that?</p><p><strong>Jake</strong>: Rather than running queries for most things we actually just pull all the blocks. So all of our nodes right now are block base.<br/>You can take every block, pull all its transactions and just inspect them yourself. So we’re doing duplicate work here.</p><p>The node has already done this and updated its own systems, but now we need to take that and implant into our system.<br/>Because the nodes are not meant to handle hundreds of millions of addresses. They’re not built for our use case.</p><p><strong>Jesse</strong>: They aren’t built for centralization.</p><p><strong>Jake</strong>: Yeah.</p><p><strong>Jesse: </strong>You are the central part of a decentralized system.</p><p><strong>Jake</strong>: I agree. But The other side of that is my laptop doesn’t have 1.3 terabytes of storage.</p><p><strong>Jesse</strong>: You need a new laptop.</p><p><strong>Brian</strong>: Which you can get on Amazon.</p><p><strong>Jake</strong>: Versions get cheaper, I guess.</p><p><strong>Jesse</strong>: They’ve got 6T now.</p><p><strong>Jake</strong>: Yeah, I know. So that’s a big thing for us is being able to pull this data, and it’s all separate. they’re not meant to run in these centralized worlds. But I think the future is there’s going to be a lot that are running in these worlds. There’s going to be a lot of companies that get big and that they need to run these nodes, and they need to run them in a way that’s efficient. And I think there will be specialized software for this. That’s built for this case.</p><p>And I think we always want to have this base case. Where you can run it on your laptop, where you can spin up your own thing.<br/>When you can take what y’all are doing and run it on your own AWS world. I think that’s a really important thing to maintain. But I do think that for this scale, it just seems inefficient the way that it works in a centralized system, and being able to process that and manage that for people.</p><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: Makes sense. And we were talking earlier, we’re part of a Skype group of 100 execs of exchanges in wallets where we talk exclusively around Ethereum nodes not syncing and stuff.</p><p><strong>Jesse</strong>: How do I do not get added to that group?</p><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: I’ll add you. You’ll have fun. But what’s fascinating for us as a solution provider in that space is to also learn that the largest centralized agents obviously don’t want to outsource any of that.<br/>They’d like to maintain the centralization there and that creates an enormous amount of costs and stuff. How many people work in the infrastructure, on that side in Coinbase? I’m just curious. It’s not just you.</p><p><strong>Jake</strong>: No, there is a team. We have a full infrastructure team dedicated to keeping infrastructure stuff healthy, SRE team for that stuff. But outside of that it’s mostly the crypto team which I think is 10 to 15 people or so right now, and we keep an eye on that.</p><p>As we grow we are figuring out how to reorganize the teams to have specialized features.<br/>Where we might have this world where we have our internal team for spinning up nodes, and that we can do that efficiently, and they’re able to maintain that and provide good metrics.</p><p>That’s another thing that I don’t think is ideal in the current state of node software, is getting insight into what’s happening within the node.<br/>We might see some weird case that seems odd to us that doesn’t match our understanding of what the blockchain is supposed to do and we don’t know what’s happening. We might log data out, and we’re going to log things from the nodes. But what the node logs and what they mean aren’t usually documented.</p><p>They might be vague.</p><p>They also just log straight to standard DOS which doesn’t make it as searchable, there’s no formatting you can do on the software that I’ve seen or at least the software we run. And so there’s a lot there.<br/>And insight into how the node is performing, what’s happening there, metrics and being able to actually have a clear picture.</p><blockquote>Because for the most part it’s a black box. We trust these things to power our entire business, and without knowing that it makes it harder to run these things and know when things are wrong and know what’s wrong.</blockquote><p>Other than trying to see, “It’s not syncing blocks. Why? Here’s some logs. We hope somebody can help out with that.”</p><p><strong>Jesse</strong>: I’m chuckling over here. When we were getting ready for the panel I was talking to Brian. And basically Heavybit exists to help developers build developer toolsets. And that means that you have to walk through whenever there is a major change in how infrastructure works, and the tools that we rely on, there’s going to be a bunch of technologies or companies or both that emerge that have to instrument the entire stack.</p><p>Here you are describing her orchestration layer, “We used these Docker containers in order to.” So that sounds familiar, “And we do that on AWS,” that sounds familiar, and then “It’s hard to instrument and understand and inspect what’s actually going on. If only we had…”</p><p>So what’s interesting is that there is this perfect repetition of every cycle that we go through where pretty soon they’ll be the Splunk for blockchain and the Heroku for–</p><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: We’ve got Splunk, too. We got all this stuff.</p><p><strong>Jesse</strong>: The whole thing. And so what’s interesting and important is the problems that Coinbase has at scale, which are the problems that happen when a platform wins, are different than the problems that many of you when you’re starting and building a first project or maybe in an entirely different space are going to face.</p><p>The advice I can give people, and you can give people, about operating at large scale systems are interesting.<br/>But there’s this other side of it which is how do you think about the space as a whole. One of the things I’m curious about is, as people think about the toolchain.</p><blockquote>What are the problems that you see that you can take from systems management and you can apply to decentralized systems management?</blockquote><p>What is the toolchain that you’re looking for? Where’s the white space where you’re like, “If only I had block I would get way more sleep.” What’s waking you up at 2 o’clock in the morning on your rotation?</p><p><strong>Jake: </strong>Geth, currently. It’s been a little weird for us. But I think the stuff that Blockdaemon is doing is pretty cool, because you mentioned, “What if you are starting some new business, and you’re building it on a blockchain and you need nodes?” Yeah you can just go manually configure AWS to do something and hope it stays up, and hope you don’t have to restart or re-sync the blockchain or change configuration and get a new version, and you need to auto scale it up. And so you need tooling in place for that.</p><p>And I think y’all are doing stuff to make that better and I think there’s probably a lot of tooling that can be built how to automate that solution and to do it for you, by just wrapping your process in this thing and it will automatically take the DataDear and pull that off somewhere else.</p><h2>Metrics and Monitoring</h2><p><strong>Jesse</strong>: Do you build your own metrics? Do you have your own metrics stack? Or how do you do your monitoring, once you have deployments up, how do you operate the platform that you’re running?</p><p><strong>Jake</strong>: These days most logging and metrics logging goes into Kibana, ElasticSearch, all that world. And then we also use Datadog for specific metrics and tracking that. And then we do some of our own custom instrumenting for what we can via RPCs on these nodes, and take them and say, “What is the block height?”</p><p>So that we can graph that and see, “It is freezing at this period of time,” or, “What’s the memory use, what’s the disk space? How many peers does it have?”</p><p>The information we can pull from the RPCs we can take out and try and use that to do some monitoring and alerting and such on top of it.</p><p><strong>Jesse</strong>: Is that something that you think of as being proprietary to Coinbase? Let me know if this is out of scope. I’m interested because everyone in this room hopefully will be building technologies that operate at your scale. And so there is a certain amount of operating experience and exposure that you uniquely have in this room.</p><p>So the question is, do you think that toolchain itself is part of the value of building a blockchain business? Separate from the fact that you’re running an exchange the way that you are.</p><p>But is that table stakes, or is that something special?</p><p><strong>Jake</strong>: I think it’s an important thing to build a business unless you want to reinvent the wheel. And I think a lot of this stuff can be built in an open source world. And we would love to do more open source things as needed. And it’s one of those things where you’re going to need it if you want to run your nodes.</p><p>The other alternative is to use a company, use Infura to run nodes. And a majority of Ethereum of is probably powered on Infura. And it’s a very centralized entity. And they haven’t done anything bad yet, but they could.</p><blockquote>If you want this decentralized world you need to be able to run your own nodes. And right now it’s really hard.<br/>It’s not that easy to do and it’s not easy to do reliably.</blockquote><p>If your system goes down, and you’re not tracking that your nodes are not syncing blocks anymore for some reason, and that it has no peers, nobody’s going to tell you that. The nodes don’t have things built in to tell you that.<br/>You have to track that yourself.</p><p>So you can totally build tools on top of this that do that stuff for you and just wrap it all up. It doesn’t have to necessarily live in the node. There are some things, the logging stack and all that, that I think are some things that could be improved. To have better analysis of issues when they come up rather than just raw standard out strings.</p><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: For Stellar, what was your thinking there? How do you develop that architecture? How do you monitor the network? You have an exchange on Stellar, right?</p><p><strong>Jed</strong>: Well yeah, it’s built into the network. I think a lot of these issues are because this software is not designed for this use case. It’s not designed to be run at scale, like we were saying before. And the people that made it, it was more, “Someone’s going to put this on their laptop.” It’s a descendant of Bitcoind.<br/>Most of these projects are descendants of Bitcoind.</p><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: What’s Bitcoind?</p><p><strong>Jed</strong>: The first Bitcoin node client. And honestly, it just wasn’t written with this use in mind.<br/>It’s combining the API with the validation and all this stuff. It’s doing all these weird things where it’s not separating the stuff.</p><p>When we designed Stellar we tried to keep that more in mind.<br/>Our API server is this whole other piece of software, a Stellar core writes out to a database that now the API can access. So it’s much more easy to put load balancers in front of it and scale it out, and we also emit all these metrics. Stellar core does. So you can see what’s going on.</p><p>Like what parts are slow, and all this kind of stuff. We tried to keep the idea that eventually it’d be cool if everyone runs this on their laptop, but that’s just not the way the internet works. Anyone can run a mail server. But in practice, only a few companies do.<br/>And I think the same will be true in the new world.</p><p><strong>Jesse</strong>: We all used to run mail servers.</p><p><strong>Brian</strong>: I still do.</p><p><strong>Jesse</strong>: You’re the only one that does.</p><p><strong>Jed</strong>: I mean, I did it for a long time. But<br/>now it’s just a hassle. You could run your own DNS server, but you don’t.<br/>You let other people do it. You need to make your core software be able to be run by enterprises.</p><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: What are you most excited for? What’s next for Stellar?</p><p><strong>Jed</strong>: For us?</p><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: What are you excited about? Where do you spend your day, thinking about technically–</p><p><strong>Jed</strong>: Well, we’re hiring a bunch right now. So that’s where I spend my day, unfortunately. But for us we’re really focused on scaling right now. all of these blockchain technologies, none of them could fulfill their total promise yet. Obviously there’s huge scalability issues with Ethereum right now and we’ll eventually hit them.</p><blockquote>We have a lot of room to run,<br/>but I think they’re all aspiring to be this global distributed system and none of them could really handle that load at this point.</blockquote><p>That’s our number one concern, is how to actually make it get there.<br/>That’s what we spend most of our time on.</p><p><strong>Brian</strong>:<br/>We take a different approach. I mean, Hyperledger, even before I joined, staked its flag in this space that said, “Maybe it’s not one giant ledger that everybody lives within and writes transactions to. Maybe it’s not one global computer. Maybe it’s actually a patchwork of a lot of different ledgers that exist out there, that are fired up easily between a set of parties.” You realize they have a common set of use cases and that one ledger might differ quite a bit from the other.</p><p>And choice of technology, but also very prosaic things like, “How frequently do you upgrade?” You might have one set of customers and one set of applications where they want ultimate stability.<br/>They don’t want things to change more than once a year, and be heavily tested. Others, you want to update every week when there’s a new release.</p><p>One who wants full, Turing complete programmable environment for their smart contracts, others say, “No there’s just three kinds of contracts to have on here. And we’ll audit the code to that thoroughly and we’ll just lock those down.”<br/>This idea, I would wager, is actually more decentralized than a notion that says everybody’s on one set of rails.</p><p>And I think you do need that when you want payments, because you want payments to have as large an audience as possible and be as portable as possible. You want things that operate at the scale of a Bitcoin, Ethereum, and Stellar. Those sorts of things.<br/>But for a lot of these other kinds of applications out there for blockchain technology and supply chains, in health care, in all sorts of bespoke financial markets.</p><p>It’s perfectly fine to have a blockchain comprised of 20 to 100 nodes,<br/>processing a couple of hundred transactions per second. That’s the vast majority of use cases out there would be more than satisfied by those, as long as you have ways to tie transactions across ledgers to do discovery of which ledgers are out there. And I’d say, as long as it’s always easy for that 21st Bank to join the network for that 101st health care organization that joins the network.</p><p>So there’s a mix of tech and politics in those kinds of questions. But I think we’re going to end up with most of the blockchain world looking these kind of easy to spin up, more manageably sized blockchain networks that might have lifespans.<br/>They might even be rolled up at the end, and some net settlement, and become basically a historic thing and then restarted again partly to address some of these scalability concerns.</p><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: That’s great. Well, let’s roll this panel up. I do want to open up for questions.</p><p>Q&amp;A</p><h2>Visions of Blockchain Integration</h2><p><strong>Jesse</strong>: You mean a database, right? What we have is, “I’m a Fortune 500 company and what I want to do is write some data, and do some work on data, and have that have high integrity and trust.” It’s a database.</p><p><strong>Brian</strong>: Well, to a short ledger, right? There will be clients that run on each of these different companies that are on a shared ledger, the interface between that and the rest of the organization will be web services interfaces. It’ll be a local SDKs. It’ll be stuff that’s familiar to the communities there.<br/>They’ll still be an integration challenge, and I think the biggest question is migration.</p><blockquote>Because for any of these blockchains to be useful they have to become the system of record.</blockquote><p>That can’t be an echo of a transaction record happening in some other system, they have to, if there’s a dispute they have to be the final arbiter. And so migrating from a bespoke in-house ancient database system, our accounting system, to use something like that as the reference could be a big leap.<br/>Both technologically and politically inside of many large companies.</p><p><strong>Jake</strong>: The database is definitely a big thing. Having a database so you can actually query and do analysis is huge. I don’t know much about how Stellar stuff works, but I know you support something with Postgres, and you may be able to actually query that and do things. This is the problem we have today at Coinbase, because our data team wants to look at the blockchain data and match that up with our internal accounting and make sure everything’s kosher.</p><p>And we can’t without building custom tooling that takes all the data from the blockchain and pulls it into a sequel database that they can actually use. And then on top of that, with moving everything over, I think another big thing is transaction fees.</p><blockquote>You have to be able to trust that this thing is going to be constant. When you’re in the world of Ethereum, or Bitcoin or really any of the popular chains today.</blockquote><p>The fees may change out from under you with no fault of your own. Somebody comes in with the new ICO, they come in with a new app and all of a sudden, the fees are 10-40 times more expensive. And that’s not something you can use in this public world.</p><p>So maybe private blockchains are one of the ways that you can do that, to make that more of a consistent experience. But that’s another huge barrier to adoption. You don’t know what it’s going to look like tomorrow, and you have no assurance of that.</p><p><strong>Jesse</strong>:<br/>Just to be clear though, a blockchain that has a sequel interface to it is a database, and it’s just a cool database. It’s really cool and it has a bunch of interesting benefits–</p><p><strong>Brian</strong>: A shared, multi-master database resilient to hostile actors, which is the novel part.</p><p><strong>Jesse</strong>: That’s fantastic. That’s great.</p><p><strong>Jed</strong>: Well, I mean all of these are databases. Bitcoin’s a database if you want to go that far.</p><p><strong>Jesse</strong>: That’s what a Fortune 500 company, when they’re not looking at it for financial reasons but instead are looking at, “What are the benefits to a system like this? To a shared one, to a centralized, to a private model,” they are looking at, “What are the benefits of having an enhanced ledger, where you get away from the many restrictions of a relational database that you can’t understand and audit and do other things too?”</p><p>But fundamentally, if you’re in this room and you’re trying to build a startup that’s building for Fortune 500 companies, and you’re trying to think, “How can I help them?” The way that they’re going to approach you initially and actually pay you money, is they’re looking for something that’s like a database but has a bunch of these benefits.</p><p>So if that’s you in this room, just remember that this is a chance to make a better thing that people understand a little bit,<br/>and do so in a way that they understand a lot.</p><h2>Looking Ahead 5 Years</h2><p><strong>Jed</strong>: “In five years, how will I spend a day of my life?” I don’t know. I feel like it will be a robot holocaust. I don’t know.</p><p><strong>Jesse</strong>: Apositive sentiment there.</p><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: Probably some fancy diet? But one thing to that though, what we found interesting when we started to deploy nodes and networks, and trying to iterate around the infrastructure components, and orchestration services around blockchain. Is how early we still are. I mean there’s just so many components missing in order to build anything remotely consumer-centric, or anything that hits scale on a level that you’re used to.</p><p>From my perspective, it’ll be five years before you see something even remotely relevant. It’s still very early.<br/>From that level, and that was interesting for us when we started Blockdaemon last year because we started just before the boom, where token prices and valuations and where blockchain suddenly became the hottest subject. Because the valuations were so crazy.</p><p>We started raising money with infrastructure scaling issues, all that type of stuff, which people really didn’t want to hear at the time. And now it’s a very popular subject, so we’re doing better.</p><blockquote>But it’s been really interesting, that dawn of understanding on how complex decentralized systems really are.</blockquote><p>And how much work it takes in order to shepherd open source communities to agree on consensus models, and build tools that can live on a blockchain that with time becomes more and more and more complex? And also, an interesting question would be, “How large do we think Bitcoin or Ethereum or any of those chains will be in five years? How do you do that?”</p><p><strong>Jake</strong>: Don’t know.</p><p><strong>Jesse</strong>: I have a phrase that I wrote once, a mentor of both Brian and mine, Tim O’Reilly. I said to him, “You become what you disrupt.” And Tim likes to throw that back in my face every once in a while, because I’ve done some industry disruption, and then suddenly you find yourself in that model.</p><p>I feel at the moment, where we are, if we succeed and suddenly we see mass adoption in finance in a mainstream way, if we see mass adoption by the major enterprises and they’re using blockchain, what you’re going to find is that you look like the entities that you disrupted.</p><p>If you’ve built something that looks like a database, congratulations.<br/>You run a big database company. And, “It’s got these other advantages.” Cool,<br/>so maybe you disrupted Amazon, or Microsoft, or Google and their cloud environment.<br/>You look just like them.</p><blockquote>The interesting thing is that decentralization has a potential to change that fabric in the same way that it did the first time when we launched and began to commercialize the internet.</blockquote><p>And so what I hope is that we see a wave of innovation and new services that emerge, that five years from now look like what we started to see in the internet in ’99, 2000.<br/>Where it was a whole new true amazing world. And so that’s what I’m looking for. But I do believe you become what you disrupt.</p><p><strong>Brian</strong>: The Who said it better: “Say hello to the new boss, same as the old boss.”</p><p><strong>Jesse</strong>: Yeah, exactly.</p><h2>Private Vs. Mainnet</h2><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: Great question. On the public node for us, it’s more of an aficionado product. I do urge people, like, Bitcoin, I’m not nearly as savvy as any of these guys.</p><p>But I do like the concept of easy node deployment and making it easy for nodes to be deployed and run. And I think that’s very important for Bitcoin and Ethereum and any of the larger public networks. The use case very often is connect your own wallet to it, have a complete history of the ledger.</p><p>You can run some query, you pull some data out of it. But it’s not something you need to do. You can go on Coinbase and have him worry about it. And so the use case on the private stuff is the way we productize it. It’s really a network management tool. What that means is, any protocol and project that has a native token that needs outside nodes to validate transactions, needs a system in order to make it easy for people to deploy a node and connect it.</p><p>Because it is actually fairly tedious. Nodes are the gremlins of software. they tend to be a little idiosyncratic based on the protocol and configuration. And then just because you know how to do an Ethereum node, it doesn’t mean that you know how to do a Stellar node. Or any other type of node. They are all specific and there’s so many of them now, that as a developer you have no time educating yourself and all these different very specific use cases you need in order to connect to a network.</p><p>So customers of ours are companies like Aeon, for example, which is the more popular protocol. The Gold Network which is a Quorum version that we’ve just launched. We announced it today. These guys need outside people to run transaction validation nodes that are banks and commodity traders, and they have no idea how to deploy a complex form node. And so we have a White Label product that they can use. They send these guys an invite.</p><p>It takes them to a back end where there’s a big gold button, and you just click that, and it deploys a node and you can select the infrastructure of your choice. And so that’s the thing where we make the most money with. Ultimately, I would urge everyone to. I do feel that a node is your voice in the consensus mechanism.</p><p>And I think on the larger networks it’s fun to run them. But obviously I’m biased and I like that stuff.</p><p><strong>Brian</strong>: You’ll bootstrap a network locally on Blockdaemon with the presumption that at some point the network will grow, and there will be nodes on that network on other infrastructure providers.</p><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: Absolutely. Totally. And we work with everyone. We’re trying to be very open. We’re trying to open source our version of it, where individual protocols can actually add their own nodes to our servers for people to deploy. So we don’t even have to do that anymore. That would be my dream.</p><h2>Best Decentralized Governance</h2><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: I don’t know how to answer that.</p><p>Because, I mean, it depends on the use case of the consensus that’s needed. So there’s a lot of popular ones. I haven’t seen a blockchain where consensus is applied in a way that we maybe think of it. Even Bitcoin is fairly centralized in a lot of ways, if you think about it. So I don’t have a good answer, I don’t know. Jed, do you have an answer?</p><p><strong>Jed</strong>: Yeah. I think people just don’t know how to govern anything. Like society. Governance is an open question still. There’s no easy answer, I don’t think. It’s ultimately boiled down to personality politics.</p><p><strong>Brian</strong>: There’s a temptation in this space to try to say, “Can we automate these through having rules around governance that we can encode in software?” Things like, if two thirds of the network agrees that there’s a bad actor node, that they can kick them out, or something like that.</p><p><strong>Jed</strong>: But then it’s just a popularity contest.</p><p><strong>Brian</strong>: There’s a risk. You set up a set of rules–</p><p><strong>Jesse</strong>: He has all the nodes. So he just changes the nodes.</p><p><strong>Brian</strong>: But even the creation of rules, and we were all nine years old once. Somebody tells you a set of rules, your brain goes to, “How do I game those? How do I hack those to my advantage?”</p><blockquote>And so I think coming up with algorithmic rules, the prevention of double spend, is a really cool thing.<br/>It’s a great form of governance rule.</blockquote><p>That there’s probably other logic that we can implement into a blockchain and make sure the right kinds of things happen, and the wrong kinds of things don’t. And the more that we can encode, the less arbitrary that enforcement can be. But at some point, at the end, you need some human level of conversation between the people who are running the nodes, running the validators.</p><p>To say, “Should we evolve the rules in some way? Should we fix that bug that somebody used? And by the way, they exploited that bug, and they stole assets from somebody else.” We need to correct for that. And so some adjudication process. I mean, you talk about DNS, ICANN gets a lot of hits for being an awkward organization, but at least they have a transparent process for when somebody steals a domain name, or somebody feels, “You registered my trademark.”</p><p>There’s a dispute process that everybody who’s a domain name registrar had to agree to, to have the right to register domain names. And so we’ll probably see similar things, and other types of blockchain networks out there where it’s a lot of algorithmic, but some small little bit of adjudication process that the parties agreed to as humans. To go in and sort out bugs or broken transactions.</p><p><strong>Jed</strong>: I think what you mentioned earlier is always the ultimate escape mechanism, that you can always just fork it. If you ultimately, if you disagree strongly enough, then you can just create your own network.</p><p><strong>Jake</strong>: I think you can, but the network’s effect is so strong. I mean you always see these core developers, who you hear, “They don’t have that much power because you can run your own node,” or, “You can just not run their software.” But when you’re running nodes you end up relying on them for specific things. You rely on specific APIs they may offer. If they implement a feature you don’t like, yes you can choose to not run it, or you can fork it and run your own.</p><p>But to actually have a network on that, or to change your infrastructure to be able to support that is pretty powerful. So<br/>you can’t automate everything, which I don’t think anybody has said here yet, but you can’t automate who controls the code and what goes in there because there will always be these gatekeepers there and the people who implement it.</p><blockquote>There’s a lot of incentives for them to do the thing. If they do the wrong thing, people aren’t going to want to run their software<br/>and they might actually take that opportunity to switch.</blockquote><p>And so there is incentives there for them to do that, but they do still have this power to control it. And if there’s a single node implementation that most people run, they have a lot of power to push the network in the direction that they want to go whether or not people agree with it.</p><p><strong>Brian</strong>: I think Tezos has put the most amount of mature thinking into this kind of question too. How do you automate protocol upgrades and get consensus by the node operators on the right kinds of upgrades to do?</p><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: Not on the legal governance, unfortunately.</p><h2>Blockchain Roadblocks</h2><p><strong>Jesse</strong>: Massive increase in the cost per watt.</p><p><strong>Jed</strong>: I would say regulatory concerns are probably the most hampering effect, I think.</p><p><strong>Jake</strong>: I think major bugs. Major, money losing bugs in some of these implementations. Or massive chain splits that caused havoc on the world of cryptocurrency, and it’s just going to call the entire security and trust of it into question If that happens.</p><p><strong>Brian</strong>: Does anyone remember the last crypto wars in the late ’90s? When it was officially illegal to export arbitrary encryption technology of arbitrary key length? We used to have rules that pretended that this was a big secret, public e-crypto. And I’m worried that the kinds of things that would set this back would be a trade war, leading to people not able to travel to conferences or not able to collaborate across certain geographic boundaries.</p><p>I’d worry about pissing our allies off, I’d worry about– Oh wait. There’s a lot of that happening now. Before we go down that path.</p><blockquote>I think it’s macro issues, not technology issues, that put a lot of this at risk.</blockquote><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: I think a mixture of that, or Jake getting drunk and hitting the wrong button in Coinbase.</p><p><strong>Brian</strong>: Publishing the keys to WikiLeaks.</p><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: That’s right. Something like that.</p><h2>Future of Web Services</h2><p><strong>Brian</strong>: We have a slightly different take, which is the reason why no one can run a mail server on their own anymore is spam.<br/>Spam made it too expensive to run mail filters, filtering out the inbound. But it also set a whole large part of the IP address space as blacklisted. You couldn’t send mail from there because it was assumed by the ISPs, if you were sending mail from your home internet connection that you were probably a spammer.</p><p>I run my own mail server, but I’ve had the same IP address for 20 years so it’s been white listed everywhere. But it’d be really hard now to run it from my home. And the funny tie to blockchain is proof of work actually came from an anti-spam proposal, which was to stop the spammers by sending a challenge that they would have to solve.</p><p>Whether it’s refactoring or reversing a hash, or something like that, to try to slow them down got too expensive to send. The conclusion being e-mail failed because it was too cheap. It was zero cost to send e-mail, so everybody did for everything, and that just swamped the system. And that’s unfortunate.</p><p>And it’s possible that public cryptocurrency approaches might help mitigate that, might provide an economic model now for being able to accept messaging again that can’t be so easily DDoSed. But it would be really tragic, in my opinion, to go back to a world where you had to spend a little bit of money to send an e-mail. Because before I got on the internet I was on Prodigy, where it cost 25 cents to send a 280-character e-mail message to somebody else. I’m really glad we got off that.</p><p><strong>Jake</strong>: Isn’t that what blockchains are doing?</p><p><strong>Brian</strong>: Kind of. Well, the public ones.</p><h2>Influencing Regulations</h2><p><strong>Jake</strong>: I’d say one thing, just being up here is helpful. Because outside of this world, it’s all criminals, it’s all terrorists. And just being up here and showing, “We’re trying to actually do good things. We’re not actually those people.” That in itself is helpful to push it forward and bring it more mainstream so It’s something that people want.</p><blockquote>If it’s something people want, it’s harder to take it away. They still can. But it’s going to be harder.</blockquote><p>And I think that’s just one thing that we can do, as a very small thing.</p><p><strong>Konstantin</strong>: Is there a specific regulation?</p><p><strong>Jed</strong>: No, not really. I would echo this sentiment. I think the sooner this stuff can be used widely in the world, it’ll make it much harder for it to be regulated. Because obviously it is being used by some stuff that regulators want to stop. they probably want to stop these really scammy ICOs, I suppose.</p><p>And if that becomes the totality of what this space is about, then yes, they’re going to put the kibosh on it. So you really want legitimate use, so it can have even greater legitimate use in the future.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/a-developers-view-into-blockchain-network-architecture">A Developer’s View Into Blockchain Network Architecture</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #30, Probot with Bex Warner of GitHub Apps</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-30-probot-with-bex-warner-of-github-apps</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Aug 2018 09:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-8487</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 30 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by fellow GitHub developer advocate Bex Warner to talk about Probot and the ways its automation tools are improving the GitHub community.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 30 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by fellow GitHub developer advocate Bex Warner to talk about Probot and the ways its automation tools are improving the GitHub community.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-30-probot-with-bex-warner-of-github-apps">Ep. #30, Probot with Bex Warner of GitHub Apps</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pillars of Success: What You Can Learn From Treasure Data’s Major Exit</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/pillars-of-success-what-you-can-learn-from-treasure-datas-major-exit</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Aug 2018 09:14:45 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-8574</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Now that the news is finally public, we’re ecstatic to congratulate Heavybit member Treasure Data on their acquisition by ARM. In this post, I’ll demonstrate just how early in their evolution as a company they had some essential factors to success nailed down.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Now that <a href="https://www.arm.com/news/2018/08/arm-acquires-treasure-data">the news is finally public</a>, we’re ecstatic to congratulate Heavybit member Treasure Data on their acquisition by ARM. Founders Hironobu Yoshikawa, Kazuki Ohta, and Sadayuki Furuhashi have built an amazing company that anchors Arm’s foray into IoT with the <a href="https://www.arm.com/products/iot/pelion-iot-platform">Arm Pelion IoT Platform</a>. While financial terms of the transaction were not disclosed, it is one of the largest exits by a Heavybit company to-date and joins a recent string of other meaningful exits in the broader developer and enterprise “deep tech” ecosystem, including AppDynamics, CoreOS, GitHub, and Duo Security.</p><p>As a fellow Heavybit program founder myself, I’ve been fortunate to work alongside the Treasure Data team from its earliest days. Treasure Data had just graduated from the Heavybit program when my company, Librato, entered, and they soon became one of Librato’s earliest customers. Since hearing about the impending deal, I’ve been reflecting on their origins and identified a few key success factors to serve as inspiration for our other founders.</p><p>I’ll illustrate them with some slides from <a href="https://www.slideshare.net/treasure-data/treasure-data-cloud-strategy">this 2013 keynote presentation when Treasure Data was just two years old</a>. It demonstrates just how early in their evolution as a company they had these essential factors nailed down. In no particular order:</p><h2>Build a Solution</h2><p>When Treasure Data was founded, the Hadoop ecosystem was ~5 years into a massive disruption of the traditional data warehousing market. Data volumes were exploding and legacy solutions were struggling to keep up – not to mention prohibitively expensive to procure, install, and maintain. Hadoop promised horizontal scaling on commodity hardware and the ability to start with the free, community-supported OSS. This soon led to the emergence of commercialized providers like HortonWorks and Cloudera. But while Hadoop addressed many legacy vendor shortcomings, it was still difficult to operate in production. You typically needed access to bare metal somewhere and in-house Hadoop expertise was required to reach any significant scale.</p><p>The Treasure Data team could have easily built some variant of Hadoop-on-Cloud and realized moderate success. However, they wisely chose to address the underlying problem the customer was really looking to solve, and created an ideal solution from first principles.</p><blockquote>Their customers needed to integrate data from a vast array of sources, perform complex analytics, and spend as little time as possible on operation and maintenance.</blockquote><p>Treasure Data built out a cloud-hosted solution that solved this problem end-to-end.</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/47e54b8e410fff9703ea16d58070f15dac5d7e1a-1024x717.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h2>Ease of Integration</h2><p>It’s fairly obvious in 2018 that modern enterprises use an ever-increasing mix of software tools to run their businesses. In this reality, integration is key, and companies like Slack, Segment, Datadog, etc. have proven that offering out-of-the-box integrations not only significantly reduce time to value, but also serve as a defensible moat. The Treasure Data team understood back in 2011 that the number of data sources in the enterprise was exploding and only going to increase. A more traditional vendor would solve this problem with professional services, charging customers for a set of manual integrations during onboarding.</p><p>Treasure Data instead considered integrations a first-class problem that would persist throughout the lifecycle as an increasingly agile customer base continuously brought in new sources of data. They created an elegant software solution in FluentD, a scalable and extensible mechanism to gather real-time data from multiple sources, normalize it, and publish to multiple targets. It comes out-of-the-box with support for a huge number of sources/targets and its pluggable architecture ensures customers can easily add support for proprietary or esoteric sources.</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/e81ef506f5aece216f3ab5380bdda01b77f6fc24-1024x620.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><h2>Well Executed OSS Strategy</h2><p>Treasure Data also made the decision very early on to open-source FluentD. The decision of how to open-source a key part of your value proposition is always a tricky one. Go too far and you’re left with support and services as your only viable business model. Conversely if the open-source version is too restricted you’ll fail to garner the adoption necessary to build a thriving community around it.</p><p>Treasure Data chose to bifurcate along the service boundary i.e. open source FluentD and its integrations but keep the cloud-hosted parts proprietary. This is a natural split that reduces barriers to adoption by addressing fears of vendor lock in and operating black-box agents. It increases the number of integrations (a key benefit noted above) as customers or even non-paying FluentD users are able to write and contribute plugins back to the community. It raises awareness amongst and provides beachheads into potential customers.</p><p>The team maximized this effect by making the Treasure Data integration itself a plugin on equal footing with all the other supported plugins. There’s nothing unnatural about using FluentD as standalone tooling and choosing to upgrade and connect to Treasure Data with a simple plugin installation at some future time. I believe that once conceived, this level of commitment to the OSS strategy enabled FluentD’s adoption by both Docker and the CNCF, which has led to wider spread adoption of FluentD than the founders could have ever envisioned.</p><p>These are assuredly only a handful of the factors that played into Treasure Data’s success over the last seven years, but I think they are the most applicable to the next generation of enterprise startups.</p><p>Build a complete solution that solves a fundamental problem for the customer. Ensure it integrates as simply as possible with their existing tooling. When leveraging OSS as a strategy, think carefully about how you can provide real, lasting value to the community while still preserving your ability to monetize. The Treasure Data team nailed all three and this fantastic outcome for them is well-deserved.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/pillars-of-success-what-you-can-learn-from-treasure-datas-major-exit">Pillars of Success: What You Can Learn From Treasure Data’s Major Exit</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Breadcrumbs and Carrots: Optimizing Developer Onboarding</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/breadcrumbs-and-carrots-optimizing-developer-onboarding</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Aug 2018 09:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-8392</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Heavybit Speaker Series presentation, Brian Douglas, GitHub developer advocate explains how to effectively onboard developers to your service, product or platform.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #4, Systems Administration with Adam Jacob of Chef</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-systems-administration-with-adam-jacob-of-chef</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Aug 2018 08:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-8393</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 4 of O11ycast, Rachel and Charity ask Adam Jacob, co-founder and CTO of Chef, how the culture of DevOps has evolved both for system administrators and the companies they help build.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 4 of O11ycast, Rachel and Charity ask Adam Jacob, co-founder and CTO of Chef, how the culture of DevOps has evolved both for system administrators and the companies they help build.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-systems-administration-with-adam-jacob-of-chef">Ep. #4, Systems Administration with Adam Jacob of Chef</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #46, Microsoft Acquires GitHub</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-46-microsoft-acquires-github</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Aug 2018 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-8472</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 46 of To Be Continuous, Paul and Edith discuss Microsoft’s acquisition of GitHub. Is it a good thing? What will be the impact of such a massive deal on the companies and developers in the devtools space?</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 46 of To Be Continuous, Paul and Edith discuss Microsoft’s acquisition of GitHub. Is it a good thing? What will be the impact of such a massive deal on the companies and developers in the devtools space?</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-46-microsoft-acquires-github">Ep. #46, Microsoft Acquires GitHub</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #3, Distributed Systems with Paul Biggar of Dark</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-distributed-systems-with-paul-biggar-of-dark</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Jul 2018 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-8368</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 3 of O11ycast, Rachel and Charity are joined by Paul Biggar, co-founder and CTO of Dark as well as founder of CircleCI, to discuss how microservices and automation have shaped the developer landscape.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 3 of O11ycast, Rachel and Charity are joined by Paul Biggar, co-founder and CTO of Dark as well as founder of CircleCI, to discuss how microservices and automation have shaped the developer landscape.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-distributed-systems-with-paul-biggar-of-dark">Ep. #3, Distributed Systems with Paul Biggar of Dark</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Crossing the Chasm: From Community to Commercialization</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/crossing-the-chasm-from-community-to-commercialization</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Jul 2018 09:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-8333</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Heavybit Speaker Series presentation, Serverless VP of Growth Nick Gottlieb shows you how to bridge the gap between growing your developer community and sustaining your company with a commercial product.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #2, Observable DevOps with Christina Noren of CloudBees</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-observable-devops-with-christina-noren-of-cloudbees</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Jul 2018 09:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-8313</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode two of O11ycast, Rachel and Charity are joined by Christina Noren, Chief Product Officer for CloudBees, to look at the ways both the development life cycle and the role of the developer have evolved.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode two of O11ycast, Rachel and Charity are joined by Christina Noren, Chief Product Officer for CloudBees, to look at the ways both the development life cycle and the role of the developer have evolved.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-observable-devops-with-christina-noren-of-cloudbees">Ep. #2, Observable DevOps with Christina Noren of CloudBees</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #18, Collaborative Security with HackerOne’s Marten Mickos</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-18-collaborative-security-with-hackerones-marten-mickos</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Jun 2018 09:20:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-8295</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 18 of The Secure Developer, Guy meets with Marten Mickos, CEO of HackerOne, a platform for vulnerability coordination and a bug bounty program that helps developers test and build more secure systems.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 18 of The Secure Developer, Guy meets with Marten Mickos, CEO of HackerOne, a platform for vulnerability coordination and a bug bounty program that helps developers test and build more secure systems.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-18-collaborative-security-with-hackerones-marten-mickos">Ep. #18, Collaborative Security with HackerOne’s Marten Mickos</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #1, Monitoring vs. Observability</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-monitoring-vs-observability</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Jun 2018 15:57:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-8266</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode one of O11ycast, <a href="https://www.merianventures.com">Merian Ventures</a>‘ <a href="https://twitter.com/rachelchalmers">Rachel Chalmers</a> and <a href="https://www.honeycomb.io">Honeycomb.io</a>‘s <a href="https://twitter.com/mipsytipsy">Charity Majors</a> dive into a few ways observability can drive fundamental changes in the way we approach software development.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode one of O11ycast, <a href="https://www.merianventures.com">Merian Ventures</a>‘ <a href="https://twitter.com/rachelchalmers">Rachel Chalmers</a> and <a href="https://www.honeycomb.io">Honeycomb.io</a>‘s <a href="https://twitter.com/mipsytipsy">Charity Majors</a> dive into a few ways observability can drive fundamental changes in the way we approach software development.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-monitoring-vs-observability">Ep. #1, Monitoring vs. Observability</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #18, Feat. Aligned’s Jodi Sherman Jahic</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-18-feat-aligneds-jodi-sherman-jahic</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 Jun 2018 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-8237</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 18 of Venture Confidential, Aligned Partners’ Jodi Sherman Jahic stops by the Heavybit studio to discuss what kind of companies and portfolios she invests in and what capital efficiency should mean for startups.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 18 of Venture Confidential, Aligned Partners’ Jodi Sherman Jahic stops by the Heavybit studio to discuss what kind of companies and portfolios she invests in and what capital efficiency should mean for startups.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-18-feat-aligneds-jodi-sherman-jahic">Ep. #18, Feat. Aligned’s Jodi Sherman Jahic</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>GitHub+Microsoft: Looking Forward by Looking Back</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/github-microsoft-looking-forward-by-looking-back</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Jun 2018 13:47:17 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-8243</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>The Heavybit community is proud to count some of the top operators from GitHub and Microsoft as active members and advisors. Over the years we’ve partnered with these folks to share their learnings with our member companies at Speaker Series events, in our podcast studio, and on our blog.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>The Heavybit community is proud to count some of the top operators from GitHub and Microsoft as active members and advisors. Over the years we’ve partnered with these folks to share their learnings with our <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/portfolio">member companies</a> at Speaker Series events, in our podcast studio, and on our blog.</p><p>Considering the incredible news this week of the <a href="https://blog.github.com/2018-06-04-github-microsoft/">largest devtool acquisition yet</a>, I thought it would be helpful to collect some of the best Microsoft, GitHub, and Microsoft+GitHub content that we’ve got. Watch, listen, and read about the paths these two companies took that led to Microsoft’s decision to buy GitHub for 7.5 billion.</p><h2><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/to-be-continuous/ep-39-transforming-microsoft-into-an-open-source-company/"><strong>To Be Continuous Ep. #39, Transforming Microsoft Into An Open Source Company (Podcast)</strong></a></h2><p>In this episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul are joined by Martin Woodward from Microsoft and Ed Blankenship from Algorithmia (ex-Microsoft). They discuss the cultural and technological shift that was necessary to transform Microsoft into an open source company. Martin talks about how as the owner of CodePlex, Microsoft’s open source community, <strong>he created Microsoft’s GitHub account</strong>. He also shares tricks he used to drive adoption inside Microsoft, such as allowing people to use their personal GitHub accounts, the subsequent challenges that this created and how he overcame them.</p><h2><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/land-and-expand-strategies-at-github-and-new-relic/"><strong>Land and Expand Strategies at GitHub and New Relic (Speaker Series)</strong></a></h2><p></p><p>Watch this presentation by Brian Doll, who served as the VP of Strategy for GitHub, where he developed the company’s corporate, business and product strategy. Would you like to be acquired by Microsoft for 7.5 billion? You might want to take notes on how Github managed to grow so fast from the early days.</p><h2><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/jamstack-radio/ep-5-graphql-at-github/"><strong>JAMstack Radio Ep. #5, GraphQL At GitHub (Podcast)</strong></a></h2><p></p><p>GitHub isn’t just a community for developers, they also drive the growth (or death) of the latest tools, languages, and frameworks. In this episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian and Ryan talk to GitHub Platform Engineering Manager Kyle Daigle about what makes GraphQL such a great query tool, especially for open-source projects. Fresh from the GraphQL Summit, Daigle shares his observations about who’s using it and why he can’t wait for it to be “uncool.”</p><h2><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/developer-content-marketing-and-growth-hacking/"><strong>Developer Content Marketing and Growth Hacking (Speaker Series)</strong></a></h2><p></p><p>Hiten Shah dives deep into the value that GitHub brings to fledgling developer product communities. It’s no secret that GitHub makes collaborating on and shipping code easier, but it’s also one of the best tools available to young devtool companies who are hungry for passionate new users. Shah shares some valuable tactics for finding those users using some of GitHub’s platform tools.</p><h2><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/open-source-as-business-strategy-with-segments-peter-reinhardt"><strong>Open Source as Business Strategy with Segment’s Peter Reinhardt (Speaker Series)</strong></a></h2><p></p><p>GitHub is a tool to host code, sure, but it’s sometimes also a tool to test product market fit. In this fireside chat, Segment’s Peter Reinhardt shares how the Segment team used GitHub to test the market for the earliest form of Segment. Turns out a concentrated community of active open source developers can be one way to short circuit the often harrowing path to product market fit.</p><h2><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/practical-product/ep-13-managing-stakeholder-relationships/"><strong>Practical Product Ep. #13, Managing Stakeholder Relationships (Podcast)</strong></a></h2><p></p><p>Want to learn how GitHub approaches building its own products and features? Look no further than this episode of Practical Product, where Craig and Rimas are joined by Kathy Simpson from GitHub. Kathy discusses her approach to identifying and managing product stakeholders. She reveals how she handles disgruntled stakeholders, suggesting a proactive mindset that includes breaking bad news quickly, admitting to mistakes openly and figuring out what communication style best suits each stakeholder group.</p><p></p><p><em>Interested in joining Heavybit? Our program is the only one of its kind to focus solely on taking developer products to market. Need help with developer traction, product market fit, and customer development? <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/tP7Lh7">Apply today</a> and start learning from world-class experts.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/github-microsoft-looking-forward-by-looking-back">GitHub+Microsoft: Looking Forward by Looking Back</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #17, Security Research with The Morning Paper’s Adrian Colyer</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-17-security-research-with-the-morning-papers-adrian-colyer</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Jun 2018 09:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-8203</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 17 of The Secure Developer, Guy meets up with Adrian Colyer, Venture Partner at Accel and author of The Morning Paper, a daily recap of academic articles in computer science. The pair investigates how researchers are discovering new side-channel attacks and vulnerabilities that look, at first glance, like they’re out of a science fiction or spy novel.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 17 of The Secure Developer, Guy meets up with Adrian Colyer, Venture Partner at Accel and author of The Morning Paper, a daily recap of academic articles in computer science. The pair investigates how researchers are discovering new side-channel attacks and vulnerabilities that look, at first glance, like they’re out of a science fiction or spy novel.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-17-security-research-with-the-morning-papers-adrian-colyer">Ep. #17, Security Research with The Morning Paper’s Adrian Colyer</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Demand Gen Fireside: Designing the Right Marketing Team</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/demand-gen-fireside-designing-the-right-marketing-team</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Jun 2018 09:40:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-8123</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Demand Gen Fireside Chat on Designing the Right Marketing Team, Netlify’s Erin Symons and Algolia’s Kamal Thakarsey discuss how to build an effective marketing machine for early stage companies. The pair covers how to hire, what tools to use and other successful strategies for scaling out your business.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #45, DevOps with Microsoft’s Sam Guckenheimer</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-45-devops-with-microsofts-sam-guckenheimer</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 May 2018 11:50:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-8164</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 45 of To Be Continuous, Paul and Edith meet with Sam Guckenheimer, Product Owner for Microsoft’s Visual Studio Team Services. They talk about how CI/CD has shaped the way teams approach DevOps today and how things might look in the not-so-distant future.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 45 of To Be Continuous, Paul and Edith meet with Sam Guckenheimer, Product Owner for Microsoft’s Visual Studio Team Services. They talk about how CI/CD has shaped the way teams approach DevOps today and how things might look in the not-so-distant future.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-45-devops-with-microsofts-sam-guckenheimer">Ep. #45, DevOps with Microsoft’s Sam Guckenheimer</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #17, Feat. Manu Kumar of K9 Ventures</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-17-feat-manu-kumar-of-k9-ventures</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 May 2018 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-8030</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 17 of Venture Confidential, <a href="https://twitter.com/ManuKumar">Manu Kumar</a> stops by the Heavybit studio to talk about how he started a micro VC called <a href="http://www.k9ventures.com">K9 Ventures</a> and why he chooses to invest in and help grow early stage companies.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 17 of Venture Confidential, <a href="https://twitter.com/ManuKumar">Manu Kumar</a> stops by the Heavybit studio to talk about how he started a micro VC called <a href="http://www.k9ventures.com">K9 Ventures</a> and why he chooses to invest in and help grow early stage companies.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-17-feat-manu-kumar-of-k9-ventures">Ep. #17, Feat. Manu Kumar of K9 Ventures</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sales Ops Panel: Building Early Stage Sales Teams</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/sales-ops-panel-building-early-stage-sales-teams</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 May 2018 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-8064</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Heavybit sales panel, Jeff Burkland of Burkland Associates joins experts Brad Gyger of Heroku, Sarah Arcoleo of Rainforest, and Whalr’s Mitch Morando to discuss when to start hiring, how to comp salespeople, and why data can help build better teams.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #16, Security Training with Elevate’s Masha Sedova</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-16-security-training-with-elevates-masha-sedova</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 May 2018 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-8059</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 16 of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Masha Sedova, co-founder of Elevate Security, to discuss how training for employees (even developers) can help companies stay one step ahead of the pack when it comes to preventing a breach.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 16 of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Masha Sedova, co-founder of Elevate Security, to discuss how training for employees (even developers) can help companies stay one step ahead of the pack when it comes to preventing a breach.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-16-security-training-with-elevates-masha-sedova">Ep. #16, Security Training with Elevate’s Masha Sedova</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #16, Feat. Greylock Partners’ Jerry Chen</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-16-feat-greylock-partners-jerry-chen</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 May 2018 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-7914</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 16 of Venture Confidential, we’re joined by Jerry Chen of Greylock Partners. Chen recounts his experience from managing and marketing product at VMware to investing in companies including Docker and Gladly as a partner with Greylock. The pair discuss what it takes as an investor and board member to help make a good company great.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 16 of Venture Confidential, we’re joined by Jerry Chen of Greylock Partners. Chen recounts his experience from managing and marketing product at VMware to investing in companies including Docker and Gladly as a partner with Greylock. The pair discuss what it takes as an investor and board member to help make a good company great.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-16-feat-greylock-partners-jerry-chen">Ep. #16, Feat. Greylock Partners’ Jerry Chen</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #29, Identity Management with Auth0</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-29-identity-management-with-auth0</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 May 2018 10:35:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-8026</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 29 of JAMstack Radio, Brian talks to Auth0 Developer Evangelist Ado Kukic about how developers can approach authentication and authorization using open standards like JSON Web Tokens, one of the technologies behind Auth0.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 29 of JAMstack Radio, Brian talks to Auth0 Developer Evangelist Ado Kukic about how developers can approach authentication and authorization using open standards like JSON Web Tokens, one of the technologies behind Auth0.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-29-identity-management-with-auth0">Ep. #29, Identity Management with Auth0</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Marketing Workshop: Early Stage Growth Ops</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/marketing-workshop-early-stage-growth-ops</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 May 2018 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Growth]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-8012</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Heavybit Workshop Panel, Peter Chapman is joined by HackerRank CMO Nicolas Draca, Andrea Echstenkamper, Director of Marketing for LaunchDarkly, and Clearbit COO Luke Whiting. The group discusses the tools and strategies for measuring, monitoring and maintaining growth from day one.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #15, Enterprise Security with RedMonk’s James Governor</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-15-enterprise-security-with-redmonks-james-governor</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 May 2018 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-7995</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 15 of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by James Governor, Analyst and Co-founder of RedMonk, a developer-focused industry analyst firm. The pair discusses multiple ways that companies can be incentivized, and how they can incentivize others, to invest in and improve security.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 15 of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by James Governor, Analyst and Co-founder of RedMonk, a developer-focused industry analyst firm. The pair discusses multiple ways that companies can be incentivized, and how they can incentivize others, to invest in and improve security.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-15-enterprise-security-with-redmonks-james-governor">Ep. #15, Enterprise Security with RedMonk’s James Governor</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #28, Front-End Infrastructure at Coursera</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-28-front-end-infrastructure-at-coursera</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Apr 2018 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-7934</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 28 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Jon Wong, Senior Software Engineer at Coursera. Jon discusses how Coursera has approached front-end architecture in the past, what tools they’re using now (like GraphQL) and how Coursera is helping its users build a future for themselves.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 28 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Jon Wong, Senior Software Engineer at Coursera. Jon discusses how Coursera has approached front-end architecture in the past, what tools they’re using now (like GraphQL) and how Coursera is helping its users build a future for themselves.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-28-front-end-infrastructure-at-coursera">Ep. #28, Front-End Infrastructure at Coursera</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #9, 4K Video with Vimeo’s Matt Fisher</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-4k-video-with-vimeos-matt-fisher</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Apr 2018 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-7979</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 9 of Demuxed, Matt, Steve and Phil are joined by Matt Fisher, Lead Video Playback Engineer for Vimeo to discuss the past, present and future of online video and how formats like 4K and 8K could change the way content creators capture and edit footage.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 9 of Demuxed, Matt, Steve and Phil are joined by Matt Fisher, Lead Video Playback Engineer for Vimeo to discuss the past, present and future of online video and how formats like 4K and 8K could change the way content creators capture and edit footage.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-4k-video-with-vimeos-matt-fisher">Ep. #9, 4K Video with Vimeo’s Matt Fisher</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Joe Ruscio: Why I’m Joining Heavybit</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/joe-ruscio-why-im-joining-heavybit</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Apr 2018 09:49:08 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Heavybit News]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-7947</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>I spent the better part of my career working with the team and products at Librato, but last week, I said goodbye. I had great colleagues and interesting problems to solve, but ultimately I decided to leave because of a new and enticing opportunity. So I’m thrilled to announce today that I’m officially joining Heavybit […]</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>I spent the better part of my career working with the team and products at Librato, but last week, <a href="https://twitter.com/josephruscio/status/981663490082357248">I said goodbye</a>. I had great colleagues and interesting problems to solve, but ultimately I decided to leave because of a new and enticing opportunity. So I’m thrilled to announce today that I’m officially joining <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/">Heavybit</a> as a General Partner! It’s probably one of the most significant decisions in my career, and I wanted to share some thoughts on why I’m excited to jump in and get to work.</p><p>I’ve spent the last 20 years working on infrastructure and systems software and building teams to create it. I’ve had a front-row seat as successive waves of innovation (e.g. virtualization/IaaS, containers/microservices, Ruby/Node/Go) have dramatically altered the way we develop, deploy, and operate software at scale. Central to almost all of this change is the need to increase the breadth of what a single developer can accomplish and the speed at which they can move. I’ve come to recognize a few fundamental and obvious truths:</p><ol><li>Every company is at some level, a software company; and,</li><li>Software companies that focus and empower their developers will beat their competitors by statistically significant numbers.</li></ol><p>Software really is eating the world, and now it’s in a second wave even more far-reaching than the disruption highlighted in <a href="https://a16z.com/2016/08/20/why-software-is-eating-the-world/">Marc Andreessen’s original essay</a>. <em>Digital Transformation</em> is an eye-roll-inducing term that’s being discussed in every enterprise boardroom. Executives recognize that they must either modernize and adapt their sales/distribution, marketing, and even internal processes, or face eventual demise.</p><p>When my co-founders and I first started selling Librato, I was always amazed at the unexpected logos that would show up in our funnel. Alongside the <em>Web 2.0</em> and hot new app startups, were businesses that my grandparents might have held stock in. From cargo shipping, to construction, to food and beverage companies — you’d be shocked by the number of “legacy” Fortune 500 companies using software to modernize every aspect of their business.</p><p>And this is where Heavybit comes in. At Librato we started laying down the first lines of code seven years ago. We were part of a new breed of developer tools enabled by and built on the fundamental abstractions of IaaS. After hearing that Heavybit’s co-founders James Lindenbaum and Tom Drummond were building a program to address the unique challenges of developer-first companies, I knew immediately that Librato could benefit. The timing was right a year later and we joined the program. It was one of the most important things we did to ensure our success. Since then, Heavybit is the premier program for bringing <em>developer-first</em> products to market. I’ve marveled at the ingenuity that successive batches of founders after us have displayed.</p><p>So when I was approached with the opportunity to join Heavybit full-time, it was the easiest “tough decision” I’ve ever made. Anyone who’s ever worked for me will tell you that I’m obsessed with improving the speed of developers and the impact they can have. I love the raw energy and vision that great founders harness at early stage startups and the process of continuous adjustments that result in enduring, scalable businesses emerging from what looks like (and often is) absolute chaos. I think the world is still in the early days of <em>digitalization </em>and Heavybit is at the center of all of it. In my role as General Partner, I’ll work alongside our companies to help founders sharpen their focus, optimize their path to market, and most importantly, avoid all the mistakes that we as a partnership collectively made when we walked in their shoes.</p><p>I’m diving in headfirst and ecstatic about investing in and working for the next generation of exceptional entrepreneurs building developer-first companies. I’ll definitely have more to say as I go along, follow me on Twitter as <a href="https://twitter.com/josephruscio?lang=en">@josephruscio</a> or <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr">subscribe to the Heavybit mailing list</a> for updates from the entire team.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/joe-ruscio-why-im-joining-heavybit">Joe Ruscio: Why I’m Joining Heavybit</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #44, Open Source for Enterprise with HashiCorp</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-44-open-source-for-enterprise-with-hashicorp</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Apr 2018 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-7728</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 44 of To Be Continuous, Paul and Edith meet with Armon Dadgar, Co-Founder and CTO of HashiCorp, along with GGV Capital’s Glenn Solomon to dive into how CI/CD and open source can drive an enterprise-facing business strategy.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 44 of To Be Continuous, Paul and Edith meet with Armon Dadgar, Co-Founder and CTO of HashiCorp, along with GGV Capital’s Glenn Solomon to dive into how CI/CD and open source can drive an enterprise-facing business strategy.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-44-open-source-for-enterprise-with-hashicorp">Ep. #44, Open Source for Enterprise with HashiCorp</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #27, API Documentation with ReadMe and Netlify</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-27-api-documentation-with-readme-and-netlify</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Mar 2018 09:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-7739</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 27 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Netlify Documentation Engineer Jessica Parsons as well as ReadMe.io founder and CEO Gregory Koberger for a discussion on the future of documentation and how more personalized API docs could benefit developers across skill levels, interests and languages.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 27 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Netlify Documentation Engineer Jessica Parsons as well as ReadMe.io founder and CEO Gregory Koberger for a discussion on the future of documentation and how more personalized API docs could benefit developers across skill levels, interests and languages.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-27-api-documentation-with-readme-and-netlify">Ep. #27, API Documentation with ReadMe and Netlify</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SF Video Tech: Watching Twitch Live Stream Scores with TensorFlow</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/sf-video-tech-watching-twitch-live-stream-scores-with-tensorflow</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Mar 2018 14:25:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-7778</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>At the end of last year, Mixer, a Twitch competitor, introduced a new feature: Hypezone. Hypezone is a channel that always broadcasts the Player Unknown’s Battlegrounds stream closest to winning, and has consistently been one of the most watched channels on Mixer. Inspired by the technical challenge, Nick built a simple version of Hypezone (Hypebot3000) that does the same thing for Twitch streams.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>Earlier this year, Demuxed held their SF Video Tech event in our SoMa Clubhouse. The event featured an exciting talk and near-perfect live demo from Mux’s Nick Chadwick. If you’d like to attend the next event in person, <a href="https://www.meetup.com/SF-Video-Technology/">RSVP here</a>.</em></p><p>At the end of last year, <a href="https://mixer.com/">Mixer</a>, a Twitch competitor, introduced a new feature: Hypezone. Hypezone is a channel that always broadcasts the Player Unknown’s Battlegrounds stream closest to winning, and has consistently been one of the most watched channels on Mixer. Inspired by the technical challenge, Nick built a simple version of Hypezone (Hypebot3000) that does the same thing for Twitch streams.</p><p>In this talk, Nick outlines how he approached solving this problem, from efficiently watching twitch streams and struggling with OCR, to finally creating a working version using TensorFlow. He goes over the basics of screen capturing live streams, pre-processing them, and implementing a simple TensorFlow model to extract the current game score. And he does it all live!</p><p></p><p><em>Interested in joining Heavybit? Our program is the only one of its kind to focus solely on taking developer products to market. Need help with developer traction, product market fit, and customer development? <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/tP7Lh7">Apply today</a> and start learning from world-class experts.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/sf-video-tech-watching-twitch-live-stream-scores-with-tensorflow">SF Video Tech: Watching Twitch Live Stream Scores with TensorFlow</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Early-stage Customer Communication: Channels and Signals</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/early-stage-customer-communication-channels-and-signals</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Mar 2018 09:45:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-7692</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Building a growth engine is about consistently translating signals into actions. The goal is to serve the right information at the right time from the right channel. In this blog post, Peter Chapman outlines the channels and signals you should be paying attention to in your early stages.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Building a growth engine is about consistently translating signals into actions. The goal is to serve the right information at the right time from the right channel.</p><p>Here’s an easy example: if you sign up for a product, chances are you’ll get a free trial of a product; chances are you’ll get an email from them shortly before your trial expires.</p><p><strong>Signal</strong>: user is one week away from trial expiration.</p><p><strong>Action</strong>: email them prompting them to upgrade to a paid plan.</p><p>Meanwhile, all over the world, SDRs are combing through lists of recent sign-ups for a different kind of customer signal: company demographic. They want to make sure that they’re spending time on people that command buying power and work at relevant companies.</p><p><strong>Signal</strong>: Customer signs up with an email address from an exciting company and a relevant title.</p><p><strong>Action</strong>: SDR sends them something vaguely personalized.</p><p>These are the two broad kinds of customer signal you should be paying attention to. Product usage data is coming from your own database – it’s everything you know about logins, feature usage, and how users are clicking around on your app. Demographic data is coming from a data augmentation tool and tells you what companies your users work for and what their title is.</p><p>In the same vein, you’ve got two simple tools you can use to communicate to customers: you can email them directly (manual communication), or you can tell your email automation system to email them (automated communication).</p><p>Those two examples are emblematic of early-stage communications efforts – at many startups, demographic data is exclusively the domain of manual outreach, and product usage data feeds automatic outreach. This is largely the result of the tools available to organizations: salespeople are used to using demographic data to sort through leads, while marketers have a history of keying off product usage data to send campaigns. In this article, we’ll discuss how to use both kinds of data across both channels without getting your wires crossed.</p><h2>Step 1: Talk to Your Most Important Customers First</h2><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/c4517c4539ee1db72a780f061e3dea1ce6399887-800x450.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>First things first: if you’re just starting out, you should care more about who’s on your platform than what they’re doing on your platform. In other words: demographic data matters more than customer usage data.</p><p>This is because in the early days of building a growth engine, you don’t have the time to build a sophisticated nurturing machine that ingests a customer’s usage and demographic data and outputs the perfect message designed to nudge them down your funnel. The nudge is going to be a manual effort. That’s fine, because you want to be spending a lot of time talking to your customers. If they get stuck during onboarding, you’re going to fix it by sitting down with them and helping them use your product. In other words, you’ll use demographic data to trigger manual communication.</p><p>What this means in the early days is running an augmentation tool on top of your signups, parsing those signups on a regular cadence, and manually crafting notes for the most interesting ones. Later, you’ll build automation that hands high-value over to leads over to sales reps based on the demographic characteristics you’ve found to be the best signal – often company size, revenue, and industry.</p><h2>Step 2: Your First Automated Communication</h2><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/ccc69996ea0ab04a64a8bce6653d4e010958488b-800x450.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>There are a couple of high-impact automated emails you should be sending out from the get-go. You want to thank people for signing up and point them to your documentation. You want to warn people when their trial is about to expire. You want to give them a heads up when they’re about to bump against a limit of their current plan.</p><p>If you’ve already got this type of automation chugging along, great – you’ve got everything you need for a solid early-stage growth engine. If you want to build an even more sophisticated machine, keep reading.</p><h2>Step 3: Equipping Your Sales Team</h2><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/a8413499ee74b4060e3bfd08963bc14eaa4fc5e4-800x450.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>The next step in building out your communication engine is using product usage data to inform your sales team. You want to make sure your sales team is talking to the right accounts, and you want to give them the context they need to have relevant conversations.</p><p>The easiest and most important signal to feed your sales team is spend. High-spending customers should have sales reps assigned. I tend to encourage startups to experiment with other signals to feed their sales force. It can be hard to determine what product usage patterns predict growth, but it’s fairly easy to hand your sales team a bunch of new leads and get their feedback on what’s interesting.</p><p>Keeping your account managers abreast of how their customers are using the product is useful both for finding ways to grow account spend and mitigate attrition. Sophisticated teams are letting their account managers know about support tickets, error rates, and decreases in utilization on the fly.</p><h2>Step 4: Really Sharp Onboarding</h2><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/b5928954258080c58cc05541b6e996c1f64bac8f-800x450.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>My favorite conversations at Heavybit are inevitably the times when I get to talk to one of our founders about their funnel and map out what the next step is in building their revenue engine. If you want help building yours, feel free to <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/tP7Lh7">reach out</a> – I’d love to talk.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/early-stage-customer-communication-channels-and-signals">Early-stage Customer Communication: Channels and Signals</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #43, Startup Partnerships with Ellen Chisa and John Kodumal</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-43-startup-partnerships-with-ellen-chisa-and-john-kodumal</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Mar 2018 09:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-7722</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 43 of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul are joined by Ellen Chisa, Paul’s co-founder and CEO of Dark, as well as John Kodumal CTO and co-founder of LaunchDarkly. The group discusses pitching, what it’s like finding a startup partner and the road to effective management.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 43 of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul are joined by Ellen Chisa, Paul’s co-founder and CEO of Dark, as well as John Kodumal CTO and co-founder of LaunchDarkly. The group discusses pitching, what it’s like finding a startup partner and the road to effective management.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-43-startup-partnerships-with-ellen-chisa-and-john-kodumal">Ep. #43, Startup Partnerships with Ellen Chisa and John Kodumal</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>LaunchDarkly: Monitoring &amp; Observability while Testing in Production</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/launchdarkly-monitoring-observability-while-testing-in-production</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Mar 2018 15:45:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-7731</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Heavybit member company LaunchDarkly held another Test in Production Meetup in the Heavybit Clubhouse. On February 20th, the Testing in Production Meetup group focused on monitoring and observability. Watch the talks here.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>Heavybit member company LaunchDarkly held another Test in Production Meetup in the Heavybit Clubhouse. On February 20th, the Testing in Production Meetup group focused on monitoring and observability. If you’d like to attend future sessions in person, <a href="https://www.meetup.com/Test-in-Production/">sign up here</a>.</em></p><h2>Testing and Debugging in Production with Distributed Tracing</h2><p><strong>Priyanka Sharma, Product Marketing, Partnerships &amp; Open Source at LightStep</strong></p><p>Priyanka kicked off the event by discussing how software systems have become more complex in recent years, especially with the rise of CI/CD and microservices. “There’s an explosion of data. The more services there are, the more touchpoints there are, and the more data you have to collect about what’s happening in your system. It’s very hard to manage all of this.” She shows how distributed tracing can help teams get a better understanding of their systems and the responses they’re seeing.</p><p>Watch her talk to learn more about tracing as an essential tool for testing in production.</p><p></p><h2>Instrumenting CI Pipelines</h2><p><strong><a href="https://twitter.com/smithclay">Clay Smith</a>, Developer Advocate at New Relic</strong></p><p>Clay Smith took a look at the three pillar approach—metrics, tracing, and logging. He wanted to explore what tracing looks like within a CI pipeline, and so he observed a single run of a build with multiple steps kicked off by a code commit.</p><p>“I wanted to try and apply some of this stuff to understanding AWS CodePipeline that I was using to build some Docker images. The question that I wanted to explore and kind of get into and try to learn more about observability by trying to build something is, if we take this really interesting ideas that were outlined in these posts and apply them to a CI tool, what can we learn and what does that actually look like?”</p><p>Watch his talk to learn more about his case study on AWS CodeBuild.</p><p></p><h2>Tonight We Monitor, For Tomorrow, We Test in Production!</h2><p><strong>Steven Czerwinski, Head of Engineering at Scalyr</strong></p><p>Steve Czerwinski presented a case study around latency issues a Scalyr customer recently faced. He shares how his colleague, John Hart, explored the issue, and then reviews some key learnings realized after the event.</p><p>“Monitoring is so important to testing in production. I want to evoke the idea that you need to get your monitoring in place before testing in production. If you’re not really monitoring, you’re not really testing—you’re just hoping that things go right.”</p><p>Watch his talk to learn why monitoring is key when testing in production.<br/></p><h2>Panel Q&amp;A</h2><p>After the individual talks, we assembled our speakers for a short Q&amp;A led by <a href="https://twitter.com/eanakashima">Emily Nakashima</a>. Watch this short panel below.</p><p></p><p><em>Interested in joining Heavybit? Our program is the only one of its kind to focus solely on taking developer products to market. Need help with developer traction, product market fit, and customer development? <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/tP7Lh7">Apply today</a> and start learning from world-class experts.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/launchdarkly-monitoring-observability-while-testing-in-production">LaunchDarkly: Monitoring & Observability while Testing in Production</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #15, Sourcing with Zetta’s Jocelyn Goldfein</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-15-sourcing-with-zettas-jocelyn-goldfein</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Feb 2018 09:45:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-7700</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 15 of Venture Confidential, Peter is joined by Jocelyn Goldfein, partner at Zetta Venture Partners. Jocelyn recalls how she was part of huge growth at VMware and also overhauled Facebook’s tech recruiting process before entering the world of venture capital with Zetta. Hear the process of her first investment in enterprise security and hear the similarities between being a good investor and being successful at recruiting.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 15 of Venture Confidential, Peter is joined by Jocelyn Goldfein, partner at Zetta Venture Partners. Jocelyn recalls how she was part of huge growth at VMware and also overhauled Facebook’s tech recruiting process before entering the world of venture capital with Zetta. Hear the process of her first investment in enterprise security and hear the similarities between being a good investor and being successful at recruiting.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-15-sourcing-with-zettas-jocelyn-goldfein">Ep. #15, Sourcing with Zetta’s Jocelyn Goldfein</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #26, Video and Image Optimization with Cloudinary</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-26-video-and-image-optimization-with-cloudinary</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Feb 2018 13:45:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-7687</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian and Ben are joined by Robert Moseley, Director of Social Engineering at Cloudinary, an end-to-end media management platform for developers. The group discusses just how much of the internet is images and videos, and poorly optimized ones at that, and how tools like Cloudinary can make major improvements behind the scenes.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian and Ben are joined by Robert Moseley, Director of Social Engineering at Cloudinary, an end-to-end media management platform for developers. The group discusses just how much of the internet is images and videos, and poorly optimized ones at that, and how tools like Cloudinary can make major improvements behind the scenes.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-26-video-and-image-optimization-with-cloudinary">Ep. #26, Video and Image Optimization with Cloudinary</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Open Source as Business Strategy with Segment’s Peter Reinhardt</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/open-source-as-business-strategy-with-segments-peter-reinhardt</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Feb 2018 09:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-7655</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Former Keen.io Director of Marketing Alexa Meyer is joined by Segment CEO and co-founder Peter Reinhardt to discuss open source as a valuable way to find product/market fit through the lens of how analytics.js evolved from a community project to enterprise tool.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #14, Building Community with Boldstart’s Ed Sim</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-14-building-community-with-boldstarts-ed-sim</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Feb 2018 09:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-7667</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest Venture Confidential, Peter is joined by Boldstart’s Ed Sim to discuss founder/market fit and building community between founders and investors. Hear Ed’s take on the differences between developer evangelism and enterprise marketing, how to approach a pricing timeline, and more.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest Venture Confidential, Peter is joined by Boldstart’s Ed Sim to discuss founder/market fit and building community between founders and investors. Hear Ed’s take on the differences between developer evangelism and enterprise marketing, how to approach a pricing timeline, and more.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-14-building-community-with-boldstarts-ed-sim">Ep. #14, Building Community with Boldstart’s Ed Sim</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #8, VideoLAN with Jean-Baptiste Kempf</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-videolan-with-jean-baptiste-kempf</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Feb 2018 09:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-7640</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 8 of Demuxed, guest Jean-Baptiste Kempf discusses how VideoLAN, the project behind VLC player, came to be and where it’s going. Hear what the future holds for streaming video and how VLC player’s iconic cone logo came to be.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 8 of Demuxed, guest Jean-Baptiste Kempf discusses how VideoLAN, the project behind VLC player, came to be and where it’s going. Hear what the future holds for streaming video and how VLC player’s iconic cone logo came to be.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-videolan-with-jean-baptiste-kempf">Ep. #8, VideoLAN with Jean-Baptiste Kempf</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #25, Adopting GraphQL with Graphcool</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-25-adopting-graphql-with-graphcool</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Feb 2018 09:22:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-7633</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 25 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Johannes Schickling and Soren Bramer Schmidt, the co-founders of Graphcool, a GraphQL backend development framework. They discuss the evolution of GraphQL, the communities that surround it and its use in production.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 25 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Johannes Schickling and Soren Bramer Schmidt, the co-founders of Graphcool, a GraphQL backend development framework. They discuss the evolution of GraphQL, the communities that surround it and its use in production.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-25-adopting-graphql-with-graphcool">Ep. #25, Adopting GraphQL with Graphcool</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #42, Continuous Integration at Microsoft</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-42-continuous-integration-at-microsoft</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Feb 2018 09:17:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-7624</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul meet up with Microsoft program managers <a href="http://www.twitter.com/SiminaPasat">Simina Pasat</a> and <a href="http://www.twitter.com/JoshuaWeberMSFT">Joshua Weber</a> to discuss how continuous integration plays a role behind the scenes at Microsoft. Hear how they develop across platforms, use feature flags, approach user feedback, and more.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul meet up with Microsoft program managers <a href="http://www.twitter.com/SiminaPasat">Simina Pasat</a> and <a href="http://www.twitter.com/JoshuaWeberMSFT">Joshua Weber</a> to discuss how continuous integration plays a role behind the scenes at Microsoft. Hear how they develop across platforms, use feature flags, approach user feedback, and more.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-42-continuous-integration-at-microsoft">Ep. #42, Continuous Integration at Microsoft</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>LaunchDarkly: (How To) Test In Production</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/launchdarkly-how-to-test-in-production</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Feb 2018 09:04:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-7616</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Heavybit member company LaunchDarkly held their Test in Production Meetup in the Heavybit Clubhouse on January 10th. In this session the focus was on ‘how’ teams test in production with talks from Slack’s Josh Willis, Handshake’s Maria Verba, and IMGIX’s Cindy Sridharan.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>Heavybit member company LaunchDarkly held their Test in Production Meetup in the Heavybit Clubhouse on January 10th. In this session the focus was on ‘how’ teams test in production. If you’d like to attend future Test in Production Meetups in person, <a href="https://www.meetup.com/Test-in-Production/">sign up here</a>.</em></p><h2>Visibility and Monitoring for Machine Learning Models</h2><p><em>Josh Wills, Engineer at Slack</em></p><p>Josh started our Meetup with a short talk on deploying machine learning models into production. He’s worked as the Director of Data Science at Cloudera, he wrote the java version of Google’s AB testing framework, and he recently held the position of Director of Data Engineering at Slack. In his opinion the most important question is: “How often do you want to deploy this?” You should never deploy a machine learning model once. If the problem is not important enough to keep working on it and deploy new models, then its not important enough to pay the cost of putting it into production in the first place.</p><p>Watch his talk to get his thoughts on testing machine learning models in production.</p><p></p><h2>When a Necessary Evil becomes Indispensable: Testing in Production at Handshake</h2><p><em>Maria Verba, QA Automation Engineer at Handshake</em></p><p>Maria discusses how and why teams at Handshake test in production. In her role as QA Automation Engineer, she is focused on making sure her organization ships a product that customers love to use, as well as supporting the engineers with anything test related.</p><p>Watch her talk to learn how her team tests in production. She covers what requirements her team has put in place to test safely, and some specific examples of when testing in production is better than in pre-production.</p><p></p><h2>Testing Microservices: A Sane Approach Pre-Production &amp; In Production</h2><p><em>Cindy Sridharan aka <a href="https://twitter.com/copyconstruct">@copyconstruct</a></em></p><p>In December 2017, Cindy wrote an article about testing microservices. She wrote it in response to an article that showcased a team’s incredibly complex testing infrastructure. The piece described how a team built something that helped their developers run a lot of tests very quickly. And while it helped tremendously, Cindy wondered why it had to be so complex.</p><p>“The whole point of microservices is to enable teams to develop, deploy and scale independently. Yet when it comes to testing, we insist on testing *everything* together by spinning up *identical* environments, contradicting the mainspring of why we do microservices.”</p><p>Check out her talk to see how she recommends testing microservices—how to think about testing, what to consider when setting up tests, and other best practices.</p><p></p><p><em>Interested in joining Heavybit? Our program is the only one of its kind to focus solely on taking developer products to market. Need help with developer traction, product market fit, and customer development? <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/tP7Lh7">Apply today</a> and start learning from world-class experts.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/launchdarkly-how-to-test-in-production">LaunchDarkly: (How To) Test In Production</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Content Marketing for Growth? It Starts with your Platform.</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/content-marketing-for-growth-it-starts-with-your-platform</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jan 2018 09:03:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-7583</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>The latest Web Experiences meetup featured a talk from Uber’s Jason Barone on building the right platform for content marketing success, as well as a great AWS Lambda/Alexa/Contentful demo from Contentful’s Rouven Weßling that you can’t miss.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>Late last year, Heavybit member <a href="https://www.contentful.com/">Contentful</a> hosted the Web Experiences meetup in our SoMa Clubhouse. The event featured a talk from Uber’s Jason Barone on building the right platform for content marketing success, as well as a great AWS Lambda/Alexa/Contentful demo from Contentful’s Rouven Weßling that you can’t miss. <a href="https://www.meetup.com/Contentful-User-Meetup-SF/">Sign up here</a> to hear about future Contentful events.</em></p><h2>Content Marketing for Growth? It Starts with your Platform. Jasone Barone, Uber</h2><p>“Growth marketing” and “growth hacking” are phrases thrown around often in the tech and startup community, but oddly enough, most companies’ web marketing platforms are an afterthought. In this first talk, Jason Barone shows us what it takes to build a solid foundation for content marketing in your business. His talk touches on general concepts before diving into design systems, tech, and governance.</p><p></p><h2>Build a Trivia Game using Amazon Alexa, AWS Lambda, and Contentful. Rouven Weßling, Contentful</h2><p>Growing up with Knight Rider, Rouven Weßling was sure that we’d all be talking to our computers in no time. “Imagine my disappointment when I first tried a dictation app in the 90s – gruesome. Things have changed and now we’re all able to have something resembling a conversation with our cell phones. But you can’t exactly teach it new tricks unless you work for Apple, Google or Microsoft – how frustrating. Now with Amazon Alexa, we as developers can create voice interfaces for our own applications.” In this second talk, Rouven will show us how to do just that by creating an Alexa Skills Kit using an AWS Lambda function and Contentful to build his very own voice-based trivia game.</p><p></p><p></p><p><em>Interested in joining Heavybit? Our program is the only one of its kind to focus solely on taking developer products to market. Need help with developer traction, product market fit, and customer development? <strong><a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/tP7Lh7">Apply today</a> and start learning from world-class experts</strong>.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/content-marketing-for-growth-it-starts-with-your-platform">Content Marketing for Growth? It Starts with your Platform.</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Serverless Meetup w/ Ado Kukic and Chiradeep Vittal</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/serverless-meetup-w-ado-kukic-and-chiradeep-vittal</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jan 2018 14:25:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-7602</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Late last year, Heavybit Member Serverless hosted their regular user group meetup at the Heavybit Clubhouse. This event featured talks from Citrix’s Chiradeep Vittal, and Auth0’s Ado Kukic. Click through to watch the talks.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>Late last year, Heavybit Member <a href="https://serverless.com/">Serverless</a> hosted their regular user group meetup at our SoMa Clubhouse. This event featured talks from Citrix’s Chiradeep Vittal, and Auth0’s Ado Kukic. To attend the next event in person, <a href="https://www.meetup.com/Serverless/">sign up here</a>.</em></p><h2>A Serverless Orchestrator Built with Terraform, Chiradeep Vittal, Citrix</h2><p>Citrix built a centralized controller for networking that scales, is highly available and provides advanced analytics that costs almost nothing to operate by taking advantage of serverless functionality such as AWS Lambda, CloudWatch, DynamoDB and Athena. Instead of operating a multi-tenant controller, each customer can provision their own autonomous control plane using CloudFormation or Terraform templates. In this talk I describe how we disaggregated the control plane and put it back together using serverless components.</p><p></p><h2>The Frontend is the New Backend, Ado Kukic, Auth0</h2><p>In the last couple of years, Auth0 has seen a significant shift in the way they write apps. More and more, logic is being pushed to the client (browser, native apps, IoT) and new services have emerged to reduce even more the need of backends. But there’s more to come. What if we don’t need ANY server at all? What if we could write apps mixing client and server side code without having to worry how that code runs? In this session, Ado goes over a new way of writing completely backendless applications using Webtask.</p><p></p><p><em>Interested in joining Heavybit? Our program is the only one of its kind to focus solely on taking developer products to market. Need help with developer traction, product market fit, and customer development? <strong><a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/tP7Lh7">Apply today</a> and start learning from world-class experts</strong>.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/serverless-meetup-w-ado-kukic-and-chiradeep-vittal">Serverless Meetup w/ Ado Kukic and Chiradeep Vittal</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #13, The Role of the Investor with Ryan Floyd of Storm</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-the-role-of-the-investor-with-ryan-floyd-of-storm</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Jan 2018 12:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-7589</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this installment of Venture Confidential, Peter is joined by <a href="https://twitter.com/RyanFloyd">Ryan Floyd</a> of <a href="http://www.stormventures.com">Storm Ventures</a> to discuss the evolution of Storm and investing in general. Key points include when to stay out of the way as an investor, what it means to be client-oriented and why having expertise makes a big difference when choosing your next move.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this installment of Venture Confidential, Peter is joined by <a href="https://twitter.com/RyanFloyd">Ryan Floyd</a> of <a href="http://www.stormventures.com">Storm Ventures</a> to discuss the evolution of Storm and investing in general. Key points include when to stay out of the way as an investor, what it means to be client-oriented and why having expertise makes a big difference when choosing your next move.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-the-role-of-the-investor-with-ryan-floyd-of-storm">Ep. #13, The Role of the Investor with Ryan Floyd of Storm</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #24, Server-Side Rendering with Trey Huffine of Postmates</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-24-server-side-rendering-with-trey-huffine-of-postmates</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jan 2018 08:40:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-7572</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In Ep. #24 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Trey Huffine, software engineer at Postmates, an on-demand delivery service based in San Francisco. The pair discusses the pros and cons of server-side rendering and the joys of React. Stick around for the latest picks!</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In Ep. #24 of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Trey Huffine, software engineer at Postmates, an on-demand delivery service based in San Francisco. The pair discusses the pros and cons of server-side rendering and the joys of React. Stick around for the latest picks!</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-24-server-side-rendering-with-trey-huffine-of-postmates">Ep. #24, Server-Side Rendering with Trey Huffine of Postmates</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #41, Docker with Windows</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-41-docker-with-windows</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Jan 2018 11:13:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-7564</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In Ep. #41 of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul meet up with Taylor Brown, Program Management Lead in the Windows and Devices Group at Microsoft. The discussion of the day: showing the benefits of virtualization and using Docker with Windows.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In Ep. #41 of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul meet up with Taylor Brown, Program Management Lead in the Windows and Devices Group at Microsoft. The discussion of the day: showing the benefits of virtualization and using Docker with Windows.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-41-docker-with-windows">Ep. #41, Docker with Windows</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #7, Live Video Streaming with Blockchain</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-live-video-streaming-with-blockchain</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Jan 2018 08:20:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-7555</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of Demuxed, Eric Tang of <a href="https://livepeer.org">Livepeer</a> joins Matt, Steve and Nick (filling in for Phil) to discuss how blockchain is creating new possibilities for peer-to-peer live video streaming. Eric describes how Livepeer uses a token system to incentivize increased capacity and network performance. He also explains how decentralized video streaming networks can change the way content creators interact with their audiences.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of Demuxed, Eric Tang of <a href="https://livepeer.org">Livepeer</a> joins Matt, Steve and Nick (filling in for Phil) to discuss how blockchain is creating new possibilities for peer-to-peer live video streaming. Eric describes how Livepeer uses a token system to incentivize increased capacity and network performance. He also explains how decentralized video streaming networks can change the way content creators interact with their audiences.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-live-video-streaming-with-blockchain">Ep. #7, Live Video Streaming with Blockchain</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #4, Featuring Sean Byrnes and Edith Harbaugh</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-feat-sean-byrnes-and-edith-harbaugh</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Jan 2018 11:07:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-7492</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of Caveat Founder, we hosted Sean Byrnes and Edith Harbaugh. Edith and Sean discuss the importance of directly asking for money when fundraising and ponder why most founders, including serial founders, often underestimate the difficulty of getting early customers. They also consider how companies that struggle and survive often develop a higher level of operational excellence than those that gain success quickly.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of Caveat Founder, we hosted Sean Byrnes and Edith Harbaugh. Edith and Sean discuss the importance of directly asking for money when fundraising and ponder why most founders, including serial founders, often underestimate the difficulty of getting early customers. They also consider how companies that struggle and survive often develop a higher level of operational excellence than those that gain success quickly.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-feat-sean-byrnes-and-edith-harbaugh">Ep. #4, Featuring Sean Byrnes and Edith Harbaugh</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #14, How Slack Stays Secure During Hyper Growth</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-14-how-slack-stays-secure-during-hyper-growth</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Jan 2018 08:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-7545</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Geoff Belknap, Chief Security Officer at Slack. Geoff discusses what drew him into security and reveals why it’s critical for security teams to be recognized as a full-fledged member of engineering. He explains why it makes sense for companies to develop a track record of transparency and actively encourage community participation through bug bounty programs. Geoff also concludes that companies should encourage basic security hygiene rather than seek a silver bullet that does not exist.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Geoff Belknap, Chief Security Officer at Slack. Geoff discusses what drew him into security and reveals why it’s critical for security teams to be recognized as a full-fledged member of engineering. He explains why it makes sense for companies to develop a track record of transparency and actively encourage community participation through bug bounty programs. Geoff also concludes that companies should encourage basic security hygiene rather than seek a silver bullet that does not exist.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-14-how-slack-stays-secure-during-hyper-growth">Ep. #14, How Slack Stays Secure During Hyper Growth</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Priced To Scale: The Only Constant Is Change</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/priced-to-scale-the-only-constant-is-change</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Jan 2018 08:00:53 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-7456</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Don’t miss this DevGuild: Pricing Strategy panel discussion on the connection between your pricing and the speed with which your company can scale. Moderator Jason Lemkin, Founder of SaaStr, is joined by DataStax Co-founder Matt Pfeil, CircleCI CEO Jim Rose, and Fastly Co-Founder Simon Wistow.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Economies of Scope: Implications on Product Roadmap</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/economies-of-scope-implications-on-product-roadmap</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jan 2018 08:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-7449</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this DevGuild: Pricing Strategy presentation, Datadog Chief Product Officer Amit Agarwal discusses the implications of early pricing and product decisions on org structure, internal communications, and engineering processes.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pricing A New Product: Adventures in Research &amp; Rollouts</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/pricing-a-new-product-adventures-in-research-rollouts</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Jan 2018 08:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-7446</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Watch as this panel of experts from PagerDuty, Atlassian and RedisLabs discusses the research methodologies, packaging techniques, and stakeholder communications required to rollout a successful pricing change.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Persona Development with Astha Malik &amp; Brian Doll</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/persona-development-with-astha-malik-brian-doll</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Jan 2018 08:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-7443</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this DevGuild: Pricing Strategy fireside chat Astha Malik and Brian Doll discuss just how crucial persona development is to pricing strategy and the ultimate success of any organization.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Founder Journey to Enterprise Revenue</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/founder-journey-to-enterprise-revenue</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Dec 2017 08:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-7436</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In just five years and under his leadership, RainforestQA has grown from 2 to 80+ employees, more than 10xed revenue, and continued to double ACV year over year. In this talk, hear everything about Fred’s journey to enterprise revenue.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Value-Based Pricing From 8,432 SaaS Cos</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/value-based-pricing-from-8432-saas-cos</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Dec 2017 08:00:33 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-7440</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this presentation, Price Intelligently CEO Patrick Campbell shares his findings from 8,432 software companies and uncovers the high-value features and offerings most likely to help you increase deal size and revenue.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Value-Based Pricing: Scale From Market Entry</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/value-based-pricing-scale-from-market-entry</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Dec 2017 08:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-7452</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>CPO Christina Noren not only owns pricing and product at Interana, but she owned pricing at Splunk as its founding VP Product from market entry thru IPO, and established Zuora’s growth stage pricing. In this video, learn how you can design your early pricing strategy for hyper growth.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SF Metrics: Richard Waid &amp; Ben Hartshorne</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/sf-metrics-richard-waid-ben-hartshorne</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Dec 2017 12:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-7474</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Watch the talks from October’s SF Metrics Meetup, including LinkedIn’s Richard Waid on the evolution of monitoring at LinkedIn, and Honeycomb.io’s Ben Hartshorne on the power of dynamic sampling.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>Heavybit member company <a href="https://www.librato.com/">Librato</a> hosted this SF Metrics Meetup in the Heavybit Clubhouse on October 25th. If you’d like to attend future SF Metrics meetups in person, <a href="https://www.meetup.com/San-Francisco-Metrics-Meetup/">sign up here</a>.</em></p><h2>Richard Waid, Director of Monitoring Infrastructure, LinkedIn</h2><p>In the past 6 years, the Monitoring team at LinkedIn has dealt with an explosive change in scale from 12k to 850M individual metrics, as well as a migration from NOC based escalation to direct remediation and escalation. In this talk, Richard gives a brief overview of how they accomplished that, how they fit into the overall engineering ecosystem, as well as what they’re doing for the next major evolution in their journey. Along the way Richard covers a few of their major learnings: protecting the ecosystem against well meaning users, planning for explosive scaling, and the global vs. local optima challenge of self-service tooling.</p><p></p><h2>Ben Hartshorne, Software Engineer, Honeycomb</h2><p>The two main methods of reducing high volume instrumentation data to a manageable load are aggregation and sampling. Aggregation is well understood, but sampling remains a mystery.</p><p>In this talk, Ben starts by laying down the basic ground rules for sampling—what it means and how to implement the simplest methods. There are many ways to think about sampling, but with a good starting point, you gain immense flexibility. Once you have the basics of what it means to sample, Ben looks at some different traffic patterns and the effect of sampling on each. When do you lose visibility into your service with simple sampling methods? What can you do about it?</p><p>Given the patterns of traffic in a modern web infrastructure, there are some solid methods to change how you think about sampling in a way that lets you keep visibility into the most important parts of your infrastructure while maintaining the benefits of transmitting only a portion of your volume to your instrumentation service.</p><p>Taking it a step further, you can push these sampling methods beyond their expected boundaries by using feedback from your service and its volume to affect your sampling rates! Your application knows best how the traffic flowing through it varies; allowing it to decide how to sample the instrumentation can give you the ability to reduce total throughput by an order of magnitude while still maintaining the necessary visibility into the parts of the system that matter most.</p><p>Ben finishes by bringing up some examples of dynamic sampling in <a href="https://honeycomb.io/">Honeycomb’s</a> infrastructure and talks about how it lets them see individual events of interest while keeping only 1/1000th of the overall traffic.</p><p></p><p><em>Interested in joining Heavybit? Our program is the only one of its kind to focus solely on taking developer products to market. Need help with developer traction, product market fit, and customer development? <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/tP7Lh7">Apply today</a> and start learning from world-class experts.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/sf-metrics-richard-waid-ben-hartshorne">SF Metrics: Richard Waid & Ben Hartshorne</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building Developer Relations Teams</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-developer-relations-teams</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Dec 2017 08:01:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-7339</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On Oct. 24th Heavybit hosted a panel on building developer relations teams featuring Bear Douglas, Tim Falls, Jade Wang and Justin Johnson. The panel shared insights from their time at companies like Slack, Twitter, SendGrid, Keen, Meteor, and Cloudflare. Learn when to hire your first advocates, where to find the right advocates for your stage of company, and how to cultivate the success of everyone on your DevRel team.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #12, Feat. Angel Investor Bubba Murarka</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-feat-angel-investor-bubba-murarka</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Dec 2017 07:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-7392</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of Venture Confidential, Peter is joined by Bubba Murarka, angel investor and former Principal at DFJ. Bubba recounts his journey from Microsoft, to an Entrepreneur in Residence role at Bay Partners before becoming a Product Manager at Facebook, and finally Partner at DFJ. He explains how he learned to examine problems through a business lens and shares insights into how he cultivated successful mentoring relationships to continue to learn and advance his career.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of Venture Confidential, Peter is joined by Bubba Murarka, angel investor and former Principal at DFJ. Bubba recounts his journey from Microsoft, to an Entrepreneur in Residence role at Bay Partners before becoming a Product Manager at Facebook, and finally Partner at DFJ. He explains how he learned to examine problems through a business lens and shares insights into how he cultivated successful mentoring relationships to continue to learn and advance his career.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-feat-angel-investor-bubba-murarka">Ep. #12, Feat. Angel Investor Bubba Murarka</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #23, Introduction to Downshift and Glamorous</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-23-introduction-to-downshift-and-glamorous</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Dec 2017 12:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-7395</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian invites Kent Dodds to the studio for a chat. Kent describes how he manages to actively contribute to open source projects while balancing a full-time job and a family. He also weighs in on why the developer community has over-reacted to the recent React licensing changes and explains how TC39 membership works.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian invites Kent Dodds to the studio for a chat. Kent describes how he manages to actively contribute to open source projects while balancing a full-time job and a family. He also weighs in on why the developer community has over-reacted to the recent React licensing changes and explains how TC39 membership works.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-23-introduction-to-downshift-and-glamorous">Ep. #23, Introduction to Downshift and Glamorous</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SF Video Tech: Glenn Sweeney’s Color Chalk Talk</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/sf-video-tech-glenn-sweeneys-color-chalk-talk</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Dec 2017 15:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-7399</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this fascinating talk, Glenn Sweeney visits the earliest color scientists’ labs to show how our modern understanding of color is a direct product of the computational and experimental resources of those times.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>The SF Video Tech meetup is hosted by Demuxed and Heavybit member company <a href="https://mux.com/">Mux</a>. <a href="https://www.meetup.com/SF-Video-Technology/">Sign up here</a> to come to the next event in person.</em></p><p>Color science, as a discipline, is deeply rooted in experimental methodology from the early 20th century. In this fascinating talk, Glenn Sweeney visits these early scientists’ labs to show how our modern understanding of color is a direct product of the computational and experimental resources of those times.</p><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/sf-video-tech-glenn-sweeneys-color-chalk-talk">SF Video Tech: Glenn Sweeney’s Color Chalk Talk</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #12, Managing Stakeholder Relationships</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-managing-stakeholder-relationships</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Dec 2017 13:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-7374</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode #12 of Practical Product, Craig and Rimas are joined by Kathy Simpson from GitHub. Kathy discusses her approach to identifying and managing product stakeholders. She reveals how she handles disgruntled stakeholders, suggesting a proactive mindset that includes breaking bad news quickly, admitting to mistakes openly and figuring out what communication style best suits each stakeholder group.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode #12 of Practical Product, Craig and Rimas are joined by Kathy Simpson from GitHub. Kathy discusses her approach to identifying and managing product stakeholders. She reveals how she handles disgruntled stakeholders, suggesting a proactive mindset that includes breaking bad news quickly, admitting to mistakes openly and figuring out what communication style best suits each stakeholder group.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-managing-stakeholder-relationships">Ep. #12, Managing Stakeholder Relationships</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #11, Feat. BlueRun Ventures’ Jana Lee</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-feat-bluerun-ventures-jana-lee</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Nov 2017 08:23:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-7355</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of Venture Confidential, Peter is joined by Jana Lee, Principal at BlueRun Ventures. Jana recalls her non-traditional path to a venture career and reveals how she created a feedback loop using deal flow to evaluate her performance. She then shares BlueRun Venture’s approach to identifying, evaluating and capitalizing on investment opportunities.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of Venture Confidential, Peter is joined by Jana Lee, Principal at BlueRun Ventures. Jana recalls her non-traditional path to a venture career and reveals how she created a feedback loop using deal flow to evaluate her performance. She then shares BlueRun Venture’s approach to identifying, evaluating and capitalizing on investment opportunities.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-feat-bluerun-ventures-jana-lee">Ep. #11, Feat. BlueRun Ventures’ Jana Lee</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #40, Getting Acquired, Founder Conviction, DevOps in Continuous Delivery</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-40-getting-acquired-founder-conviction-devops-in-continuous-delivery</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Nov 2017 12:12:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-7337</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul are joined by Keith Ballinger and Thomas Dohmke from Microsoft. They share their experience of being acquired by Microsoft and discuss the role of DevOps in the continuous delivery process. They then consider the importance of balancing founder convictions of product value and how the world is changing, with necessary market validation activities. Keith also shares his thoughts on why early-stage founders should ignore larger companies for as long as possible, focusing instead on building their business.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul are joined by Keith Ballinger and Thomas Dohmke from Microsoft. They share their experience of being acquired by Microsoft and discuss the role of DevOps in the continuous delivery process. They then consider the importance of balancing founder convictions of product value and how the world is changing, with necessary market validation activities. Keith also shares his thoughts on why early-stage founders should ignore larger companies for as long as possible, focusing instead on building their business.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-40-getting-acquired-founder-conviction-devops-in-continuous-delivery">Ep. #40, Getting Acquired, Founder Conviction, DevOps in Continuous Delivery</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #10, Feat. Array Venture’s Shruti Gandhi</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-feat-array-ventures-shruti-gandhi</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Nov 2017 14:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-7310</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of Venture Confidential, Peter is joined by Shruti Gandhi, Founder of Array Ventures. Shruti explains how she stumbled into a full-time career in venture and walks us down the career path that led to the inception of Array. She also shares her thesis driven approach to understanding problems and developing an informed point of view, illustrating them with a few examples.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of Venture Confidential, Peter is joined by Shruti Gandhi, Founder of Array Ventures. Shruti explains how she stumbled into a full-time career in venture and walks us down the career path that led to the inception of Array. She also shares her thesis driven approach to understanding problems and developing an informed point of view, illustrating them with a few examples.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-feat-array-ventures-shruti-gandhi">Ep. #10, Feat. Array Venture’s Shruti Gandhi</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #22, Static Site Generation With Gatsby.js</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-22-static-site-generation-with-gatsbyjs</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Nov 2017 14:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-7249</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of JAMstack Radio Brian invites Kyle Mathews, founder of Gatsby, onto the show to discuss the project. Gatsby is a framework that lets you build entire websites using React.js. Kyle describes what motivated him to build Gatsby and compares Gatsby with Jekyll, explaining that Gatsby also provides a modern JavaScript and CSS development environment. He discusses the limitations of the initial release of Gatsby and the exciting new features in Gatsby 1.0 such as progressive web app enhancements and a plugin system. He also shares his plans to make Gatsby 2.0 more scalable by including Webpack 3 to support larger web projects.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of JAMstack Radio Brian invites Kyle Mathews, founder of Gatsby, onto the show to discuss the project. Gatsby is a framework that lets you build entire websites using React.js. Kyle describes what motivated him to build Gatsby and compares Gatsby with Jekyll, explaining that Gatsby also provides a modern JavaScript and CSS development environment. He discusses the limitations of the initial release of Gatsby and the exciting new features in Gatsby 1.0 such as progressive web app enhancements and a plugin system. He also shares his plans to make Gatsby 2.0 more scalable by including Webpack 3 to support larger web projects.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-22-static-site-generation-with-gatsbyjs">Ep. #22, Static Site Generation With Gatsby.js</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #39, Transforming Microsoft Into An Open Source Company</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-39-transforming-microsoft-into-an-open-source-company</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Nov 2017 14:27:32 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-7242</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul are joined by Martin Woodward from Microsoft and Ed Blankenship from Algorithmia. They discuss the cultural and technological shift that was necessary to transform Microsoft into an open source company. Martin talks about how as the owner of CodePlex, Microsoft’s open source community, he created Microsoft’s Github account. He also shares tricks he used to drive adoption inside Microsoft, such as allowing people to use their personal GitHub accounts, the subsequent challenges that this created and how he overcame them.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul are joined by Martin Woodward from Microsoft and Ed Blankenship from Algorithmia. They discuss the cultural and technological shift that was necessary to transform Microsoft into an open source company. Martin talks about how as the owner of CodePlex, Microsoft’s open source community, he created Microsoft’s Github account. He also shares tricks he used to drive adoption inside Microsoft, such as allowing people to use their personal GitHub accounts, the subsequent challenges that this created and how he overcame them.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-39-transforming-microsoft-into-an-open-source-company">Ep. #39, Transforming Microsoft Into An Open Source Company</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #6, Light Fields &amp; The Future Of Imaging</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-light-fields-the-future-of-imaging</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2017 09:25:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-7232</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of Demuxed, Matt, Steve and Phil are joined by Ryan Damm. Ryan founded Visby to take a light field approach to VR. Ryan explains what light fields are, and reveals some of the interesting things that can be done with them. He shows how today’s display technology can handle light fields and makes the bold prediction that in 10 years light fields will be broadly adopted by tv’s and phones using holographic displays.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of Demuxed, Matt, Steve and Phil are joined by Ryan Damm. Ryan founded Visby to take a light field approach to VR. Ryan explains what light fields are, and reveals some of the interesting things that can be done with them. He shows how today’s display technology can handle light fields and makes the bold prediction that in 10 years light fields will be broadly adopted by tv’s and phones using holographic displays.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-light-fields-the-future-of-imaging">Ep. #6, Light Fields & The Future Of Imaging</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Contentful Meetup with Optimizely, AKQA, and GatsbyJS</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/contentful-meetup-with-optimizely-akqa-and-gatsbyjs</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Oct 2017 13:17:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-7205</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Watch the talks from Contentful’s recent SF User Meetup. Speakers include Optimizely’s Brad Taylor, AKQA’s Bill Brinkert, and GatsbyJS’ Kyle Mathews.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>On September 28, 2017, Heavybit member company <a href="https://www.contentful.com/">Contentful</a> hosted their second San Francisco User Meetup in the Heavybit clubhouse. Find videos of each of the talks from the evening below, as well as a deeper look at the talk by Brad Taylor, senior front end engineer at <a href="https://www.optimizely.com/">Optimizely,</a> from Contentful’s <a href="https://twitter.com/carolstran">Carolyn Stransky</a>. His talk—“Building Your Site Through Experimentation”—covered how testing and experimentation will boost your business, including tips on implementing experiments through customized assets and localization.</em></p><p>Building Your Site Through Experimentation</p><p></p><h3>Making Experimentation Accessible</h3><p>Before Optimizely, experimentation was something that only the big players could afford, with companies like Netflix and Facebook dominating the scene. Brad mentioned that “the numbers are pretty staggering” between companies that do online experiments and those who don’t. That’s why Optimizely provides resources for businesses to deliver A/B testing and personalization, as well as the developer tools to make it happen.</p><p>Earlier in April, Optimizely incorporated Contentful as the data layer of their technology stack. Because of this, Brad’s team was able to break down their existing content inventory spreadsheet into manageable components. These components ranged from entire landing pages to individual CTAs, and included options for page-level customization. Updating content went from a 30-minute deployment to a nearly real-time process.</p><h3>Tackling Localiz(s)ation</h3><p>With an expanding global reach, localization quickly became a top priority for Optimizely. But while changing z’s to s’s for their Australian office was simple enough, they ran into complications when rolling out regional websites. Because that required both porting existing content into a different language and the ability to create language-specific content.</p><p>Their solution? Clever content-modeling and a new UI extension. “What we came up with was just a checkbox,” Brad said, chuckling. “We said ‘do you want this content in English or [other language]’… and we updated our queries to support that. This allows for not only being able to localize individual fields, but because we’re using [components], we could use completely different layouts as well.” Brad pointed out that the key to tackling this challenge was flexible content structure and a native UI Extension SDK that Contentful provides to all its customers.</p><h3>Putting Business People in Charge of Experiments</h3><p>Optimizely had a lot to consider when setting up their integration with Contentful. They work with businesses across industries, each with their own vertical and target metrics. Brad needed to find a way for a user to set up an experiment in Contentful and have it automatically generate in Optimizely.</p><p>Building a series of UI extensions was the logical choice. This is because they allow you to take an API-centric product like Contentful, and natively integrate it into your web app. This way Brad and his team could set up a content model and process that enables users to create, run, and view experiments directly in Contentful web app, without adding a single line of code to the website. Brad showcased these capabilities during his live demo.</p><h3>Optimizely’s Journey: What’s Coming Next</h3><p>Many business users started off thinking of Contentful is a niche tool, but Brad pointed out that it can power a whole range of use cases. At the time of this recording, roughly 70% of Optimizely’s marketing site had been migrated and localized using Contentful. These included a series of microsites (for instance, <a href="https://www.optimizely.com/maturity-model/">a maturity model assessment</a>), and a new <a href="https://blog.optimizely.com/2017/10/17/new-optimizely-academy/">Academy</a> page. Moving forward, Optimizely plans to complete their content migration and sunset their old codebase. Additionally, they will continue build and open source more UI extensions that address a wider variety of use cases.</p><h2>AKQA’s Bill Brinkert: Apex and Contentful Lessons Learned</h2><p>Bill Brinkert is a software engineer at <a href="http://www.akqa.com/">AKQA</a>. Previously, Bill worked as a lighting director and special effects specialist for Blue Man Group, and freelanced as a lighting designer and production designer for various events.</p><p></p><h2>Kyle Mathews: Building Blazing Fast Websites with React, Gatsby, and Contentful</h2><p>The recent new major release of <a href="https://www.gatsbyjs.org/">Gatsby</a>, a blazing-fast React.js website framework, introduced the new ability to pull data from any source with built-in transformation of data e.g. markdown to html. There’s now a full-featured Gatsby/Contentful integration that makes it very easy to build websites with Contentful and React. This talk by <a href="https://twitter.com/kylemathews">Kyle Mathews</a> will introduce Gatsby and how you can use it to build fast &amp; powerful sites using Contentful and React.</p><p></p><p><em>Thanks for watching, <a href="https://www.meetup.com/Contentful-User-Meetup-SF/">sign up here</a> to attend the next SF Contentful User Meetup, and <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">follow Heavybit on Twitter</a> for more developer focused blog posts, podcasts, and technical talks.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/contentful-meetup-with-optimizely-akqa-and-gatsbyjs">Contentful Meetup with Optimizely, AKQA, and GatsbyJS</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #9, Feat. Maveron’s Anarghya Vardhana</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-feat-maverons-anarghya-vardhana</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Oct 2017 09:35:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-7181</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of Venture Confidential, Peter is joined by Anarghya Vardhana, Senior Associate at Maveron. Anarghya recounts her journey into venture capital, including the challenge of moving from product to venture. She talks about her experience working at a “consumer only” venture capital firm and explains her approach of using “targeted curiosity” to uncover and exploit new opportunities.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of Venture Confidential, Peter is joined by Anarghya Vardhana, Senior Associate at Maveron. Anarghya recounts her journey into venture capital, including the challenge of moving from product to venture. She talks about her experience working at a “consumer only” venture capital firm and explains her approach of using “targeted curiosity” to uncover and exploit new opportunities.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-feat-maverons-anarghya-vardhana">Ep. #9, Feat. Maveron’s Anarghya Vardhana</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #8, Feat. System.One’s Max Claussen</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-feat-system-ones-max-claussen</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Oct 2017 09:24:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-7094</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of Venture Confidential, Peter is joined by Max Claussen, founder of System.One. Max recalls how he got into the venture scene and talks about his experience operating a pre-seed fund in Europe.</p><p>Max also reveals how he overcomes challenges of operating a one-man shop and explains his approach of casting a wide net and quickly filtering down as he evaluates investment opportunities.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of Venture Confidential, Peter is joined by Max Claussen, founder of System.One. Max recalls how he got into the venture scene and talks about his experience operating a pre-seed fund in Europe.</p><p>Max also reveals how he overcomes challenges of operating a one-man shop and explains his approach of casting a wide net and quickly filtering down as he evaluates investment opportunities.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-feat-system-ones-max-claussen">Ep. #8, Feat. System.One’s Max Claussen</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #21, Why GitLab Chose Vue.js</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-21-why-gitlab-chose-vue-js</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Oct 2017 08:12:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-6912</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian invites Jacob Schatz and Ben Mischenko. Jacob explains how he went about deciding on a JavaScript framework for GitLab and what drew him to Vue.js. He recalls his first project for evaluating Vue’s scalability and shares his thoughts on Vue’s strengths and limitations.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian invites Jacob Schatz and Ben Mischenko. Jacob explains how he went about deciding on a JavaScript framework for GitLab and what drew him to Vue.js. He recalls his first project for evaluating Vue’s scalability and shares his thoughts on Vue’s strengths and limitations.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-21-why-gitlab-chose-vue-js">Ep. #21, Why GitLab Chose Vue.js</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #13, How New Relic Does Security</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-how-new-relic-does-security</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Oct 2017 08:35:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-6990</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Shaun Gordon, Chief Security Officer at New Relic. Shaun tells us how he got into a career in security and explains how the role of security has evolved at New Relic. He reveals their philosophy of adapting security processes to fit the way developers do their job and emphasizes the importance of exception alerts, scorecards, and automation to support a rapidly scaling organization.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Shaun Gordon, Chief Security Officer at New Relic. Shaun tells us how he got into a career in security and explains how the role of security has evolved at New Relic. He reveals their philosophy of adapting security processes to fit the way developers do their job and emphasizes the importance of exception alerts, scorecards, and automation to support a rapidly scaling organization.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-how-new-relic-does-security">Ep. #13, How New Relic Does Security</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #38, From Monolith to Microservices</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-38-from-monolith-to-microservices</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Sep 2017 17:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-6981</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul discuss the challenges and benefits of refactoring monolithic applications into microservices. They examine various approaches for creating microservice boundaries and dispel the myth that they should be defined as small as possible.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul discuss the challenges and benefits of refactoring monolithic applications into microservices. They examine various approaches for creating microservice boundaries and dispel the myth that they should be defined as small as possible.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-38-from-monolith-to-microservices">Ep. #38, From Monolith to Microservices</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #11, Reify: An Engineering Driven Marketing Consultancy</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-reify-an-engineering-driven-marketing-consultancy</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Sep 2017 16:03:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-6952</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Practical Product, Craig and Rimas are joined by Brian Doll and Michael Bernstein to explain why two engineers decided to start Reify, a B2B focused marketing consultancy, after being inspired by the business side of selling software.</p><p>Reify focuses exclusively on companies selling technical products, helping them to understand the interaction and dependencies between Sales, Marketing and Product functions which is key to fostering better collaboration. They also describe some of the common blunders startups make and share how they help clients using their “3 pillars framework” for evaluating the effectiveness of pricing, packaging, and product messaging.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of Practical Product, Craig and Rimas are joined by Brian Doll and Michael Bernstein to explain why two engineers decided to start Reify, a B2B focused marketing consultancy, after being inspired by the business side of selling software.</p><p>Reify focuses exclusively on companies selling technical products, helping them to understand the interaction and dependencies between Sales, Marketing and Product functions which is key to fostering better collaboration. They also describe some of the common blunders startups make and share how they help clients using their “3 pillars framework” for evaluating the effectiveness of pricing, packaging, and product messaging.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-reify-an-engineering-driven-marketing-consultancy">Ep. #11, Reify: An Engineering Driven Marketing Consultancy</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SF Metrics: OpenTracing &amp; Metrics, and Time Series Databases at Scale</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/sf-metrics-opentracing-metrics-and-time-series-databases-at-scale</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Sep 2017 15:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6966</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On September 13th, Heavybit member Librato held their monthly SF Metrics meetup at our San Francisco Clubhouse. The event featured a talk on OpenTracing &amp; Metrics from LightStep’s Ted Young, and IRONdb’s Fred Moyer spoke on Solving the Technical Challenges of TSDBs at Scale.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>On September 13th, Heavybit member <a href="https://www.librato.com/">Librato</a> held their monthly SF Metrics meetup at our San Francisco Clubhouse. The event featured talks from LightStep’s Ted Young, and IRONdb’s Fred Moyer. If you’d like to attend in person next time, <a href="https://www.meetup.com/San-Francisco-Metrics-Meetup/">RSVP here</a>.</em></p><h2>OpenTracing and Metrics: Measure Twice, Instrument Once</h2><p><a href="https://twitter.com/tedsuo">Ted Young</a>, Director of Open Source Development, <a href="http://lightstep.com/">LightStep</a></p><p>As systems become highly distributed, mechanisms for correlating diagnostic information become a necessity. In this talk, Ted discusses how the need for correlation is beginning to blur the lines between the formerly separate domains of metrics, logging, and tracing. He talks about separating observation from aggregation – using a single, neutral instrumentation API that can push data into multiple types of monitoring systems – as one approach to this problem.</p><p></p><h2>Solving the Technical Challenges of Time Series Databases at Scale</h2><p><a href="https://twitter.com/phredmoyer">Fred Moyer</a>, Developer Evangelist, Circonus (<a href="https://www.circonus.com/irondb/">IRONdb</a>)</p><p>Time series databases are optimized for handling sets of data indexed by time. Aspects of data storage, data safety, and the iops problem are challenges that all TSDBs face at scale. In this talk, Fred outlines how IRONdb solves these technical problems, or avoids them entirely. IRONdb is a commercial time series database developed by Circonus, and is a Graphite compatible drop in replacement for Whisper.</p><p></p><p></p><h2>Subscribe For Heavybit Updates</h2><p>Join our mailing list to receive the latest updates in the developer startup community. After subscribing, tell us your preferences to receive only the emails you want.</p><p></p><p></p><p> SUBSCRIBE! </p><h2>Thanks for subscribing, check your inbox to confirm!</h2><p></p><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/sf-metrics-opentracing-metrics-and-time-series-databases-at-scale">SF Metrics: OpenTracing & Metrics, and Time Series Databases at Scale</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Algolia’s 6 Steps To Content Contributions</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/algolias-6-steps-to-content-contributions</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Sep 2017 08:46:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6387</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In his DevGuild: Content Strategy talk Liam Boogar, Algolia’s Brand Director, outlined the 6 step process he built to source great content from his entire company. Liam’s 6 steps to putting out more content without losing quality are: Opportunity, Interview, Storyboard, Draft, Culture, and Package. Let’s dive into each of these steps, so you can take some of his strategy and incorporate it into your own.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Earlier this year, Heavybit hosted <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/content-strategy/">DevGuild: Content Strategy</a>, a half-day conference focused on helping developer facing companies build effective content strategies. In one of the talks <a href="https://twitter.com/liamboogar">Liam Boogar</a>, <a href="https://www.algolia.com/">Algolia’s</a> Brand Director, outlined the 6 step process he built to source great content contributions from his entire company. He set out on this project with a goal of 50% of the company contributing some form of content, not a small feat with a then-size of over 100 employees.</p><p>Liam’s 6 steps to putting out more content without losing quality are: <strong>Opportunity</strong>, <strong>Interview</strong>, <strong>Storyboard</strong>, <strong>Draft</strong>, <strong>Culture</strong>, and <strong>Package</strong>. Let’s dive into each of these steps, so you can take some of his strategy and incorporate it into your own.</p><h2>Opportunity</h2><p>At Algolia, the content team “never tells someone what to write” says Liam, instead they’re always on the hunt for stories hiding in plain site. They’ll find story ideas during the activities their team is already participating in like all hands meetings, lunches, meetups, and especially in the team’s slack channels. No matter if you’re looking for technical content, marketing content, or sales content, look where those teams are most active for inspiration.</p><p>Once you’ve found a nugget of an idea, it’s time to set up an interview.</p><h2>Interview</h2><p>Often the biggest hurdle to getting someone to write for you is a lack of understanding. Your team may not understand how their idea can be translated into something valuable for your customers. As a content marketer, it’s your job to lead them down a happy path with their own ideas in a simple interview.</p><p>Liam was a journalist in a past life, so he runs these exploratory conversations like he would if he were writing a story about you for a newspaper or magazine. Your job is mostly listening since you’re trying to find the story, but you can help guide your interviewee with simple questions like ‘what are you working on’ ‘what gets you excited’ and ‘what have you learned’.</p><p>Liam looks for a spark in the eyes of his interviewees. He’s always looking for something that they’re passionate about, because passion is a really good indicator of an angle to take in a story. In his talk, he gives the example of an interviewee explaining an issue with Algolia’s docs by referencing the feeling you might get when you find yourself in a foreign country without a ‘local’ guide. These types of metaphors and personal connections are killer story angles, so keep your ears out for them.</p><p>If you’re like me and you’re not very good at taking notes while also listening and asking questions, there are lots of apps you can use to record your conversation, allowing you to stay present in the moment. My personal favorites are <a href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/app/just-press-record/id1033342465?mt=8">Just Press Record</a>, Cassette, and <a href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/app/rev-voice-recorder-audio-transcription/id598332111?mt=8">Rev’s Recorder</a> app. Each of these gives you easy access to transcripts (Rev being the highest quality since they have real people transcribing your voice) which can really speed along the writing processes to come.</p><p>Now that you’ve got an interview under your belt, it’s time to start writing, right? Not quite. We want to start even smaller, with a storyboard.</p><h2>Storyboard</h2><p>Liam says this step is about everything but the article itself. Almost everyone gets hung up when sitting down to write because they think they need to spill out a perfect article on the first pass. Don’t ask for two pages double-spaced, you’ll get nowhere with your team and your blog and customers will suffer.</p><blockquote>Writing is an iterative process, start small and simple and refine from there.</blockquote><p>After the interview, Liam makes a low-calorie ask of his interviewee: come back in a few days with answers to who, what, when, where, why (whichever are relevant, no pressure), along with simple bullet points that touch on the key items they might want a reader to walk away from this article with.</p><p>That’s it. Put a note in your calendar to follow up in a few days, and start looking for opportunities for your next post.</p><h2>Draft</h2><p>Once your interviewee gets back to you with their storyboard, it’s time to start fleshing it out. It’s up to you as content marketer to decide how you want to run this step of the process. You can turn the storyboard right back over to your interviewee and ask them to flesh it out even further, or you can take on that job yourself. This will depend quite a bit on how technical the topic matter is, and how thorough they were with their storyboard.</p><p>The process itself is straightforward. Liam says to “take each bullet point from your storyboard and turn it into a complete thought.” If the piece calls for an interesting story or technical example, find one and drop it in. By breaking the post up into small, easy to digest chunks, you’re making the writing process more fun and less stressful.</p><p>A very important part of this process for you as a content marketer is the feedback that you provide. You’re the expert storyteller, so it’s on you to help shape the post into a cogent piece of storytelling. Liam says the more feedback the better, just be sure to keep it civil and constructive. No one will want to write for you a second time if you leave them feeling crappy after the first.</p><p>One tip he shared is to always use the ‘suggestion’ mode in Google Docs. Suggestions let your guest author think about their own words in a new light without feeling that they’ve lost ownership. The end result, after suggesting additional perspectives, is always improved over what you or your guest author would have written alone.</p><h2>Culture</h2><p>This is a really interesting step in my mind, and something that I think a lot of teams may not consider. Every blog post, tweet, Instagram post, or tech event that your company puts into the world is an opportunity to express your brand values.</p><p>At this point the post should be fairly well formed and almost ready to move onto packaging, and it’s here that Liam suggests taking a wider view of the content. “How can we make sure that every post is fully embodying our brand?” Asks Liam. A few guidelines for Algolia include <em>are we being humble enough</em>, <em>are we showing enough care</em>, and <em>are we being transparent</em>.</p><p>What values does your brand hold? How can you tweak your piece to embody those values better?</p><h2>Package</h2><p>At this point in the process, the post is complete and has been edited by someone on Liam’s editorial team and shared with others throughout the company to get even more input. Regardless of your team size, it’s always a good idea to pass your piece around to at least two other people for notes and feedback before publishing. Now it’s time to package the post for publishing and distribution.</p><p>Every blog post should have at least one accompanying image, and if it’s a longer form piece, I would suggest more than one. Animated gifs can be fun, but they can also distract from the real content or dilute your brand, so be very picky when it comes to adding them to a piece.</p><p>In addition to images, make sure your post has an easy to follow structure by using headers, sub headers, pull quotes, and list elements. Most readers, regardless of how great your piece is, will land on your article and quickly skim through before deciding to invest in reading the full piece. Providing clear and helpful style elements is critical to getting folks to read your full post.</p><p>Once you’ve got your formatting polished and your images looking sharp, it’s time to publish and distribute.</p><p>In his speaker series presentation on <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-a-content-marketing-machine/">Building A Content Marketing Machine</a>, <a href="https://twitter.com/hnshah">Hiten Shah</a> described a common failure of content marketers: not spending enough time on distribution.</p><p>“One of the biggest things that people don’t spend enough time on is promotion, because if you create great content and you can’t promote it, did you really create the content? If nobody sees it, does it matter? No, it doesn’t matter.”</p><p>After publishing, submit your post to Hacker News, any relevant subreddits, GrowthHackers, Slack teams, share it on social, and email it to your subscribers.</p><blockquote>You should be spending as much time on distribution as you and your team spent putting this piece together.</blockquote><p>Finally, after all of this work creating and polishing, publishing and distributing, it’s time to celebrate. Liam makes sure to publicly acknowledge the hard work his team puts into content in a special #Celebration channel in their internal Slack team.</p><p>It’s a simple thing that pays dividends; your teammate feels great about their accomplishment, and others on the team see how great it can be to publish and get excited to work with you on their own content.</p><p></p><p><strong>Opportunity</strong>, <strong>Interview</strong>, <strong>Storyboard</strong>, <strong>Draft</strong>, <strong>Culture</strong>, and <strong>Package</strong>. Remember these six steps to content contributions as you scale out your content marketing. Thanks for reading, if you have anything to add let me know on <a href="https://twitter.com/tedcarstensen">Twitter</a>, and sign up for <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr">Heavybit Updates</a> to get our content delivered straight to your inbox.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/algolias-6-steps-to-content-contributions">Algolia’s 6 Steps To Content Contributions</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Marketers Can Achieve Personalization at Scale, Part 2</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-marketers-can-achieve-personalization-at-scale-part-2</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Sep 2017 17:35:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6924</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Part 1 of this guide focused on laying the right personalization foundation by 1) defining actionable audience groups, 2) identifying data sources and 3) exploring data enrichment options. Part 2 examines ways of applying personalizations across various channels and includes tips and resources to help you along the way.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>How do you meaningfully connect with what many consider to be the most skeptical audience? It’s a widely shared platitude that ‘developers don’t like being marketed to’. The truth is, most developers don’t like <em>traditional</em> <em>marketing</em>, but they can certainly be successfully marketed to.</p><p>They perceive traditional marketing as deceptive packaging, designed to pull the wool over their eyes. Their interest is in what lies beneath: the product, the surrounding community, and how quickly they can get back to what they really care about.</p><p>With developers, it becomes even more critical to make sure your messaging is on target. And while marketers are continuing to prioritize personalization, they are actually further behind than they think. <a href="http://venturebeat.com/2015/12/14/study-finds-marketers-are-prioritizing-personalization-but-are-further-behind-than-they-realize/">VentureBeat published a research article</a> on just how bad most marketers actually are at personalization.</p><p></p><p>To understand why most personalization efforts fail, lets first step back to examine what personalization actually means. Here’s Accenture’s definition:</p><p><em>“Personalization is the act of dynamically curating experiences to each individual and context in a seamless manner across channels. This includes all interaction, such as marketing, shopping and services experiences.” – Accenture Interactive</em></p><p>In simpler terms, it’s about delivering something ‘actually useful’. So why is this so difficult? Perhaps because as technology advances, it offers a double edged sword to marketers. It creates new channels that bring opportunities yes, but these opportunities force scrappy startup marketers to make tough decisions on where to focus and what to ignore.</p><p>It’s a no-brainer that message consistency and relevancy are critical to personalization. But if the average US user has <a href="http://www.cmo.com/adobe-digital-insights/articles/2016/3/17/adi-device-data-highlights-marketers-difficulty-assembling-holistic-experiences-.html#gs.q0fa5Yc">7.2 internet connected devices</a> and the average marketer can only see 1 of them, it’s pretty obvious why even marketers with enormous budgets aren’t doing multi-channel personalization well.</p><p></p><p>And as if the marketers job wasn’t hard enough already, ADI research shows that ‘device switching’ is becoming more common. Users today often start a task on one device, such as online shopping, but continue it on another. This is particularly true with millennials (age 18 – 34) where 34% switch devices while shopping online.</p><p>I know I personally jump from my phone to my laptop when an app doesn’t support Apple Pay, or when I have to manually enter a lot of text. I’ve been burned many times by poorly built apps and ‘mobile-optimized’ websites losing my progress.</p><p>As Tamara Gaffney, principal analyst at ADI put it “it’s looking like a bit of a mess for marketers wanting to deliver the right messages at the right time to the right person.”</p><p>But there is a silver lining and it is that users have indicated that they actually want more personalization. According to the ‘<a href="https://www.salesforce.com/connectedcustomer?d=7010M000000NkvP&amp;nc=7010M000000NlIY">State of the Connected Customer</a>’ report, 63% of millennial users and 58% of GenX users are willing to share data with companies in exchange for personalized offers and discounts.</p><p>So how do you deliver a personalized experience when faced with a growing number of marketing channels combined with incredible device proliferation?</p><p><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-marketers-can-achieve-personalization-at-scale-part-1/">Part 1 of this guide</a> focused on laying the right foundation by 1) defining actionable audience groups, 2) identifying data sources and 3) exploring data enrichment options. Part 2 examines ways of applying personalizations across channels and includes tips and resources to help you along the way.</p><h2>Achieving Meaningful Personalization Across Channels at Scale</h2><p><strong>First identify the channels that matter:</strong> With so many channels available, how do you know which channels to use?</p><p>Start by listing out all of your customer touch points. For example:</p><ul><li>Email marketing</li><li>Your website</li><li>Social media</li><li>Meetups &amp; conferences</li><li>Webinars</li><li>Advertising on third-party sites</li></ul><p>Each touch point offers numerous personalization opportunities. But marketers at startups have limited resources, so don’t try to hit them all. Choose 2-3 to start, run some experiments, and then move on.</p><p><strong>Decide which channels are most important to you</strong>. That is 1) those channels that your highest quality customers prefer, and 2) those that perform well for you or your competitors. Bear in mind that channel performance varies based on the targeted audience segment and stage of the customer’s buying journey you’re going after.</p><p>Tools exist to help you understand which channels customers use and which perform well, but channel usage does not automatically imply preference and so it makes sense in some instances to simply ask your existing customers for their preferences.</p><p><strong>Personalize on things that matter:</strong> Basic personalizations like merging in contact names may have been impressive at some point in time, but it’s table stakes now.</p><blockquote>If the thing you’re personalizing doesn’t add value, it’s unlikely to deliver results.</blockquote><p>It’s important to understand what really matters to your customers. A cookie cutter approach won’t work as user needs and preferences vary a lot. Building detailed and focused customer personas will come in handy here.</p><p>Broadly speaking, you have options to personalize based on demographic, behavioral, location and user supplied data. Let the insights you gain about your customers via persona research guide your decisions on what to personalize.</p><p>For example, your buyer persona research may reveal that a particular audience segment are running mission critical systems and looking for better system visibility. Performance &amp; uptime matter a lot to them. If you’re offering a performance analytics service, you should make specific product recommendations based on analysis of their website i.e. “we noticed your website performance could be improved, and we think our product could help.”</p><p>The challenge is to find a way to do this well at scale i.e. programmatically, with minimal manual intervention. One approach is to segment users based on their stacks, and target the highest value segment with personalization and the others with more generic messaging. One interesting tool to help you with this stack analysis is Clearbit’s ‘technologies’ data. Send a domain through Clearbit and you’ll get a list of technologies the website uses.</p><p>Once you’ve identified your most important channels and the types of personalizations that matter to your customer, you should consider the strengths and limitations of each channel.</p><p>I’ve included a few channel examples below.</p><h2>Email</h2><p>Email may be one of the older channels for personalization but it’s still unbeatable in terms of reach and ability to convert. Social media get’s all the attention these days, but research shows that there are over <a href="http://www.radicati.com/wp/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/Email-Statistics-Report-2013-2017-Executive-Summary.pdf?_ga=1.173433443.1982462088.1411608144">4 billion email accounts worldwide</a>, giving a reach 3x greater than Facebook and 15x greater than Twitter.</p><p>Email mostly falls into the middle of the buyers funnel so personalized tips and promotions can be used to drive retention and loyalty. As we gain more insight into who our customers are, we unlock increasingly exciting ways to surprise and delight them. Here’s an example.</p><p><strong>VIP Appreciation</strong><br/>This email from Spotify targets fans of Charles Kelley and gives them early access to his solo tour tickets. The email works well because 1) it comes directly from Charles Kelley 2) it targets his top listeners and 3) rewards them for their loyalty and encourages them to continue listening.</p><p></p><p>The most common approach for delivering this segmented personalization is through drip or journey based automation. Just about every email marketing automation product offers this functionality, so take a look around your tool’s docs if you’re unfamiliar.</p><p>Fundamentally, this is how segmented drips work:</p><ol><li>Customer data is shared in real-time across your analytics tools, CRM, and email automation tool.</li><li>A journey designer is used to segment customers using ‘and/or’ statements e.g. if Customer Location = San Francisco + Customer Purchase &gt; $1000 then assign Customer to ‘VIP Segment # 4’</li><li>Emails are crafted to target each segment e.g. send email about exclusive event in San Francisco to ‘VIP Segment # 4’</li><li>Customers are automatically moved from one segment group to another based on the actions they take on your site, your app, or in previously sent emails.</li><li>Various filters and delays organize and send emails to customers as they traverse your automations.</li></ol><p>Here’s an example of Campaign Monitor’s Journey Planner:</p><p></p><p>Resources:<br/>Check out the <a href="http://www.capterra.com/email-marketing-software/">Top Email Marketing Software Products</a> (Capterra)<br/>Read ‘<a href="https://www.campaignmonitor.com/resources/guides/emails-every-email-marketer-sending/">9 emails every marketer should be sending</a>’ (Campaign Monitor)</p><h2>Mobile</h2><p>Mobile usage is definitely trending up. On the train, at the office or on the couch watching TV, consumers spend most of their waking hours on mobile. Often, developers will perform their research on a mobile device, and then switch to their computers to sign up, test tools and make the final purchase.</p><p>It’s therefore critical to modify your content to deliver the same compelling desktop experience on a smaller screen.</p><p><strong>Deep Linking Apps</strong></p><p>Mobile apps can be a great way to build an easy to access, on-the-go experience for users but retention is not easy. The average app loses <a href="https://arc.applause.com/2015/06/23/app-retention-rates-2015/">77% of its users</a> in the first three days.</p><p>Deep linking can be used to boost retention, by driving users from a mobile browser directly into the relevant page in your app.</p><p>For example, a SaaS provider that emails usage reports to customers should use a deep link to take them directly to their in-app reporting section where they can view details and run additional reports. If you don’t have a mobile app, you should make sure that your users land where they expect on your mobile site. There’s little more frustrating than starting from zero after clicking a direct link.</p><h2>Social</h2><p>Outside of your organic followers and fans, social media engagement isn’t free. To get the most value for your money, you have to personalize using the advanced targeting tools that Facebook and Twitter offer.</p><p><strong>Re-targeting</strong></p><p>Most social channels offer re-targeting options where you can serve tailored messages based on a user’s historical behavior.</p><p>For example, you can use Facebook ads to retarget users who visited your website. Setting up retargeting is quite simple. You install a snippet of code on your website that cookies users who visit your website. As you’re experimenting with different channels, you might consider implementing Segment to allow you to quickly test different services without having to manually push new code.</p><p>Each tracking code will send information back to the top level network about which pages were viewed on your site by a particular visitor. You can then, for example, use Facebook’s Custom Audience preferences to set up specific retargeting ads.</p><p>Are you seeing a large number of visitors view a particular pricing page on your website but not make a purchase? Have Facebook present an ad to those exact people with a limited time promotion to get them to come back and convert.</p><p><strong>Pre-existing communities</strong></p><p>In addition to social targeting tools, you should also find and engage with micro-communities and supernodes within your segment. To be fair, this doesn’t scale quite as well due to the limited size and number of these groups, but they provide lasting value outside of any individual product signups.</p><p>How do you find these micro-communities? Subreddits, Facebook Groups, Twitter Influencers &amp; existing Slack teams are a great starting point.</p><p>When you find a community or supernode that’s clearly full of qualified folks, join them, participate in the group and learn from them. Use what you learn to refine your personas and the campaigns in other channels, and then build custom personalized campaigns that target these micro-communities specifically.</p><p><strong>Resources</strong><br/>Read ‘<a href="https://socialmediaweek.org/blog/2016/06/rise-micro-communities-2016/">The Rise of Micro-communities in 2016</a>’ (Social Media Weekly)<br/>Download the ‘<a href="https://www.marketo.com/definitive-guides/the-definitive-guide-to-social-media-marketing/">Definitive guide to social media</a>’ (Marketo)<br/>Read ‘<a href="http://www.socialmediaexaminer.com/network-with-facebook-groups/">How to Network With Facebook Groups</a>’ (Social Media Examiner)<br/>Read about ‘<a href="https://adespresso.com/academy/blog/secret-groups-overlooking-cornerstone-facebook-marketing/">Secret Facebook Groups</a>’ (AdEspresso)<br/>Check out this handpicked selection of ‘<a href="http://www.slacklist.info/">Top Slack Communities</a>’</p><h2>What Metrics Should you Track</h2><p>As always, look beyond vanity metrics such as visitors, subscribers &amp; followers. Here’s what you should be tracking for each channel:</p><p><strong>Email</strong>: In addition to open &amp; click rate, it’s worthwhile tracking:</p><ul><li>Engagement over time to understand the best times to send emails.</li><li>Unsubscribe rates tied to specific topics.</li><li>Device type, to inform decisions on your designs as well as content length.</li><li>Email client, to ensure you’re optimizing for the right clients.</li></ul><p><strong>Social</strong>: Generally, for social you should track:</p><ul><li>Audience growth rate to understand your social momentum.</li><li>Engagement metrics after-click, i.e. visit time and visitor return frequency.</li><li>Conversion rate of social inbound visitors to signups.</li></ul><p>As in most things at early-stage startups, you should be very flexible to change. You should be constantly experimenting to find new areas for growth, and should fight the urge to sit still when you’ve found your first bit of success. As your company grows, the tactics, channels, and metrics you used yesterday may not be applicable today, and only flexible teams are capable of not getting stuck.</p><p>Achieving meaningful personalization isn’t an overnight process, especially if you’re targeting the skeptical developer community. The good news is that it’s not an overnight process for your competitors either, so use this guide to get to work as soon as you can.</p><p>Thanks for reading. Let me know on <a href="https://twitter.com/tedcarstensen">Twitter</a> if you have anything else to add, and <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr">sign up for Heavybit Updates</a> if you’d like to get our Library content directly to your inbox.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-marketers-can-achieve-personalization-at-scale-part-2">How Marketers Can Achieve Personalization at Scale, Part 2</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building Contentful’s Global Advocacy Program</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/building-contentfuls-global-advocacy-program</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Sep 2017 12:08:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6905</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>I recently attended a webinar put on by Vanilla forums that featured Alicia Taggio, Advocate Marketing Manager at Hootsuite, and CMX’s David Spinks. You can watch the full webinar or view the slides here, but I’ve also assembled a few takeaways below alongside some valuable insight from Contentful’s Director of Developer Relations, Ricardo Alcocer.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>I recently attended a webinar put on by Vanilla forums that featured Alicia Taggio, Advocate Marketing Manager at Hootsuite, and CMX’s David Spinks. You can watch the full webinar or view the slides <a href="http://pages.vanillaforums.com/global-community-advocacy-program-playback">here</a>, but I’ve also assembled a few takeaways below alongside some valuable insight from <a href="https://www.contentful.com/">Contentful’s</a> Director of Developer Relations, <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ricardoalcocer/">Ricardo Alcocer</a>.</p><p>In her presentation, Alicia outlines five steps to building an advocacy program, which I found to be a really helpful framework for thinking about this unique challenge. The five steps she outlines are: set program objectives, set criteria/characteristics for a good advocate, define the benefits for your company, establish program tooling, and finally, grow the program incrementally.</p><p>That doesn’t sound so bad really. It’s a solid framework to get started with, but of course the exact composition of each of these steps will depend on your business. The biggest takeaway for me was that until you’re getting organic inbound from your community, meaning folks reaching out to you with original content or event pitches etc., setting up a structured program can wait.</p><p>I asked Ricardo to share his approach to building an advocate community at Contentful, here’s what he had to say.</p><h3>Program objectives</h3><p>Ricardo’s program objectives are clear and straightforward. He told me he wants to create “a two-way relationship with users who are highly engaged with our product.” One easy way to start this two-way relationship is to simply publicly thank or otherwise acknowledge members of your community who are spreading the word about your product. Consider adding a community callout section to your monthly newsletter specifically for this purpose. It’s a small gesture, but it can have outsized impacts on the future of these relationships.</p><h3>What makes a great community advocate?</h3><p>Ricardo looks for users “that are passionate about blogging, speaking, sharing, coding or building community around Contentful.” When he finds a community member who’s using Contentful in an interesting way, he’ll reach out to them to discuss sharing what they’re building with the larger community through a blog post or code samples on Github. One of the coolest examples Ricardo shared was <a href="https://www.contentful.com/blog/2017/08/08/how-to-quickly-visualize-your-content-model/">contentful-graph</a>, an open source npm package built by <a href="https://github.com/lotas">Yaraslau Kurmyza</a> that allows Contentful users to easily visualize their content models.</p><h3>What does Contentful get from a community advocate program?</h3><p>An advocate program is similar to the work of your internal advocates and evangelists in that the time to ROI can range from just a few days, to years. Keep this in mind if you set out to build your own advocate program, and make sure that everyone involved understands that this is a long-term strategy.</p><p>As Ricardo puts it, “an MVP program should create a relationship of mutual benefit. It’s not so much about how much benefit we’ll get, but rather, how can I help my users achieve their goals, because what they do is important to me.” It’s always important to note that a user’s goals may be best solved by a competing product or service, so while pointing them away from your product may sting today, in the long run it engenders a much stronger community.</p><p>Ricardo offered this example of advocate community building at Contentful. “If I identify someone who is a highly-engaged user in my community, and she hosts a regular meetup, I might reach out to this person to see how I can help. Help could be finding a venue, promoting the event from the official Contentful channels, finding speakers or sponsoring snacks and drinks. By bringing this person into the MVP program, they also get some additional perks in return, like closer access to engineering, product and support, as well as some other cool stuff.”</p><p>Ricardo understands the long-tail impact of an advocate program, and works closely with his community to empower them to be successful in whatever they’re doing, regardless of the immediate impact on Contentful’s business.</p><h3>What tools are you using to manage your advocates?</h3><p>I asked Ricardo what tools he’s using to manage his advocate program, and outside of a <a href="https://www.contentful.com/slack/">community Slack team</a>, and a newly launched Discourse-based <a href="https://www.contentfulcommunity.com/">Contentful Community site</a>, they don’t have a lot of heavy community management tools in place yet. My advice would be to keep it simple, and start with the tools you’re already using. Until you’ve learned enough about how your specific program is going to work, building stronger processes around heavy tools is a misuse of your time.</p><p>At Heavybit we use Slack to communicate with our members and their teams, Trello for task management across internal and external contributors, CoSchedule to manage our social media, blog and podcast network, and G Suite to collaborate on content before publishing.</p><p>In her webinar, Alicia suggests incorporating a forum into your toolbelt. Whether it’s Vanilla, Discourse, or a self-hosted Wiki, these can prove to be incredibly valuable compounding repositories of information if you have the time and resources to make them work. If however, you’re a one-person team running this program off the side of your desk as an experiment, you probably aren’t equipped to properly manage a forum. That said, if you’d like to learn a bit more about building a civil and respectful forum community, check out this <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/civilized-discourse-but-how/">great talk from Discourse’s Jeff Atwood</a> on encouraging civil discourse in online conversations.</p><p>In the developer tools world, building a strong community around your product, service, or open-source project is one of the most effective foundations on which to scale your business. If you’re considering investing heavily in your own community, don’t forget the five steps to success: set program objectives, set criteria/characteristics for a good advocate, define the benefits for your company, establish program tooling, and finally, grow the program incrementally.</p><p>Thanks for reading, let me know if you have anything to add on <a href="https://twitter.com/tedcarstensen">Twitter</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/building-contentfuls-global-advocacy-program">Building Contentful’s Global Advocacy Program</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #20, Spike: A Full Featured Static Website Generator</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-20-spike-a-full-featured-static-website-generator</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Sep 2017 13:48:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-6891</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian invites Jeff Escalante, Lead Developer from Carrot Creative to discuss Spike, a static website generator written in JavaScript.</p><p>Jeff explains that unlike a lot of other open source tooling Spike was designed to be both flexible and also not configuration heavy out of the box. Jeff also talks about the different factors that prompted the transition from Roots to Spike such as the complexity of the core code base that made it difficult for contributors to build plugins.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian invites Jeff Escalante, Lead Developer from Carrot Creative to discuss Spike, a static website generator written in JavaScript.</p><p>Jeff explains that unlike a lot of other open source tooling Spike was designed to be both flexible and also not configuration heavy out of the box. Jeff also talks about the different factors that prompted the transition from Roots to Spike such as the complexity of the core code base that made it difficult for contributors to build plugins.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-20-spike-a-full-featured-static-website-generator">Ep. #20, Spike: A Full Featured Static Website Generator</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>B2B SaaS &amp; Dev Co Investment Panel w/ Bessemer, Redpoint, and Andreessen Horowitz</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/b2b-saas-dev-co-investment-panel-w-bessemer-redpoint-and-andreessen-horowitz</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Sep 2017 11:45:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6881</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Heavybit Managing Director Tom Drummond moderates a panel featuring venture capitalists Ethan Kurzweil of Bessemer, Scott Raney of Redpoint, and Martin Casado of Andreessen Horowitz. Learn about the current capital supply in venture, why founders need to be cautious about capital deployment, the changing nomenclature of round titles, and the key metrics VCs look at to help make investment decisions.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #12, Keeping Cloud Foundry Secure</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-keeping-cloud-foundry-secure</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Sep 2017 08:45:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-6874</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Molly Crowther from Pivotal. Molly discusses her role in managing security at Cloud Foundry, an open source cloud platform on which developers can build, deploy and run applications.</p><p>She explains their security triage and CVE process and reveals some of the challenges of working within the large ecosystem of diverse companies that make up the Cloud Foundry Foundation. Molly also talks about how she fulfills her role of wearing many hats as a representative of both Pivotal and the open source foundation.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Molly Crowther from Pivotal. Molly discusses her role in managing security at Cloud Foundry, an open source cloud platform on which developers can build, deploy and run applications.</p><p>She explains their security triage and CVE process and reveals some of the challenges of working within the large ecosystem of diverse companies that make up the Cloud Foundry Foundation. Molly also talks about how she fulfills her role of wearing many hats as a representative of both Pivotal and the open source foundation.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-keeping-cloud-foundry-secure">Ep. #12, Keeping Cloud Foundry Secure</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Founder First Steps: Developer Advocacy</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/founder-first-steps-developer-advocacy</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Sep 2017 11:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6854</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>It can be tempting to hire an advocate early in the life of your company. Having someone on the ground at meetups and conferences getting folks excited about your product is an attractive prospect for founders. Are you ready to hire a dedicated advocate?</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h2>Are you ready to hire an Advocate?</h2><p>It can be tempting to hire an advocate early in the life of your company. Having someone on the ground at meetups and conferences getting folks excited about your product is an attractive prospect for founders. It’s important that you hire an advocate only when you know they’ll have an outsized impact on the future of your company. Deciding if your company is ready to hire a dedicated developer advocate isn’t always a straightforward process, and is often compared to the notoriously difficult first sales hire process.</p><p>At this early stage, you as Founder and each of your early team should be advocating in some way or another, but the primary focus should be on your product and finding market fit. <a href="https://twitter.com/elof">Justin Johnson</a>, who helped build and lead the successful advocacy team at <a href="https://keen.io/">Keen IO</a>, has a high bar to clear before building an advocacy team. He suggests not hiring an advocate until you’ve built a repeatable sales process; “if you haven’t found a repeatable process to sell your product for real money, you’re not ready to start building an advocacy team.”</p><p>Do you have paying customers? Are you finding repeatable sales success? If you answered yes to both of these questions, you’re ready to get started on your advocacy team.</p><h3>Where do you find a great developer advocate?</h3><p>This is a question we hear a lot at Heavybit: where do I go to find a great developer advocate? The answer of course depends quite a bit on your product, the existing communities in your orbit, and your target user personas, but there are some general characteristics you can rely on to get you started.</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/qiqing">Jade Wang</a>, Lead Developer Advocate at <a href="https://www.cloudflare.com/">Cloudflare</a>, describes two common crisscrossing career paths into and out of Developer Advocacy. On one side of the search you’ll find junior technical people, likely recently graduated from a dev boot camp of some sort, or they come from a community organizing background, and are currently the organizers of a tech meetup group. These folks have a longer term goal of being senior software engineers, but for now their desire to get into the industry, familiarize themselves with all the tools in the ecosystem, and to build a network makes them very effective advocates.</p><p>On the other side of the search are more senior engineers who have a strong interest in product and may become product managers or entrepreneurs at some point. Spending time with customers and your community through your advocacy work is a surefire way to build empathy, which is a critical attribute in a strong PM. These engineers, intentionally or not, find themselves in deeper conversations with customers to better understand the problems they face. As a result, they might naturally transition into the role of leading your Developer Relations program, or they might become a product manager.</p><p>So, when looking for your first advocate, look for someone with either a deep understanding of your technology and product (e.g., an engineer who is already talking to your customers), or has a good understanding of the demographics of your target developers. This person is likely to be a good leader for the eager junior devs looking to break into the industry, though you may need to invest in leveling up their people management skills.</p><p>As you will likely find, the advocate and evangelist roles are fairly transient. The best candidates are only in the sweet spot for two to four years before they move further down their path. This is to be expected and is one of the biggest pain points in the advocacy world. With high turnover in these roles, the loss of valuable institutional knowledge is a real problem. To help combat this, Jade suggests that you make it a priority to document your advocacy efforts with the same purpose you would your code.</p><h3>How do you measure your first advocate?</h3><p>This is another tough question we hear quite often at Heavybit. Unlike a technical engineering role where X hours of work turns into Y new feature that increases user engagement by Z percent, advocacy is a lot more fluid. So how should you measure the success of your first advocate?</p><p>There are lots of difficult to measure metrics floating around like stickers on laptops, meetup attendees, or even high-fives, along with more easily quantified ones like pageviews, number of conversations per week, or talks given. At the outset, it’s truthfully less about these specific metrics than it is about a clear understanding of the top-level goals and an agreed upon timeline towards success.</p><p>Sit down with your new advocate to discuss and write down what your top level goals are, what the activities in pursuit of those goals will look like, and outline a calendar for checking in. Like sales, advocacy work can have a pretty long cycle from first contact to ROI. A helpful conversation at a meetup today can turn into a paying customer weeks, months or even years down the road. This cycle varies with different tactics and different products, so until you’ve got a strong understanding of your own cycle, being extremely clear about goals, activities, and check-ins can help avoid mismatched expectations between you and your advocate.</p><p></p><p><strong>Do you want to learn more about building your own advocacy team?</strong> Let me know what questions you have on <a href="https://twitter.com/tedcarstensen">Twitter</a>, and sign up to attend <a href="https://www.eventbrite.com/e/panel-discussion-building-a-developer-advocacy-team-tickets-37931095929?aff=tcbp"><strong>a very special panel discussion on Oct. 24th</strong></a> featuring both Justin and Jade, as well as Bear Douglas and Tim Falls.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/founder-first-steps-developer-advocacy">Founder First Steps: Developer Advocacy</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Film Your First Customer Testimonial</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-film-your-first-customer-testimonial</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Sep 2017 08:51:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6789</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>An effective customer testimonial is an evergreen piece of content which can be invaluable to your marketing, sales, and even recruiting operations. Meanwhile, a poorly executed customer testimonial can damage your relationship with that customer, and worse, have a negative impact on your inbound flows. Read this short guide before filming your first testimonial.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>To create a successful customer success testimonial video, you need to consider two primary areas of focus. I’ll call them <strong>strategic story production</strong>, and <strong>technical production</strong>.</p><p>An effective customer testimonial can provide you with several great evergreen pieces of content which can be invaluable to your marketing, sales, and even recruiting operations. Meanwhile, a poorly executed customer testimonial can damage your relationship with that customer, and worse, have a negative impact on your inbound flows.</p><p>“Video should be treated like any other piece of content, start with the end in mind” suggests <a href="https://twitter.com/fadanza">Francis Adanza</a>, Head of Marketing for <a href="https://www.testim.io/">Testim.io</a>. “What exactly do you want the viewer to do after watching a testimonial? What will the viewer get out of watching it and why should they care?”</p><p>With all that in mind, it’s important that you take your time with your first video testimonials to make sure you get them right. Before you start down the video route, I would suggest you do at least one strictly written testimonial to give yourself a bit more vision into what works and what doesn’t for your product and customers. If you’re ready to jump into video, read on!</p><h2>Strategic Story Production</h2><p>This step is arguably more important than the technical aspects of this process. You can nail the technical production of a video testimonial, but if you’ve chosen the wrong customer to highlight, you may as well have stayed home. When you set out to make your first customer testimonial videos you of course need to have customers, or at the very least some prominent beta testers.</p><blockquote>Your first video testimonial must feature an actual customer who is deriving real value from your product – an authentic connection to your product cannot be faked on camera.</blockquote><p>Francis suggests that “you need this to feel natural for the viewer, so don’t write an explicit script for the customer. Let the customer describe their operational reality using their own words. This will not only make it a more sincere video, it’s also an opportunity to capture words they actually use when talking about these issues internally. Then you can use these keywords for promoting the video as well as other SEO, SEM and retargeting efforts.”</p><p>Take a look at all of your existing customers, consider how their business challenges and the way they use your product align with your buyer personas, and ask yourself ‘which of these customers would I like to have 10 more of?</p><p>Once you’ve decided on your customer, it’s time to prepare a series of questions that will lead your viewers along the journey this customer took to your product. These will vary across customers and products, but in general the story goes like this: how it was, challenges, inciting incident, how it is now, and a moral.</p><p>You should be targeting around two minutes for these videos, which is a surprisingly short time to tell a great story. When writing your script, keep this target length in mind and use it as a forcing function for focus and brevity.</p><h3>How It Was</h3><p>This is where you let your customer describe the situation they were in before they found your product. Let them share how they were spending time and money on a problem that wasn’t core to their own business.</p><h3>Challenges</h3><p>This is a great opportunity for you to draw connections between your viewer and the customer on screen. In as many ways as possible, have them outline the business challenge they were struggling to solve.</p><h3>Inciting Incident</h3><p>Here you should have your customer outline the other solutions they tried and failed with, ending with the moment they discovered your product, and how that changed everything.</p><h3>How It Is Now</h3><p>Hopefully you’ve picked a happy customer to put on camera. This is where you let them describe how their work has improved, their lives have improved, and how it wouldn’t be possible without your product.</p><h3>Moral</h3><p>Not to put too fine a point on it, but the moral of the story for your potential customers is simple: don’t waste any more time or money, we have solved your problem, buy our product.</p><p>Francis shared some tips around building an effective story, and suggests you “spend some time dissecting other customer success videos. Is the message obvious? Does the customer sound believable? Did you get any value for watching it? Would you follow through on the CTA?”</p><p>One of my favorite examples of a story driven testimonial-like video is this Sandwich Video for Slack, check it out:</p><p></p><p>A customer testimonial video is both an opportunity to promote your product, and an opportunity to let your customer promote their own business. In the Sandwich Video, both teams and their products are given a chance to shine. You make an expert tool for expert operators, so inspire confidence in your own product by elevating your customer in the eyes of your viewer.</p><p>Now that you’ve got your customer selected and a great story framed in your script of questions, it’s time to move on to Technical Production.</p><h2>Technical Production</h2><p>If you’re a small startup, I wouldn’t advocate that you spend an arm and a leg on a professional production company to produce your first customer testimonials. Sandwich Video are pros, but they certainly aren’t cheap. Try a few yourself and test their impact before making a larger investment in technical production. You can produce a great looking and sounding video without breaking the bank.</p><p>There are a handful of steps to the technical production process including <strong>pre-production</strong>, <strong>production</strong>, <strong>editing</strong>, and <strong>delivery</strong>.</p><h3>Pre-Production</h3><p>Pre-production is seriously important to pulling off a successful shoot, so please don’t underinvest in this part of the process. Here’s a list of things you’ll want to hammer out before production starts:</p><ul><li>A solid script of questions, shared with your interviewee for feedback and revisions before they arrive.</li><li>A well-lit and quiet room to record in. Stools are better than rolling chairs as they prevent your guest from rocking, sliding, or spinning.</li><li>A small thank you gift for your interviewee. We like to give our guests macarons.</li><li>The equipment you’re going to use, including extra batteries or charging cables.</li></ul><p>Once you’ve got these items locked down, it’s time to schedule your production date and time.</p><h3>Production</h3><p>The first step in day-of production is preparing your room. Don’t wait for your interviewee to arrive before you start testing audio, video, and lighting. Instead, give yourself an extra hour to set everything up so that when your guest arrives you can focus on making them comfortable before you start rolling.</p><p>At the low end of the production spectrum, use two iPhones in tandem to capture audio and video. Place one on a tripod (don’t go handheld!) to record video, and place the other next to your interviewee just out of frame to capture audio. This will allow you to get a great looking shot without sacrificing too much on sound quality.</p><p>Remember that great audio is as important as video quality – without great audio, your viewers can’t follow the story you’re trying to tell.</p><p>A few other items to remember if you’re running these shoots yourself:</p><ul><li>Take photos of your guest in the same space you’re filming them. High quality photos come in very handy for blog posts, tweets, and other collateral down the line.</li><li>Don’t have your interviewee look directly into the camera, instead, sit just to the left or right of the camera’s position and have them look at you.</li><li>Make sure you’ve got good light on your subject. You can use desk lamps and extra iPhones in flashlight mode to help eliminate shadows.</li><li>Make sure you’re in as quiet of a space as you can find. Try to run your interviews in a space without folks talking in the background, and as far from loud appliances like A/C and coffee grinders as possible.</li></ul><p><a href="https://wistia.com/library">Check out these tutorial videos from Wistia</a> for more production tips and low-budget hacks.</p><p>If you’re ready to step up to a more professional shoot, <a href="https://www.thumbtack.com/">Thumbtack</a> and <a href="https://www.videopixie.com/videographers">Videopixie</a> are two of many great sites you can use to hire a local videographer. A competent videographer will be equipped with professional cameras, lenses, lighting, and sound equipment – everything you need for a high quality production. Make sure to get a few estimates before making a decision, and plan to line up two to three different interviews back-to-back on shoot day to make the most of your investment.</p><p>Alternatively, if you’re enrolled in the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/about">Heavybit Program</a>, reach out to me directly and I will be happy to provide one on one guidance and technical support for you and your team throughout this process.</p><h3>Editing</h3><p>After you’ve filmed, it’s time to edit. If you’d like to try editing yourself, there are lots of free or affordable editing apps available in the App Store. As I mentioned before, try to keep your video around two minutes long. If you’re having trouble making that happen, it’s likely that your story isn’t focused enough and you should revisit the strategic production section above.</p><p>A few things you’ll want to add include basic titles and some theme music to help drive the storyline. Titles let you say two things in the time of one; there’s no need to show an interviewee introducing themselves if you can drop in a lower-third instead.</p><p>For tunes, we’re big fans of <a href="https://www.premiumbeat.com/">PremiumBeat</a> at Heavybit, they’re a fantastic resource for affordable music to use in videos and podcasts. Take some time to find a sound that’s supportive of your message and story, but that doesn’t distract from it.</p><p>As before, if you’d rather not try your hand at editing, Thumbtack, Videopixie, and <a href="https://www.fiverr.com/">Fiverr</a> are great options for finding a quality editor.</p><p>When going into the editing process with a contractor, the more organized you are the better – you’ll save tons of time and money by spending a little extra time on the project up front. Go through your footage and identify specific in and out points you’d like your editor to use when assembling your video. This will save you hours of back and forth headache and get you to a better video faster.</p><h3>Delivery</h3><p>I almost always recommend you use YouTube or Vimeo to host and serve your first video marketing assets. As a small startup you should be focused on your own product, not on building robust video tech in your app or website. With Vimeo and YouTube you get the benefits of built in distribution and dead simple but incredibly reliable and compatible embedding. YouTube and Vimeo each have their own benefits and drawbacks that I won’t go into detail on here, all you need to know is that at this stage both will work for your needs.</p><p>Add keywords, a strong title, and any necessary credits to the video and then embed it on your site. To start you can absolutely use a standard blog post to share your story, but as you grow you’ll want to build a dedicated home on your site for your customer stories. Here at Heavybit we call our customer stories Member Spotlights, and they <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/portfolio/spotlights">live in a special place</a> on the site.</p><p>That’s it! Now that you’ve published the video, share it on social, post it to supernodes like Reddit or Hacker News, and start gathering feedback for the next one.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-film-your-first-customer-testimonial">How to Film Your First Customer Testimonial</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #37, The Man Behind Windows PowerShell</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-37-the-man-behind-windows-powershell</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Sep 2017 15:41:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-6826</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul are joined by Jeffrey Snover, the inventor of Windows PowerShell. Jeffrey describes the tremendous cultural shift that was needed to shift Microsoft to a continuous delivery model.</p><p>Jeffrey recalls how he overcame the cultural challenge by finding the “coalition of the willing” and starting small. Jeffrey also recounts his inspiration behind PowerShell and talks about how today every layer of the technology stack is undergoing a revolution.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul are joined by Jeffrey Snover, the inventor of Windows PowerShell. Jeffrey describes the tremendous cultural shift that was needed to shift Microsoft to a continuous delivery model.</p><p>Jeffrey recalls how he overcame the cultural challenge by finding the “coalition of the willing” and starting small. Jeffrey also recounts his inspiration behind PowerShell and talks about how today every layer of the technology stack is undergoing a revolution.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-37-the-man-behind-windows-powershell">Ep. #37, The Man Behind Windows PowerShell</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SF Video Tech: Periscope’s Mark Kalman on LHLS Media Streaming</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/sf-video-tech-periscopes-mark-kalman-on-lhls-media-streaming</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Sep 2017 13:48:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6847</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this talk, Periscope’s Mark Kalman talks about LHLS, a lower-latency derivative of HLS that Periscope uses to reach large audiences while meeting the latency requirements of their interactive application.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>On August 31st, Heavybit Member company <a href="https://mux.com/">Mux</a> held their monthly SF Video Tech meetup at our San Francisco Clubhouse. The event featured a talk by <a href="https://www.pscp.tv/">Periscope’s</a> Mark Kalman on the new streaming tech they’ve developed for their users. <a href="https://www.meetup.com/SF-Video-Technology/">Sign up here</a> to attend the next SF Video Tech event in person.</em></p><h2>Mark Kalman: Periscope LHLS Media Streaming</h2><p><em>From the Periscope Engineering blog:</em> Periscope is a live streaming application where viewers respond to broadcasters in real time with comments and “heart” feedback. A major part of the application’s appeal is the interactivity it gives participants. During development, the team found that to maintain interactivity, feedback from viewers needed to arrive to the broadcaster within two-to-five seconds. This placed a relatively tight constraint on media stream latency, defined as the time between an event being captured on the broadcaster side and when it is rendered for the viewer. The challenge for the Periscope video engineering team was to build a system that meets the latency constraint in a way that cost-effectively scales to large audience sizes. <a href="https://medium.com/@periscopecode/introducing-lhls-media-streaming-eb6212948bef">Read the full post here</a>.</p><p>In this talk, Periscope’s Mark Kalman talks about LHLS, the lower-latency derivative of HLS that Periscope built to reach large audiences while meeting the latency requirements of their interactive application. If you’ve ever tuned into a live stream and been bummed by the slow back and forth with the talent on screen, this technology solves your problem.</p><p></p><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/sf-video-tech-periscopes-mark-kalman-on-lhls-media-streaming">SF Video Tech: Periscope’s Mark Kalman on LHLS Media Streaming</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #7, Feat. NFX Guild’s Tammy Camp</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-feat-nfx-guilds-tammy-camp</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Sep 2017 13:40:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-6820</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of Venture Confidential, Peter is joined by Tammy Camp from NFX Guild. Tammy describes her venture career journey from affiliate marketer, to Partner at 500 Startups to Advisor at NFX Guild.</p><p>They discuss early mistakes that marketers make, building LP relationships, and emerging blockchain technologies.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of Venture Confidential, Peter is joined by Tammy Camp from NFX Guild. Tammy describes her venture career journey from affiliate marketer, to Partner at 500 Startups to Advisor at NFX Guild.</p><p>They discuss early mistakes that marketers make, building LP relationships, and emerging blockchain technologies.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-feat-nfx-guilds-tammy-camp">Ep. #7, Feat. NFX Guild’s Tammy Camp</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SF Metrics: Twitter’s Megan Kanne, and Bugsnag’s Emily Nakashima</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/sf-metrics-twitters-megan-kanne-and-bugsnags-emily-nakashima</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Sep 2017 08:42:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6798</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Enjoy these talks from the regular SF Metrics Meetup. Learn how Twitter manages reliable alerting at scale from Megan Kanne, and see how Bugsnag’s JS rewrite led to some curious client-side findings from Emily Nakashima.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>Earlier this year, Heavybit member company <a href="https://www.librato.com/">Librato</a> hosted their regular SF Metrics Meetup at our San Francisco Clubhouse. The event featured talks from Twitter’s Megan Kanne, and Bugsnag’s Emily Nakashima. Videos of these talks are included below, <a href="https://www.meetup.com/San-Francisco-Metrics-Meetup/">sign up here</a> if you’d like to attend in person next time.</em></p><h2>What Your JavaScript Does When You’re Not Around</h2><h3>Emily Nakashima, Lead Front End Engineer at Bugsnag</h3><p>From Emily: when we shipped a big re-write of Bugsnag’s customer-facing dashboards as 40,000 line Javascript app, first we celebrated … and then we looked at our client-side monitoring and did a lot of head-scratching. We’d tested in multiple browsers and thought through dozens of use cases, but when we looked at the kinds of real errors coming back to us from the wild, the reality was so much weirder than we’d expected.</p><p>As client-side app frameworks like React and Ember keep growing more popular, we’re shipping more and more application logic out to users’ browsers. But we don’t always know much about what happens to it after we send it out to the client.</p><p>In this talk I take you on a fast-paced tour of all the strange cases we’ve looked at since shipping our new dashboard, from overseas proxy sites to rogue browser extensions to out-and-out clones of our UI. Finally, I’ll talk about how to cut the noise and focus on monitoring and mitigating the cases that really matter to your users’ experience.</p><p></p><h2>Reliable Alerting at Scale</h2><h3>Megan Kanne, Senior Software Engineer at Twitter (Observability Team)</h3><p>Twitter’s Observability team provides Twitter developers a monitoring infrastructure including real time dashboards and alerting for their services. Twitter has grown orders of magnitude since it debuted at SXSW. The monitoring infrastructure has followed suit, ingesting orders of magnitude more metrics, from millions to billions.</p><p>As the company grew, so did the challenges of providing an always available alerting system. Design decisions made when Twitter had only one datacenter and a monolithic architecture created unresolvable scale and reliability issues for its alerting service.</p><p>In this talk Megan walks us through these challenges and describes Twitter’s solution: a next-gen alerting system that provides reliable, realtime, multi-zone alerting at scale.</p><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/sf-metrics-twitters-megan-kanne-and-bugsnags-emily-nakashima">SF Metrics: Twitter’s Megan Kanne, and Bugsnag’s Emily Nakashima</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Humans vs Machines: When To Hire And When To Automate</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/humans-vs-machines-when-to-hire-and-when-to-automate</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Aug 2017 08:45:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Automation]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[GTM Strategy]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-6740</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Heavybit Speaker Series presentation, we host Kristen Habacht, VP of Sales at Trello. Kristen shares lessons learned at Trello around achieving the right balance of automation across three key areas in the selling process: evaluation, purchase, and renewal.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SF Metrics: Talks from Yelp’s Mathieu Frappier, and Stripe’s Amy Nguyen</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/sf-metrics-talks-from-yelps-mathiew-frappier-and-stripes-amy-nguyen</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Aug 2017 08:50:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6735</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Watch the talks from the August 9th SF Metrics event featuring Stripe’s Amy Nguyen on finding a great logging vendor, and Yelp’s Mathieu Frappier on how we get away with watching tv all day.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>On August 9th 2017, Heavybit member <a href="https://www.librato.com/">Librato</a> held their monthly SF Metrics meetup at our San Francisco Clubhouse. Watch the talks from the event below, and <a href="https://www.meetup.com/San-Francisco-Metrics-Meetup/">sign up here</a> to attend in person next time.</em></p><h2>How We Watch TV All Day At Work And Get Away With It</h2><h4><em>Yelp’s Mathieu Frappier</em></h4><p>We have close to 100 TVs in our office and we also run hundreds of microservices. What connects the two? Service owners need to have good visibility into the health of their services. We use SignalFX and Terraform to generate nice-looking, TV-ready dashboards to supplement our regular monitoring and alerting. This talk covers Mathieu’s experience from monitoring Yelp’s monolith to monitoring their services and how they build dashboards for them.</p><p></p><h2>Evaluating A Log Analysis Platform The Wrong Way</h2><h4><em>Stripe’s Amy Nguyen</em></h4><p>Amy was recently asked to investigate whether her team should switch from running their own ELK stack to paying for a SaaS logging vendor. Eventually, she concluded that they should switch, and so they did – but not without encountering significant pushback and unexpected difficulties along the way. In this talk, Amy explains the criteria her team started out with for switching, what they did during the evaluation period, and what she wishes they had done instead. She covers actionable lessons such as how to evaluate security, the right way to ask for feedback, and what you might not have thought to ask about in a vendor trial.</p><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/sf-metrics-talks-from-yelps-mathiew-frappier-and-stripes-amy-nguyen">SF Metrics: Talks from Yelp’s Mathieu Frappier, and Stripe’s Amy Nguyen</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>API Discovery Meetup: Clarifai AI and Algolia’s Airplane Mode Search</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/api-discovery-meetup-clarifai-ai-and-algolias-airplane-mode-search</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Aug 2017 08:41:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6727</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In these talks from the API Discovery Meetup, learn how you can use Clarifai for convolutional neural net training, and let users search even while in Airplane Mode using Algolia’s offline search API.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>Earlier this year Heavybit member <a href="http://readme.io/">ReadMe</a> hosted their API Discovery Meetup at our San Francisco Clubhouse. The event featured two interesting talks, one from Clarifai’s Nand Dalal, and another from Algolia’s Raphael Terrier. Videos of the talks are included below, <a href="https://www.meetup.com/apidiscovery/">sign up here</a> if you’d like to attend in person next time.</em></p><h2>Algolia’s Hosted Search API in Airplane Mode</h2><p>As the next billion users come online across the globe, they will be joining the web from devices and connections that demand more resilience to network interruptions. In this talk, Algolia’s Raphael Terrier details how to implement Algolia’s search API in a manner that still functions when a client device is in Airplane Mode.</p><p></p><h2>Clarifai: Artificial Intelligence With A Vision</h2><p>AI, neural nets, and computer vision are a pretty exciting space these days, but what exactly does computer vision mean and how can you use it in your own product? Check this video featuring Clarifai’s Nand Dalal for a fascinating demo of their AI training tech. For a great primer on convolutional neural networks, <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yH24wtQ-trE">check this Dev.to video</a> featuring Clarifai’s Keeyon Ebrahimi.</p><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/api-discovery-meetup-clarifai-ai-and-algolias-airplane-mode-search">API Discovery Meetup: Clarifai AI and Algolia’s Airplane Mode Search</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SF Video Tech: WebVR, Background Tab Timers, RTMP Deep-Dive, and Standards Groups</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/sf-video-tech-webvr-background-tab-timers-rtmp-deep-dive-and-standards-groups</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Aug 2017 10:20:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6719</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>This SF Video Tech event was packed with four really interesting talks from the community, covering a range of topics from 360 Video and WebVR, Background Timers, a deep dive on RTMP, and finally an enlightening look at the slow moving world of standards bodies.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>Earlier this year, Heavybit member <a href="https://mux.com/">Mux</a> held their monthly SF Video Tech event at our San Francisco Clubhouse. The event was packed with four really interesting talks from the community, covering a range of topics from 360 Video and WebVR, Background Timers, a deep dive on RTMP, and finally an enlightening look at the slow moving world of standards bodies. Watch the videos below, and <a href="https://www.meetup.com/SF-Video-Technology/">sign up here</a> to come to the next event in person.</em></p><h2>Kieran Farr: 360 Video, VR, and The Web</h2><p><a href="https://twitter.com/kfarr">Kieran Farr</a>, Senior Director for Business Development at Brightcove, gives a great primer on a slew of exciting emerging web technologies. What’s the difference between VR, AR, and 360 video? How are these new formats going to be delivered on the web and to mobile devices? Check his talk for answers.</p><p></p><h2></h2><h2>Nick Chadwick: RTMP: A Quick Deep-Dive</h2><p>Love it or hate it, RTMP is an integral building block of the modern video-enabled web. Watch as <a href="https://twitter.com/chadnickbok">Nick Chadwick</a>, software engineer at Mux, goes on a <em>quick</em> deep-dive covering the colorful history of the protocol, a high and low level protocol overview, as well as a look to the future role of RTMP in web-based streaming video.</p><p></p><h2></h2><h2>Steve Heffernan: An Exciting Tale of Slow-Moving Standards Groups</h2><p>Not everyone can make a series of deliberative meetings sound exciting, but Mux Co-Founder <a href="https://twitter.com/heff">Steve Heffernan</a> isn’t everyone. Tune in for an exciting tale of slow-moving standards groups. Learn how the industry works together to design and define the video standards that make the modern video-enabled web possible.</p><p></p><h2></h2><h2>Shachar Zohar: Timers in Background Tabs and How To Deal With Them</h2><p><a href="https://twitter.com/shacharzohar1">Shachar Zohar</a>, Peer5 Co-Founder, gives a quick technical demo centered on Timers in Background tabs. If you’re working with video on the web, you’re probably using timers. Learn from Shachar how to deal with them and minimize their impact on your video.</p><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/sf-video-tech-webvr-background-tab-timers-rtmp-deep-dive-and-standards-groups">SF Video Tech: WebVR, Background Tab Timers, RTMP Deep-Dive, and Standards Groups</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #6, Feat. SoftTech VC’s Stephanie Palmeri</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-feat-softtech-vcs-stephanie-palmeri</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Aug 2017 08:25:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-6713</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Venture Confidential, Peter is joined by Stephanie Palmeri, Partner at SoftTech VC. Stephanie recalls her early challenges getting into venture, including living on the East Coast before eventually moving to California.</p><p>Stephanie describes her early career at SoftTech and reveals how she used her relative abundance of time as a new hire to help support the partners at the firm. Stephanie also shares useful insights into how micro VC firms like SoftTech operate.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of Venture Confidential, Peter is joined by Stephanie Palmeri, Partner at SoftTech VC. Stephanie recalls her early challenges getting into venture, including living on the East Coast before eventually moving to California.</p><p>Stephanie describes her early career at SoftTech and reveals how she used her relative abundance of time as a new hire to help support the partners at the firm. Stephanie also shares useful insights into how micro VC firms like SoftTech operate.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-feat-softtech-vcs-stephanie-palmeri">Ep. #6, Feat. SoftTech VC’s Stephanie Palmeri</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>PR for Developer Companies with TechCrunch, eWeek, and VentureBeat</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/pr-for-developer-companies-with-techcrunch-eweek-and-venturebeat</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Aug 2017 08:40:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6693</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Heavybit Partner Dana Oshiro runs a panel featuring developer focused reporters Frederic Lardinois of TechCrunch, Blair Hanley Frank of VentureBeat, and Chris Preimesberger of eWeek. Get insight into how these journalists define their readership, weave early-stage companies into their coverage, and prefer to be pitched.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #19, Elm: A Well Built Compile to JavaScript Language</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-19-elm-a-well-built-compile-to-javascript-language</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Aug 2017 08:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-6678</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Richard Feldman and Brooke Angel from NoRedInk.</p><p>They delve into Elm, a functional programming language that compiles to JavaScript. Richard explains that unlike Babble and TypeScript, Elm has completely separate semantics from JavaScript enabling them to innovate on language design. They also examine Elm use cases and limitations.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian is joined by Richard Feldman and Brooke Angel from NoRedInk.</p><p>They delve into Elm, a functional programming language that compiles to JavaScript. Richard explains that unlike Babble and TypeScript, Elm has completely separate semantics from JavaScript enabling them to innovate on language design. They also examine Elm use cases and limitations.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-19-elm-a-well-built-compile-to-javascript-language">Ep. #19, Elm: A Well Built Compile to JavaScript Language</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #36, The Risks of Selling User Data</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-36-the-risks-of-selling-user-data</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Aug 2017 07:45:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-6663</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul examine the recent backlash that Unroll.me faced over selling user data to other companies. Edith shares her experience as Product Manager at Tripit and discusses the risks of developing a service that requires accessing customer emails.</p><p>They also examine how privacy sensitivity varies among users and has evolved over time.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul examine the recent backlash that Unroll.me faced over selling user data to other companies. Edith shares her experience as Product Manager at Tripit and discusses the risks of developing a service that requires accessing customer emails.</p><p>They also examine how privacy sensitivity varies among users and has evolved over time.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-36-the-risks-of-selling-user-data">Ep. #36, The Risks of Selling User Data</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Guide To The Heavybit Library</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/a-guide-to-the-heavybit-library</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Aug 2017 08:45:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6620</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>The Heavybit Library is an extensive catalog of hundreds of hours of expert presentations, insightful podcasts, and written blog posts focused on helping you take your developer product to market. Learn more about what it offers in this helpful guide.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>The Heavybit Library is an extensive catalog of educational content featuring hundreds of hours of expert presentations, insightful podcasts, and written blog posts focused on helping you take your developer product to market. The Library is comprised of three main content areas; our blog, our podcasts, and our Speaker Series presentations.</p><h2><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/">Speaker Series Presentations</a></h2><p>Our weekly Speaker Series presentations are foundational to the Heavybit Program. These are deeply curated talks that are focused on the unique problems developer companies face. Each talk is given by an expert who has built, invested in, or otherwise leveled-up a successful developer facing business. We work closely with each speaker to refine their talks, ensuring that the advice is tailored for our community, before putting them on stage.</p><p>We understand you’re busy, so each of our speaker series videos feature detailed interactive outlines and transcripts (give them a click!) that let you jump to any moment in the talk. Additionally, watch talks at 1.5x or 2x speed for even faster learning.</p><p>Talks fall into four categories: Entrepreneurship, Marketing, Product/Engineering, and Sales. Here’s a handful of my personal favorites:</p><p>Michael Dearing’s <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/harrison-metals-michael-dearing-on-pricing/">talk on Pricing</a>, Charity Majors’ <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/hiring-a-tech-ops-team/">talk on Hiring A TechOps Team</a>, Cecilia Stallsmith’s talk titled ‘<a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/platform-marketing-so-you-want-to-be-an-ecosystem/">Platform Marketing: So You Want To Be An Ecosysytem?</a>‘, and Jason Lemkin’s talk on the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/top-10-mistakes-getting-to-100m-arr/">Top 10 Mistakes Getting To $100M ARR</a>.</p><h2><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/">Podcasts</a></h2><p>The Heavybit Podcast Network is built for and by our community of experts. Each show is focused on a specific challenge area that founders and operators at developer companies face, including sales, marketing, product management, fundraising, security and more.</p><p>For those of you who prefer to read, we’ve got you covered. We took the same custom player we built for our Speaker Series videos, and applied it to our podcasts. Each episode features a detailed description, show notes, and a full interactive transcript (give them a click!) to help you learn whichever way you prefer.</p><p>Want to be a guest on one of our shows, or know someone who has something to add? Let me know at <a href="mailto:content@heavybit.com">content@heavybit.com</a> and we’ll get the conversation started.</p><h2><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library">Blog</a></h2><p>Our blog is home to regular updates and in-depth articles from the Heavybit team, member company founders, and the wider community. You’ll also find videos of every presentation given at member hosted meetups like SF Video Tech, SF Metrics, The SF Serverless Meetup, and more.</p><p>If you’d like to submit an article for the Heavybit Blog, let me know at <a href="mailto:content@heavybit.com">content@heavybit.com</a> and we can discuss potential topics.</p><h2>Search the Library</h2><p>Check out our <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/search/?t=heavybit&amp;s=">Library Search page</a>, powered by Algolia. Quickly search for and find what you need from across all the content in our Library, from one convenient spot.</p><h2>…is that all?</h2><p>I’m glad you asked. In addition to all the content we produce for our Library, we also organize several conferences and Community Projects that are designed to provide additional learning opportunities in very specific topic areas.</p><h3><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/">DevGuild</a></h3><p>DevGuild is Heavybit’s community conference and represents a growing network of people who are passionate about developer products and services. We’re creating connections between the thinkers and hackers powering today’s technical communities and developer companies. We organize several DevGuild events every year, each focused on a shared challenge our members are tackling. Previous topics include Developer Evangelism, Developer Product Design, Content Strategy, and Demand Generation.</p><h3><a href="https://www.devmarketingguide.com/">The Developer Marketing Guide</a></h3><p>Marketing to developers is hard, but with the right approach it can be done very successfully. The Developer Marketing Guide is a curated guide designed to help you kick-start the marketing for your developer tool or service. Take a look and submit a PR if you have something to add.</p><h3><a href="https://www.devcojobs.com/">DevCoJobs</a></h3><p>Hiring the right person at the right time is critical to the success of any developer company, but doing it well is a time-consuming process. We built DevCoJobs to make this process easier for you. The site helps connect folks in our community to developer companies in need of great talent. Job listing privileges aren’t limited to Heavybit Members, so submit your open devco reqs today and we’ll help you make great hires.</p><h3><a href="https://www.devtoolsdigest.com/">The #DevToolsDigest</a></h3><p>It’s hard to stay on top of everything that’s happening in this busy corner of the industry. There’s so much great content, interesting Twitter conversations, and plenty of exciting feature announcements every day. We built the DevToolsDigest to help you stay connected. Each issue features a handful of interesting links from the previous day along with recent job listings at devcojobs.com.</p><p>Want to submit something? That’d make our day, send your links to <a href="mailto:devtoolsdigest@heavybit.com">devtoolsdigest@heavybit.com</a>.</p><h3>Want to get involved?</h3><p>Thanks for checking out this guide to the Heavybit Library. We’d love to get you involved with our community and there are a couple ways you can do that! Join the <a href="https://devguild-slack.heavybit.com/">DevGuild Slack team</a>, sign up for <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr">Heavybit Updates</a>, and RSVP to any of our <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/events/">regular developer focused events</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/a-guide-to-the-heavybit-library">A Guide To The Heavybit Library</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Comparing The Live Streaming Industries of China &amp; The United States</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/comparing-the-live-streaming-industries-of-china-the-united-states</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Aug 2017 07:45:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6634</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this talk, Yueshi Shen explains the uniqueness of the Chinese live streaming industry’s content, revenue and cost model, and how Chinese engineers have architected low-latency live streaming solutions in spite of the several technical drawbacks of Flash/RTMP.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Thanks to the Great Firewall, China has developed a huge, isolated Internet industry. On the list of the largest Internet companies by market capitalization, 7 of the top 10 are from the US and the other 3 are from China (Alibaba, Tencent, and Baidu). Interestingly, the majority of China’s major dot-com companies have similar business models to their American counterparts (e.g., Alibaba vs. Amazon, Baidu vs. Google). On the other hand, some Chinese companies have managed to get ahead in several markets.</p><blockquote>For example, mobile payments have turned China into a cashless society with the top two players, Alipay and Wechat Pay, processing a combined $3 trillion in 2016.</blockquote><p>China’s OTT live streaming industry started in 2013, much later than Justin.tv (2007), but emerged as a much bigger contender with 340 million users.</p><blockquote>Within 2016, the number of live streaming platforms soared from 80 to more than 1000.</blockquote><p>Almost all of them are still broadcasting Flash/RTMP, which is a thing of the past outside China. China isn’t behind the US in terms of engineering or technical savvy, so why are they building with such archaic streaming technologies?</p><p>I was puzzled by this fact, so I visited a few live streaming and CDN companies during my recent 3-week trip to China. In this talk, I explain the uniqueness of the Chinese live streaming industry’s content, revenue and cost model, and how Chinese engineers have architected low-latency live streaming solutions in spite of the several technical drawbacks of Flash/RTMP.</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/9cad58f0ac3e70f3eab064644bf19dbd10dab44c-610x309.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p></p><h2>Subscribe For Heavybit Updates</h2><p>Join our mailing list to receive the latest updates in the developer startup community. After subscribing, tell us your preferences to receive only the emails you want.</p><p></p><p></p><p> SUBSCRIBE! </p><h2>Thanks for subscribing, check your inbox to confirm!</h2><p></p><p></p><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/comparing-the-live-streaming-industries-of-china-the-united-states">Comparing The Live Streaming Industries of China & The United States</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #10, Killing Products Gracefully</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-killing-products-gracefully</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Aug 2017 10:40:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-6640</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In Episode #10 of Practical Product, Craig and Rimas are joined by Suzie Prince from ThoughtWorks. Suzie explains how as a product manager she had to make the difficult decision to shut down her product, Snap CI.</p><p>Suzie describes her learnings from that experience and shares practical tips on managing a product end-of-life such as piecemealing the announcement, gradually removing product functionality and rotating staff who support the product.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In Episode #10 of Practical Product, Craig and Rimas are joined by Suzie Prince from ThoughtWorks. Suzie explains how as a product manager she had to make the difficult decision to shut down her product, Snap CI.</p><p>Suzie describes her learnings from that experience and shares practical tips on managing a product end-of-life such as piecemealing the announcement, gradually removing product functionality and rotating staff who support the product.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-killing-products-gracefully">Ep. #10, Killing Products Gracefully</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Inside The Tubes: An Intro To Networking Concepts</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/inside-the-tubes-an-intro-to-networking-concepts</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Aug 2017 13:22:43 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6594</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Matt Ward, Software Engineer at Mux, gives a great talk outlining the physical infrastructure and software underpinnings of the modern internet. Curious about ISPs, IPv6, DNS, or ASNs? Don’t miss this talk.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On May 29th, Heavybit Member <a href="https://mux.com/">Mux</a> held their monthly SF Video Tech Meetup at our San Francisco Clubhouse. Matt Ward, Software Engineer at Mux, gave a great talk outlining the physical infrastructure and software underpinnings of the modern internet. Curious about IPv6 or ASNs? Don’t miss this talk. To attend in person next time, <a href="https://www.meetup.com/SF-Video-Technology/">check out the meetup page</a>.</p><h2>Inside The Tubes: An Intro To Networking Concepts</h2><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/inside-the-tubes-an-intro-to-networking-concepts">Inside The Tubes: An Intro To Networking Concepts</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #5, Feat. Nordic Makers’ Hampus Jakobsson</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-feat-nordic-makers-hampus-jakobsson</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Aug 2017 09:38:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-6600</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of Venture Confidential, Peter is joined by Hampus Jakobsson. Hampus discusses how he got into investing, and reveals the factors he considers when deciding where to invest.</p><p>Hampus also shares his “parent-teenager” approach to managing angel investing, and includes some useful tips for staying focused and spending time in the right areas using “rigid external frames.”</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of Venture Confidential, Peter is joined by Hampus Jakobsson. Hampus discusses how he got into investing, and reveals the factors he considers when deciding where to invest.</p><p>Hampus also shares his “parent-teenager” approach to managing angel investing, and includes some useful tips for staying focused and spending time in the right areas using “rigid external frames.”</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-feat-nordic-makers-hampus-jakobsson">Ep. #5, Feat. Nordic Makers’ Hampus Jakobsson</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Navigating The Serverless Ecosystem, and Slack Bot Building with Cloud Functions</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/navigating-the-serverless-ecosystem-and-slack-bot-building-with-cloud-functions</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Aug 2017 11:26:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6583</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>If you’re new to the serverless world, don’t miss David Wells’ rundown of all the best tools and resources, then learn how to use Google Cloud Functions to build a better Slack Bot.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>On July 26th, Heavybit member company <a href="https://serverless.com/">Serverless</a> held their regular meetup in our San Francisco Clubhouse. The event featured talks from Brian Leroux and David Wells. <a href="https://www.meetup.com/Serverless/">Sign up here</a> to attend the next event in person.</em></p><h2>Brian Leroux: Slack Bot Building with Cloud Functions</h2><p>Functions as a service is a recent conclusion of cloud computing. The iron age of compute racked physical servers. Early cloud compute evolved past physical servers with virtual machines. And most recently, in what appears to be an ever tightening cycle, containers have given rise to cloud functions.</p><p>Each age taught new lessons for building software architectures and this most recent iteration changes the shape of the challenges we face. In this talk Brian LeRoux shares how his team creates and deploys their bot using AWS Lambda, API Gateway, SNS and DynamoDB.</p><p></p><h2>David Wells: Navigating the Serverless Ecosystem</h2><p>In this talk David takes us on a journey through the Serverless ecosystem, touching on where to start, how to choose a provider, where to find examples, where to find community resources, and finishing with a look at where the industry is heading. If you’re new to serverless technology, look no further than this!</p><p></p><p></p><h2>Subscribe For Heavybit Updates</h2><p>Join our mailing list to receive the latest updates in the developer startup community. After subscribing, tell us your preferences to receive only the emails you want.</p><p></p><p></p><p> SUBSCRIBE! </p><h2>Thanks for subscribing, check your inbox to confirm!</h2><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/navigating-the-serverless-ecosystem-and-slack-bot-building-with-cloud-functions">Navigating The Serverless Ecosystem, and Slack Bot Building with Cloud Functions</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #18, An Introduction to Service Workers</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-18-an-introduction-to-service-workers</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Aug 2017 10:35:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-6570</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian hosts Zack Argyle &amp; Eli Williamson to discuss what service workers are, and examine how Pinterest is using them for notifications and to cache JavaScript files.</p><p>They also examine the value of service workers for serving international markets with unreliable internet. Finally, they reveal Pinterest’s vision to use service workers to deliver a more comprehensive offline experience.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian hosts Zack Argyle &amp; Eli Williamson to discuss what service workers are, and examine how Pinterest is using them for notifications and to cache JavaScript files.</p><p>They also examine the value of service workers for serving international markets with unreliable internet. Finally, they reveal Pinterest’s vision to use service workers to deliver a more comprehensive offline experience.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-18-an-introduction-to-service-workers">Ep. #18, An Introduction to Service Workers</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SF Metrics Meetup: Detecting Whispers in Chaos, and Vetting your Pager</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/sf-metrics-meetup-detecting-whispers-in-chaos-and-vetting-your-pager</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 28 Jul 2017 14:27:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6560</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In these SF Metrics Meetup talks, J Paul Reed discusses how to improve ourselves in order to improve our monitoring, and Sentry’s James Cunningham shares his secret sauce to sifting through the noise for the truly important alerts.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>On June 27th, Heavybit member company <a href="https://www.librato.com/">Librato</a> hosted their monthly SF Metrics Meetup at our San Francisco Clubhouse. The event featured two great talks from experts J Paul Reed, and James Cunningham. <a href="https://www.meetup.com/San-Francisco-Metrics-Meetup/">Sign up here</a> to attend the next event in person.</em></p><h2>Detecting Whispers in Chaos</h2><p><a href="https://twitter.com/jpaulreed">J Paul Reed</a>, Managing Partner at <a href="http://release-approaches.com/">Release Engineering Approaches</a></p><p>In this talk, we look at what decades of research in the safety sciences has to say about humans interacting with and operating complex socio-technical systems, including what aircraft carriers have to do with Internet infrastructure operations, how resilience engineering can help us, and the use of heuristics in incident response. All of these provide insight into ways we can improve one the most advanced—and most effective—monitoring tools we have available to keep those systems running: ourselves.</p><p>Learn more about Paul here: <a href="http://jpaulreed.com/">http://jpaulreed.com/</a></p><p></p><h2>Vetting your Pager</h2><p><a href="https://twitter.com/JTCunning">James Cunningham</a>, Operations Engineer at <a href="https://sentry.io/">Sentry</a></p><p>Sentry (sentry.io) receives a million requests a minute to process and store crashes from all around the world. It’s the Operations Team’s responsibility that everything goes right, but it’s also their responsibility to not burn themselves out when things go wrong.</p><p>Sentry collects fifty thousand custom metrics inside of DataDog, but only alerts on less than fifty of them. James leads Sentry’s observability initiative, creating and maintaining those alerts.</p><p>Learn about the lifecycle of an alert at Sentry, including:</p><ul><li>How a variety of metrics are collected efficiently</li><li>How Sentry justifies a metric’s degree of accuracy</li><li>Why a metric’s logical purpose is defined</li><li>How alerts evolve from metrics, articulating its existence</li><li>When an engineer actually gets paged and what they’re instructed to do</li></ul><p></p><p></p><h2>Subscribe For Heavybit Updates</h2><p>Join our mailing list to receive the latest updates in the developer startup community. After subscribing, tell us your preferences to receive only the emails you want.</p><p></p><p></p><p> SUBSCRIBE! </p><h2>Thanks for subscribing, check your inbox to confirm!</h2><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/sf-metrics-meetup-detecting-whispers-in-chaos-and-vetting-your-pager">SF Metrics Meetup: Detecting Whispers in Chaos, and Vetting your Pager</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #35, Celebrating Failure, Founder Guilt, Serial Entrepreneurs, Startup Myths, The Everything Else Person</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-35-celebrating-failure-founder-guilt-serial-entrepreneurs-startup-myths-the-everything-else-person</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Jul 2017 07:14:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-6530</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul discuss a medley of start-up pertinent topics. Paul wonders whether the pendulum has swung too far the other way, with too many startups now glorifying failure.</p><p>They also examine ways of coping with founder guilt and dispel some common myths about life in a startup. Finally, they examine the invaluable role of the “Everything Else” person in start-ups.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul discuss a medley of start-up pertinent topics. Paul wonders whether the pendulum has swung too far the other way, with too many startups now glorifying failure.</p><p>They also examine ways of coping with founder guilt and dispel some common myths about life in a startup. Finally, they examine the invaluable role of the “Everything Else” person in start-ups.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-35-celebrating-failure-founder-guilt-serial-entrepreneurs-startup-myths-the-everything-else-person">Ep. #35, Celebrating Failure, Founder Guilt, Serial Entrepreneurs, Startup Myths, The Everything Else Person</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Serverless Use Cases: Real World Examples, AWS Lambda@Edge &amp; Serverless Tips</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/serverless-use-cases-real-world-examples-aws-lambdaedge-serverless-tips</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Jul 2017 15:50:21 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Member Event]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Serverless]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6541</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>As serverless technology moves past the emerging technology phase there are more and more great real world examples out there. Watch these talks from the recent Serverless meetup to see them in action.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>Earlier this year, Heavybit Member Company <a href="https://serverless.com/">Serverless Inc.</a> held a meetup in our San Francisco Clubhouse featuring several talks on real-world use cases for serverless, watch the videos below. <a href="https://www.meetup.com/Serverless/">Sign up here</a> to attend the next event.</em></p><h2>Serverless in the Wild: Real World Use Cases, David Wells from Serverless Inc.</h2><p>As serverless technology moves past the emerging technology phase there are more and more great real world examples out there. David Wells, Senior Software Engineer at Serverless Inc., explores some different use cases for serverless technology with examples from companies and other open source projects. He gives an overview of the Serverless Framework and also presents some of his own open source Serverless projects that were built using the framework.</p><p>David Wells is a senior engineer and developer advocate at Serverless Inc., the makers of the Serverless Framework. He’s a full stack JavaScript developer, entrepreneur with a past life as a marketer. David is passionate about showing developers how they can do more and manage less by going serverless.</p><p></p><h2>AWS Lambda@Edge Preview, Alex Casalboni from CloudAcademy</h2><p>What exactly can you do with AWS Lambda@Edge? Alex Casalboni discusses the most interesting use cases and a few preview-related limitations. You’ll learn how to execute serverless functions at CloudFront’s Edge Locations to implement unique functionalities and optimize network latency.</p><p>Alex Casalboni is a Software Engineer from Italy who’s passionate about web technologies and music. After deepening his software and sound engineering background, he’s spent the last four years building, learning, and teaching at Cloud Academy. His current focus is on web development, serverless and AI.</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/9cad58f0ac3e70f3eab064644bf19dbd10dab44c-610x309.png?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p></p><h2>Subscribe For Heavybit Updates</h2><p>Join our mailing list to receive the latest updates in the developer startup community. After subscribing, tell us your preferences to receive only the emails you want.</p><p></p><p></p><p> SUBSCRIBE! </p><h2>Thanks for subscribing, check your inbox to confirm!</h2><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/serverless-use-cases-real-world-examples-aws-lambdaedge-serverless-tips">Serverless Use Cases: Real World Examples, AWS Lambda@Edge & Serverless Tips</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #9, Demystifying Growth Hacking</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-demystifying-growth-hacking</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Jul 2017 07:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-6522</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of Practical Product, Craig and Rimas are joined by Sean Ellis from GrowthHackers. Sean dispels the confusion around Growth Hacking as simply a form of “creative marketing,” and describes it as a systematic process of experimentation across the entire customer journey.</p><p>Sean explains in detail his preferred approach for setting up and evolving growth teams and reveals the qualities of an effective growth team.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of Practical Product, Craig and Rimas are joined by Sean Ellis from GrowthHackers. Sean dispels the confusion around Growth Hacking as simply a form of “creative marketing,” and describes it as a systematic process of experimentation across the entire customer journey.</p><p>Sean explains in detail his preferred approach for setting up and evolving growth teams and reveals the qualities of an effective growth team.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-demystifying-growth-hacking">Ep. #9, Demystifying Growth Hacking</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Conversion &amp; Metrics Panel, With Twilio, Box, &amp; MongoDB</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/conversion-metrics-panel-with-twilio-box-mongodb</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Jul 2017 07:15:40 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6140</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Watch MongoDB CMO Meagen Eisenberg, Twilio’s Head of Content Devang Sachdev and VP of Marketing at Box Lauren Vaccarello in conversation with Reify founder Michael Bernstein as they discuss the metrics, tooling and decisions required to convert content audiences into paying customers.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #17, The Rise of Design Systems</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-17-the-rise-of-design-systems</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jul 2017 07:42:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-6505</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian invites Rafael Conde, Kaelig Deloumeau-Prigent &amp; Craig Wattrus to share their experiences building design systems.</p><p>They discuss why companies need to invest in design systems as they begin to feel the pain of scaling design principles. They also examine the benefits of design systems such as improving the designer on-boarding process, and caution against allowing designers to become complacent in design.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian invites Rafael Conde, Kaelig Deloumeau-Prigent &amp; Craig Wattrus to share their experiences building design systems.</p><p>They discuss why companies need to invest in design systems as they begin to feel the pain of scaling design principles. They also examine the benefits of design systems such as improving the designer on-boarding process, and caution against allowing designers to become complacent in design.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-17-the-rise-of-design-systems">Ep. #17, The Rise of Design Systems</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #4, Feat. Heavybit’s Tom Drummond</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-feat-heavybits-tom-drummond</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Jul 2017 07:06:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-6492</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of Venture Confidential, Peter is joined by Tom Drummond. Tom recounts his first foray into Venture Capital in San Francisco. Tom explains that the typical rise through the venture ranks necessitates a shift of focus from analytics to relationship building.</p><p>With absolutely no industry contacts, Tom describes how he set out to build his network by creating a very low bar for meeting people and rarely turning down introductions.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of Venture Confidential, Peter is joined by Tom Drummond. Tom recounts his first foray into Venture Capital in San Francisco. Tom explains that the typical rise through the venture ranks necessitates a shift of focus from analytics to relationship building.</p><p>With absolutely no industry contacts, Tom describes how he set out to build his network by creating a very low bar for meeting people and rarely turning down introductions.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-feat-heavybits-tom-drummond">Ep. #4, Feat. Heavybit’s Tom Drummond</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Driving Content Reach &amp; Engagement Panel</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/driving-content-reach-engagement-panel</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Jul 2017 06:58:07 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6153</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Join Matter founder Bobbie Johnson, Slack’s Head of Marketing Kelly Watkins, Reddit’s Head of Brand Strategy Joe Federer and Intercom’s Editor in Chief John Collins as they discuss the tools and techniques they use to anticipate high-engagement content that will increase top-of-funnel reach and engagement.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #34, Common Developer Monetization Mistakes</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-34-common-developer-monetization-mistakes</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Jul 2017 06:01:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-6476</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul examine how monetization approaches vary depending on the developer market you’re in.</p><p>They discuss how developer markets can be divided into four spaces and examine the companies operating in each space. They also consider the pitfalls of startups that push their product in too many directions and consider how to go about evaluating the threat of Amazon cloning your service.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul examine how monetization approaches vary depending on the developer market you’re in.</p><p>They discuss how developer markets can be divided into four spaces and examine the companies operating in each space. They also consider the pitfalls of startups that push their product in too many directions and consider how to go about evaluating the threat of Amazon cloning your service.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-34-common-developer-monetization-mistakes">Ep. #34, Common Developer Monetization Mistakes</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Reviving The Movement, A Case Study With The ACLU</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/reviving-the-movement-a-case-study-with-the-aclu</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Jul 2017 06:30:34 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6156</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Learn about the content strategy secrets of the ACLU with the organization’s Director of Online Engagement Jenn Sturm in this special fireside chat with Unitive CMO Rachel Chalmers.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Algolia’s Search Party: How Solutions Engineers Can Shorten the Sales Cycle</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/algolias-search-party-how-solutions-engineers-can-shorten-the-sales-cycle</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 07 Jul 2017 06:12:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6428</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Learn how Solutions Engineers can accelerate your sales processes in these three lightning talks and panel discussion featuring experts from Qubole, Algolia, Keen IO, and SparkPost.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>On April 25th, Algolia hosted their Search Party Meetup at the Heavybit Clubhouse. The event featured three lightning talks and a panel discussion. Follow <a href="https://twitter.com/algolia">Algolia on Twitter</a> to attend the next Search Party.</em></p><h2>Shortening The Sales Cycle: A Panel Discussion</h2><p>In this panel discussion, led by Qubole’s SVP Worldwide Sales and Business Development, Marcy Campbell, learn how Solutions Engineer’s can shorten the sales cycle for your organization. The panel is comprised of three experienced SE’s; Patrick Woods from Keen IO, Maxime Prades from Algolia, and Jeff Goldstein from SparkPost. Watch their discussion for actionable advice to speed up the sales cycle at your SaaS or Developer Tool startup.</p><p></p><h2>How Understanding Customer Health Scores Can Streamline Sales</h2><p>Before the panel discussion, each of the three featured panelists were offered the opportunity to give a lightning talk about the solutions engineering work they do with their respective companies. In his lightning talk, Keen IO’s Patrick Woods discusses the importance of knowing how customers are interacting with your product in order to help you prioritize your work. To that end, he also shares how Keen IO builds customer health scores using an internal tool named Valerian.</p><p></p><h2>Shorten The Sales Cycle By Offering Best Practices In Implementation</h2><p>In this short lightning talk, Algolia’s Emily Hayman discusses their approach to Solutions Engineering: consistently offering best practices in product implementation and integration. Everyone wants a slightly different search experience, and Algolia is capable of delivering what you need. Sometimes you just need a little extra help to get to that wow! moment, and that’s where Emily steps in.</p><p></p><h2>Accelerating The Inevitable Technical Review Process</h2><p>Selling developer products to the enterprise is a unique challenge. You have to express both the deep technical underpinning of your product while also showing the tangible business impact your tool will have on a potential customer’s business. In this lightning talk, Jeff Goldstein shares his tactics and approaches to accelerating these inevitable technical review processes.</p><p></p><p>Check our <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/events/">Events page</a> to RSVP to our upcoming developer-focused events, and <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">follow us on Twitter</a> for all the latest developer-focused content from our Library.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/algolias-search-party-how-solutions-engineers-can-shorten-the-sales-cycle">Algolia’s Search Party: How Solutions Engineers Can Shorten the Sales Cycle</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #5, WebTorrent: Bringing BitTorrent to the Web</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-webtorrent-bringing-bittorrent-to-the-web</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Jul 2017 12:47:21 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-6435</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of Demuxed, Matt, Steve and Phil are joined by Feross Aboukhadijeh and John Hiesey from WebTorrent.</p><p>Feross explains that the idea behind WebTorrent is to allow any web browser to connect to a peer-to-peer swarm, fetch content, verify it, and display it to the user with minimum use of servers. They also discuss how they use the WebRTC protocol and outline browser limitations that resulted in the creation of a WebTorrent desktop application.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of Demuxed, Matt, Steve and Phil are joined by Feross Aboukhadijeh and John Hiesey from WebTorrent.</p><p>Feross explains that the idea behind WebTorrent is to allow any web browser to connect to a peer-to-peer swarm, fetch content, verify it, and display it to the user with minimum use of servers. They also discuss how they use the WebRTC protocol and outline browser limitations that resulted in the creation of a WebTorrent desktop application.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-webtorrent-bringing-bittorrent-to-the-web">Ep. #5, WebTorrent: Bringing BitTorrent to the Web</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using Data To Create Content That Spreads</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/using-data-to-create-content-that-spreads</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Jul 2017 07:08:50 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6151</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Watch Priceonomics CEO Rohin Dhar as he discusses how companies can leverage their unique data to increase distribution and reach via social media sharing, new channels and syndication to more traditional PR outlets.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SF Video Tech: Frame Accurate Video Playback In The Browser</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/sf-video-tech-frame-accurate-video-playback-in-the-browser</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Jun 2017 09:48:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6382</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>With a stated goal of providing “the same playback UX” as native clients in broadcast video editors, Jordi Cenzano’s HTML5+JS based video client is, to put it lightly, an ambitious project. Watch this talk for all the details and a demo.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>SF Video Tech is a regular meetup organized by Heavybit member company <a href="https://mux.com/">Mux</a> and hosted in Heavybit’s San Francisco Clubhouse. To attend the next event in person, <a href="https://www.meetup.com/SF-Video-Technology/">sign up here</a>.</em></p><p>With a stated goal of providing “the same UX” as the playback clients in broadcast video editors, <a href="https://twitter.com/jordicenzano">Jordi Cenzano’s</a> HTML5+JS based video client is, to put it lightly, an ambitious project.</p><p>Here’s how Jordi describes the project:</p><p>“Years ago I started thinking about how to migrate some of the broadcast services that have traditionally been on-prem at broadcast facilities to “the cloud.” I’m talking about tech like MAM (Media Asset Management) software, NRCS (News Room Computer System), and news editors, to start.</p><p>Bandwidth limitations are becoming less of a problem every day, and we’re seeing an explosion of cloud-based CMS’s (Content Management Systems) and API driven cloud-based editing tools. I haven’t found a UI tool that provides a similar UX as a broadcast video editor in the browser, yet.”</p><p>Watch the video, which includes an impressive demonstration, below. For a fully detailed technical teardown of Jordi’s work, <a href="https://jordicenzano.github.io/frame-accurate-scrubbing/">check out his projects page</a>.</p><p></p><p></p><h2>Subscribe For Heavybit Updates</h2><p>Join our mailing list to receive the latest updates in the developer startup community. After subscribing, tell us your preferences to receive only the emails you want.</p><p></p><p></p><p> SUBSCRIBE! </p><h2>Thanks for subscribing, check your inbox to confirm!</h2><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/sf-video-tech-frame-accurate-video-playback-in-the-browser">SF Video Tech: Frame Accurate Video Playback In The Browser</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #16, Contentful: An API-First CMS</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-16-contentful-an-api-first-cms</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Jun 2017 06:52:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-6388</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian invites Stefan Judis and Rouven Wessling to discuss Contentful, a developer friendly API-first CMS.</p><p>They explain the benefits of decoupling your website’s content from its presentation, including better cross-platform support. With Contentful, you are completely free to write your site in the language you want, while the service takes care of the CMS backend, storing and versioning your data, and backing everything up.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian invites Stefan Judis and Rouven Wessling to discuss Contentful, a developer friendly API-first CMS.</p><p>They explain the benefits of decoupling your website’s content from its presentation, including better cross-platform support. With Contentful, you are completely free to write your site in the language you want, while the service takes care of the CMS backend, storing and versioning your data, and backing everything up.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-16-contentful-an-api-first-cms">Ep. #16, Contentful: An API-First CMS</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #33, Giving Founders Feedback, Outsourcing Early Development, Giving Gifts, Flat Orgs, Hacker News Comments</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-33-giving-founders-feedback-outsourcing-early-development-giving-gifts-flat-orgs-hacker-news-comments</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Jun 2017 06:58:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-6373</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul discuss 5 topics that are relevant to most startups. They first examine how you can constructively tell someone that their startup sucks. They then look at why it’s a bad idea to outsource early stage development. They also discuss what makes a good gift and delve into the downsides of flat organizational structures. Paul also shares his impression that Hacker News comments are becoming too Redditified.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul discuss 5 topics that are relevant to most startups. They first examine how you can constructively tell someone that their startup sucks. They then look at why it’s a bad idea to outsource early stage development. They also discuss what makes a good gift and delve into the downsides of flat organizational structures. Paul also shares his impression that Hacker News comments are becoming too Redditified.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-33-giving-founders-feedback-outsourcing-early-development-giving-gifts-flat-orgs-hacker-news-comments">Ep. #33, Giving Founders Feedback, Outsourcing Early Development, Giving Gifts, Flat Orgs, Hacker News Comments</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>CircleCI Office Hours: Everything You Ever Wanted To Know About Continuous Integration</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/circleci-office-hours-everything-you-ever-wanted-to-know-about-continuous-integration</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Jun 2017 15:07:59 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6356</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this talk, CircleCI’s Alek Sharma shares everything you always wanted to know about continuous integration – watch to learn how continuous integration and delivery can be used to increase confidence in your code and promote best practices.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>On April 5th, Heavybit member company CircleCI held their monthly office hours at our San Francisco Clubhouse. <a href="https://www.meetup.com/CircleCI-Office-Hours/">Sign up here</a> to attend the next Office Hours event in person.</em></p><p>If you’re like Alek Sharma, you’re not a genius. Which means you make mistakes. And that’s fine with you because you’re a good engineer, so you know there is no such thing as perfect code. Just <em>better</em> code.</p><p>Yes, you have a test suite to catch bugs, but that runs locally. Something might break on the server actually running your code. And you’d probably rather know about that before your users know.</p><p>In this talk, Alek shares everything you always wanted to know about continuous integration – watch to learn how continuous integration and delivery can be used to increase confidence in your code and promote best practices.</p><p></p><p></p><h2>Subscribe For Heavybit Updates</h2><p>Join our mailing list to receive the latest updates in the developer startup community. After subscribing, tell us your preferences to receive only the emails you want.</p><p></p><p></p><p> SUBSCRIBE! </p><h2>Thanks for subscribing, check your inbox to confirm!</h2><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/circleci-office-hours-everything-you-ever-wanted-to-know-about-continuous-integration">CircleCI Office Hours: Everything You Ever Wanted To Know About Continuous Integration</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Optimize Your Funnel By Getting Inside Your Buyer’s Head</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/optimize-your-funnel-by-getting-inside-your-buyers-head</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Jun 2017 14:39:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Scaling]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Customer Journey]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Open Source]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-6358</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Heavybit Speaker Series, we were thrilled to host David Skok. David discusses why most companies end up building vendor centric sales processes that don’t work. He outlines a step by step approach for creating a buyer centric funnel centered around “getting inside your customers head” and identifying key “triggers” and “wow moments”.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Aubrey Blanche: Interrupting Bias in Your Career</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/aubrey-blanche-interrupting-bias-in-your-career</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 23 Jun 2017 06:40:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6348</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Enjoy this awesome talk from Aubrey Blanche focused on the kinds of bias women may experience in the workplace, as well as actionable strategies you can employ to interrupt those biases.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Late last year Atlassian’s Global Head of Diversity &amp; Inclusion, <a href="https://twitter.com/adblanche">Aubrey Blanche</a>, gave a talk at our San Francisco Clubhouse in partnership with the <a href="http://ywtf-sf.aauw.net/">Younger Women’s Task Force</a>. Her awesome talk focused on the kinds of bias women may experience in the workplace, as well as actionable strategies you can employ to interrupt those biases. <a href="http://ywtf-sf.aauw.net/events/">Sign up here</a> to come to the next YWTF event.</p><blockquote>A bias is an inefficiency in our decision-making process.</blockquote><p>Biases can be found all over the workplace – from code reviews, to job listings, interviewing, and negotiating your salary – so it’s a sure thing that “they will impact you in your career” says Aubrey.</p><p>To set the scene, she lays out some fascinating information about our brains. It turns out that we “are exposed to 11 million discrete pieces of information every minute” which makes it “completely impossible that we could process all of that data with our conscious mind.”</p><p>In reality, Aubrey says that our conscious mind “can only process about 40 pieces of information in a minute,” which means that 99.999996% of the information we come into contact with is “processed, categorized, and used by our unconscious mind to drive our decisions and behaviors.”</p><p>The takeaway is that we’re not always sure what’s driving the conclusions that we come to, so it’s important to ‘interrupt’ these processes to reconfigure the heuristics our brains have developed to be more inclusive. Don’t miss the full talk below.</p><p></p><p>Keep an eye on our <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/events/">Events page</a> or follow us on <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">Twitter</a> to be notified of future diversity &amp; inclusion focused events.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/aubrey-blanche-interrupting-bias-in-your-career">Aubrey Blanche: Interrupting Bias in Your Career</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Meteor Night: Meteor 1.5, Meteor + TextExpander, LuminPDF At Scale</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/meteor-night-meteor-1-5-meteor-textexpander-luminpdf-at-scale</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Jun 2017 07:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6341</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Meteor Night is Meteor’s flagship event. This event featured great talks from Meteor Engineers, NitroLabs, and Smile Software (TextExpander). Click through to watch the talks, and sign up for the next event!</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>On May 11th, Heavybit member company Meteor hosted their flagship Meteor Night event at our San Francisco Clubhouse. The event featured talks from Meteor Engineers, NitroLabs, and Smile Software (TextExpander). <a href="https://www.meetup.com/Meteor-SFBay/">Sign up here</a> to attend the next event in person.</em></p><h2>What’s Coming In Meteor 1.5</h2><p>Sashko Stubailo and Jesse Rosenberger share some great new features coming in Meteor 1.5.</p><p></p><h2>Making Meteor Scale to Build LuminPDF</h2><p>Max Ferguson, founder of NitroLabs, discusses how his team used Meteor to scale their collaborative web-based PDF editor, LuminPDF.</p><p></p><h2>TextExpander: Transitioning to Cross-Platform SaaS with Meteor &amp; Galaxy</h2><p>Maia Olsen and Greg Scown from Smile Software, makers of TextExpander, share how they use Meteor Galaxy to provide a cross-platform SaaS backend for their users.</p><p></p><p><em>Interested in joining Heavybit? Our program is the only one of its kind to focus solely on taking developer products to market. Need help with developer traction, product market fit, and customer development? <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/about">Apply today</a> and start learning from world-class experts.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/meteor-night-meteor-1-5-meteor-textexpander-luminpdf-at-scale">Meteor Night: Meteor 1.5, Meteor + TextExpander, LuminPDF At Scale</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>CircleCI Office Hours: Carbon Five Q&amp;A</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/circleci-office-hours-carbon-five-q-a</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Jun 2017 13:55:18 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6335</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this fireside Q&amp;A chat, you’ll hear about Carbon Five’s approach to helping teams accelerate product development and design to deliver solutions quickly regardless of company size.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>On May 10th, Heavybit member company CircleCI held their monthly Office Hours event at our San Francisco Clubhouse. For this event they held a special Q&amp;A session with <a href="http://www.carbonfive.com/">Carbon Five</a>, a digital product development consultancy. <a href="https://www.meetup.com/CircleCI-Office-Hours/">Sign up here</a> to attend the next event.</em></p><p>In this fireside Q&amp;A chat, hear about Carbon Five’s approach to helping teams accelerate product design and development to deliver solutions quickly, regardless of company size. Lev Lazinskiy guides the discussion through the common hurdles teams face when implementing continuous integration and delivery (CI/CD) into their workflows. The Carbon Five team identifies several typical use cases for CI/CD within their workflows, along with other best practices around getting started with (and sticking with!) CI/CD. The team also touches on how design fits into the accelerated delivery reality that CI/CD can provide.</p><p>Watch the video below, and let us know what you think <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">on Twitter</a>:</p><p></p><p><em>Interested in joining Heavybit? Our program is the only one of its kind to focus solely on taking developer products to market. Need help with developer traction, product market fit, and customer development? <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/about">Apply today</a> and start learning from world-class experts.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/circleci-office-hours-carbon-five-q-a">CircleCI Office Hours: Carbon Five Q&A</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Power Of Trends</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/the-power-of-trends</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Jun 2017 07:11:46 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Featured]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6148</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this DevGuild: Content Strategy presentation, learn from Auth0’s Martin Gontovnikas how more than 96% of Auth0’s inbound leads are driven by content, and how the team has captured a strong audience of loyal React, Angular and NodeJS customers using influencer strategy as the catalyst.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #15, Algolia’s Out Of The Box Search Experience</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-15-algolias-out-of-the-box-search-experience</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Jun 2017 11:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-6324</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian invites Vincent Voyer and Emily Hayman to discuss Algolia, a hosted search as a service.</p><p>Emily reveals that Algolia’s key differentiator is performance, both in terms of indexing and querying, as well as configurability. They also discuss Instant Search, an easy to use UI library for building a great search interface.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian invites Vincent Voyer and Emily Hayman to discuss Algolia, a hosted search as a service.</p><p>Emily reveals that Algolia’s key differentiator is performance, both in terms of indexing and querying, as well as configurability. They also discuss Instant Search, an easy to use UI library for building a great search interface.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-15-algolias-out-of-the-box-search-experience">Ep. #15, Algolia’s Out Of The Box Search Experience</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #32, Finding Co-Founders, Engineers vs. Artists, Funding Napkin, NPS, Hiring</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-32-finding-co-founders-engineer-vs-artist-funding-napkin-nps-hiring</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Jun 2017 07:32:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-6316</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul discuss 5 topics that are top of mind at most startups. First, they examine approaches for finding a good co-founder. Next, they delve into Michael Dearing’s course on the artistic side of engineering. They then move on to discuss the SaaS Funding Napkin and why 27% of companies that raise series A have no revenue. They also share their experiences using Net Promoter Scores and consider the pros and cons of hiring fast vs slowly.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul discuss 5 topics that are top of mind at most startups. First, they examine approaches for finding a good co-founder. Next, they delve into Michael Dearing’s course on the artistic side of engineering. They then move on to discuss the SaaS Funding Napkin and why 27% of companies that raise series A have no revenue. They also share their experiences using Net Promoter Scores and consider the pros and cons of hiring fast vs slowly.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-32-finding-co-founders-engineer-vs-artist-funding-napkin-nps-hiring">Ep. #32, Finding Co-Founders, Engineers vs. Artists, Funding Napkin, NPS, Hiring</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #11, Keeping PagerDuty Secure</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-keeping-pagerduty-secure</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Jun 2017 08:07:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-6312</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Arup Chakrabarti, Kevin Babcock and Rich Adams from PagerDuty. They discuss how they put into practice their security vision of “making it easy to do the right thing”.</p><p>This involves picking the right tooling and designing a security experience that doesn’t force people to do things, but rather provides insight into how vulnerabilities can be exposed. Giving people the opportunity to break things also creates a strong desire to want to then protect those things.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Arup Chakrabarti, Kevin Babcock and Rich Adams from PagerDuty. They discuss how they put into practice their security vision of “making it easy to do the right thing”.</p><p>This involves picking the right tooling and designing a security experience that doesn’t force people to do things, but rather provides insight into how vulnerabilities can be exposed. Giving people the opportunity to break things also creates a strong desire to want to then protect those things.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-keeping-pagerduty-secure">Ep. #11, Keeping PagerDuty Secure</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SF Video Tech: What’s New With VP9?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/sf-video-tech-whats-new-with-vp9</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jun 2017 07:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6258</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>It’s been three years since VP9 launched. Since then it has become battle tested in a number of scenarios and interest in it has only risen. In this talk, Alex Converse provides an overview of how the VP9 software, ecosystem, and specification have improved in recent years.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>On August 25th, Heavybit member Mux hosted the SF Video Technology meetup in our San Francisco Clubhouse. The event featured a talk from Google’s <a href="https://twitter.com/spectralhole">Alex Converse</a>, on the current status of VP9. <a href="https://www.meetup.com/SF-Video-Technology/">Sign up here</a> to attend the next SF Video Technology meetup.</em></p><p>It’s been three years since VP9 launched. Since then it has become battle tested in a number of scenarios and interest in it has only risen. In this talk, Alex Converse provides an overview of how the VP9 software, ecosystem, and specification have improved in recent years.</p><p></p><p><em>Interested in joining Heavybit? Our program is the only one of its kind to focus solely on taking developer products to market. Need help with developer traction, product market fit, and customer development? <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/about">Apply today</a> and start learning from world-class experts.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/sf-video-tech-whats-new-with-vp9">SF Video Tech: What’s New With VP9?</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating A Culture Of Story Tellers</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/creating-a-culture-of-story-tellers</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Jun 2017 07:12:19 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Featured]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6145</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this DevGuild: Content Strategy presentation Algolia’s Brand Director Liam Boogar discusses how the company’s internal training programs aim to get 50% of the company publishing and speaking within the year. Tune in to find out how you can get more of your team involved in your content strategy.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Personas: You’re Doing It Wrong</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/personas-youre-doing-it-wrong</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jun 2017 08:22:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Featured]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-5498</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In her second Heavybit Speaker Series presentation, Claire Hunsaker discusses her tried and true processes for building, testing, and improving personas. Follow her step by step process to determine who to focus on, who to ignore and who to cultivate.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Going Holographic: How to Extend Video to VR and Beyond, with Ryan Damm</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/going-holographic-how-to-extend-video-to-vr-and-beyond-with-ryan-damm</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Jun 2017 06:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6167</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this video from the SF Video Tech meetup, Visby’s Ryan Damm takes a look at current approaches to web-based VR, and discusses the unique problems of imaging for multi-perspective displays, from capture to compression and display.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>On March 30th, Heavybit member Mux hosted the SF Video Technology meetup in our San Francisco Clubhouse. The event featured an intriguing talk from <a href="https://twitter.com/dammvr">Ryan Damm</a>, CEO and Co-founder of <a href="http://visby.io/">Visby</a>, on VR and Holographic video on the web. <a href="http://www.meetup.com/SF-Video-Technology/">Sign up here</a> to attend the next SF Video Technology meetup.</em></p><p>VR is a new, holographic medium, and represents a new class of multi-perspective displays. Most content is currently built in a 3D environment; but what does a natively holographic video codec look like? In this video Ryan Damm takes a look at the current approaches, good and bad, and discusses the unique problems of imaging for multi-perspective displays, from capture to compression and display.</p><p></p><p><em>Interested in joining Heavybit? Our program is the only one of its kind to focus solely on taking developer products to market. Need help with developer traction, product market fit, and customer development? <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/about">Apply today</a> and start learning from world-class experts.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/going-holographic-how-to-extend-video-to-vr-and-beyond-with-ryan-damm">Going Holographic: How to Extend Video to VR and Beyond, with Ryan Damm</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #14, Pitching JAMstack To Customers</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-14-pitching-jamstack-to-customers</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Jun 2017 06:40:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-5734</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian invites Christian Bach, Georges Saad and Charles Ouellet to discuss Snipcart, an HTML &amp; Javascript based shopping cart.</p><p>Georges and Charles show that with Snipcart, a shopping cart can be injected into a website with just a few lines of code. Websites using Snipcart don’t have to host any e-commerce parts themselves. They also share their inspiration for building Snipcart and discuss other advantages of Snipcart over traditional shopping carts.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian invites Christian Bach, Georges Saad and Charles Ouellet to discuss Snipcart, an HTML &amp; Javascript based shopping cart.</p><p>Georges and Charles show that with Snipcart, a shopping cart can be injected into a website with just a few lines of code. Websites using Snipcart don’t have to host any e-commerce parts themselves. They also share their inspiration for building Snipcart and discuss other advantages of Snipcart over traditional shopping carts.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-14-pitching-jamstack-to-customers">Ep. #14, Pitching JAMstack To Customers</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Fireside Chat With Om Malik</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/a-fireside-chat-with-om-malik</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 May 2017 12:30:24 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Featured]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6134</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Om Malik, Partner at True Ventures, took the stage at DevGuild: Content Strategy for an intimate fireside chat with Peter Farago. Hear about Om’s biggest ah-ha! moments from early in his career, and listen carefully to his advice around connecting with your customers on a human level.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How To Be A Great Panel Moderator</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-be-a-great-panel-moderator</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 May 2017 12:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-5927</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Few people will tell you this, but the moderator role is about a million times harder than that of the panelist. As a moderator, you’re a puppeteer and not a panelist. So we’ve listed several things to keep in mind to ensure a great panel.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Few people will tell you this, but the moderator role is about a million times harder than that of the panelist. Moderators have to:</p><ul><li><strong>Translate</strong> panelist stories into actionable advice for the audience;</li><li><strong>Entertain</strong> the audience and keep them engaged by teasing out conflicting POVs and approaches;</li><li><strong>Be Brief &amp; Paraphrase.</strong></li></ul><p>And perhaps most difficult of all, you must expertly do all this in under 10 min of total speaking time since the rest of your time should be spent steering the conversation of your panel and providing value to your audience.</p><blockquote>As a moderator, never forget that you’re a puppeteer not a panelist.</blockquote><p>Through four <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/">DevGuild</a> conferences and <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/events/">countless events</a> in our SoMa Clubhouse, we’ve encountered all varieties of panel moderator. From those experiences we’ve identified several tactics that will help you become a great panel moderator. Let’s get started.</p><p></p><h2><strong>Curate &amp; Translate For Your Audience</strong></h2><blockquote>Your job is to translate stories, anecdotes and panelist answers into actionable advice for your audience.</blockquote><h3>Know Your Audience</h3><p>Before you take the stage, spend time identifying exactly who is going to be in your audience. If you’re moderating a panel at someone else’s event, ask the organizers for job titles and company names of the attendees before you show up. From there, consider what this particular group might hope to learn at this event.</p><p>Are they experts, or beginners? It’s a shame to watch a moderator explain simple concepts to a room of experts. And worse to blow by an audience that isn’t as advanced as you.</p><h3>Ask ‘What If’ Questions</h3><p>Moderators must push panelists with ‘what if’ questions, taking them beyond rote platitudes or pre-written answers. ‘What if you… had started sooner or later? Had made different hires? Had no customers or data? Had no budget? Were trying to do this today?</p><p>A memorable panel is one that leaves the audience feeling they learned something they couldn’t have read on a company’s About Us page.</p><p></p><h2>Entertain &amp; Delight With Value</h2><h3><strong>Break The Fourth Wall</strong></h3><p>You should feel free to poll the audience. You can ask them about their job titles, whether they feel they’re ahead of or behind the curve in your panel topic, how much budget they control to solve this problem, or if they’re currently looking to hire around this topic etc. You can also call on specific individuals you know to be in the audience if you think they’ll offer additional insight.</p><h3>Conflict Is Interesting</h3><p>Call people on their bullshit. Ask them specifically about a controversial technique or campaign, call on specific panelists to offer differing opinions, or stop the conversation completely to ask for clarification and detail.</p><h3>Tease Out Newsworthiness</h3><p>There are only a handful of tenets of newsworthiness. We already talked about conflict, but several others include:</p><ul><li><strong>Celebrity And Brand Recognition:</strong> Insider stories about famous people and brands are interesting to audiences. Of course, make sure these stories are still relevant.</li><li><strong>Timeliness:</strong> Did your panelist’s company recently do something big? Announce a fundraising round? Have a great earnings call? Launch a popular new product or feature? Get in a flame war with a competitor on Twitter? Is a well-known outside event affecting their strategy? Should it?</li><li><strong>Epic Narrative:</strong> The more people affected by an event or potentially affected by an event, the more newsworthy it becomes. Is there a story within your panel that connects to larger narratives like the battle around Net Neutrality? General privacy? The entire Industry? Democracy?</li><li><strong>Uniqueness or Oddity:</strong> You can only really tease out one or two oddities or you risk your panel becoming a collection of random thoughts and you’ll lose your audience.</li></ul><h3>Humanize Your Panelists</h3><ul><li><strong>Insider Stories:</strong> Frameworks and ideas aren’t helpful unless they’re grounded in concrete examples or efforts. Sometimes the best stories are the failures or messy early hacks. As moderator, you’re partly responsible for making your panelists comfortable enough to share.</li><li><strong>Break Eye Contact With Your Panelists.</strong> Look at your panel, ask a question, and then look at the audience. This simple gesture helps your panelists to better empathize with the audience and read their energy. It also means panelists can tailor their answers and energy accordingly.</li></ul><p></p><h2>Paraphrase, Cherry Pick, And Redirect</h2><h3>Brief Introductions</h3><p>Don’t waste your precious stage time listing the complete resumes and work histories of your panelists. Start with:</p><ul><li><strong>Stated Objectives:</strong> Why is this topic important now, and what do you hope to accomplish with this session. Keep this simple and to the point.</li><li><strong>Brief Intros:</strong> 1-2 sentences per panelist will do. Knowing your audience will help you establish your panelists’ expertise quickly, allowing you to get to the meat of the conversation faster.</li></ul><h3>Respect Your Audience</h3><p>It’s okay to cut off someone hogging the stage or ask another panelist to intervene and offer their thoughts. You should know when something is too vague or too in the weeds. If someone goes way off track, repeat the actionable points to audience members and move on to your next question. It’s your job to true the course of the conversation, and do it quickly.</p><h3><strong>Concluding Your Panel</strong></h3><p>When you’re out of time, list your takeaways while also asking your panelists to highlight their own key takeaways. Allowing your panelists to express something they’ve learned is a great way to drive those concepts home with your audience. Finally, thank your panelists and your audience – after all, the greatest panels rely on participation from everyone in the room.</p><p></p><p><em>Are you an experienced panel moderator with something to add? Let us know on <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">Twitter</a> what you’ve learned and we’ll add it to this guide.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-to-be-a-great-panel-moderator">How To Be A Great Panel Moderator</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Civilized Discourse… But How?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/civilized-discourse-but-how</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 May 2017 07:24:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product Discovery]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Community]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-5715</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In his second Heavybit Speaker Series presentation, Jeff Atwood shares valuable insights gained from building Discourse. Discourse is a modern forum tool designed to help users have meaningful conversations with one another on the web.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #13, Staying Cool With Graphcool</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-staying-cool-with-graphcool</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 May 2017 07:16:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-5664</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian invites Johannes Schickling and Eli Williamson to discuss <a href="https://www.graph.cool/">Graphcool</a>, a flexible backend platform combining GraphQL &amp; AWS Lambda.</p><p>Johannes recalls how he was first inspired to work on the Graphcool project. He reveals that unlike Parse and Firebase, Graphcool is based on open source technology and offers greater flexibility in the API layer along with tools to specify complex permission rules. Graphcool lets you stop wasting time writing error-prone database migrations and monitoring log files, letting you focus on what matters: building your app.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian invites Johannes Schickling and Eli Williamson to discuss <a href="https://www.graph.cool/">Graphcool</a>, a flexible backend platform combining GraphQL &amp; AWS Lambda.</p><p>Johannes recalls how he was first inspired to work on the Graphcool project. He reveals that unlike Parse and Firebase, Graphcool is based on open source technology and offers greater flexibility in the API layer along with tools to specify complex permission rules. Graphcool lets you stop wasting time writing error-prone database migrations and monitoring log files, letting you focus on what matters: building your app.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-staying-cool-with-graphcool">Ep. #13, Staying Cool With Graphcool</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Product As Community Panel with Keen IO, Firebase, &amp; Nylas</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/product-as-community-panel-with-keen-io-firebase-and-nylas</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 May 2017 07:14:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-5660</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>The founders of Firebase, Keen IO, and Nylas joined Stripe’s Developer Relations Lead on the Heavybit stage recently to discuss what it takes to build developer cred and a community of loyal users.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #31, When Toasters Broke The Internet</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-31-when-toasters-broke-the-internet</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 May 2017 07:17:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-4305</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul discuss the massive DDoS attack against Dyn, a major DNS provider, in late 2016. They examine the security flaw that enabled millions of IoT devices to be hijacked and discuss how it could have been avoided.</p><p>They conclude that to minimize such attacks, all devices that connect to the internet should have easily updatable firmware, and that the IoT industry needs greater regulation.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul discuss the massive DDoS attack against Dyn, a major DNS provider, in late 2016. They examine the security flaw that enabled millions of IoT devices to be hijacked and discuss how it could have been avoided.</p><p>They conclude that to minimize such attacks, all devices that connect to the internet should have easily updatable firmware, and that the IoT industry needs greater regulation.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-31-when-toasters-broke-the-internet">Ep. #31, When Toasters Broke The Internet</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #10, Dynamic Authorization: The Evolution of Access Controls</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-dynamic-authorization-the-evolution-of-access-controls</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 28 Apr 2017 07:25:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-4826</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Aren Sandersen. They examine the current state of access control systems and discuss the need for better education and tooling to support time-bound dynamic access control.</p><p>Aren also explains why most startups consider security too late and reveals the minimum mindset that all early stage startups need to adopt to manage their attack surface.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Aren Sandersen. They examine the current state of access control systems and discuss the need for better education and tooling to support time-bound dynamic access control.</p><p>Aren also explains why most startups consider security too late and reveals the minimum mindset that all early stage startups need to adopt to manage their attack surface.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-dynamic-authorization-the-evolution-of-access-controls">Ep. #10, Dynamic Authorization: The Evolution of Access Controls</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #12, FaaS and the Benefits of Serverless</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-faas-and-the-benefits-of-serverless</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Apr 2017 10:46:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-5629</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian invites Ryan Scott Brown and David Wells to examine the rise of Functions as a Service (FaaS).</p><p>They discuss common use cases for FaaS and break down the cost benefit of using a service like Lambda instead of a more traditional server. Ryan also discusses the main players in the space and some of the vendor lock ins you should expect across the spectrum when using FaaS.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian invites Ryan Scott Brown and David Wells to examine the rise of Functions as a Service (FaaS).</p><p>They discuss common use cases for FaaS and break down the cost benefit of using a service like Lambda instead of a more traditional server. Ryan also discusses the main players in the space and some of the vendor lock ins you should expect across the spectrum when using FaaS.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-faas-and-the-benefits-of-serverless">Ep. #12, FaaS and the Benefits of Serverless</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customer Success: The Art Of Upselling</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/customer-success-the-art-of-upselling</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Apr 2017 07:26:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-5526</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Don MacLennan is joined by a panel of customer success experts from Heroku, PagerDuty &amp; RainforestQA to deconstruct the “Listen, Learn, Engage” framework and examine how each company goes about gathering user feedback, observing usage patterns and engaging customers in a meaningful way.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>From Seed To Series B</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/from-seed-to-series-b</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Apr 2017 07:22:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Valuation]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-5518</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Cloudant founder and now investor Mike Miller shares his experience from both sides of the table. He discusses three classes of investors, what they look for from SaaS and infrastructure companies, and reveals his approach for translating investor expectations into revenue targets.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #4, The Long Road to Video.js 6.0</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-the-long-road-to-videojs-6</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Mar 2017 13:56:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-5428</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Demuxed, Matt, Steve and Phil are joined by Gary Katsevman and David LaPalomento, core contributors to the Video.js project. Steve reveals how Video.js began as a weekend attempt to build a video player with HTML and CSS instead of Flash. They discuss the current excitement around Video.js 6.0 and explore possible directions for Video.js 7.0 including the evolution of the middleware components and the removal of Flash from the core player.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of Demuxed, Matt, Steve and Phil are joined by Gary Katsevman and David LaPalomento, core contributors to the Video.js project. Steve reveals how Video.js began as a weekend attempt to build a video player with HTML and CSS instead of Flash. They discuss the current excitement around Video.js 6.0 and explore possible directions for Video.js 7.0 including the evolution of the middleware components and the removal of Flash from the core player.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-the-long-road-to-videojs-6">Ep. #4, The Long Road to Video.js 6.0</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Go-To-Market And Category Design Fundamentals</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/go-to-market-and-category-design-fundamentals</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Mar 2017 10:50:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[GTM Strategy]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Category Creation]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Analyst Relations]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-5463</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Heavybit talk, Jennifer Johnson shares a methodical approach for developing a go-to-market strategy. She covers category design fundamentals and what companies can do to differentiate themselves and achieve category domination. She reveals the importance of framing the problem you’re solving, constructing your corporate point of view, defining your category and developing category evolution strategies.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #30, How To Interview</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-30-how-to-interview</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2017 05:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-4159</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul examine why traditional hiring methods are failing. They discuss flaws of interviewing such as the interviewer’s bias toward pattern matching, and the impossibility of getting a true representation of a candidate through an interview setting.</p><p>They explore various forms of dysfunction observed at tech companies today and consider what it takes to build a cohesive team at a startup.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul examine why traditional hiring methods are failing. They discuss flaws of interviewing such as the interviewer’s bias toward pattern matching, and the impossibility of getting a true representation of a candidate through an interview setting.</p><p>They explore various forms of dysfunction observed at tech companies today and consider what it takes to build a cohesive team at a startup.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-30-how-to-interview">Ep. #30, How To Interview</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #11, Exploring GraphQL Through Apollo</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-exploring-graphql-through-apollo</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Mar 2017 11:17:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-4820</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian invites Sashko Stubailo and Jonas Helfer from <a href="https://www.meteor.com/">Meteor</a> to discuss <a href="http://www.apollodata.com/">Apollo</a>, a set of tools developed to make GraphQL easier to use.</p><p>They explain that while GraphQL is a great technology, the ecosystem of tools for the technology is still developing. They also discuss <a href="http://www.apollodata.com/optics">Optics</a>, a paid service that collects server data and delivers analytics and performance information.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian invites Sashko Stubailo and Jonas Helfer from <a href="https://www.meteor.com/">Meteor</a> to discuss <a href="http://www.apollodata.com/">Apollo</a>, a set of tools developed to make GraphQL easier to use.</p><p>They explain that while GraphQL is a great technology, the ecosystem of tools for the technology is still developing. They also discuss <a href="http://www.apollodata.com/optics">Optics</a>, a paid service that collects server data and delivers analytics and performance information.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-exploring-graphql-through-apollo">Ep. #11, Exploring GraphQL Through Apollo</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>BeyondCorp Meetup: Google Security for Everyone Else</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/beyondcorp-meetup-google-security-for-everyone-else</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Mar 2017 14:27:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-5401</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this talk, Ivan Dwyer introduces a new concept of Enterprise Identity based on the principles of BeyondCorp – which accounts for the user plus their device at a specific point in time.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>The <a href="https://www.beyondcorp.com/events/">BeyondCorpSF Meetup</a> group hosted its monthly event at Heavybit on Mar 9th, bringing together security &amp; IT professionals interested in learning about the future of cloud native security architectures.</em></p><p>When a highly sophisticated APT attack named Operation Aurora occurred in 2009, Google began to reimagine their security architecture through an initiative called BeyondCorp. The primary goal was to improve their security with regards to how employees access internal applications. The end result allows Google employees to work securely from any location without the use of a VPN.</p><p>Unlike the traditional perimeter security model, BeyondCorp dispels the notion of network segmentation as the primary mechanism for granting access. Instead, all internal applications are deployed to the public Internet, only accessible through a dynamic user and device-centric authentication &amp; authorization model.</p><p>Many organizations, big and small, have taken note of BeyondCorp and are now looking to achieve a similar ‘Zero Trust’ security framework of their own. As a leading provider of Access Management solutions that follow this model, we at <a href="https://www.scaleft.com/">ScaleFT</a> have taken the lead in building a community of forward-thinking individuals interested in learning from Google’s efforts. We organize the <a href="https://www.beyondcorp.com/events/">BeyondCorpSF and BeyondCorpATX</a> Meetup groups, maintain the BeyondCorp <a href="https://www.beyondcorp.com/">website</a>, and curate a <a href="https://www.beyondcorp.com/newsletter">weekly newsletter</a> of related news &amp; articles. The community is growing at a rapid pace, and we had a great turnout for this Meetup.</p><h3>How Zero Trust Changes Identity &amp; Access</h3><p>A by-product of the Zero Trust model is that the lines are blurring between privileged and non-privileged access management. Traditionally segmented based on resource type and user function, a new class of cloud native solutions are emerging that deliver a more consistent user experience.</p><p>In this talk, I introduce a new concept of Enterprise Identity based on the principles of BeyondCorp – which accounts for the user plus their device at a specific point in time. With this view of Identity, more intelligent authentication and authorization decisions can be made in real-time, better protecting companies from potential insider threats.</p><p>What’s really interesting is that this new approach towards access management will have a number of significant market effects, impacting a number of established product categories. The battle for Identity Governance will heat up with the rise of the cloud, and the Zero Trust model could even lead to the demise of the VPN. Watch this space.</p><p></p><p><em>Check out our <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/events/">events page</a> for a full list of upcoming developer focused meetups in our San Francisco Clubhouse, and <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">follow Heavybit on Twitter</a> to get updates from our community.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/beyondcorp-meetup-google-security-for-everyone-else">BeyondCorp Meetup: Google Security for Everyone Else</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #9, Making Security More Inclusive</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-making-security-more-inclusive</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Mar 2017 12:03:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-4824</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of The Secure Developer, Francois Raynaud joins Guy to discuss the current state of IT security.</p><p>Francois explains why a cultural shift is needed to make security more inclusive, with security professionals taking on a greater mentoring and guiding role. Francois discusses why he created DevSecCon, a Development Security Conference aimed at fostering inclusion. He also shares approaches for DevOps and Security teams to better understand what other teams are trying to achieve so they can work collaboratively and improve business security.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of The Secure Developer, Francois Raynaud joins Guy to discuss the current state of IT security.</p><p>Francois explains why a cultural shift is needed to make security more inclusive, with security professionals taking on a greater mentoring and guiding role. Francois discusses why he created DevSecCon, a Development Security Conference aimed at fostering inclusion. He also shares approaches for DevOps and Security teams to better understand what other teams are trying to achieve so they can work collaboratively and improve business security.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-making-security-more-inclusive">Ep. #9, Making Security More Inclusive</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bear Douglas: Connecting DevRel &amp; Product at Twitter</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/bear-douglas-connecting-devrel-product-at-twitter</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Mar 2017 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-4412</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Late last year Heavybit had the pleasure of hosting Bear Douglas, then Twitter’s Developer Advocacy Lead, for a talk on her work connecting the Developer Relations and Product teams at Twitter.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Late last year Heavybit had the pleasure of hosting <a href="https://twitter.com/beardigsit">Bear Douglas</a>, then Twitter’s Developer Advocacy Lead, for a talk on her work connecting the Developer Relations and Product teams at Twitter.</p><p>Hear about her explorations into how advocates and evangelists can manage internal conversations to ensure that a community team’s collection of developer feedback gets properly incorporated into product design.</p><p></p><p><strong><em>Here are a few key takeaways from her talk:</em></strong></p><h3>Are you an Advocate or an Evangelist?</h3><p>The types of activities that you’re doing day-to-day will define your answer. <a href="https://twitter.com/leggetter">Phil Leggetter</a>, Head of DevRel at <a href="https://twitter.com/Nexmo">Nexmo</a>, built a handy web tool, the <a href="https://leggetter.github.io/devrelometer/">DevRelOMeter</a>, to help you figure this out for yourself. Regardless of where you land on the DevRelOMeter though, Bear’s lessons apply equally – strong and clear communication between Product and DevRel will help you build empathy and lead to a better product offering.</p><h3>Bring Your Customers Along For The Product Journey</h3><p>Bear says it best:</p><blockquote>If you only listen reactively to what the market wants, it’s hard to predict and put yourself in a good position with your product for 5 years down the line. You have to be forward thinking, you have to be innovating, but it is so important to bring your customers with you along the way.</blockquote><p>What are you doing on a regular basis to bring your customers along for your product journey?</p><h3>Come Bearing Gifts (Sometimes)</h3><p>Bear suggests mixing in good news with the bad. If you’re only presenting your product team with the bugs and problems that developers are experiencing, it’s only natural that they would start to avoid conversations with your team.</p><p>Share customer love with them in addition to the bad stuff. When a customer shares how easy integration was, or how delightful a new dashboard is – share that with the product team!</p><h3>How To Share The Good Stuff</h3><p>It’s incredibly important to regularly share customer feedback with your Product team. Sharing the impact of the work that the product team is doing helps build empathy and boost morale. So following on from that last item, how should you go about sharing the good news?</p><p>Bear suggests a weekly update that includes customer feedback that focuses on the work your team did the previous week. The feedback can be tweets, excerpts from emails, or forum posts – anything that expresses the impact that that work is having on customers.</p><p>Don’t forget to watch the full talk for more insights from Bear.</p><p><em><a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr">Sign up for updates</a> to get all of our developer-focused content delivered straight to your inbox, as well as hear about upcoming events in our SF Clubhouse.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/bear-douglas-connecting-devrel-product-at-twitter">Bear Douglas: Connecting DevRel & Product at Twitter</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #10, Inside Free Code Camp’s Self Study Program</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-inside-free-code-camps-self-study-program</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Mar 2017 06:36:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-4818</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Quincy Larson, Founder of <a href="https://www.freecodecamp.com/">Free Code Camp</a> and Berkeley Martinez, CTO of Free Code Camp.</p><p>They discuss Free Code Camp’s ‘self study together’ approach that has grown their community to over 350,000 monthly active users. Quincy explains why they chose JavaScript as the front end and back end choice to teach people how to program. An important part of their curriculum is the invaluable practical training ‘campers’ gain by working with non-profits and contributing to open source communities.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Quincy Larson, Founder of <a href="https://www.freecodecamp.com/">Free Code Camp</a> and Berkeley Martinez, CTO of Free Code Camp.</p><p>They discuss Free Code Camp’s ‘self study together’ approach that has grown their community to over 350,000 monthly active users. Quincy explains why they chose JavaScript as the front end and back end choice to teach people how to program. An important part of their curriculum is the invaluable practical training ‘campers’ gain by working with non-profits and contributing to open source communities.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-inside-free-code-camps-self-study-program">Ep. #10, Inside Free Code Camp’s Self Study Program</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SaaS Content Strategy: 3 Tactics To Drive More Traffic To Your Blog</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/saas-content-strategy-3-tactics-to-drive-more-traffic-to-your-blog</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Mar 2017 06:45:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-5329</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>When sifting through content strategies, be mindful of two critical steps: create valuable content and deliver your content to an audience who will find it valuable.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>A plethora of content marketing do’s and don’t’s can be easily accessed online to help you acquire blog traffic. When sifting through content strategies, be mindful of two critical steps: <strong>create valuable content</strong> and <strong>deliver your content</strong> to an audience who will find it valuable.</p><p>It takes a lot of time and effort to develop content that resonates with your intended audience.</p><p>Unfortunately, the most finely crafted blog falters if it falls prey to a failure to prioritize an effective distribution process. While there is always a certain amount of “time sink” in distribution, there are distribution lists that can be built in advance, thus making distribution more time efficient on publishing day. In addition, a carefully crafted distribution list can be reused time and time again.</p><h2>Newsletters</h2><p>Newsletter delivery is a “classic” age old content strategy, but for the last couple of years, has seen significant growth in interest. Some of the most popular newsletters today that have captured the hearts of millions are theSkimm, Next Draft, and CBInsights. The content in these newsletters ranges from breaking news to round-ups of popular blogs.</p><p>Quartz Insights’ <a href="http://insights.qz.com/ges/">Global Executives Summary</a> found that</p><blockquote>60 percent of executives read an email newsletter as one of their first three daily news sources.</blockquote><p>In a content-saturated world, it’s no wonder why people enjoy receiving a curated email regularly. A newsletter format relieves the hassle of sourcing your own news and is perceived as a more intimate experience. Here are 3 steps for leveraging the power of newsletters:</p><ul><li><strong>Step 1</strong>: Identify newsletters that provide content that is relevant to your industry.</li><li><strong>Step 2</strong>: Sign-up and start monitoring these newsletters. Make an effort to understand the style, cadence and type of content that is included within each.</li><li><strong>Step 3</strong>: Collect the editor’s contact information. They will typically provide contact information for content and news tips.</li></ul><p>Come publishing day, be prepared with a list of pre-qualified newsletters, editor’s contact information, and a short note asking for your content to be included in the newsletter. This is an easy way to get hundreds, if not thousands of hits on your content if the editor chooses to include your post in their newsletter.</p><h2>User Generated Content Platforms</h2><p>User generated content is any sort of content that is posted by unpaid users, or for lack of a better term, “the community” of a particular platform. The underlying principle to understand about user generated content is that individuals are posting content, not a company brand. Users of these platforms are known for being incredibly honest and skeptical of other users’ posts, experiences, and opinions. This user climate creates a sense of authenticity that is difficult to achieve with traditional marketing campaigns. Here are steps to successful postings of user generated content:</p><ul><li><strong>Step 1</strong>: Identify online communities where your users congregate. For example, if you’re a technology company, popular sites like Reddit, Product Hunt and Hacker News are three online communities to add to your list.</li><li><strong>Step 2</strong>: Create accounts and begin to engage on the platform.</li><li><strong>Step 3</strong>: Research strategies for publishing. Each platform will have its own “best practices” for who, what, and when to post. The internet is loaded with useful how-to’s for all of the major communities.</li></ul><p>On the day of publishing, be prepared with a refined list of different content platforms and clarity with your team who will post and engage.</p><h2>Influencers</h2><p>Twitter, Facebook and LinkedIn are giant generators for driving traffic to your content, under the critical condition that you’ve established a large following of influencers. Building a social following of influencers takes time and patience.</p><blockquote>So unless you’re a major industry player, the attitude of simply posting the blog post on your own social network and expecting a successful response lacks one major component: influence.</blockquote><p>Posting to your social network and getting a successful response requires building a loyal following with constant attention to understanding your audience’s interests. In the meantime, one efficient avenue for building a network following is through your influencer network.</p><p>People are more likely to purchase a product if it’s recommended by a friend than if it’s forced in front of you via marketing advertisements and commercials. According to <a href="http://www.theshelf.com/the-blog/2015/3/17/influencer-marketing-is-the-new-king-of-content">research</a> by The Shelf, 92 percent of consumers trust recommendations from other people – even if they don’t know them personally – over promotional content that comes directly from brands. Consider these 3 simple but effective strategies for building your audience base via influencer relations:</p><ul><li>Step 1 Identify friendlies, customers, venture capitalists and others in your network boasting a large social following.</li><li>Step 2 Build a list of contact information.</li><li>Step 3: Identify the best person in your network for the job of reaching out to your leads.</li></ul><p>When you’re ready to publish your content, have an email prepared with links to your various social accounts and communities that require upvoting.</p><p>Finally, don’t forget to send thank you notes at the end of the day. Whether writing to the newsletter editor, an influencer on Twitter or a journalist who mentioned you in a round-up, a thank you note goes a long way. You’re developing a community of champions here, and this simple, personal gesture will make a substantial impact on your next encounter.</p><p>If you’d like to learn more about the tenets of a strong content strategy, watch all the talks from <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/content-strategy/"><strong>DevGuild: Content Strategy</strong></a> – a half day conference that featured speakers from Discourse, Slack, Auth0, Algolia, Twilio, Box, and Intercom.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/saas-content-strategy-3-tactics-to-drive-more-traffic-to-your-blog">SaaS Content Strategy: 3 Tactics To Drive More Traffic To Your Blog</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Serverless Meetup: A Deep Dive Into Serverless Challenges &amp; Solutions</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/serverless-meetup-a-deep-dive-into-serverless-challenges-solutions</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Mar 2017 15:49:51 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-5339</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On Feb. 22nd, the SF Serverless community came together to share learnings and challenges associated with going serverless. Hear from Trek10’s Jared Short, IOPipe’s Adam Johnson, and Microsoft Azure Function’s team members Chris Anderson and Pragna Gopa.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>On Feb. 22nd, the SF Serverless community came together to share learnings and challenges associated with going serverless. Join them at the next Serverless meetup by <a href="https://www.meetup.com/Serverless/">signing up here</a>. If you’re new to serverless, check out this quick <a href="https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLIIjEI2fYC-C3NJF7a4-Cvh5hjdCmrVmN">Getting Started with Serverless</a> video tutorial or <a href="https://serverless.com/framework/docs/">the Docs</a>.</em></p><h3><strong>Single-Page Apps &amp; Going All In On Serverless Architecture,</strong> Jared Short</h3><p>Having a single-page app driving APIs creates polished and user friendly apps. But what about SEO? Performance? Deep linking? In this talk Jared Short, Director of Innovation (&amp; Awesomeness) at <a href="https://www.trek10.com/">Trek10</a>, explores some challenges and solutions when going all in on a serverless architecture for single-page apps.</p><p></p><h3><strong>Ops Tips From The Serverless Trenches,</strong> Adam Johnson</h3><p>Whether it’s a single-page app, or a complex serverless architecture design, there are challenges for an Ops team when running infrastructure for serverless (yes you still need it). Adam Johnson, Co-Founder and CEO at <a href="https://www.iopipe.com/">IOPipe</a>, highlights some of the challenges from an Ops team perspective including troubleshooting, the need for mapping frontend to backend requests to specific invocations, understanding serverless performance and more.</p><p></p><h3><strong>Preview of the Azure Functions Serverless Framework Plugin,</strong> Chris Anderson &amp; Pragna Gopa</h3><p>Members of the Azure Functions team made the trip to SF to demo the official Azure Functions Plugin for the Serverless Framework, and answer your questions. Chris Anderson, Program Manager, and Pragna Gopa, developer on Azure Functions, share and demo some of the latest updates and functionality within Azure Functions. They also showcase a new integration to facilitate event-driven compute with Functions.</p><p></p><p>Check out our <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/events/">events page</a> for a full list of upcoming developer focused meetups in our San Francisco Clubhouse, and follow us on <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">Twitter</a> to get updates from our community.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/serverless-meetup-a-deep-dive-into-serverless-challenges-solutions">Serverless Meetup: A Deep Dive Into Serverless Challenges & Solutions</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Farewell, Heavybit Clubhouse! Hello, Oakland Office!</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/farewell-heavybit-clubhouse-hello-oakland-office</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Mar 2017 12:21:56 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-5316</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>After a wonderful two year run, LaunchDarkly is moving out of Heavybit’s office and into our own office in Oakland! I am super excited that LaunchDarkly will have our own space to stretch out. Even though I won’t be physically sitting at Heavybit, I plan to stay involved in the program and community.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>After a wonderful two year run, LaunchDarkly is moving out of Heavybit’s office and into our own office in Oakland! I am super excited that LaunchDarkly will have our own space to stretch out. We’re planning on having monitors of metrics. However, I’ll miss our desks at Heavybit. Even though I won’t be physically sitting at Heavybit, I plan to stay involved in the program and community.</p><p>1)<strong> Speaker Series!</strong> I have met so many interesting people as both speakers and attendees at Heavybit Tuesday night speaker series. Personal highlights were Sales talks featuring HubSpot’s Mark Roberge, SaaStr’s Jason Lemkin and Rainforest QA’s Fred Stevens-Smith.</p><p>2) <strong>Office Hours.</strong> A huge part of Heavybit is not just Speaker Series, but one on one office hours. Javier Soltero of Acompli helped me on go-to-market. Michael Dearing of Harrison Metal advised me on funnel management. Stack Overflow’s Jeff Atwood helped me on business models. Iron.io’s Morgan Mackles on building a sales team. Donnie Berkholz of 451 Group helped me with analyst relations. To help LaunchDarkly, I couldn’t ask for a better set of informal advisors.</p><p>3) <strong>The friends and community.</strong> Everyone at Heavybit is passionate about developers. Everyone is also passionate about sharing best practices, strategies and tips, and being supportive. From Runscope’s John Sheehan I learned the pitfalls of freemium. Ben Sigelman of LightStep taught me that gold shoes truly go with everything. Heavybit’s Jesse Robbins called me the alpha predator for selling to so many Heavybit companies. Malia Powers of Heavybit taught me the power of pitching.</p><p>4) <a href="https://twitter.com/edith_h/status/776166852879757312">The dogs</a>. <a href="https://twitter.com/edith_h/status/834249380538355713">And Dogs</a>. <a href="https://twitter.com/edith_h/status/829864401310097409">And Dogs</a>. Heavybit is a dog lovers paradise. I can’t pick my favorite dog, but I’ll miss their distinctive clicking on the hardwood floors, as well as the shake of a wet corgi.</p><p>To our <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/to-be-continuous/">To Be Continuous</a> fans, Paul Biggar and I will continue to co-host and we have exciting guests in the queue. I look forward to future monthly Founders dinners to catch up with friends and meet the next generation of Heavybit companies. And lastly, I will continue to make efforts to attend Heavybit Speaker Series in person or remotely from our new home in Oakland.</p><p>Onward and upward!</p><p><em>Interested in joining Heavybit? Our program is the only one of its kind to focus solely on taking developer products to market. Need help with developer traction, product market fit, and customer development? <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/about">Apply today</a> and start learning from world-class experts.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/farewell-heavybit-clubhouse-hello-oakland-office">Farewell, Heavybit Clubhouse! Hello, Oakland Office!</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>CircleCI Office Hours: End to End Test Automation That Doesn’t Suck</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/circleci-office-hours-end-to-end-test-automation-that-doesnt-suck</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Mar 2017 08:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-4888</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On January 25th, 2017 Heavybit member CircleCI held their monthly Office Hours meetup at our San Francisco Clubhouse. The evening’s presentation was given by Oren Rubin, Founder and CEO at Testim.io, another Heavybit member company.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>On January 25th, 2017 Heavybit member CircleCI held their monthly <a href="https://www.meetup.com/CircleCI-Office-Hours/">Office Hours meetup</a> at our San Francisco Clubhouse. The evening’s presentation was given by <a href="https://twitter.com/shexman">Oren Rubin</a>, Founder and CEO at <a href="https://www.testim.io/">Testim.io</a>, another Heavybit member company.</em></p><p>In this presentation, Oren delves into one of the biggest challenges Test Automation developers face: <strong>reliably</strong> <strong>finding elements</strong>.</p><p>A robust test means finding the same element with high fidelity, particularly while the Application Under Test keeps changing. Oren demonstrates E2E (End to End) testing using Testim.io and shows how easy it is to integrate his tool with CircleCI.</p><p></p><p><em>Interested in joining Heavybit? Our program is the only one of its kind to focus solely on taking developer products to market. Need help with developer traction, product market fit, and customer development? <a href="/program/#apply">Apply today</a> and start learning from world-class experts.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/circleci-office-hours-end-to-end-test-automation-that-doesnt-suck">CircleCI Office Hours: End to End Test Automation That Doesn’t Suck</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SaaS Content Strategy: Targeting &amp; Measuring</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/saas-content-strategy-targeting-and-measuring</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Mar 2017 06:02:35 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-5282</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>If you put out a piece of content and can’t confidently name both the target and goal, you’ve failed. In a previous post I outlined the four basic tenets of a content strategy; objectives, targeting, measuring, and prioritizing. Let’s take a closer look at targeting and measuring.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>The best content is built for a specific persona, has a specific business goal in mind, and lives inside a platform that allows you to measure its effectiveness. If you put out a piece of content and can’t confidently name both the target and goal, <strong>you’ve failed</strong>.</p><p><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/saas-content-strategy-are-you-doing-it-wrong/">In a previous post</a> I outlined the four basic tenets of a content strategy; objectives, targeting, measuring, and prioritizing. Let’s take a closer look at <strong>targeting</strong> and <strong>measuring</strong>.</p><h2>Persona Targeting</h2><p>Developing a clear set of user and buyer personas is the first step towards delivering on a comprehensive content strategy, but because the process can be tedious and requires regular upkeep, many marketers drop the ball.</p><p>If you’re just getting started, or your current personas are broken, Stormpath VP of Marketing Claire Hunsaker can help. In her <a href="https://devguild.heavybit.com/demand-generation/#fastest-path-to-mql%20http://bit.ly/path-to-mql">DevGuild: Demand Generation talk</a>, she explained that your personas are people first. “Every single one of your core personas should be someone you can identify as having purchased, or as very likely to purchase, your product.”</p><p></p><p>Take your current personas and go find an existing customer that matches each one. Can’t find anyone? Claire makes it clear that “if you can’t tie your persona back to a real human, it’s probably incorrect.” If that’s the case, watch her full talk and come back when you’ve rebuilt your personas.</p><h2>Measuring ROI</h2><p>Every piece of content should have an explicit goal attached, and now that you have strong personas, each piece should also be targeted at one of them. With the <a href="https://segment.com/">proper tools in place</a>, measuring conversions is easy: a successful piece of content ushers your target persona along the buyer’s journey in the intended way. This could be email capture, account creation, or a user moving up to a more expensive product tier.</p><p>Attaching user actions to content is only half of the battle though. You should also be closely tracking the costs of producing each piece of content, as well as the costs of distributing that content across different channels.</p><p>By combining these two sets of information you can generate a customer acquisition cost (CAC) for each piece in each channel, and judge performance objectively. That white paper may perform better in emails than in ads, so you’d better be prepared to reallocate your budget.</p><p>If you’d like to learn more about developer content strategy, check out the videos from <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/devguild/content-strategy/">DevGuild: Content Strategy</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/saas-content-strategy-targeting-and-measuring">SaaS Content Strategy: Targeting & Measuring</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Getting To Your First 100 Customers And Beyond</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/getting-to-your-first-100-customers-and-beyond</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Mar 2017 05:51:29 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Scaling]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Messaging &amp; Positioning]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Personas]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Demand Generation]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Hiring]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-5269</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Heavybit talk, Ursula Ayrout shares her expertise around getting your first 100 customers. Ursula reveals her approaches to building customer profiles, messaging manifestos, and rethinking your demand generation process.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jedi Product Pitches with Andy Raskin</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/jedi-product-pitches-with-andy-raskin</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2017 06:48:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-5245</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Raskin locks in (or maybe lets the Force guide him) to five elements of your product pitches that are more likely to reach and resonate with a target audience. Master these and your pitch will be easier than bullseyeing womp rats back on Tatooine.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>A not so long time ago on a stage at the Heavybit Clubhouse, strategic messaging and positioning expert <a href="https://twitter.com/araskin">Andy Raskin</a> showed us that anyone can tell a compelling story to pitch their products or services. <strong>The elements are all around us; we just need to focus their power</strong>.</p><p>“If you get the elements of the story right and you order them correctly,” he says, “then it’s not just the CEO who’s going to be a great storyteller and telling the right story.”</p><p>Love or hate them, you probably know the plot behind the Star Wars movies. The elements that made them classics (well, the early ones) have also kept us connected to the struggle of central characters like Luke and Leia. Knowing how stories work — be they Star Wars or Cinderella — can help connect potential customers to your product, making them the hero of their own epic journey.</p><p>In his Heavybit Speaker Series presentation “<a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-a-better-core-pitch/">Building a Better Core Pitch</a>” Raskin lays out the key components of a strategic story that every member of the team can rally around. So suit up your team whether they are a squadron of rebel fighters scrambling for a Death Star attack, or a seed-stage company building a value proposition for your early users or investors.</p><p>Raskin locks in (or maybe lets the Force guide him) to <strong>five elements that are more likely to reach and resonate with a target audience</strong>. Master these and your pitch will be easier than bullseyeing womp rats back on Tatooine.</p><h2><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-a-better-core-pitch/?5m34s">That’s No Moon</a></h2><p>Whatever your prospect’s personal dark side might be, you should focus, according to Raskin, on how it makes them feel.</p><blockquote>Better if you can show how the customer is experiencing the problem, if you can show that struggle in emotional terms.</blockquote><p>Back to Princess Leia and her story. We don’t really feel the emotional impact of the Death Star until it has obliterated her home planet. At that point we get it–this thing has to be stopped. For your potential users, show the frustrations and pains that they have to endure before you present your product as the solution. As for bringing Alderaan back, that one’s going to be a toughie.</p><h2><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-a-better-core-pitch/?9m11s">Who Shot First?</a></h2><p>You’ve established the villain of your user’s story, one that has possibly been plaguing them for some time. But why is now the time to take action? There’s too much to get done right now. Just remind me later.</p><p>Raskin uses Luke Skywalker as an example of the call to action. When tasked with a mission to save the princess, Luke drags his feet. “He basically sounds like a prospect you’ve been trying to sign who just keeps coming up with more excuses not to,” he says.</p><p>But we know what happens next. Luke goes back to his Tatooine home to find his house destroyed and his family killed. Only then does he embark on his quest. Is there an event that would or should trigger a decision in your prospective customers or investors?</p><p>Instead of sending in the stormtroopers, <strong>you’ll have to give a reason why your customers should act now</strong>. Look at what lies ahead. If your potential customer is growing their business, they should adopt your product, which is highly scalable, sooner than later. And what about establishing security for when the product comes out of beta next month? Bottom line, find a reason for your user or investor to act. Now.</p><h2><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-a-better-core-pitch/?12m11s">These ARE the Droids You’re Looking For</a></h2><p>The light at the end of the tunnel is the “Promised Land,” as Raskin describes it. This is where your potential customer or investor wants to be, but isn’t always easy for them to see. <strong>It is your job to show them what life will be like after they’ve adopted your product</strong>, made an investment or begun Jedi training with Yoda strapped to their backs. But as with training montages, you don’t get to see the final result all at once. It’s all about the tease.</p><p>Raskin refers to a master of product showmanship, Steve Jobs, as an example to not show your product right away. Instead, build up anticipation around what things will be like once your customers start using it, and then open the curtain.</p><p>“Jobs gets us imagining a world with this super easy-to-use, super smart phone before he even shows it to us,” Raskin explains. Whether it be a multi-functioning device or a niche product or service, build up the Promised Land for your user before showing them how your product can get them there.</p><h2><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-a-better-core-pitch/?18m17s">More Powerful Than You Can Possibly Imagine</a></h2><p>Now it’s time to dive into the product itself. How will it help the hero of your story, the potential customer, vanquish the enemy and reach the Promised Land?</p><p>Raskin explains how you must take the role of Obi-Wan to the prospects’ Luke. “Often there’s this wizard character who’s kind of doing what you’re doing,” he says. “He’s trying to sell the hero on a vision of the future.” Obi-Wan gives Luke a lightsaber to help with his mission, shows him the ways of the Force and guides him off of Tatooine onboard the Millennium Falcon.</p><p>Things sound good in threes, and Raskin says that you should <strong>come up with three “gifts” or ways to present the capabilities of your product that will help your customer reach their Promised Land</strong>.</p><h2><a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-a-better-core-pitch/?21m27s">It’s (Not) a Trap!</a></h2><p>In order to drive home the narrative you’ve given, it’s time to <strong>back it up with some evidence that your product is the hero your customers or investors have been looking for</strong>.</p><p>Demos are one evocative way of providing evidence. Raskin explains how Elon Musk showed the potential of Tesla’s Powerwall in his keynote by powering the entire auditorium with one of his batteries.</p><p>If your product is a dev tool, show it solving a problem in a visual way. It might not power a building, but “size matters not when it comes to the Force.” Furthermore, research, statistics and having a clear product roadmap can support your story and give your customers or investors the confidence that the happy ending will come true.</p><p>Whether they are in marketing or development, each team member can tell a story that shows a journey from identifying a problem to proving the solution. With Raskin’s advice, you can make a simple description of your product into an attention-grabbing pitch that will help you stand out as a bright center to their universe.</p><p><em>Want to learn more? <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr">Sign up for Heavybit Updates</a> and we’ll send the latest straight to your inbox.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/jedi-product-pitches-with-andy-raskin">Jedi Product Pitches with Andy Raskin</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Heavybit Sales Master Class Feat. Matt Cameron</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/heavybit-sales-master-class-feat-matt-cameron</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Feb 2017 10:48:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Featured]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-4422</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Sales Master Class, Matt Cameron shares his thoughts on hiring top grade Salespeople. He suggests using behavioral interviews to identify ‘evangelical’ sales reps and recommends that the ‘three amigos’ in your company arrange to meet on a regular, organized cadence to review key metrics.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #9, Shifting WordPress to the JAMstack</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-shifting-wordpress-to-the-jamstack</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Feb 2017 06:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-4816</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Daniel Olson, Lead Developer at J2 Design and Shinichi Nishikawa, WordPress enthusiast and key reviewer in WordPress.org’s Theme Review Team.</p><p>They discuss <a href="https://getshifter.io/">Shifter</a>, an interesting new use case for serverless. Shifter is a serverless WordPress hosting solution. Upload your WordPress site and Shifter pre-renders and serves all the HTML files via CDN. Listen in for details on how Shifter works to deliver better speed and security for WordPress sites.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Daniel Olson, Lead Developer at J2 Design and Shinichi Nishikawa, WordPress enthusiast and key reviewer in WordPress.org’s Theme Review Team.</p><p>They discuss <a href="https://getshifter.io/">Shifter</a>, an interesting new use case for serverless. Shifter is a serverless WordPress hosting solution. Upload your WordPress site and Shifter pre-renders and serves all the HTML files via CDN. Listen in for details on how Shifter works to deliver better speed and security for WordPress sites.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-shifting-wordpress-to-the-jamstack">Ep. #9, Shifting WordPress to the JAMstack</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #8, Launch Day Trifecta: Hacker News, Product Hunt, &amp; TechCrunch</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-launch-day-trifecta-hackernews-producthunt-techcrunch</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Feb 2017 08:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-4161</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Practical Product Craig and Rimas are joined by Heavybit’s PR Manager Malia Powers to discuss how startups can get more publicity.</p><p>Malia suggests that before you embark on any PR initiative, you should first ask yourself “why do I want press?” She shares insights to help get the most out of Hacker News, Product Hunt and developer blogs, including types of content that works, how to pitch to reporters, and timing your announcements. Listen in for Malia’s tips on getting more traction with your PR efforts.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of Practical Product Craig and Rimas are joined by Heavybit’s PR Manager Malia Powers to discuss how startups can get more publicity.</p><p>Malia suggests that before you embark on any PR initiative, you should first ask yourself “why do I want press?” She shares insights to help get the most out of Hacker News, Product Hunt and developer blogs, including types of content that works, how to pitch to reporters, and timing your announcements. Listen in for Malia’s tips on getting more traction with your PR efforts.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-launch-day-trifecta-hackernews-producthunt-techcrunch">Ep. #8, Launch Day Trifecta: Hacker News, Product Hunt, & TechCrunch</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #8, What’s In A Security Policy?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-whats-in-a-security-policy</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Feb 2017 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-4442</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Secure Developer, Geva Solomonovich, COO at Snyk and founder of Snowy Peak Security joins Guy to discuss security policies, and why you shouldn’t wait to implement your own.</p><p>Geva shares the 3 categories of security policies he developed with his clients and emphasizes that it’s not enough to create a set of documents or processes. You need to establish a security mindset and integrate it into everything you do. Don’t miss this episode for practical tips on reducing your company’s risk surface.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of The Secure Developer, Geva Solomonovich, COO at Snyk and founder of Snowy Peak Security joins Guy to discuss security policies, and why you shouldn’t wait to implement your own.</p><p>Geva shares the 3 categories of security policies he developed with his clients and emphasizes that it’s not enough to create a set of documents or processes. You need to establish a security mindset and integrate it into everything you do. Don’t miss this episode for practical tips on reducing your company’s risk surface.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-whats-in-a-security-policy">Ep. #8, What’s In A Security Policy?</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Land and Expand Strategies at GitHub and New Relic</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/land-and-expand-strategies-at-github-and-new-relic</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Feb 2017 06:34:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[GTM Strategy]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Messaging &amp; Positioning]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-5081</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In his Heavybit talk, Brian Doll shares bottom-up sales approaches &amp; messaging considerations for moving into the enterprise. He recommends a ‘do things and tell people’ approach as a critical component of developer marketing and provides actionable tips for companies looking to grow.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SaaS Content Strategy: Are You Doing it Wrong?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/saas-content-strategy-are-you-doing-it-wrong</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Feb 2017 06:21:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-4942</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Join us at DevGuild: Content Strategy – a half day conference featuring speakers from Stack Overflow, Auth0, Algolia, Twilio, Box and Intercom – and build a better content strategy.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Content strategy isn’t just about capturing eyeballs and a frontpage post on Hacker News. You need to ask yourself how your efforts are actually helping your company. Whether you’re trying to increase leads, hiring new staff, or defining a new market category, you need to have a strategy.</p><h2>What are the Basic Tenets of a Content Strategy?</h2><ul><li><strong>Create Objectives:</strong> Pick a goal, attack that goal, measure your performance. Leading SaaS companies drive upwards of 70% of their inbound leads from their content efforts. There are many other reasons to create content, but you need to define what matters upfront.</li><li><strong>Target Your Audience:</strong> Who are you trying to reach? If your answer is everyone, you’re doing it wrong. Not every piece of content is relevant to every audience – define specific targets, learn where they spend time, know what they care about, and craft content that delights and engages them.</li><li><strong>Create &amp; Measure Conversion:</strong> There’s an art and a science to high ROI content. Experimentation with different formats and distribution channels is key, but if a tactic is failing, drop it and move on. Calculate your cost per acquisition across channels and decide whether your efforts are meeting your goals.</li><li><strong>Prioritize It:</strong> Real strategies are repeatable and require diligence. You can’t depend on product launches, fundraising announcements, or a single celebrity employee to drive all of your inbound traffic. You also can’t expect amazing performance if a team doesn’t have org-wide buy-in, budget, or the time to execute. If you’re going to do this, do it right.</li></ul><p>If you’re stuck in that spray and pray mode of content creation, or you’re interested in seeing some of the top founders and marketers in the SaaS and developer space, check out the videos from <a href="/devguild/content-strategy/">DevGuild: Content Strategy</a> – a half day conference that featured speakers from Stack Overflow, Auth0, Algolia, Twilio, Box and Intercom.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/saas-content-strategy-are-you-doing-it-wrong">SaaS Content Strategy: Are You Doing it Wrong?</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #8, Isomorphic Rendering in the JAMstack</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-isomorphic-rendering-in-the-jamstack</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Feb 2017 06:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-4814</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Phil Hawksworth, Technical Director at R/GA and Eli Williamson, Creative Director at Netlify.</p><p>They discuss Phil’s experiments with isomorphic rendering in the JAMstack, including some of the staggering performance improvements he’s been able to achieve. Listen in for their discussion on optimizing website performance by empowering front end developers, using static sites, and going serverless.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian speaks with Phil Hawksworth, Technical Director at R/GA and Eli Williamson, Creative Director at Netlify.</p><p>They discuss Phil’s experiments with isomorphic rendering in the JAMstack, including some of the staggering performance improvements he’s been able to achieve. Listen in for their discussion on optimizing website performance by empowering front end developers, using static sites, and going serverless.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-isomorphic-rendering-in-the-jamstack">Ep. #8, Isomorphic Rendering in the JAMstack</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Marketers Can Achieve Personalization at Scale, Part 1</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-marketers-can-achieve-personalization-at-scale-part-1</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Feb 2017 07:20:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-4830</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>The best marketing delivers personalized just-in-time-messaging that increases engagement. This article covers the foundational work that needs to be done to achieve meaningful personalization at scale.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>The best marketing delivers personalized just-in-time-messaging that increases engagement. But a quick glance at your notifications shows how many of us are struggling to achieve even the most basic personalizations.</p><blockquote>I’ve seen some bad marketing emails. This one is WAY up there on the list. <a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/marketingfail?src=hash">#marketingfail</a> <a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/oops?src=hash">#oops</a> <a href="https://t.co/J19MC92Bg3">pic.twitter.com/J19MC92Bg3</a><br/><br/><br/><br/>— Steve Kiernan II (@SteveKiernan) <a href="https://twitter.com/SteveKiernan/status/745672758890274816">June 22, 2016</a></blockquote><p></p><p>At our recent <a href="https://devguild.heavybit.com/demand-generation/#personalization-at-scale">DevGuild: Demand Generation</a> event, we were thrilled to host Segment’s VP of Growth <a href="https://twitter.com/guillaumecabane">Guillaume Cabane</a> for a presentation on programmatic approaches for capturing user data and personalizing a good user experience.</p><p>We’ve developed this two part guide from Guillaume’s talk and a follow-up interview to help you on your own personalization journey. Part one covers the foundational work that needs to be done to achieve meaningful personalization at scale. Part two will examine ways of applying the personalizations across multiple channels. We’ve also included some practical tips and resources to help you along the way.</p><p></p><p>Achieving meaningful 1:1 personalization isn’t easy, particularly when you want to do it across multiple channels at scale. Processes have to run smoothly in realtime across complex and disparate systems, and to keep costs reasonable, you have to achieve a high level of automation.</p><p>Add to this the reality that generic content and messaging is unacceptable and ultimately damaging to your brand. According to a 2016 study by <a href="http://e61c88871f1fbaa6388d-c1e3bb10b0333d7ff7aa972d61f8c669.r29.cf1.rackcdn.com/DGR_DG043_SURV_B2BBuyers_Jun_2016_Final.pdf">Demand Gen Report</a>, B2B buyers are spending more time considering new purchases before committing.</p><p>Are you still optimizing your messaging for the average user and not factoring in variations in your audience? Spray and pray tactics are bound to fail as irrelevant content will be ignored. This is true for startups that are just hitting their stride as well as large companies that are swimming in inbound inquiries.</p><p>The good news is that new cloud-based services are emerging that promise to bring better and more affordable personalization services to mainstream marketers.</p><h2>Laying the foundation for a scalable personalization engine</h2><h4><strong>1. Define actionable audience groups</strong></h4><p>To ensure your messages are relevant, you have to first figure out the best way to logically segment your customers, ensuring that the groups you choose can actually be targeted by your marketing automation solution.</p><p>A good place to start with segmentation is within the customer journey. Even if you have the luxury of a perfectly homogenous customer base, user needs vary based on where they are in the adoption process. Content that is relevant to a visitor who has just learned about your product is not likely to be helpful to them once they become your customer and are considering an upgrade.</p><p>At a bare minimum, you should segment based on where prospects are in their buying journey.</p><p></p><p>Once you’ve mapped out your customer journey, lead nurturing programs can then be designed to ‘nudge’ your customers through each stage or gate in the sales funnel.</p><p>In addition to the customer journey, it’s also a good idea to further segment your customers based on demographic data such as ‘males’ or behavioral data such as ‘on sign up’.</p><p>Depending on the size and nature of your company, you can develop one or many customer personas to guide your segmentation. As you’re developing your personas, keep in mind that they must work for the specific purpose of customer nurturing. Think about the characteristics of your audience that would help provide you with greater insight into how to best build a relationship with them. Then consider whether these characteristics can actually be tracked.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><p><a href="https://blog.kissmetrics.com/customer-journey-maps-increase-conversions/">How to build a customer journey map</a> (Kissmetrics)<br/><a href="https://devguild.heavybit.com/demand-generation/#fastest-path-to-mql">The Fastest Path To An MQL</a> (Stormpath)<br/><a href="https://blog.kissmetrics.com/buyer-persona-map/">How to create a buyer persona</a> (Kissmetrics)<br/><a href="https://offers.hubspot.com/free-template-creating-buyer-personas">Buyer persona template</a> (HubSpot)</p><h4></h4><h4><strong>2) Identify Data Sources</strong></h4><p>Once you’ve figured out your customer journey and audience segments, you should look at what kind of data you need to track. During the data collection stage, try to take a channel-agnostic approach and focus on identifying your data sources.</p><ul><li><strong>First Party Data:</strong> First examine the data you’ve collected based on your customers’ interactions with your company e.g. via your website. If you haven’t already, develop a tracking plan to ensure you’re collecting the right data.</li><li><strong>Second Party Data:</strong> And if the data you’ve collected is not enough, which is often the case, consider data sharing arrangements with companies you’re already working with.</li></ul><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br/><a href="https://segment.com/academy/intro/how-to-create-a-tracking-plan/">How to create a tracking plan</a> (Segment)<br/><a href="https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1CCx7VU1ioHdWsRmMjywOKhoioh_ObR_V6Cp2RZmbA1Y/edit?__hstc=222691652.f2c5ed50a3a9703ac3be5283918044ad.1436399176206.1437082421955.1437085712408.17&amp;__hssc=222691652.23.1437085712408&amp;__hsfp=2203243415#gid=1817670152">Example of a tracking plan</a> (Segment)</p><h4></h4><h4><strong>3) Explore Data Enrichment Options</strong></h4><p>Third party data has traditionally been of limited use to marketers because it’s typically anonymized and not available in real-time. But that’s changing. Today, services have emerged that allow you to enrich your customer profile for the specific purposes of reducing friction in your sales funnel and delivering more personalized messages.</p><p>Here are some practical ways to implement third party data enrichment into your sign-up workflow. Since these tools require a bit of technical know-how to set up, we’ve included benefits and metrics that you as a marketer can use to get buy-in within your organization.</p><h3><strong>Enrichment Example 1: How Segment reduced friction in their signup form to get 30% more signups</strong></h3><p>Are you losing prospects because your signup form is too long? Consider a multi-step signup form that utilizes Clearbit to remove friction:</p><ol><li>Create a multi-step form with the first step capturing an email address.</li><li>Send that email to Clearbit immediately. The Clearbit API will return a JSON object that can be used to pre-fill the rest of the signup form in real-time.</li><li>Show the user the information that you collected as pre-filled form options. If the user changes any data, Segment recommends that you take the safe approach and assume the entire dataset is bad. Store only the data the user confirms and discard the rest of the dataset.</li><li>Use the info you collect from Clearbit to customize reinforcement messages and dynamic content e.g. if Clearbit data reveals that the user works in marketing, include a testimonial from another marketer as additional social proof.</li></ol><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br/>Check out Segment’s frictionless signup form <a href="https://segment.com/frictionless-signup">here</a>.<br/>Want to implement this? Get the open source code <a href="https://segment.com/frictionless-signup#getstarted">here</a>.</p><h3><strong>Enrichment Example 2: A predictive scoring model to identify high performance leads</strong></h3><p>If you’re getting loads of inbound leads but your sales team isn’t happy with the quality you’re passing along, you should look into automated lead scoring. Enrich your lead profiles automatically by connecting your CRM or Marketing Automation Solution with MadKudu’s predictive scoring service.</p><ol><li>Send your payload of prospect ID data from Clearbit to MadKudu. MadKudu runs the data through your branching model and returns a fit score (Firmographic Score) on a scale of 0 to 1.</li><li>Once you’ve filtered your leads, you can provide tailored onboarding processes for each of them e.g. high-touch enterprise leads can be presented with the option to be contacted by a sales rep to get started. Lower spend leads can be sent through a self-serve process.</li></ol><p>On implementing the scoring model above, Segment booking rates went through the roof, with 30% of top score leads requesting to be contacted by sales.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br/>Get additional details on predictive scoring <a href="http://docs.madkudu.com/platform/predictive_lead_profile/">here</a>. (MadKudu)</p><h3><strong>Enrichment Example 3: Qualifying ‘visitors’ for outbound marketing efforts</strong></h3><p>What about the vast majority of anonymous visitors to your website who don’t disclose their email address? Here’s one way you can identify and score leads to support your outbound efforts. Note that this approach isn’t reliable if a visitor comes to your site on an internet connection with a shared public facing IP e.g. someone who works in a coworking space.</p><ol><li>For visitors who haven’t provided email addresses, do an IP lookup via Clearbit.</li><li>Clearbit returns a probable domain and some technological details about the company, like what tools they currently use in their web stack.</li><li>Send the details to MadKudu for your firmographic score.</li><li>If the score is good e.g. &gt;.9 then</li><li>Get the roles &amp; emails of relevant people via the Clearbit Prospector API &amp; send them targeted emails.</li></ol><h2>Wrapping up</h2><p>It’s important to recognize that while third party services offer compelling new opportunities, they also come with data quality issues. Adequate quality control measures have to be put in place to avoid embarrassing outcomes.</p><p>Pushing messages based on bad data is significantly worse than pushing generic content i.e. it’s better to send a ‘Dear User’ message than a ‘Dear Jack’ message to John. One workaround, as in the frictionless signup example above, is to design a workflow that gives the user the option to review and self correct your third party data.</p><p>The key to delivering 1:1 personalization at scale is hyper-segmentation. But to achieve this, you have to first lay the necessary foundation. Define your actionable audience groups and then aggregate data from different sources into a data-rich profile.</p><p>When your prospect and customer profiles include a wealth of buyer signals such as lead scores, behavior scores, persona and technological traits, you can really begin to slice and dice your segments and apply personalizations across your marketing channels.</p><p>Part 2 of this guide will focus further on how to deploy personalizations across your various marketing channels. If you’d like to be notified, sign up for our <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr">mailing list</a> or <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">follow us on Twitter</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/how-marketers-can-achieve-personalization-at-scale-part-1">How Marketers Can Achieve Personalization at Scale, Part 1</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #13, Standing On The Shoulders Of A License</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-standing-on-the-shoulders-of-a-license</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Jan 2017 11:47:52 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-5027</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Steve and David are joined by <a href="https://twitter.com/irabinovitch">Ilan Rabinovitch</a>, Director of Technical Services and Evangelism at <a href="https://www.datadoghq.com/">Datadog</a>. They talk about the different ways companies are being built on open source software.</p><p>Ilan shares his thoughts on how open source helps achieve business objectives. He also cautions that some open source projects may not be particularly useful without a service back end to them.</p><p>Are you using or considering an open source model? Listen in for suggestions on putting in the right controls to avoid creating a combative relationship with your community.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode, Steve and David are joined by <a href="https://twitter.com/irabinovitch">Ilan Rabinovitch</a>, Director of Technical Services and Evangelism at <a href="https://www.datadoghq.com/">Datadog</a>. They talk about the different ways companies are being built on open source software.</p><p>Ilan shares his thoughts on how open source helps achieve business objectives. He also cautions that some open source projects may not be particularly useful without a service back end to them.</p><p>Are you using or considering an open source model? Listen in for suggestions on putting in the right controls to avoid creating a combative relationship with your community.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-standing-on-the-shoulders-of-a-license">Ep. #13, Standing On The Shoulders Of A License</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #7, Understanding Container Security</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-understanding-container-security</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Jan 2017 11:51:48 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-4456</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Secure Developer, Ben Bernstein from Twistlock joins Guy to discuss container security. Are you currently using containers, or thinking about moving to containers in your stack? You won’t want to miss this episode.</p><p>With containers, developers control the entire stack. While empowering to developers, this can also open up new security vulnerabilities. Ben and Guy discuss the tools and processes you’ll need to put in place to ensure your containers are compliant and secure.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of The Secure Developer, Ben Bernstein from Twistlock joins Guy to discuss container security. Are you currently using containers, or thinking about moving to containers in your stack? You won’t want to miss this episode.</p><p>With containers, developers control the entire stack. While empowering to developers, this can also open up new security vulnerabilities. Ben and Guy discuss the tools and processes you’ll need to put in place to ensure your containers are compliant and secure.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-understanding-container-security">Ep. #7, Understanding Container Security</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #29, What’s The Future of Continuous Delivery?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-29-whats-the-future-of-continuous-delivery</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Jan 2017 01:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-4158</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode Edith and Paul are joined by Marianna Tessel, VP of Engineering at Docker to discuss the evolution of software delivery from the days of punch card systems. Marianna shares her thoughts on the future of continuous delivery, where she envisions software will be written in small chunks, instantly sucked into the system and ready to be used.</p><p>Marianna also shares lessons from her days at VMware on selling to enterprise clients and driving bottom-up developer adoption.</p><p>Is ‘next shiny thing syndrome’ keeping you from being successful? Listen in to find out more.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode Edith and Paul are joined by Marianna Tessel, VP of Engineering at Docker to discuss the evolution of software delivery from the days of punch card systems. Marianna shares her thoughts on the future of continuous delivery, where she envisions software will be written in small chunks, instantly sucked into the system and ready to be used.</p><p>Marianna also shares lessons from her days at VMware on selling to enterprise clients and driving bottom-up developer adoption.</p><p>Is ‘next shiny thing syndrome’ keeping you from being successful? Listen in to find out more.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-29-whats-the-future-of-continuous-delivery">Ep. #29, What’s The Future of Continuous Delivery?</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #4, Building A Cyborg Company</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-building-a-cyborg-company</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Jan 2017 13:52:50 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-4164</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Kyle and Kevin are back, this time discussing the concept of a ‘cyborg company’. What exactly is a cyborg company and how is it relevant? Kyle explains that like the part-man part-machine cyborg, the modern company has machine parts and human parts, each with its own distinct strengths and weaknesses.</p><p>Can you identify your company’s machine parts? Why should you even bother trying? Human judgement oriented companies are doomed to fail. Purely machine driven companies also have major shortcomings. They aren’t creative and won’t value life. Listen in on Kyle and Kevin’s take on how to go about building a ‘cyborg company’ that combines the best of both worlds.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Kyle and Kevin are back, this time discussing the concept of a ‘cyborg company’. What exactly is a cyborg company and how is it relevant? Kyle explains that like the part-man part-machine cyborg, the modern company has machine parts and human parts, each with its own distinct strengths and weaknesses.</p><p>Can you identify your company’s machine parts? Why should you even bother trying? Human judgement oriented companies are doomed to fail. Purely machine driven companies also have major shortcomings. They aren’t creative and won’t value life. Listen in on Kyle and Kevin’s take on how to go about building a ‘cyborg company’ that combines the best of both worlds.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-building-a-cyborg-company">Ep. #4, Building A Cyborg Company</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>CircleCI Office Hours: What’s In An (Event) Name?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/circleci-office-hours-whats-in-an-event-name</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Sat, 21 Jan 2017 07:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-4828</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Watch Justin Cowperthwaite, a developer at CircleCI, as he shares the journey his team took to implement reliable event analytics across their apps and services.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>[et_pb_section admin_label=”section”]<br/>[et_pb_row admin_label=”row”]<br/>[et_pb_column type=”4_4″][et_pb_text admin_label=”Text”]<em>On December 14th, 2016 Heavybit member CircleCI held their monthly <a href="https://www.meetup.com/CircleCI-Office-Hours/">Office Hours meetup</a> at our San Francisco Clubhouse. The evening’s presentation was given by Justin Cowperthwaite, a developer at CircleCI, on the journey his team took to implement reliable event analytics across their apps and services. This post includes a video of his talk, and an excerpt from his blog post on the same subject.</em></p><p></p><h2>A Little Background</h2><p>When I joined CircleCI as a Growth Engineer, I came on board with one mission: improve conversion rates. Having freshly transitioned from an ecommerce startup, I had spent the past six months designing and iterating on funnels which turned user acquisitions into conversions. During that time I had learned a pretty basic formula for improving conversion rates:</p><ol><li>Enumerate the key funnels</li><li>Find an area of weakness in a funnel</li><li>Hypothesize why users are falling off</li><li>Test that hypothesis</li><li>Look at the data to either confirm or deny the hypothesis</li><li>Lather, rinse, repeat</li></ol><p>So when I joined CircleCI <a href="https://twitter.com/rishimkumar">Rishi</a> (our Growth Project Manager) and I went to work. First we enumerated our key funnels: non-user to user, user to paying customer, and then paying customer to higher paying customer. We used the knowledge and data we had at our disposal to identify what funnels we had and which were underperforming. And last, we launched test after test to try and improve acquisitions, conversions, and upgrades.</p><p>But as we started to try and measure the success of these tests, we kept running into the same problems. We either couldn’t trust the data, or we were missing the data we needed to tie the test to the larger picture: the health of the business. After careful consideration, we decided it was time to declare bankruptcy on a broken analytics implementation and build a new one from the ground up…</p><p><em>Read the rest of Justin’s post on <a href="https://circleci.com/blog/testing-with-untrustworthy-data-means-nothing-how-circleci-came-to-grips-with-declaring-bankruptcy-on-analytics-and-rebuilt-from-the-ground-up/">the CircleCI blog</a>.</em></p><p>If you’re interested in learning more about event analytics and using that information to build personalized experiences for your users, watch this video of Segment’s VP of Growth, Guillaume Cabane, on <a href="https://devguild.heavybit.com/demand-generation#personalization-at-scale">building 1:1 personalization at scale</a>.[/et_pb_text][/et_pb_column]<br/>[/et_pb_row]<br/>[/et_pb_section]</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/circleci-office-hours-whats-in-an-event-name">CircleCI Office Hours: What’s In An (Event) Name?</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #7, Hired: Year One Roadmap For Marketers</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-hired-year-one-roadmap-for-marketers</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Jan 2017 13:40:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-4807</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Pitch Room, Malia is joined by Priyanka Sharma to discuss content marketing and building marketing functions from the ground up in the early days of a startup. Priyanka is currently the Head of Product Marketing at LightStep and cofounded WakaTime</p><p>Listen in as they discuss the importance of establishing the right corporate voice and setting targets for content cadence. Learn tactics like ‘narrowly defining a topic’ to support developers with writer’s block, or no writing experience.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of The Pitch Room, Malia is joined by Priyanka Sharma to discuss content marketing and building marketing functions from the ground up in the early days of a startup. Priyanka is currently the Head of Product Marketing at LightStep and cofounded WakaTime</p><p>Listen in as they discuss the importance of establishing the right corporate voice and setting targets for content cadence. Learn tactics like ‘narrowly defining a topic’ to support developers with writer’s block, or no writing experience.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-hired-year-one-roadmap-for-marketers">Ep. #7, Hired: Year One Roadmap For Marketers</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dive Into Demand Generation With Tomasz Tunguz</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/dive-into-demand-generation-with-tomasz-tunguz</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Jan 2017 08:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-4146</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Demand generation is tough. You’re required to craft engaging content, campaigns, and events while tracking your acquisition, conversion, and optimization experiments. Learn proven demand gen strategies from Tomasz Tunguz, Craig Kerstiens, Nisha Ahluwalia, and Kiyoto Tamura in this panel presentation.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #6, Developer War Games: Capture The Flag!</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-developer-war-games-capture-the-flag</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Jan 2017 00:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-4152</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode #6 of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by his Snyk.io co-founder Danny Grander for an in depth discussion on CTF (Capture The Flag) competitions in the security world. Learn about the differences between jeopardy style and attack-defense CTFs, the future of AI powered hacking (and defense!), and where you should start if you’re interested in playing.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode #6 of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by his Snyk.io co-founder Danny Grander for an in depth discussion on CTF (Capture The Flag) competitions in the security world. Learn about the differences between jeopardy style and attack-defense CTFs, the future of AI powered hacking (and defense!), and where you should start if you’re interested in playing.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-developer-war-games-capture-the-flag">Ep. #6, Developer War Games: Capture The Flag!</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #7, Digital Dev at Blue Bottle Coffee</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-digital-dev-at-blue-bottle-coffee</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Jan 2017 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-4160</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 7 of Practical Product, Craig and Rimas sit down with Scott Rocher, Director of Digital Product Development at Blue Bottle Coffee. Digital products and coffee, what do they have to do with each other? Rocher shows how the offline world of coffee can affect online content, and vice versa.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 7 of Practical Product, Craig and Rimas sit down with Scott Rocher, Director of Digital Product Development at Blue Bottle Coffee. Digital products and coffee, what do they have to do with each other? Rocher shows how the offline world of coffee can affect online content, and vice versa.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-digital-dev-at-blue-bottle-coffee">Ep. #7, Digital Dev at Blue Bottle Coffee</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #3, The Future of Data</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-the-future-of-data</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Dec 2016 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-4163</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest Data Science Storytime, Kyle and Kevin imagine what the future will look like where more companies take a cue from Google and Facebook and start counting &amp; measuring everything. Hear the pair discuss why there is so much potential in companies like Tesla and why all the deep learning buzz might not be all it’s cracked up to be.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest Data Science Storytime, Kyle and Kevin imagine what the future will look like where more companies take a cue from Google and Facebook and start counting &amp; measuring everything. Hear the pair discuss why there is so much potential in companies like Tesla and why all the deep learning buzz might not be all it’s cracked up to be.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-the-future-of-data">Ep. #3, The Future of Data</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #7, DraftJS &amp; Rich Text Editing On The Web</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-draftjs-and-rich-text-editing-on-the-web</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Dec 2016 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-4165</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian Douglas and Mathias Biilmann of Netlify are joined by Serverless’ Nik Graf, co-creator of DraftJS Plugins. On the agenda for this discussion is the emergence of new and better rich-text editors, and how React has changed the game for front-end developers.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian Douglas and Mathias Biilmann of Netlify are joined by Serverless’ Nik Graf, co-creator of DraftJS Plugins. On the agenda for this discussion is the emergence of new and better rich-text editors, and how React has changed the game for front-end developers.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-draftjs-and-rich-text-editing-on-the-web">Ep. #7, DraftJS & Rich Text Editing On The Web</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building A Content Marketing Machine</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-a-content-marketing-machine</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Dec 2016 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Content Marketing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Celebrity]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-4169</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Crazy Egg and KISSMetrics founder Hiten Shah discusses how you can plug your content ideas into a marketing machine. In this talk you’ll learn how to plan a content production and distribution pipeline, identify patterns of success in channels and content formats, and build a programmatic approach to content marketing and measurement.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #28, Goal Setting</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-28-goal-setting</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Sat, 17 Dec 2016 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-4157</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul talk about OKRs and other goal-setting methods. Hear them discuss the good, the bad and the gamability of measuring success. The pair remind us that there are learnings in the journey, not just the destination, despite what the term “growth hacking” might have you believe.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul talk about OKRs and other goal-setting methods. Hear them discuss the good, the bad and the gamability of measuring success. The pair remind us that there are learnings in the journey, not just the destination, despite what the term “growth hacking” might have you believe.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-28-goal-setting">Ep. #28, Goal Setting</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Making Performance A Design Consideration</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/making-performance-a-design-consideration</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Dec 2016 05:45:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product Design]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Celebrity]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-4418</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In her Speaker Series presentation, Chelsea Otakan explains how designers, not just engineers, can create a user experience that keeps people engaged and learning.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #6, Product Manager as CEO</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-product-manager-as-ceo</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Dec 2016 08:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-4142</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest edition of Practical Product, Craig and Rimas ask if PMs are the “CEOs” of their area. Do they have a similar level of authority and responsibility, just on a smaller scale? Is it easier for them to just be one of the group offsite? The pair also looks at the ways you can motivate your team, from giving incentives to straight up coercion, which may or may not be Rimas’ favorite strategy.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the latest edition of Practical Product, Craig and Rimas ask if PMs are the “CEOs” of their area. Do they have a similar level of authority and responsibility, just on a smaller scale? Is it easier for them to just be one of the group offsite? The pair also looks at the ways you can motivate your team, from giving incentives to straight up coercion, which may or may not be Rimas’ favorite strategy.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-product-manager-as-ceo">Ep. #6, Product Manager as CEO</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #6, Style Guides at Airbnb</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-style-guides-at-airbnb</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Dec 2016 06:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-4140</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the sixth episode of JAMstack Radio, Netlify’s Brian Douglas and Cassandra Salisbury are joined by Airbnb Design Engineer Harrison Shoff for a discussion on linters, what makes for a good style guide and why they are so important for growing engineering teams.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the sixth episode of JAMstack Radio, Netlify’s Brian Douglas and Cassandra Salisbury are joined by Airbnb Design Engineer Harrison Shoff for a discussion on linters, what makes for a good style guide and why they are so important for growing engineering teams.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-style-guides-at-airbnb">Ep. #6, Style Guides at Airbnb</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Downtime Panel: October’s DDoS Attack Decoded</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-downtime-panel-octobers-ddos-attack-decoded</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Dec 2016 14:07:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Member Event]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[DevSecOps]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Secure Development]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-4414</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On November 16th, Heavybit member CircleCI hosted their monthly Office Hours meetup at our San Francisco Clubhouse to convene a panel of operations experts to discuss the major DDoS attack in October.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>On November 16th, Heavybit member CircleCI hosted their monthly <a href="https://www.meetup.com/CircleCI-Office-Hours/">Office Hours meetup</a> at our San Francisco Clubhouse. They convened a panel of operations experts to discuss the major DDoS attack in October.</em></p><p>Join <a href="https://twitter.com/coryvirok">Cory Virok</a> from <a href="https://rollbar.com/">Rollbar</a>, <a href="https://twitter.com/scootklein">Scott Klein</a> from <a href="https://www.statuspage.io">StatusPage</a>, and <a href="https://twitter.com/levlaz">Lev Lazinskiy</a> and <a href="https://twitter.com/jimdotrose">Jim Rose</a> from <a href="https://twitter.com/circleci">CircleCI</a> as they dissect and decode October’s DDoS attack and discuss what this means for software teams. If you’re not sure what you can do to defend against the next DDoS attack, this panel provides actionable advice around processes, tactics, and tools for the future.</p><p></p><p></p><p><em>Interested in joining Heavybit? Our program is the only one of its kind to focus solely on taking developer products to market. Need help with developer traction, product market </em>fit,<em> and customer development? <a href="/program/#apply">Apply today</a> and start learning from world-class experts.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-downtime-panel-octobers-ddos-attack-decoded">The Downtime Panel: October’s DDoS Attack Decoded</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #2, The Pre-Keen Years</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-the-pre-keen-years</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Dec 2016 06:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-4162</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Keen IO’s Kevin Wofsy and Kyle Wild return for the second installment of Data Science Storytime. Kyle tells the tale of his early, Tom Sawyeresque business ventures. From selling the family’s groceries at school, to paying kids to do his chores (with money from a bootleg video game website), entrepreneurship took many forms for the young Mr. Wild. But it wasn’t always smooth sailing. Hear what life lessons were reluctantly learned by Kyle before Keen.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Keen IO’s Kevin Wofsy and Kyle Wild return for the second installment of Data Science Storytime. Kyle tells the tale of his early, Tom Sawyeresque business ventures. From selling the family’s groceries at school, to paying kids to do his chores (with money from a bootleg video game website), entrepreneurship took many forms for the young Mr. Wild. But it wasn’t always smooth sailing. Hear what life lessons were reluctantly learned by Kyle before Keen.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-the-pre-keen-years">Ep. #2, The Pre-Keen Years</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Developer Care Package, 2016 Edition</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-developer-care-package-2016-edition</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Nov 2016 14:25:15 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Roundup]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Seasonal]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-4370</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this time of thanks and giving I thought it would be helpful to assemble a care package for everyone with long trips, and longer weekends, fast approaching. This collection of articles, videos, and podcasts is focused on helping you take your developer products to market.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this time of thanks and giving I thought it would be helpful to assemble a care package for everyone with long trips, and longer weekends, fast approaching.</p><p>The following selections are pulled from our community of developer facing companies and advisors as well as our very own educational library; a resource filled with articles, videos, and podcasts focused on helping you take your developer products to market.</p><p>Bookmark and download these items for what will surely be a well deserved respite from the upcoming festivities. If you prefer, grab the transcripts and enjoy in considered silence.</p><h2>For the product focused</h2><p>GraphQL has been a popular topic within our community recently, and for good reason: by all accounts GraphQL is a huge opportunity for product teams building APIs (which is everyone, right?)</p><p><strong>Step 1:</strong> For those who don’t know, GraphQL is a query language for APIs and a runtime for fulfilling those queries with your existing data. Learn more in this <a href="http://blog.runscope.com/posts/introduction-to-graphql">Introduction to GraphQL</a> from Heavybit member Runscope.</p><p><strong>Step 2:</strong> Dive into <a href="/library/podcasts/jamstack-radio/ep-5-graphql-at-github/">this episode of JAMstack Radio</a>, featuring GitHub’s Platform Engineering Manager Kyle Daigle. Kyle shares what he believes makes GraphQL such a great query tool, especially for open-source projects.</p><p><strong>Step 3:</strong> Finish your GraphQL journey with the <a href="/library/blog/the-serverless-framework-graphql/">GraphQL + Serverless Framework Starter Kit</a> from a recent Serverless meetup, and behold the efficiency wonders of wrapping your REST API in Serverless GraphQL.</p><p>If that doesn’t get you through the weekend and you’re ready to explore the ecosystem even further, check out <a href="http://www.apollodata.com/">Meteor’s Apollo project</a>.</p><p><strong>If you’re already a GraphQL expert</strong>, check out <a href="/library/podcasts/practical-product/">Practical Product</a>, a podcast that will help you define the right product to build, and <a href="/library/podcasts/dont-make-me-code/">Don’t Make Me Code</a>, a podcast that explores developer experience (DX) design and the unique challenges you face when building developer products.</p><h2>For my marketing friends</h2><h3>Watch DevGuild: Demand Gen</h3><p>Late last month we put on a 200 person single-track conference that was laser focused on Demand Generation. Last week we released the videos from the event, and if you’re in a marketing role at a developer company, you can’t miss them.</p><p><strong>Guillaume Cabane</strong>, Segment’s VP of Growth, gave a presentation on <a href="http://bit.ly/personalization-at-scale">1:1 Personalization at Scale</a>. In his talk he details mindblowing workflows for targeting your users in ways never possible before.</p><p>In one example, Guillaume shares how an ecommerce site used Segment, Customer.io, and Amazon Turk to discover whether a customer had a swimming pool. Customers who did have a pool were then sent personalized emails featuring deals on pool toys and furniture, and conversion skyrocketed. How much recurring revenue are you leaving on the table by not enriching your customer data?</p><p><strong>Later in the day</strong>, we assembled a panel of top marketing executives in the developer company space. Watch as Twilio’s VP of Global Demand &amp; Growth Marketing Nicolas Draca, Zendesk’s VP of Global Enterprise Marketing Julie Knight-Ludvigson, and Trello’s CMO JD Peterson discuss what it takes to become a marketing leader in a developer focused startup. The group provides actionable advice on working with your managers and your teammates to further your career. <a href="http://bit.ly/demand-leaders">Watch the panel on the DevGuild website</a>.</p><h3>Listen</h3><p><strong>If you’d prefer to listen</strong>, check out The Pitch Room, a podcast focused on developer marketing, public relations, and analyst relations. Learn about <a href="/library/podcasts/the-pitch-room/ep-6-aligning-sales-and-marketing-departments/">aligning your sales and marketing teams</a> from Qubole’s Marcy Campbell, and take notes as LaunchDarkly’s Andrea Echstenkamper outlines <a href="/library/podcasts/the-pitch-room/ep-4-creating-a-multi-channel-marketing-strategy/">how to build a multi-channel marketing strategy</a>.</p><h2>For the salesperson in all of us</h2><h3>Watch</h3><p>If you’re an early stage developer company founder and you’re struggling to close your first sales, take an hour and <a href="/library/video/things-i-have-learned-about-sales-so-far/">watch Fred Stevens-Smith’s Speaker Series talk</a>. Fred outlines many of the mistakes founders make, indeed mistakes that Fred himself made, and provides concrete steps to get your sales process in top shape.</p><p>If you’ve already got a great sales process, why not sit back and watch as Morgan Mackles presides over the <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/search/?dev_searchable_posts%5Bquery%5D=Heavybit%20Sales%20Master%20Class">Heavybit Sales Master Class</a>? In our first three classes Morgan interviews top sales executives Mark Roberge, Lincoln Murphy, and Bridget Gleason.</p><h3>Listen</h3><p><a href="/library/podcasts/road-to-growth/">Our sales focused podcast Road To Growth</a> features interviews with the top sales leaders in our community. Learn about customer success, how sales tactics can be applied to your fundraising process, the importance of a healthy developer community, and how best to build compensation for your early sales hires.</p><h2>Something else?</h2><p>If you don’t see something here that interests you, <a href="/library/">search our Library</a> for anything you need, and if there’s something you need that we don’t have, <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">let us know on Twitter</a> and we’ll help you find it. Have a wonderful holiday, we’ll see you on the other side!</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-developer-care-package-2016-edition">The Developer Care Package, 2016 Edition</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #27, The 10x Developer</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-27-the-10x-developer</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Nov 2016 13:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-4154</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 27 of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul dive into what it means to be a 10x developer. Is the 10x developer a myth? Is being a “rock star” a good thing? What about ninjas or pirates? The pair discusses what motivates them to see something through from start to finish, both in business and in life.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 27 of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul dive into what it means to be a 10x developer. Is the 10x developer a myth? Is being a “rock star” a good thing? What about ninjas or pirates? The pair discusses what motivates them to see something through from start to finish, both in business and in life.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-27-the-10x-developer">Ep. #27, The 10x Developer</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #1, The Fandom Menace</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-the-fandom-menace</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Nov 2016 01:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-4271</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the debut of Data Science Storytime, Kevin Wofsy and Kyle Wild brainstorm the concept of the show, debate the difference between data science and non-data science, and recount the story of the action-hero data scientist who skipped a meeting with Kyle to rescue a little girl trapped on a mountain (or so he assumes).</p><p>Tune in for all this and plenty more as they consider the many ways data shapes our lives and activates our imagination, today and in the future.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the debut of Data Science Storytime, Kevin Wofsy and Kyle Wild brainstorm the concept of the show, debate the difference between data science and non-data science, and recount the story of the action-hero data scientist who skipped a meeting with Kyle to rescue a little girl trapped on a mountain (or so he assumes).</p><p>Tune in for all this and plenty more as they consider the many ways data shapes our lives and activates our imagination, today and in the future.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-the-fandom-menace">Ep. #1, The Fandom Menace</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #5, Continuous Security at Chef</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-continuous-security-at-chef</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Nov 2016 07:45:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-4156</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the fifth installment of The Secure Developer, Guy talks with Chef CTO Adam Jacob about the role security can play in DevOps and continuous integration/deployment. They cover the differences between baked-in and bolted on security and how automation with Habitat can change the way developers approach secure coding.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the fifth installment of The Secure Developer, Guy talks with Chef CTO Adam Jacob about the role security can play in DevOps and continuous integration/deployment. They cover the differences between baked-in and bolted on security and how automation with Habitat can change the way developers approach secure coding.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-continuous-security-at-chef">Ep. #5, Continuous Security at Chef</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #5, GraphQL At GitHub</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-graphql-at-github</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Nov 2016 15:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-4115</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In Ep. #5 of JAMstack Radio, Brian and Ryan talk to GitHub Platform Engineering Manager Kyle Daigle about what makes GraphQL such a great query tool, especially for open-source projects. Fresh from the GraphQL Summit, Daigle shares his observations about who’s using it and why he can’t wait for it to be “uncool.”</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In Ep. #5 of JAMstack Radio, Brian and Ryan talk to GitHub Platform Engineering Manager Kyle Daigle about what makes GraphQL such a great query tool, especially for open-source projects. Fresh from the GraphQL Summit, Daigle shares his observations about who’s using it and why he can’t wait for it to be “uncool.”</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-graphql-at-github">Ep. #5, GraphQL At GitHub</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #4, Getting Down To The Metal</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-getting-down-to-the-metal</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Sat, 05 Nov 2016 07:45:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-4148</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode #4 of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Eric Lawrence of the Google Chrome security team. Eric and Guy begin with a discussion on what it takes to be a great security engineer – namely curiosity and a willingness to learn. Later they discuss the growing importance of the modern web browser, and how security previously only found in operating systems is now moving into browsers themselves. Finally they discuss the current state of HTTPS, including the carrots and the sticks that browser designers like Eric have at their disposal.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode #4 of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by Eric Lawrence of the Google Chrome security team. Eric and Guy begin with a discussion on what it takes to be a great security engineer – namely curiosity and a willingness to learn. Later they discuss the growing importance of the modern web browser, and how security previously only found in operating systems is now moving into browsers themselves. Finally they discuss the current state of HTTPS, including the carrots and the sticks that browser designers like Eric have at their disposal.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-getting-down-to-the-metal">Ep. #4, Getting Down To The Metal</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Founder Panel: Developer Product Design</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/founder-panel-developer-product-design</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Nov 2016 08:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-4210</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Q&amp;A panel on Developer Product Design, Heavybit Product Faculty Chair and Squarespace Developer Platform Lead Cole Krumbholz is joined by Ryan Spraetz, Co-founder of Keen IO, Michael Friis, Product Manager at Docker, and Jon Dahl, Co-founder and CEO of Mux.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #26, Organizational Scaling</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-26-organizational-scaling</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Nov 2016 11:51:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-4144</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul discuss the steps that a startup can take for successful organizational scaling. They bring up important questions including: What roles should your team members play as your company grows? How do you prioritize resources? Is Paul a good coder?</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul discuss the steps that a startup can take for successful organizational scaling. They bring up important questions including: What roles should your team members play as your company grows? How do you prioritize resources? Is Paul a good coder?</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-26-organizational-scaling">Ep. #26, Organizational Scaling</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The DevOps Journey At Sauce Labs</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-devops-journey-at-sauce-labs</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Nov 2016 08:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Member Event]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[DevOps]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-4125</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>CircleCI held their monthly Office Hours at our San Francisco clubhouse on Oct. 19th with special guest Joe Alfaro, VP of Engineering at Sauce Labs, for a talk on Sauce Labs’ journey to Devops.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>Heavybit member company CircleCI held their monthly <a href="http://www.meetup.com/CircleCI-Office-Hours/">Office Hours</a> event at our San Francisco clubhouse on Oct. 19th, with special guest Joe Alfaro, VP of Engineering at <a href="https://saucelabs.com/">Sauce Labs</a>.</em></p><p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/joealfaro">Joe Alfaro</a> guides us through the journey to DevOps that Sauce Labs has taken over the last year, from headache to well oiled machine. He covers a lot of ground in a short time, from tools and services to help you deploy and test your code and empower your engineering team, to deeper concepts surrounding team collaboration and empathy for one another.</p><p>Watch this talk and use Joe’s guidance to build your own path to a happy, productive engineering organization.</p><p></p><p><em>Interested in joining Heavybit? Our program is the only one of its kind to focus solely on taking developer products to market. Need help with developer traction, product market fit and customer development? <a href="/program/#apply">Apply today</a> and start learning from world-class experts.</em></p><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-devops-journey-at-sauce-labs">The DevOps Journey At Sauce Labs</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #3, Accessibility For The Future</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-accessibility-for-the-future</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Nov 2016 08:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-4135</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In Episode 3 of Demuxed, Matt, Steve and Phil are joined by <a href="http://www.ssbbartgroup.com">SSB BART Group</a> Lead Accessibility Consultant <a href="https://twitter.com/snowen">Owen Edwards</a>. The group discusses the role that tools such as captions and screen readers have played in the the past, as well as how accessibility standards will be part of the way we consume content in the future.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In Episode 3 of Demuxed, Matt, Steve and Phil are joined by <a href="http://www.ssbbartgroup.com">SSB BART Group</a> Lead Accessibility Consultant <a href="https://twitter.com/snowen">Owen Edwards</a>. The group discusses the role that tools such as captions and screen readers have played in the the past, as well as how accessibility standards will be part of the way we consume content in the future.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-accessibility-for-the-future">Ep. #3, Accessibility For The Future</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #4, The Serverless Framework &amp; AWS Lambda</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-the-serverless-framework-and-aws-lambda</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 28 Oct 2016 15:44:55 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-4090</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In Episode 4 of JAMstack Radio, Brian and Ryan are joined by engineer <a href="https://twitter.com/DavidWells">David Wells</a> who explains the <a href="https://serverless.com">Serverless</a> Framework and automation using AWS Lambda. The three cover topics including potential pain points of complex microservices, advantages of event-driven architectures, and writing Kanye skills for Amazon’s Alexa. Plus a new round of JAMPicks.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In Episode 4 of JAMstack Radio, Brian and Ryan are joined by engineer <a href="https://twitter.com/DavidWells">David Wells</a> who explains the <a href="https://serverless.com">Serverless</a> Framework and automation using AWS Lambda. The three cover topics including potential pain points of complex microservices, advantages of event-driven architectures, and writing Kanye skills for Amazon’s Alexa. Plus a new round of JAMPicks.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-the-serverless-framework-and-aws-lambda">Ep. #4, The Serverless Framework & AWS Lambda</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Developer Product Design</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/developer-product-design</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 28 Oct 2016 13:50:14 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product Design]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-4036</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Speaker Series presentation, Heavybit Product Faculty Chair and Developer Platform Lead of Squarespace Cole Krumbholz gives advice on how to define a value prop, get to know your customers and successfully establish trust with them.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SF Metrics Meetup: Vizceral Traffic Intuition &amp; Rust Metrics Library</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/sf-metrics-meetup-vizceral-traffic-intuition-rust-metrics-library</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 28 Oct 2016 11:25:56 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Member Event]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Engineering]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-4014</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Learn about Netflix’s Vizceral, a tool to help you ‘feel’ the status of your system, and the Rust Metrics Library in these videos from the SF Metrics Meetup, hosted by Librato.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>On Sep. 15th, Heavybit member <a href="https://www.librato.com/">Librato</a> hosted the SF Metrics Meetup at our SF Clubhouse. Librato brought engineers from Netflix and Planet to discuss the Netflix-built Vizceral and the Rust metrics library. <a href="http://www.meetup.com/San-Francisco-Metrics-Meetup/">Sign up here</a> to attend the next SF Metrics Meetup.</em></p><h3>Justin Reynolds: <strong>Intuition Engineering at Netflix with Vizceral</strong></h3><p><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/justinmreynolds">Justin</a> is a Senior Software Engineer for Traffic &amp; Chaos at <a href="https://www.netflix.com/">Netflix</a>.</p><p>Netflix runs on hundreds of interconnected microservices that, as a whole system, is too complex for any one person to completely understand. To help understand this complicated system they are developing <a href="https://github.com/Netflix/vizceral">Vizceral</a>, a tool that helps distill the most useful bits of information and present it to the user in a way that they can ‘feel’ the state of the system without needing to understand all the moving parts. There is still a lot of work to be done to get more and more intuition about the system, but it has already proven vital internally and has been open sourced.</p><p></p><h3>Alex Newman: Rust Metrics Library</h3><p><a href="https://twitter.com/posix4e">Alex</a> is a Pink Ranger at <a href="https://www.planet.com/">Planet</a>.</p><p>Rust-metrics is an early project which wants to be your one stop shop for telemetry and alert logging. It supports a variety of metrics and alerting tools but goes even further by allowing users to mix and match the use of multiple reporters simultaneously with different telemetry thresholds for alerting. It provides telemetry and alerts for carbon/graphite, local csv, syslog and prometheus.</p><p>Not only can rust-metrics be used from rust but soon from c, python, c++, java, go or even javascript. This is a work in progress but versions of it are already in production.</p><p>Learn why Alex designed rust-metrics, a bit about the google project that inspired it, and a bit of the design of rust-metrics. He also covers the future of the project, what projects it is being integrated in, and interesting use cases that people are using it for.</p><p></p><p></p><p><em>Interested in joining Heavybit? Our program is the only one of its kind to focus solely on taking developer products to market. Need help with developer traction, product market fit and customer development? <a href="/program/#apply">Apply today</a> and start learning from world-class experts.</em></p><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/sf-metrics-meetup-vizceral-traffic-intuition-rust-metrics-library">SF Metrics Meetup: Vizceral Traffic Intuition & Rust Metrics Library</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #3, Security From The Start</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-security-from-the-start</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Oct 2016 01:12:31 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-4033</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 3 of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by <a href="https://github.com/sabinthomas">Sabin Thomas</a>, VP of Engineering at <a href="https://codiscope.com/">Codiscope</a>, where he creates tools that help developers build and deploy secure code faster. The two discuss the difficulties presented by the accelerating release of new tools and frameworks, the problem of too many sticks and not enough carrots, and the benefits of designing with security in mind from the start.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 3 of The Secure Developer, Guy is joined by <a href="https://github.com/sabinthomas">Sabin Thomas</a>, VP of Engineering at <a href="https://codiscope.com/">Codiscope</a>, where he creates tools that help developers build and deploy secure code faster. The two discuss the difficulties presented by the accelerating release of new tools and frameworks, the problem of too many sticks and not enough carrots, and the benefits of designing with security in mind from the start.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-security-from-the-start">Ep. #3, Security From The Start</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Achieving 1:1 Personalization At Scale</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/achieving-1-1-personalization-at-scale</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Oct 2016 07:14:53 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6016</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Watch Segment’s VP of Growth Guillaume Cabane as he discusses programmatic approaches to capturing user data, defining personas and cohorts, and personalizing a stellar user experience.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Are You A Future Demand Gen VP?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/are-you-a-future-demand-gen-vp</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Oct 2016 07:13:13 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6021</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Watch Nicolas Draca, Julie Knight-Ludvigson, and JD Peterson as they discuss their career paths, what they look for in team members and successors, and the professional and personal development required to lead world-class marketing teams.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Fastest Path To An MQL</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/the-fastest-path-to-an-mql</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Oct 2016 07:12:33 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6024</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Watch Okta’s Claire Hunsaker as she discusses how you can build an early lead scoring system including identifying who you should ignore, who you should target and who you should cultivate.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Acquisition &amp; Channel Tactics</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/acquisition-channel-tactics</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Oct 2016 07:11:57 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6027</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Join Garrett Scott, Leah Grosky, Jackie Davis as they discuss the strategies and tactics they’ve used to acquire millions of users and convert them to customers. Our panel was moderated by Keen IO’s Director of Growth and Marketing, Alexa Meyer.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Scaling Marketing, The Three Phases Of Pagerduty’s Growth</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/scaling-marketing-the-three-phases-of-pagerdutys-growth</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Oct 2016 07:08:08 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6031</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Join PagerDuty’s VP of Business Operations and second marketing hire Kamal Thakarsey as he discusses the stages of his company’s growth and the different ways he has communicated ROI for each stage.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How To Build, Measure, And Scale A Content Machine</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/how-to-build-measure-and-scale-a-content-machine</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Oct 2016 07:02:21 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-6035</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Join DigitalOcean cofounder and Head of Marketing Mitch Wainer as he discusses the user journey and framework he uses to assign credit across DigitalOcean’s content offerings.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SF Video Tech: Debugging Your Video And Making It Better</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/sf-video-tech-debugging-your-video-and-making-it-better</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Oct 2016 13:48:50 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Member Event]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Engineering]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-4011</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Learn about multi-CDN video delivery, analytics and QoS best practices, and encoding quality from Zac Shenker of IGN Entertainment in this video from the SF Video Technology meetup.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On Sep. 29th, Heavybit member <a href="https://mux.com/">Mux</a> hosted the SF Video Technology meetup in our San Francisco Clubhouse. The event featured an in depth talk from <a href="https://twitter.com/zshenker">Zac Shenker</a>, Senior Video Software Engineer at <a href="http://www.ign.com/">IGN Entertainment</a>, on encoding quality, best practices for QoS and analytics, and multi-CDN content delivery. <a href="http://www.meetup.com/SF-Video-Technology/">Sign up here</a> to attend the next SF Video Technology meetup.</p><p></p><p><em>Interested in joining Heavybit? Our program is the only one of its kind to focus solely on taking developer products to market. Need help with developer traction, product market fit and customer development? <a href="/program/#apply">Apply today</a> and start learning from world-class experts.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/sf-video-tech-debugging-your-video-and-making-it-better">SF Video Tech: Debugging Your Video And Making It Better</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #5, Data Driven Product Management At Yammer</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-data-driven-product-management-at-yammer</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Sat, 15 Oct 2016 06:01:32 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-3952</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Practical Product, Craig and Rimas are joined by Anna Marie Clifton to discuss Data Driven Product Management at Yammer. Anna Marie discusses the role of data in her day to day at Yammer, and the group talks through how to get the data you need from your product, even at an early stage.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of Practical Product, Craig and Rimas are joined by Anna Marie Clifton to discuss Data Driven Product Management at Yammer. Anna Marie discusses the role of data in her day to day at Yammer, and the group talks through how to get the data you need from your product, even at an early stage.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-data-driven-product-management-at-yammer">Ep. #5, Data Driven Product Management At Yammer</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #25, Specialization In Organization Design</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-25-specialization-in-organization-design</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 Oct 2016 10:56:23 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-3944</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul dive into the question of specialization. They discuss the pros and cons of working with specialists vs. generalists, and how your decisions in this area can have a wide ranging impact on your product and company.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul dive into the question of specialization. They discuss the pros and cons of working with specialists vs. generalists, and how your decisions in this area can have a wide ranging impact on your product and company.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-25-specialization-in-organization-design">Ep. #25, Specialization In Organization Design</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dev Marketing: GA to Product-Market Fit</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/dev-marketing-ga-to-product-market-fit</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Oct 2016 14:30:42 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Featured]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-3932</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Speaker Series presentation, Heavybit Marketing Faculty Chair Nisha Ahluwalia lays out the elements of her developer marketing curriculum. With examples from her experiences as a marketing consultant and as the former CMO of PagerDuty, Ahluwalia shows how to reach audiences with messages that matter most to them.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Serverless Framework &amp; GraphQL</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-serverless-framework-graphql</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Oct 2016 13:54:05 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-3907</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Heavybit Member company Serverless hosted the Serverless Meetup in our San Francisco Clubhouse. There were three fantastic talks from Nikhila Ravi, Serverless engineers Nik Graf and Philipp Muens, and GitHub’s Brandon Black.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>On Oct. 6th, Heavybit Member company <a href="https://serverless.com/">Serverless</a> hosted the <a href="http://www.meetup.com/Serverless/">Serverless Meetup</a> in our San Francisco Clubhouse. There were three fantastic talks including a great introduction to AWS Lambda &amp; GraphQL from <a href="https://twitter.com/nikhilaravi">Nikhila Ravi</a>, a two-for-one talk from Serverless engineers <a href="https://twitter.com/nikgraf">Nik Graf</a> and <a href="https://twitter.com/pmmuens">Philipp Muens</a> on getting started with the Serverless Framework, and finally, a talk from GitHub’s <a href="https://twitter.com/brandonmblack">Brandon Black</a> on how they’re using GraphQL.</em></p><h3>Serverless Framework + GraphQL Starter Kit</h3><p>Philipp Muens, a Serverless framework core developer, and Nik Graf, a Serverless platform engineer, demo the official Serverless boilerplate, an easy-to-use starter kit that helps users combine the power of Serverless and GraphQL.</p><p></p><h3>GraphQL at GitHub</h3><p>Software engineer Brandon Black shares why his team at Github chose to implement GraphQL, the challenges they faced, and what the team is looking forward to next.</p><p></p><h3>Serverless GraphQL</h3><p>A Cambridge University graduate and experienced web developer, Nikhila Ravi, made the trip from Harvard University where she’s currently studying as one of 10 John F. Kennedy Memorial Scholars from the U.K. Nikhila gives an introduction to AWS Lambda and GraphQL and outlines the architecture of using them together. She includes a few tips and best practices.</p><p></p><p><em>Interested in joining Heavybit? Our program is the only one of its kind to focus solely on taking developer products to market. Need help with developer traction, product market fit and customer development? <a href="/program/#apply">Apply today</a> and start learning from world-class experts.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-serverless-framework-graphql">The Serverless Framework & GraphQL</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #3, Designing For The Modern Web</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-designing-for-the-modern-web</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Oct 2016 10:45:46 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-3915</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Join Brian and Rafael Conde in episode 3 of JAMstack Radio as they share their stories of designing and coding for the modern web. The two discuss how both web design and code are evolving at an increasing rate, the proliferation of fantastic build tools, frameworks, and languages, and finally how what was once old is new again.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Join Brian and Rafael Conde in episode 3 of JAMstack Radio as they share their stories of designing and coding for the modern web. The two discuss how both web design and code are evolving at an increasing rate, the proliferation of fantastic build tools, frameworks, and languages, and finally how what was once old is new again.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-designing-for-the-modern-web">Ep. #3, Designing For The Modern Web</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Exploring The DNA Of Successful Developer Teams</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/exploring-the-dna-of-successful-developer-teams</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Oct 2016 12:30:42 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-3892</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On September 22nd, Heavybit Member company CircleCI held their monthly office hours event at our San Francisco Clubhouse. Travis Vachon, a developer at CircleCI, gave a talk titled ‘Exploring The DNA Of Successful Developer Teams’.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>On September 22nd, Heavybit Member company <a href="https://circleci.com/">CircleCI</a> held their monthly <a href="http://www.meetup.com/CircleCI-Office-Hours/">office hours</a> event at our San Francisco Clubhouse. <a href="https://twitter.com/tvachon">Travis Vachon</a>, a developer at CircleCI, gave a talk titled ‘Exploring The DNA Of Successful Developer Teams’.</em></p><p>CircleCI works with 20k+ organizations and 80k+ developers. They work daily with developer teams (and they are one, to-boot) so they have seen first-hand what the best teams do to drive success at places like Kickstarter, Facebook and GoPro. This talk explores the DNA of what makes successful developer teams – from the basics of trust and control to the more abstract of team organization, tools and productivity.</p><p></p><p><em>Interested in joining Heavybit? Our program is the only one of its kind to focus solely on taking developer products to market. Need help with developer traction, product market fit and customer development? <a href="/program/#apply">Apply today</a> and start learning from world-class experts.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/exploring-the-dna-of-successful-developer-teams">Exploring The DNA Of Successful Developer Teams</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #2, Adaptive Streaming &amp; DASH</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-adaptive-streaming-dash</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Oct 2016 09:40:24 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-3901</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Demuxed, Matt, Steve, &amp; Phil are joined by Andrew Sinclair, Principal Software Engineer at <a href="https://www.brightcove.com/en/">Brightcove</a>. The group has a great conversation on the history of Adaptive Video Streaming on the web before discussing the current state of Dynamic Adaptive Streaming over HTTP (DASH).</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of Demuxed, Matt, Steve, &amp; Phil are joined by Andrew Sinclair, Principal Software Engineer at <a href="https://www.brightcove.com/en/">Brightcove</a>. The group has a great conversation on the history of Adaptive Video Streaming on the web before discussing the current state of Dynamic Adaptive Streaming over HTTP (DASH).</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-adaptive-streaming-dash">Ep. #2, Adaptive Streaming & DASH</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #2, Making Security A Requirement</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-making-security-a-requirement</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Oct 2016 14:14:15 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-3889</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Secure Developer, Guy hosts RisingStack Founder and CEO Gergely Nemeth. The pair discuss the difficulties of selling security as a requirement, some of the most common attack vectors used on today’s web, and finally about the work RisingStack is doing on <a href="https://trace.risingstack.com/">Trace</a>, a Node.js focused tool that makes debugging code simple.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of The Secure Developer, Guy hosts RisingStack Founder and CEO Gergely Nemeth. The pair discuss the difficulties of selling security as a requirement, some of the most common attack vectors used on today’s web, and finally about the work RisingStack is doing on <a href="https://trace.risingstack.com/">Trace</a>, a Node.js focused tool that makes debugging code simple.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-making-security-a-requirement">Ep. #2, Making Security A Requirement</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #4, When Should You Hire A PM?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-when-should-you-hire-a-pm</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Sep 2016 14:52:03 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-3713</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Practical Product, Craig and Rimas outline when you should hire your first PM, and what you should be looking for in your first PM hire.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of Practical Product, Craig and Rimas outline when you should hire your first PM, and what you should be looking for in your first PM hire.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-when-should-you-hire-a-pm">Ep. #4, When Should You Hire A PM?</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #1, Prioritizing Secure Development</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-prioritizing-secure-development</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Sep 2016 09:25:49 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-3640</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to The Secure Developer, a podcast about security for developers, covering security tools and practices you can and should adopt into your development workflow. The Secure Developer is hosted by <a href="https://twitter.com/guypod">Guy Podjarny</a>, CEO and Co-founder of <a href="https://snyk.io/">Snyk</a>. Follow the show on Twitter <a href="https://twitter.com/thesecuredev">@thesecuredev</a>.</p><p>In our first episode, Guy is joined by <a href="https://twitter.com/kylerandolph">Kyle Randolph</a>, Principal Security Engineer at <a href="https://www.optimizely.com/">Optimizely</a>. Kyle and Guy discuss the sometimes difficult but always important task of prioritizing security in your engineering organization. Kyle shares stories from his time at Optimizely, Adobe, and Twitter.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Welcome to The Secure Developer, a podcast about security for developers, covering security tools and practices you can and should adopt into your development workflow. The Secure Developer is hosted by <a href="https://twitter.com/guypod">Guy Podjarny</a>, CEO and Co-founder of <a href="https://snyk.io/">Snyk</a>. Follow the show on Twitter <a href="https://twitter.com/thesecuredev">@thesecuredev</a>.</p><p>In our first episode, Guy is joined by <a href="https://twitter.com/kylerandolph">Kyle Randolph</a>, Principal Security Engineer at <a href="https://www.optimizely.com/">Optimizely</a>. Kyle and Guy discuss the sometimes difficult but always important task of prioritizing security in your engineering organization. Kyle shares stories from his time at Optimizely, Adobe, and Twitter.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-prioritizing-secure-development">Ep. #1, Prioritizing Secure Development</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #1, Introducing Demuxed</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-introducing-demuxed</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Sep 2016 07:00:51 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-3626</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Demuxed, a new podcast for and by engineers working with video. Demuxed is hosted by <a href="https://twitter.com/matt_mcclure">Matt McClure</a>, Co-founder of <a href="https://mux.com/">Mux</a>, <a href="https://twitter.com/heff">Steve Heffernan</a>, Co-founder of <a href="https://mux.com/">Mux</a>, and <a href="https://twitter.com/GeneticGenesis">Phil Cluff</a>, Director of Media Technologies at <a href="https://www.brightcove.com">Brightcove</a>.</p><p>In this first episode, Matt, Steve, and Phil are joined by <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/reinhardgrandl">Reinhard Grandl</a>, Solutions Architect at <a href="https://bitmovin.com">Bitmovin</a>. The group has a great discussion about NAB 2016, 360 video on the web, and what’s next in online video delivery formats.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Welcome to Demuxed, a new podcast for and by engineers working with video. Demuxed is hosted by <a href="https://twitter.com/matt_mcclure">Matt McClure</a>, Co-founder of <a href="https://mux.com/">Mux</a>, <a href="https://twitter.com/heff">Steve Heffernan</a>, Co-founder of <a href="https://mux.com/">Mux</a>, and <a href="https://twitter.com/GeneticGenesis">Phil Cluff</a>, Director of Media Technologies at <a href="https://www.brightcove.com">Brightcove</a>.</p><p>In this first episode, Matt, Steve, and Phil are joined by <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/reinhardgrandl">Reinhard Grandl</a>, Solutions Architect at <a href="https://bitmovin.com">Bitmovin</a>. The group has a great discussion about NAB 2016, 360 video on the web, and what’s next in online video delivery formats.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-introducing-demuxed">Ep. #1, Introducing Demuxed</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #2, The JAMstack Origin Story</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-the-jamstack-origin-story</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Sep 2016 09:30:36 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-3550</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In the second episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian talks with <a href="https://twitter.com/biilmann">Matt Biilmann</a>, the Co-founder and CEO of <a href="https://www.netlify.com/">Netlify</a>, about the origins of the term JAMstack and the massive changes in web infrastructure over the past decade that have made this new stack possible.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In the second episode of JAMstack Radio, Brian talks with <a href="https://twitter.com/biilmann">Matt Biilmann</a>, the Co-founder and CEO of <a href="https://www.netlify.com/">Netlify</a>, about the origins of the term JAMstack and the massive changes in web infrastructure over the past decade that have made this new stack possible.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-the-jamstack-origin-story">Ep. #2, The JAMstack Origin Story</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>DevGuild: Demand Gen Call For Speakers</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/devguild-demand-gen-call-for-speakers</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Sep 2016 09:15:03 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-3562</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>DEVGUILD: Demand Gen is a half-day conference to help demand and lead gen marketers in developer and SaaS companies grow their communities, optimize their marketing funnels, and measure their acquisition and nurturing efforts. Through a combination of keynote sessions, case studies, and panels, we’ll help you find the inspiration, actionable insights, and connections you need to propel your business.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><h3>SEPT.9.2016 | 11:59PST</h3><p><a href="https://devguild.heavybit.com/demand-generation/#about-demand-generation">DevGuild: Demand Gen</a> is a half-day conference to help demand and lead gen marketers in developer and SaaS companies grow their communities, optimize their marketing funnels, and measure their acquisition and nurturing efforts. Through a combination of keynote sessions, case studies, and panels, we’ll help attendees find the inspiration, actionable insights, and connections you need to propel their business.</p><p>Our committee is currently accepting speaker proposals from speakers who:</p><ul><li>Have a track-record of building strong demand gen funnels and engines including case studies to prove it;</li><li>Can educate early growth-stage developer-focussed and SaaS demand marketers with tactical stage-appropriate advice;</li><li>Are entertaining presenters with the ability to offer stories, humor, anecdotes, images and references; and,</li><li>Bring a diverse set of perspectives, beliefs, experiences and histories</li></ul><p>Sound like you? <a href="http://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLScVFmiKIwNTyDop0m38k5tot6kSiXrL9MIdqO3uN-gH3eMO8w/viewform?c=0&amp;w=1">Submit a presentation proposal by Sept 9, 2016 11:59 PST. </a></p><p>We’re looking forward to hearing from you!</p><p></p><p>*Note: We are not offering travel stipends at this time.</p><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/devguild-demand-gen-call-for-speakers">DevGuild: Demand Gen Call For Speakers</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #1, Introducing JAMstack Radio</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-introducing-jamstack-radio</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Sep 2016 09:00:55 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-3527</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to JAMstack Radio, a new podcast that discusses the JAMstack, a new way to build fast and secure apps or websites. JAMstack Radio is hosted by <a href="https://twitter.com/bdougieyo">Brian Douglas</a>, Developer &amp; Advocate at <a href="https://www.netlify.com/">Netlify</a>. In this first episode, Brian is joined by <a href="https://twitter.com/munkymack">Aaron Autrand</a>, and <a href="https://twitter.com/wordofchristian">Christian Schlensker</a> to discuss the JAMstack and some of it’s best applications.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Welcome to JAMstack Radio, a new podcast that discusses the JAMstack, a new way to build fast and secure apps or websites. JAMstack Radio is hosted by <a href="https://twitter.com/bdougieyo">Brian Douglas</a>, Developer &amp; Advocate at <a href="https://www.netlify.com/">Netlify</a>. In this first episode, Brian is joined by <a href="https://twitter.com/munkymack">Aaron Autrand</a>, and <a href="https://twitter.com/wordofchristian">Christian Schlensker</a> to discuss the JAMstack and some of it’s best applications.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-introducing-jamstack-radio">Ep. #1, Introducing JAMstack Radio</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #12, Security Ergonomics</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-security-ergonomics</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Aug 2016 07:43:24 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-3542</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Don’t Make Me Code, David and Steve are joined by <a href="https://twitter.com/guypod">Guy Podjarny</a>, CEO of <a href="https://snyk.io/">Snyk</a>. The group discusses the current state of developer experience within security tools, the importance of non-engineers on your developer tool team, and the challenges of selling security to developers without resorting to FUD.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of Don’t Make Me Code, David and Steve are joined by <a href="https://twitter.com/guypod">Guy Podjarny</a>, CEO of <a href="https://snyk.io/">Snyk</a>. The group discusses the current state of developer experience within security tools, the importance of non-engineers on your developer tool team, and the challenges of selling security to developers without resorting to FUD.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-security-ergonomics">Ep. #12, Security Ergonomics</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #24, Category Creation</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-24-category-creation</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Aug 2016 15:11:59 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-3536</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of To Be Continuous, Paul and Edith are joined by <a href="https://twitter.com/martin_casado">Martin Casado</a>, General Partner at <a href="https://twitter.com/a16z">Andreessen Horowitz</a>. The group discusses the deeply complicated and difficult process of category creation, with a special focus on technology infrastructure products.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of To Be Continuous, Paul and Edith are joined by <a href="https://twitter.com/martin_casado">Martin Casado</a>, General Partner at <a href="https://twitter.com/a16z">Andreessen Horowitz</a>. The group discusses the deeply complicated and difficult process of category creation, with a special focus on technology infrastructure products.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-24-category-creation">Ep. #24, Category Creation</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #3, Killing Features In Your Product</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-killing-features-in-your-product</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Aug 2016 10:20:36 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-3532</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Practical Product, Craig and Rimas discuss the rarely shared processes behind killing features in your product. They dig into why you should care about removing features just as much as adding them, how <strong>not</strong> to go about killing features or products, and how to communicate feature changes to your customers.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of Practical Product, Craig and Rimas discuss the rarely shared processes behind killing features in your product. They dig into why you should care about removing features just as much as adding them, how <strong>not</strong> to go about killing features or products, and how to communicate feature changes to your customers.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-killing-features-in-your-product">Ep. #3, Killing Features In Your Product</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>DevGuild: Developer Product Design Meetup</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/devguild-developer-product-design-meetup-aug-24</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Aug 2016 09:41:49 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-3487</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On August 24th we hosted our first Developer Product Design Meetup as follow up to our recent DevGuild: Developer Product Design conference. This regular meetup will feature speakers and panels focused on developer experience &amp; developer product design. Follow us on Twitter to get updates on the next event, and check out our events page for tons of other developer-focused events.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>On August 24th we hosted our first Developer Product Design Meetup as follow up to our recent <a href="https://devguild.heavybit.com/developer-experience">DevGuild: Developer Product Design conference</a>. This regular meetup will feature speakers and panels focused on developer experience &amp; developer product design. <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">Follow us on Twitter</a> to get updates on the next event, and check out our <a href="/events/">events page</a> for tons of other developer-focused events.</em></p><h2>Jakub Nesetril</h2><h3>Harmony In API Design</h3><p>These days APIs are all the craze, evidenced by the fact that everyone is building them. For most people tasked with the job though, this is their first time. And as such, questions about “how to design an API properly” are being asked everywhere I look. Of course it’s natural that we as developers seek quick &amp; easy answers.</p><p>In this talk, I make it clear that there is no golden rule to API design – instead, APIs must conform and adapt to user’s needs. Using examples drawn not just from programming, but also product design and visual design, I discuss how to build an API that developers will love. <em>— Jakub</em></p><p></p><p></p><h2>Sean Li</h2><h3>The IKEA Effect</h3><p>In this delightful talk, Sean Li, Lead Product Designer at Docker, uses what he has coined ‘The IKEA Effect’ to illustrate the importance of product onboarding &amp; discoverability, knowing your target user from the start, and getting them to your WOW moment as quickly as possible.</p><p></p><p><em>Check out the <a href="/events/">Heavybit Events calendar</a> for all of our upcoming developer focused events.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/devguild-developer-product-design-meetup-aug-24">DevGuild: Developer Product Design Meetup</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Things I Have Learned About Sales So Far</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/things-i-have-learned-about-sales-so-far</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Aug 2016 09:20:18 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales Operations]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Hiring]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Personas]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Pricing Strategy]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-3456</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Sales Development has evolved from a secret sauce of high growth developer companies to table stakes. In this Speaker Series presentation Fred Stevens-Smith, RainforestQA’s CEO, discusses how to effectively restructure your revenue and sales strategies, the realities of the in-the-trenches work required of an early sales team, and the course correction needed to ensure a more sustainable sales engine.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Designing For Yourself vs. Designing For The Millions</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/designing-for-yourself-vs-designing-for-the-millions</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Aug 2016 19:05:29 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-3439</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>The founders of PagerDuty, HashiCorp and Meteor offer their early design assumptions, show how their products have scaled over time, and debate the merits of product auteurs vs. design-by-community.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Product Discovery &amp; User Research Techniques</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/product-discovery-and-user-research-techniques</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Aug 2016 19:05:25 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-3427</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this panel, Opsee’s cofounder and cohost of popular DX podcast Don’t Make me Code, Steve Boak will interview folks from Twilio, Pantheon and Heroku on what it’s like to run an efficient product discovery process including research and survey techniques, user feedback loops, and challenges in defining new features.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Treat Your CLI Like An API</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/treat-your-cli-like-an-api</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Aug 2016 19:05:21 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-3433</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this presentation, CoreOS Head of UX Rob Szumski discusses how his team treats CLIs like APIs including their tactics for better user experience, backwards compatibility and future-proofing.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Good, The Bad, &amp; The Fugly</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/the-good-the-bad-the-fugly</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Aug 2016 19:05:17 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-3436</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>UX practitioner Nick Cawthon discusses how industry leading developer companies attempt to build a centralized source of product truth, common (and unexpected) documentation entry points, and metrics to ensure you’re building documentation that scales over time.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Baking DX Into Your Culture</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/baking-dx-into-your-culture</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Aug 2016 18:25:46 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-3422</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>To prevent your shiny new tool from being reduced to just a set of inputs and outputs, we’ll explore best practices worth baking into your team’s culture — and how to carry those principles through growth and change.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SF Metrics Meetup: OpenTracing, and Druid</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/sf-metrics-meetup-opentracing-and-druid</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Aug 2016 14:09:31 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-3448</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Heavybit member company Librato recently hosted the SF Metrics meetup in our San Francisco Clubhouse, where speakers Ben Sigelman from LightStep, and Gian Merlino from Imply gave two great talks on OpenTracing and Druid.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>Heavybit member company <a href="https://www.librato.com/">Librato</a> recently hosted the SF Metrics meetup in our San Francisco Clubhouse, where speakers Ben Sigelman from <a href="http://lightstep.com/">LightStep</a>, and Gian Merlino, from <a href="https://twitter.com/implydata">Imply</a> gave two great talks on OpenTracing and Druid. <a href="http://www.meetup.com/San-Francisco-Metrics-Meetup/">Sign up here</a> to attend the next SF Metrics meetup, and check out the <a href="/events/">Heavybit Events calendar</a> for all of our upcoming developer focused events.</em></p><h2>OpenTracing and its Applications, Ben Sigelman</h2><p>This talk describes why distributed tracing is important, why its instrumentation presents uncommon standardization problems, and the way that <a href="http://opentracing.io/">OpenTracing</a> addresses these problems. It’s been 12 years since Google started using Dapper internally. Zipkin was open-sourced over 4 years ago. This stuff is not new! Yet if you operate a complex services architecture, deploying a distributed tracing system today requires person-years of engineer effort, monkey-patched communication packages, and countless inconsistencies across platforms.</p><blockquote>If distributed tracing is so valuable, why doesn’t everyone do it already?</blockquote><p>Because tracing instrumentation has been broken until now, which brings us to the OpenTracing project.</p><p>OpenTracing is a new, open distributed tracing standard for applications and OSS packages. Ben describes how OpenTracing integrates with application code and OSS libraries, how it interoperates with Zipkin, Appdash, <a href="http://lightstep.com/">LightStep</a>, and other tracing backends, and where the project is headed. We will end with a deep dive of some OpenTracing libraries and show a few demos.</p><p></p><h2>Druid: Realtime Analytics for Metrics Data, Gian Merlino</h2><p>Druid is an open source, distributed data store designed to analyze event data. Druid powers user-facing data applications, provides fast queries on data in Hadoop, and helps you glean insights from streaming data. The architecture unifies historical and real-time data and enables fast, flexible OLAP analytics at scale. Gian covers Druid’s design and architecture, and how Druid can be utilized to monitor metrics data.</p><p></p><p><em><a href="http://www.meetup.com/San-Francisco-Metrics-Meetup/">Sign up here to attend</a> the next SF Metrics meetup, and check out the <a href="/events/">Heavybit Events calendar</a> for all of our upcoming developer focused events.</em></p><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/sf-metrics-meetup-opentracing-and-druid">SF Metrics Meetup: OpenTracing, and Druid</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #11, Dogfooding</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-dogfooding</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Aug 2016 09:24:10 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-3374</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Don’t Make Me Code, David and Steve have <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/bennettelizabeth">Liz Bennett</a> in the studio. Liz is a Senior Software Engineer at <a href="https://www.loggly.com/">Loggly</a>, a SaaS based logging company. The three discuss the many benefits of dogfooding as well as some unique-to-developer-tools pitfalls of using your own product to build itself.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of Don’t Make Me Code, David and Steve have <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/bennettelizabeth">Liz Bennett</a> in the studio. Liz is a Senior Software Engineer at <a href="https://www.loggly.com/">Loggly</a>, a SaaS based logging company. The three discuss the many benefits of dogfooding as well as some unique-to-developer-tools pitfalls of using your own product to build itself.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-dogfooding">Ep. #11, Dogfooding</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #23, Using Continuous Delivery To Find Product/Market Fit</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-23-using-continuous-delivery-to-find-productmarket-fit</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Aug 2016 09:25:30 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-3363</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul discuss how you should use the principles of Continuous Delivery to find product/market fit for your startup, tool, or service. Along the way, they highlight common reasons startups fail to find product/market fit, from undervaluing sales and marketing teams, to simply believing that <em>if you build it, they will come.</em></p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul discuss how you should use the principles of Continuous Delivery to find product/market fit for your startup, tool, or service. Along the way, they highlight common reasons startups fail to find product/market fit, from undervaluing sales and marketing teams, to simply believing that <em>if you build it, they will come.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-23-using-continuous-delivery-to-find-productmarket-fit">Ep. #23, Using Continuous Delivery To Find Product/Market Fit</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building An Inclusive Remote Culture</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/diversity-inclusion-building-an-inclusive-remote-culture</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Aug 2016 09:15:49 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-3330</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Building and managing an inclusive remote culture is hard work, there’s no way around it. You have to be thoughtful and deliberate in your design. Watch this panel featuring experts from the Heavybit community to get started.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Building and managing an inclusive remote culture is hard work, there’s no way around it. If your own experiences with remote cultures have been poor, it’s all too easy to assume that <em>every</em> remote culture will be an ineffective waste of time. The reality is that the number of distributed teams is on the rise, and the effectiveness of those teams, as well as the quality of their cultures, is following in kind.</p><p>At our most recent meetup, we convened a panel of Heavybit community members who have deep experience managing remote teams and cultivating cohesion across multiple languages, time zones, and working styles. The panel was moderated by our Events Manager, <a href="https://twitter.com/samnoland">Sam Noland</a>, and featured <a href="https://www.rainforestqa.com/">Rainforest</a> Co-Founder and CEO <a href="https://twitter.com/fredsters_s">Fred Stevens-Smith</a>, <a href="https://www.heroku.com/">Heroku</a> Vibe Manager <a href="https://twitter.com/cathynalee">Cathy Lee</a>, and <a href="https://www.meteor.com/">Meteor’s</a> Product Designer, <a href="https://twitter.com/domyen">Dom Nguyen</a>.</p><p>In the video below you’ll learn from this talented group how their respective companies have tackled the hard problems to find success with remote-oriented cultures.</p><p></p><p>Before you begin, it’s important to understand that ‘building a remote culture’ is not as simple as opening up a #remote Slack channel or running a shared Trello board. A truly cohesive remote culture requires much more than that. A thoughtful, deliberate approach is necessary to ensure success with a distributed team.</p><blockquote>With the explosion of team-oriented communications and productivity tools like Slack, Dropbox, and Github, there has never been a better time to check your assumptions and expand your team remotely.</blockquote><p>You’ll want to consider the following questions before hiring your first remote employee:</p><ul><li>How will you consistently provide context around decisions made while portions of your team are sleeping?</li><li>What tools will you build your culture around, will they scale to 10, 50, 100 people?</li><li>Are there any roles that you won’t consider remote employees for?</li><li>How will you ensure remote team members are included in the ‘local’ company culture?</li><li>How will you compensate team members in similar positions in different cities with different costs of living?</li><li>Where will ‘HQ’ be, and how often will you bring everyone together in person? Have you built these costs into your operating budget?</li></ul><p>Have you built an inclusive culture at your company? <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">We’d love to hear about it on Twitter!</a></p><p>Check out our <a href="/events/">events calendar</a> to RSVP for upcoming developer focused events, and <a href="/library/">head over to our Library</a> for more educational content focused on building strong teams and taking your developer product to market.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/diversity-inclusion-building-an-inclusive-remote-culture">Building An Inclusive Remote Culture</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #2, Building for Enterprise Developers</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-building-for-enterprise-developers</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Aug 2016 09:13:34 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-3319</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Practical Product, Craig and Rimas are joined by Docker’s Senior Director of Product Management, <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/banjot">Banjot Chanana</a>. The group discuss how selling to developers in the enterprise is different from what you may be familiar with, the relationship between sales and product managers, and the challenges of maintaining a quality Developer Experience as you begin to serve enterprise customers.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of Practical Product, Craig and Rimas are joined by Docker’s Senior Director of Product Management, <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/banjot">Banjot Chanana</a>. The group discuss how selling to developers in the enterprise is different from what you may be familiar with, the relationship between sales and product managers, and the challenges of maintaining a quality Developer Experience as you begin to serve enterprise customers.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-building-for-enterprise-developers">Ep. #2, Building for Enterprise Developers</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Leveraging Your Enterprise Partnerships</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/leveraging-your-enterprise-partnerships</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Jul 2016 11:57:21 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Featured]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-3272</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Microsoft Product Manager Ed Blankenship discusses how developer companies can dispel doubt in enterprise buyers, build a CIO-worthy value prop and reach the gatekeepers who determine whether a startup gets bundled into the sales cycle.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improving RocksDB’s Write Scalability &amp; Counting Things at Smyte</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/improving-rocksdbs-write-scalability-counting-things-at-smyte</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Jul 2016 16:30:49 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-3269</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Heavybit member company RainforestQA recently hosted the RocksDB meetup in our San Francisco Clubhouse, where speakers Nathan Bronson from Facebook, and Yunjing Xu from Smyte gave two great talks on their experiences with RocksDB.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>Heavybit member company <a href="https://www.rainforestqa.com/">RainforestQA</a> recently hosted the RocksDB meetup in our San Francisco Clubhouse, where speakers Nathan Bronson from Facebook, and Yunjing Xu from Smyte gave two great talks on their experiences with RocksDB. <a href="http://www.meetup.com/RocksDB/">Sign up here</a> to attend the next RocksDB meetup, and check out the <a href="/events/">Heavybit Events calendar</a> for all of our upcoming developer focused events.</em></p><h3>Improving RocksDB’s Write Scalability, Nathan Bronson</h3><p>Nathan Bronson has been an engineer at Facebook for 5 years, most notably on the TAO cache. He received a PhD from Stanford for work on better programming models for single-machine concurrency. He’s not a database expert, but the code he helped write ran a billion database queries while you were reading this bio. Currently he’s working in Facebook’s Boston office on a new interface to the social graph with stronger consistency primitives.</p><p>RocksDB’s architecture is highly concurrent for reads, but not for writes. When there are concurrent writers, their work is grouped together and applied by a single thread. This makes it easy to batch log writes, keeps the write path simple and reliable, and is sufficient for many workloads. Unfortunately, it also severely limits write scalability. In this talk Nathan will dig into a series of changes he made to rocksdb to tackle the scalability problem with minimal impact on the core write logic.</p><p>These changes allow writing threads to join a write group without waiting for the main DB mutex, reduce the cost of waiting for write group leader, and allow many threads to simultaneously update the memtable’s lock-free skip list. The end result is useful (not perfect) write scalability, getting a 3X improvement in peak insert rate with sync on commit disabled and 2X improvement with it enabled.</p><p></p><h3>Counting with Domain Specific Databases, Yunjing Xu</h3><p>Smyte is building a platform to analyze all of the traffic running through busy consumer websites and mobile apps. In this talk Yunjing describes how Smyte uses RocksDB, Kafka, and Kubernetes to build various domain specific databases. By leveraging prefix scanning and multiple column families in RocksDB, they achieved significant cost reduction with comparable performance when compared to their previous Redis-/MySQL-based solution.</p><p>Yunjing is an engineer at Smyte. Smyte builds trust and safety tools to fight spam, scams, credit card fraud and online harassment on peer-to-peer marketplaces and social apps. Before Smyte, Yunjing worked on the data science and infrastructure team at Square and received Ph.D. from University of Michigan for researching performance and security problems of public cloud infrastructure.</p><p></p><p><em><a href="http://www.meetup.com/RocksDB/">Sign up here to attend</a> the next RocksDB meetup, and check out the <a href="/events/">Heavybit Events calendar</a> for all of our upcoming developer focused events.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/improving-rocksdbs-write-scalability-counting-things-at-smyte">Improving RocksDB’s Write Scalability & Counting Things at Smyte</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #10, Environment Protection</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-environment-protection</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jul 2016 13:25:01 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-3253</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Don’t Make Me Code, Steve and David are joined by <a href="https://twitter.com/lisean106">Sean Li</a>, Lead Product Designer at Docker. Sean, Steve &amp; David discuss Docker’s acquisition of Kitematic, the friction of attempting to replace a developer’s existing tool, and the increasingly prominent role of Design in Developer Tools.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of Don’t Make Me Code, Steve and David are joined by <a href="https://twitter.com/lisean106">Sean Li</a>, Lead Product Designer at Docker. Sean, Steve &amp; David discuss Docker’s acquisition of Kitematic, the friction of attempting to replace a developer’s existing tool, and the increasingly prominent role of Design in Developer Tools.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-environment-protection">Ep. #10, Environment Protection</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #22,  Crunch Time</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-22-crunch-time</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jul 2016 10:15:26 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-3256</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul discuss ‘crunch time’, work-life balance in the startup world, and the efficacy of the 80 hour workweek.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul discuss ‘crunch time’, work-life balance in the startup world, and the efficacy of the 80 hour workweek.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-22-crunch-time">Ep. #22,  Crunch Time</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #1, Driving Adoption With Your Product Launches</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-driving-adoption-with-your-product-launches</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Jul 2016 07:00:05 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-3211</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Practical Product, a new podcast where you’ll learn how to define the right product to build. In this first episode, hosts <a href="https://twitter.com/craigkerstiens">Craig Kerstiens</a>, Head of Cloud at <a href="https://www.citusdata.com/">Citus Data</a>, and <a href="https://twitter.com/neovintage">Rimas Silkaitis</a>, Director of Product Management, Data at <a href="https://www.heroku.com/">Heroku</a>, discuss what makes a well executed product launch and build you a playbook to apply to your own product launches.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Welcome to Practical Product, a new podcast where you’ll learn how to define the right product to build. In this first episode, hosts <a href="https://twitter.com/craigkerstiens">Craig Kerstiens</a>, Head of Cloud at <a href="https://www.citusdata.com/">Citus Data</a>, and <a href="https://twitter.com/neovintage">Rimas Silkaitis</a>, Director of Product Management, Data at <a href="https://www.heroku.com/">Heroku</a>, discuss what makes a well executed product launch and build you a playbook to apply to your own product launches.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-driving-adoption-with-your-product-launches">Ep. #1, Driving Adoption With Your Product Launches</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jump Starting Your Demand Generation</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/jump-starting-your-demand-generation</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jul 2016 09:30:37 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Featured]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-3168</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>What is demand gen marketing? Iron.io’s VP of Marketing Kris Bondi explains how early stage companies can kickstart their demand generation program with the right lead criteria, funneling engagement, and more.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Get AMP’d: An Introduction To Accelerated Mobile Pages</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/get-ampd-an-introduction-to-accelerated-mobile-pages</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 Jul 2016 13:09:04 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-3175</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>It’s not enough to shave milliseconds off server times when it takes a mobile device 10-20 seconds to load a website with complicated stylesheets, ads, and analytics tracking. That’s where Google’s Accelerated Mobile Pages (AMP) project comes in. AMP provides a set of lightweight CSS and JS rules so that your pages are able to load nearly instantly.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>On June 30th, 2016, Heavybit member company <a href="https://circleci.com/">CircleCI</a> held their monthly office hours in our San Francisco Clubhouse. Calvin French-Owen, co-founder of <a href="https://segment.com/">Segment</a>, gave a talk on <a href="https://www.ampproject.org/">Google’s Accelerated Mobile Pages</a>. You’ll find a video of the talk below, as well as further thoughts from Calvin.</em></p><p>There are plenty of examples of Google’s efforts to speed up the internet: everything from SPDY to Chrome to Google Fiber. Google has invested heavily in making the internet a better, faster place for billions of people across the world.</p><p>Data shows that people abandon websites after <a href="https://www.thinkwithgoogle.com/articles/speed-is-key-optimize-your-mobile-experience.html">just three seconds</a> if the content doesn’t load quickly. It’s simply not enough to shave milliseconds off server times when it takes a mobile device 10-20 seconds to load a website with complicated stylesheets, ads, and analytics tracking. As it turns out, it’s often the “last mile” of the network and page rendering that ends up slowing mobile pages down, to the point where they are sluggish and laggy.</p><p>That’s why Google created <a href="https://www.ampproject.org/">Accelerated Mobile Pages</a> (AMP), an open source initiative to dramatically improve the performance of the mobile web. AMP provides a set of lightweight CSS and JS rules so that your pages are able to load nearly instantly.</p><p>AMP uses a few clever tricks to do this efficiently:</p><ul><li>Static and inlined CSS</li><li>iframes for all third-party scripts</li><li>Static sizing for all images, frames, and embedded content</li></ul><p>Of course limiting JS and third-party scripts is a good way to speed up any site. But Google takes it a step farther by caching pages and serving them directly from their own global CDN. This bypasses the RTT to the origin server altogether. And now that <a href="https://segment.com/blog/support-for-amp/">Segment supports AMP</a>, there are over 120 analytics and advertising solutions available to AMP sites.</p><p>As if a stellar user experience and lightning-quick page loads weren’t enough to get your attention, AMP-optimized news stories now appear at the top of Google’s mobile search results.</p><p>For a deeper understanding of what AMP pages look like, and how AMP makes this all work–check out my talk below!</p><p></p><p><em>Sign up here to attend the next <a href="http://www.meetup.com/CircleCI-Office-Hours/">CircleCI Office Hours</a> and check out the <a href="/events/">Heavybit Events calendar</a>, it’s full of developer-focused events.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/get-ampd-an-introduction-to-accelerated-mobile-pages">Get AMP’d: An Introduction To Accelerated Mobile Pages</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>GoSF: Problematic Dependencies, Slack Bots, OpenTracing &amp; Go</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/gosf-problematic-dependencies-slack-bots-opentracing-go</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Jul 2016 13:38:53 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-3160</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>A recent GoSF meetup at Heavybit held a diverse set of talks showcasing the strength of Go for early development efforts as well as building and maintaining complex distributed systems.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>The GoSF meetup at Heavybit on June 20, 2016 had a diverse set of talks showcasing the strength of Go for early development efforts as well as building and maintaining complex distributed systems. There were three talks. <a href="https://github.com/arunthampi">Arun Thampi</a> described building scalable Slack bots with Go, <a href="https://twitter.com/grepory">Greg Poirer</a> talked about Taming Dependencies, and finally <a href="http://bensigelman.org/">Ben Sigelman</a>, who built <a href="http://research.google.com/pubs/pub36356.html">Dapper</a>, talked about standardizing distributed tracing instrumentation with OpenTracing. In this post I will give a brief recap of the talks along with full videos for those who want more details.</p><h2>Building Scalable Slack Bots with Go</h2><p>Arun’s talk about building Slack bots using Go provided a helpful contrast between Ruby and Go. Arun discussed how he made the choice to utilize the two languages together for his product. As a Ruby developer he wanted to maintain the main app in it. But when you are maintaining thousands of concurrent connections to Slack teams that have installed your bot (a good problem to have :-)), Ruby and many other options like Python, Node.js get expensive. So he used Go to do the plumbing behind connecting to Slack and relaying the messages across and let the app be Ruby. Now he does not have to worry about the infrastructure costs and can focus on building out his business.</p><p></p><h2>Taming Dependencies</h2><p>The <a href="/library/blog/taming-dependencies-at-opsee/">taming dependencies talk</a> focused on how the <a href="https://opsee.com/">Opsee</a> team handles internal communication around gRPC and protobuf. Greg discussed how they are now gRPC interface version independent by breaking up where the protobuf spec files are saved. An interesting side topic of the discussion was how Opsee is strongly committed to Go. The product is built almost entirely in it. While this may seem extreme, being focused has made them incredibly proficient and effective with the language. Their Go skills makes them lightening fast, as a startup needs to be.</p><p><a href="/library/blog/taming-dependencies-at-opsee/">Watch Greg’s full talk here</a></p><h2>Turnkey Distrubuted Tracing: OpenTracing &amp; Go</h2><p>The final talk was on the distributed tracing standard, <a href="http://opentracing.io/">OpenTracing</a>. Ben Sigelman created Dapper at Google and is now a proponent of OpenTracing, a set of vendor-neutral APIs for context propagation. The talk discussed the reason why distributed tracing is not ubiquitous despite being the only solution for visibility into highly concurrent, microservices based architectures. It’s because there is no standardization for instrumentation.</p><p>He discussed further how Go was such a great language for OpenTracing because concurrency was the rule, not the exception. That means you need to care about visibility into complex request journeys very quickly. With Go, it is essential to have a good story on tracing to get a decent signal to noise ratio at the process level. Culturally as well, people tend to develop Go applications in the context of decoupled architectures. The OpenTracing-Go demo displayed real-time traces using Appdash, Sourcegraph’s open source tracer.</p><p></p><p>The meetup was time extremely well spent, and if you find these videos useful, please share them so others can benefit. Sign up here to attend the next <a href="http://www.meetup.com/golangsf/">GoSF Meetup</a>, and check out the <a href="/events/">Heavybit Events</a> page for a full calendar of developer-focused events.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/gosf-problematic-dependencies-slack-bots-opentracing-go">GoSF: Problematic Dependencies, Slack Bots, OpenTracing & Go</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Scaling Your API Design Workflow</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/scaling-your-api-design-workflow</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Jul 2016 09:57:27 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-3151</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Heavybit member company Apiary analyzed hundreds of thousands of API projects, and from these they selected their Top 5 API Commandments that should help you in your transition from monolith to microservices.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>Earlier this year, Jakub Nesetril, CEO of Heavybit member company <a href="https://apiary.io/">Apiary</a>, gave a presentation titled ‘Scaling Your API Design Workflow’ at the <a href="http://www.meetup.com/SF-Microservices/">SF Microservices Meetup</a> in the Heavybit clubhouse. We followed up with Jakub to get further thoughts from him on the biggest lessons Apiary has learned around scaling your API workflows. If you’re interested in hearing more from Jakub on API design, he’ll be speaking at our upcoming <a href="https://devguild.heavybit.com/developer-experience">DevGuild: Developer Product Design event</a>.</em></p><p>These days, software development is faster paced than ever before, and it’s laser focused on rapid iteration, continuous delivery pipelines, and automating away the boring parts.</p><p>One increasingly popular strategy is to keep your code small, light, and independent from itself. This migration from monolithic architecture to microservices is going through a renaissance these days, or perhaps a second renaissance if you consider the early 2000’s service-oriented architecture movement as its first era.</p><p>When you combine microservices with increasingly rapid development processes, it’s easy to find yourself buried under a complete mess of APIs, each different from the next. At Apiary we’ve observed that as the number of internal APIs increases, even the most seasoned architects can easily become overwhelmed by the complexity they present.</p><p>That’s why the ‘design-first’ or ‘contract-first’ approach is sweeping the API landscape. Not only does it help nip much of the inconsistency and complexity in the bud, it also helps automate away the most routine parts of API development like prototyping, testing, and documentation.</p><p>At Apiary we’ve analyzed hundreds of thousands of API projects, and from these we’ve selected our Top 5 API Commandments that should help you in your transition from monolith to microservices.</p><p>These commandments are: Standardize, Automate, Version “less”, Embrace (your customers), and Decouple. Follow these 5 rules, and you’ll be S.A.V.E.D. For a deeper look at these commandments, watch my full talk below.</p><p></p><p><em><a href="http://www.meetup.com/SF-Microservices/">Sign up here</a> to attend the next SF Microservices Meetup, and if you’re interested in hearing more from Jakub on API design, he’ll be speaking at our upcoming <a href="https://devguild.heavybit.com/developer-experience">DevGuild: Developer Product Design event</a>.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/scaling-your-api-design-workflow">Scaling Your API Design Workflow</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>So You Want To Host A Meetup? Pt. 3: Program Design &amp; Audience Follow-up</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/part-3-meetup-planning-for-dev-cos-program-design-audience-follow-up</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Jul 2016 09:30:11 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-2838</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Organizing or sponsoring a meetup can add great value to your company – from increasing sales leads, to hiring your next employee, to becoming a thought leader in your space. Over the past 3 years Heavybit has hosted over 200 member meetups at our Clubhouse in San Francisco. Here are some of the best practices on designing your event program and keeping your audience engaged.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Organizing or sponsoring a meetup can add great value to your company – from increasing sales leads, to hiring your next employee, to becoming a thought leader in your space. Over the past 3 years Heavybit has hosted over 200 member meetups at our Clubhouse in San Francisco. Here are some of the best practices on designing your event program and keeping your audience engaged.</p><h2>Building your program</h2><p>As I mentioned in a previous <a href="/library/blog/so-you-want-to-host-a-meetup-pt-1-getting-started/">blog post</a>, your attendees will just have finished a long day at the office and won’t have the attention span to listen to more than 60 minutes worth of talks. Having a lengthy and unorganized program is bad and disrespectful to both attendees and your speakers. If your speakers have poor experiences, you’ll start to have trouble booking speakers.<br/>Here are examples of line-ups that can work for your meetup:</p><p><em>EX 1:</em></p><p><em>6:30pm – 7:00pm – Presentation from CEO of XXX &amp; Q&amp;A</em></p><p><em>7:00pm – 7:30pm – Presentation from CTO of XYZ &amp; Q&amp;A</em><br/><em>EX 2:</em></p><p><em>6:30pm – 7:00pm – Presentation of CEO of XXX &amp; Q&amp;A</em></p><p><em>7:00pm – 7:30pm – 4-5 3 minute lightning talks with 2 minute Q&amp;A</em></p><p>Now that you’ve figured out how many speakers you need, it’s time to book them. Once you’ve targeted your speaker, shoot them an email explaining the event and how speaking will benefit them. Putting together a great talk takes a lot of time and effort, so it needs to be worthwhile for the speaker.</p><p><em>Here’s an example speaker invite email:</em></p><p><em>Subject: Invite to speak at Heavybit Speaker Series</em></p><p><em>Hi Blake,</em></p><p><em>I’d like to gauge your interest in speaking at Heavybit’s Speaker Series – an event series that helps member companies like Stripe, Pagerduty, and Rainforest take developer products to market.</em></p><p><em>The evening will consist of a 30 minute talk followed by Q&amp;A with an audience of 20-30 of the founders and staff from our <a href="/portfolio">member companies</a>. We’d like to invite you to speak, record your talk, and take headshots with a professional photographer. Once the talk has been transcribed and edited, it will be published to our library here: <a href="/library/">https://dev-heavybit.pantheonsite.io/library/</a></em></p><p><em>Your experience working on almost all parts of Heroku’s infrastructure over the past 3 years and your work on Heroku’s incident response makes you the perfect person to take our stage. We’d love to hear your thoughts on the key elements of building an incident response plan.</em></p><p><em>If you’re available June 27 and interested in exploring a presentation, let me know your availability to chat. Thanks in advance for the consideration and I look forward to hearing back from you.</em></p><p><em>Cheers,</em></p><p><em>Sam</em></p><p>Once you’ve secured the speaker(s), schedule 1-2 dry runs with them to ensure:</p><ul><li>The content is what you originally discussed and not just a random product pitch</li><li>The talk fits within the time limit</li><li>The speaker gets feedback to improve the talk</li><li>The speaker has an opportunity to practice their talk in front of an audience</li></ul><p>We’ve all been to an event where the speaker goes on too long, is off topic, or just pitches their product. It’s your event, make sure to own the content!</p><h2>Attendee experience</h2><p>You have a great program lined up and RSVPs are looking great, now it’s time to think about attendee experience.</p><p>Make sure to have some form of a check-in table to greet your guests and provide them with name tags. Not everyone is a wiz at remembering names, so it’s always helpful to provide name tags. You also want to track who’s at your event so you can follow-up with them after the event.</p><p>Once your guest is checked in they’ll be looking for a bite to eat and a beverage. Pizza is the standard at tech meetups, but if your budget allows it you can bring in a taco bar or Vietnamese sandwiches to stand out from the rest. Attendees will also appreciate you taking common dietary restrictions under consideration.</p><p>Also remember to provide non-alcoholic beverages because not everyone drinks alcohol, especially expecting mothers.<br/>While uncommon, you may encounter attendees that disrespect your staff or other attendees. Make sure to publish your code of conduct on your event page and be ready to follow through if anyone breaks it. It sucks kicking someone out of your event, but it’s worse letting harassment stand. How your community interacts with each other is a reflection of your product, team, and company.</p><p><a href="/library/blog/heavybit-inclusion-policy/">Here’s the Heavybit Code of Conduct for reference.</a></p><h2>Follow-up</h2><p>Great job, the attendees loved your event! Now it’s time to continue the conversation. Send the attendees a follow-up email directing them to a blog post about the event, asking them for feedback, forwarding them to open job recs (We operate <a href="http://www.devcojobs.com/">devcojobs.com</a> for our community), and asking them to RSVP for the next event.</p><p>Event follow-up is one of the most important parts of the entire process. If you’re not going to continue the conversation, why even have the event?</p><p>Remember to thank your speakers with a personal note and via social media. Your event wouldn’t be a success without them.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/part-3-meetup-planning-for-dev-cos-program-design-audience-follow-up">So You Want To Host A Meetup? Pt. 3: Program Design & Audience Follow-up</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Developers + Marketing: Reflecting on my First-Year at Heavybit</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/developers-marketing-reflecting-on-my-first-year-at-heavybit</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jun 2016 15:40:38 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-3121</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>A big part of taking a developer product to market is having a developer marketing strategy in place.<br/>Here are 6 developer marketing tactics that early stage founders can do during the initial stages of starting a company.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>This month marks my one-year anniversary here at Heavybit.</p><p>There are several aspects that contribute to why this past year has been great; the inspiration that comes with working with startups that are improving the way software is built, the talented Heavybit team and founders I work with everyday, and our great location in San Francisco.</p><p>In this moment of self reflection, I am particularly grateful for my learnings that are specific to the developer tool space.</p><p>Developer tools are unique and with that comes specific challenges and a different way of doing things for marketers. At Heavybit, we focus on helping post-seed developer companies take their product to market. A big part of taking a developer product to market is having a developer marketing strategy in place.</p><p>Here are 6 developer marketing tactics that early stage founders can do during the initial stages of starting a company.</p><h2>Focus Your Attention</h2><p>Developers tend to stay clear of traditional media outlets and hang out on platforms like Hacker News, Stack Overflow, and Github. If you don’t already, I’d recommend spending time on Hackers News and observing what type of content is upvoted by its community of programmers, developers, and entrepreneurs. When it comes to customer development, Hacker News is one of the best platforms to drive sign-ups for your beta or GA.</p><p>In a <a href="/library/video/developer-content-marketing-and-growth-hacking/">Heavybit Speaker Series presentation</a>, KISSMetrics cofounder Hiten Shah spoke at length about the power of marketing with Github. He noted that developer companies should be analyzing Github with a number of tools including Github Archive and Google Big Query. He also suggested other ways you could leverage Github including using open source releases to prove user experience and trying Github authorization for onboarding.</p><h2>Become A Thought Leader</h2><p>Early on, when your branding is not widely known, founders should spend some time blogging and speaking about industry topics to demonstrate their expertise. <a href="/library/podcasts/to-be-continuous/">To Be Continuous</a> is a podcast about continuous delivery and software development, hosted by Heavybit members Paul Biggar, founder of CircleCI, and Edith Harbaugh, CEO of LaunchDarkly. The podcast continues to generate new business opportunities and increase exposure within the developer community for both Edith and Paul.</p><h2>Set Up A Newsletter</h2><p>In order to achieve sustained growth, founders should make every effort to keep existing users, customers and communities connected to their product and company brand. An easy way to do this is by featuring a newsletter sign-up on your homepage. Even if you do not plan on sending monthly updates, just start collecting emails. When the time comes to start sending customers information you now have a base to start from.</p><h2>Participate In Community Events</h2><p>User groups and meetups for developers like ReThinkDB, SF Static Web Tech, and API-Craft are filled with opportunities for founders to increase company visibility, find customers, and recruit talent. The relationships you make will be well worth your time. Often times these groups are looking for speakers, so don’t be shy and be sure to ask how you can get involved.</p><p>Opsee has seen enormous benefits after speaking at meetups hosted by GoSF, CoreOs, and Amazon. In addition to presenting at other meetups, Opsee, along with Netlify, Mux, and many others, have built a community around their own company by starting their own meetup groups.</p><h2>Make Customer Service A Priority</h2><p>Founders should consider customer service as a function of marketing. Your users are more likely to recommend your company after a positive customer service experience. Be sure to respond to customer requests quickly and have an internal process in place.</p><p>One lightweight customer service strategy for a lean team is to set up a dedicated support email address and Slack channel. As you begin to answer questions, start to build a help center with prepared answers to common questions.</p><h2>Keep An Eye Out For Talent</h2><p>Recruiting starts on day one. For the marketing function, usually around the one year mark is when developer tool companies think about their first marketing hire. By this time, hopefully you have a few candidates and advisors in mind.</p><p>Heavybit hosts quarterly networking events focused on sales, marketing, developer evangelism, and DX design. Stay ahead of your recruiting efforts by attending these career focused gatherings. Email our events manager Sam at <a href="mailto:events@heavybit.com">events@heavybit.com</a> for event invites.</p><p>And so I say thanks to the Heavybit community for a phenomenal first year! I am looking forward to the next year, and I am especially excited about our upcoming <a href="https://devguild.heavybit.com/developer-experience">DevGuild</a> event focused on developer experience design. If you’re a dev company founder or currently designing a developer tool, here’s your chance to meet and learn from some of the best and brightest in our industry. <a href="https://devguild.heavybit.com/developer-experience">Request an invite today!</a></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/developers-marketing-reflecting-on-my-first-year-at-heavybit">Developers + Marketing: Reflecting on my First-Year at Heavybit</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sales Master Class: Customer Success Driven Growth</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/sales-master-class-customer-success-driven-growth</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Jun 2016 09:30:46 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Featured]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-3085</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Sales Master Class, Iron.io’s VP of Global Sales Morgan Mackles sits down with Lincoln Murphy to discuss the customer success blueprints and playbooks he’s built with Winning by Design, Sixteen Ventures and Gainsight.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Everyone’s Guide To Event Sourcing &amp; Async Messaging</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/everyones-guide-to-event-sourcing-async-messaging</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2016 15:13:26 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-3104</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Watch talks by Jason Swartz and Harjot Gill from the May 2016 SF Microservices Meetup, topics covered include Microservices Monitoring and Analytics, and Event Sourcing &amp; Async Messaging.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>On May 19th, 2016, Heavybit Member company <a href="https://opsee.com/">Opsee</a> hosted the <a href="http://www.meetup.com/SF-Microservices/">SF Microservices Meetup</a> in our San Francisco Clubhouse. Videos of two of the talks from the event are embedded below.</em></p><h3>Everyone’s Guide To States, Events, &amp; Async-Messaging in REST Microservices</h3><p><a href="https://twitter.com/swartzrock">Jason Swartz</a>, author of <a href="http://shop.oreilly.com/product/0636920030287.do">Learning Scala</a>, gave a fantastic presentation titled ‘Everyone’s Guide To States, Events, &amp; Async-Messaging in REST Microservices”</p><p></p><h3>Redefining Microservices Analytics</h3><p><a href="https://twitter.com/harjotsgill">Harjot Gill</a>, CEO of <a href="http://netsil.com/">Netsil</a>, presented an off-the-network approach to microservices monitoring and performance analytics.</p><p></p><p><em>RSVP here to attend the next <a href="http://www.meetup.com/SF-Microservices/">SF Microservices Meetup</a>, and check the <a href="/events/">Heavybit Events</a> page for other developer focused events at our San Francisco clubhouse.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/everyones-guide-to-event-sourcing-async-messaging">Everyone’s Guide To Event Sourcing & Async Messaging</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>So You Want to Host a Meetup? Pt.2: Promotion &amp; Audience Targeting</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/part-2-meetup-planning-for-dev-cos-promotion-and-audience-targeting</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2016 10:00:52 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-2834</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Organizing or sponsoring a meetup can add great value to your company – from increasing sales leads, to hiring your next employee, to becoming a thought leader in your space. Over the past 3 years Heavybit has hosted over 200 member meetups at our Clubhouse in San Francisco. Here are some of the best practices on promoting and targeting an audience for events.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Organizing or sponsoring a meetup can add great value to your company – from increasing sales leads, to hiring your next employee, to becoming a thought leader in your space. Over the past 3 years Heavybit has hosted over <a href="/events/">200 member meetups</a> at our Clubhouse in San Francisco. Here are some of the best practices on promoting and targeting an audience for events.</p><h2>Naming your event</h2><p>The name of your event should express what the event is about and the value it provides attendees. Don’t get carried away, some of the best meetups have the most obvious names.<br/><em>Eg. API Craft Meetup is an event about designing APIs. Go SF meetup is an event related to the Go community.</em></p><h2><strong>Building your meetup RSVP page</strong></h2><p>Now that you know when your event is taking place and who will be speaking, it’s time to create your event RSVP page. When building out this page make sure your event page answers the five W’s:</p><ul><li><strong>What</strong>’s the event about?</li><li><strong>Why</strong> should people attend?</li><li><strong>Who</strong> should attend?</li><li><strong>When</strong> is the event taking place?</li><li><strong>Where</strong> is the event located?</li></ul><p>There are a handful of event page services out there, but I’d say <a href="http://meetup.com">Meetup.com</a> is the best suited for meetups.</p><h2>Promoting your meetup</h2><p>Now it’s time to let your target audience know about your event. Here are a few ways to get the word out:</p><ul><li>Have your speakers promote the event to their network and audience via social media and a blog post.</li><li>Cross promote with meetups on the same subject</li><li>Share on your social media profiles (<a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">Twitter</a>, <a href="https://www.facebook.com/heavybitindustries/?fref=ts">Facebook</a>, <a href="https://plus.google.com/+Heavybit/posts">G+</a>)</li><li>Reach out directly to the people you want at the meetup and ask them to share with their networks</li></ul><p>Sweet, you’ve gotten people excited about your event. Now it’s time to think about your attendees experience. Check back next week for Pt. 3: Program Design &amp; Audience Follow-up.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/part-2-meetup-planning-for-dev-cos-promotion-and-audience-targeting">So You Want to Host a Meetup? Pt.2: Promotion & Audience Targeting</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #21, Scott Raney of Redpoint Ventures on Why Continuous Delivery Matters</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-21-scott-raney-of-redpoint-ventures-on-why-continuous-delivery-matters</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2016 09:34:55 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-3082</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode Edith and Paul are joined by Scott Raney, Partner at Redpoint Ventures. Edith, and Paul hear from Scott why continuous delivery matters in modern software development.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode Edith and Paul are joined by Scott Raney, Partner at Redpoint Ventures. Edith, and Paul hear from Scott why continuous delivery matters in modern software development.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-21-scott-raney-of-redpoint-ventures-on-why-continuous-delivery-matters">Ep. #21, Scott Raney of Redpoint Ventures on Why Continuous Delivery Matters</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Taming Dependencies at Opsee</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/taming-dependencies-at-opsee</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Jun 2016 16:38:21 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-3067</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>About a year ago, Opsee began a project of retooling all of its internal communication around gRPC and protobuf v3. Greg Poirer takes us through the teams thinking and describes their current solution.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>On June 14th, 2016, Heavybit member companies <a href="https://opsee.com/">Opsee</a>, <a href="http://lightstep.com/">LightStep</a>, and <a href="https://www.iron.io/">Iron.io</a> hosted the <a href="http://www.meetup.com/golangsf/events/230127788/">GoSF Meetup</a> at the Heavybit clubhouse. Below is a video of Greg Poirer’s talk on <strong>Taming Dependencies at Opsee</strong>, along with extended thoughts on the path they followed to get to their current solution.</em></p><p>About a year ago, Opsee began a project of retooling all of its internal communication around <a href="https://github.com/grpc/grpc-go">gRPC</a> and <a href="https://github.com/golang/protobuf">protobuf</a> v3. We chose these because we have microservices in a few different languages–as happens when you’re rapidly prototyping functionality and allowing developers the flexibility to choose their own language. As we coalesced as a team around Go, we ended up with a considerable amount of shared, generated code that we were reusing in a number of different projects.</p><p>We placed all of our protobuf definitions and the generated Go files in a single repository. Standard practice in Go is to check generated files into source control, because projects have to be able to build with a simple call to <em>go build. </em>This has some interesting implications when you aren’t developing in a monolith however. We inadvertently created a shared dependency around a specific version of gRPC and protobuf without realizing it.</p><p>After taking a very close look at our predicament, we decided that we would do things a little different. Instead of a single shared repository, we’ve chosen to break that up; the service responsible for a given protobuf definition houses that protobuf spec file. Instead of checking the generated code in, we allow services to duplicate the protobuf definition and keep its own copy and the generated code in version control.</p><p>This works for us, because we’ve chosen an internal contract that states</p><blockquote>We will not remove or change fields in protobuf specifications.</blockquote><p>This is similar to a versioned API contract. As we add new fields to those objects, the service that copied the protobuf file can choose to update or not–if it needs access to the new fields. This change allowed us to associate versions of protobuf and gRPC with each project instead of coordinating versions across all projects.</p><p>In this talk, we explored some of our options–including our process of considering a monolith. There were a number of, to us, unacceptable trade-offs for working with a monolith. Most of these centered around a lack of a good continuous integration story for projects in a monolith.</p><p></p><p><em>Learn more about Opsee at <a href="https://opsee.com/">Opsee.com</a>, and check out the <a href="/events/">Heavybit events</a> page to RSVP to other developer focused events in our San Francisco clubhouse.</em></p><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/taming-dependencies-at-opsee">Taming Dependencies at Opsee</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #9, Getting Users To Give A Damn</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-getting-users-to-give-a-damn</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2016 13:49:36 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-2981</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, David and Steve are joined by Mikeal Rogers, Community Manager at the Node.js Foundation. The three discuss how best to grow communities around open source software.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode, David and Steve are joined by Mikeal Rogers, Community Manager at the Node.js Foundation. The three discuss how best to grow communities around open source software.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-getting-users-to-give-a-damn">Ep. #9, Getting Users To Give A Damn</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>So You Want To Host A Meetup? Pt. 1: Getting Started &amp; Objectives</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/so-you-want-to-host-a-meetup-pt-1-getting-started</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2016 09:30:22 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-2826</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Organizing or sponsoring a meetup can add great value to your company – from increasing sales leads, to hiring your next employee, to becoming a thought leader in your space. Over the past 3 years Heavybit has hosted over 200 member meetups at our Clubhouse in San Francisco. Here are some of the best practices we’ve learned in that time.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Organizing or sponsoring a meetup can add great value to your company – from increasing sales leads, to hiring your next employee, to becoming a thought leader in your space. Over the past 3 years Heavybit has hosted over <a href="/events/">200 member meetups</a> at our Clubhouse in San Francisco. Here are some of the best practices on getting started.</p><h2>Identifying Objectives &amp; Audience</h2><p>The first step in planning any event is to identify your objectives. Are you looking to fill a role, increase sales leads, and/or build a community around your product? Once you’ve decided on your objectives, you’ll be able to easily identify the audience you need in the room.</p><p>While it may seem like getting as many people as possible to attend your event is ideal, attendee <strong>quality</strong> is far more important than <strong>quantity</strong>. Make sure to target the audience that will allow you to achieve your objectives.</p><h2>Scheduling</h2><p>For the best attendance, host your meetup on a Tuesday, Wednesday, or Thursday evening. People are still recovering from the weekend on Monday, and they’ll want to get their weekends started after work on Friday.</p><p>The tech industry doesn’t generally run on a 9am-5pm schedule, so don’t expect your attendees to get to your event by 5pm. Give your attendees enough time to wrap-up their work day and travel to your venue.</p><p>Keep in mind your attendees have been working all day and probably don’t have the energy to listen to multiple lengthy talks. Keep your talks and Q&amp;A session all within an hour.</p><p>Once the talks are finished, don’t feel you need to entertain and provide refreshments to your guests for the remainder of the evening. Suggest a few local bars for the group to continue the conversation. Here’s a sample event schedule:</p><ul><li><em>6:00pm – 6:30pm: Check-in &amp; dinner</em></li><li><em>6:30pm – 7:00pm: Presentation of CEO of XXX &amp; Q&amp;A</em></li><li><em>7:00pm – 7:30pm: Lightning talks</em></li><li><em>7:30pm – 8:00pm: Networking</em></li><li><em>8:15pm: Doors close</em></li></ul><h2>Finding A Venue</h2><p>If you don’t have an event space, <a href="http://goprelude.com/find">Prelude</a>, <a href="https://www.peerspace.com/">Peerspace</a> and <a href="https://www.splacer.co/">Splacer</a> are great resources to find creative and inspiring venues. You could also look to partner with a relevant company that has an event space in their office. When reaching out to use these companies, let them know how the partnership will benefit them (i.e. increase candidate leads for Node.js developers). Hosting an event can be a big distraction, so the company will want to make sure the value added by the event is worth the distraction.</p><p>You know why you’re hosting the meetup, have a schedule for the event, and have secured a venue. Now what? Check back next week for Pt. 2: Promotion &amp; Audience Targeting.</p><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/so-you-want-to-host-a-meetup-pt-1-getting-started">So You Want To Host A Meetup? Pt. 1: Getting Started & Objectives</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Content Is King and Other Clichés</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/content-is-king-and-other-cliches</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Jun 2016 13:30:35 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Featured]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-2918</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Speaker Series presentation, Github Director of Outreach Chris Kelly discusses how to programmatically surface engaging content by being more “human,” and extending the life of a single, adaptable story.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>From SDR to AE: How to Turbocharge Your Career</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/from-sdr-to-ae-how-to-turbocharge-your-career</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Jun 2016 15:47:27 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-2896</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Learn how to turbocharge your sales career in these videos from Rainforest QA and Iron.io’s Sales teams. When you’re looking to join a team as an SDR, it’s imperative that you ask a lot of questions. Find out what the team is doing well and what areas they’re struggling in.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>On June 2nd, 2016, Rainforest QA and Iron.io hosted an event titled “From SDR to AE: How to Turbocharge Your Career” featuring several Q&amp;A panels with SDRs, AEs and VPs of Sales from both companies. Videos of the panels are included below, along with extended thoughts from Rainforest QA’s Sarah Arcoleo.</em></p><h3>How to Turbocharge Your Career</h3><p>As Sales Development Representatives (SDRs) and Business Development Representatives (BDRs) you are a vital component of your company. You do research on and connect with prospects, and you help teams across your entire organization make plans and build roadmaps for paying customers. In many ways, you are also the future leaders of the organization.</p><p>As you’ll see in these videos, if your goal is a closing role in Sales, choosing the company you work for carefully and spending your time smartly as an SDR is a great step along the way.</p><p></p><p>During your time as an SDR (or BDR) you’re busy learning about your market, fine-tuning your tool set, and learning what messaging and sales approaches resonate with your target audience. You’re also building your career, so you should be thoughtful in choosing the type of team you work on and the people you will be working with. The best opportunities will allow you to learn best practices from your teammates, expose you to the full sales cycle, and provide a clear path for both personal growth and professional promotion.</p><p>When you’re looking to join a team as an SDR, it’s imperative that you ask a lot of questions. Find out what the team is doing well and what areas they’re struggling in. Here are some sample questions to get you started:</p><ul><li>What processes do they have in place that are working, and how do they address areas of concern?</li><li>Do they have a firm understanding of what’s working, based on data?</li><li>Do they regularly experiment and make adjustments based on measured outcomes?</li></ul><p>Finally, ask yourself, <strong>what can you learn from this team and how would you contribute?</strong></p><h3>The Successful SDR</h3><p><br/>For most, the SDR role is a starting point for a career in Sales. Joining a team that functions well, has values that resonate with you, and team members you respect and want to learn from will help you grow a strong foundation for your career. When you’re interviewing, ask questions about how SDRs work with Account Executives at the company.</p><p>Are they encouraged to tag along on calls further down the sales cycle? What sort of feedback do they get on the opportunities they’re sending over? Once you’re on a team, be sure to pay attention to what the best closers in your company are doing well and learn from them.</p><h3>From SDR to AE</h3><p>As an SDR you understand your value to the business but, for most SDRs, this is a step on the path to a closing role. Look for a company that sees SDRs as more than lead generators and invests in you as a person and in your career. Some companies, if they have been around long enough, will have a clear process for promotion in place. Pay attention to the timeline for promotion and see if that works for you.</p><p>Other companies may be at an earlier stage with a less defined process. If this is the case, see if they have a history of promoting internally and if they do, ask questions around how you can prepare yourself to be moving in that direction.<br/><br/>We’re proud of the work we’re doing and the SDR teams we’re building at <a href="https://www.iron.io/">Iron.io</a> and <a href="https://www.rainforestqa.com/">Rainforest QA</a>. If you have any questions or are interested in finding out more about our teams after watching these videos, please reach out or join us for another event, we’d be happy to hear from you!</p><p><em>If you’d like to attend other developer focused sales, product, marketing, and general management events, check out the <a href="/events/">Heavybit Events page</a>, and RSVP today.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/from-sdr-to-ae-how-to-turbocharge-your-career">From SDR to AE: How to Turbocharge Your Career</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Beta Testing for Early Developer Teams</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/beta-testing-for-early-developer-teams</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jun 2016 15:02:24 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Beta Program]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-2889</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>UX designer and former Treasure Data product manager Luca Candela discusses defining your feature tests, cohorts and research experiments. He also covers collecting your datasets and determining the nature of your feature releases to build products that keep developers coming back for more.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Managing the Transition from Monolith to Microservices</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/managing-the-transition-from-monolith-to-microservices</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Jun 2016 15:29:53 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-2842</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>While the debate rages on about the wisdom of building monolith-first, the reality is that the majority of projects still start as monoliths.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>While the debate rages on about the wisdom of building monolith-first, the reality is that the majority of projects still start as monoliths. While it sounds great to defer to that magical day when you’ll switch everything to services, successful projects usually find on that day that they have 24×7 workload, paying customers, and a system that isn’t designed for incremental change.</p><p>With real-world examples from the internals of <a href="https://circleci.com/">CircleCI</a> and other projects, <a href="https://twitter.com/z00b">Rob Zuber</a>, CTO at CircleCI will discuss some of the patterns that make it easier to transition away from the monolith, the dangers lurking in premature implementation of services, and early design decisions that have amazing and terrible impacts on scaling when the time comes.</p><p></p><p>To see the next talk in person, sign up for <a href="http://www.meetup.com/CircleCI-Office-Hours/">CircleCI’s Office Hours</a>, and head over to our <a href="/events/">events page</a> to check out all of our upcoming developer focused events.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/managing-the-transition-from-monolith-to-microservices">Managing the Transition from Monolith to Microservices</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #20, Is Bimodal IT BullshIT?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-20-is-bimodal-it-bullshit</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jun 2016 09:35:20 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-2807</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Edith and Paul discuss Gartner’s Bimodal IT model, they battle over Waterfall vs. Agile, and they talk about how Continuous Delivery will deliver you from your technical debt nightmares.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode, Edith and Paul discuss Gartner’s Bimodal IT model, they battle over Waterfall vs. Agile, and they talk about how Continuous Delivery will deliver you from your technical debt nightmares.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-20-is-bimodal-it-bullshit">Ep. #20, Is Bimodal IT BullshIT?</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #8, I Only Work On Ugly Products</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-i-only-work-on-ugly-products</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Jun 2016 09:31:24 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-2773</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Steve and David are joined by <a href="https://twitter.com/domyen">Dom Nguyen</a>, Product Designer at <a href="https://www.meteor.com/">Meteor</a>. The group discuss why developer companies should hire designers, and why designers should want to work for developer companies.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode, Steve and David are joined by <a href="https://twitter.com/domyen">Dom Nguyen</a>, Product Designer at <a href="https://www.meteor.com/">Meteor</a>. The group discuss why developer companies should hire designers, and why designers should want to work for developer companies.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-i-only-work-on-ugly-products">Ep. #8, I Only Work On Ugly Products</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>WelpConf: Striving for Stability</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/welpconf-striving-for-stability</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 May 2016 11:12:28 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-2744</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On May 12th, 2016, Heavybit member company Opsee hosted their first ever WelpConf. The event featured guest speaker Andy Smith from Wercker, and a panel moderated by Dan Turchin of BigPanda, featuring Andy Smith &amp; Greg Poirer from Opsee.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>On May 12th, 2016, Heavybit member company <a href="https://opsee.com/">Opsee</a> hosted their first ever <a href="http://www.meetup.com/welpconf/">WelpConf</a>. The event featured guest speaker Andy Smith from <a href="http://wercker.com/">Wercker</a>, and a panel moderated by Dan Turchin of <a href="https://bigpanda.io/">BigPanda</a>, featuring Andy Smith &amp; Greg Poirer from Opsee. Videos of the talk and panel are below, along with further thoughts from Greg.</em></p><p>Have you ever been on-call? Has your phone beeped and buzzed at 2 a.m.? Have you ever looked at an alert and thought to yourself, “Welp?”</p><h2><strong>Striving for Stability</strong></h2><p><br/>Systems are a representation of reality that strive, and fail, toward determinism. They are only perfect in our mind, and while we make every effort to translate our desires into reality, we often fail to consider every possible input or address every possible failure scenario during implementation, and this leads to instability.</p><blockquote>Every action between building locally on a developer’s laptop and deploying to production should be reproducible.</blockquote><p>Only that which is reproducible can be stable. The unknown may never be fully known, but 99.99% availability is a laudable achievement. By working toward reproducibility in our actions, we can inform our decision making with assurance that the system will behave in a predictable fashion. Docker is a powerful tool that is a step in the direction toward reproducibility, but there are <strong>right</strong> ways to do things and there are <strong>wrong</strong> ways to do things.</p><h2><strong>The IT Ops Journey: Then, Now, and Next</strong></h2><p><br/>Computer operators, systems technicians, systems administrators, operations engineers, systems engineers, developers. Throughout the history of computers, the only constant has been operations. Someone is responsible for making sure things are doing what they should be doing. When the fire went out, homo erectus would rekindle the flame.</p><p>Playbooks, battleplans, cron job failure e-mails, and scheduled restarts of services have been the tried and true method of reacting to operational incidents for time immemorial. The sysadmin’s handbook twenty years ago is still very much the monitoring of today.</p><blockquote>Monitoring has been the Big Five for as long as most of us can remember: ping tests, process checks, CPU utilization, memory utilization, and disk utilization.</blockquote><p>In the past few years, intrepid developers have made the things under observation and the ways that we observe them increasingly sophisticated. We’ve gotten exceedingly good at being able to answer the question, “What is happening and where is it happening?” We have not, however, taken to going a step further.</p><blockquote>Our distrust of the systems we build has left us in a position of constant manual intervention and ad hoc automation of remediation.</blockquote><p>We need goals for IT operations and monitoring. We need to be able to build trust in the systems we build. Anything emitted by a system should be recorded, catalogued, and understood. Relationships between components should be well-defined and discoverable. The people building and deploying systems should have a comprehensive understanding of their failure domains, and the systems themselves should help inform that comprehension.</p><p><em><a href="http://www.meetup.com/welpconf/">Sign up here</a> to attend the next WelpConf, and check out our <a href="/events/">events page</a> for a schedule of upcoming developer focused events at our San Francisco Clubhouse.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/welpconf-striving-for-stability">WelpConf: Striving for Stability</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Evolution of Dark Launching on Snap CI</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-evolution-of-dark-launching-on-snap-ci</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 May 2016 09:25:09 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-2727</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Badri Janakiraman shares the story of the evolution of dark launching on Snap CI</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>On May 18th, 2016 Heavybit member company <a href="https://launchdarkly.com/">LaunchDarkly</a> hosted their Dark Launch Meetup at our San Francisco Clubhouse. <a href="https://twitter.com/badrij">Badri Janakiraman</a>, a developer at <a href="https://www.thoughtworks.com/">ThoughtWorks Studios</a>, presented on The Evolution of Dark Launching on Snap CI.</em></p><p>Badri shares the story of how ThoughtWorks started off with an MVP for Snap and how, as it scaled, they evolved their architecture to facilitate testing of features while deploying continuously to production as well as having the ability to selectively turn on features for a limited set of users.</p><p></p><p><a href="http://www.meetup.com/San-Francisco-Dark-Launching-Meetup/">Sign up here</a> to attend the next Dark Launch Meetup, and head over to our <a href="/events/">events page</a> to check out all the other developer focused events happening in our San Francisco Clubhouse.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/the-evolution-of-dark-launching-on-snap-ci">The Evolution of Dark Launching on Snap CI</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Platform Marketing: So You Want to Be an Ecosystem?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/platform-marketing-so-you-want-to-be-an-ecosystem</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 May 2016 12:13:57 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Platform Marketing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Product Adoption]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Partnerships]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-2685</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Slack’s Head of Platform Marketing Cecilia Stallsmith shows how to use successful platform models and strategies for greater developer adoption, with examples and tactics from her experiences at Slack and Box.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #7, You’re The Developer Of Your Developer Experience</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-youre-the-developer-of-your-developer-experience</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 May 2016 09:30:36 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-2673</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, David and Steve are joined by Matt Harris, Co-founder of <a href="https://www.sendwithus.com/">Sendwithus</a>. The three discuss the challenges of providing the same great developer experience across multiple different languages, how important DX is to building developer traction, and finally they cover what to look for in potential hires when building your developer experience team.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode, David and Steve are joined by Matt Harris, Co-founder of <a href="https://www.sendwithus.com/">Sendwithus</a>. The three discuss the challenges of providing the same great developer experience across multiple different languages, how important DX is to building developer traction, and finally they cover what to look for in potential hires when building your developer experience team.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-youre-the-developer-of-your-developer-experience">Ep. #7, You’re The Developer Of Your Developer Experience</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #19, Have We Forgotten How To Code?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-19-have-we-forgotten-how-to-code</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2016 09:30:41 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-2670</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Paul and Edith discuss the fallout after the widely covered ‘<a href="https://www.npmjs.com/package/left-pad">left-pad</a>‘ incident, and while they agree that these sorts of moments move the entire open-source community forward, they wonder – have we forgotten how to code?</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode, Paul and Edith discuss the fallout after the widely covered ‘<a href="https://www.npmjs.com/package/left-pad">left-pad</a>‘ incident, and while they agree that these sorts of moments move the entire open-source community forward, they wonder – have we forgotten how to code?</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-19-have-we-forgotten-how-to-code">Ep. #19, Have We Forgotten How To Code?</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Securing APIs: A Look Ahead</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/securing-apis-a-look-ahead</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 May 2016 11:03:25 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-2585</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Earlier this year Neil Mansilla, former VP of Developer Relations at Runscope, presented the current trends, tools and platforms used for securing APIs. As a follow up to Neil’s presentation which is embedded below, Apiary’s Jakub Mikuláš takes a deeper look at the current state of API security.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>Earlier this year <a href="https://twitter.com/mansillaDEV">Neil Mansilla</a>, former VP of Developer Relations at <a href="https://www.runscope.com/">Runscope</a>, presented the current trends, tools and platforms used for securing APIs. As a follow up to Neil’s presentation which is embedded below, Apiary’s Jakub Mikuláš takes a deeper look at the current state of API security.</em></p><p></p><h2>It’s a Big, Scary World out There</h2><p>We’ve all read the stories of hacked IoT devices, from <a href="http://www.wired.com/2015/07/hackers-remotely-kill-jeep-highway/">cars</a> and <a href="http://www.wired.com/2015/07/hackers-can-disable-sniper-rifleor-change-target/">guns</a>, down to a children’s <a href="http://www.pcworld.com/article/3012220/security/internet-connected-hello-barbie-doll-can-be-hacked.html">doll</a>. We’ve seen vulnerable protocols and implementations coming from even the largest vendors, where we’d normally expect a higher level of security assessment. We’ve witnessed both small and large attacks, and they’re not always as sophisticated as they should be. Quite often these attacks are exploiting weak API security: APIs without TLS, APIs using a single token for all devices, weak default credentials, and more. We laughed at the idea of adding a firewall to our refrigerator, but perhaps we shouldn’t have. Is current API security really that difficult?</p><p>The good news is that we’ve <em>almost</em> figured out securing server communication in the browser. TLS is becoming a standard even in small personal projects. We have new security policies and APIs in all major browsers. We can enforce and control security features simply by adding HTTP headers to server responses. These smaller building blocks add some serious security to the web. Can we say the same about the API landscape?</p><p>One thing is for sure: it’s <strong>very difficult</strong> to clearly understand the implications of choosing one protocol or scheme over another. While the core ideas and principles are usually well documented, frameworks and libraries rarely help with security tasks. One look at <a href="http://security.stackexchange.com">security.stackexchange.com</a> can demonstrate how hard it is to understand these concepts. For example, what’s the top answer on Google for a cURL certificate mismatch? <a href="https://www.google.com/search?q=cURL+certificate+mismatch&amp;oq=cURL+certificate+mismatch">Add a few lines of code to disable the security check</a>.</p><p>It takes teams of educated and dedicated people lots of time and resources to simply do security <em>well enough</em>. Those without the time or resources will ignore warnings and prompts that your tool produces if it slows them down or annoys them. Security and crypto are constantly moving targets which means this problem likely won’t get easier. With more and more IoT devices using APIs, the number of potential targets for attackers is skyrocketing; now more than ever you need to do security well.</p><p>History and experience show us that crypto and security can be described as <em>exciting</em> by only a fraction of people, and if it isn’t interesting and / or easy, people won’t care about it. We can keep inventing more intricate schemas or <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Double_ratchet">security protocols</a> and yes, we need them, but that won’t make crypto <em>inviting</em> for everybody. Sadly, it just isn’t meant to be.</p><p>What we <strong>can</strong> do is improve the developer experience of implementing security. We can and should do a much better job explaining the drawbacks of disabling security features when developers are considering those options. We can develop libraries that <strong>require</strong> the highest security standards, standards that can’t simply be switched off.</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/b2d980cfbf31a5c8149b80e3095c5c9cf5d19694-800x300.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>One solution is to outsource your API security to someone whose core competency is security. We should think about strong API security as table stakes in API design. Outsourcing allows teams dedicated to security to do their jobs to my benefit, and allows me as an API developer and consumer to be able to trust any API I’m interacting with. That’s a win-win. I’ll note that this shouldn’t be something I pay extra for, it must be a standard option – strong security should be built into every API at every price point.</p><p>I look forward to a future where I can look at any API and check if their implementation of SAML, OAuth, Hawk or anything else is secure. A future where your API security schema is embedded in your API description as a first class citizen. Only then, with default strong and well documented security, will designing a secure API come naturally.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/securing-apis-a-look-ahead">Securing APIs: A Look Ahead</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Capital Efficiency: Lessons From the Financial Crisis</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/capital-efficiency-lessons-from-the-financial-crisis</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 May 2016 09:30:30 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Featured]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-2552</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Javier Soltero discusses the challenges and lessons learned during the boom and bust period of his career. With past examples, Soltero covers how to batten down the hatches for what looks to be a tough 2016.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Streamlining Distributed Stream Processing with SuperChief</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/streamlining-distributed-stream-processing-with-superchief</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 06 May 2016 13:20:25 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-2543</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Ray discusses the experience of moving from Apache Storm to SuperChief. He talks about some of the challenges Librato faced with Storm and the motivation to move away from frameworks. He covers the design and implementation of SuperChief, the benefits of this new approach and the direction SuperChief is going in the future.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>On April 27th, Heavybit member company Librato held their SF Metrics Meetup at our San Francisco Clubhouse. Below is a video of Librato Data Engineer <a href="https://twitter.com/_rayjenkins">Ray Jenkins’</a> talk on distributed stream processing with SuperChief.</em></p><p>Distributed stream processing is all about gaining actionable insight from high volumes of data in near real-time. Stream processing is complex so many people look to frameworks for help. Last October Librato went in the other direction, moving from Apache Storm to an In-House distributed stream processing system named <a href="http://blog.librato.com/posts/superchief">SuperChief</a>.</p><p>Ray discusses the experience of moving from Apache Storm to SuperChief. He talks about some of the challenges Librato faced with Storm and the motivation to move away from frameworks. He covers the design and implementation of SuperChief, the benefits of this new approach and the direction SuperChief is going in the future.</p><p></p><p><a href="http://www.meetup.com/San-Francisco-Metrics-Meetup/">Sign up here</a> to attend the next SF Metrics Meetup, and check the <a href="/events/">Heavybit events page</a> to attend other great developer focused events.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/streamlining-distributed-stream-processing-with-superchief">Streamlining Distributed Stream Processing with SuperChief</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cliff Moon: So You Want To Start a Monitoring Company</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/so-you-want-to-start-a-monitoring-company</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 06 May 2016 10:27:24 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-2511</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>At the end of the day the success of any startup is going to be determined by some combination of luck, skill and determination. To me, the one part of that equation that we can’t control, luck, should be the thing that keeps us humble.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>On April 27th, 2016, Heavybit member company <a href="https://www.librato.com/">Librato</a> held their SF Metrics Meetup at our San Francisco Clubhouse. Below is a video of <a href="https://opsee.com/">Opsee</a> CEO Cliff Moon’s talk ‘So You Want To Start A Monitoring Company’ as well as further thoughts from Cliff himself.</em></p><p></p><blockquote>A systems engineer without a good startup idea inevitably winds up doing monitoring. — Jeff Hodges</blockquote><p>I first moved to San Francisco in 2007 to join the burgeoning tech scene. The first startup I worked for was a company called Powerset. It was a tough move that we managed by the skin of our teeth and quite a bit of help from friends. My second day on the job — my wife &amp; child weren’t even in town yet — there was an all hands to announce that one of the founders was getting fired. Welcome to startup life.</p><p>About six months after Powerset got sold to Microsoft I, along with a few friends, started working on a nights &amp; weekends project. The early direction was very vague, essentially just that we wanted to build google analytics for network data. After about a year and a half of hacking away at that, my golden handcuffs finally came off and I quit to work on it full time. Nine months and an exhausted savings account later, and we had a prototype good enough to get funding.</p><blockquote>Along the way I learned quite a few things about startups in general, and monitoring companies especially.</blockquote><p>Monitoring companies almost always have engineering challenges that other kinds of startups can put off for a long time. Both scale and reliability have to be taken into account from the very beginning, otherwise you don’t have a viable product. And once you do start adding customers it’s a never ending battle to meet the incremental scale challenges. Having a large, highly skilled and motivated team is just table stakes for sustaining the infrastructure. This might be ok if you can charge enough for the service to pay for a large and experienced team. However, it’s very easy with a monitoring company to get this equation wrong and end up in a place where you have no ability to ship new features.</p><blockquote>One of my biggest lessons from Boundary was to consider the product from the perspective of the customer first and foremost.</blockquote><p>It sounds self-evident to people with a product background, but for a systems engineer it takes effort to look at things from that perspective. When you start from the technology first approach as we did, there are few opportunities to ask a question like, “do we even need to build this thing right now?” Ultimately we made the mistake of assuming that the market would reward us for solving a hard problem. However, the market doesn’t care about your work ethic if you aren’t solving a widespread customer pain.</p><p>At the end of the day the success of any startup is going to be determined by some combination of luck, skill and determination. To me, the one part of that equation that we can’t control, luck, should be the thing that keeps us humble. We can’t often predict what we’ll encounter along the journey, and we certainly won’t know our actions for mistakes until they’re in the rearview mirror. We can only promise ourselves that as we move forward we’ll make different mistakes this time.</p><p><em><a href="http://www.meetup.com/San-Francisco-Metrics-Meetup/">Sign up here</a> to attend the next SF Metrics Meetup, and check the <a href="/events/">Heavybit events page</a> to attend other great developer focused events.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/so-you-want-to-start-a-monitoring-company">Cliff Moon: So You Want To Start a Monitoring Company</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Live to Fight Another Day: Are You Default Dead or Alive?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/live-to-fight-another-day-are-you-default-dead-or-alive</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 May 2016 09:30:15 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-2458</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Speaker Series presentation, Mailgun cofounder and Gravitational COO Taylor Wakefield discusses where to focus to reduce costs/increase revenue, the metrics to align your team and what it’s like to build a lean enterprise offering.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shyp: Go Go Gadget CLI</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/shyp-go-go-gadget-cli</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 May 2016 12:06:57 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-2476</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On April 21st, CircleCI held their monthly office hours at the Heavybit clubhouse. Special guests Shyp took the stage to discuss the inner-workings of their home-grown command line interface.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>On April 21st, CircleCI held their <a href="http://www.meetup.com/CircleCI-Office-Hours/">monthly office hours</a> at the Heavybit clubhouse. Special guests <a href="https://www.shyp.com">Shyp</a> took the stage to discuss the inner-workings of their home-grown command line interface.</em></p><p>Shyp likes to be efficient. They built a command line gateway in Go to quickly build and share automations for common tasks across their team. This includes validating dev environments, creating pull requests, flashing environments with predefined states, interacting with Pivotal Tracker and more!</p><p>Watch as some of the engineers at Shyp pull back the curtain and share details and use-cases of their own CLI. Also, check out this <a href="https://circleci.com/blog/how-we-automate-mobile-and-web-projects-at-shyp-with-circleci/">in-depth blog post</a> from the team at Shyp on how they automate mobile and web projects using CircleCI.</p><p></p><p>If you’d like to join in next time, <a href="http://www.meetup.com/CircleCI-Office-Hours/">RSVP here</a>, and check out all the <a href="/events/">other events</a> happening in our San Francisco Clubhouse.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/shyp-go-go-gadget-cli">Shyp: Go Go Gadget CLI</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In a Crap Market, Don’t Abandon Your Developer Community</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/in-a-crap-market-dont-abandon-your-developer-community</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Apr 2016 15:59:51 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-2410</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>If you’re building a developer product, it’s not enough to simply be loved by individual users and contributors. Developer companies need to both scale their user base and their revenue in order to survive. One way to do that is to lean on network-effect.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>If you’re building a developer product, it’s not enough to simply be loved by individual users and contributors. In a year already marred by layoffs and spending cuts, it’s more important than ever for early startups to get to the “economic buyer”, in other words, the person with broad departmental purchasing power.</p><p>But closing customers in an age of competitive platform wars and a winner-take-all market is easier said than done. Developer companies need to both scale their user base and their revenue in order to survive. One way to do that is to lean on network-effect.</p><h2>What Do I Mean By Network Effect?</h2><p>Quite simply, it is where the value of your product is increased by the number of users contributing and using it. So StackOverflow is better with a vibrant community answering questions. Github is better with a vibrant community sharing and forking code. Heroku is better with a vibrant community of plug-in providers and application developers.</p><p>One goal of network effect is to be able to build developer traction and parlay that traction into significant revenue. Developers adopt a tool in their personal projects, carry that tool into their professional lives, and purchase that tool to use with other team members. Before long, a CTO, COO or purchasing officer notices multiple purchases have been made from the same developer tool provider. This is where a formal agreement becomes a more viable option and where most inside sales teams inject themselves.</p><h2>Examples</h2><p><a href="https://www.particle.io/">Particle IO</a> offers an IoT platform that includes open source prototyping tools and device management software for products at scale. The company sees some of its most creative IoT applications coming from its large community of developers. From sous vides, to cat trackers, to music devices, the Particle project pages highlight the community’s inventions and the true capabilities of the OS itself. The company also uses Kickstarter to validate the need for specific developer tools including Wifi, cellular developer kits, etc. Recently, 5,564 backers backers pledged $578,478 to help bring cellular development kit with a SIM card and affordable data plan to life.</p><p><a href="http://gradle.org/">Gradle</a> is a build automation platform that only gets better the more a company standardizes their build infrastructure. For example, LinkedIn has standardized on Gradle across 42 programming languages and currently executes over 300,000 builds per week. The resulting data allows the organization to enhance developer productivity, speed delivery of features to users, and decrease feedback loops and time spent on deployment.</p><p>To run customer tests, <a href="https://www.rainforestqa.com/">Rainforest QA</a> uses a different kind of network effect – the immense volume of data generated by a remote crowd of over 50,000 QA testers. Rainforest takes about 30 minutes to run 100 tests in multiple browsers. Over 13 million tests have been run and on average there are over 4,000 testers online in any 24 hour period. This 50,000 person QA team doesn’t require human managers, instead Rainforest leverages machine learning and algorithms, getting smarter and smarter with each test.</p><p>At Heavybit, we work with developer companies to help them build their sales playbooks while still maintaining the integrity of a great developer experience and community. While the sales funnel is always important (particularly in a bad market where fundraising is tough), other advantages of network-driven product strategy include better product feedback or third party contributions, advocacy from super users, and higher defensibility in the face of competitors with similar products.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/in-a-crap-market-dont-abandon-your-developer-community">In a Crap Market, Don’t Abandon Your Developer Community</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building Successful Developer Communities</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-successful-developer-communities</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Apr 2016 10:51:46 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-2369</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Tamao Nakahara offers examples of how, at New Relic, Pivotal and VMware’s Cloud Foundry, she built user engagement campaigns and supported champions programs via cultivated incentives. She explains how you can build a sustainable and ROI-focused evangelism team and champion program, all while managing the pressures of a tough market, with authentic content and increased reach.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #18, DevOps 2.0</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-18-devops-2-0</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Apr 2016 10:51:27 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-2377</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Edith and Paul discuss the emergence of the term DevOps 2.0 and try to decide what it means, they talk about the incredible early validation powers continuous delivery gives your team, and they denounce the unnecessary risks of April Fools jokes not backed by continuous delivery.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode, Edith and Paul discuss the emergence of the term DevOps 2.0 and try to decide what it means, they talk about the incredible early validation powers continuous delivery gives your team, and they denounce the unnecessary risks of April Fools jokes not backed by continuous delivery.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-18-devops-2-0">Ep. #18, DevOps 2.0</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building a Better Core Pitch</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-a-better-core-pitch</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Apr 2016 21:20:29 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Messaging &amp; Positioning]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Value Proposition]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1509</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Speaker Series presentation, Andy Raskin outlines the critical elements you need to properly tell your company/product story.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #6, How To Train Your Developer</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-how-to-train-your-developer</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Apr 2016 12:44:20 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-793</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode David and Steve are joined by <a href="https://twitter.com/goborrega">Gonçalo Borrêga</a> of <a href="http://outsystems.com/">Outsystems</a>. The group discusses different tips and techniques for training developers in your product, as well as making it easy for your users to show their own value to their superiors.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode David and Steve are joined by <a href="https://twitter.com/goborrega">Gonçalo Borrêga</a> of <a href="http://outsystems.com/">Outsystems</a>. The group discusses different tips and techniques for training developers in your product, as well as making it easy for your users to show their own value to their superiors.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-how-to-train-your-developer">Ep. #6, How To Train Your Developer</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #6, Aligning Sales and Marketing Departments</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-aligning-sales-and-marketing-departments</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Apr 2016 12:27:54 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-788</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, <a href="https://twitter.com/malia_powers">Malia</a> is joined by <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/marcyc">Marcy Campbell</a>, SVP WW Sales &amp; Business Development at Qubole. Marcy and Malia discuss how marketing and sales teams can move beyond their differences to improve business performance. Discussion topics include the primary goals of each department, what success should look like, and how to clarify lead scoring and lead generation metrics.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode, <a href="https://twitter.com/malia_powers">Malia</a> is joined by <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/marcyc">Marcy Campbell</a>, SVP WW Sales &amp; Business Development at Qubole. Marcy and Malia discuss how marketing and sales teams can move beyond their differences to improve business performance. Discussion topics include the primary goals of each department, what success should look like, and how to clarify lead scoring and lead generation metrics.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-aligning-sales-and-marketing-departments">Ep. #6, Aligning Sales and Marketing Departments</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bash Tips and Tricks to Use on CircleCI and in Life</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/bash-tips-for-circleci-and-life</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 Apr 2016 15:45:57 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-2085</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Kevin Bell, Developer Evangelist at CircleCI presents, “Bash Tips and Tricks to Use on CircleCI and in Life” to a packed house at the Heavybit Clubhouse on March 24th.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Kevin Bell, Developer Evangelist at <a href="https://circleci.com/">CircleCI</a> presents, “Bash Tips and Tricks to Use on CircleCI and in Life” to a packed house at the Heavybit Clubhouse on March 24th.</p><p><strong>Bash Tips and Tricks to Use on CircleCI, and in Life</strong></p><p>It took me years of struggling with Bash before I felt like I could actually use it to save time doing any given task. I could throw together a command or two in the terminal and write very simple scripts, but it was always faster and easier for me to switch to a language like Python to do anything significant. In this short, example-filled presentation, I’m going to try to cover the elements of Bash and a couple CLI tools that made me a true believer, who reaches to Bash for most odd jobs.</p><p></p><p>Sign up for the next <a href="http://www.meetup.com/CircleCI-Office-Hours/">CircleCI Office Hours</a>, and subscribe to <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr">Heavybit’s Newsletter</a> to hear about other upcoming developer focused events.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/bash-tips-for-circleci-and-life">Bash Tips and Tricks to Use on CircleCI and in Life</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Heavybit Sales Master Class Feat. Mark Roberge</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/heavybit-sales-master-class-feat-mark-roberge</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Apr 2016 21:12:43 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1506</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Heavybit Sales Master Class, engineer-turned-sales master Mark Roberge of HubSpot gives insights and real-world examples of the “science of sales growth” featuring best practices for building, training and implementing a scaleable sales team. The Master Class is facilitated by Morgan Mackles of Iron.io.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building an Enterprise Roadmap</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-an-enterprise-roadmap</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2016 21:08:36 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1503</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Speaker Series “Fireside Chat,” Greylock Partner Jerry Chen sits with Docker’s SVP of Engineering Marianna Tessel to discuss what it takes to validate the needs of new users, scale teams to meet the needs of Fortune 500 customers and tackle the challenges of building an enterprise roadmap.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #17, Open Source Economics</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-17-open-source-economics</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2016 09:26:55 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-593</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul are joined by Sean Byrnes, CEO of <a href="http://outlier.ai/">Outlier.ai</a>, and <a href="https://twitter.com/nayafia">Nadia Eghbal</a>. The group discusses open source economics, and examines several potential evolutions of adding money to the open source equation.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul are joined by Sean Byrnes, CEO of <a href="http://outlier.ai/">Outlier.ai</a>, and <a href="https://twitter.com/nayafia">Nadia Eghbal</a>. The group discusses open source economics, and examines several potential evolutions of adding money to the open source equation.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-17-open-source-economics">Ep. #17, Open Source Economics</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #9, Learning To Sell</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-learning-to-sell</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Mar 2016 15:21:54 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-591</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Yaron is joined by <a href="https://twitter.com/scottsambucci">Scott Sambucci</a>, Founder of <a href="http://www.salesqualia.com/">SalesQualia</a>. Scott and Yaron discuss easy to use and repeatable frameworks for sales success.</p><p>To join the show as a guest, contact us at <a href="mailto:roadtogrowth@heavybit.com">roadtogrowth@heavybit.com</a> or tweet at us at <a href="https://twitter.com/roadtogrowth_">@roadtogrowth_</a>.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode, Yaron is joined by <a href="https://twitter.com/scottsambucci">Scott Sambucci</a>, Founder of <a href="http://www.salesqualia.com/">SalesQualia</a>. Scott and Yaron discuss easy to use and repeatable frameworks for sales success.</p><p>To join the show as a guest, contact us at <a href="mailto:roadtogrowth@heavybit.com">roadtogrowth@heavybit.com</a> or tweet at us at <a href="https://twitter.com/roadtogrowth_">@roadtogrowth_</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-learning-to-sell">Ep. #9, Learning To Sell</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #5, Developers are People Too</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-developers-are-people-too</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2016 12:40:03 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-791</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode David and Steve are joined by <a href="https://twitter.com/justinucd">Justin Baker</a>, Lead Product Designer at LaunchDarkly. The three discuss how developers are people too.</p><p>You can follow the show on twitter <a href="https://twitter.com/dontmakemecode">@dontmakemecode</a> and email Stephen and David at <a href="mailto:dmmc@heavybit.com">dmmc@heavybit.com</a> to suggest a topic or guest for the show.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode David and Steve are joined by <a href="https://twitter.com/justinucd">Justin Baker</a>, Lead Product Designer at LaunchDarkly. The three discuss how developers are people too.</p><p>You can follow the show on twitter <a href="https://twitter.com/dontmakemecode">@dontmakemecode</a> and email Stephen and David at <a href="mailto:dmmc@heavybit.com">dmmc@heavybit.com</a> to suggest a topic or guest for the show.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-developers-are-people-too">Ep. #5, Developers are People Too</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bias Busting: It’s About Tracking Data and Being Deliberate</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/bias-busting</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Mar 2016 15:38:51 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-2076</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Hiring is one of the biggest barriers to scaling and growing an early-stage company and unconscious bias is just one obstacle to hiring. We interviewed CEO and cofounder of Paradigm, Joelle Emerson, to discuss her work with companies like Slack, Airbnb and Pinterest. As a way to encourage diversity in teams, Joelle works alongside leaders in these orgs to build comprehensive diversity strategies in HR, recruiting, communications, and policy.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In 2015, a number of technology companies who believed they were meritocratic found two things:</p><ol><li>That they’d built their organizations from a homogenous pool of referred candidates and had ignored diversity for too long; and,</li><li>That this lack of diversity hindered their ability to appeal to future candidates.</li></ol><p>Hiring is one of the biggest barriers to scaling and growing an early-stage company and unconscious bias is just one obstacle to hiring. We interviewed CEO and cofounder of <a href="http://paradigmiq.com/">Paradigm</a>, Joelle Emerson, to discuss her work with companies like Slack, Airbnb and Pinterest. As a way to encourage diversity in teams, Joelle works alongside leaders in these orgs to build comprehensive diversity strategies in HR, recruiting, communications, and policy.</p><h3>How do you define unconscious bias? What are common biases of tech startups?</h3><p><strong>Joelle</strong>: Unconscious bias refers to the information, attitudes, and stereotypes that inform our subconscious information-processing. We rely on unconscious bias to help us quickly filter and evaluate the massive amount of information our brains are receiving at any given moment. One common bias we see play out is a “similar-to-me bias”: we tend to prefer people who remind us of ourselves. We see this play out in tech companies’ hiring processes, particularly when it comes to assessing for “culture fit.” This assessment often leads people, even if inadvertently, to favor and hire people who are like themselves.</p><h3>How does bias affect who we hire, promote and place in leadership?</h3><p><strong>Joelle</strong>: Bias can lead us to hold different people to different standards, to seek out information that confirms beliefs we already hold, and to hire people we like instead of people who are best for the job. Biases can also influence performance review and promotion processes, which can make it harder for people from underrepresented backgrounds to advance to leadership positions. This is ultimately self-defeating for companies, as research has shown that diverse groups are smarter, make better decisions and help companies become more innovative.</p><h3>How can we determine unconscious bias and broaden our thinking to allow for a diverse group of job candidates, leaders and managers?</h3><p><strong>Joelle</strong>: Tracking and analyzing data throughout different processes at your company will help you identify where unconscious bias might come into play. For example, it’s important to consider how people from different backgrounds fare at each stage of your hiring process, as well as in performance reviews, promotion, and compensation. It’s also important to ask employees about their experiences, through methods like surveys and focus groups. To effectively manage bias and build an inclusive culture, companies should listen and respond to the experiences of their employees.</p><h3>What can you do to increase opportunities for leadership when existing leaders seemingly come from a homogenous group?</h3><p><strong>Joelle</strong>: You can encourage leaders to mentor and sponsor people from underrepresented groups, providing visibility and a pathway to leadership. It’s also important to offer leadership development programs for people from underrepresented groups, and to ensure that the path for advancement is clear. But ultimately, if people don’t see others who look like them in senior leadership, and if your organizational culture isn’t inclusive, employees from underrepresented backgrounds may leave before they ever have the opportunity to advance.</p><h3>How do you avoid selection bias, over-generalizations and intuition-based decision making in job descriptions and interviews?</h3><p><strong>Joelle</strong>: Designing a structured hiring process helps people make more objective decisions. Structured processes help limit the extent to which people can rely on their own subjective opinions, which are often influenced by bias. Designing a structured interview process includes agreeing on selection criteria before going into an interview, asking the same questions of every candidate, and creating a scoring rubric so that you can determine objectively what “good” or “bad” answers look like ahead of time.</p><h3>Can you suggest resources and reading for early founders?</h3><p><strong>Joelle</strong>: I like <a href="http://www.wired.com/2015/04/hire-like-google/">this article on Google’s hiring process</a>, which talks about structured interviewing. My partner Natalie wrote <a href="http://www.huffingtonpost.com/natalie-johnson/4-tips-for-better-and-les_b_8622166.html">this article on asking effective interview questions</a>, and I’ve written two (<a href="https://medium.com/inclusion-insights/want-to-hire-more-diverse-people-raise-your-bar-b5d30f91cbd9#.9fdqdmo6j">here</a> and<a href="https://medium.com/inclusion-insights/raising-the-bar-how-to-be-a-less-biased-interviewer-ecda0892f8f5#.iguctnadv">here</a>) on strategies for mitigating bias in interviews.</p><h3>Ways Developer Companies can Deal with Unconscious Bias</h3><p>In addition to checking out Joelle’s suggested resources, Heavybit is hosting a small unconference-style discussion on unconscious bias on Tuesday, March 29th. To participate in this event, <a href="https://unconsciousbias-hb.eventbrite.com/">RSVP today</a> with the password <strong><em>inclusion-hb</em></strong></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/bias-busting">Bias Busting: It’s About Tracking Data and Being Deliberate</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #16, It’s The Future</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-16-its-the-future</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Mar 2016 11:06:44 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-540</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Edith and Paul discuss Paul’s blog post titled ‘<a href="https://circleci.com/blog/its-the-future">It’s The Future</a>‘.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode, Edith and Paul discuss Paul’s blog post titled ‘<a href="https://circleci.com/blog/its-the-future">It’s The Future</a>‘.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-16-its-the-future">Ep. #16, It’s The Future</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #4, Affordances for Developers</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-affordances-for-developers</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Mar 2016 16:03:56 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-514</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode David and Steve are joined by <a href="https://twitter.com/larimer">Dustin Larimer</a> from <a href="https://keen.io/">Keen IO</a>. They discuss affordances – the visual cues or attributes of a thing that inform you how it works – for developers.</p><p>You can follow the show on twitter <a href="https://twitter.com/dontmakemecode">@dontmakemecode</a> and email Stephen and David at <a href="mailto:dmmc@heavybit.com">dmmc@heavybit.com</a> to suggest a topic or guest for the show.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode David and Steve are joined by <a href="https://twitter.com/larimer">Dustin Larimer</a> from <a href="https://keen.io/">Keen IO</a>. They discuss affordances – the visual cues or attributes of a thing that inform you how it works – for developers.</p><p>You can follow the show on twitter <a href="https://twitter.com/dontmakemecode">@dontmakemecode</a> and email Stephen and David at <a href="mailto:dmmc@heavybit.com">dmmc@heavybit.com</a> to suggest a topic or guest for the show.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-affordances-for-developers">Ep. #4, Affordances for Developers</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #15, All Software Is SaaS</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-15-all-software-is-saas</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Mar 2016 10:52:59 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-538</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Edith and Paul talk about the history and shifting definition of SaaS, some of the last Continuous Delivery holdouts in tech, and the need for early customers to know there’s a person behind your software.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode, Edith and Paul talk about the history and shifting definition of SaaS, some of the last Continuous Delivery holdouts in tech, and the need for early customers to know there’s a person behind your software.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-15-all-software-is-saas">Ep. #15, All Software Is SaaS</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>An Opinionated Tour of Testing Tools: How to Test and Deploy a Python Web App</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/opinionated-tour-of-testing-tools</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Mar 2016 17:24:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-300</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>One of my goals is to make CircleCI a best-in-class tool for Python Continuous Integration. To do that I decided to create a simple web application and then apply the current best practices for testing and deploys to that project. This is the result of that research.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On February 17th, CircleCI held their regular Office Hours Meetup at Heavybit’s San Francisco Clubhouse. This post was written by the evening’s main speaker, Mike ‘Bear’ Taylor.</p><p>To get started, let me introduce who I am. My name is <a href="https://twitter.com/codebear">Bear</a> and my job at <a href="https://circleci.com/">CircleCI</a> is the operations side of the Site Reliability Engineering team. I’ve been using Python to develop applications and ops tools for many decades. When I joined CircleCI, I naturally started to use CircleCI in my Python projects.</p><p>One of my goals is to make CircleCI a best-in-class tool for Python Continuous Integration. To do that I decided to create a simple web application and then apply the current best practices for testing and deploys to that project.</p><p>This is the result of that research.</p><p></p><p>This post will not be a deep dive into any one area, nor will it be a battle-of-the-frameworks. What it will be is an opinionated list of what tools and practices I consider useful for developing and deploying a modern Python web application. At the end my goal is to give you some ideas and thoughts about Python testing, even if you don’t agree with them.</p><p></p><p>This is the path that any app travels while being tested.</p><p>The flow is from the Developer, thru components (aka UI), then on to Integration testing and finally into more formal acceptance and system testing. The area of responsibility is divided between the Developer and your Continuous Integration solution.</p><p>This slide also points out that testing must be very fast in order for it to be useful. The slower tests are reserved for the parts of the path that do not see a lot of change.</p><p></p><p>Let’s take a look at Developer Testing, which is the most interesting part. To be honest this part is the least interesting part for me as an Ops person, except when it fails and the CI starts failing and every developer starts posting their favorite version of “works for me.”</p><p>If even a few of the items I show you today are followed, then we can start to bring together the dev and ops teams.</p><p>The first step towards a sparkly devops princess future is the Makefile.</p><p></p><p>The makefile is where we document what steps are taken to setup an environment, what steps are needed for each test type and also what steps are needed for deploys. Here is where we discover what is required to get a clean test environment, and what is required to run lint and the different test types. This is also where we document the steps required to setup the development environment.</p><p>All which are essential for current developers, and to enable new developers ,to come up to speed.</p><p>The info target is useful to help document the environment currently being run which is useful when you are looking back in history to find out what has changed.</p><p></p><p>Both Flask and Django make use of a management script to run the app. The role of manage.py is to put into a single location what checks are needed before starting the app and what options are available to someone wanting to run the app.</p><p>We are going to make use of this to define some custom commands that will be used to start the unit, web and integration tests.</p><p></p><p>We need to ensure that the developers and qa/ci environments are identical. To do that we use PyEnv to define the virtualenv and to also ensure that it is active for the project.</p><p>This removes the one single largest cause of CI/CD pipeline failure: a developer’s laptop having multiple changes to the system’s Python.</p><p></p><p>Pytest is another key point along our testing path because it allows us to create tests without a lot of boilerplate, to use assertions as they are normally written, and to be able to run xUnit, doctests and other test formats, in a standard manner.</p><p>Pytest also gives the ability to mark (using attributes) different tests as web, integration, or unit tests ,which will come in handy later in the pipeline.</p><p></p><p>Pre-commit hooks are essential to enforcing that our tests, lint’ing and a variety of other validation steps, are performed before the code makes it to the git repo. This will allow everyone in the CI pipeline to feel confident that the code being tested is not going to fail from someone typo’ing a json blob or something equally face-palm-y.</p><p>The Python module git-pre-commit-hook is an amazing tool for this and comes out of the box with quite a few plugins to make life more sane.</p><p></p><p>A majority of the tools covered so far can be customized for the specific environment. The file setup.cfg is used by pytest, flake8, tox and a number of other tools to read in any overrides, so it is worthwhile to keep it current.</p><p>Here we are letting flake8 know which warnings and errors it can skip reporting about. We also are defining what markers are present in our tests so pytest can know how to parse the command line we give it later.</p><p></p><p>In order to properly test the web UI, you need to be able to run the app and have it respond to requests from a web server. In the past this required different staging or testing servers that would constantly be out of date; require that the magic phrase be uttered to the sysadmin just to get that server updated.</p><p>Fortunately, now we can take advantage of Docker (and other VM environments) to create, deploy, and run all of the required items on the developer’s laptop.</p><p></p><p>Docker-compose hides a *lot* of the complexity involved in coordinating multiple vm’s – the ports involved, getting host names to match across vms, setting up network tunnels for port forwarding, etc.</p><p>Here we see three docker VM’s being defined: uwsgi, web and chromedriver.</p><ul><li>uwsgi is the VM that runs the app using uwsgi</li><li>web is the VM that will run nginx which then will proxy-pass all requests to the uwsgi VM</li><li>chromedriver is the VM that creates a headless browser environment that can be manipulated by selenium’s web driver</li></ul><h2>The Build</h2><p>Lets us store the docker-compose files in the same directory as our application so we can take advantage of the docker tools to inject our app into the VM’s file space. The Links, expose and ports items are all the magic items to let docker know what the networking relationship is between the VM’s – it then goes off and ensures each vm has the proper port configurations.</p><p></p><p>We are going to use our Makefile to document what the specific commands we need to manage our Docker environment. Docker-build outlines the three steps to creating; storing and cleanup of the vm’s Docker-start shows the command to get the Docker environment up and running webtest runs a bash script that determines what the Docker IP address is.</p><p>It’s worth noting this step varies between linux and OS X. Then the script waits for the exposed ports to become available and exits. We then use our management script to run the web tests and afterwards tell Docker to stop.</p><p></p><p>The best part about going thru the process to deploy our app locally using nginx and uwsgi is that it’s almost the exact same process involved in deploying our app in a production environment.</p><p>The nginx config shown here would only need to be tweaked a little bit – such as changing the upstream server configs and also the server_name and listen items. This is all information that the ops team would have to discover the hard way, so having this already documented gives them a heads-up.</p><p></p><p>Once our application has passed the unit, integration and web UI tests, it is ready for further testing downstream within the CI pipeline. Because we have now proved that the application is functional, we can bundle the app into a named tarball and use that for any further deploys. This removes the need for git credentials to be required.</p><p>The tarball and the uwsgi line paired with the uwsgi-app.py are examples of what could be used in acceptance and system testing of our app as a part of other pieces of the system being tested. Our app could be an external requirement for another part of the CI/CD pipeline so this would document the steps required to get our deploy running in that test environment.</p><p></p><p>Now deploys are not as simple as tossing a few files at a server and crossing your fingers. Fortunately there are already good walk-thrus on how to deploy to Google AppEngine and Google Cloud Compute.</p><p></p><p>These are tools that would normally be present in any production app’s environment but are hard to describe or demonstrate for a talk.</p><p><a href="https://pypi.python.org/pypi/tox">Tox</a> would be used as part of the Acceptance phase of any sane CI/CD pipeline.</p><p><a href="https://pypi.python.org/pypi/coverage">Coverage.py</a> is an amazing tool that looks into your code and shines a light into those dark recesses of old and unused code – all of which are breeding grounds for future bugs.</p><p><a href="https://pypi.python.org/pypi/mock">Mock</a> you will see in this test_owm.py integration test so we can check our use of the external API without having to hammer that API.</p><p><a href="http://locust.io/">Locust.io</a> is a python based load testing tool.</p><p>The URLs shown here are very good guides to python testing that go much deeper into the details and whys and how-tos, much more than I ever could.</p><ul><li><a href="https://pages.18f.gov/testing-cookbook/python">https://pages.18f.gov/testing-cookbook/python</a></li><li><a href="http://docs.python-guide.org/en/latest/writing/tests">http://docs.python-guide.org/en/latest/writing/tests</a></li><li><a href="https://pythonhosted.org/testing/">https://pythonhosted.org/testing/</a></li></ul><p>I hope you learned something new about how to test and deploy Python web apps. If you have any questions, feel free to reach out at <a href="mailto:sayhi@circleci.com">sayhi@circleci.com</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/opinionated-tour-of-testing-tools">An Opinionated Tour of Testing Tools: How to Test and Deploy a Python Web App</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Show &amp; Tell: March 2016</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/show-and-tell-march-2016</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Mar 2016 01:54:59 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-340</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On March 1st, we hosted our first Show &amp; Tell of 2016. These Show &amp; Tell events are an opportunity for our members to share recent releases, launches, partnerships, integrations and case studies.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On March 1st, we hosted our first Show &amp; Tell of 2016. These Show &amp; Tell events are an opportunity for our members to share recent releases, launches, partnerships, integrations and case studies.</p><h2>Kiyoto Tamura, VP of Marketing at <a href="https://www.treasuredata.com/">Treasure Data</a></h2><p>In his Show &amp; Tell presentation, Kiyoto shares data and learnings surrounding a recent change he made within his team at Treasure Data. It turns out just talking to customers is not enough.</p><p></p><h2>Ian Saunders, CTO at <a href="http://www.billforward.net/">BillForward</a></h2><p>In this Show &amp; Tell presentation, Ian takes us through some of the best features of BillForward’s enterprise developer-first billing platform. Bill more, build less.</p><p></p><h2>Edith Harbaugh, CEO at LaunchDarkly</h2><p>In her Show &amp; Tell presentation, Edith shares how her customers are using LaunchDarkly’s Feature Flag Management functionality in new ways.</p><p></p><p>Thanks for watching – to learn more about our next Show &amp; Tell, follow us on Twitter and sign up for our Newsletter.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/show-and-tell-march-2016">Show & Tell: March 2016</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>DX and Open Sourcing at Netflix</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/dx-and-open-sourcing-at-netflix</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Mar 2016 10:00:09 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-458</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Speaker Series presentation, former cloud architect for Netflix and now Battery Ventures technology fellow Adrian Cockcroft discusses the pains of early adoption, the decision to open source, and the evolution of scalable cloud architecture.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #8, Data Driven Sales</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-data-driven-sales</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2016 21:22:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-338</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Yaron hosts <a href="https://twitter.com/oniworks">Andrew O’Neal</a>, Head of Growth at <a href="https://twitter.com/clearbit">Clearbit</a>. Andrew and Yaron discuss how to better leverage data derived from your sales tools, and the importance of making your product easy to interact with for both devs and non-devs alike.</p><p>To join the show as a guest, contact us at <a href="mailto:roadtogrowth@heavybit.com">roadtogrowth@heavybit.com</a> or tweet at us at <a href="https://twitter.com/roadtogrowth_">@roadtogrowth_</a> you can also subscribe to every Heavybit podcast by copying <a href="http://bit.ly/1TSLdRG">this link</a> into your favorite podcast app.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode, Yaron hosts <a href="https://twitter.com/oniworks">Andrew O’Neal</a>, Head of Growth at <a href="https://twitter.com/clearbit">Clearbit</a>. Andrew and Yaron discuss how to better leverage data derived from your sales tools, and the importance of making your product easy to interact with for both devs and non-devs alike.</p><p>To join the show as a guest, contact us at <a href="mailto:roadtogrowth@heavybit.com">roadtogrowth@heavybit.com</a> or tweet at us at <a href="https://twitter.com/roadtogrowth_">@roadtogrowth_</a> you can also subscribe to every Heavybit podcast by copying <a href="http://bit.ly/1TSLdRG">this link</a> into your favorite podcast app.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-data-driven-sales">Ep. #8, Data Driven Sales</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Would You Say You Do Here?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/dev-evangelism-panel-feb-2016</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Feb 2016 17:32:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-237</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On February 22nd, Heavybit hosted the SF Marketing to Devs meetup, featuring a panel of Developer Evangelists, Advocates, and Community leaders from Keen IO, Couchbase, Github, Docker, and previously New Relic. The panel was brought together to explore how marketers, community managers, and dev advocates can best work together to create a robust and organic community. Keen’s VP of Developer Advocacy Justin Johnson moderated the panel, and has shared some extended thoughts with us below.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>On February 22nd, Heavybit hosted the <a href="http://www.meetup.com/SF-Marketing-to-Developers-Meetup/">SF Marketing to Devs</a> meetup, featuring a panel of Developer Evangelists, Advocates, and Community leaders from <a href="https://keen.io/">Keen IO</a>, <a href="http://www.couchbase.com/">Couchbase</a>, <a href="https://github.com/">Github</a>, <a href="https://www.docker.com/">Docker</a>, and previously <a href="http://newrelic.com/">New Relic</a>. The panel was brought together to explore how marketers, community managers, and dev advocates can best work together to create a robust and organic community. Keen’s VP of Developer Advocacy <a href="https://twitter.com/elof">Justin Johnson</a> moderated the panel, and has shared some extended thoughts with us below.</em></p><p>Building communities around products and businesses isn’t a new concept, but until recently the word ‘community’ probably didn’t mean that much to executives at big companies. It may have reminded them of their neighbors, perhaps the 70’s, or a <a href="http://internethighfive.com">high-five</a>, but it almost certainly didn’t bring visions of an invaluable department in their company.</p><p>Well, times they are a changin’ – community teams are increasingly common across businesses of all sizes, each experimenting with different approaches. I’m not talking about a single person at a 1,000 person company who hangs out on IRC all day; I’m talking about a team with budget and headcount.</p><p>The business world is acknowledging that community is a thing and has begun to recognize its importance, but not everyone seems to fully understand a community team’s purpose, responsibility, and ROI. This uncertainty seems fair because I think we, the collective of community professionals, don’t fully understand these things either. We’re always experimenting and constantly learning from our successes and failures. As we learn, these roles mature along with their importance.</p><p>As you can imagine, leaders in these roles have strong opinions on the topic of professional community building that vary greatly. In this panel, I talk with <a href="https://twitter.com/arungupta">Arun Gupta</a>, <a href="https://twitter.com/mewzherder">Tamao Nakahara</a>, <a href="https://twitter.com/jonobacon">Jono Bacon</a>, and <a href="https://twitter.com/ManoMarks">Mano Marks</a> on a range of topics including the power of connecting with individual human beings, favorite tools for organizing your internal and external developer communities, and the importance of knowing how to report to executives. We also touched on the big changes New Relic recently made to their community team.</p><p>Check out the video below, view more photos on <a href="https://www.flickr.com/photos/heavybit/albums/72157665138054005">Flickr</a>, and <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">join the conversation</a>.</p><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/dev-evangelism-panel-feb-2016">What Would You Say You Do Here?</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #4, Building on Quality at Heroku</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-james-lindenbaum-maintaining-quality</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Feb 2016 17:37:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-398</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, <a href="https://twitter.com/fredsters_s">Fred</a> is joined by <a href="https://www.crunchbase.com/person/james-lindenbaum">James Lindenbaum</a>, Founder of <a href="https://www.heroku.com/">Heroku</a> and Heavybit. Fred and James discuss the absolute importance of design and quality across everything your company does. James also shares frameworks for helping your company scale while maintaining that high quality bar.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode, <a href="https://twitter.com/fredsters_s">Fred</a> is joined by <a href="https://www.crunchbase.com/person/james-lindenbaum">James Lindenbaum</a>, Founder of <a href="https://www.heroku.com/">Heroku</a> and Heavybit. Fred and James discuss the absolute importance of design and quality across everything your company does. James also shares frameworks for helping your company scale while maintaining that high quality bar.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-james-lindenbaum-maintaining-quality">Ep. #4, Building on Quality at Heroku</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #14, Staging Servers and Continuous Delivery</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-14-staging-servers-and-continuous-delivery</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Feb 2016 17:24:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-358</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, <a href="https://twitter.com/edith_h">Edith</a> and <a href="https://twitter.com/paulbiggar">Paul</a> discuss a blog <a href="http://readwrite.com/2016/01/22/staging-servers">post by Edith in ReadWrite</a>. In the article, Edith asserts that you should kill your staging servers so that continuous delivery can live.</p><p>For more on Continuous Delivery you can follow To Be Continuous on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/continuouscast">@continuouscast</a>.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode, <a href="https://twitter.com/edith_h">Edith</a> and <a href="https://twitter.com/paulbiggar">Paul</a> discuss a blog <a href="http://readwrite.com/2016/01/22/staging-servers">post by Edith in ReadWrite</a>. In the article, Edith asserts that you should kill your staging servers so that continuous delivery can live.</p><p>For more on Continuous Delivery you can follow To Be Continuous on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/continuouscast">@continuouscast</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-14-staging-servers-and-continuous-delivery">Ep. #14, Staging Servers and Continuous Delivery</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #3, Developer Segments</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-developer-segments</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Feb 2016 19:09:55 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-262</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Steve and David dive into listener <a href="https://twitter.com/luebken/status/692486702154256386">Matthias Lübken’s</a> topic suggestion of developer segments. David and Steve discuss all the different types of developers that are using dev tools, and the different ways they design tools with these segments in mind.</p><p>You can follow the show on twitter <a href="https://twitter.com/dontmakemecode">@dontmakemecode</a> and email Stephen and David at <a href="mailto:dmmc@heavybit.com">dmmc@heavybit.com</a> to suggest a topic or guest for the show.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode, Steve and David dive into listener <a href="https://twitter.com/luebken/status/692486702154256386">Matthias Lübken’s</a> topic suggestion of developer segments. David and Steve discuss all the different types of developers that are using dev tools, and the different ways they design tools with these segments in mind.</p><p>You can follow the show on twitter <a href="https://twitter.com/dontmakemecode">@dontmakemecode</a> and email Stephen and David at <a href="mailto:dmmc@heavybit.com">dmmc@heavybit.com</a> to suggest a topic or guest for the show.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-developer-segments">Ep. #3, Developer Segments</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title></title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-scott-raney-lenny-pruss</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Feb 2016 17:36:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-388</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode Tom is joined by Redpoint’s <a href="https://twitter.com/sraney">Scott Raney</a> and <a href="#">Lenny Pruss</a>. Tom, Scott, and Lenny discuss <a href="http://www.redpoint.com/">Redpoint’s</a> investment philosophy, the changing expectations founders and investors have for each other, and finally they examine the current funding environment and Redpoint’s outlook for 2016.</p><p>To find out about new episodes of this and other Heavybit podcasts, <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">follow @heavybit</a> on Twitter.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode Tom is joined by Redpoint’s <a href="https://twitter.com/sraney">Scott Raney</a> and <a href="#">Lenny Pruss</a>. Tom, Scott, and Lenny discuss <a href="http://www.redpoint.com/">Redpoint’s</a> investment philosophy, the changing expectations founders and investors have for each other, and finally they examine the current funding environment and Redpoint’s outlook for 2016.</p><p>To find out about new episodes of this and other Heavybit podcasts, <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">follow @heavybit</a> on Twitter.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-scott-raney-lenny-pruss"></a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #7, Hiring and Compensation Strategies</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-hiring-and-compensation-strategies</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Feb 2016 21:19:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-336</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 7, Yaron is joined by <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/derekdraper">Derek Draper</a>, CEO of <a href="https://www.getpattern.com/">Pattern</a>. Derek and Yaron talk about sales hiring strategies, various compensation models for successful sales teams, and finally how to derive more value from your CRM.</p><p>To join the show as a guest, contact us at <a href="mailto:roadtogrowth@heavybit.com">roadtogrowth@heavybit.com</a> or tweet at us at <a href="https://twitter.com/roadtogrowth_">@roadtogrowth_</a>.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In episode 7, Yaron is joined by <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/derekdraper">Derek Draper</a>, CEO of <a href="https://www.getpattern.com/">Pattern</a>. Derek and Yaron talk about sales hiring strategies, various compensation models for successful sales teams, and finally how to derive more value from your CRM.</p><p>To join the show as a guest, contact us at <a href="mailto:roadtogrowth@heavybit.com">roadtogrowth@heavybit.com</a> or tweet at us at <a href="https://twitter.com/roadtogrowth_">@roadtogrowth_</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-hiring-and-compensation-strategies">Ep. #7, Hiring and Compensation Strategies</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Early Inside Sales to Enterprise Success</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/early-inside-sales-to-enterprise-success</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Feb 2016 14:25:34 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-892</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Parlay your early inside sales efforts into large-scale deals and a healthy enterprise sales engine.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Frameworks for Success: OKRs and KPIs</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/frameworks-for-success-okrs-kpis</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Feb 2016 22:16:12 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-269</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Heavybit had the pleasure of hosting Sean Byrnes, founder of Flurry and Outlier.ai, as well as Betterworks’ Kris Duggan at our weekly Speaker Series. Their talks outline the value of business analytics with OKRs, KPIs and real-world examples of how setting the right goals can guide performance at any level.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Heavybit had the pleasure of hosting <a href="/library/video/business-analytics-are-we-there-yet/">Sean Byrnes</a>, founder of <a href="http://www.flurry.com">Flurry</a> and <a href="http://outlier.ai">Outlier.ai</a>, as well as <a href="https://www.betterworks.com">Betterworks</a>’ <a href="/library/video/using-okrs-to-drive-results-aka-secrets-to-crushing-your-goals/">Kris Duggan</a> at our weekly Speaker Series. Their talks outline the value of business analytics with OKRs, KPIs and real-world examples of how setting the right goals can guide performance at any level.</p><h2>Where and When to Start</h2><p>When will your company be ready for analytics and measuring goals? According to Kris Duggan, <a href="/library/video/using-okrs-to-drive-results-aka-secrets-to-crushing-your-goals/?53m57s">the sooner the better</a>.</p><blockquote>I don’t think a company’s ever too young to explore a way of measuring success,” he says. “It might be as simple as validating your hypothesis. But I would do it in a data-driven way.&quot;</blockquote><p><strong>Objectives and Key Results</strong>, or OKRs, were implemented at Intel as early as the ‘70s, but that doesn’t mean they’ve lost their shine. These metrics have become increasingly popular throughout Silicon Valley for guiding growing companies to the next stage of their development.</p><p>Duggan offers a pair of books that are a great reference point for learning about OKRs, particularly how they helped shape Google to become the powerhouse it is today. “<a href="http://www.howgoogleworks.net">How Google Works</a>” was written by the company’s executive chairman and former CEO Eric Schmidt and “<a href="https://www.workrules.net">Work Rules</a>” by Laszlo Bock comes from the head of Google’s People Operations.</p><p><em>For more on Google’s use of OKRs, check out <a href="https://www.gv.com/lib/how-google-sets-goals-objectives-and-key-results-okrs">Rick Klau’s presentation</a> for Google Ventures.</em></p><p>Duggan shows how <a href="/library/video/using-okrs-to-drive-results-aka-secrets-to-crushing-your-goals/?52m05s">OKRs matter whether you’re Google or a pre-revenue company</a> looking to reach out. He even uses Betterworks and OKRs at home with his family to meet goals and <a href="/library/video/using-okrs-to-drive-results-aka-secrets-to-crushing-your-goals/?36m20s">literally hit home runs</a>.</p><p>For OKRs to be most successful, Duggan says, they should have certain qualities that he calls “<a href="/library/video/using-okrs-to-drive-results-aka-secrets-to-crushing-your-goals/?17m54s">The Five Pillars of Social Science.</a>” These goal-reaching processes have the most success when they are:</p><ol><li><strong>Connected</strong> thinking strengthens the bond between small goals and the overarching mission and culture of your company. This approach to goal development can be done in an transparent, open way that gets everyone involved. See the tools <a href="/library/blog/whats-behind-high-growth-support-teams/">high-growth companies like Stripe use</a> to stay connected.</li><li><strong>Supported</strong> goal-setting means your team is encouraging and collaborating each other in making decisions and coming up with ideas for what to aim for. Read more about collaboration and grading goals below.</li><li><strong>Progress-based</strong> OKRs are a good way to allow your company to keep track whether goals are being met with well-defined milestones or progress. This is why having measurable goals is a good thing.</li><li><strong>Adaptable</strong> initiatives are key in keeping the company’s direction relevant and flexible over time. As values change for your company, so should your OKR strategy.</li><li><strong>Aspirational</strong> approaches to reaching goals are, as Duggan describes it, what gets you out of bed in the morning. These are efforts that are driven on both a personal and company-wide level beyond everyday business goals. How will your goals benefit your customers? Will your efforts have a positive impact for the future of your company?</li></ol><p>Now that you have a direction to go in to successfully reach your company goals, let’s think about what those successes should be. This is where Sean Byrnes and KPIs come in.</p><p><strong>Key Performance Indicators</strong> are the goals you set to mark success. <a href="/library/video/business-analytics-are-we-there-yet/?06m08s">Byrnes explains how OKRs and KPIs relate</a>. He says while OKRs are the process of reaching goals or milestones, KPIs are the measurements themselves that you should aim for, from three to five markers of success.</p><p><em>Visit Stack Exchange for a look into <a href="http://programmers.stackexchange.com/questions/34122/kpis-for-programmers">how developers use KPIs to set goals</a> and measure success.</em></p><blockquote>I recommend your KPIs are informing your OKRs, meaning that you’ve picked milestones that are numeric, that are quantified,” <a href="/library/video/business-analytics-are-we-there-yet/?07m58s">Byrnes says</a>.</blockquote><h2>Trackable Metrics</h2><p>However, there are cases in different levels or departments of your company where <a href="/library/video/business-analytics-are-we-there-yet/?29m08s">KPIs can be qualitative</a>, too.</p><p>Byrnes points to <a href="/library/video/business-analytics-are-we-there-yet/?33m52s">five categories to look for</a> in choosing successful KPIs as he does in the early stages of his startup company Outlier.ai.</p><ul><li><strong>Acquisition</strong>: Are you gaining new customers? This could be the most basic metric to keep track of, and considering your goal is to grow as a company, it should be the first to track. Check out how <a href="http://growthpilots.com">Growth Pilots</a>’ Soso Sazesh does <a href="/library/blog/five-sem-hacks-for-developers/">conversion optimization</a>.</li><li><strong>Engagement</strong>: Byrnes feels this is the most important KPI and the measurement you should turn to first when delivering a product: “Do people use it? Do they use it a lot? Did they make it a part of how they operate? Because if that’s not true, everything else is academic.”</li><li><strong>Retention</strong>: “Almost anybody will try a new product,” Byrnes says. “They may even try it and use it a lot, but do they continue to use it over time?” This is a continuing marker of success for the long term.</li><li><strong>Revenue and Cost</strong>: These business metrics round out the list as valuable indicators of your company’s success. But beware, these results are less reliable than the others when it comes to reaching goals free from manipulation and bias.</li></ul><p><a href="/library/video/business-analytics-are-we-there-yet/?19m00s">Analytics Tools that Byrnes mentions</a> include what he calls “descriptive analytics” from Google Analytics and <a href="http://www.flurry.com">Flurry</a>, as well as “event-based analytics” from companies like <a href="https://mixpanel.com">Mixpanel</a> and <a href="https://keen.io">Keen IO</a>. Hear from Ben Porterfield of <a href="http://www.looker.com">Looker</a> for more on <a href="/library/video/data-driven-product-changes-with-venmo-and-instacart/">business intelligence</a>.</p><h2>The Good, The Bad and The Biased</h2><p>Data is what you make of it, and as Byrnes points out, “<a href="/library/video/business-analytics-are-we-there-yet/?11m49s">numbers lie.</a>”</p><blockquote>Everything derives from this idea that, if a number is collected in a way that you didn’t expect, that assumption is false,” he says. “If the meaning you’re attaching to it is different than reality, that assumption is false.”</blockquote><p>Keeping in mind that biases can affect the data your company collects, not all KPIs are created equal, according to Byrnes. <a href="/library/video/business-analytics-are-we-there-yet/?09m47s">You can set both “good” and “bad” KPIs</a>.</p><blockquote>A bad KPI is something that you can actually control, something you can affect yourself,” he says. “A good KPI is something that is what I call a second-order effect, something you cannot, in fact, change yourself.”</blockquote><p><strong>Good KPIs</strong> include things like conversion rates, profit and total purchases, numbers that are more concrete and cannot be influenced by collection and interpretation biases.</p><p><strong>Bad KPIs</strong> include numbers that can be influenced such as unique visitors or total downloads, metrics that your company can boost through incentives or marketing. “You just spend money and people go to your website,” he says. “It doesn’t mean anything.”</p><h2>Grading and Collaborating on Goals</h2><p>Now that you’ve got some good goals in mind, it’s time to plan out how you can implement them. Kris Duggan explains how to optimize setting “stretch goals” without weighing your company down with trial and error.</p><blockquote><a href="/library/video/using-okrs-to-drive-results-aka-secrets-to-crushing-your-goals/?15m21s">Not every company that leverages OKRs is already getting sophisticated around scoring</a> and grading them, but many end up actually taking on an approach to this self-reflection kind of concept,” he says.</blockquote><p>Duggan shows how OKRs can be marked by color, smiley faces and/or rankings from one to ten, or zero to one. He points out that Google uses two decimal points for their scores for more precise goal-setting success rates.</p><blockquote>60%-70% rates are optimal,” he says. “You took risks but didn’t sandbag other projects to meet unattainable goals.”</blockquote><p>Another key element to leveraging OKRs at your company is with collaboration. Duggan points out that achievement rates are 78% higher when your goals are shared with peers. He references the <a href="/library/video/using-okrs-to-drive-results-aka-secrets-to-crushing-your-goals/?22m43s">exercise-app phenomenon</a>, one example of how sharing your goals with others can be more motivating and better encourage success.</p><p>Goals can certainly be high-level and measured by the team each quarter, but they can also be small, incrementally measured milestones that add up to big success. “<a href="/library/video/using-okrs-to-drive-results-aka-secrets-to-crushing-your-goals/?37m24s">Small improvements, small adjustments every day</a>, consistently over the long term, have massive implications on yield, results and productivity,” he says.</p><h2>Performance Review Vs. OKR Review</h2><p>While OKR review is an important part of the goal-setting process, it shouldn’t take the place of an overall performance review of your company according to Duggan. “Shift away from the thinking that we do <a href="/library/video/using-okrs-to-drive-results-aka-secrets-to-crushing-your-goals/?39m20s">goals for the purposes of performance management</a>,” he says. “The reason we do goal setting is to focus on, ‘Do we all agree on the work that needs to get done? Does everybody have three-to-five things that they’re really on the hook for?’ That’s really it.”</p><p>BetterWorks has guides to help you build a deep understanding of OKRs. Check out <a href="https://www.betterworks.com/okr/">this Ebook</a> for a more in-depth examination of the framework and then take a look at the guides for <a href="https://www.betterworks.com/resources/goal-examples/">goal ideas specific to your role</a>.</p><p><em>Interested in implementing OKRs, KPIs or a new strategy within your company? Whether you’re starting out at an early stage of growth or looking to expand your existing game plan, <a href="/library">Heavybit’s library</a> has a range of talks from industry experts with the experience and guidance to help get you where you want to be.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/frameworks-for-success-okrs-kpis">Frameworks for Success: OKRs and KPIs</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #3, Feat. Russ Smith &amp; Guy Podjarny</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-russ-smith-guy-podjarny</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Feb 2016 22:19:36 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-226</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, <a href="https://twitter.com/rhs">Russ Smith</a>, CTO at <a href="#">RainforestQA</a>, talks with <a href="https://twitter.com/guypod">Guy Podjarny</a>, CEO at <a href="https://snyk.io/">Snyk.io</a>. Guy and Russ discuss the realities of distributed teams, how they approach hiring for startups, and finally they dig into the many different roles that fall under the title of CTO.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode, <a href="https://twitter.com/rhs">Russ Smith</a>, CTO at <a href="#">RainforestQA</a>, talks with <a href="https://twitter.com/guypod">Guy Podjarny</a>, CEO at <a href="https://snyk.io/">Snyk.io</a>. Guy and Russ discuss the realities of distributed teams, how they approach hiring for startups, and finally they dig into the many different roles that fall under the title of CTO.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-russ-smith-guy-podjarny">Ep. #3, Feat. Russ Smith & Guy Podjarny</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #13, Software Development at VMware and Facebook</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-software-development-at-vmware-and-facebook</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Feb 2016 18:56:01 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-356</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Edith goes it alone with ex-Facebook &amp; VMware, current angel investor <a href="https://twitter.com/jgoldfein">Jocelyn Goldfein</a>. Jocelyn and Edith have a great conversation about Continuous Delivery through the lens of Jocelyn’s experiences at both Facebook and VMware.</p><p>For more on Continuous Delivery you can follow To Be Continuous on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/continuouscast">@continuouscast</a>.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode, Edith goes it alone with ex-Facebook &amp; VMware, current angel investor <a href="https://twitter.com/jgoldfein">Jocelyn Goldfein</a>. Jocelyn and Edith have a great conversation about Continuous Delivery through the lens of Jocelyn’s experiences at both Facebook and VMware.</p><p>For more on Continuous Delivery you can follow To Be Continuous on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/continuouscast">@continuouscast</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-13-software-development-at-vmware-and-facebook">Ep. #13, Software Development at VMware and Facebook</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Product Development and Otherness</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/product-development-and-otherness</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Feb 2016 11:15:57 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1109</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Speaker Series presentation, GitHub’s analytics lead JD Maturen discusses shipping to a community of 12.1 million users across 30.6 million repositories. In his talk, “Product Development and Otherness,” Maturen describes how GitHub’s product releases and roadmap have evolved to improve the developer experience.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #2, Feat. Accel’s Vas Natarajan</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-vas-natarajan</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Feb 2016 18:28:31 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-386</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Tom is joined by <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/vas-natarajan-0b09588">Vas Natarajan</a> of <a href="http://www.accel.com/">Accel Partners</a>. Tom and Vas talk about how much money founders should raise and when, how to transition from individual developers to enterprise customers, and how open source business models are evolving.</p><p>To find out about new episodes of this and other Heavybit podcasts, <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">follow @heavybit</a> on Twitter, and <a href="http://heavybit.us6.list-manage1.com/subscribe?u=bbdf35a062a2cb177b173d3ee&amp;id=60a72d73e4">sign up for our newsletter</a> for more great developer focused news, events, and announcements.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode, Tom is joined by <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/vas-natarajan-0b09588">Vas Natarajan</a> of <a href="http://www.accel.com/">Accel Partners</a>. Tom and Vas talk about how much money founders should raise and when, how to transition from individual developers to enterprise customers, and how open source business models are evolving.</p><p>To find out about new episodes of this and other Heavybit podcasts, <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">follow @heavybit</a> on Twitter, and <a href="http://heavybit.us6.list-manage1.com/subscribe?u=bbdf35a062a2cb177b173d3ee&amp;id=60a72d73e4">sign up for our newsletter</a> for more great developer focused news, events, and announcements.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-vas-natarajan">Ep. #2, Feat. Accel’s Vas Natarajan</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #3, Feat. Atlassian’s Jay Simons</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-jay-simons-software-building-strategies</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Feb 2016 21:14:53 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-396</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode Fred hosts <a href="https://www.atlassian.com/">Atlassian</a> President, <a href="https://twitter.com/jaysimons">Jay Simons</a>. Fred talks with Jay about the unique way that Atlassian approaches building software.</p><p></p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode Fred hosts <a href="https://www.atlassian.com/">Atlassian</a> President, <a href="https://twitter.com/jaysimons">Jay Simons</a>. Fred talks with Jay about the unique way that Atlassian approaches building software.</p><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-jay-simons-software-building-strategies">Ep. #3, Feat. Atlassian’s Jay Simons</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #2, Onboarding Developers</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-onboarding-developers</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Feb 2016 23:01:34 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-260</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, David and Steve discuss the challenges faced when onboarding developers, and how you can make that experience better.</p><p>Read more about DX from Steve in a great post published recently titled <a href="https://medium.com/the-opsee-blog/let-s-talk-about-developer-experience-dx-design-f62ee4c2ee05">Let’s Talk About Developer Experience (DX) Design</a>. Steve dives further into the unique challenges that make DX different from UX.</p><p>You can follow the show on twitter <a href="https://twitter.com/dontmakemecode">@dontmakemecode</a> and email Stephen and David at <a href="mailto:dmmc@heavybit.com">dmmc@heavybit.com</a> to suggest a topic or guest for the show.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode, David and Steve discuss the challenges faced when onboarding developers, and how you can make that experience better.</p><p>Read more about DX from Steve in a great post published recently titled <a href="https://medium.com/the-opsee-blog/let-s-talk-about-developer-experience-dx-design-f62ee4c2ee05">Let’s Talk About Developer Experience (DX) Design</a>. Steve dives further into the unique challenges that make DX different from UX.</p><p>You can follow the show on twitter <a href="https://twitter.com/dontmakemecode">@dontmakemecode</a> and email Stephen and David at <a href="mailto:dmmc@heavybit.com">dmmc@heavybit.com</a> to suggest a topic or guest for the show.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-onboarding-developers">Ep. #2, Onboarding Developers</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #6, Building a Developer Community</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-building-a-developer-community</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Feb 2016 22:07:26 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-334</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Yaron talks with Runscope’s <a href="https://twitter.com/johnsheehan">John Sheehan</a> about the philosophy behind building a strong developer community, they also discuss how every product requires a different set of tactics to yield positive results.</p><p>To join the show as a guest, contact us at <a href="mailto:roadtogrowth@heavybit.com">roadtogrowth@heavybit.com</a> or tweet at us at <a href="https://twitter.com/roadtogrowth_">@roadtogrowth_</a>.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode, Yaron talks with Runscope’s <a href="https://twitter.com/johnsheehan">John Sheehan</a> about the philosophy behind building a strong developer community, they also discuss how every product requires a different set of tactics to yield positive results.</p><p>To join the show as a guest, contact us at <a href="mailto:roadtogrowth@heavybit.com">roadtogrowth@heavybit.com</a> or tweet at us at <a href="https://twitter.com/roadtogrowth_">@roadtogrowth_</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-building-a-developer-community">Ep. #6, Building a Developer Community</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #12, Payment Strategies for Developers</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-payment-strategies-for-developers</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2016 19:35:12 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-354</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode Edith and Paul talk about the clash in OSS between developers looking to get paid and software companies looking for things for free.</p><p>For more on Continuous Delivery you can follow To Be Continuous on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/continuouscast">@continuouscast</a>.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode Edith and Paul talk about the clash in OSS between developers looking to get paid and software companies looking for things for free.</p><p>For more on Continuous Delivery you can follow To Be Continuous on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/continuouscast">@continuouscast</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-12-payment-strategies-for-developers">Ep. #12, Payment Strategies for Developers</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #1, Introducing Steve and David</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-introducing-steve-and-david</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Jan 2016 19:10:52 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-258</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this first episode, Steve and David discuss the origins of the term DX, they share their thoughts on what makes a great developer experience, and they talk about some of the challenges they face when designing developer facing products.</p><p></p><p>Read more about DX from Steve in a great post published yesterday titled <a href="https://medium.com/the-opsee-blog/let-s-talk-about-developer-experience-dx-design-f62ee4c2ee05">Let’s Talk About Developer Experience (DX) Design</a>. Steve dives further into the unique challenges that make DX different from UX.</p><p>You can follow the show on twitter <a href="https://twitter.com/dontmakemecode">@dontmakemecode</a> and email Stephen and David at <a href="mailto:dmmc@heavybit.com">dmmc@heavybit.com</a> to suggest a topic or guest for the show.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this first episode, Steve and David discuss the origins of the term DX, they share their thoughts on what makes a great developer experience, and they talk about some of the challenges they face when designing developer facing products.</p><p></p><p>Read more about DX from Steve in a great post published yesterday titled <a href="https://medium.com/the-opsee-blog/let-s-talk-about-developer-experience-dx-design-f62ee4c2ee05">Let’s Talk About Developer Experience (DX) Design</a>. Steve dives further into the unique challenges that make DX different from UX.</p><p>You can follow the show on twitter <a href="https://twitter.com/dontmakemecode">@dontmakemecode</a> and email Stephen and David at <a href="mailto:dmmc@heavybit.com">dmmc@heavybit.com</a> to suggest a topic or guest for the show.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-introducing-steve-and-david">Ep. #1, Introducing Steve and David</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #11, Pricing for Developer Tools</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-pricing-for-developer-tools</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jan 2016 21:07:43 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-352</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Edith and Paul are joined by <a href="https://twitter.com/pvh">Peter Van Hardenberg</a> from <a href="https://www.heroku.com/">Heroku</a>. The group discusses how continuous delivery works with and against organizational structure, databases, and the pricing of your product.</p><p>For more on Continuous Delivery you can follow To Be Continuous on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/continuouscast">@continuouscast</a>.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode, Edith and Paul are joined by <a href="https://twitter.com/pvh">Peter Van Hardenberg</a> from <a href="https://www.heroku.com/">Heroku</a>. The group discusses how continuous delivery works with and against organizational structure, databases, and the pricing of your product.</p><p>For more on Continuous Delivery you can follow To Be Continuous on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/continuouscast">@continuouscast</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-11-pricing-for-developer-tools">Ep. #11, Pricing for Developer Tools</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Heavybit’s Year in Review</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/heavybits-year-in-review</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Jan 2016 11:45:49 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1116</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this end of year Speaker Series presentation, Tom Drummond looks back on key trends and high energy categories of 2015, reviews how investors are reacting to the developer company category and players, and examines trends and emerging market opportunities in the year to come.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #5, Engineering’s Role in Sales</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-engineerings-role-in-sales</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Jan 2016 18:57:27 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-332</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, <a href="https://twitter.com/yarons_">Yaron</a> is joined by <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/marcyc">Marcy Campbell</a>, SVP WW Sales &amp; Business Development at <a href="https://www.qubole.com">Qubole</a>. Marcy and Yaron discuss how to place your sales organization in a winning position, how to grow to multi-million dollars in revenue, and the importance of a strong engineering team supporting your sales team.</p><p>To join the show as a guest, contact us at <a href="mailto:roadtogrowth@heavybit.com">roadtogrowth@heavybit.com</a> or tweet at us at <a href="https://twitter.com/roadtogrowth_">@roadtogrowth_</a> .</p><p>For more from Marcy Campbell, watch her recent Heavybit Speaker Series presentation on <a href="/library/video/2015-11-10-marcy-campbell">Early Stage Sales &amp; Business Development</a>.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode, <a href="https://twitter.com/yarons_">Yaron</a> is joined by <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/marcyc">Marcy Campbell</a>, SVP WW Sales &amp; Business Development at <a href="https://www.qubole.com">Qubole</a>. Marcy and Yaron discuss how to place your sales organization in a winning position, how to grow to multi-million dollars in revenue, and the importance of a strong engineering team supporting your sales team.</p><p>To join the show as a guest, contact us at <a href="mailto:roadtogrowth@heavybit.com">roadtogrowth@heavybit.com</a> or tweet at us at <a href="https://twitter.com/roadtogrowth_">@roadtogrowth_</a> .</p><p>For more from Marcy Campbell, watch her recent Heavybit Speaker Series presentation on <a href="/library/video/2015-11-10-marcy-campbell">Early Stage Sales &amp; Business Development</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-engineerings-role-in-sales">Ep. #5, Engineering’s Role in Sales</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Elegant Proposal: How to Land a DevCo Contract or Job</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/land-a-devco-job</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Dec 2015 22:41:28 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-280</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>The most elegant solutions — in code and in writing — are often simple. If you’re a contractor, agency or potential employee interested in working with an early-stage developer company, here are some key snippets of info to include in a work proposal:</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>The most elegant solutions — in code and in writing — are often simple. If you’re a contractor, agency or potential employee interested in working with an early-stage developer company, here are some key snippets of info to include in a work proposal:</p><h2><strong>Proposal/Recommendation:</strong></h2><p>Frontload all the necessary information in a single paragraph. Include what you’re proposing, total cost to do it, timeline of when it can be implemented and ideal outcomes from the effort.</p><h2><strong>Objectives &amp; Strategy:</strong></h2><p>Use 3-5 bullets to explain your objectives and strategy. This is both the “why” and the “how” of your plan.</p><h2><strong>Budget:</strong></h2><p>What will this effort cost? Few founders want to see a line-­by-­line itemized list. Instead, offer the total estimated budget with a link to more details and include the amount of time you’ll need from founders in order to execute.</p><h2><strong>Early Critical Path:</strong></h2><p>Include actions, deadlines for deliverables, approvals and owners.</p><p>That’s it. Few founders want a long-format book report. Instead, they’re looking to see that you understand the problem, that you’ve got concrete deliverables and a logical process, and that the cost to the organization is worth it. If your proposal is selected, you’ll then be asked to flesh it out further and begin to execute. But for now, my advice is to keep it short and sweet.</p><p>An elegant and succinct proposal is respectful of a founder’s time and forces you to make a BS-free case for investment in your work. If you’re interested in working with a developer company, check out <a href="http://www.devcojobs.com/">devcojobs.com</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/land-a-devco-job">The Elegant Proposal: How to Land a DevCo Contract or Job</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #10, Programming Languages</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-programming-languages</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Dec 2015 17:07:41 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-350</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of To Be Continuous, Paul and Edith talk about programming languages and why they continue to evolve.</p><p>For more on Continuous Delivery you can follow To Be Continuous on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/continuouscast">@continuouscast</a>.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of To Be Continuous, Paul and Edith talk about programming languages and why they continue to evolve.</p><p>For more on Continuous Delivery you can follow To Be Continuous on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/continuouscast">@continuouscast</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-10-programming-languages">Ep. #10, Programming Languages</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #4, Guerrilla Marketing</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-guerrilla-marketing</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Dec 2015 19:00:04 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-330</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On this episode of Road To Growth, Yaron talks with <a href="https://twitter.com/dorkitude">Kyle Wild</a>, CEO of <a href="https://keen.io/">Keen IO</a>, about the power of guerrilla marketing in building a strong community and brand, and then selling into that community without betraying the trust you’ve built.</p><p>To join the show as a guest, contact us at <a href="mailto:roadtogrowth@heavybit.com">roadtogrowth@heavybit.com</a> or tweet at us at <a href="https://twitter.com/roadtogrowth_">@roadtogrowth_</a>.</p><p>For more from Kyle Wild, listen to his recent conversation with <a href="https://www.rainforestqa.com">RainforestQA</a> CEO Fred Stevens-Smith <a href="https://blog.heavybit.com/blog/zero-to-won-2">on his show Zero To Won</a>.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On this episode of Road To Growth, Yaron talks with <a href="https://twitter.com/dorkitude">Kyle Wild</a>, CEO of <a href="https://keen.io/">Keen IO</a>, about the power of guerrilla marketing in building a strong community and brand, and then selling into that community without betraying the trust you’ve built.</p><p>To join the show as a guest, contact us at <a href="mailto:roadtogrowth@heavybit.com">roadtogrowth@heavybit.com</a> or tweet at us at <a href="https://twitter.com/roadtogrowth_">@roadtogrowth_</a>.</p><p>For more from Kyle Wild, listen to his recent conversation with <a href="https://www.rainforestqa.com">RainforestQA</a> CEO Fred Stevens-Smith <a href="https://blog.heavybit.com/blog/zero-to-won-2">on his show Zero To Won</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-guerrilla-marketing">Ep. #4, Guerrilla Marketing</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Docker: Getting to Dev/Production Parity w/ Jerome Petazzoni</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/getting-to-docker-dev-production-parity</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Dec 2015 22:11:42 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-253</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Heavybit member CircleCI recently cohosted an event with Docker in our SoMa clubhouse focussed on the still bumpy road from local and test Docker environments to production deployments. Each company brought a great presenter to our stage to discuss different solutions to this complex challenge.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Heavybit member <a href="https://circleci.com">CircleCI</a> recently cohosted an event with <a href="https://www.docker.com/">Docker</a> in our SoMa clubhouse focussed on the still bumpy road from local and test Docker environments to production deployments. Each company brought a great presenter to our stage to discuss different solutions to this complex challenge.</p><p>Docker’s <a href="https://twitter.com/jpetazzo">Jérôme Petazzoni</a> started the evening with a shortened version of <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7CZFpHUPqXw">a talk he gave at AWS re:Invent</a> focussed on the many ways the industry is approaching deploying local Docker development environments to production.</p><p></p><p>CircleCI’s <a href="https://github.com/bellkev/">Kevin Bell</a> closed out the evening with a great talk titled “Tame your Test Environment with Docker Compose”.</p><p>Kevin illustrated two powerful uses for Docker Compose, first as a tool for managing service dependencies across development and test environments, and second, as a great tool to run complicated test processes using CircleCI. You can read a full recap of his talk on <a href="http://blog.circleci.com/tame-your-test-environment-with-docker-compose/">the CircleCI blog</a>.</p><p></p><p>To hear about and RSVP to future events in the Heavybit clubhouse, <a href="http://heavybit.us6.list-manage.com/subscribe?u=bbdf35a062a2cb177b173d3ee&amp;id=ccf7bf9c2e">subscribe to our newsletter</a> and <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">follow us on Twitter</a>.</p><p>For more on the Docker &amp; container ecosystem, check out another <a href="https://blog.heavybit.com/blog/2015/3/23/dockermeetup">post on Docker In Production</a> from earlier this year, and then subscribe to this <a href="http://thenewstack.io/ebookseries/">book series from The New Stack</a>. The first book in the series is focussed broadly on the container ecosystem, with future books covering container topics ranging from microservices, automation, and orchestration, to networking, security, and the difficult challenges surrounding storage and monitoring.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/getting-to-docker-dev-production-parity">Docker: Getting to Dev/Production Parity w/ Jerome Petazzoni</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #2, Featuring Sean Byrnes and Edith Harbaugh</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-edith-harbaugh-sean-byrnes</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Dec 2015 19:14:54 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-224</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode we host <a href="https://twitter.com/sbyrnes">Sean Byrnes</a>, CEO of <a href="http://outlier.ai/">Outlier.ai</a>, previously CEO of Flurry, and <a href="https://twitter.com/edith_h">Edith Harbaugh</a>, CEO of <a href="https://launchdarkly.com/">LaunchDarkly</a>.</p><p>Edith and Sean discuss how things have changed since Sean founded Flurry in 2005, they talk about how building a startup is just like running a marathon, and finally they share stories of just how easy it is to make the same mistakes twice.</p><p>For more Caveat Founder and other Heavybit podcasts, <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">follow Heavybit</a> on Twitter</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode we host <a href="https://twitter.com/sbyrnes">Sean Byrnes</a>, CEO of <a href="http://outlier.ai/">Outlier.ai</a>, previously CEO of Flurry, and <a href="https://twitter.com/edith_h">Edith Harbaugh</a>, CEO of <a href="https://launchdarkly.com/">LaunchDarkly</a>.</p><p>Edith and Sean discuss how things have changed since Sean founded Flurry in 2005, they talk about how building a startup is just like running a marathon, and finally they share stories of just how easy it is to make the same mistakes twice.</p><p>For more Caveat Founder and other Heavybit podcasts, <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">follow Heavybit</a> on Twitter</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-edith-harbaugh-sean-byrnes">Ep. #2, Featuring Sean Byrnes and Edith Harbaugh</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #9, Empathy’s Role in Software Development</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-empathys-role-in-software-development</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Dec 2015 18:41:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-368</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of To Be Continuous, Paul and Edith host <a href="https://twitter.com/samstokes">Sam Stokes</a>, cofounder of <a href="https://rapportive.com/">Rapportive</a>, to discuss empathy in software development, the tendency for micro services to become mini services, and the act of constantly updating software in a constantly updating world.</p><p>For more on Continuous Delivery you can follow To Be Continuous on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/continuouscast">@continuouscast</a>.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of To Be Continuous, Paul and Edith host <a href="https://twitter.com/samstokes">Sam Stokes</a>, cofounder of <a href="https://rapportive.com/">Rapportive</a>, to discuss empathy in software development, the tendency for micro services to become mini services, and the act of constantly updating software in a constantly updating world.</p><p>For more on Continuous Delivery you can follow To Be Continuous on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/continuouscast">@continuouscast</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-9-empathys-role-in-software-development">Ep. #9, Empathy’s Role in Software Development</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>December 2015 Show &amp; Tell: Convox, Resonance Labs, and LaunchDarkly</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/show-and-tell-december-2015</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Dec 2015 19:39:32 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-235</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In our December 1st Show &amp; Tell, Heavybit members Convox, Resonance Labs, and LaunchDarkly shared the latest tools and features they’ve been working on. Watch these short videos to learn more about effortless production-ready infrastructure, high-fidelity tracing, and feature flags on mobile.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><a href="https://twitter.com/nzoschke">Noah Zoschke</a>, CTO at <a href="https://convox.com/">Convox</a></p><p>In this Show &amp; Tell presentation, Noah walks us through the problems that the PaaS ecosystem presents to developers, and then demos how Convox provides effortless production-ready infrastructure.</p><p></p><h3><a href="https://twitter.com/el_bhs">Ben Sigelman</a>, cofounder at <a href="http://resonancelabs.com/">Resonance Labs</a></h3><p>Concurrency and microservices have created a nightmare situation for developers who need a clear view into where and when their apps are failing. In this Show &amp; Tell presentation, Ben gives a powerful demo of the high-fidelity tracing technology behind Resonance Labs.</p><p></p><h3><a href="https://twitter.com/edith_h">Edith Harbaugh</a>, CEO at <a href="https://twitter.com/launchdarkly">LaunchDarkly</a></h3><p>Apple App Store review times <a href="http://appreviewtimes.com/">average around 7 days</a>, making app review the biggest hurdle to proper continuous delivery on iOS. In this Show &amp; Tell presentation, Edith demos how LaunchDarkly’s mobile feature flags will empower you to build better apps, faster.</p><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/show-and-tell-december-2015">December 2015 Show & Tell: Convox, Resonance Labs, and LaunchDarkly</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #2, Feat. Keen IO’s Kyle Wild</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-kyle-wild-self-managed-culture</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Dec 2015 22:59:21 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-394</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode Fred hosts <a href="https://keen.io/">Keen IO</a> CEO <a href="https://twitter.com/dorkitude">Kyle Wild</a>. Fred and Kyle discuss how Keen employs full-team support and later talk about the benefits of building a self-managing culture.</p><p></p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode Fred hosts <a href="https://keen.io/">Keen IO</a> CEO <a href="https://twitter.com/dorkitude">Kyle Wild</a>. Fred and Kyle discuss how Keen employs full-team support and later talk about the benefits of building a self-managing culture.</p><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-kyle-wild-self-managed-culture">Ep. #2, Feat. Keen IO’s Kyle Wild</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #3, Customer Success</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-customer-success</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Dec 2015 18:40:56 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-327</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On this episode of Road To Growth, Yaron talks with <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/donmaclennan">Don MacLennan</a>, co-founder and CEO of <a href="http://www.bluenose.com/">Bluenose Analytics</a>, about the importance of customer success at your company, and how it impacts your bottom line.</p><p>To join the show as a guest, contact us at <a href="mailto:roadtogrowth@heavybit.com">roadtogrowth@heavybit.com</a> or tweet at us at <a href="https://twitter.com/roadtogrowth_">@roadtogrowth_</a></p><p>For more on Customer Success from Don MacLennan, <a href="/library/video/2015-07-21-don-maclennan">watch his Heavybit Speaker Series presentation on Investing in Customer Success</a> in our Library.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On this episode of Road To Growth, Yaron talks with <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/donmaclennan">Don MacLennan</a>, co-founder and CEO of <a href="http://www.bluenose.com/">Bluenose Analytics</a>, about the importance of customer success at your company, and how it impacts your bottom line.</p><p>To join the show as a guest, contact us at <a href="mailto:roadtogrowth@heavybit.com">roadtogrowth@heavybit.com</a> or tweet at us at <a href="https://twitter.com/roadtogrowth_">@roadtogrowth_</a></p><p>For more on Customer Success from Don MacLennan, <a href="/library/video/2015-07-21-don-maclennan">watch his Heavybit Speaker Series presentation on Investing in Customer Success</a> in our Library.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-customer-success">Ep. #3, Customer Success</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #5, Marketing Tips for Early Stage Startups</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-marketing-tips-for-early-stage-startups</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Dec 2015 22:29:09 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-97</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode Malia hosts <a href="https://twitter.com/mikojava?lang=en">Gradle CMO Miko Matsumura</a> to talk about mistakes to avoid in marketing as an early stage startup, how to build a marketing strategy into your next fundraising deck, and different tooling options for your marketing automation stack</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode Malia hosts <a href="https://twitter.com/mikojava?lang=en">Gradle CMO Miko Matsumura</a> to talk about mistakes to avoid in marketing as an early stage startup, how to build a marketing strategy into your next fundraising deck, and different tooling options for your marketing automation stack</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-marketing-tips-for-early-stage-startups">Ep. #5, Marketing Tips for Early Stage Startups</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fixing Heroku’s Pricing</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/fixing-herokus-pricing</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Dec 2015 11:54:07 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Pricing &amp; Packaging]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Pricing Strategy]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Product Launch]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1122</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Speaker Series presentation, Peter van Hardenberg offers a strategic overview on pricing, looks at some of the tactics used to implement pricing changes, and discusses how Heroku rolled out their radical pricing change without triggering a large-scale user revolt.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #8, Continuous Delivery in Mobile Development</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-continuous-delivery-in-mobile-development</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Dec 2015 21:36:25 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-366</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On this episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul are joined by <a href="https://twitter.com/kevinhenrikson">Kevin Henrikson</a>, Partner Director of Engineering at Microsoft, to discuss what’s necessary to be successful with continuous delivery in mobile development.</p><p>For more on Continuous Delivery and to find out about new episodes you can follow the show on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/continuouscast">@continuouscast</a>.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On this episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul are joined by <a href="https://twitter.com/kevinhenrikson">Kevin Henrikson</a>, Partner Director of Engineering at Microsoft, to discuss what’s necessary to be successful with continuous delivery in mobile development.</p><p>For more on Continuous Delivery and to find out about new episodes you can follow the show on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/continuouscast">@continuouscast</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-8-continuous-delivery-in-mobile-development">Ep. #8, Continuous Delivery in Mobile Development</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #1, Feat. Saastr’s Jason Lemkin</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-jason-lemkin-importance-of-authenticity</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Nov 2015 18:41:58 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-392</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode Fred hosts <a href="#">Saastr</a> and <a href="https://acrobat.adobe.com/us/en/documents/esignatures.html">EchoSign</a> founder <a href="https://twitter.com/jasonlk">Jason Lemkin</a>. Fred and Jason talk about Jason’s favorite tool, what it is that makes a great tool great, and the importance of authenticity.</p><p></p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode Fred hosts <a href="#">Saastr</a> and <a href="https://acrobat.adobe.com/us/en/documents/esignatures.html">EchoSign</a> founder <a href="https://twitter.com/jasonlk">Jason Lemkin</a>. Fred and Jason talk about Jason’s favorite tool, what it is that makes a great tool great, and the importance of authenticity.</p><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-jason-lemkin-importance-of-authenticity">Ep. #1, Feat. Saastr’s Jason Lemkin</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #2, Sales’ Impact on Pipeline and Negotiation</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-sales-impact-on-pipeline-and-negotiation</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Nov 2015 19:35:36 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-325</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Yaron is joined by Edith Harbaugh, Co-founder and CEO of <a href="https://launchdarkly.com/">LaunchDarkly</a>. Edith and Yaron discuss the underlying parallels between fundraising, recruiting, and product.</p><p><em>Road To Growth host Yaron Sadka shares his thoughts on episode #2 —</em></p><p>Regardless of your feelings towards sales, there are many learnings that one gains from understanding it and it’s processes. In fact, many people don’t realize how much of it is entwined with other aspects of life and business. This episode touches on two major pillars of sales that can support other avenues of your business – pipeline and negotiation.</p><p>If you’ve ever applied to attend college or went job hunting then you’re likely familiar with how a pipeline operates. You probably used a spreadsheet to track where you applied, who you spoke to, important deadlines, the requirements for a complete submission, and countless metrics to make sure you put forth the best product – no different than a sales pipeline for opportunities.</p><p>When a potential customer is vetting your product against competitors, your sales people are responsible for giving you a competitive edge by engaging the client in different ways to demonstrate value. Taking the sales process of managing a pipeline and applying it to fundraising and hiring endeavors can support you immensely. Though it may not feel like it, you are responsible for steering the outcome and controlling interactions in both cases. VCs are inundated with requests for funding as are top hiring prospects with offers from recruiters and you need to make sure you stay at the forefront.</p><p>Part of managing a pipeline requires listening to the other side. The best negotiators know how to listen. This doesn’t mean talking less but taking notes on what is valued and desired by the other side. When done right, this pays off during negotiations. If you’ve ever studied negotiation then you know that both sides place different values on the same item.</p><p>Why, for example, is a startup willing to give away $500 of value for free? Well, in exchange for a company logo on their website they can generate significantly more revenue than what would be paid on a monthly basis. This same principal applies to hiring and fundraising. Listen to what people value and negotiate based on that instead of focusing too heavily on hard numbers…unless, of course, that’s what is of most value.</p><p>Also, rarely is something off the table in a negotiation. A successful negotiation has both sides coming away winners and if your unorthodox request balances the scales then it shouldn’t bring too much opposition along with it.</p><p>For more Road To Growth and to find out about new episodes you can follow the show on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/roadtogrowth_">@roadtogrowth_</a>.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode, Yaron is joined by Edith Harbaugh, Co-founder and CEO of <a href="https://launchdarkly.com/">LaunchDarkly</a>. Edith and Yaron discuss the underlying parallels between fundraising, recruiting, and product.</p><p><em>Road To Growth host Yaron Sadka shares his thoughts on episode #2 —</em></p><p>Regardless of your feelings towards sales, there are many learnings that one gains from understanding it and it’s processes. In fact, many people don’t realize how much of it is entwined with other aspects of life and business. This episode touches on two major pillars of sales that can support other avenues of your business – pipeline and negotiation.</p><p>If you’ve ever applied to attend college or went job hunting then you’re likely familiar with how a pipeline operates. You probably used a spreadsheet to track where you applied, who you spoke to, important deadlines, the requirements for a complete submission, and countless metrics to make sure you put forth the best product – no different than a sales pipeline for opportunities.</p><p>When a potential customer is vetting your product against competitors, your sales people are responsible for giving you a competitive edge by engaging the client in different ways to demonstrate value. Taking the sales process of managing a pipeline and applying it to fundraising and hiring endeavors can support you immensely. Though it may not feel like it, you are responsible for steering the outcome and controlling interactions in both cases. VCs are inundated with requests for funding as are top hiring prospects with offers from recruiters and you need to make sure you stay at the forefront.</p><p>Part of managing a pipeline requires listening to the other side. The best negotiators know how to listen. This doesn’t mean talking less but taking notes on what is valued and desired by the other side. When done right, this pays off during negotiations. If you’ve ever studied negotiation then you know that both sides place different values on the same item.</p><p>Why, for example, is a startup willing to give away $500 of value for free? Well, in exchange for a company logo on their website they can generate significantly more revenue than what would be paid on a monthly basis. This same principal applies to hiring and fundraising. Listen to what people value and negotiate based on that instead of focusing too heavily on hard numbers…unless, of course, that’s what is of most value.</p><p>Also, rarely is something off the table in a negotiation. A successful negotiation has both sides coming away winners and if your unorthodox request balances the scales then it shouldn’t bring too much opposition along with it.</p><p>For more Road To Growth and to find out about new episodes you can follow the show on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/roadtogrowth_">@roadtogrowth_</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-sales-impact-on-pipeline-and-negotiation">Ep. #2, Sales’ Impact on Pipeline and Negotiation</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Early Stage Sales &amp; Business Development</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/early-stage-sales-business-development</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Nov 2015 12:03:12 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1126</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Speaker Series presentation, Marcy Campbell covers sales strategies for early-stage companies and shows what it takes to rise above the competition with examples from her experience at companies including Qubole and Engine Yard.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Heavybit Sales Master Class</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/heavybit-sales-master-class-bridget-gleason</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Nov 2015 12:06:37 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1130</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Heavybit Sales Master Class, Morgan Mackles, VP of Sales from Iron.io, interviews Bridget Gleason, VP of Corporate Sales at Sumo Logic on the five tenets of succesful sales teams.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Q&amp;A: Building a Global Community</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/qa-building-a-global-community</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Nov 2015 12:17:09 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1133</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Heavybit Speaker Series Q&amp;A, Dave McClure, founder of 500 Startups, discusses how to build a global community and explains how he invests in &amp; spreads the word about the companies he believes in.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #7, Effective Team Structure</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-effective-team-structure</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Nov 2015 19:39:36 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-364</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul are joined by <a href="https://twitter.com/kgale">Kris Gale</a>, Co-Founder and CTO at <a href="https://cloverhealth.com/">Clover Health</a>. They talk about what effective team structure for Continuous Delivery looks like.</p><p>For more on Continuous Delivery and to find out about new episodes you can follow the show on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/continuouscast">@continuouscast</a>.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of To Be Continuous, Edith and Paul are joined by <a href="https://twitter.com/kgale">Kris Gale</a>, Co-Founder and CTO at <a href="https://cloverhealth.com/">Clover Health</a>. They talk about what effective team structure for Continuous Delivery looks like.</p><p>For more on Continuous Delivery and to find out about new episodes you can follow the show on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/continuouscast">@continuouscast</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-7-effective-team-structure">Ep. #7, Effective Team Structure</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #1, Feat. BVP’s Sunil Nagaraj</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-sunil-nagaraj</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Nov 2015 21:21:02 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-384</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this first episode, I host entrepreneur-turned-VC, <a href="https://twitter.com/sunilnagaraj">Sunil Nagaraj</a> of <a href="http://www.bvp.com/">Bessemer Venture Partners</a>. Sunil and I talk about how BVP decides to invest in your startup, what you may be getting wrong when you pitch to VC’s, and what you should expect from investors sitting on your board.</p><p>To find out about new episodes of this and other Heavybit podcasts, <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">follow @heavybit</a> on Twitter, and <a href="http://heavybit.us6.list-manage1.com/subscribe?u=bbdf35a062a2cb177b173d3ee&amp;id=60a72d73e4">sign up for our newsletter</a> for more great developer focused news, events, and announcements.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this first episode, I host entrepreneur-turned-VC, <a href="https://twitter.com/sunilnagaraj">Sunil Nagaraj</a> of <a href="http://www.bvp.com/">Bessemer Venture Partners</a>. Sunil and I talk about how BVP decides to invest in your startup, what you may be getting wrong when you pitch to VC’s, and what you should expect from investors sitting on your board.</p><p>To find out about new episodes of this and other Heavybit podcasts, <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">follow @heavybit</a> on Twitter, and <a href="http://heavybit.us6.list-manage1.com/subscribe?u=bbdf35a062a2cb177b173d3ee&amp;id=60a72d73e4">sign up for our newsletter</a> for more great developer focused news, events, and announcements.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-sunil-nagaraj">Ep. #1, Feat. BVP’s Sunil Nagaraj</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>BVP Hackathon Helps Solve a Bay Area Problem</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/bvp-hackathon</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Nov 2015 21:45:07 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-222</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On Oct 23-24th Heavybit hosted the BVP Hackathon – an event where more than 50 developers, community partners and tech companies came together to attempt to solve a Bay Area problem.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On Oct 23-24th Heavybit hosted the <a href="http://www.eventbrite.com/e/bvp-hackathon-tickets-18298538421">BVP Hackathon</a> – an event where more than 50 developers, community partners and tech companies came together to attempt to solve a Bay Area problem. To kick off the event, <a href="https://www.bvp.com/">Bessemer Ventures Partners</a>’ Operating Partner Mark Bercow welcomed attendees and introduced the rules of engagement and the partners involved in the event.</p><h2>Identifying the Problem</h2><p>In order to set the stage for attendees, community partners offered high level problem statements on topics such as homelessness, housing, pedestrian safety, jobs, citizen engagement and food security. Attendees enjoyed presentations from Natalie Burdick of Walk SF and the <a href="http://visionzerosf.org/maps-data/">Vision Zero Initiative</a>, Mallory Hassick of <a href="http://www.ecs-sf.org/">Episcopal Community Services</a>, Andrew Hyder of <a href="http://codeforamerica.org/">Code for America</a> and Peter Masiak of the <a href="http://www.sfgsa.org/index.aspx?page=5005">San Francisco Mid-Market Citizen’s Advisory Committee</a>. From there, platform partners from <a href="https://auth0.com/">Auth0</a>, <a href="http://intercom.io/">Intercom</a>, <a href="https://keen.io/">Keen IO</a>, <a href="http://nitrous.io/">Nitrous.io</a>, <a href="https://www.npmjs.com/">NPM</a>, <a href="https://www.particle.io/">Particle.io</a>, <a href="https://sendgrid.com/">Sendgrid</a> and <a href="https://www.twilio.com/">Twilio</a> presented useful resources and documentation.</p><h3>Community Partner: Andrew Hyder, <a href="http://www.codeforamerica.org/">Code for America</a></h3><p></p><h3>Community Partner: Mallory Hasek, <a href="http://www.ecs-sf.org/">Episcopal Community Church</a></h3><p></p><h3>Community Partner: Natalie Burdick, <a href="http://walksf.org/">Walk San Francisco</a></h3><p></p><h3>Community Partner: Peter Masiak, <a href="http://www.sfgsa.org/index.aspx?page=5005">Midmarket Citizens Advisory Committee</a></h3><p></p><h2>Building Through the Night</h2><p>At around 9pm, attendees then formed teams and spent the rest of the night doing field research, identifying the scope of their app, and developing it. Many teams worked through the night to complete their applications. Some went as far as to visit the local shelter and do onsite user experience research prior to building their projects.</p><h2>Judging the Apps</h2><p>The next day at 5pm, teams presented their apps to other attendees and to a panel of tech experts. Judges included Heavybit and Heroku founder James Lindenbaum, Bessemer Venture Partners’ Sunil Nagaraj, Github’s VP of Product Management Kakul Srivastava, npm Founder Isaac Shlueter and Twilio CEO Jeff Lawson. Judging criteria was based on the ability to solve a problem and technical execution of the app itself.</p><h2>And the Winners Were…</h2><h3>First Place: Snap Map, Find Nearby EBT Locations</h3><p></p><h3>Second Place: Waste Not, Easily Donate Extra Food</h3><p></p><h3>Third Place: Text2Help, Deliver Help, One Text at a Time</h3><p></p><p>In total there were twelve amazing teams and they each came out with some really great projects. <a href="https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLNK9fmQLSJ2COtL8RsSSX5vp1lAczucoi">Check out the rest of these awesome presentations in this YouTube album</a>.</p><h2>Thanks to Everyone</h2><p>On behalf of Heavybit and Bessemer Venture Partners, we want to thank everyone involved in this event. For photos from the event, check our <a href="https://www.flickr.com/photos/heavybit/albums/72157658710542803">Flickr page</a>. If you’d like to stay connected to BVP, <a href="http://www.bvp.com/blog">subscribe to their blog</a> or consider applying to their portfolio company jobs at <a href="http://jobs.bvp.com/">jobs.bvp.com</a>. If you’d like to stay connected to Heavybit, subscribe to <a href="http://heavybit.us6.list-manage.com/subscribe?u=bbdf35a062a2cb177b173d3ee&amp;id=ccf7bf9c2e">event updates</a>, check out the <a href="/library">Heavybit Library</a>, and apply to member company jobs at <a href="http://devcojobs.com/">devcojobs.com</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/bvp-hackathon">BVP Hackathon Helps Solve a Bay Area Problem</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #1, Introducing Road to Growth and Yaron Sadka</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-introducing-road-to-growth-and-yaron-sadka</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Nov 2015 18:59:12 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-323</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Thanks for listening to Road To Growth, a bi-weekly podcast exploring what it takes for a sales team to succeed beyond merely hitting quotas. Our first guests include <a href="http://www.iron.io/">Iron.io CEO, Chad Arimura</a>, <a href="https://launchdarkly.com/">LaunchDarkly CEO, Edith Harbaugh</a>, <a href="http://www.bluenose.com/">Bluenose Analytics CEO, Don MacLennan</a>, and <a href="https://keen.io/">Keen.io CEO, Kyle Wild</a>. Each has a different perception of sales, and each offers valuable lessons for success that you can’t miss.</p><p>To join the show as a guest, contact us at <a href="mailto:roadtogrowth@heavybit.com">roadtogrowth@heavybit.com</a> or tweet at us at <a href="https://twitter.com/roadtogrowth_">@roadtogrowth_</a></p><p></p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Thanks for listening to Road To Growth, a bi-weekly podcast exploring what it takes for a sales team to succeed beyond merely hitting quotas. Our first guests include <a href="http://www.iron.io/">Iron.io CEO, Chad Arimura</a>, <a href="https://launchdarkly.com/">LaunchDarkly CEO, Edith Harbaugh</a>, <a href="http://www.bluenose.com/">Bluenose Analytics CEO, Don MacLennan</a>, and <a href="https://keen.io/">Keen.io CEO, Kyle Wild</a>. Each has a different perception of sales, and each offers valuable lessons for success that you can’t miss.</p><p>To join the show as a guest, contact us at <a href="mailto:roadtogrowth@heavybit.com">roadtogrowth@heavybit.com</a> or tweet at us at <a href="https://twitter.com/roadtogrowth_">@roadtogrowth_</a></p><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-introducing-road-to-growth-and-yaron-sadka">Ep. #1, Introducing Road to Growth and Yaron Sadka</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #6, Use Cases for Continuous Delivery</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-use-cases-for-continuous-delivery</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Nov 2015 19:58:14 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-362</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Edith and Paul discuss the spectrum of Continuous Delivery, and where Continuous Delivery will and won’t work in software development.</p><p>For more on Continuous Delivery and to find out about new episodes you can follow the show on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/continuouscast">@continuouscast</a>.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode, Edith and Paul discuss the spectrum of Continuous Delivery, and where Continuous Delivery will and won’t work in software development.</p><p>For more on Continuous Delivery and to find out about new episodes you can follow the show on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/continuouscast">@continuouscast</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-6-use-cases-for-continuous-delivery">Ep. #6, Use Cases for Continuous Delivery</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #4, Creating a Multi-Channel Marketing Strategy</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-creating-a-multi-channel-marketing-strategy</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Nov 2015 19:32:48 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-347</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Pitch Room, I had the opportunity to sit down with <a href="https://launchdarkly.com/">LaunchDarkly’s</a> <a href="https://twitter.com/andreasnippets">Andrea Echstenkamper</a> to discuss multichannel marketing and platforms for thought leadership.</p><p>In today’s digital world, many different marketing channels make it tough for early stage startups to choose the right channel. Inspired by the book <a href="http://www.amazon.com/Traction-Startup-Guide-Getting-Customers/dp/0976339609">Traction</a>, Andrea shares a 3-step framework to help prioritize marketing channels:</p><ul><li>How WELL the channel works</li><li>How QUICKLY the channel can be tested</li><li>How much the channel COSTS</li></ul><p>A couple of channels are recommended for early stage startups:</p><h3>Behavioral Retargeting</h3><p>Retargeting is a powerful branding and conversion optimization tool. Google AdWords lets marketers pay for clicks, rather than impressions allowing companies to only pay when a visitor is reengaged. Many startups do not have the bandwidth to build out a full email-nurturing plan, and this is a great strategy to receive early interest further down the funnel.</p><h3>Social and Display Ads</h3><p>A low budget Twitter or LinkedIn campaign can result in high ROI because companies can get feedback quickly on messaging and measure the strength of its offering. A small tweet boost or Facebook campaign provides valuable information about a startup’s audience. In LinkedIn, marketers can test a hypothesis by targeting users by job title. In Twitter, marketers can target by keyword or Twitter count followers to see where the opportunities are for SEO and partner marketing. These mini experiments will show marketers what works without a huge marketing spend.</p><h3>Email Marketing</h3><p>Email marketing helps businesses stay connected with current and potential customers. It is also a great platform to be more personal with your audience. Personalizing an email body has been shown to generate greater transaction rates. Airbnb attributes much of its early success to emailing directly to Craigslist users that listed their homes.</p><h3>Community Events</h3><p>Meet-ups or community events allow companies to engage with users face-to-face and develop a community around their product. Events often result in valuable feedback for engineering and marketing departments. Spending time on developing and engaging your network is recommended.</p><h3>Content Marketing</h3><p>Content marketing is a great tactic to engage with customers and arm them with expert knowledge that will help during their buying process. Developing content that can span multiple channels easily will save time and helps with consistent messaging across all your channels.</p><p></p><p></p><p></p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of The Pitch Room, I had the opportunity to sit down with <a href="https://launchdarkly.com/">LaunchDarkly’s</a> <a href="https://twitter.com/andreasnippets">Andrea Echstenkamper</a> to discuss multichannel marketing and platforms for thought leadership.</p><p>In today’s digital world, many different marketing channels make it tough for early stage startups to choose the right channel. Inspired by the book <a href="http://www.amazon.com/Traction-Startup-Guide-Getting-Customers/dp/0976339609">Traction</a>, Andrea shares a 3-step framework to help prioritize marketing channels:</p><ul><li>How WELL the channel works</li><li>How QUICKLY the channel can be tested</li><li>How much the channel COSTS</li></ul><p>A couple of channels are recommended for early stage startups:</p><h3>Behavioral Retargeting</h3><p>Retargeting is a powerful branding and conversion optimization tool. Google AdWords lets marketers pay for clicks, rather than impressions allowing companies to only pay when a visitor is reengaged. Many startups do not have the bandwidth to build out a full email-nurturing plan, and this is a great strategy to receive early interest further down the funnel.</p><h3>Social and Display Ads</h3><p>A low budget Twitter or LinkedIn campaign can result in high ROI because companies can get feedback quickly on messaging and measure the strength of its offering. A small tweet boost or Facebook campaign provides valuable information about a startup’s audience. In LinkedIn, marketers can test a hypothesis by targeting users by job title. In Twitter, marketers can target by keyword or Twitter count followers to see where the opportunities are for SEO and partner marketing. These mini experiments will show marketers what works without a huge marketing spend.</p><h3>Email Marketing</h3><p>Email marketing helps businesses stay connected with current and potential customers. It is also a great platform to be more personal with your audience. Personalizing an email body has been shown to generate greater transaction rates. Airbnb attributes much of its early success to emailing directly to Craigslist users that listed their homes.</p><h3>Community Events</h3><p>Meet-ups or community events allow companies to engage with users face-to-face and develop a community around their product. Events often result in valuable feedback for engineering and marketing departments. Spending time on developing and engaging your network is recommended.</p><h3>Content Marketing</h3><p>Content marketing is a great tactic to engage with customers and arm them with expert knowledge that will help during their buying process. Developing content that can span multiple channels easily will save time and helps with consistent messaging across all your channels.</p><p></p><p></p><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-creating-a-multi-channel-marketing-strategy">Ep. #4, Creating a Multi-Channel Marketing Strategy</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building a Growth Machine</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-a-growth-machine</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Oct 2015 12:25:09 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Growth Hacking]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Scaling]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[User Acquistion]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1136</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Heavybit Speaker Series, Brian Balfour, VP of Growth at HubSpot, covers the key documents to building a growth machine including tactics for generating growth ideas, and what you need to generate a minimum viable test.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Heavybit Show &amp; Tell: Runscope, LaunchDarkly, Treasure Data, and Opsee</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/show-and-tell-fall-2015</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 23 Oct 2015 18:31:46 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-271</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In our Fall 2015 Heavybit Show &amp; Tell, LaunchDarkly, Treasure Data, Opsee, and Runscope share learnings and demonstrate what they have been working on lately.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In our Fall 2015 Heavybit Show &amp; Tell, <a href="https://launchdarkly.com/">LaunchDarkly</a>, <a href="http://www.treasuredata.com/">Treasure Data</a>, <a href="https://opsee.com/">Opsee</a>, and <a href="https://www.runscope.com/">Runscope</a> share learnings and demonstrate what they have been working on lately.</p><h3>Runscope’s Neil Mansilla</h3><p></p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/mansillaDEV">Neil Mansilla</a>, VP of developer relations talks about Runscope’s recently updated API. He gives a demo of the API and demonstrates how Runscope’s customers are now able to export and manage tests outside of the UI.</p><h3>LaunchDarkly’s Edith Harbaugh</h3><p></p><p><a href="https://launchdarkly.com/">LaunchDarkly’s</a> CEO and cofounder <a href="https://twitter.com/edith_h">Edith Harbaugh</a> gives insights into how LaunchDarkly customers use feature flags in their own software development.</p><h3>Treasure Data’s John Hammink</h3><p></p><p><a href="http://www.treasuredata.com/">Treasure Data’s</a> developer evangelist <a href="https://twitter.com/Rijksband">John Hammink</a> discusses the advantages of a cloud based analytics pipeline and demos how <a href="http://www.fluentd.org/">fluentd</a> is integrated with Docker and a result output to <a href="https://aws.amazon.com/redshift/">Amazon Redshift</a>.</p><h3>Opsee’s Cliff Moon</h3><p></p><p><a href="https://heavybit-blog.squarespace.com/blog//heavybit-show-tell-runscope-opsee#">Cliff Moon</a>, CEO and cofounder at <a href="https://opsee.com/">Opsee</a> discusses monitoring and demonstrates how to easily create health and performance checks for your services in Opsee.</p><p>To find out about the next Heavybit Show &amp; Tell, <a href="https://heavybit.typeform.com/to/qKtKhrlr">sign up for our Newsletter!</a></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/show-and-tell-fall-2015">Heavybit Show & Tell: Runscope, LaunchDarkly, Treasure Data, and Opsee</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Evolution of Sales 2015</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/evolution-of-sales-2015</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Oct 2015 12:31:29 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Sales Operations]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Hiring]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1140</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Heavybit Speaker Series, Doug Leone, Sequoia Capital’s Managing Partner, shares some of the common patterns he’s seen in successful sales engines. Leone offers a high-level view on the do’s and don’ts for sales success with examples from portfolio companies including ServiceNow and Meraki.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #5, Overcoming the Fear of Shipping Code</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-overcoming-fear-of-shipping</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Oct 2015 20:13:08 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-376</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Edith and Paul talk about the fear of shipping, and whether code is an asset.</p><p>For more on Continuous Delivery and to find out about new episodes you can follow the show on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/continuouscast">@continuouscast</a>.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode, Edith and Paul talk about the fear of shipping, and whether code is an asset.</p><p>For more on Continuous Delivery and to find out about new episodes you can follow the show on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/continuouscast">@continuouscast</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-5-overcoming-fear-of-shipping">Ep. #5, Overcoming the Fear of Shipping Code</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tools of the Trade: Behind the Scenes of High-Growth Support Teams</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/whats-behind-high-growth-support-teams</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Oct 2015 19:53:32 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-96</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>It takes a great strategy and the right tools for your company to meet the demands of fast growth. Take it from members of Stripe, Ipsy, Eventbrite and Airbnb who took to the Heavybit stage as part of Stripe’s “Lightning Talks” series to share their success stories of putting the right software behind their user-support systems.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>It takes a great strategy and the right tools for your company to meet the demands of fast growth. Take it from members of Stripe, Ipsy, Eventbrite and Airbnb who took to the Heavybit stage as part of Stripe’s “Lightning Talks” series to share their success stories of putting the right software behind their user-support systems.</p><h2>Streamlining Support at Stripe</h2><p></p><p>Stripe is a software platform for building an internet business and accepting payments online. It’s what Twitter, Pinterest, Facebook, Kickstarter and thousands of others use to sell to anyone, anywhere, and in brand new ways. Stripe’s global support team sees thousands of tickets per day and relies on communication tools like <a href="https://slack.com)">Slack</a> to keep members connected.</p><p>Stripe is growing quickly, but is still really collaborative. “We all talk to each other all the time,” Moníca Brown of Stripe User Operations says. Her team can provide better support to their users when they’re plugged into what’s going on across the company.</p><p>Ultimately, Stripe’s goal is to solve users’ problems as quickly as possible so they can get back to focusing on what matters — running and growing their own businesses. “Getting members of other teams on a call will allow the user to interact directly with the person who’s actually going to solve their problem” Brown says.</p><p>Advantages of phone-based support include:</p><ul><li>An opportunity to connect customers with fast inter-departmental solutions</li><li>Less time and fewer number of contacts needed to reach a resolution</li><li>A more personal way to address user issues and concerns</li></ul><p>You can up your phone-based support game with help desks like <a href="http://www.zendesk.com">Zendesk</a>, <a href="http://freshdesk.com/">Freshdesk</a>, <a href="http://www.happyfox.com">HappyFox</a> and <a href="http://www.kayako.com/">Kayako</a>, to name a few</p><h2>Fostering a Close-Knit Community at Eventbrite</h2><p></p><p>The live-event marketplace Eventbrite has a service team that sees an average of 40 thousand contacts per month. With 500 international employees, the company turns to communication tools like Slack as well as Google Hangouts for face-to-face interactions with their team.</p><p>“Getting to see someone talk really changes the way that you understand how they work,” says Vivian Chaves of Customer Experience.</p><p>Aside from interactions among the team, the Eventbrite team reviews cases using Salesforce’s collaboration tool <a href="http://www.salesforce.com/chatter/overview/">Chatter</a>. Similar tools include <a href="https://www.huddle.com/">Huddle</a>, <a href="https://redbooth.com/">Redbooth</a> and <a href="https://www.exoplatform.com/">eXo Platform</a>.</p><h2>Keeping it Consistent at Ipsy</h2><p></p><p>Ipsy is the world’s largest and most passionate beauty community. The community is centered around a beauty sampling service called the Glam Bag and premier content produced by Ipsy and its partner creators. Ipsy ships to over 1.5 million subscribers every month.</p><p></p><p>The team stays on the same page with one another and shares tone and style guides, as well as other training materials, using an internal communications system built using <a href="https://www.atlassian.com/software/confluence">Atlassian’s Confluence</a>.</p><p>“Because customer service is downstream from everything in the business, you need to have those connections to help you solve problems as they arise and also to make you aware of those problems before you’re seeing it in the queue,” says Nykki Yeager, Head of Customer Care.</p><h2>Personalized Responses at Airbnb</h2><p></p><p>Airbnb’s global customer service team clocks 180 thousand interactions per week at their laid-back “<a href="https://www.airbnb.com/belong-anywhere">Belong Anywhere</a>” offices. Employees can and do stay on top of social media outreach famously with tools like <a href="https://hootsuite.com/resources/case-study/using-social-media-for-global-growth-the-airbnb-story">Hootsuite</a>.</p><p>Citing examples in his presentation with Customer Experience team member Annette Margolis, Keau Katsunuma shows how a fast, personalized response to a customer issue via Twitter can turn out to be a “really fun way to take a negative situation, turn it around, and make a promoter.”</p><p>Other social media managers and tools include <a href="http://crowdbooster.com/">Crowdbooster</a>, <a href="http://www.socialflow.com/">Social Flow</a> and <a href="http://sproutsocial.com/">Sprout Social</a>.</p><p><em>What tools give your team an edge in user support? Let us know <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">@heavybit</a>.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/whats-behind-high-growth-support-teams">Tools of the Trade: Behind the Scenes of High-Growth Support Teams</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Your Presentation Sucks: A Guide To Better Developer Presentations</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/better-developer-presentations</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Oct 2015 16:46:21 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-215</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Giving a technical presentation is hard work, giving a great technical presentation is a serious challenge. Should you give a demo? Should you simplify your technical message for wider reach? Where do you find speaking opportunities? I had the pleasure of speaking with Debbie Landa, CEO of Dealmaker Media, who organizes the popular GROW conference about what she feels makes a presentation great.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Giving a technical presentation is hard work, giving a great technical presentation is a serious challenge. Should you give a demo? Should you simplify your technical message for wider reach? Where do you find speaking opportunities?</p><p>I had the pleasure of speaking with <a href="https://www.crunchbase.com/organization/dealmaker-media">Debbie Landa, CEO of Dealmaker Media</a>, who organizes the popular <a href="https://www.crunchbase.com/organization/grow-conference">GROW conference</a> about what she feels makes a developer presentation great.</p><h3><strong>Three Common Mistakes in Developer Presentations</strong></h3><p>I asked Debbie to share the three most common mistakes she sees presenters make, here’s what she had to say.</p><h3><em>1. Not Enough Practice</em></h3><p>The most common mistake presenters make is not practicing nearly enough. You may have written the slides and designed the deck yourself, but until you stand up and practice you won’t know how effective your presentation actually is. Debbie sees this regularly, “they haven’t practiced, but they think they’ll be great.”</p><p>You may be an expert in your presentation topic, but if you don’t practice, you won’t look like an expert and you’ll lose your audience.</p><p>Heavybit recommends you first practice your presentation in the mirror to get comfortable with the slides and to define your presentation style. Next, you should present to a small group of friends and coworkers at least two weeks before you go on stage.</p><p>You need honest feedback about the flow of your presentation, what’s missing and what can be cut, and what you can do to improve your delivery including body language and ‘crutch words’. Debbie says speakers should “know exactly what they want to say, find the shortest way to say it, and then edit it again, and again.”</p><h3><em>2. Complicated Slides</em></h3><p>It’s incredibly easy to build a really great looking slide deck these days, but unfortunately it’s still as easy as ever to fill your slides with unnecessary or esoteric information. Debbie told me she see’s this all the time, “their slides have too many words, slides should just be pictures or simple statements.”</p><p>Take a look at the <a href="http://www.slideshare.net/heavybit">Heavybit slideshare catalog</a> for an idea of what we push for in our own Speaker Series presentations.</p><p>Simple colors behind clear and easy to read fonts are critical. Your audience may be reading your slides from the back of the room, so you might want to rethink that 40% grey bulleted list in Helvetica Neue UltraLight.</p><h3><em>3. No Charisma</em></h3><p>Even the driest of topics can be made fun and interesting if the presenter invests the time needed to do so. Debbie says one of the strongest indicators of a bad technical presentation is when a speaker “is robotic when they talk.” Interesting and relevant anecdotes drawn from your own experiences are some of best ways to make an otherwise dry topic come to life.</p><p>You want your presentation to be memorable, and with a strong likelihood of your talk being filmed and put on the web, your investment in being charismatic and memorable will pay dividends.</p><p>Conference organizers considering your applications to speak will find your previous speaking gigs and they will watch, and they will judge. You don’t need to be Steve Jobs, but your audience should absolutely feel connected to you and your topic when you’re on stage.</p><h3><strong>Communicating Technical Topics</strong></h3><p>Simply because you’re talking about something very technical doesn’t mean you can’t communicate it clearly in a way that anyone can understand. Often “presenters want to believe what they’re doing is hard and complicated, to gain respect from their peers” Debbie says, “but that’s the opposite of what you should be thinking – if you can simplify your story so that anyone can understand, then you’ve reached your goal.”</p><p>“There’s always a real world analogy or metaphor that you can find to help audiences ‘get it’” says Debbie. A great example can be seen in <a href="/library/video/harrison-metals-michael-dearing-on-pricing/">this Heavybit Speaker Series presentation featuring Harrison Metal’s Michael Dearing</a>. Michael takes the deeply complicated topic of pricing and effortlessly communicates it through the use of an easy to follow analogy of buying a kitchen appliance.</p><h3><strong>Demos</strong></h3><p>When gearing up to give a talk that features a live demo, there are some questions you need to ask yourself before you begin. Does your live demo provide actual value? Could you instead talk through a previously recorded screen capture or static slides?</p><p>I asked Debbie her thoughts on demos and she told me she typically discourages them “unless it’s a slam dunk, or you’re demoing a physical product doing something interesting.” In most cases “only the presenter thinks the demo is interesting.”</p><p>This is when your practice comes into play – does that group of friends and coworkers think the demo is effective? In most cases, the answer is <strong><em>no!</em></strong></p><p>At Heavybit, when a demo is absolutely necessary, we strongly recommend pre-recorded demos. This allows you to practice the speaking portion of the demo while controlling for every other variable. Your demo can’t be sunk by poor internet connectivity, a missing closing bracket in your code, or a bug in production.</p><p>If you can reliably practice your pre-recorded demo, it will be wildly more effective than the average rambling and error-prone live demo.</p><h3><strong>Speaking Opportunities</strong></h3><p>For beginner speakers, it can be very difficult to find the right place to give your presentation. Debbie suggests local meetup groups, student organizations, or simply presenting internally to your company or small team.</p><p>If you’re not a seasoned presenter, you shouldn’t be applying to respected conferences. “They are running businesses and the main business they are in is ‘putting butts in seats’. If you don’t have cache, or come from a pedigreed company, you have no chance.”</p><p>For GROW, Debbie has a strong process to vet potential speakers. “I get on the phone with every speaker before I invite them and grill them with questions, I measure their reactions to gauge how I think they might do on our stage.”</p><p>Many times, the easiest way to get speaking gigs is to participate on panels, but Debbie feels panels “are generally terrible, because everyone wants to do them and you don’t have to prepare.” If you do plan to participate in a panel, you should practice as if it were a solo presentation, and you should do some research on the panel moderator.</p><p>“There are different kinds of speakers – the kind who are good at presenting alone, the ones who can do an interview or panel style talk, and those who are deeply curious and can moderate a panel or run an interview.” Find the right opportunity and start practicing!</p><p>If you’re considering moderating a panel, check out our <a href="/library/blog/how-to-be-a-great-panel-moderator/">How To Be A Great Panel Moderator</a> guide.</p><h3><strong>Conclusion</strong></h3><p>Don’t let easy-to-fix problems sink your developer presentation, follow these simple pieces of advice to transform your mediocre presentation into something your audience will remember.</p><p>Check out the <a href="/library">Heavybit Library</a> for great educational talks from seasoned presenters. It’s an amazing place to study what it is that makes a technical presentation great.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/better-developer-presentations">Your Presentation Sucks: A Guide To Better Developer Presentations</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #4, Scaling Your Engineering Team</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-scaling-your-engineering-team</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Oct 2015 15:31:16 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-360</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Edith and Paul talk about who owns code, how to scale your engineering team, and cowboy coding.</p><p>For more on Continuous Delivery and to find out about new episodes you can follow the show on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/continuouscast">@continuouscast</a>.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode, Edith and Paul talk about who owns code, how to scale your engineering team, and cowboy coding.</p><p>For more on Continuous Delivery and to find out about new episodes you can follow the show on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/continuouscast">@continuouscast</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-4-scaling-your-engineering-team">Ep. #4, Scaling Your Engineering Team</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #1, Feat. Ilya Sukhar &amp; Fred Stevens-Smith</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-ilya-sukhar-fred-stevens-smith</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2015 21:43:50 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-228</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>I’m happy to share the first episode of Caveat Founder, Heavybit’s newest podcast. Caveat Founder is a regular series featuring founders sharing their experiences building developer facing companies. Gain insight into what it takes to build a successful developer facing company by hearing success (and failure) stories directly from founders themselves.</p><p>In this inaugural episode, Ilya Sukhar and Fred Stevens-Smith talk through pricing challenges at developer facing companies, the type of investors developer facing companies should look for, and the sometimes difficult transition from Founder to CEO.</p><p></p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>I’m happy to share the first episode of Caveat Founder, Heavybit’s newest podcast. Caveat Founder is a regular series featuring founders sharing their experiences building developer facing companies. Gain insight into what it takes to build a successful developer facing company by hearing success (and failure) stories directly from founders themselves.</p><p>In this inaugural episode, Ilya Sukhar and Fred Stevens-Smith talk through pricing challenges at developer facing companies, the type of investors developer facing companies should look for, and the sometimes difficult transition from Founder to CEO.</p><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-ilya-sukhar-fred-stevens-smith">Ep. #1, Feat. Ilya Sukhar & Fred Stevens-Smith</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #3, Origins of Continuous Delivery</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-origins-of-continuous-delivery</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2015 16:49:51 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-374</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Edith and Paul talk about what Continuous Delivery is and where it came from. They cover everything from SaaS and test-driven development, to lean startups and human evolution.</p><p>For more on Continuous Delivery and to find out about new episodes you can follow the show on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/continuouscast">@continuouscast</a>.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode, Edith and Paul talk about what Continuous Delivery is and where it came from. They cover everything from SaaS and test-driven development, to lean startups and human evolution.</p><p>For more on Continuous Delivery and to find out about new episodes you can follow the show on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/continuouscast">@continuouscast</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-origins-of-continuous-delivery">Ep. #3, Origins of Continuous Delivery</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #3, Tactics for Customer-Focused Marketing</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-tactics-for-customer-focused-marketing</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Sep 2015 00:02:36 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-345</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Pitch Room, I had a great time chatting with Runscope’s <a href="https://twitter.com/AshleyWaxman">Ashley Waxman</a> about customer marketing. We discuss customer engagement strategies, tips for marketing to developers and steps to launch your own customer marketing program.</p><h3></h3>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode of the Pitch Room, I had a great time chatting with Runscope’s <a href="https://twitter.com/AshleyWaxman">Ashley Waxman</a> about customer marketing. We discuss customer engagement strategies, tips for marketing to developers and steps to launch your own customer marketing program.</p><h3></h3></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-3-tactics-for-customer-focused-marketing">Ep. #3, Tactics for Customer-Focused Marketing</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Five SEM Hacks For Developers</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/five-sem-hacks-for-developers</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Sep 2015 20:53:23 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-267</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In his Heavybit Speaker Series presentation, Soso Sazesh, founder of Growth Pilots, teaches you everything you need to know about conversion optimization. At one point in his talk, Soso outlines how incredibly valuable SEM is for young startups because it provides cheap yet meaningful insights into your business and customers. Here are five SEM hacks Soso recommends:</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In his Heavybit Speaker Series presentation, Soso Sazesh, founder of <a href="http://growthpilots.com">Growth Pilots</a>, teaches you everything you need to know about conversion optimization. <a href="/library/video/2015-08-25-soso-sazesh">You can view the full talk here</a>.</p><p>At one point in his talk, Soso outlines how incredibly valuable SEM is for young startups because it provides cheap yet meaningful insights into your business and customers. Here are five SEM hacks Soso recommends:</p><h3><strong>1. Test Messaging With SEM</strong></h3><p><a href="/library/video/conversion-optimization-funnel-vision-for-developers/?28m12s"><em>Watch This Clip</em></a></p><p>To start, SEM is a great opportunity to test messaging. Using a tool like AdWords, you can test multiple different variations of your messaging to gauge which version performs best.</p><p>If you’re unsure how to best articulate your product’s value proposition, or perhaps you’re unsure which landing page headline will convert the most customers, SEM is a cheap and effective tool for testing your assumptions and iterating on those tests quickly.</p><h3><strong>2. Drive Targeted Traffic for Experiments Using SEM</strong></h3><p><a href="/library/video/conversion-optimization-funnel-vision-for-developers/?28m49s"><em>Watch This Clip</em></a></p><p>Are you preparing a new feature for your product? You can launch an AdWords campaign specifically targeted at keywords that surround this new feature. The feedback you get can help you plan the marketing for this new feature, as well as how and when to roll the feature into your larger product.</p><h3><strong>3. Estimate Customer Acquisition Costs Using SEM</strong></h3><p><a href="/library/video/conversion-optimization-funnel-vision-for-developers/?29m14s"><em>Watch This Clip</em></a></p><p>How much does it cost to acquire a customer at your company? Using SEM on primary keywords around your product at a young stage can help you narrow in on your CPA.</p><p>Investors love to know what the cost per acquisition is early; it’s an invaluable stat when they’re planning ahead for when you’ll be spending millions on paid-acquisition.</p><h3><strong>4. Hijack Competitors’ Traffic With SEM</strong></h3><p><a href="/library/video/conversion-optimization-funnel-vision-for-developers/?29m46s"><em>Watch This Clip</em></a></p><p>Morally speaking, hijacking the main keywords for a competing product is questionable at best, not to mention very expensive due to the relevancy tax of SEM. That said, you shouldn’t be surprised to see your competitors buying up keywords that surround your product.</p><p>In Soso’s experience, while this type of ad buy is significantly more expensive than keywords for your own product, the customers you’re reaching are markedly higher value. If you go after competitors keywords, don’t be surprised if they return the favor.</p><h3><strong>5. Retargeting Existing Visitors Via Search</strong></h3><p><a href="/library/video/conversion-optimization-funnel-vision-for-developers/?30m40s"><em>Watch This Clip</em></a></p><p>Search Retargeting is different from traditional Retargeting in that it’s tied to keywords that a potential customer is searching for as opposed to a site they’ve previously visited. If a customer searches for a keyword, hits your page, then bounces back to Google to search a different set of keywords, you can place ads on the resulting search page for your product.</p><p>Search Retargeting isn’t as widely used as traditional Retargeting, which makes it a cheaper way to re-engage a potential customer.</p><p><strong><em>Want to know more? <a href="/library/video/conversion-optimization-funnel-vision-for-developers/">Watch Soso’s full talk in the Heavybit Library</a></em></strong></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/five-sem-hacks-for-developers">Five SEM Hacks For Developers</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>451 Group on Analyst Relations</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/451-group-on-analyst-relations</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Sep 2015 12:34:49 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1143</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Heavybit Speaker Series, Donnie Berkholz of 451 Research will offer insights into analyst coverage areas and how to present to them, context-setting for analyst briefings, and finally, how to engage with analysts on their upcoming research calendars.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #2, What is Continuous Delivery?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-what-is-continuous-delivery</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2015 20:30:54 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-372</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Edith asks Paul ‘What are your favorite things about Continuous Delivery?’</p><p>For more on Continuous Delivery and to find out about new episodes you can follow the show on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/continuouscast">@continuouscast</a>.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this episode, Edith asks Paul ‘What are your favorite things about Continuous Delivery?’</p><p>For more on Continuous Delivery and to find out about new episodes you can follow the show on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/continuouscast">@continuouscast</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-what-is-continuous-delivery">Ep. #2, What is Continuous Delivery?</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Conversion Optimization: Funnel-Vision for Developers</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/conversion-optimization-funnel-vision-for-developers</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Sep 2015 12:37:04 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1147</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Heavybit Speaker Series, Growth Pilots Founder Soso Sazesh offers you insight into conversion optimization, with walkthroughs of actual SaaS company funnels, funnel measurement and channel attribution, and SEM tactics for developers.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Modern Engineering Management w/ Russell Smith</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/modern-engineering-management-with-russell-smith</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Sep 2015 22:19:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b5deb659-d266-433b-9fed-67455d990c68</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Heavybit Speaker Series, Russell Smith, previously co-founder and CTO at Rainforest QA explores some of the core engineering management concepts that are essential for success in today&#x27;s fast-paced and highly competitive engineering environment.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Business Analytics: Are We There Yet?</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/business-analytics-are-we-there-yet</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Aug 2015 12:40:36 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1151</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Let’s get real, any monkey with a slide deck can fake hockey stick growth. In this Heavybit Speaker Series, Sean Byrnes talks about creating metrics and analytics for actual survivability, success and growth. Learn how to operationalize your org-wide goals, cut through the BS of pedantic goal-setting exercises, and get s@#t done.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #2, Developing Your Influencer Marketing Strategy</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-developing-your-influencer-marketing-strategy</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2015 20:45:29 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-343</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>I had the pleasure of speaking with <a href="https://twitter.com/cameronperon">Cameron Peron</a> following his Heavybit Speaker Series presentation on <a href="/library/video/2015-07-28-cameron-peron">Creating Killer Trend Stories</a>.</p><p>Cameron recently served as VP Marketing at Redis Labs where he led their post Series A marketing activities to accelerate SaaS based customer acquisition fivefold within 24 months. Previously as VP Marketing at Newvem he led their developer marketing team to generate 2.5K users in 14 months from Series A to acquisition.</p><p>Listen in as we discuss how to make your organization a source for news, the art of media relations and tactics for effective influencer marketing.</p><p>In the age of continuous delivery, there are more frequent software releases than ever before. This decoupling of ‘code’ from ‘product’ creates challenges for marketing teams that are planning dates to announce new features.</p><p>In this episode of The Pitch Room, Cameron offers advice for smaller companies on how to overcome this challenge.</p><ul><li><strong>Avoid assumptions:</strong> Once a feature update is live, it is rare for your end users and external community to know about it unless you tell them. Do not assume that end users are aware of updates and be sure to communicate changes in a timely manner.</li><li><strong>Latch onto a trend:</strong> Small feature updates are not as attractive for bloggers and influencers to write about unless it latches onto a trend or controversial topic. For example, for a data monitoring product, one tactic is to align your company with big data trend stories and provide insight into how a particular monitoring feature is solving a big data challenge.</li><li><strong>Do not get discouraged:</strong> Continue to announce feature updates because it keeps your company on the radar. If the announcement does not yield press coverage, continue to post to your blog and share the news with end users. Feature updates are an easy opportunity to connect with your community and establish loyalty.</li><li><strong>Have your customers tell the story:</strong> A feature that solves a specific challenge for your customer makes for great content. Track customer feedback and ask customers if they would be willing to speak with the media or contribute to a byline on your behalf.</li></ul><p>As the software development market continues to evolve, expect to see traditional communications strategies evolve with it.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>I had the pleasure of speaking with <a href="https://twitter.com/cameronperon">Cameron Peron</a> following his Heavybit Speaker Series presentation on <a href="/library/video/2015-07-28-cameron-peron">Creating Killer Trend Stories</a>.</p><p>Cameron recently served as VP Marketing at Redis Labs where he led their post Series A marketing activities to accelerate SaaS based customer acquisition fivefold within 24 months. Previously as VP Marketing at Newvem he led their developer marketing team to generate 2.5K users in 14 months from Series A to acquisition.</p><p>Listen in as we discuss how to make your organization a source for news, the art of media relations and tactics for effective influencer marketing.</p><p>In the age of continuous delivery, there are more frequent software releases than ever before. This decoupling of ‘code’ from ‘product’ creates challenges for marketing teams that are planning dates to announce new features.</p><p>In this episode of The Pitch Room, Cameron offers advice for smaller companies on how to overcome this challenge.</p><ul><li><strong>Avoid assumptions:</strong> Once a feature update is live, it is rare for your end users and external community to know about it unless you tell them. Do not assume that end users are aware of updates and be sure to communicate changes in a timely manner.</li><li><strong>Latch onto a trend:</strong> Small feature updates are not as attractive for bloggers and influencers to write about unless it latches onto a trend or controversial topic. For example, for a data monitoring product, one tactic is to align your company with big data trend stories and provide insight into how a particular monitoring feature is solving a big data challenge.</li><li><strong>Do not get discouraged:</strong> Continue to announce feature updates because it keeps your company on the radar. If the announcement does not yield press coverage, continue to post to your blog and share the news with end users. Feature updates are an easy opportunity to connect with your community and establish loyalty.</li><li><strong>Have your customers tell the story:</strong> A feature that solves a specific challenge for your customer makes for great content. Track customer feedback and ask customers if they would be willing to speak with the media or contribute to a byline on your behalf.</li></ul><p>As the software development market continues to evolve, expect to see traditional communications strategies evolve with it.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-2-developing-your-influencer-marketing-strategy">Ep. #2, Developing Your Influencer Marketing Strategy</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #1, Introducing Edith and Paul</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-introducing-edith-paul</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2015 18:22:05 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-370</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this first episode, Edith and Paul discuss why people are doing Continuous Delivery, and what the major benefits and barriers to practicing Continuous Delivery are. You may also learn not to ask Paul about his PhD thesis.</p><p>For more on Continuous Delivery and to find out about new episodes you can follow the show on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/continuouscast">@continuouscast</a>.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In this first episode, Edith and Paul discuss why people are doing Continuous Delivery, and what the major benefits and barriers to practicing Continuous Delivery are. You may also learn not to ask Paul about his PhD thesis.</p><p>For more on Continuous Delivery and to find out about new episodes you can follow the show on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/continuouscast">@continuouscast</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-introducing-edith-paul">Ep. #1, Introducing Edith and Paul</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using OKRs to Drive Results aka “Secrets to Crushing Your Goals”</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/using-okrs-to-drive-results-aka-secrets-to-crushing-your-goals</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Aug 2015 12:45:28 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[OKR Development]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1155</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Speaker Series presentation Kris Duggan takes you through how early-stage developer companies can get started on company-wide OKRs, how to use OKRs for alignment and increased progress, and finally, he shares real world examples of applying OKRs to the less numbers-driven side of your business.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ep. #1, How to Get Media Attention</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-how-to-get-media-attention</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Aug 2015 18:23:52 GMT</pubDate>
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">podcast-episode-341</guid>
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>The Pitch Room is a new podcast hosted by Heavybit’s Malia Powers. Listeners can catch up on the latest news, tools, tips and tactics on everything PR related. We talk about everything from current events, crisis communications, social media, reputation management, and where it all meets and intersects. Each episode brings you actionable tactics and strategies you can implement today for real business results. Listen in as we discuss media pitching, launch strategies and PR with limited resources.</p><p></p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>The Pitch Room is a new podcast hosted by Heavybit’s Malia Powers. Listeners can catch up on the latest news, tools, tips and tactics on everything PR related. We talk about everything from current events, crisis communications, social media, reputation management, and where it all meets and intersects. Each episode brings you actionable tactics and strategies you can implement today for real business results. Listen in as we discuss media pitching, launch strategies and PR with limited resources.</p><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/podcasts/ep-1-how-to-get-media-attention">Ep. #1, How to Get Media Attention</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating Killer Trend Stories</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/creating-killer-trend-stories</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Aug 2015 12:49:35 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1159</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this presentation, Cameron Peron shows us that good companies hijack trends, while great ones define them. He covers how to source customer data and stories, how to craft trends and pitch journalists during slow newscycles and finally, how to reuse your coverage for top-of-funnel, sales and relationship-building.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Investing In Customer Success</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/investing-in-customer-success</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jul 2015 13:00:23 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1163</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Your marketing is generating leads and your inbound sales team is primed to close the deal. The only problem is that customer success is an afterthought in your sales cycle. In this presentation you’ll learn how to operationalize your sales workflow to increase revenue, the signals to help you identify at-risk customers, and how to build engagement before churn.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Heavybit Introduces New PR Manager: Malia Powers</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/pr-manager-malia-powers</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Jul 2015 22:03:20 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Heavybit News]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-319</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>I am excited to announce that I have joined Heavybit Industries as Public Relations Manager. For Heavybit’s brand and community, I will provide strategic counsel for public-facing communications and will be a resource for product launches, company milestones, and industry events. Additionally, my role will be to leverage the power of Heavybit’s network and drive industry trend stories.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>I am excited to announce that I have joined Heavybit Industries as Public Relations Manager. For Heavybit’s brand and community, I will provide strategic counsel for public-facing communications and will be a resource for product launches, company milestones, and industry events. Additionally, my role will be to leverage the power of Heavybit’s network and drive industry trend stories.</p><p>Most recently, I worked for a global communications agency, Hill+Knowlton Strategies, working with several top enterprise technology clients such as Brocade, salesforce.com and VMware. I hold a bachelor’s degree in cognitive science and human-computer interaction from the University of California, San Diego.</p><p>A favorite Ted Talk of mine by Simon Sinek presented the idea of <a href="http://www.ted.com/talks/simon_sinek_how_great_leaders_inspire_action?language=en">“Start With the Why.”</a> Sounds simple, but what Sinek found is that many companies do their communications backwards. They start with their “what” and then move to “how” they do it, and consequently fail to highlight “why” they do what they do.</p><p>My “why” for joining Heavybit is the opportunity to work with companies that represent one of the highest growth industries in the coming decade and the chance to help communicate how, collectively, developer tools are shaping the world and are creating better human experiences.</p><p>A huge thank you to the clubhouse for the warm welcome. It is really special to be a part of a community that sees the value of relationship building and the importance of face-to-face communication.</p><p>Please always feel free to contact me directly with questions or just to say hello! I can be reached at malia@heavybit.com and <a href="https://twitter.com/malia_powers">@Malia_Powers</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/pr-manager-malia-powers">Heavybit Introduces New PR Manager: Malia Powers</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Growth Hacking is BS</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/growth-hacking-is-bs</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Jul 2015 13:04:55 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1168</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Ben McRedmond and Stephen O’Brien discuss the problems with “growth hacking” versus thoughtful team design, strategy, and tactics. Using examples from their work at Intercom, the two offer insights into what it takes to build a great Growth team.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Open-Source @Heavybit</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-heavybit</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Jul 2015 17:54:48 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-289</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>This week in Portland is Oscon, the annual celebration of open source software, architecture, frameworks, and tools for today’s engineers. We couldn’t be there ourselves, so instead we’ve assembled a list of some open source projects our members have contributed to the community that we think you’ll find valuable in your own work.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>This week in Portland is <a href="http://www.oscon.com/open-source-2015">Oscon</a>, the annual celebration of open source software, architecture, frameworks, and tools for today’s engineers.</p><p>We couldn’t be there ourselves, so instead we’ve assembled a list of some open source projects our members have contributed to the community that we think you’ll find valuable in your own work.</p><p></p><h2><a href="https://keen.io/">Keen IO</a></h2><ul><li><a href="https://github.com/keen/explorer">Explorer</a> – An open source point-and-click interface for querying and visualizing your event data.</li><li><a href="http://keen.github.io/pingpong/">PingPong</a> – Open-source analytics for anything with a URL</li><li><a href="https://github.com/keen/common-web">Common-web</a> – Turn web user activity into a analyzable stream of JSON event data</li><li><a href="http://keen.github.io/dashboards/">Dashboard Templates</a> – Responsive dashboard templates for Bootstrap</li></ul><p></p><h2><a href="https://www.runscope.com/">Runscope</a></h2><ul><li><a href="https://github.com/Runscope/healthcheck">Healthcheck</a> – A simple heathcheck function that can be used to monitor your application</li></ul><p></p><h2><a href="https://www.citusdata.com/">CitusData</a></h2><ul><li><a href="https://github.com/citusdata/pg_shard">pg_shard</a> – PostgreSQL extension to scale out real-time reads and writes</li><li><a href="https://github.com/citusdata/cstore_fdw">cstore_fdw</a> – Columnar store for analytics with PostgreSQL</li></ul><p></p><h2><a href="https://apiary.io/">Apiary</a></h2><ul><li><a href="https://github.com/apiaryio/dredd">Dredd</a> – HTTP API testing framework</li><li><a href="https://github.com/apiaryio/apiblueprintorg">API Blueprint</a> – API definition format</li><li><a href="https://github.com/apiaryio/mson">MSON</a> – Markdown syntax for object notation</li><li><a href="https://github.com/apiaryio/gavel">Gavel</a> – HTTP validator specification and documentation</li><li><a href="https://github.com/the-hypermedia-project/Hyperdrive">Hyperdrive</a> – Generic Hypermedia API client in Swift</li><li><a href="https://github.com/apiaryio/snowcrash">Snowcrash</a> – API Blueprint parser</li><li><a href="https://github.com/apiaryio/apiary-client">Apiary CLI Client</a> – A command line tool for developing and previewing API Blueprint documents locally</li><li><a href="https://github.com/danielgtaylor/aglio">Aglio</a> – An API Blueprint renderer with theme support that outputs static HTML</li></ul><p></p><h2><a href="https://www.rainforestqa.com/">Rainforest</a></h2><ul><li><a href="https://github.com/QueueClassic">Queue Classic</a> – Simple, efficient worker queue for Ruby &amp; PostgreSQL</li></ul><p></p><h2><a href="https://www.particle.io/">Particle</a></h2><ul><li><a href="https://github.com/spark/firmware">firmware</a> – Firmware for Particle Devices: Spark Core (master branch) and Photon (develop branch)</li><li><a href="https://github.com/spark/spark-dev">spark-dev</a> – Particle Dev: a professional, hackable IDE for Particle, based on Github’s Atom</li></ul><p></p><h2><a href="https://stripe.com/">Stripe</a></h2><ul><li><a href="https://github.com/stripe/stripe-ios">stripe-ios</a> – Stripe bindings for iOS and OS X</li><li><a href="https://github.com/stripe/jquery.payment">jquery.payment</a> – A general purpose library for building credit card forms, validating inputs and formatting numbers.</li><li><a href="https://github.com/stripe/stripe-node">stripe-node</a> – Stripe API for node.js</li><li><a href="https://github.com/stripe/einhorn">einhorn</a> – The language-independent shared socket manager</li></ul><p></p><h2><a href="http://gradle.org/">Gradleware</a></h2><ul><li><a href="https://github.com/gradle/gradle">gradle</a> – A powerful build system for the JVM</li><li><a href="https://github.com/gradle/gradle-talks">gradle-talks</a> – A javascript based custom slide and build framework for presentations</li></ul><p></p><h2><a href="https://github.com/meteor/meteor">Meteor</a></h2><ul><li><a href="https://github.com/meteor/meteor">meteor</a> – An ultra-simple, database-everywhere, data-on-the-wire, pure-Javascript web framework.</li><li><a href="https://github.com/meteor/react-packages">react-packages</a> – Meteor packages for a great React developer experience</li><li><a href="https://github.com/meteor/babel">babel</a> – Babel wrapper packaged for use with Meteor</li></ul><p>Here at Heavybit we understand the important role open-source software plays in building great commercial products, particularly at developer tool companies. We value the communities that emerge around open-source projects, and we see some of the values that define open-source as critical elements of all great software.</p><p>We also use several popular tools for our own websites and community projects, including <a href="https://heavybit.com/library">Sinatra</a>, <a href="http://devcojobs.com">WordPress</a>, <a href="http://devmarketingguide.com">Jekyll, and Bootstrap</a>, to name a few.</p><p>What have you contributed to the open-source community? <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">Let us know on Twitter</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/open-source-heavybit">Open-Source @Heavybit</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Heavybit Launches The Developer Marketing Guide</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/developer-marketing-guide</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Jul 2015 17:55:46 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Heavybit News]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-251</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Heavybit launched a new Community Project this week: The Developer Marketing Guide. Our mission is to collect the best resources for developer marketing in one place, encourage a conversation about what works, what doesn’t, and why, and openly share that knowledge with the developer company community.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Heavybit launched a new Community Project this week: <a href="http://www.devmarketingguide.com/">The Developer Marketing Guide</a>. Our mission is to collect the best resources for developer marketing in one place, encourage a conversation about what works, what doesn’t, and why, and openly share that knowledge with the developer company community.</p><p>The guide features <a href="https://twitter.com/daniellemorrill">Danielle Morrill</a>, CEO of <a href="https://mattermark.com/">Mattermark</a>, discussing essential content types for every developer marketer, <a href="https://twitter.com/craigkerstiens">Craig Kersteins</a> of <a href="https://www.heroku.com/">Heroku</a> discussing the importance of a solid distribution plan, and <a href="https://twitter.com/johnsheehan">John Sheehan</a>, Founder and CEO of <a href="https://www.runscope.com/">Runscope</a>, discussing the overwhelming success he’s achieved with community projects and retargeting.</p><p>This is an open collection of resources built on Jekyll and Github Pages, and it’s housed in a public Github repo. We encourage you to add your voice to the conversation by heading over to our Github page and <a href="https://github.com/heavybit/devmarketingguide">submitting your pull request</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/developer-marketing-guide">Heavybit Launches The Developer Marketing Guide</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Effective Launches</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/effective-launches</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Jul 2015 13:13:48 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1176</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Watch Stripe’s Krithika Muthukumar as she discusses how to make even the minutiae of product launches as engaging and easy to understand for your users as actually using the product itself.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Minimum Viable Launch: What You Need For Marketing Success</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/minimum-viable-launch-what-you-need-for-marketing-success</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Jun 2015 13:08:43 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1172</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Melissa Smolensky discusses; the right way to time your launch, the elements you need in place for a successful launch, how to attract genuine leads, and offers examples of successful and unsuccessful launches.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Testing and Dev/Production Parity in Docker</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/achieving-docker-dev-production-parity</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Jun 2015 18:28:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-255</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>DockerCon is just around the corner, and as you may have heard “Containers are the Future” ;). With that in mind, let’s take a look at some of the biggest questions surrounding Docker in the present. In a recent presentation to Heavybit member companies, CircleCI CEO Paul Biggar presented some Docker Infrastructure questions to the community.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><a href="http://www.dockercon.com/">DockerCon</a> is just around the corner, and as you may have heard, <a href="http://blog.circleci.com/its-the-future/">“Containers are the Future”</a> ;). With that in mind, let’s take a look at some of the biggest questions surrounding Docker <em>in the present.</em></p><p>In a recent presentation to Heavybit member companies, CircleCI CEO Paul Biggar presented some Docker Infrastructure questions to the community. His two biggest questions were:</p><ul><li>In a containerized world, how do you test images and where do you put your testing tools?</li><li>What are best practices for achieving dev/production parity?</li></ul><p></p><p>Since then, we’ve had a number of conversations around the Heavybit clubhouse about how our members are managing these aspects of their Docker usage.</p><p>Stephen Nguyen offered Iron.io’s approaches:</p><ul><li><strong>Image Testing:</strong> Currently our testing strategy relies on limiting the footprint of containers within our Docker stack. By starting from the scratch image and creating images that run one process (usually contained within a single binary), we focus our testing efforts on the codebase and APIs, and simplify our container-level testing requirements.</li><li><strong>Dev Production Parity:</strong> Consistent workflows across your entire development team allow for shorter development cycles and more reliable production deployments. We designed IronWorker with full Docker support for our development workflow along with supporting Docker containers out-of-the-box. When development workflows operate the same as in production environments, the debugging, troubleshooting, and head scratching that follows just disappears. Our goal is to remove challenges of developers and enable them to do what they do best – write software that just works.</li></ul><p>In a recent Heavybit Speaker Series event, Docker’s own <a href="https://twitter.com/jpetazzo">Jérôme Petazzoni</a> discussed what he believes are ‘Best Practices in Dev to Production Parity for Containers’.</p><p>Said Petazzoni, “The idea is to do one thing, do it well, just like the Unix philosophy. We have one container for the component itself, for our application code. Then we have a separate container for logging. Another for monitoring. Another for backups if we have some data behind this container. Another for debugging when we need to, and so on, and so on.”</p><p></p><p>Despite the widespread use of containers and Docker in particular, the orchestration and management of in production containers is still an area of discovery and growth. Companies like Iron.io and CircleCI continue to test the boundaries of containers and continue to build new processes over time.</p><p>On Tues June 23rd, the two member companies will be co-hosting a <a href="https://www.eventbrite.com/e/unofficial-dockercon-after-party-tickets-17234351409">DockerCon After Party</a> at Heavybit with short presentations from company founders. To register check out the <a href="https://www.eventbrite.com/e/unofficial-dockercon-after-party-tickets-17234351409">Eventbrite page</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/achieving-docker-dev-production-parity">Testing and Dev/Production Parity in Docker</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Best Practices in Dev to Production Parity for Containers</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/best-practices-in-dev-to-production-parity-for-containers</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Jun 2015 13:17:36 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1180</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this talk, Docker’s Jérôme Petazzoni offers best practices on keeping application containers simple and lean, while retaining the robust libraries and features required to run stable production environments.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Heavybit Launches Devcojobs.com</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/heavybit-launches-devcojobs</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Jun 2015 20:50:12 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Heavybit News]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-208</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Heavybit is proud to announce the launch of our newest community project: Devcojobs.com. Devcojobs is a job board featuring the best job opportunities in the developer company community.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Heavybit is proud to announce the launch of our newest community project: <a href="http://www.devcojobs.com/">devcojobs.com</a>. Devcojobs is a job board featuring the best job opportunities in the developer company community.</p><p>We decided to build this community project after beginning a search to fill several positions right here at Heavybit: a <a href="http://www.devcojobs.com/job/heavybit-pr/">Dev-Focused PR Manager</a>, and an <a href="http://www.devcojobs.com/job/heavybit-san-francisco-2-evangelist-and-events-manager-for-developer-community-at-heavybit-industries/">Evangelist and Events Manager</a>. We discovered that while there are a ton of great sites and services to connect employers with job-searchers, there wasn’t a space dedicated to developer-facing companies and their unique people needs. With devcojobs.com we’ve solved this for the entire developer company community, and we’re excited to get you involved.</p><p>Devcojobs will remain a space dedicated specifically to finding the perfect people for companies who build developer facing tools, platforms, and cloud services. If that sounds like you, <a href="http://www.devcojobs.com/">post your jobs now</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/heavybit-launches-devcojobs">Heavybit Launches Devcojobs.com</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Inclusion and Access: Heavybit’s Programs for Women</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/programs-for-women</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Jun 2015 01:54:47 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Heavybit News]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-390</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>As Heavybit’s member companies grow, we remind everyone of our commitment to an inclusive community. This means Heavybit will be shaped by people with a diverse set of values, skills, knowledge, experience and histories. As part of this, we’re announcing a few new initiatives for the women of Heavybit.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Early programmer Grace Hopper coined the term “debugging” and is credited with saying, “The most dangerous phrase in the language is, ‘we’ve always done it that way&#x27;”</p><p>As Heavybit’s member companies grow, I want to remind everyone of Heavybit’s commitment to an <a href="https://blog.heavybit.com/blog/2014/7/23/inclusionpolicy">inclusive environment</a>. This means our community will be shaped by people with a diverse set of values, skills, knowledge, experience and histories. As part of this, we’re announcing a few new initiatives for the women of Heavybit.</p><h2>New Efforts this Month</h2><p>Let’s face it, women in developer companies can sometimes feel isolated. As leading developer companies, Heavybit’s members can do more than just ensuring a <a href="https://blog.heavybit.com/blog/2014/7/23/inclusionpolicy">Safe-Space</a>. We can actively look for ways to improve the experience for women. In that spirit, here is what we’re working on:</p><ul><li><strong>Regular Check-ins</strong>: We’ve started doing in-person check-ins with a few women in the clubhouse. We want to know how we can improve the Heavybit experience. To contribute your feedback, please email <a href="mailto:dana@heavybit.com">dana@heavybit.com</a> and we’ll schedule a time to followup.</li><li><a href="https://groups.google.com/a/heavybit.com/forum/#!forum/women"><strong>Heavybit Women’s Google Group</strong></a>: We’ve added a number of women from our member companies into a Google Group. Please send a <a href="https://groups.google.com/a/heavybit.com/forum/#!forum/women">request to join</a> from your work account if you aren’t on this list. We’ll send invites to special women-only events and share useful links and articles. We’re hoping this first group will inspire other forums within the Heavybit membership.</li><li><strong>Speaker &amp; Writer’s Bureau</strong>: Tech events and publications sometimes seem like echo chambers. One of the ways to create a welcoming environment is to ensure that our thought leadership comes from a diverse group. If you’ve got event opportunities for women and minorities to speak, email <a href="mailto:dana@heavybit.com">dana@heavybit.com</a>. If you’re interested in increasing your visibility as a speaker, writer and expert, <a href="http://goo.gl/forms/hQBq1nhgiY">fill out this form</a>.</li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/programs-for-women">Inclusion and Access: Heavybit’s Programs for Women</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Before Signal: Lessons from Twilio’s Launch Masters</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/twilio-launch-masters</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 May 2015 21:40:10 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-379</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>At Heavybit, we aim to connect our member companies with mentors and advisors who understand developer startups. Perhaps one of the strongest examples of a great developer-focused organization is Twilio. Launched in 2007, the company has more than 560,000 active users with very little traditional marketing dollars spent.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>At Heavybit, we aim to connect our <a href="https://heavybit.com/portfolio">member companies</a> with mentors and advisors who understand developer startups. Perhaps one of the strongest examples of a great developer-focused organization is <a href="https://www.twilio.com/">Twilio</a>. Launched in 2007, the company has more than 560,000 active users with very little traditional marketing dollars spent.</p><p>At this week’s Signal Conference, the company gained incredible buzz with the launch of a number of new products including <a href="http://twilio.com/video">video</a>, <a href="https://www.twilio.com/ip-messaging">IP messaging</a> and <a href="https://www.twilio.com/authy">two-factor authentication</a>. With incredible traction and new investment the company is believed to have <a href="http://www.forbes.com/sites/alexkonrad/2015/05/04/twilio-joins-unicorn-ranks/">joined the ranks of what others are calling unicorns</a>. But before all the funding, user traction and PR — this was a team of scrappy evangelists, field marketers and content experts. This post revisits some of the lessons we’ve seen from Twilio’s launch masters.</p><h2><a href="/library/video/2013-10-22-danielle-morrill"><strong>Danielle Morrill – Developer Content Marketing</strong></a></h2><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/272bf9f0c98387b74ed778fdf05b7ffe2fb6cfa2-960x308.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>Danielle Morrill first joined Twilio in March 2009 as Director of Marketing and first employee, with the mandate to acquire customers and build the developer community. She grew Twilio’s community from a few hundred to more than 100,000 developers and changed the way developer evangelism is done with a distributed international team. Previously she served as Community Manager at Pelago. Danielle is currently co-founder &amp; CEO of <a href="https://mattermark.com/">Mattermark</a>, providing analysis and insight on startups from around the world. In this Heavybit Speaker Series video, she tells developer companies exactly where to start with their content marketing strategy.</p><h2><a href="/library/video/2013-04-02-john-sheehan"><strong>John Sheehan – Hero Making</strong></a></h2><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/457eb43a4de6c725a9bd823bc83e89f19e55e3a4-960x308.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>John is an API fanatic with over 15 years of experience. At Twilio, John lead developer evangelism and worked as a Product Manager on Developer Experience. Then John was Platform Lead at IFTTT. Today, John is Co-founder and CEO of <a href="https://www.runscope.com/">Runscope</a>. In this Heavybit Speaker Series video, John talks about Hero Making in your community.</p><h2><a href="/library/video/2014-08-12-meghan-murphy"><strong>Meghan Murphy – ROI of Community</strong></a></h2><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/c41440f5f5cef4c7cd883f876040a091fa7b884e-960x308.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/twilio-launch-masters">Before Signal: Lessons from Twilio’s Launch Masters</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Top 10 Mistakes Getting to $100M ARR</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/top-10-mistakes-getting-to-100m-arr</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 May 2015 13:28:44 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Customer Success]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Hiring]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1184</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this talk, Jason gives guidance on the Top 10 mistakes getting from 0-$100M in ARR. He includes examples from RainforestQA and a case study featuring Algolia founder Nicolas Dessaigne.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Getting to a Messaging Framework and Value Prop</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/getting-to-a-messaging-framework-and-value-prop</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 May 2015 13:35:01 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Messaging &amp; Positioning]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Value Proposition]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Personas]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1189</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this presentation, Bessemer Ventures’ Tiffany Spencer offers tips on the right and wrong ways to get to a value prop and core messaging.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Heavybit Show &amp; Tell: Canary Releases &amp; Scaling PostgreSQL w/ LaunchDarkly CEO Edith Harbaugh</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/show-and-tell-canary-releases-scaling-postgresql</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 May 2015 23:23:41 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-198</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>A few months ago we introduced our two newest members to the Heavybit membership: LaunchDarkly and CitusData. In a recent Heavybit Show &amp; Tell night, we had a chance to hear from founders at both companies to hear about some of their latest thinking and releases.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>A few months ago we introduced our two newest members to the Heavybit membership: <a href="http://launchdarkly.com">LaunchDarkly</a> and <a href="https://www.citusdata.com/">CitusData</a>. In a recent Heavybit Show &amp; Tell night, we had a chance to hear from founders at both companies to hear about some of their latest thinking and releases.</p><p></p><p>In this presentation, LaunchDarkly CEO Edith Harbaugh talks about why and how to do canary releases — a best practice in continuous delivery. The canary release (aka canary deployment or canary launch) entails rolling out features to a small number of users to assess the reaction of the overall system. The method is one currently employed by large organizations like <a href="https://blog.heavybit.com/blog/2015/3/23/nikecto-wheelhouse">Nike</a>. In this demo, Harbaugh shows off LaunchDarkly’s feature-flags-as-a-service capabilities and the process for a canary release. More info on how and why to do a canary release is available on the <a href="http://launchdarkly.com/blog/canary-launches-how-and-why-canary-deployment-canary-release">LaunchDarkly blog</a>.</p><p>￼￼<br/></p><p>With the proliferation of big data and the need to manage it, comes the new problem of database fragmentation by workload and data type. In this video, CitusData’s Ozgun Erdogan discusses the trends in big data management, what makes PostgreSQL unique, and how CitusData scales it. Part of his presentation includes a look at how CitusData manages all of the customer-facing analytics for more than 2M CloudFlare customers. A more indepth look at the case study is available on the <a href="https://www.citusdata.com/blog/19-ozgun/148-scaling-out-postgresql-at-cloudflare-with-citusdb">CitusData blog</a>.</p><p>For more Heavybit Show &amp; Tell videos check out <a href="https://blog.heavybit.com/blog/2015/4/22/irondockerworker">our past talks</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/show-and-tell-canary-releases-scaling-postgresql">Heavybit Show & Tell: Canary Releases & Scaling PostgreSQL w/ LaunchDarkly CEO Edith Harbaugh</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Heavybit Show &amp; Tell: Marketing Referral Loops with Codenvy</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/show-and-tell-codenvy-referrals</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 May 2015 23:23:32 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-200</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In a recent Heavybit Show and Tell, Codenvy CEO Tyler Jewelll discussed his marketing efforts and how after a dip in acquisition prior to launching their new system, he’s now on track to acquire 10,000 new users this month.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In a recent Heavybit Show and Tell, Codenvy CEO Tyler Jewell discussed his marketing efforts and how after a dip in acquisition prior to launching their new system, he’s now on track to acquire 10,000 new users this month.</p><p>While his company has more than 400,000 projects on their system, Jewelll admits that it wasn’t long ago that his team was trying to do too much at once. Says the founder, “We were trying to nurture everyone in every stage…and when you try to optimize all the parts of your pipeline at the same time — you end up being ineffective at all those stages.”</p><p>Jewell advocates instead for doing a few things very well. His team started with what he calls, “referral loops.”</p><p><br/>Jewell’s team focussed on new user signups and designed 2 programs:</p><h3><strong>Reviews from New Users</strong></h3><p>Codenvy asked new users to write an honest review (good or bad) the day after they signed up for the service in exchange for free t-shirts and some additional support. When they started the campaign in February, there were only 10 online reviews for Codenvy. By March, the company’s users had written 280 reviews on sites like <a href="http://www.capterra.com/">Capterra</a>, <a href="https://www.getapp.com">GetApp</a>, <a href="https://chrome.google.com/webstore/category/apps">Google Chrome Store</a> and <a href="http://www.producthunt.com/">Product Hunt</a>. Says Jewell, “When you look at user growth (for the month) — 25% of referrals came from those balanced reviews. You have to get a t-shit and stickers. And once you get it going you can A/B test and start doing other stuff.”</p><h3><strong>Referrals from Open Source Projects</strong></h3><p>Codenvy began working with open source projects. Codenvy offered free usage to open source contributors for major projects, in exchange for a link on a project page that would create a Codenvy developer workspace. The brilliance in this approach was that most people who are committers to major open source projects are also owners of their own projects. This allowed the company to cross pollinate multiple projects with little effort. In just one month of running this campaign, Codenvy has signed up over 25 open source projects and their contributors.</p><h2>More Developer Marketing Resources</h2><p>Jewell’s Show and Tell on marketing referrals isn’t the only content Jewell has offered to the Heavybit community. A year ago the Codenvy CEO did a presentation on <a href="/library/video/2014-10-07-tyler-jewell">Content Marketing</a> including the effort it takes to plan great content campaigns. Other developer marketing presentations include:</p><ul><li>Heroku’s Craig Kersteins on <a href="/library/video/2015-01-27-craig-kerstiens">Third Party Marketing Tools</a></li><li>Twilio’s Danielle Morrill on <a href="/library/video/2013-10-22-danielle-morrill">Content Marketing for Developers</a></li><li>Runscope’s John Sheehan on <a href="/library/video/2013-04-02-john-sheehan">Developer Evangelism</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/show-and-tell-codenvy-referrals">Heavybit Show & Tell: Marketing Referral Loops with Codenvy</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Heavybit Show &amp; Tell: Iron.io’s DockerWorker</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/show-and-tell-ironio-dockerworker</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Apr 2015 18:38:06 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-196</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In a recent Heavybit Show and Tell, CEO of Iron.io Chad Arimura, introduced DockerWorker — a product that replicates in-production Docker containers for the test, build and deployment process.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>There’s a reason Docker just raised a <a href="http://bits.blogs.nytimes.com/2015/04/14/docker-raises-another-95-million-in-funding/?_r=0">$95M funding round</a>. The promise of containers running asynchronously in the cloud means the opportunity for greater developer productivity and agility. But the problem here isn’t containerizing services, it’s ensuring that all of these distributed and asynchronous workloads are working together as a single organism. Iron.io believes that DockerWorker is the key to a better workflow.</p><p>In a recent <a href="https://vimeo.com/124674789">Heavybit Show and Tell</a>, CEO of Iron.io Chad Arimura, introduced DockerWorker — a product that replicates in-production Docker containers for the test, build and deployment process.</p><h2>Iron.io’s Workflow with DockerWorker</h2><p>Since all Iron.io tasks run in Docker containers, developers can use DockerWorker to build and test locally and then deploy an exact replica of their code package in the cloud when it’s ready for production.</p><p>This improved process removes latencies associated with library loading, service dependencies, and upload times. Once the code resides on the Iron.io platform, developers enjoy all the benefits of being able to queue tasks and achieve scalable workflows with almost zero dev ops. The result is reduced development (build and test) times, shorter deployment cycles (push to platform), and better scale and availability (production).</p><h2>Watch the Show &amp; Tell on DockerWorker</h2><p>With this new Iron.io workflow, code iterations move from minutes to seconds. For more on how Iron.io’s DockerWorker model works (via CLI or API), check out Arimura’s presentation:</p><p></p><p>For more info on the DockerWorker workflow, check out Iron.io’s post on <a href="http://blog.iron.io/2015/03/the-new-ironworker-development-workflow.html">DockerWorker</a>. They’ve also included a repository with examples in a bunch of different languages so you can try it out for yourself.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/show-and-tell-ironio-dockerworker">Heavybit Show & Tell: Iron.io’s DockerWorker</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lean Product Design</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/lean-product-design</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Apr 2015 13:39:35 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1193</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this presentation, Jeff talks about how to use a lean framework for product experimentation &amp; better interaction design. He reviews some of the key principles for lean design and talks about how you can better tailor your product to meet your customers’ needs.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Realities of Docker in Production</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/realities-of-docker-in-production</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2015 17:16:46 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Docker]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Member Event]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Scaling]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-191</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Docker seems like a fundamentally better abstraction for packaging and deploying applications in a persistent way across multiple environments. Among individual developers and ops engineers it’s praised, but at a recent Docker in Production meetup held at Heavybit, engineers from Iron.io, ClusterHQ, RelateIQ and Docker discussed the realities of running Docker in Production — namely what does and doesn’t work.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Docker seems like a fundamentally better abstraction for packaging and deploying applications in a persistent way across multiple environments. Among individual developers and ops engineers it’s praised, but at a recent <a href="http://www.meetup.com/ClusterHQ-SF/events/220086295/">Docker in Production meetup</a> held at <a href="https://heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>, engineers from <a href="http://iron.io">Iron.io</a>, <a href="https://www.crunchbase.com/organization/hybridcluster">ClusterHQ</a>, <a href="http://relateiq.com">RelateIQ</a> and Docker discussed the realities of running Docker in Production — namely what does and doesn’t work.</p><h2>What it’s All About</h2><p>Docker’s roots are in the development world, where developers tend to run applications on a single machine. But the truth is that real apps run on more than one computer. Making this leap with Docker means paying attention to how you compose your production systems. According to event host Luke Marsden of ClusterHQ, there are four categories of obstacles you need to address when scaling from a single-host environment to multi-host environments:</p><ul><li><strong>Composition</strong>: This requires being able to construct an application (or microservice) with multiple connected containers. This is often done with Fig, now called <a href="https://docs.docker.com/compose/">Docker Compose</a>.</li><li><strong>Scheduling</strong>: This is about running across multiple machines, and choosing which machines to run containers on. It’s a critical component, along with composition, for running multi-container applications on multiple machines. Some common Docker schedulers include <a href="https://github.com/coreos/fleet">Fleet</a> and <a href="https://mesosphere.github.io/marathon/docs/native-docker.html">Marathon</a>.</li><li><strong>Networking</strong>: Networking in this case is how your containers talk to each other from different hosts, and how you know where your containers are—in essence, it’s service discovery. Solid networking is not yet an out-of-the-box stable experience for Docker users, though tools like <a href="http://www.google.com/url?q=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.projectcalico.org%2Fcalico-and-docker-containers%2F&amp;sa=D&amp;sntz=1&amp;usg=AFQjCNERl84ux6PRE94le6fDpSFqXSKVBA">Calico</a>, <a href="https://www.google.com/url?q=https%3A%2F%2Fgithub.com%2Fzettio%2Fweave&amp;sa=D&amp;sntz=1&amp;usg=AFQjCNHbfggpTLAKg7jOQR5hu5X-H2GvnA">Weave</a>, and <a href="https://www.google.com/url?q=https%3A%2F%2Fgithub.com%2Fcoreos%2Fflannel&amp;sa=D&amp;sntz=1&amp;usg=AFQjCNHjOGSGh56ldF6NxCQKs5vDcXLy-g">Flannel</a> are providing network architecture for Docker containers.</li><li><strong>Storage</strong>: You can’t currently containerize and operationalize databases in containers, because when you attach a volume to a container, the server that container is on becomes too permanent—falling into the dreaded “pet” classification in the now never-going-to-die <a href="http://www.theregister.co.uk/2013/03/18/servers_pets_or_cattle_cern/">“pets vs. cattle”</a> IT metaphor. Solutions like <a href="https://clusterhq.com/">Flocker</a> are looking to solve this problem.</li></ul><h2>But the puzzle pieces don’t quite fit…</h2><p></p><p>While there are more than a few tools that have worked to flesh out the Docker ecosystem and make these central principles achievable, there is still a core issue: it’s not currently possible to compose all these different pieces together. The current shape of Docker systems look something like this:</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/b1435d2c2a9d128a38e9059ef12b0a74ddbbfb9b-324x222.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>In this current model, there’s an orchestration component (Mesosphere, Swarm) using the Docker remote API to talk to Docker hosts, but networking and storage extensions have a big issue—they’d need to take on the role of orchestration as well. And it’s a pretty straightforward issue beyond that: wrapping sucks. Tools like Flocker and Weave have to have their own user experiences and command lines to meet their needs.</p><p>Marsden also spoke about how there needs to be a plugin mechanism in the Docker remote API that sits on top of Docker, and allows network and storage plugins to peacefully coexist. He says there are three things required to make this solution viable: these extensions need to be late-bound, composable, and optional. He suggests ClusterHQ’s <a href="https://github.com/ClusterHQ/powerstrip">Powerstrip</a> as a composable adapter that meets these criteria. Powerstrip is a Docker API proxy that has multiple blocking pre-and-post hooks on arbitrary Docker API calls. This allows a Powerstrip proxy to load two Docker extensions side-by-side.</p><p>A separately echoed concern, from RelateIQ and Docker, has been that production environments shouldn’t include containerized persistent data stores.</p><p></p><p>This was mentioned earlier in the context of the “pets vs. cattle” metaphor. Docker says this is an example of something where they don’t want to do everything—they want to let the Docker ecosystem and community step in when they can do a better job. Though, in this particular instance, persistent data storage is something Docker would like to internalize in the future.</p><h2>Accomplishments with Docker</h2><p></p><p></p><p>At the event, Iron.io was quick to point out some of the <a href="http://blog.iron.io/2014/10/docker-in-production-what-weve-learned.html">benefits they’ve seen</a> from implementing Docker in production. The company provides an event-driven compute service that uses Docker to provide flexible environments to use almost any language and version to perform on-demand async workload processing. These benefits have also been echoed by others including those who’ve <a href="https://www.docker.com/resources/usecases/">gone on record as official Docker use cases</a>. Iron.io’s list of positives included:</p><ul><li>It’s easy to update and maintain images – Docker’s image-layering system allows efficiency with images and managing dynamic environments.</li><li>Improved resource allocation and analysis-Docker builds upon the capabilities of LXC-based containers with a REST API, version control, pushing/pulling images, and access to metric data.</li><li>Easy integration with Dockerfiles-Clean images make it faster and more consistent to deploy and test with distributed, global teams.</li><li>Quick growth and a strong community-Docker is updating all the time, and the level of community involvement in updates creates a helpful, positive, and knowledgeable environment.</li></ul><h2>Limitations with Docker</h2><p>At the same time, Iron.io also documented some of their difficulties with Docker. Nevertheless, their pain points haven’t stopped them from using Docker in production at high scale – the company has run over 500M Docker containers since adopting it over year ago. Additionally, many of the difficulties with Docker are quickly becoming outdated by the rapid growth and stabilization of Docker updates. Currently, Iron.io’s pain points with Docker include:</p><ul><li>Limited backwards compatibility—Perhaps a symptom of their aggressive growth, they encountered occasions where syntax and output format changed between versions.</li><li>The ecosystem is still a bit shaky—While the Docker ecosystem is on the whole a huge plus, keeping up with the collections of tools requires an enormous amount of knowledge and tinkering.</li></ul><p>And while they had other pain points documented, such as long deletion times and volumes not unmounting, they quickly overcame those production obstacles. The general impression is that Docker’s feasibility in production grows stronger with every stable release, and the problems are generally outnumbered by the positive attributes.</p><h2>Keeping an Eye on the Docker Roadmap</h2><p></p><p>Looking at the Docker roadmap can help us get a better understanding of what issues Docker has identified and is looking to implement. Docker has always taken the stance that it doesn’t need to be everything — that it should allow a Docker ecosystem with solutions to flourish around it. You know when they start talking about new features, they’re very serious about them.</p><p>Docker’s Jérôme Petazzoni had a few words on the status of several high-profile Docker projects. Docker has always been up front about the uncertainty involved in some of these components; for example, even the documentation on Swarm and Machine warns that “[Docker] doesn’t recommend using [them] in production yet.” Of the projects, Compose is the most mature, and it rounds out the three projects in Docker’s aim to create a comprehensive set of orchestration services.</p><h2>Conclusion</h2><p>In addition to the above examples, we’ve heard about others using Docker in production, including <a href="http://blog.newrelic.com/2014/08/12/docker-centurion/">New Relic</a> and <a href="https://blog.docker.com/2014/06/dockercon-video-docket-at-spotify-by-rohan-singh/">Spotify</a>. Nevertheless, a great in-production experience is always a question of scalability and reliability between different teams and systems. The general impression is that, while there’s a lot you can do with Docker, there’s still plenty to be done.</p><p>For more Heavybit tech talks visit <a href="/library">heavybit.com/library</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/realities-of-docker-in-production">The Realities of Docker in Production</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>CTO Chris Satchell on Nike’s Continuous Delivery Strategy</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/nike-cto-continuous-delivery-wheelhouse</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Mar 2015 18:08:21 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-194</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this post, Nike’s CTO Chris Satchell discusses some of the work the organization has done around Nike’s Continuous Delivery Strategy including the move towards canary deployment, the move away from monolithic releases and the way they’ve changed the release management process.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>As all companies become software companies, continuous delivery (CD) of software may be one of the most significant and productive changes for businesses this decade. The bigger a company is, the more value it can get from CD, but the harder it is to adopt.</p><p>During <a href="https://wheelhouse.heavybit.com/">Heavybit’s Wheelhouse event on Continuous Delivery</a>, Nike’s Consumer Technology Officer Chris Satchell discussed the value and challenges of CD at Nike. Satchell leads 1,400 employees across Nike’s Consumer Digital Technology (CDT), which designs, builds and operates all of Nike’s consumer facing technologies, applications and services globally. Nike is a leader in embracing digital technology to serve consumers, with CDT responsible for execution across <a href="http://nike.com">Nike.com</a>, mobile and web commerce, brick &amp; mortar retail stores, Nike+ applications, and digital brand experiences.</p><p>With this much at stake, nine months ago Nike introduced an aggressive roadmap for global continuous delivery. Since then the company has worked on a transition away from a vertical stack in favor of more scalable distributed microservices, it’s committed to a canary deployment model, and it’s moving from a single physical data center to a multi-regional cloud approach.</p><p>Here are Satchell and his team’s high level learnings:</p><h3>Understand technology is still about people</h3><ul><li>This is a mindset change more than anything</li><li>CD needs to be an enterprise priority to help accelerate change</li><li>Leadership support is essential; this is about change management</li></ul><h3>Quality is not a gate, it’s an ongoing operation</h3><ul><li>Goal is releasing more often</li><li>Focus on catching problems quickly after released rather than trying to prevent them being released</li><li>Reducing number of roll-backs is not as important as rolling back quickly and effectively</li><li>Focus efforts on monitoring, canary environments, traffic shaping and roll-back tools</li></ul><h3>Decoupling = Acceleration</h3><ul><li>Independent microservices are key</li><li>Architecture must match Dev paradigm: CD on large monolithic stack is less useful</li><li>API versioning &amp; contracts are key; without this, service releases become bound</li></ul><h3>Focus on constant forward motion rather than fat release versions</h3><ul><li>Fat release versions get in the way</li><li>This can be hard for a traditional product management team to adapt to at first</li><li>Aim for better not perfect, especially in big companies</li><li>Move towards each release = one story</li><li>Find smallest unit of useful work to release; this amplifies the throughput benefits</li></ul><h3>Release management will need to change</h3><ul><li>Historically, Release Management’s job is defending the business from bad software</li><li>Make Release Management about process verification: verify the process for release, not the release itself</li><li>CD releases can proceed independently of continuous process auditing by RM team</li><li>Auditing might just be your best friends: CD provides a new level of tracking and visibility; once explained, they embrace it</li></ul><h2>Conclusion</h2><p>Huge strides in microservice architecture and CD<br/>approaches are being made in enterprise companies — Nike is just one great example.</p><p>Nevertheless, as CD continues to mature, there are still major challenges to implementation for large companies. The challenges Satchell offered at the end of his presentation represent great opportunities for developer companies like <a href="https://heavybit.com/portfolio">our members</a> to build better tools and experiences for enterprise developer teams. Some of those challenges include:</p><ul><li>No global build servers that do everything needed</li><li>It’s hard to automate the canary release process</li><li>Service discovery is an issue, especially for deploying along-side production for canary releases</li></ul><p>For more on Heavybit’s Wheelhouse including Michael<br/>Cote’s video on The State of the Enterprise in Continuous Delivery, visit <a href="https://wheelhouse.heavybit.com">wheelhouse.heavybit.com</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/nike-cto-continuous-delivery-wheelhouse">CTO Chris Satchell on Nike’s Continuous Delivery Strategy</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>User-Driven Product at Stack Overflow &amp; Stack Exchange</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/user-driven-product-at-stack-overflow-stack-exchange</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Mar 2015 13:43:51 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1197</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Heavybit Speaker Series talk, Jeff offers lessons from his experience building Stack Overflow, Stack Exchange, and most recently, Discourse. His talk also focuses on the importance of user feedback in designing a better product experience.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hiring a Tech Ops Team</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/hiring-a-tech-ops-team</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Sat, 28 Feb 2015 13:52:25 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Hiring]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[DevOps]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1201</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Heavybit Speaker Series talk, Charity discusses scaling and hiring an ops team from the ground up. She shares what she looks for in potential hires during the interview process and provides valuable interview techniques.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Heavybit’s Wheelhouse Presents: Michael Coté on Continuous Delivery</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/michael-cote-wheelhouse</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Feb 2015 18:04:32 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-185</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Pivotal Labs’ Michael Coté (formerly 451 Group) offers his “State of the Industry” presentation to Heavybit’s Wheelhouse attendees including insights on where commercial enterprises are adopting continuous delivery tools and where they need to invest further in order to improve their CD/CI pipelines.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Heavybit Winter Show &amp; Tell</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/show-and-tell-december-2014</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Feb 2015 20:03:39 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-181</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Heavybit’s Show &amp; Tell is an ongoing quarterly event that allows a selection of our 22 member companies a chance to showcase what they’re working on. Members share info about recent releases, launches, partnerships, integrations, case studies and lessons learned.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Heavybit’s Show &amp; Tell is an ongoing quarterly event that allows a selection of our <a href="https://heavybit.com/portfolio">22 member companies</a> a chance to showcase what they’re working on. Members share info about recent releases, launches, partnerships, integrations, case studies and lessons learned.</p><p>Our Winter Showcase featured talks from <a href="http://takipi.com">Takipi</a>, <a href="http://rainforestqa.com">Rainforest</a>, <a href="http://apiary.com">Apiary</a>, Kodowa/<a href="http://www.chris-granger.com/2014/10/01/beyond-light-table/">Eve</a> and <a href="https://www.spark.io/">Spark IO</a>.</p><h2>Takipi’s Tal Weiss</h2><p></p><p>Takipi Founder Tal Weiss discusses his work debugging modern distributed systems. His presentation includes how Takipi helps developers detect errors in live production code and its plans to provide unified call stacks for reactive programming.</p><h2>Kodowa/Eve’s Chris Granger</h2><p></p><p>Kodowa Founder Chris Granger discusses his post-Light Table project Eve. A few months ago, Granger made the statement, “Eve is our way of bringing the power of computation to everyone, not by making everyone a programmer but by finding a better way for us to interact with computers.” He offers an early demo of his project.</p><h2>Apiary’s Jakub Nesetril</h2><p></p><p>The complexity of distributed microservices requires that API processes are standardized and still scalable. Apiary Founder Jakub Nesetril discusses his work in building a web based repository for API documentation and his recent launch of Apiary for Teams and Enterprise.</p><h2>Rainforest’s Paul Burt</h2><p></p><p>In this video Rainforest’s Developer Evangelist Paul Burt discusses the need for better (or any) QA testing in continuous delivery processes and Rainforest’s recent launch of mobile web testing for Android.</p><h2>Spark IO’s Richard Whitney</h2><p>This video will be posted soon. We’re currently withholding the contents of the video as Whitney offered an early look at some of the company’s upcoming releases.</p><p>For more Show &amp; Tell footage, check out our <a href="https://blog.heavybit.com/blog/2014/11/30/heavybit-show-tell">Fall Showcase</a></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/show-and-tell-december-2014">Heavybit Winter Show & Tell</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Data-Driven Product Changes with Venmo and Instacart</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/data-driven-product-changes-with-venmo-and-instacart</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Feb 2015 13:58:11 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product Management]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Product Design]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1205</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Ben offers his insight into data analysis with this Speaker Series talk. He includes information on the data he finds key to strategic product pivot, the difference between good and bad customer questions, and how to take your data science to the next level.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Beyond Compensation: Recruiting for Developers and Dev Companies</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/beyond-compensation-developer-recruiting</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Feb 2015 16:35:25 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-187</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>With the influx of new capital and tech startups, hiring and recruiting is more competitive than ever. Greylock’s Talent Partner Dan Portillo discusses his strategies for recruiting pipeline and the fact that compensation isn’t everything.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Last year 19-year-old Cornell engineer Jessica Shu published <a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/hackathonhackers/permalink/915111391877680/">what some of Silicon Valley’s biggest companies are paying their interns</a>. Within a few hours the post was at the top of HackerNews and had been republished by <a href="http://observer.com/2014/11/heres-what-tech-companies-pay-their-interns-prepare-to-cry/">Betabeat</a> with hundreds of comments. Whether you like it or not, the Bay Area’s influx of new startups has given rise to a recruiting frenzy and even interns and junior employees are in high demand.</p><p>Resources like Angel List’s <a href="https://angel.co/salaries">Salary and Equity Data</a> and Wealthfront’s <a href="https://www.wealthfront.com/tools/startup-salary-equity-compensation">Salary and Equity Compensation Calculator</a> prove useful in helping startups determine their compensation packages. Nevertheless, in a recent <a href="/library/video/2015-01-20-dan-portillo">Heavybit Speaker Series Presentation</a>, Greylock Talent Partner Dan Portillo argues that compensation isn’t everything.</p><h2>Building Your Story: It’s Not Always About the Money</h2><p>Portillo argues that your company’s technical problems, ability to connect to an industry changing narrative, and ability to offer employee autonomy are as important as salary, benefits and equity. Says Portillo, “Lead with how you change or revolutionize an industry. How do you create a story that makes sense and resonates? You’re ultimately trying to get people to care. How do you get them to care about your particular problem?</p><p>For startups who don’t have deep pockets, the organizational mission and story is where founders can truly compete for candidates. Rather than letting a hiring manager use an investor-style deck to pitch prospective employees, companies need to design a compelling storyline tailored to that candidate’s interests, work style, and personal philosophy. Portillo also offers that companies should hold back on making an offer until that storyline is well-defined in the mind of the candidate.</p><h2>The Health of Your Strategy</h2><p>Portillo believes if your company has less than 75% close rate on offers sent, your recruiting process is very likely broken. By the time a candidate receives an offer, they should be well-versed in your origin story and work culture, and extremely engaged in the organization. For more info, check out Portillo’s <a href="/library/video/2015-01-20-dan-portillo">video</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/beyond-compensation-developer-recruiting">Beyond Compensation: Recruiting for Developers and Dev Companies</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Third Party Tools as a Marketing Tactic</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/third-party-tools-as-a-marketing-tactic</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Feb 2015 14:08:53 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1211</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Craig talks about a less traditional kind of developer marketing that involves creating and interacting with third party channels. Learn how to turn things like beginner guides, utilities, and newsletters into valuable channels for your product.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Heavybit’s James Lindenbaum on Developer Company Trends</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/james-lindenbaum-developer-trends</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Feb 2015 17:32:21 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-278</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this presentation Heavybit founder James Lindenbaum discusses developer company trends, the year in review and the future of software as it relates to the New Relic IPO.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Every year at Heavybit, we meet a tremendous number of developer-oriented companies of all sizes, as well as a lot of enterprise customers and venture investors. We also have over <a href="https://heavybit.com/portfolio">20 member companies</a> and 50 founders of those companies who we work with regularly. As a result of all this interaction, we often see interesting patterns.</p><p>A few weeks ago, In his year-end wrap up for 2014, Heavybit founder James Lindenbaum discussed some of those patterns and what it may mean for the year ahead.</p><p></p><p>2014 saw a huge amount of activity in terms of dev companies starting, growing, hiring, and raising money. We also saw a lot of acquisitions and quite a few IPOs.</p><h3>The perceived value of developer tools among business buyers is increasing rapidly.</h3><p>As software eats the world, all companies become software companies, and all companies need to be agile in order to compete. Great dev tooling means better software development velocity, which means more captured opportunities. Businesses get this, and are increasing their investment in developers and their tools.</p><h3>Marketing groups in particular are leading the charge.</h3><p>Groups that are working to build the latest and greatest web and mobile experiences, and those working to launch campaigns are the most willing to buy new tools to reduce time to market. This increasingly includes digital agencies who are doing a large amount of this work on behalf of the largest companies.</p><h3>On-premises models are evolving.</h3><p>We’re starting to see more meeting in the middle between startups that want to be cloud-only, and large enterprises that want everything on-prem / behind the firewall. Two interesting trends we’re seeing are the hybrid SaaS model, where software is installed and run on-prem, but it’s managed remotely by the vendor as if it was running on virtual infrastructure at, say, AWS. This is an interesting compromise because it’s more compatible with the devops practices of the vendor (continuous delivery of updates, constant learning from operational behavior in production, etc.) while still satisfying the enterprise requirements.</p><h3>For some, SaaS + VPC = On-prem.</h3><p>This is an interesting move toward the definition of on-prem including VPC (virtual private cloud) at some large enterprises. VPC’s are essentially virtualized servers at an IaaS provider like AWS that are typically single-tenant, network isolated, and connected securely via VPN to an enterprise’s data centers. Some large enterprises have begun allowing a cloud service running on their VPC to satisfy their behind-the-firewall requirements. This is exciting for SaaS providers in markets where customers are reluctant to allow a public cloud service.</p><h3>The outlook is excellent for developer startups in 2015.</h3><p>Increased buying is pushing growth at these companies, and there is a tremendous amount of capital available to these companies going into 2015. We are aware of a ton of fundraising activity much of which is not yet announced, and with Y-Combinator specifically <a href="http://venturebeat.com/2014/10/13/heroku-founder-y-combinator-developer-tools-request-is-a-very-big-deal/">requesting developer company applications</a>, and investors like Andreessen-Horowitz publishing <a href="http://a16z.com/2015/01/22/16-things/">their explorations into containers and devops (among other dev categories)</a>, expect to see more. James also talked about why 2015 will see higher M&amp;A activity, and points to Redpoint Partner Tomasz Tunguz’s recent article, <a href="http://tomtunguz.com/fertile-ma-market/">The Fertile Acquisition Environment for Startups in 2015</a>. As further evidence, Heavybit member Librato was <a href="http://blog.librato.com/posts/librato-solarwinds-announcement">acquired by SolarWinds</a> late last week.</p><p>James also detailed seven high-energy categories where we’ve seen particularly sharp increases in activity this year and expect them to be great areas of opportunity in 2015.</p><h2>High Energy Categories</h2><ol><li><strong>Continuous Development and Delivery</strong>: Big companies want to develop and deliver software faster and more continuously, and they need new tools. The move to cloud and SaaS models, plus changes in app architecture mean that the whole toolchain must be replaced. Solutions for dev/prod parity (see Heavybit member <a href="http://codenvy.com">Codenvy</a>), API design (<a href="http://apiary.io">Apiary</a>), build infrastructure (<a href="http://Gradleware.com">Gradleware</a>), QA/CI/testing (<a href="http://rainforestqa.com">Rainforest</a>, <a href="http://circleci.com">Circle Ci</a>), release management, reliability engineering (<a href="http://librato.com">Librato</a>, <a href="http://iron.io">Iron IO</a>, <a href="http://runscope.com">Runscope</a>, <a href="http://takipi.com">Takipi</a>) and incident response (<a href="http://pagerduty.com">Pagerduty</a>) are all needed and growing. Dev tools startups are now shaping the way Fortune 500 companies build and deliver software.</li><li><strong>Big Data</strong>: Still a growing category as the amount of data to manage explodes, being pushed by more production software to monitor, larger userbases, and more IoT. While Hadoop remains the norm for managing big data, developers are frustrated with cluster management and query structure, and are seeking alternatives. People are rolling their own MapReduce solutions and others are focussing on specific verticals like custom analytics (<a href="http://keen.io">Keen.io</a>), production monitoring metrics (<a href="http://librato.com">Librato</a>), and SQL-like querying (<a href="http://treasuredata.com">Treasure Data</a>). <a href="http://cloudera.com">Cloudera</a>, <a href="http://mapr.com">Mapr</a>, and the <a href="http://venturebeat.com/2014/12/12/new-relic-hortonworks-ipo-success-predicts-good-times-ahead-for-their-competitors-in-enterprise-tech/">recently IPO’d</a> Hortonworks are helping companies operate Hadoop, while Mesosphere and others provide solutions for cluster management.</li><li><strong>Containers</strong>: This will be the year that containers begin to be used heavily in production, as the missing pieces begin to appear. <a href="http://docker.com">Docker</a> itself, <a href="http://mesosphere.com">Mesosphere</a>, and <a href="http://coreos.com">CoreOS</a>, along with others are starting to provide the most key ingredient: orchestration. While this is important, we believe the bigger winners in this category will be those who abstract away containers entirely, so that app developers can focus on writing software instead of managing containers.</li><li><strong>New Application Architectures</strong>: Mobile fragmentation means large companies (especially e-commerce and media companies) end up with separate teams for iOS, Android, mobile web, and traditional web. This is a hair-on-fire pain point with solutions needed. Companies like <a href="http://famo.us/">Famo.us</a> try to solve for this with an all web-stack with native-like performance. Others provide portability solutions like cross-compiling Objective-C for Android (<a href="http://www.apportable.com/">Apportable</a>). More interesting is the move to smart client style models (all Javascript) with new frameworks (<a href="https://www.meteor.com/">Meteor</a>) or combinations (Angular + Firebase). The recent Firebase <a href="http://techcrunch.com/2014/10/21/google-acquires-firebase-to-help-developers-build-better-realtime-apps/">acquisition by Google</a> is another indicator of the growing traction here.</li><li><strong>“Helping Scientists”</strong>: This is our internal name for an emerging category we don’t know what to call. Increasingly, developers are building solutions for technical non-programmers like scientists, statisticians, and mathematicians. Solutions include easier ways to use tools like R and Matlab, while also helping with scale-out for big data sets. We are seeing tons of algorithms-as-a-service or machine-learning-as-a-service solutions, some general, some vertically focussed, and some as marketplaces.</li><li><strong>Hardware &amp; IoT</strong>: The intersection of hardware and software will continue to be the most interesting area. As hardware becomes much more accessible, we need better tools to enable rapid prototyping and give hardware developers the same continuous delivery tooling available to software developers. See Heavybit’s latest member addition, <a href="https://www.spark.io/">Spark</a>. IoT continues to fuel this trend, also creating massive amounts of real-time data that need to be ingested and analyzed (Heavybit members <a href="http://keen.io">Keen IO</a> and <a href="http://www.treasuredata.com/">Treasure Data</a> are already working with many customers in this area).</li><li><strong>Security</strong>: The last 24 months has seen the Snowden revelations, a massive uptick in sovereign, commercial, and criminal cyber warfare, and this year’s streak of unprecedentedly bad vulnerabilities. The confluence of these events has resulted in a major rethinking of how we approach security. This war must be fought forever, with ever increasing stakes, so it’s increasingly important to think about how this affects your customers, your product, and your implementation decisions, but also about the major opportunities created by this set of challenges.</li></ol><p>When we look at the opportunities in the space, there’s honestly never been a better time to be building developer products.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/james-lindenbaum-developer-trends">Heavybit’s James Lindenbaum on Developer Company Trends</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>DevGuild Recap: Beyond Jan 29</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/devguild-developer-evangelism-recap</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Feb 2015 16:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-178</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>This month Heavybit held it’s first DevGuild – an event that brought together 200 developer evangelists and community advocates to discuss the philosophies and tactics necessary to rally contributors and communities.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>This month Heavybit held its first <a href="https://devguild.heavybit.com">DevGuild</a> – an event that brought together 209 developer evangelists and community advocates to discuss the philosophies and tactics necessary to rally contributors and communities.</p><p>Our committee of <a href="https://devguild.heavybit.com/#organizers">organizers</a> had a hunch that evangelists would be a talkative bunch, but in addition to the thoughtful onsite discussions, attendees shared <a href="https://tagboard.com/devguild/205954">620+ event-related updates</a> reaching an online audience of more than 60,000 people. In addition to checking out our <a href="https://devguild.heavybit.com/#speakers">5 Ignite presentations</a>, attendees also shared updates about some of the thought leaders in the room. The unconference format of this event meant that the discussions onsite and via social media were extremely engaging for all those interested in the space.</p><p>Here’s a recap of the day incorporating some of the best comments and photos from attendees.</p><h2>The Day in Pictures &amp; Tweets</h2><p>In addition to capturing the conversation online, Heavybit members <a href="http://spark.io">Spark</a> and <a href="http://keen.io">Keen IO</a> also captured the foot traffic of the event itself by placing lazer sensors throughout the space.</p><blockquote>.sensors are cool, so is analytics – our powers combined at <a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/DevGuild?src=hash">#DevGuild</a> <a href="https://twitter.com/spark_io">@spark_io</a> <a href="https://twitter.com/keen_io">@keen_io</a> <a href="http://t.co/i9PIPaxioX">pic.twitter.com/i9PIPaxioX</a><br/><br/><br/><br/>— Maggie Jan (@jandwiches) <a href="https://twitter.com/jandwiches/status/560944763197607936">January 29, 2015</a></blockquote><p></p><p>Keen IO’s <a href="https://twitter.com/dzello">Josh Dzielak</a> acted as the day’s emcee, offering background on why we think Developer Evangelism is crucial to building communities and companies.</p><blockquote>MC, <a href="https://twitter.com/keen_io">@keen_io</a> open-sourcerer <a href="https://twitter.com/dzello">@dzello</a> kicks off <a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/DevGuild?src=hash">#DevGuild</a>. “Software may be eating the world.. community is feeding it” <a href="http://t.co/eaMZBnf5RX">pic.twitter.com/eaMZBnf5RX</a><br/><br/><br/><br/>— Neil Mansilla (@mansillaDEV) <a href="https://twitter.com/mansillaDEV/status/560918855774511108">January 29, 2015</a></blockquote><p></p><blockquote>Room full of social geeks at HeavyBit <a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/DevGuild?src=hash">#DevGuild</a> event. Want to grow your API? You need these folks! <a href="http://t.co/TDxwFe1Nt3">pic.twitter.com/TDxwFe1Nt3</a><br/><br/><br/><br/>— Laurel Kline (@geekshe) <a href="https://twitter.com/geekshe/status/560918988092227584">January 29, 2015</a></blockquote><p></p><p>For the first hour of our event, <a href="https://devguild.heavybit.com/#speakers">5 speakers</a> (Github’s Kelly Shearon, Heroku’s Leigh Honeywell, Electric Imp’s Matt Haines, Keen IO’s Tim Falls and Salesforce’s James Ward) took the stage to inspire conversation for our unconference sessions.</p><p>Shortly after, Iron.io’s Developer Evangelist <a href="https://twitter.com/stephenitis">Stephen Nguyen</a> got everyone out of their seats with an icebreaker activity. DevGuild topic keeper and Runscope Dev Evangelist <a href="https://twitter.com/mansilladev">Neil Mansilla</a> snapped a shot of the icebreaker as it was happening.</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/f5a33ec590de4cb1f3bf13523081147e691671ac-640x480.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>Attendees then used stickers to vote on their favorite topics and Mansilla organized the board and tallied the votes.</p><blockquote>This is how Dev Evangelists vote. <a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/DevGuild?src=hash">#DevGuild</a> <a href="http://t.co/d9GZy4FFRK">pic.twitter.com/d9GZy4FFRK</a><br/><br/><br/><br/>— Kristine Pinedo (@Kristine_Pinedo) <a href="https://twitter.com/Kristine_Pinedo/status/560931068409163777">January 29, 2015</a></blockquote><p></p><p>DevGuild attendees then broke into unconference groups to discuss topics like Content Strategy, Internal Evangelism, Measuring Success and Hackathons. A complete list of final topics is available <a href="http://devguild.wikispaces.com/Brainstorming+Topics">on the Wiki</a>.</p><blockquote>Breakout session on content strategy at <a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/DevGuild?src=hash">#DevGuild</a>. <a href="http://t.co/9pv81OSKY7">pic.twitter.com/9pv81OSKY7</a><br/><br/><br/><br/>— caroline fernandes (@EastVillageWest) <a href="https://twitter.com/EastVillageWest/status/560939052933718016">January 29, 2015</a></blockquote><p></p><blockquote>Unconference session on hackathons being facilitated by <a href="https://twitter.com/mager">@mager</a> <a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/DevGuild?src=hash">#DevGuild</a> <a href="http://t.co/CZ4MUpJGEH">pic.twitter.com/CZ4MUpJGEH</a><br/><br/><br/><br/>— Neil Mansilla (@mansillaDEV) <a href="https://twitter.com/mansillaDEV/status/561197662137896960">January 30, 2015</a></blockquote><p></p><blockquote>Just happened to bump in to my Java <a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/thinkinginjava?src=hash">#thinkinginjava</a> hero <a href="https://twitter.com/BruceEckel">@BruceEckel</a> at <a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/DevGuild?src=hash">#DevGuild</a> in San Francisco- how cool is that? <a href="http://t.co/9zYUyQY2ML">pic.twitter.com/9zYUyQY2ML</a><br/><br/><br/><br/>— Marek Sadowski (@blumareks) <a href="https://twitter.com/blumareks/status/560945200973897728">January 29, 2015</a></blockquote><p></p><p>As part of our commitment to communities (both on and offline) we ended the day on a high note with happy hour drinks and announcing that we’d raised $2735 from our ticket proceeds for <a href="http://www.ecs-sf.org/programs/cksc.html">Canon Kip Center</a>. The organization offers housing and meal services to homeless Seniors just two blocks from the DevGuild venue in SF.</p><blockquote>Thanks to <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">@heavybit</a> for hosting amazing Dev Evangelism event <a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/DevGuild?src=hash">#DevGuild</a> Such a tiny awesome world 😺 <a href="http://t.co/7KLZ8ZseT4">pic.twitter.com/7KLZ8ZseT4</a><br/><br/><br/><br/>— Yuriy Dybskiy (@html5cat) <a href="https://twitter.com/html5cat/status/560954806479912961">January 30, 2015</a></blockquote><p></p><blockquote>Happy Hour <a href="https://twitter.com/heavybit">@heavybit</a> brings <a href="https://twitter.com/hashtag/DevGuild?src=hash">#DevGuild</a> to a fun close. <a href="http://t.co/3WcyRBgTaT">pic.twitter.com/3WcyRBgTaT</a><br/><br/><br/><br/>— caroline fernandes (@EastVillageWest) <a href="https://twitter.com/EastVillageWest/status/560976411402334208">January 30, 2015</a></blockquote><p></p><h2>Next Steps</h2><p>As next steps to the inaugural DevGuild unconference, we want to thank everyone who helped make this event possible including the committee, speakers and attendees who ensured there was no shortage of inspiring discussion and interesting debate. This event was created to start a larger conversation around developer evangelism and as next steps, here are a couple ways you can plug into the community:</p><ul><li><strong>Keep the Conversation Going:</strong> We set up a <a href="https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/devguild-evangelists">Developer Evangelists Google Group</a> for those who want to chat further. We’ll continue to release photos and videos as they come available and we’ll offer those updates via <a href="http://twitter.com/heavybit">@heavybit</a> and the Google Group.</li><li><strong>Jobs and Opportunities:</strong> We just launched a <a href="http://devguild.wikispaces.com/Developer+Evangelist+Jobs">job page</a> for anyone hiring or looking for a position in developer communities.</li><li><strong>More Events</strong>: If you’re interested in attending other Heavybit events, <a href="http://heavybit.us6.list-manage.com/subscribe/post?u=bbdf35a062a2cb177b173d3ee&amp;id=ccf7bf9c2e">subscribe to the Heavybit newsletter</a>.</li></ul><p>Again thanks to all those who attended and made this event possible. We look forward to expanding DevGuild with you in the near future.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/devguild-developer-evangelism-recap">DevGuild Recap: Beyond Jan 29</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Debugging Recruiting</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/debugging-recruiting</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Jan 2015 14:12:44 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1215</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Dan discusses his approach to putting together a recruiting pipeline. He takes a closer look at the stages of recruiting and typical bugs associated with them, common errors, and how to debug the entire process. He also focuses on how to close the candidates that you want.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Interview with Nir Eyal: Building Habit Forming Developer Products</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/nir-eyal-hooked-on-product</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Jan 2015 16:27:07 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-176</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Author of Hooked, Nir Eyal discusses the Hook Model in relation to Developer Startups and how to build habit forming products.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Nir Eyal is a teacher at the Stanford Graduate School of Business, contributor to Forbes, advisor to several startups including Product Hunt, and the author of <a href="http://www.amazon.com/dp/B00HJ4A43S">Hooked: How to Build Habit-Forming Products</a>. With accolades from WordPress founder Matt Mullenweg and 500 Startups founder Dave McClure, Eyal has made a name for himself by teaching startups how to build customer habits by baking “hook model” loops into products themselves. Heavybit caught up with Nir Eyal to find out how developer companies can take advantage of his model.</p><h2>MOTIVATION</h2><p><strong>Heavybit:</strong> Many of the hooks you describe come from an emotional pain point like Facebook to cure loneliness or Google to cure uncertainty. But, Developer companies often like to think of themselves as the “logical” vs. the “emotional”. What feedback do you have for developer and enterprise companies to form customer habits?</p><p><strong>Nir:</strong> In my book, I describe what I call “Hooks”. Hooks are experiences that connect users’ problems to a company’s solution with enough frequency to form a habit. Hooks are in all sorts of products we use with little or no conscious thought. Over time, customers form associations that spark unprompted engagement, in other words, habits. In the enterprise product space, there are all sorts of relevant emotions that create associations with habit. Uncertainty regarding what to do next, the fear of missing out on what’s going on, or the stress of needing to complete a work assignment. There are all sorts of emotional motivators to use enterprise software habitually.</p><h2>TRIGGERS &amp; REWARDS</h2><p><strong>Heavybit:</strong> Many of the examples you use for triggers and rewards come from the social media space. What are some examples of triggers and rewards that can be applied to developer and productivity tools?</p><p><strong>Nir:</strong> As opposed to “internal triggers,” which are cues based on emotions, things in our environment that prompt the user are examples of “external triggers”. Some examples of external triggers include emails, notifications, or anything that calls the user to action. Next, the action phase of the Hook is defined as the simplest behavior done in anticipation of a reward. Something as easy as clicking on a link or scrolling a feed, are examples of these very simple actions users do with little or no conscious thought. For example, clicking on a notification (external trigger) from Slack, quickly provides the reward of knowing the contents of a post created by a coworker. The key here is to make these behaviors as easy as possible — reducing the steps and cognitive effort users need to take. This is where new technology companies disrupt existing incumbents — they find a new way to make getting to the reward faster and easier. The easier a behavior is to do, the more likely people are to do it.</p><h2>HABIT EXAMPLES</h2><p><strong>Heavybit:</strong> What are some examples of companies in the productivity or developer space who have successfully cracked the frequency or habit problem?</p><p><strong>Nir</strong>: In the four step process I describe in Hooked, I detail how products use hooks to form user habits. Hooks start with a trigger, then an action, then a reward, and finally an investment. Through successive cycles through these hooks, user habits are formed.<br/>There are several examples of hooks in enterprise products. Companies like Salesforce, Github, Stack Overflow and more recently the productivity software Slack, all have great hooks that keep users coming back. The four steps of the hook are the same in any product that forms a user habit.</p><h2>ANTICIPATION &amp; CRAVING</h2><p><strong>Heavybit:</strong> You said one of the most powerful thing in forming a habit is the anticipation of pain alleviation. Can you think of any developer or productivity tool that does this?</p><p><strong>Nir:</strong> Imagine you’ve just walked into the office and sit down at your desk. Though you’re likely to notice it, you subconsciously experience a pang of stress regarding what to do next. Your brain searches for an answer to questions like: who is relying upon me for something? What are my commitments and meetings? What do I need to get done today? For most of us, the behavior done habitually to relieve the uncertainty is to quickly open our email, calendar or to do list. Today, several companies are trying to capture those habits with new solutions. These fledgling company’s success depends on their ability to create associations with these pain points and offer better ways to remove that pain.</p><h2>REPUTATION</h2><p><strong>Heavybit:</strong> Do you think developer platforms with their add-ons and plug-ins are an example of stored value or investment? Please elaborate on why some companies get to charge more for similar products.</p><p><strong>Nir:</strong> Perhaps the most frequently neglected step in building a habit-forming product is asking for an appropriate investment — it also represents the biggest opportunity companies often miss. An investment is when the user puts something into the product for a future benefit, not for immediate gratification. For example, when the user takes steps to accrue data, content, followers, reputation, or skills by using the product, they are more likely to use the product again in the future. With repeated investments into the product, it actually gets better with use. Investments also load the trigger to bring users back through the hook again. Reputation is a very important form of investment. For example, the more developers answer questions on Stack Overflow, the more they accrue points. These points denote status among users’ community of fellow engineers, not in a frivolous gamification sort of way, but in an extremely meaningful and purposeful way. One’s reputation on Stack Overflow is very important and the more users invest in accruing a good reputation score, the more likely they are to continue using the service in the future.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/nir-eyal-hooked-on-product">Interview with Nir Eyal: Building Habit Forming Developer Products</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>KeenIO’s Required Reading (and Viewing)</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/keenio-required-reading</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Jan 2015 16:25:58 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-172</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Keen IO Data Scientist Stephanie Stroud offers the companies favorite resources and recent picks for their book club.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><a href="https://keen.io/">Keen IO</a> has always been deliberate about building a healthy culture. It wasn’t long ago that the company started an unofficial book (and video/article) club to discuss how different perspectives shape their code of conduct and approach to innovation.</p><p>We caught up with Keen IO Data Scientist <a href="https://twitter.com/stroud109">Stephanie Stroud</a> to find out what’s become required reading and viewing for the growing team. In Stroud’s own words she offers an array of resources:</p><p><a href="http://www.amazon.com/Diffusion-Innovations-Edition-Everett-Rogers/dp/0743222091"><strong>Diffusion of Innovations</strong></a>: This one’s pretty dense, but it covers a bunch of interesting ideas related to network theory and innovation. We ended up reading a <a href="http://en.citizendium.org/wiki/diffusion_of_innovations">summary</a> and discussing how new ideas and technologies percolate through communities. The summary prompted us to ask ourselves: how do we get the word out about Keen within our local community versus outside the Bay Area? Who on our team has dense connections locally, and who has many looser connections around the world? How do we facilitate trust through these different types of network connections? Who are the thought leaders who test the waters of new products? Who are the early adopters and who are the laggards?</p><p><a href="https://modelviewculture.com/"><strong>Model View Culture</strong></a>: Model View Culture is an independent media platform that provides cultural analysis and diversity media. We’ve discussed several MVC articles as a way to reflect on and become more aware of our own culture, as well as talk about how we might improve it. Discussing these articles provides valuable opportunities for team members to share and listen to one another’s experiences in the community.</p><p><a href="http://www.amazon.com/dp/1892005034/?tag=googhydr-20&amp;hvadid=31652099317&amp;hvpos=1t1&amp;hvexid=&amp;hvnetw=g&amp;hvrand=4885474860098079302&amp;hvpone=12.81&amp;hvptwo=&amp;hvqmt=b&amp;hvdev=c&amp;ref=pd_sl_8aaj7q4yr0_b"><strong>Nonviolent Communication</strong></a>: This is a favorite at Keen. We read the book along with an <a href="http://firstround.com/article/power-up-your-team-with-nonviolent-communication-principles">article</a> about Nonviolent Communication in the workplace. As Dustin, an engineer on our team, said, “Non-violent Communication has been an excellent framework for assessing the internal dynamics and emotions that are behind most of our interactions. It’s helped me reach a greater level of self-awareness and surfacing emotional triggers that I didn’t realize I had.”</p><p><a href="http://www.thepowerofintroverts.com/about-the-book/"><strong>Quiet</strong></a>: We’ve got a lot of introverts on our team. And we’ve got a lot of extroverts. Quiet raised awareness to the environmental experience of those among us who lean towards the introverted side of things, and gave us an opportunity to discuss our work habits, spaces and social comfort zones. Quiet was a good reminder that we thrive in different environments.</p><p></p><p><a href="http://www.reinventingorganizations.com/"><strong>Reinventing Organizations</strong></a>: At Keen, we think a lot about the way organizational structures have evolved over time. Frederic Laloux’s book/<a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gcS04BI2sbk&amp;app=desktop">talk</a> on “reinventing organizations” discusses the emergence of a new management paradigm and why the old way that organizations are run is fundamentally broken and not optimized for productivity or employee happiness. We’ve drawn a lot of inspiration from thinkers in this space to inform the principles that guide our own “Keen Operating System (Keen OS)”. Principles like decentralized and self-organizing governance, separation of powers, and minimum viable structure, minimum viable process. We’re still figuring things out, reach out to us if you’d like to chat more about this!</p><p></p><p><a href="http://www.tenfacesofinnovation.com/"><strong>The Ten Faces of Innovation</strong></a>: This book highlights the different roles people serve on innovative teams. We used the book’s framework as a lens of analysis for the roles each of us play at Keen, and for identifying which roles are vacant and which are filled at Keen.</p><h2>What’s next for Keen?</h2><p>Here are a few books near the top of our list:</p><ul><li><a href="http://www.amazon.com/Tribal-Leadership-Leveraging-Thriving-Organization/dp/0061251321">Tribal Leadership</a></li><li><a href="http://www.amazon.com/Crucial-Conversations-Talking-Stakes-Edition/dp/1469266822">Crucial Conversations</a></li><li><a href="http://www.amazon.com/How-Win-Friends-Influence-People/dp/0671027034">How to Win Friends and Influence People</a></li></ul></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/keenio-required-reading">KeenIO’s Required Reading (and Viewing)</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Join us on January 29 for DevGuild: Developer Evangelism</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/devguild-developer-evangelism</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Jan 2015 20:55:10 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-174</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Inspired by unconferences and Ignite events, Heavybit’s DevGuild will gather developer evangelists and community builders for an afternoon discussion about the tactics and philosophies that inspire others to join a movement, rally for change, and breathe life into what otherwise might just be code.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On the afternoon of January 29th, we’re hosting <a href="https://devguild.heavybit.com">DevGuild: Developer Evangelism</a>.</p><p>Inspired by unconferences and Ignite events, Heavybit’s DevGuild will gather developer evangelists and community builders for an afternoon discussion about the tactics and philosophies that inspire others to join a movement, rally for change, and breathe life into what otherwise might just be code.</p><p>Forward-thinking community builders from Salesforce, Heroku, Electric Imp, Github and Iron.io will kick off the day with short Ignite-style talks followed by a larger unconference discussion.</p><h2>Potential Topics We’ll Discuss</h2><p>Because, this is an unconfernce, we’ll select topics together for collaborative sessions and workshops. But some of the topics we’ve already heard as suggestions include:</p><ul><li>Contributor Motivation: What Moves You?</li><li>Types of Communities: Commercial Users and Tribes</li><li>Github, StackOverflow and the Hubs of Choice</li><li>Noobs and Experts: Encouraging Participation</li><li>Culture-building, Safe-Spaces and Diversity</li><li>Identifying, Empowering and Rewarding Leaders</li><li>Hiring and Scaling Your Community Team</li><li>Creating a Value-based Content and Event Strategy</li><li>Contests, Hackathons and Partnerships</li><li>ROI: How do you Measure Engagement?</li></ul><h2>Register</h2><p>All ticket proceeds will benefit shelter and housing services in San Francisco’s Western SOMA neighborhood. Register now, space is limited:<br/><a href="https://devguild.heavybit.com/"><strong>devguild.heavybit.com</strong></a></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/devguild-developer-evangelism">Join us on January 29 for DevGuild: Developer Evangelism</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Acompli’s Capital Efficiency: Staying Lean in All the Right Places</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/acompli-capital-efficiency</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Dec 2014 18:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-129</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On December 1st, Microsoft acquired 18-month-old Acompli for $200 million dollars. Heavybit advisor Javier Soltero weighs in on how his company has stayed capital efficient from start to exit.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On December 1st, Microsoft acquired 18-month-old Acompli for $200 million dollars. The company was one of the first in the Heavybit clubhouse and founder Javier Soltero has also been an avid advisor and speaker on the Heavybit stage on everything from <a href="/library/video/2014-02-04-javier-soltero">board meetings</a> to <a href="/library/video/2013-05-21-javier-soltero">making your first million</a>. In addition to a massive exit, Soltero’s company was also named one of the <a href="https://www.cbinsights.com/blog/capital-efficient-tech-exits-2014/">Most Capital Efficient VC-Backed Tech Exits</a> of the year. We caught up with Soltero and asked him where he prioritized his spending and staff resources prior to the Microsoft acquisition.</p><p>Soltero’s list of priorities included:</p><ol><li><strong>Hiring</strong>: Seems obvious, but you can have a great idea, and without enough of the right people to make it happen you won’t get anywhere. We worked with a recruiting team I had worked with in my previous company, and also used <a href="http://hired.com">Hired.com</a> to combine networks and get maximum reach in our recruiting efforts. More than the product, I am most proud of the team we built.</li><li><strong>M&amp;A</strong>: Early on we acquired a company called <a href="http://www.crunchbase.com/organization/circle-38">Circle38</a>. The three guys from there wound up being an integral part of making a great product and building a great team. The Circle38 team initially came in as consultants to help us build the iOS app, but our plan all along was to figure out how to get them to fall in love with the company and the product and want to join us full time. They did, and it made a huge difference.</li><li><strong>Beta program</strong>: One of the biggest challenges of building an email client is the fact that even getting the basics right requires real world testing that no QA program can match. You need a broad range of people with a diverse set of email usage patterns. We got this by engaging first with friends and family and then later by running an extended, invite-only beta program. It was priceless.</li><li><strong>Remote Resources</strong>: Our testing and customer success functions are staffed using some amazingly talented, hourly remote workers who give us cost effective scale in two critical functions. <a href="https://www.odesk.com">Odesk</a> &amp; <a href="https://testlio.com/">Testlio</a> (which we learned about through the <a href="http://keen.io">Keen.io</a> team) were and are a critical part of how a small team has been able to get to this scale quickly and cost effectively.</li></ol><h2></h2></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/acompli-capital-efficiency">Acompli’s Capital Efficiency: Staying Lean in All the Right Places</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>5 Useful Tools for Creating Developer and Startup Content</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/5-tools-developer-content</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Dec 2014 18:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-131</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>After looking at patterns in 70 popular blogs Takipi founder Iris Shoor grew her developer blog from zero to 70,000 unique visitors per month. Here are 5 resources Shoor uses to develop content for her site.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>After looking at patterns in 70 popular blogs using this <a href="https://blog.heavybit.com/blog/2014/11/17/blog-script">blog harvester script</a>, <a href="http://takipi.com">Takipi</a> founder Iris Shoor grew her <a href="http://takipi.com/blog">Takipi blog</a> from zero to 70,000 unique visitors per month. Here are 5 tools she shared in a recent <a href="/library/video/2014-11-11-iris-shoor">Heavybit presentation</a> that help her maintain her stellar audience numbers.</p><ol><li><strong>Google Autocorrect</strong>: One pattern Shoor noticed was that conflict-related posts were incredibly popular. One way she identifies the best conflicts to write about, is to use Google autocorrect.She’ll often type a programming language or tool into Google search with “vs” appended to the entry. From here she looks to Google autocorrect to offer her the most popular queries as a good start for her writing.</li><li><strong>Places to Post Your Startup</strong>: Shoor follows the Github list of <a href="https://github.com/mmccaff/PlacesToPostYourStartup">Places to Post Your Startup</a>. In some cases she might use it to post about a startup launch and in other cases she’ll submit simple product releases.</li><li><strong>Reddit Tracking</strong>: She tracks <a href="http://www.reddit.com/domain/www.takipiblog.com">reddit.com/domain/www.takipiblog.com</a> to find out which subreddits are most engaged in her site. Just type your domain into the URL as she does to check out how your own site is doing.</li><li><strong>Wikipedia Tracking</strong>: Shoor uses <a href="http://stats.grok.se/">stats.grok.se</a> to find out which Wikipedia pages she should be updating related to her company. She also contributes non-Takipi articles so that her submissions aren’t completely self-promotional.</li><li><strong>Content Hub Template</strong>: The Takipi team built <a href="http://www.javais.cool/">Java is Cool</a> — a landing page devoted to Java that drives people to useful resources, news and events while still offering a link back to the Takipi signup page. Shoor was kind enough to make the <a href="http://bit.ly/1vjNmhT">template for her design available for download</a>. Other companies can register a new domain, replace the text and images of each featured influencer, and fill in the template with news and events that are relevant to their own communities.</li></ol><h2></h2></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/5-tools-developer-content">5 Useful Tools for Creating Developer and Startup Content</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Great Documentation Drives Developer Adoption</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/how-great-documentation-drives-developer-adoption</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Dec 2014 14:15:42 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1219</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Using examples from Stripe, Heroku, and Django, Jacob discusses what makes for excellent documentation — who reads it, who should be writing it, and what purpose it serves. He presents a framework for crafting the most clear and effective documentation possible, and the ways those docs can drive developer adoption of your product.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Old School Reading List for New Founders Part 2</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/old-school-reading-list-part-2</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Dec 2014 17:05:22 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-128</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In our last post we aimed to establish a shared “history of why” — leaning heavily on the philosophies behind shared code, team process and online businesses. This post explores the evolution of software development in relation to cloud computing including a look at the rise of some of today’s most successful communities.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In our last post we offers our first attempt at an <a href="https://blog.heavybit.com/blog/2014/12/10/old-school-reading-list">Old School Reading List for New Founders</a>. Since then, a number of individuals including our founder James Lindenbaum, legendary publisher Tim O’Reilly, and several Heavybit community members have come forward with additional works.</p><p>In our last post we aimed to establish a shared “history of why” — leaning heavily on the philosophies behind shared code, team process and online businesses. This post explores the evolution of software development in relation to cloud computing including a look at the rise of some of today’s most successful communities.</p><p><a href="https://pragprog.com/book/rails3/agile-web-development-with-rails"><strong>Agile Web Development</strong></a>: After working for 37Signals on what would eventually become Basecamp, David Heinemeier Hannson used Ruby to build a custom web framework. In 2004 he released that framework as Ruby on Rails and was recognized by O’Reilly and Google as the Hacker of the Year for his open source release. DHH’s book on Agile Web Development is one of the foremost works on modern software practices and his contributions to the Ruby community helped put the language on the map as something professionals could use in their daily work.</p><p><a href="http://www.amazon.com/Refactoring-Improving-Design-Existing-Code/dp/0201485672"><strong>Refactoring: Improving the Design of Existing Code</strong></a>: Written by Martin Fowler, Refactoring outlines how developers can take existing code (even poorly designed code) and maintain its external fuction while improving its internal structure and ability to scale. In other words, while it’s tempting to throw away ALL poorly written code, Fowler teaches developers to salvage from the wreckage and do so quickly. The book’s principle language is Java, but since its original publication it has been reprinted for Rubyists as well. Fowler’s <a href="http://books.google.com/books/about/Patterns_of_enterprise_application_archi.html?id=FyWZt5DdvFkC">Patterns of Enterprise Application Architecture</a> is also an incredibly useful resource.</p><p><a href="http://12factor.net/"><strong>12 Factor App</strong></a>: Written by Heroku cofounder and Heavybit advisor Adam Wiggins, the 12 Factor App is a methodology for building web applications that use declarative formats for setup automation, offer portability between execution environments, are suitable for cloud deployment, enable continuous deployment between development and production, and scale well without significant changes to tooling or architecture. The methodology is an amalgam of many of Wiggins’ lessons learned during his time at Heroku and has since become an internal playbook.</p><p><a href="http://shop.oreilly.com/product/9780596510046.do"><strong>Beautiful Code</strong></a>: Beautiful Code is an anthology of essays from some of the leading programmers in the industry on how they problem solve with elegance. In it, Ruby creator Matz’s “Code as an Essay” piece urges developers to stop blindly copying and pasting lazy snippets in exchange for succinct, clean code.</p><p><a href="http://www.amazon.com/Programming-Environment-Prentice-Hall-Software-Series/dp/013937681X"><strong>The Unix Programming Environment</strong></a>: Written in 1984, The Unix Programming Environment explains the philosophy and architecture behind an army of open source contributors coming together to build larger systems like Linux without top down coordination. The idea here is that rather programs and programmers are most valuable for the way that they interact with each other. In other words, no single entity is more valuable than the whole.</p><p><a href="http://www.cs.umd.edu/~samir/498/Amazon-Recommendations.pdf"><strong>Amazon.com Recommendations: Item to Item Collaborative Filtering</strong></a>: Written in 2003, this paper outlines Amazon’s initial recommendation system and forecasts that, “in the future, the retail industry [will] more broadly apply recommendation algorithms for targeted marketing.” Due to the company’s huge inventory of products, an item-to-item collaboration algorithm was used to match each item viewed, along with a set of related items for potential purchase.</p><p><a href="http://static.googleusercontent.com/media/research.google.com/en/us/pubs/archive/35179.pdf"><strong>The Unreasonable Effectiveness of Data </strong></a>: Produced by Alon Halevy, Peter Norvig, and Fernando Pereira of Google, this essay outlines how researchers have used Google’s datacenters and distributed processing infrastructure to process larger and larger training corpora for tasks like statistical machine translation, entity detection and information extraction. This paper argues that there’s “no data like more data” and that the potential in a training corpus of one trillion words pulled from public web pages is a huge leap forward.</p><p><a href="http://www.paulgraham.com/hp.html"><strong>Hackers and Painters</strong></a>: Written by Y-Combinator cofounder Paul Graham in 2003, this essay discusses how hacking is for many, less a scientific or academic pursuit, and more akin to painting or making. He writes, “Scientists start out doing work that’s perfect, in the sense that they’re just trying to reproduce work someone else has already done for them… Whereas hackers, from the start, are doing original work; it’s just very bad. So hackers start original, and get good, and scientists start good, and get original.” He also asserts that the best hackers and painters show empathy towards the audience or user.</p><h2></h2></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/old-school-reading-list-part-2">Old School Reading List for New Founders Part 2</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Old School Reading for New Founders Part 1</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/old-school-reading-list-part-1</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Dec 2014 18:28:22 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-127</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Writer James Baldwin once said, “You’ve got to know where you came from, to know where you’re going.” This list is meant to offer a sense of history for some of the thinking we’ve come to generally accept and aims to inspire you to question the principles you use to build on a daily basis.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>I get it. I’m ancient. But when I realized that so few self-taught developers and young developer companies knew of the following list of definitive works, I wanted to get this started. Some of the ideas in the following works will seem quaint and obvious, but at the time of publication these were groundbreaking.</p><p>Writer James Baldwin once said, “You’ve got to know where you came from, to know where you’re going.” This list is meant to offer a sense of history for some of the thinking we’ve come to generally accept and aims to inspire you to question the principles you use to build on a daily basis.</p><p><a href="http://www.catb.org/~esr/writings/cathedral-bazaar/cathedral-bazaar/index.html"><strong>The Cathedral and the Bazaar</strong></a>: Written by Eric S. Raymond, The Cathedral and the Bazaar is an essay on software engineering methods based on his observations of the Linux kernel’s development. “The Cathedral” method is seen as the traditional commercial model of shipping code where programmers work in secrecy prior to pushing monolithic releases. Meanwhile, Raymond advocates for “The Bazaar” model where code is developed in public in the belief that “given enough eyeballs, all bugs are shallow”. This work helped inspire the open source release of Netscape, the creation of Mozilla, and Wikipedia founder Jimmy Wales says it “opened his eyes to the possibility of mass collaboration”.</p><p><a href="http://www.cluetrain.com/"><strong>The Cluetrain Manifesto</strong></a>: The Cluetrain Manifesto is a list of 95 theses written as for those building web services to understand the value of people-centric design and communication. Written by Rick Levine, Christopher Locke, Doc Searls and David Weinberger, the authors assert that the internet is less an advertising vehicle and more a human-to-human conversation. This <a href="http://www.pcmag.com/article2/0,2817,43161,00.asp">critique of Cluetrain</a> in which the writer calls it a “Cult” and suggests it “sounds like something someone would find written on a napkin after a two-week LSD bender” is as much a reason to read Cluetrain as any”.</p><p><a href="http://agilemanifesto.org/"><strong>The Agile Manifesto</strong></a>: Written by 17 software developers, The Agile Manifesto is perhaps one of the earliest works on incremental project management, pair progamming and rapid delivery of software. The Agile principles stress the inevitability of change, a call for vigilance when it comes to maintaining software, and the importance of self-organizing teams. Although sometimes applied fanatically today, this is one of the first works on lightweight development methods and can be used as an objective guideline for simple problem solving.</p><p><a href="https://pragprog.com/book/tpp/the-pragmatic-programmer"><strong>The Pragmatic Programmer: From Journeyman to Master </strong></a>: Written by Andrew Hunt and David Thomas and published in 1999, this book teaches developers to care about their craft, be a catalyst for change, and always use the power of source code control. It’s commonly recommended reading for university-level Computer Science courses and reminds us to turn off autopilot, and opt for an approach that’s measured and thoughtful. One of my favorite principles in the book is to stop ignoring “Broken Windows”. The idea here is that bad design, wrong decisions and poor code should be corrected immediately to avoid welcoming other bad behaviors in software design.</p><p><a href="http://www.cs.virginia.edu/~evans/greatworks/mythical.pdf"><strong>The Mythical Man-Month: Essays on Software Engineering</strong></a>: Written by Fred Brooks on everything that went wrong with his experience managing the development of <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OS/360_and_successors">IBM’s 360 Batch Operating System</a>, The Mythical Man-Month is a look at how techniques of estimating engineering projects tend to be poorly developed and how “adding manpower to a late software project makes it later.” Says Brooks, “Nine women can’t make a baby in one month.” Brooks points to two main reasons additional manpower hinders shipping time. The first is that few managers account for the time it takes for a new employee to ramp up. And secondly, the communication overhead of syncing up multiple employees is cumbersome.</p><p>Additional Suggestions from the Community: <a href="http://www.folklore.org/">The Folklore Behind Macintosh</a>, <a href="http://www.amazon.com/Peopleware-Productive-Projects-Second-Edition/dp/0932633439">Peopleware</a>, <a href="http://www.amazon.com/Joel-Software-Occasionally-Developers-Designers/dp/1590593898">Joel on Software’s Collection of Essays</a>, <a href="http://www.cs.virginia.edu/~robins/YouAndYourResearch.html">You and Your Research</a>, <a href="http://www.amazon.com/Here-Comes-Everybody-Organizing-Organizations/dp/0143114948">Here Comes Everybody</a></p><p>Thanks to <a href="http://twitter.com/pvh">PVH</a>, <a href="https://twitter.com/rburhum">Ragi Burhum</a> and <a href="https://twitter.com/teich">Oren Teich</a> for weighing in with contributions.<br/><em>Check out <a href="https://blog.heavybit.com/blog/2014/12/14/reading-list-2">Part 2</a> of this series.</em></p><h2></h2></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/old-school-reading-list-part-1">Old School Reading for New Founders Part 1</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Heavybit Show &amp; Tell Part 2 w/ Ray Morgan &amp; Chad Arimura</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/show-and-tell-nov-2014-part-2</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Dec 2014 17:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-130</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In our last post we released 3 Heavybit Show and Tell presentations focussed on developer traction and go-to-market strategy. The following presentations from Iron.io, Stripe and Librato offer a look at how companies are keeping pace with the ever-changing nature of software deployment and adapting their product roadmaps for success.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In our <a href="https://blog.heavybit.com/blog/2014/11/30/heavybit-show-tell">last post</a> we released 3 Heavybit Show and Tell presentations focussed on developer traction and go-to-market strategy. The following presentations from <a href="http://iron.io">Iron.io</a>, <a href="http://stripe.com">Stripe</a> and <a href="http://librato.com">Librato</a> offer a look at how companies are keeping pace with the ever-changing nature of software deployment and adapting their product roadmaps for success.</p><h2>Stripe’s Ray Morgan</h2><p></p><p><a href="http://vimeo.com/113448109">Heavybit Show &amp; Tell – Ray Morgan, Stripe</a> from <a href="http://vimeo.com/heavybit">HEAVYBIT</a>.</p><p>Just one month after their <a href="https://stripe.com/apple-pay">Apple Pay release</a>, Stripe’s Product Engineer Ray Morgan offers his thoughts on security and authentication moving forward with Apple Pay.</p><h2>Iron.io’s Chad Arimura</h2><p></p><p><a href="http://vimeo.com/113447341">Heavybit Show &amp; Tell – Chad Arimura, Iron.io</a> from <a href="http://vimeo.com/heavybit">HEAVYBIT</a></p><p>Iron.io founder Chad Arimura discusses the changes in computing and how his company makes the atomic unit a Microservice or Task for customers like HotelTonight and CNN.</p><h2>Librato’s Joe Ruscio</h2><p></p><p><a href="http://vimeo.com/112537093">Heavybit Show &amp; Tell – Joe Ruscio, Librato</a> from <a href="http://vimeo.com/heavybit">HEAVYBIT</a></p><p>Librato CTO Joe Ruscio offers how his company has evolved over 3 years, the pains of backporting features into a lean MVP and offers a look at Librato’s preview release.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/show-and-tell-nov-2014-part-2">Heavybit Show & Tell Part 2 w/ Ray Morgan & Chad Arimura</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Heavybit Show &amp; Tell, Part 1 w/ John Sheehan, Justin Larimer &amp; Paul Biggar</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/show-and-tell-nov-2014-part-1</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Dec 2014 17:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-124</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In November we hosted Heavybit’s first ever Show and Tell — an opportunity for our members to share recent releases, launches, partnerships, integrations and case studies. For the first in what we hope to be many more Show and Tell events, founders, evangelists, engineers and designers from a number of companies offered their latest thinking. These presentations from Runscope, Keen IO, and CircleCI offer a look at how each company thinks about community and adding value to reach new users.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In November we hosted Heavybit’s first ever Show and Tell — an opportunity for our members to share recent releases, launches, partnerships, integrations and case studies. For the first in what we hope to be many more Show and Tell events, founders, evangelists, engineers and designers from a number of companies offered their latest thinking. These presentations from <a href="http://runscope.com">Runscope</a>, <a href="http://keen.io">Keen IO</a>, and <a href="http://circleci.com">CircleCI</a> offer a look at how each company thinks about community and adding value to reach new users.</p><h2>Runscope’s CEO John Sheehan</h2><p></p><p><a href="http://vimeo.com/112443250">Heavybit Show &amp; Tell – John Sheehan, Runscope</a> from <a href="http://vimeo.com/heavybit">HEAVYBIT</a>.</p><p>Runscope’s CEO John Sheehan discusses how Runscope gets developers to signup via <a href="https://www.runscope.com/community">community projects</a> like <a href="https://www.hurl.it/">Hurl.it</a>, <a href="http://requestb.in/">RequestBin</a> and <a href="https://www.embedcurl.com/">Curl</a>. He also discusses his retargeting strategy.</p><h2>Keen IO’s Dustin Larimer</h2><p><br/><a href="http://vimeo.com/112542560">Heavybit Show &amp; Tell – Dustin Larimer, Keen IO</a> from <a href="http://vimeo.com/heavybit">HEAVYBIT</a>.</p><p>KeenIO’s Design Engineer Dustin Larimer discusses his company’s recent open source releases including <a href="https://keen.io/blog/101269629091/charts-on-grids-responsive-dashboard-templates-with">responsive Dashboard templates</a>, <a href="https://keen.io/blog/103141480466/introducing-geo-explorer-an-open-source-dashboard-for">Geo-explorer</a> and their upcoming release of Workbench.</p><h2>CircleCI’s Paul Biggar</h2><p></p><p><a href="http://vimeo.com/113446703">Heavybit Show &amp; Tell – Paul Biggar, CircleCI</a> from <a href="http://vimeo.com/heavybit">HEAVYBIT</a>.</p><p>CircleCI’s founder Paul Biggar talks about the company’s recent decision to create <a href="http://blog.circleci.com/continuous-integration-and-deployment-on-circleci-just-got-better-now-its-free/">a free tier</a>, plans to roll out with Github enterprise and some of his upcoming work on the company’s go-to-market strategy.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/show-and-tell-nov-2014-part-1">Heavybit Show & Tell, Part 1 w/ John Sheehan, Justin Larimer & Paul Biggar</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Thanksgiving Podcast Download: Michael Dearing on Pricing</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/michael-dearing-podcast-on-pricing</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Nov 2014 16:46:05 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-123</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Heavybit releases an audio-version of one of the most popular talks in the Heavybit Library — Harrison Metal’s Michael Dearing on Pricing.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Just in time for your Thanksgiving travels, we’re releasing one of the most popular talks from the <a href="https://heavybit.com/library">Heavybit Library</a> as an audio download.</p><p><strong>ABOUT THE TALK</strong>: In 2010, Kara Swisher dubbed Michael Dearing the “<a href="http://allthingsd.com/20100216/the-start-up-whisperer-michael-dearing-is-the-hottest-angel-investor-youve-never-heard-of/">startup whisperer</a>“. Since then the Harrison Metal founder and former SVP at eBay has dedicated his career to helping companies build go-to-market strategy and pricing models.</p><p>To check out the complete video of Dearing’s talk visit <a href="/library/video/2013-07-16-michael-dearing">heavybit.com/library</a>, or if you’re planning for your roadtrip or flight, <a href="https://api.soundcloud.com/tracks/178481461/download?client_id=b45b1aa10f1ac2941910a7f0d10f8e28&amp;oauth_token=1-16343-123515298-ae1eeb080dc8ef">download the audio</a>.</p><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/michael-dearing-podcast-on-pricing">Thanksgiving Podcast Download: Michael Dearing on Pricing</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Units of Value: A Framework for Scaling</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/units-of-value-a-framework-for-scaling</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Nov 2014 14:26:01 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Scaling]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[GTM Strategy]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Value Proposition]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1234</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>As a Partner at Greylock, Jerry invests in new enterprise apps, and cloud and application infrastructure including distributed app platform Docker.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Content Marketing: Analyze Thousands of Blog Posts via Script</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/analyze-thousands-blog-posts-script</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Nov 2014 16:07:48 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-122</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In a recent Heavybit talk, Takipi Cofounder Iris Shoor shared her secrets on how she grew her company’s technical blog from zero to 70,000 unique visitors in just a few months. For a company who only released general availability over the summer, it’s a significant feat.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In a recent <a href="/library/video/2014-11-11-iris-shoor">Heavybit talk</a>, <a href="http://takipi.com">Takipi</a> Cofounder Iris Shoor shared her secrets on how she grew her company’s technical blog from zero to 70,000 unique visitors in just a few months. For a company who only released general availability over the summer, it’s a significant feat.</p><p>In addition to offering a number of distribution tactics, Shoor takes an incredibly smart approach to crafting the content itself — namely by creating a script to analyze more than 70 blogs and finding patterns in the post titles and content.</p><p>After looking at thousands of the most popular posts on TechCrunch and Ars Technica as well as smaller language-specific sites and competitor blogs, she began to see patterns in keyword use, tone and topics. For Shoor and her competitors in the web production testing space and language communities, words like “versus”, “kill” and “fail” in titles are often incredibly engaging to readers. Shoor admits that traditionally dry topics become heated debates when languages, frameworks and communities are compared side-by-side.</p><p>As a service to other developer marketers, Shoor made her <a href="http://bit.ly/1EWCpnw">popularity harvester script available for download.</a> Users can tweak which blogs they want to analyze and find out what their communities are most likely to read.</p><p>For more on Iris’ approach, check out her video at <a href="/library/video/2014-11-11-iris-shoor">heavybit.com/library</a>.</p><h2></h2></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/analyze-thousands-blog-posts-script">Content Marketing: Analyze Thousands of Blog Posts via Script</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>PagerDuty’s DevOps: Avoiding a Cyber Monday Fail</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/avoiding-cyber-monday-fail</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Nov 2014 17:15:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-121</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Last year an estimated $7.35 Billion was spent online during the Black Friday and Cyber Monday weekend. Coupled with the fact that engineering teams are often short staffed with many requesting the week off, the Thanksgiving weekend could be the makings of a perfect storm. We caught up with PagerDuty’s Dev Ops Lead Arup Chakrabarti to hear his tips for managers during this peak shopping season.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Last year an estimated $7.35 Billion was spent online during the Black Friday and Cyber Monday weekend. Coupled with the fact that engineering teams are often short staffed with many requesting the week off, the Thanksgiving weekend could be the makings of a perfect storm. We caught up with PagerDuty’s Dev Ops Lead Arup Chakrabarti to hear his tips for managers during this peak shopping season.</p><p>In past years and in dealing with Cyber Monday, Chakrabarti’s own team has actually been more responsive than during regular hours. He offers, “We reminded everyone of the importance of these shopping days and that they represented significant revenue for the entire year. This instills a sense of urgency and responsibility in everyone.</p><p>Once teams are well aware of the significance of the Thanksgiving weekend, Chakrabarti also ensures that teams are well-prepared for what is likely to be an onslaught of requests.</p><ul><li><strong>On Call Schedules with Daily Rotation</strong>: Make sure that you have on-call schedules covered for all of your engineering teams. If you do not want someone to have to cover the entire holiday weekend, a daily rotation (instead of weekly) distributes that on-call load.</li><li><strong>Anticipate Traffic</strong>: Be mindful that Black Friday and Cyber Monday are major events and try to predict what your traffic pattern is going to look like. Will it be 10x, 100x, 1000x? These are numbers that any engineering team that focuses on managing their operations properly will know this because it effects the way that you plan for these major events.</li><li><strong>Define Escalation Path</strong>: Have the appropriate business escalation contacts defined ahead of time. During these major events, if your systems are not performing adequately, a common tactic is to disable functionality until traffic dies down, but you need the input from your business partners to make the right decisions here.</li><li><strong>Have a Plan</strong>: Have your incident response plan ready. Do not try to invent one on the fly when your site is down. Make sure everyone knows what is expected of them ahead of time before downtime occurs.</li></ul><h2></h2></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/avoiding-cyber-monday-fail">PagerDuty’s DevOps: Avoiding a Cyber Monday Fail</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Developer Blogs: Editorial Planning and Distribution</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/developer-blogs-editorial-planning-and-distribution</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Nov 2014 14:19:38 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1225</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Iris Shoor is the co-founder and VP of Product and Marketing at Takipi, a Heavybit member company that helps developers understand when and why production code breaks.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Developer Content Marketing and Growth Hacking</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/developer-content-marketing-and-growth-hacking</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Nov 2014 15:00:44 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1260</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Hiten has started two SaaS companies, Crazy Egg and KISSmetrics. One is self-funded &amp; the other is venture backed. He also sends a weekly email newsletter called SaaS Weekly where he shares relevant, curated links for anyone interested in SaaS businesses.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>PR Launch Basics: What Most Startups Forget</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/pr-launch-basics</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Nov 2014 17:13:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-120</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>One of the most common mistakes for early startups is the failure to account for approvals when building your PR assets. While it’s easy to prep all your assets in one night, it’s not easy to get all your stakeholders to approve them. In many cases it takes several weeks and you need these stakeholders to solidify the value of your product, to tie you into a larger trend, and to legitimize you via interviews and quotes.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>One of the most common mistakes for early startups is the failure to account for approvals when building your PR assets. While it’s easy to prep all your assets in one night, it’s not easy to get all your stakeholders to approve them. In many cases it takes several weeks and you need these stakeholders to solidify the value of your product, to tie you into a larger trend, and to legitimize you via interviews and quotes.</p><p>This is particularly important if you’re announcing funding or a partner launch. Today’s post will offer you a list of common stakeholders for you press launch and a work back schedule to build your assets with plenty of time for approvals.</p><h2>Who are your External Approvers?</h2><p>Approvers are different than stakeholders. For example, your developer customer might be one stakeholder, but you’re not going to offer them pre-approval rights on your launch posts. Nevertheless, your investors, advisors and partners might fall into both the approver and stakeholder category. Common press approvers include:</p><ul><li><strong>Investors</strong>: In the case of a funding announcement you’re going to want quotes from your investors, approvals on your release, and a contact for launch day interviews. This means you need to give investors the courtesy of at least three weeks lead time to review materials prior to launch. If you don’t have a PR team, scheduling an early meeting at least one month out might garner you support from your VC’s internal communications team. Trust me, in the case of Andreessen Horowitz and large groups like this, you should take the help as these established teams have deep relationships with analysts and press.</li><li><strong>Partners</strong>: In the case of a large partnership announcement you’ll also want to get partner quotes, approvals on your release and a contact for launch day interviews. The difference here from investors is that partners like Salesforce for instance, might need to get multiple internal approvals beyond their communications team. This might include approval from legal, investor relations and finance. Request approvals at least one month in advance and where applicable, make sure the team’s social media and internal newsletter contact is also ready to share information about your partnership when you launch.</li><li><strong>Advisors and Startup Programs</strong>: Rather than wasting your time as a lone player trying to convince the industry of a trend or your POV, you can collaborate with advisors and startup program partners for quotes and followup interviews. These groups help legitimize that something is in fact industry-wide rather than just one company’s invention. Offer at least 2 weeks prior to launch to secure quotes and find a post-launch interviewee.</li></ul><h2>What Assets do you need to Launch?</h2><p>If you’re just launching an incremental release, then you might just need some basic tweaks to your documentation, a blog post and a note to users. But if you’re announcing a bigger feature or product release, a partnership, or a funding announcement; then you should consider your timing on approvals.</p><h2>One Month Before Your Announcement</h2><p><strong>Core Messaging Doc</strong>: At this point you should be in the testing phase of a new product or release and you should have a good idea of the new functionality or value you’re offering to customers. Craft that value in a single page document and answer the following questions in plain language:</p><ul><li>What problem are you solving as a company or with your product release? How big is the problem?</li><li>Beyond your team, who cares about this? List them in order of importance.</li><li>Why should your audiences care? List 5 key benefits or points in order of importance. Offer what makes this different than what your competitors are offering.</li><li>In 2 sentences, what’s the elevator pitch?</li><li>Boilerplate: What’s the 2-3 sentence description of your company?</li></ul><p>Once the core messaging doc is complete, get internal approvals from managers and execs. This document is the master factsheet for subsequent launch material. Circulate it to relevant internal teams including the support and sales people in order to get them prepped and to ensure consistency across their materials.</p><p><strong>Draft Release</strong>: It may seem a little premature to write this release now, but in order to get partner, investor and advisor quotes and sign off, you’ll have to start the process now. Give yourself ample time to request multiple quotes. Expect these approvals to take at least 3 weeks and expect to make edits along the way.</p><p><strong>FAQ</strong>: While you’re working with external stakeholders, it’s also important to brief internal teams. Draft a list of technical and press FAQ and be willing to answer each question honestly and in plain language. Technical FAQ might include support-related questions. If your launch requires some sort of additional integration from customers then brief support and sales engineers. Press FAQ tends to include questions that poke holes in what might otherwise seem a somewhat saccharine launch. Questions about security and safe harbor are all fair game. Answering these honestly will offer customers the information they need to make informed decisions. It will also help your sales, support and developer evangelists do their jobs.</p><h2>Two Weeks Before Your Launch</h2><p><strong>Blog Post</strong>: At this point you should be circulating a draft blog post for internal review. Don’t get too caught up in the wordsmithing of this post. The facts of your launch are sitting in your core messaging doc and most people will get to a blog post after reading a release or press story. While the blog post is often written conversationally and in the voice of a founder or product manager, you should still use <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Inverted_pyramid">inverse pyramid style</a> and front load the most important information while ending with the call to action.</p><p><strong>Landing Page</strong>: In the case of new product releases, you’ll want to build a campaign landing page to create a permanent home for this product and track referrals. Some companies will make this page public and include a countdown clock to tease press and customers. Others will simply test this landing page in their production environment and push it live 30 minutes prior to an announcement.</p><p><strong>Demo Video and Graphics</strong>: If your launch requires a demo video of graphics, you should have these ready with at least 2 weeks to launch. For videos in particular, you might offer journalists a password under embargo to strengthen their understanding of a story. You’d then offer the public launch URL or embed code with the understanding that you’ll take the password off a few minutes prior to launch.</p><p><strong>Note to Customers</strong>: Craft a note to customers to go out at the same time as your press release embargo lifts. In the case of your largest and most affected customers, you might even pre-brief them under NDA and offer early access and support on upgrades and integrations.</p><p><strong>Staff Briefing</strong>: Brief staff to help them understand what you’re launching and their role in the announcement. This might be as simple as offering them the facts and asking them to share via social networks upon launch. It might be as complicated as asking that dev ops, sales and engineering test the product in staging and raise flags or plan for additional support.</p><p><strong>Pitch</strong>: By now you should have a shortlist of press you hope to pre-brief and a series of approved angles and pitches. Each pitch should be tailored to the individual journalist and the person pitching your story should be armed with the FAQ, graphic/video assets, draft release and key quotes to followup with journalists. You should be reaching out to journalists at this time to accept your embargo.</p><h2>One Week Before Launch</h2><p><strong>Press Deck</strong>: While press decks aren’t necessary, for complicated technical topics it’s best to create a deck and offer it during press briefings. Once journalists have been briefed, PDF the deck and include it alongside your other assets for review and fact checking.</p><p><strong>Call Scripts</strong>: If largest and most affected users need additional support on upgrades and integrations you’ll need to create a call script for your sales staff and support group. One example might be if you’ve released a European product and need to migrate a portion of your client’s customers over to the new EU service. Your staff should have a call script prepped in order to answer relevant questions and ensure efficient migration.</p><p><strong>Sales Deck</strong>: All the work you’ve done on your messaging doc, blog post and documentation should be cascaded into your sales decks and presentations in order to ensure that your inside sales team is selling on your newly expanded statement of benefits.</p><h2>Day Before Your Launch</h2><p><strong>Social Media Updates</strong>: At this point everything including your blog post and release should be scheduled to go live. At this point you should craft your social media updates and pre-schedule them through a tool like <a href="http://hootsuite.com">HootSuite</a> or <a href="http://sproutsocial.com">Sprout Social</a>. You should also know who will be submitting your post to HackerNews and Reddit and at what time they plan on doing it.</p><p><strong>Alerts and Monitoring</strong>: Monitoring tools like <a href="http://respond.ly">Respond.ly</a> and Google alerts are particularly useful for listening. Create alerts and pre-written queries on the title of your launch product and your company name. This will help you manage questions that come via social media and external communities.</p><p></p><p><a href="//www.slideshare.net/heavybit/heavybit-pr-launch-checklist-41380976"><strong>Heavybit PR Launch Checklist</strong></a> from <a href="//www.slideshare.net/heavybit"><strong>Heavybit</strong></a></p><p><em>This article is the third in a series on PR best practices. Other articles include:</em></p><ul><li><a href="https://blog.heavybit.com/blog/2014/11/4/timing">PR Pitches: It’s all in the Timing</a></li></ul><p></p><ul><li><a href="https://blog.heavybit.com/blog/2014/10/27/newsworthiness">Getting in TechCrunch: Newsworthy Pitches for Developer Companies</a></li></ul><h2></h2></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/pr-launch-basics">PR Launch Basics: What Most Startups Forget</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>PR Pitches: It’s all in the Timing</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/pr-pitches-all-in-timing</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Nov 2014 16:48:35 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[PR / Press Relations]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-125</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Your PR pitch doesn’t need to go out at the same time a release goes live. In fact, it’s better if it doesn’t. The best stories get written when a journalist has plenty of time to craft a thoughtful and well-researched piece. This article discusses the best time of day and lead time to pitch your latest product release.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><strong>Here’s a Pro Tip</strong>: Your PR pitch doesn’t need to go out at the same time a release goes live.</p><p>In fact, it’s better if it doesn’t. Breaking news doesn’t require a breaking pitch. The best stories get written when a journalist has plenty of time to craft a thoughtful and well-researched piece — hence the popularity of <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/News_embargo">embargoes</a> for major press launches.</p><p>Last week we outlined <a href="https://blog.heavybit.com/blog/2014/10/27/newsworthiness">how to write a newsworthy pitch</a>. This week we’ll explore how to time your announcement for maximum coverage. In the same way we ask that companies work with early customers to craft their assumptions, we knew it’d be most useful to poll working tech journalists for their preferred time to receive a pitch.</p><h2>When to Pitch a Tech Journalist</h2><p><a href="http://techcrunch.com">TechCrunch</a> writer <a href="https://twitter.com/fredericl">Frederic Lardinois</a> says the best time to pitch him is “afternoon on any day because it’s hard to keep up with email during the morning news rush.” Fellow TechCrunch staffer <a href="https://twitter.com/anthonyha">Anthony Ha</a> also offers that for him, “Weekday afternoons are best, but really less about time of day than the time [he’s] given to respond.”</p><p>From the perspective of <a href="http://www.programmableweb.com/">ProgrammableWeb</a> Editor Wendell Santos, it’s important for a pitch to make it to a writer before the outlet’s daily editorial meeting. Says Santos, “We hold an editorial meeting every morning at 7:40am PST. To us, the best time to pitch a story is a week or so in advance so that we can be sure to get the best possible story out. Failing that, I’d say the morning of the day prior is the best time. Early morning allows us to see the pitch prior to the meeting. Monday through Wednesday tend to be the busiest days, while Friday tends to be the slowest for us.” In this case, pitching on a Friday with at least 1 week lead time is the best way to catch a writer’s eye in addition to an editor’s stamp of approval.</p><p>Alex Williams who both edits and writes for <a href="http://thenewstack.io/">The New Stack</a> admits that for him, the most effective pitches are sent, “after 3pm PST, most any day of the week.” The New Stack’s peak news publishing hours are before 3pm and Williams takes his afternoons to craft stories and schedule for the following day.</p><p>Despite varying responses, the common thread running through all of these answers is this: <strong>No one wants to receive a pitch during their peak writing and news hours.</strong></p><h2>What are the Peak Publishing Hours?</h2><p>For tech and developer publications, most outlets staff a full news team Monday to Friday in the morning hours between 8am and noon PST. The morning commute tends to be a particularly opportune time to catch readers before starting their workday with the secondary 11am-noon timeslot also being great for reader engagement. Writers might cover a certain amount of breaking news during these peak publishing hours, but it’s also a time to schedule embargoes and exclusives.</p><h2>What’s an Exclusive? What’s an Embargo?</h2><p><strong>Exclusives</strong>: An exclusive is when you give an outlet sole access to an interview, demo or in some cases, an entire story. In other words, you brief a single outlet and put that writer in a position where they’re guaranteed first shot at breaking your story with the idea that others will follow. The higher profile the outlet, the more likely they are to ask you for an exclusive. Nevertheless, there’s a chance they won’t even run the story — especially if you aren’t a Fortune 500 company. This means you’re betting that one story (that may or may not get written) will be sufficient to drive your launch traffic and growth numbers. This is risky business.</p><p><strong>Embargoes</strong>: A better way to give writers time to craft thoughtful pieces is to place an embargo on the story. This means there’s a specific time you plan on going live and you ask individual writers to agree to publish at this time before sending over launch assets. Although a few years ago, <a href="http://techcrunch.com/2009/09/23/the-last-has-fallen-the-embargo-is-dead/">TechCrunch</a> announced they would not honor embargoes, it seems writers like Lardinois and Ha would rather be given the option of more writing time than race against the clock on a major launch.</p><h2>How to Time Your Pitch</h2><p>In the same way you’d tailor a pitch to specific writers, you should also tailor pitch timing to a writer’s needs. In addition to keeping notes on writers beats and interests, you should also note when they write and publish:</p><ol><li><strong>Time of Day</strong>: Pitch morning news writers in an afternoon prior to your launch date, and evening writers in the period of day before they normally start.</li><li><strong>Day of the Week</strong>: Keep in mind that lead time is very important for a well-written piece. If you only give someone a day to write your story, it’s likely they’ll only spend an hour or less writing and researching it (and that’s if they write it at all). Instead, if you can offer at least one week lead time you’re more likely to land both a story and perhaps a followup interview.</li><li><strong>Seasonal Timing</strong>: When timing your announcement, you should always look at industry event calendars like Techmeme’s <a href="http://techmeme.com/events">event section</a>. While none of our polled writers mentioned this, it’s important to be conscious of major industry conferences. Unless you’re presenting a keynote presentation, it’s best not to compete with seasonal announcements that are sure to outshadow you. Events like the Apple keynote or Google I/O keynotes are good ones to avoid unless your release has a tie in like this one from <a href="https://stripe.com/docs/mobile/ios">Stripe on its Apple Pay and iOS integration</a>.</li></ol><p><em>This article is the second in a series on PR best practices. Our first article was written on <a href="https://blog.heavybit.com/blog/2014/10/27/newsworthiness">crafting a newsworthy pitch.</a></em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/pr-pitches-all-in-timing">PR Pitches: It’s all in the Timing</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Interview: Hubspot on Developer Content Marketing</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/hubspots-vp-content-interview</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Oct 2014 16:12:33 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-117</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Joe Chernov isn’t short on opinions when it comes to content marketing. Chernov’s first content position was as the Director of Content Marketing for Eloqua in 2010. Just two years later, the company was acquired by Oracle for a reported $871M dollars and Chernov was named the Content Marketer of the Year.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Joe Chernov isn’t short on opinions when it comes to content marketing. Chernov’s first content position was as the Director of Content Marketing for <a href="http://eloqua.com">Eloqua</a> in 2010. Just two years later, the company was acquired by Oracle for a reported $871M dollars and Chernov was named the Content Marketer of the Year. Since then he served as VP of marketing for backend-as-a-service start-up <a href="http://kinvey.com">Kinvey</a>, where he helped increase user conversion by 1300%. Most recently, Chernov joined <a href="http://hubspot.com">HubSpot</a> as the company’s VP of Content. I sat down with Chernov to find out how he approaches content marketing and what developers can do to leverage his tactics for their own companies.</p><h2>How do you start a Content Marketing Plan for Developers?</h2><p>Chernov: First, I’d take a hard look at how related brands that have succeeded with content-driven marketing have done it. I’d pick a few icons across a range of verticals — including at least one dev-focused company — and study them observationally. I’d sign up for their content offers and reverse engineer why they are sending me what they are sending me. I’d read their case studies, their <a href="http://slideshare.net">SlideShares</a>, their blog posts looking for examples of what metrics they attach to their content efforts. Then I’d ask them questions directly – on <a href="http://quora.com">Quora</a>, over email, on Twitter … whatever it takes to get a response. To be clear, I’m not talking about modeling your content program after a competitor’s. I’m suggesting you sample high-performing companies that in some way relate to your business. For example, a SaaS company might evaluate another SaaS company’s content marketing program, even if each serves a different market.</p><h2>How do you determine which technology will power your content program?</h2><p>Chernov: I’d look at case studies published by vendors, like HubSpot. I’d ask the practitioners themselves. Then I’d go to a site like <a href="https://www.g2crowd.com">G2Crowd</a> or <a href="http://venturebeat.com/2014/02/26/top-10-marketing-automation-companies-the-vb-index-report/">VentureBeat’s research arm</a> to get crowdsourced reviews of the products. I’d rely on the crowd to tell me what software works – basically, I’d operationalize what we tend to do naturally anyway.</p><h2>What do I need to do before I start talking openly about my plan?</h2><p>Chernov: In the words of Bob Dylan, “I know my song well before I start singing.” I’d develop a preliminary plan consisting of software required, content needed, how content will be produced, procured, distributed and measured, timeline to get started, timeline to report results, and what results the company should anticipate. My plan would factor in the unique attributes of the developer audience — namely, that they’re analytically minded with a skeptical disposition. I’d present that “conceptual plan” to leadership – I’ve learned that great leaders roll up their sleeves reflexively, so presenting them with a finished plan in the first meeting is … not ideal. From there I’d propose a comprehensive plan. I would emphasize the need for a long-term plan, warning that dabbling in content may produce <a href="http://blog.hubspot.com/opinion/content-isnt-content-marketing">misleading results</a>. Note that there may appear to be a disconnect here: I’d advocate for a long-term plan, but the plan itself would need to leave room for agility, given that effective content marketing requires constant rebalancing based on performance. But I think it’s possible to plan for the unknown, even if it sounds contradictory. If my leadership had engineering backgrounds, I’d use the “agile marketing” metaphor. Common language helps.</p><h2>What’s the secret to justifying the ROI of Content?</h2><p>Chernov: There are a number of ways you can prove the ROI of content marketing. If you know the percentage of leads that close, then by tracking the number of leads sourced via content, you can easily predict the revenue generated by content (versus the cost of that content and distribution). You can then compare the costs and revenue to outbound marketing (like tradeshows) and get a sense of the relative value of inbound marketing. More advanced still, you could look at time-to-close reports for content-sourced leads versus outbound leads, which will give yet more insight into the impact of content We recently published a report that spent quite a bit of time on the topic of inbound and content marketing ROI. It’s called <a href="http://www.stateofinbound.com/">State of Inbound</a>. It might be worth checking out.</p><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/hubspots-vp-content-interview">Interview: Hubspot on Developer Content Marketing</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Scaling Support Operations</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/scaling-support-operations</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Oct 2014 15:05:07 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1263</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Ali manages Slack’s rapidly growing Customer Experience team.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Science of Content Marketing for Developers</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/the-science-of-content-marketing-for-developers</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Oct 2014 14:48:17 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1249</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Tyler is CEO of Codenvy, a developer product that connects developer workspaces to the continuous delivery pipeline with on-demand environments that are replicable, collaborative and constraint-free.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>1000 Tickets Per Day with 1 Support Employee</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/scaling-support-with-rainforest-qa</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Oct 2014 16:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-119</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>At Rainforest, our tagline is “never ship bugs to production again” and the way we do that is by employing an army of testers to help us serve customers like AirBnB, Zenefits and Meteor.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>At<a href="http://rainforestqa.com/">Rainforest</a>, our tagline is “never ship bugs to production again” and the way we do that is by employing an army of testers to help us serve customers like <a href="https://www.airbnb.com/">AirBnB</a>, <a href="http://www.zenefits.com/">Zenefits</a> and <a href="https://www.meteor.com/">Meteor</a>. After two years of strong customer growth, our tester community was at 5000 unique testers per day. The only problem was that we were handling support tickets from these testers on an ad-hoc basis. We just couldn’t deal with the volume and tester churn was starting to become a real issue for our business.</p><h2><strong>The Problem in Doing Everything Yourself</strong></h2><p>In the early days, my cofounder and I managed all of our tester support requests by email. But as our team and tester-base grew, we found that email was failing us in a couple of ways:</p><ul><li><strong>Siloing Information:</strong> There was no convenient record of support tickets, nor was there a way for an employee to pick up where another had left off.</li><li><strong>Siloing Expectations</strong>: Users became dependent on specific individuals and there wasn’t a great indication of when there’d be a system-wide fix.</li><li><strong>Erratic Response Times</strong>: Inconsistent response times meant that quality of service varied on a case-by-case basis.</li></ul><h2><strong>Automating Support for Testers</strong></h2><p>As our tester-base grew, we received a much higher volume of tickets. Our testing community performs tens of thousands of small tasks daily. With an email system, it meant I was answering 700 tickets per day. Any early stage startup founder will tell you that this was time I couldn’t afford to waste.</p><p>All of this contributed to a terrible support experience for our testers.</p><p>So we assessed our biggest challenges and hired a human (Stephanie) to tackle a couple of our problems. We knew we needed to:</p><ol><li><strong>Automate Responses:</strong> Most of our tickets fall into a few broad categories and most can be dealt with in an automated fashion.</li><li><strong>Standardize Docs:</strong> We needed to codify our documentation to ensure we weren’t continually rewriting and emailing individuals.</li><li><strong>Increase Cross-Team Collaboration:</strong> We needed greater visibility into all of our tickets; first to fix individual issues, and secondly to prioritize product changes.</li></ol><h2><strong>The Evolution of Our Support Stack</strong></h2><p>When we first started fixing our support system we turned to the following for help:</p><ol><li><a href="http://middlemanapp.com">Middleman</a>: A static site generator to manage all our support documentation.</li><li><a href="http://helpscout.net">HelpScout</a>: A shared inbox for collaborating on our support emails.</li><li><a href="http://intercom.io">Intercom.io</a>: A helpdesk for your customers.</li></ol><p>Each of these proved to be a good start, but as the volume of tester requests grew, the cracks began to show. We dropped the entire V1 support stack and replaced them with the following (which we’re using today):</p><ol><li><a href="http://zendesk.com">Zendesk</a>: A higher level of support ticket threading allowed us to manage a larger volume of tickets and maintain a tidy queue. Unlike the earlier tools, Zendesk’s macros allowed anyone on the team to respond to common requests. Most importantly, Zendesk’s Help Center product replaced our homegrown documentation and enabled us to iterate faster against our support docs.</li><li><a href="http://olark.com">Olark</a>: This customer support chat app helps our team increase responsiveness, use canned responses to fix simple issues and decrease support volume.</li><li><a href="http://customer.io">Customer.io</a>: This tool lets us automatically reach out to users based on patterns of behavior that correlate to user confusion. This replaced Intercom because it lets us send messages in a more granular fashion.</li></ol><h2><strong>Getting it Right</strong></h2><p>Regardless of the tools you choose, here are a few things we learned in getting our tester support process right:</p><ul><li><strong>Make it simple for users to help themselves. </strong>Create better, searchable and up-to-date docs linked to from the relevant parts of your product. Write new documentation every time a support ticket is applicable to more than one customer and socialize these new docs.</li><li><strong>Make it simple for everybody on your team to help your testers. </strong>Pick tools that let you move fast and scale to your entire team.</li><li><strong>Do more than just care about your users. </strong>Demonstrate that you care by being there for your users when they need you most. Guess what? That’s nearly always when they need support.</li></ul><p><em><strong>BIO:</strong> Russell Smith is the co-founder of <a href="http://rainforestqa.com/">Rainforest QA</a> – a <a href="https://heavybit.com/">Heavybit member company</a> – that gives you on demand testing of web and mobile-websites as a service; create tests in plain English and run them across major browsers with a single click. Russell also runs several popular meetups in San Francisco – the <a href="http://www.meetup.com/San-Francisco-MongoDB-User-Group/">MongoDB Meetup</a>, <a href="http://www.meetup.com/RethinkDB-SF-Meetup-Group/">Rethink DB SF</a> and most recently the <a href="http://www.meetup.com/Move-Fast-and-Break-Things/">Move Fast and Break Things Meetup</a>. He’s on twitter as @rhs if you’d like to say hi.</em></p><p></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/scaling-support-with-rainforest-qa">1000 Tickets Per Day with 1 Support Employee</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rules for Radicals and Developer Marketing</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/rules-for-radicals-and-developer-marketing</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Oct 2014 15:38:55 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1270</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Rachel Chalmers is a principal with boutique early-stage venture capital firm Ignition Partners and a former industry analyst with 451 Research. She lives in San Francisco and wonders if you’ve realized how truly magnificent horses are.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Designing for User Adoption</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/designing-for-user-adoption</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Oct 2014 14:36:08 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1242</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Samuel is a UX designer reporting worldwide from beautiful Portland, OR. He’s particularly passionate about User Onboarding, so much so that he runs a website dedicated to it.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Apiary on API Versioning and Testing Strategies</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/apiary-api-design-versioning-testing</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Oct 2014 19:23:34 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-210</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Apiary (a Heavybit member) works on rapid iteration of API design. We provide API Blueprint, a simple, markdown-based language to power your product portfolio, and a range of open source tools for API documentation, prototyping and testing.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>During last week’s <a href="/library/video/move-fast-dont-break-api/">Heavybit Speaker Series</a>, Stripe’s API lead Amber Feng did a presentation on API versioning.</p><p>Offered Feng, “Building APIs… requires a lot of iteration and feedback cycles. Nobody gets it perfect the first time so you’re constantly going to be changing things.”</p><p>This is absolutely true. For any API strategy to grow in an organization, there will always be a need for greater functionality, more endpoints and definitely changes along the way. But all of this leads to new challenges with versioning and documentation.</p><p>Stripe decided to solve these problems by following an aggressive versioning strategy and Amber offers details of that in <a href="http://amberonrails.com/move-fast-dont-break-your-api/">her own post</a>. Their process involves separating different layers of logic and producing API results from a central code base. This led to the evolution of a series of ‘gates’ — post-processing and pre-processing filters that adapt the API to historical versions. This means that the company can serve the exact same version to developers as they started with and will continue to serve the same version forever. They handle the versioning process internally through these gates, providing a seamless experience to developers who would not have to worry about different versions of the API.</p><p>To date, Stripe has had 65 different versions of their API, 106 endpoints and 6 API clients — all versioned through gates. These 65 API versions run in parallel and developers can run their code from 2 years ago without the need to make changes. The challenge now comes when testing these individual versions and documenting them.</p><h2>Testing API Versions and Documenting Them</h2><p>Apiary (a Heavybit member) works on rapid iteration of API design. We provide <a href="http://apiblueprint.org/">API Blueprint</a>, a simple, markdown-based language to power your product portfolio, and a range of open source tools for API documentation, prototyping and testing.</p><p>In <a href="http://blog.apiary.io/2014/03/21/Re-API-Design-for-Humans/">the words of my cofounder Jan</a>, we believe that, “The lowest common denominator for all APIs is the documentation, that’s where everything begins. It starts as a simple draft of what you’re about to build, later evolving with your development to the interface others will use to implement your API. At this point, the documentation becomes the most exposed part of your work.”</p><p>Our aim is to test and debug the most exposed part of your work, making it easier to design, maintain, discover and understand. <a href="http://apiary.io/">Try Apiary</a> and let us know how we’re doing.</p><p>###</p><p><em><strong>BIO: </strong>Jakub Nesetril is CEO at Apiary, and developer at heart. His passion in API Design and prototyping led him to found Apiary in 2011. His Twitter handle is <a href="http://twitter.com/jakubnesetril">@jakubnesetril</a>.</em></p><p><em><strong>BIO: </strong>Neha Sondhi is Product Marketing specialist at Apiary. She was a product manager for APIs before this role and loves to learn about new technology. Her Twitter handle is <a href="http://twitter.com/NSondhi5">@NSondhi5</a>.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/apiary-api-design-versioning-testing">Apiary on API Versioning and Testing Strategies</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Sell More With Math</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/how-to-sell-more-with-math</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Oct 2014 19:03:21 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1407</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>The goal of every startup is to build products that customers want &amp; love. But how do you quantify what customers want? How do you know what features they will pay for? Heroku’s Matt Soldo will provide a powerful framework for analyzing products not as a black box, but as a collection of independent attributes that can be measured and modified. He’ll cover the basic math (linear regressions) needed, how it helps to understand products and how to apply it to improve your product’s pricing.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Move Fast, Don’t Break the API</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/move-fast-dont-break-api</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Oct 2014 14:54:08 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Documentation]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Scaling]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[API Design]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[API Integrations]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1256</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Amber spends most of her time building things at Stripe and figuring out how to scale their product engineering organization.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Github in Developer Marketing and Growth Hacking</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/hiten-shah-developer-marketing-growth-hacking</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Sep 2014 17:08:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-169</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>KISSMetrics cofounder Hiten Shah is known as a content marketer and growth hacker. At a recent Heavybit Speaker Series, Hiten offered some interesting insights into how entrepreneurs can best engage developers. Rather than creating more traditional assets like blog posts or white papers, Shah tells founders to let the type of product lead the tactics you choose. This post highlights a number of Github-centric tactics.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><a href="http://kissmetrics.com">KISSMetrics</a> cofounder Hiten Shah is perhaps best known as a marketer. His keynote talks on customer acquisition and lean analytics are always well-received and often to packed audiences. Nevertheless, these tend to be marketing audiences and not developer audiences.</p><p>During last week’s Heavybit Speaker Series, Shah offered his <a href="/library/video/2014-09-23-hiten-shah">presentation on developer marketing and growth hacking</a> and we were blown away.</p><p>We’re used to seeing recommendations around social media, blogs and giveaways. But in preparation for this talk, Shah not only interviewed three Heavybit companies, he also took <a href="https://heavybit.com/portfolio">all 19 of them</a> and categorized them into three separate strategy tracks.</p><p>For the purposes of his presentation, he broke each company down into the following:</p><ul><li><strong>Developer Infrastructure</strong>: Shah defines these companies and those that help developers get apps into production. Some Heavybit member examples he included were <a href="http://iron.io">Iron.io</a>, <a href="http://codeenvy.com">CodeEnvy</a> and <a href="http://treasuredata.com">Treasure Data</a>. He suggests that these companies explore the creation of customer subdomains and tutorials as potential marketing tactics.</li><li><strong>Developer Platforms</strong>: Shah defines these companies as those that enable developers to create things faster and add functionality to a product. He includes Heavybit companies like <a href="http://keen.io">Keen IO</a>, <a href="http://stripe.com">Stripe</a> and <a href="http://zencoder.com">Zencoder</a>. Here he talks about how libraries, product integrations and Ruby gems all add value while increasing the virality of a brand.</li><li><strong>Developer Tools</strong>: Shah sees this is as the most traditional SaaS product category and defines these companies as those that help developers do their jobs (or replace part of their job). Heavybit’s members in this category include <a href="http://pagerduty.com">PagerDuty</a>, <a href="http://apiary.io">Apiary</a>, <a href="http://takipi.com">Takipi</a> and <a href="http://rainforestqa.com">Rainforest</a>. It’s here that Shah about the power of user onboarding and the opportunity to market with Github.</li></ul><h2>Marketing with Github</h2><p>In addition to a slew of tactics for developer marketing, Shah spoke at length throughout the presentation about the power of Github. He offers, “Github had over 10 million repositories at of the end of 2013. This is where developers hang out, period.”</p><p>Shah believes that developer companies should be analyzing Github using a number of tools including:</p><ul><li><a href="http://www.githubarchive.org/"><strong>Github Archive</strong></a>: Companies can use this to look at active repos and power users. This can help you find your influencer set and can tell you who might be a great asset to the organization.</li><li><a href="https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/"><strong>Google Big Query</strong></a>: This allows you to analyze the correlation between language-based communities. Perhaps if you’re looking for your next language integration or where to hire your next evangelist, this can offer you those clues.</li></ul><p>He also suggested other ways you could leverage Github including:</p><ul><li><strong>Using Open Source Releases to Prove User Experience</strong>: Prior to the Facebook acquisition, <a href="https://github.com/ParsePlatform">Parse</a> released a number of tools available for forking. The idea here is to add value to the community and in some cases, to show ease-of-use for a new product.</li><li><strong>Github Authorization for Onboarding</strong>: Hiten suggests that companies try GitHub authentication to see if it’s a lower barrier to entry than email capture on registration. After implementing Google auth, he’s seen considerable lift with a number of his existing clients.</li></ul><p>“I would just test it. Try GitHub authentication versus what you’re doing today, which is normal e-mail and password and see if more people do it.” Says Shah, “To me, it’s just about testing and not about anybody’s opinion. Let’s get some facts, and let’s test it and see what happens.”</p><p>For Hiten’s complete Speaker Series talk check it out in the <a href="/library/video/2014-09-23-hiten-shah">Heavybit Library</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/hiten-shah-developer-marketing-growth-hacking">Github in Developer Marketing and Growth Hacking</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ignition’s Rachel Chalmers: Use Grassroots in the Enterprise</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/rachel-chalmers-grassroots-enterprise</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Sep 2014 14:52:43 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-167</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Written by activist Saul Alinsky, “Rules for Radicals” is a series of lessons aimed at the Seventies generation of activists. The book has since influenced groups across the political spectrum including Cesar Chavez and the National Farm Worker’s Movement, FreedomWorks (a lobbying group tied to the TeaParty) and the 2008 Obama Campaign. Ignition Ventures Principal and former 451 analyst Rachel Chalmers adapts five of Alinsky’s 13 rules to help companies empower their users to advocate within the enterprise.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Rachel Chalmers from 451 Group on Saul Alinsky’s Rules for RadicalOk</p><p>Rachel Chalmers is perhaps best known as the principal at <a href="http://ignitionpartners.com/">Ignition Ventures</a> and the former VP of research at <a href="https://451research.com">451 Group</a>. She was one of the first analysts to cover <a href="http://opsware.com">Opsware</a>, <a href="http://bladelogic.com">BladeLogic</a>, <a href="http://vmware.com">VMware</a>, <a href="http://splunk.com">Splunk</a> and <a href="http://cloudera.com">Cloudera</a>. But in a recent <a href="/library/video/2014-09-09-rachel-chalmers">Heavybit talk</a>, the seasoned analyst and investor showed a different side. Using Alinsky’s <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rules_for_Radicals">Rules for Radicals</a>, Chalmers spoke about how generations of grassroots organizers have inspired her to think outside the box about building strategies for engagement and business.</p><p>Rules for Radicals is a series of lessons Alinsky wrote to pass to the Seventies generation of activists. The book has influenced groups across the political spectrum including the National Farm Worker’s Movement, FreedomWorks (a lobbying group tied to the Tea Party) and the 2008 Obama Campaign. Chalmers adapts five of Alinsky’s 13 rules to help companies empower their users to advocate in the enterprise. These include:</p><ol><li><strong>Never go outside the expertise of your people</strong>: Chalmers explains that in order for a team to be successful, they must build only the thing that they can build, and sell to the people only that particular team can understand. She offers, “You’ve got to find a unique way of galvanizing your community — something akin to Chef calling its scripts “recipes” and compiling them into cookbooks.”</li><li><strong>Whenever possible, go outside the expertise of the enemy</strong>:”This is the stage you want to get the incumbent on the defensive…It’s Aikido.” She says, “You’ve got to use the enemy’s weight against them.” She uses the example of Microsoft’s Steve Ballmer <a href="http://www.theregister.co.uk/2001/06/02/ballmer_linux_is_a_cancer/">likening Linux to a cancer</a>. Ballmer’s public admonishment of Linux and open source served as a validation of the seemingly less powerful and more nimble group as a dangerous threat.</li><li><strong>Ridicule is your most potent weapon</strong>: She offers this with the caveat that ridicule is best used when “punching up.” She explains that companies should only use ridicule to take away social capital from those who can afford it. This tactic is about attacking established repositories of power and reclaiming that power for those in on the joke.</li><li><strong>A good tactic is one your people enjoy</strong>: Here Chalmers encourages companies to create opportunities for inside jokes, strong symbolism (eg. Docker’s Whale) and of course, time to meet in person. In addition, when planning meetups, hackathons and unconferences, she adds that the commitment to <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Safe-space">Safe-Spaces</a> ensures that the community remains diverse, respectful and truly open to collaboration.</li><li><strong>A tactic that drags on too long becomes a drag</strong>: “Complacency is the enemy of success,” she says, “Nothing kills a community faster than when the vendors and the end-users interests are misaligned.”</li></ol><p>For Rachel’s complete presentation video visit the <a href="/library/video/2014-09-09-rachel-chalmers">Heavybit library</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/rachel-chalmers-grassroots-enterprise">Ignition’s Rachel Chalmers: Use Grassroots in the Enterprise</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Security Process in Open Source Communities</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/security-process-in-open-source-communities</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Sep 2014 14:43:50 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1246</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Alex works for the United States Digital Service and writes a lot of Python open source code. He serves as a director of the Python Software Foundation and lives in Washington D.C.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Demand Engineering: Building a Go-to-market Execution Engine</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/demand-engineering-building-a-go-to-market-execution-engine</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Sat, 30 Aug 2014 18:12:04 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1375</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Marketing is a mix of science and art for which there is no playbook. Every company needs a marketing engine specific to their product, market, and route to market, with the right tools and metrics in place for generating demand. In this talk, Nisha will explain three essential pieces of this engine â€” lead gen, product marketing, and buzz marketing. You will walk away equipped with the knowledge of how to build a repeatable, scalable and predictable marketing engine for your startup.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Heavybit Serves 300+ Meals to Homeless</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/heavybit-volunteers</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Sat, 30 Aug 2014 14:39:33 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Heavybit News]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-163</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In August, Heavybit staff and members volunteered to serve two lunches to homeless seniors at the Episcopal Community Services’ The Sanctuary. In just two Friday afternoons we fed more than 300 individuals.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In August, Heavybit staff and members volunteered to serve two lunches to homeless seniors at the Episcopal Community Services’ <a href="http://www.ecs-sf.org/helpSFhomeless/">The Sanctuary</a>. In just two Friday afternoons we fed more than 300 individuals.</p><p>The Sanctuary is two blocks from Heavybit’s Clubhouse and contributes to harm reduction and housing services for some of the South of Market neighborhood’s most at-risk individuals.</p><p>As part of our commitment to contributing to the community we look forward to building out our volunteer program with the help of our members. To suggest a volunteer organization or outing email <a href="mailto:dana@heavybit.com">dana@heavybit.com</a>. To contribute to the Sanctuary visit <a href="http://helpsfhomeless.org">helpsfhomeless.org</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/heavybit-volunteers">Heavybit Serves 300+ Meals to Homeless</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bessemer’s Commandments for Dev-Focused Companies</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/bessemers-commandments-for-dev-focused-companies</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 Aug 2014 15:48:31 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Investing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Fundraising]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1274</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Ethan focuses on investments in consumer technologies and developer platforms. He is particularly excited about consumer video start-ups and companies “developerizing the enterprise,” his phrase for companies that provide non-technical business users with powerful tools and potential impact without requiring them to code.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Don’t Hire a VP of Sales</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/dont-hire-a-vp-of-sales</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Aug 2014 15:55:38 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1278</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Dave was Founding CEO and then Chairman of Jive, where his leadership grew them from an open source project to a $55M pre-IPO company. Prior to Jive, Hersh was the CFO at 4charity and a management consultant at VIA International.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Videos: Developer Sales, UX and Community ROI</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/video-release-developer-sales-ux-and-community-roi</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Aug 2014 16:52:16 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-160</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Many entrepreneurs in the dev-tools space struggle with moving from the role of engineer to the role of sales person and sole business development employee. This week, CEO of Stormpath and former top sales leader at IBM Alex Salazar teaches founders how to run an effective customer sales call from start to finish.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>The following videos were recorded during Heavybit’s weekly members-only Speaker’s Series:</p><p><a href="https://heavybit.com/library/video/2013-12-03-alex-salazar"><strong>Sales Calls for Developers with Stormpath CEO Alex Salazar</strong></a>: In this talk, Alex Salazar – CEO of Stormpath, Stanford MBA, and a former top sales leader at IBM – will teach the foundation of running an effective customer sales call. The easy-to-teach, easy-to-learn sales tactics separate great salespeople from the bad ones, even if you’re not a sales natural.</p><p><a href="https://heavybit.com/library/video/2013-04-16-david-dollar"><strong>UX for Developers with Heroku and Nitrous.io’s David Dollar</strong></a>: David Dollar, an architect and head of the Developer Experience (DX) team at Heroku, has worked on many of Heroku’s developer-facing tools, including the API, command line client (CLI), foreman, Heroku toolbelt, and many others. He believes that small, sharp tools are the key to making developers happy. In this presentation he talks about the practice of DX and how to empower this special class of users to create amazing things.</p><p><a href="https://heavybit.com/library/video/2014-08-12-meghan-murphy"><strong>The ROI of Community with Twilio’s Meghan Murphy</strong></a>: Meghan Murphy manages the 5-person Community team at Twilio and drives strategy on defending, nurturing and inspiring developers and community members. In the last 3 years she’s grown their community from 50,000 to 300,000 users, and helped create a programmatic approach to community measurement including looking at ROI around top of funnel leads, customer support and marketing/event outreach.</p><p>For more info visit <a href="/library">Heavybit’s library</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/video-release-developer-sales-ux-and-community-roi">Videos: Developer Sales, UX and Community ROI</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sales Calls for Developers</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/sales-calls-for-developers</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Aug 2014 16:22:28 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1292</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Alex Salazar is the CEO of Stormpath and former top sales leader at IBM. While at IBM, he achieved “Sales Person of the Year” honors and successfully carried quotas as high as $30M. Prior to IBM, Alex was an enterprise software developer.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The ROI of Community</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/the-roi-of-community</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Aug 2014 16:12:04 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1286</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Meghan Murphy is Twilio’s Senior Manager of Community Programs. She currently leads the community team and drives strategy on defending, nurturing and inspiring developers. She also manages Twilio.org, the social initiative that empowers nonprofits with communications technologies.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Developer Experience Design</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/developer-experience-design</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Aug 2014 16:06:04 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1282</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>David Dollar, now CEO at Convox, worked on many of Heroku’s developer-facing tools, including the API, command line client (CLI), foreman, Heroku toolbelt, and many others.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cloudant: Y-Combinator to IBM Acquisition</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/cloudants-journey-from-y-combinator-to-liquidity</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Aug 2014 17:21:16 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-158</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Hot on the heels of Y-Combinator’s demo day, we’re releasing Cloudant co-founder Mike Miller’s talk about his company’s journey from Y-Combinator to its acquisition by IBM. Prior to Cloudant, Miller worked alongside other scientists, analyzing petabyte datasets on CERN’s Large Hadron Collider project. From a technical perspective it was no easy feat, but despite all his work, he admits that Cloudant was also a challenge.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Hot on the heels of Y-Combinator’s demo day, we’re releasing <a href="https://cloudant.com/">Cloudant</a> co-founder Mike Miller’s <a href="/library/video/2014-05-20-mike-miller">talk about his company’s journey</a> from Y-Combinator to its acquisition by IBM. Prior to Cloudant, Miller worked alongside other scientists, analyzing petabyte datasets on CERN’s Large Hadron Collider project. From a technical perspective it was no easy feat, but despite all his work, he admits that Cloudant was also a challenge.</p><p>Says Miller, “We had no idea how to run a service. If a database [at CERN] goes down we could still buffer the data for a day. [With Cloudant] if a database goes down, people can’t buy or sell things.”</p><p>Check out Miller’s talk <a href="/library/video/2014-05-20-mike-miller">in our library</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/cloudants-journey-from-y-combinator-to-liquidity">Cloudant: Y-Combinator to IBM Acquisition</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>From YC to Liquidity: Behind the Curtain</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/from-yc-to-liquidity-behind-the-curtain</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Aug 2014 16:27:17 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1297</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>As Co-founder and Chief Scientist of Cloudant, Mike Miller started database-as-a-service Cloudant after recognizing the need to analyze petabyte datasets with CERN’s Large Hadron Collider project. Since then, his role includes developing the company’s technical vision and managing long-term product R&amp;D. Miller joins Heavybit members to present the successes and failures of his company’s journey from YCombinator to its 2014 acquisition by IBM.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Outsourcing and Process with Heroku and Zimbra</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/outsourcing-and-process</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Aug 2014 14:32:58 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-156</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Accompli Cofounder and VP Engineering Kevin Henrickson has built and managed some of the most affordable engineering teams (through oDesk and Amazon’s mTurk) as well as some of the most expensive ones (Zimbra, Yahoo and VMWare). In this Heavybit presentation, Henrickson shares some of his tips and tricks of outsourcing including when you should double down on hired guns vs. in-house recruitment.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>The following videos were recorded during Heavybit’s weekly members-only Speaker’s Series:</p><p><a href="/library/video/2014-04-15-kevin-henrikson"><strong>Outsource like a Boss</strong></a>: Kevin Henrickson has built and managed several remote offshore teams using very low paid resources on oDesk and Amazon’s mTurk. He’s also built and managed 120+ person team as part of Zimbra, Yahoo and VMWare using their multi-national development centers. He’s done it on the cheap and also the most expensive way. He will share some of his experiences and then open up Q&amp;A discussion around outsourcing.</p><p><a href="/library/video/2014-04-22-oren-teich"><strong>Leadership is Process</strong></a>: As a founder you’re obsessed about growing your company and making a great product. If you’re not embracing process, you’re not only doing it wrong, you’re creating a toxic and harmful environment without even realizing it. How can you think about leadership in a scalable way, amplifying what works, focusing on fixing what isn’t, and creating a great work environment at the same time? Heroku’s Oren Teich offers his take on process as a form of leadership.</p><p>For more talks, visit the <a href="https://heavybit.com/library">heavybit library</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/outsourcing-and-process">Outsourcing and Process with Heroku and Zimbra</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Weathering a Sh*tstorm: PR during a Crisis</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/weathering-a-shxtstorm-pr-during-a-crisis</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Aug 2014 16:43:22 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1311</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Gina is an expert at media relations and communications with over 10 years of experience. She’s previously led Corporate Communications and PR efforts at Symantec and Oracle. In 2009 she was named Public Relations Specialist of the Year by Channel Insider.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Outsource like a Boss</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/outsource-like-a-boss</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Aug 2014 16:38:45 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1307</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Kevin Henrikson leads engineering for Acompli in San Francisco. Previously, he was Senior Director of Engineering at Zimbra (acquired by Yahoo! for $350M). His achievements include steering the successful transition following VMware’s acquisition and championing new quality and agile development processes that reduced bugs in the field, improved schedule predictability, and enabled a more fluid development process.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Leadership and Process</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/leadership-and-process</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Aug 2014 16:33:58 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1302</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Oren loves building teams and companies, most recently running Heroku. He believes that People, Product, and Process are the only things that matter in creating a great company. From small startups to years at Sun he’s experienced the glories and pains, big and small, of tech companies.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Todd Feinroth: 3 Track Approach to Enterprise Sales</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/three-track-enterprise-sales-approach</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Aug 2014 17:40:32 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-154</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>With 17 years of experience, Todd Feinroth has mastered the art of building and leading sales teams. As CRO at Opscode, he successfully created and managed the multi-channel sales infrastructure for the creators of Chef. Today, he’s creating the sales roadmap for CFEngine using his multi-pronged framework of attack to do it.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>With 17 years of experience, <a href="https://twitter.com/sailsmantf">Todd Feinroth</a> has mastered the art of building and leading sales teams. As CRO at <a href="http://www.getchef.com/">Opscode</a>, he successfully created and managed the multi-channel sales infrastructure for the creators of Chef. Today, he’s creating the sales roadmap for <a href="http://cfengine.com/">CFEngine</a> using his multi-pronged framework of attack to do it.</p><h2>Three Pronged Sales Approach</h2><p>In a recent <a href="https://heavybit.com/library/video/2014-02-25-todd-feinroth">Heavybit presentation</a>, Feinroth suggests there are three simultaneous tracks to any sale process.</p><ol><li>The sales engineer must land a “technical win” by getting practictioners and operations managers onboard.</li><li>Someone is simultaneously working the business track by “quarterbacking the strategy of the deal” and navigating the buying process.</li><li>And finally, there’s an executive track where someone is responsible for closing the deal with a customer counterpart in a decision-making position.</li></ol><p>Says Feinroth, “This is what most competitors don’t do…and if you do it, you’ll be walking to the bank.”</p><h2>Cast of Characters</h2><p>He goes on to breakdown the cast of characters required to make an enterprise sale including:</p><ul><li><strong>Inside Sales Account Managers (ISAMs)</strong>: Hire this type of team member if you can’t handle the inbound leads, the first inbound sales people have proven your process, and your competition is scaling out their sales force. ISAMs will qualify leads, do outbound prospecting, and close contracts from the comfort of their desks. They tend to be assigned to a specific geographic region (East, West or Central) and work the hours of that geography. For ISAMs, the typical sales cycle is between 30-90 days and the annual contract value is usually between $10-50K. According to Feinroth, this employee tends to start at a base salary of $60-70K with $50-70K in commission and options.</li><li><strong>Strategic Account Managers</strong>: Once you’re closing six and seven figure deals, you might hire a Strategic Account Manager to play the role of player-coach. You’d hire this type of sales pro when demand in a particular geographic region isn’t covered, when you’re losing to competition in a particular region and when your travel costs to close major deals are getting unwieldy. These employees tend to be responsible for selling to Fortune 1000 and large privately held companies and are physically based in a territory as the job requires a high touch and in-person relationship. A person like this might have an annual quota of between $1.2-2M with typical sales cycles for six figure deals being four to six months and $1M deals being closer to 12-18 months to close. Compensation for this peron is a base salary of between $120-130K per year with up to 10% commission on the quota based on about 10 deals per year. Again, you’d offer some equity to this player.</li><li><strong>Field Sales Engineer/Field Solutions Architect (FSA)</strong>: The role of this person is to secure the technical win. This includes bonding with technical evaluators, laying some fear and uncertainty about competitors, and conducting demos and completing RFPs. One reason to hire this type of sales pro is if you’re pulling engineers off product development just to answer the question of your customers. This group might help the inside sales account managers with lead qualification and would travel to secure larger opportunities. On target earnings for this employee are between $150-190K and in this case, commission is not applicable. Instead, the FSA receives a bonus based on rate of closing in addition to some equity.</li></ul><p>In addition to his outline of the different sales players, Feinroth offers a look at how to build, manage and measure sales pipeline hygiene. The point here is to qualify leads and triage those interactions into no touch, low touch and high-touch models.</p><h2>Outcomes and Objectives</h2><p>If aggressive outcomes are any indication of the success of his model, Feinroth admits, “In a competitive situation, there’s no reason to have a close rate of less than 80%.”</p><p>With a well-oiled sales machine, he sees an acceptable cycle to close on a five figure deal to be between 30-90 days and 120-180 days on a six figure deal. One additional imperative he highlights is the need to ensure that companies have a 3x pipeline to close ratio just in case sales fall through.</p><p>For more info on how you can further manage your pipeline hygiene and engineer a multi-pronged sales strategy, check out Feinroth’s full <a href="https://heavybit.com/library/video/2014-02-25-todd-feinroth">Heavybit presentation</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/three-track-enterprise-sales-approach">Todd Feinroth: 3 Track Approach to Enterprise Sales</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Evolve your Sales Organization</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/evolve-your-sales-organization</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Aug 2014 16:48:05 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1314</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>With 17 years of experience, Todd has mastered the art of building and leading sales teams. As CRO at Opscode, he successfully created and managed the multi-channel sales infrastructure. He was directly responsible for hiring talent and building inside sales and territory sales teams. He’s now creating the sales roadmap for CFEngine as VP of Sales.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Evolution of a Marketing Team</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/stormpath-vp-evolution-marketing-team</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Sat, 09 Aug 2014 17:38:21 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1349</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Its hard to know when to hire a marketing team, what they should focus on, and how it fits with your strategy. Stormpath’s Claire Hunsaker walks through the evolution of a marketing team – who they are, what they should accomplish, and what they need – at each stage of growth from MVP to IPO.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Nightmares and Fixes in Support, Operations and Sales</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/horror-stories-and-fixes-in-support-operations-and-sales</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 Aug 2014 17:39:09 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-165</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>From improving service architecture, sunsetting legacy services and most importantly, hacking the engineering culture — Heroku’s Noah Zoschke shares what it took the company to get to 24/7 mission critical services with minimal interruptions.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>The following videos were recorded during Heavybit’s weekly members-only Speaker’s Series:</p><p><a href="https://heavybit.com/library/video/2014-03-04-noah-zoschke"><strong>Operations Nightmares and Fixes with Heroku’s Noah Zoschke</strong></a>: Heroku has had hellish periods of downtime resulting in Quality-of-Service numbers that staff and customers alike were frustrated with. Hear horror stories that caused outages, and what the company had to do to fix root causes. From improving service architecture, sunsetting legacy services, re-vamping monitoring and alerting, re-thinking testing for distributed systems, and most importantly hacking the engineering culture — Noah Zoschke shares what it took to get to 24/7 mission critical services with minimal interruptions.</p><p><a href="https://heavybit.com/library/video/2014-03-18-chris-stolt"><strong>Delivering Customer Support to Developers with Heroku’s Director of Technical Support Chris Stolt</strong></a>: Heroku has seen massive growth over the years. This growth has come with periods of crippling ticket volume from demanding customers. Director of Technical Support and Account Management Chris Stolt reveals how the support team survived these dark periods while ultimately transforming the support org into a lean team providing 24/7 support with manageable ticket volume growth.</p><p><a href="https://heavybit.com/library/video/2013-10-29-kris-duggan"><strong>Sell or Die with Betterworks’ Kris Duggan</strong></a>: Founder of Betterworks and Badgeville Kris Duggan understands how hard it is to build a sales team. The serial entrepreneurs offers up some of the biggest sales challenges: how to overcome obstacles to winning an order, how to avoid hiring bad salespeople, and how to scale sales &amp; sales teams. Learn from Duggan’s experience interviewing over 1,000 sales candidates and hiring the first to the 100th member of his sales teams.</p><p>For more videos, check out our <a href="https://heavybit.com/library">library</a>. For feedback or suggestions, email <a href="mailto:dana@heavybit.com">dana@heavybit.com</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/horror-stories-and-fixes-in-support-operations-and-sales">Nightmares and Fixes in Support, Operations and Sales</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Delivering Customer Support to Developers</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/delivering-customer-support-to-developers</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 Aug 2014 17:03:43 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1325</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Heroku has seen massive growth over the years. This growth has come with periods of crippling ticket volume from demanding customers. Hear how the support team survived these dark periods while ultimately transforming the support org into a lean team providing 24/7 support with manageable ticket volume growth.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Heroku Operations</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/heroku-operations</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 Aug 2014 16:59:05 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1321</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Heroku has had hellish periods of downtime resulting in Quality-of-Service numbers that staff and customers alike were frustrated with. Hear horror stories that caused outages, and what the company had to do to fix root causes. The changes have been vast, such as: improving service architecture, sunsetting legacy services, re-vamping monitoring and alerting, re-thinking testing for distributed systems, and most importantly hacking our own engineering culture. The result is a team that now operates 24/7 mission critical services with minimal interruptions.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sell or Die</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/sell-or-die</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 Aug 2014 16:53:08 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1318</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Sales is hard and building a sales team is even harder! Come and hear how to address some of the biggest sales challenges: how to overcome obstacles to winning an order, how to avoid hiring bad salespeople and how to scale sales &amp; sales teams. Learn from Kris’ experience interviewing over 1,000 sales candidates and hiring the first to the 100th salesperson.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lessons from Twilio: Content Marketing to Developers</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/lessons-from-twilio-content-marketing-to-developers</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Aug 2014 18:58:25 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Content Marketing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Marketing]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1403</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Content marketing is one of the most important strategies to attract developers but it’s always a challenge. What do you write about? How do you maintain a steady supply of fresh content? Former Twilio Marketing Director and Mattermark CEO Danielle Morrill discusses how she built a sustainable content pipeline, got mileage out of individual pieces, and evolved content marketing as her community grew from few to 100,000+.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>No One Reads Your Board Package</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/why-no-one-reads-the-board-package</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Aug 2014 17:54:03 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-162</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Most founders in early stage companies have poured over their board packages only to find that one or two directors simply haven’t read them. In the eyes of Acompli CEO Javier Soltero, the reason isn’t that you aren’t important — it’s that you’re not treating them as partners in building your business.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Most founders in early stage companies have poured over their board packages only to find that one or two directors simply haven’t read them. In the eyes of Acompli CEO Javier Soltero, the reason isn’t that you aren’t important — it’s that you’re not treating them as partners in building your business.</p><p>“In an early stage company, the appeal to investors is the idea that not every question is answered.” Says Soltero, “They’re interested not only that they can contribute, but frankly, that they’ll be present at the time that those questions get answered.”</p><p>In a recent <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/how-to-fix-a-broken-board">Heavybit presentation</a> Soltero offered some advice to startups about setting board expectations and creating a relationship where board meetings are a key time to collaborate.</p><p>Says the seasoned entrepreneur, “Investors want to help. Enlist their help in a journey/project and have work for them to do.”</p><p>In essence, don’t just come to a board meeting with a checklist of all the things you’ve done. Soltero suggests that founders forgo large board packages and instead, offer a short agenda and two to three serious questions to help set the tone of the next quarter. He offered his top three tips for <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/advisors-corner-javier-soltero">board meetings in an earlier post</a>. For the full Heavybit presentation, check out our <a href="https://www.heavybit.com/library">library</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/why-no-one-reads-the-board-package">No One Reads Your Board Package</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Fix a Broken Board</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/how-to-fix-a-broken-board</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Aug 2014 17:08:45 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1328</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Javier will tell you how your board is broken. He’ll explain why the traditional advice about managing board meetings is all wrong. He’ll share some painful &amp; colourful learning experiences from his own career as a founder &amp; CEO. He’ll tell you how to change the dynamics of the board and how to turn your directors from “adult supervision” into constructive team players.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Our Code of Conduct + Anti-Harassment Policy</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/heavybit-inclusion-policy</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Aug 2014 13:55:36 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Heavybit News]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-149</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>We want to surround ourselves with as many diverse voices as we can, and as a result, aim to provide a professional and respectful space for participation.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><em>This post was last updated on 4/8/20 to reflect the most recent changes and additions to this policy. For a full history of this policy, <a href="https://github.com/heavybit/conduct">visit the GitHub repo here</a>.</em></p><p>We want to surround ourselves with as many diverse voices as we can, and as a result, aim to provide a professional and respectful space for participation.</p><p>We maintain a strict policy prohibiting harassment on the basis of gender, gender identity and/or expression, race, skin color, religion, country of origin, sex, citizenship status, ancestry, age, physical or mental ability, medical condition, marital status, parental, pregnant, or breastfeeding status, participation or on any other basis prohibited by applicable laws.</p><p>This policy also covers sexual harassment, in particular what the US government deems as “quid pro quo” in which the conditions of membership or a job/promotion are tied to sex, and “hostile work environment” in which unwelcome comments or conduct present an intimidating, hostile, or offensive work environment. Heavybit’s harassment policy applies to all Heavybit employees, 3rd party vendors, investing partners, event partners, in-person and online event attendees, online community members, and Heavybit co-working space tenants.</p><h3>HARASSMENT DEFINED</h3><p>Harassment may be verbal, written, physical or visual and includes but isn’t limited to derogatory comments, unwelcome or inappropriate jokes, inappropriate language, inappropriate images or links, lewd gestures, unwanted physical contact, sexual advances, or romantic advances, and/or impeding or blocking movement or motion.</p><h2>Reporting Harassment, Discrimination or Retaliation</h2><p>If you believe you or a Heavybit employee, 3rd party vendor, investing partner, event partner, in-person or online event attendee, online community member and/or co-working tenant has been subjected to any form of prohibited harassment, discrimination, or retaliation, here are a few ways to put a stop to it:</p><p><strong>Informal Process:</strong></p><ul><li>If you feel comfortable doing so, let the person engaging in the harassing and/ or discriminating behavior know that their actions are not welcome and that they must stop.</li><li>In the case the incident happens in-person, report it verbally or in writing to your manager and/or another manager with whom you feel comfortable. In the case that the incident happens in a Heavybit-owned online event or Slack channel, please contact the moderator. Under the informal process, you can still request that the person notified speak to the alleged offender on your behalf.</li></ul><p><strong>Formal Process for In-Person Co-Working Tenant Incidents:</strong></p><ul><li>Report the incident verbally or in writing to conduct@heavybit.com to reach two partners (Tom Drummond and Dana Oshiro). Please offer as much information as possible. Where appropriate, also include the names of any potential witnesses. <ul><li>You will receive confirmation that we’ve received the complaint in 3 working days.</li><li>From here, Heavybit will conduct a fair, timely, and thorough investigation of the complaint and reach a conclusion based on the information gathered during the investigation.</li><li>During the investigation, the claim will be documented and tracked for reasonable progress. We strive to keep such investigations confidential provided doing so will not compromise our ability to conduct a thorough and fair investigation.</li><li>If we find that harassment, discrimination, retaliation or other conduct in violation of our policy has occurred, appropriate action will be taken to resolve the matter. The law prohibits retaliation against any employee by any other employee, by a partner or by Heavybit for raising concerns pursuant to this policy or otherwise participating in any way in an investigation conducted by Heavybit.</li></ul></li></ul><p><strong>Formal Process for Online Community and Online Event Incidents:</strong></p><ul><li>Report via DM to the person marked moderator.</li><li>Please be prepared to offer as much information as possible, including screen names, commenter screen names, screenshots, time stamped private threads and emails.<ul><li>Your claim will be documented and tracked to ensure the quality of experience for future online community participants. We strive to keep such investigations confidential provided doing so will not compromise our ability to address the immediate issue.</li><li>Heavybit will act swiftly to address the issue and will take any actions we deem appropriate to investigate and correct the situation including expelling the individual from the online event, banning them from subsequent events and in severe cases, blacklisting them from future events and community Slack.</li></ul></li></ul><p><strong>Formal Process for In-Person Non-Clubhouse Incidents:</strong></p><ul><li>Report the incident verbally to a Heavybit staff member wearing an orange lanyard onsite and you’ll be directed to a Partner for more information.</li><li>Please be prepared to offer as much information as possible, including the names of any potential witnesses.<ul><li>Your claim will be documented and tracked to ensure the quality of experience for future event-goers. We strive to keep such investigations confidential provided doing so will not compromise our ability to address the immediate issue.</li><li>Heavybit will act swiftly to address the issue and will take any actions we deem appropriate to investigate and correct the situation including expelling the individual from the event without refund, banning them from subsequent events and in severe cases, calling on venue security for help.</li></ul></li></ul><h2>Consequences for Discrimination, Harassment or Retaliation</h2><p>If we determine that any Heavybit employee, 3rd party vendor, investing partner, event partner, online or in-person event attendee or co-working tenant has engaged in behavior in violation of this policy, we will take appropriate disciplinary action. This may include: a verbal warning, written warning, immediate event removal, performance improvement plan, suspension of access to building, loss of access to building, loss of publishing and event privileges, loss of Slack access, or termination of employment or partnership. Moreover, any employee or partner who is found to have engaged in harassment may be held personally liable for damages under the law.</p><h2>Policy Updates + Proactive Activity Suggestions</h2><p>Our inclusion committee meets monthly to review policy and proactive activities. If you have suggestions for changes to this policy, feel free to submit a <a href="https://github.com/heavybit/conduct">pull request</a> or if you’d like to suggest proactive diversity and inclusion initiatives email <a href="mailto:events@heavybit.com">events@heavybit.com</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/heavybit-inclusion-policy">Our Code of Conduct + Anti-Harassment Policy</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Elements of User Onboarding’s Samuel Hulick</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/samuel-hulick-elements-of-user-onboarding</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Aug 2014 13:45:28 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-144</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Portland-based UX guru Samuel Hulick is best known as the author of The Elements of User Onboarding and the creator of UserOnboard.com– a site that offers UX teardowns of some of the web’s most popular services. Heavybit caught up with Hulick to interview him on how SaaS companies can improve their onboarding design:</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Portland-based UX guru Samuel Hulick is best known as the author of <a href="https://useronboard.com/training/">The Elements of User Onboarding</a> and the creator of <a href="http://www.useronboard.com">UserOnboard.com</a>— a site that offers UX teardowns of some of the web’s most popular services. Heavybit caught up with Hulick to interview him on how SaaS companies can improve their onboarding design:</p><p><strong>HEAVYBIT</strong>: <strong><em>How do you best convey the value proposition for developer-facing products and services?</em></strong></p><p><strong>SAMUEL HULICK:</strong> You have to answer the question as to how you make the customer better. You know in Super Mario where there’s the fire ball throwing version and the regular version? You need to talk about how your product makes me the fireball throwing Super Mario, rather than talking about the aspects of the fire flower you’re trying to sell me. Other things you need to incorporate include proving how the product works in reality and showing how you’re credibly solving the frustrations of the user. It’s best to try to paint a picture of what life would be like if someone used your product. <a href="https://popapp.in/">POP</a>, for instance shows how you can prototype applications by wireframing them on paper and then turning them into an app. People in the field are also always a good way to prove credibility to solve the problem. So number of customers, hours saved per customer, press and testimonials are all good examples of that.</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/ed3f1e75ae4553fff9516c701307b938a62c6f27-600x255.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p><strong>HEAVYBIT: <em>What are some ways to convey a clear path to completion for the user?</em></strong></p><p><strong>SAMUEL HULICK: </strong>There are a couple ways you can do this. There’s always progress meters that tell you how far along you are in a process or to-do lists that list off all of the remaining tasks. But there are also slightly more subtle paths to completion. For example, you can make use of blank states. In <a href="https://basecamp.com/">Basecamp</a>, you might not have any projects but the site pre-populates a few fake ones so that you’ll know where the projects will be and how they’ll look. Alot of sites will pre-populate what a contact might look like as well. It’s all good practice to put the user into context. One other thing that sites might forget is to celebrate the user’s success state. When users finish the task of onboarding, it’s important to be there with a positive reinforcement.</p><p><strong>HEAVYBIT:</strong> <strong><em>What key points of user education do you recommend building into a dev-facing product in its MVP and early stages?</em></strong></p><p><strong>SAMUEL HULICK</strong>: Don’t try to fix a broken interface by overlaying yet another interface on top of it. Focus on better design rather than wasting time with tools or coach marks. Rather than pointing the problem areas out, fix them. The best way to do that is to spend time with the customer, especially in the early days. Get them on live chat or do concierge onboarding (personally assisting with their setup process). Then, as you know more and more, you can scale that out with interface changes. Don’t tack notes on an interface and call it a day — try to be as present with the user as possible.</p><p><strong>HEAVYBIT: <em>Name your 3 favorite Useronboarding.com profiles and why they’re your favorites?</em></strong></p><p><strong>SAMUEL HULICK:</strong><br/><a href="http://www.useronboard.com/how-basecamp-onboards-new-users/%E2%80%9D">Basecamp</a>: Again, they’d done a phenomenal job of filling in the blank space, demo projects, etc. — the interface uses itself to introduce itself.<br/><a href="http://www.useronboard.com/how-slack-onboards-new-users/%E2%80%9D">Slack</a>: They’ve got a novel way of red-carpeting core features via Slackbot (chat bot) and as a result, they get you introduced to features quickly.<br/><a href="http://www.useronboard.com/how-shopify-onboards-new-users/%E2%80%9D">Shopify</a>: I like some of Shopify’s overall attentiveness to UX details. They also had really good success state.</p><p><strong>HEAVYBIT:</strong> <strong><em>What are a couple things you think every dev-facing company should bake directly into their on boarding experience from day one?</em></strong></p><p><strong>SAMUEL HULICK: </strong>I can name two. I think live chat is a great way to get users engaged and to pinpoint UX problems. I also think in the early days, it’s important to line up screen shares with the end user so you can see what’s happening first hand. Being present in the process during those first five minutes is so crucial to figuring out a UX that unlocks growth.</p><p><strong>HEAVYBIT: <em>If everyone is reading you, who are you reading?</em></strong></p><p><strong>SAMUEL HULICK: </strong>I’m reading <a href="http://jobstobedone.org/">Jobs to be Done</a>, <a href="http://feltpresence.com">Ryan Singer of 37 Signals</a>, <a href="http://steveblank.com">Steve Blank</a>, and <a href="https://medium.com/@joshelman">Josh Elman of Greylock (formerly FB and Twitter)</a>. There’s a great talk from Elman’s Grow Conference Talk <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AaMqCWOfA1o">here</a>. I also like to revisit <a href="https://training.kalzumeus.com/">Patrick McKenzie’s work</a> as a source of inspiration.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/samuel-hulick-elements-of-user-onboarding">Elements of User Onboarding’s Samuel Hulick</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Videos: SaaS Product, Benchmarks and Enterprise Sales</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/saas-product-benchmarks-enterprise-sales</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Aug 2014 17:24:23 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-150</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Heavybit presentation, Intercom founder Des Trainer teaches technical founders the difference between feature drift and a functional product roadmap.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>The following videos were recorded during Heavybit’s weekly members-only Speaker’s Series:</p><p><a href="https://heavybit.com/library/video/2014-02-11-des-traynor"><strong>Founder of Intercom and Exceptional on Product Strategy for Startups</strong></a>: Des Traynor is the co-founder of <a href="https://www.intercom.io/">Intercom</a> where he’s responsible for product strategy and customer success. Prior to Intercom, he was the founder of <a href="http://www.exceptional.io/">Exceptional</a>, an error tracking &amp; reporting platform for web applications that he grew to over 50,000 application developers and sold to Rackspace. In this Heavybit presentation, the seasoned product veteran teaches audiences the difference between feature drift and a functional product roadmap.</p><p><a href="https://heavybit.com/library/video/2014-07-22-trenton-truitt"><strong>PagerDuty’s VP of Sales on Managing the Enterprise Sales Process</strong></a>: Trenton Truitt is the VP of Worldwide Sales at <a href="http://www.pagerduty.com/">PagerDuty</a> and has held sales positions at both startups and Fortune 200 companies, including <a href="http://www.appcelerator.com/">Appcelerator</a>, <a href="http://www.emc.com/campaign/iig-newsroom/index.htm">EMC</a> and <a href="http://www.ptc.com/">PTC</a>. In this presentation he shares how a lean team, using the MEDDICC approach, can turn smaller credit card transactions into huge client contracts.</p><p><a href="https://heavybit.com/library/video/2014-05-13-jeff-burkland"><strong>Key Financial Indicators for SaaS Businesses</strong></a>: Jeff Burkland, founder of <a href="http://burklandassociates.com/">Burkland Associates</a>, has shaped and managed the financial function of numerous successful startups, including LiveRamp, <a href="http://insightly.com/">Insightly</a>, <a href="http://www.upsight.com/?c=kt&amp;u=/">Kontagent</a>, and <a href="http://www.acemetrix.com/">AceMetrix</a>. In this presentation, Burkland show us how to measure and communicate key SaaS metrics through basic models while also offering a series of case-studies on cohorts.</p><p>For more videos, check out our <a href="https://heavybit.com/library">library</a>. For feedback or suggestions, email <a href="mailto:dana@heavybit.com">dana@heavybit.com</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/saas-product-benchmarks-enterprise-sales">Videos: SaaS Product, Benchmarks and Enterprise Sales</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>PagerDuty’s VP Sales: Managing Enterprise Sales</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/pagerdutys-vp-sales-managing-enterprise-sales</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Aug 2014 17:22:34 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Enterprise Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1339</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Truitt’s experience defining &amp; executing large enterprise sales and go-to-market strategies for Appcelerator, EMC and PTC make him a well of knowledge for anyone interested in taking their revenue to the next level. Join Trenton and learn how a lean team, using the MEDDICC approach, can turn smaller credit card transactions into huge client contracts.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Product Strategy for Start-ups</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/product-strategy-for-start-ups</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Aug 2014 17:21:40 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1334</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Solving your own problem is a great way to start building a product. Without a product strategy, however, it’s all too easy to build a toolbox of features, rather than a holistic product. You drift into building consulting-ware; that one more feature for that one more customer. Des will share the hard lessons he’s learned building products at Exceptional &amp; Intercom. He’ll explain some of the common mistakes to product strategy and give you actionable takeaways for analyzing your product and planning your roadmap.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SaaS Business Model Metrics</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/saas-business-model-metrics</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Aug 2014 17:12:16 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1331</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Knowing how to identify and measure key financial indicators can be critical to wisely investing your business’s limited resources. There are several highly important dashboard metrics for SaaS businesses, which factor in at different stages of company growth. Measuring them correctly is crucial, and can be much more complex than it seems. Jeff will show us how to measure and communicate these key metrics through his own case-studies and extensive experience implementing them for many startups.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Crittercisms CEO on Enterprise Sales</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/andrew-levy-crittercism-enterprise-sales</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Jul 2014 17:48:20 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-151</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Andrew Levy, CEO of Crittercism found out early on that enterprise sales is no cake walk. In 2013, his company’s flagship product had more than 800 million monthly active users tracking over 3 billion events per day. But the path to that success required hiring up from twelve to 50+ people including adding an exec team, outside sales force and second head of recruiting. What’s more, the CEO was also busy defining his user onboarding strategy, finding his pricing model, and crafting his core messaging.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Andrew Levy, CEO of <a href="http://www.crittercism.com/">Crittercism</a> found out early on that enterprise sales is no cake walk. In 2013, his company’s flagship product had more than 800 million monthly active users tracking over 3 billion events per day. But the path to that success required hiring up from twelve to 50+ people including adding an exec team, outside sales force and second head of recruiting. What’s more, the CEO was also busy defining his user onboarding strategy, finding his pricing model, and crafting his core messaging.</p><p>In a recent <a href="/library/video/2014-01-28-andrew-levy">Heavybit presentation</a>, the entrepreneur and ex-HP engineer offers a look back at Crittercism’s last two years and the go-to-market strategies, key non-engineering hires and value proposition that got him where he is today.</p><p>Perhaps one of Levy’s most surprising insights is the fact that his marketing and sales hires taught him how to talk about his company in a sales environment. Despite the fact that Crittercism is a developer-facing product, he found that by changing his tactics, he increased his chances of landing a major deal.</p><p>Says Levy,“We went from talking about features and stories to problems that customers are running into out in the marketplace,and then finally to an ROI type of sale…You can see the impacts of not using a product like ours. What it can cost you. In some sense, a lot of customers fear a lot of these things and they’re running into a lot of these problems today. You want to be able to easily illustrate those.”</p><p></p><img src="https://cdn.sanity.io/images/50q6fr1p/production/9bd00eceda05b88cb22e6330b4ec30c844d887dd-901x404.jpg?auto=format&dpr=2" /><p>On the above slide he notes, “Another example of how to construct ROI [is to] show prospects. What was it like before you used our product? What happened afterwards and how do you measure that impact? …If you’re going in there and asking for half a million dollars, it’s much easier if you can say, “Well, we save you 10 FTEs. What are 10 engineers worth to you?” I’d pay half a million dollars to save 10 engineer worth of time.</p><p>For more lessons and insights from Crittercism CEO Andrew Levy, visit the <a href="/library/video/2014-01-28-andrew-levy">Heavybit library</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/andrew-levy-crittercism-enterprise-sales">Video: Crittercisms CEO on Enterprise Sales</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>From Dev to Enterprise Sales</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/from-dev-to-enterprise-sales</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Jul 2014 17:28:20 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1342</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Crittercism CEO Andrew Levy found out the hard way that you can’t just switch on enterprise sales. In 2013, he took Crittercism’s flagship product to over 800 million monthly active users tracking over 3 billion events per day. He grew the company from a dozen to over 50 people – adding an exec team, outside sales force and second head of recruiting. In this presentation, Levy offers audiences the inside scoop on how they changed their organization, their marketing and even their product to make larger enterprise sales, faster.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Anatomy of Heroku’s Product Team</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/the-anatomy-of-herokus-product-team</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Jul 2014 17:45:13 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1352</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Peter is a co-founder of the Heroku Postgres product team. For over three years he has been responsible for designing, developing, and operating the largest cluster of Postgres databases in the world. He knows how to get databases running, keep them safe and ticking fast.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Containers and Clustering</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/ceo-of-coreos-on-containers-and-clustering</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Jul 2014 17:32:27 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1346</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>The architectural patterns of a large scale platform are changing. Dedicated VMs and configuration management tools are being replaced by containerization and new service management technologies like systemd. Come and learn how to use these new technologies to build performant, reliable, large distributed systems.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: CoreOS, Heroku and Stormpath</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/video-release-coreos-heroku-and-stormpath</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Jul 2014 17:18:48 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-147</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In this presentation, CEO of CoreOS Alex Polvi presents on how founders can use new container technologies to build performant, reliable, large distributed systems.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>The following videos were recorded during Heavybit’s weekly members-only Speaker’s Series:</p><p><a href="https://heavybit.com/library/video/2014-04-01-alex-polvi">Containers and Clustering from CoreOS’ Alex Polvi</a>: The architectural patterns of large scale platforms are changing. Dedicated VMs and configuration management tools are being replaced by containerization and new service management technologies like <a href="http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/">systemd</a>. CEO of <a href="https://coreos.com/">CoreOS</a> Alex Polvi presents on how you can these new technologies to build performant, reliable, large distributed systems.</p><p><a href="https://heavybit.com/library/video/2014-01-14-peter-van-hardenberg">The Anatomy of Heroku’s Product Team with Peter van Hardenberg</a>: You’ve got your MVP out there, and you’ve raised some funds. Now you’re going to need to build the team to build the product. PVH talks about the nuts and bolts of running a 3-10 person product team. Nothing’s going to be too fixed, so everyone’s going to have to wear a few hats. PVH uses the Heroku Postgres team as a case study to talk about how to evolve a team (and your role) over time while maintaining the quality of your product as it scales.</p><p><a href="https://heavybit.com/library/video/2014-07-15-claire-hunsaker">The Evolution of a Marketing Team with Stormpath’s Claire Hunsaker</a>: Its hard to know when to hire out your marketing team, what they should focus on and how it fits with your strategy. Claire Hunsaker users her experience with Stormpath and Samasource to walk you through the evolution of a marketing team – who they are, what they should accomplish, and what they need – at each stage of growth from MVP to IPO.</p><p>For more videos, check out the <a href="https://heavybit.com/library">Heavybit Library.</a></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/video-release-coreos-heroku-and-stormpath">Video: CoreOS, Heroku and Stormpath</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>MySQL CEO on 2 Open Source Business Models</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/mysql-ceo-on-2-open-source-business-models</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Jul 2014 17:50:34 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1358</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>CEO of Eucalyptus.com and CEO of MySQL reviews the world of open source software – who is producing it, who is using it, and how they are turning it into a business. Using real-world examples, he will review various business models, looking at licensing, branding, governance, and proprietary add-ons to open source products.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: MySQL CEO on Open Source Models</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/marten-mickos-on-open-source-business-models</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Jul 2014 17:22:55 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-146</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Says the former CEO of MySQL Mårten Mickos, “In 2000 when I joined MySQL I knew practically nothing about open source.” Nevertheless, with Mickos at the helm, the company went from garage start-up to the second largest open source company in the world.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Says the former CEO of MySQL Mårten Mickos, “In 2000 when I joined MySQL I knew practically nothing about open source.” Nevertheless, with Mickos at the helm, the company went from garage start-up to the second largest open source company in the world.</p><p>According to Mickos, the trick to making an open source business is that you need a business model. Mickos admits that most users, “don’t love you as a vendor… if they can get away with it, they won’t pay money. Craig Newmark sent us $10,000, and he was our only voluntary customer. It was a reminder that we had no good business model. You must build a differentiation and be willing to work on both sides of the fence… If you don’t like your free users, you shouldn’t be open source.”</p><p>Today, the now CEO of Eucalyptus Systems knows a ton about open source including the business models that have allowed some of the best and brightest in the ecosystem to thrive. In a recent <a href="/library/video/2013-10-15-marten-mickos">Heavybit presentation</a>, Mickos outlines two broad models to building an open source business.</p><p><strong>Two Models of Open Source Businesses</strong></p><p><strong>Foundation Originated</strong>: This is where a nonprofit organization spits out code and a series of vendors around it build tools that they then sell to customers. For example, Linux Foundation produces a certain amount of code and then Redhat Linux or Ubuntu Linux is the commercial and third party wing of that. Explains Mickos, “Many differentiate from each other through their best binaries — Redhat for example can’t offer you access to the binaries of open source Linux. Instead, you get Fedora as an unpaying users.”</p><p><strong>Singular Project</strong>: This is where the open source project and the company are the same thing. For example MySQL AB, MongoDB and Datastax/Cassandra. Others can fork these projects, but it’s basically a singular and 1:1 model. Says MIckos, “At MySQL if we’d said our paying customers would be the only ones to get the best binaries, we’d have had no community. Here the only viable model is commercial add-ons. You can sell support, but that’s not a scalable business. Look at Cloudera, Eucalyptus and Acquia. All of these have a hard differentiators once users choose to pay. In this case the open source platform is fine, but it lacks something that appeals to enterprises and those who are ready to pay money.”</p><p>For the full version of Mickos’ talk, <a href="/library/video/2013-10-15-marten-mickos">check out the Heavybit library</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/marten-mickos-on-open-source-business-models">Video: MySQL CEO on Open Source Models</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Videos: Javier Soltero and Others</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/video-release-marty-cagan-geva-perry-jade-wang</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Jul 2014 18:04:41 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-145</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Today’s video releases provide an overview of what it’s like to position, ship and socialize your work with a team of less than 10 people. From Heroku and Heavybit advisor Geva Perry’s thoughts on go-to-market strategies, to SVPG founder Marty Cagan’s talk on MVPs, to Jade Wang’s presentation on community — this week’s videos will help you understand just how far you can go with a small but determined team of rockstars.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Today’s video releases provide an overview of what it’s like to position, ship and socialize your work with a team of less than 10 people. From Heroku and Heavybit advisor Geva Perry’s thoughts on go-to-market strategies, to SVPG founder Marty Cagan’s talk on MVPs, to Jade Wang’s presentation on community — this week’s videos will help you understand just how far you can go with a small but determined team of rockstars.</p><p><a href="https://heavybit.com/library/video/2013-09-24-geva-perry">Positioning: Winning the Battle for the Developer’s Mind with Geva Perry</a>: In his <a href="/library/video/2013-06-04-geva-perry">previous Heavybit talk</a>, Perry gave a broad overview of the go-to-market strategies for developer-focused companies. In this presentation, he offers the steps needed to position a SaaS company and win the market. This session covers the unique positioning dilemmas of developer-focused companies and the process of turning that into a solid marketing strategy.</p><p><a href="https://heavybit.com/library/video/2013-05-07-marty-cagan">Minimum Viable Product for Platforms with Marty Cagan</a>: For the past 30 years, Marty Cagan has defined and built products for some of the most successful companies in the world, including Hewlett-Packard, Netscape Communications and eBay. In this talk, the co-founder of <a href="http://svpg.com/">Silicon Valley Product Group</a> and author of <a href="http://www.amazon.com/Inspired-Create-Products-Customers-Love/dp/0981690408">Inspired: How To Create Products Customers Love</a> teaches us the true meaning of Minimum Viable Product. He discusses what it means to build an MVP as a platform product team, the critical questions pertaining to product scope, and the core decision makers who drive results.</p><p><a href="https://heavybit.com/library/video/2014-07-08-jade-wang">Building Meteor’s Open Source Community with Jade Wang</a>: Jade Wang runs Developer Engagement at Meteor, where in under 2 years she has facilitated rapid grassroots community growth. With only a small internal team and no dedicated marketing hires, she has leveraged a global network of passionate users to build a community that now includes 107 meetups run simultaneously across the globe. In this presentation, Wang shares how she defines community, identifies promising community members, and successfully empowers them to become leaders in the ecosystem.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/video-release-marty-cagan-geva-perry-jade-wang">Videos: Javier Soltero and Others</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Minimum Viable Product for Platforms</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/minimum-viable-product-for-platforms</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Jul 2014 18:03:40 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1367</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Marty Cagan is the founder of Silicon Valley Product Group and the original SVP of Product and Design for eBay, where he defined the products and services for the company’s global e-commerce site.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Positioning: Winning the Battle for the Developer’s Mind</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/positioning-winning-the-battle-for-the-developers-mind</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Jul 2014 18:03:02 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1364</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Geva Perry has been a board member &amp; advisor to 20+ developer-focused startups including Twilio, New Relic, Heroku, Sauce Labs and now Heavybit. He has 15+ years experience in enterprise software and is one of the top advisors on to go-to-market strategies for developer products.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building and Leveraging an Open Source Developer Community.</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-and-leveraging-an-open-source-developer-community</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Jul 2014 17:58:49 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1361</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Jade Wang manages Developer Engagement at Meteor, where she runs their monthly Devshop, deputizes community leaders, and owns community strategy.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The First Million is Always the Hardest</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/the-first-million-is-always-the-hardest</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Jul 2014 18:07:44 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1371</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>According to Accompli CEO and former Redpoint Ventures EIR Javier Soltero, no phrase has motivated him more than an investor saying aloud, “Your product sucks.” The entrepreneur took the core technology behind a company that had already deadpooled, and bootstrapped it as Hyperic to sell it to both Springsource and now, VMWare.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Javier Soltero on the First Million</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/javier-soltero-first-million</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Jul 2014 18:06:01 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-152</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>According to Accompli CEO and former Redpoint Ventures EIR Javier Soltero, no phrase has motivated him more than an investor saying aloud, “Your product sucks.”</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Javier Soltero CEO of Accompli</p><p>According to Accompli CEO and former Redpoint Ventures EIR Javier Soltero, no phrase has motivated him more than an investor saying aloud, “Your product sucks.”</p><p>The entrepreneur took the core technology behind a company that had already deadpooled, and bootstrapped it as <a href="http://www.hyperic.com/">Hyperic</a> to sell it to both Springsource and now, VMWare.</p><p>In this <a href="https://heavybit.com/library/video/2013-05-21-javier-soltero">Heavybit presentation</a>, Soltero talks about what it’s like to build a product “diamond” (modified funnel) for an audience that is perhaps the most “jaded, cynical and busy customer ever” — namely, the developer.</p><p>Soltero explains that user flow should act as a roadmap for product, sales and marketing. He credits much of his success with Hyperic to reducing barriers to a purchase.</p><p>Says Soltero, “Be specific and detailed about the user steps. In our case, [the user] goes to Google, enters Tomcat Monitoring, goes to landing page, clicks button, fills form, picks package — I mean every single step. In our case it turned out it was 39 steps, which is a shitload of steps. So, we said, “look, this has to be 3 steps.”</p><p>For a complete look at how Soltero made the leap from near-dead company to major acquisition, check out his <a href="https://heavybit.com/library/video/2013-05-21-javier-soltero">Heavybit talk</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/javier-soltero-first-million">Video: Javier Soltero on the First Million</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Videos: App Security, Pricing and Demand Engineering</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/app-security-pricing-and-pagerdutys-demand-engineering</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Jul 2014 18:00:32 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-143</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>This week’s video releases come from a wide variety of speakers with one thing in common — every one of them has built an early business unit within one of today’s leading SaaS companies. From designing security strategies, to building demand generation processes, to solving the pricing and sales equation — these speakers will teach you how specialists hone their craft and approach over time.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>This week’s video releases come from a wide variety of speakers with one thing in common — every one of them has built an early business unit within one of today’s leading SaaS companies. From designing security strategies, to building demand generation processes, to solving the pricing and sales equation — these speakers will teach you how specialists hone their craft and approach over time.</p><p><strong>Bluebox COO Adam Ely, <a href="https://heavybit.com/library/video/2013-06-11-adam-ely">Strategies for Security: When, Why, How</a></strong>: Security is important for every start-up but it’s vital for those building developer-focused, infrastructure or enterprise products. Unfortunately security is also time consuming, never-ending, and can be a real pain in the ass. COO of Bluebox and former application security head for Salesforce’s Heroku business unit Adam Ely teaches you how to approach security, when to do so as a start-up, and why it will save you time.</p><p><strong>PagerDuty VP Marketing Nisha Ahluwalia, <a href="https://heavybit.com/library/video/2014-06-24-nisha-ahluwalia">Demand Engineering: Building a Go-to-market Execution Engine</a></strong>: Marketing is a mix of science and art for which there is no playbook. Every company needs a marketing engine specific to their product with the right tools and metrics in place for generating demand. In this talk, Ahluwalia explains three essential pieces of this engine — lead generation, product marketing, and buzz marketing. Audiences walk away equipped with the knowledge to build a repeatable, scalable and predictable startup marketing engine.</p><p><strong>Heroku Director of Product Matt Soldo, <a href="https://heavybit.com/library/video/2013-10-08-matt-soldo">How to Sell More with Math</a></strong>: The goal of every startup is to build products that customers want and love. But how do you quantify what customers want? How do you know what features they’ll pay for? Heroku’s Matt Soldo will provide a powerful framework for analyzing products not as a black box, but as a collection of independent attributes that can be measured and modified. He’ll cover the basic math (linear regressions) needed, questions for thinking about your product, and tactics to improve your product’s pricing.</p><p>For more videos, check out our <a href="https://heavybit.com/library">library</a>. For feedback or suggestions, email <a href="mailto:dana@heavybit.com">dana@heavybit.com.</a></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/app-security-pricing-and-pagerdutys-demand-engineering">Videos: App Security, Pricing and Demand Engineering</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>From Developer Adoption to Enterprise Dollars</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/from-developer-adoption-to-enterprise-dollars</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Jul 2014 19:36:35 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1433</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Developers are increasingly influential when it comes to enterprise technology adoption. So much so that Redmonk analyst Steve O’Grady has called them “the new kingmakers”. However, while they might adopt products they love, developers still don’t control the enterprise purse strings. So how do you create a big developer-focused business in the enterprise? Based on his experience with more than two dozen developer-focused startups, including Heroku and Twilio, Geva Perry explores the phases &amp; growth of these companies and explains how to graduate from developer adoption to enterprise dollars.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: From Developer Adoption to Enterprise</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/geva-perry-from-developer-adoption-to-enterprise-dollars</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Jul 2014 17:37:20 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-141</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Sauce Labs, Twilio, Heroku, New Relic and RackSpace — Geva Perry has advised each of these companies in developing their business models and go-to-market strategies. Part of his magic as an advisor is his understanding of an optimized sales model. The Thinking Out Cloud blogger and veteran advisor has helped shape some of today’s leading SaaS companies and Heavybit members had a chance to hear some of his insights.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Sauce Labs, Twilio, Heroku, New Relic and RackSpace — Geva Perry has advised each of these companies in developing their business models and go-to-market strategies. Part of his magic as an advisor is his understanding of an optimized sales model. The <a href="http://thinkingoutcloud.com">Thinking Out Cloud</a> blogger and veteran advisor has helped shape some of today’s leading SaaS companies and Heavybit members had a chance to hear some of his insights.</p><p><strong>FOCUS ON DEVELOPER ADOPTION: DEATH OF SALES?</strong></p><p>In a <a href="/library/video/2013-06-04-geva-perry">presentation at the Heavybit clubhouse</a>, Perry went through the history of enterprise sales explaining that 15 years ago, the sales cycle required a 9-12 month lead and was incredibly high-touch. In fact, companies rarely listed product prices on their sites and the only way to access the product, was via a phone call or in-person meeting.</p><p>Nevertheless, in the early 2000’s companies like WebLogic began offering software for download and the emergence of open source allowed developers to try a product before dealing with budgetary constraints. By the late 2000’s, marketing automation, freemium and pay-as-you-go products made it even easier to ease buyers into a sale. And finally, by 2010, developer adoption became even more frictionless as on demand Infrastructure-as-a-Service and Platform-as-a-Service emerged as affordable options. All of this contributed to a bottom-up model that simply wasn’t possible in the context of the 90’s and traditional enterprise sales.</p><p>This low-touch style of sales proved incredibly efficient and inexpensive. It got to a point in 2011 where a number of companies went so far as to proclaim the <a href="http://www.businessweek.com/magazine/new-relic-death-of-the-salesmen-07012011.html">“death of the salesman”.</a></p><p>But since then, companies have changed their tune. While a frictionless sales model is certainly still a component of most SaaS company strategies, it can’t be the sole strategy. Perry estimates that 70 of New Relic’s 270 employees sit on the sales side of the organization. It’s a number he believes has helped contribute to the company’s tremendous revenue growth in the past few years.</p><p><strong>RETURN TO SALES</strong></p><p>Here’s where Perry reveals his model for growth. He believes there are two phases of a company:</p><ul><li><strong>Customer Development and Low-Touch Sales</strong>: This is that period for two years after a core product’s general availability (GA). It includes a time where companies build their inbound marketing, marketing automation and metrics. Customers become part of an automated onboarding process and in general, few or no human interactions need to occur in order for a customer to make a purchase.</li><li><strong>Triaged Sales</strong>: After about two years, there’s a period of transition. Some indicators of when this transition should take place include when the company has $50-100K in monthly recurring revenue (MRR) and when customers begin calling to negotiate larger deals. This is where the company builds an inside and field sales team, coupled with all of the sales processes. The act of triaging is very important here. It’s where the company categorizes its customers often as zero-touch (completely online buyers), low-touch (buys in 2 or fewer phone calls) or high-touch customers.</li></ul><p><strong>HOW TO PREPARE FOR TRANSITION</strong></p><p>The reason Perry cautions companies to avoid hiring a sales team too early is because few early companies have their value proposition ready to be plugged into a sales process.</p><p>Says Perry, “Salespeople take you towards the biggest deal. They hunt for elephants… This isn’t necessarily always the place you want the company to go.”</p><p>He explains that when a large deal is placed in front of an early team, there may be the temptation to chase the money, but that there are always tradeoffs. Most large deals require customization and a product team is then pulled away from building a frictionless on-boarding experience in favor of building for the client. In this way, there’s opportunity cost when a salesperson is left to influence the product and positioning.</p><p>Perry suggests that companies have the following building blocks in place before bringing in an inside and outside sales team:</p><ul><li><strong>Positioning</strong>: Companies shouldn’t just define their audience as “developers”, they should know what types of companies they are selling to, their use cases, their motivation to buy, and the customer company’s budget owner. Positioning is also about defining the product and how it’s serving a need. This value proposition is something sales people will return to over and over again.</li><li><strong>Pricing / Usage Metrics</strong>: Companies should have the patterns and metrics to produce a decent pricing strategy and ensure revenue growth. Considering tiered pricing and the cost benefit analysis associated with a new sales team is critical.</li><li><strong>Triaging</strong>: Companies should already have some indication of what their high and low touch customers look like and which ones should be served by an incoming sales team.</li></ul><p>Says Perry on the product of transitioning to a high-touch sales environment, “Above all else, your customers will tell you when they’re ready.” He explains that even when there’s no sales team, high-touch customers will often call to inquire about multi-seat negotiations, group discounts and purchase orders. When the volume of these inquiries gets too high, a sales team can help triage and extend these relationships.</p><p>For a complete look at his talk visit <a href="/library/video/2013-06-04-geva-perry">the Heavybit library</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/geva-perry-from-developer-adoption-to-enterprise-dollars">Video: From Developer Adoption to Enterprise</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Disruptive Marketing</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/disruptive-marketing</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Sat, 28 Jun 2014 19:13:01 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1415</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Zack Urlocker was heavily involved in MySQL’s disruption of the incumbent database software market, which has many good analogies to the battle being fought today by new developer cloud services. Based on this and his other extensive experience bringing disruptive technologies to market, Zack provides a framework for understanding disruptive technologies and optimizing marketing for technical audiences.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Videos: Heroku’s Incident Response and Others</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/video-heroku-incident-response</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Jun 2014 17:46:05 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-142</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>This Friday video release is all about taking a common problem developer-facing companies experience and building a system to manage it. From Heroku’s new incident response framework, to Zendesk’s rise as a SaaS leader, to designing processes for designers and devs — this week’s videos will have you rethinking the way you’re scaling for change and growth.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>This Friday video release is all about taking a common problem developer-facing companies experience and building a system to manage it. From Heroku’s new incident response framework, to Zendesk’s rise as a SaaS leader, to designing processes for designers and devs — this week’s videos will have you rethinking the way you’re scaling for change and growth.</p><p><a href="/library/video/2014-06-17-blake-gentry"><strong>Heroku’s Incident Response with Blake Gentry</strong></a>: The hardest part about incident response isn’t technology. It isn’t about designing robust systems or debugging production. The real challenge is good communication. Blake Gentry helped solidify Heroku’s <a href="https://blog.heroku.com/archives/2014/5/9/incident-response-at-heroku">Incident Response Framework</a>. In his presentation he discusses the preparation required to maintain customer trust and a successful business, while simultaneously putting out fires.</p><p><a href="/library/video/2013-08-23-zack-urlocker"><strong>Former Zendesk COO Zack Urlocker on Disruptive Marketing</strong></a>: Zack Urlocker is an executive, investor, advisor and board member with more than twenty years of experience in the software industry. He has helped scale revenues in startups from under $6 million to over $100 million and has had multiple billion dollar exits. In this presentation, the former Chief Operating Officer at Zendesk discusses Disruptive Marketing and what it takes to rise above the noise as a SaaS company.</p><p><a href="/library/video/2013-07-23-max-schoening"><strong>Designing for Developers with Max Schoening</strong></a>: Managing a design team is hard work, especially when your customers are developers. In this talk, Heroku’s Max Schoening discusses Heroku’s continually evolving design process and some of the challenges and he’s lessons learned over the past 3 years. He’ll talk about how to hire designers, build a design process and balance taste, gut, and data.</p><p><em>The above videos were recorded during Heavybit’s members-only Speaker Series. These weekly events take place over the course of our 9 month program. Members can meet with speakers on the evening of the presentation in addition to attending one-on-one office hours. These HD videos are part of more than 50+ hours of Heavybit’s content catalogue. For more on our program visit <a href="https://heavybit.com/about">heavybit.com/program</a>.</em></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/video-heroku-incident-response">Videos: Heroku’s Incident Response and Others</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>PagerDuty’s Favorite Dev Ops Blogs</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/best-dev-ops-blogs-from-pagerdutys-arup-chakrabarti</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Jun 2014 18:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-136</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>PagerDuty’s Ops Engineering team lead Arup Chakrabarti knows how to scale complex architectures. During his time at PagerDuty, the company has moved from 20-200 servers. Meanwhile, his prior experience at Amazon and Netflix have taught him some of his toughest lessons. Namely, that change is a proxy for innovation, and that innovation and change are directly proportional to downtime.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>PagerDuty’s Ops Engineering team lead Arup Chakrabarti knows how to scale complex architectures. During his time at PagerDuty, the company has moved from 20-200 servers. Meanwhile, his prior experience at Amazon and Netflix have taught him some of his toughest lessons. Namely, that change is a proxy for innovation, and that innovation and change are directly proportional to downtime.</p><p>In addition to a <a href="/library/video/2014-06-03-arup-chakrabarti">recent presentation</a> at Heavybit, Chakrabarti shared some of his favorite sources on developer ops and best practices including:</p><ul><li><a href="http://highscalability.com/"><strong>High Scalability</strong></a>: Founded by Todd Hoff, this blog offers analysis on scaling and availability for the architecture of Google, Amazon, eBay and a number of other major sites.</li><li><a href="http://techblog.netflix.com/"><strong>Netflix Tech Blog</strong></a>: The site offers a look at how the company employs strategies like their Symbian Army and open source AWS deployment tool, Asgard.</li><li><a href="http://codeascraft.com"><strong>Code as Craft</strong></a>: The Etsy tech blog highlights the tools, experiments and lessons learned from the company’s engineering team alongside the “code as craft” philosophy espoused in <a href="http://www.amazon.com/Pragmatic-Programmer-Journeyman-Master/dp/020161622X">Pragmatic Programmer</a>.</li><li><a href="http://www.kitchensoap.com/"><strong>Kitchen Soap</strong></a>: In this blog, Etsy SVP of Infrastructure and Operations’ John Allspaw, shares his thoughts on web operations, systems safety, human factors and capacity planning.</li><li><a href="http://blog.developer.bazaarvoice.com/"><strong>Bazaar Voice Tech Blog </strong></a>: The advertising company’s tech team uses this channel to announce major open source releases, most recently, a <a href="http://blog.developer.bazaarvoice.com/category/open-source/">Ruby DSL and helper utilities</a> for building Cloudformation templates dynamically.</li><li><a href="http://perfcap.blogspot.de/"><strong>Adrian Cockcroft’s Blog</strong></a>: Former Netflix Cloud Architect turned Battery Ventures fellow Adrian Cockcroft offers his insights on continuous delivery, the cloud and developer trends.</li><li><a href="http://labs.spotify.com/"><strong>Spotify Labs</strong></a>: This site offers insight into the agile management style, culture and inspiratio behind Spotify releases.</li><li><a href="http://nerds.airbnb.com/"><strong>Nerds.AirBnB</strong></a>: The lifestyle company’s engineering team offers audiences a taste of their engineering best practices including a look at their <a href="http://nerds.airbnb.com/experiment-reporting-framework/">experiment reporting framework</a>, <a href="http://nerds.airbnb.com/our-javascript-style-guide/">javascript style guide</a> and open source releases.</li><li><a href="https://github.com/blog/category/engineering"><strong>Github Engineering</strong></a>: Github’s engineering section offers a look at new releases, DDoS and security updates and internal tech talks.</li></ul><p>For more from Chakrabarti, check out his recent <a href="/library/video/2014-06-03-arup-chakrabarti">Heavybit presentation</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/best-dev-ops-blogs-from-pagerdutys-arup-chakrabarti">PagerDuty’s Favorite Dev Ops Blogs</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Benchmarks for *aaS Businesses</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/benchmarks-for-xaas-businesses</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Jun 2014 18:52:48 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Valuation]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1399</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Current Redpoint partner and former Product Manager for Google, Tomasz Tunguz and managed discusses Benchmarks for “as-a-service” businesses. In this presentation he covers growth trajectories, sales and marketing spend data, valuation data, managing churn, and the economics of customer success teams.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Redpoint’s Tunguz &amp; SaaS Benchmarks</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/tomasz-tunguz-saas-benchmarks</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Jun 2014 12:38:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-138</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Redpoint Ventures partner and former Google Product Manager, Tomasz Tunguz specializes in benchmarking software/platform-as-a-service companies. The celebrated investor and blogger once credited with Google’s social media monetization, including the Google-MySpace partnership, now works with Expensify, Axial, Looker and a slew of other startups, ensuring they’re on track for revenue growth.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Redpoint Ventures partner and former Google Product Manager, Tomasz Tunguz specializes in benchmarking software/platform-as-a-service companies. The celebrated investor and <a href="http://tomtunguz.com">blogger</a> once credited with Google’s social media monetization, including the Google-MySpace partnership, now works with <a href="https://www.expensify.com/">Expensify</a>, <a href="http://www.axial.net/">Axial</a>, <a href="http://looker.com/">Looker</a> and a slew of other startups, ensuring they’re on track for revenue growth.</p><p>In a recent <a href="http://www.forbes.com/sites/kaviguppta/2014/06/12/tomasz-tunguz-of-redpoint-ventures-whats-one-thing-you-believe-that-no-one-else-does/">Forbes article</a> he admitted that the way he learned about trends and companies was to “get [his] hands dirty with data, process it in <a href="http://www.r-project.org/">R</a>, and see how the numbers of a company compare to others.” Tunguz <a href="/library/video/2013-11-12-tomasz-tunguz">presented his thoughts on As-a-Service Benchmarks to Heavybit members</a> along with some practical advice about growth.</p><p><strong>COMMON TRAITS IN PUBLICLY TRADED *AAS COMPANIES</strong></p><p>In his presentation Tunguz offers,”There are about 46 publicly traded as-a-service businesses and there’s a strong correlation between revenue growth and the value of the business. In order to be a strong business, you have to grow really fast. The most valuable businesses have grown 200% in the last year. If you look at them by number of years since founding…they started at $0 and within five years they had about $75M dollars on average”.</p><p>These are the patterns that both investors and founders strive for. Tunguz goes on to differentiate between different sales strategies, pricing models, and perhaps most importantly, the value of mitigating customer churn.</p><p><strong>TIME TO RECOUP CUSTOMER ACQUISITION COST</strong></p><p></p><p><a href="https://www.slideshare.net/heavybit/tomasz-tunguz-at-heavybit-benchmarking-asaservice-companies"><strong>Tomasz Tunguz at Heavybit, “Benchmarking as-a-Service Companies”</strong></a> from <a href="http://www.slideshare.net/heavybit"><strong>Heavybit</strong></a></p><p>In one of his last slides he offers a look at when SaaS companies should aim to recoup their marketing and sales. Based on a 24 month customer cycle, the green segments represent contribution margin or profit, and the blue “CS” represents customer success/support spending.</p><p>Tunguz explains that rather than simply waiting for a customer’s 24-month cycle to end, it’s best to spend 3 months of each customer’s incoming revenue on retaining them. That’s where the “CS” spend comes in.</p><p>If executed well, the result should be an increase in the length of the customer relationship, in addition to an increase in pure revenue.</p><p><strong>For a look at Tunguz’s full 22-minute presentation, check out the <a href="/library/video/2013-11-12-tomasz-tunguz">Heavybit library.</a></strong></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/tomasz-tunguz-saas-benchmarks">Video: Redpoint’s Tunguz & SaaS Benchmarks</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Analyst Relations Secrets from 451 and RedMonk</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/analyst-relations-secrets-from-451-and-redmonk</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Jun 2014 18:30:01 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1387</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>It’s not always clear why analysts are important to startups. In this talk, 451 researcher and former Redmonk analyst Michael Cote discusses what analysts do, how they impact your business, and what motivates them. Cote offers prep tactics for briefings and consultations and helps Heavybit members add value while building their analyst relations strategies.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Videos: 451’s Michael Coté and Others</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/analyst-relations-michael-cote</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Jun 2014 17:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-135</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>The following videos were recorded during Heavybit’s members-only Speaker’s Series. These events take place every week over the course of our 9 month program and members can meet with speakers on the evening of the presentation in addition to joining office hours. The following HD videos are part of more than 50+ hours of Heavybit’s content catalogue.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>The following videos were recorded during Heavybit’s members-only Speaker’s Series. These events take place every week over the course of our <a href="https://heavybit.com/about">9 month program</a> and members can meet with speakers on the evening of the presentation in addition to joining office hours. The following HD videos are part of more than 50+ hours of Heavybit’s content catalogue.</p><p><strong>ANALYST RELATIONS</strong></p><p><a href="/library/video/2014-01-21-michael-cote"><strong>451’s Michael Coté on Analyst Relations</strong></a>: As a principal researcher at 451 and former analyst at Redmonk, Michael Coté discusses different types of analysts, the reasons startups should engage them, and how analysts help or harm your company’s agenda. Coté’s deep knowledge from both the vendor and analyst side allow him to offer a unique perspective to Heavybit members.</p><p><strong>DEV OPS</strong></p><p><a href="/library/video/2014-06-03-arup-chakrabarti"><strong>PagerDuty’s Arup Chakrabarti on Dev Ops Mistakes</strong></a>: PagerDuty’s Engineering Manager Arup Chakrabarti is tasked with planning for scalability. During his time at PagerDuty, the company moved from 20-200 servers. Meanwhile, his prior experience at Amazon and Netflix taught him some of his toughest lessons. This presentation outlines 10 Common Dev Ops mistakes and how viewers can avoid them.</p><p><strong>BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT</strong></p><p><a href="/library/video/2014-03-25-an-le"><strong>Trinity Ventures’ An Le on Business Development</strong></a>: Business development can be a growth lever at any stage of a company. It can even help define go-to-market strategy. Le teaches Heavybit members what it’s like to distribute through existing platforms and build an ecosystem around various products. Examples from her work at Yammer and New Relic exemplify the types of partnership tactics that drive business and growth through a company’s evolving lifecycle.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/analyst-relations-michael-cote">Videos: 451’s Michael Coté and Others</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Common Ops Mistakes</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/common-ops-mistakes</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Jun 2014 18:22:24 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1383</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>PagerDuty’s Arup Chakrabarti covers the easily preventable mistakes that all companies (big and small) make and the actual steps to prevent them. From this talk, viewers will learn operations best practices and the easy wins that can reduce inefficiencies and downtime.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New Relic and Yammer’s Biz Dev Toolbox</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/new-relic-and-yammers-biz-dev-toolbox</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Jun 2014 18:45:30 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Sales]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1395</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Business Development can be used as a growth lever at any stage of company. It can even help define your go-to-market strategy early on. Whether you’re looking to expand your distribution through existing platforms or build an ecosystem around your products, An Le offers lessons learned from building BD relationships for New Relic and Yammer. She’ll also offer info on the tools and types of partnerships that drive your business objectives as your company evolves and grows.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Michael Dearing on Pricing</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/michael-dearing-video-on-pricing</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Jun 2014 17:30:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-137</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In 2010, Kara Swisher dubbed Michael Dearing, “The Hottest Angel Investor You’ve Never Heard Of”. Fast forward to today and the Harrison Metal founder and former SVP at eBay has already celebrated a number of wins with AdStack (acquired by TellApart), Mixer Labs (acquired by Twitter) and Aardvark (acquired by Google).</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In 2010, Kara Swisher dubbed Michael Dearing, <a href="http://allthingsd.com/20100216/the-start-up-whisperer-michael-dearing-is-the-hottest-angel-investor-youve-never-heard-of/">“The Hottest Angel Investor You’ve Never Heard Of”</a>. Fast forward to today and the Harrison Metal founder and former SVP at eBay has already celebrated a number of wins with AdStack (acquired by TellApart), Mixer Labs (acquired by Twitter) and Aardvark (acquired by Google).</p><p>Through it all, Dearing has dedicated his career to helping companies productize emerging technologies, build go-to-market strategy, and establish their marketing programs.</p><p><a href="/library/video/2013-07-16-michael-dearing"><strong>DEARING’S HEAVYBIT VIDEO (40min)</strong></a></p><p>In a <a href="/library/video/2013-07-16-michael-dearing">recent Heavybit presentation</a>, Michael Dearing offers his thoughts on pricing strategy and how behavioral economics are modifying the classic supply and demand model.</p><p>After listing what he describes as <a href="https://bitly.com/bundles/o_68b5qstgl6/a">“Economics 101” sources</a>, the investor goes on to cite additional thinkers in arguing his belief that “pricing isn’t a math problem, it’s a judgement problem.”</p><p>Once you watch the <a href="/library/video/2013-07-16-michael-dearing">Dearing video</a>, you may want to dig into the below additional resources.</p><p><strong>SUPPLEMENTARY RESOURCES</strong></p><ul><li><strong>Amos Tversky and Daniel Kahneman </strong>: Dearing believes that Tversky and Kahneman’s look at a two part decision-making system (intuition and reason) is core to understanding pricing judgement and what customers value. Psychologist Daniel Kahneman was awarded the Nobel Prize in Economics for the duo’s research on intuitive decision-making frameworks. Unfortunately Tversky had passed away by the time the award was given. Dearing mentions <a href="http://www.nobelprize.org/nobel_prizes/economic-sciences/laureates/2002/kahneman-lecture.html">Kahneman’s Nobel Prize Lecture</a> as a great resource for entrepreneurs. For those interested in a deeper read, Kahneman also wrote <a href="http://books.google.de/books?id=ZuKTvERuPG8C&amp;redir_esc=y">Thinking Fast and Slow</a> chronicling his work with Tversky.</li><li><strong>Robert Dolan</strong>: Says Dearing of Harvard Marketing professor Robert Dolan, “He’s a genius. I worship him, and I think he created one of the most interesting and useful concepts in marketing.” Rather than focussing on the difference between the cost of production and the price to sell, Dolan suggests that companies concentrate on the difference between the price of a product and the perceived value to the end user. Essentially, the idea is that buyers only decide to purchase if the perceived value of the product/service is greater than the actual price. An overview of Dolan’s theories are available via a short <a href="http://www.harrisonmetal.com/pricing_2/">Harrison Metal video</a>. Dearing also suggests purchasing Dolan’s essay, <a href="https://cb.hbsp.harvard.edu/cbmp/product/506021-PDF-ENG">The Principles of Pricing</a>.</li></ul><p>For the complete Heavybit video featuring Michael Dearing’s Pricing talk, <a href="/library/video/2013-07-16-michael-dearing">visit our library</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/michael-dearing-video-on-pricing">Video: Michael Dearing on Pricing</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pricing</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/harrison-metals-michael-dearing-on-pricing</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Sat, 14 Jun 2014 18:34:37 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Pricing &amp; Packaging]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Pricing Strategy]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Value Proposition]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1391</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Pricing is sometimes thought of as a math problem but to Harrison Metal founder Michael Dearing, it’s a judgment problem. Says Dearing, “The standard economic model of supply and demand is powerful for understanding pricing, but it’s less useful when managing it. In this talk, Dearing shows about how behavioural economics can modify the standard model &amp; provide simple tools to improve your pricing judgment.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Videos: Twilio, Netflix, Stormpath</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/video-release-twilio-netflix-stormpath</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Jun 2014 18:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-140</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>The following videos were recorded during Heavybit’s members-only Speaker’s Series. These events take place every week over the course of our nine month program and members are invited to meet with speakers on the evening of the presentation in addition to the option of joining office hours. The following HD videos are part of more than 50+ hours of Heavybit’s content catalogue.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>The following videos were recorded during Heavybit’s members-only Speaker’s Series. These events take place every week over the course of our <a href="/about">nine month program</a> and members are invited to meet with speakers on the evening of the presentation in addition to the option of joining office hours. The following HD videos are part of more than 50+ hours of Heavybit’s content catalogue.</p><p><strong>Marketing</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://heavybit.com/library/video/2013-10-22-danielle-morrill"><strong>Danielle Morrill on Twilio and Content Marketing for Developers</strong></a>: Twilio’s former Director of Marketing Danielle Morrill grew her community to 10,000+ developers in just a few years. Says Morrill, “The secret [to marketing] is in taking as much pride in the content you write, as in the code that you write.” She offers a number of content marketing suggestions for early-stage startups including ways startups can source, craft and repurpose their content.</li></ul><p><strong>Technical</strong></p><ul><li><strong><a href="https://heavybit.com/library/video/2013-08-13-jeremy-edberg">Jeremy Edberg on Scaling for Success and Failure at Reddit and Netflix</a>: </strong>Having worked on some of the highest trafficked sites in the world, Jeremy Edberg solves for growth. Says the Netflix and Reddit infrastructure lead, “The key to scaling is finding your bottlenecks before your users do.”</li><li><a href="/library/video/2013-04-24-les-hazlewood"><strong>Stormpath CTO Les Hazlewood on Designing a Beautiful REST+JSON API</strong></a>: Designing a clean and intuitive REST + JSON API means worrying about resources, caching and scaling to support new features over time. CTO of Stormpath Les Hazlewood offers his tips on design, implementation and support.</li></ul><p>For more videos, check out the <a href="https://heavybit.com/library">Heavybit Library</a>. If you’ve got related posts or resources to add to our library, email dana[at]heavybit.com.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/video-release-twilio-netflix-stormpath">Videos: Twilio, Netflix, Stormpath</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Videos: Dropbox, Facebook, Google</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/videos-facebook-dropbox-google</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Jun 2014 18:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-139</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Today’s releases include talks from Ivan Kirigin and Adam Gross (both formerly at Dropbox) and Ilya Grigorik (Google’s web speed evangelist on HTTP 2.0). The videos were recorded during our Tuesday night members-only Speaker’s Series and are part of a growing a catalogue of resources for companies building developer-facing products.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Today’s releases include talks from Ivan Kirigin and Adam Gross (both formerly at Dropbox) and Ilya Grigorik (Google’s web speed evangelist on HTTP 2.0). The videos were recorded during our Tuesday night members-only Speaker’s Series and are part of a growing a catalogue of resources for companies building developer-facing products.</p><p><strong>Go-To-Market</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://heavybit.com/library/video/2013-03-19-ivan-kirigin"><strong>Ivan Kirigin on Growth Hacking with Dropbox and Facebook</strong></a>: YesGraph founder and former Facebook growth hacker Ivan Kirigin teaches Heavybit members about goal setting, triaging by cost benefit and the impact of PR and sales.</li></ul><p><strong>Marketing</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://heavybit.com/library/video/2013-04-09-adam-gross"><strong>Dropbox and Salesforce VP Adam Gross on Platform Marketing</strong></a>: Adam Gross explains how developer brands tend to be “more strategic then emotive” and encourages audience members to align with an industry transformation narrative using examples like Salesforce’s “no software” campaign.</li></ul><p><strong>Technical</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://heavybit.com/library/video/2013-08-27-ilya-grigorik"><strong>Google’s Web Speed Evangelist Ilya Grigorik on HTTP 2.0</strong></a>: Google developer evangelist and former CTO of PostRank Ilya Grigorik understands the value of a few milliseconds. In his Heavybit presentation he discusses how HTTP 2.0 can reduce latency, address head of line blocking, and eliminate the need for domain sharding.</li></ul><p>For more videos check out the <a href="https://heavybit.com/library">Heavybit Library</a>. If you’ve got related posts or resources to add to our library, email dana[at]heavybit.com.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/videos-facebook-dropbox-google">Videos: Dropbox, Facebook, Google</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Platform Marketing with Dropbox and Salesforce</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/platform-marketing-with-dropbox-and-salesforce</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 May 2014 19:55:13 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1450</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Adam Gross has launched tens of developer facing products, and helped create some of the larger developer communities on the web. In this talk he’ll share a few of the basic tenants of platform marketing he’s learned along the way, and answer your questions about marketing in general.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Member Spotlight: Joe Ruscio of Librato</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/member-spotlight-librato</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 May 2014 20:46:40 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Heavybit News]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-133</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Since 2011, Heavybit member company Librato has built a resilient and scalable data analytics platform, solving a huge problem for developers and growing by leaps and bounds. In the past month alone, the team has launched a redesign of their new alerting platform and demoed their latest product offerings at Portland’s Monitorama Conference. We caught up with Librato CTO Joe Ruscio (pictured center) to see what makes him tick.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Since 2011, Heavybit member company Librato has built a resilient and scalable data analytics platform, solving a huge problem for developers and growing by leaps and bounds. In the past month alone, the team has launched a <a href="https://heavybit-blog.squarespace.com/blog/2014/5/20/%E2%80%9Chttp://blog.librato.com/posts/alerting-visibility-correlation%E2%80%9D">redesign of their new alerting platform</a> and demoed their latest product offerings at Portland’s <a href="http://blog.librato.com/posts/monitorama-pdx%E2%80%9D">Monitorama Conference</a>. We caught up with Librato CTO Joe Ruscio (pictured center) to see what makes him tick.</p><h3><strong>What’s the most important data that companies forget to measure?</strong></h3><p>You’ll find (for obvious reasons) I’m terribly biased about operations analytics, it’s rare to find a team whose capabilities we couldn’t improve there ;-). Outside of that arena, I think many companies forget to measure whether people are actually using the individual features they develop. Often a feature is built/shipped off some anecdotal evidence that users are clamoring for it. Teams rush off to build the next thing without ever measuring how many users are actually adopting the new capabilities or engaging with them. It’s not uncommon when you are tracking these things to uncover 1-2 small tweaks that can really drive adoption of new features and ultimately more engagement with your service.</p><h3><strong>What’s the worst decision you ever made as an entrepreneur?</strong></h3><p>I’m a fan of the idea (to quote Neils Bohr) that “An expert is a person who has made all the mistakes that can be made in a very narrow field.”, and I like to think that I’m well on my way to achieving expertise as an entrepreneur. If I had to pick one it would be from previous lives where we waited too long to actually “get out of the building” and talk to customers and get them using the product. There’s thankfully much more written about these concepts now then there was 10 years ago. But I learned that you need to get real users onto your platform and using new features as early as possible. It allows you to correct the incorrect assumptions you’ve invariably made.</p><p>At Librato we are relentlessly aggressive about getting new capabilities in front of users through techniques like continuous integration, continuous deployment, feature-flagging, and fine-grained application-level monitoring (surprise!). We have a standing set of closed-beta users who receive all new features prior to their public release and we can rapidly iterate because of all the safe-guards we have in place.</p><h3><strong>Who would you say is your celebrity look-a-like?</strong></h3><p>In my younger days (when I had a full head of hair) people used to say <a href="http://www.imdb.com/name/nm0000625/">Fred Savage</a>, which is also an indication of how long ago those days were. Now that it’s shaved, you can pretty much pick your bald celebrity of choice :-D.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/member-spotlight-librato">Member Spotlight: Joe Ruscio of Librato</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Every Minute Counts: Coordinating Heroku’s Incident Response</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/every-minute-counts-coordinating-herokus-incident-response</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 May 2014 18:17:08 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Incident Response]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1379</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>The hardest thing about ops and incident response isn’t designing robust systems, debugging production, or quickly repairing technical issues. The toughest challenge is organizing to respond, communicating internally, and most importantly, communicating externally. These difficult challenges require massive preparation and are critical to developing customer trust and building a successful business.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Treasure Data Named Gartner Cool Vendor</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/treasure-data-gartner-cool-vendor</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 May 2014 05:24:55 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Heavybit News]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-378</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Last month Apiary was named a Cool Vendor 2014 in Web Computing by leading technology analyst firm Gartner. This month, fellow Heavybit member company Treasure Data was also named a Cool Vendor — this time in the category of big data.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Last month Apiary was named a Cool Vendor 2014 in Web Computing by leading technology analyst firm Gartner. This month, fellow Heavybit member company Treasure Data was also named a Cool Vendor — this time in the category of <a href="https://www.gartner.com/doc/2722517">big data</a>.</p><p>According to Gartner’s latest report, “big data is moving from being a topic and a concept in itself, to becoming a value-add to existing use cases, such as data science, data integration, analytics and information innovation.” Congratulations to Treasure Data for leading the pack.</p><p>The significance of the Cool Vendor designation is by no means lost on us. For years, Gartner’s <a href="http://www.gartner.com/technology/research/cool-vendors/">Cool Vendor program</a> has selected the top companies across more than 90 IT, big data and technology-related topics. Each selection is an indication of the emerging leaders in the industry.</p><p>Some past recipients of the Cool Vendor status include Heroku in the PAAS category (2010) and New Relic in IT Operations and Virtualization (2009). The program inspires large organizations to look to these smaller companies for competitive advantage, better practices and more efficient processes. And often in the process, the larger partnerships propel Cool Vendors into the spotlight.</p><p>Said Gartner’s Marketing VP in an <a href="http://www.networkworld.com/community/blog/what-makes-cool-vendor-so-cool">earlier interview</a>, “Cool vendors are a signal of what’s coming in the future. They show what’s possible in terms of technologies, different approaches and different business models. It’s a way for end-user companies to future-proof their technologies and decide what to invest in for the future.”</p><p>Congratulations to both Treasure Data and Apiary for making this year’s Cool Vendor list.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/treasure-data-gartner-cool-vendor">Treasure Data Named Gartner Cool Vendor</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Designing for Developers</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/designing-for-developers</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 May 2014 19:29:27 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1427</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Managing a design team is hard work, especially when your customers are developers. In this talk, Heroku’s Max Schoening discusses the continually evolving design process and some of his lessons learned over the past 3 years. He’ll talk about how to hire designers, having a sane process for design &amp; how to balance taste, gut, and data.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pantheon Raises $21.5M Series B</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/pantheon-raises-series-b</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 May 2014 17:44:25 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Heavybit News]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-317</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Earlier this month, Heavybit member Pantheon closed $21.5M in Series B financing from Scale Venture Partners, OpenView Venture Partners, Foundry Group and First Round Capital.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Earlier this month, Heavybit member <a href="https://www.getpantheon.com">Pantheon</a> closed $21.5M in Series B financing from Scale Venture Partners, OpenView Venture Partners, Foundry Group and First Round Capital.</p><p>The professional hosting solution for Drupal and WordPress currently powers 65,000 sites and CEO Zach Rosen plans on scaling his team and platform with the new investment.</p><p>For more on Pantheon’s great news, check out their <a href="https://www.getpantheon.com/blog/pantheon-raises">announcement</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/pantheon-raises-series-b">Pantheon Raises $21.5M Series B</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Blocking and Tackling</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/blocking-and-tackling</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 May 2014 19:12:15 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[General Management]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1411</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Rapid growth is critical to startup success, but hiring sales people only scales linearly. When properly conceived and executed, partnerships can provide an exponent on the growth of your company by allowing you to leverage the market traction, momentum, and field reach of much larger organizations. Bill talks about building partnerships, BD blocking &amp; tackling and the skills most organizations lack.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Growth Hacking with Facebook and Dropbox</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/growth-hacking-with-facebook-and-dropbox</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 May 2014 20:03:48 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1458</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>With so many data points to track and measure, startups often lack alignment around common and company-wide goals. YesGraph founder and former Dropbox and Facebook growth hacker Ivan Kirigin spoke to Heavybit members about setting realistic goals, triaging build features by cost benefit and measuring the impact of PR and sales. Says Kirigin, “If you want your users to do something, ask them. And if you want them to do it a lot, automate it.”</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building Companies that Devs &amp; DevOps Teams Love… And Avoiding Expensive Mistakes</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/building-companies-that-devs-and-devops-teams-love-and-avoiding-expensive-mistakes</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 May 2014 19:40:40 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Dilution]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1436</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Jesse Robbins speaks to Heavybit members about the expensive mistakes he’s seen in his time as an entrepreneur and now investor.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jive Software CEO on Hiring Salespeople</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/dave-hersh-hiring-salespeople</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 May 2014 21:26:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-113</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Former Jive Software CEO and Heavybit Advisor Dave Hersh discussed how tech startups can “bake sales into their DNA.” Says Hersh, “There’s a right and wrong time to hire different types of salespeople…The tough part is that every one of them interviews well.” We sit down with Dave to learn about finding the right people for each stage of building a sales team.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Former <a href="https://jivesoftware.com">Jive Software</a> CEO and Heavybit Advisor <a href="https://twitter.com/djhersh">Dave Hersh</a> discussed how tech startups can “bake sales into their DNA.” Says Hersh, “There’s a right and wrong time to hire different types of salespeople…The tough part is that every one of them interviews well.” We sit down with Dave to learn about finding the right people for each stage of building a sales team.</p><h2><strong>The Initiation Phase</strong></h2><p>Hersh explains that during the early stage of your business, it’s best to hire people that are flexible, creative, and eventually willing to “work themselves out of a job.” At this early stage in a company’s lifecycle, startups are still finding a repeatable business model. Salespeople who are comfortable with field marketing can interact with customers and test a founder’s assumptions. Hersh often hires this type of employee under the banner of marketing or business development. His reasoning is that when a company is ready to build out its sales infrastructure, it requires a different type of sales leader altogether.</p><h2><strong>Infrastructure Building and Execution Stage</strong></h2><p>Hersh learned the hard way that while Senior Sales VPs might close deals, they’re often used to having pipeline tools, a proven process, and a slew of junior staff members building their decks. He explains that until companies have those assets in place, there’s no point in making that kind of hire. Instead, during the transitional infrastructure-building stage, companies should hire someone who has helped design the process of a major organization, but who remains scrappy enough to continue closing deals. This might be a Director-level hire looking to strike out as a leader and strategist in their own right. The foundational work done during this period is what defines a repeatable sales model and paves the way for companies to make more mature enterprise sales hires.</p><h2>Watch Dave’s Speaker Series Talk for More on Hiring Salespeople</h2><p>In his Heavybit Speaker Series talk, Dave shares how startups can think about hiring salespeople, how the structure of that team will change through different phases of growth, and what companies can do to to build a more successful sales organization. Watch <a href="/library/video/dont-hire-a-vp-of-sales/">Don’t Hire a VP of Sales </a>in the Heavybit library to learn more.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/dave-hersh-hiring-salespeople">Jive Software CEO on Hiring Salespeople</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Gartner Selects Apiary as Cool Vendor of 2014</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/apiary-gartner-cool-vendor</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 May 2014 21:19:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Heavybit News]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-112</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Gartner, a leader in IT research and an advisory firm, has selected Heavybit member Apiary among its list of innovative, impactful, and intriguing companies to watch in 2014. Apiary’s cloud-based service that allows developers to design, document, and deploy APIs sets the standard in cross-cloud management with its ease of use, broad range of cloud provider support, automation features and application integration.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><a href="http://www.gartner.com/">Gartner</a>, a leader in IT research and an advisory firm, has selected Heavybit member <a href="http://apiary.io/">Apiary</a> among its list of innovative, impactful, and intriguing companies to watch in 2014. Apiary’s cloud-based service that allows developers to design, document, and deploy APIs sets the standard in cross-cloud management with its ease of use, broad range of cloud provider support, automation features and application integration.</p><p>Check out <a href="http://blog.apiary.io/2014/04/30/Apiary-Cool-Vendor/">other reasons</a> Apiary was selected.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/apiary-gartner-cool-vendor">Gartner Selects Apiary as Cool Vendor of 2014</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Member Spotlight: Treasure Data</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/member-spotlight-treasure-data</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 May 2014 21:18:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Heavybit News]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-98</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Treasure Data’s mission is to build the first end-to-end cloud service for the entire data pipeline of collection, storage and analysis. We sat down with the founding team and asked them three questions from the members.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Founded in 2011 by <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/pub/hiro-yoshikawa/0/325/96a">Hironobu Yoshikawa</a>, <a href="http://www.linkedin.com/in/kazukiohta">Kazuki Ohta</a> and <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/profile/view?id=136221755">Sadayuki Furuhashi</a>, Treasure Data’s mission is to build the first end-to-end cloud service for the entire data pipeline of collection, storage and analysis. We sat down with the founding team and asked them three questions from the members.</p><p><strong>What are some of the biggest challenges Treasure Data is tackling today?</strong></p><p>Definitely the scale and velocity of new incoming data sources, especially machine-generated and event data, are the biggest challenges for our customers. That’s why we’ve focused a lot of resources on developing our unique data collection technology, with our open-source <a href="http://fluentd.org/">Fluentd</a> project, and our commercial <a href="http://www.treasuredata.com/en/products/treasure-agent.php">Treasure Agent</a> version. Many of our customers generate billions of events each day so they can improve and monetize their products. That’s a huge data management challenge, but now they are able to use our technology to stream data directly into Treasure Data for analysis within minutes.</p><p><strong>What are the most interesting use-cases where you’ve seen Treasure Data applied?</strong></p><p>We have some fascinating “Internet of Things” pilot projects going on right now, focused on sensor data in cars and consumer devices. This has been a recent focus for our development work in data collection technology, as it requires more knowledge of the sensor chips themselves, the networks and the backend environments for sensor data collection.</p><p><strong>If you were a pirate, where would you hide your treasure?</strong></p><p>In the cloud, of course!</p><p>Learn about the team behind <a href="http://www.treasuredata.com/">Treasure Data</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/member-spotlight-treasure-data">Member Spotlight: Treasure Data</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Designing a Beautiful REST+JSON API</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/stormpath-cto-on-designing-a-beautiful-rest-json-api</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 May 2014 19:50:14 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[API Design]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1446</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Designing a clean and intuitive REST + JSON API is no small feat. You have to worry about resources, pagination, query parameters, references to other resources, which HTTP Methods to use, HTTP Caching, security, and more. On top of all that, you have to make sure it lasts and doesn’t break clients as you add features over time. Stormpath CTO Les Hazlewood shares lessons on designing, implementing and supporting JSON-based REST APIs, using real world examples.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Runscope Raises $6M Series A</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/runscope-series-a</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 May 2014 17:59:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Heavybit News]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-114</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Just one year after launch, Heavybit member company Runscope has raised a $6 million Series A round led by General Catalyst.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Just one year after launch, Heavybit member company <a href="https://www.runscope.com/">Runscope</a> has raised a <a href="http://techcrunch.com/2014/04/10/api-testing-service-runscope-raises-6m-series-a-round-led-by-general-catalyst-announces-enterprise-tools/">$6 million Series A round led by General Catalyst</a>. Runscope has seen huge demand for their API debugging and testing tools with tens of thousands of developers and APIs on the platform. With this new round of funding, the founders <a href="https://twitter.com/johnsheehan">John Sheehan</a> and <a href="https://twitter.com/frankrstratton">Frank Stratton</a>, are taking the product line into the enterprise with the recently-announced <a href="https://www.runscope.com/enterprise">Runscope Enterprise</a> — an on-premise deployment that works behind the firewall.</p><p>Runscope is <a href="https://www.runscope.com/work_at_runscope">hiring</a>! Join a fantastic <a href="https://www.runscope.com/about">team</a> working on challenging problems.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/runscope-series-a">Runscope Raises $6M Series A</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pantheon Launches for WordPress</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/pantheon-wordpress-support</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Apr 2014 21:17:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Heavybit News]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-110</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>WordPress developers can now build, launch, and run their sites on Pantheon.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><a href="http://wordpress.org/">WordPress</a> developers can now build, launch, and run their sites on <a href="https://www.getpantheon.com/">Pantheon</a>.</p><p>Over the past two years, Pantheon has helped tens of thousands of Drupal developers launch over 55,000 sites on their <a href="https://www.getpantheon.com/pantheon-one">platform</a> (some doing &gt;100M page-views per day). They’ve made huge strides in simplifying what used to be the most technically complex aspects to professional website development–configuring dev environments, deployment, team management, and site performance during huge traffic spikes. These are all now available for WordPress.</p><p>WordPress is the world’s most popular content management system, powering over 76 million websites (<a href="http://w3techs.com/technologies/details/cm-wordpress/all/all">22% of the web</a>). Pantheon aims to abstract away the complexities of hosting so that developers and designers can focus on what they do best, and those who just want to use WordPress as a CMS can focus on content.</p><p>Learn more at <a href="https://www.getpantheon.com/blog/wordpress-pantheon">Pantheon’s Blog</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/pantheon-wordpress-support">Pantheon Launches for WordPress</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Advisor&#39;s Corner: The Biz Dev Toolbox</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/advisors-corner-an-le</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Apr 2014 18:45:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-107</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On March 25th Heavybit Advisor An Le gave a talk on The Business Development Toolbox. The talk was so well received that we’ve invited her to share her three favorite tools for business development.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On March 25th Heavybit Advisor <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/missankle/">An Le</a> gave a talk on The Business Development Toolbox. The talk was so well received that we’ve invited her to share her three favorite tools for business development.</p><h2>Tool #1: Comarketing</h2><p>Comarketing is simple to deploy and has broad reach, but it’s not very sticky. It works best in parallel with other tools like a product integration or feature enhancement, and should include activities like joint PR, website presence, and email campaigns. The best comarketing is consistent and repetitive with regular partner check-ins. A good example is the <a href="http://www.softlayer.com/powered-by-softlayer">SoftLayer Partner Page</a> where they display partners, their websites, and they lead you to their product.</p><h2>Tool #2: Channel Programs</h2><p>Ranging from affiliate programs to system integration partners, channel programs are also easy to start, but the issue is finding the right partners. Often there are so many players that it’s hard to determine who to work with and whether it will be successful. The key is to work with a well established partner with a good reputation. This works better as a later stage strategy since there is a high overhead cost — sometimes a full-time individual to handle each partner. The most common example is the <a href="http://www.microsoftstore.com/store/msusa/en_US/DisplayHelpSiteAffiliateProgramPage/">Microsoft Affiliate Program</a>.</p><h2>Tool #3: Product Integration</h2><p>I’ve used product Integration the most at <a href="https://www.yammer.com/">Yammer</a> and <a href="http://newrelic.com/">New Relic</a>. It’s incredibly sticky, but requires technical resources. Usually it’s some kind of API integration that involves SSO, sharing of pertinent customer data, and UX/UI integration points. The key is to keep things up to date. Product and features will evolve over time so it’s important to monitor the changes and make sure the intergration is working properly. A word of wisdom: – when closing a contract, make sure to double check where the pricing belongs and who owns the customer. It’s important for both revenue share and support. A great example of this is the <a href="https://addons.heroku.com/">Heroku Add-ons marketplace</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/advisors-corner-an-le">Advisor's Corner: The Biz Dev Toolbox</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Member Spotlight: Meteor</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/member-spotlight-meteor</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Apr 2014 18:41:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Heavybit News]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-109</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Founded by Matt DeBergalis, Nick Martin, and Geoff Schmidt, Meteor is an open-source JavaScript platform for building top-quality web apps in a fraction of the time – whether you’re an expert developer or just getting started.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Founded by <a href="https://twitter.com/debergalis">Matt DeBergalis</a>, <a href="https://twitter.com/n1mmy">Nick Martin</a>, and <a href="https://twitter.com/immir">Geoff Schmidt</a>, Meteor is an open-source JavaScript platform for building top-quality web apps in a fraction of the time – whether you’re an expert developer or just getting started. Having launched an early version of Meteor to much developer fanfare, they quickly outgrew their space at Heavybit and have recently settled into their new offices in SoMa. We sit down with the team and ask a few questions from the members.</p><p>What inspired you to build Meteor? (<a href="http://www.iron.io/">Yaron Sadka – Iron.io</a>)</p><p>At YC, Meteor co-founder Geoff and I saw a significant shift in the capabilities and requirements of newer, more modern looking web apps. These apps were richer and more useful and were fundamentally changing how software was being written. Always a very static experience where a click on a link or button made something happen, the modern experience is more dynamic.</p><p>Today when you are on Twitter and a new comment appears on Facebook, you are notified immediately and the update “slides” onto your Twitter screen. Modern apps are smarter and behave differently — rich interfaces are more dynamic and engaging. Meteor was born out of the emerging need to write software for these newer apps, — and do so in a fraction of the time of other technologies. – Matt</p><p>Your launch on <a href="https://news.ycombinator.com/">HN</a> was phenomenal. Did you expect this and what was the aftermath? (<a href="https://circleci.com/">Paul Biggar – CircleCI</a>)</p><p>It was pretty cool to see Meteor “blow up” on HackerNews. We expected to make some noise at YC but this went far beyond that. It validated that Meteor was the correct approach and developers wanted it. We heard from all over the globe –– developers, big tech execs, and open source guys. It proved that Meteor could be an impactful technology business. – Geoff</p><p>What is Meteor’s Mission? (<a href="https://www.rainforestqa.com/">Fred Stevens-Smith – Rainforest</a>)</p><p>The world needs more software developers, and it is getting progressively harder to keep up with the demand. At Meteor, we are committed to creating a way for more people – any people, not just the software developers — to create an app. The Meteor team came out of ACTBlue, where we provided grassroots donors access to powerful fundraising tools. At Meteor, we hope to democratize web app development by empowering anyone, anywhere to create apps. – Nick</p><p>Learn more about <a href="https://www.meteor.com/">Meteor</a></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/member-spotlight-meteor">Member Spotlight: Meteor</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Heavybit Clubhouse Wins Design Award</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/clubhouse-design-award</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Apr 2014 18:35:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Heavybit News]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-108</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>The Heavybit team works tirelessly to provide the best and most productive space for our community and member companies, and that work has recently been recognized with our second major design award.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>The Heavybit team works tirelessly to provide the best and most productive space for our community and member companies, and that work has recently been recognized with our second major design award.</p><p>The Architizer A+ Awards are the definitive global architectural award program with 60+ categories and over 200 judges. Last month, the clubhouse won the <a href="http://architizer.com/projects/heavybit-industries/">Popular Award for Best Office Interior</a>.</p><p>This follows the <a href="http://aiasf.org/programs/competition/design-awards/2013/heavybit-industries/">Merit Award for interior architecture</a> from AIA’s San Francisco chapter last year.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/clubhouse-design-award">Heavybit Clubhouse Wins Design Award</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Runscope Partners with New Relic</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/runscope-partners-newrelic</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Apr 2014 18:34:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Heavybit News]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-111</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Runscope has teamed up with New Relic to connect automated API test results to New Relic Insights. New Relic Insights is a real-time analytics platform that collects billions of data points and transforms them into actionable insights.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><a href="https://www.runscope.com/">Runscope</a> has teamed up with <a href="http://newrelic.com/">New Relic</a> to connect automated API test results to New Relic Insights. <a href="http://newrelic.com/insights">New Relic Insights</a> is a real-time analytics platform that collects billions of data points and transforms them into actionable insights.</p><p>When connected with <a href="https://www.runscope.com/docs/radar">Runscope Radar</a>, New Relic Insights makes it easy to build dashboards based on an API test run data including test results (pass/fail), assertion counts, response times, response sizes, status codes and more.</p><p>Learn about <a href="https://www.runscope.com/">Runscope</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/runscope-partners-newrelic">Runscope Partners with New Relic</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Advisor’s Corner: Javier Soltero on Board Meetings</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/advisors-corner-javier-soltero</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Mar 2014 19:59:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-105</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On Feb. 4th Heavybit Advisor Javier Soltero gave a talk on Board Room Process. The talk was so well received that we’ve invited him to offer a few words of wisdom for other entrepreneurs running their first board meeting.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On Feb. 4th Heavybit Advisor <a href="https://twitter.com/jsoltero">Javier Soltero</a> gave a talk on Board Room Process. The talk was so well received that we’ve invited him to offer a few words of wisdom for other entrepreneurs running their first board meeting.</p><p>I’ve been in a lot of board meetings, and I’ve seen it all. There are several blog <a href="http://pando.com/2013/02/27/you-shouldnt-be-bored-at-a-board-meeting-pt-1-board-meeting-dos-and-donts/">posts</a> and <a href="http://techcrunch.com/2013/02/26/venture-assistance-a-philosophical-view-of-what-boards-should-and-should-not-do/">resources</a> out there for running a good board meeting, but in my experience it comes down to three basic rules:</p><p><strong>1. Always Wear a Blazer</strong><br/>Even if you’re the only one wearing it. Why? Because it may be just enough of a break from your normal routine to help you set a more serious, focused tone for the meeting.</p><p><strong>2. Never Do Board Meetings on Fridays</strong><br/>In the unlikely event that you have a lingering issue after a board meeting, you don’t want that hanging over your team heads over the weekend. You need the ability to follow up with everyone (board members &amp; execs) and clarify/rectify anything that came out of the meeting.</p><p><strong>3. Always Meet in Your Offices</strong><br/>Board members need to see the company in action, get a sense for the culture, and get to know the faces of the people who are working their ass off to make the company a success. Meeting offsite prevents this, and also takes you away from your home turf.</p><p>That’s it. Follow these simple rules and you’re on your way to a healthy board.</p><p>– Javier Soltero</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/advisors-corner-javier-soltero">Advisor’s Corner: Javier Soltero on Board Meetings</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Member Spotlight: Takipi</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/member-spotlight-takipi</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Mar 2014 19:56:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Heavybit News]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-106</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>In February we welcomed Takipi to the program and Tal moved into the clubhouse. Founded by Iris Shoor and Tal Weiss, Takipi is a group of veteran Israeli hackers solving one of the biggest problems in software today – empowering all engineers to diagnose and fix production code an order of magnitude faster, so that companies can ship new features with confidence. We sit down with the team and ask a few questions from the members.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>In February we welcomed <a href="http://www.takipi.com/">Takipi</a> to the program and Tal moved into the clubhouse. Founded by <a href="https://twitter.com/IrisShoor">Iris Shoor</a> and <a href="https://twitter.com/weisstal">Tal Weiss</a>, Takipi is a group of veteran Israeli hackers solving one of the biggest problems in software today – empowering all engineers to diagnose and fix production code an order of magnitude faster, so that companies can ship new features with confidence. We sit down with the team and ask a few questions from the members.</p><p>Why did you build Takipi? (<a href="https://keen.io/">Dan Kador – Keen IO</a>)</p><p>At our <a href="http://techcrunch.com/2009/12/17/autodesk-acquires-sequoia-backed-software-design-startup-planplatform/">previous company</a> we shipped a product that grew to millions of users very quickly. We were constantly deploying new features while trying to deal with complex bugs. It’s like open heart surgery on a train running at a 100 MPH.</p><p>Today, we’re still spending most of our time searching for clues manually. To get the data we wanted automatically, we had to fundamentally change how Java &amp; Scala run in production. So we built Takipi. – Tal</p><p>Why is it better than other monitoring tools? (<a href="http://apiary.io/">Jakub Nesetril – Apiary</a>)</p><p>Takipi combines code analysis in the cloud with low-level components that run at the processor level. We are able to provide developers unique data under extreme performance conditions. So when server code breaks, we can show the actual source code and variable values which caused it. Surrounding that is a deep set of error analytics that help dev teams prioritize and triage problems faster than ever before. – Niv</p><p>What’s with the monsters? (<a href="https://www.rainforestqa.com/">Fred Stevens-Smith – Rainforest</a>)</p><p>We’ve always suspected that monster bugs, the kind that bring down systems, are not merely the result of human error made by overly-worked developers, but is the result of something more sinister. Through painstaking research and exploration we’ve found the cause – a <a href="http://www.takipi.com/monsters.html">secret breed of monsters</a> that live on leftover pizza left by developers after long nights. – Iris</p><p>Learn more about <a href="http://www.takipi.com/">Takipi</a></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/member-spotlight-takipi">Member Spotlight: Takipi</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Iron.io Launches in Europe</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ironio-in-europe</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Mar 2014 19:54:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Heavybit News]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-104</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Last month Iron.io proudly launched their IronMQ services in Europe. IronMQ EU provides the full suite of functionality IronMQ offers in the US. The launch is in response to increased demand from European customers who want to have message queues available in the same region as their applications to avoid the cost of transmitting messages to and from US regions.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Last month <a href="http://www.iron.io/">Iron.io</a> proudly launched their IronMQ services in Europe. <a href="http://www.iron.io/mq">IronMQ EU</a> provides the full suite of functionality IronMQ offers in the US. The launch is in response to increased demand from European customers who want to have message queues available in the same region as their applications to avoid the cost of transmitting messages to and from US regions. With the release, customers in the EU can now benefit from reduced message latency as well as having access to state-of-the-art message queuing services.</p><p>Learn more about <a href="http://blog.iron.io/2014/02/ironio-launches-ironmq-in-europe.html">IronMQ EU</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/ironio-in-europe">Iron.io Launches in Europe</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Brace.io Has a Huge Valentine&#39;s Day</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/braceio-valentines-day</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Mar 2014 19:51:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Heavybit News]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-103</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Just 24 hours until Valentine’s Day, founder of Brace.io Cole Krumbholz leveraged Brace.io’s theming functionality to build a Valentine’s Day site. The theme caught on like wildfire.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p><a href="http://blog.brace.io/2014/02/21/valentine-promo/">Over 10,000 Valentines</a> were made on Brace.io in less than 24 hours. It’s 10pm and <a href="https://twitter.com/ColeVsCode">Cole Krumbholz</a>, founder of Brace.io, is panicking. There are only two days until Valentine’s Day, and he still has nothing prepared. His solution: leverage <a href="http://brace.io/">Brace.io’s</a> theming functionality and build a Valentines site. At some point, Cole realizes that he probably wasn’t the only geek in the same predicament. So he built a theme to help others share their love. It turns out he was right, and there was a flood of activity.</p><p>Read all about it at <a href="http://blog.brace.io/2014/02/21/valentine-promo/">Brace’s blog</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/braceio-valentines-day">Brace.io Has a Huge Valentine's Day</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Member Spotlight: Rainforest</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/member-spotlight-rainforest</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Feb 2014 20:16:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Heavybit News]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-102</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Meet Fred and Russell; the co-founders of Rainforest – A service that does simple, beautiful QA. We sit down with the Rainforest crew and ask them three questions our Members want to know.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Meet Fred and Russell; the co-founders of Rainforest – A service that does simple, beautiful QA. We sit down with the Rainforest crew and ask them three questions our Members want to know.</p><p>Why build Rainforest? (<a href="https://keen.io/">Kyle Wild – Keen IO</a>)</p><p>To scratch our own itch! After we switched to Continuous Deployment we tried all of the established products and tools. The premise of CD was so awesome to us. But it felt like the sacrifice to get great front-end coverage was not worth it. So we decided to build a better way, that would fit into our workflow. We’re inspired by companies like Github and Heroku who have approached these kind of workflow problems from a design perspective, trying to make something that was tedious and universally hated actually beautiful as well as easy. – Fred</p><p>Why is it better than Selenium or doing it yourself? (<a href="https://circleci.com/">Daniel Woelfel – CircleCI</a>)</p><p>So the first thing to say is there are plenty of cases where Selenium – or some other form of automated front end testing – makes sense. However, in our experience Selenium is not the panacea that some teams hope for. The core cost with Selenium is that writing and maintaining test cases is done in code. This makes Selenium a huge source of technical debt. And no one on your team really wants to spend time writing Selenium code. They want to be shipping features. So our philosophy is remove that crap so they can focus on what matters. And we do that is by making test creation and maintenance as easy as speaking to someone, because that’s essentially what you’re doing. – Russell</p><p>What does Rainforest workflow/deployment look like? (<a href="http://www.iron.io/">Stephen Nguyen – Iron.io</a>)</p><p>We have iterated on our workflow a lot, and we’re really happy with where we are right now. It’s a great balance between extensive test coverage and low friction for our devs. We do Git-based Pull Request code reviews. We run all our unit tests through our buddies at CircleCI, on every commit on every branch. We then run our Rainforest suite through Circle on every Develop commit. Develop is automatically pushed to our staging environment by Circle. And then to release to production we make a release pull request, and we run our Rainforest suite in a blocking way (which is just a flag on our CLI) so that the deploy only goes live if everything comes back green. – Fred</p><p><a href="https://www.rainforestqa.com/">Learn more about Rainforest</a></p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/member-spotlight-rainforest">Member Spotlight: Rainforest</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Heavybit Wins Interior Design Award</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/second-clubhouse-design-award</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Feb 2014 20:14:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Heavybit News]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-14</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>On December 6th, in New York City, six jurors convened to parse the merits of the more than 250 projects submitted to the Architect’s Newspaper first annual Best Of Design Awards. Our Clubhouse won the award for best interior design.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>On December 6th, in New York City, six jurors convened to parse the merits of the more than 250 projects submitted to the Architect’s Newspaper first annual Best Of Design Awards. Our Clubhouse <a href="http://archpaper.com/news/articles.asp?id=7062">won the award for best interior design</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/second-clubhouse-design-award">Heavybit Wins Interior Design Award</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Wired&#39;s Next Big Thing: Keen.io</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/keenio-wireds-next-big-thing</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Feb 2014 20:10:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Heavybit News]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-101</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Heavybit member Keen.io was featured in Wired Magazine’s “Next Big Thing” section with an article titled “A Tiny Startup’s Plot to Beat Google at Big Data”</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>More than 400 years ago a Danish nobleman named <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tycho_Brahe">Tycho Brahe</a> spent most of his adult life collecting data of the night sky. Then he died. But his young assistant, <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Johannes_Kepler">Johannes Kepler</a>, would go on to use Brahe’s data to formulate the three laws of planetary motion. Because Brahe dedicated his whole life to gathering all that data, Kepler is now cemented into history.</p><p>This is the on-ramp to our member company <a href="http://keen.io/">KeenIO</a>. As founder <a href="http://www.linkedin.com/in/spraetz">Ryan Spraetz</a> explains it, Keen aims to provide the world’s online businesses with ready access to the sort of detailed data so diligently gathered by Brahe, giving them the information they need to make the big leap forward — to, as Spraetz puts it, “turn them into Keplers.”</p><p>Check out how KeenIO is <a href="http://www.wired.com/business/2014/01/keen/">Wired’s Next Big Thing</a>.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/keenio-wireds-next-big-thing">Wired's Next Big Thing: Keen.io</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>CircleCI Announces $6M Series A</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/circleci-series-a</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Feb 2014 20:07:00 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Heavybit News]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">blog-post-100</guid>
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>CircleCI raised a $6M Series A led by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Ventures. With this money, the team will continue their relentless focus on product including an enterprise play and continuous deployment.</p>]]></description>
        <content:encoded><![CDATA[<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"><html><body><p>Ship better code, faster. Two years ago <a href="https://circleci.com/">CircleCI</a> set out on a mission to make developers more productive. Today they’ve served over 1000 customers with over a million in revenue, and have grown almost completely by word-of-mouth.</p><p>Earlier this month, <a href="http://blog.circleci.com/we-raised-a-6m-series-a/">CircleCI raised a $6M Series A</a> led by <a href="http://www.dfj.com/">DFJ Ventures</a>. With this money, the team will continue their relentless focus on product. They look to build an <a href="https://circleci.com/enterprise">enterprise offering</a>, tools to make Continuous Deployment more powerful and scalable, and continue their mission to make developers more productive.</p></body></html><p>The post <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com/library/article/circleci-series-a">CircleCI Announces $6M Series A</a> appeared first on <a rel="nofollow" href="https://www.heavybit.com">Heavybit</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Google Dev Evangelist on HTTP 2.0</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/google-dev-evangelist-on-http-2-0</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Aug 2013 19:25:08 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1423</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Google developer evangelist and former CTO of PostRank Ilya Grigorik understands the value of a few milliseconds. In his Heavybit presentation the author of High Performance Browser Networking discusses the speed-related issues affecting mobile web applications and how HTTP 2.0 can reduce latency, address head of line blocking, and eliminate the need for domain sharding.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Strategies for Security: When, Why, How</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/strategies-for-security-when-why-how</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jun 2013 19:45:01 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Product]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1442</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Security is important for every start-up but it’s vital for start-ups building developer-focused, infrastructure or enterprise products. Unfortunately security is also time consuming, never-ending, and can be a real pain in the ass. Adam will teach you how to approach “security”, when to do so as a start-up and why it will save you time.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hero Making</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/runscope-ceo-and-twilio-dev-evangelist-on-hero-making</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 May 2013 19:58:54 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Developer Relations]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Marketing]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1454</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>For those in developer relations, hero making is the act of helping others find success. CEO of Runscope, former partnership lead at IFTTT, and lead developer evangelist at Twilio, John Sheehan discusses how evangelists shape communities. From tips on event management, to hiring your first evangelists, to running contests and hackathons â€” Sheehan teaches Heavybit members how to separate the true hero makers from the hired guns.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Scaling for Success and Failure at Reddit and Netflix</title>
      <link>https://www.heavybit.com/library/video/scaling-for-success-and-failure-at-reddit-and-netflix</link>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Heavybit]]></dc:creator>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Mar 2013 19:16:44 GMT</pubDate>
      
        <category><![CDATA[Engineering]]></category>
        <category><![CDATA[Infrastructure]]></category>
        
      
      <guid isPermaLink="false">video-1419</guid>
      
      
      
        <description><![CDATA[<p>Having worked on some of the highest trafficked sites in the world, Jeremy Edberg solves for growth. Says the Netflix and Reddit infrastructure lead, â€œThe key to scaling is finding your bottlenecks before your users do.” Some of the ways Netflix does this is via auto-scaling, automated simulations (the Simian Army) and choosing frameworks with active communities. For Reddit, the company deals with its massive audience by pushing non logged-in users to the CDN, using a bloom filter to return sets, and cacheing votes in the queue.</p>]]></description>
      
    </item>
    
  </channel>
</rss>